From d83147015bcd19d2aa53e6c02e5761d0cda008e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: CentOS Buildsys <bugs@centos.org>
Date: Jan 29 2014 17:03:00 +0000
Subject: import gnome-user-docs-3.8.2-4.el7.src.rpm


---

diff --git a/SOURCES/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2_translation-updates.patch b/SOURCES/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2_translation-updates.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21b11c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SOURCES/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2_translation-updates.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,599083 @@
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/as/as.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/as/as.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/as/as.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/as/as.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.119921051 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,26981 @@
++# Nilamdyuti Goswami <ngoswami@redhat.com>, 2013.
++# Nilamdyuti Goswami <ngoswami@redhat.com>, 2013, 2014.
++# ngoswami <ngoswami@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-15 07:48-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Nilamdyuti Goswami <ngoswami@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Assamese <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: as\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "নীলমদ্যুতি গোস্বামী (ngoswami@redhat.com)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"বহিৰ্তম ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"বহিৰ্তম ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 ডেস্কটপ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলৰ বাবে এটা সহায়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">সহায়</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ল'গো</media> "
++"GNOME সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "এই কাৰ্য্য <_:link-1/> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত অনুজ্ঞিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "শ্বণ মেকেন্স"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "ফিল বুল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "মাইকেল হিল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "একেটা কি'ৰ দ্ৰুত-পুনৰাবৃত্তি হোৱা কি' টিপা উপেক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ অন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"দ্ৰুত অনুৰোধ কৰা কি' টিপবোৰ উপেক্ষা কৰিবলৈ <em>বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ</em> অন কৰক। "
++"উদাজৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপোনাৰ হাতৰ কপনি আছে যাৰ বাবে এবাৰ টিপিব খোজা কি' একাধিক "
++"বাৰ টিপ খাই, আপুনি বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ অন কৰিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>টাইপিং</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ</gui> অণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ দ্ৰুত অন আৰু অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> ক্লিক কৰি আৰু "
++"<gui>বাউঞ্চ কি'সমূহ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি বাউঞ্চ কিসমূহ অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"অভিগম্যতা আইকন দৃশ্যমান হয় যেতিয়া <gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> পেনেলৰ পৰা এটা "
++"বা অধিক সংহতি সামৰ্থবান কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি প্ৰথমবাৰ কি টিপাৰ পিছত আন এটা কি টিপ ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰাৰ আগত বাউঞ্চ "
++"কি'সমূহে কিমান দেৰি অপেক্ষা কৰিব পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ <gui>গ্ৰহণ বিলম্ব</gui> "
++"স্লাইডাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। যদি আপুনিপূৰ্বৱৰ্তী কি টিপৰ পিছত এটা অতি সোনকালে হোৱা "
++"কি টিপ উপেক্ষা কৰোতে প্ৰতিবাৰে কমপিউটাৰ দ্বাৰা এটা শব্দ কৰাটো বিচাৰে তেন্তে "
++"<gui>এটা কি' নাকচ কৰোতে বিপ কৰিব</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সতেজ কৰিব পৰা ব্ৰেইল প্ৰদৰ্শনৰ সৈতে <app>Orca</app> পৰ্দা পঢ়োতা ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "ব্ৰেইলত পৰ্দা পঢ়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME এ এটা সতেজ কৰিব পৰা ব্ৰেইল প্ৰদৰ্শনত ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠ প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰিবলৈ <app>Orca</app> পৰ্দা ৰিডাৰ প্ৰদান কৰে। আপুনি GNOME কেনেকৈ ইনস্টল "
++"কৰিছে, তাৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি, আপোনাৰ Orca ইনস্টল নাথাকিব পাৰে। <link href="
++"\"install:orca\">Orca ইনস্টল কৰক</link>, তাৰ পিছত অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে <link href="
++"\"help:orca\">Orca সহায়</link> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাত থকা উইন্ডেোসমূহ আৰু বুটামসমূহ অধিক (অথবা কম) জীৱন্ত কৰক, যাতে সিহতক "
++"দেখাত সহজ হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "কনট্ৰাস্ট ঠিক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি উইন্ডোসমূহ আৰু বুটামসমূহক দেখাত সহজ কৰিবলৈ সিহতৰ প্ৰভেদ সমন্বয় কৰিব "
++"পাৰে। ই সম্পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দাৰ উজ্জ্বলতা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ নিচিনা নহয়; কেৱল "
++"<em>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠ</em> অংশবোৰ সলনি হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>চোৱা</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>উচ্চ কনট্ৰাস্ট</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link>  আৰু <gui>উচ্চ "
++"কনট্ৰাস্ট</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++"হভাৰ ক্লিক (দুবাৰ ক্লিক) বৈশিষ্ট্যয় আপোনাক মাউছ স্থিৰভাৱে ধৰি ৰাখি ক্লিক "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr "হভাৰ কৰি ক্লিকিং চিমুলেইট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ মাউছ পইন্টাৰ পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰত এটা নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ অথবা অবজেক্টৰ ওপৰত হভাৰ "
++"কৰি সহজতে ক্লিক অথবা ড্ৰেগ কৰিব পাৰিব। ই উপযোগী যদি আপুনি এটা সময়তে মাউছ "
++"লৰোৱা আৰু ক্লিক কৰাত অসুবিধা পায়। এই বৈশিষ্ট্যক হভাৰ ক্লিক অথবা ডুৱেল ক্লিক "
++"কোৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া হভাৰ ক্লিক সামৰ্থবান কৰা থাকে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ মাউছ পইন্টাৰক এটা "
++"নিয়ন্ত্ৰণৰ ওপৰত লৈ, মাউছ এৰি দিব, তাৰ পিছত অলপ অপেক্ষা কৰিব আৰু বুটামক "
++"আপোনাৰ বাবে ক্লিক কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>পইন্টিং আৰু ক্লিকিং</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>হভাৰ ক্লিক</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>হভাৰ ক্লিক</gui> উইন্ডো খোলিব, আৰু আপোনাৰ সকলো উইন্ডোৰ ওপৰত থাকিব। "
++"আপুনি ইয়াক হভাৰ কৰোতে কি ধৰণৰ ক্লিক হব লাগে বাছইবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি <gui>দ্বিতীয় ক্লিক</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰে, আপুনি হভাৰ "
++"কৰোতে ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিব। আপুনি দুবাৰ-ক্লিক , ৰাইট-ক্লিক, অথবা ড্ৰেগ কৰাৰ পিছত, "
++"স্বচালিতভাৱে ক্লিকিংলৈ ঘুৰি যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি আপেনাৰ মাউছ পইন্টাৰক এটা বুটামৰ ওপৰত হভাৰ কৰে আৰু ইয়াক নলৰায়, ই "
++"ক্ৰমান্বয়ে ৰঙ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব। যেতিয়া ই সম্পূৰ্ণৰূপে ৰঙ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব, বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"ক্লিক কৰাৰ আগতে মাউছ পোইন্টাৰ কিমান দেৰি ধৰি ৰাখিব লাগিব পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ "
++"<gui>বিলম্ব</gui> সংহতি সমন্বয় কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি হভাৰ কৰোতে ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ মাউছক সম্পূৰ্ণ স্থিৰ ধৰা প্ৰয়োজন নহয়। পইন্টাৰ "
++"অলপ লৰিব পাৰে আৰু তথাপিও অলপ পিছত নিজেই ক্লিক কৰিব। যদি ই অত্যাধিক লৰে, "
++"ক্লিক নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++"পইন্টাৰ কিমান লৰিব পাৰিব আৰু তথপিও তাক হভাৰিং কৰা বুলি ধৰা হব পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰিবলৈ <gui>স্পন্দন ডেউৰী</gui> সংহতি সমন্বয় কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr "লিখনী পঢ়িবলৈ সহজ কৰিবলে ডাঙৰ ফন্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাত লিখনীৰ আকাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাৰ লিখনী পঢ়োতে অসুবিধা হয়, আপুনি ফন্টৰ আকাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ডাঙৰ লিখনী</gui> ক <gui>ON</gui> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> "
++"ক্লিক কৰি আৰু <gui>ডাঙৰ লিখনী</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি লিখনী আকাৰ দ্ৰুতভাৱে সলনি "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"বহুতো এপ্লিকেচনত, আপুনি লিখনীৰ আকাৰ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></"
++"keyseq> টিপি বৃদ্ধি কৰিব পাৰিব। লিখনীৰ আকাৰ হ্ৰাস কৰিবলৈ, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>-</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"বহিৰ্তম ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম বুটাম হল ওপৰ বাৰত আইকন যি দেখাত এটা মানুহ নিচিনা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম মেনু সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>universal access menu</em> ত আপুনি বিভিন্ন অভিগম্যতা সংহতিসমূহ অন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব। আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত এটা বৃত্তৰে আবৃত এটা মানুহৰ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰি এই মেনু "
++"পাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম মেনু ওপৰ বাৰত পোৱা যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউছৰ পৰিবৰ্তে কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এই মেনু অভিগম কৰিবলৈ, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> টিপক যাতে কিবৰ্ত ফকাচ ওপৰ বাৰলৈ "
++"যায়। <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> বুটামৰ তলত এটা বগা লাইন আহিব  - ই ওপৰ বাৰত "
++"নিৰ্বাচিত বস্তুক বুজায়। কিবৰ্ডৰ এৰ' কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি বগা লাইনক সাৰ্বভৈমক "
++"অভিগম মেনুৰ তলত আনক আৰু ইয়াক খোলিবলৈ <key>Enter</key> টিপক। আপুনি মেনুত "
++"বস্তুবোৰ খোলিবলৈ আপ আৰু ডাউন কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব। নিৰ্বাচিত বস্তু টগল "
++"কৰিবলৈ <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "পৰ্দাত জুম ইন কৰক যাতে বস্তুবোৰ চাবলৈ সুবিধা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ স্থান ডাঙৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ আকাৰ বৃদ্ধি কৰাটো <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">লিখনী আকাৰ</link> "
++"বৃদ্ধি কৰাৰ পৰা পৃথক। এই বৈশিষ্ট্য এটা মেগ্নিফায়িং গ্লাচ থকাৰ নিচিনা, পৰ্দাৰ "
++"অংশবোৰ জুম কৰি ইফাল সিফাল লৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>জুম</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>জুম</gui> অংশয় চৰ্টকাট কি'সমূহৰ বাবে বৰ্তমান সংহতিসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত কৰে, "
++"যাক <gui>কিবৰ্ড</gui> পেনেলত <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-"
++"set\">চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</link> টেবৰ <gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> অংশত সংহতি কৰিব "
++"পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এতিয়া পৰ্দাৰ স্থানত ঘুৰি ফুৰিব পাৰিব। পৰ্দাৰ প্ৰান্তত আপোনাৰ মাউছক লৈ, "
++"আপুনি বিভিন্ন দিশত বৃদ্ধিত স্থান লৰাব পাৰিব, যাৰ বাবে আপুনি আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ "
++"স্থান দৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> ক্লিক কৰি আৰু "
++"<gui>জুম</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি জুম দ্ৰুতভাৱে অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি মেগ্নিফিকেষণ কাৰক, মাউছ ট্ৰেকিং, আৰু পৰ্দাত বৃদ্ধিত দৰ্শনৰ অৱস্থান "
++"সলনি কৰিব। ইয়াক সমন্বয় কৰিবলে, <gui>বিকল্পসমূহ</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক আৰু "
++"<gui>মেগ্নিফায়াৰ</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউছ অথবা টাচপেড পইন্টাৰ সন্ধান কৰিবলৈ আপুনি ক্ৰচহেয়াৰ সক্ৰিয় কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"ইয়াক অন কৰিবলৈ আৰু ইয়াৰ দৈৰ্ঘ্য, ৰণ, আৰু ঘনত্ব সমন্বয় কৰিবলৈ, "
++"<gui>বিকল্পসমূহ</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ক্ৰচহেয়াৰ</gui> টেব পিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি উলোটা ভিডিঅ' অথবা <gui>কলাত বগা</gui> লৈ চুইচ কৰিব পাৰিব, আৰু "
++"মেগ্নিফায়াৰৰ বাবে উজ্জ্বলতা, কনট্ৰাস্ট আৰু ধোৱাবৰণ বিকল্পসমূহ সমন্বয় কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব। এই বিকল্পসমূহৰ সংযুক্তি নিম্ন-দৃশ্যৰ মানুহ, ফ'টোফবিয়াৰ যিকোনো ডিগ্ৰি, "
++"অথবা কম পোহৰ অৱস্থাত কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ বাবে উপযোগী। <gui>বিকল্পসমূহ</"
++"gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ৰঙৰ প্ৰভাৱসমূহ</gui> টেব পিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">চোৱা</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">শুনা</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">মবিলিটি</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">ব্ৰেইল</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">পৰ্দা মেগ্নিফায়াৰ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ডেস্কটপে বিভিন্ন দূৰ্বলতা আৰু বিশেষ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা থকা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলক "
++"সমৰ্থন কৰিবলৈ আৰু সাধাৰণ সহায়ক ডিভাইচসমূহৰ সৈতে ভাৱবিনিময় কৰিবলৈ, সহায়ক "
++"প্ৰযুক্তি অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে। ওপৰ বাৰত অভিগম্যতা মেনুৰ পৰা কেইবাটাও অভিগম্যতা "
++"বৈশিষ্ট্য অভিগম কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "দৃষ্টিৰ অক্ষমতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "দৃষ্টিহিনতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "নিম্ন দৃষ্টি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ-দৃষ্টিহিনতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "অন্য বিষয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "শুনাৰ অক্ষমতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "চলনৰ অক্ষমতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "মাউছৰ গমণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "ক্লিকিং আৰু ড্ৰেগিং"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ডৰ ব্যৱহাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr "ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ বাঁও মাউছ বুটাম টিপক আৰু ধৰি থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "এটা ৰাইট মাউছ ক্লিক চিমুলেইট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বাঁও মাউছ বুটাম ধৰি ৰাখি ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব। ই উপযোগী যদি আপুনি এটা "
++"হাতৰ আঙুলিবোৰ সূকীয়াভাৱে লৰাব অসুবিধা হয়, অথবা যদি আপোনাৰ পইন্টিং ডিভাইচৰ "
++"কেৱল এটা বুটাম আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>চিমুলেটেড দ্বিতীয় ক্লিক</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ৰাইট ক্লিক হিচাপে ৰেজিস্টাৰ হবলৈ বাঁও মাউচ বুটাম কিমান দেৰি ধৰি "
++"ৰখা হব পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব। <gui>পইন্টিং আৰু ক্লিকিং</gui> টেবত, "
++"<gui>চিমুলেটেড দ্বিতীয় ক্লিক</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত <gui>গ্ৰহণ বিলম্ব</gui> "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"চিমুলেটেড দ্বিতীয় ক্লিকৰ সৈতে ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ, যেতিয়া আপুনি সাধাৰণত ৰাইট-"
++"ক্লিক কৰিব তেনেকুৱাত বাঁও মাউছ বুটাম ধৰি থওক, তাৰ পিছত এৰক। আপুনি বাঁও মাউছ "
++"বুটাম ধৰি থওতে পইন্টাৰ নীলা ৰঙৰ হৈ যায়। এবাৰ ই সম্পূৰ্ণৰূপে নীলা হোৱাৰ "
++"পিছত,ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ মাউছ বুটাম এৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান বিশেষ পইন্টাৰে, যেনে পুনৰ আকাৰ পইন্টাৰ, ৰঙ সলনি নকৰে। আপুনি তথাপিও "
++"চিমুলেটেড দ্বিতীয় ক্লিকক স্বাভাৱিক হিচাপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, যদিও আপুনি "
++"পইন্টাৰৰ পৰা দৃশ্যমান সহাঁৰি নাপায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">মাউছ কি'সমূহ</link> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, ই "
++"আপোনাক কিপেডত <key>5</key> কি ধৰি থৈ ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Activities</gui> অভাৰভিউত, এই বৈশিষ্ট্য অসামৰ্থবান থকা অৱস্থাত, আপুনি "
++"ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ সদায় দীঘল-টিপ দিব পাৰিব। দীঘল-টিপ অভাৰভিউত অলপ ভিন্নভাৱে "
++"কাম কৰে: আপুনি ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ বুটাম এৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠ কবলৈ <app>Orca</app> পৰ্দা পঢ়োতা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাক ৰাউচি পঢ়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME এ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠত কথা কবলৈ <app>Orca</app> পৰ্দা ৰিডাৰ প্ৰদান "
++"কৰে। আপুনি GNOME কেনেকৈ ইনস্টল কৰিছে, তাৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি, আপোনাৰ Orca "
++"ইনস্টল নাথাকিব পাৰে। <link href=\"install:orca\">Orca ইনস্টল কৰক</link>, তাৰ "
++"পিছত অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca সহায়</link> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr "এটা কি' টিপা আৰু পৰ্দাত উপস্থিত হোৱা সেই আখৰৰ মাজত এটা বিলম্ব ৰাখক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "লেহেম কি'সমূহ অন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>slow keys</em> অন কৰক যদি আপুনি এটা কি টিপা আৰু সেই আখৰ পৰ্দাত প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"হোৱাৰ মাজত এটা বিলম্ব বিচাৰে। ই অৰ্থ হল আপুনি টাইপ কৰিব খোজা প্ৰতিটো কি'ক "
++"উপস্থিত হবলৈ অলপ সময় ধৰি থব লাগিব। লেহেম কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক যদি আপুনি টাইপ "
++"কৰোতে ভুলতে কেইবাটাও কি' টিপে অথবা প্ৰথমবাৰত কিবৰ্ডত সঠিক কি টিপোতে আপোনাৰ "
++"অসুবিধা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>লেহেম কি'সমূহ</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "লেহেম কি'সমূহ দ্ৰুত অন আৰু অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"কিবৰ্ডৰ পৰা লেহেম কি'সমূহ অন অথবা অফ কৰিবলৈ <gui>কিবৰ্ড দ্বাৰা সামৰ্থবান "
++"কৰক</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>কিবৰ্ডৰ পৰা অভিগম্যতা বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ অন কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক। যেতিয়া এই বিকল্প নিৰ্বাচিত থাকে, আপুনি লেহেম কি'সমূহ সামৰ্থবান অথবা "
++"অসামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ <key>Shift</key> কি' টিপি ৮ ছেকেণ্ড ধৰি থব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> ক্লিক কৰি আৰু "
++"<gui>লেহেম কি'সমূহ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি লেহেম কিসমূহ অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"অভিগম্যতা আইকন দৃশ্যমান হয় যেতিয়া <gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> পেনেলৰ পৰা এটা "
++"বা অধিক সংহতি সামৰ্থবান কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা কি'ক ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰিবলৈ কিমান দেৰি ধৰি থব লাগিব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ "
++"<gui>গ্ৰহণ বিলম্ব</gui> স্লাইডাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক এটা কি টিপোতে, এটা কি' টিপ গ্ৰহণ হওতে, অথবা যেতিয়া "
++"এটা কি' টিপ বহুত দেৰি টিপি নথোৱাৰ বাবে নাকচ হয়, শব্দ কৰাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"কি'বৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহক সকলো কি' একেলগে টিপাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে এটা সময়ত এটা কি' টিপি "
++"টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "স্টিকি কি'সমূহ অন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>স্টিকি কি'সমূহ</em> এ আপোনাক কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ সকলো কি' একেলগে ধৰি নথৈ "
++"এটা সময়ত এটা কি' ৰূপে টাইপ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> চৰ্টকাটে "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ চুইচ কৰে। স্টিকি কি'সমূহ অন নাথাকিলে, আপুনি দুয়োটা কি' একে সময়তে "
++"ধৰি থব লাগিব; স্টিকি কি'সমূহ অন থাকিলে, আপুনি একেটা বস্তু কৰিবলৈ <key>Super</"
++"key> টিপি তাৰ পিছত <key>Tab</key> টিপিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি একাধিক কি' একেলগে ধৰি থবলৈ আপোনাৰ অসুবিধা হয় তেন্তে আপুনি স্টিকি কি'সমূহ "
++"অন কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>স্টিকি কি'সমূহ</gui> অন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "স্টিকি কি'সমূহ দ্ৰুতভাৱে অন আৰু অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"কিবৰ্ডৰ পৰা স্টিকি কি'সমূহ অন অথবা অফ কৰিবলৈ <gui>কিবৰ্ড দ্বাৰা সামৰ্থবান "
++"কৰক</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>কিবৰ্ডৰ পৰা অভিগম্যতা বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ অন কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক। যেতিয়া এই বিকল্প নিৰ্বাচিত থাকে, আপুনি স্টিকি কি'সমূহ সামৰ্থবান অথবা "
++"অসামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ <key>Shift</key> কি' পাচ বাৰ টিপিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> ক্লিক কৰি আৰু "
++"<gui>স্টিকি কি'সমূহ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি স্টিকি কিসমূহ অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"অভিগম্যতা আইকন দৃশ্যমান হয় যেতিয়া <gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> পেনেলৰ পৰা এটা "
++"বা অধিক সংহতি সামৰ্থবান কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি দুটা কি একেলগে টিপে, আপুনি স্টিকি কি'সমূহক নিজস্বভাৱে অস্থায়ীভাৱে "
++"বন্ধ কৰাব পাৰে যাতে আপুনি এটা কি'বৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট সাধাৰণভাৱে সুমাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপোনাৰ স্টিকি কি'সমূহ অন আছে কিন্তু <key>Super</key> আৰু "
++"<key>Tab</key> একেলগে টিপে, স্টিকি কি'সমূহে আপুনি আন এটা কি' টিপালৈ অপেক্ষা "
++"নকৰে যদি আপোনাৰ এই বিকল্প অন থাকে। ই অপেক্ষা কৰিব যদি আপুনি এটা কি' টিপে। ই "
++"উপযোগী যদি আপুনি একেলগে কিছুমান কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট টিপিব পাৰে (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, "
++"যিবোৰ কি একেলগে থাকে), কিন্তু অন্য নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াক সামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ <gui>অসামৰ্থবান কৰক যদি দুটা কি' একেলগে টিপা হয়</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কমপিউটাৰক এটা \"বিপ\" শব্দ কৰিবলৈ সংহতি কৰিব পাৰে যেতিয়া আপুনি স্টিকি "
++"কি'সমূহ অন থকাকৈ কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰে। ই উপযোগী যদি আপুনি জানিব "
++"বিচাৰে যে স্টিকি কি'সমূহে এটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট টাইপ হোৱাৰ অপেক্ষাত আছে, সেয়েহে "
++"পৰৱৰ্তী কি টিপক এটা চৰ্টকাট বুলি ধৰা হব। ইয়াক সামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ <gui>এটা "
++"পৰিৱৰ্তক কি টিপোতে বিপ কৰিব</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সতৰ্ক শব্দ বাজোতে পৰ্দা অথবা উইন্ডো ফ্লেশ কৰিবলৈ চক্ষ সতৰ্কবাৰ্তাসমূহ "
++"সামৰ্থবান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr "সতৰ্কবাৰ্তা শব্দবোৰৰ বাবে পৰ্দা ফ্লেশ্ব কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে কিছুমান বাৰ্তা আৰু ঘটনাৰ বাবে এটা সাধাৰণ সতৰ্ক শব্দ বজাব। "
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এই শব্দসমূহ শুনোতে অসুবিধা হৈছে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা অথবা "
++"বৰ্তমান উইন্ডোক সতৰ্ক শব্দ বাজোতে দৃশ্যমানভাৱে ফ্লেশ্ব কৰাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"ই উপযোগী হব পাৰে যদি আপুনি এটা পৰিৱেশত আছে য'ত আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক শান্ত "
++"থকাটো বিচাৰে, যেনে এটা লাইব্ৰেৰীত থাকে। সতৰ্ক শব্দ কেনেকৈ মৌন কৰি দৃশ্যমান "
++"সতৰ্কসমূহ সামৰ্থবান কৰা হব জানিবলৈ <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>শুনা</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>চক্ষ সতৰ্কবাৰ্তাসমূহ</gui> অন কৰক। আপুনি সম্পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা বিচাৰে নে কেৱল "
++"বৰ্তমান উইন্ডো শীৰ্ষক ফ্লেশ্ব কৰাব বিচাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অভিগম্যতা আইকন</link> ক্লিক কৰি আৰু "
++"<gui>চক্ষ সতৰ্কবাৰ্তাসমূহ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি চক্ষ সতৰ্কবাৰ্তাসমূহ দ্ৰুতভাৱে "
++"অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ সহায় ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ কিছু সম্ভেদ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME তথ্যচিত্ৰ প্ৰকল্প"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "এই সহায়কৰ বিষয়ে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"এই সহায়কক আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহৰ বিষয়ে কবলৈ, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ-"
++"প্ৰাসংগিক প্ৰশ্নবোৰৰ উত্তৰ দিবলৈ, আৰু আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ সঠিকভাৱে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাত "
++"সহায় কৰিবলৈ, ৰূপাঙ্কণ কৰা হৈছে। আমি এই সহায়কক যিমান সম্ভব সহজ কৰাৰ চেষ্টাৰ "
++"কৰিছো:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সহায়কক সৰু, কাৰ্য্য-প্ৰাসংগিক বিষয়বোৰত সমন্বয় কৰা হৈছে--পাঠত নহয়। ইয়াৰ "
++"বাবে আপোনাক আপোনাৰ প্ৰশ্নৰ উত্তৰ বাবে এটা সম্পূৰ্ণ হাতপুথি পঢ়াৰ প্ৰয়োজন নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰাসংগিক বস্তুবোৰ একেলগে থোৱা হৈছে। কিছুমান পৃষ্ঠাৰ তলত থকা \"আৰু চাওক\" "
++"লিঙ্কসমূহে আপোনাক প্ৰাসংগিক বিষয়েবোৰলৈ নিব। ই এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট কাৰ্য্য পৰিৱেশন "
++"কৰিবলৈ সহায়ক সদৃশ বিষয়বোৰ সন্ধান কৰাটো সহজ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++"ই বিল্ট-ইন সন্ধান অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে। সহায় ব্ৰাউছাৰৰ ওপৰত থকা বাৰ হল এটা "
++"<em>সন্ধান বাৰ</em>, আৰু আপুনি টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ লগে লগে প্ৰাসংগিক "
++"ফলাফলসমূহ উপস্থিত হোৱা আৰম্ভ হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++"সহায়কক নিয়মিতভাৱে উন্নত কৰা হৈছে। যদিও আমি আপোনাক সহায়ক তথ্যৰ এটা সম্পূৰ্ণ "
++"সংহতি প্ৰদান কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰো, আমি জানো আমি আপোনাৰ সকলো প্ৰশ্নৰ উত্তৰ ইয়াত "
++"দিব নোৱাৰিম। আমি তথ্যক অধিক সহায়ক কৰিবলৈ অধিক তথ্য যোগ কৰি থাকিম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++"ডেস্কটপ সহায় পঢ়িবলৈ সময় দিয়াৰ বাবে ধন্যবাদ। আমি আন্তঃৰিকতাৰে কামনা কৰো যদি "
++"আপোনাক ইয়াক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা কেতিয়াও নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME তথ্যচিত্ৰ দল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "এটা অনলাইন একাওন্ট সংযুক্ত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "জিম কেম্পবেল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "এটা একাওন্ট যোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা একাওন্ট যোগ কৰিলে আপোনাৰ অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ আপোনাৰ GNOME ডেস্কটপৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযোগ কৰাত সহায়ক হব। সেয়েহে, আপোনাৰ ইমেইল প্ৰগ্ৰাম, চেট প্ৰগ্ৰাম, আৰু অন্য "
++"প্ৰাসংগিক এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আপোনাৰ বাবে সংস্থাপন কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "উইন্ডোৰ তলৰ-বাঁও অংশত <key>+</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "<gui>একাওন্ট ধৰণ</gui> মেনু ক্লিক কৰক আৰু এটা বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটাৰ অধিক একাওন্ট ধৰণ আছে, আপুনি পিছত অন্য একাওন্টবোৰ যোগ কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>যোগ কৰক…</gui> ক্লিক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সৰু অনলাইন উইন্ডো খোল খাব য'ত আপুনি আপোনাৰ অনলাইন একাওন্টৰ তথ্য দিব "
++"পাৰিব। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি এটা Google একাওন্ট সংস্থাপন কৰি আছে, আপোনাৰ "
++"Google ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম আৰু পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ তথ্যসমূহ সঠিক সুমুৱাইছে, আপোনাক আপোনাৰ অনলাইন একাওন্টলৈ "
++"GNOME অভিগমৰ অনুমতি দিবলৈ প্ৰমপ্ট কৰা হব। আগবাঢ়িবলৈ <gui>অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰক</"
++"gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ অনলাইন একাওন্টৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত কৰিব খোজা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ বাছক। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি চেটৰ বাবে এটা অনলাইন একাওন্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজে, "
++"কিন্তু আপোনাৰ কেলেন্ডাৰৰ বাবে এটা অনলাইন একাওন্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব নোখোজে, "
++"<gui>কেলেন্ডাৰ</gui> বিকল্প বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি একাওন্টসমূহ যোগ কৰাৰ পিছত, আপুনি নিৰ্বাচন কৰা প্ৰতিটো এপ্লিকেচনে "
++"স্বচালিতভাৱে সেই তথ্যসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব যেতিয়া আপুনি সিহতক আৰম্ভ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"সুৰক্ষা কাৰণৰ বাবে, GNOME এ আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত সংৰক্ষণ নকৰে। "
++"ইয়াৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে, ই অনলাইন সেৱা দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা এটা টকেন সংৰক্ষণ কৰে। যদি "
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ আৰু অনলাইন সেৱাৰ মাজৰ সংযোগ সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে আতৰাব খোজে, "
++"ইয়াক <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">আতৰাওক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "একাটেৰিনা গেৰাচিমভা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "জুলিটা ইনকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এটা নতুন একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "এটা অনলাইন একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান অনলাইন একাওন্ট সেৱা প্ৰদানকাৰীসকলে <app>Online Accounts</app> লৈ যোগ "
++"কৰাকৈ এটা একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। ই আপোনাক এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ পৰা "
++"আপোনাৰ সকলো অনলাইন একাওন্ট ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>অনলাইন একাওন্ট</app> সংহতিসমূহ খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ড্ৰপ ডাউন মেনুৰ পৰা এটা <gui>একাওন্ট ধৰণ</gui> বাছক। কিছুমান একাওন্ট ধৰণ "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">উপলব্ধ নহবও পাৰে</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "আগবাঢ়িবলৈ <gui>যোগ কৰক…</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ছাইন আপ কৰক</gui> বুটাম অথবা পৃষ্ঠাত থকা লিঙ্ক সন্ধান কৰক আৰু ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"সকলো অনলাইন একাওন্ট প্ৰদানকাৰীয়ে এই স্তৰত এটা একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰাৰ অনুমতি "
++"নিদিয়ে। যদি আপুনি ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰিব খোজা সেৱাৰ বাবে ই সত্য হয়, আপুনি এটা "
++"একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ এটা বিকল্প পদ্ধতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰেজিস্ট্ৰেষণ ফৰ্ম পূৰন কৰক। আপোনাক কিছুমান বিৱৰণ যেনে ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম আৰু "
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড খোজা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ নতুন একাওন্টক <app>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</app> ৰ সৈতে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ "
++"আপুনি ইয়াক GNOME অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা একাওন্ট প্ৰদানকাৰী দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা সকলো সেৱা অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সামৰ্থবান "
++"থাকিব। ইহতক অসামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ সূকীয়া সেৱাসমূহ <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
++"service\">বন্ধ কৰক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান অনলাইন একাওন্টক একাধিক সেৱা অভিগম কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰি (যেনে "
++"কেলেন্ডাৰ আৰু ইমেইল)। আপুনি এই সেৱাসমূহৰ কোনবোৰ এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ দ্বাৰা ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰিব পৰা যাব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা একাওন্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি কোনবোৰ অনলাইন সেৱা অভিগম কৰিব পৰা যাব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান অনলাইন একাওন্টে আপোনাক একেটা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টৰ সৈতে বিভিন্ন সেৱা "
++"অভিগম কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, Google একাওন্টসমূহে কেলেন্ডাৰ, ইমেইল, "
++"পৰিচয়সমূহ আৰু চেটলৈ অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰে। আপুনি আপোনাৰ একাওন্টক কিছুমান সেৱাৰ "
++"বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, কিন্তু অন্যৰ বাবে নহয়। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"Google একাওন্টক ইমেইলৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব বিচাৰিব পাৰে কিন্তু চেটৰ বাবে, "
++"যিহেতু আপোনাৰ এটা ভিন্ন অনলাইন একাওন্ট আছে যাক আপুনি চেটৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰতিটো অনলাইন একাওন্ট দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা কিছুমান সেৱা আপুনি অসামৰ্থবান কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr "বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা আপুনি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব বিচৰা একাওন্ট বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"এই একাওন্টৰ সৈতে উপলব্ধ সেৱাসমূহৰ এটা তালিকা <gui>এই একাওন্টক চিহ্নিত কামৰ "
++"বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব নোখোজা সেৱাসমূহ বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"এবাৰ এটা সেৱা এখন একাওন্টৰ বাবে অসামৰ্থবান হোৱাৰ পিছত, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহে সেই সেৱালৈ সংযোগ কৰিবলৈ একাওন্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি অসামৰ্থবান কৰা সেৱা অন কৰিবলৈ, <gui>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</gui> উইন্ডোত "
++"যাওক আৰু ইয়াক অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "বেপটিস্ট মিলে-মেথিয়াচ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "এটা অনলাইন সেৱা যোগানকাৰী তালিকাভুক্ত নাথাকিলে কি কৰা হব?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "মোৰ একাওন্ট ধৰণ তালিকাত কিয় নাই?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ অনলাইন সেৱা প্ৰদানকাৰীৰ বাবে সমৰ্থন দিবলৈ ইয়াক কোনোবাই উন্নত "
++"কৰিব লাগিব। বৰ্তমানে, কেৱল কিছুমান অনলাইন একাওন্ট সমৰ্থিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Facebook"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "Yahoo ৰ বাবে সমৰ্থন নিকট ভৱিষ্যতত যোগ কৰিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি অন্য সেৱাসমূহৰ বাবে সমৰ্থন যোগ কৰিবলৈ ইচ্ছুক, <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> বাগ "
++"ট্ৰেকাৰ</link> ত উন্নয়নকাৰীসকল যোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "এটা অনলাইন একাওন্ট সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "এটা একাওন্ট আতৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "আপুনি আতৰাব খোজা একাওন্ট বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "উইন্ডোৰ তলৰ-বাঁও অংশত <key>-</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>আতৰাওক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"একাওন্ট সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে মচি পেলোৱাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে, আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ দ্বাৰা অভিগম কৰা "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">সেৱাসমূহ প্ৰতিৰোধ</link> কৰা সম্ভব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "২০১২-২০১৩"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "আন্দ্ৰে ক্লেপাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহে <app>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</app> ত সৃষ্টি কৰা একাওন্টসমূহ আৰু "
++"সিহতে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা সেৱাসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "কোনবোৰ এপ্লিকেচনে অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহৰ সুবিধা পায়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</app> ক বহিৰ্তম এপ্লিকেচনসমূহে নিজক স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"সংৰূপণ কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "এটা Google একাওন্টৰ সৈতে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, ইমেইল এপ্লিকেচন। আপোনাৰ ইমেইল একাওন্টক <app>Evolution</"
++"app> লৈ স্বচালিতভাৱে যোগ কৰা হব, সেয়েহে ই আপোনাৰ মেইল উদ্ধাৰ কৰি, আপোনাৰ "
++"একাওন্টলৈ অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰিব, আৰু আপোনাৰ Google কাৰ্য্যক্ৰমত আপোনাৰ কেলেন্ডাৰ "
++"বস্তবোৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, তৎক্ষনাত বাৰ্তা এপ্লিকেচন। আপোনাৰ অনলাইন একাওন্ট যোগ কৰা "
++"হব আৰু আপুনি আপোনাৰ বন্ধুসকলৰ সৈতে যোগাযোগ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app>, যি আপোনাক আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সমূহ চোৱাৰ আৰু সম্পাদনা কৰাৰ "
++"অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এ আপোনাৰ অনলাইন দস্তাবেজসমূহ অভিগম কৰি প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "Windows Live, Facebook অথবা Twitter একাওন্টসমূহৰ সৈতে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> এ এই একাওন্টসমূহক আপোনাক অনলাইন সংযুক্ত কৰিবলৈ আৰু আপোনাৰ "
++"পৰিচয়সমূহ, বন্ধুসকল, আৰু অনুকৰকসকলৰ সৈতে চেট কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "এটা SkyDrive একাওন্টৰ সৈতে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এ আপোনাৰ অনলাইন দস্তাবেজসমূহক Microsoft SkyDrive ত "
++"অভিগম কৰি প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "এটা Exchange একাওন্টৰ সৈতে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এবাৰ এটা Exchange একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰাৰ পিছত, <app>Evolution</app> এ এই "
++"একাওন্টৰ পৰা মেইলসমূহ উদ্ধাৰ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "এটা ownCloud একাওন্টৰ সৈতে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া এটা ownCloud একাওন্ট সংস্থাপন কৰা হয়, <app>Evolution</app> পৰিচয়সমূহ "
++"আৰু কেলেন্ডাৰ সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ অভিগম আৰু সম্পাদন কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> আৰু অন্য এপ্লিকেচনসমূহে ownCloud ইনস্টলেষণত আপোনাৰ "
++"অনলাইন ফাইলসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত কৰি অভিগম কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "চুজানা হাটানেন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপলৈ আপোনাৰ ইমেইল অথবা সামাজিক মাধ্যম কিয় যোগ কৰিব লাগে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "মই এটা একাওন্ট কিয় যোগ কৰিব লাগে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ একাওন্টসমূহ যোগ কৰিলে আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ সেৱাসমূহ যেনে কেলেন্ডাৰ, চেট আৰু "
++"ই-মেইল প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপলৈ আহে আৰু সেৱাসমূহৰ তথ্যক আপোনাৰ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী অনুভৱৰ এটা বাধাহিন অংশ বনায়। একাওন্টসমূহ যোগ কৰিলে আপুনি অতি "
++"সহজতে বিভিন্ন একাওন্টসমূহ, যেনে চেটৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত থাকিব পাৰিব। আপোনাৰ "
++"একাওন্টক কেৱল এবাৰ সংহতি কৰক আৰু প্ৰতিবাৰে আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ আৰম্ভ কৰোতে আপুনি "
++"যোগ কৰা সকলো একাওন্ট আৰু সেৱা আপোনাৰ বাবে প্ৰস্তুত থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">এটা নতুন একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰক</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">এটা অস্তিত্ববান একাওন্ট যোগ কৰক</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-remove\">এটা একাওন্ট আতৰাওক</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <app>অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</app> উইন্ডোত কিছুমান অনলাইন সেৱা (যেনে Google "
++"আৰু Facebook) ৰ লগিন বিৱৰণসমূহ সুমুৱাব পাৰিব। ই আপোনাক আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট "
++"বিৱৰণসমূহ আকৌ সুমুৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নহোৱাকৈ, সেই এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ "
++"কেলেন্ডাৰ, মেইল, চেট একাওন্টসমূহ সহজতে অভিগম কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিব। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বেকআপৰ সফলতা সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বেকআপ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ বেকআপ লোৱাৰ পিছত, আপুনি বেকআপ সফল আছিল নে সুনিশ্চিত "
++"কৰিব লাগিব। যদি ই সঠিকভাৱে কাৰ্য্য কৰা নাই, আপুনি গুৰত্বপূৰ্ণ তথ্য হেৰুৱাব "
++"পাৰে যিহেতু কিছুমান ফাইল বেকআপৰ পৰা সন্ধানহিন হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ কপি অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰে, কমপিউটাৰে সকলো তথ্য সঠিকভাৱে স্থানান্তৰ হৈছে সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ নিৰীক্ষণ "
++"কৰে। যি কি নহওক, যদি আপুনি অতি গুৰত্বপূৰ্ণ তথ্য স্থানান্তৰ কৰি আছে, আপোনাৰ "
++"তথ্য সঠিকভাৱে স্থানান্তৰ হৈছে সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ অতিৰিক্ত পৰিক্ষা পৰিৱেশন কৰিব "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি গন্তব্য মিডিয়াত কপি হোৱা ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহক চাই এটা অতিৰিক্ত "
++"পৰিক্ষা কৰিব পাৰিব। আপুনি স্থানান্তৰ কৰা ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ সঁচাকৈ বেকআপত "
++"আছে নে সুনিশ্চিত কৰিলে, প্ৰক্ৰিয়াৰ সফলতাৰ এটা অতিৰিক্ত ভৰষা পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি তথ্যৰ বৃহত পৰিমাণ নিয়মিয়াভাৱে বেকআপ লয়, আপুনি এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট বেকআপ "
++"প্ৰগ্ৰাম যেনে <app>Déjà Dup</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাটো অধিক সহজ পাব। এইধৰণৰ "
++"প্ৰগ্ৰাম ফাইলসমূহ কেৱল কপি আৰু পেইস্ট কৰাৰ তুলনাত অধিক শক্তিশালী আৰু "
++"ভৰষাবান।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফাইলসমূহৰ সুৰক্ষা সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ কিমান সঘনে সিহতক "
++"বেকআপ কৰা হব শিকক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "টিফানি এন্টপলস্কি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "বেকআপসমূহৰ বাৰংবাৰতা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কিমান বাৰ বেকআপ লয় সেয়া বেকআপ লব লগিয়া তথ্যৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰে। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহত গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ তথ্যৰ সৈতে এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"পৰিৱেশ চলাই আছে, তেন্তে নাইটলি বেকআপ পৰ্যাপ্ত নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য হাতে, যদি আপুনি তথ্যক আপোনাৰ ঘৰৰ কমপিউটাৰত বেকআপ লৈ আছে তেন্তে প্ৰতি "
++"ঘন্টাত বেকআপ লোৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজন নহব। আপোনাৰ বেকআপ ক্ৰম নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰোতে নিম্নলিখিত "
++"বিষয়বোৰ মন কৰাটো সহায়ক হব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "আপুনি কমপিউটাৰত ব্যয় কৰা সময়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr "কিমান সচৰাচৰ আৰু কিমান পৰিমাণ তথ্য কমপিউটাৰত পৰিবৰ্তন হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি বেকআপ লব খোজা তথ্য নিম্ন প্ৰাথমিকতাৰ, অথবা কম পৰিবৰ্তনত, যেনে "
++"সংগিত, ই-মেইলসমূহ আৰু পৰিয়াল ফ'টোসমূহ, তেন্তে সাপ্তাহিক অথবা মাহেকীয়া বেকআপ "
++"পৰ্যাপ্ত। যি কি নহওক, যদি আপুনি এটা টেক্স অডিটৰ মাজত থাকে, অধিক সঘনে বেকআপ "
++"লোৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সাধাৰণ নিয়ম ৰূপে, বেকআপসমূহৰ মাজৰ সময় আপুনি কোনো হেৰুৱা কাৰ্য্য পুনৰ "
++"কৰিবলৈ ব্যয় কৰিব খোজা সময় পৰিমাণতকৈ অধিক হব নালাগিব। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি "
++"হেৰুৱা দস্তাবেজসমূহ পুনৰ লিখোতে এটা সপ্তাহ ব্যয় কৰাটো আপোনাৰ বাবে অত্যাধিক "
++"দীঘল, আপুনি প্ৰত্যক সপ্তাহ অন্তত এবাৰ বেকআপ লব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ মূল্যবান ফাইলসমূহ আৰু সংহতিসমূহক ক্ষতিৰ পৰা ৰক্ষা কৰাৰ বাবে কপি "
++"বনাবলৈ Déjà Dup (অথবা অন্য বেকআপ এপ্লিকেচন) ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "কেনেকৈ বেকআপ লব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ফাইল আৰু সংহতিসমূহ বেক আপ কৰাৰ আটাইতকৈ সহজ পদ্ধতি হল এটা বেক আপ "
++"এপ্লিকেচনক আপোনাৰ বাবে বেকআপ প্ৰক্ৰিয়া ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ দিয়া। বিভিন্ন ধৰণ "
++"বেকআপ এপ্লিকেচন উপলব্ধ আছে, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ <app>Déjà Dup</app>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ নিৰ্বাচন কৰা বেকআপ এপ্লিকেচনৰ বাবে সহায় আপোনাক বেকআপৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ "
++"পছন্দসমূহ সংহতি কৰাৰ, আৰু লগতে কিধৰণে আপোনাৰ তথ্য পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব তাৰ বিষয়ে "
++"সহায় কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা অন্য বিকল্প হল এটা সুৰক্ষিত অৱস্থানলৈ, যেনে এটা বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভ, "
++"নেটৱাৰ্কত অন্য কমপিউটাৰ, অথবা এটা USB ড্ৰাইভলৈ <link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ কপি</link> কৰা। আপোনাৰ <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">ব্যক্তিগত ফাইলসমূহ</link> আৰু সংহতিসমূহ সাধাৰণত আপোনাৰ ঘৰ "
++"ফোল্ডাৰত থাকে, যাতে আপুনি সিহতক তাৰ পৰা কপি কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বেকআপ লব পৰা তথ্যৰ পৰিমাণ সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচৰ আকাৰ দ্বাৰা সীমিত। যদি "
++"আপোনাৰ বেকআপ ডিভাইচত স্থান উপলব্ধ আছে, নিম্নলিখিত ব্যতিক্ৰমৰ সৈতে সম্পূৰ্ণ "
++"ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰৰ বেকআপ লোৱাটো উত্তম:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহ যি ইতিমধ্যে অন্য ঠাইত বেকআপ লোৱা আছে, যেনে এটা CD, DVD, অথবা অন্য "
++"আতৰাব পৰা মাধ্যম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহ যি আপুনি সহজতে পুনৰ সৃষ্টি কৰিব পাৰিব। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি এজন "
++"প্ৰগ্ৰামাৰ, আপুনি প্ৰগ্ৰামসমূহ কমপাইল কৰোতে উৎপন্ন ফাইলসমূহ বেকআপ লব নালাগে। "
++"ইয়াৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে, আপুনি প্ৰকৃত উৎস ফাইলসমূহ বেক লাপ লোৱাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"আবৰ্জনা ফোল্ডাৰত যিকোনো ফাইল। আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনা ফোল্ডাৰ  <file>~/.local/share/"
++"Trash</file> ত পোৱা যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ এটা বেকআপৰ পৰা পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "এটা বেকআপ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কিছুমান ফাইল হেৰুৱাইছে অথবা মচি পেলাইছে, কিন্তু আপোনাৰ ওচৰত "
++"সিহতৰ বেকআপ আছে, আপুনি সিহতক বেকআপৰ পৰা পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেকআপক এটা ডিভাইচ যেনে বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভ, USB ড্ৰাইভ "
++"অথবা নেটৱাৰ্কত অন্য কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা পুৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব বিচাৰে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰত <link xref=\"files-copy\">সিহতক কপি</link> কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেকআপ এটা বেকআপ এপ্লিকেচন যেনে <app>Déjà Dup</app> ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰি সৃষ্টি কৰিছে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেকআপ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলৈ একেটা এপ্লিকেচন "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাটো উপদেশিত। আপোনাৰ বেকআপ প্ৰগ্ৰামৰ বাবে এপ্লিকেচন সহায়ক পুনৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰক: ই ফাইলসমূহ কেনেকৈ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব তাৰ বিষয়ে বিশেষ নিৰ্দেশ প্ৰদান কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"ফোল্ডাৰসমূহৰ এটা তালিকা য'ত আপুনি বেকআপ ল'ব বিচৰা দস্তাবেজসমূহ, ফাইলসমূহ আৰু "
++"সংহতিসমূহ পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr "মই বেকআপ কৰিব বিচৰা ফাইলসমূহ ক'ত পাম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বেকআপ লোৱাৰ চেষ্টা কৰোতে কোনবোৰ ফাইল বেকআপ লোৱা হব, সিহতক অৱস্থিত কৰা, "
++"আটাইতকৈ কঠিন স্তৰ। আপুনি বেকআপ লব খোজা গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফাইলসমূহ আৰু সংহতিসমূহৰ "
++"আটাইতকৈ সাধাৰণ অৱস্থানসমূহৰ তালিকা তলত দিয়া আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "ব্যক্তিগত ফাইলসমূহ (দস্তাবেজসমূহ, সংগিত, ফ'টোসমূহ আৰু ভিডিঅ'সমূহ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"এইসমূহ সাধাৰণত আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰ (<file>/home/your_name</file>) ত সংৰক্ষণ "
++"কৰা হয়। এইসমূহ উপফোল্ডাৰ যেনে ডেস্কটপ, দস্তাবেজসমূহ, ছবিবোৰ, সংগিত আৰু "
++"ভিডিঅ'সমূহত থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ বেকআপ মাধ্যমৰ পৰ্যাপ্ত স্থান আছে (যদি ই এটা বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক "
++"হয়, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ), সম্পূৰ্ণ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰ বেক আপ লোৱাৰ কথা ভাৱি চাওক। আপুনি "
++"<app>ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষক</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰে কিমান স্থান "
++"লৈছে সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "গোপন ফাইলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা পিৰিয়ড (.) ৰ সৈতে আৰম্ভ হোৱা যিকোনো ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰ নাম অবিকল্পিতভাৱে "
++"লুকুৱা থাকে। লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ, <guiseq><gui>দৰ্শন কৰক</"
++"gui><gui>লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui></guiseq> দৰ্শন কৰক অথবা "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> টিপক। আপুনি অন্য ফাইলৰ নিচিনা "
++"ইয়াক এটা বেকআপ অৱস্থানলৈ কপি কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr "ব্যক্তিগত সংহতিসমূহ (ডেস্কটপ পছন্দ, থীমবোৰ আৰু চফ্টৱেৰ সংহতিসমূহ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ এপ্লিকেচনে সিহতৰ সংহতিসমূহ আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰৰ ভিতৰত লুকুৱা "
++"ফোল্ডাৰসমূহত থয় (লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহৰ বিষয়ে তথ্যৰ বাবে ওপৰত চাওক)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ বেছিৰভাগ এপ্লিকেচন সংহতিসমূহ আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰত লুকুৱা ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, আৰু <file>."
++"local</file> ত সংৰক্ষণ কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম-বিস্তৃত সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ গুৰত্বপূৰ্ণ অংশৰ সংহতিসমূহ আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰত সংৰক্ষণ কৰা "
++"নহয়। সিহতক সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ কেইবাটাও অৱস্থান আছে, কিন্তু বেছিৰভাগ <file>/etc</"
++"file> ফোল্ডাৰত সংৰক্ষণ কৰা হয়। সাধাৰণত, আপোনাক এই ফাইলসমূহ এটা ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰত "
++"বেক আপ লোৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজন নহয়। যদি আপুনি এটা চাৰ্ভাৰ চলাই আছে, আপুনি ই চলোৱা "
++"সেৱাসমূহৰ বাবে ফাইলসমূহ বেক আপ লব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr "তথ্য যি আপুনি কোনো ত্ৰুটিৰ ক্ষেত্ৰত হেৰুৱাব নিবিচাৰে তাৰ বেকআপ লওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "কি বেকআপ লোৱা হব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ প্ৰাথমিকতা হব লাগে আপোনাৰ <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">আটাইতকৈ "
++"গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফাইলসমূহ</link> আৰু লগতে যিবোৰ ফাইল পুনৰ সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ কঠিন তাৰ "
++"বেকআপ লোৱাৰ। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আটাইতকৈ বেছি গুৰত্বপূৰ্ণৰ পৰা আটাইতকৈ কম "
++"গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ব্যক্তিগত ফাইলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++"ই অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব পাৰে দস্তাবেজসমূহ, স্প্ৰেডশ্বিটসমূহ, ইমেইল, কেলেন্ডাৰ "
++"সাক্ষাৎকাৰ, বিত্তিয় তথ্য, পৰিয়ালৰ ফ'টো অথবা অন্য কোনো ব্যক্তিগত ফাইল যাক "
++"আপুনি অপ্ৰতিস্থাপনযোগ্য ভাৱে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ব্যক্তিগত সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++"ই আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপত কৰা ৰঙ, পটভূমি, পৰ্দাৰ বিভেদন আৰু মাউছ সংহতিসমূহলৈ "
++"কৰা পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে। ই লগতে এপ্লিকেচন পছন্দসমূহ, যেনে "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app>, আপোনাৰ সংগিত প্লেয়াৰ, আৰু আপোনাৰ ইমেইল প্ৰগ্ৰামৰ "
++"সংহতিসমূহ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে। এইবোৰ প্ৰতিস্থাপন কৰিব পাৰি, কিন্তু পুনৰ সৃষ্টি "
++"কৰোতে অলপ সময় লাগিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ মানুহে ইনস্টলেষণৰ সময়ত সৃষ্টি হোৱা চিস্টেম সংহতিসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন নকৰে। "
++"যদি আপুনি কিবা কাৰণত চিস্টেম সংহতিসমূহ স্বনিৰ্বাচন কৰে, অথবা আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰক এটা চাৰ্ভাৰ ৰূপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, তেন্তে আপুনি এই সংহতিসমূহ বেকআপ কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "ইনস্টল্ড চফ্টৱেৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা চফ্টৱেৰক সাধাৰণত এটা গুৰুতৰ কমপিউটাৰ সমস্যাৰ পিছত পুনৰ "
++"ইনস্টল কৰি দ্ৰুত পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++"সাধাৰণত, আপুনি অপ্ৰতিস্থাপনযোগ্য ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফাইলসমূহ যাক এটা বেকআপৰ অবিহনে "
++"প্ৰতিস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ বহুত সময় লাগে। যদি বস্তুবোৰ প্ৰতিস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ সহজ হয়, "
++"তেন্তে, আপুনি সিহতৰ বেকআপ লৈ ডিস্ক স্থান ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব নিবিচাৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ বেকআপসমূহ ক'ত সংৰক্ষণ কৰা হব আৰু কিধৰণৰ সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব "
++"তাৰ বিষয়ে উপদেশ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বেকআপ ক'ত সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহৰ বেকআপ কপিবোৰ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ বাহিৰে অন্য স্থানত থব "
++"লাগে - এটা বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ। সেই ধৰণে, যদি কমপিউটাৰ "
++"ক্ষতিগ্ৰস্থ হয়, তথাপিও বেকআপ ঠিক থাকিব। সৰ্বাধিক সুৰক্ষাৰ বাবে, আপুনি বেকআপক "
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ থকা ঠাইত থব নালাগে। যদি জুই লাগে অথবা চুৰি হয়, তথ্যৰ দুয়োটা "
++"কপি হেৰুৱাব যদি একেলগে থোৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সঠিক <em>backup medium</em> নিৰ্বাচন কৰাটো গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ। আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"বেকআপসমূহক এনে এটা ডিভাইচত থব লাগে যাৰ সকলো বেক আপ ফাইলসমূৰ বাবে পৰ্যাপ্ত "
++"স্থান থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "স্থানীয় আৰু দূৰৱৰ্তী সংৰক্ষণ বিকল্পসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB মেমৰি কি' (নিম্ন ক্ষমতা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "অভ্যন্তৰীক ডিস্ক ড্ৰাইভ (উচ্চ ক্ষমতা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক (সাধাৰণত উচ্চ ক্ষমতাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক-সংযুক্ত ড্ৰাইভ (উচ্চ ক্ষমতা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ফাইল/বেকআপ চাৰ্ভাৰ (উচ্চ ক্ষমতা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "লিখিব পৰা  CDs অথবা DVDs  (নিম্ন/মধ্যম ক্ষমতা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"অনলাইন বেকআপ সেৱা  (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> অথবা <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ ; ক্ষমতা দামৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰে)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্পসমূহৰ কিছুমানৰ আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ সকলো ফাইলৰ এটা বেকআপৰ অনুমতি দিবলৈ "
++"পৰ্যাপ্ত ক্ষমতা আছে, <em>সম্পূৰ্ণ চিস্টেম বেকআপ</em> হিচাপেও জনাজাত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "বেকআপসমূহৰ কিয়, কি, ক'ত আৰু কেনেকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "বেকআপসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফাইলসমূহৰ বেকআপ লওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ বেক আপ কৰাৰ সৰ্বোত্তম পদ্ধতি হল নিয়মিয়া বেকআপ, কপিসমূহ অফ-"
++"ছাইট থোৱা আৰু (সম্ভবত) ইনক্ৰিপ্টেড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">সংযোগ কৰক</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ফাইলসমূহ পঠাওক</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
++"on-off\">অন আৰু অফ কৰক</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ এটা বেতাঁৰ প্ৰটোকল যি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে বিভিন্ন ধৰণৰ ডিভাইচ "
++"সংযোগ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। ব্লুটুথ সাধাৰণত হেডছেট আৰু মাইচ আৰু কিবৰ্ডসমূহৰ "
++"নিচিনা ইনপুট ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হয়। আপুনি ব্লুটুথক <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ডিভাইচসমূহৰ মাজত ফাইল পঠোৱা</link> ৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব, যেনে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ চেল ফোনলৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহ সংযুক্ত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক এটা ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচ যেনে এটা মাউছ অথবা এটা হেডছেট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰৰিবলৈ, আপুনি "
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক সেই ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত কৰিব লাগিব। ইয়াক ব্লুটুথ "
++"ডিভাইচসমূহ যোৰ কৰা কোৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ আগত, সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে ব্লুটুথ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত সামৰ্থবান "
++"আছে। <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"মেনু বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>নতুন ডিভাইচ সংস্থাপন কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>এটা নতুন ডিভাইচ সংস্থাপন কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচক <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">খোজ কৰিব পৰা অথবা "
++"দৃশ্যমান</link> কৰক আৰু ইয়াক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ ৰ পৰা ১০ মিটাৰ (৩৩ ফিট) "
++"দুৰত্বৰ মাজত ৰাখক। <gui>আগবাঢ়ক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে ডিভাইচসমূহ "
++"সন্ধান কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি অত্যাধিক ডিভাইচ তালিকাভুক্ত থাকে, তালিকাত কেৱল এটা ধৰণৰ ডিভাইচ প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰিবলৈ <gui>ডিভাইচ ধৰণ</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা PIN কেনেকৈ অন্য ডিভাইচলৈ প্ৰেৰণ কৰা হব সংহতি কৰিবলৈ <gui>PIN বিকল্পসমূহ</"
++"gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++"স্বচালিত PIN সংহতিয়ে এটা ছয়-ডিজিট সাংখ্যিক ক'ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব। কোনো ইনপুট কি "
++"অথবা পৰ্দা নথকা এটা ডিভাইচ, যেনে এটা মাউছ অথবা হেডছেটৰ এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট PIN "
++"যেনে 0000, অথবা কোনো PIN নহলেও হব। সঠিক সংহতিৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ ডিভাইচ পৰিক্ষা "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডিভাইচৰ বাবে এটা সঠিক PIN বাছক, তাৰ পিছত <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"আগবাঢ়িবলৈ <gui>আগবাঢ়ক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। যদি আপুনি এটা পূৰ্বসংহিত PIN নিৰ্বাচন "
++"কৰা নাছিল, PIN পৰ্দাত দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি প্ৰয়োজন হয়, আপোনাৰ অন্য ডিভাইচত PIN সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। ডিভাইচে আপুনি "
++"কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰ্দাত দেখি পোৱা PIN দেখুৱাব লাগে, অথবা আপোনাক PIN সুমুৱাবলৈ ক'ব "
++"পাৰে। ডিভাইচত PIN সুনিশ্চিত কৰক, তাৰ পিছত <gui>মিল খায়</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ প্ৰৱিষ্টিক বেছিৰভাগ ডিভাইচত ২০ ছেকেণ্ডৰ ভিতৰত সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিব "
++"লাগিব, নহলে সংযোগ সম্পূৰ্ণ নহব। যদি তেনেকুৱা হয়, ডিভাইচ তালিকাত উভতি যাওক "
++"আৰু আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"সংযোগ সফলভাৱে সম্পূৰণ হলে এটা বাৰ্তা প্ৰদৰ্শিত হ'ব। <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ইচ্ছামতে <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">এটা ব্লুটুথ "
++"সংযোগ</link> পিছত আতৰাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ অংশীদাৰী কৰা ফাইলসমূহলৈ অভিগম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ, <gui>ব্লুটুথ "
++"অংশীদাৰী</gui> সংহতিসমূহ চাওক। <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++"এডাপ্টাৰ বন্ধ থাকিব পাৰে অথবা ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ নাথাকিব পাৰে, অথবা ব্লুটুথ "
++"অসামৰ্থাব অথবা প্ৰতিৰোধিত থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচ সংযোগ কৰিব নোৱাৰো"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ব্লটুথ ডিভাইচ, যেনে এটা ফোন অথবা হেডছেটলৈ সংযোগ কৰিব নোৱাৰাৰ "
++"কেইবাটাও কাৰণ থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "সংযোগ প্ৰতিৰোধিত অথবা ভৰষাহিন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচে অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সংযোগ প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰে, অথবা আপোনাক সংযোগ "
++"স্থাপন কৰিবলৈ আপোনাক এটা সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ ক'ব পাৰে। আপোনাৰ ডিভাইচ "
++"সংযোগৰ অনুমতি দিবলৈ সংস্থাপিত থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ চিনাক্ত কৰিব নোৱাৰি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ব্লুটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ/ডঙল কমপিউটাৰ দ্বাৰা চিনাক্ত নহব পাৰে। ই এডাপ্টাৰৰ "
++"বাবে <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ</link> ইনস্টল নথকা বাবে হব "
++"পাৰে। কিছুমান ব্লটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ Linux ত সমৰ্থিত নহয়, সেয়েহে আপুনি সিহতৰ বাবে "
++"সঠিক ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ নাপাব পাৰে। এই ক্ষেত্ৰত, আপুনি সম্ভবত এটা ভিন্ন ব্লুটুথ "
++"এডাপ্টাৰ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "এডাপ্টাৰ অন নহয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। <gui>মেনু বাৰ</gui> ত ব্লুটুথ আইকনত "
++"ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আৰু চাওক যে ই <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">অসামৰ্থবান</"
++"link> নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক "
++"আৰু আৰু চাওক যে ই <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">অসামৰ্থবান</link> "
++"নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "ডিভাইচ ব্লুটুথ সংযোগ বন্ধ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সংযোগ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰা ডিভাইচত ব্লুটুথ অন আছে নে চাওক। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, "
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ফোনৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰি আছে, ই বিমান অৱস্থাত নথকাটো "
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত কোনো ব্লুটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"বহুতো কমপিউটাৰত ব্লুটুথ এডাপ্টাৰ নাই। আপুনি এটা এডাপ্টাৰ কিনিব পাৰিব যদি "
++"আপুনি ব্লটুথ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব বিচাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "এটা ডিভাইচক ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ মাজৰ এটা সংযোগ আতৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত থকাটো নিবিচাৰে, আপুনি সংযোগ আতৰাব "
++"পাৰে। ই উপযোগী যদি আপুনি এটা ডিভাইচ যেনে, এটা মাউছ অথবা হেডছেট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব "
++"নিবিচাৰে, অথবা আপুনি এটা ডিভাইচৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহ স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব নিবিচাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>মেনু বাৰ</gui>ত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহ</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বিচ্ছিন্নিত কৰিব খোজা ডিভাইচক বাঁও পেইনত বাছক, তাৰ পিছত তালিকাত <gui>-"
++"</gui> আইকন ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "সুনিশ্চিতকৰণ উইন্ডোত <gui>আতৰাওক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ পছন্দমতে পিছত <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">এটা "
++"ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচ পুনৰ সংযোগ</link> কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহ যেনে আপোনাৰ ফোনলৈ ফাইলসমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক এটা ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচলৈ পঠাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সংযুক্ত ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহলৈ ফািলবোৰ পঠাব পাৰে, যেনে কিছুমান মবাইল ফোন "
++"অথবা অন্য কমপিউটাৰ। কিছুমান ডিভাইচে ফাইলসমূহৰ স্থানান্তৰ অথবা বিশেষ ধৰণৰ "
++"ফাইলৰ স্থানান্তৰৰ অনুমতি নিদিয়ে। আপুনি ফাইলসমূহক তিনিটা পদ্ধতিৰ এটা পদ্ধতিৰে "
++"পঠাব পাৰিব: মেনু বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি, ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহ উইন্ডোৰ "
++"পৰা, অথবা প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ পৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সংযুক্ত ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহলৈ ফািলবোৰ পঠাব পাৰে, যেনে কিছুমান মবাইল ফোন "
++"অথবা অন্য কমপিউটাৰ। কিছুমান ডিভাইচে ফাইলসমূহৰ স্থানান্তৰ অথবা বিশেষ ধৰণৰ "
++"ফাইলৰ স্থানান্তৰৰ অনুমতি নিদিয়ে। আপুনি ফাইলসমূহক ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি অথবা ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহ উইন্ডোৰ পৰা পঠাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "ব্লটুথ আইকন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ফাইলসমূহ পঠাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"মেনু বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ফাইলসমূহ ডিভাইচলৈ পঠাওক</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ফাইলসমূহ ডিভাইচলৈ পঠাওক</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr "আপুনি পঠাব বিচৰা ফাইল বাছক আৰু <gui>বাছক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফোল্ডাৰত এটাতকৈ অধিক ফাইল পঠাবলৈ, প্ৰতিটো ফাইল নিৰ্বাচন কৰোতে <key>Ctrl</"
++"key> ধৰি থব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ পঠাব বিচৰা ডিভাইচ বাছক আৰু <gui>Send</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকায় বিস্তাৰত থকা দুয়ো <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">আপুনি ইতিমধ্যে সংযুক্ত ডিভাইচসমূহ</link> লগতে <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\"> দৃশ্যমান ডিভাইচসমূহ</link> দেখুৱাব। যদি আপুনি "
++"নিৰ্বাচিত ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে ইতিমধ্যে সংযুক্ত কৰা নাই, আপোনাক <gui>পঠাওক</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰি ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে যোৰ হবলৈ প্ৰমপ্ট কৰা হব। ইয়াৰ বাবে অন্য ডিভাইচত "
++"নিশ্চিতকৰণৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি বহু ডিভাইচ আছে, আপুনি <gui>ডিভাইচ ধৰণ</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি "
++"তালিকাক কেৱল নিৰ্দিষ্ট ডিভাইচ ধৰণলৈ সীমিত কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"গ্ৰাহক ডিভাইচৰ গৰাকীয়ে ফাইল গ্ৰহণ কৰিবলৈ এটা বুটাম টিপিব লাগিব। গৰাকীয়ে "
++"গ্ৰহণ অথবা নাকচ কৰাৰ পিছত, ফাইল স্থানান্তৰৰ ফলাফল আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাত দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহ পঠাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"মেনু বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহ পঠাবলৈ ডিভাইচ বাছক। তালিকায় কেৱল আপুনি সংযোগ "
++"কৰা ডিভাইচসমূহ দেখুৱায়। <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr "সোঁফালে ডিভাইচ তথ্যত, <gui>ফাইলসমূহ পঠাওক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচ সামৰ্থবান অথবা অসামৰ্থবান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ অন অথবা অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত থকা ব্লুটুথ আইকন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ পঠাবলৈ আৰু গ্ৰহণ কৰিবলৈ ব্লুটুথ অন আৰু অফ কৰিব পাৰিব, কিন্তু "
++"শক্তি সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ ইয়াক বন্ধ কৰক। ব্লুটুথ অন কৰিবলৈ, মেনু বাৰত ব্লুটুথ "
++"আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ অন কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ পঠাবলৈ আৰু গ্ৰহণ কৰিবলৈ ব্লুটুথ অন কৰিব পাৰিব, কিন্তু শক্তি "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ ইয়াক বন্ধ কৰক। ব্লুটুথ অন কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত ব্লুটুথ আইকনত "
++"ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"বহুতো লেপটপ কমপিউটাৰৰ ব্লুটুথ অন অথবা অফ কৰিবলৈ এটা হাৰ্ডৱেৰ চুইচ অথবা কি "
++"সংযুক্তি থাকে। যদি ব্লটুথ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ অফ থাকে, আপুনি মেনু বাৰত এটা ব্লুটুথ আইকন "
++"দেখা নাপাব। আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত এটা চুইচ অথবা কিবৰ্ডত এটা কি'ৰ বাবে চাওক। "
++"কিবৰ্ড কি' সাধাৰণত <key>Fn</key> কি'ৰ সহায়ত অভিগম কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"বহুতো লেপটপ কমপিউটাৰৰ ব্লুটুথ অন অথবা অফ কৰিবলৈ এটা হাৰ্ডৱেৰ চুইচ অথবা কি "
++"সংযুক্তি থাকে। যদি ব্লটুথ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ অফ থাকে, আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত এটা ব্লুটুথ আইকন "
++"দেখা নাপাব। আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত এটা চুইচ অথবা কিবৰ্ডত এটা কি'ৰ বাবে চাওক। "
++"কিবৰ্ড কি' সাধাৰণত <key>Fn</key> কি'ৰ সহায়ত অভিগম কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ, ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ বন্ধ কৰক</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ, ব্লুটুথ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>ব্লুটুথ</gui>  বন্ধ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি অন্য ডিভাইচৰ পৰা এই কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰি আছে কেৱল তেতিয়াহে "
++"আপুনি <gui>দৃশ্যমানতা</gui> অন কৰিব লাগে। অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহে খোজ কৰিব পাৰিব নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ দৃশ্যমানতা কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ দৃশ্যমানতায় সাধাৰণত অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহে ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে সন্ধান "
++"কৰোতে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক খোজ কৰিব পাৰিব নে বুজায়। যেতিয়া ব্লটুথ দৃশ্যমানতা অন "
++"থাকে, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক বিস্তাৰত ভিতৰত অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহে দেখি পাব, আৰু সিহতে "
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহ সন্ধান কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ দৃশ্যমান থকাটো প্ৰয়োজনীয় নহয়, "
++"কিন্তু সেই ডিভাইচসমূহ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা খোজ কৰিবলৈ দৃশ্যমান থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">এটা ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত</"
++"link> হোৱাৰ পিছত, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ অথবা সেই ডিভাইচ পৰস্পৰ সংযোগ কৰিবলৈ "
++"দৃশ্যমান হোৱাটো প্ৰয়োজনীয় নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়ালৈকে আপুনি অথবা আপুনি ভৰষা কৰা কোনোবাই আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰলৈ অন্য ডিভাইচৰ "
++"পৰা সংযোগ কৰাৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নাথাকে, আপুনি দৃশ্যমানতা বন্ধ ৰাখিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "ৰিচাৰ্ড হিউগ্চ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">ই কিয় গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">এটা ডিভাইচ কেনেকৈ মানাংকন কৰিব</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "মানাংকন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰত কেলেন্ডাৰ আপোনাৰ সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "কেলেন্ডাৰ সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr "ইয়াৰ বাবে <app>Evolution</app> আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ইনস্টল হব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান বিতৰনত <app>Evolution</app> অবিকল্পিতভাৱে ইনস্টল্ড থাকে। যদি আপোনাৰ "
++"তাত নাই, আপুনি ইয়াক আপোনাৰ বিতৰনৰ পেকেইজ ব্যৱস্থাপকক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ইনস্টল কৰিব "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত ঘড়ীত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Calendar</gui> ত সেই তাৰিখত ক্লিক কৰক যাৰ বাবে আপুনি সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ চাব "
++"খোজে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++"স্থায়ী সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ সোঁফালে প্ৰদৰ্শিত হব। সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ <app>Evolution</"
++"app> ত যোগ কৰাৰ লগে লগে, সেইসমূহ ঘড়ীৰ সাক্ষাৎকাৰ তালিকাত থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "ঘড়ী, কেলেন্ডাৰ, আৰু সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"সম্পূৰ্ণ <app>Evolution</app> কেলেন্ডাৰত দ্ৰুতভাৱে যাবলৈ, ঘড়ীত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>কেলেন্ডাৰ খোলক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++"ই কেৱল তেতিয়াহে কাৰ্য্যকৰী হব যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ এটা স্থায়ী <app>Evolution</app> "
++"একাওন্ট থাকে। নহলে, এটা উইন্ডো উপস্থিত হব যত আপোনাৰ প্ৰথম একাওন্ট যোগ কৰাৰ "
++"বাবে প্ৰয়োজনীয় স্তৰসমূহ থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++"তাৰিখ/সময় সলনি কৰিবলৈ ওপৰ বাৰত ঘড়ীত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>তাৰিখ আৰু সময় "
++"সংহতিসমূহ</gui> ত যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "তাৰিখ আৰু সময় পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ওপৰ বাৰত প্ৰদৰ্শিত তাৰিখ আৰু সময় ভুল অথবা ভুল বিন্যাসত থাকে, আপুনি সেয়া "
++"সলনি কৰিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰৰ মাজত ঘড়ীত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>তাৰিখ আৰু সময় সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাক <gui>আনলক কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰি <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">প্ৰশাসক পাছৱাৰ্ড</link> টাইপ কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++"ঘন্টা আৰু মিনিট বাছইবলৈ এৰসমূহত ক্লিক কৰি তাৰিখ আৰু সময় সমন্বয় কৰক। আপুনি "
++"ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা বছৰ, মাহ আৰু দিন বাছিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ পছন্দ হয়, আপুনি <gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক সময়</gui> অন কৰি গড়ীক স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"আপডেইট হব দিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া <em>নেটৱাৰ্ক সময়</em> অন থাকে, কমপিউটাৰে সময়ে সময়ে তাৰ ঘড়ীক "
++"ইন্টাৰনেটত এটা সঠিক ঘড়ীৰ সৈতে সংমিহলি কৰিব, যাতে আপুনি ইয়াক হস্তচালিতভাৱে "
++"কৰিব লগিয়া নহয়। ই কেৱল আপুনি ইন্টাৰনেটৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত থকা অৱস্থাত কাৰ্য্য "
++"কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি  <gui>24-hour</gui> অথবা <gui>AM/PM</gui> বিন্যাস নিৰ্বাচন কৰি ঘন্টা "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন হোৱাৰ ধৰণ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr "অন্য সময়অঞ্চলসমূহ যোগ কৰক যাতে আপুনি অন্য নগৰৰ সময় চাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ সময়অঞ্চল পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰৰ মাজত ঘড়ীত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>তাৰিখ আৰু সময় সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"মেপত আপোনাৰ অৱস্থানত ক্লিক কৰক, তাৰ পিছত ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ "
++"বৰ্তমান নগৰ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত দেখুৱা সময় আপুনি এটা ভিন্ন অৱস্থান নিৰ্বাচন কৰোতে স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"আপডেইট হব। উইন্ডোৰ সময় আপুনি পৰৱৰ্তীবাৰ <gui>তাৰিখ আৰু সময় সংহতিসমূহ</gui> "
++"উইন্ডো অভিগম কৰোতে আপডেইট হব। আপুনি <link xref=\"clock-set\">ঘড়ী "
++"হস্তচালিতভাৱে সংহতি</link> কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">তাৰিখ আৰু সময় সংহতি কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">সময়অঞ্চল</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">কেলেন্ডাৰ আৰু "
++"সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "তাৰিখ &amp; সময়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াক সলনি কৰিবলৈ বিকল্পৰ বাবে <guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></"
++"guiseq> ত চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "মই কেনেকৈ ডিভাইচসমূহলৈ আলেখ্যসমূহ ধাৰ্য্য কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> খোলক, আৰু আপুনি এটা "
++"আলেখ্য যোগ কৰিব খোজা ডিভাইচ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>আলেখ্য যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰি আপুনি এটা স্থায়ী আলেখ্য বাছিব পাৰিব অথবা "
++"এটা নতুন ফাইল ইমপোৰ্ট কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr "আপুনি ৰেডিঅ' বুটামৰ সহায়ত সলনি কৰি এটা আলেখ্যক অবিকল্পিত কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি মানাংকন হাৰ্ডৱেৰ সংযুক্ত থাকে <gui>মানাংকন কৰক…</gui> বুটামে এটা নতুন "
++"আলেখ্য সৃষ্টি কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "সঠিক ৰঙবোৰ লবলৈ আপোনাৰ কেমেৰা মানাংকন কৰাটো গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ কেমেৰা কেনেকৈ মানাংকন কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"কেমেৰা ডিভাইচসমূহক পছন্দৰ পোহৰ পৰিৱেশত এটা লক্ষ্যৰ ফ'টোগ্ৰাফ লৈ মানাংকন কৰা "
++"হয়। RAW ফাইলক এটা TIFF ফাইললৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি, ইয়াক ৰঙ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ পেনেলত কেমেৰা "
++"ডিভাইচ মানাংকন কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি TIFF ফাইল ক্ৰপ কৰিব লাগিব যাতে কেৱল লক্ষ্য দৃশ্যমান থাকে। বগা অথবা কলা "
++"প্ৰান্তসমূহ দৃশ্যমান থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। মানাংকন কাম নকৰিব যদি ছবি উলোটা "
++"অথবা অধিক পৰিমাণত বিকৃত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"সঠিক ৰঙবোৰ প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ মানাংকন কৰাটো গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ কেনেকৈ মানাংকন কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰ ডিভাইচক আলেখ্যন কৰিবলৈ দুটা পদ্ধতি আছে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr "Pantone ColorMunki ৰ নিচিনা এটা ফ'টোস্পেক্ট্ৰমিটৰ ডিভাইচ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr "এটা ৰঙৰ কোম্পানীৰ পৰা এটা প্ৰসংগ ফাইল ডাউনল'ড কৰি আৰু প্ৰিন্ট কৰি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা মূল্যবান ডিভাইচ যেনে ColorMunki ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাটো কেৱল তেতিয়াহে সূলভ হব "
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি চিয়াঁহী সংহতি অথবা কাজগ ধৰণৰ এটা বৃহত সংখ্যা আলেখ্যন কৰি আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ চিয়াঁহী যোগানকাৰী সলনি কৰে, প্ৰিন্টাৰ পুনৰ মানাংকন কৰাটো "
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰিব!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "সঠিক ৰঙবোৰ লবলৈ আপোনাৰ স্কেনাৰ মানাংকন কৰাটো গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ স্কেনাৰ কেনেকৈ মানাংকন কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ লক্ষ্য ফাইল স্কেন কৰে আৰু ইয়াক এটা অসংকোচিত TIFF ফাইল ৰূপে "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰে। আপুনি তাৰ পিছত ডিভাইচৰ বাবে এটা আলেখ্য সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ "
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> ৰ পৰা <gui>মানাংকন কৰক…</"
++"gui> ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"স্কেনাৰ ডিভাইচসমূহ সাধাৰণত সময় আৰু তাপত স্থিৰ থাকে আৰু পুনৰ মানাংকন কৰাৰ "
++"প্ৰয়োজন নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr "সঠিক ৰঙবোৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা মানাংকন কৰাটো গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ পৰ্দা কেনেকৈ মানাংকন কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা মানাংকন কৰাটো অত্যন্ত সহজ আৰু এটা গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা যদি "
++"আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ ৰূপাঙ্কণ অথবা শিল্পক্ৰিয়াৰ সৈতে জড়ীত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাবোৰ সকলো সময়তে সলনি হয় - এটা TFT ৰ বেকলাইটৰ উজ্জ্বলতা প্ৰতি ১৮ মাহত আধা "
++"হব, আৰু যিমান পুৰনি হব তিমান হালধীয়া হব। ইয়াৰ অৰ্থ আপুনি আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাক "
++"মানাংকন কৰিব লাগে যেতিয়া [!] আইকন ৰঙ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ পেনেলত উপস্থিত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++"LED পৰ্দাসমূহ সময়ৰ সৈতে পৰিবৰ্তন হয়, কিন্তু TFTs ৰ তুলনাত বহুত লেহেম হাৰত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr "মানাংকন আৰু চৰিত্ৰাঙ্কন সম্পূৰ্ণ পৃথক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr "মানাংকন আৰু চৰিত্ৰাঙ্কনৰ মাজত পাৰ্থক্য কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ লেকে আৰম্ভণিত মানাংকন আৰু বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণৰ পাৰ্থক্য বুজি নাপায়। "
++"মানাংকন হল এটা ডিভাইচৰ ৰঙৰ ব্যৱহাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ প্ৰক্ৰিয়া। ইয়াক সাধাৰণত "
++"দুটা পদ্ধতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি কৰা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr "ইয়াৰ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ অথবা অভ্যন্তৰীক সংহতিসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr "ইয়াৰ ৰঙৰ চেনেলসমূহলৈ বক্ৰসমূহ প্ৰয়োগ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++"মন কৰিব যে এটা বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণ (আলেখ্য) কেৱল তেতিয়াহে এটা ডিভাইচৰ বাবে বৈধ হব "
++"যদি ই বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণ কৰোতে থকা মানাংকনৰ অৱস্থাত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "আমি বহু মানাংকন ডিভাইচ সমৰ্থন কৰো।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "কোনবোৰ ৰঙ জোখা যন্ত্ৰ সমৰ্থিত?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME এ ৰঙৰ যন্ত্ৰবোৰ সমৰ্থন কৰিবলৈ Argyll ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনা চিস্টেমৰ ওপৰত ভৰষা "
++"কৰে। সেয়েহে নিম্নলিখিত প্ৰদৰ্শন জোখা যন্ত্ৰবোৰ সমৰ্থন কৰা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 অথবা LT (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design অথবা Photo (স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 আৰু 3 (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (কলৰিমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Pantone Huey বৰ্তমান সময়ৰ আটাইতকৈ সস্তা আৰু Linux ত সৰ্বোত্তম সমৰ্থিত "
++"হাৰ্ডৱেৰ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++"Argyll এ আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ মানাংকন আৰু বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণৰ বাবে কেইবাটাও স্পট "
++"আৰু স্ট্ৰিপ ৰিডিং ৰিফ্লেক্টিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ প্ৰদান কৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" ধৰণ ৰিফ্লেক্টিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (স্পট ধৰণ ৰিফ্লেক্টিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (স্পট আৰু স্ট্ৰিপ ৰিডিং ৰিফ্লেকটিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (স্পট আৰু স্ট্ৰিপ ৰিডিং ৰিফ্লেকটিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (স্পট ৰিডিং ৰিফ্লেকটিভ স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr "স্কেনাৰ আৰু কেমেৰা আলেখ্যান কৰিবলৈ মানাংকন লক্ষ্যবোৰৰ প্ৰয়োজন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "কোনবোৰ লক্ষ্য ধৰণ সমৰ্থিত?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "লক্ষ্যবোৰৰ নিম্নলিখিত ধৰণ সমৰ্থিত:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি লক্ষ্যবোৰ বিভিন্ন অনলাইন দোকানৰ পৰা বিখ্যাত বিক্ৰেতা যেনে KODAK, X-"
++"Rite আৰু LaserSoft ৰ পৰা কিনিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে আপুনি <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</"
++"link> ৰ পৰা উচিত মূল্যত লক্ষ্যবোৰ কিনিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰাটো কেতিয়াও এটা ভাল বুদ্ধি নহয় যিহেতু হাৰ্ডৱেৰ "
++"সময়ৰ সৈতে পৰিবৰ্তন হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য অংশীদাৰী কৰিব পাৰিম নে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াৰ অৰ্থ এই যে যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য কাৰোবাৰ লগত অংশীদাৰী কৰে, আপুনি "
++"সিহতক মানাংকনৰ <em>ওচৰ</em> আনি আছে, কিন্তু সিহতৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন মানাংকিত কোৱাটো "
++"ভুল হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বিক্ৰেতা ৱেবছাইটসমূহৰ পৰা ডাউনল'ড কৰা আলেখ্যসমূহ অথবা আপোনাৰ বাবে "
++"সৃষ্টি কৰা আলেখ্যসমূহৰ পুনৰ বিতৰন অৱস্থা ভালকৈ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যবোৰ বিক্ৰেতাসকলৰ দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা হয় আৰু আপুনি নিজেই সৃজন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহ মই ক'ত পাম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++"আলেখ্যসমূহ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰাৰ উত্তম পদ্ধতি হল সিহতক নিজেই সৃজন কৰা, যদিও ইয়াৰ বাবে "
++"কিছুমান আৰম্ভণি বিন্যাসৰ প্ৰয়োজন হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"বহুতো নিৰ্মাতায় ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য প্ৰদান কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰে, যদিও "
++"কেতিয়াবা সিহত <em>ড্ৰাইভাৰ বাণ্ডল</em> ত থাকে যাক আপুনি ডাউনল'ড কৰি, "
++"নিষ্কাষণ কৰি ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহ সন্ধান কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান নিৰ্মাতায় হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ বাবে সঠিক আলেখ্য প্ৰদান নকৰে আৰু সেই আলেখ্যসমূহ "
++"বাদ দিয়াটোৱে উচিত। এটা ভাল বুদ্ধি হল আলেখ্যা ডাউনল'ড কৰা, আৰু যদি সৃষ্টিৰ "
++"তাৰিখ আপুনি ডিভাইচ কিনাৰ তাৰিখ এবছৰ আগৰ, তেন্তে তথ্য খুব সম্ভব কৃত্ৰিম তথ্য "
++"সৃজন হৈছে আৰু ই মূল্যহিন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++"বিক্ৰেতা দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা আলেখ্যসমূহ সাধাৰণত মূল্যহীনতকৈ অধম কিয় হয় জানিবলৈ "
++"<link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহক খেলি সিহতক সহজতে ইমপোৰ্ট কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "মই ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহ কেনেকৈ ইমপোৰ্ট কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++"আলেখ্যক ফাইল ব্ৰাউছাৰত <input>.ICC</input> অথবা <input>.ICM</input> ত দুবাৰ "
++"ক্লিক কৰি সহজতে ইমপোৰ্ট কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে আপুনি এটা ডিভাইচৰ বাবে এটা আলেখ্য নিৰ্বাচন কৰোতে "
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> ৰ পৰা <gui>আলেখ্য ইমপোৰ্ট "
++"কৰক…</gui> বাছিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr "পূৰ্ণ-পৰ্দা ৰঙৰ সমাধানে সকলো উইন্ডোত সকলো পৰ্দাৰ ৰঙবোৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr "সম্পূৰ্ণ-পৰ্দা ৰঙ সঠিকৰকণৰ বাবে তথ্য সন্ধানহিন?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++"দূৰ্ভাগ্যজনকভাৱে, বহুতো বিক্ৰেতা-প্ৰদান কৰা ICC আলেখ্যসমূহে সম্পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা "
++"ৰঙ সমাধানৰ বাবে তথ্য অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত নকৰে। এই আলেখ্যসমূহ তথাপিও ৰঙৰ প্ৰতিভাৰ "
++"কৰিব পৰা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ বাবে উপযোগী হব পাৰে, কিন্তু আপুনি আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাৰ সকলো "
++"ৰঙ পৰিবৰ্তন নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা প্ৰদৰ্শন আলেখ্য সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ, যি দুয়ো মানাংকন আৰু বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণ তথ্য "
++"অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে, আপুনি এটা বিশেষ ৰঙ জোখা যন্ত্ৰ যেনে কলৰিমিটাৰ অথবা এটা "
++"স্পেক্ট্ৰমিটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr "যদি আপোনাৰ ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য পুৰনি আৰু সঠিক নহয় আপোনাক অধিসূচিত কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr "মোৰ ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য সঠিক নহলে মোক অধিসূচিত কৰা হব নে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"দূৰ্ভাগ্যক্ৰমে এটা ডিভাইচ আলেখ্যক মানাংকন নকৰাকৈ সঠিক হয় নে নহয় কব নোৱাৰো। "
++"এটা পুনৰমানাংকনৰ প্ৰয়োজন আছে নে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰিবলৈ আপুনি মানাংকন কৰা সময়ৰ পৰা "
++"সময়ৰ পৰিমাণৰ এটা সহজ মেট্ৰিক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান কোম্পানীৰ আলেখ্যসমূহৰ বাবে বিষয়ে সময়অন্ত নীতি আছে, যিহেতু এটা ভূল "
++"ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যয় এটা অন্ত উৎপাদনলৈ এটা ডাঙৰ পাৰ্থক্য কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি সময়অন্ত নীতি সংহতি কৰে আৰু এটা আলেখ্য নীতিতকৈ পুৰনি তেন্তে আলেখ্যৰ "
++"কাষত <guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> ডাইলগত এটা ৰঙা "
++"ত্ৰিভুজ দেখুৱা হব। আপুনি প্ৰতিবাৰ কমপিউটাৰত লগিন কৰোতে এটা সতৰ্ক অধিসূচনাও "
++"দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন আৰু প্ৰিন্টাৰ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে নীতি সংহতি কৰিবলৈ, আপুনি দিনত "
++"আলেখ্যৰ সৰ্বাধিক আয়ু ধাৰ্য্য কৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত মনিটৰ আলেখ্যসমূহৰ এটা মানাংকন তাৰিখ নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত মনিটৰ আলেখ্যসমূহৰ এটা মানাংকন অৱসান নাই?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr "যিহেতু EDID ক আপডেইট কৰিব নোৱাৰি, ইয়াৰ কোনো অৱসানৰ তাৰিখ নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"মনিটৰ বিক্ৰেতাৰ পৰা এটা আলেখ্য প্ৰাপ্ত কৰা অথবা নিজেই এটা আলেখ্য সৃষ্টি "
++"কৰিলে অধিক সঠিক ৰঙৰ সমাধান হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা পৰিক্ষা কৰাটো কঠিন নহয়, আৰু আমি কিছুমান পৰিক্ষা আলেখ্য "
++"প্ৰদান কৰো।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা সঠিকভাৱে কাম কৰিছে নে মই কেনেকৈ পৰিক্ষা কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যৰ প্ৰভাৱসমূহ কেতিয়াবা অতি সূক্ষ্ম হয় আৰু সঁচাকৈ কোনো পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"হৈছে নে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰাটো কঠিন হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ত আমি পৰিক্ষণৰ বাবে কেইবাটাও আলেখ্য প্ৰদান কৰো যি আলেখ্যবোৰ প্ৰয়োগ "
++"হওতে ইয়াক অতি পৰিক্ষাৰ কৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>নীলা পৰিক্ষা</em>: ই পৰ্দাক নীলা কৰিব আৰু নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব মানাংকন বক্ৰবোৰ "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শনলৈ পঠোৱা হৈছে নে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-পৰিক্ষা</em>: ই পৰ্দাক গোলপীয়া কৰিব আৰু এটা পৰ্দা আলেখ্যৰ "
++"বিভিন্ন বৈশিষ্ট্য পৰিক্ষা কৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> পছন্দ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন ডিভাইচলৈ পৰিক্ষণ আলেখ্যসমূহৰ এটা যোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"এই আলেখ্যসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপুনি চাব পাৰিব কেতিয়া এটা এপ্লিকেচনে ৰঙৰ "
++"ব্যৱস্থাপনা সমৰ্থন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ভাৰছুৱেল ডিভাইচ এটা ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপিত ডিভাইচ যি কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "এটা ভাৰছুৱেল ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপিত ডিভাইচ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ভাৰছুৱেল ডিভাইচ এটা ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপিত ডিভাইচ যি কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত নহয়। "
++"ইয়াৰ উদাহৰণ হব পাৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা অনলাইন প্ৰিন্ট-শ্বপ য'ত ফ'টোসমূহ আপল'ড কৰা হয়, প্ৰিন্ট কৰা হয় আৰু "
++"আপোনালৈ পঠোৱা হয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr "এটা মেমৰি কাৰ্ডত সংৰক্ষিত এটা ডিজিটেল কেমেৰাৰ ফ'টো"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ডিজিটেল কেমেৰাৰ বাবে এটা ভাৰছুৱেল আলেখ্য সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ "
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> <gui>ৰঙ</gui></guiseq> ডাইলগত ছবি ফাইলসমূহ কেৱল "
++"ড্ৰেগ আৰু ড্ৰপ কৰক। আপুনি তাৰ পিছত অন্য যিকোনো ডিভাইচৰ নিচিনা ইয়াক <link "
++"xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">আলেখ্যসমূহ ধাৰ্য্য </link> অথবা <link xref="
++"\"color-calibrate-camera\">মানাংকন</link> কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য এটা সাধাৰণ ফাইল যি এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান অথবা ডিভাইচ প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া "
++"প্ৰকাশ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "এটা ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য হল এটা তথ্যৰ এটা সংহতি যি এটা ডিভাইচ যেনে এটা প্ৰজেক্টৰ অথবা "
++"এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান যেনে sRGB ৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ ৰঙৰ আলেখ্য এটা ICC আলেখ্যৰ বিন্যাসত থাকে, যি এটা <input>.ICC</"
++"input> অথবা <input>.ICM</input> ফাইল সম্প্ৰসাৰনৰ সৈতে এটা সৰু ফাইল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙৰ আলেখ্যসমূহক তথ্যৰ gamut বিস্তাৰ ধাৰ্য্য কৰিবলৈ ছবিসমূহত অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব "
++"পাৰি। ই সুনিশ্চিত কৰে যে ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে বিভিন্ন ডিভাইচত একেটা ৰঙ দেখি পায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰতিটো ডিভাইচ যি ৰঙ প্ৰক্ৰিয়াকৰণ কৰি আছে তাৰ নিজস্ব ICC আলেখ্য থাকিব লাগিব, "
++"যেতিয়া এনেকুৱা হয়, চিস্টেমৰ এটা <em>প্ৰান্তৰ-পৰা-প্ৰান্ত ৰঙ-ব্যৱস্থাপিত "
++"কাৰ্য্যনিৰ্বাহ</em> আছে বুলি কব পাৰি। এই ধৰণৰ কাৰ্য্যনিৰ্বাহৰ সৈতে আপুনি "
++"সুনিশ্চিত হব পাৰে যে ৰঙসমূহ নাইকিয়া অথবা পৰিবৰ্তন হোৱা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান ৰঙসমূহৰ এটা বিৱৰিত বিস্তাৰ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান ৰঙসমূহৰ এটা বিৱৰিত বিস্তাৰ। প্ৰসিদ্ধ ৰঙৰ স্থানসমূহে "
++"অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে sRGB, AdobeRGB আৰু ProPhotoRGB।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr "বগা ত্ৰিভুজ দ্বাৰা প্ৰতিনিদ্ধিত্ব কৰা sRGB, AdobeRGB আৰু ProPhotoRGB"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++"AdobeRGB সঘনে এটা <em>সম্পাদন স্থান</em> ৰূপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হয়। ই sRGB ত কে "
++"অধিক ৰঙ এনক'ড কৰিব পাৰিব, যাৰ অৰ্থ আপুনি এটা ফ'টোগ্ৰাফৰ ৰঙবোৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব, এই চিন্তা নথকাকৈ যে জীৱন্ত ৰঙসমূহ অথবা কলা ৰঙ কম হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++"ProPhoto হল আটাইতকৈ ডাঙৰ উপলব্ধ স্থাব আৰু দস্তাবেজ আৰ্কাইভেলৰ বাবে সঘনে "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হয়। ই মানুহৰ চকু দ্বাৰা চিনাক্ত কৰিব পৰা ৰঙৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ বিস্তাৰ "
++"এনক'ড কৰিব পাৰিব, আৰু চকুৱে চিনাক্ত কৰিব নোৱাৰা ৰঙবোৰ এনক'ড কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++"এতিয়া, যদি ProPhoto স্পষ্টভাৱে ভাল, আমি ইয়াক সকলোৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কিয় নকৰো? "
++"ইয়াৰ উত্তৰ <em>quantization</em> ৰ লগত জড়িত। যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰতিটো চেনেল এনক'ড "
++"কৰিবলৈ কেৱল ৮ বিট (২৫৬ স্তৰ) আছে, তেন্তে এটা ডাঙৰ বিস্তাৰৰ প্ৰতিটো মানৰ মাজত "
++"ডাঙৰ স্তৰ থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++"অৱশ্যয়, এটা ১৬ বিট ছবি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিলে অধিক স্তৰ আৰু এটা সৰু quantization "
++"ত্ৰুটি হব, কিন্তু ইয়াৰ বাবে প্ৰতিটো ছবি ফাইলৰ আকাৰ দ্বিগুণ হব। এতিয়া "
++"অস্তিত্ববান বেছিৰভাগ সমল হল 8bpp, অৰ্থাত 8 bits-per-pixel।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনা এটা ৰঙৰ স্থানক অন্য এটালৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ এটা প্ৰক্ৰিয়া, অ'ত "
++"এটা ৰঙৰ স্থান এটা খ্যাত বিৱৰিত স্থান যেনে sRGB হব পাৰে, অথবা আপোনাৰ মনিটৰ "
++"অথবা প্ৰিন্টাৰ আলেখ্যৰ নিচিনা এটা স্বনিৰ্বাচিত স্থান হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++"মানাংকন গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ যদি আপুনি প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা অথবা প্ৰিন্ট কৰা ৰঙবোৰৰ কেৰেপ "
++"কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr "মই কিয় নিজে মানাংকন কৰাটো প্ৰয়োজনীয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++"বৰ্গীয় আলেখ্যসমূহ সাধাৰণত বেয়া হয়। যেতিয়া এটা নিৰ্মাতায় এটা নতুন আৰ্হি "
++"সৃষ্টি কৰে, সিহতে উৎপাদন শাৰীৰ পৰা কেইটিমান বস্তু লয় আৰু একেলগে গড় লয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr "গড় আলেখ্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ আলেখ্যক সঠিকতা সুনিশ্চিত কৰাৰ সৰ্বোত্তম পদ্ধতি হল নিজেই মানাংকন কৰা, "
++"অথবা এটা বহিৰ্তম কোম্পানীক আপোনাৰ সঠিক বৈশিষ্ট্যকৰণ অৱস্থাৰ ওপৰ ভিত্তি কৰি "
++"এটা আলেখ্য প্ৰদান কৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা ৰূপাঙ্কক, ফ'টগ্ৰাফাৰ আৰু চিত্ৰকৰসকলৰ বাবে গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "ৰঙৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কিয় গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনা হল এটা ইনপুট ডিভাইচ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ৰঙ ধৰাৰ, ইয়াক পৰ্দাত প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰাৰ, সঠিক ৰঙবোৰ আৰু প্ৰতিটো মাধ্যমত ৰঙৰ বিস্তাৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰি প্ৰিন্ট "
++"কৰাৰ এটা প্ৰক্ৰিয়া।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনাৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তাৰ সম্ভবত শীতকালৰ এটা তুষাৰাবৃত দিনত এটা চৰাইৰ "
++"ফ'টোগ্ৰাফৰ সৈতে আটাইতকৈ উত্তম বিৱৰণ দিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr "কেমেৰা দৰ্শন-সন্ধানত দেখা দৰে এটা হিমিকা প্ৰাচীৰত এটা চৰাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰদৰ্শনে সাধাৰণত নীলা চেনেলক অধিক-সংপৃক্ত কৰে, যাৰ ফলস্বৰূপ ছবিবোৰ দেখাত "
++"অধিক শীতল হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ বানিজ্য লেপটপ পৰ্দাত ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীয়ে যি দেখি পায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr "মন কৰিব যে বগা এতিয়া 'কাগজ বগা' নহয় আৰু চকৰু কলা এতিয়া মটিয়া মূগা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ ইঙ্কজেট প্ৰিন্টাৰত প্ৰিন্ট কৰোতে ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীয়ে যি দেখি পাব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াত মৌলিক সমস্যা হল যে প্ৰতিটো ডিভাইচ ৰঙৰ এটা ভিন্ন বিস্তাৰ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ "
++"কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম। সেয়েহে যদি আপুনি ইলেকট্ৰিক নীলাৰ ফ'টো লবললৈ সক্ষম হয়, বেছিৰভাগ "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰে ইয়াৰ পুনৰ উৎপাদন কৰিব নোৱাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ক্ষেত্ৰত আমি ডিভাইচত পঠোৱা তথ্য পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি ডিভাইচ আউটপুট <em>সঠিক</"
++"em> কৰিব পাৰো, কিন্তু অন্য ক্ষেত্ৰত য'ত ই সম্ভব নহয় (আপুনি ইলেকট্ৰিক নীলা "
++"প্ৰিন্ট কৰিব নোৱাৰিব) আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীক দেখুৱাব লাগিব ফলাফল দেখাত কেনেকুৱা "
++"হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "লুচি হেঙ্কি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr "স্থানীয় ঠিকনা বহীত এটা পৰিচয় যোগ কৰক অথবা আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয় যোগ কৰক অথবা আতৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয় যোগ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">নতুন</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নতুন পৰিচয়</gui> উইন্ডোত, পৰিচয় নাম আৰু পছন্দৰ তথ্য সুমুৱাওক। "
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্য</gui>, <gui>ঘৰ</gui> অথবা <gui>অন্য</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ "
++"প্ৰতিটো ফিল্ডৰ কাষত মেনুত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">পৰিচয় সৃষ্টি কৰক</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয় আতৰাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰিচয় তালিকাৰ পৰা পৰিচয়টো বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> ৰ ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত <gui style=\"button\">সম্পাদন কৰক</gui> "
++"টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">পৰিচয় আতৰাওক</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সমূহ অভিগম কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়সমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"স্থানীয়ভাৱে অথবা আপোনাৰ <link xref=\"accounts\">অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</link> ত "
++"আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সমূহৰ বাবে তথ্য সংৰক্ষণ, অভিগম অথবা সম্পাদন কৰিবলৈ "
++"<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "২০১৩"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয়ক ইমেইল, চেট, অথবা ফোন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়ৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> ত কাৰোবাৰ লগত ইমেইল, চেট অথবা ফোন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজা <gui>বিৱৰণ</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰক। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আপোনাৰ "
++"পৰিচয় ইমেইল কৰিবলৈ, ইমেইল ঠিকনাত টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিচয়ৰ বিৱৰণ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সমন্বিত এপ্লিকেচন পৰিচয় বিৱৰণ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আৰম্ভ কৰা "
++"হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "প্ৰতিটো পৰিচয়ৰ বাবে তথ্য সম্পাদন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়ৰ বিৱৰণসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিচয় বিৱৰণসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰিলে আপোনাৰ ঠিকনা বহীত তথ্য বৰ্তমান তাৰিখলৈ উন্নত "
++"আৰু সম্পূৰ্ণ ৰখাত সহায় কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "পৰিচয়ৰ বিৱৰণসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা <gui>বিৱৰণ</gui> যেনে এটা নতুন ফোন নম্বৰ অথবা ইমেইল ঠিকনা যোগ কৰিবলৈ "
++"<gui style=\"button\">বিৱৰণ যোগ কৰক</gui> টিপক আৰু আপুনি যোগ কৰিব খোজা ফিল্ড "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr "পৰিচয়ৰ সম্পাদন সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">কৰা হল</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++"সংযুক্ত পৰিচয়সমূহৰ ক্ষেত্ৰত, আপুনি আলেখ্যৰ অৱতাৰত ক্লিক কৰি এটা আলেখ্যক "
++"সম্পাদন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr "একাধিক উৎসৰ পৰা এটা পৰিচয়ৰ বাবে তথ্য একত্ৰিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়সমূহ লিঙ্ক আৰু আনলিঙ্ক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়সমূহ লিঙ্ক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ স্থানীয় ঠিকনা বহীৰ পৰা আৰু অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহৰ পৰা প্ৰতিলিপি "
++"পৰিচয়সমূহক এটা <app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> প্ৰৱিষ্টিত একত্ৰিত কৰিব পাৰিব। এই "
++"বৈশিষ্ট্যয় আপোনাৰ ঠিকনা বহী সংঘঠিত ৰখাত সহায় কৰে, এটা পৰিচয়ৰ বিষয়ে সকলো "
++"বিৱৰণ এটা স্থানত থৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিচয় তালিকাৰ ওপৰত টিক বুটাম ক্লিক কৰি <em>নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থা</em> সামৰ্থবান "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰতিটো পৰিচয়ৰ কাষত এটা চেকবাকচ থাকিব। আপুনি একত্ৰিত কৰিব খোজা পৰিচয়বোৰৰ "
++"কাষৰ চেকবাকচসমূহ টিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰ্বাচিত পৰিচয়সমূহ লিঙ্ক কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">লিঙ্ক</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়সমূহ আনলিঙ্ক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি পৰিচয়সমূহৰ সংযোগ আতৰাব বিচাৰিব পাৰে যদি আপুনি সংযুক্ত কৰিব নলগিয়া "
++"পৰিচয়সমূহ ভূলভাৱে সংযুক্ত কৰিছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়ৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা আনলিঙ্ক কৰিব বিচৰা পৰিচয় বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> ৰ ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত <gui style=\"button\">সম্পাদন কৰক</gui> "
++"টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">লিঙ্কড্ পৰিচয়সমূহ</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিচয়ৰ পৰা প্ৰৱিষ্টি আনলিঙ্ক কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">আতৰাওক</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰৱিষ্টিসমূহৰ সংযোগ আতৰোৱা সমাপ্ত কৰাৰ পিছত <gui style=\"button\">বন্ধ কৰক</"
++"gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয়ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "এটা পৰিচয়ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি দুটা পদ্ধতিৰ এটা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এটা অনলাইন পৰিচয় সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত, পৰিচয়ৰ নাম টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr "পৰিচয় এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে অভাৰভিউত উপস্থিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++"তালিকাৰ ওপৰত থকা পৰিচয় নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ <key>Enter</key>  টিপক অথবা আপুনি "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰিব খোজা পৰিচয়ত ক্লিক কৰক যদি সিহত ওপৰত নাথাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> ৰ ভিতৰৰ পৰা সন্ধান কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "সন্ধান ফিল্ডৰ ভিতৰত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "পৰিচয়ৰ নাম টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সমূহ এটা স্থানীয় ঠিকনা বহী অথবা এটা অনলাইন একাওন্টত সংৰক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "পৰিচয়সমূহ প্ৰথমবাৰৰ বাবে আৰম্ভ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি প্ৰথমবাৰৰ বাবে <app>পৰিচয়সমূহ</app> চলাই, <gui>পৰিচয়সমূহ "
++"সংস্থাপন</gui> উইন্ডো খোল খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ <link xref=\"accounts\">অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</link> সংৰূপিত আছে, "
++"সিহতক <gui>স্থানীয় ঠিকনা বহী</gui> ৰ সৈতে তালিকাভুক্ত কৰা হয়। তালিকাৰ পৰা "
++"এটা বস্তু বাছক আৰু <gui style=\"button\">বাছক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++"স্থায়ী একাওন্ট সংহতিসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">অনলাইন একাওন্ট "
++"সংহতিসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কোনো অনলাইন একাওন্ট সংৰূপিত নাই, সংস্থাপন আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ <gui style="
++"\"button\">অনলাইন একাওন্টসমূহ</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰক। যদি আপুনি এই সময়ত অনলাইন "
++"একাওন্টসমূহ সংস্থাপন কৰিব নিবিচাৰে, <gui style=\"button\">স্থানীয় ঠিকনা বহী</"
++"gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "নাটালিয়া ৰুজ লিভা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ডিস্কৰ দ্ৰুততা নিৰীক্ষন কৰিবলৈ বেঞ্চমাৰ্ক চলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ডিস্কৰ পৰিৱেশন পৰিক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ডিস্কৰ গতি পৰিক্ষা কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>ডিস্কসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr "<gui>ডিস্ক ড্ৰাইভসমূহ</gui> তালিকাৰ পৰা হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "গিয়াৰ বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>বেঞ্চমাৰ্ক ড্ৰাইভ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>বেঞ্চমাৰ্ক আৰম্ভ কৰক</gui> আৰু পছন্দ অনুসৰি <gui>স্থানান্তৰৰ হাৰ</gui> "
++"আৰু <gui>অভিগমৰ সময়</gui> প্ৰাচলসমূহ সমন্বয় কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>লিখা-বেঞ্চমাৰ্ক পৰিৱেশন কৰক</gui> চেক কৰা থাকে, বেঞ্চমাৰ্কে তথ্যক "
++"কিমান দ্ৰুত ডিস্কৰ পৰা পঢ়িব আৰি লিখিব পৰা যাব পৰিক্ষা কৰিব। ই সম্পূৰ্ণ হবলৈ "
++"সময় লব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++"গ্ৰাফৰ তলত, নূন্যতম, সৰ্বাধিক আৰু গড় পঢ়া আৰু লিখা হাৰ, গড় অভিগম সময় আৰু "
++"সৰ্বশেষ বেঞ্চমাৰ্ক পৰিক্ষাৰ পিছত পাৰ হোৱা সময়ৰ বাবে মান প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++"স্থান আৰু ক্ষমতা নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ <gui>ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষক</gui> অথবা "
++"<gui>চিস্টেম মনিটৰ</gui> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "কিমান ডিস্ক স্থান অৱশিষ্ট নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <app>ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষক</app> অথবা <app>চিস্টেম মনিটৰ</app> "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি অৱশিষ্ট স্থান নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষকৰ সৈতে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষক</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি মুক্ত ডিস্ক স্থান আৰু ডিস্কৰ "
++"ক্ষমতা নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>ডিস্কসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক>। "
++"উইন্ডোয় <gui>সৰ্বমুঠ ফাইল চিস্টেম ক্ষমতা</gui> আৰু <gui>সৰ্বমুঠ ফাইল চিস্টেম "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ</gui> প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ঘৰ স্কেন</gui>, <gui>ফাইলচিস্টেম স্কেন</gui>, <gui>এটা ফোল্ডাৰ স্কেন</"
++"gui>, অথবা <gui>এটা দূৰৱৰ্তী ফোল্ডাৰ স্কেন</gui> কৰিবলৈ সঁজুলিবাৰ বুটামসমূহৰ "
++"এটা বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++"তথ্য <gui>ফোল্ডাৰ</gui>, <gui>ব্যৱহাৰ</gui>, <gui>আকাৰ</gui> আৰু "
++"<gui>সমলসমূহ</gui> সাপেক্ষে প্ৰদৰ্শন হয়। <link href=\"help:"
++"baobab\"><app>ডিস্ক ব্যৱহাৰ বিশ্লেষক</app></link> ত অধিক বিৱৰণ চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম মনিটৰৰ সৈতে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>চিস্টেম মনিটৰ</app>  ৰ সৈতে মুক্ত ডিস্ক স্থান আৰু ডিস্কৰ ক্ষমতা "
++"নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>চিস্টেম মনিটৰ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"চিস্টেমৰ বিভাজনসমূহ আৰু ডিস্ক স্থানৰ ব্যৱহাৰ চাবলৈ <gui>ফাইল চিস্টেমসমূহ</"
++"gui> টেব বাছক। তথ্যক <gui>সৰ্বমুঠ</gui>, <gui>মুক্ত</gui>, <gui>উপলব্ধ</gui> "
++"আৰু <gui>ব্যৱহৃত</gui> ৰ সাপেক্ষে প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "ডিস্ক অত্যাধিক ভৰ্তি থাকিলে কি হব?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ডিস্ক অত্যাধিক ভৰ্তি থাকে আপুনি নিম্নলিখিত কাৰ্য্যসমূহ কৰিব লাগিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr "অদৰকাৰি অথবা আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰা ফাইলসমূহ মচি পেলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কিছু সময়ৰ বাবে প্ৰয়োজন নহোৱা গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফাইলসমূহৰ <link xref="
++"\"backup-why\">বেকআপসমূহ</link> লওক আৰু সিহতক হাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভৰ পৰা মচি পেলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক সুস্ততা নিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ সমস্যাৰ বাবে হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক পৰিক্ষা "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "সমস্যাৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক নিৰীক্ষণ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++"হাৰ্ড ডিস্কবোৰৰ এটা বিল্ট-ইন স্বাস্থ্য-পৰিক্ষণ সঁজুলি <app>SMART</app> (স্ব-"
++"পৰ্যবেক্ষন, বিশ্লেষণ, আৰু সংবাদন প্ৰযুক্তি) থাকে, যি ডিস্কবোৰক সম্ভাব্য "
++"সমস্যাবোৰৰ বাবে নিয়মিতভাৱে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰে। SMART এ লগতে আপোনাক সতৰ্ক কৰে যদি "
++"ডিস্ক ব্যৰ্থ হব লয়, যাৰ ফলত আপুনি গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ তথ্যৰ হানিৰ পৰা বাচিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদিও SMART স্বচালিতভাৱে চলে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডিস্কৰ স্বাস্থ্য <app>ডিস্কসমূহ</"
++"app> এপ্লিকেচন চলাই নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr "ডিস্কসমূহ এপ্লিকেচন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ ডিস্কৰ স্বাস্থ্য নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>ডিস্কসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচসমূহ</gui> তালিকাৰ পৰা আপুনি নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব খোজা ডিস্ক "
++"বাছক। ডিস্কৰ তথ্য আৰু অৱস্থা <gui>ড্ৰাইভ</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত দেখি পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr "<gui>SMART অৱস্থা</gui> এ \"ডিস্ক সুস্ত\" কব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++"অধিক ড্ৰাইভ তথ্যৰ বাবে অথবা এটা স্ব-পৰিক্ষণ চলাবলৈ <gui>SMART Data</gui> "
++"বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr "ডিস্ক সুস্ত নাথাকিলে কি হব?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>SMART অৱস্থা</gui> এ ডিস্ক স্বাস্থবান <em>নহয়</em> দেখুৱায়, সতৰ্ক "
++"হোৱাৰ কোনো প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নাই। যি কি নহওক, তথ্যৰ ক্ষতি ৰখাবলৈ এটা <link xref="
++"\"backup-why\">বেকআপ</link> ৰ সৈতে প্ৰস্তুত থকাটো ভাল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই আৰু বেয়া হয়, আপুনি ততোধিক বিশ্লেষণ অথবা মেৰামতিৰ বাবে কমপিউটাৰ/অথবা "
++"হাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভ এজন দক্ষ ব্যক্তিৰ ওচৰ লৈ যাব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক অথবা USB ফ্লেশ্ব ড্ৰাইভ ফৰমেট কৰি সকলো ফাইল আৰু "
++"ফোল্ডাৰ আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr "এটা আতৰাব পৰা ডিস্কৰ পৰা সকলো মচি পেলাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা আতৰাব পৰা ডিস্ক আছে, যেনে এটা USB মেমৰি স্টিক অথবা এটা "
++"বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড ডিস্ক, আপুনি কেতিয়া ইয়াৰ সকলো ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰ আতৰাব বিচাৰিব "
++"পাৰে। আপুনি এনেকুৱা ডিস্কক <em>ফৰমেট</em> কৰি কৰিব পাৰিব - ই ডিস্কৰ সকলো "
++"ফাইল মচি পেলায় আৰু ডিস্কক খালি কৰি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "এটা আতৰাব পৰা ডিস্ক ফৰমেট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচসমূহ</gui> তালিকাৰ পৰা আপুনি আতৰাব খোজা ডিস্ক বাছক। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সঠিক ডিস্ক নিৰ্বাচন কৰিছে নে সুনিশ্চিত কৰক! যদি আপুনি ভুল ডিস্ক "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰে, অন্য ডিস্কৰ সকলো ফাইল মচি যাব!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ভলিউমসমূহ অংশত, <gui>ভলিউম আনমাউন্ট কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। তাৰ পিছত <gui>ভলিউম "
++"ফৰমেট কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr "পপ আপ হোৱা উইন্ডোত, ডিস্কৰ বাবে এটা ফাইলচিস্টেম <gui>ধৰণ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ডিস্কক Linux কমপিউটৰাসমূহৰ অতিৰিক্তে Windows আৰু Mac OS "
++"কমপিউটাৰসমূহত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, <gui>FAT</gui> বাছিব। যদি আপুনি ইয়াক কেৱল Windows "
++"ত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, <gui>NTFS</gui> অধিক ভাল বিকল্প হব। <gui>ফাইল চিস্টেম ধৰণ</"
++"gui> ৰ এটা সমু বিৱৰণ এটা লেবেল ৰূপে দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++"ডিস্ক মচা আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ ডিস্কক এটা নাম দিয়ক আৰু <gui>ফৰমেট কৰক</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++"ফৰমেটিং সম্পূৰ্ণ হোৱাৰ পিছত, ডিস্ক <gui>সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাওক</gui>। ই এতিয়া "
++"ৰিক্ত আৰু পুনৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ প্ৰস্তুত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr "এটা ডিস্ক ফৰমেট কৰিলে আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে মচ নাখায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++"ভলিউমসমূহ আৰু বিভাজনসমূহ কি বুজক আৰু সিহতক ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ ডিস্ক সঁজুলি "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "ভলিউমসমূহ আৰু বিভাজনসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++"ডিস্ক সঁজুলি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ভলিউমসমূহ আৰু বিভাজনসমূহ দৰ্শন আৰু ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ডিস্ক সঁজুলিৰ সৈতে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সংৰক্ষণ ভলিউম নিৰীক্ষণ আৰু "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউ খোলক আৰু <app>ডিস্কসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচসমূহ</gui> চিহ্নিত পেইনত, আপুনি হাৰ্ড ডিস্কসমূহ CD/DVD "
++"ড্ৰাইভসমূহ, আৰু অন্য ভৌতিক ডিভাইচসমূহ পাব। আপুনি নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব খোজা ডিভাইচত "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++"সোঁ পেইনত, <gui>ভলিউমসমূহ</gui> চিহ্নিত স্থানে নিৰ্বাচিত ডিভাইচত ভলিউমসমূহ "
++"আৰু বিভাজনসমূহৰ এটা দৃশ্যমান বিৱৰণ দিয়ে। ই লগতে এই ভলিউমসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা "
++"কৰিবলৈ বিভিন্ন সঁজুলি অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++"সতৰ্ক হব: এই সঁজুলিসমূহে আপোনাৰ ডিস্কৰ সকলো তথ্য সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে মচি পেলাব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা প্ৰাথমিক বিভাজনত আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে আৰম্ভ হবলৈ, অথবা <em>বুট</em> হবলৈ "
++"প্ৰয়োজনীয় তথ্য থাকিব লাগিব। এই কাৰণৰ বাবে ইয়াক কেতিয়াবা বুট বিভাজন, অথবা বুট "
++"ভলিউম কোৱা হয়। এটা ভলিউম বুটেবুল হয় নে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰিবলৈ, ডিস্ক সঁজুলিত ইয়াৰ "
++"<gui>বিভাজন ফ্লেগসমূহ</gui> চাওক। বহিৰ্তম মাধ্যম যেনে USB আৰু CDs ত এটা "
++"বুটেবুল ভলিউম থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">ডিস্ক স্থান</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">পৰিৱেশন</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">সমস্যাবোৰ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">ভলিউমসমূহ আৰু বিভাজনসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "ডিস্ক &amp; সংৰক্ষণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ লেপটপত দ্বৈত মনিটৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ লেপটপৰ সৈতে এটা বহিৰ্তম মনিটৰ সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "ভিডিঅ' নমুনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "নমুনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰদৰ্শন</gui> সংহতিসমূহ খোলিবলৈ কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউত <input>প্ৰদৰ্শন</"
++"input> টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সক্ৰিয় অথবা নিষ্ক্ৰিয় কৰিব খোজা মনিটৰৰ ছবিত ক্লিক কৰক, তাৰ পিছত ইয়াক "
++"<gui>অন/অফ</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰৰ সৈতে মনিটৰ হল মূখ্য মনিটৰ। কোন মনিটৰ \"মূখ্য\" পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ "
++"বাৰত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপুনি \"মূখ্য\" মনিটৰ ৰূপে সংহতি কৰিব খোজা মনিটৰত ইয়াক "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা মনিটৰৰ \"অৱস্থান\" পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, ইয়াত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু পছন্দৰ অৱস্থানত "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি দুয়োটা মনিটৰে একেটা সমল প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰাটো বিচাৰে, <gui>মিৰৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন</"
++"gui> বাকচ চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি আপোনাৰ সংহতিসমূহৰ সৈতে সন্তুষ্ট, <gui>প্ৰয়োগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক আৰু <gui>এই সংৰূপ ৰাখক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰদৰ্শন সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ ওপৰ চুকত <gui>x</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "এটা বহিৰ্তম মনিটৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ লেপটপৰ সৈতে এটা বহিৰ্তম মনিটৰ সংস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ, মনিটৰক আপোনাৰ লেপটপৰ "
++"সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক। যদি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমে ইয়াক তৎক্ষনাত চিনাক্ত নকৰে, অথবা আপুনি "
++"সংহতিসমূহ সমন্বয় কৰিব খোজে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰদৰ্শনসমূহ</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">ওপৰ বাৰ</link> ৰ সৈতে মনিটৰ হল মূখ্য "
++"মনিটৰ। কোন মনিটৰ \"মূখ্য\" পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপুনি "
++"\"মূখ্য\" মনিটৰ ৰূপে সংহতি কৰিব খোজা মনিটৰত ইয়াক ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ মনিটৰত দ্বৈত মনিটৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "এটা অতিৰিক্ত মনিটৰ সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে এটা দ্বিতীয় মনিটৰ সংস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ, মনিটৰক "
++"সংযোগ কৰক। যদি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমে ইয়াক তৎক্ষনাত চিনাক্ত নকৰে, অথবা আপুনি "
++"সংহতিসমূহ সমন্বয় কৰিব খোজে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "এটা সংগ্ৰহত দল প্ৰাসংগিক দস্তাবেজসমূহ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহৰ এটা সংগ্ৰহ নিৰ্মান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ অথবা এটা সংগ্ৰহলৈ যোগ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থাত, সংগ্ৰহ কৰিবলৈ দস্তাবেজসমূহ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "বুটাম বাৰত <gui>+</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++"সংগ্ৰহ তালিকাত, <gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু এটা নতুন সংগ্ৰহ নাম টাইপ "
++"কৰক, অথবা এটা স্থায়ী সংগ্ৰহ বাছক। নিৰ্বাচিত দস্তাবেজসমূহ সংগ্ৰহলৈ যোগ কৰা "
++"হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"সংগ্ৰহসমূহে ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ আৰু সিহতৰ শ্ৰেণীক্ৰমৰ দৰে ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰে: <em>আপুনি "
++"সংগ্ৰহৰ ভিতৰত সংগ্ৰহ থব নোৱাৰিব।</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "এটা সংগ্ৰহ মচিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থাত, মচিবলৈ সংগ্ৰহ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++"বুটাম বাৰত আবৰ্জনা বুটামত ক্লিক কৰক। সংগ্ৰহ মচি পেলোৱা হব আৰু প্ৰকৃত "
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহ থাকি যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "কোনবোৰ দস্তাবেজ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "ফিল্টাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিভাগসমূহত সন্ধানৰ বিস্তাৰ সীমিত কৰিবলৈ <link xref=\"documents-"
++"search\">সন্ধান</link> বাৰৰ কাষত <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">তল</media> বুটামত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>উৎসসমূহ</em>: স্থানীয়, Google, SkyDrive, অথবা সকলো।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ধৰণ</em>: সংগ্ৰহসমূহ, PDF দস্তাবেজসমূহ, উপস্থাপনসমূহ, স্প্ৰেডশ্বিটসমূহম "
++"লিখনী দস্তাবেজসমূহ, অথবা সকলো।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "শীৰ্ষক, লেখক, অথবা সকলো।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Google</gui> অথবা <gui>SkyDrive</gui> ফিল্টাৰ তালিকাত উপস্থিত হবলৈ, "
++"Google অথবা Windows Live ক এটা <link xref=\"accounts-add\">অনলাইন একাওন্ট</"
++"link> ৰূপে সংৰূপণ কৰাটো প্ৰয়োজনীয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এ কিছুমান বিখ্যাত দস্তাবেজ ধৰণ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "সমৰ্থিত বিন্যাসসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এ PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript আৰু <app>Document "
++"Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"আৰু <app>Google Docs</app> দ্বাৰা সমৰ্থন কৰা বিন্যাসসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজৰ নাম, অৱস্থান, পৰিবৰ্তনৰ তাৰিখ, অথবা ধৰণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহৰ বিষয়ে তথ্য সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া এটা দস্তাবেজ সৃষ্টি কৰা হয়, তাৰ <em>মেটাডাটা</em> থাকে। "
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহে</app> প্ৰত্যকটো দস্তাবেজৰ বাবে নিম্নলিখিত মেটাডাটা "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "শীৰ্ষক: দস্তাবেজৰ নাম, যাক সম্পাদন কৰিব পৰা যাব;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "উৎস: দস্তাবেজ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰা ফোল্ডাৰৰ পথ;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "পৰিবৰ্তনৰ তাৰিখ;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr "ধৰণ: দস্তাবেজৰ <link xref=\"documents-formats\">ফাইল বিন্যাস</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ চাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থালৈ যাবলৈ <gui>নিৰীক্ষণ</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "বুটাম বাৰৰ সোঁ চুকত <gui>বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান দস্তাবেজ (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ PDF ফাইল) পাছৱাৰ্ড সুৰক্ষিত থাকিব পাৰে, যাৰ "
++"মেটাডাটা অথবা সমললৈ অভিগম প্ৰতিৰোধিত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এ বৰ্তমানে এটা দস্তাবেজলৈ গোপনীয়তা যোগ কৰাৰ কোনো "
++"পদ্ধতি প্ৰদান নকৰে। আপুনি দস্তাবেজ সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা এপ্লিকেচনৰ পৰা "
++"ইয়াক কৰিব পাৰে (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ <app>LibreOffice</app> অথবা <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত স্থানীয়ভাৱে সংৰক্ষিত অথবা অনলাইন সৃষ্টি কৰা দস্তাবেজসমূহ "
++"সংঘঠিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> এটা GNOME এপ্লিকেচন যি আপোনাক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ "
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহ অথবা <em>Google Docs</em> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি "
++"সৃষ্টি কৰা দস্তাবেজসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন, সংঘঠন, আৰু প্ৰিন্ট কৰাৰ সুবিধা দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "দৰ্শন কৰক, সজাঁওক আৰু সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "বাছক, সংঘঠিত কৰক, প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "প্ৰশ্নবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr "আপুনি স্থানীয়ভাৱে সংৰক্ষিত ফাইলসমূহ কেৱল পূৰ্বদৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "কিছুমান ফাইলৰ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন নাই কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি <app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> খোলে, স্থানীয়ভাৱে সংৰক্ষণ কৰা "
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহৰ বাবে এটা পূৰ্বদৰ্শন থাম্বনেইল প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হয়। এটা দূৰৱৰ্তী "
++"চাৰ্ভাৰ যেনে <em>Google Docs</em> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> ত সংৰক্ষিত "
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহে সন্ধানহিন (অথবা ৰিক্ত) পূৰ্বদৰ্শন থাম্বনেইল দেখুৱায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা <em>Google Docs</em> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> দস্তাবেজক এটা "
++"স্থানীয় সংৰক্ষণলৈ ডাউনল'ড কৰে, এটা থাম্বনেইল সৃজিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> ৰ পৰা ডাউনল'ড কৰা স্থানীয় কপিক "
++"অনলাইন আপল'ড কৰিব পৰা নাযাব। যদি আপুনি ইয়াক অনলাইন সম্পাদনা কৰা অব্যাহত "
++"ৰাখিব খোজে, ইয়াক ডাউনল'ড নকৰাটোয়ে ভাল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr "স্থানীয়ভাৱে অথবা অনলাইন সংৰক্ষিত দস্তাবেজসমূহ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজ প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থাত, প্ৰিন্ট কৰিব লগিয়া দস্তাবেজ চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++"বুটাম বাৰত প্ৰিন্ট বুটামত ক্লিক কৰক। <gui>প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> ডাইলগ খোল খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া এটাতকৈ অধিক দস্তাবেজ নিৰ্বাচন কৰা হয়, অথবা যেতিয়া এটা সংগ্ৰহ নিৰ্বাচন "
++"কৰা হয় প্ৰিন্টিং উপলব্ধ নাথাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "শীৰ্ষক অথবা লেখকৰ সহায়ত আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহ সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> ত সন্ধান আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "মেগ্নিফাইয়িং গ্লাচ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr "টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক। দস্তাবেজসমূহ শীৰ্ষক অথবা লেখকৰ নামৰে মিল খাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">তল</media> বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰি আৰু বিভিন্ন <link xref=\"documents-filter\">ফিল্টাৰসমূহ</link> "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰি সন্ধানৰ ফলাফলসমূহ সীমিত অথবা ফিল্টাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++"এটাতকৈ অধিক দস্তাবেজ অথবা সংগ্ৰহ নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থা ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহ নিৰ্বাচন কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থাৰ পৰা আপুনি আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহক "
++"খোলিব, প্ৰিন্ট কৰিব, দৰ্শন কৰিব অথবা সংগ্ৰহ বনাব পাৰিব। নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থা "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বা অধিক দস্তাবেজসমূহ অথবা সংগ্ৰহ বাছক। বুটাম বাৰ আপোনাৰ নিৰ্বাচনৰ বাবে "
++"বৈধ কাৰ্য্যসমূহৰ সৈতে উপস্থিত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচন অৱস্থা কাৰ্য্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা অথবা অধিক দস্তাবেজ নিৰ্বাচন কৰাৰ পিছত আপুনি নিম্নলিখিত কাৰ্য্য কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজ প্ৰদৰ্শকৰ সৈতে খোলক (ফোল্ডাৰ আইকন)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্ট কৰক (প্ৰিন্টাৰ আইকন) এটা দস্তাবেজ প্ৰিন্ট কৰে (কেৱল তেতিয়াহে যেতিয়া "
++"এটা দস্তাবেজ উপলব্ধ থাকে)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "সংঘঠিত কৰক (যোগ চিহ্ন আইকন): দস্তাবেজসমূহৰ এটা সংগ্ৰহ সৃষ্টি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ (ৰেঞ্চ আইকন): এটা দস্তাবেজৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক (কেৱল "
++"এটা দস্তাবেজ নিৰ্বাচন কৰোতে উপলব্ধ)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr "মচি পেলাওক (আবৰ্জনাৰ আইকন): এটা বা অধিক সংগ্ৰহ মচি পেলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "স্থানীয় অথবা দূৰৱৰ্তী দস্তাবেজসমূহ উপস্থিত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "মোৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহ দেখা নাযায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহ <app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> ত প্ৰদৰ্শন হবলৈ ব্যৰ্থ হয়, "
++"<app>Tracker</app> ভালকৈ চলি থকা নাই অথবা সঠিকভাৱে সংৰূপিত নহয়। আপোনাৰ "
++"অধিবেশনত Tracker চলি থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। অবিকল্পিত সংৰূপ, আপোনাৰ ঘৰ "
++"ডাইৰেকটৰি (বাৰংবাৰতা নহোৱাকৈ) আৰু XDG ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ (বাৰংবাৰতা হোৱাকৈ), "
++"পৰ্যাপ্ত হব লাগে। আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহ এই পথসমূহৰ এটাত থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন হোৱাৰ ধৰণ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহক এটা তালিকা অথবা গ্ৰিডত দৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহ আৰু সংগ্ৰহসমূহ অবিকল্পিতৰূপে <gui>গ্ৰিড</gui> বিন্যাসত প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰা হয়। <gui>তালিকা</gui> বিন্যাসত দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত যাওক আৰু এপ্লিকেচন মেনু প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ <app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr "<gui>এই ধৰণে দৰ্শন কৰক</gui> অংশৰ পৰা <gui>তালিকা</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"তালিকাৰ দৰ্শনত দস্তাবেজৰ ধৰণ আৰু পৰিবৰ্তনৰ তাৰিখ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা স্তম্ভসমূহ, "
++"আৰু ই স্থানীয়ভাৱে সংৰক্ষিত, নে <app>Google Docs</app> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"ত সংৰক্ষিত দেখুৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিত বিন্যাসত ঘুৰি যাবলৈ এপ্লিকেচন মেনুত <gui>গ্ৰিড</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজসমূহ পূৰ্ন-পৰ্দা দৰ্শন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr "স্থানীয়ভাৱে অথবা অনলাইন সংৰক্ষিত দস্তাবেজসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি <app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> খোলে, আপোনাৰ সকলো দস্তাবেজ, স্থানীয়ভাৱে "
++"সংৰক্ষিত আৰু অনলাইন সংৰক্ষিত, থাম্ভনেইল ৰূপে প্ৰদৰ্শন হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ <em>Google Docs</em> অথবা <em>SkyDrive</em> দস্তাবেজসমূহ উপস্থিত "
++"হবলৈ, এটা <link xref=\"accounts-add\">অনলাইন একাওন্ট</link> ৰূপে, Google "
++"অথবা Windows Live সংৰূপণ কৰাটো প্ৰয়োজনীয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজৰ সমলসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++"থাম্বনেইলত ক্লিক কৰক। দস্তাবেজ <app>দস্তাবেজসমূহ</app> উইন্ডোত (অথবা পূৰ্ণ-"
++"পৰ্দা যদি সৰ্বাধিক  আকাৰত থাকে) দস্তাবেজ পূৰ্ণ-প্ৰস্থ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজ প্ৰস্থান কৰিবলৈ, পিছলৈ এৰ' বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"CDs আৰু DVDs, কেমেৰা, অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ, আৰু অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহ আৰু মাধ্যমৰ বাবে "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ স্বচালিতভাৱে চলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "ডিভাইচসমূহ অথবা ডিস্কসমূহৰ বাবে এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ খোলক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা এপ্লিকেচনক স্বচালিতভাৱে আৰম্ভ হব দিব পাৰে যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা ডিভাইচ "
++"প্লাগ ইন কৰে অথবা এটা ডিস্ক অথবা এটা মিডিয়া কাৰ্ড সুমুৱায়। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, "
++"আপুনি এটা ডিজিটেল কেমেৰা প্লাগ ইন কৰোতে আপোনাৰ ফটো সংঘটক আৰম্ভ হোৱাটো "
++"বিচাৰিব পাৰে। আপুনি ইয়াক বন্ধ কৰিব পাৰে, যাতে আপুনি কিবা প্লাগ ইন কৰোতে একো "
++"নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++"বিভিন্ন ডিভাইচ প্লাগ ইন কৰোতে কোনবোৰ এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ হব লাগে নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>বিৱৰণ</gui><gui>আতৰাব পৰা মাধ্যম</gui></guiseq> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ ডিভাইচ অথবা মিডিয়া ধৰণ বাছক, আৰু তাৰ পিছত সেই মিডিয়া ধৰণৰ বাবে "
++"এটা এপ্লিকেচন অথবা কাৰ্য্য বাছক। বিভিন্ন ধৰণৰ ডিভাইচ আৰু মিডিয়াৰ এটা বিৱৰণৰ "
++"বাবে তলত চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে, আপুনি ইয়াক সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব যাতে ডিভাইচ "
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত দেখুৱা হয়। যেতিয়া তেনেকুৱা হয়, আপোনাক কি কৰিব লাগে সোধা হব, "
++"নহলে একোৱেই স্বচালিতভাৱে নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি কোনো এপ্লিকেচনক স্বচালিতভাৱে খোলা নিবিচাৰে, আপুনি যিয়েই প্লাগ ইন "
++"নকৰক, আতৰাব পৰা মাধ্যম উইন্ডোৰ তলত <gui>মাধ্যম সুমুৱাওতে প্ৰমপ্ট অথবা "
++"প্ৰগ্ৰামসমূহ আৰম্ভ নকৰিব</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "ডিভাইচসমূহ আৰু মাধ্যমৰ ধৰণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' ডিস্কসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"অডিঅ' CDs নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলে আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ সংগিত এপ্লিকেচন অথবা CD অডিঅ' "
++"নিষ্কাষক বাছক। যদি আপুনি অডিঅ' DVDs (DVD-A) ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, সিহতক কেনেকৈ খোলা "
++"হব <gui>অন্য মাধ্যম</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত বাছক। যদি আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ সৈতে "
++"এটা অডিঅ ডিস্ক খোলে, ট্ৰেকবোৰ WAV ফাইল ৰূপে উপস্থিত হব যাক আপুনি যিকোনো "
++"অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ এপ্লিকেচনত বজাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "ভিডিঅ' ডিস্কসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ভিডিঅ' DVDs নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ ভিডিঅ' এপ্লিকেচন বাছক। Blu-ray, "
++"HD DVD, ভিডিঅ' CD (VCD), আৰু চুপাৰ ভিডিঅ' CD (SVCD) ৰ বাবে এটা এপ্লিকেচন "
++"সংহতি কৰিবলৈ <gui>অন্য মাধ্যম</gui> বুটাম ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। যদি DVDs অথবা অন্য "
++"ভিডিঅ' ডিস্ক সুমুৱাওতে কাম নকৰে, <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "ৰিক্ত ডিস্কসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰিক্ত CDs, ৰিক্ত DVDs, ৰিক্ত Blu-ray ডিস্কসমূহ, আৰু ৰিক্ত HD DVDs ৰ বাবে এটা "
++"ডিস্ক-লিখা এপ্লিকেচন বাছিবলৈ <gui>অন্য মাধ্যম</gui> বুটাম ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "কেমেৰাসমূহ আৰু ফ'টোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডিজিটেল কেমেৰা প্লাগ ইন কৰোতে অথবা এটা কেমেৰাৰ পৰা এটা মিডিয়া "
++"কাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওতে যেনে এটা CF, SD, MMC, অথবা MS কাৰ্ড, এটা ফটো-ব্যৱস্থাপনা "
++"এপ্লিকেচন বাছিবলৈ <gui>ফটোসমূহ</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। আপুনি ফাইল "
++"ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ ফটোসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>অন্য মাধ্যম</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, Kodak ছবি CDs খোলিবলৈ আপুনি এটা এপ্লিকেচন "
++"বাছিব পাৰিব, আপোনাৰ ভঁৰালত যি থাকিব পাৰে। ইহত <file>PICTURES</file> নামৰ "
++"ফোল্ডাৰত থকা JPEG ছবিসমূহৰ সৈতে সাধাৰণ তথ্য CDs।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "সংগিত প্লেয়াৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পৰ্টেবুল সংগিত প্লেয়াৰত সংগিত লাইব্ৰেৰী ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ, অথবা ফাইল "
++"ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি নিজেই ফাইলসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ এটা এপ্লিকেচন বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr "ই-বুক ৰিডাৰবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ই-বুক ৰিডাৰত কিতাপবোৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ, অথবা ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ফাইলসমূহ নিজেই ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ <gui>অন্য বুটাম</gui> বুটাম "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "চফ্টৱেৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ডিস্ক আৰু আতৰাব পৰা মাধ্যমে চফ্টৱেৰ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে যি মাধ্যম "
++"সুমুৱাওতে স্বচালিতভাৱে চলিব লাগে। স্বচলন চফ্টৱেৰৰ সৈতে মাধ্যম সুমুৱাওতে কি "
++"কৰা হব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ <gui>চফ্টৱেৰ</gui> বিকল্প ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। চফ্টৱেৰ "
++"চলোৱাৰ আগত আপোনাক সদায় নিশ্চিতকৰণৰ বাবে সোধা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr "আপুনি ভৰষা নকৰা মাধ্যমৰ পৰা চফ্টৱেৰ কেতিয়াও নচলাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ সৈতে ফাইলসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা আৰু সংঘঠন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ফাইলসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ আৰু সংঘঠিত কৰিবলৈ <app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> ফাইল "
++"ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। আপুনি ইয়াক সংৰক্ষণ ডিভাইচসমূহ (যেনে বহিৰ্তম হাৰ্ড "
++"ডিস্ক) ত ফাইলসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">ফাইল চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহ</link>, আৰু নেটৱাৰ্ক অংশীদাৰীসমূহত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ, <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত <app>ফাইলসমূহ</"
++"app> খোলক। আপুনি <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ বাবে সন্ধান</"
++"link> কৰা ধৰণে অভাৰভিউত ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr "ফোল্ডাৰসমূহৰ সমলসমূহ এক্সপ্লৌৰ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত, কোনো ফোল্ডাৰৰ সমলসমূহ চাবলৈ দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক, আৰু এটা ফাইলৰ "
++"বাবে অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচনৰ সৈতে ফাইলখন খোলিবলৈ ফাইলত দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক। এটা "
++"ফোল্ডাৰক এটা নতুন টেব অথবা নতুন উইন্ডোত খোলিবলৈ আপুনি ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফোল্ডাৰৰ ফাইলসমূহ চাই থাকোতে, এটা ফাইল খোলা, কপি কৰা, অথবা মচাৰ আগত, "
++"সুনিশ্চিত হবলৈ যে আপুনি সঠিক ফাইল লৈছে আপুনি স্পেইচ বাৰ টিপি দ্ৰুত <link "
++"xref=\"files-preview\">প্ৰতিটো ফাইল পূৰ্বদৰ্শন</link> কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "বস্তুবোৰ এটা নতুন ফোল্ডাৰলৈ কপি কৰক অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr "ক্ৰিস্টফাৰ থমাচ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ কপি কৰক অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰক এটা নতুন অৱস্থানলৈ মাউছ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ড্ৰেগ আৰু ড্ৰপ, "
++"কপি আৰু পেইস্ট কমান্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি, অথবা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি কপি "
++"অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব পৰা যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++"এই নিৰ্দেশসমূহ দুয়ো ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰৰ বাবে প্ৰযোজ্য। আপুনি ফাইল আৰু "
++"ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ একে ধৰণে কপি আৰু স্থানান্তৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ কপি আৰু পেইস্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "আপুনি কপি কৰিব খোজা ফাইল এবাৰ ক্লিক কৰি বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>কপি কৰক</gui> বাছক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr "আপুনি ফাইলৰ কপি থব খোজা, অন্য ফোল্ডাৰলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল কপি কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ গিয়াৰ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>পেইস্ট কৰক</gui> "
++"পিক কৰক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> টিপক। এতিয়া সেই "
++"ফাইলৰ এটা কপি প্ৰকৃত ফোল্ডাৰ আৰু অন্য ফোল্ডাৰত থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ সিহতক কাট কৰি পেইস্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "আপুনি স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব খোজা ফাইল এবাৰ ক্লিক কৰি বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>কাট কৰক</gui> বাছক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>X</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr "আপুনি ফাইল স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব খোজা, অন্য ফোল্ডাৰলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল স্থানান্তৰ কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ গিয়াৰ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>পেইস্ট "
++"কৰক</gui> পিক কৰক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> টিপক। "
++"ফাইলখন প্ৰকৃত ফোল্ডাৰৰ পৰা বাহিৰ কৰি অন্য ফোল্ডাৰত স্থানান্তৰ কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ কপি অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ ড্ৰেগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক খোলক আৰু আপুনি কপি কৰিব খোজা ফাইল অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰা ফোল্ডাৰলৈ "
++"যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত <gui>ফাইলসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক, এটা দ্বিতীয় উইন্ডো খোলিবলৈ <gui>নতুন "
++"উইন্ডো</gui> বাছক (অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> টিপক)। "
++"নতুন উইন্ডোত, আপুনি ফাইলখন স্থানান্তৰ অথবা কপি কৰিব খোজা ফোল্ডাৰত  যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলক ক্লিক কৰক আৰু এটা উইন্ডোৰ পৰা অন্য উইন্ডোলৈ ড্ৰেগ কৰক। ই <em>ইয়াক "
++"স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব</em> যদি গন্তব্য <em>একেটা</em> ডিভাইচত থাকে, অথবা <em>ইয়াক "
++"কপি কৰিব</em> যদি গন্তব্য এটা <em>অন্য</em> ডিভাইচত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি এটা ফাইলক USB মেমৰি স্টিকৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰলৈ "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰে, ইয়াক কপি কৰা হব, কাৰণ আপুনি এটা ডিভাইচৰ পৰা অন্য ডিভাইচলৈ ড্ৰেগ "
++"কৰি আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ড্ৰেগ কৰোতে <key>Ctrl</key> কি ধৰি ৰাখি ফাইলক কপি হবলৈ বলৱৎ কৰিব পাৰে, "
++"অথবা ড্ৰেগ কৰোতে <key>Shift</key> কি ধৰি ৰাখি ইয়াক স্থানান্তৰ হবলৈ বলৱৎ কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা <em>কেৱল-পঢ়িব পৰা</em> ফোল্ডাৰত এটা ফাইল কপি অথবা স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব "
++"নোৱাৰিব। কিছুমান ফোল্ডাৰ কেৱল-পঢ়িব পৰা থাকে যাতে আপুনি তাৰ সমলসমূহত পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰিব নোৱাৰে। আপুনি বস্তুবোৰক <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\"> ফাইল অনুমতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি </link> কেৱল-পঢ়িব পৰা হোৱাৰ পৰা "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ প্ৰয়োজন নহোৱা ফাইলসমূহ অথবা ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ মচি পেলাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক আবৰ্জনালৈ পঠাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr "আপুনি আবৰ্জনাত থব খোজা বস্তু এবাৰ ক্লিক কৰি বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কিবৰ্ডত <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> টিপক। "
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, বস্তুক কাষবাৰত <gui>আবৰ্জনা</gui> লৈ ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহ চিৰস্থায়ীভাৱে মচি পেলাবলৈ, আৰু আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ডিস্ক স্থান খালি "
++"কৰিবলৈ, আপুনি আবৰ্জনা খালি কৰিব লাগিব। আবৰ্জনা খালি কৰিবলৈ, কাষবাৰত "
++"<gui>আবৰ্জনা</gui> ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>আবৰ্জনা ৰিক্ত কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক স্থায়ীভাৱে মচি পেলাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি তৎক্ষনাত এটা ফাইলক চিৰকালৰ বাবে মচিব পাৰিব, ইয়াক প্ৰথমতে আবৰ্জনালৈ "
++"পঠোৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নহোৱাকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক স্থায়ীভাৱে মচিবলৈ আপুনি নিম্নলিখিত কাৰ্য্য কৰিব লাগিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "আপুনি মচিব খোজা বস্তু বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr "<key>Shift</key> কি টিপি ধৰি থওক, তাৰ পিছত <key>Delete</key> কি টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"যিহেতু আপুনি ইয়াক নহোৱা কৰিব নোৱাৰে, আপুনি ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰ মচিব বিচাৰে "
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ কোৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা <link xref=\"files#removable\">আতৰাব পৰা ডিভাইচ</link> ত মচি পেলোৱা "
++"ফাইলসমূহ অন্য অপাৰেটিং চিস্টেম, যেনে Windows অথবা Mac OS ত দৃশ্যমান নহবও "
++"পাৰে। ফাইলসমূহ এতিয়াও আছে আৰু আপুনি ডিভাইচক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত প্লাগ কৰোতে "
++"দেখি পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা CD/DVD বাৰ্ণাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ফাইলসমূহ আৰু দস্তাবেজসমূহক এটা ৰিক্ত CD অথবা "
++"DVD ত থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহক এটা CD অথবা DVD লৈ লিখক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ CD/DVD লিখিব পৰা ড্ৰাইভলৈ এটা ৰিক্ত ডিস্ক স্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ তলত পপ আপ হোৱা <gui>ৰিক্ত CD/DVD-R ডিস্ক</gui> অধিসূচনাত, <gui>CD/DVD "
++"সৃষ্টিকৰ্তাৰ সৈতে খোলক</gui> বাছক। <gui>CD/DVD সৃষ্টিকৰ্তা</gui> ফোল্ডাৰ "
++"উইন্ডো খোল খাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক কাষবাৰত <gui>ডিভাইচসমূহ</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত <gui>ৰিক্ত "
++"CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব।)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr "<gui>ডিস্ক নাম</gui> ফিল্ডত, ডিস্কৰ বাবে এটা নাম টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr "উইন্ডোত পছন্দৰ ফাইলসমূহ ড্ৰেগ অথবা কপি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ডিস্কলৈ লিখক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr "<gui>লিখিবলৈ এটা ডিস্ক বাছক</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, ৰিক্ত ডিস্ক বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(আপুনি ইয়াৰ পৰিবৰ্তে <gui>ছবি ফাইল</gui> বাছিব পাৰিব। ই ফাইলসমূহক এটা "
++"<em>ডিস্ক ছবি</em> ত স্থাপন কৰিব, যি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত সংৰক্ষণ কৰা হব। আপুনি "
++"পিছত সেই ডিস্ক ছবিক এটা ৰিক্ত ডিস্কত বাৰ্ণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক যদি আপুনি বাৰ্ণিং গতি, অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ "
++"অৱস্থান, আৰু অন্য বিকল্পসমূহ সমন্বয় কৰিব বিচাৰে। অবিকল্পিত বিকল্পসমূহ "
++"পৰ্যাপ্ত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr "ৰেকৰ্ডিং আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ <gui>বাৰ্ণ কৰক</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>একাধিক কপি বাৰ্ণ কৰক</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰা হয়, আপোনাক অতিৰিক্ত "
++"ডিস্কসমূহৰ বাবে প্ৰমপ্ট কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া ডিস্ক বাৰ্ণিং সম্পূৰ্ণ হয়, ই স্বচালিতভাৱে বাহিৰ হব। <gui>অধিক কপি "
++"বনাওক</gui> বাছক অথবা প্ৰস্থান কৰিবলৈ <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr "যদি ডিস্ক সঠিকভাৱে বাৰ্ণ কৰা হোৱা নাছিল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"কেতিয়াবা কমপিউটাৰে তথ্যক সঠিকভাৱে ৰেকৰ্ড নকৰে, আৰু আপুনি ডিস্কক এটা "
++"কমপিউটাৰত সোমাওতে ডিস্কত থকা ফাইলসমূহ দেখি নাপাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"এই ক্ষেত্ৰত, ডিস্কক পুনৰ বাৰ্ণ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰক কিন্তু এটা নিম্ন বাৰ্ণিং গতিৰ "
++"সৈতে, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ 48x ৰ পৰিবৰ্তে 12x। নিম্ন গতিত বাৰ্ণ কৰাটো অধিক ভৰষা কৰিব "
++"পাৰি। আপুনি <gui>CD/DVD সৃষ্টিকৰ্তা</gui> উইন্ডোত <gui>বৈশিষ্ট্য</gui> বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰি গতি বাছিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক অদৃশ্য কৰক, যাতে আপুনি ইয়াক ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত দেখি নাপায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল লুকুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ সহায়ত আপুনি আপোনাৰ ইচ্ছামতে ফাইলসমূহ লুকুৱাব আৰু "
++"উন্মুক্ত কৰিব পাৰিব। যেতিয়া এটা ফাইল লুকুৱা থাকে, ইয়াক ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক "
++"দ্বাৰা দেখুৱা নহয়, কিন্তু ই আচলতে ফোল্ডাৰতে থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা লুকুৱাবলৈ, ইয়াৰ নামৰ আৰম্ভণিত এটা <key>.</key> ৰ সৈতে <link xref=\"files-"
++"rename\">পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰক</link>। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, <file>example.txt</file> নামৰ "
++"এটা ফাইল লুকুৱাবলৈ, আপুনি ইয়াক <file>.example.txt</file> লৈ পুনৰ নাম কৰণ "
++"কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ লুকুৱা দৰে ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ লুকুৱাব পাৰিব। ফোল্ডাৰ নামৰ আৰম্ভণিত "
++"এটা <key>.</key> দি এটা ফোল্ডাৰ লুকুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "সকলো লুকুৱা ফাইল দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ফোল্ডাৰত সকলো লুকুৱা ফাইল চাব খোজে, সেই ফোল্ডাৰত যাওক আৰু "
++"টুলবাৰত <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui> পিক কৰক, অথবা "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H </key></keyseq> টিপক। আপুনি সকলো লুকুৱা ফাইল "
++"দেখি পাব, উন্মুক্ত সাধাৰণ ফাইলসমূহৰ সৈতে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++"এই ফাইলসমূহ আকৌ লুকুৱাবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">তল</media> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</"
++"gui> পিক কৰক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> আকৌ টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইল পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰাৰ পিছত, ওপৰ বাৰত <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">তল</media> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ "
++"দেখুৱাওক</gui> পিক কৰক, অথবা অন্য যিকোনো ফাইল আকৌ লুকুৱাবলৈ "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে, আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত কেৱল লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখি পাব "
++"যেতিয়ালৈকে আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক বন্ধ নকৰে। এই সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ যাতে "
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে সদায় লুকুৱা ফাইল দেখুৱায়, <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ লুকুৱা ফাইলৰ সিহতৰ নামৰ আৰম্ভণিত এটা <key>.</key> থাকিব কিন্তু "
++"অন্যৰ সিহতৰ নামৰ শেষত এটা <key>~</key> থাকিব পাৰে। এই ফাইলসমূহ বেকআপ ফাইল। "
++"অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সহায় অনুকৰণ কৰক যদি আপুনি এটা সৃষ্টি অথবা ডাউনল'ড কৰা ফাইল বিচাৰি নাপায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "এটা হেৰুৱা ফাইল সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ফাইল সৃষ্টি কৰিছে অথবা ডাউনল'ড কৰিছে, কিন্তু আপুনি ইয়াক এতিয়া "
++"বিচাৰি পোৱা নাই, এই সম্ভেদ অনুকৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ফাইল ক'ত সংৰক্ষণ কৰিছে মনত পৰা নাই, কিন্তু আপুনি তাক কি নাম দিছিল "
++"তাৰ সম্ভেদ আছে, তেন্তে আপুনি ফাইলক তাৰ নামৰে সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব। কেনেকৈ কৰিব "
++"জানিবলৈ <link xref=\"files-search\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ফাইল এইমাত্ৰ ডাউনল'ড কৰিছে, আপোনাৰ ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰে হয়তো ইয়াক এটা "
++"সাধাৰণ ফোল্ডাৰলৈ স্বচালিতভাৱে সংৰক্ষণ কৰিছে। আপোনাৰ ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰত ডেস্কটপ আৰু "
++"ডাউনল'ডসমূহ ফোল্ডাৰ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ভুলতে ফাইল মচি পেলাব পাৰে। যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা ফাইল মচি পেলায়, ই "
++"আবৰ্জনালৈ স্থানান্তৰ হয়, য'ত ই আপুনি আবৰ্জনাক হস্তচালিতভাৱে ৰিক্ত নকৰালৈ "
++"তাতে থাকে। এটা মচি পেলোৱা কেনেকৈ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব জানিবলৈ <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফাইলৰ ধৰণৰ বাবে অবিকল্পিত নহোৱা এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ সৈতে ফাইলসমূহ খোলক। আপুনি "
++"অবিকল্পিতক সলনি কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr "অন্য এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ সৈতে ফাইলসমূহ খোলক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত এটা ফাইলত দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰে, ইয়াক তাৰ অবিকল্পিত "
++"এপ্লিকেচনৰ সৈতে খোলা হব। আপুনি ইয়াক অন্য এপ্লিকেচনৰ সৈতে খোলিব পাৰিব, অনলাইন "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব, অথবা একে ধৰণৰ সকলো ফাইলৰ বাবে "
++"অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচন সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি বিচৰা এপ্লিকেচনক তথাপিও বিচাৰি নাপায়, আপুনি <gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ "
++"অনলাইন সন্ধান কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰি অধিক এপ্লিকেচনৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে সেই ধৰণৰ ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিব পৰা এপ্লিকেচন অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত "
++"কৰা পেকেইজসমূহৰ বাবে অনলাইন সন্ধান কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচন পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ধৰণৰ ফাইলসমূহ খোলিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচন পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব। ইয়াৰ বাবে আপুনি আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ এপ্লিকেচন খোলিব পাৰিব যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা "
++"ফাইল খোলিবলৈ দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰে। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আপুনি এটা MP3 ফাইল দুবাৰ-ক্লিক "
++"কৰোতে আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ সংগিত প্লেয়াৰ খোলাটো বিচাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফাইল বাছক যাৰ বাবে আপুনি অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচন সলনি কৰিব খোজে। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, MP3 ফাইলসমূহ কোনো এপ্লিকেচন দ্বাৰা খোলা হব পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, "
++"এটা <file>.mp3</file> ফাইল বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "ফাইল ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>চিহ্নিত বস্তুৰ সৈতে খোলক</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বিচৰা এপ্লিকেচন বাছক আৰু <gui>অবিকল্পিৰূপে সংহতি কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। "
++"অবিকল্পিভাৱে, ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে কেৱল ফাইলক ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিব পৰা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ "
++"দেখুৱায়। আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সকলো এপ্লিকেচন চাবলৈ, <gui>অন্য এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ "
++"দেখুৱাওক</gui> দেখুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"ই কেৱল নিৰ্বাচিত ফাইলৰ বাবেই নহয়, একে ধৰণৰ সকলো ফাইলৰ বাবে অবিকল্পিত "
++"এপ্লিকেচন পৰিবৰ্তন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"দস্তাবেজসমূহ, ছবিবোৰ, ভিডিঅ'বোৰ আৰু অধিকৰ বাবে পূৰ্বদৰ্শন দ্ৰুত দেখুৱাওক আৰু "
++"লুকুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহক এটা সম্পূৰ্ণ খোলা এপ্লিকেচনত নখোলাকৈ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"যিকোনো ফাইল বাছক আৰু স্পেইচ বাৰ টিপক। ফাইল এটা সাধাৰণ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন উইন্ডোত "
++"খোলা খাব। পূৰ্বদৰ্শনক বাতিল কৰিবলৈ স্পেইচ বাৰ আকৌ টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++"বিল্ট-ইন পূৰ্বদৰ্শনে দস্তাবেজসমূহ, ছবিবোৰ, ভিডিঅ', আৰু ভিডিঅ'ৰ বাবে বেছিৰভাগ "
++"ফাইল বিন্যাস সমৰ্থন কৰে। পূৰ্বদৰ্শনত, আপুনি আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজসমূহৰে স্ক্ৰল "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব অথবা আপোনাৰ ভিডিঅ' আৰু অডিঅ'ত সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা পূৰ্বদৰ্শনক পূৰ্ণ-পৰ্দাত দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ, তলৰ কাষত <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা</media> বুটামত ক্লিক কৰক, "
++"অথবা <key>f</key> টিপক। পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা এৰিবলৈ <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা</media> ক্লিক কৰক অথবা অথবা "
++"<key>f</key> আকৌ টিপক, অথবা পূৰ্বদৰ্শনক সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে প্ৰস্থান কৰিবলৈ স্পেইচ "
++"বাৰ টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++"মচি পেলোৱা ফাইলসমূহ সাধাৰণত আবৰ্জনালৈ পঠোৱা হয়, কিন্তু পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইলক আবৰ্জনাৰ পৰা পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ সৈতে এটা ফাইল মচি পেলায়, ফাইল সাধাৰনত "
++"<gui>আবৰ্জনা</gui> ত থাকে, আৰু পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিব পৰা যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "আবৰ্জনাৰ পৰা এটা ফাইল পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ </gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr "কাষবাৰত <gui>আবৰ্জনা</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি মচি পেলোৱা ফাইল তাত আছে, ইয়াক ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui> পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰক</"
++"gui> বাছক। ফাইলখন যি ফোল্ডাৰৰ পৰা মচি পেলোৱা হৈছিল তাতে পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা USB ফ্লেশ্ব ড্ৰাইভ, CD, DVD, অথবা অন্য ডিভাইচ বাহিৰ উলিৱাওক অথবা "
++"আনমাউন্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr "এটা বহিৰ্তম ড্ৰাইভ সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr "এটা আতৰাব পৰা ডিভাইচ বাহিৰ উলিৱাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা, <app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"কাষবাৰত ডিভাইচক অৱস্থিত কৰক। ইয়াৰ নামৰ কাষত এটা সৰু উলিৱাওক আইকন থাকিব লাগে। "
++"ডিভাইচক সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাবলৈ অথবা উলিৱাবলৈ উলিৱাওক আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, আপুনি কাষবাৰত ডিভাইচৰ নামত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰি <gui>উলিৱাওক</gui> "
++"বাছিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহৃত এটা ডিভাইচক সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>বাতিল কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "ডিভাইচত সকলো ফাইল বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"ডিভাইচক সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাবলৈ অথবা বাহিৰ উলিৱাবলৈ বাহিৰ উলিৱাওক আইকনত ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ বন্ধ নকৰাকৈ ডিভাইচ আতৰাবলৈ <gui>তথাপিও বাহিৰ উলিৱাওক</gui> "
++"বাছিব পাৰিব। ইয়াৰ বাবে খোলা ফাইলসমূহ থকা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহত ত্ৰুটি হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰৰ নাম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰ পুনৰনামকৰণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ নিচিনা, আপুনি এটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰৰ নাম পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰিবলৈ GNOME ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰ পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"বস্তুত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰক</gui> বাছক, অথবা ফাইল বাছক "
++"আৰু <key>F2</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "নতুন নাম টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ফাইলক <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</"
++"link> উইন্ডোৰ পৰা পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ফাইলখন ভুল নাম দিছে, অথবা সুদ্ধভাৱে নাম দিয়া নাই, আপুনি পুনৰ "
++"নামকৰণ বাতিল কৰিব পাৰিব। কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰিবলৈ, সঁজুলিবাৰ গিয়াৰ বুটাম "
++"তৎক্ষনাত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আগৰ নাম পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলৈ <gui>বাতিল কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr "ফাইল নামৰ বাবে বৈধ আখৰবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ফাইলক এটা <key>.</key> প্ৰথম আখৰ ৰাখি নাম দিয়ে, ফাইল <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\">লুকুৱা</link> থাকিব যেতিয়া আপুনি ইয়াক ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত "
++"দৰ্শন কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "ফাইল নাম ইতিমধ্যে ব্যৱহৃত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ একেটা ফোল্ডাৰত একে নামৰ দুটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰ থাকিব নোৱাৰিব। যদি "
++"আপুনি কাম কৰি ফোল্ডাৰৰ ভিতৰত ইতিমধ্যে থকা এটা নামৰ সৈতে এটা ফাইলক পুনৰ নাম "
++"দিব বিচাৰে, ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে তাৰ অনুমতি নিদিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "ফাইল নাম অত্যাধিক দীঘল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr "পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিবলৈ বিকল্প ধূসৰ কৰা আছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল নাম আৰু ধৰণৰ উপৰত ভিত্তি কৰি ফাইলসমূহ অৱস্থিত কৰক। আপোনাৰ সন্ধান "
++"পৰৱৰ্তী ব্যৱহাৰৰ বাবে সংৰক্ষিত ৰাখক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "অন্য সন্ধান এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি যানে যে আপুনি বিচৰা ফাইলসমূহ এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট ফোল্ডাৰত আছে, সেই "
++"ফোল্ডাৰলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"সঁজুলিবাৰত মেগ্নিফায়িং গ্লাচত ক্লিক কৰক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
++"key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr "অৱস্থান আৰু ফাইল ধৰণ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপুনি ফলাফল সংক্ষিপ্ত কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সন্ধানৰ ফলাফলসমূহ আপোনাৰ <file>ঘৰ</file> ফোল্ডাৰলৈ সীমিত কৰিবলে "
++"<gui>ঘৰ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক, অথবা সকলো ঠাইত সন্ধান কৰিবলৈ <gui>সকলো ফাইল</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সন্ধানৰ ফলাফলৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহক খোলিব, কপি কৰিব, মচিব, অথবা অন্য কাম কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব, ঠিক যেনেকৈ আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত যিকোনো ফোল্ডাৰত কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++"সন্ধান প্ৰস্থান কৰি ফোল্ডাৰলৈ উভতি যাবলৈ সঁজুলিবাৰত মেগ্নিফায়িং গ্লাচত ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি কিছুমান সন্ধান প্ৰায়েই পৰিৱেশন কৰে, সিহতক দ্ৰুত অভিগম কৰিবলৈ আপুনি "
++"সিহতক সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "এটা সন্ধান সংৰক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr "ওপৰৰ নিচিনা এটা সন্ধান আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি সন্ধানৰ প্ৰাচলৰ সৈতে সন্তুষ্ট, গিয়াৰ বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>সন্ধানক এই ধৰণে সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++"একে ধৰণৰ নাম থকা একাধিক ফাইলক নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</"
++"key></keyseq> টিপক। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr "বিন্যাসৰ মতে ফাইলসমূহ বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>*</file> এ যিকোনো সংখ্যাক আখৰৰ সৈতে মিল খায়, কোনো আখৰ নাথাকিলেও মিল "
++"খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr "<file>?</file> এ যিকোনো আখৰৰ এটাৰ সৈতে মিল খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা OpenDocument লিখনী ফাইল, এটা PDF ফাইল, আৰু এটা ছবি যাৰ বাবে "
++"সকলোৰ একেটা ভিত্তি নাম <file>Invoice</file> থাকে, বিন্যাসৰ সৈতে তিনিওটাক "
++"বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file> নাম থকা কিছুমান ফ'টো আছে; বিন্যাসৰ সৈতে সকলোকে "
++"বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ আগৰ নিচিনা ফ'টো আছে, কিন্তু আপুনি সিহতৰ কিছুমানক সম্পাদন কৰিছে "
++"আৰু ফাইল নামৰ শেষত <file>-edited</file> যোগ কৰিছে, চিহ্নিত বস্তুৰ সৈতে "
++"সম্পাদিত ফ'টোসমূহ বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ পৰা সহজতে ফাইলসমূহ আপোনাৰ ইমেইল পৰিচয়লৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "ইমেইলৰ সহায়ত ফাইলসমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ পৰা প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সকলৰ সৈতে ফাইলসমূহ "
++"সহজতে অংশীদাৰী কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ আগত, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত <app>Evolution</app> ইনস্টল থকা, আৰু "
++"আপোনাৰ ইমেইল একাওন্ট সংৰূপিত থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল ইমেইলৰ সহায়ত অংশীদাৰী কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "আপুনি স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব বিচৰা ফাইল অৱস্থিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>চিহ্নিত স্থানলৈ পঠাওক</gui> বাছক। সংলঘ্ন ফাইলৰ "
++"সৈতে <gui>বাৰ্তা লিখক</gui> উইন্ডো উপস্থিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি একেলগে একাধিক ফাইল পঠাব পাৰিব। <key>Ctrl</key> ধৰি একাধিক ফাইল বাছক, "
++"তাৰ পিছত যিকোনো নিৰ্বাচিত ফাইল ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহ সিহতৰ নাম, আকাৰ, ধৰণ, অথবা সিহতক যেতিয়া সলনি কৰা হৈছিল সেই হিচাপে "
++"সজাঁওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ সজাঁওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "আইকন দৰ্শন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি <gui>নামৰ দ্বাৰা</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰে, ফাইলসমূহ সিহতৰে "
++"নামৰে সজোৱা হব, আক্ষৰিক ক্ৰমত। অন্য বিকল্পৰ বাবে <link xref=\"#ways\"/> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি পুল-ডাউন মেনুৰ পৰা <gui>উলোটা ক্ৰম</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰি উলোটা ক্ৰমত "
++"সমন্বয় কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "তালিকা দৰ্শন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ সজোৱাৰ ধৰণবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "নামৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr "ফাইল নামৰ সহায়ত আক্ষৰিকভাৱে সজায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "আকাৰ ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলৰ আকাৰ দ্বাৰা সমন্বয় কৰক (ই কিমান ডিস্ক স্থান লয়)। অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সৰুৰ "
++"পৰা ডাঙৰলৈ সমন্বয় কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "ধৰণ ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলৰ ধৰণে আক্ষৰিকভাৱে সমন্বয় কৰে। একে ধৰণৰ ফাইলক এলগলে ৰখা হয়, তাৰ পিছত "
++"নামৰে সমন্বয় কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "পৰিবৰ্তনৰ তাৰিখৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফাইল সৰ্বশেষ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময়ৰে সমন্বয় কৰে। পুৰনিৰ পৰা নতুনলৈ "
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সমন্বয় কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++"স্বনিৰ্বাচিত ফাইল টেমপ্লেইটসমূহৰ পৰা দ্ৰুত নতুন দস্তাবেজসমূহ সৃষ্টি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr "অনিতা ৰাইটেৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণত-ব্যৱহৃত দস্তাবেজ দৰণসমূহৰ বাবে টেমপ্লেইটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr "এটা নতুন টেমপ্লেইট নিৰ্মাণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা টেমপ্লেইট ৰূপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজা এটা দস্তাবেজ সৃষ্টি কৰক। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আপুনি আপোনাৰ লেটাৰহেড এটা শব্দ প্ৰক্ৰিয়াকৰণ এপ্লিকেচনত বনাব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজ সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ এটা টেমপ্লেইট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr "আপুনি নতুন দস্তাবেজ উপস্থাপন কৰিব বিচৰা ফোল্ডাৰ খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr "তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ টেমপ্লেইট বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr "নতুনকৈ-সৃষ্টি কৰা দস্তাবেজৰ বাবে এটা ফাইলনাম সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr "ফাইল খোলি সম্পাদন কৰিবলৈ দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr "বেকআপ ফাইলসমূহ আছে। সিহত অবিকল্পিতভাৱে লুকুৱা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr "নামৰ শেষত \"~\" থকা এটা ফাইলৰ অৰ্থ কৰি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++"এই ফাইলসমূহক স্বাভাৱিক লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহৰ নিচিনা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হয়। লুকুৱা "
++"ফাইলসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ বিষয়ে উপদেশৰ বাবে <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">সন্ধান কৰা</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">ফাইলসমূহ মচি পেলাওক</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">বেকআপসমূহ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">আতৰাব পৰা ড্ৰাইভসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ, ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ &amp; সন্ধান"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ কাৰ্য্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "অধিক বিষয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr "আতৰাব পৰা ড্ৰাইভসমূহ আৰু বহিৰ্তম ডিস্কসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "বেকআপ লোৱা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr "সহায় আৰু প্ৰশ্নবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr "এই সহায় বিষয়বোৰৰ সৈতে সমস্যাবোৰ কেনেকৈ আৰু ক'ত সংবাদন কৰিম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr "এই সহায়ক উন্নত কৰিবলৈ অংশগ্ৰহণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr "এটা বাগ অথবা এটা উন্নয়ন সংবাদন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সংবাদক এটা ID সংখ্যা দিয়া হব, আৰু ইয়াৰ অৱস্থা আপডেইট কৰা হব যিহেতু "
++"ইয়াৰ ওপৰত কাম কৰা হৈছে। GNOME সহায়ক উন্নত কৰাত সহায়ৰ বাবে ধন্যবাদ!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "আমাক যোগাযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা পাৰম্পৰিক ডেস্কটপ অনুভৱ পছন্দ কৰে GNOME ক্লাচিকলৈ উভতি যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "পিটাৰ ক'ভাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "GNOME ক্লাচিক কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</em> অভিগম কৰিবলৈ, আপুনি  "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> কি টিপিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো তালিকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ তলত থকা উইন্ডো তালিকায় আপোনাৰ সকলো খোলা উইন্ডো আৰু এপ্লিকেচনলৈ অভিগম "
++"প্ৰদান কৰে আৰু আপোনাক দ্ৰুত সিহতক সৰু আৰু পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "GNOME ক্লাচিকলৈ আৰু GNOME ক্লাচিকৰ পৰা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> ৰ পৰা <em>GNOME ক্লাচিক</em> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনো খোলা কাৰ্য্য সংৰক্ষণ কৰক, আৰু তাৰ পিছত লগ আউট কৰক। ওপৰ সোঁ-হাত চুকত "
++"আপোনাৰ নাম বাছক আৰু তাৰ পিছত <gui>লগ আউট কৰক</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা নিশ্চিতকৰণ বাৰ্তা উপস্থিত হব। নিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ <gui>লগ আউট কৰক</gui> বাছক। "
++"লগিন পৰ্দা উপস্থিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "লগিন পৰ্দাত, তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ নাম বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "পাছৱাৰ্ড প্ৰৱিষ্টি বাকচত আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড প্ৰৱিষ্টি বাকচৰ তলত <gui>অধিবেশন</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>GNOME "
++"ক্লাচিক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ছাইন ইন</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME Classic</em> ৰ পৰা <em>GNOME</em> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড প্ৰৱিষ্টি বাকচৰ তলত <gui>অধিবেশন</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট ৰিডাৰসমূহ</link>, স্মাৰ্ট "
++"কাৰ্ডসমূহ…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট &amp; স্মাৰ্ট কাৰ্ডসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr "মিডিয়া কাৰ্ড ৰিডাৰসমূহ সমস্যামুক্তি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr "মিডিয়া কাৰ্ড ৰিডাৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা হাৰ্ডৱেৰ/ডিভাইচ ড্ৰািভাৰে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক তাৰ সৈতে সংলঘ্ন ডিভাইচসমূহ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr "এটা ড্ৰাইভাৰ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr "পৰ্দা আৰু গ্ৰাফিক্স সমস্যাবোৰ সমাধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "হাৰ্ডৱেৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">হাৰ্ডৱেৰ সমস্যাবোৰ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"power\">শক্তি সংহতিসমূহ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"color\">ৰঙ ব্যৱস্থাপনা</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">ব্লুটুথ</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">ডিস্কসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr "হাৰ্ডৱেৰ &amp; ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "হাৰ্ডৱেৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr "IRC ত তৎকালিন সহায় পাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"empathy ত এটা IRC একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ, <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy তথ্যচিত্ৰ</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC এটা প্ৰকৃত-সময় আলোচনাৰ স্থান হলেও, মানুহে তৎক্ষনাত উত্তৰ নিদিব পাৰে, "
++"সেয়েহে ধৈৰ্য্য ধৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++"অনুগ্ৰহ কৰি মন কৰিব যে <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/"
++"\">GNOME আচৰণ বিধি</link> প্ৰযোজ্য হয় যেতিয়া আপুনি IRC ত চেট কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr "ই-মেইলৰে সমৰ্থন অনুৰোধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "মেইলিং তালিকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি মেইলিং তালিকালৈ এটা ইমেইল পঠাবলৈ প্ৰথমতে মেইলিং-তালিকালৈ ৰেজিস্টাৰ "
++"কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"সুমুৱা বিন্দু ব্লিঙ্ক কৰাওক আৰু ই কিমান দ্ৰুত ব্লিঙ্ক কৰে নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড কাৰ্চাৰ ব্লিঙ্ক কৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা লিখনী ফিল্ডত কিবৰ্ড কাৰ্চাৰ দেখি নাপায়, ইয়াক সহজতে অৱস্থিত "
++"কৰাবলৈ আপুনি ইয়াক ব্লিঙ্ক কৰাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>কিবৰ্ড</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>টাইপিং</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্চাৰ লিখনী ফিল্ডসমূহত ব্লিঙ্ক কৰে</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্চাৰ কিমান সোনকালে ব্লিঙ্ক হয় ক্ৰমন্বয় কৰিবলৈ <gui>গতি</gui> স্লাইডাৰ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "ইউয়ানো মাৰিন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>মেনু</key> কি'য়ে ৰাইট-ক্লিকৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে কিবৰ্ডৰ সৈতে এটা পৰিপ্ৰেক্ষতিত "
++"মেনু লঞ্চ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Menu</key> কি'ৰ অৰ্থ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> কি'য়ে কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ খোলে। আপুনি সাধাৰণত ইয়াক আপোনাৰ "
++"কিবৰ্ডত <key>Alt</key> কি'ৰ কাষত পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Super</key> কি'ৰ অৰ্থ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা Apple কিবৰ্ড আছে, আপোনাৰ Windows কি'ৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে এটা <key>⌘</"
++"key> (কমান্ড) কি' থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত কি' পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>কিবৰ্ড</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</gui> টেব ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডোৰ বাঁওফালে <gui>চিস্টেম</gui> বাছক, আৰু সোঁফালে <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ "
++"অভাৰভিউ দেখুৱাওক</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "সোঁফালে বৰ্তমান চৰ্টকাট বিৱৰণত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "পছন্দৰ কি' সংযুক্তি ধৰি থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "ইউয়ানো মাৰিন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ডসমূহ যোগ কৰক আৰু সিহতৰ মাজত অদল বদল কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "বৈকল্পিক কিবৰ্ড বিন্যাসসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>অঞ্চল &amp; ভাষা</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক, এটা বিন্যাস বাছক, আৰু <gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি যিকোনো বিন্যাসৰ এটা পূৰ্বদৰ্শন ইয়াক তালিকাক নিৰ্বাচন কৰি আৰু <gui> "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png \" width="
++"\"16\" height=\"16\">পূৰ্বদৰ্শন</media></gui> ক্লিক কৰি চাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr "এটা মাউছ নহোৱাকৈ এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰু ডেস্কটপ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড ভ্ৰমণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠসমূহ ভ্ৰমণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key> আৰু <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr "ফকাচ উলোটা ক্ৰমত স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <key>Shift</key> ধৰি থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr "এৰ' কি'সমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ট্ৰি দৰ্শনত, সন্তানৰ সৈতে বস্তুবোৰ সংকোচন অথবা মেল খোৱাবলৈ বাঁও আৰু সোঁ "
++"কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>এৰ' কিসমূহ</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা তালিকা অথবা আইকন দৰ্শনত, নিৰ্বাচিত বস্তুক পৰিবৰ্তন নকৰাকৈ কিবৰ্ডৰ ফকাচ "
++"অন্য বস্তুলৈ নিয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>এৰ' কি'সমূহ</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা তালিকা অথবা আইকন দৰ্শনত, বৰ্তমানে নিৰ্বাচিত বস্তুৰ পৰা সকলো বস্তুক নতুন "
++"ফকাচ কৰা বস্তুত বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফকাচ্ড বস্তু যেনে এটা বুটাম, চেক বাকচ, অথবা তালিকা বস্তু সক্ৰিয় কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা তালিকা অথবা আইকন দৰ্শনত, অন্য বস্তুবোৰ অনিৰ্বাচন নকৰাকৈ ফকাচ কৰা বস্তু "
++"নিৰবাচন অথবা অনিৰ্বাচন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr "এটা মেনু, পপআপ, চুইচাৰ, অথবা ডাইলগ উইন্ডো প্ৰস্থান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোৰ মেনুবাৰত প্ৰথম মেনু খোলক। মেনুসমূহ ভ্ৰমণ কৰিবলৈ এৰ কি'সমূহ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত এপ্লিকেচন মেনু খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> অথবা <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-menu\">Menu</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"বৰ্তমান নিৰ্বাচনৰ বাবে পৰিপ্ৰেক্ষতিত মেনু পপ আপ কৰক, এনেধৰণে যেন আপুনি ৰাইট-"
++"ক্লিক কৰিছিল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত, বৰ্তমান ফোল্ডাৰৰ পৰা পৰিপ্ৰেক্ষতিত মেনু পপ আপ কৰক, যেন "
++"আপুনি কোনো বস্তুত ৰাইট-ক্লিক নকৰি পটভূমিত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> আৰু <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr "এটা টেব্বড্ আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠত, বাওঁফাল অথবা সোঁফালৰ টেবলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ ভ্ৰমণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr "এটা ক্ৰমস্থানত সকলো খোলা উইন্ডোৰে চক্ৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে খোলক।</link> "
++"বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ <key>Esc</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহ ভ্ৰমণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "বৰ্তমান উইন্ডো বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> অথবা <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰত থকা উইন্ডোক তাৰ প্ৰকৃত আকাৰলৈ লৈ যাওক। সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ "
++"নিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> এ সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিয়া আৰু "
++"প্ৰকৃত আকাৰলৈ নিয়া দুয়োটাই কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++"বৰ্তমান উইন্ডো স্থানান্তৰ কৰক। <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> "
++"টিপক, আৰু উইন্ডোক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ এৰ কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। উইন্ডো "
++"স্থানান্তৰ কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ <key>Enter</key> টিপক, অথবা প্ৰকৃত স্থানলৈ "
++"উভতি যাবলৈ <key>Esc</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> অথবা <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোক <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিয়ক</"
++"link>। এটা সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰত থকা উইন্ডোক তাৰ প্ৰকৃত আকাৰলৈ নিবলৈ "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> অথবা<keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "এটা উইন্ডো সৰু কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোক পৰ্দাৰ বাওঁফালে উলম্বভাৱে সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিয়ক। উইণ্ডোক তাৰ "
++"পূৰ্বৰ আকাৰলৈ নিবলৈ আকৌ টিপক। কাষ চুইচ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোক পৰ্দাৰ সোঁফালে উলম্বভাৱে সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিয়ক। উইণ্ডোক তাৰ "
++"পূৰ্বৰ আকাৰলৈ নিবলৈ আকৌ টিপক। কাষ চুইচ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr "আপুনি শীৰ্ষকবাৰত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰা দৰে, উইন্ডো মেনু পপ আপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "জেৰেমি বিকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউছৰ সৈতে বুটামসমূহ ক্লিক কৰি লিখনী সুমুৱাবলৈ এটা অন-স্ক্ৰিন কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "এটা স্ক্ৰিন কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে এটা কিবৰ্ড সংলঘ্ন নাই অথবা আপুনি ইয়াক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা "
++"পছন্দ নকৰে, লিখনী সুমুৱাবলৈ আপুনি <em>পৰ্দা কিবৰ্ড</em> অন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr "স্ক্ৰিন কিবৰ্ড দেখুৱাবলৈ <gui>অন স্ক্ৰিন কিবৰ্ড</gui> অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"সংখ্যা আৰু চিহ্ন সুমুৱাবলৈ <gui>123</gui> বুটাম টিপক। <gui>{#*</gui> বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰিলে অধিক চিহ্ন পাব। আক্ষৰিক কিবৰ্ডলৈ ঘুৰি যাবলৈ, <gui>Abc</gui> "
++"বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা কি' ধৰই থওতে কিবৰ্ডক আখৰবোৰ পুনৰাবৃত্তি কৰিব নিদিব, অথবা "
++"পুনৰাবৃত্তি কি'সমূহৰ বিলম্ব আৰু গতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr "বাৰংবাৰ কি টিপা বন্ধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++"পুনৰাবৃত্তি কি'সমূহক সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ <gui>কি' ধৰি থলে কি' "
++"টিপৰ পুনৰাবৃত্তি হয়</gui> বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কিবৰ্ড</gui> সংহতিসমূহত কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহৰ বিৱৰণ দিয়ক অথবা পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ সংহতি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "এটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটৰ বাবে কি' অথবা কি'সমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>কিবৰ্ড</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr "পছন্দৰ কি' সংযুক্তি ধৰি থওক, অথবা আতৰাবলৈ <key>Backspace</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr "পূৰ্ব-নিৰ্ধাৰিত চৰ্টকাটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"পূৰ্ব-সংৰূপিত বহুতো চৰ্টকাট আছে যাক সলনি কৰিব পাৰি, যাক নিম্নলিখিত "
++"বিভাগসমূহত দলবদ্ধ কৰা হৈছে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "আৰম্ভকসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "সহায় ব্ৰাউছাৰ আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "অসামৰ্থবান"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "গণক আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "গণক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ই-মেইল ক্লাএন্ট আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "মেইল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰ আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "Explorer"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "মাৰ্গদৰ্শন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক কৰ্মস্থান ১লৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক কৰ্মস্থান ২লৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক কৰ্মস্থান ৩লৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক কৰ্মস্থান ৪লৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক বাওঁফালে এটা কৰ্মস্থানলৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক সোঁফালে এটা কৰ্মস্থানলৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক এক কৰ্মস্থান ওপৰত স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক এক কৰ্মস্থান তলত স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ চুইচ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহ চুইচ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ উইন্ডোসমূহ অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণসমূহ অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহ প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "এটা এপৰ উইন্ডোসমূহ প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণসমূহ প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "সকলো স্বাভাৱিক উইন্ডো লুকাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "কৰ্মস্থান ১লৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "কৰ্মস্থান ২লৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "কৰ্মস্থান ৩লৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "কৰ্মস্থান ৪লৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "বাওঁফালৰ কৰ্মস্থানলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "সোঁফালৰ কৰ্মস্থানলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "ওপৰৰ কৰ্মস্থানলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "তলৰ কৰ্মস্থানলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "এটা উইন্ডোৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "এটা স্থানৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটক ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "এটা উইন্ডোৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটক ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "এটা স্থানৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটক ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট ৰেকৰ্ড কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "শব্দ আৰু মাধ্যম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "ভলিউম মৌন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' মৌন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "ভলিউম কম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' কম ভলিউম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "ভলিউম বেছি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' ভলিউম বৃদ্ধি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "মিডিয়া প্লেয়াৰ আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' মাধ্যম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "চলাওক (অথবা চলাওক/ৰখাওক)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' প্লে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "প্লেবেক বিৰাম দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' বিৰাম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "প্লেবেক বন্ধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "অডিঅ' বন্ধ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "পূৰ্বৱৰ্তী ট্ৰেক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr "পূৰ্বৱৰ্তী অডিঅ'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "পৰৱৰ্তী ট্ৰেক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "পৰৱৰ্তী অডিঅ'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "বাহিৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "চিস্টেম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "ৰান কমান্ড প্ৰম্পট দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "লগ আউট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দা লক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "সক্ৰিয় অধিসূচনাত ফকাচ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "সকলো এপ্লিকেচন দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচন মেনু খোলক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "টাইপিং"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "পৰৱৰ্তী ইনপুট উৎসলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "পূৰ্বৱৰ্তী ইনপুট উৎসলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "পৰিবৰ্তক-কেৱল পৰৱৰ্তী উৎসলৈ যাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "কি' ৰচনা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "বৈকল্পিক আখৰসমূহ কি'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "জুম অন বা অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "জুম ইন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "জুম আউট"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "স্ক্ৰিন ৰিডাৰ অন বা অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "অন-স্ক্ৰিন কিবৰ্ড অন অথবা অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "লিখনী আকাৰ বৃদ্ধি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "লিখনী আকাৰ সৰু কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "উচ্চ কন্ট্ৰাস্ট অন বা অফ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "Windows"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো মেনু সক্ৰিয় কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "পূৰ্ণপৰ্দা অৱস্থা অদল-বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "সৰ্বোচ্চ অবস্থা অদল-বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো ডাঙৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "ছায়াবৃত অবস্থা অদল-বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো বন্ধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক লুকাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক পুনৰ আকাৰ দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "সকলো কৰ্মস্থানত অথবা এটাত থকা উইন্ডো অদল বদল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "যদি উইন্ডো ঢকা থাকে তাক উত্থাপন কৰক, নহলে তলত নমাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "অন্যান্য উইন্ডোৰ উপৰত উইন্ডো উত্থাপন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোটোক অন্য উইন্ডোৰ তলত নমাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক উলম্বভাৱে ডাঙৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোক আনুভূমিকভাৱে ডাঙৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "বিভাজনক বাঁওফালে দৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "বিভাজনক সোঁফালে দৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++"এই অংশয় এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ বাবে কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ কেনেকৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা হয় "
++"দেখুৱায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "টাৰ্মিনেল এপ্লিকেন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"কমান্ড চলাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "আপুনি কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব বিচৰা এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "আপুনি কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব বিচৰা মেনু বস্তু সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "আপুনি কিবৰ্ডত বিচৰা চৰ্টকাট টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "স্বনিৰ্বাচিত চৰ্টকাটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ নিজস্ব কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট সৃষ্টি কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++"এইমাত্ৰ যোগ কৰা শাৰীত <gui>অসামৰ্থবান</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। যেতিয়া ই <gui>নতুন "
++"ত্বৰক...</gui> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন হয়, পছন্দৰ চৰ্টকাট কি' সংযুক্তি ধৰি থব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">কিবৰ্ড বিন্যাসমূহ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">কাৰ্চাৰ ব্লিঙ্কিং</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">কিবৰ্ড অভিগম্যতা</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "অঞ্চল &amp; ভাষা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ছবি, ৰঙ, অথবা গ্ৰেডিয়েণ্টক আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ পটভূমি হিচাপে সংহতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "এপ্ৰিল গনজালিচ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ পটভূমি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ পটভূমিৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা ছবিক পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব, অথবা "
++"ইয়াক এটা সাধাৰণ ৰঙ অথবা গ্ৰেডিয়েণ্টলৈ সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>পটভূমি</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr "কেন্দ্ৰত আপোনাৰ বৰ্তমান ৱালপেপাৰৰ ছবিত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr "ওপৰ প্ৰদৰ্শিত তিনিটা পছন্দ আছে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফ্লেট ৰঙ অথবা এটা ৰৈখিক গ্ৰেডিয়েণ্ট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ <gui>ৰঙসমূহ</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr "সংহতিসমূহ তৎক্ষনাত প্ৰয়োগ কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ ডেস্কটপ দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\"> "
++"এটা ৰিক্ত কৰ্মস্থানলৈ যাওক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ বিভেদন হয়তো ভুলভাৱে সংহতি কৰা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr "বস্তুবোৰ মোৰ পৰ্দাত কিয় ফাজি/পিক্সেলেটেড প্ৰদৰ্শিত হয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"এনেকুৱা হব পাৰে কাৰণ আপুনি সংহতি কৰা প্ৰদৰ্শন বিভেদন আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাৰ বাবে সঠিক "
++"নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr "কিয় একাধিক প্ৰদৰ্শন সংযোগ কৰা হয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr "প্ৰদৰ্শনসমূহ সংস্থাপন কৰা যাতে তেওঁলোকৰ নিজস্ব বিভেদন থাকে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক। "
++"<gui>প্ৰদৰ্শনসমূহ</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>মিৰৰ প্ৰদৰ্শনসমূহ</gui> আনচেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰদৰ্শনসমূহ</gui> উইন্ডোৰ ওপৰত গ্ৰে বাকচৰ পৰা প্ৰতিটো প্ৰদৰ্শন বাছক। "
++"<gui>বিভেদন</gui> পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক যেতিয়ালৈকে প্ৰদৰ্শন দেখাত সঠিক নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ বিভেদন আৰু ইয়াৰ দিশনিৰ্ণয় (ঘূৰ্ণন) পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ আকাৰ আৰু ঘূৰ্ণন পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ একাধিক প্ৰদৰ্শন আছে আৰু সিহত মিৰৰ্ড নহয়, আপুনি প্ৰতিটো প্ৰদৰ্শনত "
++"ভিন্ন সংহতি দিব পাৰিব। পূৰ্বদৰ্শন স্থানত এটা প্ৰদৰ্শন বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ বিভেদন আৰু ঘূৰ্ণন বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "বিভেদন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "ঘূৰ্ণন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">ডিজিটেল কেমেৰা</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">ফ'টো সম্পাদন কৰা</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">ভিডিঅ' চলোৱা</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr "শব্দ, ভিডিঅ' &amp; ছবিবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "শব্দ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "শব্দ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "শব্দ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">ভলিউম</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">স্পিকাৰ আৰু হেডফোন</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">মাইক্ৰফোন</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "মৌলিক শব্দ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "সংগিত আৰু প্লেয়াৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr "সংগিত আৰু পৰ্টেব'ল অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ফ'টোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "ফ'টোসমূহ আৰু অঙ্কীয় কেমেৰাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "ভিডিঅ'সমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "ভিডিঅ'সমূহ আৰু ভিডিঅ' কেমেৰাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">এই সহায়ক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ সহায়</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"get-involved\">এই সহায়ক উন্নত কৰাত সহায় কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"mailing-list\">মেইলিং তালিকা</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "অধিক সহায় প্ৰাপ্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr "ভুলতে হোৱা ক্লিকবোৰ প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰিবলৈ টাইপ কৰোতে টাচপেড বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "টাইপ কৰোতে টাচপেড অসামৰ্থবান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>মাউছ &amp; টাচপেড</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>টাচপেড</gui> অংশত, <gui>টাইপ কৰোতে অসামৰ্থবান কৰক</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>টাচপেড</gui> অংশ কেৱল তেতিয়াহে উপস্থিত হয় যদি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ এটা "
++"টাচপেড থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ আপুনি কিমান দ্ৰুত মাউছ বুটাম দ্বিতীয়বাৰ টিপিব লাগিব "
++"নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr "দুবাৰ-ক্লিকৰ গতি সমন্বয় কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> ত অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>দুবাৰ-ক্লিক</gui> স্লাইডাৰক আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ "
++"মানলৈ সমন্বয় কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিক্ষা কৰিবলৈ <gui>আপোনাৰ সংহতিসমূহ পৰিক্ষা কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। উইন্ডোত "
++"এটা ক্লিকে বাহিৰৰ বৃত্ত উজ্জ্বল কৰিব। দুবাৰ-ক্লিকে ভিতৰৰ বৃত্ত উজ্জ্বল কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সংহতিয়ে আপোনাৰ মাউছ আৰু টাচপেড দুয়োটাকে প্ৰভাৱিত কৰিব, লগতে অন্য যিকোনো "
++"পইন্টিং ডিভাইচ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr "মাউছ সংহতিসমূহত বাওঁ আৰু সোঁ মাউছ বুটামসমূহ উলোটাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ মাউছক বাওঁ-হাতেৰে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ মাউছ অথবা টাচপেডৰ বাঁও আৰু সোঁ বুটামসমূহৰ ব্যৱহাৰ সলনি কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব যাতে ই বাঁও-হাতৰ ব্যৱহাৰৰ বাবে সুবিধাজনক হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> অংশত, <gui>প্ৰাথমিক বুটাম</gui> ক <gui>সোঁ</gui> লৈ "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"মাজৰ মাউছ বুটামক এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ খোলিবলৈ, লিখনী পেইস্ট কৰিবলৈ, টেবসমূহ "
++"খোলিবলৈ, আৰু অধিক কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr "মাজৰ-ক্লিক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr "বহু এপ্লিকেচনে উন্নত ক্লিক চৰ্টকাটসমূহৰ বাবে মাজৰ-ক্লিক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান বিশেষ এপ্লিকেচনে আপোনাক অন্য কাৰ্য্যৰ বাবে মাজৰ মাউছ বুটাম ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। আপোনাৰ এপ্লিকেচনৰ সহায়ক <em>মাজৰ-ক্লিক</em> অথবা <em>মাজৰ "
++"মাউছ বুটাম</em> ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr "মাউছক কি'পেডৰ সৈতে নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ মাউছ কি'সমূহ সামৰ্থবান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr "কি'পেড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি মাউছ পোইন্টাৰক ক্লিক কৰক আৰু স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"কিবৰ্ডক ওপৰ বাৰত ফকাচ দিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম মেনু</link> বাছিবলৈ সোঁ আৰু বাঁও এৰ "
++"কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক, তাৰ পিছত <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>মাউছ কি'সমূহ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ আপ আৰু ডাউন কি' ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক আৰু "
++"<key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Num Lock</key> বন্ধ থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। আপুনি এতিয়া কিপেড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি "
++"মাউছ পইন্টাৰ লৰাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"এই নিৰ্দেশসমূহে কেৱল কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি মাউছ কি'সমূহ সামৰ্থবান কৰাৰ সহজ "
++"পদ্ধতি প্ৰদান কৰে। অধিক অভিগম্যতা বিকল্প চাবলৈ <gui>সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম "
++"সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++"স্বাভাৱিক সংখ্যা কি'সমূহ, কিবৰ্ডৰ ওপৰ এটা শাৰীত, মাউচ পইন্টাৰ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ "
++"নকৰিব। কেৱল কিপেড সংখ্যা কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ মাউছ কাম কৰিছে নে নাই কেনেকৈ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr "মাউছ পোইন্টাৰ গতি কৰা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr "মাউছ প্লাগ্গড্ আছে নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা কেবুলৰ সৈতে মাউছ আছে, ই আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে ভালকৈ প্লাগ্গড্ "
++"আছে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr "মাউছটো আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ দ্বাৰা চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>টাৰ্মিনেল</app> এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"টাৰ্মিনেল উইন্ডোত, ইয়াত উপস্থিত হোৱা ধৰণে <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep "
++"Pointer</cmd> টাইপ কৰক, আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউচ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ এটা সৰু তালিকা উপস্থিত হব। চাওক যে অন্তত এটা বস্তু তাৰ কাষত "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> কয়, আৰু এটা <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> "
++"বস্তুৰ বাওঁফালে মাউছৰ নাম আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ মাউছৰ এটা ক্ৰমিক (RS-232) সংযুক্তক আছে, ইয়াক কাৰ্য্যকৰী কৰাবলৈ "
++"আপুনি কিছুমান অতিৰিক্ত স্তৰ পৰিৱেশন কৰিব লাগিব। স্তৰসমূহ আপোনাৰ মাউছৰ "
++"নিৰ্মাণ অথবা আৰ্হিৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউছ চিনাক্তকৰণৰ সৈতে সমস্যাবোৰ ঠিক কৰাটো জটিল হব পাৰে। যদি আপুনি উপলব্ধ "
++"কৰিছে যে আপোনাৰ মাউছ সঠিকভাৱে চিনাক্ত কৰা হোৱা নাই আপোনাৰ বিতৰণ অথবা "
++"বিক্ৰেতাৰ পৰা সমৰ্থন বিচাৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr "মাউছ সঁচাকৈ কাৰ্য্য কৰে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr "মাউছক এটা ভিন্ন কমপিউটাৰত প্লাগ কৰক আৰু চাওক সঁচাকৈ ই কাৰ্য্য কৰে নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ মাউছসমূহ পৰিক্ষা কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++"মাউছ অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। সাধাৰণৰ মাউছৰ তলত মাউছক সম্পূৰ্ণ বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ "
++"এটা চুইচ থাকে, ই সকলো সময় অন নথাকৈ আপুনি ইয়াক এঠাইৰ পৰা আন ঠাইলৈ লৰাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ব্লুটুথ মাউছ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আছে, আপুনি সেই মাউছক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ "
++"সৈতে যোৰ কৰাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু মাউচ এতিয়া লৰিছে নে চাওক। কিছুমান বেতাঁৰ মাউছে শক্তি "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ, নিদ্ৰাত যায়, সেয়েহে আপুনি এটা বুটাম ক্লিক নকৰালৈকে "
++"প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া নকৰিব। <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr "মাউছৰ বেটাৰি চাৰ্জ্ড আছে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে গ্ৰাহক (ডঙল) কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সঠিকভাৱে প্লাগ ইন কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ মাউছ আৰু গ্ৰাহকে ভিন্ন ৰেডিঅ' চেনেলত কাৰ্য্য কৰিব পাৰে, সিহতে "
++"দুয়োটাই একেটা চেনেল সংহতি কৰাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা সংযোগ স্থাপন কৰিবলৈ মাউছ, গ্ৰাহক অথবা দুয়োটাতে এটা বুটাম টিপিব লগা "
++"হব পাৰে। এনে ক্ষেত্ৰত আপোনাৰ মাউছৰ নিৰ্দেশ হাতপুথিত অধিক বিৱৰণ থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি আপোনাৰ মাউছ অথবা টাচপেড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে পোইন্টাৰ স্থানান্তৰ হোৱাৰ "
++"গতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr "মাউছ আৰু টাচপেডৰ গতি সমন্বয় কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি মাউছ অথবা টাচপেড লৰাওতে আপোনাৰ পইন্টাৰ অতি দ্ৰুত অথবা অতি লেহেম "
++"গতিত লৰে, আপুনি এই ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে পইন্টাৰৰ গতি সমন্বয় কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>পইন্টাৰৰ গতি</gui> স্লাইডাৰ সমন্বয় কৰক যেতিয়ালৈকে পইন্টাৰৰ গতি আপোনাৰ "
++"পছন্দৰ নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ টাচপেডত টেপ আৰু অঙ্গ-ভঙ্গি কৰি ক্লিক, ড্ৰেগ, অথবা স্ক্ৰল কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr "টাচপেডৰ সৈতে ক্লিক, ড্ৰেগ, অথবা স্ক্ৰল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি পৃথক হাৰ্ডৱেৰ বুটাম নহোৱাকৈ কেৱল আপোনাৰ টাচপেড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ক্লিক, "
++"দুবাৰ-ক্লিক, ড্ৰেগ, আৰু স্ক্ৰল কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>টাচপেড</gui> অংশত, <gui>ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ টেপ কৰক</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr "ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ, টাচপেড টেপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr "দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰিবলৈ, দুবাৰ টেপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বস্তু ড্ৰেগ কৰিবলৈ, দুবাৰ-টেপ কৰক কিন্তু দ্বিতীয় টেপৰ পিছত আপোনাৰ আঙুলি "
++"আতৰাই নিদিব। বস্তুক আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ স্থানলৈ ড্ৰেগ কৰক, তাৰ পিছত ড্ৰপ কৰিবলৈ "
++"আপোনাৰ আঙুলি আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপেনাৰ টাচপেডে বহু-আঙুলি টেপ সমৰ্থন কৰে, তিনিটা আঙুলি একেলগে টেপ কৰি "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">মাজৰ-ক্লিক কৰক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "দুটা আঙুলি স্ক্ৰল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr "আপুনি দুটা আঙুলি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ টাচপেডৰ সৈতে স্ক্ৰল কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>টাচপেড</gui> অংশত, <gui>দুটা আঙুলি স্ক্ৰল</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr "দুটা আঙুলি স্ক্ৰলিং সকলো টাচপেডত কাম নকৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr "সমলসমূহ আঙুলিত স্টিক হয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি টাচপেড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি কাগজ স্লাইড কৰাৰ নিচিনা সমল ড্ৰেগ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>টাচপেড</gui> অংশত, <gui>সমলসমূহ আঙুলিত স্টিক হয়</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বৈশিষ্ট্যক <em>স্বাভাৱিক স্ক্ৰলিং</em> অথবা <em>উলোটা স্ক্ৰলিং</em>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাক মাউছ প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া কৰাবলৈ ইফাল সিফাল অথবা ক্লিক কৰিব লগিয়া হয়। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr "ই কাৰ্য্যকৰী হোৱাৰ আগত মাউছ বিলম্বৰ সৈতে প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া কৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">বাঁও-হতিয়া</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">গতি আৰু সংবেদনশীলতা</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">টাচপেড ক্লিকিং আৰু স্ক্ৰলিং</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "মাউছ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ মাউছ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "মাউছৰ সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++"সেই ফাইল বিন্যাসৰ বাবপ সমৰ্থন ইনস্টল নাথাকিব পাৰে অথবা গানবোৰ \"কপি "
++"সুৰক্ষিত\" থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr "মই এটা অনলাইন সংগিত স্টৌৰৰ পৰা কিনা গানবোৰ প্লে কৰিব পৰা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা অনলাইন ভঁৰালৰ পৰা কিছুমান সংগিত ডাউনল'ড কৰিছে আপুনি অনুভৱ কৰিব "
++"যে ইয়াক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত চলাব নোৱাৰি, বিশেষভাৱে যদি আপুনি ইয়াক এটা Windows "
++"অথবা Mac OS কমপিউটাৰত কিনিছিল আৰু ইয়াক পিছত কপি কৰিছিল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier "
++"Foundation</link> ৰ পৰা DRM ৰ পৰা অধিক জানিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++"গানবোৰ কপি কৰি iPod ক পিছত সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাবলৈ এটা মিডিয়া প্লেয়াৰ ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr "মই গানবোৰ iPod ত কপি কৰোতে উপস্থিত নহয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি iPod আনপ্লাগ কৰাৰ আগত গানবোৰৰ কপি সম্পূৰ্ণ হবলৈ অপেক্ষা কৰিব লাগিব। "
++"iPod আনপ্লাগ কৰাৰ আগত, আপুনি <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">ইয়াক "
++"সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে আতৰাওক</link> নিৰ্বাচন কৰাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক। ই সকলো গান সঠিকভাৱে "
++"কপি হোৱাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++"একদম-নতুন iPods ক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ আগত iTunes চফ্টৱেৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সংস্থাপন কৰিব "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr "মোৰ নতুন iPod কাম কৰা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা নতুন iPod আছে যাক আগতে কেতিয়াও এটা কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰা "
++"হোৱা নাই, ইয়াক এটা Linux কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰোতে সঠিকভাৱে চিনাক্ত নহব। "
++"ইয়াৰ কাৰণ হল iPods ক <app>iTunes</app> চফ্টৱেৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সংস্থাপন আৰু "
++"আপডেইট কৰিব লাগে, যি কেৱল Windows আৰু Mac OS ত চলে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ iPod ক সংস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ, এটা Windows অথবা Mac কমপিউটাৰত iTunes ইনস্টল "
++"কৰক আৰু ইয়াক প্লাগ কৰক। ইয়াক সংস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ আপুনি কেইটিমান স্তৰ অনুকৰণ কৰিব "
++"লাগিব। যদি <gui>ভলিউম বিন্যাস</gui> ৰ বিষয়ে সোধা হয়, <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</"
++"gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> অথবা সদৃশ বাছক। অন্য বিন্যাস (HFS/Mac) Linuxৰ সৈতে "
++"ভালদৰে কাম নকৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এবাৰ সংস্থাপন সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰাৰ পিছত, iPod সাধাৰণত কাম কৰিব লাগে যেতিয়া "
++"আপুনি ইয়াক এটা Linux কমপিউটাৰত প্লাগ ইন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক কবলৈ যে ই এটা অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ হয় এটা <input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input> ফাইল যোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr "মোৰ অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ প্লাগ ইন কৰোতে চিনাক্ত নহয় কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ (MP3 প্লেয়াৰ ইত্যাদি) আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত প্লাগ ইন কৰা "
++"আছে কিন্তু আপুনি আপোনাৰ সংগিত সংঘঠক এপ্লিকেচনত দেখি পোৱা নাই, ইয়াক হয়তো "
++"সঠিকভাৱে এটা অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ ৰূপে চিনাক্ত কৰা হোৱা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++"এতিয়া, ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক কাষবাৰত অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ বাছক আৰু ইয়াক উলিৱাওক (ৰাইট-"
++"ক্লিক কৰি <gui>উলিৱাওক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক)। ইয়াক আনপ্লাগ কৰক, তাৰ পিছত ইয়াক পুৰ "
++"প্লাগ কৰক। এইবাৰ ইয়াক আপোনাৰ সংগিত সংঘঠক দ্বাৰা এটা অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰ ৰূপে "
++"চিনাক্ত হব লাগে। যদি নহয়, সংগিত সংঘঠকক বন্ধ কৰি আকৌ খোলি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++"এই নিৰ্দেশসমূহ iPods আৰু অন্য কিছুমান অডিঅ' প্লেয়াৰসমূহৰ বাবে কাৰ্য্য নকৰে। "
++"সিহত কাৰ্য্য কৰিব যদি আপোনাৰ প্লেয়াৰ এটা <em>USB Mass Storage</em> ডিভাইচ "
++"তেন্তে নিৰ্দেশসমূহ কাৰ্য্য কৰিব, যদিও; এনেকুৱা হাতপুথিত কোৱা হব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি অডিঅ'প্লেয়াৰ ফোল্ডাৰ দৰ্শন কৰে, আপুনি <input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input> ফাইল দেখি নাপাব। ইয়াৰ কাৰণ ফাইল নামত পিৰিয়ড (.) এ ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকক "
++"ইয়াক লুকুৱাবলৈ কয়। আপুনি ইয়াক <guiseq><gui>দৰ্শন কৰক</gui><gui>লুকুৱা "
++"ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui></guiseq> ক্লিক কৰি চাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহ খোলিবলৈ, লিখনী ফাইলসমূহ চলাবলৈ অথবা দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ, আৰু আবৰ্জনাৰ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ ধাৰ্য্য কৰিবলৈ এবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "চিন্ধু এচ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক ব্যৱহাৰ পছন্দবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ এবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰিব নে দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰিব, এক্সিকিউটেবুল লিখনী "
++"ফাইলসমূহ কেনেকৈ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰা হব, আৰু আবৰ্জনাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"ওপৰ বাৰত <gui>ফাইলসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক, <gui>পছন্দসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>ব্যৱহাৰ</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>বস্তুবোৰ খোলিবলৈ এবাৰ ক্লিক কৰক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>বস্তুবোৰ খোলিবলৈ দুবাৰ ক্লিক কৰক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে, এবাৰ ক্লিক কৰিলে ফাইলসমূহ নিৰ্বাচন হয় আৰু দুবাৰ ক্লিকত সিহত "
++"খোল খায়। ইয়ৰা পৰিৱৰ্তে আপুনি এবাৰ ক্লিকত ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ খোলিবলৈ "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰিব পাৰে। যেতিয়া আপুনি এবাৰ-ক্লিক অৱস্থা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, এটা অথবা "
++"অধিক ফাইলসমূহ নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ আপুনি <key>Ctrl</key> কি ধৰি থৈ ক্লিক কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "এক্সিকিউটেবুল লিখনী ফাইলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr "যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা এক্সিকিউটেবুল লিখনী ফাইল খোলে, আপুনি বাছিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>এক্সিকিউটেবুল লিখনী ফাইলসমূহ খোলোতে চলাওক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>এক্সিকিউটেবুল ফাইলসমূহ খোলোতে দৰ্শন কৰক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰতিবাৰ সোধিব</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>প্ৰতিবাৰ সোধক</gui>  নিৰ্বাচন কৰা থাকে, এটা ডাইলগ পপ আপ হব যি আপুনি "
++"নিৰ্বাচিত লিখনী ফাইল চলাব খোজে নে দৰ্শন কৰিব খোজে সোধিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "পছন্দৰ ফোল্ডাৰলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "পছন্দৰ ফাইল বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিপ্ৰেক্ষতিত মেনু খোলিবলৈ ফাইলত ৰাইট ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">স্ক্ৰিপ্টসমূহ</gui> মেনুৰ পৰা এক্সিকিউট কৰিবলৈ পছন্দৰ স্ক্ৰিপ্ট "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা স্ক্ৰিপ্টক কোনো প্ৰাচল প্ৰদান কৰা নহব যেতিয়া এটা দূৰৱৰ্তী ফোল্ডাৰ যেনে "
++"ৱেব অথবা <sys>ftp</sys> সমল দেখুৱা এটা ফোল্ডাৰৰ পৰা এক্সিকিউট কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক আবৰ্জনা পছন্দবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "আবৰ্জনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>আবৰ্জনা খালি কৰাৰ আগত অথবা ফাইলসমূহ মচাৰ আগত সোধক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প অবিকল্পিতভাৱে নিৰ্বাচিত থাকে। আবৰ্জনা ৰিক্ত কৰোতে, এটা বাৰ্তা "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হব যি আপোনাক আবৰ্জনা ৰিক্ত কৰিব খোজে নে ফাইলসমূহ মচিব খোজে "
++"সোধিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>আবৰ্জনা বাইপাচ কৰা এটা মচাৰ কমান্ড অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰক</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প নিৰ্বাচন কৰিলে মেনুলৈ এটা <gui>মচক</gui> বস্তু যোগ হব যি পপ আপ হয় "
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি <app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> এপ্লিকেচনত এটা বস্তুত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা বস্তুক <gui>মচক</gui> মেনু বিকল্প ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি মচিলে ই সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে "
++"আবৰ্জনাক বাইপাছ কৰে। বস্তুটো চিস্টেমৰ পৰা সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে আতৰোৱা হয়। মচি পেলোৱা "
++"বস্তু পুনৰউদ্ধাৰ কৰাৰ কোনো উপায় নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ যোগ কৰক, মচি পেলাওক, আৰু পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr "ফোল্ডাৰ পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ কাষবাৰত তালিকাভুক্ত কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "এটা পত্ৰচিহ্ন যোগ কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr "আপুনি পত্ৰচিহ্ন কৰিব বিচৰা ফোল্ডাৰ (অথবা অৱস্থান) খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"টুলবাৰত গিয়াৰ বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>এই অৱস্থান বুকমাৰ্ক কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "এটা পত্ৰচিহ্ন মচি পেলাওক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত <gui>ফাইলসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু এপ মেনুৰ পৰা <gui>পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ</"
++"gui> পিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ</gui> উইন্ডোত, আপুনি মচিব বিচৰা পত্ৰচিহ্ন বাছক আৰু <key>-"
++"</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "এটা পত্ৰচিহ্ন পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>পত্ৰচিহ্নসমূহ</gui> উইন্ডোত, আপুনি পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিব বিচৰা পত্ৰচিহ্ন "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr "<gui>নাম</gui> লিখনী বাকচত, পত্ৰচিহ্নৰ বাবে নতুন নাম টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP, SSH, Windows ছেয়াৰ, অথবা WebDAV ৰে অন্য কমপিউটাৰত ফাইলসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰক "
++"আৰু সম্পাদন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr "এটা চাৰ্ভাৰ অথবা নেটৱাৰ্ক অংশীদাৰীত ফাইলসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা চাৰ্ভাৰ অথবা নেটৱাৰ্ক ছেয়াৰৰ সৈতে অংয়োগ কৰিব পাৰে আৰু সেই চাৰ্ভাৰৰ "
++"ফাইলসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ আৰু দৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰে, যেন সিহত আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত আছে। ই "
++"ইন্টাৰনেটৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহ ডাউনল'ড কৰাৰ অথবা আপল'ড কৰাৰ, অথবা আপোনাৰ স্থানীয় "
++"নেটৱাৰ্কত অন্য মানুহৰ সৈতে ফাইলসমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰাৰ এটা সহজ পদ্ধতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "এটা ফাইল চাৰ্ভাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত, ওপৰ বাৰত <gui>ফাইলসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু এপ মেনুৰ পৰা "
++"<gui>চাৰ্ভাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক</gui> পিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link> বিন্যাসত, চাৰ্ভাৰৰ ঠিকনা সুমুৱাওক। সমৰ্থিত "
++"URLs ৰ বিৱৰণ <link xref=\"#types\">তলত দিয়া হৈছে</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি চাৰ্ভাৰৰ সৈতে আগত সংযোগ কৰিছে, আপুনি ইয়াক <gui>শেহতীয়া "
++"চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহ</gui> তালিকাত ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংযোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। এটা নতুন উইন্ডো খোল খাব য'ত আপুনি চাৰ্ভাৰৰ "
++"ফাইলসমূহ দেখি পাব। আপুনি ফাইলসমূহক নিজৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ নিচিনা ব্ৰাউছ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"চাৰ্ভাৰক লগতে কাষবাৰত যোগ কৰা হব যাতে আপুনি ভৱিষ্যতত ইয়াক দ্ৰুত অভিগম কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URLs লিখা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা <em>URL</em>, অথবা <em>uniform resource locator</em>, এটা ঠিকনাৰ ধৰণ যি "
++"এটা নেটৱাৰ্কত এটা অৱস্থান অথবা ফাইললৈ প্ৰসংগ কৰে। ঠিকনাক এই ধৰণে ফৰমেট কৰা "
++"হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>আঁচনি</em> এ প্ৰটোকল অথবা চাৰ্ভাৰৰ ধৰণ ধাৰ্য্য কৰে। ঠিকনাৰ <em>example."
++"com</em>অংশক <em>ডমেইন নাম</em> কোৱা হয়। যদি এটা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনামী প্ৰয়োজন হয়, "
++"ইয়াক চাৰ্ভাৰ নামৰ আগত সুমুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান আচঁনিৰ বাবে পৰ্ট সংখ্যা ধাৰ্য্য কৰিব লাগিব। ইয়াক ডমেইন নামৰ পিছত "
++"সুমুৱাওক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr "তলত সমৰ্থিত বিভিন্ন চাৰ্ভাৰ ধৰণৰ বিশেষ উদাহৰণ দিয়া হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহৰ ধৰণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বিভিন্ন ধৰণৰ চাৰ্ভাৰৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰিব পাৰিব। কিছুমান চাৰ্ভাৰ ৰাজহুৱা "
++"হয়, আৰু যিকোনো মানুহক সংযোগ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। অন্য চাৰ্ভাৰৰ বাবে আপুনি এটা "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম আৰু পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ সৈতে লগ ইন কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা চাৰ্ভাৰৰ ফাইলসমূহ কিছুমান কাৰ্য্য কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ অনুমতি নাথাকিব পাৰে। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, ৰাজহুৱা FTP ছাইটসমূহত, আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ সম্ভবত মচিব নোৱাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সুমুৱা URL চাৰ্ভাৰে ইয়াৰ ফাইল অংশীদাৰী এক্সপোৰ্ট কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা "
++"প্ৰটোকলৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ চাৰ্ভাৰত এটা <em>secure shell</em> একাওন্ট আছে, আপুনি এই পদ্ধতি "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সংযোগ কৰিব পাৰিব। নহুতো ৱেব হস্টে সদস্যসকলৰ বাবে SSH একাওন্টসমূহ "
++"প্ৰদান কৰে যাতে সিহতে সুৰক্ষিতভাৱে ফাইলসমূহ আপল'ড কৰিব পাৰে। SSH "
++"চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহৰ বাবে আপুনি লগ ইন থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ SSH URL দেখাত এনেকুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++"SSH ব্যৱহাৰ কৰোতে, আপুনি পঠোৱা সকলো তথ্য (আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ সৈতে) ইনক্ৰিপ্টেড "
++"থাকে যাতে আপোনাৰ নেটৱাৰ্কত থকা অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে ইয়াক চাব নোৱাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (লগিনৰ সৈতে)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP ইন্টাৰনেটত ফাইলসমূহ বিনিময় কৰাৰ এটা জনপ্ৰিয় পদ্ধতি। যিহেতু তথ্য FTP ৰে "
++"ইনক্ৰিপ্ট কৰা নহয়, বহুতো চাৰ্ভাৰে এতিয়া SSH ৰ সহায়ত অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰে। "
++"কিছুমান চাৰ্ভাৰত, এতিয়াও, আপুনি ফাইলসমূহ আপল'ড অথবা ডাউনল'ড কৰিবলৈ FTP "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব লাগিব। লগিনসমূহৰ সৈতে FTP ছাইটসমূহে সাধাৰণত আপোনাক ফাইলসমূহ "
++"মচাৰ আৰু আপল'ড কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ FTP URL দেখাত এনেকুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "ৰাজহুৱা FTP"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"ছাইটসমূহ যি আপোনাক ফাইলসমূহ ডাউনল'ড কৰাৰ অনুমতি কেতিয়াবা ৰাজহুৱা অথবা বেনামী "
++"FTP অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰে। এই চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহৰ এটা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম অথবা পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ "
++"প্ৰয়োজন নহয়, আৰু সাধাৰণত আপোনাক ফাইলসমূহ মচাৰ অথবা আপল'ড কৰাৰ অনুমতি নিদিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ বেনামী FTP URL দেখাত এনেকুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান বেনামী FTP ছাইটত আপুনি এটা ৰাজহুৱা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম আৰু পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ সৈতে "
++"লগ ইন কৰিব লাগিব, অথবা এটা ৰাজহুৱা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনামৰ সৈতে য'ত আপোনাৰ ইমেইল "
++"ঠিকনাক পাছৱাৰ্ড ৰূপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হৈছে। এই চাৰ্ভাৰসমূহৰ বাবে, <gui>FTP (লগিনৰ "
++"সৈতে)</gui> পদ্ধতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক, আৰু FTP ছাইট দ্বাৰা ধাৰ্য্য কৰা তথ্যসমূহ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "Windows অংশীদাৰী"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ Windows অংশীদাৰী URL দেখাত এনেকুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV আৰু সুৰক্ষিত WebDAV"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "এটা সাধাৰণ WebDAV URL দেখাত এনেকুৱা হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকত ব্যৱহৃত নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ আইকন কেপষণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক প্ৰদৰ্শন পছন্দসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে কেনেকৈ আইকনৰ অন্তৰ্গত কেপষণ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব "
++"পাৰে। ওপৰ বাৰত <gui>ফাইলসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক, <gui>পছন্দসমূহ</gui> পিক কৰক "
++"আৰু <gui>প্ৰদৰ্শন</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "আইকনৰ কেপষণসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr "কেপষণসমূহৰ সৈতে ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি আইকন দৰ্শন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, আপুনি প্ৰতিটো আইকনৰ তলত এটা কেপষণত "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শিত ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহৰ বিষয়ে অতিৰিক্ত তথ্য পাব পাৰিব। ই উপযোগী, "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি চাব বিচাৰে এটা ফাইল কাৰ অধিনত আছে অথবা ইয়াক সৰ্বশেষ "
++"কেতিয়া পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা হৈছিল।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আইকন কেপষণসমূহত দেখুৱাব পৰা তথ্য আপুনি তালিকা দৰ্শনত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পৰা "
++"স্তম্ভসমূহৰ সৈতে একে। অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক উইন্ডো খোলা থাকে, আইকন কেপষণ বিকল্পসমূহ "
++"প্ৰভাৱশালী হবলৈ আপুনি পুনৰ ল'ড কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে। <guiseq><gui>দৰ্শন কৰক</"
++"gui><gui>পুনৰ ল'ড কৰক</gui></guiseq> ক্লিক কৰক অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"মৌলিক ফাইল তথ্য দৰ্শন কৰক, অনুমতিসমূহ সংহতি কৰক, আৰু অবিকল্পিত এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "ফাইলৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফাইল অথবা ফোল্ডাৰৰ বিষয়ে তথ্য দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ, ইয়াত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</gui> বাছক। আপুনি ফাইল নিৰ্বাচন কৰি <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> টিপিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "মৌলিক বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "নাম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এই ফিল্ড পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি ফাইলক পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব। আপুনি এটা ফাইলক "
++"বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ উইন্ডোৰ বাহিৰতো পুনৰ নামকৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব। <link xref=\"files-"
++"rename\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "ধৰণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলৰ <em>MIME ধৰণ</em> ব্ৰেকেটত দেখুৱা হয়; MIME ধৰণ এটা প্ৰামাণিক পদ্ধতি যি "
++"কমপিউটাৰসমূহে এই ধৰণৰ ফাইল প্ৰসংগ কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "সমলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "আকাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "অবস্থান"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "ভলিউম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "মুক্ত স্থান"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "অভিগম কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr "ফাইল সৰ্বশেষ খোলাৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "পৰিবৰ্তিত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr "ফাইল সৰ্বশেষ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি সংৰক্ষণ কৰাৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ফাইলসমূহ আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ কোনো দৰ্শন আৰু সম্পাদনা কৰিব পাৰিব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "ফাইলৰ অনুমতিসমূহ সংহতি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সংহতি কৰিব পৰা অনুমতিৰ ধৰণৰ বাবে তলত  <link xref=\"#files\"/> আৰু "
++"<link xref=\"#folders\"/> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি গৰাকীৰ বাহিৰে আৰু ফাইলৰ দলত থকা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলৰ বাবে অনুমতি সংহতি কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ফোল্ডাৰৰ বাবে সংহতি কৰিব পৰা অনুমতি আপুনি এটা ফাইলৰ বাবে সংহতি "
++"কৰিব পৰাতকৈ ভিন্ন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "কোনো নহয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীয়ে ফোল্ডাৰৰ ভিতৰত কি ফাইল আছে চাব নোৱাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "কেৱল ফাইলসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীয়ে ফোল্ডাৰত থকা ফাইলসমূহ চাব পাৰিব, কিন্তু ফাইলসমূহ খোলিব, সৃষ্টি "
++"কৰিব, অথবা মচিব নোৱাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ অভিগম কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহ সৃষ্টি কৰক আৰু মচক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ ফোল্ডাৰলৈ সম্পূৰ্ণ অভিগম থাকিব, ফাইলসমূহ খোলা, সৃষ্টি কৰা আৰু "
++"মচাৰ অনুমতি থকাকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr "তালিকা দৰ্শনত স্তম্ভসমূহত কি তথ্য দেখুৱা হয় নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে স্তম্ভসমূহৰ পছন্দসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত কৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰ্বাচিত স্তম্ভসমূহ কি ক্ৰমত উপস্থিত হব বাছিবলৈ <gui>ওপৰলৈ যাওক</gui> আৰু "
++"<gui>তললৈ যাওক</gui> বুটামসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr "দৰ্শন কৰি থকা ফোল্ডাৰত ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ আৰু ফাইলসমূহৰ নাম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ফোল্ডাৰৰ আকাৰ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত বস্তুবোৰৰ সংখ্যা ৰূপে দিয়া হয়। এটা ফাইলৰ আকাৰ "
++"বাইট, KB, অথবা MB দিয়া হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"ফোল্ডাৰ ৰূপে, অথবা ফাইল ধৰণ যেনে PDF দস্তাবেজ, JPEG ছবি, MP3 অডিঅ', আৰু অধিক "
++"ৰূপে প্ৰদৰ্শিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr "ফাইল সৰ্বশেষ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা সময়ৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময় প্ৰদান কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "গৰাকী"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "ফোল্ডাৰৰ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী অথবা ফাইলৰ গৰাকীৰ নাম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "দল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "অনুমতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr "ফাইল অভিগম অনুমতিসমূহ প্ৰদান কৰে উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰথম আখৰ <gui>-</gui> হল ফাইলৰ ধৰণ। <gui>-</gui> এ সাধাৰণ ফাইল আৰু <gui>d</"
++"gui> এ ডাইৰেকটৰি (ফোল্ডাৰ) বুজায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰৱৰ্তী তিনিটা আখৰ <gui>rwx</gui> এ ফাইলৰ স্বত্বত থকা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ অনুমতিবোৰ "
++"ধাৰ্য্য কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰৱৰ্তী তিনিটা <gui>rw-</gui> ফাইলৰ স্বত্বত থকা দলৰ সকলো সদস্যৰ অনুমতিবোৰ "
++"ধাৰ্য্য কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++"স্তম্ভত শেষৰ তিনিটা আখৰ <gui>r--</gui> এ চিস্টেমত অন্য সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ "
++"বাবে অনুমতিবোৰ ধাৰ্য্য কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr "প্ৰতিটো আখৰৰ নিম্নলিখিত অৰ্থ আছে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr "r : পঢ়াৰ অনুমতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr "w : লিখাৰ অনুমতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr "x : এক্সিকিউট কৰাৰ অনুমতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr "- : কোনো অনুমতি নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME ধৰণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "বস্তুৰ MIME ধৰণ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "ফাইলৰ অৱস্থানলৈ পথ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ পছন্দসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহৰ বাবে থাম্বনেইলসমূহ কেতিয়া ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr "ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপক পূৰ্বদৰ্শন পছন্দসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++"অতিৰিক্তভাৱে, পূৰ্বদৰ্শন কৰা ফাইলসমূহৰ আকাৰ সীমিত কৰিবলৈ আপুনি <gui>কেৱল "
++"চিহ্নিত আকাৰতকৈ কম ফাইলসমূহৰ বাবে</gui> সংহতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকৰ বাবে অবিকল্পিত দৰ্শন, সজোঁৱাৰ ক্ৰম, আৰু জুম স্তৰসমূহ "
++"ধাৰ্য্য কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ফাইলসমূহ</app> ত পছন্দসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত দৰ্শন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr "চিহ্নিত বস্তু ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি নতুন ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "বস্তুবোৰ সজাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr "ফাইলসমূহৰ আগত ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ সজাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে, ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে ফাইলসমূহৰ আগত ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ নেদেখুৱায়। "
++"ফাইলসমূহৰ আগত তালিকাভুক্ত সকলো ফোল্ডাৰ চাবলৈ, এই বিকল্পক সামৰ্থবান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "লুকুৱা আৰু বেকআপ ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইল ব্যৱস্থাপকে অবিকল্পিতভাৱে <link xref=\"files-hidden\">লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ</"
++"link> আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন নকৰে। আপুনি এই বিকল্পক নিৰ্বাচন কৰি লুকুৱা "
++"ফাইলসমূহ সদায় দেখুৱাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সঁজুলিবাৰত <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">বিকল্পসমূহ চাওক</media> মেনুৰ পৰা, <gui>লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui> "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰি এটা সূকীয়া উইন্ডোত লুকুৱা ফাইলসমূহ দেখুৱাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "আইকন দৰ্শন অবিকল্পিতসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত জুম স্তৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"আইকন দৰ্শনত, আপোনাৰ জুম স্তৰৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি অধিক অথবা কম <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">কেপষণসমূহ</link> দেখুৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "দৰ্শনৰ অবিকল্পিতসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux ভাইৰাচৰ সংখ্যা খুবেই কম, সেয়েহে আপোনাৰ এন্টি-ভাইটাচ চফ্টৱেৰৰ প্ৰয়োজন "
++"নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr "মোক এন্টি-ভাইৰাচ চফ্টৱেৰৰ প্ৰয়োজন আছে নে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰণ যিয়েই নহওক, Linux ভাইৰাচসমূহ ইমানেই দূৰ্লভ যে আপুনি এই মূহৰ্তত তাৰ "
++"বিষয়ে ভাৱিব নালাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">অবিকল্পিত ব্ৰাউছাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"net-install-flash\">ফ্লেশ্ব ইনস্টল কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"install-moonlight\">Silverlight সমৰ্থন</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "Ubuntu তথ্যচিত্ৰ দল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> ত <gui>বিৱৰণসমূহ</gui> ত গৈ অবিকল্পিত ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰ "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "ৱেবছাইটসমূহ খোলিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>বিৱৰণসমূহ</gui> খোলক আৰু উইন্ডোৰ বাঁও ফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>অবিকল্পিত "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ৱেব</gui> বিকল্প পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি লিঙ্কসমূহ খোলিবলৈ কোনটো ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা হব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> ত <gui>বিৱৰণসমূহ</gui> ত অবিকল্পিত ইমেইল ক্লাএন্ট "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr "ইমেইলসমূহ লিখিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত মেইল এপ্লিকেচন পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>মেইল</gui> বিকল্প পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি আপুনি অবিকল্পিতভাৱে কোন ইমেইল ক্লাএন্ট "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজে বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++"ভাইৰাচ দ্বাৰা আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক ক্ষতি কৰাৰ সম্ভাবনা খুবেই কম, কিন্তু আপুনি "
++"ইমেইল পঠোৱা ব্যক্তিসকলৰ কমপিউটাৰসমূহক ক্ষতি কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "মেৰ ইমেইলসমূহ ভাইৰাচৰ বাবে স্কেন কৰাৰ প্ৰয়োজন আছে নে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++"ভাইৰাচ এটা প্ৰগ্ৰাম যি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত সমস্যা সৃষ্টি কৰিব পাৰে। কমপিউটাৰত "
++"ভাইৰাচ লগাৰ এটা সাধাৰণ ধৰণ হল ইমেইল বাৰ্তাসমূহ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">অবিকল্পিত ইমেইল এপসমূহ</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME তথ্যচিত্ৰ প্ৰকল্প"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "ইমেইল &amp; ইমেইল চফ্টৱেৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ IP ঠিকনা জানিলে নেটৱাৰ্ক সমস্যাসমূহ সমাধান কৰোতে সহায় হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ IP ঠিকনা সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ অভ্যন্তৰীক (নেটৱাৰ্ক) IP ঠিকনা সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> অথবা "
++"<gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক, নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ যাৰ বাবে আপুনি IP ঠিকনা সন্ধান কৰিব "
++"বিচাৰে তাৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr "তথ্যৰ তালিকাত আপোনাৰ অভ্যন্তৰীক IP ঠিকনা প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বহিৰ্তম (ইন্টাৰনেট) IP ঠিকনা সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> "
++"ভ্ৰমণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr "ছাইটে আপোনাৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ বহিৰ্তম IP ঠিকনা প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে কেনেকৈ ইন্টাৰনেটৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰে তাৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি, এই "
++"ঠিকনাসমূহ একে হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনবোৰ প্ৰগ্ৰামে নেটৱাৰ্ক অভিগম কৰিব আপুনি নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব। ই আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰক সুৰক্ষিত ৰখাত সহায় কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr "ফায়াৰৱালৰ অভিগম সামৰ্থবান অথবা প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহ সংৰক্ষণ কৰক অথবা প্ৰয়োগ কৰক, লগতে ফায়াৰৱাল সঁজুলি দ্বাৰা দিয়া "
++"কোনো অতিৰিক্ত নিৰ্দেশ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা প্ৰগ্ৰামক আপোনাৰ ফায়াৰৱালৰ সৈতে নেটৱাৰ্ক অভিগম সামৰ্থবান/অসামৰ্থবান "
++"কৰিবলৈ আপুনি সঠিক নেটৱাৰ্ক পৰ্ট ধাৰ্য্য কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণতে-ব্যৱহৃত নেটৱাৰ্ক পৰ্টসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "পৰ্ট"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "বিৱৰণ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++"চিস্টেমসমূহক আন চিস্টেমসমূহ সন্ধান কৰাৰ, আৰু সিহতে প্ৰদান কৰা সেৱাসমূহৰ "
++"বিৱৰণ দিয়াৰ অনুমতি দিয়ক, আপুনি বিৱৰণসমূহ হস্তচালিতভাৱে ধাৰ্য্য কৰাৰ "
++"প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নহোৱাকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টিং"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাক নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সহায়ত এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰলৈ প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য পঠোৱাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাক আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্ৰাক নেটৱাৰ্কত অন্যৰ সৈতে অংশীদাৰী কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "উপস্থিতি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++"নেটৱাৰ্কত আপোনাৰ তৎক্ষনাত বাৰ্তাৰ অৱস্থা, যেনে \"অনলাইন\" অথবা \"ব্যস্ত\" "
++"প্ৰকাশ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "দূৰৱৰ্তী ডেস্কটপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ অংশীদাৰী কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে যাতে অন্য মানুহে ইয়াক দৰ্শন কৰিব "
++"পাৰে অথবা দূৰৱৰ্তী সহায় প্ৰদান কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr "সংগিত অংশীদাৰী (DAAP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++"নেটৱাৰ্কত অন্যৰ সৈতে আপোনাৰ সংগিত লাইব্ৰেৰী অংশীদাৰী কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা স্থিৰ IP ঠিকনা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিলে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা কিছুমান নেটৱাৰ্ক সেৱা "
++"প্ৰদান কৰাটো সহজ হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr "এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট IP ঠিকনাৰ সৈতে এটা সংযোগ সৃষ্টি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট (স্থিৰ) IP ঠিকনা দিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত <gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"সংহতি</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"তালিকা (<gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> অথবা <gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui>) ৰ পৰা নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ "
++"বাছক আৰু <gui>সংৰূপণ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 সংহতিসমূহ</gui> টেবত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>পদ্ধতি</gui> ক "
++"<em>হস্তচালিত</em> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>ঠিকনাসমূহ</gui> তালিকাত কোনো সংযোগ তথ্য নাই, অথবা আপুনি এটা নতুন "
++"সংযোগ সংস্থাপন কৰিব বিচাৰে, <gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগৰ এতিয়া এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট IP "
++"ঠিকনা থাকিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">আপোনাৰ IP ঠিকনা সন্ধান কৰক</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA সুৰক্ষা</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC ঠিকনাসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">প্ৰক্সিসমূহ</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কিং চুক্তি &amp; সহায়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++"ৱেবছাইটসমূহ যেনে YouTube যি ভিডিঅ'সমূহ আৰু ভাৱবিনিময়ী ৱেব পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে, দৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ আপোনাক Flash ইনস্টল কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "Flash প্লাগ-ইন ইনস্টল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Flash</app> আপোনাৰ ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰৰ বাবে এটা <em>প্লাগ-ইন</em> যি আপোনাক "
++"কিছুমান ৱেবছাইটত ভিডিঅ' চোৱাৰ আৰু ভাৱবিনিময়ী ৱেব পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ "
++"অনুমতি দিয়ে। কিছুমান ৱেবছাইট Flash ৰ অবিহনে কাম নকৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "যদি Flash চফ্টৱেৰ ইনস্টলাৰৰ পৰা উপলব্ধ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"চফ্টৱেৰ ইনস্টলাৰ এপ্লিকেচন খোলক আৰু <input>Flash</input> ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> অথবা সদৃশৰ "
++"বাবে সন্ধান কৰক আৰু ইয়াক ইনস্টল কৰিবলৈ ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "যদি Flash চফ্টৱেৰ ইনস্টলাৰৰ পৰা উপলব্ধ <em>নহয়</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++" <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player ডাউনল'ড "
++"ৱেবছাইট</link> লৈ যাওক। আপোনাৰ ব্ৰাউছাৰ আৰু অপাৰেটিং চিস্টেম স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"চিনাক্ত হব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াক কেনেকৈ আপোনাৰ ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰত ইনস্টল কৰিব জানিবলৈ <link href=\"http://kb2."
++"adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">Flash ৰ বাবে ইনস্টলেষণ নিৰ্দেশ</link> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "Flash ৰ মুক্ত-উৎস বিকল্পসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "LightSpark"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "Gnash"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ৱেবছাইটে ৱেব পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ Silverlight ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে। "
++"Moonlight প্লাগ-ইনে আপোনাক এই পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "Silverlight প্লাগ-ইন ইনস্টল কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> আপোনাৰ ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰৰ বাবে এটা <em>প্লাগ-ইন</em> যি "
++"আপোনাক কিছুমান ৱেবছাইটত ভিডিঅ' চোৱাৰ আৰু ভাৱবিনিময়ী ৱেব পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। কিছুমান ৱেবছাইট Silverlight ৰ অবিহনে কাম নকৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ বিতৰনৰ এটা Moonlight চফ্টৱেৰ পেকেইজ নাই, অধিক তথ্য আৰু ইনস্টলেষণ "
++"নিৰ্দেশৰ বাবে <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
++"ৱেবছাইট</link> ত যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক হাৰ্ডৱেৰলৈ ধাৰ্য্য কৰা অবিকল্প পৰিচয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "এটা MAC ঠিকনা কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা MAC ঠিকনা দুটা আখৰৰ ছটা সংহতি অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে, প্ৰত্যকটো এটা কলন দ্বাৰা "
++"পৃথকিত থাকে। <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> এটা MAC ঠিকনাৰ উদাহৰণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ নিজস্ব নেটৱাৰ্ক হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ MAC ঠিকনা চিনাক্ত কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> অথবা "
++"<gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক (আপুনি নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব খোজা ডিভাইচৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ MAC ঠিকনা <gui>হাৰ্ডৱেৰ ঠিকনা</gui> ৰূপত দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ স্বচালিতভাৱে ধাৰ্য্য নহয়, আপোনাক সিহতক নিজেই সুমুৱাব "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ হস্তচালিতভাৱে সংহতি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ হস্তচালিতভাৱে সংহতি কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতি</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি হস্তচালিতভাৱে সংস্থাপন কৰিব খোজা নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ বাছক আৰু <gui>সংৰূপণ "
++"কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি নেটৱাৰ্কত এটা কেবুলৰ সৈতে প্লাগ "
++"ইন কৰে, <gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড অন আছে অথবা এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক কেবুল প্লাগিন "
++"ইন কৰা আছে। নহলে, আপুনি <gui>সংৰূপণ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰিব নোৱাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 সংহতিসমূহ</gui> টেবলৈ যাওক আৰু <gui>পদ্ধতি</gui> ক <gui>হস্তচালিত</"
++"gui> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++"এই তিনিটা ঠিকনা IP ঠিকনা হব লাগিব; মানে, সিহত পিৰিয়ড দ্বাৰা পৃথকিত সংখ্যা হব "
++"লাগিব (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ 123.45.6.78)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰাসংগিক ফিল্ডত আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজা DNS চাৰ্বাৰসমূহৰ IP ঠিকনাসমূহ টাইপ "
++"কৰক, কমা দ্বাৰা পৃথকিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগৰ বাবে সংহতিসমূহ (যেনে পাছৱাৰ্ড) সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব পাৰিব "
++"যাতে যোনে কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে সিয়ে ইয়াৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr "অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে ইন্টাৰনেটৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰিব নোৱাৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> অথবা "
++"<gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক (আপুনি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব খোজা নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ "
++"কৰি)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক নাম</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা, আপুনি সকলোয়ে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পৰা "
++"সংযোগ বাছক আৰু তাৰ পিছত <gui>সংৰূপণ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ</gui> চেক কৰক আৰু <gui>সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক। পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহ সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ আপুনি আপোনাৰ প্ৰশাসক পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাব "
++"লাগিব। কেৱল <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">প্ৰশাসক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী</link> এ "
++"এনেকুৱা কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰৰ অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে এই সংযোগক ততোধিক বিৱড়ন নিদিয়াকৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাক নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ সংহতিসমূহত <gui>সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ</gui> "
++"বিকল্পক আনচেক কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr "অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰিব নোৱাৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr "ইয়াক এনেকুৱা কৰক যে সংযোগক আৰু অংশীদাৰী কৰা নহয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>তাঁৰযুক্ত</gui> অথবা "
++"<gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক, আপুনি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব খোজা সংযোগৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক নাম</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা, আপুনি সকলোয়ে ব্যৱস্থাপনা/"
++"সম্পাদন কৰিব পৰা সংযোগ বাছক আৰু তাৰ পিছত <gui>বিকল্পসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাক সংযোগ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ প্ৰশাসক পাছৱাৰ্ড দিব লাগিব। কেৱল প্ৰশাসক "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে এনেকুৱা কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ</gui> আনচেক কৰক আৰু <gui>সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</"
++"gui> ক্লিক কৰক। কমপিউটাৰৰ অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে এতিয়া সংযোগক নিজেই "
++"ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিব পাৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">বেতাঁৰ সংযোগসমূহৰ সমস্যামুক্তি </"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">আপোনাৰ wifi সংযোগ সন্ধান কৰা</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++"সাধাৰণ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ আৰু সুৰক্ষা কাৰণৰ বাবে, চাবলৈ এটা প্ৰক্সি ফিল্টাৰ "
++"ৱেবছাইটসমূহ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "প্ৰক্সি সংহতিসমূহৰ বিৱৰণ দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰক্সি কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "প্ৰক্সি পদ্ধতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু উইন্ডোৰ বাঁওফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"প্ৰক্সি</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++"নিম্নলিখিত পদ্ধতিসমূহৰ মাজত আপুনি কোনটো প্ৰক্সি পদ্ধতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব বিচাৰে "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহে ৱেবৰ পৰা সমল প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিবলৈ এটা প্ৰত্যক্ষ সংযোগ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "হস্তচালিত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰত্যকটো প্ৰক্সিড প্ৰটোকলৰ বাবে, এটা প্ৰক্সিৰ ঠিকনা আৰু প্ৰটোকলসমূহৰ বাবে "
++"পৰ্টৰ বিৱৰণ দিয়ক। প্ৰটোকলসমূহ হল  <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
++"<gui>FTP</gui> আৰু <gui>SOCKS</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "স্বচালিত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা সম্পদলৈ url বিন্দুসমূহ, যি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ বাবে সঠিক সংৰূপ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত "
++"কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ যি নিৰ্বাচিত সংৰূপ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে "
++"সেইসমূহলৈ প্ৰক্সি সংহতিসমূহ প্ৰয়োগ কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr "ইন্টাৰনেট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰোতে মনত ৰাখিবলৈ কিছুমান কথা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "স্টিভেন ৰিচাৰ্ডচ্"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ইন্টাৰনেট সুৰক্ষিত থকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++"ফিচিং স্কেম (ৱেবছাইটসমূহ আৰু ইমেইলসমূহ যি ছলনাৰে সংবেদ্য তথ্য প্ৰাপ্ত কৰাৰ "
++"চেষ্টা কৰে)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">দ্বেষপূৰ্ণ ইমেইল ফৰৱাৰ্ডিং</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">দ্বেষপূৰ্ণ সমলৰ সৈতে এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ (ভাইৰাচ)</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">অপ্ৰমাণীত দূৰৱৰ্তী/স্থানীয় নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"অভিগম</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr "অনলাইন সুৰক্ষিত থাকিবলৈ, নিম্নলিখিত সম্ভেদবোৰ মনত ৰাখিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++"অচিনাকি মানুহৰ পৰা প্ৰাপ্ত ইমেইল, এটাচমেন্ট, অথবা সংযোগৰ পৰা সাৱধান হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">এন্টিভাইৰাচ চফ্টৱেৰ</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">মৌলিক ফায়াৰৱালসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ইন্টাৰনেটত সুৰক্ষিত থকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য বস্তুবোৰ ডাউনল'ড হৈ থাকিব পাৰে, আপোনাৰ সংযোগ দূৰ্বল হব পাৰে, অথবা ই "
++"দিনৰ এটা ব্যস্ত সময় হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr "ইন্টাৰনেট সম্ভবত লেহেম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ইন্টাৰনেট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আছে আৰু ই লেহেম যেন লাগিছে, লেহেম গতিৰ বাবে "
++"কেইবাটাও কাৰণ হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">দিনৰ ব্যস্ত সময়</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">একেলগে বহু বস্তু ডাউনল'ড কৰা</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">অবিশ্বস্ত সংযোগ</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">নিম্ন বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ সংকেত</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">এটা লেহেম মবাইল ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰৰ এটা সমস্যা আছে</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPNs এ আপোনাক ইন্টাৰনেটৰে এটা স্থানীয় নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। "
++"এটা VPN সংযোগ কেনেকৈ সংস্থাপন কৰিব জানক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "এটা VPN ৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr "এবাৰ সেইটো হোৱাৰ পিছত, আপুনি VPN সংযোগ সংস্থাপন কৰিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"বাওঁফালৰ তালিকাত, এটা নতুন সংযোগ যোগ কৰিবলৈ <gui>+</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠা তালিকাত <gui>VPN</gui> বাছক, আৰু <gui>সৃষ্টি কৰক…</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr "<gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপেনাৰ VPN সংযোগ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সৃষ্টি কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু পৰ্দাত দিয়া নিৰ্দেশবোৰ অনুকৰণ কৰক, "
++"আগবাঢ়োতে বিৱৰণ যেনে ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম আৰু পাছৱাৰ্ড দিয়াকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN ৰ পৰা বিচ্ছিন্ন কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ VPN "
++"সংযোগ নামৰ অন্তৰ্গত <gui>বিচ্ছিন্ন কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "এটা IP ঠিকনা আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ বাবে এটা ফোন নম্বৰৰ নিচিনা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "এটা IP ঠিকনা কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++"\"IP ঠিকনা\" ৰ অৰ্থ <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, আৰু এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"(ইন্টাৰনেট) ৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত প্ৰতিটো ডিভাইচৰ এটা IP আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++"বৰ্তমানে, বেছিৰভাগ IP ঠিকনায় সংখ্যাবোৰৰ চাৰিটা সংহতি অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে, "
++"প্ৰত্যকটো এটা পিৰিয়ড (.) দ্বাৰা পৃথকিত। <code>192.168.1.42</code> এটা IP "
++"ঠিকনাৰ উদাহৰণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ তাঁৰযুক্ত নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ সংস্থাপন কৰিবলৈ, আপুনি এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক কেবুল "
++"প্লাগ ইন কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "এটা তাঁৰযুক্ত (ইথাৰনেট) নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">তাঁৰযুক্ত ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগসমূহ</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">নিৰ্দিষ্ট IP ঠিকনাসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr "তাঁৰযুক্ত নেটৱাৰ্কিং"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ডিভাইচবোৰক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ আৰু ইয়াৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগসমূহলৈ সংযোগ কৰাৰ "
++"অনুমতি দিবলৈ এটা এড-হক নেটৱাৰ্ক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr "এটা বেতাঁৰ হটস্পট সৃষ্টি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "বাঁওফালে <gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>হটস্পট হিচাপে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক নাম (SSID) আৰু সুৰক্ষা কি স্বচালিতভাৱে সৃজন কৰা হয়। নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"নাম আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ নামৰ ওপৰত ভিত্তিয় হব। আপুনি সৃষ্টি কৰা হটস্পটৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযোগ কৰিবলৈ অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহৰ এই তথ্যৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ খোলক আৰু বিমান অৱস্থাক অন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ বন্ধ কৰক (বিমান অৱস্থা)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>বিমান অৱস্থা</gui> অন কৰক। ই আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ বন্ধ কৰিব যেতিয়ালৈকে "
++"আপুনি বিমান অৱস্থা আকৌ বন্ধ নকৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>বিমান অৱস্থা</em> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিলে দুয়ো বেতাঁৰ আৰু ব্লুটুথ সংযোগ "
++"সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে বন্ধ হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr "ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগ কৰক - বেতাঁৰভাৱে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr "এটা বেতাঁৰ সংযোগৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপুনি সংযোগ কৰিব খোজা নেটৱাৰ্কৰ নামত "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি নেটৱাৰ্ক এটা পাছৱাৰ্ড দ্বাৰা সুৰক্ষিত হয় (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">ইনক্ৰিপষণ কি</link>), প্ৰমপ্ট কৰোতে পাছৱাৰ্ড দিব আৰু <gui>সংযোগ "
++"কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰে নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰোতে নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকনে ৰূপ পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ হয়তো সংকেত কম আছে, অথবা নেটৱাৰ্কে হয়তো আপোনাক সঠিকভাৱে সংযোগ কৰিব "
++"দিয়া নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr "মোৰ বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক কিয় বাৰংবাৰ বিচ্ছিন্নিত হয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr "দূৰ্বল বেতাঁৰ সংকেত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকনে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ কিমান শক্তিশালী প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰে। "
++"যদি সংকেত দেখাত নিম্ন হয়, বেতাঁৰ ভিত্তি স্টেশনৰ আৰু ওচৰত যোৱাৰ চেষ্টা কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ সঠিকভাৱে স্থাপন হোৱা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr "অবিশ্বস্ত বেতাঁৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ/ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "ব্যস্ত বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ সম্পাদনা পৰ্দাত থকা বিকল্পসমূহৰ অৰ্থ বুজক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "এটা বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ সম্পাদন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr "সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ/স্বচালিতভাৱে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "স্বচালিতভাৱে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্পক চেক কৰক যদি আপুনি কমপিউটাৰক যেতিয়া বিস্তাৰত থাকে তেতিয়াই এই "
++"বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "সকলো ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই চেক কৰা থাকে, তেন্তে এই নেটৱাৰ্কৰ বাবে কোনো সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ "
++"আপুনি এজন <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">প্ৰশাসক</link> হব লাগিব। আপোনাক "
++"আপোনাৰ প্ৰশাসক পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাবলৈ কোৱা হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "অৱস্থা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "ডিভাইচৰ MAC ঠিকনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্পক আপোনাৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক কাৰ্ডৰ MAC ঠিকনা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব "
++"পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "ক্লৌন্ড MAC ঠিকনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "MTU"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ সুৰক্ষা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "সুৰক্ষা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "নিম্নলিখিত পদ্ধতিসমূহ উপলব্ধ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "স্বচালিত (DHCP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "কেৱল স্বচালিত (DHCP) ঠিকনাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প বাছক যদি আপুনি সকলো নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতি নিজেই বিৱৰণ দিব খোজে, কোন IP "
++"ঠিকনা কমপিউটাৰে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰাকৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "কেৱল স্থানীয়-সংযোগ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++"বেতাঁৰ বন্ধ অথবা ভগ্ন থাকিব পাৰে, ওচৰত অত্যাধিক বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক থাকিব পাৰে, "
++"অথবা আপুনি বিস্তাৰৰ বাহিৰ থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক তালিকাত দেখি পোৱা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি তালিকাত কোনো নেটৱাৰ্ক দেখুৱা হোৱা নাই, আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ বন্ধ থাকিব "
++"পাৰে, অথবা ই <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">সঠিকভাৱে কাৰ্য্য "
++"নকৰিব পাৰে</link>। ই অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি নেটৱাৰ্কৰ বিস্তাৰৰ বাহিৰ থাকিব পাৰে। বেতাঁৰ ভিত্তি স্টেশন/ৰাউটাৰৰ ওচৰত "
++"যোৱাৰ চেষ্টা কৰক আৰু চাওক অলপ পিছত নেটৱাৰ্ক তালিকাত উপস্থিত হয় নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++"নেটৱাৰ্ক লুকুৱা থাকিব পাৰে। যদি ই এটা লুকুৱা নেটৱাৰ্ক তেন্তে আপুনি <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">অন্য ধৰণে সংযোগ কৰিব লাগিব</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ</gui> খোলক আৰু এটা <gui>অন্য</gui> বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ "
++"সংযোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "এটা লুকুৱা বেতাঁৰ সংযোগৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr "বাঁওফালৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr "<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক নাম</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা <gui>অন্য</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"উপস্থিত হোৱা উইন্ডোত, নেটৱাৰ্কৰ নামৰ টাইপ কৰক, বেতাঁৰ সুৰক্ষাৰ ধৰণ বাছক, আৰু "
++"<gui>সংযোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি বেতাঁৰ ভিত্তি স্টেশনৰ সুৰক্ষা সংহতিসমূহ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব লাগে। WEP আৰু "
++"WPA ৰ নিচিনা সংজ্ঞাৰ সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড দুবাৰ-নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক, পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে পাছ কি' ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি চাওক, "
++"বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড অফ আৰু অন কৰি চাওক…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr "মই শুদ্ধ পাছৱাৰ্ড দিছো, কিন্তু তথাপিও মই সংযোগ কৰিব পৰা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি সঠিক <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">বেতাঁৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড</link> "
++"সুমুৱাইছে বুলি নিশ্চিত কিন্তু তথাপিও আপুনি এটা বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সফলভাৱে "
++"সংযোগ কৰিব পৰা নাই, নিম্নলিখিতৰ কিছুমান চেষ্টা কৰি চাওক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "আপুনি শুদ্ধ পাছৱাৰ্ড দিছে নে আকৌ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ ফলা সংবেদ্য (সিহতৰ ওপৰ ফলা আখৰ নে তলৰ ফলা আখৰ আছে), সেয়েহে চাওক "
++"যে আপুনি আখৰসমূহৰ এটাৰ ফলা ভুল দিয়া নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr "হেক্স অথবা ASCII পাছ কি' চেষ্টা কৰি চাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড বন্ধ কৰি আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰি চাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr "সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপুনি সঠিক ধৰণৰ বেতাঁৰ সুৰক্ষা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr "সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড সঠিকভাৱে সমৰ্থিত"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr "Ubuntu তথ্যচিত্ৰ ৱিকিৰ অৱদানকাৰীসকল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ডিভাইচ ড্ৰাইভাৰ কিছুমান বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰসমূহৰ সৈতে ভাল কাম নকৰে, "
++"সেয়েহে আপুনি এটা ভাল ড্ৰাইভাৰ বাছিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক সমস্যামুক্তক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr "সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে কাৰ্য্যকৰী ডিভাইচ ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ ইনস্টল আছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ সমৰ্থিত ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকাত আছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr "প্ৰতিৰোধিত (বাইনাৰি) ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান Linux বিতৰনৰ এটা সঁজুলি থাকে যি আপোনাৰ বাবে প্ৰতিৰোধিত ড্ৰাইভাৰ "
++"ডাউনল'ড কৰিব পাৰে। যদি আপোনাৰ বিতৰনৰ ইয়াৰ এটা আছে, ইয়াক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক চাবলৈ যে "
++"ই আপোনাৰ বাবে কোনো বেতাঁৰ ড্ৰাইভাৰ সন্ধান কৰিব পাৰে নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ বাবে Windows ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদিও আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ সংযুক্ত থাকে, ইয়াক হয়তো কমপিউটাৰে সঠিকভাৱে "
++"চিনাক্ত কৰা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ সমস্যামুক্তক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr "সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছিল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++"যদিও বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত আছে, ইয়াক হয়তো কমপিউটাৰ দ্বাৰা "
++"এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক ডিভাইচ ৰূপে চিনাক্ত কৰা হোৱা নাই। এই স্তৰত, আপুনি ডিভাইচ "
++"সঠিকভাৱে চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছিল নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা টাৰ্মিনেল খোলক, <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> "
++"টিপক। যদি ই এটা ত্ৰুটি বাৰ্তা দিয়ে, আপুনি হয়তো আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ বাবে "
++"<app>lshw</app> প্ৰগ্ৰাম ইনস্টল কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++"উপস্থিত হোৱা তথ্য চাওক আৰু <em>বেতাঁৰ আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠ</em> অংশ চাওক। যদি আপোনাৰ "
++"বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ সঠিকভাৱে চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছিল, আপুনি ইয়াৰ সৈতে কিবা সদৃশ দেখা "
++"পাব (কিন্তু একে নহয়):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি এটা বেতাঁৰ ডিভাইচ তালিকাভুক্ত থাকে, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ডিভাইচ ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ স্তৰ</link> ত যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি এটা বেতাঁৰ ডিভাইচ তালিকাভুক্ত <em>নহয়</em>, আপুনি লোৱা পৰৱৰ্তী স্তৰসমূহ "
++"আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা ডিভাইচৰ ধৰণৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰিব। তলত কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে "
++"প্ৰাসংগিক বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ ধৰণৰ অংশ চাওক (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, অথবা <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</"
++"link>)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "PCI (অভ্যন্তৰীক) বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"অভ্যন্তৰীক PCI এডাপ্টাৰসমূহ আটাইতকৈ সাধাৰণ, আৰু বিগত কিছু বছৰত নিৰ্মাণ কৰা "
++"বেছিৰভাগ লেপটপত পোৱা যায়। আপোনাৰ PCI বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছিল নে "
++"নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা টাৰ্মিনেল খোলক, <cmd>lspci</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"নেটৱাৰ্ক নিয়ন্ত্ৰক: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] নেটৱাৰ্ক "
++"সংযোগ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ তালিকাত পাইছে, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ডিভাইচ ড্ৰাইভাৰ স্তৰ</link> লৈ যাওক। যদি "
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ সৈতে প্ৰাসংগিক একো নাই পোৱা, <link xref=\"#not-"
++"recognized\">তলত দিয়া নিৰ্দেশ চাওক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "USB বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা টাৰ্মিনেল খোলক, <cmd>lsusb</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকা চাওক আৰু এটা বেতাঁৰ অথবা নেটৱাৰ্ক ডিভাইচক প্ৰসংগ কৰা এটা "
++"ডিভাইচ সন্ধান কৰক। আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ সৈতে প্ৰসংগ কৰা বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰে "
++"<code>বেতাঁৰ</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> অথবা <code>802.11</"
++"code> শব্দবোৰ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব পাৰে। প্ৰৱিষ্টি দেখাত এনেকুৱা হব পাৰে:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "এটা PCMCIA ডিভাইচৰ বাবে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰসমূহ সাধাৰণত আয়ত আকৃতিৰ কাৰ্ড হয় যি আপোনাৰ লেপটপৰ কাষত "
++"স্লট হয়। সিহতক সাধাৰণত পুৰনি কমপিউটাৰসমূহত পোৱা যায়। আপোনাৰ PCMCIA এডাপ্টাৰ "
++"চিনাক্ত হৈছিল নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ প্লাগ ইন <em>নথকাকৈ</em> আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা টাৰ্মিনেল খেলক আৰু নিম্নলিখিত টাইপ কৰক, তাৰ পিছত <key>Enter</key> টিপক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++"ই আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ সৈতে জড়িত বাৰ্তাসমূহৰ এটা তালিকা প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব, "
++"আৰু আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ পৰিবৰ্তনৰ বাবে কিবা কৰিব লগিয়া থাকিলে স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"আপডেইট কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰক PCMCIA স্লটত সুমুৱাওক আৰু টাৰ্মিনেল উইন্ডোত কি "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন হয় চাওক। পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ বিষয়ে কিছুমান তথ্য "
++"অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব লাগে। সিহতক চিনাক্ত কৰিব পাৰে নে চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++"কমান্ডক টাৰ্মিনেলত চলাৰ পৰা ৰখাবলৈ, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></"
++"keyseq> টিপক। আপুনি তেনেকুৱা কৰাৰ পিছত, আপুনি টাৰ্মিনেল বন্ধ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ বিষয়ে কোতো তথ্য পাইছে, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ডিভাইচ ড্ৰাইভাৰ স্তৰ</link> লৈ "
++"যাওক। যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ সৈতে প্ৰাসংগিক একো নাই পোৱা, <link "
++"xref=\"#not-recognized\">তলত দিয়া নিৰ্দেশ চাওক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ চিনাক্ত কৰিব পৰা নগল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ চিনাক্ত হোৱা নাছিল, ই সঠিকভাৱে কাম নকৰিব পাৰে "
++"অথবা ইয়াৰ বাবে সঠিক ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ ইনস্টল নাই। আপুনি ইনস্টল কৰিবলৈ কোনো "
++"ড্ৰাইভাৰ উপলব্ধ আছে নে চোৱাটো আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা Linux বিতৰনৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ "
++"কৰিব (যেনে Ubuntu, Fedora অথবা openSuSE)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰ্দিষ্ট সহায় প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিবলৈ, আপোনাৰ বিতৰনৰ ৱেবছাইটত সমৰ্থন বিকল্পসমূহ "
++"চাওক। ই মেইলিং তালিকা আৰু ৱেব চেট অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব পাৰে য'ত আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ বিষয়ে সোধিব পাৰিব, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰৱৰ্তী সমস্যামুক্তি স্তৰসমূহত আপোনাক বিৱৰণ যেনে আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ "
++"আৰ্হি সংখ্যাৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ বিষয়ে তথ্য সংগ্ৰহ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ ডিভাইচসমূহৰ বাবে পেকেইজিং আৰু নিৰ্দেশ (বিশেষভাৱে আপোনাৰ "
++"ৰাউটাৰৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী সহায়ক)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰা ডিস্ক (যদিও ই কেৱল "
++"Windows ড্ৰাইভাৰ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ, বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ আৰু ৰাউটাৰৰ নিৰ্মাতা আৰু আৰ্হি সংখ্যাবোৰ। "
++"এই তথ্য সাধাৰণত ডিভাইচৰ তলত/উলোটা ফালে পোৱা যায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনো সংস্কৰণ/পুনৰীক্ষণ সংখ্যাবোৰ যি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক ডিভাইচ অথবা সিহতৰ "
++"পেকেইজিং প্ৰিন্ট কৰা থাকিব পাৰে। এইবোৰ বিশেষভাৱে সহায়ক হব পাৰে, সেয়েহে "
++"ভালদৰে চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++"ড্ৰাইভাৰ ডিস্কত যিকোনো যি ডিভাইচক, ইয়াৰ \"ফাৰ্মৱেৰ\" সংস্কৰণ, অথবা ই ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰা উপাদানসমূহ (চিপচেট) চিনাক্ত কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি সম্ভব, এটা বিকল্প কাৰ্য্যকৰি ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগলৈ অভিগম কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰক "
++"যাতে আপুনি প্ৰয়োজন সাপেক্ষে চফ্টৱেৰ আৰু ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ ডাউনল'ড কৰিব পাৰে। (এটা "
++"ইথাৰনেট নেটৱাৰ্ক কেবুলৰ সৈতে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে ৰাউটাৰত প্লাগ "
++"কৰাটো ইয়াক প্ৰদান কৰাৰ এটা ধৰণ, কিন্তু কেৱল প্ৰয়োজন হলেহে ইয়াক প্লাগ কৰিব।)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপেনাৰ ওচৰত যিমান সম্ভব এই বস্তুবোৰ থাকিব, <gui>পৰৱৰ্তী</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে সাধাৰণ নেটৱাৰ্ক সংহতিসমূহ সঠিক আছে আৰু পৰৱৰ্তী কেইটিমান "
++"সমস্যামুক্তি স্তৰবোৰৰ বাবে প্ৰস্তুত হওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "এটা আৰম্ভণি সংযোগ নিৰীক্ষণ পৰিৱেশন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"এই স্তৰ আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কৰ বিষয়ে কিছুমান মৌলিক তথ্য নিৰীক্ষণ "
++"কৰিব। ই সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলে যে আপোনাৰ নেটৱাৰ্কিং সমস্যা এটা সাধাৰণ সমস্যাৰ বাবে "
++"হোৱা নাই, যেনে বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ বন্ধ কৰা, আৰু পিছৰ কিছুমান সমস্যামুক্তি স্তৰৰ "
++"বাবে প্ৰস্তুত হোৱা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ লেপটপ এটা <em>তাঁৰযুক্ত</em> ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযুক্ত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা বহিৰ্তম বেতাঁৰ এডাপ্টাৰ আছে (যেনে এটা USB এডাপ্টাৰ, অথবা এটা "
++"PCMCIA যি আপোনাৰ লেপটপত প্লাগ হয়), সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে ই আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সঠিক "
++"স্লটত সুমুৱা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ <em>ভিতৰ</em> ত আছে, সুনিশ্চিত কৰক "
++"যে বেতাঁৰ চুইচ অন কৰা আছে (যদি ইয়াৰ এটা আছে)। লেপটপসমূহৰ সাধাৰণত বেতাঁৰ চুইচ "
++"থাকে যাক আপুনি সংযুক্তি কি'সমূহ টিপি টগল কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"নেটৱাৰ্ক আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে <gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> অন আছে। আপুনি "
++"লগতে এইটো নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিব লাগিব যে <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">বিমান "
++"অৱস্থা অন নাই</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"টাৰ্মিনেল খোলক, <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ ৰাউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত আছে, কিন্তু আপুনি তথাপিও "
++"ইন্টাৰনেট অভিগম কৰিব পৰা নাই, আপোনাৰ ৰাউটাৰ সঠিকভাৱে সংস্থাপন হোৱা নাই, অথবা "
++"আপোনাৰ ইন্টাৰনেট সেৱা প্ৰদানকাৰী (ISP) এ কিছুমান কাৰিকৰি সমস্যা অনুভৱ কৰি "
++"আছে। সংহতিসমূহ সঠিক আছে নে সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ ৰাউটাৰ আৰু ISP সংস্থাপন "
++"সহায়কসমূহ পুনৰদৰ্শন কৰক, অথবা সমৰ্থনৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ ISP ক যোগাযোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> ৰ পৰা তথ্যয় আপুনি নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত নে তাৰ ইংগিত "
++"নিদিয়ে, সমস্যামুক্তি সহায়কৰ পৰৱৰ্তী অংশলৈ যাবলৈ <gui>পৰৱৰ্তী</gui> ক্লিক "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ সংযেগসমূহৰ সৈতে সমস্যাবোৰ চিনাক্ত কৰক আৰু ঠিক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++"বেতাঁৰ সমস্যাসমূহ চিনাক্ত কৰি ঠিক কৰিবলৈ ই এটা স্তৰ-দৰ-স্তৰ সমস্যামুক্তি "
++"সহায়ক। যদি আপুনি কোনো কাৰণত এটা বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰিব নোৱাৰে, "
++"নিৰ্দেশসমূহ ইয়াত চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++"আমি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক ইন্টাৰনেটৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত কৰিবলৈ নিম্নলিখিত স্তৰবোৰৰে "
++"আগবাঢ়িম:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "এটা আৰম্ভণি পৰিক্ষা পৰিৱেশন কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ বিষয়ে তথ্য সংগ্ৰহ কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ পৰিক্ষা কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ ৰাউটাৰলৈ এটা সংযোগ সৃষ্টি কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ মডেম আৰু ৰাউটাৰৰ এটা পৰিক্ষা কৰা হৈছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++"আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ, পৃষ্ঠাৰ ওপৰ সোঁফালে <em>পৰৱৰ্তী</em> লিঙ্কত ক্লিক কৰক। এই "
++"লিঙ্ক, আৰু নিম্নলিখিত পৃষ্ঠাসমূহত ইয়াৰ নিচিনা অন্যয়, আপোনাক সহায়কত প্ৰত্যকটো "
++"স্তৰৰে নিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "কমান্ড শাৰী ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"সহায়কত কিছুমান নিৰ্দেশে আপোনাক <em>কমান্ড লাইন</em> (টাৰ্মিনেল) ত কমান্ডসমূহ "
++"টাইপ কৰিবলৈ কয়। আপুনি টাৰ্মিনেল এপ্লিকেচনক <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত "
++"পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা কমান্ড লাইন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ অনুভৱ নাই, চিন্তা নকৰিব - এই সহায়কে "
++"আপোনাক প্ৰতি স্তৰত সহায় কৰিব। আপুনি কেৱল মনত ৰাখিবলৈ যে কমান্ডসমূহ ফলা-"
++"সংবেদ্য (সেয়েহে আপুনি সিহতক ইয়াত উপস্থিত হোৱা ৰূপে <em>সাইলাখ</em> টাইপ কৰিব "
++"লাগিব), আৰু ইয়াক চলাবলৈ প্ৰতিটো কমান্ড চলোৱাৰ পিছত <key>Enter</key> টিপিব "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr "WEP আৰু WPA হল বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কসমূহত তথ্য ইনক্ৰিপ্ট কৰাৰ পদ্ধতিসমূহ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "WEP আৰু WPA ৰ অৰ্থ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনো ইনক্ৰিপষণ ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰাৰ তুলনাত <em>কিছুমান</em> ইনক্ৰিপষণ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাটো "
++"সদায় ভাল, কিন্তু WEP এই প্ৰামাণিকসমূহৰ মাজত আটাইতকৈ কম সুৰক্ষিত, আৰু আপুনি "
++"ইয়াক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব নালাগে যদি আপুনি ইয়াক বাদ দিব পাৰে। WPA2 এই তিনিওটাৰ মাজত "
++"আটাইতকৈ সুৰক্ষিত। যদি আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ কাৰ্ড আৰু ৰাউটাৰে WPA2 সমৰ্থন কৰে, "
++"আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰোতে আপুনি ইয়াকে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wifi লৈ সংযোগ কৰক</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">লুকুৱা নেটৱাৰ্কসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">সংযোগ সংহতিসমূহ সম্পাদন কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">বিচ্ছিন্ন কৰা হৈছে</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কিং"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">বেতাঁৰ</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">তাঁৰযুক্ত</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">সংযোগ সমস্যাসমূহ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">ৱেব ব্ৰাউছিং</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"email\">ইমেইল একাওন্টসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কিং, ৱেব, ইমেইল &amp; চেট"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <gui>বেটাৰি আইকন</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰোতে প্ৰদৰ্শিত বেটাৰি শক্তি এটা আকলন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "আকলন কৰা বেটাৰি শক্তি ভুল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য কাৰক হল বেটাৰি কেনেকৈ ডিচ্চাৰ্জ হয়। কিছুমান বেটাৰিয়ে যিমান সোনকালে "
++"ৰিক্ত হৈ থাকে তিমান সোনাকলে চাৰ্জ হেৰুৱায়। বেটাৰি কেনেকৈ ডিচ্চাৰ্জ হয় তাৰ "
++"বিষয়ে সঠিক জ্ঞান নাথাকিলে, বেটাৰি আয়ুৰ কেৱল এটা খচৰা অনুমান কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++"বেটাৰিৰ শক্তি কম হওতে, শক্তি ব্যৱস্থাপকে ইয়াৰ শক্তি কম হোৱাৰ বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহৰ "
++"অনুমান লগাব আৰু কেনেকৈ বেটাৰিৰ শক্তি সঠিক অনুমান লগাব লাগে শিকিব। সিহত "
++"কেতিয়াও সম্পূৰ্ণ সঠিক কেতিয়াও নহব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা অদ্ভুত বেটাৰি আয়ু অনুমান পায় (যেনে, এশ দিন), শক্তি ব্যৱস্থাপকত "
++"সম্ভবত এটা যথাযথ অনুমান কৰাৰ বাবে প্ৰয়োজনীয় তথ্য নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি পাৱাৰ আনপ্লাগ কৰে আৰু লেপটপক বেটাৰিত অলপ সময় চলায়, তাৰ পিছত ইয়াক "
++"প্লাগ ইন কৰে আৰু ইয়াক পুনৰ চাৰ্জ কৰে, শক্তি ব্যৱস্থাপকে প্ৰয়োজনীয় তথ্য "
++"প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম হব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ শক্তি উপভোগ কম কৰাৰ উপায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "কম শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক আৰু বেটাৰিৰ জীৱন উন্নত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰসমূহে বহু পৰিমাণ শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰে। কিছুমান সহজ শক্তি-সংৰক্ষণ "
++"পদ্ধতি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি, আপুনি আপোনাৰ শক্তিৰ বিল কম কৰিব পাৰে আৰু পৰিৱেশত সহায় "
++"কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ উপায়বোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত কৰক</link> যেতিয়া "
++"আপুনি ইয়াক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা নাই। ই ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা শক্তি খুবেই কম কৰে, আৰু খুব "
++"সোনকালে ইয়াক সাৰ পোৱাব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনো বহিৰ্তম ডিভাইচ (যেনে প্ৰিন্টাৰ আৰু স্কেনাৰ) বন্ধ কৰক যেতিয়া আপুনি সিহতক "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr "বেটাৰিৰ সৈতে লেপটপসমূহ, নেটবুকসমূহ, আৰু অন্য ডিভাইচসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ উজ্জ্বলতা কম কৰক; পৰ্দাৰ অধিক শক্তি দিয়াটো লেপটপৰ শক্তি উপভোগৰ এটা "
++"গুৰতৰ অংশ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ লেপটপৰ কিবৰ্ডত বুটাম থাকে (অথবা এটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট) যাক আপুনি "
++"উজ্জ্বলতা কম কৰাৰ কাৰণে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাক অলপ সময়ৰ বাবে এটা ইন্টাৰনেট সংযোগৰ প্ৰয়োজন নহয়, বেতাঁৰ/ব্লুটুথ "
++"কাৰ্ডক বন্ধ কৰক। এই ডিভাইচমূহে ৰেডিঅ' তৰংগ প্ৰচাৰ কৰি কাৰ্য্য কৰে যি অধিক "
++"শক্তি উপভোগ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান কমপিউটাৰত এটা ভৌতিক চুইচ থাকে যাক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ইয়াক অফ কৰিব পাৰি, য'ত "
++"অন্যৰ এটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট থাকে যাক আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব। আপোনাৰ প্ৰয়োজন "
++"সাপেক্ষে আপুনি ইয়াক পুনৰ চলাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "অধিক উন্নত উপায়বোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++"পটভূমিত চলি থকা কাৰ্য্যসমূহৰ সংখ্যা কম কৰক। কমপিউটাৰসমূহে অধিক শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰে যেতিয়া সিহতৰ অধিক কাৰ্য্য কৰিব লগিয়া হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"চলি থকা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ বেছিৰভাগে আপুনি সিহতক ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰিলেও একো নকৰে। যি কি "
++"নহওক, এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ যি সঘনে ইন্টাৰনেটৰ পৰা তথ্য প্ৰাপ্ত কৰে, সংগিত অথবা "
++"চিনেমা চলায়, আপোনাৰ শক্তিৰ উপভোগৰ ওপৰত প্ৰভাৱ পেলাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr "উপায় যেনে \"বেটাৰিৰ শক্তি অত্যাধিক কম হব নিদিব\""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ লেপটপ বেটাৰিৰ পৰা সৰ্বাধিক প্ৰাপ্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++"লেপটপ বেটাৰিসমূহ যিমান পুৰনি হয়, তিমান সিহতৰ চাৰ্জ সংৰক্ষণ কৰাৰ ক্ষমতা কম হয় "
++"আৰু সিহতৰ ক্ষমতা কম হয়। কিছুমান প্ৰক্ৰিয়াৰে আপুনি সিহতৰ উপযোগী জীৱনকাল "
++"বৃদ্ধি কৰিব পাৰিব, কিন্তু আপুনি এটা বৃহত পাৰ্থক্য নাপাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++"তাপে বেটাৰিৰ চাৰ্জিং ক্ষমতাৰ ওপৰত এটা বেয়া প্ৰভাৱে পেলায়। বেটাৰিক প্ৰয়োজনৰ "
++"অধিক গৰম হব নিদিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++"বেটাৰিসমূহক আপুনি চাৰ্জত থলেও পুৰনি হয়। আপুনি পকৃত বেটাৰি থকাৰ সময়তে এটা "
++"প্ৰতিস্থাপন বেটাৰি কিনাটো লাভদায়ক নহয় - কেৱল প্ৰয়োজন হলেহে প্ৰতিস্থাপন "
++"কিনিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++"এই উপদেশ বিশেষকৈ Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) বেটাৰিসমূহৰ বাবে প্ৰযোজ্য, যি আটাইতকৈ "
++"সূলভ। অন্য ধৰণৰ বেটাৰিয়ে ভিন্ন প্ৰক্ৰিয়াৰে লাভদায়ক হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr "কিছুমান লেপটপ বেটাৰিত চলি থকা অৱস্থাত ইচ্ছাকৃতভাৱে লেহেম হৈ যায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr "মোৰ লেপটপ বেটাৰিত চলি থকা অৱস্থাত লেহেম কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান লেপটপে বেটাৰিত চলি থাকোতে শক্তি সংৰক্ষণৰ বাবে ইচ্ছাকৃতভাৱে লেহেম হৈ "
++"যায়। লেপটপৰ প্ৰচেছৰ (CPU) এটা নিম্ন গতিত যায়, আৰু প্ৰচেছৰসমূহ চলি থাকোতে কম "
++"শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, সেয়েহে বেটাৰি অধিক সময় চলিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr "এই বৈশিষ্ট্যক <em>CPU কম্পনাংক স্কেইলিং</em> কোৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr "নিৰ্মাতাৰ কিটিপ আৰু পৃথক বেটাৰি আয়ু এই সমস্যাৰ কাৰণ হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr "মোৰ বেটাৰি শক্তি Windows/Mac OS ৰ তুলনাত কম কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++"ভুল তথ্যৰ আন এটা সম্ভাব্য কাৰণ বেটাৰি আয়ু অনুমান কৰাৰ পদ্ধতি Windows/Mac OS "
++"ত Linux ৰ পৰা পৃথক। প্ৰকৃত বেটাৰি আয়ু সাইলাখ একে হব পাৰে, কিন্তু বিভিন্ন "
++"পদ্ধতিয়ে বিভিন্ন অনুমান দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr "আপুনি লিড বন্ধ কৰোতে লেপটপবোৰ শক্তি সঞ্চয় কৰিবলৈ, নিদ্ৰাত যায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr "মই লিড বন্ধ কৰোতে মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ কিয় হয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr "লিড বন্ধ হওতে কমপিউটাৰক স্থগিত হোৱাৰ পৰা ৰখাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি লিড বন্ধ কৰোতে কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত হোৱা নিবিচাৰে, আপুনি সেই ব্যৱহাৰৰ "
++"বাবে সংহতিসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব। কমপিউটাৰৰ লিড বন্ধ কৰোতে, স্থগিত নকৰি, "
++"ৰিক্ত পৰ্দাত সংহতি কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰোতে সাৱধান হব। কিছুমান লেপটপ লিড বন্ধ অৱস্থাত চলি থাকোতে "
++"অত্যাধিক গৰম হব পাৰে, বিশেষকৈ যদি সিহত এটা বেকপেকত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"বেটাৰিত শক্তিত চলি থাকোতে ব্যৱহৃত সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, এই কমান্ড টাইপ কৰক "
++"আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"AC শক্তিত চলি থাকোতে ব্যৱহৃত সংহতি পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, এই কমান্ড টাইপ কৰক আৰু "
++"<key>Enter</key> টিপক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান ফেন-নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ চফ্টৱেৰ নাথাকিব পাৰে, অথবা আপোনাৰ লেপটপ গৰম অৱস্থাত "
++"চলি থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "লেপটপ ফেন সদায় চলি থাকে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr "হাইবেৰনেইট ভালকৈ সমৰ্থিত নহোৱা বাবে অবিকল্পিতভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ কমপিউটাৰক কেনেকৈ হাইবাৰনেইট কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া কমপিউটাৰ <em>হাইবাৰনেট</em> কৰে, আপোনাৰ সকলো দস্তাবেজ আৰু এপ্লিকেচন "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰা হয় আৰু কমপিউটাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে বন্ধ হয় সেয়েহে ই কোনো শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"নকৰে, কিন্তু দস্তাবেজসমূহ আৰু এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ তথাপিও খোলা থাকিব যেতিয়া আপুনি "
++"কমপিউটাৰ আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++"দূৰ্ভাগ্যক্ৰমে, হাইবাৰনেট বহু ক্ষেত্ৰত <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">কাম "
++"নকৰে</link>, যাৰ বাবে আপুনি তথ্য হেৰুৱাব পাৰে যদি আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ পুনাৰম্ভ "
++"কৰোতে আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজ আৰু এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ পুন-খোলিবলৈ আশা কৰে। সেয়েহে, "
++"হাইবাৰনেট অবিকল্পিতভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr "হাইবাৰনেইট কাম কৰে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰি চাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr "হাইবেৰনেইট কৰাৰ আগত আপোনাৰ কাৰ্য্য সদায় সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ হাইবাৰনেট কৰাৰ আগত আপোনাৰ সকলো কাম সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব লাগে, কিয়নো "
++"কিবা সমস্যা হলে আপোনাৰ খোলা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰু দস্তাবেজসমূহক কমপিউটাৰ "
++"পুনাৰম্ভ কৰোতে পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰা নাযাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"হাইবাৰনেইট আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত কাম কৰে পৰিক্ষা কৰিবলৈ আপুনি কমান্ড লাইন ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> টিপি অথবা "
++"<gui>dash</gui> ত <input>terminal</input> ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰি <app>টাৰ্মিনেল</"
++"app> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> ত <input>terminal</input> ৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰি "
++"<app>টাৰ্মিনেল</app> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰুট হিচাপে, টাৰ্মিনেলত <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> "
++"টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "প্ৰমপ্ট কৰোতে আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড দিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ হোৱাৰ পিছত, ইয়াক পুনৰ আৰম্ভ কৰিব। আপোনাৰ খোলা "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আকৌ খোলিছিল নেকি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি হাইবেৰনেইট কাম নকৰে, সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ শ্বাপ বিভাজন আপোনাৰ উপলব্ধ "
++"RAM ৰ সমান।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr "হাইবাৰনেইট সামৰ্থবান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি হাইবেৰনেইট পৰিক্ষা সফল হয়, আপুনি হাইবাৰনেইট কৰিব খোজোতে <cmd>pm-"
++"hibernate</cmd> কমান্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি হাইবাৰনেট বিকল্পক মেনুত অসামৰ্থবান কৰিব পাৰিব। এনেকুৱা কৰিবলৈ, আপোনাৰ "
++"পছন্দৰ লিখনী সম্পাদক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local."
++"d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file> সৃষ্টি কৰক। নিম্নলিখিত তথ্যক ফাইললৈ "
++"যোগ কৰক আৰু সংৰক্ষণ কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰসমূহ সাধাৰণত গৰম হয়, কিন্তু যদি সিহত অত্যাধিক গৰম হয় সিহত অধিতপ্ত হব "
++"পাৰে, যি ক্ষতিকাৰক হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ সঁচাকৈ বহুত গৰম হয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ কমপিউটাৰ অলপ পিছত গৰম হৈ যায়, আৰু কিছুমান অত্যাধিক গৰম হয়। এনে "
++"হোৱাটো স্বাভাৱিক: ই কমপিউটাৰে নিজকে ঠাণ্ডা কৰাৰ এটাৰ অংশ। যি কি নহওক, যদি "
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ অত্যাধিক গৰম হয়, ই অতিপাত গৰম হোৱাৰ এটা চিন হব পাৰে, যি "
++"বিভৱীয়ভাৱে ক্ষতি কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ কমপিউটাৰে অত্যাধিক গৰম হওতে নিজকে বন্ধ কৰি দিয়ে, যাতে কোনো ধৰণৰ "
++"ক্ষতি নহয়। যদি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ হৈ থাকে, ই এটা সম্ভাব্য কাৰণ হব পাৰে। "
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ অতিপাত গৰম হৈ আছে, আপুনি সম্ভবত ইয়াক মেৰামতি কৰাব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr "বেটাৰিক সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে ডিচ চাৰ্জ হব দিয়াটো ইয়াৰ বাবে বেয়া।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr "বেটাৰি ১০% হওতে মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ কিয় বন্ধ/হাইবেৰনেইট হল?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান বেতাঁৰ ডিভাইচৰ সমস্যা হয় যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত হয় অথবা "
++"সঠিকভাৱে অব্যাহত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr "মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ সাৰ পাওতে কোনো বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক নাছিল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr "যদি এনেকুৱা হয়, আপোনাৰ বেতাঁৰ বন্ধ কৰি আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr "<gui>নেটৱাৰ্ক</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>বেতাঁৰ</gui> টেব বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ বন্ধ কৰক আৰু আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি বেতাঁৰ তথাপিও কাম নকৰে,  <gui>বিমান অৱস্থা</gui> অন কৰক আৰু আকৌ বন্ধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই কাম নকৰে, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিলে বেতাঁৰ আকৌ কাৰ্য্যকৰী হব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ কাম কৰিব, কিন্তু আপোনাক এটা ভিন্ন পাৱাৰ কেবুল অথবা এটা "
++"ট্ৰেভেল এডাপ্টাৰৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr "মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ এটা শক্তি যোগানৰ সৈতে অন্য দেশত কাম কৰিব নে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++"পাৱাৰ কেবুল সলনি কৰোতে অথবা ট্ৰেভেল এডাপ্টাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰোতে সাৱধান হব। যদি "
++"সম্ভব প্ৰথমতে সকলো বন্ধ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr "কিছুমান কমপিউটাৰে স্থগিত অথবা হাইবেৰনেইটৰ সৈতে সমস্যাৰ সৃষ্টি কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr "মই মোৰ কমপিউটাৰক স্থগিত কৰাৰ পিছত ই আকৌ আৰম্ভ নহয় কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক <link xref=\"power-suspend\">স্থগিত কৰক</link> "
++"অথবা <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">হাইবাৰনেট</link> কৰে, তেন্তে ইয়াক "
++"অব্যাহত কৰাৰ অথবা পুনাৰম্ভ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰক, আপুনি উপলব্ধ কৰিব পাৰে যে ই আশা "
++"কৰা দৰে কাম কৰা নাই। ই কাৰণ হব পাৰে যে স্থগিত কৰা আৰু হাইবাৰনেট কৰা আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰত সমৰ্থিত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr "মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত অৱস্থাত আছে আৰু অব্যাহত হোৱা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত কৰে আৰু তাৰ পিছত এটা কি' টিপে অথবা মাউছ "
++"ক্লিক কৰে, ই সাৰ পাব লাগে আৰু আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড বিচাৰি এটা পৰ্দা প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব "
++"লাগে। যদি এনেকুৱা নহয়, পাৱাৰ বুটাম টিপি চাওক (ইয়াক টিপি নধৰিব, কেৱল এবাৰ "
++"টিপিব)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই তথাপিও সহায় নকৰে, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ মনিটৰ অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক আৰু "
++"কিবৰ্ডত এটা কি' টিপি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"শেষ উপায় ৰূপে, কমপিউটাৰক তাৰ পাৱাৰ বুটাম ৫-১০ ছেকেণ্ডৰ বাবে ধৰি থৈ বন্ধ কৰক, "
++"যদিও আপুনি এনে ধৰণে কোনো অংসৰক্ষিত কাৰ্য্য হেৰুৱাব। আপুনি তাৰ পিছত কমপিউটাৰ "
++"পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিব পাৰিব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই প্ৰতিবাৰ আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত কৰোতে হয়, স্থগিত বৈশিষ্ট্য আপোনাৰ "
++"হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ সৈতে কাৰ্য্য নকৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে শক্তি হেৰুৱায় আৰু ইয়াৰ কোনো বৈকল্পিক শক্তি যোগান নাথাকে "
++"(যেনে এটা কাৰ্য্যকৰী বেটাৰি), ই বন্ধ হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr "মই কমপিউটাৰ আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰোতে মোৰ কোনো এপ্লিকেচন/দস্তাবেজ খোলা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++"মোৰ বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ (অথবা অন্য হাৰ্ডৱেৰ) কাম নকৰে যেতিয়া মই মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ সাৰ "
++"পোৱাও"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ডিভাইচৰ এটা পাৱাৰ চুইচ থাকে, তাক বন্ধ কৰি আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰি চাওক। বেছিৰভাগ "
++"ক্ষেত্ৰত, ডিভাইচ আকৌ কাৰ্য্য কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিব। ই এটা USB কেবুল অথবা সদৃশৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযোগ কৰে, ডিভাইচক আনপ্লাগ কৰক আৰু আকৌ প্লাগ ইন কৰি চাওক ই কাৰ্য্য কৰে নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি ডিভাইচক বন্ধ/অথবা আনপ্লাগ কৰিব নোৱাৰে, অথবা ই কাম নকৰে, ডিভাইচক "
++"আকৌ কাৰ্য্যকৰী কৰিবলৈ আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++"স্থগিত অৱস্থাত আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ নিদ্ৰাত যায়, সেয়েহে ই কম শক্তি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr "মই কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত কৰোতে কি হয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান কমপিউটাৰৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰ সমৰ্থনৰ সৈতে সমস্যা থাকে যাৰ অৰ্থ এই যে সিহত "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">সঠিকভাৱে স্থগিত অথবা হাইবাৰনেট হব নোৱাৰিব "
++"পাৰে</link>। আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ স্থগিত ফলনৰ ওপৰত সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে বিশ্বাস কৰাৰ আগত "
++"পৰিক্ষণৰ বাবে স্থগিত কৰি চোৱাটো এটা ভাল বুদ্ধি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr "স্থগিত কৰাৰ আগত সদায় আপোনাৰ কাম সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ স্থগিত কৰাৰ আগত আপোনাৰ সকলো কাম সংৰক্ষণ কৰিব লাগে, কিয়নো কিবা "
++"সমস্যা হলে আপোনাৰ খোলা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰু দস্তাবেজসমূহক কমপিউটাৰ অব্যাহত "
++"কৰোতে পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰা নাযাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ লেপটপ বেটাৰিত চলি থাকে, কমপিউটাৰ অলস অৱস্থাত পৰ্দায় শক্তি "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ স্লান হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr "কিছু সময় পিছত মোৰ পৰ্দা কিয় স্লান হৈ যায়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ লেপটপ কমপিউটাৰ বেটাৰিত চলি থাকে, কমপিউটাৰ অলস অৱস্থাত পৰ্দায় "
++"শক্তি সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ স্লান হব। যেতিয়া আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ আকৌ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা আৰম্ভ "
++"কৰিব, পৰ্দা উজ্জ্বল হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr "আপুনি পৰ্দাক স্লান হোৱাৰ পৰা ৰখাব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>উজ্জ্বলতা &amp; লক</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>শক্তি বচাবলৈ পৰ্দা স্লান কৰক</"
++"gui> আনচেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr "ঢিলা কেবুল আৰু হাৰ্ডৱেৰ সমস্যাবোৰ সম্ভাব্য কাৰণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "মোৰ কমপিউটাৰ আৰম্ভ নহব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ আৰম্ভ নহোৱাৰ কেইবাটাও কাৰণ আছে। এই বিষয়ে কিছুমান সম্ভাব্য "
++"কাৰণৰ এটা সংক্ষিপ্ত বিৱৰণ দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr "কমপিউটাৰ প্লাগ্গড্ ইন নাই, ৰিক্ত বেটাৰি, অথবা ঢিলা কেবুল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "কমপিউটাৰ হাৰ্ডৱেৰৰ সৈতে সমস্যা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ এটা উপাদান ভঙা অথবা ভুলভাৱে কাৰ্য্য কৰি থাকিব পাৰে। যদি এনে "
++"ক্ষেত্ৰ হয়, আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ মেৰামতি কৰোৱাৰ প্ৰয়োজন হব। সাধাৰণ "
++"ত্ৰুটিসমূহত অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত হয় ভগ্ন শক্তি যোগান একক, ভুলভাৱে লগোৱা উপাদানসমূহ "
++"(যেনে মেমৰি/RAM) আৰু এটা ত্ৰুটিপূৰ্ণ মাদাৰবৰ্ড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "কমপিউটাৰ বিপ হয় আৰু তাৰ পিছত বন্ধ হয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr "কমপিউটাৰৰ ফেনসমূহ ঘুৰি আছে কিন্তু পৰ্দাত একো নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰথম সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ মনিটৰ প্লাগ্গড্ ইন আছে আৰু অন অৱস্থাত আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সমস্যা এটা হাৰ্ডৱেৰ ত্ৰুটিৰ বাবে হব পাৰে। আপুনি পাৱাৰ বুটাম টিপোতে "
++"ফেনসমূহ অন হব পাৰে, কিন্তু কমপিউটাৰৰ অন্য গুৰত্বপূৰ্ণ অংশবোৰ আৰম্ভ নহব পাৰে। "
++"এই ক্ষেত্ৰত, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক মেৰামতিৰ বাবে লৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "নাটালিয়া ৰুজ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">স্থগিত কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">বন্ধ কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">পৰ্দা স্লান হৈ "
++"আছে</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "শক্তি &amp; বেটাৰি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "বেটাৰি সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "শক্তিৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "শক্তি আৰু বেটাৰিবোৰৰ সৈতে সমস্যাৰ সমাধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">পটভূমি</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">আকাৰ আৰু ঘূৰ্ণন</link>, উজ্জ্বলতা…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "প্ৰদৰ্শন &amp; পৰ্দা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">ভাষা</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">অঞ্চল আৰু বিন্যাসসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">কিবৰ্ড বিন্যাসসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">কিবৰ্ড</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">মাউছ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">প্ৰদৰ্শন</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">ভাষাবোৰ</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী "
++"একাওন্টসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী &amp; চিস্টেম সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr "পৃষ্ঠাৰ দুয়ো কাষত, অথবা প্ৰতি পাত একাধিক পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr "দুয়ো-পৃষ্ঠা অথবা একাধিক-পৃষ্ঠাৰ বিন্যাসসমূহ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "কাগজৰ প্ৰতি পৃষ্ঠাত প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ফাইল</gui><gui>প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui></guiseq> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্ট উইন্ডোৰ <gui>পৃষ্ঠা সংস্থাপন</gui> টেবলৈ যাওক আৰু <gui>দুই-কাষ</gui> "
++"ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা এটা বিকল্প বাছক। যদি বিকল্প অসামৰ্থবান থাকে, তেন্তে "
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ বাবে দুই কাষৰ প্ৰিন্টিং উপলব্ধ নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহে ভিন্ন ধৰণত দুই-কাষৰ প্ৰিন্টিং নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰে। আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ "
++"কেনেকৈ কাম কৰে পৰিক্ষা কৰাৰ ই এটা ভাল উপায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পাতৰ প্ৰতি <em>ফাল</em> দস্তাবেজৰ এটাতকৈ অধিক পৃষ্ঠা প্ৰিন্ট কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব। এনেকুৱা কৰিবলৈ <gui>প্ৰত্যক ফালত পৃষ্ঠাৰ সংখ্যা</gui> বিকল্প ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্পসমূহৰ উপলব্ধতা আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ ধৰণ, লগতে আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা "
++"এপ্লিকেচনৰ ওপৰ নিৰ্ভৰ কৰিব। এই বিকল্প সদায় উপলব্ধ নাথাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++"সাধাৰণ A4/Letter-size পৃষ্ঠা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি মেৰিওৱা পুস্তিকা (যেনে এটা কিতাপ "
++"অথবা ইস্থাহাৰ) প্ৰিন্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr "জাপ খোৱা পুস্তিকা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা দস্তাবেজৰ পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ এটা বিশেষ ক্ৰমত প্ৰিন্ট কৰি আৰু কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টিং "
++"বিকল্প পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি আপুনি মেৰিওৱা পুস্তিকা (যেনে এটা কিতাপ অথবা ইস্তাহাৰ) "
++"বনাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা PDF দস্তাবেজৰ পৰা এটা বুকলেট প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ এই নিৰ্দেশবোৰ দিয়া হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr "এটা পুস্তিকা প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> টেবত যাওক। <em>বিস্তাৰ</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ</"
++"gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++"এই ক্ৰমত পৃষ্ঠাসমূহৰ সংখ্যা টাইপ কৰক (n হল পৃষ্ঠাৰ সৰ্বমুঠ সংখ্যা, আৰু ৪ ৰ "
++"এটা বহুগুণ):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "উদাহৰণসমূহ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "৪ পৃষ্ঠাৰ বুকলেট: <input>4,1,2,3</input> টাইপ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "৮ পৃষ্ঠাৰ বুকলেট: <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> টাইপ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"২০ পৃষ্ঠাৰ বুকলেট: "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input> টাইপ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "এতিয়া, <gui>পৃষ্টাৰ সংস্থাপন</gui> টেবলৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>বিন্যাস</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>দুই-কাষ</gui> বিকল্পত, <gui>সৰু প্ৰান্ত "
++"(লুটিৱাওক)</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰতি কাষ পৃষ্ঠাবোৰ</gui> বিকল্পত, <gui>2</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>পৃষ্ঠাৰ ক্ৰম</gui> মেনুত, <gui>বাঁওৰ পৰা সোঁ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰিন্ট</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr "এটা এটা-কাষৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰত এটা পুস্তিকা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>বিস্তাৰ</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…যেতিয়ালৈকে আপুনি সকলো পৃষ্ঠা টাইপ কৰি লোৱা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr "১২ পৃষ্ঠাৰ বুকলেট: <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> টাইপ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"১৬ পৃষ্ঠাৰ বুকলেট: <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> "
++"টাইপ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>পৃষ্ঠাৰ সংস্থাপন</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>বিন্যাস</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত, <gui>দুটা-কাষ</gui> মেনুত, <gui>এটা কাষ/gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰতি কাষ পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ</gui> মেনুত, <gui>2</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>কেৱল প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> মেনুত, <gui>ঋণাত্মক পাতবোৰ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া সকলো পৃষ্ঠাৰ প্ৰিন্ট সম্পূৰ্ণ হৈ যায়, পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ লুটিয়াওক আৰু সিহতক "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰত পুনৰ থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>কেৱল প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> মেনুত, <gui>ধনাত্মক পাতবোৰ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++"A4 অথবা Letter-sized পাত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এটা মেৰিওৱা, বহু-পৃষ্ঠা বুকলেট কেনেকৈ "
++"প্ৰিন্ট কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "এটা পুস্তিকা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "আপুনি এটা বুকলেটক PDF ৰ পৰা প্ৰিন্ট কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰয়োজনীয় (1-3) ৰিক্ত পৃষ্ঠাৰ সৈতে এটা <app>LibreOffice</app> দস্তাবেজ "
++"সৃষ্টি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ফাইল</gui> <gui>PDF ৰূপত ৰপ্তানি কৰক…</gui></guiseq> নিৰ্বাচন "
++"কৰি ৰিক্ত পৃষ্ঠাসমূহক এটা PDF লৈ ৰপ্তানি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> অথবা <app>PDF Mod</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ৰিক্ত "
++"পৃষ্ঠাসমূহক আপোনাৰ PDF দস্তাবেজৰ সৈতে একত্ৰিত কৰক, ৰিক্ত পৃষ্ঠাসমূহক শেষত "
++"থৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr "তলৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ ধৰণ বাছক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr "এটা বাকি থকা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰক আৰু ইয়াক শাৰীৰ পৰা আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "জানা চ্ভাৰ'ভা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰক, বিৰাম দিয়ক অথবা মুক্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতিসমূহত এটা বাকি থকা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰিব পাৰিব আৰু "
++"ইয়াক শাৰীৰ পৰা আতৰাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা দস্তাবেজক ভুলতে প্ৰিন্ট কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিছে, আপুনি প্ৰিন্ট বাতিল "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব যাতে আপুনি কোনো চিয়াঁহী অথবা পৃষ্ঠা নষ্ট কৰিব লগিয়া নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য কেনেকৈ বাতিল কৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ</gui> ডাইলগৰ সোঁ কাষত <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui> "
++"বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++"চলাওক-বিৰাম দিয়ক-বন্ধ কৰক চিহ্নসমূহত বন্ধ কৰক বুটাম ক্লিক কৰি প্ৰিন্ট "
++"কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই আপুনি আশা কৰা দৰে প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বাতিল নকৰে, আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ "
++"<gui>বাতিল কৰক</gui> বুটাম ধৰি থৈ চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বিৰাম দিয়ক আৰু মুক্ত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্যক বিৰাম দিব খোজে অথবা মুক্ত কৰিব খোজে, আপুনি "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতিসমূহত কাৰ্য্যসমূহ ডাইলগত গৈ আৰু সঠিক বুটাম ক্লিক কৰি কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ</gui> ডাইলগৰ সোঁ কাষত <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui> "
++"বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ প্ৰয়োজন সাপেক্ষে প্ৰিন্ট কাৰ্য্য বিৰাম দিয়ক অথবা "
++"এৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr "এটা দস্তাবেজক এটা ভিন্ন পৃষ্ঠাৰ আকাৰ অথবা দিশত প্ৰিন্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্ট কৰোতে পৃষ্ঠাৰ আকাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজৰ পৃষ্ঠা আকাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব খোজে (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, এটা "
++"A4 পৃষ্ঠাত US Letter-sized PDF প্ৰিন্ট কৰা), আপুনি দস্তাবেজৰ প্ৰিন্টিং "
++"বিন্যাস পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ফাইল</gui><gui>প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui></guiseq> ক্লিক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>পৃষ্ঠাৰ সংস্থাপন</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>পাত</em> স্তম্ভৰ অন্তৰ্গত, ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ <em>পাতৰ আকাৰ</"
++"em> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr "<gui>প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ দস্তাবেজ প্ৰিন্ট হব লাগে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা ভিন্ন দিশনিৰ্ণয় বাছিবলৈ <gui>দিশনিৰ্ণয়</gui> মেনু ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "পট্ৰেইট"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "লেণ্ডস্কেইপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "উলোটা পোট্ৰেইট"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "উলোটা লেণ্ডস্কেইপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++"সুনিশ্চিত কৰক যে আপোনাৰ সঠিক ধৰণে খাম/লেবেল আছে, আৰু আপুনি সঠিক পাতৰ আকাৰ "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰিছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "খামসমূহ আৰু লেবেলসমূহ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ প্ৰিন্টাৰে আপোনাক প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে এটা খাম অথবা লেবেলসমূহৰ শ্বিটত "
++"প্ৰিন্ট কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, ই বিশেষভাৱে উপযোগী যদি আপোনাৰ পঠাবলৈ "
++"বহুত আখৰ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr "অনটু খামসমূহ প্ৰিন্ট কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++"দ্বিতীয়তে, আপুনি সুনিশ্চিত কৰিব লাগিব যে খামসমূহ সঠিক ভাৱে প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ ইন-"
++"ট্ৰেত ল'ড কৰা হৈছে। ইয়াৰ বাবে প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ হাতপুথি নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক, অথবা এটা খাম "
++"প্ৰিন্ট কৰি চাওক আৰু চাওক কোনো প্ৰান্তত প্ৰিন্ট হৈছে যাতে সুনিশ্চিত কৰিব "
++"পাৰে যে সঠিক প্ৰান্ত ওপৰত আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টাৰ খাম প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ ৰূপাঙ্কিত নহয়, বিশেষভাৱে লেছাৰ "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ। আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰে খামসমূহ গ্ৰহণ কৰে নে চাবলৈ আপোনাৰ "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ হাতপুথি চাওক, আপুনি এটা খাম দি প্ৰিন্টাৰক নষ্ট কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰ কাট্ৰিজসমূহত অৱশিষ্ট চিয়াঁহী অথবা টনাৰৰ পৰিমাণ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "মই প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ চিয়াঁহী/টনাৰৰ স্তৰসমূহ কেনেকৈ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিম?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰত কিমান চিয়াঁহী অথবা টনাৰ অৱশিষ্ট আছে কেনেকৈ নিৰীক্ষণ "
++"কৰে সেয়া আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ আৰ্হি আৰু নিৰ্মাণ, আৰু লগতে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত "
++"ইনস্টল্ড ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ আৰু এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ চিয়াঁহী স্তৰ আৰু অন্য তথ্য প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ এটা বিল্ট-ইন "
++"পৰ্দা থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++"বেছিৰভাগ HP প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ আৰু অৱস্থা সঁজুলিসমূহ HP Linux "
++"ইমেজিং আৰু প্ৰিন্টিং (HPLIP) প্ৰকল্প দ্বাৰা প্ৰদান কৰা হয়।  অন্য "
++"নিৰ্মাতাসকলে সদৃশ বৈশিষ্ট্যৰ সৈতে প্ৰপাইটেৰি ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ প্ৰদান কৰিব পাৰে। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, আপুনি চিয়াঁহী স্তৰসমূহ পৰ্যবেক্ষন কৰিবলৈ এটা এপ্লিকেচন ইনস্টল "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব। <app>Inkblot</app> এ বহুতো HP, Epson আৰু Canon প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহৰ "
++"বাবে চিয়াঁহীৰ অৱস্থা দেখুৱায়। আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ <link href=\"http://"
++"libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">সমৰ্থিত আৰ্হিসমূহৰ তালিকা</link> ত "
++"আছে নে চাওক। Epson আৰু অন্য কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ বাবে অন্য চিয়াঁহী স্তৰ "
++"এপ্লিকেচন হল <app>mktink</app>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টাৰ এতিয়াও Linux ত ভালদৰে সমৰ্থিত নহয়, আৰু অন্যবোৰ সিহতৰ "
++"চিয়াঁহী স্তৰ সংবাদন কৰিবলৈ ৰূপাঙ্কিত নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতিসমূহত এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰ নাম অথবা অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম অথবা অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতিসমূহত এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম অথবা অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম অথবা অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ আপোনাক প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাবোৰ "
++"লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব বিচাৰে, নিম্নলিখিত স্তৰ অনুকৰণ "
++"কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত <key>আনলক</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "নামত ক্লিক কৰি, প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম সম্পাদন কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহ সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ অৱস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "অৱস্থানত ক্লিক কৰি, অৱস্থান সম্পাদন কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টৰ ক্ৰম সংকলন কৰক আৰু উভতাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "পৃষ্টাসমূহক এটা ভিন্ন ক্ৰমত প্ৰিন্ট কৰাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "উলোটাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহে সাধাৰণত প্ৰথম পৃষ্ঠাক প্ৰথমতে প্ৰিন্ট কৰে, আৰু শেষ পৃষ্টাক "
++"শেষত প্ৰিন্ট কৰে, সেয়েহে পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ উলোটা ক্ৰমত শেষ হব যেতিয়া আপুনি সিহতক "
++"তুলিব। যদি প্ৰয়োজন হয়, আপুনি এই প্ৰিন্টিং ক্ৰম উলোটা কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "ক্ৰম উলোটাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কপিসমূহ</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত প্ৰিন্ট উইন্ডোৰ <gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> টেবত, "
++"<gui>উলোটা</gui> চেক কৰক। সৰ্বশেষ পৃষ্ঠাত প্ৰথমতে প্ৰিন্ট কৰা হব, আৰু "
++"অনুৰূপ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "সংকলন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr "সংকলন কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কপিসমূহ</em> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত প্ৰিন্ট উইন্ডোৰ <gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> টেবত "
++"<gui>কলেট</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কেনেকৈ এটা ঠাহ খোৱা পাত আতৰাব সেয়া প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নিৰ্মাণ আৰু আৰ্হিৰ ওপৰত "
++"নিৰ্ভৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr "এটা পাতৰ নিসন্ধি আতৰোৱা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr "কেতিয়াবা প্ৰিন্টাৰবোৰে পাতবোৰ ভুলভাৱে ফিড কৰে আৰু নিসন্ধ হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++"সোপা আতৰোৱাৰ পিছত আপোনাক প্ৰিন্টিং পুনৰ আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ <gui>অব্যাহত "
++"ৰাখক</gui> বুটাম টিপিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে। কিছুমান প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ সৈতে, আপুনি "
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰক বন্ধ কৰি আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে, আৰু তাৰ পিছত প্ৰিন্ট "
++"কাৰ্য্য আকৌ আৰম্ভ কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr "কেৱল নিৰ্দিষ্ট পৃষ্ঠা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক, অথবা পৃষ্ঠাবোৰৰ এটা বিস্তাৰ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "কেৱল নিৰ্দিষ্ট পৃষ্ঠা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "দস্তাবেজৰ পৰা কেৱল নিৰ্দিষ্ট পৃষ্ঠাবোৰ প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>প্ৰিন্ট</gui> উইন্ডোত <gui>সাধাৰণ</gui> টেবত <gui>বিস্তাৰ</gui> অংশৰ "
++"পৰা <gui>পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ</gui> বাছক। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++"লিখনী বাকচত আপুনি প্ৰিন্ট কৰিন খোজা পৃষ্ঠাৰ সংখ্যা টাইপ কৰক, কমাৰে পৃথক কৰি। "
++"পৃষ্ঠাসমূহৰ এটা বিস্তাৰ বুজাবলৈ এটা ডেশ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি <gui>পৃষ্ঠাসমূহ</gui> লিখনী বাকচত \"1,3,5-7,9\" "
++"সুমুৱায় পৃষ্ঠা 1,3,5,6,7 আৰু 9 প্ৰিন্ট হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr "আপুনি বেছিৰভাগ সময় ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা প্ৰিন্টাৰ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটাতকৈ অধিক প্ৰিন্টাৰ থাকে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ "
++"বাছিব পাৰিব। আপুনি সৰ্বাধিক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা প্ৰিন্টাৰ বাছিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr "অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংহতি কৰিবলৈ আপোনাক প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাবোৰ লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++"উপলব্ধ প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত <gui>আনলক</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>অবিকল্পিত</gui> বিকল্প বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"উপলব্ধ প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা বাছোতে, আপুনি প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নাম অথবা অৱস্থান "
++"ধাৰ্য্য কৰি প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ সন্ধান ফলাফল ফিল্টাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, "
++")<input>1st floor</input> অথবা <input>entrance</input>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"সন্ধান ফলাফল ফিল্টাৰিং কেৱল নতুন প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ যোগ কৰাৰ ডাইলগত উপলব্ধ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা এপ্লিকেচনত প্ৰিন্ট কৰে, অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ হয়, যদিহে আপুনি সেই নিৰ্দিষ্ট আউটপুটৰ বাবে এটা ভিন্ন প্ৰিন্টাৰ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "এটা স্থানীয় প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমে সংযুক্ত অৱস্থাত বহু ধৰণৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ স্বচালিতভাৱে চিনাক্ত কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব। বেছিৰভাগ প্ৰিন্টাৰ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংলঘ্ন এটা USB কেবুলৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযুক্ত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এতিয়া নেটৱাৰ্ক অথবা স্থানীয় প্ৰিন্টাৰ ইনস্টল কৰিব খোজে নে নিৰ্বাচন "
++"কৰিব নালাগে। সিহত এটা উইন্ডোত তালিকাভুক্ত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টাৰ অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++"সঠিক কেবুল ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি প্ৰিন্টাৰক আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত কৰক। চিস্টেম "
++"ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহৰ বাবে সন্ধান কৰোতে আপুনি পৰ্দা গতিবিধি দেখি পাব, আৰু আপোনাক "
++"সিহতক ইনস্টল কৰিবলৈ প্ৰমাণিত কৰিবলৈ সোধা হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++"চিস্টেমে প্ৰিন্টাৰ ইনস্টল কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিলে এটা বাৰ্তা উপস্থিত হব। এটা "
++"পৰিক্ষণ পৃষ্ঠা প্ৰিন্ট কৰিবলৈ, <gui>পৰিক্ষণ পৃষ্ঠা প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> বাছক, "
++"অথবা প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংস্থাপনত অতিৰিক্ত পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ <gui>বিকল্পসমূহ</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ স্বচালিতভাৱে সংস্থাপন হোৱা নাছিল, আপুনি ইয়াক প্ৰিন্টাৰ "
++"সংহতিসমূহত যোগ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<key>+</key> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"পপ-আপ উইন্ডোত, আপোনাৰ নতুন প্ৰিন্টাৰ বাছক। <gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ প্ৰিন্টাৰ যোগ কৰক পপ-আপত উপস্থিত নহয়, আপুনি প্ৰিন্ট "
++"ড্ৰাইভাৰ ইনস্টল কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি প্ৰিন্টাৰ ইনস্টল কৰাৰ পিছত, আপুনি <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\"> আপোনাৰ অবিকল্পিত প্ৰিন্টাৰ পৰিবৰ্তন</link> কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি প্ৰিন্ট-আউটসমূহ স্টিকি, ফেডিং, অথবা ৰঙহিন হয়, আপোনাৰ চিয়াঁহী স্তৰ "
++"নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক অথবা প্ৰিন্ট হেড সফা কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr "মোৰ প্ৰিন্ট-আউটবোৰ স্ট্ৰিক, লাইন অথবা ভুল ৰঙ কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্ট-আউটসমূহ স্ট্ৰিকি, ফেডেড, থাকিব নলগিয়া ৰেখা থাকে, অথবা "
++"বৈশিষ্ট্য কম হয়, ই প্ৰিন্টাৰ এটা সমস্যা অথবা নিম্ন চিয়াঁহী/টনাৰ যোগানৰ বাবে "
++"হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr "স্লান লিখনী অথবা ছবিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ চিয়াঁহী অথবা টনাৰ কম হব পাৰে। আপোনাৰ চিয়াঁহী/টনাৰ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক আৰু "
++"প্ৰয়োজন সাপেক্ষে এটা নতুন কাৰ্ট্ৰিজ কিনক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr "স্ট্ৰিক আৰু ৰেখাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা ইঙ্কজেট প্ৰিন্টাৰ আছে, প্ৰিন্ট হেড লেতেৰা অথবা আংশিকভাৱে "
++"ৰোধিত থাকিব পাৰে। প্ৰিন্ট হেড পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰি চাওক (নিৰ্দেশৰ বাবে প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ "
++"হাতপুথি চাওক)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "ভুল ৰঙবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্টাৰত এটা ৰঙৰ চিয়াঁহী অথবা টনাৰ শেষ হৈছে। আপোনাৰ চিয়াঁহী/টনাৰ যোগান "
++"নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক আৰু প্ৰয়োজন সাপেক্ষে এটা নতুন কাৰ্ট্ৰিজ কিনক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr "জেগ্গড ৰেখাবোৰ, অথবা ৰেখাবোৰ পোন নহয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰিন্ট-আউটত সিধা থাকিব লগিয়া ৰেখা জেগ্গড আহে, আপুনি প্ৰিন্ট হেড "
++"সংৰেখন কৰিব লগিয়া হব পাৰে। ইয়াক কেনেকৈ কৰিব জানিবলৈ প্ৰিন্টাৰৰ নিৰ্দেশ "
++"হাতপুথি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা দস্তাবেজক প্ৰিন্টাৰত পঠোৱা পৰিৱৰ্তে, ইয়াক এটা PDF, Postscript অথবা SVG "
++"ফাইল ৰূপত সংৰক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ফাইললৈ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা দস্তাবেজক এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰত প্ৰিন্ট কৰাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে এটা ফাইললৈ প্ৰিন্ট "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব। ফাইললৈ প্ৰিন্ট কৰিলে এটা <sys>PDF</sys> সৃষ্টি হব, "
++"এটা<sys>Postscript</sys> অথবা এটা <sys>SVG</sys> ফাইল যি দস্তাবেজক "
++"অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে। ই উপযোগী হব পাৰে যদি আপুনি দস্তাবেজক অন্য মেচিনলৈ "
++"স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব খোজে অথবা অন্যৰ সৈতে অংশীদাৰী কৰিব খোজে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰিন্ট ডাইলগ খোলক। ইয়াক সাধাৰণত মেনুত <gui style=\"menuitem\">প্ৰিন্ট</gui> "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি অথবা <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি কৰিব পৰা যাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"tab\">সাধাৰণ</gui> টেবত <gui>প্ৰিন্টাৰ</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত "
++"<gui>ফাইললৈ প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিত ফাইলনাম আৰু ফাইল ক'ত সংৰক্ষণ হৈছে পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ, প্ৰিন্টাৰ "
++"নিৰ্বাচনৰ তলত ফাইলনাম বাছক। আপোনাৰ নিৰ্বাচন কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ হলে <gui style="
++"\"button\">বাছক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> হল দস্তাবেজৰ বাবে অবিকল্পিত ফাইল ধৰণ। যদি আপুনি এটা ভিন্ন "
++"<gui>আউটপুট বিন্যাস</gui> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজে, হয় <sys>Postscript</sys> অথবা "
++"<sys>SVG</sys> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ অন্য পৃষ্ঠাৰ পছন্দসমূহ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "ফাইল সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">প্ৰিন্ট কৰক</gui> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">স্থানীয় সংস্থাপন</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">ক্ৰম আৰু কলেইট</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">দুই-পৃষ্ঠা আৰু "
++"বহু-পৃষ্ঠা</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "সংস্থাপন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "এটা প্ৰিন্টাৰ সংস্থাপন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "আকাৰসমূহ আৰু বিন্যাসসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "কাগজৰ ভিন্ন আকাৰ আৰু বিন্যাসসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++"অচিনাক্ত প্ৰিন্টাৰসমূহ, পৃষ্ঠাৰ নিসন্ধি, প্ৰিন্ট-আউটসমূহ যি দেখাত ভুল হয়…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "প্ৰিন্টাৰ সমস্যসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">পৰ্দা লক</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">নাম &amp; দৃশ্যমানতা</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">ব্যৱহাৰৰ ইতিহাস</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">আবৰ্জনা "
++"&amp; অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ আতৰাওক</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "গোপনীয়তা সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ত <em>গোপনীয়তা সংহতিসমূহ</em> এ আপোনাক আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ কিছুমান অংশ "
++"অন্যলৈ দৃশ্যমান হব নে নহব নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰাত সহায় কৰে। আপুনি এই সংহতিসমূহ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ ব্যৱহাৰ ইতিহাস আৰু অপ্ৰয়োজনীয় ফাইলসমূহ আতৰাব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "পৰ্দা লক থকা অৱস্থাত পপ-আপ অধিসূচনাসমূহ নেদেখুৱাব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "অধিসূচনাসমূহ লুকাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে পৰ্দা লক থকা অৱস্থাতো বাৰ্তা অধিসূচনাবোৰ "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব। উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা আতৰত থকা অৱস্থাত "
++"কোনোবাই আপোনাক এটা তৎক্ষনাত বাৰ্তা পঠায়, এটা অধিসূচনা আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাত পপ-আপ "
++"হব। সেই মানুহজনৰ বাৰ্তাৰ লিখনী আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক থকা অৱস্থাতো আহিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ বাৰ্তাসমূহ অধিক গোপন ৰাখিবলৈ আপুনি এই বৈশিষ্টক বন্ধ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা বন্ধ থকা অৱস্থাত অধিসূচনাসমূহ বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> <gui>গোপনীয়তা</gui><gui>পৰ্দা লক</gui></guiseq> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>অধিসূচনাসমূহ দেখুৱাওক</gui> স্লাইডাৰক <gui>বন্ধ</gui> লৈ সংহতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক আপুনি সৰ্বশেষ-ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা ফাইলসমূহ অনুকৰণ কৰাৰ পৰা প্ৰতিৰোধ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "ফাইল ইতিহাস অনুকৰণ বন্ধ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"শেহতীয়াভাৱে-ব্যৱহৃত ফাইল আৰু ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ অনুকৰণ কৰিলে আপুনি কাম কৰি থকা "
++"বস্তুবোৰ সন্ধান কৰোতে সহজ হয়, কিন্তু আপুনি এই বস্তুবোৰ গোপন থোৱাটো বিচাৰিব "
++"পাৰে। আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপৰ ফাইলৰ ইতিহাস অনুকৰণ বৈশিষ্ট্য বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui style=\"menu\">গোপনীয়তা</"
++"gui> <gui style=\"menu\">ব্যৱহাৰ &amp; ইতিহাস</gui></guiseq> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>সৰ্বশেষ ব্যৱহৃত</gui> স্লাইডাৰক <gui>বন্ধ</gui> লৈ সংহতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বৈশিষ্ট্যক পুনৰ-সামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ, <gui>সৰ্বশেষ ব্যৱহৃত</gui> স্লাইডাৰক "
++"<gui>On</gui> লৈ সংহতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++"এই সংহতিয়ে আপোনাৰ ৱেব ব্ৰাউছাৰে কিধৰণে আপুনি ভ্ৰমণ কৰা ৱেব ছাইটসমূহৰ তথ্য "
++"সংৰক্ষণ কৰে তাৰ ওপৰ প্ৰভাৱ নেপেলায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নামৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে এটা চিহ্ন প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম লুকুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ নাম অবিকল্পিতভাৱে <gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত প্ৰদৰ্শিত হয়, কিন্তু আপুনি "
++"আপোনাৰ গোপনীয়তা ৰক্ষা কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ নাম লুকুৱাব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "<gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত আপোনাৰ নাম লুকুৱাবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui><gui>গেপনীয়তা</gui> <gui>নাম &amp; দৃশ্যমানতা</"
++"gui></guiseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>গোপন অৱস্থা</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক, অথবা <gui>ওপৰ বাৰত সম্পূৰ্ণ নাম "
++"প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰক</gui> ক <gui>অফ</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>গোপন অৱস্থা</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰিলে আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক হওতে আপোনাৰ "
++"সম্পূৰ্ণ নাম লুকুৱাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME সহায়ত বহুতো সহায় বিষয় আপোনাক \"<gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক "
++"কৰাৰ নিৰ্দেশ দিয়ে\"। যদি আপুনি <gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত আপোনাৰ নাম লুকুৱায়, "
++"আপুনি <gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত সৰু <gui>অধিসূচনা</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"কিমান সঘনে আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনা আৰু অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা আতৰোৱা "
++"হব চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "আবৰ্জনা &amp; অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ বাদ দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনা আৰু অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰিলে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা "
++"অপ্ৰয়োজনীয় ফাইলসমূহ আতৰ হয়, আৰু আপোনাৰ হাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভত অধিক স্থান মুক্ত হয়। "
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনা হস্তচালিতভাৱে খালি কৰি আপোনাৰ অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ পৰিষ্কাৰ "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব, কিন্তু আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক আপোনাৰ বাবে ইয়াক স্বচালিতভাৱে "
++"কৰিবলৈ সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট সময়ৰ পিছত আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনা ৰিক্ত কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ "
++"পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr "<gui>সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক আৰু <gui>গোপনীয়তা</gui> আইকন ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>আবৰ্জনা &amp; অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>স্বচালিতভাৱে আবৰ্জনা আতৰাওক</gui> অথবা <gui>অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ "
++"স্বচালিতভাৱে  আতৰাওক</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>চিহ্নিত সময়ৰ পিছত আতৰাওক</gui> মান সলনি কৰি আপোনাৰ <em>আবৰ্জনা</em> আৰু "
++"<em>অস্থায়ী ফাইলসমূহ</em> ক কিমান সঘনে পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰিব খোজে সংহতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়ালৈকে আপোনাৰ আবৰ্জনাৰ পৰা ফাইলসমূহ তৎক্ষনাত মচি পেলোৱা প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নহয়, "
++"সাধাৰণত এটা দীঘল <gui>চিহ্নিত সময়ৰ পিছত আতৰাওক</gui> মান সংহতি কৰাটো "
++"সুৰক্ষিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা আতৰত গলে অন্য মানুহক আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ "
++"পৰা প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা স্বাচালিতভাৱে লক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক থাকে, আপোনাৰ এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰু চিস্টেম প্ৰক্ৰিয়াসমূহ "
++"চলি থাকিব, কিন্তু সিহতক আকৌ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ আপুনি আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড দিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা স্বচালিতভাৱে লক হোৱাৰ আগৰ সময়ৰ দৈৰ্ঘ্য সংহতি কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>গোপনীয়তা</gui><gui>পৰ্দা লক</gui></guiseq> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>স্বচালিত পৰ্দা লক</gui> অন থকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক, আৰু ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাৰ "
++"পৰা সময়ৰ দৈৰ্ঘ্য বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক থাকে, আৰু আপুনি ইয়াক আনলক কৰিব খোজে, <key>Esc</key> "
++"টিপক, অথবা আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাৰ তলৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ মাউছৰ সৈতে ওপৰলৈ টানক। তাৰ পিছত "
++"আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড  সুমুৱাওক, আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক অথবা <gui>আনলক কৰক</"
++"gui> কৰক ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাত কি হৈছে তাৰ এটা ছবি লওক অথবা এটা ভিডিঅ' ৰেকৰ্ড কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটসমূহ আৰু স্ক্ৰিনকাস্টসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট</app> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>স্ক্ৰিশ্বট লওক</app> উইন্ডোত, সম্পূৰ্ণ পৰ্দা গ্ৰেব কৰিব, বৰ্তমান উইন্ডো "
++"গ্ৰেব কৰিব, নে পৰ্দাৰ এটা অংশ গ্ৰেব কৰিব বাছক। এটা বিলম্ব সংহতি কৰক যদি "
++"আপুনি এটা উইন্ডো নিৰ্বাচন কৰিব খোজে অথবা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটৰ বাবে এটা ডেস্কটপ "
++"সংস্থাপন কৰক। তাৰ পিছত আপুনি খোজা যিকোনো প্ৰভাৱ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি <gui>ধৰিবলৈ স্থান বাছক</gui>, পইন্টাৰ এটা ক্ৰচহেয়াৰলৈ সলনি হয়। "
++"স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটৰ বাবে স্থানক ক্লিক কৰি ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> উইন্ডোত, এটা ফাইল নাম সুমুৱাওক আৰু এটা "
++"ফোল্ডাৰ বাছক, তাৰ পিছত <gui>সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, স্ক্ৰিনশ্বটক প্ৰথমতে সংৰক্ষণ নকৰি এটা ছবি-সম্পাদন কৰা এপ্লিকেচনত "
++"প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে ইমপৰ্ট কৰক। <gui>ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক তাৰ পিছত "
++"ছবিক অন্য এপ্লিকেচনত পেইস্ট কৰক, অথবা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট থাম্বনেইলক এপ্লিকেচনত "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++"ডেস্কটপ, এটা উইন্ডো, অথবা এটা স্থানৰ যিকোনো সময়ত এই বিশ্বব্যাপী কিবৰ্ড "
++"চৰ্টকাটসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপৰ এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লবলৈ <key>Prt Scrn</key>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লবলৈ <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></"
++"keyseq>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি নিৰ্বাচন কৰা এটা স্থানৰ এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লবলৈ <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি এটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, ছবি স্বচালিতভাৱে আপোনাৰ ছবিসমূহ "
++"ফোল্ডাৰত সংৰক্ষণ হয়, \"Screenshot\" নামৰে আৰম্ভ হোৱা এটা ফাইল নামৰ সৈতে আৰু "
++"ই ছবি লোৱাৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময় অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++"স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট ছবিক সংৰক্ষণ কৰাৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰিবলৈ আপুনি ওপৰৰ "
++"চৰ্টকাটসমূহৰ যিকোনো এটাৰ সৈতে <key>Ctrl</key> কি ধৰি থব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "এটা স্ক্ৰিনকাস্ট বনাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাত কি হৈ আছে আপুনি তাৰ এটা ভিডিঅ' ৰেকৰ্ডিং বনাব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাত যি আছে ৰেকৰ্ড কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++"ৰেকৰ্ডিং চলি থাকোতে এটা ৰঙা বৃত্ত পৰ্দাৰ তলৰ সোঁ চুকত প্ৰদৰ্শিত হয়। এই "
++"চিহ্নক ভিডিঅ'ত দেখা পোৱা নাযায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ হব, ৰেকৰ্ডিং বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"এই ভিডিঅ' স্বচালিতভাৱে \"Screencast\" ৰ আৰম্ভ হোৱা এটা ফাইল নামৰ সৈতে আপোনাৰ "
++"ভিডিঅ'সমূহ ফোল্ডাৰত সংৰক্ষিত হয় আৰু ইয়াৰ লোৱাৰ তাৰিখ আৰু সময় অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত "
++"কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা সমৰ্থিত ফিঙ্গাৰপ্ৰিন্ট স্কেনাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমত লগ ইন "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "এটা ফিঙ্গাৰপ্ৰিন্টৰ সৈতে লগ ইন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ এটা সমৰ্থিত ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট স্কেনাৰ আছে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট ৰেকৰ্ড কৰিব পাৰিব আৰু ইয়াক লগ ইন কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"আপোনাৰ এই স্তৰসমূহ পৰিৱেশন কৰিবলৈ প্ৰশাসনীয় অধিকাৰ লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++"প্ৰথমতে, চিস্টেমে আপোনাক চিনাক্ত কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পৰা এটা ফিঙ্গাৰপ্ৰিন্ট "
++"ৰেকৰ্ড কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ আঙুলি খুবেই শুকান, আপোনাৰ ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰোতে অসুবিধা "
++"হব পাৰে। যদি এনেকুৱা হয়, আপোনাৰ আঙুলিক অলপ তিয়াই, ইয়াক এটা পৰিষ্কাৰ, লিন্ট-"
++"মুক্ত কাপোৰ দি পৰিষ্কাৰ কৰক, আৰু পুনৰ চেষ্টা কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক, তাৰ পিছত <gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ</gui> "
++"উইন্ডো খোলিবলৈ আপোনাৰ নামৰ কাষত থকা ছবিক ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ</gui> সঁজুলিৰ ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত <gui>আনলক কৰক</gui> "
++"বুটাম ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট আনলক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "প্ৰমপ্টত আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ফিঙ্গাৰপ্ৰিন্ট</gui> ৰ কাষত <gui>অসামৰ্থবান</gui> বিকল্প বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰিব খোজা ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্টৰ বাবে এটা বিকল্প বাছক। আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"সোঁ হাতৰ প্ৰথমা, আপোনাৰ বাঁও হাতৰ প্ৰথমা, অথবা এটা ভিন্ন আঙুলি বাছিব পাৰে। "
++"তাৰ পিছত <gui>আগবাঢ়ক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>আগবাঢ়ক</gui> বাছক। আপোনাৰ ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট সফলভাৱে সংৰক্ষণ হোৱাৰ এটা "
++"নিশ্চিতকৰণ বাৰ্তা চাব পাব। সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++"এতিয়া আপোনাৰ নতুন ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট লগিন কাম কৰিছে নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক। যদি আপুনি "
++"এটা ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট ৰেজিস্টাৰ কৰে, আপোনাৰ তথাপিও আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ সৈতে লগিন "
++"কৰাৰ বিকল্প থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"লগিন পৰ্দাত, তালিকাৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ নাম বাছক। পাছৱাৰ্ড প্ৰৱিষ্টি ফৰ্ম উপস্থিত "
++"হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++"৩০ ছেকেণ্ডৰ ভিতৰত, ওপৰত আৰু আপোনাৰ নামৰ সোঁফালে ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট বুটাম বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++"ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট বুটাম এটা হাতৰ ছবিৰ সৈতে লেবেল থাকে। যদি টাইমাৰৰ সময় শেষ হয়, "
++"বুটাম অদৃশ্য হব আৰু আপুনি কেৱল এটা পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ সৈতে লগিন কৰিব পাৰিব। যদি আপুনি "
++"পুনৰ চেষ্টা কৰিব খোজে, <gui>বাতিল কৰক</gui> বুটাম বাছক আৰু পূৰ্বৱৰ্তী স্তৰত "
++"উভতি যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা <em>ধিৰ</em> গতিত আপোনাৰ ফিংগাৰপ্ৰিন্ট স্কেনাৰৰ ওপৰত আপোনাৰ ফিংগাৰ মচক। "
++"আপুনি লগিন হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আগতে এটা লগিন কি'ৰিং সৃষ্টি কৰিছে, ই আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড দ্বাৰা "
++"সুৰক্ষিত হয়। ইয়াক আনলক কৰিবলে, আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr "তাৰিখ আৰু সময়, সংখ্যাবোৰ, টকা, আৰু মাপৰ বাবে এটা অঞ্চল বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "তাৰিখ আৰু মাপৰ বিন্যাসসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ অঞ্চলৰ স্থানীয় স্বনিৰ্বাচনসমূহ মিল খোৱাবলৈ আপুনি তাৰিখ, সময়, সংখ্যা, "
++"টকা, আৰু মেপৰ বাবে ব্যৱহৃত বিন্যাসসমূহ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>অঞ্চল &amp; ভাষা</gui> আৰু <gui>বিন্যাসসমূহ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>এই পৰিবৰ্তনসমূহ প্ৰভাৱশালী হবলৈ আপোনাৰ অধিবেশন পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিব লাগিব</"
++"gui> প্ৰমপ্টলৈ প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া কৰক, <gui style=\"button\">এতিয়া পুনাৰম্ভ কৰক</"
++"gui> ক্লিক কৰি, অথবা পিছত পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী আন্তঃপৃষ্ঠ আৰু সহায় লিখনীৰ বাবে এটা ভিন্ন ভাষালৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা ভাষা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ আৰু এপ্লিকেচনক কেইবাটাও ভাষাত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, "
++"কিন্তু ইয়াৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত সঠিক ভাষা পেকসমূহ ইনস্টল থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr "<gui>অঞ্চল &amp; ভাষা</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>ভাষা</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "চিস্টেমৰ ভাষা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি আপোনাৰ ভাষা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰে, আপুনি ইয়াক আপোনাৰ লগিনৰ পিছত আপোনাৰ "
++"একাওন্টৰ বাবে পৰিবৰ্তন কৰে। আপুনি <em>চিস্টেম ভাষা</em> ও পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব, লগিন পৰ্দাৰ নিচিনা ঠাইত ব্যৱহৃত ভাষা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> বুটাম বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাসমূহ</link> প্ৰয়োজনীয়। "
++"আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক, অথবা অনুৰোধ কৰা প্ৰশাসনীয় একাওন্টৰ বাবে পাছৱাৰ্ড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Privacy</gui> সংহতিসমূহত পৰ্দা লক কৰাৰ আগত কিমান দেৰি অপেক্ষা কৰা হব "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "পৰ্দায় নিজকে অতি সোনকালে লক কৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr "পৰ্দা স্বচালিতভাৱে লক হোৱাৰ আগত অলপ সময় বেছি অপেক্ষা কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>গোপনীয়তা</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>পৰ্দা লক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <gui>স্বচালিত পৰ্দা লক</gui> অন থাকে, আপুনি <gui>চিহ্নিত সময় ৰিক্ত থকাৰ "
++"পিছত পৰ্দা লক কৰিব</gui> ড্ৰপ-ডাউন তালিকাত মান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি পৰ্দাক কেতিয়াও নিজস্বভাৱে লক হোৱা নিবিচাৰে, <gui>স্বচালিত পৰ্দা "
++"লক</gui> বন্ধ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">ব্লুটুথ অংশীদাৰী</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">পৰ্দা অংশীদাৰী</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "অংশীদাৰী সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ত <em>অংশীদাৰী সংহতিসমূহ</em> এ আপোনাক স্থানীয় নেটৱাৰ্ক, অথবা অন্য "
++"প্ৰযুক্তি যেনে <em>ব্লুটুথ</em> দ্বাৰা অংশীদাৰী কৰা বস্তুবোৰ নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰাত "
++"সহায় কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">ডেস্কটপ অংশীদাৰী</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">ইমেইল দ্বাৰা ফাইলসমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "অংশীদাৰী"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr "কোনবোৰ ফোল্ডাৰ আৰু ডিভাইচ ব্লুটুথৰে অংশীদাৰী কৰিবলৈ অক্ষম বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথৰে অংশীদাৰী কৰা নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্লুটুথ ফাইল অংশীদাৰীৰ বাবে আপুনি আপোনাৰ <file>ৰাজহুৱা</file> আৰু "
++"<file>ডাউনল'ডসমূহ</file> ফোল্ডাৰসমূহলৈ অভিগমৰ অনুমতি দিব পাৰে, আৰু লগতে সেই "
++"অভিগমক কেৱল <em>ভৰষাবান ডিভাইচসমূহ</em> লৈ সীমিত ৰাখিব পাৰে। আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰত অংশীদাৰী ফোল্ডাৰসমূহলৈ অভিগম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিবলৈ <gui>ব্লুটুথ "
++"অংশীদাৰী</gui> সংৰূপণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইচ <em>ভৰষাবান</em> যদি আপুনি ইয়াৰ সৈতে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ "
++"<em>যোৰ</em> অথবা সংযুক্ত কৰিছে। <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথৰে আপোনাৰ <file>ৰাজহুৱা</file> ফোল্ডাৰ অংশীদাৰী কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>অংশীদাৰী</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "যদি <gui>অংশীদাৰী</gui> <gui>অফ</gui> থাকে, ইয়াক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ব্লুটুথ অংশীদাৰী</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ৰাজহুৱা ফোল্ডাৰ অংশীদাৰী কৰক</gui> ক <gui>ON</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি কেৱল ভৰষাবান ডিভাইচসমূহক আপোনাৰ <file>ৰাজহুৱা</file> ফোল্ডাৰত "
++"অভিগম অনুমতি দিব খোজে, <gui>কেৱল ভৰষাবান ডিভাইচসমূহৰ সৈতে অংশীদাৰী কৰক</gui> "
++"ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প অবিকল্পিতভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান কৰা থাকে। আপুনি ইয়াক সামৰ্থবান কৰিব লাগে "
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ অংশীদাৰী কৰা ফাইলসমূহলৈ অন্য ব্যক্তি দ্বাৰা এটা ব্লুটুথ-"
++"সামৰ্থবান চেল ফোন অথবা সদৃশ ডিভাইচৰ সৈতে অভিগম প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰিব বিচাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">বন্ধ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। ব্লুটুথ-সামৰ্থবান "
++"ডিবাইচসমূহে এতিয়া আপোনাৰ <file>ৰাজহুৱা</file> ফোল্ডাৰত ফাইলসমূহ অভিগম কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"ফাইলসমূহক আপোনাৰ <file>ডাউনল'ডসমূহ</file> ফোল্ডাৰত অংশীদাৰী কৰাৰ অনুমতি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>গ্ৰহণ কৰা ফাইলসমূহ ডাউনল'ডসমূহ ফোল্ডাৰত সংৰক্ষণ কৰক</gui> ক <gui>ON</"
++"gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি যদি কেৱল ভৰষাবান ডিভাইচক আপোনাৰ <file>ডাউনল'ডসমূহ</file> ফোল্ডাৰ "
++"অভিগমৰ অনুমতি দিব বিচাৰে, <gui>কেৱল ভৰষাবান ডিভাইচসমূহৰ পৰা গ্ৰহণ কৰক</gui> "
++"ক <gui>ON</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">বন্ধ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। ব্লুটুথ-সামৰ্থবান "
++"ডিভাইচসমূহে এতিয়া আপোনাৰ <file>ডাউনল'ডসমূহ</file> ফোল্ডাৰলৈ ফাইলসমূহ পঠাব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য মানুহক VNC ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপক দৰ্শন আৰু ভাৱবিনিময় কৰাৰ অনুমতি "
++"দিয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ অংশীদাৰী কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি অন্য মানুহক এটা ডেস্কটপ দৰ্শন কৰা এপ্লিকেচনৰ সৈতে অন্য কমপিউটাৰৰ পৰা "
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ দৰ্শন আৰু নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰাব পাৰে। অন্য আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ অভিগম কৰাৰ "
++"অনুমতি আৰু সুৰক্ষা পছন্দসমূহ সংহতি কৰিবলৈ <gui>পৰ্দা অংশীদাৰী</gui> সংৰূপণ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>পৰ্দা অংশীদাৰী</gui> দৃশ্যমান হবলৈ আপোনাৰ <app>Vino</app> পেকেইজ ইনস্টল "
++"থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino ইনস্টল কৰক</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>পৰ্দাৰ অংশীদাৰী</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ অন্য মানুহে দৰ্শন কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিবলে, <gui>দূৰৱৰ্তী দৰ্শন</"
++"gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক। ইয়াৰ অৰ্থ এয়া যে অন্য মানুহে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে "
++"সংযোগ কৰাৰ চেষ্টা কৰিব পাৰিব আৰু আপোনাৰ পৰ্দাৰ সমল দৰ্শন কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য মানুহক আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপৰ সৈতে ভাৱ  বিনিময় কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিবলে, "
++"<gui>দূৰৱৰ্তী নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ</gui> অন কৰক। ই অন্য মানুহক আপোনাৰ মাউছ লৰোৱাৰ, "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ চলোৱাৰ, আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ফাইলসমূহ ব্ৰাউছ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিব, "
++"আপুনি বৰ্তমানে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা সুৰক্ষা সংহতিসমূহৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সামৰ্থবান কৰা থাকে যেতিয়া <gui>দূৰৱৰ্তী দৰ্শন</gui> "
++"<gui>ON</gui> থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি কোনো সুৰক্ষা বিকল্প পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ আগত তাৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ অৰ্থ জনাটো "
++"গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "সকলো সংযোগৰ অনুমতি দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ অানে অভিগম কৰিব পাৰিব নে সেয়া নিৰ্বাচন কৰিব খোজে, "
++"<gui>সকলো সংযোগৰ অনুমতি দিয়ক</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক। যদি আপুনি এই বিকল্পক "
++"অসামৰ্থবান কৰে, আপোনাক কাৰোবাক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰলৈ সংযোগৰ অনুমতি দিব বিচাৰে নে "
++"সেয়া সোধা নহব। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "এই বিকল্প অবিকল্পিতভাৱে সামৰ্থবান।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ প্ৰয়োজন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপৰ সৈতে সংযোগ কৰোতে অন্য মানুহৰ এটা পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ প্ৰয়োজন কৰাবলৈ, "
++"<gui>পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ প্ৰয়োজন</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক। যদি আপুনি এই বিকল্প "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰে, যিকোনো মানুহে আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ চোৱাৰ চেষ্টা কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++"এই বিকল্প অবিকল্পিতভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান, কিন্তু আপুনি ইয়াক সামৰ্থবান কৰি এটা "
++"সুৰক্ষিত পাছৱাৰ্ড সংহতি কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Rygel ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ স্থানীয় নেটৱাৰ্কত মিডিয়া অংশীদাৰী কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ সংগিত, ফ'টোসমূহ আৰু ভিডিঅ'সমূহ অংশীদাৰী কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা <sys>UPnP</sys> অথবা <sys>DLNA</sys> সামৰ্থবান ডিভাইচ যেনে এটা "
++"ফোন, TV অথবা গেইম কনচৌল ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত মিডিয়া ব্ৰাউছ, সন্ধান "
++"আৰু বজাব পাৰিব। এই ডিভাইচসমূহক আপোনাৰ সংগিত, ফ'টো, আৰু ভিডিঅ'সমূহ "
++"অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰা ফোল্ডাৰসমূহ অভিগম কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিবলৈ <gui>মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী</"
++"gui> ৰ অনুমতি দিয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী</gui> দৃশ্যমান হবলৈ আপোনাৰ <app>Rygel</app> পেকেইজ "
++"ইনস্টল থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel ইনস্টল কৰক</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>এই নেটৱাৰ্কত মাধ্যম অংশীদাৰী কৰক</gui> ক <gui>ON</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>এটা ফোল্ডাৰ বাছক</gui> উইন্ডো খোলিবলৈ <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক। পছন্দৰ ফোল্ডাৰ <em>ত</em> যাওক, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ আপোনাৰ <file>ঘৰ</"
++"file> ডাইৰেকটৰিত <file>সংগিত</file>, আৰু <gui style=\"button\">খোলক</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰক। আপুনি অংশীদাৰী কৰিব খোজা অন্য ফোল্ডাৰসমূহৰ বাবে পুনৰাবৃত্তি কৰক, "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ <file>ছবিসমূহ</file> আৰু <file>ভিডিঅ'সমূহ</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">বন্ধ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। আপুনি এতিয়া বহিৰ্তম ডিভাইচ "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি আপুনি নিৰ্বাচন কৰা ফোল্ডাৰসমূহত মিডিয়া ব্ৰাউছ অথবা প্লে কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr "ডেশ্বত বাৰংবাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা প্ৰগ্ৰাম আইকনসমূহ যোগ কৰক (অথবা আতৰাওক)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ এপসমূহক ডেশলৈ পিন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++"সহজ অভিগমৰ বাবে <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ডেশ্ব</link> লৈ এটা "
++"এপ্লিকেচন যোগ কৰিবলৈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাঁওফালে <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> ত ক্লিক কৰি <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"> কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</link> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাওঁফালে <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</"
++"gui> মেনু</link> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু মেনুৰ পৰা <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"ডেশ্বত গ্ৰিড বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপুনি যোগ কৰিব বিচৰা এপ্লিকেচন সন্ধান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচন আইকন ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>পছন্দলৈ যোগ কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr "বিকল্পভাৱে, আপুনি আইকনক ডেশলৈ ক্লিক-আৰু-ড্ৰেগ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ডেশৰ পৰা এটা এপ্লিকেচনক আতৰাবলৈ, এপ্লিকেচন আইকনত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>পছন্দৰ পৰা আতৰাওক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"পছন্দৰ এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</"
++"gui> মেনু</link> ৰ <gui>পছন্দসমূহ</gui> অংশত উপস্থিত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা এপসমূহ আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "শোভা ত্যাগী"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> দেখুৱাবলৈ পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাওঁফালে "
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> চুকত আপোনাৰ মাউছ পইন্টাৰ লৈ যাওক। ইয়াত আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"সকলো এপ্লিকেচন পাব। আপুনি অভাৰভিউক <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> টিপিও খোলিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাওঁফালত <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> মেনু</link> ৰ পৰা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰম্ভ "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব, অথবা আপুনি <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> টিপি "
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> ও ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> ত থাকিলে এটা এপ্লিকেচন বিভিন্ন ধৰণত "
++"খোলিব পাৰিব:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ নাম টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক - সন্ধান তৎক্ষনাত আৰম্ভ হয়। (যদি "
++"এনেকুৱা নহয়, পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰত সন্ধান বাৰত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰক।) "
++"আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ এপ্লিকেচনৰ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান এপ্লিকেচনৰ <em>ডেশ</em> ত আইকনসমূহ থাকে, <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</"
++"gui> ৰ বাওঁফালে আইকনসমূহৰ উলম্ব স্ট্ৰিপ। প্ৰাসংগিক এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ "
++"ইয়াৰে এটাত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কিছুমান বাৰংবাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা এপ্লিকেচন আছে, আপুনি নিজেই <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">সিহতক ডেশ্বলৈ যোগ</link> কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা এপ্লিকেচনক তাৰ আইকনক ডেশৰ পৰা (অথবা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা) "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰি, আৰু পৰ্দাৰ সোঁফালে এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ড্ৰপ কৰি এটা পৃথক <link xref="
++"\"shell-workspaces\"> কাৰ্য্যস্থান</link> ত খোলিব পাৰিব। এপ্লিকেচন নিৰ্বাচিত "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানত খোল খাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা এপ্লিকেচনক এটা ডেশত অথবা এপ্লিকেচন তালিকাত মাজৰ-ক্লিক কৰি এটা "
++"<em>নতুন</em> কাৰ্য্যস্থানত খোলিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr "দ্ৰুতভাৱে এটা কমান্ড চলোৱা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা এপ্লিকেচন আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ আন এটা ধৰণ হল <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></"
++"keyseq> টিপি, তাৰ <em>কমান্ড নাম</em> সুমুৱাই, আৰু পিছত <key>Enter</key> কি' "
++"টিপি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, <app>Rhythmbox</app> আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ, <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> টিপক আৰু 'rhythmbox' টাইপ কৰক (কৌট নহোৱাকৈ)। এপৰ "
++"নামেই হল প্ৰগ্ৰাম আৰম্ভ কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত কমান্ড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট কেনেকৈ প্ৰস্থান কৰিব শিকক, লগ আউট কৰি, "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি, আৰু ইত্যাদি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "আলেজান্ড্ৰে ফ্ৰাঙ্কে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr "লগ আউট কৰক, বন্ধ কৰক, ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা সম্পূৰ্ণ হয়, আপুনি ইয়াক বন্ধ কৰিব পাৰে, "
++"ইয়াক স্থগিত কৰিব পাৰে (শক্তি সংৰক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ), অথবা ইয়াক অন ৰাখি লগ আউট কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr "লগ আউট কৰক অথবা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীক আপোনা কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিবলে, আপুনি লগ আউট "
++"কৰিব পাৰে, অথবা নিজকে লগ্গড্ ইন থৈ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী সলনি কৰিব পাৰে। যদি আপুনি "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী সলনি কৰে, আপোনাৰ সকলো এপ্লিকেচন চলি থাকিব, আৰু আপুনি পুনৰ লগ "
++"কৰোতে আপোনাৰ সকলো কাৰ্য্য আপুনি যেনেকৈ এৰিছিল তেনেকৈ থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>লগ আউট কৰক</gui> অথবা <gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</gui>, ওপৰ বাৰত "
++"আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু সঠিক কাৰ্য্য বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>লগ আউট কৰক</gui> আৰু <gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</gui> প্ৰৱিষ্টিসমূহ "
++"মেনুত তেতিয়াহে উপস্থিত হয় যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমত এটাৰ অধিক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী "
++"একাওন্ট থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</gui> প্ৰৱিষ্টি মেনুত কেৱল তেতিয়াহে আহে যেতিয়া "
++"আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমত এটাতকৈ অধিক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দা লক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>লক কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপোনাৰ পৰ্দা লক কৰা থাকে, অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলে পাছৱাৰ্ড পৰ্দাত "
++"<gui>অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী ৰূপে লগ ইন কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰি তেওঁলোকৰ একাওন্টত লগিন "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব। সিহতৰ সম্পূৰ্ণ হলে আপুনি আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপত ঘুৰি যাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "স্থগিত কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক হস্তচালিতভাৱে স্থগিত কৰিবলৈ, ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক "
++"আৰু <key>Alt</key> কি ধৰি থওক। <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> বিকল্প <gui>স্থগিত কৰক</"
++"gui> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন হব। <gui>স্থগিত কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "বন্ধ কৰক অথবা পুনাৰম্ভ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰক সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে বন্ধ কৰিব খোজে, অথবা এটা সম্পূৰ্ণ "
++"পুনাৰম্ভ কৰিব খোজে, ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নামত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>বন্ধ কৰক</gui> "
++"বাছক। এটা ডাইলগ উপস্থিত হব য'ত আপোনাক <gui>পুনাৰম্ভ কৰক</gui> অথবা <gui>বন্ধ "
++"কৰক</gui> কৰাৰ বিকল্প প্ৰদান কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি অন্য ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী লগ্গড্ ইন থাকে, আপোনাক কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ কৰাৰ অথবা পুনাৰম্ভ "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি নাথাকিব, কিয়নো ইয়াৰ বাবে তেওঁলোকৰ অধিবেশন শেষ হৈ যাব। যদি আপুনি "
++"এজন প্ৰশাসনীয় ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী, আপোনাক বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ এটা পাছৱাৰ্ড খোজা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ কৰিব খোজিব পাৰে যদি আপুনি ইয়াক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব "
++"খোজে আৰু আপোনাৰ ওচৰত এটা বেটাৰি নাই, যদি আপোনাৰ বেটাৰি কম আছে অথবা ভালকৈ "
++"চাৰ্জ নহয়। এটা বন্ধ কমপিউটাৰে স্থগিত কমপিউটাৰতকৈ <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">কম শক্তি</link> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপ, ওপৰ বাৰ, আৰু কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউলৈ এটা দৃশ্যমান পৰিচয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "GNOME লৈ পৰিচয়"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME শ্বেল ওপৰ বাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহৰ অভাৰভিউ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ বুটাম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr "ডেশ্ব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++"আইকনত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰিলে এটা মেনু প্ৰদৰ্শন হয় যি এটা চলি থকা এপ্লিকেচনত যিকোনো "
++"উইন্ডো পিক কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে, অথবা এটা নতুন উইন্ডো খোলাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে। আপুনি "
++"এটা নতুন উইন্ডো খোলিবলৈ <key>Ctrl</key> ধৰি থৈ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰম্ভ কৰাৰ বিষয়ে অধিক জানক। </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">উইন্ডোসমূহ আৰু কৰ্মস্থানসমূহৰ বিষয়ে অধিক জানক। "
++"</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr "ঘড়ী, কেলেন্ডাৰ &amp; সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">কেলেন্ডাৰ আৰু সাক্ষাৎকাৰসমূহৰ বিষয়ে অধিক "
++"জানক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr "আপুনি আৰু আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী মেনু"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ আলেখ্য আৰু আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰিবলৈ ওপৰ-সোঁ চুকত আপোনাৰ "
++"নামত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি মেনুৰ পৰা আপোনাৰ উপলব্ধতা প্ৰত্যক্ষভাৱে সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব। ই তৎক্ষনাত "
++"বাৰ্তা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ যেনে <app>Empathy</app> ত আপোনাৰ পৰিচয়সমূহৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ "
++"অৱস্থা সংহতি কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++"মেনুয়ে আপোনাক আপোনাৰ ব্যক্তিগত তথ্য সম্পাদন কৰাৰ আৰু চিস্টেম সংহতিসমূহ "
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা, লগ আউট কৰা, আৰু আপোনাৰ "
++"কমপিউটাৰ বন্ধ কৰাৰ বিষয়ে অধিক জানক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দা লক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">পৰ্দা লকৰ বিষয়ে অধিক জানক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">অধিসূচনা আৰু বাৰ্তা ট্ৰেৰ বিষয়ে অধিক "
++"জানক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো তালিকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">উইন্ডোসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ বিষয়ে অধিক "
++"জানক। </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি এটা এপ্লিকেচন অথবা চিস্টেম উপাদানৰ আপোনাৰ মনোযোগ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰাৰ ইচ্ছা হয়, "
++"ই উইন্ডো তালিকাৰ সোঁ-হাতত এটা নীলা আইকন প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিব। নীলা আইকন ক্লিক কৰিলে "
++"বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে দেখি পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ডেস্কটপ ভ্ৰমণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "উপযোগী কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ ভ্ৰমণ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> অথবা <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> কি"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউ আৰু ডেস্কটপৰ মাজত চুইচ কৰক। অভাৰভিউত, আপোনাৰ "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ, পৰিচয়সমূহ, আৰু দস্তাবেজসমূহ তৎক্ষনাত সন্ধান কৰিবলৈ টাইপ কৰা "
++"আৰম্ভ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr "পপ আপ কমান্ড উইন্ডো (কমান্ডসমূহ দ্ৰুত চলাবলৈ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">উইন্ডোসমূহৰ মাজত দ্ৰুতভাৱে চুইচ কৰক</"
++"link>। উলোটা ক্ৰমৰ বাবে <key>Shift</key> ধৰি থওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"একেটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ পৰা উইন্ডোসমূহ চুইচ কৰক, অথবা <keyseq><key>Super</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> ৰ পিছত নিৰ্বাচিত এপ্লিকেচনৰ পৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডো অভাৰভিউ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলে এৰ কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাটো বৰ্তমানে সম্ভব নহয়। "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ চুইচ কৰিবলে, অভাৰভিউ প্ৰস্থান কৰক আৰু <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> আৰু<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচসমূহৰ তালিকা দেখুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> আৰু <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">কৰ্মস্থান পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> আৰু "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">এটা ভিন্ন কৰ্মস্থানলৈ বৰ্তমান "
++"উইন্ডোক নিয়ক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">লগ আউট কৰক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">পৰ্দা লক কৰক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে</link> খোলক। "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> আকৌ টিপক অথবাবন্ধ কৰিবলৈ "
++"<key>Esc</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr "সাধাৰণ সম্পাদন চৰ্টকাটসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "এটা তালিকাত সকলো লিখনী অথবা বস্তু বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰ্বাচিত লিখনী অথবা বস্তু কাট কৰক (আতৰাওক) আৰু ইয়াক ক্লিপবৰ্ডত স্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr "নিৰ্বাচিত লিখনী অথবা বস্তুবোৰ ক্লিপবৰ্ডলৈ কপি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "ক্লিপবৰ্ডৰ সমলসমূহ পেইস্ট কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "সৰ্বশেষ কাৰ্য্য বাতিল কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ পৰা লোৱা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">এটা স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">এটা উইন্ডোৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট লওক।</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">পৰ্দাৰ এটা স্থানৰ স্ক্ৰিনশ্বট "
++"লওক।</link> পইন্টাৰ এটা কৰ্চহেয়াৰলৈ পৰিবৰ্তন হয়। এটা স্থান বাছিবলৈ ক্লিক আৰু "
++"ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">স্ক্ৰিনকাস্ট ৰেকৰ্ডিং আৰম্ভ আৰু "
++"শেষ কৰক।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr "সজোৱা আৰু কাৰ্য্যকৰী লক পৰ্দায় উপযোগী তথ্য প্ৰদান কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "লক পৰ্দা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr "লগ্গড্-ইন ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ নাম"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "তাৰিখ আৰু সময়, আৰু কিছুমান অধিসূচনা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "বেটাৰি আৰু নেটৱাৰ্ক অৱস্থা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++"মিডিয়া প্লেবেক নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰাৰ ক্ষমতা - এটা পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমাব লগিয়া নহোৱাকৈ "
++"ভলিউম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক, এটা ট্ৰেক বাদ দিয়ক অথবা আপোনাৰ সংগিত বিৰাম দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++"বাৰ্তাসমূহ পৰ্দাৰ তলত পপ-আপ হয় যি আপোনাক কেতিয়া কিছুমান ঘটনা হয় তাৰ বিষয়ে "
++"কয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "মাৰিনা ঝুৰাখিনস্কায়া"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr "অধিসূচনাসমূহ আৰু বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr "এটা অধিসূচনা কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি এটা এপ্লিকেচন অথবা চিস্টেম উপাদানৰ আপোনাৰ মনোযোগ প্ৰয়োজন হয়, পৰ্দাৰ তলত "
++"এটা অধিসূচনা দেখুৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++"বিভ্ৰান্তি কম কৰিবলে, কিছুমান অধিসূচনা এটা শাৰী ৰূপত উপস্থিত হয়। আপোনাৰ মাউছ "
++"সিহতৰ ওপৰ লৰালে সম্পূৰ্ণ সমল দেখি পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য অধিসূচনাসমূহৰ নিৰ্বাচনযোগ্য বিকল্প বুটামসমূহ আছে। ইয়াৰ বিকল্পসমূহৰ এটা "
++"নিৰ্বাচন কৰিব লগিয়া নহোৱাকৈ এই অধিসূচনাসমূহৰ এটা বন্ধ কৰিবলৈ, বন্ধ কৰক বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান অধিসূচনা বন্ধ কৰক বুটাম ক্লিক কৰিলে সিহতক ডিচমিচ কৰে। অন্য যেনে "
++"Rhythmbox অথবা আপোনাৰ চেট এপ্লিকেচন, বাৰ্তা ট্ৰেত গুপ্ত থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr "বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> আকৌ টিপি অথবা <key>Esc</"
++"key> টিপি বাৰ্তা ট্ৰে বন্ধ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">পৰ্দা কিবৰ্ড</link> খোলা থাকে, আপোনাক বাৰ্তা "
++"ট্ৰে দেখুৱাবলৈ <gui>ট্ৰে বুটাম</gui> ক্লিক কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr "অধিসূচনাসমূহ লুকুৱা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">পাতনি</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
++"shortcuts\">কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">কেলেন্ডাৰ</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">অধিসূচনাসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ, এপসমূহ &amp; উইন্ডোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ আৰু উইন্ডোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr "ডেস্কটপৰ বিভিন্ন অংশৰ বিৱৰণ দিবলৈ ব্যৱহৃত সংজ্ঞাবোৰৰ এটা অভাৰভিউ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ, ডেশ্ব, ওপৰ বাৰ… এইবোৰ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</em> হল আপুনি পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাঁওফালে <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> "
++"ক্লিক কৰোতে দেখি পোৱা পৰ্দা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</em> হল আপুনি পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাঁওফালে "
++"<gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> মেনুত <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> নিৰ্বাচন কৰোতে "
++"দেখি পোৱা পৰ্দা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ মেনু"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr "চুপাৰ-টেব উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"যেতিয়া আপুনি <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> কি ধৰি থৈ "
++"<key>Tab</key> টিপে, এটা <em>উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ</em> উপস্থিত হয়। ই আপুনি বৰ্তমানে "
++"খোলা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ আইকনসমূহ দেখুৱায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ডেশ্ব"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ডেশ</em> হল কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউৰ বাওঁ-হাত কাষত দেখি পোৱা আপোনাৰ পছন্দৰ "
++"এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ এটা তালিকা। বৰ্তমানে চলি থকা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ ইয়াত দেখুৱা হয়। "
++"ডেশক কেতিয়াবা <em>ডক</em> বুলি কোৱা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr "হট কৰ্ণাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>হট চুক</em> হল পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাওঁফালে থকা চুক। যেতিয়া আপুনি পইন্টাৰক এই "
++"চুকলৈ লৈ যায়, কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ খোল খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "অধিসূচনাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "স্থান মেনু"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <gui>ওপৰ বাৰ</gui> ত <gui>স্থানবোৰ</gui> ক্লিক কৰোতে <em>স্থান মেনু</"
++"em> খোল খায়। ই আপোনাক গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ ফোল্ডাৰসমূহলৈ দ্ৰুত অভিগম প্ৰদান কৰে, "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ <gui>ডাউনল'ডসমূহ</gui> অথবা <gui>ছবিবোৰ</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "সংহতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ওপৰ বাৰ</em> পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰত থাকে। <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> লিঙ্ক ওপৰ বাৰৰ এটা "
++"কাষত থাকে আৰু আপোনাৰ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম অন্য কাষত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ওপৰ বাৰ</em> পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰত থাকে। <gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> মেনু ওপৰ বাৰৰ "
++"এটা কাষত থাকে আৰু আপোনাৰ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীনাম অন্য কাষত থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থান"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি উইন্ডোসমূহক বিভিন্ন <em>কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ</em> ৰাখিব পাৰিব। সিহত "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ দলবদ্ধ আৰু বিভাজন কৰাৰ এটা সহজ পদ্ধতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</em> হল কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউৰ <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"দৰ্শনৰ সোঁ কাষত দেখুৱা কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহৰ তালিকা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>উইন্ডোৰ তালিকা</em> হল পৰ্দাৰ একদম তলত থকা বাৰ, যি আপোনাৰ সকলো খোলা "
++"উইন্ডোৰ বাবে বুটামসমূহ দেখুৱায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ অথবা অন্য কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "এটা হেৰুৱা উইন্ডো সন্ধান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ভিন্ন কাৰ্য্যস্থানত, অথবা অন্য উইন্ডোৰ পিছফালে লুকুৱা এটা উইন্ডো,  <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\"> কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</link> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সহজতে পাব "
++"পাৰি:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</em> খোলক। যদি সন্ধানহিন উইন্ডো বৰ্তমান <link xref="
++"\"shell-windows# working-with-workspaces\"> কাৰ্য্যস্থান</link> ত থাকে, ইয়াক "
++"এটা থাম্বনেইল ৰূপে দেখুৱা হব। উইন্ডোক পুনৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰাবলৈ ক্লিক কৰক, অথবা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ উইন্ডো সন্ধান কৰিবলে পৰ্দাৰ সোঁ ফালে <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</link> ত বিভিন্ন কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ ক্লিক "
++"কৰক, অথবা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"ডেশত এপ্লিকেচনত ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক আৰু ইয়াৰ খোলা উইন্ডোসমূহ তালিকাভুক্ত হব। "
++"ইয়ালৈ চুইচ কৰিবলৈ তালিকাত উইন্ডোত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ</link> প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলে "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> "
++"টিপক। <key>Super</key> কি' ধৰি থওক আৰু বৰ্তমান উইন্ডোসমূহ ভ্ৰমণ কৰিবলৈ "
++"<key>Tab</key> টিপক, অথবা পিছলৈ ভ্ৰমণ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি এটা এপ্লিকেচনৰ একাধিক খোলা উইন্ডো থাকে, <key>Super</key> ধৰি <key>`</"
++"key> (<key>Tab</key> ৰ ওপৰৰ কি') টিপক, সিহতলে যাবলৈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডো ডাঙৰ কৰিবলৈ অথবা পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলৈ দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক অথবা ড্ৰেগ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr "এটা উইন্ডো ডাঙৰ অথবা সৰু কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা উইন্ডোক শীৰ্ষকবাৰত সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰ বুটাম ক্লিক কৰিও সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ "
++"নিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোক তাৰ প্ৰকৃত আকাৰলৈ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলৈ, তাক পৰ্দাৰ প্ৰান্তৰ পৰা "
++"টানি আনক। যদি উইন্ডো সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰত থাকে, আপুনি ইয়াক পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ "
++"কৰিবলৈ শীৰ্ষকবাৰত দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব। আপুনি উইন্ডোক সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ "
++"নিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা একে কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাটসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++"ইয়াক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <key>Alt</key> কি' ধৰি থৈ এটা উইন্ডোৰ যিকোন ঠাইত "
++"টানক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr "অধিক ভালদৰে কাৰ্য্য কৰিবলৈ উইন্ডোসমূহক এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত সজাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক আৰু পুনৰআকাৰ দিয়ক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি অধিক দক্ষতাৰে কাম কৰিবলে উইন্ডোসমূহক স্থানান্তৰ আৰু পুনৰ আকাৰ দিব "
++"পাৰিব। আপুনি আশা কৰিব পৰা টনা ব্যৱহাৰৰ অতিৰিক্তে, GNOME এ আপুনি উইন্ডোসমূহ "
++"দ্ৰুত সংঘটিত কৰাত সহায় কৰিবলে চৰ্টকাট আৰু পৰিবৰ্তকসমূহ প্ৰদান কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"শীৰ্ষকবাৰ ড্ৰেগ কৰি এটা উইন্ডো স্থানান্তৰ কৰক, অথবা <key>Alt</key> ধৰি থৈ "
++"উইন্ডোত যত ইচ্ছা টানক। স্থানান্তৰ কৰোতে <key>Shift</key> ধৰি থব যাতে উইন্ডো "
++"পৰ্দা আৰু অন্য উইন্ডোসমূহৰ প্ৰান্তৰ সৈতে লাগ খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোৰ প্ৰান্ত অথবা চুক টানি এটা উইন্ডোক পুনৰ আকাৰ দিয়ক। পুনৰ আকাৰ "
++"দিওতে <key>Shift</key> ধৰি থওক যাতে উইন্ডো পৰ্দা আৰু অন্য উইন্ডোসমূহৰ "
++"প্ৰান্তৰ সৈতে খাপ খায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"শীৰ্ষকবাৰত ডাঙৰ কৰক বুটাম ক্লিক কৰি আপুনি এটা ডাঙৰ অৱস্থাত থকা উইন্ডোক পুনৰ "
++"আকাৰ দিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"কেৱল কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি এটা উইন্ডোক স্থানান্তৰ কৰক অথবা পুনৰ আকাৰ দিয়ক। "
++"উইন্ডোক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> টিপক "
++"অথবা পুনৰ আকাৰ দিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> টিপক। পুনৰ "
++"আকাৰ দিবলৈ এৰ কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক, তাৰ পিছত সম্পূৰ্ণ কৰিবলৈ <key>Enter</key> "
++"টিপক, অথবা প্ৰকৃত অৱস্থান আৰু আকাৰলৈ উভতি যাবলৈ <key>Esc</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰলৈ টানি আনি <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">এটা উইন্ডোক "
++"সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিয়ক</link>। এটা উইন্ডোক এটা কাষত সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিবলৈ, "
++"উইন্ডোক পৰ্দাৰ এটা কাষত টানক, আপোনাক <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">উইন্ডোসমূহ কাষে কাষে</link> থোৱাৰ অনুমতি দি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহৰ মাজত চুইচ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>উইন্ডো</gui> ত সকলো এপ্লিকেচন অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিলে কাৰ্য্যসমূহৰ মাজত চুইচ "
++"কৰাটো এটা স্তৰ-প্ৰক্ৰিয়া হৈ যায় আৰু চলি থকা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ এটা সম্পূৰ্ণ ছবি "
++"প্ৰদান কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ পৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ</gui> আনিবলৈ <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> "
++"Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++"চুইচাৰত পৰৱৰ্তী (উজ্জ্বল) উইন্ডো বাছিবলৈ <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> এৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"নহলে, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> কি ধৰি থৈ, খোলা "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ ভ্ৰমণ কৰিবলৈ <key>Tab</key> টিপক, অথবা পিছফালে ভ্ৰমণ কৰিবলৈ "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সকলো খোলা উইন্ডো অভিগম কৰিবলৈ আৰু সিহতৰ মাজত অদল বদল কৰিবলৈ আপুনি তলৰ "
++"বাৰত থকা উইন্ডো তালিকা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডো চুইচাৰত উইন্ডোসমূহ এটা এপ্লিকেচন দ্বাৰা দলবদ্ধ কৰা হয়। একাধিক "
++"এপ্লিকেচনৰ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন আপুনি ক্লিক কৰোতে পপ ডাউন হয়। <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> ধৰি থওক আৰু তালিকাত যাবলৈ <key>`</key> (<key>Tab</key> ৰ "
++"ওপৰত থকা কি) টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডো চুইচাৰত, বিভিন্ন কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ পৰা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহক উলম্ব বিভাজক দ্বাৰা "
++"পৃথক কৰা হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <key>→</key> অথবা <key>←</key> কি'সমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি উইন্ডো চুইচাৰত "
++"এপ্লিকেচন আইকনসমূহৰ মাজত ভ্ৰমণ কৰিব পাৰিব, অথবা মাউছৰ সৈতে ক্লিক কৰি এটা "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোৰ সৈতে এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ পূৰ্বদৰ্শন <key>↓</key> কি'ৰ সৈতে প্ৰদৰ্শন "
++"কৰিব পাৰি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"অভাৰভিউ এৰি এটা উইন্ডোত যাবলৈ <link xref=\"shell-windows\">উইন্ডো</link> ত "
++"ক্লিক কৰক। যদি আপোনাৰ একাধিক <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
++"workspaces\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান</link> খোলা আছে, আপুনি প্ৰতিটো কাৰ্য্যস্থানত খোলা "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ চাবলৈ প্ৰতিটো কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ক্লিক কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr "দুটা উইন্ডোক ওচৰা-ওচৰি ডাঙৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr "টাইল উইন্ডোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি এটা উইন্ডোক কেৱল পৰ্দাৰ বাওঁ অথবা সোঁফালে সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিব পাৰিব, "
++"আপোনাক দুটা উইন্ডো ওচৰা-ওচৰি থোৱাৰ অনুমতি দি যাতে আপুনি দ্ৰুত সিহতৰ মাজত "
++"চুইচ কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা উইন্ডোক তাৰ প্ৰকৃত আকাৰলৈ পুনৰুদ্ধাৰ কৰিবলে, পৰ্দাৰ কাষৰ পৰা ইয়াক ড্ৰেগ "
++"কৰক, অথবা সৰ্বাধিক আকাৰলৈ নিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা একেটা কিবৰ্ড চৰ্টকাট ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ উইন্ডোসমূহ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক আৰু সংঘঠিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "উইন্ডো আৰু কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"অন্য ডেস্কটপৰ নিচিনা, GNOME এ আপোনাৰ চলি থকা এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰিবলৈ "
++"উইন্ডোসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে। <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউ আৰু <gui>ডেশ</gui> "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি, আপুনি নতুন এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ লঞ্চ কৰিব পাৰিব আৰু সক্ৰিয় উইন্ডোসমূহ "
++"নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহৰ মাজত দলবদ্ধ কৰিব পাৰিব। এই "
++"বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহৰ ব্যৱহাৰ আৰু ভালকৈ জানিবলে তলত উইন্ডো আৰু কাৰ্য্যস্থান সহায় "
++"বিষয় চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "উইন্ডোসমূহৰ সৈতে কাৰ্য্য কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহৰ সৈতে কাৰ্য্য কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউত যাওক আৰু উইন্ডোক এটা ভিন্ন কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "এটা উইন্ডোক অন্য কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ স্থানান্তৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "মাউছ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউ</link> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাওঁফালত <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style="
++"\"menu\">এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> মেনুৰ পৰা <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "পৰ্দাৰ সোঁফালে উইন্ডোক ক্লিক আৰু ড্ৰেগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</em> উপস্থিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডোক এটা ৰিক্ত কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ড্ৰপ কৰক। এই কাৰ্য্যস্থানে এতিয়া আপুনি ড্ৰপ "
++"কৰা উইন্ডো অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে আৰু <em>কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</em> ৰ তলত এটা নতুন "
++"ৰিক্ত কাৰ্য্যস্থান উপস্থিত হয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"উইন্ডোক এটা ৰিক্ত কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ড্ৰপ কৰক। এই কাৰ্য্যস্থানে এতিয়া আপুনি ড্ৰপ "
++"কৰা উইন্ডো অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি স্থানান্তৰ কৰিব খোজা উইন্ডো বাছক (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">উইন্ডো চুইচাৰ</em> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</em> ৰ বৰ্তমান কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ ওপৰত থকা এটা "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ উইন্ডোক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key> Page Up</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</em> ৰ বৰ্তমান কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ তলত থকা এটা "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ উইন্ডোক স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key> Page Down</key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ চুইচ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</link> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ সোঁ বাওঁফালে, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ</gui> মেনু</link> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ অভাৰভিউ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ খোলা উইন্ডোসমূহ চাবলৈ পৰ্দাৰ সোঁফালে <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</link> ত এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থান সক্ৰিয় কৰিবলৈ যিকোনো উইন্ডো থাম্বনেইলত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, তলৰ বাৰৰ উইন্ডো তালিকাৰ সোঁ-হাতত কাৰ্য্যস্থান পৰিচয়কত ক্লিক কৰি "
++"আৰু মেনুৰ পৰা আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজা কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচন কৰি আপুনি "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহৰ মাজত চুইচ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচকৰ বৰ্তমান কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ ওপৰত থকা এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ "
++"যাবলৈ <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচকত বৰ্তমান কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ তলত থকা এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানলৈ "
++"স্থানান্তৰ কৰিবলৈ <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ হল আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপত উইন্ডোসমূহ দলবদ্ধ কৰাৰ এটা পদ্ধতি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থান কি, আৰু ই মোক কেনেকৈ সহায় কৰিব?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহে আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপত উইন্ডোসমূহ দলবদ্ধ কৰা বুজায়। আপুনি একাধিক "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থান সৃষ্টি কৰিব পাৰিব, যি ভাৰছুৱেল ডেস্কটপৰ নিচিনা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে। "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহে বিশৃংখলতা কম কৰি ডেস্কটপত ভ্ৰমণ সহজ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহে আপোনাৰ ডেস্কটপত উইন্ডোসমূহ দলবদ্ধ কৰা বুজায়। আপুনি একাধিক "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থান ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, যি ভাৰছুৱেল ডেস্কটপৰ নিচিনা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে। "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহে বিশৃংখলতা কম কৰি ডেস্কটপত ভ্ৰমণ সহজ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহক আপোনাৰ কাৰ্য্য সংঘটিত কৰাৰ বাবে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰি। "
++"উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, আপুনি সকলো সংযোগ উইন্ডো ৰাখিব পাৰিব, এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ই-মেইল "
++"আৰু আপোনাৰ চেট প্ৰগ্ৰাম, আৰু আপুনি কৰি থকা কাম অন্য এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত। "
++"আপোনাৰ সংগিত ব্যৱস্থাপক অন্য এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থানত থাকিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত, আপোনাৰ কাৰ্চাৰক পৰ্দাৰ সোঁ কাষত লৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউ খোলিবলে <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> কি' টিপক আৰু তাৰ পিছত কাৰ্চাৰক পৰ্দাৰ সোঁ-ফালে লৈ যাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্যৱহৃত কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ দেখুৱা এটা উলম্ব পেনেল খোল খাব, লগতে এটা ৰিক্ত "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থান। ই হল<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</"
++"link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"উপলব্ধ কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহ দেখুৱা এটা উলম্ব পেনেল খোল খাব। ই হল <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান নিৰ্বাচক</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থান যোগ কৰিবলে, <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">কাৰ্য্যস্থান "
++"নিৰ্বাচক</link> ত এটা স্থায়ী কাৰ্য্যস্থানৰ পৰা এটা উইন্ডোক এটা ৰিক্ত "
++"কাৰ্য্যস্থানত ড্ৰেগ আৰু ড্ৰপ কৰক। এই কাৰ্য্যস্থানে এতিয়া আপুনি ড্ৰপ কৰা "
++"উইন্ডো অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰে, আৰু এটা নতুন ৰিক্ত কাৰ্য্যস্থান ইয়াৰ তলত উপস্থিত হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থান আতৰাবলৈ, সকলো উইন্ডো বন্ধ কৰক অথবা অন্য কাৰ্য্যস্থানসমূহলৈ "
++"স্থানান্তৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "অন্তত এটা কাৰ্য্যস্থান আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"বাৰ্তাসমূহৰ বাবে শব্দ বাছক, সতৰ্কৰ ভলিউম সংহতি কৰক, অথবা সতৰ্কৰ শব্দবোৰ "
++"অসামৰ্থবান কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr "সতৰ্ক শব্দ বাছক অথবা অসামৰ্থবান কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰে কিছুমান বাৰ্তা আৰু ঘটনাৰ বাবে এটা সাধাৰণ সতৰ্ক শব্দ বজাব। "
++"আপুনি সতৰ্কৰ বাবে ভিন্ন শব্দ ক্লিপ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব, আপোনাৰ চিস্টেম ভলিউমৰ "
++"সূকীয়াভাৱে সতৰ্ক ভলিউম সংহতি কৰিব পাৰিব, অথবা সতৰ্ক শব্দ সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে "
++"অসামৰ্থবান কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>শব্দ</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>শব্দৰ প্ৰভাৱসমূহ</gui> টেবত, এটা সতৰ্ক শব্দ বাছক। আপুনি ক্লিক কৰোতে "
++"প্ৰতিটো শব্দ প্লে হব সেয়েহে আপুনি ই কেনেকৈ শব্দ কৰে শুনিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++"সতৰ্ক শব্দৰ ভলিউম সংহতি কৰিবলৈ <gui>শব্দৰ প্ৰভাৱসমূহ</gui> টেবত ভলিউম "
++"স্লাইডাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক। ই আপোনাৰ সংগিত, চলচিত্ৰ, অথবা অন্য শব্দ ফাইলসমূহৰ "
++"ভলিউমৰ ওপৰত প্ৰভাৱ নেপেলায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"সতৰ্ক শব্দসমূহ সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে অসামৰ্থবান কৰিবলৈ, <gui>শব্দৰ প্ৰভাৱসমূহ</gui> "
++"টেবত <gui>সতৰ্ক ভলিউম</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত <gui>অন/অফ</gui> চুইচ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr "কোনো শব্দ নথকা অথবা কম শব্দ ক্ষমতাৰ সমস্যাবোৰ সমস্যামুক্তি কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "শব্দৰ সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত শব্দৰ প্লেবেক ভঙাৰ কেইবাটাও কাৰণ আছে। আপোনাৰ সমস্যাক তলত "
++"দিয়াত কোনটো বিষয়ে আটাইতকৈ ভাল বিৱৰণ দিয়ে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ অডিঅ' কেবুল আৰু শব্দ কাৰ্ড ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr "শব্দ বাজোতে মই ফট্ফট অথবা গুঞ্জন শুনি পাওঁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ চলোতে আপুনি ফট্ফট অথবা গুঞ্জন শুনি পায়, আপোনাৰ অডিঅ' "
++"কেবুল অথবা সংযুক্তক এটা সমস্যা হব পাৰে, অথবা শব্দ কাৰ্ডৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহৰ "
++"সৈতে এটা সমস্যা হব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "স্পিকাৰসমূহ সঠিকভাৱে প্লাগ ইন আছে নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি স্পিকাৰসমূহ সম্পূৰ্ণভাৱে প্লাগ্গড্ ইন নহয়, অথবা যদি সিহত ভুল চকেটত "
++"প্লাগ্গড ইন আছে, আপুনি এটা গুঞ্জন শুনি পাব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "স্পিকাৰ/হেডফোন কেবুল নষ্ট নহয় বুলি সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++"অডিঅ' কেবুল আৰু সংযুক্তক ব্যৱহাৰৰ সৈতে বেয়া হয়। কেবুল অথবা হেডফোনক অন্য "
++"অডিঅ' ডিভাইচ (যেনে এটা MP3 প্লেয়াৰ অথবা এটা CD প্লেয়াৰ) ত প্লাগ কৰি চাওক "
++"এতিয়া ফট্ফটনি শব্দ হৈছে নে। যদি হৈছে, আপুনি কেবুল অথবা হেডফোন প্ৰতিস্থাপন "
++"কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "শব্দৰ ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ ভাল হয় নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ শব্দ কাৰ্ডৰ বিষয়ে অধিক তথ্য প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিবলৈ <cmd>lspci</cmd> কমান্ড "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++"চাওক যে ই মৌন নহয়, কেবুলসমূহ সঠিকভাৱে প্লাগ ইন কৰা আছে, আৰু শব্দ কাৰ্ড "
++"চিনাক্ত হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr "মই কমপিউটাৰত কোনো শব্দ শুনি পোৱা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি কমপিউটাৰত কোনো শব্দ শুনি পোৱা নাই, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ যেতিয়া আপুনি সংগিত "
++"বজোৱাৰ চেষ্টা কৰে, সমস্যাৰ সমাধানৰ বাবে এই সমস্যামুক্তি স্তৰবোৰ চেষ্টা কৰি "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr "শব্দ মৌন হয় নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত শব্দ আইকনত ক্লিক কৰক (ই দেখাত এটা স্পিকাৰৰ নিচিনা হয়) আৰু শব্দ মৌন "
++"অথবা একদম তলত নথকাটো সুনিশ্চিত কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++"কিছুমান লেপটপৰ কিবৰ্ডত মৌন চুইচ অথবা কি' থাকে—সেই কি' টিপি চাওক ই শব্দ অমৌন "
++"কৰে নে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr "স্পিকাৰসমূহ অন আৰু সঠিকভাৱে সংযুক্ত নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰীক্ষণ কৰিবলৈ এটা অন্তিম বস্তু হল সুনিশ্চিত কৰা যে অডিঅ' কেবুল স্পিকাৰৰ "
++"পিছফালে সঠিকভাৱে প্লাগ কৰা আছে। কিছুমান স্পিকাৰৰ এটাতকৈ অধিক ইনপুট থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "সঠিক শব্দ ডিভাইচ নিৰ্বাচিত আছে নে নিৰীক্ষণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰত শব্দ আইকন ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>শব্দ সংহতিসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++"নিৰ্বাচিত ডিভাইচৰ বাবে, আলেখ্য পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি চাওক—আলেখ্য পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ পিছত "
++"এটা শব্দ বজাই চাওক ই কাম কৰিছে নে। আপুনি তালিকাত প্ৰত্যকটো আলেখ্য পৰিক্ষা "
++"কৰি চাব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি ই কাম নকৰে, আপুনি একেটা কাৰ্য্যকে তালিকাভুক্ত যিকোনো ডিভাইচৰ বাবে কৰিব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>আউটপুট</gui> টেবত <gui>সংযুক্তক</gui> বিকল্প পৰিবৰ্তন কৰি চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "শব্দ কাৰ্ড সঠিকভাৱে চিনাক্ত কৰা হৈছে নে পৰিক্ষা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত যাওক আৰু এটা টাৰ্মিনেল খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd> টাইপ কৰক আৰু <key>Enter</key> টিপক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++"ডিভাইচসমূহৰ এটা তালিকা দেখুৱা হব। যদি কোনো <gui>প্লেবেক হাৰ্ডৱেৰ ডিভাইচসমূহ</"
++"gui> নাই, আপোনাৰ শব্দ কাৰ্ড চিনাক্ত হোৱা নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ শব্দ কাৰ্ড চিনাক্ত হোৱা নাই, আপুনি ইয়াৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ "
++"হস্তচালিতভাৱে ইনস্টল কৰিব লাগিব। আপুনি এনেকুৱা কেনেকৈ কৰিব সেয়া আপোনাৰ "
++"কাৰ্ডৰ ওপৰত নিৰ্ভৰ কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কাৰ্ডৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰসমূহ সন্ধান কৰি ইনস্টল কৰিবলৈ সক্ষম হব "
++"লাগে। নিৰ্দেশৰ বাবে আপোনাৰ Linux বিতৰণৰ বাবে সমৰ্থন ফৰাম (অথবা অন্য) ত "
++"সোধাটো উত্তম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ শব্দ কাৰ্ডৰ বাবে ড্ৰাইভাৰ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিব নোৱাৰে, আপুনি এটা "
++"নতুন শব্দ কাৰ্ড কিনাৰ কথা ভাৱি চাব পাৰে। আপুনি কমপিউটাৰ আৰু বহিৰ্তম USB শব্দ "
++"কাৰ্ডৰ ভিতৰত ইনস্টল কৰিব পৰা শব্দ কাৰ্ডসমূহ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা এনালগ অথবা USB মাইক্ৰফোন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক আৰু এটা অবিকল্পিত ইনপুট ডিভাইচ "
++"বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "এটা অন্য মাইক্ৰফোন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটা USB মাইক্ৰফোন আছে, ইয়াক আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ যিকোনো USB পৰ্টত "
++"প্লাগ কৰক। USB মাইক্ৰফোনসমূহ পৃথক অডিঅ' ডিভাইচ ৰূপত ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, আৰু আপুনি "
++"অবিকল্পিতভাৱে কোন মাইক্ৰফোন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব ধাৰ্য্য কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "এটা অবিকল্পিত অডিঅ' ইনপুট ডিভাইচ বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>শব্দ</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>ইনপুট</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++"ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা ডিভাইচ বাছক। আপুনি কথা কওতে ইনপুট স্তৰ সূচকে "
++"প্ৰতিক্ৰিয়া কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++"স্পিকাৰসমূহ অথবা হেডফোনসমূহ বাছক আৰু এটা অবিকল্পিত অডিঅ' ইনপুট ডিভাইচ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "ভিন্ন স্পিকাৰ অথবা হেডফোন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে বহিৰ্তম স্পিকাৰ অথবা হেডফোন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব পাৰিব। "
++"স্পিকাৰসমূহ সাধাৰণত এটা বৃত্তিয় TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) প্লাগ অথবা "
++"USB ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি সংযোগ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>শব্দ</gui> খোলক আৰু <gui>আউটপুট</gui> টেব বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "ডিভাইচসমূহৰ তালিকাৰ পৰা ডিভাইচ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰৰ শব্দ ভলিউম সংহতি কৰক আৰু প্ৰতিটো এপ্লিকেচনৰ শব্দ উচ্চতা নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ "
++"কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "শব্দৰ ভলিউম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ বহিৰ্তম স্পিকাৰ আছে, আপুনি স্পিকাৰত ভলিউম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি "
++"ভলিউম পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব পাৰিব। কিছুমান হেডফোনৰ এটা ভলিউম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ থাকে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr "সূকীয়া এপ্লিকেচনসমূহৰ বাবে শব্দ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "মনিকা ক'কফাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰৰ সোঁফালে থকা আইকনসমূহৰ অৰ্থ বুজায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr "ওপৰ বাৰৰ আইকনসমূহে কি বুজায়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME শ্বেল ওপৰ বাৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr "সাৰ্বভৈমক অভিগম মেনু আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr "অভিগম্যতা সংহতিসমূহ আৰম্ভ কৰা এটা মেনুলৈ লৈ যায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr "ভলিউম নিয়ন্ত্ৰণ আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr "ভলিউম উচ্চলৈ সংহতি কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr "ভলিউম মধ্যমলৈ সংহতি কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr "ভলিউম নিম্নলৈ সংহতি কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr "ভলিউম মৌন কৰা আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথ ব্যৱস্থাপক আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথক নিষ্ক্ৰিয় কৰা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr "ব্লুটুথক অসামৰ্থবান কৰা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক ব্যৱস্থাপক আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>চেলুলাৰ সংযোগ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "এটা 3G নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "এটা 4G নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "এটা EDGE নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "এটা GPRS নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "এটা UMTS নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr "এটা চেলুলাৰ নেটৱাৰ্কলৈ সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr "এটা চেলুলাৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr "অতি উচ্চ সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr "উচ্চ সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr "মধ্যম সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr "নিম্ন সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr "অতি নিম্ন সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>স্থানীয় স্থান নেটৱাৰ্ক (LAN) সংযোগ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক সন্ধান কৰোতে এটা ত্ৰুটি হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক নিষ্ক্ৰিয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কৰ বাবে কোনো পথ নাই।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্ক অফলাইন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "নেটাৱাৰ্কে তথ্য গ্ৰহণ কৰি আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কে তথ্য পৰিবহন আৰু গ্ৰহণ কৰি আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কে তথ্য পৰিবহণ কৰি আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ভাৰছুৱেল ব্যক্তিগত নেটৱাৰ্ক (VPN) সংযোগ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr "এটা নেটৱাৰ্ক সংযোগ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr "এটা VPN নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>তাৰঁযুক্ত সংযোগ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কৰ পৰা বিচ্ছিন্নিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr "এটা তাৰঁযুক্ত নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr "এটা বেতাঁৰ সংযোগ প্ৰাপ্ত কৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr "বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্ক ইনক্ৰিপ্টেড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr "এটা বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr "অতি নিম্ন সংকেতৰ শক্তি।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr "শক্তি ব্যৱস্থাপক আইকনসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি সম্পূৰ্ণ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি আংশিকভাৱে শক্তিহিন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি নিম্ন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr "সকিয়নী: বেটাৰিৰ শক্তি অতি কম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি শক্তি সাংঘাতিক কম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "বেটাৰিক আনপ্লাগ কৰা হৈছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি সম্পূৰ্ণ চাৰ্জ্ড।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি সম্পূৰ্ণ আৰু চাৰ্জ হৈ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি আংশিকভাৱে সম্পূৰ্ণ আৰু চাৰ্জ হৈ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি শক্তি কম আছে আৰু চাৰ্জ হৈ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি শক্তি অতি কম আছে আৰু চাৰ্জ হৈ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr "বেটাৰি সম্পূৰ্ণ ৰিক্ত আৰু চাৰ্জ হৈ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ কিবৰ্ডত নপোৱা আখৰবোৰ, বিদেশী আখৰ, গাণিতিক চিহ্ন, আৰু ডিঙ্গবেটসমূহ "
++"টাইপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr "বিশেষ আখৰবোৰ সুমুৱাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "আখৰসমূহ সুমুৱাবলৈ কোনবোৰ পদ্ধতি উপলব্ধ আছে"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "আখৰ মানচিত্ৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউত <app>আখৰ মেপ</app> পাব। আখৰ মেপৰ বিষয়ে "
++"অধিক তথ্যৰ বাবে, <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">আখৰ মেপ হাতপুথি</link> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "কমপৌচ কি'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++"কিবৰ্ডসমূহৰ নিৰ্দিষ্ট সংযুক্ত কি'সমূহ নাই। ইয়াৰ পৰিৱৰ্তে, আপুনি আপোনাৰ "
++"কিবৰ্ডত স্থায়ী কি'সমূহৰ এটাক এটা সংযুক্ত কি ৰূপে বিৱৰণ দিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr "এটা "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</gui> টেব বাছক আৰু <gui>টাইপিং</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr "সোঁ কাষত <gui>কমপৌচ কি</gui>  ত ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি সংযুক্ত কি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি বহু সাধাৰণ আখৰ টাইপ কৰিব পাৰিব, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> টিপক আৰু তাৰ পিছত সেই আখৰৰ ওপৰত এটা তিক্ষ্ণ স্বৰ দিবলৈ "
++"<key>'</key> টাইপ কৰক, যেনে <em>é</em>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> টিপক আৰু তাৰ পিছত সেই আখৰৰ ওপৰত এটা ভাৰি স্বৰ দিবলৈ "
++"<key>`</key> (বেক টিক) টাইপ কৰক, যেনে <em>è</em>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> টিপক আৰু তাৰ পিছত সেই আখৰৰ ওপৰত এটা আমলট দিবলৈ <key>\"</"
++"key> টাইপ কৰক, যেনে <em>ë</em>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> টিপক আৰু তাৰ পিছত সেই আখৰৰ ওপৰত এটা মেকৰন দিবলৈ <key>-</"
++"key> টাইপ কৰক, যেনে <em>ē</em>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"অধিক সংযুক্ত কি' ক্ৰমৰ বাবে, <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">ৱিকিপিডিয়াত সংযুক্ত কি' পৃষ্ঠা</"
++"link> চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "ক'ড বিন্দুসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "কিবৰ্ড বিন্যাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কিবৰ্ডক অন্য ভাষাৰ কিবৰ্ডৰ নিচিনা ব্যৱহাৰ কৰাব পাৰে, কি'ত থকা "
++"আখৰসমূহৰ নিৰ্বিশেষ। আপুনি ওপৰ বাৰত এটা আইকন ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি বিভিন্ন কিবৰ্ডৰ মাজত "
++"চুইচ কৰিব পাৰিব। কেনেকৈ কৰিব জানিবলৈ, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> "
++"চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "ইনপুট পদ্ধতিসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ইনপুট পদ্ধতি বাছিবলৈ, এটা লিখনী উইজেটৰ ওপৰ ৰাইট-ক্লিক কৰক, আৰু "
++"<gui>ইনপুট পদ্ধতি</gui> মেনুত, আপুনি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব খোজা এটা ইনপুট পদ্ধতি "
++"বাছক। কোনো অবিকল্পিত ইনপুট পদ্ধতি প্ৰদান কৰা হোৱা নাই, সেয়েহে ইনপুট "
++"পদ্ধতিসমূহ কেনেকৈ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব জানিবলৈ ইনপুট পদ্ধতিসমূহ তথ্যচিত্ৰ চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">বিশেষ আখৰসমূহ</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">মাজৰ ক্লিক চৰ্টকাটসমূহ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr "সম্বেদ &amp; কিটিপ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr "এই বিষয়বোৰ অনুবাদ কৰাত কেনেকৈ আৰু ক'ত সহায় কৰিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr "অনুবাদসমূহ উন্নত কৰিবলৈ অংশগ্ৰহণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME সহায়ক বিশ্বব্যাপী স্বেচ্ছাসেৱী সম্প্ৰদায় দ্বাৰা অনুবাদ কৰা হৈ আছে। "
++"আপুনি অংশগ্ৰহণ কৰিবলৈ স্বাগতম।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">বহু ভাষা</link> "
++"যাৰ বাবে অনুবাদ কৰিব লগিয়া আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"বিকল্পভাৱে, আপুনি <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-"
++"i18n\">মেইলিং তালিকা</link> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি ইন্টাৰনেষনেলাইজেষণ দলক যোগাযোগ কৰিব "
++"পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকল"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী যোগ কৰক</link> অথবা <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">অতিথি ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী যোগ কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">পাছৱাৰ্ড পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">প্ৰশাসকসকল</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "একাওন্টসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ ব্যৱস্থাপনা কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "সুবিধাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "ব্যৱহাৰজাৰী সুবিধাসমূহ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"নতুন ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকল যোগ কৰক যাতে অন্য মানুহে কমপিউটাৰত লগ ইন কৰিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "এটা নতুন ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট যোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰলৈ একাধিক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট যোগ কৰিব পাৰিব। আপোনাৰ ঘৰ "
++"অথবা কোম্পানীৰ প্ৰত্যকজন মানুহক এটা একাওন্ট দিয়ক। প্ৰত্যকজন ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীৰ তাৰ "
++"নিজস্ব ঘৰ ফোল্ডাৰ, দস্তাবেজসমূহ, আৰু সংহতিসমূহ আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকল</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++"বাওঁফালে একাওন্টসমূহৰ তালিকা, এজন নতুন ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী যোগ কৰিবলৈ <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> বুটাম ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>যোগ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Change</gui> ক্লিক  কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"অতিথিসকল পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ প্ৰয়োজনীয়তা নহোৱাকৈ, আপোনাৰ চিস্টেম অস্থায়ীভাৱে ব্যৱহাৰ "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "এটা অতিথি ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট যোগ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "এটা অতিথি ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট সৃষ্টি কৰক:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"ওপৰ বাৰত আপোনাৰ নাম ক্লিক কৰক, তাৰ পিছত <gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকল</gui> উইন্ডো "
++"খোলিবলৈ আপোনাৰ নামৰ কাষত থকা ছবিক ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ ওপৰ সোঁ চুকত <gui>আনলক কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ "
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড টাইপ কৰক। ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ যোগ কৰিবলৈ আপুনি এজন প্ৰশাসনীয় "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী হব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাসমূহ প্ৰদান কৰি ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলক চিস্টেমলৈ পৰিবৰ্তন "
++"কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr "প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধা থকাক পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr "আপুনি সুবিধা পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিব খোজা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীক বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>একাওন্ট ধৰণ</gui> ৰ কাষত থকা <gui>প্ৰামাণিক</gui> লেবেলত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু "
++"<gui>প্ৰশাসক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ উইন্ডো বন্ধ কৰক। ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী সুবিধাসমূহ পৰৱৰ্তী "
++"লগিনত পৰিবৰ্তন কৰা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা চিস্টেমত <gui>প্ৰশাসক</gui> সুবিধা থকা অত্যাধিক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী থকাটো সঠিক "
++"নহয়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ চিস্টেমৰ গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ অংশবোৰ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাৰ "
++"প্ৰয়োজন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr "প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাবোৰ কেনেকৈ কাম কৰে?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++"সংক্ষেপত, প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাসমূহে আপোনাক চিস্টেমত প্ৰয়োজন সাপেক্ষে "
++"গুৰুত্বপূৰ্ণ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰাৰ অনুমতি দিয়ে, কিন্তু ভুলভাৱে এনে হোৱাৰ পৰা "
++"প্ৰতিৰোধ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "\"উত্তম ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী\" অৰ্থ কি?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr "প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাসমূহ কিয় উপযোগী?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ প্ৰশাসনীয় সুবিধাসমূহ থাকে, আপুনি কিছুমান বস্তু কৰিব পাৰিব, যেনে "
++"এপ্লিকেচন ইনস্টল কৰা।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr "প্ৰশাসনীয় বাধাসমূহৰ বাবে সৃষ্টি হোৱা সমস্যাবোৰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr "নেটৱাৰ্কসমূহ অথবা বেতাঁৰ নেটৱাৰ্কসমূহলৈ সংযোগ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++"কমপিউটাৰৰ সৈতে সংযুক্ত এটা আতৰাব পৰা ডিস্কৰ সমলসমূহ, অথবা এটা ভিন্ন ডিস্ক "
++"বিভাজন (উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ এটা Windows বিভাজন) ৰ সমলসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "নতুন এপ্লিকেচনসমূহ ইনস্টল কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">প্ৰশাসকৰ সুবিধাসমূহ পৰিবৰ্তন</link> "
++"কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ অন কৰোতে স্বচালিত লগিন সংস্থাপন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "স্বচালিতভাৱে লগিন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ সংহতিসমূহ সলনি কৰিব পাৰে যাতে কমপিউটাৰ আৰম্ভ কৰোতে আপুনি "
++"স্বচালিতভাৱে আপোনাৰ একাওন্টত লগিন হয়:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>সংহতিসমূহ</app> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr "<app>সংহতিসমূহৰ</app> ৰ পৰা <gui>ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকল</gui> পেনেল খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr "আৰম্ভণিত স্বচালিতভাৱে লগিন কৰিবলৈ ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">আনলক কৰক</gui> টিপক আৰু আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>স্বচালিত লগিন</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট ধৰণ <em>Standard</em>, আপুনি এই সংহতি সলনি কৰিব নোৱাৰিব। "
++"আপোনাৰ চিস্টেম প্ৰশাসক যোনে আপোনাৰ এই সংহতি আপোনাৰ বাবে সলনি কৰিব পাৰিব "
++"তেওঁক যোগাযোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট সংহতিত আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড সময়ে সময়ে সলনি কৰি আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট "
++"সুৰক্ষিত ৰাখক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সময়ে সময়ে সলনি কৰাটো এটা ভাল বুদ্ধি, বিশেষভাৱে যদি আপুনি ভাৱে যে অন্য "
++"কোনোবাই আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড জানে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>পাছৱাৰ্ড</gui> ৰ ওচৰৰ লেবেল ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++"লেবেলত বিন্দু অথবা বাকচৰ এটা ক্ৰম দেখা যাব যদি আপুনি ইতিমধ্যে এটা পাছৱাৰ্ড "
++"সংহতি কৰিছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোানৰ বৰ্তমান পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক, তাৰ পিছত এটা নতুন পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক। "
++"আপোনাৰ নতুন পাছৱাৰ্ড <gui>পাছৱাৰ্ড সুনিশ্চিত কৰক</gui> ফিল্ডত আকৌ সুমুৱাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">এটা ভাল পাছৱাৰ্ড বাছক</link>। ই "
++"আপোনাৰ একাওন্ট সুৰক্ষিত ৰখাত সহায় কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr "কি'ৰিং পাছৱাৰ্ড পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>কাৰ্য্যসমূহ</gui> অভাৰভিউৰ পৰা <app>পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ আৰু কি'সমূহ</app> "
++"এপ্লিকেচন খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>দৰ্শন</gui> মেনুত, <gui>কি'ৰিং দ্বাৰা</gui> চেক থকাটো সুিনশ্চিত কৰক, "
++"আৰু <gui>যিকোনো দেখুৱাওক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ</gui> ৰ তলত কাষবাৰত, <gui>লগিন কি'ৰিং</gui> ত ৰাইট-ক্লিক "
++"কৰক আৰু <gui>পাছৱাৰ্ড পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পুৰনি পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক আৰু <gui>আগবাঢ়ক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক। আপোনাৰ নতুন "
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড সুমুৱাওক আৰু ইয়াক সুনিশ্চিত কৰিবলৈ <gui>আকৌ টাইপ কৰক</gui>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>অব্যাহত ৰাখক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>পাছৱাৰ্ড আৰু কি'সমূহ</app> ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ আপোনাৰ <sys>seahorse</sys> "
++"পেকেইজ ইনস্টল্ড থাকিব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse ইনস্টল কৰক</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr "লগিন আৰু ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী পৰ্দাসমূহলৈ আপোনাৰ ফ'টো যোগ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ লগিন পৰ্দা ফ'টো পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত ইতিমধ্যে থকা এটা ছবি ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিব, <gui>অধিক ছবিৰ "
++"বাবে ব্ৰাউছ কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰীসকলক আতৰাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "এটা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট মচি পেলাওক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰৰ একাধিক ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট যোগ কৰিব পাৰিব। কেনেকৈ "
++"কৰিব জানিবলৈ <link xref=\"user-add\"/> চাওক। যদি কোনোবাই আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ আৰু "
++"ব্যৱহাৰ কৰি থকা নাই, আপুনি সেই ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্ট মচি পেলাব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"পৰিবৰ্তন কৰিবলৈ ওপৰ সোঁ চুকত <gui>আনলক কৰক</gui> ক্লিক কৰক আৰু আপোনাৰ "
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড টাইপ কৰক। ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী একাওন্টসমূহ মচিবলৈ আপুনি এজন প্ৰশাসনীয় "
++"ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী হব লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"আপুনি মচিব খোজা ব্যৱহাৰকাৰী বাছক আৰু <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> বুটাম "
++"ক্লিক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "দীঘল, অধিক জটিল পাছৱাৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "এটা সুৰক্ষিত পাছৱাৰ্ড বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ডক আপুনি সহজতে মনত ৰাখিব পৰা, কিন্তু অন্য দ্বাৰা অনুমান কৰিবলৈ "
++"অত্যন্ত কঠিন কৰক (কমপিউটাৰ প্ৰগ্ৰামসমূহ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰাকৈ)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"এটা ভাল পাছৱাৰ্ড নিৰ্বাচন কৰিলে আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰ সুৰক্ষিত থাকিব। যদি আপোনাৰ "
++"পাছৱাৰ্ড অনুমান কৰিবলৈ সহজ, কোনোবাই ইয়াক অনুমান লগাই আপোনাৰ ব্যক্তিগত তথ্য "
++"অভিগম কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ড যিমান সম্ভৱ দীঘল কৰক। ই যিমান অধিক আখৰ অন্তৰ্ভুক্ত কৰিব, এজন "
++"মানুহ অথবা কমপিউটাৰক ইয়াৰ অনুমান লগাবলৈ আৰু অধিক সময় লাগিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++"কোনো ব্যক্তিগত তথ্য যেনে তাৰিখ, লাইচেঞ্চ প্লেইটৰ সংখ্যা, অথবা কোনো পৰিয়ালৰ "
++"মানুহৰ নাম ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "কোনো বিশেষ্য ব্যৱহাৰ নকৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++"এনে এটা পাছৱাৰ্ড বাছক যাক দ্ৰুত টাইপ কৰিব পাৰি, যাতে কোনোবাই আপোনাক টাইপ কৰা "
++"দেখি থাকিলেও, পাছৱাৰ্ডৰ অনুমান লগাব নোৱাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ কেতিয়াও লিখি নথব। সিহতক সহজতে বিচাৰিব পাৰি!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "ভিন্ন বস্তুৰ বাবে ভিন্ন পাছৱাৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "ভিন্ন একাওন্টৰ বাবে ভিন্ন পাছৱাৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ সকলো একাওন্টৰ বাবে একেটা পাছৱাৰ্ড ব্যৱহাৰ কৰে, ইয়াক যোনে "
++"অনুমান কৰিব পাৰিব সি আপোনাৰ সকলো একাওন্ট তৎক্ষনাত অভিগম কৰিব পাৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "আপোনাৰ পাছৱাৰ্ডসমূহ নিয়মিতভাৱে সলনি কৰিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++"আপোনাৰ সঠিক কডেকসমূহ ইনস্টল নাথাকিব পাৰে, অথবা DVD ভুল অঞ্চলত থাকিব পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "DVDs চলা নাই কিয়?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি আপোনাৰ কমপিউটাৰত এটা DVD সুমুৱায় আৰু ই নচলে, আপোনাৰ সঠিক DVD "
++"<em>কডেক</em> ইনস্টল্ড নাথাকিব পাৰে, অথবা DVD এটা ভিন্ন <em>অঞ্চল</em> ৰ হব "
++"পাৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "DVD প্লেবেকৰ বাবে সঠিক কডেকসমূহ ইনস্টল কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "DVD অঞ্চল নিৰীক্ষণ কৰা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr "পৰিক্ষা কৰক যে সিহতৰ সঠিক কডেকসমূহ ইনস্টল আছে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr "মই বনোৱা ভিডিঅ'সমূহ অন্য মানুহে চলাব পৰা নাই"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপুনি এটা ভিডিঅ' আপোনাৰ Linux কমপিউটাৰত নিৰ্মাণ কৰিছৈ আৰু Windows অথবা "
++"Mac OS ব্যৱহাৰ কৰা কাৰোবালৈ পঠাইছে, তেওঁলোকৰ ভিডিঅ'খন চলাওতে সমস্যা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "ভিডিঅ' ফাইলত ক্লিক কৰক আৰু <gui>বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>অডিঅ'/ভিডিঅ'</gui> টেবলৈ যাওক আৰু <gui>ভিডিঅ'</gui> ৰ অন্তৰ্গত কোন "
++"<gui>কডেক</gui> তালিকাভুক্ত আছে চাওক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr "Wacom টেবলেটক <gui>বাঁও-হাত দিশ</gui> লৈ পৰিবৰ্তন কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "টেবলেট বাওঁ-হাতেৰে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Wacom টেবলেট</gui> খোলক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি কোনো টেবলেট চিনাক্ত কৰা হোৱা নাই, আপোনাক <gui>আপোনাৰ Wacom টেবলেট প্লাগ "
++"ইন অথবা অন</gui> কৰিবলৈ কোৱা হব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>বাওঁ-হাত দিশ</gui> ক <gui>অন</gui> কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr "টেবলেটক টেবলেট অৱস্থা আৰু মাউছ অৱস্থাৰ মাজত চুইচ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr "Wacom টেবলেটৰ অনুকৰণ অৱস্থা সংহতি কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>অনুকৰণ অৱস্থা</gui> এ পইন্টাৰ কেনেকৈ পৰ্দালৈ মেপ কৰা হয় নিৰ্ধাৰণ কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>অনুকৰণ অৱস্থা</gui> ৰ কাষত, <gui>টেবলেট (প্ৰকৃত)</gui> অথবা <gui>টাচপেড "
++"(প্ৰাসংগিক)</gui> বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>প্ৰকৃত</em> অৱস্থাত, টেবলেটৰ প্ৰতিটো বিন্দু পৰ্দাৰ এটা বিন্দুলৈ চিহ্ন "
++"কৰে। পৰ্দাৰ ওপৰ বাঁও চুক, উদাহৰণস্বৰূপ, সদায় টেবলেটৰ একেটা বিন্দুলৈ প্ৰসংগ "
++"কৰে।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr "Wacom টেবলেটক এটা নিৰ্দিষ্ট মনিটৰলৈ মেপ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "এটা মনিটৰ বাছক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>মনিটৰলৈ মেপ কৰক…</gui> ক্লিক কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>এটা মনিটৰলৈ মেপ কৰক</gui> চেক কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>আউটপুট</gui> ৰ কাষত, আপেনাৰ গ্ৰাফিক্স টেবলেটৰ পৰা ইনপুট গ্ৰহণ কৰিব খোজা "
++"মনিটৰ বাছক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr "কেৱল সংৰূপিত মনিটৰসমূহ নিৰ্বাচন যোগ্য থাকিব।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr "Wacom স্টাইলাচৰ বুটাম কাৰ্য্যসমূহ আৰু চাপ অনুভৱৰ বিৱৰণ দিয়ক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr "স্টাইলাচ সংৰূপণ কৰক"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>আগ চাপ অনুভৱ:</gui> \"অনুভৱ\" ক  <gui>কোমল</gui> আৰু <gui>টান</gui> ৰ "
++"মাজত সমন্বয় কৰিবলৈ স্লাইডাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++"যদি আপোনাৰ এটাতকৈ অধিক স্টাইলাচ থাকে, অতিৰিক্ত স্টাইলাচ টেবলেটৰ ওচৰ পাওতে, "
++"স্টাইলাচ ডিভাইচ নামৰ কাষত এটা পেজাৰ প্ৰদৰ্শন কৰা হব। কোনো স্টাইলাচ সংৰূপ কৰা "
++"হব নিৰ্বাচন কৰিবলৈ পেজাৰ ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">এটা মনিটৰ মেপ কৰক</link>, <link xref="
++"\"wacom-stylus\">স্টাইলাচ সংৰূপণ কৰক</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">টেবলেট বাওঁ হাতৰে ব্যৱহাৰ কৰক</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Wacom গ্ৰাফিক্স টেবলেট"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/bn_IN/bn_IN.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/bn_IN/bn_IN.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/bn_IN/bn_IN.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/bn_IN/bn_IN.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.125921104 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,23600 @@
++# sray <sray@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 06:44-0400\n"
++"Last-Translator: sray <sray@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Bengali (India)\n"
++"Language: bn-IN\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "translator-credits"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 ডেস্কটপ ব্যবহারকারীদের জন্য নির্দেশিকা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME সহায়তা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME সহায়তা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">সহায়তা</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp লোগো</media> "
++"GNOME সহায়তা"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "এই কাজের লাইসেন্স <_:link-1/> এর অাওতাধীন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "একই কী'র দ্রুত বারবার কী টেপা এড়িয়ে চলুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "বাউন্স কী চালু করুন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"দ্রুত বারবার কী টেপা এড়িয়ে চলতে <em>বাউন্স কী</em> চালু করুন। উদাহরণস্বরূপ, "
++"অাপনি হয়তো যেখানে কোনো কী একবার টিপতে চাইছেন কিন্তু অাপনার হাত কাঁপার কারণে "
++"একাধিক বার টিপে ফেলছেন সেখানে, অাপনার বাউন্স কী চালু করে নেওয়া উচিত।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"শীর্ষ দণ্ডে অাপনার নামে ক্লিক করুন এবং <gui>সেটিং</gui> নির্বাচন করুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ইউনির্ভাসাল অ্যাক্সেস</gui> খুলুন এবং <gui>টাইপিং</gui> ট্যাব নির্বাচন "
++"করুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>বাউন্স কী</gui> চালু করুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "বাউন্স কী দ্রুত চালু এবং বন্ধ করুন"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"অাপনি শীর্ষ দণ্ডে <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">অ্যাক্সেসযোগ্যতা অাইকন</link> এ "
++"ক্লিক করে এবং <gui>বাউন্স কী</gui> নির্বাচন করে বাউন্স কী চালু এবং বন্ধ করতে "
++"পারবেন। <gui>ইউনির্ভাসাল অ্যাক্সেস</gui> প্যানেল থেকে এক বা একাধিক সেটিং "
++"সক্রিয় করা অবস্থায় অ্যাক্সেসযোগ্যতা অাইকন দেখা যায়।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"অাপনার প্রথমবার কী টেপার পরে অপর একটি কী টেপা নিবন্ধিত করতে বাউন্স কী কতক্ষণ "
++"অপেক্ষা করে থাকবে তা পরিবর্তন করতে <gui>গ্রহণ বিলম্ব</gui> স্লাইডার ব্যবহার "
++"করুন। পূর্ববর্তী কী টেপার প্রায় সংগে সংগেই টেপা কী উপেক্ষা করতে কম্পিউটারকে "
++"প্রতিবার শব্দের মাধ্যমে জানাতে বলতে চাইলে <gui>কোনো কী প্রত্যাখ্যাত হলে বীপ "
++"শব্দ হোক</gui> নির্বাচন করুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"একটি সতেজযোগ্য Braille প্রদর্শন সমেত <app>Orca</app> স্ক্রীন রিডার ব্যবহার "
++"করুন।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/de/de.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/de/de.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/de/de.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.911134856 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/de/de.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.132921165 +0530
+@@ -1,28 +1,28 @@
+ # German translation for gnome-user-docs.
+ # Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+-#
++# 
+ # screencast        -    Bildschirmaufzeichnung
+-#
++# 
+ # Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2011-2013.
+ # Hendrik Knackstedt <kn.hendrik@gmail.com>, 2011.
+ # Gabor Karsay <gabor.karsay@gmx.at>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013.
+-#
++# rgromans <rgromans@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# rgromans <rgromans@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-23 22:52+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-24 10:54+0100\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Deutsch <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
+-"Language: de\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-22 01:11-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: rgromans <rgromans@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Deutsch <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
++"Language: de\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+-"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ "X-Poedit-Language: German\n"
+ "X-Poedit-Country: GERMANY\n"
+ 
+@@ -35,54 +35,57 @@
+ "Gabor Karsay <gabor.karsay@gmx.at>, 2011, 2012.\n"
+ "Hendrik Knackstedt <hendrik.knackstedt@t-online.de>, 2011.to"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+-msgstr "Ein Leitfaden für Benutzer der GNOME-3-Arbeitsumgebung"
++msgstr "Ein Leitfaden für Benutzer des GNOME-3 Desktop"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "GNOME-Hilfe"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "GNOME-Hilfe"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -91,7 +94,9 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Hilfe</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+ "GNOME Help"
+@@ -99,238 +104,318 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp-Logo</media> "
+ "Hilfe zu GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+ msgstr "Dieses Werk wird unter einer <_:link-1/> verbreitet."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:8(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:18(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:18(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-contrast.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(credit/name) C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:18(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name) C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name) C/files-search.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:20(credit/name) C/files-templates.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:26(credit/name) C/look-background.page:34(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(credit/name) C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(credit/name) C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:22(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:23(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:12(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
+ msgid "Michael Hill"
+ msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "Schnell wiederholtes Drücken derselben Tasten ignorieren."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "Springende Tasten aktivieren"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Schalten Sie <em>Springende Tasten</em> ein, um das Drücken von Tasten zu "
+@@ -338,59 +423,98 @@
+ "zittern und Sie deswegen eine Taste mehrmals drücken, obwohl Sie sie nur "
+ "einmal drücken wollen, dann sollten Sie springende Tasten einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(item/p) C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46(item/p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45(item/p) C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:33(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p) C/session-formats.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:44(item/p) C/session-language.page:76(item/p)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35(item/p) C/sound-alert.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:43(item/p) C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p) C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
++"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Tab "
+ "<gui>Texteingabe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie <gui>Springende Tasten</gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Springende Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können Springende Tasten ein- oder ausschalten, indem Sie auf das <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">Barrierefreiheitssymbol</link> im oberen Panel klicken "
+@@ -398,7 +522,8 @@
+ "sichtbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Einstellungen in den "
+ "<gui>Barrierefreiheitseinstellungen</gui> aktiviert wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -414,21 +539,24 @@
+ "Tastendruck ignoriert, weil er zu früh nach dem vorigen Tastendruck getätigt "
+ "wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+-msgstr "Den <app>Orca</app>-Bildschirmleser mit einer Braillezeile verwenden."
++msgstr "Den <app>Orca</app> Bildschirmleser mit einer Braillezeile verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "Den Bildschirm in Brailleschrift lesen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME stellt den Bildschirmleser <app>Orca</app> zur Verfügung, um die "
+@@ -438,42 +566,48 @@
+ "wenden Sie sich dann an die <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca-Hilfe</link> für "
+ "weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Lassen Sie Fenster und Knöpfe am Bildschirm kräftiger (oder schwächer) "
+-"hervorstechen, so dass sie leichter zu sehen sind."
++"Lassen Sie Fenster und Schaltflächen am Bildschirm kräftiger (oder "
++"schwächer) hervortreten, so dass sie leichter zu sehen sind."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "Kontrast anpassen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können den Kontrast von Fenstern und Knöpfen anpassen, so dass sie "
+-"leichter zu sehen sind. Das ist nicht dasselbe, wie <link xref=\"display-"
+-"dimscreen\">die Helligkeit des gesamten Bildschirms zu ändern</link>; nur "
+-"Teile der <em>Benutzerschnittstelle</em> ändern sich."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:34(item/p)
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können den Kontrast von Fenstern und Schaltflächen einstellen, so dass "
++"sie leichter zu sehen sind. Dies ist nicht das gleiche wie das Ändern der "
++"Helligkeit des gesamten Bildschirms, nur Teile der <em>Benutzeroberfläche</"
++"em> werden sich ändern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Sehen</"
++"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Sehen</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
+ msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Hoher Kontrast</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
++msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Hoher Kontrast</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
+ "selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+@@ -481,7 +615,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Barrierefreiheitssymbol</link> "
+ "im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Hoher Kontrast</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -489,11 +624,13 @@
+ "Der Überfahren-Klick (Verzögerter Klick) erlaubt Ihnen zu klicken, indem Sie "
+ "die Maus unbewegt halten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "Klicken durch Überfahren simulieren"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -506,7 +643,8 @@
+ "schwer fällt, die Maus zu bewegen und gleichzeitig die Maustaste zu drücken. "
+ "Diese Funktion heißt Überfahren-Klick."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -516,20 +654,24 @@
+ "Bedienelement platzieren, die Maus loslassen und eine Weile warten, bis das "
+ "Bedienelement für Sie angeklickt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Zeigen "
++"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Zeigen "
+ "und Klicken</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie den <gui>Überfahrklick</gui> ein."
+ 
+ # Der Fenstertitel lautet eigentlich »Überfahrklick (Hover-Klick)«
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -537,43 +679,49 @@
+ "will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
+ "drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Das Fenster <gui>Überfahren-Klick</gui>-Typ öffnet sich und bleibt über "
+-"allen anderen Fenstern sichtbar. Sie können es benutzen, um auszuwählen, "
+-"welche Art von Klick ausgelöst werden soll, wenn Sie über einen Knopf "
+-"fahren. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel <gui>Kontextklick</gui> wählen, wird die Maus "
+-"rechts klicken, sobald Sie die Maus für einige Sekunden über den Knopf "
+-"fahren."
++"Das Fenster <gui>Überfahren-Klick</gui> öffnet sich und bleibt über allen "
++"anderen Fenstern sichtbar. Sie können es benutzen, um auszuwählen, welche "
++"Art von Klick ausgelöst werden soll, wenn Sie eine Schaltfläche überfahren. "
++"Wenn Sie zum Beispiel <gui>Kontextklick</gui> wählen, wird die Maus rechts "
++"klicken, sobald Sie die Maus für einige Sekunden über die Schaltfläche "
++"fahren. Nach einem Doppelklick, Rechtsklick oder Ziehen, werden Sie "
++"automatisch auf Klicken zurückgesetzt."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+ "clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie Ihren Mauszeiger über einen Knopf fahren und nicht bewegen, wird er "
+-"schrittweise seine Farbe ändern. Wenn er die Farbe vollständig geändert hat, "
+-"wird der Knopf gedrückt."
++"Wenn Sie Ihren Mauszeiger über eine Schaltfläche fahren und nicht bewegen, "
++"wird sie schrittweise ihre Farbe ändern. Wenn sie die Farbe vollständig "
++"geändert hat, wird die Schaltfläche gedrückt."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ändern Sie die Einstellung der <gui>Verzögerung</gui>, um festzulegen, wie "
+ "lange Sie den Mauszeiger ruhig halten müssen, bevor ein Klick ausgelöst wird."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+ "If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie müssen die Maus nicht vollkommen still halten, wenn Sie sie über einen "
+-"Knopf fahren, um ihn zu klicken – der Mauszeiger darf sich ein kleines "
+-"bisschen bewegen und wird dennoch nach einer Weile klicken. Wenn er sich "
+-"allerdings zu sehr bewegt, wird der Klick nicht ausgelöst."
++"Sie müssen die Maus nicht vollkommen still halten, wenn Sie sie über eine "
++"Schaltfläche fahren, um sie zu klicken – der Mauszeiger darf sich ein "
++"kleines bisschen bewegen und wird dennoch nach einer Weile klicken. Wenn er "
++"sich allerdings zu sehr bewegt, wird der Klick nicht ausgelöst."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -582,15 +730,18 @@
+ "wie sehr sich der Zeiger bewegen darf, damit er noch immer als ruhig "
+ "positioniert eingestuft werden kann."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr "Verwenden Sie größere Schriften, um Text einfacher lesen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "Schriftgröße auf dem Bildschirm ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+@@ -598,11 +749,13 @@
+ "Falls Sie Schwierigkeiten beim Lesen des Textes auf Ihrem Bildschirm haben, "
+ "können Sie die Größe der Schrift anpassen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Große Schrift</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
++msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Große Schrift</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -612,7 +765,8 @@
+ "\"a11y-icon\">Barrierefreiheitssymbol</link> im oberen Panel klicken und "
+ "<gui>Große Schrift</gui> wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -622,20 +776,22 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>+</key></keyseq> erhöhen. Um die Textgröße zu "
+ "verringern, drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+@@ -643,26 +799,29 @@
+ "Das Barrierefreiheitsmenü ist das Symbol im oberen Panel, das wie ein Mensch "
+ "aussieht."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "Das Barrierefreiheitsmenü finden"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+ "looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Im <em>Barrierefreiheitsmenü</em> können Sie diverse "
+-"Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen aktivieren. Sie finden dieses Menü, indem Sie "
+-"auf das Symbol im oberen Panel klicken, das wie ein Mensch in einem Kreis "
+-"aussieht."
++"Im <em>Barrierefreiheitsmenü</em> können Sie diverse Barrierefreiheits-"
++"Funktionen aktivieren. Sie finden dieses Menü, indem Sie auf das Symbol im "
++"oberen Panel klicken, das wie ein Mensch in einem Kreis aussieht."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Das Barrierefreiheitsmenü finden Sie im oberen Panel."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -676,38 +835,43 @@
+ "Um dieses Menü mit der Tastatur statt mit der Maus zu erreichen, drücken Sie "
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tabulator</key></keyseq>, um den "
+ "Tastaturfokus auf das obere Panel zu legen. Eine weiße Linie erscheint unter "
+-"dem <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Knopf – sie zeigt Ihnen, welches Objekt im oberen "
+-"Panel ausgewählt ist. Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten auf der Tastatur, um die "
+-"weiße Linie unter das Barrierefreiheitsmenü zu bewegen, und drücken Sie die "
+-"<key>Eingabetaste</key>, um es zu öffnen. Sie können die Pfeiltasten für "
+-"hinauf und hinunter verwenden, um Einträge im Menü auszuwählen. Drücken Sie "
+-"die <key>Eingabetaste</key>, um die gewählte Funktion ein- oder "
++"der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Schaltfläche – sie zeigt Ihnen, welches Objekt im "
++"oberen Panel ausgewählt ist. Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten auf der Tastatur, "
++"um die weiße Linie unter das Barrierefreiheitsmenü zu bewegen, und drücken "
++"Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>, um es zu öffnen. Sie können die Pfeiltasten "
++"für hinauf und hinunter verwenden, um Einträge im Menü auszuwählen. Drücken "
++"Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>, um die gewählte Funktion ein- oder "
+ "auszuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "Vergrößern Sie das Bild, damit Sie einfacher lesen können"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Den Bildbereich vergrößern"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+ "glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Den Bildschirm zu vergrößern bedeutet nicht, die <link xref=\"a11y-font-size"
+-"\">Textgröße</link> zu erhöhen. Diese Funktion verhält sich vielmehr wie "
++"Den Bildschirm zu vergrößern bedeutet nicht, die <link xref=\"a11y-font-"
++"size\">Textgröße</link> zu erhöhen. Diese Funktion verhält sich vielmehr wie "
+ "eine Lupe und erlaubt Ihnen, sich über Teile des Bildschirms zoomend zu "
+ "bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie <gui>Vergrößerung</gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
+ "keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
+@@ -716,10 +880,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der Abschnitt <gui>Vergrößerung</gui> listet die aktuellen Einstellungen für "
+ "die Tastenkombinationen auf, die im Abschnitt <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> "
+-"des Reiters <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Tastaturkürzel</link> in "
+-"der Leiste <gui>Tastatur</gui> festgelegt werden."
++"des Tab <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Tastaturkürzel</link> in der "
++"Leiste <gui>Tastatur</gui> festgelegt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+@@ -730,15 +895,19 @@
+ "verschiedene Richtungen, was es Ihnen erlaubt, den Bereich Ihrer Wahl zu "
+ "sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können diese Funktion durch Anklicken des <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">Barrierefreiheitssymbols</link> schnell ein- und ausschalten."
++"Sie können diese Funktion durch Anklicken des <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">Barrierefreiheitssymbols</link> und der Auswahl von <gui>Zoom</gui> "
++"schnell ein- und ausschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+ "position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
+@@ -746,9 +915,10 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können den Vergrößerungsfaktor, die Mausverfolgung und die Position der "
+ "vergrößerten Ansicht auf dem Bildschirm ändern. Um dies zu tun, klicken Sie "
+-"auf den <gui>Optionen</gui>-Knopf und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Lupe</gui>."
++"auf den <gui>Optionen</gui> Knopf und wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Lupe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+ "To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
+@@ -756,10 +926,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können ein Fadenkreuz aktivieren, welches Ihnen beim Finden des Zeigers "
+ "von Maus oder Touchpad hilft. Um es einzuschalten und die Länge, Farbe und "
+-"Dicke anzupassen, klicken Sie auf den <gui>Optionen</gui>-Knopf und wählen "
+-"Sie den Reiter <gui>Fadenkreuz</gui>."
++"Dicke anzupassen, klicken Sie auf den <gui>Optionen</gui> Knopf und wählen "
++"Sie den Tab <gui>Fadenkreuz</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+ "brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+@@ -768,8 +939,15 @@
+ "conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
+ "Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sie können auf Invers Video oder <gui> Weiß auf schwarz </gui> wechseln, und "
++"Helligkeit, Kontrast und Graustufen-Optionen für die Lupe einstellen. Die "
++"Kombination dieser Optionen ist nützlich für Menschen mit Sehschwäche, jedem "
++"Grad von Lichtempfindlichkeit, oder einfach nur für die Verwendung des "
++"Computers unter ungünstigen Lichtverhältnissen. Klicken Sie den "
++"<gui>Optionen</gui> Schalter und wählen Sie den <gui>Farbeffekte</gui> Tab."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+@@ -779,114 +957,134 @@
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">Mobilität</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "braille\">Braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">Bildschirmlupe</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:26(page/title) C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Barrierefreiheit"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+ "devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
+ "menu in the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die GNOME-Arbeitsumgebung beinhaltet Hilfstechnologien zur Unterstützung von "
++"Das GNOME Desktop beinhaltet Hilfstechnologien zur Unterstützung von "
+ "Benutzern mit diversen Beeinträchtigungen und besonderen Bedürfnissen und "
+-"zur Interaktion mit gebräuchlichen Hilfsgeräten. Viele "
+-"Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen können über das Barrierefreiheitsmenü im oberen "
+-"Panel erreicht werden."
++"zur Interaktion mit gebräuchlichen Hilfsgeräten. Viele Barrierefreiheits-"
++"Funktionen können über das Barrierefreiheitsmenü im oberen Panel erreicht "
++"werden."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Visuelle Beeinträchtigungen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Blindheit"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Sehschwäche"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Farbenblindheit"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title) C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Weitere Themen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Gehörprobleme"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Mobilitätseinschränkungen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Mausbewegung"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Klicken und ziehen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Bedienung der Tastatur"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:16(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr "Die linke Maustaste für einen Rechtsklick gedrückt halten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "Einen Klick der rechten Maustaste simulieren"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -898,11 +1096,13 @@
+ "Hand gezielt zu bewegen, oder wenn Ihre Maus nur über eine einzige Taste "
+ "verfügt."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie <gui>Simulierter Kontextklick</gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -910,11 +1110,12 @@
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können ändern, wie lange Sie die linke Maustaste gedrückt halten müssen, "
+-"damit ein Rechtsklick registriert wird. Ändern Sie im Reiter <gui>Zeigen und "
++"damit ein Rechtsklick registriert wird. Ändern Sie im Tab <gui>Zeigen und "
+ "Klicken</gui> die <gui>Akzeptanzverzögerung</gui> unter <gui>Simulierter "
+ "Kontextklick</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -928,17 +1129,19 @@
+ "gedrückt halten. Sobald der Zeiger vollständig blau ist, lassen Sie die "
+ "Maustaste los, um den Rechtsklick auszulösen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+ "visual feedback from the pointer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Einige spezielle Zeiger, wie jene zur Größenänderung, ändern die Farbe "
+-"nicht. Sie können dennoch den simulierten Kontextklick verwenden, auch wenn "
+-"Sie keine optische Rückmeldung von Ihrem Rechner erhalten."
++"Einige spezielle Zeiger, wie jene zur Größenänderung, ändern die Farbe nicht."
++" Sie können dennoch den simulierten Kontextklick verwenden, auch wenn Sie "
++"keine optische Rückmeldung von Ihrem Rechner erhalten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -948,43 +1151,48 @@
+ "können Sie einen Rechtsklick durch gedrückt halten der Taste <key>5</key> "
+ "auf Ihrer Tastatur erreichen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+ "differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
+ "click."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht können Sie die Maustaste immer lang "
++"In der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht können Sie die Maustaste immer lang "
+ "gedrückt halten, um einen Rechtsklick auszulösen, selbst wenn diese Funktion "
+ "ausgeschaltet ist. Die Taste lange gedrückt zu halten funktioniert in der "
+ "Übersicht etwas anders: Sie müssen die Taste für einen Rechtsklick nicht "
+ "loslassen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Den <app>Orca</app>-Bildschirmleser verwenden, damit er die "
++"Den <app>Orca</app> Bildschirmleser verwenden, damit er die "
+ "Benutzerschnittstelle vorliest."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "Den Bildschirm laut vorlesen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"GNOME stellt den <app>Orca</app>-Bildschirmleser zur Verfügung, damit er die "
++"GNOME stellt den <app>Orca</app>Bildschirmleser zur Verfügung, damit er die "
+ "Benutzerschnittstelle vorliest. Abhängig davon, wie Sie GNOME installiert "
+ "haben, ist Orca bei Ihnen möglicherweise nicht installiert. <link href="
+ "\"install:orca\">Installieren Sie Orca</link> und wenden Sie sich dann an "
+ "die <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca-Hilfe</link> für weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+@@ -992,11 +1200,13 @@
+ "Eine Verzögerung zwischen dem Drücken der Taste und dem Erscheinen des "
+ "Buchstabens am Bildschirm."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "Tastenverzögerung einschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -1013,15 +1223,18 @@
+ "Tasten gleichzeitig drücken oder wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, auf Anhieb die "
+ "richtige Taste zu drücken."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie die <gui>Tastenverzögerung</gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Tastenverzögerung schnell ein- und ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
+@@ -1034,12 +1247,13 @@
+ "die Tastenverzögerung ein- oder ausschalten, indem Sie die "
+ "<key>Umschalttaste</key> acht Sekunden lang gedrückt halten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können die Tastenverzögerung schnell ein- und ausschalten, indem Sie auf "
+ "das <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Symbol für Barrierefreiheit</link> im oberen "
+@@ -1047,7 +1261,8 @@
+ "Barrierefreiheitssymbol ist sichtbar, wenn Sie eine oder mehrere "
+ "Einstellungen in der <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> aktiviert haben."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -1056,17 +1271,19 @@
+ "festzulegen, wie lang Sie eine Taste gedrückt halten müssen, damit sie "
+ "akzeptiert wird."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+ "the key down long enough."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können den Rechner einen Klang ausgeben lassen, wenn Sie eine Taste "
++"Sie können den Rechner einen Ton ausgeben lassen, wenn Sie eine Taste "
+ "drücken, wenn eine Taste akzeptiert ist oder wenn ein Tastendruck abgewiesen "
+ "wurde, weil Sie die Taste nicht lange genug gehalten haben."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+@@ -1074,103 +1291,114 @@
+ "Tastenkombinationen Taste für Taste tippen, statt alle Tasten gleichzeitig "
+ "gedrückt halten zu müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+-msgstr "Klebrige Tasten aktivieren"
++msgstr "Beharrliche Tasten aktivieren"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<em>Klebrige Tasten</em> erlauben es Ihnen, Tastenkombinationen Taste für "
+-"Taste einzugeben, anstatt alle Tasten gleichzeitig drücken zu müssen. Zum "
+-"Beispiel wechselt die Tastenkombination <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tabulator</key></keyseq> zwischen Fenstern. Ohne eingeschaltete "
+-"klebrige Tasten müssten Sie beide Tasten gleichzeitig gedrückt halten; mit "
+-"eingeschalteten klebrigen Tasten würden Sie <key>Alt</key> drücken und dann "
+-"<key>Tabulator</key>, um dasselbe zu erreichen."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"Mit <em>Beharrlichen Tasten</em> können Sie Tastenkombinationen jeweils eine "
++"Taste zu einer Zeit eingeben, anstatt alle Tasten auf einmal niederzuhalten. "
++"Zum Beispiel kann die <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super </key> "
++"<key>Tab</key> </keyseq> Verknüpfung zwischen Fenstern umschalten. Wenn "
++"Beharrliche Tasten nicht eingeschaltet ist müssten Sie beide Tasten "
++"gleichzeitig niederdrücken, mit Beharrliche Tasten eingeschaltet, würden Sie "
++"<key>Super</key> und dann <key>Tab</key> drücken um das Gleiche zu tun ."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie möchten vielleicht klebrige Tasten einschalten, wenn es Ihnen schwer "
++"Sie möchten vielleicht Beharrliche Tasten einschalten, wenn es Ihnen schwer "
+ "fällt, mehrere Tasten gleichzeitig gedrückt zu halten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr "Schalten Sie <gui>Klebrige Tasten</gui> ein."
++msgstr "Schalten Sie <gui>Beharrliche Tasten</gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+-msgstr "Klebrige Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten"
++msgstr "Beharrliche Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
+ "keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
+ "times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen mit der Tastatur aktivieren</"
+-"gui> in <gui>Per Tastatur aktivieren</gui>, um klebrige Tasten mit der "
++"Wählen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheits-Funktionen mit der Tastatur aktivieren</"
++"gui> in <gui>Per Tastatur aktivieren</gui>, um Beharrliche Tasten mit der "
+ "Tastatur ein- und auszuschalten. Wenn diese Option gewählt ist, können Sie "
+-"klebrige Tasten ein- oder ausschalten, indem Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</"
++"Beharrliche Tasten ein- oder ausschalten, indem Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</"
+ "key> fünfmal hintereinander drücken."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+ "Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
+ "been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können klebrige Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten, indem Sie auf das "
+-"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Symbol für Barrierefreiheit</link> im oberen Panel "
+-"klicken und <gui>Klebrige Tasten</gui> wählen. Das Barrierefreiheitssymbol "
+-"ist sichtbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Einstellungen in den "
+-"<gui>Barrierefreiheitseinstellungen</gui> aktiviert wurden."
++"Sie können Beharrliche Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten, indem Sie auf "
++"das <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Symbol für Barrierefreiheit</link> im oberen "
++"Panel klicken und <gui>Beharrliche Tasten</gui> wählen. Das "
++"Barrierefreiheitssymbol ist sichtbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Einstellungen "
++"in den <gui>Barrierefreiheitseinstellungen</gui> aktiviert wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie zwei Tasten gleichzeitig drücken, können Sie klebrige Tasten "
++"Wenn Sie zwei Tasten gleichzeitig drücken, können Sie Beharrliche Tasten "
+ "kurzfristig ausschalten, um eine Tastenkombination auf die »übliche« Art und "
+ "Weise einzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie etwa klebrige Tasten aktiviert haben, aber <key>Alt</key> und "
+-"<key>Tabulator</key> gleichzeitig drücken, würde klebrige Tasten nicht "
+-"darauf warten, dass Sie eine weitere Taste drücken, wenn Sie diese Option "
+-"eingeschaltet hatten. Es <em>würde</em> aber warten, wenn Sie nur eine Taste "
+-"gedrückt hätten. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie zwar einige Tastenkombinationen "
+-"drücken können (zum Beispiel solche, deren Tasten nahe beieinander liegen), "
+-"aber andere nicht."
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"Zum Beispiel, wenn Sie Beharrliche Tasten eingeschaltet haben aber "
++"gleichzeitig <key>Super</key> und <key>Tab</key> drücken, würde Beharrliche "
++"Tasten nicht auf Sie warten eine andere Taste zu drücken. Es <em>würde</em> "
++"jedoch warten, wenn nur eine Taste gedrückt wird. Dies ist nützlich, wenn "
++"Sie in der Lage sind, einige Tastenkombinationen gleichzeitig "
++"niederzudrücken (z. B. Tasten, die nahe beieinander liegen), andere aber "
++"nicht."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Deaktivieren, wenn zwei Tasten zusammen gedrückt werden</"
+-"gui>, um das einzuschalten."
++"gui>, um dies einzuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1179,25 +1407,28 @@
+ "when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können Ihren Rechner einen Signalton ausgeben lassen, wenn Sie bei "
+-"aktivierten klebrigen Tasten eine Tastenkombination zu tippen beginnen. Dies "
+-"ist nützlich, wenn Sie wissen wollen, ob die klebrigen Tasten eine "
++"aktivierten Beharrlichen Tasten eine Tastenkombination zu tippen beginnen. "
++"Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie wissen wollen, ob die beharrlichen Tasten eine "
+ "Tastenkombination erwarten, so dass der nächste Tastendruck als Teil einer "
+ "Tastenkombination aufgefasst wird. Wählen Sie <gui>Signalton ausgeben, wenn "
+ "eine Zusatztaste gedrückt wird</gui>, um dies zu aktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Visuelle Alarme aktivieren, um den Bildschirm oder das Fenster aufblinken zu "
+-"lassen, wenn ein Warnklang abgespielt wird."
++"lassen, wenn ein Warnton abgespielt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+-msgstr "Den Bildschirm bei Warnklängen blinken lassen"
++msgstr "Den Bildschirm bei Warntönen blinken lassen"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1205,11 +1436,12 @@
+ "alert sound is played."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ihr Rechner spielt für bestimmte Nachrichten- und Ereigniskategorien "
+-"einfache Warnklänge ab. Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, diese Klänge zu hören, "
++"einfache Warntöne ab. Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, diese Töne zu hören, "
+ "können Sie entweder den gesamten Bildschirm oder ihr aktuelles Fenster "
+-"aufblinken lassen, wenn ein Warnklang ausgegeben wird."
++"aufblinken lassen, wenn ein Warnton ausgegeben wird."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+@@ -1217,16 +1449,19 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das kann darüber hinaus nützlich sein, wenn Sie in einer Umgebung sind, wo "
+ "Ihr Rechner still sein sollte, wie etwa in einer Bibliothek. Sehen Sie in "
+-"<link xref=\"sound-alert\"/>, wie Sie den Warnklang deaktivieren können, und "
++"<link xref=\"sound-alert\"/>, wie Sie den Warnton deaktivieren können, und "
+ "schalten Sie dann visuelle Alarme ein."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Gehör</"
++"Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Gehör</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+ "screen or just your current window title to flash."
+@@ -1234,7 +1469,8 @@
+ "Schalten Sie <gui>Visuelle Alarme</gui> ein. Wählen Sie, ob der ganze "
+ "Bildschirm oder nur die aktuelle Fensterleiste blinken soll."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1244,103 +1480,126 @@
+ "das <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Symbol für Barrierefreiheit</link> im oberen "
+ "Panel klicken und <gui>Visuelle Warnungen</gui> wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+-msgstr "Einige Tipps, wie Sie die Hilfe zur Arbeitsumgebung verwenden können."
++msgstr "Einige Tipps, wie Sie die Hilfe zum Desktop verwenden können."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name) C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "Info zu diesem Handbuch"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+ "computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
+ "possible:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dieses Handbuch wurde mit dem Ziel erstellt, die Funktionsmerkmale Ihrer "
+-"Arbeitsumgebung zu erklären, Ihre technischen Fragen zu beantworten und "
+-"Tipps zu geben, wie Sie Ihren Rechner noch effektiver nutzen können. Wir "
+-"haben versucht, dieses Handbuch so einfach verwendbar wie möglich zu "
+-"gestalten:"
++"Dieses Handbuch wurde mit dem Ziel erstellt, die Funktionsmerkmale Ihres "
++"Ddesktops zu erklären, Ihre technischen Fragen zu beantworten und Tipps zu "
++"geben, wie Sie Ihren Rechner noch effektiver nutzen können. Wir haben "
++"versucht, dieses Handbuch so einfach verwendbar wie möglich zu gestalten:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+@@ -1350,7 +1609,8 @@
+ "etwa in Kapitel. Das bedeutet, dass Sie nicht einen ganzen Wälzer "
+ "durchblättern müssen, um Antworten auf Ihre Fragen zu bekommen."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+@@ -1361,7 +1621,8 @@
+ "ähnliche Themen zu finden, die dabei helfen könnten, eine bestimmte Aufgabe "
+ "zu erfüllen."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+@@ -1371,7 +1632,8 @@
+ "ist eine <em>Suchleiste</em>, in der relevante Ergebnisse aufscheinen, "
+ "sobald Sie zu tippen beginnen."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1383,76 +1645,89 @@
+ "hier nicht alle Ihre Fragen beantworten werden. Deswegen fügen wir neue "
+ "Informationen hinzu, um das Ganze noch hilfreicher zu gestalten."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vielen Dank, dass Sie sich die Zeit genommen haben, diese Anleitung zur "
+-"Hilfe der Arbeitsumgebung zu lesen. Wir hoffen aufrichtig, dass Sie sie "
+-"niemals brauchen werden."
++"Hilfe des Desktops zu lesen. Wir hoffen aufrichtig, dass Sie sie niemals "
++"brauchen werden."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- Das GNOME-Dokumentationsteam"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "Mit einem Online-Konto verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name) C/privacy.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "Ein Konto hinzufügen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+ "applications will be set up for you."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Durch Hinzufügen eines Kontos können Sie Ihre Online-Konten mit Ihrer GNOME-"
+-"Arbeitsumgebung verknüpfen. Auf diese Weise werden Ihr E-Mail-Programm, Ihre "
++"Durch Hinzufügen eines Kontos können Sie Ihre Online-Konten mit Ihrem GNOME "
++"Desktop verknüpfen. Auf diese Weise werden Ihr E-Mail-Programm, Ihre "
+ "Sofortnachrichtenanwendung und weitere Anwendungen für Sie eingerichtet."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf das <gui>+</gui>-Symbol in der linken unteren Ecke des "
++"Klicken Sie auf das <key>+</key> Symbol in der linken unteren Ecke des "
+ "Fensters."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Kontentyp</gui> und wählen Sie einen aus."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+@@ -1460,11 +1735,13 @@
+ "Falls Sie über Konten mehrerer Typen verfügen, können Sie die anderen Konten "
+ "später hinzufügen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen …</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
+@@ -1474,7 +1751,8 @@
+ "Ihres Online-Kontos angeben können. Wenn Sie beispielsweise ein Google-Konto "
+ "einrichten, geben Sie Benutzername und Passwort Ihres Google-Kontos ein."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+ "GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
+@@ -1484,7 +1762,8 @@
+ "Bestätigung gebeten, dass GNOME Zugriff auf Ihr Online-Konto erhält. Wählen "
+ "Sie <gui>Zugriff gewähren</gui>, um fortzusetzen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1494,9 +1773,10 @@
+ "Wählen Sie die Anwendungen aus, die Sie mit Ihrem Online-Konto verknüpfen "
+ "wollen. Wenn Sie beispielsweise ein Online-Konto für Sofortnachrichten "
+ "verwenden wollen, nicht jedoch für Ihren Kalender, dann schalten Sie die "
+-"<gui>Kalender</gui>-Option ab."
++"<gui>Kalender</gui> Option ab."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1504,7 +1784,8 @@
+ "Nach dem Hinzufügen der Konten verwendet jede Anwendung, die Sie dafür "
+ "eingerichtet haben, diese Anmeldedaten beim Start."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
+@@ -1517,52 +1798,68 @@
+ "Dienst vollständig lösen wollen, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">entfernen</"
+ "link> Sie sie."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name) C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
+ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr "Ein neues Konto mit <app>Online-Konten</app> erstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "Ein Online-Konto erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+@@ -1572,20 +1869,23 @@
+ "während Sie es zu <app>Online-Konten</app> hinzufügen. Dies ermöglicht Ihnen "
+ "die Verwaltung aller Ihrer Online-Konten aus einer Anwendung heraus."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung <app>Online-"
+-"Konten</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Online-Konten</app> in der Aktivitäten "
++"Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+ "types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
+@@ -1595,12 +1895,14 @@
+ "Kontentypen <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">könnten nicht "
+ "verfügbar sein</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen …</gui>, um fortzusetzen."
+ 
+ # Die in den Online-Konten angezeigte Webseite zeigt die englische Version.
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+ "appears."
+@@ -1608,7 +1910,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf oder Verweis <gui>Sign Up</gui> auf der "
+ "erscheinenden Seite."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+ "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
+@@ -1616,9 +1919,10 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nicht alle Kontenanbieter bieten die Möglichkeit, an dieser Stelle ein Konto "
+ "zu erstellen. Falls der Dienst dies nicht anbietet, müssen Sie eine andere "
+-"Methode zum Erstellen eines Kontos nutzen."
++"Methode zum Erstellen eines Kontos verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+ "details such as username and password."
+@@ -1626,7 +1930,8 @@
+ "Füllen Sie das Registrierungsformular aus. Sie werden üblicherweise nach "
+ "einigen persönlichen Details wie Benutzername und Passwort gefragt."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+@@ -1635,17 +1940,19 @@
+ "Erlauben Sie diesen Zugriff, um Ihr Konto für <app>Online-Konten</app> "
+ "zugänglich zu machen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+ "default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
+ "individual services to disable them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alle von einem Kontenanbieter bereitgestellten Dienste sind standardmäßig "
+-"aktiviert. Sie können einzelne Dienste <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"
+-"\">deaktivieren</link>."
++"aktiviert. Sie können einzelne Dienste <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
++"service\">deaktivieren</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+@@ -1655,11 +1962,13 @@
+ "Kalender und E-Mail. Sie können festlegen, welche dieser Dienste von "
+ "Anwendungen verwendet werden dürfen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr "Festlegungen zum Zugriff eines Kontos auf bestimmte Dienste"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1670,13 +1979,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einige Arten von Online-Konten erlauben den Zugriff auf verschiedene Dienste "
+ "eines Benutzerkontos. Beispielsweise ermöglichen Google-Konten den Zugriff "
+-"auf Kalender, E-Mail, Kontakte und Sofortnachrichten. Vielleicht wollen Sie "
+-"Ihr Konto für einige der Dienste nutzen, für andere dagegen eher nicht. Zum "
+-"Beispiel könnten Sie Ihr Google-Konto zwar für E-Mail nutzen wollen, aber "
+-"nicht für Sofortnachrichten, weil Sie ein anderes Online-Konto dafür "
+-"verwenden."
++"auf Kalender, E-Mail, Kontakte und Chat. Vielleicht wollen Sie Ihr Konto für "
++"einige der Dienste nutzen, für andere dagegen nicht. Zum Beispiel könnten "
++"Sie Ihr Google-Konto zwar für E-Mail nutzen wollen, aber nicht für Chat, "
++"weil Sie ein anderes Online-Konto dafür verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+@@ -1684,12 +1993,14 @@
+ "Sie können einige der von einem Online-Konto bereitgestellten Dienste "
+ "deaktivieren:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie das zu ändernde Konto in der Liste auf der linken Seite aus."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+@@ -1697,11 +2008,13 @@
+ "Eine Liste der für dieses Konto verfügbaren Dienste wird unter <gui>Dieses "
+ "Konto benutzen für</gui> angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr "Schalten Sie die Dienste ab, die Sie nicht verwenden wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+@@ -1710,7 +2023,8 @@
+ "Sobald ein Dienst eines Kontos deaktiviert ist, können die Anwendungen Ihres "
+ "Rechners keine Verbindung zu diesem Dienst mehr herstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+@@ -1718,99 +2032,124 @@
+ "Um einen zuvor deaktivierten Dienst wieder einzuschalten, gehen Sie zurück "
+ "zum Fenster der <gui>Online-Konten</gui> und schalten Sie ihn ein."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr "Die Dienstanbieter sind nicht aufgelistet?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "Warum wird mein Kontentyp nicht in der Liste angezeigt?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um Ihre bevorzugten Konten unterstützen zu können, ist zuweilen noch etwas "
+-"Entwicklungsarbeit notwendig. Derzeit werden nur wenige Online-Kontentypen "
+-"unterstützt:"
++"Unterstützung für Ihren bevorzugten Online-Service-Anbieter braucht "
++"jemanden, um diese zu entwickeln. Derzeit werden nur wenige Online-"
++"Kontentypen unterstützt:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr "Unterstützung für Yahoo wird in naher Zukunft verfügbar sein."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Sie Unterstützung für weitere Dienste wünschen, kontaktieren Sie die "
+-"Entwickler über das <link xref=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\">Fehlererfassungssystem</link>."
++"Entwickler über das <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\">Fehlererfassungssystem</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "So entfernen Sie ein Konto vollständig."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "Ein Konto entfernen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie das zu löschende Konto aus."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf das <gui>-</gui>-Symbol in der linken unteren Ecke des "
++"Klicken Sie auf das <key>-</key> Symbol in der linken unteren Ecke des "
+ "Fensters."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Entfernen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+ "desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Anstatt das Konto vollständig zu entfernen, ist es möglich, die <link xref="
+-"\"accounts-disable-service\">Dienste einzuschränken</link>, auf die Ihre "
+-"Arbeitsumgebung zugreifen darf."
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">Dienste einzuschränken</link>, auf die Ihr "
++"Desktop zugreifen darf."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:23(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+@@ -1818,11 +2157,13 @@
+ "Anwendungen können die in <app>Online-Konten</app> erstellten Konten und "
+ "deren angebotene Dienste nutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr "Welche Anwendungen machen von Online-Konten Gebrauch?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+@@ -1830,11 +2171,13 @@
+ "<app>Online-Konten</app> können von externen Anwendungen für deren "
+ "automatische Konfiguration verwendet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "Mit einem Google-Konto"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1842,46 +2185,55 @@
+ "Google agenda."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In der E-Mail-Anwendung <app>Evolution</app> wird Ihr E-Mail-Konto "
+-"automatisch hinzugefügt, so dass Ihre E-Mail-Nachrichten abgerufen werden, "
+-"Ihre Kontakte verfügbar werden und der Kalender die Einträge des Google-"
+-"Kalenders anzeigt."
++"automatisch zu <app>Evolution</app> hinzugefügt, so dass Ihre E-Mail-"
++"Nachrichten abgerufen werden, Ihre Kontakte verfügbar werden und der "
++"Kalender die Einträge des Google-Kalenders anzeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+-"will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In der Sofortnachrichten-Anwendung <app>Empathy</app> wird Ihr Online-Konto "
+-"automatisch hinzugefügt, so dass Sie mit Ihren Freunden kommunizieren können."
++"<app>Empathy</app>, die Instant Messaging-Anwendung. Ihr Online-Konto wird "
++"hinzugefügt, und Sie werden in der Lage sein, mit Ihren Freunden zu "
++"kommunizieren."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In <app>Kontakte</app> sehen Sie Ihre Kontakte und können sie bearbeiten."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In <app>Dokumente</app> können Sie auf Ihre Online-Dokumente zugreifen und "
+ "diese anzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Mit Windows-Live-, Facebook- oder Twitter-Konten"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> kann diese Konten nutzen, um Sie online zu halten und "
+-"Sofortnachrichtenverbindungen mit Ihren Kontakten und Freunden herzustellen."
++"Chat-Verbindungen mit Ihren Kontakten und Freunden herzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+-msgstr "Mit einem SkyDrive-Konto"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "Mit einem SkyDrive Konto"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+ "and display them."
+@@ -1889,21 +2241,62 @@
+ "In <app>Dokumente</app> können Sie auf Ihre Online-Dokumente auf Microsoft "
+ "SkyDrive zugreifen und diese anzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Mit einem Exchange Konto"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie ein Exchange-Konto erstellt haben, wird <app>Evolution</app> "
++"beginnen Mails von diesem Konto abzurufen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "Mit einem ownCloud Konto"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn ein ownCloud Konto eingerichtet ist, ist <app>Evolution</app> in der "
++"Lage auf Kontakte und Kalendereinträge zuzugreifen und diese zu bearbeiten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Files</app> und andere Anwendungen werden in der Lage sein, auf Ihre "
++"Online-Dateien, die in der ownCloud-Installation gespeichert sind, "
++"zuzugreifen und diese zu listen ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Beantwortet die Frage, ob Sie Ihre E-Mail-Konten oder jene aus sozialen "
+-"Netzwerken in Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung nutzen sollten."
++"Warum Ihre E-Mail oder Soziale Netzwerk-Konten auf Ihrem Desktop hinzufügen?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "Warum sollte ich ein Konto hinzufügen?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1913,21 +2306,30 @@
+ "the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Durch Hinzufügen Ihrer Konten gelangen Dienste wie Kalender, Chat oder E-"
+-"Mail direkt in Ihre Arbeitsumgebung und fügen die Informationen der Dienste "
+-"nahtlos in Ihre Arbeitsabläufe ein. Hinzugefügte Konten ermöglichen es, über "
+-"die bereitgestellten Dienste in Kontakt zu bleiben, wie Echtzeit-Chats. "
+-"Richten Sie Ihr Konto einmalig ein und bei jedem Start des Rechners stehen "
+-"alle hinzugefügten Konten und deren Dienste für Sie bereit."
+-
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+-msgstr "Greifen Sie auf Online-Dienste wie Facebook und Google zu."
++"Mail direkt in Ihr Desktop und fügen die Informationen der Dienste nahtlos "
++"in Ihre Arbeitsabläufe ein. Hinzugefügte Konten ermöglichen es, über die "
++"bereitgestellten Dienste in Kontakt zu bleiben, wie Echtzeit-Chats. Richten "
++"Sie Ihr Konto einmalig ein und bei jedem Start des Rechners stehen alle "
++"hinzugefügten Konten und deren Dienste für Sie bereit."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Erstellen eines neuen Kontos</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">Hinzufügen eines vorhandenen Kontos</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-remove\">Entfernen eines Kontos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Online-Konten"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
+ "Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+@@ -1940,15 +2342,18 @@
+ "Ähnliches aus diesen Anwendungen zugreifen, ohne Ihre Kontendetails erneut "
+ "eingeben zu müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob Ihre Sicherung erfolgreich war."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "Ihre Sicherung überprüfen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+@@ -1959,7 +2364,8 @@
+ "funktioniert hat, könnten Sie wichtige Daten verlieren, weil diese nicht in "
+ "die Datensicherung einbezogen wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -1971,7 +2377,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie für Sie besonders wichtige Daten übertragen, sollten Sie zusätzlich "
+ "prüfen, ob die Übertragung korrekt war."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -1984,7 +2391,8 @@
+ "aus der Datensicherung handelt, haben Sie zusätzliche Sicherheit, dass die "
+ "Übertragung erfolgreich war."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -1996,7 +2404,8 @@
+ "<app>Déjà Dup</app>. Ein solches Programm ist leistungsfähiger und "
+ "zuverlässiger als das bloße Kopieren und Einfügen von Dateien."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -2004,38 +2413,48 @@
+ "Erfahren Sie, wie oft Sie Ihre wichtigen Daten sichern sollten, um wirklich "
+ "sicher sein zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Häufigkeit von Datensicherungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+@@ -2043,10 +2462,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Häufigkeit von Datensicherungen hängt von der Art der gesicherten Daten "
+ "ab. Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Netzwerkumgebung betreiben, in der "
+-"kritische Daten auf Ihren Servern gespeichert sind, könnten nächtliche "
+-"Datensicherungen unter Umständen nicht ausreichend sein."
++"kritische Daten auf Ihren Servern gespeichert sind, könnten sogar "
++"Datensicherungen jede Nacht unter Umständen nicht ausreichend sein."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+@@ -2056,15 +2476,18 @@
+ "Ihren Heimrechner geht. Berücksichtigen Sie die folgenden Punkte bei der "
+ "Zeitplanung Ihrer Datensicherungen:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "Die Zeit, die Sie am Rechner verbringen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr "Wie oft sich die Daten auf dem Rechner ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -2077,7 +2500,8 @@
+ "steuerlichen Betriebsprüfung stehen, sind häufigere Datensicherungen "
+ "notwendig."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+@@ -2090,7 +2514,8 @@
+ "als eine Woche mit dem Ersetzen verlorener Dokumente verbringen wollen, "
+ "müssen Sie Ihre Datensicherung mindestens einmal pro Woche ausführen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+@@ -2099,11 +2524,13 @@
+ "Kopien Ihrer wertvollen Dateien und Einstellungen zu erstellen und vor "
+ "Verlust zu schützen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Eine Sicherung erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -2113,15 +2540,17 @@
+ "spezielle Anwendung zur Datensicherung dafür einzusetzen. Eine Reihe solcher "
+ "Anwendungen ist verfügbar, wie beispielsweise <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Hilfe für Ihren gewählten Sicherungsort führt Sie durch die "
++"Die Hilfe für Ihre ausgewählte Sicherungs-Anwendung führt Sie durch die "
+ "Einstellungen für die Sicherung und die Wiederherstellung der Daten."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2134,9 +2563,10 @@
+ "Festplatte, einen anderen Rechner im Netzwerk oder ein USB-Speichermedium. "
+ "Ihre <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">persönlichen Dateien</link> und "
+ "Einstellungen finden Sie für gewöhnlich in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner, so "
+-"dass Sie sie von dort kopieren können."
++"dass Sie diese von dort kopieren können."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2147,7 +2577,8 @@
+ "am besten, den gesamten persönlichen Ordner zu sichern, mit folgenden "
+ "Ausnahmen:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2155,18 +2586,21 @@
+ "Dateien, die bereits an einem anderen Ort gesichert sind, zum Beispiel auf "
+ "CD/DVD oder anderen Wechselmedien."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dateien, die sich einfach wiederherstellen lassen. Sollten Sie Programmierer "
+ "sein, brauchen Sie natürlich keine Dateien zu sichern, die beim Kompilieren "
+ "von Programmen erstellt werden. Sorgen Sie aber dafür, dass Sie die "
+ "originalen Quelldateien sichern."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2174,15 +2608,18 @@
+ "Alle Dateien im Papierkorb-Ordner. Sie finden den Papierkorb-Ordner unter "
+ "<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Aus einer Sicherung wiederherstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "Eine Sicherung wiederherstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2190,7 +2627,8 @@
+ "Falls Sie Dateien verloren oder gelöscht haben, aber über eine Sicherung "
+ "verfügen, können Sie sie aus der Sicherung wiederherstellen:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+@@ -2201,7 +2639,8 @@
+ "wollen, können Sie sie einfach auf Ihren Rechner zurück <link xref=\"files-"
+ "copy\">kopieren</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2214,7 +2653,8 @@
+ "Datensicherungsprogramms. Dort werden Sie spezifische Anweisungen finden, "
+ "wie Sie Ihre Dateien wiederherstellen können."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2222,11 +2662,13 @@
+ "Eine Liste von Ordnern, wo Sie Dokumente, Dateien und Einstellungen finden, "
+ "die Sie möglicherweise sichern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "Wo finde ich die Dateien, die ich sichern will?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+@@ -2237,14 +2679,16 @@
+ "Datensicherung. Nachfolgend finden Sie die üblichen Speicherorte für "
+ "wichtige Dateien und Einstellungen, die Sie sichern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "Persönliche Dateien (Dokumente, Musik, Fotos und Videos)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2254,7 +2698,8 @@
+ "home/Ihr_Name</file>). Sie könnten sich auch in dessen Unterordnern wie "
+ "Schreibtisch, Dokumente, Bilder, Musik und Videos befinden."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+@@ -2266,11 +2711,13 @@
+ "zu sichern. Mit der <app>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</app> können Sie "
+ "herausfinden, wie viel Speicherplatz Ihr persönlicher Ordner belegt."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "Verborgene Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2283,13 +2730,15 @@
+ "oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Sie können "
+ "diese wie jede andere Datei an den Ort der Sicherung kopieren."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Persönliche Einstellungen (Schreibtischeinstellungen, Themen und "
++"Persönliche Einstellungen (Desktop-Einstellungen, Themen und "
+ "Softwareeinstellungen)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2298,27 +2747,30 @@
+ "in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner (siehe oben für Informationen zu verborgenen "
+ "Dateien)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+ "local</file> in your Home folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die meisten Ihrer Anwendungseinstellungen werden in den verborgenen Ordnern "
++"Die meisten Ihrer Anwendungs-Einstellungen werden in den verborgenen Ordnern "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file> und <file>."
+ "local</file> in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner gespeichert."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Systemweite Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einstellungen für wichtige Systembestandteile werden nicht in Ihrem "
+ "persönlichen Ordner gespeichert. Es gibt eine Reihe von Speicherorten dafür, "
+@@ -2327,32 +2779,37 @@
+ "eine Sicherung einzubeziehen. Sollten Sie jedoch einen Server betreiben, "
+ "sollten Sie die Dateien der laufenden Dienste sichern."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sichern Sie alles, dessen Wiederherstellung schwierig werden könnte, falls "
+ "etwas schief geht."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "Was gesichert werden sollte"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vorzugsweise sollten Sie sowohl die <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">wichtigsten Dateien</link> als auch diejenigen sichern, die schwer "
+-"wiederherzustellen sind. Ein Beispiel, gewichtet von den wichtigsten bis zu "
+-"den unwichtigsten Dateien:"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"Vorzugsweise sollten Sie sowohl die <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">wichtigsten Dateien</link> als auch diejenigen sichern, die "
++"schwer wiederherzustellen sind. Ein Beispiel, gewichtet von den wichtigsten "
++"bis zu den unwichtigsten Dateien:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "Ihre persönlichen Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+@@ -2362,11 +2819,13 @@
+ "Kalendereinträge, Finanzdaten, Familienfotos oder sonstige persönliche Daten "
+ "sein, die für Sie als unersetzlich gelten."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Ihre persönlichen Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2375,17 +2834,19 @@
+ "while to recreate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dies schließt Änderungen der Farben, Hintergründe, der Bildschirmauflösung "
+-"und Mauseinstellungen in Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung ein. Weiterhin können dies "
+-"Anwendungseinstellungen sein, zum Beispiel für <app>LibreOffice</app>, für "
+-"Ihr Musikwiedergabeprogramm oder Ihr E-Mail-Programm. Diese Einstellungen "
++"und Mauseinstellungen auf Ihrem Desktop ein. Weiterhin können dies "
++"Anwendungs-Einstellungen sein, zum Beispiel für <app>LibreOffice</app>, für "
++"Ihr Musikwiedergabe-Programm oder Ihr E-Mail-Programm. Diese Einstellungen "
+ "lassen sich zwar wiederherstellen, doch das kann unter Umständen viel Zeit "
+ "in Anspruch nehmen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Systemeinstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+@@ -2397,19 +2858,23 @@
+ "Systemeinstellungen anpassen wollen oder es sich bei Ihrem Rechner um einen "
+ "Server handelt, sollten Sie diese Einstellungen vorher sichern."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "Installierte Software"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die von Ihnen verwendete Software kann üblicherweise nach einem ernsthaften "
+ "Rechnerproblem wiederhergestellt werden, indem Sie diese erneut installieren."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+@@ -2421,22 +2886,28 @@
+ "erfordert. Andererseits sollten Sie für leicht zu ersetzende Dinge keinen "
+ "Plattenplatz für die Sicherung opfern."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Empfehlungen zum Speichern von Sicherungen und zum Typ des Sicherungsmediums."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Speicherorte Ihrer Sicherungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2452,7 +2923,8 @@
+ "Brand oder Diebstahl würden auf diese Weise sowohl das Original als auch die "
+ "Kopie verloren gehen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2462,35 +2934,43 @@
+ "benötigen ein Gerät, das über genügend Speicherplatz für die zu sichernden "
+ "Dateien verfügt."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Lokale und entfernte Speichermöglichkeiten"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Ein USB-Speicherstick (wenig Speicherkapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Ein internes Speicherlaufwerk (höhere Kapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Ein externes Speicherlaufwerk (höhere Kapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Ein Netzlaufwerk (hohe Kapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Ein Datei-/Backup-Server (hohe Kapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "Beschreibbare CDs oder DVDs (niedrige/mittlere Kapazität)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2500,7 +2980,8 @@
+ "s3/\">Amazon S3</link> oder <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu "
+ "One</link>; Kapazität ist preisabhängig)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2509,20 +2990,24 @@
+ "Dateien Ihres Systems zu sichern, was <em>vollständige Systemsicherung</em> "
+ "genannt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Das Warum, Was, Wo und Wie für Datensicherungen."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Datensicherungen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "Sichern Ihrer wichtigen Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2539,7 +3024,8 @@
+ "Sie sollten beispielsweise ein USB-Laufwerk, eine externe Festplatte, eine "
+ "CD/DVD oder einen externen Speicherdienst verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2547,21 +3033,24 @@
+ "Die beste Möglichkeit der Dateisicherung ist, dies regelmäßig zu tun und die "
+ "Kopien extern und verschlüsselt aufzubewahren."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Verbinden</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">Dateien senden</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+ "on-off\">ein- und ausschalten</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2576,47 +3065,55 @@
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">Dateien zwischen Geräten zu übertragen</link>, wie "
+ "beispielsweise von Ihrem Rechner zu einem Mobiltelefon."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth-Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Bluetooth-Geräte koppeln."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr "Ihren Rechner mit einem anderen Bluetooth-Gerät verbinden"
++msgstr "Ihren Rechner mit einer anderen Bluetooth-Einheit verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+ "Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Bevor Sie ein Bluetooth-Gerät wie eine Maus oder einen Kopfhörer verwenden "
+-"können, müssen Sie diese Geräte zunächst mit Ihrem Rechner verbinden. Dies "
+-"wird auch das »Koppeln« von Bluetooth-Geräten genannt."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
++"Bevor Sie eine Bluetooth-Einheit wie eine Maus oder einen Kopfhörer "
++"verwenden können, müssen Sie diese Geräte zunächst mit Ihrem Rechner "
++"verbinden. Dies wird auch das »Koppeln« von Bluetooth-Einheiten genannt."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+@@ -2624,52 +3121,58 @@
+ "Bevor Sie beginnen, stellen Sie sicher, dass Bluetooth auf Ihrem Rechner "
+ "aktiviert ist. Siehe <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Neues Gerät konfigurieren</gui>."
++"<gui>Neue Einheit konfigurieren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Neues Gerät konfigurieren …</gui>."
++"<gui>Neue Einheit konfigurieren …</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Machen Sie das andere Bluetooth-Gerät <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">sichtbar</link> und platzieren Sie es in einem Umkreis von 10 Metern um "
+-"den Rechner. Dann wählen Sie <gui>Vor</gui>. Ihr Rechner beginnt nun nach "
+-"Geräten zu suchen."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"Machen Sie die andere Bluetooth-Einheit <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">sichtbar</link> und platzieren Sie diese in einem Umkreis von "
++"10 Metern um den Rechner. Dann wählen Sie <gui>Vor</gui>. Ihr Rechner "
++"beginnt nun nach Einheiten zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls zu viele Geräte aufgelistet werden, wählen Sie einen bestimmten "
+-"<gui>Gerätetyp</gui> in der Auswahlliste aus, um die Anzeige in der Liste zu "
+-"begrenzen."
++"Falls zu viele Einheiten aufgelistet werden, wählen Sie einen bestimmten "
++"<gui>Einheitentyp</gui> in der Auswahlliste aus, um die Anzeige in der Liste "
++"zu begrenzen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie <gui>PIN-Optionen …</gui>, um festzulegen, wie eine PIN an das "
+-"andere Gerät übertragen wird."
++"Wählen Sie <gui>PIN-Optionen …</gui>, um festzulegen, wie eine PIN an die "
++"andere Einheit übertragen wird."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+@@ -2677,39 +3180,43 @@
+ "proper setting."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die automatische PIN-Einstellung verwendet einen sechsstelligen Zifferncode. "
+-"Ein Geräte ohne Eingabetasten oder Berührungsbildschirm erfordert "
++"Eine Einheit ohne Eingabetasten oder Berührungsbildschirm erfordert "
+ "möglicherweise die spezifischen Code 0000 oder überhaupt keinen Code. "
+-"Schauen Sie in der Anleitung Ihres Gerätes nach, um die richtigen "
++"Schauen Sie in der Anleitung Ihrer Einheit nach, um die richtigen "
+ "Einstellungen zu ermitteln."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie die Ihrem Gerät entsprechende PIN-Einstellung aus und klicken Sie "
+-"dann auf <gui>Schließen</gui>."
++"Wählen Sie die Ihrer Einheit entsprechende PIN-Einstellung aus und klicken "
++"Sie dann auf <gui>Schließen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Vor</gui>. Falls Sie keine voreingestellte PIN "
++"Klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Weiter</gui>. Falls Sie keine voreingestellte PIN "
+ "verwenden, wird die PIN auf dem Bildschirm angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+ "PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls nötig, bestätigen Sie die PIN auf Ihrem anderen Gerät. Das Gerät "
++"Falls nötig, bestätigen Sie die PIN auf Ihrer anderen Einheit. Die Einheit "
+ "sollte die PIN anzeigen, die Sie auch auf Ihrem Rechnerbildschirm sehen "
+ "können, oder Sie um die Eingabe der PIN bitten. Bestätigen Sie die PIN auf "
+-"dem Gerät und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Übereinstimmung</gui>."
++"der Einheit und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Übereinstimmung</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+@@ -2717,10 +3224,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die meisten Geräte akzeptieren die Eingabe nur, wenn Sie innerhalb von 20 "
+ "Sekunden geschieht, anderenfalls kann die Verbindung nicht abgeschlossen "
+-"werden. Falls dies passieren sollte, dann gehen Sie zur Geräteliste zurück "
+-"und beginnen Sie erneut."
++"werden. Falls dies passieren sollte, dann gehen Sie zur Einheitenliste "
++"zurück und beginnen Sie erneut."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2728,7 +3236,8 @@
+ "Eine Meldung wird angezeigt, sobald die Verbindung erfolgreich aufgebaut "
+ "wurde. Klicken Sie auf <gui>Schließen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2736,7 +3245,18 @@
+ "Sie können später <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">eine Bluetooth-"
+ "Verbindung entfernen</link>, falls gewünscht."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"Um den Zugriff auf Ihre verteilten Dateien zu steuern, beziehen Sie sich auf "
++"die <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> Einstellungen. Siehe <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"bluetooth\"/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2744,39 +3264,45 @@
+ "Der Adapter könnte ausgeschaltet sein oder es könnten keine Treiber "
+ "verfügbar sein, oder Bluetooth könnte deaktiviert oder gesperrt sein."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr "Ich kann mein Bluetooth-Gerät nicht verbinden"
++msgstr "Ich kann meine Bluetooth-Einheit nicht verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es gibt eine Reihe von Gründen, warum Sie nicht in der Lage sein könnten, "
+-"eine Verbindung zu einem Bluetooth-Gerät herzustellen (beispielsweise ein "
++"eine Verbindung zu einer Bluetooth-Einheit herzustellen (beispielsweise ein "
+ "Mobiltelefon oder ein Headset):"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Verbindung wird blockiert oder ist nicht vertrauenswürdig"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+ "is set up to allow connections."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Einige Bluetooth-Geräte blockieren standardmäßig Verbindungsanfragen oder "
+-"erfordern die Änderung der Einstellungen, um Verbindungen zu ermöglichen. "
+-"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihr Gerät dafür eingerichtet ist, Verbindungen zu "
+-"ermöglichen."
++"Einige Bluetooth-Einheiten blockieren standardmäßig Verbindungs-Anfragen "
++"oder erfordern die Änderung der Einstellungen, um Verbindungen zu "
++"ermöglichen. Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihre Einheit dafür eingerichtet ist, "
++"Verbindungen zu ermöglichen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth-Hardware wurde nicht erkannt"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2791,11 +3317,13 @@
+ "nicht finden werden. In diesem Fall werden Sie einen anderen Bluetooth-"
+ "Adapter besorgen müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "Adapter ist nicht eingeschaltet"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+@@ -2806,7 +3334,8 @@
+ "Sie, ob Bluetooth nicht <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">deaktiviert</"
+ "link> ist."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+@@ -2816,25 +3345,29 @@
+ "Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel und überprüfen Sie, ob "
+ "Bluetooth nicht <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">deaktiviert</link> ist."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+-msgstr "Gerät für die Verbindung ist ausgeschaltet"
++msgstr "Bluetooth Verbindung der Einheit ist ausgeschaltet"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+ "in airplane mode."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Überprüfen Sie, ob Bluetooth auf dem zu verbindenden Gerät eingeschaltet "
++"Überprüfen Sie, ob Bluetooth auf der zu verbindenden Einheit eingeschaltet "
+ "ist. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine Verbindung zu einem Mobiltelefon herstellen "
+-"wollen, schauen Sie nach, ob es sich vielleicht im Flugzeugmodus befindet."
++"wollen, gehen Sie sicher, dass es sich nicht im Flugzeug-Modus befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "Kein Bluetooth-Adapter in Ihrem Rechner"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2842,27 +3375,31 @@
+ "Viele Rechner haben keine Bluetooth-Schnittstelle. Sie können einen Adapter "
+ "kaufen, falls Sie Bluetooth verwenden wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+-msgstr "Ein Gerät aus der Liste der Bluetooth-Geräte entfernen."
++msgstr "Eine Einheit aus der Liste der Bluetooth-Einheiten entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+-msgstr "Eine Verbindung zwischen Bluetooth-Geräten entfernen"
++msgstr "Eine Verbindung zwischen Bluetooth-Einheiten entfernen"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+ "like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
+ "from a device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie sich nicht mehr mit einem Bluetooth-Gerät verbinden wollen, können "
+-"Sie die Verbindung entfernen. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie ein Gerät wie eine "
+-"Maus oder einen Kopfhörer nicht mehr verwenden oder keine Dateien mehr von "
+-"einem oder zu einem Gerät übertragen wollen."
++"Falls Sie sich nicht mehr mit einer Bluetooth-Einheit verbinden wollen, "
++"können Sie die Verbindung entfernen. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie eine "
++"Einheit wie eine Maus oder einen Kopfhörer nicht mehr verwenden oder keine "
++"Dateien mehr von einer oder zu einer Einheit übertragen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2870,8 +3407,9 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol in der <gui>Menüleiste</gui> und wählen "
+ "Sie <gui>Bluetooth-Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2879,37 +3417,44 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth-Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste das Gerät aus, dessen Verbindung Sie trennen "
+-"wollen, und klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>-</gui> unten in der Liste."
++"Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste die Einheit aus, dessen Verbindung Sie "
++"trennen wollen, und klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>-</gui> unten in der "
++"Liste."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Entfernen</gui> im Bestätigungsfenster."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können später <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ein Bluetooth-"
+-"Gerät erneut verbinden</link>, falls gewünscht."
++"Sie können später <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">eine Bluetooth-"
++"Einheit erneut verbinden</link>, falls gewünscht."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Austausch von Dateien zwischen Bluetooth-Geräten, wie beispielsweise Ihrem "
++"Austausch von Dateien zwischen Bluetooth-Einheiten, wie beispielsweise Ihrem "
+ "Rechner und Ihrem Mobiltelefon."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr "Eine Datei an ein anderes Bluetooth-Gerät senden"
++msgstr "Eine Datei an eine andere Bluetooth-Einheit senden"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2917,41 +3462,34 @@
+ "using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
+ "window, or directly from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Dateien an andere verbundene Bluetooth-Geräte senden, zum "
+-"Beispiel Mobiltelefone oder andere Rechner. Einige Gerätetypen ermöglichen "
+-"keine Übertragungen von Dateien allgemein oder von bestimmten Dateitypen. "
+-"Sie können Dateien auf drei verschiedene Arten übertragen: mit dem Bluetooth-"
+-"Symbol in der Menüleiste, aus dem Bluetooth-Einstellungsfenster oder direkt "
+-"über die Dateiverwaltung."
++"Sie können Dateien an andere verbundene Bluetooth-Einheiten senden, zum "
++"Beispiel Mobiltelefone oder andere Rechner. Einige Einheitentypen "
++"ermöglichen keine Übertragungen von Dateien allgemein oder von bestimmten "
++"Dateitypen. Sie können Dateien auf drei verschiedene Arten übertragen: mit "
++"dem Bluetooth-Symbol in der Menüleiste, aus dem Bluetooth-"
++"Einstellungsfenster oder direkt über die Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+-"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+-"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
+-"or directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Dateien an andere verbundene Bluetooth-Geräte senden, zum "
+-"Beispiel Mobiltelefone oder andere Rechner. Einige Gerätetypen ermöglichen "
+-"keine Übertragungen von Dateien allgemein oder von bestimmten Dateitypen. "
+-"Sie können Dateien auf drei verschiedene Arten übertragen: mit dem Bluetooth-"
+-"Symbol im oberen Panel, aus dem Bluetooth-Einstellungsfenster oder direkt "
+-"über die Dateiverwaltung."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/"
+-">."
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Informationen darüber, wie Sie Dateien direkt aus der Dateiverwaltung "
+-"versenden können, finden Sie in <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
++"Sie können Dateien an verbundene Bluetooth-Einheiten senden, wie z. B. "
++"einige Handys oder andere Computer. Einige Arten von Einheiten erlauben die "
++"Übertragung von Dateien oder bestimmte Dateitypen nicht. Sie können Dateien "
++"über das Bluetooth-Symbol in der oberen Leiste, oder vom Bluetooth-"
++"Einstellungen-Fenster senden."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Dateien mit Hilfe des Bluetooth-Symbols senden"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2959,7 +3497,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol in der Menüleiste und klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Dateien an Gerät senden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2967,12 +3506,17 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel und klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Dateien an Gerät senden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datei aus und klicken Sie auf <gui>Auswählen</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -2980,54 +3524,62 @@
+ "Um mehr als eine Datei aus einem Ordner zu versenden, halten Sie beim "
+ "Markieren der Dateien die <key>Strg</key>-Taste gedrückt."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie das Gerät aus, an welches Sie die Dateien versenden wollen, und "
++"Wählen Sie die Einheit aus, an welches Sie die Dateien versenden wollen, und "
+ "klicken Sie auf <gui>Senden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+ "confirmation on the other device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Geräteliste zeigt sowohl Geräte an, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">mit denen Sie bereits verbunden sind</link>, als auch die innerhalb eines "
+-"bestimmten Umkreises <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">sichtbaren Geräte</"
+-"link>. Falls Sie noch nicht mit dem gewählten Gerät verbunden sind, werden "
+-"Sie nach dem Klick auf <gui>Senden</gui> darum gebeten, eine Kopplung "
+-"vorzunehmen. Dafür wird eventuell eine Bestätigung auf dem anderen Gerät "
+-"erforderlich sein."
++"Die Einheitenliste zeigt sowohl Einheiten an, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">mit denen Sie bereits verbunden sind</link>, als auch die innerhalb "
++"eines bestimmten Umkreises <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">sichtbaren "
++"Einheiten</link>. Falls Sie noch nicht mit der ausgewählten Einheit "
++"verbunden sind, werden Sie nach dem Klick auf <gui>Senden</gui> darum "
++"gebeten, eine Kopplung vorzunehmen. Dafür wird eventuell eine Bestätigung "
++"auf der anderen Einheit erforderlich sein."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls zahlreiche Geräte verfügbar sind, können Sie die Anzeige mit Hilfe der "
+-"Auswahlliste <gui>Gerätetyp</gui> auf bestimmte Gerätetypen begrenzen."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++"Falls zahlreiche Einheiten verfügbar sind, können Sie die Anzeige mit Hilfe "
++"der Auswahlliste <gui>Gerätetyp</gui> auf bestimmte Einheitentypen begrenzen."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+ "transfer will be shown on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Der Besitzer des empfangenden Gerätes muss üblicherweise eine Taste drücken, "
++"Der Besitzer der empfangenden Einheit muss üblicherweise eine Taste drücken, "
+ "um eine Datei zu akzeptieren. Falls der Empfänger die Datei abweist, wird "
+ "das Ergebnis der Dateiübertragung auf Ihrem Bildschirm angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Dateien mit Hilfe der Bluetooth-Einstellungen senden"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -3035,70 +3587,82 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth-Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie das Gerät für das Versenden von Dateien in der linken Liste aus. "
+-"Die Liste zeigt nur Geräte an, mit denen sie bereits verbunden sind. Siehe "
+-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++"Wählen Sie die Einheit für das Versenden von Dateien in der linken Liste aus."
++" Die Liste zeigt nur Einheiten an, mit denen sie bereits verbunden sind. "
++"Siehe <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie in der Geräteinformation an der rechten Seite auf <gui>Dateien "
+-"an Gerät senden</gui>."
++"Klicken Sie in der Einheiten-Information an der rechten Seite auf "
++"<gui>Dateien an Einheit senden</gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+-msgstr "original"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+-msgstr "Aktivieren oder deaktivieren von Bluetooth-Geräten auf Ihrem Rechner."
++msgstr ""
++"Aktivieren oder deaktivieren von Bluetooth-Einheiten auf Ihrem Rechner."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth ein- oder ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "Das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+ "Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Bluetooth einschalten, um Bluetooth-Geräte zu verwenden und "
++"Sie können Bluetooth einschalten, um Bluetooth-Einheiten zu verwenden und "
+ "Dateien senden und empfangen zu können. Allerdings sollten Sie es "
+ "abschalten, um Energie zu sparen. Um Bluetooth einzuschalten, klicken Sie "
+ "auf das Bluetooth-Symbol in der Menüleiste und schalten Sie <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+ "Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Bluetooth einschalten, um Bluetooth-Geräte zu verwenden und "
++"Sie können Bluetooth einschalten, um Bluetooth-Einheiten zu verwenden und "
+ "Dateien senden und empfangen zu können. Allerdings sollten Sie es "
+ "abschalten, um Energie zu sparen. Um Bluetooth einzuschalten, klicken Sie "
+ "auf das Bluetooth-Symbol im oberen Panel und schalten Sie <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3113,7 +3677,8 @@
+ "über eine Tastenkombination. Die Tastenkombination ist meistens über die "
+ "<key>Fn</key>-Taste erreichbar."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3128,7 +3693,8 @@
+ "Tastenkombination. Die Tastenkombination ist meistens über die <key>Fn</key>-"
+ "Taste erreichbar."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -3136,7 +3702,8 @@
+ "Um Bluetooth auszuschalten, klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol und klicken "
+ "Sie auf <gui>Bluetooth ausschalten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+@@ -3144,140 +3711,172 @@
+ "Um Bluetooth auszuschalten, klicken Sie auf das Bluetooth-Symbol und "
+ "schalten Sie <gui>Bluetooth</gui> aus."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+ "for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie brauchen die <gui>Sichtbarkeit</gui> nur dann einzuschalten, wenn Sie "
+-"sich von einem anderen Gerät aus mit diesem Rechner verbinden. Siehe <link "
++"sich von einer anderen Einheit aus mit diesem Rechner verbinden. Siehe <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> für weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aktivieren oder deaktivieren der Sichtbarkeit Ihres Rechners für Bluetooth-"
+-"Geräte."
++"Einheiten."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "Was ist die Bluetooth-Sichtbarkeit?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+ "visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
+ "devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Bluetooth-Sichtbarkeit bezieht sich darauf, ob andere Geräte bei der "
+-"Suche nach Bluetooth-Geräten Ihren Rechner finden können. Wenn die Bluetooth-"
+-"Sichtbarkeit eingeschaltet ist, dann bietet sich Ihr Rechner selbst allen "
+-"anderen Geräten innerhalb des Empfangsbereichs an und erlaubt den Aufbau von "
+-"Verbindungen."
++"Die Bluetooth-Sichtbarkeit bezieht sich darauf, ob andere Einheiten bei der "
++"Suche nach Bluetooth-Einheiten Ihren Rechner finden können. Wenn die "
++"Bluetooth-Sichtbarkeit eingeschaltet ist, dann bietet sich Ihr Rechner "
++"selbst allen anderen Einheiten innerhalb des Empfangsbereichs an und erlaubt "
++"den Aufbau von Verbindungen."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ihr Rechner muss für die Suche nach anderen Geräten nicht sichtbar sein, "
+-"jedoch die anderen Geräte müssen für Ihren Rechner sichtbar sein, um "
++"Ihr Rechner muss für die Suche nach anderen Einheiten nicht sichtbar sein, "
++"jedoch müssen die anderen Einheiten für Ihren Rechner sichtbar sein, um "
+ "gefunden werden zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+ "communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nachdem Sie sich <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">mit einem Gerät "
+-"verbunden haben</link>, muss weder Ihr Rechner noch das andere Gerät "
++"Nachdem Sie sich <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">mit einer Einheit "
++"verbunden haben</link>, muss weder Ihr Rechner noch die andere Einheit "
+ "sichtbar bleiben, um kommunizieren zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Außer wenn jemand, dem Sie vertrauen, eine Verbindung von einem anderen "
+-"Gerät zu Ihrem Rechner aufbauen will, sollten Sie die Sichtbarkeit "
++"Außer wenn jemand, dem Sie vertrauen, eine Verbindung von einer anderen "
++"Einheit zu Ihrem Rechner aufbauen will, sollten Sie die Sichtbarkeit "
+ "ausschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Warum ist es wichtig</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Farbprofile</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">Kalibrierung eines Gerätes</link> …"
++"\"color#profiles\">Farbprofile</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">Kalibrierung einer Einheit</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Farbverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Farbprofile"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Kalibrierung"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(media) C/shell-introduction.page:105(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr "Ihre Termine im Kalender oben am Bildschirm anzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "Kalendereinträge"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr "Dafür muss <app>Evolution</app> auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sein."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3286,15 +3885,18 @@
+ "installiert. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist, müssen Sie es über die "
+ "Paketverwaltung Ihrer Distribution nachinstallieren."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "So zeigen Sie Ihre Termine an:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:36(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Uhr in der Mitte des oberen Panels."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Uhr im oberen Panel."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3302,7 +3904,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie im <gui>Kalender</gui> auf das Datum, für welches Sie Ihre "
+ "Termine sehen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3311,11 +3914,16 @@
+ "<app>Evolution</app> hinzugefügt werden, werden diese in der Terminliste der "
+ "Uhr angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:50(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:106(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "Uhr, Kalender und Termine"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3323,17 +3931,19 @@
+ "Um schnell zum eigentlichen <app>Evolution</app>-Kalender zu gelangen, "
+ "klicken Sie auf die Uhr und dann auf <gui>Kalender öffnen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+ "first account."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dies funktioniert nur, wenn Sie ein <app>Evolution</app>-Konto haben. "
++"Dies funktioniert nur, wenn Sie ein <app>Evolution</app> Konto haben. "
+ "Andernfalls wird ein Fenster mit den nötigen Schritten erscheinen, um Ihr "
+ "erstes Konto hinzuzufügen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3341,11 +3951,13 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf die Uhr im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen "
+ "für Datum und Uhrzeit</gui>, um das Datum und die Zeit anzupassen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3353,7 +3965,8 @@
+ "Falls Datum und Zeit im oberen Panel nicht korrekt oder in einem falschen "
+ "Format angezeigt werden, können Sie dies folgendermaßen ändern:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3361,15 +3974,18 @@
+ "Um Zeit und Datum einzustellen, klicken Sie auf die Uhr in der Mitte des "
+ "oberen Panels und wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen für Datum und Uhrzeit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Entsperren</gui> und geben Sie das <link xref=\"user-"
+-"admin-explain\">Administratorpasswort ein</link>."
++"admin-explain\">Administratorpasswort</link> ein."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
+ "minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+@@ -3378,7 +3994,8 @@
+ "ändern. Sie können das Jahr, den Monat und den Tag in einer Auswahlliste "
+ "wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+@@ -3386,7 +4003,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie die Uhr sich selbst automatisch aktualisieren "
+ "lassen, indem Sie <gui>Netzwerkzeit</gui> einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+@@ -3398,7 +4016,8 @@
+ "nicht mehr selbst machen müssen. Das funktioniert nur, wenn Sie mit dem "
+ "Internet verbunden sind."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
+ "gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+@@ -3406,21 +4025,30 @@
+ "Sie können außerdem die Stundenanzeige ändern, indem Sie die <gui>24-Stunden-"
+ "System</gui> oder <gui>12-Stunden-Format</gui> auswählen."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Andere Zeitzonen hinzufügen, damit Sie sehen können, wie spät es in anderen "
+ "Städten ist."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "Ändern Ihrer Zeitzone"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Uhr in der Mitte des oberen Panels."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen für Datum und Uhrzeit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3428,7 +4056,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren jetzigen Kontinent und wählen Sie dann Ihre jetzige "
+ "Stadt aus der Auswahlliste."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3438,9 +4067,10 @@
+ "Die von der Uhr angezeigte Zeit passt sich automatisch an, wenn Sie einen "
+ "anderen Standort wählen. Die Zeit wird aktualisiert, sobald Sie das Fenster "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen für Datum und Uhrzeit</gui> das nächste Mal öffnen. Sie "
+-"können Die Uhr auch <link xref=\"clock-set\">manuell stellen</link>."
++"können die Uhr auch <link xref=\"clock-set\">manuell einstellen</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+@@ -3450,30 +4080,28 @@
+ "\"clock-timezone\">Zeitzonen</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalender "
+ "und Termine</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
+ "to change this."
+@@ -3481,19 +4109,22 @@
+ "Schauen Sie unter <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq> "
+ "nach der Möglichkeit, dies umzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+-msgstr "Wie ordne ich Profile Geräten zu?"
++msgstr "Wie ordne ich Profile zu Einheiten zu?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
+ "device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq> und "
+-"klicken Sie auf das Gerät, dem Sie das Profil zuordnen wollen."
++"klicken Sie auf die Einheit, dem Sie das Profil zuordnen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3501,7 +4132,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Profil hinzufügen</gui> und wählen Sie ein vorhandenes "
+ "Profil aus oder importieren Sie ein neues."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3509,38 +4141,43 @@
+ "example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
+ "glossy paper and another plain paper."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Jedem Gerät können mehrere Profile zugeordnet werden, aber nur genau ein "
++"Jeder Einheit können mehrere Profile zugeordnet werden, aber nur genau ein "
+ "Profil lässt sich als <em>Standardprofil</em> festlegen. Dieses "
+ "Standardprofil wird verwendet, wenn keine weiteren Informationen vorliegen, "
+ "so dass das Profil automatisch gewählt wird. Ein Beispiel hierfür ist, dass "
+ "zwei Profile vorliegen, eines für glänzendes Papier und eines für sonstiges "
+ "Papier."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können ein Profil als Standard festlegen, in dem Sie es mit den "
+-"Radioknöpfen ändern."
++"Sie können ein Profil als Standard festlegen, in dem Sie es mit dem "
++"Auswahlknopf ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls ein Kalibrierungsgerät angeschlossen ist, erstellen Sie mit dem Knopf "
++"Falls Kalibrierungs-Hardware angeschlossen ist, erstellen Sie mit dem Knopf "
+ "<gui>Kalibrieren …</gui> ein neues Profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Kalibrierung Ihrer Kamera ist wichtig, um korrekte Farben aufnehmen zu "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich meine Kamera kalibrieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3548,10 +4185,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Kameras können Sie kalibrieren, indem Sie ein Ziel unter den gewünschten "
+ "Lichtverhältnissen fotografieren. Wenn Sie die RAW-Datei in eine TIFF-Datei "
+-"umwandeln, kann es zur Kalibrierung der Kamera in der Farbverwaltung "
++"umwandeln, kann diese zur Kalibrierung der Kamera in der Farbverwaltung "
+ "verwendet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3562,7 +4200,8 @@
+ "sichtbar sind. Die Kalibrierung funktioniert nicht, wenn das Bild auf dem "
+ "Kopf steht oder stark verzerrt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3574,29 +4213,35 @@
+ "unterschiedliche Aufnahmebedingungen anlegen müssen, wie <em>Studio</em>, "
+ "<em>Helles Sonnenlicht</em> und <em>Wolkig</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Kalibrierung Ihres Druckers ist bedeutsam, um in korrekten Farben "
+-"drucken zu können."
++"Die Kalibrierung Ihres Druckers ist wichtig, um in korrekten Farben drucken "
++"zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich meinen Drucker kalibrieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, einen Drucker zu kalibrieren:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "Mit einem Fotospektrometer wie dem Pantone ColorMunki"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr "Durch Herunterladen einer Referenzdatei von einem Dienstanbieter"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3611,7 +4256,8 @@
+ "dorthin zurück. Das Papier wird eingescannt, das Profil erstellt und Sie "
+ "erhalten eine E-Mail mit dem genauen ICC-Profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3620,23 +4266,28 @@
+ "preiswerter sein, wenn Sie eine große Anzahl von Tintensets oder Papiertypen "
+ "profilieren wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Sie die Tintensorte ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie auch Ihren "
+ "Drucker neu kalibrieren!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Kalibrieren Ihres Scanners ist wichtig, um korrekte Farben aufnehmen zu "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich meinen Scanner kalibrieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+ "can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -3647,7 +4298,8 @@
+ "<guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Farben</gui></guiseq>, um ein Profil "
+ "für das Gerät zu erstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3656,25 +4308,29 @@
+ "Temperaturschwankungen. Sie brauchen üblicherweise nicht erneut kalibriert "
+ "zu werden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Kalibrierung Ihres Bildschirms ist wichtig, um korrekte Farben "
+ "darstellen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich meinen Bildschirm kalibrieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Kalibrierung des Bildschirms ist sehr einfach und ist ein absolutes "
+-"Muss, falls Sie in Computerdesign oder -kunst tätig sind."
++"Die Kalibrierung des Bildschirms ist sehr einfach und ist eine absolutes "
++"Notwendigkeit, falls Sie in Computer-Design oder -Kunst tätig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+ "colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
+@@ -3688,7 +4344,8 @@
+ "erstellen, wobei ein Assistent Ihnen Anweisungen gibt, wie das Colorimeter "
+ "anzubringen ist und welche Einstellungen angepasst werden müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3701,22 +4358,26 @@
+ "Ihren Bildschirm neu kalibrieren sollten, sobald das [!]-Symbol im "
+ "Kontrollfeld der Farbverwaltung angezeigt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "LED-Bildschirme verändern sich ebenfalls mit der Zeit, aber etwas langsamer "
+ "als TFTs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Kalibrierung und Charakterisierung sind zwei völlig verschiedene Dinge."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "Was ist der Unterschied zwischen Kalibrierung und Charakterisierung?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3727,15 +4388,18 @@
+ "Anpassung des Farbverhaltens des Gerätes. Dies geschieht üblicherweise über "
+ "zwei Mechanismen:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "Änderung der Steuerungen oder internen Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "Anwendung von Kurven auf deren Farbkanäle"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3747,10 +4411,11 @@
+ "Farbverhaltens zu definieren. Oft ist dies tagtäglich wichtig, um ein "
+ "reproduzierbares Verhalten zu gewährleisten. Typischerweise werden "
+ "Kalibrierungsdaten in geräte- oder systemspezifischen Formaten gespeichert, "
+-"die Geräteeinstellungen oder kanalweise getrennte Kalibrierungskurven "
++"die Einheiten-Einstellungen oder kanalweise getrennte Kalibrierungskurven "
+ "enthalten."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3761,17 +4426,18 @@
+ "color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Charakterisierung (oder Profilierung) ist das <em>Aufzeichnen</em> des "
+-"Weges, wie ein Gerät sich in Bezug auf Farben verhält und diese "
+-"reproduziert. Üblicherweise wird das Ergebnis in einem auf Geräte bezogenen "
+-"ICC-Profil gespeichert. Die Farben an sich werden dabei durch das Profil in "
+-"keiner Weise verändert. Es erlaubt lediglich einem System wie CMM "
++"Weges, wie ein Gerät sich in Bezug auf Farben verhält und diese reproduziert."
++" Üblicherweise wird das Ergebnis in einem auf Geräte bezogenen ICC-Profil "
++"gespeichert. Die Farben an sich werden dabei durch das Profil in keiner "
++"Weise verändert. Es erlaubt lediglich einem System wie CMM "
+ "(Farbverwaltungsmodul) oder einer auf Farben bezogenen Anwendung die "
+ "Anpassung von Farben, wenn es mit einem weiteren Geräteprofil kombiniert "
+ "wird. Nur durch Kenntnis der Charakteristiken der zwei Geräte gibt es eine "
+ "Möglichkeit, die Farbdarstellung des einen Gerätes auf das andere Gerät zu "
+ "übertragen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3780,7 +4446,8 @@
+ "dann gültig ist, wenn es sich im selben Kalibrierungszustand wie zum "
+ "Zeitpunkt der Charakterisierung befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3798,15 +4465,18 @@
+ "Anwendungen zur Bildschirmkalibrierung beziehen sie ebenfalls nicht ein oder "
+ "verarbeiten die ICC-Charakterisierungsinformation (das Profil) weiter."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr "Wir unterstützen eine große Zahl von Kalibrierungsgeräten."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "Welche Farbmessgeräte werden unterstützt?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3814,51 +4484,63 @@
+ "GNOME bezieht sich auf das Argyll-Farbverwaltungssystem zur Unterstützung "
+ "von Farbmessgeräten. Die folgenden Bildschirmmessgeräte werden unterstützt:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (Spektrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (Spektrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i0 Display 1, 2 oder LT (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design oder Photo (Spektrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 und 3 (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (Colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3866,7 +4548,8 @@
+ "Das Pantone Huey ist derzeit das preiswerteste Gerät und wird unter Linux am "
+ "besten unterstützt."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+@@ -3876,73 +4559,90 @@
+ "Streifenmessung unterstützt, die Ihnen beim Kalibrieren und Charakterisieren "
+ "Ihrer Drucker helfen:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 »Pulse« (Spektralfotometer zum »Drüberziehen«)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (Spektralfotometer für Einzelmessung)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (Spektralfotometer für Einzel- und Streifenmessung)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (Spektralfotometer für Einzel- und Streifenmessung)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (Spektralfotometer für Einzelmessung)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Kalibrierungsziele sind nötig, um die Profilierung eines Scanners und einer "
+ "Kamera auszuführen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "Welche Zieltypen werden unterstützt?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "Die folgenden Zieltypen werden unterstützt:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3950,7 +4650,8 @@
+ "Sie können solche Ziele von allgemein bekannten Anbietern wie KODAK, X-Rite "
+ "und LaserSoft bei verschiedenen Online-Händlern kaufen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3958,18 +4659,21 @@
+ "Alternativ erhalten Sie die Ziele bei <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> zu einem sehr günstigen Preis."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Freigabe von Farbprofilen ist keine gute Idee, das sich die "
+ "Gegebenheiten der Geräte mit der Zeit ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "Kann ich mein Farbprofil freigeben?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -3983,7 +4687,8 @@
+ "haben als ein ähnlicher Bildschirm mit der nächsten Seriennummer, wenn er "
+ "tausend Stunden in Betrieb war."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -3993,7 +4698,8 @@
+ "<em>näher</em> an einer Kalibrierung, aber von einer echten Kalibrierung "
+ "kann hier nicht die Rede sein."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -4006,7 +4712,8 @@
+ "Fenstern, schwarze Wände, Tageslichtlampen etc.) im Raum, in dem Bilder "
+ "betrachtet und bearbeitet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -4015,17 +4722,20 @@
+ "Profile gelten, die Sie von Anbieter-Webseiten heruntergeladen haben oder "
+ "die in Ihrem Auftrag erstellt wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Farbprofile werden von Herstellern bereitgestellt oder können von Ihnen "
+ "selbst erstellt werden. "
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Wo kann ich Farbprofile beziehen?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -4033,7 +4743,8 @@
+ "Die beste Möglichkeit ist die Erstellung eigener Profile, wobei dies etwas "
+ "Anfangsaufwand erfordert."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -4043,7 +4754,8 @@
+ "<em>Treiberpaketen</em> bereit. Diese müssen Sie nach dem Herunterladen "
+ "entpacken und dann in den Dateien nach Farbprofilen suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -4055,32 +4767,37 @@
+ "länger vor dem Kaufdatum des Gerätes erstellt wurde, handelt es sich "
+ "vermutlich um automatisch erstellte Standarddaten, die eher nutzlos sind."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> finden Sie weitere Informationen, "
+-"warum die durch den Hersteller bereitgestellten Farbprofile oft schlecht "
+-"oder gar nutzlos sind."
++"warum die durch den Hersteller bereitgestellten Farbprofile oft schlechter "
++"als nutzlos sind."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr "Farbprofile können einfach importiert werden, indem Sie sie öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich Farbprofile importieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um das Profil zu importieren, klicken Sie in Ihrer Dateiverwaltung doppelt "
+-"auf die <input>.ICC</input>- oder <input>.ICM</input>-Datei."
++"Um das Profil zu importieren, Doppel-Klicken Sie in Ihrer Dateiverwaltung "
++"auf die <input>.ICC</input>  oder <input>.ICM</input> Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+@@ -4088,20 +4805,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alternativ wählen Sie <gui>Profil importieren …</gui> in "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Farben</gui></guiseq>, wenn Sie ein "
+-"Profil für ein Gerät auswählen."
++"Profil für eine Einheit auswählen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Farbkorrektur des gesamten Bildschirms beeinflusst alle Farben in allen "
+ "Fenstern."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr "Fehlende Information für die Farbkorrektur des gesamten Bildschirms?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -4114,7 +4834,8 @@
+ "ermöglichen, aber Sie werden nicht alle der geänderten Farben auf dem "
+ "Bildschirm sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -4124,18 +4845,21 @@
+ "Charakterisierungsdaten enthält, verwenden Sie spezielle Farbmessgeräte wie "
+ "Colorimeter oder Spektrometer."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können benachrichtigt werden, sobald ein Farbprofil veraltet und ungenau "
+ "ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Kann ich mich benachrichtigen lassen, sobald mein Farbprofil ungenau wird?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+@@ -4146,7 +4870,8 @@
+ "Zeitpunkts der letzten Kalibrierung bestimmen, ob eine Neukalibrierung zu "
+ "empfehlen ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+@@ -4154,7 +4879,8 @@
+ "Einige Unternehmen haben spezielle Ablaufrichtlinien für Farbprofile, da ein "
+ "ungenaues Profil ein Endprodukt erheblich beeinflussen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+ "red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -4167,7 +4893,8 @@
+ "um Sie zu warnen. Eine Warnmeldung wird außerdem bei jeder Anmeldung an "
+ "Ihrem Rechner angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+@@ -4175,28 +4902,40 @@
+ "Die Regeln für Anzeigegeräte und Drucker legen Sie über das maximale Alter "
+ "des Profils in Tagen fest:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:44(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr "Standard-Bildschirmprofile haben kein Kalibrierungsdatum."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Warum hat ein Standardprofil eines Bildschirms kein Ablaufdatum der "
+ "Kalibrierung?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4211,12 +4950,14 @@
+ "Herstellung. Weitere Informationen zur Farbkorrektur sind dort nicht "
+ "enthalten."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Da die EDID nicht aktualisiert werden kann, hat sie auch kein Ablaufdatum."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+@@ -4224,18 +4965,21 @@
+ "Ein Farbprofil vom Hersteller des Bildschirms oder die Erstellung eines "
+ "eigenen Profils wird zu genauerer Darstellung der Farben führen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Testen der Farbverwaltung ist nicht schwierig. Es werden einige "
+ "Testprofile mitgeliefert."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich überprüfen, ob die Farbverwaltung korrekt arbeitet?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+@@ -4243,7 +4987,8 @@
+ "Die Auswirkungen eines Farbprofils sind oft nicht sofort sichtbar. Es kann "
+ "schwierig sein festzustellen, ob sich überhaupt etwas geändert hat."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+@@ -4251,7 +4996,8 @@
+ "In GNOME werden verschiedene Profile für Testzwecke mitgeliefert. Mit diesen "
+ "ist deutlich sichtbar, wenn sie angewendet werden:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+@@ -4259,7 +5005,8 @@
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: Der gesamte Bildschirm wird blau eingefärbt und "
+ "überprüft, ob die Kalibrierungskurven an die Anzeige gesendet wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+@@ -4267,7 +5014,8 @@
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: Der gesamte Bildschirm wird in Pink dargestellt "
+ "und verschiedene Merkmale eines Bildschirmprofils getestet"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4281,15 +5029,17 @@
+ "Bildschirm zu sehen sein. Die Unterschiede werden nur in Anwendungen "
+ "ersichtlich, die Farbverwaltung unterstützen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fügen Sie eines der Testprofile in <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</"
+-"gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq> zu Ihrem Anzeigegerät hinzu."
++"gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq> zu Ihrer Anzeige-Einheit hinzu."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+@@ -4297,37 +5047,44 @@
+ "Mit diesen Profilen wird deutlich sichtbar, wenn eine Anwendung die "
+ "Farbverwaltung unterstützt."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ein virtuelles Gerät ist ein farbverwaltetes Gerät, das nicht an Ihrem "
++"Eine virtuelles Einheit ist eine farbverwaltete Einheit, die nicht an den "
+ "Rechner angeschlossen ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+-msgstr "Was ist ein virtuelles farbverwaltetes Gerät?"
++msgstr "Was ist eine virtuelle farbverwaltete Einheit?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ein virtuelles Gerät ist ein unter Farbverwaltung stehendes Gerät, das nicht "
+-"mit Ihrem Rechner verbunden ist. Das könnte Folgendes sein:"
++"Eine virtuelle Einheit ist eine unter Farbverwaltung stehendes Einheit, die "
++"nicht mit dem Rechner verbunden ist. Das könnte Folgendes sein:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Onlineshop, wo Sie Fotos hochladen können, die dort ausgedruckt und an "
+ "Sie gesendet werden"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr "Auf einer Speicherkarte befindliche Fotos einer digitalen Kamera"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+ "the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
+@@ -4337,31 +5094,35 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um ein virtuelles Profil für eine digitale Kamera zu erstellen, ziehen Sie "
+ "einfach eine der Bilddateien in den Dialog <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</"
+-"gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq>. Sie können dann wie bei jedem anderen Gerät "
++"gui><gui>Farbe</gui></guiseq>. Sie können dann wie bei jeder anderen Einheit "
+ "<link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">Profile zuordnen</link> oder es <link "
+ "xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">kalibrieren</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Farbprofil ist eine einfache Datei, in der ein Farbraum oder das "
+-"Verhalten eines Gerätes beschrieben wird."
++"Verhalten einer Einheit beschrieben wird."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "Was ist ein Farbprofil?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ein Farbprofil ist ein Datensatz, der entweder ein Gerät charakterisiert, "
+-"wie einen Projektor, oder einen Farbraum, wie RGB."
++"Ein Farbprofil ist ein Datensatz, der entweder eine Einheit charakterisiert, "
++"wie einen Projektor, oder einen Farbraum, wie sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4369,47 +5130,55 @@
+ "Die meisten Farbprofile liegen als ICC-Profil vor, als Datei mit der Endung "
+ "<input>.ICC</input> oder <input>.ICM</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Farbprofile können durch Angabe des Gamut-Bereichs in Bilddateien "
+-"eingebettet werden. Das stellt sicher, dass Benutzern auf allen Geräten die "
+-"gleichen Farben angezeigt werden."
++"eingebettet werden. Das stellt sicher, dass Benutzern auf allen Einheiten "
++"die gleichen Farben angezeigt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+ "managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
+ "colors are not being lost or modified."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Jedes Gerät, das Farben verarbeitet, sollte ein eigenes ICC-Profil haben. "
++"Jede Einheit, die Farben verarbeitet, sollte ein eigenes ICC-Profil haben. "
+ "Wenn dies gewährleistet ist, dann verfügt das System über eine vollständige "
+ "Farbverwaltung (<em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>). Dadurch wird "
+ "sichergestellt, dass Farben weder verloren gehen noch geändert werden."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Ein Farbraum ist ein definierter Bereich von Farben."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "Was ist ein Farbraum?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4417,7 +5186,8 @@
+ "Ein Farbraum ist ein definierter Bereich von Farben. Weithin bekannte "
+ "Farbräume sind sRGB, AdobeRGB und ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4429,13 +5199,15 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die menschliche Netzhaut ist zwar kein einfacher RGB-Sensor, aber das "
+ "Verhalten des Auges kann in etwa mit einem CIE-1931-Farbdiagramm verglichen "
+-"werden, das die visuellen Reaktionen als hufeisenförmiges Diagramm "
+-"darstellt. Darin erkennen Sie, dass das menschliche visuelle System weit "
+-"mehr Schattierungen von Grün als Blau oder Rot unterscheidet. Mit einem "
++"werden, das die visuelle Reaktion als hufeisenförmiges Diagramm darstellt. "
++"Darin erkennen Sie, dass das menschliche visuelle System weit mehr "
++"Schattierungen von Grün als Blau oder Rot unterscheidet. Mit einem "
+ "trichromatischen Farbraum wie RGB stellen wir die Farben auf einem Rechner "
+ "mit drei Werten dar, was uns auf ein <em>Dreieck</em> von Farben einschränkt."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4445,16 +5217,18 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Verwendung solcher Modelle wie der CIE-1931-Farbspezifikation ist eine "
+ "radikale Vereinfachung des menschlichen Sehens. Reale Gamuts werden als 3D-"
+-"Hülsen ausgedrückt, im Gegensatz zu zweidimensionalen Projektionen. Eine 2D-"
++"Hüllen ausgedrückt, im Gegensatz zu zweidimensionalen Projektionen. Eine 2D-"
+ "Darstellung einer 3D-Form kann unter Umständen zu Irrtümern führen. Wenn Sie "
+-"also die 3D-Hülse sehen wollen, sollten Sie die Anwendung <code>gcm-viewer</"
++"also die 3D-Hülle sehen wollen, sollten Sie die Anwendung <code>gcm-viewer</"
+ "code> benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB durch weiße Dreiecke dargestellt"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4462,14 +5236,15 @@
+ "<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
+ "applications (including the Internet)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Zunächst ist sRGB der kleinste Farbraum und kann eine verhältnismäßig "
+-"geringe Zahl von Farben kodieren. Es ist eine Schätzung für einen 10 Jahre "
+-"alten Röhrenmonitor, und die meisten modernen Bildschirme können weitaus "
+-"mehr Farben darstellen. Es ist der Standard des <em>kleinsten gemeinsamen "
++"sRGB  ist zunächst einmal der kleinste Farbraum und kann die kleinste Anzahl "
++"von Farben kodieren. Es ist eine Schätzung für einen 10 Jahre alten "
++"Röhrenmonitor, und die meisten modernen Bildschirme können daher weitaus "
++"mehr Farben darstellen. sRBG ist der Standard des <em>kleinsten gemeinsamen "
+ "Nenners</em> und wird in einer großen Zahl von Anwendungen verwendet, auch "
+ "im Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4481,7 +5256,8 @@
+ "ohne befürchten zu müssen, dass die hellsten Farben bzw. die schwarzen "
+ "Bereiche an Zeichnung verlieren."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+@@ -4489,10 +5265,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "ProPhoto ist der größte verfügbare Farbraum und wird häufig für "
+ "Dokumentarchivierung verwendet. Fast der gesamte Bereich der vom "
+-"menschlichen Auge erfassbaren Farben können kodiert werden, sowie weitere, "
++"menschlichen Auge erfassbaren Farben kann kodiert werden, sowie weitere, "
+ "menschlich nicht erkennbare Farben."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+@@ -4505,20 +5282,22 @@
+ "haben, dann verursacht ein größerer Bereich größere Abstufungen zwischen den "
+ "einzelnen Werten."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+ "colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
+ "untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Größere Abstufungen verursachen einen größeren Versatz zwischen der "
++"Größere Abstufungen verursachen einen größeren Fehler zwischen der "
+ "aufgenommenen und der gespeicherten Farbe. Für einige Farben ist das ein "
+ "großes Problem. Es ergibt sich, dass gewisse Schlüsselfarben, wie "
+-"beispielsweise Hauttöne besonders bedeutsam sind und unvoreingenommene "
+-"Betrachter meinen, dass die Farben in der Fotografie unecht aussehen."
++"beispielsweise Hauttöne, besonders bedeutsam sind und auch bei kleinen "
++"Fehlern ungeübte Zuschauer bemerken, dass etwas in dem Foto falsch aussieht."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+@@ -4529,7 +5308,8 @@
+ "Bilddatei verdoppelt. Die meisten heute verwendeten Inhalte liegen in 8 bpp "
+ "vor, d.h. 8 Bit pro Pixel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4540,31 +5320,35 @@
+ "ein benutzerdefinierter Farbraum wie das Profil Ihres Bildschirms oder "
+ "Druckers."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Kalibrierung ist von Bedeutung, wenn Sie Wert auf die angezeigten oder "
+ "ausgedruckten Farben legen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "Warum sollte ich selbst kalibrieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4574,11 +5358,13 @@
+ "Gerät auf den Markt bringt, werden lediglich einige Geräte der laufenden "
+ "Produktion entnommen und der Durchschnitt ermittelt:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Durchschnittsprofile"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4590,7 +5376,8 @@
+ "es für Drucker, da allein die Wahl der Papierart die Charakterisierung "
+ "beeinflusst und das Profil ungenau machen könnte."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4600,54 +5387,61 @@
+ "eigene Kalibrierung. Alternativ kann auch ein externer Dienstanbieter auf "
+ "der Basis Ihres genauen Charakterisierungsstatus ein Profil liefern."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr "Farbverwaltung ist für Designer, Fotografen und Künstler bedeutsam."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "Warum ist Farbverwaltung wichtig?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4657,7 +5451,8 @@
+ "Eingabegerät, die Anzeige auf dem Bildschirm und der Ausdruck. Dabei sollten "
+ "die exakten Farben und deren Bereiche auf allen Geräten gleich sein."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4665,24 +5460,28 @@
+ "Die Notwendigkeit der Farbverwaltung lässt sich vielleicht am besten anhand "
+ "einer Fotografie eines Vogels an einem Wintertag begründen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr "Vogel an einem Wintertag, wie durch den Sucher der Kamera gesehen"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Zeigt den typisch übersättigten Blau-Kanal, wodurch das Bild kalt wirkt."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So sieht der Benutzer das Bild üblicherweise auf dem Bildschirm eines "
+ "Business-Laptops"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4690,7 +5489,8 @@
+ "Beachten Sie, dass das Weiß keineswegs ein »Papierweiß« ist und das Auge "
+ "eher schlammbraun ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So sieht der Benutzer das Bild als Ausdruck auf einem typischen "
+@@ -4698,7 +5498,8 @@
+ 
+ # Mit »Electric Blue« ist hier wohl eine amerikanische Fernsehserie gemeint:
+ # http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y0T9Mq5BE0s
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4709,19 +5510,21 @@
+ "fotografieren, doch leider werden die meisten Drucker nicht fähig sein, es "
+ "zu reproduzieren."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+ "you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
+ "as the paper color."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die meisten Bildaufzeichnungsgeräte arbeiten mit RGB (Rot, Grün, Blau) und "
+-"müssen diesen Farbraum in CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Gelb und Schwarz) umwandeln. "
+-"Ein weiteres Problem ist, dass es keine <em>weiße</em> Tinte gibt, so dass "
+-"das Weiß direkt von der Farbe des Papiers abhängig ist."
++"Die meisten Bild-Einheiten zeichnen in RGB (Rot, Grün, Blau) auf und müssen "
++"diesen Farbraum für den Druck in CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Gelb und Schwarz) "
++"umwandeln. Ein weiteres Problem ist, dass es keine <em>weiße</em> Tinte "
++"gibt, so dass das Weiß direkt von der Farbe des Papiers abhängig ist."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4738,7 +5541,8 @@
+ "hätten gerade 7 Entfernungseinheiten zurückgelegt, ohne etwas darüber "
+ "verlauten zu lassen, ob es 7 Kilometer oder vielleicht nur 7 Meter waren."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4752,20 +5556,22 @@
+ "Farben eines Sonnenuntergangs darstellen können soll, während ein Projektor "
+ "einen sehr kleinen Bereich hat, wodurch Farben »verwaschen« wirken."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+ "electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
+ "like."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In einigen Fällen können wir das Geräteverhalten dahingehend "
+-"<em>beeinflussen</em>, dass wir die an das Gerät gesendeten Daten verändern. "
+-"In vielen Fällen ist das aber nicht möglich (Sie können »Electric Blue« "
+-"nicht drucken) und wir müssen dem Benutzer zeigen, wie das Ergebnis aussehen "
+-"sollte."
++"In einigen Fällen können wir die Ausgabe der Einheit dahingehend "
++"<em>beeinflussen</em>, dass wir die an die Einheit gesendeten Daten "
++"verändern. In vielen Fällen ist das aber nicht möglich (Sie können »Electric "
++"Blue« nicht drucken) und wir müssen dem Benutzer zeigen, wie das Ergebnis "
++"aussehen sollte."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4773,79 +5579,94 @@
+ "to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
+ "exact Red Hat Red."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Für Fotografen ist es sinnvoll, den gesamten Farbtonbereich eines Farbgeräts "
+-"zu verwenden, um beispielsweise weiche Farbverläufe zu erzielen. Für andere "
+-"Grafiken ist eher der genaue Farbwert von Bedeutung. Wenn Sie beispielsweise "
+-"einen Kaffeebecher mit dem RedHat-Logo bedrucken wollen, ist es wichtig, "
+-"dass das Rot <em>genau</em> das RedHat-Rot ist."
++"Für Fotografien ist es sinnvoll, den gesamten Farbtonbereich eines Farb-"
++"Einheit zu verwenden, um beispielsweise weiche Farbverläufe zu erzielen. Für "
++"andere Grafiken ist eher der genaue Farbwert von Bedeutung. Wenn Sie "
++"beispielsweise einen Kaffeebecher mit dem RedHat-Logo bedrucken wollen, ist "
++"es wichtig, dass das Rot <em>genau</em> das RedHat-Rot ist."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr ""
+ "So entfernen Sie einen Kontakt oder fügen ihn dem lokalen Adressbuch hinzu."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+ msgstr "Einen Kontakt hinzufügen oder entfernen"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr "So fügen Sie einen Kontakt hinzu:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Neu</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Neu</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
+-"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Geben Sie im Fenster <gui>Neuer Kontakt</gui> den Kontaktnamen und weitere "
+-"Informationen ein. Klicken Sie auf die Auswahlliste neben jedem Feld und "
+-"wählen Sie entsprechend <gui>Geschäftlich</gui>, <gui>Privat</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Andere</gui> oder <gui>Benutzerdefiniert …</gui> "
+-"(<gui>Benutzerdefiniert</gui> ermöglicht es, einen eigenen Kategorienamen "
+-"anzugeben)."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Kontakt anlegen</gui>."
++"Im <gui>Neuer Kontakt</gui> Fenster geben Sie den Namen des Kontakts und die "
++"gewünschten Informationen ein. Klicken Sie auf das Menü neben dem jeweiligen "
++"Feld um <gui>Arbeit</gui>, <gui>Home</gui> oder <gui>Andere</gui> "
++"auszuwählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Kontakt Erstellen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "So entfernen Sie einen Kontakt:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Kontakt in der linken Leiste."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Kontaktnamen in der rechten "
+-"Leiste und wählen Sie <gui>Löschen</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie zur Bestätigung auf das <key>X</key>-Symbol."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "Wählen Sie den Kontakt aus Ihrer Kontaktliste."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui> in der oberen rechten "
++"Ecke von <app>Kontakte</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Kontakt Entfernen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Zugriff auf Ihre Kontakte."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Kontakte"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+ "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+@@ -4854,43 +5675,66 @@
+ "speichern, einzusehen und zu bearbeiten. Dies betrifft sowohl lokale "
+ "Kontakte als auch jene Ihrer <link xref=\"accounts\">Online-Konten</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+-msgstr "Mit einem Kontakt chatten, ihn anrufen oder eine E-Mail senden."
++msgstr "Mit einem Kontakt unterhalten, ihn anrufen oder eine E-Mail senden."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr "Mit Ihrem Kontakt verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"So chatten Sie mit einem Kontakt, rufen ihn an oder senden ihm eine E-Mail:"
+-
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste den zu verbindenden Kontakt aus."
++"Mit einem <app>Kontakt</app> unterhalten, ihn anrufen oder eine E-Mail "
++"senden:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie E-Mail, Chat oder Anruf in der Knopfleiste in der rechten "
+-"Seitenleiste."
++"Drücken Sie das <gui>Detail</gui>, das Sie verwenden möchten. Zum Beispiel, "
++"um Ihrem Kontakt eine E-Mail zu senden, drücken Sie die E-Mail-Adresse."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr "Die entsprechende Anwendung wird mit den Kontaktdetails gestartet."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr "Die Information für jeden Kontakt bearbeiten."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr "Kontaktdetails bearbeiten"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+@@ -4898,32 +5742,32 @@
+ "Durch Bearbeiten von Kontaktdetails halten Sie die Informationen in Ihrem "
+ "Adressbuch aktuell und vollständig."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste den zu bearbeitenden Kontakt aus."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
+-"change."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie in der rechten Leiste auf das Benutzerbild oder die "
+-"Textinformation eines Kontakts, um diese zu ändern."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
+-"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
+-"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "Kontaktdetails bearbeiten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"Um ein <gui>Detail</gui>, wie eine neue Telefonnummer oder E-Mail-Adresse, "
++"hinzuzufügen, drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Detail Hinzufügen</gui> und "
++"wählen das Feld, das Sie hinzufügen möchten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um nicht angezeigte Informationen hinzuzufügen, oder eine zusätzliche "
+-"Telefonnummer oder E-Mail-Adresse, klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Detail hinzufügen …</gui>. Wählen Sie ein Feld aus der Liste aus und "
+-"klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>. Geben Sie dann die "
+-"Informationen ein."
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Fertig</gui> um die Kontakt-Bearbeitung zu "
++"beenden."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+@@ -4931,152 +5775,183 @@
+ "Bei verknüpften Kontakten können Sie die verschiedenen Profile bearbeiten, "
+ "indem Sie auf das Benutzerbild des Profils klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr "Informationen aus mehreren Quellen für einen Kontakt kombinieren."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
+-msgstr "Kontakte verknüpfen oder deren Verknüpfung lösen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "Kontakte verknüpfen und aufheben"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr "Kontakte verknüpfen"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
+-"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
+-"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Das Verknüpfen von Kontakten legt auf verschiedenen Diensten basierende "
+-"Kontakte in einen einzigen Eintrag zusammen. Das erleichtert die Verwaltung "
+-"des Adressbuchs, da alle Details zu einem Kontakt an einem zentralen Ort "
+-"verfügbar sind."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste den zu verknüpfenden Kontakt aus."
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können doppelte Kontakte aus Ihrem lokalen Adressbuch und Online-Konten "
++"in einem <app>Kontakte</app> Eintrag zusammenfassen. Diese Funktion hilft "
++"Ihnen, Ihr Adressbuch zu organisieren, mit allen Details zu einem Kontakt an "
++"einem Ort."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-"Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf eines der bearbeitbaren Elemente in der rechten Leiste und "
+-"wählen Sie <gui>Verknüpfte Kontakte hinzufügen/entfernen …</gui>."
++"Aktivieren Sie den <em>Auswahlmodus</em>, indem Sie den Kreuz-Schalter  "
++"oberhalb der Kontaktliste drücken."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie den zweiten Eintrag aus, den Sie mit dem ersten Eintrag "
+-"verknüpfen wollen."
++"Ein Kontrollkästchen wird neben jedem Kontakt angezeigt. Markieren Sie die "
++"Kontrollkästchen neben den Kontakten, die Sie zusammenführen möchten."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Verknüpfen</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie einen dritten Kontakt hinzufügen wollen, wiederholen Sie die "
+-"letzten zwei Schritte."
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Verbinden</gui> um die gewählten Kontakte "
++"miteinander zu verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Schließen</gui>, sobald Sie fertig sind."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "Kontaktverknüpfungen lösen"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
+-"the steps for unlinking contacts."
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie zwei Kontakte unabsichtlich verknüpft haben und den Vorgang "
+-"rückgängig machen wollen, folgen Sie den Anweisungen für das Lösen von "
+-"Kontaktverknüpfungen."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Unlink contacts"
+-msgstr "Kontaktverknüpfungen lösen"
++"Sie können Kontakt-Verbindungen aufheben, wenn Sie versehentlich Kontakte "
++"verknüpft haben, die nicht verknüpft sein sollten."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können die Verknüpfung von Kontakten lösen, falls einer der Einträge "
+-"veraltet oder anderweitig ungültig ist."
++"Wählen Sie den Kontakt, dessen Verbindung Sie aufheben wollen, aus Ihrer "
++"Kontaktliste."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie in der linken Leiste den Kontakt aus, dessen Verknüpfung Sie "
+-"lösen wollen."
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Bearbeiten</gui> in der oberen rechten "
++"Ecke von <app>Kontakte</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Verbundene Kontakte</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie in der rechten Leiste den Bereich aus, dessen Verknüpfung Sie "
+-"lösen wollen."
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Entfernen</gui> um die Kontakt-Verbindung "
++"aufzuheben."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Verknüpfung lösen</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>, wenn Sie mit der "
++"Aufhebung der Verbindung der Einträge fertig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr "Nach einem Kontakt suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+ msgstr "Nach einem Kontakt suchen"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr "Sie können auf zwei verschiedene Arten nach Online-Kontakten suchen:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Geben Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht den Namen des Kontakts ein."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+-msgstr "Die Symbol des Kontakts erscheint."
++"Geben Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht den Namen des Kontakts ein."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+-msgstr "So suchen Sie in <app>Kontakte</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"Der Kontakt wird in der Übersicht statt in der üblichen Liste der "
++"Anwendungen angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>x</key></keyseq>, um das Suchfeld zu "
+-"öffnen."
++"Drücken Sie <key>Eingabe</key>, um den Kontakt an der Spitze der Liste "
++"auswählen, oder klicken Sie auf den Kontakt, den Sie auswählen wollen, wenn "
++"dieser sich nicht an der Spitze befindet."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "Um von innerhalb <app>Kontakte</app> zu suchen:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie innerhalb des Such-Feldes."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Beginnen Sie damit, den Namen des Kontakts einzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:52(note/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-msgstr "Drücken Sie <key>Esc</key>, um das Suchfeld zu schließen."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ihre Kontakte in einem lokalen Adressbuch oder in einem Online-Konto "
+ "speichern."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr "Kontakte zum ersten Mal starten"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+@@ -5084,7 +5959,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie <app>Kontakte</app> zum ersten mal ausführen, öffnet sich das "
+ "Fenster <gui>Kontakte einrichten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+@@ -5095,7 +5971,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie einen Eintrag aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf <gui style="
+ "\"button\">Auswählen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+@@ -5103,60 +5980,71 @@
+ "Klicken Sie zum Bearbeiten bestehender Konteneinstellungen auf <gui style="
+ "\"button\">Einstellungen der Online-Konten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Sie noch keine Online-Konten eingerichtet haben, klicken Sie auf <gui "
+ "style=\"button\">Online-Konten</gui>, um mit der Einrichtung zu beginnen. "
+ "Sollten Sie zu diesem Zeitpunkt keine Online-Konten einrichten wollen, "
+ "klicken Sie auf <gui style=\"button\">Lokales Adressbuch</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ihre Festplatte Leistungstests unterziehen, um die Geschwindigkeit zu "
+ "überprüfen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+ msgstr "Testen der Leistungsfähigkeit Ihrer Festplatte"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr "So testen Sie die Leistungsfähigkeit Ihrer Festplatte:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+ "<app>Laufwerksverwaltung</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie die Festplatte in der Liste der <gui>Speichergeräte</gui> aus."
++"Wählen Sie die Festplatte in der Liste der <gui>Festplattenlaufwerke</gui> "
++"aus."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+ msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Zahnradsymbol und wählen Sie <gui>Laufwerks-"
+ "Leistungstest</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
+ "<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+@@ -5165,7 +6053,8 @@
+ "Parameter für <gui>Übertragungsrate</gui> und <gui>Zugriffszeit</gui> wie "
+ "gewünscht an."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+ "the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+@@ -5173,11 +6062,12 @@
+ "administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Leistungstest starten</gui>, um zu testen, wie schnell "
+-"Daten vom Medium gelesen werden. Dies erfordert <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+-"explain\">Systemverwalterrechte</link>. Geben Sie Ihr Passwort oder das "
+-"Passwort des Systemverwalters ein."
++"Daten von der Disk gelesen werden können. Dies kann <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">Systemverwalter-Rechte</link> erfordern. Geben Sie Ihr Passwort "
++"oder das Passwort des Systemverwalters ein."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
+ "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+@@ -5185,10 +6075,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn <gui>Auch Schreib-Leistungstest ausführen</gui> ausgewählt ist, so wird "
+ "der Test untersuchen, wie schnell Daten von der Platte gelesen und wie "
+-"schnell Daten darauf geschrieben werden. Diese Möglichkeit wird mehr Zeit in "
++"schnell Daten darauf geschrieben werden können. Diese wird mehr Zeit in "
+ "Anspruch nehmen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+@@ -5198,26 +6089,28 @@
+ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
+ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn die Untersuchung abgeschlossen ist wird das Ergebnis im Diagramm "
+-"dargestellt. Die grünen Punkte und deren verbindende Linien repräsentieren "
+-"die Messwerte. Für sie gilt die rechte Achse, welche die Zugriffszeit "
+-"bemisst. Die untere Achse stellt die verstrichene Testzeit prozentual dar. "
+-"Die blaue Linie repräsentiert die Lesegeschwindigkeit und die rote Linie die "
++"Wenn de Test abgeschlossen ist wird das Ergebnis im Diagramm dargestellt. "
++"Die grünen Punkte und deren verbindende Linien repräsentieren die Messwerte. "
++"Für sie gilt die rechte Achse, welche die Zugriffszeit anzeigt. Die untere "
++"Achse stellt die verstrichene Testzeit prozentual dar. Die blaue Linie "
++"repräsentiert die Lesegeschwindigkeit und die rote Linie die "
+ "Schreibgeschwindigkeit. Die zugehörigen Transferraten sind auf der linken "
+ "Achse aufgetragen und die untere Achse zeigt prozentual den von außen zur "
+ "Spindel hin überfahrenen Medienbereich."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+ "benchmark test."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Unterhalb des Graphen werden Werte für minimale, maximale und "
+-"durchschnittliche Schreib- und Leseraten angezeigt, sowie die mittlere "
++"durchschnittliche Schreib- und Lese-Raten angezeigt, sowie die mittlere "
+ "Zugriffszeit und die seit dem letzten Leistungstest vergangene Zeit."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+@@ -5226,11 +6119,13 @@
+ "<gui>Systemüberwachung</gui> zum Überprüfen des vorhandenen Plattenplatzes "
+ "und der Kapazität."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen, wieviel Festplattenspeicher verfügbar ist"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -5239,11 +6134,13 @@
+ "<app>Systemüberwachung</app> können Sie überprüfen, wie viel "
+ "Festplattenplatz noch verfügbar ist."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen mit der Festplattenbelegungsanalyse"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+@@ -5251,44 +6148,49 @@
+ "So überprüfen Sie den freien Plattenplatz und die Kapazität von Datenträgern "
+ "mit der <app>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
+ "and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Laufwerke</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-"
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Laufwerke</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> "
+ "Übersicht. Das Fenster zeigt Ihnen Informationen über die <gui>Gesamte "
+ "Speicherkapazität des Dateisystems</gui> und die <gui>Gesamte Belegung des "
+ "Dateisystems</gui> an."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
+ "folder</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf einen der Werkzeugleistenknöpfe, um zwischen "
++"Klicken Sie auf einen der Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe, um zwischen "
+ "<gui>Persönlichen Ordner analysieren</gui>, <gui>Dateisystem analysieren</"
+-"gui>, <gui>Ordner analysieren</gui> oder <gui>Entfernten Ordner analysieren</"
+-"gui> zu wählen."
++"gui>, <gui>Ordner analysieren</gui> oder <gui>Externen Ordner analysieren</"
++"gui> auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+ "href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Informationen werden nach <gui>Ordner</gui>, <gui>Belegung</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Größe</gui> und <gui>Inhalt</gui> aufgeschlüsselt. Weitere Details "
+-"hierzu finden Sie im Handbuch der <link href=\"help:baobab"
+-"\"><app>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</app></link>."
++"<gui>Größe</gui> und <gui>Inhalt</gui> angezeigt. Weitere Details hierzu "
++"finden Sie im Handbuch der <link href=\"help:"
++"baobab\"><app>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</app></link>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen mit der Systemüberwachung"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -5296,38 +6198,44 @@
+ "So überprüfen Sie den freien Festplattenplatz und die Festplattenkapazität "
+ "mit der <app>Systemüberwachung</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Systemüberwachung</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Systemüberwachung</app> in der "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Dateisysteme</gui>, um die Partitionen des "
+-"Systems und ihre Festplattenbelegung zu betrachten, aufgeschlüsselt in "
+-"<gui>Gesamt</gui>, <gui>Frei</gui>, <gui>Verfügbar</gui> und <gui>Belegt</"
+-"gui>."
++"Wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Dateisysteme</gui>, um die Partitionen des Systems "
++"und ihre Festplattenbelegung zu betrachten, aufgeschlüsselt in <gui>Gesamt</"
++"gui>, <gui>Frei</gui>, <gui>Verfügbar</gui> und <gui>Belegt</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+-msgstr "Warum ist die Festplatte zu voll?"
++msgstr "Was ist wenn die Festplatte zu voll ist?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Falls die Festplatte zu voll ist, sollten Sie:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+-msgstr "Dateien löschen, die unbedeutend sind oder nicht mehr benötigt werden."
++msgstr ""
++"Dateien löschen, die unbedeutend sind oder nicht mehr benötigt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -5336,21 +6244,25 @@
+ "erstellen, die Sie vorübergehend nicht benötigen und diese von der "
+ "Festplatte entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können die Festplatte auf Probleme testen, um sicher zu stellen, dass "
+ "sie »gesund« ist."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Ihrer Festplatte auf Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen der Festplatte"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5359,11 +6271,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Festplattenlaufwerke verfügen über einen eingebautes Werkzeug zum "
+ "Gesundheitstest namens <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and "
+-"Reporting Technology), welches wiederkehrend die Festplatte auf potenzielle "
+-"Probleme überprüft. SMART warnt auch, wenn die Festplatte kurz vor dem "
+-"Defekt steht, so dass der Verlust wichtiger Daten vermieden werden kann."
++"Reporting Technology), welches laufend die Festplatte auf mögliche Probleme "
++"überprüft. SMART warnt auch, wenn die Festplatte kurz vor dem Defekt steht, "
++"so dass der Verlust wichtiger Daten vermieden werden kann."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+ "running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+@@ -5371,33 +6284,39 @@
+ "Obwohl SMART automatisch ausgeführt wird, können Sie zusätzlich mit der "
+ "<app>Laufwerksverwaltung</app> die Festplattengesundheit prüfen:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen der Festplattengesundheit mit der Laufwerksverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Laufwerke</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Laufwerke</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> "
++"Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie das Gerät, das Sie überprüfen wollen, aus der "
+-"<gui>Speichergeräte</gui>-Liste. Informationen über das Laufwerk und dessen "
+-"Status werden unter <gui>Laufwerk</gui> angezeigt."
++"Wählen Sie die Einheit, die Sie überprüfen wollen, aus der <gui>Speicher-"
++"Einheiten</gui>-Liste. Informationen über das Laufwerk und dessen Status "
++"werden unter <gui>Laufwerk</gui> angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der <gui>SMART-Status</gui> sollte »Laufwerk ist funktionstüchtig« lauten."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+@@ -5405,15 +6324,18 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>SMART-Werte</gui>, um mehr Informationen über "
+ "das Laufwerk zu erhalten oder einen Selbsttest auszuführen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "Was tun, wenn das Laufwerk nicht funktionstüchtig ist?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selbst wenn der <gui>SMART-Status</gui> anzeigt, dass das Laufwerk "
+ "<em>nicht</em> funktionstüchtig ist, gibt es unter Umständen gar keinen "
+@@ -5421,25 +6343,26 @@
+ "einer <link xref=\"backup-why\">Datensicherung</link> Datenverlust zu "
+ "verhindern."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn der Status »Vor Versagen« lautet, ist das Laufwerk noch halbwegs "
+-"funktionstüchtig, aber es wurden Verschleißerscheinungen festgestellt, was "
++"funktionstüchtig, aber es wurden Verschleiß-Erscheinungen festgestellt, was "
+ "bedeutet, dass es in naher Zukunft ausfallen könnte. Wenn Ihre Festplatte "
+ "(oder Ihr Rechner) einige Jahre alt ist, sehen Sie diese Nachricht "
+ "wahrscheinlich bei zumindest einigen Fehlerüberprüfungen. Sie sollten <link "
+ "xref=\"backup-how\">Ihre wichtigen Daten regelmäßig sichern</link> und von "
+-"Zeit zu Zeit überprüfen, ob sich der Laufwerksstatus nicht verschlechtert "
+-"hat."
++"Zeit zu Zeit überprüfen, ob sich der Laufwerksstatus verschlechtert."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5448,7 +6371,8 @@
+ "Festplatte eventuell für eine ausführlichere Diagnose oder Reparatur zu "
+ "einem Fachmann bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+@@ -5456,59 +6380,68 @@
+ "Alle Dateien und Ordner von einer externen Festplatte oder einem USB-Stick "
+ "durch Formatieren entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Alles von einem Wechseldatenträger löschen"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+ "folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
+ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Auf einem Wechseldatenträger wie einem USB-Speicherstick oder einer externen "
+-"Festplatte könnten Sie eventuell sämtliche Dateien und Ordner löschen "
+-"wollen. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie den Datenträger <em>formatieren</em>. "
+-"Dadurch werden alle Dateien und Ordner gelöscht, so dass der Datenträger "
+-"völlig geleert wird."
++"Auf einem Wechseldatenträger, wie einem USB-Speicherstick oder einer "
++"externen Festplatte, könnten Sie eventuell sämtliche Dateien und Ordner "
++"löschen wollen. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie den Datenträger "
++"<em>formatieren</em>. Dadurch werden alle Dateien und Ordner gelöscht, so "
++"dass der Datenträger völlig geleert wird."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Formatieren eines Wechseldatenträgers"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die vollständig zu löschende Festplatte in der Liste der "
+-"<gui>Speichergeräte</gui> aus."
++"<gui>Speicher-Einheiten</gui> aus."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Stellen Sie unbedingt sicher, dass Sie das richtige Medium gewählt haben! "
+-"Falls Sie das falsche gewählt haben, werden alle Dateien auf diesem Medium "
++"Stellen Sie unbedingt sicher, dass Sie die richtige Disk gewählt haben! "
++"Falls Sie die falsche gewählt haben, werden alle Dateien auf dieser Disk "
+ "gelöscht!"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt »Datenträger« auf <gui>Datenträger aushängen</gui>. "
++"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt »Datenträger« auf <gui>Datenträger abhängen</gui>. "
+ "Klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Datenträger formatieren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie im erscheinenden Fenster einen <gui>Typ</gui> für das Dateisystem "
+-"des Datenträgers aus."
++"Wählen Sie im neuen Fenster einen Dateisystem <gui>Typ</gui> für den "
++"Datenträger aus."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5520,26 +6453,30 @@
+ "Windows verwenden, dürfte <gui>NTFS</gui> die bessere Wahl sein. Eine kurze "
+ "Beschreibung des <gui>Dateisystemtyps</gui> wird angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie dem Datenträger einen Namen und klicken Sie auf <gui>Formatieren</"
+ "gui>, um mit dem Löschen des Datenträgers zu beginnen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sobald das Formatieren beendet ist, können Sie den Datenträger sicher "
+-"entfernen. Er sollte nun leer und verwendungsbereit sein."
++"Sobald das Formatieren beendet ist, können Sie den Datenträger <gui>sicher "
++"entfernen</gui>. Er sollte nun leer und verwendungsbereit sein."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr "Formatieren einer Festplatte löscht Ihre Dateien nicht sicher"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5553,7 +6490,8 @@
+ "wiederherzustellen. Wenn Sie die Dateien verlässlich löschen müssen, sollten "
+ "Sie ein Befehlszeilenprogramm verwenden, wie etwa <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+@@ -5561,11 +6499,13 @@
+ "Was sind Datenträger und Partitionen? So setzen Sie die Laufwerksverwaltung "
+ "ein."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr "Datenträger und Partitionen verwalten"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5585,7 +6525,8 @@
+ "können Sie darauf befindliche Dateien lesen (und möglicherweise auch "
+ "schreiben)."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5600,13 +6541,15 @@
+ "Sobald eine Partition eingehängt ist, kann man sie als Datenträger "
+ "bezeichnen, weil man auf die Dateien darauf zugreifen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Datenträger und Partitionen mit der Laufwerksverwaltung betrachten und "
+ "verwalten"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+@@ -5614,7 +6557,8 @@
+ "Sie können die Datenträger Ihres Rechners mit der Laufwerksverwaltung "
+ "überprüfen und verändern."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
+ "application."
+@@ -5622,16 +6566,19 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht und starten Sie die "
+ "Anwendung <app>Laufwerke</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "In der mit <gui>Speichergeräte</gui> beschrifteten Leiste finden Sie "
+ "Festplatten, CD/DVD-Laufwerke und andere physische Geräte. Klicken Sie auf "
+ "das Gerät, das Sie untersuchen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+@@ -5642,7 +6589,8 @@
+ "gewählten Gerät. Er enthält auch eine Reihe von Hilfsmitteln zur Verwaltung "
+ "dieser Datenträger."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5650,7 +6598,8 @@
+ "Vorsicht: Es ist möglich, mit diesen Hilfsprogrammen alle Daten auf Ihrer "
+ "Festplatte unwiederbringlich zu löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -5668,7 +6617,8 @@
+ "auch über mehrere Partitionen verteilt sein, wenn es die Sicherheit "
+ "erfordert oder anderweitig zweckmäßig ist."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -5683,48 +6633,56 @@
+ "nach. Externe Medien wie USB-Laufwerke und CDs können auch bootfähige "
+ "Datenträger enthalten."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Speicherplatz</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
+ "benchmark\">Geschwindigkeit</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">Probleme</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">Laufwerke und Partitionen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+ msgstr "Festplatten und Speicherung"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr "Mehrere Bildschirme an einem Laptop einrichten."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Einen externen Bildschirm mit Ihrem Rechner verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr "Video-Demonstration"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr "Demo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+@@ -5732,18 +6690,21 @@
+ "Geben Sie <input>Bildschirme</input> in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht ein, um "
+ "die <gui>Bildschirmeinstellungen</gui> zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf die symbolisierte Darstellung des Bildschirms, den Sie "
+-"aktivieren oder deaktivieren wollen und schalten ihn dann <gui>EIN</gui> "
+-"oder <gui>AUS</gui>."
++"aktivieren oder deaktivieren wollen und schalten ihn dann <gui>EIN/AUS</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+@@ -5753,9 +6714,11 @@
+ "Bildschirm als Hauptbildschirm festzulegen, klicken Sie auf das obere Panel "
+ "und ziehen Sie es auf den gewünschten Bildschirm."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5763,9 +6726,11 @@
+ "Um die »Position« des Bildschirms zu ändern, klicken Sie ihn an und ziehen "
+ "Sie ihn an die gewünschte Position."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5773,9 +6738,11 @@
+ "Wenn beide Bildschirme den gleichen Inhalt anzeigen sollen, aktivieren Sie "
+ "das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Bildschirme spiegeln</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5784,9 +6751,11 @@
+ "<gui>Anwenden</gui> und anschließend auf <gui>Diese Konfiguration behalten</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5794,11 +6763,13 @@
+ "Um die <gui>Bildschirmeinstellungen</gui> zu schließen, klicken Sie auf das "
+ "<gui>x</gui> in der oberen Ecke."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Einrichten eines externen Bildschirms"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5808,14 +6779,16 @@
+ "ihn zunächst mit dem Laptop. Falls Ihr System ihn nicht sofort erkennt, "
+ "müssen Sie folgende Einstellungen anpassen:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
+ msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Monitore</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+@@ -5826,21 +6799,18 @@
+ "festzulegen, klicken Sie auf das obere Panel und ziehen Sie es auf den "
+ "gewünschten Bildschirm."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr "Mehrere Bildschirme an einem Arbeitsplatzrechner einrichten."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/privacy.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12(credit/years)
+-msgid "2013"
+-msgstr "2013"
+-
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Einen externen Bildschirm mit Ihrem Rechner verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+@@ -5850,15 +6820,18 @@
+ "verbinden Sie ihn zunächst. Falls Ihr System ihn nicht sofort erkennt, "
+ "müssen Sie folgende Einstellungen anpassen:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr "Zusammengehörende Dokumente in einer Sammlung gruppieren."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr "Dokumentsammlungen erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+ "one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+@@ -5868,7 +6841,7 @@
+ "documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Dokumente</app> ermöglicht Ihnen die Zusammenfassung mehrerer Dokumente "
+-"verschiedener Typen an einem zentralen Ort, der <gui>Sammlung</gui>. In "
++"verschiedener Typen an einem zentralen Ort, der <em>Sammlung</em>. In "
+ "irgendeiner Weise zusammengehörende Dokumente können Sie gruppieren, um sie "
+ "leichter zu finden. Falls Sie beispielsweise eine Geschäftsreise unternommen "
+ "und dort eine Präsentation vorgeführt haben, können Sie die "
+@@ -5876,27 +6849,33 @@
+ "mit der Kostenkalkulation sowie weiteren PDF- oder ODF-Dokumenten in einer "
+ "Sammlung zusammenfassen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr "So können Sie eine Sammlung erstellen oder hinzufügen:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p) C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>✓</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verwenden Sie den Auswahlmodus, um die zusammenzufassenden Dokumente "
+ "auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>+</gui>-Knopf in der Knopfleiste."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
+ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
+@@ -5906,24 +6885,27 @@
+ "Sie einen neuen Sammlungsnamen ein oder wählen Sie eine vorhandene Sammlung. "
+ "Die ausgewählten Dokumente werden zu dieser Sammlung hinzugefügt."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
+ "put collections inside collections.</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sammlungen verhalten sich nicht wie Ordner mit ihrer hierarchischen "
+-"Struktur. Daher können Sie <em>keine Sammlungen ineinander verschachteln</"
+-"em>."
++"Sammlungen verhalten sich nicht wie Ordner mit ihrer hierarchischen Struktur."
++" Daher können Sie <em>keine Sammlungen ineinander verschachteln</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr "So löschen Sie eine Sammlung:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie im Auswahlmodus die zu löschende Sammlung aus."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
+ "leaving the original documents."
+@@ -5931,122 +6913,61 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Papierkorb-Knopf in der Knopfleiste. Die Sammlung wird "
+ "entfernt, wobei die Originaldokumente nicht angetastet werden."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(media) C/documents-search.page:44(media)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:79(media) C/files-hidden.page:41(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:47(media) C/files-hidden.page:56(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:63(media) C/files-lost.page:51(media)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(media) C/files-sort.page:60(media)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:32(media) C/nautilus-display.page:43(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:51(media) C/nautilus-views.page:74(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(media) C/nautilus-views.page:130(media)
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie Dokumente zum Anzeigen aus."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+ msgstr "Dokumente filtern"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
+ "button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
+ "limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">Abwärtspfeil</media> in der Werkzeugleiste neben der <link xref="
++"Klicken Sie auf den <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">Abwärtspfeil</media> in der Werkzeugleiste neben der <link xref="
+ "\"documents-search\">Such</link>leiste, um den Suchbereich anhand folgender "
+ "Kategorien einzuschränken:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+ msgstr "<em>Quellen</em>: Lokal, Google, SkyDrive oder Alle."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
+ "Documents, or All."
+@@ -6054,11 +6975,13 @@
+ "<em>Typ</em>: Sammlungen, PDF-Dokumente, Präsentationen, Tabellendokumente, "
+ "Textdokumente oder Alle."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+ msgstr "Titel, Autor oder Alle."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
+ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
+@@ -6068,16 +6991,19 @@
+ "erscheinen, is es notwendig, Google oder Windows Live als ein <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">Online-Konto</link> einzurichten."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Dokumente</app> zeigt eine Reihe von verbreiteten Dokumenttypen an."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+ msgstr "Unterstützte Formate"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
+ "supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
+@@ -6087,16 +7013,19 @@
+ "<app>Dokumentenbetrachter</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, "
+ "<app>LibreOffice</app> und <app>Google Docs</app> unterstützten Formate an."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Den Namen, Ort, das Änderungsdatum oder den Typ eines Dokuments anzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+ msgstr "Ermitteln von Informationen über Dokumente"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+@@ -6105,47 +7034,56 @@
+ "<app>Dokumente</app> zeigt die folgenden Metadaten entsprechend dem "
+ "Dokumenttyp an:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr "Titel: Der Name des Dokuments, der bearbeitet werden kann;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr "Quelle: Der Pfad zum Ordner, der das Dokument enthält;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Änderungsdatum;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Typ: Das <link xref=\"documents-formats\">Dateiformat</link> des Dokuments."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr "So betrachten Sie die Eigenschaften eines Dokuments:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Prüfen</gui>, um in den Auswahlmodus zu "
+ "wechseln."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Dokument aus."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Eigenschaften</gui>-Knopf am rechten Ende der "
+ "Knopfleiste."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+@@ -6154,7 +7092,8 @@
+ "geschützt sein, so dass Sie nicht in der Lage sein werden, deren Metadaten "
+ "oder den vollständigen Inhalt anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+@@ -6166,18 +7105,23 @@
+ "Sie das Dokument erstellt haben (z.B. <app>LibreOffice</app> oder <app>Adobe "
+ "Acrobat</app>)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verwalten Sie alle lokal auf Ihrem Rechner gespeicherten und online "
+ "erstellten Dokumente."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title) C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr "Dokumente"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+ "and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
+@@ -6188,28 +7132,34 @@
+ "entweder lokal oder entfernt mittels <em>Google Docs</em> oder <em>SkyDrive</"
+ "em> erstellt worden sein."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+ msgstr "Anzeigen, Sortieren und Suchen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr "Wählen, organisieren und drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+ msgstr "Fragen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können nur Vorschauen für lokal gespeicherte Dateien anzeigen lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+ msgstr "Warum gibt es keine Vorschauen für einige Dateien?"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
+ "documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
+@@ -6221,7 +7171,8 @@
+ "Server wie <em>Google Docs</em> oder <em>SkyDrive</em> befinden, werden als "
+ "fehlende oder leere Vorschauen angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
+ "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+@@ -6229,7 +7180,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie ein <em>Google Docs</em> oder <em>SkyDrive</em>-Dokument lokal "
+ "speichern, wird ein Vorschaubild erzeugt."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
+@@ -6240,31 +7192,37 @@
+ "Falls Sie diese Möglichkeit erhalten wollen, ist es besser, es nicht "
+ "herunterzuladen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr "Drucken Sie lokal oder im Internet gespeicherte Dokumente."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr "Ein Dokument drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr "So drucken Sie ein Dokument:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verwenden Sie den Auswahlmodus, um das zu druckende Dokument auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Drucksymbol im der Knopfleiste. Daraufhin öffnet sich "
+ "der Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
+ "collection is selected."
+@@ -6272,32 +7230,41 @@
+ "Das Drucken ist nicht möglich, wenn mehr als ein Dokument oder eine Sammlung "
+ "ausgewählt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr "Suchen Sie Dokumente nach Titel oder Autor."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title) C/files-search.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+ msgstr "Nach Dateien suchen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+ msgstr "So suchen Sie in <app>Dokumente</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Lupensymbol."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Beginnen Sie mit der Eingabe. Dokumente werden nach Titel oder Autor gesucht."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
+ "\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
+@@ -6305,20 +7272,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können die Suchergebnisse einschränken oder filtern, indem Sie auf den "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeil</media> in "
+-"der Werkzeugleiste klicken und verschiedene <link xref=\"documents-filter"
+-"\">Filter</link> auswählen."
++"der Werkzeugleiste klicken und verschiedene <link xref=\"documents-"
++"filter\">Filter</link> auswählen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verwenden Sie den Auswahlmodus, um mehrere Dokumente oder Sammlungen "
+ "auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr "Dokumente auswählen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
+ "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+@@ -6327,7 +7297,8 @@
+ "drucken, betrachten oder Sammlungen daraus erstellen. So verwenden Sie den "
+ "Auswahlmodus:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
+ "actions that are valid for your selection."
+@@ -6335,19 +7306,23 @@
+ "Wählen Sie ein oder mehrere Dokumente oder Sammlungen aus. Die Knopfleiste "
+ "erscheint und zeigt die Aktionen an, die für Ihre Auswahl möglich sind."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+ msgstr "Aktionen im Auswahlmodus:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+ msgstr "Nach dem Auswählen eines oder mehrerer Dokumente können Sie:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr "Öffnen mit dem Dokumentenbetrachter (Ordnersymbol)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
+ "document is selected)."
+@@ -6355,11 +7330,13 @@
+ "Drucken (Druckersymbol): ein Dokument drucken, sofern nur ein einzelnes "
+ "Dokument ausgewählt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr "Organisieren (mit dem Plus-Symbol): Eine Dokumentsammlungen erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
+ "available when a single document is selected)."
+@@ -6367,19 +7344,23 @@
+ "Eigenschaften (Schraubenschlüsselsymbol): die Eigenschaften eines Dokuments "
+ "anzeigen, sofern nur ein einzelnes Dokument ausgewählt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr "Löschen (Papierkorbsymbol): eine oder mehrere Sammlungen löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr "Lokale oder entfernte Dokumente werden nicht angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr "Meine Dokumente sind nicht sichtbar"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
+ "app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
+@@ -6394,34 +7375,41 @@
+ "(nicht rekursiv) sowie in den XDG-Ordner (rekursiv) erfasst. Stellen Sie "
+ "sicher, dass sich Ihre Ordner in einem dieser Pfade befinden."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr "Ändern Sie die Art der Anzeige von Dokumenten."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr "Dateien in einer Liste oder in einem Raster anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dokumente und Sammlungen werden standardmäßig in einem <gui>Raster</gui> "
+ "angezeigt. So ändern Sie dies in die <gui>Listenansicht</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <app>Dokumente</app> im oberen Panel, um das Anwendungsmenü "
+ "anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie im Abschnitt <gui>Anzeigen als</gui> auf <gui>Liste</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt <gui>Anzeigen als</gui> auf <gui>Liste</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
+ "whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
+@@ -6431,21 +7419,25 @@
+ "letzten Änderung, außerdem Informationen darüber, ob es lokal gespeichert "
+ "ist oder in <app>Google Docs</app> oder <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Raster</gui> im Anwendungsmenü, um zum vorgegebenen "
+ "Format zurückzukehren."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr "Dokumente im Vollbildmodus betrachten."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+ msgstr "Lokal oder online gespeicherte Dokumente ansehen"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
+ "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+@@ -6453,7 +7445,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie <app>Dokumente</app> öffnen, werden alle Ihre Dokumente, sowohl "
+ "lokal als auch online gespeicherte, als Vorschauen angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
+ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
+@@ -6463,11 +7456,13 @@
+ "is es notwendig, Google beziehungsweise Windows Live als ein <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">Online-Konto</link> einzurichten."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr "So zeigen Sie den Inhalt eines Dokuments an:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
+ "<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+@@ -6475,110 +7470,15 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf die Vorschau. Das Dokument wird in voller Breite im "
+ "<app>Dokumente</app>-Fenster dargestellt, oder im Vollbild, falls maximiert."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um das Dokument zu beenden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf mit dem rückwärts "
+ "weisenden Pfeil."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Falls die Grafikkarte Ihres Rechners über bestimmte Funktionsmerkmale nicht "
+-"verfügt, wird eine einfachere Version der Arbeitsumgebung gestartet."
+-
+-# oder »Ausweichmodus« ? -ck
+-# Nein, ohne Anführungszeichen. Es wäre nicht gut, dem Ausweichmodus mit den
+-# Anführungszeichen noch den Touch des Sonderbaren zu verleihen. -mb
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-msgstr "Was ist der Ausweichmodus?"
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Falls die Grafikkarte Ihres Rechners über bestimmte Funktionsmerkmale nicht "
+-"verfügt, wird eine einfachere Version der Arbeitsumgebung angezeigt. Eine "
+-"Meldung informiert Sie darüber, was geschehen ist. Dies ist der "
+-"<em>Ausweichmodus</em>, der Ihnen erlaubt, GNOME auf Ihrem Rechner unter "
+-"Verzicht auf einige der erweiterten Funktionsmerkmale zu benutzen."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können manuell in den <em>Ausweichmodus</em> wechseln, indem Sie "
+-"Folgendes tun:"
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen in der rechten oberen Ecke und wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll "
+-"down to see this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf <gui>Details</gui> unter <gui>System</gui>. Sie müssen "
+-"möglicherweise hinunterrollen, um diese Option zu sehen."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Grafik</gui> an der rechten Seite."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Erzwungener Ausweichmodus</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
+-msgstr "Melden Sie sich ab und erneut an, um in den Ausweichmodus zu wechseln."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Die meisten der im Ausweichmodus fehlenden Funktionsmerkmale beziehen sich "
+-"auf das Organisieren von Fenstern und Starten von Anwendungen. "
+-"Beispielsweise wird anstelle der Aktivitäten-Übersicht ein "
+-"<gui>Anwendungsmenü</gui> am oberen Rand des Bildschirms angezeigt, in dem "
+-"Sie Anwendungen starten können, sowie eine Liste der geöffneten Fenster um "
+-"unteren Rand des Bildschirms. Der Ausweichmodus schränkt die Auswahl der "
+-"ausführbaren Anwendungen nicht ein, es ändert sich lediglich das Aussehen "
+-"der Arbeitsumgebung."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Der Start im Ausweichmodus bedeutet nicht zwangsläufig, dass Ihr System "
+-"unfähig ist, mit GNOME umzugehen. Möglicherweise könnte es bedeuten, dass "
+-"nicht die richtigen Treiber für Ihre Grafikkarte installiert sind. Sollten "
+-"Sie geeignetere Treiber für Ihre Grafikkarte finden, dann könnten Sie "
+-"dennoch in der Lage sein, den vollen Funktionsumfang von GNOME zu benutzen."
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+ "other devices and media."
+@@ -6586,11 +7486,13 @@
+ "Anwendungen für CDs und DVDs, Kameras, Audio-Abspielgeräte und weitere "
+ "Geräte und Medien automatisch starten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr "Anwendungen für Geräte oder Medien öffnen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+ "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+@@ -6603,29 +7505,33 @@
+ "Digitalkamera anschließen. Sie können das aber auch abstellen, so dass "
+ "nichts weiter passiert, wenn Sie ein Gerät anschließen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So legen Sie fest, welche Anwendung geöffnet wird, wenn verschiedene Geräte "
+ "angeschlossen werden:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Wechselmedien</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+ "types of devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Suchen Sie nach dem gewünschten Geräte- oder Medientyp und wählen Sie eine "
+-"Anwendung oder Aktion dafür aus. Nachfolgend werden die verschiedenen "
+-"Geräte- und Medientypen beschrieben."
++"Anwendung oder Aktion dafür aus. Nachfolgend werden die verschiedenen Geräte-"
++" und Medientypen beschrieben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+@@ -6635,7 +7541,8 @@
+ "in der Dateiverwaltung angezeigt wird. In diesem Fall werden Sie gefragt, "
+ "was passieren soll, es wird nichts automatisch ausgeführt."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6649,7 +7556,8 @@
+ "der Auswahlliste <gui>Typ</gui> den Geräte- oder Medientyp und in der Liste "
+ "<gui>Aktion</gui> die Anwendung oder Aktion aus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6660,15 +7568,18 @@
+ "Datenträgern nie nachfragen oder Programme starten</gui> am unteren Ende des "
+ "Wechselmedien-Fensters an."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "Geräte- und Medientypen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "Audio-CDs"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6681,11 +7592,13 @@
+ "Audio-Medium in der Dateiverwaltung öffnen, erscheinen die Titel als WAV-"
+ "Dateien, die Sie in einer Anwendung zur Audiowiedergabe abspielen können."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "Video-Medien"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6698,11 +7611,13 @@
+ "andere Video-Medien beim Einlegen nicht korrekt funktionieren, siehe <link "
+ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "Leere Medien"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+@@ -6711,11 +7626,13 @@
+ "für leere CDs, leere DVDs, leere Blu-ray-Medien und leere HD-DVDs "
+ "auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:92(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "Kameras und Fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6728,7 +7645,8 @@
+ "einstecken, wie eine CF-, SD-, MMC-, oder MS-Karte. Sie können auch einfach "
+ "Ihre Fotos mit der Dateiverwaltung durchsuchen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+@@ -6739,11 +7657,13 @@
+ "können. Hierbei handelt es sich um gewöhnliche Daten-CDs, die JPEG-Bilder in "
+ "einem Ordner namens <file>PICTURES</file> enthalten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:102(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "Musikwiedergabegeräte"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+@@ -6752,11 +7672,13 @@
+ "tragbaren Musik-Wiedergabegerät oder verwalten Sie die Dateien selbst in der "
+ "Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:107(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "E-Book-Leser"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+@@ -6766,11 +7688,13 @@
+ "Book-Lesegerät zu verwalten, oder verwalten Sie die Dateien selbst in der "
+ "Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:112(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "Software"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:113(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6784,19 +7708,24 @@
+ "ausführbarer Software eingelegt oder angeschlossen werden. Sie werden stets "
+ "um Bestätigung gebeten, bevor die Software ausgeführt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:118(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+-msgstr "Führen Sie niemals Software von Medien aus, denen Sie nicht vertrauen."
++msgstr ""
++"Führen Sie niemals Software von Medien aus, denen Sie nicht vertrauen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Verwalten und Organisieren von Dateien mit der Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "Dateien und Ordner durchsuchen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+@@ -6809,7 +7738,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Dateiservern</link> und Netzwerkfreigaben zu "
+ "verwalten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
+@@ -6821,11 +7751,13 @@
+ "Dateien und Ordnern auf die gleiche Weise suchen, wie Sie nach <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-open\">Anwendungen suchen</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Den Inhalt von Ordnern durchsuchen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+@@ -6834,10 +7766,11 @@
+ "Klicken Sie in der Dateiverwaltung doppelt auf einen beliebigen Ordner, um "
+ "seinen Inhalt einzusehen, oder klicken Sie doppelt auf eine Datei, um Sie "
+ "mit der Standardanwendung dieser Datei zu öffnen. Sie können auch mit der "
+-"rechten Maustaste auf einen Ordner klicken, um ihn in einem neuen Reiter "
+-"oder einem neuen Fenster zu öffnen."
++"rechten Maustaste auf einen Ordner klicken, um ihn in einem neuen Tab oder "
++"einem neuen Fenster zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+@@ -6848,7 +7781,8 @@
+ "anzeigen lassen</link>, um sicherzugehen, dass es die richtige Datei ist, "
+ "bevor Sie sie öffnen, kopieren oder löschen. "
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6860,10 +7794,11 @@
+ "an, welchen Ordner Sie gerade betrachten sowie seine übergeordneten Ordner. "
+ "Klicken Sie auf einen übergeordneten Ordner in der Pfadleiste, um dorthin zu "
+ "gelangen. Klicken Sie auf einen beliebigen Ordner in der Pfadleiste, um ihn "
+-"in einem neuen Reiter oder Fenster zu öffnen, ihn zu kopieren oder zu "
++"in einem neuen Tab oder Fenster zu öffnen, ihn zu kopieren oder zu "
+ "verschieben oder seine Eigenschaften einzusehen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
+@@ -6877,7 +7812,8 @@
+ "hervorgehoben. Drücken Sie die Pfeil-nach-unten-Taste oder drehen Sie das "
+ "Mausrad, um zur nächsten Datei zu gelangen, die Ihrer Suche entspricht."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+ "not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
+@@ -6895,20 +7831,25 @@
+ "<gui>Lesezeichen</gui>-Menü oder ziehen Sie einfach den Ordner in die "
+ "Seitenleiste."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Objekte in einen neuen Ordner kopieren oder verschieben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "Dateien und Ordner kopieren oder verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6918,7 +7859,8 @@
+ "werden, indem Sie sie mit der Maus ziehen und ablegen, die Kopieren- und "
+ "Einfügen-Befehle verwenden oder Tastenkombinationen benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6931,7 +7873,8 @@
+ "auf die alte Kopie zurückgreifen, falls Sie mit Ihren Änderungen nicht "
+ "zufrieden sind)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6939,16 +7882,19 @@
+ "Diese Anweisungen werden sowohl auf Dateien als auch auf Ordner angewendet. "
+ "Sie können Dateien und Ordner exakt auf die gleiche Weise kopieren."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Kopieren und Einfügen von Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die zu kopierende Datei aus, indem Sie einmalig darauf klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6956,13 +7902,16 @@
+ "Klicken Sie mit rechts und wählen Sie <gui>Kopieren</gui> oder drücken Sie "
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Gehen Sie zu einem anderen Ordner, wo Sie die Kopie dieser Datei ablegen "
+ "wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
+@@ -6973,16 +7922,19 @@
+ "key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Nun befindet sich eine Kopie der Datei im "
+ "Originalordner und in dem anderen Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Ausschneiden und Einfügen von Dateien (um sie zu verschieben)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die zu verschiebende Datei aus, indem Sie einmal darauf klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6990,12 +7942,14 @@
+ "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie <gui>Ausschneiden</"
+ "gui>, oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Gehen Sie zu einem anderen Ordner, wohin Sie die Datei verschieben wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+ "moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+@@ -7006,11 +7960,13 @@
+ "Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Die Datei wird aus dem "
+ "Originalordner entnommen und in den anderen Ordner verschoben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:67(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Ziehen von Dateien zum Kopieren oder Verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -7018,7 +7974,8 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie die Dateiverwaltung und gehen Sie zu dem Ordner, der die Datei "
+ "enthält, die Sie kopieren wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+@@ -7029,8 +7986,10 @@
+ "<gui>Neues Fenster</gui> (oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>N</"
+ "key></keyseq>), um ein zweites Fenster zu öffnen. Navigieren Sie im neuen "
+ "Fenster zu dem Ordner, in den Sie die Datei verschieben oder kopieren wollen."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -7041,7 +8000,8 @@
+ "ist, oder <em>kopiert</em>, wenn sich das Ziel auf einem <em>anderen</em> "
+ "Gerät befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -7050,7 +8010,8 @@
+ "Ordner ziehen, wird sie kopiert, weil Sie sie von einem Gerät zu einem "
+ "anderen ziehen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -7061,7 +8022,8 @@
+ "dass sie verschoben wird, indem Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> während des "
+ "Ziehens gedrückt halten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -7074,40 +8036,48 @@
+ "Ordner nur lesbar ist, indem Sie die <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "permissions\">Zugriffsrechte ändern</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Entfernen Sie Dateien oder Ordner, die Sie nicht mehr benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "Dateien und Ordner löschen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Sie eine Datei oder einen Ordner nicht mehr benötigen, können Sie sie "
+-"löschen. Wenn Sie ein Objekt löschen, wird es in den <gui>Papierkorb</gui>-"
+-"Ordner verschoben, wo es bleibt, bis Sie den Papierkorb leeren. Im "
+-"Papierkorb-Ordner befindliche Objekte können <link xref=\"files-recover\">an "
+-"ihrem ursprünglichen Ort wiederhergestellt werden</link>, falls Sie sie doch "
+-"noch brauchen oder wenn sie versehentlich gelöscht wurden."
++"löschen. Wenn Sie ein Objekt löschen, wird es in den <gui>Papierkorb</gui> "
++"Ordner verschoben, wo es bleibt, bis Sie den Papierkorb leeren. Sie können "
++"<link xref=\"files-recover\">Wiederherstellung Artikel</link> im "
++"<gui>Papierkorb</gui> Ordner an ihrem ursprünglichen Speicherort "
++"wiederherstellen, falls Sie sie doch noch brauchen oder wenn sie "
++"versehentlich gelöscht wurden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "So verschieben Sie eine Datei in den Papierkorb:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die in den Papierkorb zu verschiebende Datei aus, indem Sie "
+ "einmalig darauf klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -7116,7 +8086,8 @@
+ "Tastatur. Alternativ können Sie das Objekt in den <gui>Papierkorb</gui> in "
+ "der Seitenleiste ziehen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -7127,11 +8098,13 @@
+ "rechten Maustaste auf <gui>Papierkorb</gui> in der Seitenleiste und wählen "
+ "Sie <gui>Papierkorb leeren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Eine Datei dauerhaft löschen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+@@ -7139,15 +8112,18 @@
+ "Sie können ein Objekt unmittelbar dauerhaft löschen, ohne es zuerst in den "
+ "Papierkorb zu werfen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "So löschen Sie eine Datei dauerhaft:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie das zu löschende Objekt aus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -7155,7 +8131,8 @@
+ "Halten Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> gedrückt und drücken Sie dann die "
+ "Taste <key>Entf</key> auf Ihrer Tastatur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -7163,7 +8140,8 @@
+ "Da Sie dies nicht rückgängig machen können, werden Sie um Bestätigung "
+ "gebeten, dass die Datei oder der Ordner gelöscht werden soll."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+@@ -7173,36 +8151,40 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie häufig Dateien löschen müssen, ohne den Papierkorb zu verwenden "
+ "(etwa weil Sie oft mit sensiblen Daten arbeiten), können Sie einen "
+-"<gui>Löschen</gui>-Eintrag zum Kontextmenü für Dateien und Ordner "
+-"hinzufügen. Klicken Sie auf <gui>Dateien</gui> in der obersten Leiste, "
+-"wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-"<gui>Verhalten</gui>. Wählen Sie <gui>Einen Löschbefehl bereitstellen, der "
+-"den Papierkorb umgeht</gui>."
++"<gui>Löschen</gui>-Eintrag zum Kontextmenü für Dateien und Ordner hinzufügen."
++" Klicken Sie auf <gui>Dateien</gui> in der obersten Leiste, wählen Sie "
++"<gui>Einstellungen</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Verhalten</gui>. "
++"Wählen Sie <gui>Einen Löschbefehl bereitstellen, der den Papierkorb umgeht</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+ "files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
+ "into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Gelöschte Dateien auf einem <link xref=\"files#removable"
+-"\">Wechseldatenträger</link> sind unter anderen Betriebssystemen, wie etwa "
+-"Windows oder Mac OS, möglicherweise nicht sichtbar. Die Dateien sind aber "
+-"immer noch da und verfügbar, wenn Sie das Gerät wieder an Ihren Rechner "
+-"anschließen."
++"Gelöschte Dateien auf einem <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">Wechseldatenträger</link> sind unter anderen "
++"Betriebssystemen, wie etwa Windows oder Mac OS, möglicherweise nicht "
++"sichtbar. Die Dateien sind aber immer noch da und verfügbar, wenn Sie das "
++"Gerät wieder an Ihren Rechner anschließen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Brennen Sie Dateien und Dokumente auf eine leere CD oder DVD mit einem CD/"
+ "DVD-Brennprogramm."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "Dateien auf eine CD oder DVD schreiben"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -7218,11 +8200,13 @@
+ "link>, indem er die Dateien auf einem leeren Medium ablegt. So schreiben Sie "
+ "Dateien auf eine CD oder DVD:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Legen Sie ein leeres Medium in Ihren CD/DVD-Brenner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+@@ -7232,7 +8216,8 @@
+ "<gui>CD/DVD-Ersteller</gui>. Ein Fenster mit dem Ordner <gui>CD/DVD-"
+ "Ersteller</gui> wird geöffnet."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+@@ -7240,26 +8225,31 @@
+ "(Sie können auch auf <gui>Leere CD/DVD-ROM</gui> klicken, unter <gui>Geräte</"
+ "gui> in der Seitenleiste des Dateimanagers.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie im Feld <gui>CD/DVD-Name</gui> einen Namen für das Medium ein."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Ziehen oder kopieren Sie die gewünschten Dateien in das Fenster."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Auf CD/DVD schreiben</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nehmen Sie bei <gui>Wählen Sie die zu beschreibende CD/DVD aus</gui> das "
+ "leere Medium."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+@@ -7270,7 +8260,8 @@
+ "gespeichert wird. Sie können dann das Abbild zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt auf "
+ "ein leeres Medium brennen.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+@@ -7280,12 +8271,14 @@
+ "den Ort für die temporären Dateien und andere Einstellungen anpassen wollen. "
+ "Die Standardeinstellungen sollten aber passen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Brennen</gui>-Knopf, um die Aufnahme zu starten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -7294,7 +8287,8 @@
+ "Einlegen zusätzlicher Medien aufgefordert."
+ 
+ # gui-Elemente nicht überprüft
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+@@ -7303,11 +8297,13 @@
+ "ausgeworfen. Wählen Sie <gui>Weitere Kopien erstellen</gui> oder "
+ "<gui>Schließen</gui>, um den Brennvorgang zu beenden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Wenn das Medium nicht korrekt gebrannt wurde"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -7317,7 +8313,8 @@
+ "gebrannten Dateien nicht sehen können, wenn Sie das Medium ins Laufwerk "
+ "einlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+@@ -7330,17 +8327,20 @@
+ "Brenngeschwindigkeit wählen, indem Sie den Knopf <gui>Eigenschaften</gui> im "
+ "Fenster <gui>CD/DVD-Ersteller-Ordner</gui> anklicken."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eine Datei unsichtbar machen, so dass sie in der Dateiverwaltung nicht "
+ "angezeigt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "Eine Datei verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+@@ -7350,7 +8350,8 @@
+ "oder wieder sichtbar machen. Wenn eine Datei verborgen ist, wird sie in der "
+ "Dateiverwaltung nicht angezeigt, befindet sich aber immer noch im Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -7361,7 +8362,8 @@
+ "Datei <file>Beispiel.txt</file> zu verbergen, benennen Sie sie um zu <file>."
+ "Beispiel.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -7369,11 +8371,13 @@
+ "Sie können Ordner auf die gleiche Weise verbergen wie Dateien. Benennen Sie "
+ "den Ordner mit einem <key>.</key> am Anfang des Ordnernamens um."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Alle verborgenen Dateien anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+ "either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -7388,7 +8392,8 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Alle verborgenen Dateien werden dann gemeinsam "
+ "mit den nicht verborgenen Dateien angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+@@ -7400,11 +8405,13 @@
+ "in der Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie <gui>Verborgene Dateien anzeigen</gui>, "
+ "oder drücken Sie wieder <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Eine Datei anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+@@ -7422,12 +8429,13 @@
+ "Beispiel.txt</file> wieder sichtbar zu machen, benennen Sie diese in "
+ "<file>Beispiel.txt</file> um."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sobald Sie die Datei umbenannt haben, können Sie entweder auf den <media "
+ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeil</media> in der "
+@@ -7435,7 +8443,8 @@
+ "oder <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq> drücken, um die "
+ "verborgenen Dateien wieder anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:68(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -7446,7 +8455,8 @@
+ "ändern, dass die Dateiverwaltung verborgene Dateien immer anzeigt, siehe "
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+@@ -7458,17 +8468,20 @@
+ "Dabei handelt es sich um Sicherungsdateien, siehe <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/"
+ ">."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Beachten Sie diese Hinweise, wenn Sie eine Datei nicht wiederfinden können, "
+ "die Sie erstellt oder heruntergeladen haben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "Eine verlorene Datei finden"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -7476,7 +8489,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie eine Datei erstellt oder heruntergeladen haben, sie jetzt aber "
+ "nicht mehr finden können, beachten Sie diese Hinweise."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -7487,7 +8501,8 @@
+ "ihrem Namen suchen. Unter <link xref=\"files-search\"/> erfahren Sie, wie "
+ "das geht."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -7498,7 +8513,8 @@
+ "dazu in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner in den Ordnern »Schreibtisch« und "
+ "»Downloads« nach."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -7509,13 +8525,15 @@
+ "den Papierkorb manuell leeren. Unter <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> erfahren "
+ "Sie, wie Sie eine gelöschte Datei wiederherstellen können."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+-"Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie könnten die Datei so umbenannt haben, dass sie verborgen wird. Dateien, "
+ "die mit <file>.</file> beginnen oder mit <file>~</file> enden, werden von "
+@@ -7525,7 +8543,8 @@
+ "diese anzuzeigen. Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <link xref=\"files-"
+ "hidden\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -7533,11 +8552,13 @@
+ "Dateien mit einer Anwendung öffnen, die nicht die Standardanwendung für "
+ "diesen Dateityp ist. Sie können die Standardanwendung auch wechseln."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "Dateien mit anderen Anwendungen öffnen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -7549,7 +8570,8 @@
+ "mit einer anderen Anwendung öffnen, online nach Anwendungen suchen oder die "
+ "Standardanwendung für alle Dateien des gleichen Typs ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -7566,7 +8588,8 @@
+ "mit der Datei umgehen können. Um alle Anwendungen auf Ihrem Rechner zu "
+ "durchsuchen, klicken Sie auf <gui>Weitere Anwendungen anzeigen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -7578,11 +8601,13 @@
+ "gui> klicken. Die Dateiverwaltung sucht dann online nach Softwarepaketen mit "
+ "Anwendungen, die mit diesem Dateityp umgehen können."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Standardanwendung"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -7594,7 +8619,8 @@
+ "doppelklicken. Sie möchten zum Beispiel, dass Ihre Lieblingsmusikwiedergabe "
+ "geöffnet wird, wenn Sie auf eine MP3-Datei doppelklicken."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -7604,17 +8630,20 @@
+ "möchten. Um zum Beispiel die Anwendung zu ändern, die MP3-Dateien öffnet, "
+ "wählen Sie eine <file>.mp3</file>-Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Datei und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Eigenschaften</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Öffnen mit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+@@ -7627,7 +8656,8 @@
+ "Um alle Anwendungen auf Ihrem Rechner zu durchsuchen, klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Andere Anwendungen anzeigen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -7642,7 +8672,8 @@
+ "Anwendung danach verwenden, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine "
+ "Datei klicken und sie aus der Liste auswählen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -7650,33 +8681,34 @@
+ "Das ändert die Standardanwendung nicht nur für die gewählte Datei, sondern "
+ "für alle Dateien dieses Typs."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vorschauen für Dokumente, Bilder, Videos und mehr schnell anzeigen und "
+ "verbergen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "Vorschau auf Dateien und Ordner"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7687,7 +8719,8 @@
+ "Sie die Leertaste. Die Datei wird in einem einfachen Vorschaufenster "
+ "geöffnet. Drücken Sie die Leertaste noch einmal, um die Vorschau zu beenden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7697,7 +8730,8 @@
+ "Bilder, Video und Audio. In der Vorschau können Sie durch Ihre Dokumente "
+ "rollen oder Ihre Video- und Audioaufnahmen vor- und zurückspulen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7705,24 +8739,27 @@
+ "png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
+ "or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um eine Vorschau im Vollbild zu betrachten, klicken Sie <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">Vollbild</media>-Knopf beim "
++"Um eine Vorschau im Vollbild zu betrachten, klicken Sie <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">Vollbild</media>-Knopf beim "
+ "unteren Rand oder drücken Sie <key>f</key>. Klicken Sie wieder auf <media "
+ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">Vollbild</media> oder "
+ "drücken Sie noch einmal <key>f</key>, um das Vollbild zu verlassen, oder "
+ "drücken Sie die Leertaste, um die Vorschau ganz zu verlassen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Dateien löschen, werden sie normalerweise in den Papierkorb "
+ "verschoben, können aber aus dem Papierkorb wiederhergestellt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "Eine Datei aus dem Papierkorb wiederherstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7731,23 +8768,28 @@
+ "normalerweise in den <gui>Papierkorb</gui> verschoben und kann "
+ "wiederhergestellt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "So stellen Sie eine Datei aus dem Papierkorb wieder her:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Dateien</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Dateien</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> "
++"Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Papierkorb</gui> in der Seitenleiste."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+@@ -7756,7 +8798,8 @@
+ "darauf und wählen Sie <gui>Wiederherstellen</gui>. Sie wird in dem Ordner "
+ "wiederhergestellt, in dem sie gelöscht wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7769,7 +8812,8 @@
+ "<gui>Papierkorb</gui> wiederhergestellt werden, weil sie dauerhaft gelöscht "
+ "wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7783,17 +8827,20 @@
+ "dauerhaft gelöscht haben, ist es wohl am besten, in einem Support-Forum um "
+ "Rat zu fragen, ob die Datei wiederhergestellt werden kann."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hängen oder werfen Sie einen USB-Speicherstick, eine CD, DVD oder ein "
+ "anderes Gerät aus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "Ein externes Laufwerk sicher entfernen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+@@ -7810,15 +8857,19 @@
+ "optischen Datenträger wie eine CD oder DVD verwenden, können Sie dieselben "
+ "Schritte befolgen, um die CD/DVD aus dem Laufwerk auszuwerfen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "So werfen Sie einen Wechseldatenträger aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+-msgstr "Öffnen Sie <app>Dateien</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht."
++msgstr ""
++"In der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht öffnen Sie <app>Dateien</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+@@ -7827,7 +8878,9 @@
+ "Auswerfen-Symbol neben dem Namen befinden. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um "
+ "das Gerät zu entfernen oder auszuwerfen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(item/p) C/files-removedrive.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7835,11 +8888,13 @@
+ "Alternativ klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Namen des Gerätes "
+ "in der Seitenleiste und wählen Sie <gui>Auswerfen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr "Ein in Verwendung befindliches Laufwerk sicher entfernen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+@@ -7850,21 +8905,25 @@
+ "teilt Ihnen mit, dass <gui>das Laufwerk verwendet wird</gui>. So entfernen "
+ "Sie das Gerät sicher:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Abbrechen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+ msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+ msgstr "Schließen Sie alle Dateien auf dem Gerät."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+ msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Auswurfsymbol, um das Gerät sicher auszuwerfen oder "
+ "sicher zu entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+@@ -7874,15 +8933,18 @@
+ "entfernen, ohne die Dateien zu schließen. Dies kann zu Fehlern in den "
+ "Anwendungen führen, die diese Dateien geöffnet haben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "So ändern Sie den Namen einer Datei oder eines Ordners."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "Eine Datei oder einen Ordner umbenennen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+@@ -7890,11 +8952,13 @@
+ "Wie in anderen Dateiverwaltungen auch können Sie die Dateiverwaltung von "
+ "GNOME dazu verwenden, den Namen einer Datei oder eines Ordners zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "So benennen Sie eine Datei oder einen Ordner um:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7903,20 +8967,23 @@
+ "<gui>Umbenennen</gui> oder wählen Sie die Datei aus und drücken Sie <key>F2</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie den neuen Namen ein und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können eine Datei auch im <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic"
+-"\">Eigenschaften</link>-Fenster umbenennen."
++"Sie können eine Datei auch im <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">Eigenschaften</link>-Fenster umbenennen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7931,7 +8998,8 @@
+ "nicht ändern wollen. Wenn Sie auch die Endung ändern wollen, markieren Sie "
+ "den gesamten Dateinamen und ändern Sie ihn."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+ "the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
+@@ -7942,18 +9010,20 @@
+ "sofort auf den Zahnrad-Knopf in der Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Rückgängig</gui>, um den vorherigen Namen wiederherzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Gültige Zeichen für Dateinamen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können in Dateinamen jedes Zeichen außer <key>/</key> (Schrägstrich) "
+ "verwenden. Manche Geräte verwenden aber ein <em>Dateisystem</em>, das "
+@@ -7962,7 +9032,8 @@
+ "<key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, "
+ "<key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7972,16 +9043,20 @@
+ "Zeichen beginnt, wird diese Datei <link xref=\"files-hidden\">verborgen</"
+ "link>, wenn Sie in der Dateiverwaltung darauf zugreifen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Häufige Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "Der Dateiname wird bereits verwendet"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7990,8 +9065,10 @@
+ "Sie können nicht zwei Dateien oder Ordner mit demselben Namen im selben "
+ "Ordner haben. Wenn Sie versuchen, einer Datei einen Namen zu geben, der in "
+ "diesem Ordner bereits existiert, wird die Dateiverwaltung das nicht zulassen."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -8002,28 +9079,32 @@
+ "<file>datei.txt</file>. Solche unterschiedlichen Dateinamen zu verwenden ist "
+ "zwar erlaubt, aber nicht empfehlenswert."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "Der Dateiname ist zu lang"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+ "path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
+ "… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In einigen Dateisystemen können Dateinamen nicht länger als 255 Zeichen "
+-"sein. Diese Einschränkung betrifft nicht nur den Dateinamen selbst, sondern "
+-"auch den Pfad zur Datei (zum Beispiel <file>/home/hans/Dokumente/Arbeit/"
++"In einigen Dateisystemen können Dateinamen nicht länger als 255 Zeichen sein."
++" Diese Einschränkung betrifft nicht nur den Dateinamen selbst, sondern auch "
++"den Pfad zur Datei (zum Beispiel <file>/home/hans/Dokumente/Arbeit/"
+ "Dienstreisen/…</file>). Daher sollten Sie lange Datei- und Ordnernamen "
+ "vermeiden, soweit möglich."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "Die Option zum Umbenennen ist ausgegraut"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+@@ -8035,14 +9116,16 @@
+ "vorsichtig sein, da dies Ihr System instabil machen könnte. Siehe <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Finden Sie Dateien anhand Ihres Namens und Typs. Speichern Sie Ihre Suche "
+ "zur späteren Verwendung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+@@ -8052,16 +9135,21 @@
+ "Dateiverwaltung suchen. Sie können sogar alltägliche Suchen speichern; sie "
+ "erscheinen dann als spezielle Ordner in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Weitere Suchanwendungen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Suchen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -8069,7 +9157,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie wissen, dass die Dateien in einem bestimmten Ordner oder seinen "
+ "Unterordnern sind, gehen Sie zu diesem Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -8077,7 +9166,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste oder drücken Sie "
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
+ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
+@@ -8089,11 +9179,13 @@
+ "Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>. Groß- und Kleinschreibung spielt dabei "
+ "keine Rolle."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
+ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr "Sie können Ihre Suche nach Ort und Dateityp eingrenzen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
+ "file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+@@ -8102,18 +9194,20 @@
+ "<file>Persönlicher Ordner</file> einzugrenzen. Klicken Sie auf <gui>Alle "
+ "Dateien</gui>, um überall zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
+ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
+ "button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den <gui>+</gui>-Knopf und wählen Sie <gui>Dateityp</gui> "
++"Klicken Sie auf den <key>+</key> Knopf und wählen Sie <gui>Dateityp</gui> "
+ "aus der Auswahlliste, um die Suche auf einen Dateityp einzugrenzen. Klicken "
+-"Sie auf den <key>x</key>-Knopf, um diese Option zu entfernen und die "
++"Sie auf den <key>x</key> Knopf, um diese Option zu entfernen und die "
+ "Suchergebnisse auszuweiten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -8122,7 +9216,8 @@
+ "auf andere Weise damit arbeiten, so wie Sie es mit jedem anderen Ordner in "
+ "der Dateiverwaltung auch machen würden."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+ "return to the folder."
+@@ -8130,7 +9225,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie erneut auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste, um die Suche zu "
+ "beenden und zum Ordner zurückzukehren."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -8138,15 +9234,18 @@
+ "Wenn Sie bestimmte Suchen häufig ausführen, können Sie sie speichern, um "
+ "schnell auf sie zugreifen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:73(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Eine Suche speichern"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Starten Sie eine Suche, wie vorstehend beschrieben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
+ "select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+@@ -8154,18 +9253,22 @@
+ "Wenn Sie die Suchparameter später wiederverwenden wollen, klicken Sie auf "
+ "den Knopf mit dem Zahnrad und wählen Sie <gui>Suche speichern unter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie der Suche einen Namen und klicken Sie auf <gui>Speichern</gui>. "
+ "Wenn Sie wollen, wählen Sie einen anderen Ordner, um die Suche darin zu "
+ "speichern. Wenn Sie diesen Ordner betrachten, sehen Sie Ihre gespeicherte "
+ "Suche als ein orangefarbenes Ordnersymbol mit einem Vergrößerungsglas darauf."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -8177,7 +9280,8 @@
+ "anderen Datei tun würden. Wenn Sie eine gespeicherte Suche löschen, werden "
+ "die damit gefundenen Dateien nicht gelöscht."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -8185,11 +9289,13 @@
+ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>, um mehrere Dateien "
+ "mit ähnlichen Namen auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Dateien anhand eines Musters auswählen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -8203,7 +9309,8 @@
+ "die gemeinsamen Namensteile sowie Platzhalter enthält. Es gibt zwei "
+ "Platzhalterzeichen:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -8211,15 +9318,18 @@
+ "<file>*</file> entspricht einer beliebigen Anzahl beliebiger Zeichen, auch "
+ "überhaupt keinem Zeichen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr "<file>?</file> entspricht genau einem Zeichen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Beispielsweise:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -8229,11 +9339,13 @@
+ "die alle den gleichen Grundnamen <file>Rechnung</file> haben, wählen Sie "
+ "alle drei mit dem Muster"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Rechnung.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -8243,11 +9355,13 @@
+ "file>, <file>Urlaub-002.jpg</file>, <file>Urlaub-003.jpg</file> benannt "
+ "sind, wählen Sie sie alle mit dem Muster"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Urlaub-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -8257,133 +9371,105 @@
+ "und <file>-bearbeitet</file> an den Dateinamen angehängt haben, wählen Sie "
+ "die bearbeiteten Fotos mit"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Urlaub-???-bearbeitet.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Übertragen Sie einfach Dateien zu Ihren Kontakten und Geräten aus der "
+-"Dateiverwaltung heraus."
++"Dateien einfach zu Ihren Email-Kontakten aus der Dateiverwaltung heraus "
++"übertragen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "Dateien mittels E-Mail freigeben"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr "Dateien freigeben und übertragen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können einfach Dateien mit Ihren Kontakten per E-Mail direkt aus dem "
++"Datei-Manager teilen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Dateien ganz einfach weitergeben oder auf externe Geräte oder "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Netzwerkfreigaben</link> direkt aus der "
+-"Dateiverwaltung heraus übertragen."
++"Bevor Sie beginnen, stellen Sie sicher, dass <app>Evolution</app> auf Ihrem "
++"Computer installiert ist, und Ihr E-Mail-Konto konfiguriert ist."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p) C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "Eine Datei mittels E-Mail gemeinsam verwenden:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Dateien</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Dateien</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> "
++"Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "Suchen Sie nach der Datei, die Sie übertragen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Datei und wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Senden an</gui>."
++"<gui>Senden</gui>. Das <gui>Nachricht erstellen</gui> Fenster wird, mit der "
++"Datei angehängt; angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Das Fenster <gui>Senden an</gui> erscheint. Wählen Sie aus, wohin Sie die "
+-"Datei senden wollen und klicken Sie auf <gui>Senden</gui>. Die Liste weiter "
+-"unten gibt Ihnen weitere Informationen."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie <gui>An</gui>, um einen Kontakt auszuwählen, oder geben Sie eine "
++"E-Mail Adresse an, an die Sie die Datei senden möchten. Füllen Sie das "
++"<gui>Betreff</gui> und den Körper der Nachricht nach Bedarf aus, und klicken "
++"Sie <gui>Senden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können mehrere Dateien auf einmal senden. Wählen Sie mehrere Dateien, "
+-"indem Sie die <key>Strg</key>-Taste gedrückt halten, klicken Sie dann mit "
+-"der rechten Maustaste auf eine der gewählten Dateien. Sie können die Dateien "
+-"automatisch in ein tar- oder zip-Archiv komprimieren."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "Ziele"
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um die Datei als E-Mail zu verschicken, wählen Sie <gui>E-Mail</gui> und "
+-"geben Sie die E-Mail-Adresse des Empfängers ein."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um die Datei an einen Sofortnachrichten-Kontakt zu senden, wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Sofortnachricht</gui> und wählen Sie den Kontakt aus der Auswahlliste. "
+-"Ihre Sofortnachrichtenanwendung muss dafür möglicherweise erst gestartet "
+-"werden."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um die Datei auf CD oder DVD zu brennen, wählen Sie <gui>CD/DVD-Ersteller</"
+-"gui>. Für weitere Informationen siehe <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices "
+-"you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um die Datei auf ein Bluetooth-Gerät zu übertragen, wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> und wählen das Gerät aus, an das Sie die "
+-"Datei senden wollen. Es werden nur Geräte angezeigt, die bereits gekoppelt "
+-"sind. Für weitere Informationen siehe <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
+-"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um die Datei auf ein externes Gerät wie einen USB-Stick zu kopieren oder um "
+-"sie auf einen Server hochzuladen, mit dem Sie verbunden sind, wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Entfernbare Medien und Freigaben</gui> und wählen Sie dann das Gerät "
+-"oder den Server, auf den Sie die Dateien kopieren wollen."
++"Sie können mehrere Dateien auf einmal senden. Wählen Sie mehrere Dateien mit "
++"gedrücktem <key>Ctrl</key>, dann rechts-klick auf eine beliebige ausgewählte "
++"Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr "Ordnen Sie Dateien nach Name, Größe, Typ oder Änderungsdatum an."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr "Dateien und Ordner sortieren"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+@@ -8396,7 +9482,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> für weitere Informationen, wie Sie die "
+ "voreingestellte Sortierreihenfolge ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+@@ -8406,11 +9493,13 @@
+ "die Sie verwenden. Sie können die aktuelle Ansicht mit Hilfe des Listen- und "
+ "Symbol-Knopfes in der Werkzeugleiste ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Symbolansicht"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
+@@ -8422,7 +9511,8 @@
+ "in der Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie <gui>Nach Name</gui>, <gui>Nach Größe</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Nach Typ</gui> oder <gui>Nach Änderungsdatum</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+ "their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+@@ -8432,7 +9522,8 @@
+ "alphabetischer Reihenfolge nach ihren Namen sortiert. Lesen Sie <link xref="
+ "\"#ways\"/> für weitere Optionen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+ "from the pull-down menu."
+@@ -8440,11 +9531,13 @@
+ "Sie können in umgekehrter Reihenfolge sortieren, indem Sie <gui>Umgekehrte "
+ "Reihenfolge</gui> aus dem Menü wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Listenansicht"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -8455,7 +9548,8 @@
+ "<gui>Typ</gui>, um sie nach Dateityp zu sortieren. Klicken Sie noch einmal "
+ "auf den Spaltenkopf, um die Reihenfolge umzudrehen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+ "columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -8471,23 +9565,28 @@
+ "wollen. Sie können dann nach diesen Spalten sortieren. Siehe <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-list\"/> für eine Beschreibung der verfügbaren Spalten."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:76(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Möglichkeiten zum Sortieren von Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:79(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "Nach Name"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Sortiert alphabetisch nach dem Namen der Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:83(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "Nach Größe"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -8495,11 +9594,13 @@
+ "Sortiert nach der Größe der Datei (dem belegten Speicherplatz). Die "
+ "Sortierung erfolgt standardmäßig von der kleinsten zur größten Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "Nach Typ"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -8507,11 +9608,13 @@
+ "Sortiert alphabetisch nach dem Dateityp. Datei des gleichen Typs werden "
+ "zunächst zu Gruppen zusammengefasst und dann nach Namen sortiert."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "Nach Änderungsdatum"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -8519,20 +9622,24 @@
+ "Sortiert nach Datum und Zeit der letzten Änderung der Datei. Die Sortierung "
+ "erfolgt standardmäßig von der ältesten zur neuesten Datei. "
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr "Erstellen Sie neue Dokumente aus benutzerdefinierten Dateivorlagen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Vorlagen für häufig genutzte Dokumenttypen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -8545,11 +9652,13 @@
+ "Sie wiederverwenden wollen. Beispielsweise könnten Sie eine Vorlage mit "
+ "Ihrem Briefkopf erstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Eine neue Vorlage erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -8558,7 +9667,8 @@
+ "Beispielsweise könnten Sie Ihren Briefkopf in einer Anwendung zur "
+ "Textverarbeitung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+@@ -8568,16 +9678,19 @@
+ "file> in Ihrem <file>persönlichen Ordner</file>. Falls der Ordner "
+ "<file>Vorlagen</file> nicht existiert, müssen Sie ihn zuerst anlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Eine Vorlage zur Erstellung eines Dokuments verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie den Ordner, in welchem Sie das neue Dokument erstellen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+ "style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+@@ -8587,31 +9700,37 @@
+ "Wählen Sie anschließend <gui style=\"menuitem\">Neues Dokument</gui>. Die "
+ "Namen der verfügbaren Vorlagen werden im Untermenü aufgelistet."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Liste aus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Geben Sie einen Dateinamen für das neu zu erstellende Dokument ein."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Doppelklicken Sie auf die Datei, um sie zu öffnen, und beginnen Sie mit der "
+ "Bearbeitung."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hierbei handelt es sich um Sicherungsdateien. Diese werden standardmäßig "
+ "verborgen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "Was bedeutet das »~« am Ende eines Dateinamens?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -8624,22 +9743,24 @@
+ "können gefahrlos entfernt werden, aber es macht auch nichts, wenn sie auf "
+ "Ihrem Rechner bleiben."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> "
+-"toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Diese Dateien sind standardmäßig verborgen. Falls Sie diese sehen können, "
+ "haben Sie entweder <gui>Verborgene Dateien anzeigen</gui> (im Menü des "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeils</media> in "
+-"der Werkzeugleiste) aktiviert oder <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> gedrückt. Sie können Sie wieder verbergen, indem Sie die "
+-"beschriebenen Schritte einfach wiederholen."
++"der <app>Dateien</app> Werkzeugleiste) aktiviert oder <keyseq><key>Strg</"
++"key><key>H</key></keyseq> gedrückt. Sie können Sie wieder verbergen, indem "
++"Sie die beschriebenen Schritte einfach wiederholen."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+@@ -8648,73 +9769,89 @@
+ "verborgene Dateien. Informationen über den Umgang mit verborgenen Dateien "
+ "finden Sie in <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr "ok"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Suchen</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">Dateien löschen</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">Datensicherungen</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">Wechseldatenträger</link> …"
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Suchen</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">Dateien löschen</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#backup\">Datensicherungen</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">Wechseldatenträger</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "Dateien, Ordner und Suche"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app>-Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Häufige Aufgaben"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Weitere Themen"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Wechsellaufwerke und externe Platten"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Datensicherung"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Tipps und Fragen"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hier erfahren Sie, wo und wie Sie Probleme mit dieser Hilfe melden können."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "Mithelfen, dieses Handbuch zu verbessern"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "Einen Fehlerbericht oder einen Verbesserungsvorschlag einreichen"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8729,7 +9866,8 @@
+ "<em>Fehlerbericht</em> einreichen. Um einen Fehler zu berichten, gehen Sie "
+ "zu <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+@@ -8740,14 +9878,15 @@
+ "keinen Zugang haben, können Sie auf <gui>New Account</gui> klicken und ein "
+ "Konto einrichten."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sobald Sie ein Konto haben, melden Sie sich an, klicken Sie auf "
+ "<guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></"
+@@ -8757,7 +9896,8 @@
+ "org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">durchsuchen</link> Sie bitte die "
+ "Datenbank, ob nicht ein ähnlicher Fehler bereits gemeldet worden ist."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8769,7 +9909,8 @@
+ "sollten Sie die Komponente <gui>gnome-help</gui> wählen. Wenn Sie sich nicht "
+ "sicher sind, wählen Sie einfach <gui>general</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+@@ -8780,7 +9921,8 @@
+ "Abschnitte »summary« (Zusammenfassung) und »description« (Beschreibung) aus "
+ "und klicken Sie auf <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+@@ -8789,11 +9931,13 @@
+ "laufender Bearbeitung stets aktualisiert. Danke für Ihre Mithilfe bei der "
+ "Verbesserung der GNOME-Hilfe!"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "Mit uns in Kontakt treten"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+@@ -8801,28 +9945,228 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können eine <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">E-Mail</link> "
+ "an die GNOME-docs-Mailingliste senden, um zu erfahren, wie Sie sich in das "
+-"Dokumentationsteam einbringen können. <em>E-Mail:</em> <link href=\"mailto:"
+-"gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\"/>."
++"Dokumentationsteam einbringen können. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"Erwägen Sie den Umstieg auf GNOME Classic, wenn Sie eine eher traditionelle "
++"Desktop-Erfahrung bevorzugen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "Petr Kovar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "Was ist GNOME Classic?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> ist eine Funktion für Anwender, die eine eher "
++"traditionelle Desktop-Erfahrung bevorzugen. Während <em>GNOME Classic</em> "
++"auf <em>GNOME 3</em> Technologien basiert, bietet es eine Reihe von "
++"Änderungen an der Benutzeroberfläche, wie die <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Anwendungen</gui> und <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Orte</"
++"gui> Menüs in der oberen Leiste, und eine Fensterliste am unteren Rand des "
++"Bildschirms."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können das <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Anwendungen</gui> Menü in der "
++"oberen Leiste verwenden, um Anwendungen zu starten. Der <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Aktivitäten Überblick</em> ist verfügbar, indem Sie die "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten Überblick</gui> aus dem Menü auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"Um auf den <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten Überblick</em> "
++"zuzugreifen, können Sie auch die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> Taste verwenden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "Fensterliste"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"Die Fensterliste am unteren Rand des Bildschirms bietet Zugriff auf alle "
++"geöffneten Fenster sowie Anwendungen und ermöglicht Ihnen, diese schnell zu "
++"minimieren und wiederherzustellen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"An der rechten Seite der Fensterliste zeigt GNOME eine kurze Kennung für den "
++"aktuellen Arbeitsbereich, wie <gui>1</gui> für den ersten (obersten) "
++"Arbeitsbereich. Darüber hinaus zeigt die Kennung auch die Gesamtanzahl der "
++"verfügbaren Arbeitsbereiche. Um zu einer anderen Arbeitsfläche zu wechseln, "
++"klicken Sie auf die Kennung und wählen den Arbeitsbereich, den Sie verwenden "
++"wollen, aus dem Menü."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn eine Anwendung oder eine Systemkomponente Ihre Aufmerksamkeit erlangen "
++"möchte, wird diese ein blaues Symbol auf der rechten Seite der Fensterliste "
++"anzeigen. Klicken auf das blaue Symbol zeigt das <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">Nachricht Tablett</link>, mit dem Sie Zugriff auf alle Ihre "
++"Meldungen erhalten können."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "Wechseln von und zu GNOME Classic"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME Classic ist nur auf Systemen, die bestimmte GNOME Shell-Erweiterungen "
++"installiert haben, verfügbar. Einige Linux-Distributionen können diese "
++"Erweiterungen nicht verfügbar oder standardmäßig installiert haben."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "Wechsel von <em>GNOME</em> zu <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Speichern Sie alle offenen Arbeiten und melden sich dann ab. Wählen Sie "
++"Ihren Namen in der oberen rechten Ecke und wählen Sie dann <gui>Abmelden</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"Eine Bestätigung erscheint. Wählen Sie <gui>Abmelden</gui>. Der "
++"Anmeldebildschirm erscheint."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "Auf dem Anmelde-Bildschirm wählen Sie Ihren Namen aus der Liste."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort im Passwort-Eingabefeld ein."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie <gui>Session</gui> unter dem Passwort-Eingabefeld und wählen "
++"<gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Anmelden</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "Wechsel von <em>GNOME Classic</em> zu <em>GNOME</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie <gui>Session</gui> unter dem Passwort-Eingabefeld und wählen "
++"<gui>GNOME</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerabdruckleser</link>, Smartcards …"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr "Fingerabdruckleser und Smartcards"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Fehlerbeseitigung bei Speicherkartenlesern"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr "Probleme mit Speicherkartenlesern"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8834,7 +10178,8 @@
+ "partitions\">eingehängt</link> werden. Hier einige Hinweise zur "
+ "Fehleranalyse, falls das nicht passiert:"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8849,13 +10194,15 @@
+ "und wenden Sie nicht zu viel Kraft auf! Sobald Sie einen festen Gegendruck "
+ "verspüren, sollten Sie aufhören."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <app>Dateien</app> mit Hilfe des <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>Menüs. "
+ "Erscheint die eingelegte Karte in der <gui>Geräte</gui>-Liste in der linken "
+@@ -8865,7 +10212,8 @@
+ "klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Seitenleiste</"
+ "gui><gui>Seitenleiste anzeigen</gui></guiseq>.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8878,7 +10226,8 @@
+ "keine Karte vorhanden ist, oder die Karte selbst, wenn Sie eingehängt wurde "
+ "(siehe Bild unten)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8888,15 +10237,16 @@
+ "Problem mit der Karte selbst bestehen. Tauschen Sie die Karte aus oder "
+ "versuchen Sie sie in einem anderen Kartenleser, falls vorhanden."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn keine Karten oder Laufwerke im Ordner <gui>Rechner</gui> sichtbar sind, "
+ "funktioniert Ihr Kartenleser möglicherweise aufgrund von Treiberproblemen "
+@@ -8906,7 +10256,8 @@
+ "mit dem Rechner zu verbinden. Es gibt auch externe USB-Kartenleser, die "
+ "unter Linux weitaus besser unterstützt sind."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+@@ -8914,11 +10265,13 @@
+ "Ein Hardware-/Geräte-Treiber ermöglicht Ihrem Rechner die Verwendung von "
+ "Geräten, die mit ihm verbunden sind."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "Was ist ein Treiber?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8928,7 +10281,8 @@
+ "<em>externe</em> Geräte sein, wie Drucker und Bildschirme, oder <em>interne</"
+ "em>, wie Grafik- und Soundkarten."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8938,7 +10292,8 @@
+ "ihnen kommunizieren kann. Dafür verantwortlich ist ein Stück Software, das "
+ "man <em>Gerätetreiber</em> nennt."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8953,7 +10308,8 @@
+ "Gerätemodell einen eigenen Treiber, der mit keinem anderen Modell kompatibel "
+ "ist."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8964,7 +10320,8 @@
+ "das Gerät anschließen. Möglicherweise müssen auch Treiber manuell "
+ "installiert werden oder es stehen gar keine Treiber zur Verfügung."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8974,15 +10331,18 @@
+ "funktionieren. Zum Beispiel könnten Sie feststellen, dass Ihr Drucker nicht "
+ "beidseitig drucken kann, aber ansonsten vollständig funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Fehlerbeseitigung bei Bildschirm- und Grafikproblemen."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmprobleme"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8992,46 +10352,54 @@
+ "Konfiguration hervorgerufen. Welches der nachfolgenden Themen beschreibt Ihr "
+ "Problem am besten?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardwareprobleme</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">Drucker</link>, <link xref=\"power\">Energieeinstellungen</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"color\">Farbmanagement</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">Festplatten</link> …"
++"link>, <link xref=\"color\">Farbmanagement</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">Festplatten</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Hardware und Treiber"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Probleme mit der Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr "Live-Unterstützung im IRC erhalten."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+@@ -9042,7 +10410,8 @@
+ "Server von GNOME Hilfe und Unterstützung von anderen GNOME-Benutzern und "
+ "Entwicklern erhalten."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+@@ -9052,7 +10421,8 @@
+ "<app>xchat</app> oder mit einer Web-Schnittstelle wie <link href=\"http://"
+ "chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+@@ -9060,7 +10430,8 @@
+ "Informationen zur Erstellung eines IRC-Kontos in Empathy finden Sie in der "
+ "<link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy-Dokumentation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -9072,7 +10443,8 @@
+ "eingerichtet ist, dann können Sie auf den Verweis <link href=\"irc://irc."
+ "gnome.org/gnome\"/> klicken, um den <sys>gnome</sys>Kanal zu erreichen."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+@@ -9080,7 +10452,8 @@
+ "Zwar ist das IRC für eine Echtzeitdiskussion bestimmt, jedoch müssen "
+ "Gesprächspartner nicht unbedingt sofort antworten. Haben Sie daher Geduld."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+ "code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+@@ -9088,15 +10461,18 @@
+ "Bitte beachten Sie den <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/"
+ "\">GNOME code of conduct</link>, wenn Sie Unterhaltungen im IRC führen."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "Support per E-Mail anfordern."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "Mailingliste"
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -9109,7 +10485,8 @@
+ "Mailinglisten finden Sie unter <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/"
+ "listinfo\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+@@ -9117,7 +10494,8 @@
+ "Sie müssen sich möglicherweise erst bei der Mailingliste registrieren, bevor "
+ "Sie eine E-Mail an sie senden können."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+@@ -9128,16 +10506,19 @@
+ "für Deutschsprachige oder <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> für alles, was mit Chile "
+ "zusammenhängt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Den Tastaturcursor blinken lassen und einstellen, wie schnell er blinkt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "Den Tastaturcursor blinken lassen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -9145,40 +10526,46 @@
+ "Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, den Tastaturcursor in einem Textfeld zu "
+ "erkennen, können Sie ihn blinken lassen, um ihn leichter zu finden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Tastatur</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Texteingabe</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Blinkender Cursor in Textfeldern</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler <gui>Geschwindigkeit</gui>, um einzustellen, "
+ "wie schnell der Cursor blinken soll."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34(media)
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' "
+-"md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
+ msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
+ "than with a right-click."
+@@ -9186,15 +10573,19 @@
+ "Die <key>Menü</key>-Taste öffnet ein Kontextmenü mit der Tastatur anstatt "
+ "mit einem Klick mit der rechten Maustaste."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24(license/p) C/translate.page:21(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
+ msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
+ msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr "Was ist die <key>Menü</key>-Taste?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
+ "key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
+@@ -9212,7 +10603,8 @@
+ "\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> "
+ "<key>Menu</key>-Tastensymbol</media>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
+ "keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
+@@ -9224,7 +10616,8 @@
+ "sinnvoll, wenn eine Maus oder ein ähnliches Zeigegerät nicht vorhanden ist "
+ "oder wenn die Maus nicht über eine rechte Taste verfügt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
+ "particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
+@@ -9236,7 +10629,8 @@
+ "die Funktionalität einer <key>Menü</key>-Taste zur Verfügung, die in "
+ "Verbindung mit der Funktionstaste (<key>Fn</key>) aktiviert wird."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
+ "menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
+@@ -9250,7 +10644,8 @@
+ "<key>Menü</key>-Taste verwenden, wird beim Drücken der Taste das Kontextmenü "
+ "jenes Bereiches angezeigt, über dem sich der Zeiger befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
+ "it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+@@ -9258,11 +10653,13 @@
+ "Die <key>Super</key>-Taste öffnet die Aktivitäten-Übersicht. Sie finden "
+ "diese Taste üblicherweise neben der <key>Alt</key>-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
+ msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+ msgstr "Was ist die <key>Super</key>-Taste?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
+ "displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+@@ -9276,7 +10673,8 @@
+ "em>-Taste oder Systemtaste genannt."
+ 
+ # http://www.co-operate.net/sondertasten-mac-windows.html
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
+ "instead of the Windows key."
+@@ -9285,20 +10683,25 @@
+ "vorfinden. Die <key>⌘</key>-Taste (Apfel-Taste) kann stattdessen verwendet "
+ "werden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
+ msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So stellen Sie ein, mit welcher Taste Sie die Aktivitäten-Übersicht öffnen:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Tastatur</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>Tastaturkürzel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+ "activities overview</gui> on the right."
+@@ -9306,129 +10709,149 @@
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>System</gui> an der linken Seite des Fensters und <gui>Die "
+ "Aktivitäten-Übersicht anzeigen</gui> an der rechten Seite."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
+ msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie rechts außen auf die aktuelle Definition des Tastenkürzels."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+ msgstr "Halten Sie die gewünschte Tastenkombination gedrückt."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96(media)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgctxt "_"
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-#| "md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+-msgstr "translated"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
+ msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+-msgstr "Die Tastatur so verwenden, als wäre sie für eine andere Sprache."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "Alternative Tastaturbelegungen verwenden"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "Hinzufügen Tastaturbelegungen und zwischen ihnen wechseln."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "Verwenden alternative Tastaturbelegungen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+ "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behaves like a "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+ "keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+ "printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+ "languages."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Tastaturen gibt es in Hunderten von Tastaturbelegungen für verschiedene "
+-"Sprachen. Selbst für eine einzelne Sprache gibt es oft mehrere "
+-"Tastaturbelegungen, etwa die deutsche Dvorak-Tastaturbelegung. Sie können "
+-"Ihre Tastatur so verwenden, als hätte Sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung, "
+-"unabhängig von den Buchstaben und Zeichen, die auf den Tasten aufgedruckt "
+-"sind. Das ist nützlich, wenn Sie häufig zwischen verschiedenen Sprachen "
+-"wechseln."
++"Keyboards gibt es in Hunderten von verschiedenen Layouts für verschiedene "
++"Sprachen. Selbst für eine einzige Sprache gibt es oft mehrere "
++"Tastaturbelegungen, wie das Dvorak-Layout für Englisch. Sie können Ihre "
++"Tastatur dazu verhalten wie eine Tastatur mit einem anderen Layout zu "
++"arbeiten, unabhängig von den Buchstaben und Symbolen, die auf den Tasten "
++"aufgedruckt sind. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie öfter zwischen mehreren "
++"Sprachen wechseln."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Region und Sprache</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>, wählen Sie eine Belegung aus und "
+-"klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
++"Klicken Sie den<key>+</key> Knopf , wählen Sie eine Belegung aus und klicken "
++"Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können sich eine Vorschau jeder Tastaturbelegung ansehen, wenn Sie sie "
+ "aus der Liste auswählen und auf <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">Vorschau</media></"
+ "gui> klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
+ "those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
+-"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access to these extra parameters, "
+-"select the language from the input source list and a new <gui style=\"button"
+-"\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width="
+-"\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access to "
+-"the extra settings."
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"Bestimmte Sprachen bieten einige zusätzliche Konfigurations-Optionen. Sie "
++"erkennen diese Sprachen, weil sie ein Symbol <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> anzeigen. Wenn Sie auf diese zusätzlichen Parameter zugreifen "
++"möchten, wählen Sie die Sprache aus der <gui>Eingabequelle</gui> Liste und "
++"eine neue <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-"
++"system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> "
++"Schaltfläche wird Ihnen Zugriff auf die zusätzlichen Einstellungen geben."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+ "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+@@ -9447,7 +10870,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui style=\"button\">Optionen</gui> und wählen "
+ "Sie, wie Sie mehrere Belegungen verwalten möchten."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:81(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
+ "<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
+@@ -9456,27 +10880,47 @@
+ "available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
+ "also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
++"Der obere Balken zeigt eine Kurzbezeichnung für die aktuelle Belegung an, "
++"wie <gui>en</gui> für die Standard Englische Belegung. Klicken Sie auf die "
++"Belegungs-Anzeige und wählen Sie die gewünschte Belegung, die Sie verwenden "
++"wollen, aus dem Menü. Wenn die ausgewählte Sprache zusätzlichen "
++"Einstellungen hat, werden diese unter der Liste der verfügbaren Belegungen "
++"dargestellt werden. Dies gibt Ihnen einen schnellen Überblick über Ihre "
++"Einstellungen. Sie können auch ein Bild mit der aktuellen Tastaturbelegung "
++"als Referenz öffnen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Der schnellste Weg, um zu einem anderen Layout zu ändern, ist die Verwendung "
++"der <gui>Eingabequelle</gui> <gui>Tastenkombinationen</gui>. These shortcuts "
++"open the <gui>Eingabequelle</gui> chooser where you can move forward and "
++"backward. By default, you can switch to the next Eingabequelle with "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </"
++"keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</"
++"key> <key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the input source "
+-"keyboard shortcuts. These shortcuts open the input source chooser where you "
+-"can move forward and backward. By default, you can switch to the next input "
+-"source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</"
+-"key> </keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these "
+-"shortcuts in the keyboard settings."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "Benutzen Sie Anwendungen und die Arbeitsumgebung ohne Maus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -9489,25 +10933,29 @@
+ "shortcuts\"/> finden Sie Tastenkombinationen, die für alle Benutzer nützlich "
+ "sind."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "mousekeys\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, eine Maus oder andere Zeigegeräte zu verwenden, "
+-"können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks Ihrer Tastatur "
+-"bewegen. Weitere Details finden Sie in <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/>"
++"können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks Ihrer Tastatur bewegen."
++" Weitere Details finden Sie in <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Navigieren in Benutzeroberflächen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -9522,17 +10970,20 @@
+ "auch Bedienelemente ansteuern, die selbst <key>Tab</key> verwenden, wie ein "
+ "Textbereich."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Halten Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> gedrückt, um den Fokus in "
+ "umgekehrter Reihenfolge zu bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Pfeiltasten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -9544,7 +10995,8 @@
+ "Objekte einer Listen- oder Symbolansicht oder einen Radioknopf aus einer "
+ "Gruppe auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -9552,11 +11004,13 @@
+ "In einer Baumansicht können Sie die linke und rechte Pfeiltaste verwenden, "
+ "um Objekte mit Unterelementen aus- oder einzuklappen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Pfeiltasten</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key>Pfeiltasten</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -9564,11 +11018,13 @@
+ "In einer Listen- oder Symbolansicht bewegen Sie den Tastaturfokus zu einem "
+ "anderen Objekt, ohne die Auswahl eines Objektes zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Pfeiltasten</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key>Pfeiltasten</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -9576,21 +11032,25 @@
+ "In einer Listen- oder Symbolansicht wählen Sie alle Objekte vom aktuell "
+ "ausgewählten Objekt bis zum neu fokussierten Objekt aus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aktivieren Sie ein fokussiertes Objekt wie einen Knopf, ein Ankreuzfeld oder "
+ "einen Listeneintrag."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -9598,11 +11058,13 @@
+ "In einer Listen- oder Symbolansicht wählen Sie das fokussierte Objekt aus "
+ "oder ab, ohne den Auswahlzustand anderer Objekte zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -9615,19 +11077,23 @@
+ "unterstrichenen Buchstaben, um das Bedienelement zu aktivieren, genau so, "
+ "als wenn Sie es anklicken würden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "Ein Menü, Aufklappfenster, Wechlser oder Dialogfenster beenden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -9635,17 +11101,20 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie das erste Menü der Menüleiste eines Fensters. Verwenden Sie die "
+ "Pfeiltasten, um durch die Menüs zu navigieren."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie das Anwendungsmenü im oberen Panel."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "menu\">Menu</key>"
+@@ -9653,7 +11122,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> oder die <key xref="
+ "\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menütaste</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -9661,11 +11131,13 @@
+ "Das Kontextmenü für die aktuelle Auswahl einblenden, so als ob Sie mit der "
+ "rechten Maustaste klicken würden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -9674,7 +11146,8 @@
+ "mit einem Klick mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Hintergrund und nicht auf "
+ "ein Objekt. "
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9682,19 +11155,24 @@
+ "Durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild auf</key></keyseq> und "
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild ab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr "Wechseln Sie in einer Reiteransicht zum Reiter links oder rechts."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Navigieren durch den Schreibtisch"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -9706,20 +11184,26 @@
+ "hervorgehoben wird, dann lassen Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste los. Dies "
+ "ähnelt dem <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>-Funktionsmerkmal."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr "Durch alle geöffneten Fenster einer Arbeitsfläche blättern."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
+ "link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+@@ -9727,19 +11211,24 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Öffnen Sie das "
+ "Benachrichtigungsfeld.</link> Drücken Sie <key>Esc</key> zum Schließen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Durch Fenster navigieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Das aktuelle Fenster schließen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9747,7 +11236,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> oder <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+@@ -9758,11 +11248,14 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> wird sowohl maximieren als "
+ "auch wiederherstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -9774,11 +11267,14 @@
+ "oder <key>Esc</key>, um das Fenster an seinen ursprünglichen Ort "
+ "zurückzusetzen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -9791,7 +11287,8 @@
+ "die Größenänderung zu beenden oder <key>Esc</key>, um zur ursprünglichen "
+ "Größe zurückzukehren."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9799,30 +11296,38 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> oder <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Fenster <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">maximieren</link>. Drücken "
+ "Sie erneut <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> oder "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>, um die ursprüngliche Größe "
+ "eines maximierten Fensters wiederherzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
+ msgid "Minimize a window."
+ msgstr "Ein Fenster maximieren."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9831,12 +11336,16 @@
+ "Ein Fenster an der linken Seite des Bildschirms maximieren. Drücken Sie die "
+ "Kombination erneut, um die ursprüngliche Größe wiederherzustellen. Drücken "
+ "Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>, um die Seiten zu wechseln."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9845,31 +11354,40 @@
+ "Ein Fenster an der rechten Seite des Bildschirms maximieren. Drücken Sie die "
+ "Kombination erneut, um die ursprüngliche Größe wiederherzustellen. Drücken "
+ "Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>, um die Seiten zu wechseln."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Fenstermenü öffnen, ähnlich dem Klick mit der rechten Maustaste auf die "
+ "Titelleiste."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr "Eine Bildschirmtastatur zur Texteingabe durch Mausklicks verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "Eine Bildschirmtastatur verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+@@ -9878,13 +11396,15 @@
+ "keine verwenden wollen, können Sie zur Eingabe von Text die "
+ "<em>Bildschirmtastatur</em> verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
+ msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Schalten Sie die <gui>Bildschirmtastatur</gui> ein, um die "
+ "Bildschirmtastatur anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+@@ -9895,13 +11415,14 @@
+ "klicken. Um zur Buchstabentastatur zurückzukehren, klicken Sie auf <gui>Abc</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Ihnen die Bildschirmtastatur im Weg ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf mit "
+ "dem Tastatatursymbol neben dem <gui>Benachrichtigungs</gui>knopf, um die "
+@@ -9910,7 +11431,8 @@
+ "die Maus in die rechte untere Ecke des Bildschirms bewegen, und klicken Sie "
+ "auf das Tastatur-Objekt im Benachrichtigungsfeld."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9919,11 +11441,13 @@
+ "Taste gedrückt halten, oder die Verzögerung und Geschwindigkeit der "
+ "Wiederholung ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "Wiederholte Tastendrücke abschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9936,7 +11460,8 @@
+ "hochzuheben, können Sie dieses Verhalten ausschalten oder Sie können ändern, "
+ "wie lange es dauert, bis sich die Taste wiederholt auszulösen beginnt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9945,7 +11470,8 @@
+ "gehalten werden</gui> aus, um wiederholt ausgelöste Tasten komplett zu "
+ "deaktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+@@ -9957,27 +11483,32 @@
+ "<gui>Geschwindigkeit</gui> ein, um festzulegen, wie schnell die Tasten sich "
+ "wiederholen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Festlegen und Ändern von Tastenkombination in den <gui>Tastatur</gui>-"
+ "Einstellungen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Tastenkombinationen einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "So ändern Sie für eine Tastenkombination die zu drückenden Tasten:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Tastatur</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+ "<gui>Tastaturkürzel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
+ "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
+@@ -9987,7 +11518,8 @@
+ "gewünschte Aktion auf der rechten Seite. Die aktuelle Definition der "
+ "Tastenkombination ändert sich zu <gui>Neue Tastenkombination …</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+ "clear."
+@@ -9995,11 +11527,13 @@
+ "Halten Sie die gewünschte Tastenkombination gedrückt oder drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Löschtaste</key> zum Aufheben der Festlegung."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Voreingestellte Tastenkürzel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -10007,126 +11541,149 @@
+ "Es gibt eine Anzahl voreingestellter Tastenkürzel, die geändert werden "
+ "können, gruppiert in die folgenden Kategorien:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Starter"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Hilfe-Browser starten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Deaktiviert"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Taschenrechner öffnen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Taschenrechner"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "E-Mail-Programm öffnen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "E-Mail"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Webbrowser starten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Persönlicher Ordner"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorer"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Navigation"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Fenster auf Arbeitsfläche 1 verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Fenster auf Arbeitsfläche 2 verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Fenster auf Arbeitsfläche 3 verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Fenster auf Arbeitsfläche 4 verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Fenster eine Arbeitsfläche nach links verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></"
+ "keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Fenster eine Arbeitsfläche nach rechts verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></"
+ "keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Fenster eine Arbeitsfläche nach oben verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+ "<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -10134,505 +11691,629 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+ "<key>Bild↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Fenster eine Arbeitsfläche nach unten verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+-"<key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Super</key> <key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Anwendungen wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+ msgid "Switch windows"
+ msgstr "Fenster wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Zwischen den Fenstern einer Anwendung wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Systemsteuerungen umschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Fenster sofort wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Sofort zwischen den Fenstern einer Anwendung wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Systemsteuerungen sofort umschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Alle normalen Fenster verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Zur Arbeitsfläche 1 wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Zur Arbeitsfläche 2 wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Zur Arbeitsfläche 3 wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Zur Arbeitsfläche 4 wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Auf Arbeitsfläche links verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Auf Arbeitsfläche rechts verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Auf Arbeitsfläche darüber verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Bild↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Auf Arbeitsfläche darunter verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmfotos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto aufnehmen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Druck</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto eines Fensters aufnehmen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto eines Bereichs aufnehmen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto in die Zwischenablage kopieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto eines Fensters in die Zwischenablage kopieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto eines Bereichs in die Zwischenablage kopieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
+ msgid "Record a screencast"
+ msgstr "Eine Bildschirmaufzeichnung erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Ton und Medien"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Stumm schalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "Stumm schalten (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Leiser"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "Lautstärke verringern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Lauter"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "Lautstärke erhöhen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Medienwiedergabeprogramm starten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "Tonmedien"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Wiedergabe (bzw. Wiedergabe/Unterbrechen)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "Wiedergabe (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Wiedergabe unterbrechen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "Pause (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Wiedergabe anhalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "Stopp (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Vorheriger Titel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "Zurück (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Nächster Titel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "Vor (Audio)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Auswerfen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "System"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Den »Befehl ausführen«-Dialog anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Die Aktivitäten-Übersicht anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Abmelden"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Löschtaste</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Bildschirm sperren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
+ msgid "Show the message tray"
+ msgstr "Das Benachrichtigungsfeld anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
+ msgid "Focus the active notification"
+ msgstr "Auf aktive Benachrichtigungen ausrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
+ msgid "Show all applications"
+ msgstr "Alle Anwendungen anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
+ msgid "Open the application menu"
+ msgstr "Das Anwendungsmenü öffnen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+ msgid "Typing"
+ msgstr "Texteingabe"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
+ msgid "Switch to next input source"
+ msgstr "Zur nächsten Eingabequelle wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+ msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+ msgstr "Zur vorhergehenden Eingabequelle wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+ msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+ msgstr "Nur Zusatztasten wechseln zur nächsten Quelle"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+ msgid "Compose Key"
+ msgstr "Compose-Taste"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+ msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+ msgstr "Taste für alternative Zeichen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "Barrierefreiheit"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "Vergrößerung ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "Ansicht vergrößern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "Ansicht verkleinern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmleser ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmtastatur ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "Schrift vergrößern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "Schrift verkleinern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "Hohen Kontrast ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Das Fenstermenü aktivieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Vollbildmodus ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Maximierungszustand ein-/ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Fenster maximieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Fenstergröße wiederherstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Fenster ein-/ausrollen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Fenster schließen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
+ msgid "Hide window"
+ msgstr "Fenster verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Fenster verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Fenstergröße ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Festlegen, ob das Fenster auf allen oder nur einer Arbeitsfläche sichtbar ist"
++"Festlegen, ob das Fenster auf allen oder nur einer Arbeitsfläche sichtbar "
++"ist"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr "Fenster anheben, falls es verdeckt ist, andernfalls absenken"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Fenster vor die anderen Fenster anheben"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Fenster hinter die anderen Fenster absenken"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Fenster vertikal maximieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Fenster horizontal maximieren"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
+ msgid "View split on left"
+ msgstr "Ansicht links teilen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
+ msgid "View split on right"
+ msgstr "Ansicht rechts teilen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
+ msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Tastenkombinationen ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449(section/p)
+-msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie Tastenkombinationen für eine "
+ "Anwendung ändern können."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+ msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie die Terminal-Anwendung."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
+ msgid ""
+ "Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
+ "true</cmd> command."
+@@ -10640,23 +12321,27 @@
+ "Führen Sie den Befehl <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
+ "change-accels true</cmd> aus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+ msgid ""
+ "Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Starten Sie die Anwendung, für die Sie die Tastenkombination ändern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+ msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Suchen Sie nach dem Menüeintrag, für welchen Sie die Tastenkombination "
+ "wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
+ msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Geben Sie die gewünschte Tastenkombination auf der Tastatur ein."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
+ "changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
+@@ -10669,22 +12354,30 @@
+ "false</cmd> ausführen. Alternativ können Sie auch das Hilfsprogramm "
+ "<app>dconf-editor</app> dazu verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Eigene Tastenkombinationen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "So erstellen Sie Ihre eigene Tastenkombination:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
+ "style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie <gui>Individuelle Tastenkombination</gui> im liken Fenster, und "
++"klicken den <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> Schalter (oder klicken den <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> in jedweger Kategorie). Das <gui>Individuelle "
++"Tastenkombination</gui> Fenster wird angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+ "run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+@@ -10694,10 +12387,11 @@
+ "Geben Sie einen <gui>Namen</gui> zur Identifizierung der Tastenkombination "
+ "und einen <gui>Befehl</gui> zum Ausführen einer Anwendung ein und klicken "
+ "Sie auf <gui>Anwenden</gui>. Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Tastenkombination "
+-"zum Öffnen von <app>Rhythmbox</app> erstellen, könnten Sie <input>Musik</"
+-"input> als Name und <input>rhythmbox</input> als Befehl verwenden."
++"zum Öffnen von Rhythmbox erstellen, könnten Sie <input>Musik</input> als "
++"Name und <input>rhythmbox</input> als Befehl verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
+ "<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
+@@ -10707,19 +12401,21 @@
+ "Wenn es sich zu <gui>Neue Tastenkombination …</gui> ändert, halten Sie die "
+ "gewünschte Tastenkombination gedrückt."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+ "The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
+ "application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Der von Ihnen eingegebene Befehl sollte ein gültiger Befehl des Systems "
+-"sein. Sie können überprüfen, ob der Befehl funktioniert, indem Sie ihn in "
+-"einem Terminal eingeben. Der zum Öffnen einer Anwendung verwendete Befehl "
+-"muss nicht zwangsläufig dem Anwendungsnamen entsprechen."
++"Der von Ihnen eingegebene Befehl sollte ein gültiger Befehl des Systems sein."
++" Sie können überprüfen, ob der Befehl funktioniert, indem Sie ihn in einem "
++"Terminal eingeben. Der zum Öffnen einer Anwendung verwendete Befehl muss "
++"nicht zwangsläufig dem Anwendungsnamen entsprechen."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -10730,39 +12426,48 @@
+ "Fenster <gui>Individuelle Tastenkombination</gui> wird geöffnet, in welchem "
+ "Sie den Befehl ändern können."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Tastaturbelegungen</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">blinkender Cursor</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"a11y#mobility\">Barrierefreiheit der Tastatur</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Tastatur"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:35(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
+ msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+ msgstr "Region und Sprache"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ "So verwenden Sie ein Bild, eine Farbe oder einen Farbverlauf als Hintergrund "
+ "des Schreibtischs."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "Anpassen des Schreibtischhintergrunds"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -10770,19 +12475,23 @@
+ "Sie können das Bild Ihres Schreibtischhintergrunds ändern oder eine einfache "
+ "Farbe oder einen Farbverlauf verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Hintergrund</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Bild Ihres aktuellen Hintergrundes in der Mitte."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr "Es werden drei Möglichkeiten oben angezeigt:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -10795,7 +12504,8 @@
+ "durchscheinen. Für diese Hintergrundbilder gibt es rechts unten einen "
+ "Farbauswahlknopf."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
+ "folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
+@@ -10808,23 +12518,27 @@
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Bilder</gui>, um eines Ihrer eigenen Fotos aus dem "
+ "Bilderordner zu verwenden. Die meisten Anwendungen zur Bildbearbeitung "
+ "speichern ihre Bilder dort. Falls Sie ein Bild verwenden wollen, das sich "
+-"nicht in Ihrem <gui>Bilder</gui>-Ordner befindet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor: "
+-"In <app>Dateien</app> klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die "
+-"Bilddatei und wählen <gui>Als Hintergrund verwenden</gui>, oder öffnen Sie "
+-"im <app>Bildbetrachter</app> die Bilddatei und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bild</"
++"nicht in Ihrem Bilder Ordner befindet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor: In "
++"<app>Dateien</app> klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Bilddatei "
++"und wählen <gui>Als Hintergrund verwenden</gui>, oder öffnen Sie im "
++"<app>Bildbetrachter</app> die Bilddatei und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bild</"
+ "gui><gui>Als Hintergrund festlegen</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Farben</gui>, um nur eine einzige Farbe oder einen linearen "
+ "Farbverlauf zu verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "Die Einstellungen werden sofort angewendet."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+ "to view your entire desktop."
+@@ -10832,15 +12546,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Wechseln Sie zu einer leeren "
+ "Arbeitsfläche</link>, um den gesamten Schreibtisch zu sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "Die Bildschirmauflösung könnte falsch eingestellt sein."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "Warum ist das Bild auf meinem Bildschirm unscharf/verpixelt?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+@@ -10848,7 +12565,8 @@
+ "Das kann passieren, wenn die Bildschirmauflösung, die Sie eingestellt haben, "
+ "für Ihren Bildschirm ungeeignet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
+ "In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
+@@ -10860,11 +12578,13 @@
+ "<gui>Monitore</gui>. Probieren Sie einige der Werte in <gui>Auflösung</gui> "
+ "durch und wählen Sie denjenigen, bei dem das Bild wieder besser aussieht."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr "Bei mehreren angeschlossenen Bildschirmen"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -10877,7 +12597,8 @@
+ "jeweils nur eine Auflösung zur Verfügung stellen, wodurch zumindest einer "
+ "der Bildschirme verschwommen aussehen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -10892,11 +12613,13 @@
+ "anderen verschieben, aber Sie können nicht dasselbe Fenster gleichzeitig auf "
+ "beiden Bildschirmen darstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr "So richten Sie eine jeweils eigene Auflösung für die Bildschirme ein:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+@@ -10904,11 +12627,13 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und dann auf <gui>Einstellungen</"
+ "gui>. Öffnen Sie <gui>Monitore</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Deaktivieren Sie <gui>Bildschirme spiegeln</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+@@ -10918,15 +12643,18 @@
+ "<gui>Monitore</gui>-Fenster. Ändern Sie die <gui>Auflösung</gui>, bis die "
+ "Anzeige gut aussieht."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Die Auflösung des Bildschirms und seine Ausrichtung (Drehung) ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Größe und der Drehung des Bildschirms"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -10938,7 +12666,8 @@
+ "ändern, wie herum die Dinge erscheinen (zum Beispiel wenn Sie einen "
+ "drehbaren Monitor haben), indem Sie die <em>Drehung</em> ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+ "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+@@ -10947,11 +12676,13 @@
+ "können Sie für jeden Bildschirm eigene Einstellungen festlegen. Wählen Sie "
+ "einen Bildschirm im Vorschaubereich aus."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Auflösung und Drehung."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -10964,7 +12695,8 @@
+ "Einstellungen nichts sehen können. Falls Sie mit den neuen Einstellungen "
+ "zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <gui>Diese Konfiguration behalten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+@@ -10975,11 +12707,13 @@
+ "können wie für Ihren üblichen Bildschirm. Wenn das nicht passiert, klicken "
+ "Sie auf <gui>Bildschirme erkennen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Auflösung"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+ "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+@@ -10996,7 +12730,8 @@
+ "nicht dem Seitenverhältnis Ihres Bildschirms entspricht, werden schwarze "
+ "Balken hinzugefügt, um Verzerrungen zu vermeiden."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+ "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+@@ -11004,14 +12739,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können aus der Auswahlliste die <gui>Auflösung</gui> auswählen, die Sie "
+ "bevorzugen. Beachten Sie, dass wenn Sie eine Auflösung wählen, die für Ihren "
+-"Bildschirm ungeeignet ist, das Bild <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy"
+-"\">unscharf oder verpixelt</link> aussehen kann."
++"Bildschirm ungeeignet ist, das Bild <link xref=\"look-display-"
++"fuzzy\">unscharf oder verpixelt</link> aussehen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Drehung"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+@@ -11022,77 +12759,91 @@
+ "werden, somit ist es nützlich, die Bildschirmdrehung ändern zu können. Sie "
+ "können aus der Auswahlliste die <gui>Drehung</gui> wählen, die Sie wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitalkameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">Fotos bearbeiten</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">Videos abspielen</link> …"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitalkameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">Fotos bearbeiten</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">Videos abspielen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Ton, Video und Bilder"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+-msgstr "Klang"
++msgstr "Ton"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+-msgstr "Klang"
++msgstr "Ton"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+-msgstr "Klang"
++msgstr "Ton"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lautstärke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">Mikrofone</"
+-"link> …"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lautstärke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">Mikrofone</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Grundlegendes zum Ton"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Musik und Wiedergabeprogramme"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Musik und tragbare Wiedergabegeräte"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Fotos und digitale Kameras"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Videos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Videos und Videokameras"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+@@ -11100,24 +12851,28 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tipps zur Benutzung dieser Anleitung</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"get-involved\">helfen Sie diese Anleitung zu verbessern</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">Mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc"
+-"\">IRC</link>"
++"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">Mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Weitere Hilfe erhalten"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Touchpad während des Tippens ausschalten, um unabsichtliche Klicks zu "
+ "vermeiden."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -11129,30 +12884,37 @@
+ "führen kann. Sie können das Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren. Es "
+ "wird erst kurz nach Ihrem letzten Tastendruck wieder funktionieren."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
+ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Maus und Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Während des Tippens deaktivieren</gui> im Abschnitt "
+ "<gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38(note/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der Abschnitt <gui>Touchpad</gui> ist nur dann vorhanden, wenn Ihr System "
+ "tatsächlich über ein Touchpad verfügt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -11160,11 +12922,13 @@
+ "Legen Sie fest, wie schnell Sie ein zweites Mal die Maustaste drücken "
+ "müssen, um doppelt zu klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "Anpassen der Doppelklickgeschwindigkeit"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+@@ -11177,7 +12941,8 @@
+ "haben, die Maustaste so schnell zu klicken, sollten Sie das "
+ "Doppelklickintervall erhöhen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
+ "value you find comfortable."
+@@ -11185,7 +12950,8 @@
+ "Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler <gui>Doppelklick</gui> unter <gui>Allgemein</"
+ "gui>, um eine angenehme Einstellung zu wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
+ "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
+@@ -11195,13 +12961,14 @@
+ "Ein einfacher klick hebt den äußeren Kreis hervor, ein Doppelklick den "
+ "inneren."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Ihre Maus doppelt klickt, wenn Sie nur einen einfachen Klick wollten, "
+ "obwohl Sie das Doppelklickintervall verlängert haben, könnte Ihre Maus "
+@@ -11210,7 +12977,9 @@
+ "schließen Sie Ihre Maus an einen anderen Rechner an und sehen Sie nach, ob "
+ "sie immer noch das gleiche Problem aufweist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53(note/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -11218,15 +12987,18 @@
+ "Diese Einstellung wirkt sich sowohl auf Ihre Maus als auch auf das Touchpad "
+ "aus, sowie auf jedes andere Zeigegerät."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr "Die linke und rechte Maustaste in den Maus-Einstellungen tauschen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "Die Maus mit der linken Hand verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -11235,7 +13007,8 @@
+ "Ihres Touchpads gegeneinander tauschen, um Sie linkshändig angenehmer "
+ "benutzen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Right</gui>."
+@@ -11243,7 +13016,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie im Abschnitt <gui>Allgemein</gui> für <gui>Primäre Taste</gui> "
+ "die Einstellung <gui>Rechts</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -11251,11 +13025,13 @@
+ "Verwenden Sie die mittlere Maustaste, um Anwendungen zu öffnen, Text "
+ "einzufügen, Reiter zu öffnen und mehr."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Mittelklick"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+@@ -11269,24 +13045,28 @@
+ "drücken."
+ 
+ # Mehr-Finger-Klopfen?
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Auf Touchpads, die das Klopfen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützen, können Sie "
+-"für einen Mittelklick gleichzeitig mit drei Fingern auf das Touchpad "
+-"klopfen. Sie müssen <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">klicken per tippen</"
+-"link> in den Touchpadeinstellungen aktivieren, damit das funktioniert."
++"für einen Mittelklick gleichzeitig mit drei Fingern auf das Touchpad klopfen."
++" Sie müssen <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">klicken per tippen</link> in "
++"den Touchpadeinstellungen aktivieren, damit das funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Viele Anwendungen nutzen den Klick mit der mittleren Maustaste, um Aufgaben "
+ "abzukürzen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -11298,7 +13078,8 @@
+ "Stelle, wo Sie ihn einfügen wollen, und klicken Sie mit der mittleren "
+ "Maustaste. "
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+@@ -11309,7 +13090,8 @@
+ "die Zwischenablage kopiert. Diese schnelle Methode des Einfügens "
+ "funktioniert nur mit der mittleren Maustaste."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -11321,7 +13103,8 @@
+ "auch einen Klick mit der mittleren Maustaste ausführen, um genau die "
+ "angeklickte Stelle zu erreichen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+@@ -11336,7 +13119,8 @@
+ "Anwendungsübersicht. Die Anwendungsübersicht wird über den Knopf mit dem "
+ "Raster im Dash geöffnet."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -11355,7 +13139,8 @@
+ "markierten Text als URL zu laden, als hätten Sie den Text per Mittelklick in "
+ "die Adressleiste eingefügt und die <key>Eingabetaste</key> gedrückt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+@@ -11368,7 +13153,8 @@
+ "mit der mittleren Maustaste eine Datei anklicken, wird die Datei geöffnet, "
+ "so als hätten Sie einen Doppelklick ausgeführt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -11378,27 +13164,31 @@
+ "Funktionen möglich. Suchen Sie in der Hilfe zu Ihrer Anwendung nach "
+ "<em>Mittelklick</em> oder <em>mittlere Maustaste</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Tastaturmaus aktivieren, um mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks den Mauszeiger "
+ "zu bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "Klicken und Bewegen des Mauszeigers mit dem Nummernblock der Tastatur"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+ "feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, eine Maus oder andere Zeigegeräte zu verwenden, "
+-"können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks Ihrer Tastatur "
+-"bewegen. Diese Funktion heißt <em>Tastaturmaus</em>."
++"können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks Ihrer Tastatur bewegen."
++" Diese Funktion heißt <em>Tastaturmaus</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+ "keyboard focus to the top bar."
+@@ -11406,16 +13196,18 @@
+ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tabulator</key></"
+ "keyseq>, um den Tastaturfokus auf das obere Panel zu legen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Verwenden Sie die rechte und linke Pfeiltaste, um das <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">Barrierefreiheitsmenü</link> zu wählen und drücken Sie die "
++"Verwenden Sie die rechte und linke Pfeiltaste, um das <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">Barrierefreiheitsmenü</link> zu wählen und drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11423,7 +13215,8 @@
+ "Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten nach oben oder unten, um <gui>Tastaturmaus</"
+ "gui> auszuwählen und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -11432,7 +13225,8 @@
+ "Nun können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Nummernblocks der Tastatur "
+ "bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+@@ -11442,7 +13236,8 @@
+ "aktivieren. Wählen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheits-Einstellungen</gui>, um weiter "
+ "Optionen zur Barrierefreiheit anzeigen zu lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -11458,7 +13253,8 @@
+ "diese Funktion häufig auf einem Laptop verwenden, können Sie einen externen "
+ "USB-Nummernblock kaufen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -11471,7 +13267,8 @@
+ "key>, um mit der Maus einmal zu klicken, oder drücken Sie die Taste schnell "
+ "zweimal hintereinander für einen Doppelklick."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
+ "called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
+@@ -11487,7 +13284,8 @@
+ "ausgelöst werden kann, indem Sie die Taste <key>5</key> oder die linke "
+ "Maustaste gedrückt halten."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+@@ -11498,7 +13296,8 @@
+ "ein. Die Maus reagiert aber nicht mehr auf den Nummernblock, solange die "
+ "<key>Num-Lock</key>-Taste eingeschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+@@ -11507,19 +13306,23 @@
+ "sind, haben keine Kontrolle über den Mauszeiger. Nur die Tasten des "
+ "Nummernblocks können dafür verwendet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Ihrer Maus, falls diese nicht funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr "Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich nicht"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob die Maus angeschlossen ist"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -11527,7 +13330,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie eine kabelgebundene Maus haben, vergewissern Sie sich, dass sie "
+ "fest an Ihren Rechner angeschlossen ist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -11542,26 +13346,32 @@
+ "nicht am lilafarbenen Tastaturanschluss. Sie müssen den Rechner "
+ "möglicherweise neu starten, wenn sie nicht angeschlossen war."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob die Maus von Ihrem Rechner erkannt worden ist"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie ein <app>Terminal</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie im Terminalfenster <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd> ein, "
+ "genau so, wie es hier erscheint, und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+@@ -11573,23 +13383,26 @@
+ "hat und ob einer der <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>-Einträge den Namen der "
+ "Maus links stehen hat."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+ "computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+ "In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn kein Eintrag besteht, der den Namen der Maus gefolgt von <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys> aufweist, dann wurde die Maus von Ihrem Rechner "
+-"nicht erkannt. Wenn der Eintrag existiert, wurde Ihre Maus von Ihrem Rechner "
+-"erkannt. In diesem Fall sollten Sie überprüfen, ob die Maus <link xref="
+-"\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">angeschlossen</link> und in <link "
+-"xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">funktionsfähigem Zustand</link> ist."
++"Wenn kein Eintrag besteht, der den Namen der Maus gefolgt von "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> aufweist, dann wurde die Maus von Ihrem "
++"Rechner nicht erkannt. Wenn der Eintrag existiert, wurde Ihre Maus von Ihrem "
++"Rechner erkannt. In diesem Fall sollten Sie überprüfen, ob die Maus <link "
++"xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">angeschlossen</link> und in "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">funktionsfähigem Zustand</"
++"link> ist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -11599,7 +13412,8 @@
+ "möglicherweise einige zusätzliche Schritte unternehmen, um Sie zum Laufen zu "
+ "bringen. Die Schritte hängen vermutlich von Marke und Modell Ihrer Maus ab."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -11609,17 +13423,20 @@
+ "nach Support bei Ihrer Distribution oder Ihrem Händler, wenn Sie glauben, "
+ "dass Ihre Maus nicht richtig erkannt wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen, ob die Maus defekt ist"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Schließen Sie die Maus an einen anderen Rechner an und überprüfen Sie, ob "
+ "sie funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -11631,11 +13448,13 @@
+ "ist, überprüfen Sie, ob die Maus eingeschaltet ist. Wenn sie es ist und noch "
+ "immer kein Licht zu sehen ist, ist die Maus vermutlich defekt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen kabelloser Mäuse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -11646,7 +13465,8 @@
+ "können, so dass Sie sie bewegen können, ohne ständige Aufwachvorgänge "
+ "auszulösen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+@@ -11655,7 +13475,8 @@
+ "tatsächlich mit Ihrem Rechner gekoppelt ist. Siehe <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+@@ -11666,19 +13487,22 @@
+ "sparen, und reagieren eventuell erst, wenn Sie auf eine Maustaste klicken. "
+ "Siehe <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob der Akku der Maus geladen ist."
+ 
+ # dongle: wohl meist USB-Stecker, aber andere auch möglich
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der Empfänger fest an den Rechner angeschlossen "
+ "ist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -11686,7 +13510,8 @@
+ "Falls Ihre Maus und der Empfänger auf unterschiedlichen Frequenzen betrieben "
+ "werden können, vergewissern Sie sich, dass beide dieselbe Frequenz benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -11696,7 +13521,8 @@
+ "beiden drücken, um eine Verbindung herzustellen. Die Bedienungsanleitung "
+ "Ihrer Maus sollte dies genauer erläutern, wenn das der Fall ist."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -11709,18 +13535,21 @@
+ "zum Laufen zu bringen. Die Schritte können von Marke und Modell Ihrer Maus "
+ "abhängen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ändern Sie, wie schnell sich der Mauszeiger bewegt, wenn Sie Ihre Maus oder "
+ "Ihr Touchpad benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "Anpassen der Geschwindigkeit von Maus und Touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+ "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+@@ -11729,7 +13558,8 @@
+ "Maus bewegen oder Ihr Touchpad verwenden, können Sie die Geschwindigkeit des "
+ "Zeigers für diese Geräte anpassen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+ "comfortable for you."
+@@ -11737,7 +13567,8 @@
+ "Passen Sie den Schieberegler <gui>Zeigergeschwindigkeit</gui> so an, dass "
+ "die Bewegung des Mauszeigers Ihren Vorstellungen entspricht."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
+ "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
+@@ -11750,15 +13581,18 @@
+ "einfach entsprechend die beiden Regler in den Abschnitten <gui>Maus</gui> "
+ "und <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr "Klicken, Ziehen oder Bildlauf mit dem Touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr "Klicken, Ziehen oder Rollen mit dem Touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+@@ -11766,20 +13600,24 @@
+ "Sie können klicken, doppelklicken, ziehen und rollen, indem Sie allein Ihr "
+ "Touchpad verwenden, ohne zusätzliche Hardwareknöpfe."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+ msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Klopfen zum Klicken</gui> im Abschnitt <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Zum Klicken klopfen Sie auf das Touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Für einen Doppelklick klopfen Sie zweimal."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -11788,7 +13626,8 @@
+ "danach nicht an. Ziehen Sie dann das Objekt an den gewünschten Platz und "
+ "heben Sie Ihren Finger an, um es abzulegen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -11801,16 +13640,18 @@
+ "\"a11y-right-click\"/> für eine Methode, um einen Rechtsklick ohne zweite "
+ "Maustaste auszuführen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Ihr Touchpad das Klopfen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützt, führen Sie "
+ "einen <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">Mittelklick</link> aus, indem Sie mit "
+ "drei Fingern gleichzeitig klopfen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -11821,22 +13662,27 @@
+ "beieinander sind, könnte der Rechner glauben, dass es sich um einen "
+ "einzelnen Finger handelt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+ msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr "Bildlauf mit zwei Fingern"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+ msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können mit Ihrem Touchpad einen Bildlauf auslösen, indem Sie zwei Finger "
+ "verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Bildlauf mit zwei Fingern</gui> unter <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+ "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
+@@ -11854,17 +13700,20 @@
+ "Wenn Ihre Finger zu nahe beieinander sind, erkennt das Touchpad nur einen "
+ "großen Finger."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Rollen mit zwei Fingern funktioniert unter Umständen nicht auf allen "
+ "Touchpads."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr "Inhalt klebt an den Fingern"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+ "touchpad."
+@@ -11872,7 +13721,8 @@
+ "Sie können Inhalte ziehen, als ob Sie mit dem Touchpad über ein echtes Stück "
+ "Papier gleiten würden."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -11880,26 +13730,29 @@
+ "Aktivieren Sie im Abschnitt <gui>Touchpad</gui> die Option <gui>Inhalt klebt "
+ "an den Fingern</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
+ "Scrolling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dieses Funktionsmerkmal ist auch als <em>Natürlicher Bildlauf</em> oder "
++"Diese Funktion ist auch als <em>Natürlicher Bildlauf</em> oder "
+ "<em>Umgekehrter Bildlauf</em> bekannt."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Ihre Maus hin- und herbewegen oder klicken müssen, damit sie "
+ "reagiert."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
+ msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr "Die Maus arbeitet mit Verzögerung"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+ "\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
+@@ -11912,57 +13765,66 @@
+ "Ihre Maus oder Ihr Touchpad aufzuwecken, können Sie eine Maustaste klicken "
+ "oder die Maus hin- und herbewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
+ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Touchpads auf Laptops warten manchmal eine Weile, nachdem Sie mit dem Tippen "
+ "aufgehört haben, bevor sie wieder reagieren. Dadurch wird verhindert, dass "
+ "Sie das Touchpad während des Tippens unabsichtlich mit der Handfläche "
+ "berühren. Siehe <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> für Details."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Linkshändig</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "sensitivity\">Geschwindigkeit und Empfindlichkeit</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "touchpad-click\">klicken und rollen mit dem Touchpad </link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Maus"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Häufige Probleme mit der Maus"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Häufige Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Tipps zur Maus"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Tipps"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Tipps"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+@@ -11970,12 +13832,14 @@
+ "Die Unterstützung für dieses Dateiformat könnte nicht installiert sein oder "
+ "die Titel sind »kopiergeschützt«."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ich kann die in einem Online-Musikladen gekauften Titel nicht abspielen"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+@@ -11986,7 +13850,8 @@
+ "insbesondere, wenn Sie sie auf einem Windows- oder Mac-OS-Rechner gekauft "
+ "und dann von dort auf Ihren Rechner kopiert haben."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -12006,7 +13871,8 @@
+ "Anweisungen geben, wie Sie Unterstützung für dieses Format installieren "
+ "können, um den Titel abzuspielen."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -12027,7 +13893,8 @@
+ "spezielle Software des Unternehmens, um DRM-geschützte Dateien abzuspielen, "
+ "aber nur wenige davon werden unter Linux unterstützt."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+@@ -12035,18 +13902,21 @@
+ "Bei der <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier "
+ "Foundation</link> erfahren Sie mehr über DRM."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eine Medienwiedergabe verwenden, um die Titel zu kopieren, und den iPod "
+ "anschließend sicher entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr "Titel tauchen auf meinem iPod nicht auf, wenn ich sie dorthin kopiere"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -12065,7 +13935,8 @@
+ "Ort zum Speichern der Titel, den Musikwiedergabe-Anwendungen ausfindig "
+ "machen können, nicht aber die Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+@@ -12077,7 +13948,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"files-removedrive\">sicher entfernen</link>. Dadurch wird "
+ "sichergestellt, dass alle Titel richtig hinüber kopiert worden sind."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -12100,7 +13972,8 @@
+ "der Lage sein, die Umwandlung durchzuführen, und den Titel deswegen nicht "
+ "kopieren. Sehen Sie in der Paketverwaltung nach einem geeigneten Codec nach."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+@@ -12108,11 +13981,13 @@
+ "Brandneue iPods müssen zunächst mit der iTunes-Software eingerichtet werden, "
+ "bevor Sie sie verwenden können."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr "Mein neuer iPod funktioniert nicht"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+@@ -12127,7 +14002,8 @@
+ 
+ # Übersetzung von »Volume Format« unter iTunes? -gk
+ # Dürfte wohl so richtig sein, siehe http://support.apple.com/kb/TS1897?viewlocale=de_DE&locale=de_DE -mb
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+@@ -12141,7 +14017,8 @@
+ "oder Ähnliches. Das andere Format (HFS/Mac) funktioniert unter Linux nicht "
+ "so gut."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+@@ -12149,7 +14026,8 @@
+ "Sobald die Einrichtung abgeschlossen ist, sollte der iPod normalerweise "
+ "funktionieren, wenn Sie ihn mit einem Linux-Rechner verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+@@ -12158,11 +14036,13 @@
+ "Rechner darüber zu informieren, dass es sich dabei um ein Audio-"
+ "Wiedergabegerät handelt."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr "Warum wird mein Audio-Wiedergabegerät beim Einstecken nicht erkannt?"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+@@ -12172,7 +14052,8 @@
+ "ihn aber in Ihrer Musikverwaltungsanwendung nicht sehen können, wurde er "
+ "vielleicht nicht richtig als Audioplayer erkannt."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -12193,7 +14074,8 @@
+ "dabei wichtig, und verwenden Sie nur Kleinbuchstaben). Diese Datei weist "
+ "Ihren Rechner an, das Gerät als einen Audioplayer zu behandeln."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+@@ -12202,12 +14084,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Suchen Sie nun den Audioplayer in der Seitenleiste der Dateiverwaltung und "
+ "werfen Sie ihn aus (klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und klicken "
+-"Sie <gui>Auswerfen</gui>). Ziehen Sie ihn ab und schließen Sie ihn wieder "
+-"an. Diesmal sollte er von Ihrer Musikverwaltung als Audioplayer erkannt "
+-"worden sein. Wenn nicht, versuchen Sie die Musikverwaltung zu schließen und "
+-"dann wieder zu öffnen."
++"Sie <gui>Auswerfen</gui>). Ziehen Sie ihn ab und schließen Sie ihn wieder an."
++" Diesmal sollte er von Ihrer Musikverwaltung als Audioplayer erkannt worden "
++"sein. Wenn nicht, versuchen Sie die Musikverwaltung zu schließen und dann "
++"wieder zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+@@ -12218,7 +14101,8 @@
+ "<em>USB-Massenspeicher</em> ist; sein Benutzerhandbuch sollte darüber "
+ "Auskunft geben, ob er einer ist."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -12232,7 +14116,8 @@
+ "überprüfen, dass sie noch immer da ist, indem Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</"
+ "gui><gui>Verborgene Dateien anzeigen</gui></guiseq> klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+@@ -12240,15 +14125,18 @@
+ "Einfacher Klick, um Dateien zu öffnen, ausführbare Textdateien ausführen "
+ "oder anzeigen, Einstellungen für den Papierkorb."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
+ msgid "Sindhu S"
+ msgstr "Sindhu S"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für das Verhalten der Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+ "executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
+@@ -12258,21 +14146,26 @@
+ "Sie können festlegen, ob Sie Dateien mit einfachem oder Doppelklick öffnen, "
+ "was mit ausführbaren Textdateien geschehen soll und wie mit dem Papierkorb "
+ "umgegangen wird. Klicken Sie dazu auf <gui>Dateien</gui> in der obersten "
+-"Leiste und wählen Sie anschließend den Reiter <gui>Verhalten</gui>."
++"Leiste, wählen <gui>Präferenzen</gui> und anschließend den Tab "
++"<gui>Verhalten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Verhalten"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Einfacher Klick zum Öffnen von Objekten</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Doppelklick zum Öffnen von Objekten</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+@@ -12286,44 +14179,52 @@
+ "während des Klickens gedrückt halten, um eine oder mehrere Dateien "
+ "auszuwählen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "Ausführbare Textdateien"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+ "permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+-"most common are <src>Shell</src>, <src>Python</src> and <src>Perl</src> "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
+ "scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
+ "pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Eine ausführbare Textdatei ist eine Datei, die ein Programm enthält, das "
+-"ausgeführt werden kann. Die <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Zugriffsrechte</link> der Datei müssen auch erlauben, dass die Datei als "
+-"Programm ausgeführt wird. Die häufigsten Arten sind <src>Shell-</src>, "
+-"<src>Python-</src> und <src>Perl-Skripte</src>; sie haben die Endungen "
+-"<file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> beziehungsweise <file>.pl</file>."
++"Eine ausführbare Textdatei ist eine Datei, die ein Programm enthält, das Sie "
++"ausführen können (execute). Die <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Datei Berechtigungen</link> müssen die Datei auch als Programm "
++"laufen zu lassen. Die gebräuchlichsten sind <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</"
++"sys> und <sys>Perl</sys> Scripts. Diese haben die Erweiterungen <file>.sh</"
++"file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
+ msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie eine ausführbare Textdatei öffnen, können Sie aus Folgendem wählen:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
+ msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+-msgstr "<gui>Ausführbare Textdateien ausführen, wenn sie geöffnet werden</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Ausführbare Textdateien ausführen, wenn sie geöffnet werden</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
+ msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Ausführbare Textdateien anzeigen, wenn sie geöffnet werden</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
+ msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Jedes Mal nachfragen</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
+ "wish to run or view the selected text file."
+@@ -12332,7 +14233,8 @@
+ "in dem gefragt wird, ob Sie die ausgewählte Textdatei ausführen oder "
+ "anzeigen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
+ "share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
+@@ -12347,15 +14249,18 @@
+ "dem Skript als Parameter übergeben. So wenden Sie ein skript auf eine Datei "
+ "an:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
+ msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+ msgstr "Navigieren Sie zum gewünschten Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
+ msgid "Select the desired file."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
+ "script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+@@ -12364,30 +14269,36 @@
+ "öffnen, und wählen Sie das gewünschte auszuführende Skript aus dem <gui "
+ "style=\"menuitem\">Skripte</gui>-Menü aus."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
+-"folder such as a folder showing web or <src>ftp</src> content."
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Einem Skript werden keine Parameter übergeben, wenn es in einem entfernten "
+-"Ordner ausgeführt wird, zum Beispiel mit Web- oder <src>ftp</src>-Inhalten."
++"Einem Skript werden keine Parameter übergeben werden, wenn es von einem "
++"Remote-Ordner, wie einen Ordner der Web-oder <sys>FTP</sys> Inhalt zeigt, "
++"ausgeführt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für den Papierkorb in der Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Papierkorb"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<gui>Vor dem Leeren des Papierkorbs oder dem Löschen von Dateien nachfragen</"
+ "gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+@@ -12397,11 +14308,13 @@
+ "wird eine Nachricht darüber angezeigt und Sie müssen bestätigen, dass Sie "
+ "den Papierkorb leeren oder Dateien löschen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Einen Löschbefehl bereitstellen, der den Papierkorb umgeht</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
+ "pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+@@ -12410,7 +14323,8 @@
+ "zum Menü hinzugefügt, das auftaucht, wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf "
+ "ein Objekt in der Anwendung <app>Dateien</app> klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+@@ -12420,31 +14334,37 @@
+ "Papierkorb. Das Objekt wird aus dem System vollständig entfernt. Es gibt "
+ "keine Möglichkeit, das gelöschte Objekt wiederherzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hinzufügen, Löschen und Umbenennen von Lesezeichen mit der Dateiverwaltung."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "Ordner-Lesezeichen bearbeiten"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
+ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ihre Lesezeichen sind in der Seitenleiste der Dateiverwaltung aufgeführt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+ msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen hinzufügen:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
+ msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie den Ordner (oder den Ort) aus, den Sie als Lesezeichen speichern "
+ "wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -12452,12 +14372,14 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Zahnradsymbol in der Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Lesezeichen für diesen Ort anlegen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "So löschen Sie ein Lesezeichen:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
+ "the app menu."
+@@ -12465,31 +14387,36 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Dateien</gui> im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Lesezeichen</gui> aus dem Anwendungsmenü."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
+ "and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie im Fenster <gui>Lesezeichen</gui> das Lesezeichen, welches Sie "
+-"löschen wollen, und klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>-</gui>."
++"löschen wollen, und klicken Sie auf den Knopf <key>-</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen umbenennen:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie im Fenster <gui>Lesezeichen</gui> das Lesezeichen, welches Sie "
+ "umbenennen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie im Eingabefeld <gui>Name</gui> den Namen für das Lesezeichen ein."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -12503,7 +14430,8 @@
+ "halten. In solchen Fällen ist es sinnvoll, dem Lesezeichen einen anderen "
+ "Namen zu geben als den Namen des Ordners, zu dem es führt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+@@ -12511,12 +14439,14 @@
+ "Dateien auf einem anderen Rechner ansehen und bearbeiten – via FTP, SSH, "
+ "Windows-Freigaben oder WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Durchsuchen von Dateien auf einem Server oder in einer Netzwerkfreigabe"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+@@ -12529,7 +14459,8 @@
+ "hochzuladen oder herunterzuladen oder Dateien an andere Personen in Ihrem "
+ "lokalen Netzwerk weiterzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+@@ -12548,29 +14479,34 @@
+ "nicht sehen, können Sie sich manuell mit einem Server verbinden, indem Sie "
+ "seine Internet-/Netzwerk-Adresse eingeben."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Mit einem Dateiserver verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
+ "<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie in der Dateiverwaltung auf <gui>Datei</gui> in der obersten "
+ "Leiste und wählen Sie <gui>Mit Server verbinden</gui> aus dem Anwendungsmenü."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
+ "link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie die Serveradresse in Form einer <link xref=\"#urls\">Adresse</"
+-"link> ein. Details zu unterstützen Adressen finden Sie <link xref=\"#types"
+-"\">unten aufgelistet</link>."
++"link> ein. Details zu unterstützen Adressen finden Sie <link xref="
++"\"#types\">unten aufgelistet</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+ "<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+@@ -12578,7 +14514,8 @@
+ "Falls schon einmal eine Verbindung zu dem Server aufgebaut wurde, können Sie "
+ "ihn in der Liste <gui>Zuletzt verwendete Server</gui> anklicken."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
+ "the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
+@@ -12591,11 +14528,13 @@
+ "der Seitenleiste hinzugefügt, so dass sie in Zukunft schnell auf ihn "
+ "zugreifen können."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
+ msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr "Adressen schreiben"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+ "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+@@ -12605,25 +14544,30 @@
+ "Adresse, die auf einen Ort oder eine Datei im Netzwerk verweist. Die Adresse "
+ "ist folgendermaßen formatiert:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>schema://servername.beispiel.com/ordner</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+ "<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
+-"em>. If a user name is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Das <em>Schema</em> gibt das Protokoll oder den Servertyp an. Der Adressteil "
+-"<em>beispiel.com</em> wird <em>Domain-Name</em> genannt. Falls ein "
+-"Benutzername erforderlich ist, wird er vor dem Servernamen eingefügt."
++"Das <em>Schema</em> gibt das Protokoll oder die Art des Servers an. Der "
++"<em>example.com</em> Teil der Adresse wird als <em>Domain Name</em> "
++"bezeichnet. Wenn ein Benutzername erforderlich ist, wird er vor dem Server-"
++"Namen eingefügt:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>scheme://benutzername@servername.beispiel.com/ordner</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+ "domain name:"
+@@ -12631,42 +14575,48 @@
+ "Einige Schemata erfordern die Angabe der Portnummer. Fügen Sie sie nach dem "
+ "Domain-Namen ein:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>schema://benutzername@servername.beispiel.com:port/ordner</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nachfolgend finden Sie einige spezifische Beispiele für die verschiedenen "
+ "unterstützten Servertypen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
+ msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr "Servertypen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password."
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können sich mit verschiedenen Arten von Servern verbinden. Manche Server "
+-"sind öffentlich und erlauben es jedem, sich zu verbinden. Bei anderen "
+-"Servern müssen Sie sich mit Namen und Passwort anmelden. "
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:90(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"Sie können mit verschiedenen Arten von Servern verbinden. Einige Server sind "
++"öffentlich und erlauben jedem eine Verbindung. Andere Server erfordern, dass "
++"Sie sich mit einem Benutzernamen und Passwort anmelden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie haben möglicherweise nicht die erforderlichen Rechte, um alles mit den "
+ "Dateien auf einem Server tun zu dürfen. Zum Beispiel werden Sie auf "
+ "öffentlichen FTP-Servern wahrscheinlich keine Dateien löschen können."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+ "file shares."
+@@ -12674,11 +14624,13 @@
+ "Die Adresse, welche Sie eingeben, hängt von dem Protokoll ab, welches der "
+ "Server zum Exportieren seiner Dateifreigaben verwendet."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+@@ -12689,15 +14641,18 @@
+ "SSH-Zugang zur Verfügung, damit ihre Kunden auf sicherem Weg Dateien "
+ "hochladen können. SSH-Server erfordern immer eine Anmeldung."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
+ msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Eine typische SSH-Adresse sieht in etwas so aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+ msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ssh://benutzername@servername.beispiel.com/ordner</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+@@ -12706,11 +14661,13 @@
+ "verschlüsselt, so dass ihn andere Benutzer Ihres Netzwerks nicht einsehen "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (mit Anmeldung)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -12724,54 +14681,64 @@
+ "verlangen FTP zum Hoch- oder Herunterladen von Dateien. FTP-Server mit "
+ "Anmeldung erlauben Ihnen für gewöhnlich Dateien zu löschen und hochzuladen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
+ msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Eine typische FTP-Adresse schaut etwa so aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:123(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://Benutzername@ftp.beispiel.com/pfad/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:127(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "Öffentlicher FTP"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:128(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+ "and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Server, die Ihnen das Herunterladen von Dateien erlauben, stellen manchmal "
+-"einen öffentlichen oder anonymen FTP-Zugang bereit. Diese Server verlangen "
+-"keinen Benutzernamen und kein Passwort und gestatten normalerweise nicht, "
++"Websites die Ihnen erlauben Dateien herunterzuladen können manchmal  "
++"öffentlichen oder anonymen FTP-Zugriff bereitstellen. Diese Server benötigen "
++"keinen Benutzernamen und Passwort, und wird in der Regel nicht möglich sein, "
+ "Dateien zu löschen oder hochzuladen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
+ msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Eine typische anonyme FTP-Adresse schaut etwa so aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.beispiel.com/pfad/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Manche anonymen FTP-Zugänge verlangen einen öffentlichen Benutzernamen und "
+-"ein Passwort oder einen öffentlichen Benutzernamen mit Ihrer E-Mail-Adresse "
+-"als Passwort. Wählen Sie für diese Server <gui>FTP (mit Zugangsbeschränkung</"
+-"gui> und geben Sie die vom FTP-Betreiber verlangten Zugangsdaten ein."
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"Bei einigen anonymen FTP-Websites müssen Sie sich mit einem öffentlichen "
++"Benutzernamen und Passwort oder mit einem öffentlichen Benutzernamen mit "
++"Ihrer E-Mail-Adresse als Passwort anmelden. Bei diesen Servern verwenden Sie "
++"die <gui>FTP (mit Login)</gui> Methode, und verwenden Sie die von der FTP-"
++"Site angegeben Anmeldeinformationen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:143(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Windows-Freigabe"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:144(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -12786,19 +14753,23 @@
+ "Rechner verfügen, können Sie sich in der Dateiverwaltung mit einer Windows-"
+ "Freigabe verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
+ msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Eine typische Adresse einer Windows-Freigabe schaut etwa so aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:151(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+ msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Freigabe</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:155(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV und Sicheres WebDAV"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:156(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -12813,34 +14784,40 @@
+ "wählen. Sicheres WebDAV verwendet eine starke SSL-Verschlüsselung, so dass "
+ "andere Benutzer Ihr Passwort nicht einsehen können."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
+ msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Eine typische WebDAV-Adresse schaut etwa so aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:163(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+ msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>http://beispiel.rechnername.com/pfad</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Symbolbeschriftungen in der Dateiverwaltung festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für die Anzeige der Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+ "<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+@@ -12848,20 +14825,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können die Anzeige von Beschriftungen unter Symbolen in der "
+ "Dateiverwaltung in vielerlei Hinsicht festlegen. Klicken Sie dazu in der "
+-"Dateiverwaltung in der obersten Leiste auf <gui>Dateien</gui> und wählen Sie "
+-"anschließend den Reiter <gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
++"Dateiverwaltung in der obersten Leiste auf <gui>Dateien</gui> wählen "
++"<gui>Präferenzen</gui> und anschließend den Tab <gui>Darstellung</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Symbolbeschriftungen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einstellungen für die Spalten in der Dateiverwaltungssymbole mit "
+ "Beschriftungen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+@@ -12874,7 +14854,8 @@
+ "müssen, wer der Besitzer einer Datei ist oder wann sie das letzte Mal "
+ "geändert wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
+@@ -12891,7 +14872,8 @@
+ "in den Beschriftungen anzeigen lassen. Die erste wird in den meisten "
+ "Ansichtsgrößen angezeigt, die letzte nur bei sehr starker Vergrößerung."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+@@ -12901,18 +14883,20 @@
+ "können, sind dieselben, die in der Listenansicht zur Verfügung stehen. Siehe "
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> für weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+ "gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie ein Fenster der Dateiverwaltung offen haben, müssen Sie es "
+-"womöglich aktualisieren, damit die neuen Symbolbeschriftungen wirksam "
+-"werden. Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Aktualisieren</gui></"
+-"guiseq> oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++"womöglich aktualisieren, damit die neuen Symbolbeschriftungen wirksam werden."
++" Klicken Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Aktualisieren</gui></guiseq> "
++"oder drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+@@ -12920,11 +14904,13 @@
+ "Grundlegende Dateiinformationen einsehen, Zugriffsrechte festlegen und "
+ "Standardanwendungen auswählen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Dateieigenschaften"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+@@ -12935,13 +14921,14 @@
+ "können die Datei auch auswählen und <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Eingabetaste</"
+ "key></keyseq> drücken."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Dateieigenschaften-Fenster zeigt Ihnen Informationen wie den Dateityp, "
+ "die Dateigröße und wann Sie die Datei zuletzt geändert haben. Wenn Sie diese "
+@@ -12949,14 +14936,15 @@
+ "list\">Spalten der Listenansicht</link> oder <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">Symbolbeschriftungen</link> anzeigen lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die im Reiter <gui>Grundlegend</gui> präsentierten Informationen werden im "
+ "Folgenden erklärt. Daneben gibt es noch die Reiter <gui><link xref="
+@@ -12965,16 +14953,21 @@
+ "bestimmten Dateitypen, wie Bildern und Videos, gibt es noch einen weiteren "
+ "Reiter, der über Eigenschaften wie Ausmaße, Länge und Codec informiert."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Grundlegende Eigenschaften"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Name"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+@@ -12983,12 +14976,14 @@
+ "eine Datei auch außerhalb des Dateieigenschaften-Fensters umbenennen. Siehe "
+ "<link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Typ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -13002,7 +14997,8 @@
+ "Bild nicht mit der Musikwiedergabe öffnen. Siehe <link xref=\"files-open\"/> "
+ "für weitere Informationen darüber."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+@@ -13011,11 +15007,13 @@
+ "eine standardisierte Beschreibung des Dateityps, die von Rechnern verwendet "
+ "wird. "
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Inhalt"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -13030,12 +15028,15 @@
+ "Jede Datei als ein Objekt gezählt. Wenn der Ordner leer ist, wird als Inhalt "
+ "<gui>nichts</gui> angegeben."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Größe"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+@@ -13048,7 +15049,8 @@
+ "Datei herunterzuladen oder per E-Mail zu verschicken (große Dateien brauchen "
+ "zum Verschicken/Empfangen länger)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+@@ -13058,12 +15060,15 @@
+ "Fällen wird die Größe in Bytes zusätzlich in Klammern angegeben. Technisch "
+ "gesehen entspricht 1 kB 1024 Bytes, 1 MB entspricht 1024 kB usw."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Ort"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -13078,32 +15083,36 @@
+ "<file>Lebenslauf.pdf</file> in ihrem persönlichen Ordner hat, dann lautet "
+ "der Ort <file>/home/sophie/Lebenslauf.pdf</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Datenträger"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Dateisystem oder Gerät, auf dem die Datei gespeichert ist. Dies zeigt "
+ "Ihnen an, wo die Datei physisch gespeichert ist, zum Beispiel ob sie sich "
+-"auf einer Festplatte, einer CD, einer <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">Netzwerkfreigabe oder einem Dateiserver</link> befindet. Festplatten "
+-"können in mehrere <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">Partitionen</link> "
+-"aufgeteilt sein; die Partition wird ebenfalls unter <gui>Laufwerk</gui> "
+-"angezeigt."
++"auf einer Festplatte, einer CD, einer <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">Netzwerkfreigabe oder einem Dateiserver</link> befindet. "
++"Festplatten können in mehrere <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">Partitionen</"
++"link> aufgeteilt sein; die Partition wird ebenfalls unter <gui>Laufwerk</"
++"gui> angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Freier Speicherplatz"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+@@ -13113,35 +15122,44 @@
+ "Speicherplatz auf dem Datenträger an, auf dem sich der Ordner befindet. Dies "
+ "ist nützlich, um zu überprüfen, ob die Festplatte voll ist."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Zugriffsdatum"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+-msgstr "Das Datum und die Zeit, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geöffnet wurde."
++msgstr ""
++"Das Datum und die Zeit, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geöffnet wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Änderungsdatum"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Datum und die Zeit, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geändert und "
+ "gespeichert wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Legen Sie fest, wer Ihre Dateien und Ordner betrachten und bearbeiten darf."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "Festlegen von Zugriffsrechten für Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+@@ -13153,7 +15171,8 @@
+ "rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie <gui>Eigenschaften</gui> und dann "
+ "den Reiter <gui>Zugriffsrechte</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+@@ -13161,12 +15180,15 @@
+ "Siehe <link xref=\"#files\"/> und <link xref=\"#folders\"/> weiter unten für "
+ "Details darüber, welche Art von Zugriffsrechten Sie setzen können."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Dateien"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+@@ -13179,7 +15201,8 @@
+ "Schreibrechte geben. Setzen Sie die Rechte einer Datei auf »nur lesen«, wenn "
+ "Sie verhindern wollen, dass Sie sie versehentlich verändern."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -13197,7 +15220,8 @@
+ "bestimmen als auch die Zugriffsrechte für alle Benutzer dieser Gruppe. Sie "
+ "können einer Datei nur eine Gruppe zuweisen, der Sie selbst angehören."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+@@ -13205,7 +15229,8 @@
+ "Sie können auch die Zugriffsrechte für andere Benutzer als den Besitzer und "
+ "die Gruppenmitglieder festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -13219,12 +15244,15 @@
+ "öffnen oder Sie danach fragen, was sie damit tun soll. Siehe <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> für weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Ordner"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+@@ -13234,7 +15262,8 @@
+ "Benutzer festlegen. Im oberen Abschnitt über Datei-Zugriffsrechte finden Sie "
+ "eine Erklärung, wer der Besitzer, die Gruppe und andere Benutzer sind."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+@@ -13242,20 +15271,25 @@
+ "Die Zugriffsrechte, die Sie für Ordner vergeben können, unterscheiden sich "
+ "von denen für Dateien."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Keine"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr "Der Benutzer kann nicht einmal sehen, welche Dateien im Ordner sind."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Dateien nur auflisten"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+@@ -13263,11 +15297,13 @@
+ "Der Benutzer sieht zwar, welche Dateien im Ordner sind, kann aber keine "
+ "Dateien öffnen, erstellen oder löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Auf Dateien zugreifen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+@@ -13277,11 +15313,13 @@
+ "die jeweilige Datei die erforderlichen Rechte), kann aber keine neuen "
+ "Dateien erstellen oder Dateien löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Dateien erstellen und löschen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+@@ -13289,7 +15327,8 @@
+ "Der Benutzer hat vollen Zugriff auf den Ordner, er kann Dateien öffnen, "
+ "erstellen und löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+ "folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+@@ -13304,15 +15343,18 @@
+ "Zugriffsrechte werden auch auf Dateien und Ordner in Unterordnern bis in "
+ "beliebige Tiefe übertragen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr "Anzeige von Informationen in den Spalten der Listenansicht."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für die Spalten in der Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
+ "manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+@@ -13324,7 +15366,8 @@
+ "Sie <gui>Einstellungen</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Listenspalten</"
+ "gui>, um festzulegen, welche Spalten sichtbar sein sollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -13333,19 +15376,22 @@
+ "gui>, um die Reihenfolge festzulegen, in der die gewählten Spalten "
+ "erscheinen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "Der Name der Ordner und Dateien im gezeigten Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Größe eines Ordners wird als Anzahl der Objekte in diesem Ordner "
+ "angegeben. Die Größe einer Datei wird in Bytes, kB oder MB angegeben."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -13353,26 +15399,31 @@
+ "Dargestellt als ein Ordner oder als ein Dateityp, wie etwa ein PDF-Dokument, "
+ "JPEG-Bild, MP3 und andere."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Gibt das Datum und die Zeit an, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geändert "
+ "wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "Besitzer"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "Der Name des Benutzers, dem die Datei oder der Ordner gehört."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Gruppe"
+ 
+ # On my home computers = on many ?
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -13383,15 +15434,18 @@
+ "Unternehmen verwendet, wo Benutzer je nach Abteilung oder Projekt zu eigenen "
+ "Gruppen gehören."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Zugriffsrechte"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr "Zeigt die Zugriffsrechte an, z.B. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -13399,7 +15453,8 @@
+ "Das erste Zeichen <gui>-</gui> ist der Dateityp. <gui>-</gui> bedeutet "
+ "normale Datei und <gui>d</gui> bedeutet Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -13407,7 +15462,8 @@
+ "Die nächsten drei Zeichen <gui>rwx</gui> legen die Zugriffsrechte des "
+ "Benutzers fest, der die Datei besitzt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -13415,7 +15471,8 @@
+ "Die nächsten drei <gui>rw-</gui> legen die Zugriffsrechte für alle "
+ "Mitglieder der Gruppe fest, die die Datei besitzt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -13423,52 +15480,64 @@
+ "Die letzten drei Zeichen der Spalte <gui>r--</gui> legen die Zugriffsrechte "
+ "für alle anderen Benutzer des Systems fest."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Die Zeichen haben folgende Bedeutungen:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : Leserechte."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : Schreibrechte."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x : Ausführungsrechte."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : Keine Rechte."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "MIME-Typ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "Zeigt den MIME-Typ des Objekts an."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "Der Pfad zum Ort der Datei."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für die Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Legen Sie fest, wann Vorschaubilder für Dateien angezeigt werden sollen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen für die Vorschauen in der Dateiverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+@@ -13481,7 +15550,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie dazu auf <gui>Dateien</gui> im oberen Panel, wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Vorschau</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+ "your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+@@ -13500,7 +15570,8 @@
+ "das Netzwerk eine hohe Bandbreite aufweist, möchten Sie vielleicht einige "
+ "oder alle Vorschaueinstellungen auf <gui>Immer</gui> setzen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+ "to limit the size of files previewed."
+@@ -13508,7 +15579,8 @@
+ "Zusätzlich können Sie <gui>Nur für Dateien kleiner als:</gui> aktivieren, um "
+ "die Größe der Dateien zu begrenzen, für die Vorschauen angezeigt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -13517,190 +15589,236 @@
+ "folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+ "on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie die Dateigröße in einer Spalte der <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">Listenansicht</link> oder in <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">Symbolbeschriftungen</link> anzeigen, werden Ordner mit der Anzahl der "
+-"Dateien und Ordner, die sie enthalten, dargestellt. Das Zählen dieser "
+-"Objekte kann langsam sein, besonders bei sehr großen Ordnern oder über ein "
+-"Netzwerk. Sie können diese Funktion ein- oder ausschalten oder nur für "
+-"Dateien auf Ihrem Rechner und auf lokalen, externen Laufwerken einschalten."
++"Wenn Sie die Dateigröße in einer Spalte der <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">Listenansicht</link> oder in <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">Symbolbeschriftungen</link> anzeigen, werden Ordner mit der "
++"Anzahl der Dateien und Ordner, die sie enthalten, dargestellt. Das Zählen "
++"dieser Objekte kann langsam sein, besonders bei sehr großen Ordnern oder "
++"über ein Netzwerk. Sie können diese Funktion ein- oder ausschalten oder nur "
++"für Dateien auf Ihrem Rechner und auf lokalen, externen Laufwerken "
++"einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Standardansicht, -anordnung und -vergrößerungsstufe der Dateiverwaltung "
+ "festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:31(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "Einstellungen für die Ansichten in der Dateiverwaltung"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "Aufruf Präferenzen in <app>Dateien</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and "
+-"select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können die Vorgabeansicht für neue Ordner bestimmen, wie Dateien und "
+-"Ordner standardmäßig sortiert werden, die Vergrößerungsstufe für die Symbol- "
+-"und die Kompaktansicht und ob die Dateien in einer Baumansicht dargestellt "
+-"werden sollen. Klicken Sie dazu in einem beliebigen Fenster der "
+-"Dateiverwaltung auf <gui>Dateien</gui> im oberen Panel, wählen "
+-"<gui>Einstellungen</gui> und wählen dann den Reiter <gui>Ansichten</gui>."
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können die Standardansicht für neue Ordner ändern, wie Dateien und "
++"Ordner Standardmäßig sortiert sind, die Zoom-Ebene für das Symbol und "
++"Kompaktansichten und ob Dateien im  Seitenleisten-Baum angezeigt werden. "
++"Wählen  Sie <guiseq> <gui style=\"menu\">Dateien</gui> <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Einstellungen</gui> </guiseq> in der oberen Leiste, während "
++"<app>Dateien</app> offen ist und wählen Sie den <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Ansichten</gui> Tab."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Vorgabeansicht"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Neue Ordner anzeigen mit"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse by clicking the list button or the icons button in "
+-"the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set it here as the "
+-"default."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Neue Ordner werden standardmäßig in der Symbolansicht angezeigt. Sie können "
+-"für jeden einzelnen Ordner, den Sie betrachten, eine eigene Ansicht "
+-"festlegen, indem Sie auf den Knopf Listenansicht bzw. Symbolansicht in der "
+-"Werkzeugleiste klicken. Wenn Sie hauptsächlich die Listenansicht verwenden, "
+-"können Sie diese hier als Vorgabe einstellen."
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"Standardmäßig werden neue Ordner in Symbol-Ansicht gezeigt. Wenn Sie die "
++"Listen-Ansicht bevorzugen, können Sie es hier als Standard festgelegt. "
++"Alternativ können Sie eine andere Ansicht für jeden Ordner durch Anklicken "
++"der <gui style=\"button\">Objekte als Liste ansehen</gui> oder <gui style="
++"\"button\">Ansehen Objekte als Raster von Symbolen</gui> Schalter in der "
++"Symbolleiste erstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Objekte anordnen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the "
+-"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+-"toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
+-"gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column "
+-"headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu "
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können die Standard-Sortierung, die in Ordnern verwendet wird, mit der "
++"<gui>Elemente anordnen</gui> Dropdown-Liste in den Einstellungen sortieren "
++"nach Namen, Dateigröße, Dateityp, wann sie zuletzt geändert wurden, wann auf "
++"sie zuletzt zugegriffen wurde oder wann sie gelöscht wurden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
+ "only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sie können ändern, wie in einen einzelnen Ordner <link xref=\"files-sort\"> "
++"Dateien sortiert</link> werden, indem Sie auf den <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">Ansichtsoptionen</media> Schalter in der "
++"Symbolleiste klicken und wählen <gui>nach Name</gui>, <gui>nach Größe</gui>, "
++"<gui>nach Typ</gui> oder <gui>nach Änderungsdatum</gui>, oder indem Sie auf "
++"die Listen-Spaltenüberschriften in Listenansicht klicken. Dieses Menü "
++"betrifft nur den aktuellen Ordner."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</"
+-"gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file "
+-"type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when "
+-"they were trashed."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:62(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Ordner vor Dateien anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Die Dateiverwaltung zeigt standardmäßig alle Ordner vor den Dateien an. "
+-"Ordner und Dateien werden jeweils in der ausgewählten Sortierreihenfolge "
+-"dargestellt. Wenn Sie Ordner aber nicht anders behandeln wollen und sie mit "
+-"den Dateien gemischt sortiert werden sollen, wählen Sie diese Einstellung ab."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Standardmäßig zeigt der Datei-Manager nicht mehr alle Ordner vor den Dateien."
++" Um alle Ordner vor Dateien aufgelistet sehen, aktivieren Sie diese Option."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:69(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Verborgene und Sicherungsdateien anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+-"gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+-"media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or "
+-"want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this "
+-"option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Die Dateiverwaltung zeigt verborgene Dateien und Ordner standardmäßig nicht "
+-"an. Lesen Sie <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> für Informationen über "
+-"verborgene Dateien. Sie können verborgene Dateien in einem bestimmten "
+-"Fenster anzeigen lassen, indem Sie <gui>Verborgene Dateien anzeigen</gui> im "
+-"Menü des <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeils</"
+-"media> in der Werkzeugleiste wählen. Wenn Sie es bevorzugen, verborgene "
+-"Dateien immer anzeigen zu lassen oder die verborgenen Dateien in jedem "
+-"offenen Fenster der Dateiverwaltung sehen wollen, dann wählen Sie diese "
+-"Einstellung."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Der Datei-Manager zeigt standardmäßig keine <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">versteckte Dateien</link> und Ordner. Sie können immer versteckte "
++"Dateien anzeigen, indem Sie diese Option."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können auch versteckte Dateien in einem einzelnen Fenster zeigen, indem "
++"Sie <gui>Versteckte Dateien anzeigen</gui> aus den <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">Ansichtsoptionen</media> Menü in der Symbolleiste "
++"auswählen.."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:83(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "Vorgaben für Symbolansicht"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:86(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:127(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "Voreingestellte Vergrößerungsstufe"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können mit dieser Option standardmäßig in der Symbol-Ansicht Symbole und "
++"Text größer oder kleiner machen. Sie können diese Einstellung auch in einem "
++"einzelnen Ordner ändern durch Klicken auf den <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">Ansichtsoptionen</media> Schalter in der "
++"Symbolleiste und wählen <gui>Vergrößern</gui>, <gui>Verkleinern</gui> oder "
++"<gui>Normale Größe</gui>. Wenn Sie häufig eine größere oder kleinere "
++"Zoomebene verwenden können Sie den Standardwert mit dieser Option setzen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src="
+-"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting "
+-"<gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you "
+-"frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with "
+-"this option."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können die Symbole und ihre Beschriftung in der Symbolansicht vergrößern "
+-"oder verkleinern. Sie können dies für einzelne Ordner im Menü des <media "
+-"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeils</media> in der "
+-"Werkzeugleiste mit den Punkten <gui>Vergrößern</gui>, <gui>Verkleinern</gui> "
+-"und <gui>Normale Größe</gui> einstellen. Wenn Sie häufig eine größere oder "
+-"kleinere Vergrößerungsstufe verwenden, können Sie mit dieser Einstellung die "
+-"Vorgabe setzen."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:93(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"In der Symbolansicht werden je nach Vergrößerungsstufe mehr oder weniger "
+-"Beschriftungen angezeigt. Siehe <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\"/> für weitere Informationen."
++"In Symbolansicht werden auf der Grundlage Ihrer Zoomebene mehr oder weniger "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">Bildunterschriften</link> "
++"angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Vorgaben für Listenansicht"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:128(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src="
+-"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting "
+-"<gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you "
+-"frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with "
+-"this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können die Symbole und ihre Beschriftung in der Listenansicht vergrößern "
+-"oder verkleinern. Sie können dies für einzelne Ordner im Menü des <media "
+-"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Abwärtspfeils</media> in der "
+-"Werkzeugleiste mit den Punkten <gui>Vergrößern</gui>, <gui>Verkleinern</gui> "
+-"und <gui>Normale Größe</gui> einstellen. Wenn Sie häufig eine größere oder "
+-"kleinere Vergrößerungsstufe verwenden, können Sie mit dieser Einstellung die "
+-"Vorgabe setzen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können mit dieser Option standardmäßig in der List-Ansicht Symbole und "
++"Text größer oder kleiner machen. Sie können dies in einem einzelnen Ordner "
++"tun durch Klicken auf den <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">Ansichtsoptionen</media> Schalter in der Symbolleiste und wählen "
++"<gui>Vergrößern</gui>, <gui>Verkleinern</gui> oder <gui>Normale Größe</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es gibt nur wenige Linux-Viren, also brauchen Sie wahrscheinlich keine Anti-"
+ "Virus-Software."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr "Benötige ich Anti-Virus-Software?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+@@ -13712,7 +15830,8 @@
+ "Software läuft im Hintergrund und sucht ständig nach Computerviren, die auf "
+ "Ihren Rechner gelangen und Probleme verursachen könnten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -13728,7 +15847,8 @@
+ "sicherer ist und Sicherheitsprobleme, die von Viren ausgenutzt werden "
+ "könnten, sehr schnell beseitigt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+@@ -13737,7 +15857,8 @@
+ "sich momentan deswegen keine Sorgen machen müssen."
+ 
+ # software installer = Paketmanagement?
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+@@ -13750,7 +15871,8 @@
+ "Suchen Sie in der Paketverwaltung oder im Internet danach – es gibt eine "
+ "Reihe von Anwendungen dafür."
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+@@ -13760,18 +15882,24 @@
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">Flash installieren</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "install-moonlight\">Silverlight-Unterstützung</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "Das Ubuntu-Dokumentationsteam"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Webbrowser"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13779,11 +15907,13 @@
+ "Ändern Sie den vorgegebenen Webbrowser über <gui>Details</gui> in den "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Änderung des Webbrowsers, mit dem Webseiten geöffnet werden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -13796,7 +15926,9 @@
+ "gewünschten Browser zu öffnen, ändern Sie die Standardeinstellung für den "
+ "Webbrowser:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -13804,7 +15936,8 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Details</gui> und wählen Sie <gui>Vorgabe-Anwendungen</gui> "
+ "aus der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -13812,7 +15945,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie in der Option <gui>Netz</gui>, in welchem Webbrowser Links "
+ "geöffnet werden sollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -13825,7 +15959,8 @@
+ "vom jeweiligen Browser), um zu verhindern, dass dieser Browser sich selbst "
+ "als Standardanwendung festlegt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13833,11 +15968,13 @@
+ "Ändern Sie die vorgegebene E-Mail-Anwendung über <gui>Details</gui> in den "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr "Ändern der E-Mail-Anwendung zum Verfassen von Nachrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -13852,7 +15989,8 @@
+ "dann könnte die falsche Anwendung geöffnet werden. Sie können dies "
+ "folgendermaßen einstellen:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -13860,7 +15998,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie in der Option <gui>E-Mail</gui>, welches E-Mail-Programm Sie zur "
+ "Vorgabe machen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+@@ -13868,11 +16007,13 @@
+ "Es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass Viren Ihren Rechner befallen, aber sie könnten "
+ "den Personen schaden, an die Sie E-Mails senden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "Muss ich meine E-Mails auf Viren überprüfen lassen?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+@@ -13882,7 +16023,8 @@
+ "finden, auf Ihren Rechner zu gelangen. Einer der üblichen Wege dazu führt "
+ "über E-Mail-Nachrichten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -13897,7 +16039,8 @@
+ "Rechner keinen Schaden anrichten können. Daher dürfte es nicht notwendig "
+ "sein, Ihre E-Mails auf Viren zu untersuchen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -13919,29 +16062,36 @@
+ "Mac-Benutzer werden ohnehin auf Ihren Rechnern bereits eine Anti-Virus-"
+ "Software installiert haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Vorgegebene E-Mail-Anwendungen</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Das GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekt"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "E-Mail und E-Mail-Software"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Kenntnis Ihrer IP-Adresse kann Ihnen bei der Lösung von "
+ "Netzwerkproblemen helfen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr "Ihre IP-Adresse ermitteln"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+@@ -13953,11 +16103,13 @@
+ "<em>zwei</em> IP-Adressen haben: eine IP-Adresse für Ihren Rechner im "
+ "internen Netzwerk und eine im Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr "Ihre interne (Netzwerk-)IP-Adresse herausfinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -13967,15 +16119,18 @@
+ "<gui>Kabellos</gui> aus der Liste auf der linken Seite, je nach dem, für "
+ "welche Netzwerkverbindung Sie die IP-Adresse ermitteln wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr "Ihre interne IP-Adresse wird in der Informationsliste angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr "Ihre externe (Internet-)IP-Adresse herausfinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -13983,11 +16138,13 @@
+ "Besuchen Sie <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress."
+ "com</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr "Diese Seite zeigt Ihnen Ihre externen IP-Adressen an."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+@@ -13995,7 +16152,8 @@
+ "Abhängig von der Art, wie sich Ihr Rechner mit dem Internet verbindet, "
+ "könnten diese Adressen gleich sein."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+@@ -14003,11 +16161,13 @@
+ "Sie können steuern, welche Programme auf das Netzwerk zugreifen dürfen. Dies "
+ "hilft Ihnen dabei, Ihren Rechner sicher zu halten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr "Firewall-Zugriff erlauben oder blockieren"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+@@ -14017,7 +16177,8 @@
+ "Personen aus dem Internet oder Ihrem Netzwerk daran hindern kann, auf Ihre "
+ "Programme zuzugreifen. Das dient der Sicherheit Ihres Rechners."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+@@ -14030,7 +16191,8 @@
+ "eventuell die Firewall anpassen, damit diese Dienste wie erwartet "
+ "funktionieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+@@ -14041,7 +16203,8 @@
+ "Zugriff auf einen Dienst zu ermöglichen, müssen Sie eventuell seinen "
+ "zugeteilten Port in der Firewall »öffnen«:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+@@ -14052,7 +16215,8 @@
+ "Sie keinen Firewall-Manager und müssen erst einen installieren (zum Beispiel "
+ "Firestarter oder GUFW)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+@@ -14063,7 +16227,8 @@
+ "Port es sich handelt, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">hängt vom "
+ "Netzwerkdienst ab</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+@@ -14071,7 +16236,8 @@
+ "Speichern Sie oder wenden Sie die Änderungen an und befolgen Sie mögliche "
+ "zusätzliche Anweisungen der Firewall-Anwendung."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+@@ -14079,11 +16245,13 @@
+ "Sie müssen den richtigen Netzwerkport ermitteln, damit Ihre Firewall einem "
+ "Programm den Netzwerkzugang ermöglichen oder verbieten kann."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Üblicherweise verwendete Netzwerk-Ports"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -14094,27 +16262,32 @@
+ "Dies ist eine Liste von Netzwerkports, die üblicherweise von Anwendungen "
+ "verwendet werden, die Netzwerkdienste bereitstellen, wie etwa Dateifreigaben "
+ "oder das Betrachten entfernter Bildschirme. Sie können die Firewall Ihres "
+-"Systems so einstellen, dass sie den <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off"
+-"\">Zugriff auf diese Anwendungen verhindert oder erlaubt</link>. Es gibt "
++"Systems so einstellen, dass sie den <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-"
++"off\">Zugriff auf diese Anwendungen verhindert oder erlaubt</link>. Es gibt "
+ "tausende verwendeter Ports, deshalb ist diese Liste nicht vollständig."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Port"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Beschreibung"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+@@ -14122,39 +16295,49 @@
+ "Erlaubt Systemen, sich gegenseitig ausfindig zu machen und ihre angebotenen "
+ "Dienste zu beschreiben, ohne dass Sie die Details manuell angeben müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Erlaubt Ihnen, Druckaufträge über das Netzwerk an einen Drucker zu senden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Erlaubt Ihnen, Ihren Drucker gemeinsam mit anderen Personen im Netzwerk zu "
+ "benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Anwesenheit"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+@@ -14162,15 +16345,18 @@
+ "Erlaubt Ihnen, Ihren Sofortnachrichten-Status anderen Personen im Netzwerk "
+ "bekannt zu geben, wie etwa »Verfügbar« oder »Beschäftigt«."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Entfernter Bildschirm"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+@@ -14179,20 +16365,24 @@
+ "diese Ihren Schreibtisch sehen oder Ihnen Hilfe aus der Ferne anbieten "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "Musikverteilung (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ermöglicht es Ihnen, Ihre Musikbibliothek mit anderen im Netzwerk zu teilen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+@@ -14200,11 +16390,13 @@
+ "Mit einer statischen IP-Adresse ist es oft einfacher, bestimmte "
+ "Netzwerkdienste auf dem eigenen Rechner zur Verfügung zu stellen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr "Eine Verbindung über eine feste IP-Adresse herstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -14219,11 +16411,13 @@
+ "haben wollen, damit Sie seine IP-Adresse immer kennen (zum Beispiel wenn es "
+ "sich um einen Dateiserver handelt)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr "So geben Sie Ihrem Rechner eine feste (statische) IP-Adresse:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+@@ -14231,7 +16425,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das <gui>Netzwerksymbol</gui> im <gui>oberen Panel</gui> und "
+ "wählen Sie <gui>Netzwerkeinstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14239,7 +16434,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie die Netzwerkverbindung in der Liste aus (<gui>Kabelgebunden</gui> "
+ "oder <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui>) und klicken Sie auf <gui>Konfigurieren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+@@ -14247,7 +16443,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>IPv4-Einstellungen</gui> und ändern Sie die "
+ "<gui>Methode</gui> in <em>Manuell</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+@@ -14256,7 +16453,8 @@
+ "aufgelistet sind oder Sie eine neue Verbindung erstellen wollen, klicken Sie "
+ "auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+@@ -14268,7 +16466,8 @@
+ "konkret wählen, hängt von Ihrem Netzwerkaufbau ab. Es gibt bestimmte Regeln, "
+ "welche IP-Adressen und Netzmasken in einem bestimmten Netzwerk gültig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+@@ -14280,7 +16479,8 @@
+ "Domain-Namen auflöst; die meisten Unternehmensnetzwerke und Internet-"
+ "Dienstanbieter haben dedizierte DNS-Server."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+@@ -14288,21 +16488,24 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Speichern</gui>. Die Netzwerkverbindung sollte nun eine "
+ "feste IP-Adresse haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">IP-Adresse herausfinden</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-wepwpa\">Sicherheit mit WEP und WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "macaddress\">MAC-Adressen</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">Proxys</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Netzwerk-Begriffe und Tipps"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -14311,11 +16514,13 @@
+ "installieren, welches die Anzeige von Videos und interaktiven Webinhalten "
+ "ermöglicht."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Das Flash-Plugin installieren"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -14325,7 +16530,8 @@
+ "von Videos und interaktiven Inhalten auf einigen Webseiten. Einige Webseiten "
+ "würden ohne Flash nicht funktionieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -14340,18 +16546,21 @@
+ "Version, die Sie über die Softwareverwaltung (Paketverwaltung) installieren "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Falls Flash über die Softwareverwaltung verfügbar ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie die Anwendung zur Softwareverwaltung und suchen Sie nach "
+ "<input>flash</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+@@ -14359,7 +16568,8 @@
+ "Suchen Sie nach dem <gui>Adobe Flash Plugin</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</"
+ "gui> oder Ähnlichem, und klicken Sie darauf, um es zu installieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+@@ -14370,11 +16580,13 @@
+ "installiert ist und Sie sollten nun in der Lage sein, auf Flash basierende "
+ "Webseiten zu betrachten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Falls Flash <em>nicht</em> über die Softwareverwaltung verfügbar ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+@@ -14384,7 +16596,8 @@
+ "Webseite für Flash Player</link>. Ihr Browser und Ihr Betriebssystem sollten "
+ "automatisch erkannt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+@@ -14395,21 +16608,24 @@
+ "Sie unsicher sind, wählen Sie die Option <file>TAR.GZ für andere Linux-"
+ "Konfigurationen</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
+-msgstr ""
+-"In den <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">Installationsanweisungen für Flash</link> wird beschrieben, wie Sie Flash "
+-"für Ihren Webbrowser installieren können."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"In den <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">Installationsanweisungen für Flash</link> wird beschrieben, wie Sie "
++"Flash für Ihren Webbrowser installieren können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Quelloffene Alternativen zu Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -14421,7 +16637,8 @@
+ "bei der Audio-Wiedergabe. Andererseits können sie auch an der Komplexität "
+ "einiger Flash-Webseiten scheitern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -14431,15 +16648,18 @@
+ "quelloffene Software wie möglich auf Ihrem Rechner installieren wollen, "
+ "sollten Sie diese Alternativen ausprobieren:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -14447,11 +16667,13 @@
+ "Einige Webseiten verwenden Silverlight für die Anzeige. Das Moonlight-Plugin "
+ "ermöglicht Ihnen, diese Webseiten zu betrachten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Das Silverlight-Plugin installieren"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -14461,7 +16683,8 @@
+ "Betrachten von Videos und zur Nutzung bestimmter interaktiver Webseiten. "
+ "Einige Webseiten würden ohne Silverlight nicht funktionieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+@@ -14475,7 +16698,8 @@
+ "Anweisungen werden möglicherweise für Ihren Webbrowser oder Ihre Linux-"
+ "Version nicht geeignet sein."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -14485,7 +16709,8 @@
+ "Sie das <em>Moonlight</em>-Plugin installieren. Das ist eine freie und "
+ "quelloffene Version von Silverlight, die unter Linux nutzbar ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+@@ -14496,25 +16721,29 @@
+ "Softwareverwaltung und suchen Sie nach <input>Silverlight</input> oder "
+ "<input>Moonlight</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+ "for more information and installation instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls Ihre Distribution kein Moonlight-Softwarepaket bereitstellt, finden "
+-"Sie auf der <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight\">Moonlight-"
++"Sie auf der <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight-"
+ "Webseite</link> weitere Informationen und Installationsanweisungen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr "Die einer Netzwerk-Hardware eindeutig zugeordnete Kennung."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "Was ist eine MAC-Adresse?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+@@ -14527,7 +16756,8 @@
+ "Access Control</em>, wobei jede Kennung eindeutig einem bestimmten Gerät "
+ "zugeordnet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+@@ -14536,11 +16766,14 @@
+ "einen Doppelpunkt getrennt. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> ist ein Beispiel "
+ "für eine MAC-Adresse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+-msgstr "So identifizieren Sie die MAC-Adresse Ihrer eigenen Netzwerk-Hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++"So identifizieren Sie die MAC-Adresse Ihrer eigenen Netzwerk-Hardware:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+@@ -14549,11 +16782,13 @@
+ "<gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> aus der Liste an der linken Seite aus, abhängig "
+ "davon, welche Verbindung Sie überprüfen wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr "Ihre MAC-Adresse wird als <gui>Hardware-Adresse</gui> angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -14569,7 +16804,8 @@
+ "funktionieren. In solchen Fällen müssten Sie eine andere MAC-Adresse "
+ "vortäuschen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+@@ -14577,11 +16813,13 @@
+ "Falls die Netzwerkeinstellungen nicht automatisch zugeordnet werden, müssen "
+ "Sie diese selbst eingeben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen manuell festlegen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -14595,21 +16833,26 @@
+ "Ihren Systemverwalter oder schauen Sie nach den Einstellungen Ihres Routers "
+ "oder Switches."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr "So richten Sie Ihre Netzwerkeinstellungen manuell ein:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Netzwerksymbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Netzwerkeinstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+@@ -14620,7 +16863,8 @@
+ "kabelgebundenes Netzwerk verwenden wollen, schauen Sie in "
+ "<gui>Kabelgebunden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14629,7 +16873,8 @@
+ "Netzwerkkabel eingesteckt ist. Anderenfalls können Sie <gui>Konfigurieren</"
+ "gui> nicht anklicken."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+@@ -14637,7 +16882,8 @@
+ "Gehen Sie zum Reiter <gui>IPv4-Einstellungen</gui> und ändern Sie die "
+ "<gui>Methode</gui> in <gui>Manuell</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+@@ -14650,7 +16896,8 @@
+ "die <key>Eingabetaste</key> oder die <key>Tabulatortaste</key> nach der "
+ "Eingabe jeder der Adressen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+@@ -14658,7 +16905,8 @@
+ "Diese drei Adressen müssen IP-Adressen sein. Das heißt, sie müssen aus vier "
+ "Zahlen bestehen, durch Punkte getrennt, beispielsweise »123.45.6.78«."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+@@ -14666,7 +16914,8 @@
+ "Geben Sie die IP-Adressen des zu verwendenden DNS-Servers in das "
+ "entsprechende Feld ein, durch Kommata getrennt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+@@ -14678,7 +16927,8 @@
+ "beispielsweise eine Webseite aufrufen oder nach im Netzwerk freigegebenen "
+ "Dateien suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+@@ -14687,11 +16937,13 @@
+ "Netzwerkverbindung speichern, so dass jeder Benutzer Ihres Rechners eine "
+ "Verbindung herstellen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr "Andere Benutzer können keine Verbindung zum Internet herstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+@@ -14704,7 +16956,8 @@
+ "Einstellungen an. Wenn es sich beispielsweise um eine Funknetzwerkverbindung "
+ "handelt, könnten sie das falsche Sicherheitspasswort angeben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+@@ -14717,7 +16970,8 @@
+ "Benutzer Ihres Rechners ist in der Lage, eine Verbindung aufzubauen, ohne "
+ "zusätzliche Fragen zu beantworten. Gehen Sie hierzu folgendermaßen vor:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -14727,7 +16981,8 @@
+ "<gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> aus der Liste an der linken Seite aus, abhängig "
+ "davon, welche Verbindung Sie ändern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14736,7 +16991,8 @@
+ "die Sie für die Nutzung durch Andere freigeben wollen, und klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Konfigurieren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+@@ -14744,10 +17000,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aktivieren Sie <gui>Für alle Benutzer verfügbar</gui> und klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Speichern</gui>. Sie müssen Ihr Systemverwalterpasswort eingeben, um "
+-"die Einstellungen zu speichern. Nur <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">Systemverwalter</link> sind dazu in der Lage."
++"die Einstellungen zu speichern. Nur <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">Systemverwalter</link> sind dazu in der Lage."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+@@ -14755,7 +17012,8 @@
+ "Andere Benutzer des Rechners sind nun in der Lage, diese Verbindung zu "
+ "nutzen, ohne weitere Details eingeben zu müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -14763,11 +17021,13 @@
+ "Sie müssen die Option <gui>Für alle Benutzer verfügbar</gui> in den "
+ "Verbindungseinstellungen des Netzwerks deaktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr "Andere Benutzer können die Netzwerkverbindungen nicht bearbeiten"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -14782,7 +17042,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">mit Systemverwalterrechten</link> ist es "
+ "gestattet, die Einstellungen zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+@@ -14792,7 +17053,8 @@
+ "die Verbindung bearbeiten dürfen, da alle Benutzer betroffen sind, wenn die "
+ "Einstellungen geändert werden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -14802,15 +17064,17 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Falls es tatsächlich notwendig sein sollte, dass andere Benutzer die "
+ "Verbindung selbst ändern können, dann richten Sie die Verbindung <em>nicht</"
+-"em> als <gui>Für alle Benutzer verfügbar</gui> ein. Auf diese Weise kann "
+-"jeder seine eigenen Verbindungseinstellungen verwalten, anstatt auf "
+-"freigegebene, systemweite Einstellungen angewiesen zu sein."
++"em> als für alle Benutzer verfügbar ein. Auf diese Weise kann jeder seine "
++"eigenen Verbindungseinstellungen verwalten, anstatt auf freigegebene, "
++"systemweite Einstellungen angewiesen zu sein."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:38(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr "Die Freigabe der Verbindung beenden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+@@ -14819,7 +17083,8 @@
+ "<gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> aus der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters aus, "
+ "je nachdem, welche Verbindung Sie ändern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+@@ -14829,7 +17094,8 @@
+ "Sie allen zum Verwalten und Bearbeiten überlassen wollen, und klicken Sie "
+ "auf <gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+@@ -14837,7 +17103,8 @@
+ "Sie müssen Ihr Administratorpasswort eingeben, um die Verbindung zu ändern. "
+ "Nur Systemverwalter können dies tun."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+@@ -14846,7 +17113,8 @@
+ "<gui>Speichern</gui>. Andere Benutzer des Rechners können nun diese "
+ "Verbindung für sich selbst verwalten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+@@ -14856,11 +17124,13 @@
+ "Funknetzwerke</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Ihr Funknetzwerk "
+ "suchen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Netzwerkprobleme"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+@@ -14868,15 +17138,18 @@
+ "Ein Proxy filtert Webseiten, die Sie betrachten, und dient üblicherweise der "
+ "Kontrolle und Sicherheit."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr "Proxy-Einstellungen festlegen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "Was ist ein Proxy?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -14893,11 +17166,13 @@
+ "daran zu hindern, ohne Anmeldung ins Internet zu gehen oder Webseiten auf "
+ "ihre Sicherheit hin zu überprüfen. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Proxy-Methode"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -14905,13 +17180,15 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Netzwerk</gui> und wählen Sie <gui>Netzwerk-Proxy</gui> aus "
+ "der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie aus einer der folgenden Methoden aus, welche Sie für den Proxy "
+ "verwenden wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+@@ -14919,12 +17196,15 @@
+ "Die Anwendungen benutzen eine direkte Verbindung, um Inhalte aus dem Web zu "
+ "holen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:62(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Manuell"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+@@ -14934,11 +17214,13 @@
+ "des Protokolls an. Zulässige Protokolle sind <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</"
+ "gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> und <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Automatisch"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+@@ -14946,7 +17228,8 @@
+ "Eine URL verweist auf eine Ressource, welche die entsprechende Konfiguration "
+ "für Ihr System enthält."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+@@ -14954,19 +17237,23 @@
+ "Die Proxy-Einstellungen werden mit der gewählten Konfiguration bei "
+ "Programmen angewendet, die Netzwerkverbindungen nutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise, die man im Internet beachten sollte"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Sicher im Internet unterwegs sein"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -14985,7 +17272,8 @@
+ "Experten erlaubt, die Sicherheitsfunktionen, die in jeder Distribution "
+ "enthalten sind, zu verändern und zu verbessern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+@@ -14995,7 +17283,8 @@
+ "werden, bleibt ein System immer angreifbar. Als Durchschnittsanwender im "
+ "Internet sind Sie anfällig für:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+@@ -15003,13 +17292,15 @@
+ "Phishing (Webseiten und E-Mails, die durch Vortäuschen einer anderen "
+ "Identität vertrauliche Informationen herauslocken wollen)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Weiterleitung von Schadprogrammen per E-Mail</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -15017,7 +17308,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Anwendungen mit bösartigen Absichten (Viren)</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -15025,11 +17317,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unbefugter Zugriff auf das Netzwerk von "
+ "innen oder außen</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr "Um sich sicher online zu bewegen, beachten Sie folgende Hinweise:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+@@ -15037,7 +17331,8 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie keine E-Mails, Anhänge oder Links, die Ihnen von Leuten gesendet "
+ "wurden, die Sie nicht kennen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+@@ -15050,20 +17345,22 @@
+ "für den Fall, dass diese Informationen potenziellen Datendieben oder anderen "
+ "Kriminellen in die Hände fallen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob Sie einer Anwendung <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">Systemverwalterrechte</link> verleihen wollen, besonders bei solchen, die "
+-"Sie vorher nie verwendet haben oder die nicht allgemein bekannt sind. Eine "
+-"Person oder Anwendung mit Systemverwalterrechten auszustatten setzt Ihren "
+-"Rechner einem erheblichen Risiko aus."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"Prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob Sie einer Anwendung <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">Systemverwalterrechte</link> verleihen wollen, besonders bei "
++"solchen, die Sie vorher nie verwendet haben oder die nicht allgemein bekannt "
++"sind. Eine Person oder Anwendung mit Systemverwalterrechten auszustatten "
++"setzt Ihren Rechner einem erheblichen Risiko aus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -15078,7 +17375,8 @@
+ "off\">Firewall</link> in Betracht, um Ihren Rechner vor Eindringlingen zu "
+ "schützen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+@@ -15086,11 +17384,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Anti-Virus-Software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">einfache Firewall</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Sicherheit im Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+@@ -15098,11 +17398,13 @@
+ "Anderes wird gerade heruntergeladen, Sie könnten eine schlechte Verbindung "
+ "haben oder es ist gerade eine Tageszeit mit erhöhtem Datenaufkommen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "Das Internet scheint langsam zu sein"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+@@ -15110,7 +17412,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie das Internet verwenden und es langsam zu sein scheint, gibt es eine "
+ "Reihe von möglichen Gründen für die Verlangsamung."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+@@ -15121,11 +17424,13 @@
+ "von dem, was der Grund für die langsame Internetverbindung sein könnte, in "
+ "seinen ursprünglichen Zustand zurückversetzt.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Beschäftigte Tageszeit</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -15145,26 +17450,31 @@
+ "Das tritt am ehesten zu den Zeiten auf, an denen Ihre Nachbarn aller "
+ "Wahrscheinlichkeit nach im Internet unterwegs sind (zum Beispiel am Abend)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Herunterladen mehrerer Dinge gleichzeitig</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie oder jemand anderer, der Ihre Internetverbindung mitbenutzt, "
+ "mehrere Dateien auf einmal herunterlädt oder Videos ansieht, ist die "
+ "Internetverbindung unter Umständen nicht schnell genug, um dieses "
+ "Datenvolumen zu bewältigen. Sie wird sich dann langsamer anfühlen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Unzuverlässige Verbindung</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+@@ -15175,11 +17485,13 @@
+ "Kongresszentrum arbeiten, ist die Internetverbindung vielleicht überlastet "
+ "oder einfach unzuverlässig."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Schwaches Funkverbindungssignal</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+@@ -15190,12 +17502,14 @@
+ "Wenn nicht, kann Ihnen die Internetverbindung langsam vorkommen, weil Sie "
+ "keinen besonders guten Empfang haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em style=\"strong\">Verwendung einer langsameren Internetverbindung</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -15209,11 +17523,13 @@
+ "schnellen »mobilen Breitbandverbindung« wie 3G zu einer zuverlässigeren, "
+ "aber langsameren Verbindung wie GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Der Webbrowser hat ein Problem</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -15228,7 +17544,8 @@
+ "schließen und den Browser wieder zu öffnen, um zu sehen, ob das einen "
+ "Unterschied ergibt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+@@ -15236,11 +17553,13 @@
+ "VPNs erlauben Ihnen den Aufbau einer Verbindung zu einem lokalen Netzwerk "
+ "über das Internet. Lernen Sie, wie Sie eine VPN-Verbindung einrichten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr "Mit einem VPN verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -15263,7 +17582,8 @@
+ "<em>verschlüsselt</em>, um zu verhindern, dass nicht angemeldete Personen "
+ "Zugriff auf das lokale Netzwerk erlangen, mit dem Sie gerade verbunden sind."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -15280,7 +17600,8 @@
+ "app>-Paket, das auf Ihr VPN abgestimmt ist (falls vorhanden), und "
+ "installieren Sie es "
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+@@ -15292,11 +17613,13 @@
+ "eine Client-Software herunterladen und installieren. Folgen Sie den "
+ "entsprechenden Anleitungen, um sie zum Laufen zu bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr "Sobald dies erledigt ist, können Sie die VPN-Verbindung einrichten:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+@@ -15304,20 +17627,23 @@
+ "Klicken Sie in der Liste links auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>, um eine neue "
+ "Verbindung hinzuzufügen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>VPN</gui> in der Liste der Schnittstellen aus und klicken "
+ "Sie auf <gui>Erstellen …</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui> und wählen Sie, welche Art von VPN-"
+ "Verbindung Sie haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+@@ -15326,7 +17652,8 @@
+ "Bildschirm und geben Sie die verlangten Informationen ein, wie Ihren "
+ "Benutzernamen und Ihr Passwort."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+@@ -15339,7 +17666,8 @@
+ "wird versucht, eine VPN-Verbindung herzustellen – das Netzwerksymbol ändert "
+ "sich, sobald es die Verbindung herzustellen versucht."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+@@ -15352,7 +17680,8 @@
+ "klicken, auf <gui>Netzwerkeinstellungen</gui> klicken und zum Reiter "
+ "<gui>VPN</gui> gehen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+@@ -15361,15 +17690,18 @@
+ "oberen Panel und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Verbindung trennen</gui> unter "
+ "dem Namen der VPN-Verbindung."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse ist wie eine Telefonnummer für Ihren Rechner."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "Was ist eine IP-Adresse?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+@@ -15377,7 +17709,8 @@
+ "»IP-Adresse« steht für <em>Internet-Protokoll-Adresse</em>. Jedes mit einem "
+ "Netzwerk (wie dem Internet) verbundene Gerät besitzt eine solche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+@@ -15390,7 +17723,8 @@
+ "eindeutige Ziffernreihe, die Ihren Rechner identifiziert, so dass Sie Daten "
+ "mit anderen Rechnern und Systemen austauschen können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+@@ -15399,7 +17733,8 @@
+ "durch einen Punkt getrennt sind. <code>192.168.1.42</code> ist ein Beispiel "
+ "einer IP-Adresse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -15408,15 +17743,16 @@
+ "typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
+ "administering a server."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Eine IP-Adresse kann entweder <em>dynamisch</em> oder <em>statisch</em> "
+-"sein. Dynamische IP-Adressen werden jedes Mal vorübergehend zugewiesen, wenn "
+-"Ihr Rechner an ein Netzwerk angeschlossen wird. Statische IP-Adressen sind "
+-"fest und ändern sich nicht. Dynamische IP-Adressen sind häufiger als "
+-"statische anzutreffen – statische IP-Adressen werden üblicherweise nur dann "
+-"verwendet, wenn es einen speziellen Grund gibt, wie z.B. bei der Verwaltung "
+-"eines Servers."
++"Eine IP-Adresse kann entweder <em>dynamisch</em> oder <em>statisch</em> sein."
++" Dynamische IP-Adressen werden jedes Mal vorübergehend zugewiesen, wenn Ihr "
++"Rechner an ein Netzwerk angeschlossen wird. Statische IP-Adressen sind fest "
++"und ändern sich nicht. Dynamische IP-Adressen sind häufiger als statische "
++"anzutreffen – statische IP-Adressen werden üblicherweise nur dann verwendet, "
++"wenn es einen speziellen Grund gibt, wie z.B. bei der Verwaltung eines "
++"Servers."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+@@ -15424,22 +17760,26 @@
+ "Bei den meisten kabelgebundenen Netzwerkverbindungen genügt es, ein "
+ "Netzwerkkabel einzustecken."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr "Mit einem Kabelnetzwerk (Ethernet) verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Bei den meisten kabelgebundenen Netzwerkverbindungen genügt es, ein "
+ "Netzwerkkabel einzustecken. Das Netzwerksymbol im oberen Panel sollte sich "
+ "für einige Sekunden drehen oder pulsieren und sich dann in ein Symbol einer "
+ "Kabelverbindung verwandeln, sobald die Verbindung hergestellt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -15456,7 +17796,8 @@
+ "der Ethernet-Buchse an, dass das Kabel eingesteckt und die Schnittstelle "
+ "aktiv ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+@@ -15467,7 +17808,8 @@
+ "zwei Rechner zu verbinden, sollten Sie sie an einen Netzwerk-Hub, Router "
+ "oder Switch anschließen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+@@ -15477,7 +17819,8 @@
+ "automatische Einrichtung (DHCP) nicht unterstützen. In diesem Fall müssen "
+ "Sie es <link xref=\"net-manual\">manuell einrichten</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+@@ -15485,11 +17828,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Kabelgebundene Internetverbindungen</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">feste IP-Adressen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Kabelverbindungen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+@@ -15497,11 +17842,13 @@
+ "Ein Ad-Hoc-Netzwerk verwenden, um anderen Geräten zu ermöglichen, sich mit "
+ "Ihrem Rechner zu verbinden und seine Netzwerkverbindungen zu nutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Einen Funknetzwerk-Hotspot erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+@@ -15514,15 +17861,18 @@
+ "Sie über eine andere Schnittstelle erstellt haben, wie ein kabelgebundenes "
+ "oder ein mobiles Breitbandnetzwerk."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> in der linken Liste aus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Als HotSpot verwenden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+@@ -15534,7 +17884,8 @@
+ "Funknetzwerkadapter kann nicht zum Erstellen mehrerer Netzwerke gleichzeitig "
+ "genutzt werden. Klicken Sie zum Bestätigen auf <gui>Hotspot erstellen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+@@ -15545,17 +17896,20 @@
+ "Geräte benötigen diese Informationen, um sich mit dem soeben angelegten "
+ "Hotspot zu verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie die Netzwerkeinstellungen und setzen Sie den Flugzeugmodus auf "
+-"<gui>Ein</gui>."
++"EIN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr "Funknetzwerk abschalten (Flugzeugmodus)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+@@ -15567,7 +17921,8 @@
+ "Funkverbindungen abschalten. Dafür gibt es auch andere Gründe, "
+ "beispielsweise zur Energieeinsparung. Gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+@@ -15575,7 +17930,8 @@
+ "Schalten Sie den <gui>Flugzeugmodus</gui> ein. Dadurch wird Ihre "
+ "Funknetzverbindung abgeschaltet, bis Sie sie wieder einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+@@ -15583,15 +17939,18 @@
+ "Im <em>Flugzeugmodus</em> werden sowohl Funknetzwerk- als auch Bluetooth-"
+ "Verbindungen komplett abgeschaltet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Gehen Sie ins Internet – drahtlos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr "Verbinden mit Funknetzwerken"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+@@ -15601,7 +17960,8 @@
+ "sich mit einem verfügbaren Funknetzwerk verbinden, um auf das Internet "
+ "zugreifen zu können, im Netzwerk freigegebene Dateien zu betrachten usw."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+@@ -15609,7 +17969,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf das Netzwerksymbol im oberen Panel und klicken Sie dann auf "
+ "den Namen des Netzwerks, mit dem Sie sich verbinden wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+@@ -15622,17 +17983,19 @@
+ "Reichweite des Netzwerks sein, oder das Netzwerk <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "hidden\">könnte verborgen sein</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn das Netzwerk passwortgeschützt ist (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">Verschlüsselung</link>), geben Sie das Passwort ein, wenn es verlangt "
+-"wird, und klicken Sie auf <gui>Verbinden</gui>."
++"Wenn das Netzwerk passwortgeschützt ist (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">Verschlüsselung</link>), geben Sie das Passwort ein, wenn es "
++"verlangt wird, und klicken Sie auf <gui>Verbinden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+@@ -15642,7 +18005,8 @@
+ "Routers oder der Basisstation oder in der Anleitung stehen, oder Sie müssen "
+ "denjenigen fragen, der das Funknetzwerk verwaltet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+@@ -15650,7 +18014,8 @@
+ "Das Netzwerksymbol ändert sein Aussehen, sobald der Rechner versucht, sich "
+ "mit dem Netzwerk zu verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+@@ -15662,7 +18027,8 @@
+ "zum Netzwerk. Wenn nur wenige Balken angezeigt werden, ist die Verbindung "
+ "schwach und unter Umständen nicht besonders zuverlässig."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -15681,7 +18047,8 @@
+ "Problem haben. Siehe <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> für "
+ "weitere Hilfe."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -15697,7 +18064,8 @@
+ "oder einem Modem), aber die beiden Verbindungen sind unterschiedlich und "
+ "haben deswegen unterschiedliche Übertragungsgeschwindigkeiten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+@@ -15705,11 +18073,13 @@
+ "Die Signalstärke könnte zu gering sein oder es ist kein sauberer "
+ "Verbindungsaufbau möglich."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr "Warum wird meine WLAN-Verbindung dauernd getrennt?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -15724,11 +18094,13 @@
+ "die Verbindung wiederherzustellen), aber es kann ärgerlich sein, besonders "
+ "wenn Sie gerade zu der Zeit im Internet waren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Schwaches Funksignal"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -15737,13 +18109,14 @@
+ "and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein häufiger Grund für Verbindungsabbrüche bei einem Funknetzwerk ist ein "
+-"schwaches Signal. Funknetzwerkverbindungen haben eine beschränkte "
+-"Reichweite. Wenn Sie also zu weit weg von der WLAN-Basisstation sind, ist "
+-"der Empfang eventuell nicht gut genug, um eine Verbindung aufrecht erhalten "
+-"zu können. Wände und andere Gegenstände zwischen Ihnen und der Basisstation "
+-"können den Empfang auch schwächen."
++"schwaches Signal. Funknetzwerkverbindungen haben eine beschränkte Reichweite."
++" Wenn Sie also zu weit weg von der WLAN-Basisstation sind, ist der Empfang "
++"eventuell nicht gut genug, um eine Verbindung aufrecht erhalten zu können. "
++"Wände und andere Gegenstände zwischen Ihnen und der Basisstation können den "
++"Empfang auch schwächen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+@@ -15752,11 +18125,13 @@
+ "Funksignals. Falls diese niedrig erscheint, versuchen Sie, näher an die "
+ "Basisstation heranzukommen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr "Die Netzwerkverbindung wurde nicht sauber erstellt"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -15766,12 +18141,13 @@
+ "was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Manchmal kommt es vor, dass wenn Sie sich mit einem Funknetzwerk verbinden, "
+-"es erfolgreich gewesen zu sein scheint, Sie aber kurz danach getrennt "
+-"werden. Das passiert normalerweise, weil Ihr Rechner die Verbindung nur "
+-"teilweise herstellen konnte – er konnte zwar die Verbindung anbahnen, aber "
+-"aus irgendeinem Grund nicht ganz fertigstellen und wurde dann getrennt."
++"es erfolgreich gewesen zu sein scheint, Sie aber kurz danach getrennt werden."
++" Das passiert normalerweise, weil Ihr Rechner die Verbindung nur teilweise "
++"herstellen konnte – er konnte zwar die Verbindung anbahnen, aber aus "
++"irgendeinem Grund nicht ganz fertigstellen und wurde dann getrennt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+@@ -15782,11 +18158,13 @@
+ "nicht erlaubt wurde (zum Beispiel weil das Netzwerk bei der Anmeldung einen "
+ "Benutzernamen verlangt)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Unzuverlässige Funknetzwerkhardware/-treiber"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -15803,11 +18181,13 @@
+ "möglicherweise der einzige Grund. Falls das jedoch ziemlich oft passiert, "
+ "sollten Sie sich nach einem anderen Gerät umschauen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Überlastete Funknetzwerke"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+@@ -15820,15 +18200,18 @@
+ "Verbindungsversuche unternehmen. In solchen Fällen werden einige "
+ "Verbindungen getrennt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr "Erfahren Sie mehr über die Optionen der drahtlosen Verbindungen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr "Eine Funkverbindung bearbeiten "
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+@@ -15839,7 +18222,8 @@
+ "wählen Sie sie in den <gui>Netzwerk</gui>-Einstellungen aus und klicken Sie "
+ "auf <gui>Optionen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+@@ -15850,15 +18234,18 @@
+ "ändern müssen. Viele der hier angebotenen Optionen geben Ihnen tiefere "
+ "Eingriffsmöglichkeiten in kompliziertere Netzwerke."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar / Automatisch verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Automatisch verbinden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -15867,7 +18254,8 @@
+ "diesem Funknetzwerk zu verbinden, wenn er sich in dessen Sendebereich "
+ "befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -15881,11 +18269,13 @@
+ "bereits verfügbaren Netzwerk nicht abgebrochen, sobald ein anderes "
+ "erreichbar wird."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -15901,26 +18291,30 @@
+ "weiteren Benutzer Ihres Rechners können sich mit diesem Netzwerk verbinden, "
+ "ohne das Passwort selbst zu kennen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls dies aktiviert ist, müssen Sie über <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">Systemverwalterrechte</link> verfügen, um die Einstellungen dieses "
++"Falls dies aktiviert ist, müssen Sie über <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">Systemverwalterrechte</link> verfügen, um die Einstellungen dieses "
+ "Netzwerks zu ändern. Sie werden darum gebeten, Ihr Systemverwalterpasswort "
+ "einzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Funk"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -15932,18 +18326,20 @@
+ "sei denn, Sie haben den Namen des Funknetzwerks geändert. Dies könnte beim "
+ "Ändern der Einstellungen des Routers oder der Basisstation geschehen sein."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Modus"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Geben Sie hier an, ob Sie eine Verbindung zu einem <gui>Infrastruktur</gui>-"
+ "Netzwerk (einem Netzwerk, in dem sich Rechner drahtlos mit einer zentralen "
+@@ -15953,7 +18349,8 @@
+ "Infrastruktur-Netzwerke. Sie können jedoch <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">Ihr "
+ "eigenes Ad-Hoc-Netzwerk</link> erstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -15975,13 +18372,15 @@
+ "dadurch verlangsamt wird. In diesem Fall können Sie den zu nutzenden Kanal "
+ "ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+ # Sind SSID und BSSID männlich oder weiblich im Deutschen?
+ # Weiblich; von den ersten 10 Google-Suchergebnissen 8 weiblich (inkl. Wikipedia), 1 männl., 1 englisch; GK
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -15997,11 +18396,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">verborgen</link> ist, gibt es keine SSID, "
+ "aber eine BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "MAC-Adresse des Geräts"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -16014,17 +18415,21 @@
+ "Jedes Gerät, das Sie mit einem Netzwerk verbinden können, hat eine "
+ "eindeutige MAC-Adresse, die es im Werk erhalten hat."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Diese Einstellung kann verwendet werden, um die MAC-Adresse Ihrer "
+ "Netzwerkkarte zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte MAC-Adresse"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -16041,11 +18446,13 @@
+ "wird das Gerät/der Dienst glauben, dass Ihr Rechner die benutzerdefinierte "
+ "MAC-Adresse hat und nicht seine wirkliche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -16062,28 +18469,33 @@
+ "eine verrauschte Verbindung, und von der Verbindungsgeschwindigkeit. Im "
+ "Allgemeinen sollte es nicht erforderlich sein, diese Einstellung zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Sicherheit des Funknetzwerks"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Sicherheit"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+ "you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Hier wird festgelegt, welche <em>Verschlüsselung</em> Ihr Netzwerk "
+-"verwendet. Verschlüsselte Verbindungen können Einbrüche in Ihre "
+-"Funknetzwerkverbindung verhindern, da niemand »lauschen« und dadurch sehen "
+-"kann, welche Webseiten Sie besuchen usw."
++"Hier wird festgelegt, welche <em>Verschlüsselung</em> Ihr Netzwerk verwendet."
++" Verschlüsselte Verbindungen können Einbrüche in Ihre Funknetzwerkverbindung "
++"verhindern, da niemand »lauschen« und dadurch sehen kann, welche Webseiten "
++"Sie besuchen usw."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -16100,11 +18512,13 @@
+ "weitere Informationen zu den gängigen Arten der Verschlüsselung von "
+ "Funknetzwerken."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "IPv4-Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+@@ -16115,15 +18529,18 @@
+ "die verschiedenen Möglichkeiten zum Ermitteln und Einrichten dieser "
+ "Einstellungen zu sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Die folgenden Methoden sind verfügbar:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -16138,11 +18555,13 @@
+ "mit dem Netzwerk verbinden, werden Ihnen automatisch die korrekten "
+ "Einstellungen zugewiesen. Die meisten Netzwerke nutzen DHCP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP), nur Adressen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+@@ -16152,7 +18571,8 @@
+ "einem DHCP-Server, aber Sie müssen weitere Details manuell eingeben, zum "
+ "Beispiel den zu nutzenden DNS-Server."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+@@ -16162,11 +18582,13 @@
+ "soll."
+ 
+ # Lokale IPv6-Adressen
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr "Nur Link-Local"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -16183,7 +18605,8 @@
+ "Adressen. Dies ist sinnvoll, wenn einige Rechner vorübergehend zwecks "
+ "Kommunikation miteinander verbunden werden sollen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+@@ -16196,11 +18619,13 @@
+ "Netzwerkkarte laufen. Falls Sie eine davon aktiviert haben, sollten Sie die "
+ "andere deaktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "IPv6-Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+@@ -16210,7 +18635,8 @@
+ "um den aktuelleren IPv6-Standard handelt. Moderne Netzwerke nutzen zwar "
+ "IPv6, aber momentan ist IPv4 weiter verbreitet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+@@ -16219,11 +18645,13 @@
+ "Funknetzwerke in der Nähe befinden oder Sie befinden sich außerhalb des "
+ "Funknetzwerkbereichs."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr "Ich kann mein Funknetzwerk in der Liste nicht finden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+@@ -16233,7 +18661,8 @@
+ "Netzwerkliste angezeigt wird, die beim Anklicken des Netzwerksymbols im "
+ "oberen Panel angezeigt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+@@ -16243,7 +18672,8 @@
+ "abgeschaltet sein oder <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">nicht "
+ "korrekt funktionieren</link>. Stellen Sie sicher, dass er eingeschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+@@ -16256,16 +18686,19 @@
+ "weisenden Pfeil und verschieben Sie den Mauszeiger dorthin, um den Rest der "
+ "Funknetzwerke anzeigen zu lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie könnten sich außerhalb des Bereichs des Netzwerks befinden. Versuchen "
+ "Sie, näher an die Basisstation oder den Router heranzukommen, und schauen "
+ "Sie nach, ob nach einer Weile das Netzwerk in der Liste erscheint."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+@@ -16276,16 +18709,18 @@
+ "gewechselt haben, sollten Sie eine Minute warten und erneut nachschauen, ob "
+ "Ihr Netzwerk in der Liste erscheint."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das Netzwerk könnte verborgen sein. Sie müssen sich <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">auf andere Weise verbinden</link>, wenn es sich um ein "
+ "verborgenes Netzwerk handelt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+@@ -16293,11 +18728,13 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie die <gui>Netzwerkeinstellungen</gui> und verbinden Sie sich mit "
+ "einem <gui>anderen</gui> Funknetzwerk."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr "Verbinden mit verborgenen Funknetzwerken"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+@@ -16310,17 +18747,20 @@
+ "Rechner) angezeigt wird. So verbinden Sie sich mit einem verborgenen "
+ "Funknetzwerk:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> in der linken Liste aus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Andere</gui> in der Auswahlliste <gui>Netzwerkname</gui> ."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+@@ -16328,19 +18768,21 @@
+ "Geben Sie im erscheinenden Fenster den Netzwerknamen ein, wählen Sie die "
+ "Netzwerksicherheit aus und klicken Sie auf <gui>Verbinden</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie müssen vielleicht in den Einstellungen der WLAN-Basisstation oder des "
+ "Routers nachsehen, wie der Netzwerkname lautet. Manchmal ist er unter der "
+ "Bezeichnung <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier) zu finden und "
+ "sieht etwa so aus: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+@@ -16348,7 +18790,8 @@
+ "Sie sollten auch die Sicherheitseinstellungen der Basisstation des "
+ "Funknetzwerks überprüfen. Schauen Sie nach Begriffen wie WEP und WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+@@ -16360,7 +18803,8 @@
+ "verbinden können. In der Praxis ist das aber nicht der Fall; das Netzwerk "
+ "ist zwar etwas schwerer zu finden, aber man kann es immer noch aufspüren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+@@ -16368,28 +18812,32 @@
+ "Überprüfen Sie das Passwort, versuchen Sie einen Passschlüssel statt eines "
+ "Passworts, schalten Sie die Funknetzwerkkarte aus und wieder ein …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ich habe das richtige Passwort eingegeben, aber die Verbindung kann nicht "
+ "aufgebaut werden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Sie das richtige <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">Funknetzwerk-Passwort</link> eingegeben haben, sich aber trotzdem nicht "
+-"mit dem Funknetzwerk verbinden können, versuchen Sie Folgendes:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Sie das richtige <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">Funknetzwerk-Passwort</link> eingegeben haben, sich aber trotzdem "
++"nicht mit dem Funknetzwerk verbinden können, versuchen Sie Folgendes:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob Sie das richtige Passwort eingegeben haben"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+@@ -16398,12 +18846,14 @@
+ "Für Passwörter wird Groß-/Kleinschreibung unterschieden. Überprüfen Sie "
+ "daher, ob Sie nicht einzelne Buchstaben falsch geschrieben haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr "Versuchen Sie den hexadezimalen oder ASCII-Schlüssel"
+ 
+ # Unklar, weil 2 GUI-Elemente nicht übersetzt
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -16425,11 +18875,13 @@
+ "oder ASCII)</gui>, wenn Sie den 40 Zeichen langen Passschlüssel für eine WEP-"
+ "verschlüsselte Verbindung eingeben)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Versuchen Sie, die Netzwerkkarte aus- und wieder einzuschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+@@ -16441,11 +18893,13 @@
+ "zurückzusetzen – siehe <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> für "
+ "weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr "Prüfen Sie, ob Sie den richtigen Sicherheitsstandard verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -16461,12 +18915,14 @@
+ "Wenn Sie nicht wissen, welche es ist, versuchen Sie nacheinander alle "
+ "Möglichkeiten, bis Sie die richtige gefunden haben."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie, ob Ihre Funknetzwerk-Karte vollständig unterstützt wird"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -16483,15 +18939,17 @@
+ "<em>Firmware</em> installieren). Siehe <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting\"/> für weitere Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr "Mitwirkende im Dokumentations-Wiki von Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+@@ -16500,19 +18958,22 @@
+ "wirklich gut, so dass es hilfreich sein könnte, nach einem anderen "
+ "Gerätetreiber zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Problemlösungen für Funknetzwerke"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass funktionierende Gerätetreiber installiert sind"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -16530,14 +18991,17 @@
+ "Treiber für den Funknetzwerkadapter, die richtig funktionieren. Versuchen "
+ "Sie einige der folgenden Möglichkeiten:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen, ob Ihr Funknetzwerkadapter in der Liste der unterstützten Geräte "
+ "erscheint"
+ 
+ # Fehlende Links: bug 659473
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -16553,17 +19017,21 @@
+ "Funknetzwerkgeräten zur Verfügung. Manchmal liefern diese Listen zusätzliche "
+ "Informationen darüber, wie man die Treiber für bestimmte Adapter zum Laufen "
+ "bringen kann. Gehen Sie zu der Liste Ihrer Distribution (zum Beispiel <link "
+-"href=\"XXXX\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"XXXX\">Fedora</link> oder <link "
+-"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) und "
+-"stellen Sie fest, ob Ihr Funknetzwerkadapter in Ihrer Version aufgelistet "
+-"ist. Vielleicht können Sie die dortigen Informationen verwenden, um Ihre "
+-"Funknetzwerktreiber zum Laufen zu bringen."
++"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/"
++"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless."
++"org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
++"HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) und stellen Sie fest, ob Ihr "
++"Funknetzwerkadapter in Ihrer Version aufgelistet ist. Vielleicht können Sie "
++"die dortigen Informationen verwenden, um Ihre Funknetzwerktreiber zum Laufen "
++"zu bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr "Nach eingeschränkten (binären) Treibern suchen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -16582,7 +19050,8 @@
+ "Website des Funknetzwerkadapter-Herstellers, ob er Linuxtreiber zur "
+ "Verfügung stellt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+@@ -16593,12 +19062,14 @@
+ "Werkzeug mitbringt, nutzen Sie es, um zu sehen, ob Sie auf diese Weise zu "
+ "Funknetzwerktreibern gelangen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr "Die Windows-Treiber für Ihren Adapter verwenden"
+ 
+ # Fehlender Link: bug 659473
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -16620,11 +19091,12 @@
+ "Funknetzwerktreiber unter Linux verwenden können. Das ist nützlich, weil für "
+ "Funknetzwerkadapter fast immer Windows-Treiber verfügbar sind, aber manchmal "
+ "keine Linux-Treiber. Wie Sie NDISwrapper verwenden können, erfahren Sie "
+-"<link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?"
+-"title=Main_Page\">hier</link>. Bitte beachten Sie, dass nicht alle "
++"<link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index."
++"php?title=Main_Page\">hier</link>. Bitte beachten Sie, dass nicht alle "
+ "Funknetzwerktreiber mit NDISwrapper verwendet werden können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+@@ -16637,7 +19109,8 @@
+ "jeden Rechner angeschlossen werden. Sie sollten aber vor dem Kauf "
+ "überprüfen, ober der Adapter mit Ihrer Linux-Distribution kompatibel ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+@@ -16645,15 +19118,18 @@
+ "Obwohl Ihr Funknetzwerkadapter angeschlossen ist, könnte er durch den "
+ "Rechner nicht korrekt erkannt worden sein."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Problemlösungen für Funknetzwerkverbindungen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen, ob der Funknetzwerkadapter erkannt worden ist"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+@@ -16663,7 +19139,8 @@
+ "Rechner nicht korrekt als Netzwerkgerät erkannt worden sein. In diesem "
+ "Schritt überprüfen Sie, ob das Gerät sauber erkannt worden ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+@@ -16674,7 +19151,8 @@
+ "erhalten, müssen Sie das Programm <app>lshw</app> auf Ihrem Rechner "
+ "installieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+@@ -16684,7 +19162,8 @@
+ "interface</em>. Falls Ihr Funknetzwerkadapter korrekt erkannt worden ist, "
+ "sollten Sie etwa Folgendes sehen (aber nicht exakt das Gleiche):"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -16697,7 +19176,8 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+@@ -16706,7 +19186,8 @@
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Abschnitt mit den "
+ "Gerätetreibern</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -16720,11 +19201,13 @@
+ "(<link xref=\"#pci\">interner PCI-</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB-</link> "
+ "oder <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA-</link>Anschluss)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "(Interner) PCI-Funknetzwerkadapter"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+@@ -16734,13 +19217,15 @@
+ "meisten Laptops, die in den letzten Jahren hergestellt wurden. So überprüfen "
+ "Sie, ob Ihr PCI-Funknetzwerkadapter erkannt wurde:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie ein Terminal, geben Sie <cmd>lspci</cmd> ein und drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -16753,16 +19238,22 @@
+ "<code>Network controller</code> oder <code>Ethernet controller</code> "
+ "bezeichnet werden. Mehrere Geräte können so benannt sein; der Eintrag, der "
+ "Ihrem Funknetzwerkadapter zuzuordnen ist, enthält wahrscheinlich Wörter wie "
+-"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> oder "
+-"<code>802.11</code>. Ein Beispiel, wie der Eintrag aussehen könnte, ist:"
++"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> oder <code>802."
++"11</code>. Ein Beispiel, wie der Eintrag aussehen könnte, ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+@@ -16775,18 +19266,19 @@
+ "Ihren Funknetzwerkadapter hinweist, folgen Sie den <link xref=\"#not-"
+ "recognized\">Anleitungen weiter unten</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "USB-Funknetzwerkadapter"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Funknetzwerkadapter, die am USB-Anschluss Ihres Rechners eingesteckt werden, "
+ "kommen nicht so häufig vor. Sie können entweder direkt beim USB-Anschluss "
+@@ -16796,13 +19288,15 @@
+ "Überprüfen Sie genau, ob es sich nicht um einen 3G-Adapter handelt. So "
+ "stellen Sie fest, ob Ihr USB-Funknetzwerkadapter erkannt wurde:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie ein Terminal, geben Sie <cmd>lsusb</cmd> ein und drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -16813,19 +19307,26 @@
+ "Durchsuchen Sie die Geräteliste, die angezeigt wird, nach Geräten, die etwas "
+ "mit Funknetzwerken oder Netzwerken zu tun haben könnten. Der Eintrag, der "
+ "Ihrem Funknetzwerkadapter zuzuordnen ist, enthält wahrscheinlich Wörter wie "
+-"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> oder "
+-"<code>802.11</code>. Ein Beispiel, wie der Eintrag aussehen könnte, ist:"
++"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> oder <code>802."
++"11</code>. Ein Beispiel, wie der Eintrag aussehen könnte, ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Prüfen des PCMCIA-Geräts"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+@@ -16836,24 +19337,28 @@
+ "Rechnern zu finden. So überprüfen Sie, ob Ihr PCMCIA-Adapter erkannt worden "
+ "ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Starten Sie Ihren Rechner, <em>ohne</em> dass der Funknetzwerkadapter "
+ "eingesteckt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie ein Terminal, geben Sie Folgendes ein und drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+@@ -16862,7 +19367,8 @@
+ "Ihres Rechners betreffen; die Liste wird automatisch aktualisiert, sobald "
+ "sich etwas, das Ihre Hardware betrifft, ändert."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+@@ -16873,7 +19379,8 @@
+ "Informationen über Ihren Funknetzwerkadapter beinhalten. Durchsuchen Sie sie "
+ "und versuchen Sie, ihn zu identifizieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+@@ -16883,7 +19390,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. Nachdem Sie dies getan haben, "
+ "können Sie das Terminal schließen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+@@ -16896,11 +19404,13 @@
+ "Ihren Funknetzwerkadapter hinweist, folgen Sie den <link xref=\"#not-"
+ "recognized\">Anleitungen weiter unten</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "Funknetzwerkadapter wurde nicht erkannt"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+@@ -16913,7 +19423,8 @@
+ "installieren können, hängt von Ihrer Linux-Distribution ab (zum Beispiel "
+ "Ubuntu, Fedora oder openSuSE)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+@@ -16924,7 +19435,8 @@
+ "Mailinglisten und Chats sein, wo Sie eine Frage zu Ihrem Funknetzwerkadapter "
+ "stellen können."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -16932,11 +19444,13 @@
+ "Für die folgenden Schritte zur Fehlerbeseitigung benötigen Sie eventuell "
+ "Informationen wie die Modellnummer Ihres Funknetzwerk-Adapters."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr "Ermitteln von Informationen über Ihre Netzwerkgeräte"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -16952,7 +19466,8 @@
+ "sein, die bei Ihrem Rechner dabei waren, etwa Treiber-CDs. Suchen Sie nach "
+ "den folgenden Dingen, falls Sie sie noch haben:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+@@ -16960,7 +19475,8 @@
+ "Die Verpackung und Anleitung für Ihre Funknetzwerkgeräte (insbesondere das "
+ "Benutzerhandbuch Ihres Routers)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+@@ -16968,7 +19484,8 @@
+ "Ein Treibermedium für Ihren Funknetzwerkadapter – auch wenn es nur Windows-"
+ "Treiber enthält"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+@@ -16978,7 +19495,8 @@
+ "Funknetzwerkadapters und Routers. Diese Informationen finden Sie "
+ "üblicherweise auf der Unterseite oder Rückseite des Gerätes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+@@ -16988,7 +19506,8 @@
+ "deren Verpackung angebracht ist. Diese Informationen können besonders "
+ "hilfreich sein, deswegen ist eine gründliche Suche empfehlenswert."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+@@ -16996,7 +19515,8 @@
+ "Alles auf der Treiber-CD, wodurch das Gerät selbst identifiziert wird, seine "
+ "»Firmware«-Version oder die verwendeten Bauteile (Chipset)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+@@ -17009,14 +19529,16 @@
+ "mit einem Netzwerkkabel direkt an den Router anzuschließen, aber tun Sie das "
+ "nur, wenn es sein muss.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie so viele dieser Einzelheiten wie möglich gesammelt haben, klicken "
+ "Sie auf <gui>Weiter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -17024,11 +19546,13 @@
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass die einfachen Netzwerkeinstellungen richtig sind, "
+ "und bereiten Sie sich auf die nächsten Schritte zur Fehlerbeseitigung vor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Ausführen einer erstmaligen Verbindungsüberprüfung"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+@@ -17041,7 +19565,8 @@
+ "Funkverbindung, und zur Vorbereitung auf die nächsten Schritte zur "
+ "Fehlerbeseitigung."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+@@ -17049,7 +19574,8 @@
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihr Laptop nicht über ein <em>Kabel</em> mit dem "
+ "Internet verbunden ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+@@ -17059,7 +19585,8 @@
+ "eine PCMCIA-Karte, die Sie an Ihren Laptop anschließen), stellen Sie sicher, "
+ "dass er fest im dafür vorgesehenen Anschluss Ihres Rechners sitzt."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+@@ -17070,7 +19597,8 @@
+ "vorhanden). Laptops verfügen oft über Funknetzwerk-Schalter, die Sie über "
+ "eine Tastenkombination aktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+@@ -17080,13 +19608,15 @@
+ "<gui>Funknetzwerke</gui> AN ist. Sie sollten auch überprüfen, dass der <link "
+ "xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Flugzeugmodus nicht eingeschaltet</link> ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie ein Terminal, geben Sie <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> ein und drücken Sie "
+ "die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -17103,7 +19633,8 @@
+ "Funknetzwerkadapter die Zeile <code>State: Connected</code> finden, bedeutet "
+ "das, dass er funktioniert und mit Ihrem WLAN-Router verbunden ist."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -17118,7 +19649,8 @@
+ "stellen Sie sicher, dass die Einstellungen korrekt sind, oder wenden Sie "
+ "sich an den Support Ihres Internet-Dienstanbieters."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+@@ -17128,11 +19660,13 @@
+ "darauf ergeben haben, dass Sie mit dem Netzwerk verbunden sind, klicken Sie "
+ "auf <gui>Weiter</gui>, um zum nächsten Schritt dieser Anleitung zu gelangen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr "Probleme mit Ihrer Funknetzwerkverbindung eingrenzen und lösen"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+@@ -17141,7 +19675,8 @@
+ "Dies ist eine Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung, die Ihnen hilft, Problemen mit "
+ "Funknetzwerken auf den Grund zu gehen und sie zu lösen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+@@ -17149,41 +19684,49 @@
+ "Wir führen Sie durch die folgenden Schritte, um Ihren Rechner mit dem "
+ "Internet zu verbinden:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "Ausführen einer erstmaligen Überprüfung"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "Ermitteln von Informationen über Ihre Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Ihrer Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr "Verbindungsversuch mit Ihrem WLAN-Router"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Ihres Modems und Routers"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um zu beginnen, klicken Sie auf <em>Weiter</em> oben rechts auf der Seite. "
+ "Dieser und die anderen Verweise auf den folgenden Seiten führen Sie durch "
+ "jeden Schritt im Assistenten."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Verwendung der Befehlszeile"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+@@ -17193,7 +19736,8 @@
+ "in die <em>Befehlszeile</em> (in ein Terminal) einzugeben. Sie finden die "
+ "Terminal-Anwendung in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+@@ -17208,17 +19752,20 @@
+ "erscheinen. Nach der Eingabe eines Befehls müssen Sie stets die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key> drücken, um ihn auszuführen,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "WEP und WPA sind Verfahren zur Verschlüsselung der Datenkommunikation in "
+ "Funknetzwerken."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr "Was bedeuten WEP und WPA?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -17235,7 +19782,8 @@
+ "em>, und WPA bedeutet <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 repräsentiert "
+ "die zweite Version des WPA-Standards."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -17249,39 +19797,44 @@
+ "drei. Wenn Ihre Funknetzwerk-Karte und Ihr Router WPA2 unterstützen, dann "
+ "sollten Sie es unbedingt für Ihr Funknetzwerk verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Mit einem WLAN verbinden</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Verborgene Netzwerke</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "editcon\">Verbindungseinstellungen bearbeiten</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-disconnecting\">Verbindung trennen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Drahtlose Verbindungen"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+ "accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Funknetzwerk</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+-"\">Kabelgebunden</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">Verbindungsprobleme</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">Webbrowser</link>, <link xref=\"net-email"
+-"\">E-Mail-Konten</link> …"
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Funknetzwerk</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">Kabelgebunden</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"problem\">Verbindungsprobleme</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">Webbrowser</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">E-Mail-Konten</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Netzwerk, Web, E-Mail und Chat"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+@@ -17289,11 +19842,13 @@
+ "Die beim Anklicken des <gui>Akku-Symbols</gui> angezeigte Nutzungsdauer des "
+ "Akkus ist eine Schätzung."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr "Die geschätzte Akkulaufzeit ist falsch"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+@@ -17306,14 +19861,15 @@
+ "verbleibenden Akkulaufzeit um eine Schätzung handelt. Die Schätzungen "
+ "sollten allerdings mit der Zeit besser werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um die verbleibende Akkulaufzeit zu schätzen, müssen einige Faktoren "
+ "berücksichtigt werden. Ein Faktor ist der aktuelle Stromverbrauch des "
+@@ -17322,7 +19878,8 @@
+ "Aufgaben ausführen (wie eine DVD ansehen oder Musikdateien umwandeln). Dies "
+ "ändert sich ständig und ist daher schwer vorauszusagen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+@@ -17333,7 +19890,8 @@
+ "zum Entladevorgang eines Akkus ist nur eine grobe Schätzung der "
+ "verbleibenden Akkulaufzeit möglich."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+@@ -17343,7 +19901,8 @@
+ "Entladevorgang und lernt, daraus bessere Schätzungen der Akkulaufzeit zu "
+ "erstellen. Allerdings werden diese nie vollkommen korrekt sein."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+@@ -17353,7 +19912,8 @@
+ "von Tagen), fehlen der Energieverwaltung vermutlich einige Daten, die sie "
+ "zur genauen Schätzung benötigt."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+@@ -17363,15 +19923,18 @@
+ "betreiben, das Stromkabel dann wieder anschließen und der Akku sich auflädt, "
+ "sollte die Energieverwaltung die benötigten Daten erhalten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr "Tipps zur Reduzierung des Energieverbrauchs Ihres Rechners."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr "Energie sparen und die Lebensdauer des Akkus verlängern"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+@@ -17380,11 +19943,13 @@
+ "zum Energiesparen können Sie Ihre Stromrechnung reduzieren und etwas für die "
+ "Umwelt tun."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Allgemeine Tipps"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+@@ -17395,36 +19960,39 @@
+ "Energieverbrauch deutlich und der Rechner kann trotzdem schnell wieder in "
+ "Betrieb genommen werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be "
+-"using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer "
+-"regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Schalten Sie den Rechner aus</link>, wenn Sie ihn "
+-"für längere Zeit nicht verwenden. Einige Leute meinen, dass der Rechner "
+-"durch häufiges Ausschalten schneller kaputtgeht, aber das ist nicht der Fall."
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Ausschalten</link> des Computers, wenn er "
++"für längere Zeiträume nicht verwendet wird. Manche Menschen befürchten, dass "
++"durch das regelmäßige Ausschalten ein Computer schneller verschleißen kann, "
++"aber dies ist nicht der Fall."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
+ "power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
+-"you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
+-"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
+-"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a "
+-"certain period of time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Gehen Sie zu <gui>Leistung</gui> in den <app>Einstellungen</app>, um Ihre "
+-"Energieeinstellungen anzupassen. Es stehen einige Einstellungen zur "
+-"Verfügung, mit denen Sie Energie sparen können: Sie können den Bildschirm "
+-"nach einer bestimmten Zeit <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatisch "
+-"abdunkeln</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">die Bildschirmhelligkeit "
+-"reduzieren</link> (für Laptops) und den Rechner <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+-"\">automatisch in Bereitschaft versetzen</link>, wenn Sie ihn für eine "
+-"bestimmte Zeit nicht verwendet haben."
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"Verwenden Sie die <gui>Power</gui> Präferenzen in <app>Einstellungen</app> "
++"um Ihre Energie-Einstellungen zu ändern. Es gibt eine Reihe von Optionen, "
++"die helfen, Energie zu sparen: Sie können automatisch das Display nach einer "
++"gewissen Zeit abblenden, die Helligkeit des Displays (für Laptops) "
++"reduzieren, und den Computer in  <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatisches "
++"Suspend</link> setzen, wenn Sie ihn für einen bestimmten Zeitraum nicht "
++"benutzt haben."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+@@ -17432,21 +20000,23 @@
+ "Schalten Sie jegliche externe Geräte ab (wie Drucker und Scanner), wenn Sie "
+ "sie nicht benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr "Laptops, Netbooks und andere Geräte mit Akkus"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+-"consumption."
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Verringern Sie die Bildschirmhelligkeit</"
+-"link>. Die Stromversorgung des Bildschirms macht einen beachtlichen Teil des "
+-"Stromverbrauchs eines Laptops aus."
++"Verringern Sie die Helligkeit des Bildschirms, die Versorgung des "
++"Bildschirms macht einen beträchtlichen Anteil des Stromverbrauches eines "
++"Laptops aus."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+@@ -17454,7 +20024,8 @@
+ "Die meisten Laptops verfügen über Tasten auf der Tastatur (oder "
+ "Tastenkombinationen), über die Sie die Helligkeit verringern können."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+@@ -17464,7 +20035,8 @@
+ "die Funknetzwerk-/Bluetooth-Karte ab. Diese Geräte senden Funkwellen, was "
+ "viel Energie benötigt."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+@@ -17475,20 +20047,22 @@
+ "bereithalten. Sie können die Karte wieder einschalten, wenn Sie diese "
+ "benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Tipps"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Reduzieren Sie die Anzahl der Aufgaben, die im Hintergrund ausgeführt "
+-"werden. Rechner verbrauchen mehr Energie, wenn sie mehr Arbeit zu verrichten "
+-"haben."
++"Reduzieren Sie die Anzahl der Aufgaben, die im Hintergrund ausgeführt werden."
++" Rechner verbrauchen mehr Energie, wenn sie mehr Arbeit zu verrichten haben."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+@@ -17498,15 +20072,18 @@
+ "verwenden. Anwendungen, die jedoch regelmäßig Daten aus dem Internet holen, "
+ "Musik oder Filme abspielen können den Stromverbrauch beeinflussen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr "Tipps, wie »Lassen Sie den Akku nicht zu stark entladen«"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr "Holen Sie das Optimum aus Ihrem Laptop-Akku"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+@@ -17517,7 +20094,8 @@
+ "Möglichkeiten, um die Lebensdauer des Akkus zu verlängern, wobei Sie keinen "
+ "zu großen Unterschied erwarten sollten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -17527,12 +20105,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lassen Sie nicht zu, dass der Akku sich vollständig entlädt. Laden Sie ihn "
+ "wieder auf, <em>bevor</em> der Ladestand sehr niedrig ist, wobei die meisten "
+-"Akkus über Schutzmechanismen verfügen, um den Akku nicht zu tief zu "
+-"entladen. Wiederaufladen ist effizienter, wenn der Akku nur teilweise "
+-"entladen ist, aber wenn der Akku nur ganz gering entladen ist, ist das "
+-"Aufladen schlechter für den Akku."
++"Akkus über Schutzmechanismen verfügen, um den Akku nicht zu tief zu entladen."
++" Wiederaufladen ist effizienter, wenn der Akku nur teilweise entladen ist, "
++"aber wenn der Akku nur ganz gering entladen ist, ist das Aufladen schlechter "
++"für den Akku."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+@@ -17540,7 +20119,8 @@
+ "Hitze übt einen nachteiligen Effekt auf die Ladeeffizenz von Akkus aus. "
+ "Lassen Sie den Akku nicht wärmer werden als nötig."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+@@ -17550,7 +20130,8 @@
+ "sinnvoll, zusammen mit dem Originalakku einen Ersatzakku zu kaufen – "
+ "beschaffen Sie dann Ersatz, wenn Sie ihn benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+@@ -17560,15 +20141,18 @@
+ "welches die meistverwendete Art von Akku ist. Andere Arten von Akkus "
+ "verhalten sich möglicherweise anders."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr "Einige Laptops arbeiten im Akkubetrieb gewollt langsamer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr "Warum ist mein Laptop im Akkubetrieb langsam?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+@@ -17580,11 +20164,13 @@
+ "Prozessoren verbrauchen weniger Energie, wenn sie langsamer arbeiten, der "
+ "Akku sollte also länger halten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr "Diese Funktion heißt <em>CPU-Frequenzanpassung</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+@@ -17592,11 +20178,13 @@
+ "Optimierungen des Herstellers und abweichende Schätzungen der Akkulaufzeit "
+ "können dieses Problem verursachen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr "Warum hält mein Akku nicht so lange wie unter Windows/Mac OS?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -17613,7 +20201,8 @@
+ "speziell und eventuell nicht schriftlich festgehalten und können daher nur "
+ "schwer in Linux integriert werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -17624,11 +20213,12 @@
+ "Leider gibt es keine einfache Möglichkeit, diese Optimierungen selbst "
+ "anzuwenden, ohne sie genau zu kennen. Allerdings könnten einige <link xref="
+ "\"power-batterylife\">einfache Energiesparfunktionen</link> nützlich sein. "
+-"Verfügt Ihr Rechner über einen <link xref=\"power-batteryslow"
+-"\">geschwindigkeitsvariablen Prozessor</link>, könnte eine Anpassung der "
+-"Einstellungen dieses Prozessors ebenfalls helfen."
++"Verfügt Ihr Rechner über einen <link xref=\"power-"
++"batteryslow\">geschwindigkeitsvariablen Prozessor</link>, könnte eine "
++"Anpassung der Einstellungen dieses Prozessors ebenfalls helfen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+@@ -17636,21 +20226,24 @@
+ "different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein weiterer möglicher Grund der Abweichung ist, dass sich die Methode zur "
+-"Bestimmung der Akkulaufzeit in Linux von der in Windows/Mac OS "
+-"unterscheidet. Die eigentliche Akkulaufzeit kann die gleiche sein, aber die "
+-"verschiedenen Methoden liefern unterschiedliche Schätzungen."
++"Bestimmung der Akkulaufzeit in Linux von der in Windows/Mac OS unterscheidet."
++" Die eigentliche Akkulaufzeit kann die gleiche sein, aber die verschiedenen "
++"Methoden liefern unterschiedliche Schätzungen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Laptops werden in Bereitschaft versetzt, wenn sie zugeklappt werden, um "
+ "Strom zu sparen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr "Warum wird mein Rechner abgeschaltet, wenn ich den Deckel schließe?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -17658,14 +20251,15 @@
+ "resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
+ "or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie Ihren Laptop zuklappen, wird er in <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+-"\"><em>Bereitschaft</em></link> versetzt, um Strom zu sparen. Das bedeutet, "
+-"dass der Rechner nicht wirklich ausgeschaltet ist – er ist nur im "
++"Wenn Sie Ihren Laptop zuklappen, wird er in <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>Bereitschaft</em></link> versetzt, um Strom zu sparen. Das "
++"bedeutet, dass der Rechner nicht wirklich ausgeschaltet ist – er ist nur im "
+ "Schlafmodus. Sie können ihn aufwecken, indem Sie ihn aufklappen. Wenn er "
+ "nicht aufwacht, versuchen Sie es mit einem Mausklick oder einem Tastendruck. "
+ "Wenn das noch immer nicht funktioniert, drücken Sie die Ein-/Ausschalttaste."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -17682,11 +20276,13 @@
+ "\"power-suspendfail\">das Problem mit der Bereitschaft</link> zu lösen oder "
+ "den Rechner daran hindern, in Bereitschaft zu gehen, wenn Sie ihn zuklappen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr "Den Laptop nicht in Bereitschaft versetzen, wenn er zugeklappt wird"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+@@ -17697,7 +20293,8 @@
+ "Um den Rechner den Bildschirm leeren zu lassen, statt in Bereitschaft zu "
+ "gehen, wenn er zugeklappt wird, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+@@ -17708,7 +20305,8 @@
+ "insbesondere, wenn sie sich in einer geschlossenen Umgebung befinden, z.B. "
+ "in einer Tasche."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17716,7 +20314,8 @@
+ "Um die Einstellung bei Akkubetrieb zu ändern, tippen Sie diesen Befehl und "
+ "drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17724,7 +20323,8 @@
+ "Um die Einstellung bei Netzbetrieb zu ändern, tippen Sie diesen Befehl und "
+ "drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+@@ -17732,11 +20332,13 @@
+ "Eine Software zur Lüftersteuerung könnte fehlen oder Ihr Laptop könnte zu "
+ "warm werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr "Warum läuft der Lüfter des Laptops ständig?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -17752,7 +20354,8 @@
+ "vielleicht nicht installiert (oder für Linux überhaupt nicht verfügbar) und "
+ "die Lüfter laufen daher durchgehend mit höchster Leistung."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -17771,7 +20374,8 @@
+ "Modell des Laptops, es könnte also hilfreich sein, nach Anweisungen für "
+ "Ihren Rechner zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -17788,17 +20392,20 @@
+ "zusätzliches Kühlzubehör für Ihren Laptop zu kaufen, welches die Situation "
+ "eventuell verbessert."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
+ msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der Ruhezustand ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, weil er nicht besonders gut "
+ "unterstützt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich meinen Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetzen?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+@@ -17811,7 +20418,8 @@
+ "Rechner wieder einschalten, sind Ihre Anwendungen und Dokumente immer noch "
+ "geöffnet."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+@@ -17824,17 +20432,20 @@
+ "wenn Sie den Rechner wieder einschalten. Aus diesem Grund ist der "
+ "Ruhezustand standardmäßig deaktiviert."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Testen, ob der Ruhezustand funktioniert"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Speichern Sie immer Ihre Arbeit, bevor Sie den Rechner in den Ruhezustand "
+ "versetzen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -17845,14 +20456,16 @@
+ "und Dokumente nicht wiederhergestellt werden können, wenn Sie den Rechner "
+ "wieder einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können die Befehlszeile verwenden, um zu überprüfen, ob der Ruhezustand "
+ "auf Ihrem Rechner funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+@@ -17862,15 +20475,17 @@
+ "<key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> oder suchen Sie nach <input>terminal</"
+ "input> im <gui>Dash</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie ein <app>Terminal</app>, indem Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-"
+-"Übersicht nach <input>terminal</input> suchen."
++"Öffnen Sie ein <app>Terminal</app>, indem Sie nach <input>terminal</input> "
++"in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -17878,11 +20493,13 @@
+ "Geben Sie im Terminal <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> ein und drücken Sie die "
+ "<key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein, wenn Sie darum gebeten werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+@@ -17890,7 +20507,8 @@
+ "Nachdem sich Ihr Rechner abgeschaltet hat, schalten Sie ihn wieder ein. "
+ "Werden Ihre Anwendungen erneut geöffnet?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+@@ -17898,11 +20516,13 @@
+ "Falls der Ruhezustand nicht funktioniert, stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihre Swap-"
+ "Partition mindestens so groß wie der verfügbare Hauptspeicher ist."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Den Ruhezustand aktivieren"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+@@ -17910,7 +20530,8 @@
+ "Falls der Test erfolgreich war, können Sie weiterhin den Befehl <cmd>pm-"
+ "hibernate</cmd> verwenden, um den Ruhezustand zu erreichen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+@@ -17922,7 +20543,8 @@
+ "localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Fügen Sie "
+ "Folgendes zur Datei hinzu und speichern Sie sie:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+@@ -17930,11 +20552,13 @@
+ "Es ist normal, dass Rechner warm werden, aber wenn sie zu warm werden, "
+ "können sie überhitzen und dadurch beschädigt werden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr "Mein Rechner wird sehr heiß"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+@@ -17946,7 +20570,8 @@
+ "desto trotz kann es ein Zeichen sein, dass Ihr Rechner überhitzt, wenn er "
+ "sehr warm wird, was Schäden verursachen kann."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -17966,7 +20591,8 @@
+ "zusätzliches Kühlzubehör erhältlich, das Sie auf der Unterseite des Laptops "
+ "befestigen und das die Kühlung verbessert."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -17984,7 +20610,8 @@
+ "Schrank) kann das Kühlsystem des Rechners die Hitze eventuell nicht schnell "
+ "genug ableiten und kalte Luft kann nicht schnell genug zirkulieren."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -18001,7 +20628,8 @@
+ "ziehen. Natürlich können Sie den Laptop auch einfach nicht auf Ihren "
+ "Oberschenkeln abstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+@@ -18013,17 +20641,20 @@
+ "dies der Grund dafür sein. Falls Ihr Rechner überhitzt, müssen Sie ihn "
+ "wahrscheinlich zur Reparatur bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr "Das vollständige Entladen schädigt den Akku."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Warum wird mein Rechner abgeschaltet oder in den Ruhezustand versetzt, wenn "
+ "ich den Deckel schließe?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -18037,7 +20668,8 @@
+ "könnte. Würde der Akku sich einfach komplett entladen, hätte der Rechner "
+ "nicht genug Zeit, ordnungsgemäß herunterzufahren."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -18047,13 +20679,15 @@
+ "turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können festlegen, was passieren soll, wenn der Akkuladestand niedrig "
+-"ist, indem Sie die Einstellungen zur <gui>Leistung</gui> in der "
+-"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht öffnen. Sie können sich entscheiden, ob der "
+-"Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetzt oder ausgeschaltet werden soll; wenn Sie "
+-"sich für das Ausschalten entscheiden, werden Ihre Anwendungen und Dokumente "
+-"<em>nicht</em> gespeichert, bevor der Rechner ausgeschaltet wird."
++"ist, indem Sie die Einstellungen zur <app>Leistung</app> in der "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht öffnen. Schauen Sie sich die <gui>Wenn der "
++"Strom kritisch niedrig ist</gui> Einstellung an. Sie können entscheiden, ob "
++"der Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetzt oder ausgeschaltet werden soll; wenn "
++"Sie sich für das Ausschalten entscheiden, werden Ihre Anwendungen und "
++"Dokumente <em>nicht</em> gespeichert, bevor der Rechner ausgeschaltet wird."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -18069,7 +20703,8 @@
+ "diese <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">Probleme mit dem Ruhezustand beheben</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+@@ -18077,13 +20712,15 @@
+ "Einige Funknetzwerkgeräte haben Probleme, wenn der Rechner in den "
+ "Ruhezustand versetzt wurde und nicht richtig aufgeweckt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ich habe keine Funknetzwerkverbindung, wenn ich meinen Rechner aus einem "
+ "Energiesparmodus aufwecke"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -18100,28 +20737,35 @@
+ "hat zur Folge, dass die Funknetzwerkverbindung nach dem Aufwachen nicht "
+ "hergestellt werden kann."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Versuchen Sie in diesem Fall, das Funknetzwerk aus- und wieder einzuschalten:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Netzwerk</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Drahtlos</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Versuchen Sie, das Funknetzwerk aus- und wieder einzuschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -18129,7 +20773,8 @@
+ "Falls das Funknetzwerk noch immer nicht funktioniert, schalten Sie den "
+ "<gui>Flugzeugmodus</gui> aus und wieder ein"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+@@ -18137,7 +20782,8 @@
+ "Falls dies nicht funktioniert, sollte ein Neustart des Rechners die "
+ "Funkverbindung wiederherstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+@@ -18145,24 +20791,28 @@
+ "Ihr Rechner wird funktionieren, aber Sie werden möglicherweise ein anderes "
+ "Stromversorgungskabel oder einen Reiseadapter benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wird mein Rechner an einem Netzanschluss eines anderen Landes funktionieren?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+ "should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
+ "an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Verschiedene Länder nutzen verschiedene Netzspannungen (meist 110V oder 220–"
+-"240V) und Frequenzen (50 oder 60 Hz). Ihr Rechner sollte auch am Stromnetz "
+-"eines anderen Landes funktionieren, sofern Sie einen entsprechenden "
+-"Netzadapter haben. Vielleicht genügt es auch, einen Schalter umzulegen."
++"Verschiedene Länder nutzen verschiedene Netzspannungen (meist 110V oder "
++"220–240V) und Frequenzen (50 oder 60 Hz). Ihr Rechner sollte auch am "
++"Stromnetz eines anderen Landes funktionieren, sofern Sie einen "
++"entsprechenden Netzadapter haben. Vielleicht genügt es auch, einen Schalter "
++"umzulegen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+@@ -18175,15 +20825,16 @@
+ "nicht, können Sie den mitgelieferten Stecker über einen Reiseadapter mit der "
+ "Steckdose verbinden."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Bei einem Arbeitsplatzrechner können Sie ebenfalls ein Kabel mit einem "
+ "anderen Stecker verwenden oder einen Reiseadapter verwenden. In diesem Fall "
+@@ -18194,7 +20845,8 @@
+ "kleiner Schalter (zum Beispiel) mit den Beschriftungen »110V« oder »230V« "
+ "befinden. Stellen Sie diesen falls nötig um."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+@@ -18202,37 +20854,42 @@
+ "Seien Sie vorsichtig, wenn Sie Netzkabel wechseln oder Reiseadapter "
+ "verwenden. Schalten Sie alles aus, wenn möglich."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Manche Hardware-Komponenten verursachen Probleme mit Bereitschaft oder "
+ "Ruhezustand."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Warum wacht mein Rechner nicht mehr auf, nachdem ich ihn in Bereitschaft "
+ "versetzt habe?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+ "back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
+ "because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner in den Schlafmodus (in <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+-"\">Bereitschaft</link>) oder in den <link xref=\"power-hibernate"
+-"\">Ruhezustand</link> versetzen und dann versuchen, ihn wieder aufzuwecken "
+-"oder einzuschalten, kann es sein, dass das nicht so funktioniert wie "
+-"erwartet. Das könnte daran liegen, dass die Bereitschaft/der Ruhezustand von "
+-"Ihrer Hardware nicht richtig unterstützt wird."
++"Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner in den Schlafmodus (in <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">Bereitschaft</link>) oder in den <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">Ruhezustand</link> versetzen und dann versuchen, ihn wieder "
++"aufzuwecken oder einzuschalten, kann es sein, dass das nicht so funktioniert "
++"wie erwartet. Das könnte daran liegen, dass die Bereitschaft/der Ruhezustand "
++"von Ihrer Hardware nicht richtig unterstützt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr "Mein Rechner ist in Bereitschaft und wacht nicht mehr auf"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+@@ -18245,7 +20902,8 @@
+ "passiert, versuchen Sie die Ein-/Ausschalttaste zu drücken (nicht gedrückt "
+ "halten, nur einmal drücken)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+@@ -18254,10 +20912,11 @@
+ "eingeschaltet ist, und versuchen Sie es noch einmal mit einem Tastendruck "
+ "auf der Tastatur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+ "should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Als letzten Ausweg schalten Sie den Rechner aus, indem Sie die Ein-/"
+@@ -18265,7 +20924,8 @@
+ "nicht gespeicherte Arbeit verlieren, aber Sie sollten dann wieder in der "
+ "Lage sein, den Rechner einzuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+@@ -18273,7 +20933,8 @@
+ "Falls das jedes Mal passiert, wenn Sie den Rechner in den Schlafmodus "
+ "schicken, dann funktioniert wohl die Bereitschaft nicht mit Ihrer Hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+@@ -18282,22 +20943,24 @@
+ "Stromversorgung bereitsteht (zum Beispiel ein funktionierender Akku), dann "
+ "wird er ausgeschaltet."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Meine Anwendungen/Dokumente sind nicht geöffnet, wenn ich den Rechner wieder "
+ "einschalte"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetzt und dann wieder "
+ "eingeschaltet haben, aber keines Ihrer Dokumente und keine Ihrer Anwendungen "
+@@ -18309,7 +20972,8 @@
+ "gestartet werden musste; in diesem Fall könnte der Rechner ausgeschaltet "
+ "worden sein, statt in den Ruhezustand zu wechseln."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -18325,7 +20989,8 @@
+ "nicht, handelt es sich vermutlich um ein Problem mit den Treibern für Ihren "
+ "Rechner."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+@@ -18333,13 +20998,14 @@
+ "Meine kabellose Verbindung (oder andere Hardware) funktioniert nicht, wenn "
+ "ich meinen Rechner aufwecke"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner in den Schlafmodus oder Ruhezustand versetzen und "
+ "dann wieder aufwecken, kann es sein, dass die Internetverbindung, die Maus "
+@@ -18348,7 +21014,8 @@
+ "unterstützt. Das ist ein <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">Problem mit dem "
+ "Treiber</link> und nicht mit dem Gerät selbst."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+@@ -18361,7 +21028,8 @@
+ "stecken Sie das Gerät aus und dann wieder ein und sehen Sie, ob es wieder "
+ "funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+@@ -18370,17 +21038,20 @@
+ "geholfen hat, müssen Sie den Rechner wohl neu starten, um das Gerät wieder "
+ "in Gang zu bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Bereitschaft versetzt Ihren Rechner in einen Energiesparmodus, so dass er "
+ "weniger Strom verbraucht."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "Was passiert, wenn ich den Rechner in Bereitschaft versetze?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -18397,7 +21068,8 @@
+ "oder Mausklick aufwecken. Falls das nicht funktioniert, versuchen Sie die "
+ "Ein-/Ausschalttaste zu betätigen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+@@ -18410,13 +21082,15 @@
+ "eine gute Idee, die Bereitschaft auf Ihrem Rechner auf ihre "
+ "Funktionsfähigkeit hin zu überprüfen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Speichern Sie immer Ihre Arbeit, bevor Sie den Rechner in Bereitschaft "
+ "versetzen"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -18427,7 +21101,8 @@
+ "und Dokumente nicht wiederhergestellt werden können, wenn Sie den Rechner "
+ "wieder einschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+@@ -18435,11 +21110,13 @@
+ "Wenn Ihr Laptop mit dem Akku betrieben wird, dann wird der Bildschirm bei "
+ "Untätigkeit abgedunkelt, um Energie zu sparen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr "Warum wird mein Bildschirm nach einer Weile dunkler?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+@@ -18449,11 +21126,13 @@
+ "Untätigkeit abgedunkelt, um Energie zu sparen. Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner dann "
+ "wieder bedienen, wird der Bildschirm wieder aufgehellt."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr "Sie können die automatische Abdunklung des Bildschirms verhindern:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+@@ -18461,15 +21140,18 @@
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Helligkeit und Sperren</gui> und deaktivieren Sie "
+ "<gui>Bildschirm abdunkeln, um Energie zu sparen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr "Lose Kabel und Hardwareprobleme sind häufig mögliche Gründe dafür."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr "Mein Rechner lässt sich nicht einschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+@@ -18477,11 +21159,14 @@
+ "Es gibt eine Reihe von Gründen, weshalb sich Ihr Rechner nicht einschalten "
+ "lässt. Dieses Thema gibt einen kurzen Überblick über mögliche Gründe."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+-msgstr "Rechner nicht eingeschaltet, leerer Akku oder nicht eingesteckte Kabel"
++msgstr ""
++"Rechner nicht eingeschaltet, leerer Akku oder nicht eingesteckte Kabel"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -18497,11 +21182,13 @@
+ "leer ist). Sie können auch überprüfen, ob der Akku richtig sitzt (sehen Sie "
+ "auf der Unterseite des Laptops nach), falls er herausnehmbar ist."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Problem mit der Hardware des Rechners"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+@@ -18513,11 +21200,13 @@
+ "Fehlerursachen sind u.a. ein defektes Netzteil, ungeeignete Komponenten (wie "
+ "der Speicher/RAM) und ein Versagen der Hauptplatine."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr "Der Rechner gibt einen Warnton aus und schaltet sich dann ab"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -18535,20 +21224,23 @@
+ "also das Handbuch der Hauptplatine Ihres Rechners zu Hilfe ziehen oder den "
+ "Rechner zur Reparatur bringen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Lüfter des Rechners drehen sich, aber auf dem Bildschirm ist nichts zu "
+ "sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie zuerst, ob Ihr Bildschirm korrekt angeschlossen und "
+ "eingeschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+@@ -18559,99 +21251,119 @@
+ "erforderliche Teile Ihres Rechners dies vielleicht nicht tun. Bringen Sie "
+ "Ihren Rechner in diesem Fall zur Reparatur."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power "
+-"off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Bereitschaft</link>, <link xref=\"power-off"
+-"\">Ausschalten</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">Bildschirm abdunkeln</"
+-"link> …"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspendieren</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">Schirm "
++"abblenden</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Energie und Akkus"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Akkueinstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Energieprobleme"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr "Problemlösungen mit Stromversorgung und Akkus."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>…"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Hintergrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">Größe und Drehung</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">Helligkeit</link> …"
++"resolution\">Größe und Drehung</link>, Helligkeit…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Anzeige und Bildschirm"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprache</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">Region und Formate</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts"
+-"\">Tastaturbelegungen</link> …"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprache</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">Region und Formate</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">Tastaturbelegungen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tastatur</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">Maus</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">Anzeige</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">Sprachen</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">Benutzerkonten</link> …"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">Anzeige</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">Sprachen</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">Benutzerkonten</"
++"link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Benutzer- und Systemeinstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr "Drucken auf beide Seiten des Papiers oder mehrere Seiten pro Blatt."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr "Beidseitiger Druck und mehrseitige Anordnungen"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr "So drucken Sie auf beide Seiten jedes Blattes:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+@@ -18662,7 +21374,8 @@
+ "Falls diese Option nicht verfügbar ist, dann ist beidseitiges Drucken für "
+ "Ihren Drucker nicht verfügbar."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+@@ -18671,7 +21384,8 @@
+ "schlechte Idee, mit Ihrem Drucker ein wenig zu experimentieren und zu "
+ "schauen, wie es funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+@@ -18679,7 +21393,8 @@
+ "Sie können auch mehr als eine Seite des Dokuments pro <em>Blatt</em> Papier "
+ "drucken. Verwenden Sie dazu die Einstellung <gui>Seiten pro Blatt</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+@@ -18688,7 +21403,8 @@
+ "Die Verfügbarkeit dieser Optionen ist abhängig von der Art des Druckers, "
+ "sowie von der genutzten Anwendung. Diese Option ist nicht immer verfügbar."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+@@ -18696,11 +21412,13 @@
+ "Drucken einer gefalteten Broschüre mit mehreren Seiten in den Formaten A4 "
+ "oder US-Letter."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr "Gefaltete Broschüren drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+@@ -18710,16 +21428,20 @@
+ "Sie die Seiten eines Dokuments in einer besonderen Reihenfolge drucken und "
+ "einige Druckeinstellungen anpassen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Diese Anweisungen beziehen sich auf das Drucken einer Broschüre aus einem "
+ "PDF-Dokument."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+@@ -18732,11 +21454,13 @@
+ "Seitenzahl Ihres Dokuments muss ein Vielfaches von 4 sein (4, 8, 12, 16, …), "
+ "wobei Sie bis zu drei leere Seiten hinzufügen müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr "So drucken Sie eine Broschüre:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -18744,8 +21468,9 @@
+ "Gehen Sie zum Reiter <gui>Allgemein</gui>. Unter <em>Bereich</em> wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Seiten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+@@ -18753,32 +21478,41 @@
+ "Geben Sie die Seitennummern in dieser Reihenfolge ein, wobei n die "
+ "Gesamtzahl der Seiten ist und a ein Vielfaches von 4:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr "Beispielsweise:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr "4-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie <input>4,1,2,3</input> ein"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr "8-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> ein"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+@@ -18786,11 +21520,13 @@
+ "20-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input> ein"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Wechseln Sie nun zum Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+@@ -18798,60 +21534,73 @@
+ "Wählen Sie für <gui>Beidseitig</gui> unter <em>Layout</em> die Option "
+ "<gui>Kurzer Rand (Umdrehen)</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>2</gui> im Menü <gui>Seiten pro Blatt</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Links nach rechts</gui> im Menü <gui>Reihenfolge</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Drucken</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr "Eine Broschüre auf einem einseitigen Drucker ausgeben"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr "So drucken Sie:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Allgemein</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr "In <em>Bereich</em> wählen Sie <gui>Seiten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr "… bis Sie alle Seiten eingegeben haben."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"12-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> ein"
++"12-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> "
++"ein"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "16-seitige Broschüre: Geben Sie "
+ "<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> ein"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+@@ -18859,16 +21608,19 @@
+ "Wählen Sie unter <em>Layout</em> im Menü <gui>Beidseitig</gui> die "
+ "Einstellung <gui>Einseitig</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>2</gui> im Menü <gui>Seiten pro Blatt</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Ungerade Seiten</gui> im Menü <gui>Beschränken auf</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+@@ -18876,27 +21628,32 @@
+ "Sobald alle Seiten gedruckt wurden, drehen Sie den Papierstapel um und legen "
+ "ihn wieder in den Drucker ein."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Gerade Seiten</gui> im Menü <gui>Beschränken auf</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Drucken einer gefalteten Broschüre mit mehreren Seiten in den Formaten A4 "
+ "oder US-Letter."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr "Eine Broschüre drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr "Sie können eine Broschüre aus einem PDF drucken."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+@@ -18906,7 +21663,8 @@
+ "Sie die entsprechende Anzahl leerer Seiten hinzu (1, 2, oder 3). Gehen Sie "
+ "dazu folgendermaßen vor:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+@@ -18914,7 +21672,8 @@
+ "Erstellen Sie ein <app>LibreOffice</app>-Dokument mit der Anzahl der "
+ "benötigten leeren Seiten (1-3)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -18922,7 +21681,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Als PDF exportieren …</gui></"
+ "guiseq>, um die leeren Seiten in ein PDF zu exportieren."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+@@ -18931,43 +21691,102 @@
+ "<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> oder <app>PDF Mod</app> ein, wobei Sie die leeren "
+ "Seiten am Ende anfügen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+-msgstr "Wählen Sie den zu verwendenden Druckertyp aus nachfolgender Liste aus:"
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie den zu verwendenden Druckertyp aus nachfolgender Liste aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einen ausstehenden Druckauftrag abbrechen und aus der Warteschlange "
+ "entfernen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "Druckauftrag abbrechen, anhalten oder freigeben"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können einen ausstehenden Druckauftrag abbrechen und aus der "
++"Warteschlange in den Drucker-Einstellungen entfernen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Einen Druckauftrag abbrechen"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie unabsichtlich den Druck eines Dokuments gestartet haben, können "
+-"Sie den Druck abbrechen, um nicht unnötig Tinte und Papier zu verbrauchen. "
+-"Klicken Sie auf das Drucker-Symbol im oberen Panel und anschließend auf "
+-"<gui>Abbrechen</gui>."
++"Wenn Sie versehentlich das Drucken eines Dokuments gestartet haben, können "
++"Sie den Druckauftrag abbrechen, so dass Sie nicht Tinte oder Papier "
++"verschwenden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "Einen Druckauftrag abbrechen:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Drucker</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Jobs Anzeigen</gui> Schalter auf der rechten Seite "
++"des <gui>Drucker</gui> Dialogs."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls dadurch der Druckvorgang entgegen aller Erwartungen nicht abgebrochen "
+-"wird, versuchen Sie, die <gui>Abbrechen</gui>-Taste an Ihrem Drucker "
+-"gedrückt zu halten."
++"Brechen Sie den Druckauftrag ab, indem Sie auf den Stopp-Schalter auf den "
++"Play-Pause-Stop-Symbolen klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn dies den Druckauftrag nicht wie erwartet abbricht, versuchen Sie den "
++"<gui>Cancel</gui> Knopf auf Ihrem Drucker niedergedrückt zu halten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -18981,7 +21800,8 @@
+ "Druckvorgang daraufhin abbrechen. Nun können Sie versuchen, den Druckvorgang "
+ "erneut abzubrechen oder den Drucker aus- und wieder einzuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+@@ -18991,17 +21811,46 @@
+ "kräftig am Papier ziehen müssten, um es zu entfernen, dann sollten Sie es "
+ "doch lieber dort lassen, wo es ist.\""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "Druckauftrag anhalten und freigeben"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie einen Druckauftrag anhalten oder freigeben möchten, können Sie dies "
++"tun, indem Sie in den Auftrags-Dialog in den Druckereinstellungen gehen und "
++"dort auf den entsprechende Schalter klicken."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Jobs Anzeigen</gui> Schalter auf der rechten Seite "
++"des <gui>Drucker</gui> Dialogs wo Sie den Druckauftrag auf der Grundlage "
++"Ihrer Bedürfnisse entweder anhalten oder freigeben können."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Dokument auf eine andere Papiergröße oder in einer anderen Ausrichtung "
+ "drucken."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Papiergröße beim Drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+@@ -19011,15 +21860,19 @@
+ "ein PDF im US-Letter-Format auf A4 zu drucken, können Sie das Druckformat "
+ "für dieses Dokument ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+@@ -19027,13 +21880,15 @@
+ "Wählen Sie in der Spalte <em>Papier</em> Ihre <em>Papiergröße</em> in der "
+ "Auswahlliste aus."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Drucken</gui>, woraufhin Ihr Dokument gedruckt werden "
+ "sollte."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+@@ -19041,23 +21896,28 @@
+ "Sie können auch das Menü <gui>Ausrichtung</gui> verwenden, um eine andere "
+ "Ausrichtung zu wählen:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Hochformat"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Querformat"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Kopfstehendes Hochformat"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Kopfstehendes Querformat"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+@@ -19065,11 +21925,13 @@
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Briefumschlag/das Etikett richtig herum liegt "
+ "und Sie die richtige Papiergröße eingestellt haben."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Umschläge und Etiketten bedrucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+@@ -19079,19 +21941,21 @@
+ "direkt zu bedrucken. Dies ist z.B. besonders dann nützlich, wenn Sie viele "
+ "Briefe verschicken möchten."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Umschläge bedrucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um einen Briefumschlag zu bedrucken, müssen Sie zwei Dinge überprüfen. Als "
+ "erstes, stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihr Drucker die Größe des Umschlags kennt. "
+@@ -19103,7 +21967,8 @@
+ "die Größe vermerkt. Die meisten Umschläge werden in Standardformaten "
+ "vertrieben."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+@@ -19116,27 +21981,32 @@
+ "gedruckt wird, um herauszufinden, wie herum Sie die Umschläge einlegen "
+ "müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einige Drucker sind nicht zum Bedrucken von Umschlägen geeignet, "
+ "insbesondere einige Laserdrucker. Schauen Sie im Handbuch Ihres Druckers "
+ "nach, ob dieser Umschläge akzeptiert. Anderenfalls könnten Sie Ihren Drucker "
+ "beschädigen, wenn Sie versuchen, Umschläge einzulegen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die verbliebene Tinten- oder Tonermenge in Druckerkartuschen feststellen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr "Wie kann ich den Tinten/Toner-Stand meines Druckers feststellen?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+@@ -19146,7 +22016,8 @@
+ "vom Modell und Hersteller Ihres Druckers ab sowie von den Treibern und "
+ "Anwendungen, die auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind. "
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+@@ -19154,7 +22025,8 @@
+ "Manche Drucker haben ein eingebautes Display, um den Tintenstand und andere "
+ "Informationen anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+@@ -19165,13 +22037,14 @@
+ "Andere Hersteller stellen unter Umständen proprietäre Treiber mit ähnlichem "
+ "Funktionsumfang bereit."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alternativ können Sie eine Anwendung installieren, die den Tintenstand "
+ "überwacht. <app>Inkblot</app> zeigt den Tintenstand vieler HP-, Epson und "
+@@ -19180,7 +22053,8 @@
+ "ob auch Ihr Drucker dabei ist. Eine andere Tintenstandsanwendung für Epson- "
+ "und einige andere Drucker ist <app>mktink</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+ "designed to report their ink levels."
+@@ -19188,19 +22062,103 @@
+ "Manche Drucker werden unter Linux nicht gut unterstützt und andere geben von "
+ "Haus aus keine Informationen über den Tintenstand heraus."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Ändern Sie den Namen oder Ort eines Druckers in den Druckereinstellungen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "Ändern Sie den Namen oder Ort eines Druckers"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können den Namen oder Ort eines Druckers in den Druckereinstellungen "
++"ändern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie benötigen Systemverwalterrechte, um den Namen oder Ort eines Druckers zu "
++"ändern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "Druckername ändern"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie den Namen einers Druckers ändern wollen gehen Sie wie folgt vor:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <key>Entsperren</key> in der oberen rechten Ecke "
++"und geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Durch einen Klick auf den Namen starten Sie die Bearbeitung des Namens des "
++"Druckers."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "Drücken Sie die <key>Eingabe</key>, um die Änderungen zu speichern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "Änderung Drucker-Standort"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "Um den Ort Ihres Druckers zu ändern:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++"Durch einen Klick auf den Ort starten Sie die Bearbeitung des Ortes des "
++"Druckers."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
+ msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr "Zusammenführen und die Reihenfolge beim Drucken umkehren."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr "Drucken von Seiten in einer anderen Reihenfolge"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr "Rückwärts"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+@@ -19211,24 +22169,28 @@
+ "übereinander liegen, wenn Sie diese aus dem Drucker entnehmen. Falls "
+ "gewünscht, können Sie diese Druckreihenfolge umkehren."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr "So kehren Sie die Reihenfolge um:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aktivieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Umkehren</gui> im Reiter <gui>Allgemein</"
+-"gui> des Druckfensters unter <em>Kopien</em>. Die letzte Seite wird zuerst "
+-"gedruckt usw."
++"Im Tab <gui>Allgemein</gui> des Druckfensters unter <em>Kopien</em> "
++"Aktivieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Umkehren</gui>. Die letzte Seite wird "
++"zuerst gedruckt usw."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Zusammentragen"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -19242,19 +22204,22 @@
+ "stattdessen in zusammengehörigen Gruppen und der richtigen Reihenfolge "
+ "ausgegeben. "
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "So lassen Sie zusammentragen:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Zusammentragen</gui> im Reiter "
+-"<gui>Allgemein</gui> des Druckfensters unter <em>Kopien</em> aus."
++"Im Tab <gui>Allgemein</gui> des Druckfensters unter <em>Kopien</em> wählen "
++"Sie das Ankreuzfeld <gui>Zusammentragen</gui> aus."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+@@ -19262,17 +22227,20 @@
+ "Wie Sie einen Papierstau beheben, ist abhängig von der Marke und dem Modell "
+ "Ihres Druckers."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Einen Papierstau beheben"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Manchmal ziehen Drucker Blätter falsch ein und verursachen so einen "
+ "Papierstau."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+@@ -19284,7 +22252,8 @@
+ "öffnen, um den Papierstau zu sehen, und dann fest (aber vorsichtig!) das "
+ "aufgestaute Papier aus dem Druckereinzug herausziehen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+@@ -19296,40 +22265,46 @@
+ "aufzunehmen. Bei einigen Druckern müssen Sie diese sogar aus- und wieder "
+ "einschalten und dann den Druckauftrag erneut senden."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nur bestimmte Seiten drucken, oder nur einen bestimmten Bereich an "
+ "Seitenzahlen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr "Nur bestimmte Seiten drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "So drucken Sie nur bestimmte Seiten eines Dokuments:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie im Reiter <gui>Allgemein</gui> des Druckfensters <gui>Seiten</"
+-"gui> im Abschnitt <gui>Bereich</gui>."
++"Im Tab <gui>Allgemein</gui> des <gui>Druck</gui> Fensters wählen Sie "
++"<gui>Seiten</gui> im Abschnitt <gui>Bereich</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+@@ -19337,7 +22312,8 @@
+ "Geben Sie die zu druckenden Seitennummern in das Textfeld ein, durch Kommata "
+ "getrennt. Verwenden Sie einen Bindestrich, um einen Seitenbereich anzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+@@ -19345,15 +22321,18 @@
+ "Wenn Sie zum Beispiel »1,3,5-7,9« in das <gui>Seiten</gui>-Textfeld "
+ "eingeben, werden die Seiten 1,3,5,6,7 und 9 gedruckt."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Drucker, den Sie am häufigsten verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Den Standarddrucker einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+@@ -19362,26 +22341,24 @@
+ "Standarddrucker einrichten. Wählen Sie den Drucker, den Sie am häufigsten "
+ "verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie benötigen Systemverwalterrechte, um den Standarddrucker für Ihr System "
+ "festzulegen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Drucker</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie den gewünschten Standarddrucker aus der Liste der verfügbaren "
+ "Drucker."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+@@ -19389,11 +22366,33 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Entsperren</gui> in der oberen rechten Ecke "
+ "und geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie die Option <gui>Vorgabe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"Bei der Auswahl aus der Liste der verfügbaren Drucker können Sie die Drucker-"
++"Suchergebnisse durch Angabe des Namens oder des Standortes des Druckers "
++"filtern (zB <input>1. Stock</input> oder <input>Eingang</input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"Die Suchergebnisse zu filtern steht nur im Dialog zum Hinzufügen neuer "
++"Drucker zur Verfügung."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+@@ -19402,15 +22401,19 @@
+ "Standarddrucker verwendet, es sei denn, Sie wählen für die Ausgabe einen "
+ "anderen Drucker."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+-msgstr "Richten Sie einen Drucker ein, der an Ihrem Rechner angeschlossen ist."
++msgstr ""
++"Richten Sie einen Drucker ein, der an Ihrem Rechner angeschlossen ist."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr "Eine lokalen Drucker einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+@@ -19419,11 +22422,22 @@
+ "Ihr System erkennt viele Drucker automatisch, wenn sie angeschlossen werden. "
+ "Die meisten Drucker werden über ein USB-Kabel mit Ihrem Rechner verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie brauchen jetzt nicht auszuwählen, ob Sie einen Netzwerk- oder lokalen "
++"Drucker installieren möchten. Sie werden in einem Fenster aufgelistet."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Drucker eingeschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+@@ -19434,18 +22448,20 @@
+ "Treibern sucht, und evtl. werden Sie aufgefordert, die Installation mit "
+ "Ihrem Passwort zu bestätigen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+ "gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn die Installation des Druckers abgeschlossen ist, erscheint eine "
+-"Mitteilung. Wählen Sie <gui>Testseite drucken</gui>, um eine Testseite zu "
+-"drucken, oder <gui>Konfigurieren</gui>, um weitere Druckereinstellungen "
+-"anzupassen."
++"Eine Meldung wird angezeigt, wenn das System mit der Installation des "
++"Druckers fertig ist. Wählen Sie <gui>Testseite drucken</gui>, um eine "
++"Testseite zu drucken, oder <gui>Optionen</gui>, um weitere Änderungen im "
++"Drucker Setup zu machen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+@@ -19453,28 +22469,20 @@
+ "Falls Ihr Drucker nicht automatisch eingerichtet wurde, können Sie ihn in "
+ "der Druckereinstellungen hinzufügen."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-"password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <key>Entsperren</key> in der oberen rechten Ecke "
+-"und geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das <gui>+</gui>-Symbol."
++msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das <key>+</key> Symbol."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie <gui>Lokal</gui> auf der linken Seite des erscheinenden Fensters "
+-"und Ihren neuen Drucker auf der rechten Seite. Klicken Sie auf "
++"Im Pop-up-Fenster wählen Sie Ihren neuen Drucker aus und klicken "
+ "<gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:73(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+@@ -19482,7 +22490,8 @@
+ "Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht im Drucker-Hinzufügen-Dialog auftaucht, müssen Sie "
+ "vielleicht erst Druckertreiber installieren."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:81(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+@@ -19490,7 +22499,8 @@
+ "Nach der Installation des Druckers möchten Sie vielleicht <link xref="
+ "\"printing-setup-default-printer\">den Standarddrucker ändern</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+@@ -19498,13 +22508,15 @@
+ "Falls Ihre Ausdrucke Streifen aufweisen, Farben verblassen bzw. ganz fehlen, "
+ "überprüfen Sie die Tintenfüllstände oder reinigen Sie den Druckkopf."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Warum sind auf meinen Ausdrucken Streifen, Linien oder falsche Farben zu "
+ "sehen?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+@@ -19514,11 +22526,13 @@
+ "sollten, oder die Qualität anderweitig gemindert wird, liegt entweder ein "
+ "Problem mit dem Drucker vor oder die Tinten-/Tonerfüllstände sind niedrig."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Verblasster Text oder verblasste Bilder"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19526,11 +22540,13 @@
+ "Ihr Tinten-/Tonervorrat könnte zur Neige gehen. Überprüfen Sie die "
+ "Füllstände und kaufen Sie eine neue Kartusche, falls nötig."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Streifen und Linien"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+@@ -19540,11 +22556,13 @@
+ "teilweise blockiert sein. Versuchen Sie den Druckkopf zu reinigen "
+ "(Anweisungen zur Reinigung finden Sie im Handbuch des Druckers)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Falsche Farben"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19552,11 +22570,13 @@
+ "Der Tinten-/Tonervorrat einer Farbe könnte zur Neige gehen. Überprüfen Sie "
+ "die Füllstände und kaufen Sie eine neue Kartusche, falls nötig."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr "Gezackte oder ungerade Linien"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+@@ -19565,80 +22585,179 @@
+ "Wenn Linien auf Ihrem Ausdruck gezackt sind, obwohl sie gerade sein sollten, "
+ "müssen Sie eventuell den Druckkopf neu ausrichten. Werfen Sie einen Blick in "
+ "das Handbuch Ihres Druckers, um herauszufinden, wie Sie dazu vorgehen müssen."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Speichern eines Documentes als eine PDF, Postscript oder SVG Datei statt es "
++"zu einem Drucker zu senden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "In eine Datei drucken"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können auswählen ein Dokument in eine Datei auszugeben, anstatt sie an "
++"einen Drucker zur Ausgabe zu senden. Drucken in Datei erstellt eine "
++"<sys>PDF</sys>, eine <sys>Postscript</sys> oder ein <sys>SVG</sys> Datei, "
++"die das Dokument enthält. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie das Dokument auf "
++"einen anderen Computer übertragen oder es mit jemandem teilen wollen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"Öffnen Sie den Druckdialog. Dies kann in der Regel getan werden durch <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> im Menü oder mit der <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> Tastenkombination."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie <gui>Drucken in Datei</gui> unter <gui>Drucker</gui> im <gui "
++"style=\"tab\">General</gui> Tab."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"Um den Standard-Dateinamen und wo die Datei gespeichert wird zu ändern "
++"klicken Sie auf den Dateinamen unter der Drucker Auswahl. Klicken <gui style="
++"\"button\">Auswahl</gui>, wenn Sie mit der Auswahl fertig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> ist der Standard-Dateityp für das Dokument. Wenn Sie ein "
++"anderes <gui>Ausgabeformat</gui> verwenden möchten, wählen Sie entweder "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> oder <sys>SVG</sys>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihre anderen Seiten-Präferenzen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> um die Datei zu speichern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Lokale Einstellungen</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing-order\">Reihenfolge und Zusammentragen</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing-2sided\">beidseitig und mehrere Seiten pro Blatt</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr "Einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Einen Drucker einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Größen und Formate"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Unterschiedliche Papiergrößen und Formate"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr "Nicht erkannte Drucker, Papierstaus, falsche Ausdrucke …"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Probleme beim Drucken"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
+-"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history"
+-"\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash &amp; "
+-"temporary files</link> . . ."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Bildschirmsperre</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"privacy-name-visibility\">Name und Sichtbarkeit</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"privacy-history\">Verwendung und Chronik</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
+-"\">Papierkorb leeren und temporäre Dateien löschen</link> …"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Schirm Lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; Sichtbarkeit</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"history-recent-off\">Verwendungs-Geschichte</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"purge\"> Löschen Mist &amp; temporäre Dateien</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
+ msgid "Privacy Settings"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen zur Privatsphäre"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
+ "certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
+ "settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die <em>Privatsphäre-Einstellungen</em> in GNOME helfen Ihnen festzulegen, "
+-"ob bestimmte Teile Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung für andere sichtbar sind oder "
+-"nicht. Sie können diese Einstellungen auch verwenden, um die während der "
++"ob bestimmte Teile Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung für andere sichtbar sind oder nicht."
++" Sie können diese Einstellungen auch verwenden, um die während der "
+ "Rechnernutzung gespeicherte Chronik zu leeren und nicht mehr benötigte "
+ "Dateien zu löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
+ msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+ msgstr "Benachrichtigungen nicht anzeigen, wenn der Bildschirm gesperrt ist"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Hide notifications"
+ msgstr "Benachrichtigungen verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
+ "screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
+@@ -19652,24 +22771,28 @@
+ "Benachrichtigung auf Ihrem Bildschirm. Der Nachrichtentext erscheint, obwohl "
+ "Ihr Bildschirm gesperrt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie möchten vielleicht dieses Funktionsmerkmal ausschalten, um die "
+ "Nachrichten privat zu halten."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So schalten Sie Benachrichtigungen aus, wenn Ihr Bildschirm gesperrt ist:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
+ msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im <gui>oberen Panel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+@@ -19677,21 +22800,26 @@
+ "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui> <gui>Privatsphäre</"
+ "gui><gui>Bildschirmsperre</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+-msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Benachrichtigungen anzeigen</gui> auf <gui>AUS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Stellen Sie <gui>Benachrichtigungen anzeigen</gui> auf <gui>AUS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
+ msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hindern Sie Ihren Rechner daran, eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien "
+ "zu führen."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
+ msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+ msgstr "Die Verfolgung der Dateiänderungen ausschalten"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
+ "that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
+@@ -19702,24 +22830,29 @@
+ "halten. So schalten Sie das Funktionsmerkmal des Verfolgens der Dateichronik "
+ "Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung aus:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></guiseq>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Einstellungen</gui><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Privatsphäre</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Verwendung und Chronik</gui></"
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Einstellungen</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privatsphäre</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Verwendung und Chronik</"
++"gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Zuletzt verwendet</gui> auf <gui>AUS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
+ "<gui>On</gui>."
+@@ -19727,7 +22860,8 @@
+ "Um dieses Funktionsmerkmal erneut zu aktivieren, setzen Sie den "
+ "Schieberegler <gui>Zuletzt verwendet</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
+ "the web sites you visit."
+@@ -19735,15 +22869,18 @@
+ "Diese Einstellung wirkt sich nicht darauf aus, wie Ihr Webbrowser die "
+ "Informationen über die besuchten Webseiten speichert."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
+ msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr "Ein Symbol statt Ihres Namens im oberen Panel anzeigen"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
+ msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr "Ihren Namen im oberen Panel verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
+ "hide your name to protect your privacy."
+@@ -19751,11 +22888,13 @@
+ "Ihr Name wird im <gui>oberen Panel</gui> standardmäßig angezeigt, aber Sie "
+ "können ihn verbergen, um Ihre Privatsphäre zu schützen."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
+ msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr "So können Sie auf Ihren Namen im <gui>oberen Panel</gui> verbergen:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
+ "Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -19763,7 +22902,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Einstellungen</gui><gui>Privatsphäre</gui> <gui>Name "
+ "und Sichtbarkeit</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
+ "in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+@@ -19771,7 +22911,8 @@
+ "Stellen Sie <gui>Unsichtbarer Modus</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui> oder stellen Sie "
+ "<gui>Vollen Namen in der oberen Leiste anzeigen</gui> auf <gui>AUS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
+ "name when your screen is locked."
+@@ -19779,7 +22920,8 @@
+ "Wenn Sie den <gui>Unsichtbaren Modus</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui> setzen, wird "
+ "auch Ihr voller Name verborgen, wenn der Bildschirm gesperrt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
+ "<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
+@@ -19791,7 +22933,8 @@
+ "verborgen ist, müssen Sie stattdessen auf das kleine "
+ "<gui>Benachrichtigungssymbol</gui> im <gui>oberen Panel</gui> klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19799,11 +22942,13 @@
+ "Stellen Sie ein, wie oft auf Ihrem Rechner der Papierkorb geleert und "
+ "temporäre Dateien gelöscht werden."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
+ msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+ msgstr "Papierkorb leeren und temporäre Dateien löschen"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
+ "files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
+@@ -19816,7 +22961,8 @@
+ "Dateien löschen, aber auch Ihren Rechner so einrichten, dass dies "
+ "automatisch erledigt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
+ "period of time:"
+@@ -19824,21 +22970,25 @@
+ "Leeren Sie den Papierkorb und löschen Sie temporäre Dateien automatisch nach "
+ "einer festgelegten Zeitspanne:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
+ msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im <gui>oberen Panel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
+ msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen</gui> und klicken Sie auf das "
+ "<gui>Privatsphäre</gui>-Symbol."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
+ msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Papierkorb leeren und temporäre Dateien</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
+ "Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+@@ -19846,20 +22996,24 @@
+ "Setzen Sie die Schieberegler <gui>Automatisch den Papierkorb leeren</gui> "
+ "oder <gui>Automatisch temporäre Dateien löschen</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
+ "em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Legen Sie mit dem Wert für <gui>Löschen nach</gui> fest, wie oft der "
+-"<em>Papierkorb</em> geleert und <em>Temporäre Dateien</em> gelöscht werden "
+-"sollen."
+-
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:40(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41(item/p)
++"Legen Sie fest, wie oft der <em>Papierkorb</em> geleert und <em>Temporäre "
++"Dateien</em> gelöscht werden sollen mit dem Wert für <gui>Löschen nach</gui>."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
+ msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Schließen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
+ "trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
+@@ -19872,7 +23026,8 @@
+ "viel schwieriger wiederherzustellen als solche, die sich im Papierkorb "
+ "befinden."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
+ "it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+@@ -19881,22 +23036,104 @@
+ "dem Papierkorb gelöscht werden müssen, sollten Sie den Wert für <gui>Löschen "
+ "nach</gui> lieber etwas höher ansetzen."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Verhindern Sie dass andere Personen Ihren Desktop verwenden, wenn Sie von "
++"Ihrem Computer weg sind."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "Automatische Sperre des Bildschirms"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer verlassen, sollten Sie den <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#lock-screen\">Bildschirm sperren</link>, um andere Menschen von der "
++"Verwendung Ihres Desktops und den Zugriff auf Ihre Dateien zu verhindern. "
++"Wenn Sie manchmal vergessen, Ihren Bildschirm zu sperren, können Sie auf "
++"Ihrem Computer die Bildschirmsperre automatisch nach einem festgelegten "
++"Zeitraum einschalten. Dies wird helfen, Ihren Computer zu sichern, wenn Sie "
++"ihn nicht benutzen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Ihr Bildschirm gesperrt ist, werden Ihre Anwendungen und System-"
++"Prozesse weiterlaufen aber Sie müssen Ihr Passwort eingeben um "
++"weiterzuarbeiten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"Um die Länge der Zeit einzustellen, bevor Ihr Bildschirm automatisch "
++"gesperrt wird:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Privatsphäre</gui><gui>Bildschirmsperre</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"Stellen Sie sicher dass <gui>Automatische Schirm Sperre</gui> eingeschaltet "
++"ist, wählen Sie dann eine Zeitspanne aus der Drop-down-Liste."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Ihr Bildschirm gesperrt ist, und Sie wollen ihn entsperren, drücken "
++"<key>Esc</key>, oder ziehen Sie die Maus vom unteren Rand des Bildschirms "
++"hinauf. Dann geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein und drücken Sie <key>Eingabe</key> "
++"oder klicken <gui>Entsperren</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
+ msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Foto oder Video Ihres Bildschirms aufnehmen, um zu zeigen, was auf Ihrem "
+ "Bildschirm passiert."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
+ msgid "2011"
+ msgstr "2011"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+ msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmfotos und Bildschirmaufzeichnungen"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+ "video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+@@ -19911,13 +23148,15 @@
+ "und Bildschirmaufzeichnungen sind gewöhnliche Bild- und Video-Dateien, die "
+ "per E-Mail versendet und im Internet zur Verfügung gestellt werden können."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Bildschirmfoto</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Bildschirmfoto</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</"
++"gui> Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+ "screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+@@ -19930,11 +23169,13 @@
+ "Bildschirmfoto ein Fenster auswählen oder etwas Anderes in Ihrer "
+ "Arbeitsumgebung tun müssen. Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Effekte aus."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Bildschirmfoto aufnehmen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+@@ -19944,7 +23185,8 @@
+ "gewünschten Aufnahmebereichs für das Bildschirmfoto und ziehen Sie einen "
+ "Kasten darum."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+@@ -19953,7 +23195,8 @@
+ "Dateinamen ein und wählen Sie aus, wo das Bildschirmfoto gespeichert werden "
+ "soll und bestätigen Sie mit <gui>Speichern</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+@@ -19966,11 +23209,13 @@
+ "andere Anwendung ein oder ziehen Sie das Vorschaubild des Bildschirmfotos in "
+ "die Anwendung."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+@@ -19978,12 +23223,14 @@
+ "Nehmen Sie schnell ein Foto Ihrer Arbeitsfläche, eines Fensters oder eines "
+ "Bereiches auf, indem Sie diese globalen Tastenkombinationen verwenden:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Drücken Sie <key>Druck</key>, um ein Foto der Arbeitsfläche aufzunehmen."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+@@ -19991,7 +23238,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq> zum Aufnehmen eines "
+ "Bildschirmfotos eines Fensters."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+@@ -19999,7 +23247,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq> zum Aufnehmen "
+ "eines Bildschirmfotos eines gewählten Bereiches."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+@@ -20009,7 +23258,8 @@
+ "Ihrem Bilderordner gespeichert. Der Dateiname beginnt mit »Bildschirmfoto« "
+ "und enthält das Datum und den Zeitpunkt der Aufnahme."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+@@ -20018,17 +23268,20 @@
+ "genannten Tastenkombinationen drücken, um das Bildschirmfoto in die "
+ "Zwischenablage zu kopieren, anstatt es zu speichern."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr "Eine Bildschirmaufzeichnung erstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können ein Foto oder Video Ihres Bildschirms aufnehmen, um zu zeigen, "
+ "was dort passiert:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+@@ -20037,7 +23290,8 @@
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq>, um mit der Aufzeichnung des Bildschirminhalts zu "
+ "beginnen."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+@@ -20045,7 +23299,8 @@
+ "Ein roter Kreis wird in der rechten unteren Ecke des Bildschirms angezeigt, "
+ "während aufgezeichnet wird. Dieses Symbol wird im Video nicht angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+@@ -20054,7 +23309,8 @@
+ "key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> erneut, um "
+ "die Aufzeichnung anzuhalten."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+ "starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+@@ -20063,16 +23319,19 @@
+ "beginnt mit »Bildschirmaufzeichnung« und enthält außerdem das Datum und den "
+ "Zeitpunkt der Aufnahme."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können sich an Ihrem System über ein Fingerabdruck-Lesegerät anmelden."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr "Anmelden per Fingerabdruck"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+@@ -20083,13 +23342,15 @@
+ "müssen über Systemverwalterrechte verfügen, um diese Schritte ausführen zu "
+ "können."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Zeichnen Sie zunächst einen Fingerabdruck auf, den das System zur "
+ "Identifikation verwenden kann."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+@@ -20100,7 +23361,8 @@
+ "Ihren Finger ein wenig, trocknen Sie ihn mit einem sauberen, faserfreien "
+ "Tuch und probieren Sie es erneut."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+@@ -20108,7 +23370,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und anschließend auf das Bild "
+ "neben Ihrem Namen, um das <gui>Benutzerkonten</gui>-Fenster zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+@@ -20116,18 +23379,21 @@
+ "Entsperren Sie Ihr Konto mit dem <gui>Entsperren</gui>-Knopf in der oberen "
+ "rechten Ecke im <gui>Benutzerkonto-Werkzeug</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie Ihr Passwort in der Eingabezeile ein."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die Option <gui>Deaktiviert</gui> neben <gui>Fingerabdruck-"
+ "Anmeldung</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+@@ -20137,7 +23403,8 @@
+ "Sie können Ihren rechten Zeigefinger, Ihren linken Zeigefinger oder einen "
+ "anderen Finger auswählen. Klicken Sie anschließend auf <gui>Vor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -20152,7 +23419,8 @@
+ "mit Haken. Nach dem dritten Mal wird die Mitteilung <gui>Fertig!</gui> "
+ "angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+@@ -20161,7 +23429,8 @@
+ "Fingerabdruck erfolgreich gespeichert wurde. Klicken Sie auf <gui>Schließen</"
+ "gui>, um den Vorgang zu beenden."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+@@ -20170,32 +23439,17 @@
+ "funktioniert. Wenn Sie einen Fingerabdruck registrieren, können Sie sich "
+ "trotzdem mit Ihrem Passwort anmelden."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out…</gui>."
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sichern Sie eventuell noch nicht gespeicherte Arbeit und melden Sie sich ab. "
+-"Klicken Sie auf Ihren Benutzernamen rechts oben auf dem Bildschirm und "
+-"wählen Sie anschließend <gui>Abmelden …</gui>."
++"Auf dem Anmelde-Bildschirm wählen Sie Ihren Namen aus der Liste. Das "
++"Passwort Eingabe-Formular erscheint."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+-"The login screen appears."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Eine Bestätigung erscheint. Wählen Sie <gui>Abmelden</gui>. Der "
+-"Anmeldebildschirm erscheint."
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie Ihren Benutzernamen aus der Liste im Anmeldebildschirm. Das "
+-"Passworteingabefeld erscheint."
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+@@ -20203,7 +23457,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie innerhalb von 30 Sekunden auf den Fingerabdruckknopf darüber "
+ "rechts neben Ihrem Namen."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -20215,7 +23470,8 @@
+ "anmelden. Falls Sie es erneut probieren wollen, wählen Sie den "
+ "<gui>Abbrechen«-Knopf</gui> und gehen Sie zurück zum vorherigen Schritt."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+@@ -20223,7 +23479,8 @@
+ "Streifen Sie den Finger, den Sie registriert haben, <em>langsam</em> über "
+ "das Fingerabdrucklesegerät. Sie werden angemeldet."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+@@ -20231,17 +23488,20 @@
+ "Falls Sie zuvor einen Anmeldeschlüsselbund erstellt haben, ist dieser mit "
+ "einem Passwort gesichert. Geben Sie Ihr Passwort ein, um Ihn zu entsperren."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eine Region für Datum und Zeit, Zahlen, Währung und Maßeinheiten wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr "Datumsformat und Maßeinheiten ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -20250,13 +23510,15 @@
+ "Währung und Maßeinheiten verwendet werden, so einstellen, wie es in Ihrer "
+ "Region üblich ist."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Region und Sprache</gui> und klicken Sie auf <gui>Formate</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+@@ -20265,18 +23527,25 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wählen Sie die Region, die am ehesten die Formate verwendet, die Sie haben "
+ "wollen. Standardmäßig werden in der Liste nur jene Regionen angezeigt, die "
+-"die Sprache verwenden, die im Reiter <gui>Sprache</gui> eingestellt ist. "
+-"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>…</gui>, um aus allen verfügbaren Regionen "
++"die Sprache verwenden, die im Tab <gui>Sprache</gui> eingestellt ist. "
++"Klicken Sie auf den<key>…</key> Knopf , um aus allen verfügbaren Regionen "
+ "wählen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:41(item/p) C/session-language.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
+ "changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
+ "gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
++"Beantworten Sie die Eingabeaufforderung, <gui>Ihre Sitzung muss neu "
++"gestartet werden, damit diese Änderungen wirksam werden</gui> indem Sie auf "
++"<gui style=\"button\">Neustart Jetzt</gui>, oder auf <gui style="
++"\"button\">X</gui> klicken, um zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt neu zu starten."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -20288,31 +23557,31 @@
+ "wird. Obwohl in den Beispielen nicht aufgeführt, wird mit der Region auch "
+ "der Wochentag festgelegt, mit dem die Kalenderwoche beginnt."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/session-language.page:50(media) C/session-language.page:86(media)
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr "Die Sprache für Benutzeroberfläche und Hilfetexte wechseln."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr "Zu verwendende Sprache ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -20321,14 +23590,19 @@
+ "Sprachen benutzen, vorausgesetzt die richtigen Sprachenpakete sind auf Ihrem "
+ "Rechner installiert."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:45(item/p) C/session-language.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Region und Sprache</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+ "<gui>Sprache</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:47(item/p) C/session-language.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
+ "the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
+@@ -20345,7 +23619,8 @@
+ "sein. Jeglicher nicht übersetzter Text wird in der Originalsprache "
+ "angezeigt, üblicherweise Amerikanisches Englisch."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -20361,11 +23636,13 @@
+ "umbenennen wollen. Falls Sie vorhaben, die neue Sprache ständig zu "
+ "verwenden, sollten Sie auch die Ordnernamen aktualisieren."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Die Systemsprache ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -20375,11 +23652,13 @@
+ "anmelden. Sie können auch die <em>Systemsprache</em> ändern, jene Sprache, "
+ "die an Orten wie dem Anmeldebildschirm verwendet wird."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
+ msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Knopf <gui style=\"button\">Anmeldebildschirm</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+ "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+@@ -20389,7 +23668,8 @@
+ "link>. Geben Sie das verlangte Passwort, Ihr Passwort oder das Passwort des "
+ "Systemverwalters, ein."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
+ "settings."
+@@ -20397,11 +23677,13 @@
+ "Ändern Sie in den <gui>Privatsphäre</gui>-Einstellungen, wie lange gewartet "
+ "werden soll, bevor der Bildschirm gesperrt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "Der Bildschirm sperrt sich zu schnell selbst"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -20416,21 +23698,25 @@
+ "unbeaufsichtigt lassen), aber es kann lästig sein, wenn sich der Bildschirm "
+ "zu schnell sperrt."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "So legen Sie eine längere Wartezeit vor dem automatischen Sperren des "
+ "Bildschirms fest:"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Privatsphäre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
+ msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Bildschirmsperre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
+ "<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+@@ -20438,7 +23724,8 @@
+ "Wenn <gui>Automatische Bildschirmsperre</gui> aktiviert ist, können Sie den "
+ "wert in der Auswahlliste <gui>Bildschirm sperren nach</gui> ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+ "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+@@ -20446,70 +23733,269 @@
+ "Wenn Sie nicht wollen, dass der Bildschirm jemals automatisch gesperrt wird, "
+ "schalten Sie den <gui>Automatische Bildschirmsperre</gui>-Schalter aus."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Freigabe der Arbeitsfläche</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth Freigabe</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Schirm Freigabe</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Medien Freigabe</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "Freigabe-Einstellungen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Die <em>Freigabe-Einstellungen</em> in GNOME helfen Ihnen zu steuern, was "
++"über das lokale Netzwerk oder durch andere Technologien wie <em>Bluetooth</"
++"em> verteilt wird."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop Freigabe</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Freigabe Dateien mit Email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Medien Freigabe</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+ msgstr "Freigabe"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"Festlegen welche Ordner und Einheiten in der Lage sind über Bluetooth zu "
++"teilen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Kontrollieren der Freigabe über Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können den Zugriff auf Ihren <file>Öffentlichen</file> und "
++"<file>Downloads</file> Ordner für Bluetooth Datei-Freigabe erlauben, und "
++"auch den Zugang auf nur <em>vertrauenswürdige Einheiten</em> zu beschränken. "
++"Konfigurieren Sie<gui>Bluetooth Freigabe</gui>, um den Zugriff auf die "
++"freigegebenen Ordner auf Ihrem Computer zu steuern."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Eine Bluetooth Einheit ist <em>vertraut</em> wenn Sie ihren Computer mit ihr "
++"<em>verbunden</em> haben. Siehe auch <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/"
++">."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "<file>Öffentlichen</file> Ordner über Bluetooth freigeben"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Freigabe</gui> Öffnen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn <gui>Freigabe</gui> <gui>AUS</gui> ist, schalten Sie es auf <gui>EIN</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Bluetooth Einstellungen</gui> auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Stellen Sie <gui>Freigeben Öffentlichen Ordner</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie wollen dass nur vertrauenswürdige Geräte auf Ihre "
++"<file>Öffentliche</file> Ordner zugreifen, schalten Sie <gui>Nur Freigeben "
++"für zuverlässige Einheiten</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"Diese Option ist standardmäßig deaktiviert. Sie sollten sie aktivieren, wenn "
++"Sie den Zugriff auf Ihre freigegebenen Dateien von jedermann mit einem "
++"Bluetooth-fähigen Handy oder einem ähnliches Gerät in der Nähe verhindern "
++"wollen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>. Bluetooth-fähige Geräte "
++"werden nun in der Lage sein, auf Dateien in Ihrem <file>Öffentlichen</file> "
++"Ordner zuzugreifen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"Erlauben Sie dass Dateien in Ihren <file>Herunterladen</file> Ordner "
++"freigegeben  werden "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Schalten Sie <gui>Speichern Empfangene Dateien im Herunterladen Ordner</"
++"gui>, auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie wollen dass nur vertrauenswürdige Einheiten auf Ihren "
++"<file>Herunterladen</file> Ordner zugreifen, schalten Sie  <gui>Nur "
++"vertrauenswürdige Einheiten erhalten Zugriff</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>. Bluetooth-fähige Geräte "
++"werden nun in der Lage sein, Dateien in Ihren <file>Herunterladen</file> "
++"Ordner zu senden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Anderen Personen erlauben, Ihre Arbeitsumgebung via VNC zu betrachten und zu "
+ "verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr "Ihre Arbeitsumgebung freigeben"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+ "allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können anderen Personen erlauben, mit Hilfe einer Anwendung für "
+-"entfernte Bildschirme Ihren Bildschirm von einem anderen Rechner aus zu "
+-"betrachten und zu bedienen. Konfigurieren Sie <app>Freigabe der "
+-"Arbeitsfläche</app>, um anderen Personen Zugriff auf Ihre Arbeitsumgebung zu "
+-"gewähren und die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu setzen."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash and "
+-"open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+-"mit dem Raster und öffnen Sie <app>Freigabe der Arbeitsfläche</app>."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
+-"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+-"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um Anderen das Betrachten Ihres Bildschirms zu erlauben, aktivieren Sie die "
+-"Option <gui>Anderen Benutzern erlauben, Ihren Bildschirm anzuzeigen</gui>. "
+-"Dies bedeutet, dass Anderen der Versuch erlaubt wird, sich mit Ihrem Rechner "
+-"zu verbinden."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
+-"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+-"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+-"security settings which you are currently using."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um zu erlauben, dass Andere mit Ihrem Bildschirm interagieren können, "
+-"aktivieren Sie die Option <gui>Anderen Benutzern erlauben, Ihren Bildschirm "
+-"zu steuern</gui>. Dies ermöglicht anderen, Ihren Mauszeiger zu steuern, "
+-"Anwendungen zu starten und die Dateien Ihres Rechners zu durchsuchen. Im "
+-"Einzelfall hängen die Möglichkeiten von den aktuell verwendeten "
+-"Sicherheitseinstellungen ab."
++"Sie können anderen Leuten erlauben, Ihren Desktop von einem anderen "
++"Computer, mit einer Desktop-Anwendung zum Anzeigen, zu sehen und steuern. "
++"Konfigurieren Sie <gui>Schirm Freigeben</gui>, damit andere auf Ihr Desktop "
++"zugreifen und die Sicherheitseinstellungen setzen können."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"Das Paket <app>Vino</app> muss installiert sein damit <gui>Schirm Freigeben</"
++"gui> sichtbar ist"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino Installieren</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Schirm Freigeben</gui> auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Um zuzulassen dass andere Ihr Desktop sehen schalten Sie <gui>Externe "
++"Ansicht</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>. Dies bedeutet, dass andere Leute in der "
++"Lage sind, zu versuchen sich an Ihren Computer anzuschließen und zu sehen, "
++"was sich auf Ihrem Bildschirm befindet."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++"Um zuzulassen dass andere mit Ihrem Desktop interagieren, schalten Sie "
++"<gui>Fernbedienung</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>. Dies könnte der anderne Person "
++"erlauben, die Maus zu verschieben, Anwendungen auszuführen und Dateien auf "
++"Ihrem Computer zu durchsuchenn, in Abhängigkeit von den "
++"Sicherheitseinstellungen, die Sie derzeit verwenden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert wenn <gui>Externe Ansicht</gui> auf "
++"<gui>EIN</gui> ist."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -20517,42 +24003,49 @@
+ "Es ist wichtig, dass Sie sich der vollen Tragweite jeder "
+ "Sicherheitseinstellung bewusst sind, bevor Sie sie ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(item/title)
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-msgstr "Den Zugriff auf Ihren Rechner bestätigen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "Alle Verbindungen bewilligen"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+-"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
+-"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
+-"someone to connect to your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie die Wahl haben wollen, ob Sie jemandem Zugriff auf Ihren Bildschirm "
+-"erlauben, wählen Sie <gui>Jeder Zugriff auf diesen Rechner muss bestätigt "
+-"werden</gui>. Wenn Sie diese Option deaktivieren, werden Sie nicht gefragt, "
+-"ob Sie jemandem den Zugriff auf Ihren Rechner erlauben wollen."
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie in der Lage sein möchten zu entscheiden, ob Sie jemandem erlauben, "
++"auf Ihren Desktop zuzugreifen, schalten Sie  <gui>Genehmigen Alle "
++"Verbindungen</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>. Wenn Sie diese Option deaktivieren, "
++"werden Sie nicht gefragt, ob Sie jemandem erlauben, an Ihren Computer "
++"anzuschließen."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(item/title)
+-msgid "Enable password"
+-msgstr "Passwort aktivieren"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "Passwort verlangen"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+-"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
+-"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Damit andere Personen ein Passwort eingeben müssen, wenn sie sich mit Ihrem "
+-"Bildschirm verbinden wollen, wählen Sie <gui>Der Benutzer muss folgendes "
+-"Passwort eingeben</gui>. Wenn Sie diese Option nicht verwenden, kann jeder "
+-"versuchen, Ihren Bildschirm zu betrachten."
++"Um zu verlangen, dass andere Leute ein Passwort verwenden müssen wenn Sie "
++"eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Desktop herstellen, schalten Sie <gui>Passwort "
++"Verlangen</gui> auf <gui>EIN</gui>. Wenn Sie diese Option nicht verwenden, "
++"kann jeder versuchen, Ihren Desktop anzusehen."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -20560,64 +24053,95 @@
+ "Diese Option ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, aber Sie sollten sie aktivieren "
+ "und ein sicheres Passwort festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75(item/title)
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-msgstr "Den Zugriff auf Ihren Bildschirm über das Internet erlauben"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:76(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
+-"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
+-"your router manually."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Falls Ihr Router das »UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol« unterstützt und "
+-"es aktiviert ist, können Sie Anderen außerhalb Ihres lokalen Netzwerks "
+-"erlauben, Ihren Bildschirm zu betrachten. Wählen Sie dazu <gui>UPnP-Router "
+-"automatisch so konfigurieren, dass Ports automatisch geöffnet und "
+-"weitergeleitet werden</gui>. Alternativ können Sie Ihren Router manuell "
+-"konfigurieren."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-msgstr "Diese Option ist standardmäßig deaktiviert."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89(section/title)
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-msgstr "Symbol im Benachrichtigungsfeld anzeigen"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um jemanden trennen zu können, der Ihren Bildschirm betrachtet, müssen Sie "
+-"diese Option aktivieren. Wenn Sie <gui>Immer</gui> wählen, ist dieses Symbol "
+-"immer sichtbar, unabhängig davon, ob jemand Ihren Bildschirm betrachtet oder "
+-"nicht."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Teilen Sie Medien auf Ihrem lokalen Netzwerk mit Rygel."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "Teilen Sie Ihre Musik, Fotos und Videos"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können die Medien auf Ihrem Computer durchsehen, suchen und spielen mit "
++"einer <sys>UPnP</sys> oder <sys>DLNA</sys> fähigen Einheit wie Handy, TV "
++"oder Spielkonsole. Konfigurieren Sie <gui>Medien Freigeben</gui> damit diese "
++"Einheiten auf die Ordner mit Musik, Fotos und Videos zugreifen können."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"Das Paket <app>Rygel</app> muss installiert sein damit <gui>Medien "
++"Freigeben</gui> sichtbar ist."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel Installieren</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Medien Freigeben</gui> auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Stellen Sie <gui>Medien auf diesen Netzwerk Freigeben</gui> auf <gui>EIN</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:94(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Falls diese option deaktiviert ist, ist es für Dritte möglich, ohne Ihr "
+-"Wissen eine Verbindung zu Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung aufzubauen, abhängig von den "
+-"Sicherheitseinstellungen."
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie  <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> um das <gui>Ordner Auswählen</"
++"gui> Fenster zu öffnen. Gehen Sie <em>in</em> den gewünschten Ordner, "
++"<file>Musik</file> in Ihrem <file>Heim</file> Verzeichnis zum Beispiel, und "
++"klicken <gui style=\"button\">Öffnen</gui>. Wiederholen Sie dies für die "
++"anderen Ordner, die Sie freigeben möchten, zum Beispiel <file>Bilder</file> "
++"und <file>Videos</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Schließen</gui>. Sie werden nun in der "
++"Lage sein, mit der externen Einheit die Medien in den ausgewählten Ordnern "
++"zu durchsuchen oder zu spielen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fügen Sie Symbole häufig genutzter Programme zum Dash hinzu oder entfernen "
+ "Sie sie daraus."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Ihre Lieblingsanwendungen am Dash anheften"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -20625,64 +24149,121 @@
+ "So fügen Sie eine Anwendung zum <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Dash</link> "
+ "hinzu, um leichter darauf zugreifen zu können:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie die <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten-Übersicht</link>."
++"Öffnen Sie die <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten Übersicht</"
++"link>, indem Sie <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> in der oberen linken Ecke des "
++"Bildschirms anklicken"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to "
+-"add. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</"
+-"gui>."
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"KLicken Sie auf den Rasterknopf im Dash und suchen Sie die gewünschte "
+-"Anwendung. Klicken Sie ansachließend mit der rechten Maustaste auf das "
+-"gewünschte Anwendungssymbol und wählen Sie <gui>Zu Favoriten hinzufügen</"
+-"gui>."
++"Klicken Sie auf das <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Anwendungen</gui> "
++"Menü</link> in der oberen linken Ecke des Bildschirms und wählen Sie die "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten  Übersicht</gui> aus dem Menü."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+-msgstr "Alternativ können Sie das Symbol mit der Maus in das Dash ziehen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf den Raster-Schalter in der Anzeige und finden Sie die "
++"Anwendung, die Sie hinzufügen möchten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Programm-Symbol und wählen Sie "
++"<gui>Zu Favoriten hinzufügen</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr "Alternativ können Sie das Symbol in die Anzeige klicken und ziehen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um ein Anwendungssymbol aus dem Dash zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der "
+-"rechten Maustaste auf das Anwendungssymbol und wählen Sie <gui>Aus Favoriten "
+-"entfernen</gui>."
++"Um ein Anwendungssymbol aus der Anzeige zu entfernen: Klick mit der rechten "
++"Maustaste auf das Programmsymbol und wählen <gui>Aus Favoriten entfernen</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Bevorzugte Anwendungen erscheinen auch in der <gui>Favoriten</gui> Abteilung "
++"des <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menüs </link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Starten Sie Anwendungen in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "Anwendungen starten"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
+ "can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
+-"pressing the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link>."
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Ecke links oben auf "
+-"dem Bildschirm, um die <gui>Aktivitäten-Übersicht</gui> anzuzeigen. Hier "
+-"finden Sie alle Ihre Anwendungen. (Sie können die Übersicht auch durch "
+-"Drücken der <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super-Taste</link> öffnen.)"
++"Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zu der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Ecke am linken "
++"oberen Rand des Bildschirms, um die <gui>Aktivitäten-Übersicht</gui> "
++"anzuzeigen. Hier können Sie alle Ihre Anwendungen finden. Sie können auch "
++"die Übersicht öffnen, indem Sie die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> Taste verwenden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können Anwendungen aus den <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü </link> im der oberen linken Ecke "
++"des Bildschirms starten, oder Sie können die <gui>Aktivitäten Übersicht</"
++"gui> durch Drücken der <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> Taste "
++"verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Es gibt mehrere Möglichkeiten eine Anwendung zu öffnen, wenn Sie sich erst "
+-"einmal in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht befinden:"
++"Es gibt mehrere Möglichkeiten zum Öffnen einer Anwendung, sobald Sie in der "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten Übersicht</gui> sind:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+ "this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+@@ -20693,17 +24274,20 @@
+ "oberen Rand des Bildschirms und beginnen Sie dann mit der Eingabe.) "
+ "Anschließend klicken Sie auf das Anwendungssymbol, um diese zu starten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these "
+-"to start the corresponding application."
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Einige Anwendungen verfügen über Symbole im <em>Dash</em> (der senkrechte "
+-"Streifen mit Symbolen links von der Aktivitätenübersicht). Klicken Sie auf "
+-"eines dieser Symbole, um die zugehörige Anwendung zu starten."
++"Einige Anwendungen haben Symbole in der <em>Anzeige</em>, dem vertikale "
++"Streifen von Symbolen auf der linken Seite vom <gui>Aktivitäten Überblick</"
++"gui>. Klicken Sie auf eine von ihnen, um die entsprechende Anwendung zu "
++"starten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -20711,33 +24295,39 @@
+ "Häufig verwendete Anwendungen können Sie selbst <link xref=\"shell-apps-"
+ "favorites\">zum Dash hinzufügen</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the "
+-"applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories "
+-"on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click the "
+-"application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf mit dem Raster unten im Dash, um eine Liste der "
+-"Anwendungen zu sehen, die Sie ausführen können. Sie können die Liste mit "
+-"Hilfe der Kategorien rechts nach Typen sortieren oder über das Suchfeld oben "
+-"durchsuchen. Klicken Sie auf das Anwendungssymbol, um eine Anwendung zu "
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf den Raster-Schalter am Boden der Anzeige. Sie werden die "
++"häufig verwendeten Anwendungen sehen, wenn die <gui style=\"button\">Häufig</"
++"gui> Ansicht aktiviert ist. Wenn Sie eine neue Anwendung ausführen möchten, "
++"drücken Sie die <gui style=\"button\">Alle</gui> Taste an der Unterseite, um "
++"alle Anwendungen anzuzeigen. Drücken Sie auf die Anwendung, um sie zu "
+ "starten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sie können eine Anwendung auf einer eigenen <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">Arbeitsfläche</link> ausführen, indem Sie das Anwendungssymbol von der "
+-"Dash (oder aus der Anwendungsliste) auf eine der Arbeitsflächen auf der "
+-"rechten Seite des Bildschirms ziehen. Die Anwendung wird auf der "
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können eine Anwendung auf einer eigenen <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">Arbeitsfläche</link> ausführen, indem Sie das Anwendungssymbol "
++"von der Dash (oder aus der Anwendungsliste) auf eine der Arbeitsflächen auf "
++"der rechten Seite des Bildschirms ziehen. Die Anwendung wird auf der "
+ "entsprechenden Arbeitsfläche geöffnet."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+@@ -20746,23 +24336,24 @@
+ "indem Sie mit der mittleren Maustaste auf das Anwendungssymbol im Dash oder "
+ "in der Anwendungsliste klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Schnell einen Befehl ausführen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Eine weitere, für fortgeschrittene Benutzer geeignete Möglichkeit eine "
+-"Anwendung auszuführen ist, den <em>Befehlsnamen</em> zu verwenden, was durch "
+-"das Drücken der Tasten <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, gefolgt "
+-"von der Eingabe des Befehls und anschließendem Drücken der "
+-"<key>Eingabetaste</key> durchgeführt werden kann."
++"Eine weitere Möglichkeit des Startens einer Anwendung ist es, <keyseq> "
++"<key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> zu drücken, den <em> Befehlsnamen</em> "
++"einzugeben, und dann die <key>Enter</key> Taste zu drücken ."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:82(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -20773,7 +24364,8 @@
+ "(ohne Anführungszeichen). Der Name der Anwendung ist der Befehl zum Starten "
+ "des Programms."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+@@ -20781,15 +24373,18 @@
+ "Erfahren Sie, wie Sie Ihr Benutzerkonto verlassen können, indem Sie sich "
+ "abmelden, den Benutzer wechseln und so weiter."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:27(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+ msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+ msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "Abmelden, ausschalten oder Benutzer wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+@@ -20798,11 +24393,13 @@
+ "Bereitschaft versetzen (um Strom zu sparen) oder eingeschaltet lassen und "
+ "sich einfach nur abmelden."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Abmelden oder Benutzer wechseln"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+@@ -20815,7 +24412,8 @@
+ "weiter, und wenn Sie sich wieder anmelden, finden Sie alles wieder so vor, "
+ "wie Sie es verlassen haben."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+@@ -20824,26 +24422,39 @@
+ "klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie die entsprechende "
+ "Option."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+ "menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Die Einträge <gui>Abmelden</gui> und <gui>Benutzer wechseln</gui> sind nur "
+ "dann im Menü, wenn mehr als ein Benutzerkonto auf Ihrem System vorhanden ist."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"Der Eintrag <gui>Benutzer wechseln</gui> wird nur dann im Menü angezeigt, "
++"wenn mehr als ein Benutzerkonto auf Ihrem System vorhanden ist."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Bildschirm sperren"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
+-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
+-"don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
+-"time."
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner für eine kurze Zeit verlassen, sollten Sie den "
+ "Bildschirm sperren, damit andere Personen nicht auf Ihre Dateien zugreifen "
+@@ -20852,7 +24463,8 @@
+ "einfach Ihr Passwort ein, um sich wieder anzumelden. Wenn Sie den Bildschirm "
+ "nicht sperren, wird er nach einer gewissen Zeit automatisch gesperrt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -20860,37 +24472,41 @@
+ "Um den Bildschirm zu sperren, klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel "
+ "und wählen Sie <gui>Sperren</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn der Bildschirm gesperrt ist, können sich andere Benutzer an ihrem "
+-"eigenen Benutzerkonto anmelden, indem sie auf <gui>Benutzer wechseln</gui> "
+-"am Passwortbildschirm klicken. Sie selbst können zu Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung "
+-"zurückwechseln, wenn die anderen Benutzer fertig sind."
++"Wenn Ihr Bildschirm gesperrt ist, können sich andere Benutzer auf ihren "
++"eigenen Konten anmelden, indem Sie <gui>Melden Sie sich als ein anderer "
++"Benutzer an</gui> auf der Passwort-Bildschirm  klicken. Sie können auf Ihr "
++"Desktop zurückwechseln, wenn diese fertig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:84(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Bereitschaft"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:86(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+ "This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
+ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+ "suspend."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um Strom zu sparen, versetzen Sie Ihren Rechner in Bereitschaft, wenn Sie "
+-"ihn nicht benutzen. Wenn Sie einen Laptop verwenden, versetzt GNOME Ihren "
+-"Rechner automatisch in Bereitschaft, wenn Sie den Deckel schließen. Dabei "
+-"wird der aktuelle Zustand in den Arbeitsspeicher geladen und die meisten "
+-"Funktionen Ihres Rechners werden abgeschaltet. Ein klein wenig Strom wird "
+-"aber auch während der Bereitschaft verbraucht."
++"Um Strom zu sparen, suspendieren Sie Ihren Computer, wenn Sie ihn nicht "
++"benutzen. Wenn Sie einen Laptop verwenden, suspendiert GNOME Ihren Computer "
++"automatisch, wenn Sie den Deckel schließen. Dies spart Ihren Status im "
++"Arbeitsspeicher Ihres Computers und schaltet die meisten Funktionen des "
++"Computers ab. Eine sehr geringe Menge Strom wird auch während dem Suspend-"
++"Modus verwendet."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
+ "down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
+@@ -20898,14 +24514,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner in Bereitschaft wollen, klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen "
+ "im oberen Panel und halten Sie dann die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt. Der "
+-"Eintrag <gui>Ausschalten …</gui> wird sich zu <gui>Bereitschaft</gui> "
+-"ändern. Klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Bereitschaft</gui>."
++"Eintrag <gui>Ausschalten …</gui> wird sich zu <gui>Bereitschaft</gui> ändern."
++" Klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Bereitschaft</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:102(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Ausschalten oder neu starten"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+ "your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
+@@ -20916,7 +24534,8 @@
+ "<gui>Ausschalten</gui>. Ein Dialog öffnet sich und bietet Ihnen die "
+ "Möglichkeiten <gui>Neu starten</gui> und <gui>Ausschalten</gui> an."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:108(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+@@ -20928,7 +24547,8 @@
+ "verfügen, werden Sie eventuell nach Ihrem Passwort gefragt, um den Rechner "
+ "auszuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:114(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+ "have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+@@ -20941,59 +24561,135 @@
+ "\"power-batterylife\">weniger Energie</link> als einer, der sich lediglich "
+ "in einem Energiesparzustand befindet."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:39(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:56(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr "ok"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr "ok"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:174(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr "ok"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+@@ -21001,11 +24697,13 @@
+ "Eine visuelle Einführung in Ihre Arbeitsumgebung, das obere Panel und die "
+ "Aktivitäten-Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Einführung in GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -21017,11 +24715,14 @@
+ "Aufgaben zur Seite stehen soll. Wenn Sie sich das erste Mal anmelden, werden "
+ "Sie eine leere Arbeitsfläche und ein Panel am oberen Rand sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:40(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Oberes Panel der GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -21030,41 +24731,66 @@
+ "users, or turn off your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Das obere Panel ermöglicht Ihnen den Zugriff auf Fenster und Anwendungen, "
+-"Ihren Kalender und Termine, sowie auf <link xref=\"status-icons"
+-"\">Systemeinstellungen</link> (z.B. Audio, Netzwerk und Stromversorgung). "
+-"Unterhalb Ihres Namens im oberen Panel können Sie Ihren Anwesenheitsstatus "
+-"festlegen, Ihre Profile und Einstellungen anpassen, sich anmelden oder den "
+-"Benutzer wechseln sowie den Rechner ausschalten."
+-
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:52(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:30(item/title)
++"Ihren Kalender und Termine, sowie auf <link xref=\"status-"
++"icons\">Systemeinstellungen</link> (z.B. Audio, Netzwerk und "
++"Stromversorgung). Unterhalb Ihres Namens im oberen Panel können Sie Ihren "
++"Anwesenheitsstatus festlegen, Ihre Profile und Einstellungen anpassen, sich "
++"anmelden oder den Benutzer wechseln sowie den Rechner ausschalten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Aktivitäten-Übersicht"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:57(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "Aktivitäten-Knopf"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> on your "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
+ "keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
+ "also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um Fenster und Anwendungen aufzurufen, klicken Sie auf den <gui>Aktivitäten</"
+-"gui>-Knopf oder bewegen Sie Ihren Mauszeiger einfach in die funktionale Ecke "
+-"ganz links oben. Sie können auch die <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super-"
+-"Taste</link> auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. In der Übersicht sehen Sie Ihre "
+-"Fenster und Anwendungen. Außerdem können Sie einfach tippen, um nach Ihren "
+-"Anwendungen, Dateien und Ordnern zu suchen."
++"Um auf Ihre Fenster und Anwendungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie "
++"den<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Schalter, oder bewegen Sie einfach den Mauszeiger "
++"auf die obere linke heiße Ecke. Sie können auch die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Sie können Ihre "
++"Fenster und Anwendungen in der Übersicht sehen. Sie können auch einfach zum "
++"Schreiben anfangen um Ihre Anwendungen, Dateien und Ordner zu suchen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"Um auf Ihre Fenster und Anwendungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie auf das <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü</link> in der oberen "
++"linken Ecke des Bildschirms und wählen Sie die <gui>Aktivitäten Übersicht</"
++"gui> Eintragung. Sie können auch die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> Taste  drücken, um Ihre Fenster und Anwendungen in der "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht zu sehen. Fangen einfach zum Schreiben an "
++"um Ihre Anwendungen, Dateien und Ordner zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "Das Dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -21081,7 +24807,8 @@
+ "verwendete Fenster. Sie können das Symbol auch in die Übersicht oder eine "
+ "der Arbeitsflächen auf der rechten Seite ziehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -21093,7 +24820,8 @@
+ "des Symbols die <key>Strg</key>-Taste gedrückt halten, um ein neues Fenster "
+ "zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -21106,7 +24834,8 @@
+ "Vordergrund zu rücken und die Übersicht zu verlassen. Sie können auch das "
+ "Mausrad verwenden, um eine beliebige Fenstervorschau zu vergrößern."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+ "overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+@@ -21124,38 +24853,44 @@
+ "bleiben in dem Dash, auch wenn sie nicht ausgeführt werden, damit Sie "
+ "schnell darauf zugreifen können."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Erfahren Sie mehr über das Starten von "
+-"Anwendungen.</link>"
++"Anwendungen. </link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Fenster und "
+-"Arbeitsflächen.</link>"
++"Arbeitsflächen. </link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:102(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Uhr, Kalender und Termine"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf die Uhr in der Mitte des oberen Panels, um das aktuelle "
+-"Datum, einen Kalender mit Monatsansicht und eine Liste Ihrer bevorstehenden "
+-"Ereignisse anzuzeigen. Sie können außerdem auf die Zeit- und "
+-"Datumseinstellungen zugreifen und Ihren kompletten <app>Evolution</app>-"
+-"Kalender direkt aus dem Menü öffnen."
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf die Uhr auf der oberen Leiste um das aktuelle Datum, einen "
++"Monat-by-Monats-Kalender, und eine Liste Ihrer bevorstehenden Termine zu "
++"sehen. Sie können auch das Datum und die Uhrzeit einstellen, und  Ihren "
++"vollständigen <app>Evolution</app> Kalender direkt aus dem Menü öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+@@ -21163,15 +24898,19 @@
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Kalender und Termine.</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Sie und Ihr Rechner"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:126(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Benutzermenü"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:129(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -21179,7 +24918,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Benutzernamen rechts oben auf dem Bildschirm, um Ihr "
+ "Profil und Ihren Rechner zu verwalten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:132(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -21189,7 +24929,8 @@
+ "Ihr Status für Kontakte in Sofortnachrichtenprogrammen wie <app>Empathy</"
+ "app> einsehbar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:155(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -21197,7 +24938,8 @@
+ "Über das Menü können Sie außerdem Ihre persönlichen Informationen bearbeiten "
+ "und die Systemeinstellungen anpassen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:158(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -21210,7 +24952,8 @@
+ "Zugriff auf den Rechner zu ermöglichen. Oder Sie können vom Menü aus den "
+ "Rechner in Bereitschaft versetzen oder ausschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -21218,12 +24961,15 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Benutzerwechsel, Abmelden "
+ "und Ausschalten Ihres Rechners.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:170(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:175(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
+ msgid "Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "Sperrbildschirm"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:178(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
+ msgid ""
+ "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+ "displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
+@@ -21236,31 +24982,40 @@
+ "Ihrem Rechner abwesend sind und zeigt außerdem das Datum, die Zeit und Ihren "
+ "Anmeldenamen an. Weiterhin werden Informationen über den Ladezustand Ihres "
+ "Akkus und Ihr Netzwerk angezeigt und Sie können die Medienwiedergabe steuern."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:185(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Erfahren Sie mehr über den Sperrbildschirm.</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:190(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Das Benachrichtigungsfeld"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:191(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+-"keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until you are ready to "
+-"view them."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Das Benachrichtigungsfeld wird sichtbar, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger in die "
+-"rechte untere Ecke bewegen oder die Tastenkombination <keyseq><key>Super</"
+-"key><key>M</key></keyseq> drücken. Hier werden Benachrichtigungen für Sie "
+-"solange gespeichert, bis Sie bereit sind, diese zu lesen."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "Benachrichtigungsfeld"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++"Das Benachrichtigungsfeld kann ins Blickfeld gebracht werden, indem Sie den "
++"Mauszeiger an der Unterseite des Bildschirms andrücken oder durch Drücken "
++"von <keyseq><key>Super</key> <key>M</key></keyseq>. Dies ist, wo Sie Ihre "
++"Benachrichtigungen gespeichert werden, bis Sie bereit sind, sie zu sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:197(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -21268,15 +25023,57 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Benachrichtigungen "
+ "und das Benachrichtigungsfeld.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "Fensterliste"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME bietet einen unterschiedlichen Ansatz, um das Fenster zu wechseln, als "
++"eine permanent sichtbare Fensterliste , wie in anderen Desktop-Umgebungen "
++"gefunden. Damit können Sie sich auf die Aufgabe an der Hand ohne Ablenkungen "
++"konzentrieren."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Fenster-"
++"Wechsel. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn eine Anwendung oder eine Systemkomponente Ihre Aufmerksamkeit erlangen "
++"möchte, wird diese ein blaues Symbol auf der rechten Seite der Fensterliste "
++"anzeigen. Klicken auf das blaue Symbol zeigt das Benachrichtigungsfeld an."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Bewegen in der Arbeitsumgebung mit der Tastatur."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Nützliche Tastenkombinationen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+@@ -21289,11 +25086,13 @@
+ "finden Sie im Abschnitt <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> weitere Informationen "
+ "über die reine Tastaturnavigation in Benutzeroberflächen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Bewegen in der Arbeitsumgebung"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "super\">Super</key> key"
+@@ -21301,7 +25100,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> oder die <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+ "key-super\">Super</key>-Taste"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+@@ -21311,24 +25111,28 @@
+ "Arbeitsfläche. Geben Sie in der Übersicht Text ein, um unmittelbar nach "
+ "Anwendungen, Kontakten und Dokumenten zu suchen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr "Schnellstartfenster (zum schnellen Ausführen von Befehlen)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
+-"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Schneller Wechsel zwischen Fenstern</"
+ "link>. Halten Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> gedrückt, um die "
+ "Wechselrichtung umzukehren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+ "application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -21336,7 +25140,8 @@
+ "Wechsel zwischen Fenstern der gleichen Anwendung, oder aus der gewählten "
+ "Anwendung nach <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tabulator</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+ "is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
+@@ -21348,7 +25153,8 @@
+ "<key>Alt</key> und der Taste oberhalb von <key>Tabulator</key>, was auch "
+ "immer es ist."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+ "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+@@ -21359,7 +25165,8 @@
+ "Fensterübersicht, Anwendungsliste und Suchfeld. Verwenden Sie die "
+ "Pfeiltasten zum Navigieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+ "overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -21372,11 +25179,13 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> und <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
+ msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr "Die Liste der Anwendungen anzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -21384,14 +25193,15 @@
+ "Durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Bild auf</key></keyseq> und "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Bild ab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Zwischen Arbeitsflächen wechseln</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -21400,7 +25210,8 @@
+ "und <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Bild ab</key></"
+ "keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+ "different workspace</link>."
+@@ -21408,90 +25219,110 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Das aktuelle Fenster auf eine "
+ "andere Arbeitsfläche verschieben.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Melden Sie sich ab</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Den Bildschirm sperren.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
+ "link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
+ "<key>Esc</key> to close."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie das <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray"
+-"\">Benachrichtigungsfeld</link>. Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
+-"key> </keyseq> erneut oder <key>Esc</key> zum Schließen."
++"Öffnen Sie das <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications#messagingtray\">Benachrichtigungsfeld</link>. Drücken Sie "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key> </keyseq> erneut oder <key>Esc</key> "
++"zum Schließen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Häufig verwendete Tastenkürzel zum Bearbeiten"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Allen Text oder Objekte einer Liste wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ausgewählten Text oder ausgewählte Objekte in die Zwischenablage verschieben "
+ "(ausschneiden)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ausgewählten Text oder ausgewählte Objekte in die Zwischenablage kopieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Den Inhalt der Zwischenablage einfügen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Die letzte Aktion rückgängig machen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Bildschirmfotos"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
+ msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Druck</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Ein Bildschirmfoto aufnehmen.</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -21499,11 +25330,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Ein Bildschirmfoto eines "
+ "Fensters aufnehmen.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Druck</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -21513,14 +25346,16 @@
+ "eines Fensters auf.</link> Der Zeiger verwandelt sich in ein Fadenkreuz. "
+ "Klicken und ziehen Sie, um einen Bereich zu markieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -21528,22 +25363,26 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Die Aufnahme eines "
+ "Bildschirmmitschnitts starten oder beenden.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+ msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der dekorative und funktionale Sperrbildschirm vermittelt nützliche "
+ "Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+ msgid "The Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "Der Sperrbildschirm"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+ "is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+ "while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
+ "on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Im Sperrbildschirm können Sie sehen, was passiert, während Ihr Rechner "
+ "gesperrt ist. Sie erhalten einen Überblick darüber, was während Ihrer "
+@@ -21551,19 +25390,23 @@
+ "attraktives Bild auf dem Bildschirm an, während Ihr Rechner gesperrt ist und "
+ "stellt nützliche Informationen bereit:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+ msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr "der Name des angemeldeten Benutzers"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+ msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr "Datum und Zeit, und bestimmte Benachrichtigungen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+ msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr "Akku- und Netzwerk-Status"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
+ "pause your music without having to enter a password"
+@@ -21572,7 +25415,8 @@
+ "Überspringen eines Titels oder Unterbrechen der Wiedergabe ohne vorherige "
+ "Eingabe des Passworts"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
+ "with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
+@@ -21586,29 +25430,32 @@
+ "können. Sie können auch den Benutzer wechseln, sofern Ihr Rechner für "
+ "mehrere Benutzer eingerichtet ist."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:38(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:43(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -21616,19 +25463,23 @@
+ "Meldungen, die am unteren Rand des Bildschirms erscheinen und Sie über "
+ "diverse Ereignisse informieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Benachrichtigungen und das Benachrichtigungsfeld"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "Was ist eine Benachrichtigung?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+@@ -21636,7 +25487,8 @@
+ "Falls eine Anwendung oder Systemkomponente Ihre Aufmerksamkeit erfordert, "
+ "wird eine Benachrichtigung am unteren Rand des Bildschirms angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+ "a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
+@@ -21647,7 +25499,8 @@
+ "Rechner verfügbar sind oder der Akku Ihres Rechners fast leer ist, erhalten "
+ "Sie darüber eine Benachrichtigung."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+ "You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+@@ -21656,7 +25509,8 @@
+ "einer einzelnen Zeile. Fahren Sie mit der Maus darüber, wird der Inhalt "
+ "vollständig angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+ "notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+@@ -21666,7 +25520,8 @@
+ "Auswahl zu treffen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle der "
+ "Benachrichtigung."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+ "Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+@@ -21676,26 +25531,49 @@
+ "Anwendung, bleiben die Benachrichtigungen im Benachrichtigungsfeld, werden "
+ "aber verborgen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "Das Benachrichtigungsfeld"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
+ "notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Das Benachrichtigungsfeld gibt Ihnen eine Möglichkeit, sich den "
+-"Benachrichtigungen zu widmen, sobald Sie dazu Zeit haben. Es erscheint, wenn "
+-"Sie die Maus über die rechte untere Ecke des Bildschirms bewegen oder die "
+-"Tastenkombination <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+-"key><key>M</key></keyseq> drücken und enthält alle Benachrichtigungen, auf "
+-"die Sie noch nicht reagiert haben oder die ständig angezeigt werden."
++"Das Benachrichtigungsfeld gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, auf Ihre "
++"Benachrichtigungen zurückzukommen, wenn es für Sie bequem ist. Es erscheint, "
++"wenn man die Maus in die untere rechte Ecke des Bildschirms bewegt, oder Sie "
++"drücken <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq>. Das Benachrichtigungsfeld enthält alle Meldungen, die Sie nicht "
++"behandelt haben oder die sich dauerhaft in ihr befinden. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"Das Benachrichtigungsfeld gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, auf Ihre "
++"Benachrichtigungen zurückzukommen, wenn es für Sie bequem ist. Es erscheint, "
++"wenn man die Maus in die untere rechte Ecke des Bildschirms bewegt, oder Sie "
++"drücken <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq>. Sie können auch das Benachrichtigungsfeld durch Klicken auf das "
++"blaue Zahl-Symbol am rechten Rand der Fensterliste anzeigen.Das "
++"Benachrichtigungsfeld enthält alle Meldungen, die Sie nicht behandelt haben "
++"oder die sich dauerhaft in ihr befinden. "
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -21708,7 +25586,8 @@
+ "diesem Zusammenhang spezieller Natur und werden unter dem Namen des Kontakts "
+ "angezeigt, der Ihnen die Sofortnachricht gesendet hat."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
+ "key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+@@ -21717,7 +25596,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> erneut oder <key>Esc</key> "
+ "drücken."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:69(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+@@ -21726,22 +25606,25 @@
+ "müssen Sie auf den Knopf <gui>tray</gui> klicken, um das "
+ "Benachrichtigungsfeld einzublenden."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Benachrichtigungen verbergen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch "
+-"off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+ "<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie an etwas arbeiten und nicht gestört werden wollen, können Sie die "
+-"Benachrichtigungen ausschalten. Klicken Sie einfach auf Ihren Namen im "
+-"oberen Panel und stellen Sie den Schalter <gui>Benachrichtigungen</gui> auf "
++"Wenn Sie an etwas arbeiten und nicht gestört werden wollen, können Sie "
++"Benachrichtigungen abschalten. Klicken Sie einfach auf Ihren Namen in der "
++"oberen Leiste und ändern Sie den <gui>Benachrichtigungen</gui> Schalter auf "
+ "<gui>AUS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+@@ -21758,72 +25641,115 @@
+ "Tastenkombination <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> drücken, und "
+ "werden angezeigt, sobald Sie den Schalter wieder auf <gui>AN</gui> stellen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Schreibtisch"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Einführung</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">Tastenkombinationen</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Benachrichtigungen</"
+-"link> …"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">Tastenkombinationen</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">Benachrichtigungen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Schreibtisch, Anwendungen und Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "Der Schreibtisch"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Anwendungen und Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein Überblick über die zur Beschreibung von Bereichen des Arbeitsumgebung "
+ "verwendeten Begriffe."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr "Aktivitäten, Dash, oberes Panel … was ist das?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Die <em>Aktivitäten-Übersicht</em> wird angezeigt, wenn Sie auf den "
+-"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Knopf in der linken oberen Ecke des Bildschirms "
+-"klicken."
+-
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:36(item/title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+-msgstr "Fensterwechsel mit Alt-Tabulator"
+-
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications "
+-"you have currently open."
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt halten und dann die "
+-"<key>Tabulator</key>-Taste drücken, erscheint ein <em>Fensterwechsler</em>. "
+-"Darin werden Symbole der aktuell geöffneten Fenster angezeigt."
++"Der <em>Aktivitäten Überblick</em> ist der Bildschirm, der angezeigt wird, "
++"wenn Sie auf  <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> in der oberen linken Ecke des "
++"Bildschirms klicken."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Der <em>Aktivitäten Überblick</em> ist der Bildschirm, der angezeigt wird, "
++"wenn Sie <gui>Aktivitäten Übersicht</gui> im <gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü "
++"oben links auf dem Bildschirm auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "Anwendungen Menü"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können das <gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü oben links auf dem Bildschirm "
++"finden. Es gibt Ihnen Zugriff auf Anwendungen, in Kategorien organisiert. "
++"Der <em>Aktivitäten Überblick</em> steht zur Verfügung, indem Sie die "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten Übersicht</gui> aus dem Menü auswählen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr "Super-Tab Fensterwechsler"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> Taste gedrückt "
++"halten und dann <key>Tab</key> drücken, erscheint ein <em>Fensterwechsler</"
++"em>. Dieser zeigt die Symbole der Anwendungen, die Sie derzeit geöffnet "
++"haben."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:43(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+@@ -21835,11 +25761,13 @@
+ "Anwendungen werden hier ebenfalls dargestellt. Das Dash wird manchmal als "
+ "<em>Dock</em> bezeichnet."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Hot Corner"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -21847,7 +25775,8 @@
+ "Die <em>Hot Corner</em> ist die linke obere Ecke des Bildschirms. Wenn Sie "
+ "den Mauszeiger dorthin bewegen, wird die Aktivitäten-Übersicht geöffnet."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
+ "is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
+@@ -21859,35 +25788,54 @@
+ "was während Ihrer Abwesenheit geschehen ist und ermöglicht die Steuerung der "
+ "Medienwiedergabe, ohne dass der Bildschirm entsperrt werden muss."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:65(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Benachrichtigungen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+ "with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
+-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
+ "tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your "
+-"messaging tray."
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<em>Benachrichtigungen</em> sind Meldungen, die am unteren Rand des "
+-"Bildschirms erscheinen und Sie über diverse Ereignisse informieren. Wenn "
+-"beispielsweise jemand eine Nachricht sendet, mit dem Sie gerade eine "
+-"Sofortnachrichten-Unterhaltung führen, dann informiert Sie eine Meldung "
+-"darüber. Falls Sie sich nicht sofort mit der Nachricht beschäftigen können, "
+-"wird diese im Benachrichtigungsfeld verborgen. Bewegen Sie die Maus in die "
+-"rechte untere Ecke des Bildschirms oder drücken Sie die Tastenkombination "
+-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, "
+-"um das Benachrichtigungsfeld anzuzeigen."
++"<em>Benachrichtigungen</em> sind Meldungen, die auf dem unteren Rand des "
++"Bildschirms auftauchen und die Ihnen mitteilen, dass etwas gerade passiert "
++"ist. Zum Beispiel, wenn jemand im Chat mit Ihnen eine Nachricht sendet, wird "
++"eine Benachrichtigung auftauchen. Wenn Sie sich im Augenblick nicht mit der "
++"Nachricht beschäftigen wollen, wird sie in Ihrer Nachrichtenablage versteckt."
++" Bewegen Sie die Maus auf die rechte untere Ecke (oder drücken <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), um Ihre "
++"Nachrichtenablage anzusehen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "Orte Menü"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Das <em>Orte Menü</em> wird geöffnet, wenn Sie auf <gui>Orte</gui> auf der "
++"<gui>Oberen Leiste</gui> klicken. Es gibt Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff auf "
++"wichtige Ordner, zum Beispiel <gui>Downloads</gui> oder <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Einstellungen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+@@ -21899,11 +25847,13 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen an der rechten Seite des oberen Panels und "
+ "wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Oberes Panel"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -21913,11 +25863,24 @@
+ "Bildschirms erstreckt. Die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht befindet sich am "
+ "linken Ende des Panels und Ihr Benutzername am anderen Ende."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:91(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"Die <em>Obere Leiste</em> ist die Leiste, die ganz oben auf dem Bildschirm "
++"entlang läuft. Das <gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü ist an einem Ende der oberen "
++"Leiste und Ihr Benutzername auf der anderen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Arbeitsfläche "
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+@@ -21925,11 +25888,15 @@
+ "Sie können Fenster auf verschiedene <em>Arbeitsflächen</em> verteilen. Es "
+ "gibt bequeme Möglichkeiten zum Gruppieren und Trennen von Fenstern."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Arbeitsflächenumschalter"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+@@ -21939,15 +25906,27 @@
+ "dar und wird an der rechten Seite der <gui>Fenster</gui>-Ansicht in der "
+ "Aktivitäten-Übersicht angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++"Die <em>Fenster Liste</em> ist die Leiste am unteren Rand des Bildschirms, "
++"die Schalter für alle geöffneten Fenster anzeigt."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "Schauen Sie in die Aktivitäten-Übersicht oder andere Arbeitsflächen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "Ein verlorenes Fenster finden"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+@@ -21957,74 +25936,85 @@
+ "einem anderen Fenster befindet, können Sie leicht in der <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\">Aktivitäten</link>-Übersicht finden:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open the activities overview. If the missing window is on the current <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be "
+-"shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, "
+-"or"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie die Aktivitäten-Übersicht. Falls sich das fehlende Fenster auf "
+-"der aktuellen <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
+-"\">Arbeitsfläche</link> befindet, dann wird hier ein Vorschaubild angezeigt. "
+-"Klicken Sie einfach darauf, um das Fenster wieder anzuzeigen, oder"
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to "
+-"find your window, or"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf eine der Arbeitsflächen im <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">Arbeitsflächenumschalter</link> in der Liste an der rechten Seite des "
+-"Bildschirms, um Ihr gewünschtes Fenster zu finden, oder"
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be "
+-"listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Anwendung im Dash, woraufhin "
+-"deren geöffnete Fenster aufgelistet werden. Klicken Sie auf das Fenster in "
+-"der Liste, um dorthin zu wechseln."
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"Öffnen Sie den <em>Aktivitäten Überblick</em>. Wenn sich das fehlende "
++"Fenster auf dem aktuellen <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
++"workspaces\"> Arbeitsbereich</link> befindet, wird es hier in der Vorschau "
++"angezeigt. Klicken Sie einfach auf die Vorschau, um das Fenster wieder "
++"anzuzeigen, oder"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf verschiedenen Arbeitsbereiche im <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Arbeitsbereich Selektor</link> auf der rechten Seite des "
++"Bildschirms, um zu versuchen, Ihr Fenster zu finden, oder"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"Rechtsklick auf die Anwendung im Anzeigebereich und deren offene Fenster "
++"werden aufgelistet. Klicken Sie auf das Fenster in der Liste, um auf es "
++"umzuschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "Mit dem Fensterwechsler:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window "
+-"switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
+ "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>, um den "
+-"Fensterwechsler anzuzeigen. Halten Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste weiterhin "
+-"gedrückt und blättern Sie mit der <key>Tabulatortaste</key> durch die "
+-"geöffneten Fenster beziehungsweise mit <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</"
+-"key><key>Tabulatortaste</key></keyseq>, um rückwärts zu blättern."
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> um den <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Fensterwechsler</"
++"link> anzuzeigen. Halten Sie die <key>Super</key> Taste fest und drücken "
++"<key>Tab</key> um nacheinander die geöffneten Fenster anzuzeigen, oder "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> um rückwärts zu gehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and "
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls für eine Anwendung mehrere Fenster geöffnet sind, drücken Sie "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>^</key></keyseq>, um zwischen diesen Fenstern zu "
+-"wechseln."
++"Wenn eine Anwendung mehrere Fenster geöffnet hat, halten Sie die <key>Super</"
++"key> Taste fest und drücken <key>`</key> (oder die Taste über <key>Tab</"
++"key>), um durch sie durchzugehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Doppelklicken Sie auf die Titelleiste des Fensters, um es zu maximieren oder "
+ "wiederherzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "Ein Fenster maximieren und wiederherstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -22039,21 +26029,31 @@
+ "über zwei Fenster gleichzeitig haben. Weitere Informationen hierzu finden "
+ "Sie in <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+-"keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> "
+-"and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+-"keyseq>."
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um ein Fenster zu maximieren, ziehen Sie es an der Titelleiste zum oberen "
+-"Rand des Bildschirms oder klicken Sie doppelt auf die Titelleiste. Um ein "
+-"Fenster mit der Tastatur zu maximieren, halten Sie die <link xref=\"keyboard-"
+-"key-super\">Super-Taste</link> gedrückt und drücken Sie <key>↑</key> oder "
+-"drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++"Um ein Fenster zu maximieren, ergreifen Sie die Titelleiste und ziehen Sie "
++"diese an den oberen Rand des Bildschirms, oder Doppelklicken Sie einfach auf "
++"die Titelleiste. Um ein Fenster mit der Tastatur zu maximieren, halten Sie "
++"die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> fest und drücken <key>↑</"
++"key>, oder Sie drücken <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können auch ein Fenster maximieren, indem Sie auf den Schalter "
++"Maximieren in der Titelleiste klicken."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+@@ -22064,34 +26064,39 @@
+ "von den Bildschirmrändern. Falls das Fenster vollständig maximiert ist, "
+ "klicken Sie doppelt auf die Titelleiste, um es wiederherzustellen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Halten Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie es an einer "
+ "beliebigen Stelle an, um es zu ziehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr "Fenster in einer Arbeitsfläche anordnen, um effizienter zu arbeiten."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "Verschieben und Größenänderung Ihrer Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+-"addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features "
+-"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie können Fenster verschieben und deren Größe ändern, um effizienter "
+-"arbeiten zu können. Zusätzlich zu dem erwarteten Verhalten beim Ziehen "
+-"verfügt GNOME über Tastenkombinationen, die Ihnen beim schnellen Anordnen "
+-"von Fenstern helfen."
++"Sie können Fenster verschieben und skalieren um Ihnen zu helfen, effizienter "
++"zu arbeiten. Neben dem Zieh-Verhalten das Sie vielleicht erwarten, bietet "
++"GNOME Tastaturkürzel und Modifikatoren um Ihnen zu helfen, Fenster schnell "
++"zu arrangieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+@@ -22103,7 +26108,8 @@
+ "<key>Umschalttaste</key> beim Verschieben gedrückt, um das Fenster an den "
+ "Rändern des Bildschirms oder anderer Fenster einrasten zu lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+@@ -22113,7 +26119,17 @@
+ "ziehen. Halten Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> dabei gedrückt, um es an den "
+ "Rändern des Bildschirms oder anderer Fenster einrasten zu lassen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können auch ein maximiertes Fenster skalieren, indem Sie auf den "
++"Schalter Maximieren in der Titelleiste klicken."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -22121,13 +26137,20 @@
+ "then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
+ "the original position and size."
+ msgstr ""
++"Verschieben oder Ändern der Größe eines Fensters nur mit der Tastatur. "
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> um das Fenster zu "
++"verschieben oder <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> um es zu "
++"skalieren. Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten zum Verschieben oder Ändern der "
++"Größe, und drücken Sie<key>Enter</key> zum Beenden, oder  drücken Sie "
++"<key>Esc</key> um zur ursprünglichen Position und Größe zurückzukehren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximieren Sie ein Fenster</link>, "
+ "indem Sie es zum oberen Rand des Bildschirms ziehen. Ziehen Sie es an eine "
+@@ -22135,15 +26158,18 @@
+ "es möglich, <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">Fenster nebeneinander "
+ "gekachelt anzuordnen</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "Wechseln zwischen Fenstern"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+@@ -22153,19 +26179,22 @@
+ "dem Wechsel zwischen Aufgaben ein einziger Vorgang, der als komplette "
+ "Darstellung aller laufenden Anwendungen erscheint."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "In einer Arbeitsfläche:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
+ "keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key></keyseq>, "
+-"um den <gui>Fensterwechsler</gui> anzuzeigen."
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </"
++"key></keyseq>, um den <gui>Fensterwechsler</gui> anzuzeigen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
+ "(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+@@ -22173,7 +26202,8 @@
+ "Lassen Sie die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-Taste los, um "
+ "das nächste (hervorgehobene) Fenster im Fensterwechsler zu wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
+ "key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
+@@ -22184,7 +26214,17 @@
+ "der geöffneten Fenster zu blättern, oder <keyseq><key>Tabulatortaste</"
+ "key><key>Umschalttaste</key></keyseq>, um rückwärts zu blättern."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können auch die Fensterliste in der unteren Leiste verwenden, um auf "
++"alle geöffneten Fenster zuzugreifen und zwischen ihnen zu wechseln."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+@@ -22197,7 +26237,8 @@
+ "gedrückt und drücken Sie <key>`</key> (oder die Taste oberhalb von <key>Tab</"
+ "key>), um sich durch die Liste zu bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+@@ -22205,7 +26246,8 @@
+ "Im Fensterwechsler werden Anwendungen anderer Arbeitsflächen durch "
+ "senkrechte Trenner unterschieden."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+@@ -22215,7 +26257,8 @@
+ "Tasten <key>→</key> oder <key>←</key> oder durch Klicken mit der Maus "
+ "bewegen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+@@ -22223,11 +26266,13 @@
+ "Vorschauen auf Anwendungen mit einem einzelnen Fenster werden nur dann "
+ "angezeigt, wenn die Taste <key>↓</key> explizit gedrückt wird."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "In der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+@@ -22240,15 +26285,18 @@
+ "geöffnet sind, können Sie auf jede der Arbeitsflächen klicken, um die "
+ "geöffneten Fenster der jeweiligen Arbeitsfläche zu sehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Zwei Fenster nebeneinander »maximieren«."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Gekachelte Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+@@ -22258,7 +26306,8 @@
+ "Bildschirms maximieren. So können Sie zwei Fenster nebeneinander platzieren, "
+ "um schnell zwischen ihnen wechseln zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+@@ -22272,7 +26321,8 @@
+ "key-super\">Super-Taste</link> gedrückt und drücken die Pfeiltasten "
+ "<key>Links</key> oder <key>Rechts</key> key."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+@@ -22281,166 +26331,247 @@
+ "es weg vom Rand des Bildschirms oder verwenden Sie die gleiche "
+ "Tastenkombination wie für das Maximieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Verschieben und Organisieren Ihrer Fenster."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Fenster und Arbeitsflächen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Wie andere Arbeitsumgebungen auch verwendet GNOME Fenster zur Anzeige von "
+-"laufenden Anwendungen. Mit der <gui>Übersicht</gui> und dem <gui>Dash</gui> "
+-"können Sie neue Anwendungen starten und steuern, welche Anwendung aktiv ist."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"Wie andere Desktops verwendet GNOME Fenster, um Ihre laufenden Anwendungen "
++"anzuzeigen. Durch Verwendung beider,  der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht "
++"und der <gui>Dash</gui>, können Sie neue Anwendungen starten und aktive "
++"Fenster steuern."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Zusätzlich zu den Fenstern können Sie Ihre Anwendungen innerhalb von "
+-"Arbeitsflächen anordnen. Lesen Sie hierzu die nachfolgenden Abschnitte zu "
+-"Fenstern und Arbeitsflächen, um mehr über diese Funktionsmerkmale zu "
+-"erfahren."
++"Sie können auch Ihre Anwendungen zusammenin Arbeitsbereichen gruppieren. "
++"Besuchen Sie die Fenster und Arbeitsbereich Hilfe-Themen weiter unten um "
++"besser zu lernen, wie man diese Funktionen  benutzt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Fenster"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Arbeiten mit Fenstern"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Arbeitsflächen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Arbeiten mit Arbeitsflächen"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wechseln Sie in die Aktivitäten-Ansicht und ziehen Sie das Fenster auf eine "
+ "andere Arbeitsfläche"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "Fenster auf eine andere Arbeitsfläche verschieben"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "Mit der Maus:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie die <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten</link>-Übersicht."
++"Öffnen Sie die  <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Aktivitäten</gui> "
++"Übersicht</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Öffnen Sie die <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten Übersicht</gui> "
++"vom <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Anwendungen</gui> "
++"Menü</link> oben links auf dem Bildschirm."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ziehen Sie das Fenster an die rechte Seite des Bildschirms und legen Sie es "
+ "dort ab."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"Die <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">Arbeitsbereich Auswahl</em> wird "
++"angezeigt."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Der <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Arbeitsflächenumschalter</link> "
+-"erscheint."
++"Legen Sie das Fenster auf einem leeren Arbeitsbereich ab. Dieser "
++"Arbeitsbereich enthält nun das abgelegte Fenster, und eine neuer leerer "
++"Arbeitsbereich erscheint am unteren Rand der <em>Arbeitsbereich Auswahl</em>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+-"window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom "
+-"of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"window you have dropped."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Legen Sie das Fenster in der leeren Arbeitsfläche ab. Diese Arbeitsfläche "
+-"enthält nun das abgelegte Fenster und eine neue leere Arbeitsfläche "
+-"erscheint am unteren Rand des <gui>Arbeitsflächenumschalters</gui>."
++"Legen Sie das Fenster auf einem leeren Arbeitsbereich ab. Dieser "
++"Arbeitsbereich enthält nun das abgelegte Fenster."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "Mit der Tastatur:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window "
+-"switcher</link>)."
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie das Fenster aus  das Sie verschieben möchten (z. B. mit Hilfe des "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">Fensterwechslers</em>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Bild auf</"
++"key></keyseq> um das Fenster in einen Arbeitsbereich zu verschieben der über "
++"dem des aktuellen Arbeitsbereiches in der <em>Arbeitsbereich Auswahl</em> "
++"liegt."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Bild ab</"
++"key></keyseq> um das Fenster auf eine Arbeitsfläche zu verschieben, die sich "
++"unter der aktuellen Arbeitsfläche in der <em>Arbeitsbereich Auswahl</em> "
++"befindet."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "Arbeitsbereich Auswahl verwenden."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "Wechseln zwischen Arbeitsflächen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie das zu verschiebende Fenster aus (beispielsweise mit dem "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">Fensterwechsler</link>)."
++"Öffnen Sie die  <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Aktivitäten Übersicht</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Umschalttaste</"
+-"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>, um das Fenster in eine Arbeitsfläche zu "
+-"verschieben, die sich über der aktuellen Arbeitsfläche im "
+-"<gui>Arbeitsflächenumschalter</gui> befindet."
++"In der oberen linken Ecke des Bildschirms klicken Sie auf das <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Anwendungen</gui> Menü</link> und wählen die "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten  Übersicht</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Umschalttaste</"
+-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>, um das Fenster in eine Arbeitsfläche zu "
+-"verschieben, die sich unter der aktuellen Arbeitsfläche im "
+-"<gui>Arbeitsflächenumschalter</gui> befindet."
++"Klicken Sie auf einen Arbeitsbereich im <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Arbeitsbereich Selektor</link> auf der rechten Seite des "
++"Bildschirms, um die offenen Fenster auf diesem Arbeitsbereich anzusehen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Verwenden Sie den Arbeitsflächenumschalter in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht."
++"Klicken Sie auf irgendein Fenster-Abbild um die Arbeitsfläche zu aktivieren."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+-msgstr "Wechseln zwischen Arbeitsflächen"
+-
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window "
+-"thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht auf eine Arbeitsfläche "
+-"im <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Arbeitsflächenumschalter</link> an der "
+-"rechten Seite des Bildschirms, um einen Überblick auf die in dieser "
+-"Arbeitsfläche geöffneten Fenster zu erhalten. Klicken Sie auf das "
+-"Vorschaubild eines Fensters, um die Arbeitsfläche zu aktivieren."
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Alternativ können Sie zwischen Arbeitsbereichen wechseln, indem Sie die "
++"Arbeitsbereich-Kennung an der rechten Seite der Fensterliste auf der unteren "
++"Leiste anklicken und den Arbeitsbereich, den Sie verwenden wollen, aus dem "
++"Menü wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move to a "
+-"workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>, um auf eine "
+-"Arbeitsfläche zu verschieben, die sich über der aktuellen Arbeitsfläche "
+-"befindet."
++"Drücken Sie <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Bild "
++"auf</key></keyseq>, um zu einem Arbeitsbereich zu gelangen, der sich über "
++"dem aktuellen Arbeitsbereich im Arbeitsbereich Selektor befindet."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
+ "workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+@@ -22449,39 +26580,56 @@
+ "Arbeitsfläche zu verschieben, die sich unter der aktuellen Arbeitsfläche "
+ "befindet."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr "translated"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Arbeitsflächen sind eine Möglichkeit zum Gruppieren von Fenstern in Ihrer "
+ "Arbeitsumgebung."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "Was ist eine Arbeitsfläche, und was habe ich davon?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Mit Arbeitsflächen gruppieren Sie Fenster auf Ihrem Schreibtisch. Sie können "
+-"mehrere Arbeitsflächen erstellen, die wie virtuelle Arbeitsumgebungen "
+-"fungieren. Arbeitsflächen sind eine Möglichkeit, um Ordnung zu schaffen und "
+-"das Bewegen in der Arbeitsumgebung zu vereinfachen."
++"Arbeitsbereiche beziehen sich auf die Gruppierung von Fenstern auf dem "
++"Desktop. Sie können mehrere Arbeitsbereiche erstellen, die wie virtuelle "
++"Desktops arbeiten. Arbeitsbereiche sollen Unordnung verringern und den "
++"Desktop einfacher zu navigieren machen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"Arbeitsbereiche beziehen sich auf die Gruppierung von Fenstern auf dem "
++"Desktop. Sie können mehrere Arbeitsbereiche verwenden, die wie virtuelle "
++"Desktops arbeiten. Arbeitsbereiche sollen Unordnung verringern und den "
++"Desktop einfacher zu navigieren machen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -22495,147 +26643,193 @@
+ "Arbeitsfläche. Ihre Musikverwaltung könnte dann eine weitere Arbeitsfläche "
+ "belegen."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Arbeiten mit Arbeitsflächen:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, "
+-"plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Bewegen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht den Zeiger an den "
+-"äußersten rechten Rand des Bildschirms. Eine senkrechte Seitenleiste "
+-"erscheint, in der alle aktuellen Arbeitsflächen sowie eine zusätzliche leere "
+-"Arbeitsfläche ohne Anwendungsfenster angezeigt werden. Dies ist der <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminolgoy\">Arbeitsflächenumschalter</link>."
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"In der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht, bewegen Sie den Cursor auf die "
++"äußerste rechte Seite des Bildschirms."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> Taste um die "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht  zu öffnen und dann bewegen Sie den Cursor "
++"auf die rechteste Seite des Schirmes."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ein vertikales Panel erscheint und zeigt Arbeitsbereiche im Einsatz, plus "
++"eine leere Arbeitsfläche. Dies ist der <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> "
++"Arbeitsbereich Selektor </link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ein vertikales Panel erscheint und zeigt die verfügbaren Arbeitsbereiche. "
++"Dies ist der <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Arbeitsbereich Selektor</link>."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+-"the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Um eine Arbeitsfläche hinzuzufügen, verschieben Sie ein Fenster aus einer "
+-"vorhandenen Arbeitsfläche in die leere Arbeitsfläche im "
+-"Arbeitsflächenumschalter. Diese Arbeitsfläche enthält nun das abgelegte "
+-"Fenster und eine weitere leere Arbeitsfläche erscheint darunter."
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"Um einen Arbeitsbereich hinzuzufügen, ziehen Sie ein Fenster aus einem "
++"bestehenden Arbeitsbereich auf den leeren Arbeitsbereich im <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Arbeitsbereich Selektor</link> und legen es dort an. "
++"Dieser Arbeitsbereich enthält nun das abgelegte Fenster, und eine neue leere "
++"Arbeitsfläche wird darunter angezeigt."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um eine Arbeitsfläche zu entfernen, schließen Sie einfach alle darin "
+-"befindlichen Fenster, oder verschieben Sie die Fenster in eine andere "
+-"Arbeitsfläche."
++"Um einen Arbeitsbereich zu entfernen, schließen Sie einfach alle seine "
++"Fenster oder verschieben Sie diese in andere Arbeitsbereiche."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "Es ist immer mindestens eine Arbeitsfläche vorhanden."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie Klänge für Warnmeldungen, stellen Sie die Lautstärke ein oder "
+-"schalten Sie Benachrichtigungsklänge ab."
++"Wählen Sie Töne für Warnmeldungen, stellen Sie die Lautstärke ein oder "
++"schalten Sie Benachrichtigungstöne ab."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+-msgstr "Wählen oder deaktivieren des Warnklangs"
++msgstr "Wählen oder deaktivieren des Warntones"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ihr Rechner spielt einen einfachen Benachrichtigungsklang für diverse Arten "
+-"von Meldungen und Ereignissen ab. Sie können verschiedene Klänge für "
++"Ihr Rechner spielt einen einfachen Benachrichtigungston für diverse Arten "
++"von Meldungen und Ereignissen ab. Sie können verschiedene Töne für "
+ "Benachrichtigungen wählen, die Lautstärke dafür unabhängig von der "
+ "allgemeinen Systemlautstärke einstellen oder die Ausgabe von "
+-"Benachrichtigungsklängen vollständig abschalten."
++"Benachrichtigungstönen vollständig abschalten."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Ton</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie im Reiter <gui>Klangeffekte</gui> einen Benachrichtigungsklang "
+-"aus. Jeder Klang wird abgespielt, wenn Sie darauf klicken, so dass Sie Ihre "
+-"Klänge probeweise hören können."
++"Wählen Sie im Tab <gui>Toneffekte</gui> einen Benachrichtigungston aus. "
++"Jeder Ton wird abgespielt, wenn Sie darauf klicken, so dass Sie Ihre Töne "
++"probeweise hören können."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+ "other sound files."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler im Reiter <gui>Klangeffekte</gui>, um die "
+-"Lautstärke für den Benachrichtigungsklang einzustellen. Dies wirkt sich "
+-"nicht auf die Lautstärke von Musik, Filme oder sonstigen Klangdateien aus."
++"Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler im Tab <gui>Toneffekte</gui>, um die "
++"Lautstärke für den Benachrichtigungston einzustellen. Dies wirkt sich nicht "
++"auf die Lautstärke von Musik, Filme oder sonstigen Tondateien aus."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+ "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um Warnklänge generell zu deaktivieren, verwenden Sie den Schalter <gui>AN/"
+-"AUS</gui> neben dem Regler <gui>Warnlautstärke</gui> im Reiter "
+-"<gui>Klangeffekte</gui>."
++"Um Warntöne generell zu deaktivieren, verwenden Sie den Schalter <gui>AN/"
++"AUS</gui> neben dem Regler <gui>Warnlautstärke</gui> im Tab <gui>Toneffekte</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Problemlösungen bei fehlender Klangausgabe oder schlechter Klangqualität."
++msgstr "Problemlösungen bei fehlender Tonausgabe oder schlechter Tonqualität."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+-msgstr "Klangprobleme"
++msgstr "Tonprobleme"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Es gibt eine Reihe von Wegen, Klänge auf Ihrem Rechner wiederzugeben. "
+-"Welches der nachfolgenden Themen beschreibt das Problem, das bei Ihnen "
+-"auftritt?"
++"Es gibt eine Reihe von Wegen, Töne auf Ihrem Rechner wiederzugeben. Welches "
++"der nachfolgenden Themen beschreibt das Problem, das bei Ihnen auftritt?"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie die Audio-Anschlusskabel und die Treiber für die Soundkarte."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+-msgstr "Ich höre Kratzen oder Brummen bei der Klangwiedergabe"
++msgstr "Ich höre Kratzen oder Brummen bei der Tonwiedergabe"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+ "with the drivers for the sound card."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie Kratzen oder Brummen bei der Klangwiedergabe Ihres Rechners hören, "
++"Falls Sie Kratzen oder Brummen bei der Tonwiedergabe Ihres Rechners hören, "
+ "könnte dies an der Kabeln oder Steckern oder auch an den Treibern für die "
+ "Soundkarte liegen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob die Lautsprecher korrekt angeschlossen sind."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -22643,13 +26837,15 @@
+ "Falls die Lautsprecheranschlüsse nicht vollständig eingesteckt sind oder "
+ "sich in der falschen Buchse befinden, könnten Sie ein Brummen hören."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer nicht beschädigt "
+ "sind."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -22662,11 +26858,13 @@
+ "Kratzgeräusche vorhanden sind. Falls dem so ist, werden Sie möglicherweise "
+ "das Kabel oder den Kopfhörer ersetzen müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Qualität der Sound-Treiber."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -22680,7 +26878,8 @@
+ "»Linux« hinzufügen sollten. So sehen Sie vielleicht, ob das Problem noch bei "
+ "anderen Benutzern besteht."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+@@ -22688,7 +26887,8 @@
+ "Mit dem Befehl <cmd>lspci</cmd> erhalten Sie weitere Informationen zu Ihrer "
+ "Soundkarte."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -22696,42 +26896,48 @@
+ "Überprüfen Sie, ob es nicht stumm geschaltet ist, ob die Kabel ordentlich "
+ "eingesteckt sind und ob die Soundkarte erkannt wurde."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+-msgstr "Ich kann keine Klänge auf dem Rechner hören"
++msgstr "Ich kann keine Töne auf dem Rechner hören"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+ "problem."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Falls Sie keine Klänge Ihres Rechners hören können, beispielsweise bei der "
++"Falls Sie keine Töne Ihres Rechners hören können, beispielsweise bei der "
+ "Musikwiedergabe, versuchen Sie Folgendes, um das Problem zu beheben."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Ton nicht stumm geschaltet ist"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf das Klang-Symbol im oberen Panel, welches wie ein "
+-"Lautsprecher aussieht, und stellen Sie sicher, dass der Klang nicht stumm "
+-"geschaltet oder völlig heruntergeregelt ist."
++"Klicken Sie auf das Ton-Symbol im oberen Panel, welches wie ein Lautsprecher "
++"aussieht, und stellen Sie sicher, dass die Ausgabe nicht stumm geschaltet "
++"oder völlig heruntergeregelt ist."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einige Laptops haben Stummschalter oder entsprechend wirkende Tasten. "
+ "Versuchen Sie diese Schalter oder Tasten zu bedienen, um zu sehen, ob der "
+-"Klang nicht stumm geschaltet ist."
++"Ton nicht stumm geschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -22740,23 +26946,24 @@
+ "Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
+ "<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sie sollten auch sicherstellen, dass die für die Wiedergabe von Klängen "
++"Sie sollten auch sicherstellen, dass die für die Wiedergabe von Tönen "
+ "verwendete Anwendung nicht stumm geschaltet ist, zum Beispiel ein "
+ "Musikwiedergabeprogramm oder ein Video-Player. Die jeweilige Anwendung "
+ "könnte einen Knopf zum Stummschalten im Hauptfenster haben, daher sollten "
+-"Sie das ebenfalls überprüfen. Klicken Sie auch auf das Klang-Symbol im "
+-"oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Klangeinstellungen</gui>. Wenn das "
+-"<gui>Klang</gui>-Fenster erscheint, klicken Sie auf den Reiter "
+-"<gui>Anwendungen</gui> und überprüfen Sie, ob Ihre Anwendung nicht stumm "
+-"geschaltet ist."
++"Sie das ebenfalls überprüfen. Klicken Sie auch auf das Ton-Symbol im oberen "
++"Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Toneinstellungen</gui>. Wenn das <gui>Ton</gui>-"
++"Fenster erscheint, klicken Sie auf den Tab <gui>Anwendungen</gui> und "
++"überprüfen Sie, ob Ihre Anwendung nicht stumm geschaltet ist."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie, ob die Lautsprecher korrekt angeschlossen und eingeschaltet "
+ "sind"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -22769,7 +26976,8 @@
+ "an der Rückseite des Rechners eingesteckt ist. Diese Buchse ist "
+ "üblicherweise in hellgrüner Farbe gekennzeichnet."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -22783,7 +26991,8 @@
+ "unter Windows oder Mac OS. Versuchen Sie, das Lautsprecherkabel in andere "
+ "Buchsen des Rechners zu stecken, um zu sehen, ob es funktioniert."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -22792,33 +27001,37 @@
+ "Rückseite der Lautsprecher sitzt. Einige Lautsprecher haben mehrere "
+ "Eingangsbuchsen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+-msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob das richtige Klangausgabegerät angeschlossen ist"
++msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob die richtige Tonausgabeeinheit angeschlossen ist"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+ "have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
+ "choose the right one."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Auf einigen Rechnern sind mehrere »Audiogeräte« installiert. Einige davon "
+-"können Klänge ausgeben, andere nicht. Überprüfen Sie also, ob das richtige "
+-"Gerät ausgewählt ist. Einige Testläufe könnten nötig sein, um das richtige "
+-"Gerät zu finden."
++"Auf einigen Rechnern sind mehrere »Audioeinheiten« installiert. Einige davon "
++"können Töne ausgeben, andere nicht. Überprüfen Sie also, ob die richtige "
++"Einheit ausgewählt ist. Einige Testläufe könnten nötig sein, um die richtige "
++"Einheit zu finden."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf das Klang-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-"<gui>Klangeinstellungen</gui>."
++"Klicken Sie auf das Ton-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
++"<gui>Toneinstellungen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Im erscheinenden <gui>Audio</gui>-Fenster öffnen Sie den Reiter "
+@@ -22826,17 +27039,19 @@
+ "ausgewählt sind. So können Sie jederzeit die Vorgabeeinstellungen "
+ "wiederherstellen, falls Änderungen nicht zum Erfolg führen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+ "and try each profile."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Versuchen Sie, für das ausgewählte Gerät das Profil zu ändern. Spielen Sie "
+-"anschließend einen Klang ab, um zu sehen, ob es funktioniert. Möglicherweise "
++"Versuchen Sie, für die ausgewählte Einheit das Profil zu ändern. Spielen Sie "
++"anschließend einen Ton ab, um zu sehen, ob es funktioniert. Möglicherweise "
+ "müssen Sie nun die Liste weiter durcharbeiten und jedes Profil testen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+@@ -22844,19 +27059,22 @@
+ "Falls das nicht funktioniert, müssen Sie das Gleiche für eines der anderen "
+ "aufgelisteten Geräte tun."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Versuchen Sie die Option <gui>Anschluss</gui> im Reiter <gui>Ausgabe</gui> "
+ "zu ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Überprüfen Sie, ob die Soundkarte von Ihrem Rechner richtig erkannt wurde"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -22864,22 +27082,25 @@
+ "are not installed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ihre Soundkarte könnte nicht richtig erkannt worden sein. Falls dem so ist, "
+-"»denkt« Ihr Rechner, dass er keine Klänge wiedergeben kann. Ein möglicher "
++"»denkt« Ihr Rechner, dass er keine Töne wiedergeben kann. Ein möglicher "
+ "Grund hierfür könnte sein, dass die Treiber für die Karte nicht installiert "
+ "sind."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wechseln Sie in die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht und starten Sie ein "
+ "Terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Tippen Sie <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> und drücken Sie die <key>Eingabetaste</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+ "devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+@@ -22887,7 +27108,8 @@
+ "Eine Geräteliste wird angezeigt. Falls es keine <gui>Geräte zur Tonausgabe</"
+ "gui> gibt, wurde Ihre Soundkarte nicht erkannt."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -22895,7 +27117,8 @@
+ "Falls Ihre Soundkarte nicht erkannt wurde, müssen Sie die Treiber dafür "
+ "manuell einrichten. Wie das zu geschehen hat, hängt von Ihrer Soundkarte ab."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -22917,7 +27140,8 @@
+ "Modellbezeichnung enthalten. Mit <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> erhalten Sie eine Liste "
+ "mit detaillierteren Informationen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+@@ -22927,7 +27151,8 @@
+ "installieren. Am besten sollten Sie in Hilfeforen Ihrer Distribution um "
+ "Unterstützung fragen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -22938,17 +27163,20 @@
+ "die Installation innerhalb des Rechners vorgesehen sind, und externe "
+ "Soundkarten, die über USB angeschlossen werden."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ein analoges oder USB-Mikrofon verwenden und das vorgegebene Eingabegerät "
+ "wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr "Ein anderes Mikrofon verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -22959,10 +27187,11 @@
+ "Sie können ein externes Mikrofon für Unterhaltungen mit Freunden, Gespräche "
+ "mit Kollegen, Aufzeichnen von Sprache oder für andere Multimedia-Zwecke "
+ "verwenden. Selbst wenn der Rechner bereits über ein eingebautes Mikrofon "
+-"verfügen sollte, bietet ein externes Mikrofon meist eine bessere "
+-"Klangqualität."
++"verfügen sollte, bietet ein externes Mikrofon meist eine bessere Tonqualität."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -22979,7 +27208,8 @@
+ "Sie die nachstehenden Anweisungen für die Einrichtung eines Standard-"
+ "Eingabegerätes."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -22989,17 +27219,20 @@
+ "Rechners. USB-Mikrofone funktionieren als separate Audiogeräte, daher müssen "
+ "Sie angeben, welches Mikrofon als Standard verwendet werden soll."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Vorgegebenes Audio-Eingabegerät wählen"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Audio</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Eingang</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+@@ -23007,28 +27240,32 @@
+ "Wählen Sie das Gerät in der Geräteliste aus. Die Pegelanzeige sollte "
+ "ausschlagen, wenn Sie sprechen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer anschließen und ein Standardgerät für die "
+ "Audioausgabe wählen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr "Verschiedene Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+ "plug or with USB."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können externe Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer an Ihrem Rechner verwenden. "
+-"Lautsprecher werden üblicherweise mit einem Klinkenstecker oder über USB "
+-"angeschlossen."
++"Lautsprecher werden üblicherweise mit einem runden TRS (<em>tip, ring, "
++"sleeve</em>) Stecker oder über USB angeschlossen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -23045,7 +27282,8 @@
+ "standardmäßig verwendet. Falls nicht, folgen Sie den Anweisungen zur Auswahl "
+ "eines Standardgeräts."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+@@ -23057,19 +27295,20 @@
+ "Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
+ "that speaker."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Einige Rechner unterstützen die Mehrkanal-Ausgabe für Raumklang. Hierfür "
++"Einige Rechner unterstützen die Mehrkanal-Ausgabe für Raumton. Hierfür "
+ "werden üblicherweise Klinkenstecker verwendet, die oft farblich "
+ "gekennzeichnet sind. Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, welcher Stecker in welche "
+-"Buchse gehört, können Sie die Ausgabe in den Klangeinstellungen überprüfen. "
++"Buchse gehört, können Sie die Ausgabe in den Toneinstellungen überprüfen. "
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel, wählen Sie <gui>Einstellungen</"
+-"gui> und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Klang</gui>. Wählen Sie im Reiter "
+-"<gui>Ausgabe</gui> Ihre Lautsprecher in der Geräteliste aus und klicken Sie "
+-"dann auf <gui style=\"button\">Lautsprecher testen</gui>. Klicken Sie im "
+-"sich öffnenden Fenster auf den Knopf für jeden der Lautsprecher. Über diese "
+-"Knöpfe wird jeweils ein Klang für jeden Kanal abgespielt, zugeordnet zum "
+-"jeweiligen Lautsprecher."
++"gui> und klicken Sie dann auf <gui>Ton</gui>. Wählen Sie im Tab<gui>Ausgabe</"
++"gui> Ihre Lautsprecher in der Geräteliste aus und klicken Sie dann auf <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Lautsprecher testen</gui>. Klicken Sie im sich öffnenden "
++"Fenster auf den Knopf für jeden der Lautsprecher. Über diese Knöpfe wird "
++"jeweils ein Ton für jeden Kanal abgespielt, zugeordnet zum jeweiligen "
++"Lautsprecher."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -23081,16 +27320,19 @@
+ "funktionieren wie separate Audiogeräte. Sie haben dann zu entscheiden, "
+ "welche Lautsprecher standardmäßig verwendet werden sollen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie <gui>Audio</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Ausgabe</gui>."
++"Öffnen Sie <gui>Audio</gui> und wählen Sie den Tab <gui>Ausgabe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie das Gerät in der Geräteliste aus."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+@@ -23098,11 +27340,13 @@
+ "Einstellung der Lautstärke des Rechners und Steuerung des Lautstärkepegels "
+ "für einzelne Anwendungen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr "Lautstärke ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+@@ -23110,15 +27354,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um die Lautstärke anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Lautstärkesymbol im oberen "
+ "Panel (welches wie ein Lautsprecher aussieht) und bewegen Sie den "
+-"Schieberegler nach rechts oder links. Sie können die Wiedergabe von Klängen "
++"Schieberegler nach rechts oder links. Sie können die Wiedergabe von Tönen "
+ "vollständig abschalten, wenn Sie den Regler ganz nach rechts verschieben."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Einige Tastaturen verfügen über Tasten, über die Sie die Lautstärke regeln "
+ "können. Normalerweise sehen diese Tasten wie stilisierte Lautsprecher aus, "
+@@ -23127,7 +27372,8 @@
+ "integriert. Halten Sie die <key>Fn</key>-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur gedrückt, "
+ "um sie zu benutzen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -23137,11 +27383,13 @@
+ "eingebauten Lautstärkereglern steuern. Manche Kopfhörer verfügen ebenfalls "
+ "über eine Lautstärkeregelung."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Lautstärke für einzelne Anwendungen"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -23151,10 +27399,11 @@
+ "Sie können die Lautstärke für eine Anwendung ändern, aber die Lautstärke "
+ "anderer Anwendungen unangetastet lassen. Dies ist beispielsweise sinnvoll, "
+ "wenn Sie Musik hören und außerdem im Web surfen. Sie können dann die "
+-"Klangwiedergabe des Webbrowsers ausschalten, damit die Klänge von Webseiten "
+-"die Musikwiedergabe nicht unterbrechen."
++"Tonwiedergabe des Webbrowsers ausschalten, damit die Töne von Webseiten die "
++"Musikwiedergabe nicht unterbrechen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -23165,603 +27414,686 @@
+ "Einige Anwendungen verfügen über Lautstärkeregler in deren Hauptfenstern. "
+ "Falls Ihre Anwendung einen solchen Regler enthält, können Sie diesen zur "
+ "Anpassung der Lautstärke verwenden. Anderenfalls klicken Sie auf das "
+-"Lautstärkesymbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Klangeinstellungen</"
+-"gui>. Im Reiter <gui>Anwendungen</gui> können Sie die Lautstärke bestimmter "
++"Lautstärkesymbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Toneinstellungen</gui>. "
++"Im Tab <gui>Anwendungen</gui> können Sie die Lautstärke bestimmter "
+ "Anwendungen anpassen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+ "lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
+ "volume."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Es werden nur Anwendungen aufgelistet, die Klänge ausgeben. Falls eine "
+-"solche Anwendung hier nicht aufgelistet ist, könnte es sein, dass die "
+-"Anwendung dieses Funktionsmerkmal nicht unterstützt. In diesem Fall können "
+-"Sie die Lautstärke nicht ändern."
++"Es werden nur Anwendungen aufgelistet, die Töne ausgeben. Falls eine solche "
++"Anwendung hier nicht aufgelistet ist, könnte es sein, dass die Anwendung "
++"dieses Funktionsmerkmal nicht unterstützt. In diesem Fall können Sie die "
++"Lautstärke nicht ändern."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:24(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+-msgstr "translated"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:35(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+-msgstr "original"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:49(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "original"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:53(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+-msgstr "original"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:58(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "original"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:62(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+-msgstr "original"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:74(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:78(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:91(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:95(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:99(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:103(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:107(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:111(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:115(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr "toriginal"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:119(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:123(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:127(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:131(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:135(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:145(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:149(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:153(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:157(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:161(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:165(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:169(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:179(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:183(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:192(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:196(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:200(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:209(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:213(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:217(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:221(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:225(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:229(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:233(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:237(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:249(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:253(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:257(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:261(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:265(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:269(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:273(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:277(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:281(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:285(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:290(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr "toriginal"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:295(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr "original"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:17(info/desc)
+-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Erläutert die Bedeutung der Symbole an der rechten Seite des oberen Panels."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "Was bedeuten die Symbole im oberen Panel?"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
+ "of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+@@ -23771,235 +28103,299 @@
+ "Speziell werden die verschiedenen möglichen Variationen in der GNOME-"
+ "Benutzeroberfläche erklärt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
+ msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Oberes Panel der GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Symbole im Barrierefreiheitsmenü"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:36(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
+ msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr "Führt zu einem Menü der Barrierefreiheitseinstellungen."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Symbole der Lautstärkeregelung"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "Die Lautstärke ist auf hoch gesetzt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:54(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "Die Lautstärke ist auf mittel gesetzt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "Die Lautstärke ist auf niedrig gesetzt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:63(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "Die Lautstärke ist auf stumm geschaltet."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Symbole der Bluetooth-Verwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+ msgstr "Bluetooth wurde aktiviert."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "Bluetooth wurde deaktiviert."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:85(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Symbole der Netzwerkverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
+ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Mobilfunkverbindungen</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
+ msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem 3G-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
+ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem 4G-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
+ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem EDGE-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
+ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem GPRS-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
+ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem UMTS-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem Mobilfunk-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
+ msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr "Verbindung mit einem Mobilfunknetzwerk wird aufgebaut."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:120(td/p) C/status-icons.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Sehr hohe Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:124(td/p) C/status-icons.page:226(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Hohe Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:128(td/p) C/status-icons.page:230(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Mittlere Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:132(td/p) C/status-icons.page:234(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Geringe Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:136(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Sehr geringe Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:142(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
+ msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Kabelgebundene Netzwerkverbindungen</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
+ msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr "Beim Suchen des Netzwerks trat ein Fehler auf."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
+ msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr "Das Netzwerk ist untätig."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "Es wurde keine Route für das Netzwerk gefunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "Das Netzwerk ist abgemeldet."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
+ msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr "Das Netzwerk empfängt Daten."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
+ msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr "Das Netzwerk sendet und empfängt Daten."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
+ msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr "Das Netzwerk sendet Daten."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:176(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
+ msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Virtuelle Private Netzwerkverbindung</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(td/p) C/status-icons.page:193(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
+ msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr "Netzwerkverbindung wird aufgebaut."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:184(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
+ msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem VPN-Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:189(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Kabelgebundene Verbindung</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:197(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
+ msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr "Die Netzwerkverbindung wurde getrennt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:201(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
+ msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem kabelgebundenen Netzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:206(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Funknetzwerkverbindung</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
+ msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr "Funketzwerkverbindung wird aufgebaut."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:214(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "Das Funknetzwerk ist verschlüsselt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
+ msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr "Mit einem Funknetzwerk verbunden."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:238(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Sehr geringe Signalstärke."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:245(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Symbole der Energieverwaltung"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:250(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist vollständig geladen."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:254(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist teilweise entladen."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:258(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "Ladezustand des Akkus ist niedrig."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:262(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
+ msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr "Achtung: Der Ladezustand des Akkus ist sehr niedrig."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:266(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "Ladezustand des Akkus ist sehr niedrig."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:270(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
+ msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+ msgstr "Der Akku wurde entfernt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:274(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
+ msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist vollständig geladen."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:278(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist voll und lädt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:282(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist teilweise geladen und lädt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:286(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist wenig geladen und lädt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:291(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist sehr wenig geladen und lädt."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "Der Akku ist leer und lädt."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -24008,11 +28404,13 @@
+ "beispielsweise fremde Alphabete, mathematische Zeichen, Symbole und "
+ "Piktogramme."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "Sonderzeichen eingeben"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -24023,15 +28421,18 @@
+ "sind. In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie einige Wege, wie Sie spezielle Zeichen "
+ "eingeben können."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Methoden zum Eingeben von Zeichen"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Zeichentabelle"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -24041,7 +28442,8 @@
+ "Zeichen ermöglicht. Verwenden Sie diese Zeichentabelle, um die gewünschten "
+ "Zeichen zu finden, und fügen Sie sie anschließend ein, wo immer Sie wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+ "For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+@@ -24051,11 +28453,13 @@
+ "Übersicht. Weitere Informationen zur Zeichentabelle finden Sie im <link href="
+ "\"help:gucharmap\">Zeichentabelle-Handbuch</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Compose-Taste"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -24067,7 +28471,8 @@
+ "beispielsweise den akzentuierten Buchstaben <em>é</em> einzugeben, drücken "
+ "Sie die <key>Compose-Taste</key>, dann <key>'</key> und dann <key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+@@ -24075,52 +28480,53 @@
+ "Tastaturen haben keine festen Compose-Tasten. Stattdessen können Sie eine "
+ "der vorhandenen Tasten Ihrer Tastatur als Compose-Taste festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Eine Compose-Taste festlegen"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Region und Sprache</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Shortcut Settings</"
+-"gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Eingabequellen</gui> und klicken Sie auf "
+-"<gui>Tatenkürzel-Einstellungen</gui>."
++"Wählen Sie den <gui>Shortcuts</gui> Tab und klicken auf <gui>Schreiben</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+ msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Compose-taste</gui> im rechten Teilfenster."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
+-"a compose key. You can choose <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Ctrl</"
+-"key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> or <key "
+-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, or the <key "
+-"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Any key you select will then only "
+-"work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf <gui>Deaktiviert</gui> und wählen Sie die Taste oder die "
+-"Tasten aus, die Sie als Compose-Taste verwenden wollen. Sie können Tasten "
+-"wie die <key>Feststelltaste</key>, die <key>Alt</key>-Taste, eine der "
+-"<key>Strg</key>-Tasten, die rechte <key>Alt</key>-Taste, die rechte "
+-"<key>Windows</key>- oder <key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Menütaste</"
+-"link></key> verwenden, oder die <key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Menü</"
+-"link></key>-Taste, falls vorhanden. Allerdings werden dann alle von Ihnen "
+-"ausgewählten Tasten nur noch als Compose-Tasten verwendbar sein und nicht "
+-"mehr für ihren eigentlichen Zweck."
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"Klicken Sie auf <gui>Deaktiviert</gui> und wählen Sie die Taste, die Sie "
++"gerne als Compose-Taste aus dem Dropdown-Menü verwenden würden. Sie können "
++"auswählen entweder die <key>Ctrl</key> Tasten, die rechte <key>Alt</key> "
++"Taste, die rechte <key>Win</key> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> Taste (wenn Sie eine haben), die <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</"
++"key> Taste oder <key>Caps Lock</key>. Jede Taste, die Sie auswählen, wird "
++"dann nur noch als Compose-Taste funktionieren, und nicht mehr für ihren "
++"ursprünglichen Zweck."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie können viele häufig vorkommende Zeichen mit der Compose-Taste eingeben, "
+ "zum Beispiel:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -24129,7 +28535,8 @@
+ "Buchstaben, über den Sie ein Acute-Akzentzeichen setzen wollen, zum Beispiel "
+ "<em>é</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -24138,15 +28545,18 @@
+ "Buchstaben, über den Sie ein Grave-Akzentzeichen setzen wollen, zum Beispiel "
+ "<em>è</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Drücken Sie die <key>Compose-Taste</key>, dann <key>\"</key> und dann den "
+ "Buchstaben, über den Sie Umlautpunkte setzen wollen, zum Beispiel <em>ë</em>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -24154,21 +28564,25 @@
+ "Drücken Sie die <key>Compose-Taste</key>, dann <key>-</key> und dann den "
+ "Buchstaben, über den Sie ein Makron setzen wollen, zum Beispiel <em>ē</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+ "Wikipedia</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Weitere Tastaturfolgen für die Nutzung der Compose-Taste finden Sie auf der "
+-"<link href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose-Taste\">entsprechenden "
+-"Seite in Wikipedia</link>."
++"<link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Compose-Tasten-Seite in Wikipedia</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Ersetzungscodes"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -24185,7 +28599,8 @@
+ "<gui>Zeichendetails</gui>. Der Code besteht aus vier Zeichen nach <gui>U+</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -24202,11 +28617,13 @@
+ "sollten Sie sich den entsprechenden Ersetzungscode merken, so dass Sie ihn "
+ "schneller eingeben können."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Tastaturbelegungen"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -24219,11 +28636,13 @@
+ "zwischen verschiedenen Tastaturbelegungen wechseln. In <link xref=\"keyboard-"
+ "layouts\"/> finden Sie weitere Informationen darüber."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Eingabemethoden"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -24235,7 +28654,8 @@
+ "Eingabegeräten. Beispielsweise könnten Sie Zeichen mit Mausgesten eingeben, "
+ "oder japanische Zeichen mit einer lateinischen Tastatur."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:123(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -24248,7 +28668,8 @@
+ "Eingabemethode, daher sollten Sie die Dokumentation zu Eingabemethoden zu "
+ "Rate ziehen, um zu sehen, wie diese angewendet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+@@ -24256,28 +28677,32 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Sonderzeichen</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "middleclick\">Aufgaben per Mittelklick abkürzen</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Tipps und Tricks"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "Hier erfahren Sie, wo und wie Sie diese Themen übersetzen können."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr "Verbesserung der Übersetzungen"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die <app>Hilfe zu GNOME</app> wird von einer weltweiten Gemeinschaft aus "
+-"Freiwilligen übersetzt. Sie sind herzlich eingeladen, sich daran zu "
+-"beteiligen."
++"Die Hilfe zu GNOME wird von einer weltweiten Gemeinschaft aus Freiwilligen "
++"übersetzt. Sie sind herzlich eingeladen, sich daran zu beteiligen."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+@@ -24285,19 +28710,21 @@
+ "Übersetzungen sind noch für <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-"
+ "user-docs/\">zahlreiche Sprachen</link> nötig."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um mit der Übersetzung zu beginnen, müssen Sie zunächst <link href=\"http:"
++"Um mit der Übersetzung zu beginnen, müssen Sie zunächst <link href=\"http://"
+ "l10n.gnome.org\">ein Konto erstellen</link> und einem <link href=\"http://"
+ "l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">Übersetzungsteam</link> für Ihre Sprache beitreten. "
+ "So erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, neue Übersetzungen hochzuladen."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -24310,7 +28737,8 @@
+ "aufgrund der unterschiedlichen Zeitzonen nicht unbedingt sofort eine Antwort "
+ "erhalten werden."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+@@ -24320,27 +28748,31 @@
+ "\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">Mailingliste</link> "
+ "kontaktieren."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Benutzer"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Benutzer</link> oder <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">Gastbenutzer hinzufügen</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
+-"\">Passwort ändern</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">Systemverwalter</"
+-"link> …"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Benutzer</link> oder <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">Gastbenutzer hinzufügen</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">Passwort ändern</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">Systemverwalter</link> …"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Benutzerkonten"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -24353,38 +28785,47 @@
+ "sicherer. Sie können ein anderes Benutzerkonto nur dann benutzen, wenn Sie "
+ "das Passwort kennen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Benutzerkonten"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "Benutzerkonten verwalten"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Passwörter"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Rechte"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Benutzerrechte"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Neue Benutzer anlegen, damit andere Personen sich am Rechner anmelden können."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "Ein neues Benutzerkonto hinzufügen"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -24394,11 +28835,13 @@
+ "Person in Ihrem Haushalt oder Ihrer Firma ein Benutzerkonto. Jeder Benutzer "
+ "hat seinen eigenen persönlichen Ordner, eigene Dokumente und Einstellungen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
+ msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Benutzer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+@@ -24409,7 +28852,9 @@
+ "<gui>Entsperren</gui> in der rechten oberen Ecke und geben Sie Ihr Passwort "
+ "oder das Passwort des Systemverwalters ein."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button to add a new user account."
+@@ -24417,12 +28862,14 @@
+ "Klicken Sie in der Kontoliste links auf den Knopf <gui style=\"button\">+</"
+ "gui>, um ein neues Benutzerkonto hinzuzufügen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Wenn Sie dem neuen Benutzer die <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Rechte des "
+ "Systemverwalters</link> geben wollen, wählen Sie <gui>Systemverwalter</gui> "
+@@ -24430,7 +28877,8 @@
+ "hinzufügen oder entfernen, Software und Treiber installieren sowie Datum und "
+ "Uhrzeit ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -24440,11 +28888,13 @@
+ "vollständigen Namen wird automatisch der Benutzername ausgefüllt. Diese "
+ "Vorgabe dürfte so passen, aber Sie können sie ändern, wenn Sie wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+ "user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
+@@ -24463,7 +28913,9 @@
+ "<gui>Neues Passwort</gui> und <gui>Passwort bestätigen</gui> eingeben. Lesen "
+ "Sie dazu auch <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -24474,11 +28926,14 @@
+ "auszuwählen. Diese Passwörter sind für Andere schwer zu erraten, aber sie "
+ "sind auch schwer zu merken. Seien Sie daher vorsichtig."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:96(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Ändern</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:99(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -24492,7 +28947,8 @@
+ "verwenden können, oder Sie können Ihre eigenen wählen oder ein Bild mit "
+ "Ihrer Webcam aufnehmen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+@@ -24500,11 +28956,13 @@
+ "Gästen erlauben, den Rechner vorübergehend zu benutzen, ohne Ihnen ein "
+ "Passwort geben zu müssen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "Ein Benutzerkonto für Gäste hinzufügen"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -24516,13 +28974,17 @@
+ "Rechner benutzen, aber Sie haben keinen Zugriff auf Ihre Dateien, können "
+ "Ihre Einstellungen nicht durcheinanderbringen oder Software installieren. "
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "So legen Sie ein Gast-Benutzerkonto an:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:42(item/p) C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(item/p) C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
+@@ -24530,16 +28992,19 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und anschließend auf das Bild "
+ "neben Ihrem Namen, um das <gui>Benutzer</gui>-Fenster zu öffnen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Entsperren</gui> in der linken unteren Ecke und geben "
+-"Sie Ihr Passwort ein, um Änderungen vornehmen zu können. Sie müssen über die "
+-"Rechte des Systemverwalters verfügen, um Benutzerkonten hinzufügen zu können."
++"Sie Ihr Passwort ein, um Änderungen vornehmen zu können. Sie müssen über "
++"die Rechte des Systemverwalters verfügen, um Benutzerkonten hinzufügen zu "
++"können."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+@@ -24555,7 +29020,8 @@
+ "aber Sie können sie ändern, wenn Sie wollen. Klicken Sie auf "
+ "<gui>Hinzufügen</gui>, wenn Sie fertig sind."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
+ "label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
+@@ -24568,20 +29034,23 @@
+ "Sie aus der Auswahlliste <gui>Aktion</gui> die Option <gui>Anmeldung ohne "
+ "Passwort</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+ "will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
+ "use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie auf das Bild neben dem rechts befindlichen "
+-"Benutzernamen klicken, um ein Bild für dieses Benutzerkonto festzulegen. "
+-"Dieses Bild wird im Anmeldebildschirm angezeigt. GNOME stellt eine Reihe von "
+-"Bildern zur Verfügung, die Sie verwenden können, oder Sie können Ihre "
+-"eigenen wählen oder ein Bild mit Ihrer Webcam aufnehmen."
++"Bereits im <gui>Benutzerkonten</gui> Fenster können Sie auf das Bild neben "
++"dem rechts befindlichen Benutzernamen klicken, um ein Bild für dieses "
++"Benutzerkonto festzulegen. Dieses Bild wird im Anmeldebildschirm angezeigt. "
++"GNOME stellt eine Reihe von Bildern zur Verfügung, die Sie verwenden können, "
++"oder Sie können Ihre eigenen wählen oder ein Bild mit Ihrer Webcam aufnehmen."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -24589,11 +29058,13 @@
+ "Sie können ändern, welche Benutzer Änderungen am System vornehmen dürfen, "
+ "indem Sie Ihnen Systemverwalterrechte geben."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr "Ändern der Inhaber von Systemverwalterrechten"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -24606,7 +29077,8 @@
+ "Möglichkeit, Ihr System sicher zu halten und potenziell schädliche, nicht "
+ "autorisierte Änderungen zu verhindern."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -24617,11 +29089,13 @@
+ "Systemverwalterrechte zu geben, müssen Sie selbst über Systemverwalterrechte "
+ "verfügen.)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Benutzer aus, dessen Rechte Sie ändern wollen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+@@ -24629,7 +29103,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>Standard</gui> neben <gui>Kontentyp</gui> und "
+ "wählen Sie <gui>Systemverwalter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -24637,7 +29112,8 @@
+ "Schließen Sie das Benutzerkonten-Fenster. Die Rechte der Benutzer werden "
+ "geändert, wenn sie sich das nächste Mal anmelden."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+@@ -24647,25 +29123,29 @@
+ "Systemverwalterrechte hat. Es ist das Benutzerkonto, das erstellt wurde, als "
+ "Sie das System zuerst installiert haben."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es ist nicht sinnvoll, zu viele Benutzer eines Systems mit "
+-"Systemverwalterrechten auszustatten."
++"<gui>Systemverwalter</gui> Privilegien auszustatten."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sie benötigen Systemverwalterrechte, um Änderungen an wichtigen Teilen Ihres "
+ "Systems vorzunehmen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "Wie funktionieren Systemverwalter-Privilegien?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -24682,7 +29162,8 @@
+ "Anwendungen verändern auch wichtige Teile des Systems und sind somit "
+ "ebenfalls geschützt."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -24695,7 +29176,8 @@
+ "ändern oder diese Anwendungen benutzen müssen, deswegen haben Sie "
+ "standardmäßig keine Systemverwalterrechte."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -24714,7 +29196,8 @@
+ "System hinzufügen kann. Ist dies geschehen, werden Ihnen die "
+ "Systemverwalterrechte wieder entzogen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -24733,7 +29216,8 @@
+ "Datei ändern oder etwas kaputt machen könnten, beispielsweise eine wichtige "
+ "Systemdatei löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+@@ -24742,11 +29226,13 @@
+ "Systems zu ändern, wenn es notwendig ist, hindern Sie aber daran, dies "
+ "versehentlich zu tun."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "Was bedeutet »super user«?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -24758,12 +29244,15 @@
+ "als normale Benutzer. Sie werden vielleicht einmal mitbekommen, dass Dinge "
+ "wie <cmd>su</cmd> und <cmd>sudo</cmd> erörtert werden; das sind Programme "
+ "zum vorübergehenden Verleihen von »super user«-, also Systemverwalterrechten."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "Warum sind Systemverwalter-Privilegien sinnvoll?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -24773,7 +29262,8 @@
+ "wichtiger Systemeinstellungen erlangen müssen, ist sinnvoll, weil es Ihr "
+ "System davor schützt, absichtlich oder unabsichtlich beschädigt zu werden."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -24786,7 +29276,8 @@
+ "vorübergehend und nur dann zu erhalten, wenn Sie sie brauchen, verringert "
+ "das Risiko solcher Versehen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -24801,7 +29292,8 @@
+ "haben wollen, oder wichtige Dateien zu ändern. In Hinblick auf die "
+ "Sicherheit ist das nützlich."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -24809,11 +29301,13 @@
+ "Einige Dinge, wie die Installation von Anwendungen, sind nur mit den Rechten "
+ "des Systemverwalters möglich."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Durch administrative Einschränkungen verursachte Probleme"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+@@ -24824,11 +29318,13 @@
+ "Dinge funktionieren nur dann, wenn Sie Systemverwalterrechte haben, zum "
+ "Beispiel:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Verbindung mit kabelgebundenen/drahtlosen Netzwerken herstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -24837,11 +29333,13 @@
+ "oder des Inhalts einer anderen Festplatten-Partition, zum Beispiel einer "
+ "Windows-Partition."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "Neue Anwendungen installieren"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -24849,7 +29347,90 @@
+ "Sie können <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">ändern, wer über "
+ "Systemverwalterrechte verfügen soll</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Richten Sie die automatische Anmeldung ein, wenn Sie Ihren Computer "
++"einschalten."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "Automatisch Anmelden"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++"Sie können Ihre Einstellungen ändern, so dass Sie automatisch in Ihrem Konto "
++"angemeldet werden, wenn Sie Ihren Computer starten:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"Öffnen Sie <app>Einstellungen</app> von der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Öffnen Sie das <gui>Benutzer</gui> Panel von <app>Einstellungen</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++"Wählen Sie das Benutzerkonto, auf dem Sie sich beim Start automatisch "
++"anmelden wollen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"Drücken Sie <gui style=\"button\">Entsperren</gui> und geben Sie Ihr "
++"Passwort ein."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Wechseln Sie den <gui>Automatische Anmeldung</gui> Schalter auf <gui>On</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Sie das nächste Mal Ihren Computer starten werden Sie automatisch "
++"angemeldet. Falls Sie diese Option aktiviert haben, werden Sie nicht Ihr "
++"Passwort einzugeben brauchen, um sich bei Ihrem Konto anzumelden, was "
++"bedeutet, dass, wenn jemand anderer Ihren Computer startet, diese in der "
++"Lage sein werden, Ihr Konto und Ihre personenbezogenen Daten einschließlich "
++"Ihrer Dateien und Browser-Zugriff Geschichte einzusehen."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"Wenn Ihr Konto Typ <em>Standard</em> ist, können Sie diese Einstellung nicht "
++"ändern. Kontaktieren Sie Ihren Systemadministrator, der diese Einstellung "
++"für Sie ändern kann."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+@@ -24857,23 +29438,28 @@
+ "Halten Sie Ihr Konto sicher, indem Sie Ihr Passwort häufig in den "
+ "Benutzereinstellungen ändern."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "Ändern Ihres Passworts"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es ist generell eine gute Idee, Ihr Passwort von Zeit zu Zeit zu ändern, "
+ "insbesondere dann, wenn Sie vermuten, dass jemand Ihr Passwort kennen könnte."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Beschriftung neben <gui>Passwort</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -24881,7 +29467,8 @@
+ "Die Beschriftung sollte wie eine Reihe von Punkten oder Rechtecken aussehen, "
+ "falls Sie bereits ein Passwort festgelegt haben."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -24889,20 +29476,23 @@
+ "Geben Sie Ihr aktuelles Passwort und dann ein neues Passwort ein. Geben Sie "
+ "danach im Feld <gui>Passwort bestätigen</gui> Ihr neues Passwort erneut ein."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">ein gutes "
+ "Passwort gewählt haben</link>. Das hilft Ihnen, die Sicherheit Ihres "
+ "Benutzerkontos zu gewährleisten."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "Das Schlüsselbund-Passwort ändern"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -24919,15 +29509,17 @@
+ "Passwort. So ändern Sie das Schlüsselbund-Passwort (damit es mit Ihrem "
+ "Anmeldepasswort übereinstimmt):"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-"<app>Passwörter und Verschlüsselung</app>."
++"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung <app>Passwörter und Verschlüsselung</app> in der "
++"<gui>Aktivitäten</gui> Übersicht."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
+ "select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+@@ -24935,7 +29527,8 @@
+ "Stellen Sie im Menü <gui>Ansicht</gui> sicher, dass die Option <gui>Nach "
+ "Schlüsselbund</gui> aktiviert ist und wählen Sie <gui>Alle anzeigen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+@@ -24944,7 +29537,8 @@
+ "rechten Maustaste auf <gui>Passwörter: login</gui>. Wählen Sie <gui>Passwort "
+ "ändern</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
+ "password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+@@ -24953,11 +29547,13 @@
+ "Geben Sie dann Ihr neues Passwort und danach im Feld <gui>Passwort "
+ "bestätigen</gui> Ihr neues Passwort erneut ein."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+ msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Fortsetzen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+@@ -24965,22 +29561,25 @@
+ "Das Paket <sys>seahorse</sys> muss installiert sein, um <app>Passwörter und "
+ "Verschlüsselung</app> verwenden zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:103(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Seahorse installieren</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr "Fügen Sie Ihr Foto zum Anmeldefenster und zur Benutzeranzeige hinzu."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "Ändern des Fotos für den Anmeldebildschirm"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -24991,7 +29590,8 @@
+ "Repertoirebild oder in ein Foto von sich selbst ändern. Sie können einfach "
+ "ein neues Foto mit Ihrer Webcam aufnehmen und es verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -25001,7 +29601,8 @@
+ "ausgeklappt, in der einige Repertoirebilder angezeigt werden. Gefällt Ihnen "
+ "eines davon, können Sie es für sich selbst verwenden."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -25009,7 +29610,8 @@
+ "Falls Sie lieber ein Bild verwenden wollen, dass bereits auf Ihrem Rechner "
+ "vorhanden ist, klicken Sie auf <gui>Nach weiteren Bildern suchen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -25024,15 +29626,18 @@
+ "auf <gui>Foto verwerfen</gui>, um es erneut zu versuchen, oder auf "
+ "<gui>Abbrechen</gui>, um den Versuch aufzugeben."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "Löschen Sie Benutzerkonten, die nicht mehr verwendet werden."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "Löschen eines Benutzerkontos"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+@@ -25042,7 +29647,8 @@
+ "\"user-add\"/>. Wenn jemand Ihren Rechner nicht mehr verwendet, können Sie "
+ "dessen Benutzerkonto löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+@@ -25051,7 +29657,8 @@
+ "Sie Ihr Passwort ein, um Änderungen vornehmen zu können. Sie müssen über die "
+ "Rechte des Systemverwalters verfügen, um Benutzerkonten löschen zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
+ "gui> button."
+@@ -25059,7 +29666,8 @@
+ "Klicken Sie auf den Benutzer, den Sie löschen möchten, und klicken Sie auf "
+ "den Knopf <gui style=\"button\">-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -25076,15 +29684,18 @@
+ "Speichermedium wie einem externen Datenträger oder einer CD zu sichern, "
+ "bevor Sie diese löschen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Verwenden Sie längere, kompliziertere Passwörter."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "Wählen eines sicheren Passworts"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -25093,7 +29704,8 @@
+ "können, aber so dass es für andere (einschließlich Computerprogrammen) "
+ "schwierig ist, sie zu erraten."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+@@ -25103,7 +29715,8 @@
+ "Falls Ihr Passwort leicht zu erraten ist, könnte es jemand herausfinden und "
+ "so Zugriff auf Ihre persönlichen Daten erlangen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -25115,7 +29728,8 @@
+ "durchaus mit Hilfe eines Computerprogramms leicht zu knacken ist. Hier "
+ "einige Tipps für die Wahl eines guten Passworts:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -25127,7 +29741,8 @@
+ "verschiedene Symbole Sie verwenden, umso mehr mögliche Passwörter muss "
+ "jemand probieren, um Ihres erraten zu können."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -25140,7 +29755,8 @@
+ "Beispielsweise ergibt »Graham Greene: Die Kraft und die Herrlichkeit« das "
+ "Kennwort »GG:DKudH« oder »gg: dkudh«."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -25148,7 +29764,8 @@
+ "Ihr Passwort sollte so lang wie möglich sein. Je mehr Zeichen es enthält, "
+ "umso länger dauert es für eine Person oder einen Rechner, es zu erraten."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+@@ -25159,7 +29776,8 @@
+ "am häufigsten verwendete Passwort lautet »Passwort«. Dies ist wirklich sehr "
+ "schnell zu erraten!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+@@ -25167,11 +29785,13 @@
+ "Verwenden Sie keine persönlichen Informationen wie Datum, KFZ-Kennzeichen "
+ "oder den Namen eines der Familienmitglieder."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "Verwenden Sie keine Substantive."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+@@ -25180,21 +29800,25 @@
+ "Verwenden Sie ein Passwort, das sich schnell eingeben lässt, um die Chance "
+ "gering zu halten, dass Ihnen jemand bei der Eingabe zusieht."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Notieren Sie sich Ihre Passwörter nicht irgendwo. Die Chance ist zu groß, "
+ "dass jemand sie findet!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Verwenden Sie verschiedene Passwörter für verschiedene Zwecke."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Verwenden Sie verschiedene Passwörter für verschiedene Konten."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+@@ -25203,7 +29827,8 @@
+ "jemand, der es herausgefunden hat, unmittelbaren Zugriff auf alle Ihre "
+ "Konten erlangen."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -25216,11 +29841,13 @@
+ "Passwort für Webseiten und jeweils ein anderes Passwort für E-Mail-Konten "
+ "und Online-Banking."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Ändern Sie regelmäßig Ihre Passwörter."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+@@ -25228,11 +29855,13 @@
+ "Die erforderlichen Codecs könnten nicht installiert sein, oder die DVD "
+ "könnte einen falschen Ländercode haben."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "Warum werden DVDs nicht abgespielt?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -25242,11 +29871,13 @@
+ "wird, dann könnten die erforderlichen <em>Codecs</em> nicht installiert sein "
+ "oder die DVD hat einen falschen <em>Ländercode</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Installieren der erforderlichen Codecs für DVD-Wiedergabe"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -25267,7 +29898,8 @@
+ "die Softwarepakete <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> und <app>libdvd0</"
+ "app> benötigen."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -25284,11 +29916,13 @@
+ "bietet einen solchen Decoder an, der mit Linux funktioniert und in allen "
+ "Ländern legal nutzbar sein sollte."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Überprüfen der DVD-Region"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -25296,13 +29930,14 @@
+ "be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
+ "will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+ msgstr ""
+-"DVDs haben einen »Ländercode«, der darüber Auskunft gibt, in welchen "
++"DVDs haben einen <em>Ländercode</em>, der darüber Auskunft gibt, in welchen "
+ "Regionen der Welt es erlaubt ist, diese DVD wiederzugeben. DVD-Spieler "
+ "können nur DVDs wiedergeben, die aus der gleichen Region wie das Gerät "
+ "selbst stammen. Wenn Sie beispielsweise einen DVD-Spieler aus der Region 1 "
+ "haben, bedeutet das, dass Sie nur DVDs aus Nordamerika abspielen können."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -25315,15 +29950,18 @@
+ "Wiedergabeprogramms auf Ihrem Rechner zu ändern, verwenden Sie <link href="
+ "\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob die erforderlichen Video-Codecs installiert sind."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr "Andere können von mir erstellte Videos nicht anschauen"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -25332,7 +29970,8 @@
+ "senden, der Windows oder Mac OS verwendet, könnte es Probleme bei der "
+ "Wiedergabe des Videos geben."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -25348,21 +29987,24 @@
+ "Wiedergabe. Sie können folgendermaßen ermitteln, in welchem Format Ihr Video "
+ "vorliegt:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Videodatei und wählen Sie "
+ "<gui>Eigenschaften</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>Audio/Video</gui> und schauen Sie nach, "
+-"welcher Codec unter <gui>Video</gui> in der Liste steht."
++"Klicken Sie auf den Tab <gui>Audio/Video</gui> und schauen Sie nach, welcher "
++"<gui>Codec</gui> unter <gui>Video</gui> in der Liste steht."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -25380,7 +30022,8 @@
+ "windows media player«. Oft ist es möglich, den entsprechenden Codec "
+ "kostenlos herunterzuladen, falls dieser nicht installiert ist."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -25398,7 +30041,8 @@
+ "Umwandlungsprogramme erhältlich. Schauen Sie in Ihrer Softwareverwaltung "
+ "nach, was für diese Zwecke verfügbar ist."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -25414,15 +30058,18 @@
+ "worden sein, zum Beispiel könnten Fehler beim Speichern des Videos "
+ "aufgetreten sein."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr "Das Wacom-Tablett für <gui>Linkshändige Ausrichtung</gui> einstellen."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr "Das Tablet mit der linken Hand verwenden"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+@@ -25433,13 +30080,19 @@
+ "Erfordernissen linkshändiger Benutzer anzupassen. So ändern Sie die "
+ "Orientierung für Linkshänder:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
+ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Wacom Grafiktablett</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+@@ -25447,26 +30100,31 @@
+ "Falls kein Tablett erkannt wurde, dann <gui>Bitte schließen Sie Ihr Wacom-"
+ "Tablett an oder schalten Sie es ein</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Stellen Sie <gui>Linkshändige Ausrichtung</gui> auf <gui>AN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr "Wechseln Sie vom Tablett- zum Mausmodus."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr "Mausverfolgungsmodus des Wacom-Tabletts einstellen"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Der <gui>Mausverfolgungsmodus</gui> legt fest, wie der Zeiger auf dem "
+ "Bildschirm abgebildet wird."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+@@ -25474,7 +30132,8 @@
+ "Wählen Sie neben <gui>Mausverfolgungsmodus</gui> entweder <gui>Tablett "
+ "(absolute)</gui> oder <gui>Touchpad (relativ)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+@@ -25484,7 +30143,8 @@
+ "Punkt auf dem Bildschirm. Beispielsweise ist die linke obere Ecke des "
+ "Bildschirms auch stets die linke obere Ecke des Tabletts."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+@@ -25497,23 +30157,28 @@
+ "Ihnen die Überbrückung größerer Entfernungen mit wenig Handbewegungen "
+ "ermöglicht."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr "Ordnen Sie das Wacom-Tablett einem bestimmten Bildschirm zu."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr "Einen Bildschirm wählen"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Bildschirm zuordnen …</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Aktivieren Sie <gui>Einem einzigen Bildschirm zuordnen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+@@ -25521,30 +30186,36 @@
+ "Neben <gui>Ausgabe</gui> wählen Sie den Bildschirm, der die Eingaben Ihres "
+ "Grafiktabletts empfangen soll."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr "Nur die konfigurierten Bildschirme sind auswählbar."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Die Knopffunktionen und das Druckverhalten für den Wacom Stylus festlegen."
++"Die Knopffunktionen und das Druckverhalten für den Wacom Eingabestift "
++"festlegen."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+-msgstr "Den Stylus einrichten"
++msgstr "Den Eingabestift einrichten"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+ "These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Im unteren Teil können sie Details und Einstellungen Ihres Stylus ändern, "
+-"mit dem Gerätenamen (der Stylus-Klasse) und Diagramm links. Folgende "
+-"Einstellungen können angepasst werden:"
++"Im unteren Teil können sie Details und Einstellungen Ihres Eingabestift "
++"ändern, mit dem Gerätenamen (der Eingabestift-Klasse) und Diagramm links. "
++"Folgende Einstellungen können angepasst werden:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+@@ -25554,7 +30225,8 @@
+ "um das »Gefühl« (die Umsetzung des physischen Drucks in digitale Werte) "
+ "zwischen <gui>Weich</gui> und <gui>Hart</gui> zu regeln."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -25562,8 +30234,14 @@
+ "Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
+ "Forward."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Maus-Taste/-Rad</gui> Konfiguration (diese ändern sich je nach "
++"Eingabestift). Klicken Sie auf das Menü neben jedem Etikett um eine dieser "
++"Funktionen auszuwählen: Keine Aktion, Linker Maustastenklick, Mittlerer "
++"Maustastenklick, Rechter Maustastenklick, Blättern nach oben, Blättern nach "
++"unten, Blättern nach links, Blättern nach rechts, Zurück, Vorwärts."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+@@ -25571,3940 +30249,30 @@
+ "<gui>Druckschwelle der Spitze:</gui> Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um "
+ "zwischen <gui>Weich</gui> und <gui>Hart</gui> zu regeln."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Wenn Sie mehr als einen Stylus haben, wird ein Umschalter neben dem "
+-"Gerätenamen des zusätzlichen Stylus angezeigt, sobald sich dieser dem "
+-"Tablett nähert. Verwenden Sie den Umschalter, um festzulegen, welcher Stylus "
+-"eingerichtet werden soll."
+-
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-msgstr "Einstellungen für Wacom-Tablets festlegen."
++"Wenn Sie mehr als einen Eingabestift haben, wird ein Umschalter neben dem "
++"Gerätenamen des zusätzlichen Eingabestift angezeigt, sobald sich dieser dem "
++"Tablett nähert. Verwenden Sie den Umschalter, um festzulegen, welcher "
++"Eingabestift eingerichtet werden soll."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Einen Monitor abbilden</link>, <link xref="
++"\"wacom-stylus\">Konfigurieren Eingabestift</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">Linkshändige Tablet-Verwendung</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
+ msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr "Wacom Grafiktablett"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</"
+-#~ "gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Region und Sprache</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Belegungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using "
+-#~ "the keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-#~ "identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-#~ "English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want "
+-#~ "to use from the menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie mehrere Tastaturbelegungen hinzufügen, können Sie schnell "
+-#~ "zwischen Ihnen wechseln, indem Sie das Tastaturbelegungssymbol im oberen "
+-#~ "Panel verwenden. Im oberen Panel wird eine Kurzbezeichnung der aktuellen "
+-#~ "Belegung angezeigt, wie beispielsweise <gui>de</gui> für die deutsche "
+-#~ "Standardbelegung. Klicken Sie auf die Belegungsanzeige und wählen Sie die "
+-#~ "gewünschte Belegung im Menü aus."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-#~ "instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-#~ "using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-#~ "<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-#~ "list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Standardmäßig verwenden neue Fenster die Standardtastaturbelegung. Sie "
+-#~ "können sich stattdessen auch dafür entscheiden, dass sie die Belegung des "
+-#~ "letzten Fensters verwenden, das sie verwendet haben. Die "
+-#~ "Standardtastaturbelegung ist die oberste Belegung in der Liste. Verwenden "
+-#~ "Sie die <gui>↑</gui>- und <gui>↓</gui>-Knöpfe, um Belegungen in der Liste "
+-#~ "rauf oder runter zu bewegen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Custom options"
+-#~ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Optionen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom "
+-#~ "option and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie möchten vielleicht gewisse Zeichen bestimmten Tasten zuordnen oder "
+-#~ "spezielle Optionen und Verhaltensweisen einstellen. Sie können das tun, "
+-#~ "wenn Sie auf <gui>Optionen</gui> klicken."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-#~ msgstr "Die Tastaturbelegung des Systems ändern"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-#~ "after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-#~ "keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie Ihre Tastaturbelegung wechseln, tun Sie das nur für Ihr eigenes "
+-#~ "Konto, bei dem Sie sich anmelden. Sie können auch die "
+-#~ "<em>Systembelegungen</em> ändern, jene Formate, die an Orten wie dem "
+-#~ "Anmeldebildschirm verwendet werden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihre Tastaturbelegung wie oben beschrieben."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>System</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Einstellungen kopieren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Belegungen werden neben der Beschriftung <gui>Eingabequelle</gui> "
+-#~ "angezeigt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-#~ "layout menu on the top bar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie mehrere Belegungen verwenden, zeigt der Anmeldebildschirm ein "
+-#~ "Menü für die Tastaturbelegungen im oberen Panel."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</"
+-#~| "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link></key><key>←</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super-Taste</link></"
+-#~ "key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Deaktiviert</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Minimize window"
+-#~ msgstr "Fenster minimieren"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super-Taste</link></key><key>→</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-"
+-#~ "key\"><key>Super</key> key</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> oder die <link xref="
+-#~ "\"windows-key\"><key>Super</key>-Taste</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key> <key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tabulatortaste</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
+-#~ msgstr "Was ist die »Super«-Taste?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq> <key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key> </keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq> <key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key> </keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "_"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' "
+-#~ "md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+-#~ msgstr "translated"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Uhr im oberen Panel."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-#~ "readable in bright light."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Den Bildschirm abdunkeln, um Energie zu sparen, oder die Helligkeit "
+-#~ "erhöhen, um die Erkennbarkeit in hellem Umgebungslicht zu verbessern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Bildschirmhelligkeit einstellen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-#~ "screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-#~ "automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically "
+-#~ "when not in use."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Helligkeit des Bildschirms anpassen, um Energie zu sparen, "
+-#~ "oder die Erkennbarkeit in hellem Umgebungslicht zu verbessern. Sie können "
+-#~ "den Bildschirm auch im Akkubetrieb automatisch abdunkeln lassen oder ihn "
+-#~ "bei Nichtbenutzung völlig abschalten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set the brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Die Helligkeit einstellen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Helligkeit und Sperren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Setzen Sie den Schieberegler <gui>Helligkeit</gui> auf den gewünschten "
+-#~ "Wert."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
+-#~ "have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function "
+-#~ "keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Viele Laptop-Tastaturen verfügen über spezielle Tasten, um die Helligkeit "
+-#~ "anzupassen. Üblicherweise zeigen diese Tasten die Abbildung einer Sonne "
+-#~ "und befinden sich auf den Funktionstasten im oberen Bereich. Halten Sie "
+-#~ "während der Bedienung die <key>Fn</key>-Taste gedrückt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-#~ "automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of "
+-#~ "your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long "
+-#~ "your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Bildschirm abdunkeln, um Energie zu sparen</gui>, um die "
+-#~ "Helligkeit im Akkubetrieb automatisch zu verringern. Die "
+-#~ "Hintergrundbeleuchtung Ihres Bildschirms kann recht viel Energie "
+-#~ "verbrauchen und die Laufzeit Ihres Akkus bis zum nächsten notwendigen "
+-#~ "Aufladen erheblich verkürzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-#~ "while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your "
+-#~ "computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the "
+-#~ "<gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Der Bildschirm wird automatisch abgeschaltet, nachdem Sie ihn eine Weile "
+-#~ "nicht benutzt haben. Dies betrifft ausschließlich den Bildschirm selbst "
+-#~ "und schaltet Ihren Rechner nicht ab. Sie können in der Auswahlliste "
+-#~ "<gui>Bildschirm abschalten, wenn inaktiv für</gui> festlegen, wie lange "
+-#~ "Sie bis zur Abschaltung untätig sein müssen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-#~ "<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie die <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten</link>-"
+-#~ "Übersicht und geben Sie <input>Bildschirm</input> ein, um die "
+-#~ "<gui>Bildschirmeinstellungen</gui> zu öffnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-#~ msgstr "Sprache und Region"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</"
+-#~ "gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or "
+-#~ "<gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will "
+-#~ "appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können sich zwischen folgenden Optionen entscheiden: <gui>Ausführbare "
+-#~ "Textdateien ausführen, wenn sie geöffnet werden</gui>, <gui>Ausführbare "
+-#~ "Textdateien anzeigen, wenn sie geöffnet werden</gui> oder <gui>Jedes Mal "
+-#~ "nachfragen</gui>. Wenn die letzte Option gewählt ist, wird ein Fenster "
+-#~ "erscheinen und nachfragen, ob Sie die gewählte Textdatei ausführen oder "
+-#~ "ansehen wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click "
+-#~ "your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie müssen sich ab- und wieder anmelden, damit diese Änderungen wirksam "
+-#~ "werden. Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>Abmelden</gui>, um sich abzumelden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the system formats"
+-#~ msgstr "Die Systemformate ändern"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your "
+-#~ "account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</"
+-#~ "em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie Ihre Region für die Formate wechseln, tun Sie das nur für Ihr "
+-#~ "eigenes Konto, bei dem Sie sich anmelden. Sie können auch die "
+-#~ "<em>Systemformate</em> ändern, jene Formate, die an Orten wie dem "
+-#~ "Anmeldebildschirm verwendet werden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihre Formate wie oben beschrieben."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihre Sprache wie oben beschrieben."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Helligkeit und Sperren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add "
+-#~ "a new user account."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie in der Kontoliste links auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>, um ein "
+-#~ "neues Benutzerkonto hinzuzufügen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-#~ "gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Geben Sie Ihr <gui>altes Passwort</gui> ein, gefolgt von Ihrem neuen "
+-#~ "<gui>Passwort</gui>. <gui>Bestätigen</gui> Sie Ihr neues Passwort, indem "
+-#~ "Sie es erneut eingeben."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>OK</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-#~ "computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Hindern Sie andere Personen daran, Ihre Arbeitsumgebung zu verwenden, "
+-#~ "wenn Sie sich von Ihrem Rechner entfernen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-#~ msgstr "Ihren Bildschirm automatisch sperren"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
+-#~ "screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
+-#~ "desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all "
+-#~ "your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your "
+-#~ "password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, "
+-#~ "but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner verlassen, sollten Sie <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "exit#lock-screen\">den Bildschirm sperren</link>, um andere Personen "
+-#~ "daran zu hindern, Ihre Arbeitsumgebung zu benutzen und auf Ihre Dateien "
+-#~ "zuzugreifen. Sie sind dann immer noch angemeldet und alle Ihre "
+-#~ "Anwendungen laufen weiter, aber Sie müssen Ihr Passwort eingeben, um "
+-#~ "Ihren Rechner wieder benutzen zu können. Sie können den Bildschirm "
+-#~ "manuell sperren, Sie können aber auch den Bildschirm automatisch sperren "
+-#~ "lassen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have "
+-#~ "been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</"
+-#~ "gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, "
+-#~ "controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-"
+-#~ "down list above."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der <gui>Sperren</gui>-Schalter eingeschaltet "
+-#~ "ist, und wählen Sie aus der Auswahlliste einen Wert. Der Bildschirm wird "
+-#~ "automatisch gesperrt, nachdem Sie für diese Zeitspanne untätig waren. Sie "
+-#~ "können auch <gui>Bildschirm schaltet ab</gui> wählen, um den Bildschirm "
+-#~ "zu sperren, nachdem er automatisch abgeschaltet worden ist, was mit der "
+-#~ "Auswahlliste <gui>Abschalten nach</gui> darüber kontrolliert werden kann."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Hilfe zur Arbeitsumgebung"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "text"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Hilfe zur Arbeitsumgebung"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>↑</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</"
+-#~ "key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-#~ msgstr "Bluetooth ist aktiv."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The battery is missing."
+-#~ msgstr "Es ist kein Akku vorhanden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol rechts in der <gui>Menüleiste</gui> und wählen "
+-#~ "Sie <gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits "
+-#~ "your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie unter <gui>Anzeige</gui> den <gui>Kontrast</gui>, der Ihren "
+-#~ "Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht. <gui>Niedrig</gui> zum Beispiel macht "
+-#~ "die Unterschiede weniger kräftig."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big "
+-#~ "enough for you. It will adjust immediately."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Unter <gui>Anzeige</gui> wählen Sie die <gui>Textgröße</gui>, die für Sie "
+-#~ "groß genug ist. Die Einstellung wird sofort wirksam."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+-#~ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common "
+-#~ "assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the "
+-#~ "<gui>Universal Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Unity-Arbeitsumgebung beinhaltet Hilfstechnologien zur Unterstützung "
+-#~ "von Benutzern mit diversen Beeinträchtigungen und besonderen Bedürfnissen "
+-#~ "und zur Interaktion mit gebräuchlichen Hilfsgeräten. Viele "
+-#~ "Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen können über den Bereich "
+-#~ "<gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> in den <gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui> "
+-#~ "erreicht werden."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-#~| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose "
+-#~ "<gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol rechts in der <gui>Menüleiste</gui> und wählen "
+-#~ "Sie <gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Vergleichstest</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings </gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action "
+-#~ "on the right."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie eine Kategorie an der linken Seite des Fensters und die "
+-#~ "gewünschte Aktion an der rechten Seite aus."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Eigene Tastenkombinationen</gui> an der linken Seite des "
+-#~ "Fensters aus."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from "
+-#~| "your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos "
+-#~| "there."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+-#~ "Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Bilderordner</gui>, um eines Ihrer eigenen Fotos aus "
+-#~ "Ihrem Bilderordner zu verwenden. Die meisten Bildverwaltungsanwendungen "
+-#~ "speichern die Fotos dort."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Change the desktop background"
+-#~ msgid "Set as Desktop Background"
+-#~ msgstr "Anpassen des Arbeitsflächenhintergrunds"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Das Benachrichtigungsfeld wird in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht ständig "
+-#~ "angezeigt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie <key>Strg</key> drücken, können Sie Ihren Mauszeiger finden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "Den Zeiger schnell lokalisieren"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-#~ "can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate "
+-#~ "your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-#~ "animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn es Ihnen schwer fällt, den Mauszeiger auf Ihrem Bildschirm zu "
+-#~ "finden, können Sie einstellen, dass ein einfaches Drücken der <key>Strg</"
+-#~ "key>-Taste Ihren Mauszeiger lokalisiert. Ist dies erst einmal "
+-#~ "eingestellt, wird eine kurze Animation an der Position Ihres Mauszeigers "
+-#~ "erscheinen, wenn Sie die <key>Strg</key>-Taste drücken."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen sie <gui>Maus und Touchpad</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Maus</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Position des Mauszeigers anzeigen, wenn die Strg-Taste "
+-#~ "gedrückt wird</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ihre <key>Strg</key>-Tasten werden nun auf Druck den Mauszeiger "
+-#~ "lokalisieren."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Einstellungen für "
+-#~ "<gui>Online-Konten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+-#~ "gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-#~ "<app>Laufwerksverwaltung</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Email documents grouped in a collection."
+-#~ msgstr "In einer Sammlung gruppierte Dokumente per E-Mail versenden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Send a document collection to someone"
+-#~ msgstr "Eine Dokumentsammlung an jemanden versenden"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to enter selection mode."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the document(s) or collection(s) you want to share."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie das/die benötigten Dokumente oder Sammlung(en) aus, die Sie "
+-#~ "freigeben wollen."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Three arrows</gui> icon from the bottom menu bar."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Müll</gui> in der Seitenleiste."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the Check button."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may select many documents or collections to send them by mail to "
+-#~ "friends or co-workers, to print them, or maybe to delete them. To select "
+-#~ "documents or collections at the same time:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können viele Dokumente oder Sammlungen auswählen, um diese per E-Mail "
+-#~ "an Freunde oder Mitarbeiter zu versenden, zu drucken oder sie zu löschen. "
+-#~ "So wählen Sie mehrere Dokumente oder Sammlungen gleichzeitig aus:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the documents or collections you need."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie das benötigte Dokument oder die Sammlung aus."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it "
+-#~ "more useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to "
+-#~ "enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to "
+-#~ "show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the "
+-#~ "window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie häufig Dateien in verschachtelten Ordnern verschieben, werden "
+-#~ "Sie es möglicherweise nützlicher finden, stattdessen einen <em>Baum</em> "
+-#~ "in der Seitenleiste anzuzeigen. Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Seitenleiste</gui><gui>Baum</gui></guiseq>, um die Baumansicht "
+-#~ "in der Seitenleiste zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf das Ausklapp-Symbol "
+-#~ "neben einem Ordner, um seine Unterordner anzuzeigen, oder klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "den Ordner selbst, um ihn in einem Fenster zu öffnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-#~ "the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-#~ "busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-#~ "entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-#~ "have open with that application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie eine der Dateien nicht schließen können, zum Beispiel weil die "
+-#~ "Anwendung, die die Datei verwendet, blockiert ist, können Sie mit der "
+-#~ "rechten Maustaste auf die Datei im Fenster <gui>Laufwerk ist in "
+-#~ "Verwendung</gui> klicken und <gui>Prozess beenden</gui> wählen. Das "
+-#~ "erzwingt ein Beenden der gesamten blockierten Anwendung, wodurch weitere "
+-#~ "Dateien geschlossen werden könnten, die von dieser Anwendung offen "
+-#~ "gehalten wurden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-#~ "results by a starting parent location."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Ort</gui> aus der Auswahlliste, um die Suchergebnisse auf "
+-#~ "einen Ordner und seine Unterordner einzugrenzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
+-#~ "option and widen the search results."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>-</gui> neben einer der Suchoptionen, um "
+-#~ "diese zu entfernen und das Suchergebnis weniger einzugrenzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-#~ "folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that "
+-#~ "folder, but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default "
+-#~ "sort order."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie die Sortierung in einem Ordner ändern, betrifft das nur diesen "
+-#~ "Ordner. Die Dateiverwaltung merkt sich Ihre Wahl der Sortierung für "
+-#~ "diesen Ordner, wendet für andere Ordner aber die Standardsortierung an. "
+-#~ "Siehe <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> für Informationen darüber, wie Sie "
+-#~ "die Standardsortierung ändern können."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the "
+-#~ "folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. "
+-#~ "Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq> menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um Dateien in einer anderen Reihenfolge zu sortieren, klicken Sie mit der "
+-#~ "rechten Maustaste in ein leeres Feld im Ordner und wählen Sie eine "
+-#~ "Einstellung aus dem Menü <gui>Objekte anordnen</gui>. Alternativ "
+-#~ "verwenden Sie das Menü unter <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Objekte "
+-#~ "anordnen</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-#~ "right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-#~ "Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files "
+-#~ "by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon "
+-#~ "view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Für vollständige Kontrolle über die Anordnung und Position der Dateien in "
+-#~ "einem Ordner klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in ein leeres Feld im "
+-#~ "Ordner und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Objekte anordnen</gui><gui>Manuell</"
+-#~ "gui></guiseq>. Sie können sich dann die Dateien zurechtlegen, indem Sie "
+-#~ "sie im Ordner herumziehen. Das manuelle Sortieren funktioniert nur in der "
+-#~ "Symbolansicht."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-#~ "arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-#~ "useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Einstellung <gui>Kompakte Ansicht</gui> im Menü <gui>Objekte "
+-#~ "anordnen</gui> platziert die Dateien so, dass sie möglichst wenig Platz "
+-#~ "einnehmen. Das ist nützlich, wenn Sie viele Dateien auf einmal in einem "
+-#~ "Ordner überblicken möchten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view"
+-#~ msgstr "Kompakte Ansicht"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them "
+-#~ "in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position "
+-#~ "the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this "
+-#~ "view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Dateien in der kompakten Ansicht genau so wie in der "
+-#~ "Symbolansicht sortieren. Der einzige Unterschied ist, dass Sie die "
+-#~ "Dateien nicht frei positionieren können, wo Sie wollen. Sie sind in "
+-#~ "dieser Ansicht immer in einer Liste angeordnet."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>"
+-#~ "+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
+-#~ "<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting "
+-#~ "it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list "
+-#~ "will not delete the original file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Ihren Rechner auch nach einem beliebigen Bild durchsuchen, "
+-#~ "indem Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui> klicken. Jedes Bild, das Sie auf "
+-#~ "diese Weise hinzufügen, erscheint unter <gui>Bilderordner</gui>. Sie "
+-#~ "können es von der Liste entfernen, indem Sie es auswählen und auf den "
+-#~ "Knopf <gui>-</gui> klicken. Durch Entfernen eines Bildes aus der Liste "
+-#~ "wird die Originaldatei nicht entfernt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "
+-#~ "tab. The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer "
+-#~ "has a touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Maus und Touchpad</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Touchpad</gui>. Dieser Reiter erscheint nur dann, wenn Ihr Rechner "
+-#~ "über ein Touchpad verfügt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> "
+-#~ "slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the "
+-#~ "slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-"
+-#~ "click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Stellen Sie unter <gui>Max. Doppelklickintervall</gui> den "
+-#~ "<gui>Intervall</gui>-Schieberegler auf einen für Sie angenehmen Wert. "
+-#~ "Verwenden Sie den Smiley unter dem Schieberegler, um Ihre Einstellungen "
+-#~ "zu testen. Ein einfacher Klick lässt ihn lächeln. Ein Doppelklick lässt "
+-#~ "ihn von einem Ohr zum anderen grinsen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie, wie weit Sie Ihren Mauszeiger bewegen müssen, um ein Ziehen "
+-#~ "zu beginnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+-#~ msgstr "Die Ansprechschwelle der Maus beim Ziehen anpassen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a "
+-#~ "little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you "
+-#~ "release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer "
+-#~ "past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging "
+-#~ "every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to "
+-#~ "start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie auf etwas klicken, ist es nicht ungewöhnlich, dass Ihre Hand "
+-#~ "sich zwischen dem Drücken und dem Loslassen der Maustaste etwas bewegt. "
+-#~ "Aus diesem Grund beginnt ein Ziehen erst, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über "
+-#~ "eine gewisse Grenze bewegen, so dass Sie nicht unabsichtlich jedes Mal, "
+-#~ "wenn Sie auf etwas klicken, ein Ziehen beginnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to "
+-#~ "a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging "
+-#~ "the titlebar to test the current value."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Stellen Sie unter <gui>Ziehen und Ablegen</gui> den <gui>Schwellenwert</"
+-#~ "gui>-Schieberegler auf einen für Sie angenehmen Wert. Versuchen Sie das "
+-#~ "Einstellungsfenster durch ein Ziehen der Titelleiste zu bewegen, um die "
+-#~ "gewählte Einstellung auszuprobieren."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie <gui>Linkshändig</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
+-#~ "mouse."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Empfindlichkeit ist die anfängliche Geschwindigkeit, mit der sich der "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger bewegt, wenn Sie die Maus verschieben."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
+-#~ "relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the "
+-#~ "screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
+-#~ "accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Je weiter Sie Ihre Maus bewegen, desto schneller und schneller bewegt "
+-#~ "sich der Mauszeiger in Relation zu Ihrer Bewegung. Das hilft Ihnen den "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger über den Bildschirm zu bewegen, ohne dabei Ihre Hand zu heben, "
+-#~ "und dabei trotzdem genau zu positionieren und zu klicken. Beschleunigung "
+-#~ "kontrolliert dieses Verhalten. "
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-#~ "mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um mit Ihrem Touchpad zu klicken, doppelt zu klicken oder zu ziehen, "
+-#~ "wählen Sie <gui>Mausklicks per Touchpad freischalten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-#~ "using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your "
+-#~ "finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll "
+-#~ "vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
+-#~ "dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad "
+-#~ "will scroll horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Bildlauf am Rand</gui> unter <gui>Bildlauf</gui>, um den "
+-#~ "Rand des Touchpads für den Bildlauf zu verwenden. Ist diese Einstellung "
+-#~ "gewählt, können Sie für einen vertikalen Bildlauf Ihren Finger am rechten "
+-#~ "Rand des Touchpads hinauf- oder hinunter bewegen. Wenn Sie zusätzlich den "
+-#~ "<gui>Horizontalen Bildlauf einschalten</gui>,  wird durch das Ziehen "
+-#~ "Ihres Fingers am unteren Rand nach links oder rechts ein horizontaler "
+-#~ "Bildlauf ausgeführt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Jeden Ordner in seinem eigenen Fenster öffnen</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
+-#~ "same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
+-#~ "Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
+-#~ "this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
+-#~ "own window by default."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie einen Ordner in der Dateiverwaltung öffnen, wird er "
+-#~ "normalerweise im selben Fenster geöffnet. Sie können aber auch auf einen "
+-#~ "Ordner mit der rechten Maustaste klicken und <gui>In neuem Fenster "
+-#~ "öffnen</gui> wählen, um jeden beliebigen Ordner in einem neuen Fenster zu "
+-#~ "öffnen. Wenn Sie das öfter tun, wählen Sie diese Einstellung, wenn Sie "
+-#~ "lieber jeden Ordner als Vorgabe in einem eigenen Fenster öffnen wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Lesezeichen</gui><gui>Lesezeichen "
+-#~ "bearbeiten</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Lesezeichen</gui><gui>Lesezeichen "
+-#~ "hinzufügen</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
+-#~ "<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, "
+-#~ "however, you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip"
+-#~ "\">numeric IP address</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Für Server im Internet können Sie normalerweise den Domainnamen verwenden "
+-#~ "(zum Beispiel <sys>ftp.beispiel.com</sys>). Für Rechner in Ihrem lokalen "
+-#~ "Netzwerk hingegen müssen Sie wahrscheinlich die <link xref=\"net-findip"
+-#~ "\">numerische IP-Adresse</link> des Rechners verwenden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly "
+-#~ "in the future"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Der Server wird außerdem zur Seitenleiste hinzugefügt, damit Sie in "
+-#~ "Zukunft schnell darauf zugreifen können."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Different types of servers"
+-#~ msgstr "Verschiedene Servertypen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date format"
+-#~ msgstr "Datumsformat"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions "
+-#~ "or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest "
+-#~ "for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats "
+-#~ "include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international "
+-#~ "standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</"
+-#~ "em> and <em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by "
+-#~ "example, by showing the current date and time in that format."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Zugriffs- und Änderungszeiten von Dateien können in Symbolbeschriftungen "
+-#~ "oder in den Spalten der Listenansicht angezeigt werden. Sie können das "
+-#~ "für Sie geeignetste Datumsformat aus der <gui>Format</gui>-Auswahlliste "
+-#~ "auswählen. Unter den verfügbaren Formaten befinden sich ein ausführliches "
+-#~ "Format, wie Sie es vielleicht handschriftlich benutzen würden, ein "
+-#~ "internationales Standardformat und eines, das relative Angaben verwendet, "
+-#~ "wie zum Beispiel <em>heute</em> und <em>gestern</em>. Die Auswahlliste "
+-#~ "zeigt die Formate anhand von Beispielen, für die das aktuelle Datum "
+-#~ "verwendet wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-#~ "manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-#~ "files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options "
+-#~ "you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to "
+-#~ "match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are "
+-#~ "applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie <gui>Zugriffsrechte auf enthaltene Dateien übertragen</gui> "
+-#~ "anklicken, passt die Dateiverwaltung die Lese-, Schreib- und "
+-#~ "Ausführungsrechte der enthaltenen Dateien an, und zwar aufgrund der "
+-#~ "Einstellungen, die Sie unter <gui>Zugriff</gui> und <gui>Ausführen</gui> "
+-#~ "vorgenommen haben. Auch die Ordner-Zugriffsrechte von Unterordnern werden "
+-#~ "an die Zugriffsrechte dieses Ordners angeglichen. Zugriffsrechte für "
+-#~ "enthaltene Dateien werden auch auf Dateien in Unterordnern angewendet, "
+-#~ "und zwar bis in jede Tiefe. "
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date Modified"
+-#~ msgstr "Änderungsdatum"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date Accessed"
+-#~ msgstr "Zugriffsdatum"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Gibt das Datum und die Zeit an, wann auf die Datei zum letzten Mal "
+-#~ "zugegriffen wurde."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Octal Permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "Oktale Zugriffsrechte"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
+-#~ "folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit "
+-#~ "represents user class, group class and other users respectively."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Zeigt die Zugriffsrechte in oktaler Notation an, mit vorangestellten »40« "
+-#~ "für Ordner und »100« für Dateien. Die letzten drei Ziffern repräsentieren "
+-#~ "jeweils den Besitzer, die Gruppe und die anderen Benutzer."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bei Leserechten wird 4 dazugezählt, jeweils für die letzten drei Ziffern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "Bei Schreibrechten wird 2 dazugezählt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "Bei Ausführungsrechten wird 1 dazugezählt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "SELinux Context"
+-#~ msgstr "SELinux-Kontext"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+-#~ msgstr "Zeigt den SELinux-Kontext der Datei an, falls verfügbar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Textdateien"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text "
+-#~ "inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of "
+-#~ "text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on "
+-#~ "or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external "
+-#~ "drives."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Das Symbol für einfache Textdateien sieht aus wie ein bedrucktes Blatt "
+-#~ "Papier. Die Dateiverwaltung liest automatisch die ersten paar Zeilen der "
+-#~ "Textdatei ein und zeigt sie im Symbol an. Sie können diese Funktion ein- "
+-#~ "oder ausschalten oder nur für Dateien auf Ihrem Rechner und auf lokalen, "
+-#~ "externen Laufwerken einschalten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Other Previewable Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Andere Dateien mit Vorschaumöglichkeit"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, "
+-#~ "PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file "
+-#~ "types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can "
+-#~ "turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "
+-#~ "computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to "
+-#~ "be created for files below a certain file size."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Dateiverwaltung kann automatisch Vorschauen für Bilder, Videos, PDF-"
+-#~ "Dateien und verschiedene andere Dateitypen erstellen. Anwendungen mit "
+-#~ "eigenen Dateitypen können sogar eine Vorschauunterstützung für jene "
+-#~ "Dateien bereitstellen, die sie erstellen. Sie können diese Funktion ein- "
+-#~ "oder ausschalten oder nur für Dateien auf Ihrem Rechner und auf lokalen, "
+-#~ "externen Laufwerken einschalten. Sie können auch Vorschauen nur für "
+-#~ "Dateien unter einer bestimmten Dateigröße erlauben."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
+-#~ "clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie die Ansicht für einen einzelnen Ordner im <gui>Ansicht</gui>-"
+-#~ "Menü, indem Sie auf <gui>Symbole</gui>, <gui>Liste</gui> oder "
+-#~ "<gui>Kompakt</gui> klicken."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, "
+-#~ "when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they "
+-#~ "were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder "
+-#~ "using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, "
+-#~ "or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref="
+-#~ "\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, "
+-#~ "and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for "
+-#~ "each folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Objekte in Ihrem Ordner nach dem Namen ordnen oder nach "
+-#~ "Dateigröße, Dateityp, der letzten Änderung, dem letzten Zugriff oder wann "
+-#~ "Sie in den Müll verschoben wurden. Wie die Dateien in einem bestimmten "
+-#~ "Ordner sortiert werden, können Sie ändern, indem Sie das Menü "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Objekte anordnen</gui></guiseq> verwenden "
+-#~ "oder in der Listenansicht den jeweiligen Spaltenkopf anklicken. Siehe "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-sort\"/> für Details. Dieses Menü wirkt sich nur auf "
+-#~ "den aktuellen Ordner aus und die Dateiverwaltung merkt sich Ihre "
+-#~ "bevorzugte Sortierung für jeden einzelnen Ordner."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to "
+-#~ "change the default order used in new folders."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Verwenden Sie die <gui>Objekte anordnen</gui>-Auswahlliste in den "
+-#~ "Einstellungen, um die Vorgabe für neue Ordner zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text beside icons"
+-#~ msgstr "Text neben Symbolen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
+-#~ "icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows "
+-#~ "you to see more information at once."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Diese Einstellung platziert Ordner- und Dateinamen rechts neben den "
+-#~ "Symbolen statt darunter. Das ergibt ein kompakteres Layout und ermöglicht "
+-#~ "Ihnen, mehr Informationen auf einmal zu überblicken."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "Vorgaben für kompakte Ansicht"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You "
+-#~ "can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and "
+-#~ "the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you "
+-#~ "frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default "
+-#~ "with this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Symbole und ihre Beschriftung in der Kompaktansicht "
+-#~ "vergrößern oder verkleinern. Sie können dies für einzelne Ordner im "
+-#~ "<gui>Ansicht</gui>-Menü einstellen und die Dateiverwaltung wird sich Ihre "
+-#~ "Vergrößerungsstufe für jeden einzelnen Ordner merken. Wenn Sie häufig "
+-#~ "eine größere oder kleinere Vergrößerungsstufe verwenden, können Sie mit "
+-#~ "dieser Einstellung die Vorgabe setzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "All columns have the same width"
+-#~ msgstr "Gleiche Spaltenbreiten"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to "
+-#~ "fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will "
+-#~ "make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and "
+-#~ "folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an "
+-#~ "ellipsis (…) at the end."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Jede Spalte in der Kompaktansicht ist standardmäßig so breit, dass die "
+-#~ "Namen der Objekte in dieser Spalte vollständig dargestellt werden können. "
+-#~ "Diese Einstellung macht alle Spalten gleich breit. Dateien und Ordner mit "
+-#~ "längeren Namen als die Spaltenbreite werden mit einer Ellipse (…) am Ende "
+-#~ "dargestellt."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "Vorgaben für Baumansicht"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
+-#~ "default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files "
+-#~ "in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können in der Seitenleiste Ihrer Dateiverwaltung eine vollständige "
+-#~ "Baumansicht anzeigen lassen, indem Sie <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Seitenleiste</gui><gui>Baum</gui></guiseq> auswählen. Die Baum-"
+-#~ "Seitenleiste zeigt in der Vorgabe nur Ordner. Wenn auch Dateien "
+-#~ "dargestellt werden sollen, schalten Sie <gui>Nur Ordner anzeigen</gui> "
+-#~ "aus."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, you can see only the <gui>Suspend</gui> option, but it is "
+-#~ "also possible to power off your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Standardmäßig sehen Sie nur die Option <gui>Bereitschaft</gui>, aber es "
+-#~ "ist auch möglich, Ihren Rechner auszuschalten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How do I switch off my computer?"
+-#~ msgstr "Wie kann ich meinen Rechner ausschalten?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+-#~ msgstr "So schalten Sie Ihren Rechner aus:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and click <gui>Power Off…</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Halten Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "<gui>Ausschalten …</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um Ihren Rechner manuell in Bereitschaft zu versetzen, klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Bereitschaft</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and "
+-#~ "make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie die <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten</link>-"
+-#~ "Übersicht und stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie sich in der <gui>Fenster</gui>-"
+-#~ "Ansicht befinden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
+-#~ "<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
+-#~ "\"input.\""
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie Ihr Gerät im Reiter <gui>Eingabe</gui> nicht sehen können, "
+-#~ "schauen Sie in den Reiter <gui>Hardware</gui>. Überprüfen Sie, ob das "
+-#~ "Profil für dieses Gerät »Eingabe« enthält."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
+-#~ "<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie ihr Gerät im Reiter <gui>Ausgabe</gui> nicht sehen können, "
+-#~ "schauen Sie in den Reiter <gui>Hardware</gui>. Wählen Sie dort Ihr Gerät "
+-#~ "aus und versuchen Sie es mit anderen Profilen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Short introductory text..."
+-#~ msgstr "Eine kurze Beschreibung des Inhalts …"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button located in the right side."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-#~ "key><key>S</key></keyseq>, and type the name of the collection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq> oder "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq> und geben Sie den Namen der "
+-#~ "Sammlung ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the magnifying glass icon and select the filters related to the "
+-#~ "collection you are looking for. You can add a word to be more specific in "
+-#~ "the searching."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Lupensymbol und wählen Sie die Filter dementsprechend "
+-#~ "aus, nach welcher Sammlung Sie suchen. Sie können zur Suche ein Wort "
+-#~ "hinzufügen, um diese weiter einzugrenzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Views and Find"
+-#~ msgstr "Ansichten und Suchen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Collections"
+-#~ msgstr "Sammlungen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can see the preview of files that are locally stored; but not the "
+-#~ "remotely ones, yet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Vorschauen lokal gespeicherter Dateien sehen, Vorschauen "
+-#~ "entfernter Dateien jedoch derzeit noch nicht."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why aren't there previews for some files?"
+-#~ msgstr "Warum sind für einige Dateien keine Vorschauen sichtbar?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Every time you open <app>Documents</app> you can see a preview thumbnail "
+-#~ "in most of the documents."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Jedes Mal beim Öffnen von <app>Dokumente</app> sehen Sie eine "
+-#~ "verkleinerte Vorschau der meisten Ihrer Dokumente."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to read an edit it online as you were doing before, it is "
+-#~ "better to not download."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie es wie vorher weiterhin online lesen und bearbeiten wollen, ist "
+-#~ "es besser, es nicht herunterzuladen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Print documents that are locally stored; but not the remotely stored "
+-#~ "ones, yet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Lokal gespeicherte Dokumente drucken (derzeit noch keine entfernten "
+-#~ "Dateien)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This feature is not implemented at the moment, but is being developed to "
+-#~ "print documents that you are working on, locally or remotely."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Dieses Funktionsmerkmal ist momentan noch nicht verfügbar, wird aber "
+-#~ "dahingehend entwickelt, dass sowohl lokale als auch entfernte Dokumente "
+-#~ "gedruckt werden können."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are using <app>Documents</app> and you need to print a document or "
+-#~ "documents you probably need physically to read or write:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie <app>Dokumente</app> verwenden und eines oder mehrere Dokumente "
+-#~ "drucken wollen, weil Sie sie wahrscheinlich auf Papier lesen oder "
+-#~ "bearbeiten müssen, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the document or documents with the appropriate application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie das Dokument oder die Dokumente mit der entsprechenden "
+-#~ "Anwendung."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Print the document as you usually <link xref=\"printing\">print</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"printing\">Drucken</link> Sie das Dokument auf die "
+-#~ "herkömmliche Weise."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can search documents by:"
+-#~ msgstr "Sie können Dokumente durchsuchen nach:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq> oder "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and selecting the filters related "
+-#~ "to the document you are looking for. You can add a word to be more "
+-#~ "specific in the searching of your document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Lupensymbol und wählen Sie die Filter dementsprechend "
+-#~ "aus, nach welchem Dokument Sie suchen. Sie können zur Suche ein Wort "
+-#~ "hinzufügen, um diese weiter einzugrenzen."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Group relating documents in a collection."
+-#~ msgid "Mark your favorite documents and collections."
+-#~ msgstr "Bevorzugte Dokumente und Sammlungen markieren."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Selecting multiple documents"
+-#~ msgid "See only your favorite documents"
+-#~ msgstr "Nur Ihre bevorzugten Dokumente anzeigen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To display documents or collections marked as favorites:"
+-#~ msgstr "So zeigen Sie als Favoriten markierte Dokumente oder Sammlungen an:"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Open the document or documents with the apropiate application."
+-#~ msgid "Select the document or documents you want to mark as favorites."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie das Dokument oder die Dokumente mit der entsprechenden "
+-#~ "Anwendung."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you create a document, metadata is also created. Metadata refers "
+-#~ "information about the document like owner, type, size, location, number "
+-#~ "of pages, last accessed and last modified of the document. These "
+-#~ "properties are typically stored, but further information is also added "
+-#~ "and can be searched. You can currently choose to have the search string "
+-#~ "apply to everything, or just match the title or the author. To configure "
+-#~ "it:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie ein Dokument erstellen, werden auch Metadaten erstellt. Diese "
+-#~ "Metadaten enthalten Informationen über das Dokument, wie den Besitzer, "
+-#~ "den Typ, die Größe, den Ort, die Anzahl der Seiten und die Zeitstempel "
+-#~ "des letzten Zugriffs und der letzten Änderung. Diese Eigenschaften werden "
+-#~ "üblicherweise gespeichert, aber auch weitere Informationen werden "
+-#~ "gespeichert und können für die Suche verwendet werden. Sie können "
+-#~ "auswählen, ob der Suchbegriff auf alles angewendet werden soll oder nur "
+-#~ "auf beispielsweise den Titel und den Autor. So können Sie dies einrichten:"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-#~| "results based on file type."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Search</gui> from the dropdown menu that is triggered by "
+-#~ "pressing the arrow right to the search entry."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Dateityp</gui> aus der Auswahlliste, um die Suche auf "
+-#~ "einen Dateityp einzugrenzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Find out which location a document is stored in."
+-#~ msgstr "Finden Sie heraus, an welchem Ort ein Dokument gespeichert ist."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Maybe you forget the name of the folder where you have left your "
+-#~| "documents, but you may remember a word from the name or title, or a "
+-#~| "something about the document you are looking for.<app>Documents</app> "
+-#~| "lets you locate your documents or collection by searching a word of the "
+-#~| "title of the document:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Maybe you forget the name of the folder where you have left your "
+-#~ "documents, but you may remember a word from the name or title, or "
+-#~ "something about the document you are looking for. <app>Documents</app> "
+-#~ "lets you locate your documents or collections by searching a word of the "
+-#~ "title of the document:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es kann wohl passieren, dass Sie den Namen eines Ordners vergessen haben, "
+-#~ "in dem Ihre Dokumente gespeichert sind, aber Sie können sich an ein Wort "
+-#~ "aus dem Namen oder dem Titel erinnern oder an etwas anderes aus dem "
+-#~ "Dokument, nach dem Sie suchen. <app>Dokumente</app> ermöglicht Ihnen die "
+-#~ "Suche nach einem Dokument oder einer Sammlung anhand eines Wortes aus dem "
+-#~ "Dokumenttitel:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the top search menu and write the word to identify your document or "
+-#~ "collection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Geben Sie im oberen Suchmenü ein Wort ein, um Ihr Dokument oder Ihre "
+-#~ "Sammlung auszuwählen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the document or collection and right click to see the "
+-#~ "<gui>Properties</gui> of the document or collection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie das Dokument oder die Sammlung aus und klicken Sie mit der "
+-#~ "rechten Maustaste darauf, um die <gui>Eigenschaften</gui> des Dokuments "
+-#~ "oder der Sammlung anzuzeigen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Full screen view for documents."
+-#~ msgstr "Vollbildansicht für Dokumente."
+-
+-#~| msgid "View documents stored/ shared online"
+-#~ msgid "To view documents stored/ shared locally or remote/GoogleDocs:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "So betrachten Sie loḱal oder entfernt über Google Docs gespeicherte oder "
+-#~ "freigegebene Dokumente:"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-#~ msgid "Click the <em>Check</em> button located in the right side."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select your account type from the list."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Kontotyp aus der Liste."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
+-#~ msgstr "Das Passwort eines der Online-Dienste ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How can I change the password for an account?"
+-#~ msgstr "Wie kann ich das Passwort für ein Konto ändern?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change the password for one of the online accounts or services, you "
+-#~ "will need to log in to the account using the web browser. For other "
+-#~ "service types, check their respective web pages for instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um das Passwort für eines der Online-Konten oder Dienste zu ändern, "
+-#~ "müssen Sie sich in einem Webbrowser an Ihrem Konto anmelden. Bei anderen "
+-#~ "Dienstanbietern schauen Sie auf deren Webseiten nach entsprechenden "
+-#~ "Anweisungen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To change the password of your Google account:"
+-#~ msgstr "So ändern Sie das Passwort Ihres Google-Kontos:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log in to your Google account using the web browser."
+-#~ msgstr "Melden Sie sich im Webbrowser an Ihrem Google-Konto an."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the pull-down menu at the top right (it may display your picture) "
+-#~ "and click on <gui>Account settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Auswahlmenü oben rechts (das möglicherweise als Ihr "
+-#~ "Foto angezeigt wird) und wählen Sie <gui>Konteneinstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Security</gui> section, click <gui>Change password</gui>, and "
+-#~ "follow the instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie im Abschnitt <gui>Sicherheit</gui> auf <gui>Passwort ändern</"
+-#~ "gui> und folgen Sie den Anweisungen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To change the password of your Windows Live account:"
+-#~ msgstr "So ändern Sie das Passwort Ihres Windows-Live-Kontos:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log in to your Windows Live account using the web browser."
+-#~ msgstr "Melden Sie sich im Webbrowser an Ihrem Windows-Live-Konto an."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+-#~| "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Account security</gui> section, click <gui>Change</gui> next "
+-#~ "to <gui>Password</gui>, and follow the instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie im Reiter <gui>Allgemein</gui> des Druckfensters <gui>Seiten</"
+-#~ "gui> im Abschnitt <gui>Bereich</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <gui>Edit</gui> in the right pane. You can now edit the "
+-#~ "contact's nickname."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Bearbeiten</gui> in der rechten Leiste. Sie können "
+-#~ "nun den Spitznamen des Kontakts bearbeiten."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also add, edit or delete the e-mail address, phone number, postal "
+-#~ "address or link information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können auch die E-Mail-Adresse, die Telefonnummer, die Postanschrift "
+-#~ "oder eine Verknüpfung hinzufügen, bearbeiten oder löschen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Back to Contact</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sobald Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf <gui>Zurück zum Kontakt</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the contact you wish to link by clicking on one of the entries you "
+-#~ "have for the person."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie den zu verknüpfenden Kontakt aus, indem Sie auf einen der "
+-#~ "Einträge klicken, der der jeweiligen Person zugeordnet ist."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also type the name of the contact in the search box of the "
+-#~ "<app>Contacts</app> application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können auch den Namen des Kontakts in das Suchfeld in der Anwendung "
+-#~ "<app>Kontakte</app> eingeben."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+-#~ "Information about the disk and its status will appear under <gui>Drive</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie Ihre Festplatte in der Liste der <gui>Speichergeräte</gui> "
+-#~ "aus. Daraufhin erscheinen Informationen über die Festplatte und deren "
+-#~ "Status unter <gui>Laufwerk</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<app>Documents</app> is fullscreen-enabled, and you can search "
+-#~ "collections by:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Für <app>Dokumente</app> steht ein Vollbildmodus zur Verfügung, und Sie "
+-#~ "können Sammlungen folgendermaßen durchsuchen:"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+-#~| "media>"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/Documentsicon.png"
+-#~ "\" width=\"40\" height=\"40\"> </media> Documents"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Hilfe</"
+-#~ "media>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Selecting multiple documents"
+-#~ msgstr "Auswählen mehrerer Dokumente"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shows documents sorted by date."
+-#~ msgstr "Zeigt Dokumente nach Datum sortiert an."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sort in a different order"
+-#~ msgstr "In einer anderen Reihenfolge sortieren"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, the documents you have local and "
+-#~ "remote are stored in you computer, are also sorted since the most "
+-#~ "recently used to the least recently used."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie <app>Dokumente</app> öffnen, werden die lokal auf Ihrem Rechner "
+-#~ "und die entfernt gespeicherten Dokumente auch nach dem Datum des letzten "
+-#~ "Zugriffs sortiert."
+-
+-#~| msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Rechts</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Links</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Runter</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Links</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Rechts</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Hoch</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Runter</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Left</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows "
+-#~ "key)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Links</key></keyseq> (Super ist die Windows-"
+-#~ "Taste)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows "
+-#~ "key)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Rechts</key></keyseq> (Super ist die Windows-"
+-#~ "Taste)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
+-#~ msgstr "Schalten Sie die <gui>Tastaturmaus</gui> ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can quickly turn mouse keys on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+-#~ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+-#~ "<gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Tastaturmaus schnell ein- und ausschalten, indem Sie auf "
+-#~ "das <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Symbol für Barrierefreiheit</link> im oberen "
+-#~ "Panel klicken und <gui>Tastaturmaus</gui> wählen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"
+-#~ msgstr "SWFdec (wird nicht mehr weiter entwickelt)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hibernate saves your state, but completely switches off the power."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Im Ruhezustand wird der aktuelle Zustand des Rechners gespeichert, die "
+-#~ "Stromversorgung aber komplett ausgeschaltet."
+-
+-#~ msgid "What happens when I hibernate my computer?"
+-#~ msgstr "Was passiert, wenn ich den Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetze?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Power</gui> tab"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Netzwerk</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Energie</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> option to "
+-#~ "<gui>Hibernate</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie <gui>Bei kritischem Ladezustand</gui> zu <gui>Ruhezustand</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+-#~ "properly</link>. It is a good idea to test hibernate on your computer to "
+-#~ "see if it does work."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Manche Rechner haben mangelhafte Hardwareunterstützung, was dazu führt, "
+-#~ "dass sie unter Umständen <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">nicht "
+-#~ "fehlerfrei in Bereitschaft oder in den Ruhezustand versetzt</link> werden "
+-#~ "können. Es ist eine gute Idee, den Ruhezustand auf Ihrem Rechner auf "
+-#~ "seine Funktionsfähigkeit hin zu überprüfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
+-#~ msgstr "Sie können ein Foto ihres Bildschirms aufnehmen:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</"
+-#~ "app> tool."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wechseln Sie in die <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht und starten Sie das "
+-#~ "Programm für <gui>Bildschirmfotos</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to capture."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie im erscheinenden Fenster aus, was Sie aufnehmen wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
+-#~ "desktop</gui>), the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
+-#~ "current window</gui>), or an area of the screen you can select by "
+-#~ "dragging a box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können ein Foto des gesamten Bildschirm machen (<gui>Den gesamten "
+-#~ "Bildschirm aufnehmen</gui>), das Fenster, das Sie gerade verwenden "
+-#~ "fotografieren (<gui>Das aktuelle Fenster aufnehmen</gui>) oder einen "
+-#~ "Bereich des Bildschirms zum Fotografieren auswählen, indem Sie eine Box "
+-#~ "darum ziehen (<gui>Aufnahmebereich auswählen</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also drag and drop the screenshot image into another application, "
+-#~ "to paste it there, or to <app>files</app> to save it in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können das Bildschirmfoto auch in eine andere Anwendung ziehen, um es "
+-#~ "dort einzufügen, oder zu den <app>Dateien</app>, um es dort in einem "
+-#~ "Ordner zu speichern."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In your Home folder, a file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be "
+-#~ "saved, where %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the "
+-#~ "file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a "
+-#~ "recording is made within a single session."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "In Ihrem persönlichen Ordner wird eine Datei namens <file>shell-%d%u-%c."
+-#~ "webm</file> gespeichert. Die Variable %d im Dateinamen steht für das "
+-#~ "Datum, %u ist eine Folge von Buchstaben, die den Dateinamen eindeutig "
+-#~ "macht, und %c ist ein Zähler, der für jede Aufnahme innerhalb einer "
+-#~ "Sitzung erhöht wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Datei nach Wunsch <link xref=\"files-rename\">umbenennen</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wechseln zwischen der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht und der "
+-#~ "Arbeitsfläche."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Hoch/Runter</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Hoch/"
+-#~ "Runter</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double-click on the title bar."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt auf die Titelleiste."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Um ein Fenster zu maximieren oder wiederherzustellen, können Sie:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alternatively, to maximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Alternativ können Sie ein Fenster folgendermaßen maximieren:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the title bar of an application and drag it to the top of the "
+-#~ "screen. When the mouse pointer touches the top of the screen, the entire "
+-#~ "screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the "
+-#~ "window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Titelleiste einer Anwendung und ziehen Sie sie an den "
+-#~ "oberen Rand des Bildschirms. Wenn der Mauszeiger den oberen Rand des "
+-#~ "Bildschirms berührt, dann wird der gesamte Bildschirm hervorgehoben. "
+-#~ "Lassen Sie nun die Maustaste los, um das Fenster zu maximieren."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window to its original size:"
+-#~ msgstr "So stellen Sie die Originalgröße eines Fensters wieder her:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the title bar of the application, and drag it down from the top "
+-#~ "bar. After the window separates from the top bar it will restore itself "
+-#~ "to an unmaximized state."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Titelleiste einer Anwendung und ziehen Sie sie weg "
+-#~ "vom oberen Panel. Nachdem das Fenster vom oberen Panel gelöst ist, wird "
+-#~ "es in den ursprünglichen nicht maximierten Zustand zurück versetzt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>Alt</key> +click+hold+drag anywhere in a window. This will "
+-#~ "allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than "
+-#~ "clicking on the title bar of an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Halten Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "irgendeine Stelle eines Fensters. So können Sie bei gedrückt gehaltener "
+-#~ "Maustaste das Fenster verschieben. Manche Benutzer ziehen dieses "
+-#~ "Verhalten dem Anklicken der Titelleiste einer Anwendung vor."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-#~ "menu, and press <key>x</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können auch die Tastatur verwenden, um ein Fenster zu maximieren. "
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>, um das "
+-#~ "Fenstermenü zu öffnen. Dann drücken Sie <key>x</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
+-#~ msgstr "Wiederherstellen, Größe ändern, Anordnen und Verbergen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window operations"
+-#~ msgstr "Fensteroperationen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Größe von Fenstern kann geändert oder das Fenster komplett verborgen "
+-#~ "werden, um Arbeitsabläufe zu verbessern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
+-#~ msgstr "Minimieren, Wiederherstellen und Schließen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "So minimieren oder verbergen Sie ein Fenster:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-#~ "window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the "
+-#~ "top left corner."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>, um das "
+-#~ "Fenstermenü zu öffnen. Dann drücken Sie <key>n</key>. Das Fenster "
+-#~ "»verschwindet« in die obere linke Ecke."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "So stellen Sie ein Fenster wieder her:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on it in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+-#~ "link> or <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieve</link> it from the "
+-#~ "window switcher by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie darauf in der <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aktivitäten-"
+-#~ "Übersicht</link> oder <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">holen Sie es "
+-#~ "zurück</link> durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To close the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "So schließen Sie ein Fenster:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das <gui>x</gui> in der oberen rechten Ecke des Fensters "
+-#~ "oder"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
+-#~ msgstr "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> oder"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-#~ "window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>, um das "
+-#~ "Fenstermenü zu öffnen. Anschließend drücken Sie <key>c</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Resize"
+-#~ msgstr "Größe ändern"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Größe eines Fensters kann nicht geändert werden, wenn es "
+-#~ "<em>maximiert</em> ist."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "So ändern Sie die Größe eines Fensters in horizontaler oder vertikaler "
+-#~ "Richtung:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes "
+-#~ "into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any "
+-#~ "direction."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in eine der Ecken des Fensters, bis sich der "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger in einen »Eckzeiger« verwandelt. Klicken Sie darauf und halten "
+-#~ "Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie das Fenster mit der Maus, um "
+-#~ "die Größe in der entsprechenden Richtung zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "So ändern Sie die Größe nur in horizontaler Richtung:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into "
+-#~ "a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger an einen der Ränder des Fensters, bis sich der "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger in einen »Seitenzeiger« verwandelt. Klicken Sie darauf und "
+-#~ "halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie das Fenster mit der "
+-#~ "Maus, um die Größe in horizontaler Richtung zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "So ändern Sie die Größe nur in vertikaler Richtung:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it "
+-#~ "changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold"
+-#~ "+drag to resize the window vertically."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger an den oberen oder unteren Rand des Fensters, "
+-#~ "bis sich der Mauszeiger in einen »Oben-unten-Zeiger« verwandelt. Klicken "
+-#~ "Sie darauf und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie das "
+-#~ "Fenster mit der Maus, um die Größe in vertikaler Richtung zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
+-#~ msgstr "Anordnen von Fenstern in Ihrer Arbeitsfläche"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
+-#~ msgstr "So platzieren Sie zwei Fenster nebeneinander:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
+-#~ "edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, "
+-#~ "the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button "
+-#~ "and the window will fill the left half of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf die <gui>Titelleiste</gui> eines Fensters und ziehen Sie "
+-#~ "sie an den linken Rand des Bildschirms. Wenn der <gui>Mauszeiger</gui> "
+-#~ "den Rand des Bildschirms berührt, dann wird die linke Hälfte des "
+-#~ "Bildschirms hervorgehoben. Lassen Sie nun die Maustaste los, um das "
+-#~ "Fenster die linke Hälfte des Bildschirms füllen zu lassen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen "
+-#~ "is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ziehen Sie ein anderes Fenster an die rechte Seite: Wenn die rechte "
+-#~ "Hälfte des Bildschirms hervorgehoben wird, lassen Sie es los. Nun füllt "
+-#~ "jedes der Fenster jeweils die Hälfte des Bildschirms."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to "
+-#~ "move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the "
+-#~ "<gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Halten Sie die <key>Alt</key>-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "irgendeine Stelle eines Fensters. So können Sie bei gedrückt gehaltener "
+-#~ "Maustaste das Fenster verschieben. Manche Benutzer ziehen dieses "
+-#~ "Verhalten dem Anklicken der <gui>Titelleiste</gui> einer Anwendung vor."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your workflow may require two windows arranged side by side for "
+-#~ "comparison purposes. To fill the screen with two vertically-tiled windows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Ihr Arbeitsablauf es erfordert, dass zwei Fenster beispielsweise "
+-#~ "für Vergleichszwecke nebeneinander angeordnet werden sollen, können Sie "
+-#~ "den Bildschirm durch zwei senkrecht gekachelte Fenster füllen lassen:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Erstellen</gui>, wenn Sie fertig sind."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
+-#~ "password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
+-#~ "fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie <gui>Jetzt ein Passwort festlegen</gui> wählen, lassen Sie den "
+-#~ "Benutzer sein Passwort in den Feldern <gui>Neues Passwort</gui> und "
+-#~ "<gui>Passwort bestätigen</gui> eingeben. Siehe <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "goodpassword\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> to check the disk space in the Home folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Persönlichen Ordner einlesen</gui>, um den "
+-#~ "Plattenplatz im persönlichen Ordner zu überprüfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon to check the '/' (Root) folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Dateisystem einlesen</gui>, um den Ordner »/« (den "
+-#~ "Wurzelordner) zu überprüfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon to scan disk space inside a "
+-#~ "specific folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Einen Ordner einlesen</gui>, um den Plattenplatz in "
+-#~ "einem bestimmten Ordner zu überprüfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> to scan disk space inside a remote "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Einen entfernten Ordner einlesen</gui>, um den "
+-#~ "Plattenplatz in einem entfernten Ordner zu überprüfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Stop</gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
+-#~ "update the scanning. See more details in <link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-"
+-#~ "usage\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Stopp</gui> oder <gui>Aktualisieren</gui>, wenn Sie "
+-#~ "das Einlesen abbrechen oder neu aufnehmen wollen. Siehe <link href="
+-#~ "\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-usage\"><app>Festplattenbelegung analysieren</app></"
+-#~ "link> für weitere Details."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without "
+-#~ "the single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die <gui>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</gui> kann auch gestartet werden, "
+-#~ "indem Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> drücken, "
+-#~ "»baobab« (ohne Anführungszeichen) eingeben und die <key>Eingabetaste</"
+-#~ "key> drücken."
+-
+-#~ msgid "First step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Erster Schritt …"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Second step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Zweiter Schritt …"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Third step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Dritter Schritt …"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <em>preview</em> button."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den <gui>Vorschau</gui>-Knopf."
+-
+-#~ msgid "."
+-#~ msgstr "."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can <link href=\"documents-search.page\">search documents</link> if "
+-#~ "you want to find an specific document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können <link href=\"documents-search.page\">Dokumente durchsuchen</"
+-#~ "link>, falls Sie ein bestimmtes Dokument finden wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "All the documents you have in your computer and all the documents that "
+-#~ "are associated with your <link href=\"accounts.page\">online account</"
+-#~ "link> will be automatically presented when you open <app>Documents</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Alle auf Ihrem Rechner verfügbaren Dokumente, sowie all jene, welche mit "
+-#~ "Ihrem <link href=\"accounts.page\">Online-Konto</link> verknüpft sind, "
+-#~ "werden beim Start von <app>Dokumente</app> angezeigt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can manage documents using <app>folder browser</app>, but "
+-#~ "<app>Documents</app> can do more than search documents. You can see the "
+-#~ "source of the documents, the type of them and search through them by "
+-#~ "matching tittle, author or contents."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Dokumente mit einem <app>Ordner-Browser</app> verwalten, aber "
+-#~ "<app>Dokumente</app> kann mehr, als nur Ordner durchsuchen. Sie sehen die "
+-#~ "Quelle der Dokumente und deren Typ und können sie anhand von Titel, Autor "
+-#~ "und Inhalt finden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This application is integrated with funcionalities like printing, sharing "
+-#~ "documents online and also provides you reminders of the documents you "
+-#~ "have to read. Read your documents full screen, store them in reading "
+-#~ "lists or to-do list and shared them with your friends by email or any "
+-#~ "other online instant messaging service."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Diese Anwendung ist mit Funktionsmerkmalen wie Drucken und dem Online-"
+-#~ "Freigeben von Dokumenten ausgestattet und hat eine Erinnerungsfunktion "
+-#~ "für Dokumente, die Ihre Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Lesen Sie Ihre "
+-#~ "Dokumente im Vollbildmodus, speichern Sie sie in Aufgabenlisten oder "
+-#~ "teilen Sie sie mit Ihren Freunden per E-Mail oder über einen "
+-#~ "Sofortnachrichtendienst."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and go to the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Tastatur</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Texteingabe</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "Arbeitsfläche"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> switches between open "
+-#~ "applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> wechselt zwischen "
+-#~ "geöffneten Anwendungen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> switches between windows that "
+-#~ "belong to the same open application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> wechselt zwischen den "
+-#~ "Fenstern, die zur gleichen geöffneten Anwendung gehören."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgid "Release to select the <gui>Top Bar</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right arrow to the <gui>Universal Access</gui> menu, then down arrow to "
+-#~ "<gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheit</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Sehen</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
+-#~ msgid "Release to activate <gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Schalten Sie die <gui>Tastaturmaus</gui> ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> activates the launcher. Key "
+-#~ "in the comand name to launch an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, um den "
+-#~ "Schnellstarter zu öffnen. Geben Sie den Namen des Befehls ein, um eine "
+-#~ "Anwendung zu starten."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-#~| "application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Inside the window of an application, <key>Tab</key> and "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> move between widgets."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wechsel zwischen Fenstern der gleichen Anwendung, oder aus der gewählten "
+-#~ "Anwendung nach <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tabulator</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Overview"
+-#~ msgstr "Überblick"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> opens the "
+-#~ "<em>accessibility switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> öffnet den "
+-#~ "<em>Barrierefreiheits-Umschalter</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key></keyseq> and use "
+-#~ "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> or "
+-#~ "left and right arrow to move back and forth between <gui>Top Bar</gui>, "
+-#~ "<gui>Dash</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui>, <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+-#~ "<gui>Search</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Halten Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key></keyseq> gedrückt und "
+-#~ "verwenden Sie die <key>Tabulatortaste</key> und "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Tabulatortaste</key></keyseq> oder "
+-#~ "die Pfeiltasten rechts und links, um sich zwischen <gui>oberem Panel</"
+-#~ "gui>, <gui>Dash</gui>, <gui>Fenstern</gui>, <gui>Anwendungen</gui> und "
+-#~ "der <gui>Suche</gui> zu bewegen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Up and down arrow keys navigate search results."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mit den Pfeiltasten nach oben oder unten können Sie sich innerhalb der "
+-#~ "Suchergebnisse bewegen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> and "
+-#~ "<key>Down</key> move between workspaces in the <gui>workspace swicher</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mit <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Hoch</key></keyseq> und "
+-#~ "<key>Runter</key> bewegen Sie sich zwischen den Arbeitsflächen im "
+-#~ "<gui>Arbeitsflächenumschalter</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PgDn</key></keyseq> and <key>PgUp</key> move "
+-#~ "from the <gui>Windows</gui> overview to the <gui>Applications</gui> "
+-#~ "overview and back."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mit <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild ab</key></keyseq> und <key>Bild auf</"
+-#~ "key> wechseln Sie von der <gui>Fenster</gui>-Übersicht zur "
+-#~ "<gui>Anwendungs</gui>-Übersicht und zurück."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn der Test beendet ist, erscheinen die Ergebnisse in einem Diagramm."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hide information of personal or privacy documents."
+-#~ msgstr "Informationen persönlicher oder privater Dokumente verbergen."
+-
+-# CHECK
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This property is not implement yet. When you created a document in an "
+-#~ "office application, metadata is also created. Metadata adds information "
+-#~ "about the document you created. This metadata is stored and can be "
+-#~ "searched to hide them if you do not want to share some personal or "
+-#~ "privacy documents."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Diese Eigenschaft ist derzeit noch nicht implementiert. Wenn Sie ein "
+-#~ "Dokument in einer Büroanwendung erstellt haben, werden dabei auch "
+-#~ "Metadaten erzeugt. Diese Metadaten fügen Informationen über das erstellte "
+-#~ "Dokument hinzu. Sie werden gespeichert und können durchsucht werden, um "
+-#~ "bestimmte Dokumente verbergen zu können, deren persönliche oder private "
+-#~ "Daten Sie nicht freigeben wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Öffnen Sie <gui>Wechselmedien</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie eine Datei oder einen Ordner nicht mehr benötigen, können Sie "
+-#~ "sie löschen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, "
+-#~ "you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</"
+-#~ "gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you "
+-#~ "can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the "
+-#~ "trash from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want "
+-#~ "to delete permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete "
+-#~ "Permanently</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um Dateien dauerhaft zu löschen und Festplattenplatz auf Ihrem Rechner "
+-#~ "freizugeben, müssen Sie den Müll leeren. Um den Müll zu leeren, klicken "
+-#~ "Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den <gui>Müll</gui> in der Seitenleiste "
+-#~ "und wählen Sie <gui>Müll leeren</gui>. Alternativ können Sie einzelne "
+-#~ "Objekte im Müll dauerhaft löschen, indem Sie zum Müll über die "
+-#~ "Seitenleiste oder ober das Menü <gui>Gehe zu</gui> gelangen. Wählen Sie "
+-#~ "die Dateien, die Sie dauerhaft löschen wollen und drücken sie "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Entfernen</key></keyseq> auf der Tastatur "
+-#~ "oder wählen Sie <gui>Dauerhaft löschen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you "
+-#~ "should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um zum Beispiel eine Datei namens <file>.Beispiel.txt</file> wieder "
+-#~ "sichtbar zu machen, müssten Sie sie zu <file>Beispiel.txt</file> "
+-#~ "umbenennen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
+-#~ msgstr "Eine von Ihnen gelöschte Datei wiederherstellen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you deleted a file by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>, clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> menu item, or "
+-#~ "dragging the file to the Trash, the file should be in the Trash."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie eine Datei gelöscht haben, indem Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</"
+-#~ "key><key>Entf</key></keyseq> gedrückt oder auf den Menüeintrag <gui>In "
+-#~ "den Müll verschieben</gui> geklickt oder sie in den Müll gezogen haben, "
+-#~ "sollte sich die Datei im Müll befinden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternately, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</"
+-#~ "gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically "
+-#~ "ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</"
+-#~ "gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken und "
+-#~ "entweder <gui>Auswerfen</gui> oder <gui>Laufwerk sicher entfernen</gui> "
+-#~ "auswählen. USB-Laufwerke können nicht »ausgeworfen« werden, deshalb "
+-#~ "besteht hier kein Unterschied zwischen <gui>Auswerfen</gui> und "
+-#~ "<gui>Laufwerk sicher entfernen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "Sie können den Namen einer Datei oder eines Ordners ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+-#~ "their names. Use a shorter name."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Auf manchen Dateisystemen dürfen Dateinamen nicht länger als 255 Zeichen "
+-#~ "sein. Verwenden Sie einen kürzeren Namen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
+-#~ "<gui>Configure</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Verbindung, die Sie bearbeiten wollen, um sie "
+-#~ "auszuwählen. Klicken Sie anschließend auf <gui>Bearbeiten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass "
+-#~ "through the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will "
+-#~ "scan the contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or "
+-#~ "whether to show you a different page, for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie eine Webseite besuchen, werden die Texte und Bilder dieser "
+-#~ "Webseite zuerst durch den Proxy geleitet, bevor sie auf Ihrem Rechner "
+-#~ "ankommen. Der Proxy untersucht die Inhalte der Webseite und entscheidet, "
+-#~ "ob er sie anzeigen soll oder ob er beispielsweise eine andere Seite "
+-#~ "anzeigen soll."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
+-#~ "student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit "
+-#~ "a website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They "
+-#~ "will then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying "
+-#~ "to look at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page "
+-#~ "but will not have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. "
+-#~ "This stops people who are not authorized from using the connection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ein Beispiel dafür, wo Proxys normalerweise eingesetzt werden, sind "
+-#~ "Universitäten. Wenn ein Student sich mit dem kabellosen Netzwerk der "
+-#~ "Universität verbindet und eine Webseite besuchen will, leitet ihn der "
+-#~ "Proxy stattdessen zur Anmeldeseite um. Dort kann er sich beim Netzwerk "
+-#~ "anmelden und dann zur Seite gehen, die er sehen wollte. Jemand, der nicht "
+-#~ "Student ist, gelangt ebenfalls zur Anmeldeseite, hat aber nicht die "
+-#~ "Anmeldedaten und wird deshalb nicht ins Internet können. So werden "
+-#~ "Personen ohne Berechtigung daran gehindert, die Verbindung zu nutzen. "
+-
+-#~ msgid "Busy time of day"
+-#~ msgstr "Tageszeit mit erhöhtem Datenaufkommen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it is too old "
+-#~ "to hold charge."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ihr Akku ist vermutlich nicht kaputt. Es ist eher wahrscheinlich, dass er "
+-#~ "zu alt ist, um die Ladung beizubehalten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
+-#~ msgstr "Ein Fehlerbericht sagt, dass der Akku eine niedrige Kapazität hat"
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
+-#~ msgstr "Beim ersten Anmelden könnte etwa folgende Meldung angezeigt werden:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
+-#~ "that it may be old or broken."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Der Akku ist möglicherweise defekt. Ihr Akku hat eine sehr geringe "
+-#~ "Kapazität, was bedeutet, dass er alt oder defekt sein kann."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is "
+-#~ "not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is "
+-#~ "that your battery is old. If this is the case, there will be no damage to "
+-#~ "your computer or hardware."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Diese Meldung wird angezeigt, wenn Ihr Rechner erkennt, dass Ihr Akku "
+-#~ "nicht viel Energie speichern kann. Der häufigste Grund dafür ist das "
+-#~ "Alter des Akkus. Wenn dies tatsächlich der Fall ist, dann ist er "
+-#~ "wahrscheinlich nicht defekt, daher kein Grund zur Besorgnis."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After "
+-#~ "a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store "
+-#~ "a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above "
+-#~ "is shown when this happens."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mit der Zeit verlieren alle Laptop-Akkus die Fähigkeit, Energie zu "
+-#~ "speichern. Nach einer Weile (etwa einem Jahr) wird der Akku nur noch "
+-#~ "einen Bruchteil der Ladung speichern können, die er im Neuzustand "
+-#~ "speichern konnte. Die obige Meldung wird angezeigt, wenn dieser Fall "
+-#~ "eintritt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
+-#~ "holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
+-#~ "battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Ihr Rechner bzw. der Akku relativ neu ist, so sollte er in der Lage "
+-#~ "sein, einen hohen Teil der angegebenen Kapazität leisten zu können. Wenn "
+-#~ "dies nicht möglich ist, dann ist eventuell der Akku defekt und Sie "
+-#~ "sollten für einen Ersatz sorgen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Anzeige besagt, es verbleiben noch X Minuten Akkulaufzeit, aber das "
+-#~ "stimmt nicht"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
+-#~ "change the brightness."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Laptops und Bildschirme verfügen normalerweise über Knöpfe, mit denen Sie "
+-#~ "die Helligkeit anpassen können."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
+-#~ msgstr "Wie kann ich die Bildschirmhelligkeit erhöhen?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen "
+-#~ "brightness controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" "
+-#~ "icons, and are often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). "
+-#~ "On some laptops, you must hold down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and "
+-#~ "then press one of the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. "
+-#~ "For example, you might press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> "
+-#~ "to decrease the brightness and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> to increase it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie einen Laptop oder ein Netbook verwenden, können Sie die "
+-#~ "Bildschirmhelligkeit wahrscheinlich über Tasten auf der Tastatur "
+-#~ "einstellen. Diese sind in der Regel durch Sonnen-Symbole gekennzeichnet "
+-#~ "und befinden sich oft auf oder über den Funktionstasten (z.B. <key>F4</"
+-#~ "key>). Bei einigen Laptops müssen Sie die Funktionstaste (<key>Fn</key>) "
+-#~ "gedrückt halten und dann eine der Helligkeitstasten drücken, um die "
+-#~ "Bildschirmhelligkeit anzupassen. Zum Beispiel kann es ein, dass Sie "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> zum Verringern der Helligkeit "
+-#~ "und <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> zum Erhöhen drücken "
+-#~ "müssen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top bar, "
+-#~ "selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</"
+-#~ "gui> preferences."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Helligkeit auch anpassen, indem Sie im oberen Panel auf "
+-#~ "Ihren Namen drücken, <gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui> auswählen und dann "
+-#~ "die <gui>Bildschirm</gui>-Eigenschaften öffnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
+-#~ "monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends "
+-#~ "very much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
+-#~ "brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-"
+-#~ "screen menus."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie einen Arbeitsplatzrechner verwenden, sollten Sie die "
+-#~ "Bildschirmhelligkeit am Bildschirm einstellen können. Wie dies "
+-#~ "funktioniert hängt vom verwendeten Bildschirm ab - einige verfügen über "
+-#~ "eigenständige Knöpfe zum Anpassen der Helligkeit, während andere Knöpfe "
+-#~ "haben, mit denen Sie durch auf dem Bildschirm angezeigte Menüs navigieren "
+-#~ "können."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
+-#~ "bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or <em>gamma</"
+-#~ "em> settings of the screen instead. These controls will also be found on "
+-#~ "the monitor or in one of its menus, although not all monitors have them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie die Helligkeit bis auf ihr Maximum erhöht haben, aber die "
+-#~ "Anzeige immer noch nicht hell genug ist, müssen Sie stattdessen eventuell "
+-#~ "den <em>Kontrast</em> oder die <em>Gamma</em>-Einstellungen des "
+-#~ "Bildschirms anpassen. Diese Einstellungen finden Sie auch am Bildschirm "
+-#~ "oder in einem der Menüs, wobei einige Bildschirme nicht über Menüs "
+-#~ "verfügen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,"
+-#~ "\" which causes the computer to do nothing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es gibt noch andere Einstellungen außer »Bildschirm leeren«, wie etwa "
+-#~ "»Nichts«, was den Rechner veranlasst, nichts weiter zu tun."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on "
+-#~ "again. If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and "
+-#~ "then on again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut "
+-#~ "that can be used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks "
+-#~ "like a \"radio beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on "
+-#~ "the top bar and unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few "
+-#~ "seconds, and the re-checking it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Tritt dieser Fall ein, versuchen Sie die Funkverbindung aus- und wieder "
+-#~ "einzuschalten. Wenn Ihr Rechner über einen Schalter für die "
+-#~ "Funknetzwerkkarte verfügt, schalten Sie diese ebenfalls aus und wieder "
+-#~ "ein. Einige Laptops verwenden hierfür eine Tastenkombination. Das Symbol "
+-#~ "dafür sieht meist aus wie eine »Funkwelle«. Sie können auch versuchen auf "
+-#~ "das Netzwerksymbol im oberen Panel zu klicken und <gui>Funknetzwerk "
+-#~ "aktivieren</gui> abzuschalten, ein paar Sekunden zu warten und es dann "
+-#~ "wieder einzuschalten."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you "
+-#~ "want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+-#~ "export it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You "
+-#~ "may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Diese Anweisungen beziehen sich auf den Druck einer Broschüre aus einem "
+-#~ "PDF-Dokument. Falls Sie eine Broschüre aus einem <app>LibreOffice</app>-"
+-#~ "Dokument drucken wollen, wandeln Sie es zunächst in PDF um. Stellen Sie "
+-#~ "sicher, dass die Seitenzahl des Dokuments ein Vielfaches von 4 ist. "
+-#~ "Gegebenenfalls müssen Sie bis zu 3 leere Seiten hinzufügen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 "
+-#~ "pages, add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document "
+-#~ "before exporting to PDF."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls die Seitenzahl Ihres <app>LibreOffice</app>-Dokuments kein "
+-#~ "Vielfaches von 4 ist, fügen Sie die nötige Anzahl leerer Seiten am Ende "
+-#~ "des Dokuments hinzu, bevor Sie es als PDF exportieren."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."
+-#~ msgstr "Exportieren Sie die leeren Seiten in ein PDF."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-"
+-#~ "click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the "
+-#~ "overview, or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um ein bestimmtes Fenster einer laufenden Anwendung zu wählen oder ein "
+-#~ "neues Fenster zu öffnen, machen Sie einen Rechtsklick auf das "
+-#~ "Anwendungssymbol. Sie können das Symbol auch in die Übersicht oder auf "
+-#~ "eine beliebige Arbeitsflächenvorschau auf der rechten Seite ziehen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "Ein Überblick über die verschiedenen Teile der Arbeitsumgebung."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "Dateien und Ordner"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status."
+-#~ msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihren Anwesenheitsstatus."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your availability"
+-#~ msgstr "Ändern Ihrer Verfügbarkeit"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can "
+-#~ "change your status to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. Just click your name on the "
+-#~ "top bar and select <gui>Available</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Unavailable</"
+-#~ "gui>. If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will "
+-#~ "change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to "
+-#~ "disturb you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie an etwas arbeiten und nicht gestört werden wollen, können Sie "
+-#~ "Ihren Status in <gui>Nicht verfügbar</gui> ändern. Klicken Sie einfach "
+-#~ "auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Verfügbar</gui>, um "
+-#~ "es in <gui>Nicht verfügbar</gui> zu ändern. Wenn Sie die in GNOME "
+-#~ "eingebauten Sofortnachrichten-Funktionen verwenden, ändert dies den Ihren "
+-#~ "Kontakten angezeigten Anwesenheitsstatus, so dass diese darüber "
+-#~ "informiert werden, dass Sie nicht gestört werden wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To switch your availability back on, click your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "select <gui>Unavailable</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Available</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um Ihren Anwesenheitsstatus wieder zurückzuschalten, klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Nicht verfügbar</gui>, um "
+-#~ "es in <gui>Verfügbar</gui> zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Two windows can be placed side by side. Drag a window by its titlebar "
+-#~ "toward the left side of the screen until the cursor touches the left "
+-#~ "side. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and the "
+-#~ "window resizes to fill half the screen. Repeat for another window, "
+-#~ "dragging it to the right side and releasing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Zwei Fenster können nebeneinander angeordnet werden. Ziehen Sie ein "
+-#~ "Fenster an seiner Titelleiste an die linke Seite des Bildschirms, bis der "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger den linken Rand berührt. Die linke Hälfte des Bildschirms wird "
+-#~ "nun hervorgehoben und die Größe des Fensters wird so angepasst, dass es "
+-#~ "die Hälfte des Bildschirms einnimmt. Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für "
+-#~ "ein anderes Fenster, indem Sie es an die rechte Seite ziehen und dort "
+-#~ "ablegen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Cycle through the windows by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq> and <key>↓</key> to select the window you want to move."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Blättern Sie durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> und <key>↓</key> durch die Fenster, um das Fenster zu finden, das "
+-#~ "Sie verschieben wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the window to make it <em>live</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Fenster, um es zu <em>aktivieren</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For photographs it makes sense allowing a relative shift of all colors to "
+-#~ "match color reproduction capabilities of a display or a printer, "
+-#~ "therefore you need to be able to access full tonal range of that display "
+-#~ "or printer. For other graphics such as logos you simply don't use the "
+-#~ "full tonal range, you only need few colors matching as closely as "
+-#~ "possible, so if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat "
+-#~ "logo, that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red. The method of "
+-#~ "transferring colors from one tonal range to another is usually called "
+-#~ "gamut mapping."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bei Fotos ist es sinnvoll, eine relative Verschiebung aller Farben zu "
+-#~ "erlauben, um sie auf die Farbwiedergabefähigkeiten eines Bildschirms oder "
+-#~ "Druckers abzustimmen. Sie müssen deshalb auf den vollen Farbraum dieses "
+-#~ "Bildschirms oder Druckers zugreifen können. Bei anderen Grafiken wie "
+-#~ "Logos brauchen Sie nicht den gesamten Farbraum, Sie müssen nur einige "
+-#~ "wenige Farben so getreu wie möglich wiedergeben. Wenn Sie also einen "
+-#~ "eigenen Becher mit dem Red-Hat-Logo zu drucken versuchen, <em>muss</em> "
+-#~ "es exakt das Red-Hat-Rot sein. Die Methode zum Übertragen von Farben von "
+-#~ "einem zum anderen Farbraum nennt man üblicherweise Gamut-Mapping."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
+-#~ "action blank"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
+-#~ "action blank"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
+-#~ "blank"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
+-#~ "blank"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
+-#~ msgstr "Warum kann ich eine Datei nicht kopieren oder verschieben?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Send us an e-mail."
+-#~ msgstr "Schicken Sie uns eine E-Mail."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status and hide notifications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie Ihren Anwesenheitsstatus und verbergen Sie Benachrichtigungen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will also "
+-#~ "change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to "
+-#~ "disturb you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie die in GNOME eingebauten Sofortnachrichten-Funktionsmerkmale "
+-#~ "nutzen, ändert dies auch den Ihren Kontakten angezeigten "
+-#~ "Anwesenheitsstatus, so dass diese darüber informiert werden, dass Sie "
+-#~ "nicht gestört werden wollen."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "(You can click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display "
+-#~| "to <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>)."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click to toggle between <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> and <gui>View as "
+-#~ "Treemap Chart</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können auf <gui>Als Kreisdiagramm betrachten</gui> klicken, um die "
+-#~ "Anzeige zu <gui>Als Tree Map anzeigen</gui> zu ändern."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. Sometimes the other "
+-#~ "device will simply show you the PIN and ask you to confirm that it "
+-#~ "matches what you see on your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Geben Sie falls nötig den PIN-Code auf Ihrem anderen Gerät ein. "
+-#~ "Gelegentlich zeigt Ihnen das andere Gerät lediglich die PIN an und bittet "
+-#~ "Sie um Bestätigung, dass sie mit derjenigen übereinstimmt, die Sie auf "
+-#~ "Ihrem Rechner sehen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to perform benchmark test and see how fast is your hard disk:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "So führen Sie zur Überprüfung der Geschwindigkeit Ihrer Festplatte einen "
+-#~ "Leistungstest aus:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the "
+-#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht die Anwendung "
+-#~ "<app>Festplattenbelegungsanalyse</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select "
+-#~ "how media should be handled</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Wechselmedien</gui> und ändern Sie die Einstellungen "
+-#~ "unter <gui>Wählen Sie, wie mit Medien umgegangen werden soll</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Anstelle eine Anwendung einfach automatisch starten zu lassen, können Sie "
+-#~ "Folgendes einstellen:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</"
+-#~ "gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Das Gerät wird in der Dateiverwaltung angezeigt (wählen Sie <gui>Ordner "
+-#~ "öffnen</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie werden gefragt, welche Anwendung geöffnet werden soll "
+-#~ "(<gui>Nachfragen, was geschehen soll</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr "Nichts soll passieren (<gui>Nichts tun</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
+-#~ "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, "
+-#~ "it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if "
+-#~ "you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the "
+-#~ "disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Einstellung unter <gui>Software</gui> unterscheidet sich etwas von "
+-#~ "den anderen – wenn der Rechner feststellt, dass sich auf dem "
+-#~ "angeschlossenen Medium Software befindet, kann er versuchen, diese "
+-#~ "Software zu starten, sofern Sie das wollen. Das ist sinnvoll, wenn Sie "
+-#~ "eine Anwendung auf einer CD installiert haben und sie starten wollen, "
+-#~ "sobald die CD eingelegt wird (zum Beispiel eine Diaschau)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
+-#~ msgstr "<em>Keine einzige</em> Anwendung automatisch öffnen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Currently, the <gui>Copy Settings</gui> button on the <gui>System</gui> "
+-#~ "tab does not set the system keyboard layouts."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Zurzeit richtet der Knopf <gui>Einstellungen kopieren</gui> im Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>System</gui> die Tastaturbelegungen des Systems nicht ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change either of these options, click on your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "choose <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and open "
+-#~ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um eine dieser Optionen zu ändern, klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen "
+-#~ "Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui>. Gehen Sie zum "
+-#~ "Hardware-Abschnitt und öffnen Sie <gui>Bildschirme</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+-#~ "direction that can be displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Auflösung ist die Anzahl der Pixel (Bildschirmpunkte) in jeder "
+-#~ "Richtung, die dargestellt werden können."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, "
+-#~ "wait for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous "
+-#~ "values. Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window "
+-#~ "that appears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um die Änderungen anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf <gui>Anwenden</gui>. Wenn "
+-#~ "der Bildschirm leer wird, warten Sie eine Minute und die Einstellungen "
+-#~ "werden auf die alten Werte zurückgestellt. Andernfalls klicken Sie im "
+-#~ "Fenster, das erscheint, auf <gui>Diese Einstellungen beibehalten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie die Drehung gewählt haben, die Sie bevorzugen, klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "<gui>Anwenden</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen sie <gui>Maus und Touchpad</gui> und wählen Sie den Reiter "
+-#~ "<gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type <input>gnome-terminal</input>. A terminal window will open."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Tippen Sie <input>gnome-terminal</input>. Ein Terminalfenster wird sich "
+-#~ "öffnen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-#~ "network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Rechner miteinander verbinden, um ein <em>ad-hoc</em>-"
+-#~ "Funknetzwerk aufzubauen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
+-#~ msgstr "Direktverbindungen zu anderen Rechnern über ein Funknetzwerk"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-#~ "network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected "
+-#~ "to it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between "
+-#~ "them, for example. With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless "
+-#~ "network, you would connect both computers to a network provided by "
+-#~ "wireless base station or router. If you don't have a base station, "
+-#~ "however, an ad-hoc network will still allow you to connect the computers "
+-#~ "to each other."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können Rechner miteinander verbinden, um ein <em>Ad-Hoc</em>-"
+-#~ "Funknetzwerk aufzubauen. Dies ist sinnvoll, falls an einem der Rechner "
+-#~ "ein Drucker angeschlossen ist, den Sie für den anderen Rechner freigeben "
+-#~ "wollen. Mit einem gewöhnlichen (<em>Infrastruktur-</em>) Funknetzwerk "
+-#~ "würden Sie beide Rechner mit einem Netzwerk verbinden, das über eine "
+-#~ "Funknetzwerk-Basisstation oder einen Router bereitgestellt wird. Falls "
+-#~ "Sie keine entsprechende Basisstation haben, kann ein Ad-Hoc-Funknetzwerk "
+-#~ "dennoch beide Rechner miteinander verbinden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
+-#~ msgstr "So richten Sie ein Ad-Hoc-Funknetzwerk ein:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On one of the computers, click the network icon on the top bar and select "
+-#~ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf einem der Rechner auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und "
+-#~ "wählen Sie <gui>Netzwerkeinstellungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the window that appears, switch to the Wireless tab and click "
+-#~ "<gui>Add</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie im erscheinenden Fenster die Funknetzwerk-Reiter aus und "
+-#~ "klicken Sie auf <gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the other computer, click the network icon on the top bar and look for "
+-#~ "a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or two to "
+-#~ "appear in the list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf dem anderen Rechner auf das Netzwerksymbol im oberen "
+-#~ "Panel und schauen Sie nach einem Netzwerk mit der gewählten SSID. Es kann "
+-#~ "ein oder zwei Minuten dauern, bis es in der Liste erscheint."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
+-#~ msgstr "Absichern eines Ad-Hoc-Netzwerks"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
+-#~ "click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Öffnen Sie den Reiter <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui>, wählen Sie das Ad-Hoc-"
+-#~ "Netzwerk aus und klicken Sie auf <gui>Bearbeiten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bearbeiten Sie Ihre Verbindungseinstellungen und entfernen Sie die "
+-#~ "ungewollten Verbindungsoptionen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
+-#~ msgstr "Mein Rechner verbindet sich mit dem falschen Netzwerk"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "
+-#~ "connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If "
+-#~ "it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one "
+-#~ "that you want it to connect to), do the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner einschalten oder sich an einen anderen Ort "
+-#~ "begeben, so wird Ihr Rechner automatisch versuchen, sich mit Funknetzen "
+-#~ "zu verbinden, mit denen Sie schon einmal verbunden waren. Wenn jedes Mal "
+-#~ "mit dem falschen (d.h. nicht mit dem gewünschten) Netzwerk verbunden "
+-#~ "wird, sollten Sie folgendes tun:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Rechner-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>Verbindungen bearbeiten</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
+-#~ "<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wechseln Sie in den Reiter <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> und suchen Sie das "
+-#~ "Netzwerk, mit dem Sie <em>nicht</em> verbunden werden möchten."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
+-#~ "computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie das Netzwerk aus und klicken Sie auf <gui>Löschen</gui>. Ihr "
+-#~ "Rechner wird daraufhin nicht mehr versuchen, sich mit dem Netzwerk zu "
+-#~ "verbinden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you later want to connect to the network that you just deleted, click "
+-#~ "the network icon on the top bar and select the network from the list. You "
+-#~ "may need to re-enter the security settings for that network connection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie sich später mit dem Netzwerk verbinden möchten, das Sie soeben "
+-#~ "gelöscht haben, dann wählen Sie es einfach aus der Liste der Funknetze, "
+-#~ "die erscheint, wenn Sie auf das Netzwerk-Symbol im oberen Panel klicken. "
+-#~ "Sie werden die Sicherheitseinstellungen für diese Netzwerkverbindung neu "
+-#~ "festlegen müssen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for "
+-#~ "the option to change this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie haben unter <guiseq><gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui><gui>Leistung</"
+-#~ "gui></guiseq> die Möglichkeit, dies umzustellen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ich möchte, dass mein Rechner abgeschaltet wird, wenn ich auf die Ein-/"
+-#~ "Ausschalttaste drücke"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
+-#~ "asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, "
+-#~ "send it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options "
+-#~ "happens automatically when you press the power button, rather than "
+-#~ "showing this window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie die Ein-/Ausschalttaste Ihres Rechners betätigen, erscheint ein "
+-#~ "Fenster, das Sie fragt, was Sie tun möchten - ob Sie Ihren Rechner "
+-#~ "ausschalten, ihn in den Ruhezustand versetzen wollen usw. Sie können "
+-#~ "einstellen, dass eine dieser Möglichkeiten automatisch ausgeführt wird, "
+-#~ "wenn Sie die Ein-/Ausschalttaste betätigen, ohne dass dieses Fenster "
+-#~ "angezeigt wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click your name at the top of the screen, select <gui>System Settings</"
+-#~ "gui> and double-click <gui>Power</gui>. Change the option labeled "
+-#~ "<gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For example, if you choose "
+-#~ "<gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep when you press the "
+-#~ "power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen oben auf dem Bildschirm, wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>Systemeinstellungen</gui> und doppelklicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "<gui>Energieverwaltung</gui>. Ändern Sie die Einstellung für <gui>Beim "
+-#~ "Drücken des Ein-/Ausschalters</gui>. Wenn Sie z.B. <gui>Ruhezustand</gui> "
+-#~ "wählen, wird der Rechner in den Ruhezustand versetzt, sobald Sie den Ein-/"
+-#~ "Ausschalter betätigen. Die Voreinstellung ist <gui>Nachfragen</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "If you set yourself to Busy, you won't be bothered by message popups at "
+-#~| "the bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in the "
+-#~| "message tray when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But "
+-#~| "only urgent messages will be presented, such as when your battery is "
+-#~| "critically low."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you set yourself to Unavailable, you won't be bothered by message "
+-#~ "popups at the bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in "
+-#~ "the message tray when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But "
+-#~ "only urgent messages will be presented, such as when your battery is "
+-#~ "critically low."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie Ihre Verfügbarkeit auf »Abwesend« setzen, werden Sie nicht von "
+-#~ "Nachrichten im unteren Teil des Bildschirms gestört. Nachrichten "
+-#~ "erscheinen weiterhin im Benachrichtigungsfeld, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger in "
+-#~ "die rechte untere Ecke bewegen. Aber nur dringende Nachrichten, wie der "
+-#~ "Hinweis auf einen niedrigen Akkuladestand, werden sofort angezeigt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-session-status\">Learn more about changing your "
+-#~ "availability.</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-session-status\">Erfahren Sie mehr über Änderungen "
+-#~ "Ihrer Verfügbarkeit.</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "User forum."
+-#~ msgstr "Benutzerforum."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Get in touch with other users."
+-#~ msgstr "Treten Sie mit anderen Benutzern in Verbindung."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Learn more about notifications.</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Erfahren Sie mehr über "
+-#~ "Benachrichtigungen.</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hide all windows and show the desktop. This shortcut may not work on all "
+-#~ "distros."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Alle Fenster verbergen und die Arbeitsfläche anzeigen. Dieses Kürzel "
+-#~ "funktioniert möglicherweise nicht mit allen Distributionen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Take a screenshot."
+-#~ msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto aufnehmen."
+-
+-# Übersetzung aus GUI übernommen, ich glaube, gemeint ist eher »Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen der Tastatur aktivieren«
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Barrierefreiheitsfunktionen mit der Tastatur aktivieren "
+-#~ "oder deaktivieren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is possible to lose the keyboard cursor in a text field. Setting it to "
+-#~ "blink may make it easier to locate on the screen. To make the cursor "
+-#~ "blink and to adjust the speed of it:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es kann passieren, dass Sie den Tastaturcursor in einem Textfeld aus den "
+-#~ "Augen verlieren. Ihn blinken zu lassen, erleichtert es unter Umständen, "
+-#~ "ihn auf dem Bildschirm zu finden. So lassen Sie den Cursor blinken und "
+-#~ "passen seine Blinkgeschwindigkeit an:"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "_"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/system-run.png' "
+-#~ "md5='9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e'"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/system-run.png'; md5=9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved in your Home "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Eine Datei mit dem Namen <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> wird in Ihrem "
+-#~ "persönlichen Ordner gespeichert."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select your user name in the upper right-hand corner, then choose <gui>My "
+-#~ "Account</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Benutzernamen rechts oben auf dem Bildschirm und "
+-#~ "wählen Sie anschließend <gui>Mein Konto</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
+-#~ "Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Schalten Sie das Bluetooth-Gerät des Rechners <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+-#~ "on-off\">ein</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the "
+-#~ "device offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) "
+-#~ "on a mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
+-#~ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Eine Meldung informiert Sie darüber, dass die Verbindung erfolgreich "
+-#~ "abgeschlossen wurde. Falls das Gerät noch andere Möglichkeiten bietet, "
+-#~ "wie Personal Area Networking (PAN) auf einem Mobiltelefon, dann können "
+-#~ "Sie diese Funktionen über Ankreuzfelder aktivieren. Wählen Sie dann "
+-#~ "<gui>Schließen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove "
+-#~ "the connection:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie keine Verbindung zu einem Bluetooth-Gerät mehr herstellen "
+-#~ "wollen, entfernen Sie die Verbindung:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-#~ "\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie dies noch nicht getan haben, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
+-#~ "device\">erstellen Sie eine Verbindung</link> zu dem Bluetooth-Gerät."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can limit the list to only specific device types using the "
+-#~ "<gui>Device type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by "
+-#~ "whether the devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können die Liste mit Hilfe der Auswahlliste <gui>Gerätetyp</gui> auf "
+-#~ "bestimmte Gerätetypen begrenzen. Sie können die Liste auch danach "
+-#~ "filtern, ob die Geräte gekoppelt oder als vertrauenswürdig markiert sind."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on to send and receive files, but turn "
+-#~ "it off to conserve power."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können <app>Bluetooth</app> einschalten, um Dateien senden und "
+-#~ "empfangen zu können. Sie sollten es aber ausschalten, um Energie zu "
+-#~ "sparen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on, click the <app>Bluetooth</app> icon in "
+-#~ "the top bar, then toggle the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch so that it reads "
+-#~ "as <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um <app>Bluetooth</app> einzuschalten, klicken Sie auf das "
+-#~ "<app>Bluetooth</app>-Symbol im oberen Panel und klicken Sie dann au den "
+-#~ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui>-Schalter, so dass er <gui>EIN</gui> anzeigt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the "
+-#~ "first time, set the <gui>Visibility</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>. This "
+-#~ "allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie sich erstmalig mit einem anderen <app>Bluetooth</app>-Gerät "
+-#~ "verbinden wollen, setzen Sie den Schalter <gui>Sichtbarkeit</gui> auf "
+-#~ "<gui>EIN</gui>. Dadurch wird Ihr Gerät für andere <app>Bluetooth</app>-"
+-#~ "Geräte sichtbar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Fehlerbeseitigung bei Problemen mit dem Anschluss eines Bluetooth-Geräts."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring "
+-#~ "files. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+-#~ "experiencing?"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bluetooth-Geräte haben gelegentlich Probleme beim Verbinden oder "
+-#~ "Übertragen von Dateien. Welches der nachfolgenden Themen beschreibt Ihr "
+-#~ "Problem am besten?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse "
+-#~ "pointer over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult "
+-#~ "to move the mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover "
+-#~ "click is turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go "
+-#~ "of the mouse and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked "
+-#~ "for you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können einstellen, dass Knöpfe geklickt werden, wenn Sie mit dem "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger über sie fahren (Überfahren-Klick). Dies ist nützlich, wenn es "
+-#~ "Ihnen schwerfällt, die Maus zu bewegen und gleichzeitig die Maustaste zu "
+-#~ "drücken. Wenn der Überfahren-Klick eingeschaltet ist, können Sie Ihren "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger über einen Knopf bewegen, die Maus loslassen und eine Weile "
+-#~ "warten, damit der Knopf für Sie geklickt wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
+-#~ "not just on buttons."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Der Überfahren-Klick klickt überall, wo Sie Ihre Maus hinfahren, nicht "
+-#~ "nur über Knöpfen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie, wie lange gewartet werden soll, bis der Knopf gedrückt wird"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
+-#~ "pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to "
+-#~ "the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
+-#~ "<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können ändern, wie lange die Verzögerung zwischen dem Halten des "
+-#~ "Mauszeigers über einem Knopf und dem Drücken des Knopfs sein soll. Um das "
+-#~ "zu tun, gehen Sie zum Reiter <gui>Zeigen und Klicken</gui> (siehe oben) "
+-#~ "und ändern Sie die <gui>Verzögerung</gui> im Abschnitt <gui>Überfahren-"
+-#~ "Klick</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ändern Sie, wie weit sich die Maus beim Überfahren bewegen/zittern darf"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
+-#~ "considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing "
+-#~ "and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</"
+-#~ "gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will "
+-#~ "allow the pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können ändern, wie sehr sich der Mauszeiger bewegen darf, damit er "
+-#~ "noch immer als »ruhig genug« eingestuft wird, um den Knopf zu drücken. "
+-#~ "Gehen Sie zum Reiter <gui>Zeigen und Klicken</gui> (siehe oben) und "
+-#~ "ändern Sie den <gui>Schwellenwert der Bewegung</gui> im Abschnitt "
+-#~ "<gui>Überfahren-Klick</gui>; ein großer Schwellenwert erlaubt dem "
+-#~ "Mauszeiger ein gutes Stück Bewegung und erfasst dennoch einen Klick."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what\">what</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link xref=\"backup-"
+-#~ "how\">how</link> of backups."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Das <link xref=\"backup-why\">Warum</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what"
+-#~ "\">Was</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">Wo</link> und <link xref="
+-#~ "\"backup-how\">Wie</link> der Datensicherung."
+-
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
+-#~ msgstr "GNOME-Dokumentationsteam"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <gui>Maus und Touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. These "
+-#~ "settings will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie im Reiter <gui>Maus</gui> die Option <gui>Mit links bediente "
+-#~ "Maus</gui>. Diese Einstellung betrifft sowohl Ihre Maus als auch das "
+-#~ "Touchpad."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link"
+-#~ msgid "Tips"
+-#~ msgstr "Tipps"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Team"
+-#~ msgstr "Das GNOME-Dokumentationsteam"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Security security"
+-#~ msgstr "Sicherheit, Sicheheit"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>My Account</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen im oberen Panel und wählen Sie <gui>Eigenes "
+-#~ "Konto</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may not be able to delete the user. This is a bug. It has been filed "
+-#~ "with bugzilla. For more information see <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
+-#~ "gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=652073\">Bug #652073</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es könnte nicht möglich sein, den Benutzer zu löschen. Hierbei handelt es "
+-#~ "sich um einen Fehler, der bereits in Bugzilla berichtet wurde. Weitere "
+-#~ "Informationen finden Sie in <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
+-#~ "show_bug.cgi?id=652073\">Bug #652073</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
+-#~ "you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless "
+-#~ "you have some extra software to handle the copy protection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "DVDs sind auch mit einem System Namens CSS kopiergeschützt. Dies "
+-#~ "verhindert das Kopieren der DVDs, aber auch die Wiedergabe, sofern Sie "
+-#~ "über keine zusätzliche Software verfügen, die mit dem Kopierschutz "
+-#~ "umgehen kann."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
+-#~ "play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often "
+-#~ "possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only "
+-#~ "do this a few times before it locks into one region permanently."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls die Region des DVD-Wiedergabeprogramms auf Ihrem Rechner und der "
+-#~ "Code der abzuspielenden DVD nicht übereinstimmen, ist die Wiedergabe "
+-#~ "nicht möglich. Oft ist es jedoch möglich, die Region Ihres DVD-"
+-#~ "Wiedergabeprogramms zu ändern, aber Sie können das nur wenige Male tun, "
+-#~ "bevor das Wiedergabeprogramm fest und dauerhaft einer Region zugeordnet "
+-#~ "wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shaudn McCance"
+-#~ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über eine Musikdatei und diese wird "
+-#~ "wiedergegeben."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"
+-#~ msgstr "Vorschau für Musik-/Audiodateien"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sound Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Audio-Dateien"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf den Reiter <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui> und klicken Sie auf "
+-#~ "<gui>Hinzufügen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and "
+-#~ "then go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie im erscheinenden Fenster einen Namen für das Funknetzwerk aus "
+-#~ "und gehen sie anschließend zum Reiter <gui>Funknetzwerk</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Internet &amp; networking"
+-#~ msgstr "Internet und Netzwerk"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Troubleshooting"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshooting"
+-#~ msgstr "Fehlerbeseitigung"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshooting internet connection problems"
+-#~ msgstr "Fehlerbeseitigung bei Problemen mit der Internet-Verbindung"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Wireless"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Wireless"
+-#~ msgstr "Funk"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Wired"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Wired"
+-#~ msgstr "Kabelgebunden"
+-
+-#~| msgid "VPN"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "VPN"
+-#~ msgstr "VPN"
+-
+-#~ msgid "VPN connections"
+-#~ msgstr "VPN-Verbindungen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</"
+-#~ "gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Netzwerk-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>VPN konfigurieren</gui> unter <gui>VPN-Verbindungen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden "
+-#~ "Wireless Network</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Netzwerk-Symbol im oberen Panel und wählen Sie "
+-#~ "<gui>Mit einem verborgenem Funknetzwerk verbinden</gui>."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Web"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Web"
+-#~ msgstr "Netz"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browsing the web"
+-#~ msgstr "Das weltweite Netz durchsuchen"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Chat"
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Chat"
+-#~ msgstr "Chat"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Chat (instant messaging)"
+-#~ msgstr "Chat (Sofortnachrichten)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences "
+-#~ "windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences "
+-#~ "windows."
+-
+-#~ msgid "philbull@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shaunm"
+-#~ msgstr "shaunm"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer"
+-#~ msgstr "Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "tiffany@antopolski.com"
+-#~ msgstr "tiffany@antopolski.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Turns out that you get a dialog to change the keyring password when you "
+-#~ "log in after changing your password. Mention that in a blurb above the "
+-#~ "steps above #changepass below. \"When you next log in, you will be asked "
+-#~ "to.... If you prefer to change the keyring password immediately, do this:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Turns out that you get a dialog to change the keyring password when you "
+-#~ "log in after changing your password. Mention that in a blurb above the "
+-#~ "steps above #changepass below. \"When you next log in, you will be asked "
+-#~ "to.... If you prefer to change the keyring password immediately, do this:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need pages on the keyring. Link to them from the section below on "
+-#~ "changing your keyring password. This page can still go final for 3.0.x "
+-#~ "without that, but leave this comment in for 3.2."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "We need pages on the keyring. Link to them from the section below on "
+-#~ "changing your keyring password. This page can still go final for 3.0.x "
+-#~ "without that, but leave this comment in for 3.2."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. "
+-#~ "Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. "
+-#~ "Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-"
+-#~ "changepassword"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in. If we "
+-#~ "get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something, and link."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in. If we "
+-#~ "get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something, and link."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we "
+-#~ "recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the "
+-#~ "information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to "
+-#~ "that for getting info on your sound card."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we "
+-#~ "recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the "
+-#~ "information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to "
+-#~ "that for getting info on your sound card."
+-
+-#~ msgid "More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1"
+-#~ msgstr "More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem as useful as "
+-#~ "it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology. 3.0.1."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem as useful as "
+-#~ "it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology. 3.0.1."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can "
+-#~ "use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging "
+-#~ "windows (i.e. if there is a \"Tile\" option or something like that). "
+-#~ "Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can "
+-#~ "use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging "
+-#~ "windows (i.e. if there is a \"Tile\" option or something like that). "
+-#~ "Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant "
+-#~ "topics."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant "
+-#~ "topics."
+-
+-#~ msgid "marinaz@redhat.com"
+-#~ msgstr "marinaz@redhat.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alt"
+-#~ msgstr "Alt"
+-
+-#~ msgid "F2"
+-#~ msgstr "F2"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "Tabulator"
+-
+-#~ msgid "`"
+-#~ msgstr "`"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ctrl"
+-#~ msgstr "Strg"
+-
+-#~ msgid "D"
+-#~ msgstr "D"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Up/Down"
+-#~ msgstr "Hoch/Runter"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch between workspaces."
+-#~ msgstr "Wechseln zwischen Arbeitsflächen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shift"
+-#~ msgstr "Umschalttaste"
+-
+-#~ msgid "L"
+-#~ msgstr "L"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Lock the screen."
+-#~ msgstr "Den Bildschirm sperren."
+-
+-#~ msgid "A"
+-#~ msgstr "A"
+-
+-#~ msgid "X"
+-#~ msgstr "X"
+-
+-#~ msgid "C"
+-#~ msgstr "C"
+-
+-#~ msgid "V"
+-#~ msgstr "V"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Z"
+-#~ msgstr "Z"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Print"
+-#~ msgstr "Drucken"
+-
+-#~ msgid "R"
+-#~ msgstr "R"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mimico"
+-#~ msgstr "mimico"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "More links would be good, especially in #logout. Could go final as-is. "
+-#~ "Incomplete for now"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "More links would be good, especially in #logout. Could go final as-is. "
+-#~ "Incomplete for now"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "How do you change the system language, i.e. the language of the login "
+-#~ "screen or even the boot process?"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wie lässt sich die Systemsprache wechseln, d.h. die Sprache des "
+-#~ "Anmeldefensters oder die Sprache beim Startvorgang?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "stickster@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "stickster@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed "
+-#~ "printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed "
+-#~ "printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back."
+-
+-#~ msgid "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Jim C"
+-#~ msgstr "Jim C"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Needs info about network printing - 2011-06-08"
+-#~ msgstr "Needs info about network printing - 2011-06-08"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why "
+-#~ "the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware "
+-#~ "failure."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why "
+-#~ "the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware "
+-#~ "failure."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. "
+-#~ "If there's more to add, revisit for 3.2."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. "
+-#~ "If there's more to add, revisit for 3.2."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating "
+-#~ "or rethinking how we cross-link them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating "
+-#~ "or rethinking how we cross-link them."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "I would like a better explanation of what \"saved to disk\" means. As "
+-#~ "written, it could be confused with open files being saved, which they "
+-#~ "aren't. Also, with GNOME 3, we barely expose hibernate. It's in the power "
+-#~ "settings, but nothing does it by default. Restructure prose to reflect "
+-#~ "that."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "I would like a better explanation of what \"saved to disk\" means. As "
+-#~ "written, it could be confused with open files being saved, which they "
+-#~ "aren't. Also, with GNOME 3, we barely expose hibernate. It's in the power "
+-#~ "settings, but nothing does it by default. Restructure prose to reflect "
+-#~ "that."
+-
+-#~ msgid "This page stays incomplete until this is dealt with."
+-#~ msgstr "This page stays incomplete until this is dealt with."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
+-#~ msgstr "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Let's see if we can get that dialog to have a help button pointing here."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Let's see if we can get that dialog to have a help button pointing here."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The instructions for accessing the network settings are wrong. Also, I "
+-#~ "don't actually see how to accomplish this task with GNOME 3. Needs "
+-#~ "revision."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "The instructions for accessing the network settings are wrong. Also, I "
+-#~ "don't actually see how to accomplish this task with GNOME 3. Needs "
+-#~ "revision."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "There's also Shared to other computers"
+-#~ msgstr "Starten Sie den Rechner neu."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We should have a topics on encryption keys, possibly rolling the seahorse "
+-#~ "help into gnome-help. Then link from here."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "We should have a topics on encryption keys, possibly rolling the seahorse "
+-#~ "help into gnome-help. Then link from here."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Also used by gnome-user-share, but we're not talking about that in gnome-"
+-#~ "help for 3.0. Hopefully it will be better integrated in 3.2, and we can "
+-#~ "discuss it better in the help. If that happens, link from here."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Also used by gnome-user-share, but we're not talking about that in gnome-"
+-#~ "help for 3.0. Hopefully it will be better integrated in 3.2, and we can "
+-#~ "discuss it better in the help. If that happens, link from here."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying \"you might "
+-#~ "need to perform extra steps\"."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying \"you might "
+-#~ "need to perform extra steps\"."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "I repurposed this page. It used to just be how to disable your touchpad "
+-#~ "entirely. Phil had some instructions on how to do this in gconf-editor, "
+-#~ "as well as how to trigger an auto-disable when you plugged in your mouse. "
+-#~ "GConf instructions are outdated for GNOME 3. We could resurrect and make "
+-#~ "current the old stuff, but as maybe a tip or advanced topics. Check git "
+-#~ "history."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "I repurposed this page. It used to just be how to disable your touchpad "
+-#~ "entirely. Phil had some instructions on how to do this in gconf-editor, "
+-#~ "as well as how to trigger an auto-disable when you plugged in your mouse. "
+-#~ "GConf instructions are outdated for GNOME 3. We could resurrect and make "
+-#~ "current the old stuff, but as maybe a tip or advanced topics. Check git "
+-#~ "history."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Would like a little more explanation on native resolution, which is "
+-#~ "generally only applicable on LCDs. There's a stub for using two monitors. "
+-#~ "Link from section below when it's added."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Would like a little more explanation on native resolution, which is "
+-#~ "generally only applicable on LCDs. There's a stub for using two monitors. "
+-#~ "Link from section below when it's added."
+-
+-#~ msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "loonycookie@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Hilfe"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If we get gnome-user-share integrated nicely in 3.2, we should discuss or "
+-#~ "link that here."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "If we get gnome-user-share integrated nicely in 3.2, we should discuss or "
+-#~ "link that here."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Invoice.*"
+-#~ msgstr "Rechnung.*"
+-
+-#~ msgid "crisnoh@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "crisnoh@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mdhillca@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "mdhillca@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It would be really really great if somebody could write something about "
+-#~ "the results and the charts, I can't do that... I don't really know what "
+-#~ "does it mean. thanks."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "It would be really really great if somebody could write something about "
+-#~ "the results and the charts, I can't do that... I don't really know what "
+-#~ "does it mean. thanks."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Should have some information or link to \"how to add a mail account to "
+-#~ "Evolution\", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Should have some information or link to \"how to add a mail account to "
+-#~ "Evolution\", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from the "
+-#~ "keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think 5x Shift "
+-#~ "turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from the "
+-#~ "keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think 5x Shift "
+-#~ "turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to "
+-#~ "the Orca help for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to "
+-#~ "the Orca help for more information."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the file "
+-#~ "manager (look for <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-#~ "overview), right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Properties</gui>. Go to "
+-#~ "the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+-#~ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie können in der Dateiverwaltung das Format Ihres Videos herausfinden. "
+-#~ "Schauen Sie nach <app>Dateien</app> in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-"
+-#~ "Übersicht. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Datei und wählen "
+-#~ "Sie <gui>Eigenschaften</gui>. Wechseln Sie zum Reiter <gui>Audio/Video</"
+-#~ "gui> und schauen Sie nach, welcher <gui>Codec</gui> unter <gui>Video</"
+-#~ "gui> angezeigt wird."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password."
+-#~ msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Techniken zum Zurücksetzen Ihres Passworts."
+-
+-#~ msgid "I forgot my password!"
+-#~ msgstr "Ich habe mein Passwort vergessen!"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marking final for 3.0. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some "
+-#~ "less drastic things. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, "
+-#~ "have them reset your password in the user accounts settings."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Marking final for 3.0. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some "
+-#~ "less drastic things. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, "
+-#~ "have them reset your password in the user accounts settings."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky "
+-#~ "instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs "
+-#~ "integrated in gnome-help then link there."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky "
+-#~ "instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs "
+-#~ "integrated in gnome-help then link there."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a "
+-#~ "good and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If "
+-#~ "you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you "
+-#~ "can follow the following steps to reset it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es ist von Bedeutung, dass Sie nicht einfach nur ein <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "goodpassword\">gutes und sicheres Passwort</link> wählen, sondern eines, "
+-#~ "an das Sie sich auch erinnern können. Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort für die "
+-#~ "Anmeldung an Ihrem Benutzerkonto einmal vergessen haben sollten, gehen "
+-#~ "Sie folgendermaßen vor, um es zurückzusetzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
+-#~ "forgotten password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Ihr persönlicher Ordner verschlüsselt ist, dann besteht keine "
+-#~ "Möglichkeit, ein vergessenes Passwort zurückzusetzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "changepassword\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie einfach nur Ihr Passwort ändern wollen, lesen Sie <link xref="
+-#~ "\"user-changepassword\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password on Grub2 systems"
+-#~ msgstr "Zurücksetzen von Passwörtern auf Grub2-Systemen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup "
+-#~ "to get into the grub menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Starten Sie Ihren Rechner neu und halten Sie während des Startvorgangs "
+-#~ "die <key>Umschalttaste</key> gedrückt, um in das Grub-Menü zu gelangen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which "
+-#~ "operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the "
+-#~ "need to hold down the <key>Shift</key> key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie eine Dual-Boot-Installation haben und Sie beim Systemstart das "
+-#~ "zu startende Betriebssystem auswählen, sollte das Grub-Menü erscheinen, "
+-#~ "ohne dass Sie die <key>Umschalttaste</key> gedrückt halten müssen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
+-#~ "edit any Linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls es nicht möglich ist, in das Boot-Menü von Grub zu gelangen und die "
+-#~ "Zeilen des Linux-Kernels zu bearbeiten, können Sie eine <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "forgottenpassword#live-cd\">Live-CD zum Zurücksetzen des "
+-#~ "Benutzerpassworts</link> verwenden."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'linux'. "
+-#~ "This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <key>e</key>, um die Zeile zu bearbeiten, die mit dem Wort "
+-#~ "»linux« beginnt. Diese Zeile kann auch in eine zweite Zeile umgebrochen "
+-#~ "werden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> to the end of the line."
+-#~ msgstr "Fügen Sie <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> am Ende der Zeile hinzu."
+-
+-#~ msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
+-#~ msgstr "Geben Sie am <cmd>#</cmd>-Symbol Folgendes ein:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-#~ msgstr "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-
+-#~ msgid "At the next <cmd>#</cmd> symbol type:"
+-#~ msgstr "Geben Sie am nächsten <cmd>#</cmd>-Symbol Folgendes ein:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
+-#~ "username of the account you're changing the password for."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>passwd <var>Benutzername</var></cmd>, wobei <var>Benutzername</var> "
+-#~ "der Benutzername des Kontos ist, für das Sie das Passwort ändern wollen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Debian systems do not have a <cmd>root</cmd> password. Therefore, on "
+-#~ "Debian systems you would always be changing the password of a particular "
+-#~ "username, never root."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Debian-Systeme haben kein <cmd>root</cmd>-Passwort. Daher ändern Sie auf "
+-#~ "Debian-Systemen stets das Passwort für einen bestimmten Benutzernamen, "
+-#~ "nicht für »root«."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Sie werden darum gebeten, ein neues UNIX-Passwort einzugeben und es "
+-#~ "anschließend zu bestätigen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Once the password has been successfully changed:"
+-#~ msgstr "Sobald das Passwort erfolgreich geändert wurde:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Then:"
+-#~ msgstr "Dann:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your "
+-#~ "keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all "
+-#~ "your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no "
+-#~ "longer be accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring"
+-#~ "\">delete the old keyring</link> and start a new one."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Nach erfolgreicher Anmeldung werden Sie nicht mehr in der Lage sein, auf "
+-#~ "den Schlüsselbund zuzugreifen, das Sie nicht mehr über das alte Passwort "
+-#~ "verfügen. Das bedeutet, dass alle Ihre gespeicherten Passwörter für "
+-#~ "drahtlose Netzwerke, Jabber-Konten usw. nicht mehr erreichbar sind. Sie "
+-#~ "müssen <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">den alten Schlüsselbund löschen</"
+-#~ "link> und einen neuen einrichten."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password on Grub systems"
+-#~ msgstr "Zurücksetzen von Passwörtern auf Grub-Systemen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Restart your computer, and press the <key>Esc</key> during bootup to get "
+-#~ "into the grub menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Starten Sie Ihren Rechner neu und halten Sie während des Startvorgangs "
+-#~ "die <key>Esc</key>-Taste gedrückt, um in das Grub-Menü zu gelangen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which "
+-#~ "operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the "
+-#~ "need to hold down the <key>Esc</key> key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls Sie eine Dual-Boot-Installation haben und Sie beim Systemstart das "
+-#~ "zu startende Betriebssystem auswählen, sollte das Grub-Menü erscheinen, "
+-#~ "ohne dass Sie die <key>Esc</key>-Taste gedrückt halten müssen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
+-#~ "edit any linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"#live-cd\">use a live "
+-#~ "CD</link> to reset your user password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls es Ihnen nicht möglich ist, in das Grub-Menü zu gelangen und so die "
+-#~ "Kernel-Zeilen zu bearbeiten, können Sie <link xref=\"#live-cd\">eine Live-"
+-#~ "CD verwenden</link>, um das Benutzerpasswort zurückzusetzen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'kernel'. "
+-#~ "This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <key>e</key>, um die Zeile zu bearbeiten, die mit dem Wort "
+-#~ "»kernel« beginnt. Diese Zeile kann auch in eine zweite Zeile umgebrochen "
+-#~ "werden"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
+-#~ msgstr "Zurücksetzen des Passwortes mit einer Live-CD oder einem USB-Gerät"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
+-#~ msgstr "Starten Sie von der Live-CD oder dem USB-Gerät."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mount your drive."
+-#~ msgstr "Hängen Sie Ihr Laufwerk ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-"
+-#~ "wide privileges."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Geben Sie <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> ein, um die Dateiverwaltung mit "
+-#~ "systemweiten Zugriffsrechten zu starten."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right "
+-#~ "drive by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Um festzustellen, ob es sich bei dem gerade eingehängten um das richtige "
+-#~ "Laufwerk handelt, klicken Sie auf den Ordner <gui>home</gui> und auf "
+-#~ "Ihren Benutzernamen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
+-#~ "<gui>etc</gui> directory."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Gehen Sie zum Basisordner des eingehängten Laufwerks. Öffnen Sie dort den "
+-#~ "Ordner <gui>etc</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Suchen Sie nach der Datei »shadow« und erstellen sie davon eine "
+-#~ "Sicherungskopie:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Make sure the <gui>Icon view</gui> is selected."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass die <gui>Symbolansicht</gui> ausgewählt ist."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Datei »shadow« und wählen "
+-#~ "Sie <gui>Kopieren</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Benennen Sie die Sicherungsdatei um</link> in "
+-#~ "»shadow.bak«."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
+-#~ msgstr "Bearbeiten Sie die originale »shadow«-Datei mit einem Texteditor."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Find your username in for which you have forgotten the password. It "
+-#~ "should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be "
+-#~ "different):"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Suchen Sie nach Ihrem Benutzernamen, für den Sie das Passwort vergessen "
+-#~ "haben. Er sollte in etwa so aussehen (die Zeichen nach dem Doppelpunkt "
+-#~ "können unterschiedlich sein):"
+-
+-#~ msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
+-#~ msgstr "Benutzername:$1$2abCd0E oder"
+-
+-#~ msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
+-#~ msgstr "Benutzername:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Replace the characters after the first colon (and before the second colon "
+-#~ "if it applies) with the hash for a blank password: U6aMy0wojraho"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ersetzen Sie die Zeichen nach dem ersten Doppelpunkt (und vor dem zweiten "
+-#~ "Doppelpunkt, falls vorhanden) mit dem Hash eines leeren Passworts: "
+-#~ "U6aMy0wojraho"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without "
+-#~ "the live CD or USB."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Speichern Sie die Datei, schließen Sie alle geöffneten Anwendungen und "
+-#~ "starten Sie Ihren Rechner neu ohne die Live-CD oder das USB-Gerät."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you boot back into your installation, type 'about me' in the "
+-#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Open <gui>About Me</gui> and reset your "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie nun wieder in Ihrer Installation angelangt sind, geben Sie ȟber "
+-#~ "mich« in der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht ein. Öffnen Sie <gui>Über "
+-#~ "mich</gui> und setzen Sie Ihr Passwort zurück."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
+-#~ "password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Als <gui>Aktuelles Passwort</gui> geben Sie nichts ein, da ja Ihr "
+-#~ "aktuelles Passwort leer ist. Klicken Sie auf <gui>Legitimieren</gui> und "
+-#~ "geben Sie ein neues Passwort ein."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "Die Schlüsselbundverwaltung entfernen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
+-#~ "messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password "
+-#~ "you used for your keyring."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Dadurch werden alle Ihre gespeicherten Passwörter für drahtlose "
+-#~ "Netzwerke, Sofortnachrichten-Konten usw. gelöscht. Tun Sie dies nur, wenn "
+-#~ "Sie sich an das für den Schlüsselbund verwendete Passwort nicht mehr "
+-#~ "erinnern können."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-#~ "overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wechseln Sie zu Ihrem persönlichen Ordner, indem Sie »persönlich« in der "
+-#~ "<gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht eingeben."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (oder klicken "
+-#~ "Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Verborgene Dateien anzeigen</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq>.)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt auf den Ordner ».gnome2«"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
+-#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie doppelt auf den Ordner »keyrings«."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Löschen Sie alle Dateien, die sich im Schlüsselbund-Ordner befinden."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restart the computer."
+-#~ msgstr "Starten Sie den Rechner neu."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
+-#~ "networks password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Nach dem Neustart und der Anmeldung werden Sie nach dem Passwort für das "
+-#~ "drahtlose Netzwerk gefragt."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
+-#~ "option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie den Benutzer, dessen Rechte Sie ändern möchten, und klicken "
+-#~ "Sie auf die Option neben <gui>Kontotyp</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to "
+-#~ "perform administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Systemverwalter</gui>, wenn Sie wollen, dass der Benutzer "
+-#~ "Systemverwalter-Aufgaben ausführen kann, zum Beispiel neue Anwendungen "
+-#~ "installieren."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to "
+-#~ "perform admin tasks."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wählen Sie <gui>Standard</gui>, wenn Sie nicht wollen, dass der Benutzer "
+-#~ "Systemverwalter-Aufgaben ausführen kann."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you like, you can click the image next to the guest user's name on the "
+-#~ "right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the "
+-#~ "login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can "
+-#~ "select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie auf das Bild neben dem rechts befindlichen "
+-#~ "Benutzernamen klicken, um ein Bild für dieses Benutzerkonto festzulegen. "
+-#~ "Dieses Bild wird beim Anmeldebildschirm angezeigt. GNOME stellt ein paar "
+-#~ "Bilder zur Verfügung, die Sie verwenden können, oder Sie können Ihre "
+-#~ "eigenen wählen oder ein Bild mit Ihrer Webcam aufnehmen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the Activities overview and click one of the workspaces in the list "
+-#~ "on the right-hand side of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Gehen Sie zur Aktivitäten-Übersicht und klicken Sie auf eine der "
+-#~ "Arbeitsflächen in der Liste an der rechten Seite des Bildschirms."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to "
+-#~ "view the open windows on each workspace."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Falls mehrere Arbeitsflächen geöffnet sind, können Sie auf jede "
+-#~ "Arbeitsfläche klicken, um die geöffneten Fenster auf jeder Arbeitsfläche "
+-#~ "anzuzeigen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "From workspace and <gui>Activity</gui> overview:"
+-#~ msgstr "In der Arbeitsfläche und der <gui>Aktivitäten</gui>-Übersicht:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
+-#~ msgstr "Sie können ein Fenster zwischen Arbeitsflächen verschieben:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the "
+-#~ "keyboard:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mit der Tastatur können Sie das Verschieben von Fenstern zwischen "
+-#~ "Arbeitsflächen schneller ausführen:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The windows are grouped by application and the previews of the "
+-#~ "applications with multiple windows are available as you click through. "
+-#~ "The previews show up after a short delay, but you can get them "
+-#~ "immediately by clicking the ↓ arrow key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Die Fenster werden nach Anwendungen gruppiert und die Vorschauen auf "
+-#~ "Anwendungen mit mehreren Fenstern werden beim Durchsehen angezeigt. Die "
+-#~ "Vorschauen erscheinen nach einer kurzen Verzögerung, aber Sie können Sie "
+-#~ "direkt anzeigen, wenn Sie dazu die ↓-Taste drücken."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse and "
+-#~ "clicking."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es ist möglich, zu einem beliebigen Fenster zu wechseln, in dem Sie "
+-#~ "darauf mit der Maus klicken."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Fenster funktionieren auf ähnliche Weise wie in anderen bekannten "
+-#~ "Betriebssystemen."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Close"
+-#~ msgstr "Schließen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hide windows from view"
+-#~ msgstr "Fenster aus einer Ansicht verbergen"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/es/es.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/es/es.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/es/es.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.736133325 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/es/es.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.141921244 +0530
+@@ -2,26 +2,26 @@
+ # Spanish translation for gnome-user-docs.
+ # Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+-#
++# 
+ # Francisco Molinero <paco@byasl.com>, 2011.
+ # Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía <samsagax@gmail.com>, 2011.
+-#
++# 
+ # Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2011.
+ # Milagros Alessandra Infante Montero <maim92@gmail.com>, 2012.
+ # Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013.
+-#
++# gguerrer <gguerrer@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-help.master\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-05 15:14+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-06 11:33+0200\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
+-"Language: \n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+-"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.5\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-02 12:36-0400\n"
++"Last-Translator: gguerrer <gguerrer@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
++"Language: es\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+@@ -33,54 +33,57 @@
+ "Francisco Molinero <paco@byasl.com>, 2011\n"
+ "Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2011, 2012"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "Una guía para los usuarios del escritorio GNOME 3"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "Ayuda de GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "Ayuda de GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -89,7 +92,9 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Ayuda</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+ "GNOME Help"
+@@ -97,245 +102,319 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Logo de Yelp</media> "
+ "Ayuda del escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Licencia Creative Commons Compartir-igual de Atribución 3.0 sin soporte"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+ msgstr "Este trabajo está licenciado bajo una <_:link-1/>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:8(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:18(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:15(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:18(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-contrast.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(credit/name) C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:19(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name) C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name) C/files-search.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:19(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-templates.page:16(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:26(credit/name) C/look-background.page:34(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(credit/name) C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15(credit/name) C/sharing-media.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(credit/name) C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:22(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:23(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
+ msgid "Michael Hill"
+ msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "Ignorar pulsaciones rápidas de la misma tecla."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "Activar el rechazo de teclas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active el <em>rechazo de teclas</em> para ignorar las pulsaciones de teclas "
+@@ -343,61 +422,97 @@
+ "hacer que pulse teclas varias veces cuando solo quiere pulsarlas una vez, "
+ "debería activar el rechazo de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(item/p) C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46(item/p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45(item/p) C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:33(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:67(item/p) C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:33(item/p) C/session-language.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:76(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36(item/p) C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72(item/p)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42(item/p) C/sharing-media.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:31(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:43(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:54(item/p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p) C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Teclear</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Active el <gui>Rechazo de teclas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Activar y desactivar rápidamente el rechazo de teclas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede activar rápidamente el rechazo de teclas, pulsando en el <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra superior y "
+@@ -405,7 +520,8 @@
+ "visible cuando se han activado una o mas opciones en el panel de <gui>Acceso "
+ "universal</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -420,32 +536,36 @@
+ "tecla porque la pulsación ha sucedido demasiado pronto después de la "
+ "pulsación de la tecla anterior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use el lector de pantalla <app>Orca</app> con un dispositivo Braille "
+ "actualizable."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "Leer la pantalla en Braille"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME proporciona el lector de pantalla <app>Orca</app> para mostrar la "
+ "interfaz de usuario en dispositivos Braille actualizables. Dependiendo de "
+ "cómo haya instalado GNOME, puede no tener Orca instalado. <link href="
+-"\"install:orca\">Instale Orca</link> y consulte la <link href=\"help:orca"
+-"\">Ayuda de Orca</link> para obtener más información."
++"\"install:orca\">Instale Orca</link> y consulte la <link href=\"help:"
++"orca\">Ayuda de Orca</link> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+@@ -453,11 +573,13 @@
+ "Hacer que las ventanas y los botones de la pantalla más vivos, para que sean "
+ "más fáciles de ver."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "Ajustar el contraste"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+ "see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
+@@ -467,17 +589,21 @@
+ "más fácilmente. Esto no es lo mismo que cambiar el brillo de toda la "
+ "pantalla; solo cambiarán algunas partes de la <em>interfaz de usuario</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Visión</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
+ msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Active la opción <gui>Alto contraste</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
+ "selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+@@ -485,7 +611,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra superior "
+ "y seleccionando <gui>Contraste alto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -493,11 +620,13 @@
+ "La pulsación al posarse (pulsación al posicionar el puntero) le permite "
+ "pulsar manteniendo el ratón quieto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "Simular una pulsación al posicionar el puntero"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -509,7 +638,8 @@
+ "el ratón y pulsar a la vez. Esta característica se llama pulsación al "
+ "enfocar o pulsación al posarse."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -519,7 +649,9 @@
+ "ratón sobre un control, dejar el ratón y esperar un poco hasta que el botón "
+ "se pulse automáticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+@@ -527,11 +659,13 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Apuntar y "
+ "pulsar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Active la <gui>Pulsación al posarse</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -541,21 +675,24 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se abrirá la ventana <gui>Pulsación al pasar por encima</gui>, que siempre "
+ "estará encima del resto de ventanas. Puede usarla para elegir el tipo de "
+-"pulsación que deberá aplicarse cuando coloque el ratón sobre un botón. Por "
+-"ejemplo, si selecciona <gui>Pulsación secundaria</gui>, el ratón simulará "
+-"una pulsación con el botón derecho cuando coloque el puntero sobre un botón "
+-"durante unos pocos segundos."
++"pulsación que deberá aplicarse cuando coloque el ratón sobre un botón. "
++"Por ejemplo, si selecciona <gui>Pulsación secundaria</gui>, el ratón "
++"simulará una pulsación con el botón derecho cuando coloque el puntero "
++"sobre un botón durante unos pocos segundos."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+ "clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Al pasar el puntero del ratón sobre un botón y no moverse, poco a poco "
+-"cambiará de color. Una vez totalmente cambiado de color, el botón se pulsará."
++"cambiará de color. Una vez totalmente cambiado de color, el botón se "
++"pulsará."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+@@ -563,7 +700,8 @@
+ "Ajuste la opción <gui>Retardo</gui> para controlar cuánto tiempo debe "
+ "mantener el puntero del ratón para realizar la pulsación."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+@@ -574,7 +712,8 @@
+ "se hará la pulsación pasado un tiempo. En cambio, no se producirá la "
+ "pulsación si lo mueve demasiado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -583,16 +722,19 @@
+ "puede mover el puntero y que aún así se siga considerando una pulsación de "
+ "posicionamiento."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usar tipografías más grandes para hacer que el texto sea más fácil de leer."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del texto en la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+@@ -600,11 +742,13 @@
+ "Si tiene dificultades para leer el texto en su pantalla, puede cambiar el "
+ "tamaño de la tipografía."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Active la opción <gui>Texto grande</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -614,7 +758,8 @@
+ "el <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra "
+ "superior y seleccionando <gui>Texto grande</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -624,20 +769,22 @@
+ "momento pulsando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. Para reducir "
+ "el tamaño, pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+@@ -645,11 +792,13 @@
+ "El menú del acceso universal es el icono que parece una persona en la barra "
+ "superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "Encontrar el menú de acceso universal"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+@@ -659,11 +808,13 @@
+ "de accesibilidad. Puede encontrar este menú pulsando sobre el icono que "
+ "parece una persona rodeada de un círculo, en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "El menú de acceso universal se puede encontrar en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -684,15 +835,18 @@
+ "elementos del menú. Pulse <key>Intro</key> para cambiar al elemento "
+ "seleccionado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "Ampliar en su pantalla de manera que sea más fácil ver cosas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Magnificar el área de la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+@@ -702,11 +856,13 @@
+ "size\">tamaño del texto</link>. Esta característica es como tener una lupa "
+ "que puede mover aumentando partes de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Active la <gui>Ampliación</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
+ "keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
+@@ -718,7 +874,8 @@
+ "la pestaña <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Atajos</link> en el panel "
+ "<gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+@@ -728,16 +885,19 @@
+ "la ptanlla, puede mover el área magnificada en diferentes direcciones, "
+ "permitiéndole ver el área de su elección."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede activar o desactivar la ampliación rápidamente pulsando el <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra superior y "
+ "seleccionando <gui>Ampliación</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+ "position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
+@@ -747,7 +907,8 @@
+ "posición de la vista magnificada en la pantalla. Para ajustar esto, pulse el "
+ "botón <gui>Opciones</gui> y elija la pestaña <gui>Magnificador</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+ "To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
+@@ -757,7 +918,8 @@
+ "«touchpad». Para activarls y ajustar su duración, color y grosor, pulse el "
+ "botón <gui>Opciones</gui> y elija la pestaña <gui>Cruces</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+ "brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+@@ -773,22 +935,27 @@
+ "condiciones de iluminación adversas. Pulse el botón <gui>Opciones</gui> y "
+ "elija la pestaña <gui>Efectos de color</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Visión</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound"
+-"\">audición</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">movilidad</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">magnificador "
+-"de pantalla</link>…"
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:26(page/title) C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Visión</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#sound\">audición</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">movilidad</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"mag\">magnificador de pantalla</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Acceso universal"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+@@ -800,98 +967,115 @@
+ "interactuar con dispositivos de asistencia comunes. Se puede acceder a "
+ "muchas características de accesibilidad desde el menú en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiencias visuales"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Ceguera"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Visión deficiente"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Daltonismo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title) C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Otros temas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiencias auditivas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiencias motoras"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Movimiento del ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Pulsar y arrastrar"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Uso del teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para realizar una pulsación derecha, pulse y mantenga pulsado el botón "
+ "izquierdo del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "Simular una pulsación derecha del ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -899,15 +1083,17 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede hacer que, en lugar de pulsar el botón derecho del ratón, baste con "
+ "mantener pulsado el botón izquierdo del ratón durante un tiempo para "
+-"realizar la misma acción. Es útil si tiene dificultades para mover los dedos "
+-"de una mano de forma individual o si su dispositivo apuntador tiene un solo "
+-"botón."
++"realizar la misma acción. Es útil si tiene dificultades para mover los "
++"dedos de una mano de forma individual o si su dispositivo apuntador tiene un "
++"solo botón."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Active <gui>Pulsación secundaria simulada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -919,7 +1105,8 @@
+ "<gui>Apuntar y pulsar</gui>, cambie el <gui>Retardo de aceptación</gui> bajo "
+ "<gui>Pulsación secundaria simulada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -932,7 +1119,8 @@
+ "con un color azul mientras mantiene pulsado el botón izquierdo. Cuando esté "
+ "azul del todo, suelte el botón para hacer la pulsación derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+@@ -942,7 +1130,8 @@
+ "de color. Sigue pudiendo usar la pulsación secundaria simulada de manera "
+ "normal, aunque no vea el efecto visual del puntero."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -952,7 +1141,8 @@
+ "también le permite simular una pulsación derecha manteniendo pulsada la "
+ "tecla <key>5</key> de su teclado numérico."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+@@ -965,21 +1155,24 @@
+ "ligeramente difente en la vista general: no tiene que liberar el botón para "
+ "realizar la pulsación con el botón derecho."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use el lector de pantalla <app>Orca</app> para leer la interfaz de usuario."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "Leer la pantalla en voz alta"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME proporciona el lector de pantalla <app>Orca</app> para leer la "
+ "interfaz de usuario. Dependiendo de cómo haya instalado GNOME, puede no "
+@@ -987,7 +1180,8 @@
+ "consulte la <link href=\"help:orca\">Ayuda de Orca</link> para obtener más "
+ "información."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+@@ -995,11 +1189,13 @@
+ "Tener un retardo al pulsar una tecla y el tiempo que tarda en aparecer en la "
+ "pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "Activar las teclas lentas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -1009,21 +1205,24 @@
+ "the keyboard first time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active las <em>teclas lentas</em> si quiere que haya un retardo entre la "
+-"pulsación de una tecla y la visualización de esa letra en la pantalla. Esto "
+-"significa que tendrá que mantener pulsada un poco cada tecla que quiere "
+-"teclear antes de que aparezca. Use las teclas lentas si pulsa "
++"pulsación de una tecla y la visualización de esa letra en la pantalla. "
++"Esto significa que tendrá que mantener pulsada un poco cada tecla que "
++"quiere teclear antes de que aparezca. Use las teclas lentas si pulsa "
+ "accidentalmente varias teclas a la vez cuando teclea, o si le resulta "
+ "difícil pulsar la tecla adecuada en el teclado la primera vez."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activar las <gui>Teclas lentas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Activar y desactivar rápidamente las teclas lentas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
+@@ -1036,19 +1235,21 @@
+ "seleccionada puede pulsar y mantener pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> "
+ "durante ocho segundos para activar o desactivar las teclas lentas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"También puede activar las teclas lentas pulsando el <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">icono de acceso universal</link> en la barra superior y cambie "
++"También puede activar las teclas lentas pulsando el <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">icono de acceso universal</link> en la barra superior y cambie "
+ "<gui>Teclas lentas</gui>. El icono de accesibilidad está visible cuando se "
+ "han activado una o mas opciones en el panel de <gui>Acceso universal</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -1056,7 +1257,8 @@
+ "Use el deslizador <gui>Retraso de aceptación</gui> para controlar cuanto "
+ "tiempo debe mantener pulsada la tecla para que se registre."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+@@ -1066,7 +1268,8 @@
+ "acepta una tecla o al rechazar una tecla porque no la mantuvo pulsada "
+ "suficiente tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+@@ -1074,11 +1277,13 @@
+ "Pulsar combinaciones de teclas de forma seguida en lugar de tener que "
+ "mantener todas las teclas pulsadas a la vez."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+ msgstr "Activar las teclas persistentes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+@@ -1088,15 +1293,16 @@
+ "you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Las <em>teclas persistentes</em> le permiten usar combinaciones de teclas "
+-"pulsándolas tecla a tecla, en lugar de tener que mantener pulsadas todas las "
+-"teclas a la vez. Por ejemplo, la combinación <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-"
+-"key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> sirve para pasar de una "
+-"ventana a otra. Sin las teclas persistentes activadas tendría que mantener "
+-"pulsadas ambas teclas al mismo tiempo; con las teclas persistentes, puede "
+-"pulsar la tecla <key>Super</key>, soltarla y luego pulsar <key>Tab</key> "
+-"para obtener el mismo resultado."
++"pulsándolas tecla a tecla, en lugar de tener que mantener pulsadas todas "
++"las teclas a la vez. Por ejemplo, la combinación <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> sirve para pasar "
++"de una ventana a otra. Sin las teclas persistentes activadas tendría que "
++"mantener pulsadas ambas teclas al mismo tiempo; con las teclas persistentes, "
++"puede pulsar la tecla <key>Super</key>, soltarla y luego pulsar <key>Tab</"
++"key> para obtener el mismo resultado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+@@ -1104,15 +1310,18 @@
+ "Puede querer activar las teclas persistentes si encuentra dificultad para "
+ "mantener pulsadas varias teclas a la vez."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activar las <gui>Teclas persistentes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Activar y desactivar rápidamente las teclas lentas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
+@@ -1125,7 +1334,8 @@
+ "seleccionada puede pulsar la tecla <key>Mayús</key> cinco veces seguidas "
+ "para activar o desactivar las teclas persistentes."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+@@ -1138,7 +1348,8 @@
+ "visible cuando se han activado una o mas opciones en el panel de <gui>Acceso "
+ "universal</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+@@ -1147,7 +1358,8 @@
+ "desactiven temporalmente para introducir un atajo de teclado de la manera "
+ "habitual."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
+ "and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
+@@ -1158,19 +1370,21 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por ejemplo, si activa las teclas persistentes pero pulsa <key>Super</key> y "
+ "<key>Tab</key> simultáneamente, las teclas persistentes no esperarán a que "
+-"pulse otra tecla si tenía esa opción activada. En cambio, <em>sí podría</em> "
+-"esperar si solo se pulsa una tecla. Esto es útil si puede pulsar algunos "
+-"atajos de teclado simultáneamente (por ejemplo, con teclas que estén "
+-"juntas), pero no otras."
++"pulse otra tecla si tenía esa opción activada. En cambio, <em>sí podría</"
++"em> esperar si solo se pulsa una tecla. Esto es útil si puede pulsar "
++"algunos atajos de teclado simultáneamente (por ejemplo, con teclas que "
++"estén juntas), pero no otras."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Desactivar si se pulsan dos teclas a la vez</gui> para "
+ "activar esto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1178,14 +1392,15 @@
+ "next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
+ "when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede hacer que su equipo emita un «pitido» cuando empiece a teclear un atajo "
+-"de teclado con las teclas persistentes activadas. Esto es útil si quiere que "
+-"las teclas persistentes esperen que se teclee un atajo de teclado, de manera "
+-"que la siguiente pulsación se interpretará como parte de un atajo. "
+-"Seleccione <gui>Pitar cuando se presione una tecla modificadora</gui> para "
+-"activar esto."
++"Puede hacer que su equipo emita un «pitido» cuando empiece a teclear un "
++"atajo de teclado con las teclas persistentes activadas. Esto es útil si "
++"quiere que las teclas persistentes esperen que se teclee un atajo de "
++"teclado, de manera que la siguiente pulsación se interpretará como parte de "
++"un atajo. Seleccione <gui>Pitar cuando se presione una tecla modificadora</"
++"gui> para activar esto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+@@ -1193,11 +1408,13 @@
+ "Activar alertas visuales para iluminar la pantalla o la ventana cuando se "
+ "reproduzca un sonido de alerta."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+ msgstr "Destello de pantalla para sonidos de alerta"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1205,27 +1422,32 @@
+ "alert sound is played."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Su equipo reproducirá un sencillo sonido de alerta para ciertos tipos de "
+-"mensajes y eventos. Si tiene dificultades para oír esos sonidos, puede hacer "
+-"que se ilumine la ventana actual o la pantalla completa cada vez que se "
+-"reproduzca un sonido de alerta."
++"mensajes y eventos. Si tiene dificultades para oír esos sonidos, puede "
++"hacer que se ilumine la ventana actual o la pantalla completa cada vez que "
++"se reproduzca un sonido de alerta."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+ "> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+ msgstr ""
+-"También puede resultar útil si se encuentra en un entorno en el que necesita "
+-"que su equipo esté en silencio, como en una biblioteca. Consulte la <link "
+-"xref=\"sound-alert\"/> para saber cómo silenciar el sonido de alerta y "
+-"activar las alertas visuales."
++"También puede resultar útil si se encuentra en un entorno en el que "
++"necesita que su equipo esté en silencio, como en una biblioteca. Consulte "
++"la <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> para saber cómo silenciar el sonido de "
++"alerta y activar las alertas visuales."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Audición</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+ "screen or just your current window title to flash."
+@@ -1233,7 +1455,8 @@
+ "Active las <gui>Alertas visuales</gui>. Seleccione si quiere que destelle la "
+ "pantalla entera o solo la ventana actual."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1243,102 +1466,127 @@
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra superior "
+ "y seleccionando <gui>Alertas visuales</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+-msgstr "Unos cuantos consejos sobre el uso de la guía de ayuda del escritorio."
++msgstr ""
++"Unos cuantos consejos sobre el uso de la guía de ayuda del escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name) C/gnome-classic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Proyecto de documentación de GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "Acerca de esta guía"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+ "computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
+ "possible:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Está guía está diseñada para describir las características de su escritorio, "
+-"responder a sus preguntas relacionadas con la informática y ofrecerle "
+-"consejos para usar su equipo de forma más efectiva. Hemos intentado hacer "
+-"esta guía los más sencilla de usar posible:"
++"Está guía está diseñada para describir las características de su "
++"escritorio, responder a sus preguntas relacionadas con la informática y "
++"ofrecerle consejos para usar su equipo de forma más efectiva. Hemos "
++"intentado hacer esta guía los más sencilla de usar posible:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+@@ -1348,18 +1596,20 @@
+ "capítulos. Esto significa que no necesita hojear a través de un manual "
+ "completo para encontrar las respuestas a sus preguntas."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+ "topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los temas relacionados están vinculados entre sí. Los vínculos «Consulte "
+-"también» al final de algunas páginas le llevarán a temas relacionados. Esto "
+-"le facilita la búsqueda de temas similares que podrían ayudarle a realizar "
+-"una determinada tarea."
++"también» al final de algunas páginas le llevarán a temas relacionados. "
++"Esto le facilita la búsqueda de temas similares que podrían ayudarle a "
++"realizar una determinada tarea."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+@@ -1369,7 +1619,8 @@
+ "una <em>barra de búsqueda</em> y los resultados relevantes aparecerán tan "
+ "pronto como empiece a teclear."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1377,11 +1628,12 @@
+ "more helpful, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta guía está mejorándose constantemente. Aunque intentamos ofrecerle un "
+-"conjunto completo de información útil, sabemos que no podemos responder aquí "
+-"a todas sus preguntas. No obstante, seguiremos añadiendo más información "
+-"para hacerle las cosas más útiles."
++"conjunto completo de información útil, sabemos que no podemos responder "
++"aquí a todas sus preguntas. No obstante, seguiremos añadiendo más "
++"información para hacerle las cosas más útiles."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+@@ -1389,48 +1641,56 @@
+ "Gracias por tomarse el tiempo de leer la ayuda del escritorio. Sinceramente "
+ "esperamos que nunca tenga que usarla."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- El equipo de documentación GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "Conectar una cuenta en línea."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name) C/privacy.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "Añadir una cuenta"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+@@ -1440,26 +1700,32 @@
+ "escritorio GNOME. Por lo tanto, su programas de correo-e, chat y otras "
+ "aplicaciones relacionadas estarán configurados."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> en la parte inferior izquierda de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Pulse el menú <gui>Tipo de cuenta</gui> y seleccione uno."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+-msgstr "Si tiene más de un tipo de cuenta, puede añadir las cuentas más tarde."
++msgstr ""
++"Si tiene más de un tipo de cuenta, puede añadir las cuentas más tarde."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
+@@ -1469,7 +1735,8 @@
+ "credenciales de la cuenta. Por ejemplo, si está configurando una cuenta de "
+ "Google, introduzca su nombre de usuario y contraseña de Google."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+ "GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
+@@ -1479,7 +1746,8 @@
+ "GNOME acceder a su cuenta en línea. Seleccione <gui>Conceder acceso</gui> "
+ "para continuar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1491,7 +1759,8 @@
+ "usar una cuenta en línea para su calendario, desactive la opción "
+ "<gui>calendario</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1499,7 +1768,8 @@
+ "Después de añadir las cuentas, cada aplicación que haya seleccionado usará "
+ "automáticamente las credenciales cuando la inicie."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
+@@ -1511,59 +1781,68 @@
+ "quiere cancelar la asociación entre su escritorio y el servicio en línea, "
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">quítela</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25(credit/name) C/nautilus-views.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:10(credit/name) C/sharing.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
+ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr "Crear una cuenta nueva usando <app>Cuentas en línea</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "Crear una cuenta de en línea"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+@@ -1573,20 +1852,23 @@
+ "cuenta al añadirla a las <app>Cuentas en línea</app>. Esto le permite "
+ "gestionar todas su cuentas en línea desde una aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra la configuración de <app>Cuentas en línea</app> desde la vista de "
+ "Actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+ "types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
+@@ -1596,11 +1878,13 @@
+ "tipos de cuentas pueden <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">no "
+ "estar disponibles</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir…</gui> para continuar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+ "appears."
+@@ -1608,7 +1892,8 @@
+ "Busque y pulse el botón o el enlace <gui>Registrarse</gui> en la página que "
+ "aparece"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+ "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
+@@ -1619,7 +1904,8 @@
+ "la opción de registrar una cuenta en este punto, deberá usar un método "
+ "alternativo para crear la cuenta."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+ "details such as username and password."
+@@ -1627,7 +1913,8 @@
+ "Rellene el formulario de registro. Normalmente, le preguntarán algunos "
+ "detalles personales, como el nombre de usuario y la contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+@@ -1635,7 +1922,8 @@
+ "Deberá conceder acceso a GNOME a su nueva cuenta para poder usarla con "
+ "<app>Cuentas en línea</app> "
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+ "default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
+@@ -1645,7 +1933,8 @@
+ "activados de manera predeterminada. Puede <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
+ "service\">desactivar</link> los servicios individualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+@@ -1655,11 +1944,13 @@
+ "(como el calendario y el correo). Puede controlar cuáles de esos servicios "
+ "pueden usar las aplicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr "Controlar qué servicios en línea puede usar una cuenta para acceder"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1675,7 +1966,8 @@
+ "usar su cuenta de Google para correo-e pero no para chat, ya que tiene una "
+ "cuenta en línea distinta para usarla para chatear."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+@@ -1683,11 +1975,13 @@
+ "Puede desactivar algunos de los servicios proporcionados con cada cuenta en "
+ "línea:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la cuenta que quiere cambiar de la lista de la izquierda."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+@@ -1695,11 +1989,13 @@
+ "Se mostrará una lista de los servicios disponibles para esta cuenta en "
+ "<gui>Usar esta cuenta para</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr "Desactive los servicios que no quiere que se usen."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+@@ -1709,7 +2005,8 @@
+ "de su equipo no podrán usar la cuenta para volver a conectarse a ese "
+ "servicio."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+@@ -1717,23 +2014,28 @@
+ "Para activar un servicio que haya desactivado, vuelva a la ventana de "
+ "<gui>Cuentas en línea</gui> y actívelo."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Qué pasa si el proveedor del servicio en línea no aparece en la lista?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué no parece mi tipo de cuenta en la lista?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+@@ -1741,58 +2043,71 @@
+ "Para tener soporte de su cuenta favorita, alguien tiene que desarrollarlo. "
+ "Actualmente, sólo se soportan unos pocos tipos de cuentas en línea:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr "El soporte para Yahoo se añadirá en un futuro cercano."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si está interesado en añadir soporte para otros servicios, contacte con los "
+-"desarrolladores en la <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\">plataforma de seguimiento de errores</link>."
++"desarrolladores en la <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\">plataforma de seguimiento de errores</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "Quitar completamente una cuenta en línea."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "Quitar una cuenta"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la cuenta que quiere quitar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón <gui>-</gui> en la parte inferior izquierda de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Eliminar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+@@ -1802,17 +2117,21 @@
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restringir los servicios</link> a los que "
+ "acceder desde su escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
+ msgid "2012-2013"
+ msgstr "2012-2013"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:24(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+@@ -1820,11 +2139,13 @@
+ "Aplicaciones que pueden usar las cuentas creadas en <app>Cuentas en línea</"
+ "app> y los servicios que pueden usar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué aplicaciones hacen uso de las cuentas en línea?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+@@ -1832,11 +2153,13 @@
+ "<app>Cuentas en línea</app> lo pueden usar aplicaciones externas para "
+ "configurarse automáticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "Con una cuenta de Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1848,7 +2171,8 @@
+ "correo, accederá a sus contactos y se mostrará su calendario de Google como "
+ "un elemento de la agenda."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+ "will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+@@ -1856,20 +2180,25 @@
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, la aplicación de mensajería instantánea. Su cuenta en "
+ "línea se añadirá y podrá comunicarse con sus amigos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr "<app>Contactos</app>, que le permitirá ver y editar sus contactos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Documentos</app> puede acceder a sus documentos en línea y mostrarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Con cuentas de Windows Live, Facebook o Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+@@ -1877,11 +2206,13 @@
+ "<app>Empathy</app> puede usar la cuenta para conectarle en línea y chatear "
+ "con sus contactos, amigos y seguidores."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
+ msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
+ msgstr "Con una cuenta de SkyDrive"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+ "and display them."
+@@ -1889,11 +2220,13 @@
+ "<app>Documentos</app> puede acceder a sus documentos en línea en Microsoft "
+ "SkyDrive y mostrarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
+ msgid "With a Exchange account"
+ msgstr "Con una cuenta de Exchange"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
+ "retrieving mails from this account."
+@@ -1901,11 +2234,13 @@
+ "Cuando haya creado una cuenta de Exchange, <app>Evolution</app> empezará a "
+ "recibir correos desde esta cuenta."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
+ msgid "With a ownCloud account"
+ msgstr "Con una cuenta de ownCloud"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
+ "and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
+@@ -1913,7 +2248,8 @@
+ "Cuando haya creado una cuenta de ownCloud, <app>Evolution</app> podrá "
+ "acceder y editar sus contactos y sus citas del calendario."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
+ "online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
+@@ -1921,21 +2257,25 @@
+ "<app>Archivos</app> y otras aplicaciones podrán listar y acceder a sus "
+ "archivos guardados en la instalación de ownCloud."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Para qué añadir su cuenta de correo-e o sus cuentas de redes sociales a su "
+ "escritorio?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué debería añadir una cuenta?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1952,21 +2292,24 @@
+ "cuenta una vez y, cada vez que inicie su equipo, todas las cuentas y lo "
+ "servicios que elija estarán preparados."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove"
+-"\">Remove an account</link>…"
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Crear una cuenta nueva</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">Añadir una cuenta existente</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
+ "remove\">Quitar una cuenta</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Cuentas en línea"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
+ "Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+@@ -1979,25 +2322,29 @@
+ "chat y similares de estas aplicaciones sin necesidad de introducir los "
+ "detalles de la cuenta otra vez."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Verifique que su copia de respaldo sea correcta."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "Compruebe su copia de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+ "since some files could be missing from the backup."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una vez que haya respaldado los archivos, debería asegurarse de que la copia "
+-"se realizó correctamente. Si no funcionó correctamente puede perder datos "
+-"importantes, dado que algunos archivos pueden perderse en el respaldo."
++"Una vez que haya respaldado los archivos, debería asegurarse de que la "
++"copia se realizó correctamente. Si no funcionó correctamente puede perder "
++"datos importantes, dado que algunos archivos pueden perderse en el respaldo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -2010,7 +2357,8 @@
+ "comprobaciones adicionales para confirmar que sus datos se transfirieron "
+ "correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -2022,7 +2370,8 @@
+ "carpetas realmente se han trasladado a la copia de seguridad, puede tener la "
+ "confianza adicional de que el proceso se ha realizado correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -2031,10 +2380,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si observa que suele hacer a menudo copias de respaldo de grandes cantidades "
+ "de datos, puede que le resulte más fácil usar un programa específico de "
+-"copias de respaldo, como <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Ese programa es más potente y "
+-"fiable que simplemente copiar y pegar los archivos."
++"copias de respaldo, como <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Ese programa es más potente "
++"y fiable que simplemente copiar y pegar los archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -2042,49 +2392,61 @@
+ "Aprenda con qué frecuencia debería respaldar sus documentos importantes para "
+ "asegurarse de que están a buen recaudo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Frecuencia de las copias de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+ "stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La frecuencia con la que debe hacer copias de respaldo dependerá del tipo de "
+-"datos que vaya a respaldar. Por ejemplo, si está trabajando en un entorno de "
+-"red con datos críticos almacenados en sus servidores, es posible que ni "
+-"siquiera resulte suficiente hacer una copia de respaldo todas las noches."
++"La frecuencia con la que debe hacer copias de respaldo dependerá del tipo "
++"de datos que vaya a respaldar. Por ejemplo, si está trabajando en un "
++"entorno de red con datos críticos almacenados en sus servidores, es posible "
++"que ni siquiera resulte suficiente hacer una copia de respaldo todas las "
++"noches."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+@@ -2094,15 +2456,18 @@
+ "equipo personal entonces los respaldos cada hora son innecesarios. Puede que "
+ "considere de ayuda los siguientes puntos al planificar un respaldo:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo que pasa con su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr "Con qué frecuencia y en qué medida cambian los datos de su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -2112,10 +2477,11 @@
+ "Si los datos que quiere respaldar son de poca importancia, o están sujetos a "
+ "pocos cambios, como música, correos electrónicos y fotos de familia, hacer "
+ "copias semanales o incluso mensuales puede ser suficiente. No obstante, si "
+-"está en mitad de una auditoría fiscal, puede que sea necesario hacer copias "
+-"más frecuentes."
++"está en mitad de una auditoría fiscal, puede que sea necesario hacer "
++"copias más frecuentes."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+@@ -2128,19 +2494,22 @@
+ "documentos perdidos es demasiado, debería hacer una copia de respaldo al "
+ "menos una vez por semana."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Use Déjà Dup (u otra aplicación de copias de respaldo) para hacer copias de "
+-"sus archivos valiosos y de su configuración para evitar pérdidas."
++"Use Déjà Dup (u otra aplicación de copias de respaldo) para hacer copias "
++"de sus archivos valiosos y de su configuración para evitar pérdidas."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Cómo hacer copias de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -2151,16 +2520,18 @@
+ "los procesos de respaldo. Hay un cierto número de aplicaciones de copia de "
+ "seguridad, por ejemplo <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La ayuda para la aplicación de copia de respaldo elegida le guiará mientras "
+-"establece sus preferencias de copia de respaldo, así como para restaurar sus "
+-"datos."
++"La ayuda para la aplicación de copia de respaldo elegida le guiará "
++"mientras establece sus preferencias de copia de respaldo, así como para "
++"restaurar sus datos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2168,13 +2539,14 @@
+ "files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
+ "them from there."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una opción alternativa consiste, simplemente, en <link xref=\"files-copy"
+-"\">copiar sus archivos</link> en un lugar seguro, como un disco duro "
++"Una opción alternativa consiste, simplemente, en <link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">copiar sus archivos</link> en un lugar seguro, como un disco duro "
+ "externo, otro equipo de la red, o una unidad USB. Sus <link xref=\"backup-"
+ "thinkabout\">archivos personales</link> y preferencias suelen estar en su "
+ "carpeta personal, por lo que puede copiarlos de ahí."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2185,7 +2557,8 @@
+ "de respaldo, es mejor copiar la carpeta personal completa con las siguientes "
+ "excepciones:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2193,18 +2566,21 @@
+ "Archivos que están respaldados en algún sitio, tal como un CD o un DVD, u "
+ "otro medio extraíble."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los archivos que puede volver a crear fácilmente. Por ejemplo, si es "
+ "programador, no tiene que respaldar todos los archivos que ha generado al "
+ "compilar sus programas. En su lugar, simplemente asegúrese de que respalda "
+ "los archivos fuente originales."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2212,15 +2588,18 @@
+ "Cualquier archivo en la carpeta Papelera. Puede encontrar su carpeta de "
+ "Papelera en <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Recuperar sus archivos desde una copia de respaldo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "Restaurar una copia de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2228,7 +2607,8 @@
+ "Si ha perdido o eliminado algunos de sus archivos pero tiene un respaldo de "
+ "los mismos, puede restaurarlos desde el respaldo:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+@@ -2238,7 +2618,8 @@
+ "externo, una unidad USB u otro equipo de la red, puede <link xref=\"files-"
+ "copy\">copiarlos</link> de nuevo en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2251,7 +2632,8 @@
+ "respaldos: le proporcionará instrucciones específicas acerca de cómo "
+ "restaurar sus archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2259,31 +2641,35 @@
+ "Una lista de carpetas donde puede encontrar documentos, archivos y "
+ "configuraciones que podría querer respaldar."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Dónde puedo encontrar los archivos de los que quiero hacer copia de "
+ "respaldo?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+ "locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Decidir qué archivos respaldar y saber dónde están es el paso más difícil al "
+-"intentar llevar a cabo una copia de respaldo. A continuación se listan las "
+-"ubicaciones más comunes de archivos y ajustes importantes que puede querer "
+-"respaldar."
++"Decidir qué archivos respaldar y saber dónde están es el paso más "
++"difícil al intentar llevar a cabo una copia de respaldo. A continuación se "
++"listan las ubicaciones más comunes de archivos y ajustes importantes que "
++"puede querer respaldar."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "Archivos personales (documentos, música, fotos y vídeos)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2293,7 +2679,8 @@
+ "Pueden estar en subcarpetas como Escritorio, Documentos, Imágenes, Música y "
+ "Vídeos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+@@ -2305,11 +2692,13 @@
+ "carpeta personal. Puede averiguar cuánto espacio de disco duro usa su "
+ "carpeta personal usando el <app>Analizador de uso de disco</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "Archivos ocultos"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2322,13 +2711,15 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Puede copiarlos a una ubicación de respaldo como "
+ "cualquier otro tipo de archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configuración personal (preferencias del escritorio, temas y configuración "
+ "del software)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2337,7 +2728,8 @@
+ "ocultas dentro de su carpeta personal (para obtener más información acerca "
+ "de archivos ocultos, ver más arriba)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+@@ -2347,17 +2739,19 @@
+ "carpetas ocultas <cmd>.config</cmd>, <cmd>.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>.gnome2</cmd> y "
+ "<cmd>.local</cmd> en su carpeta personal."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración global del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La configuración de las partes importantes de su sistema so no almacena en "
+ "su carpeta personal. Hay varias ubicaciones en las que se puede almacenar, "
+@@ -2366,29 +2760,35 @@
+ "personal. Sin embargo, si se trata de un servidor, debería crear una copia "
+ "de respaldo de los archivos de los servicios que estén en ejecución."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr "Respalde cualquier cosa de la que no pueda prescindir si algo va mal."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "De qué hacer una copia de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Su prioridad debería ser respaldar sus <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">archivos más importantes</link> así como los que resulten difíciles de "
+-"crear de nuevo. Por ejemplo, ordenados de mayor a menor importancia:"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"Su prioridad debería ser respaldar sus <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">archivos más importantes</link> así como los que resulten "
++"difíciles de crear de nuevo. Por ejemplo, ordenados de mayor a menor "
++"importancia:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "Sus archivos personales"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+@@ -2398,11 +2798,13 @@
+ "calendario, datos financieros, fotos familiares o cualquier cosa personal "
+ "que considere irreemplazable."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Su configuración personal"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2410,33 +2812,38 @@
+ "music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
+ "while to recreate."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Esto incluye los cambios que haya hecho a los colores, fondos, resolución de "
+-"la pantalla y configuración del ratón en su escritorio. También incluye las "
+-"preferencias de las aplicaciones, como la configuración de <app>LibreOffice</"
+-"app>, su reproductor de música y su programa de correo electrónico. Son "
+-"reemplazables, pero puede tardar un tiempo en volverlos a crear."
++"Esto incluye los cambios que haya hecho a los colores, fondos, resolución "
++"de la pantalla y configuración del ratón en su escritorio. También incluye "
++"las preferencias de las aplicaciones, como la configuración de "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app>, su reproductor de música y su programa de correo "
++"electrónico. Son reemplazables, pero puede tardar un tiempo en volverlos a "
++"crear."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+ "if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La mayoría de la gente nunca cambia la configuración que se crea durante la "
+-"instalación. Si se personaliza la configuración del sistema, o si usa su "
++"La mayoría de la gente nunca cambia la configuración que se crea durante "
++"la instalación. Si se personaliza la configuración del sistema, o si usa su "
+ "equipo como un servidor, entonces es posible que quiera hacer una copia de "
+ "respaldo de esta configuración."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "Software instalado"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+@@ -2444,35 +2851,41 @@
+ "El software que usa se puede restaurar normalmente de manera rápida después "
+ "de un problema serio en el equipo, reinstalándolo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+ "are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
+ "space by having backups of them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"En general, querrá respaldar los archivos que sean irreemplazables así como "
+-"los que necesiten de una gran inversión para sustituirlos si no se tuviera "
+-"copia de respaldo. Por otra parte, si todo resulta fácil de sustituir, puede "
+-"que no desee usar espacio de disco respaldándolo."
++"En general, querrá respaldar los archivos que sean irreemplazables así "
++"como los que necesiten de una gran inversión para sustituirlos si no se "
++"tuviera copia de respaldo. Por otra parte, si todo resulta fácil de "
++"sustituir, puede que no desee usar espacio de disco respaldándolo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Consejo sobre dónde almacenar las copias de respaldo y qué dispositivo de "
+ "almacenamiento usar."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Dónde almacenar su copia de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2487,7 +2900,8 @@
+ "equipo. Si hay un incendio o un robo, las dos copias de los datos se pueden "
+ "perder si se mantienen juntas."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2497,35 +2911,43 @@
+ "Necesita almacenar sus respaldos en un dispositivo que tenga suficiente "
+ "capacidad de disco para todos los archivos respaldados."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Opciones de almacenamiento local y remoto"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Memoria USB (baja capacidad)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Unidad de disco interno (capacidad alta)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Unidad de disco externa (generalmente capacidad alta)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Una unidad de red (alta capacidad) "
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Servidor de archivos/respaldos (alta capacidad)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "CD o DVD escribibles (capacidad baja/media)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2535,7 +2957,8 @@
+ "\">Amazon S3</link> o <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</"
+ "link> (almacena sus datos externamente por una pequeña cuota)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2544,20 +2967,24 @@
+ "archivo de su sistema, también conocido como <em>copia de respaldo completa "
+ "del sistema</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Por qué, qué, dónde y cómo hacer copias de seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Copias de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "Hacer copias de respaldo de sus archivos importantes"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2574,7 +3001,8 @@
+ "los archivos originales. Por ejemplo, puede usar una unidad USB, un disco "
+ "duro externo, un CD o DVD o un servicio externo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2582,21 +3010,24 @@
+ "La mejor manera de respaldar sus archivos es hacerlo regularmente y mantener "
+ "las copias fuera del sitio y cifradas (si es posible)."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connectar</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">envar archivos</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+ "on-off\">apagar y encender</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2610,47 +3041,55 @@
+ "Bluetooth para <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">enviar archivos entre "
+ "dispositivos</link>, por ejemplo entre su equipo y su teléfono móvil."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas del Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "emparejar dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Conectar su equipo a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+ "Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Antes de poder usar un dispositivo Bluetooth como un ratón o unos "
+-"auriculares, primero tendrá que conectarlos al equipo. A esto se le denomina "
+-"«emparejar» dispositivos Bluetooth."
++"auriculares, primero tendrá que conectarlos al equipo. A esto se le "
++"denomina «emparejar» dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+@@ -2658,7 +3097,8 @@
+ "Antes de empezar, asegúrese de que el Bluetooth está activado en su equipo. "
+ "Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2666,7 +3106,8 @@
+ "Pulse el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configurar un dispositivo nuevo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2674,19 +3115,21 @@
+ "Pulse el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configurar un dispositivo nuevo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Haga que el otro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">se pueda descubrir o que sea visible</link> y colóquelo a menos de diez "
+-"metros de su equipo. Pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Su equipo empezará a buscar "
+-"dispositivos."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"Haga que el otro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">se pueda descubrir o que sea visible</link> y colóquelo a "
++"menos de diez metros de su equipo. Pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Su equipo "
++"empezará a buscar dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+@@ -2695,7 +3138,8 @@
+ "<gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui> para mostrar un único tipo de dispositivo en "
+ "la lista."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+@@ -2703,19 +3147,22 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Opciones de PIN</gui> para configurar cómo entregar un PIN a otro "
+ "dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+ "PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
+ "proper setting."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La opción de PIN automático usará un código numérico de seis dígitos. Los "
+-"dispositivos que no dispongan de teclas de entrada o pantalla, como ratones "
+-"o auriculares, necesitarán que especifique un PIN como 0000, o ninguno en "
+-"absoluto. Consulte en el manual de su dispositivo cuál es la opción adecuada."
++"La opción de PIN automático usará un código numérico de seis dígitos. "
++"Los dispositivos que no dispongan de teclas de entrada o pantalla, como "
++"ratones o auriculares, necesitarán que especifique un PIN como 0000, o "
++"ninguno en absoluto. Consulte en el manual de su dispositivo cuál es la "
++"opción adecuada."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2723,7 +3170,8 @@
+ "Seleccione una opción apropiada de PIN para su dispositivo y después pulse "
+ "<gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+@@ -2731,7 +3179,8 @@
+ "Seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui> para continuar. Se mostrará el PIN en la "
+ "pantalla si no eligió un PIN predefinido."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+@@ -2742,17 +3191,19 @@
+ "pedirle que lo introduzca. Confirme el PIN en el dispositivo y pulse "
+ "<gui>Coincide</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+ "list and start again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la mayoría de los dispositivos, deberá introducirlo la entrada en menos "
+-"de veinte segundos, o la conexión no se completará. Si pasara esto, vuelva a "
+-"la lista de dispositivos y empiece de nuevo."
++"de veinte segundos, o la conexión no se completará. Si pasara esto, vuelva "
++"a la lista de dispositivos y empiece de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2760,7 +3211,8 @@
+ "Cuando la conexión se complete correctamente, aparecerá un mensaje. Pulse "
+ "<gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2768,7 +3220,8 @@
+ "Puede <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">eliminar una conexión "
+ "Bluetooth</link> más adelante, si quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
+ "gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+@@ -2777,7 +3230,8 @@
+ "de la <gui>Compartición por Bluetooth</gui>. Consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2785,11 +3239,13 @@
+ "Puede que el adaptador esté apagado o que no tenga controladores, o puede "
+ "que tenga desactivado o bloqueado el Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "No puedo conectar mi dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+@@ -2797,11 +3253,13 @@
+ "Existen varias razones por las que es posible que no pueda conectarse a un "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth, como un teléfono o unos auriculares."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Conexión bloqueada o sin confianza"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+@@ -2811,11 +3269,13 @@
+ "predeterminada o requieren que se les cambie la configuración para permitir "
+ "las conexiones. Asegúrese de que su dispositivo permite las conexiones."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "Hardware Bluetooth no reconocido"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2824,41 +3284,46 @@
+ "will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es posible que su equipo no haya reconocido su adaptador Bluetooth. Esto "
+-"puede deberse a que no tenga instalados los <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">controladores</link> para su adaptador. Algunos adaptadores Bluetooth no "
+-"funcionan con Linux, y por tanto no le será posible conseguir los "
+-"controladores apropiados para ellos. En tal caso, probablemente tendrá que "
+-"conseguir otro adaptador Bluetooth diferente."
++"puede deberse a que no tenga instalados los <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">controladores</link> para su adaptador. Algunos adaptadores "
++"Bluetooth no funcionan con Linux, y por tanto no le será posible conseguir "
++"los controladores apropiados para ellos. En tal caso, probablemente tendrá "
++"que conseguir otro adaptador Bluetooth diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "Adaptador no conectado"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Pulse en el icono de "
+-"Bluetooth en la <gui>barra de menú</gui> y compruebe que no está <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desactivado</link>."
++"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Pulse en el icono "
++"de Bluetooth en la <gui>barra de menú</gui> y compruebe que no está <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desactivado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+ "off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Pulse en el icono de "
+-"Bluetooth en la barra superior y compruebe que no está <link xref="
++"Asegúrese de que su adaptador Bluetooth está encendido. Pulse en el icono "
++"de Bluetooth en la barra superior y compruebe que no está <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desactivado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr "Conexión del dispositivo Bluetooth apagada"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+@@ -2868,11 +3333,13 @@
+ "activado el Bluetooth. Por ejemplo, si está intentando conectarse a un "
+ "teléfono, compruebe que no está en modo avión."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "No existe un dispositivo Bluetooth en su equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2880,15 +3347,18 @@
+ "Muchos equipos no tienen adaptadores de Bluetooth. Puede comprar un "
+ "adaptador si quiere usar Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Eliminar un dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+ msgstr "Eliminar una conexión entre dispositivos Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+@@ -2900,7 +3370,8 @@
+ "o unos auriculares o si ya no va a volver a transferir archivos a o desde un "
+ "dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2908,8 +3379,9 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la <gui>barra de menú</gui> y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2917,7 +3389,8 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+@@ -2925,11 +3398,13 @@
+ "Seleccione en el panel de la izquierda el dispositivo que quiere "
+ "desconectar, y después pulse el icono <gui>-</gui> bajo la lista."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Quitar</gui> en la ventana de confirmación."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2937,15 +3412,18 @@
+ "Puede <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">volver a conectarse a un "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth</link> más tarde si quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr "Compartir archivos entre dispositivos Bleutooth, como su teléfono."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Enviar un archivo a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2954,13 +3432,14 @@
+ "window, or directly from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede enviar archivos a los dispositivos Bluetooth conectados, tales como "
+-"algunos teléfonos móviles u otros equipos. Algunos tipos de dispositivos no "
+-"permiten la transferencia de archivos, o de tipos de archivos específicos. "
+-"Puede enviar archivos de tres maneras: usando el icono de Bluetooth en la "
+-"barra de menú, desde la ventana de configuración de Bluetooth o directamente "
+-"desde el gestor de archivos."
++"algunos teléfonos móviles u otros equipos. Algunos tipos de dispositivos "
++"no permiten la transferencia de archivos, o de tipos de archivos "
++"específicos. Puede enviar archivos de tres maneras: usando el icono de "
++"Bluetooth en la barra de menú, desde la ventana de configuración de "
++"Bluetooth o directamente desde el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2968,16 +3447,18 @@
+ "icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede enviar archivos a los dispositivos Bluetooth conectados, tales como "
+-"algunos teléfonos móviles u otros equipos. Algunos tipos de dispositivos no "
+-"permiten la transferencia de archivos, o tipos de archivos específicos. "
++"algunos teléfonos móviles u otros equipos. Algunos tipos de dispositivos "
++"no permiten la transferencia de archivos, o tipos de archivos específicos. "
+ "Puede enviar archivos usando el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior o "
+ "desde la ventana de configuración de Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Enviar archivos usando el icono de Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2985,7 +3466,8 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y pulse <gui>Enviar "
+ "archivos al dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2993,14 +3475,16 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y pulse <gui>Enviar "
+ "archivos al dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69(item/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el archivo que quiera enviar y pulse <gui>Seleccionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -3008,7 +3492,8 @@
+ "(Para enviar más de un archivo en una carpeta, mantenga pulsado <key>Ctrl</"
+ "key> al seleccionar cada archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -3016,10 +3501,11 @@
+ "Seleccione de la lista el dispositivo al que quiere enviar los archivos y "
+ "pulse <gui>Enviar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+@@ -3032,7 +3518,8 @@
+ "empareje con el dispositivo después de pulsar <gui>Enviar</gui>. "
+ "Probablemente, esto requiera una confirmación en el otro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+@@ -3041,22 +3528,25 @@
+ "los dispositivos de un tipo específico usando el desplegable <gui>Tipo de "
+ "dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(item/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+ "transfer will be shown on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El propietario del dispositivo receptor normalmente tiene que pulsar un "
+-"botón para aceptar el archivo. Cuando este acepte o rechace, el resultado de "
+-"la transferencia de archivos se mostrará en su pantalla."
++"botón para aceptar el archivo. Cuando este acepte o rechace, el resultado "
++"de la transferencia de archivos se mostrará en su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Enviar archivos desde la configuración de Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -3064,7 +3554,8 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configuración de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+@@ -3074,38 +3565,44 @@
+ "La lista sólo muestra los dispositivos a los que ya está conectado. Consulte "
+ "la <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la información del dispositivo, a la derecha, pulse <gui>Enviar archivos</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr "Activar o desactivar el dispositivo Bluetooth de su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "Encender o apagar el Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "El icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3116,7 +3613,8 @@
+ "Bluetooth, pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú y encienda el "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3127,7 +3625,8 @@
+ "Bluetooth, pulse en el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior y encienda el "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3135,13 +3634,14 @@
+ "a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Muchos portátiles tienen un interruptor físico o una combinación de teclas "
+-"para encender y apagar el Bluetooth. Si el interruptor físico está apagado, "
+-"no podrá ver el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú. Busque un "
++"Muchos portátiles tienen un interruptor físico o una combinación de "
++"teclas para encender y apagar el Bluetooth. Si el interruptor físico está "
++"apagado, no podrá ver el icono de Bluetooth en la barra de menú. Busque un "
+ "interruptor en su equipo o una tecla en su teclado. La tecla suele ir "
+ "asociada a la tecla <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3149,13 +3649,14 @@
+ "key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Muchos portátiles tienen un interruptor físico o una combinación de teclas "
+-"para encender y apagar el Bluetooth. Si el interruptor físico está apagado, "
+-"no podrá ver el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior. Busque un "
++"Muchos portátiles tienen un interruptor físico o una combinación de "
++"teclas para encender y apagar el Bluetooth. Si el interruptor físico está "
++"apagado, no podrá ver el icono de Bluetooth en la barra superior. Busque un "
+ "interruptor en su equipo o una tecla en su teclado. La tecla suele ir "
+ "asociada a la tecla <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -3163,32 +3664,37 @@
+ "Para apagar el Bluetooth, pulse el icono de Bluetooth y elija <gui>Apagar "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para apagar el Bluetooth, pulse el icono de <gui>Bluetooth</gui> y apáguelo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+ "for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sólo tiene que activar la <gui>Visibilidad</gui> si se está conectado a este "
+-"equipo desde otro dispositivo. Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\"/> para obtener más información."
++"equipo desde otro dispositivo. Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr "Indica si otros dispositivos puede descubrir su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es la visibilidad de Bluetooth?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+@@ -3201,7 +3707,8 @@
+ "dispositivos que estén al alcance, permitiéndoles que se intenten conectar a "
+ "su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+@@ -3209,7 +3716,8 @@
+ "Su equipo no necesita ser visible para buscar otros dispositivos, pero esos "
+ "dispositivos si deben ser visibles para que su equipo pueda descubrirlos."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+@@ -3219,7 +3727,8 @@
+ "dispositivo</link>, ni su equipo ni el dispositivo necesitan estar visibles "
+ "para comunicarse entre sí."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+@@ -3227,99 +3736,105 @@
+ "A menos que usted o alguien en quien confíe necesite conectarse a su equipo "
+ "desde otro dispositivo, debería desactivar la visibilidad."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Porqué es importante</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Perfiles de color</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">Cómo calibrar un dispositivo</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Perfiles de color</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">Cómo calibrar un dispositivo</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Gestión del color"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Perfiles de color"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Calibrado"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:52(media) C/shell-introduction.page:134(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:57(media) C/shell-introduction.page:141(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mostrar sus citas en el calendario en la parte superior de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "Citas de calendario"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr "Esto requiere que <app>Evolution</app> esté instalado en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3328,15 +3843,18 @@
+ "forma predeterminada. Si la suya no lo tiene, puede querer instalarlo usando "
+ "el gestor de paquetes de su distribución."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "Para ver sus citas:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Pulse en el reloj en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3344,7 +3862,8 @@
+ "Seleccione en el <gui>Calendario</gui> la fecha para la que quiere ver sus "
+ "citas."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3353,13 +3872,16 @@
+ "se añaden en <app>Evolution</app>, éstas aparecerán en la lista de citas del "
+ "reloj."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(media/p) C/clock-calendar.page:58(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:142(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "Reloj, calendario y citas"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:63(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3367,7 +3889,8 @@
+ "Para conseguir rápidamente le calendario completo de <app>Evolution</app>, "
+ "pulse en el reloj y pulse <gui>Abrir calendario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+@@ -3377,7 +3900,8 @@
+ "contrario, aparecerá una ventana con los pasos necesarios para añadir su "
+ "primera cuenta."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3385,11 +3909,13 @@
+ "Pulse en el reloj en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración de "
+ "fecha y hora</gui> para cambiar la fecha y/o la hora."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la fecha y la hora"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3397,7 +3923,8 @@
+ "Si la fecha y hora mostradas en la barra superior son incorrectas, o tienen "
+ "el formato incorrecto, puede cambiarlas:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3405,7 +3932,9 @@
+ "Pulse en el reloj situado en el centro de la barra superior y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+@@ -3413,7 +3942,8 @@
+ "Puede que necesite <gui>Desbloquear</gui> y escribir la <link xref=\"user-"
+ "admin-explain\">contraseña de administrador</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
+ "minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+@@ -3421,7 +3951,8 @@
+ "Ajuste la fecha y hora pulsando en las flechas para elegir el año, día, hora "
+ "y minuto. Puede elegir el año, el mes y el día en las listas desplegables."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+@@ -3429,7 +3960,8 @@
+ "Si quiere, puede tener su reloj actualizado automáticamente activando la "
+ "<gui>Hora de red</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+@@ -3441,7 +3973,8 @@
+ "no tendrá que hacerlo manualmente. Esto solo funcionará si está conectado a "
+ "Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
+ "gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+@@ -3449,25 +3982,30 @@
+ "También puede cambiar el formato de hora, seleccionando el formato <gui>24 "
+ "horas</gui> o <gui>AM/PM</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Añadir otras zonas horarias de manera que pueda ver la hora en otras "
+ "ciudades."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "Cambiar su zona horaria"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
+ msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+ msgstr "Pulse en el reloj, situado en el centro de la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Configuración de fecha y hora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3475,7 +4013,8 @@
+ "Pulse en su ubicación actual en el mapa, a continuación, seleccione su "
+ "ciudad actual en la lista desplegable."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3488,40 +4027,39 @@
+ "gui>. Puede querer <link xref=\"clock-set\">establecer la hora manualmente</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+ "appointments</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Establecer la fecha y la hora</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"clock-timezone\">zona horaria</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendario y citas</link>…"
++"\"clock-timezone\">zona horaria</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendario y citas</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Fecha y hora"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
+ "to change this."
+@@ -3529,11 +4067,13 @@
+ "Busque en la <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> la "
+ "opción para cambiar esto."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo asignar perfiles a los dispositivos?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
+ "device that you wish to add a profile to."
+@@ -3541,7 +4081,8 @@
+ "Abra <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> y pulse en el "
+ "dispositivo al que quiere añadir un perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3549,7 +4090,8 @@
+ "Al pulsar <gui>Añadir perfil</gui> puede seleccionar un perfil existente o "
+ "importar un archivo nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3563,12 +4105,14 @@
+ "automáticamente. Un ejemplo de selección automática sería si se crease un "
+ "perfil para papel satinado y otro para papel normal."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede crear un perfil predeterminado cambiándolo con el botón de radio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+@@ -3576,15 +4120,18 @@
+ "Si el hardware de calibración está conectado, el botón <gui>Calibrar...</"
+ "gui> creará un perfil nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Calibrar su cámara es importante para capturar colores precisos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar la cámara?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3594,7 +4141,8 @@
+ "condiciones de luz. Convertir el archivo RAW a TIFF puede servir para "
+ "calibrar la cámara en panel de control del color."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3605,7 +4153,8 @@
+ "calibración no funcionará si la imagen está al revés o si está muy "
+ "distorsionada."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3617,28 +4166,34 @@
+ "varias veces para condiciones de luz de <em>estudio</em>, <em>luz solar "
+ "brillante</em> y <em>nublado</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Calibrar su impresora es importante para imprimir colores precisos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar la impresora?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Existen dos formas de perfilar una impresora:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "Usar un dispositivo espectrofotómetro como el Pantone ColorMunki"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Descargar un archivo de referencia de impresión de una empresa de color"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3652,7 +4207,8 @@
+ "enviarles la impresión en un sobre acolchado que ellos analizarán, generarán "
+ "el perfil y le enviarán un perfil ICC preciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3660,19 +4216,25 @@
+ "Usar un dispositivo caro tal como ColorMunki sólo compensa si está "
+ "perfilando un gran número de conjuntos de tinta o tipos de papeles."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+-msgstr "Si cambia de proveedor de tinta, asegúrese de recalibrar la impresora."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++"Si cambia de proveedor de tinta, asegúrese de recalibrar la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Calibrar su escáner es importante para capturar colores precisos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar el escáner?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+ "can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -3682,7 +4244,8 @@
+ "Después, pulse <gui>Calibrar...</gui> desde <guiseq><gui>Configuración</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> para crear un perfil para el dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3690,15 +4253,18 @@
+ "Los escáneres son increíblemente estables en el tiempo y temperatura y "
+ "generalmente no necesitan recalibrarse."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Calibrar su pantalla es importante para mostrar colores precisos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo calibrar la pantalla?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+@@ -3706,7 +4272,8 @@
+ "Calibrar su pantalla es muy fácil y se debería ser un requerimiento si usa "
+ "su equipo para diseño o arte."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+ "colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
+@@ -3720,7 +4287,8 @@
+ "fácilmente un perfil y el asistente le mostrará cómo adjuntar el colorímetro "
+ "y qué configuración ajustar."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3732,22 +4300,26 @@
+ "amarilla según vaya envejeciendo. Lo que significa que debería recalibrar su "
+ "pantalla cuando aparezca el icono [!] en el panel de control."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Las pantallas LED también cambian a lo largo del tiempo, pero a una tasa "
+ "mucho menor que las TFT."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibración y caracterización son dos conceptos completamente distintos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre calibración y caracterización?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3758,15 +4330,18 @@
+ "comportamiento de color de un dispositivo. Generalmente se realiza a través "
+ "de dos mecanismos:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "Cambiar los controles o configuraciones internas que tiene"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "Aplicar curvas a sus canales de color"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3781,7 +4356,8 @@
+ "de dispositivo o sistema que guardan la configuración del dispositivo o "
+ "curvas de calibración por canal."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3800,7 +4376,8 @@
+ "Sólo sabiendo las características de dos dispositivos se puede transferir el "
+ "color de un dispositivo de representación a otro."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3809,7 +4386,8 @@
+ "dispositivo si está en el mismo estado de calibración en el que estaba "
+ "cuando se caracterizó."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3827,15 +4405,18 @@
+ "herramientas de calibración y aplicaciones típicas no son conscientes ni "
+ "trabajan con la información de caracterización (perfil) ICC."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr "Se soporta un gran número de dispositivos de calibración."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué instrumentos de medición de color están soportados?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3844,51 +4425,63 @@
+ "instrumentos de color. Por ello, están soportados los siguientes "
+ "instrumentos de medida:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (espectrómetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (espectrómetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 o LT (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design o Photo (espectrómetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 y 3 (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3896,7 +4489,8 @@
+ "Actualmente el Pantone Huey es el hardware más barato y mejor soportado en "
+ "GNU/Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+@@ -3906,73 +4500,90 @@
+ "lectores de puntos y líneas soportados para ayudarle a calibrar y "
+ "caracterizar sus impresoras:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (espectrómetro reflectante de tipo «deslizante»)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (espectrómetro reflectante de tipo punto)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (espectrómetro reflectante lector de puntos y líneas)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (espectrómetro reflectante lector de puntos y líneas)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (espectrómetro reflectante lector de puntos)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se necesitan objetivos de calibración para perfilar escáneres y cámaras."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué tipos de objetivos están soportados?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "Los siguientes tipos de objetivos están soportados:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3980,7 +4591,8 @@
+ "Puede comprar objetivos de fabricantes de renombre como KODAK, X'Rite y "
+ "LaserSoft en diversas tiendas en línea."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3988,18 +4600,21 @@
+ "Alternativamente puede comprar objetivos de <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> a muy buen precio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Compartir perfiles de color nunca es una buena idea ya que el hardware "
+ "cambia a lo largo del tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "¿Se puede compartir un perfil de color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -4013,7 +4628,8 @@
+ "color muy diferente que un dispositivo similar con un número de serie "
+ "próximo, si ésta última ha estado encendida unas mil horas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -4023,7 +4639,8 @@
+ "esté <em>mejorando</em> su calibración, pero es incorrecto decir que su "
+ "dispositivo está calibrado."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -4036,7 +4653,8 @@
+ "ha creado bajo sus propias condiciones de luz específicas no tiene mucho "
+ "sentido."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -4045,17 +4663,20 @@
+ "perfiles descargados de las páginas web de los fabricantes o que se crearon "
+ "en su nombre."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los fabricantes proporcionan los perfiles de color y también puede "
+ "generarlos usted."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "¿Dónde se pueden obtener perfiles de color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -4063,7 +4684,8 @@
+ "La mejor forma de obtener perfiles es generándolos usted mismo, aunque esto "
+ "requiere de un trabajo inicial."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -4073,7 +4695,8 @@
+ "aunque algunas veces vienen en <em>paquetes de controladores</em> que puede "
+ "necesitar descargar y extraer para buscar los perfiles de color."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -4086,7 +4709,8 @@
+ "el dispositivo, entonces es un como un perfil de prueba y es completamente "
+ "inútil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+@@ -4095,16 +4719,19 @@
+ "por los fabricantes son peor que inútiles, consulte la <link xref=\"color-"
+ "why-calibrate\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los perfiles de color se pueden importar fácilmente simplemente abriéndolos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo se importan perfiles de color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+@@ -4112,7 +4739,8 @@
+ "El perfil se puede importar fácilmente pulsando dos veces sobre el archivo "
+ "<input>.ICC</input> o <input>.ICM</input> en el navegador de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+@@ -4122,19 +4750,23 @@
+ "<guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> al seleccionar un "
+ "perfil para un dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La corrección de color de de la pantalla completa modifica todos los colores "
+ "de la pantalla en todas las ventanas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr ""
+-"¿Le falta información para la corrección de color de de la pantalla completa?"
++"¿Le falta información para la corrección de color de de la pantalla "
++"completa?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -4147,7 +4779,8 @@
+ "útiles para aplicaciones que realizan compensación del color, pero no verá "
+ "todos los colores del cambio de su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -4157,18 +4790,21 @@
+ "caracterización, necesita usar instrumentos especiales de medición de color "
+ "llamados colorímetro o espectrómetro."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede recibir una notificación si su perfil de color es antiguo o no es "
+ "preciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Puedo obtener una notificación cuando mi perfil de color no es preciso?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+@@ -4178,7 +4814,8 @@
+ "sin recalibrarlo. Se puede usar una simple métrica de la cantidad de tiempo "
+ "desde la calibración, para determinar si se recomienda una recalibración."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+@@ -4187,7 +4824,8 @@
+ "perfiles caduquen, ya que perfiles de color imprecisos pueden marcar una "
+ "diferencia enorme en un producto final."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+ "red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -4200,7 +4838,8 @@
+ "perfil. También se mostrará una notificación de advertencia cada vez que "
+ "inicie sesión en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+@@ -4208,27 +4847,39 @@
+ "Para establecer la normativa para dispositivos de pantalla e impresoras, "
+ "especifique el tiempo máximo de aplicación de la normativa, en días:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:44(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[usuario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los perfiles de monitor predeterminados no tienen una fecha de calibración."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué no caducan los perfiles predeterminados para pantallas?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4243,11 +4894,13 @@
+ "el momento de su fabricación y no contiene mucha más información de "
+ "corrección de color."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr "No tienen fecha de caducidad ya que los EDID no se pueden actualizar."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+@@ -4255,18 +4908,21 @@
+ "Obtener un perfil del fabricante del monitor o crear un perfil usted mismo "
+ "hará que obtenga una corrección de color más precisa."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Probar la gestión del color no es difícil y hasta se proporcionan algunos "
+ "perfiles de ejemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo compruebo si la gestión del color funciona correctamente?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+@@ -4274,7 +4930,8 @@
+ "Los efectos de un perfil de color son a veces sutiles y puede que sean "
+ "difíciles de ver, si no ha cambiado mucho."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+@@ -4282,7 +4939,8 @@
+ "En GNOME existen diversos perfiles para probar que demuestran claramente las "
+ "diferencias al aplicar perfiles:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+@@ -4290,7 +4948,8 @@
+ "<em>Prueba de azul</em>: esto cambiará la pantalla a azul y probará si las "
+ "curvas de calibración son enviadas al dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+@@ -4298,7 +4957,8 @@
+ "<em>Prueba ADOBEGAMA</em>: cambiará la pantalla a rosa y probará diferentes "
+ "características de un perfil de pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4312,7 +4972,8 @@
+ "pantalla entera, pero las imágenes se verán muy diferentes en aplicaciones "
+ "que soporten gestión de color."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+@@ -4320,7 +4981,8 @@
+ "Añada uno de los perfiles de pruebas a su pantalla usando las preferencias "
+ "en <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+@@ -4328,7 +4990,8 @@
+ "Usando estos perfiles puede ver claramente cuándo una aplicación soporta "
+ "gestión de color."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+@@ -4336,11 +4999,13 @@
+ "Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de color gestionado que no está "
+ "conectado al equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un dispositivo de gestión de color virtual?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+@@ -4348,17 +5013,21 @@
+ "Un dispositivo virtual es un dispositivo de gestión de color que no está "
+ "conectado al equipo. Ejemplos son:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una tienda de impresión en línea donde se pueden subir fotos, se imprimen y "
+ "se le envían"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr "Fotos de una cámara digital almacenadas en una tarjeta de memoria"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+ "the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
+@@ -4372,7 +5041,8 @@
+ "assignprofiles\">asignarle perfiles</link> como a cualquier otro dispositivo "
+ "o incluso <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrarlo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+@@ -4380,11 +5050,13 @@
+ "Un perfil de color es un simple archivo que expresa un espacio de color o "
+ "una respuesta de un dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un perfil de color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+@@ -4392,7 +5064,8 @@
+ "Un perfil de color es un conjunto de datos que caracteriza o un dispositivo, "
+ "tal como un proyector, o un espacio de color, tal como sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4400,7 +5073,8 @@
+ "La mayoría de los perfiles de color están en un formato ICC, que es un "
+ "pequeño archivo con una extensión <input>.ICC</input> o <input>.ICM</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+@@ -4409,7 +5083,8 @@
+ "espectro del rango de los datos. Esto asegura que el usuario ve los mismos "
+ "colores en diferentes dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+@@ -4421,26 +5096,32 @@
+ "color de principio a fin</em>. Con este flujo de trabajo puede estar seguro "
+ "de que los colores no se pierden ni modifican."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Un espacio de color es un rango definido de colores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un espacio de color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4448,7 +5129,8 @@
+ "Un espacio de color es un rango de colores definido. Los espacios de colores "
+ "bien documentados incluyen sRGB, AdobeRGB y ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4466,7 +5148,8 @@
+ "en el equipo usando tres valores, lo que se restringe a codificar un "
+ "<em>triángulo</em> de colores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4480,11 +5163,13 @@
+ "llevar a confusiones, de tal forma que si quiere ver la representación 3D "
+ "use la aplicación <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB representados por triángulos blancos"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4498,7 +5183,8 @@
+ "más colores que estos. sRGB es un estándar del <em>menor-denominador-común</"
+ "em> y se usa en un gran número de aplicaciones (incluyendo Internet)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4510,7 +5196,8 @@
+ "colores en una fotografía sin preocuparse mucho de que el brillo de los "
+ "colores se corte o los negros se pisen."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+@@ -4520,7 +5207,8 @@
+ "documentos. Puede codificar casi todo el rango de colores detectados por el "
+ "ojo humano e incluso codificar colores que el ojo humano no puede detectar."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+@@ -4532,7 +5220,8 @@
+ "(256 niveles) para codificar cada canal, entonces un mayor rango requerirá "
+ "tener pasos más grandes entre cada valor."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+@@ -4545,7 +5234,8 @@
+ "pequeños errores harán que una persona no acostumbrada note que algo está "
+ "mal en la fotografía."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+@@ -4556,7 +5246,8 @@
+ "tamaño de cada archivo de imagen. La mayoría del contenido existente hoy día "
+ "tiene 8bpp, es decir, 8 bits por píxel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4567,31 +5258,35 @@
+ "o un espacio de color personalizado tal como el del perfil de su monitor o "
+ "su impresora."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La calibración es importante si se preocupa por los colores que muestra o "
+ "imprime."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué necesito realizar la calibración yo mismo?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4601,11 +5296,13 @@
+ "modelo nuevo, simplemente toman algunos elementos de la línea de producción "
+ "y miden su media:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Perfiles medios"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4617,7 +5314,8 @@
+ "impresoras, ya que el simple cambio de tipo o peso del papel pueden cambiar "
+ "el estado de caracterización y hacer que el perfil no sea preciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4627,55 +5325,62 @@
+ "realizando la calibración usted mismo, o permitiendo que una empresa externa "
+ "le proporcione un perfil basado en su estado de caracterización exacto."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La gestión de color es importante para diseñadores, fotógrafos y artistas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué es importante la gestión del color?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4686,7 +5391,8 @@
+ "mantienen exactamente los colores y el rango de colores en cada uno de los "
+ "medios."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4694,12 +5400,14 @@
+ "La mejor manera de explicar la necesidad de gestión de color es con una "
+ "fotografía de un pájaro en un frío día de invierno."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un pájaro en una pared helada tal y como se ve en el visor de la cámara"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+@@ -4707,12 +5415,14 @@
+ "Generalmente las pantallas sobresaturan el canal azul, haciendo que las "
+ "imágenes parezcan frías."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esto es lo que un usuario ve en una pantalla de portátil de negocios típica"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4720,13 +5430,15 @@
+ "Note cómo el blanco no es «blanco puro» y que el negro del ojo es un marrón "
+ "sucio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esto es lo que el usuario ve al imprimir en una típica impresora de "
+ "inyección de tinta"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4736,7 +5448,8 @@
+ "diferente de colores. Así que, aunque pueda tomar una fotografía en azul "
+ "eléctrico, la mayoría de las impresoras no podrán reproducirla."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+@@ -4748,7 +5461,8 @@
+ "problema es que no tiene tinta <em>blanca</em> de tal forma que los blancos "
+ "sólo pueden ser tan buenos como lo sea el papel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4764,7 +5478,8 @@
+ "conducir 7 unidades de distancia, sin saber la unidad no puede saber si son "
+ "7 kilómetros o 7 metros."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4778,7 +5493,8 @@
+ "de capturar todos los colores de una puesta de sol, pero un proyector tiene "
+ "una gama muy reducida y parecerá que los colores están «lavados»."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+@@ -4790,7 +5506,8 @@
+ "no es posible (no puede imprimir un azul eléctrico) se necesita mostrar al "
+ "usuario cómo será el resultado."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4804,27 +5521,33 @@
+ "lo cual es importante si está tratando de imprimir una taza personalizada "
+ "con el logo de Red Hat que <em>tiene</em> que ser el rojo exacto de Red Hat."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr "Añadir o quitar un contacto de la libreta local de direcciones."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+ msgstr "Añadir o quitar un contacto"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr "Para añadir un contacto:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Nuevo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+@@ -4834,22 +5557,26 @@
+ "la información que quiere. Pulse en el menú junto a cada campo para elegir "
+ "<gui>Trabajo</gui>, <gui>Casa</gui> u <gui>Otro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Crear contacto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "Para quitar un contacto:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52(item/p) C/contacts-connect.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
+ msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el contacto de su lista de contactos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
+ "<app>Contacts</app>."
+@@ -4857,19 +5584,23 @@
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Editar</gui> en la esquina superior derecha de "
+ "<app>Contactos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Quitar contacto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Acceder a sus contactos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Contactos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+ "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+@@ -4878,33 +5609,40 @@
+ "sus contactos, de manera local o en sus <link xref=\"accounts\">Cuentas en "
+ "línea</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(credit/years)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(credit/years)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:12(credit/years) C/privacy.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25(credit/years)
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:16(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(credit/years)
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:15(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
+ msgid "2013"
+ msgstr "2013"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+ msgstr "Envía correos, chatear o llamar por teléfono a un contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr "Contactar con su contacto"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
+ msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para enviar correos, chatear o llamar a alguien en <app>Contactos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
+ "your contact, press the email address."
+@@ -4912,21 +5650,25 @@
+ "Pulse sobre el <gui>Detalle</gui> que quiere usar. Por ejemplo, para enviar "
+ "un correo al contacto, pulse sobre su dirección de correo-e."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se lanzará la aplicación correspondiente usando los detalles del contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr "Editar la información de cada contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr "Editar los detalles del contacto"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+@@ -4934,11 +5676,13 @@
+ "Editar los contactos le ayuda a mantener completa y actualizada la "
+ "información de su libreta de direcciones."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
+ msgid "Edit the contact details."
+ msgstr "Editar los detalles del contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
+ "press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
+@@ -4948,14 +5692,16 @@
+ "nuevo u otra dirección de correo-e, pulse en <gui style=\"button\">Añadir "
+ "detalle</gui> y seleccione el campo que quiere añadir."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Hecho</gui> para terminar la edición del "
+ "contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+@@ -4963,30 +5709,36 @@
+ "En el caso de los contactos enlazados, puede editar los diferentes perfiles "
+ "pulsando en los avatares de los perfiles."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr "Combinar información de varias fuentes para un contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
+ msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+ msgstr "Enlazar y desenlazar contactos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr "Enlazar contactos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
+ "accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
+ "your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede combinar contactos duplicados de su libreta de direcciones local y sus "
+ "cuentas en línea en una entrada de <app>Contactos</app>. Esta característica "
+ "le ayuda a mantener su libreta de direcciones organizada, con todos los "
+ "detalles de un contacto en el mismo sitio."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
+ "list."
+@@ -4994,7 +5746,8 @@
+ "Active el <em>modo de selección</em> pulsando el botón sobre la lista de "
+ "contactos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
+ "contacts that you want to merge."
+@@ -5002,17 +5755,20 @@
+ "Aparecerá una casilla junto a cada contacto. Marque las casillas juntos a "
+ "los contactos que quiere enlazar."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">enlazar</gui> para enlazar los contactos "
+ "seleccionados."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
+ msgid "Unlink contacts"
+ msgstr "Desenlazar contactos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
+ "should not be linked."
+@@ -5020,15 +5776,28 @@
+ "Puede querer desenlazar contactos si accidentalmente enlazó contactos que no "
+ "deberían estarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
+ msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+-msgstr "Seleccione el contacto que quiere desenlazar en su lista de contactos."
++msgstr ""
++"Seleccione el contacto que quiere desenlazar en su lista de contactos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Editar</gui> en la esquina superior derecha de "
++"<app>Contactos</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulseen  <gui style=\"button\">Contactos enlazados</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
+ "contact."
+@@ -5036,7 +5805,8 @@
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Quitar</gui> para desenlazar la entrada del "
+ "contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
+ "entries."
+@@ -5044,34 +5814,40 @@
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Cerrar</gui> cuando haya terminado de desenlazar "
+ "las entradas."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr "Buscar un contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+ msgstr "Buscar un contacto"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr "Puede buscar un contacto en línea de una de estas dos maneras:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la a la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, empiece a escribir el nombre del "
+ "contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
+ "applications."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Los contactos que coincidan aparecerán en la vista general en lugar de en la "
+-"lista habitual de aplicaciones."
++"El contacto aparecerá en la vista general en lugar de la lista usual de "
++"aplicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
+ "the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+@@ -5080,29 +5856,35 @@
+ "la lista o pulse sobre el contacto que quiere seleccionar si no está en la "
+ "parte superior."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
+ msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr "Para buscar dentro de <app>Contactos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
+ msgid "Click inside the search field."
+ msgstr "Pulse dentro del campo de búsqueda."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Escribiendo el nombre del contacto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Guardar sus contactos en una libreta de direcciones local o en una cuenta en "
+ "línea."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr "Iniciar Contactos pro primera vez"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+@@ -5110,7 +5892,8 @@
+ "Cuando ejecute <app>Contactos</app> pro primera vez, se abrirá la ventana "
+ "<gui>Configurar Contactos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+@@ -5120,7 +5903,8 @@
+ "se listarán en la <gui>Libreta local de direcciones</gui>. Elija un elemento "
+ "de la lista y pulse <gui style=\"button\">Seleccionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+@@ -5128,59 +5912,69 @@
+ "Pulse en la <gui style=\"button\">configuración de la cuenta en línea</gui> "
+ "para editar la configuración de las cuentas existentes."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si no tiene ninguna cuenta en línea configurada, pulse en <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Cuentas en línea</gui> para iniciar la configuración. Si no quiere "
+-"configurar una cuenta en línea en este momento, pulse <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Libreta de direcciones local</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Si no tiene ninguna cuenta en línea configurada, pulse en <gui style="
++"\"button\">Cuentas en línea</gui> para iniciar la configuración. Si no "
++"quiere configurar una cuenta en línea en este momento, pulse <gui style="
++"\"button\">Libreta de direcciones local</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ejecute pruebas de rendimiento sobre su disco duro para comprobar cómo es de "
+-"rápido."
++"Ejecute pruebas de rendimiento sobre su disco duro para comprobar cómo es "
++"de rápido."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+ msgstr "Comprobar el rendimiento de su disco duro"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr "Para comprobar la velocidad de su disco duro:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el disco que quiere eliminar de la lista <gui>Unidades de disco</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+ msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse la rueda dentada en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Probar el "
+ "rendimiento del dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
+ "<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+@@ -5188,7 +5982,8 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Iniciar prueba de rendimiento</gui> y ajuste los parámetros de "
+ "<gui>Tasa de transferencia</gui> y <gui>Tiempo de acceso</gui> como quiera."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+ "the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+@@ -5200,7 +5995,8 @@
+ "explain\">privilegios de administrador</link>. Introduzca su contraseña, o "
+ "la contraseña de administrador que se le pida."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
+ "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+@@ -5210,7 +6006,8 @@
+ "escritura</gui> se comprobará lo rápido que pueden grabarse los datos en el "
+ "disco. Esta última opción tardará más en completarse."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+@@ -5229,7 +6026,8 @@
+ "izquierda, dibujadas frente al porcentaje de disco explorado, desde fuera "
+ "hacia adentro, a lo largo del eje inferior."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+@@ -5239,7 +6037,8 @@
+ "tasas de lectura y escritura, tiempo medio de acceso y tiempo transcurrido "
+ "desde la última prueba de rendimiento."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+@@ -5247,11 +6046,13 @@
+ "Use el <gui>Analizador de uso del disco</gui> o el <gui>Monitor del sistema</"
+ "gui> para comprobar el espacio y la capacidad."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr "Comprobar cuánto espacio de disco hay disponible"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -5259,11 +6060,13 @@
+ "Puede comprobar el espacio de disco libre y la capacidad del disco usando el "
+ "<app>Analizador de uso del disco</app> y el <app>Monitor del sistema</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr "Comprobar con el analizador de uso de disco"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+@@ -5271,7 +6074,8 @@
+ "Para comprobar el espacio de disco libre y la capacidad del disco usando el "
+ "<gui>Analizador de uso del disco</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
+@@ -5281,7 +6085,8 @@
+ "<gui>Actividades</gui>. La ventana mostrará la <gui>Capacidad total del "
+ "sistema de archivos</gui> y el <gui>Uso total del sistema de archivos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
+@@ -5291,7 +6096,8 @@
+ "carpeta personal</gui>, <gui>Alaizar sistema de archivos</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Analizar carpeta</gui>, o <gui>Analizar carpeta remota</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+@@ -5301,11 +6107,13 @@
+ "<gui>Tamaño</gui> y el <gui>Contenido</gui>. Puede consultar más detalles en "
+ "el <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Analizador de uso del disco</app></link>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr "Comprobar con el monitor del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -5313,7 +6121,8 @@
+ "Para comprobar el espacio libre del disco y la capacidad con el <gui>Monitor "
+ "del sistema</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -5321,7 +6130,8 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Monitor del sistema</app> desde la vista de "
+ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+@@ -5331,19 +6141,23 @@
+ "particiones del sistema y el espacio usado en el disco en <gui>Total</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Libre</gui>, <gui>Disponible</gui> y <gui>Usado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué pasa si el disco está demasiado lleno?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Si el disco está muy lleno, puede:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr "Eliminar archivos que no son importantes o que no va a usar más."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -5352,20 +6166,24 @@
+ "importantes que no vaya a necesitar durante un tiempo y elimínelos del disco "
+ "duro."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pruebe su disco duro para buscar problemas y asegurarse de que está sano."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr "Comprobar los problemas del disco duro"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Comprobar el disco duro"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5374,11 +6192,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los discos duros disponen de un verificador interno de salud denominado "
+ "<em>SMART</em> (Tecnología de automonitorización, análisis e informe, «Self-"
+-"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology»), el cual está continuamente "
+-"buscando posibles problemas y puede avisarle cuando el disco esté a punto de "
+-"fallar. Esto resulta útil para evitar futuras pérdidas de datos importantes."
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology»), el cual está "
++"continuamente buscando posibles problemas y puede avisarle cuando el disco "
++"esté a punto de fallar. Esto resulta útil para evitar futuras pérdidas de "
++"datos importantes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+ "running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+@@ -5386,11 +6206,14 @@
+ "Aunque SMART se ejecuta automáticamente, también puede comprobar la salud de "
+ "su disco ejecutando la aplicación <app>Discos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr "Compruebe la salud de su disco usando la aplicación Discos"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -5398,20 +6221,23 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Discos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el disco duro que quiere comprobar en la lista <gui>Dispositivos "
+-"de almacenamiento</gui>. La información sobre el disco y su estado aparecerá "
+-"debajo de <gui>Unidad</gui>."
++"de almacenamiento</gui>. La información sobre el disco y su estado "
++"aparecerá debajo de <gui>Unidad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr "<gui>Estado SMART</gui> debería decir «El disco está sano»."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+@@ -5419,29 +6245,33 @@
+ "Pulse el botón <gui>Datos SMART</gui> para ver más información, o ejecute "
+ "una autocomprobación."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué pasa si el disco no está sano?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Incluso aunque el <gui>Estado SMART</gui> indique que el disco <em>no está</"
+-"em> sano, no tiene por qué ser motivo de alarma. No obstante, es mejor estar "
+-"preparado con una <link xref=\"backup-why\">copia de seguridad</link> para "
+-"prevenir la pérdida de datos."
++"em> sano, no tiene por qué ser motivo de alarma. No obstante, es mejor "
++"estar preparado con una <link xref=\"backup-why\">copia de seguridad</link> "
++"para prevenir la pérdida de datos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si el estado dice «Pre-fail», el disco está razonablemente sano pero se han "
+ "detectado signos de desgaste, lo que significa que podría fallar en un "
+@@ -5451,7 +6281,8 @@
+ "de seguridad de sus archivos importantes con regularidad</link> y comprobar "
+ "periódicamente el estado del disco para ver si empeora."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5459,7 +6290,8 @@
+ "Si va a peor, puede querer llevar el equipo o el disco duro a un profesional "
+ "para un mejor análisis o reparación."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+@@ -5467,11 +6299,13 @@
+ "Quitar todos los archivos y carpetas de una unidad de disco duro externo o "
+ "memoria flash USB formateándola."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Limpiar todo en un disco extraíble"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+@@ -5479,22 +6313,25 @@
+ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si tiene un disco extraíble, como una memoria USB o un disco duro externo, "
+-"es posible que quiera eliminar por completo todos los archivos que tiene "
+-"ahí. Puede hacer esto <em>formateando</em> el disco; esto elimina todos los "
++"es posible que quiera eliminar por completo todos los archivos que tiene ahí."
++" Puede hacer esto <em>formateando</em> el disco; esto elimina todos los "
+ "archivos en el disco y lo deja vacío."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Formatear un disco extraíble"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el disco que quiere eliminar de la lista <gui>Dispositivos de "
+ "almacenamiento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+@@ -5502,7 +6339,8 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que ha seleccionado el disco correcto. Si elige el disco "
+ "equivocado, se eliminarán todos los archivos en el otro disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+@@ -5510,14 +6348,17 @@
+ "En la sección de volúmenes, pulse <gui>Desmontar volumen</gui>. Después "
+ "pulse <gui>Formatear volumen</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un <gui>Tipo</gui> de sistema de "
+ "archivos para el disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5529,14 +6370,16 @@
+ "gui> puede ser una mejor opción. Se mostrará una pequeña descripción de los "
+ "<gui>tipos de sistema de archivo</gui> como una etiqueta."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Déle un nombre al disco y pulse <gui>Formatear</gui> para empezar a limpiar "
+ "el disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+@@ -5544,11 +6387,13 @@
+ "Una vez que haya acabado el formateo, <gui>extraiga con seguridad</gui> el "
+ "disco. Ahora debería estar vacío y listo para usarse de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr "El formateo permanente no elimina de forma segura sus archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5562,7 +6407,8 @@
+ "necesita eliminar los archivos con seguridad, deberá usar una herramienta de "
+ "línea de comandos como <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+@@ -5570,11 +6416,13 @@
+ "Entender qué son los volúmenes y particiones y usar la aplicación de "
+ "utilidad de discos para gestionarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr "Gestionar volúmenes y particiones"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5592,7 +6440,8 @@
+ "em>. Los volúmenes que se pueden montar son discos duros, unidades USB, DVD-"
+ "RW, tarjetas SD y otros dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5608,11 +6457,13 @@
+ "«escaparates» accesibles al «cuarto trastero» funcional de las particiones y "
+ "los dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr "Ver y gestionar volúmenes y particiones usando la utilidad de discos"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+@@ -5620,7 +6471,8 @@
+ "Puede comprobar y modificar los volúmenes de almacenamiento con la utilidad "
+ "de discos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
+ "application."
+@@ -5628,16 +6480,19 @@
+ "Abra la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui> e inicie la aplicación <app>Discos</"
+ "app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "En el panel marcado como <gui>Dispositivos de almacenamiento</gui> "
+ "encontrará discos duros, unidades de CD/DVD y otros dispositivos físicos. "
+ "Pulse en el dispositivo que quiera inspeccionar."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+@@ -5648,7 +6503,8 @@
+ "dispositivo seleccionado. También contiene una variedad de herramientas "
+ "utilizadas para manejar estos volúmenes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5656,7 +6512,8 @@
+ "Tenga cuidadoÑ con estas herramientas es posible eliminar completamente los "
+ "datos en su disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -5672,7 +6529,8 @@
+ "aplicaciones, configuraciones y archivos personales. Estos archivos se "
+ "pueden distribuir entre varias particiones por seguridad o comodidad."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -5680,57 +6538,65 @@
+ "<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
+ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una partición primaria debe contener información que su equipo necesita para "
+-"iniciarse, o <em>arrancar</em>. Por esta razón, a veces se le denomina "
++"Una partición primaria debe contener información que su equipo necesita "
++"para iniciarse, o <em>arrancar</em>. Por esta razón, a veces se le denomina "
+ "partición de arranque, o volumen de arranque. Para saber si un determinado "
+ "volumen es arrancable, mire en <gui>Opciones de la partición</gui> en la "
+ "Utilidad de discos. Los medios externos, como las unidades USB o los CD, "
+ "también pueden contener un volumen arrancable."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Espacio en disco</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
+ "benchmark\">rendimiento</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemas</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volúmenes y particiones</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+ msgstr "Discos y almacenamiento"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr "Configurar dos pantallas en su portátil."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Conectar una pantalla externa a su portátil"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr "Vídeo de demostración"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr "Demostración"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+@@ -5738,9 +6604,11 @@
+ "Eacriba <input>pantallas</input> en la vista de actividades para abrir la "
+ "configuración de las <gui>Pantallas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+@@ -5748,7 +6616,8 @@
+ "Pulse en la imagen de la pantalla que quiere activar o desactivar y pulse "
+ "<gui>Activar/Desactivar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+@@ -5758,9 +6627,11 @@
+ "pantalla es la «principal», pulse en la barra superior y arrástrela hasta la "
+ "pantalla que quiere que sea la pantalla «principal»."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5768,9 +6639,11 @@
+ "Para cambiar la «posición» de una pantalla, pulse sobre ella y arrástrela "
+ "hasta la posición que quiera."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5778,9 +6651,11 @@
+ "Si quiere que las dos pantallas muestren lo mismo, maque la casilla "
+ "<gui>Espejar pantallas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5788,9 +6663,11 @@
+ "Cuando esté satisfecho con la configuración, pulse <gui>Aplicar</gui> y "
+ "luego pulse <gui>Mantener esta configuración</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5798,11 +6675,13 @@
+ "Para cerrar la <gui>Configuración de las pantallas</gui> pulse en la <gui>x</"
+ "gui> en la esquina superior."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Configurar un monitor externo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5812,14 +6691,16 @@
+ "portátil. Si su sistema no la reconoce inmediatamente, o si quiere ajustar "
+ "su configuración:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
+ msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Pantallas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+@@ -5830,15 +6711,18 @@
+ "en la barra superior y arrástrela hasta la pantalla que quiere que sea la "
+ "pantalla «principal»."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr "Configurar dos pantallas en su ordenador de sobremesa."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Configurar un monitor adicional"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+@@ -5847,15 +6731,18 @@
+ "Para configurar una pantalla adicional, conecte la pantalla al equipo. Si su "
+ "sistema no la reconoce inmediatamente, o si quiere ajustar su configuración:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr "Agrupar documentos relacionados en una colección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr "Crear colecciones de documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+ "one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+@@ -5872,25 +6759,31 @@
+ "archivo PDF), su hoja de cálculo del presupuesto y otros documentos PDF/ODF "
+ "en una colección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr "Para crear o añadir una colección:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p) C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>✓</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr "En el modo de selección marque los documentos para agruparlos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> en la barra de botones."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
+ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
+@@ -5900,7 +6793,8 @@
+ "la colección nueva, o seleccione una colección existente. Los documentos "
+ "seleccionados se añadirán a la colección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
+ "put collections inside collections.</em>"
+@@ -5908,15 +6802,18 @@
+ "Las colecciones no se comportan como las carpetas y su jerarquía: <em>no "
+ "puede anidar colecciones</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr "Para eliminar una colección:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr "En el modo de selección marque la colección que quiere eliminar."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
+ "leaving the original documents."
+@@ -5924,122 +6821,62 @@
+ "Pulse el icono de la papelera en la barra de botones. La colección se "
+ "eliminará, manteniendo los documentos originales."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(media) C/documents-search.page:44(media)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:79(media) C/files-hidden.page:41(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:47(media) C/files-hidden.page:56(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:63(media) C/files-lost.page:51(media)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(media) C/files-sort.page:60(media)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:32(media) C/nautilus-display.page:43(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(media) C/nautilus-views.page:84(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:100(media) C/nautilus-views.page:121(media)
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr "Elegir qué documentos mostrar."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+ msgstr "Filtrar documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
+ "button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
+ "limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</"
+-"media> que está junto a la barra de <link xref=\"documents-search"
+-"\">búsqueda</link> para limitar el ámbito de la búsqueda a esas categorías:"
++"media> que está junto a la barra de <link xref=\"documents-"
++"search\">búsqueda</link> para limitar el ámbito de la búsqueda a esas "
++"categorías:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+ msgstr "<em>Fuentes</em>: local, Google, SkyDrive, o todas."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
+ "Documents, or All."
+@@ -6047,11 +6884,13 @@
+ "<em>Tipo</em>: colecciones, documentos PDF, presentaciones, hojas de "
+ "cálculo, documentos de texto o todos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+ msgstr "Título, autor o todo."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
+ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
+@@ -6061,15 +6900,18 @@
+ "filtros, es necesario configurar Google o Windows Live como una <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">cuenta en línea</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr "<app>Documentos</app> muestra varios tipos de documentos habituales."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+ msgstr "Formatos soportados"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
+ "supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
+@@ -6079,17 +6921,20 @@
+ "soportados por el <app>Visor de documentos</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft "
+ "Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> y <app>Google Docs</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ver el nombre, la ubicación la fecha de modificación o el tipo de un "
+ "documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+ msgstr "Buscar información sobre los documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+@@ -6097,19 +6942,23 @@
+ "Cuando se crea un documento, contiene <em>metadatos</em>. <app>Documentos</"
+ "app> muestra los siguientes metadatos para cada documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr "Título: el nombre del documento, que se puede editar;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr "Fuente: la ruta de la carpeta que contiene el documento;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Fecha de modificación;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+@@ -6117,26 +6966,32 @@
+ "tipo: el <link xref=\"documents-formats\">formato del archivo</link> del "
+ "documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr "Para ver las propiedades de un documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+-msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Comprobar</gui> para cambiar al modo de selección."
++msgstr ""
++"Pulse el botón <gui>Comprobar</gui> para cambiar al modo de selección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Seleccione un documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón <gui>Propiedades</gui> en la parte derecha de la barra de "
+ "botones."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+@@ -6145,7 +7000,8 @@
+ "proteger con contraseña, para evitar el acceso a los metadatos o a su "
+ "contenido."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+@@ -6156,18 +7012,23 @@
+ "privacidad al documento. Debería poder hacer esto desde su aplicación para "
+ "crear el contenido (ej, <app>LibreOffice</app> o <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Organizar los documentos almacenados localmente en su equipo y los "
+ "documentos creados en línea."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title) C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr "Documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+ "and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
+@@ -6177,27 +7038,33 @@
+ "organizar e imprimir los documentos en su equipo o los creados remotamente "
+ "usando <em>Google Docs</em> o <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+ msgstr "Ver, ordenar y buscar"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr "Seleccionar, organizar, imprimir"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+ msgstr "Preguntas"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr "Sólo puede previsualizar archivos almacenados localmente."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué algunos archivos no tienen vista previa?"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
+ "documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
+@@ -6209,7 +7076,8 @@
+ "como <em>Google Docs</em> o <em>SkyDrive</em> muestran una miniatura de "
+ "vista previa ausente (o en blanco)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
+ "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+@@ -6217,7 +7085,8 @@
+ "Si descarga un documento de <em>Google Docs</em> o <em>SkyDrive</em> a su "
+ "almacenamiento local, se generará una miniatura."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
+@@ -6227,30 +7096,36 @@
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> perderá su capacidad de actualizarse en línea. Si quiere "
+ "continuar editándolo en línea, es mejor no descargarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr "Imprimir documentos almacenados localmente o en línea."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr "Imprimir un documento"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir un documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+ msgstr "En el modo de selección, marque el documento que imprimir."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón Imprimir en la barra de botones. Se abrirá el diálogo "
+ "<gui>Imprimir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
+ "collection is selected."
+@@ -6258,31 +7133,40 @@
+ "La impresión no está disponible cuando se selecciona más de un documento, o "
+ "cuando se selecciona una colección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr "Buscar sus documentos por título o autor."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title) C/files-search.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+ msgstr "Buscar archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+ msgstr "Para iniciar una búsqueda en <app>Documentos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr "Pulse el icono de la lupa."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+-msgstr "Empiece a escribir. Se buscarán los documentos por nombre o por autor."
++msgstr ""
++"Empiece a escribir. Se buscarán los documentos por nombre o por autor."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
+ "\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
+@@ -6292,16 +7176,19 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> y "
+ "seleccionando varios <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filtros</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use el modo de selección para seleccionar más de un documento o colección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr "Seleccionar documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
+ "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+@@ -6309,7 +7196,8 @@
+ "Desde el modo de selección de <app>Documentos</app> puede abrir, imprimir, "
+ "ver o crear colecciones de sus documentos. Para usar el modo de selección:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
+ "actions that are valid for your selection."
+@@ -6317,19 +7205,23 @@
+ "Seleccione uno o más documentos o colecciones. Aparecerá la barra de botones "
+ "con las acciones válidas para su selección."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+ msgstr "Acciones del modo de selección"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+ msgstr "Después de seleccionar uno o más documentos puede:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr "Abrirlos con el visor de documentos (icono de carpeta)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
+ "document is selected)."
+@@ -6337,11 +7229,13 @@
+ "Imprimirlos (icono de impresora): imprime un documento (disponible solo "
+ "cuando se ha selecciona un único documento)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr "Organizar (icono +): crear una colección de documentos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
+ "available when a single document is selected)."
+@@ -6349,19 +7243,23 @@
+ "Propiedades (icono de llave inglesa): muestra las propiedades del documento "
+ "(disponible solo cuando se ha selecciona un único documento)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr "Eliminar (icono de papelera): eliminar una o más colecciones."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr "Los documentos locales o remotos no aparecen."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr "No puedo ver mis documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
+ "app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
+@@ -6377,34 +7275,40 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que los archivos creados para la demostración están en una de "
+ "estas rutas."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr "Cambiar la manera en la que se muestran los documentos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr "Ver archivos en una lista o en una rejilla"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los documentos y las colecciones se muestran en forma de <gui>Rejilla</gui> "
+ "de manera predeterminada. Para verlos en forma de <gui>Lista</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vaya a la barra superior y pulse en <gui>Documentos</gui> para mostrar el "
+ "menú de la aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Lista</gui> en la sección <gui>Ver como</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
+ "whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
+@@ -6414,21 +7318,25 @@
+ "fecha de modificación, y si si está almacenado localmente o en <app>Google "
+ "Docs</app> o <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse en <gui>Rejilla</gui> en el menú de la aplicación para volver al "
+ "formato predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr "Ver documentos a pantalla completa."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+ msgstr "Mostrar documentos almacenados en línea o en local"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
+ "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+@@ -6437,7 +7345,8 @@
+ "almacenados localmente como los almacenas en línea, se muestran como "
+ "miniaturas."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
+ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
+@@ -6447,11 +7356,13 @@
+ "em> es necesario configurar una cuenta de Google o de Windows Live "
+ "respectivamente como una <link xref=\"accounts-add\">cuenta en línea</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr "Para ver el contenido de un documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
+ "<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+@@ -6459,23 +7370,27 @@
+ "Pulse sobre la miniatura. El documento se muestra en grande en la ventana de "
+ "<app>Documentos</app> (o a pantalla completa si se maximiza)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr "Para salir del documento, pulse el icono de flecha hacia atrás."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+ "other devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ejecutar aplicaciones automáticamente para CD y DVD, cámaras, reproductores "
+-"de sonido y otros dispositivos y soportes."
++"Ejecutar aplicaciones automáticamente para CD y DVD, cámaras, "
++"reproductores de sonido y otros dispositivos y soportes."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr "Abrir aplicaciones para dispositivos o discos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+ "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+@@ -6485,23 +7400,26 @@
+ "Puede hacer que se inicie una aplicación automáticamente cuando conecte un "
+ "dispositivo, cuando se introduzca un disco o una tarjeta de memoria. Por "
+ "ejemplo, puede que quiera que se inicie su gestor de fotografías cuando "
+-"conecte una cámara digital. También puede desactivar esta opción, para que "
+-"no ocurra nada cuando conecte algo."
++"conecte una cámara digital. También puede desactivar esta opción, para "
++"que no ocurra nada cuando conecte algo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Para decidir qué aplicaciones deberían iniciarse cuando se conecte a varios "
+-"dispositivos:"
++"Para decidir qué aplicaciones deberían iniciarse cuando se conecte a "
++"varios dispositivos:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Detalles</gui><gui>Dispositivo extraíble</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+@@ -6511,7 +7429,8 @@
+ "Consulte a continuación para obtener una descripción de los diferentes tipos "
+ "de dispositivos multimedia."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+@@ -6521,7 +7440,8 @@
+ "dispositivo se muestre en el gestor de archivos. Cuando esto pase, se le "
+ "preguntará qué hacer o no sucederá nada automáticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6536,7 +7456,8 @@
+ "desplegable <gui>Tipo</gui> y la aplicación o acción de la lista desplegable "
+ "<gui>Acción</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6547,15 +7468,18 @@
+ "iniciar programas al introducir soportes</gui> en la parte inferior de la "
+ "ventana de Soportes extraíbles."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "Tipos de dispositivos y de medios"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "Discos de sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6568,11 +7492,13 @@
+ "gestor de archivos, las pistas aparecerán como archivos WAV que puede "
+ "reproducir en cualquier aplicación de reproducción de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "Discos de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6585,11 +7511,13 @@
+ "\"video-dvd\"/> si los DVD u otros díscos de vídeo no funcionan "
+ "correctamente al insertarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "Discos vírgenes"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+@@ -6597,11 +7525,13 @@
+ "Use el botón <gui>Otros soportes</gui> para seleccionar una aplicación de "
+ "grabación de discos para borrar discos de CD, DVD, Blu-ray y HD DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:92(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "Cámaras y fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6613,7 +7543,8 @@
+ "multimedia de una cámara, tales como tarjetas CF, SD, MMC o MS. También "
+ "puede simplemente examinar sus fotos usando el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+@@ -6623,11 +7554,13 @@
+ "de fotos Kodak, tales como aquellos que haya pedido pedir a una tienda. Son "
+ "CD normales con imágenes JPEG en una carpeta llamada <file>PICTURES</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:102(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "Reproductores de música"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+@@ -6636,11 +7569,13 @@
+ "reproductor de música portátil o gestione los archivos usted mismo usando el "
+ "gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:107(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "Lectores de libros electrónicos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+@@ -6650,11 +7585,13 @@
+ "gestionar los libros en su lector de libros electrónicos o gestione los "
+ "archivos usted mismo usando el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:112(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "Software"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:113(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6667,19 +7604,24 @@
+ "ejecución automática. Siempre se le pedirá confirmación antes de ejecutar el "
+ "software."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:118(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+-msgstr "No ejecute nunca software procedente de soportes en los que no confía."
++msgstr ""
++"No ejecute nunca software procedente de soportes en los que no confía."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Gestione y organice archivos con el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "Examinar archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+@@ -6688,10 +7630,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> para navegar y gestionar los archivos "
+ "en su equipo. También puede usarlo para gestionar archivos en dispositivos "
+-"de almacenamiento (como discos externos), en <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">servidores de archivos</link> y en recursos compartidos de la red."
++"de almacenamiento (como discos externos), en <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">servidores de archivos</link> y en recursos compartidos de la red."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
+@@ -6703,11 +7646,13 @@
+ "de la misma manera que <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">busca aplicaciones</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Explorar el contenido de carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+@@ -6718,18 +7663,20 @@
+ "para ese archivo. También puede pulsar con el botón derecho sobre una "
+ "carpeta para abrirla en una pestaña o una ventana nueva."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+ "sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Al examinar los archivos en una carpeta puede <link xref=\"files-preview"
+-"\">previsualizar rápidamente cada archivo</link> rápidamente pulsando la "
+-"barra espaciadora para asegurarse de que tiene el archivo correcto antes de "
+-"abrirlo, copiarlo o eliminarlo."
++"Al examinar los archivos en una carpeta puede <link xref=\"files-"
++"preview\">previsualizar rápidamente cada archivo</link> rápidamente pulsando "
++"la barra espaciadora para asegurarse de que tiene el archivo correcto antes "
++"de abrirlo, copiarlo o eliminarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6740,11 +7687,12 @@
+ "La <em>barra de rutas</em> situada encima de la lista de archivos y carpetas "
+ "muestra qué carpeta está visualizando, incluyendo sus carpetas padre hasta "
+ "su carpeta personal. Pulse en una carpeta padre de la barra de rutas para "
+-"moverse a esa carpeta. Pulse con el botón derecho sobre cualquier carpeta de "
+-"la barra de rutas para abrirla en una pestaña o ventana nueva, copiarla, "
++"moverse a esa carpeta. Pulse con el botón derecho sobre cualquier carpeta "
++"de la barra de rutas para abrirla en una pestaña o ventana nueva, copiarla, "
+ "moverla o acceder a sus propiedades."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
+@@ -6758,7 +7706,8 @@
+ "búsqueda. Pulse la flecha «abajo»  o desplácese con el ratón para saltar al "
+ "siguiente archivo que coincida con su búsqueda."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+ "not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
+@@ -6767,28 +7716,33 @@
+ "the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
+ "folder into the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede acceder rápidamente a lugares comunes desde la <em>barra lateral</em>. "
+-"Si no ve la barra lateral, pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" src="
++"Puede acceder rápidamente a lugares comunes desde la <em>barra lateral</em>."
++" Si no ve la barra lateral, pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y elija "
+-"<gui>Mostrar barra lateral</gui>. Puede añadir marcadores a carpetas que use "
+-"con frecuencia y aparecerán en la barra lateral. Use el menú "
++"<gui>Mostrar barra lateral</gui>. Puede añadir marcadores a carpetas que "
++"use con frecuencia y aparecerán en la barra lateral. Use el menú "
+ "<gui>Marcadores</gui> para hacer esto, o simplemente arrastre una carpeta a "
+ "la barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Copiar o mover elementos a una carpeta nueva."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "Copiar o mover archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6798,7 +7752,8 @@
+ "arrastrando y soltando con el ratón, usando los comandos de copiar y pegar, "
+ "o mediante combinaciones de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6810,7 +7765,8 @@
+ "de un documento antes de realizar cambios en el mismo (y luego utilizar la "
+ "copia antigua no le gustan los cambios)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6818,15 +7774,18 @@
+ "Estas instrucciones se aplican tanto a los archivos como a las carpetas. "
+ "Copia y mueve archivos y carpetas de la misma forma."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Copiar y pegar archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que quiera copiar,pulsándolo una sola vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6834,11 +7793,14 @@
+ "Pulse con el botón derecho y elija <gui>Copiar</gui>, o pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr "Vaya a otra carpeta donde quiera poner la copia del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
+@@ -6849,15 +7811,18 @@
+ "Ahora habrá una copia del archivo en la carpeta original y en la otra "
+ "carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Cortar y pegar archivos para moverlos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que quiere mover pulsándolo una sola vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6865,11 +7830,13 @@
+ "Pulse con el botón derecho y elija <gui>Cortar</gui>, o pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr "Vaya a otra carpeta donde quiera mover el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+ "moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+@@ -6879,11 +7846,13 @@
+ "la copia del archivo, o pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "
+ "El archivo se moverá desde su ubicación original hasta la otra carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:67(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Arrastrar archivos para copiarlos o moverlos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -6891,7 +7860,8 @@
+ "Abra el gestor de archivos y vaya a la carpeta que contenga el elemento que "
+ "quiere copiar."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+@@ -6903,7 +7873,8 @@
+ "segunda ventana. En la ventana nueva, navegue hasta la carpeta donde quiere "
+ "copiar o mover el elemento."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -6913,7 +7884,8 @@
+ "em> si el destino está en el <em>mismo</em> dispositivo, o lo <em>copiará</"
+ "em> si el destino está en un dispositivo <em>diferente</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -6921,7 +7893,8 @@
+ "Por ejemplo, si arrastra un archivo de una memoria USB a su carpeta personal "
+ "éste se copiará porque lo está arrastrando desde un dispositivo a otro."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -6931,7 +7904,8 @@
+ "<key>Ctrl</key> mientras arrastra el archivo, o forzar mover el archivo "
+ "manteniendo pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> mientras arrastra el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -6944,21 +7918,25 @@
+ "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">cambiando los permisos del archivo</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Quitar archivos o carpetas que ya no necesita."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "Eliminar archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si ya no quiere un archivo o una carpeta, puede eliminarla. Cuando elimina "
+ "un elemento, se mueve a la carpeta <gui>Papelera</gui>, donde se guarda "
+@@ -6966,15 +7944,18 @@
+ "link> de la <gui>Papelera</gui> a su ubicación original si decide que los "
+ "necesita, o si los eliminó accidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "Para enviar un archivo a la papelera:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que quiere eliminar pulsándolo una sola vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -6983,7 +7964,8 @@
+ "Alternativamente, arrastre el elemento hasta la <gui>Papelera</gui> en la "
+ "barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -6994,11 +7976,13 @@
+ "la <gui>Papelera</gui> en la barra lateral y elija <gui>Vaciar papelera</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Eliminar permanentemente un archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+@@ -7006,15 +7990,18 @@
+ "Puede eliminar un archivo permanentemente de forma inmediata, sin tenerlo "
+ "que enviar primero a la papelera."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "Para eliminar permanentemente un archivo:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que quiere eliminar."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -7022,7 +8009,8 @@
+ "Pulse y mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key>, y luego pulse la tecla "
+ "<key>Supr</key> de su teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -7030,7 +8018,8 @@
+ "Como no puede deshacer esta operación, se le preguntará que confirme si "
+ "quiere eliminar el archivo o carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+@@ -7045,7 +8034,8 @@
+ "seleccione la pestaña <gui>Comportamiento</gui>. Seleccione <gui>Incluir un "
+ "comando «Eliminar» que no use la papelera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+@@ -7057,17 +8047,20 @@
+ "como Windows o Mac OS. Los archivos siguen ahí, y estarán disponibles cuando "
+ "conecte el dispositivo de nuevo en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Poner archivos y documentos en un CD o DVD vacío usando una grabadora de CD/"
+ "DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "Escribir archivo en un CD o DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -7082,11 +8075,13 @@
+ "xref=\"backup-why\">copias de respaldo</link> poniendo archivos en un disco "
+ "vacío. Para escribir archivos en un CD o DVD:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Coloque un disco vacío dentro de un unidad grabadora de CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+@@ -7096,7 +8091,8 @@
+ "inferior de la pantalla, seleccione <gui>Abrir con el creador de CD/DVD</"
+ "gui>.S e abrirá la ventana de la carpeta del <gui>Creador de CD/DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+@@ -7104,49 +8100,58 @@
+ "(También puede pulsar en <gui>Disco CD/DVD-R virgen</gui> bajo "
+ "<gui>Dispositivos</gui> en la barra lateral del gestor de archivos.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En el campo <gui>Nombre del disco</gui> teclee un nombre para el disco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Arrastre o copie los archivos que quiera a la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Escribir en el disco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+-"En <gui>Seleccione un disco en el que grabar</gui> seleccione el disco vacío."
++"En <gui>Seleccione un disco en el que grabar</gui> seleccione el disco "
++"vacío."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+ "burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "(También puede elegir <gui>>Archivo de imagen</gui>. Esto pondrá los "
+-"archivos en una <em>imagen de disco</em>, que se guardará en su equipo. Más "
+-"tarde podrá grabar esa imagen en un disco vacío.)"
++"archivos en una <em>imagen de disco</em>, que se guardará en su equipo. "
++"Más tarde podrá grabar esa imagen en un disco vacío.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+ "be fine."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse en <gui>Propiedades</gui> si quiere ajustar la velocidad de grabación, "
+-"la ubicación de los archivos temporales y otras opciones. Las opciones "
+-"predeterminadas deberían ser suficientes."
++"Pulse en <gui>Propiedades</gui> si quiere ajustar la velocidad de "
++"grabación, la ubicación de los archivos temporales y otras opciones. Las "
++"opciones predeterminadas deberían ser suficientes."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Grabar</gui> para comenzar la grabación."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -7154,19 +8159,22 @@
+ "Si selecciona <gui>Grabar varias copias</gui>, se le pedirá que introduzca "
+ "más discos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cuando se haya grabado el disco por completo, se expulsará automáticamente. "
+-"Seleccione <gui>Hacer más copias</gui> o <gui>Cerrar</gui> para salir."
++"Cuando se haya grabado el disco por completo, se expulsará automáticamente."
++" Seleccione <gui>Hacer más copias</gui> o <gui>Cerrar</gui> para salir."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Si el disco no se grabó correctamente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -7175,7 +8183,8 @@
+ "A veces, los discos no se graban correctamente y no podrá ver los archivos "
+ "que puso en el disco cuando lo introduzca en un equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+@@ -7184,21 +8193,24 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "En este caso, pruebe a grabar de nuevo el disco usando una velocidad de "
+ "grabación más lenta; por ejemplo 12x en lugar de 48x. Grabar a velocidades "
+-"más lentas es más fiable. También puede seleccionar la velocidad pulsando en "
+-"el botón <gui>Propiedades</gui> de la ventana del <gui>Creador de CD/DVD</"
+-"gui>."
++"más lentas es más fiable. También puede seleccionar la velocidad pulsando "
++"en el botón <gui>Propiedades</gui> de la ventana del <gui>Creador de CD/"
++"DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hacer que un archivo sea invisible, para que no pueda verlo en el gestor de "
+ "archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "Ocultar un archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+@@ -7208,7 +8220,8 @@
+ "archivos a su elección. Cuando un archivo está oculto, no se muestra en el "
+ "gestor de archivos, pero sigue estando en la carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -7219,7 +8232,8 @@
+ "ocultar un archivo <file>ejemplo.txt</file>, deberá cambiarle el nombre a "
+ "<file>.ejemplo.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -7227,11 +8241,13 @@
+ "Puede ocultar carpetas de la misma forma que puede ocultar archivos. Oculte "
+ "una carpeta poniéndole un <key>.</key> al principio de su nombre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Mostrar todos los archivos ocultos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+ "either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -7245,7 +8261,8 @@
+ "ocultos</gui> o bien pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Se "
+ "mostrarán todos los archivos ocultos junto con los que no estaban ocultos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+@@ -7257,11 +8274,13 @@
+ "herramientas y elija <gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui> o pulse "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Ctrl</gui><gui>H</gui></guiseq> de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Mostrar un archivo oculto"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+@@ -7271,19 +8290,20 @@
+ "rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para mostrar un archivo oculto, vaya a la carpeta que contiene el archivo "
+-"oculto y pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Mostrar los "
++"oculto y pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Mostrar los "
+ "archivos ocultos</gui>. Luego, busque el archivo oculto y renómbrelo de "
+ "forma que no tenga un <key>.</key> al principio de su nombre. Por ejemplo, "
+ "para mostrar un archivo oculto llamado <file>.ejemplo.txt</file>, debe "
+ "renombrarlo a <file>ejemplo.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una vez que haya renombrado el archivo pulse el botón <media type=\"image\" "
+ "src=\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y "
+@@ -7291,7 +8311,8 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq> para ocultar cualquier otro archivo oculto otra "
+ "vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:68(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -7302,7 +8323,8 @@
+ "archivos muestre siempre los archivos ocultos, consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+@@ -7311,20 +8333,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "La mayoría de los archivos ocultos tienen un <key>.</key> al principio de su "
+ "nombre. Otros, en cambio, pueden tener una <key>~</key> al final de su "
+-"nombre. Estos son archivos de respaldo. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-tilde"
+-"\"/> para obtener más información."
++"nombre. Estos son archivos de respaldo. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-"
++"tilde\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Siga estas indicaciones si no encuentra el archivo que ha creado o "
+ "descargado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "Encontrar un archivo perdido"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -7332,7 +8357,8 @@
+ "Si ha creado o descargado un archivo, pero no sabe dónde está, siga estas "
+ "indicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -7342,7 +8368,8 @@
+ "llama, puede buscarlo por su nombre. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-search\"/"
+ "> para saber cómo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -7352,7 +8379,8 @@
+ "automáticamente en una carpeta común. Compruebe las carpetas Escritorio y "
+ "Descargas en su carpeta personal."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -7363,23 +8391,26 @@
+ "papelera manualmente. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> para saber "
+ "cómo recuperar un archivo eliminado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+-"Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede que haya cambiado el nombre del archivo de forma que ahora quede "
+ "oculto. Los archivos que empiezan por <file>.</file> o que acaban en "
+ "<file>~</file> están ocultos en el gestor de archivos. Pulse pulse el botón "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra "
+ "de herramientas del gestor de archivos y elija <gui>Mostrar los archivos "
+-"ocultos</gui> en el gestor de archivos. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-hidden"
+-"\"/> para obtener más información."
++"ocultos</gui> en el gestor de archivos. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -7387,11 +8418,13 @@
+ "Abrir archivos usando una aplicación que no es la predeterminada para ese "
+ "tipo de archivos. También puede cambiar la aplicación predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "Abrir archivos con otras aplicaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -7403,7 +8436,8 @@
+ "con una aplicación distinta, buscar aplicaciones en línea, o establecer la "
+ "aplicación predeterminada para todos los archivos del mismo tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -7420,7 +8454,8 @@
+ "buscar todas las aplicaciones en su equipo, pulse en <gui>Mostrar otras "
+ "aplicaciones</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -7432,11 +8467,13 @@
+ "buscará en línea paquetes que contengan aplicaciones que manejen archivos de "
+ "ese tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la aplicación predeterminada"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -7444,12 +8481,13 @@
+ "to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede cambiar la aplicación predeterminada usada para abrir los archivos de "
+-"un cierto tipo. Esto le permitirá abrir su aplicación preferida cuando pulse "
+-"dos veces sobre un archivo para abrirlo. Por ejemplo, puede que quiera que "
+-"se abra su reproductor de música favorito al pulsar dos veces sobre un "
++"un cierto tipo. Esto le permitirá abrir su aplicación preferida cuando "
++"pulse dos veces sobre un archivo para abrirlo. Por ejemplo, puede que quiera "
++"que se abra su reproductor de música favorito al pulsar dos veces sobre un "
+ "archivo MP3."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -7459,16 +8497,19 @@
+ "cambiar. Por ejemplo, para cambiar la aplicación usada para abrir archivos "
+ "MP3, seleccione un archivo <file>.mp3</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Abrir con</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+@@ -7481,7 +8522,8 @@
+ "entre todas las palicaciones en su equipo, pulse <gui>Mostrar otras "
+ "aplicaciones</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -7491,11 +8533,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si <gui>Otras aplicaciones</gui> contiene una aplicación que quiere usar a "
+ "veces, pero que no quiere convertir en la predeterminada, seleccione esa "
+-"aplicación y pulse en <gui>Añadir</gui>. Esto la añadirá a <gui>Aplicaciones "
+-"recomendadas</gui>. A partir de entonces podrá usar la aplicación pulsando "
+-"con el botón derecho sobre el archivo y seleccionándola de la lista."
++"aplicación y pulse en <gui>Añadir</gui>. Esto la añadirá a "
++"<gui>Aplicaciones recomendadas</gui>. A partir de entonces podrá usar la "
++"aplicación pulsando con el botón derecho sobre el archivo y "
++"seleccionándola de la lista."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -7503,35 +8547,36 @@
+ "Esto cambiará la aplicación predeterminada no solo para el archivo "
+ "seleccionado, sino para todos los archivos del mismo tipo."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mostrar y ocultar rápidamente vistas previas para documentos, imágenes, "
+ "vídeos y más."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "Previsualizar archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7542,7 +8587,8 @@
+ "abrirá en una ventana simple de vista previa. Pulse la barra espaciadora de "
+ "nuevo para cerrar la vista previa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7552,7 +8598,8 @@
+ "imágenes, vídeo y sonido. En la vista previa puede desplazarse por sus "
+ "documentos o buscar a través de sus vídeos y archivos de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7567,17 +8614,20 @@
+ "para salir del modo a pantalla completa, o pulse la barra espaciadora para "
+ "salir por completo de la vista previa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cuando elimina un archivo, normalmente se envía a la papelera, pero es "
+ "posible recuperarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "Recuperar un archivo de la papelera"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7585,11 +8635,14 @@
+ "Si elimina un archivo con el gestor de archivos, normalmente se envía a la "
+ "<gui>Papelera</gui>, y debería poder recuperarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "Para restaurar un archivo de la papelera:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -7597,11 +8650,13 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Papelera</gui> en la barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+@@ -7610,7 +8665,8 @@
+ "seleccione <gui>Restaurar</gui>. Se devolverá a la carpeta de la que se "
+ "eliminó."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7622,7 +8678,8 @@
+ "usando este método porque se habrá eliminado permanentemente. Los archivos "
+ "eliminados permanentemente no se pueden recuperar de la <gui>Papelera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7636,16 +8693,19 @@
+ "permanentemente de forma accidental, probablemente sea mejor pedir ayuda en "
+ "los foros de soporte para ver si es posible recuperarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Expulsar o desmontar una memoria USB, un CD, un DVD u otro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "Extraer una unidad externa de forma segura"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+@@ -7657,28 +8717,34 @@
+ "Cuando use dispositivos de almacenamiento externo, como memorias USB o "
+ "similares, deberá extraerlos con seguridad antes de desconectarlos. Si "
+ "simplemente desconecta el dispositivo, corre el riesgo de hacerlo cuando la "
+-"aplicación todavía lo está usando. Esto podría provocar que alguno de sus "
+-"archivos se pierda o se dañe. Cuando use un disco óptico como un CD o un "
+-"DVD, podrá seguir estos mismos pasos para expulsar el disco de su equipo."
++"aplicación todavía lo está usando. Esto podría provocar que alguno de "
++"sus archivos se pierda o se dañe. Cuando use un disco óptico como un CD o "
++"un DVD, podrá seguir estos mismos pasos para expulsar el disco de su equipo."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "Para expulsar un dispositivo extraíble:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr "Desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, abra <app>Archivos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Localice el dispositivo en la barra lateral. Debería tener un pequeño icono "
+-"de expulsión junto al nombre. Pulse en ese icono para expulsar el "
++"Localice el dispositivo en la barra lateral. Debería tener un pequeño "
++"icono de expulsión junto al nombre. Pulse en ese icono para expulsar el "
+ "dispositivo o extraerlo con seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(item/p) C/files-removedrive.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7686,11 +8752,13 @@
+ "Alternativamente, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre el nombre del "
+ "dispositivo y elija <gui>Expulsar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr "Extraer un dispositivo en uso de forma segura"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+@@ -7701,21 +8769,25 @@
+ "Aparecerá una ventana diciéndole que <gui>El volumen está ocupado</gui>. "
+ "Para extraer el dispositivo con seguridad:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cancelar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+ msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+ msgstr "Cierre todos los archivos del dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+ msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el icono de extraer para quitar o expulsar el dispositivo con "
+ "seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+@@ -7725,15 +8797,18 @@
+ "dispositivo sin cerrar los archivos. Esto puede provocar errores en las "
+ "aplicaciones que tuvieran esos archivos abiertos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de un archivo o de una carpeta"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "Renombrar un archivo o una carpeta"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+@@ -7741,11 +8816,13 @@
+ "Al igual que con otros gestor de archivos, puede usar el gestor de archivos "
+ "de GNOME para cambiar el nombre de un archivo o de una carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "Para renombrar un archivo o una carpeta:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7753,19 +8830,22 @@
+ "Pulse con el botón derecho sobre un archivo o carpeta y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Renombrar</gui>, o seleccione el archivo y pulse <key>F2</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Escriba el nombre nuevo y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"También puede renombrar un archivo desde la ventana de <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"file-properties-basic\">propiedades</link>."
++"También puede renombrar un archivo desde la ventana de <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">propiedades</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7774,13 +8854,14 @@
+ "change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cuando cambia el nombre de un archivo, solo se selecciona la primera parte "
+-"del nombre de ese archivo, sin la extensión (la parte que va detrás del «.»). "
+-"La extensión normalmente representa el tipo de archivo (p.ej <file>archivo."
+-"pdf</file> es un documento PDF), y normalmente no querrá cambiarla. Si "
+-"necesita cambiar la extensión también, seleccione el nombre completo del "
+-"archivo y cámbielo."
++"del nombre de ese archivo, sin la extensión (la parte que va detrás del «."
++"»). La extensión normalmente representa el tipo de archivo (p.ej "
++"<file>archivo.pdf</file> es un documento PDF), y normalmente no querrá "
++"cambiarla. Si necesita cambiar la extensión también, seleccione el nombre "
++"completo del archivo y cámbielo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+ "the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
+@@ -7791,27 +8872,30 @@
+ "inmediatamente, pulse en la rueda dentada de la barra de herramientas y "
+ "elija <gui>Deshacer</gui> para restaurar el nombre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Caracteres válidos para nombres de archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede usar cualquier carácter en los nombres de archivos, excepto la barra "
+ "inclinada <key>/</key>. Algunos dispositivos, sin embargo, usan <em>sistemas "
+ "de archivos</em> con más restricciones en los nombres de archivos. Por lo "
+-"tanto, es recomendable evitar los siguientes caracteres: <key>|</key>, <key>"
+-"\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:"
+-"</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"tanto, es recomendable evitar los siguientes caracteres: <key>|</key>, "
++"<key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, "
++"<key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7821,16 +8905,20 @@
+ "estará <link xref=\"files-hidden\">oculto</link> cuando intente verlo en el "
+ "gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comunes"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "El nombre del archivo ya está en uso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7841,7 +8929,8 @@
+ "existe en la carpeta donde está trabajando, el gestor de archivos no se lo "
+ "permitirá."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -7851,11 +8940,13 @@
+ "nombre <file>Archivo.txt</file> no es lo mismo que <file>ARCHIVO.txt</file>. "
+ "Usar nombres diferentes como estos está permitido, pero no es recomendable."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "El nombre de archivo demasiado largo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+@@ -7868,51 +8959,60 @@
+ "trabajo/propuestas-trabajo/...</file>), por lo que debería evitar nombres "
+ "largos en archivos y carpetas siempre que sea posible."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "La opción para renombrar está en gris"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+ "protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la opción <gui>Renombrar</gui> aparece en color gris, es que no tiene los "
+-"permisos necesarios para renombrar el archivo. Debe tener cuidado al tratar "
+-"de renombrar estos archivos, ya que cambiar el nombre a archivos protegidos "
+-"puede causar problemas o hacer que su sistema se vuelva inestable. Consulte "
+-"la <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> para obtener más "
+-"información."
++"Si la opción <gui>Renombrar</gui> aparece en color gris, es que no tiene "
++"los permisos necesarios para renombrar el archivo. Debe tener cuidado al "
++"tratar de renombrar estos archivos, ya que cambiar el nombre a archivos "
++"protegidos puede causar problemas o hacer que su sistema se vuelva inestable."
++" Consulte la <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> para "
++"obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Busque los archivos basándose en el nombre del archivo y el tipo. Guarde sus "
+ "búsquedas para su uso posterior."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+ "special folders in your home folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede buscar archivos según su nombre o su tipo de archivo directamente "
+-"desde el gestor de archivos. También puede guardar búsquedas frecuentes, que "
+-"aparecerán como carpetas especiales dentro de su carpeta personal."
++"desde el gestor de archivos. También puede guardar búsquedas frecuentes, "
++"que aparecerán como carpetas especiales dentro de su carpeta personal."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Otras aplicaciones de búsqueda"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Buscar"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -7920,7 +9020,8 @@
+ "Si sabe que los archivos que quiere buscar están en una carpeta determinada, "
+ "vaya a esa carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -7928,22 +9029,25 @@
+ "Pulse sobre la lupa en la barra de herramientas, o pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
+ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
+ "input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Escriba una o varias palabras que sepa que aparecen en el nombre del "
+-"archivo. Por ejemplo, si todas sus facturas contienen en su nombre la "
+-"palabra «Factura», teclee <input>factura</input>. Pulse <key>Intro</key> No "
+-"hace falta tener en cuenta las mayúsculas y minúsculas."
++"Escriba una o varias palabras que sepa que aparecen en el nombre del archivo."
++" Por ejemplo, si todas sus facturas contienen en su nombre la palabra "
++"«Factura», teclee <input>factura</input>. Pulse <key>Intro</key> No hace "
++"falta tener en cuenta las mayúsculas y minúsculas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
+ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr "Puede acotar los resultados por ubicación y tipo de archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
+ "file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+@@ -7952,7 +9056,8 @@
+ "búsqueda a su <file>Carpeta personal</file> o <gui>Todos los archivos</gui> "
+ "para buscar en todos los sitios."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
+ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
+@@ -7963,7 +9068,8 @@
+ "de archivo. Pulse el botón <key>x</key> para quitar esta opción y ampliar el "
+ "resultado de la búsqueda."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -7972,7 +9078,8 @@
+ "resultados de búsqueda, igual como si estuviera en cualquier carpeta en el "
+ "gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+ "return to the folder."
+@@ -7980,7 +9087,8 @@
+ "Pulse otra vez sobre la lupa en la barra de herramientas para salir de la "
+ "búsqueda y volver a la carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -7988,15 +9096,18 @@
+ "Si lleva a cabo ciertas búsquedas muy a menudo, puede guardarlas para "
+ "acceder a ellas rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:73(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Guardar una búsqueda"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Iniciar una búsqueda como la de arriba."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
+ "select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+@@ -8004,18 +9115,21 @@
+ "Cuando esté satisfecho con sus parámetros de búsqueda, pulse sobre la rueda "
+ "dentada y elija <gui>Guardar búsqueda como</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Asigne un nombre a la búsqueda y pulse <gui>Guardar</gui>. Si quiere, "
+ "seleccione una carpeta distinta en la que guardarla. Cuando visualice esa "
+-"carpeta, verá sus búsquedas guardadas como un icono de carpeta color naranja "
+-"con una lupa."
++"carpeta, verá sus búsquedas guardadas como un icono de carpeta color "
++"naranja con una lupa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -8027,7 +9141,8 @@
+ "con cualquier otro archivo. Cuando elimina una búsqueda guardada, no elimina "
+ "los archivos que coincidieron con la búsqueda."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -8035,11 +9150,13 @@
+ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> para seleccionar "
+ "múltiples archivos que tienen nombres similares."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Seleccionar archivos por patrones"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -8053,7 +9170,8 @@
+ "un patrón que tenga partes comunes de los nombres de archivos y caracteres "
+ "comodín. Existen dos caracteres comodín disponibles:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -8061,16 +9179,19 @@
+ "<file>*</file> coincide con cualquier número de cualquier carácter, aunque "
+ "no en todos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<file>?</file> coincide exactamente con uno de cualquiera de los caracteres."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Por ejemplo:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -8080,11 +9201,13 @@
+ "todos con el mismo nombre base <file>Factura</file>, seleccione los tres con "
+ "el patrón"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Factura.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -8094,11 +9217,13 @@
+ "file>, <file>Vacaciones-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacaciones-003.jpg</file>; "
+ "selecciónelas con el patrón"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacaciones-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -8108,21 +9233,25 @@
+ "ha añadido <file>editada</file> al final del nombre de archivo de la foto "
+ "editada, seleccione las fotos editadas con"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacaciones-???-editada.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
+ msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Transferencia sencilla de archivos a sus contactos de correo-e desde el "
+ "gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
+ msgid "Share files by email"
+ msgstr "Compartir archivos por correo-e"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
+ "file manager."
+@@ -8130,7 +9259,8 @@
+ "Puede compartir archivos fácilmente con sus contactos por correo-e "
+ "directamente desde el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
+ "computer, and your email account is configured."
+@@ -8138,11 +9268,14 @@
+ "Antes de empezar, asegúrese de que <app>Evolution</app> está instalado en su "
+ "equipo y de que su cuenta de correo-e está configurada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
+ msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr "Para compartir archivos por correo-e:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:47(item/p) C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -8150,20 +9283,23 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que quiere transferir."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
+ "Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el archivo y seleccione <gui>Enviar a</"
+-"gui>. Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Redactar mensaje</gui> con el archivo "
++"Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el archivo y seleccione <gui>Enviar a</gui>."
++" Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Redactar mensaje</gui> con el archivo "
+ "seleccionado como adjunto."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
+ "want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
+@@ -8173,7 +9309,8 @@
+ "de correo-e a la que quiere enviar el archivo. Rellene el campo <gui>Asunto</"
+ "gui> y el cuerpo del mensaje y pulse <gui>Enviar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+ "<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+@@ -8182,16 +9319,19 @@
+ "manteniendo pulsada la tecla <key>Ctrl</key> y pulse con el botón derecho "
+ "sobre cualquier archivo seleccionado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ordenar archivos por nombre, tamaño, tipo, o por cuando se modificaron."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr "Ordenar archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+@@ -8204,21 +9344,24 @@
+ "views\"/> para obtener información sobre cómo cambiar la ordenación "
+ "predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+ "the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La forma en la que ordene los archivos dependerá de la <em>vista de carpeta</"
+-"em> que esté usando. Puede cambiar la vista actual usando los botones de "
+-"lista o de icono en la barra de herramientas."
++"La forma en la que ordene los archivos dependerá de la <em>vista de "
++"carpeta</em> que esté usando. Puede cambiar la vista actual usando los "
++"botones de lista o de icono en la barra de herramientas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Vista de icono"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
+@@ -8230,7 +9373,8 @@
+ "elija <gui>Por nombre</gui>, <gui>Por tamaño</gui>, <gui>Por tipo</gui> o "
+ "<gui>Por fecha de modificación</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+ "their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+@@ -8240,7 +9384,8 @@
+ "según sus nombres, en orden alfabético. Consulte otras opciones en la <link "
+ "xref=\"#ways\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+ "from the pull-down menu."
+@@ -8248,11 +9393,13 @@
+ "Puede ordenar en orden inverso seleccionando <gui>Orden inverso</gui> en el "
+ "menú desplegable."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Vista de lista"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -8263,7 +9410,8 @@
+ "gui> para ordenar por tipo de archivo. Pulse de nuevo en la cabecera de la "
+ "columna para ordenar en orden inverso."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+ "columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -8272,31 +9420,36 @@
+ "columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
+ "columns."
+ msgstr ""
+-"En la vista de lista, puede mostrar las columnas con más atributos y ordenar "
+-"estas columnas. Pulse en el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
+-"down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Columnas "
+-"visibles</gui> y seleccione las columnas que quiere que sean visibles. A "
+-"continuación, podrá ordenar por esas columnas. Consulte la <link xref="
+-"\"nautilus-list\"/> para obtener las descripciones de las columnas "
+-"disponibles."
++"En la vista de lista, puede mostrar las columnas con más atributos y "
++"ordenar estas columnas. Pulse en el botón <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas y elija "
++"<gui>Columnas visibles</gui> y seleccione las columnas que quiere que sean "
++"visibles. A continuación, podrá ordenar por esas columnas. Consulte la "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> para obtener las descripciones de las "
++"columnas disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:76(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Maneras de ordenar archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:79(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "Por nombre"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Ordena alfabéticamente por el nombre del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:83(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "Por tamaño"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -8304,11 +9457,13 @@
+ "Ordena por el tamaño del archivo (cuánto espacio ocupa). Ordena de menor a "
+ "mayor de manera predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "Por tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -8316,11 +9471,13 @@
+ "Ordena alfabéticamente por el tipo de archivo. Los archivos del mismo tipo "
+ "se agrupan, a continuación, ordenados por nombre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "Por fecha de modificación"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -8328,21 +9485,25 @@
+ "Ordena por la fecha y hora en las que se modificó un archivo por última vez. "
+ "Ordena de la más antigua a la más reciente de manera predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Crear rápidamente documentos desde archivos de plantillas personalizados."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Plantillas para tipos de documentos usados comúnmente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -8355,11 +9516,13 @@
+ "reutilizar. Por ejemplo, puede crear una plantilla de documento con su "
+ "membrete."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Crear una plantilla nueva"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -8367,7 +9530,8 @@
+ "Cree un documento que vaya a usar como una plantilla. Por ejemplo, puede "
+ "hacer su membrete en una aplicación de procesado de textos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+@@ -8377,15 +9541,18 @@
+ "<file>Plantillas</file> en su carpeta <file>Personal</file>. Si la carpeta "
+ "<file>Plantillas</file> no existe deberá crearla primero."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Usar una plantilla para crear un documento"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "Abra la carpeta donde quiere ubicar el documento nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+ "style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+@@ -8395,29 +9562,35 @@
+ "carpeta, luego elija <gui style=\"menuitem\">Nuevo documento</gui>. Los "
+ "nombres de las plantillas disponibles se listarán en el submenú."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Elija la plantilla que quiere de la lista."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de archivo para el documento recién creado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr "Pulse dos veces sobre el archivo para abrirlo y comenzar a editarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Estos son archivos de copias de seguridad. Están ocultos de manera "
+ "predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un archivo con una «~» al final del nombre?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -8429,13 +9602,14 @@
+ "documentos en el editor de textos <app>gedit</app> o en otras aplicaciones. "
+ "Es seguro eliminarlos, pero no es peligroso dejarlos en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> "
+-"toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Estos archivos están ocultos de manera predeterminada. Si los está viendo, "
+ "es porque seleccionó <gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui> (en el menú <media "
+@@ -8444,82 +9618,99 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Puede volver a ocultarlos repitiendo uno de estos "
+ "pasos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Estos archivos se tratan de la misma forma que los archivos ocultos "
+-"normales. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> para asesorarse sobre "
+-"cómo trabajar con archivos ocultos."
++"Estos archivos se tratan de la misma forma que los archivos ocultos normales."
++" Consulte la <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> para asesorarse sobre cómo "
++"trabajar con archivos ocultos."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Buscar</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">eliminar archivos</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">copias de respaldo</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">dispositivos extraíbles</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Buscar</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">eliminar archivos</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">copias de "
++"respaldo</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">dispositivos extraíbles</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "Búsqueda de archivos y carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "Gestor de archivos <app>Nautilus</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Tareas comunes"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Otros temas"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Dispositivos extraíbles y discos externos"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Hacer copias de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Consejos y preguntas"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "Cómo y dónde informar de un error en estos temas de ayuda."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "Participar para mejorar esta guía"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "Informar de un error o proponer una mejora"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8534,7 +9725,8 @@
+ "Para informar de un error, vaya a <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
+ "\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+@@ -8544,24 +9736,26 @@
+ "por correo electrónico acerca de su estado. Si aún no tiene una cuenta, "
+ "simplemente pulse en el enlace <gui>New account</gui> para crear una."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una vez que tenga una cuenta, inicie sesión, pulse en <guiseq><gui>File a "
+ "Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Antes de "
+ "informar de un error, lea la <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page."
+ "cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">guía para informar de un error</link> («bug "
+-"writting guidelines»), y <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-user-docs\">examine</link> por si el error se parece a algún "
+-"informe que ya exista."
++"writting guidelines»), y <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse."
++"cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">examine</link> por si el error se parece a "
++"algún informe que ya exista."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8573,7 +9767,8 @@
+ "componente <gui>gnome-help</gui>. Si no está seguro de a qué componente "
+ "pertenece el error, elija <gui>general</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+@@ -8583,7 +9778,8 @@
+ "seleccione <gui>enhancement</gui> en el menú <gui>Severity</gui>. Rellene "
+ "las secciones «Summary» y «Description» y pulse <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+@@ -8591,11 +9787,13 @@
+ "Su informe obtendrá un número de ID, y su estado se actualizará a medida que "
+ "se trata.Gracias por ayudar a mejorar el proyecto Ayuda de GNOME."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "Contactar"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+@@ -8605,7 +9803,8 @@
+ "link> a la lista de correo GNOME docs para aprender como colaborar con el "
+ "equipo de documentación."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
+ "experience."
+@@ -8613,15 +9812,18 @@
+ "Considere cambiar a GNOME clásico si prefiere una experiencia del escritorio "
+ "más tradicional."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
+ msgid "Petr Kovar"
+ msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
+ msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección GNOME clásico?"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+ "desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
+@@ -8638,19 +9840,21 @@
+ "gui> en la barra superior, y una lista de ventanas en la parte inferior de "
+ "la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
+-"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
+-"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede usar el menú de <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aplicaciones</gui> de "
+-"la barra superior para lanzar aplicaciones. La <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">vista de actividades</em> está disponible seleccionando el elemento "
+-"<gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
++"la barra superior para lanzar aplicaciones. La <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">vista de actividades</em> está disponible seleccionando el "
++"elemento <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
+ "can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+@@ -8658,12 +9862,17 @@
+ "Para acceder a la <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de actividades</em>, "
+ "también puede pulsar la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:43(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:126(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
+ msgid "Window list"
+ msgstr "Lista de ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:45(section/p) C/shell-introduction.page:281(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
+ msgid ""
+ "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
+ "windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+@@ -8672,7 +9881,10 @@
+ "a todas sus ventanas y aplicaciones abiertas y le permite minimizarlas y "
+ "restaurarlas rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:48(section/p) C/shell-introduction.page:285(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
+ msgid ""
+ "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
+ "for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+@@ -8687,7 +9899,8 @@
+ "pulsar el en identificador y seleccionar el área de trabado que quiere usar "
+ "en el menú."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+ "display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+@@ -8696,15 +9909,17 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si una aplicación o un componente del sistema requieren su atención, "
+ "mostrarán un icono azul en la parte derecha de la lista de ventanas. Al "
+-"pulsar en el icono azul se mostrará la <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">bandeja de mensajes</link>, que le permite acceder a todas sus "
+-"notificaciones."
++"pulsar en el icono azul se mostrará la <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">bandeja de mensajes</link>, que le permite acceder a todas "
++"sus notificaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
+ msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+ msgstr "Cambiar a y desde GNOME clásico"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:65(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
+ "extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
+@@ -8714,12 +9929,15 @@
+ "de GNOME Shell instaladas. Algunas distribuciones de Linux pueden no tener "
+ "esas extensiones disponibles o instaladas de manera predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:71(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
+ msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+ msgstr "Para cambiar de <em>GNOME</em> a <em>GNOME clásico</em>:"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:73(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:98(item/p)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+ "hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+@@ -8728,8 +9946,10 @@
+ "nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y elija "
+ "<gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:77(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:102(item/p)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
+ msgid ""
+ "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+ "The login screen appears."
+@@ -8737,17 +9957,22 @@
+ "Aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación. Seleccione <gui>Cerrar la sesión</gui> "
+ "para confirmar. Aparecerá la pantalla de inicio."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:81(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:106(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
+ msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la pantalla de inicio de sesión, seleccione su nombre de usuario de la "
+ "lista."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:84(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
+ msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+ msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña en la caja de entrada de la contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
+ "Classic</gui>."
+@@ -8755,15 +9980,19 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
+ "elija <gui>GNOME Clásico</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:91(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Iniciar sesión</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
+ msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+ msgstr "Para cambiar de <em>GNOME clásico</em> a <em>GNOME</em>:"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -8771,26 +10000,31 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Sesión</gui> debajo de la caja de entrada de la contraseña y "
+ "elija <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Lectores de huellas digitales</link>, "
+ "tarjetas inteligentes…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr "Huellas dactilares y tarjetas inteligentes"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Resolver problemas de lectores de tarjetas multimedia"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas con lectores de tarjetas"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8802,7 +10036,8 @@
+ "partitions\">montar</link>. Aquí puede leer alguna resolución de problemas "
+ "si no son detectadas y montadas automáticamente:"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8817,13 +10052,15 @@
+ "insertarlas correctamente. (Tenga cuidado de no empujar muy fuerte. Si choca "
+ "contra algo sólido, no la fuerce.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <app>Archivos</app> usando el menú <gui>Actividades</gui>. ¿Aparece la "
+ "tarjeta insertada en la lista <gui>Dispositivos</gui> en la barra lateral de "
+@@ -8832,7 +10069,8 @@
+ "está visible, pulse <key>F9</key> o pulse <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui> Barra "
+ "lateral</gui><gui> Mostrar barra lateral</gui></guiseq>.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8845,7 +10083,8 @@
+ "dispositivo cuando no tiene una tarjeta, y la tarjeta en sí cuando se haya "
+ "montado (vea la siguiente imagen)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8855,15 +10094,16 @@
+ "la tarjeta en si. Inténtelo con una tarjeta diferente o pruebe la tarjeta en "
+ "un lector de tarjetas si le es posible."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si no hay ninguna tarjeta ni ningún dispositivo disponible en la carpeta "
+ "<gui>Equipo</gui>, es posible que el lector de tarjetas no funcione "
+@@ -8874,7 +10114,8 @@
+ "tarjetas externos USB también están disponibles, y están mejor soportados en "
+ "Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+@@ -8882,11 +10123,13 @@
+ "Un controlador de hardware/dispositivo es aquello que permite a su equipo "
+ "usar dispositivos que están conectados a él."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un controlador?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8896,7 +10139,8 @@
+ "em>, como impresoras y pantallas, o <em>internos</em>, como tarjetas "
+ "gráficas y de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8906,7 +10150,8 @@
+ "comunicarse con ellos. Esto lo hace un elemento software denominado "
+ "<em>controlador del dispositivo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8916,13 +10161,14 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cuando conecta un dispositivo a su equipo, este debe tener instalado el "
+ "controlador correcto para que el dispositivo funcione. Por ejemplo, si "
+-"conecta una impresora pero no están disponibles los controladores adecuados, "
+-"no podrá usar esa impresora. Generalmente, cada marca y modelo de "
+-"dispositivo tiene sus propios controladores, por lo que no podrá usar el "
++"conecta una impresora pero no están disponibles los controladores "
++"adecuados, no podrá usar esa impresora. Generalmente, cada marca y modelo "
++"de dispositivo tiene sus propios controladores, por lo que no podrá usar el "
+ "controlador de un dispositivo para hacer que funcione otro dispositivo "
+ "distinto."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8933,7 +10179,8 @@
+ "conectarlo. Es posible que necesite instalar el controlador manualmente, o "
+ "puede que ni siquiera esté disponible."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8943,15 +10190,18 @@
+ "correctamente. Por ejemplo, es posible que su impresora no pueda imprimir a "
+ "doble cara, pero por lo demás es completamente funcional."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Resolución de problemas de pantalla y gráficos."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8962,46 +10212,54 @@
+ "configuración errónea. ¿Cuál de los siguientes temas describe mejor el "
+ "problema que tiene?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Problemas de hardware</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">impresoras</link>, <link xref=\"power\">configuración de "
+ "energía</link>, <link xref=\"color\">gestión del color</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">discos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Hardware y controladores"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr "Obtener soporte en vivo en el IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+@@ -9011,17 +10269,19 @@
+ "usuario en tiempo real. Puede obtener ayuda y consejos en el servidor IRC de "
+ "GNOME o de otros usuarios y desarrolladores de GNOME."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+ "\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede conectarse al servidor IRC de GNOME usando <app>empathy</app> o "
+-"<app>xchat</app>, o usando una interfaz web como puede ser <link href="
+-"\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
++"<app>xchat</app>, o usando una interfaz web como puede ser <link href=\"http:"
++"//chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+@@ -9029,7 +10289,8 @@
+ "Para crear una cuenta IRC en Empathy, consulte la <link href=\"help:"
+ "empathy#irc-manage\">documentación de Empathy</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -9041,7 +10302,8 @@
+ "puede pulsar en el enlace <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/>para "
+ "acceder al canal de <sys>gnome</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+@@ -9049,7 +10311,8 @@
+ "Aunque IRC es un sistema de conversaciones en tiempo real, la gente no suele "
+ "responder inmediatamente; sea paciente."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+ "code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+@@ -9057,15 +10320,18 @@
+ "Tenga en cuenta el <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/"
+ "\">código de conducta de GNOME</link> cuando chatea en IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "Solicitar soporte por correo-e."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "Lista de correo"
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -9078,7 +10344,8 @@
+ "todas las listas de correo en <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/"
+ "listinfo\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+@@ -9086,7 +10353,8 @@
+ "Puede que necesite registrarse en la lista de correo antes de poder enviar "
+ "un correo-e a la misma."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+@@ -9097,17 +10365,20 @@
+ "<sys>gnome-de</sys> para quienes hablan alemán o <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> "
+ "para todo lo relacionado con Chile."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hacer que el punto de inserción parpadee y controlar la velocidad del "
+ "parpadeo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "Hacer que parpadee el cursor del teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -9115,40 +10386,46 @@
+ "Si tiene dificultades para ver el cursor del teclado en un campo de texto "
+ "puede hacer que parpadee siendo más fácil ubicarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Escritura</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Parpadeo del cursor en los campos de texto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use el deslizador <gui>Velocidad</gui> para ajustar la rapidez del parpadeo "
+ "del cursor."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34(media)
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' "
+-"md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' "
+-"md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
+ msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
+ "than with a right-click."
+@@ -9156,15 +10433,19 @@
+ "La tecla de <key>Menú</key> muestra un menú contextual con el teclado en "
+ "lugar de con el botón derecho."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24(license/p) C/translate.page:21(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
+ msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ msgstr "Creative Commons Compartir Igual 3.0"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
+ msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es la tecla <key>Menú</key>?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
+ "key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
+@@ -9179,10 +10460,11 @@
+ "Generalmente, esta tecla está en la parte inferior derecha del teclado, "
+ "junto a la tecla <key>Ctrl</key>, pero algunos fabricantes pueden colocarla "
+ "en otro lugar. Normalmente se representa por una flecha encima de un menú: "
+-"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg"
+-"\"> icono de la tecla de <key>Menú</key></media>."
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu."
++"svg\"> icono de la tecla de <key>Menú</key></media>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
+ "keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
+@@ -9194,7 +10476,8 @@
+ "su ratón o su dispositivo similar no está disponible, o cuando no tiene "
+ "botón derecho del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
+ "particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
+@@ -9206,7 +10489,8 @@
+ "casos, algunos teclados incluyen una tecla de función de <key>Menú</key> que "
+ "se puede activar junto con la tecla de Función (<key>Fn</key>)."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
+ "menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
+@@ -9220,7 +10504,8 @@
+ "tecla de <key>Menú</key>, el menú contextual se muestra para el área de la "
+ "pantalla en la que está su cursor en el momento de pulsarla."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
+ "it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+@@ -9228,11 +10513,13 @@
+ "La tecla <key>Super</key> abre la vista de actividades. Generalmente puede "
+ "encontrarla junto a la tecla <key>Alt</key> de su teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
+ msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es la tecla <key>Super</key>?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
+ "displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+@@ -9244,7 +10531,8 @@
+ "junto a la tecla <key>Alt</key> y por lo general tiene un icono de Windows. "
+ "A veces se la llama <em>tecla Windows</em> o tecla del sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
+ "instead of the Windows key."
+@@ -9252,19 +10540,24 @@
+ "Si tiene un teclado de Apple tendrá una tecla <key>⌘</key> (comando) en "
+ "lugar de la tecla de Windows."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
+ msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+ msgstr "Para cambiar la tecla que usar para mostrar la vista de actividades:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Pulse la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+ "activities overview</gui> on the right."
+@@ -9272,80 +10565,90 @@
+ "Seleccione <gui>Sistema</gui> en la parte izquierda de la ventana, y pulse "
+ "<gui>Mostrar la vista de actividades</gui> a la derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
+ msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr "Pulse sobre la definición del atajo en la parte derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+ msgstr "Pulse la combinación de teclas que quiere."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
+ msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
+ msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+ msgstr "Añadir distribuciones del teclado y cambiar entre ellas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
+ msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Usar distribuciones de teclado alternativas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+ "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+@@ -9361,28 +10664,32 @@
+ "independientemente de qué letras y símbolos tenga escritos en las teclas. "
+ "Esto es útil si tiene que cambiar entre varios idiomas con frecuencia."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón <key>+</key>, seleccione una distribución y pulse "
+ "<gui>Añadir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede previsualizar una imagen de cualquier distribución seleccionándola en "
+ "la lista y pulsando <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
+ "symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">vista previa</media></gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
+ "those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
+@@ -9394,15 +10701,16 @@
+ "to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ciertos idiomas ofrecen algunas opciones de configuración adicionales. Puede "
+-"identificar estos idiomas porque tienen un icono de <gui><media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">vista "
+-"previa</media></gui>. Si quiere acceder a estos parámetros adicionales, "
+-"seleccione el idioma en la lista de <gui>Fuentes de entrada</gui> y se "
+-"mostrará un botón de <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src="
+-"\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">vista "
++"identificar estos idiomas porque tienen un icono de <gui><media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height="
++"\"16\">vista previa</media></gui>. Si quiere acceder a estos parámetros "
++"adicionales, seleccione el idioma en la lista de <gui>Fuentes de entrada</"
++"gui> y se mostrará un botón de <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">vista "
+ "previa</media></gui> que le dará acceso a la configuración adicional."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+ "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+@@ -9416,11 +10724,13 @@
+ "ventanas con la misma distribución o asignar una distribución diferente a "
+ "cada ventana. Esto último resulta interesante, por ejemplo, si está "
+ "escribiendo un artículo en otro idioma en una ventana del procesador de "
+-"textos. Cada ventana recordará su selección de teclado conforme vaya pasando "
+-"de una ventana a otra. Pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">Opciones</gui> "
+-"para seleccionar cómo quiere gestionar varias distribuciones."
++"textos. Cada ventana recordará su selección de teclado conforme vaya "
++"pasando de una ventana a otra. Pulse el botón <gui style="
++"\"button\">Opciones</gui> para seleccionar cómo quiere gestionar varias "
++"distribuciones."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
+ "<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
+@@ -9438,7 +10748,8 @@
+ "una imagen con la distribución actual del teclado para usarla como "
+ "referencia."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
+ "Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
+@@ -9458,15 +10769,18 @@
+ "<key>Espacio</key></keyseq>. Puede cambiar estos atajos en la configuración "
+ "del <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "Usar aplicaciones y el escritorio sin ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Navegación con el teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -9479,7 +10793,8 @@
+ "los usuarios, consulte la <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> en su "
+ "lugar."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+@@ -9489,15 +10804,18 @@
+ "puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico de su teclado. Consulte la "
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> para obtener más detalles."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Navegar por las interfaces de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> y <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -9511,17 +10829,20 @@
+ "key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> también puede salir de un control que use "
+ "<key>Tab</key> por sí mismo, como un área de texto."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> para mover el foco en orden "
+ "inverso."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Teclas de flechas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -9532,7 +10853,8 @@
+ "botones, seleccionar elementos en una vista de lista o de iconos o para "
+ "seleccionar un botón de radio en un grupo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -9540,11 +10862,13 @@
+ "En la vista de árbol, use las teclas de flechas derecha e izquierda para "
+ "contraer y expandir los elementos con hijos."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Teclas de flechas</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -9552,11 +10876,13 @@
+ "En la vista de lista o de iconos, mover el foco del teclado a otro elemento "
+ "sin cambiar el elemento que está seleccionado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key>Teclas de flechas</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -9564,21 +10890,25 @@
+ "En la vista de lista o de iconos, seleccionar todos los elementos desde el "
+ "elemento seleccionado actualmente hasta el nuevo elemento con el foco."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Espacio</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Activar un elemento que tenga el foco, como un botón, una casilla o un "
+ "elemento de una lista."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -9586,11 +10916,13 @@
+ "En la vista de lista o de iconos, seleccionar o deseleccionar el elemento "
+ "con el foco sin deseleccionar el resto de elementos."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -9602,19 +10934,23 @@
+ "Pulse <key>Alt</key>+ la tecla subrayada para activar el control, como si "
+ "hubiera pulsado sobre él."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "Salir de un menú, menú emergente, selector o ventana de diálogo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -9622,17 +10958,20 @@
+ "Abrir el primer elemento de un menú en la barra de menú de una ventana. Use "
+ "las teclas de flechas para navegar por los menús."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Abrir el menú de la aplicación en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "menu\">Menu</key>"
+@@ -9640,7 +10979,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> o <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "menu\">Menú</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -9648,11 +10988,13 @@
+ "Mostrar el menú contextual para la selección actual, como si hubiera pulsado "
+ "con el botón derecho."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -9661,7 +11003,8 @@
+ "como si hubiera pulsado con el botón derecho sobre el fondo y no sobre un "
+ "elemento."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9669,21 +11012,26 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Re Pág</key></keyseq> y <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>Av. Pág</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la interfaz con pestañas, cambiar a la pestaña de la izquierda o a la de "
+ "la derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Navegar por el escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -9695,21 +11043,27 @@
+ "quiere, y entonces suelte la tecla <key>Alt</key>. Esto es similar a la "
+ "característica <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Rotar a través de todas las ventanas abiertas en un espacio de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
+ "link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+@@ -9717,19 +11071,24 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Abrir la bandeja de "
+ "mensajes</link>. Pulse <key>Esc</key> para cerrarla."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Navegar por las ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Cerrar la ventana actual."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9737,7 +11096,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> o <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+@@ -9747,11 +11107,14 @@
+ "key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> para maximizar. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"
+ "key></keyseq> maximiza y restaura."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -9762,11 +11125,14 @@
+ "para dejar de mover la ventana, o <key>Esc</key> para devolverla a su "
+ "ubicación original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -9778,7 +11144,8 @@
+ "<key>Intro</key> para dejar de redimensionar la ventana, o <key>Esc</key> "
+ "para devolverla a su tamaño original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9786,30 +11153,38 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> o <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximizar</link> una ventana. Pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> o <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq> para restaurar una ventana maximizada a su tamaño "
+ "original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
+ msgid "Minimize a window."
+ msgstr "Minimizar una ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9819,11 +11194,14 @@
+ "otra vez para restaurar la ventana a su tamaño original. Pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> para cambiar ambos lados."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9833,32 +11211,40 @@
+ "otra vez para restaurar la ventana a su tamaño original. Pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> para cambiar ambos lados"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mostrar el menú de la ventana, como si hubiera pulsado con el botón derecho "
+ "sobre la barra de título."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usar un teclado en pantalla para introducir texto pulsando botones con el "
+ "ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "Usar un teclado en pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+@@ -9866,12 +11252,15 @@
+ "Si no tiene un teclado conectado a su equipo o si prefiere no usarlo, puede "
+ "activar el <em>teclado en pantalla</em> para escribir texto."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
+ msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cambie al <gui>Teclado en pantalla</gui> para mostrar el teclado en pantalla."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+@@ -9881,21 +11270,24 @@
+ "símbolos disponibles si pulsa el botón <gui>{#*</gui>. Para volver al "
+ "teclado alfabético, pulse el botón <gui>Abc</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si el teclado de la pantalla se interpone, pulse el botón que parece un "
+ "teclado (junto al botón de <gui>bandeja</gui>) para ocultar el teclado. Para "
+-"mostrar el teclado otra vez, abra la <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">bandeja de mensajes</link> (moviendo el ratón a la parte inferior derecha "
+-"de la pantalla) y pulse el elemento de la bandeja del teclado."
++"mostrar el teclado otra vez, abra la <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">bandeja de mensajes</link> (moviendo el ratón a la parte "
++"inferior derecha de la pantalla) y pulse el elemento de la bandeja del "
++"teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9903,11 +11295,13 @@
+ "Hacer que el teclado no repita las letras cuando se mantenga una tecla "
+ "pulsada, o cambiar el retardo y la velocidad de repetición de las teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "Desactivar la repetición de teclas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9915,12 +11309,13 @@
+ "how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "De manera predeterminada, si mantiene pulsada una tecla en el teclado, se "
+-"repetirá su letra o símbolo hasta que suelte la tecla. Si tiene dificultades "
+-"para retirar su dedo lo bastante rápido, puede desactivar esta "
++"repetirá su letra o símbolo hasta que suelte la tecla. Si tiene "
++"dificultades para retirar su dedo lo bastante rápido, puede desactivar esta "
+ "característica o cambiar el tiempo que tardan los caracteres en empezar a "
+ "repetirse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9928,36 +11323,42 @@
+ "Desactive <gui>Las pulsaciones de teclas se repiten cuando la tecla se "
+ "mantiene pulsada</gui> para desactivar las teclas repetidas por completo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+ "gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alternativamente, ajuste el deslizador <gui>Retardo</gui> para controlar "
+-"cuánto tiene que mantener pulsada una tecla hasta que se empiece a repetir y "
+-"ajuste la <gui>Velocidad</gui> para controlar cómo de rápido se repiten las "
+-"pulsaciones de teclas."
++"cuánto tiene que mantener pulsada una tecla hasta que se empiece a repetir "
++"y ajuste la <gui>Velocidad</gui> para controlar cómo de rápido se repiten "
++"las pulsaciones de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Definir o cambiar atajos de teclado en la configuración del <gui>Teclado</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Establecer atajos de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Para cambiar las teclas que pulsar para un atajo de teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
+ "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
+@@ -9967,7 +11368,8 @@
+ "quiere en la derecha. La definición de atajo actual cambiará a <gui>Nuevo "
+ "acelerador…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+ "clear."
+@@ -9975,11 +11377,13 @@
+ "Mantenga pulsada la combinación de teclas que quiere o pulse <key>Retroceso</"
+ "key> para limpiar."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atajos definidos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -9987,124 +11391,147 @@
+ "Hay una serie de atajos preconfigurados que se pueden cambiar, agrupados en "
+ "estas categorías:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Lanzadores"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Lanzar el visor de ayuda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Desactivado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Lanzar la calculadora"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calculadora"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "Lanzar el cliente de correo-e"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Correo-e"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Lanzar navegador web"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Carpeta personal"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorador"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Navegación"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana al área de trabajo 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana un área de trabajo a la izquierda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana un área de trabajo a la derecha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Subir la ventana un área de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+ "<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -10112,499 +11539,624 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>Re "
+ "Pag</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Bajar la ventana un área de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Super</key><key>Av Pag</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Moverse entre aplicaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+ msgid "Switch windows"
+ msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Moverse entre las ventanas de una aplicación"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Cambiar entre controles del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Cambiar ventanas directamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas de una aplicación directamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Cambiar entre controles del sistema directamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Ocultar todas las ventanas normales"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Cambiar al área de trabajo 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de la izquierda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de la derecha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de arriba"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Re Pag</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Mover al área de trabajo de abajo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Av Pag</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Capturas de pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Capturar la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Imp</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Capturar una ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Imp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Hacer una captura de pantalla de un área"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla al portapapeles"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla de una ventana al portapapeles"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar una captura de pantalla de un área al portapapeles"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
+ msgid "Record a screencast"
+ msgstr "Grabar una captura de pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Sonido y medios"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Silenciar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "Silenciar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Bajar volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "Bajar el volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Subir volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "Subir el volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Lanzar el reproductor multimedia"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "Dispositivo de sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Reproducir (o reproducir/pausar)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "Reproducir"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Pausar la reproducción"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "Pausar sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Detener la reproducción"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "Detener sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Pista anterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "Anterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Siguiente pista"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "Siguiente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Expulsar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "Sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Mostrar el diálogo de ejecutar comando"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de actividades"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Cerrar la sesión"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Supr</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
+ msgid "Show the message tray"
+ msgstr "Mostrar la bandeja de mensajes"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
+ msgid "Focus the active notification"
+ msgstr "Dar el foco a la notificación activa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
+ msgid "Show all applications"
+ msgstr "Mostrar todas las aplicaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
+ msgid "Open the application menu"
+ msgstr "Abrir el menú de la aplicación"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+ msgid "Typing"
+ msgstr "Escritura"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
+ msgid "Switch to next input source"
+ msgstr "Cambiar a la siguiente fuente de entrada"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+ msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+ msgstr "Cambiar a la fuente de entrada anterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+ msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+ msgstr "Cambiar a la siguiente fuente usando sólo los modificadores"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+ msgid "Compose Key"
+ msgstr "Tecla de composición"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+ msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+ msgstr "Tecla de caracteres alternativos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "Acceso universal"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "Activar o desactivar la ampliación"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "Ampliar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "Reducir"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "Encender o apagar el lector de pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "Activar o desactivar el teclado en pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "Aumentar el tamaño del texto"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "Reducir el tamaño del texto:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "Contraste alto activado o desactivado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Activar el menú de la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Conmutar el modo a pantalla completa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el estado de maximización"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Maximizar la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Restaurar la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Conmutar el estado sombreado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Cerrar la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
+ msgid "Hide window"
+ msgstr "Ocultar la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Mover la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Redimensionar la ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "Conmutar la ventana en todas las áreas de trabajo o sólo en una"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr "Elevar la ventana si está cubierta, de lo contrario, bajarla"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Elevar la ventana por encima de otras ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Bajar la ventana por debajo de otras ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Maximizar la ventana verticalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Maximizar la ventana horizontalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
+ msgid "View split on left"
+ msgstr "Ver división a la izquierda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
+ msgid "View split on right"
+ msgstr "Ver división a la derecha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
+ msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Cambiar los atajos del teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449(section/p)
+-msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta sección muestra cómo cambiar los atajos del teclado para una aplicación."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+ msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+ msgstr "Abra la aplicación Terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
+ msgid ""
+ "Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
+ "true</cmd> command."
+@@ -10612,21 +12164,25 @@
+ "Ejecute el comando <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
+ "accels true</cmd>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+ msgid ""
+ "Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr "Inicie la aplicación para la que quiere cambiar el atajo del teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+ msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Busque el elemento de menú para el que quiere cambiar el atajo del teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
+ msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Escriba el atajo que quiere en el teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
+ "changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
+@@ -10635,30 +12191,33 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Tenga en cuenta que esta configuración se aplica a todo el escritorio y que "
+ "la puede desactivar después de hacer los cambios ejecutando el comando "
+-"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</"
+-"cmd>. También puede usar la herramienta <app>dconf-editor</app> para hacer "
+-"esto."
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd>."
++" También puede usar la herramienta <app>dconf-editor</app> para hacer esto."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atajos personalizados"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Para crear su atajo de teclado personalizado:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
+ "style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Atajos personalizados</gui> en el panel izquierdo y pulse el "
+-"botón <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (o pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">"
+-"+</gui> en cualquier categoría). Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Atajo "
++"botón <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (o pulse el botón <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> en cualquier categoría). Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Atajo "
+ "personalizado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+ "run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+@@ -10670,7 +12229,8 @@
+ "si quiere que el atajo abra Rhythmbox, puede llamarlo <input>Música</input> "
+ "y usar el comando <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
+ "<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
+@@ -10680,7 +12240,8 @@
+ "<gui>Nuevo acelerador…</gui>, mantenga pulsada la combinación de teclas de "
+ "atajo que quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+@@ -10692,7 +12253,8 @@
+ "escribiéndolo en ella. El comando que abre una aplicación puede no tener el "
+ "mismo nombre exacto que la propia aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -10702,37 +12264,47 @@
+ "sobre el <em>nombre</em> del atajo. Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Atajo "
+ "personalizado</gui> y podrá editar el comando."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">distribuciones de teclado</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">parpadeo del cursor</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"a11y#mobility\">accesibilidad del teclado</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:35(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
+ msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+ msgstr "Región e idioma"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+-msgstr "Establecer una imagen, color o grandiente como su fondo de escritorio."
++msgstr ""
++"Establecer una imagen, color o grandiente como su fondo de escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el fondo del escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -10740,19 +12312,23 @@
+ "Puede cambiar la imagen usada en el fondo del escritorio o establecer un "
+ "color simple o degradado."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Fondo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr "Pulse sobre la imagen de su fondo actual en el centro."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr "Existen tres opciones en la parte superior:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -10765,7 +12341,8 @@
+ "color de fondo a través de ellos. Para esos fondos de escritorio, existirá "
+ "un botón de selección de color en la esquina inferior derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
+ "folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
+@@ -10784,17 +12361,21 @@
+ "imagen y seleccionando <guiseq><gui>Imagen</gui><gui>Establecer como fondo "
+ "de escritorio</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Colores</gui> para ajustar un color plano o un degradado "
+ "lineal."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "La configuración se aplicará inmediatamente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+ "to view your entire desktop."
+@@ -10802,15 +12383,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Cambie a un área de trabajo vacía</"
+ "link> para ver el escritorio entero."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "La resolución de la pantalla puede estar incorrectamente ajustada."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué parece que lo que hay en mi pantalla está difuso o pixelado?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+@@ -10818,7 +12402,8 @@
+ "Esto puede suceder porque la resolución de pantalla que ha definido no es la "
+ "más adecuado para su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
+ "In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
+@@ -10830,11 +12415,13 @@
+ "<gui>Pantalla</gui>. Pruebe algunas de las opciones de <gui>Resolución</gui> "
+ "y establezca la que haga que se vea mejor la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr "Cuando hay varias monitores conectadas"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -10842,12 +12429,13 @@
+ "resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si tiene dos pantallas conectadas al equipo (por ejemplo, un monitor normal "
+-"y un proyector), estas podrían tener una resolución diferente. Sin embargo, "
+-"la tarjeta gráfica del equipo solo puede visualizar la pantalla en una única "
+-"resolución cada vez, por lo que al menos una de las pantallas podría verse "
+-"borrosa."
++"y un proyector), estas podrían tener una resolución diferente. Sin "
++"embargo, la tarjeta gráfica del equipo solo puede visualizar la pantalla en "
++"una única resolución cada vez, por lo que al menos una de las pantallas "
++"podría verse borrosa."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -10856,17 +12444,20 @@
+ "window on both screens at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Es posible hacer que las dos pantallas tengan distinta resolución, pero "
+-"entonces no podrá visualizar lo mismo en ambas pantallas simultáneamente. En "
+-"efecto, tendría dos pantallas independientes conectadas al mismo tiempo. "
++"entonces no podrá visualizar lo mismo en ambas pantallas simultáneamente. "
++"En efecto, tendría dos pantallas independientes conectadas al mismo tiempo. "
+ "Puede mover ventanas de una pantalla a la otra, pero no podrá mostrar la "
+ "misma ventana en ambas pantallas a la vez."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para configurar las pantallas, para que cada una tenga su propia resolución:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+@@ -10874,11 +12465,13 @@
+ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
+ "gui>. Abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+@@ -10888,15 +12481,18 @@
+ "la ventana de <gui>Monitores</gui>. Cambie la <gui>Resolución</gui> hasta "
+ "que la pantalla se vea bien."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Cambiar la resolución de la pantalla y su orientación (rotación)."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño o la rotación de la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -10908,7 +12504,8 @@
+ "manera en la que se muestran las cosas (por ejemplo, si tiene una pantalla "
+ "giratoria) cambiando la <em>rotación</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+ "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+@@ -10917,11 +12514,13 @@
+ "configuraciones en cada una. Seleccione una pantalla en el área de "
+ "previsualización."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la resolución y la rotación que quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -10934,7 +12533,8 @@
+ "Si está satisfecho con la nueva configuración, pulse <gui>Mantener esta "
+ "configuración</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+@@ -10945,11 +12545,13 @@
+ "que la pantalla normal. Si esto no sucede, simplemente pulse en "
+ "<gui>Detectar pantallas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Resolución"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+ "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+@@ -10966,22 +12568,25 @@
+ "proporción de aspecto, para evitardistorsión, se añadirán bandas negras "
+ "superiores e inferiores en su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+ "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+ "xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede elegir la opción que prefiera en el menú desplegable <gui>Resolución</"
+-"gui>. Si escoge una resolución que no sea adecuada para su pantalla es "
+-"posible que la vea <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">borrosa o pixelada</"
+-"link>."
++"Puede elegir la opción que prefiera en el menú desplegable "
++"<gui>Resolución</gui>. Si escoge una resolución que no sea adecuada para su "
++"pantalla es posible que la vea <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">borrosa o "
++"pixelada</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Rotación"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+@@ -10993,77 +12598,91 @@
+ "Puede elegir la rotación que quiere para su pantalla en la lista desplegable "
+ "<gui>Rotación</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Cámaras digitales</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editar fotos</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">reproducir vídeos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Sonido, vídeo e imágenes"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volumen</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">altavoces y auriculares</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">micrófonos</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volumen</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">altavoces y auriculares</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">micrófonos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Sonido básico"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Música y reproductores"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Música y reproductores de sonido portátiles"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Fotos y cámaras digitales"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Vídeos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Vídeos y videocámaras"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+@@ -11071,23 +12690,27 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Sugerencias sobre el uso de esta guía</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">ayudar a mejorar esta guía</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"help-mailing-list\">lista de correo</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc"
+-"\">IRC</link>"
++"xref=\"help-mailing-list\">lista de correo</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Obtener más ayuda"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Desconectar el «touchpad» al escribir para evitar pulsaciones accidentales."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "Desactivar el «touchpad» al escribir"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -11097,31 +12720,39 @@
+ "Los «touchpads» en los portátiles se sitúan normalmente donde descansa su "
+ "muñeca mientras está tecleando, por lo que a veces puede provocar "
+ "pulsaciones accidentales mientras teclea. Puede desactivar el «touchpad» "
+-"mientras teclea. Funcionará de nuevo un poco después de que haya pulsado la "
+-"última tecla."
++"mientras teclea. Funcionará de nuevo un poco después de que haya pulsado "
++"la última tecla."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
+ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Desactivar al escribir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38(note/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La sección <gui>Touchpad</gui> sólo aparece si su equipo tiene un «touchpad»."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -11129,23 +12760,26 @@
+ "Controlar la velocidad de pulsación del botón del ratón para efectuar una "
+ "pulsación doble."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "Ajustar la velocidad de la doble pulsación"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+ "separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
+ "mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La doble pulsación solo sucede cuando pulsa el botón del ratón dos veces lo "
+-"bastante rápido. Si se tarda mucho en pulsar la segunda vez, obtendrá dos "
+-"pulsaciones separadas, no una doble pulsación. Si tiene dificultados en "
++"La doble pulsación solo sucede cuando pulsa el botón del ratón dos veces "
++"lo bastante rápido. Si se tarda mucho en pulsar la segunda vez, obtendrá "
++"dos pulsaciones separadas, no una doble pulsación. Si tiene dificultados en "
+ "pulsar el ratón tan deprisa debería incrementar el tiempo de espera."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
+ "value you find comfortable."
+@@ -11153,7 +12787,8 @@
+ "Debajo de <gui>General</gui>, ajuste el deslizador de <gui>Doble pulsación</"
+ "gui> a un valor que considere cómodo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
+ "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
+@@ -11163,21 +12798,24 @@
+ "pulsación en la ventana resaltará el círculo externo. Pulsar dos veces "
+ "resaltará el círculo interior."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si su ratón hace una doble pulsación cuando usted quiere hacer una sola "
+ "pulsación, aunque haya incrementado el tiempo de espera de la pulsación "
+ "doble, es posible que esté defectuoso. Pruebe a conectar otro ratón en su "
+-"equipo y compruebe si funciona correctamente. O también, conecte su ratón en "
+-"otro equipo distinto y compruebe si el problema persiste."
++"equipo y compruebe si funciona correctamente. O también, conecte su ratón "
++"en otro equipo distinto y compruebe si el problema persiste."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53(note/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -11185,17 +12823,20 @@
+ "Este ajuste afectará tanto a su ratón como a su «touchpad», así como a "
+ "cualquier otro dispositivo apuntador."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Intercambiar los botones izquierdo y derecho del ratón en las preferencias "
+ "del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "Use su ratón para zurdos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -11203,7 +12844,8 @@
+ "Puede intercambiar el comportamiento de los botones izquierdo y derecho de "
+ "su ratón o «touchpad» para hacerlo más cómodo a los zurdos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Right</gui>."
+@@ -11211,7 +12853,8 @@
+ "En la sección <gui>General</gui>, cambie <gui>Botón primario</gui> a "
+ "<gui>Derecho</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -11219,41 +12862,47 @@
+ "Use el botón central para abrir aplicaciones, pegar texto, abrir pestañas y "
+ "más."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Pulsación central"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
+ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Muchos ratones y algunos «touchpads» tienen un botón central. En ratones que "
+-"disponen de rueda de desplazamiento, a veces puede presionar la rueda "
++"Muchos ratones y algunos «touchpads» tienen un botón central. En ratones "
++"que disponen de rueda de desplazamiento, a veces puede presionar la rueda "
+ "directamente para hacer una pulsación de botón central. Si no dispone de "
+ "botón central, puede emularlo pulsando los botones izquierdo y derecho al "
+ "mismo tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "En «touchpads» que sean multitáctiles puede pulsar con tres dedos a la vez "
+ "para realizar una pulsación con el botón del medio. Para que esto funcione, "
+ "debe activar <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">Activar pulsaciones del "
+ "ratón con el touchpad</link> en la configuración del «touchpad»."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Muchas aplicaciones usan la pulsación central para atajos de pulsación "
+ "avanzados."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -11265,18 +12914,20 @@
+ "continuación, vaya a donde quiera pegar y haga una pulsación central. El "
+ "texto seleccionado se pegará en la posición del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pegar texto con el botón central del ratón es algo totalmente independiente "
+-"de pegarlo desde el portapapeles normal. Al seleccionar texto no se pega al "
+-"portapapeles. Este método rápido de pegado solo funciona con el botón "
+-"central del ratón."
++"Pegar texto con el botón central del ratón es algo totalmente "
++"independiente de pegarlo desde el portapapeles normal. Al seleccionar texto "
++"no se pega al portapapeles. Este método rápido de pegado solo funciona con "
++"el botón central del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -11288,7 +12939,8 @@
+ "el espacio vacío para moverse exactamente a la ubicación en la que ha "
+ "pulsado."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+@@ -11303,7 +12955,8 @@
+ "la vista general de aplicaciones. La vista general de aplicaciones se "
+ "muestra usando el botón de rejilla en el tablero."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -11313,29 +12966,31 @@
+ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
+ "key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Muchos navegadores web le permiten abrir enlaces en pestañas rápidamente con "
+-"el botón central del ratón. Pulse cualquier enlace con el botón central y se "
+-"abrirá en una nueva pestaña. Pero tenga cuidado al pulsar un enlace en el "
+-"navegador web <app>Firefox</app>. En <app>Firefox</app>, si pulsa el botón "
+-"central en cualquier otro sitio que no sea un enlace, el navegador intentará "
+-"cargar su texto seleccionado como un URL, como si hubiese usado el botón "
+-"central para pegarlo en la barra de direcciones y hubiese pulsado "
+-"<key>Intro</key>."
++"Muchos navegadores web le permiten abrir enlaces en pestañas rápidamente "
++"con el botón central del ratón. Pulse cualquier enlace con el botón "
++"central y se abrirá en una nueva pestaña. Pero tenga cuidado al pulsar un "
++"enlace en el navegador web <app>Firefox</app>. En <app>Firefox</app>, si "
++"pulsa el botón central en cualquier otro sitio que no sea un enlace, el "
++"navegador intentará cargar su texto seleccionado como un URL, como si "
++"hubiese usado el botón central para pegarlo en la barra de direcciones y "
++"hubiese pulsado <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+ "browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
+ "had double-clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"En el gestor de archivos, el botón central tiene dos funciones. Si pulsa con "
+-"el botón central en una carpeta, se abrirá en una pestaña nueva. Este "
++"En el gestor de archivos, el botón central tiene dos funciones. Si pulsa "
++"con el botón central en una carpeta, se abrirá en una pestaña nueva. Este "
+ "comportamiento imita al de los navegadores web más populares. Si pulsa con "
+ "el botón central sobre un archivo, lo abrirá como si hubiese pulsado dos "
+ "veces sobre él."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -11346,16 +13001,20 @@
+ "apartado referente a <em>pulsación central</em> o <em>botón central del "
+ "ratón</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Activar las teclas del ratón para controlar el ratón con el teclado numérico."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "Pulsar y mover el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+@@ -11365,7 +13024,8 @@
+ "controlar el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico de su teclado. "
+ "Esta característica se llama <em>teclas de ratón</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+ "keyboard focus to the top bar."
+@@ -11373,15 +13033,17 @@
+ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para dar "
+ "el foco del teclado a la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use las flechas derecha e izquierda para seleccionar el <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">menú de acceso universal</link> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11389,7 +13051,8 @@
+ "Use las teclas de flechas arriba y abajo para seleccionar <gui>Teclas del "
+ "ratón</gui> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -11397,7 +13060,8 @@
+ "Compruebe que la tecla <key>Bloq Num</key> está desactivada. Ahora podrá "
+ "mover el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+@@ -11407,7 +13071,8 @@
+ "ratón usando sólo el teclado. Seleccione <gui>Configuración del acceso "
+ "universal</gui> para ver más opciones de accesibilidad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -11418,11 +13083,12 @@
+ "El teclado numérico es un conjunto de botones numéricos de su teclado, "
+ "normalmente dispuestos en una matriz cuadrada. Si su teclado no tiene "
+ "teclado numérico (por ejemplo, el teclado de un portátil), puede que tenga "
+-"que mantener pulsada la tecla Función (<key>Fn</key>) y usar otras teclas de "
+-"su teclado como un teclado numérico. Si usa esta característica a menudo en "
+-"un portátil, puede comprar teclados numéricos USB externos."
++"que mantener pulsada la tecla Función (<key>Fn</key>) y usar otras teclas "
++"de su teclado como un teclado numérico. Si usa esta característica a menudo "
++"en un portátil, puede comprar teclados numéricos USB externos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -11430,12 +13096,13 @@
+ "or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cada número del teclado numérico se corresponde con una dirección. Por "
+-"ejemplo, al pulsar la tecla <key>8</key> se moverá el puntero hacia arriba y "
+-"al pulsar <key>2</key> se moverá hacia abajo. Al pulsar la tecla <key>5</"
+-"key> se hará una pulsación con el ratón y al pulsarla dos veces rápidamente "
+-"se hará una doble pulsación."
++"ejemplo, al pulsar la tecla <key>8</key> se moverá el puntero hacia arriba "
++"y al pulsar <key>2</key> se moverá hacia abajo. Al pulsar la tecla <key>5</"
++"key> se hará una pulsación con el ratón y al pulsarla dos veces "
++"rápidamente se hará una doble pulsación."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
+ "called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
+@@ -11451,39 +13118,45 @@
+ "pulsación derecha manteniendo pulsada la tecla <key>5</key> o con el botón "
+ "izquierdo del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+ "when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si quiere usar el teclado numérico para teclear números cuando está activada "
+-"la opción de teclas del ratón, active <key>Bloq Num</key>. El ratón no se "
+-"pueden controlar con el teclado numérico mientras esté activado <key>Bloq "
+-"Num</key>."
++"Si quiere usar el teclado numérico para teclear números cuando está "
++"activada la opción de teclas del ratón, active <key>Bloq Num</key>. El "
++"ratón no se pueden controlar con el teclado numérico mientras esté activado "
++"<key>Bloq Num</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Las teclas numéricas normales, situadas en una fila en la parte superior del "
+-"teclado, no controlan el puntero del ratón. Solo pueden hacerlo las teclas "
+-"del teclado numérico."
++"Las teclas numéricas normales, situadas en una fila en la parte superior "
++"del teclado, no controlan el puntero del ratón. Solo pueden hacerlo las "
++"teclas del teclado numérico."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Cómo comprobar si su ratón no está funcionando."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr "El puntero del ratón no se mueve"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que el ratón está conectado"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -11491,7 +13164,8 @@
+ "Si tiene un ratón con cable, compruebe que esta firmemente conectado a su "
+ "equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -11501,15 +13175,18 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si es un ratón USB (con un conector rectangular), pruebe a conectarlo en un "
+ "puerto USB distinto. Si es un ratón PS/2 (con un pequeño conector redondo "
+-"con seis pines), compruebe que está conectado en el puerto verde del ratón, "
+-"y no en el puerto violeta del teclado. Puede que tenga que reiniciar el "
+-"equipo si no estaba bien conectado."
++"con seis pines), compruebe que está conectado en el puerto verde del "
++"ratón, y no en el puerto violeta del teclado. Puede que tenga que reiniciar "
++"el equipo si no estaba bien conectado."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que su equipo ha reconocido el ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -11517,7 +13194,8 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Terminal</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11525,35 +13203,38 @@
+ "En la ventana de la terminal, escriba <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</"
+ "cmd>, exactamente como aparece aquí y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+ "<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
+ "of it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aparecerá una pequeña lista de dispositivos de ratón. Compruebe que al menos "
+-"uno de los elementos diga <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> junto a él, y que "
+-"uno de los elementos <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> tenga el nombre del "
+-"ratón a su izquierda."
++"Aparecerá una pequeña lista de dispositivos de ratón. Compruebe que al "
++"menos uno de los elementos diga <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> junto a él, "
++"y que uno de los elementos <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> tenga el nombre "
++"del ratón a su izquierda."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+ "computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+ "In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si no hay ninguna entrada con el nombre del ratón seguido de <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, es que su equipo no reconoció su ratón. Si existe "
+-"esa entrada, su equipo reconoció su ratón. En este caso debería comprobar "
+-"que el ratón está <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in"
+-"\">conectado</link> y en <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken"
+-"\">condiciones de trabajo</link>."
++"Si no hay ninguna entrada con el nombre del ratón seguido de "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, es que su equipo no reconoció su ratón. Si "
++"existe esa entrada, su equipo reconoció su ratón. En este caso debería "
++"comprobar que el ratón está <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-"
++"in\">conectado</link> y en <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">condiciones de trabajo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -11563,7 +13244,8 @@
+ "algunos pasos adicionales para que funcione. Los pasos pueden depender de la "
+ "marca o el modelo del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -11573,15 +13255,18 @@
+ "ayuda a su distribuidor o proveedor si piensa que el ratón no se ha "
+ "detectado correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que actualmente el ratón funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr "Conecte el ratón en un equipo distinto y vea si funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -11592,11 +13277,13 @@
+ "inferior del ratón, cuando está encendido. Si no hay luz, compruebe que está "
+ "activado. Si es así y todavía no hay luz, el ratón puede que esté roto."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Comprobar el ratón inalámbrico"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -11607,7 +13294,8 @@
+ "forma que puede moverlo de un sitio a otro sin tener que despertarlo "
+ "constantemente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+@@ -11615,27 +13303,31 @@
+ "Si está usando un ratón Bluetooth, asegúrese de que ha emparejado el ratón "
+ "con el equipo. Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse un botón y compruebe si el puntero del ratón se mueve ahora. Algunos "
+-"ratones inalámbricos se ponen en reposo para ahorrar energía, por lo que es "
+-"posible que no respondan hasta que pulse un botón. Consulte la <link xref="
+-"\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++"ratones inalámbricos se ponen en reposo para ahorrar energía, por lo que "
++"es posible que no respondan hasta que pulse un botón. Consulte la <link "
++"xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Compruebe que la batería del ratón está cargada"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr "Compruebe que el receptor está firmemente conectado al equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -11643,7 +13335,8 @@
+ "Si el ratón y el receptor pueden funcionar en canales de radio diferentes, "
+ "asegúrese de que están en el mismo canal."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -11653,7 +13346,8 @@
+ "para establecer una conexión. El manual de instrucciones de su ratón debería "
+ "tener más detalles si este es el caso."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -11666,17 +13360,21 @@
+ "adicionales para que funcione. Los pasos pueden depender de la marca o el "
+ "modelo del ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cambiar cómo se mueve de rápido el puntero cuando usa el ratón o el touchpad."
++"Cambiar cómo se mueve de rápido el puntero cuando usa el ratón o el "
++"touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "Ajustar la velocidad del ratón y del touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+ "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+@@ -11685,7 +13383,8 @@
+ "usa el «touchpad», puede ajustar la velocidad del puntero para estos "
+ "dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+ "comfortable for you."
+@@ -11693,7 +13392,8 @@
+ "Ajuste el deslizador de la <gui>Velocidad del puntero</gui> hasta que el "
+ "movimiento del puntero le sea cómodo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
+ "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
+@@ -11705,16 +13405,19 @@
+ "dispositivo no es la más cómoda para el otro. Simplemente establezca los "
+ "deslizadores tanto en las secciones <gui>Ratón</gui> y <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulsar, arrastrar o desplazarse usando toques y gestos en su «touchpad»."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr "Pulsar, arrastrar o desplazarse con el «touchpad»"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+@@ -11722,20 +13425,24 @@
+ "Puede pulsar, hacer dobles pulsaciones, arrastrar y desplazarse usando solo "
+ "su «touchpad», sin usar botones físicos aparte."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+ msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>Tocar para pulsar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Para pulsar toque el «touchpad»."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Para una doble pulsación, toque dos veces."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -11744,7 +13451,8 @@
+ "del segundo toque. Arrastre el elemento a donde quiera y después levante su "
+ "dedo para soltarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -11757,15 +13465,18 @@
+ "derecha del ratón sin usar el segundo botón del ratón consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-right-click\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si su «touchpad» soporta multi-toque puede <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">pulsar con el botón del medio</link> pulsando con tres dedos a la vez."
++"Si su «touchpad» soporta multi-toque puede <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">pulsar con el botón del medio</link> pulsando con tres dedos a "
++"la vez."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -11775,21 +13486,26 @@
+ "arrastrar con varios dedos. Si sus dedos están demasiado juntos su equipo "
+ "puede creer que es un solo dedo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+ msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr "Desplazamiento con dos dedos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+ msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr "Puede hacer desplazamientos usando su «touchpad» con dos dedos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Desplazamiento con dos dedos</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+ "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
+@@ -11806,16 +13522,19 @@
+ "dedos un poco apartados. Si sus dedos están demasiado juntos, parecen solo "
+ "como un dedo grande a su «touchpad»."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El desplazamiento con dos dedos puede no funcionar en todos los touchpads."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr "El contenido se adhiere a los dedos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+ "touchpad."
+@@ -11823,7 +13542,8 @@
+ "Puede arrastrar contenido como si desplazase una hoja física de papel usando "
+ "el touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -11831,7 +13551,8 @@
+ "En la sección <gui>Touchpad</gui>, seleccione <gui>El contenido se adhiere a "
+ "los dedos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
+ "Scrolling</em>."
+@@ -11839,15 +13560,19 @@
+ "Esta característica también es conocida como <em>Desplazamiento natural</em> "
+ "o <em>Desplazamiento inverso</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+-msgstr "Si tiene que mover o pulsar el ratón antes de que empiece a responder."
++msgstr ""
++"Si tiene que mover o pulsar el ratón antes de que empiece a responder."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
+ msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr "El ratón sufre un retardo antes de empezar a funcionar"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+ "\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
+@@ -11855,77 +13580,88 @@
+ "click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los ratones inalámbricos y ópticos, así como los «touchpads» de los "
+-"portátiles, a veces necesitan «despertarse» antes de empezar a funcionar. Se "
+-"ponen automáticamente en reposo cuando no se están usando, para ahorrar "
+-"batería. Para despertar su ratón o su «touchpad», pulse un botón del ratón o "
+-"agítelo."
++"portátiles, a veces necesitan «despertarse» antes de empezar a funcionar. "
++"Se ponen automáticamente en reposo cuando no se están usando, para ahorrar "
++"batería. Para despertar su ratón o su «touchpad», pulse un botón del "
++"ratón o agítelo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
+ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Los «touchpads» de los portátiles a veces tienen un retardo desde que deja de "
+-"teclear hasta que empiezan a funcionar de nuevo. Esto se hace para evitar "
++"Los «touchpads» de los portátiles a veces tienen un retardo desde que deja "
++"de teclear hasta que empiezan a funcionar de nuevo. Esto se hace para evitar "
+ "que toque el «touchpad» accidentalmente con la palma de su mano mientras "
+ "teclea. Consulte la <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> para obtener más "
+ "información."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Zurdo</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity"
+-"\">velocidad y sensibilidad</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">pulsación y desplazamiento con el touchpad</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Zurdo</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">velocidad y sensibilidad</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">pulsación y desplazamiento con el touchpad</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comunes del ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comunes"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Sugerencias acerca del ratón"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Consejos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Consejos"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede que no esté instalado el soporte para ese formato de archivo o que las "
+-"canciones estén «protegidas contra copia»."
++"Puede que no esté instalado el soporte para ese formato de archivo o que "
++"las canciones estén «protegidas contra copia»."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ "No puedo reproducir las canciones que he comprado en una tienda de música en "
+ "linea"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+@@ -11935,7 +13671,8 @@
+ "reproducirla en su equipo, especialmente si la compró desde un equipo "
+ "Windows o Mac OS y luego la copió."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -11954,7 +13691,8 @@
+ "sobre cómo instalar el soporte para ese formato de forma que pueda "
+ "reproducirlo."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -11975,26 +13713,30 @@
+ "de DRM para reproducir archivos restringidos, pero pocos de ellos son "
+ "compatibles con Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede aprender más sobre el DRM en la <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++"Puede aprender más sobre el DRM en la <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/"
++"issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use un reproductor multimedia para copiar las canciones y extraiga el iPod "
+ "con seguridad cuando termine."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr "Las canciones no aparecen en mi iPod cuando los copio en él"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -12012,19 +13754,21 @@
+ "tienen un lugar especial para almacenar canciones, que las aplicaciones de "
+ "reproducción de música conocen, pero no el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+ "\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
+ "of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"También tendrá que esperar a que las canciones se terminen de copiar al iPod "
+-"antes de desconectarlo. Antes de desconectar el iPod, asegúrese de <link "
+-"xref=\"files-removedrive\">extraerlo con seguridad</link>. Esto garantizará "
+-"que todas las canciones se han copiado correctamente."
++"También tendrá que esperar a que las canciones se terminen de copiar al "
++"iPod antes de desconectarlo. Antes de desconectar el iPod, asegúrese de "
++"<link xref=\"files-removedrive\">extraerlo con seguridad</link>. Esto "
++"garantizará que todas las canciones se han copiado correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -12046,7 +13790,8 @@
+ "reproductor de música no será capaz de hacer la conversión y por lo tanto no "
+ "copiará la canción. Busque en el instalador de software un códec apropiado."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+@@ -12054,11 +13799,13 @@
+ "Los iPods recién adquiridos deberán configurarse usando el programa iTunes "
+ "antes de poder usarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr "Mi iPod nuevo no funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+@@ -12070,7 +13817,8 @@
+ "debido a que los iPods necesitan configurarse y actualizarse usando el "
+ "programa <app>iTunes</app>, que sólo funciona en Windows y en Mac OS X."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+@@ -12083,7 +13831,8 @@
+ "<gui>Windows</gui> o similar. Los demás formatos (HFS/Mac) no funcionan tan "
+ "bien en GNU/Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+@@ -12091,7 +13840,8 @@
+ "Una vez que termine de configurarlo, el iPod debería funcionar normalmente "
+ "cuando lo enchufe en un equipo Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+@@ -12099,11 +13849,13 @@
+ "Añadir un archivo <input>.is_audio_player</input> para decirle a su equipo "
+ "que es un reproductor de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué no se reconoce mi reproductor de audio cuando lo conecto?"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+@@ -12113,7 +13865,8 @@
+ "pero no puede verlo en su aplicación de organización musical, puede que no "
+ "haya sido reconocido correctamente como un reproductor de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -12133,7 +13886,8 @@
+ "guiones son importantes y todo debe estar en minúsculas). Este archivo le "
+ "permite a su equipo reconocer que es un reproductor de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+@@ -12141,12 +13895,14 @@
+ "organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ahora busque el reproductor de sonido en la barra lateral del gestor de "
+-"archivos y expúlselo (pulse con el botón derecho y seleccione <gui>Expulsar</"
+-"gui>). Desconéctelo y vuelva a conectarlo. Esta vez, su organizador de "
+-"música debería reconocerlo como un dispositivo de sonido. En caso contrario. "
+-"Pruebe a cerrar el organizador de música y volverlo a abrir."
++"archivos y expúlselo (pulse con el botón derecho y seleccione "
++"<gui>Expulsar</gui>). Desconéctelo y vuelva a conectarlo. Esta vez, su "
++"organizador de música debería reconocerlo como un dispositivo de sonido. "
++"En caso contrario. Pruebe a cerrar el organizador de música y volverlo a "
++"abrir."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+@@ -12157,7 +13913,8 @@
+ "<em>de almacenamiento masivo USB</em>; en el manual del dispositivo debería "
+ "decir si lo es."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -12172,7 +13929,8 @@
+ "pulsando en <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Mostrar los archivos ocultos</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+@@ -12180,39 +13938,46 @@
+ "Una sola pulsación para abrir archivos, ejecutar o ver archivos de texto "
+ "ejecutables, y especificar el comportamiento de la papelera."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
+ msgid "Sindhu S"
+ msgstr "Sindhu S"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de comportamiento del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+ "executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
+ "gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+ "<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede controlar si hace una pulsación simple o doble a los archivos, cómo se "
+-"manejan los archivos de texto ejecutables y el comportamiento de la "
++"Puede controlar si hace una pulsación simple o doble a los archivos, cómo "
++"se manejan los archivos de texto ejecutables y el comportamiento de la "
+ "papelera. Pulse <gui>Archivos</gui> en la barra superior, elija "
+ "<gui>Preferencias</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Comportamiento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Comportamiento"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Una sola pulsación para abrir elementos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Una doble pulsación para abrir elementos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+@@ -12225,11 +13990,13 @@
+ "apretada la tecla <key>Ctrl</key> mientras pulsa con el ratón para "
+ "seleccionar uno o más archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "Archivos de texto ejecutables"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+@@ -12239,29 +14006,35 @@
+ "pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un archivo de texto ejecutable es un archivo que contiene un programa que "
+-"puede ejecutar. Los <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">permisos del archivo</link> también deben permitir que el archivo pueda "
+-"ejecutarse como un programa. Los más frecuentes suelen ser scripts de "
+-"<src>Shell</src>, <src>Python</src> y <src>Perl</src>. Tienen extensiones "
+-"<file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> y <file>.pl</file> respectivamente."
++"puede ejecutar. Los <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">permisos del archivo</link> también deben permitir que el "
++"archivo pueda ejecutarse como un programa. Los más frecuentes suelen ser "
++"scripts de <src>Shell</src>, <src>Python</src> y <src>Perl</src>. Tienen "
++"extensiones <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> y <file>.pl</file> "
++"respectivamente."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
+ msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+ msgstr "Cuando abre un archivo de texto ejecutable, puede elegir entre:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
+ msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Ejecutar archivos de texto ejecutables cuando se abren</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
+ msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Ver archivos de texto ejecutables cuando se abren</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
+ msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Preguntar cada vez</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
+ "wish to run or view the selected text file."
+@@ -12269,7 +14042,8 @@
+ "Si <gui>Preguntar cada vez</gui> está seleccionada, aparecerá un diálogo "
+ "preguntando si quiere ejecutar o ver el archivo de texto seleccionado."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
+ "share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
+@@ -12281,18 +14055,21 @@
+ "scripts de la carpeta <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> "
+ "aparecerán en el menú contextual para un archivo en el submenú <gui style="
+ "\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui>. Cuando se eejcuta un script desde una carpeta "
+-"local, todos los archivos seleccionados se pasarán el script como "
+-"parámetros. Para ejecutar un script sobre un archivo:"
++"local, todos los archivos seleccionados se pasarán el script como parámetros."
++" Para ejecutar un script sobre un archivo:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
+ msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+ msgstr "Navegue hasta la carpeta que quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
+ msgid "Select the desired file."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el archivo que quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
+ "script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+@@ -12301,7 +14078,8 @@
+ "seleccione el script que ejecutar del menú<gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
+ "folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+@@ -12309,35 +14087,41 @@
+ "Un script no se pasará como parámetros cuando se ejecute desde una carpeta "
+ "remota, como una carpeta que muestra contenido web o <sys>ftp</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de la papelera del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Papelera"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<gui>Preguntar antes de vaciar la papelera o eliminar los archivos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+ "files."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Esta opción está seleccionada de forma predeterminada. Cuando se va a vaciar "
+-"la papelera, aparece un mensaje confirmando si quiere vaciar la papelera o "
+-"eliminar los archivos."
++"Esta opción está seleccionada de forma predeterminada. Cuando se va a "
++"vaciar la papelera, aparece un mensaje confirmando si quiere vaciar la "
++"papelera o eliminar los archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Incluir un comando para eliminar que no use la papelera</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
+ "pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+@@ -12346,37 +14130,44 @@
+ "menú que aparece cuando pulsa con el botón derecho sobre un elemento en la "
+ "aplicación <app>Archivos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+ "to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cuando se elimina un elemento usando la opción <gui>Eliminar</gui> del menú, "
+-"se pasa por alto la Papelera. El elemento se elimina del sistema "
++"Cuando se elimina un elemento usando la opción <gui>Eliminar</gui> del "
++"menú, se pasa por alto la Papelera. El elemento se elimina del sistema "
+ "completamente. No hay forma de recuperar el elemento eliminado."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Añadir, eliminar y renombrar marcadores en el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "Editar marcadores de carpeta"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
+ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr "Sus marcadores se listan en la barra lateral del gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+ msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Añadir un marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
+ msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr "Abra la carpeta (o la ubicación) que quiera añadir a los marcadores."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -12384,12 +14175,14 @@
+ "Pulse la rueda dentada en la barra de herramientas y elija <gui>Añadir este "
+ "lugar a marcadores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Eliminar un marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
+ "the app menu."
+@@ -12397,7 +14190,8 @@
+ "Pulse en <gui>Archivos</gui> en la barra superior y elija <gui>Marcadores</"
+ "gui> del menú de aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
+ "and click the <key>-</key> button."
+@@ -12405,23 +14199,27 @@
+ "En la ventana <gui>Marcadores</gui>, seleccione el marcador que quiere "
+ "eliminar y pulse <gui>-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Renombrar un marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la ventana <gui>Marcadores</gui>, seleccione el marcador que quiere "
+ "renombrar."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la casilla <gui>Nombre</gui> escriba el nombre nuevo para el marcador."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -12431,11 +14229,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Al renombrar un marcador no se renombra la carpeta. Si tiene marcadores de "
+ "dos carpetas distintas en dos ubicaciones distintas, pero cada una con el "
+-"mismo nombre, el marcador tendrá el mismo nombre, y no podrá distinguirlos. "
+-"En esos casos, es útil darle al marcador un nombre distinto al de la carpeta "
+-"a la que apunta."
++"mismo nombre, el marcador tendrá el mismo nombre, y no podrá distinguirlos."
++" En esos casos, es útil darle al marcador un nombre distinto al de la "
++"carpeta a la que apunta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+@@ -12443,11 +14242,13 @@
+ "Ver y editar archivos en otro equipo sobre FTP, SSH, compartidos de Windows "
+ "o WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr "Examinar archivos en un servidor o compartición de red"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+@@ -12459,7 +14260,8 @@
+ "local o dispositivo extraíble. Esta es una manera conveniente para descargar "
+ "o subir archivos, o para compartir archivos con usuarios en su red local."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+@@ -12477,11 +14279,13 @@
+ "buscando, puede conectarse manualmente a un servidor introduciendo su "
+ "dirección de red o de Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Conectar con un servidor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
+ "<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+@@ -12489,7 +14293,8 @@
+ "En el gestor de archivos, pulse <gui>Archivos</gui> en la barra superior y "
+ "elija <gui>Conectar con el servidor</gui> del menu de la aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
+ "link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+@@ -12499,7 +14304,8 @@
+ "\"#urls\">URL</link>. Los detalles sobre los URL soportados están <link xref="
+ "\"#types\">listadas a continuación</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+ "<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+@@ -12507,7 +14313,8 @@
+ "Si se ha conectado antes al servidor, puede pulsar en él en la lista "
+ "<gui>Servidores recientes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
+ "the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
+@@ -12519,11 +14326,13 @@
+ "estuviesen en su mismo equipo. El servidor se añadirá a la barra lateral, "
+ "por lo que podrá acceder a él fácilmente en el futuro."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
+ msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr "Escribir URL"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+ "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+@@ -12533,11 +14342,13 @@
+ "dirección que se refiere a una ubicación o archivo en una red. La dirección "
+ "se forma así:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>esquema://nombreservidor.ejemplo.com/carpeta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+ "<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
+@@ -12547,11 +14358,13 @@
+ "<em>ejemplo.com</em> de la dirección se llama <em>nombre de dominio</em>. Si "
+ "se requiere un nombre de usuario, se inserta antes del nombre del servidor:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>esquema://usuario@nombreservidor.ejemplo.com/carpeta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+ "domain name:"
+@@ -12559,22 +14372,27 @@
+ "Algunos esquemas requieren que especifique el número de puerto. Insértelo "
+ "después del nombre de dominio:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr "<sys>esquema://usuario@nombreservidor.ejemplo.com:puerto/carpeta</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>esquema://usuario@nombreservidor.ejemplo.com:puerto/carpeta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A continuación hay ejemplos específicos para los distintos tipos de "
+ "servidores soportados."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
+ msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr "Tipos de servidores"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+ "allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
+@@ -12584,17 +14402,19 @@
+ "públicos, y permiten a cualquiera conectarse. Otros servidores requieren que "
+ "inicie sesión con su nombre de usuario y contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede que no tenga permisos para realizar ciertas acciones sobre los "
+ "archivos en un servidor. Por ejemplo, en sitios FTP públicos, probablemente "
+ "no podrá eliminar archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+ "file shares."
+@@ -12602,42 +14422,49 @@
+ "El URL que ingrese depende del protocolo que use el servidor para exportar "
+ "sus archivos compartidos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+ "can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si tiene una cuenta <em>ssh</em> en un servidor, puede conectarse usando "
+-"este método. Muchos servidores de alojamiento web proporcionan cuentas SSH a "
+-"sus miembros para que puedan subir archivos de forma segura. Los servidores "
+-"SSH siempre requieren que inicie sesión."
++"este método. Muchos servidores de alojamiento web proporcionan cuentas SSH "
++"a sus miembros para que puedan subir archivos de forma segura. Los "
++"servidores SSH siempre requieren que inicie sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
+ msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Un URL de SSH típico se parece a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+ msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ssh://usuario@servidor.ejemplo.com/carpeta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cuando se usa SSH, todos los datos que envía (incluyendo su contraseña) van "
+-"cifrados, por lo que otros usuarios de su red no podrán verlos."
++"Cuando se usa SSH, todos los datos que envía (incluyendo su contraseña) "
++"van cifrados, por lo que otros usuarios de su red no podrán verlos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (con registro)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -12651,19 +14478,23 @@
+ "requieren el uso de FTP para subir o descargar archivos. Los sitios FTP con "
+ "inicio de sesión generalmente le permitirán eliminar y subir archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
+ msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Un URL de FTP típico se parece a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://usuario@ftp.ejemplo.com/ruta/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "FTP público"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+ "anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+@@ -12673,20 +14504,23 @@
+ "FTP público o anónimo. Estos servidores no requieren un nombre de usuario y "
+ "contraseña, y por lo general no le permiten eliminar o subir archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
+ msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Un URL de FTP anónimo típico se parece a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.ejemplo.com/ruta/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+ "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
+-"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos sitios FTP anónimos requieren iniciar sesión con un nombre de "
+ "usuario y contraseña pública, o con un nombre de usuario público utilizando "
+@@ -12694,11 +14528,13 @@
+ "utilice el método de <gui>FTP (con entrada)</gui>, y use las credenciales "
+ "especificadas por el sitio FTP."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Compartición Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -12712,19 +14548,23 @@
+ "tiene los permisos adecuados en el equipo remoto, podrá conectarse a un "
+ "recurso compartido de Windows desde el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
+ msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Un URL de compartición de Windows típico se parece a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+ msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>smb://servidor/Share</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV y WebDAV seguro"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -12735,39 +14575,45 @@
+ "Basado en el protocolo HTTP usado en la web, a veces se usa WebDAV para "
+ "compartir archivos en una red local o guardarlos en Internet. Si el servidor "
+ "al que se está conectando admite conexiones seguras, debería escoger esta "
+-"opción. WebDAV seguro usa cifrado SSL fuerte, por lo que nadie podrá ver su "
+-"contraseña ni sus datos."
++"opción. WebDAV seguro usa cifrado SSL fuerte, por lo que nadie podrá ver "
++"su contraseña ni sus datos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
+ msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Un URL de WebDAV típico se parece a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+ msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>http://ejemplo.servidor.com/ruta</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Controlar las leyendas de los iconos usadas en el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de la vista del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+ "<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+@@ -12777,15 +14623,18 @@
+ "iconos. Pulse <gui>Archivos</gui> en la barra superior, elija "
+ "<gui>Preferencias</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Mostrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Títulos de iconos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "Iconos del gestor de archivos con títulos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+@@ -12797,7 +14646,8 @@
+ "cada icono. Esto es útil, por ejemplo, si a menudo necesita ver que es "
+ "propietario de un archivo o cuándo se modificó por última vez."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
+@@ -12814,7 +14664,8 @@
+ "primera solo se mostrará en la mayoría de los niveles de ampliación. La "
+ "última solo se mostrará en tamaños muy grandes."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+@@ -12824,7 +14675,8 @@
+ "misma que las columnas que pueden aparecer en la vista de lista. Consulte la "
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+@@ -12835,7 +14687,8 @@
+ "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Recargar</gui></guiseq> o pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+@@ -12843,42 +14696,46 @@
+ "Ver información básica del archivo, asignar permisos y seleccionar "
+ "aplicaciones predeterminadas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Propiedades del archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede ver información sobre un archivo o carpeta, pulse con el botón derecho "
+-"y seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui>. También puede seleccionar el archivo y "
+-"pulsar <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Intro</key></keyseq>."
++"Puede ver información sobre un archivo o carpeta, pulse con el botón "
++"derecho y seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui>. También puede seleccionar el "
++"archivo y pulsar <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Intro</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La ventana de propiedades del archivo le muestra información tal como el "
+ "tipo de archivo, su tamaño y cuándo lo modificó por última vez. Si necesita "
+-"esta información a menudo, puede mostrarla en las <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">columnas de la vista de lista</link> o en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"esta información a menudo, puede mostrarla en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">columnas de la vista de lista</link> o en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">leyendas de los iconos</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La información básica dada en la pestaña <gui>Básico</gui> se explica a "
+ "continuación. También están las pestañas <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+@@ -12887,16 +14744,21 @@
+ "imágenes y vídeos, habrá una pestaña adicional que proporcione información "
+ "sobre el tamaño, la duración y el códec."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Propiedades básicas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Nombre"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+@@ -12905,12 +14767,14 @@
+ "cambiar el nombre de un archivo fuera de la ventana de propiedades. Consulte "
+ "la <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -12924,19 +14788,23 @@
+ "puede abrir una imagen con un reproductor de música. Consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"files-open\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Entre paréntesis se muestra el <em>tipo MIME</em> del archivo; el tipo MIME "
+ "es una forma estándar que los equipos usan para referirse al tipo de archivo."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Contenido"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -12950,12 +14818,15 @@
+ "su vez otros elementos. Cada archivo se cuenta como un elemento. Si la "
+ "carpeta está vacía, el contenido no mostrará <gui>nada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Tamaño"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+@@ -12967,7 +14838,8 @@
+ "indicador de cuánto tardará en descargar un archivo o en enviarlo por correo-"
+ "e (cuanto más grande es el archivo, más tarda al enviarse/recibirse)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+@@ -12977,12 +14849,15 @@
+ "el tamaño en bytes aparece entre paréntesis. Técnicamente, 1KB son 1024 "
+ "bytes, 1MB son 1024 KB, y así sucesivamente."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Ubicación"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -12996,31 +14871,35 @@
+ "archivo. Por ejemplo, si Jaime tiene un archivo <file>Resumen.pdf</file> en "
+ "su carpeta personal, la ubicación será <file>/home/jaime/Resumen.pdf</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El sistema de archivo o el dispositivo en el que está almacenado el archivo. "
+ "Esto le muestra dónde está alamcenado físicamente el archivo, por ejemplo, "
+-"si está en el disco duro, en un CD o en una <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">carpeta de red o un servidor de archivos</link>. Los discos duros se "
+-"pueden dividir en varias <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">particiones</link>; "
+-"la partición se mostrará también debajo del <gui>Volumen</gui>"
++"si está en el disco duro, en un CD o en una <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">carpeta de red o un servidor de archivos</link>. Los discos duros "
++"se pueden dividir en varias <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">particiones</"
++"link>; la partición se mostrará también debajo del <gui>Volumen</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Espacio libre"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+@@ -13030,32 +14909,40 @@
+ "disponible en el disco en el que se encuentra la carpeta. Es útil para "
+ "comprobar si el disco duro está lleno."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Accedido"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "Fecha y hora de la última apertura del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Modificado"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr "Fecha y hora de la última vez que se cambió y guardó el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr "Controlar quién puede ver y editar sus archivos y carpetas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "Establecer los permisos del archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+@@ -13063,10 +14950,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede usar los permisos de archivos para controlar quién puede ver y editar "
+ "sus archivos. Para ver y asignar los permisos de un archivo, púlselo con el "
+-"botón derecho, seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui> y a continuación vaya a la "
+-"pestaña <gui>Permisos</gui>."
++"botón derecho, seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui> y a continuación vaya a "
++"la pestaña <gui>Permisos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+@@ -13074,12 +14962,15 @@
+ "Para obtener detalles acerca de los tipos de permisos que puede establecer, "
+ "consulte la <link xref=\"#files\"/> y la <link xref=\"#folders\"/> debajo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+@@ -13087,12 +14978,13 @@
+ "only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede asignar los permisos para el propietario del archivo, el grupo del "
+-"propietario y todos los demás usuarios del sistema. Para sus archivos, usted "
+-"es su propietario, y puede concederse a sí mismo permisos de solo lectura o "
+-"de lectura/escritura. Defina un archivo como solo lectura si no quiere "
+-"cambiarlo accidentalmente."
++"propietario y todos los demás usuarios del sistema. Para sus archivos, "
++"usted es su propietario, y puede concederse a sí mismo permisos de solo "
++"lectura o de lectura/escritura. Defina un archivo como solo lectura si no "
++"quiere cambiarlo accidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -13105,12 +14997,13 @@
+ "Cada usuario de su equipo pertenece a un grupo. En equipos domésticos, es "
+ "habitual que cada usuario tenga su propio grupo, y que los permisos de grupo "
+ "no se usen a menudo. En entornos empresariales, los grupos se usan a veces "
+-"para departamentos o proyectos. Además de tener un propietario, cada archivo "
+-"pertenece a un grupo. Puede asignar el grupo de un archivo y controlar los "
+-"permisos para todos los usuarios de ese grupo. Puede asignar el grupo de un "
+-"archivo solo si es un grupo al que usted pertenece."
++"para departamentos o proyectos. Además de tener un propietario, cada "
++"archivo pertenece a un grupo. Puede asignar el grupo de un archivo y "
++"controlar los permisos para todos los usuarios de ese grupo. Puede asignar "
++"el grupo de un archivo solo si es un grupo al que usted pertenece."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+@@ -13118,7 +15011,8 @@
+ "También puede asignar los permisos de los usuarios que no sean el "
+ "propietario ni que estén en el grupo del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -13129,27 +15023,31 @@
+ "Si el archivo es un programa, como por ejemplo un script, tendrá que "
+ "seleccionar <gui>Permitir ejecutar el archivo como un programa</gui> para "
+ "ejecutarlo. Incluso con esta opción activada, puede que el gestor de "
+-"archivos abra ese archivo dentro de una aplicación o le pregunte qué hacer. "
+-"Para obtener más información consulte la <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"archivos abra ese archivo dentro de una aplicación o le pregunte qué hacer."
++" Para obtener más información consulte la <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "behavior#executable\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Carpetas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+ "groups, and other users."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede asignar permisos sobre carpetas para el propietario, el grupo y el "
+-"resto de usuarios. Para obtener una explicación sobre propietarios, grupos y "
+-"el resto de usuarios, consulte los detalles sobre permisos de archivos más "
+-"arriba."
++"resto de usuarios. Para obtener una explicación sobre propietarios, grupos "
++"y el resto de usuarios, consulte los detalles sobre permisos de archivos "
++"más arriba."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+@@ -13157,21 +15055,26 @@
+ "Los permisos que puede establecer para una carpeta son diferentes de los que "
+ "puede establecer para un archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Ninguno"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El usuario ni siquiera será capaz de ver qué archivos están en la carpeta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Solo listar archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+@@ -13179,11 +15082,13 @@
+ "El usuario será capaz de ver los archivos que hay dentro de una carpeta, "
+ "pero no será capaz de abrir, crear o eliminar archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Acceder a archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+@@ -13193,11 +15098,13 @@
+ "permisos para ello en ese archivo en particular), pero puede no ser capaz de "
+ "crear nuevos archivos o eliminar archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Crear y eliminar archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+@@ -13205,7 +15112,8 @@
+ "El usuario tendrá acceso total a la carpeta, incluyendo abrir, crear y "
+ "eliminar archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+ "folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+@@ -13219,16 +15127,19 @@
+ "carpetas y pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>. Los permisos se aplican a archivos y "
+ "carpetas en subcarpetas de cualquier nivel."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Controlar qué información se visualiza en columnas en la vista de lista."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de las columnas en la lista del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
+ "manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+@@ -13240,7 +15151,8 @@
+ "seleccione la pestaña <gui>Columnas de la lista</gui> para seleccionar qué "
+ "columnas quiere que sean visibles."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -13248,20 +15160,25 @@
+ "Use los botones <gui>Subir</gui> y <gui>Bajar</gui> para seleccionar el "
+ "orden en el que aparecerán las columnas seleccionadas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El nombre de las carpetas y archivos en la carpeta que se está visualizando."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+-"El tamaño de una carpeta viene dado por el número de elementos que contiene "
+-"dicha carpeta. El tamaño de un archivo viene dado en bytes, KB o MB."
++"El tamaño de una carpeta viene dado por el número de elementos que "
++"contiene dicha carpeta. El tamaño de un archivo viene dado en bytes, KB o "
++"MB."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -13269,23 +15186,28 @@
+ "Mostrado como carpeta, o tipo de archivo como documento PDF, imagen JPEG, "
+ "sonido MP3, etcétera."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "Da la fecha y hora de la última vez que se modificó el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "Propietario"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "El nombre del usuario propietario de la carpeta o archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Grupo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -13296,15 +15218,18 @@
+ "empresariales, donde los usuarios pueden pertenecer a ciertos grupos en "
+ "función de su departamento o proyecto."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Permisos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr "Muestra los permisos de acceso del archivo. Ej. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -13312,7 +15237,8 @@
+ "El primer carácter <gui>-</gui> es el tipo de archivo. <gui>-</gui> "
+ "significa archivo normal y <gui>d</gui> significa directorio (carpeta)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -13320,7 +15246,8 @@
+ "Los tres caracteres siguientes <gui>rwx</gui> especifican los permisos para "
+ "el usuario propietario del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -13328,7 +15255,8 @@
+ "Los tres siguientes <gui>rw-</gui> especifican los permisos para todos los "
+ "miembros del grupo al que pertenece el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -13336,51 +15264,63 @@
+ "Los tres últimos caracteres de la columna <gui>r--</gui> especifican los "
+ "permisos para todos los demás usuarios del sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Cada carácter tiene el siguiente significado:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : permiso de lectura."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : permiso de escritura."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x : permiso de ejecución."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : sin permiso."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "Tipo MIME"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "Muestra el tipo MIME del elemento."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "La ruta a la ubicación del archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr "Controlar cuándo se usan miniaturas para los archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de la vista previa del gestor de archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+@@ -13394,7 +15334,8 @@
+ "barra superior, elija <gui>Preferencias</gui> y seleccione la pestaña "
+ "<gui>Vista previa</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+ "your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+@@ -13409,11 +15350,12 @@
+ "externos conectados. Puede establecer esta característica a <gui>Siempre</"
+ "gui> o <gui>Nunca</gui>. El gestor de archivos puede <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "connect\">buscar archivos en otros equipos</link> situados en una red de "
+-"área local o Internet. Si busca archivos con frecuencia a través de una red "
+-"de área local y la red tiene gran ancho de banda, puede que quiera "
++"área local o Internet. Si busca archivos con frecuencia a través de una "
++"red de área local y la red tiene gran ancho de banda, puede que quiera "
+ "establecer la opción previa a <gui>Siempre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+ "to limit the size of files previewed."
+@@ -13421,7 +15363,8 @@
+ "Además, puede usar la configuración <gui>Solo para archivos más pequeños "
+ "que</gui> para limitar el tamaño de archivos previsualizados."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -13430,8 +15373,8 @@
+ "folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+ "on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si muestra el tamaño de los archivos en las <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">columnas de la vista de lista</link> o en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"Si muestra el tamaño de los archivos en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">columnas de la vista de lista</link> o en las <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">leyendas de los iconos</link>, las carpetas "
+ "mostrarán la cantidad de archivos y carpetas que contienen. Contar los "
+ "elementos que hay en una carpeta puede resultar lento, especialmente en "
+@@ -13439,42 +15382,49 @@
+ "característica, o activarla solo para los archivos almacenados en su equipo "
+ "y en unidades externas locales."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Especificar la vista predeterminada, la ordenación y los niveles de "
+ "ampliación para el gestor de archivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
+ msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+ msgstr "Preferencias de vistas en <app>Archivos</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+ "whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
+ "\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
+-"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab"
+-"\">Views</gui> tab."
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede cambiar la vista predeterminada para nuevas carpetas, cómo se "
+ "ordenarán los archivos y carpetas de manera predeterminada, el nivel de "
+ "ampliación en las vistas de iconos y compactas y si se mostrarán los "
+-"archivos en la barra lateral de árbol. Seleccione <guiseq><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Archivos</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferencias</gui></guiseq> en la "
+-"barra superior y seleccione la pestaña <gui style=\"tab\">Vistas</gui>."
++"archivos en la barra lateral de árbol. Seleccione <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Archivos</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferencias</gui></guiseq> "
++"en la barra superior y seleccione la pestaña <gui style=\"tab\">Vistas</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Vista predeterminada"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:48(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Ver las carpetas nuevas usando"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
+ "you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
+@@ -13489,11 +15439,13 @@
+ "elementos como una lista</gui> o <gui style=\"button\">Ver elementos como "
+ "una rejilla de iconos</gui> en la barra de herramientas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Organizar los elementos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
+ "<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
+@@ -13506,10 +15458,11 @@
+ "modificaron por última vez, cuándo se accedieron por última vez o cuándo se "
+ "movieron a la papelera."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
+ "individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
+@@ -13526,11 +15479,13 @@
+ "las cabeceras de las columnas en la vista de lista. Este menú solo afecta a "
+ "la carpeta actual."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:71(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Colocar las carpetas antes que los archivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
+ "see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+@@ -13539,11 +15494,13 @@
+ "antes de los archivos. Para ver todas las carpetas antes de los archivos, "
+ "active esta opción"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Mostrar archivos ocultos y de respaldo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
+ "link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
+@@ -13553,10 +15510,11 @@
+ "ocultos</link> ni las carpetas de manera predeterminada. Siempre puede "
+ "mostrar los archivos ocultos seleccionando esta opción."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:82(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
+ "<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+@@ -13567,18 +15525,22 @@
+ "\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Opciones de vista</media> en la barra "
+ "de herramientas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "Vista de icono predeterminada"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:94(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:115(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "Nivel de ampliación predeterminado:"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:97(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
+ "using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
+@@ -13589,29 +15551,32 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede hacer que los iconos y textos sean más grandes o más pequeños en la "
+ "vista de icono usando esta opción. También puede hacerlo en una carpeta "
+-"individual pulsando el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">Opciones de vista</media> en la barra de herramientas y seleccionando "
++"individual pulsando el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">Opciones de vista</media> en la barra de herramientas y seleccionando "
+ "<gui>Ampliar</gui>, <gui>Reducir</gui> o <gui>Tamaño normal</gui>. Si "
+ "frecuentemente usa un nivel de ampliación más grande o más pequeño, puede "
+ "establecer el nivel predeterminado con esta opción."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la vista de iconos, se mostrarán más o menos <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">leyendas informativas</link> en función de su nivel "
+ "de ampliación."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:112(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Valores predeterminados de la vista de lista"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:118(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
+ "option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
+@@ -13619,24 +15584,28 @@
+ "the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede hacer que los iconos y los textos sean más grandes o más pequeños en "
+-"la vista de lista usando esta opción. También puede hacerlo en una carpeta "
+-"individual pulsando el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">Opciones de vista</media> en la barra de herramientas y seleccionando "
+-"<gui>Ampliar</gui>, <gui>Reducir</gui> o <gui>Tamaño normal</gui>."
++"Puede hacer que los iconos y los textos sean más grandes o más pequeños "
++"en la vista de lista usando esta opción. También puede hacerlo en una "
++"carpeta individual pulsando el botón <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">Opciones de vista</media> en la barra de herramientas y "
++"seleccionando <gui>Ampliar</gui>, <gui>Reducir</gui> o <gui>Tamaño normal</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hay muy pocos virus para GNU/Linux, así que probablemente no necesite "
+ "software antivirus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr "¿Necesito software antivirus?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+@@ -13649,7 +15618,8 @@
+ "constantemente en busca de virus que pudieran cruzarse en su camino y "
+ "causarle problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -13665,7 +15635,8 @@
+ "problemas de seguridad de los que los virus podrían hacer uso se solucionan "
+ "muy rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+@@ -13674,7 +15645,8 @@
+ "comunes que realmente no necesita preocuparse por ellos, al menos por el "
+ "momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+@@ -13682,11 +15654,12 @@
+ "or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si quiere estar extremadamente seguro, o si quiere buscar virus en archivos "
+-"que esté pasando entre usted y otras personas que usen Windows o Mac OS, aún "
+-"puede instalar programas antivirus. Compruebe el instalador de software o "
+-"busque en línea; hay varias aplicaciones disponibles."
++"que esté pasando entre usted y otras personas que usen Windows o Mac OS, "
++"aún puede instalar programas antivirus. Compruebe el instalador de software "
++"o busque en línea; hay varias aplicaciones disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+@@ -13696,18 +15669,24 @@
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">instalar flash</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-install-moonlight\">soporte de Silverlight</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "El equipo de documentación Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Navegadores"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13715,11 +15694,13 @@
+ "Cambie el navegador web predeterminado yendo a <gui>Detalles</gui> en la "
+ "<gui>Configuración</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Cambiar qué sitios web se abren en el navegador"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -13731,7 +15712,9 @@
+ "instalado, la página no se puede abrir en el navegador que quería. Para "
+ "solucionar este problema, cambie el navegador predeterminado:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -13739,7 +15722,8 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Detalles</gui> y elija <gui>Aplicaciones predeterminadas</gui> de "
+ "la lista en el lado izquierdo de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -13747,7 +15731,8 @@
+ "Elija qué navegador web quiere vincular para abrir, cambiando la opción "
+ "<gui>Web</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -13758,7 +15743,8 @@
+ "predeterminado. Si esto sucede, pulse en el botón <gui>Cancelar</gui> (o "
+ "similar) para que no trate de configurarse como el navegador predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13766,12 +15752,14 @@
+ "Cambie el cliente de correo predeterminado yendo a <gui>Detalles</gui> en la "
+ "<gui>Configuración</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cambiar qué aplicación de correo electrónico se usa para escribir correos"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -13786,7 +15774,8 @@
+ "Puede resolver el problema cambiando la aplicación de correo electrónico "
+ "predeterminada:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -13794,7 +15783,8 @@
+ "Elija qué cliente de correo quiere usar de manera predeterminada, cambiando "
+ "la opción <gui>Correo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+@@ -13802,11 +15792,13 @@
+ "Es improbable que su equipo se infecte con virus pero puede infectar a otras "
+ "personas a través de su correo electrónico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "¿Necesito comprobar si hay virus en mis correos electrónicos?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+@@ -13816,7 +15808,8 @@
+ "en el equipo. Una forma común de introducirse en su equipo es a través de "
+ "mensajes de correo electrónico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -13831,7 +15824,8 @@
+ "otras palabras, es probable que no tenga que analizar su correo en busca de "
+ "virus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -13852,29 +15846,36 @@
+ "que suceda y del mismo modo la mayoría de las personas que usan Windows y "
+ "Mac OS tiene un software antivirus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Aplicaciones de correo electrónico "
+ "predeterminadas</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "El proyecto de documentación de GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "Software de correo electrónico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr "Conocer su dirección IP le puede ayudar a resolver problemas de red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+@@ -13886,11 +15887,13 @@
+ "em> direcciones IP: una dirección IP de su equipo en la red interna y una "
+ "dirección IP de su equipo en Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP interna (de red)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -13900,15 +15903,18 @@
+ "gui> de la lista a la izquierda, dependiendo de para qué tipo de conexión "
+ "quiera encontrar la dirección IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr "Su dirección IP interna se mostrará en la lista de información."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr "Buscar su dirección IP externa (Internet)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -13916,11 +15922,13 @@
+ "Visite <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr "El sitio le mostrará su dirección IP externa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+@@ -13928,7 +15936,8 @@
+ "Dependiendo de cómo se conecte su equipo a Internet, estas direcciones "
+ "pueden ser iguales."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+@@ -13936,11 +15945,13 @@
+ "Puede controlar qué programas son accesible en la red. Esto le ayuda a "
+ "mantener su equipo seguro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr "Activar y bloquear el acceso al cortafuegos"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+@@ -13950,7 +15961,8 @@
+ "bloquear el acceso a programas otros los usuarios en Internet o en su red. "
+ "Esto ayuda a que su equipo esté seguro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+@@ -13962,7 +15974,8 @@
+ "Dependiendo de cómo esté configurado su equipo puede necesitar configurar el "
+ "cortafuegos para permitir que estos servicios funcionen según lo previsto."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+@@ -13972,7 +15985,8 @@
+ "específico. Para activar el acceso a los servicios de ese programa, puede "
+ "que tenga que «abrir» sus puertos asignados en el cortafuegos:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+@@ -13983,7 +15997,8 @@
+ "instalar un gestor de cortafuegos (Firestarter o GUFW, por ejemplo) si no "
+ "encuentra ninguno ."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+@@ -13993,7 +16008,8 @@
+ "que la gente puede acceder a él o no. El puerto que debe cambiar <link xref="
+ "\"net-firewall-ports\">dependerá del servicio</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+@@ -14001,7 +16017,8 @@
+ "Guarde o aplique los cambios, siguiendo las instrucciones adicionales que le "
+ "proporciona la herramienta del cortafuegos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+@@ -14010,11 +16027,13 @@
+ "cortafuegos, debe especificar el puerto de red correcto para activar y "
+ "desactivar el acceso a la red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Puertos de red usados frecuentemente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -14029,23 +16048,28 @@
+ "estas aplicaciones. Hay cientos de puertos en uso, por lo que la tabla no "
+ "está completa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Puerto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Descripción"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+@@ -14053,36 +16077,46 @@
+ "Permite a los sistemas encontrarse unos a otros y describir su oferta de "
+ "servicios, sin tener que configurar los detalles manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Imprimir"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr "Le permite enviar trabajos de impresión a una impresora de red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr "Le permite compartir su impresora con otras personas en la red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Presencia"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+@@ -14090,15 +16124,18 @@
+ "Le permite anunciar su estado en mensajería instantánea a otras personas en "
+ "su red, como por ejemplo «en línea» u «ocupado»."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Escritorio remoto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+@@ -14106,19 +16143,23 @@
+ "Le permite compartir su escritorio para que otras personas puedan verlo o "
+ "proporcionarle asistencia remota."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "Compartir música (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr "Le permite compartir su colección de música con otros en su red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+@@ -14126,11 +16167,13 @@
+ "Usar una dirección IP estática facilita el proporcionar algunos servicios de "
+ "red desde su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr "Crear una conexión con una dirección IP fija"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -14144,11 +16187,13 @@
+ "puede querer tener una dirección IP fija en el equipo, para saber siempre "
+ "qué dirección tiene (por ejemplo, si es un servidor de archivos)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr "Para dar a su equipo una dirección IP fija (estática):"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+@@ -14156,7 +16201,8 @@
+ "Pulse el <gui>icono de red</gui> en la <gui>barra superior</gui> y "
+ "seleccione <gui>Configuración de la red</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14164,7 +16210,8 @@
+ "Seleccione la conexión de red de la lista (<gui>Cableada</gui> o "
+ "<gui>Inalámbrica</gui>) y pulse <gui>Configurar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+@@ -14172,7 +16219,8 @@
+ "Pulse en la pestaña <gui>Ajustes de IPv4</gui> y cambie la opción "
+ "<gui>Método</gui> a <gui>Manual</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+@@ -14180,7 +16228,8 @@
+ "Si no se lista ninguna información en la lista <gui>Direcciones</gui> o si "
+ "quiere establecer una nueva conexión, pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+@@ -14192,7 +16241,8 @@
+ "dependerán de la configuración de su red; hay reglas específicas sobre qué "
+ "direcciones IP y qué máscaras de red son válidas para una red dada."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+@@ -14204,7 +16254,8 @@
+ "de un servidor que busca nombres de dominio; la mayoría de las redes "
+ "corporativas y proveedores de internet tienen servidores DNS dedicados."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+@@ -14212,21 +16263,24 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Guardar</gui>. La conexión de red debería tener una dirección IP "
+ "fija."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Saber su dirección IP</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">seguridad WEP y WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">dirección MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">seguridad WEP y WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">dirección MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Términos y consejos sobre redes"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -14234,11 +16288,13 @@
+ "Puede necesitar instalar Flash para poder ver sitios web como Youtube, que "
+ "muestra vídeos y páginas web interactivas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Instalar el complemento Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -14248,7 +16304,8 @@
+ "permite ver vídeos y usar páginas interactivas en algunos sitios web. "
+ "Algunos de ellos no funcionarán sin Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -14263,17 +16320,20 @@
+ "que puede instalar también a través de su instalador de software (gestor de "
+ "paquetes)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Si Flash está disponible en el instalador de software:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra la aplicación de instalación de software y busque <input>flash</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+@@ -14281,7 +16341,8 @@
+ "Busque el <gui>Complemento Adobe Flash</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "o similar y pulse para instalarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+@@ -14291,11 +16352,13 @@
+ "El navegador debe darse cuenta de que Flash está instalado cuando se abra de "
+ "nuevo y ahora debería ser capaz de ver sitios web que usen Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Si Flash <em>no está</em> disponible en el instalador de software:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+@@ -14305,7 +16368,8 @@
+ "descarga de Flash Player</link>. Su navegador y sistema operativo debería "
+ "detectarse automáticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+@@ -14315,21 +16379,24 @@
+ "tipo de instalador de software que funciona para su distribución de GNU/"
+ "Linux. Si no sabe cuál usar, elija la opción <file> tar.gz</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Lea las <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">instrucciones de instalación de Flash</link> para aprender cómo "
++"Lea las <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">instrucciones de instalación de Flash</link> para aprender cómo "
+ "instalarlo para su navegador web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Alternativas a Flash de código abierto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -14342,7 +16409,8 @@
+ "sonido), pero peor en otros (por ejemplo, por no ser capaz de mostrar "
+ "algunas de las páginas en Flash más complicado en la web)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -14352,15 +16420,18 @@
+ "reproductor de Flash, o si quiere utilizar tanto software de código abierto "
+ "como sea posible en el equipo. Aquí están algunas de las opciones:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -14368,11 +16439,13 @@
+ "Algunos sitios web usan Silverlight para mostrar páginas web. El complemento "
+ "Moonlight le permite ver estas páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Instalar el complemento Silverlight"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -14382,7 +16455,8 @@
+ "le permite ver vídeos y usar páginas interactivas en algunos sitios web. "
+ "Algunos de ellos no funcionarán sin Silverlight."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+@@ -14395,7 +16469,8 @@
+ "pero estas instrucciones podrían no ser adecuadas para su navegador web, o "
+ "su versión de GNU/Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -14405,7 +16480,8 @@
+ "complemento <em>Moonlight</em> en su lugar. Es una versión libre, de código "
+ "abierto de Silverlight que corre en GNU/Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+@@ -14415,7 +16491,8 @@
+ "instalar usando el instalador de software; simplemente abra el instalador y "
+ "busque <input>Silverlight</input> o <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+@@ -14425,15 +16502,18 @@
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">página web de Moonlight</"
+ "link> para obtener más información e instrucciones de instalación."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr "El identificador único asignado al hardware de red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección MAC?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+@@ -14445,7 +16525,8 @@
+ "una tarjeta Ethernet). «MAC» significa <em>Media Access Control</em>, y cada "
+ "código tiene la intención de ser único para un dispositivo en particular."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+@@ -14454,11 +16535,13 @@
+ "ellos separado por dos puntos. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> es un ejemplo "
+ "de dirección MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr "Para identificar la dirección MAC de su propio hardware de red:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+@@ -14467,11 +16550,13 @@
+ "gui> de la lista en el lado izquierdo de la ventana (dependiendo de qué "
+ "dispositivo quiere comprobar)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr "Su dirección MAC se mostrará como la <gui>Dirección hardware</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -14486,7 +16571,8 @@
+ "necesario cambiar la tarjeta de red, el servicio no funcionará más. En estos "
+ "casos, tendría que falsificar la dirección MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+@@ -14494,11 +16580,13 @@
+ "Si la configuración de red no se le asigna automáticamente, deberá "
+ "introducirla manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr "Establecer la configuración de la red manualmente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -14511,21 +16599,26 @@
+ "configuración correcta que debe de usar. Si no, puede que tenga que pedirla "
+ "a su administrador de red o mirar la configuración de su enrutador o switch."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr "ParaeEstablecer la configuración de la red manualmente:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración "
+ "de la red</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+@@ -14535,7 +16628,8 @@
+ "<gui>Configurar</gui>. Por ejemplo, si se conecta a la red con un cable, "
+ "busque en <gui>Cableada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14543,7 +16637,8 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que su tarjeta inalámbrica está encendida o que el cable de red "
+ "está conectado. Si no es así, no podrá pulsar en <gui>Configurar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+@@ -14551,7 +16646,8 @@
+ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Ajustes de IPv4</gui> y cambie el <gui>Método</gui> a "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+@@ -14563,7 +16659,8 @@
+ "en las columnas correspondientes de la lista <gui>Direcciones</gui>. Pulse "
+ "<key>Intro</key> o <key>Tab</key> después de escribir cada dirección."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+@@ -14571,7 +16668,8 @@
+ "Estas tres direcciones deben ser direcciones IP; esto es, deben ser cuatro "
+ "números separados por puntos (ej. 123.45.6.78)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+@@ -14579,7 +16677,8 @@
+ "Escriba en el campo correspondiente las direcciones IP de los servidores de "
+ "nombres DNS que quiere usar, separados por comas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+@@ -14590,7 +16689,8 @@
+ "intentando ver un sitio web o examinando los archivos compartidos en la red, "
+ "por ejemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+@@ -14598,11 +16698,13 @@
+ "Puede guardar la configuración (ej.: la contraseña) de una conexión "
+ "inalámbrica para que cualquiera que use el equipo pueda conectarse a ella."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr "Otros usuarios no pueden conectar a Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+@@ -14615,7 +16717,8 @@
+ "inalámbrica, puede que no esté introduciendo la contraseña correcta de "
+ "seguridad inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+@@ -14627,7 +16730,8 @@
+ "necesario configurarla una vez, y todos los demás en el equipo serán capaces "
+ "de conectarse a ella sin necesidad de contestar ninguna pregunta. Para ello:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -14637,7 +16741,8 @@
+ "gui> de la lista a la izquierda (dependiendo de qué conexión de red quiera "
+ "cambiar)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14646,7 +16751,8 @@
+ "quiere que esté disponible para todos los usuarios y después pulse "
+ "<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+@@ -14654,10 +16760,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> y pulse "
+ "<gui>Guardar</gui>. Tendrá que introducir su contraseña de administrador "
+-"para guardar los cambios. Solo los <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">usuarios administradores</link> pueden hacerlo."
++"para guardar los cambios. Solo los <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">usuarios administradores</link> pueden hacerlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+@@ -14665,7 +16772,8 @@
+ "Ahora otros usuarios del equipo podrán usar esta conexión sin entrar en más "
+ "detalles."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -14673,11 +16781,13 @@
+ "Debe desmarcar la opción <gui>Disponible para todos los usuarios</gui> en la "
+ "configuración de la conexión."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr "Otros usuarios no pueden editar las conexiones de red"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -14685,14 +16795,15 @@
+ "that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
+ "administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si puede editar una conexión de red pero los demás usuarios de su equipo no "
+-"pueden, puede establecer que la conexión esté <gui>disponible para todos los "
+-"usuarios</gui>. Esto permite que cualquier usuario del equipo pueda "
+-"<em>conectarse</em> usando esa conexión, pero solo aquellos usuarios <link "
+-"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">con permisos administrativos</link> podrán "
+-"cambiar sus opciones."
++"Si puede editar una conexión de red pero los demás usuarios de su equipo "
++"no pueden, puede establecer que la conexión esté <gui>disponible para "
++"todos los usuarios</gui>. Esto permite que cualquier usuario del equipo "
++"pueda <em>conectarse</em> usando esa conexión, pero solo aquellos usuarios "
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">con permisos administrativos</link> "
++"podrán cambiar sus opciones."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+@@ -14702,7 +16813,8 @@
+ "cambio, solo los usuarios de confianza (administradores) deberían poder "
+ "modificar la conexión."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -14716,11 +16828,13 @@
+ "conexión en lugar de depender de una configuración compartida, en todo el "
+ "sistema, para la conexión."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:38(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr "Hágalo para que la conexión no se comparta nunca más"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+@@ -14728,7 +16842,8 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Cableada</gui> o <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de "
+ "la lista en el lado izquierdo, dependiendo de qué conexión quiera cambiar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+@@ -14738,7 +16853,8 @@
+ "quiere que esté disponible para que todos los usuarios puedan gestionarla o "
+ "editarla por ellos mismos, y después pulse <gui>Opciones</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+@@ -14746,7 +16862,8 @@
+ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de administración para cambiar la conexión. "
+ "Solo los administradores pueden hacerlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+@@ -14755,7 +16872,8 @@
+ "<gui>Guardar</gui>. Ahora otros usuarios del equipo podrán gestionar la "
+ "conexión por ellos mismos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+@@ -14765,27 +16883,32 @@
+ "inalámbrica</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Buscar su red "
+ "inalámbrica</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de red"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Un proxy filtra los sitios web que está consultando, normalmente por motivos "
+-"de control o seguridad."
++"Un proxy filtra los sitios web que está consultando, normalmente por "
++"motivos de control o seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr "Definir la configuración del proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un proxy?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -14801,11 +16924,13 @@
+ "sitios web que está visitando, impedir que pueda acceder a Internet sin "
+ "autenticarse o llevar a cabo comprobaciones de seguridad en sitios web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el método del proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -14813,11 +16938,13 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y elija <gui>Proxy de red</gui> de la lista en la parte "
+ "izquierda de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr "Elija el tipo de proxy que quiere usar de entre los siguientes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+@@ -14825,12 +16952,15 @@
+ "Las aplicaciones usarán una conexión directa para obtener el contenido de la "
+ "web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:62(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Manual"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+@@ -14840,11 +16970,13 @@
+ "y el puerto. Los protocolos son <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+ "gui> y <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Automático"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+@@ -14852,7 +16984,8 @@
+ "Un URL apunta a un recurso, que contiene la configuración adecuada para su "
+ "sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+@@ -14860,19 +16993,23 @@
+ "La configuración del proxy se aplicará a las aplicaciones que usen la "
+ "conexión de red con la configuración elegida."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr "Sugerencias generales que recordar al usar Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Mantenerse seguro en Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -14884,13 +17021,14 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una razón por la que puede estar usando Linux es por su robustez y su "
+ "seguridad. Una razón por la que Linux es relativamente seguro frente a virus "
+-"y «malware» es debido al número de personas que lo usan. Los virus se enfocan "
+-"a sistemas operativos populares como Windows, que tienen una gran cantidad "
+-"de usuarios. Linux es muy seguro debido a su naturaleza de código abierto "
+-"que permite a los expertos modificar y mejorar las características de "
+-"seguridad incluidas en cada distribución."
++"y «malware» es debido al número de personas que lo usan. Los virus se "
++"enfocan a sistemas operativos populares como Windows, que tienen una gran "
++"cantidad de usuarios. Linux es muy seguro debido a su naturaleza de código "
++"abierto que permite a los expertos modificar y mejorar las características "
++"de seguridad incluidas en cada distribución."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+@@ -14900,27 +17038,31 @@
+ "instalación de Linux es segura, siempre existen vulnerabilidades. Como "
+ "usuario medio en Internet es susceptible de:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Estafas de «phishing» (sitios web que intentan obtener información delicada a "
+-"través de engaños)"
++"Estafas de «phishing» (sitios web que intentan obtener información delicada "
++"a través de engaños)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Reenvío de correos maliciosos</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Aplicaciones con intenciones maliciosas (virus)"
+-"</link>"
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Aplicaciones con intenciones maliciosas "
++"(virus)</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -14928,11 +17070,14 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Acceso no autorizado a la red local/"
+ "remota</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+-msgstr "Para conectarse se manera segura, recuerde las siguientes sugerencias:"
++msgstr ""
++"Para conectarse se manera segura, recuerde las siguientes sugerencias:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+@@ -14940,7 +17085,8 @@
+ "No abra correos electrónicos, adjuntos o enlaces enviados por personas que "
+ "no conoce."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+@@ -14952,19 +17098,21 @@
+ "enviado y las consecuencias posibles si esa información cae en manos de "
+ "ladrones de identidades u otros criminales."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Tenga cuidado al otorgar  <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">permisos de "
+ "administrador</link> a una aplicación, especialmente a aquellas que no ha "
+ "usado anteriormente o aplicaciones que no conoce bien. Otorgar permisos de "
+ "administrador a cualquiera o a cualquier cosa pone su equipo en riesgo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -14978,7 +17126,8 @@
+ "posibilidad de usar un <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">cortafuegos</link> "
+ "para ayudarle a proteger su equipo frente a los intrusos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+@@ -14986,11 +17135,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Software antivirus</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">cortafuegos básico</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Mantenerse seguro en Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+@@ -14998,11 +17149,13 @@
+ "Puede que se estén descargando otras cosas, que tenga una conexión pobre o "
+ "incluso puede ser la hora del día."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "Parece que Internet va lento"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+@@ -15010,7 +17163,8 @@
+ "Si está usando Internet y parece muy lento, existe un cierto número de cosas "
+ "que pueden estar causando la lentitud."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+@@ -15018,14 +17172,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pruebe a cerrar el navegador web y volver a abrirlo y desconectarse de "
+ "Internet y volver a conectarse de nuevo. (Al hacer esto se restablecen un "
+-"montón de cosas que podrían ser la causa de que Internet funcione "
+-"lentamente.)"
++"montón de cosas que podrían ser la causa de que Internet funcione lentamente."
++")"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Tiempo del día ocupado</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -15039,32 +17195,38 @@
+ "Los proveedores de Internet a menudo configuran las conexiones a Internet "
+ "para que sean compartidas entre varios hogares. Incluso aunque usted se "
+ "conecte de forma independiente, mediante su propia conexión por línea "
+-"telefónica o cable, puede que esté compartiendo su conexión a Internet en la "
+-"central telefónica. En tal caso, si hay muchos vecinos accediendo a Internet "
+-"al mismo tiempo que usted, es posible que note una bajada de velocidad. "
+-"Seguramente lo note en los momentos en los que haya más probabilidad de que "
+-"sus vecinos estén usando Internet (por las noches, por ejemplo)."
++"telefónica o cable, puede que esté compartiendo su conexión a Internet en "
++"la central telefónica. En tal caso, si hay muchos vecinos accediendo a "
++"Internet al mismo tiempo que usted, es posible que note una bajada de "
++"velocidad. Seguramente lo note en los momentos en los que haya más "
++"probabilidad de que sus vecinos estén usando Internet (por las noches, por "
++"ejemplo)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Descargar muchas cosas a la vez</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si usted o alguien más está usando su conexión a Internet y descargando "
+-"varios archivos a la vez, o viendo vídeos, la conexión a Internet podría no "
+-"ir lo bastante rápida como para satisfacer las peticiones. En tal caso, la "
+-"notará más lenta."
++"varios archivos a la vez, o viendo vídeos, la conexión a Internet podría "
++"no ir lo bastante rápida como para satisfacer las peticiones. En tal caso, "
++"la notará más lenta."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Conexión poco fiable</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+@@ -15075,11 +17237,13 @@
+ "gente o en un centro de conferencias, la conexión a Internet podría estar "
+ "demasiado cargada o simplemente no ser fiable."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Señal de conexión inalámbrica baja</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+@@ -15090,11 +17254,13 @@
+ "no, Internet puede parecer lento porque no tiene una señal suficientemente "
+ "fuerte."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Usar una conexión móvil a Internet</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -15108,11 +17274,13 @@
+ "rápida de una conexión «de banda ancha móvil», tipo 3G a una conexión más "
+ "fiable, pero más lenta, como GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">El navegador web tiene un problema</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -15126,7 +17294,8 @@
+ "abierto durante mucho tiempo, por ejemplo. Intente cerrar todas las ventanas "
+ "del navegador y abrirlo de nuevo para ver si hay diferencias."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+@@ -15134,11 +17303,13 @@
+ "Las VPN le permiten conectarse a una red local a través de internet. Aprenda "
+ "cómo configurar una conexión VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr "Conectar a una VPN"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -15156,11 +17327,13 @@
+ "un viaje de negocios. Tendrá que buscar una conexión a Internet en alguna "
+ "parte (como en un hotel) y luego conectarse a la VPN de su trabajo. Sería "
+ "como si se estuviera conectando directamente a la red de su trabajo, pero la "
+-"conexión de red real sería a través de la conexión a Internet del hotel. Las "
+-"conexiones VPN normalmente van <em>cifradas</em> para evitar que la gente "
+-"pueda acceder a la red local a la que está conectándose sin autenticarse."
++"conexión de red real sería a través de la conexión a Internet del hotel. "
++"Las conexiones VPN normalmente van <em>cifradas</em> para evitar que la "
++"gente pueda acceder a la red local a la que está conectándose sin "
++"autenticarse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -15176,7 +17349,8 @@
+ "paquete <app>NetworkManager</app> que funciona con su VPN (si lo hay) e "
+ "instálelo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+@@ -15188,11 +17362,13 @@
+ "empresa que proporcione el software VPN. Probablemente tendrá que seguir "
+ "algunas instrucciones distintas para hacer que funcione."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr "Una vez que esté hecho, puede configurar la conexión VPN:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+@@ -15200,17 +17376,21 @@
+ "En la lista a la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> para añadir una "
+ "conexión nueva."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Elija <gui>VPN</gui> en la lista de interfaces y pulse <gui>Crear...</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> y seleccione qué tipo de conexión VPN tiene."
++msgstr ""
++"Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui> y seleccione qué tipo de conexión VPN tiene."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+@@ -15218,7 +17398,8 @@
+ "Pulse <gui>Crear</gui> y siga las instrucciones en la pantalla, "
+ "introduciendo los detalles como su nombre de usuario y contraseñas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+@@ -15227,22 +17408,24 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cuando termine de configurar la VPN, pulse en el icono de red en la barra "
+ "superior, vaya a <gui>Conexiones VPN</gui> y pulse en la conexión que acaba "
+-"de crear. Se intentará establecer una conexión VPN, el icono de red cambiará "
+-"mientras intente conectarse."
++"de crear. Se intentará establecer una conexión VPN, el icono de red "
++"cambiará mientras intente conectarse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+ "network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
+ "<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si todo va bien, se conectará correctamente a la VPN. De lo contrario, puede "
+-"que necesite volver a comprobar la configuración VPN que introdujo. Puede "
+-"hacerlo pulsando en el icono de red, seleccionando <gui>Configuración de la "
+-"red</gui> y yendo a la pestaña <gui>VPN</gui>."
++"Si todo va bien, se conectará correctamente a la VPN. De lo contrario, "
++"puede que necesite volver a comprobar la configuración VPN que introdujo. "
++"Puede hacerlo pulsando en el icono de red, seleccionando <gui>Configuración "
++"de la red</gui> y yendo a la pestaña <gui>VPN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+@@ -15250,15 +17433,18 @@
+ "Para desconectarse de la VPN, pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y "
+ "pulse <gui>Desconectar</gui> bajo el nombre de su conexión VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr "Una dirección IP es como un número de teléfono para su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección IP?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+@@ -15266,29 +17452,32 @@
+ "«Dirección IP» significa <em>Dirección de Protocolo Internet</em>, y cada "
+ "dispositivo que se conecta a una red (así como a Internet) tiene una."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+ "Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+ "computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una dirección IP se parece a su número de teléfono. Su número de teléfono es "
+-"un conjunto único de números que identifican a su teléfono de forma otra "
+-"persona pueda llamarle. Igualmente, una dirección IP es un conjunto único de "
+-"números que identifican a su equipo de forma que pueda enviar y recibir "
+-"datos hacia y desde otros equipos, respectivamente."
++"Una dirección IP se parece a su número de teléfono. Su número de "
++"teléfono es un conjunto único de números que identifican a su teléfono "
++"de forma otra persona pueda llamarle. Igualmente, una dirección IP es un "
++"conjunto único de números que identifican a su equipo de forma que pueda "
++"enviar y recibir datos hacia y desde otros equipos, respectivamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Actualmente, la mayoría de las direcciones IP constan de cuatro conjuntos de "
+-"números separados por un punto. <code>192.168.1.42</code> es un ejemplo de "
+-"dirección IP."
++"Actualmente, la mayoría de las direcciones IP constan de cuatro conjuntos "
++"de números separados por un punto. <code>192.168.1.42</code> es un ejemplo "
++"de dirección IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -15300,11 +17489,12 @@
+ "Una dirección IP puede ser <em>dinámica</em> o <em>estática</em>. Las "
+ "direcciones IP dinámicas son asignadas temporalmente cada vez que su equipo "
+ "se conecta a la red. Las direcciones IP son fijas, y no cambian. Las "
+-"direcciones IP dinámicas son más frecuentes que las estáticas, las estáticas "
+-"solo se usan habitualmente cuando hay un motivo especial par ello, como "
+-"administrar un servidor."
++"direcciones IP dinámicas son más frecuentes que las estáticas, las "
++"estáticas solo se usan habitualmente cuando hay un motivo especial par "
++"ello, como administrar un servidor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+@@ -15312,22 +17502,26 @@
+ "Para configurar la mayoría de las conexiones a redes cableadas, todo lo que "
+ "necesita es conectar un cable de red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr "Conectar a una red cableada (Ethernet)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para configurar la mayoría de las conexiones a redes cableadas, todo lo que "
+ "necesita es conectar un cable de red. El icono de red en la barra superior "
+ "dará vueltas o parpadeará durante varios segundos y después cambiará al "
+ "icono de un «zócalo» cuando esté conectado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -15336,14 +17530,15 @@
+ "(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
+ "Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si esto no ocurriera, deberá asegurarse primero de que su cable de red está "
+-"conectado. Un extremo del cable debería ir enchufado al puerto de red "
++"Si esto no ocurriera, deberá asegurarse primero de que su cable de red "
++"está conectado. Un extremo del cable debería ir enchufado al puerto de red "
+ "Ethernet rectangular de su equipo, y el otro debería conectarse a un "
+ "conmutador, enrutador, roseta o similar (dependiendo de la instalación de "
+ "red que tenga). Algunas veces, una luz junto al puerto Ethernet indica que "
+ "está conectado y activo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+@@ -15353,17 +17548,19 @@
+ "sin cierta configuración adicional). Para conectar dos equipos, deberá "
+ "enchufar ambos a un concentrador, enrutador o conmutador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+ "manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si todavía no está conectado, puede que su red no soporte la configuración "
+-"automática (DHCP). En este caso tendrá que <link xref=\"net-manual"
+-"\">configurarla manualmente</link>."
++"automática (DHCP). En este caso tendrá que <link xref=\"net-"
++"manual\">configurarla manualmente</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+@@ -15371,11 +17568,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Conexiones de Internet cableadas</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">direcciones IP fijas</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Conexiones cableadas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+@@ -15383,11 +17582,13 @@
+ "Use una red ad-hoc para permitir que otros dispositivos se conecten a su "
+ "equipo y a sus conexiones de red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Crear un «hotspot» inalámbrico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+@@ -15399,15 +17600,18 @@
+ "permite a su equipo compartir una conexión a Internet configurada en otra "
+ "interfaz, como una red cableada o una red de banda ancha móvil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> a la izquierda."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Usar como «hotspot»</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+@@ -15419,7 +17623,8 @@
+ "crear una única red al mismo tiempo. Pulse <gui>Crear «hotspot»</gui> para "
+ "confirmar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+@@ -15428,16 +17633,20 @@
+ "Se generan automáticamente un nombre de red (SSID) y una clave de seguridad. "
+ "El nombre de red estará basado en el nombre de su equipo. Otros dispositivos "
+ "necesitarán esta información para conectarse al «»hotspot que acaba de crear."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr "Abra la configuración de red y cambie el modo avión a ENCENDIDO."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr "Apagar el modo inalámbrico (modo avión)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+@@ -15449,7 +17658,8 @@
+ "También debería apagarlo por otras razones: (para ahorrar batería, por "
+ "ejemplo). Para hacer esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+@@ -15457,7 +17667,8 @@
+ "Active el <gui>Modo avión</gui>. Esto apagará su conexión inalámbrica hasta "
+ "que apague de nuevo el modo avión."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+@@ -15465,15 +17676,18 @@
+ "Usar el <em>Modo avión</em> desactivará completamente tanto la conexión "
+ "inalámbrica como la conexión Bluetooth,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Conectarse a Internet; de forma inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr "Conectar con una red inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+@@ -15483,7 +17697,8 @@
+ "a una red inalámbrica cercana para obtener acceso a Internet, ver archivos "
+ "compartidos en la red y demás."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+@@ -15491,7 +17706,8 @@
+ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y pulse en el nombre de la red a "
+ "la que quiere conectarse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+@@ -15503,17 +17719,19 @@
+ "esté fuera del área de cobertura o puede que la red <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">esté oculta</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la red está protegida por una contraseña (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">clave de cifrado</link>), introduzca la contraseña cuando se le pida y "
+-"pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
++"Si la red está protegida por una contraseña (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">clave de cifrado</link>), introduzca la contraseña cuando se le "
++"pida y pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+@@ -15523,7 +17741,8 @@
+ "enrutador inalámbrico o de la estación base, en el manual de instrucciones, "
+ "o puede tener que preguntar a la persona que administra la red inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+@@ -15531,7 +17750,8 @@
+ "El icono de red cambiará su apariencia según el equipo intente conectarse a "
+ "la red."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+@@ -15542,7 +17762,8 @@
+ "varias barras por encima. Más barras indican una conexión más fuerte a la "
+ "red. Si no hay muchas barras, las conexión es débil y puede no ser posible."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -15552,15 +17773,16 @@
+ "wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la conexión no tiene éxito, se le <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect"
+-"\">puede preguntar su contraseña otra vez</link>, o simplemente puede "
+-"decirle que la conexión se ha desconectado. Hay varias razones que pueden "
+-"hacer que esto pase; puede haber introducido mal la contraseña, la señal "
+-"inalámbrica es muy débil o la tarjeta inalámbrica de su equipo tiene un "
+-"problema, por ejemplo. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting"
+-"\"/> para obtener más ayuda."
++"Si la conexión no tiene éxito, se le <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">puede preguntar su contraseña otra vez</link>, o simplemente "
++"puede decirle que la conexión se ha desconectado. Hay varias razones que "
++"pueden hacer que esto pase; puede haber introducido mal la contraseña, la "
++"señal inalámbrica es muy débil o la tarjeta inalámbrica de su equipo tiene "
++"un problema, por ejemplo. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> para obtener más ayuda."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -15576,7 +17798,8 @@
+ "enrutador o un módem), pero las dos conexiones son diferentes, y por lo "
+ "tanto tiene velocidades distintas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+@@ -15584,11 +17807,13 @@
+ "Es posible que tenga baja señal, o la red podría ser la que no le permite "
+ "conectar correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué mi red inalámbrica permanece desconectada?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -15602,11 +17827,13 @@
+ "girará o parpadeará si está tratando de volver a conectar), pero puede ser "
+ "molesto, especialmente si está utilizando Internet en ese momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Señal inalámbrica débil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -15621,7 +17848,8 @@
+ "conexión. Las paredes y otros objetos entre usted y la estación base también "
+ "pueden debilitar la señal."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+@@ -15630,11 +17858,13 @@
+ "inalámbrica. Si la señal se ve baja, trate de acercarse a la estación base "
+ "inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr "La conexión de red no está establecida correctamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -15649,7 +17879,8 @@
+ "conexión a la red. Gestionó cómo establecer una conexión, pero no pudo "
+ "finalizar la conexión por alguna razón y la desconectó."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+@@ -15659,11 +17890,13 @@
+ "mal, o que el equipo no tiene permisos en la red (ya que la red requiere un "
+ "nombre de usuario para iniciar sesión, por ejemplo)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Controladores o hardware inalámbrico poco fiables"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -15681,11 +17914,13 @@
+ "con mucha frecuencia, es posible que quiera considerar el uso de hardware "
+ "diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Redes inalámbricas ocupadas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+@@ -15698,17 +17933,20 @@
+ "manejar todos los equipos que están tratando de conectar, por lo que algunos "
+ "de ellos se desconectan."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprender cuáles son las opciones en la pantalla de conexión inalámbrica de "
+ "edición."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr "Editar una conexión inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+@@ -15719,7 +17957,8 @@
+ "en la configuración de <gui>Red</gui>, a continuación, pulse en "
+ "<gui>Opciones</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+@@ -15730,15 +17969,18 @@
+ "cambiar ninguna de ellas. Muchas de las opciones que aquí se proporcionan lo "
+ "son para darle un mayor control sobre redes más avanzadas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios / Conectar automáticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Conectar automáticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -15746,7 +17988,8 @@
+ "Seleccione esta opción si quiere que el equipo intente conectarse a esta red "
+ "inalámbrica cuando esté en el rango."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -15759,11 +18002,13 @@
+ "No se desconectará de una red disponible para conectarse a una diferente que "
+ "acabe de aparecer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -15779,25 +18024,29 @@
+ "equipo serán capaces de conectarse a la red sin tener que conocer la "
+ "contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrador</link> para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se le "
+-"puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrador</link> para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se "
++"le puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -15810,28 +18059,31 @@
+ "inalámbrica (por ejemplo, al cambiar la configuración de su enrutador "
+ "inalámbrico o estación base)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Modo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Úselo para especificar si quiere conectarse a una red de tipo "
+ "<gui>Infraestructura</gui> (donde los equipos se conectan de forma "
+-"inalámbrica a una estación base central o un enrutador) o <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> "
+-"(donde no hay ninguna estación base, y los equipos de la red se conectan "
+-"directamente con otro). La mayoría de las redes son de tipo infraestructura; "
+-"sin embargo, es posible que quiera <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">crear su propia "
+-"red ad-hoc</link>."
++"inalámbrica a una estación base central o un enrutador) o <gui>Ad-hoc</"
++"gui> (donde no hay ninguna estación base, y los equipos de la red se "
++"conectan directamente con otro). La mayoría de las redes son de tipo "
++"infraestructura; sin embargo, es posible que quiera <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">crear su propia red ad-hoc</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -15842,20 +18094,23 @@
+ "networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
+ "you can change which channel you are using too."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si selecciona <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, verá otras dos opciones: <gui>Banda</gui> y "
+-"<gui>Canal</gui>, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias inalámbricas "
+-"operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar en ciertas "
+-"bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la <gui>A</gui> o en la <gui>B/G</gui>), por lo "
+-"que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los equipos de la red "
+-"ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es posible que existan varias "
+-"redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo canal; esto podría ralentizar su "
+-"conexión, por lo que también puede cambiar el canal que vaya a usar."
++"Si selecciona <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, verá otras dos opciones: <gui>Banda</gui> "
++"y <gui>Canal</gui>, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias "
++"inalámbricas operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar "
++"en ciertas bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la <gui>A</gui> o en la <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), por lo que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los "
++"equipos de la red ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es posible "
++"que existan varias redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo canal; esto "
++"podría ralentizar su conexión, por lo que también puede cambiar el canal "
++"que vaya a usar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -15871,11 +18126,13 @@
+ "supone que es único en la red inalámbrica). Si <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "hidden\">la red está oculta</link>, no tendrá SSID pero sí tendrá BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "Dirección MAC del dispositivo:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -15888,16 +18145,21 @@
+ "que puede conectar a una red tiene una dirección MAC única, asignada de "
+ "fábrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta opción se puede usar para cambiar la dirección MAC de su tarjeta de red."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Dirección MAC clonada"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -15906,18 +18168,20 @@
+ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
+ "address rather than its real one."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una dirección "
+-"MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio que solo se "
+-"comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un cablemódem de "
+-"banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado <gui>dirección MAC "
+-"clonada</gui>, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que su equipo tiene la "
+-"dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real."
++"Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una "
++"dirección MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio "
++"que solo se comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un "
++"cablemódem de banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado "
++"<gui>dirección MAC clonada</gui>, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que su "
++"equipo tiene la dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -15934,16 +18198,20 @@
+ "(debido a una conexión con ruido) y la rapidez con la conexión. Generalmente "
+ "nunca debería cambiar este ajuste."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Seguridad inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Seguridad"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+@@ -15952,10 +18220,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esto define qué tipo de <em>cifrado</em> usa su red inalámbrica. Las "
+ "conexiones cifradas ayudan a proteger su conexión inalámbrica de ser "
+-"interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué sitios "
+-"web está visitando, etc."
++"interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué "
++"sitios web está visitando, etc."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -15966,16 +18235,19 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos tipos de cifrado son más fuertes que otros, pero puede que algunos "
+ "dispositivos de red inalámbrica más antiguos no lo admitan. Normalmente "
+-"tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros tipos de seguridad "
+-"más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de usuario y un «certificado» "
+-"digital. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> para obtener más "
+-"información sobre los tipos de cifrado inalámbrico más usuales."
++"tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros tipos de "
++"seguridad más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de usuario y un "
++"«certificado» digital. Consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> para "
++"obtener más información sobre los tipos de cifrado inalámbrico más "
++"usuales."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "Ajustes de IPv4"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+@@ -15985,15 +18257,18 @@
+ "y los servidores DNS que debe usar. Cambie el <gui>Método</gui> para ver las "
+ "diferentes maneras de obtener/establecer esa información."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Los siguientes métodos están disponibles:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Automático (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -16001,18 +18276,20 @@
+ "should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
+ "be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Obtener información, como la dirección IP y el servidor DNS que usar, de un "
+-"<em>servidor DHCP</em>. Un servidor DHCP es un equipo (u otro dispositivo, "
+-"como por ejemplo un enrutador) conectado a la red, que decide qué "
+-"configuración tendrá su equipo; cuando se conecte por primera vez a la red, "
+-"se le asignará automáticamente la configuración correcta. La mayoría de las "
+-"redes usan DHCP."
++"Obtener información, como la dirección IP y el servidor DNS que usar, de "
++"un <em>servidor DHCP</em>. Un servidor DHCP es un equipo (u otro "
++"dispositivo, como por ejemplo un enrutador) conectado a la red, que decide "
++"qué configuración tendrá su equipo; cuando se conecte por primera vez a "
++"la red, se le asignará automáticamente la configuración correcta. La "
++"mayoría de las redes usan DHCP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Solo direcciones automáticas (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+@@ -16022,7 +18299,8 @@
+ "DHCP, pero tendrá que definir manualmente otros detalles (como el servidor "
+ "DNS que usará)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+@@ -16030,11 +18308,13 @@
+ "Elija esta opción si quiere definir toda la configuración de red, incluyendo "
+ "la dirección IP que el equipo debe usar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr "Solo enlace local"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -16050,7 +18330,8 @@
+ "quiere conectar temporalmente unos cuantos equipos juntos para que puedan "
+ "comunicarse entre ellos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+@@ -16062,11 +18343,13 @@
+ "conexiones separadas, incluso aunque vayan por la misma tarjeta de red. Si "
+ "ha activado una de ellas, puede que quiera desactivar la otra."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "Ajustes de IPv6"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+@@ -16076,7 +18359,8 @@
+ "estándar IPv6. Las redes más modernas usan IPv6, pero IPv4 sigue siendo más "
+ "popular por el momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+@@ -16084,11 +18368,13 @@
+ "El hardware inalámbrico puede estar apagado o roto, puede haber muchas redes "
+ "inalámbricas cercanas, o puede estar fuera de rango."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr "No puedo ver mi red inalámbrica en la lista"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+@@ -16098,7 +18384,8 @@
+ "inalámbrica en la lista de redes que aparece al pulsar en el icono de red en "
+ "la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+@@ -16108,7 +18395,8 @@
+ "apagado, o <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">puede no funcionar "
+ "correctamente</link>. Asegúrese de encenderlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+@@ -16120,15 +18408,18 @@
+ "inferior de la lista por medio de la flecha que señala hacia la derecha y "
+ "pase el ratón sobre ella para visualizar el resto de las redes inalámbricas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede estar fuera del rango de la red. Intente acercarse a la estación base "
+ "inalámbrica/enrutador y vea si aparece la red después de un tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+@@ -16138,15 +18429,17 @@
+ "el equipo o se ha movido a una ubicación diferente, espere un minuto y "
+ "compruebe si la red ha aparecido en la lista."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La red puede estar oculta. Necesitará <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">conectarse de una manera diferente</link> si es una red oculta."
++"La red puede estar oculta. Necesitará <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">conectarse de una manera diferente</link> si es una red oculta."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+@@ -16154,11 +18447,13 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Configuración de la red</gui> y conéctese a <gui>Otra</gui> red "
+ "inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr "Conectar a una red inalámbrica oculta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+@@ -16170,17 +18465,20 @@
+ "icono de red en la barra superior (o la lista de redes inalámbricas en "
+ "cualquier otro equipo). Para conectarse a una red inalámbrica oculta:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Otra</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Nombre de red</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+@@ -16188,19 +18486,21 @@
+ "En la ventana que aparece, escriba el nombre de la red, elija el tipo de "
+ "seguridad inalámbrica y pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede tener que comprobar la configuración de la estación base inalámbrica/"
+ "enrutador para ver el nombre de la red. Normalmente se llama <em>BSSID</em> "
+ "(Identificador básico de conjunto de servicio «Basic Service Set "
+ "Identifier»), y buscar algo parecido a esto: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+@@ -16208,7 +18508,8 @@
+ "También deberá comprobar la configuración de seguridad de la estación base "
+ "inalámbrica; busque términos del tipo WEP o WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+@@ -16220,7 +18521,8 @@
+ "este no es el caso, la red es un poco más difícil de encontrar, pero todavía "
+ "es perceptible."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+@@ -16228,26 +18530,30 @@
+ "Compruebe dos veces la contraseña, intente usar la clave de paso en lugar de "
+ "la contraseña, apague la tarjeta inalámbrica y actívela de nuevo..."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr "He introducido la contraseña adecuada, pero sigo sin poder conectarme"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si está seguro de que ha introducido correctamente la <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-wepwpa\">contraseña de la red inalámbrica</link> pero aún no puede "
+ "conectarse correctamente a la red inalámbrica, intente alguna de las "
+ "siguientes sugerencias:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr "Compruebe dos veces que ha introducido correctamente la contraseña"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+@@ -16257,11 +18563,13 @@
+ "entre mayúsculas y minúsculas), de tal forma que si no usó una mayúscula "
+ "donde debería haberlo hecho, una de las letras es incorrecta."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr "Intente la clave hexadecimal o ASCII"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -16273,19 +18581,21 @@
+ "connection)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La contraseña que se introduce también puede representarse de una forma "
+-"distinta, como una cadena de caracteres en hexadecimal (números 0-9 y letras "
+-"a-f). Si tiene acceso a la clave de paso así como a la contraseña (o frase "
+-"de paso), pruebe a teclear la clave de paso en su lugar. Compruebe que "
+-"selecciona la opción de <gui>seguridad inalámbrica</gui> correcta cuando se "
+-"le pida la contraseña (por ejemplo, seleccione <gui>Clave WEP de 40/128 "
+-"bits</gui> si está tecleando los 40 caracteres de la clave de paso de una "
+-"conexión cifrada por WEP)."
++"distinta, como una cadena de caracteres en hexadecimal (números 0-9 y "
++"letras a-f). Si tiene acceso a la clave de paso así como a la contraseña "
++"(o frase de paso), pruebe a teclear la clave de paso en su lugar. Compruebe "
++"que selecciona la opción de <gui>seguridad inalámbrica</gui> correcta "
++"cuando se le pida la contraseña (por ejemplo, seleccione <gui>Clave WEP de "
++"40/128 bits</gui> si está tecleando los 40 caracteres de la clave de paso "
++"de una conexión cifrada por WEP)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Intente apagar su tarjeta inalámbrica y volverla a encender"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+@@ -16296,11 +18606,13 @@
+ "a encender para reiniciarla; consulte la <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting\"/> para obtener más información."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que está usando el tipo correcto de seguridad inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -16315,11 +18627,13 @@
+ "cuál es, intente el método de ensayo y error para recorrer las diferentes "
+ "opciones."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que su tarjeta inalámbrica está correctamente soportada"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -16334,16 +18648,19 @@
+ "controlador inalámbrico, o compruebe si necesita llevar a cabo algún otro "
+ "paso adicional (como instalar un<em>firmware</em> diferente). Consulte la "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> para obtener más información."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr "Contribuyentes al wiki de documentación de Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+@@ -16351,18 +18668,21 @@
+ "Algunos dispositivos no funcionan correctamente con ciertos adaptadores "
+ "inalámbricos, así que puede que tenga que encontrar uno mejor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Solucionador de problemas de red inalámbrica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr "Asegúrese de que los controladores de su dispositivo están instalados"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -16380,13 +18700,16 @@
+ "controladores para el adaptador inalámbrico que no funcionen. Intente "
+ "algunas de las siguientes opciones:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Compruebe que su adaptador inalámbrico está en la lista de dispositivos "
+ "soportados"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -16410,11 +18733,13 @@
+ "que sea capaz de usar alguna de la información para hacer que sus "
+ "controladores inalámbricos funcionen."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr "Buscar controladores restringidos (binarios)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -16432,7 +18757,8 @@
+ "predeterminada. Si este es el caso, consulte en la página web del fabricante "
+ "del adaptador inalámbrico si tiene controladores para Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+@@ -16442,11 +18768,13 @@
+ "controladores restringidos. Si su distribución tiene una de ellas, utilícela "
+ "para determinar si puede encontrar los controladores inalámbricos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr "Usar los controladores de Windows para su adaptador"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -16472,7 +18800,8 @@
+ "cuenta que no todos los controladores inalámbricos se pueden usar mediante "
+ "NDISwrapper."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+@@ -16485,7 +18814,8 @@
+ "conectar a cualquier equipo. Debe verificar que el adaptador es compatible "
+ "con su distribución de Linux antes de comprarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+@@ -16493,15 +18823,18 @@
+ "Aunque su adaptador inalámbrico esté conectado, puede que el equipo no lo "
+ "haya reconocido correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Resolución de problemas en conexiones inalámbricas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que su equipo ha reconocido el adaptador inalámbrico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+@@ -16511,7 +18844,8 @@
+ "el equipo no lo haya reconocido como un dispositivo de red. En este paso "
+ "comprobará si el dispositivo se ha reconocido correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+@@ -16521,7 +18855,8 @@
+ "<key>Intro</key>. Si le da un mensaje de error, puede que necesite instalar "
+ "el programa <app>lshw</app> en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+@@ -16531,7 +18866,8 @@
+ "em>. Si su adaptador inalámbrico se ha detectado adecuadamente, deberá ver "
+ "algo similar (pero no idéntico) a esto:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -16544,7 +18880,8 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+@@ -16553,7 +18890,8 @@
+ "wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">página de controladores de "
+ "dispositivos</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -16567,11 +18905,13 @@
+ "(<link xref=\"#pci\">PCI interno</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, o "
+ "<link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptador inalámbrico PCI (interno)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+@@ -16581,11 +18921,14 @@
+ "portátiles fabricados desde hace algunos años. Los adaptadores PCI son "
+ "adaptadores externos de tipo tarjeta y más comunes en portátiles antiguos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lspci</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lspci</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -16601,13 +18944,19 @@
+ "code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> o <code>802.11</code>. Aquí "
+ "tiene un ejemplo de que tipo de entrada puede ver:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+@@ -16620,18 +18969,19 @@
+ "inalámbrico, consulte <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">las instrucciones de "
+ "más abajo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptador inalámbrico USB"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los adaptadores inalámbricos que se conectan a un puerto USB en su equipo "
+ "son menos comunes. Se pueden conectar directamente a un puerto USB, o se "
+@@ -16641,11 +18991,14 @@
+ "realidad un adaptador 3G. Para comprobar si su adaptador inalámbrico USB se "
+ "ha reconocido:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lsusb</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"Abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>lsusb</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -16659,16 +19012,23 @@
+ "<code>wifi</code> o <code>802.11</code>. Aquí tiene un ejemplo de como puede "
+ "ser la entrada:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Comprobar un dispositivo PCMCIA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+@@ -16678,20 +19038,25 @@
+ "encajan en una ranura lateral de su equipo portátil. Son más comunes en "
+ "equipos antiguos. Para comprobar si su adaptador PCMCIA se ha reconocido:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr "Arranque su equipo <em>sin</em> conectar el adaptador inalámbrico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr "Abra una terminal y teclee lo siguiente, luego pulse <key>Intro</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"Abra una terminal y teclee lo siguiente, luego pulse <key>Intro</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+@@ -16700,7 +19065,8 @@
+ "equipo, y se actualizará automáticamente si algo relacionado con su hardware "
+ "cambia."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+@@ -16711,7 +19077,8 @@
+ "información acerca de su adaptador inalámbrico. Mírelos y vea si puede "
+ "identificarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+@@ -16721,7 +19088,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. Una vez hecho, puede cerrar la "
+ "terminal si quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+@@ -16731,14 +19099,16 @@
+ "Si el comando anterior encontró información acerca de su adaptador "
+ "inalámbrico, proceda con los <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-"
+ "device-drivers\">controladores de dispositivos</link>. Si el comando "
+-"anterior no encontró nada relacionado con su adaptador inalámbrico, consulte "
+-"las <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">instrucciones más abajo</link>."
++"anterior no encontró nada relacionado con su adaptador inalámbrico, "
++"consulte las <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">instrucciones más abajo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "El adaptador inalámbrico no se ha reconocido"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+@@ -16749,8 +19119,10 @@
+ "correctamente o que los controladores adecuados no estén instalados. Cómo se "
+ "comprueba si hay controladores que puede instalar, dependerá de la "
+ "distribución de Linux que está usando (tales como Ubuntu, Fedora u openSUSE)."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+@@ -16760,19 +19132,23 @@
+ "web de su distribución. Por ejemplo, pueden incluir listas de correo y chats "
+ "en línea donde puede preguntar acerca de su adaptador inalámbrico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para poder seguir los siguientes pasos de solución de problemas, puede que "
+ "necesite detalles tales como el número de modelo de su adaptador inalámbrico."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr "Recopilar información de su hardware de red"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -16789,7 +19165,8 @@
+ "de instalación del controlador del dispositivo. Busque los siguientes "
+ "elementos, si todavía los tiene:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+@@ -16797,7 +19174,8 @@
+ "La caja y las instrucciones de sus dispositivos inalámbricos "
+ "(particularmente el manual de usuario de su enrutador)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+@@ -16805,7 +19183,8 @@
+ "Un disco con el controlador de su adaptador inalámbrico (incluso si solo "
+ "contiene el controlador para Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+@@ -16815,7 +19194,8 @@
+ "y enrutador. Generalmente, esta información se puede encontrar en la parte "
+ "inferior/trasera del dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+@@ -16824,7 +19204,8 @@
+ "Cualquier número de versión que aparezca impreso en sus dispositivos o sus "
+ "cajas. Pueden ser especialmente útiles, así que mire cuidadosamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+@@ -16833,7 +19214,8 @@
+ "dispositivo en sí, la versión de su «firmware» o los componentes (chipset) "
+ "que usa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+@@ -16846,14 +19228,16 @@
+ "Ethernet es una forma de conseguirlo, pero solo tiene que conectarlo cuando "
+ "lo necesite.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una vez que tenga tantos detalles de estos como le haya sido posible, pulse "
+ "<gui>Siguiente</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -16861,11 +19245,13 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que la configuración básica de red es correcta y prepárese para "
+ "los siguientes pasos en la resolución de problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Realizar una comprobación inicial de la conexión"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+@@ -16878,7 +19264,8 @@
+ "inalámbrica está apagada y se va a preparar para los próximos pasos para "
+ "solucionar algunos problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+@@ -16886,7 +19273,8 @@
+ "Asegúrese que su portátil no está conectado a una conexión de Internet "
+ "<em>cableada</em>-"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+@@ -16896,7 +19284,8 @@
+ "o una tarjeta PCMCIA enchufada en su portátil), asegúrese de que está "
+ "insertada en la ranura correcta en el equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+@@ -16907,21 +19296,24 @@
+ "Los portátiles frecuentemente tienen conmutadores que puede usar pulsando "
+ "una combinación de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+ "Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el icono de red y asegúrese de que <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> está "
+-"ENCENDIDA. También debería comprobar que <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
+-"\">el modo avión no está encendido</link>."
++"ENCENDIDA. También debería comprobar que <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"airplane\">el modo avión no está encendido</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Abra la terminal, teclee <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -16937,7 +19329,8 @@
+ "<code>Estado: conectado</code> en la sección de su adaptador inalámbrico, "
+ "significa que está funcionando y conectado a su enrutador inalámbrico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -16951,21 +19344,24 @@
+ "enrutador y las guías de configuración de su ISP, o contacte con el soporte "
+ "de su ISP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+ "portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la información desde <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> no indica que esté conectado a la "
+-"red, pulse <gui>Siguiente</gui> para continuar con la siguiente parte de la "
+-"guía de resolución de problemas."
++"Si la información desde <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> no indica que esté conectado a "
++"la red, pulse <gui>Siguiente</gui> para continuar con la siguiente parte de "
++"la guía de resolución de problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr "Identificar y arreglar problemas con conexiones inalámbricas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+@@ -16976,47 +19372,57 @@
+ "conectarse a una red inalámbrica, por alguna razón, trate de seguir las "
+ "instrucciones."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+-msgstr "Se realizarán los siguientes pasos para conectar su equipo a Internet:"
++msgstr ""
++"Se realizarán los siguientes pasos para conectar su equipo a Internet:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "Realizar una comprobación inicial"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "Recopilar información de su hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "Comprobar su hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr "Intentar crear una conexión con su enrutador inalámbrico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr "Comprobar su módem y su enrutador"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para comenzar, pulse en el enlace <em>Siguiente</em> en la parte superior "
+ "derecha de la página. Este enlace, y otros como él en las siguientes "
+ "páginas, le llevarán a través de cada paso en la guía."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Usar la línea de comandos"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+@@ -17026,7 +19432,8 @@
+ "<em>línea de comandos</em> (terminal). Puede encontrar la aplicación "
+ "«Terminal» en la vista <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+@@ -17039,15 +19446,18 @@
+ "teclealos <em>exactamente</em> como aparecen aquí), y pulsar <key>Intro</"
+ "key> después de teclear cada comando para ejecutarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr "WEP y WPA son maneras de cifrar datos en redes inalámbricas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué significan WEP y WPA?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -17058,13 +19468,14 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "WEP y WPA (junto con WPA2) son nombres de diferentes herramientas de cifrado "
+ "usadas para asegurar su conexión inalámbrica. El cifrado codifica la "
+-"conexión de red de manera que nadie puede «escuchar» ni mirar que páginas web "
+-"está viendo, por ejemplo. WEP significa <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy "
++"conexión de red de manera que nadie puede «escuchar» ni mirar que páginas "
++"web está viendo, por ejemplo. WEP significa <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy "
+ "(Privacidad equivalente a cableada)</em> y WPA significa <em>Wireless "
+ "Protected Access (Acceso inalámbrico protegido)</em>. WPA2 representa la "
+ "segunda versión del estándar WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -17073,44 +19484,49 @@
+ "wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usar <em>algún</em> cifrado siempre es mejor que no usar ninguno, pero WEP "
+-"es el menos seguro de estos estándares, y debería evitar su uso siempre que "
+-"pueda. WPA2 es el más seguro de los tres. Si su tarjeta inalámbrica y su "
+-"enrutador permiten WPA2, este es el que debería usar al configurar su red "
+-"inalámbrica."
++"es el menos seguro de estos estándares, y debería evitar su uso siempre "
++"que pueda. WPA2 es el más seguro de los tres. Si su tarjeta inalámbrica y "
++"su enrutador permiten WPA2, este es el que debería usar al configurar su "
++"red inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Conectar con una red inalámbrica</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">redes ocultas</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "editcon\">editar la configuración de la conexión</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-disconnecting\">desconectarse</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Conexiones inalámbricas"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+ "accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Inalámbrica</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+-"\">cableada</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problemas de conexión</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"net-browser\">navegación web</link>, <link xref=\"net-email"
+-"\">cuentas de correo-e</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Inalámbrica</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">cableada</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problemas de conexión</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">navegación web</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"email\">cuentas de correo-e</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Red, internet, correo-e y chat"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+@@ -17118,30 +19534,34 @@
+ "La duración de la batería mostrada cuando pulsa sobre el <gui>icono de la "
+ "batería</gui> es solo estimada."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr "La duración estimada de la batería no es correcta"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+ "lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+ "estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cuando compruebe el nivel de carga restante de la batería, puede que observe "
+-"que el tiempo restante muestra un valor diferente de lo que dura realmente "
+-"la batería. Esto se debe a que el nivel de carga restante de la batería solo "
+-"puede estimarse, aunque las estimaciones van mejorando con el tiempo."
++"Cuando compruebe el nivel de carga restante de la batería, puede que "
++"observe que el tiempo restante muestra un valor diferente de lo que dura "
++"realmente la batería. Esto se debe a que el nivel de carga restante de la "
++"batería solo puede estimarse, aunque las estimaciones van mejorando con el "
++"tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para poder estimar el nivel de batería restante, se deben tener en cuenta "
+ "varios factores. Uno es la cantidad de energía que el equipo está usando "
+@@ -17150,18 +19570,20 @@
+ "tareas intensivas (como ver un DVD o convertir archivos de música, por "
+ "ejemplo). Esto cambia de un momento a otro, y es difícil de predecir."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+ "discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Otro factor es cómo se descarga la batería. Algunas baterías pierden su "
+-"carga más rápidamente de lo que reciben. Sin un conocimiento preciso de cómo "
+-"se descarga la batería, solo se podrá hacer una estimación aproximada del "
+-"nivel de batería restante."
++"carga más rápidamente de lo que reciben. Sin un conocimiento preciso de "
++"cómo se descarga la batería, solo se podrá hacer una estimación "
++"aproximada del nivel de batería restante."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+@@ -17169,10 +19591,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "A medida que la batería se descarga, el gestor de energía se irá haciendo "
+ "una idea de sus propiedades de descarga y aprenderá a mejorar sus "
+-"estimaciones sobre el nivel de la batería, aunque nunca serán completamente "
+-"precisas."
++"estimaciones sobre el nivel de la batería, aunque nunca serán "
++"completamente precisas."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+@@ -17182,7 +19605,8 @@
+ "(digamos, cientos de días), probablemente es que el Gestor de energía no "
+ "tenga los datos necesarios para hacer una estimación coherente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+@@ -17190,18 +19614,21 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si desenchufa la alimentación, trabaja con el portátil usando la batería "
+ "durante un tiempo, y luego vuelve a enchufar la alimentación y deja que se "
+-"recargue de nuevo, el gestor de energía debería poder obtener los datos que "
+-"necesita."
++"recargue de nuevo, el gestor de energía debería poder obtener los datos "
++"que necesita."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr "Consejos para reducir el consumo de energía de su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr "Usar menos energía y mejorar la vida de la batería"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+@@ -17210,11 +19637,13 @@
+ "algunas estrategias sencillas de ahorro de energía, puede reducir su factura "
+ "de la luz y ayudar al medio ambiente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Consejos generales"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+@@ -17224,7 +19653,8 @@
+ "esté usando. Esto reduce significativamente la energía que consume y puede "
+ "reanudar el equipo muy rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
+ "will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
+@@ -17233,9 +19663,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Apague</link> el equipo cuando no vaya a "
+ "usarlo durante mucho tiempo. Algunas personas creen que apagar un equipo con "
+-"regularidad puede hacer que se desgaste más rápidamente, pero no es el caso."
++"regularidad puede hacer que se desgaste más rápidamente, pero no es el "
++"caso."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
+ "power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
+@@ -17246,12 +19678,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use las preferencias de <gui>Energía</gui> en la <app>Configuración</app> "
+ "para cambiar sus opciones de energía. Hay varias opciones que pueden "
+-"ayudarle a ahorrar energía: puede atenuar automáticamente la pantalla pasado "
+-"un cierto tiempo; reducir el brillo de la pantalla (para portátiles); y "
+-"hacer que el equipo <link xref=\"power-suspend\">se suspenda "
++"ayudarle a ahorrar energía: puede atenuar automáticamente la pantalla "
++"pasado un cierto tiempo; reducir el brillo de la pantalla (para "
++"portátiles); y hacer que el equipo <link xref=\"power-suspend\">se suspenda "
+ "automáticamente</link> si no lo usa durante un cierto periodo de tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+@@ -17259,27 +19692,32 @@
+ "Apague cualquier dispositivo externo (como impresoras o escáneres) cuando no "
+ "los use."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr "Portátiles, netbooks y otros dispositivos con baterías"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
+ "fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Reducir el brillo de la pantalla; el consumo de energía de la pantalla "
+ "supone una parte significativa del consumo de energía total de un portátil."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La mayoría de los portátiles tienen botones en el teclado (o una combinación "
+-"de teclas) que puede usar para reducir el brillo."
++"La mayoría de los portátiles tienen botones en el teclado (o una "
++"combinación de teclas) que puede usar para reducir el brillo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+@@ -17289,21 +19727,24 @@
+ "tarjeta inalámbrica o el Bluetooth. Estos dispositivos funcionan emitiendo "
+ "ondas de radio, lo que consume energía."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+ "turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Algunos equipos tienen un interruptor físico que puede usarse para apagarla, "
+-"mientras que otros usan una combinación de teclas. Puede volver a activarla "
+-"de nuevo cuando lo necesite."
++"Algunos equipos tienen un interruptor físico que puede usarse para "
++"apagarla, mientras que otros usan una combinación de teclas. Puede volver a "
++"activarla de nuevo cuando lo necesite."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:97(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr "Más consejos avanzados"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+@@ -17311,7 +19752,8 @@
+ "Reduzca el número de tareas que se ejecutan en segundo plano. Los equipos "
+ "gastan más energía cuando tienen más trabajo que hacer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+@@ -17322,15 +19764,18 @@
+ "frecuencia toman datos de Internet, reproducen música o películas o ejecutan "
+ "cálculos distribuidos pueden afectar su consumo de energía."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr "Sacar el máximo partido a la batería de su portátil"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+@@ -17341,7 +19786,8 @@
+ "algunas técnicas que pueden ayudarle a prolongar su vida útil, aunque no "
+ "espere grandes diferencias."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -17355,7 +19801,8 @@
+ "solo parcialmente descargada resulta más eficiente. pero recargarla cuando "
+ "sólo está un poco descargada es malo para la batería."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+@@ -17363,7 +19810,8 @@
+ "El calor tiene un efecto negativo en la eficiencia de carga de la batería. "
+ "No deje que la batería se caliente más de lo debido."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+@@ -17373,27 +19821,32 @@
+ "comprar una batería de repuesto al mismo tiempo que la batería original; "
+ "compre siempre los recambios justo cuando los necesite."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+ "treatment."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Este consejo aplica específicamente a las baterías de ión de litio (Li-Ion), "
+-"que son las más comunes. Otros tipos de baterías se pueden comportar de "
+-"distinta forma."
++"Este consejo aplica específicamente a las baterías de ión de litio (Li-"
++"Ion), que son las más comunes. Otros tipos de baterías se pueden comportar "
++"de distinta forma."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos portátiles bajan su velocidad a propósito cuando funcionan a batería."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Por qué mi portátil se vuelve más lento cuando funciona con la batería?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+@@ -17406,12 +19859,14 @@
+ "menos energía cuando se funcionan más lentamente, por lo que la batería debe "
+ "durar más tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta característica se llama <em>escalado de frecuencia de la CPU</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+@@ -17419,12 +19874,14 @@
+ "Los ajustes de los fabricantes y diferentes estimaciones de duración de la "
+ "batería pueden ser la causa de este problema."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Por qué tengo menor tiempo de batería que el que tenía en Windows/Mac OS?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -17441,7 +19898,8 @@
+ "y pueden no estar documentados, por eso incluirlos en GNU/Linux es muy "
+ "difícil."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -17451,12 +19909,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por desgracia, no existe una forma fácil de aplicar estos ajustes uno mismo "
+ "sin saber exactamente cuáles son. No obstante, es posible que usar algunos "
+-"<link xref=\"power-batterylife\">métodos de ahorro de energía</link> ayude. "
+-"Si su equipo dispone de un <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">procesador de "
++"<link xref=\"power-batterylife\">métodos de ahorro de energía</link> ayude."
++" Si su equipo dispone de un <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">procesador de "
+ "velocidad variable</link>, también puede resultarle útil cambiar su "
+ "configuración."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+@@ -17468,16 +19927,19 @@
+ "puede ser la misma, pero los métodos distintos ofrecen estimaciones "
+ "distintas."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los portátiles se suspenden cuando se cierra la tapa para ahorrar energía."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué se apaga mi equipo cuando cierro la tapa?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -17489,10 +19951,11 @@
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> para ahorrar energía. Esto quiere decir "
+ "que el equipo no está realmente apagado, solo está durmiendo. Puede "
+ "despertarlo abriendo de nuevo la pantalla. Si no se despierta así, pruebe "
+-"pulsando un botón del ratón o una tecla cualquiera. Si sigue sin funcionar, "
+-"pulse el botón de encendido."
++"pulsando un botón del ratón o una tecla cualquiera. Si sigue sin "
++"funcionar, pulse el botón de encendido."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -17509,11 +19972,13 @@
+ "link>, o puede evitar que el equipo intente suspenderse cuando cierre la "
+ "tapa de su portátil."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr "Parar la suspensión del equipo cuando se cierra la tapa"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+@@ -17523,7 +19988,8 @@
+ "configuración de ese comportamiento. Para configurar el equipo para que "
+ "apague la pantalla, en lugar de suspender, cuando se cierra la tapa:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+@@ -17533,7 +19999,8 @@
+ "sobrecalentar si se dejan encendidos con la tapa cerrada, especialmente si "
+ "están en un lugar cerrado como una mochila."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17541,7 +20008,8 @@
+ "Para cambiar la configuración que usa cuando trabaja con batería, teclee "
+ "este comando y pulse <key>Intro</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17549,7 +20017,8 @@
+ "Para cambiar la configuración que usa cuando trabaja con corriente alterna "
+ "(CA), teclee este comando y pulse <key>Intro</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+@@ -17557,11 +20026,13 @@
+ "Puede faltar algún software controlador de los ventiladores o su portátil "
+ "puede estar recalentando."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr "El ventilador de mi portátil siempre está funcionando"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -17578,7 +20049,8 @@
+ "disponible para Linux) y por eso los ventiladores funcionan a toda velocidad "
+ "todo el tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -17596,7 +20068,8 @@
+ "gran medida de la marca y modelo de su portátil, por lo que pudiera tener "
+ "que obtener asesoramiento específico sobre cómo hacerlo para su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -17613,17 +20086,20 @@
+ "se pueden comprar accesorios adicionales de refrigeración para su portátil "
+ "que le pueden ayudar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
+ msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La hibernación está desactivada de manera predeterminada, ya que no está "
+ "bien soportada."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo hiberno mi equipo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+@@ -17635,7 +20111,8 @@
+ "tipo de energía, pero sus aplicaciones y documentos seguirán estando "
+ "abiertos al encender el equipo de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+@@ -17648,15 +20125,18 @@
+ "encender su equipo. Por lo tanto, la hibernación está desactivada de manera "
+ "predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que la hibernación funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr "Guarde siempre su trabajo antes de hibernar"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -17666,14 +20146,16 @@
+ "fuera mal y sus aplicaciones y documentos abiertos no se pudieran recuperar "
+ "al encender el equipo de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede usar la línea de comandos para probar si la hibernación funciona en su "
+ "equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+@@ -17683,7 +20165,8 @@
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> o buscando <input>terminal</input> en el "
+ "<gui>tablero</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+@@ -17691,7 +20174,8 @@
+ "Abra la <app>Terminal</app> buscando <input>terminal</input> en la "
+ "<gui>Vista de actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -17699,11 +20183,13 @@
+ "Como administrador, abra una terminal y escriba <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> y "
+ "pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña cuando se le pida."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+@@ -17711,7 +20197,8 @@
+ "Después de apagar su equipo, vuelva a encenderlo. ¿Se volvieron a abrir sus "
+ "aplicaciones abiertas?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+@@ -17719,11 +20206,13 @@
+ "Si la hibernación no funciona, verifique si su partición de intercambio es "
+ "al menos tan grande como su RAM disponible."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Activar la hibernación"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+@@ -17731,7 +20220,8 @@
+ "Si la prueba de hibernación funciona, puede continuar usando el comando "
+ "<cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> cuando quiera hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+@@ -17743,7 +20233,8 @@
+ "localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Añádale lo "
+ "siguiente al archivo y guárdelo:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+@@ -17751,11 +20242,13 @@
+ "Los equipos, en general, se calientan pero pueden sobrecalentarse, lo que "
+ "puede causar daños."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr "Mi equipo se calienta demasiado"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+@@ -17768,7 +20261,8 @@
+ "muy caliente podría ser una señal de sobrecalentamiento, lo que "
+ "potencialmente puede causar daños."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -17789,7 +20283,8 @@
+ "accesorios adicionales de refrigeración que se ajustan a la parte inferior "
+ "del equipo portátil y proporcionan una refrigeración más eficiente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -17808,7 +20303,8 @@
+ "refrigeración puede no ser capaz de eliminar el calor y hacer circular el "
+ "aire fresco con suficiente rapidez."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -17826,7 +20322,8 @@
+ "asesoramiento. Por supuesto, puede simplemente optar por no descansar el "
+ "portátil en su regazo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+@@ -17838,15 +20335,19 @@
+ "mantiene apagado puede ser por esto. Si su equipo se ha sobrecalentando, "
+ "probablemente tendrá que repararlo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+-msgstr "Dejar que la batería se descargue completamente no es bueno para ella."
++msgstr ""
++"Dejar que la batería se descargue completamente no es bueno para ella."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué se apaga/hiberna el equipo cuando la batería llega al 10%?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -17860,7 +20361,8 @@
+ "malo para la batería. Si la batería se acaba sin más, el equipo no tendría "
+ "tiempo para cerrar correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -17875,7 +20377,8 @@
+ "que el equipo hiberne o se apague. Si elige que se apague, <em>no</em> se "
+ "guardarán sus aplicaciones y documentos antes de que el equipo se apague."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -17884,12 +20387,13 @@
+ "xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos equipos tienen problemas al hibernar, y al reanudarse no son capaces "
+-"de recuperar las aplicaciones y documentos que tenía abiertos. En este caso, "
+-"puede que se haya perdido algo de su trabajo si no lo guardó antes de que el "
+-"equipo hibernara. Sin embargo, quizá pueda <link xref=\"power-suspendfail"
+-"\">arreglar problemas de hibernación</link>."
++"de recuperar las aplicaciones y documentos que tenía abiertos. En este "
++"caso, puede que se haya perdido algo de su trabajo si no lo guardó antes de "
++"que el equipo hibernara. Sin embargo, quizá pueda <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">arreglar problemas de hibernación</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+@@ -17897,11 +20401,13 @@
+ "Algunos dispositivos inalámbricos tienen problemas de manejo cuando envía su "
+ "equipo a dormir y no despiertan correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr "No tengo conexión inalámbrica a la red cuando despierto mi equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -17912,32 +20418,38 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si ha enviado a su equipo a dormir (suspendido) o a hibernar, puede "
+ "encontrar que su conexión inalámbrica a Internet no funciona cuando se "
+-"despierta de nuevo. Esto sucede cuando los <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">controladores</link> del dispositivo inalámbrico, no son totalmente "
++"despierta de nuevo. Esto sucede cuando los <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">controladores</link> del dispositivo inalámbrico, no son totalmente "
+ "compatibles con determinadas características de ahorro de energía. "
+ "Normalmente, la conexión inalámbrica no se enciende correctamente cuando el "
+ "equipo se reactiva."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si esto pasa, intente apagar su adaptador inalámbrico y volverlo a encender:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui>"
++"Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</"
++"gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Apague su tarjeta inalámbrica y vuelva a encenderla"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -17945,7 +20457,8 @@
+ "Si la red inalámbrica sigue sin funcionar, active el <gui>Modo avión</gui> y "
+ "desactívelo de nuevo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+@@ -17953,7 +20466,8 @@
+ "Si esto no funciona, reiniciar su equipo suele hacer que el adaptador "
+ "inalámbrico funcione de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+@@ -17961,11 +20475,13 @@
+ "Su equipo funcionará, pero puede necesitar un cable de corriente diferente o "
+ "un adaptador de viaje."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr "¿Puede funcionar mi equipo con el suministro de energía de otro país?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+@@ -17978,7 +20494,8 @@
+ "otro país siempre que tenga el adaptador de energía apropiado. También es "
+ "posible que tenga que accionar un interruptor."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+@@ -17991,15 +20508,16 @@
+ "Si no es así, conectar el existente en un adaptador de viaje estándar será "
+ "suficiente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si tiene un equipo de escritorio, también puede obtener un cable con un "
+ "enchufe diferente, o utilizar un adaptador de viaje. En este caso, sin "
+@@ -18010,7 +20528,8 @@
+ "de alimentación. En algún lugar cercano, puede haber un pequeño interruptor "
+ "marcado con «110v» o «230v» (por ejemplo). Conmútelo si es necesario."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+@@ -18018,17 +20537,21 @@
+ "Tenga cuidado al cambiar los cables de alimentación o al usar adaptadores de "
+ "viaje. Si es posible, apague todo en primer lugar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos componentes hardware del equipo causan problemas al suspender o "
+ "hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+-msgstr "¿Por qué mi equipo no reacciona después de haberlo enviado suspendido?"
++msgstr ""
++"¿Por qué mi equipo no reacciona después de haberlo enviado suspendido?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+@@ -18040,11 +20563,13 @@
+ "volver a encenderlo, es posible que no funcione como esperaba. Esto podría "
+ "ser debido a que su hardware no permite suspender/hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr "Mi equipo está dormido y no puedo despertarlo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+@@ -18056,7 +20581,8 @@
+ "no ocurre, intente presionando el botón de encendido (no lo mantenga "
+ "presionado, púlselo solo una vez)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+@@ -18064,7 +20590,8 @@
+ "Si esto no funciona, asegúrese de que el monitor de su equipo está encendido "
+ "e intente pulsar una tecla nuevamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
+ "10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+@@ -18074,7 +20601,8 @@
+ "encendido de 5 a 10 segundos. Al hacerlo perderá sus trabajos sin guardar. "
+ "Luego podrá encender el equipo nuevamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+@@ -18082,7 +20610,8 @@
+ "Si esto ocurre siempre que pone su equipo a dormir, puede que la suspensión "
+ "no funcione en su hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+@@ -18090,22 +20619,24 @@
+ "Si su equipo gasta energía y no tiene una fuente de alimentación alternativa "
+ "(como una batería), se apagará."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ninguno de mis programas/documentos está abierto cuando enciendo mi equipo "
+ "nuevamente"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si hiberna su equipo y al encenderlo de nuevo, ninguno de sus documentos o "
+ "aplicaciones están abiertas, es probable que no hiberne correctamente. A "
+@@ -18115,7 +20646,8 @@
+ "equipo se reinicie, en este caso, el equipo puede haberse apagado en lugar "
+ "de hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -18129,7 +20661,8 @@
+ "nuevo y ver si funciona la segunda vez. Si no es así, probablemente sea un "
+ "problema con los controladores de su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+@@ -18137,13 +20670,14 @@
+ "Mi conexión inalámbrica (u otro hardware) no funciona cuando mi equipo "
+ "despierta"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si suspende o hiberna su equipo y luego lo despierta de nuevo, es posible "
+ "que encuentre que su conexión a Internet, el ratón, o algún otro dispositivo "
+@@ -18152,7 +20686,8 @@
+ "xref=\"hardware-driver\">problema con el controlador</link> y no con el "
+ "propio dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+@@ -18160,11 +20695,12 @@
+ "works."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si el dispositivo tiene algún interruptor de encendido, pruebe a apagarlo y "
+-"volverlo a encender. En muchas ocasiones, el dispositivo volverá a funcionar "
+-"de nuevo. Si se conecta mediante un cable USB o similar, desconéctelo y "
+-"vuélvalo a conectar, a ver si funciona."
++"volverlo a encender. En muchas ocasiones, el dispositivo volverá a "
++"funcionar de nuevo. Si se conecta mediante un cable USB o similar, "
++"desconéctelo y vuélvalo a conectar, a ver si funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+@@ -18173,15 +20709,18 @@
+ "es posible que deba reiniciar el equipo para que el dispositivo vuelva a "
+ "funcionar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr "Suspender pone su equipo a dormir para que use menos energía."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué ocurre cuando suspendo el equipo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -18197,7 +20736,8 @@
+ "activarlo pulsando una tecla o el ratón. Si eso no funciona, intente "
+ "presionar el botón de encendido."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+@@ -18209,11 +20749,13 @@
+ "adecuadamente</link>. Es una buena idea comprobar la suspensión en su equipo "
+ "para ver si funciona bien antes de usarla."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr "Guarde siempre su trabajo antes de suspender"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -18223,7 +20765,8 @@
+ "fuera mal y sus aplicaciones y documentos abiertos no se pudieran recuperar "
+ "al encender el equipo de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+@@ -18231,11 +20774,13 @@
+ "Cuando su portátil esté funcionando con baterías, se oscurecerá la pantalla "
+ "cuando el equipo esté inactivo para ahorrar energía."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué mi pantalla se oscurece después de un tiempo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+@@ -18245,11 +20790,13 @@
+ "cuando el equipo esté inactivo para ahorrar energía. Cuando reanude su uso, "
+ "la pantalla volverá a aclararse."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr "Puede evitar que la pantalla se oscurezca:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+@@ -18257,16 +20804,19 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Brillo y bloqueo</gui> y desmarque <gui>Oscurecer la pantalla para "
+ "ahorrar energía</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los cables sueltos y los problemas de hardware son las posibles razones."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr "Mi equipo no se enciende"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+@@ -18274,11 +20824,13 @@
+ "Hay varias razones por las que su equipo no se encenderá. Este tema da una "
+ "breve descripción de algunas de las posibles razones."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr "Equipo no enchufado, batería sin carga o cable suelto"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -18294,11 +20846,13 @@
+ "comprobar que la batería está correctamente colocada en su lugar (mire en la "
+ "parte inferior del portátil) si es extraíble."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Problemas con el hardware del equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+@@ -18310,11 +20864,13 @@
+ "una fuente de alimentación rota, componentes instalados incorrectamente (por "
+ "ejemplo la memoria/RAM) y una placa madre defectuosa."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr "El equipo pita y luego se apaga"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -18331,17 +20887,21 @@
+ "Los distintos fabricantes utilizan diferentes códigos, por lo que tendrá que "
+ "consultar el manual de la placa base o llevar su equipo a reparar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los ventiladores de la equipo giran pero no aparece nada en la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+-msgstr "Lo primero que verificar es que su monitor esté conectado y encendido."
++msgstr ""
++"Lo primero que verificar es que su monitor esté conectado y encendido."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+@@ -18352,97 +20912,119 @@
+ "partes esenciales del sistema no se enciendan correctamente. En este caso "
+ "lleve su equipo al servicio técnico."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown"
+-"\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "exit#shutdown\">apagar</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">oscurecer la "
+ "pantalla</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Energía y batería"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración de batería"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de energía"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr "Resolución de problemas sobre energía y batería."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+ "resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Fondo</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"
+-"\">tamaño y rotación</link>, brillo…"
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Fondo</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">tamaño y rotación</link>, brillo…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Idioma</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">región y formatos</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">distribuciones "
+-"de teclado</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Idioma</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">región y formatos</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">distribuciones de teclado</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Teclado</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">ratón</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">pantalla</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">idiomas</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">cuentas de usuario</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">pantalla</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">idiomas</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">cuentas de usuario</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Usuario y configuración del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr "Imprimir en ambas caras del papel, o múltiples páginas por hoja."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr "Imprimir diseños de páginas múltiples y a doble cara"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir en ambas caras de cada hoja de papel:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+@@ -18452,7 +21034,8 @@
+ "elija una opción de la lista desplegable <gui>Doble cara</gui>. Si la opción "
+ "está desactivada, entonces su impresora no permite impresión a doble cara."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+@@ -18460,7 +21043,8 @@
+ "Las impresoras manejan la impresión a doble cara de diferentes maneras. Es "
+ "buena idea experimentar con su impresora para ver cómo trabaja."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+@@ -18468,7 +21052,8 @@
+ "También puede imprimir más de una página del documento por cada <em>cara</"
+ "em> del papel. Use la opción <gui>Páginas por cara</gui> para hacer esto."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+@@ -18478,7 +21063,8 @@
+ "tenga, así como de la aplicación que esté usando. Esta opción puede no estar "
+ "siempre disponible."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+@@ -18486,11 +21072,13 @@
+ "Imprimir folletos plegados (tipo libro o panfleto) usando un tamaño de papel "
+ "normal A4/Carta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr "Imprimir folletos plegados"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+@@ -18500,16 +21088,20 @@
+ "impresión de páginas de un documento en un orden especial y cambiando un par "
+ "de opciones de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Estas instrucciones son para imprimir un folleto a partir de un documento "
+ "PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+@@ -18522,11 +21114,13 @@
+ "número de páginas múltiplo de 4 (4, 8, 12, 16,...). Es posible que tenga que "
+ "añadir hasta 3 páginas en blanco."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir un folleto:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -18534,8 +21128,9 @@
+ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>General</gui>. Bajo <em>Rango</em>, seleccione "
+ "<gui>Páginas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+@@ -18543,8 +21138,9 @@
+ "Escriba los números de las páginas en este orden (n es el número total de "
+ "páginas, múltiplo de 4):"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
+ "9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+@@ -18552,23 +21148,31 @@
+ "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
+ "9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr "Ejemplos:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr "Folleto de 4 páginas: escriba <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr "Folleto de 8 páginas: escriba <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+@@ -18576,11 +21180,13 @@
+ "Folleto de 20 páginas: escriba "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Ahora, vaya a la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+@@ -18588,61 +21194,73 @@
+ "En <em>Disposición</em>, en la opción <gui>Doble cara</gui>, seleccione "
+ "<gui>Borde corto (voltear)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "En la opción <gui>Páginas por cara</gui> seleccione <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En el menú<gui>Ordenación de páginas</gui>, elija<gui>De izquierda a "
+ "derecha</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Imprimir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr "Imprimir un folleto en una impresora de una sola cara"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Elija la pestaña <gui>General</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr "En <em>Rango</em>, elija <gui>Páginas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr "...hasta que haya escrito todas las páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Folleto de 12 páginas: escriba <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Folleto de 16 páginas: escriba "
+ "<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+@@ -18650,15 +21268,19 @@
+ "En <em>Disposición</em>, en el menú <gui>Doble cara</gui> seleccione "
+ "<gui>Una cara</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "En el menú <gui>Páginas por cara</gui>, elija <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+-msgstr "En el menú <gui>Solo imprimir</gui>, elija <gui>Páginas impares</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"En el menú <gui>Solo imprimir</gui>, elija <gui>Páginas impares</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+@@ -18666,36 +21288,43 @@
+ "Cuando todas las páginas estén impresas, dé la vuelta a las páginas y "
+ "colóquelas en la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+-msgstr "En el menú <gui>Solo imprimir</gui>, elija <gui>Páginas pares</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"En el menú <gui>Solo imprimir</gui>, elija <gui>Páginas pares</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cómo imprimir un folleto plegado, multipágina usando un papel de tamaño A4 o "
+ "Carta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr "Imprimir un folleto"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr "Puede imprimir un folleto de un PDF:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+ "multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si el número de páginas de su documento PDF no es múltiplo de 4, debe añadir "
+-"el número de páginas en blanco adecuado (1, 2 o 3) para que sea múltiplo de "
+-"4. Para hacerlo, puede:"
++"Si el número de páginas de su documento PDF no es múltiplo de 4, debe "
++"añadir el número de páginas en blanco adecuado (1, 2 o 3) para que sea "
++"múltiplo de 4. Para hacerlo, puede:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+@@ -18703,7 +21332,8 @@
+ "Cree un documento de <app>LibreOffice</app> con el número de páginas en "
+ "blanco (1-3) que necesite."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -18711,7 +21341,8 @@
+ "Exporte las páginas en blanco a un archivo PDF eligiendo "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui> <gui>Exportar como PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+@@ -18719,72 +21350,82 @@
+ "Mezcle las páginas en blanco con su documento PDF usando <app>PDF-Shuffler</"
+ "app> o <app>PDF Mod</app>, colocando las páginas en blanco al final."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Seleccione el tipo de impresora que usará para imprimir, de la lista de más "
+-"abajo:"
++"Seleccione el tipo de impresora que usará para imprimir, de la lista de "
++"más abajo:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr "Cancelar un trabajo de impresión pendiente y eliminarlo de la cola."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
+ msgid "Jana Svarova"
+ msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/title)
+-#| msgid "Cancel a print job"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
+ msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+ msgstr "Cancelar, pausar o liberar un trabajo de impresión"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Puede cancelar un trabajo de impresión pendiente y eliminarlo de la cola en "
++"la configuración de impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Cancelar un trabajo de impresión"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:35(section/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel "
+-#| "the print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer "
+-#| "icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
+-"you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si accidentalmente empieza a imprimir un documento, puede cancelar la "
+-"impresión para no gastar la tinta o el papel."
++"Si por accidente comenzó a imprimir un documento, puede cancelar la "
++"impresión para evitar el desperdicio de tinta o papel."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(steps/title)
+-#| msgid "Cancel a print job"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
+ msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+ msgstr "Cómo cancelar un trabajo de impresión:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40(item/p) C/printing-cancel-job.page:71(item/p)
+-#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+-msgid ""
+-"Click your name and from the drop-down menu choose the <gui>Settings</gui> "
+-"item."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pulse en su nombre en menú desplegable y seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "Pulse <gui>Impresoras</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42(item/p) C/printing-cancel-job.page:73(item/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Printers</gui> icon to open the printers dialog window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse en el icono de <gui>Impresoras</gui> para abrir la ventana de diálogo "
+-"de impresoras."
+-
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44(item/p)
+-#| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right."
+-msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Mostrar trabajos</gui> a la derecha."
++"Haga clic en el botón de <gui>Mostrar tareas</gui>, el cual está a la "
++"derecha del diálogo de <gui>Impresoras</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
+ "symbols."
+@@ -18792,10 +21433,8 @@
+ "Cancele el trabajo de impresión pulsando el botón con el símbolo de detener "
+ "o de pausa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:49(section/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
+-#| "the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
+ "the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+@@ -18803,7 +21442,8 @@
+ "Si esto no cancela la impresión como esperaba, inténtelo pulsando el botón "
+ "<gui>Cancelar</gui> de su impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -18817,7 +21457,8 @@
+ "dejará de imprimir. A continuación, puede tratar de cancelar el trabajo de "
+ "impresión, o intentar apagar la impresora y volver a encenderla."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+@@ -18827,39 +21468,43 @@
+ "que tirar con fuerza del papel para extraerlo, probablemente debería dejarlo "
+ "donde está."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:66(section/title)
+-#| msgid "Cancel a print job"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
+ msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+ msgstr "Pausar y liberar un trabajo de impresión"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
+-"jobs dialog window and click the appropriate button."
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si quiere pausar o liberar un trabajo de impresión, puede hacerlo yendo al "
+-"diálogo de trabajos y pulsando el botón adecuado."
++"Si desea pausar o lanzar una tarea de impresión, vaya al diálogo de tareas "
++"en la configuración de impresora y haga clic en el botón apropiado."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:75(item/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-#| "password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right and either pause or "
+-"release the print job based on your needs."
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse el botón <gui>Mostrar trabajos</gui> a la derecha y pause o libere el "
+-"trabajo de impresión que necesite."
++"Haga clic en el botón de <gui>Mostrar tareas</gui>, el cual está a la "
++"derecha del diálogo de <gui>Impresoras</gui>, puede pausar o enviar una "
++"tarea de impresión según lo requerido. "
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr "Imprimir un documento en un tamaño de papel u orientación diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del papel al imprimir"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+@@ -18869,15 +21514,19 @@
+ "PDF de tamaño carta americana en papel A4), puede cambiar el formato de "
+ "impresión para el documento."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+@@ -18885,11 +21534,13 @@
+ "Bajo la columna <em>Papel</em>, seleccione su <em>Tamaño de papel</em> de la "
+ "lista desplegable."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Print</gui> y su documento debería imprimirse."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+@@ -18897,23 +21548,28 @@
+ "También puede usar el menú <gui>Orientación</gui> para elegir una "
+ "orientación diferente:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Vertical"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Apaisado"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Retrato invertido"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Apaisado invertido"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+@@ -18921,11 +21577,13 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que tiene el sobre/etiqueta en la dirección correcta, y de que "
+ "ha elegido el tamaño de papel correcto."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Imprimir sobres y etiquetas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+@@ -18935,30 +21593,33 @@
+ "en una hoja de etiquetas. Esto es especialmente útil si tiene que enviar "
+ "muchas cartas, por ejemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Imprimir en sobres"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Hay dos cosas que hay que comprobar cuando se trata de imprimir en un sobre. "
+ "La primera es que la impresora sabe de qué tamaño es el sobre. Después de "
+ "pulsar <gui>Imprimir</gui> y de aparecer la ventana de impresión, vaya a "
+-"<gui>Configurar página</gui> y elija el <gui>Tipo de papel</gui> como «sobre» "
+-"si es posible. Si no puede hacer esto, vea si se puede cambiar el "
++"<gui>Configurar página</gui> y elija el <gui>Tipo de papel</gui> como "
++"«sobre» si es posible. Si no puede hacer esto, vea si se puede cambiar el "
+ "<gui>Tamaño de papel</gui> a un tamaño de sobre (por ejemplo, «C5»). El "
+ "paquete de sobres dirá de qué tamaño son; la mayoría de los sobres vienen en "
+ "tamaños estándar."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+@@ -18970,26 +21631,31 @@
+ "impresora para esto, o trate de imprimir un sobre y comprobar de qué lado "
+ "está impreso para ver qué manera es la correcta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunas impresoras no están diseñadas para imprimir sobres, especialmente "
+ "algunas impresoras láser. Consulte el manual de su impresora para ver si "
+ "acepta sobres, de lo contrario, podría dañar la impresora al introducir un "
+ "sobre."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr "Compruebe la cantidad de tinta o tóner en los cartuchos de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo puedo comprobar los niveles de tinta o tóner de mi impresora?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+@@ -18999,7 +21665,8 @@
+ "y fabricante de su impresora y de los controladores y aplicaciones "
+ "instaladas en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+@@ -19007,7 +21674,8 @@
+ "Algunas impresoras tienen una pantalla empotrada para mostrar los niveles de "
+ "tinta y otra información."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+@@ -19018,22 +21686,24 @@
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing», HPLIP). Otros fabricantes pueden proporcionar "
+ "controladores propietarios con características similares."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alternativamente, puede instalar una aplicación para comprobar o monitorizar "
+ "los niveles de tinta. <app>Inkblot</app> muestra el estado de la tinta para "
+ "la mayoría de las impresoras HP, Epson y Canon. Compruebe si su impresora "
+-"está en la <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported"
+-"\">lista de modelos soportados</link>. Otra aplicación de niveles de tinta "
+-"para Epson y algunas otras impresoras es <app>mktink</app>."
++"está en la <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./"
++"#supported\">lista de modelos soportados</link>. Otra aplicación de niveles "
++"de tinta para Epson y algunas otras impresoras es <app>mktink</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+ "designed to report their ink levels."
+@@ -19041,19 +21711,100 @@
+ "Algunas impresoras aún no están muy bien soportadas en GNU/Linux y otras no "
+ "están diseñadas para informar de sus niveles de tinta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Cambie el nombre o ubicación de una impresora en la configuración de "
++"impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "Cambie el nombre o ubicación de una impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Puede cambiar el nombre o ubicación de una impresora en la configuración de "
++"impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Necesita privilegios administrativos en el sistema para cambiar el nombre o "
++"ubicación de una impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de la impresora"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++"Si desea cambiar el nombre de una impresora, siga los siguientes pasos:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"Pulse el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha e "
++"introduzca su contraseña."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "Haga clic en el nombre y cambie el nombre de la impresora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "Pulse <key>Intro</key> para guardar los cambios."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "Cambiar la ubicación de la impresora"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "Para cambiar la ubicación de la impresora:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "Haga clic en la ubicación y cámbiela"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
+ msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr "Clasificar y revertir la orden de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr "Hacer que las páginas se impriman en diferente orden"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr "Inverso"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+@@ -19063,11 +21814,13 @@
+ "página al final, así que las páginas se recogen en orden inverso. Si es "
+ "necesario, puede revertir este orden de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr "Para invertir el orden:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+@@ -19076,11 +21829,13 @@
+ "em>, seleccione <gui>Invertir</gui>. La última página se imprimirá primero, "
+ "y así sucesivamente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Clasificar"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -19094,11 +21849,13 @@
+ "así sucesivamente). <em>Clasificar</em> hará que cada copia salga con sus "
+ "páginas agrupadas en el orden correcto."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "Clasificar:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+@@ -19106,7 +21863,8 @@
+ "En la pestaña <gui>General</gui> de la ventana de impresión, en <em>Copias</"
+ "em> seleccione <gui>Clasificar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+@@ -19114,17 +21872,20 @@
+ "Cómo solucionar un atasco de papel depende de la marca y modelo de la "
+ "impresora que tenga."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Arreglar un atasco de papel"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A veces, las impresoras alimentan de forma incorrecta las hojas de papel y "
+ "se atascan."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+@@ -19137,7 +21898,8 @@
+ "luego con firmeza (pero con cuidado) saque el papel atascado del mecanismo "
+ "de alimentación de la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+@@ -19149,32 +21911,37 @@
+ "impresoras, puede que incluso sea necesario apagar y volver a encender la "
+ "impresora, y luego iniciar el trabajo de impresión otra vez."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr "Imprimir solo páginas específicas, o solo un rango de páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr "Imprimir solo ciertas páginas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir solo ciertas páginas del documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+@@ -19182,7 +21949,8 @@
+ "En la pestaña <gui>General</gui>, en la ventana <gui>Imprimir</gui>, elija "
+ "<gui>Páginas</gui> de la sección <gui>Rango</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+@@ -19190,7 +21958,8 @@
+ "Escriba los números de las páginas que quiere imprimir en el cuadro de "
+ "texto, separados por comas. Use un guión para indicar un rango de páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+@@ -19198,15 +21967,18 @@
+ "Por ejemplo, si escribe «1,3,5-7,9» en la caja de texto <gui>Páginas</gui>, "
+ "se imprimirán las páginas 1,3,5,6,7."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr "Seleccionar la impresora que usa más frecuentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Establecer la impresora predeterminada"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+@@ -19215,25 +21987,24 @@
+ "impresora predeterminada. Es posible que quiera elegir la impresora que usa "
+ "con más frecuencia."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Necesita privilegios de administrador del sistema para establecer la "
+ "impresora predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "Pulse <gui>Impresoras</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione la impresora predeterminada de la lista de impresoras disponibles."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+@@ -19241,29 +22012,33 @@
+ "Pulse el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha e "
+ "introduzca su contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr "Seleccione la opción <gui>Predeterminada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"When you are choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter "
+-"resulting list of found devices by writing filter string to the search "
+-"entry. It filters names and locations (e.g. \"1st floor\", \"entrance\", "
+-"etc.)."
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cuando elige de la lista de impresoras disponibles, puede filtrar los "
+-"resultados de dispositivos encontrados escribiendo la cadena del filtro en "
+-"la caja de búsqueda. Esto filtra nombres y ubicaciones (ej. «primera planta», "
+-"«entrada», etc.)."
++"Al eligir de la lista de impresoras disponibles, filtre los resultados de "
++"búsqueda de impresoras, especificando un nombre o ubicación de la impresora "
++"(Por ejemplo, <input>Primer piso</input> o <input>entrada</input>)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"The filter is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers."
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
+ msgstr ""
+-"El filtro sólo está disponible en el diálogo para añadir impresoras nuevas."
++"Los resultados de filtraje de búsqueda están disponibles únicamente en el "
++"diálogo para adición de nuevas impresoras. "
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:68(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+@@ -19272,15 +22047,18 @@
+ "automáticamente, a menos que elija una impresora diferente para esta salida "
+ "específica."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr "Configurar una impresora que está conectada a su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr "Configurar una impresora local"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+@@ -19290,7 +22068,8 @@
+ "se conectan. La mayoría de las impresoras se conectan al equipo con un cable "
+ "USB."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
+ "printer now. They are listed in one window."
+@@ -19298,11 +22077,13 @@
+ "No necesita seleccionar si quiere instalar una impresora de red o local "
+ "ahora. Se listan en una ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Asegúrese que la impresora está encendida."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+@@ -19312,11 +22093,8 @@
+ "actividad en la pantalla, cuando el sistema busca los controladores, y puede "
+ "que se le pida que se autentique para instalarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:57(item/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-#| "Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or "
+-#| "<gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+ "Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+@@ -19327,7 +22105,8 @@
+ "una página de prueba, u <gui>Opciones</gui> para hacer cambios adicionales "
+ "en la configuración de la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:63(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+@@ -19335,28 +22114,20 @@
+ "Si su impresora no se estableció de manera automática, puede añadirla en la "
+ "configuración de impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-"password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pulse el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina superior derecha e "
+-"introduzca su contraseña."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:74(item/p)
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-#| "printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
+ msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la ventana emergente, seleccione su impresora nueva. Pulse <gui>Añadir</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+@@ -19364,7 +22135,8 @@
+ "Si su impresora no aparece en el menú emergente Añadir impresora, puede "
+ "necesitar instalar los controladores de la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:86(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+@@ -19372,7 +22144,8 @@
+ "Después de instalar la impresora puede querer <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">cambiar su impresora predeterminada</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+@@ -19380,13 +22153,15 @@
+ "Si las impresiones son poco uniformes, difusas o faltan colores, compruebe "
+ "los niveles de la tinta o limpie los cabezales de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "¿Por qué la impresión es poco uniforme, hay líneas o colores erróneos en mis "
+ "impresiones?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+@@ -19396,11 +22171,13 @@
+ "que no deberían tener o son de calidad pobre, puede ser debido a un problema "
+ "con la impresora o falta de tinta o tóner."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Imágenes o texto desvanecidos"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19408,11 +22185,13 @@
+ "Puede que se esté quedando sin tinta o tóner. Compruebe el nivel de su tinta "
+ "o tóner y compre un cartucho nuevo si es necesario."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Rayas y líneas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+@@ -19422,11 +22201,13 @@
+ "estar sucio o bloqueado parcialmente. Pruebe a limpiarlo (consulte el manual "
+ "de instrucciones de la impresora)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Colores incorrectos"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19435,11 +22216,13 @@
+ "Compruebe su suministro de tinta/tóner y compre un cartucho nuevo si es "
+ "necesario."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr "Bordes escalonados o líneas que no son rectas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+@@ -19448,8 +22231,10 @@
+ "Si las líneas en la impresión de que deben ser rectas resultan irregulares, "
+ "es posible que necesite alinear el cabezal de impresión. Consulte el manual "
+ "de instrucciones de la impresora para obtener detalles sobre cómo hacer esto."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
+ "printer."
+@@ -19457,12 +22242,15 @@
+ "Guardar un documento en PDF, Postscript o en un archivo SVG en lugar de "
+ "enviarlo a la impresora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20(page/title)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:29(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
+ msgid "Print to file"
+ msgstr "Imprimir a un archivo"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
+ "from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
+@@ -19476,7 +22264,8 @@
+ "puede ser útil si quiere transferir el documento a otra máquina o "
+ "compartirlo con alguien."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
+ "\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+@@ -19486,7 +22275,8 @@
+ "elemento de menú <gui style=\"menuitem\">Imprimir</gui> o usando el atajo "
+ "del teclado <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
+ "\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+@@ -19494,7 +22284,8 @@
+ "Seleccione <gui>Imprimir a un archivo</gui> en <gui>Impresora</gui> en la "
+ "pestaña <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
+ "filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
+@@ -19504,7 +22295,8 @@
+ "archivo, pulse en el nombre del archivo debajo de la selección de la "
+ "impresora. Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Seleccionar</gui> cuando termine."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
+ "a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
+@@ -19514,52 +22306,62 @@
+ "documento. Si quiere usar un <gui>Formato de salida</gui> diferente, "
+ "seleccione <sys>Postscript</sys> o <sys>SVG</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
+ msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+ msgstr "Elija el resto de preferencias de impresión."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Imprimir</gui> para guardar el archivo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Configuración local</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"printing-order\">ordenar y clasificar</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"
+-"\">doble cara y multipágina</link>"
++"\"printing-order\">ordenar y clasificar</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"2sided\">doble cara y multipágina</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr "Configurar"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Configurar una impresora"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Tamaños y disposiciones"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Diferentes tamaños y disposiciones del papel"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Impresoras no detectadas, atascos de papel, impresiones que se ven mal..."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas con la impresora"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
+ "name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
+@@ -19568,33 +22370,40 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Pantalla de bloqueo</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"privacy-name-visibility\">Nombre y visibilidad</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"privacy-history\">Histórico de uso</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
+-"\">Vaciar la papelera y los archivos temporales</link>..."
++"\"privacy-history\">Histórico de uso</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"purge\">Vaciar la papelera y los archivos temporales</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
+ msgid "Privacy Settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración de privacidad"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
+ "certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
+ "settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "La <em>Configuración de la privacidad</em> en GNOME le ayuda a controlar si "
+ "determinadas partes de su escritorio son visibles o no al resto de usuarios. "
+ "Puede usar esta configuración para limpiar el histórico de uso de su equipo "
+ "y archivos innecesarios."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
+ msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+-msgstr "No mostrar notificaciones emergentes cuando la pantalla está bloqueada"
++msgstr ""
++"No mostrar notificaciones emergentes cuando la pantalla está bloqueada"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Hide notifications"
+ msgstr "Ocultar notificaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
+ "screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
+@@ -19608,23 +22417,27 @@
+ "en su pantalla. El texto del mensaje aparecerá aunque la pantalla esté "
+ "bloqueada."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede querer desactivar esta característica para mantener sus mensajes en "
+ "privado."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+ msgstr "Para desactivar las notificaciones cuando la pantalla esta bloqueada:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
+ msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse en su nombre en la <gui>barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+@@ -19632,20 +22445,24 @@
+ "Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui> <gui>Privacidad</"
+ "gui><gui>Bloqueo de pantalla</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mueva el deslizador <gui>Mostrar notificaciones</gui> a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
+ msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+ msgstr "Dejar de registrar los archivos usados recientemente."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
+ msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+ msgstr "Desactivar el registro del histórico"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
+ "that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
+@@ -19656,24 +22473,30 @@
+ "querer mantener esos elementos en privado. Para desactivar el histórico de "
+ "rastreo de archivos de su escritorio:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Pulse su nombre en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></guiseq>."
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Seleccione <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Configuración</gui><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Privacidad</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Uso e histórico</gui></guiseq>."
++"Seleccione <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Configuración</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacidad</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Uso e histórico</gui></guiseq>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mueva el deslizador <gui>Usados recientemente</gui> a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
+ "<gui>On</gui>."
+@@ -19681,7 +22504,8 @@
+ "Para volver a activar esta característica, mueva el deslizador <gui>Usados "
+ "recientemente</gui> a <gui>Encendido</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
+ "the web sites you visit."
+@@ -19689,15 +22513,18 @@
+ "Esta configuración no afectará a cómo su navegador guarda información sobre "
+ "las páginas web que visita."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
+ msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr "Mostrar un símbolo en lugar de su nombre en la barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
+ msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr "Ocultar su nombre en la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
+ "hide your name to protect your privacy."
+@@ -19705,11 +22532,13 @@
+ "De manera predeterminada, su nombre se muestra en la <gui>barra superior</"
+ "gui>, pero puede ocultarlo para proteger su privacidad."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
+ msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr "Para ocultar su nombre en la <gui>barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
+ "Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -19717,15 +22546,18 @@
+ "Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Configuración</gui><gui>Privacidad</gui> <gui>Nombre "
+ "y visibilidad</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
+ "in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Establezca el <gui>Modo silencioso</gui> a <gui>Encendido</gui>, establezca "
+ "<gui>Mostrar nombre completo en la barra superior</gui> a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
+ "name when your screen is locked."
+@@ -19733,19 +22565,21 @@
+ "Establecer el <gui>Modo silencioso</gui> a <gui>Encendido</gui> también "
+ "ocultará su nombre completo cuando la pantalla esté bloqueada."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
+ "<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
+ "will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
+ "bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La mayoría de los temas de ayuda de la aydua de GNOME le indican «Pulse en su "
+-"nombre en la <gui>barra superior</gui>». Si oculta su nombre en la "
++"La mayoría de los temas de ayuda de la aydua de GNOME le indican «Pulse en "
++"su nombre en la <gui>barra superior</gui>». Si oculta su nombre en la "
+ "<gui>barra superior</gui>, deberá pulsar en el <gui>icono de notificación</"
+ "gui> de la <gui>barra superior</gui> en su lugar."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19753,11 +22587,13 @@
+ "Establecer con qué frecuencia se limpian la papelera y los archivos "
+ "temporales de su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
+ msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+ msgstr "Limpiar la papelera y los archivos temporales"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
+ "files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
+@@ -19769,7 +22605,8 @@
+ "papelera y limpiar los archivos temporales manualmente, pero también puede "
+ "configurar el equipo para que lo haga automáticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
+ "period of time:"
+@@ -19777,21 +22614,25 @@
+ "Vaciar automáticamente la papelera y limpiar los archivos temporales después "
+ "de cierto período de tiempo:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
+ msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse en su nombre en la <gui>barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
+ msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui> y pulse en el icono de <gui>Privacidad</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
+ msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Limpiar la papelera y los archivos temporales</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
+ "Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+@@ -19800,7 +22641,8 @@
+ "<gui>Limpiar los archivos temporales automáticamente</gui> como "
+ "<gui>Encendido</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
+ "em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+@@ -19809,11 +22651,14 @@
+ "em> y los <em>Archivos temporales</em> cambiando el valor de <gui>Limpiar "
+ "después de</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:40(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
+ msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
+ "trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
+@@ -19826,7 +22671,8 @@
+ "archivos eliminados son mucho más difíciles de recuperar que los que se "
+ "encuentran en su papelera."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
+ "it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+@@ -19835,7 +22681,8 @@
+ "probablemente sea más seguro establecer un valor de <gui>Limpiar después de</"
+ "gui> alto."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19843,27 +22690,30 @@
+ "Impedir que otras personas puedan usar su escritorio cuando se aleje de su "
+ "equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
+ msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+ msgstr "Bloquear automáticamente su pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you "
+-"may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after a set "
+-"period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't using "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cuando se aleje de su equipo, debería <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">bloquear la pantalla</link> para impedir que otras personas puedan usar "
+-"su escritorio y acceder a sus archivos. Si alguna vez olvida bloquear su "
+-"pantalla, puede querer que el equipo la bloquee automáticamente tras cierto "
+-"periodo de tiempo establecido. Esto le ayudará a securizar su equipo cuando "
+-"no lo esté usando."
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"Cuando se aleje de su equipo, debería <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">bloquear la pantalla</link> para impedir que otras personas puedan "
++"usar su escritorio y acceder a sus archivos. Si alguna vez olvida bloquear "
++"su pantalla, puede querer que el equipo la bloquee automáticamente tras "
++"cierto periodo de tiempo establecido. Esto le ayudará a securizar su equipo "
++"cuando no lo esté usando."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
+ "continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
+@@ -19873,19 +22723,22 @@
+ "sistema seguirán en ejecución, pero necesitará introducir su contraseña para "
+ "volver a usarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
+ msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para configurar el tiempo que tarda su pantalla en bloquearse "
+ "automáticamente:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Privacidad</gui><gui>Bloqueo de pantalla</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
+ "length of time from the drop-down list."
+@@ -19893,7 +22746,8 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que el <gui>Bloqueo automático de la pantalla</gui> está "
+ "activado y seleccione el tiempo en la lista desplegable."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
+ "or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
+@@ -19904,20 +22758,24 @@
+ "introduzca su contraseña y pulse <key>Intro</key> o pulse <gui>Desbloquear</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
+ msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr "Obtener una imagen o grabar un vídeo de lo que ocurre en su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
+ msgid "2011"
+ msgstr "2011"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+ msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr "Capturas de pantalla y grabaciones de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+ "video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+@@ -19932,13 +22790,15 @@
+ "solamente archivos de imagen/vídeo, de manera que los puede enviar por "
+ "correo y compartirlos en la web."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Captura de pantalla</app> desde la vista de "
+ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+ "screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+@@ -19951,11 +22811,13 @@
+ "configurar su escritorio para la captura. Entonces, elija los efectos que "
+ "quiera"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Capturar pantalla</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+@@ -19964,7 +22826,8 @@
+ "convertirá en una cruz. Pulse y arrastre el área que quiere para la captura "
+ "de pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+@@ -19972,7 +22835,8 @@
+ "En la ventana <gui>Guardar la captura de pantalla</gui>, introduzca el "
+ "nombre del archivo, elija una carpeta y pulse <gui>Guardar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+@@ -19984,11 +22848,13 @@
+ "al portapapeles</gui>, pegue la imagen en la otra aplicación o la miniatura "
+ "de la captura de la pantalla a aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atajos de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+@@ -19996,11 +22862,14 @@
+ "Tome una captura rápida del escritorio, una ventana o un área en cualquier "
+ "momento usando estos atajos de teclado globales:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+-msgstr "<key>Imp Pant</key> para hacer una captura de pantalla del escritorio."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Imp Pant</key> para hacer una captura de pantalla del escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+@@ -20008,7 +22877,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impt Pant</key></keyseq> para hacer una captura "
+ "de pantalla de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+@@ -20016,7 +22886,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Imp Pant</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+@@ -20026,7 +22897,8 @@
+ "carpeta Imágenes con un nombre de archivo que empieza por «Pantallazo» y que "
+ "incluye la fecha y la hora en que se creó."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+@@ -20035,15 +22907,18 @@
+ "los atajos anteriores para copiar la imagen de la captura de pantalla al "
+ "portapapeles en lugar de guardarla."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr "Grabación de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr "Puede grabar un vídeo de lo que ocurre en su pantalla:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+@@ -20051,7 +22926,8 @@
+ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Mayús</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> para comenzar a grabar lo que sucede en su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+@@ -20060,15 +22936,18 @@
+ "cuando la grabación está en proceso. Este indicador no se muestra en el "
+ "vídeo."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una vez que haya acabado, pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>Mayús</key><key>R</key></keyseq> de nuevo para detener la grabación."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+ "starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+@@ -20077,17 +22956,20 @@
+ "archivo que empieza por «Captura de vídeo» e incluye la fecha y la hora en "
+ "que se creó."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede iniciar sesión en su sistema usando un lector de huellas digitales "
+ "soportado."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr "Iniciar sesión con una huella dactilar"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+@@ -20097,11 +22979,13 @@
+ "usarla para iniciar sesión. Debe tener permisos de administración para "
+ "realizar estos pasos."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr "Primero, grabe una huella con la que el sistema le pueda identificar."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+@@ -20111,7 +22995,8 @@
+ "huella dactilar. Si esto sucede, humedezca ligeramente el dedo, séquelo con "
+ "un paño limpio y sin pelusa, y vuelva a intentarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+@@ -20119,7 +23004,8 @@
+ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
+ "nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+@@ -20127,28 +23013,32 @@
+ "Desbloquee su cuenta usando el botón <gui>Desbloquear</gui> en la esquina "
+ "superior derecha de la herramienta de <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña en el cursor."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione la opción <gui>Desactivado</gui> junto a <gui>Inicio de sesión "
+ "con huella dactilar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+ "select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione una opción para la huella digital que quiere registrar. Puede "
+-"elegir su dedo índice derecho, el dedo índice izquierdo, o un dedo "
+-"diferente. A continuación, seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui>."
++"elegir su dedo índice derecho, el dedo índice izquierdo, o un dedo diferente."
++" A continuación, seleccione <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -20163,7 +23053,8 @@
+ "de verificación. Después de la tercera pasada, verá el mensaje <gui>Hecho</"
+ "gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+@@ -20172,7 +23063,8 @@
+ "huella digital se ha guardado correctamente. Seleccione <gui>Cerrar</gui> "
+ "para finalizar."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+@@ -20181,7 +23073,8 @@
+ "Si registra una huella dactilar, todavía tiene la opción de iniciar sesión "
+ "con su contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
+ "will appear."
+@@ -20189,7 +23082,8 @@
+ "En la pantalla de inicio de sesión, seleccione su nombre de usuario de la "
+ "lista. Aparecerá el formulario de entrada de contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+@@ -20197,7 +23091,8 @@
+ "En los siguientes 30 segundos, seleccione el botón de huella dactilar de "
+ "arriba a la derecha de su nombre."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -20209,7 +23104,8 @@
+ "iniciar sesión con una contraseña. Si quiere intentarlo de nuevo, seleccione "
+ "el botón <gui>Cancelar</gui> y vuelva al paso anterior."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+@@ -20217,7 +23113,8 @@
+ "Pase el dedo que ha registrado a una <em>velocidad moderada</em> sobre el "
+ "escáner de huella dactilar. Iniciará la sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+@@ -20225,16 +23122,19 @@
+ "Si creó anteriormente un depósito de claves, está asegurado con su "
+ "contraseña. Para desbloquearlo introduzca su contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr "Elija una región usada para fecha, hora, números, moneda y medidas."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la fecha y los formatos de medida"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -20242,11 +23142,13 @@
+ "Puede controlar los formatos que se usan para fechas, horas, números, moneda "
+ "y medidas para que coincidan con los usados en su región."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y pulse en <gui>Formatos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+@@ -20258,7 +23160,9 @@
+ "establecido en la pestaña <gui>Idioma</gui>. Pulse el botón <key>...</key> "
+ "para seleccionar de entre todas las regiones disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:41(item/p) C/session-language.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
+ "changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
+@@ -20268,7 +23172,8 @@
+ "surtan efecto</gui> pulsando en <gui style=\"button\">Reiniciar ahora</gui>, "
+ "o pulse <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> para reiniciar más tarde."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -20280,34 +23185,34 @@
+ "Aunque no se muestra en los ejemplos, su región también controla el día de "
+ "inicio de la semana en los calendarios."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/session-language.page:50(media) C/session-language.page:86(media)
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cambiar a un idioma diferente la interfaz de usuario y el texto de la ayuda."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el idioma que usa"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -20315,13 +23220,18 @@
+ "Puede usar su escritorio y aplicaciones en decenas de idiomas, siempre y "
+ "cuando tenga instalados en su equipo los paquetes de idiomas apropiados."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:45(item/p) C/session-language.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Idioma</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:47(item/p) C/session-language.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
+ "the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
+@@ -20332,13 +23242,14 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el idioma que quiera. La lista inicial solo muestra un pequeño "
+ "subconjunto de idiomas soportados. Si su idioma no está en la lista, pulse "
+-"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg"
+-"\"/>. Algunas traducciones pueden estar incompletas y ciertas aplicaciones "
+-"pueden no soportar su idioma por completo. Cualquier texto no traducido "
+-"aparecerá en el idioma en el que se desarrolló el software de manera "
+-"original, generalmente inglés americano."
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic."
++"svg\"/>. Algunas traducciones pueden estar incompletas y ciertas "
++"aplicaciones pueden no soportar su idioma por completo. Cualquier texto no "
++"traducido aparecerá en el idioma en el que se desarrolló el software de "
++"manera original, generalmente inglés americano."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -20354,11 +23265,13 @@
+ "los nombres estándar para el idioma seleccionado. Si va a utilizar el nuevo "
+ "idioma todo el tiempo, debe actualizar los nombres de las carpetas."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el idioma del sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -20368,12 +23281,15 @@
+ "sesión. También puede cambiar el <em>idioma del sistema</em>, que es el "
+ "idioma usado en sitios como la pantalla de inicio de sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
+ msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione el botón <gui style=\"button\">Pantalla de inicio de sesión</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+ "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+@@ -20383,7 +23299,8 @@
+ "link>. Introduzca su contraseña, o la contraseña de administrador que se le "
+ "pida."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
+ "settings."
+@@ -20391,11 +23308,13 @@
+ "Cambie el tiempo de espera antes de que se bloquee la pantalla en la "
+ "configuración de <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "La pantalla se bloquea demasiado deprisa"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -20409,21 +23328,25 @@
+ "que nadie pueda estropear su trabajo si deja el equipo sin vigilancia), pero "
+ "puede ser molesto si la pantalla se bloquea con demasiada rapidez."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para esperar un periodo más largo antes de que la pantalla se bloquee "
+ "automáticamente:"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Privacidad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
+ msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Bloquear la pantalla</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
+ "<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+@@ -20431,7 +23354,8 @@
+ "Si el <gui>Bloqueo automático de la pantalla</gui> está activado, cambie el "
+ "valor en la lista desplegable <gui>Bloquear la pantalla después de</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+ "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+@@ -20439,21 +23363,24 @@
+ "Si no quiere que la pantalla se bloquee automáticamente nunca, desactive "
+ "<gui>Bloquear la pantalla automáticamente</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
+-"\">Media sharing</link>…"
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Compartición por Bluetooth</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Compartición de la pantalla</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"sharing-media\">Compartición de medios</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
+ msgid "Sharing Settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración de compartición"
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
+ "the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+@@ -20462,7 +23389,8 @@
+ "qué se comparte en la red local, o mediante otras tecnologías como por "
+ "ejemplo <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
+ "share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
+@@ -20472,20 +23400,24 @@
+ "xref=\"files-share\">Compartir archivos por correo-e</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"sharing-media\">Compartición de medios</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+ msgstr "Compartir"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
+ msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configurar qué carpetas y dispositivos se pueden compartir por Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
+ msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Controlar la compartición por Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
+ "folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
+@@ -20498,40 +23430,54 @@
+ "Configure la <gui>Compartición por Bluetooth</gui> para controlar el acceso "
+ "a las carpetas compartidas en su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
+ "connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un dispositivo Bluetooth es <em>de confianza</em> si lo ha<em>emparejado</"
+ "em> o lo ha conectado a su equipo. Consulte la <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
+ msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Compartir su carpeta <file>Público</file> por Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39(item/p) C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/p) C/sharing-media.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Compartición</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42(item/p) C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78(item/p)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(item/p) C/sharing-media.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
+ msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si la<gui>Compartición</gui> está <gui>Apagada</gui>, <gui>Actívela</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46(item/p) C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
+ msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición por Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active la opción <gui>Compartir carpeta Público</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
+ "folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+@@ -20540,7 +23486,9 @@
+ "<file>Público</file> <gui>Active</gui> la opción <gui>Compartir sólo con "
+ "dispositivos de confianza</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57(note/p) C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
+ "prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
+@@ -20550,7 +23498,8 @@
+ "quiere evitar el acceso a sus archivos compartidos por parte de cualquiera "
+ "que tenga un teléfono o un dispositivo Bluetooth cerca activado."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
+ "be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+@@ -20559,19 +23508,22 @@
+ "activados no podrán acceder a los archivos de su carpeta <file>Público</"
+ "file>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
+ msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Permitir que se compartan los archivos de su carpeta <file>Descargas</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active la opción <gui>Guardar los archivos recibidos en la carpeta "
+ "Descargas</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
+ "file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
+@@ -20581,7 +23533,8 @@
+ "<file>Descargas</file> <gui>Active</gui> la opción <gui>Recibir archivos "
+ "sólo de dispositivos de confianza</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
+ "be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
+@@ -20589,16 +23542,19 @@
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Cerrar</gui>. Los dispositivos Bluetooth "
+ "activados no podrán enviar archivos a su carpeta <file>Descargas</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Permitir que otras personas vean e interactúen con su escritorio usando VNC."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr "Compartir su escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+ "with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+@@ -20609,7 +23565,8 @@
+ "<app>Compartición de la pantalla</app> para permitir que otros accedan a su "
+ "escritorio y configure las preferencias de seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
+ "gui> to be visible."
+@@ -20617,15 +23574,18 @@
+ "Debe tener instalado el paquete <app>Vino</app> para que la opción de "
+ "<gui>Compartición de pantalla</gui> esté visible."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
+ msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+ msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Instalar Vino</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
+ msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición de la pantalla</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
+ "gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
+@@ -20635,7 +23595,8 @@
+ "gui> la <gui>Vista remota</gui>. Esto significa que otras personas podrán "
+ "intentar conectarse con su equipo y ver lo que hay en su pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
+ "to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
+@@ -20648,7 +23609,8 @@
+ "archivos en su equipo, dependiendo de la configuración de seguridad que esté "
+ "actualmente usando."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -20656,7 +23618,8 @@
+ "Esta opción está activada de manera predeterminada cuando la <gui>Vista "
+ "remota</gui> está <gui>Activada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -20664,11 +23627,13 @@
+ "Es importante que considere seriamente el significado de cada opción de "
+ "seguridad antes de cambiarlas."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
+ msgid "Approve All Connections"
+ msgstr "Aprobar todas las conexiones"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+ "desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
+@@ -20680,15 +23645,18 @@
+ "desactiva esta opción, no se le preguntará si quiere permitir que alguien se "
+ "conecte a su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Esta opción está activada de forma predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
+ msgid "Require Password"
+ msgstr "Solicitar contraseña"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+ "switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
+@@ -20698,7 +23666,8 @@
+ "su escritorio, seleccione <gui>Requerir contraseña</gui>. Si no usa esta "
+ "opción, cualquiera puede intentar ver su escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -20706,15 +23675,18 @@
+ "Esta opción está desactivada de forma predeterminada, pero debería activarla "
+ "y configurar una contraseña segura."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
+ msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
+ msgstr "Compartir medios en su red local usando Rygel."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
+ msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+ msgstr "Compartir su música, fotos y vídeos"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
+ "<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
+@@ -20727,7 +23699,8 @@
+ "de medios</gui> para permitir a estos dispositivos acceder a las carpetas "
+ "que contienen su música, fotos y vídeos."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
+ "gui> to be visible."
+@@ -20735,27 +23708,31 @@
+ "Debe tener instalado el paquete <app>Rygel</app> para que la "
+ "<gui>Compartición de medios</gui> esté visible."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
+ msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+ msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Instalar Rygel</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
+ msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Compartición de medios</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active la opción <gui>Compartir medios en esta red</gui> (<gui>Encendido</"
+ "gui>)."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
+ "window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
+-"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example "
+-"<file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> para abrir la ventana <gui>Elegir una "
+ "carpeta</gui>. Navegue <em>dentro</em> de la carpeta, por ejemplo "
+@@ -20763,7 +23740,8 @@
+ "\"button\">Abrir</gui>. Repita esto para otras carpetas, por ejemplo "
+ "<file>Imágenes</file> y <file>Vídeos</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
+ "play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+@@ -20772,16 +23750,19 @@
+ "los archivos de las carpetas que haya seleccionado usando el dispositivo "
+ "externo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Añadir (o eliminar) iconos de programas de uso frecuente en el tablero."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Anclar sus aplicaciones favoritas al tablero"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -20789,7 +23770,8 @@
+ "Para añadir una aplicación al <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">tablero</"
+ "link> y poder acceder a ella fácilmente:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
+ "clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+@@ -20798,7 +23780,8 @@
+ "pulsando en <gui>Actividades</gui> en la esquina superior izquierda de la "
+ "pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
+ "link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
+@@ -20808,25 +23791,29 @@
+ "link> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla y elija el elemento "
+ "<gui>Vista de actividades</gui> del menú."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse en el botón de la rejilla en el tablero para buscar la aplicación que "
+ "quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el icono de la aplicación y elija "
+ "<gui>Añadir a favoritos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
+ msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+ msgstr "De manera alternativa, puede pulsar y arrastrar el icono al tablero."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+@@ -20835,7 +23822,8 @@
+ "derecho sobre el icono de la aplicación y seleccione <gui>Quitar de los "
+ "favoritos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
+@@ -20844,19 +23832,23 @@
+ "gui> del <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menú de <gui>Aplicaciones</gui></"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Lanzar aplicaciones desde la vista de actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
+ msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+ msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "Iniciar aplicaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+ "of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
+@@ -20869,19 +23861,21 @@
+ "(También puede abrir la vista pulsando la tecla <link xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "super\">Super</link>.)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you "
+-"can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the <key xref="
+-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede iniciar aplicaciones desde el <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menú "
+ "<gui>Aplicaciones</gui></link> en la parte superior izquierda de la "
+ "pantalla, o pude usar la <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> pulsando la tecla "
+ "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+ "<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+@@ -20889,7 +23883,8 @@
+ "Hay distintas maneras de abrir una aplicación una vez que está en la "
+ "<gui>vista de actividades</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+ "this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+@@ -20900,7 +23895,8 @@
+ "superior derecha de la pantalla y comience a escribir.) Pulse en el icono de "
+ "la aplicación para iniciarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+ "icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
+@@ -20910,7 +23906,8 @@
+ "vertical de los iconos en el lado izquierdo de la <gui>vista de actividades</"
+ "gui>. Pulse en uno de ellos para iniciar la aplicación correspondiente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -20918,26 +23915,29 @@
+ "Si tiene aplicaciones que usa muy frecuentemente, puede <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "apps-favorites\">añadirlas al tablero</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
+ "used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
+-"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
+-"application to start it."
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse el botón de la rejilla en la parte inferior del tablero. Verá las "
+-"aplicaciones usadas frecuentemente si la vista de <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Frecuentes</gui> está activada. Si quiere ejecutar una aplicación nueva, "
+-"pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">Todas</gui> en la parte inferior para "
+-"ver todas las aplicaciones. Pulse sobre una aplicación para iniciarla."
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
++"aplicaciones usadas frecuentemente si la vista de <gui style="
++"\"button\">Frecuentes</gui> está activada. Si quiere ejecutar una aplicación "
++"nueva, pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">Todas</gui> en la parte inferior "
++"para ver todas las aplicaciones. Pulse sobre una aplicación para iniciarla."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede iniciar una aplicación en un <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">área de "
+ "trabajo</link> independiente arrastrando el icono de la aplicación desde el "
+@@ -20945,7 +23945,8 @@
+ "áreas de trabajo en la parte derecha de la pantalla. La aplicación se abrirá "
+ "en el área de trabajo que elija."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+@@ -20953,11 +23954,13 @@
+ "Puede lazar una aplicación en un <em>área de trabajo</em> pulsando con el "
+ "botón central sobre su icono en el tablero o en la lista de aplicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Ejecutar rápidamente un comando"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+@@ -20967,7 +23970,8 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, introduciendo el <em>nombre del comando</em> y "
+ "pulsando la tecla <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -20977,7 +23981,8 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> y escriba «rhythmbox» (sin las comillas). El "
+ "nombre de la aplicación es el comando para lanzar el programa."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+@@ -20985,15 +23990,18 @@
+ "Aprender cómo salir de su cuenta de usuario, cerrando la sesión, cambiando "
+ "de usuario, etc."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:28(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+ msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+ msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "Cerrar la sesión, apagar o cambiar de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+@@ -21001,11 +24009,13 @@
+ "Cuando haya terminado de usar su equipo, puede apagarlo, suspenderlo (para "
+ "ahorrar energía), o dejarlo encendido y cerrar la sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Cerrar la sesión o cambiar de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+@@ -21017,7 +24027,8 @@
+ "todas las aplicaciones seguirán funcionando y todo estará donde lo dejó "
+ "cuando vuelva a iniciar sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+@@ -21025,15 +24036,18 @@
+ "Para <gui>Salir de la sesión</gui> o <gui>Cambiar de usuario</gui>, pulse "
+ "sobre su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione la opción apropiada."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+ "menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Las opciones <gui>Salir de la sesión</gui> y <gui>Cambiar de usuario</gui>, "
+ "sólo aparecen en el menú si tiene más de una cuenta de usuario en su sistema."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
+ "than one user account on your system."
+@@ -21041,18 +24055,20 @@
+ "La opción <gui>Cambiar de usuario</gui>, sólo aparece en el menú si tiene "
+ "más de una cuenta de usuario en su sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
+-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
+-"don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
+-"time."
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si deja su equipo durante un breve periodo de tiempo, debe bloquear la "
+ "pantalla para evitar que otras personas tengan acceso a sus archivos o "
+@@ -21061,7 +24077,8 @@
+ "a iniciar la sesión. Si no bloquea su pantalla, se bloqueará automáticamente "
+ "después de cierto tiempo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:78(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -21069,7 +24086,8 @@
+ "Para bloquear la pantalla, pulse sobre su nombre en la barra superior y "
+ "seleccione <gui>Bloquear</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+ "clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
+@@ -21080,11 +24098,13 @@
+ "la pantalla de contraseña. Puede volver a su escritorio cuando hayan "
+ "terminado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:90(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Suspender"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+@@ -21098,7 +24118,8 @@
+ "parte de las funciones de su equipo. Durante la suspensión se sigue usando "
+ "una cantidad muy pequeña de energía."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:98(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
+ "down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
+@@ -21108,11 +24129,13 @@
+ "superior y mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Alt</key>. La opción <gui>Apagar</"
+ "gui> cambiará a <gui>Suspender</gui>. Seleccione <gui>Suspender</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:108(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Apagar o reiniciar"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:110(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+ "your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
+@@ -21122,7 +24145,8 @@
+ "sobre su nombre en la barra superior y elija <gui>Apagar</gui>.Aparecerá un "
+ "diálogo ofreciéndole <gui>Reiniciar</gui> o <gui>Apagar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:114(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+@@ -21132,7 +24156,8 @@
+ "porque esto cerraría sus sesiones. Si es un usuario administrativo, se le "
+ "pedirá su contraseña para apagar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:120(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+ "have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+@@ -21143,131 +24168,142 @@
+ "su batería está baja o no se carga bien. Un equipo apagado también usa <link "
+ "xref=\"power-batterylife\">menos energía</link> que uno que está suspendido."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:36(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:42(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:64(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
+-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
+-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:93(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:165(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:172(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+-"md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+-"md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:223(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:243(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' "
+-"md5='2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' "
+-"md5='2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:277(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+-"md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+-"md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+@@ -21275,11 +24311,13 @@
+ "Una introducción visual a su escritorio, la barra superior y la vista de "
+ "actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Introducción a GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -21290,11 +24328,14 @@
+ "ayudarle a trabajar. La primera vez que inicie una sesión, verá un "
+ "escritorio vacío y la barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:37(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:43(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superior de GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -21308,16 +24349,21 @@
+ "la barra superior, puede establecer su disponibilidad, cambiar su perfil o "
+ "configuración, salir o cambiar de usuario, o apagar el equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:58(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Vista de actividades"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:72(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "Botón «Actividades»"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+@@ -21331,7 +24377,8 @@
+ "teclado. Puede ver sus ventanas y aplicaciones en la vista. También puede "
+ "empezar a escribir para buscar aplicaciones, archivos o carpetas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:84(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
+@@ -21348,11 +24395,13 @@
+ "gui>. Simplemente empiece a escribir para ver sus aplicaciones, archivos y "
+ "carpetas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "El tablero"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -21364,11 +24413,12 @@
+ "A la izquierda de la vista, encontrará el <em>tablero</em>. El tablero le "
+ "muestra sus aplicaciones favoritas y en ejecución. Pulse en cualquier icono "
+ "en el tablero para abrir dicha aplicación. Si la aplicación se está "
+-"ejecutando, se resaltará. Pulsar en el icono abrirá la ventana utilizada ​​más "
+-"recientemente. También puede arrastrar el icono a la vista general o a "
++"ejecutando, se resaltará. Pulsar en el icono abrirá la ventana utilizada "
++"​​más recientemente. También puede arrastrar el icono a la vista general o a "
+ "cualquier área de trabajo de la derecha."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -21379,7 +24429,8 @@
+ "puede pulsar en el icono mientras mantiene pulsada la tecla <key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "para abrir una ventana nueva."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:108(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -21392,7 +24443,8 @@
+ "vista. También puede usar la rueda de desplazamiento del ratón para aumentar "
+ "cualquier miniatura de la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:113(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+ "overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+@@ -21409,26 +24461,31 @@
+ "Sus aplicaciones favoritas permanecerán en el tablero, incluso cuando no "
+ "estén en funcionamiento, para que pueda acceder a ellas rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Aprender más acerca de iniciar aplicaciones.</"
+-"link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Aprender más acerca de iniciar aplicaciones."
++"</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:123(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Aprender más acerca de las ventanas y las áreas "
+-"de trabajo.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Aprender más acerca de las ventanas y las "
++"áreas de trabajo.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:129(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Reloj, calendario y citas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:147(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
+ "calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
+@@ -21440,24 +24497,28 @@
+ "puede acceder a la configuración de fecha y hora y abrir totalmente su "
+ "calendario de <app>Evolution</app> directamente desde el menú."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:153(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Aprender más sobre el calendario y las citas.</"
+-"link>"
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Aprender más sobre el calendario y las citas."
++"</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:159(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Usted y su equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:166(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:173(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Menú del usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:178(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -21465,7 +24526,8 @@
+ "Pulse en su nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla "
+ "para gestionar su perfil y su equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:181(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -21475,7 +24537,8 @@
+ "Esto establecerá su estado para que sus contactos lo vean en aplicaciones de "
+ "mensajería instantánea como <app>Empathy</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:204(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -21483,7 +24546,8 @@
+ "El menú también le permite editar su información personal y cambiar la "
+ "configuración del sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:207(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -21495,7 +24559,8 @@
+ "iniciar la sesión completamente para dar a alguien acceso al equipo. O bien, "
+ "puede suspender o apagar el equipo desde el menú."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:213(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -21503,12 +24568,15 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Aprender más acerca de cambiar de usuario, cerrar "
+ "la sesión y apagar el equipo.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:219(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:224(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
+ msgid "Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:227(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
+ msgid ""
+ "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+ "displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
+@@ -21522,22 +24590,25 @@
+ "el usuario que ha iniciado sesión. También muestra información sobre su "
+ "batería y estado de red, y le permite controlar la reproducción de medios."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:234(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Aprenda más sobre la pantalla de bloqueo.</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:240(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Bandeja de mensajes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:244(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
+ msgid "Message tray"
+ msgstr "Bandeja de mensajes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:247(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
+ "against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -21549,7 +24620,8 @@
+ "keyseq>. Aquí es donde se almacenan las notificaciones hasta que esté listo "
+ "para verlas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:253(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -21557,12 +24629,15 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Aprender más acerca de la bandeja de "
+ "mensajes</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:259(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:278(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
+ msgid "Window List"
+ msgstr "Lista de ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:264(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
+ "visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
+@@ -21572,7 +24647,8 @@
+ "lista de ventanas visible en otros entornos de escritorio. Esto le permite "
+ "centrarse en las tareas que tiene a mano sin distracciones."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:269(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
+ "link>"
+@@ -21580,7 +24656,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Aprender más sobre cambiar entre "
+ "ventanas. </link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:291(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+ "display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+@@ -21590,15 +24667,18 @@
+ "mostrará un icono azul en la parte derecha de la lista de ventanas. Al "
+ "pulsar en el icono azul se mostrará la bandeja de mensajes."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Moverse por el escritorio usando el teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atajos de teclado útiles"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+@@ -21611,11 +24691,13 @@
+ "\"keyboard-nav\"/> para obtener más información acerca de navegar por los "
+ "interfaces sólo con el teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Primeros pasos en el escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "super\">Super</key> key"
+@@ -21623,7 +24705,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> o la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+ "key-super\">Super</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+@@ -21633,23 +24716,27 @@
+ "la vista general, comience a escribir para buscar instantáneamente sus "
+ "aplicaciones, contactos y documentos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr "Ventana de comandos emergente (para ejecutar comandos rápidamente)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
+-"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Cambio rápido entre ventanas.</link> "
+ "Mantenga pulsada <key>Mayús</key> invertir el orden."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+ "application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -21657,7 +24744,8 @@
+ "Cambia entre ventanas de la misma aplicación, o desde la aplicación "
+ "seleccionada después de <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+ "is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
+@@ -21668,7 +24756,8 @@
+ "teclado, el atajo se usa con la tecla <key>Super</key> y cualquiera que sea "
+ "la tecla encima de la tecla <key>Tab</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+ "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+@@ -21676,10 +24765,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pone el foco del teclado en la barra superior. En la vista de "
+ "<gui>Actividades</gui>, cambia el foco del teclado entre la barra superior, "
+-"tablero, vista previa de ventanas, lista de aplicaciones y campo de "
+-"búsqueda. Use las flechas para navegar."
++"tablero, vista previa de ventanas, lista de aplicaciones y campo de búsqueda."
++" Use las flechas para navegar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+ "overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -21691,11 +24781,13 @@
+ "previa y use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> y "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
+ msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr "Mostrar la lista de aplicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -21703,13 +24795,15 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Re. Pág</key></keyseq> y <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Av. Pág</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Cambiar entre áreas de trabajo</link>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -21717,23 +24811,27 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mayús</key><key>Re. Pág</key></keyseq> y "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mayús</key><key>Av. Pág</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+ "different workspace</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Mover la ventana actual a un área "
+-"de trabajo diferente</link>."
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Mover la ventana actual a un "
++"área de trabajo diferente</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Cerrar la sesión</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Bloquear la pantalla</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
+ "link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
+@@ -21743,71 +24841,87 @@
+ "mensajes</link>. Pulse <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>otra vez "
+ "o <key>Esc</key> para cerrarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Combinaciones de teclas de edición más comunes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Seleccionar todo el texto o todos los elementos en una lista."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cortar (quitar) el texto o los elementos seleccionados y colocarlo en el "
+ "escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Copiar el texto o los elementos seleccionados al portapapeles."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Pegar los contenidos del portapapeles."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Deshacer la última acción."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Capturar la pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
+ msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Impr Pant</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tomar una captura de pantalla</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -21815,11 +24929,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tomar una captura de pantalla "
+ "de una ventana</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Impr Pant</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -21829,13 +24945,15 @@
+ "de un área de la pantalla</link>. El puntero se convierte en una cruz. Pulse "
+ "y arrastre para seleccionar un área."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Mayús</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -21843,21 +24961,25 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Iniciar y finalizar una "
+ "grabación de vídeo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+ msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La pantalla de bloqueo decorativa y funcional transmite información útil."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+ msgid "The Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "La pantalla de bloqueo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+ "is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+ "while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
+ "on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "La pantalla de bloqueo significa que puede ver qué está pasando mientras su "
+ "equipo está bloqueado, y le permite obtener un resumen de qué ha pasado "
+@@ -21865,19 +24987,23 @@
+ "imagen atractiva mientras su equipo está bloqueado y proporciona información "
+ "útil:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+ msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr "el nombre del usuario que ha iniciado sesión"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+ msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr "fecha y hora, y ciertas notificaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+ msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr "batería y estado de la red"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
+ "pause your music without having to enter a password"
+@@ -21885,7 +25011,8 @@
+ "la habilidad para controlar la reproducción de medios: cambiar el volumen, "
+ "saltar una pista o pausar su música sin tener que ingresar una contraseña"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
+ "with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
+@@ -21898,33 +25025,36 @@
+ "para desbloquear. Puede también cambiar usuarios si su equipo está "
+ "configurado para más de uno."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:44(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -21932,19 +25062,23 @@
+ "Los mensajes emergentes en la parte inferior de la pantalla le avisan cuando "
+ "ocurren ciertos eventos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Notificaciones y la bandeja de mensajes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es una notificación?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+@@ -21952,7 +25086,8 @@
+ "Si una aplicación o un componente del sistema quiere llamar su atención, "
+ "mostrará una notificación en la parte inferior de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+ "a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
+@@ -21963,7 +25098,8 @@
+ "su equipo o la batería está baja, recibirá una notificación informándole de "
+ "ello."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+ "You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+@@ -21971,7 +25107,8 @@
+ "Para evitar distracciones, algunas notificaciones aparecen primero como una "
+ "sola línea. Puede mover el ratón sobre ellas para ver su contenido completo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+ "notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+@@ -21980,7 +25117,8 @@
+ "una de estas notificaciones sin seleccionar una de sus opciones, pulse en el "
+ "botón de cerrar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+ "Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+@@ -21989,44 +25127,48 @@
+ "Rhythmbox o su aplicación de chat, estarán escondidas en la bandeja de "
+ "mensajes."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "La bandeja de mensajes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+ "is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
+ "notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La bandeja de mensajes le ofrece una manera de volver a sus notificaciones "
+ "cuando crea conveniente. Aparece cuando mueve el ratón a la esquina inferior "
+-"derecha de la pantalla o pulsa <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. La bandeja de mensajes contiene todas "
+-"las notificaciones sobre las que no ha actuado o aquellas que residen "
++"derecha de la pantalla o pulsa <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. La bandeja de mensajes contiene "
++"todas las notificaciones sobre las que no ha actuado o aquellas que residen "
+ "permanentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+ "is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray by "
+-"clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The "
+-"message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or "
+-"that permanently reside in it."
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La bandeja de mensajes le ofrece una manera de volver a sus notificaciones "
+ "cuando crea conveniente. Aparece cuando mueve el ratón a la esquina inferior "
+-"derecha de la pantalla o cuando pulsa <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. También puede mostrar la bandeja de "
+-"mensajes pulsando el icono azul con un número en la parte derecha de la "
++"derecha de la pantalla o cuando pulsa <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. También puede mostrar la bandeja "
++"de mensajes pulsando el icono azul con un número en la parte derecha de la "
+ "lista de ventanas. La bandeja de mensajes contiene todas las notificaciones "
+ "sobre las que no ha actuado o aquellas que residen permanentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -22039,7 +25181,8 @@
+ "de chat se les da un trato especial y están representadas por cada contacto "
+ "individual que le envió los mensajes de chat."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
+ "key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+@@ -22047,7 +25190,8 @@
+ "Puede cerrar la bandeja de mensajes pulsando <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
+ "key></keyseq> otra vez o <key>Esc</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+@@ -22056,11 +25200,13 @@
+ "deberá pulsar el <gui>botón de la bandeja</gui> para mostrar la bandeja de "
+ "mensajes."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Ocultar notificaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
+ "switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+@@ -22070,7 +25216,8 @@
+ "notificaciones. Simplemente pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y "
+ "seleccione <gui>Notificaciones</gui> para cambiarlo a <gui>Apagado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+@@ -22081,50 +25228,58 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cuando esté apagado, la mayoría de las notificaciones no se mostrarán como "
+ "mensajes emergentes en la parte inferior de la pantalla. Las notificaciones "
+-"muy importantes, tales como batería críticamente baja, se seguirán "
+-"mostrando. Las notificaciones seguirán estando disponibles en la bandeja de "
+-"mensajería cuando la muestre (moviendo el ratón a la esquina inferior "
+-"derecha, o pulsando <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) y luego "
+-"se volverá a mostrar cuando cambie el interruptor a <gui>ENCENDIDO</gui> "
+-"otra vez."
++"muy importantes, tales como batería críticamente baja, se seguirán mostrando."
++" Las notificaciones seguirán estando disponibles en la bandeja de mensajería "
++"cuando la muestre (moviendo el ratón a la esquina inferior derecha, o "
++"pulsando <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) y luego se volverá a "
++"mostrar cuando cambie el interruptor a <gui>ENCENDIDO</gui> otra vez."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introducción</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">atajos de teclado</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendario</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notificaciones</"
+-"link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">atajos de teclado</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendario</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notificaciones</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Escritorio, aplicaciones y ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "El escritorio"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Aplicaciones y ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr "Un resumen de términos usados para describir partes del escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr "Actividades, tablero, barra superior… ¿Qué son?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+ "click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+@@ -22132,7 +25287,8 @@
+ "La <em>vista de actividades</em> es la pantalla que se muestra cuando pulsa "
+ "en <gui>Actividades</gui> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+ "select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
+@@ -22142,11 +25298,13 @@
+ "selecciona la <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú <gui>Aplicaciones</"
+ "gui> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
+ msgid "Applications menu"
+ msgstr "Menú de aplicaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
+ "screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
+@@ -22158,11 +25316,13 @@
+ "categorías. La <em>vista de actividades</em> está disponible seleccionando "
+ "el elemento <gui>Vista de actividades</gui> en el menú."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:49(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
+ msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+ msgstr "Cambiador de ventana Super-Tab"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
+@@ -22172,11 +25332,13 @@
+ "key> y pulsa <key>Tab</key>, aparece un <em>selector de ventanas</em>. Esto "
+ "muestra los iconos de las aplicaciones que tiene abiertas actualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Tablero"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+@@ -22188,11 +25350,13 @@
+ "las aplicaciones que están actualmente en ejecución. Al tablero también se "
+ "lo llama de vez en cuando «<em>dock</em>»."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:64(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Esquina activa"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -22200,7 +25364,8 @@
+ "La <em>esquina activa</em> es la esquina en la parte superior izquierda de "
+ "la pantalla. Cuando mueve el puntero aquí, se abre la vista de actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
+ "is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
+@@ -22212,11 +25377,13 @@
+ "mientras estaba ausente y le permite controlar la reproducción de medios sin "
+ "tener que desbloquearla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Notificaciones"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+@@ -22234,11 +25401,13 @@
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) "
+ "para ver su bandeja de mensajes."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:89(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
+ msgid "Places menu"
+ msgstr "Menú Lugares"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
+ "<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
+@@ -22248,11 +25417,13 @@
+ "<gui>barra superior</gui>. Esto le proporciona un rápido acceso a carpetas "
+ "importantes, como por ejemplo <gui>Descargas</gui> o <gui>Imágenes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:96(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Configuración"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+@@ -22265,11 +25436,13 @@
+ "derecha de la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración</gui> para "
+ "acceder."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:104(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:105(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -22280,7 +25453,8 @@
+ "finales de la barra superior y su nombre de usuario está en el lado "
+ "contrario."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -22291,11 +25465,13 @@
+ "los finales de la barra superior y su nombre de usuario está en el lado "
+ "contrario."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:114(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Área de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+@@ -22303,12 +25479,15 @@
+ "Puede poner ventanas en diferentes <em>áreas de trabajo</em>. Es una manera "
+ "adecuada de agrupar y separar ventanas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:120(item/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Selector de áreas de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+@@ -22318,7 +25497,8 @@
+ "se muestra en el lado derecho de la vista de <gui>Ventanas</gui> en la vista "
+ "actividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
+ "shows buttons for all your open windows."
+@@ -22326,15 +25506,18 @@
+ "La <em>lista de ventanas</em> es la barra de la parte inferior de la "
+ "pantalla, que muestra botones para todas sus ventanas abiertas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "Comprobar la vista de actividades o mirar en otras áreas de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "Encontrar una ventana perdida"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+@@ -22344,7 +25527,8 @@
+ "es sencilla de encontrar usando la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vista de "
+ "actividades</link>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
+ "current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
+@@ -22356,17 +25540,19 @@
+ "link>, se mostrará aquí como una miniatura. Para mostrarla de nuevo, "
+ "simplemente pulse la miniatura, o"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+ "selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
+ "window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse en diferentes áreas de trabajo en el <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link> a la derecha de la pantalla para "
+-"tratar de encontrar la ventana, o"
++"Pulse en diferentes áreas de trabajo en el <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link> a la derecha de la "
++"pantalla para tratar de encontrar la ventana, o"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
+ "Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+@@ -22375,11 +25561,13 @@
+ "las ventanas abiertas. Pulse en la ventana de la lista a la que quiere "
+ "cambiar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "Usando el selector de ventanas:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
+ "keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
+@@ -22393,7 +25581,8 @@
+ "<key>Tab</key> para cambiar entre la lista de ventanas abiertas, o pulse "
+ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para cambiar hacia atrás."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+@@ -22402,17 +25591,20 @@
+ "y <key>`</key> (o la tecla encima de la tecla <key>Tab</key>) para pasar por "
+ "ellas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Doble pulsación en la barra de títulos de la ventana para maximizarla o "
+ "restaurarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "Maximizar y desmaximizar (restaurar) una ventana"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -22427,7 +25619,8 @@
+ "a la vez de fácilmente. Para obtener más detalles consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"shell-windows-tiled\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+@@ -22440,7 +25633,8 @@
+ "tecla <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link> y pulse <key>↑</key> o "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
+ "titlebar."
+@@ -22448,7 +25642,8 @@
+ "También puede maximizar una ventana pulsando el botón de maximizar en la "
+ "barra de título."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+@@ -22460,25 +25655,29 @@
+ "puede pulsar dos veces sobre la barra de título para restaurarla. También "
+ "puede usar los mismos atajos de teclado que usó para maximizar la ventana."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Alt</key> y arrastre la ventana a cualquier "
+ "parte para moverla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Colocar ventanas en un área de trabajo para ayudarle a trabajar más "
+ "eficientemente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "Mover y redimensionar ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+ "addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
+@@ -22488,7 +25687,8 @@
+ "eficientemente. Además del comportamiento de arrastre, GNOME tiene atajos de "
+ "teclado y modificadores para ayudarle a colocar ventanas rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+@@ -22499,7 +25699,8 @@
+ "ventana. Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> al mover para ajustar la "
+ "ventana a los bordes de la pantalla y a otras ventanas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+@@ -22509,7 +25710,8 @@
+ "Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> al redimensionar para ajustar la "
+ "ventana a los bordes de la pantalla y a otras ventanas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
+ "the titlebar."
+@@ -22517,7 +25719,8 @@
+ "También puede redimensionar una ventana maximizada pulsando el botón de "
+ "maximizar en la barra de título."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -22532,12 +25735,13 @@
+ "para finalizar o pulse <key>Esc</key> para volver a la posición y tamaño "
+ "original."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximice una ventana</link> "
+ "arrastrándola a la parte superior de la pantalla. Arrastre una ventana a un "
+@@ -22545,15 +25749,18 @@
+ "permite <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">colocar las ventanas lado a lado</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "Cambiar entre ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+@@ -22563,11 +25770,13 @@
+ "que el cambio entre tareas sea un proceso sencillo y proporciona una imagen "
+ "completa de las aplicaciones que están en ejecución."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "Desde un área de trabajo:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
+ "keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+@@ -22575,7 +25784,8 @@
+ "Pulse <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
+ "keyseq>para mostrar el <gui>intercambiador de ventanas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
+ "(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+@@ -22583,18 +25793,20 @@
+ "Suelte la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> para "
+ "seleccionar la siguiente ventana (resaltada) en el selector."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
+ "key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Otra forma, aún manteniendo pulsada la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\"> Super</key>, pulse <key>Tab</key> para cambiar entre la lista de "
++"Otra forma, aún manteniendo pulsada la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\"> Super</key>, pulse <key>Tab</key> para cambiar entre la lista de "
+ "ventanas abiertas, o pulse <keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+ "para cambiar hacia atrás."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
+ "windows and switch between them."
+@@ -22602,7 +25814,8 @@
+ "También puede usar la lista de ventanas en la barra inferior para acceder a "
+ "todas sus ventanas abiertas y cambiar entre ellas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+@@ -22613,8 +25826,10 @@
+ "vistas previas de las aplicaciones con múltiples ventanas se despliegan "
+ "cuando las pulsa. Pulse la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+ "key> y pulse <key>`</key> (o la tecla <key>Tab</key>) para recorrer la lista."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+@@ -22622,7 +25837,8 @@
+ "En el selector de ventanas, las aplicaciones de diferentes áreas de trabajo "
+ "se dividen con separadores verticales."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+@@ -22632,7 +25848,8 @@
+ "ventanas con las teclas <key>→</key> o <key>←</key>, o seleccionar una "
+ "pulsándola con el ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+@@ -22640,11 +25857,13 @@
+ "Las vistas previas de las aplicaciones con una sola ventana se pueden "
+ "mostrar con la tecla <key>↓</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "Desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+@@ -22657,15 +25876,18 @@
+ "pulsar en cada una de ellas para ver las ventanas abiertas en cada área de "
+ "trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Maximizar dos ventanas lado a lado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Ventanas en mosaico"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+@@ -22675,7 +25897,8 @@
+ "pantalla, permitiéndole ubicar dos ventanas lado a lado para cambiar "
+ "rápidamente entre ellas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+@@ -22688,7 +25911,8 @@
+ "\"keyboard-key-super\">tecla Super</link> y pulse las teclas <key>Izquierda</"
+ "key> o <key>Derecha</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+@@ -22696,26 +25920,30 @@
+ "Para restaurar una ventana a su tamaño original, arrástrela fuera de la "
+ "pantalla o use el mismo atajo del teclado que usó para maximizarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Mover y organizar sus ventanas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Ventanas y áreas de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the "
+-"<gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control active windows."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Al igual que otros escritorios, GNOME usa ventanas para mostrar las "
+ "aplicaciones en ejecución. Usando la vista de <gui>actividades</gui> y el "
+ "<gui>tablero</gui>, puede lanzar aplicaciones nuevas y controlar qué ventana "
+ "está activa."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
+ "window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
+@@ -22725,41 +25953,49 @@
+ "de ayuda de ventana y área de trabajo que se muestran a continuación para "
+ "aprender mejor cómo usar estas características."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:57(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Trabajar con ventanas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:64(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Áreas de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:66(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Trabajar con áreas de trabajo:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vaya a la vista de Actividades y arrastre la ventana a otro área de trabajo "
+ "diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "Mover una ventana a un área de trabajo diferente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(steps/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "Usando el ratón:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -22767,7 +26003,8 @@
+ "Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de <gui>Actividades</gui></"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
+@@ -22777,17 +26014,20 @@
+ "el <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menú <gui style=\"menu\">Aplicaciones</"
+ "gui></link> en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "Pulse y arrastre la ventana a la derecha de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
+ msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link> "
+ "aparecerá."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+ "window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
+@@ -22797,7 +26037,8 @@
+ "contiene la ventana que se arrastró en ella y se creará una nueva área de "
+ "trabajo vacía al final del <gui>selector de áreas de trabajo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+ "window you have dropped."
+@@ -22805,12 +26046,15 @@
+ "Arrastre la ventana a un área de trabajo vacía. Este área de trabajo ahora "
+ "contiene la ventana que se arrastró en ella."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60(steps/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "Usando el teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
+ "xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
+@@ -22820,7 +26064,8 @@
+ "xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
+ "\"shell-terminology\">selector de ventanas</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
+ "move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
+@@ -22830,7 +26075,8 @@
+ "key><key>Re Pág</key></keyseq> para mover la ventana al área de trabajo "
+ "encima del actual en el <em>selector de áreas de trabajo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
+ "to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
+@@ -22840,29 +26086,34 @@
+ "para mover la ventana al área de trabajo debajo de la actual en el "
+ "<em>selector de áreas de trabajo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
+ msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+ msgstr "Usar el selector de áreas de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+ msgstr "Cambie entre las áreas de trabajo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
+ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+ msgstr "Abra la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de actividades</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</"
+-"gui>."
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla, pulse en el <link xref="
+ "\"shell-terminology\">menú <gui>Aplicaciones</gui></link> y elija <gui>Vista "
+ "de actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+ "selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
+@@ -22872,12 +26123,14 @@
+ "de áreas de trabajo</link> en la derecha de la pantalla para ver las "
+ "ventanas abiertas en ese área de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
+ msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse en cualquier miniatura de una ventana para activar el área de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
+ "identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
+@@ -22888,7 +26141,8 @@
+ "ventanas en la barra inferior y eligiendo en el menú el área de trabajo que "
+ "quiere usar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
+ "key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
+@@ -22898,7 +26152,8 @@
+ "keyseq> para moverse a un área de trabajo que esté encima del área de "
+ "trabajo actual en el selector de áreas de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
+ "workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+@@ -22907,29 +26162,33 @@
+ "área de trabajo que está debajo del área de trabajo actual en el selector de "
+ "áreas de trabajo."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Las áreas de trabajo son una manera de agrupar ventanas en su escritorio."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué es un área de trabajo y cómo me ayudará?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+ "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+@@ -22940,7 +26199,8 @@
+ "virtuales. Las áreas de trabajo están destinadas a reducir el desorden y "
+ "hacer que el escritorio sea sencillo de examinar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
+ "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+@@ -22951,7 +26211,8 @@
+ "virtuales. Las áreas de trabajo están destinadas a reducir el desorden y "
+ "hacer que el escritorio sea sencillo de examinar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -22964,11 +26225,13 @@
+ "está haciendo en un área de trabajo diferente. Su gestor de música podría "
+ "estar en una tercera área de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Usando áreas de trabajo:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+ "side of the screen."
+@@ -22976,7 +26239,8 @@
+ "En la a la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, mueva el cursor a la parte "
+ "derecha de la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
+@@ -22986,17 +26250,19 @@
+ "vista de <gui>Activities</gui> y mueva el cursor la lateral derecho de la "
+ "pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
+ "workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aparecerá un panel vertical con las áreas de trabajo en uso y con área de "
+-"trabajo adicional vacía. Esto es el <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link>."
++"trabajo adicional vacía. Esto es el <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
+ "xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+@@ -23004,7 +26270,8 @@
+ "Aparecerá un panel vertical con las áreas de trabajodisponibles. Esto es el "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+ "the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+@@ -23012,12 +26279,13 @@
+ "and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para añadir un área de trabajo, mueva una ventana de un área de trabajo "
+-"existente hasta el área de trabajo vacía en el <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link>. Esta área de trabajo contiene ahora "
+-"la ventana que se dejó en ella, y debe aparecer un área de trabajo nueva "
+-"vacía en la parte inferior."
++"existente hasta el área de trabajo vacía en el <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link>. Esta área de trabajo "
++"contiene ahora la ventana que se dejó en ella, y debe aparecer un área de "
++"trabajo nueva vacía en la parte inferior."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+@@ -23025,11 +26293,13 @@
+ "Para quitar un área de trabajo, simplemente cierre todas las ventanas que "
+ "tenga, o muévalas a otras áreas de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "Siempre hay al menos un área de trabajo."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+@@ -23037,26 +26307,31 @@
+ "Elija el sonido para reproducir los mensajes, establezca el volumen de "
+ "alerta, o desactive los sonidos de alerta."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr "Elija o desactive el sonido de alerta"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "El equipo reproducirá un sonido de alerta simple para ciertos tipos de "
+ "mensajes y eventos. Puede elegir diferentes sonidos para las alertas, "
+ "establecer el volumen de alerta con independencia de su volumen de sistema, "
+ "o desactivar los sonidos de alerta por completo."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Sonido</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+@@ -23065,7 +26340,8 @@
+ "Cada sonido se reproducirá cuando pulse en él, de manera que podrá oír como "
+ "suena."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+@@ -23075,7 +26351,8 @@
+ "ajustar el volumen del sonido de alerta. Esto no afectará al volumen de la "
+ "música, películas u otros archivos de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+ "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+@@ -23083,17 +26360,20 @@
+ "Para desactivar completamente los sonidos de alerta, use el interruptor "
+ "<gui>Encender/Apagar</gui> en la pestaña <gui>Efectos de sonido</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Solucionar problemas como no tener sonido o tener mala calidad de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+@@ -23102,15 +26382,18 @@
+ "puede estropearse. ¿Cuál de los siguientes temas describe mejor el problema "
+ "que tiene?"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr "Compruebe los cables y los controladores de la tarjeta de sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr "Se escuchan chisporroteos o zumbidos al reproducir sonidos"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+@@ -23120,11 +26403,13 @@
+ "puede tener un problema con los cables o los conectores de sonido, o un "
+ "problema con los controladores de la tarjeta de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Compruebe que los altavoces están conectados correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -23132,11 +26417,13 @@
+ "Si los altavoces no están correctamente conectados o lo están en el zócalo "
+ "equivocado, puede oír un zumbido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr "Asegúrese de que el cable del altavoz/auricular no está dañado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -23148,11 +26435,13 @@
+ "(como un reproductor MP3 o de CD) para comprobar si todavía se escucha el "
+ "chisporroteo. Si es así, deberá reemplazar el cable o los auriculares."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Comprobar si los controladores de sonido no son buenos."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -23160,12 +26449,13 @@
+ "\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunas tarjetas de sonido no funcionan muy bien en GNU/Linux, ya que no "
+-"tienen muy buenos controladores. Este problema es más difícil de "
+-"identificar. Trate de buscar la marca y el modelo de la tarjeta de sonido en "
+-"Internet, más el término de búsqueda «Linux», para ver si otras personas "
+-"están teniendo el mismo problema."
++"tienen muy buenos controladores. Este problema es más difícil de identificar."
++" Trate de buscar la marca y el modelo de la tarjeta de sonido en Internet, "
++"más el término de búsqueda «Linux», para ver si otras personas están "
++"teniendo el mismo problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+@@ -23173,7 +26463,8 @@
+ "Puede usar el comando <cmd>lspci</cmd> para obtener más información acerca "
+ "de su tarjeta de sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -23181,11 +26472,13 @@
+ "Compruebe que no está silenciado, que los cables están enchufados "
+ "correctamente y que la tarjeta de sonido se ha detectado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr "No puedo oír ningún sonido del equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+@@ -23195,11 +26488,13 @@
+ "reproducir música, siga estos pasos de solución de problemas para ver si "
+ "puede solucionar el problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr "Asegúrese de que el sonido no está silenciado"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+@@ -23207,7 +26502,8 @@
+ "Pulse en el icono de sonido en el panel superior (se parece a un altavoz) y "
+ "asegúrese de que el sonido no esté silenciado o en la posición hacia abajo."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+@@ -23215,7 +26511,8 @@
+ "Algunos equipos portátiles tienen interruptores de silencio o teclas en sus "
+ "teclados, pruebe a pulsar esa tecla para ver si se activa el sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -23233,12 +26530,14 @@
+ "<gui>Sonido</gui>, vaya a la pestaña <gui>Aplicaciones</gui> y compruebe que "
+ "su aplicación no está silenciada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Compruebe que los altavoces estén encendidos y conectados adecuadamente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -23250,7 +26549,8 @@
+ "conectado al zócalo de la «salida» en la parte posterior del equipo. Esta "
+ "toma es por lo general de color verde claro."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -23264,7 +26564,8 @@
+ "Windows o Mac OS. Intente conectar el cable del altavoz a los diferentes "
+ "zócalos de audio en el equipo sucesivamente, para ver si funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -23273,33 +26574,37 @@
+ "correctamente en la parte trasera de los altavoces. Algunos altavoces tienen "
+ "más de una entrada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que está seleccionado el dispositivo de sonido correcto"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+ "have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
+ "choose the right one."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Algunos equipos tienen varios «dispositivos de sonido» instalados. Algunos de "
+-"estos son capaces de hacer salir el sonido y otros no, así que usted debe "
++"Algunos equipos tienen varios «dispositivos de sonido» instalados. Algunos "
++"de estos son capaces de hacer salir el sonido y otros no, así que usted debe "
+ "comprobar que tiene seleccionado el correcto. Esto podría implicar algún "
+ "ensayo y error para elegir el correcto."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse en el icono de sonido en el panel superior y seleccione "
+ "<gui>Preferencias de sonido</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En la ventana de <gui>Sonido</gui> que aparece, vaya a la pestaña "
+@@ -23307,7 +26612,8 @@
+ "(para que pueda volver a la selección predeterminada si el cambio no "
+ "funciona)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+@@ -23317,7 +26623,8 @@
+ "sonido después de cambiar el perfil, para comprobar que funciona. Puede "
+ "necesitar ir a través de la lista y probar cada perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+@@ -23325,18 +26632,21 @@
+ "Si eso no funciona, puede intentar hacer lo mismo con cualquiera de los "
+ "dispositivos que se muestran."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Intente cambiar la opción <gui>Conector</gui> en la pestaña <gui>Salida</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr "Compruebe que la tarjeta de sonido se detectó correctamente."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -23344,19 +26654,22 @@
+ "are not installed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede que su tarjeta de sonido no se haya detectado correctamente. Si ha "
+-"sucedido esto, el equipo va a pensar que no es capaz de reproducir el "
+-"sonido. Una posible razón para que no se detecte la tarjeta correctamente es "
+-"que los controladores de la tarjeta no están instalados."
++"sucedido esto, el equipo va a pensar que no es capaz de reproducir el sonido."
++" Una posible razón para que no se detecte la tarjeta correctamente es que "
++"los controladores de la tarjeta no están instalados."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr "Vaya a la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui> y abra una Terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Escriba <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+ "devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+@@ -23364,7 +26677,8 @@
+ "Se mostrará una lista de dispositivos. Si no hay ningún <gui>dispositivo "
+ "hardware de reproducción</gui>, su tarjeta no se ha detectado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -23373,7 +26687,8 @@
+ "manualmente los controladores. La forma de hacerlo dependerá de la tarjeta "
+ "que tenga."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -23393,7 +26708,8 @@
+ "de sonido y el número de modelo. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> le mostrará una lista "
+ "con más información."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+@@ -23403,7 +26719,8 @@
+ "mejor es pedir instrucciones en los foros de soporte (o similares) para su "
+ "distribución de GNU/Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -23414,17 +26731,20 @@
+ "tarjetas de sonido que se puedan instalar en el equipo y tarjetas de sonido "
+ "externas USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use un micrófono analógico o USB y seleccione un dispositivo de entrada "
+ "predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr "Usar un micrófono diferente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -23438,7 +26758,8 @@
+ "micrófono, un micrófono separado podría proporcionar una mejor calidad de "
+ "sonido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -23448,13 +26769,15 @@
+ "default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si su micrófono tiene un conector circular, enchúfelo en el adaptador "
+-"adecuado de su equipo. La mayoría de los equipos tienen dos adaptadores: uno "
+-"para micrófonos y uno para los altavoces. Busque una imagen de un micrófono "
+-"junto al adaptador. Los micrófonos enchufados en el adaptador apropiado se "
+-"usan de manera predeterminada. Si no es así, vea a continuación las "
+-"instrucciones para la selección de un dispositivo de entrada predeterminado."
++"adecuado de su equipo. La mayoría de los equipos tienen dos adaptadores: "
++"uno para micrófonos y uno para los altavoces. Busque una imagen de un "
++"micrófono junto al adaptador. Los micrófonos enchufados en el adaptador "
++"apropiado se usan de manera predeterminada. Si no es así, vea a "
++"continuación las instrucciones para la selección de un dispositivo de "
++"entrada predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -23464,16 +26787,19 @@
+ "Los micrófonos USB actúan como dispositivos de sonido separados, y puede "
+ "tener que especificar qué micrófono usar de manera predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo de entrada de sonido predeterminado"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Entrada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+@@ -23481,18 +26807,21 @@
+ "Seleccione el dispositivo en la lista de dispositivos. El indicador del "
+ "nivel de entrada debería responder cuando hable."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Conecte los altavoces o auriculares y seleccione el dispositivo de salida de "
+ "sonido predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr "Usar altavoces o auriculares diferentes"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+@@ -23502,7 +26831,8 @@
+ "normalmente se conectan o bien usando un conector TRS circular (comúnmente "
+ "conocido como <em>Jack</em>) o con USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -23519,7 +26849,8 @@
+ "continuación las instrucciones para seleccionar el dispositivo "
+ "predeterminado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+@@ -23542,7 +26873,8 @@
+ "altavoz. Cada botón dirá su posición solo en el canal correspondiente a ese "
+ "altavoz."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -23553,15 +26885,18 @@
+ "puerto USB. Los altavoces USB actúan como dispositivos de sonido separados, "
+ "y puede tener que especificar qué altavoces usar de manera predeterminada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Sonido</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Salida</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el dispositivo en la lista de dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+@@ -23569,11 +26904,13 @@
+ "Ajustar el volumen del sonido para el equipo y controlar el volumen de cada "
+ "aplicación."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el volumen del sonido"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+@@ -23584,12 +26921,13 @@
+ "la derecha o a la izquierda. Puede desactivar completamente el sonido "
+ "llevando el deslizador al extremo izquierdo."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algunos teclados tienen teclas que le permiten controlar el volumen. "
+ "Normalmente representan altavoces estilizados emitiendo «ondas» y "
+@@ -23597,7 +26935,8 @@
+ "portátiles, normalmente están en las teclas «F». Para usarles mantenga "
+ "pulsada la tecla <key>Fn</key> en us teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -23607,11 +26946,13 @@
+ "con el control de volumen en los propios altavoces. Algunos auriculares "
+ "tienen también un control de volumen."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Cambiar el volumen del sonido para aplicaciones individuales"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -23623,7 +26964,8 @@
+ "web, por ejemplo; es posible que desee desactivar el volumen en el navegador "
+ "web para que los sonidos de las páginas web no interrumpan la música."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -23631,13 +26973,14 @@
+ "to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
+ "there."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Algunas aplicaciones tienen controles de volumen en sus ventanas "
+-"principales. Si su aplicación lo tiene, utilícelo para cambiar el volumen, o "
+-"bien si lo prefiere, pulse en el icono de volumen en la barra superior y "
+-"pulse en <gui>Preferencias de sonido</gui>. Vaya a la pestaña "
+-"<gui>Aplicaciones</gui> y cambie el volumen de la aplicación allí."
++"Algunas aplicaciones tienen controles de volumen en sus ventanas principales."
++" Si su aplicación lo tiene, utilícelo para cambiar el volumen, o bien si lo "
++"prefiere, pulse en el icono de volumen en la barra superior y pulse en "
++"<gui>Preferencias de sonido</gui>. Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Aplicaciones</gui> "
++"y cambie el volumen de la aplicación allí."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+@@ -23649,701 +26992,761 @@
+ "admita la característica que le permite controlar el volumen de esta manera. "
+ "En ese caso, no puede cambiar su volumen."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:27(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
+-"md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
+-"md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:46(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:60(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:64(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:69(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:73(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:85(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:89(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:102(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:106(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:110(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:114(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:118(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:122(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:126(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:130(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:134(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:138(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:142(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:156(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:160(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:164(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:168(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:172(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:176(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:190(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:194(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:203(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:207(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:211(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:220(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:224(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:228(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:232(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:236(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:240(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:244(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:248(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:260(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:264(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:268(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:272(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:276(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:280(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:284(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:288(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:292(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:301(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:306(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Explica el significado de los iconos de la parte derecha de la barra "
+ "superior."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué significan los iconos de la barra superior?"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
+ "of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+@@ -24353,236 +27756,300 @@
+ "esquina superior derecha de la pantalla, especialmente todas las variaciones "
+ "posibles proporcionadas por GNOME de estos iconos."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:28(media/p) C/status-icons.page:34(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
+ msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superior de GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Iconos del menú de acceso universal"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:47(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
+ msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lleva a un menú que activa las distintas configuraciones de accesibilidad."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:55(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Iconos del control de volumen"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "El volumen está muy alto."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:65(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "El volumen está a la mitad."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "El volumen está muy bajo."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "El volumen está silenciado."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:81(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Iconos del gestor de Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+ msgstr "El Bluetooth se ha activado."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "El Bluetooth se ha desactivado."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Iconos del gestor de la red"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:98(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
+ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexión móvil</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
+ msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red 3G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
+ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red 4G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
+ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red EDGE."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:115(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
+ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
+ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red UMTS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:123(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red móvil."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:127(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
+ msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr "Obteniendo conexión de red móvil."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:131(td/p) C/status-icons.page:233(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal muy alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:135(td/p) C/status-icons.page:237(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:139(td/p) C/status-icons.page:241(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal media."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:143(td/p) C/status-icons.page:245(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal extremadamente baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
+ msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexiones de red de área local (LAN)</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:157(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
+ msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr "Hubo un error al buscar la red."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
+ msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr "La red está inactiva."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:165(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "No se ha encontrado una ruta para la red."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:169(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "La red está desconectada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:173(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
+ msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr "La red está recibiendo datos."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:177(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
+ msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr "La red está transmitiendo y recibiendo datos."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
+ msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr "La red está transmitiendo datos."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:187(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
+ msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexión a una red privada virtual (VPN)</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:191(td/p) C/status-icons.page:204(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
+ msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr "Obteniendo conexión de red."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:195(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
+ msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:200(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexión cableada</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:208(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
+ msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr "Desconectado de la red."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:212(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
+ msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red cableada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:217(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexión inalámbrica</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:221(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
+ msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr "Obteniendo conexión inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:225(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "La red inalámbrica está cifrada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:229(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
+ msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a una red inalámbrica."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:249(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidad de la señal muy baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:256(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Iconos del gestor de energía"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:261(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "La batería está completamente cargada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:265(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "La batería está parcialmente vacía."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:269(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "La batería está baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:273(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
+ msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr "Advertencia: la batería está muy baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:277(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "La batería está extremadamente baja."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:281(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
+ msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+ msgstr "La batería está desenchufada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:285(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
+ msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr "La batería está cargada completamente."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:289(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "La batería está completa y cargándose."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:293(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "La batería está parcialmente completa y cargándose."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "La batería está baja y cargándose."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:302(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "La batería está muy baja y cargándose."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:307(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "La batería está vacía y cargándose."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -24590,11 +28057,13 @@
+ "Escriba los caracteres que no se encuentran en el teclado, incluidos los "
+ "alfabetos extranjeros, símbolos matemáticos y «dingbats»."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "Insertar caracteres especiales"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -24605,15 +28074,18 @@
+ "página se enumeran algunas de las diferentes maneras en las que puede "
+ "introducir caracteres especiales."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Métodos para introducir caracteres"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Mapa de caracteres"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -24623,7 +28095,8 @@
+ "todos los caracteres en Unicode. Use el mapa de caracteres para buscar el "
+ "carácter que quiere, y cópielo y péguelo donde quiera."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+ "For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+@@ -24634,11 +28107,13 @@
+ "caracteres, consulte el <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">manual del mapa de "
+ "caracteres</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Tecla de composición"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -24650,28 +28125,34 @@
+ "letras con tilde <em>é</em> puede pulsar <key>componer</key> despúes <key>'</"
+ "key> y después <key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Los teclados no tienen teclas de composición específicas. En su lugar, puede "
+ "definir una de las teclas existentes en su teclado, como tecla para componer."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Definir una tecla de composición"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Atajos</gui> y pulse en <gui>Escritura</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+ msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr "Pulse la <gui>Tecla de composición</gui> en el panel derecho."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
+ "a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
+@@ -24689,13 +28170,16 @@
+ "<key>Caps Lock</key>. Cualquier tecla que seleccione funcionará solo como "
+ "una tecla de composición y nunca más funcionará para su propósito original."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Puede teclear muchos caracteres comunes usando la tecla compuesta, por "
+ "ejemplo:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -24703,7 +28187,8 @@
+ "Pulse <key>componer</key> después <key>'</key> después una letra para "
+ "establecer la tilde en tal letra, tal como la <em>é</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -24711,7 +28196,8 @@
+ "Pulse <key>componer</key> después <key>`</key> después una letra para "
+ "establecer un acento grave sobre tal letra, tal como <em>è</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+@@ -24719,7 +28205,8 @@
+ "Pulse <key>componer</key> después <key>\"</key> después una letra para "
+ "establecer una diéresis en tal letra, tal como la <em>ë</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -24727,7 +28214,8 @@
+ "Pulse <key>componer</key> después <key>-</key> después una letra para "
+ "establecer un macrón sobre la letra, tal como la <em>ë</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+@@ -24737,11 +28225,13 @@
+ "wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">la página de "
+ "teclas de composición en Wikipedia</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Puntos de código"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -24758,7 +28248,8 @@
+ "El punto de código son los cuatro caracteres que hay después de <gui>U+</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -24773,12 +28264,15 @@
+ "key> y <key>Mayús</key>. Si suele usar caracteres a los que no puede acceder "
+ "fácilmente con otros métodos, puede que le resulte útil memorizar el punto "
+ "de código para esos caracteres de manera que pueda introducirlos rápidamente."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Distribuciones de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -24791,11 +28285,13 @@
+ "en la barra superior. Para saber cómo hacerlo, consulte la <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Métodos de entrada"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -24807,7 +28303,8 @@
+ "entrada. Por ejemplo, puede introducir caracteres con un ratón usando un "
+ "gesto, o introducir caracteres en japonés usando un teclado latino."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -24818,8 +28315,10 @@
+ "de texto y, en el menú <gui>Método de entrada</gui>, elija el método de "
+ "entrada que quiere usar. No hay ninguno predeterminado, por lo que puede "
+ "consultar la documentación de los métodos de entrada para saber cómo usarlos."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+@@ -24827,19 +28326,23 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Caracteres especiales</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">atajos del botón del medio</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Trucos y consejos"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "Cómo y dónde ayudar a traducir estos temas."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr "Participar para mejorar las traducciones"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+@@ -24847,7 +28350,8 @@
+ "La ayuda de GNOME la traduce una comunidad de voluntarios de todo el mundo. "
+ "Si quiere participar, es bienvenido."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+@@ -24855,19 +28359,21 @@
+ "Hay <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">varios "
+ "idiomas</link> para los que se siguen necesitando traducciones."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para empezar a traducir necesitará <link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org\">crear "
+ "una cuenta</link> y unirse al <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/"
+ "\">equipo de traducción</link> de su idioma. Esto le dará la posibilidad de "
+ "subir traducciones nuevas."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -24880,36 +28386,42 @@
+ "que puede que no obtenga una respuesta inmediata debido a las diferencias "
+ "horarias."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+ "list</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alternativamente, puede contactar con el equipo de internacionalización "
+-"usando su <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n"
+-"\">lista de correo</link>."
++"usando su <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-"
++"i18n\">lista de correo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Usuarios"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Añadir usuario</link> o <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">usuario invitado</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">cambiar "
+-"contraseña</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administradores</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Añadir usuario</link> o <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">usuario invitado</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">cambiar contraseña</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">administradores</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Cuentas de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -24921,39 +28433,47 @@
+ "elegir su propia configuración. También es más seguro. Solo puede acceder a "
+ "una cuenta de usuario diferente si conoce la contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Cuentas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "Gestionar las cuentas de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Contraseñas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilegios"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilegios del usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Añadir usuarios nuevos de manera que otras personas puedan iniciar sesión en "
+ "el equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "Añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -24963,11 +28483,13 @@
+ "persona en su hogar o empresa. Cada usuario tiene su propia carpeta de "
+ "inicio, documentos y configuración."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
+ msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+@@ -24978,28 +28500,33 @@
+ "esquina superior derecha e introduzca su contraseña, o la contraseña de "
+ "administrador cuando se le pida."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr ""
+-"En la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui style=\"button\">"
+-"+</gui> para añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
++"En la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> para añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si quiere que el nuevo usuario tenga <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">acceso de administrador</link> al equipo, seleccione <gui>Administrador</"
+-"gui> para el tipo de cuenta en el menú desplegable. Los administradores "
+-"pueden hacer cosas como añadir y eliminar usuarios, instalar software y "
+-"controladores, y cambiar la fecha y la hora."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"Si quiere que el nuevo usuario tenga <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">acceso de administrador</link> al equipo, seleccione "
++"<gui>Administrador</gui> para el tipo de cuenta en el menú desplegable. Los "
++"administradores pueden hacer cosas como añadir y eliminar usuarios, instalar "
++"software y controladores, y cambiar la fecha y la hora."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -25009,11 +28536,13 @@
+ "rellenará automáticamente en función del nombre completo. El valor "
+ "predeterminado probablemente sea correcto, pero puede cambiarlo si quiere."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+ "user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
+@@ -25029,10 +28558,12 @@
+ "gui> junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>. Seleccione <gui>Establecer una "
+ "contraseña ahora</gui> en la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> y haga que "
+ "el usuario escriba la contraseña en los campos <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> y "
+-"<gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"user-goodpassword"
+-"\"/>."
++"<gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"user-"
++"goodpassword\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -25043,11 +28574,14 @@
+ "Estas contraseñas son difíciles de adivinar para los demás, pero también "
+ "difíciles de recordar, por lo que debe ser cuidadoso."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:96(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:99(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -25060,7 +28594,8 @@
+ "proporciona algunos conjuntos de imágenes que puede usar, o puede "
+ "seleccionar su propia imagen o hacer una foto con su cámara web."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+@@ -25068,11 +28603,13 @@
+ "Permitir a los invitados usar su equipo temporalmente, sin tener que darles "
+ "una contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "Añadir una cuenta de usuario invitado"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -25084,13 +28621,17 @@
+ "utilizar los programas en su equipo, pero no será capaz de acceder a sus "
+ "archivos, cambiar su configuración o instalar aplicaciones."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "Crear una cuenta de usuario invitado:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:42(item/p) C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(item/p) C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
+@@ -25098,7 +28639,8 @@
+ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y pulse en la imagen junto a su "
+ "nombre para abrir la ventana <gui>Usuarios</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+@@ -25107,7 +28649,8 @@
+ "contraseña para realizar los cambios. Debe tener privilegios de "
+ "administración para añadir cuentas de usuario."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+@@ -25122,7 +28665,8 @@
+ "valor predeterminado sea correcto, pero puede cambiarlo si quiere. Pulse en "
+ "<gui>Añadir</gui> cuando haya terminado."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
+ "label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
+@@ -25131,11 +28675,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione la nueva cuenta de usuario invitado. Bajo <gui>Opciones de inicio "
+ "de sesión</gui>, pulse la etiqueta <gui>Cuenta desactivada</gui> junto a "
+-"<gui>Contraseña</gui>. Se le mostrará una ventana con opciones de "
+-"contraseña. De la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> seleccione "
+-"<gui>Iniciar sesión sin contraseña</gui>."
++"<gui>Contraseña</gui>. Se le mostrará una ventana con opciones de contraseña."
++" De la lista desplegable <gui>Acción</gui> seleccione <gui>Iniciar sesión "
++"sin contraseña</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+@@ -25148,7 +28693,8 @@
+ "proporciona algunos conjuntos de imágenes que puede usar, o puede "
+ "seleccionar su propia imagen o hacer una foto con su cámara web."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -25156,11 +28702,13 @@
+ "Puede cambiar qué usuarios pueden hacer cambios en el sistema dándoles "
+ "privilegios de administrador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr "Cambiar quién tiene privilegios de administrador"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -25173,7 +28721,8 @@
+ "mantener su sistema seguro y evitar posibles daños por cambios no "
+ "autorizados."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -25183,11 +28732,13 @@
+ "configuración de la cuenta. (Para dar privilegios de administrador a un "
+ "usuario, usted debe tener esos mismos privilegios.)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "Seleccione el usuario cuyos privilegios quiere cambiar."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+@@ -25195,7 +28746,8 @@
+ "Pulse en la etiqueta <gui>Estándar</gui> junto a <gui>Tipo de cuenta</gui> y "
+ "seleccione <gui>Administrador</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -25203,7 +28755,8 @@
+ "Cierre la ventana de Cuentas de usuario. Los privilegios del usuario se "
+ "cambiarán la próxima vez que inicie la sesión."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+@@ -25213,7 +28766,8 @@
+ "privilegios de administrador. Esta es la cuenta de usuario que se creó "
+ "cuando instaló por primera vez el sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+@@ -25221,17 +28775,20 @@
+ "No es recomendable tener demasiados usuarios con privilegios de "
+ "<gui>Administrador</gui> en un sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Necesita privilegios de administrador para cambiar partes importantes de su "
+ "sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "¿Cómo funcionan los privilegios de administrador?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -25248,7 +28805,8 @@
+ "aplicaciones también modifican partes importantes del sistema y por eso "
+ "también están protegidas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -25261,7 +28819,8 @@
+ "sistema o usar estas aplicaciones, así que de manera predeterminada no "
+ "tendrá privilegios administrativos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -25279,7 +28838,8 @@
+ "para que pueda añadir la aplicación nueva al sistema. Una vez que haya "
+ "terminado, sus privilegios de administrador se le quitarán de nuevo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -25292,12 +28852,13 @@
+ "Los privilegios de administrador están asociados con su cuenta de usuario. "
+ "Algunos usuarios pueden tener privilegios de administrador y otros no. Sin "
+ "privilegios de administrador no podrá instalar software. Algunas cuentas de "
+-"usuario (por ejemplo, la cuenta de «root») tiene privilegios de administrador "
+-"permanentemente. No debería usar los privilegios de administrador todo el "
+-"tiempo porque, accidentalmente, puede cambiar un archivo importante (por "
+-"ejemplo, eliminar un archivo del sistema necesario)."
++"usuario (por ejemplo, la cuenta de «root») tiene privilegios de "
++"administrador permanentemente. No debería usar los privilegios de "
++"administrador todo el tiempo porque, accidentalmente, puede cambiar un "
++"archivo importante (por ejemplo, eliminar un archivo del sistema necesario)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+@@ -25306,11 +28867,13 @@
+ "importantes de su sistema cuando lo necesite, pero le impiden hacerlo "
+ "accidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "¿Qué significa «superusuario»?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -25323,11 +28886,13 @@
+ "<cmd>su</cmd> y <cmd>sudo</cmd>, que son programas para darle temporalmente "
+ "privilegios de «superusuario» (administrador)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué son útiles los privilegios de administrador?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -25337,7 +28902,8 @@
+ "cambios importantes del sistema es útil, porque ayuda a evitar que su "
+ "sistema se rompa, de manera intencionada o accidental."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -25348,8 +28914,10 @@
+ "accidentalmente un archivo importante, o ejecutar una aplicación que cambia "
+ "algo importante por error. Tener privilegios de administrador de manera "
+ "temporal, cuando los necesita, reduce el riesgo de que sucedan estos errores."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -25363,7 +28931,8 @@
+ "aplicaciones que no quiere, o cambiar los archivos importantes. Esto es útil "
+ "desde el punto de vista de la seguridad."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -25371,25 +28940,29 @@
+ "Puede hacer algunas cosas, como instalar aplicaciones, si tiene privilegios "
+ "de administrador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Problemas causados por restricciones administrativas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+ "privileges in order to work, such as:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Puede tener algunos problemas si no tiene <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">privilegios de administrador</link>. Algunas cosas necesitan que tenga "
+-"privilegios de administrador para funcionar, por ejemplo:"
++"Puede tener algunos problemas si no tiene <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">privilegios de administrador</link>. Algunas cosas necesitan que "
++"tenga privilegios de administrador para funcionar, por ejemplo:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Conectarse a algunas redes cableadas/inalámbricas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -25397,11 +28970,13 @@
+ "Ver el contenido de un disco extraíble conectado al equipo, o el contenido "
+ "de una partición de disco diferente (ej. una partición de Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "Instalar aplicaciones nuevas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -25409,16 +28984,19 @@
+ "Puede <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">cambiar quién tiene privilegios de "
+ "administrador</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
+ msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configurar el inicio de sesión automático para cuando enciende el equipo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
+ msgid "Log in automatically"
+ msgstr "Iniciar sesión automáticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
+ "account when you start up your computer:"
+@@ -25426,34 +29004,40 @@
+ "Puede cambiar su configuración para que se inicie la sesión automáticamente "
+ "con su cuenta cuando arranque el equipo:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
+ msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra la <app>Configuración</app> desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
+ msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
+ msgstr "Abra el panel <gui>Usuarios</gui> desde la <app>Configuración</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seleccione la cuenta de usuario con la que quiere iniciar la sesión "
+ "automáticamente al inicio."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pulse <gui style=\"button\">Desbloquear</gui> e introduzca su contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
+ msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mueva el deslizador <gui>Inicio de sesión automático</gui> a <gui>Encendido</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
+ "If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
+@@ -25461,13 +29045,14 @@
+ "computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
+ "including your files and browser history."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La próxima vez que arranque su equipo, se iniciará la sesión "
+-"automáticamente. Si tiene esta opción activada, no será necesario que "
+-"escriba su contraseña para iniciar la sesión, lo que significa que si "
+-"alguien arranca su equipo, podrá acceder a su cuenta y a sus datos "
+-"personales, incluyendo sus archivos y su histórico de navegación."
++"La próxima vez que arranque su equipo, se iniciará la sesión automáticamente."
++" Si tiene esta opción activada, no será necesario que escriba su contraseña "
++"para iniciar la sesión, lo que significa que si alguien arranca su equipo, "
++"podrá acceder a su cuenta y a sus datos personales, incluyendo sus archivos "
++"y su histórico de navegación."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
+ "Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
+@@ -25475,7 +29060,8 @@
+ "Si su cuenta es de tipo <em>Estándar</em>, no podrá cambiar esta "
+ "configuración; el administrador del sistema puede cambiar esto en su lugar."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+@@ -25483,11 +29069,13 @@
+ "Mantenga su cuenta segura cambiando su contraseña frecuentemente, en la "
+ "configuración de su cuenta."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "Cambiar su contraseña"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+@@ -25495,11 +29083,13 @@
+ "Es una buena idea cambiar su contraseña de vez en cuando, especialmente si "
+ "piensa que alguien más conoce su contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse en la etiqueta junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -25507,7 +29097,8 @@
+ "La etiqueta debe parecer como una serie de puntos o cajas si ya tiene "
+ "establecida una contraseña."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -25515,19 +29106,22 @@
+ "Introduzca su contraseña actual, luego una contraseña nueva. Introduzca su "
+ "contraseña nueva una vez más en el campo <gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Asegúrese de que <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">elije una buena "
+ "contraseña</link>. Estro ayudará a mantener su cuenta de usuario segura."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del depósito de claves"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -25544,7 +29138,8 @@
+ "siendo la misma que la contraseña antigua. Para cambiar la contraseña del "
+ "depósito de claves (para que coincida con su contraseña de acceso):"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -25552,7 +29147,8 @@
+ "Abra la aplicación <app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app> desde la vista "
+ "de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
+ "select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+@@ -25560,7 +29156,8 @@
+ "En el menú <gui>Ver</gui>, asegúrese de que <gui>Por depósito de claves</"
+ "gui> está marcada y seleccione <gui>Mostrar cualquiera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+@@ -25569,7 +29166,8 @@
+ "<gui>Depósito de inicio de sesión</gui> y seleccione <gui>Cambiar "
+ "contraseña</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
+ "password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+@@ -25577,11 +29175,13 @@
+ "Introduzca su contraseña actual y pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>. Ahora, escriba "
+ "la contraseña nueva y <gui>escríbala otra vez</gui> para confirmarla."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+ msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+@@ -25589,21 +29189,24 @@
+ "Debe tener instalado el paquete <sys>seahorse</sys> para usar "
+ "<app>Contraseñas y claves de cifrado</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:103(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Instalar seahorse</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr "Añadir su foto a las pantallas de inicio de sesión y usuario."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la imagen de inicio de sesión"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -25614,7 +29217,8 @@
+ "o una imagen de su propiedad. Puede incluso tomar una foto nueva con su "
+ "cámara web."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -25624,7 +29228,8 @@
+ "con algunas fotografías de inicio de sesión almacenadas. Si le gusta alguna "
+ "de ellas, pulse para usarla usted mismo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -25632,7 +29237,8 @@
+ "Si prefiere utilizar una imagen que ya tiene en su equipo, pulse en "
+ "<gui>Buscar más imágenes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -25646,15 +29252,18 @@
+ "gusta la fotografía que tomó, pulse en <gui>Desechar foto</gui> para volver "
+ "a intentarlo, o <gui>Cancelar</gui> si se da por vencido."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "Eliminar usuarios que ya no usan su equipo"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta de usuario"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+@@ -25664,7 +29273,8 @@
+ "\"user-add\"/> para aprender cómo hacerlo. Si alguien no va a volver a usar "
+ "su equipo, puede eliminar esa cuenta de usuario."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+@@ -25673,7 +29283,8 @@
+ "contraseña para realizar los cambios. Para eliminar cuentas de usuario debe "
+ "tener una cuenta de administrador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
+ "gui> button."
+@@ -25681,7 +29292,8 @@
+ "Seleccione el usuario que quiere eliminar y pulse el botón <gui style="
+ "\"button\">-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -25697,15 +29309,18 @@
+ "hacer una copia de respaldo de los archivos en una unidad externa o CD antes "
+ "de eliminarlos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Use contraseñas más largas y complicadas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "Elegir una contraseña segura"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -25713,7 +29328,8 @@
+ "Asegúrese de que sus contraseñas sean sencillas de recordar, pero que sean "
+ "difíciles de adivinar para otros (incluyendo programas de computación)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+@@ -25723,7 +29339,8 @@
+ "contraseña es fácil de adivinar, alguien puede hacerlo y obtener acceso a "
+ "toda su información personal."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -25735,7 +29352,8 @@
+ "adivinar a un humano, puede ser extremadamente fácil de obtener para un "
+ "programa. Aquí tiene algunos consejos para elegir una buena contraseña:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -25747,7 +29365,8 @@
+ "cuantos más símbolos hay para elegir, hay más contraseñas posibles que, "
+ "alguien que intenta adivinar, su contraseña debería probar."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -25759,7 +29378,8 @@
+ "película, un libro, una canción o un disco. Por ejemplo, «Planilandia: Una "
+ "novela de muchas dimensiones» podría ser «P:UNdMD», «pundmd» o «p: undmd»."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -25767,7 +29387,8 @@
+ "Haga que su contraseña sea lo más larga posible. Cuantos más caracteres "
+ "contenga, más tiempo le llevará a una persona o a un ordenador adivinarla."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+@@ -25775,10 +29396,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "No use palabras que aparezcan en diccionarios estándar de cualquier idioma. "
+ "Serán las que se prueben primero para intentar romper la contraseña. La "
+-"contraseña más común es «password»; la gente adivina este tipo de contraseñas "
+-"muy rápidamente."
++"contraseña más común es «password»; la gente adivina este tipo de "
++"contraseñas muy rápidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+@@ -25786,11 +29408,13 @@
+ "No use ninguna información personal, tal como fechas, números de matrículas "
+ "o el nombre de cualquier familiar."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "No use ningún sustantivo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+@@ -25800,19 +29424,23 @@
+ "oportunidades de que alguien pueda ver lo que escribe, en caso de que le "
+ "estén observando."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr "Nunca escriba sus contraseñas en ningún sitio. Es fácil encontrarlas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Use contraseñas diferentes para diferentes cosas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Use contraseñas diferentes para diferentes cuentas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+@@ -25820,7 +29448,8 @@
+ "Si usa la misma contraseña para todas sus cuentas, cualquiera que la adivine "
+ "será capaz de acceder a toda su información de forma inmediata."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -25833,11 +29462,13 @@
+ "contraseñas diferentes para las cosas importantes (como su cuenta bancaria y "
+ "su correo-e)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Cambie sus contraseñas con regularidad."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+@@ -25845,11 +29476,13 @@
+ "Puede que no tenga los códecs adecuados instalados, o el DVD podría ser de "
+ "una región incorrecta."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "¿Por qué no puedo reproducir DVD?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -25859,11 +29492,13 @@
+ "instalados los <em>códecs</em> del DVD adecuados, o el DVD podría ser de una "
+ "<em>región</em> diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Instalar los códecs adecuados para reproducir DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -25882,7 +29517,8 @@
+ "su distribución de Linux. Los paquetes de software que probablemente pueda "
+ "necesitar son <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> y <app>libdvd0</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -25899,11 +29535,13 @@
+ "product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. Funciona con Linux y su uso "
+ "debería ser legal en todos los países."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Comprobar la región del DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -25917,7 +29555,8 @@
+ "reproducirlo. Por ejemplo, si tiene un reproductor DVD de la región 1, solo "
+ "podrá reproducir DVD de Norteamérica."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -25929,15 +29568,18 @@
+ "permanentemente. Para cambiar la región del reproductor de DVD de su equipo, "
+ "use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Comprobar que tiene los códecs de vídeo adecuados instalados."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr "Otras personas no pueden reproducir los vídeos que yo hice"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -25945,7 +29587,8 @@
+ "Si ha realizado un vídeo en su equipo GNU/Linux y lo envió a alguien que use "
+ "Windows o Mac OS, es posible que tengan problemas para reproducir el vídeo."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -25959,13 +29602,15 @@
+ "formatos de vídeo diferentes y cada uno requiere un códec para reproducirse. "
+ "Puede comprobar el formato de su vídeo haciendo lo siguiente:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre el archivo de vídeo y seleccione "
+-"<gui>Propiedades</gui>."
++"Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre el archivo de vídeo y "
++"seleccione <gui>Propiedades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+@@ -25973,7 +29618,8 @@
+ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Sonido/Vídeo</gui> y compruebe qué <gui>Códec</gui> "
+ "aparece en <gui>Vídeo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -25991,7 +29637,8 @@
+ "Media Player». Normalmente será capaz de descargar el códec adecuado de "
+ "manera gratuita, si no está instalado."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -26009,7 +29656,8 @@
+ "Compruebe la aplicación de instalación de software para ver lo que está "
+ "disponible."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -26024,15 +29672,18 @@
+ "correctamente (podría haber habido algunos errores en el momento de guardar "
+ "el vídeo)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr "Cambiar la tableta Wacom a <gui>Orientación para zurdos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr "Use su tableta para zurdos"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+@@ -26042,13 +29693,19 @@
+ "para que estos botones los pueda usar una persona zurda. Para cambiar la "
+ "orientación para zurdos:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
+ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Tableta Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+@@ -26056,27 +29713,32 @@
+ "Si no se detecta ninguna tableta, se le pedirá que <gui>Conecte o encienda "
+ "su tableta Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Active la opción <gui>Orientación para zurdos</gui> (<gui>Encendido</gui>)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr "Cambiar el modo de la tableta entre modo tableta y modo ratón."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr "Establecer el modo de seguimiento de la tableta Wacom"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "El <gui>Modo de seguimiento</gui> determina cómo se corresponde el puntero "
+ "con la pantalla."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+@@ -26084,7 +29746,8 @@
+ "Junto a <gui>Modo de seguimiento</gui>, seleccione <gui>Tableta (absoluto)</"
+ "gui> o <gui>Touchpad (relativo)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+@@ -26094,7 +29757,8 @@
+ "punto de la pantalla. La esquina superior izquierda de la pantalla, por "
+ "ejemplo, siempre corresponde con el mismo punto de la tableta."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+@@ -26106,23 +29770,28 @@
+ "como funciona un ratón, permitiéndole cubrir distancias en la pantalla con "
+ "menos movimiento de la mano."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr "Mapear la tableta Wacom a una pantalla específica."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr "Elegir una pantalla"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Mapa que monitorizar…</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Marque <gui>Mapear una única pantalla</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+@@ -26130,21 +29799,25 @@
+ "Junto a <gui>Salida</gui>, seleccione la pantalla de la que quiere recibir "
+ "la entrada de su tableta gráfica."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr "Sólo se pueden seleccionar las pantallas que están configuradas."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Definir las funciones de los botones y el tacto de la presión de la Wacom "
+ "stylus."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr "Configurar la tableta"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+@@ -26154,7 +29827,8 @@
+ "para su tableta, con el nombre del dispositivo (la clase de «stylus») y un "
+ "diagrama a la izquierda. Esta configuración se puede ajustar:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+@@ -26164,7 +29838,8 @@
+ "ajustar la sensibilidad (cómo se traduce la presión a valores digitales) "
+ "entre <gui>Suave</gui> y <gui>Firme</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -26175,12 +29850,13 @@
+ "Configuración del <gui>Botón/rueda de desplazamiento</gui> (esto cambia para "
+ "reflejar la tableta). Pulse en el menú junto a cada etiqueta para "
+ "seleccionar una de estas acciones\t: «Sin acción», «Pulsación del botón "
+-"izquierdo del ratón», «Pulsación del botón derecho del ratón», «Pulsación del "
+-"botón del medio del ratón», «Desplazar hacia arriba», «Desplazar hacia abajo», "
+-"«Desplazar hacia la izquierda», «Desplazar hacia la derecha», «Atrás», "
+-"«Adelante»."
++"izquierdo del ratón», «Pulsación del botón derecho del ratón», «Pulsación "
++"del botón del medio del ratón», «Desplazar hacia arriba», «Desplazar hacia "
++"abajo», «Desplazar hacia la izquierda», «Desplazar hacia la derecha», "
++"«Atrás», «Adelante»."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+@@ -26188,7 +29864,8 @@
+ "<gui>Sensibilidad de presión del lápiz:</gui> use el deslizador para ajustar "
+ "la sensibilidad entre <gui>Suave</gui> y <gui>Firme</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+@@ -26198,6807 +29875,18 @@
+ "tableta, aparecerá un paginador junto al nombre del dispositivo. Use el "
+ "paginador para elegir qué «stylus» configurar."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
+ "stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
+ "the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Mapear un monitor</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"wacom-stylus\">Configurar el lápiz</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"
+-"\">Uso de la tableta para zurdos</link>…"
++"\"wacom-stylus\">Configurar el lápiz</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">Uso de la tableta para zurdos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
+ msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr "Tableta gráfica Wacom"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+-#~| "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref="
+-#~ "\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Caracteres especiales</link>, <link xref="
+-#~ "\"mouse-middleclick\">atajos del botón del medio</link>…"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Región e idioma</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+-#~ msgstr "Acceder a servicios en línea como Facebook y Google."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share"
+-#~ "\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar archivos directamente desde el gestor de archivos, consulte "
+-#~ "la <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-#~ msgstr "Compartir y transferir archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to "
+-#~ "external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> "
+-#~ "directly from the file manager."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede compartir archivos fácilmente con sus contactos o transferirlos a "
+-#~ "dispositivos externos o <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">a recursos "
+-#~ "compartidos de la red</link> directamente desde el gestor de archivos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione <gui>Enviar a...</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send "
+-#~ "the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below "
+-#~ "for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Enviar a</gui>. Seleccione a dónde quiere "
+-#~ "enviar el archivo y pulse <gui>Enviar</gui>. Para obtener más "
+-#~ "información, consulte la siguiente lista de destinos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Destinations"
+-#~ msgstr "Destinos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's "
+-#~ "email address."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar por correo electrónico el archivo, seleccione <gui>Correo-e</"
+-#~ "gui> e introduzca la dirección del correo electrónico del destinatario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-#~ "Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-#~ "messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar el archivo a un contacto de mensajería instantánea, "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Mensaje instantáneo</gui>, y seleccione el contacto en la "
+-#~ "lista desplegable. Para que funcione, es posible que tenga que iniciar su "
+-#~ "programa de mensajería instantánea."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para grabar el archivo en un CD o DVD, seleccione <gui>Creador de CD/DVD</"
+-#~ "gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> para obtener más "
+-#~ "información."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
+-#~ "Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see "
+-#~ "devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for "
+-#~ "more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para transferir el archivo a un dispositivo Bluetooth, seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> y seleccione el archivo al que enviarlo. "
+-#~ "Sólo verá dispositivos que ya estén emparejados Consulte la <link xref="
+-#~ "\"bluetooth\"/> para obtener más información."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
+-#~ "it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
+-#~ "shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the "
+-#~ "file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para copiar el archivo a un dispositivo externo como una memoria flash "
+-#~ "USB, o para subirlo a un servidor al que está conectado, seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Soportes extraíbles y comparticiones</gui> y a continuación "
+-#~ "seleccione el dispositivo o servidor al que quiere copiar el archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Compartir su escritorio</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash "
+-#~ "and open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la vista general de <gui>Actividades</gui> pulse en el botón de "
+-#~ "rejilla en el tablero y abra <app>Compartición del escritorio</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-#~ msgstr "Confirmar el acceso a su equipo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enable password"
+-#~ msgstr "Activar la contraseña"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-#~ msgstr "Permitir acceder a su escritorio a través de Internet"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-#~ "enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-#~ "view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure "
+-#~ "UPnP router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
+-#~ "configure your router manually."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si su router soporta el protocolo UPnP y está activado, puede permitir "
+-#~ "que otras personas que no están en su red local vean su escritorio. Para "
+-#~ "ello, seleccione <gui>Configurar router UPnP automáticamente para abrir y "
+-#~ "redirigir puertos</gui>. Alternativamente, puede configurar su router de "
+-#~ "forma manual."
+-
+-#~ msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-#~ msgstr "Esta opción está desactivada de forma predeterminada."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-#~ msgstr "Mostrar icono en el área de notificación"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-#~ "enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-#~ "visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Necesita activar esta opción para poder desconectar a alguien que está "
+-#~ "viendo su escritorio. Si selecciona <gui>Siempre</gui>, este icono será "
+-#~ "visible independientemente de si alguien está viendo su escritorio o no."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-#~ "desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si esta opción está desactivada, es posible que alguien pueda conectarse "
+-#~ "a su escritorio sin su consentimiento, dependiendo de la configuración de "
+-#~ "seguridad."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-#~ msgstr "Ajustar la configuración de su tableta Wacom."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse la tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> para abrir la "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vista de actividades</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the "
+-#~ "applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-#~ "categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click "
+-#~ "the application's icon to start it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en el botón de rejilla en la parte inferior del tablero para ver "
+-#~ "una lista de aplicaciones que puede ejecutar. Puede filtrar por tipo, "
+-#~ "usando las categorías de la derecha, o buscar mediante la barra de "
+-#~ "búsqueda en la parte superior derecha. Pulse en el icono de la aplicación "
+-#~ "para iniciarla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Main menu"
+-#~ msgstr "Menú principal"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-#~| "click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <em>main menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Applications</gui> "
+-#~ "at the top left of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La <em>vista de actividades</em> es la pantalla que se muestra cuando "
+-#~ "pulsa el botón <gui>Actividades</gui> en la parte superior izquierda de "
+-#~ "la pantalla."
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></"
+-#~| "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en el contacto en el panel de la izquierda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el nombre del contacto en el panel de la "
+-#~ "derecha y seleccione <gui>Eliminar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>X</gui> para confirmar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Elija correo-e, chat o teléfono en la barra de botones del panel de la "
+-#~ "derecha."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el elemento que quiere editar en el panel de la izquierda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information "
+-#~ "to change."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En el panel de la derecha, pulse sobre el avatar del contacto o en "
+-#~ "cualquier texto de información para cambiarlo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el contacto que quiere enlazar en el panel de la izquierda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-#~ "Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho en cualquier elemento editable en el panel de "
+-#~ "la derecha y elija <gui>Añadir/quitar contactos enlazados...</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione la entrada que quiere enlazar con la primera entrada del "
+-#~ "contacto."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Enlazar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere enlazar una tercera entrada del contacto, repita los dos "
+-#~ "últimos pasos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Cuando termine, pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, "
+-#~ "follow the steps for unlinking contacts."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si ha enlazado dos contactos por error, y quiere deshacer la acción, siga "
+-#~ "los pasos para desenlazar contactos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Encuentre la sección que quiere desenlazar en el panel de la derecha."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Desenlazar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+-#~ msgstr "Aparecerá el icono del contacto."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> para abrir el cuadro "
+-#~ "de búsqueda."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <key>Esc</key> para cerrar el cuadro de búsqueda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-#~ "basic version of the desktop will be started."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si la tarjeta gráfica de su equipo no admite ciertas características, se "
+-#~ "iniciará una versión más básica del escritorio."
+-
+-#~ msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Qué es el modo alternativo?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-#~ "basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-#~ "telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-#~ "allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more "
+-#~ "advanced features."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si la tarjeta gráfica de su equipo no admite ciertas características, se "
+-#~ "iniciará una versión más básica del escritorio y verá un mensaje "
+-#~ "diciéndole lo que ocurre. A esto se le denomina <em>modo alternativo</em> "
+-#~ "y le permitirá usar GNOME en su equipo aunque sin algunas de sus "
+-#~ "características más avanzadas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar manualmente al <em>modo alternativo</em> haciendo lo "
+-#~ "siguiente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la esquina superior derecha y elija "
+-#~ "<gui>Configuración</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to "
+-#~ "scroll down to see this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Detalles</gui> en <gui>Sistema</gui>. Es posible que necesite "
+-#~ "desplazarse hacia abajo para ver esta opción."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Gráficos</gui> en el lateral derecho."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cierre la sesión e iníciela otra vez para disfrutar del modo alternativo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-#~ "organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of "
+-#~ "having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</"
+-#~ "gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list "
+-#~ "of open windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode "
+-#~ "doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the way "
+-#~ "that the desktop looks."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La mayoría de las características que faltan en el modo alternativo están "
+-#~ "relacionadas con la organización de ventanas y el inicio de aplicaciones. "
+-#~ "Por ejemplo, en lugar de tener una vista de actividades, tendrá un "
+-#~ "<gui>Menú de aplicaciones</gui> en la parte superior de la pantalla con "
+-#~ "el que podrá iniciar aplicaciones y una lista de ventanas abiertas en la "
+-#~ "parte inferior de la pantalla. Funcionar en el modo alternativo no afecta "
+-#~ "al número de aplicaciones que pueda ejecutar, solo cambia el aspecto del "
+-#~ "escritorio."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics "
+-#~ "card isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't "
+-#~ "have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find "
+-#~ "better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run "
+-#~ "the full version of GNOME."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El hecho de que se inicie en el modo alternativo no significa "
+-#~ "necesariamente que su tarjeta gráfica no sea lo bastante buena para "
+-#~ "funcionar con GNOME, puede que se deba a que no tiene instalados los "
+-#~ "controladores adecuados para su tarjeta gráfica. Si logra encontrar "
+-#~ "mejores controladores gráficos para su equipo, es posible que pueda "
+-#~ "ejecutar la versión completa de GNOME."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Hacer que su teclado se comporte como si tuviese la distribución de otro "
+-#~ "idioma."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra la vista de <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">actividades</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr "Use el selector de áreas de trabajo en la vista de actividades."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-#~ "the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any "
+-#~ "window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la vista <gui>Actividades</gui>, pulse en un área de trabajo en el "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selector de áreas de trabajo</link> en "
+-#~ "el lado derecho de la pantalla para ver las ventanas abiertas en ese área "
+-#~ "de trabajo. Pulse en cualquier miniatura de ventana para activar el área "
+-#~ "de trabajo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "Preferencias de las vistas del gestor de archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-#~ "each folder as you browse by clicking the list button or the icons button "
+-#~ "in the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set it here as "
+-#~ "the default."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, las carpetas nuevas se muestran en la vista de "
+-#~ "iconos. Puede seleccionar una vista para cada carpeta cuando navegue "
+-#~ "pulsando el botón de lista o el botón de iconos en la barra de "
+-#~ "herramientas. Si usa con frecuencia la vista de lista, puede establecer "
+-#~ "esta de manera predeterminada."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders "
+-#~ "and files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If "
+-#~ "you would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with "
+-#~ "files according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, el gestor de archivos mostrará todas las "
+-#~ "carpetas antes que los archivos. A su vez, las carpetas y los archivos "
+-#~ "por separado se organizarán en función del criterio de ordenación "
+-#~ "seleccionado. Si no quiere tratar las carpetas de forma especial y quiere "
+-#~ "tenerlas mezcladas con los archivos según el criterio de ordenación, "
+-#~ "seleccione esta opción."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can "
+-#~ "show hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden "
+-#~ "Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-#~ "\">down</media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden "
+-#~ "files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, "
+-#~ "select this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El gestor de archivos no muestra los archivos ocultos o carpetas de "
+-#~ "manera predeterminada. Para obtener más información acerca de los "
+-#~ "archivos ocultos, consulte la <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/>. Puede "
+-#~ "mostrar archivos ocultos en una ventana individual seleccionando "
+-#~ "<gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui> del menú <media type=\"image\" src="
+-#~ "\"figures/go-down.png\">abajo</media> en la barra de herramientas. Si "
+-#~ "prefiere mostrar siempre los archivos ocultos, o si quiere ver los "
+-#~ "archivos ocultos en todas las ventanas abiertas del gestor de archivos, "
+-#~ "seleccione esta opción."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<_:link-1/> <_:link-2/> <_:link-3/> <_:revision-4/> <_:credit-5/> <_:"
+-#~ "credit-6/> <_:credit-7/>-a <_:desc-8/> <_:include-9/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<_:link-1/> <_:link-2/> <_:link-3/> <_:revision-4/> <_:credit-5/> <_:"
+-#~ "credit-6/> <_:credit-7/>-a <_:desc-8/> <_:include-9/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</"
+-#~ "gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Región e idioma</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Fuentes de "
+-#~ "entrada</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using "
+-#~ "the keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-#~ "identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-#~ "English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want "
+-#~ "to use from the menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando se añaden varias distribuciones, puede cambiar entre ellas "
+-#~ "utilizando el icono de distribución de teclado en la barra superior. La "
+-#~ "barra superior mostrará una cadena corta de identificación de la "
+-#~ "distribución actual, tal como <gui>es</gui> para la distribución estándar "
+-#~ "de español. Pulse en el indicador de la distribución y seleccione la que "
+-#~ "quiera usar en el menú."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-#~ "instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-#~ "using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-#~ "<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-#~ "list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, las nuevas ventanas usarán la distribución de "
+-#~ "teclado predeterminada. En su lugar, puede elegir que usen la "
+-#~ "distribución de la ventana que estuviera usando antes. La distribución "
+-#~ "predeterminada es la situada al principio de la lista. Use los botones "
+-#~ "<gui>↑</gui> y <gui>↓</gui> para subir o bajar las distribuciones dentro "
+-#~ "de la lista."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your "
+-#~ "selected keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the "
+-#~ "option group <gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more "
+-#~ "keyboard shortcuts to change layouts. Some of the options only modify the "
+-#~ "layout while you hold down a key, rather than change the layout when you "
+-#~ "press the key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede establecer un atajo de teclado para cambiar rápidamente "
+-#~ "entre las distribuciones de teclado seleccionadas. Pulse <gui>Opciones</"
+-#~ "gui>, busque la opción del grupo <gui>Tecla/s para cambiar la "
+-#~ "distribución</gui>. Seleccione uno o más atajos para cambiar la "
+-#~ "distribución. Algunas opciones sólo modifican la distribución mientras "
+-#~ "mantiene pulsada una tecla, en lugar de cambiar la distribución cuando "
+-#~ "pulsa la tecla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Custom options"
+-#~ msgstr "Opciones personalizadas"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom "
+-#~ "option and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede añadir algunos símbolos a teclas específicas o ajustar la opción "
+-#~ "personalizada y el comportamientos. Puede hacer esto pulsando en "
+-#~ "<gui>Opciones</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el teclado del sistema"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-#~ "after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-#~ "keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando cambia su distribución de teclado sólo la cambiar para su cuenta "
+-#~ "después de iniciar la sesión. También puede cambiar los <em>formatos del "
+-#~ "sistema</em>, que son los formatos usados en sitios como la pantalla de "
+-#~ "inicio de sesión."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambie su distribución de teclado, tal y como se detalla encima."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Copiar configuración</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Las distribuciones se muestran junto a la etiqueta <gui>Fuente de "
+-#~ "entrada</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-#~ "layout menu on the top bar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si usa varias distribuciones, la pantalla de inicio de sesión presentará "
+-#~ "el menú de distribución de teclado en la barra superior."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link></key><key>←</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link></key><key>←</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Desactivado</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Minimize window"
+-#~ msgstr "Minimizar la ventana"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "_"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' "
+-#~ "md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' "
+-#~ "md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-#~ "readable in bright light."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Atenuar la pantalla para ahorrar energía o incrementar el brillo para "
+-#~ "hacerla más legible en condiciones de mucha luz ambiental."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Establecer el brillo de la pantalla"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-#~ "screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-#~ "automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically "
+-#~ "when not in use."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar el brillo de su pantalla para ahorrar energía o hacerla más "
+-#~ "legible en condiciones de mucha luz ambiental. También puede hacer que la "
+-#~ "pantalla se atenúe automáticamente cuando se consume batería o apagarla "
+-#~ "automáticamente cuando no se use la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set the brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Establecer el brillo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Brillo y bloqueo</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el deslizador de <gui>Brillo</gui> para obtener un valor "
+-#~ "confortable."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
+-#~ "have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function "
+-#~ "keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Muchos portátiles tienen teclados con teclas especiales para ajustar el "
+-#~ "brillo. Éstas tienen una imagen que parece un sol y están ubicadas en las "
+-#~ "teclas de función en la parte superior. Mantenga pulsada la tecla "
+-#~ "<key>Fn</key> para usar estas teclas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-#~ "automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of "
+-#~ "your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long "
+-#~ "your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Oscurecer la pantalla para ahorrar energía</gui> para "
+-#~ "hacer que el brillo se reduzca automáticamente cuando esté usando la "
+-#~ "batería. La luz de fondo de su pantalla puede consumir mucha energía y "
+-#~ "reducir significativamente el tiempo que durará la batería hasta que "
+-#~ "tenga que volver a cargarla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-#~ "while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your "
+-#~ "computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the "
+-#~ "<gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La pantalla se apagará automáticamente cuando lleve un tiempo sin usarla. "
+-#~ "Esto solo afecta a la pantalla, y no apaga su equipo. Puede ajustar el "
+-#~ "tiempo que tiene que estar inactivo con la opción <gui>Apagar la pantalla "
+-#~ "tras una inactividad de</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-#~ "<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <input>pantallas</input> en la vista de <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "introduction#activities\">actividades</link> para abrir la "
+-#~ "<gui>Configuración de las pantallas</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">tecla Windows</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">tecla windows</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">tecla Windows</link></key><key>→</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-#~ msgstr "Idioma y región"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</"
+-#~ "gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or "
+-#~ "<gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will "
+-#~ "appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede seleccionar <gui>Ejecutar archivos de texto ejecutables al "
+-#~ "abrirlos</gui>, <gui>Ver los archivos de texto ejecutables al abrirlos</"
+-#~ "gui> o <gui>Preguntar cada vez</gui>. Si se selecciona esta última "
+-#~ "opción, se mostrará una ventana preguntándole si quiere ejecutar o ver el "
+-#~ "archivo de texto seleccionado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click "
+-#~ "your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Tiene que cerrar la sesión y volver a abrirla para que los cambios de "
+-#~ "idioma sean efectivos. Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Cerrar sesión</gui> para salir."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the system formats"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar los formatos del sistema"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your "
+-#~ "account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</"
+-#~ "em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando cambia su región para los formatos, sólo lo cambia para su cuenta "
+-#~ "después de iniciar la sesión. También puede cambiar los <em>formatos del "
+-#~ "sistema</em>, que son los formatos usados en sitios como la pantalla de "
+-#~ "inicio de sesión."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambie los formatos como se ha descrito anteriormente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambie su idioma, como se ha descrito anteriormente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Brillo y bloqueo</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can close the message tray by pressing <key>Esc</key> (unless you are "
+-#~ "in the activities overview, where it is always visible)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cerrar la bandeja de mensajes pulsando <key>Esc</key> (a menos que "
+-#~ "esté en la vista de actividades, donde siempre es visible)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Cuentas de usuario</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add "
+-#~ "a new user account."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la lista de cuentas en la izquierda, pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> para "
+-#~ "añadir una cuenta de usuario nueva."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Crear</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-#~ "gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Introduzca su <gui>Contraseña antigua</gui>, seguida de su "
+-#~ "<gui>Contraseña</gui> nueva, y <gui>Confirme</gui> introduciendo su "
+-#~ "contraseña nueva otra vez."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have "
+-#~ "been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</"
+-#~ "gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, "
+-#~ "controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-"
+-#~ "down list above."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Asegúrese de que <gui>Bloquear</gui> está activada, después seleccione un "
+-#~ "tiempo de espera de la lista desplegable anterior. La pantalla se "
+-#~ "bloqueará automáticamente después de que el equipo haya estado inactivo "
+-#~ "durante ese tiempo. También puede seleccionar <gui>que la pantalla se "
+-#~ "apague</gui> para bloquear automáticamente la pantalla después de que "
+-#~ "ésta se apague, controlada por la lista desplegable <gui>Apagar después "
+-#~ "de:</gui> anterior."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Ayuda del escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "text"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Ayuda del escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> y <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Mayús</key><key>↓</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-#~ msgstr "El Bluetooth está activado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The battery is missing."
+-#~ msgstr "Falta la batería."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono de la derecha de la <gui>barra superior</gui> y seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits "
+-#~ "your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bajo <gui>Pantalla</gui> seleccione el <gui>Contraste</gui> que mejor se "
+-#~ "ajuste a sus necesidades. <gui>Bajo</gui> hará las cosas menos vívidas, "
+-#~ "por ejemplo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big "
+-#~ "enough for you. It will adjust immediately."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Debajo de <gui>Pantalla</gui> seleccione el <gui>Tamaño del texto</gui> "
+-#~ "que sea suficientemente grande para usted. Se ajustará inmediatamente."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+-#~ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common "
+-#~ "assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the "
+-#~ "<gui>Universal Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El escritorio Unity incluye tecnologías de asistencia para dar soporte a "
+-#~ "usuarios con diversas deficiencias y necesidades especiales y para "
+-#~ "interactuar con dispositivos de asistencia comunes. Se puede acceder a "
+-#~ "muchas características de accesibilidad desde la sección <gui>Acceso "
+-#~ "universal</gui> de la <gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose "
+-#~ "<gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el botón de más acciones junto al botón <gui>-</gui> y seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Probar el rendimiento del volumen</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Iniciar prueba de rendimiento</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings </gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración "
+-#~ "del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action "
+-#~ "on the right."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione una categoría en la parte izquierda de la ventana, y la acción "
+-#~ "que quiere a la derecha."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Atajos personalizados</gui> en la parte izquierda de la "
+-#~ "ventana."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
+-#~ "appear."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui>. Aparecerá la ventana <gui>Atajo "
+-#~ "personalizado</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+-#~ "Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Imágenes</gui> para usar una de sus propias fotografías "
+-#~ "de su carpeta «Imágenes». La mayoría de los gestores de fotos almacenan "
+-#~ "las fotos aquí."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set as Wallpaper"
+-#~ msgstr "Establecer como fondo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Image Viewer"
+-#~ msgstr "Visor de imágenes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Image"
+-#~ msgstr "Imagen"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set as Desktop Background"
+-#~ msgstr "Establecer como fondo del escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La bandeja de mensajes está siempre visible en la vista de actividades."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</"
+-#~ "gui>. The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section will only be available if your "
+-#~ "computer has a touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Touchpad</"
+-#~ "gui>. La pestaña del <gui>Touchpad</gui> solo estará disponible si su "
+-#~ "equipo tiene uno."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Mouse</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "
+-#~ "tab. The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer "
+-#~ "has a touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Touchpad</"
+-#~ "gui>. La pestaña del <gui>Touchpad</gui> solo estará disponible si su "
+-#~ "equipo tiene uno."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-#~ "mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para pulsar, pulsar dos veces y arrastrar con su «touchpad» seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Activar pulsaciones del ratón con el touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-#~ "using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your "
+-#~ "finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll "
+-#~ "vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
+-#~ "dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad "
+-#~ "will scroll horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Desplazamiento en el borde</gui> en <gui>Desplazamiento</"
+-#~ "gui> para hacer desplazamientos usando el borde de su touchpad. Cuando "
+-#~ "está seleccionado, al arrastrar su dedo arriba y abajo por el lateral "
+-#~ "derecho de su «touchpad» se desplazará verticalmente. Si además selecciona "
+-#~ "<gui>Activar desplazamiento horizontal</gui>, al arrastrar su dedo a "
+-#~ "izquierda y derecha por el borde inferior del «touchpad» se desplazará "
+-#~ "horizontalmente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "Puede encontrar el puntero del ratón pulsando <key>Ctrl</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "Localizar rápidamente el puntero"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-#~ "can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate "
+-#~ "your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-#~ "animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene problema para ver dónde está el puntero del ratón en su "
+-#~ "pantalla, podrá localizarlo simplemente pulsando la tecla <key>Ctrl</"
+-#~ "key>. Al activar esta opción, cuando pulse <key>Ctrl</key> se visualizará "
+-#~ "una animación que aparecerá brevemente en la posición del puntero."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Mostrar la posición del puntero al pulsar la tecla Ctrl</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ahora sus teclas <key>Ctrl</key> localizarán el cursor cuando las pulse."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra la configuración de <app>Cuentas en línea</app> desde la vista de "
+-#~ "Actividades."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the Check button."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón «Comprobar»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-#~ "the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-#~ "busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-#~ "entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-#~ "have open with that application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no pudiera cerrar uno de los archivos (por ejemplo, si la aplicación "
+-#~ "que está usando el archivo se ha bloqueado) puede pulsar con el botón "
+-#~ "derecho sobre el archivo en la ventana <gui>El volumen está ocupado</gui> "
+-#~ "y seleccionar <gui>Terminar proceso</gui>. Esto obligará a la aplicación "
+-#~ "bloqueada a cerrarse, lo que podría cerrar otros archivos que dicha "
+-#~ "aplicación tuviese abiertos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-#~ "results by a starting parent location."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para acotar los resultados de la búsqueda, seleccione <gui>Ubicación</"
+-#~ "gui> de la lista desplegaba para añadir una ubicación padre."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
+-#~ "option and widen the search results."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el botón <gui>-</gui> junto a cualquier opción de búsqueda para "
+-#~ "quitar esa opción y aumentar los resultados de búsqueda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-#~ "folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that "
+-#~ "folder, but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default "
+-#~ "sort order."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando cambia la manera de ordenar elementos en una carpeta, solo afecta "
+-#~ "a esa carpeta. El gestor de archivos recordará sus preferencias de "
+-#~ "ordenación para esa carpeta, pero usará el criterio de ordenación "
+-#~ "predeterminado en las demás carpetas. Consulte la <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-#~ "views\"/> para obtener más información sobre cómo cambiar el criterio de "
+-#~ "ordenación predeterminado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the "
+-#~ "folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. "
+-#~ "Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq> menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ordenar los archivos de forma diferente, pulse con el botón derecho "
+-#~ "en un lugar vacío de la carpeta y seleccione una opción del menú "
+-#~ "<gui>Organizar los elementos</gui>. También puede usar el menú "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Organizar los elementos</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-#~ "right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-#~ "Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files "
+-#~ "by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon "
+-#~ "view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para controlar totalmente el orden y la posición de los archivos en la "
+-#~ "carpeta, pulse con el botón derecho en un lugar vacío de la carpeta y "
+-#~ "seleccione <guiseq><gui>Organizar los elementos</gui><gui>Manualmente</"
+-#~ "gui></guiseq>. Así podrá reorganizar los archivos arrastrándolos y "
+-#~ "soltándolos por la carpeta. La ordenación manual solo funciona en la "
+-#~ "vista de iconos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-#~ "arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-#~ "useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La opción <gui>Disposición compacta</gui> del menú <gui>Organizar los "
+-#~ "elementos</gui> organiza los archivos de forma que ocupan el menor "
+-#~ "espacio posible. Es útil si quiere ver un montón de archivos al mismo "
+-#~ "tiempo en una carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view"
+-#~ msgstr "Vista compacta"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them "
+-#~ "in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position "
+-#~ "the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this "
+-#~ "view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede ordenar los archivos en la vista compacta de la misma manera que "
+-#~ "puede ordenar la vista de iconos. La única diferencia es que no se puede "
+-#~ "colocar manualmente los archivos en cualquier lugar que desee, siempre "
+-#~ "están organizados en una lista en esta vista."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Desactivar el «touchpad» al escribir</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> "
+-#~ "slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the "
+-#~ "slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-"
+-#~ "click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bajo <gui>Tiempo de espera de la pulsación doble</gui>, ajuste el "
+-#~ "deslizador <gui>Tiempo de espera</gui> a un valor que considere "
+-#~ "confortable. Use la cara sonriente junto al deslizador para probar su "
+-#~ "configuración. Una pulsación simple lo hará sonreír. Una pulsación doble "
+-#~ "lo hará sonreír de oreja a oreja."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambiar cuánto tiene que mover el puntero de su ratón para iniciar un "
+-#~ "arrastre."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+-#~ msgstr "Ajustar el umbral de arrastre del ratón"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a "
+-#~ "little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you "
+-#~ "release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer "
+-#~ "past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging "
+-#~ "every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to "
+-#~ "start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando se pulsa sobre algo, no es raro que su mano se mueva un poco "
+-#~ "durante el tiempo que pasa entre que pulsa el botón y lo suelta. Por esa "
+-#~ "razón, el proceso de arrastrar solo empieza si se mueve el puntero pasado "
+-#~ "un cierto umbral, para que no empiece a arrastrar accidentalmente cada "
+-#~ "vez que pulse sobre algo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to "
+-#~ "a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging "
+-#~ "the titlebar to test the current value."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En <gui>Arrastrar y soltar</gui>, ajuste el deslizador del <gui>Umbral</"
+-#~ "gui> a un valor que le resulte cómodo. Pruebe a mover la ventana de "
+-#~ "opciones arrastrando la barra de título para probar el valor actual."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
+-#~ "mouse."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La sensibilidad es la velovidad inicial del puntero al mover su ratón."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
+-#~ "relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the "
+-#~ "screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
+-#~ "accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuanto más mueva el ratón, más rápidamente se mueve el puntero con "
+-#~ "relación a su movimiento. Esto le ayuda a mover el puntero por la "
+-#~ "pantalla sin levantar la mano, mientras que le permite apuntar y pulsar "
+-#~ "de manera precisa. La aceleración controla este comportamiento."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Abrir cada carpeta en su propia ventana</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
+-#~ "same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
+-#~ "Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
+-#~ "this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
+-#~ "own window by default."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando abre una carpeta en el gestor de archivos, generalmente se abre en "
+-#~ "la misma ventana. Puede pulsar con el botón derecho sobre una carpeta y "
+-#~ "seleccionar <gui>Abrir en una ventana nueva</gui> para abrir cualquier "
+-#~ "carpeta individual en una ventana nueva. Si hace esto a menudo, "
+-#~ "seleccione esta opción para que, de forma predeterminada, cada carpeta se "
+-#~ "abra en su propia ventana."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en <guiseq><gui>Marcadores</gui><gui>Editar los marcadores...</"
+-#~ "gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Marcadores</gui><gui>Añadir un marcador</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
+-#~ "<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, "
+-#~ "however, you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip"
+-#~ "\">numeric IP address</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para servidores en Internet, generalmente se puede usar el nombre de "
+-#~ "dominio (ej. <sys>ftp.ejemplo.com</sys>). Sin embargo, para los equipos "
+-#~ "de su red de área local, puede que tenga que usar la <link xref=\"net-"
+-#~ "findip\">dirección IP numérica</link> del equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly "
+-#~ "in the future"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El servidor también se añadirá a la barra lateral para que pueda acceder "
+-#~ "rápidamente a él en el futuro"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Different types of servers"
+-#~ msgstr "Diferentes tipos de servidores"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date format"
+-#~ msgstr "Formato de fecha"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions "
+-#~ "or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest "
+-#~ "for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats "
+-#~ "include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international "
+-#~ "standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</"
+-#~ "em> and <em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by "
+-#~ "example, by showing the current date and time in that format."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La hora de acceso y modificación de los archivos se puede visualizar en "
+-#~ "los textos de los iconos o en las columnas de la vista de lista. Puede "
+-#~ "elegir el formato de fecha que sea más fácil desde la lista desplegable "
+-#~ "<gui>Formato</gui>. Los formatos disponibles incluyen un formato "
+-#~ "detallado, que se puede escribir a mano, un formato estándar "
+-#~ "internacional, y un formato que utiliza frases relativas como <em>hoy</"
+-#~ "em> y <em>ayer</em>. La lista desplegable muestra los formatos con "
+-#~ "ejemplos, al mostrar la fecha y hora actuales en ese formato."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-#~ "manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-#~ "files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options "
+-#~ "you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to "
+-#~ "match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are "
+-#~ "applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si pulsa en <gui>Aplicar permisos a los archivos contenidos</gui>, el "
+-#~ "gestor de archivos aplicará los permisos de lectura, escritura y "
+-#~ "ejecución a los archivos contenidos en función de las opciones que haya "
+-#~ "definido en <gui>Acceso a archivos</gui> y <gui>Ejecución</gui>. Además "
+-#~ "cambiará los permisos de las carpetas contenidas para ajustarse a los "
+-#~ "permisos de esa carpeta. Los permisos de los archivos contenidos se "
+-#~ "aplicarán también a los archivos contenidos en las subcarpetas, a "
+-#~ "cualquier profundidad."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date Modified"
+-#~ msgstr "Fecha de modificación"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date Accessed"
+-#~ msgstr "Fecha de acceso"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
+-#~ msgstr "Da la fecha y hora de la última vez que se accedió al archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Octal Permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "Permisos octales"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
+-#~ "folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit "
+-#~ "represents user class, group class and other users respectively."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Muestra los permisos de archivos en notación octal anteponiendo «40» para "
+-#~ "carpetas y «100» para archivos. En los tres últimos dígitos, cada dígito "
+-#~ "representa los permisos del usuario, del grupo y del resto de usuarios, "
+-#~ "respectivamente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El permiso de lectura añade 4 al total de cada uno de los tres últimos "
+-#~ "dígitos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "El permiso de escritura añade 2 al total."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "El permiso de ejecución añade 1 al total."
+-
+-#~ msgid "SELinux Context"
+-#~ msgstr "Contexto SELinux"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+-#~ msgstr "Muestra el contexto SELinux del archivo, si es aplicable."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Archivos de texto"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text "
+-#~ "inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of "
+-#~ "text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on "
+-#~ "or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external "
+-#~ "drives."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El icono de los archivos de texto plano se parece a una hoja de papel con "
+-#~ "texto dentro. El gestor de archivos extrae automáticamente las primeras "
+-#~ "líneas de texto del archivo y las muestra en el icono. Puede activar o "
+-#~ "desactivar esta característica, o activarla solo para los archivos "
+-#~ "situados en su equipo y en unidades externas locales."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Other Previewable Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Otros archivos previsualizables"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, "
+-#~ "PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file "
+-#~ "types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can "
+-#~ "turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "
+-#~ "computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to "
+-#~ "be created for files below a certain file size."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El gestor de archivos puede crear automáticamente miniaturas de imágenes, "
+-#~ "vídeos, archivos PDF y otros tipos de archivos. Las aplicaciones con "
+-#~ "tipos de archivos personalizados pueden proporcionar miniaturas para los "
+-#~ "archivos que crean. Puede activar o desactivar esta característica solo "
+-#~ "para archivos en su equipo y en discos locales externos. También puede "
+-#~ "permitir crear miniaturas para archivos por debajo de un cierto tamaño."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
+-#~ "clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie la vista de una carpeta individual en el menú <gui>Ver</gui> "
+-#~ "pulsando en <gui>Iconos</gui>, <gui>Lista</gui> o <gui>Compacta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, "
+-#~ "when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they "
+-#~ "were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder "
+-#~ "using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, "
+-#~ "or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref="
+-#~ "\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, "
+-#~ "and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for "
+-#~ "each folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede organizar los elementos de su carpeta por nombre, tamaño de "
+-#~ "archivo, tipo de archivo, cuándo se modificaron por última vez, cuándo se "
+-#~ "accedió a ellos por última vez o cuándo se tiraron a la papelera. Puede "
+-#~ "cambiar cómo se ordenan los archivos en una carpeta concreta usando el "
+-#~ "menú <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Organizar los elementos</gui></guiseq>, o "
+-#~ "pulsando en las cabeceras de las columnas mostradas en la vista de lista. "
+-#~ "Para obtener más información la <link xref=\"files-sort\"/>. Este menú "
+-#~ "solo afecta a la carpeta actual, y el gestor de archivos recordará sus "
+-#~ "preferencias de ordenación para cada carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to "
+-#~ "change the default order used in new folders."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Use la lista desplegable <gui>Organizar los elementos</gui> en las "
+-#~ "preferencias para cambiar el orden predeterminado a usar en las nuevas "
+-#~ "carpetas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text beside icons"
+-#~ msgstr "Texto junto a los iconos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
+-#~ "icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows "
+-#~ "you to see more information at once."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Al seleccionar esta opción, aparecerán los nombres de los archivos y "
+-#~ "carpetas a la derecha de los iconos, en lugar de bajo estos. Esta es una "
+-#~ "distribución más compacta que le permite ver más información a la vez."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "Valores predeterminados de la vista compacta"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You "
+-#~ "can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and "
+-#~ "the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you "
+-#~ "frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default "
+-#~ "with this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede hacer que los iconos y los textos sean más grandes o más pequeños "
+-#~ "en la vista compacta. Puede hacerlo en una carpeta individual desde el "
+-#~ "menú <gui>Ver</gui>, y el gestor de archivos recordará el nivel de "
+-#~ "aumento que usted haya seleccionado para cada carpeta. Si suele usar con "
+-#~ "frecuencia un determinado nivel de aumento más grande o más pequeño, "
+-#~ "puede establecer el nivel predeterminado con esta opción."
+-
+-#~ msgid "All columns have the same width"
+-#~ msgstr "Todas las columnas tienen la misma anchura"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to "
+-#~ "fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will "
+-#~ "make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and "
+-#~ "folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an "
+-#~ "ellipsis (…) at the end."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, cada columna de la vista compacta es tan ancha "
+-#~ "como necesite para que quepan los nombres de los elementos en esa "
+-#~ "columna. Al seleccionar esta opción, conseguirá que todas las columnas "
+-#~ "tengan la misma anchura. Esto hará que los archivos y carpetas que tengan "
+-#~ "nombres más grandes que el ancho de la columna se muestren con puntos "
+-#~ "suspensivos (...) al final."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "Valores predeterminados de la vista de árbol"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
+-#~ "default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files "
+-#~ "in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede mostrar un árbol de carpetas completo en la barra lateral de su "
+-#~ "gestor de archivos seleccionando <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra "
+-#~ "lateral</gui><gui>Árbol</gui></guiseq>. De manera predeterminada, la "
+-#~ "barra lateral en árbol solo muestra carpetas. Si además quiere ver los "
+-#~ "archivos en la barra lateral, desactive <gui>Mostrar solo carpetas</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, you can see only the <gui>Suspend</gui> option, but it is "
+-#~ "also possible to power off your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, sólo puede ver la opción <gui>Suspender</gui>, "
+-#~ "pero también es posible apagar el equipo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "How do I switch off my computer?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Cómo apago el equipo?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para apagar el equipo:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Power Off</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Apagar</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and "
+-#~ "make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra la vista de <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Actividades</link> y "
+-#~ "asegúrese de que está en la vista de <gui>Ventanas</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+-#~ "gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra la aplicación <app>Utilidad de discos</app> desde la vista de "
+-#~ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Send by email documents grouped in a collection."
+-#~ msgstr "Enviar por correo-e documentos agrupados en una colección"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Send a document collection to someone"
+-#~ msgstr "Enviar una colección de documentos a alguien"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can share your documents or <link xref=\"documents-collections"
+-#~ "\">collections</link> by email, if you have previously <link xref="
+-#~ "\"accounts-add\">added an online account</link>. To send documents to "
+-#~ "your family or friends from <app>Documents</app>:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede compartir documentos o <link href=\"documents-collections"
+-#~ "\">colecciones</link> por correo-e, si previamente ha <link href="
+-#~ "\"accounts-add.page\">añadido una cuenta en línea</link>. Para enviar "
+-#~ "documentos a su familia o a sus amigos desde <app>Documentos</app>:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the document(s) or collection(s) you want to share."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione los documentos o las colecciones que quiere compartir."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Three arrows</gui> icon from the bottom menu bar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono de las <gui>Tres flechas</gui> en la barra de menú "
+-#~ "inferior."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can search collections by:"
+-#~ msgstr "Puede buscar colecciones:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulsando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> o "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Typing the name of the collection."
+-#~ msgstr "Escribiendo el nombre del contacto."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and select the filters related to "
+-#~ "the collection you are looking for. You can add a word to be more "
+-#~ "specific in the searching."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulsando en el icono de la lupa y seleccionando los filtros relacionados "
+-#~ "con la colección que está buscando. Puede añadir una palabra para que la "
+-#~ "búsqueda sea más específica."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mark your favorite documents and collections."
+-#~ msgstr "Marcar sus documentos y colecciones favoritas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "See only your favorite documents"
+-#~ msgstr "Ver sólo sus documentos favoritos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "From all the documents or collections you have, you may use some of them "
+-#~ "frequently, or you may need to reach some others as quick as possible "
+-#~ "because you work with them regularly. You can identify these documents "
+-#~ "easily, if you mark them as favorites."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para todos los documentos o colecciones que tenga, puede usar algunos de "
+-#~ "ellos frecuentemente o puede necesitar buscar otros tan rápido como sea "
+-#~ "posible, ya que trabaja con ellos regularmente. Puede identificar "
+-#~ "fácilmente estos documentos si los marca como favoritos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To display documents or collections marked as favorites:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para mostrar documentos o colecciones marcadas como favoritas:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the document or documents you want to mark as favorites."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione los documentos o los documentos que quiere marcar como "
+-#~ "favoritos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To unmark favorite documents or collections, click on the document or "
+-#~ "collection and click the heart button from the bottom menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para desmarcar un documento o una colección, pulse sobre el documento o "
+-#~ "sobre la colección y pulse el botón del corazón del menú inferior."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "See information like owner, type, size, location, number of pages, last "
+-#~ "accessed and last modified of the document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ver información como el propietario, el tipo, el tamaño, la ubicación, el "
+-#~ "número de página, el último acceso y la última modificación del documento."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you create a document, metadata is also created. Metadata refers "
+-#~ "information about the document like owner, type, size, location, number "
+-#~ "of pages, last accessed and last modified of the document. These "
+-#~ "properties are typically stored, but further information is also added "
+-#~ "and can be searched. You can currently choose to have the search string "
+-#~ "apply to everything, or just match the title or the author. To configure "
+-#~ "it:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando crea un documento, también se crean metadatos. Los metadatos son "
+-#~ "información sobre el documento como el propietario, el tipo, el tamaño, "
+-#~ "el número de páginas, la fecha del último acceso y de la última "
+-#~ "modificación. Generalmente, estas propiedades se guardan, pero la "
+-#~ "información futura también se añade y se puede buscar. Actualmente, puede "
+-#~ "elegir que la búsqueda se aplique a todo, o que sólo coincida el título o "
+-#~ "el autor. Para configurarla:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Search</gui> from the dropdown menu that is triggered by "
+-#~ "pressing the arrow right to the search entry."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Buscar</gui> en la menú desplegable que se muestra al "
+-#~ "pulsar la flecha a la derecha de la caja de búsqueda."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Find out which location a document is stored in."
+-#~ msgstr "Encontrar la ubicación de un documento."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Maybe you forget the name of the folder where you have left your "
+-#~ "documents, but you may remember a word from the name or title, or "
+-#~ "something about the document you are looking for. <app>Documents</app> "
+-#~ "lets you locate your documents or collections by searching a word of the "
+-#~ "title of the document:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es posible que olvide el nombre de la carpeta en la que dejó los "
+-#~ "documentos, pero puede recordar una palabra del nombre o del título, o "
+-#~ "algo sobre el documento que está buscando. <app>Documentos</app> le "
+-#~ "permite encontrar sus documentos o colecciones buscando una palabra del "
+-#~ "título del documento:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the top search menu and write the word to identify your document or "
+-#~ "collection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya al menú superior de búsqueda y escriba la palabra que identifica su "
+-#~ "documento o colección."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the document or collection and right click to see the "
+-#~ "<gui>Properties</gui> of the document or collection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el documento o la colección y pulse con el botón derecho para "
+-#~ "ver las <gui>Propiedades</gui> del documento o de la colección."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Full screen view for documents."
+-#~ msgstr "Vista a pantalla completa para documentos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all the documents you have in your "
+-#~ "computer with different <link xref=\"documents-list\">extensions</link> "
+-#~ "automatically appears as thumbnails. These <em>local documents</em> are "
+-#~ "presented as well as <em>online documents</em>. On line documents are "
+-#~ "uploaded from different sources or providers like <em>GoogleDocs</em>. "
+-#~ "This is possible if you have previously added an <link xref=\"accounts-add"
+-#~ "\">online account</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando abre <app>Documentos</app>, todos los documentos que tenga en su "
+-#~ "equipo con diferentes <link xref=\"documents-list\">extensiones</link> "
+-#~ "aparecen automáticamente como miniaturas. Estos <em>documentos locales</"
+-#~ "em> se presentan junto con los <em>documentos en línea</em>. Los "
+-#~ "documentos en línea se cargan desde diferentes fuentes o proveedores como "
+-#~ "<em>GoogleDocs</em>. Esto es posible si previamente ha configurado una "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"accounts-add\">cuenta en línea</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To view documents stored/ shared locally or remote/GoogleDocs:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ver documentos guardados/compartidos local o remotamente/GoogleDocs:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <em>Check</em> button located in the right side."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <em>Comprobar</em>, situado en el lado derecho."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Documents are ready for you to review, edit, <link xref=\"printing"
+-#~ "\">print</link> or <link xref=\"documents-collection-send\">share.</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los documentos están listos para revisarlos, editarlos, <link href="
+-#~ "\"printing\">imprimirlos</link> o <link href=\"documents-collection-send"
+-#~ "\">compartirlos</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<app>Documents</app> is an application of <em>GNOME</em> that lets you "
+-#~ "read, store and organize information about the documents you have "
+-#~ "created. Supported formats are PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and all the "
+-#~ "formats supported by Evince, Microsoft Office, Libreoffice files and "
+-#~ "Google Docs."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<app>Documentos</app> es una aplicación de <em>GNOME</em> que le permite "
+-#~ "leer, guardar y organizar la información de los documentos que cree. Los "
+-#~ "formatos soportados PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript y todos los formatos "
+-#~ "soportados por Evince, Microsoft Office, Libreoffice y Google Docs."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "All the documents you have in your computer locally will be automatically "
+-#~ "presented when you open <app>Documents</app>, as well documents you have "
+-#~ "been worked remotely by using <em>Google Docs</em>. This is possible if "
+-#~ "you have configured an <link xref=\"accounts\">online account</link> "
+-#~ "before."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando abra <app>Documentos</app> se mostrarán todos los documentos que "
+-#~ "tenga en su equipo, así como los documentos en los que haya trabajado de "
+-#~ "manera remota <em>Google Docs</em>. Esto es posible si previamente ha "
+-#~ "configurado una <link xref=\"accounts\">cuenta en línea</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can manage documents using <app>file browser</app> as well as "
+-#~ "pictures, videos or music; but <app>Documents</app> can do more than "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"printing\">printing</link>, <link xref=\"documents-"
+-#~ "collection-send\">sharing</link>, <link xref=\"documents-search"
+-#~ "\">searching</link>, <link xref=\"documents-sort\">sorting</link>, <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"documents-favorite\">setting favorites</link>. With "
+-#~ "<app>Documents</app>, you can read your documents full screen, without "
+-#~ "the distracting of tools or menus other applications have. It also "
+-#~ "provides you reminders of the documents you have to read, <link xref="
+-#~ "\"documents-collections\">make collections</link> and <link xref="
+-#~ "\"documents-location\">identify</link> your documents so quickly through "
+-#~ "the previous thumbnail."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede gestionar los documentos usando el <app>explorador de archivos</"
+-#~ "app>, así como imágenes, vídeos o música; pero <app>Documentos</app> "
+-#~ "puede hacer más aparte de <link xref=\"printing\">imprimir</link>, <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"documents-collection-send\">compartir</link>, <link xref="
+-#~ "\"documents-search\">buscar</link>, <link xref=\"documents-sort"
+-#~ "\">ordenar</link> o <link xref=\"documents-favorite\">gestionar "
+-#~ "favoritos</link>. Con <app>Documentos</app>, puede leer sus documentos en "
+-#~ "pantalla completa, si la distracción de herramientas o menús que otras "
+-#~ "aplicaciones sí tienen. También proporciona un recordatorio de los "
+-#~ "documentos que ha leído, <link xref=\"documents-collections\">crea "
+-#~ "colecciones</link> e <link xref=\"documents-location\">identifica</link> "
+-#~ "sus documentos rápidamente mediante la miniatura anterior."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Views and Find"
+-#~ msgstr "Vistas y buscar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Print and Send"
+-#~ msgstr "Imprimir y enviar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Collections"
+-#~ msgstr "Colleciones"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can see the preview of files that are locally stored; but not the "
+-#~ "remotely ones, yet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede ver una vista previa de los archivos guardados localmente, pero no "
+-#~ "de los remotos (todavía)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why aren't there previews for some files?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Por qué no hay vistas previas para algunos archivos?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Every time you open <app>Documents</app> you can see a preview thumbnail "
+-#~ "in most of the documents."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cada vez que abre <app>Documentos</app> puede ver una vista previa en "
+-#~ "miniatura en la mayoría de los documentos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can not be able to see the preview thumbnail of others (or they are "
+-#~ "presented in blank) because they are stored in a remote server like "
+-#~ "<gui>Google Docs</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es posible que no vea la vista previa de otros (o que se muestre en "
+-#~ "blanco) ya que se guardan en un servidor remoto como <gui>Google Docs</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to see the preview thumbnail of the documents that are stored "
+-#~ "in remote servers, you may download them and then it will generate a "
+-#~ "thumbnail because they are going to be stored locally in your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere ver la vista previa en miniatura de los documentos almacenados "
+-#~ "en servidores remotos, puede descargarlos para que se genere la "
+-#~ "miniatura, ya que se almacenarán localmente en su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The content of the document from <gui>Google Docs</gui> is going to be "
+-#~ "updated at the time you downloaded the document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El contenido del documento de <gui>Google Docs</gui> se actualizará "
+-#~ "cuando descargue el documento."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to read an edit it online as you were doing before, it is "
+-#~ "better to not download."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere leerlo y editarlo en línea como estaba haciendo antes, es mejor "
+-#~ "que no lo descargue."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This feature is not implemented at the moment, but is being developed to "
+-#~ "print documents that you are working on, locally or remotely."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Esta característica no está todavía implementada, pero se está "
+-#~ "desarrollando para imprimir documentos en los que esté trabajando local o "
+-#~ "remotamente,"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are using <app>Documents</app> and you need to print a document or "
+-#~ "documents you probably need physically to read or write:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "si está usando <app>Documentos</app> y necesita imprimir un documento que "
+-#~ "necesita leer o escribir físicamente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the document or documents with the appropriate application."
+-#~ msgstr "Abrir el documento o los documentos con la aplicación adecuada."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Print the document as you usually <link xref=\"printing\">print</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Imprima el documento de la manera en la que <link href=\"printing"
+-#~ "\">imprime</link> normalmente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can search documents by:"
+-#~ msgstr "Puede buscar documentos:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and selecting the filters related "
+-#~ "to the document you are looking for. You can add a word to be more "
+-#~ "specific in the searching of your document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulsando en el icono de la lupa y seleccionando los filtros relacionados "
+-#~ "con el documento que está buscando. Puede añadir una palabra para que la "
+-#~ "búsqueda del documento sea más específica."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it "
+-#~ "more useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to "
+-#~ "enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to "
+-#~ "show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the "
+-#~ "window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si mueve frecuentemente archivos entre carpetas anidadas, puede encontrar "
+-#~ "útil mostrar un <em>árbol</em> en la barra lateral. Pulse "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra lateral</gui><gui>Árbol</gui></guiseq> "
+-#~ "para activar el árbol de la barra lateral. Pulse el expansor junto a la "
+-#~ "carpeta para mostrar sus carpetas hijas en el árbol, o pulse en una "
+-#~ "carpeta para abrirla en la ventana."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>"
+-#~ "+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
+-#~ "<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting "
+-#~ "it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list "
+-#~ "will not delete the original file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede buscar una imagen en su equipo pulsando el botón <gui>+</"
+-#~ "gui>. Cualquier imagen que añada de esta manera se mostrará en la carpeta "
+-#~ "de <gui>Imágenes</gui>. Puede quitarla de la lista seleccionándola y "
+-#~ "pulsando el botón <gui>-</gui>. Quitar una imagen de la lista no "
+-#~ "eliminará el archivo original."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and click <gui>Power Off…</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Alt</key> y pulse <gui>Apagar…</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para suspender su equipo manualmente, pulse sobre su nombre en la barra "
+-#~ "superior y seleccione <gui>Suspender</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
+-#~ "<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
+-#~ "\"input.\""
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no ve su dispositivo en la pestaña <gui>Entrada</gui>, compruebe la "
+-#~ "pestaña <gui>Hardware</gui>. Asegúrese de que el perfil del dispositivo "
+-#~ "incluye «entrada»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
+-#~ "<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no ve su dispositivo en la pestaña <gui>Salida</gui>, compruebe la "
+-#~ "pestaña <gui>Hardware</gui>. Seleccione su dispositivo y pruebe "
+-#~ "diferentes perfiles."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Short introductory text..."
+-#~ msgstr "Pequeño texto introductorio..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select your account type from the list."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione su tipo de cuenta de la lista."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>+</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>+</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de uno de los servicios en línea."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How can I change the password for an account?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Cómo puedo cambiar la contraseña de una cuenta?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change the password for one of the online accounts or services, you "
+-#~ "will need to log in to the account using the web browser. For other "
+-#~ "service types, check their respective web pages for instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para cambiar la contraseña de una de las cuentas en línea, deberá iniciar "
+-#~ "sesión en la cuenta usando el navegador web. Para otros tipos de "
+-#~ "servicios, compruebe sus respectivas páginas web para obtener "
+-#~ "instrucciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To change the password of your Google account:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para cambiar la contraseña de su cuenta de Google:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log in to your Google account using the web browser."
+-#~ msgstr "Inicie sesión en su cuenta de Google usando su navegador web."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the pull-down menu at the top right (it may display your picture) "
+-#~ "and click on <gui>Account settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en el menú desplegable arriba a la derecha (debe mostrar su foto) y "
+-#~ "pulse en <gui>Configuración de la cuenta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Security</gui> section, click <gui>Change password</gui>, and "
+-#~ "follow the instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la sección <gui>Seguridad</gui>, pulse <gui>Cambiar contraseña</gui>, "
+-#~ "y siga las instrucciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To change the password of your Windows Live account:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para cambiar la contraseña de su cuenta de Windows Live:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log in to your Windows Live account using the web browser."
+-#~ msgstr "Inicie sesión en su cuenta de Windows Live usando su navegador web."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Account security</gui> section, click <gui>Change</gui> next "
+-#~ "to <gui>Password</gui>, and follow the instructions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la sección <gui>Seguridad de la cuenta</gui>, pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui> "
+-#~ "junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui> y siga las instrucciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">tecla windows</key><key>Izquierda</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">tecla windows</key><key>Derecha</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Izquierda</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Abajo</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Izquierda</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Derecha</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arriba</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Abajo</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Left</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows "
+-#~ "key)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Izquierda</key></keyseq> (Super es la tecla "
+-#~ "Windows)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows "
+-#~ "key)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Derecha</key></keyseq> (Super es la tecla "
+-#~ "Windows)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <gui>Edit</gui> in the right pane. You can now edit the "
+-#~ "contact's nickname."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Editar</gui> en el panel de la derecha. Ahora puede editar el "
+-#~ "alias del contacto."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also add, edit or delete the e-mail address, phone number, postal "
+-#~ "address or link information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede añadir, editar o eliminar la cuenta de correo-e, el número "
+-#~ "de teléfono, la dirección postal o la información del enlace."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Back to Contact</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Cuando termine, pulse <gui>Volver al contacto</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the contact you wish to link by clicking on one of the entries you "
+-#~ "have for the person."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el contacto que quiere enlazar pulsando sobre una de las "
+-#~ "entradas que tiene para el contacto."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>More</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Más</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also type the name of the contact in the search box of the "
+-#~ "<app>Contacts</app> application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede escribir el nombre del contacto en la caja de búsqueda de "
+-#~ "la aplicación <app>Contactos</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hibernate saves your state, but completely switches off the power."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La hibernación guarda su estado, pero apaga por completo la corriente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "What happens when I hibernate my computer?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Qué ocurre cuando hiberno el equipo?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> option to "
+-#~ "<gui>Hibernate</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie la opción <gui>Cuando la carga está críticamente baja</gui> a "
+-#~ "<gui>Hibernar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+-#~ "properly</link>. It is a good idea to test hibernate on your computer to "
+-#~ "see if it does work."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Algunos equipos tienen problemas con el soporte del hardware, lo que "
+-#~ "significa que <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">pueden no ser capaces de "
+-#~ "suspender o hibernar adecuadamente</link>. Es una buena idea comprobar la "
+-#~ "hibernación en su equipo para ver si funciona bien."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Cerrar</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<_:p-1/>."
+-#~ msgstr "<_:p-1/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<app>Documents</app> is fullscreen-enabled, and you can search "
+-#~ "collections by:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<app>Documentos</app> está en modo a pantalla completa, y puede buscar "
+-#~ "colecciones:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Comprobar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may select many documents or collections to send them by mail to "
+-#~ "friends or co-workers, to print them, or maybe to be delete them. To "
+-#~ "select documents or collections at the same time:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede seleccionar varios documentos o colecciones para enviarlas por "
+-#~ "correo-e a amigos o compañeros del trabajo, para imprimirlas o, tal vez, "
+-#~ "para eliminarlas. Para seleccionar varios documentos o colecciones a la "
+-#~ "vez:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the button that looks like a check."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón que parece una verificación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the documents or collections you need."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione los documentos o las colecciones que necesita."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shows documents sorted by date."
+-#~ msgstr "Muestra los documentos ordenados por fecha."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sort in a different order"
+-#~ msgstr "Ordenar de otra manera"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, the documents you have local and "
+-#~ "remote are stored in you computer, are also sorted since the most "
+-#~ "recently used to the least recently used."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando abre <app>Documentos</app>, los documentos que tenga en local y en "
+-#~ "remoto se guardan en su equipo, y se ordenan desde el usado más "
+-#~ "recientemente al usado hace más tiempo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para obtener una imagen de lo que ocurre en su pantalla:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</"
+-#~ "app> tool."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la vista general de <gui>Actividades</gui> y abra la herramienta "
+-#~ "<app>Captura de pantalla</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to capture."
+-#~ msgstr "En la ventana que aparece, seleccione lo que quiere capturar."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
+-#~ "desktop</gui>), the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
+-#~ "current window</gui>), or an area of the screen you can select by "
+-#~ "dragging a box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede tomar una imagen de toda la pantalla (<gui>Grabar todo el "
+-#~ "escritorio</gui>), solamente la ventana que esté usando en ese momento "
+-#~ "(<gui>Grabar la ventana actual</gui>), o puede seleccionar un área "
+-#~ "dibujando una caja alrededor de ella (<gui>Seleccionar el área que "
+-#~ "grabar</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also drag and drop the screenshot image into another application, "
+-#~ "to paste it there, or to <app>files</app> to save it in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede arrastrar y soltar la imagen de la pantalla en otra "
+-#~ "aplicación, para pegarla allí, o en <app>archivos</app> para guardarla en "
+-#~ "una carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In your Home folder, a file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be "
+-#~ "saved, where %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the "
+-#~ "file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a "
+-#~ "recording is made within a single session."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se guardará un archivo llamado <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> en su "
+-#~ "carpeta personal, donde %d es la fecha, %u es una cadena de letras que "
+-#~ "hacen que el nombre del archivo sea único y %c es un contador que se "
+-#~ "incrementa cada vez que se hace una grabación en una sesión."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede <link xref=\"files-rename\">renombrar</link> el archivo como quiera."
+-
+-#~ msgid "I do not know the documents MG size that someone can share by email."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "No conozco el número máximo de MB que alguien puede compartir por correo-"
+-#~ "e."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "_"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/documents-icon.png' "
+-#~ "md5='55af2dd222d552f57816e10e8ef49638'"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/documents-icon.png' "
+-#~ "md5='55af2dd222d552f57816e10e8ef49638'"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/documents-icon.png"
+-#~ "\" width=\"22\" height=\"22\"> </media> Documents"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/documents-icon.png"
+-#~ "\" width=\"22\" height=\"22\"> </media> Documentos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<_:info-1/> <_:title-2/> <_:comment-3/> read and store information about "
+-#~ "the documents on the system <_:p-4/> <_:p-5/> <_:p-6/> <_:section-7/> <_:"
+-#~ "section-8/> <_:section-9/> <_:section-10/> <_:section-11/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<_:info-1/> <_:title-2/> <_:comment-3/> leer y guardar información sobre "
+-#~ "los documentos del sistema <_:p-4/> <_:p-5/> <_:p-6/> <_:section-7/> <_:"
+-#~ "section-8/> <_:section-9/> <_:section-10/> <_:section-11/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
+-#~ msgstr "Restaurar, redimensionar, organizar y ocultar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window operations"
+-#~ msgstr "Operaciones de ventanas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Las ventanas pueden redimensionarse u ocultarse para ajustarse a un flujo "
+-#~ "de trabajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
+-#~ msgstr "Minimizar, restaurar y cerrar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para minimizar una ventana u ocultar una ventana:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-#~ "window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the "
+-#~ "top left corner."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> para mostrar el "
+-#~ "menú de la ventana. Entonces pulse <key>n</key>. La ventana «desaparece» "
+-#~ "en la esquina superior izquierda."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para restaurar la ventana:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To close the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para cerrar la ventana:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, o"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-#~ "window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq> para mostrar el "
+-#~ "menú de la ventana. Entonces pulse <key>c</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Resize"
+-#~ msgstr "Redimensionar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "Si una ventana está <em>maximizada</em> no se puede redimensionar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para redimensionar su ventana horizontal y/o verticalmente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes "
+-#~ "into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any "
+-#~ "direction."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el puntero del ratón a cualquier esquina de la ventana hasta que se "
+-#~ "convierta en un «puntero de esquina». Pulse, mantenga y arrastre para "
+-#~ "cambiar el tamaño de la ventana en cualquier dirección."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para redimensionar sólo horizontalmente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into "
+-#~ "a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el puntero del ratón a cualquier lado de la ventana hasta que se "
+-#~ "convierta en un «puntero lateral». Pulse+mantenga+arrastre para cambiar el "
+-#~ "tamaño de la ventana en la dirección horizontal."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para redimensionar sólo verticalmente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it "
+-#~ "changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold"
+-#~ "+drag to resize the window vertically."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el puntero del ratón a la parte superior o inferior de la ventana "
+-#~ "hasta que se convierta en un «puntero superior» o en un «puntero inferior», "
+-#~ "respectivamente. Pulse, mantenga y arrastre para cambiar el tamaño de la "
+-#~ "ventana en la dirección vertical."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
+-#~ msgstr "Organizar ventanas en su área de trabajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para colocar dos ventanas lado a lado:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
+-#~ "edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, "
+-#~ "the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button "
+-#~ "and the window will fill the left half of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en la <gui>barra de título</gui> de una aplicación y arrástrela a "
+-#~ "la parte superior de la pantalla. Cuando el <gui>puntero del ratón</gui> "
+-#~ "toque la parte superior de la pantalla, toda la pantalla se iluminará. "
+-#~ "Suelte el botón del ratón para maximizar la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen "
+-#~ "is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Arrastre otra ventana a la parte derecha: cuando la mitad derecha de la "
+-#~ "pantalla esté resaltada, suélte la ventana. Cada una de las dos ventanas "
+-#~ "llena la mitad de la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to "
+-#~ "move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the "
+-#~ "<gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulsar <key>Alt</key> + y pulsar en cualquier parte de una ventana le "
+-#~ "ayudará a mover la ventana. Algunas personas pueden encontrar esto más "
+-#~ "sencillo que pulsar en la <gui>barra de título</gui> de una aplicación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Crear</gui> cuando termine."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
+-#~ "password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
+-#~ "fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si selecciona <gui>Establecer una contraseña ahora</gui>, el usuario "
+-#~ "tiene que teclear su contraseña en los campos <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> "
+-#~ "y <gui>Confirmar contraseña</gui>. Consulte la <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "goodpassword\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+-#~ "Information about the disk and its status will appear under <gui>Drive</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el disco duro de la lista <gui>Dispositivos de almacenamiento</"
+-#~ "gui>. La información sobre el disco y su estado aparecerá debajo de "
+-#~ "<gui>Unidad</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Elija <gui>Prueba de rendimiento</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"
+-#~ msgstr "Swfdec (ya no se actualiza)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Power</gui> tab"
+-#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Red</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Energía</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "On the Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "En el escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Release to select the <gui>Top Bar</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Suelte para seleccionar la <gui>Barra superior</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right arrow to the <gui>Universal Access</gui> menu, then down arrow to "
+-#~ "<gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Acceso universal</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Visión</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Release to activate <gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Suelte para activar las <gui>Teclas del ratón</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> opens the <em>window "
+-#~ "switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> abre el <em>selector de "
+-#~ "ventanas</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and use <key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-#~ "key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> or left and right arrows to navigate between "
+-#~ "open applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Alt</key> y use <key>Tab</key> y "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> o las flechas derecha e "
+-#~ "izquierda para moverse entre las aplicaciones abiertas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Down arrow displays a preview of any application in the switcher."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Flecha abajo muestra una vista previa de cualquier aplicación en el "
+-#~ "selector."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> switches between windows that "
+-#~ "belong to the same open application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> cambia entre ventanas que "
+-#~ "pertenecen a la misma aplicación abierta."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> allows you "
+-#~ "to switch focus to the <gui>top bar</gui> using the <em>accessibility "
+-#~ "switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> le permite "
+-#~ "cambiar cambiar el foco a la <gui>barra superior</gui> usando el "
+-#~ "<em>selector de accesibilidad</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> activates the launcher. Key "
+-#~ "in the command name to launch an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> activa el lanzador. La clave "
+-#~ "es el nombre del comando para lanzar una aplicación."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Inside the window of an application, use <key>Tab</key> and "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move between widgets."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambia entre ventanas de la misma aplicación, o desde la aplicación "
+-#~ "seleccionada después de <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "In the Overview"
+-#~ msgstr "Visión general"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use up and down arrow keys to navigate through search results."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Use las flechas arriba y abajo para moverse entre los resultados de la "
+-#~ "búsqueda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> opens the "
+-#~ "<em>accessibility switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> abre el "
+-#~ "<em>selector de accesibilidad</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> and "
+-#~ "<key>Down</key> move between workspaces in the <gui>workspace switcher</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arriba</key></keyseq> y "
+-#~ "<key>Abajo</key> mueve entre áreas de trabajo en el <gui>selector de "
+-#~ "áreas de trabajo</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PgDn</key></keyseq> and <key>PgUp</key> move "
+-#~ "from the <gui>Windows</gui> overview to the <gui>Applications</gui> "
+-#~ "overview and back."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Del</key></keyseq> en su teclado. "
+-#~ "Alternativamente, arrastre el elemento hasta la <gui>Papelera</gui> en la "
+-#~ "barra lateral."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
+-#~ msgstr "Active las <gui>Teclas del ratón</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can quickly turn mouse keys on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+-#~ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+-#~ "<gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede activar y desactivar las teclas del ratón pulsando en el <link xref="
+-#~ "\"a11y-icon\">icono de accesibilidad</link> en la barra superior y "
+-#~ "seleccionando <gui>Teclas del ratón</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar entre la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui> y el escritorio."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arriba/Abajo</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Mayús</key><key>Arriba/Abajo</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double-click on the title bar."
+-#~ msgstr "Doble pulsación en la barra de título."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para maximizar o restaurar una ventana:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alternatively, to maximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Alternativamente, para maximizar:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the title bar of an application and drag it to the top of the "
+-#~ "screen. When the mouse pointer touches the top of the screen, the entire "
+-#~ "screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the "
+-#~ "window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en la barra de título de una aplicación y arrástrela a la parte "
+-#~ "superior de la pantalla. Cuando el puntero del ratón toque la parte "
+-#~ "superior de la pantalla, toda la pantalla se iluminará. Suelte el botón "
+-#~ "del ratón para maximizar la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window to its original size:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para restaurar la ventana a su tamaño original:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the title bar of the application, and drag it down from the top "
+-#~ "bar. After the window separates from the top bar it will restore itself "
+-#~ "to an unmaximized state."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en la barra de título de la aplicación y arrástrela hacia abajo "
+-#~ "desde la barra superior. Una vez separada de la barra superior volverá a "
+-#~ "un estado desmaximizado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>Alt</key> +click+hold+drag anywhere in a window. This will "
+-#~ "allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than "
+-#~ "clicking on the title bar of an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <key>Alt</key> y arrastre con el ratón en cualquier lugar de la "
+-#~ "ventana. Esto el permitirá mover la ventana. Algunas personas pueden "
+-#~ "encontrar esto más sencillo que pulsar en la barra de título de una "
+-#~ "aplicación."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-#~ "menu, and press <key>x</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede usar su teclado para maximizar una ventana. Pulse "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Espacio</key></keyseq> para mostrar el menú de "
+-#~ "la ventana, y pulse <key>x</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your workflow may require two windows arranged side by side for "
+-#~ "comparison purposes. To fill the screen with two vertically-tiled windows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Su forma de trabajo puede necesitar dos ventanas lado a lado para comprar "
+-#~ "resultados. Para llenar la pantalla con dos ventanas orientadas "
+-#~ "verticalmente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and go to the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Teclado</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Escritura</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "Escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> switches between open "
+-#~ "applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> cambia entre aplicaciones "
+-#~ "abiertas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> to check the disk space in the Home folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Inspeccionar carpeta personal</gui> para comprobar el espacio "
+-#~ "libre en la carpeta personal."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon to check the '/' (Root) folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono <gui>Inspeccionar el sistema de archivos</gui> para "
+-#~ "comprobar la carpeta raíz «/»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon to scan disk space inside a "
+-#~ "specific folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Inspeccionar una carpeta</gui> para analizar el disco libre "
+-#~ "dentro de una carpeta específica."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> to scan disk space inside a remote "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Escanear una carpeta remota</gui> para escanear el espacio en "
+-#~ "disco de una carpeta remota."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Stop</gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
+-#~ "update the scanning. See more details in <link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-"
+-#~ "usage\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Detener</gui> o <gui>Actualizar</gui> en cualquier momento que "
+-#~ "necesite cancelar o actualizar el análisis. Consulte más detalles en el "
+-#~ "<link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-usage\"><app>Analizador del uso de "
+-#~ "disco</app></link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
+-#~ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without "
+-#~ "the single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El <gui>Analizador de uso del disco</gui> también se puede ejecutar "
+-#~ "pulsando <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, escribiendo "
+-#~ "«baobab» (sin las comillas) y pulsando <key>Intro</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "First step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Primer paso..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Second step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Segundo paso..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Third step..."
+-#~ msgstr "Tercer paso..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <em>preview</em> button."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón de <em>vista previa</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "."
+-#~ msgstr "."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
+-#~ msgstr "Cuando finalice la prueba, los resultados aparecerán en el gráfico."
+-
+-#~ msgid "This property is not implemented yet in <app>Documents</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Esta propiedad no está implementada todavía en <app>Documentos</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To find metadata in any document:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para buscar metadatos en cualquier documento:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open your document with the appropiate application in nautilus."
+-#~ msgstr "Abra su documento con la aplicación apropiada en Nautilus."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you "
+-#~ "should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Por ejemplo, para mostrar un archivo llamado <file>.ejemplo.txt</file>, "
+-#~ "debería cambiarle el nombre a <file>ejemplo.txt</file>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
+-#~ msgstr "Recuperar un archivo eliminado"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you deleted a file by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>, clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> menu item, or "
+-#~ "dragging the file to the Trash, the file should be in the Trash."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si ha eliminado un archivo pulsando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Supr</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>, pulsando el elemento de menú <gui>Mover a la papelera</"
+-#~ "gui> o arrastrando el archivo a la papelera, el archivo debería estar en "
+-#~ "la papelera."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore from Trash"
+-#~ msgstr "Restaurar desde la papelera"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternately, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</"
+-#~ "gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically "
+-#~ "ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</"
+-#~ "gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede pulsar con el botón derecho sobre el dispositivo y "
+-#~ "seleccionar <gui>Expulsar</gui> o <gui>Extraer unidad de forma segura</"
+-#~ "gui>. Las unidades USB no se pueden expulsar físicamente, por lo que en "
+-#~ "esos dispositivos no hay diferencia entre <gui>Expulsar</gui> o "
+-#~ "<gui>Extraer unidad de forma segura</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "Puede cambiar el nombre de un archivo o de una carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+-#~ "their names. Use a shorter name."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En algunos sistemas de archivos, los nombres de archivos no pueden "
+-#~ "contener más de 255 caracteres. Use un nombre más corto."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
+-#~ "<gui>Configure</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse sobre la conexión que quiera editar y después pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>None</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Ninguno</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Manual</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Manual</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Busy time of day"
+-#~ msgstr "Horas ocupadas del día"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it is too old "
+-#~ "to hold charge."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Su batería probablemente no está estropeada; solamente es muy vieja para "
+-#~ "mantener la carga."
+-
+-#~ msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
+-#~ msgstr "Un error informa de que mi batería tiene poca capacidad"
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando inicie su sesión por primera vez, debería ver un mensaje que dice:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
+-#~ "that it may be old or broken."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La batería puede estar estropeada. Su batería tiene una capacidad muy "
+-#~ "baja, lo que significa que puede ser vieja o estar defectuosa."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is "
+-#~ "not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is "
+-#~ "that your battery is old. If this is the case, there will be no damage to "
+-#~ "your computer or hardware."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Este mensaje se muestra cuando el equipo detecta que su batería es "
+-#~ "incapaz de almacenar mucha carga. La razón más frecuente es que su "
+-#~ "batería ya es vieja; probablemente no esté dañada. En este caso, no "
+-#~ "dañará su equipo o su hardware."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After "
+-#~ "a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store "
+-#~ "a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above "
+-#~ "is shown when this happens."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Con el tiempo, todas las baterías de portátiles pierden su capacidad de "
+-#~ "almacenar carga. Pasado un tiempo (normalmente un año o más) la batería "
+-#~ "solo podrá almacenar una fracción de la carga que podía almacenar cuando "
+-#~ "era nueva. El mensaje anterior se muestra cuando ocurre esto."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
+-#~ "holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
+-#~ "battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si su equipo o batería son relativamente nuevos, debería poder almacenar "
+-#~ "un porcentaje muy alto de la carga para la que fue diseñada. Si no puede, "
+-#~ "es posible que su batería esté rota y que tenga que buscar un recambio."
+-
+-#~ msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
+-#~ msgstr "Dice X minutos de batería restante, pero no es cierto"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
+-#~ "change the brightness."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los monitores de portátiles y equipos de escritorio por lo general tienen "
+-#~ "botones que puede pulsar para cambiar el brillo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Cómo puedo aumentar el brillo de la pantalla?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen "
+-#~ "brightness controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" "
+-#~ "icons, and are often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). "
+-#~ "On some laptops, you must hold down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and "
+-#~ "then press one of the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. "
+-#~ "For example, you might press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> "
+-#~ "to decrease the brightness and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> to increase it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si dispone de un portátil o un netbook, probablemente tenga algunos "
+-#~ "controles del brillo de la pantalla en el teclado. Normalmente tendrán "
+-#~ "unos iconos en forma de «sol» y suelen estar en las teclas de función, o "
+-#~ "encima (ej. <key>F4</key>). En algunos portátiles tendrá que mantener "
+-#~ "pulsada la tecla Función (<key>Fn</key>) y a continuación pulsar una de "
+-#~ "las teclas de brillo para cambiar el brillo de la pantalla. Por ejemplo, "
+-#~ "puede que tenga que pulsar <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> "
+-#~ "para reducir el brillo y <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> para "
+-#~ "aumentarlo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top bar, "
+-#~ "selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</"
+-#~ "gui> preferences."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede cambiar el brillo pulsando su sobre su nombre en el panel "
+-#~ "superior, seleccionando <gui>Configuración de sistema</gui> y abriendo "
+-#~ "las preferencias de <gui>Pantalla</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
+-#~ "monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends "
+-#~ "very much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
+-#~ "brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-"
+-#~ "screen menus."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene un equipo de escritorio, debería ser capaz de usar los controles "
+-#~ "del monitor para cambiar el brillo de la pantalla. Cómo hacer esto "
+-#~ "depende mucho de qué monitor tenga, algunos tienen botones específicos "
+-#~ "para cambiar el brillo, mientras que otros tienen botones que se utiliza "
+-#~ "para navegar por los menús en pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
+-#~ "bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or <em>gamma</"
+-#~ "em> settings of the screen instead. These controls will also be found on "
+-#~ "the monitor or in one of its menus, although not all monitors have them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si ha aumentado el brillo al máximo, pero todavía no es suficientemente "
+-#~ "brillante, es posible que necesite ajustar la configuración de "
+-#~ "<em>contraste</em> o <em>gamma</em> de la pantalla. Estos controles "
+-#~ "también se pueden encontrar en el monitor o en uno de sus menús, aunque "
+-#~ "no todos los monitores lo tienen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,"
+-#~ "\" which causes the computer to do nothing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Hay otras opciones disponibles, además de «blank», como «nothing», lo que "
+-#~ "hace que el equipo no haga nada."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on "
+-#~ "again. If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and "
+-#~ "then on again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut "
+-#~ "that can be used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks "
+-#~ "like a \"radio beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on "
+-#~ "the top bar and unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few "
+-#~ "seconds, and the re-checking it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si sucede esto, trate de apagar la conexión inalámbrica y vuelva a "
+-#~ "encenderla. Si tiene un interruptor de alimentación para la tarjeta "
+-#~ "inalámbrica, apáguela y vuelva a encenderla y mire si funciona. Algunos "
+-#~ "portátiles tienen un atajo de teclado que se puede utilizar para encender "
+-#~ "y apagar la tarjeta inalámbrica; su icono a menudo se ve como el «haz de "
+-#~ "un faro». También puede tratar de pulsar en el icono de red en la barra "
+-#~ "superior y desmarcar <gui>Activar inalámbrica</gui>, esperar unos "
+-#~ "segundos y volver a marcarla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-"
+-#~ "click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the "
+-#~ "overview, or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para seleccionar una ventana en una aplicación en ejecución, o para abrir "
+-#~ "una ventana nueva, pulse con el botón derecho del ratón sobre la "
+-#~ "aplicación. También puede arrastrar el icono sobre la vista general, o "
+-#~ "sobre cualquier miniatura de área de trabajo a la derecha."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar su estado de disponibilidad."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your availability"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar su disponibilidad"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can "
+-#~ "change your status to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. Just click your name on the "
+-#~ "top bar and select <gui>Available</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Unavailable</"
+-#~ "gui>. If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will "
+-#~ "change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to "
+-#~ "disturb you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si está trabajando en algo y no quiere ser molestado, puede cambiar su "
+-#~ "estado a <gui>No disponible</gui>. Simplemente pulse en su nombre en la "
+-#~ "barra superior y seleccione <gui>Disponible</gui> para cambiarlo a "
+-#~ "<gui>No disponible</gui>. Si usa los programas de mensajería instantánea "
+-#~ "integrados de GNOME, se cambiará su disponibilidad para sus contactos de "
+-#~ "chat, de tal forma que ellos sabrán que no deben molestarle."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To switch your availability back on, click your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "select <gui>Unavailable</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Available</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para volver a cambiar cambiar su disponibilidad, pulse sobre su nombre en "
+-#~ "la barra superior y seleccione <gui>No disponible</gui> para cambiarlo a "
+-#~ "<gui>Disponible</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Two windows can be placed side by side. Drag a window by its titlebar "
+-#~ "toward the left side of the screen until the cursor touches the left "
+-#~ "side. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and the "
+-#~ "window resizes to fill half the screen. Repeat for another window, "
+-#~ "dragging it to the right side and releasing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede situar dos ventanas juntas. Arrastre una ventana por su barra de "
+-#~ "título hacia la izquierda hasta que el cursor toque el lado izquierdo de "
+-#~ "la pantalla. La mitad izquierda de la pantalla se iluminará. Suelte el "
+-#~ "ratón y la ventana se redimensionará para ocupar exactamente la mitad de "
+-#~ "su pantalla. Haga lo mismo para la otra ventana, arrastrándola a la "
+-#~ "derecha y soltando."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Cycle through the windows by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq> and <key>↓</key> to select the window you want to move."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Muévase entre las ventanas pulsando <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> y <key>↓</key> para seleccionar la ventana a la que quiere "
+-#~ "moverse."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Abra <gui>Soportes extraíbles</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
+-#~ msgstr "Si ya no quiere un archivo o carpeta, puede eliminarlo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, "
+-#~ "you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</"
+-#~ "gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you "
+-#~ "can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the "
+-#~ "trash from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want "
+-#~ "to delete permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete "
+-#~ "Permanently</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para eliminar archivos de forma permanente y liberar espacio de disco en "
+-#~ "su equipo, debe vaciar la papelera. Para vaciar la papelera, pulse con el "
+-#~ "botón derecho en la <gui>Papelera</gui> en la barra lateral y seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Vaciar la papelera</gui>. También puede eliminar elementos "
+-#~ "individuales de la papelera examinando la misma desde la barra lateral o "
+-#~ "el menú <gui>Ir</gui>. Seleccione los archivos que quiere eliminar "
+-#~ "permanentemente y pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Supr</key></keyseq> "
+-#~ "en su teclado, o pulse con el botón derecho y seleccione<gui>Eliminar "
+-#~ "permanentemente</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Screen keyboard</gui> on."
+-#~ msgstr "Active el <gui>Teclado en pantalla</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass "
+-#~ "through the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will "
+-#~ "scan the contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or "
+-#~ "whether to show you a different page, for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando se conecta a un sitio web, el texto y las imágenes de esa web "
+-#~ "pasan primero a través del proxy antes de alcanzar a su equipo. Por "
+-#~ "ejemplo el proxy puede examinar el contenido del sitio web y decidir si "
+-#~ "visualizarla o mostrarle una página diferente."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
+-#~ "student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit "
+-#~ "a website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They "
+-#~ "will then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying "
+-#~ "to look at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page "
+-#~ "but will not have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. "
+-#~ "This stops people who are not authorized from using the connection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Un ejemplo donde los proxys se usan con frecuencia es en las "
+-#~ "universidades. Cuando un estudiante se conecta a la red inalámbrica de la "
+-#~ "universidad e intenta visitar un sitio web, el proxy le redirigirá a una "
+-#~ "página de inicio de sesión. Entonces iniciará una sesión con la red y "
+-#~ "podrá ir a la página que estaba intentando visitar. Quien no sea "
+-#~ "estudiante recibirá la misma página de inicio de sesión pero no conocerá "
+-#~ "la contraseña y, por lo tanto, no podrá navegar por la web. Esto impide "
+-#~ "que las personas no autorizadas puedan usar la conexión."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you "
+-#~ "want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+-#~ "export it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You "
+-#~ "may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Estas instrucciones son para imprimir un folleto de un documento PDF. Si "
+-#~ "desea imprimir un folleto de un documento <app>LibreOffice</app>, en "
+-#~ "primer lugar expórtelo a PDF. Asegúrese de que el documento tiene un "
+-#~ "número de páginas múltiplo de 4. Es posible que necesite añadir hasta 3 "
+-#~ "páginas en blanco."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 "
+-#~ "pages, add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document "
+-#~ "before exporting to PDF."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si su documento <app>LibreOffice</app> no tiene un número de páginas "
+-#~ "múltiplo de 4, añada las páginas en blanco necesarias al final del "
+-#~ "documento, antes de exportarlo a PDF."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."
+-#~ msgstr "Exportar las páginas en blanco a PDF."
+-
+-#~ msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "Un resumen de las diferentes partes del escritorio."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "Archivos y carpetas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the window to make it <em>live</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse sobre la ventana para hacerla <em>activa</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For photographs it makes sense allowing a relative shift of all colors to "
+-#~ "match color reproduction capabilities of a display or a printer, "
+-#~ "therefore you need to be able to access full tonal range of that display "
+-#~ "or printer. For other graphics such as logos you simply don't use the "
+-#~ "full tonal range, you only need few colors matching as closely as "
+-#~ "possible, so if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat "
+-#~ "logo, that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red. The method of "
+-#~ "transferring colors from one tonal range to another is usually called "
+-#~ "gamut mapping."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para las fotografías tiene sentido permitir un cambio relativo de todos "
+-#~ "los colores para que coincidan con las capacidades de reproducción de una "
+-#~ "pantalla o impresora, por ello necesita ser capaz de acceder al rango "
+-#~ "tonal completo de su pantalla o impresora. Para otros gráficos tales como "
+-#~ "logotipos, simplemente no necesita el rango tonal completo, sólo unos "
+-#~ "pocos colores que coincidan tanto como sea posible, en caso de que "
+-#~ "intente imprimir una taza personalizada con el logotipo de Red Hat, que "
+-#~ "<em>tiene</em> que ser el color rojo exacto de Red Hat. Generalmente al "
+-#~ "método de transferir colores de un rango tonal a otro se le llama mapeado "
+-#~ "de gama."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
+-#~ "action blank"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
+-#~ "action blank"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
+-#~ "blank"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
+-#~ "blank"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Send us an e-mail."
+-#~ msgstr "Envíenos un correo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Por qué no puedo cortar/mover un archivo?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status and hide notifications."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar su estado de chat y ocultar notificaciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will also "
+-#~ "change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to "
+-#~ "disturb you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si utiliza las características de mensajería instantánea integradas en "
+-#~ "GNOME, también cambiará su disponibilidad para charlar con sus contactos, "
+-#~ "así que sabrá no molestarle."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click to toggle between <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> and <gui>View as "
+-#~ "Treemap Chart</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse para cambiar entre <gui>Ver como gráfico de anillo</gui> y <gui>Ver "
+-#~ "como gráfico de árbol</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to perform benchmark test and see how fast is your hard disk:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere realizar una prueba de rendimiento y comprobar lo rápido que es "
+-#~ "su disco duro:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the "
+-#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra la aplicación <app>Analizador de uso del disco</app> desde la vista "
+-#~ "de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. Sometimes the other "
+-#~ "device will simply show you the PIN and ask you to confirm that it "
+-#~ "matches what you see on your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Introduzca el código PIN en el otro dispositivo si es necesario. Algunas "
+-#~ "veces, el otro dispositivo simplemente mostrará el PIN y le pedirá que "
+-#~ "confirme si coincide con el que ve en su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select "
+-#~ "how media should be handled</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Soportes extraíbles</gui> y cambie las opciones bajo "
+-#~ "<gui>Seleccionar cómo se deben manejar los soportes</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En lugar de simplemente iniciar una aplicación, también puede decidir que:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</"
+-#~ "gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El dispositivo se mostrará en el Gestor de archivos (elija <gui>Abrir "
+-#~ "carpeta</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr "Se le pregunte qué abrir (<gui>Preguntar qué hacer</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr "No ocurra nada (<gui>No hacer nada</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
+-#~ "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, "
+-#~ "it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if "
+-#~ "you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the "
+-#~ "disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La opción <gui>Software</gui> es un poco distinta a las demás; si el "
+-#~ "equipo detecta que hay software en el disco que acaba de introducir, "
+-#~ "puede intentar ejecutar ese software automáticamente si lo desea. Esta es "
+-#~ "una buena opción si quiere que una aplicación instalada en un CD se "
+-#~ "inicie sola cuando se introduzca el disco (como una presentación de "
+-#~ "diapositivas, por ejemplo)."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
+-#~ msgstr "No abrir <em>ninguna</em> aplicación automáticamente"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Currently, the <gui>Copy Settings</gui> button on the <gui>System</gui> "
+-#~ "tab does not set the system keyboard layouts."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Actualmente, el botón <gui>Copiar configuración</gui> de la pestaña "
+-#~ "<gui>Sistema</gui> no establece la distribución del teclado del sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change either of these options, click on your name on the top bar and "
+-#~ "choose <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and open "
+-#~ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para cambiar cualquiera de estas opciones, pulse en su nombre en la barra "
+-#~ "superior y elija <gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>. Vaya a la sección "
+-#~ "«Hardware» y abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+-#~ "direction that can be displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La resolución es el número de píxeles (puntos en la pantalla) que se "
+-#~ "pueden mostrar en cada dirección."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, "
+-#~ "wait for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous "
+-#~ "values. Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window "
+-#~ "that appears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para guardar los cambios, pulse en <gui>Aplicar</gui>. Si la pantalla se "
+-#~ "pone en negro, espere un minuto y la configuración volverá a sus valores "
+-#~ "anteriores. En caso contrario, pulse en <gui>Mantener esta configuración</"
+-#~ "gui> en la ventana que aparezca."
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Cuando haya seleccionado la que quiere pulse <gui>Aplicar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui> y seleccione la pestaña <gui>Touchpad</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type <input>gnome-terminal</input>. A terminal window will open."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Teclee <input>gnome-terminal</input>. Se abrirá una ventana de la "
+-#~ "terminal."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Distribuciones</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-#~ "network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede conectar equipos formando una red inalámbrica <em>ad-hoc</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Conectar directamente con otro equipo usando una conexión inalámbrica."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-#~ "network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected "
+-#~ "to it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between "
+-#~ "them, for example. With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless "
+-#~ "network, you would connect both computers to a network provided by "
+-#~ "wireless base station or router. If you don't have a base station, "
+-#~ "however, an ad-hoc network will still allow you to connect the computers "
+-#~ "to each other."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede conectar equipos mediante la formación de una red inalámbrica "
+-#~ "<em>ad hoc</em>. Es útil si uno de los equipos tiene una impresora "
+-#~ "conectada que quiere compartir, o si quiere transferir archivos entre "
+-#~ "ellos, por ejemplo. Con una red inalámbrica normal (<em>infraestructura</"
+-#~ "em>), se conectan ambos equipos a una red inalámbrica proporcionada por "
+-#~ "la estación base inalámbrica o un router. Si no tiene una estación base, "
+-#~ "una red ad-hoc le permitirá conectar los equipos entre sí."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
+-#~ msgstr "Configurar una conexión inalámbrica ad-hoc:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On one of the computers, click the network icon on the top bar and select "
+-#~ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En uno de los equipos, pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Configuración de la red</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left and click "
+-#~ "<gui>Configure</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> de la lista a la izquierda y pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the window that appears, switch to the Wireless tab and click "
+-#~ "<gui>Add</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la ventana que aparece, cambie a la pestaña Inalámbrica y pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Añadir</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other "
+-#~ "people will be able to see."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Elija un <gui>SSID</gui>. Este es el nombre de la red que otras personas "
+-#~ "podrán ver."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>. You may also want to "
+-#~ "switch to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and set the security "
+-#~ "protocol. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie el <gui>Modo</gui> a <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>. También puede querer ir a "
+-#~ "la pestaña <gui>Seguridad inalámbrica</gui> y establecer la seguridad del "
+-#~ "protocolo. Pulse en <gui>Guardar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the other computer, click the network icon on the top bar and look for "
+-#~ "a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or two to "
+-#~ "appear in the list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En el otro equipo, pulse en el icono de red en el panel superior y busque "
+-#~ "la red con el SSID que escogió. Puede que tarde un par de minutos en "
+-#~ "aparecer en la lista."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click it to connect to the ad-hoc network. Once connected, you will be "
+-#~ "able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both computers "
+-#~ "were connected to a conventional wireless network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en la red ad-hoc para conectarse a ella. Una vez conectado, podrá "
+-#~ "acceder a recursos de red compartidos y demás, como si ambos equipos "
+-#~ "estuvieran conectados a una red inalámbrica convencional."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not "
+-#~ "running Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on "
+-#~ "the Linux computer and connect to it using the other computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Estas instrucciones podrían ser diferentes si uno de los equipos no "
+-#~ "estuviese usando Linux. Puede que le resulte más fácil configurar la red "
+-#~ "ad-hoc en el equipo GNU/Linux y conectarse a él usando el otro equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc "
+-#~ "networking, so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc "
+-#~ "network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Tenga en cuenta también que algunas tarjetas de red inalámbricas no "
+-#~ "permiten las redes ad-hoc, de manera que no será capaz de usarlas para "
+-#~ "crear una red ad-hoc."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
+-#~ msgstr "Asegurar una red ad-hoc"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so "
+-#~ "it's not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-#~ "\">WEP/WPA password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized "
+-#~ "access."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Todo aquel que se encuentre dentro del área podrá conectarse a su red ad-"
+-#~ "hoc, por lo que no resulta muy segura. Puede añadir una <link xref=\"net-"
+-#~ "wireless-wepwpa\">contraseña WEP o WPA</link> a la red para protegerla de "
+-#~ "accesos no autorizados."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
+-#~ "click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>, seleccione la red inalámbrica "
+-#~ "ad-hoc y pulse <gui>Configurar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the <gui>Security</"
+-#~ "gui> from <gui>None</gui>. WPA is a good, secure choice, but some older "
+-#~ "wireless cards do not support it so you might have to use WEP instead."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Seguridad inalámbrica</gui> y cambie la "
+-#~ "<gui>Seguridad</gui> para que no sea <gui>Ninguna</gui>.WPA es una buena "
+-#~ "elección de seguridad, pero algunas tarjetas inalámbricas antiguas no lo "
+-#~ "permiten, de manera que tendrá que elegir WEP en su lugar."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other "
+-#~ "computers connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and "
+-#~ "you'll have to enter the password on each of them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Elija su propia contraseña y pulse en <gui>Guardar</gui>. Los demás "
+-#~ "equipos conectados a la conexión ad-hoc tendrán que volverse a conectar y "
+-#~ "tendrá que introducir la contraseña en cada uno de ellos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Editar la configuración de su conexión y eliminar opciones de conexión no "
+-#~ "deseadas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
+-#~ msgstr "Mi equipo se conecta a una red incorrecta"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "
+-#~ "connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If "
+-#~ "it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one "
+-#~ "that you want it to connect to), do the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Al encender el equipo o moverlo a una ubicación diferente, intentará "
+-#~ "automáticamente conectarse a redes inalámbricas que se ha conectado en el "
+-#~ "pasado. Si cada vez intenta conectarse a la red equivocada (es decir, no "
+-#~ "a la que quiere que se conecte), haga lo siguiente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Editar "
+-#~ "conexiones</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
+-#~ "<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> y busque la red a la que <em>no</"
+-#~ "em> quiere permanecer conectado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
+-#~ "computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse sobre esa red una vez para seleccionarla y luego pulse en "
+-#~ "<gui>Eliminar</gui>. Su equipo no volverá a intentar conectarse a esa red."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you later want to connect to the network that you just deleted, click "
+-#~ "the network icon on the top bar and select the network from the list. You "
+-#~ "may need to re-enter the security settings for that network connection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere conectarse a la red que acaba de eliminar más adelante, pulse "
+-#~ "en el icono de red en el panel superior y seleccione la red de la lista. "
+-#~ "Puede que necesite volver a introducir la configuración de seguridad para "
+-#~ "la conexión de esta red."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for "
+-#~ "the option to change this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Busque en la <guiseq><gui>Configuración de sistema</gui><gui>Energía</"
+-#~ "gui></guiseq> la opción para cambiar esto."
+-
+-#~ msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Quiero que mi equipo se apague cuando yo pulse el botón de encendido"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
+-#~ "asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, "
+-#~ "send it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options "
+-#~ "happens automatically when you press the power button, rather than "
+-#~ "showing this window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Al pulsar el botón de encendido del equipo, aparecerá una ventana "
+-#~ "preguntando qué desea hacer; si desea apagar el equipo, enviarlo a dormir "
+-#~ "etc. Puede hacer de modo que una de estas opciones se ejecute "
+-#~ "automáticamente cuando se presione el botón de encendido, en lugar de "
+-#~ "mostrar esta ventana. "
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click your name at the top of the screen, select <gui>System Settings</"
+-#~ "gui> and double-click <gui>Power</gui>. Change the option labeled "
+-#~ "<gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For example, if you choose "
+-#~ "<gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep when you press the "
+-#~ "power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la parte superior de la pantalla, seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Configuración de sistema</gui> y pulse dos veces en <gui>Energía</"
+-#~ "gui>. Cambie la opción etiquetada como <gui>Al pulsar el botón de "
+-#~ "encendido</gui>. Por ejemplo, si elije <gui>Suspender</gui>, el equipo se "
+-#~ "dormirá al pulsar el botón de encendido. La opción predeterminada es "
+-#~ "<gui>Preguntarme</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you set yourself to Unavailable, you won't be bothered by message "
+-#~ "popups at the bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in "
+-#~ "the message tray when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But "
+-#~ "only urgent messages will be presented, such as when your battery is "
+-#~ "critically low."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si establece que está ocupado, los mensajes emergentes no le molestarán "
+-#~ "en la parte inferior de su pantalla. Los mensajes seguirán estando "
+-#~ "disponibles en la bandeja de mensajes cuando mueva su ratón a la esquina "
+-#~ "inferior derecha. Pero solo se mostrarán los mensajes urgentes, por "
+-#~ "ejemplo, cuando la batería está demasiado baja."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-session-status\">Learn more about changing your "
+-#~ "availability.</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-session-status\">Aprender más acerca de cómo cambiar "
+-#~ "su disponibilidad.</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "User forum."
+-#~ msgstr "Foro de usuarios."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Get in touch with other users."
+-#~ msgstr "Contactar con otros usuarios."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Learn more about notifications.</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aprender más sobre las notificaciones.</"
+-#~ "link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hide all windows and show the desktop. This shortcut may not work on all "
+-#~ "distros."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ocultar todas la ventanas y mostrar el escritorio. Este atajo puede no "
+-#~ "funcionar en todas las distribuciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Take a screenshot."
+-#~ msgstr "Capturar la pantalla"
+-
+-#~ msgid "..."
+-#~ msgstr "..."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved in your Home "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se guardará un archivo llamado <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> en su "
+-#~ "carpeta personal."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select your user name in the upper right-hand corner, then choose <gui>My "
+-#~ "Account</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione su nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la "
+-#~ "pantalla, luego elija <gui>Mi cuenta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the <app>Desktop Sharing</app> preferences dialog."
+-#~ msgstr "Abra el diálogo de preferencias <app>Compartir escritorio</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Elija <gui>Activar las características de accesibilidad desde el teclado</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is possible to lose the keyboard cursor in a text field. Setting it to "
+-#~ "blink may make it easier to locate on the screen. To make the cursor "
+-#~ "blink and to adjust the speed of it:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Podría perder el cursor del teclado en un campo de texto, pero si "
+-#~ "parpadea el cursor del teclado, es más fácil encontrarlo. Para hacer que "
+-#~ "el cursor parpadee y para ajustar la velocidad del mismo:"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "_"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/system-run.png' "
+-#~ "md5='9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e'"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "external ref='figures/system-run.png' "
+-#~ "md5='9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e'"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
+-#~ "Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Apagar</link> el dispositivo "
+-#~ "Bluetooth de su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the "
+-#~ "device offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) "
+-#~ "on a mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
+-#~ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aparecerá un mensaje cuando la conexión se complete correctamente. Si el "
+-#~ "dispositivo ofrece otras características, como Red de área personal "
+-#~ "(Personal Area Networking, PAN) o un teléfono móvil, podrá activarlas "
+-#~ "usando casillas de selección. Después, seleccione <gui>Cerrar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove "
+-#~ "the connection:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no quiere volver a conectarse a un dispositivo Bluetooth, elimine la "
+-#~ "conexión:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-#~ "\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no lo ha hecho ya, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">cree una "
+-#~ "conexión</link> al dispositivo Bluetooth."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can limit the list to only specific device types using the "
+-#~ "<gui>Device type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by "
+-#~ "whether the devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede limitar la lista a determinados tipos de dispositivos usando la "
+-#~ "lista desplegable <gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui>. También puede filtrar "
+-#~ "la lista para que solo aparezcan los dispositivos emparejados o los que "
+-#~ "sean de confianza."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on to send and receive files, but turn "
+-#~ "it off to conserve power."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede activar el <app>Bluetooth</app> para enviar o recibir archivos, "
+-#~ "pero apáguelo para ahorrar batería."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on, click the <app>Bluetooth</app> icon in "
+-#~ "the top bar, then toggle the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch so that it reads "
+-#~ "as <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para encender el <app>Bluetooth</app> pulse el icono de <app>Bluetooth</"
+-#~ "app> en la barra superior, después cambie el conmutador de "
+-#~ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui> para que se lea como <gui>|</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the "
+-#~ "first time, set the <gui>Visibility</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>. This "
+-#~ "allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si se conecta a otro dispositivo <app>Bluetooth</app> por primera vez, "
+-#~ "ponga el conmutador de <gui>Visibilidad</gui> a <gui>|</gui>. Esto le "
+-#~ "permite a su dispositivo ser visto por otros dispositivos <app>Bluetooth</"
+-#~ "app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
+-#~ msgstr "Resolución de problemas al conectar su dispositivo Bluetooth."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring "
+-#~ "files. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+-#~ "experiencing?"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los dispositivos Bluetooth a veces tienen problemas para conectarse, o "
+-#~ "para transferir archivos. ¿Cuál de los siguientes temas describe mejor el "
+-#~ "problema que tiene?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse "
+-#~ "pointer over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult "
+-#~ "to move the mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover "
+-#~ "click is turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go "
+-#~ "of the mouse and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked "
+-#~ "for you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede hacer que se pulsen los botones simplemente colocando el puntero "
+-#~ "del ratón sobre ellos (pulsación al posarse). Esto puede ser útil si "
+-#~ "encuentra difícil mover el ratón y pulsar el botón del ratón al mismo "
+-#~ "tiempo. Al activar la pulsación al posarse, puede mover el puntero del "
+-#~ "ratón sobre un botón, dejarlo ahí y esperar un poco; el botón se pulsará "
+-#~ "solo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
+-#~ "not just on buttons."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La pulsación al posarse funcionará en cualquier cosa sobre la que sitúe "
+-#~ "el ratón, no solo sobre botones."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el tiempo de espera antes de la pulsación de un botón"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
+-#~ "pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to "
+-#~ "the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
+-#~ "<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar el tiempo que debe pasar desde que se coloca el puntero del "
+-#~ "ratón sobre un botón hasta que ese botón recibe la pulsación. Para hacer "
+-#~ "eso, vaya a la pestaña <gui>Accesibilidad</gui> (ver más arriba) y cambie "
+-#~ "el <gui>Retardo</gui> en la sección <gui>Pulsación al posarse</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie cuánto le está permitido al ratón moverse al iniciar una pulsación "
+-#~ "al posicionar el puntero"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
+-#~ "considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing "
+-#~ "and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</"
+-#~ "gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will "
+-#~ "allow the pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar cuánto se le permite al puntero moverse y qué se considera "
+-#~ "«suficiente» para pulsar el botón. Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Accesibilidad</"
+-#~ "gui> (ver más arriba) y cambie el <gui>Umbral de movimiento</gui> en la "
+-#~ "sección <gui>Pulsación al posarse</gui>; un umbral de movimiento grande "
+-#~ "permitirá que el puntero se mueva bastante más y que al mismo tiempo se "
+-#~ "registre la pulsación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Ratón y touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. These "
+-#~ "settings will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la pestaña <gui>Ratón</gui>, seleccione <gui>Zurdo</gui>. Esta opción "
+-#~ "afectará tanto a su ratón como a su touchpad."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-#~ "mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To "
+-#~ "double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you "
+-#~ "can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, "
+-#~ "double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item "
+-#~ "where you want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use "
+-#~ "hardware buttons to right-click."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para pulsar, doble pulsación y arrastrar con el «touchpad», seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Activar pulsaciones del ratón con el touchpad</gui>. Para pulsar, "
+-#~ "toque en el touchpad. Para la doble pulsación, toque dos veces. Si su "
+-#~ "«touchpad» permite toques con varios dedos, puede pulsar con el botón "
+-#~ "tocando con dos dedos a la vez. Para arrastrar un elemento, pulse dos "
+-#~ "veces, pero no levante el dedo después del segundo toque. Arrastre el "
+-#~ "elemento donde quiera, a continuación, levante el dedo para soltar. En "
+-#~ "todo caso necesitará usar los botones físicos para la pulsación con el "
+-#~ "botón derecho."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link"
+-#~ msgid "Tips"
+-#~ msgstr "Consejos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>My Account</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Mi cuenta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
+-#~ "you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless "
+-#~ "you have some extra software to handle the copy protection."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los DVD también tienen «protección anticopia» usando un sistema llamado "
+-#~ "CSS. Esto impide el copiado de DVD, pero también le impide reproducirles "
+-#~ "a menos que tenga algún software adicional para manejar la protección "
+-#~ "anticopia."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
+-#~ "play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often "
+-#~ "possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only "
+-#~ "do this a few times before it locks into one region permanently."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si la región del reproductor de DVD de su equipo y el DVD que está "
+-#~ "intentando reproducir no coinciden, no podrá reproducir el DVD. A menudo "
+-#~ "es posible cambiar la región de su reproductor de DVD, pero solo se puede "
+-#~ "hacer esto unas cuantas veces, antes de que se bloquee en una región de "
+-#~ "forma permanente."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click your name on the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en el panel superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración "
+-#~ "del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what\">what</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link xref=\"backup-"
+-#~ "how\">how</link> of backups."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"backup-why\">¿Por qué?</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what"
+-#~ "\">¿qué?</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">¿dónde?</link> y <link xref="
+-#~ "\"backup-how\">¿cómo?</link> de las copias de respaldo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
+-#~ msgstr "Equipo de documentación GNOME"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shaudn McCance"
+-#~ msgstr "Shaudn McCance"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Team"
+-#~ msgstr "El equipo de documentación GNOME"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Security security"
+-#~ msgstr "Seguridad"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may not be able to delete the user. This is a bug. It has been filed "
+-#~ "with bugzilla. For more information see <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
+-#~ "gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=652073\">Bug #652073</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede no ser capaz de eliminar el usuario. Esto es un error. Está "
+-#~ "catalogado con bugzilla. Para obtener más información, consulte <link "
+-#~ "href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=652073\">Bug #652073</"
+-#~ "link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On one of the computers, click your name on the top bar and select "
+-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En uno de los equipos pulse su nombre sobre la barra superior y "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Configuración del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Vaya a la solapa <gui>Inalámbrico</gui> y pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and "
+-#~ "then go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la ventana que aparece, elija un nombre para la red inalámbrica y vaya "
+-#~ "a la pestaña <gui>Inalámbrica</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</"
+-#~ "gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y, bajo <gui>Conexiones VPN</"
+-#~ "gui>, seleccione <gui>Configurar VPN</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden "
+-#~ "Wireless Network</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el icono de red en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Conectar a "
+-#~ "una red inalámbrica oculta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
+-#~ "<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
+-#~ "Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
+-#~ "type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want "
+-#~ "to narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click "
+-#~ "<gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede mejorar sus resultados seleccionando otra carpeta de comienzo "
+-#~ "diferente en <gui>Lugar</gui>. O pulse en <gui>Lugar</gui> y seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>Tipo de archivo</gui> en la lista desplegable para limitar sus "
+-#~ "resultados dependiendo del tipo de archivo. Pulse el botón <gui>+</gui> "
+-#~ "para añadir varios filtros si desea reducir la búsqueda según el lugar y "
+-#~ "el tipo de archivo. Cuando haya hecho los cambios, pulse <gui>Recargar</"
+-#~ "gui> para volver a buscar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Internet &amp; networking"
+-#~ msgstr "Internet y redes"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshooting"
+-#~ msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshooting internet connection problems"
+-#~ msgstr "Resolución de problemas al conectar a Internet"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Wireless"
+-#~ msgstr "Inalámbrica"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Wired"
+-#~ msgstr "Cableada"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "VPN"
+-#~ msgstr "VPN"
+-
+-#~ msgid "VPN connections"
+-#~ msgstr "Conexiones VPN"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Web"
+-#~ msgstr "Web"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browsing the web"
+-#~ msgstr "Navegar por la red"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#~ msgid "Chat"
+-#~ msgstr "Chat"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Chat (instant messaging)"
+-#~ msgstr "Chat (mensajería instantánea)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el puntero del ratón sobre un archivo de música y esta empezará a "
+-#~ "sonar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"
+-#~ msgstr "Previsualizar archivos de música/sonido rápidamente"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move your mouse pointer over a music file (or other sound file). A "
+-#~ "musical note icon will appear and the song will start playing. Move the "
+-#~ "mouse away from the file and the song will stop playing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mueva el puntero del ratón sobre un archivo de música (u otro archivo de "
+-#~ "sonido). Aparecerá el icono de una nota musical y la canción empezará a "
+-#~ "sonar. Mueva el puntero fuera del archivo y la canción dejará de sonar."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Only music files which are in a supported format can be played in this "
+-#~ "way."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Solo los archivos de música con un formato admitido pueden reproducirse "
+-#~ "de esta forma."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Music files on network shares cannot be previewed in this way by default. "
+-#~ "To change this, see <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera predeterminada, no se pueden hacer escuchas previas de archivos "
+-#~ "de música ubicados en recursos compartidos de red. Para cambiar esto, "
+-#~ "consulte la <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sound Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Archivos de sonido"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
+-#~ "files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, "
+-#~ "or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">previsualizar música y otros "
+-#~ "archivos de sonido</link> poniendo el ratón encima. Puede activar o "
+-#~ "desactivar esta función, o activarla solo para los equipos situados en su "
+-#~ "equipo o en unidades externas locales."
+-
+-#~ msgid "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences "
+-#~ "windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Añadir información acerca de cambiar las combinaciones de teclas usando "
+-#~ "las nuevas ventanas de preferencias."
+-
+-#~ msgid "philbull@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shaunm"
+-#~ msgstr "shaunm"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "tiffany@antopolski.com"
+-#~ msgstr "tiffany@antopolski.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Turns out that you get a dialog to change the keyring password when you "
+-#~ "log in after changing your password. Mention that in a blurb above the "
+-#~ "steps above #changepass below. \"When you next log in, you will be asked "
+-#~ "to.... If you prefer to change the keyring password immediately, do this:"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need pages on the keyring. Link to them from the section below on "
+-#~ "changing your keyring password. This page can still go final for 3.0.x "
+-#~ "without that, but leave this comment in for 3.2."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. "
+-#~ "Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Explicar cómo los privilegios de administrador se puede dar a otras "
+-#~ "personas o eliminarlos. Avisar al lector de que no es prudente que haya "
+-#~ "muchos administradores en un sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-"
+-#~ "changepassword"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in. If we "
+-#~ "get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something, and link."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we "
+-#~ "recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the "
+-#~ "information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to "
+-#~ "that for getting info on your sound card."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem as useful as "
+-#~ "it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology. 3.0.1."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can "
+-#~ "use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging "
+-#~ "windows (i.e. if there is a \"Tile\" option or something like that). "
+-#~ "Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Explicar brevemente los diferentes estados de ventana que existen y cómo "
+-#~ "se pueden utilizar y reconocer esos estados. Discutir interesantes formas "
+-#~ "de organización de las ventanas (es decir, si hay una opción «Mosaico» o "
+-#~ "similar). Mencionar, de pasada, cómo se pueden mover y redimensionar "
+-#~ "ventanas de múltiples maneras."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant "
+-#~ "topics."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Breve resumen de lo que puede hacer con ventanas. Vínculos a temas "
+-#~ "relevantes."
+-
+-#~ msgid "marinaz@redhat.com"
+-#~ msgstr "marinaz@redhat.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alt"
+-#~ msgstr "Alt"
+-
+-#~ msgid "F2"
+-#~ msgstr "F2"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "Tab"
+-
+-#~ msgid "`"
+-#~ msgstr "`"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ctrl"
+-#~ msgstr "Ctrl"
+-
+-#~ msgid "D"
+-#~ msgstr "D"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Up/Down"
+-#~ msgstr "Arriba/Abajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch between workspaces."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar entre las áreas de trabajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shift"
+-#~ msgstr "Mayús"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the current window to a different workspace."
+-#~ msgstr "Mover la ventana actual a un área de trabajo diferente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "L"
+-#~ msgstr "L"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Lock the screen."
+-#~ msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "A"
+-#~ msgstr "A"
+-
+-#~ msgid "X"
+-#~ msgstr "X"
+-
+-#~ msgid "C"
+-#~ msgstr "C"
+-
+-#~ msgid "V"
+-#~ msgstr "V"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Z"
+-#~ msgstr "Z"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Print"
+-#~ msgstr "Imprimir"
+-
+-#~ msgid "R"
+-#~ msgstr "R"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mimico"
+-#~ msgstr "mimico"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "More links would be good, especially in #logout. Could go final as-is. "
+-#~ "Incomplete for now"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "How do you change the system language, i.e. the language of the login "
+-#~ "screen or even the boot process?"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "¿Cómo cambio el idioma del sistema, ej. el idioma de la pantalla de "
+-#~ "inicio o incluso el proceso de arranque?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "stickster@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "stickster@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed "
+-#~ "printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Jim C"
+-#~ msgstr "Jim C"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Needs info about network printing - 2011-06-08"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why "
+-#~ "the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware "
+-#~ "failure."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Este es un tema complicado. Dar pasos para solucionar problemas/razones "
+-#~ "de por qué el equipo no se enciende. Algunas de las razones pueden ser "
+-#~ "hasta un error de hardware."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. "
+-#~ "If there's more to add, revisit for 3.2."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating "
+-#~ "or rethinking how we cross-link them."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "I would like a better explanation of what \"saved to disk\" means. As "
+-#~ "written, it could be confused with open files being saved, which they "
+-#~ "aren't. Also, with GNOME 3, we barely expose hibernate. It's in the power "
+-#~ "settings, but nothing does it by default. Restructure prose to reflect "
+-#~ "that."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This page stays incomplete until this is dealt with."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
+-#~ msgstr "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Let's see if we can get that dialog to have a help button pointing here."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The instructions for accessing the network settings are wrong. Also, I "
+-#~ "don't actually see how to accomplish this task with GNOME 3. Needs "
+-#~ "revision."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This topic needs significant revision to be comprehensive. A number of "
+-#~ "settings remain undocumented."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR."
+-
+-#~ msgid "There's also Shared to other computers"
+-#~ msgstr "Reiniciar el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Then there's addresses and dns servers and ipv4 addressing routes."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR."
+-
+-#~ msgid "All current info correct, but incomplete"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The list of methods is a bit different"
+-#~ msgstr "La lista de métodos es un poco diferente"
+-
+-#~ msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "loonycookie@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Ayuda"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Invoice.*"
+-#~ msgstr "Factura.*"
+-
+-#~ msgid "crisnoh@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "crisnoh@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mdhillca@gmail.com"
+-#~ msgstr "mdhillca@gmail.com"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It would be really really great if somebody could write something about "
+-#~ "the results and the charts, I can't do that... I don't really know what "
+-#~ "does it mean. thanks."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Should have some information or link to \"how to add a mail account to "
+-#~ "Evolution\", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big)."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from the "
+-#~ "keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think 5x Shift "
+-#~ "turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2"
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to "
+-#~ "the Orca help for more information."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the file "
+-#~ "manager (look for <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-#~ "overview), right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Properties</gui>. Go to "
+-#~ "the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+-#~ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede comprobar  el formato de su vídeo buscándolo en le gestor de "
+-#~ "archivos (mire en <app>Archivos</app> en la vista de <gui>Actividades</"
+-#~ "gui>), pulsando con el botón derecho y seleccionando <gui>Propiedades</"
+-#~ "gui>. Vaya a la pestaña <gui>Sonido/Vídeo</gui> y mire qué <gui>códec</"
+-#~ "gui> se lista bajo <gui>Vídeo</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password."
+-#~ msgstr "Técnicas avanzadas para restablecer su contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid "I forgot my password!"
+-#~ msgstr "Olvidé mi contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Marking final for 3.0. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some "
+-#~ "less drastic things. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, "
+-#~ "have them reset your password in the user accounts settings."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky "
+-#~ "instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs "
+-#~ "integrated in gnome-help then link there."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a "
+-#~ "good and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If "
+-#~ "you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you "
+-#~ "can follow the following steps to reset it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "No solo es importante elegir <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">una "
+-#~ "contraseña buena y segura</link>, sino también que pueda recordarla "
+-#~ "fácilmente. En caso de que haya olvidado la contraseña para iniciar "
+-#~ "sesión en su equipo, puede seguir los siguientes pasos para restablecerla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
+-#~ "forgotten password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene una carpeta de inicio cifrada, no podrá de restablecer una "
+-#~ "contraseña olvidada."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "changepassword\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si simplemente quiere cambiar su contraseña, consulte la <link xref="
+-#~ "\"user-changepassword\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password on Grub2 systems"
+-#~ msgstr "Restablecer la contraseña en sistemas con Grub2"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup "
+-#~ "to get into the grub menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Reinicie su equipo y mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key> durante "
+-#~ "el arranque para acceder al menú de grub."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which "
+-#~ "operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the "
+-#~ "need to hold down the <key>Shift</key> key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene un equipo con arranque dual y elige en el momento del arranque "
+-#~ "qué sistema operativo iniciar, debería aparecer el menú de grub sin "
+-#~ "necesidad de mantener pulsada la tecla <key>Mayús</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
+-#~ "edit any Linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no es capaz de entrar en el menú de arranque de Grub y por lo tanto no "
+-#~ "puede editar ninguna línea del núcleo GNU/Linux, puede <link xref=\"user-"
+-#~ "forgottenpassword#live-cd\">usar un «live CD» para restablecer su "
+-#~ "contraseña de usuario</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'linux'. "
+-#~ "This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <key>e</key> para editar la línea que comienza con la palabra "
+-#~ "«linux». Esta línea puede continuar en una segunda línea."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> to the end of the line."
+-#~ msgstr "Añada <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> al final de la línea."
+-
+-#~ msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
+-#~ msgstr "En el símbolo <cmd>#</cmd> escriba:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-#~ msgstr "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-
+-#~ msgid "At the next <cmd>#</cmd> symbol type:"
+-#~ msgstr "Junto al siguiente símbolo <cmd>#</cmd> teclee:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
+-#~ "username of the account you're changing the password for."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>passwd <var>usuario</var></cmd>, donde <var>usuario</var> es el "
+-#~ "nombre de usuario de quien está cambiando la contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Debian systems do not have a <cmd>root</cmd> password. Therefore, on "
+-#~ "Debian systems you would always be changing the password of a particular "
+-#~ "username, never root."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los sistemas Debian no tienen una contraseña de «<cmd>root</cmd>». Por eso "
+-#~ "en sistemas Debian siempre podrá cambiar la contraseña de un usuario en "
+-#~ "particular, nunca del superusuario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se le pedirá que introduzca una contraseña UNIX nueva y que la confirme."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Once the password has been successfully changed:"
+-#~ msgstr "Una vez que la contraseña se haya cambiado correctamente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Then:"
+-#~ msgstr "Después:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your "
+-#~ "keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all "
+-#~ "your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no "
+-#~ "longer be accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring"
+-#~ "\">delete the old keyring</link> and start a new one."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Después de iniciar sesión correctamente, no podrá acceder a su depósito "
+-#~ "de claves (ya que no recuerda la contraseña antigua). Esto significa que "
+-#~ "todas sus contraseñas guardadas para redes inalámbricas, cuentas de "
+-#~ "jabber, etc. no volverán a estar disponibles. Deberá <link xref=\"#delete-"
+-#~ "keyring\">eliminar el depósito de claves antiguo</link> y crear uno nuevo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password on Grub systems"
+-#~ msgstr "Restablecer la contraseña en sistemas con Grub"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Restart your computer, and press the <key>Esc</key> during bootup to get "
+-#~ "into the grub menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Reinicie su equipo y mantenga pulsada la tecla <key>Esc</key> durante el "
+-#~ "arranque para acceder al menú de grub."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which "
+-#~ "operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the "
+-#~ "need to hold down the <key>Esc</key> key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene una máquina con arranque dual y elige en el arranque que sistema "
+-#~ "operativo quiere, el menú grub debe aparecer sin necesidad de mantener "
+-#~ "pulsada la tecla <key>Esc</key>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
+-#~ "edit any linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"#live-cd\">use a live "
+-#~ "CD</link> to reset your user password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no puede acceder al menú de arranque de Grub, y por lo tanto no puede "
+-#~ "editar las líneas «linux» ni «kernel», puede <link xref=\"#live-cd\">usar "
+-#~ "un live CD</link> para reiniciar su contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'kernel'. "
+-#~ "This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <key>e</key> para editar la línea que comienza con la palabra "
+-#~ "«kernel». Esta línea puede continuar en una segunda línea."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
+-#~ msgstr "Restablecer la contraseña usando un Live CD o USB"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
+-#~ msgstr "Arranque el Live CD o USB."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mount your drive."
+-#~ msgstr "Monte su dispositivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-"
+-#~ "wide privileges."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> para lanzar el gestor de archivos con "
+-#~ "privilegios para todo el sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right "
+-#~ "drive by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Dentro del dispositivo que acaba de montar, puede comprobar que es el "
+-#~ "dispositivo correcto, pulsando <gui>home</gui> y su nombre de usuario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
+-#~ "<gui>etc</gui> directory."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la carpeta de nivel superior del dispositivo montado. Entonces "
+-#~ "vaya a la carpeta <gui>etc</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
+-#~ msgstr "Localice el archivo «shadow» y haga una copia de respaldo:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Make sure the <gui>Icon view</gui> is selected."
+-#~ msgstr "Asegúrese que la <gui>Vista de icono</gui> está seleccionada."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-renaming\">Renombre</link> el archivo de respaldo "
+-#~ "«shadow.bak»."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
+-#~ msgstr "Edite el archivo «shadow» original con un editor de texto."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Find your username in for which you have forgotten the password. It "
+-#~ "should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be "
+-#~ "different):"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Busque el nombre de usuario del cual ha olvidado la contraseña. Debe ser "
+-#~ "algo así (los caracteres después de los dos puntos serán diferentes):"
+-
+-#~ msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
+-#~ msgstr "nombre_de_usuario:$1$2abCd0E o"
+-
+-#~ msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
+-#~ msgstr "nombre_de_usuario:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Replace the characters after the first colon (and before the second colon "
+-#~ "if it applies) with the hash for a blank password: U6aMy0wojraho"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Reemplace los caracteres después de los primeros dos puntos (y antes de "
+-#~ "los segundos dos puntos, si es necesario), con el hash de una contraseña "
+-#~ "en blanco: U6aMy0wojraho"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without "
+-#~ "the live CD or USB."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Guarde el archivo, cierre todo y reinicie el equipo sin el Live CD o el "
+-#~ "USB"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you boot back into your installation, type 'about me' in the "
+-#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Open <gui>About Me</gui> and reset your "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando vuelva a arrancar en su instalación, escriba «acerca de mi» en la "
+-#~ "vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>. Abra <gui>Acerca de mi</gui> y "
+-#~ "restablezca su contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
+-#~ "password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
+-#~ "password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para <gui>Contraseña actual</gui> no introduzca nada, dado que su "
+-#~ "contraseña actual está en blanco, Solamente pulse <gui>Autenticar</gui> e "
+-#~ "introduzca un contraseña nueva."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "Deshacerse del gestor del depósito de claves"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
+-#~ "messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password "
+-#~ "you used for your keyring."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Esto eliminará todas las contraseñas guardadas para redes inalámbricas, "
+-#~ "cuentas de mensajería instantánea, etc. Haga esto solo si no puede "
+-#~ "recordad la contraseña que usa para su depósito de claves."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-#~ "overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a su carpeta personal escribiendo «home» en la vista de "
+-#~ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (o elija "
+-#~ "<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui></guiseq>.)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse dos veces en la carpeta «.gnome2»"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse dos veces en la carpeta «keyrings»"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
+-#~ msgstr "Elimine cualquier archivo que encuentre en la carpeta «keyrings»."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restart the computer."
+-#~ msgstr "Reiniciar el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
+-#~ "networks password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Una vez que reinicie y acceda, se le pedirá que introduzca su contraseña "
+-#~ "de red inalámbrica."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
+-#~ "option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el usuario cuyos privilegios quiere cambiar y pulse la opción "
+-#~ "junto a <gui>Tipo de cuenta</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to "
+-#~ "perform administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Administrador</gui> si quiere que el usuario sea capaz de "
+-#~ "realizar tareas administrativas, como instalar aplicaciones nuevas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to "
+-#~ "perform admin tasks."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Estándar</gui> si no quiere que el usuario sea capaz de "
+-#~ "realizar tareas de administrador."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Supervised</gui> if you want the user to have an extra-secure "
+-#~ "user account which has extra restrictions on things like connecting to "
+-#~ "networks. Use this option if the user is someone you don't know (e.g. a "
+-#~ "\"guest user\"), or who may try to make unwanted changes to the system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Supervisado</gui> si quiere que el usuario tenga una "
+-#~ "cuenta con seguridad extra que tiene restricciones especiales en cosas "
+-#~ "como conectarse a redes. Use esta opción si el usuario es alguien que no "
+-#~ "conoce (por ejemplo un «usuario invitado»), o que pueda tratar de hacer "
+-#~ "cambios no deseados en el sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you like, you can click the image next to the guest user's name on the "
+-#~ "right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the "
+-#~ "login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can "
+-#~ "select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere, puede pulsar en la imagen junto al nombre del usuario invitado "
+-#~ "a la derecha, para establecer una imagen para la cuenta. Esta imagen se "
+-#~ "mostrará en la ventana de inicio de sesión. GNOME proporciona un conjunto "
+-#~ "de fotos que puede usar o bien puede tomar una imagen con su cámara web."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The sound is broken on my computer!"
+-#~ msgstr "El sonido no funciona en mi equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the Activities overview and click one of the workspaces in the list "
+-#~ "on the right-hand side of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la vista «Actividades» y pulse en una de las áreas de trabajo en la "
+-#~ "lista del lado derecho de la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to "
+-#~ "view the open windows on each workspace."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si tiene varias áreas de trabajo abiertos, puede pulsar en cada uno de "
+-#~ "ellas para ver las ventanas abiertas en cada área de trabajo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "From workspace and <gui>Activity</gui> overview:"
+-#~ msgstr "Desde el área de trabajo y la vista <gui>Actividad</gui>:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
+-#~ msgstr "Puede mover una ventana entre áreas de trabajo:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the "
+-#~ "keyboard:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Una manera rápida de mover ventanas entre áreas de trabajo es usar el "
+-#~ "teclado:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The windows are grouped by application and the previews of the "
+-#~ "applications with multiple windows are available as you click through. "
+-#~ "The previews show up after a short delay, but you can get them "
+-#~ "immediately by clicking the ↓ arrow key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Las ventanas se agrupan por aplicación y las vistas previas de las "
+-#~ "aplicaciones con múltiples ventanas están disponibles al pulsar en ellas. "
+-#~ "Las vistas previas se muestran tras un breve retraso, pero se pueden "
+-#~ "obtener de inmediato pulsando en la flecha «↓»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse and "
+-#~ "clicking."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es posible cambiar a cualquier ventana moviéndose a ella con el ratón y "
+-#~ "pulsando."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Las ventanas trabajan de manera parecida a como lo hacen en otros "
+-#~ "sistemas operativos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Close"
+-#~ msgstr "Cerrar"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
+-#~ "direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
+-#~ "window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a "
+-#~ "'corner-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La forma más sencilla de cambiar el tamaño de su ventana en dirección "
+-#~ "horizontal o vertical es mover el puntero del ratón hasta la esquina "
+-#~ "superior izquierda de la ventana hasta que se convierta en un «puntero de "
+-#~ "esquina». Cuando se convierte en un puntero de esquina, pulse+mantenga"
+-#~ "+arrastre para cambiar el tamaño de la ventana en cualquier dirección."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hide windows from view"
+-#~ msgstr "Ocultar ventanas a la vista"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To hide a window from view, you can just <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
+-#~ "states#min-rest-close\">minimize</link> it. It will 'disappear' into the "
+-#~ "top left hand corner of the window. To be able to access it, enter the "
+-#~ "<gui>Activities</gui> view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ocultar una ventana a la vista, simplemente puede <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "windows-states#min-rest-close\">minimizarla</link>. «Desaparecerá» en la "
+-#~ "esquina superior izquierda de la ventana. Para acceder nuevamente a ella "
+-#~ "entre en la vista de las <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If an application has multiple open windows, there is an arrow below the "
+-#~ "application icon which is seen when tabbing through the apps. Pressing "
+-#~ "the down arrow on your keyboard will allow you to tab through the "
+-#~ "multiple windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si una aplicación tiene varias ventanas abiertas, hay una flecha debajo "
+-#~ "del icono de la aplicación que se ve cuando se navega a través de las "
+-#~ "aplicaciones. Pulsar la flecha hacia abajo en el teclado le permitirá "
+-#~ "navegar a través de las ventanas múltiples."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Learn about printing and using the more advanced features of your printer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aprenda acerca de la impresión y el uso de las funciones más avanzadas de "
+-#~ "su impresora."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Don't let the battery run down too far and other tips."
+-#~ msgstr "No deje que su batería se descargue demasiado y otros consejos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Explain these terms, and explain wireless security and why it's a good "
+-#~ "idea."
+-#~ msgstr "NO TRADUCIR"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
+-#~ msgstr "Resolución de problemas al conectarse a una red inalámbrica."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity "
+-#~ "information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Nuestro primer paso será verificar alguna información básica de conexión "
+-#~ "de redes."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Top Bar</gui>, make sure that you have not set the "
+-#~ "<gui>Wireless</gui> setting to <gui>Off</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En la <gui>Barra superior</gui>, asegúrese de que no tiene establecida la "
+-#~ "opción <gui>Inalámbrica</gui> como <gui>Apagada</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), "
+-#~ "and enter the following command:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra una ventana de <app>terminal</app> (como la de <app>gnome-terminal</"
+-#~ "app>) e introduzca el comando siguiente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nm-tool"
+-#~ msgstr "nm-tool"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Gather information about your computer and network hardware:"
+-#~ msgstr "Recopile información sobre su equipo y hardware de red:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items "
+-#~ "and some information. Although you might not have all of these items, "
+-#~ "collect what you can:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para solucionar mejor sus problemas de conexión inalámbrica, necesitará "
+-#~ "algunos elementos y algunos datos. Aunque puede que no tenga todos estos "
+-#~ "elementos, recoja lo que pueda:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
+-#~ msgstr "Su portátil y enrutador inalámbrico (por supuesto)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
+-#~ "downloading software and drivers"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si es posible, tenga una conexión a Internet alternativa que funcione "
+-#~ "para poder descargar software y controladores"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, "
+-#~ "just collect what you can:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También es útil tener la siguiente información disponible. De nuevo, "
+-#~ "simplemente obtenga lo que pueda:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and "
+-#~ "router"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El nombre del fabricante de su equipo, adaptador inalámbrico y enrutador"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
+-#~ msgstr "El número de modelo completo de su equipo y del enrutador"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in "
+-#~ "the upper-right portion of this page to continue."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando disponga de esos elementos y de esta información, pulse en "
+-#~ "<gui>Siguiente</gui> en la parte superior derecha de esta página para "
+-#~ "continuar."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
+-#~ "accessing a wireless network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Esta guía está diseñada para ayudarle a resolver problemas con el acceso "
+-#~ "a redes inalámbricas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Checking your system hardware"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobar el hardware de su sistema"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Our first step will be to see if your computer recognizes your wireless "
+-#~ "adapter."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Nuestro primer paso será comprobar si su equipo reconoce su adaptador "
+-#~ "inalámbrico."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</"
+-#~ "cmd>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra una venta de <app>terminal</app> y teclee <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</"
+-#~ "cmd>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to "
+-#~ "locate the hardware information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no aparece ningún dispositivo inalámbrico, los pasos siguientes le "
+-#~ "ayudarán a localizar la información de su hardware."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobaciones adicionales del hardware inalámbrico"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, "
+-#~ "you need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
+-#~ "adapter."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Como el comando anterior no encuentra su adaptador inalámbrico, "
+-#~ "necesitará llevar a cabo más pasos para asegurarse de que su equipo "
+-#~ "reconoce su adaptador."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobar un dispositivo PCI (interno)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To check if your computer can recognizes your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
+-#~ "<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
+-#~ "list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para comprobar si su equipo puede reconocer su adaptador inalámbrico PCI, "
+-#~ "teclee <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> en un terminal. El terminal mostrará una "
+-#~ "lista de los dispositivos PCI que haya encontrado en su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name "
+-#~ "and model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a "
+-#~ "PCI device listing may look like:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aunque puede resultar un poco difícil de leer, busque el nombre y el "
+-#~ "número de modelo de su adaptador inalámbrico. Este es un ejemplo del "
+-#~ "aspecto que puede tener el listado de dispositivos PCI:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Checking for a USB device"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobar un dispositivo USB"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
+-#~ "<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
+-#~ "list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para comprobar si su equipo reconoce su adaptador inalámbrico USB, teclee "
+-#~ "<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> en una ventana de terminal. El terminal mostrará "
+-#~ "una lista con los dispositivos USB que haya encontrado en su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
+-#~ "number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
+-#~ "<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aunque puede resultar un poco difícil de leer, busque el nombre y el "
+-#~ "número de modelo de su adaptador inalámbrico USB. Este es un ejemplo del "
+-#~ "aspecto que puede tener la salida del comando <cmd>lsusb</cmd>:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
+-#~ "following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para comprobar si su equipo reconoce su adaptador PCMCIA, siga los pasos "
+-#~ "siguientes:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
+-#~ msgstr "Inicie una sesión cuando se lo pida (si es que lo hace)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
+-#~ "command:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando se cargue el escritorio, abra una ventana de terminal y teclee el "
+-#~ "comando siguiente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
+-#~ msgstr "Inserte su adaptador inalámbrico en una ranura libre."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
+-#~ msgstr "Repita el comando anterior, y observe la diferencia entre los dos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to "
+-#~ "the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
+-#~ "Drivers</link> page."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si el comando anterior reconoce su dispositivo, genial. Continúe en la "
+-#~ "página de <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers"
+-#~ "\">controladores de dispositivos</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may "
+-#~ "mean that your device is not working, or that your device is not "
+-#~ "supported by your operating system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si ninguno de los comandos anteriores reconoce su dispositivo, puede "
+-#~ "significar que su dispositivo no está funcionando, o que no es compatible "
+-#~ "con su sistema operativo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to "
+-#~ "your operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), "
+-#~ "or post a message to an appropriate mailing list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para recibir más ayuda, envíe un mensaje a un foro de usuarios "
+-#~ "correspondiente con su sistema operativo (ej. Fedora, OpenSUSE o Ubuntu, "
+-#~ "etc.) o envíe un mensaje a una lista de correo apropiada."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Checking for wireless device drivers"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobar controladores de dispositivo inalámbrico"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</"
+-#~ "cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Abra una ventana de <app>terminal</app> y teclee <cmd>sudo lshw -C "
+-#~ "network</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the Device Drivers page"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si aparece un dispositivo inalámbrico, continúe en la página de "
+-#~ "«controladores de dispositivos»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The next steps will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
+-#~ "the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
+-#~ "with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los pasos siguientes dependen del tipo de dispositivo que esté usando. "
+-#~ "Consulte la sección que sea apropiada al tipo de adaptador inalámbrico "
+-#~ "que esté usando en su equipo: PCI (interno), USB o PCMCIA."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "PCMCIA is an external, card-style adapter, and is more common on older "
+-#~ "hardware."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "PCMCIA es un adaptador externo, de tipo tarjeta, y es más frecuente en "
+-#~ "hardware antiguo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Due to the technical nature of trouble-shooting network problems, this "
+-#~ "guide contains some commands that will need to be entered into a "
+-#~ "<app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do "
+-#~ "not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Debido a la naturaleza técnica de la resolución de problemas de red, esta "
+-#~ "guía contiene algunos comandos que tendrá que introducir en una ventana "
+-#~ "de <app>terminal</app>. Aunque pueda parecerle intimidante al principio, "
+-#~ "no tema. Esta guía le guiará en cada paso."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the network icon on the "
+-#~ "top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. In the "
+-#~ "window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless "
+-#~ "security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para conectarse a una red inalámbrica oculta, pulse en el icono de red en "
+-#~ "la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Conectar a una red inalámbrica "
+-#~ "oculta</gui>. En la ventana que aparece, teclee el nombre de la red, "
+-#~ "seleccione el tipo de seguridad inalámbrica y pulse <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Here is how to connect to a wireless network:"
+-#~ msgstr "Aquí se explica cómo conectar con una red inalámbrica:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that "
+-#~ "it is turned on."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si su equipo tiene un interruptor hardware para la conectividad "
+-#~ "inalámbrica, asegúrese de que está encendido."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <gui>network</gui> icon in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and look "
+-#~ "for your desired network."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en el icono de <gui>red</gui> en la <gui>barra superior</gui> y "
+-#~ "busque la red que quiera."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More..."
+-#~ "</gui> to be presented with more network names."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si el nombre de su red inalámbrica no está en la lista, pulse <gui>Más..."
+-#~ "</gui> para mostrar más nombres de red."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A stronger connection to the network does not necessarily mean that you "
+-#~ "have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+-#~ "speeds."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Una conexión más fuerte a la red no significa necesariamente que tenga "
+-#~ "una conexión a Internet más rápida, o que vaya a tener velocidades de "
+-#~ "descarga más rápidas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
+-#~ "sometimes be problems."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La mayoría de las veces es fácil conectarse a una red inalámbrica, pero "
+-#~ "en algunos casos da problemas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of "
+-#~ "the other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See "
+-#~ "Also\" links at the bottom of this page."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si experimenta algún problema con el acceso a su red, consulte algunos de "
+-#~ "los otros temas de ayuda relacionados con redes pulsando en uno de los "
+-#~ "enlaces «Vea también» al final de esta página."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho en el <gui>icono de red</gui>, en la "
+-#~ "<gui>barra superior</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Información de la conexión</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "or maybe click the network icon and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el <gui>icono de red</gui> en la <gui>barra superior</gui> y "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Configuración de la red</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click your name on the to bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre en la barra superior y seleccione <gui>Configuración "
+-#~ "del sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Or possibly: Click the network icon and select <gui>Network Settings</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el <gui>icono de red</gui> en la <gui>barra superior</gui> y "
+-#~ "seleccione <gui>Configuración de la red</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Instructions inside network settings wrong too"
+-#~ msgstr "Cerrar la ventana de configuración de la red."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Acceso universal</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Can't find your answer? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Found a problem?</"
+-#~ "link><link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>..."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "¿No puede encontrar su respuesta? <link xref=\"get-involved\">¿Encontró "
+-#~ "un problema?</link> <link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Sugerencias acerca "
+-#~ "del uso de esta guía</link>..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Drivers"
+-#~ msgstr "Controladores"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Other topic groups"
+-#~ msgstr "Otros grupos de temas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Power"
+-#~ msgstr "Energía"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Disks"
+-#~ msgstr "Discos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Hard disks and other storage devices"
+-#~ msgstr "Discos duros y otros dispositivos de almacenamiento"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Smart cards and fingerprint readers"
+-#~ msgstr "Tarjetas inteligentes y lectores de huellas dactilares"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Noticed a problem with the help?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Encontró un problema con la ayuda?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and "
+-#~ "start the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a las <gui>Actividades</gui> en la esquina superior izquierda de la "
+-#~ "pantalla e inicie la <app>Utilidad de discos</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Find the disk you want to wipe in the list on the left side of the window "
+-#~ "and click to select it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Busque el disco que desea limpiar en la lista en el lado izquierdo de la "
+-#~ "ventana y pulse para seleccionarlo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Once the drive has been formatted, the files on it will have been "
+-#~ "completely removed, so you can't get them back. It is possible that "
+-#~ "special recovery software could retrieve the files, so formatting a disk "
+-#~ "is not a completely secure way of wiping a disk."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Una vez que el dispositivo se ha formateado, los archivos que hubiera se "
+-#~ "eliminarán por completo, por lo que no los podrá recuperar. Es posible "
+-#~ "que con un software especial de recuperación pueda recuperar los "
+-#~ "archivos, por lo que el formateo de un disco no es una forma "
+-#~ "completamente segura de limpiar un disco."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To check your disk's health status:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para comprobar el estado de salud de su disco:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To see details of the data and tests applied, click on the <gui>SMART "
+-#~ "Data</gui> button located below <gui>SMART Status</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ver más detalles de los datos y las pruebas aplicadas, pulse en el "
+-#~ "botón <gui>Datos SMART</gui> situado bajo <gui>Estado SMART</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a <gui>Actividades</gui> en la esquina superior izquierda de la "
+-#~ "pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Start typing 'Disk Usage Analyzer'."
+-#~ msgstr "Iniciar tecleando «Analizador de uso del disco»"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> "
+-#~ "icon."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <key>Intro</key> o en el icono del <gui>Analizador de uso del "
+-#~ "disco</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Start typing 'System Monitor'."
+-#~ msgstr "Iniciar tecleando «Monitor del sistema»."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en la pestaña <gui>Sistemas de archivos</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-#~ "overview and open the <gui>Disk Utility</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para probar el rendimiento del disco duro, vaya a la vista de "
+-#~ "<gui>Actividades</gui> y abra la <gui>Utilidad de discos</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ejecutar una prueba de rendimiento en la <gui>Utilidad de discos</"
+-#~ "gui>:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
+-#~ "Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Iniciar prueba de rendimiento de solo lectura</gui> o "
+-#~ "<gui>Iniciar prueba de rendimiento de lectura/escritura</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
+-#~ "you can add additional timezones to the clock."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si quiere saber qué hora es en diferentes ciudades de todo el mundo, "
+-#~ "puede añadir zonas horarias adicionales al reloj."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change timezones by choosing a different geographical location:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambiar las zonas horarias eligiendo una ubicación geográfica diferente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Actualizar la fecha/hora mostrada en la parte superior de la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Now, click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ahora, pulse en <gui>Desbloquear</gui> y teclee su contraseña para ser "
+-#~ "capaz de:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Set the time manually by clicking on the arrows for the hour and minute "
+-#~ "hands."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Establecer la hora manualmente pulsando en las flechas de hora y minuto."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set the date manually by clicking on the drop-down menu."
+-#~ msgstr "Establezca manualmente la fecha pulsando en el menú desplegable."
+-
+-#~ msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
+-#~ msgstr "Ver citas en su calendario"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock on "
+-#~ "the top bar, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
+-#~ "<app>Evolution</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede organizar sus citas de calendario pulsando en el reloj de la barra "
+-#~ "superior, si está usando la aplicación de correo y calendario llamada "
+-#~ "<app>Evolution</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "An external USB drive (variable capacity, but can be very high)"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Un dispositivo USB externo (capacidad variable, pero puede ser muy alta)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A file/backup server"
+-#~ msgstr "Un servidor de archivos/respaldos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your personal files and settings"
+-#~ msgstr "Sus archivos personales y su configuración"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a "
+-#~ "list of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for "
+-#~ "important files."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no puede respaldar toda la carpeta <cmd>/home</cmd>, vea a "
+-#~ "continuación un relación de algunas subcarpetas de la carpeta <cmd>/home</"
+-#~ "cmd> donde buscar archivos importantes."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>~/</cmd> representa su carpeta personal <cmd>/home/su_nombre</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, <cmd>~/"
+-#~ "Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd>, "
+-#~ "and others"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Escritorio</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documentos</cmd>, <cmd>~/"
+-#~ "Imágenes</cmd>, <cmd>~/Música</cmd>, <cmd>Vídeos</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd>, "
+-#~ "y otros"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Contain files you actively created."
+-#~ msgstr "Contienen archivos creados por su actividad."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gnome3</cmd>, <cmd>~/."
+-#~ "local</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gnome3</cmd>, <cmd>~/."
+-#~ "local</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Contain your settings for the desktop and some applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Contiene la configuración establecida para su escritorio y algunas "
+-#~ "aplicaciones."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<cmd>/etc</cmd> Ubicado en el sistema de archivos fuera de su carpeta "
+-#~ "personal."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your "
+-#~ "Home folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Su configuración del sistema. En general, usted no necesita salir de su "
+-#~ "carpeta personal."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
+-#~ "restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si algo fue mal y perdió algunos archivos y documentos, puede "
+-#~ "restaurarlos desde una copia de respaldo reciente (si dispone de una)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
+-#~ "perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your "
+-#~ "data from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si usó <app>Déjà Dup</app> (u otra aplicación de copias de respaldo) para "
+-#~ "realizar su respaldo, también debería usar <app>Déjà Dup</app> para "
+-#~ "restaurar sus datos desde la copia de respaldo. Consulte la ayuda de Déjà "
+-#~ "Dup para obtener más información."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, "
+-#~ "since it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from "
+-#~ "backup."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Archivos que haya copiado a un CD, DVD un otro soporte extraíble, ya que "
+-#~ "podría ser más rápido copiarlos de nuevo que restaurarlos de la copia de "
+-#~ "respaldo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
+-#~ "generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
+-#~ "utility. These generated files are disposable as long as the source is "
+-#~ "backed up."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Archivos que se puedan regenerar fácilmente. Por ejemplo, archivos PDF "
+-#~ "que se generen a partir de archivos TeX, o archivos objeto que puedan "
+-#~ "crearse con la utilidad Make. Simplemente asegúrese de que respalda las "
+-#~ "fuentes."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Con qué frecuencia y cuándo hacer copia de respaldo de sus archivos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A file integrity check is not done on a copy/move operation. This means "
+-#~ "if you are copying files to other drives/media, it is not easy to verify "
+-#~ "data integrity or to single out files that have failed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "No se hace ninguna comprobación de integridad a los archivos cuando se "
+-#~ "están copiando o moviendo. Esto quiere decir que cuando copie archivos a "
+-#~ "otras unidades o soportes, no le será fácil comprobar la integridad de "
+-#~ "datos o determinar qué archivos han fallado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "There are several features of the guide that we think make it easy to use."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Hay ciertas características de la guía que pensamos que hacen su uso más "
+-#~ "sencillo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Escritura</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To switch this feature on, click your name on the top panel, select "
+-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go "
+-#~ "to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Simulated "
+-#~ "Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para activar esta característica pulse sobre su nombre en el panel "
+-#~ "superior, seleccione <gui>Configuración del sistema</gui> y abra "
+-#~ "<gui>Acceso universal</gui>. Después, vaya a la pestaña <gui>Apuntar y "
+-#~ "pulsar</gui> y cambie <gui>Pulsación secundaria simulada</gui> a <gui>|</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the universal access icon in the top panel."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el icono de acceso universal en el panel superior."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Part of the screen will immediately become magnified."
+-#~ msgstr "Parte de la pantalla se magnificará inmediatamente."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternatively, you can increase the size of the text by following these "
+-#~ "steps:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "De manera alternativa, puede aumentar el tamaño del texto siguiendo estos "
+-#~ "pasos:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Acceso universal</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To turn on hover click, click your name on the top bar, select "
+-#~ "<gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go "
+-#~ "to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Hover Click</"
+-#~ "gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para activar la pulsación al posarse, pulse en su nombre en la barra "
+-#~ "superior, seleccione <gui>Configuración del sistema</gui> y abra "
+-#~ "<gui>Acceso universal</gui>. Luego, vaya a la pestaña <gui>Apuntar y "
+-#~ "pulsar</gui>, y cambie <gui>Pulsación al posarse</gui> a <gui>ENCENDIDO</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the accessibility icon in the top panel."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en el icono de accesibilidad en la parte superior del panel."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Once you have adjusted the setting in the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab to your "
+-#~ "preferred contrast, you can quickly turn the contrast <gui>ON</gui> and "
+-#~ "<gui>OFF</gui> by clicking on the accessibility icon in the top panel and "
+-#~ "then clicking on <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Una vez que haya ajustado la configuración en la pestaña <gui>Visión</"
+-#~ "gui> a su contraste preferido, puede cambiar rápidamente el contraste "
+-#~ "<gui>Activado</gui> y <gui>◯</gui> pulsando el icono de accesibilidad en "
+-#~ "la parte superior del panel y después pulsando en <gui>Contraste alto</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
+-#~ "contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link xref="
+-#~ "\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Por ejemplo, copiar archivos puede resultar útil cuando se crea una "
+-#~ "carpeta que contiene archivos que va a enviar por correo electrónico a un "
+-#~ "amigo o compañero de trabajo, o cuando va a <link xref=\"files#backup"
+-#~ "\">respaldar</link> archivos individuales en un disco externo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference "
+-#~ "device, such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Al arrastrar un elemento <em>se copiará</em> si el destino está en un "
+-#~ "dispositivo distinto, como un dispositivo de almacenamiento USB. Puede "
+-#~ "cambiar este comportamiento:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
+-#~ "dragging."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para obligar a que se mueva el archivo, mantenga pulsada la tecla "
+-#~ "<key>Mayús</key> mientras lo arrastra."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "There are lots of different devices that can be attached to your "
+-#~ "computer. These can include things that are attached to it externally, "
+-#~ "like printers and monitors, to things that are inside the computer "
+-#~ "itself, like graphics cards and sound cards."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Hay un montón de dispositivos diferentes que pueden conectarse a su "
+-#~ "equipo. Estos pueden incluir cosas conectadas en el exterior, como "
+-#~ "impresoras y monitores, o cosas que están dentro del propio equipo, como "
+-#~ "tarjetas gráficas y tarjetas de sonido."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application "
+-#~ "from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para examinar archivos en la red abra la aplicación <app>Archivos</app> "
+-#~ "desde la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Connecting to a server will also add that server to the sidebar so you "
+-#~ "can access it quickly in the future. If you do not see the sidebar in the "
+-#~ "file manager, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui> <gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show "
+-#~ "Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La conexión a un servidor también añade el servidor a la barra lateral "
+-#~ "para que pueda acceder a ella rápidamente en el futuro. Si no ve la barra "
+-#~ "lateral en el gestor de archivos, pulse <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra "
+-#~ "lateral</gui><gui>Mostrar barra lateral</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file properties dialog also allow you to <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-#~ "properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> and <link xref="
+-#~ "\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El diálogo de propiedades del archivo también le permite <link xref="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">establecer los permisos del "
+-#~ "archivo</link> y <link xref=\"files-open\">seleccionar aplicaciones para "
+-#~ "abrir archivos</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an "
+-#~ "extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and "
+-#~ "codec."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ciertos tipos de archivos, como imágenes o vídeos, habrá una pestaña "
+-#~ "más que proporcionará datos tales como dimensiones, duración y códec."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This field is displayed if you are looking at an item other than a "
+-#~ "folder. The size may be stated as bytes, KB, MB, or GB. In the case of "
+-#~ "the last three, the size in bytes will be stated in parentheses."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Este campo se muestra si está consultando un elemento que no sea una "
+-#~ "carpeta. El tamaño puede expresarse en bytes, KiB, MiB o GiB. En estos "
+-#~ "tres últimos casos, se muestra entre paréntesis el tamaño en bytes."
+-
+-#~ msgid "1 KB = 1 024 bytes"
+-#~ msgstr "1 KiB = 1.024 bytes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "1 MB = 1 048 576 bytes"
+-#~ msgstr "1 MiB = 1.048.576 bytes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes"
+-#~ msgstr "1 GiB = 1.073.741.824 bytes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The absolute path to your item."
+-#~ msgstr "La ruta absoluta a su elemento."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you the "
+-#~ "storage medium the file is on, such as a <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-#~ "\">disk partition</link> on your computer, an external drive or optical "
+-#~ "disc, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "El sistema de archivos o dispositivo en el que está almacenado el "
+-#~ "archivo. Esto muestra el medio de almacenamiento donde está el archivo, "
+-#~ "como una <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">partición de disco</link> en su "
+-#~ "equipo, un disco externo u óptico, o un <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-#~ "\">servicio compartido de red o servidor de archivos</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For folders, the amount of free space left for new files on the "
+-#~ "containing volume."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para carpetas, la cantidad de espacio libre restante para archivos nuevos "
+-#~ "en el contenido del volumen."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To locate your system's firewall tool, open the Overview, and type "
+-#~ "\"firewall\"."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para encontrar la herramienta de cortafuegos de su sistema, abra la Vista "
+-#~ "general y escriba «cortafuegos»."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If this step doesn't locate the appropriate tool, consult the "
+-#~ "documentation for your overall operating system for the correct "
+-#~ "application name. To open the application, hit <keyseq type=\"combo"
+-#~ "\"><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, type that name, and hit "
+-#~ "<key>Enter</key>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si este paso no encuentra la herramienta adecuada, consulte la "
+-#~ "documentación de su sistema operativo para encontrar en nombre correcto "
+-#~ "de la aplicación. Para abrirla, pulse <keyseq type=\"combo\"><key>Alt</"
+-#~ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, escriba el nombre y pulse <key>Intro</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To allow access to the desired port number through the firewall, enable "
+-#~ "the port. To block access, disable the port. Repeat this step as needed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para permitir el acceso al número de puerto que desee a través del "
+-#~ "cortafuegos, active el puerto. Para bloquear el acceso, desactive el "
+-#~ "puerto. Repita este paso según sea necesario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Look at a list of programs that can be allowed through your system's "
+-#~ "firewall."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Mire la lista de programas permitidos a través del cortafuegos del "
+-#~ "sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Firewall port list"
+-#~ msgstr "Lista de puertos del firewall"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The following table lists ports used by your system's firewall to <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to GNOME "
+-#~ "programs over the network. There are thousands of ports in use, so this "
+-#~ "table isn't complete. Instead, it presents some of the most common ports "
+-#~ "you may want to configure on your system. In some cases, the vendor of "
+-#~ "your GNOME desktop may have pre-configured access to these ports when the "
+-#~ "system was installed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "La tabla siguiente enumera los puertos usados por el cortafuegos de su "
+-#~ "sistema para <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">bloquear o permitir el "
+-#~ "acceso</link> a los programas de GNOME a través de la red. Hay miles de "
+-#~ "puertos en uso, por lo que esta tabla no está completa. En cambio, "
+-#~ "muestra algunos de los puertos más comunes que puede que quiera "
+-#~ "configurar en su sistema. En algunos casos, el distribuidor de su "
+-#~ "escritorio GNOME podría haberle preconfigurado el acceso a esos puertos "
+-#~ "durante la instalación del sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This article explains how to create a fixed (or static) IP address on "
+-#~ "your local network. Depending on the plan you have with your Internet "
+-#~ "service provider (or ISP), you may or may not have a fixed IP address on "
+-#~ "the internet. If you are not sure which type of connection you have from "
+-#~ "your service provider, contact your provider for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En este artículo se explica cómo crear una dirección IP fija (o estática) "
+-#~ "en su red local. Dependiendo del plan que usted tenga con su proveedor de "
+-#~ "servicios Internet (o ISP), puede o no tener una dirección IP fija en "
+-#~ "Internet. Si no está seguro de qué tipo de conexión tiene con su "
+-#~ "proveedor de servicios, comuníquese con él para obtener más información."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Here is how to create a fixed IP address on your network:"
+-#~ msgstr "Aquí está cómo crear una dirección IP fija en su red:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Make sure that your ethernet cable is plugged into the computer."
+-#~ msgstr "Asegúrese de que su cable de red está conectado en el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse la pestaña <gui>Configuración de IPv4</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambie el <gui>Método</gui> a <em>Manual</em>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the desired <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Net Mask</em>, and "
+-#~ "<em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Introduzca la información de <em>Dirección IP</em>, <em>Máscara de red</"
+-#~ "em> y <em>Puerta de enlace</em> en los lugares adecuados."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If necessary, enter desired <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the "
+-#~ "<gui>DNS servers</gui> box."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si es necesario, introduzca la dirección de <em>Servidor de nombre de "
+-#~ "dominio</em> en la caja de <gui>servidores DNS</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "*-network\n"
+-#~ "       description: Wireless interface\n"
+-#~ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+-#~ "       vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
+-#~ "       physical id: 0\n"
+-#~ "       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
+-#~ "       logical name: wlan0\n"
+-#~ "       version: 02\n"
+-#~ "       serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
+-#~ "       width: 32 bits\n"
+-#~ "       clock: 33MHz\n"
+-#~ "       capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet "
+-#~ "physical wireless\n"
+-#~ "       configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-"
+-#~ "9.fc15.i686 \n"
+-#~ "       firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes "
+-#~ "multicast=yes \n"
+-#~ "       wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
+-#~ "       resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "*-network\n"
+-#~ "       description: Wireless interface\n"
+-#~ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+-#~ "       vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
+-#~ "       physical id: 0\n"
+-#~ "       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
+-#~ "       logical name: wlan0\n"
+-#~ "       version: 02\n"
+-#~ "       serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
+-#~ "       width: 32 bits\n"
+-#~ "       clock: 33MHz\n"
+-#~ "       capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet "
+-#~ "physical wireless\n"
+-#~ "       configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-"
+-#~ "9.fc15.i686 \n"
+-#~ "       firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes "
+-#~ "multicast=yes \n"
+-#~ "       wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
+-#~ "       resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Delete the network connection that keeps being connected to accidentally."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Eliminar la conexión de red a la que sigue estando conectado "
+-#~ "accidentalmente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why does it say my battery is broken?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Por qué dice que mi batería está rota?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move your mouse to the Activities menu to activate the overview."
+-#~ msgstr "Mueva su ratón al menú «Actividades» para activar la vista."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <gui>Applications</gui> and locate the Terminal in the list, or "
+-#~ "type \"terminal\" to locate it. Click the <gui>Terminal</gui> icon to "
+-#~ "start the application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione <gui>Aplicaciones</gui> y localice Terminal en la lista, o "
+-#~ "teclee «terminal» para localizarla. Pulse en el icono <gui>Terminal</gui> "
+-#~ "para iniciar la aplicación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Power settings"
+-#~ msgstr "Configuración de energía"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<cmd>mount -o remount, rw /</cmd>"
+-#~ msgstr "<cmd>mount -o remount, rw /</cmd>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<info><placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><revision "
+-#~ "pkgversion=\"3.0\" date=\"2011-04-03\" status=\"final\"/><revision "
+-#~ "pkgversion=\"3.0\" version=\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated"
+-#~ "\"/><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/></"
+-#~ "credit><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-6/><placeholder-7/></"
+-#~ "credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/></info><placeholder-8/> x "
+-#~ "<placeholder-9/><list><placeholder-10/><placeholder-11/><placeholder-12/"
+-#~ "><placeholder-13/><placeholder-14/><placeholder-15/><placeholder-16/"
+-#~ "><placeholder-17/></list><placeholder-18/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<info><placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><revision "
+-#~ "pkgversion=\"3.0\" date=\"2011-04-03\" status=\"final\"/><revision "
+-#~ "pkgversion=\"3.0\" version=\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated"
+-#~ "\"/><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/></"
+-#~ "credit><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-6/><placeholder-7/></"
+-#~ "credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/></info><placeholder-8/> x "
+-#~ "<placeholder-9/><list><placeholder-10/><placeholder-11/><placeholder-12/"
+-#~ "><placeholder-13/><placeholder-14/><placeholder-15/><placeholder-16/"
+-#~ "><placeholder-17/></list><placeholder-18/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tips on what makes a secure password."
+-#~ msgstr "Consejos acerca de qué hace que una contraseña sea segura."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Fill in your <gui>Current password</gui>, a <gui>New password</gui>, and "
+-#~ "<gui>Confirmation password</gui> (which needs to be exactly the same as "
+-#~ "the <gui>New password</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Rellene su <gui>Contraseña actual</gui>, <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui> y "
+-#~ "<gui>Confirmación</gui> (que debe ser exactamente la misma que la "
+-#~ "<gui>Contraseña nueva</gui>)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "&gt; <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" date="
+-#~ "\"2011-04-04\" status=\"final\"/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" version="
+-#~ "\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated\"/><credit type=\"author"
+-#~ "\"><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/></credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "&gt; <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" date="
+-#~ "\"2011-04-04\" status=\"final\"/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" version="
+-#~ "\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated\"/><credit type=\"author"
+-#~ "\"><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/></credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Messages"
+-#~ msgstr "Mensajes emergentes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status to tell people if you're busy or available."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie su estado en el chat para indicar a la gente si está ocupado o "
+-#~ "disponible."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on your user name in the top right corner of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en su nombre de usuario en la esquina superior derecha de la "
+-#~ "pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose to be <gui>Available</gui> or <gui>Busy</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Elija estar <gui>Disponible</gui> u <gui>Ocupado</gui>."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "What's a message?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Qué es una dirección IP?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>xkill</"
+-#~ "input>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Escriba <input>xkill</"
+-#~ "input>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Force an unresponsive program to close"
+-#~ msgstr "Forzar el cierre de un programa que no responde"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To force quit any application:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para forzar la salida de cualquier aplicación:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the application to terminate it."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en la aplicación para cerrarla."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set up a networked printer"
+-#~ msgstr "Configurar una impresora en red"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the Printers tool from the control panel."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la herramienta «Impresoras» en el panel de control."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copy/paste, close tabs, open urls.."
+-#~ msgstr "Copiar/pegar, cerrar pestañas, abrir URL..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Highlight the text you want to copy."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que quiere eliminar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to where you want to paste it and press the middle mouse button."
+-#~ msgstr "Vaya a donde quiere pegarlo y pulse el botón del medio del ratón."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Two button mouse"
+-#~ msgstr "Ratón de dos botones"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Scroll Wheel"
+-#~ msgstr "Rueda de desplazamiento"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change user name, password, account type or add a user to a group."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambiar el nombre del usuario, la contraseña, el tipo de cuenta o añadir "
+-#~ "un usuario a un grupo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change settings for a user or group"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la configuración de un usuario o grupo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change someone's user name"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de usuario de alguien"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, find and open <input>Users "
+-#~ "and Groups</input>. This will open the <app>Users Administration Tool</"
+-#~ "app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando esté en la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, busque y abra "
+-#~ "<input>Usuarios y grupos</input>. Esto abrirá la <app>Herramienta de "
+-#~ "administración de usuarios</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the user whose name you wish to modify and, next to their "
+-#~ "username, click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el usuario cuyo nombre quiere modificar y, junto a su nombre "
+-#~ "de usuario, pulse <gui>Change</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You will be prompted for your password. Enter it and click "
+-#~ "<gui>Authenticate</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se le pedirá su contraseña. Escríbala y pulse <gui>Autenticar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the user's user name and <gui>Full Name</gui> (if applicable)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambie el nombre de usuario del usuario y el <gui>Nombre completo</gui> "
+-#~ "(si se aplica)."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "It's a good idea to try logging out of the computer and then logging in "
+-#~ "again with the user account whose name you just changed. This will let "
+-#~ "you make sure that the name was changed successfully."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Es una buena idea cerrar la sesión y volver a iniciarla con la cuenta de "
+-#~ "usuario que acaba de cambiar. Esto le permitirá asegurarse de que el "
+-#~ "nombre se cambió correctamente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the user account type"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el tipo de cuenta de usuario"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the user you wish to modify and, next to <gui>Account Type</gui>, "
+-#~ "click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione el usuario que quiere modificar y, junto a <gui>Tipo de "
+-#~ "cuenta</gui> pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the appropriate account type:"
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de cuenta apropiada:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Administrator"
+-#~ msgstr "Administrador"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Can change anything on the system, including installing and upgrading "
+-#~ "software."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar todo en el sistema, incluyendo instalación y actualización "
+-#~ "de software."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Desktop User"
+-#~ msgstr "Usuario del escritorio"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Can perform common tasks. Can't install software or change settings "
+-#~ "affecting all users."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede realizar tareas comunes. No puede instalar software o cambiar los "
+-#~ "ajustes que afecten a todos los usuarios."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Account with manually-defined settings."
+-#~ msgstr "Cuenta con una configuración definida manualmente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change User Password"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña del usuario"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, <gui>Type to search</"
+-#~ "gui><input>users and groups</input>. This will open the <app>Users "
+-#~ "Administration Tool</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando esté en la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, <gui>Escribir para "
+-#~ "buscar</gui><input>usuarios y grupo</input>. Esto abrirá la "
+-#~ "<app>Herramienta de administración de usuarios</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Next to <gui>Password</gui>, click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>, pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You will be asked to authenticate yourself. Enter your password and click "
+-#~ "<gui>Authenticate</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se le preguntará para que se autentique. Introduzca su contraseña y pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Autenticar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Set the <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">New password</link> and "
+-#~ "<gui>Confirmation</gui> of password. Make sure the password confirmation "
+-#~ "matches the <gui>New password</gui>. You have the option to <gui>Generate "
+-#~ "random password</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Establezca la <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">Contraseña nueva</link> y "
+-#~ "la <gui>Confirmación</gui> de la contraseña. Asegúrese de que la "
+-#~ "contraseña de confirmación coincide con la <gui>Contraseña nueva</gui>. "
+-#~ "Tiene la opción de <gui>Generar contraseña aleatoria</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add User To Group"
+-#~ msgstr "Añadir un usuario a un grupo"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the name of the group you wish to add a user to. Click on "
+-#~ "<gui>Properties</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse el nombre del grupo en el que quiere añadir un usuario. Pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Propiedades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Under <gui>Group Members</gui>, select the user or users you would like "
+-#~ "to add to the selected group."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bajo <gui>Miembros del grupo</gui>, seleccione los usuarios que quiere "
+-#~ "añadir al grupo seleccionado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Users and groups"
+-#~ msgstr "Usuarios y grupos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete users or groups"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar usuarios o grupos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To delete a user account from your computer:"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta de usuario de su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You will be asked if you wish to remove the user's home folder. Select on "
+-#~ "of the following 3 options:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se le preguntará si quiere eliminar la carpeta personal del usuario. "
+-#~ "Seleccione una de las siguientes 3 opciones:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Keep Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Mantener archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The home directory of the user will not be deleted."
+-#~ msgstr "El directorio de inicio del usuario no se eliminará."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Don't Remove Account"
+-#~ msgstr "No quitar la cuenta"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cancels the removal request."
+-#~ msgstr "Cancela la petición de eliminación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete Files"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Files owned by user can be completely removed if you don't need them "
+-#~ "anymore."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Si no los necesita más, se eliminarán los archivos propiedad del usuario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You may want to back them up before deleting the account, or keep them so "
+-#~ "that an administrator can save them later."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede querer hacer una copia de respaldo antes de eliminar la cuenta, o "
+-#~ "mantenerlos para que un administrador pueda guardarlos posteriormente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete a group"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar un grupo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To delete a group from your computer:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para eliminar un grupo de su equipo:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Scroll through the list to select the group you wish to remove."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Desplácese por la lista para seleccionar el grupo que quiere quitar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You will be prompted to authenticate using a password."
+-#~ msgstr "Se le pedirá que se autentique usando una contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid "After the warning, click <gui>Delete</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Después del aviso, pulse <gui>Eliminar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Workspace switcher"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiador de áreas de trabajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ends your session and logs you out."
+-#~ msgstr "Finaliza su sesión y le saca de ella."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch Between Users"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar entre usuarios"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Locks your screen, allowing another user to log in and use the computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Bloquea su pantalla, permitiendo a otro usuario acceder y usar el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shutdown"
+-#~ msgstr "Apagar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ends your session and turns off the computer."
+-#~ msgstr "Finaliza su sesión y apaga el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restart"
+-#~ msgstr "Reiniciar"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ends your session and restarts the computer."
+-#~ msgstr "Finaliza su sesión y reinicia el equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Suspends your session, using no power until the computer is restarted."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Suspende su sesión, dejando de usar energía hasta que se reinicia el "
+-#~ "equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can use a supported smartcard to log in to your system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede usar una tarjeta inteligente soportada para iniciar sesión en su "
+-#~ "sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid "XXXXX"
+-#~ msgstr "XXXXXX"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log-in over a network"
+-#~ msgstr "Acceder a una red"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the settings using the <app>Configuration Editor</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cambiar la configuración usando el <app>Editor de la configuración</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "d"
+-#~ msgstr "d"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Save your search to a file."
+-#~ msgstr "Guardar su búsqueda en un archivo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click in the <gui>Search results</gui> list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho en la lista de <gui>Resultados de búsqueda</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Save Results As</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione <gui>Guardar resultados como</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the name of the file to which you want to save the results (e.g. "
+-#~ "'search_results.txt')"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Introduzca el nombre del archivo donde quiera guardar los resultados (ej. "
+-#~ "«resultados_busqueda.txt»)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose the location to save the file to."
+-#~ msgstr "Elija la ubicación donde guardar el archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/Screenshot-SearchForFiles.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c85436632724641f342fb79e690b3d0d"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/Screenshot-SearchForFiles.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c85436632724641f342fb79e690b3d0d"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/Screenshot-SearchForFiles-options.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=4e0eb47f0df7469cb4bd900a54ed9779"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/Screenshot-SearchForFiles-options.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=4e0eb47f0df7469cb4bd900a54ed9779"
+-
+-#~ msgid "a"
+-#~ msgstr "a"
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to find a file."
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo buscar un archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can specify as many additional search options as needed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede especificar tantas opciones de búsqueda adicionales como necesite."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tracker"
+-#~ msgstr "Tracker"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Zeitgeist"
+-#~ msgstr "Zeitgeist"
+-
+-#~ msgid "b"
+-#~ msgstr "b"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open a found file"
+-#~ msgstr "Abrir un archivo encontrado"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click on the file name."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulsar con el botón derecho del ratón en el nombre del archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Introduction"
+-#~ msgstr "Introducción"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Delete a found file"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar un archivo encontrado"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set up a wireless printer."
+-#~ msgstr "Configurar una impresora inalámbrica."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Install the drivers to make your printer work."
+-#~ msgstr "Instalar los controladores para que su impresora funcione."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Install print drivers"
+-#~ msgstr "Instalar los controladores de impresión"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui> Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Initial Check:"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobación inicial:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mobile"
+-#~ msgstr "Móvil"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mobile internet"
+-#~ msgstr "Internet móvil"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
+-#~ "applet</input>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Teclee <input>nm-"
+-#~ "applet</input>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input>"
+-#~ msgstr "Escriba <input>nm-applet</input>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
+-#~ "password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Eliminar</gui>. Se le pedirá su contraseña. Escríbala y pulse "
+-#~ "<gui>Autenticar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Connect to mobile (3G) broadband"
+-#~ msgstr "Conectar a una red de banda ancha móvil (3G)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "XXXXXX"
+-#~ msgstr "XXXXXX"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The size of a file is given as bytes, KB or MB."
+-#~ msgstr "El tamaño de un archivo se da en bytes, KiB o MiB."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Visión</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Owner, group, and others access"
+-#~ msgstr "Acceso para propietario, grupo  y otros"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Others"
+-#~ msgstr "Otros"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Select the <gui>Basic</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Ratón</gui>."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Displayed for all file types and folders."
+-#~ msgstr "Copiar y mover archivos y carpetas"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Only displayed for folders."
+-#~ msgstr "Renombrar un archivo o una carpeta"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Renaming a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "Renombrar un archivo o una carpeta"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Right click on the file or folder, and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse con el botón derecho del ratón en el archivo «shadow» y seleccione "
+-#~ "<gui>copiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set brightness and lock your screen"
+-#~ msgstr "Establecer el brillo y el bloqueo de su pantalla"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Go to <gui>System Settings.</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccione la pestaña <gui>Visión</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "XXXXX: Input methods..."
+-#~ msgstr "XXXXX: métodos de entrada..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Ir a <gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Scanning problems"
+-#~ msgstr "Problemas de escaneo"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/gnome-searchtool.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=9855fb2d398718209606c3401fe3a152"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/gnome-searchtool.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=9855fb2d398718209606c3401fe3a152"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Advanced searching"
+-#~ msgstr "Búsqueda avanzada"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File Management Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "Preferencias del gestos de archivos"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Properties</gui></guiseq> and go to the "
+-#~ "<gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Pegar</gui></guiseq> para terminar de "
+-#~ "mover el elemento."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open a file using a different application, but don't make it the default"
+-#~ msgstr "Abrir archivos usando otra aplicación"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A <em>volume</em>"
+-#~ msgstr "Un <em>volumen</em>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "What should you backup?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿De qué debe hacer copia de seguridad?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/deja-dup.png'; md5=8f310eb9d29fe07c08d64a014a8e4e48"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/deja-dup.png'; md5=8f310eb9d29fe07c08d64a014a8e4e48"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Backup documents, files and settings"
+-#~ msgstr "Sus archivos personales y su configuración"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold "
+-#~ "down several keys at once. To do this, click the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-#~ "\">universal access icon</link> on the top bar and switch <gui>Sticky "
+-#~ "Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para activar las teclas lentas, pulse el <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icono "
+-#~ "de acceso universal</link> en la barra superior y cambie <gui>Teclas "
+-#~ "lentas</gui> a <gui>Activado</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the key-press delay"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el retardo de pulsación de teclas"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the length of the delay between the key being pressed and "
+-#~ "the letter appearing on screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede cambiar la duración del retardo desde que pulsa la tecla y hasta "
+-#~ "que aparece en la pantalla."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To do this, click the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access icon on "
+-#~ "the top bar</link> (it looks like a little man) and switch <gui>Bounce "
+-#~ "Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para ello, pulse el <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icono de acceso universal en "
+-#~ "la barra superior</link> (parece un hombre) y active el <gui>Rechazo de "
+-#~ "teclas</gui> a <gui>Activado</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose who is allowed to modify important system settings."
+-#~ msgstr "Elegir quién puede modificar ajustes importantes del sistema."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd\">Using Live CD or USB</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#reset-password-grub2\">Grub</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#delete-keyring\">keyring</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd\">Usando un «Live» CD o USB</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#reset-password-grub2\">Grub</"
+-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#delete-keyring\">keyring</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Instruction on what to do if the user forgets his/her password. Mention "
+-#~ "possible side-effects of changing the password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Instrucciones sobre qué hacer si un usuario olvida su contraseña. "
+-#~ "Mencionar posibles efectos colaterales del cambio de contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key> Alt </key><key> F1 </key></keyseq> to go to the <gui> "
+-#~ "Activities </gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> para ir a la vista de "
+-#~ "<gui>Actividades</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>about me</input> in the <gui> Type to search </gui> textbox. "
+-#~ "Click on the <gui> About me </gui> icon under Preferences, when it "
+-#~ "appears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <input>about me</input> en la caja de texto <gui>Teclear para "
+-#~ "buscar</gui>. Pulse en el icono <gui>Acerca de mí</gui> en Preferencias, "
+-#~ "cuando aparezca."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the photo square to the left of the username."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en el recuadro de la foto a la izquierda del nombre de usuario."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can select from the many photos available from the /usr/share/pixmaps/"
+-#~ "faces directory."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede seleccionar muchas fotos de entre las disponibles en la carpeta /"
+-#~ "usr/share/pixmaps/faces."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also select a photo from a different folder on your computer by "
+-#~ "clicking on a folder of choice from the <gui> Places </gui> menu on the "
+-#~ "left."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "También puede seleccionar una foto de una carpeta en su equipo pulsando "
+-#~ "en una carpeta de su elección del menú <gui>Lugares </gui> de la "
+-#~ "izquierda."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the photo by clicking on the name of the file and then clicking "
+-#~ "<gui> Open </gui>. The photo has been applied."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione la foto pulsando en el nombre en el nombre del archivo y "
+-#~ "pulsando <gui>Abrir</gui>. La foto se ha aplicado."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To do this, click <guiseq><gui>Users and Groups</gui><gui>Users Settings</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Passwords</gui><gui>Change</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para hacer esto, pulse <guiseq><gui>Usuarios y grupos</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Configuración de usuarios</gui><gui>Contraseñas</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Cambiar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, search for <input>users and "
+-#~ "groups</input>. Click on it when it comes up."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando esté en la vista <gui>Actividades</gui>, busque <input>Usuarios y "
+-#~ "grupos</input>. Pulse allí cuando aparezca."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Users Settings</gui>, select the user whose password you wish "
+-#~ "to change."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "En <gui>Configuración de usuarios</gui>, seleccione el usuario cuya "
+-#~ "contraseña quiere cambiar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Next to where it says <gui>Password</gui>, click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui>, pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can change your password using the command line instead."
+-#~ msgstr "Pude cambiar su contraseña usando la línea de comandos en su lugar."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "At the Terminal prompt, run the <cmd>passwd</cmd> command."
+-#~ msgstr "En el cursor de la terminal teclee: passwd"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enter the desired new password twice. You're done."
+-#~ msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña nueva deseada dos veces. Eso es todo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open <input>Passwords and "
+-#~ "Encryption Keys</input>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Vaya a la vista <gui>Actividades</gui> y abra <input>Contraseñas y claves "
+-#~ "de cifrado</input>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Usernames must consist of a combination of any of the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Los nombres de usuario deben consistir en una combinación de los "
+-#~ "siguiente:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "digits"
+-#~ msgstr "dígitos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "any of \".\", \"-\" and \"_\""
+-#~ msgstr "cualquiera de «.», «-» y «_»"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Ok</gui>. The new user has been added to your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui>. El usuario nuevo se habrá añadido a su equipo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add A Group"
+-#~ msgstr "Añadir un grupo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Manage Groups</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Gestionar grupos</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <gui>Add</gui>. You will be prompted for your password to "
+-#~ "<gui>Authenticate</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <gui>Añadir</gui>. Se le pedirá la contraseña para "
+-#~ "<gui>Autenticarse</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enter <gui>Group Name</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Introduzca <gui>Nombre del grupo</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A valid group name consisting of a lower case letter followed by lower "
+-#~ "case letters and numbers."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Un nombre de grupo válido consiste en una letra en minúscula seguida de "
+-#~ "letras en minúscula y números."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"user-modify#add-user-to-group\">Add users to the group</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"user-modify#add-user-to-group\">Añadir usuarios al grupo</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, <gui>Type to search</gui> "
+-#~ "'users and groups'. This will open the <app>Users Administration Tool</"
+-#~ "app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Cuando esté en la vista de <gui>Actividades</gui>, <gui>Teclear para "
+-#~ "buscar</gui> «usuarios y grupos». Esto abrirá la <app>Herramienta de "
+-#~ "administración de usuarios</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Display"
+-#~ msgstr "Pantalla"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Languages"
+-#~ msgstr "Idiomas"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Time and date"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la fecha y la hora"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "File manager preview"
+-#~ msgstr "Gestor de archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change mouse sound setting"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar los ajustes de sonido del ratón"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type <input>sound</input>."
+-#~ msgstr "Escriba <input>sound</input>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>Sound</gui> icon under <gui>Preferences</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse en el icono <gui>Sonido</gui>, en <gui>Preferencias</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "General"
+-#~ msgstr "General"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pointer Speed"
+-#~ msgstr "Velocidad del puntero"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Error: \"Can't move directory over directory\"."
+-#~ msgstr "Error: «no se puede mover una carpeta sobre una carpeta»."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "Preferencias del ratón"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Orientation"
+-#~ msgstr "Orientación del ratón"
+-
+-#~ msgid "2010"
+-#~ msgstr "2010"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Touchpad"
+-#~ msgstr "Touchpad"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To enable or disable the touchpad:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para activar o desactivar el «touchpad»:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>gconf-editor</input> to bring up the <gui>Configuration "
+-#~ "Editor</gui> window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <input>gconf-editor</input> o invoque la ventana del <gui>Editor "
+-#~ "de configuración</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guiseq><gui>/</gui><gui>desktop</gui><gui>gnome</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>peripherals</gui><gui>touchpad</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <guiseq><gui>/</gui><gui>desktop</gui><gui>gnome</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>peripherals</gui><gui>touchpad</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Check/uncheck <gui>touchpad_enabled</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Marque/desmarque <gui>touchpad_enabled</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Disable or change the login sound"
+-#~ msgstr "Desactivar o cambiar el sonido de inicio de sesión"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To disable the login sound:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para desactivar el sonido al acceder:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>Startup Programs</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse la pestaña <gui>Programas de inicio</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>gconf-editor</input>. The <app>Gnome Configuration Editor</"
+-#~ "app> window opens."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <input>gconf-editor</input>. Se abrirá la ventana del "
+-#~ "<input>Editor de la configuración de GNOME</input>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Checking the capacity of your battery"
+-#~ msgstr "Comprobar la capacidad de su batería"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Normal"
+-#~ msgstr "Normal"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Anti-clockwise"
+-#~ msgstr "Sentido antihorario"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Clockwise"
+-#~ msgstr "Sentido horario"
+-
+-#~ msgid "180 degrees"
+-#~ msgstr "180 grados"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Why and how to solve it."
+-#~ msgstr "Por qué y como resolverlos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Scanning"
+-#~ msgstr "Escanear"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Graphics cards"
+-#~ msgstr "Tarjetas gráficas"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To file a bug against <app>Gnome Help</app>, click on the link <link href="
+-#~ "\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para rellenar un informe de error acerca de <app>Ayuda de GNOME</app>, "
+-#~ "pulse en el enlace <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details "
+-#~ "about bugs, crashes and request enhancements."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Este es un sistema de seguimiento de errores, donde los usuarios y los "
+-#~ "desarrolladores puede archivar detalles sobre los fallos, errores y "
+-#~ "solicitudes de mejoras."
+-
+-#~ msgid "General advice on good practice when backing-up."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Consejo general sobre buenas prácticas al hacer copias de seguridad."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The local and remotes options to choose."
+-#~ msgstr "Opciones locales y remotas que elegir."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Where to find your important files."
+-#~ msgstr "Hacer copias de seguridad de sus archivos importantes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type <input>screenshot</input>."
+-#~ msgstr "Escriba <input>screenshot</input>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select:"
+-#~ msgstr "Seleccionar:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Grab the whole desktop</gui>, or"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Capturar todo el escritorio</gui>, o"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Grab the current window</gui>, or"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Capturar la ventana actual</gui>, o"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>Seleccionar un área para capturar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> dialog will now appear."
+-#~ msgstr "Aparecerá el diálogo <gui>Guardar captura de pantalla</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Type a <gui>Name</gui> for your file."
+-#~ msgstr "Escriba un <gui>Nombre</gui> para su archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select a folder to save your file in from the dropdown menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Seleccione una carpeta en la que guardar su archivo en el menú "
+-#~ "desplegable."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This feature allows you to make a recording of what is happening on your "
+-#~ "computer monitor."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Esta característica le permite grabar lo que está ocurriendo en el "
+-#~ "monitor de su equipo."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Views</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Cortar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To view the sidebar click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F9</key>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para volver a ocultar estos archivos, pulse <guiseq><gui>Ver</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui></guiseq> otra vez."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To view the sidebar tree view Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para volver a ocultar estos archivos, pulse <guiseq><gui>Ver</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Mostrar archivos ocultos</gui></guiseq> otra vez."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Column descriptions. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Pegar</gui></guiseq> para terminar de "
+-#~ "mover el elemento."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Behavior</gui></"
+-#~ "guiseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Cortar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to share and transfer files."
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo compartir y transferir archivos."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "To adjust the contrast of things on the screen:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para ajustar el contraste de su monitor:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Next to the current username, click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Junto al nombre del usuario actual, pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Users and Groups"
+-#~ msgstr "Usuarios y grupos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Next to <gui>Password</gui> click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Junto a <gui>Contraseña</gui> pulse <gui>Cambiar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the Command Line"
+-#~ msgstr "Usar la línea de comandos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enter your current password."
+-#~ msgstr "Introduzca su contraseña actual."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Managing Account"
+-#~ msgstr "Gestionar cuenta"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Control volume"
+-#~ msgstr "Control de volumen"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Learn how to quickly switch between windows, using things like the Alt-"
+-#~ "Tab switcher."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aprenda cómo cambiar rápidamente entre ventanas, usando cosas como el "
+-#~ "cambiador Alt-Tab."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <gui> - </gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en <gui>-</gui> en la esquina superior derecha en la ventana, o"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "Maximizar y desmaximizar (restaurar) una ventana:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "See how you can maximize, restore, resize, arrange and hide windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Consulte cómo puede maximizar, restaurar, redimensionar, organizar y "
+-#~ "ocultar ventanas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Logging out, shutting down, switching user"
+-#~ msgstr "Cerrar la sesión, apagar, cambiar de usuario"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use the command line to run <app>Search for Files</app>."
+-#~ msgstr "Use la línea de comandos para ejecutar <app>Buscar archivos</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Command line"
+-#~ msgstr "Línea de comandos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <cmd>gnome-search-tool</cmd> at the prompt to start the graphical "
+-#~ "application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escriba <cmd>gnome-search-tool</cmd> en el símbolo del sistema para "
+-#~ "iniciar la aplicación gráfica."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tiffany Antpoolski"
+-#~ msgstr "Tiffany Antpoolski"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "XXXXX: Keyboard layouts...."
+-#~ msgstr "Distribuciones de teclado"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Printing documents and pictures"
+-#~ msgstr "Imprimir documentos e imágenes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use emblems to label a file."
+-#~ msgstr "Use los emblemas para etiquetar un archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mark a file as being special or important"
+-#~ msgstr "Marcar un archivo como importante o especial"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding an emblem"
+-#~ msgstr "Añadir un emblema"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Other ways of adding emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "Otras maneras de añadir emblemas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Making your own custom emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "Hacer sus propios emblemas personalizados"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can make your own emblems to supplement the default ones."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Puede crear sus propios emblemas para complementar a los predeterminados."
+-
+-#~ msgid "List View"
+-#~ msgstr "Vista de lista"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sorts by filename."
+-#~ msgstr "Ordena por nombre de archivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "By Emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "Por emblemas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the the <app>File Manager</app>"
+-#~ msgstr "Usar el <app>Gestor de archivos</app>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shortcuts"
+-#~ msgstr "Atajos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press the <key>F2</key> key. This selects the file or folder name."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse la tecla <key>F2</key>. Esto selecciona el nombre del archivo o de "
+-#~ "la carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The item could not be renamed"
+-#~ msgstr "No se pudo renombrar el elemento"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive."
+-#~ msgstr "Los nombres de archivo y carpeta son sensibles a mayúsculas."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to recover a deleted file."
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo recuperar un archivo eliminado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Deleting files"
+-#~ msgstr "Eliminar archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Moving files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "Mover archivos y carpetas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cut and paste to the new location"
+-#~ msgstr "Cortar y pegar a la nueva ubicación"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "Clic derecho <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Cortar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "Clic derecho <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Pegar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "List view column descriptions."
+-#~ msgstr "Descripciones de columnas de la vista de lista."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copy files to the new location"
+-#~ msgstr "Copiar archivos a la nueva ubicación"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying "
+-#~ "the item."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para terminar de copiar el elemento, pulse <guiseq><gui>Editar</"
+-#~ "gui><gui>Pegar</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move files to the new location"
+-#~ msgstr "Mover archivos a la nueva ubicación"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click once on the item you want to copy or move."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse una vez sobre el elemento que quiere copiar o mover."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> to finish copying or "
+-#~ "moving the item."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> para terminar de "
+-#~ "copiar o de mover el elemento."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Learn how to sort and arrange files in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr "Aprenda cómo ordenar y organizar archivos en una carpeta."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set the <gui>Network Time</gui> by turning it ON."
+-#~ msgstr "Establezca la <gui>Hora de red</gui> activándola."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the blue and white accessibility icon in the top panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pulse en el icono azul y blanco de accesibilidad en el panel superior."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Large"
+-#~ msgstr "Grande"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Larger"
+-#~ msgstr "Más grande"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Increase or descrease the visual contrast of user interface elements."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Aumentar o reducir el contraste visual de los elementos de la interfaz de "
+-#~ "usuario."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Low"
+-#~ msgstr "Bajo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "High"
+-#~ msgstr "Alto"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Inverse/High"
+-#~ msgstr "Invertido/Alto"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Ok</gui>.<placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui>.<placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reset a forgotten password."
+-#~ msgstr "Restablecer una contraseña olvidada."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to delete a user or group."
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo eliminar un usuario o un grupo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to change your password."
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo cambiar su contraseña."
+-
+-#~ msgid "XXX"
+-#~ msgstr "XXX"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Description of the user privilege options"
+-#~ msgstr "Descripción de las opciones de los privilegios de usuario"
+-
+-#~ msgid "u"
+-#~ msgstr "u"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Photos, music and documents."
+-#~ msgstr "Fotos, música y documentos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Finding and organizing files"
+-#~ msgstr "Buscar y organizar archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Music"
+-#~ msgstr "Música"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change appearance and set your preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar la apariencia y establecer sus preferencias"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Common Problems"
+-#~ msgstr "Problemas comunes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This one is complicated!"
+-#~ msgstr "Esto es complicado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Explain how to install the scanner, how to use it, etc."
+-#~ msgstr "Explica cómo instalar el escáner, cómo usarlo, etc."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Paper jam"
+-#~ msgstr "Atasco de papel"
+-
+-#~ msgid "2009"
+-#~ msgstr "2009"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "\n"
+-#~ "    gconftool --set /desktop/gnome/peripherals/mouse/touchpad_enabled -t "
+-#~ "bool True\n"
+-#~ "    gconftool --set /desktop/gnome/peripherals/mouse/touchpad_enabled -t "
+-#~ "bool False\n"
+-#~ "    ENV{ID_CLASS}=\"mouse\", ACTION==\"add\", RUN+=\"synclient "
+-#~ "touchpadoff=1\"\n"
+-#~ "    ENV{ID_CLASS}=\"mouse\", ACTION==\"remove\", RUN+=\"synclient "
+-#~ "touchpadoff=0\"\n"
+-#~ "    "
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "\n"
+-#~ "    gconftool --set /desktop/gnome/peripherals/mouse/touchpad_enabled -t "
+-#~ "bool True\n"
+-#~ "    gconftool --set /desktop/gnome/peripherals/mouse/touchpad_enabled -t "
+-#~ "bool False\n"
+-#~ "    ENV{ID_CLASS}=\"mouse\", ACTION==\"add\", RUN+=\"synclient "
+-#~ "touchpadoff=1\"\n"
+-#~ "    ENV{ID_CLASS}=\"mouse\", ACTION==\"remove\", RUN+=\"synclient "
+-#~ "touchpadoff=0\"\n"
+-#~ "    "
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your desktop background, make text looks bigger..."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el fondo del escritorio, hacer el texto más grande..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Look and Feel"
+-#~ msgstr "Visualización y comportamiento"
+-
+-#~ msgid "/home"
+-#~ msgstr "/home"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use the mouse, commands, or keyboard shortcuts."
+-#~ msgstr "Use el ratón, comandos o atajos de teclado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "@@image: 'deja-dup.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
+-#~ msgstr "@@image: 'deja-dup.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Accessibility"
+-#~ msgstr "Accesibilidad"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Vision"
+-#~ msgstr "Visión"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Something about vision..."
+-#~ msgstr "Algo acerca de la vista..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Something about sound..."
+-#~ msgstr "Algo acerca del sonido..."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Something about mobility..."
+-#~ msgstr "Algo acerca de movilidad..."
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "XXXXX."
+-#~ msgstr "XXXXXX"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Control behavior of your mouse."
+-#~ msgstr "Controlar el comportamiento de su ratón."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Modify A User or Group"
+-#~ msgstr "Modificar un usuario o un grupo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add new user or group."
+-#~ msgstr "Añadir usuario o grupo nuevo"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Allow for guest users."
+-#~ msgstr "Permitir usuarios invitados."
+-
+-#~ msgid "To adjust the time and date by yourself:"
+-#~ msgstr "Para ajustar la fecha y la hora usted mismo:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Suspend the Computer"
+-#~ msgstr "Suspender el equipo"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Problems and Frequently Asked Questions"
+-#~ msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open File Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "Abrir gestor de archivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Problems and FAQ"
+-#~ msgstr "Problemas y P+F"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Control appearance of the pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "Controlar la apariencia del puntero."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Appearance"
+-#~ msgstr "Apariencia"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/highlight-color.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=9c2e2795d96a66281c9afe10facee4cf"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/highlight-color.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=9c2e2795d96a66281c9afe10facee4cf"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the color of highlighted text."
+-#~ msgstr "Cambiar el color del texto resaltado."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Highlight Color"
+-#~ msgstr "Color de resaltado"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pick a color and click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Elija un color y pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cursor Style"
+-#~ msgstr "Estilo del cursor"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cursor Size"
+-#~ msgstr "Tamaño del cursor"
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to download themes from the internet"
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo descargar temas de internet"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>Customize</gui> button."
+-#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón <gui>Personalizar</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "How to modify the elements of an existing theme"
+-#~ msgstr "Cómo modificar los elementos de un tema existente"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Customize a theme"
+-#~ msgstr "Personalizar un tema"
+-
+-#~ msgid "What is font resolution?"
+-#~ msgstr "¿Qué es la resolución de la tipografía?"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To finish, just click on <gui>Close</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Para finalizar, simplemente pulse </gui>Cerrar<gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Clock and Calendar"
+-#~ msgstr "Reloj y calendario"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Managing Accounts"
+-#~ msgstr "Gestionar cuentas"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
+-#~ msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Get Involved"
+-#~ msgstr "Involucrarse"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File a Bug Against <app>Gnome Help</app>"
+-#~ msgstr "Rellenar un informe de error acerca de <app>Ayuda de GNOME</app>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tracker, zeitgeist, recent files, search."
+-#~ msgstr "Tracker, zeitgeist, archivos recientes, buscar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Make a copy of a file or folder in a new location."
+-#~ msgstr "Hacer una copìa de un archivo o una carpeta en una nueva ubicación."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add and change your different timezones."
+-#~ msgstr "Añada y cambie sus diferentes zonas horarias."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show the date"
+-#~ msgstr "Mostrar la fecha"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show seconds"
+-#~ msgstr "Mostrar segundos"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This option shows the seconds on the Clock Panel."
+-#~ msgstr "Esta opción muestra los segundos en la reloj del panel"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Session"
+-#~ msgstr "Sesión"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use a magnifier"
+-#~ msgstr "Usar un magnificador"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The Mouse Preferences window."
+-#~ msgstr "La ventana de preferencias del ratón."
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/fr/fr.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/fr/fr.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/fr/fr.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.722133203 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/fr/fr.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.149921314 +0530
+@@ -1,25 +1,28 @@
+ # French translation for gnome-user-docs.
+ # Copyright (C) 2011-12 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+-#
++# 
+ # Luc Pionchon <pionchon.luc@gmail.com>, 2011.
+ # Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>, 2011.
+ # Julien Hardelin <jhardlin@orange.fr>, 2011.
+ # Jérémie SERAFFIN <jeremieseraffin@gmail.com>, 2012.
+ # Alain Lojewski <allomervan@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012.
++# Sam Friedmann <sfriedma@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# Sam Friedmann <sfriedma@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-22 18:26+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 12:13+0200\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: GNOME French team <gnomefr@traduc.org>\n"
+-"Language: \n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-22 01:48-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Sam Friedmann <sfriedma@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: GNOME French team <gnomefr@traduc.org>\n"
++"Language: fr\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+@@ -32,56 +35,60 @@
+ "Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>, 2011-12\n"
+ "yanngnome <yannubuntu@gmail.com>, 2012\n"
+ "Nicolas Delvaux <contact@nicolas-delvaux.org>, 2012\n"
+-"Mickael Albertus <mickael.albertus@gmail.com>, 2012"
++"Mickael Albertus <mickael.albertus@gmail.com>, 2012\n"
++"Sam Friedmann <sam.friedmann@redhat.com>, 2014"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "Un guide pour les utilisateurs du bureau GNOME 3"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Guide d'utilisation du bureau"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "Aide GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Guide d'utilisation du bureau"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "Aide GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -90,146 +97,330 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Aide</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Desktop Help"
++"GNOME Help"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">logo de Yelp</media> "
+-"Guide d'utilisation du bureau"
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Logo de Yelp</media> "
++"Aide GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Creative Commons Paternité-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique "
+-"3.0 Unported"
++"Creative Commons Paternité-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique 3."
++"0 Unported"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+ msgstr "Cette œuvre est distribuée sous licence <_:link-1/>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:19(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "Ignorer les appuis de touches rapides et identiques."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "Activation des touches rebond"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Activez les <em>touches rebond</em> pour ignorer les appuis rapides et "
+@@ -237,73 +428,106 @@
+ "de la main qui vous fait appuyer plusieurs fois sur la même touche au lieu "
+ "d'une seule fois, vous devriez activer cette fonction."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(when/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:27(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(when/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:27(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:32(when/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(when/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur l'icône qui se situe tout à droite de la <gui>barre de menu</"
+-"gui> et sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(choose/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:29(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(choose/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:34(choose/p) C/a11y-mag.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38(choose/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:44(choose/p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(choose/p)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(item/p) C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37(item/p) C/look-background.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:32(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:45(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p) C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:40(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:60(item/p) C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p) C/windows-key.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Paramètres "
+-"système</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez "
++"<gui>Paramètres</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Accès universel</gui> et choisissez l'onglet <gui>Saisie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez les <gui>Rebonds de touches</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+-msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des touches rebond"
++msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des rebonds de touches"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez activer/désactiver les touches rebond en cliquant sur l'<link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre supérieure et en "
+-"sélectionnant <gui>Rebonds de touches</gui>."
++"Vous pouvez activer/désactiver les rebonds de touches en cliquant sur "
++"l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre "
++"supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Rebonds de touches</gui>. L'icône "
++"d'accessibilité est visible lorsqu'un ou plusieurs paramètres ont été "
++"activés à partir du panneau <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -317,21 +541,24 @@
+ "votre ordinateur émette un son chaque fois qu'il ignore une pression parce "
+ "que le temps d'attente programmé n'est pas encore écoulé."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr "Utilise le lecteur d'écran <app>Orca</app> avec une plage Braille."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "Lecture en Braille d'un écran"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME offre le lecteur d'écran <app>Orca</app> pour afficher l'interface "
+@@ -340,7 +567,8 @@
+ "vous à l'<link href=\"help:orca\">aide d'Orca</link> pour plus "
+ "d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+@@ -348,48 +576,47 @@
+ "Rend les fenêtres et les boutons de l'écran plus (ou moins) brillants et "
+ "donc plus faciles à voir."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "Réglage du contraste"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il est possible de régler le contraste des fenêtres et des boutons pour "
+-"qu'ils soient plus faciles à voir. Ce n'est pas la même chose que <link xref="
+-"\"display-dimscreen\">changer la luminosité de tout l'écran</link> ; ici, "
+-"seules certaines parties de l'<em>interface utilisateur</em> sont modifiées."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:32(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(item/p)
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"Il est possible de régler le contraste des fenêtres et des boutons afin "
++"qu'ils soient plus faciles à voir. Ceci n'est pas la même chose que de "
++"changer la luminosité de la totalité de l'écran ; ici, seules certaines "
++"parties de l'<em>interface utilisateur</em> seront modifiées."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Accès universel</gui> et choisissez l'onglet <gui>Vision</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
+-"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans <gui>Affichage</gui> sélectionnez le <gui>Contraste</gui> qui convient "
+-"le mieux à vos besoins. Par exemple, <gui>Faible</gui> rend les choses moins "
+-"brillantes."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Contraste élevé</gui> sur <gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
+-"Contrast</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour modifier rapidement le contraste, cliquez sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+-"<gui>Contraste élevé</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la barre "
++"supérieure et sélectionnez <gui>Contraste élevé</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -397,11 +624,13 @@
+ "La fonctionnalité clic par survol permet de simuler un clic en gardant la "
+ "souris immobile."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "Simulation d'un clic lors du survol par le pointeur"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -413,7 +642,8 @@
+ "des difficultés à déplacer la souris et à cliquer en même temps. Cette "
+ "fonctionnalité s'appelle le clic par survol."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -423,7 +653,9 @@
+ "souris au-dessus d'un contrôle, le maintenir immobile et attendre un peu "
+ "avant que le bouton ne soit cliqué pour vous."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+@@ -431,11 +663,13 @@
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Accès universel</gui> et choisissez l'onglet <gui>Pointage et "
+ "clic de souris</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez <gui>Clic par survol</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -449,7 +683,8 @@
+ "est effectué après le survol. Après un double-clic, un clic secondaire ou un "
+ "glisser, le mode clic simple est automatiquement sélectionné."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+@@ -459,7 +694,8 @@
+ "progressivement de couleur. Quand la couleur a complètement changé, le "
+ "bouton est cliqué."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+@@ -467,7 +703,8 @@
+ "Réglez le paramètre <gui>Délai</gui> pour déterminer combien de temps vous "
+ "devez maintenir le pointeur de souris immobile avant le clic automatique."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+@@ -478,7 +715,8 @@
+ "automatique au bout d'un moment. Mais s'il se déplace trop, aucun clic ne "
+ "survient."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -486,16 +724,19 @@
+ "Réglez le paramètre <gui>Seuil de déplacement</gui> pour modifier le seuil "
+ "toléré de déplacement du pointeur lors d'un survol."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser des polices plus grandes pour rendre le texte plus facile à lire."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "Changement de la taille du texte à l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+@@ -503,25 +744,25 @@
+ "Si vous avez des difficultés à lire un texte à l'écran, vous avez la "
+ "possibilité de modifier la taille de la police."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
+-"for you. It will adjust immediately."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans <gui>Affichage</gui>, choisissez la <gui>Taille du texte</gui> qui vous "
+-"convient. Elle s'ajuste immédiatement."
++"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Texte de grande taille</gui> sur <gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</"
+-"gui>."
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez changer rapidement la taille du texte en cliquant sur l'<link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la barre supérieure et "
+-"en sélectionnant <gui>Grand texte</gui>."
++"Alternativement, vous pouvez changer rapidement la taille du texte en "
++"cliquant sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la "
++"barre supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Texte de grande taille</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -532,20 +773,22 @@
+ "keyseq>. Pour réduire la taille du texte, appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+@@ -553,11 +796,13 @@
+ "Le menu Accès universel est l'icône de la barre supérieure qui ressemble à "
+ "un personnage."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "Recherche du menu « Accès universel »"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+@@ -567,11 +812,13 @@
+ "paramètres d'accessibilité. Vous trouverez ce menu en cliquant sur l'icône "
+ "ressemblant à un personnage entouré d'un cercle dans la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:23(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Le menu Accès universel se trouve dans la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -592,58 +839,18 @@
+ "sélectionner des éléments dans le menu. Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour "
+ "activer ou désactiver l'élément sélectionné."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Appuyer sur la touche <key>Ctrl</key> pour localiser le pointeur de la "
+-"souris."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-msgstr "Localisation rapide du pointeur"
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
+-"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si vous éprouvez des difficultés pour trouver le pointeur de la souris sur "
+-"l'écran, vous pouvez vous arranger pour qu'un simple appui sur la touche "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key> permette de le localiser. Une fois configuré, un appui sur "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key> déclenche une brève animation à l'emplacement du pointeur."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez <gui>Souris &amp; pavé tactile</gui> et choisissez l'onglet "
+-"<gui>Souris</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Montrer la position du pointeur lorsque la touche Ctrl est "
+-"pressée</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:43(page/p)
+-msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Maintenant, la touche <key>Ctrl</key> localise le pointeur quand vous la "
+-"pressez."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "Zoom avant sur l'écran pour rendre les choses plus visibles."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Agrandissement de la zone écran"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+@@ -654,11 +861,26 @@
+ "comme une loupe en vous permettant de vous déplacez en effectuant un zoom "
+ "sur différentes parties de l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez le <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"La section <gui>Zoom</gui> répertorie les paramètres actuels des raccourcis "
++"clavier qui peuvent actuellement être définis dans la section <gui>Accès "
++"universel</gui> de l'onglet <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-"
++"set\">Raccourcis</link> dans le panneau <gui>Clavier</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+@@ -668,43 +890,79 @@
+ "vers les bords de l'écran, vous déplacez la zone agrandie dans différentes "
+ "directions, ce qui vous permet de visualiser l'emplacement de votre choix."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour activer rapidement le zoom, cliquez sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
++"Pour activer rapidement le zoom, cliquez sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Zoom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez modifier le facteur de grossissement, l'analyse des mouvements "
++"de la souris et la position de l'affichage agrandi dans l'écran. Pour les "
++"ajuster, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Option</gui> et choisissez l'onglet "
++"<gui>Grossissement</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez activer les croix pour vous aider à trouver la souris ou le "
++"pointeur du pavé tactile. Pour les activer et ajuster leur longueur, couleur "
++"et épaisseur, veuillez cliquer sur le bouton <gui>Options</gui> et "
++"sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Croix</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez basculer pour inverser la vidéo ou <gui>Blanc sur noir</gui> et "
++"ajuster la luminosité, le contraste et les nuances de gris pour la loupe. La "
++"combinaison de ces options est utile pour les personnes à faible vision, "
++"avec tout degrée de photophobie, ou simplement pour utiliser l'ordinateur "
++"sous de mauvaises condition de luminosité. Veuillez cliquer sur le bouton "
++"<gui>Options</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Effets de couleur</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Vision</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound"
+-"\">audition</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilité</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">loupe</link>…"
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title) C/keyboard.page:35(links/title)
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Vision</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#sound\">audition</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilité</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"mag\">loupe</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Accès universel"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+-"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+-"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
+-"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Le bureau Unity offre des techniques d'assistance pour aider les "
+-"utilisateurs souffrant de divers handicaps et ayant certains besoins et pour "
+-"interagir avec les périphériques d'assistance standards. Il est possible "
+-"d'accéder à de nombreuses fonctionnalités d'accessibilité dans la section "
+-"<gui>Accès universel</gui> des <gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:33(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+@@ -717,97 +975,114 @@
+ "d'accéder à de nombreuses fonctionnalités d'accessibilité dans le menu "
+ "accessibilité de la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Vision défaillante"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Cécité"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Mauvaise vue"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:49(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Daltonisme"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:52(links/title) C/a11y.page:74(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Autres thèmes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Audition défaillante"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Mobilité défaillante"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Mouvement de la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Clic et glissement"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:71(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Utilisation du clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:16(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Maintenir appuyé le bouton gauche de la souris pour effectuer un clic droit."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "Simulation d'un clic droit de la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -818,11 +1093,13 @@
+ "indépendamment, ou si votre périphérique de pointage ne possède qu'un seul "
+ "bouton."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez la <gui>Simulation du clic secondaire</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -834,7 +1111,8 @@
+ "et clic de souris</gui>, modifiez le <gui>Délai d'acceptation</gui> dans "
+ "<gui>Simulation du clic secondaire</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -848,7 +1126,8 @@
+ "qu'il est entièrement bleu, relâchez le bouton de la souris pour faire le "
+ "clic droit."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+@@ -858,7 +1137,8 @@
+ "changent pas de couleur. Vous pouvez toujours utiliser la simulation du clic "
+ "secondaire même si vous n'avez pas de retour visuel."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -868,7 +1148,8 @@
+ "la souris</link>, vous pouvez aussi faire un clic droit en maintenant "
+ "appuyée la touche <key>5</key> du pavé numérique."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+@@ -880,29 +1161,33 @@
+ "désactivée. L'appui long fonctionne un peu différemment dans la vue "
+ "d'ensemble : inutile de relâcher le bouton pour faire un clic droit."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser le lecteur d'écran <app>Orca</app> pour lire à haute voix "
+ "l'interface utilisateur."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "Lecture de l'écran à haute voix"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME fournit le lecteur d'écran <app>Orca</app> pour lire l'interface "
+ "utilisateur à haute voix. Si Orca n'est pas installé sur votre système, "
+ "<link href=\"install:orca\">installez Orca</link>, puis référez-vous à "
+ "l'<link href=\"help:orca\">aide d'Orca</link> pour plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+@@ -910,11 +1195,13 @@
+ "Définir un délai entre le moment où une touche est pressée et celui où la "
+ "lettre correspondante apparaît à l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "Activation des touches lentes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -931,38 +1218,46 @@
+ "plusieurs touches à la fois pendant votre saisie, ou s'il vous est difficile "
+ "de trouver la bonne touche sur votre clavier du premier coup."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez les <gui>Touches lentes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Activation ou désactivation rapide des touches lentes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
+-"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
+-"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
+-"slow keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Activer les fonctionnalités d'accessibilité à partir du "
+-"clavier</gui> pour activer/désactiver les touches lentes à partir du "
+-"clavier. Si cette option est cochée, chaque fois que vous maintenez la "
+-"touche <key>Maj</key> enfoncée pendant huit secondes, vous activez/"
+-"désactivez les touches lentes."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"Sous <gui>Activer par clavier</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Activer les "
++"fonctionnalités d'accessibilité à partir du clavier</gui> pour activer ou "
++"désactiver les touches lentes à partir du clavier. Lorsque cette option est "
++"sélectionnée, maintenez la touche <key>Maj</key> enfoncée pendant huit "
++"secondes pour activer ou désactiver les touches lentes."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez aussi activer/désactiver les touches lentes en cliquant sur "
++"Vous pouvez aussi activer ou désactiver les touches lentes en cliquant sur "
+ "l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre "
+-"supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Touches lentes</gui>."
++"supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Touches lentes</gui>. L'icône "
++"d'accessibilité est visible lorsqu'un ou plusieurs paramètres ont été "
++"activés à partir du panneau <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -970,7 +1265,8 @@
+ "Faites glisser le curseur <gui>Délai d'acceptation</gui> pour ajuster la "
+ "durée d'appui sur une touche avant qu'il ne soit accepté."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+@@ -980,7 +1276,8 @@
+ "est enfoncée, acceptée ou quand elle est refusée parce que vous n'avez pas "
+ "maintenu la pression suffisamment longtemps."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+@@ -988,29 +1285,32 @@
+ "Saisir des raccourcis clavier en pressant une touche à la fois au lieu "
+ "d'appuyer sur toutes les touches en même temps."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+ msgstr "Activation des touches rémanentes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les <em>Touches rémanentes</em> vous permettent de saisir des raccourcis "
+ "clavier en ne pressant qu'une seule touche à la fois au lieu d'appuyer sur "
+ "toutes les touches du raccourci en même temps. Par exemple, le raccourci "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> bascule l'affichage entre les "
+-"fenêtres. Sans les touches rémanentes, il faut maintenir les deux touches "
+-"enfoncées en même temps ; avec les touches rémanentes activées, vous appuyez "
+-"d'abord sur <key>Alt</key>, puis sur <key>Tab</key> pour obtenir le même "
+-"résultat."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"bascule l'affichage entre les fenêtres. Sans les touches rémanentes, il faut "
++"maintenir les deux touches enfoncées en même temps ; avec les touches "
++"rémanentes activées, vous appuyez d'abord sur <key>Super</key>, puis sur "
++"<key>Tab</key> pour obtenir le même résultat."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+@@ -1018,38 +1318,46 @@
+ "Il est intéressant d'activer les touches rémanentes si vous avez des "
+ "difficultés à maintenir enfoncées plusieurs touches à la fois."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Activez les <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des touches rémanentes"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above "
+-"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. "
+-"When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a "
+-"row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Activer les fonctionnalités d'accessibilité à partir du "
+-"clavier</gui> (au dessus de <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui>) pour activer/"
+-"désactiver les touches rémanentes à partir du clavier. Si cette option est "
+-"cochée, vous pouvez appuyez sur la touche <key>Maj</key> cinq fois de suite "
+-"pour activer/désactiver les touches rémanentes."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"Sous <gui>Activer par clavier</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Activer les "
++"fonctionnalités d'accessibilité à partir du clavier</gui> pour activer ou "
++"désactiver les touches rémanentes à partir du clavier. Lorsque cette option "
++"est sélectionnée, appuyez sur la touche <key>Maj</key> cinq fois de suite "
++"pour activer ou désactiver les touches rémanentes."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+-"Keys</gui>."
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez aussi activer/désactiver les touches rémanentes en cliquant sur "
+-"l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre "
+-"supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui>."
++"Vous pouvez aussi activer ou désactiver les touches rémanentes en cliquant "
++"sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre "
++"supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui>. L'icône "
++"d'accessibilité est visible lorsqu'un ou plusieurs paramètres ont été "
++"activés à partir du panneau <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+@@ -1058,30 +1366,34 @@
+ "appuyez sur deux touches à la fois, pour vous laisser saisir un raccourci "
+ "clavier de façon normale."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Par exemple, si les touches rémanentes sont activées et que vous appuyez en "
+-"même temps sur <key>Alt</key> et <key>Tab</key>, la fonctionnalité se "
+-"désactivent et il n'est pas tenu compte d'une pression éventuelle sur une "
+-"troisième touche. Cette fonctionnalité est utile si vous êtes capable de "
+-"saisir certains raccourcis clavier (parce que les touches ne sont pas trop "
+-"éloignées) mais d'autres pas."
++"même temps sur <key>Super</key> et <key>Tab</key>, la fonctionnalité ne "
++"tiendra pas compte d'une pression éventuelle sur une troisième touche si "
++"cette option est activée. Elle <em>attendra uniquement</em> si vous appuyez "
++"sur une seule touche. Cette fonctionnalité est utile si vous êtes capable de "
++"saisir certains raccourcis clavier simultanément (par exemple lorsque les "
++"touches ne sont pas trop éloignées) mais pas tous."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cochez <gui>Désactiver si deux touches sont enfoncées simultanément</gui> "
+ "pour activer cette fonctionnalité."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1090,13 +1402,14 @@
+ "when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez demander à votre ordinateur d'émettre un « bip » quand vous "
+-"commencez à saisir un raccourci clavier avec les touches rémanentes "
+-"activées. C'est utile si vous souhaitez savoir que la fonction touches "
+-"rémanentes attend de vous la saisie d'un raccourci clavier et qu'ainsi la "
+-"touche suivante fait partie d'un raccourci. Cochez <gui>Émettre un bip "
+-"lorsqu'une touche modificatrice est enfoncée</gui> pour activer cela."
++"commencez à saisir un raccourci clavier avec les touches rémanentes activées."
++" C'est utile si vous souhaitez savoir que la fonction touches rémanentes "
++"attend de vous la saisie d'un raccourci clavier et qu'ainsi la touche "
++"suivante fait partie d'un raccourci. Cochez <gui>Émettre un bip lorsqu'une "
++"touche modificatrice est enfoncée</gui> pour activer cela."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+@@ -1104,11 +1417,13 @@
+ "Activer les alertes visuelles pour faire clignoter l'écran ou la fenêtre "
+ "quand une alerte sonore est émise."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+ msgstr "Clignotement de l'écran lors des alertes sonores"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1120,7 +1435,8 @@
+ "pouvez faire clignoter l'écran complet ou la fenêtre actuelle chaque fois "
+ "qu'une alerte sonore est émise."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+@@ -1131,21 +1447,25 @@
+ "vous à <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> pour apprendre à mettre en sourdine les "
+ "alertes sonores puis activez les alertes visuelles."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'<gui>Accès universel</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Audition</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+-"screen or just your current window to flash."
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Activez le bouton <gui>Alertes visuelles</gui>. Cochez si vous voulez faire "
+-"clignoter tout l'écran ou seulement la barre de titre."
++"Activez les <gui>Alertes visuelles</gui>. Sélectionnez si vous souhaitez que "
++"l'écran entier clignote ou uniquement le titre de votre fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1155,91 +1475,113 @@
+ "en cliquant sur l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> dans "
+ "la barre supérieure et en choisissant <gui>Alertes visuelles</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+ msgstr "Quelques conseils sur l'utilisation du manuel d'aide du bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name) C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/windows-key.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Le projet de documentation GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "À propos de ce guide"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+@@ -1251,7 +1593,8 @@
+ "donner des conseils pour l'utiliser de façon optimum. Nous avons voulu qu'il "
+ "soit aussi simple à utiliser que possible :"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+@@ -1261,7 +1604,8 @@
+ "chapitres. Vous n'avez donc pas besoin de parcourir un manuel complet pour "
+ "trouver une réponse à vos questions."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+@@ -1272,7 +1616,8 @@
+ "sujets en relation. Ils simplifient la recherche de rubriques similaires "
+ "pour vous aider dans certaines tâches."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+@@ -1282,7 +1627,8 @@
+ "est une <em>barre de recherche</em> et des résultats pertinents y "
+ "apparaissent dès que vous commencez la saisie."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1294,7 +1640,8 @@
+ "répondrons pas à toutes vos questions. Nous continuons malgré tout à ajouter "
+ "sans cesse de nouvelles explications."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+@@ -1302,84 +1649,56 @@
+ "Merci d'avoir pris le temps de lire l'aide du bureau. Nous souhaitons "
+ "sincèrement que vous n'en aurez jamais besoin."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- L'équipe de documentation de GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "Connecter un compte en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name) C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name) C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:12(credit/name)
+-msgid "Michael Hill"
+-msgstr "Michael Hill"
+-
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "Ajout d'un compte"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+@@ -1390,17 +1709,20 @@
+ "discussion et les autres applications concernées, seront configurées pour "
+ "vous."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur le bouton <key>+</key> dans la partie inférieure gauche de la "
+ "fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur le menu <gui>Type de compte</gui> et sélectionnez-en un."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+@@ -1408,11 +1730,13 @@
+ "Si vous possédez plus d'un type de compte, vous pourrez ajouter les autres "
+ "comptes ultérieurement."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
+@@ -1422,7 +1746,8 @@
+ "informations d'identification. Par exemple, si vous configurez un compte "
+ "Google, saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe Google."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+ "GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
+@@ -1432,7 +1757,8 @@
+ "sera demandé d'autoriser GNOME à accéder à votre compte en ligne. Pour "
+ "continuer, sélectionnez <gui>Grant Access</gui> (Autoriser l'accès)."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1444,7 +1770,8 @@
+ "pour les discussions, mais pas pour le calendrier, désélectionnez l'option "
+ "<gui>Calendrier</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1453,7 +1780,8 @@
+ "sélectionnées utilisera automatiquement ces informations d'authentification "
+ "lorsque vous les lancez."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
+@@ -1463,52 +1791,71 @@
+ "Pour des raisons de sécurité, GNOME n'enregistre pas votre mot de passe sur "
+ "votre ordinateur. Au lieu de cela, il enregistre un jeton qui est fournit "
+ "par le service en ligne. Si vous voulez révoquer complètement la relation "
+-"entre votre bureau et le service en ligne, <link xref=\"accounts-remove"
+-"\">supprimez</link> cette dernière."
++"entre votre bureau et le service en ligne, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">supprimez</link> cette dernière."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name) C/power-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name) C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
+-msgid "Create a new account using Online Accounts."
+-msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte en utilisant Comptes en ligne."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte en utilisant <app>Comptes en ligne</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "Création d'un compte en ligne"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+@@ -1519,32 +1866,39 @@
+ "app>. Cela vous permet de gérer tous vos comptes en ligne à partir d'une "
+ "seule application."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Comptes en ligne</app> à partir de la vue "
+ "d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+ "types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez un <gui>Type de compte</gui> dans le menu déroulant. Il se peut "
+-"que certains types de comptes ne <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available"
+-"\">soient pas disponibles</link>."
++"que certains types de comptes ne <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-"
++"available\">soient pas disponibles</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter…</gui> pour continuer."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+ "appears."
+@@ -1552,7 +1906,8 @@
+ "Dans la page qui apparaît, recherchez le bouton ou le lien <gui>Sign Up</"
+ "gui> (s'inscrire) et cliquez dessus."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+ "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
+@@ -1563,7 +1918,8 @@
+ "enregistrer ne fournit pas cette option pour l'instant, vous allez devoir "
+ "utiliser une méthode alternative pour créer un compte."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+ "details such as username and password."
+@@ -1571,7 +1927,8 @@
+ "Remplissez le formulaire d'enregistrement. Normalement il vous sera demandé "
+ "des informations personnelles telles que nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+@@ -1579,7 +1936,8 @@
+ "Vous devez autoriser l'accès de GNOME à votre nouveau compte pour l'utiliser "
+ "avec les <app>Comptes en ligne</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+ "default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
+@@ -1589,7 +1947,8 @@
+ "défaut. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Désélectionnez</link> "
+ "individuellement chaque service pour les désactiver."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+@@ -1599,11 +1958,13 @@
+ "services (comme les calendriers et les courriels). Vous pouvez contrôler "
+ "quels services peuvent être utilisés par les applications."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr "Contrôle des services en ligne accessibles par un compte"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1620,27 +1981,23 @@
+ "mais pas pour les discussions, parce que vous possédez un autre compte en "
+ "ligne pour les discussions."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez désactiver certains services fournis par chaque compte en ligne :"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez l'application <gui>Comptes en ligne</gui> à partir de la vue "
+-"d'ensemble des activités."
+-
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le compte que vous voulez modifier dans la liste sur la gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+@@ -1648,11 +2005,13 @@
+ "Une liste de services disponibles avec ce compte est affichée sous "
+ "<gui>Utiliser ce compte pour</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr "Désélectionnez chaque service que vous ne voulez pas utiliser."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+@@ -1662,7 +2021,8 @@
+ "votre ordinateur ne sont plus capables d'utiliser le compte pour se "
+ "connecter à ce service."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+@@ -1670,22 +2030,27 @@
+ "Pour activer un service que vous avez désactivé, retournez dans la fenêtre "
+ "de <gui>Comptes en ligne</gui> et sélectionnez-le à nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr "Les fournisseurs de service en ligne ne sont pas dans la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "Pourquoi mon type de compte n'apparaît pas dans la liste ?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+@@ -1694,60 +2059,73 @@
+ "développer. Actuellement, seuls quelques types de comptes en ligne sont pris "
+ "en charge :"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+-msgstr "La prise en charge de Yahoo devrait être ajoutée dans un futur proche."
++msgstr ""
++"La prise en charge de Yahoo devrait être ajoutée dans un futur proche."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous êtes intéressés par l'ajout de la prise en charge pour d'autres "
+ "services, contactez les développeurs en utilisant le <link href=\"https://"
+-"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts"
+-"\">gestionnaire de suivi de bogues</link>."
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-"
++"accounts\">gestionnaire de suivi de bogues</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "Supprimer complètement un compte en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "Suppression d'un compte"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez le compte que vous souhaitez supprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur le bouton <key>-</key> dans la partie inférieure gauche de la "
+ "fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Supprimer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+@@ -1757,13 +2135,21 @@
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restreindre les services</link> accessibles par "
+ "votre bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name) C/power-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+@@ -1771,11 +2157,13 @@
+ "Les applications qui utilisent les comptes créés dans <app>Comptes en ligne</"
+ "app> et les services qu'elles exploitent."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr "Quelles applications utilisent les comptes en ligne ?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+@@ -1783,11 +2171,13 @@
+ "<app>Comptes en ligne</app> peut être utilisé par des applications externes "
+ "pour se configurer automatiquement."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "Avec un compte Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1799,29 +2189,35 @@
+ "automatiquement récupérés, vous avez accès à vos contacts et le calendrier "
+ "vous affiche les éléments de votre agenda Google."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+-"will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'application de messagerie instantanée <app>Empathy</app> : votre compte en "
+ "ligne est ajouté et vous pourrez communiquer avec vos amis."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Contacts</app> : cela vous permet de voir et de modifier vos contacts."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> peut accéder à vos documents en ligne et les afficher."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Avec des comptes Windows Live, Facebook ou Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+@@ -1829,11 +2225,13 @@
+ "<app>Empathy</app> peut utiliser ces comptes pour vous connecter et discuter "
+ "avec vos contacts, vos amis et vos abonnés."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+-msgstr "Avec des comptes SkyDrive"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "Avec un compte SkyDrive"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+ "and display them."
+@@ -1841,21 +2239,63 @@
+ "<app>Documents</app> peut accéder à vos documents en ligne dans Microsoft "
+ "SkyDrive et les afficher."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Avec un compte Exchange"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"Une fois que vous aurez créé un compte Exchange, <app>Evolution</app> "
++"commencera à recevoir les courriels de ce compte."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "Avec un compte ownCloud"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsqu'un compte ownCloud est créé, <app>Evolution</app> peut y accéder et "
++"modifier les contacts et rendez-vous du calendrier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Files</app> ainsi que d'autres applications seront en mesure de "
++"répertorier et d'accéder à vos fichiers stockés en ligne dans l'installation "
++"ownCloud."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pourquoi ajouter vos courriels ou vos comptes de réseau social à votre "
+ "bureau ?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "Pourquoi devrais-je ajouter un compte ?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1872,36 +2312,48 @@
+ "une seule fois et à chaque fois que vous allumez votre ordinateur, tous les "
+ "services que vous avez choisis sont prêts."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+-msgstr "Accéder à des services en ligne du type Facebook et Google."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Créer un nouveau compte</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Ajouter un compte existant</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Supprimer un compte</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Comptes en ligne"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
+-"Facebook) into the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window. This will let you "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+ "easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
+ "applications without having to enter your account details again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez saisir vos informations de connexion pour des services en ligne "
+-"(du type Google et Facebook) dans la fenêtre de <gui>Comptes en ligne</gui>. "
+-"Cela vous permet d'accéder facilement à votre calendrier, vos courriels, vos "
+-"comptes de discussion et d'autres similarités, à partir de vos applications "
+-"sans avoir à saisir vos informations de comptes à nouveau."
++"Vous pouvez saisir vos détails de connexion pour certains services en ligne "
++"(comme Google et Facebook) dans la fenêtre <app>Comptes en ligne</app>. Cela "
++"vous permettra d'accéder facilement à votre calendrier, à vos courriels, "
++"comptes de messagerie instantanée et autres choses similaires à partir de "
++"ces applications sans avoir à saisir vos détails de compte à nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Vérifier que votre sauvegarde est réussie."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "Vérification de votre sauvegarde"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+@@ -1911,7 +2363,8 @@
+ "qu'elle est réussie. Si cela n'a pas fonctionné proprement, vous risquez de "
+ "perdre des données importantes s'il manque des fichiers dans la sauvegarde."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -1925,7 +2378,8 @@
+ "vérifications complémentaires afin d'être sûr que tout s'est déroulé "
+ "parfaitement."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -1937,7 +2391,8 @@
+ "tous présents, vous avez une chance supplémentaire pour que tout se soit "
+ "bien déroulé pendant le processus."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -1949,7 +2404,8 @@
+ "comme <app>Déjà Dup</app> par exemple. Ce genre de programme est plus "
+ "puissant et plus fiable qu'un simple copier-coller."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -1957,38 +2413,48 @@
+ "Apprendre à estimer la fréquence de sauvegarde des fichiers importants pour "
+ "votre sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Fréquence des sauvegardes"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+@@ -1999,7 +2465,8 @@
+ "sensibles, alors même une sauvegarde chaque nuit n'est sans doute pas encore "
+ "suffisante."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+@@ -2009,17 +2476,20 @@
+ "alors un enregistrement par heure est certainement inutile. Tenez compte des "
+ "éléments suivants pour planifier la fréquence des sauvegardes :"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "le temps passé sur votre ordinateur,"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "combien de fois et dans quelles proportions les données de l'ordinateur sont-"
+ "elles modifiées."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -2032,7 +2502,8 @@
+ "ou mensuelle suffit. Par contre, si vous êtes au milieu d'un redressement "
+ "fiscal, sauvegardez les fichiers concernés beaucoup plus souvent."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+@@ -2044,7 +2515,8 @@
+ "Par exemple, si vous estimez trop long de passer une semaine pour réécrire "
+ "les documents perdus, alors faites au minimum une sauvegarde par semaine."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+@@ -2052,11 +2524,13 @@
+ "Utiliser « Déjà Dup » (ou un autre logiciel de sauvegarde) pour faire des "
+ "copies de vos documents et paramètres importants afin d'éviter des pertes."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Procédure de sauvegarde"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -2066,7 +2540,8 @@
+ "confier ce travail à un logiciel de sauvegarde. Il y a plusieurs "
+ "applications disponibles, dont <app>Déjà Dup</app> par exemple."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+@@ -2074,7 +2549,8 @@
+ "Le manuel de l'application que vous choisissez, va vous indiquer comment "
+ "configurer vos paramètres de sauvegarde et de restauration de vos données."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2084,11 +2560,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une autre solution consiste à <link xref=\"files-copy\">copier vos fichiers</"
+ "link> dans un endroit sûr comme un disque dur externe, un autre ordinateur "
+-"du réseau ou un périphérique USB. Vos <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">fichiers personnels</link> et réglages sont en général stockés dans votre "
+-"dossier personnel d'où vous pouvez les copier."
++"du réseau ou un périphérique USB. Vos <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">fichiers personnels</link> et réglages sont en général stockés "
++"dans votre dossier personnel d'où vous pouvez les copier."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2099,7 +2576,8 @@
+ "votre périphérique de destination, il est préférable de sauvegarder tout le "
+ "Dossier personnel à l'exception :"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2107,18 +2585,21 @@
+ "des fichiers qui sont déjà sauvegardés ailleurs comme sur un CD, un DVD ou "
+ "un autre support amovible,"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "des fichiers que vous pouvez facilement recréer. Par exemple, si vous êtes "
+ "développeur, vous n'avez pas besoin de sauvegarder les fichiers qui ont été "
+ "générés lors de la compilation de vos programmes. Par contre, assurez-vous "
+ "de bien sauvegarder les fichiers source originaux."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2126,15 +2607,18 @@
+ "des fichiers de votre corbeille. La corbeille correspond au dossier <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Restaurer vos fichiers à partir d'une sauvegarde."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "Restauration d'une sauvegarde"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2142,7 +2626,8 @@
+ "Si vous perdez ou supprimez quelques-uns de vos fichiers, mais que vous en "
+ "avez une sauvegarde, vous pouvez les restaurer :"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+@@ -2153,7 +2638,8 @@
+ "réseau, vous pouvez <link xref=\"files-copy\">les recopier</link> vers votre "
+ "ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2165,7 +2651,8 @@
+ "logiciel. Consultez le manuel de l'application pour prendre connaissance des "
+ "instructions propres à la restauration de vos fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2173,11 +2660,13 @@
+ "Une liste des dossiers contenant des documents, des fichiers et des "
+ "paramètres que vous aimeriez sans doute sauvegarder."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "Où trouver les fichiers à sauvegarder ?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+@@ -2188,14 +2677,16 @@
+ "exhaustive des fichiers et paramètres méritant d'être sauvegardés ainsi que "
+ "leur localisation."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "Fichiers personnels (documents, musique, photos et vidéos)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2205,7 +2696,8 @@
+ "votre_nom</file>). Ils peuvent aussi se trouver dans des sous-dossiers comme "
+ "« Bureau », « Documents », « Images », « Musique » et « Vidéos »."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+@@ -2218,11 +2710,13 @@
+ "requiert votre dossier personnel, utilisez l'application <app>Analyseur "
+ "d'utilisation des disques</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "Fichiers cachés"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2232,17 +2726,19 @@
+ "Tout fichier ou dossier dont le nom commence par un point (.) est masqué par "
+ "défaut. Pour afficher les fichiers cachés, cliquez sur "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq> "
+-"ou pressez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq>. Vous pouvez copier ces fichiers dans une sauvegarde comme n'importe "
+-"quel autre fichier."
++"ou pressez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
++" Vous pouvez copier ces fichiers dans une sauvegarde comme n'importe quel "
++"autre fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Réglages personnels (préférences du bureau, thèmes et paramètres des "
+ "logiciels)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2251,7 +2747,8 @@
+ "cachés à l'intérieur de votre dossier personnel (voyez ci-dessus les "
+ "explications sur les fichiers cachés)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+@@ -2261,51 +2758,57 @@
+ "fichiers cachés <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</"
+ "file> et <file>.local</file> dans votre dossier personnel."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Préférences système"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les paramètres pour les parties importantes du système ne sont pas "
+ "enregistrés dans votre dossier personnel. Ils peuvent être stockés à "
+-"plusieurs endroits mais la plupart le sont dans le dossier <file>/etc</"
+-"file>. En général, vous n'avez pas besoin de sauvegarder ces fichiers pour "
+-"un ordinateur personnel. Par contre, si vous utilisez un serveur, vous "
+-"devriez sauvegarder les fichiers correspondant aux services en cours "
+-"d'utilisation."
++"plusieurs endroits mais la plupart le sont dans le dossier <file>/etc</file>."
++" En général, vous n'avez pas besoin de sauvegarder ces fichiers pour un "
++"ordinateur personnel. Par contre, si vous utilisez un serveur, vous devriez "
++"sauvegarder les fichiers correspondant aux services en cours d'utilisation."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sauvegarder tout ce qu'il n'est pas envisageable de perdre si quelque chose "
+ "va mal."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "Que faut-il sauvegarder ?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Votre priorité doit être de sauvegarder vos <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">fichiers les plus importants</link> ainsi que ceux qui sont difficiles à "
+-"recréer. Par exemple, classés du plus au moins important :"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"Votre priorité doit être de sauvegarder vos <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">fichiers les plus importants</link> ainsi que ceux qui sont "
++"difficiles à recréer. Par exemple, classés du plus au moins important :"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "Vos fichiers personnels"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+@@ -2314,12 +2817,15 @@
+ "Cela comprend les documents, les feuilles de travail, les courriels, "
+ "l'agenda des rendez-vous, les données financières, les photos de famille ou "
+ "encore d'autres fichiers personnels que vous considérez comme irremplaçables."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Vos réglages personnels"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2334,11 +2840,13 @@
+ "messagerie. Tout ceci peut être retrouvé mais cela peut prendre un certain "
+ "temps."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title) C/shell-terminology.page:62(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Paramètres système"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+@@ -2350,11 +2858,13 @@
+ "une raison ou une autre ou si vous utilisez votre ordinateur en tant que "
+ "serveur alors il vous faut sauvegarder ces réglages."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "Logiciels installés"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+@@ -2362,7 +2872,8 @@
+ "Vos logiciels préférés peuvent normalement être restaurés très rapidement "
+ "après un problème sérieux de votre ordinateur en les réinstallant."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+@@ -2374,23 +2885,28 @@
+ "gaspiller de l'espace de stockage pour sauvegarder des fichiers facilement "
+ "remplaçables."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Conseils sur l'endroit où stocker vos sauvegardes et sur le type de "
+ "périphérique de stockage à utiliser."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Où stocker vos sauvegardes"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2405,7 +2921,8 @@
+ "trouver dans le même immeuble que votre ordinateur, car s'il y a le feu ou "
+ "un vol, les deux copies peuvent être perdues."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2415,37 +2932,45 @@
+ "Choisissez un périphérique avec une capacité de stockage suffisante pour "
+ "accueillir toutes vos sauvegardes."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Options de stockage locale et distante"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Clé USB (faible capacité)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Disque dur interne (haute capacité)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Disque dur externe (typiquement haute capacité)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Périphérique réseau (haute capacité)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Serveur de fichiers ou de sauvegardes (haute capacité)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "CD ou DVD vierges (faible/moyenne capacité)"
+ 
+ # Lien amazon francisé (ça évite une redirection).
+ # Le site d'Ubuntu One n'est pas encore traduit.
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2455,7 +2980,8 @@
+ "\">Amazon S3</link> ou <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</"
+ "link>, par exemple ; les capacités sont fonction du prix)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2464,20 +2990,24 @@
+ "d'y sauvegarder tous les fichiers de votre système, également appelée <em> "
+ "sauvegarde intégrale du système</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Pourquoi, de quoi, où et comment faire des sauvegardes ?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Sauvegardes"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "Sauvegarde de vos fichiers importants"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2493,7 +3023,8 @@
+ "originaux. Par exemple, un périphérique USB, un disque dur externe, un CD/"
+ "DVD ou un service extérieur."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2502,21 +3033,24 @@
+ "(éventuellement chiffrées) et de les stocker en dehors de l'endroit où sont "
+ "les originaux."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connexion</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">envoi de fichiers</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "turn-on-off\">activation et désactivation</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2531,36 +3065,43 @@
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">envoyer des fichiers entre périphériques</link>, par "
+ "exemple entre un ordinateur et un téléphone portable."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Associer des périphériques Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Association d'un ordinateur à un périphérique Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+@@ -2570,8 +3111,9 @@
+ "micro-casque, il faut connecter l'ordinateur au périphérique. On parle aussi "
+ "d'association (ou d'appairage) des périphériques Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+@@ -2579,7 +3121,8 @@
+ "Avant de commencer, vous devez vous assurer que le Bluetooth est activé sur "
+ "votre ordinateur. Reportez-vous à <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2587,7 +3130,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Installer un nouveau périphérique</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2595,19 +3139,21 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Installer un nouveau périphérique</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assurez-vous que le périphérique Bluetooth est <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "visibility\">visible ou détectable</link> et placez-le à moins d'une dizaine "
+ "de mètres de l'ordinateur. Cliquez sur <gui>Continuer</gui>. L'ordinateur "
+ "commence à rechercher les périphériques."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+@@ -2616,7 +3162,8 @@
+ "déroulante <gui>Type de périphérique</gui> pour n'afficher qu'un seul type "
+ "de périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+@@ -2624,7 +3171,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Options du numéro d'identification personnel</gui> pour "
+ "définir la façon d'envoyer un code PIN au périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+@@ -2637,7 +3185,8 @@
+ "PIN du tout. Consultez le manuel du périphérique pour connaître le paramètre "
+ "qui convient."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2645,7 +3194,8 @@
+ "Choisissez le paramétrage PIN qui convient à votre périphérique, puis "
+ "cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+@@ -2653,7 +3203,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Continuer</gui>. Si vous n'avez pas choisi un code PIN "
+ "prédéfini, le code PIN s'affiche à l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+@@ -2664,7 +3215,8 @@
+ "l'ordinateur, ou alors il vous demande de le saisir. Confirmez le code PIN "
+ "sur le périphérique et cliquez sur <gui>Correspond</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+@@ -2674,7 +3226,8 @@
+ "des périphériques, sinon la connexion ne sera pas réalisée. Si cela arrive, "
+ "revenez à la liste des périphériques et recommencez."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2682,7 +3235,8 @@
+ "Un message s'affiche lorsque la connexion est réussie. Cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Fermer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2690,7 +3244,18 @@
+ "Vous pouvez <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">supprimer une "
+ "connexion Bluetooth</link> plus tard si vous le voulez."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour contrôler l'accès à vos fichiers partagés, veuillez vous reporter aux "
++"paramètres de <gui>Partage Bluetooth</gui>. Voir <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"bluetooth\"/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2698,11 +3263,13 @@
+ "L'adaptateur peut être débranché ou ne pas avoir de pilote (driver), ou bien "
+ "le Bluetooth peut être désactivé ou bloqué."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Impossible de connecter mon périphérique Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+@@ -2710,11 +3277,13 @@
+ "Les raisons qui empêchent de connecter un périphérique Bluetooth, comme un "
+ "téléphone ou un micro-casque, sont nombreuses."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Connexion bloquée ou manquant de fiabilité"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+@@ -2725,11 +3294,13 @@
+ "Assurez-vous que votre périphérique est configuré pour autoriser les "
+ "connexions."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "Le matériel Bluetooth n'est pas reconnu"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2744,11 +3315,13 @@
+ "qui convienne. Dans ce cas, il faudra vous procurer un autre adaptateur "
+ "Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "L'adaptateur n'est pas allumé"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+@@ -2758,7 +3331,8 @@
+ "l'icône Bluetooth dans la <gui>barre de menu</gui> et vérifiez qu'il n'est "
+ "pas <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">désactivé</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+@@ -2768,11 +3342,13 @@
+ "Bluetooth dans la barre du haut de l'écran et vérifiez qu'il n'est pas <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">désactivé</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:55(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr "La connexion du périphérique Bluetooth est coupée"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+@@ -2782,11 +3358,13 @@
+ "essayez de connecter. Par exemple, si vous être en train de connecter un "
+ "téléphone, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en mode avion."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:60(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'adaptateur Bluetooth sur votre ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2794,15 +3372,18 @@
+ "Beaucoup d'ordinateurs n'ont pas d'adaptateur Bluetooth. Achetez un "
+ "adaptateur si vous voulez utiliser le Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Retirer un périphérique de la liste des périphériques Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+ msgstr "Suppression d'une connexion entre des périphériques Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+@@ -2814,7 +3395,8 @@
+ "une souris ou un micro-casque, ou si vous ne voulez plus transférer de "
+ "fichiers vers ou depuis un périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2822,8 +3404,9 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la <gui>barre de menu</gui> et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2831,7 +3414,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre du haut de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+@@ -2839,11 +3423,13 @@
+ "Sélectionnez le périphérique que vous voulez déconnecter dans le panneau de "
+ "gauche, puis cliquez sur l'icône <gui>-</gui> en dessous de la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Supprimer</gui> dans la fenêtre de confirmation."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2851,16 +3437,19 @@
+ "Vous pouvez <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnecter un "
+ "périphérique Bluetooth</link> ultérieurement si vous le souhaitez."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Partager des fichiers avec un périphérique Bluetooth comme votre téléphone."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Envoi d'un fichier vers un périphérique Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2876,35 +3465,28 @@
+ "depuis la fenêtre de paramétrage Bluetooth, ou directement depuis le "
+ "gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+-"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+-"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
+-"or directly from the file manager."
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il est possible d'envoyer des fichiers vers des périphériques Bluetooth "
+ "connectés, comme des téléphones portables ou d'autres ordinateurs. Certains "
+ "types de périphériques ne permettent pas de transférer des fichiers, ou des "
+-"types particuliers de fichiers. Vous pouvez envoyer des fichiers de trois "
+-"façons : en utilisant l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure l'écran, "
+-"depuis la fenêtre de paramétrage Bluetooth, ou directement depuis le "
+-"gestionnaire de fichiers."
++"types particuliers de fichiers. Vous pouvez envoyer des fichiers en "
++"utilisant l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure ou depuis la fenêtre "
++"des paramètres Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/"
+-">."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour envoyer des fichiers directement depuis le gestionnaire de fichiers, "
+-"reportez-vous à <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Envoi de fichiers en utilisant l'icône Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2912,7 +3494,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Envoyer des fichiers vers un périphérique</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2920,13 +3503,17 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Envoyer des fichiers vers un périphérique</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisissez le fichier que vous voulez envoyer et cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Sélectionner</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -2934,7 +3521,8 @@
+ "Pour envoyer plusieurs fichiers d'un dossier, maintenez enfoncée la touche "
+ "<key>Ctrl</key> pendant que vous sélectionnez les fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2942,10 +3530,11 @@
+ "Sélectionnez le périphérique de destination et cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+@@ -2955,18 +3544,22 @@
+ "connect-device\">périphériques auxquels vous êtes déjà connecté</link> que "
+ "les <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">périphériques visibles</link>. Si "
+ "vous n'êtes pas encore connecté au périphérique sélectionné, il vous est "
+-"demandé d'associer le périphérique après avoir cliqué sur <gui>Envoyer</"
+-"gui>. Ceci nécessite probablement confirmation sur l'autre périphérique."
++"demandé d'associer le périphérique après avoir cliqué sur <gui>Envoyer</gui>."
++" Ceci nécessite probablement confirmation sur l'autre périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+ msgstr ""
+ "S'il y a beaucoup de périphériques, vous pouvez en limiter la liste à un "
+ "type particulier grâce à la liste déroulante <gui>Type de périphérique</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+@@ -2976,11 +3569,13 @@
+ "un bouton pour accepter le fichier. Dès que le propriétaire a accepté ou "
+ "refusé, le résultat du transfert de fichiers s'affiche sur votre écran."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Envoi de fichiers depuis les « Paramètres Bluetooth »"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2988,7 +3583,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre du haut de l'écran et "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+@@ -2998,38 +3594,44 @@
+ "liste ne contient que les périphériques auxquels vous êtes déjà connecté. "
+ "Consultez <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans les informations du périphérique sur la droite, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Envoyer des fichiers</gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le périphérique Bluetooth sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "Activation ou désactivation du Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "L'icône Bluetooth dans la barre du haut de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3040,7 +3642,8 @@
+ "activer le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre de menu et "
+ "cliquez sur <gui>Activer le Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3051,7 +3654,8 @@
+ "activer le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure "
+ "de l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3060,13 +3664,14 @@
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Beaucoup d'ordinateurs portables disposent d'un sélecteur matériel ou "
+-"possèdent une combinaison de touches pour activer ou désactiver le "
+-"Bluetooth. Si le matériel Bluetooth est éteint, vous n'avez pas d'icône "
+-"Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran. Recherchez un bouton sur "
+-"votre ordinateur ou une touche sur votre clavier. On peut souvent accéder à "
+-"la touche clavier grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
++"possèdent une combinaison de touches pour activer ou désactiver le Bluetooth."
++" Si le matériel Bluetooth est éteint, vous n'avez pas d'icône Bluetooth dans "
++"la barre supérieure de l'écran. Recherchez un bouton sur votre ordinateur ou "
++"une touche sur votre clavier. On peut souvent accéder à la touche clavier "
++"grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3075,13 +3680,14 @@
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Beaucoup d'ordinateurs portables disposent d'un sélecteur matériel ou "
+-"possèdent une combinaison de touches pour activer ou désactiver le "
+-"Bluetooth. Si le matériel Bluetooth est éteint, vous n'avez pas d'icône "
+-"Bluetooth dans la barre supérieure de l'écran. Recherchez un bouton sur "
+-"votre ordinateur ou une touche sur votre clavier. On peut souvent accéder à "
+-"la touche clavier grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
++"possèdent une combinaison de touches pour activer ou désactiver le Bluetooth."
++" Si le matériel Bluetooth est éteint, vous n'avez pas d'icône Bluetooth dans "
++"la barre supérieure de l'écran. Recherchez un bouton sur votre ordinateur ou "
++"une touche sur votre clavier. On peut souvent accéder à la touche clavier "
++"grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -3089,7 +3695,8 @@
+ "Pour désactiver le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth et cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Désactiver le Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+@@ -3097,7 +3704,8 @@
+ "Pour désactiver Bluetooth, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+@@ -3107,16 +3715,19 @@
+ "ordinateur à partir d'un autre périphérique. Reportez-vous à <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> pour plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir si les autres périphériques peuvent reconnaître votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la visibilité Bluetooth ?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+@@ -3129,7 +3740,8 @@
+ "ordinateur informe de sa présence tous les autres périphériques à sa portée, "
+ "les autorisant ainsi à essayer de se connecter à vous."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+@@ -3138,7 +3750,8 @@
+ "périphériques, mais ces périphériques doivent être visibles pour que votre "
+ "ordinateur puisse les découvrir."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+@@ -3148,7 +3761,8 @@
+ "périphérique</link>, ni votre ordinateur, ni le périphérique n'ont besoin "
+ "d'être visibles pour communiquer entre eux."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+@@ -3157,79 +3771,104 @@
+ "besoin de vous connecter à l'ordinateur à partir d'un autre périphérique, "
+ "mieux vaut laisser la visibilité désactivée."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Pourquoi est-ce important ?</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"color#profiles\">Profils de couleurs</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"color#calibration\">Comment calibrer un périphérique</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Gestion de la couleur"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Profils de couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Calibration"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(media) C/shell-introduction.page:101(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr "Afficher ses rendez-vous sur le calendrier, en haut de l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "Rendez-vous du calendrier"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr "Vous devez d'abord installer <app>Évolution</app> sur votre système."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3238,15 +3877,18 @@
+ "installée par défaut. Si ce n'est pas le cas, installez-le avec le "
+ "gestionnaire de paquets de votre distribution."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "Pour consulter vos rendez-vous :"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur l'horloge située dans la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3254,7 +3896,8 @@
+ "Dans le <gui>Calendrier</gui>, sélectionnez la date qui concerne vos rendez-"
+ "vous."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3263,11 +3906,16 @@
+ "que vous ajoutez des rendez-vous dans <gui>Évolution</gui>, ils apparaissent "
+ "aussi dans la liste des rendez-vous de l'horloge."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:102(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "Horloge, calendrier et rendez-vous"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3275,7 +3923,8 @@
+ "Pour accéder rapidement au calendrier d'<gui>Évolution</gui>, cliquez sur "
+ "l'horloge puis sur <gui>Ouvrir le calendrier</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+@@ -3285,7 +3934,8 @@
+ "<gui>Évolution</gui> sinon, une fenêtre affiche les différentes étapes à "
+ "valider pour configurer votre premier compte."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3293,11 +3943,13 @@
+ "Cliquer sur l'horloge de la barre supérieure et entrer dans les "
+ "<gui>Paramètres de date et heure</gui> pour modifier la date et l'heure."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+ msgstr "Modification de la date et de l'heure"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3305,7 +3957,8 @@
+ "Si la date et l'heure dans la barre supérieure sont faux ou affichés dans un "
+ "format qui ne vous convient pas, vous pouvez les modifier :"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3313,7 +3966,9 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'horloge dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Paramètres de date et heure</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+@@ -3321,16 +3976,18 @@
+ "Il vous sera peut-être demandé de <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> et de saisir "
+ "votre <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">mot de passe administrateur</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, "
+-"hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Réglez la date et l'heure à l'aide des flèches en choisissant l'année, le "
+-"jour, l'heure et les minutes. Vous pouvez sélectionner le mois dans la liste "
+-"déroulante."
++"Réglez la date et l'heure à l'aide des flèches en choisissant les heures et "
++"les minutes. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'année, le mois et le jour avec les "
++"listes déroulantes."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+@@ -3338,44 +3995,51 @@
+ "Si vous souhaitez que l'horloge se règle automatiquement toute seule, "
+ "activez le bouton <gui>Heure réseau</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+ "don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
+ "the internet."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque l'<gui>heure réseau</gui> est activée, l'ordinateur synchronise "
++"Lorsque l'<em>heure réseau</em> est activée, l'ordinateur synchronise "
+ "périodiquement son horloge avec une horloge internet très précise et vous "
+ "n'avez donc pas à le faire manuellement. Mais cette fonction ne peut être "
+ "utilisée que si vous êtes connecté à internet."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour "
+-"format on or off."
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez aussi modifier l'affichage en activant ou désactivant "
+-"l'affichage sur 24 heures."
++"Vous pouvez aussi modifier l'affichage de l'heure en sélectionnant "
++"l'affichage <gui>24 heures</gui> ou <gui>AM/PM</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ajouter d'autres fuseaux horaires pour voir l'heure dans d'autres villes."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "Modification de votre fuseau horaire"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:21(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur l'horloge située au milieu de la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres de date et heure</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3383,7 +4047,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur votre position sur la carte, puis choisissez votre ville de "
+ "référence dans le menu déroulant."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3396,58 +4061,62 @@
+ "de date et heure</gui>. Il se peut que vous ayez besoin de <link xref="
+ "\"clock-set\">régler l'heure manuellement</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+ "appointments</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Paramètres de date et heure</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"clock-timezone\">fuseau horaire</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendrier et rendez-vous</link>…"
++"\"clock-timezone\">fuseau horaire</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendrier et rendez-vous</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Date &amp; heure"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+-"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
+-"option to change this."
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Consulter les options disponibles dans <guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</"
++"Consulter les options disponibles dans <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</"
+ "gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> pour les modifier."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr "Attribution de profils aux périphériques"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
+-"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez <guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> et "
+-"cliquez sur le périphérique auquel vous voulez ajouter un profil."
++"Ouvrez <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> et cliquez "
++"sur le périphérique auquel vous souhaitez ajouter un profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3455,7 +4124,8 @@
+ "En cliquant sur <gui>Ajouter un profil</gui>, vous pouvez sélectionner un "
+ "profil existant ou importer un nouveau fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3469,13 +4139,15 @@
+ "choisir un autre automatiquement. Par exemple, s'il y a un profil donné pour "
+ "du papier glacé et un autre pour du papier standard."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour sélectionner un profil comme profil par défaut, sélectionnez-le à "
+ "l'aide du bouton radio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+@@ -3483,17 +4155,20 @@
+ "Si un matériel de calibration est connecté, le bouton <gui>Calibrer…</gui> "
+ "va générer un nouveau profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrer votre appareil photo est important pour obtenir des couleurs "
+ "exactes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "Calibration d'un appareil photo"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3504,7 +4179,8 @@
+ "TIFF, il peut être utilisé ensuite pour calibrer l'appareil dans le panneau "
+ "de contrôle des couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3515,7 +4191,8 @@
+ "calibration ne fonctionnera pas si l'image est à l'envers ou trop largement "
+ "distordue."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3527,30 +4204,36 @@
+ "d'autres profils pour des conditions d'éclairage <em>studio</em>, <em>plein "
+ "soleil</em> et <em>temps nuageux</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrer votre imprimante est important pour imprimer des couleurs exactes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "Calibration d'une imprimante"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Il y a deux façons d'attribuer un profil à une imprimante :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "utiliser un photospectromètre comme le Pantone ColorMunki,"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr ""
+ "télécharger l'impression d'un fichier de référence d'un vendeur de "
+ "cartouches couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3565,7 +4248,8 @@
+ "une enveloppe à bulles. Ils vont scanner votre épreuve, générer le profil et "
+ "vous envoyer par courriel un profil ICC exact."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3574,33 +4258,39 @@
+ "ne se justifie que si vous devez profiler beaucoup de cartouches d'encre ou "
+ "de types différents de papier."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous changez de fournisseur d'encre, assurez-vous de recalibrer votre "
+ "imprimante !"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrer votre scanner est important pour enregistrer des couleurs exactes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "Calibration d'un scanner"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+-"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Scannez le fichier cible et enregistrez-le dans un fichier TIFF non "
+-"compressé. Vous pouvez alors cliquez sur <gui>Calibrer…</gui> dans "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> pour créer "
+-"un profil pour le périphérique."
++"compressé. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur <gui>Calibrer…</gui> dans "
++"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> pour créer un "
++"profil pour le périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3609,15 +4299,19 @@
+ "changements de températures et ne nécessitent généralement pas d'être "
+ "recalibrés."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+-msgstr "Calibrer votre écran est important pour afficher des couleurs exactes."
++msgstr ""
++"Calibrer votre écran est important pour afficher des couleurs exactes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "Calibration d'un écran"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+@@ -3626,22 +4320,23 @@
+ "absolument le faire si vous travaillez dans la conception assistée par "
+ "ordinateur d'illustrations ou de dessins artistiques."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+-"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
+-"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
+-"settings to adjust."
+-msgstr ""
+-"L'utilisation d'un colorimètre vous permet de mesurer précisément les "
+-"différentes couleurs que votre écran peut afficher. Ouvrez "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> pour "
+-"générer facilement un profil et laissez-vous guider par l'assistant qui vous "
+-"indiquera comment connecter votre colorimètre et quels sont les paramètres à "
+-"ajuster."
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"L'utilisation d'un périphérique nommé un colorimètre vous permet de mesurer "
++"précisément les différentes couleurs que votre écran peut afficher. Exécutez "
++"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> pour facilement "
++"créer un profil, puis laissez-vous guider par l'assistant qui vous indiquera "
++"comment connecter votre colorimètre et quels sont les paramètres à ajuster."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3653,21 +4348,25 @@
+ "vieillissant. Vous devriez donc recalibrer votre écran quand l'icône [!] "
+ "s'affiche dans le panneau de contrôle des couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les écrans à LED évoluent aussi dans le temps, mais dans une bien moindre "
+ "mesure que les TFT."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr "Calibrer et caractériser sont deux choses complètement différentes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "Différence entre calibration et caractérisation"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3678,15 +4377,18 @@
+ "comportement au niveau des couleurs d'un périphérique. Vous pouvez le faire "
+ "typiquement de deux façons :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "en modifier ses réglages et ses paramètres internes,"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "en appliquant des courbes à ses canaux de couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3701,7 +4403,8 @@
+ "fichier spécifique au système qui enregistre les réglages ou les courbes de "
+ "calibration par canal."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3720,7 +4423,8 @@
+ "périphérique. La connaissance des caractéristiques de deux périphériques "
+ "permet de transférer les couleurs de l'un à l'autre."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3729,7 +4433,8 @@
+ "si ce dernier se trouve exactement dans le même état que quand il a été "
+ "caractérisé."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3747,15 +4452,18 @@
+ "aucun outil ni application de calibration ne tient compte des informations "
+ "ICC de caractérisation (profil)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr "Nous supportons de nombreux périphériques de calibration."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "Prise en charge d'instruments de mesure de la couleur"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3764,51 +4472,63 @@
+ "charge les instruments de mesure de couleurs. Ainsi, les instruments de "
+ "mesure de couleurs suivants sont pris en charge :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectromètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectromètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design ou Photo (spectromètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Création (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimètre)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3816,7 +4536,8 @@
+ "Le Pantone Huey est actuellement le matériel le moins cher et le mieux "
+ "supporté sous Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+@@ -3826,71 +4547,88 @@
+ "directe supportés pour vous aider à calibrer et caractériser vos "
+ "imprimantes :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr "Utiliser des cibles pour calibrer les scanners et appareils photos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "Types de cibles supportées"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "Les cibles suivantes sont prises en charge :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3898,7 +4636,8 @@
+ "Vous pouvez acheter des cibles de marques connues comme KODAK, X-Rite et "
+ "LaserSoft dans différents magasins en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3906,18 +4645,21 @@
+ "Vous pouvez aussi acheter des cibles chez <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> à un prix très raisonnable."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Partager des profils de couleurs n'est jamais une bonne idée, car le "
+ "matériel évolue dans le temps."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "Partage de mon profil de couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -3932,7 +4674,8 @@
+ "portant le numéro de série suivant et qui lui sera resté allumé pendant des "
+ "milliers d'heures."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -3942,7 +4685,8 @@
+ "vous aurez peut-être une calibration <em>approchante</em>, mais il est "
+ "inexacte de prétendre que votre écran est calibré."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -3956,7 +4700,8 @@
+ "créé dans les conditions spécifiques d'éclairage de votre environnement n'a "
+ "pas beaucoup de sens."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -3965,16 +4710,19 @@
+ "téléchargés depuis des sites marchands en ligne, ou de ceux qui ont été "
+ "générés spécialement pour vous."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Des profils de couleurs peuvent être achetés en ligne ou générés par vous."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Obtention de profils de couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -3982,7 +4730,8 @@
+ "La meilleure façon d'obtenir des profils est de les générer vous-même, même "
+ "si cela nécessite un investissement initial."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -3993,7 +4742,8 @@
+ "pilotes</em> que vous pouvez télécharger et extraire puis dans lesquels il "
+ "vous faut les rechercher."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -4007,7 +4757,8 @@
+ "c'est le cas, alors il s'agit de données factices qui ne vous seront "
+ "d'aucune utilité."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+@@ -4015,15 +4766,18 @@
+ "Consultez <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> pour savoir pourquoi les "
+ "profils fournis par les marchands sont parfois pires qu'inutiles."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr "Importer facilement des profils de couleur en les ouvrant."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Importation de profils de couleur"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+@@ -4032,28 +4786,32 @@
+ "fichier <input>.ICC</input> ou <input>.ICM</input> dans le navigateur de "
+ "fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+ "profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Autrement, sélectionnez <gui>Importer un profil…</gui> dans le menu "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> quand vous "
+-"définissez le profil d'un périphérique."
++"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> lorsque vous "
++"cȟoisissez le profil d'un périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser une correction de couleurs pour tout l'écran modifie toutes les "
+ "couleurs d'affichage pour toutes les fenêtres."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr "Informations manquantes pour la correction des couleurs de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -4066,7 +4824,8 @@
+ "la compensation de couleur, vous ne verrez pas de modification générale des "
+ "couleurs de votre écran."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -4076,16 +4835,19 @@
+ "calibration que de caractérisation, vous devez utiliser un instrument "
+ "spécial de mesure de la couleur appelé colorimètre ou spectromètre."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Recevoir une notification si votre profil de couleur est ancien et inexact."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr "Réception d'une notification pour un profil de couleur inexact"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+@@ -4096,7 +4858,8 @@
+ "une recalibration ne repose que sur la mesure du temps écoulé depuis la "
+ "dernière calibration."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+@@ -4105,21 +4868,22 @@
+ "profils, car un profil de couleur inexact peut conduire à de grosses "
+ "différences sur le produit fini."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
+-"notifications will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous appliquez une règle de péremption et qu'un profil devient plus "
+-"ancien que la règle, alors un triangle rouge d'avertissement s'affiche dans "
+-"la boîte de dialogue <guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</"
+-"gui></guiseq> à côté du profil en question. Une notification d'avertissement "
+-"s'affiche également à chaque fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte "
+-"utilisateur."
++"Si vous appliquez une règle de péremption et qu'un profil est plus ancien "
++"que la règle, alors un triangle rouge d'avertissement s'affichera dans la "
++"boîte de dialogue <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq> à "
++"côté du profil en question. Une notification d'avertissement s'affichera "
++"également à chaque fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte utilisateur."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+@@ -4127,28 +4891,40 @@
+ "Pour définir la règle pour les périphériques d'affichage et d'impression, "
+ "spécifiez l'âge maximum du profil en nombre de jours :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:41(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr "Les profils par défaut de l'écran n'ont pas de date de calibration."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Absence de date de péremption pour la calibration des profils par défaut de "
+ "l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4162,13 +4938,15 @@
+ "il a été fabriqué et ne contiennent pas d'autres informations utiles pour "
+ "une correction de couleur."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Comme les informations EDID ne peuvent pas être mises à jour, il n'y a pas "
+ "de date de péremption."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+@@ -4176,18 +4954,21 @@
+ "Pour obtenir une correction de couleur plus précise, demandez un profil au "
+ "marchand de l'écran ou bien créez votre propre profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Évaluer la gestion des couleurs n'est pas compliqué et nous vous donnons "
+ "même quelques profils tests."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr "Évaluation du fonctionnement correct de la gestion des couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+@@ -4195,7 +4976,8 @@
+ "Les effets d'un profil de couleurs sont parfois subtiles et il peut être "
+ "difficile de remarquer un quelconque changement."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+@@ -4203,7 +4985,8 @@
+ "Nous livrons GNOME avec plusieurs profils qui vous montrent clairement ce "
+ "qui change quand vous les appliquez :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+@@ -4211,7 +4994,8 @@
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em> : bleuit l'écran et teste si les courbes de calibration "
+ "sont transmises à l'affichage"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+@@ -4219,7 +5003,8 @@
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em> : rosit l'écran et teste les différentes fonctions "
+ "d'un profil d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4233,15 +5018,17 @@
+ "images ouvertes avec des applications qui supportent la gestion des couleurs "
+ "sont par contre très différentes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ajoutez un de ces profils de test à votre écran à partir des préférences "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq>."
++"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+@@ -4249,7 +5036,8 @@
+ "En utilisant ces profils, il vous est très facile de savoir si une "
+ "application prend en charge la gestion des couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+@@ -4257,11 +5045,13 @@
+ "Un périphérique virtuel est un périphérique dont la couleur est gérée mais "
+ "qui n'est pas connecté à votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr "Gestion des couleurs d'un périphérique virtuel"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+@@ -4269,33 +5059,38 @@
+ "Un périphérique virtuel est un périphérique dont la couleur est gérée mais "
+ "qui n'est pas connecté à votre ordinateur. Voici des exemples possibles :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "un magasin d'impression en ligne où vos photos sont déposées, imprimées et "
+ "vous sont renvoyées,"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr ""
+ "les photos d'un appareil photo numérique stockées sur une carte mémoire."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+-"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> <gui>Color</"
+-"gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles"
+-"\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref="
+-"\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour créer un profil virtuel pour un appareil photo numérique, faites "
+ "glisser et déposez un des fichiers image dans la boîte de dialogue "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres système</gui> <gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq>. Vous "
+-"pouvez ensuite lui <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">attribuer des "
+-"profils</link> comme à n'importe quel autre périphérique ou même le <link "
+-"xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrer</link>."
++"<guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui> <gui>Couleur</gui></guiseq>. Vous pouvez "
++"ensuite lui <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">attribuer des profils</link> "
++"comme à n'importe quel autre périphérique ou même le <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrer</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+@@ -4303,11 +5098,13 @@
+ "Un profil de couleurs est un simple fichier qui décrit un espace "
+ "colorimétrique ou la réponse d'un périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un profil de couleurs ?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+@@ -4316,7 +5113,8 @@
+ "périphérique comme un vidéoprojecteur, soit un espace colorimétrique comme "
+ "sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4325,7 +5123,8 @@
+ "ICC, qui est un petit fichier possédant l'extension <input>.ICC</input> ou "
+ "<input>.ICM</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+@@ -4334,7 +5133,8 @@
+ "gamme de couleur des données. L'utilisateur est ainsi certain de voir les "
+ "mêmes couleurs sur différents périphériques."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+@@ -4347,26 +5147,32 @@
+ "contrôle, vous êtes absolument sûr de ne pas avoir de perte ou de "
+ "modification de couleurs."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Un espace colorimétrique est une gamme définie de couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un espace colorimétrique ?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4374,7 +5180,8 @@
+ "Un espace colorimétrique est une gamme définie de couleurs. Des espaces "
+ "colorimétriques très connus sont sRGB, AdobeRGB et ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4393,7 +5200,8 @@
+ "couleurs sur l'ordinateur en utilisant trois valeurs ce qui nous restreint "
+ "au codage d'un <em>triangle</em> de couleurs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4407,12 +5215,14 @@
+ "d'une forme 3D peut parfois être trompeur donc si vous voulez voir la coque "
+ "3D, utilisez l'application <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr ""
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB représentée sous forme de triangles blancs"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4427,7 +5237,8 @@
+ "dénominateur commun</em> mais est néanmoins utilisé dans beaucoup "
+ "d'applications (y compris internet)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4439,7 +5250,8 @@
+ "les couleurs d'une photo sans trop vous préoccuper de savoir si les couleurs "
+ "les plus vives seront coupées ou les noirs écrasés."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+@@ -4450,7 +5262,8 @@
+ "couleurs détectée par l'œil humain et même celles que l'œil ne peut pas "
+ "voir !"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+@@ -4462,7 +5275,8 @@
+ "em>. Si vous n'avez que 8 bits (256 niveaux) pour coder chaque canal, alors "
+ "une plus grande gamme aura de plus grands intervalles entre chaque valeur."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+@@ -4475,7 +5289,8 @@
+ "importantes et même d'infimes erreurs vont conduire des personnes peu "
+ "habituées à considérer que quelque chose ne va pas dans la photo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+@@ -4486,7 +5301,8 @@
+ "double aussi la taille du fichier de chaque image. Le meilleur usage "
+ "aujourd'hui semble être le 8bpp, autrement dit le 8 bits par pixel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4497,31 +5313,35 @@
+ "ou un espace personnalisé comme le profil de votre écran ou de votre "
+ "imprimante."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrer est important si vous voulez faire attention aux couleurs que vous "
+ "affichez ou que vous imprimez."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "Calibration par vous-même"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4531,11 +5351,13 @@
+ "crée un nouveau modèle, il teste seulement quelques échantillons dans la "
+ "ligne de production et moyenne les profils obtenus :"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Profils moyennés"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4547,7 +5369,8 @@
+ "imprimantes, car le seul fait de changer de type ou de grammage du papier "
+ "peut invalider la caractérisation et rendre caduc le profil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4557,56 +5380,63 @@
+ "calibration, ou de confier ce travail à une société tierce qui vous fournira "
+ "un profil basé sur l'état exact de votre caractérisation."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Gérer les couleurs est primordial pour les designers, les photographes et "
+ "les artistes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "Importance de la gestion des couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4617,7 +5447,8 @@
+ "l'imprimer tout en conservant la maîtrise des couleurs exactes et de la "
+ "gamme de couleurs sur chaque média."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4625,11 +5456,13 @@
+ "La nécessité de la gestion des couleurs est probablement le mieux exprimée "
+ "par la photo d'un oiseau par une journée de gel en hiver."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr "Image d'un oiseau sur un mur gelé vue sur l'écran d'un appareil photo"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+@@ -4637,11 +5470,13 @@
+ "Les écrans saturent typiquement trop le canal bleu, donnant une couleur "
+ "froide à l'image."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr "Affichage typique sur l'écran d'un ordinateur portable"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4649,11 +5484,13 @@
+ "Remarquez combien le blanc n'est pas « blanc papier » et le noir de l'œil "
+ "est devenu d'un marron boueux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr "Après impression sur une imprimante à jet d'encre standard"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4664,7 +5501,8 @@
+ "une photo bleue électrique, la plupart des imprimantes sont incapables de la "
+ "reproduire."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+@@ -4676,7 +5514,8 @@
+ "L'autre problème est qu'il n'existe pas d'encre <em>blanche</em> et que la "
+ "blancheur obtenue ne peut donc être meilleure que celle du papier."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4693,7 +5532,8 @@
+ "de conduire pendant 7 unités de distance sans spécifier s'il s'agit de 7 "
+ "kilomètres ou de 7 mètres."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4708,7 +5548,8 @@
+ "coucher de soleil, alors qu'au contraire un vidéoprojecteur a un gamut très "
+ "étroit et restitue des couleurs « délavées »."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+@@ -4720,7 +5561,8 @@
+ "pas possible (vous ne pouvez pas par exemple imprimer un bleu électrique) il "
+ "faut montrer à l'utilisateur à quoi ressemblera le rendu."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4734,120 +5576,157 @@
+ "vraie couleur comme par exemple imprimer le logo de Red Hat sur un mug avec "
+ "le <em>vrai</em> rouge de Red Hat."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr "Ajouter ou supprimer un contact dans le carnet d'adresses local"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+ msgstr "Ajout ou suppression d'un contact"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr "Pour ajouter un contact :"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Nouveau</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
+-"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la fenêtre <gui>Nouveau contact</gui>, saisissez le nom du contact et "
+-"les informations désirées. Cliquez sur le menu à côté de chaque champ pour "
+-"choisir <gui>Travail</gui>, <gui>Maison</gui>, <gui>Autre</gui> ou "
+-"<gui>Personnalisé…</gui> (<gui>Personnalisé</gui> vous permet de saisir un "
+-"nom de catégorie personnel)."
++"les informations souhaitées. Cliquez sur le menu à côté de chaque champ pour "
++"choisir <gui>Travail</gui>, <gui>Maison</gui>, ou <gui>Autre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Créer le contact</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "Pour supprimer un contact :"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur le contact dans le panneau de gauche."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "Sélectionnez le contact dans votre liste de contacts."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Appuyez sur <gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui> en haut à droite de "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "Appuyez sur <gui style=\"button\">Supprimer le contact</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Faites un clic-droit sur le nom du contact dans le panneau de droite et "
+-"sélectionnez <gui>Supprimer</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <key>X</key> pour confirmer."
+-
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Accéder à vos contacts."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Contacts"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+ "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utilisez <app>Contacts</app> pour stocker, accéder ou modifier des "
+-"informations de vos contacts, localement ou dans vos <link xref=\"accounts"
+-"\">comptes en ligne</link>."
++"informations de vos contacts, localement ou dans vos <link xref="
++"\"accounts\">comptes en ligne</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+ msgstr "Envoyer du courriel, discuter avec, ou appeler un contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr "Connexion avec vos contact"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour envoyer un courriel, discuter avec, ou appeler quelqu'un dans "
++"Pour envoyer un courriel, appeler ou discuter avec quelqu'un dans "
+ "<app>Contacts</app> :"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez contacter dans le panneau de "
+-"gauche."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Choisissez d'envoyer un courriel, de discuter ou de téléphoner à partir de "
+-"la barre de boutons dans le panneau de droite."
++"Sélectionnez le <gui>Détail</gui> que vous souhaitez utiliser. Par exemple, "
++"pour envoyer un courriel à votre contact, sélectionnez l'adresse "
++"électronique."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'application correspondante sera lancée en utilisant les détails du contact."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr "Modifier les informations pour chaque contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr "Modification des détails d'un contact"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+@@ -4855,34 +5734,32 @@
+ "Modifier les détails d'un contact vous aide à compléter et à garder à jour "
+ "les informations de votre carnet d'adresses."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "Modifier les détails d'un contact."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour ajouter un <gui>détail</gui>, comme un nouveau numéro de téléphone ou "
++"une nouvelle adresse électronique, cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter "
++"un détail</gui>, puis sélectionnez le champ que vous souhaitez ajouter."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez modifier dans le panneau de "
+-"gauche."
++"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Terminer</gui> pour terminer la "
++"modification du contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
+-"change."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans le volet droit, cliquez sur l'avatar du contact ou tout renseignement à "
+-"modifier."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
+-"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
+-"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
+-"information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour ajouter des informations qui ne sont pas affichées, ou bien un numéro "
+-"de téléphone ou adresse e-mail supplémentaire, cliquez sur <gui style="
+-"\"button\">Ajouter des détails…</gui>. Sélectionnez un champ dans la liste "
+-"et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Valider</gui>, et complétez les "
+-"informations."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+@@ -4890,148 +5767,184 @@
+ "Dans le cas de contacts liés, vous pouvez modifier les différents profils en "
+ "cliquant sur leur avatar respectif."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr "Combiner les informations d'un contact à partir de sources multiples."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
+-msgstr "Lien/Suppression de lien entre contacts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "Lier et dissocier les contacts"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+-msgstr "Lien entre contacts"
++msgstr "Lier des contacts"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
+-"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
+-"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Lier les contacts revient à combiner les informations d'un même contact de "
+-"différents services pour n'obtenir qu'une seule entrée. Cette fonction vous "
+-"permet d'avoir un carnet d'adresses bien organisé avec tous les détails d'un "
+-"même contact au même endroit."
++"Vous pouvez les contacts dupliqués de votre carnet d'adresses local et de "
++"vos comptes en ligne en une seule entrée <app>Contacts</app>. Cette "
++"fonctionnalité vous permet d'avoir un carnet d'adresses bien organisé avec "
++"tous les détails d'un même contact au même endroit."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez lier dans le panneau de gauche."
++"Activez le <em>mode de sélection</em> en appuyant sur le bouton à cocher au-"
++"dessus de la liste des contacts."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-"Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Faites un clic droit sur n'importe quel élément modifiable dans le panneau "
+-"de droite et sélectionnez <gui>Ajouter/supprimer des contacts liés…</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+-msgstr "Sélectionnez la deuxième entrée que vous voulez lier à la première."
++"Une case à cocher apparaîtra à côté de chaque contact. Cochez les cases à "
++"côté des contacts que vous souhaitez fusionner."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Lier</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous souhaitez lier un troisième contact, répéter les deux dernières "
+-"étapes."
++"Appuyez sur <gui style=\"button\">Lien</gui> pour lier les contacts "
++"sélectionnés."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Quand vous avez fini, cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "Dissocier des contacts"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
+-"the steps for unlinking contacts."
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous avez lié deux contacts par mégarde et que vous voulez annuler "
+-"l'opération, suivez les étapes pour « Délier les contacts »."
++"Si des entrées sont devenus obsolètes, vous pouvez délier des contacts.Vous "
++"pourriez souhaitez dissocier des contacts si des contacts ne devant pas être "
++"liés l'ont été accidentellement."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Unlink contacts"
+-msgstr "Délier des contacts"
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si des entrées sont devenus obsolètes, vous pouvez délier des contacts."
++"Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez dissocier dans votre liste de "
++"contacts."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez délier dans le panneau de gauche."
++"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Modifier</gui> dans le coin en haut à "
++"droite de <app>Contacts</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Contacts liés</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Localisez la section que vous souhaitez délier dans le panneau de droite."
++"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Supprimer</gui> pour dissocier l'entrée du "
++"contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Délier</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Fermer</gui> une fois que vous aurez "
++"terminé de dissocier les entrées."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr "Rechercher un contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+ msgstr "Recherche d'un contact"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr "Pour rechercher un contact en ligne, il y a deux façons :"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la <gui>vue d'ensemble des activités</gui>, commencez à saisir le nom "
+ "du contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+-msgstr "L'icône du contact apparaît."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+-msgstr "Pour chercher à l'intérieur de <app>Contacts</app> :"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"Le contact apparaîtra dans la vue d'ensemble au lieu d'être dans la liste "
++"des applications comme habituellement."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Appuyer sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> pour ouvrir la "
+-"boîte de recherche."
++"Cliquez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour sélectionner le ou les contacts situés en "
++"haut de la liste ou cliquez sur les contacts que vous souhaitez sélectionner "
++"s'ils ne se trouvent pas en haut."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "Pour chercher à l'intérieur de <app>Contacts</app> :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "Cliquez à l'intérieur du champ de recherche."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Commencez à saisir le nom du contact."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:52(note/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-msgstr "Appuyez sur <key>Échap</key> pour fermer la boîte de recherche."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Enregistrer vos contacts dans un carnet d'adresses local ou dans un compte "
+ "en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr "Démarrage de Contacts pour la première fois"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+@@ -5039,7 +5952,8 @@
+ "Quand vous lancez <app>Contacts</app> pour la première fois, la fenêtre "
+ "<gui>Configuration de Contacts</gui> s'ouvre."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+@@ -5050,7 +5964,8 @@
+ "élément dans la liste et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Sélectionner</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+@@ -5058,77 +5973,105 @@
+ "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">paramètres des comptes en ligne</gui> pour "
+ "modifier les paramètres des comptes existants."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous n'avez pas de compte en ligne configuré, cliquez sur <gui style="
+ "\"button\">comptes en ligne</gui> pour commencer la configuration. Si vous "
+ "ne souhaitez pas configurer de comptes en ligne pour le moment, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui style=\"button\">carnet d'adresses local</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"Exécutez des essais comparatifs sur votre disque dur afin de vérifier sa "
++"rapidité."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Testez les performances de votre disque dur"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pour tester la vitesse de votre disque dur :"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Disques</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+-"<gui>Activités</gui>."
++"activités."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le disque dur dans la liste des <gui>Périphériques de stockage</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-#| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose "
+-"<gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur l'icône qui se situe tout à droite de la <gui>barre supérieure "
+-"de l'écran</gui> et sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
++"Cliquez sur l'icône d'engrenage et sélectionnez <gui>Disque Benchmark</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Lancer le test</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Lancer le benchmark</gui> et ajustez les paramètres "
++"<gui>Vitesse de transfert</gui> et <gui>Temps d'accès</gui> comme souhaité."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+-"the disk. If the <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> option is checked, "
+-"the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the "
+-"disk. This will take longer to complete."
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Lancer le benchmarking</gui> pour tester la vitesse à "
++"laquelle les données peuvent être lues à partir du disque. Des <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">Privilèges administratifs</link> pourraient être "
++"requis. Saisissez votre mot de passe ou le mot de passe du compte "
++"administrateur requis."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"Si <gui>Effectuer un benchmark en écriture</gui> est coché, le benchmark "
++"testera la à quelle vitesse les données du disque peuvent être lues et à "
++"quelle vitesse elles peuvent y être écrites. Ceci prendra plus longtemps à "
++"se terminer."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+@@ -5138,15 +6081,28 @@
+ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
+ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+ msgstr ""
++"Lorsque le test est terminé, les résultats apparaîtront sur le graphe. Les "
++"points vers et les lignes de connexion indiquent les échantillons pris ; "
++"ceux-ci correspondent à l'axe droit, qui affiche le temps d'accès, tandis "
++"que l'axe du bas représente le pourcentage de temps écoulé pendant les test "
++"de performance. La ligne bleue représente la vitesse de lecture et la ligne "
++"rouge représente la vitesse d'écriture ; celles-ci sont affichées en tant "
++"que débit des données d'accès sur l'axe de gauche, l'axe du bas représente "
++"le pourcentage de disque parcouru, depuis l'extérieur vers la broche."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+ "benchmark test."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sous le graphe sont affichées les valeurs minimales, maximales et les "
++"moyennes des vitesses de lecture et d'écriture, le temps d'accès moyen ainsi "
++"que le temps écoulé depuis le dernier test des performances."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+@@ -5154,11 +6110,13 @@
+ "Se servir de l'<gui>analyseur d'utilisation des disques</gui> ou du "
+ "<gui>moniteur système</gui> pour vérifier l'espace et la capacité."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr "Vérification de l'espace disque libre"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -5167,11 +6125,13 @@
+ "l'<app>analyseur d'utilisation des disques</app> ou le <app>moniteur "
+ "système</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr "Vérification avec l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+@@ -5179,7 +6139,8 @@
+ "Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque en utilisant "
+ "l'<app>analyseur d'utilisation des disques</app> :"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
+@@ -5189,7 +6150,8 @@
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>. La fenêtre affiche la <gui>capacité totale du système "
+ "de fichiers</gui> et l'<gui>utilisation totale du système de fichiers</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
+@@ -5199,7 +6161,8 @@
+ "dossier personnel</gui>, <gui>Analyser le système de fichiers</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Analyser un dossier</gui> ou <gui>Analyser un dossier distant</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+@@ -5210,11 +6173,13 @@
+ "<link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Analyseur d'utilisation des disques</app></"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr "Vérification avec le moniteur système"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -5222,7 +6187,8 @@
+ "Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque avec le <app>moniteur "
+ "système</app> :"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -5230,7 +6196,8 @@
+ "ouvrez l'application <app>Moniteur système</app> en utilisant la vue "
+ "d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>,"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+@@ -5241,21 +6208,25 @@
+ "affichées concernent l'espace <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Libre</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Disponible</gui> et <gui>Utilisé</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr "En cas de disque trop plein"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Si le disque est trop plein, il faut :"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr ""
+ "effacer les fichiers qui ne sont pas importants ou que vous n'utiliserez "
+ "plus,"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -5264,19 +6235,23 @@
+ "importants que vous ne prévoyez pas d'utiliser avant un bon moment et les "
+ "effacer du disque dur."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr "Tester votre disque dur pour être certain qu'il n'est pas défectueux."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr "Vérification d'éventuels problèmes de disque dur"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Vérification du disque dur"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5290,7 +6265,8 @@
+ "tomber en panne, vous permettant ainsi d'éviter des pertes de données "
+ "importantes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+ "running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+@@ -5298,13 +6274,16 @@
+ "Bien que SMART fonctionne automatiquement, vous pouvez aussi vérifier "
+ "l'intégrité du disque avec l'application <app>Disques</app> :"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vérification de l'intégrité du disque en utilisant l'application "
+ "<app>Disques</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -5312,7 +6291,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Disques</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+@@ -5321,11 +6301,13 @@
+ "Des informations sur le disque et son statut s'affichent dans la rubrique "
+ "<gui>Disque</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr "<gui>État SMART</gui> doit indiquer « Le disque est sain »."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+@@ -5333,15 +6315,18 @@
+ "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Données SMART</gui> pour afficher plus "
+ "d'informations sur le disque, ou pour effectuer un auto-test."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "Que faire si le disque n'est pas sain ?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Même si l'<gui>état SMART</gui> indique que le disque <em>n'est pas</em> "
+ "sain, il n'y a pas lieu de s'inquiéter outre mesure. Néanmoins, mieux vaut "
+@@ -5349,14 +6334,15 @@
+ "perte de données."
+ 
+ # gnome-disk-utility.po conseille de garder pre-fail en anglais
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si l'état signale « Pre-fail » (panne possible), c'est que le disque est "
+ "encore raisonnablement sain, mais qu'il présente des signes d'usure "
+@@ -5372,7 +6358,8 @@
+ # sauvegardes régulièrement."
+ # Bruno : oui peut-être mais nous sommes traducteurs, dépose un rapport
+ # de bogue si tu veux qu'ils modifient le message.
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5380,7 +6367,8 @@
+ "S'il y a aggravation, il vaut mieux emporter l'ordinateur ou le disque dur "
+ "chez un professionnel pour une diagnostique complet ou une réparation."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+@@ -5388,11 +6376,13 @@
+ "Supprimer tous les fichiers et dossiers d'un disque dur externe ou d'une clé "
+ "USB en les formatant."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Effacement complet d'un disque amovible"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+@@ -5404,18 +6394,21 @@
+ "fichiers et dossiers. Vous pouvez le faire en <em>formatant</em> le disque "
+ "ce qui supprime tous les fichiers sur le disque et le laisse vide."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Formatage d'un disque amovible"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le disque que vous voulez effacer dans la liste des "
+ "<gui>Périphériques de stockage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+@@ -5423,7 +6416,8 @@
+ "Assurez-vous que vous avez sélectionné le bon disque ! Si vous en choisissez "
+ "un autre, c'est lui qui sera définitivement effacé !"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+@@ -5431,14 +6425,17 @@
+ "Dans la section Volumes, cliquez sur <gui>démonter le volume</gui>. Puis "
+ "cliquez sur <gui>formater le volume</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la fenêtre qui s'affiche, choisissez un <gui>type</gui> de système de "
+ "fichiers pour le disque."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5450,14 +6447,16 @@
+ "Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui>, est une meilleure option. Une brève description du "
+ "<gui>type de système de fichiers</gui> est présentée dans une étiquette."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Donnez un nom au disque et cliquez sur <gui>Formater</gui> pour démarrer "
+ "l'effacement du disque."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+@@ -5465,12 +6464,14 @@
+ "Une fois le formatage terminé, <gui>éjectez en toute sécurité</gui> le "
+ "disque. Il est maintenant vierge et prêt à être utilisé à nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le formatage d'un disque n'est pas un moyen sûr de supprimer des données"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5483,7 +6484,8 @@
+ "fichiers. Si vous avez besoin de supprimer des fichiers en toute sécurité, "
+ "servez-vous d'un utilitaire en ligne de commande comme <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+@@ -5491,11 +6493,13 @@
+ "Comprendre ce que sont les volumes et les partitions, et se servir de "
+ "l'utilitaire de disque pour les gérer."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr "Gestion des volumes et des partitions"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5515,7 +6519,8 @@
+ "actuellement monté, vous pouvez le lire et probablement y écrire des "
+ "fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5531,13 +6536,15 @@
+ "fichiers. Vous pouvez imaginer les volumes comme la devanture accessible, "
+ "étiquetée de l'arrière-boutique des partitions et des disques."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Visualisation et gestion des volumes et des partitions en se servant de "
+ "l'utilitaire de disque."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+@@ -5545,7 +6552,8 @@
+ "Vous pouvez vérifier et modifier les volumes de stockage de l'ordinateur "
+ "avec l'utilitaire de disque."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
+ "application."
+@@ -5553,16 +6561,19 @@
+ "Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et démarrez l'application "
+ "<app>Disques</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le panneau marqué <gui>Périphériques de stockage</gui>, vous trouvez "
+ "les disques durs, les périphériques CD et DVD et d'autres périphériques "
+ "physiques. Cliquez sur le périphérique à inspecter."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+@@ -5573,7 +6584,8 @@
+ "sélectionné. Ce panneau contient aussi une série d'outils de gestion des "
+ "volumes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5581,7 +6593,8 @@
+ "Soyez prudent : vous risquez d'effacer complètement les données de votre "
+ "disque dur avec ces utilitaires."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -5598,7 +6611,8 @@
+ "répartis entre plusieurs partitions pour des raisons de sécurité ou de "
+ "convenance."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -5613,124 +6627,58 @@
+ "l'utilitaire de disque. Les médias externes comme les clés USB et les CD "
+ "peuvent aussi contenir un volume amorçable."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Espace disque</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
+ "benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problèmes</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes et partitions</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+ msgstr "Disques durs &amp; périphériques de stockage"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-"readable in bright light."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Réduire la luminosité de l'écran pour économiser la batterie ou l'augmenter "
+-"pour faciliter la lecture en pleine lumière."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:34(page/title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr "Réglage de la luminosité de l'écran"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
+-"not in use."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez modifier la luminosité de l'écran pour économiser de l'énergie "
+-"ou pour faciliter la lecture en pleine lumière. Vous pouvez aussi paramétrer "
+-"le système pour que l'ordinateur diminue automatiquement la luminosité de "
+-"l'écran quand il fonctionne sur batterie et que l'écran s'éteigne tout seul "
+-"quand l'ordinateur est inutilisé."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:42(steps/title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
+-msgstr "Réglage de la luminosité"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p) C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Luminosité &amp; verrouillage</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-msgstr "Ajustez le curseur <gui>Luminosité</gui> à votre convenance."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
+-"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
+-"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Beaucoup de claviers d'ordinateurs portables possèdent des touches spéciales "
+-"pour ajuster la luminosité. On les reconnaît grâce à un symbole qui "
+-"ressemble à un soleil et son situées en haut du clavier sur les touches de "
+-"fonction. Maintenez enfoncée la touche <key>Fn</key> pour utiliser ces "
+-"fonctions."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-"automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of your "
+-"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
+-"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Diminuer la luminosité pour économiser la batterie</gui> "
+-"pour que l'éclairage se réduise automatiquement lorsque l'ordinateur est "
+-"alimenté par la batterie. Le rétro-éclairage de l'écran peut consommer "
+-"beaucoup d'énergie, ce qui diminue considérablement le temps d'autonomie de "
+-"la batterie avant de la recharger."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-"while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your computer. "
+-"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
+-"off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"L'écran s'éteint automatiquement s'il n'est pas utilisé pendant un moment. "
+-"L'ordinateur n'est pas éteint, seul l'écran est concerné. La période "
+-"d'inactivité peut être ajustée grâce à l'option <gui>Éteindre l'écran si "
+-"inactif depuis</gui>."
+-
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr "Configurer deux écrans avec un ordinateur portable."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Connexion d'un écran externe à votre portable"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr "Exemple vidéo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr "Exemple"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+@@ -5738,9 +6686,11 @@
+ "Saisissez <input>affichage</input> dans la vue d'ensemble des activités pour "
+ "ouvrir les paramètres d'<gui>affichage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+@@ -5748,7 +6698,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'image de l'écran que vous voulez activer ou désactiver, puis "
+ "basculez le commutateur sur <gui>I/O</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+@@ -5758,9 +6709,11 @@
+ "l'écran « principal », cliquez sur la barre supérieure et faites la glisser "
+ "sur l'écran que vous avez choisi comme écran « principal »."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:45(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5768,9 +6721,11 @@
+ "Pour modifier la « position » de l'écran, cliquez dessus et faites le "
+ "glisser à l'endroit voulu."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:51(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5778,9 +6733,11 @@
+ "Si vous souhaitez que les deux écrans affichent la même chose, cochez la "
+ "case <gui>Même image sur tous les écrans</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:57(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5788,9 +6745,11 @@
+ "Quand vous êtes satisfait de vos réglages, cliquez sur <gui>Appliquer</gui>, "
+ "puis sur <gui>Garder cette configuration</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5798,11 +6757,13 @@
+ "Pour fermer la boîte de dialogue <gui>Affichage</gui>, cliquez sur le "
+ "<gui>x</gui> dans le coin supérieur."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Configuration d'un écran externe"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5812,19 +6773,16 @@
+ "l'écran à votre portable. Si le système ne le reconnaît pas immédiatement, "
+ "ou si vous préférez ajuster les paramètres :"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-"<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Saisissez <input>affichage</input> dans la vue d'ensemble des <link xref="
+-"\"shell-introduction#activities\">activités</link> pour ouvrir les "
+-"paramètres d'<gui>Affichage</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Affichage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+@@ -5835,15 +6793,18 @@
+ "sur la barre supérieure et glissez-la sur l'écran que vous avez choisi comme "
+ "écran « principal »."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr "Configurer deux écrans avec un ordinateur de bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Connexion d'un écran supplémentaire"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+@@ -5853,69 +6814,18 @@
+ "l'écran à votre ordinateur. Si le système ne le reconnaît pas immédiatement, "
+ "ou si vous désirez ajuster les paramètres :"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:12(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-"computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Empêcher d'autres personnes d'utiliser votre bureau lorsque vous vous "
+-"éloignez de l'ordinateur."
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr "Verrouillage automatique de l'écran"
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
+-"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
+-"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
+-"have the screen lock automatically."
+-msgstr ""
+-"En cas d'absence, vous devriez <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">verrouiller l'écran</link> pour empêcher d'autres personnes d'utiliser "
+-"votre ordinateur et d'avoir accès à vos fichiers. Vous restez toujours "
+-"connecté et toutes les applications continuent d'être exécutées, mais vous "
+-"devez saisir votre mot de passe pour utiliser à nouveau votre ordinateur. "
+-"Vous pouvez verrouiller l'écran manuellement, mais vous pouvez aussi "
+-"paramétrer le système pour qu'il le fasse automatiquement."
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
+-"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
+-"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
+-"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vérifiez que le bouton <gui>Verrouillage</gui> est activé, puis sélectionnez "
+-"un délai d'expiration dans la liste déroulante en dessous. L'écran est "
+-"automatiquement verrouillé une fois la période d'inactivité écoulée. Vous "
+-"pouvez aussi sélectionner <gui>Extinction de l'écran</gui> pour verrouiller "
+-"l'écran après que celui-ci se soit automatiquement éteint au bout d'une "
+-"durée réglable à l'aide de la liste déroulante <gui>Éteindre l'écran si "
+-"inactif depuis</gui> située au dessus."
+-
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr "Regrouper dans une collection des documents qui ont un rapport."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr "Création de collections de documents"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together different documents of "
+-#| "different types, in only one place called <gui>Collection</gui>. If you "
+-#| "have documents that are related, you may group them to find documents "
+-#| "easier. For example, if you have a business trip and you did a "
+-#| "presentation there, you can group documents like your flight itinerary "
+-#| "(which is a PDF file), your spreadsheet of the budget and and other "
+-#| "hybrid PDF/ODF documents, in one collection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+ "one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+@@ -5924,418 +6834,527 @@
+ "itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
+ "documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Documents</app> vous permet de regrouper différents documents de types "
+-"différents dans un seul emplacement nommé <gui>Collection</gui>. Si certains "
+-"de vos documents ont un rapport entre eux, vous pouvez les regrouper pour "
+-"les retrouver plus aisément. Par exemple, si vous avez fait une présentation "
+-"lors d'un déplacement professionnel, vous pouvez regrouper votre itinéraire "
+-"aérien (qui est un document PDF), l'état de vos dépense (une feuille de "
+-"calcul) et peut-être d'autres documents hybrides PDF/ODF dans une seule et "
+-"même « collection »."
++"<app>Documents</app> vous permet de regrouper des documents de différents "
++"types dans un seul emplacement nommé <em>Collection</em>. Si certains de vos "
++"documents ont un rapport entre eux, vous pouvez les regrouper pour les "
++"retrouver plus aisément. Par exemple, si vous avez fait une présentation "
++"lors d'un déplacement professionnel, vous pouvez regrouper les diapositives "
++"de la présentation, votre itinéraire aérien (qui est un document PDF), "
++"l'état de vos dépense (une feuille de calcul) ainsi que d'autres documents "
++"hybrides PDF/ODF dans une seule et même « collection »."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr "Pour créer ou ajouter une collection :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p) C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>✓</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Dans le mode de sélection, vérifiez les documents à rassembler."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> dans la barre des boutons."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
+ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
+ "the collection."
+ msgstr ""
++"Dans la liste de collection, cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</gui> et saisissez un "
++"nouveau nom de collection, ou sélectionnez une collection existante. Les "
++"documents sélectionnés seront ajoutés à la collection."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You may think that you can put collections inside collections, but the "
+-#| "behavior of collections are not the same of the behavior of folders and "
+-#| "their hierarchy. So,<em> you cannot put collections inside collections. </"
+-#| "em>"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
+ "put collections inside collections.</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Attention tout de même, <em>vous ne pouvez pas mettre des collections à "
+-"l'intérieur d'autres collections</em>, car le comportement de « collection » "
+-"n'est pas le même que celui des dossiers et leurs hiérarchies."
++"Le comportement des collections n'est pas le même que celui des dossiers et "
++"leurs hiérarchies : <em>vous ne pouvez pas mettre de collections à "
++"l'intérieur d'autres collections.</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr "Pour supprimer une collection :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr ""
++"Dans le mode de sélection, veuillez vérifier la collection à supprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
+ "leaving the original documents."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton de la corbeille dans la barre des boutons. La "
++"collection sera supprimée tout en laissant les documents originaux."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr "Choisir quels documents afficher"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+ msgstr "Filtrage de documents"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the down arrow next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</"
+-"link> bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+-msgstr ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</"
++"media> situé à côté de la barre de <link xref=\"documents-"
++"search\">Recherche</link> pour limiter l'étendue de la recherche à ces "
++"catégories :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em>Sources</em> : Local, Google, SkyDrive, ou Tout."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
+ "Documents, or All."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Type</em> : Collections, Documents PDF, Présentations, Feuilles de "
++"calcul, Documents texte, ou Tout"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Titre, Auteur, ou Tout."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
+ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
+ "xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Pour que <gui>Google</gui> ou <gui>SkyDrive</gui> puissent apparaître dans "
++"la liste des filtres, il est nécessaire de configurer Google ou Windows Live "
++"en tant que <link xref=\"accounts-add\">Comptes en ligne</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Documents</app> peut accéder à vos documents en ligne et les afficher."
++"<app>Documents</app> affiche un certain nombre de types de documents "
++"populaires."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+ msgstr "Formats pris en charge"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
+ "supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
+ "app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> peut afficher PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript ainsi que les "
++"formats pris en charge par <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), "
++"<app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> et <app>Google Docs</"
++"app>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
++"Voir le nom d'un document, son emplacement, sa date de modification ou son "
++"type."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+ msgstr "Collecte d'informations sur les documents"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Lorsqu'un document est créé, il contient des <em>métadonnées</em>. "
++"<app>Documents</app> affiche les métadonnées suivantes pour chaque document :"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Typing the name of the document."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+-msgstr "Saisissez son nom."
++msgstr "Titre : nom du document, qui peut être modifié ;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Source : chemin du répertoire contenant le document ;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Date de modification ;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+ msgstr ""
++"Type : <link xref=\"documents-formats\">format de fichier</link> du document."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr "Pour afficher les propriétés d'un document :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button located in the right side."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Vérifier</gui> situé à droite."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Vérifier</gui> pour passer en mode de sélection."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez un document."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click the <gui>Heart</gui> button from the bottom menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton en forme de <gui>cœur</gui> du menu inférieur."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Propriétés</gui> du côté droit de la barre de "
++"boutons."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Some kind of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password-protected though, "
+-#| "and you would not be able to access all metadata or content for those."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Néanmoins, certains types de documents (comme les fichiers PDF) peuvent être "
+-"protégés par mot de passe et par conséquent, toutes leurs métadonnées ou "
+-"leur contenu ne vous sont pas accessibles."
+-
+-#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Documents itself does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to "
+-#| "a document. You are typically able to do this from your content-creation "
+-#| "application though (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat)."
++"Certains types de documents (comme les fichiers PDF) peuvent être protégés "
++"par mot de passe, empêchant ainsi l'accès à leurs métadonnées ou leur "
++"contenu."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+ "create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
+ "app>)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"L'application « Documents » ne permet pas pour l'instant de sécuriser un "
+-"document. Vous devez pouvoir le faire cependant depuis l'application qui a "
+-"servi à créer votre document (comme LibreOffice ou Adobe Acrobat)."
+-
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Organize all the documents you stored locally on your computer and all "
+-#| "the documents you created online."
++"<app>Documents</app> n'offre pas pour le moment de mécanisme pour sécuriser "
++"un document. Vous devriez pouvoir le faire depuis l'application qui a servi "
++"à créer votre document (comme <app>LibreOffice</app> ou <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Organiser tous les documents locaux de votre ordinateur et tous ceux que "
+-"vous avez créés en ligne."
++"Organisez les documents stockés localement sur votre ordinateur ou créés en "
++"ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title) C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr "Documents"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+ "and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
+ "<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> est une application GNOME qui vous permet d'afficher, "
++"organiser et imprimer les documents de votre ordinateur ou ceux créés à "
++"distance à l'aide de <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+ msgstr "Affichage, tri et recherche"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr "Sélection, organisation, impression"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+ msgstr "Questions"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "The documents that presented the preview thumbnail, are stored locally."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Seuls les documents stockés localement sont représentés par une miniature."
++msgstr "Vous pouvez uniquement prévisualiser les fichiers stockés localement."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pourquoi certains fichiers n'ont pas de prévisualisation ?"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
+ "documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
+ "<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
+ "thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
++"Lorsque vous ouvrez <app>Documents</app>, une vignette de prévisualisation "
++"est affiché pour les documents stockés localement. Ceux qui sont stockés sur "
++"un serveur comme <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em> afficheront qu'il "
++"manque les vignettes de prévisualisation (ou les afficheront vides)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
+ "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+ msgstr ""
++"Si vous téléchargez un document <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"sur le stockage local, une vignette sera générée."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
+ "continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
++"La copie locale d'un document téléchargé de <em>Google Docs</em> ou "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> perdra la capacité d'être mis à jour en ligne. Il vaudrait "
++"mieux ne pas le télécharger si vous souhaitez continuer à le mettre à jour "
++"en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr "Imprimer les documents stockés localement ou en ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr "Impression d'un document"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr "Pour imprimer un document :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Dans le mode de sélection, vérifiez les documents à imprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</"
+-#| "gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur l'icône réseau de la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+-"<gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui>."
++"Cliquez sur le bouton Imprimer de la barre des boutons. La boîte de dialogue "
++"<gui>Imprimer</gui> s'ouvre."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
+ "collection is selected."
+ msgstr ""
++"L'impression n'est pas disponible lorsque plus d'un document est sélectionné "
++"ou lorsqu'une collection est sélectionnée."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr "Rechercher vos documents par titre ou auteur."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title) C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+ msgstr "Recherche de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+-msgstr "Pour chercher à l'intérieur de <app>Contacts</app> :"
++msgstr "Pour lancer une recherche dans <app>Documents</app> :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Appuyer sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Cliquez sur l'icône de la loupe."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
++"Commencez à écrire. « Documents » fera correspondre par titre ou par auteur."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down arrow and "
+-"selecting various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez restreindre ou filtrer les résultats des recherches en cliquant "
++"sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> "
++"et en sélectionnant divers <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filtres</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Go to the top search menu and write the word to identify your document or "
+-#| "collection."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Saisissez le mot qui identifie votre document ou votre collection dans le "
+-"champ du menu supérieur."
++"Utilisez le mode de sélection pour sélectionner plus d'un document ou "
++"collection."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr "Sélection de documents"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
+ "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
++"À partir du mode de sélection de <app>Documents</app> vous pouvez ouvrir, "
++"imprimer, afficher ou créer des collections de vos documents. Pour utiliser "
++"le mode de sélection :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
+ "actions that are valid for your selection."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez un(e) ou plusieurs document(s) ou collection(s). La barre des "
++"boutons apparaît avec les actions valides pour votre sélection."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Actions du mode de sélection"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Après avoir sélectionné un ou plusieurs documents, vous pouvez :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Ouvrir avec Document Viewer (icône de dossier)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
+ "document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Imprimer (icône d'imprimante) : imprime un document (uniquement disponible "
++"si un seul document a été sélectionné)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Make collections of documents"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+-msgstr "Création de collections de documents"
++msgstr "Organiser (icône du signe plus) : crée une collection de documents."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
+ "available when a single document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Propriétés (icône de clé anglaise) : affiche les propriétés d'un document "
++"(uniquement disponible si un seul document a été sélectionné)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr ""
++"Supprimer (icône de corbeille) : supprimer une ou plusieurs collections."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Either locally or remotely document does not appear."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+-msgstr "Aucun document, ni local, ni distant ne s'affiche."
++msgstr "Les documents locaux ou distants ne s'affichent pas."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "My documents can not be seen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+-msgstr "Aucun document affiché"
++msgstr "Mes documents ne s'affichent pas"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Make sure Tracker is running in your session; the default configuration "
+-#| "should be set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and "
+-#| "XDG folders (recursively), ensure that the files your create for the demo "
+-#| "are in one of these paths."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
+ "app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
+@@ -6343,227 +7362,160 @@
+ "directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
+ "adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Assurez-vous que Tracker est lancé pour votre session ; la configuration par "
+-"défaut doit être définie pour indexer les fichiers de votre répertoire "
+-"personnel (non récursivement) et les dossiers XDG (récursivement). Vérifiez "
+-"que les fichiers créés pour la démonstration possèdent l'un de ces deux "
+-"chemins."
++"Si vos documents ne s'affichent pas dans <app>Documents</app>, il se "
++"pourrait que <app>Tracker</app> ne soit pas en cours d'exécution ou qu'il ne "
++"soit pas configuré correctement. Assurez-vous que Tracker soit bien en cours "
++"d'exécution dans votre session. La configuration par défaut doit être "
++"adéquatement définie de manière à indexer les fichiers de votre répertoire "
++"personnel (non récursivement) et les répertoires XDG (récursivement). "
++"Assurez-vous que vos documents se trouvent dans l'un de ces fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr "Modifier le format de représentation des documents."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr "Affichage des fichiers en liste ou en grille"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les documents et les collections sont affichés au format <gui>Grille</gui> "
+ "par défaut. Pour les afficher au format <gui>Liste</gui> :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur <app>Documents</app> dans la barre supérieure pour afficher le "
+ "menu de l'application."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Liste</gui> dans le menu <gui>Affichage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
+ "whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
+ "em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Liste possède de colonnes affichant le type du document, sa date de "
++"modification et s'il est stocké localement ou dans <app>Google Docs</app> ou "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Grid</gui> to get back the default format."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Grille</gui> pour revenir au format par défaut."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Grille</gui> dans le menu des applications pour revenir au "
++"format par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "View documents stored/ shared online"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+-msgstr "Affichage des documents distants stockés/partagés"
++msgstr "Afficher les documents en plein écran."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "View documents stored/ shared online"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+-msgstr "Affichage des documents distants stockés/partagés"
++msgstr "Afficher les documents stockés localement ou en ligne"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
+ "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
++"Lorsque vous ouvez <app>Documents</app>, tous vos documents, ceux qui sont "
++"stockés localement tout comme ceux qui se trouvent en ligne seront affichés "
++"sous la forme de vignettes."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
+ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
+ "as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Afin que vos documents <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"apparaissent, il est nécessaire de configurer Google ou Windows Live, "
++"respectivement, en tant que <link xref=\"accounts-add\">Comptes en ligne</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Typing the name of the document."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+-msgstr "Saisissez son nom."
++msgstr "Pour afficher le contenu d'un document :"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
+ "<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur la vignette. Le document est affiché en pleine largeur dans la "
++"fenêtre <app>Documents</app> (ou en plein écran si maximisé)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pour quitter le document, cliquez sur le bouton de flèche de retour."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la carte graphique de votre ordinateur ne prend pas en charge certaines "
+-"fonctions, une version simplifiée du bureau sera lancée."
++"Lancer automatiquement des applications pour CD, DVD, appareils photo, "
++"baladeurs audio et autres périphériques et médias."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-msgstr "Le mode restreint"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "Ouverture d'applications associées à des périphériques ou des disques"
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si la carte graphique de votre ordinateur ne prend pas en charge certaines "
+-"fonctionnalités, une version simplifiée du bureau s'affichera et vous verrez "
+-"un message expliquant ce qui se passe. C'est ce qu'on appelle le <em>mode "
+-"restreint</em>. Il vous permet d'utiliser GNOME sur votre ordinateur sans "
+-"certaines fonctions avancées."
++"Il est possible de faire en sorte qu'une application démarre automatiquement "
++"quand un périphérique est connecté ou quand un disque ou une carte média est "
++"inséré. Par exemple, vous pouvez désirer que votre gestionnaire de photos "
++"démarre quand vous connectez votre appareil photo numérique. Vous pouvez "
++"aussi désactiver cette possibilité, de sorte que rien ne se passe quand vous "
++"connectez quelque chose."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez basculer manuellement vers le <em>mode restreint</em> en suivant "
+-"les instructions suivantes :"
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur votre nom dans le coin supérieur droit et choisissez "
+-"<gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll "
+-"down to see this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur <gui>Détails</gui> sous <gui>Système</gui>. Il se peut que vous "
+-"ayez à faire défiler la fenêtre vers le bas pour voir cette option."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Carte graphique</gui> dans le panneau latéral droit."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Mode restreint forcé</gui> sur <gui>ON</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Déconnectez-vous puis reconnectez-vous pour profiter du mode restreint."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La plupart des fonctions absentes dans le mode restreint concernent "
+-"l'organisation des fenêtres et le lancement des applications. Par exemple, "
+-"au lieu d'avoir une vue d'ensemble des activités, vous avez un <gui>menu "
+-"Applications</gui> en haut de l'écran que vous utilisez pour lancer les "
+-"applications. Vous avez aussi une liste des fenêtres ouvertes en bas de "
+-"l'écran. Le fait de travailler en mode restreint n'affecte pas les "
+-"applications que vous lancez, simplement l'aspect du bureau est différent."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Le démarrage en mode restreint ne signifie pas nécessairement que votre "
+-"carte graphique est insuffisante pour exécuter GNOME. Il se peut que les "
+-"pilotes installés ne soient pas adaptés à votre carte. Si vous trouvez de "
+-"meilleurs pilotes de cartes graphiques pour votre ordinateur, vous devriez "
+-"pouvoir lancer la version complète de GNOME."
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+-"other devices and media."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Lancer automatiquement des applications pour CD, DVD, appareils photo, "
+-"baladeurs audio et autres périphériques et médias."
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+-msgstr "Ouverture d'applications associées à des périphériques ou des disques"
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+-"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+-"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
+-"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il est possible de faire en sorte qu'une application démarre automatiquement "
+-"quand un périphérique est connecté ou quand un disque ou une carte média est "
+-"inséré. Par exemple, vous pouvez désirer que votre gestionnaire de photos "
+-"démarre quand vous connectez votre appareil photo numérique. Vous pouvez "
+-"aussi désactiver cette possibilité, de sorte que rien ne se passe quand vous "
+-"connectez quelque chose."
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour choisir l'application qui doit s'exécuter quand vous connectez un "
+ "quelconque périphérique :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Détails</gui><gui>Médias amovibles</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+@@ -6573,7 +7525,8 @@
+ "souhaité. Veuillez consulter ci-dessous les descriptions des différents "
+ "types de périphériques et médias disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+@@ -6584,7 +7537,8 @@
+ "Lorsque cela se produit, il vous est demandé quoi faire, sinon rien ne se "
+ "passe automatiquement."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6599,7 +7553,8 @@
+ "déroulant <gui>Type</gui> et l'application ou l'action souhaitée dans la "
+ "liste <gui>Action</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6609,15 +7564,18 @@
+ "soit ce qui est inséré,cochez <gui>Ne jamais demander ou lancer de programme "
+ "à l'insertion de médias</gui> en bas de la fenêtre Médias amovibles."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:63(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "Types de périphériques et de médias"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "Disques audio"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6630,11 +7588,13 @@
+ "gestionnaire de fichiers, les pistes s'affichent au format WAV ; vous pouvez "
+ "les lire avec n'importe quelle application audio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:74(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "Disques vidéo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6647,11 +7607,13 @@
+ "disques vidéo ne fonctionnent pas correctement quand vous les insérer, "
+ "veuillez consulter <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "Disques vierges"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+@@ -6659,11 +7621,13 @@
+ "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Autres médias</gui> pour choisir une application "
+ "de gravure sur CD, DVD, disques Blu-ray et HD DVD vierges."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "Appareils photos et photos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6676,7 +7640,8 @@
+ "pouvez aussi tout simplement consulter ces mêmes photos avec le gestionnaire "
+ "de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+@@ -6687,11 +7652,13 @@
+ "Ces CD contiennent des fichiers image au format JPEG situés dans un dossier "
+ "nommé <file>PICTURES</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:98(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "Baladeurs"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+@@ -6699,11 +7666,13 @@
+ "Choisissez une application qui gère la bibliothèque musicale de votre "
+ "baladeur, ou gérez-les vous-même avec le gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "Lecteurs e-book"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+@@ -6713,11 +7682,13 @@
+ "les livres de votre lecteur e-book, ou bien gérez-les vous-même avec le "
+ "gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "Logiciels"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6730,20 +7701,24 @@
+ "logiciels à démarrage automatiquement est inséré. Il vous sera ainsi "
+ "toujours demandé une confirmation avant que le logiciel ne soit exécuté."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:114(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr ""
+ "N'exécutez jamais le logiciel d'un média en qui vous n'avez pas confiance."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Gérer et organiser les fichiers avec le gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "Consultation de vos fichiers et dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+@@ -6756,7 +7731,8 @@
+ "externes), sur des <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">serveurs de fichiers</"
+ "link> et sur des partages réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
+@@ -6768,11 +7744,13 @@
+ "rechercher des fichiers et des dossiers de la même façon que vous le faites "
+ "pour des <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">applications</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Parcourt du contenu des dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+@@ -6784,7 +7762,8 @@
+ "Un clic droit sur un dossier permet d'ouvrir son contenu dans un nouvel "
+ "onglet ou une nouvelle fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+@@ -6795,7 +7774,8 @@
+ "la barre d'espace pour vous assurez que c'est le bon fichier avant de "
+ "l'ouvrir, le copier ou le supprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6810,7 +7790,8 @@
+ "chemin pour l'ouvrir dans un nouvel onglet, une nouvelle fenêtre, ou pour le "
+ "copier, le déplacer ou afficher ses propriétés."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
+@@ -6824,37 +7805,44 @@
+ "touche flèche bas ou faites défiler la molette de la souris pour vous "
+ "déplacer au fichier correspondant suivant."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+-"not see the sidebar, click the down arrow in the top right corner of the "
+-"window and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders "
+-"that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the "
+-"<gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the "
+-"sidebar."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez accéder rapidement aux emplacements courants à partir du "
+-"<em>panneau latéral</em>. Si vous ne le voyez pas, cliquez sur la flèche "
+-"vers le bas dans le coin supérieur droite et cliquez sur <gui>Afficher le "
+-"panneau latéral</gui>. Vous pouvez ajouter des signets vers les dossiers que "
+-"vous utilisez le plus souvent et ils apparaîtront dans le panneau latéral. "
+-"Utilisez le menu <gui>Signets</gui> pour le faire, ou plus simplement, "
+-"faites glisser le dossier dans le panneau latéral."
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez rapidement accéder aux emplacements courants à partir du "
++"<em>panneau latéral</em>. Si vous ne le voyez pas, cliquez sur le bouton "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> dans la barre "
++"d'outils et cliquez sur <gui>Afficher le panneau latéral</gui>. Vous pouvez "
++"ajouter des signets vers les dossiers que vous utilisez le plus souvent et "
++"ils apparaîtront dans le panneau latéral. Utilisez le menu <gui>Signets</"
++"gui> pour le faire, ou plus simplement, faites glisser le dossier dans le "
++"panneau latéral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Copier ou déplacer des éléments vers un nouveau dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "Copie et déplacement de fichiers et dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6864,7 +7852,8 @@
+ "destination par un simple glisser-déposer à l'aide de la souris, ou avec les "
+ "commandes copier et coller, ou en utilisant des raccourcis clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6876,7 +7865,8 @@
+ "document avant de le modifier (et ainsi pouvoir restaurer la copie si vous "
+ "n'aimez pas vos modifications)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6885,16 +7875,19 @@
+ "dossiers. Ils sont copiés et déplacés les uns et les autres exactement de la "
+ "même façon."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Copie de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le fichier que vous voulez copier en cliquant dessus une fois."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6902,12 +7895,15 @@
+ "Faites un clic-droit et choisissez <gui>Copier</gui> ou pressez le raccourci "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Déplacez-vous dans le dossier dans lequel vous voulez copier ce fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
+@@ -6918,16 +7914,20 @@
+ "key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Il y a maintenant une copie du fichier d'origine "
+ "dans cet autre dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Déplacement de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le fichier que vous voulez déplacer en cliquant dessus une fois."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6935,27 +7935,31 @@
+ "Faites un clic droit et choisissez <gui>Couper</gui>, ou pressez le "
+ "raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Déplacez-vous dans le dossier dans lequel vous voulez déplacer ce fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken "
+-"out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur l'icône d'engrenage et choisissez <gui>Coller</gui> pour "
+-"terminer le déplacement du fichier, ou pressez le raccourci "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Ce fichier a maintenant été "
+-"déplacé de son ancien dossier vers le nouveau."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur l'icône d'engrenage dans la barre d'outils et choisissez "
++"<gui>Coller</gui> pour terminer le déplacement du fichier, ou pressez le "
++"raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Ce fichier a "
++"maintenant été déplacé de son ancien dossier vers le nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:66(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Copie ou déplacement de fichiers par un simple glissement"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -6963,7 +7967,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez le navigateur de fichiers et déplacez-vous dans le dossier qui "
+ "contient le fichier que vous voulez copier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+@@ -6975,7 +7980,8 @@
+ "keyseq>) pour ouvrir une deuxième fenêtre. Dans cette nouvelle fenêtre, "
+ "ouvrez le dossier dans lequel vous voulez copier ou déplacer le fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -6986,7 +7992,8 @@
+ "ou <em>le copie</em> si sa destination se trouve sur un périphérique "
+ "différent."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -6994,7 +8001,8 @@
+ "Par exemple, en glissant un fichier de votre clé USB vers votre dossier "
+ "personnel, il est copié car vous le déplacez d'un périphérique à un autre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -7004,7 +8012,8 @@
+ "key> enfoncée pendant le déplacement ou forcer le déplacement en maintenant "
+ "la touche <key>Maj</key> enfoncée."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:86(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -7017,21 +8026,25 @@
+ "xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">modifiant leurs permissions</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Supprimer des fichiers ou dossiers dont vous n'avez plus besoin."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "Suppression de fichiers et de dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous n'avez plus besoin d'un fichier ou d'un dossier, vous pouvez le "
+ "supprimer. La suppression d'un élément le déplace dans le dossier Corbeille "
+@@ -7040,15 +8053,18 @@
+ "emplacement d'origine</link> si vous changez d'avis et décidez de les "
+ "conserver, ou s'ils ont été supprimés par inadvertance."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "Pour mettre un fichier à la corbeille :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez l'élément à supprimer en cliquant dessus une fois."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -7057,7 +8073,8 @@
+ "votre clavier ou faites glisser l'élément jusque dans la <gui>Corbeille</"
+ "gui> du panneau latéral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -7068,11 +8085,13 @@
+ "effectuez un clic-droit sur la <gui>Corbeille</gui> dans la barre latérale "
+ "et sélectionnez <gui>Vider la corbeille</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Suppression définitive d'un fichier"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+@@ -7080,15 +8099,18 @@
+ "Il est possible de supprimer définitivement un fichier sans passer par la "
+ "corbeille."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "Pour supprimer définitivement un fichier :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez l'élément à supprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -7096,7 +8118,8 @@
+ "Maintenez enfoncée la touche <key>Maj</key> et pressez la touche <key>Suppr</"
+ "key> de votre clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -7104,7 +8127,8 @@
+ "Comme c'est une action irréversible, il vous est demandé une confirmation "
+ "avant de supprimer définitivement le fichier ou le dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+@@ -7120,7 +8144,8 @@
+ "<gui>Comportement</gui> cochez la case <gui>Inclure une commande Supprimer "
+ "qui ignore la corbeille</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+@@ -7128,21 +8153,24 @@
+ "into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les fichiers supprimés d'un <link xref=\"files#removable\">média amovible</"
+-"link> peuvent être invisibles pour d'autres systèmes comme Windows ou Mac "
+-"OS. Malgré tout, les fichiers y sont toujours présent et redeviennent "
++"link> peuvent être invisibles pour d'autres systèmes comme Windows ou Mac OS."
++" Malgré tout, les fichiers y sont toujours présent et redeviennent "
+ "disponibles quand vous reconnectez le média sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Graver des fichiers et des documents sur un CD ou DVD vierge avec une "
+ "application de gravure."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "Écriture de fichiers sur un CD ou un DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -7158,11 +8186,13 @@
+ "link> en copiant des fichiers sur des disques vierges. Pour graver des "
+ "fichiers sur un CD ou un DVD :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Insérez un disque vierge dans votre graveur de CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+@@ -7172,33 +8202,41 @@
+ "<gui>Créateur de CD/DVD</gui>. La fenêtre du répertoire <gui>Créateur de CD/"
+ "DVD</gui> s'ouvre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez aussi cliquez sur <gui>Disque CD/DVD-R vierge</gui> sous "
+ "<gui>Périphériques</gui> dans le panneau latéral du gestionnaire de fichiers."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le champs <gui>Nom du disque</gui>, saisissez un nom pour le disque."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Faites glisser ou copiez les fichiers désirés dans la fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Graver sur le disque</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sous <gui>Choisissez un disque à graver</gui>, sélectionnez le disque vierge."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+@@ -7209,7 +8247,8 @@
+ "ordinateur. Vous pourrez alors graver cette image disque sur un disque "
+ "vierge plus tard."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+@@ -7219,12 +8258,14 @@
+ "gravure, l'emplacement des fichiers temporaires et d'autres options. Les "
+ "options par défaut devraient être correctes."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquer sur le bouton <gui>Graver</gui> pour commencer l'enregistrement."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -7232,7 +8273,8 @@
+ "Si <gui>Graver plusieurs copies</gui> est choisi, vous serez invité à "
+ "insérer des disques supplémentaires."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+@@ -7241,11 +8283,13 @@
+ "Choisissez <gui>Créer de nouvelles copies</gui> ou <gui>Fermer</gui> pour "
+ "terminer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Si le disque n'a pas été gravé correctement"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -7255,7 +8299,8 @@
+ "n'êtes pas capable de voir les fichiers que vous avez mis sur le disque "
+ "quand vous l'insérez dans l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+@@ -7267,16 +8312,20 @@
+ "Vous pouvez choisir la vitesse en cliquant le bouton <gui>Propriétés</gui> "
+ "dans la fenêtre du <gui>Créateur de CD/DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Masquer un fichier pour le rendre invisible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "Masquage d'un fichier"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+@@ -7287,7 +8336,8 @@
+ "n'est pas affiché par le gestionnaire de fichiers, mais il est toujours "
+ "présent dans son dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -7298,7 +8348,8 @@
+ "cacher le fichier appelé <file>exemple.txt</file>, modifiez son nom en "
+ "<file>.exemple.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -7306,66 +8357,79 @@
+ "Vous pouvez cacher des dossiers de la même façon que les fichiers. Renommez "
+ "le dossier en ajoutant un point (<key>.</key>) au début de son nom."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Affichage de tous les fichiers cachés"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+-"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden "
+-"files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous souhaitez voir tous les fichiers cachés d'un dossier, ouvrez ce "
+-"dossier, sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers "
+-"cachés</gui></guiseq> ou utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"dossier, cliquez sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">Bas</media> dans la barre d'outils et sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les "
++"fichiers cachés</gui> ou utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Tous les fichiers cachés apparaissent parmi les "
+ "fichiers normaux qui n'étaient pas masqués."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show "
+-"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> </"
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+ "keyseq> again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour masquer à nouveau ces fichiers, soit vous cliquez sur "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq> "
+-"soit vous utilisez à nouveau le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>H</key> </keyseq>."
++"Pour masquer ces fichiers à nouveau, cliquez sur le bouton <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> dans la barre d'outils et "
++"sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> ou réutilisez le "
++"raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Affichage d'un fichier masqué"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
+-"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of "
+-"its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, "
+-"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour afficher un fichier masqué, ouvrez le dossier le contenant et cliquez "
+-"sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></"
+-"guiseq> ou utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
+-"key></keyseq>. Renommez le fichier en supprimant le point (<key>.</key>) au "
+-"début de son nom. Par exemple, pour annuler le masquage d'un fichier appelé "
+-"<file>.exemple.txt</file>, vous devez le renommer en <file>exemple.txt</"
+-"file>."
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View </"
+-"gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+-"<key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Après avoir renommé le fichier, soit vous cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage "
+-"</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq> soit vous utilisez le "
++"sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> "
++"dans la barre d'outils et sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</"
++"gui>. Puis,trouvez le fichier et renommez-le en supprimant le point (<key>.</"
++"key>) au début de son nom. Par exemple, pour annuler le masquage d'un "
++"fichier nommé <file>.exemple.txt</file>, vous devriez le renommer en "
++"<file>exemple.txt</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"Après avoir renommé le fichier, cliquez sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> dans la barre d'outils et "
++"sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>, ou utilisez le "
+ "raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>H</key></keyseq> pour masquer "
+-"tous les autres fichiers cachés à nouveau."
++"à nouveau les autres fichiers cachés."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -7376,7 +8440,8 @@
+ "paramètre et toujours afficher tous les fichiers cachés, consultez <link "
+ "xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+@@ -7385,20 +8450,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "La plupart des fichiers cachés possèdent un <key>.</key> au début de leur "
+ "nom, mais d'autres peuvent avoir un <key>~</key> à la fin du nom. Ces "
+-"fichiers sont des fichiers de sauvegarde. Consultez <link xref=\"files-tilde"
+-"\"/> pour plus d'informations."
++"fichiers sont des fichiers de sauvegarde. Consultez <link xref=\"files-"
++"tilde\"/> pour plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Suivez ces conseils si vous ne retrouvez pas un fichier que vous aviez créé "
+ "ou téléchargé."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "Recherche d'un fichier perdu"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -7406,7 +8474,8 @@
+ "Si vous avez créé ou téléchargé un fichier que vous ne retrouvez plus, "
+ "suivez ces conseils."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -7416,7 +8485,8 @@
+ "vous avez une idée de son nom, faites une recherche par nom. Consultez <link "
+ "xref=\"files-search\"/> pour savoir comment procéder."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -7426,7 +8496,8 @@
+ "certainement enregistré dans un dossier usuel. Vérifiez le contenu des "
+ "dossiers « Bureau » et « Téléchargements » de votre répertoire personnel."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -7437,20 +8508,26 @@
+ "définitivement supprimé manuellement. Consultez <link xref=\"files-recover\"/"
+ "> pour apprendre comment le restaurer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Peut être avez-vous renommé ce fichier de telle manière qu'il se trouve "
+-"caché. Les fichiers dont le nom commence par un <file>.</file> ou se termine "
+-"par <file>~</file> sont masqués dans le gestionnaire de fichiers. Cliquez "
+-"sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></"
+-"guiseq>. Consultez <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> pour en savoir plus."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous avez peut-être renommé ce fichier de telle manière qu'il se trouve "
++"caché. Les fichiers dont le nom commence par un point (<file>.</file>) ou se "
++"termine par <file>~</file> sont masqués dans le gestionnaire de fichiers. "
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</"
++"media> dans la barre d'outils du gestionnaire de fichiers et sélectionnez "
++"<gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>. Consultez <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\"/> pour en savoir plus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -7458,11 +8535,13 @@
+ "Ouvrir des fichiers avec une autre application que celle défini par défaut "
+ "pour ce type de fichier et comment modifier la valeur par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "Ouverture de fichiers avec une autre application"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -7474,7 +8553,8 @@
+ "Vous pouvez l'ouvrir avec une autre application, chercher une application en "
+ "ligne ou modifier l'application par défaut pour ce type de fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -7492,7 +8572,8 @@
+ "installées sur votre ordinateur, cliquez sur <gui>Afficher d'autres "
+ "applications</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -7505,11 +8586,13 @@
+ "cherche en ligne des paquets contenant des applications connues pour prendre "
+ "en charge les fichiers de ce type."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Changement d'application par défaut"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -7522,7 +8605,8 @@
+ "pouvez lancer votre lecteur de musique préféré quand vous faites un double-"
+ "clic sur un fichier MP3."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -7532,16 +8616,19 @@
+ "par défaut. Par exemple, pour définir l'application à lancer lors de "
+ "l'ouverture d'un fichier MP3, sélectionnez un fichier <file>.mp3</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Faites un clic droit sur le fichier et choisissez <gui>Propriétés</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Ouvrir avec</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+@@ -7554,7 +8641,8 @@
+ "parcourir toutes les applications de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Afficher d'autres applications</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -7569,7 +8657,8 @@
+ "d'utiliser l'application par un clic droit sur le fichier et en la "
+ "choisissant dans la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -7577,34 +8666,36 @@
+ "Cela change l'application par défaut pas uniquement pour le fichier "
+ "sélectionné, mais pour tous les fichiers du même type."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Afficher et masquer rapidement des aperçus de documents, de vidéos et autres."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "Aperçu des fichiers et des dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7616,7 +8707,8 @@
+ "aperçu dans une fenêtre. Appuyez encore sur la barre d'espace et il "
+ "disparaît."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7626,7 +8718,8 @@
+ "images, vidéo et audio. Dans l'aperçu, vous pouvez faire défiler le document "
+ "ou rechercher des séquences vidéo ou audio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7641,17 +8734,20 @@
+ "png\">plein écran</media> en bas, ou appuyez sur <key>f</key> ou appuyez sur "
+ "la barre d'espace pour quitter complètement l'aperçu."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les fichiers supprimés sont généralement déplacés dans la corbeille, d'où "
+ "ils peuvent être récupérés."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "Restauration d'un fichier à partir de la corbeille"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7660,11 +8756,14 @@
+ "normalement placé dans la <gui>Corbeille</gui>, et il possible de le "
+ "restaurer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "Pour restaurer un fichier à partir de la corbeille :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -7672,11 +8771,13 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Corbeille</gui> dans le panneau latéral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+@@ -7684,7 +8785,8 @@
+ "Si votre fichier supprimé s'y trouve, cliquez dessus et choisissez <gui> "
+ "Restaurer</gui>. Il retourne dans le dossier d'où il a été supprimé."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7696,7 +8798,8 @@
+ "fichiers supprimés définitivement ne peuvent plus être récupérés dans la "
+ "corbeille."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7711,16 +8814,19 @@
+ "demander conseil sur un forum spécialisé pour voir si vous pouvez le "
+ "récupérer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Éjecter ou démonter une clé USB, un CD, un DVD ou tout autre périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "Démontage d'un lecteur externe en toute sécurité"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+@@ -7737,17 +8843,20 @@
+ "optique comme une CD ou un DVD, vous pouvez utiliser les mêmes étapes pour "
+ "éjecter le disque de votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "Pour éjecter un disque amovible :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Depuis la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, ouvrez l'application "
+ "<app>Fichiers</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+@@ -7756,7 +8865,9 @@
+ "petite icône d'éjection à côté du nom. Cliquez l'icône d'éjection pour "
+ "enlever ou éjecter le périphérique en tout sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7764,61 +8875,64 @@
+ "Sinon, faites un clic droit sur le nom du périphérique dans le panneau "
+ "latéral et sélectionnez <gui>Éjecter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Démontage en toute sécurité d'un périphérique qui est actuellement utilisé"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+-"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open "
+-"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
+-"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si un des fichiers sur le périphérique est ouvert et en cours d'utilisation "
+-"par une application, vous ne pourrez pas retirer le volume sans risque. Une "
+-"fenêtre vous informant que « Le volume est occupé » s'affiche, et énumère "
+-"tous les fichiers ouverts sur le périphérique. Une fois tous les fichiers du "
+-"périphérique fermés, il pourra être retiré en tout sécurité. À ce moment, "
+-"vous pouvez donc le déconnecter ou l'éjecter."
+-
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-"have open with that application."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si vous ne pouvez fermer un de ces fichiers, par exemple si l'application "
+-"qui utilise ce fichier est bloquée, vous pouvez faire un clic-droit sur le "
+-"fichier dans la fenêtre <gui>Le volume est occupé</gui> et choisir "
+-"<gui>Terminer le processus</gui>. Cela force l'application bloquée à se "
+-"fermer, ce qui ferme aussi tous les autres fichiers que vous avez ouvert "
+-"avec cette application."
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++"Si l'un des fichiers sur le périphérique est ouvert et en cours "
++"d'utilisation par une application, vous ne pourrez pas retirer le volume "
++"sans risque. Une fenêtre vous informant que <gui>Le volume est occupé</gui> "
++"s'affichera. Pour le déconnecter ou l'éjecter en toute sécurité :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Annuler</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "Fermez tous les fichiers du périphérique."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur l'icône d'éjection pour déconnecter ou éjecter le périphérique "
++"en toute sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+ "files open."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez aussi choisir <gui>Démonter tout de même</gui> pour retirer le "
++"Vous pouvez aussi choisir <gui>Éjecter tout de même</gui> pour retirer le "
+ "périphérique sans fermer les fichiers. Cela pourrait provoquer des erreurs "
+-"dans les applications qui ont ouvert ces fichiers."
++"dans les applications utilisant ces fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "Modifier le nom d'un fichier ou d'un dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "Modification d'un nom de fichier ou de dossier"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+@@ -7827,11 +8941,13 @@
+ "gestionnaire de fichiers de GNOME pour modifier le nom d'un fichier ou d'un "
+ "dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "Pour renommer un fichier ou un dossier :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7839,11 +8955,13 @@
+ "Faites un clic droit sur l'élément et choisissez <gui>Renommer</gui>, ou "
+ "sélectionnez-le et appuyez sur <key>F2</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+@@ -7851,7 +8969,8 @@
+ "Vous pouvez aussi modifier le nom d'un fichier dans la fenêtre <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">propriétés</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7866,7 +8985,8 @@
+ "malgré tout, vous souhaitez modifier aussi l'extension, sélectionnez le nom "
+ "complet et modifiez-le."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+ "the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
+@@ -7877,18 +8997,20 @@
+ "immédiatement sur le bouton d'engrenage dans la barre d'outils et choisissez "
+ "<gui>Annuler</gui> afin de restaurer le nom précédent."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Caractères valides pour les noms de fichier"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe quel caractère sauf le <key>/</key> (barre "
+ "oblique ou slash) dans les noms de fichiers. Certains périphériques "
+@@ -7898,7 +9020,8 @@
+ "<key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, "
+ "<key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7908,16 +9031,20 @@
+ "le fichier est alors <link xref=\"files-hidden\">caché</link> lorsque vous "
+ "tentez de l'afficher dans le gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes connus"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "Le nom du fichier est déjà utilisé"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7927,7 +9054,8 @@
+ "dossier. Si vous renommez un fichier en lui donnant un nom de fichier qui "
+ "existe déjà dans le dossier, le gestionnaire de fichiers ne l'accepte pas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -7938,11 +9066,13 @@
+ "file>. L'utilisation de noms différents de ce type est autorisé, même si ce "
+ "n'est recommandé."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "Le nom de fichier est trop long"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+@@ -7955,11 +9085,13 @@
+ "travail/propositions-de-travail/… </file>), donc évitez si possible "
+ "d'utiliser de longs noms de fichiers et de dossiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "L'option pour renommer est grisée"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+@@ -7972,14 +9104,16 @@
+ "votre système instable. Consultez <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "permissions\"/> pour plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Comment trouver des fichiers par leur nom et leur type et enregistrer les "
+ "résultats pour un usage ultérieur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+@@ -7990,16 +9124,21 @@
+ "courantes qui apparaissent alors dans un dossier spécial de votre dossier "
+ "personnel."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Autres applications de recherche"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Recherche"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -8007,60 +9146,57 @@
+ "Si vous connaissez le nom du dossier contenant les fichiers que vous "
+ "recherchez, allez à ce dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl </"
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez <gui>Recherche</gui> dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl </key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++"Cliquez sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
+-"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
+-"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
+-"of case."
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots qui devraient faire partie du nom du fichier, "
+-"et appuyez sur la touche Entrée. Par exemple, si vous nommez toutes vos "
+-"factures avec le mot « facture », saisissez <input>facture</input>. Appuyez "
+-"sur <key>Entrée</key>. Les mots sont recherchés sans égard à la casse."
++"Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots qui devraient apparaître dans le nom du "
++"fichier. Par exemple, si vous nommez toutes vos factures avec le mot "
++"« Facture », saisissez <input>facture</input>. Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
++" Les mots sont recherchés sans égard à la casse."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button to set more search criteria."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez réduire les résultats par emplacement et par type de fichier. "
+-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> pour définir plus de critères de "
+-"recherche."
+-
+-#: C/files-search.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results by a starting parent location."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Choisissez <gui>Emplacement</gui> dans la liste déroulante pour réduire les "
+-"résultats de la recherche en sélectionnant un emplacement parent de départ."
++"Vous pouvez filtrer les résultats par emplacement et par type de fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results based on file type."
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Choisissez <gui>Type de fichier</gui> dans la liste déroulante pour réduire "
+-"les résultats de la recherche en se basant sur le type de fichier."
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Accueil</gui> pour restreindre les résultats à votre "
++"répertoire d'<file>Accueil</file>, ou sur <gui>Tous les fichiers</gui> pour "
++"rechercher partout."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
+-"option and widen the search results."
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>-</gui> à côté de n'importe quelle option de "
+-"recherche pour retirer cette option et élargir les résultats de recherche."
++"Cliquez sur <key>+</key>, puis choisissez un <gui>Type de fichier</gui> dans "
++"la liste déroulante pour réduire les résultats de la recherche en se basant "
++"sur le type de fichier. Cliquez sur le bouton <key>x</key> pour supprimer "
++"cette option et agrandir les résultats de la recherche."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -8069,15 +9205,17 @@
+ "partir des résultats de la recherche, comme si vous étiez dans n'importe "
+ "quel dossier du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
+-"to the folder."
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez à nouveau sur <gui>Recherche</gui> dans la barre d'outils pour "
+-"quitter la recherche et retourner dans le répertoire."
++"Cliquez à nouveau sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils pour quitter la "
++"recherche et retourner au répertoire."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -8085,27 +9223,32 @@
+ "Si vous effectuez certaines recherches souvent, vous pouvez les enregistrer "
+ "pour y accéder rapidement."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:68(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Enregistrement d'une recherche"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Lancez une recherche comme ci-dessus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> File</"
+-"gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque vous êtes satisfait avec les paramètres de la recherche, cliquez sur "
+-"<guiseq><gui> Fichier</gui><gui>Enregistrer la recherche sous</gui></guiseq>."
++"Une fois satisfait des paramètres de recherche, cliquez sur le bouton "
++"d'engrenage et sélectionnez <gui>Enregistrer la recherche sous</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Donnez un nom à la recherche et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>. Si vous "
+ "le souhaitez, choisissez un répertoire différent pour y enregistrer la "
+@@ -8113,7 +9256,8 @@
+ "votre recherche apparaît sous la forme d'une icône de dossier orange avec "
+ "une loupe dessus."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -8126,7 +9270,8 @@
+ "recherche sauvegardée, cela ne supprime pas les fichiers qui correspondent "
+ "aux critères de recherche."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -8134,11 +9279,13 @@
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> pour sélectionner "
+ "plusieurs fichiers avec des noms similaires."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Sélection de fichier par motif"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -8153,7 +9300,8 @@
+ "fichier et des caractères génériques. Deux caractères génériques sont "
+ "disponibles :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -8161,16 +9309,19 @@
+ "<file>*</file> remplace un nombre quelconque de caractères, y compris zéro "
+ "caractère."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<file>?</file> remplace exactement un seul caractère, n'importe lequel."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Par exemple :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -8180,11 +9331,13 @@
+ "et une image portant le même nom de base <file>Facture</file>, sélectionnez "
+ "tous les trois à l'aide du motif :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Facture.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -8194,11 +9347,13 @@
+ "file>, <file>Vacances-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacances-003.jpg</file>, "
+ "sélectionnez-les à l'aide du motif :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacances-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -8208,33 +9363,50 @@
+ "unes et ajouté <file>-modifiée</file> à la fin de leur nom, sélectionnez-les "
+ "à l'aide du motif :"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacances-???-modifiée.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Transférer facilement des fichiers à vos contacts et vers des périphériques "
+-"à partir du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr "Partage et transfert de fichiers"
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez facilement partager des fichiers avec vos contacts ou les "
+-"envoyer vers des périphériques extérieurs ou des <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"connect\">partages en réseau</link> directement depuis le gestionnaire de "
+-"fichiers."
++"Transférer facilement des fichiers à vos contacts de courriel à partir du "
++"gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p) C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "Partager des fichiers par courriel"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez facilement partager des fichiers avec vos contacts par courriel "
++"directement à partir du gestionnaire de fichiers."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"Avant de commencer, assurez-vous que <app>Evolution</app> est bien installé "
++"sur votre ordinateur et que votre compte de courrier électronique est "
++"correctement configuré."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "Pour partager un fichier par courriel :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -8242,196 +9414,124 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "Localisez le fichier à transférer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Faites un clic-droit sur le fichier et choisissez <gui>Envoyer à</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La fenêtre <gui>Envoyez à</gui> s'affiche. Choisissez la destination et "
+-"cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer</gui>. Consultez la liste des destinations ci-"
+-"dessous pour de plus amples informations."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez envoyer plusieurs fichiers à la fois en les sélectionnant en "
+-"maintenant enfoncée la touche <key>Ctrl</key>, faites ensuite un clic-droit "
+-"sur l'un d'eux. Vous pouvez aussi les compresser automatiquement dans des "
+-"archives tar ou zip."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "Destinations"
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour joindre un fichier à un courriel, choisissez <gui>Courrier "
+-"électronique</gui> et saisissez l'adresse du destinataire."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour envoyer le fichier à un contact de messagerie instantanée, choisissez "
+-"<gui>Message instantané (Empathy)</gui> et choisissez votre contact dans la "
+-"liste déroulante. Votre application de messagerie instantanée doit être "
+-"démarrée pour que cela fonctionne."
++"Faites un clic droit sur le fichier et choisissez <gui>Evoyer à</gui>. La "
++"fenêtre <gui>Composer un message</gui> apparaîtra avec le fichier attaché."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour graver le fichier sur un CD ou un DVD, sélectionnez <gui>Créateur de CD/"
+-"DVD</gui>. Consultez <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> pour en savoir plus."
++"Cliquez sur <gui>À</gui> pour choisir un contact, ou saisissez l'adresse "
++"électronique à laquelle vous souhaitez envoyer le fichier. Remplissez le "
++"<gui>Sujet</gui> et le corps du message comme requis, puis cliquez sur "
++"<gui>Envoyer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices "
+-"you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour transférer le fichier vers un périphérique Bluetooth, sélectionnez "
+-"<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> et choisissez le périphérique de "
+-"destination. La liste n'affiche que les périphériques déjà synchronisés. "
+-"Consultez <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> pour plus d'informations."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
+-"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour copier un fichier sur un périphérique amovible tel qu'une clé USB, ou "
+-"pour le téléverser sur un serveur auquel vous êtes connecté, sélectionnez "
+-"<gui>Partages et disques amovibles</gui> et choisissez le périphérique ou le "
+-"serveur de destination."
++"Vous pouvez envoyer de multiples fichiers simultanément. Sélectionnez "
++"plusieurs fichiers en maintenant enfoncée la touche <key>Ctrl</key>, faites "
++"ensuite un clic-droit sur celui que vous souhaitez sélectionner."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Organisation des fichiers par nom, taille, type ou en fonction de leur date "
+ "de modification."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr "Tri des fichiers et des dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+-"list of common ways to sort files."
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez trier les fichiers de différentes façons dans un dossier, par "
+-"exemple dans l'ordre chronologique ou selon leur taille. Consultez ci-"
+-"dessous la liste <link xref=\"#ways\"/> pour connaître les manières usuelles "
+-"d'effectuer un tri."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
+-"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref="
+-"\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quand vous modifiez la façon de trier les éléments d'un dossier, cette "
+-"action n'affecte que ce dossier. Le gestionnaire de fichiers se souvient de "
+-"votre choix de tri pour ce dossier et applique la méthode par défaut pour "
+-"les autres. Consultez <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> pour savoir comment "
+-"modifier le tri par défaut."
++"exemple dans l'ordre chronologique ou selon leur taille. Consultez la liste "
++"<link xref=\"#ways\"/> ci-dessous pour connaître les façons habituelles de "
++"trier des fichiers. Voir <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> pour obtenir des "
++"informations sur la manière de modifier l'ordre de tri par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+-"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La façon de trier les fichiers dépend de votre choix d'<em>affichage des "
+-"dossiers</em>. Vous pouvez modifier l'affichage actuel dans le menu "
+-"<gui>Affichage</gui>."
++"dossiers</em>. Vous pouvez modifier l'affichage actuel à l'aide de la liste "
++"ou des boutons d'icônes dans la barre d'outils."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Vue en icônes"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
+-"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
+-"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour trier les fichiers dans un ordre différent, faites un clic-droit dans "
+-"un espace vide du dossier et choisissez une option du menu <gui>Ranger les "
+-"éléments</gui>. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
+-"gui><gui>Ranger les éléments</gui></guiseq> du menu principal."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
+-"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
+-msgstr ""
+-"À titre d'exemple, si vous choisissez <gui>Par nom</gui> dans le menu "
+-"<gui>Ranger les éléments</gui>, les fichiers sont triés par leur nom dans "
+-"l'ordre alphabétique. Consultez <link xref=\"#ways\"/> pour les autres "
+-"options."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+-"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez inverser l'ordre de tri en cochant la case <gui>Ordre inversé</"
+-"gui> du menu <gui>Ranger les éléments</gui>."
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour trier les fichiers dans un ordre différent, cliquez sur le bouton "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> dans la barre "
++"d'outils et sélectionnez <gui>Par nom</gui>, <gui>Par taille</gui>, <gui>Par "
++"type</gui> ou <gui>Par date de modification</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
+-"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour conserver un contrôle absolu sur l'ordre et la position des fichiers "
+-"d'un dossier, faites un clic-droit dans un espace vide du dossier et "
+-"choisissez <guiseq><gui>Ranger les éléments</gui><gui>Manuellement</gui></"
+-"guiseq>. Vous pouvez ensuite les faire glisser où vous voulez dans le "
+-"dossier. Cette méthode ne fonctionne qu'avec l'option Vue en icônes."
++"À titre d'exemple, si vous sélectionnez <gui>Par nom</gui>, les fichiers "
++"seront triés en fonction de leur nom, par ordre alphabétique. Consultez "
++"<link xref=\"#ways\"/> pour les autres options."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous cochez l'option <gui>Agencement compact</gui> du menu <gui>Ranger "
+-"les éléments</gui>, les fichiers sont disposés de telle façon qu'ils "
+-"occupent le moins de place possible. C'est utile si vous souhaitez avoir "
+-"sous les yeux le maximum de fichiers possible d'un seul coup."
++"Vous pouvez inverser l'ordre de tri en sélectionnant <gui>Ordre inversé</"
++"gui> dans le menu déroulant."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Vue en liste"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -8442,53 +9542,46 @@
+ "<gui>Type</gui> pour trier par type de fichier. Cliquez une nouvelle fois "
+ "sur cette colonne pour inverser l'ordre."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+-"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
+-"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
+-"of available columns."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans la vue en liste, vous pouvez afficher des colonnes comportant d'autres "
+-"attributs et trier selon ces critères. Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
+-"gui><gui>Colonnes visibles</gui></guiseq> et choisissez les colonnes que "
+-"vous souhaitez voir affichées. Vous pouvez ensuite trier les fichiers en "
+-"fonction de ces critères. Consultez la liste <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
+-"pour obtenir une description des colonnes disponibles."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view"
+-msgstr "Vue compacte"
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
+-"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
+-"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez trier les fichiers dans la vue compacte de la même manière que "
+-"dans la vue icône. La seule différence est que vous ne pouvez pas "
+-"positionner manuellement les fichiers n'importe où dans la fenêtre ; ils "
+-"sont toujours présentés sous forme de liste dans cet agencement."
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans l'affichage en liste, vous pouvez afficher des colonnes comportant "
++"d'autres attributs et trier selon ces critères. Cliquez sur le bouton <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> dans la barre "
++"d'outils, puis choisissez <gui>Colonnes visibles</gui> et sélectionnez les "
++"colonnes que vous souhaitez voir affichées. Vous pourrez ensuite trier les "
++"fichiers en fonction de ces colonnes. Consultez la liste <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-list\"/> pour obtenir une description des colonnes disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Méthodes de tri des fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "Par nom"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Trie les fichiers dans l'ordre alphabétique en fonction de leur nom."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "Par taille"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -8496,11 +9589,13 @@
+ "Trie les fichiers en fonction de leur taille (la place qu'ils occupent sur "
+ "le disque). Par défaut, range du plus petit au plus gros."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "Par type"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -8508,11 +9603,13 @@
+ "Trie alphabétiquement les fichiers en fonction de leur type. Les fichiers "
+ "d'un même type sont regroupés et ensuite triés par nom."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "Par date de modification"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -8520,20 +9617,25 @@
+ "Trie les fichiers en fonction de la date et l'heure de leur dernière "
+ "modification. Par défaut, range du plus ancien au plus récent."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+-msgstr "Créer rapidement de nouveaux documents à partir de modèles de fichier."
++msgstr ""
++"Créer rapidement de nouveaux documents à partir de modèles de fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Modèles de types de documents usuels"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -8545,11 +9647,13 @@
+ "de n'importe quel type comprenant un formatage et un contenu que vous "
+ "souhaitez réutiliser ; par exemple, un modèle de lettre avec votre en-tête."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Création d'un nouveau modèle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -8558,55 +9662,65 @@
+ "modèle de lettre contenant votre en-tête avec une application de traitement "
+ "de texte."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Enregistrez ce fichier modèle dans le dossier <file>Modèles </file> de votre "
+-"dossier personnel. Si le dossier <file>Modèles </file> n'existe pas, créez-"
+-"le d'abord."
++"Enregistrez ce fichier modèle dans le dossier <file>Modèles</file> de votre "
++"dossier <file>Personnel</file>. Si le dossier <file>Modèles</file> n'existe "
++"pas, vous devrez d'abord le créez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Utilisation d'un modèle pour créer un document"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez le dossier qui contiendra le nouveau document."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+-"style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available "
+-"templates will be listed in the submenu."
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Faites un clic-droit dans un endroit vide du dossier et choisissez <gui "
+-"style=\"menuitem\">Créer un nouveau document</gui>. Les noms des modèles "
+-"disponibles apparaissent dans le sous-menu."
++"style=\"menuitem\">Nouveau document</gui>. Les noms des modèles disponibles "
++"seront répertoriés dans le sous-menu."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Choisissez dans la liste le modèle que vous souhaitez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Saisissez un nom de fichier pour ce nouveau document."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez-le d'un double-clic et commencez à travailler."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr "Ce sont des fichiers de sauvegarde. Ils sont masqués par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "Quel est ce fichier avec un « ~ » à la fin de son nom ?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -8619,20 +9733,24 @@
+ "est normalement sans risque de les supprimer, mais il n'y a aucun problème "
+ "si vous les laissez sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ces fichiers sont cachés par défaut. Si vous les voyez, c'est parce que vous "
+-"avez sélectionné <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers "
+-"cachés</gui></guiseq> ou appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq>. Vous pouvez les masquer de nouveau en répétant une de ces deux "
++"avez sélectionné <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> (dans le menu "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Bas</media> de la barre "
++"d'outils <app>Fichiers</app>) ou appuyé sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq>. Vous pouvez les masquer à nouveau en répétant une de ces deux "
+ "procédures."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+@@ -8641,74 +9759,89 @@
+ "visibles. Consultez <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> pour savoir comment "
+ "manipuler les fichiers cachés."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
+-#, fuzzy
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Recherche</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">suppression de fichiers</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">sauvegarde</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">gestion des disques amovibles</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Recherche</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">suppression de fichiers</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#backup\">sauvegarde</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">gestion "
++"des disques amovibles</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "Fichiers, dossiers &amp; recherches"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "Le gestionnaire de fichiers <app>Nautilus</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Tâches courantes"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Autres rubriques"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Médias amovibles et disques externes"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Sauvegardes"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Astuces et questions"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "Où et quand signaler des problèmes concernant ce manuel."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "Participer à l'amélioration de ce guide"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "Signaler une anomalie ou apporter une amélioration"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8726,7 +9859,8 @@
+ "probablement pas français. Le signalement doit se faire en anglais."
+ 
+ # JH : j'ai suivi la procédure. Elle diffère un peu dans les détails
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+@@ -8737,14 +9871,15 @@
+ "d'un compte, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Open a new account</gui> pour en "
+ "ouvrir un."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une fois en possession de votre compte, connectez-vous (bouton « log in » "
+ "dans la barre du haut ou du bas). Cliquez alors successivement sur "
+@@ -8755,7 +9890,8 @@
+ "gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">search</link> au sujet de "
+ "l'anomalie au cas où quelque chose de similaire existerait déjà."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8768,7 +9904,8 @@
+ "hésitez sur le composant concernant votre anomalie, choisissez <gui>general</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+@@ -8779,7 +9916,8 @@
+ "<gui>Severity</gui>. Remplissez les rubriques « Summary » et « Description » "
+ "puis cliquez sur <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+@@ -8788,40 +9926,244 @@
+ "à jour quand il sera traité. Grâce à votre coopération, le manuel GNOME sera "
+ "meilleur !"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "Nous contacter"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+ "the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez envoyer un <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-"\">courriel</link> à la liste de diffusion sur les manuels GNOME pour en "
++"Vous pouvez envoyer un <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome."
++"org\">courriel</link> à la liste de diffusion sur les manuels GNOME pour en "
+ "savoir plus sur la façon de participer à l'équipe de documentation."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"Envisagez de passer à GNOME Classic si vous préférez une expérience de "
++"bureau plus traditionnelle."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "Petr Kovar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "Qu'est-ce que GNOME Classic ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> est une fonctionnalité pour les utilisateurs "
++"préférant une expérience de bureau plus traditionnelle. Malgré que <em>GNOME "
++"Classic</em> soit basé sur les technologies <em>GNOME 3</em>, de nombreux "
++"changements ont été fournis à l'interface utilisateur, comme les menus <gui "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> et <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Places</gui> (Endroits) sur la barre supérieure et une liste "
++"de fenêtres au bas de l'écran."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez utiliser le menu <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</"
++"gui> dans la barre supérieure pour lancer des applications. Une <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des activités</em> est disponible en "
++"sélectionnant l'élément <gui>Vue d'ensemble des activités</gui> dans le menu."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour accéder à la <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">Vue d'ensemble des "
++"activités</em>, vous pouvez aussi appuyer sur la touche <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "Liste des fenêtres"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"La liste des fenêtres au bas de l'écran fournit accès à toutes les fenêtres "
++"et applications ouvertes et vous permet de les minimiser ou de les restaurer "
++"rapidement."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Du côté droit de la liste des fenêtres, GNOME affiche un court identifiant "
++"pour l'espace de travail actuel, tel que <gui>1</gui> pour le premier espace "
++"de travail (en haut). En outre, l'identifiant affiche aussi le nombre total "
++"d'espaces de travail disponibles. Pour basculer sur un autre espace de "
++"travail, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'identifiant et sélectionner l'espace de "
++"travail que vous souhaitez utiliser à partir du menu."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"Si une application ou un composant système souhaite avoir votre attention, "
++"il affichera une icône bleue sur le côté droit de la liste des fenêtres. "
++"Cliquer sur l'icône bleue affichera le <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">tiroir de messagerie</link>, qui vous permettra d'accéder à "
++"toutes vos notifications."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "Basculer depuis et vers GNOME Classic"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME Classic est uniquement disponible sur les systèmes possédant certaines "
++"extensions GNOME Shell installées. Ces extensions pourraient être "
++"indisponibles ou non-installées par défaut sur certaines distributions Linux."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "Pour basculer de <em>GNOME</em> à <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Enregistrer vos travaux en cours et fermez votre session. Sélectionnez votre "
++"nom dans le coin supérieur droit et choisissez <gui>Fermer la session</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"Un message de confirmation apparaît. Sélectionnez <gui>Fermer la session</"
++"gui> pour confirmer. L'écran de connexion apparaît."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "À l'écran de connexion, sélectionnez votre nom dans la liste."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "Saisissez votre mot de passe dans la boîte de saisie du mot de passe."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Session</gui> sous la boîte de saisie du mot de passe et "
++"sélectionnez <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Connexion</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "pour basculer de <em>GNOME Classic</em> à <em>GNOME</em> :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Session</gui> sous la boîte de saisie du mot de passe et "
++"sélectionnez <gui>GNOME</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Lecteurs d'empreintes</link>, cartes à "
+ "puce…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr "Empreintes &amp; cartes à puce"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes de lecteurs de cartes de données"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes de lecteurs de cartes de données"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8833,7 +10175,8 @@
+ "détectés et <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">montés</link> automatiquement. "
+ "S'ils ne le sont pas, voici quelques conseils de dépannage :"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8847,13 +10190,15 @@
+ "forcer un peu pour insérer certaines cartes, surtout les CF (attention de ne "
+ "pas trop forcer ! Si vous butez sur quelque chose de dur, arrêtez)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> en utilisant la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>. La carte insérée s'affiche-t-elle dans la liste des "
+@@ -8863,7 +10208,8 @@
+ "ou cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui> Panneau latéral</gui><gui> "
+ "Afficher le panneau latéral</gui></guiseq>)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8876,7 +10222,8 @@
+ "forme d'un lecteur vide, soit sous forme de la carte elle-même si elle est "
+ "montée (voir l'image ci-dessous)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8886,15 +10233,16 @@
+ "être dû à la carte. Essayez avec une autre carte ou vérifiez la carte avec "
+ "un autre lecteur si possible."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "S'il n'y a ni lecteur ni carte affiché dans le dossier <gui>Poste de "
+ "travail</gui>, il se peut que votre lecteur de carte ne fonctionne pas avec "
+@@ -8905,7 +10253,8 @@
+ "USB de votre ordinateur. Il y a aussi des lecteurs de cartes USB externes "
+ "qui sont beaucoup mieux pris en charge par Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+@@ -8913,11 +10262,13 @@
+ "Un pilote de matériel/périphérique permet à votre ordinateur d'utiliser les "
+ "périphériques qui y sont connectés."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un pilote ?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8927,7 +10278,8 @@
+ "peuvent être soit <em>externes</em>, comme les imprimantes et les écrans, "
+ "soit <em>internes</em> comme les cartes graphique ou audio."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8937,7 +10289,8 @@
+ "pouvoir les utiliser. La communication se fait grâce à un petit programme "
+ "appelé <em>pilote de périphérique</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8951,7 +10304,8 @@
+ "disponible, vous ne pourrez pas l'utiliser. Généralement, chaque modèle de "
+ "périphérique utilise un pilote qui est compatible avec aucun autre modèle."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8962,7 +10316,8 @@
+ "branchez. Cependant, certains pilotes doivent être installés manuellement ou "
+ "ne sont pas du tout disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8972,15 +10327,18 @@
+ "partiellement. Par exemple, votre imprimante peut fonctionner normalement, "
+ "mais ne peut pas faire d'impression recto-verso."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes d'écran ou de carte graphique."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8990,46 +10348,54 @@
+ "pilotes graphiques ou la configuration. Recherchez la rubrique qui "
+ "correspond la mieux à votre problème parmi les suivantes :"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Matériel"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Problèmes matériels</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">imprimantes</link>, <link xref=\"power\">gestion de l'énergie</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"color\">gestion de la couleur</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth\">bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disques</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Matériel &amp; pilotes"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes matériels"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr "Obtenir de l'aide en direct sur IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+@@ -9040,7 +10406,8 @@
+ "Vous pouvez obtenir de l'aide et des conseils à propos du serveur IRC de "
+ "GNOME auprès des autres utilisateurs et développeurs de GNOME."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+@@ -9050,7 +10417,8 @@
+ "<app>xchat</app>, ou utilisez une interface Web comme <link href=\"http://"
+ "chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+@@ -9058,7 +10426,8 @@
+ "Pour vous créer un compte IRC sur Empathy, consultez la <link href=\"help:"
+ "empathy/irc-manage\">documentation d'Empathy</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -9070,31 +10439,37 @@
+ "vous pouvez cliquer sur le lien <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> "
+ "pour accéder au canal <sys>gnome</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tends to not reply "
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Bien que IRC soit une discussion en temps réel, les gens ont tendance à ne "
+-"pas répondre immédiatement, donc soyez patient."
++"pas répondre immédiatement, veuillez donc patienter."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+ "code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Veuillez notez que le <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/"
+ "\">code de conduite de GNOME</link> s'applique lorsque vous discutez sur IRC."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "Demander de l'aide par courriel."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "Liste de diffusion"
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -9107,7 +10482,8 @@
+ "liste de synthèse est disponible à <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/"
+ "mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+@@ -9115,7 +10491,8 @@
+ "Vous devez être inscrit sur la liste de diffusion pour pouvoir y poster un "
+ "message."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+@@ -9126,15 +10503,18 @@
+ "<sys>gnome-de</sys> pour les germanophones ou <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> pour "
+ "les choses en rapport avec le Chili."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr "Faire clignoter le curseur et régler sa fréquence de clignotement."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "Clignotement du curseur"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -9142,44 +10522,276 @@
+ "Si vous avez des difficultés pour voir le curseur dans un champ texte, vous "
+ "pouvez le faire clignoter pour le localiser plus facilement."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Clavier</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Saisie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cochez la case <gui>Le curseur clignote dans les champs texte</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utilisez la glissière <gui>Vitesse</gui> pour régler la fréquence de "
+ "clignotement du curseur."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"La touche <key>Menu</key> lance un menu contextuel avec le clavier plutôt "
++"qu'avec un clic droit."
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++"Creative Commons Paternité-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique 3."
++"0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la touche « <key>Menu</key> » ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++"La touche <key>Menu</key>, aussi nommée <em>Application</em>, peut être "
++"trouvée sur certains claviers orientés Windows. Cette touche se situe "
++"habituellement en bas à droite du clavier, à côté de la touche <key>Ctrl</"
++"key>, mais peut aussi être placée sur différents endroits, en fonction du "
++"constructeur du clavier. Celle-ci est habituellement représentée par un "
++"curseur se trouvant au-dessus d'un menu : <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/"
++"svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> icône de la touche <key>Menu</"
++"key></media>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++"La fonction principale de cette clé est de lancer un menu contextuel avec le "
++"clavier plutôt qu'en cliquant sur le bouton droit de la souris : ceci est "
++"utile si la souris ou un autre périphérique similaire est indisponible ou "
++"lorsque le bouton droit de la souris n'est pas présent."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++"La touche <key>Menu</key> est parfois omise afin de faire place à l'espace, "
++"particulièrement pour les claviers des ordinateurs portables. Dans ce cas, "
++"certains claviers incluent une touche de fonction <key>Menu</key> pouvant "
++"être activée en combinaison avec la touche (<key>Fn</key>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++"Le <em>menu contextuel</em> est un menu qui s'ouvre lorsque vous faîtes un "
++"clic droit. Le menu que vous voyez, s'il y en a un, est dépendant du "
++"contexte et de la fonction de la zone sur laquelle vous avez effectué le "
++"clic droit. Lorsque vous utilisez la touche <key>Menu</key>, le menu "
++"contextuel est affiché pour la zone de l'écran sur laquelle votre curseur se "
++"trouve lorsque la touche est pressée."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"La touche <key>Super</key> ouvre la vue d'ensemble des activités. Elle se "
++"trouve généralement à côté de la touche <key>Alt</key> sur votre clavier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la touche <key>Super</key> ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche <key>Super</key>, la vue d'ensemble des "
++"activités apparaît. Cette touche se trouve généralement dans la partie "
++"inférieure gauche du clavier, à côté de la touche <key>Alt</key>, elle est "
++"habituellement identifiable par son logo Windows. Elle est parfois nommée "
++"touche <em>touche Windows</em> ou touche système."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"Si vous possédez un clavier Apple, vous disposerez de la touche <key>⌘</key> "
++"(commande) au lieu de la touche Windows."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++"Pour modifier la touche utilisée pour afficher la vue d'ensemble des "
++"activités :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Clavier</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Raccourcis</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <gui>Système</gui> sur la partie gauche de la fenêtre, puis "
++"<gui>Afficher la vue d'ensemble des activités</gui> sur la droite."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur la définition actuelle du raccourci tout à droite."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "Appuyez sur les touches souhaitées pour la combinaison."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:52(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+-msgstr "Modifiez votre clavier pour l'utiliser dans une autre langue."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "Utilisation d'agencements de claviers alternatifs"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "Ajouter des agencements de claviers et basculer entre ceux-ci."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "Utiliser des agencements de claviers alternatifs"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+ "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+@@ -9195,56 +10807,62 @@
+ "clavier, sans tenir compte des lettres et des symboles imprimés sur les "
+ "touches. C'est utile si vous jonglez souvent entre plusieurs langues."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</"
+-"gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez <gui>Région &amp; langues</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Sources "
+-"d'entrée</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Région &amp; langue</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur le bouton<gui>+</gui>, sélectionnez un agencement et cliquez sur "
+-"<gui>Ajouter</gui>."
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <key>+</key>, sélectionnez un agencement, puis cliquez "
++"sur <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez afficher l'aperçu d'un agencement en sélectionnant celui-ci dans "
+ "la liste et en cliquant sur <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-"
+-"keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">aperçu</media></gui>, ou "
+-"en cliquant sur <gui>Aperçu</gui> dans la fenêtre qui est apparue lors de "
+-"l'ajout d'un agencement."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
+-"keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
+-"use from the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque vous ajoutez plusieurs agencements, vous pouvez passer rapidement de "
+-"l'un à l'autre en utilisant l'icône d'agencement de clavier située dans la "
+-"barre supérieure. Dans cette barre, un petit identificateur est affiché pour "
+-"décrire l'agencement utilisé, par exemple <gui>en</gui> pour l'agencement "
+-"classique en anglais. Cliquez sur l'identificateur d'agencement et "
+-"sélectionnez l'agencement que vous désirez à partir du menu."
++"keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">Aperçu</media></gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Certaines langues offrent des options de configuration supplémentaires. Vous "
++"pouvez identifier ces langues car elles sont représentées par l'icône "
++"<gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width="
++"\"16\" height=\"16\">Aperçu</media></gui>. Si vous souhaitez accéder à ces "
++"paramètres supplémentaires, sélectionnez la langue à partir de la liste "
++"<gui>Source des entrées</gui> et un nouveau bouton <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">Aperçu</media></gui> vous permettra d'accéder aux "
++"paramètres supplémentaires."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+ "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+ "layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+ "in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lorsque vous utilisez plusieurs agencements, vous pouvez choisir d'utiliser "
+ "le même agencement pour toutes les fenêtres ou de configurer un agencement "
+@@ -9252,113 +10870,60 @@
+ "fenêtre est utile si vous écrivez un article dans une langue différente dans "
+ "une fenêtre de traitement de texte par exemple. L'agencement de clavier "
+ "sélectionné est enregistré et appliqué à chaque fenêtre lorsque vous passez "
+-"d'une fenêtre à l'autre."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-"list."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Les nouvelles fenêtres utilisent l'agencement clavier par défaut. Vous "
+-"pouvez par contre imposer l'utilisation de l'agencement que vous aviez dans "
+-"la fenêtre précédente. L'agencement par défaut est celui situé en tête de "
+-"liste. Déplacez les agencements de haut en bas dans la liste à l'aide des "
+-"boutons <gui>↑</gui> et <gui>↓</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected "
+-"keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group "
+-"<gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to "
+-"change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold "
+-"down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez aussi définir un raccourci clavier pour passer rapidement d'une "
+-"disposition de clavier à une autre. Cliquez sur <gui>Options</gui>, puis "
+-"cherchez le groupe d'options <gui>Touches modifiant la disposition du "
+-"clavier</gui>. Sélectionnez un ou plusieurs raccourcis clavier pour modifier "
+-"l'agencement. Certaines options ne modifient l'agencement que lors de "
+-"l'enfoncement d'une touche plutôt qu'après un appui sur la touche."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(note/title)
+-msgid "Custom options"
+-msgstr "Personnalisation des options"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
+-"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez attribuer certains symboles à des touches spécifiques ou ajuster "
+-"les options et les comportements personnalisés. Pour faire ces "
+-"modifications, cliquez sur <gui>Options</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:102(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-msgstr "Modification du clavier du système"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:104(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-"keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque vous modifiez l'agencement de votre clavier, la modification "
+-"s'applique uniquement à votre compte une fois connecté. Vous pouvez aussi "
+-"modifier <em>l'agencement du système</em>, l'agencement du clavier utilisé "
+-"sur l'écran de connexion par exemple."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-msgstr "Modifiez l'agencement de votre clavier comme décrit ci-dessus."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:110(item/p) C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Système</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111(item/p) C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:71(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Copier les paramètres</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112(item/p) C/session-formats.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+-"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+-"administrator account."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Des privilèges administrateurs</link> sont "
+-"requis. Saisissez votre mot de passe ou le mot de passe du compte "
+-"administrateur demandé."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:117(section/p)
+-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Les agencements sont affichés à côté de l'étiquette <gui>Source d'entrée</"
+-"gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-"layout menu on the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si vous utilisez plusieurs agencements, l'écran de connexion affiche le menu "
+-"d'agencement du clavier dans la barre supérieure."
++"d'une fenêtre à l'autre. Appuyez sur le bouton <gui style="
++"\"button\">Options</gui> pour sélectionner de quelle manière vous souhaitez "
++"gérer de multiples agencements."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++"La barre supérieure affichera un identifiant court pour l'agencement actuel, "
++"tel que <gui>en</gui> pour l'agencement anglais standard. Cliquez sur "
++"l'indicateur d'agencement et sélectionnez l'agencement que vous souhaitez "
++"utiliser dans le menu. Si la langue sélectionnée possède des paramètres "
++"supplémentaires, ils seront affichés au-dessous de la liste des agencements "
++"disponibles. Ceci vous offre un aperçu rapide de vos paramètres. Vous pouvez "
++"aussi ouvrir une image avec l'agencement du clavier actuel pour référence."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"La plus rapide manière de changer d'agencement est en utilisant les "
++"<gui>Raccourcis clavier</gui> de la <gui>Source de saisie</gui>. Ces "
++"raccourcis ouvent le sélecteur de <gui>Source de saisie</gui> avec lequel "
++"vous pouvez aller vers l'avant et l'arrière. Par défaut, vous pouvez "
++"basculer vers la source de saisie suivante avec <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key><key>Espace</key> </keyseq> et vers la précédente "
++"avec <keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Super</key> <key>Espace</key></keyseq>. Vous "
++"pouvez modifier ces raccourcis dans les paramètres du <gui>Clavier</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "Utiliser les applications et le bureau sans souris."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Navigation au clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -9371,7 +10936,8 @@
+ "à tous les utilisateurs, consultez plutôt <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
+ "shortcuts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+@@ -9382,15 +10948,18 @@
+ "le pavé numérique du clavier. Consultez <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> "
+ "pour obtenir des informations."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Naviguer parmi les interfaces utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> et <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -9405,17 +10974,20 @@
+ "contrôle qui utilise <key>Tab</key> lui-même, comme par exemple une zone de "
+ "texte."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Maj</key> pour déplacer le focus en sens "
+ "inverse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Flèches du clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -9426,7 +10998,8 @@
+ "les boutons d'une barre d'outils, sélectionner les éléments dans une vue en "
+ "liste ou en icônes ou sélectionner un bouton radio dans un groupe."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -9434,11 +11007,13 @@
+ "Dans une vue arborescente, utilisez les flèches gauche et droite pour "
+ "étendre et réduire les éléments avec enfants."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Touches fléchées</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -9446,11 +11021,13 @@
+ "Dans une vue en liste ou en icônes, déplacez le focus du clavier vers un "
+ "autre élément sans changer l'élément sélectionné."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Touches fléchées</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -9458,21 +11035,25 @@
+ "Dans une vue en liste ou en icônes, sélectionnez tous les éléments depuis "
+ "l'élément sélectionné vers le nouvel élément mis en évidence."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Barre d'espace</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Activez un élément mis en évidence, comme par exemple un bouton, une case à "
+ "cocher ou un élément de liste."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Barre d'espace</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -9480,11 +11061,13 @@
+ "Dans une vue en liste ou en icônes, sélectionnez ou désélectionnez l'élément "
+ "mis en évidence sans désélectionner les autres éléments."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -9495,21 +11078,26 @@
+ "<em>accélérateurs</em> : les lettres soulignées sur les éléments du menu, "
+ "les boutons et les autres contrôles. Appuyez sur <key>Alt</key> plus la "
+ "lettre soulignée pour activer un contrôle, comme si vous aviez cliqué dessus."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Échap</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sortir d'un menu, d'une fenêtre surgissante ou d'une boîte de dialogue."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -9517,19 +11105,29 @@
+ "Ouvrir le premier menu de la barre de menu d'une fenêtre. Utilisez les "
+ "flèches du clavier pour naviguer dans les menus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Ouvrir le menu de l'application dans la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou la touche Menu"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -9537,11 +11135,13 @@
+ "Affiche le menu contextuel pour la sélection en cours, comme si vous aviez "
+ "effectué un clic-droit."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -9550,7 +11150,8 @@
+ "cours, comme si vous aviez effectué un clic-droit sur l'arrière-plan et pas "
+ "sur un élément."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9558,20 +11159,25 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page haut</key></keyseq> et <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>Page Bas</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans une interface à onglets, bascule vers l'onglet de gauche ou de droite."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Déplacement dans le bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -9584,35 +11190,60 @@
+ "C'est identique à la fonctionnalité <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></"
+ "keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Échap</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr "Parcourir toutes les fenêtres ouvertes d'un espace de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Ouvrez le tiroir de "
++"messagerie.</link> Appuyez sur <key>Échap</key> pour fermer."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Gestion des fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:168(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre actuelle."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Logo</key><key>Flèche bas</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+@@ -9623,11 +11254,14 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> permet de maximiser et de "
+ "restaurer."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -9638,11 +11272,14 @@
+ "Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour terminer le déplacement, ou sur "
+ "<key>Échap</key> pour la remettre à son point de départ."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -9655,72 +11292,107 @@
+ "redimensionnement, ou sur <key>Échap</key> pour la remettre à sa taille "
+ "d'origine."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:194(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Logo</key><key>Flèche haut</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:196(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window, or restore a "
+-"maximized window to its original size."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximise</link> une fenêtre, ou ramène "
+-"une fenêtre maximisée à sa taille d'origine."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximiser</link> une fenêtre. Appuyez "
++"sur <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> pour restaurer une fenêtre maximisée à sa taille "
++"originale."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "Minimiser une fenêtre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:200(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:201(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Maximise une fenêtre verticalement le long du côté gauche de l'écran. "
+-"Appuyez à nouveau pour la remettre à sa taille précédente."
++"Appuyez à nouveau pour la remettre à sa taille précédente. Appuyez sur "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> pour changer de côté."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Maximise une fenêtre verticalement le long du côté droit de l'écran. Appuyez "
+-"à nouveau pour la remettre à sa taille précédente."
++"à nouveau pour la remettre à sa taille précédente. Appuyez sur "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> pour changer de côté."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:210(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Barre d'espace</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Affiche le menu de la fenêtre, comme avec un clic droit sur la barre de "
+ "titre."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser un clavier visuel pour saisir du texte en cliquant sur des boutons "
+ "avec la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "Utilisation d'un clavier visuel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+@@ -9729,39 +11401,43 @@
+ "souhaitez pas l'utiliser, vous pouvez activer la fonction <em>clavier "
+ "visuel</em> pour saisir du texte."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+-msgstr "Activez le bouton <gui>Clavier visuel</gui> pour l'afficher."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"Activez le <gui>Clavier visuel</gui> pour afficher le clavier à l'écran."
+ 
+ # Bruno :
+ # En fait, il y a deux claviers visuels encore présent sous GNOME 3.2 donc l'un comporte ces touches mais cela doit être un BUG de GNOME
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+ "alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>123</gui> pour saisir des nombres et des "
+-"symboles. Des symboles supplémentaires sont disponibles en cliquant alors "
+-"sur le bouton <gui>{#*</gui>. Pour revenir à la saisie alphabétique, cliquez "
+-"sur le bouton <gui>Abc</gui>."
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>123</gui> pour saisir des nombres et des symboles."
++" Des symboles supplémentaires sont disponibles en cliquant alors sur le "
++"bouton <gui>{#*</gui>. Pour revenir à la saisie alphabétique, cliquez sur le "
++"bouton <gui>Abc</gui>."
+ 
+-# Bruno ; Voir remarque ci-dessus !
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si le clavier visuel vous gène, cliquez sur le bouton qui ressemble à un "
+ "clavier (à côté du bouton <gui>tiroir</gui>) pour masquer le clavier. Pour "
+-"afficher à nouveau le clavier, ouvrez le <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">tiroir de messagerie</link> en passant votre souris en bas à droite de "
+-"l'écran et cliquez sur l'élément clavier du tiroir."
++"afficher à nouveau le clavier, ouvrez le <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">tiroir de messagerie</link> (en déplaçant votre souris en "
++"bas à droite de l'écran) et cliquez sur l'élément tiroir du clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9769,11 +11445,13 @@
+ "Empêcher le clavier de répéter les lettres lors d'un appui prolongé, ou "
+ "modifier le délai et la vitesse de répétition des touches."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "Désactivation de la répétition des touches"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9786,7 +11464,8 @@
+ "vous pouvez soit désactiver cette fonction, soit modifier le délai entre "
+ "deux répétitions."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9794,7 +11473,8 @@
+ "Désactivez <gui>Répétition lorsqu'une touche est maintenue enfoncée</gui> "
+ "pour désactiver cette fonction."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+@@ -9804,55 +11484,56 @@
+ "devrez maintenir la touche enfoncée avant une première répétition et avec le "
+ "curseur <gui>Vitesse</gui>, ajustez la vitesse de répétition."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir ou modifier les raccourcis clavier dans les paramètres <gui>Clavier</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Définition de raccourcis clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Pour modifier la ou les touches d'un raccourci clavier :"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings </gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Paramètres "
+-"système </gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Clavier</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Raccourcis</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on "
+-"the right."
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez une catégorie dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre, puis "
+-"l'action désirée dans la partie droite."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p) C/windows-key.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur la définition actuelle du raccourci tout à droite."
++"Sélectionnez une catégorie dans le panneau de gauche et la ligne de l'action "
++"souhaitée sur la droite. La définition actuelle du raccourci sera modifiée "
++"en <gui>Nouvel accélérateur...</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Effectuez la combinaison de touches désirée ou appuyez sur <key>Retour "
+-"Arrière</key> pour l'effacer."
++"Maintenez la combinaison de touches souhaitée enfoncée ou appuyez sur "
++"<key>Retour Arrière</key> pour l'effacer."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Raccourcis courants prédéfinis"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -9860,600 +11541,877 @@
+ "Un certain nombre de raccourcis pré-configurés et qui peuvent être modifiés "
+ "sont regroupés dans ces catégories :"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Les lanceurs"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Démarrer le navigateur d'aide"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Désactivé"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Lancer la calculatrice"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calculatrice"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "Démarrer le client de messagerie"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Courriel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Démarrer le navigateur Web"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Dossier personnel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorer"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Navigation"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers la gauche"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers la droite"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers le haut"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Flèche haut</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>Page "
++"précédente</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers le bas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Super</key><key>Page suivante</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Basculer entre les applications"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "Basculer les fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres d'une application"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Basculer les contrôles système"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres directement"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres d'une application directement"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Changer les contrôles système directement"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Échap</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Masquer toutes les fenêtres normales"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail de gauche"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail de droite"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail au dessus"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page précédente</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail en dessous"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page suivante</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Captures d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Prendre une capture d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:194(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Prendre une capture d'écran d'une fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Prendre une capture d'une partie de l'écran "
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copier une capture d'écran dans le presse-papiers"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copier une capture d'écran d'une fenêtre dans le presse-papiers"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copier une capture d'une partie de l'écran dans le presse-papiers"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "Enregistrer une capture vidéo"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Son et média"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Couper le volume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "Extinction du son"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Baisser le volume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "Diminution du volume sonore"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Augmenter le volume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "Augmentation du volume sonore"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Lancer le lecteur multimédia"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "Média audio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Lire (ou lecture/pause)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "Lecture audio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Mettre en pause la lecture"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "Mise en pause de l'audio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Stopper la lecture"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "Arrêt de l'audio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Morceau précédent"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "Audio précédent"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Morceau suivant"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "Audio suivant"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Éjecter"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "Système"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre de saisie de commande"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Afficher la vue d'ensemble des activités"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Se déconnecter"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Suppr</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "Afficher le tiroir de messagerie"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "Donner le focus à la notification active"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "Afficher toutes les applications"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "Ouvrir le menu de l'application"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "Saisie"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "Basculer vers la source de saisie suivante"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Espace</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "Basculer vers la source de saisie précédente"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "Les modificateurs uniquement basculent vers la source suivante"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "La touche « Compose »"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "Touche de caractères alternatifs"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "Accès universel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le zoom"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "Zoom en avant"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "Zoom en arrière"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le lecteur d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:298(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le clavier visuel"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:302(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "Augmenter la taille du texte"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:306(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "Diminuer la taille du texte"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:310(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le contraste élevé"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on left"
+-msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la gauche"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link></key><key>←</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on right"
+-msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la droite"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link></key><key>→</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Activer le menu de la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le mode plein écran"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver l'état maximisé"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Restaurer la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver l'état enroulé"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Désactivé</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
+-msgid "Minimize window"
+-msgstr "Minimiser la fenêtre"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "Masquer la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Redimensionner la fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre sur tous les espaces de travail ou sur un seul"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Placer la fenêtre au-dessus des autres si elle est recouverte, sinon au-"
+ "dessous"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Placer la fenêtre au-dessus des autres"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Placer la fenêtre au-dessous des autres"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre verticalement"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre horizontalement"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(section/title)
+-msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+-msgstr "Raccourcis personnalisés"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la gauche"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398(section/p)
+-msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+-msgstr "Pour créer vos propres raccourcis clavier :"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la droite"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "Modifier les raccourcis clavier"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Raccourcis personnalisés</gui> dans la partie gauche de la "
+-"fenêtre."
++"Cette section montre comment modifier les raccourcis clavier pour une "
++"application."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "Ouvrez l'application Terminal."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"Exécutez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels true</cmd>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"Démarrez l'application pour laquelle vous souhaitez modifier les raccourcis "
++"clavier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"Trouvez l'élément du menu pour lequel vous souhaitez modifier raccourci "
++"clavier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "Saisissez le raccourci que vous souhaitez sur le clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
+-"appear."
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquer sur le bouton <gui>+</gui>. La fenêtre <gui>Raccourci personnalisé</"
+-"gui> apparaît."
++"Remarquez que ce paramètre est global. Vous pouvez le désactiver après avoir "
++"effectué des modifications en exécutant la commande <cmd>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd>. Vous pouvez aussi "
++"utiliser l'utilitaire <app>dconf-editor</app> afin d'effectuer cela."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "Raccourcis personnalisés"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "Pour créer vos propres raccourcis clavier :"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+-"Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> "
+-"to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you "
+-"wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</"
+-"input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <gui>Raccourcis personnalisés</gui> dans le panneau de gauche "
++"et cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (ou cliquez sur le "
++"bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> dans n'importe quelle catégorie). La "
++"fenêtre <gui>Raccourci personnalisé</gui> apparaîtra."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Écrivez un <gui>Nom</gui> pour identifier le raccourci, et une "
+-"<gui>Commande</gui> pour démarrer une application, puis cliquez sur "
++"Saisissez un <gui>Nom</gui> pour identifier le raccourci, et une "
++"<gui>Commande</gui> pour exécuter une application, puis cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Appliquer</gui>. Par exemple, si vous voulez un raccourci pour ouvrir "
+ "Rhythmbox, vous pouvez le nommer <input>Musique</input> et utiliser la "
+ "commande <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:415(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+-"Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then "
+-"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Faites un double-clic là où est indiqué <gui>Désactivé</gui> à l'extrémité "
+-"droite, puis effectuez la combinaison de touches désirée."
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> dns la ligne qui vient d'être ajoutée. "
++"Lorsque <gui>Nouvel accélérateur...</gui> apparaît, maintenez enfoncé la "
++"combinaison de touches souhaitées."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:419(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+-"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
+-"the application itself."
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le nom de la commande que vous saisissez doit être une commande système "
+ "valide. Vous pouvez vérifier que la commande fonctionne en ouvrant un "
+-"Terminal et en la saisissant dedans. Il est possible que la commande ouvrant "
+-"une application n'aie pas exactement le même nom que l'application elle-même."
++"Terminal et en la saisissant dedans. La commande ouvrant une application ne "
++"peut pas avoir le même nom que l'application elle-même."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -10464,39 +12422,48 @@
+ "<gui>Raccourci personnalisé</gui> apparaît et vous pouvez modifier la "
+ "commande."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Agencement du clavier</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">clignotement du curseur</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"a11y#mobility\">accessibilité du clavier</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:31(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-msgstr "Langue &amp; région"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "Région &amp; Langue"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir une image, une couleur ou un dégradé comme arrière-plan de votre "
+ "bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:36(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "Modification de l'arrière-plan du bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -10504,19 +12471,23 @@
+ "Vous pouvez modifier l'image d'arrière-plan de votre bureau, ou bien choisir "
+ "une simple couleur ou un dégradé."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Arrière-plan</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Cliquez sur l'image de votre papier peint au centre."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr "Trois choix vous sont proposés en haut :"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -10529,58 +12500,41 @@
+ "d'apercevoir un fond coloré à travers. Pour ceux-ci, un bouton de sélection "
+ "de couleur est disponible dans le coin inférieur droite."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
+-"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Images</gui> pour choisir une de vos propres images de ce "
+-"dossier. La plupart des applications de gestion de photos enregistrent leur "
+-"photos ici."
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(list/app)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
+-msgid "Files"
+-msgstr "Fichiers"
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:57(list/gui)
+-msgid "Set as Wallpaper"
+-msgstr "Définir comme papier-peint"
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:57(list/app)
+-msgid "Image Viewer"
+-msgstr "Visionneur d'images"
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:59(guiseq/gui)
+-msgid "Image"
+-msgstr "Image"
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:59(guiseq/gui)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Change the desktop background"
+-msgid "Set as Desktop Background"
+-msgstr "Modification de l'arrière-plan du bureau"
++"Sélectionnez <gui>Images</gui> pour utiliser l'une de vos photos du dossier "
++"Images. La plupart des applications de gestion de photos stockent les photos "
++"dans cet emplacement. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image ne se trouvant "
++"pas dans le dossier Images, utilisez <app>Fichiers</app> en effectuant un "
++"clic-droit sur le fichier image et en sélectionnant <gui>Définir comme "
++"papier-peint</gui>, ou utilisez le visionneur d'images <app>Image Viewer</"
++"app> en ouvrant le fichier image et en sélectionnant <guiseq><gui>Image</"
++"gui><gui>Définir comme arrière-plan de bureau</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez <gui>Couleurs</gui> pour n'utiliser qu'une couleur unie ou un "
+ "dégradé linéaire."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:46(item/list)
+-msgid ""
+-"<_:item-1/> <_:item-2/> If you would like to use an image that is not in "
+-"your Pictures folder, either use <_:app-3/> by right-clicking on the image "
+-"file and selecting <_:gui-4/>, or <_:app-5/> by opening the image file and "
+-"selecting <_:guiseq-6/>. <_:item-7/>"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "Les paramètres sont immédiatement appliqués."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+ "to view your entire desktop."
+@@ -10588,37 +12542,44 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Affichez un espace de travail vide</"
+ "link> pour visualiser le bureau dans son intégralité."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "La résolution de l'écran est peut-être mal définie."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "Pourquoi l'affichage de mon écran est-il brouillé/pixelisé ?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+-msgstr "Cela arrive si vous définissez une résolution inadaptée à votre écran."
++msgstr ""
++"Cela arrive si vous définissez une résolution inadaptée à votre écran."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try "
+-"some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+-"screen look better."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour résoudre ce problème, cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et "
+-"ouvrez les <gui>Paramètres système</gui>. Dans la section Matériel, "
+-"sélectionnez <gui>Affichage</gui>. Essayez différentes option de "
+-"<gui>Résolution</gui> et adoptez celle qui vous paraît la meilleure."
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour résoudre ceci, cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et rendez-"
++"vous sur <gui>Paramètres</gui>. Dans la section Matériel, choisissez "
++"<gui>Affichages</gui>. Tentez quelques options de <gui>Résolution</gui> et "
++"définissez celle qui offrira la meilleure résolution à l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+-msgstr "Si plusieurs écran sont connectés"
++msgstr "Si plusieurs écrans sont connectés"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -10631,7 +12592,8 @@
+ "ne peut en gérer qu'une seule à la fois et donc un des deux affichages peut "
+ "se révéler mauvais."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -10646,42 +12608,49 @@
+ "vous ne pourrez pas afficher la même fenêtre en même temps sur les deux "
+ "écrans."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour paramétrer les affichages pour que chacun ait sa propre résolution :"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open "
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et cliquez sur "
+-"<gui>Paramètres système</gui>. Ouvrez <gui>Affichage</gui>."
++"<gui>Paramètres</gui>. Ouvrez <gui>Affichages</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Décochez la case <gui>Même image sur tous les écrans</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+ "display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez chaque affichage l'un après l'autre dans la boîte grise en haut "
+-"de la fenêtre <gui>Affichage</gui>. Modifiez la résolution jusqu'à ce que "
+-"l'affichage vous paraisse correct."
++"de la fenêtre <gui>Affichages</gui>. Modifiez la <gui>Résolution</gui> "
++"jusqu'à ce que l'affichage vous paraisse correct."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Modifier la résolution de l'écran et son orientation (rotation)."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "Modification de la taille ou rotation de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -10693,24 +12662,23 @@
+ "changer la façon dont les éléments apparaissent (par exemple, si votre écran "
+ "est pivoté) en modifiant la <em>rotation</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+-msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Affichage</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+-"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous avez plusieurs écrans et qu'il n'y a pas la même image sur tous les "
+-"écrans, vous pouvez avoir des réglages différents sur les écrans. "
+-"Sélectionnez un écran dans la zone d'aperçu."
++"Si vous avez plusieurs écrans et qu'ils ne sont pas en miroir, vous pouvez "
++"avoir des réglages différents sur les écrans. Sélectionnez un écran dans la "
++"zone d'aperçu."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez la résolution et la rotation souhaitées."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -10723,7 +12691,8 @@
+ "paramètres sont automatiquement restaurés. Si vous êtes satisfait des "
+ "nouveaux paramètres cliquez sur <gui>Conserver cette configuration</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+@@ -10734,11 +12703,13 @@
+ "même façon que votre écran habituel. Si rien ne se passe, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Détecter les écrans</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Résolution"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+ "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+@@ -10755,7 +12726,8 @@
+ "rapport d'affichage de votre écran, l'image est entourée de bandes noires "
+ "pour éviter la distorsion."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+ "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+@@ -10765,119 +12737,140 @@
+ "votre choix ne convient pas à votre écran, l'image peut paraître <link xref="
+ "\"look-display-fuzzy\">brouillée ou pixelisée</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:60(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Rotation"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+-"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sur certains ordinateurs portables, vous pouvez faire pivoter l'écran dans "
+ "plusieurs directions. Pouvoir changer la rotation de l'affichage peut "
+-"s'avérer utile. Vous pouvez choisir la <gui>Rotation</gui> que vous voulez "
+-"pour votre écran dans la liste déroulante."
++"s'avérer utile. Vous pouvez choisir la rotation que vous souhaitez pour "
++"votre écran dans la liste déroulante <gui>Rotation</gui>."
+ 
+ # luc: ask: des photos vs vos photos, etc.
+ #           iPod ou balladeur audio ?
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Appareils photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">modification de photos</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"media#videos\">lecture de vidéos</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Appareils photos</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">modification de "
++"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">lecture de vidéos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Son, images &amp; vidéos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Son"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Son"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Son"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume sonore</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
+-"usespeakers\">haut-parleurs et casques</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic"
+-"\">microphones</link>…"
++"usespeakers\">haut-parleurs et casques</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Notions de base sur le son"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Musique et lecteurs"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Musique et lecteurs audio portables"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Photos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Photos et appareils numériques"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Vidéos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Vidéos et caméras"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+ "list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Astuces pour utiliser ce guide</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"get-involved\">aider à améliorer ce guide</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"mailing-list\">liste de diffusion</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</"
+-"link>"
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Conseils pour utiliser ce guide</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"get-involved\">aidez à améliorer ce guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"help-mailing-list\">liste de diffusion</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Aide supplémentaire"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Désactiver le pavé tactile lors de la saisie de texte pour éviter des clics "
+ "inopportuns."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "Désactivation du pavé tactile lors de la frappe"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -10889,23 +12882,39 @@
+ "parfois la cause de clics non souhaités. Il est possible de désactiver le "
+ "pavé tactile pendant la saisie au clavier. Il fonctionne à nouveau "
+ "automatiquement après un court instant suivant la dernière frappe au clavier."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Souris &amp; pavé tactile</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
+-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a "
+-"touchpad."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez <gui>Souris &amp; pavé tactile</gui> et choisissez l'onglet <gui>Pavé "
+-"tactile</gui>. Cet onglet n'apparaît que si l'ordinateur dispose d'un pavé "
+-"tactile."
++"Dans la section <gui>Pavé tactile</gui>, choisissez <gui>Désactiver pendant "
++"la saisie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cochez <gui>Désactiver le pavé tactile lors de la frappe</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"La section <gui>Pavé tactile</gui> apparaît uniquement si votre système "
++"possède un pavé tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -10913,11 +12922,13 @@
+ "Contrôler la durée de l'intervalle entre deux clics pour produire un double-"
+ "clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "Ajuster la vitesse du double-clic"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+@@ -10931,25 +12942,34 @@
+ "sur le bouton de la souris, vous pouvez augmenter l'intervalle entre les "
+ "clics."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++"Sous <gui>Général</gui>, ajustez le curseur <gui>Double-clic</gui> à la "
++"valeur que vous trouverez confortable."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
+-"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
+-"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
+-"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sous <gui>Délai du double-clic</gui>, ajustez le curseur <gui>Délai</gui> à "
+-"une valeur qui vous convienne. Vous pouvez tester votre réglage avec le "
+-"visage souriant sous le curseur. Un simple clic le fera sourire, alors qu'un "
+-"double-clic lui tirera un sourire jusqu'aux oreilles."
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Testez vos paramètres</gui> pour effectuer un "
++"test. Un seul clic dans la fenêtre surlignera le cercle extérieur. Un double-"
++"clic surlignera le cercle intérieur."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si votre souris produit des doubles-clics alors que vous souhaitiez de "
+ "simples clics, même après avoir ajusté l'intervalle dans les réglages, il se "
+@@ -10958,8 +12978,9 @@
+ "brancher la souris problématique sur un autre ordinateur pour voir si le "
+ "problème se reproduit."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -10967,53 +12988,20 @@
+ "Ce réglage affecte aussi bien la souris que le pavé tactile, tout comme tout "
+ "autre périphérique de pointage."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Modifier la distance nécessaire après un clic pour provoquer un début de "
+-"glissement."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+-msgstr "Ajustement du délai de glissement de la souris"
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
+-"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
+-"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
+-"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
+-"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
+-msgstr ""
+-"En cliquant sur quelque chose, il n'est pas rare que votre main bouge "
+-"légèrement entre le moment de l'appui sur le bouton de la souris et le "
+-"moment où vous le relâchez. C'est pour cela que le système ne démarre une "
+-"opération glisser-déposer qu'après un certain déplacement, afin d'éviter de "
+-"tels comportements involontaires à chaque clic. Vous pouvez contrôler la "
+-"distance minimale requise avant que l'ordinateur ne commence une action "
+-"glisser-déposer."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
+-"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
+-"titlebar to test the current value."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sous <gui>Glisser et déposer</gui>, ajustez le curseur de <gui>Seuil</gui> à "
+-"une valeur qui vous convienne. Essayez de déplacer la fenêtre de réglages en "
+-"la faisant glisser par sa barre de titre pour tester la valeur définie."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Inverser les boutons gauche et droit de la souris dans les paramètres de la "
+ "souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "Utilisation de la souris avec la main gauche"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -11022,11 +13010,17 @@
+ "souris ou du pavé tactile pour une utilisation plus agréable par des "
+ "gauchers."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+-msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Pour gaucher</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans la section <gui>Général</gui>, faîtes basculer <gui>Bouton principal</"
++"gui> sur la <gui>Droite</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -11034,11 +13028,13 @@
+ "Utiliser le bouton du milieu de la souris pour ouvrir des applications, "
+ "coller du texte, ouvrir des onglets, etc."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Clic milieu"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+@@ -11051,11 +13047,13 @@
+ "souris ne dispose pas de bouton central, le clic milieu peut s'effectuer en "
+ "appuyant en même temps sur les boutons gauche et droit."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Avec les pavés tactiles qui gèrent le tapotement à plusieurs doigts, il est "
+ "possible d'effectuer un clic milieu en tapotant simultanément avec trois "
+@@ -11063,12 +13061,14 @@
+ "touchpad-click\">clic par tapotement</link> dans les paramètres du pavé "
+ "tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "De nombreuses applications utilisent le clic milieu comme raccourci avancé."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -11080,7 +13080,8 @@
+ "placez le pointeur à l'endroit souhaité du collage et faites un clic milieu. "
+ "Le texte sélectionné est alors collé à la position de la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+@@ -11091,7 +13092,8 @@
+ "copie pas dans le presse-papiers. Cette méthode rapide de collage ne "
+ "fonctionne qu'avec le bouton du milieu de la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -11102,20 +13104,24 @@
+ "la direction du clic. Il est aussi possible d'effectuer un clic milieu dans "
+ "l'espace vide pour se placer à l'endroit précis correspondant au clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+ "click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
+-"applications overview."
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, il est possible d'ouvrir "
+ "rapidement une nouvelle fenêtre d'application dans un nouvel espace de "
+ "travail dédié avec un clic milieu. Ce clic doit être effectué sur l'icône de "
+ "l'application, soit dans le dash sur la gauche, soit dans la vue d'ensemble "
+-"des applications."
++"des applications. La vue d'ensemble des applications est affichée à l'aide "
++"du bouton de la grille ou dans le dash."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -11129,12 +13135,14 @@
+ "nouveaux onglets avec le bouton du milieu de la souris. Cliquez sur "
+ "n'importe quel lien avec le bouton du milieu et vous constaterez qu'il "
+ "s'ouvre dans un nouvel onglet. Attention cependant au comportement "
+-"particulier du navigateur <app>Firefox</app> où un clic milieu sur autre "
+-"chose qu'un lien tente d'ouvrir le texte sélectionné comme un URL, comme si "
+-"vous aviez utilisé le clic milieu pour coller le texte dans la barre "
+-"d'adresse et que vous aviez appuyé sur <key>Entrée</key>."
++"particulier du navigateur <app>Firefox</app>. Sur <app>Firefox</app>, un "
++"clic milieu sur autre chose qu'un lien tente d'ouvrir le texte sélectionné "
++"comme un URL, comme si vous aviez utilisé le clic milieu pour coller le "
++"texte dans la barre d'adresse et que vous aviez appuyé sur <key>Entrée</key>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+@@ -11146,7 +13154,8 @@
+ "comportement des navigateurs Web les plus répandus. Sur un fichier, il ouvre "
+ "celui-ci, comme pour un double-clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -11157,17 +13166,20 @@
+ "l'application concernée avec les mots <em>clic milieu</em> ou <em>bouton du "
+ "milieu de la souris</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Activer les touches de la souris pour contrôler la souris avec le pavé "
+ "numérique."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "Clic et déplacement de la souris avec le pavé numérique"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+@@ -11178,7 +13190,8 @@
+ "le pavé numérique du clavier. Cette fonctionnalité est appelée <em>touches "
+ "de la souris</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+ "keyboard focus to the top bar."
+@@ -11186,16 +13199,18 @@
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+ "pour donner le focus à la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utilisez les touches flèches gauche et droite pour sélectionner le <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">menu accessibilité</link>, puis appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11203,7 +13218,8 @@
+ "Utilisez les touches flèche haut et bas afin de sélectionner <gui>Touches de "
+ "souris</gui> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -11212,7 +13228,8 @@
+ "pouvez maintenant déplacer le pointeur de la souris en utilisant le pavé "
+ "numérique."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+@@ -11222,7 +13239,8 @@
+ "souris en utilisant seulement le clavier. Sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres "
+ "d'accès universel</gui> pour voir plus d'options d'accessibilité."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -11238,7 +13256,8 @@
+ "vous utilisez souvent cette fonctionnalité sur un ordinateur portable, il "
+ "peut être souhaitable d'acquérir un pavé numérique USB externe."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -11251,23 +13270,25 @@
+ "simple clic de la souris ou appuyez deux fois successivement pour obtenir un "
+ "double-clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
+-"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
+-"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref="
+-"\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down "
+-"<key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La plupart des claviers comportent une touche spéciale qui permet "
+-"d'effectuer un clic droit ; elle se trouve souvent près de la barre "
+-"d'espace. Remarquez toutefois que cette touche agit à l'endroit où le focus "
+-"du clavier se trouve et non pas à la position du pointeur de la souris. "
+-"Consultez <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> pour savoir comment effectuer un "
+-"clic droit en appuyant sur la touche <key>5</key> ou sur le bouton gauche de "
+-"la souris."
++"d'effectuer un clic droit, parfois nommée touche <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>. Remarquez toutefois que cette touche agit à l'endroit où "
++"le focus du clavier se trouve et non pas à la position du pointeur de la "
++"souris. Consultez <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> pour savoir comment "
++"effectuer un clic droit en appuyant sur la touche <key>5</key> ou sur le "
++"bouton gauche de la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+@@ -11276,9 +13297,10 @@
+ "Si vous souhaitez utiliser le pavé numérique pour saisir des nombres alors "
+ "que les touches de la souris sont activées, activez la touche <key>Verr. Num."
+ "</key>. La souris ne peut plus être contrôlée par le pavé numérique lorsque "
+-"cette touche est activée."
++"<key>Verr. Num.</key> est activée."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+@@ -11287,19 +13309,23 @@
+ "ne peuvent pas être utilisées pour contrôler le pointeur de la souris. "
+ "Seules les touches du pavé numérique peuvent jouer ce rôle."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Contrôles à effectuer lorsque la souris ne fonctionne pas."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr "Le pointeur de la souris ne bouge pas"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Contrôle du branchement de la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -11307,7 +13333,8 @@
+ "Si vous possédez une souris avec fil, contrôlez que le connecteur est "
+ "proprement branché à l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -11320,12 +13347,16 @@
+ "petit connecteur rond à six broches), vérifiez qu'elle est branchée au port "
+ "souris de couleur verte, et non pas au port clavier de couleur violette. Il "
+ "se peut que vous deviez redémarrer l'ordinateur si elle n'était pas branchée."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Contrôle de reconnaissance de la souris par l'ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -11333,7 +13364,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Terminal</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11341,7 +13373,8 @@
+ "Dans la fenêtre du terminal, saisissez précisément <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
+ "grep Pointer</cmd>, puis appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+@@ -11352,23 +13385,25 @@
+ "des lignes contienne <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, et qu'une de ces lignes "
+ "affiche le nom de la souris sur sa gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+ "computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+ "In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si aucune des lignes ne contient le nom de la souris suivi de <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, la souris n'a pas été reconnue par l'ordinateur. "
+-"Si une telle ligne existe, votre souris est reconnue. Dans ce cas, vous "
+-"devriez contrôler que la souris est <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"Si aucune des lignes ne contient le nom de la souris suivi de "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, la souris n'a pas été reconnue par "
++"l'ordinateur. Si une telle ligne existe, votre souris est reconnue. Dans ce "
++"cas, vous devriez contrôler que la souris est <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">branchée</link> et qu'elle <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">fonctionne</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -11378,7 +13413,8 @@
+ "effectuer quelques opérations supplémentaires pour la faire fonctionner. Ces "
+ "opérations dépendent du fabricant et du modèle de la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -11388,15 +13424,19 @@
+ "Demandez de l'aide à votre distribution ou à votre fournisseur si vous "
+ "pensez que la souris n'a pas été correctement détectée."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Contrôle du bon fonctionnement de la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+-msgstr "Branchez la souris à un autre ordinateur pour voir si elle fonctionne."
++msgstr ""
++"Branchez la souris à un autre ordinateur pour voir si elle fonctionne."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -11408,11 +13448,13 @@
+ "la souris est bien allumée. Si c'est le cas et qu'aucune lumière n'est "
+ "visible, il est possible que la souris soit défectueuse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Contrôle de souris sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -11422,16 +13464,18 @@
+ "qui permet de l'éteindre complètement pour la déplacer d'un endroit à un "
+ "autre sans qu'elle se réveille constamment."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous utilisez une souris Bluetooth, vérifiez que la souris est bien "
+-"appariée avec l'ordinateur. Consultez <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\"/>."
++"appariée avec l'ordinateur. Consultez <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+@@ -11442,16 +13486,19 @@
+ "batterie et ne réagissent donc pas avant que vous cliquiez sur un de ses "
+ "boutons. Consultez <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Contrôlez que la batterie de la souris est chargée."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr "Contrôlez que le récepteur est proprement branché à l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -11460,7 +13507,8 @@
+ "radio différents, vérifiez qu'ils sont tous les deux réglés sur le même "
+ "canal."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -11470,7 +13518,8 @@
+ "deux pour établir la connexion. Le manuel de la souris devrait fournir "
+ "davantage d'indications si c'est le cas."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -11483,87 +13532,65 @@
+ "opérations supplémentaires pour les faire fonctionner. Ces opérations "
+ "dépendent du fabricant ou du modèle de la souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Modifier la vitesse de réaction du pointeur lorsque un mouvement est "
+ "effectué avec la souris ou le pavé tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "Adapter la rapidité de la souris et du pavé tactile"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
+-"devices."
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si le pointeur de la souris se déplace trop rapidement ou trop lentement "
+ "lorsque vous bougez la souris ou lorsque vous utilisez le pavé tactile, vous "
+-"pouvez adapter la sensibilité et l'accélération du pointeur pour ces "
+-"périphériques."
++"pouvez adapter la vitesse du pointeur pour ces périphériques."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+-msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Souris &amp; pavé tactile</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and "
+-"<gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for "
+-"you."
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sous <gui>Vitesse du pointeur</gui>, adaptez les curseurs <gui>Accélération</"
+-"gui> et <gui>Sensibilité</gui> jusqu'à ce que le mouvement du pointeur "
+-"corresponde à ce que vous souhaitez."
++"Ajustez le curseur de <gui>Vitesse du pointeur</gui> jusqu'à ce que le "
++"mouvement du pointeur corresponde à ce que vous souhaitez."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
+-"mouse."
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La sensibilité correspond au mouvement initial du pointeur lorsque vous "
+-"déplacez la souris."
++"La vitesse du pointeur peut être réglée différemment entre la souris et le "
++"pavé tactile. Parfois, des réglages optimaux pour un type de périphérique ne "
++"conviennent pas parfaitement pour un autre. Il suffit de régler différemment "
++"les curseurs dans les sections <gui>Souris</gui> et <gui>Pavé tactile</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
+-"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
+-"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
+-"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Plus vous déplacez votre souris, plus le pointeur se déplace loin et "
+-"rapidement en fonction du mouvement. Ceci permet de traverser l'écran avec "
+-"le pointeur sans devoir lever la souris, tout en gardant l'aptitude à "
+-"pointer et cliquer précisément. C'est l'accélération qui contrôle ce "
+-"comportement."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:51(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
+-"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
+-"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
+-"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La sensibilité et l'accélération peuvent être réglées séparément entre la "
+-"souris et le pavé tactile. Parfois, des réglages optimaux pour un type de "
+-"périphérique ne conviennent pas parfaitement pour un autre. Il suffit de "
+-"régler différemment les curseurs dans les onglets <gui>Souris</gui> et "
+-"<gui>Pavé tactile</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquer et faire défiler en utilisant des tapotements et des mouvements sur "
+-"le pavé tactile."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
+-msgstr "Clic et défilement avec le pavé tactile"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez et faîtes glisser ou défiler en utilisant des tapotements et des "
++"mouvements sur le pavé tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr "Cliquez et faîtes glisser ou défiler avec le pavé tactile"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+@@ -11571,23 +13598,25 @@
+ "Vous pouvez cliquer, double-cliquer, glisser et faire défiler en utilisant "
+ "uniquement le pavé tactile, sans l'aide de boutons accessoires."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour cliquer, double-cliquer et glisser avec le pavé tactile, cochez "
+-"<gui>Activer les clics de souris avec le pavé tactile</gui>."
++"Dans la section <gui>Pavé tactile</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Tapoter pour "
++"cliquer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Pour cliquer, tapotez sur le pavé tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Pour double-cliquer, tapotez deux fois."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -11596,7 +13625,8 @@
+ "second tapotement. Faites glisser l'objet à l'endroit souhaité, puis levez "
+ "votre doigt pour le déposer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -11609,16 +13639,18 @@
+ "droit. Consultez <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> pour une méthode de clic "
+ "droit sans deuxième bouton de souris."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si le pavé tactile prend en charge les tapotements à plusieurs doigts, on "
+ "peut faire un <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">clic milieu</link> en tapant "
+ "simultanément avec trois doigts."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -11628,130 +13660,171 @@
+ "d'éloigner suffisamment les doigts. S'ils sont trop proches les uns des "
+ "autres, l'ordinateur ne détecte pas toujours qu'il y a plusieurs doigts."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
+-"using two fingers."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "Défilement à deux doigts"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il est possible de faire défiler avec le pavé tactile en utilisant le bord "
+-"du pavé ou avec deux doigts."
++"Il est possible de faire défiler en utilisant deux doigts sur le pavé "
++"tactile."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
+-"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
+-"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
+-"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
+-"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cochez <gui>Défilement sur le bord</gui> sous <gui>Défilement</gui> pour "
+-"faire défiler en utilisant le bord du pavé tactile. Avec cette option, le "
+-"fait de faire glisser son doigt le long du bord droit du pavé tactile active "
+-"le défilement vertical. Si vous avez aussi coché <gui>Activer le défilement "
+-"horizontal</gui>, le glissement d'un doigt le long du bord inférieur du pavé "
+-"tactile active le défilement horizontal."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
+-"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
+-"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
+-"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
+-"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+-"touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cochez <gui>Défilement à deux doigts</gui> sous <gui>Défilement</gui> pour "
+-"faire défiler avec deux doigts. Avec cette option, le tapotement et le "
+-"glissement à un doigt fonctionne comme normalement, mais si vous faites "
+-"glisser deux doigts à n'importe quel endroit du pavé tactile, l'ordinateur "
+-"effectue un défilement. Si l'option <gui>Activer le défilement horizontal</"
+-"gui> est aussi activée, vous pouvez bougez vos doigts vers la gauche ou la "
+-"droite pour défiler horizontalement. Prenez soin d'espacer suffisamment vos "
+-"doigts. S'ils sont trop proches, le pavé tactile considère qu'il ne s'agit "
+-"que d'un gros doigt."
++"Dans la section <gui>Pavé tactile</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Défilement à deux "
++"doigts</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, le tapotement et le glissement à un "
++"doigt fonctionne normalement, mais si vous faites glisser deux doigts à "
++"n'importe quel endroit du pavé tactile, l'ordinateur effectuera un "
++"défilement. Si l'option <gui>Activer le défilement horizontal</gui> est "
++"aussi activée, vous pouvez bougez vos doigts vers la gauche ou la droite "
++"pour défiler horizontalement. Prenez soin d'espacer suffisamment vos doigts. "
++"S'ils sont trop proches, le pavé tactile considère qu'il ne s'agit que d'un "
++"gros doigt."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Certains pavés tactiles ne prennent pas en charge le défilement à deux "
+ "doigts."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr "Le contenu colle aux doigts"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"À l'aide du pavé tactile, vous pouvez faire glisser le contenu comme s'il "
++"s'agissait d'un morceau de papier physique."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans la section <gui>Pavé tactile</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Le contenu colle "
++"aux doigts</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Cette fonctionnalité est aussi connue sous le nom de <em>Défilement naturel</"
++"em> ou <em>Défilement inversé</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nécessité d'agiter la souris ou de cliquer avant que celle-ci ne réagisse."
++"Si vous devez agiter ou faire cliquer la souris avant que celle-ci ne "
++"réagisse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+-msgstr "La souris ne fonctionne qu'après un certain délai"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr "La souris réagit avec un délai avant de fonctionner correctement"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+-"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
+ "click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les souris optiques et sans fil, comme les pavés tactiles des portables, "
+ "doivent parfois être « réveillés » avant de pouvoir fonctionner. Ils se "
+ "mettent automatiquement en veille lorsqu'ils ne sont pas utilisés afin "
+ "d'économiser leur batterie. Pour réveiller une souris ou un pavé tactile, il "
+-"suffit de cliquer sur un bouton de l'appareil ou de remuer la souris."
++"suffit de cliquer sur un bouton de la souris ou de la remuer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
+-"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Parfois, les pavés tactiles des ordinateurs portables ne fonctionnent pas "
+-"tout de suite après la saisi de texte au clavier. Ce délai est appliqué pour "
+-"empêcher des mouvements involontaires en effleurant le pavé tactile avec la "
+-"main lors de la frappe. Consultez <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> "
+-"pour plus de détails."
++"tout de suite après la saisie de texte au clavier. Ce délai est appliqué "
++"pour empêcher des mouvements involontaires en effleurant le pavé tactile "
++"avec la main lors de la frappe. Consultez <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> pour plus de détails."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Utilisation pour gauchers</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-sensitivity\">vitesse et sensibilité</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "touchpad-click\">clic et défilement avec le pavé tactile</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Souris"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes fréquents avec la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes fréquents"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Astuces avec la souris"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Astuces"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Astuces"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+@@ -11759,12 +13832,14 @@
+ "La prise en charge de ce format de fichier n'est peut être pas installée ou "
+ "bien les chansons sont « protégées contre la copie »."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Impossible de lire les titres achetés dans un magasin de musique en ligne"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+@@ -11775,7 +13850,8 @@
+ "achetée à partir d'un ordinateur sous Windows ou Mac OS et que vous l'avez "
+ "ensuite recopiée."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -11792,7 +13868,8 @@
+ "votre système. Si elle ne l'est pas, un message s'affiche pour vous en "
+ "informer et vous guider sur la procédure à suivre pour résoudre le problème."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -11814,7 +13891,8 @@
+ "spécial fourni par le vendeur pour cela, mais il n'y en a que très peu "
+ "compatibles avec Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+@@ -11822,18 +13900,21 @@
+ "Pour en savoir plus sur les DRM, consultez <link href=\"http://www.april.org/"
+ "drm\">le site de l'April</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser un lecteur multimédia pour copier les titres puis, retirer l'iPod "
+ "en toute sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr "Titres invisibles sur mon iPod après leur copie"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -11852,7 +13933,8 @@
+ "possèdent un emplacement spécifique pour stocker la musique, emplacement "
+ "connu du lecteur de musique mais pas du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+@@ -11864,7 +13946,8 @@
+ "\"files-removedrive\">retirer le volume sans risque</link>. Ainsi, vous êtes "
+ "sûr que tous les fichiers ont été copiés correctement."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -11885,7 +13968,8 @@
+ "ne sont pas installés, la conversion est impossible et rien n'est copié. "
+ "Recherchez et installez le codec nécessaire à l'aide de la logithèque."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+@@ -11893,11 +13977,13 @@
+ "Un iPod tout neuf nécessite d'être configuré à partir du logiciel d'iTunes "
+ "avant d'être opérationnel."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr "Mon nouvel iPod ne fonctionne pas"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+@@ -11910,7 +13996,8 @@
+ "logiciel d'<app>iTunes</app> opérationnel seulement depuis un ordinateur "
+ "sous Windows ou Mac OS."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+@@ -11923,7 +14010,8 @@
+ "choisissez <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> ou quelque chose de "
+ "similaire. L'autre format (HFS/Mac) ne fonctionne pas aussi bien sous Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+@@ -11931,7 +14019,8 @@
+ "Après paramétrage, l'iPod doit fonctionner normalement quand vous le "
+ "connectez à un ordinateur sous Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+@@ -11939,11 +14028,13 @@
+ "Ajouter un fichier <input>.is_audio_player</input> pour indiquer à votre "
+ "système que c'est un lecteur de musique."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr "Non reconnaissance de mon lecteur de musique après connexion"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+@@ -11953,7 +14044,8 @@
+ "ne le voyez pas apparaître dans votre application de gestion de la musique, "
+ "c'est sans doute qu'il n'a pas été bien reconnu comme un lecteur de musique."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -11973,7 +14065,8 @@
+ "caractères soulignement sont importants et tout doit être en minuscule). Ce "
+ "fichier indique à votre système que ce volume est un lecteur de musique."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+@@ -11986,7 +14079,8 @@
+ "lecteur de musique par votre application de gestion de la musique. Sinon, "
+ "fermez l'application et ouvrez-la à nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+@@ -11996,7 +14090,8 @@
+ "multimédias. Elles ne sont valables que si votre lecteur est un volume "
+ "<em>de stockage de masse USB</em>. Consultez son manuel pour le savoir."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -12010,7 +14105,8 @@
+ "vérifiez qu'il existe bien en cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
+ "gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+@@ -12018,11 +14114,18 @@
+ "Ouvrir des fichiers d'un seul clic, lancer ou afficher des fichiers texte "
+ "exécutable et définir le comportement de la corbeille."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "Sindhu S"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences du gestionnaire de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+ "executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
+@@ -12035,19 +14138,23 @@
+ "choisissez <gui>Préférences</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet "
+ "<gui>Comportement</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Comportement"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Simple clic pour ouvrir les éléments</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Double-clic pour ouvrir les éléments</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+@@ -12059,53 +14166,128 @@
+ "clic. Dans ce mode, il est possible de sélectionner un ou plusieurs fichiers "
+ "en maintenant la touche <key>Ctrl</key> enfoncée."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "Fichiers texte exécutables"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+ "permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+-"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, ."
+-"py and .pl, respectively."
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un fichier texte exécutable est un fichier qui contient un programme que "
+ "vous pouvez lancer (exécuter). Les <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+-"permissions\">permissions du fichier</link> doivent aussi autoriser "
+-"l'exécution de ce fichier. Les fichiers les plus courants sont les scripts "
+-"Shell, Python et Perl. Ils se terminent respectivement par les extensions ."
+-"sh, .py et .pl."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
+-"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
+-"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
+-"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous avez le choix entre cocher <gui>Lancer les fichiers textes exécutables "
+-"lorsqu'ils sont ouverts</gui>, <gui>Afficher les fichiers textes exécutables "
+-"lorsqu'ils sont ouverts</gui> et <gui>Demander à chaque fois</gui>. Dans ce "
+-"dernier cas, une boîte de dialogue apparaît vous demandant s'il faut lancer "
+-"ou afficher le fichier texte sélectionné."
++"permissions\">permissions de fichier</link> doivent aussi autoriser "
++"l'exécution de ce fichier en tant que programme. Les fichiers les plus "
++"courants sont les scripts <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> et <sys>Perl</"
++"sys>. Ils se terminent respectivement par les extensions <file>.sh</file>, "
++"<file>.py</file> et <file>.pl</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsque vous ouvrez un fichier texte exécutable, vous pouvez sélectionner :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Lancer les fichiers texte exécutables une fois qu'ils sont ouverts</"
++"gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Afficher les fichiers texte exécutables lorsqu'ils sont ouverts</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>Demander à chaque fois</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"Si <gui>Demander à chaque fois</gui> est sélectionné, une boîte de dialogue "
++"s'ouvrira, demandant si vous souhaitez exécuter ou afficher le fichier texte "
++"sélectionné."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++"Les fichiers texte exécutables sont aussi appelés des scripts. Tous les "
++"scripts dans le dossier <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> "
++"apparaîtront dans le menu de contexte en dessous du sous-menu <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui>. Lorsqu'un script est exécuté à partir d'un "
++"dossier local, tous les fichiers sélectionnés seront collés dans le script "
++"en tant que paramètres. Pour exécutrer un script sur un fichier :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "Rendez-vous dans le dossier souhaité."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "Sélectionnez le fichier souhaité."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Effectuez un clic droit sur le fichier pour ouvrir le menu du contexte et "
++"sélectionnez le script que vous souhaitez exécuter à partir du menu <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++"Aucun paramètre ne sera passé lorsque exécuté à partir d'un répertoire "
++"distant, comme un répertoire affichant un contenu de la toile ou <sys>ftp</"
++"sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:57(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences de la corbeille du gestionnaire de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Corbeille"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<gui>Demander avant de vider la corbeille ou de supprimer des fichiers</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+@@ -12114,11 +14296,13 @@
+ "C'est l'option définie par défaut. Quand la corbeille est vidée, un message "
+ "s'affiche demandant de confirmer la suppression définitive des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Inclure une commande Supprimer qui ignore la corbeille</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
+ "pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+@@ -12127,7 +14311,8 @@
+ "au menu contextuel obtenu suite à un clic droit sur un élément dans "
+ "l'application <app>Fichiers</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+@@ -12137,78 +14322,87 @@
+ "gui> court-circuite la corbeille. L'élément est définitivement supprimé du "
+ "système. Il n'y a aucun moyen de le récupérer."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ajouter, supprimer et renommer les signets du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "Modification des signets d'un dossier"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
+-"manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Les signets sont listés dans le menu <gui>Signets</gui> du gestionnaire de "
+-"fichiers."
++"Les signets sont répertoriés dans l'encadré du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
+-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "Suppression d'un signet :"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "Ajout d'un signet :"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Signets</gui><gui>Modifier les signets</gui></"
+-"guiseq>."
++"Ouvrez le dossier (ou l'emplacement) que vous voulez mettre en signet."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans la boîte de dialogue <gui>Modifier les signets</gui>, sélectionnez le "
+-"signet que vous voulez supprimer et cliquez sur <gui>Enlever</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
++"Cliquez sur l'icône réseau de la barre d'outils et sélectionnez "
++"<gui>Utiliser un signet</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
+-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "Ajout d'un signet :"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "Suppression d'un signet :"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+-msgstr "Ouvrez le dossier (ou l'emplacement) que vous voulez mettre en signet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
++"<gui>Signets</gui> dans le menu de l'application."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Signets</gui><gui>Ajouter un signet</gui></guiseq>."
++"Dans la fenêtre <gui>Signets</gui>, sélectionnez le signet que vous "
++"souhaitez supprimer et cliquez sur le bouton <key>-</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Renommage un signet :"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"rename."
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans la boîte de dialogue <gui>Modifier les signets</gui>, sélectionnez le "
+-"signet à renommer."
++"Dans la fenêtre <gui>Signets</gui>, sélectionnez le signet que vous "
++"souhaitez renommer."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom dans le champ <gui>Nom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -12222,7 +14416,8 @@
+ "différencier. Dans ce cas, il est utile de ne pas donner le même nom au "
+ "dossier et au signet qui le désigne."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+@@ -12230,11 +14425,13 @@
+ "Afficher et modifier des fichiers sur un autre ordinateur par FTP, SSH, "
+ "partage Windows ou WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr "Consultation de fichiers sur un serveur ou un réseau partagé"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+@@ -12246,126 +14443,198 @@
+ "une bonne façon de télécharger ou téléverser des fichiers sur internet, ou "
+ "de les partager avec les autres membres de votre réseau local."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+-"the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The "
+-"file manager will find any computers on your local area network that "
+-"advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server "
+-"on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you "
+-"can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour parcourir les fichiers sur le réseau, ouvrez l'application "
+ "<app>Fichiers</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> "
+-"puis, cliquez sur <gui>Explorer le réseau</gui> dans la barre latérale ou "
+-"sélectionner <gui>Réseau</gui> dans le menu <gui>Aller à</gui>. Le "
+-"gestionnaire de fichier trouve alors tous les ordinateurs de votre réseau "
+-"local qui annonce leur possibilité de servir des fichiers. Si vous voulez "
++"puis, cliquez sur <gui>Explorer le réseau</gui> dans la barre latérale. Le "
++"gestionnaire de fichiers trouve alors tous les ordinateurs de votre réseau "
++"local qui annoncent leur capacité à servir des fichiers. Si vous souhaitez "
+ "vous connecter à un serveur sur internet ou si vous ne voyez pas "
+ "l'ordinateur que vous cherchez, vous pouvez vous connecter manuellement à un "
+ "serveur en saisissant son adresse réseau ou internet."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Connexion à un serveur de fichier"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to Server</"
+-"gui></guiseq>."
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui> "
+-"<gui>Se connecter à un serveur</gui></guiseq>."
++"Dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, cliquez sur <gui>Fichier</gui> dns la "
++"barre supérieure et sélectionnez <gui>Se connecter au serveur</gui> depuis "
++"le menu de l'application."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
+-"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
+-"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Saisissez l'adresse du serveur, sélectionnez le type de serveur et saisissez "
+-"les informations supplémentaires requises puis, cliquez sur <gui>Se "
+-"connecter</gui>. Les détails sur les différents types de serveurs sont "
+-"donnés <link xref=\"#types\">ci-dessous</link>."
++"Saisissez l'adresse du serveur sous le format d'un <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Des détails sur les URL pris en charge sont <link xref="
++"\"#types\">répertoriés ci-dessous</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
+-"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
+-"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
+-"address</link>."
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour les serveurs sur internet, vous pouvez en général utiliser le nom de "
+-"domaine (par exemple <sys>ftp.exemple.com</sys>). Cependant pour les "
+-"ordinateurs de votre réseau local, vous devez utiliser leur <link xref=\"net-"
+-"findip\">adresse IP numérique</link>."
++"Si vous vous êtes connecté au serveur auparavant, vous pouvez cliquer dessus "
++"dans la liste des <gui>Serveurs récents</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
+-"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvre affichant les fichiers disponibles sur le "
+-"serveur. Vous pouvez les consulter comme vous le feriez sur votre propre "
+-"ordinateur."
++"Cliquez sur <gui>Connexion</gui>. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira affichant "
++"les fichiers disponibles sur le serveur. Vous pouvez les consulter comme "
++"vous le feriez sur votre propre ordinateur. Le serveur sera aussi ajouté à "
++"l'encadré afin de pouvoir y accéder rapidement dans le futur."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "Écrire des URL"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++"Un <em>URL</em>, ou <em>localisateur uniforme de ressource</em>, est une "
++"forme d'adresse faisant référence à un emplacement ou un fichier sur un "
++"réseau. L'adresse est formatée comme suit :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++"Le <em>schéma</em> spécifie le protocole ou type de serveur. La portion de "
++"l'adresse <em>example.com</em> est appelée le <em>nom de domaine</em>. Si un "
++"nom d'utilisateur est requis, il est inséré avant le nom du serveur :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++"Certains schémas requièrent que le numéro de port soit spécifié. Insérez-le "
++"après le nom de domaine :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
+-"the future"
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le lien vers le serveur est également ajouté à votre panneau latéral pour y "
+-"accéder rapidement la prochaine fois."
++"Ci-dessous figurent des exemples spécifiques des divers types de serveurs "
++"qui sont pris en charge."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/title)
+-msgid "Different types of servers"
+-msgstr "Différents types de serveurs"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "Types de serveurs"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password."
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez vous connecter à différents types de serveurs. Certains sont "
+-"publics et n'importe qui peut se connecter, d'autres sont à accès restreint "
+-"et vous demandent de vous identifier avec un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de "
+-"passe."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"publics et permettent à n'importe de se connecter, d'autres serveurs "
++"requièrent une connexion avec un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il se peut que vous n'ayez pas toutes les autorisations pour intervenir sur "
+ "les fichiers d'un serveur. Par exemple, sur des sites FTP publics, vous "
+ "n'aurez probablement pas l'autorisation de supprimer des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(terms/title)
+-msgid "Types of servers"
+-msgstr "Types de serveurs"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++"L'URL que vous avez saisi dépend du protocole utilisé par le serveur pour "
++"exporter ses partages de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
+-"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous disposez d'un compte <em>shell sécurisé</em> sur un serveur, vous "
+-"pouvez vous connecter de cette façon. Beaucoup d'hébergeurs Web fournissent "
+-"un compte SSH à leurs clients pour téléverser des fichiers en toute "
+-"sécurité. Les serveurs SSH exigent toujours de vous identifier. Si vous "
+-"utilisez une clé de compte shell sécurisé pour vous identifier, laissez le "
+-"champ mot de passe vide."
++"pouvez vous connecter de cette façon. De nombreux hébergeurs Web fournissent "
++"un compte SSH à leurs clients pour téléverser des fichiers en toute sécurité."
++" Les serveurs SSH exigent toujours de vous identifier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "Un URL SSH typique ressemble à ceci :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+@@ -12374,11 +14643,13 @@
+ "chiffrées et donc parfaitement invisibles pour les autres utilisateurs du "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (avec identification)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -12393,39 +14664,64 @@
+ "FTP. Les sites FTP avec identification vous autorisent habituellement à "
+ "supprimer et téléverser des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "Un URL FTP typique ressemble à ceci :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "FTP public"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+ "and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les sites autorisant le téléchargement de fichiers fournissent parfois un "
+-"accès FTP public ou anonyme. Ils ne demandent pas de nom d'utilisateur ni de "
+-"mot de passe et interdisent généralement la suppression ou le téléversement "
+-"de fichiers."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++"accès FTP public ou anonyme. Ils ne requièrent pas de nom d'utilisateur ni "
++"de mot de passe et interdisent généralement la suppression ou le "
++"téléversement de fichiers."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "Un URL FTP anonyme typique ressemble à ceci :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quelques sites FTP anonymes vous demandent de vous identifier avec un nom et "
+ "un mot de passe public, d'autres avec un nom d'utilisateur public et votre "
+-"adresse courriel comme mot de passe. Avec ces serveurs, utilisez le type de "
+-"service <gui>FTP (avec identification)</gui> et renseignez les informations "
+-"d'identification demandées."
++"adresse courriel comme mot de passe. Avec ces serveurs, utilisez la méthode "
++"<gui>FTP (avec identification)</gui> et utilisez les informations "
++"d'identification spécifiées par le site FTP."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Partage Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -12439,11 +14735,23 @@
+ "des autorisations sur l'ordinateur distant, vous pouvez vous connecter à un "
+ "partage Windows à partir du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "Un URL de partage Windows typique ressemble à ceci :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV et WebDAV sécurisé"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:117(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -12457,53 +14765,65 @@
+ "connexion sécurisée. Le WebDAV sécurisé utilise un chiffrement SSL très "
+ "puissant, de sorte que personne ne peut voir votre mot de passe."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "Un URL WebDAV typique ressemble à ceci :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir les libellés des icônes utilisés par le gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences d'affichage du gestionnaire de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
+-#| "including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
+-#| "manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-#| "guiseq> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+ "<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+ "<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il est possible de contrôler divers aspects de l'affichage du gestionnaire "
+-"de fichiers, y compris les libellés des icônes et le format de la date. Dans "
+-"n'importe quelle fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers, cliquez sur "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Édition</gui><gui>Préférences</gui></guiseq> et ouvrez l'onglet "
+-"<gui>Affichage</gui>."
++"Il est possible de contrôler la manière par laquelle le gestionnaire de "
++"fichiers affiche les légendes sous les icônes. Cliquez sur <gui>Fichiers</"
++"gui> dans la barre supérieure, puis sur <gui>Préférences</gui> et "
++"sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Affichage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Libellés des icônes"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "Icônes du gestionnaire de fichiers avec des libellés"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+@@ -12515,28 +14835,26 @@
+ "utile par exemple, si vous vérifiez souvent à qui appartient un fichier ou "
+ "quelle est sa dernière date de modification."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
+-#| "manager will display more and more information in captions. You can "
+-#| "choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be "
+-#| "displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large "
+-#| "sizes."
+-msgid ""
+-"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the down arrow button in the toolbar "
+-"and choosing one of the <gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file "
+-"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
+-"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
+-"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quand vous zoomez en avant sur un dossier (dans le menu <gui>Affichage</"
+-"gui>), le gestionnaire de fichiers va afficher de plus en plus "
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez effectuer un zoom en avant sur un dossier en cliquant sur le "
++"bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">bas</media> dans la "
++"barre d'outils et en choisissant l'une des options de <gui>Zoom</gui>). Lors "
++"de l'agrandissement, le gestionnaire de fichiers va afficher de plus en plus "
+ "d'informations dans le libellé. Vous pouvez y insérer jusqu'à trois chaînes "
+ "de caractères. La première est affichée à presque tous les niveaux de zoom "
+ "et la dernière seulement à un niveau de zoom très élevé."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+@@ -12546,7 +14864,8 @@
+ "dans les colonnes en mode affichage par liste. Consultez <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-list\"/> pour de plus amples informations."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+@@ -12557,7 +14876,8 @@
+ "sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Actualiser</gui></guiseq> ou utilisez "
+ "le raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+@@ -12565,11 +14885,13 @@
+ "Afficher des informations basiques sur le fichier, définir les permissions "
+ "et sélectionner les applications par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Propriétés de fichier"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+@@ -12580,41 +14902,48 @@
+ "sélectionner le fichier et utiliser le raccourci <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>Entrée</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La fenêtre propriétés donne des informations comme le type de fichier, sa "
+ "taille et sa date de dernière modification. Si vous avez souvent besoin de "
+-"ces données, vous pouvez les afficher comme <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">colonnes de la vue en liste</link> ou comme <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"ces données, vous pouvez les afficher comme <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">colonnes de la vue en liste</link> ou comme <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">libellés des icônes</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les informations de l'onglet <gui>Général</gui> sont détaillées ci-dessous."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Propriétés élémentaires"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Nom"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+@@ -12622,12 +14951,14 @@
+ "Vous pouvez renommer le fichier en modifiant ce champ. Vous pouvez aussi le "
+ "faire en dehors de cette fenêtre. Voir <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Type"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -12641,7 +14972,8 @@
+ "musique ne peut pas lire un document image). Consultez <link xref=\"files-"
+ "open\"/> pour obtenir plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+@@ -12649,11 +14981,13 @@
+ "Le <em>type MIME</em> du fichier est affiché entre parenthèses. C'est un "
+ "standard utilisé par les ordinateurs pour identifier le type du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Contenus"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -12668,12 +15002,15 @@
+ "aussi compté comme un élément. Si le dossier est vide, le contenu affiche "
+ "<gui>aucun</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Taille"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+@@ -12686,7 +15023,8 @@
+ "ou l'envoyer par courriel par exemple (de gros fichiers mettent plus de "
+ "temps pour être envoyés ou être reçus)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+@@ -12696,12 +15034,15 @@
+ "dernières sont aussi indiquées en octets entre parenthèses. Techniquement, 1 "
+ "Ko égale 1024 octets, 1 Mo égale 1024 Ko et ainsi de suite."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Emplacement"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -12716,18 +15057,20 @@
+ "dans son dossier personnel, son emplacement est <file>/home/Pierre/CV.pdf</"
+ "file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Volume"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ "C'est le système de fichiers ou le périphérique où est stocké ce fichier. "
+ "Cela vous indique l'endroit où il se trouve physiquement, par exemple sur un "
+@@ -12736,11 +15079,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">partitions</link>, les partitions vont aussi "
+ "apparaître dans cette ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Espace libre"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+@@ -12750,33 +15095,41 @@
+ "l'espace disponible sur le disque où se trouve le dossier. C'est utile pour "
+ "savoir si le disque dur est plein."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Dernier accès"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "La date et l'heure du dernier accès au fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Dernière modification"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La date et l'heure de la dernière modification et enregistrement du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr "Contrôler qui peut avoir accès à vos dossiers et fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "Définition des permissions d'accès"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+@@ -12787,7 +15140,8 @@
+ "permissions, faites un clic-droit sur un fichier, sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Propriétés</gui> puis l'onglet <gui>Permissions</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+@@ -12796,7 +15150,15 @@
+ "ci-dessous pour connaître les détails sur les types de permissions "
+ "accordables."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "Fichiers"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+@@ -12809,7 +15171,8 @@
+ "ou de lecture et écriture. Mettez un fichier en lecture seule si vous ne "
+ "voulez pas qu'il soit malencontreusement modifié."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -12829,7 +15192,8 @@
+ "ce groupe. Vous ne pouvez définir le groupe d'un fichier qu'à un groupe "
+ "auquel vous appartenez vous-même."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+@@ -12838,7 +15202,8 @@
+ "autres que le propriétaire et pour ceux qui n'appartiennent pas au groupe du "
+ "fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -12853,12 +15218,15 @@
+ "vous demander ce qu'il doit faire. Consultez <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "behavior#executable\"/> pour plus de détails."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Dossiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+@@ -12869,7 +15237,8 @@
+ "aux explications ci-dessus sur les propriétaires, groupes et autres "
+ "utilisateurs."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+@@ -12877,22 +15246,27 @@
+ "Les permissions accordées à un dossier sont différentes de celles accordées "
+ "à un fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:54(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Aucun"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'utilisateur n'a même pas la possibilité de visualiser le contenu du "
+ "dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Lister seulement les fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+@@ -12900,11 +15274,13 @@
+ "L'utilisateur peut voir ce que contient le dossier, mais ne peut ni ouvrir, "
+ "ni créer, ni supprimer des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Accès aux fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+@@ -12914,11 +15290,13 @@
+ "fichiers en question soient autorisés à l'ouverture), mais ne peut ni créer "
+ "de nouveaux fichiers, ni supprimer des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Création et suppression des fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+@@ -12926,47 +15304,35 @@
+ "L'utilisateur a les pleins pouvoirs sur le dossier et peut ouvrir, créer et "
+ "supprimer des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+-"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
+-"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
+-"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
+-"horizontal line across it)."
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il est aussi possible de définir rapidement les permissions pour tous les "
+-"fichiers d'un dossier en utilisant le menu déroulant <gui>Accès au fichier</"
+-"gui> et l'option <gui>Exécution</gui>. Laissez l'option <gui>---</gui> dans "
+-"le menu déroulant pour ne rien changer ou la case à cocher <gui>Exécution</"
+-"gui> dans son état indéterminé (une ligne horizontale qui la traverse)."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
+-"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
+-"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
+-"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-msgstr ""
+-"En cliquant sur <gui>Appliquer les permissions aux fichiers inclus</gui>, le "
+-"gestionnaire de fichiers ajuste les permissions de lecture, écriture et "
+-"exécution des fichiers contenus en se basant sur les options <gui>Accès au "
+-"fichier</gui> et <gui>Exécution</gui> que vous avez définis. Il modifie "
+-"également les permissions des dossiers inclus pour correspondre aux "
+-"permissions de ce dossier. Les permissions des fichiers inclus sont "
+-"appliquées aux fichiers dans les sous-dossiers également, à tous les niveaux."
++"fichiers d'un dossier en cliquant sur <gui>Modifier les permissions des "
++"fichiers joints</gui>. Utilisez les listes déroulantes pour ajuster les "
++"permissions des fichiers ou dossiers contenus, et cliquez sur <gui>Modifier</"
++"gui>. Les permissions sont aussi appliquées aux fichiers et dossiers des "
++"sous-dossiers, quelle qu'en soit la profondeur."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Contrôler les informations affichées dans les colonnes dans la vue liste."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences des colonnes des listes"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
+ "manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+@@ -12978,7 +15344,8 @@
+ "supérieure, choisissez <gui>Préférences</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet "
+ "<gui>Colonnes des listes</gui> pour choisir celles qui doivent s'afficher."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -12986,19 +15353,22 @@
+ "Utilisez les boutons <gui>Déplacer vers le haut</gui> et <gui>Déplacer vers "
+ "le bas</gui> pour modifier l'ordre d'affichage des colonnes."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "Le nom des dossiers et des fichiers dans le dossier affiché."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La taille d'un dossier indique le nombre d'éléments contenus dans ce "
+-"dossier. La taille d'un fichier est exprimée en octets, Ko ou Mo."
++"La taille d'un dossier indique le nombre d'éléments contenus dans ce dossier."
++" La taille d'un fichier est exprimée en octets, Ko ou Mo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -13006,23 +15376,28 @@
+ "Affiché sous la dénomination « dossier » ou par type de fichier comme "
+ "« document PDF », « image JPEG », « audio MP3 » ou d'autres."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "Indique la date et l'heure de dernière modification du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "Propriétaire"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "Le nom du propriétaire du dossier ou du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Groupe"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -13033,16 +15408,20 @@
+ "dans un environnement professionnel où les utilisateurs peuvent être réunis "
+ "en fonction de leur service d'appartenance ou d'un projet commun."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Permissions"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Affiche les permissions d'accès au fichier, par exemple <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++"Affiche les permissions d'accès au fichier, par exemple <gui>drwxrw-r--</"
++"gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -13050,7 +15429,8 @@
+ "Le premier caractère est le type de fichier. <gui>-</gui> signifie fichier "
+ "standard et <gui>d</gui> veut dire répertoire (dossier)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -13058,7 +15438,8 @@
+ "Les trois caractères suivants <gui>rwx</gui> indiquent les permissions "
+ "spécifique au propriétaire du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -13066,7 +15447,8 @@
+ "Les trois suivants <gui>rw-</gui> indiquent les permissions accordées à tous "
+ "les membres du groupe propriétaire du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -13074,51 +15456,63 @@
+ "Les trois derniers <gui>r--</gui> de la colonne indiquent les permissions "
+ "accordées à tous les autres utilisateurs du système."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Voici la signification de chaque caractère :"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : permission en lecture."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : permission en écriture."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x : permission d'exécution."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : aucune permission."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "Type MIME"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "Affiche le type MIME de l'élément."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "Le chemin vers l'emplacement du fichier."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences du gestionnaire de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr "Contrôler l'utilisation des miniatures des fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Préférences d'aperçu du gestionnaire de fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+@@ -13132,15 +15526,8 @@
+ "<gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Préférences</"
+ "gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Aperçu</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer "
+-#| "or connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-#| "connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area "
+-#| "network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
+-#| "network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or "
+-#| "all of the preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+ "your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+@@ -13150,21 +15537,28 @@
+ "network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
+ "option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Par défaut, les aperçus ne sont disponibles que pour les fichiers locaux de "
+-"votre ordinateur ou les fichiers sur un support externe qui y est connecté. "
+-"Le gestionnaire de fichiers peut aussi <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">consulter des fichiers sur un autre ordinateur</link> ou sur un réseau "
+-"local ou sur internet. Si vous avez souvent besoin de ces fonctions et si le "
+-"serveur possède suffisamment de bande passante, vous pouvez mettre quelques "
+-"unes (ou toutes) les options d'aperçu sur <gui>Toujours</gui>."
++"Par défaut, tous les aperçus sont disponibles pour les <gui>fichiers locaux "
++"uniquement</gui>, qu'ils se trouvent sur votre ordinateur ou sur un support "
++"externe. Vous pouvez paramétrer cette fonctionnalité sur <gui>Toujours</gui> "
++"ou sur <gui>Jamais</gui>. Le gestionnaire de fichiers peut aussi <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">consulter des fichiers sur un autre ordinateur</link> "
++"via un réseau local ou sur internet. Si vous avez souvent besoin de ces "
++"fonctions sur un réseau local et si la bande passante du réseau est "
++"suffisamment importante, vous pouvez paramétrer l'option d'aperçu sur "
++"<gui>Toujours</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+ "to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr ""
++"En outre, vous pouvez utiliser le paramètre <gui>Uniquement pour les "
++"fichiers plus petits que</gui> pour limiter la taille des fichiers "
++"prévisualisés."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -13173,202 +15567,239 @@
+ "folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+ "on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous affichez les tailles de fichiers dans <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">les colonnes de la vue en liste</link> ou dans les <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"display#icon-captions\">libellés des icônes</link>, les dossiers affichent "
+-"le nombre de fichiers et de sous-dossiers qu'ils contiennent. Le comptage "
+-"peut être très long si le contenu est très important, ou s'effectue à "
+-"travers un réseau. Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver cette fonctionnalité ou "
+-"l'activer seulement pour les fichiers de votre ordinateur ou d'un lecteur "
++"Si vous affichez les tailles de fichiers dans <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">les colonnes de la vue en liste</link> ou dans les <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">libellés des icônes</link>, les dossiers "
++"affichent le nombre de fichiers et de sous-dossiers qu'ils contiennent. Le "
++"comptage peut être très long si le contenu est très important, ou s'effectue "
++"à travers un réseau. Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver cette fonctionnalité "
++"ou l'activer seulement pour les fichiers de votre ordinateur ou d'un lecteur "
+ "qui y est connecté."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir l'affichage, la manière de trier et les niveaux de zoom par défaut "
+ "du gestionnaire de fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:31(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "Préférences des vues du gestionnaire de fichiers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "Préférences d'affichage dans <app>Fichiers</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and "
+-"select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez contrôler la vue d'affichage par défaut des nouveaux dossiers, "
+-"l'ordre de tri des fichiers et des dossiers, le niveau de zoom pour les vue "
+-"icône et compacte et si les fichiers sont affichés dans l'arborescence du "
+-"panneau latéral. Cliquez sur <gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre supérieure et "
+-"choisissez <gui>Préférences</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Vues</gui>."
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez modifier l'affichage par défaut des nouveaux dossiers, l'ordre "
++"de tri par défaut des fichiers et des dossiers, le niveau de zoom pour les "
++"affichages icône et compact et si les fichiers sont affichés dans "
++"l'arborescence du panneau latéral. Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Fichiers</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Préférences</gui></guiseq> "
++"dans la barre supérieure lorsque <app>Fichiers</app> est ouvert et "
++"sélectionnez l'onglet <gui style=\"tab\">Affichages</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Vue par défaut"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Afficher les nouveaux dossiers en utilisant"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-#| "each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view "
+-#| "you prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact "
+-#| "views, you can use these views by default."
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse by clicking the list button or the icons button in "
+-"the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set it here as the "
+-"default."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Les nouveaux dossiers sont affichés par défaut en utilisant la vue en "
+-"icônes. Vous pouvez choisir une autre forme d'affichage au fur et à mesure "
+-"que vous parcourez les dossiers et pour chacun d'entre eux le gestionnaire "
+-"de fichiers mémorise ce choix. Mais, si vous utilisez le plus souvent la vue "
+-"compacte ou la vue en liste, il est préférable de fixer ce choix par défaut."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"Par défaut, les nouveaux dossiers sont affichés dans l'affichage icône. Si "
++"vous préférez l'affichage liste, vous pouvez le définir ici par défaut. "
++"Alternativement, vous pouvez sélectionner un affichage différent pour chaque "
++"dossier pendant la navigation en cliquant sur le bouton <gui style="
++"\"button\">Afficher les éléments dans une liste</gui> ou sur le bouton <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Afficher les éléments dans une grille d'icônes</gui> dans "
++"la barre d'outils."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Ranger les éléments"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the "
+-"down arrow button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By "
+-"Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by "
+-"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/"
+-"> for details. This menu only affects the current folder."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</"
+-"gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file "
+-"type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when "
+-"they were trashed."
+-msgstr ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez modifier l'ordre de tri par défaut utilisé dans les dossiers à "
++"l'aide de la liste déroulante <gui>Trier les éléments</gui> dans les "
++"préférences et les trier par nom, taille de fichier, type de fichier, date "
++"de dernière modification, date du dernier accès, ou date de suppression."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez modifier la manière par laquelle les <link xref=\"files-"
++"sort\">fichiers sont triés</link>  dans un dossier individuel en cliquant "
++"sur le bouton <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Afficher les "
++"options</media> dans la barre d'outils et en choisissant <gui>Par nom</gui>, "
++"<gui>Par taille</gui>, <gui>Par type</gui> ou <gui>Par date de modification</"
++"gui>, ou en cliquant sur les en-têtes des colonnes de la liste dans "
++"l'affichage liste. Ce menu affecte uniquement le dossier actuel."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:62(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Trier les dossiers avant les fichiers"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Par défaut, le gestionnaire de fichiers affiche les dossiers avant les "
+-"fichiers. Tous deux sont triés en fonction de votre choix. Si vous préférez "
+-"ne pas traiter les dossiers d'une façon particulière et les mélanger avec "
+-"les fichiers selon l'ordre de tri, décochez cette case."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Par défaut, le gestionnaire de fichiers n'affiche plus tous les dossiers "
++"avant d'afficher les fichiers. Activez cette option pour voir tous les "
++"dossiers avant de voir les fichiers."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:69(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Afficher les fichiers cachés et ceux de sauvegarde"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+-"gui>,from the down arrow menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show "
+-"hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, "
+-"select this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Par défaut, le gestionnaire n'affiche pas les fichiers cachés. Consultez "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> pour avoir des informations sur les fichiers "
+-"cachés. Vous pouvez afficher les fichiers cachés dans la fenêtre actuelle en "
+-"sélectionnant <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> dans le menu flèche "
+-"vers le bas dans la barre d'outils. Si vous préférez toujours afficher les "
+-"fichiers cachés ou qu'ils soient toujours visibles à chaque ouverture d'une "
+-"fenêtre par le gestionnaire de fichiers, cochez cette case."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Le gestionnaire de fichiers n'affiche pas toujours les <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">fichiers cachés</link> et les dossiers par défaut. Vous pouvez "
++"toujours afficher les fichiers cachés en sélectionnant cette option."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez aussi afficher les fichiers cachés dans une fenêtre individuelle "
++"en sélectionnant <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>, disponible à "
++"partir du menu <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Afficher "
++"les options</media> dans la barre d'outils."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "Réglages par défaut de la vue en icônes"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "Niveau de zoom par défaut"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:86(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can "
+-#| "do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the "
+-#| "file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you "
+-#| "frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default "
+-#| "with this option."
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the down arrow button in the "
+-"toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or "
+-"<gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom "
+-"level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire la taille d'affichage des icônes et du texte "
+-"dans la vue en icônes. Vous pouvez le faire séparément pour chaque dossier à "
+-"partir du menu <gui>Affichage</gui> et le gestionnaire de fichiers mémorise "
+-"les choix de taille pour chaque dossier. Si vous utilisez fréquemment un "
+-"niveau de zoom plus petit ou plus grand, vous pouvez définir la valeur par "
+-"défaut ici."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans la vue en icônes, plus ou moins de libellés sont affichés en fonction "
+-"du niveau de zoom défini. Consultez <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
+-"captions\"/> pour obtenir davantage d'informations."
++"dans l'affichage icônes à l'aide de cette option. Vous pouvez modifier ce "
++"paramètre dans un dossier individuel en cliquant sur le bouton <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Afficher les options</media> dans la "
++"barre d'outils et en sélectionnant <gui>Zoom avant</gui>, <gui>Zoom arrière</"
++"gui> or <gui>Taille normale</gui>. Si vous utilisez fréquemment un niveau de "
++"zoom plus petit ou plus grand, vous pouvez définir la valeur par défaut avec "
++"cette option."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans l'affichage icônes, plus ou moins de <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">libellés</link> sont affichés en fonction du niveau de zoom."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Réglages par défaut de la vue en liste"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can "
+-#| "do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the "
+-#| "file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you "
+-#| "frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default "
+-#| "with this option."
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the down arrow button in the "
+-"toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or "
+-"<gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom "
+-"level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire la taille d'affichage des icônes et du texte "
+-"dans la vue en liste. Vous pouvez le faire séparément pour chaque dossier à "
+-"partir du menu <gui>Affichage</gui> et le gestionnaire de fichiers mémorise "
+-"les choix de taille pour chaque dossier. Si vous utilisez fréquemment un "
+-"niveau de zoom plus petit ou plus grand, vous pouvez définir la valeur par "
+-"défaut ici."
++"dans l'affichage liste à l'aide de cette option. Vous pouvez aussi effectuer "
++"ceci dans un dossier individuel en cliquant sur le bouton <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Afficher les options</media> dans la "
++"barre d'outils et en sélectionnant <gui>Zoom avant</gui>, <gui>Zoom arrière</"
++"gui> or <gui>Taille normale</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Étant donné le peu de virus Linux, un logiciel antivirus n'est sans doute "
+ "pas nécessaire."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr "Utilité d'un logiciel antivirus"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+@@ -13381,7 +15812,8 @@
+ "virus qui pourraient se propager sur votre ordinateur et causer des "
+ "problèmes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -13398,7 +15830,8 @@
+ "failles de sécurité potentielles sont repérées et réparées beaucoup plus "
+ "rapidement."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+@@ -13407,7 +15840,8 @@
+ "tellement rares que vous n'avez aucune raison de vous en préoccuper pour "
+ "l'instant."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+@@ -13419,7 +15853,8 @@
+ "installer un logiciel antivirus. Regardez dans la logithèque, ou faites une "
+ "recherche en ligne ; un certain nombre d'applications sont disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+@@ -13429,30 +15864,38 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-install-flash\">installer Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "install-moonlight\">prise en charge de Silverlight</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "L'équipe de documentation d'Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Navigateurs Web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Changer de navigateur Web par défaut en allant dans <gui>Détails</gui> dans "
+-"les <gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
++"Changer de navigateur Web par défaut en vous rendant sur <gui>Détails</gui> "
++"dans les <gui>Paramètres</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Changement du navigateur pour ouvrir les sites Web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -13465,7 +15908,9 @@
+ "cependant s'ouvrir dans un autre navigateur que celui que vous espériez. "
+ "Pour régler ce problème, changez votre navigateur par défaut :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -13473,7 +15918,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Détails</gui> et ouvrez <gui>Applications par défaut</gui> dans "
+ "le panneau de gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -13481,7 +15927,8 @@
+ "Choisissez le navigateur Web que vous souhaitez utiliser pour ouvrir les "
+ "liens dans la liste déroulante <gui>Web</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -13493,19 +15940,22 @@
+ "sur le bouton <gui>Annuler</gui> (ou quelque chose de similaire) pour qu'il "
+ "n'essaie pas de se configurer à nouveau comme votre navigateur par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Changer de client de messagerie par défaut dans <gui>Détails</gui> dans les "
+-"<gui>Paramètres système</gui>."
++"Changer de client de messagerie par défaut en vous rendant sur <gui>Détails</"
++"gui> dans les <gui>Paramètres</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr "Changement du client de messagerie pour écrire vos courriels"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -13520,7 +15970,8 @@
+ "sera peut-être le mauvais qui s'ouvrira. Pour régler le problème, choisissez "
+ "votre application de messagerie par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -13528,7 +15979,8 @@
+ "Choisissez votre client de messagerie par défaut en le sélectionnant dans la "
+ "liste déroulante <gui>Courriels</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+@@ -13537,11 +15989,13 @@
+ "contre ils peuvent infecter les machines des personnes à qui vous envoyez "
+ "des courriels."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "Contrôle antivirus de mes courriels"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+@@ -13551,7 +16005,8 @@
+ "s'ils arrivent à pénétrer dans votre ordinateur. Une façon répandue "
+ "d'infection est la transmission par courriels."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -13565,7 +16020,8 @@
+ "virus caché, il n'aura sans doute aucun effet sur votre machine. Il est donc "
+ "inutile de scanner vos courriels pour détecter d'éventuels virus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -13585,30 +16041,38 @@
+ "que très peu de chance de se produire, car la plupart des gens utilisant "
+ "Windows ou Mac OS sont équipés d'un antivirus de leur côté."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Applications de messagerie par défaut</link>"
++"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Applications de messagerie par défaut</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Le projet de documentation GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "Logiciels de messagerie &amp; courriels"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Connaître votre adresse IP peut vous aider à résoudre des problèmes de "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr "Recherche de votre adresse IP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+@@ -13620,11 +16084,13 @@
+ "avez <em>deux</em> adresses IP : une adresse IP pour votre ordinateur sur un "
+ "réseau local et une adresse IP pour votre ordinateur sur internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr "Trouvez votre adresse IP (réseau) interne"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -13634,27 +16100,32 @@
+ "<gui>Sans fil</gui> dans la liste de gauche, suivant le type de connexion "
+ "réseau pour lequel vous recherchez l'adresse IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr "Votre adresse IP locale s'affiche dans la liste des informations."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr "Trouvez votre adresse IP (internet) externe"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Visitez ce lien <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/fr/mon-ip"
+-"\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
++"Visitez ce lien <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/fr/mon-"
++"ip\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr "Le site affiche votre adresse IP externe."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+@@ -13662,7 +16133,8 @@
+ "Selon la façon dont votre ordinateur est connecté à Internet, ces adresses "
+ "peuvent être identiques."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+@@ -13670,11 +16142,13 @@
+ "Vous pouvez contrôler quels programmes ont accès au réseau. Ceci contribue à "
+ "la sécurité de votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr "Autorisation ou blocage de l'accès au pare-feu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+@@ -13685,7 +16159,8 @@
+ "internet ou sur votre réseau. Ceci contribue à la sécurité de votre "
+ "ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+@@ -13699,7 +16174,8 @@
+ "paramètres de votre pare-feu pour permettre à ces services de fonctionner "
+ "comme voulu."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+@@ -13709,7 +16185,8 @@
+ "em>. Pour autoriser les autres ordinateurs du réseau à accéder à un service, "
+ "il vous faut « ouvrir » le port correspondant dans le pare-feu :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+@@ -13719,7 +16196,8 @@
+ "et lancez votre application pare-feu. Si vous ne la trouvez pas, il vous "
+ "faut en installer une (par exemple Firestarter ou GUFW)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+@@ -13730,7 +16208,8 @@
+ "vous devez modifier <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">dépend du service</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+@@ -13738,7 +16217,8 @@
+ "Enregistrez ou appliquez les modifications en suivant les instructions de "
+ "votre application pare-feu."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+@@ -13746,11 +16226,13 @@
+ "Vous devez spécifier le port réseau correct du pare-feu pour autoriser/"
+ "interdire l'accès au réseau d'un programme."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Les ports réseau les plus courants"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -13765,23 +16247,28 @@
+ "applications. Il y a des milliers de ports en service, cette liste n'est "
+ "donc pas exhaustive."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Port"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Description"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+@@ -13789,39 +16276,49 @@
+ "Permet à des systèmes de se trouver et décrit quels services ils offrent "
+ "sans que vous soyez obligé de configurer chaque détail manuellement."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Impression"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous permet d'envoyer des travaux d'impression à une imprimante du réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous permet de partager votre imprimante avec d'autres personnes sur le "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Présence"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+@@ -13829,15 +16326,18 @@
+ "Vous permet de signaler votre statut de messagerie instantanée aux autres "
+ "personnes du réseau, comme « en ligne » ou « occupé »."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Bureau distant"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+@@ -13845,21 +16345,25 @@
+ "Vous permet de partager votre bureau avec des personnes qui peuvent le voir "
+ "et donc vous aider à distance."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "Partage de musique (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous permet de partager votre discothèque avec d'autres personnes de votre "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+@@ -13867,11 +16371,13 @@
+ "Utiliser une adresse IP statique peut simplifier la gestion de certains "
+ "services réseau à partir de votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr "Création d'une connexion avec une adresse IP fixe"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -13886,11 +16392,13 @@
+ "une adresse IP fixe que vous connaissez (par exemple, pour identifier un "
+ "serveur de fichiers)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr "Pour attribuer à votre ordinateur une adresse IP fixe (statique) :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13898,7 +16406,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'<gui>icône réseau</gui> dans la barre supérieure et ouvrez "
+ "<gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -13906,7 +16415,8 @@
+ "Sélectionnez la connexion réseau dans la liste (<gui>Filaire</gui> ou "
+ "<gui>Sans fil</gui>) et cliquez sur <gui>Configuration</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+@@ -13914,7 +16424,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Paramètres IPv4</gui> et modifiez la <gui>Méthode</gui> "
+ "à <em>Manuel</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+@@ -13923,7 +16434,8 @@
+ "gui> et si vous souhaitez configurer une nouvelle connexion, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Ajouter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+@@ -13936,7 +16448,8 @@
+ "spécifiques à appliquer pour le choix d'une adresse IP et d'un masque réseau "
+ "valides en fonction du réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+@@ -13948,7 +16461,8 @@
+ "qui recherche les noms de domaine ; beaucoup de réseaux professionnels et de "
+ "fournisseurs internet possèdent des serveurs DNS dédiés."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+@@ -13956,21 +16470,25 @@
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>. Le réseau doit maintenant avoir une "
+ "adresse IP fixe."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Trouvez votre adresse IP</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">sécurité WEP &amp; WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">adresses MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">serveurs mandataires</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">sécurité WEP &amp; WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">adresses MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">serveurs "
++"mandataires</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Termes &amp; informations réseau"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -13978,11 +16496,13 @@
+ "Il vous faut sans doute installer Flash pour visionner des sites tels que "
+ "YouTube qui affiche des vidéos et des pages Web interactives."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Installation du greffon Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -13992,7 +16512,8 @@
+ "pour pouvoir regarder des vidéos et utiliser les pages Web interactives de "
+ "certains sites. Certains sites Web ne fonctionnent pas sans Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -14006,18 +16527,21 @@
+ "navigateurs. La plupart des distributions Linux propose aussi une version de "
+ "Flash installable par le gestionnaire de paquets."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Si Flash est disponible via le gestionnaire de paquets :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'application gestionnaire de paquets et recherchez <input>flash</"
+ "input>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+@@ -14025,7 +16549,8 @@
+ "Cherchez <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> ou "
+ "quelque chose de similaire et installez-le."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+@@ -14036,12 +16561,14 @@
+ "Flash quand vous les ouvrez à nouveau et vous devez maintenant pouvoir "
+ "visionner les sites requérant Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si Flash <em>n'est pas</em> disponible via le gestionnaire de paquets :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+@@ -14051,7 +16578,8 @@
+ "téléchargement de Flash Player</link>. Votre navigateur et votre système "
+ "d'exploitation devraient être automatiquement reconnus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+@@ -14060,22 +16588,26 @@
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Sélectionnez la version à télécharger</gui> et choisissez "
+ "le type d'installateur qui est compatible avec votre distribution Linux. Si "
+ "vous ne savez pas lequel choisir, sélectionnez l'option <file>.tar.gz</file>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Consultez les <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">instructions d'installation de Flash</link> pour apprendre comment "
++"Consultez les <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">instructions d'installation de Flash</link> pour apprendre comment "
+ "l'installer pour votre navigateur Web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Alternatives libres de Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -14088,7 +16620,8 @@
+ "(par exemple en étant incapables d'afficher les pages Flash les plus "
+ "sophistiquées du Web)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -14099,15 +16632,18 @@
+ "utiliser le plus de logiciels libres possible sur votre ordinateur, voici "
+ "quelques options :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -14115,11 +16651,13 @@
+ "Certains sites Web utilisent « Silverlight » pour afficher leurs pages. "
+ "L'alternative pour Linux « Moonlight » vous permet de les visionner."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Installation du greffon Silverlight"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -14129,7 +16667,8 @@
+ "permet d'afficher les vidéos et les pages interactives conçues pour lui. "
+ "Vous ne pourrez pas afficher certaines pages Web sans ce greffon."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+@@ -14141,7 +16680,8 @@
+ "démarche à suivre pour obtenir ce greffon, mais il se peut qu'elle ne "
+ "convienne pas à votre navigateur, ou à votre distribution Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -14152,7 +16692,8 @@
+ "version gratuite et libre qui remplace Silverlight et qui fonctionne sous "
+ "Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+@@ -14162,7 +16703,8 @@
+ "gestionnaire de paquets ; ouvrez simplement le gestionnaire et cherchez "
+ "<input>Silverlight</input> ou <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+@@ -14172,15 +16714,18 @@
+ "href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">site Web de Moonlight</link> pour "
+ "plus d'informations sur les instructions d'installation."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr "L'identifiant unique attribué au périphérique réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "Adresse MAC"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+@@ -14192,7 +16737,8 @@
+ "signifie <em>Media Access Control</em> et chaque identifiant est unique à "
+ "chaque périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+@@ -14201,11 +16747,13 @@
+ "par deux points. Voici un exemple d'adresse MAC : <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</"
+ "code>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr "Pour identifier l'adresse MAC de votre périphérique réseau :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+@@ -14214,11 +16762,13 @@
+ "<gui>Sans fil</gui> dans la liste de gauche (selon le périphérique que vous "
+ "voulez contrôler)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr "Votre adresse MAC s'affiche en face de <gui>Adresse matérielle</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -14233,7 +16783,8 @@
+ "changer, ce service sera interrompu. Dans ces cas-là, vous serez amené à "
+ "usurper l'adresse MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+@@ -14241,11 +16792,13 @@
+ "Si les paramètres réseau ne sont pas définis automatiquement, vous pourriez "
+ "avoir à les saisir vous-même."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr "Configuration manuelle des paramètres réseau"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -14259,21 +16812,26 @@
+ "Sinon, vous devez les demander à votre administrateur réseau ou rechercher "
+ "les paramètres de votre routeur ou commutateur réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr "Pour configurer manuellement vos paramètres réseau :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône réseau de la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+@@ -14283,7 +16841,8 @@
+ "et cliquez sur <gui>Configurer</gui>. Par exemple, si vous êtes connecté au "
+ "réseau par un câble, regardez dans <gui>Filaire</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14291,7 +16850,8 @@
+ "Vérifiez que votre carte sans fil est allumée, ou qu'un câble réseau est "
+ "connecté. Sinon, vous ne pourrez pas cliquer sur <gui>Configurer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+@@ -14299,7 +16859,8 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Paramètres IPv4</gui> et modifiez la <gui>Méthode</gui> "
+ "sur <gui>Manuel</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+@@ -14312,16 +16873,18 @@
+ "Appuyez à chaque fois sur <key>Entrée</key> ou sur <key>Tab</key> pour "
+ "valider chaque adresse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ces trois adresses doivent être des adresses IP ; c'est-à-dire qu'elles "
+-"doivent se composer de quatre nombres séparés par des points (comme "
+-"123.45.6.78)."
++"doivent se composer de quatre nombres séparés par des points (comme 123.45.6."
++"78)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+@@ -14329,7 +16892,8 @@
+ "Saisissez les adresses IP des serveurs DNS que vous souhaitez utiliser dans "
+ "les champs correspondants, en les séparant par des virgules."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+@@ -14340,7 +16904,8 @@
+ "les paramètres réseau en essayant d'aller sur un site Web ou en vous "
+ "connectant au partage de fichiers du réseau, par exemple."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+@@ -14349,11 +16914,13 @@
+ "connexion réseau pour permettre à chaque utilisateur de l'ordinateur de s'y "
+ "connecter."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr "Impossibilité pour les autres utilisateurs de se connecter à internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+@@ -14366,7 +16933,8 @@
+ "si vous avez une connexion sans fil, peut-être n'utilisent-ils pas la bonne "
+ "clé de sécurité sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+@@ -14378,7 +16946,8 @@
+ "vous n'avez à le faire qu'une seule fois et que chacun ensuite peut s'y "
+ "connecter sans avoir à répondre à des questions. Voici la procédure :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -14388,7 +16957,8 @@
+ "<gui>Sans fil</gui> dans la liste de gauche (en fonction de la connexion "
+ "réseau que vous souhaitez modifier)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14396,18 +16966,20 @@
+ "Dans la liste déroulante <gui>Nom de réseau</gui>, choisissez la connexion "
+ "que vous voulez partager avec d'autres et cliquez sur <gui>Configurer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cochez <gui>Disponible pour tous</gui> et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</"
+-"gui>. Vous devez saisir votre mot de passe administrateur pour enregistrer "
+-"les modifications. Seuls les <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">utilisateurs "
++"Cochez <gui>Disponible pour tous</gui> et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>."
++" Vous devez saisir votre mot de passe administrateur pour enregistrer les "
++"modifications. Seuls les <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">utilisateurs "
+ "ayant les privilèges d'administrateur</link> peuvent faire cela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+@@ -14415,7 +16987,8 @@
+ "Les autres utilisateurs de l'ordinateur peuvent maintenant utiliser cette "
+ "connexion sans aucune contrainte."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -14423,11 +16996,13 @@
+ "Vous devez décocher l'option <gui>Disponible pour tous</gui> dans les "
+ "paramètres de connexion du réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr "Connexions réseau non modifiables par d'autres utilisateurs"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -14442,7 +17017,8 @@
+ "elle mais que seuls les utilisateurs <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">avec "
+ "les droits d'administrateur</link> sont autorisés à modifier ses paramètres."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+@@ -14452,7 +17028,8 @@
+ "paramètres, seuls les utilisateurs habilités (administrateurs) peuvent être "
+ "autorisés à modifier la connexion."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -14465,11 +17042,13 @@
+ "utilisateurs de l'ordinateur. De cette façon, chacun peut configurer sa "
+ "propre connexion."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr "Arrêt du partage d'une connexion"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+@@ -14478,7 +17057,8 @@
+ "<gui>Sans fil</gui> dans la liste de gauche (en fonction de la connexion "
+ "réseau que vous souhaitez modifier)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+@@ -14488,7 +17068,8 @@
+ "que vous voulez laisser gérer et modifier par les autres et cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Options</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+@@ -14496,7 +17077,8 @@
+ "Vous devez saisir votre mot de passe administrateur pour modifier la "
+ "connexion. Seuls les administrateurs peuvent faire cela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+@@ -14505,7 +17087,8 @@
+ "gui>. Les autres utilisateurs peuvent maintenant gérer la connexion eux-"
+ "mêmes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+@@ -14515,11 +17098,13 @@
+ "fil</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">trouver votre réseau Wifi</"
+ "link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes réseau"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+@@ -14527,15 +17112,18 @@
+ "Un serveur mandataire filtre les sites Web que vous consultez, généralement "
+ "pour des raisons de contrôle ou de sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr "Définition des paramètres du serveur mandataire"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "Serveur mandataire"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -14552,11 +17140,13 @@
+ "vous interdire d'accéder à internet sans vous identifier, ou pour effectuer "
+ "des contrôles de sécurité de sites Web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Modification de la méthode du serveur mandataire"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -14564,13 +17154,15 @@
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Réseau</gui> et choisissez <gui>Serveur mandataire</gui> dans le "
+ "panneau de gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisissez la méthode de serveur mandataire que vous souhaitez utiliser "
+ "parmi les méthodes suivantes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+@@ -14578,12 +17170,15 @@
+ "Les applications utiliseront une connexion directe pour récupérer le contenu "
+ "du Web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Manuel"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+@@ -14593,11 +17188,13 @@
+ "d'un serveur mandataire et le port pour les protocoles. Les protocoles sont "
+ "<gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> et <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Automatique"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+@@ -14605,7 +17202,8 @@
+ "Un URL pointe vers une ressource, qui contient la configuration appropriée "
+ "pour votre système."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+@@ -14613,19 +17211,23 @@
+ "Les paramètres de serveur mandataire seront appliqués aux applications qui "
+ "utilisent une connexion réseau pour utiliser la configuration choisie."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr "Astuces générales à retenir sur l'utilisation d'internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Être en sécurité sur internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -14644,7 +17246,8 @@
+ "permet à tout expert de modifier et améliorer les éléments de sécurité de "
+ "chaque distribution."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+@@ -14654,7 +17257,8 @@
+ "sécurisée, il existe toujours des vulnérabilités. En tant qu'utilisateur "
+ "moyen d'internet, vous pouvez être encore à la merci des :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+@@ -14662,12 +17266,13 @@
+ "escroqueries à l'hameçonnage (sites Web et courriels qui tentent d'obtenir "
+ "des informations sensibles par tromperie),"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">transferts de courriels suspects</link>,"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">transferts de courriels suspects</link>,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -14675,7 +17280,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">applications ayant de mauvaises intentions "
+ "(virus)</link>,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -14683,13 +17289,15 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">accès à un réseau local/distant non "
+ "autorisé</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour rester à l'écart de tentatives de tromperies en ligne, gardez en "
+ "mémoire les conseils suivants :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+@@ -14697,7 +17305,8 @@
+ "Méfiez-vous des courriels, pièces jointes ou liens qui vous sont envoyés par "
+ "des gens que vous ne connaissez pas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+@@ -14710,20 +17319,22 @@
+ "sur les conséquences que cela pourrait avoir en matière d'usurpation "
+ "d'identité ou d'autres crimes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Faites attention de ne pas accorder de <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">permissions super utilisateur (root)</link> à n'importe quelle "
++"Faites attention de ne pas accorder de <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">permissions super utilisateur (root)</link> à n'importe quelle "
+ "application, notamment celles que vous n'avez encore jamais utilisées ou "
+ "celles qui ne sont pas très connues. Accorder à n'importe qui ou n'importe "
+ "quoi ces privilèges root expose votre ordinateur à de gros risques."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -14738,7 +17349,8 @@
+ "firewall-on-off\">pare-feu</link> pour vous protéger de tentatives "
+ "d'intrusions."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+@@ -14746,11 +17358,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Logiciel antivirus</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">pare-feu basiques</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Être en sécurité sur internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+@@ -14758,11 +17372,13 @@
+ "Il y a peut-être d'autres téléchargements en cours, vous avez une connexion "
+ "faible, ou c'est un moment de la journée très encombré."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "Ralentissement de la navigation internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+@@ -14770,7 +17386,8 @@
+ "Si vous surfez sur internet et qu'il vous semble lent, il peut y avoir "
+ "plusieurs raisons à ce ralentissement."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+@@ -14780,11 +17397,13 @@
+ "déconnecter puis reconnecter à internet (faire ceci réinitialise beaucoup de "
+ "choses qui pouvaient ralentir votre connexion)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Heures pleines de la journée</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -14804,26 +17423,31 @@
+ "ralentissement. Ceci se produit le plus souvent à des heures où vos voisins "
+ "sont sur internet (le soir par exemple)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Télécharger beaucoup de choses à la fois</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous (ou quelqu'un partageant votre connexion internet) êtes en train de "
+ "télécharger plusieurs fichiers à la fois, ou regardez des vidéos, votre "
+ "connexion internet peut ne pas être assez rapide pour satisfaire à la "
+ "demande. Dans ce cas, elle vous semblera ralentir."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Connexion erratique</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+@@ -14834,11 +17458,13 @@
+ "vous êtes dans un bar très fréquenté ou dans un centre de conférences, la "
+ "liaison internet peut être surchargée ou tout simplement devenir erratique."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Signal de connexion sans fil faible</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+@@ -14848,12 +17474,14 @@
+ "l'icône réseau dans la barre supérieure qui vous indique la qualité du "
+ "signal reçu. S'il est faible, la navigation internet peut être lente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em style=\"strong\">Utiliser une connexion internet mobile plus lente</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -14867,11 +17495,13 @@
+ "bascule automatiquement d'une « large bande mobile » rapide (comme la 3G) "
+ "vers une autre plus lente mais plus fiable (comme GPRS)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Le navigateur Web a un problème</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -14885,7 +17515,8 @@
+ "ouvert trop longtemps. Essayez de fermer toutes les fenêtres et de rouvrir "
+ "le navigateur ensuite pour voir s'il y a une différence."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+@@ -14893,11 +17524,13 @@
+ "Les VPN permettent une connexion à un réseau local en passant par internet. "
+ "Apprendre à configurer une connexion VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr "Connexion à un VPN"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -14921,7 +17554,8 @@
+ "personnes ne possédant pas les identifiants de votre réseau local d'y "
+ "accéder."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -14937,7 +17571,8 @@
+ "gestionnaire de paquets, recherchez le paquet <app>NetworkManager</app> qui "
+ "prend en charge votre VPN et installez-le."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+@@ -14949,11 +17584,13 @@
+ "fournisseur qui a fourni le logiciel du VPN. Il y a certainement aussi une "
+ "procédure à suivre pour le rendre opérationnel."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr "Une fois ceci fait, vous pouvez configurer votre connexion VPN :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+@@ -14961,19 +17598,22 @@
+ "Dans la liste de gauche, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> pour ajouter une "
+ "nouvelle connexion."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisissez <gui>VPN</gui> dans la liste de l'interface et cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Créer…</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</gui> et choisissez votre type de connexion VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+@@ -14982,7 +17622,8 @@
+ "saisissant les informations qui vous sont demandées, comme votre nom "
+ "d'utilisateur et votre mot de passe au fur et à mesure de votre avancement."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+@@ -14994,7 +17635,8 @@
+ "que vous venez de créer. Elle va essayer d'établir une connexion VPN - vous "
+ "verrez l'icône réseau changer pendant les tentatives."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+@@ -15006,7 +17648,8 @@
+ "sur l'icône réseau, ouvrez <gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui> et allez à "
+ "l'onglet <gui>VPN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+@@ -15014,16 +17657,19 @@
+ "Pour vous déconnecter du VPN, cliquez sur l'icône réseau dans la barre "
+ "supérieure et sur <gui>Déconnecter</gui> sous le nom de votre connexion VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une adresse IP ressemble à un numéro de téléphone pour votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "Adresse IP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+@@ -15032,7 +17678,8 @@
+ "Internet)</em>. Chaque périphérique connecté à un réseau (comme internet) en "
+ "possède une."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+@@ -15045,7 +17692,8 @@
+ "est une suite de chiffres unique qui identifie votre ordinateur pour qu'il "
+ "puisse envoyer et recevoir des données d'autres ordinateurs."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+@@ -15054,7 +17702,8 @@
+ "chiffres, chaque groupe étant séparé des autres par un point. Voici un "
+ "exemple d'adresse IP : <code>192.168.1.42</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -15070,7 +17719,8 @@
+ "statiques - les adresses statiques ne sont utilisées que dans des cas "
+ "spécifiques, comme pour l'administration d'un serveur par exemple."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+@@ -15078,15 +17728,18 @@
+ "Pour configurer la plupart des connexions câblées, il suffit de brancher un "
+ "câble réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr "Connexion à un réseau filaire (Ethernet)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour configurer la plupart des connexions filaires, tout ce que vous avez à "
+ "faire est de brancher un câble réseau. L'icône réseau de la barre supérieure "
+@@ -15094,7 +17747,8 @@
+ "transformer en un icône en forme de « prise » dès que la connexion est "
+ "établie."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -15111,7 +17765,8 @@
+ "configuration réseau). Parfois, une lumière à côté du port Ethernet indique "
+ "qu'il est connecté et actif."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+@@ -15122,7 +17777,8 @@
+ "bonne manière de procéder est de brancher les deux ordinateurs sur un hub "
+ "réseau, un routeur ou un commutateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+@@ -15132,7 +17788,8 @@
+ "ne prend pas en charge la configuration automatique (DHCP). Dans ce cas, "
+ "vous devez la <link xref=\"net-manual\">configurer manuellement</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+@@ -15140,11 +17797,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Connexions internet filaires</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">adresses IP fixes</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Réseau filaire"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+@@ -15152,11 +17811,13 @@
+ "Utiliser une connexion ad-hoc pour permettre aux autres périphériques de se "
+ "connecter à votre ordinateur et à ses connexions réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Création d'un point d'accès sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+@@ -15168,15 +17829,18 @@
+ "et vous autorise à partager une connexion internet fonctionnelle avec une "
+ "autre interface, comme un réseau filaire ou un réseau cellulaire."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Sans fil</gui> sur la gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Utiliser comme point d'accès</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+@@ -15188,7 +17852,8 @@
+ "se connecter à ou créer un seul réseau à la fois. Confirmez en cliquant sur "
+ "<gui>Créer un nouveau réseau sans fil</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+@@ -15199,15 +17864,18 @@
+ "Les autres périphériques ont besoin de ces informations pour se connecter au "
+ "réseau que vous venez de créer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr "Ouvrir les paramètres du réseau et basculer le mode avion sur « I »."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr "Désactivation du mode sans fil (mode avion)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+@@ -15219,7 +17887,8 @@
+ "Même chose si vous souhaitez le faire pour toute autre raison (pour "
+ "économiser la batterie par exemple). Pour faire cela :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+@@ -15228,7 +17897,8 @@
+ "toute connexion sans fil jusqu'à ce que vous basculiez à nouveau "
+ "l'interrupteur sur « O »."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+@@ -15236,15 +17906,18 @@
+ "L'utilisation du <gui>Mode avion</gui> désactive totalement les connexions "
+ "sans fil et bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Aller sur internet - sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr "Connexion à un réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+@@ -15255,7 +17928,8 @@
+ "capture pour aller naviguer sur internet, visionner des fichiers partagés "
+ "sur ce réseau, etc."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+@@ -15263,7 +17937,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône réseau dans la barre supérieure et sur le nom du réseau "
+ "auquel vous souhaitez vous connecter."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+@@ -15276,17 +17951,19 @@
+ "capture ou alors le réseau est <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">peut-être "
+ "masqué</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si le réseau est protégé par un mot de passe (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "wepwpa\">clé de chiffrement</link>), saisissez le mot de passe demandé et "
+ "cliquez sur <gui>Connexion</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+@@ -15296,14 +17973,16 @@
+ "émettrice, dans le manuel d'utilisation ou demandez-la à l'administrateur du "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'icône réseau va changer d'apparence au cours de la tentative de connexion."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+@@ -15311,11 +17990,11 @@
+ "reliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si la connexion aboutit, l'icône va se changer en un point avec plusieurs "
+-"traits courbes au-dessus. Le nombre de traits indique la puissance du "
+-"signal. S'il y a peu de traits, la connexion est faible et peut être "
+-"aléatoire."
++"traits courbes au-dessus. Le nombre de traits indique la puissance du signal."
++" S'il y a peu de traits, la connexion est faible et peut être aléatoire."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -15332,7 +18011,8 @@
+ "carte réseau sans fil, par exemple. Consultez <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting\"/> pour obtenir de l'aide."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -15347,7 +18027,8 @@
+ "une connexion internet</em> (comme un routeur ou un modem), mais ces deux "
+ "connexions sont différentes et vont chacune à leur propre vitesse."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+@@ -15355,11 +18036,13 @@
+ "Avoir un signal faible, ou ne pas pouvoir se connecter correctement au "
+ "réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr "Interruptions intempestives du réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -15372,11 +18055,13 @@
+ "arrive (l'icône réseau de la barre supérieure tourne ou clignote), mais ce "
+ "peut être gênant, notamment si vous étiez sur internet à ce moment là."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Signal sans fil faible"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -15391,7 +18076,8 @@
+ "d'autres obstacles entre vous et l'émetteur peuvent aussi affaiblir le "
+ "signal."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+@@ -15400,11 +18086,13 @@
+ "fil. Si elle vous semble faible, essayez de vous rapprocher de la base "
+ "émettrice."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr "Mauvaise connexion au réseau"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -15420,7 +18108,8 @@
+ "mais pour une raison inconnue, il n'a pas pu faire aboutir la connexion et "
+ "celle-ci a été interrompue."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+@@ -15430,11 +18119,13 @@
+ "l'interdiction de votre ordinateur sur le réseau (un nom d'utilisateur "
+ "manquant pendant l'identification par exemple)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Pilote ou périphérique réseau sans fil instables"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -15443,19 +18134,21 @@
+ "connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+ "very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Certains équipements pour réseau sans fil peuvent être quelque peu "
+-"instables. Les réseaux sans fil sont complexes et les cartes réseau comme "
+-"les émetteurs peuvent connaître parfois des problèmes mineurs et perdre la "
++"Certains équipements pour réseau sans fil peuvent être quelque peu instables."
++" Les réseaux sans fil sont complexes et les cartes réseau comme les "
++"émetteurs peuvent connaître parfois des problèmes mineurs et perdre la "
+ "connexion. C'est ennuyeux, mais cela arrive fréquemment avec beaucoup de "
+ "périphériques. S'il vous arrive d'être déconnecté de temps en temps du "
+ "réseau sans fil, ce peut être l'unique raison. Si cela vous arrive très "
+ "fréquemment, il serait bon d'envisager de changer de matériel."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Réseaux sans fil encombrés"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+@@ -15468,17 +18161,20 @@
+ "surchargés et n'arrivent plus à traiter toutes ces connexions, il y a donc "
+ "des ordinateurs qui se retrouvent déconnectés."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Apprendre ce que les options de modification de la fenêtre connexion sans "
+ "fil signifient."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr "Modification d'une connexion sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+@@ -15488,7 +18184,8 @@
+ "connexion sans fil. Pour modifier une connexion, sélectionnez-la dans les "
+ "paramètres du <gui>Réseau</gui> puis cliquez sur <gui>Options</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+@@ -15499,15 +18196,18 @@
+ "d'y toucher. Beaucoup de ces options sont là uniquement pour vous donner un "
+ "meilleur contrôle sur des réseaux plus sophistiqués."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs / Connexion automatique"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Connexion automatique"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -15515,7 +18215,8 @@
+ "Cochez cette option si vous voulez que votre ordinateur essaie de ce "
+ "connecter à ce réseau sans fil dès qu'il est dans son rayon de capture."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -15528,11 +18229,13 @@
+ "de celui-ci, même si un autre vient juste d'apparaître dans son rayon de "
+ "capture."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -15548,25 +18251,29 @@
+ "fois. Les autres utilisateurs pourront s'y connecter sans connaître ce mot "
+ "de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si cette option est cochée, seul <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">l'administrateur</link> est autorisé à modifier les paramètres de ce "
+-"réseau. Il doit s'identifier avec son mot de passe d'administrateur."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"Si cette option est cochée, seul <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">l'administrateur</link> est autorisé à modifier les paramètres de "
++"ce réseau. Il doit s'identifier avec son mot de passe d'administrateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -15578,18 +18285,20 @@
+ "moins d'avoir aussi changé le nom du réseau sans fil (comme par exemple en "
+ "modifiant les paramètres du routeur ou de votre box)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Mode"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utilisez cette option pour spécifier si vous voulez vous connecter à un "
+ "réseau d'<gui>Infrastructure</gui> (comme celui où les ordinateurs se "
+@@ -15599,7 +18308,8 @@
+ "infrastructure ; malgré tout, vous pouvez cependant souhaiter <link xref="
+ "\"net-adhoc\">créer votre propre réseau ad-hoc</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -15620,11 +18330,13 @@
+ "partageant le même canal ; ceci peut ralentir votre connexion et vous amener "
+ "à changer de canal."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -15640,11 +18352,13 @@
+ "wireless-hidden\">réseau est masqué</link>, il n'a pas de SSID, mais il a un "
+ "BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "Adresse MAC du périphérique"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -15656,16 +18370,20 @@
+ "Ethernet ou un routeur). Chaque périphérique susceptible d'être connecté à "
+ "un réseau possède une adresse MAC unique qui lui est attribuée en usine."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cette option vous permet de changer l'adresse MAC de votre carte réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Adresse MAC clonée"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -15681,11 +18399,13 @@
+ "<gui>adresse MAC clonée</gui>, le périphérique ou le service va penser que "
+ "votre ordinateur possède l'adresse MAC clonée plutôt que la vraie."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -15703,16 +18423,20 @@
+ "vitesse de transmission. Généralement, il est inutile de modifier ce "
+ "paramètre."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Sécurité sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Sécurité"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+@@ -15724,7 +18448,8 @@
+ "de sorte que personne ne peut ni « écouter » ni voir quels sites Web vous "
+ "visitez, entre autre."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -15741,11 +18466,13 @@
+ "wireless-wepwpa\"/> pour plus d'explications sur les types les plus courants "
+ "de chiffrement."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "Paramètres IPv4"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+@@ -15756,15 +18483,18 @@
+ "gui> pour voir les différentes possibilités d'obtenir/définir cette "
+ "information."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Les méthodes suivantes sont disponibles :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Automatique (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -15780,11 +18510,13 @@
+ "automatiquement les paramètres corrects. La plupart des réseaux fonctionnent "
+ "sur DHCP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Adresses automatiques uniquement (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+@@ -15794,7 +18526,8 @@
+ "automatiquement d'un serveur DHCP, mais vous devez configurer manuellement "
+ "les autres détails (comme le choix du serveur DNS à utiliser)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+@@ -15802,11 +18535,13 @@
+ "Choisissez cette option si vous souhaitez configurer tous vos paramètres "
+ "réseau vous-même, y compris l'adresse IP que votre ordinateur doit utiliser."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr "Lien-local uniquement"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -15821,8 +18556,10 @@
+ "connexion réseau, les ordinateurs décident entre eux quelles adresses IP ils "
+ "doivent utiliser, etc. Ce type de réseau est utile si vous souhaitez "
+ "connecter et faire communiquer temporairement quelques ordinateurs entre eux."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+@@ -15834,11 +18571,13 @@
+ "connections séparées, même si elles sont prises en charge par la même carte "
+ "réseau. Si l'une est active, vous pourriez désactiver l'autre."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "Paramètres IPv6"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+@@ -15848,7 +18587,8 @@
+ "standard qu'est l'IPv6. Les réseaux les plus modernes utilisent l'IPv6, mais "
+ "pour le moment l'IPv4 est encore le plus répandu."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+@@ -15856,11 +18596,13 @@
+ "Liaison sans fil arrêtée ou cassée ou trop de réseaux sans fil dans les "
+ "parages, ou alors vous êtes en dehors du rayon de capture."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr "Absence de mon réseau sans fil dans la liste"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+@@ -15870,17 +18612,20 @@
+ "votre réseau sans fil dans la liste des réseaux qui s'affiche quand vous "
+ "cliquez sur l'icône réseau dans la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+ "properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ "S'il n'y a aucun réseau dans la liste, c'est que votre périphérique sans fil "
+-"est éteint, ou qu'il ne <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting"
+-"\">fonctionne pas correctement</link>. Assurez-vous qu'il soit allumé."
++"est éteint, ou qu'il ne <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\">fonctionne pas correctement</link>. Assurez-vous qu'il "
++"soit allumé."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+@@ -15893,16 +18638,19 @@
+ "vers le bas et passez votre souris au-dessus pour dérouler le reste de la "
+ "liste des réseaux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous vous trouvez peut-être en dehors du rayon d'émission du réseau. Essayez "
+ "de vous rapprocher de l'émetteur sans fil et regardez si votre réseau "
+ "apparaît dans la liste au bout d'un moment."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+@@ -15913,15 +18661,17 @@
+ "vers un autre endroit, attendez une ou deux minutes et regardez si votre "
+ "réseau s'est affiché dans la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le réseau peut être masqué. Vous devez vous <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connecter différemment</link> si c'est un réseau masqué."
++"Le réseau peut être masqué. Vous devez vous <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connecter différemment</link> si c'est un réseau masqué."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+@@ -15929,11 +18679,13 @@
+ "Ouvrez les <gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui> et connectez-vous à un "
+ "<gui>Autre</gui> réseau sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr "Connexion à un réseau sans fil masqué"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+@@ -15946,18 +18698,21 @@
+ "liste des réseaux sans fil d'autres ordinateurs). Pour vous connecter à un "
+ "réseau sans fil masqué :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Sans fil</gui> dans la liste de gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez <gui>Autre</gui> dans la liste déroulante <gui>Nom de réseau</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+@@ -15965,18 +18720,20 @@
+ "Dans la boîte de dialogue qui s'affiche, saisissez le nom du réseau, "
+ "choisissez le type de sécurité sans fil et cliquez sur <gui>Connecter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour connaître le nom de réseau à saisir, regardez sur la station émettrice "
+ "ou le routeur. Il est parfois appelé <gui>BSSID</gui> (Basic Service Set "
+ "Identifier) et ressemble à ceci : <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+@@ -15984,7 +18741,8 @@
+ "Il vous faut aussi vérifier les paramètres de sécurité que la station "
+ "émettrice sans fil utilise. Recherchez des termes comme WEP et WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+@@ -15996,7 +18754,8 @@
+ "fait, ce n'est pas le cas ; ce réseau est un peu plus difficile à trouver, "
+ "mais il reste néanmoins détectable."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+@@ -16004,26 +18763,30 @@
+ "Vérifiez deux fois le mot de passe, essayez la clé de sécurité à la place du "
+ "mot de passe, éteignez la carte réseau sans fil et rallumez-la…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr "Pas de connexion possible, même avec le bon mot de passe"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous êtes sûr d'avoir saisi le bon <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">mot "
+ "de passe sans fil</link> mais que vous ne pouvez toujours pas vous connecter "
+ "à un réseau sans fil, essayez ceci :"
+ 
+ # Bruno ; english typo "you have TYPED the right"
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr "Vérifiez deux fois que vous avez saisi le bon mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+@@ -16033,11 +18796,13 @@
+ "ou en minuscules sont différentes), vérifiez donc que vous n'avez pas saisi "
+ "incorrectement une des lettres."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr "Essayez la clé de sécurité hex ou ASCII"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -16058,11 +18823,13 @@
+ "devez saisir les 40 caractères de la clé de sécurité d'une connexion "
+ "chiffrée en WEP)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Essayez d'éteindre et de rallumer votre carte réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+@@ -16073,11 +18840,13 @@
+ "de la rallumer pour la réinitialiser - consultez <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting\"/> pour plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr "Vérifiez que vous utilisez le bon type de sécurité sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -16092,11 +18861,13 @@
+ "savez pas lequel choisir, essayez par tâtonnement entre les différentes "
+ "possibilités jusqu'à trouver le bon."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr "Vérifiez que votre carte réseau sans fil est bien prise en charge"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -16113,15 +18884,17 @@
+ "(firmware)). Consultez <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> pour "
+ "plus d'informations."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr "Contributeurs du wiki de la documentation Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+@@ -16129,19 +18902,22 @@
+ "Certains pilotes de périphériques ne fonctionnent pas bien avec certains "
+ "adaptateurs sans fil, vous devez donc en trouver un meilleur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Dépannage du réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assurez-vous d'avoir des pilotes de périphériques fonctionnels installés"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -16159,13 +18935,16 @@
+ "pilotes qui soient fonctionnels avec votre adaptateur sans fil. Essayez ces "
+ "différentes possibilités :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vérifiez que votre adaptateur sans fil figure sur la liste des périphériques "
+ "pris en charge"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -16188,11 +18967,13 @@
+ "marque et modèle d'adaptateur sans fil y figure. En plus, vous y trouverez "
+ "certainement des informations pour faire fonctionner vos pilotes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr "Recherchez des pilotes propriétaires (binaires)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -16211,7 +18992,8 @@
+ "adaptateur sans fil pour vérifier s'il y a un pilote disponible compatible "
+ "avec Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+@@ -16221,11 +19003,13 @@
+ "restreints à votre place. Si c'est le cas avec votre distribution, utilisez-"
+ "le pour trouver vos pilotes sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr "Utilisez les pilotes Windows pour votre adaptateur"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -16246,11 +19030,12 @@
+ "d'utiliser des pilotes Windows sous Linux. Cela est utile car pratiquement "
+ "tous les adaptateurs ont des pilotes Windows disponibles, alors que ce n'est "
+ "pas le cas pour Linux. Pour en savoir plus sur NDISwrapper, consultez <link "
+-"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?"
+-"title=Main_Page\">ceci</link>. Notez que tous les adaptateurs ne "
+-"fonctionnent pas sous NDISwrapper."
++"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title="
++"Main_Page\">ceci</link>. Notez que tous les adaptateurs ne fonctionnent pas "
++"sous NDISwrapper."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+@@ -16262,7 +19047,8 @@
+ "bon marché et se branchent sur n'importe quel ordinateur. Vérifiez néanmoins "
+ "qu'il soit compatible avec votre distribution Linux avant d'en acheter un."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+@@ -16270,15 +19056,18 @@
+ "Même si votre adaptateur sans fil est connecté, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas "
+ "bien reconnu par l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Dépannage de la connexion sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Vérifier si l'adaptateur sans fil a été reconnu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+@@ -16288,7 +19077,8 @@
+ "bien reconnu comme un périphérique réseau par l'ordinateur. Cette étape est "
+ "une vérification de la compatibilité de votre périphérique."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+@@ -16298,7 +19088,8 @@
+ "<key>Entrée</key>. Si cette commande retourne une erreur, installez le "
+ "programme <app>lshw</app> sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+@@ -16309,7 +19100,8 @@
+ "correctement, vous devriez voir s'afficher quelque chose de similaire (mais "
+ "non d'identique) à ceci :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -16322,7 +19114,8 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+@@ -16331,7 +19124,8 @@
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">étape sur les pilotes de "
+ "périphérique</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -16345,11 +19139,13 @@
+ "votre ordinateur dispose (<link xref=\"#pci\">PCI interne</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"#usb\">USB</link>, <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptateur sans fil PCI (interne)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+@@ -16359,13 +19155,15 @@
+ "plupart des ordinateurs portables de ces dernières années. Pour vérifier que "
+ "votre adaptateur PCI interne a été reconnu :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez un terminal, saisissez <cmd>lspci</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -16381,13 +19179,19 @@
+ "<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> ou <code>802.11</"
+ "code>. Voici un exemple du retour de la commande :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+@@ -16400,18 +19204,19 @@
+ "adaptateur sans fil, consultez <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">les "
+ "instructions ci-dessous</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptateur sans fil USB"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les adaptateurs sans fil qui se branchent dans un port USB de votre "
+ "ordinateur sont moins courants. Ils se branchent directement dans un port "
+@@ -16420,13 +19225,15 @@
+ "vérifiez bien que votre adaptateur USB ne soit pas en fait un adaptateur 3G. "
+ "Pour vérifier si votre adaptateur sans fil USB a été reconnu :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez un terminal, saisissez <cmd>lsusb</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -16440,16 +19247,23 @@
+ "<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> ou <code>802.11</"
+ "code>. Voici un exemple du retour de cette commande :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Périphérique PCMCIA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+@@ -16460,22 +19274,27 @@
+ "Ils sont très répandus sur les vieux ordinateurs. Pour vérifier si votre "
+ "adaptateur PCMCIA a été reconnu :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+-msgstr "Démarrez votre ordinateur <em>sans</em> l'adaptateur sans fil branché,"
++msgstr ""
++"Démarrez votre ordinateur <em>sans</em> l'adaptateur sans fil branché,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "ouvrez un terminal et saisissez ce qui suit, puis appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+ "key> :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+@@ -16484,7 +19303,8 @@
+ "composant votre ordinateur et se met à jour automatiquement dès que quelque "
+ "chose change dans la composition."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+@@ -16495,7 +19315,8 @@
+ "informations concernant votre adaptateur sans fil. Recherchez-les pour les "
+ "identifier."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+@@ -16504,7 +19325,8 @@
+ "Pour arrêter ce processus dans le terminal, appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. Fermez ensuite le terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+@@ -16516,11 +19338,13 @@
+ "de périphériques</link>. Si vous n'avez rien trouvé, consultez les <link "
+ "xref=\"#not-recognized\">instructions ci-dessous</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "Adaptateur sans fil non reconnu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+@@ -16532,7 +19356,8 @@
+ "possibilité d'installer d'autres pilotes dépend du type de distribution "
+ "Linux que vous utilisez (comme Ubuntu, Fedora ou openSuSE)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+@@ -16542,7 +19367,8 @@
+ "distribution. Pensez aussi aux listes de diffusion et aux forums d'aide pour "
+ "poser des questions sur votre adaptateur sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -16550,11 +19376,13 @@
+ "Munissez vous de toutes informations utiles, comme le numéro de modèle de "
+ "votre adaptateur pour les étapes suivantes de dépannage."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr "Collecte d'informations sur votre matériel réseau"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -16571,7 +19399,8 @@
+ "l'ordinateur, comme le CD d'installation des pilotes par exemple. Recherchez "
+ "les éléments suivants, si vous les avez encore :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+@@ -16579,7 +19408,8 @@
+ "les emballages et les instructions de vos périphériques sans fil (notamment "
+ "le manuel utilisateur de votre routeur),"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+@@ -16587,7 +19417,8 @@
+ "le CD d'installation des pilotes de votre adaptateur (même s'il ne contient "
+ "que des pilotes pour Windows),"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+@@ -16597,7 +19428,8 @@
+ "ces informations sont généralement disponibles derrière ou dessous le "
+ "périphérique,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+@@ -16607,7 +19439,8 @@
+ "ou sur son emballage ; ceci peut être particulièrement utile, donc regardez "
+ "attentivement,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+@@ -16616,7 +19449,8 @@
+ "même, soit sa version de « micrologiciel » ou les composants (circuits) "
+ "qu'il utilise."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+@@ -16628,14 +19462,16 @@
+ "est (brancher votre ordinateur directement au routeur par un câble Ethernet "
+ "est une façon de faire, mais ne le faites que quand vous en avez besoin)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une fois collecté le plus possible de ces éléments, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Suivant</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -16643,11 +19479,13 @@
+ "S'assurer que les paramètres de base sont corrects et se préparer aux "
+ "quelques étapes de dépannage suivantes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Première vérification de la connexion"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+@@ -16660,7 +19498,8 @@
+ "éteint par exemple et à vous préparer aux quelques étapes de dépannage "
+ "suivantes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+@@ -16668,7 +19507,8 @@
+ "Vérifiez que votre ordinateur portable n'est pas connecté à une liaison "
+ "internet <em>filaire</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+@@ -16678,7 +19518,8 @@
+ "PCMCIA qui se branchent à votre ordinateur), vérifiez qu'il est fermement "
+ "inséré dans le bon logement de votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+@@ -16689,7 +19530,8 @@
+ "ordinateurs portables possèdent souvent un commutateur de réseau sans fil "
+ "que vous pouvez basculer à l'aide d'un raccourci clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+@@ -16699,13 +19541,15 @@
+ "« I ». Vérifiez aussi que le <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">mode avion "
+ "soit sur « O »</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez un terminal, saisissez <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -16722,7 +19566,8 @@
+ "adaptateur sans fil, c'est qu'il est opérationnel et connecté à votre "
+ "routeur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -16737,7 +19582,8 @@
+ "celles de votre FAI pour vous assurer que tous les paramètres sont corrects "
+ "et en dernier ressort contactez votre FAI pour obtenir de l'aide."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+@@ -16747,11 +19593,13 @@
+ "réseau, cliquez sur <gui>Suivant</gui> pour aller à l'étape suivante du "
+ "guide de dépannage."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr "Identifier et résoudre les problèmes de connexions sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+@@ -16762,7 +19610,8 @@
+ "connecter à un réseau sans fil quelle que soit la raison, essayez de suivre "
+ "ces instructions."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+@@ -16770,41 +19619,49 @@
+ "Nous allons passer par les étapes suivantes pour connecter votre ordinateur "
+ "à internet :"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "faire un premier contrôle,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "collecter les informations sur votre matériel,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "vérifier votre matériel,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr "tenter de créer une connexion vers votre routeur sans fil,"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr "vérifier votre modem et votre routeur."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour commencer, cliquez sur le lien <em>Suivant</em> en haut à droite de la "
+ "page. Ce lien, et les autres comme lui sur les pages suivantes vont vous "
+ "conduire à travers chaque étape de ce guide."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Utilisation de la ligne de commande"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+@@ -16814,7 +19671,8 @@
+ "un <em>terminal</em>. Vous pouvez trouvez l'application « Terminal » dans la "
+ "<gui>Vue d'ensemble des activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+@@ -16827,16 +19685,19 @@
+ "exactement comme elles s'affichent ici) et que vous devez confirmer chaque "
+ "commande en appuyant sur <key>Entrée</key> pour l'exécuter."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "WEP et WPA sont deux façons de chiffrer les données des réseaux sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr "Significations de WEP et WPA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -16852,7 +19713,8 @@
+ "Equivalent Privacy</em> et WPA <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 est "
+ "la deuxième version du standard WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -16866,39 +19728,44 @@
+ "des trois. Si votre carte réseau sans fil et votre routeur prennent en "
+ "charge WPA2, utilisez celui-là quand vous configurez votre réseau sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Se connecter au Wifi</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">réseaux masqués</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon"
+-"\">modifier les paramètres de connexion</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+-"disconnecting\">déconnexion</link>…"
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">réseaux masqués</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">modifier les paramètres de connexion</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-disconnecting\">déconnexion</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+ "accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Réseau sans fil</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+-"\">réseau filaire</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problèmes de connexion</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">navigation Web</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"email\">comptes de messagerie</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Réseau sans fil</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">réseau filaire</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problèmes de "
++"connexion</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">navigation Web</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-email\">comptes de messagerie</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Réseau, Web, courriel &amp; chat"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+@@ -16906,11 +19773,13 @@
+ "La durée de vie affichée lorsque vous cliquez sur l'<gui>icône de la "
+ "batterie</gui> est une estimation."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr "L'estimation de la durée de vie de la batterie est fausse"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+@@ -16922,14 +19791,15 @@
+ "n'est qu'une estimation. Normalement ces estimations s'améliorent avec le "
+ "temps."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un certain nombre de facteurs sont pris en compte pour estimer la durée de "
+ "vie restante d'une batterie. Le premier est la quantité de courant consommée "
+@@ -16939,7 +19809,8 @@
+ "ou convertir des fichiers musicaux par exemple). Cet état fluctue "
+ "constamment et est difficile à prévoir."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+@@ -16950,7 +19821,8 @@
+ "connaissance précise de la façon dont la batterie se décharge, seule une "
+ "grossière estimation de sa durée de vie restante peut être faite."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+@@ -16961,7 +19833,8 @@
+ "estimations de la durée de vie. Mais malgré tout, elles ne seront jamais "
+ "complètement fiables."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+@@ -16971,7 +19844,8 @@
+ "centaines de jours), c'est que le gestionnaire d'énergie ne possède sans "
+ "doute pas toutes les données pour faire une estimation intelligente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+@@ -16982,15 +19856,18 @@
+ "gestionnaire d'énergie doit maintenant être en mesure d'obtenir les données "
+ "dont il a besoin."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr "Conseils pour réduire la consommation d'énergie de votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr "Économie d'énergie et accroissement de la longévité de la batterie"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+@@ -16999,11 +19876,13 @@
+ "facture d'énergie et aidez à protéger l'environnement en appliquant quelques "
+ "stratégies simples."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Astuces générales"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+@@ -17013,37 +19892,38 @@
+ "quand vous ne l'utilisez pas. Cela réduit considérablement sa consommation "
+ "d'énergie et son réveil peut être très rapide."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be "
+-"using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer "
+-"regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Éteignez</link> votre ordinateur quand vous ne "
+-"l'utilisez pas pendant longtemps. Certains se demandent si l'éteindre "
+-"souvent ne risque pas de l'user prématurément, alors que les machines "
+-"modernes sont plutôt robustes et que cela n'est donc pas un problème."
+-
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change "
+-"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
+-"power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
+-"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
+-"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a "
+-"certain period of time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Utilisez les préférences de l'<gui>Énergie</gui> dans les <app>Paramètres "
+-"systèmes</app> pour modifier vos paramètres de gestion de l'énergie. "
+-"Certaines options participent à l'économie d'énergie : <link xref=\"display-"
+-"dimscreen\">assombrir automatiquement</link> l'affichage au bout d'un "
+-"certain temps ; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">réduire la luminosité de "
+-"l'affichage</link> (pour les portables) ; et <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+-"\">suspendre l'ordinateur</link> si vous ne l'utilisez plus depuis un "
+-"certain temps."
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Éteignez</link> l'ordinateur lorsque vous "
++"ne l'utilisez pas pendant longtemps. Certains se demandent si l'éteindre "
++"souvent ne risque pas de l'user prématurément, mais cela n'est pas le cas."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"Utilisez les préférences d'<gui>Énergie</gui> dans les <app>Paramètres</app> "
++"afin de modifier vos paramètres de gestion de l'énergie. Un certain nombre "
++"d'options participent à l'économie d'énergie : vous pouvez automatiquement "
++"assombrir l'affichage au bout d'un certain temps, réduire la luminosité de "
++"l'affichage (pour les ordinateurs portables) et <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatiquement suspendre</link> l'ordinateur si vous ne "
++"l'utilisez plus depuis un certain temps."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+@@ -17051,21 +19931,22 @@
+ "Éteignez tous les périphériques externes (comme les imprimantes et les "
+ "scanners) quand vous ne les utilisez pas."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:66(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr "Portables, tablettes et autres périphériques avec batteries"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+-"consumption."
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Réduire la luminosité de l'écran</link> ; "
+-"l'alimentation de l'écran représente une grosse partie de la consommation "
+-"d'énergie d'un ordinateur portable."
++"Réduire la luminosité de l'écran ; l'alimentation de l'écran représente une "
++"partie significative de la consommation d'énergie d'un ordinateur portable."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+@@ -17073,7 +19954,8 @@
+ "La plupart des ordinateurs portables possèdent des boutons sur le clavier "
+ "(ou un raccourci clavier) pour réduire la luminosité."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+@@ -17084,7 +19966,8 @@
+ "périphérique fonctionne avec des ondes radio, ce qui consomme pas mal "
+ "d'énergie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+@@ -17094,11 +19977,13 @@
+ "carte, alors que sur d'autres, vous avez un raccourci clavier pour faire la "
+ "même chose. Rallumez-la quand vous en avez besoin."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr "Astuces plus avancées"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+@@ -17106,7 +19991,8 @@
+ "Réduisez le nombre de tâches qui tournent en arrière-plan. Plus les "
+ "ordinateurs sont sollicités, plus ils consomment d'énergie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+@@ -17117,15 +20003,18 @@
+ "des données sur internet, celles qui lisent de la musique, des films "
+ "augmentent la consommation d'énergie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr "Conseils du genre « ne pas trop laisser la batterie se décharger »"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr "Utilisation optimale de la batterie de votre portable"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+@@ -17136,7 +20025,8 @@
+ "pouvez appliquer ces quelques conseils, même s'il ne faut pas en attendre "
+ "une très grosse différence."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -17150,15 +20040,17 @@
+ "plus efficace de la recharger quand elle n'est que partiellement vide, mais "
+ "cela peut être très néfaste si elle n'est que très peu déchargée."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La chaleur a un effet préjudiciable sur la capacité de charge de la "
+-"batterie. Ne la laissez pas chauffer au-delà du raisonnable."
++"La chaleur a un effet préjudiciable sur la capacité de charge de la batterie."
++" Ne la laissez pas chauffer au-delà du raisonnable."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+@@ -17168,7 +20060,8 @@
+ "très intéressant d'acheter une seconde batterie pour la garder en secours - "
+ "attendez plutôt d'avoir besoin de la remplacer pour en acheter une neuve."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+@@ -17178,17 +20071,20 @@
+ "sont les plus répandues. D'autres types de batteries peuvent bénéficier de "
+ "comportements différents."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Certains ordinateurs portables ralentissent automatiquement quand ils "
+ "passent sur batterie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr "Ralentissement de l'ordinateur portable fonctionnant sur batterie"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+@@ -17200,13 +20096,15 @@
+ "(CPU) se commute sur un cadencement inférieur pour consommer moins d'énergie "
+ "et faire durer la batterie plus longtemps."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cette fonction est appelée <em>gestion de la fréquence d'horloge du "
+ "processeur</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+@@ -17214,11 +20112,13 @@
+ "Des améliorations apportées par le constructeur et des estimations de durée "
+ "de vie de la batterie divergentes peuvent causer ce problème."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr "Durée de vie de la batterie inférieure à celle sous Windows/Mac OS"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -17236,7 +20136,8 @@
+ "spécifiques et ne sont pas documentées, donc les intégrer à Linux est "
+ "quelque chose de compliqué."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -17251,7 +20152,8 @@
+ "batteryslow\">processeur à cadencement variable</link>, si disponible sur "
+ "votre ordinateur, peut être utile."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+@@ -17263,17 +20165,20 @@
+ "Autrement dit, pour une durée de vie potentiellement équivalente, ces "
+ "estimations peuvent être différentes."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour économiser l'énergie, les ordinateurs portables se mettent en veille "
+ "quand vous rabattez l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr "Mise en veille de l'ordinateur quand l'écran est rabattu"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -17288,7 +20193,8 @@
+ "la souris ou d'appuyer sur une touche. Si ça ne marche toujours pas, appuyez "
+ "sur le bouton de mise en marche."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -17305,11 +20211,13 @@
+ "problème de la mise en veille</link>, soit d'empêcher la mise en veille "
+ "quand vous rabattez l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr "Désactivation de la mise en veille à la fermeture de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+@@ -17320,7 +20228,8 @@
+ "l'ordinateur à éteindre l'écran au lieu de le mettre en veille lors de la "
+ "fermeture du couvercle :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+@@ -17330,7 +20239,8 @@
+ "portables peuvent surchauffer s'ils restent allumés avec le couvercle "
+ "rabattu, notamment s'ils sont dans un espace confiné comme un sac à dos."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17338,7 +20248,8 @@
+ "Pour modifier le paramètre d'utilisation sur batterie, saisissez cette "
+ "commande et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -17346,7 +20257,8 @@
+ "Pour modifier le paramètre d'utilisation sur secteur, saisissez cette "
+ "commande et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+@@ -17354,11 +20266,13 @@
+ "Il manque une application de contrôle du ventilateur, ou bien votre "
+ "ordinateur portable devient trop chaud."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr "Fonctionnement en continu du ventilateur du portable"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -17374,7 +20288,8 @@
+ "disponible pour Linux) et les ventilateurs tournent ainsi à pleine vitesse "
+ "en permanence."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -17392,7 +20307,8 @@
+ "et vous devrez sans doute demander des avis éclairés avant de le faire sur "
+ "votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -17409,17 +20325,20 @@
+ "Vous pouvez aussi acquérir des accessoires de refroidissement "
+ "supplémentaires qui peuvent aider."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported.."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'hibernation est désactivée par défaut car elle n'est pas bien prise en "
+ "charge."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "Hibernation de mon ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+@@ -17432,7 +20351,8 @@
+ "rallumez, vous retrouvez toutes vos applications et documents ouverts en "
+ "l'état."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+@@ -17445,15 +20365,18 @@
+ "s'ouvrent à nouveau lorsque votre ordinateur se rallume. C'est pourquoi "
+ "l'hibernation est désactivée par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Test du bon fonctionnement de l'hibernation"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr "Toujours enregistrer votre travail avant une hibernation"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -17462,14 +20385,16 @@
+ "Enregistrez tout votre travail avant l'hibernation de l'ordinateur pour "
+ "éviter toute mauvaise surprise au redémarrage."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez utiliser la ligne de commande pour vérifier si l'hibernation "
+ "fonctionne sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+@@ -17479,15 +20404,17 @@
+ "<key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> ou en recherchant le  <input>terminal</"
+ "input> dans le <gui>dash</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez l'application <app>Terminal</app> à partir de la <gui>vue d'ensemble "
+-"des activités</gui>."
++"Ouvrez l'application <app>Terminal</app> en recherchant <input>terminal</"
++"input> à partir de la <gui>Vue d'ensemble des activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -17495,11 +20422,13 @@
+ "En tant que root, saisissez la commande <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> dans le "
+ "terminal et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Saisissez votre mot de passe lorsque vous y êtes invité."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+@@ -17507,7 +20436,8 @@
+ "Après l'extinction de votre ordinateur, rallumez-le. Est-ce que vos "
+ "applications sont ouvertes à nouveau ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+@@ -17515,11 +20445,13 @@
+ "Si l'hibernation ne fonctionne pas, vérifiez si votre partition swap est au "
+ "moins aussi grande que la RAM disponible."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Autorisation de l'hibernation"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+@@ -17527,7 +20459,8 @@
+ "Si le test d'hibernation fonctionne, vous pouvez continuer à utiliser la "
+ "commande <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> quand vous voulez hiberner."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+@@ -17539,7 +20472,8 @@
+ "polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. "
+ "Ajoutez la ligne suivante dans fichier et enregistrez :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+@@ -17547,11 +20481,13 @@
+ "Les ordinateurs produisent généralement de la chaleur, mais au-dessus d'une "
+ "certaine température, ils peuvent surchauffer et être endommagés."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr "Surchauffe de l'ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+@@ -17564,7 +20500,8 @@
+ "extrêmement chaud, ce peut être un signe de surchauffe et un facteur "
+ "potentiel de dégâts."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -17586,7 +20523,8 @@
+ "refroidissement supplémentaires qui se positionnent sous le boîtier du "
+ "portable et améliorent la dissipation thermique."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -17604,7 +20542,8 @@
+ "confiné (comme un placard) le système de refroidissement ne peut pas évacuer "
+ "la chaleur et aspirer de l'air frais assez vite."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -17621,7 +20560,8 @@
+ "d'un médecin. Vous pouvez aussi tout simplement choisir de ne pas garder "
+ "trop longtemps votre ordinateur portable sur les genoux."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+@@ -17632,15 +20572,18 @@
+ "surchauffe pour éviter des dégâts. Si cela vous arrive fréquemment, cela "
+ "peut être la raison et il faudra sans doute envisager des réparations."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr "Laisser la batterie se décharger complètement est néfaste pour elle."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr "Extinction/hibernation en dessous de 10% de batterie"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -17654,7 +20597,8 @@
+ "l'endommagerait). D'autre part, si la batterie flanchait subitement, il "
+ "n'aurait pas le temps de s'éteindre correctement."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -17670,7 +20614,8 @@
+ "en hibernation ou l'éteindre. Si vous choisissez l'extinction, vos documents "
+ "<em>ne seront pas</em> enregistrés avant que l'ordinateur ne s'éteigne."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -17685,7 +20630,8 @@
+ "Toutefois, il vous est possible de <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">résoudre "
+ "les problèmes d'hibernation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+@@ -17693,11 +20639,13 @@
+ "Problèmes relatifs à certains périphériques sans fil qui après une sortie de "
+ "veille de votre ordinateur, ne se réveillent pas correctement."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr "Absence de réseau sans fil à la sortie de veille de l'ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -17713,28 +20661,33 @@
+ "fonctions d'économie d'énergie. Concrètement, la connexion sans fil ne se "
+ "rétablit pas toute seule au réveil de l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si cela se produit, essayez d'éteindre et de rallumer votre carte réseau "
+ "sans fil :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Paramètres "
+-"système</gui>"
++"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
++"<gui>Paramètres</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Réseau</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Sans fil</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Éteignez et rallumez votre carte réseau sans fil"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -17742,7 +20695,8 @@
+ "Si le réseau sans fil ne fonctionne toujours pas, activez le <gui>Mode "
+ "avion</gui> puis désactivez-le à nouveau."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+@@ -17750,44 +20704,8 @@
+ "Si vous n'y arrivez pas, redémarrer votre ordinateur devrait rétablir le "
+ "réseau sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/power-off.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, you can see only the <gui>Suspend</gui> option, but it is also "
+-"possible to power off your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Par défaut, vous pouvez seulement voir l'option <gui>Mettre en veille</gui>, "
+-"mais il est aussi possible d'éteindre votre ordinateur."
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "How do I switch off my computer?"
+-msgstr "Extinction de mon ordinateur"
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+-msgstr "Pour éteindre votre ordinateur :"
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar"
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure"
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Power Off</gui>"
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Éteindre</gui>"
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:44(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+-"have a battery, if your battery low or does not hold charge well. A powered "
+-"off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</link> "
+-"than one which is suspended."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pourriez vouloir éteindre votre ordinateur si vous souhaitez le "
+-"déplacer et que vous n'avez pas de batterie, si votre batterie est faible ou "
+-"ne tient pas bien la charge. Un ordinateur utilise <link xref=\"power-"
+-"batterylife\">moins d'énergie</link> lorsqu'il est éteint que lorsqu'il est "
+-"en veille."
+-
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+@@ -17795,13 +20713,15 @@
+ "Votre ordinateur va fonctionner, mais il vous faudra peut-être un câble de "
+ "secteur différent, ou un adaptateur secteur de voyage."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Est-ce que mon ordinateur fonctionnera avec une alimentation électrique d'un "
+ "autre pays ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+@@ -17814,7 +20734,8 @@
+ "alimentations électriques de tous ces pays à condition d'avoir l'adaptateur "
+ "secteur adéquat. Parfois, vous devrez aussi basculer un commutateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+@@ -17826,15 +20747,16 @@
+ "prises de courant différentes et vous avez sans doute déjà la bonne. Sinon, "
+ "utiliser un adaptateur secteur de voyage est amplement suffisant."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous possédez un ordinateur de bureau, vous pouvez aussi acquérir un "
+ "câble avec la prise adéquate ou utiliser un adaptateur de voyage. Par "
+@@ -17845,7 +20767,8 @@
+ "il doit y avoir un petit commutateur marqué « 110V » ou « 230V » (par "
+ "exemple). Basculez-le si nécessaire."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+@@ -17853,15 +20776,18 @@
+ "Soyez prudent si vous changez les câbles d'alimentation ou quand vous "
+ "utilisez des adaptateurs de voyage. Éteignez tout d'abord si vous le pouvez."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr "Problèmes de veille ou d'hibernation de certains périphériques."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr "Pourquoi mon ordinateur ne sort pas de veille après une suspension ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+@@ -17874,11 +20800,13 @@
+ "devrait, c'est sans doute que les fonctions suspendre/hiberner ne sont pas "
+ "très bien prises en charge par votre matériel."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr "Mon ordinateur est mis en veille et ne se réveille pas"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+@@ -17891,7 +20819,8 @@
+ "le cas, essayez d'appuyer sur le bouton de mise en marche (ne le maintenez "
+ "pas enfoncé, appuyez juste une fois)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+@@ -17899,10 +20828,11 @@
+ "Si cela ne change rien, vérifiez que votre moniteur est allumé et appuyez "
+ "une nouvelle fois sur une touche du clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+ "should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En dernier ressort, éteignez l'ordinateur en maintenant le bouton de mise en "
+@@ -17910,7 +20840,8 @@
+ "travail non enregistré. Vous pouvez cependant rallumer ensuite votre "
+ "ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+@@ -17918,7 +20849,8 @@
+ "Si cela se produit à chaque fois que votre ordinateur se met en veille, "
+ "c'est que cette fonction n'est pas compatible avec votre matériel."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+@@ -17926,20 +20858,22 @@
+ "Si votre ordinateur perd de l'énergie et n'a pas de source d'énergie "
+ "alternative (comme une batterie fonctionnelle), il s'éteindra."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr "Pas d'application/document ouvert au redémarrage de l'ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si l'hibernation se passe mal, aucun document ni application ne s'ouvre "
+ "quand vous rallumez l'ordinateur. Parfois, ceci est dû à un petit problème "
+@@ -17948,7 +20882,8 @@
+ "nécessite un redémarrage de l'ordinateur ; dans ce cas, l'ordinateur s'est "
+ "peut-être éteint au lieu d'hiberner."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -17962,7 +20897,8 @@
+ "Si c'est le cas, alors il y a sans doute un problème lié aux pilotes de "
+ "votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+@@ -17970,13 +20906,14 @@
+ "Connexion sans fil (ou autre périphérique) non fonctionnelle à la sortie de "
+ "veille"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "S'il arrive qu'en sortie de veille ou d'hibernation, votre connexion "
+ "internet, votre souris ou tout autre périphérique ne fonctionne plus "
+@@ -17985,7 +20922,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problème du pilote</link>, pas du "
+ "périphérique lui-même."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+@@ -17997,7 +20935,8 @@
+ "liaison USB ou autre, débranchez-le puis rebranchez pour voir s'il "
+ "fonctionne."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+@@ -18005,17 +20944,20 @@
+ "S'il n'est pas possible d'éteindre ou de débrancher le périphérique, ou s'il "
+ "ne fonctionne toujours pas, redémarrez l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La mise en veille désactivera la plupart des fonctionnalités de votre "
+ "ordinateur afin qu'il utilise moins d'énergie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "Que se passe-t-il lorsque je mets en veille mon ordinateur ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -18031,7 +20973,8 @@
+ "réveiller, appuyez sur une touche ou bougez la souris. Si cela ne fonctionne "
+ "pas, appuyez sur le bouton de mise en marche."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+@@ -18043,11 +20986,13 @@
+ "hibernation</link>. Testez la fonction mise en veille sur le votre pour voir "
+ "si elle fonctionne."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr "Toujours enregistrer votre travail avant une mise en veille"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -18056,7 +21001,8 @@
+ "Enregistrez tout votre travail avant toute mise en veille de l'ordinateur "
+ "pour éviter toute mauvaise surprise au redémarrage."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+@@ -18064,12 +21010,14 @@
+ "La luminosité de l'écran d'un ordinateur portable diminue après inactivité "
+ "pour économiser l'énergie quand il est sur batterie."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Diminution de la luminosité de l'écran après un certain temps d'inactivité"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+@@ -18079,11 +21027,13 @@
+ "inactivité pour économiser l'énergie quand il est sur batterie. Dès que vous "
+ "l'utilisez à nouveau, l'écran se ravive."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr "Vous pouvez empêcher l'écran de diminuer sa luminosité tout seul :"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+@@ -18091,17 +21041,20 @@
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Luminosité &amp; verrouillage</gui> et désactivez <gui>Diminuer "
+ "la luminosité pour économiser la batterie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Des câbles mal branchés ou des problèmes de matériel sont des raisons "
+ "probables."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr "Mise en marche de l'ordinateur impossible"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+@@ -18109,11 +21062,13 @@
+ "Si votre ordinateur refuse de se mettre en marche, voici un bref aperçu des "
+ "diverses raisons possibles."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr "Ordinateur non branché, batterie vide, câble mal branché"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -18127,12 +21082,15 @@
+ "allumé aussi. Si c'est un ordinateur portable, branchez le chargeur (au cas "
+ "où la batterie soit vide). Vérifiez aussi que la batterie est correctement "
+ "en place dans son logement (regardez sous l'ordinateur) si elle est amovible."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Problème de matériel"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+@@ -18144,11 +21102,13 @@
+ "composants mal enclenchés (comme une barrette mémoire/RAM) ou une carte mère "
+ "défectueuse sont les raisons les plus courantes."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr "Bips et extinction de l'ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -18165,16 +21125,19 @@
+ "fabricant de l'ordinateur, consultez donc le manuel de la carte mère de "
+ "votre ordinateur ou emmenez-le chez un réparateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr "Ventilateurs en fonctionnement, mais pas d'affichage"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr "Vérifiez d'abord que votre moniteur est branché et allumé."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+@@ -18184,100 +21147,120 @@
+ "bouton de mise en marche, les ventilateurs se mettent à tourner, mais le "
+ "reste ne fonctionne pas. Emmenez votre ordinateur chez un réparateur."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power "
+-"off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspendre</link>, <link xref=\"power-off"
+-"\">éteindre</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">diminuer de la luminosité de "
+-"l'écran</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspendre</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">éteindre</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">diminution de "
++"la luminosité de l'écran</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Énergie &amp; batterie"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Paramètres de la batterie"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes d'énergie"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes relatifs à l'énergie et aux batteries."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>…"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Arrière-plan</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">taille et rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">luminosité</link>…"
++"resolution\">taille et rotation</link>, luminosité…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Affichage &amp; écran"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Langue</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">région et formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">agencement du "
+-"clavier</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Langue</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">région et formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">agencement du clavier</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Paramétrages"
+ 
+ # luc: ask: '...' vs ', etc.'
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Clavier</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">souris</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">écran</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">langues</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">comptes utilisateurs</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">écran</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">langues</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">comptes "
++"utilisateurs</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Préférences utilisateur &amp; système"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr "Imprimer en recto verso ou de plusieurs pages sur une même feuille."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr "Impression recto verso et agencement multi-pages"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr "Pour imprimer sur le recto et le verso de chaque feuille de papier :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+@@ -18288,7 +21271,8 @@
+ "menu n'est pas disponible, alors l'impression recto verso n'est pas possible "
+ "avec votre imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+@@ -18296,7 +21280,8 @@
+ "Les imprimantes gèrent le recto verso de différentes manières. C'est une "
+ "bonne idée de tester la vôtre pour connaître sa façon d'opérer."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+@@ -18304,7 +21289,8 @@
+ "On peut aussi imprimer plus d'une page d'un document par <em>côté</em> d'une "
+ "feuille en utilisant l'option <gui>Pages par côté</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+@@ -18314,7 +21300,8 @@
+ "aussi bien que de l'application utilisée. Ces options peuvent ne pas "
+ "toujours être disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+@@ -18322,11 +21309,13 @@
+ "Imprimer des brochures reliées (à la manière d'un livre) à partir de "
+ "feuilles de taille A4/Letter standard."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr "Impression de brochure reliées"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+@@ -18336,15 +21325,19 @@
+ "imprimant les pages d'un document dans un certain ordre et en modifiant "
+ "quelques options d'impression."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ces instructions permettent d'imprimer un livret à partir d'un document PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+@@ -18357,11 +21350,13 @@
+ "que le document contient un multiple de 4 pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). Sinon, "
+ "rajoutez autant de pages blanches pour obtenir un multiple de 4."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr "Pour imprimer une brochure :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -18369,8 +21364,9 @@
+ "Allez à l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>. Sous <em>Plage</em>, choisissez "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+@@ -18378,32 +21374,41 @@
+ "Saisissez les numéros de pages dans cet ordre (n est le nombre total de "
+ "pages et un multiple de 4) :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr "Exemples :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr "brochure de 4 pages : saisissez <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr "brochure de 8 pages : saisissez <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+@@ -18411,11 +21416,13 @@
+ "brochure de 20 pages : saisissez "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Maintenant, allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+@@ -18423,61 +21430,73 @@
+ "Sous <em>Agencement</em>, dans l'option <gui>Recto verso</gui> choisissez "
+ "<gui>Bord court (retourné)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Dans l'option <gui>Pages par côté</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le menu <gui>Ordre des pages</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>De gauche à "
+ "droite</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr "Impression d'une brochure avec une imprimante simple face"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr "Pour imprimer :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr "Sous <em>Plage</em>, choisissez <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr "… jusqu'à ce que vous ayez saisi toutes les pages."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "brochure de 12 pages : saisissez <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "brochure de 16 pages : saisissez "
+ "<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+@@ -18485,17 +21504,20 @@
+ "Sous <em>Agencement</em>, dans le menu <gui>Recto verso</gui>, sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Recto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Dans le menu <gui>Pages par côté</gui>, choisissez <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le menu <gui>Imprimer seulement</gui>, choisissez <gui>Pages impaires</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+@@ -18503,28 +21525,33 @@
+ "Lorsque toutes les pages sont imprimées, retournez-les et remettez-les dans "
+ "le bac de l'imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le menu <gui>Imprimer seulement</gui>, choisissez <gui>Pages paires</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Comment imprimer une brochure de plusieurs pages avec du papier au format A4 "
+ "ou au format Letter."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr "Impression d'une brochure"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr "Vous pouvez imprimer une brochure à partir d'un PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+@@ -18534,7 +21561,8 @@
+ "nombre de pages blanches nécessaires (1,2 ou 3) pour avoir un multiple de 4. "
+ "Pour ce faire, vous pouvez :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+@@ -18542,7 +21570,8 @@
+ "créer un document <app>LibreOffice</app> avec le nombre nécessaire (1-3) de "
+ "pages blanches,"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -18550,7 +21579,8 @@
+ "exporter les pages blanches en PDF en sélectionnant <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
+ "gui><gui>Exporter en PDF…</gui></guiseq>,"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+@@ -18558,40 +21588,99 @@
+ "fusionner les pages blanches avec votre document PDF avec <app>PDF-Shuffler</"
+ "app> ou <app>PDF Mod</app> en plaçant les pages blanches à la fin."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisissez le type d'imprimante que vous utilisez dans la liste ci-dessous :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr "Annuler une impression en attente et la retirer de la file."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "Annuler, mettre sur pause, ou lancer une impression"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez annuler une tâche d'impression en attente et la supprimer de la "
++"file dans les paramètres d'impression."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Annulation d'une impression"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous lancez involontairement une impression, vous pouvez l'annuler "
+-"rapidement pour ne pas gaspiller du papier et de l'encre. Cliquez sur "
+-"l'icône imprimante de la barre supérieure puis sur <gui>Annuler</gui>."
++"rapidement afin d'éviter de gaspiller du papier et de l'encre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "Comment annuler une impression :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Afficher les tâches</gui> à droite de la boîte de "
++"dialogue <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++"Annulez la tâche d'impression en cliquant sur le bouton stop des symboles "
++"lecture-pause-arrêt."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si cette action n'arrête pas l'impression, maintenez enfoncé le bouton "
+-"<gui>Annuler</gui> de votre imprimante."
++"Si cette action n'annule pas l'impression comme vous vous y attendiez, "
++"maintenez enfoncé le bouton <gui>Annuler</gui> de votre imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -18605,7 +21694,8 @@
+ "et vous pouvez ensuite soit essayer d'annuler à nouveau l'impression, soit "
+ "carrément éteindre et rallumer l'imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+@@ -18615,17 +21705,46 @@
+ "s'il faut tirer fort pour sortir le papier, alors il serait plus prudent de "
+ "le laisser là où il est."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "Mise sur pause et lancement d'une impression"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"Si vous souhaitez mettre une tâche d'impression sur pause ou que vous en "
++"lancez une, rendez-vous sur la boîte de dialogue dans les paramètres "
++"d'impression et cliquez sur le bouton correspondant."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Afficher les tâches</gui> à droite de la boîte de "
++"dialogue <gui>Imprimantes</gui> et mettez sur pause ou lancez la tâche "
++"d'impression selon vos besoins."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Imprimer un document sur un format de papier différent ou avec une "
+ "orientation différente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr "Modification du format de papier pour l'impression"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+@@ -18635,15 +21754,19 @@
+ "exemple imprimer un PDF au format US Letter ou sur du papier A4), vous "
+ "pouvez modifier son format d'impression."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+@@ -18651,36 +21774,44 @@
+ "Dans la colonne <em>Papier</em>, choisissez votre <em>Type de papier</em> "
+ "dans le menu déroulant."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimer</gui> et vous obtenez votre document au format "
+ "voulu."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez aussi changer l'orientation dans le menu <gui>Orientation</gui> :"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Portrait"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Paysage"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Portrait inversé"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Paysage inversé"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+@@ -18688,11 +21819,13 @@
+ "Assurez-vous d'avoir bien positionné l'enveloppe ou l'étiquette dans le bon "
+ "sens et d'avoir sélectionné la bonne taille de papier."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Impression d'enveloppes et d'étiquettes"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+@@ -18702,19 +21835,21 @@
+ "enveloppe ou sur une feuille d'étiquettes. C'est particulièrement "
+ "intéressant si vous avez notamment beaucoup de lettres à expédier."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Impression sur des enveloppes"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous devez vérifier deux choses avant de lancer l'impression sur une "
+ "enveloppe. Premièrement, assurez-vous que votre imprimante connaît le format "
+@@ -18725,7 +21860,8 @@
+ "d'enveloppe disponible (par exemple « C5 »). Le format de l'enveloppe est "
+ "normalement indiqué sur son emballage ; la plupart sont standardisées."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+@@ -18735,28 +21871,36 @@
+ "Ensuite, vérifiez que les enveloppes sont chargées dans le bon sens dans le "
+ "bac de l'imprimante. Consultez le manuel de l'imprimante, ou faites un essai "
+ "sur une seule enveloppe pour être sûr du sens dans lequel il faut les mettre."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quelques imprimantes ne sont pas faites pour imprimer des enveloppes, "
+ "notamment les imprimantes laser. Consultez le manuel de la vôtre pour en "
+ "être sûr ; sinon, vous risquez de l'endommager en y chargeant des enveloppes."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+-msgstr "Vérifier le niveau d'encre ou de toner des cartouches de l'imprimante."
++msgstr ""
++"Vérifier le niveau d'encre ou de toner des cartouches de l'imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Comment vérifier le niveau d'encre ou de toner des cartouches de mon "
+ "imprimante ?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+@@ -18766,7 +21910,8 @@
+ "dépend de son modèle, de sa marque et des pilotes et applications installés "
+ "sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+@@ -18774,7 +21919,8 @@
+ "Quelques imprimantes ont un petit écran intégré qui affiche l'état des "
+ "niveaux et d'autres informations."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+@@ -18785,13 +21931,14 @@
+ "D'autres fabricants sont susceptibles de fournir des pilotes propriétaires "
+ "avec des fonctionnalités similaires."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une autre possibilité consiste à installer une application de gestion ou de "
+ "contrôle des niveaux d'encre. <app>Inkblot</app> affiche les niveaux d'encre "
+@@ -18801,7 +21948,8 @@
+ "<app>mktink</app> est une autre application pour les imprimantes Epson et "
+ "quelques autres."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+ "designed to report their ink levels."
+@@ -18809,19 +21957,103 @@
+ "Quelques imprimantes ne sont pas encore bien prises en charge par Linux et "
+ "d'autres ne sont pas conçues pour retourner leur niveau d'encre."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Modification du nom ou de l'emplacement d'une imprimante dans les paramètres "
++"d'impression."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "Modification du nom ou de l'emplacement d'une imprimante."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez modifier le nom ou l'emplacement d'une imprimante dans les "
++"paramètres d'impression."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous devez posséder les privilèges d'administrateur système pour modifier le "
++"nom ou l'emplacement d'une imprimante."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "Modifier le nom de l'imprimante"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++"Si vous souhaitez modifier le nom d'une imprimante, veuillez effectuer les "
++"étapes suivantes :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <key>Déverrouiller</key> en haut à droite et saisissez "
++"votre mot de passe."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"En cliquant sur le nom, vous pouvez commencer à modifier le nom de "
++"l'imprimante."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour enregistrer les modifications."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement de l'imprimante"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "Pour modifier l'emplacement de votre imprimante :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "En cliquant sur l'emplacement, vous pouvez commencer à le modifier."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
+ msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr "Rassembler des copies et inverser l'ordre d'impression."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr "Inversion de l'ordre d'impression"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr "Inversion"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+@@ -18832,11 +22064,13 @@
+ "l'ordre inverse et dans le bon sens quand vous les prenez. Si besoin est, "
+ "vous pouvez inverser cet ordre."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr "Pour inverser l'ordre :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+@@ -18845,11 +22079,13 @@
+ "<em>Copies</em>, cochez la case <gui>Inverser</gui>. La dernière page se "
+ "retrouve imprimée en premier et ainsi de suite."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Rassemblement"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -18863,11 +22099,13 @@
+ "lieu de cela, la fonction <em>Rassembler</em> va faire en sorte que chaque "
+ "copie du document sorte avec toutes ses pages regroupées dans le bon ordre."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "Pour rassembler :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+@@ -18875,7 +22113,8 @@
+ "Dans l'onglet <gui>Général</gui> de la fenêtre Imprimer, dans la colonne "
+ "<em>Copies</em>, cochez la case <gui>Rassembler</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+@@ -18883,17 +22122,20 @@
+ "La façon de résoudre un problème de bourrage papier dépend de la marque et "
+ "du modèle de votre imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Résolution d'un problème de bourrage papier"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Parfois, l'imprimante charge de travers les feuilles de papier et il y a "
+ "bourrage."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+@@ -18906,7 +22148,8 @@
+ "tirer fermement (mais précautionneusement !) sur le paquet froissé pour le "
+ "retirer du mécanisme d'approvisionnement."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+@@ -18918,33 +22161,38 @@
+ "imprimantes, il faut même éteindre et rallumer l'imprimante, puis "
+ "recommencer l'impression."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Imprimer seulement quelques pages spécifiques ou une sélection de pages."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr "Impression de certaines pages"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "Pour n'imprimer que certaines pages du document :"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+@@ -18952,7 +22200,8 @@
+ "Dans l'onglet <gui>Général</gui> de la fenêtre <gui>Imprimer</gui>, "
+ "choisissez <gui>Pages</gui> dans la colonne <gui>Plage</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+@@ -18961,7 +22210,8 @@
+ "imprimer en les séparant par une virgule. Mettez un tiret pour définir une "
+ "plage de numéros."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+@@ -18969,15 +22219,18 @@
+ "Par exemple, si vous saisissez « 1,3,5-7,9 » dans le champ texte de "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui>, vous allez imprimer les pages 1,3,5,6,7 et 9."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr "Définir l'imprimante que vous utilisez le plus souvent."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Définition de l'imprimante par défaut"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+@@ -18986,27 +22239,24 @@
+ "l'imprimante par défaut. Cela peut être celle que vous utilisez le plus "
+ "souvent."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous devez posséder les privilèges d'administrateur du système pour définir "
+ "une imprimante par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisissez l'imprimante par défaut souhaitée dans la liste des imprimantes "
+ "disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+@@ -19014,11 +22264,34 @@
+ "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> en haut à droite et saisissez "
+ "votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Par défaut</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"Lors de votre choix dans la liste des imprimantes disponibles, vous pouvez "
++"filtrer les résultats des recherches en spécifiant un nom ou un emplacement "
++"d'imprimante (par exemple, <input>1er étage</input> ou <input>entrée</"
++"input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"Le filtrage des résultats des recherches est uniquement disponible dans la "
++"boîte de dialogue pour l'ajout de nouvelles imprimantes."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+@@ -19027,15 +22300,18 @@
+ "utilisée automatiquement, à moins que vous ne choisissiez une autre "
+ "imprimante pour une impression spécifique."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr "Configurer une imprimante connectée à votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante locale"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+@@ -19045,11 +22321,23 @@
+ "d'imprimantes dès qu'elles sont connectées à votre ordinateur. La plupart "
+ "sont reliées par l'intermédiaire d'un câble USB branché à votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"Il n'est pas nécessaire de sélectionner si vous souhaitez installer une "
++"imprimante réseau ou locale immédiatement. Celles-ci sont répertoriées dans "
++"une fenêtre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'imprimante soit allumée."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+@@ -19059,18 +22347,20 @@
+ "une certaine activité à l'écran pendant que le système recherche des pilotes "
+ "puis, il vous demandera certainement de vous identifier pour les installer."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+ "gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quand le système a fini d'installer l'imprimante, un message s'affiche. "
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Imprimer la page de test</gui> pour imprimer une page de "
+-"test ou <gui>Configurer</gui> pour apporter des modifications à la "
+-"configuration de l'imprimante."
++"Un message s'affichera lorsque le système aura fini d'installer l'imprimante."
++" Sélectionnez <gui>Imprimer la page de test</gui> pour imprimer une page de "
++"test ou <gui>Options</gui> pour apporter des modifications supplémentaires à "
++"la configuration de l'imprimante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+@@ -19078,19 +22368,20 @@
+ "Si votre imprimante n'a pas été configurée automatiquement, vous pouvez "
+ "l'ajouter dans les paramètres d'imprimantes."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <key>+</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans la fenêtre qui s'affiche, sélectionnez <gui>Locale</gui> à gauche et "
+-"votre nouvelle imprimante à droite. Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
++"Dans la fenêtre s'affichant, sélectionnez votre nouvelle imprimante. Cliquez "
++"sur  <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+@@ -19098,7 +22389,8 @@
+ "Si votre imprimante n'apparaît pas dans la fenêtre Ajout d'une nouvelle "
+ "imprimante, il vous faut sans doute installer des pilotes d'impression."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+@@ -19106,7 +22398,8 @@
+ "Après avoir installé l'imprimante, vous souhaiterez certainement <link xref="
+ "\"printing-setup-default-printer\">changer l'imprimante par défaut</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+@@ -19114,12 +22407,15 @@
+ "Si vos épreuves sortent zébrées, estompées ou manquent de couleur, vérifiez "
+ "les niveaux d'encre ou faites un nettoyage des têtes d'impression."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pourquoi des zébrures, des lignes ou de mauvaises couleurs sur mes épreuves ?"
++"Pourquoi des zébrures, des lignes ou de mauvaises couleurs sur mes "
++"épreuves ?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+@@ -19129,11 +22425,13 @@
+ "devraient pas être là, ou sont de qualité médiocre, il y a certainement un "
+ "problème avec l'imprimante ou un manque d'encre ou de toner."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Texte ou images estompés"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19141,11 +22439,13 @@
+ "Il manque certainement de l'encre ou du toner. Vérifiez les niveaux et "
+ "achetez une cartouche neuve si nécessaire."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Zébrures et striures"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+@@ -19155,11 +22455,13 @@
+ "sale ou en partie bouchée. Tentez un nettoyage des buses (consultez le "
+ "manuel de votre imprimante pour connaître la procédure)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Mauvaises couleurs"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -19167,11 +22469,13 @@
+ "L'imprimante manque certainement d'une couleur d'encre ou de toner. Vérifiez "
+ "les niveaux et achetez une cartouche neuve si nécessaire."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr "Lignes dentelées ou tordues"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+@@ -19181,61 +22485,567 @@
+ "certainement faire un alignement des têtes. Consultez le manuel de votre "
+ "imprimante pour connaître la procédure détaillée."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Enregistrer un document en tant que fichier PDF, Postscript, ou SVG au lieu "
++"de lui envoyer une imprimante."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "Imprimer dans un fichier"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez choisir d'imprimer un document dans un fichier au lieu de "
++"l'envoyer pour qu'il soit imprimé avec une imprimante. Imprimer dans un "
++"fichier créera un fichier <sys>PDF</sys>, <sys>Postscript</sys> ou <sys>SVG</"
++"sys> qui contiendra le document. Ceci peut être utile si vous souhaitez "
++"transférer le document vers une autre machine ou pour le partager avec "
++"quelqu'un."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"Ouvrez la boîte de dialogue d'impression. Ceci peut être effectué via le "
++"menu <gui style=\"menuitem\">Imprimer</gui> ou en utilisant le raccourci "
++"clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionner <gui>Imprimer dans un fichier</gui> sous <gui>Imprimer</gui> "
++"dans l'onglet <gui style=\"tab\">Général</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour modifier le nom de fichier par défaut et l'emplacement sur lequel le "
++"fichier est enregistré, cliquez sur le nom de fichier sous la sélection de "
++"l'imprimante. Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Sélectionner</gui> une fois "
++"que vous aurez terminé votre sélection."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys>  est le type de fichier par défaut pour le document. Si vous "
++"souhaitez utiliser un <gui>Format de sortie</gui> différent, Sélectionnez "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> ou <sys>SVG</sys>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "Choisissez vos autres préférences de page."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++"Appuyez sur <gui style=\"button\">Imprimer</gui> pour enregistrer le fichier."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Configuration locale</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"printing-order\">inversion et rassemblement</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"printing-2sided\">recto verso et multi-page</link>…"
++"\"printing-order\">inversion et rassemblement</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"2sided\">recto verso et multi-page</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr "Configuration"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Formats et agencements"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Différents formats de papier et agencements"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Imprimantes non détectées, bourrages papier, épreuves d'aspect bizarre…"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes d'impression"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Prendre une capture d'écran ou une vidéo de ce qui se passe sur votre écran."
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
+-msgid "2011"
+-msgstr "2011"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Verrouillage de l'écran</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">Nom &amp; visibilité</link>, <link xref="
++"\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Historique de l'utilisation</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"privacy-purge\">Vider la corbeille &amp; les fichiers temporaires</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+-msgstr "Captures d'écran et vidéo d'écran"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "Paramètres de confidentialité"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Les <em>Paramètres de confidentialité</em> dans GNOME vous aident à "
++"contrôler si certaines parties de votre bureau sont visible aux autres ou "
++"non. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser ces paramètres pour supprimer l'historique "
++"de l'utilisation de votre ordinateur et pour supprimer les fichiers qui ne "
++"sont pas nécessaires."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "Ne pas afficher de notifications lorsque l'écran est verrouillé"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "Cacher les notifications"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"Par défaut, votre ordinateur affichera des notifications de message même "
++"lorsque votre écran est verrouillé. Par exemple, si quelqu'un vous envoie un "
++"message instantané alors que vous ne vous trouvez pas devant votre "
++"ordinateur, une notification s'ouvrira à l'écran. Le texte du message de "
++"cette personne apparaîtra même si l'écran est verrouillé."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez désactiver cette fonctionnalité pour garder vos messages "
++"confidentiels."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++"Pour désactiver les notifications lorsque votre écran est verrouillé :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+-"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui> <gui>Confidentialité</"
++"gui><gui>Verrouillage de l'écran</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Mettez le curseur <gui>Afficher les notifications</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++"Empêchez votre ordinateur de conserver un suivi des fichiers récemment "
++"utilisés."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "Désactiver le suivi de l'historique des fichiers"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"Effectuer un suivi des fichiers et dossiers récemment utilisés peut "
++"faciliter la recherche d'éléments sur lesquels vous avez travaillé, mais "
++"vous préférez peut-être préserver la confidentialité de ces éléments. Pour "
++"désactiver les fonctionnalités de suivi de l'historique de fichiers de votre "
++"bureau :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Paramètres</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Confidentialité</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Utilisation &amp; "
++"historique</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ajustez le curseur <gui>Récemment utilisés</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour réactiver cette fonctionnalité, ajustez le curseur <gui>Récemment "
++"utilisés</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++"Ce paramètre n'affectera pas la manière par laquelle votre navigateur web "
++"stocke les informations sur les sites web que vous visitez."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "Affiche un symbole plutôt que votre nom dans la barre supérieure"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "Cachez votre nom dans la barre supérieure"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"Votre nom est dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui> par défaut, mais vous "
++"pouvez cacher votre nom afin de protéger votre confidentialité."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "Pour cacher votre nom dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui> :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Paramètres</gui><gui>Confidentialité</gui> "
++"<gui>Nom &amp; visibilité</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Paramétrez <gui>Mode furtif</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui> ou <gui>Afficher le "
++"nom complet dans la barre supérieure</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++"Le paramétrage de <gui>Mode furtif</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui> cachera aussi "
++"votre nom complet lorsque l'écran est verrouillé."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"De nombreux sujets d'aide dans « Aide GNOME » vous demandent de « Cliquez "
++"sur votre nom dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui> ». Si vous cachez votre "
++"nom dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui>, vous devrez cliquer sur "
++"l'<gui>icône de notification</gui> de petite taille dans la <gui>barre "
++"supérieure</gui> à la place."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Définissez la fréquence à laquelle la corbeille et les fichiers temporaires "
++"seront vidés de votre ordinateur."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "Vider la corbeille &amp; les fichiers temporaires"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++"Vider la corbeille et les fichiers temporaires supprime les fichiers "
++"indésirables et non nécessaires de votre ordinateur et libère de l'espace "
++"sur votre disque dur. Vous pouvez vider la corbeille et supprimer les "
++"fichiers temporaires manuellement, mais votre ordinateur peut aussi être "
++"configuré pour effectuer ces tâches automatiquement."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++"Vider la corbeille et les fichiers temporaires automatiquement après une "
++"certaine période de temps :"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la <gui>barre supérieure</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres</gui> puis cliquez sur l'icône "
++"<gui>Confidentialité</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <gui>Vider la corbeille &amp; les fichiers temporaires</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ajustez les curseurs <gui>Vider la corbeille automatiquement</gui> ou "
++"<gui>Vider les fichiers temporaires automatiquement</gui> sur <gui>Activé</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"Définissez la fréquence à laquelle vous souhaitez que la <em>Corbeille</em> "
++"et les <em>Fichiers temporaires</em> soit vidés en modifiant la valeur "
++"<gui>Vider au bout de</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++"Utilisez le paramètre <em>Vider au bout de : Immédiatement</em> avec "
++"précaution. Définir votre corbeille de manière à ce qu'elle soit vidée "
++"immédiatement fera que tout fichier supprimé ne se retrouvera pas dans la "
++"corbeille et sera supprimé de manière permanente. Les fichiers supprimés "
++"sont bien plus difficiles à récupérer que ceux se trouvant dans votre "
++"corbeille."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"À moins que vous ayez le besoin spécifique de supprimer des fichiers "
++"immédiatement de votre corbeille, il est probablement plus sûr de définir "
++"une valeur <gui>Vider au bout de</gui> plus longue."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Empêcher d'autres personnes d'utiliser votre bureau lorsque vous vous "
++"éloignez de l'ordinateur."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "Verrouillage automatique de l'écran"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"En cas d'absence, vous devriez <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">verrouiller l'écran</link> pour empêcher d'autres personnes "
++"d'utiliser votre ordinateur et d'avoir accès à vos fichiers. S'il vous "
++"arrive d'oublier de verrouiller l'écran de temps à autre, vous pouvez aussi "
++"faire en sorte qu'il se verrouille automatiquement après après un certain "
++"temps d'inactivité. Ceci vous aidera à mieux sécuriser votre ordinateur "
++"lorsque vous ne l'utilisez pas."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsque votre écran est verrouillé, vos applications et processus système "
++"continueront d'être exécutés, mais vous devrez saisir votre mot de passe "
++"avant de pouvoir les utiliser à nouveau."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"Pour paramétrer le délai avant que l'écran ne se verrouille automatiquement :"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez <guiseq><gui>Confidentialité</gui><gui>Verrouillage de l'écran</"
++"gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"Assurez-vous que le <gui>Verrouillage de l'écran automatique</gui> soit bien "
++"activé, puis sélectionnez une durée dans la liste déroulante."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Lorsque votre écran est verrouillé et que vous souhaitez le déverrouiller, "
++"appuyez sur <key>Échap</key>, ou faites glisser la souris à partir du bas de "
++"l'écran. Saisissez ensuite votre mot de passe, puis appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
++"key> ou cliquez sur <gui>Déverrouiller</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Prendre une capture d'écran ou une vidéo de ce qui se passe sur votre écran."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "Captures d'écran et vidéo d'écran"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+ "useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
+ "example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
+ "files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+@@ -19246,29 +23056,34 @@
+ "les vidéos d'écran sont des fichiers images et vidéos normaux, vous pouvez "
+ "donc les envoyer par courriel ou les partager sur le Web."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez <app>Capture d'écran</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire "
+-"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need "
+-"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then "
+-"choose any effects you want."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans la fenêtre <app>Capture d'écran</app>, choisissez si vous voulez copier "
+-"le bureau entier, une fenêtre unique ou une zone de l'écran. Définissez un "
+-"délai si vous avez besoin de sélectionner une fenêtre ou régler votre bureau "
+-"pour la capture d'écran. Puis choisissez les effets que vous souhaitez."
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans la fenêtre <app>Capture d'écran</app>, sélectionnez si vous souhaitez "
++"copier l'écran en entier, la fenêtre actuelle ou une zone de l'écran. "
++"Définissez un délai si vous avez besoin de sélectionner une fenêtre, sinon "
++"vous pouvez ajuster votre bureau pour la capture d'écran. Puis choisissez "
++"les effets que vous souhaitez."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Prendre une capture d'écran</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+@@ -19278,7 +23093,8 @@
+ "et faites glisser votre souris afin d'obtenir la zone de capture de votre "
+ "choix."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+@@ -19286,7 +23102,8 @@
+ "Dans la fenêtre <gui>Enregistrer la capture d'écran</gui>, saisissez un nom "
+ "de fichier, choisissez un dossier et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+@@ -19299,11 +23116,13 @@
+ "application, ou faites glisser la miniature de la capture jusqu'à "
+ "l'application."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Raccourcis clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:63(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+@@ -19311,11 +23130,13 @@
+ "Vous pouvez prendre rapidement une capture d'écran du bureau, d'une fenêtre "
+ "ou d'une zone de l'écran en utilisant ces raccourcis clavier :"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key> pour prendre une capture d'écran du bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+@@ -19323,7 +23144,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq> pour prendre une "
+ "capture d'écran d'une fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+@@ -19331,7 +23153,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq> pour prendre une "
+ "capture d'écran d'une zone choisie."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:72(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+@@ -19341,7 +23164,8 @@
+ "sauvegardée dans votre dossier Images avec un nom de fichier commençant par "
+ "« Capture » et incluant la date et l'heure à laquelle elle a été prise."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:75(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+@@ -19350,17 +23174,20 @@
+ "lequel des raccourcis ci-dessus afin de copier la capture d'écran vers le "
+ "presse-papiers au lieu de la sauvegarder."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr "Faire une vidéo d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez faire une vidéo d'écran qui enregistre ce qui ce passe à "
+ "l'écran :"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+@@ -19369,7 +23196,8 @@
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> pour commencer l'enregistrement de ce qui se passe "
+ "sur votre écran."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+@@ -19377,7 +23205,8 @@
+ "Un rond rouge est affiché dans le coin inférieur droit de l'écran quand "
+ "l'enregistrement est en cours. Cet indicateur n'apparaît pas dans la vidéo."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+@@ -19386,7 +23215,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
+ "pour arrêter l'enregistrement."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+ "starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+@@ -19395,17 +23225,20 @@
+ "nom commençant par « Vidéo d'écran » et incluant la date et l'heure à "
+ "laquelle elle a été prise."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrir une session en utilisant un scanner d'empreinte digitale pris en "
+ "charge."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr "Se connecter avec une empreinte digitale"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+@@ -19415,13 +23248,15 @@
+ "enregistrer une empreinte digitale et l'utiliser pour vous connecter. Vous "
+ "devez avoir les droits administrateur pour réaliser ces étapes."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Premièrement, enregistrez une empreinte digitale que le système pourra "
+ "utiliser pour vous identifier."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+@@ -19431,9 +23266,8 @@
+ "enregistrer votre empreinte digitale. Si cela arrive, humidifiez légèrement "
+ "votre doigt, séchez-le avec un chiffon propre et non pelucheux et réessayez."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p) C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+@@ -19441,7 +23275,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure, puis sur l'image à coté de "
+ "votre nom pour ouvrir la fenêtre <gui>Comptes utilisateur</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+@@ -19449,18 +23284,21 @@
+ "Déverrouillez votre compte en utilisant le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> "
+ "dans le coin supérieur droit de l'outil <gui>Comptes utilisateur</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr "Saisissez votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Désactivé</gui> à côté de <gui>Connexion par "
+ "reconnaissance d'empreintes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+@@ -19471,7 +23309,8 @@
+ "gauche ou un autre doigt. Ensuite sélectionnez <gui>Suivant</gui>."
+ 
+ # Je n'ai pas de scanner d'empreinte digitale, je ne connais donc pas les intitulés exactes de l'interface. Merci de vérifier.
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -19486,7 +23325,8 @@
+ "cochée. Après le troisième passage, le message <gui>Terminé !</gui> "
+ "s'affiche."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+@@ -19495,7 +23335,8 @@
+ "indiquant que votre empreinte digitale a été enregistrée avec succès. "
+ "Sélectionnez <gui>Fermer</gui> pour finir."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+@@ -19504,31 +23345,17 @@
+ "fonctionne. Bien que vous ayez enregistré une empreinte digitale, vous avez "
+ "toutefois la possibilité de vous connecter avec votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out…</gui>."
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Enregistrer vos travaux en cours et fermez votre session. Sélectionnez votre "
+-"nom dans le coin supérieur droit et choisissez <gui>Fermer la session…</gui>."
++"À l'écran de connexion, sélectionnez votre nom dans la liste. Le formulaire "
++"de saisie du mot de passe apparaîtra."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+-"The login screen appears."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Un message de confirmation apparaît. Sélectionnez <gui>Fermer la session</"
+-"gui> pour confirmer. L'écran de connexion apparaît."
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
+-msgstr ""
+-"À l'écran de connexion, sélectionnez votre nom dans la liste. La fenêtre de "
+-"saisie du mot de passe apparaît."
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+@@ -19536,7 +23363,8 @@
+ "Dans les 30 secondes, sélectionnez le bouton empreintes digitales en haut à "
+ "droite de votre nom."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -19548,7 +23376,8 @@
+ "mot de passe. Si vous voulez réessayer, sélectionnez le bouton <gui>Annuler</"
+ "gui> et reprenez à l'étape précédente."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+@@ -19556,7 +23385,8 @@
+ "Passez le doigt que vous avez enregistré sur le scanner d'empreintes "
+ "digitales à vitesse <em>modérée</em>. Vous êtes connecté."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+@@ -19565,18 +23395,21 @@
+ "celui-ci est sécurisé par mot de passe. Pour le déverrouiller, saisissez "
+ "votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Choisir une région afin de définir la date et l'heure, les nombres, la "
+ "devise et le système de mesure."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr "Modification des formats de la date et du système de mesure"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -19585,35 +23418,41 @@
+ "nombres, la devise et le système de mesure pour correspondre aux "
+ "spécificités locales de votre région."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez <gui>Région &amp; langue</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Formats</"
+-"gui>."
++"Ouvrez <gui>Région &amp; langue</gui> et cliquez sur <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+-"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
+ "available regions."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez la région qui correspond le mieux aux formats que vous voulez "
+-"utiliser. Par défaut, la liste n'affiche que les régions utilisant la langue "
+-"sélectionnée dans l'onglet <gui>Langue</gui> . Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</"
+-"gui> pour faire une sélection parmi toutes les régions disponibles."
++"Sélectionnez la région qui correspond le mieux aux formats que vous "
++"souhaitez utiliser. Par défaut, la liste n'affiche que les régions utilisant "
++"la langue sélectionnée dans l'onglet <gui>Langue</gui>. Cliquez sur le "
++"bouton <key>...</key> pour effectuer une sélection parmi toutes les régions "
++"disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p) C/session-language.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your "
+-"name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous devez vous déconnecter puis vous reconnecter pour que ces changements "
+-"prennent effet. Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et "
+-"sélectionnez <gui>Se déconnecter</gui> pour vous déconnecter."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"Répondez à l'invite, <gui>Votre session doit être redémarrée pour que les "
++"modifications puissent prendre effet</gui> en cliquant sur <gui style="
++"\"button\">Redémarrer maintenant</gui>, ou cliquez sur <gui style="
++"\"button\">X</gui> pour effectuer le redémarrage ultérieurement."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -19625,34 +23464,33 @@
+ "Bien que cela n'apparaisse pas dans les exemples, le premier jour de la "
+ "semaine dans les calendriers est défini en fonction de la région."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system formats"
+-msgstr "Modification des formats du système"
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
+-"formats used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque vous modifiez votre région, la modification s'applique uniquement à "
+-"votre compte après votre connexion. Vous pouvez aussi modifier les "
+-"<em>formats du système</em>, qui sont utilisés sur l'écran de connexion par "
+-"exemple."
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-msgstr "Modifiez les formats comme décrit ci-dessus."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr "Modifier le langue pour l'interface utilisateur et le texte d'aide."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr "Modification de la langue"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -19661,35 +23499,37 @@
+ "langues différentes, à condition que les paquets de langue correspondants "
+ "soient installés sur votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez <gui>Région &amp; langue</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Langue</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:42(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Select your desired language. Some translations may be incomplete, and "
+-#| "certain applications may not support your language at all. Any "
+-#| "untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was "
+-#| "originally developed, usually American English."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
+-"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <gui style="
+-"\"button\">+</gui>. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain "
+-"applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text "
+-"will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, "
+-"usually American English."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez la langue de votre choix. Certaines traductions sont "
+-"incomplètes, et certaines applications ne sont peut-être pas traduites dans "
+-"la langue de votre choix. Les textes non-traduits apparaîtront dans la "
+-"langue utilisée lors du développement du logiciel, généralement l'anglais "
+-"américain."
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez la langue de votre choix. La liste initiale affiche uniquement "
++"un petit sous-ensemble des langues prises en charge. Si votre langue n'est "
++"pas répertoriée, cliquez sur <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src="
++"\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Certaines traductions peuvent être "
++"incomplètes, et certaines applications ne pas du tout prendre en charge "
++"votre langue. Tout texte non-traduit apparaîtra dans la langue utilisée lors "
++"du développement du logiciel, généralement l'anglais américain."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -19706,11 +23546,13 @@
+ "utiliser la nouvelle langue sélectionnée tout le temps, il est conseillé de "
+ "mettre à jour les noms de dossier."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Modification de la langue du système"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -19720,23 +23562,38 @@
+ "votre compte après votre connexion. Vous pouvez aussi changer la <em>langue "
+ "du système</em>, qui est utilisée sur l'écran de connexion par exemple."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-msgstr "Modifiez la langue comme décrit ci-dessus."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "Sélectionnez le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Écran de connexion</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness "
+-"&amp; Lock</gui> settings."
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Des privilèges administrateurs</link> sont "
++"requis. Saisissez votre mot de passe ou le mot de passe du compte "
++"administrateur demandé."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Modifier le temps d'attente avant le verrouillage de l'écran dans les "
+-"paramètres <gui>Luminosité &amp; verrouillage</gui>."
++"paramètres de <gui>Confidentialité</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "L'écran se verrouille trop rapidement"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -19751,84 +23608,286 @@
+ "vous laissez votre ordinateur sans surveillance), mais le fait que l'écran "
+ "se verrouille trop vite peut devenir gênant."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour paramétrer un délai plus long avant que l'écran ne se verrouille "
+ "automatiquement :"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Luminosité &amp; verrouillage</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Confidentialité</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Verrouillage de l'écran</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Modifiez la valeur dans la liste déroulante <gui>Verrouiller l'écran après</"
++"Si <gui>Verrouillage de l'écran automatique</gui> est activé, vous pouvez "
++"modifier la valeur dans la liste déroulante <gui>Verrouiller l'écran après</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+-"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour que l'écran ne se verrouille pas automatiquement, désactivez le "
+-"<gui>Verrouillage</gui>."
++"Si vous souhaitez que l'écran ne se verrouille plus automatiquement, "
++"désactivez le <gui>Verrouillage automatique de l'écran</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Partage du bureau</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Partage Bluetooth</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Partage de l'écran</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Partage de fichiers multimédia</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "Paramètres de partage"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Les <em>Paramètres de partage</em> dans GNOME vous aide à contrôler ce qui "
++"est partagé sur le réseau local, ou via d'autres technologies comme "
++"<em>Bluetooth</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Partage d'ordinateur</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files-share\">Partager des fichiers par courriel</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-media\">Partage de fichiers multimédia</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+ msgstr "Partage"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"Définissez quels répertoires et périphériques sont capables de partager via "
++"Bluetooth."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Contrôlez le partage Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez autoriser l'accès aux répertoires <file>Public</file> et "
++"<file>Téléchargements</file> pour le partage de fichiers Bluetooth et "
++"restreindre cet accès aux <em>périphériques de confiance</em> uniquement. "
++"Configurez le <gui>Partage Bluetooth</gui> pour contrôler l'accès aux "
++"répertoires partagés sur votre ordinateur."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Un périphérique Bluetooth est <em>de confiance</em> si vous l'avez "
++"<em>couplé</em>, ou connecté avec votre ordinateur. Voir <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Partagez votre répertoire <file>Public</file> via Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Partage</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Si <gui>Partage</gui> est <gui>ARRÊT</gui>, faîtes-le basculer sur "
++"<gui>MARCHE</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Partage Bluetooth</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Basculez <gui>Partager le répertoire public</gui> sur <gui>MARCHE</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Si vous souhaitez autoriser l'accès à votre répertoire <file>Public</file> à "
++"des périphériques de confiance uniquement, basculez <gui>Partager avec des "
++"périphériques de confiance uniquement</gui> sur <gui>MARCHE</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"Cette option est désactivée par défaut. Vous devriez l'activer si vous "
++"souhaitez interdire l'accès à vos fichiers partagés aux personnes possédant "
++"un téléphone ou autre appareil similaire avec Bluetooth qui se trouveraient "
++"à proximité."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Fermer</gui>. Les périphériques "
++"sur lesquels Bluetooth est activé pourront maintenant accéder aux fichiers "
++"se trouvant dans votre répertoire <file>Public</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"Autoriser le partage de fichiers dans le répertoire <file>Téléchargements</"
++"file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Basculez <gui>Enregistrer les fichiers reçus dans le répertoire "
++"Téléchargements</gui> sur <gui>MARCHE</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Permettre à d'autres personnes de voir et d'interagir avec votre bureau en "
+ "utilisant VNC."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr "Partage de votre bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+ "allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez permettre à d'autres personnes d'afficher et contrôler votre "
+ "bureau à partir d'un autre ordinateur avec une application de visualisation "
+ "de bureau. Configurez <app>Partage de bureau</app> pour autoriser d'autres "
+ "personnes à accéder à votre bureau et paramétrer les préférences de sécurité."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+-"open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Dans la <gui>Vue d'ensemble des activités</gui>, cliquez sur "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui> et ouvrez <app>Partage de bureau</app>."
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Installer seahorse</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Pour gaucher</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
+-"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+-"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour autoriser d'autres personnes à voir votre bureau, sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Autoriser d'autres utilisateurs à voir votre bureau</gui>. Maintenant, "
+ "d'autres personnes peuvent tenter de se connecter à votre ordinateur pour "
+ "voir ce qu'il y a à l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
+-"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+-"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+-"security settings which you are currently using."
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour autoriser d'autres personnes à interagir avec votre bureau, "
+ "sélectionnez <gui>Autoriser d'autres utilisateurs à contrôler votre bureau</"
+@@ -19837,7 +23896,16 @@
+ "fichiers sur votre ordinateur en fonction des paramètres de sécurité que "
+ "vous avez défini."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "Cette option est activée par défaut."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -19845,16 +23913,20 @@
+ "Il est important que vous mesuriez et compreniez la portée de chaque option "
+ "de sécurité avant de la modifier."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/title)
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-msgstr "Confirmation de l'accès à votre machine"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "<app>Connexions cellulaires</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+-"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
+-"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
+-"someone to connect to your computer."
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous souhaitez contrôler et décider de laisser ou non l'accès à quelqu'un "
+ "à votre bureau, sélectionnez <gui>Chaque accès à cet ordinateur doit être "
+@@ -19862,26 +23934,32 @@
+ "demandé d'autorisation pour laisser quelqu'un se connecter à votre "
+ "ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Cette option est activée par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/title)
+-msgid "Enable password"
+-msgstr "Activation par mot de passe"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "Mots de passe"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+-"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
+-"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour obliger un autre utilisateur à s'identifier par mot de passe pour se "
+ "connecter à votre ordinateur, sélectionnez <gui>L'utilisateur doit saisir ce "
+ "mot de passe</gui>. Si vous ne le faites pas, n'importe qui peut essayer de "
+ "voir votre bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -19889,63 +23967,85 @@
+ "Cette option est désactivée par défaut, mais vous devriez l'activer et "
+ "définir un mot de passe sécurisé."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-msgstr "Autorisation d'accès à votre bureau par internet"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
+-"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
+-"your router manually."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si votre routeur prend en charge les protocoles UPnP (Internet Gateway "
+-"Device Protocol) et s'ils sont activés, vous pouvez permettre à d'autres "
+-"utilisateurs qui ne sont pas connectés à votre réseau local de voir votre "
+-"bureau. Sélectionnez <gui>Configurer automatiquement le routeur UPnP pour "
+-"ouvrir et rediriger des ports</gui>. Vous pouvez aussi configurer "
+-"manuellement votre routeur."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-msgstr "Cette option est désactivée par défaut."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/title)
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-msgstr "Affichage d'une icône de notification"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:86(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Afin de pouvoir déconnecter quelqu'un en train de consulter votre bureau, "
+-"vous devez activer cette fonction. Si vous cochez <gui>Toujours</gui>, cette "
+-"icône sera toujours visible, que quelqu'un soit connecté ou non à votre "
+-"bureau."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "Fichiers personnels (documents, musique, photos et vidéos)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si vous laissez cette option désactivée, quelqu'un pourrait se connecter à "
+-"votre bureau sans que vous le sachiez, en fonction des paramètres de "
+-"sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Installer seahorse</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Pour gaucher</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Orientation pour gaucher</gui> sur <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ajouter (ou enlever) du dash les icônes d'applications fréquemment utilisées."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Ajout de vos applications préférées au dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -19953,49 +24053,86 @@
+ "Pour ajouter une application au <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "afin de pouvoir y accéder facilement :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"La <em>vue d'ensemble des activités</em> est l'écran qui apparaît lorsque "
++"vous cliquez sur <gui>Activités</gui> dans le coin supérieur gauche de "
++"l'écran."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des activités</"
+-"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select "
+-"<gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Recherchez l'application que vous voulez ajouter au dash en cliquant sur "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'icône de "
+-"l'application et choisissez <gui>Ajouter aux favoris</gui>."
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Faites un clic droit sur le fichier et choisissez <gui>Propriétés</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+ msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi faire glisser l'icône sur le dash."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour supprimer du dash l'icône d'une application, cliquez avec le bouton "
+ "droit sur l'icône de l'application et sélectionnez <gui>Enlever des favoris</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Démarrer une application à partir de la vue d'ensemble des activités."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "Lancement d'applications"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
+-"can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by "
+-"pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Déplacez le pointeur de la souris dans le coin <gui>Activités</gui> qui se "
+ "trouve en haut à gauche de l'écran pour afficher la <gui>vue d'ensemble des "
+@@ -20003,49 +24140,52 @@
+ "pouvez aussi afficher la vue d'ensemble en appuyant sur la touche <link xref="
+ "\"windows-key\">Logo</link>)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il existe plusieurs manières d'ouvrir une application une fois que vous êtes "
+ "dans la vue d'ensemble :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+-"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and "
+-"start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Commencez à saisir le nom d'une application - la recherche commence aussitôt "
+ "(si cela ne se produit pas, cliquez sur la barre de recherche en haut à "
+ "droite de l'écran et commencez à saisir). Cliquez l'icône de l'application "
+ "pour la lancer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a "
+-"list of the applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-"categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. "
+-"Click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Cliquez l'entête <gui>Applications</gui> en haut de l'écran pour afficher la "
+-"liste des applications que vous pouvez lancer. Vous pouvez les filtrer par "
+-"type en utilisant les catégories sur la droite ou faire une recherche en "
+-"utilisant la barre de recherche en haut à droite. Cliquez sur l'icône de "
+-"l'application pour la lancer."
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these "
+-"to start the corresponding application."
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Certaines applications possèdent des icônes sur le <em>dash</em>, la bande "
+ "verticale d'icônes sur le côté gauche de la vue d'ensemble des activités. "
+ "Cliquez sur l'une d'elles pour lancer l'application correspondante."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -20053,20 +24193,33 @@
+ "S'il y a des applications que vous utilisez très fréquemment, vous pouvez "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">les ajouter au dash</link> vous-même."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez lancer une application dans un <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">espace de travail</link> séparé en déplaçant son icône à partir du dash "
+-"(ou de la liste des applications) et en la déposant sur un des espaces de "
+-"travail sur le côté droit de l'écran. L'application s'ouvre dans l'espace de "
+-"travail choisi."
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez lancer une application dans un <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">espace de travail</link> séparé en déplaçant son icône à partir "
++"du dash (ou de la liste des applications) et en la déposant sur un des "
++"espaces de travail sur le côté droit de l'écran. L'application s'ouvre dans "
++"l'espace de travail choisi."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+@@ -20075,21 +24228,25 @@
+ "travail en effectuant un clic central sur son icône dans le dash ou dans la "
+ "liste d'applications."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:74(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Lancement rapide d'une commande"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:75(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une autre façon de lancer une application est d'appuyer sur "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, de saisir son <em>nom de "
+ "commande</em> puis d'appuyer sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -20099,7 +24256,8 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> et saisissez « rhythmbox » (sans les guillemets). "
+ "Le nom de l'application est la commande qui lance le programme."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+@@ -20107,11 +24265,18 @@
+ "Apprendre à quitter son compte utilisateur, en se déconnectant, en changeant "
+ "d'utilisateur…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "Déconnexion, extinction, changement d'utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+@@ -20120,11 +24285,13 @@
+ "le mettre en veille (pour économiser l'énergie) ou le laisser allumé et vous "
+ "déconnecter."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Déconnexion ou changement d'utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+@@ -20136,7 +24303,8 @@
+ "vous changer d'utilisateur, toutes vos applications continuent de tourner et "
+ "tout sera là où vous l'avez laissé lorsque vous vous reconnecterez."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+@@ -20145,17 +24313,39 @@
+ "cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez l'option "
+ "appropriée."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour <gui>fermer la session</gui> ou <gui>changer d'utilisateur</gui>, "
++"cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez l'option "
++"appropriée."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
+-"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
+-"amount of time."
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous quittez votre ordinateur pendant très peu de temps, vous devriez "
+ "verrouiller votre écran pour empêcher les autres personnes d'accéder à vos "
+@@ -20163,32 +24353,36 @@
+ "simplement votre mot de passe pour vous reconnecter. Si vous ne verrouillez "
+ "pas votre écran, il se verrouille automatiquement après un certain délai."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock "
+-"Screen</gui>."
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour verrouiller votre écran, cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure "
+-"et choisissez <gui>Verrouiller l'écran</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quand votre écran est verrouillé, les autres utilisateurs peuvent se "
+ "connecter sur leur compte personnel en cliquant sur <gui>Changer "
+ "d'utilisateur</gui> sur l'écran de mot de passe. Vous pouvez revenir sur "
+ "votre ordinateur quand ils ont terminé."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:73(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Mise en veille"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+ "This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
+ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+@@ -20201,13 +24395,9 @@
+ "plupart des fonctions de l'ordinateur. Une très petite quantité d'énergie "
+ "est quand même consommée pendant la veille."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "If you need to power off or restart quickly, you can do it without "
+-#| "logging out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</"
+-#| "key> key. The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</"
+-#| "gui>. Select this to power off or restart."
+ msgid ""
+ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
+ "down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
+@@ -20219,26 +24409,21 @@
+ "veille</gui> se transforme en <gui>Éteindre...</gui>. Choisissez-la pour "
+ "éteindre ou redémarrer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Extinction ou redémarrage"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first "
+-"log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</"
+-"gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click "
+-"the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or "
+-"<gui>Power Off</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si vous voulez éteindre votre ordinateur complètement ou le redémarrer "
+-"entièrement, déconnectez-vous d'abord en cliquant sur votre nom dans la "
+-"barre supérieure et en choisissant <gui>Fermer la session</gui>. Vous "
+-"retournez à l'écran de connexion. Sur l'écran de connexion, cliquez sur "
+-"l'icône bouton d'allumage dans la barre supérieure et choisissez soit "
+-"<gui>Redémarrer</gui> soit <gui>Éteindre</gui>."
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+@@ -20249,55 +24434,159 @@
+ "session. Si vous êtes un utilisateur administrateur, votre mot de passe peut "
+ "vous être demandé pour pouvoir éteindre."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pourriez vouloir éteindre votre ordinateur si vous souhaitez le "
++"déplacer et que vous n'avez pas de batterie, si votre batterie est faible ou "
++"ne tient pas bien la charge. Un ordinateur utilise <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">moins d'énergie</link> lorsqu'il est éteint que lorsqu'il est "
++"en veille."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++#, fuzzy
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:52(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++#, fuzzy
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++#, fuzzy
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='063a422823690656133c36c0f5ced14f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='063a422823690656133c36c0f5ced14f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+@@ -20305,11 +24594,13 @@
+ "Une introduction visuelle au bureau, à la barre supérieure et à la vue "
+ "d'ensemble des activités."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Introduction à GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -20320,11 +24611,14 @@
+ "faire ce que vous souhaitez. La première fois que vous vous connectez, vous "
+ "voyez un bureau vide et la barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:36(media/p) C/status-icons.page:23(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "La barre supérieure de GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -20339,22 +24633,47 @@
+ "modifier votre profil ou vos paramètres, vous déconnecter ou changer "
+ "d'utilisateur ou éteindre votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:48(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des activités"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:53(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "Bouton des activités"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> on your keyboard. "
+-"You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just "
+-"start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"Pour accéder à vos fenêtres ou applications, cliquez sur le bouton "
++"<gui>Activités</gui> ou envoyer tout simplement le pointeur de la souris "
++"dans le coin actif supérieur gauche. Vous pouvez aussi appuyer sur la touche "
++"<link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link> de votre clavier. Vous pouvez "
++"afficher vos fenêtres et applications dans la vue d'ensemble. Vous pouvez "
++"aussi commencer à saisir du texte pour rechercher vos applications, fichiers "
++"et dossiers."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour accéder à vos fenêtres ou applications, cliquez sur le bouton "
+ "<gui>Activités</gui> ou envoyer tout simplement le pointeur de la souris "
+@@ -20364,11 +24683,13 @@
+ "aussi commencer à saisir du texte pour rechercher vos applications, fichiers "
+ "et dossiers."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "Le dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -20385,7 +24706,8 @@
+ "aussi faire glisser l'icône dans la vue des activités, ou sur n'importe quel "
+ "espace de travail à droite."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -20396,7 +24718,8 @@
+ "nouvelle fenêtre. Vous pouvez aussi cliquer sur l'icône en maintenant "
+ "appuyée la touche <key>Ctrl</key> pour ouvrir une nouvelle fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -20410,14 +24733,16 @@
+ "également utiliser la molette de la souris pour faire un zoom sur n'importe "
+ "quel aperçu de fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:84(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows "
+-"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application "
+-"to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace "
+-"thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
+-"favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not "
+-"running, so you can access them quickly."
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur <gui>Applications</gui> pour afficher la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "applications. Ici sont réunies toutes les applications installées sur votre "
+@@ -20428,37 +24753,47 @@
+ "le dash même si elles ne sont pas en cours d'exécution, vous pouvez ainsi y "
+ "accéder rapidement."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur le "
+ "lancement d'applications.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur les "
+ "fenêtres et les espaces de travail.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:98(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Horloge, calendrier &amp; rendez-vous"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:105(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur l'horloge au centre de la barre supérieure pour voir la date "
+ "actuelle, un calendrier mensuel et une liste de vos rendez-vous à venir. "
+ "Vous pouvez aussi accéder au réglage de la date et de l'heure et ouvrir "
+ "votre calendrier <app>Evolution</app> complet directement depuis le menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+@@ -20466,15 +24801,19 @@
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur le "
+ "calendrier et les rendez-vous.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:117(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Vous et votre ordinateur"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:122(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Menu utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -20482,7 +24821,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur votre nom dans le coin supérieur droit pour gérer votre profil "
+ "et votre ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:128(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -20492,7 +24832,8 @@
+ "menu. Lorsque vous utilisez l'application de messagerie instantanée "
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, cela définit le statut que vos contacts peuvent voir."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:151(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -20500,7 +24841,8 @@
+ "Le menu vous permet aussi de modifier vos informations personnelles et les "
+ "paramètres système."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:154(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -20513,7 +24855,8 @@
+ "accès à votre ordinateur à quelqu'un. Vous pouvez aussi mettre en veille ou "
+ "éteindre l'ordinateur depuis le menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:160(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -20521,21 +24864,56 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur le changement "
+ "d'utilisateur, la déconnexion et l'extinction de votre ordinateur.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:166(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Verrouiller l'écran.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Tiroir de messagerie"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:167(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "Tiroir de messagerie"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner. This is where your notifications are stored until you "
+-"are ready to view them."
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le tiroir de messagerie peut être affiché en déplaçant la souris dans le "
+ "coin inférieur droit. C'est ici que vos notifications sont enregistrées "
+ "jusqu'à ce que vous soyez prêt à les consulter."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:172(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -20543,15 +24921,55 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur les "
+ "notifications et le tiroir de messagerie.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur les "
++"fenêtres et les espaces de travail.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"Si une application ou un composant du système veut attirer votre attention, "
++"une notification s'affiche en bas de l'écran."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Se déplacer dans le bureau à l'aide du clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Les raccourcis clavier utiles"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+@@ -20564,19 +24982,23 @@
+ "xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> pour savoir comment naviguer dans les interfaces "
+ "uniquement via le clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Déplacement dans le bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">Super key</link>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> ou la touche <link xref="
+ "\"windows-key\">Logo</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+@@ -20586,45 +25008,55 @@
+ "la vue générale, commencez à saisir un mot-clé pour chercher instantanément "
+ "vos applications, contacts et documents."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Faire apparaître la fenêtre des commandes (pour lancer des commandes "
+ "rapidement)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</"
+-"link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Changer rapidement de fenêtre.</link> "
+ "Maintenez la touche <key>Maj</key> enfoncée pour inverser l'ordre de "
+ "parcours."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Changer de fenêtre dans une même application, ou depuis l'application "
+ "sélectionnée après <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</"
+-"key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ce raccourci utilise la touche <key>`</key> des claviers américains pour "
+ "lesquels la touche <key>`</key> est au-dessus de la touche <key>Tab</key>. "
+ "Pour tous les autres claviers, le raccourci est <key>Alt</key> plus "
+ "n'importe quelle touche se trouvant au dessus de <key>Tab</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+ "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+@@ -20635,122 +25067,166 @@
+ "dash, la vue d'ensemble des fenêtres, la liste des applications et le champ "
+ "pour la recherche. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+-"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il n'est actuellement pas possible d'utiliser les flèches du clavier pour "
+ "naviguer dans les fenêtres de la vue générale. Pour changer de fenêtre, "
+ "quittez la vue générale et utilisez les combinaisons <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> et <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres d'une application"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Flèche haut</key></keyseq> et "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Flèche bas</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page haut</key></keyseq> et <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Page Bas</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Basculer entre les espaces de travail."
+ "</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
+-"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>Flèche haut</key></"
+-"keyseq> et <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>Flèche "
+-"bas</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Flèche haut</key></keyseq> et "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Flèche bas</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+-"different workspace.</link>"
++"different workspace</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Déplacer la fenêtre actuelle vers "
+ "un espace de travail différent.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Se déconnecter.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Verrouiller l'écran.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Raccourcis courants de modification"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Sélectionner tout le texte ou tous les éléments d'une liste."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Couper (enlever) le texte ou les éléments sélectionnés et les mettre dans le "
+ "presse-papiers."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Copier le texte ou les éléments sélectionnés dans le presse-papiers."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Coller le contenu du presse-papiers."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Annuler la dernière action."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Capture d'écran"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
+-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Fait une capture d'écran.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Fait une capture d'écran.</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -20758,11 +25234,14 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Faire une capture d'écran d'une "
+ "fenêtre.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -20772,13 +25251,15 @@
+ "zone de la fenêtre.</link> Le pointeur se change en croix. Cliquez et "
+ "sélectionnez une zone."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -20786,29 +25267,87 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Démarrer et arrêter un "
+ "enregistrement vidéo de l'écran.</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une notification ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:34(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='2f9b2758acb31c338be29a8a20abae54'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -20816,19 +25355,23 @@
+ "À propos des messages qui apparaissent en bas de l'écran, pour avertir d'un "
+ "événement."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Notifications et le tiroir de messagerie"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une notification ?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+@@ -20836,7 +25379,8 @@
+ "Si une application ou un composant du système veut attirer votre attention, "
+ "une notification s'affiche en bas de l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+ "a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
+@@ -20847,7 +25391,8 @@
+ "disponibles pour votre ordinateur ou la batterie de votre ordinateur est "
+ "faible, vous recevez une notification qui vous en informe."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+ "You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+@@ -20856,33 +25401,63 @@
+ "une seule ligne. Déplacez votre souris au dessus d'elle si vous voulez voir "
+ "l'intégralité de son contenu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+-"notifications without selecting one of its options, click anywhere on the "
+-"notification."
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les autres notifications ont des boutons d'options sélectionnables. Pour "
+ "fermer l'une de ces notifications sans sélectionner une de ses options, "
+ "cliquez n'importe où sur la notification."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "Le tiroir de messagerie"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"Le tiroir de messagerie vous permet de récupérer vos notifications quand bon "
++"vous semble. Il apparaît lorsque vous déplacez votre souris dans le coin "
++"inférieur droit de l'écran et il contient toutes les notifications sur "
++"lesquelles vous n'avez pas encore agi ou qui y résident en permanence."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen, and contains all the notifications that you have "
+-"not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le tiroir de messagerie vous permet de récupérer vos notifications quand bon "
+ "vous semble. Il apparaît lorsque vous déplacez votre souris dans le coin "
+ "inférieur droit de l'écran et il contient toutes les notifications sur "
+ "lesquelles vous n'avez pas encore agi ou qui y résident en permanence."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -20895,13 +25470,20 @@
+ "traitement spécial et sont représentées par les contacts individuels qui "
+ "vous ont envoyé les messages."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le tiroir de messagerie est toujours visible dans la vue d'ensemble des "
+-"activités."
++"Dans de nombreuses applications, vous pouvez augmenter la taille du texte à "
++"n'importe quel moment en appuyant sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></"
++"keyseq>. Pour réduire la taille du texte, appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+@@ -20910,14 +25492,17 @@
+ "devez cliquer sur le <gui>bouton du tiroir</gui> pour afficher le tiroir de "
+ "messagerie."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:65(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Masquage des notifications"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch "
+-"off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+ "<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous travaillez sur quelque chose et ne voulez pas être dérangé, vous "
+@@ -20925,13 +25510,16 @@
+ "la barre supérieure et de mettre le bouton <gui>Notifications</gui> sur "
+ "« <gui>◯</gui> »."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+ "critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+-"the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and "
+-"they will be shown to you when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lorsqu'elles sont désactivées, la plupart des notifications n'apparaissent "
+ "plus en bas de l'écran. Les notifications très importantes, telles qu'un "
+@@ -20940,72 +25528,115 @@
+ "souris dans le coin inférieur droit et sont affichées à nouveau lorsque vous "
+ "basculez le bouton sur « <gui>|</gui> »."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">raccourcis clavier</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendrier</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</"
+-"link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">raccourcis clavier</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendrier</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Bureau, applications &amp; fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "Le bureau"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Les applications et les fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une description des termes utilisés pour décrire les différentes parties du "
+ "bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr "Activités, dash, barre supérieure… Qu'est-ce que c'est ?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"La <em>vue d'ensemble des activités</em> est l'écran qui apparaît lorsque "
++"vous cliquez sur <gui>Activités</gui> dans le coin supérieur gauche de "
++"l'écran."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La <em>vue d'ensemble des activités</em> est l'écran qui apparaît lorsque "
+ "vous cliquez sur <gui>Activités</gui> dans le coin supérieur gauche de "
+ "l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "Les applications et les fenêtres"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+ msgstr "Sélecteur de fenêtre Alt-Tab"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications "
+-"you have currently open."
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lorsque vous maintenez enfoncée la touche <key>Alt</key> puis appuyez sur la "
+ "touche <key>Tab</key>, un <em>sélecteur de fenêtre</em> apparaît. Il affiche "
+ "les icônes des applications actuellement ouvertes."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:39(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+@@ -21017,11 +25648,13 @@
+ "actuellement en cours d'exécution y sont également affichées. Le dash est "
+ "parfois appelé le <em>dock</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Coin actif"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -21030,43 +25663,73 @@
+ "déplacez le pointeur de la souris vers ce coin, la vue d'ensemble des "
+ "activités apparaît."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Notifications"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+ "with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
+-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging "
+-"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "Menu utilisateur"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Les <em>notifications</em> sont des messages qui apparaissent en bas de "
+-"l'écran, pour vous indiquer que quelque chose vient de se produire. Par "
+-"exemple, lorsqu'une personne qui discute avec vous vous envoie un message, "
+-"une notification apparaît pour vous en informer. Si vous ne voulez pas vous "
+-"occuper du message tout de suite, celui-ci est masqué dans votre tiroir de "
+-"messagerie. Déplacez votre souris vers le coin inférieur droit pour "
+-"consulter votre tiroir de messagerie."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "Paramétrages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>system settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+-"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui> to access them."
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les <em>paramètres systèmes</em> est l'endroit où vous pouvez modifier vos "
+ "préférences, etc. ; il est similaire au panneau de contrôle sous Windows ou "
+ "aux Préférences Système sous Mac OS. Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre "
+ "supérieure et sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres système</gui> pour y accéder."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Barre supérieure"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -21076,23 +25739,41 @@
+ "Le lien <gui>Activités</gui> est une de ses extrémités et votre nom en est "
+ "l'autre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"La <em>barre supérieure</em> est la barre qui traverse le haut de l'écran. "
++"Le lien <gui>Activités</gui> est une de ses extrémités et votre nom en est "
++"l'autre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Espace de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Vous pouvez disposer des fenêtres sur différents <em>espaces de travail</"
+-"em>. C'est une façon pratique de regrouper et de séparer des fenêtres."
++"Vous pouvez disposer des fenêtres sur différents <em>espaces de travail</em>."
++" C'est une façon pratique de regrouper et de séparer des fenêtres."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:83(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Sélecteur d'espace de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+@@ -21102,16 +25783,26 @@
+ "travail qui s'affiche sur le côté droit de la vue <gui>Fenêtres</gui> dans "
+ "la vue d'ensemble des activités."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Examiner la vue d'ensemble des activités ou les autres espaces de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "Recherche d'une fenêtre perdue"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+@@ -21121,12 +25812,14 @@
+ "masquée derrière une autre fenêtre en utilisant la <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\">vue d'ensemble des activités</link> :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the activities overview and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is "
+-"selected. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in "
+-"thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des activités et vérifiez que la vue <gui>Fenêtres</"
+ "gui> est sélectionnée. Si la fenêtre égarée est sur l'<link xref=\"shell-"
+@@ -21134,61 +25827,74 @@
+ "affichée sous la forme d'un aperçu. Cliquez tout simplement sur l'aperçu "
+ "pour afficher à nouveau la fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to "
+-"find your window, or"
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur les différents espaces de travail dans le <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</link> sur le côté droit de "
+ "l'écran pour essayer de trouver votre fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be "
+-"listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'application dans le dash et les fenêtres "
+ "ouvertes correspondantes sont listées. Cliquez sur une fenêtre dans la liste "
+ "pour basculer vers elle."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "En utilisant le sélecteur de fenêtre :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window "
+-"switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
+ "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> pour afficher le "
+ "sélecteur de fenêtre. Tenez enfoncée la touche <key>Alt</key> et appuyez sur "
+ "<key>Tab</key> pour parcourir en boucle les fenêtres ouvertes ou "
+ "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> pour revenir en arrière."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and "
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si une application possède plusieurs fenêtres, tenez enfoncée la touche "
+ "<key>Alt</key> et appuyez sur la touche <key>`</key> (ou la touche au dessus "
+ "de la touche <key>Tab</key>) pour les parcourir."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Double-cliquer ou déplacer la barre de titre pour maximiser ou restaurer une "
+ "fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "Maximisation et réduction d'une fenêtre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -21203,11 +25909,13 @@
+ "fenêtres simultanément. Consultez <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> pour "
+ "plus de détails."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+-"keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour maximiser une fenêtre, cliquez sur sa barre de titre et faites-la "
+@@ -21216,7 +25924,15 @@
+ "enfoncée la touche <link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link> et appuyez sur "
+ "<key>↑</key> ou appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+@@ -21229,36 +25945,42 @@
+ "utiliser les mêmes raccourcis clavier que ceux que vous aviez utilisé pour "
+ "maximiser la fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Alt</key> et faites glisser une fenêtre à "
+ "partir de n'importe quel point de la fenêtre pour la déplacer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Arranger les fenêtres dans un espace de travail pour travailler plus "
+ "efficacement."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "Déplacement et redimensionnement de vos fenêtres."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+-"addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features "
+-"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez déplacer et redimensionner les fenêtres pour travailler plus "
+ "efficacement. En plus des fonctionnalités de glissement que vous pourriez "
+ "attendre, GNOME fournit des raccourcis qui vous permettent d'arranger les "
+ "fenêtres rapidement."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+@@ -21270,7 +25992,8 @@
+ "déplaçant la fenêtre pour la positionner au bord de l'écran ou à côté d'une "
+ "autre fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+@@ -21281,7 +26004,15 @@
+ "la fenêtre pour la positionner au bord de l'écran ou à côté d'une autre "
+ "fenêtre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -21296,12 +26027,13 @@
+ "redimensionner, puis appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour terminer, ou appuyez "
+ "sur <key>Échap</key> pour retourner à la position et la taille originales."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximisez une fenêtre</link> en la "
+ "faisant glisser jusqu'en haut de l'écran. Faites glisser une fenêtre jusqu'à "
+@@ -21309,15 +26041,19 @@
+ "d'<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">afficher des fenêtres côte-à-côte</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Appuyer sur <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "Basculement entre fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+@@ -21327,42 +26063,62 @@
+ "fenêtre</gui> permet de basculer entre les tâches d'une façon unique et "
+ "fournit une vision complète des applications en cours d'exécution."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "À partir d'un espace de travail :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> pour faire "
+ "apparaître le <gui>sélecteur de fenêtre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
+-"switcher."
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Relâchez la touche <key>Alt</key> pour sélectionner la prochaine fenêtre "
+ "(mise en évidence) dans le sélecteur."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
+-"to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Autrement, tout en maintenant enfoncée la touche <key>Alt</key>, appuyez sur "
+ "<key>Tab</key> pour parcourir en boucle la liste des fenêtres ouvertes ou "
+ "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> pour revenir en arrière."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"Vous pouvez maximiser une fenêtre seulement à gauche ou à droite de l'écran, "
++"vous permettant ainsi de placer deux fenêtres côte-à-côte pour passer "
++"rapidement de l'une à l'autre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+-"<key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to "
+-"step through the list."
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les fenêtres dans le sélecteur de fenêtre sont regroupées par application. "
+ "Des aperçus pour les applications possédant plusieurs fenêtres apparaissent "
+@@ -21370,7 +26126,8 @@
+ "key> et appuyez sur la touche <key>`</key> (ou la touche au dessus de la "
+ "touche <key>Tab</key>) pour parcourir la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+@@ -21378,7 +26135,8 @@
+ "Dans le sélecteur de fenêtre, les applications appartenant à des espaces de "
+ "travail différents sont séparées par des barres verticales."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+@@ -21388,7 +26146,8 @@
+ "sélecteur de fenêtre avec les touches <key>→</key> ou <key>←</key> ou en "
+ "cliquant à l'aide de la souris sur une fenêtre pour la sélectionner."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+@@ -21396,11 +26155,13 @@
+ "Les aperçus des applications possédant une seule fenêtre peuvent être "
+ "affichés avec la touche <key>↓</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "À partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui>activités</gui> :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+@@ -21413,15 +26174,18 @@
+ "vous pouvez cliquer sur chaque espace de travail pour afficher les fenêtres "
+ "ouvertes dans chacun d'eux."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Maximiser deux fenêtres côte à côte."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Juxtaposition de fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+@@ -21431,12 +26195,14 @@
+ "vous permettant ainsi de placer deux fenêtres côte-à-côte pour passer "
+ "rapidement de l'une à l'autre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+-"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
+-"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour maximiser une fenêtre le long d'un bord de l'écran, cliquez sur sa "
+ "barre de titre et faites-la glisser jusqu'au bord gauche ou droit de "
+@@ -21445,7 +26211,8 @@
+ "link> et appuyez sur la touche <key>flèche gauche</key> ou <key>flèche "
+ "droite</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+@@ -21454,210 +26221,309 @@
+ "bord de l'écran, ou utilisez le même raccourci clavier que celui utilisé "
+ "pour la maximiser."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Déplacer et organiser vos fenêtres."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Fenêtres et espaces de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Tout comme les autres bureaux, GNOME utilise des fenêtres pour afficher les "
+ "applications en cours d'exécution. En utilisant à la fois la <gui>vue "
+ "d'ensemble</gui> et le <gui>dash</gui>, vous pouvez lancer de nouvelles "
+ "applications et vérifier quelles fenêtres sont actives."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En plus des fenêtres, vous pouvez aussi regrouper vos applications ensemble "
+ "dans des espaces de travail. Consultez les rubriques d'aide sur les fenêtres "
+ "et les espaces de travail ci-dessous pour apprendre à les utiliser plus "
+ "facilement."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Gestion des fenêtres"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Espaces de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Gestion des espaces de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aller dans la vue d'ensemble des Activités et déplacer la fenêtre vers un "
+ "autre espace de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "Déplacement d'une fenêtre vers un autre espace de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "Avec la souris :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ouvrez la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des activités</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and "
+-"make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</"
+-"link> et vérifiez que la vue <gui>Fenêtres</gui> est affichée."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "Cliquez et déplacez la fenêtre vers la droite de l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</link> "
+ "apparaît."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"Déposez la fenêtre sur un espace de travail vide. Cet espace de travail "
++"contient maintenant la fenêtre que vous avez déposée et un nouvel espace de "
++"travail vide apparaît en bas du <gui>sélecteur d'espace de travail</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+-"window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom "
+-"of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"window you have dropped."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Déposez la fenêtre sur un espace de travail vide. Cet espace de travail "
+ "contient maintenant la fenêtre que vous avez déposée et un nouvel espace de "
+ "travail vide apparaît en bas du <gui>sélecteur d'espace de travail</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:47(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "Avec le clavier :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window "
+-"switcher</link>)."
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez la fenêtre que vous voulez déplacer (par ex. en utilisant le "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur de fenêtre</link> "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> )."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>↑</key></"
+ "keyseq> pour déplacer la fenêtre vers un espace de travail au dessus de "
+ "l'espace de travail actuel dans le <gui>sélecteur d'espace de travail</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>↓</key></"
+ "keyseq> pour déplacer la fenêtre vers un espace de travail en dessous de "
+ "l'espace de travail actuel dans le <gui>sélecteur d'espace de travail</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Utiliser le sélecteur d'espace de travail à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+-"activités."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "Sélecteur d'espace de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+ msgstr "Changement d'espace de travail"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Ouvrez la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des activités</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur les différents espaces de travail dans le <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</link> sur le côté droit de "
++"l'écran pour essayer de trouver votre fenêtre."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window "
+-"thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>activités</gui>, cliquez sur un espace de "
+-"travail dans le <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de "
+-"travail</link> sur le côté droit de l'écran pour afficher les fenêtres "
+-"ouvertes de cet espace de travail. Cliquez sur n'importe quel aperçu pour "
+-"activer l'espace de travail."
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> pour "
+ "vous déplacer vers un espace de travail qui est au dessus de l'espace de "
+ "travail actuel dans le sélecteur d'espace de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> pour "
+ "vous déplacer vers un espace de travail qui est en dessous de l'espace de "
+ "travail actuel dans le sélecteur d'espace de travail."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les espaces de travail sont une façon de regrouper les fenêtres sur votre "
+ "bureau."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "Qu'est ce qu'un espace de travail et à quoi sert-il ?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"Les espaces de travail font référence à un groupement de fenêtres sur votre "
++"bureau. Vous pouvez créer beaucoup d'espaces de travail qui agissent comme "
++"des bureaux virtuels. L'utilité des espaces de travail est de réduire "
++"l'encombrement de votre bureau et d'y permettre une navigation plus aisée."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les espaces de travail font référence à un groupement de fenêtres sur votre "
+ "bureau. Vous pouvez créer beaucoup d'espaces de travail qui agissent comme "
+ "des bureaux virtuels. L'utilité des espaces de travail est de réduire "
+ "l'encombrement de votre bureau et d'y permettre une navigation plus aisée."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -21671,28 +26537,62 @@
+ "travail. Votre gestionnaire de musique peut être sur un troisième espace de "
+ "travail."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Utilisez les espaces de travail :"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, "
+-"plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link>."
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans la <gui>vue d'ensemble des activités</gui>, commencez à saisir le nom "
++"du contact."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>activités</gui>, déplacez votre curseur vers "
++"le côté droit de l'écran. Un panneau vertical apparaît affichant les espaces "
++"de travail utilisés, ainsi qu'un espace de travail vide. C'est le <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>activités</gui>, déplacez votre curseur vers "
+ "le côté droit de l'écran. Un panneau vertical apparaît affichant les espaces "
+ "de travail utilisés, ainsi qu'un espace de travail vide. C'est le <link xref="
+ "\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+-"the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below "
+-"it."
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour ajouter un espace de travail, faites glisser et déposez une fenêtre "
+ "d'un espace de travail existant vers l'espace de travail vide dans le "
+@@ -21700,19 +26600,23 @@
+ "fenêtre que vous venez de déposer dessus et un nouvel espace de travail vide "
+ "apparaît en dessous de lui."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pour supprimer un espace de travail, fermez tout simplement toutes ses "
+ "fenêtres ou déplacez-les vers d'autres espaces de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "Il y a toujours au minimum un espace de travail."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+@@ -21720,26 +26624,31 @@
+ "Choisir le son à émettre pour les messages, régler le volume du son "
+ "d'alerte, ou désactiver les sons d'alerte."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr "Choix ou désactivation du son d'alerte"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "L'ordinateur fait entendre un son d'alerte bref pour certains types de "
+ "messages et d'événements. Vous pouvez choisir entre divers extraits sonores "
+ "pour les alertes, régler le volume sonore des alertes indépendamment du "
+ "volume sonore du système, ou désactiver complètement les sons d'alerte."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Son</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+@@ -21748,7 +26657,8 @@
+ "entendez chaque son quand vous cliquez dessus et ainsi vous vous rendez "
+ "compte du résultat."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+@@ -21758,11 +26668,9 @@
+ "volume du son des alertes. Cela n'affecte pas le volume sonore de la "
+ "musique, des films ou d'autres fichiers son."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "To disable alert sounds entirely, select <gui>Mute</gui> on the "
+-#| "<gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgid ""
+ "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+ "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+@@ -21770,16 +26678,19 @@
+ "Pour désactiver complètement les sons d'alerte, cochez la case <gui>Muet</"
+ "gui> dans l'onglet <gui>Effets sonores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr "Régler les problèmes d'absence de son ou de son de mauvaise qualité."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr "Problèmes de son"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+@@ -21787,15 +26698,18 @@
+ "Les causes de défaillance du son sur votre ordinateur sont nombreuses. Les "
+ "plus fréquentes figurent dans la liste ci-dessous :"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr "Vérifiez les câbles audio et les pilotes de la carte son."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr "J'entends des craquements ou des ronflements dans le son"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+@@ -21805,11 +26719,13 @@
+ "provenir d'un défaut dans les câbles audio ou les connecteurs, ou d'un "
+ "problème avec les pilotes de la carte son."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Vérifiez que les haut-parleurs sont correctement branchés."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -21817,13 +26733,15 @@
+ "Des haut-parleurs mal branchés, ou branchés dans la mauvaise prise, sont "
+ "cause de ronflements."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assurez-vous que le câble du haut-parleur ou des écouteurs n'est pas "
+ "endommagé."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -21836,11 +26754,13 @@
+ "trouble sonore persiste. Si c'est le cas, il faudra remplacer ce câble ou "
+ "ces écouteurs."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Vérifiez la qualité des pilotes de son."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -21853,7 +26773,8 @@
+ "internet, en ajoutant « Linux » au motif de recherche, pour voir si d'autres "
+ "personnes ont eu le même problème."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+@@ -21861,7 +26782,8 @@
+ "Utilisez la commande <cmd>lspci</cmd> pour obtenir plus d'information sur "
+ "votre carte son."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -21869,11 +26791,13 @@
+ "Assurez-vous que le son n'est pas sur « Muet », que les câbles sont bien "
+ "branchés et que la carte son est détectée."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr "L'ordinateur n'émet aucun son"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+@@ -21883,11 +26807,13 @@
+ "tentez d'écouter de la musique, essayez ces différentes étapes pour voir si "
+ "elles règlent le problème."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr "Assurez-vous que le son n'est pas sur « Muet »"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+@@ -21896,7 +26822,8 @@
+ "petit haut-parleur) et assurez-vous que le son n'est pas « Muet » ou mis à "
+ "zéro."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+@@ -21904,7 +26831,8 @@
+ "Certains portables possèdent un interrupteur de son, ou une touche spéciale "
+ "sur le clavier : appuyez sur cette touche pour voir si le son revient."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -21921,11 +26849,13 @@
+ "la fenêtre <gui>Son</gui>, qui s'affiche, cliquez sur l'onglet "
+ "<gui>Applications</gui> et vérifiez que votre application n'est pas muette."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr "Vérifiez que les haut-parleurs sont allumés et correctement branchés"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -21937,7 +26867,8 @@
+ "le câble de haut-parleur est bien enfoncé dans la prise audio « Sortie » à "
+ "l'arrière de l'ordinateur. Elle est en général de couleur vert clair."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -21952,7 +26883,8 @@
+ "OS. Essayez de brancher le câble de haut-parleur aux différentes prises "
+ "audio successivement pour voir si ça marche."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -21961,11 +26893,13 @@
+ "au dos des haut-parleurs ? Certains haut-parleurs peuvent aussi avoir "
+ "plusieurs entrées."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr "S'assurer que le bon périphérique de son est sélectionné"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+@@ -21977,17 +26911,19 @@
+ "aussi devez-vous vérifier que c'est bien le bon qui est sélectionné. Ce qui "
+ "peut nécessiter plusieurs essais-erreurs pour le trouver."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cliquez sur l'icône son dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Préférences du son</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la fenêtre <gui>Son</gui> qui s'affiche, cliquez sur l'onglet "
+@@ -21995,7 +26931,8 @@
+ "(vous pourrez ainsi revenir aux sélections par défaut si les modifications "
+ "n'aboutissent pas)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+@@ -22005,25 +26942,30 @@
+ "pour voir si ça marche. Il peut être nécessaire de tester chaque profil de "
+ "la liste."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "En cas d'échec, faites la même chose avec tous les périphériques de la liste."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Essayez de changer l'option <gui>Connecteur</gui> dans l'onglet <gui>Sortie</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr "Vérifier que la carte son a bien été détectée"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -22034,26 +26976,31 @@
+ "cas, l'ordinateur ne pourra pas émettre de son. Une raison possible est que "
+ "les pilotes spécifiques de la carte ne sont pas installés."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Allez dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et ouvrez un terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Saisissez la commande <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+ 
+ # J.H: J'ai des doutes sur playback hardware devices. Pas trouvé le module gnome du son
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+ "devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une liste des périphériques s'affiche. S'il n'y a pas de <gui>Périphérique "
+ "matériel de lecture audio</gui>, c'est que la carte son n'a pas été détectée."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -22061,7 +27008,8 @@
+ "Si la carte son n'est pas détectée, il vous faudra installer ses pilotes "
+ "manuellement. La façon de procéder dépend de votre carte."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -22082,7 +27030,8 @@
+ "anglais). Vous devez y trouver la marque de la carte son et le numéro du "
+ "modèle. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> vous fournira encore plus de détails."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+@@ -22092,7 +27041,8 @@
+ "votre carte. Le mieux est de vous adresser à des forums spécialisés pour "
+ "votre distribution Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -22102,17 +27052,20 @@
+ "reste plus qu'à en acheter une nouvelle. Vous avez le choix entre une carte "
+ "son interne et une carte son externe, à brancher sur un port USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Utiliser un microphone USB ou analogique et sélectionner un périphérique "
+ "d'entrée par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr "Utilisation d'un autre microphone"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -22126,7 +27079,8 @@
+ "possède un microphone incorporé, ou une Webcam avec microphone, un "
+ "microphone séparé donne habituellement une meilleure qualité audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -22143,7 +27097,8 @@
+ "n'est pas le cas, voyez les instructions plus bas pour choisir un "
+ "périphérique d'entrée par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -22153,16 +27108,19 @@
+ "l'ordinateur. Les microphones USB agissent comme des périphériques audio à "
+ "part et vous devrez définir le microphone à utiliser par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Sélection d'un périphérique d'entrée par défaut"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Son</gui> et cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Entrée</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+@@ -22170,18 +27128,21 @@
+ "Sélectionnez le périphérique dans la liste des périphériques. L'indicateur "
+ "<gui>Volume d'entrée</gui> doit réagir quand vous parlez dans le micro."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Brancher des haut-parleurs ou des écouteurs et sélectionner un périphérique "
+ "audio de sortie par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr "Utilisation d'autres haut-parleurs ou écouteurs."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+@@ -22192,7 +27153,8 @@
+ "l'intermédiaire d'une fiche ronde TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>), appelée "
+ "aussi fiche <em>jack</em>, ou par l'intermédiaire d'une fiche USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -22210,13 +27172,15 @@
+ "instructions plus bas sur la façon de sélectionner le périphérique par "
+ "défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+ "which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+-"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</"
+-"gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
+ "speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
+ "Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
+ "Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
+@@ -22234,7 +27198,8 @@
+ "chaque haut-parleur. Chaque bouton n'annonce sa position que dans le canal "
+ "correspondant à ce haut-parleur."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -22245,15 +27210,18 @@
+ "port USB. Les haut-parleurs USB fonctionnent comme des périphériques audio à "
+ "part et vous devrez définir les haut-parleurs à utiliser par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Son</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet <gui>Sortie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr "Sélectionnez le périphérique dans la liste des périphériques."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+@@ -22261,11 +27229,13 @@
+ "Régler le volume du son pour l'ordinateur et contrôler l'intensité sonore de "
+ "chaque application."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr "Modification du volume sonore"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+@@ -22276,12 +27246,13 @@
+ "volume vers la gauche ou la droite. Vous pouvez couper le son en déplaçant "
+ "le curseur complètement à gauche."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Certains claviers disposent de touches qui permettent un réglage du volume "
+ "sonore. Elles représentent habituellement des haut-parleurs stylisés avec "
+@@ -22290,7 +27261,8 @@
+ "touches de fonction ; maintenez conjointement l'appui sur la touche <key>Fn</"
+ "key> pour les utiliser."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -22301,11 +27273,13 @@
+ "les haut-parleurs eux-mêmes. Certains écouteurs possèdent aussi un tel "
+ "réglage."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Modification du volume sonore d'applications individuelles"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -22318,7 +27292,8 @@
+ "alors couper le son du navigateur Web pour ne pas gêner l'audition de la "
+ "musique."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -22332,7 +27307,8 @@
+ "<gui>Paramètres du son</gui>. Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Applications</gui> "
+ "et modifiez le volume à cet endroit."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+@@ -22344,922 +27320,1091 @@
+ "c'est qu'elle ne prend pas en compte un réglage de cette façon. Dans ce cas, "
+ "vous ne pouvez pas modifier son volume sonore."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:22(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:49(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:53(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:58(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:62(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:75(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:79(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:92(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:100(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:104(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:108(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:112(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:116(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:120(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:124(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:128(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:132(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:136(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:150(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:154(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:158(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:162(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:166(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:170(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:184(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:193(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:197(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:201(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:210(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:214(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:218(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:222(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:226(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:230(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:234(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:238(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:250(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:254(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:258(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:262(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:266(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:270(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:274(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:278(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:282(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:286(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:291(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:8(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right "
+-"of the top bar."
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Description expliquant la signification des icônes situées à droite de la "
+ "barre supérieure."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "Signification des icônes de la barre supérieure"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, "
+-"specifically the different variations of the icons that are possible."
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cette section explique les icônes situées à droite de l'écran, en "
+ "particulier les différentes variations d'icônes possibles."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "La barre supérieure de GNOME Shell"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Icônes du menu accès universel"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:34(td/p)
+-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Affiche un menu qui permet d'activer les différents paramètres "
+ "d'accessibilité."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Icônes de contrôle du volume"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "Le volume est fort."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:54(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "Le volume est moyen."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "Le volume est faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:63(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "Le volume est en sourdine."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icônes du gestionnaire Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:76(td/p)
+-msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-msgstr "Le Bluetooth est activé."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "Le Bluetooth est désactivé."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "Le Bluetooth est désactivé."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icônes du gestionnaire de réseaux"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:88(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connexions cellulaires</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 3G network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau 3G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:97(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 4G network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau 4G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:101(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau EDGE."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:105(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:109(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau UMTS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau cellulaire."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:117(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr "Acquisition d'une connexion de réseau cellulaire."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:121(td/p) C/status-icons.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal très puissant."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:125(td/p) C/status-icons.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal puissant."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:129(td/p) C/status-icons.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal d'intensité moyenne."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:133(td/p) C/status-icons.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:137(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal extrêmement faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:143(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connexions au réseau local</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
+-msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr "Une erreur est survenue lors de la recherche du réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:151(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is idle."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr "Le réseau est inactif."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "Aucun chemin vers le réseau n'a été trouvé."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:159(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "Le réseau est hors-ligne."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:163(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is receiving."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr "Le réseau est en cours de réception."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:167(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr "Le réseau est en cours d'émission et de réception."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:171(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr "Le réseau est en cours de transmission."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:177(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connexion à un réseau privé virtuel</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p) C/status-icons.page:194(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring network connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr "Connexion au réseau en cours."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:185(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to VPN network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:190(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connexion filaire</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:198(td/p)
+-msgid "Disconnected from network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr "Déconnexion du réseau."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:202(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wired network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau filaire."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:207(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connexion sans fil</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:211(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr "Acquisition d'une connexion sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "Le réseaux sans fil est chiffré."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:219(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr "Connecté à un réseau sans fil."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Signal très faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:246(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icônes du gestionnaire d'énergie"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "La batterie est chargée."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "La batterie est partiellement déchargée."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "Le niveau de la batterie est faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:263(td/p)
+-msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr "Attention : batterie très faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:267(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "Le niveau de la batterie est extrêmement faible."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:271(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is missing."
+-msgstr "Il n'y a plus de batterie."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "La batterie est chargée."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:275(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is full and charged."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr "La batterie est pleine et chargée."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "La batterie est pleine et en cours de chargement."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "La batterie est partiellement pleine et en cours de chargement."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:287(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "La batterie est faible et en cours de chargement."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:292(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "La batterie est très faible et en cours de chargement."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "La batterie est vide et en cours de chargement."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -23267,11 +28412,13 @@
+ "Saisir des caractères absents de votre clavier, y compris des alphabets "
+ "étrangers, des symboles mathématiques et des caractères Unicode."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "Saisie de caractères spéciaux"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -23282,15 +28429,18 @@
+ "clavier. Vous trouverez sur cette page une liste des différentes méthodes "
+ "pour saisir des caractères spéciaux."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Méthodes de saisie des caractères"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Table de caractères"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -23301,7 +28451,8 @@
+ "trouver le caractère que vous recherchez ensuite, copiez-le et collez-le où "
+ "vous en avez besoin."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+ "For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+@@ -23312,11 +28463,13 @@
+ "caractères, consultez le <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Guide de la table de "
+ "caractères</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "La touche « compose »"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -23328,7 +28481,8 @@
+ "spécial. Par exemple, pour obtenir la lettre accentuée <em>é</em>, pressez "
+ "sur <key>compose</key>, puis sur <key>'</key> et enfin sur <key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+@@ -23336,27 +28490,36 @@
+ "Sur un clavier, il n'y a pas de touche « compose » spécifique. Il vous "
+ "appartient d'en configurer une pour votre clavier."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Configuration d'une touche « compose »"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Région &amp; langue</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Sources d'entrée</gui> et cliquez sur <gui>Options</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Carte graphique</gui> dans le panneau latéral droit."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
+-"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
+-"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
+-"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
+-"work for their original purpose."
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Recherchez le groupe <gui>Position de la touche compose</gui>. Activez la ou "
+ "les touches qui devront se comporter comme une touche compose. Vous pouvez "
+@@ -23365,13 +28528,16 @@
+ "dorénavant que compose comme fonction et ne pourra plus être utilisée pour "
+ "sa fonction d'origine."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez saisir beaucoup de caractères usuels à l'aide de la touche "
+ "compose, comme par exemple :"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -23379,7 +28545,8 @@
+ "appuyez sur <key>compose</key>, puis sur <key>'</key> et enfin sur une "
+ "lettre pour y placer un accent aigu, comme <em>é</em> ;"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -23387,7 +28554,8 @@
+ "appuyez sur <key>compose</key>, puis sur <key>`</key> (accent grave) et "
+ "enfin sur une lettre pour y placer un accent grave comme <em>è</em> ;"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+@@ -23395,7 +28563,8 @@
+ "appuyez sur <key>compose</key>, puis sur <key>\"</key> et enfin sur une "
+ "lettre pour y placer un tréma, comme <em>ë</em> ;"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -23405,7 +28574,8 @@
+ 
+ # La page Wikipedia française est trop légère.
+ # Cette doc n'est pas parfaite, mais elle est en français...
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+@@ -23415,11 +28585,13 @@
+ "ubuntu-fr.org/caracteres_etendus\">cette page de la documentation Ubuntu "
+ "francophone sur les caractères étendus</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Points de code"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -23436,7 +28608,8 @@
+ "point de code est représenté par les quatre caractères qui suivent <gui>U+</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -23452,11 +28625,13 @@
+ "utile si vous avez souvent besoin d'utiliser des caractères difficilement "
+ "accessibles par d'autres méthodes pour les saisir rapidement."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Agencements de clavier"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -23469,11 +28644,13 @@
+ "matérialisant par une icône dans la barre supérieure. Pour savoir comment "
+ "procéder, consultez <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Méthodes de saisie"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -23486,7 +28663,8 @@
+ "une souris en utilisant une méthode gestuelle, ou saisir des caractères "
+ "japonais via le clavier latin."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -23500,7 +28678,8 @@
+ "comment les utiliser."
+ 
+ # luc: added keyboard shortcuts
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+@@ -23508,24 +28687,23 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Caractères spéciaux</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">raccourcis du clic milieu</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Trucs &amp; astuces"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "Comment et où aider à la traduction de ces rubriques."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:21(license/p)
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Creative Commons Paternité-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique 3.0"
+-
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr "Participation à l'amélioration des traductions"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+@@ -23534,7 +28712,8 @@
+ "par une communauté de volontaires dans le monde entier. Votre contribution "
+ "est la bienvenue."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+@@ -23543,19 +28722,21 @@
+ "\">nombreuses langues</link> pour lesquelles nous avons encore besoin de "
+ "traductions."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Pour commencer à traduire, vous devez <link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">créer un compte</link> et rejoindre <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
++"Pour commencer à traduire, vous devez <link href=\"http:l10n.gnome."
++"org\">créer un compte</link> et rejoindre <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+ "teams/\">l'équipe de traduction</link> de votre langue. Ce compte va vous "
+ "permettre de téléverser de nouvelles traductions."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -23563,42 +28744,47 @@
+ "result of timezone differences."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez discuter avec d'autres traducteurs de GNOME par le canal <link "
+-"href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n"
+-"\">irc</link>. Les personnes abonnées à ce canal sont disséminées dans le "
+-"monde entier, vous n'aurez donc probablement pas de réponse rapide à cause "
+-"des décalages horaires."
++"href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome."
++"org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. Les personnes abonnées à ce canal sont disséminées "
++"dans le monde entier, vous n'aurez donc probablement pas de réponse rapide à "
++"cause des décalages horaires."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+ "list</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez aussi joindre par courriel l'équipe d'internationalisation en "
+-"utilisant leur <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n"
+-"\">liste de diffusion</link>."
++"utilisant leur <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-"
++"i18n\">liste de diffusion</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Utilisateurs"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-add\">Ajout d'utilisateur</link> ou <link xref=\"user-"
+-"addguest\">utilisateur invité</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
+-"\">modification de votre mot de passe</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change"
+-"\">administrateurs</link>…"
++"addguest\">utilisateur invité</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">modification de votre mot de passe</link>, <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-change\">administrateurs</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Comptes utilisateurs"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -23611,39 +28797,47 @@
+ "sûr. Il n'est possible d'accéder à un autre compte utilisateur que si vous "
+ "en connaissez le mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Comptes"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "Gérer les comptes des utilisateurs"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Mots de passe"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilèges"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilèges de l'utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ajouter de nouveaux utilisateurs pour que d'autres personnes puissent se "
+ "connecter à l'ordinateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "Ajout d'un nouveau compte utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -23654,11 +28848,14 @@
+ "Chaque utilisateur possède son dossier personnel, ses documents et ses "
+ "paramètres."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Comptes utilisateur</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+@@ -23669,20 +28866,25 @@
+ "gui> dans le coin supérieur droit et saisissez votre mot de passe ou le mot "
+ "de passe administrateur quand il vous est demandé."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:67(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans la liste de comptes à gauche, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> pour "
+ "ajouter un nouveau compte utilisateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si vous souhaitez donner un <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">accès "
+ "administrateur</link> au nouvel utilisateur, sélectionnez "
+@@ -23690,7 +28892,8 @@
+ "par exemple ajouter et supprimer des utilisateurs, installer des logiciels "
+ "et des pilotes, ou encore modifier la date et l'heure."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -23700,28 +28903,35 @@
+ "rempli automatiquement d'après le nom complet. Si le nom par défaut ne vous "
+ "convient pas, vous pouvez le modifier."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:80(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Créer</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+-"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</"
+-"gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from "
+-"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password "
+-"in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See "
+-"<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le compte est par défaut désactivé tant que les options du mot de passe ne "
+ "sont pas déterminées. Dans <gui>Options de connexion</gui>, cliquez sur "
+ "<gui>Compte désactivé</gui> situé à côté de <gui>Mot de passe</gui>. Vous "
+ "pouvez à l'aide de la liste déroulante <gui>Action</gui> <gui>Définir un mot "
+ "de passe</gui> immédiatement. Saisissez le <gui>Nouveau mot de passe</gui> "
+-"et <gui>Confirmez le mot de passe</gui> en remplissant les champs "
+-"appropriés. Consultez aussi <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"et <gui>Confirmez le mot de passe</gui> en remplissant les champs appropriés."
++" Consultez aussi <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:88(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -23732,11 +28942,14 @@
+ "manière aléatoire. Attention : ce type de mot de passe est difficile à "
+ "deviner, mais peut aussi être difficile à retenir."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Modifier</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -23749,7 +28962,8 @@
+ "échantillons d'images, mais vous pouvez aussi sélectionner une de vos photos "
+ "ou en prendre une nouvelle avec votre Webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+@@ -23757,11 +28971,13 @@
+ "Autoriser des invités à utiliser votre ordinateur de manière provisoire sans "
+ "avoir à connaître le mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "Ajout d'un compte utilisateur invité"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -23774,11 +28990,27 @@
+ "mais n'a pas accès à vos fichiers et ne peut pas modifier les paramètres ni "
+ "installer de logiciels."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "Pour créer un compte utilisateur invité :"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure, puis sur l'image à coté de "
++"votre nom pour ouvrir la fenêtre <gui>Comptes utilisateur</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+@@ -23787,13 +29019,15 @@
+ "mot de passe pour effectuer les modifications. Seul un utilisateur "
+ "administratif peut ajouter des comptes utilisateurs."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+ "<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
+ "automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez <gui>Normal</gui> comme type de compte. Vous ne voulez pas "
+ "donner au compte invité un accès administrateur. Donnez un nom au compte, "
+@@ -23802,12 +29036,14 @@
+ "convient pas, vous pouvez le modifier. Un fois que vous avez terminé, "
+ "cliquez sur <gui>Créer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, "
+-"click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You "
+-"will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</"
+-"gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le nouveau compte utilisateur invité est sélectionné. Dans <gui>Options de "
+ "connexion</gui>, cliquez sur l'étiquette <gui>Compte désactivé</gui> située "
+@@ -23815,7 +29051,8 @@
+ "passe s'affiche. Dans la liste déroulante <gui>Action</gui>, sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Connexion sans mot de passe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+@@ -23828,7 +29065,8 @@
+ "échantillons d'images, mais vous pouvez aussi sélectionner une de vos photos "
+ "ou en prendre une nouvelle avec votre Webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -23836,11 +29074,13 @@
+ "Vous pouvez choisir quels utilisateurs sont autorisés à effectuer des "
+ "modifications au système en leur donnant des privilèges administrateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr "Choix des utilisateurs disposant de privilèges administrateur"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -23854,7 +29094,8 @@
+ "survenue de modifications non autorisées qui pourraient être potentiellement "
+ "dommageables."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -23864,12 +29105,14 @@
+ "déverrouiller les paramètres de compte (pour donner des privilèges "
+ "administrateur à un utilisateur, vous devez vous-même les avoir)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez l'utilisateur dont vous souhaitez modifier les privilèges."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+@@ -23877,7 +29120,8 @@
+ "Cliquez sur l'étiquette <gui>Normal</gui> située à côté de <gui>Type de "
+ "compte</gui> et sélectionnez<gui>Administrateur</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -23885,7 +29129,8 @@
+ "Fermez la fenêtre Comptes utilisateur. Les privilèges de l'utilisateur "
+ "seront modifiés lors de sa prochaine connexion."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+@@ -23895,7 +29140,8 @@
+ "privilèges administrateur. Il s'agit du premier compte utilisateur créé "
+ "après l'installation du système."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+@@ -23903,17 +29149,20 @@
+ "Il est déconseillé d'avoir un nombre trop important d'utilisateurs possédant "
+ "des privilèges <gui>Administrateur</gui> sur un système."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Les privilèges administrateur sont requis pour modifier des parties "
+ "importantes du système."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "Comment les privilèges administrateur fonctionnent-ils ?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -23930,7 +29179,8 @@
+ "modifier par défaut. Certaines applications modifient également des parties "
+ "importantes du système, et sont par conséquent aussi protégées."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -23944,7 +29194,8 @@
+ "applications, c'est pourquoi les comptes utilisateur ne disposent pas de "
+ "privilèges administrateur par défaut."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -23963,7 +29214,8 @@
+ "de passe administrateur pour pouvoir ajouter le nouveau logiciel au système. "
+ "Une fois terminé, les privilèges administrateur sont à nouveau désactivés."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -23982,7 +29234,8 @@
+ "car vous pourriez accidentellement un jour faire une fausse manœuvre (comme "
+ "par exemple supprimer un fichier système essentiel)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+@@ -23991,11 +29244,13 @@
+ "importantes du système si besoin, mais vous empêchent de les modifier par "
+ "inadvertance."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "Que signifie « super utilisateur » ?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -24009,11 +29264,13 @@
+ "de donner provisoirement à un utilisateur des privilèges (administratifs) de "
+ "super utilisateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "À quoi servent les privilèges administratifs ?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -24022,7 +29279,8 @@
+ "Exiger le statut d'administrateur pour toute modification importante du "
+ "système aide à éviter qu'il ne soit corrompu, volontairement ou non."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -24033,7 +29291,8 @@
+ "d'effectuer par erreur des modifications importantes. Un statut "
+ "d'administrateur provisoire limite ce risque."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -24047,7 +29306,8 @@
+ "applications indésirables, ou de modifier des fichiers importants. C'est une "
+ "question de sécurité."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -24055,11 +29315,13 @@
+ "Certaines actions, comme l'installation d'applications, ne sont réalisables "
+ "que par un administrateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Problèmes liés aux restrictions administratives"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+@@ -24069,11 +29331,13 @@
+ "pas le statut d'administrateur. Certaines tâches exigent un statut "
+ "d'administrateur pour fonctionner, comme par exemple :"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "la connexion à un réseau ou à un réseau sans fil,"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -24082,11 +29346,13 @@
+ "l'ordinateur, ou du contenu d'une autre partition du disque (par exemple une "
+ "partition Windows),"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "l'installation de nouvelles applications."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -24094,17 +29360,96 @@
+ "Il est possible de <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">choisir à qui vous "
+ "attribuez ou non le statut d'administrateur</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "Configurer deux écrans avec un ordinateur de bureau."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "Connexion automatique"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"Ouvrez <app>Capture d'écran</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
++"<gui>Activités</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Depuis la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, ouvrez l'application "
++"<app>Fichiers</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++"Sélectionnez le compte que vous voulez modifier dans la liste sur la gauche."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> en haut à droite et saisissez "
++"votre mot de passe."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Orientation pour gaucher</gui> sur <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr "Protégez votre compte en modifiant régulièrement votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "Modification du mot de passe"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+@@ -24113,11 +29458,13 @@
+ "particulier si vous avez des raisons de penser que quelqu'un d'autre le "
+ "connaît."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur l'étiquette à côté de <gui>Mot de passe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -24125,7 +29472,8 @@
+ "Si vous avez déjà saisi un mot de passe, l'étiquette devrait se présenter "
+ "comme une série de points ou de boîtes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -24134,19 +29482,22 @@
+ "votre nouveau mot de passe de nouveau dans le champ <gui>Confirmer le mot de "
+ "passe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assurez-vous de <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choisir un bon mot de "
+ "passe</link>. Cela contribuera à protéger votre compte."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "Modification du mot de passe du trousseau"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -24163,7 +29514,8 @@
+ "trousseau reste identique à l'ancien mot de passe. Pour changer le mot de "
+ "passe du trousseau (pour qu'il corresponde au mot de passe de connexion) :"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -24171,13 +29523,18 @@
+ "Ouvrez l'application <app>Mots de passe et clés</app> dans la vue d'ensemble "
+ "des <gui>Activités</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dans le menu <gui>Affichage</gui>, assurez-vous que <gui>Par trousseau</gui> "
+ "est coché."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+@@ -24186,19 +29543,25 @@
+ "clic droit sur <gui>Trousseau de connexion</gui> et sélectionnez "
+ "<gui>Modifier le mot de passe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-"gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Saisissez votre <gui>Ancien mot de passe</gui>, suivi du nouveau <gui>Mot de "
+-"passe</gui> puis <gui>confirmez</gui> ce dernier en le saisissant à nouveau."
++"Saisissez votre mot de passe actuel, puis un nouveau mot de passe. Saisissez "
++"votre nouveau mot de passe de nouveau dans le champ <gui>Confirmer le mot de "
++"passe</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Valider</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+@@ -24206,21 +29569,24 @@
+ "Vous devez avoir installé le paquet <sys>seahorse</sys> pour pouvoir "
+ "utiliser <app>Mots de passe et clés</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:100(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Installer seahorse</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr "Ajouter votre photo aux écrans de connexion et d'utilisateur."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "Modification de l'image de votre compte"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -24231,7 +29597,8 @@
+ "pouvez choisir une des images proposées ou une de vos propres images. Vous "
+ "pouvez même prendre une nouvelle photo de connexion avec votre Webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -24241,7 +29608,8 @@
+ "sélection d'images de connexion. Si vous aimez l'une d'elles, cliquez dessus "
+ "pour l'utiliser."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -24249,7 +29617,8 @@
+ "Si vous préférez utiliser une image personnelle qui se trouve dans "
+ "l'ordinateur, cliquez sur <gui>Recherche d'autres autre image</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -24264,26 +29633,30 @@
+ "<gui>Rejeter la photo</gui> pour réessayer, ou sur <gui>Annuler</gui> pour "
+ "abandonner."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "Supprimer les comptes d'utilisateurs obsolètes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "Suppression d'un compte d'utilisateur"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+ "delete that user's account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vous pouvez ajoutez plusieurs comptes d'utilisateurs à votre ordinateur. "
+-"Consultez la rubrique <link xref=\"user-add\"/> pour apprendre comment "
+-"faire. Si un utilisateur ne se sert plus de votre ordinateur, vous pouvez "
++"Consultez la rubrique <link xref=\"user-add\"/> pour apprendre comment faire."
++" Si un utilisateur ne se sert plus de votre ordinateur, vous pouvez "
+ "supprimer son compte."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+@@ -24292,13 +29665,18 @@
+ "mot de passe pour effectuer les modifications. Vous devez être un "
+ "administrateur pour supprimer des comptes d'utilisateurs."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sélectionnez le compte d'utilisateur que vous voulez supprimer et cliquez "
+ "sur le bouton <gui>-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -24314,15 +29692,18 @@
+ "pas récupérables. Il est conseillé de les sauvegarder sur un périphérique de "
+ "stockage ou un CD avant de les supprimer."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Utiliser des mots de passe plus longs et plus complexes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "Choix d'un mot de passe sûr"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -24331,7 +29712,8 @@
+ "mais que les autres (y compris les programmes informatiques) auront beaucoup "
+ "de mal à deviner."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+@@ -24341,7 +29723,8 @@
+ "Si votre mot de passe est facile à deviner, d'autres risquent de le trouver "
+ "et d'accéder à vos données personnelles."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -24353,7 +29736,8 @@
+ "s'avérer extrêmement simple pour un programme informatique. Voici quelques "
+ "conseils pour choisir un bon mot de passe :"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -24365,7 +29749,8 @@
+ "deviner ; plus il y a de symboles, plus il y a de combinaisons possibles à "
+ "vérifier, si quelqu'un cherche à trouver votre mot de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -24373,12 +29758,13 @@
+ "Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Une bonne méthode consiste à créer un mot de passe à partir des premières "
+-"lettres de chaque mot d'une phrase dont vous pouvez vous rappeler "
+-"facilement. Il peut s'agir du titre d'un film, d'un livre, d'une chanson ou "
+-"d'un album. Par exemple, « Charles Baudelaire : Les Fleurs du mal » pourrait "
+-"donner CB:LFdm ou CBLFdm ou CB :LFdm."
++"lettres de chaque mot d'une phrase dont vous pouvez vous rappeler facilement."
++" Il peut s'agir du titre d'un film, d'un livre, d'une chanson ou d'un album. "
++"Par exemple, « Charles Baudelaire : Les Fleurs du mal » pourrait donner CB:"
++"LFdm ou CBLFdm ou CB :LFdm."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -24387,7 +29773,8 @@
+ "caractères, plus cela demande de temps à une personne ou à un ordinateur "
+ "pour le deviner."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+@@ -24398,7 +29785,8 @@
+ "mot de passe le plus communément utilisé chez les anglophones est "
+ "« password ». Un mot de passe comme celui-là est très facile à deviner !"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+@@ -24406,11 +29794,13 @@
+ "N'utilisez pas d'informations personnelles comme une date, un numéro de "
+ "plaque d'immatriculation ou le prénom d'un membre de votre famille."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "N'utilisez pas de noms."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+@@ -24419,20 +29809,24 @@
+ "Choisissez un mot de passe qui peut être saisi rapidement afin d'éviter que "
+ "quelqu'un puisse le deviner en vous regardant le saisir."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ne notez jamais vos mots de passe. Ils peuvent être facilement retrouvés !"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Utilisez des mots de passe différents pour des choses différentes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Utilisez des mots de passe différents pour des comptes différents."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+@@ -24441,7 +29835,8 @@
+ "qu'une personne le trouve pour pouvoir accéder immédiatement à tous vos "
+ "comptes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -24455,11 +29850,13 @@
+ "passe différents pour les choses importantes (comme votre compte bancaire en "
+ "ligne ou votre courriel)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Modifiez régulièrement vos mots de passe."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+@@ -24467,11 +29864,13 @@
+ "Les bons codecs ne sont peut-être pas installés, ou le DVD n'est peut-être "
+ "pas de la bonne zone."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "Pourquoi les DVD ne se lisent-ils pas ?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -24481,11 +29880,13 @@
+ "se peut que vous n'ayez pas les codecs DVD nécessaires installés, ou que "
+ "votre DVD n'appartienne pas à la bonne <em>zone</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Installation des codecs nécessaires pour la lecture de DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -24504,7 +29905,8 @@
+ "probablement installer les paquets <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> et "
+ "<app>libdvd0</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -24520,11 +29922,13 @@
+ "www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. Il "
+ "fonctionne avec Linux et est légal dans tous les pays."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Vérification de la zone de votre DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -24538,7 +29942,8 @@
+ "ne pourrez pas lire le DVD. Par exemple, si vous possédez un lecteur vidéo "
+ "de zone 1, vous ne pourrez lire que les DVD d'Amérique du Nord."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -24551,16 +29956,19 @@
+ "<link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">Réglage de la zone</"
+ "link> (en anglais)."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Vérifiez qu'ils ont installé les codecs vidéos nécessaires."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr ""
+ "D'autres personnes ne parviennent pas à lire les vidéos que j'ai réalisées"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -24569,7 +29977,8 @@
+ "à quelqu'un utilisant Windows ou Mac OS, il se peut qu'il ait des problèmes "
+ "pour lire la vidéo."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -24583,13 +29992,15 @@
+ "formats vidéo différents et chacun nécessite un codec spécifique pour être "
+ "lu. Vous pouvez vérifier le format de votre vidéo de la manière suivante :"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Faites un clic-droit sur le fichier vidéo et sélectionnez <gui>Propriétés</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+@@ -24597,7 +30008,8 @@
+ "Allez dans l'onglet <gui>Audio/Vidéo</gui> et regardez quel <gui>codec</gui> "
+ "est affiché sous <gui>Vidéo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -24615,7 +30027,8 @@
+ "windows media player ». Vous pourrez probablement télécharger le codec "
+ "correct gratuitement s'il n'est pas déjà installé."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -24632,7 +30045,8 @@
+ "et il existe aussi des logiciels dédiés à la conversion. Utilisez votre "
+ "gestionnaire de paquets pour trouver les logiciels disponibles."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -24647,16 +30061,19 @@
+ "vidéo n'a pas été créée proprement (il y a peut-être eu des erreurs lors de "
+ "l'enregistrement)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configurer la tablette Wacom pour une <gui>orientation pour gaucher</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr "Utilisation de la tablette avec la main gauche"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+@@ -24666,13 +30083,20 @@
+ "tournée de 180 degrés afin de positionner ces boutons pour les gauchers. "
+ "Pour changer l'orientation pour les gauchers :"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Graphics Tablet</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Tablette graphique Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+@@ -24680,30 +30104,35 @@
+ "Si aucune tablette n'est détectée, il est écrit <gui>Veuillez connecter ou "
+ "allumer votre tablette Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Orientation pour gaucher</gui> sur <gui>ON</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Basculer entre le mode pavé tactile et le mode tablette de la tablette "
+ "graphique."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr "Définition du mode de recherche de la tablette Wacom"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le <gui>mode de recherche</gui> détermine la correspondance entre le "
+ "pointeur et l'écran."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+@@ -24711,7 +30140,8 @@
+ "À côté de <gui>mode de recherche</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>Tablette (absolu)</"
+ "gui> ou <gui>Pavé tactile (relatif)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+@@ -24721,7 +30151,8 @@
+ "point de l'écran. Le coin supérieur gauche de l'écran, par exemple, "
+ "correspond toujours au même point sur la tablette."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+@@ -24734,23 +30165,28 @@
+ "permet de parcourir de longues distances à l'écran avec un déplacement moins "
+ "important de la main."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr "Faire correspondre une tablette Wacom à un écran spécifique."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr "Sélection d'un écran"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Associer à l'écran…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Cochez <gui>Associer à un seul écran</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+@@ -24758,21 +30194,25 @@
+ "À côté de <gui>Sortie</gui>, sélectionnez l'écran pour lequel vous souhaitez "
+ "recevoir des informations de votre tablette graphique."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr "Seuls les écrans configurés peuvent être sélectionnés."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Définir les fonctions des boutons et la sensibilité de pression du stylet "
+ "Wacom."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr "Configurer le stylet"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+@@ -24782,7 +30222,8 @@
+ "spécifiques de votre stylet, avec le nom du périphérique (la catégorie du "
+ "stylet) et le diagramme sur la gauche. Ces paramètres peuvent être ajustés :"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+@@ -24792,7 +30233,8 @@
+ "ajuster la « sensibilité » (comment la pression physique est traduit en "
+ "valeurs numériques) entre <gui>Doux</gui> et <gui>Ferme</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -24808,7 +30250,8 @@
+ "vers le bas, défilement vers la gauche, défilement vers la droite, "
+ "précédent, suivant."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+@@ -24817,7 +30260,8 @@
+ "ajuster la « sensibilité » entre <gui>Doux</gui> et <gui>Ferme</gui>."
+ 
+ # pager = téléavertisseur ?
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+@@ -24829,69 +30273,19 @@
+ "périphérique stylet. Utilisez le téléavertisseur pour choisir quel stylet "
+ "configurer."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-msgstr "Régler les paramètres de votre tablette Wacom."
+-
+-#: C/wacom.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+-msgstr "Tablette graphique Wacom"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La touche « Logo » ouvre la vue d'ensemble des activités. Elle se trouve "
+-"généralement à côté de la touche <key>Alt</key> de votre clavier."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
+-msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la touche « Logo » ?"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you press the <em>Super</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. "
+-"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
+-"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche <em>Logo</em>, la vue d'ensemble des "
+-"activités apparaît. Cette touche se trouve généralement dans la partie "
+-"inférieure gauche du clavier, à côté de la touche <key>Alt</key> ; elle est "
+-"souvent identifiable par son icône de carreaux (de fenêtre). Elle est "
+-"parfois nommée touche « super », touche logo ou touche système."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:26(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
+-"keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Si vous avez un clavier Apple, celui-ci ne comportera pas de touche "
+-"« Logo ». Elle peut être remplacée par la touche <key>⌘</key> (commande)."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:35(page/p)
+-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Pour modifier la touche utilisée pour afficher la vue d'ensemble des "
+-"activités :"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Clavier</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Raccourcis</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+-"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sélectionnez <gui>Système</gui> sur la partie gauche de la fenêtre, puis "
+-"<gui>Afficher l'aperçu des activités</gui> sur la droite."
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Pourquoi est-ce important ?</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"color#profiles\">Profils de couleurs</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">Comment calibrer un périphérique</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+-msgstr "Appuyez sur les touches souhaitées pour la combinaison."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Tablette graphique Wacom"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/gu/gu.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/gu/gu.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/gu/gu.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/gu/gu.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.157921384 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,28476 @@
++# , 2013.
++# Ankit Patel <ankit@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# swkothar <swkothar@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# Ankit Patel <ankit@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-06 05:50-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Ankit Patel <ankit@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: gu\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "શ્ર્વેતા કોઠારી <swkothar@redhat.com>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 ડેસ્કટોપ વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે માર્ગદર્શિકા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME મદદ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME મદદ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">મદદ</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp લૉગો</media> "
++"GNOME મદદ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "આ કામ <_:link-1/> હેઠળ લાઇસન્સ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "ફીલ બુલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "માઇકલ હીલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "સરખી કીને ઝડપથી વારંવાર દબાવવાનું અવગણો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "બાઉન્સ કીને ચાલુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"કી દબાવવાનું અવગણવા માટે <em>બાઉન્સ કી</em> ને ચાલુ કરો કે જે ઝડપથી "
++"પૂનરાવર્તિત થાય છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારો હાજ ધ્રૂજતો હોય તો કે જેને કારણે "
++"તમે ઘણી વખત કી દબાવો છો જ્યારે તમારે એકજ વાર તેને દબાવવાની છે, તમારે બાઉન્સ "
++"કીને ચાલુ કરવી જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>ટાઇપીંગ</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>બાઉન્સ કી</gui> ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "ઝડપથી બાઉન્સ કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરીને બાઉન્સ કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરી શકો છો અને <gui>બાઉન્સ કી</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરી રહ્યા છે. સુલભતા ચિહન દૃશ્યમાન છે જ્યારે એક અથવા વધારે સુયોજનોને "
++"<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> પેનલમાંથી સક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવી હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"બદલવા માટે <gui>સ્વીકૃતિ વિલંબ</gui> સ્લાઇડરને વાપરો કે કેટલો સમય બાઉન્સ કી "
++"રાહ જોવે છે તે બીજી કીને દબાવતા પહેલાં તમે પછી પહેલી વખતે તમે કીને દબાવેલ છે."
++" Select <gui>જ્યારે કી રદ થયેલ હોય ત્યારે બીપ વગાડો</gui> જો તમે દરેક વખતે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરનો અવાજ કરવા માંગતા હોય તે કી દબાવવાનું અવગણે છે તે ઝલ્દી બને છે "
++"પહેલાંની કી દબાવે પછી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"તાજુ કરી શકાય તેવુ Braille દર્શાવ સાથે <app>Orca</app> સ્ક્રીન રીડરને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "બ્રેઇલમાં સ્ક્રીનને વાંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME એ પુન:તાજુ કરી શકાય તેવી અંધલિપિ દર્શાવ પર વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસને "
++"દર્શાવવા માટે <app>Orca</app> સ્ક્રીન રીડરને પૂરુ પાડે છે. તેને તમે કેવી "
++"રીતે GNOME ને સ્થાપિત કરેલ છે તેની પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યુ છે. <link href="
++"\"install:orca\">Orca સ્થાપિત કરો</link>, પછી વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link href="
++"\"help:orca\">Orca મદદ</link> નો સંદર્ભ લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન વધારે (અથવા ઓછુ) vivid પર વિન્ડો અને બટનને વાપરો, તેથી તેઓ સરળતાથી "
++"જોવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "વિરોધાભાસ વ્યવસ્થિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વિન્ડો અને બટનોનાં વિરોધાભાસને ગોઠવી શકો છો કે જે તેઓ સરળતાથી જોવે છે. આ "
++"આખી સ્ક્રીનની પ્રકાશતાને બદલાવું એવુ સરખુ નથી; ફક્ત <em>વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસ</"
++"em> નાં ભાગો બદલાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>જોવાનું</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ઊંચો કૉન્ટ્રાસ્ટ</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> અને <gui>ઉચ્ચ "
++"વિરોધાભાસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++"હોવર ક્લિક (Dwell ક્લિક) લક્ષણ તમને હજુ માઉસને પકડી રાખીને ક્લિક કરવા "
++"પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr "હોવરીંગ દ્દારા ક્લિકને અનુકરણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ક્રીન પર નિયંત્રણ અથના ઑબ્જેક્ટ પર તમારાં માઉસ પોઇંટર હોવરીંગ દ્દારા "
++"ક્લિક અથવા ખેંચી શકે છે. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે માઉસને ખસેડવા માટે મુશ્કેલી "
++"અનુભવો તો અને એજ સમયે ક્લિક કરો. આ લક્ષણ હોવક ક્લિક અને Dwell ક્લિક તરીકે "
++"ઓળખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે હોવર ક્લિક સક્રિય થયેલ હોય તો, તમે નિયંત્રણ પર તમારાં માઉસ પોઇંટરને "
++"ખસેડી શકો છો, માઉસને જવા દો, અને બટન તમારી માટે ક્લિક થાય તે પહેલાં થોડી રાહ "
++"જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> ને ખોલો અને <gui>પોઇંટીંગ અન ક્લિક કરવાનાં</gui> "
++"ટેબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>Hover ક્લિક</gui> ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>હોવર ક્લિક</gui> વિન્ડો ખુલશે, બધી તમારી બીજી વિન્ડો પર રાહ જોશે. તમે "
++"આને પસંદ કરવા માટે વાપરી શકો છો ક્યું ક્લિક થવુ જોઇએ જ્યારે તમે હોવર હોય. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે <gui>ગૌણ ક્લિક</gui> ને પસંદ કરો તો, તમે જમણી ક્લિક "
++"કરશો જ્યારે તમે હોવર હોય. તમે બે વાર ક્લિક, જમણી ક્લિક, અથવા ખેંચો પછી, તમે "
++"ક્લિક કરીને આપમેળે પાછા આવી જશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે બટન પર તમારાં માઉસ પોઇંટરને હોવર કરો અને તેને ખસેડો નહિં, તે ધીરે "
++"ધીરે રંગ બદલશે. જ્યારે તે સંપૂર્ણપણે રંગ બદલાય, ત્યારે બટન ક્લિક થશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"ક્લિક કરતા પહેલાં તમે માઉસ પોઇંટરને કેટલો સમય પકડી રાખો છો તે બદલવા માટે "
++"<gui>વિલંબ</gui> સુયોજનને ગોઠવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે હજુ માઉસને પકડવાની જરૂર નથી જ્યારે ક્લિક કરવા હોવર કરી રહ્યા હોય. "
++"પોઇંટર એ થોડુ ખસેડવા માટે પરવાનગી આપે છે અને થોડો સમય પછી પાછુ ક્લિક કરશે. "
++"જો તે વધુ ખસે તો, છતાંપણ, ક્લિક થશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++"નિર્દેશક કેટલું ખસી શકે અને છતાંય ઉપર હોય એવું સમજી શકાય તે બદલવા માટે "
++"<gui>ગતિ થ્રેશોલ્ડ</gui> સુયોજન ગોઠવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr "વાંચવા માટે લખાણને સરળ બનાવવા માટે વિશાળ ફોન્ટને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન પર લખાણ માપને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારી સ્ક્રીન પર લખાણને વાંચવામાં મુશ્કેલી હોય તો, તમે ફોન્ટનું નામ "
++"બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>વિશાળ લખાણ</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ કરો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, તમે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</"
++"link> પર ક્લિક કરીને ઝડપથી લખાણ માપને બદલી શકો છો અને <gui>વિશાળ લખાણ</gui> "
++"ને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં કાર્યક્રમોમાં, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> દબાવીને "
++"કોઇપણ સમયે લખાણનાં માપને વધારી શકો છો. લખાણ માપને ઘટાડવા માટે, "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++"સાર્વજનિક વપરાશ મેનુ ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ચિહ્ન છે કે જે માણસ જેવું લાગે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ મેનુને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ મેનુ</em> છે જ્યાં તમે વિવિધ સુલભતા સુયોજનોને ચાલુ કરી "
++"શકો છો. તમે ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરીને આ મેનુને શોધી શકો છો કે જે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર "
++"વર્તુળ દ્દારા ઘેરાયેલા માણસ જેવુ દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr "સાર્વજનિક વપરાશ એ ટોચની પટ્ટી પર મળી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"માઉસ કરતા કિબોર્ડની મદદથી આ મેનુને વાપરવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં કિબોર્ડ "
++"પ્રકાશિત કરવાનું ખસેડવા માટે <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> દબાવો. સફેદ લાઇન એ <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> હેઠળ દેખાશે - આ તમને "
++"કહે છે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર કઇ વસ્તુઓ પસંદ થયેલ છે. સાર્વજનિક વપરાશ મેનુ ચિહ્ન "
++"હેઠળ સફેદ લાઇનને ખસેડવા માટે કિબોર્ડ પર તીર કીઓને વાપરો અને પછી તેને ખોલવા "
++"માટે <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો. તમે મેનુમાં વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કરવા માટે ઉપર અને "
++"નીચે કીને વાપરી શકો છો. પસંદ થયેલ વસ્તુને ટોગલ કરવા માટે <key>Enter</key> ને "
++"દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "તમારી સ્ક્રીનને મોટી કરો તેથી વસ્તુઓને જોવાનું સરળ બને."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન વિસ્તારને મોટુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">લખાણ માપ</link> ફક્ત મોટુ કરવાને બદલે "
++"સ્ક્રીનને મોટી કરવુ એ અલગ છે. આ લક્ષણ એ બૃહદર્શક કાચ કર્યા જેવું છે, "
++"સ્ક્રીનનાં ભાગોને મોટુ કરીને તેની આજુબાજુ ખસેડવા તમને પરવાનગી આપી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>નાનું મોટુ કરવાનુ</gui> ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"ટૂંકાણ કીઓ માટે <gui>નાનું મોટુ કરવાનો</gui> વિભાગ યાદીનાં હાલનાં સુયોજનો, "
++"કે દે જે <gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> પેનલ પર <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-"
++"set\">ટૂંકાણો</link> નાં <gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> વિભાગમાં સુયોજિત કરી "
++"શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ક્રીન વિસ્તારની આજુબાજુ હવે ખસેડી શકો છો. સ્ક્રીનની બાજુમાં તમારા "
++"માઉસને ખસેડીને, તમે વિવિધ દિશામાં વધારેલ વિસ્તારને ખસેડશો, તમારી પસંદગીના "
++"વિસ્તારને જોવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરીને ઝડપથી નાનું મોટુ કરવાનું ચાલુ અને બંધ કરી શકો છો અને <gui>નાનું મોટુ "
++"કરવાનું</gui> પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મૅગ્નીફિકેશન ઘટક, માઉસ ટ્રૅક કરવાનું અને સ્ક્રીન પરનો મૅગ્નીફાઇડ "
++"દેખાવનું સ્થાન બદલી શકો છો. આ બધું ગોઠવવા માટે, <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui> બટન ક્લિક "
++"કરો અને <gui>મૅગ્નીફાયર</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"માઉસ અથવા ટચપૅડ નિર્દેશકને શોધવામાં તમને મદદ કરવા માટે તમે crosshairs સક્રિય "
++"કરી શકો છો. તેમને ચાલુ કરવા માટે અને તેમની લંબાઇ, રંગ અને ઘાટાપણું ગોઠવવા "
++"માટે, <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui> બટન ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>Crosshairs</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ઇનવર્સ વીડિયો અથવા <gui>કાળા પર સફેદ</gui> માં બદલી શકો છો, અને "
++"મેગ્નીફાયર માટે બ્રાઇટનેસ, કૉન્ટ્રાસ્ટ અને ગ્રેસ્કેલ વિકલ્પો બદલી શકો છો. આ "
++"વિકલ્પોનું મિશ્રણ ઓછી-દૃષ્ટિવાળા અથવા કોઇપણ પ્રકારના ફોટોફૉબિયાવાળા લોકો "
++"માટે ઉપયોગી છે અથવા ફક્ત ઓછા પ્રકાશવાળી સ્થિતિમાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને વાપરવાની ઇચ્છા "
++"રાખાતા લોકો માટે. <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui> બટન ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>રંગ અસરો</gui> "
++"ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">જોવાનું</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#sound\">સાંભળવાનું</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">ગતિશીલતા</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"mag\">સ્ક્રીન આવર્ધક</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ પ્રકારની ક્ષતિઓવાળા અને ખાસ જરૂરીયાતો ધરાવતા લોકો માટે, તથા સામાન્ય "
++"સહાયક ઉપકરણો સાથે કામ કરવા માટે જીનોમ ડૅસ્કટોપ સહાયક ટૅક્નોલૉજીઓનો સમાવેશ "
++"કરે છે. ઘણા સહાયક લક્ષણો ટોચની પટ્ટી પરના સહાયતા મેનુમાંથી વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "દ્રષ્ટિની ખામી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "અંધત્વ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "ઓછી દ્રષ્ટિ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "રંગ-અંધત્વ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "બીજા મુદ્દાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "સાંભળવાની ખામી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "ગતિશીલતા ખામી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "માઉસ હલનચલન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે અને ખસેડી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ વપરાશ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "૨૦૧૨"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr "જમણી ક્લિક કરીને ડાબે માઉસ બટનને દબાવો અને પકડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "જમણું માઉસ ક્લિકનું અનુકરણ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ડાબે માઉસ બટન પર પકડી રાખીને જમણી ક્લિક કરી શકો છો. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે "
++"એકજ હાથ પર વ્યક્તિગત રીતે તમારી આંગળીને ખસેડવા માટે તેને મુશ્કેલી શોધો તો, "
++"અથવા જો ફક્ત તમારી નિર્દેશન ઉપકરણ પાસે એકજ બટન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>અનુકરણ થયેલ ગૌણ કી</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે જમણી ક્લિક તરીકે તમારે રજીસ્ટર કરતા પહેલાં ડાબા માઉસ બટનને તમારે કેટલું "
++"લાંબુ પકડી રાખવુ છે તે બદલી શકો છો. <gui>નિર્દેશિત અને ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે</"
++"gui> ટૅબ પર, <gui>સિમ્યુલેટેડ માધ્યમિક ક્લિક</gui> હેઠળ <gui>સ્વીકાર્ય "
++"વિલંબ</gui> બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"સીમ્યુલેટ થયેલી ગૌણ કડી પર જમણું-ક્લિક કરવા માટે, માઉસનું ડાબુ બટન દબાવી "
++"રાખો જ્યાં તમારે સામાન્ય રીતે જમણું-ક્લિક કરવાનું છે, પછી મુક્ત કરો. "
++"નિર્દેશક ભૂરા રંગથી ભરાઇ જશે જ્યારે તમે માઉસનું ડાબુ બટન દબાવી રાખશો. એકવાર "
++"તે સમગ્ર રીતે ભૂરા રંગનું થઇ જાય, પછી જમણું-ક્લિક કરવા માટે માઉસનું બટન "
++"મુક્ત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ખાસ નિર્દેશકો, જેમ કે માપ બદલવાના નિર્દેશકો, રંગ બદલતા નથી. છતાંય તમે "
++"સીમ્યુલેટ થયેલી ગૌણ કડી સામાન્યરૂપે વાપરી શકો છો, તમને નિર્દેશક તરફથી કોઇ "
++"દેખીતો અભિપ્રાય નહિં મળે તોપણ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">માઉસ કી</link> ને વાપરો તો, આ તમારાં "
++"કીપેડ પર <key>5</key> કીને પકડી રાખીને જમણી ક્લિક વડે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં, તમે હંમેશા જમણી ક્લિકને લાંબા સમય સુધી દબાવવા "
++"સક્ષમ છો, આ લક્ષણ નિષ્ક્રિય હોય તો પણ. લાંબા સમય સુધી દબાવવાનું ઝાંખીમાં "
++"થોડુ અલગ રીતે કામ કરે છે: તમારે જમણી ક્લિક વડે બટનને છોડવાની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસને બોલવા માટે <app>Orca</app> સ્ક્રીન રીડરને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનને મોટેથી વાંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME એ વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસ પર બોલવા માટે <app>Orca</app> સ્ક્રીન રીડરને "
++"પૂરુ પાડે છે. તેને તમે કેવી રીતે GNOME ને સ્થાપિત કરેલ છે તેની પર આધાર રાખી "
++"રહ્યુ છે. <link href=\"install:orca\">Orca સ્થાપિત કરો</link>, પછી વધારે "
++"જાણકારી માટે <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca મદદ</link> નો સંદર્ભ લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr "કી દબાવવા વચ્ચે વિલંબ રાખો કે અક્ષર એ સ્ક્રીન પર દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "ધીમી કી ચાલુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સ્લો કી</em> ને ચાલુ કરો જો તમને કી દબાવવા વચ્ચેનાં વિલંબ માટે ત્યાં જવુ "
++"હોય કે જે અક્ષર સ્ક્રીન પર દર્શાવી દેવામાં આવ્યો છે. આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તમારે "
++"દરેક કીને પકડવી જ પડશે તમે થોડાક માટે ટાઇપ કરવા માંગો છો તે દેખાય તે પહેલાં. "
++"સ્લો કીને વાપરો જો તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે એક જ સમયે બહુ બધી કીને દબાવી દીધી હોય "
++"જ્યારે તમે ટાઇપ કરો, અથવા જો તમને પહેલી વખત કિબોર્ડ પર જમણી કી ને દબાવવા "
++"મુશ્કેલી અનુભવતા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>સ્લો કી</gui> ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "ઝડપથી સ્લો કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>કિબોર્ડ દ્દારા સક્રિય કરો</gui> હેઠળ, કિબોર્ડમાંથી સ્લો કીને ચાલુ અને "
++"બંધ કરવા માટે <gui>કિબોર્ડમાંથી સુલભતા લક્ષણોને ચાલુ કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. "
++"જ્યારે આ વિકલ્પ પસંદ થયેલ હોય તો, તમે સ્લો કીને સક્રિય અથવા નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા "
++"માટે આઠ સેકંડ માટે <key>Shift</key> ને દબાવી અને પકડી રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> ને ક્લિક કરવા "
++"દ્દારા તમે સ્લો કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરી શકો છો અને <gui>સ્લો કી</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરી રહ્યા છે. સુલભતા ચિહ્ન એ દૃશ્યમાન છે જ્યારે એક અથવા વધારે સુયોજનો "
++"<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> પેનલમાંથી સક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++"રજીસ્ટર કરવા માટે નીચે કીને પકડવા માટે તમને કેટલો સમય લાગશે તે નિયંત્રિત "
++"કરવા માટે <gui>સ્વીકૃતિ વિલંબ</gui> ને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરનો અવાજ કરી શકો છો જ્યારે તમે કીને દબાવો, જ્યારે તમે કીને "
++"સ્વીકારેલ હોય તો, અથવા જ્યારે કી રદ થયેલ હોય કારણ કે તમે લાંબા સમય સુધી નીચે "
++"કીને પકડી રાખતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર બધી કીઓને અટકાવી રાખવી તેનાં કરતા એક જ સમયે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણ એક કીને "
++"ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "સ્ટીકી કી ચાલુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સ્ટીકી કી</em> એ એકજ સમયે બધી કીને પકડી રાખ્યા વગર એક જ સમયે કિબોર્ડ "
++"ટૂંકાણ એક કીને ટાઇપ કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"ટૂંકાણ વિન્ડો વચ્ચે બદલાય છે. સ્ટીકી કી ચાલુ કર્યા વગર, તમને એજ સમયે તમારે "
++"બંને કીને પકડવુ જ પડશે; ચાલુ થયેલ સ્ટીકી કી સાથે, તમારે <key>Super</key> "
++"કીને દબાવવવુ પડશે અને એજ કરવા માટે પછી <key>Tab</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ટીકી કીને ચાલુ રાખી શકો છો જો તમે એકવાર ઘણી કીને પકડવાની મુશ્કેલી થતી "
++"હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>સ્ટીકી કી</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "ઝડપથી સ્ટીકી કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>કિબોર્ડ દ્દારા સક્રિય કરો</gui> હેઠળ, કિબોર્ડમાંથી સ્ટીકી કીને ચાલુ અને "
++"બંધ કરવા માટે <gui>કિબોર્ડમાંથી સુલભતા લક્ષણોને ચાલુ કરો</gui>. જ્યારે આ "
++"વિકલ્પ પસંદ થયેલ હોય, તમે સ્ટીકી કીને સક્રિય અથવા નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા માટે "
++"હરોળમાં <key>Shift</key> ને પાંચ વખત દબાવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> ને ક્લિક કરવા "
++"દ્દારા તમે સ્ટીકી કીને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરી શકો છો અને <gui>સ્ટીકી કી</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે. સુલભતા ચિહ્ન એ દૃશ્યમાન છે જ્યારે એક અથવા વધારે સુયોજનો "
++"<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> પેનલમાંથી સક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે એકવખતમાં જ બે કીને દબાવો તો, તમે સામાન્ય રીતે જ કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને દાખલ "
++"કરવા દેવા માટે કામચલાઉ રીતે પોતાની જાતે સ્ટીકી કીને ચાલુ કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે સ્ટીકી કી ચાલુ કરી હોય તો પરંતુ <key>Super</key> અને "
++"<key>Tab</key> સાથે દબાવો, સ્ટીકી કી બીજી કીને દબાવવા માટે તમારી માટે રાહ "
++"જોશે નહિં જો તમારી પાસે આ વિકલ્પ ચાલુ હોય તો. તે રાહ <em>જોશે</em> જો તમે "
++"ફક્ત એક કીને દબાવેલ હોય તો, છતાંપણ. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે અમુક કિબોર્ડ "
++"ટૂંકાણોને દબાવવા સક્ષમ છો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, કી કે જે સાથે બંધ થાય છે), પરંતુ "
++"બીજી નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"આને સક્રિય કરવા માટે <gui>નિષ્ક્રિય કરો જો બે કી ભેગી દબાવેલ હોય</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પાસે કમ્પ્યૂટર નો \"બીપ\" સાઉન્ડ હોઇ શકે છે જયારે તમે ચાલુ થયેલ સ્ટીકી "
++"કી સાથે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને ટાઇપ કરવાનું શરૂ કરો. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે તે સ્ટીકી "
++"કીને જાણવા માંગો છો ટાઇપ કરવા માટે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણની ઇચ્છા રાખી રહ્યા છે તેથી "
++"આગળનું કી દબાવવાનું  એ ટૂંકાણના બાગ તરીકે અર્થઘટન થયેલ હશે. આને સક્રિય કરવા "
++"માટે <gui>બીપ અવાજ વગાડો જ્યારે સપાદિત કી દબાવેલ હોય</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન અથવા વિન્ડોને પ્રકાશિત કરવા માટે દેખાતી ચેતવણીઓને સક્રિય કરો જ્યારે "
++"ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ વગાડેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr "ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ માટે સ્ક્રીનને ઝબકાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર અમુક પ્રકારનાં સંદેશા અને ઘટના માટે સરળ ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ "
++"વગાડશે. જો તમે આ સાઉન્ડને સાંભળવા મુશ્કેલી અનુભવતા હોય તો, તમે ક્યાંતો આખી "
++"સ્ક્રીન અથવા તમારી વર્તમાન વિન્ડોને પ્રકાશિત કરી શકો છો ગમે ત્યારે જ્યારે "
++"તમે ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ વગાડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"આને ઉપયોગી બનાવી શકાય છે જો તમે પર્યાવરણમાં હોય જ્યાં તમને શાંત રહેવા માટે "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની જરૂર હોય, જેમ તે લાઇબ્રેરીમાં. ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડને કેવી રીતે "
++"મૂંગુ રાખવુ તે શીખવા માટે <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> જુઓ, પછી દેખાતી "
++"ચેતવણીઓને સક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>સાંભળવાનુ</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>દેખાતી ચેતવણીઓ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો. પસંદ કરો શું તમને આખી સ્ક્રીન જોઇએ છે "
++"અથવા પ્રકાશિત કરવા માટે તમારી વર્તમાન વિન્ડો શીર્ષકની."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સુલભતા ચિહ્ન</link> પર ક્લિક કરીને "
++"ઝડપી દેખાતી ચેતવણીઓને ચાલુ અને બંધ કરી શકો છો અને <gui>દેખાતી ચેતવણીઓ</gui> "
++"ને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ મદદ માર્ગદર્શિકાને વાપરવા પર થોડી ટિપ્પણીઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME દસ્તાવેજીકરણ પ્રોજેક્ટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "આ માર્ગદર્શિકા વિશે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"આ માર્ગદર્શિકા તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપનાં લક્ષણોનાં પ્રવાસ તમને આપવા માટે રચેલ છે, "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર-સંબંધિત પ્રશ્ર્નોનો જવાબ આપો, અને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"વાપરીને ટિપ્પણીઓ પૂરી પાડો. શક્ય હોય તેટલી સરળ આ માર્ગદર્શિકાને બનાવવાનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરેલ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++"માર્ગદર્શિકા નાના, ક્રિયા લક્ષી મુદ્દાઓ -- પ્રકરણો નહિં, માં વિભાજીત થયેલી "
++"છે. આનો અર્થ એ થાય કે તમારે તમારા પ્રશ્નોના જવાબ શોધવા માટે આખી "
++"માર્ગદર્શિકામાં શોધવાની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++"સંબંધિત વસ્તુઓ ભેગીજ કડી થયેલ છે. અમુક પાનાંની નીચે \"આને પણ જુઓ\" કડીઓ "
++"સંબંધિત વિષયો સાથે તમને દિશામાન કરશે. આ સરખા વિષયોને શોધવા સરળ બને છે કે જે "
++"અમુક કાર્યને ચલાવવા માટે તમને મદદ કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++" તે બિલ્ટ-ઇન શોધને સમાવે છે. મદદ બ્રાઉઝરની ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <em>શોધ પટ્ટી</em> "
++"છે, અને સંબંધિત પરિણામો દેખાતા શરૂ થશે જેટલું જલ્દી તમે લખવાનું શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++"માર્ગદર્શિકા સતત સુધારવામાં આવે છે. અમે તમને વ્યાપક ઉપયોગી જાણકારી પૂરી "
++"પાડવાનો હેતુ રાખીએ છીએ, છતાં અમને ખ્યાલ છે કે અમે તમારા બધા પ્રશ્નોનો જવાબ "
++"અહીં આપી શકશું નહિ. છતાંય વસ્તુઓ વધુ ઉપયોગી બનાવવા માટે અમે માહિતી ઉમેરતા "
++"રહીશું."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++"ડેસ્કટોપ મદદને વાંચવા માટે સમય લેવા બદલ તમારો આભાર. અમે આશા રાખીએ છે કે તમે "
++"તેને કદી વાપરશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ટુકડી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ઓનલાઇન ખાતા સાથે જોડાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "જીમ કેમ્પબેલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "ખાતાને ઉમેરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતાને ઉમેરવાનું તમારાં GNOME ડેસ્કટોપ સાથે તમારાં ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને કડી કરવા "
++"મદદ કરશે. છતાં, તમારા ઇમેઇલ કાર્યક્રમ, વાર્તાલાપ કાર્યક્રમ, અને બીજા સંબંધિત "
++"કાર્યક્રમો તમારી માટે સુયોજિત કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "વિન્ડોની નીચે ડાબી બાજુમાં <key>+</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "<gui>ખાતા પ્રકાર</gui> મેનુ પર ક્લિક કરો અને એકને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે એક કરતા વધારે ખાતા પ્રકાર હોય તો, તમે પછીથી બીજા ખાતાને ઉમેરી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ઉમેરો…</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"નાની વેબસાઇટ વિન્ડો ખુલશે જ્યાં તમે તમારા ઓનલાઇન ખાતા શ્રેયને દાખલ કરી શકો "
++"છો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે Google ખાતુ સુયોજિત કરી રહ્યા હોય, તમારું Google "
++"વપરાશકર્તાનામ અને પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે યોગ્ય રીતે તમારા શ્રેયને દાખલ કરો તો, તમે તમારા ઓનલાઇન ખાતા માટે "
++"GNOME  પ્રવેશને પરવાનગી આપવા માટે પૂછશે. ચાલુ રાખવા માટે <gui>પ્રવેશને સંમતિ "
++"આપો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમોને પસંદ કરો કે તમે તમારાં ઓનલાઇન ખાતામાં કડી કરવા માંગો છો. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, જો તમે વાર્તાલાપ માટે ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને વાપરવા માંગતા ન હોય તો, "
++"<gui>કેલેન્ડર</gui> વિકલ્પને બંધ રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ખાતુ ઉમેર્યા પછી, દરેક કાર્યક્રમ કે જે તમે પસંદ થયેલ છે તે આપમેળે તે "
++"શ્રેયને વાપરશે જ્યારે તેઓને શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"સુરક્ષા કારણો માટે, GNOME એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર તમારા પાસવર્ડને સંગ્રહશ નહિં."
++" તેને બદલે, તે ટોકનને સંગ્રહે છે કે જે ઓનલાઇન સેવા દ્દારા પૂરુ પાડેલ છે. જો "
++"તમે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ અને ઓનલાઇન સેવા વચ્ચે કડીને સંપૂર્ણપણ પાછી લાવવા માંગો "
++"તો, તેને <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">દૂર કરો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "ઍકાટેરીના ગેરાસીમોવા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "જુલીટા ઇન્કા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "<app>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</app> ની મદદથી નવા ખાતાને બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ઓનલાઇન ખાતા સેવા પ્રદાતા એ ખાતાને બનાવવા તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે જ્યારે "
++"<app>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</app> માં તેને ઉમેરી રહ્યા હોય. આ એક કાર્યક્રમમાંથી તમારા "
++"બધા ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>Online Accounts</app> સુયોજનોને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ડ્રોપ ડાઉન મેનુમાંથી <gui>ખાતા પ્રકાર</gui> પસંદ કરો. અમુક ખાતા પ્રકારો "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">ઉપલબ્ધ</link> હોઇ શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "ચાલુ રાખવા માટે <gui>ઉમેરો…</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++"પાનાં પર કડી અથવા <gui>પ્રવેશ</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક અને શોધો કે જે તમને દેખાય "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"બધા ઓનલાઇન ખાતા પ્રદાતા એ આ તબક્કે ખાતાને બનાવવા વિકલ્પની માંગણી કરતા નથી. "
++"જો તમે જે સેવાને રજીસ્ટર કરવા માંગો છો તેની માટે સાચુ હોય તો, તમારે ખાતાને "
++"બનાવવા માટે વૈકલ્પિક પદ્દતિ વાપરવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"રજીસ્ટ્રેશન ફોર્મને ભરો. તમને અમુક વ્યક્તિગત વિગતો કે જેવી કે વપરાશકર્તાનામ "
++"અને પાસવર્ડ પૂછી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</app> સાથે તેને વાપરવા માટે ક્રમમાં તમારા નવા ખાતાને GNOME "
++"પ્રવેશ સંમતિની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"બધી સેવાઓ કે જે ખાતા પ્રદાતા દ્દારા માંગણા થયેલ હતી તે મૂળભૂત રીતે સક્રિય "
++"થયેલ છે. તેઓને નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા માટે વ્યક્તિગત સેવાઓને <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"disable-service\">બંધ કરો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ઓનલાઇન ખાતા ઘણી સેવાઓને વાપરવા વાપરી શકાય છે (જેમ કે કેલેન્ડર અને "
++"ઇમેઇલ). તમે નિયંત્રિત કરી શકો છો કે જ આ સેવાઓને કાર્યક્રમ દ્દારા વાપરી શકાય "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr "નિયંત્રિત કરો કે ઓનલાઇન સેવાઓ માટે ક્યું ખાતુ વાપરી શકાય છે "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક પ્રકારનાં ઓનલાઇન ખાતા એજ વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા સાથે ઘણી સેવાઓને વાપરવા માટે "
++"તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, Google ખાતા કેલેન્ડર, ઇમેઇલ, સંપર્કો અને "
++"વાર્તાલાપને વાપરવા પૂરુ પાડે છે. તમે અમુક સેવાઓ માટે તમારા ખાતાને વાપરવની "
++"ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો, પરંતુ બીજાઓ માટે નહિં. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે ઇમેઇલ માટે તમારા "
++"Google ખાતાને વાપરવાની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો પરંતુ વાતચીત માટે નહિં, જ્યાં સુધી "
++"તમરી પાસે વિવિધ ઓનલાઇન ખાતુ હોય કે જે વાતચીત માટે વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે અમુક સેવાઓને નિષ્ક્રિય કરી શકો છે કે દરેક ઓનલાઇન ખાતા દ્દારા પૂરુ પાડેલ "
++"છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr "ખાતાને પસંદ કરો તમે ડાબે પર યાદીમાંથી બદલવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સેવાઓની યાદી કે જે આ ખાતા સાથે ઉપલબ્ધ છે કે <gui>તેની માટે આ ખાતાને વાપરો</"
++"gui> ની હેઠળ બતાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "કોઇપણ સેવાઓને બંધ કરો કે જે તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર સેવાને ખાતા માટે નિષ્ક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવી હોય, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"કોઇપણ સેવા સાથે જોડાવા માટે ખાતાને વાપરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નિષ્ક્રિય કરેલ છે તે સેવાને ચાલુ કરવા માટે, <gui>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</gui> "
++"વિન્ડોમાં માત્ર પાછા જાવ અને તેને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "બાપટીસ્ટે મીલ્લે-મૅથીયાસ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "શું જો ઓનલાઇન સેવા પ્રદાતા યાદી થયેલ ન હોય?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારુ ખાતા પ્રકાર યાદી પર નથી?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં પસંદીદા ઓનલાઇન સેવા પ્રદાતા માટે આધારને તેને ડેવલપ કરવા તેની જરૂર છે. "
++"હાલમાં, ફક્ત ઓનલાઇન ખાતાનાં અમુક પ્રકારો આધારભૂત છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "Windows જીવંત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Facebook"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "Yahoo માટે આધાર નજીકનાં ભવિષ્યમાં ઉમેરાયેલ હોવો જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બીજી સેવાઓ માટે આધારને ઉમેરવાનું પસંદ કરેલ હોય, <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> બગ ટ્રેકર</"
++"link> પર ડેવલપરનો સંપર્ક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "સંપૂર્ણપણે ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને દૂર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ખાતાને દૂર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "ખાતાને પસંદ કરો જે તમે દૂર કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "વિન્ડોની નીચે ડાબી બાજુમાં <key>-</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>દૂર કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપૂર્ણપણે ખાતાને કાઢવા કરતા, તે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપર દ્દારા વાપરેલ <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">સેવાને મર્યાદિત</link> કરવાનું શક્ય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "૨૦૧૨-૨૦૧૩"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "એન્ડ્રે ક્લેપર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમો <app>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</app> માં બનાવેલ ખાતાને વાપરી શકે છે અને સેવાઓ "
++"કે તેઓ બગાડે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "ક્યાં કાર્યક્રમોને ઓનલાઇન ખાતાનો ફાયદો લે છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"તેઓને આપમેળે રૂપરેખાંકિત કરવા માટે બહારનાં કાર્યક્રમો દ્દારા <app>ઓનલાઇન "
++"ખાતા</app> ને વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "Google ખાતા સાથે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app>, ઇમેઇલ કાર્યક્રમ. તમારું ઇમેઇલ ખાતુ એ આપમેળે "
++"<app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> માં ઉમેરાશે, તેથી તે તમારા મેઇલને પ્રાપ્ત કરશે, તમારા "
++"ખાતાને તમારો પ્રવેશ આપો, તમારાં Google એજન્ડમાં તમારી કેલેન્ડર વસ્તુઓને "
++"દર્શાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, ઇન્સ્ટન્ટ મેસેજીંગ કાર્યક્રમ. તમારું ઓનલાઇન ખાતુ એ "
++"ઉમેરાશે અને તમે તમારા મિત્રો સાથે વાર્તાલાપ કરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>સંપર્કો</app>, કે જે તમારા ખાતામાં ફેરફાર અને જોવા માટે પરવાનગી આપશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> તમારી ઓનલાઇન દસ્તાવેજોને વાપરી શકે છે અને તેઓને દર્શાવો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "Windows Live, Facebook અથવા Twitter ખાતાઓ સાથે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> એ તમારા સંપર્કો, મિત્રો, અને અનુયાયીઓ સાથે તમને ઓનલાઇન "
++"અને વાર્તાલાપ કરવા માટે આ ખાતાને વાપરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "SkyDrive ખાતા સાથે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"Microsoft SkyDrive માં <app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> ને તમારા ઓનલાઇન દસ્તાવેજને વાપરી "
++"શકો છો અને તેઓને દર્શાવો.and display them."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Exchange ખાતા સાથે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તમે ઍક્સચેન્જ ખાતાને બનાવેલ હોય, <app>Evolution</app> આ ખાતામાંથી "
++"મેઇલને પ્રાપ્ત કરવાનું શરૂ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ownCloud ખાતા સાથે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે ownCloud ખાતુ સુયોજિત હોય તો, <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> એ સંપર્કો અને "
++"કેલેન્ડર મંત્રણાને વાપરવા માટે સક્ષમ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ફાઇલો</app> અને બીજા કાર્યક્રમો યાદી માટે સક્ષમ હશે અને ownCloud "
++"સ્થાપનમાં સંગ્રહેલ બીજા ઓનલાઇન ખાતાને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "સુઝાના હુહતાનેન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr "શા માટે તમારા ડેસ્કટોપમાં તમારા ઇમેઇલ અથવા સામાજિક મીડિયાને ઉમેરો છો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારે ખાતાને ઉમેરવુ જોઇએ? "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ખાતાને ઉમેરવાનું જે સેવાઓની પસંદગીને લાવે છે જેમ કે કૅલેન્ડર, "
++"વાર્તાલાપ અને ઇમેઇલ તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપમાં સીધુ લાવે છે અને તમારાં વપરાશકર્તા "
++"અનુભવનાં ભાગનાં સેવાઓની જાણકારીને બનાવે છે. વિવિધ ખાતાની સેવાઓ સાથે ખાતાને "
++"ઉમેરીને તમે સરળતાથી સંપર્કમાં રાખી શકો છો, જેમ કે એજ સમયે વાર્તાલાપ. એકવાર "
++"તમારાં ખાતાને સુયોજિત કરો અને દરેક વખતે તમે બધા ખાતાને કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં શરૂ કરો "
++"અને સેવાઓ કે જે તમે તમારી માટે તૈયાર કરવા ઉમેરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">નવાં ખાતાને બનાવો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">હાલનાં ખાતાને ઉમેરો</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">ખાતાને દૂર કરો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ઓનલાઇન ખાતા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</app> ની વિન્ડોમાં અમુક ઓનલાઇન સેવાઓ (જેવી કે Google અને "
++"Facebook) માટે તમે તમારી પ્રવેશ વિગતોને દાખલ કરી શકો છો. આ તમારાં કૅલેન્ડર, "
++"મેઇલ, વાર્તાલાપ ખાતા, અને એનાં જેવા જ જેમાં તમારે ખાથા વિગતોને ફરી નાંખવાની "
++"નથી તે કાર્યક્રમોમાંથી તમને સરળતાથી પ્રવેશ કરવા દો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "તમારો બેકઅપ સફળ છે તે ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "તમારા બેકઅપને ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારી ફાઇલોનો બેકઅપ લો પછી, તમારે ખાતરી કરવી જોઇએ કે બેકઅપ સફળ હતુ. જો "
++"તે યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરતુ ન હોત, તમે મહત્વની માહિતીને ગુમાવશો જ્યાં સુધી અમુક "
++"ફાઇલો બેકઅપમાંથી ગુમ થઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ફાઇલોની નકલ અથવા ખસેડવા માટે ફાઇલ સંચાલકને વાપરો તો, કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"ખાતરી કરવા માટે ચકાસે છે કે બધી માહિતી યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થળાંતર થયેલ છે. છતાંપણ, "
++"જો તમે માહિતીને સ્થળાંતર કરી રહ્યા હોય કે જે તમારી માટે મહત્વની છે, તમે તેની "
++"ખાતરી કરવા માટે વધારાની ચકાસણી કરી શકો છો કે જે તમારી માહિતી યોગ્ય રીતે "
++"પરિવહન કરી દેવામાં આવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે લક્ષ્ય મીડિયા પર નકલ થયેલ ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરો મારફતે વધારાની ચકાસણી કરી "
++"શકો છો. ખાતરી કરવા ચકાસી રહ્યા છે કે ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરો જે તમે ખરેખર બેકઅપમાં "
++"ત્યાં સ્થળાંતર કરેલ છે, તમારી પાસે વધારાનો વિશ્ર્વાસ છે કે પ્રક્રિયા સફળ હતી."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે વિશાળ માહિતીનો નિયમિત બેકઅપ લો તો, તમે ઇચ્છિત બેકઅપ કાર્યક્રમને "
++"વાપરવા માટે તેને સરળ રીતે શોધી શકાય છે, જેમ કે <app>Déjà Dup</app>. જેમ કે "
++"કાર્યક્રમ વધારે શક્તિશાળી છે અને વધારે વિશ્ર્વાસુ છે ફાઇલોની નકલ અને "
++"ચોંટાડવા કરતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++"તેઓ સલામત છે તેની ખાતરી કરવા માટે તમે કેટલુ વારંવાર તમારી મહત્વની ફાઇલોનું "
++"બેકઅપ લેવુ જોઇએ તે શીખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "ટિફની એન્ટોપોલસ્કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "બેકઅપની ઝડપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++"કેવી રીતે વારંવાર તમે બેકઅપ બનાવો છો તે બેકઅપ લેવા માટે માહિતીનાં પ્રકાર પર "
++"આધાર રાખે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે તમારાં સર્વર પર સંગ્રહેલ કઠીન માહિતી સાથે "
++"નેટવર્ક પર્યાવરણને ચલાવી રહ્યુ હોય તો, પછી નાઇટલી બેકઅપ એ પૂરતુ હો શકતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++"બીજી બાજુ પર, જો તમે તમારાં ઘર કમ્પ્યૂટર પર માહિતીને બેકઅપ લઇ રહ્યા હોય પછી "
++"કલાકે બેકઅપ લેવાનું બિનજરૂરી હશે. તમે મદદરૂપ નીચેનાં મુદ્દાઓને નક્કી કરવા "
++"શોધી શકો છો જ્યારે તમે તમારા બેકઅપનું સંચાલન વિશે વિચારી રહ્યા હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "કેટલો સમય તમે કમ્પ્યૂટર પર વીતાવો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr "કેટલી વાર અને કેટલી માહિતી કમ્પ્યૂટર ફેરફારો પર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે એવી માહિતી બૅક-અપ કરવા માંગો જેની અગત્યતા ઓછી હોય, અથવા થોડા જ "
++"ફેરફારો થયા હોય, જેમ કે સંગીત, ઇ-મેલ અને કૌટુંબિક ચિત્રો, તો પછી સાપ્તાહિક "
++"કે પછી માસિક બૅક-અપ પણ પૂરતું હોઇ શકે. છતાંય, જો તમારે ટૅક્સ ઑડિટની મધ્યમાં "
++"કરવાની જરૂર પડે, તો વધુ નિયમિત બૅક-અપ પણ જરૂરી બની શકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્ય નિયમ પ્રમાણે, બેકઅપ વચ્ચેનો સમય તમે જેટલો સમય ગુમાવેલ કામને ફરી કરવા "
++"ખર્ચવા માંગો તેનાં કરતા વધારે ન હોવો જોઇએ. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો ગુમાવેલ "
++"દસ્તાવેજોને ફરી લખવા અઠવાડિયુ ખર્ચો છે તે તમારી માટે ઘણું લાંબુ છે, તમારે "
++"દરેક અઠવાડિયે એકવાર ઓછામાં ઓછો બેકઅપ લેવો જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++"ગુમાવવાનું સુરક્ષિત કરવા માટે તમારી કિંમતી ફાઇલો અને સુયોજનોની નકલો બનાવવા "
++"માટે Déjà Dup (અથવા બીજા બેકઅપ કાર્યક્રમ) ને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે બેકઅપ લેવાનું"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી ફાઇલોનો બેકઅપ લેવાનો સરળ રસ્તો છે અને સુયોજનો તે જે તમારી માટે બેકઅપ "
++"કાર્યક્રમને બેકઅપ પ્રક્રિયાને સંચાલિત કરવા દે છે. વિવિધ બેકઅપ કાર્યક્રમોની "
++"સંખ્યા ઉપલબ્ધ છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પસંદ થયેલ કાર્યક્રમ માટે મદદ એ બેકઅપ માટે તમારી પસંદગી સુયોજન મારફતે "
++"તમારી સાથે ચાલશે, ની સાથે સાથે કેવી રીતે તમારી માહિતીને સંગ્રહવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક વિકલ્પ એ સલામત સ્થાનમાં <link xref=\"files-copy\">તમારી ફાઇલોની "
++"નકલ</link> કરવાની છે, જેમ કે બહારની હાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવ, નેટવર્ક પર બીજુ કમ્પ્યૂટર, "
++"અથવા USB ડ્રાઇવ. તમારી <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">વ્યક્તિગત ફાઇલો</"
++"link> અને સુયોજનો સામાન્ય રીતે ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં છે, તેથી તમે ત્યાંથી તેઓની નકલ "
++"કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે માહિતીનાં જથ્થાનો બેકઅપ લઇ શકો છો તે સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણનાં માપથી મર્યાદિત છે, "
++"નીચેનાં અપવાદો સાથે આખા ઘર ફોલ્ડરને બેકઅપ લેવું સારામાં સારુ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલો કે જે પહેલેથી જ બીજી જગ્યાએ બેકઅપ લીધેલ છે, જેમ કે CD, DVD, અથવા દૂર "
++"કરી શકાય તેવી મીડિયા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલો કે જે તમે સરળતાથી ફરી બનાવી શકો છો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે પ્રોગ્રામર "
++"હોય તો, તમારે બેકઅપ લેવાની જરૂર નથી કે જે પેદા થશે જ્યારે તમે પ્રોગ્રામને "
++"કમ્પાઇલ કરો. તેને બદલે, ખાતરી કરો કે તમે મૂળભૂત સ્ત્રોત ફાઇલોનો બોકઅપ લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"કચરાપેટી ફોલ્ડરમાં કોઇપણ ફાઇલો. તમારી કચરાપેટી ફોલ્ડર <file>~/.local/share/"
++"Trash</file> માં શોધી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "બેકઅપમાંથી તમારી ફાઇલો પ્રાપ્ત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "બેકઅપ પુનઃસંગ્રહો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારી અમુક ફાઇલોને કાઢી નાંખેલ અથવા ગુમ કરેલ હોય તો, પરંતુ તેઓને "
++"તમારી પાસે બેકઅપ હોય તો, તમે બેકઅપમાંથી તેઓને પુન:સંગ્રહી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે નેટવર્ક પર ઉપકરણ જેમ કે બહારની હાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવ, USB ડ્રાઇવ અથવા બીજા "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી તમારા બેકઅપને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માંગતા હોય તો, તમે તમારા "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પાછુ <link xref=\"files-copy\">તેઓની નકલ</link> કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બેકઅપ કાર્યક્રમ જેમ કે <app>Déjà Dup</app> ની મદદથી તમારા બેકઅપને "
++"બનાવેલ હોય તો, તે આગ્રહ રાખે છે કે તમે તમારા બેકઅપને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે એજ "
++"કાર્યક્રને વાપરો. તમારા બેકઅપ કાર્યક્રમ માટે કાર્યક્રમ મદદનું રિવ્યૂ કરો: તે "
++"કેવી રીતે તમારી ફાઇલો પર પુન:સંગ્રહે છે તેની ખાસ સૂચનાઓ પૂરી પાડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડરોની યાદી જ્યાં તમે દસ્તાવેજો, ફાઇલો અને સુયોજનોને શોધી શકો છો કે જે "
++"તમે બેકઅપ લઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr "હું ક્યાં ફાઇલને શોધી શકુ છુ મારે તેનો બેકઅપ લેવો છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"નક્કી કરી રહ્યા છે કઇ ફાઇલોનું બેકઅપ લેવુ, અને તેઓને સ્થિત કરવી, આ પગલું "
++"વધારે મુશ્કેલીભર્યુ છે જ્યારે બેકઅપ લેવોને પ્રયત્ન કરી રહ્યા હોય. નીચે યાદી "
++"થયેલ મહત્ત્વની ફાઇલોનું સામાન્ય સ્થાન છે અને સુયોજનો કે જે તમે બેકઅપ લેવા "
++"માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "વ્યક્તિગત ફાઇલો (દસ્તાવેજીકરણો, સંગીત, ફોટો અને વિડિયો)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સામાન્ય રીતે તમારાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ છે (<file>/home/your_name</"
++"file>). તેઓ ઉપફોલ્ડરો હોઇ શકે છે જેમ કે ડેસ્કટોપ, દસ્તાવેજ, ચિત્રો, સંગીત "
++"અને વિડિયો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું બેકઅપ માધ્યમ પાસે પૂરતી જગ્યા હોય તો (જો તે બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક હોય "
++"તો, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે), આખા ઘર ફોલ્ડરને બેકઅપ લેવાનું નક્કી કરો. તમે શોધી શકો છો "
++"કે કેટલી જગ્યા તમારા ઘર ફોલ્ડર માટે <app>ડિસ્ક વપરાશ વિશ્ર્લેષક</app> મદદથી "
++"લેવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડર નામ કે જે અલ્પવિરામ (.) સાથે શરૂ થાય છે કે જે મૂળભૂત "
++"રીતે છુપાયેલ છે. છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને જોવા માટે, <guiseq><gui>દૃશ્ય</"
++"gui><gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો બતાવો</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો અથવા "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો. તમે બેકઅપ સ્થાનમાં  "
++"જેમ કે કોઇપણ બીજી ફાઇલમાં આની નકલ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr "વ્યક્તિગત સુયોજનો (ડેસ્કટોપ પસંદગીઓ, થીમ, અને સોફ્ટવેર સુયોજનો)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા ઘર ફોલ્ડરની અંદર છુપાયેલ ફોલ્ડરોમાં મોટાભાગનાં કાર્યક્રમો તેનાં "
++"સુયોજનોને સંગ્રહે છે (છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો પર જાણકારી માટે ઉપર જુઓ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં તમારા કાર્યક્રમ સુયોજનો એ  તમારાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં છુપાયેલ ફોલ્ડરો "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, અને <file>."
++"local</file> માં સંગ્રહેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ-વાઇડ સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"સિસ્ટમનાં મહત્વનાં ભાગો માટે સુયોજનો એ તમારાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ નથી. "
++"ત્યાં ઘણાં સ્થાનો છે કે જે તેઓને સંગ્રહી શકાય છે, પરંતુ મોટાભાગનાં <file>/"
++"etc</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ છે. સામાન્ય રીતે, તમારે ઘર કમ્પ્યૂટર પર આ "
++"ફાઇલોનો બેકઅપ લેવાની જરૂર પડશે નહિં. જો તમે સર્વરને ચલાવી રહ્યા હોય, છતાંપણ, "
++"તમે સેવાઓ માટે ફાઇલોને બેકઅપ લેવાની જરૂર પડવી જોઇએ કે જે તે ચાલી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr "કંઇપણ બેકઅપ લો કે જે ગુમાવીને સહન ન કરી શકો જો કંઇક ખોટુ થાય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "શું બેકઅપ લેવાનુ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું પ્રાધાન્ય એ તમારી <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">એકદમ મહત્વની "
++"ફાઇલો</link> નું બેકઅપ લેવુ જરૂરી છે એની સાથે સાથે તે ફરી બનાવવાનું મુશ્કેલ "
++"છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, વધારે મહત્વની ફાઇલો થી ઓછી મહત્વની ફાઇલો આવી રીતે "
++"ક્રમાંકિત કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "તમારી અંગત ફાઇલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++"આ દસ્તાવેજો, સ્પ્રેડશીટ, ઇમેઇલ, કૅલેન્ડર મંત્રણાઓ, નાણાકીય માહિતી, કુટુંબ "
++"ફોટો, અથવા કોઇપણ બીજી વ્યક્તિગત ફાઇલોને સમાવી શકે છે કે જે તમે ન બદલી શકાય "
++"તેવું નક્કી કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "તમારા અંગત સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફેરફારોને સમાવે છે જે તમે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પર રંગો, પાશ્ર્વભાગ, સ્ક્રીન "
++"રિઝોલ્યુશન અને માઉસ ડેસ્કટોપ માટે બનાવેલ છે. આ કાર્યક્રમ પસંદગીઓને સમાવે છે, "
++"જેમ કે <app>LibreOffice</app> માટે સુયોજનો, તમારું સંગીત પ્લેયર, અને તમારાં "
++"ઇમેઇલ કાર્યક્રમ. આ બદલી શકાય તેવુ છે, પરંતુ ફરી બનાવવા થોડો સમય લાગી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં માણસો સિસ્ટમ સુયોજનોને કદી બદલતા નથી કે જે સ્થાપન દરમ્યાન બનાવેલ "
++"છે. જો તમે અમુક કારણનાં લીધે તમારાં સિસ્ટમ સુયોજનોને કસ્ટમાઇઝ કરો તો, અથવા "
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સર્વર તરીકે વાપરો તો, પછી તમે આ સુયોજનો નો બેકઅપ "
++"લેવાની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "સ્થાપિત થયેલ સોફ્ટવેર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++"સોફ્ટવેર જે તમે વાપરો છો તેને પુન:સ્થાપિત કરીને ગંભીર કમ્પ્યૂટર સમસ્યાને "
++"સામાન્ય રીતે પુન:સ્થાપિત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્ય રીતે, તમે બેકઅપ ફાઇલોને લેવા માંગશો કે જે બદલી શકાય તેમ નથી કે જેને "
++"બેકઅપ વગર બદલવા માટે વધારે રોકાણની જરૂર છે. જો વસ્તુઓ બદલવા માટે સરળ છે, "
++"બીજી વસ્તુ પર, તમે તેઓને બેકઅપ લીધા વગર ડિસ્ક જગ્યા વાપરવા માંગી શકો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"તમારો બેકઅપ ક્યાં સંગ્રહવો છે તેની પર સલાહ અને વાપરવા માટે ક્યો સંગ્રહ "
++"ઉપકરણનો પ્રકાર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "તમારા બેકઅપને ક્યાં સંગ્રહવાનો છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી અલગ તમારી ફાઇલોને ગમે ત્યાં બેકઅપ નકલ સંગ્રહી "
++"જોઇએ - બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક પર, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તે રીતે, જો કમ્પ્યૂટર તૂટી જાય "
++"તો, બેકઅપ હજુ ત્યાં જ રહેશે. વધારે મહત્તમ સુરક્ષા માટે, તમારે તમારા બેકઅપને "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર તરીકે એજ બિલ્ડીંગમાં રાખવો જોઇએ નહિં. જો ત્યાં આગ અથવા ચોરી થાય "
++"તો, બંને માહિતીની નકલો ગુમ થઇ શકે છે જો તેઓ ભેગી રાખેલ હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"અનૂકુળ <em>બેકઅપ માધ્યમ</em> ને પસંદ કરવાનું મહત્વનું છે. તમારે ઉપકરણ પર "
++"તમારાં બેકઅપને સંગ્રહવાની જરૂર છે કે જેની પાસે બધી બેકઅપ ફાઇલો માટે પૂરતી "
++"ડિસ્ક ક્ષમતા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "સ્થાનિક અને દૂરસ્થ સંગ્રહ વિકલ્પો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB મેમરી કી (ઓછી ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "આંતરિક ડિસ્ક ડ્રાઇવ (ઉચ્ચ ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક (ઉચ્ચ ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક જોડાયેલ ડ્રાઇવ (ઉચ્ચ ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ/બેકઅપ સર્વર (ઉચ્ચ ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "લખી શકાય તેવી CDs અથવા DVDs (ઓછી/મધ્યમ ક્ષમતા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"ઓનલાઇન બેકઅપ સેવા (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> "
++"અથવા <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે; "
++"ક્ષમતા કિંમત પર આધાર રાખે છે)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક આ વિકલ્પો પાસે તમારી સિસ્ટમ પર દરેક ફાઇલનાં બેકઅપને પરવાનગી આપવા પૂરતી "
++"ક્ષમતા છે, <em>સિસ્ટમ બેકઅપ સમાપ્ત કરો</em> તરીકે જાણીતુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "શા માટે, શું, ક્યાં અને કેવી રીતે બેકઅપ કરવુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "બેકઅપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "તમારી મહત્વની ફાઇલોનો બેકઅપ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી ફાઇલોનું ફક્ત <em>બેકઅપ</em> લેવાનો મતલબ એ છે કે તેઓને સલામત જગ્યાએ "
++"નકલ કરવી. આ જ્યારે થાય ત્યારે મૂળભૂત ફાઇલો એ નુકશાન અને ભ્રષ્ટાચારની "
++"સ્થિતિમાં હોય. આ નકલો નુકશાનમાં મૂળભૂત માહિતીને સંગ્રહવા વાપરી શકાય છે. નકલો "
++"મૂળભૂત ફાઇલોમાંથી વિવિધ ઉપકરણ પર સંગ્રહવુ જોઇએ. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે USB "
++"ડ્રાઇવ, બહારની હાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવ, CD/DVD, અથવા ઓફ-સાઇટ સેવાને વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી ફાઇલોનો બેકઅપ નિયમિત રીતે લેવાનો સારામાં સારો રસ્તો છે, ઓફસાઇટ નકલો "
++"રાખી રહ્યા છે અને (શક્ય રીતે) તે એનક્રિપ્ટ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">જોડાવો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ફાઇલો મોકલો</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">ચાલુ અને બંધ કરો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથ એ વાયરલેસ પ્રોટોકોલ છે કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે ઘણાં વિવિધ "
++"પ્રકારનાં ઉપકરણો સાથે જોડાવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. બ્લુટુથ એ હેડસેટ અને "
++"ઇનપુટ ઉપકરણો માટે સામાન્ય રીતે વાપરેલ છે જેમ કે માઉસ અને કિબોર્ડ. તમે <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">ઉપકરણો વચ્ચે ફાઇલોને મોકલો</link> માટે ઉપકરણને "
++"વાપરી શકો છો, જેમ કે તમારાં સેલ ફોન માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોની જોડી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ સાથે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ જેવાં કે માઉસ અથવા હેડસેટને વાપરી શકો તે પહેલાં, તમે "
++"ઉપકરણમાં તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાવાની પહેલાં જરૂરી છે. આ બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોની "
++"જોડી તરીકે ઓળખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે શરૂ કરો પહેલાં, ખાતરી કરો કે બ્લુટુથ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સક્રિય થયેલ છે. "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"મેનુ પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>નવાં ઉપકરણને સુયોજિત કરો</"
++"gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિ કરો અને <gui>નવાં ઉપકરણને સુયોજિત કરો</"
++"gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજુ બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">શોધી શકાય તેવુ અથવા "
++"દૃશ્યમાન</link> બનાવો અને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં 10 મીટર (લગભગ 33 ફીટ) માં તેને "
++"સ્થિત કરો. <gui>ચાલુ રાખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ ઉપકરણો માટે "
++"શોધવાનું શરૂ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ત્યાં પણ ઘણાં ઉપકરણો યાદી થયેલ હોય, યાદીમાં ઉપકરણનાં એકજ પ્રકારને "
++"દર્શાવવા માટે <gui>Device type</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉનને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++"સુયોજિત કરવા માટે <gui>PIN વિકલ્પો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો કેવી રીતે બીજા "
++"ઉપકરણમાં PIN ને મોકલાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++"આપોઆપ PIN સુયોજન એ છ-આંકડાકીય કોડને વાપરશે. ઇનપુટ કી અથવા સ્ક્રીન સાથે ઉપકરણ "
++"નથી, જેમ કે માઉસ અથવા હેડસેટ, ખાસ PIN જેમ કે 0000 ની જરૂર પડી શકે છે, અથવા "
++"કોઇપણ PIN ની નહિં. યોગ્ય સુયોજન માટે તમારાં ઉપકરણની પુસ્તિકાને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા ઉપકરણ માટે અનૂકુળ PIN સુયોજનને પસંદ કરો, પછી <gui>બંધ કરો</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"આગળ વધારવા માટે <gui>ચાલુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. જો તમે હાલની PIN ને પસંદ "
++"કરેલ ન હોય તો, PIN એ સ્ક્રીન પર દર્શાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો જરૂરી હોય તો, તમારાં બીજા ઉપકરણ પર PIN ની ખાતરી કરો. ઉપકરણ તમારી "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર સ્ક્રીન પર તમે જુઓ છો તે PIN ને બતાવવુ જોઇએ, અથવા PIN ને દાખલ કરવા "
++"માટે તમને પૂછી શકે છે. ઉપકરણ પર PIN ની ખાતરી કરો, પછી <gui>બંધબેસતા</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે 20 સેકંડમાં તમારી નોંધણીન મોટાભાગનાં ઉપકરણો પર સમાપ્ત કરવાની જરૂર છે, "
++"અથવા જોડાણ સમાપ્ત થશે નહિં. જો આવું થાય તો, ઉપકરણ યાદીમાં પાછા જાવ અને ફરી "
++"શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશો દેખાય છે જ્યારે જોડાણ સફળતાપૂર્વક સમાપ્ત થાય. <gui>બંધ કરો</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">બ્લુટુથ જોડાણ દૂર</link> કરી "
++"શકો છો જો ઇચ્છિત હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી વહેંચેલ ફાઇલોનાં પ્રવેશને નિયંત્રણ કરવા માટે, <gui>બ્લુટુથ વહેંચણી</"
++"gui> સુયોજનોનો સંદર્ભ લો. <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++"ઍડપ્ટરને બંધ કરી શકાય છે અથવા ડ્રાઇવર હોઇ શકતા નથી, અથવા બ્લુટુથને નિષ્ક્રિય "
++"અથવા બ્લોક કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "હું મારી બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાઇ શકતી નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં ઘણા કારણો છે કે શા માટે તમે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાઇ શકતા નથી, જેમ કે "
++"ફોન અથવા હેન્ડસેટ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "જોડાણ બ્લોક થયેલ અને વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણો એ મૂળભૂત રીતે જોડાણોને બ્લોક કરે છે, અથવા જોડાણોને "
++"પરવાનગી આપવા માટે સુયોજનને બદલવા તમારી જરૂર છે. ખાતરી કરો કે તમારું ઉપકરણ એ "
++"જોડાણોને પરવાનગી આપવા સુયોજિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ હાર્ડવેર ઓળખાયેલ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર/ડોંગલ કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખાયું નથી. આ એટલાં માટે થઇ "
++"શકે છે કારણ કે ઍડપ્ટર માટે <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">ડ્રાઇવરો</link> "
++"સ્થાપિત થયેલ નથી. અમુક બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર Linux પર આધારભૂત નથી, તેથી તમે તેઓ "
++"માટે બરાબર ડ્રાઇવરોને મેળવવા સક્ષમ નથી. આ સ્થિતિમાં, તમને વિવિધ બ્લુટુથ "
++"ઍડપ્ટરને કદાચમેળવશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "ઍડપ્ટર ચાલુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમારું બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર એ ચાલુ છે. <gui>મેનુ પટ્ટી</gui> માં "
++"બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને ચકાસો કે તે <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">નિષ્ક્રિય</link> થયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમારું બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર ચાલુ થયેલ છે. ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ "
++"ચિહ્નને પર ક્લિક કરો અને ચકાસો કે તે <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">નિષ્ક્રિય</link> થયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "ઉપકરણ બ્લુટુથ જોડાણ બંધ થયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++"ચકાસો કે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ પર ચાલુ થયેલ છે જે તમે જોડાવા પ્રય્તન કરી રહ્યા છો. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે ફોનમામ જોડાવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો તો, ખાતરી કરો કે તે એરપ્લેન "
++"સ્થિતિમાં ન હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે બ્લુટુથ ઍડપ્ટર નથી. તમે ઍડપ્ટરને ખરીદી શકો છો જો તમે "
++"બ્લુટુથને વાપરવા માંગતા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોની યાદીમાંથી ઉપકરણને દૂર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણો વચ્ચે જોડાણ દૂર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણને જોડાવા માંગતા ન હોય તો, તમે જોડાણને દૂર કરી શકો છો. આ "
++"ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે ઉપકરણને લાંબો સમય વાપરવા માંગતા ન હોય જેમ કે માઉસ અથવા "
++"હેન્ડસેટ, અથવા જો તમે ફાઇલોને ઉપકરણમાંથી ફાઇલોનું પરિવહન કરવાની ઇચ્છા રાખતા "
++"ન હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>મેનુ પટ્ટી</gui> માં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ "
++"સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ સુયોજનો</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે ડાબી તકતીમાં જોડાણ તોડવા માંગો છો, પછી યાદી હેઠળ "
++"<gui>-</gui> ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "ખાતરી વિન્ડોમાં <gui>દૂર કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પછી <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ સાથે પુન:"
++"જોડાઇ</link> શકો છો જો ઇચ્છા હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોમાં ફાઇલોને વહેંચો જેમ કે તમારો ફોન."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણમાં ફાઇલ મોકલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે જોડાયેલ ઉપકરણો જેમ કે અમુક મોબાઇલ ફોન અથવા બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં ફાઇલોને "
++"મોકલી શકો છો. અમુક ઉપકરણનાં પ્રકારો એ ફાઇલ અથવા ખાસ પ્રકારની ફાઇલોને પરિવહન "
++"કરવા પરવાનગી આપતા નથી. તમે ત્રણમાંની એક રીતે ફાઇલોને મોકલી શકો છો: મેનુ "
++"પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્નની મદદથી, બ્લુટુથ સુયોજન વિન્ડોમાંથી, અથવા સીધુ ફાઇલ "
++"સંચાલકમાંથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે જોડાયેલ ઉપકરણો જેમ કે અમુક મોબાઇલ ફોન અથવા બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં ફાઇલોને "
++"મોકલી શકો છો. અમુક ઉપકરણનાં પ્રકારો એ ફાઇલ અથવા ખાસ પ્રકારની ફાઇલોને પરિવહન "
++"કરવા પરવાનગી આપતા નથી. તમે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્નની મદદથી ફાઇલોને "
++"મોકલી શકો છો, અથવા બ્લુટુથ સુયોજન વિન્ડોમાંથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્નની મદદથી ફાઇલો મોકલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"મેનુ પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>ઉપકરણોમાં ફાઇલોને મોકલો</"
++"gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>ઉપકરણમાં ફાઇલોને મોકલો</"
++"gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ પસંદ કરો કે તમે મોકલવા માંગો છો અને <gui>પસંદ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં એક કરતા વધારે મોકલવા માટે, <key>Ctrl</key> કી પર અટકો જે તમે દરેક "
++"ફાઇલને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણ પસંદ કરો કે જે જેમાં ફાઇલોને તમે મોકલવા માંગો છો અને <gui>મોકલો</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણોની યાદી બંને <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ઉપકરણો જે તમે "
++"પહેલેથી જોડાયેલ છો</link> ની સાથે સાથે <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">દૃશ્યમાન ઉપકરણો</link> ને સીમામાં બતાવશે. જો તમે પહેલેથી પસંદ "
++"થયેલ ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય તો, તમે <gui>મોકલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કર્યા પછી "
++"ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડી બનાવવા માટે પૂછશે. આને બીજા ઉપકરણ પર ખાતરીની કદાચ જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ત્યાં ઘણા ઉપકરણો હોય તો, તે <gui>ઉપકરણ પ્રકાર</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉનની મદદથી "
++"ખાસ ઉપકરણ પ્રકારોની યાદીને મર્યાદિત કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રાપ્ત ઉપકરણનો માલિક સામાન્ય રીતે ફાઇલને સ્વીકારવા બટનને દબાવવાનું છે. "
++"એકવાર માલિક સ્વીકારે અથવા નામંજૂર કરે તો, ફાઇલ પરિવહનનું  પરિણામ એ તમારી "
++"સ્ક્રીન પર બતાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ સુયોજનોમાંથી ફાઇલો મોકલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"મેનુ પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ સુયોજનો</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ડાબે યાદીમાંથી ફાઇલોને મોકલવા માટે ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો. યાદી ફક્ત ઉપકરણોને "
++"બતાવે છે કે જે તમે પહેલેથી જોડાયેલ છે. <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr "જમણે ઉપકરણ જાણકારીમાં, <gui>ફાઇલો મોકલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr "તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણને સક્રિય અથવા નિષ્ક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથને ચાલુ અથવા બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોને વાપરવા માટે બ્લુટુથને ચાલુ કરો અને ફાઇલોને મોકલો અને "
++"મેળવો, પરંતુ પાવરને બચાવવા માટે તેને બંધ કરો. બ્લુટુથને ચાલુ કરવા માટે, મેનુ "
++"પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ ચાલુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણોને વાપરના માટે બ્લુટુથને ચાલુ કરી શકો છો અને ફાઇલોને મોકલો "
++"અને મેળવો, પરંતુ પાવરને બચાવવા માટે તેને બંધ કરો. બ્લુટુથને ચાલુ રાખવા માટે, "
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં લેપટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટરો પાસે બ્લુટુથ ચાલુ અને બંધ કરવા માટે હાર્ડવેર સ્વીચ "
++"અથવા કી સંયોજન છે. જો બ્લુટુથ હાર્ડવેર બંધ હોય તો, તમે મેનુ પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ "
++"ચિહ્નને જોશો નહિંં. તમારા કિબોર્ડ પર તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર ચાલુ છે તેની માટે જુઓ. "
++"કિબોર્ડ કી વારંવાર <key>Fn</key> કીની મદદ સાથે વારંવાર વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં લેપટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટરો પાસે બ્લુટુથ ચાલુ અને બંધ કરવા માટે હાર્ડવેર સ્વીચ "
++"અથવા કી સંયોજન છે. જો બ્લુટુથ હાર્ડવેર બંધ હોય તો, તમે મેનુ પટ્ટીમાં બ્લુટુથ "
++"ચિહ્નને જોશો નહિંં. તમારા કિબોર્ડ પર તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર ચાલુ છે તેની માટે જુઓ. "
++"કિબોર્ડ કી વારંવાર <key>Fn</key> કીની મદદ સાથે વારંવાર વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથને બંધ કરવા માટે, બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ બંધ "
++"કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથને બંધ કરવા માટે, બ્લુટુથ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બ્લુટુથ</gui> "
++"ને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે ફક્ત <gui>દૃશ્યતા</gui> ને ચાલુ કરવાની જરૂર છે જો તમે બીજા ઉપકરણમાંથી "
++"આ કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાઇ રહ્યા હોય. વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "ક્યાંતો બીજા ઉપકરણો તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને શોધી શકે છે કે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ દૃશ્યતા શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથ દૃશ્યતા એ ફક્ત સંદર્ભ કરે છે ક્યાંતો બીજા ઉપકરણો એ તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને શોધી શકે છે જ્યારે બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણો માટે શોધી રહ્યા હોય. જ્યારે "
++"બ્લુટુથ દૃશ્યમાન ચાલુ હોય તો, તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ સીમામાં બીજા બધા ઉપકરણો "
++"માટે પોતાની જાતે જાહેરાત કરે છે, તમારી સાથે જોડાવા પ્રયત્ન કરવા તેઓને "
++"પરવાનગી આપી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને બીજા ઉપકરણ માટે શોધવા દૃશ્યતાની જરૂર પડશે નહિં, પરંતુ તે "
++"ઉપકરણોને તેઓને શોધવા માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે દૃશ્યતાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાયા</link> પછી, "
++"ક્યાંતો કદી તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર અથવા ઉપકરણ એકબીજા સાથે વાતચીત કરવા માટે "
++"દૃશ્યમાન હોવુ જરૂરી નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે અથવા કોઇક બીજા ઉપકરણમાંથી તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાવા વિશ્ર્વાસ જરૂરી "
++"છે, તમારે દૃશ્યતાને છોડવી જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "Richard Hughes"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">આ શા માટે મહત્વનું છે</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">રંગ રૂપરેખા</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">કેવી "
++"રીતે ઉપકરણને ગોઠવવું</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "સંગ સંચાલન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "રંગ રૂપરેખા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "માપાંકન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનની ટોચ પર કૅલેન્ડર પર તમારી મંત્રણાઓને દર્શાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "કૅલેન્ડર મંત્રણા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે આને <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> ની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં ડિસ્ટ્રો મૂળભૂત રીતે સ્થાપિત <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> સાથે આવે છે, જો "
++"તમારું ન હોય તો, તમારે ડિસ્ટ્રોનાં પેકેજ સંચાલકની મદદથી તેને સ્થાપિત કરવાની "
++"જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "તમારી મુલાકાતોને જોવા માટે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તારીખ પર ક્લિક કરો કે જેની માટે તમે <gui>કેલેન્ડર</gui> પર તમારી મંત્રણાને "
++"જોવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++"હાલની મુલાકાતો જમણે દર્શાવાશે. મંત્રણાઓ <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> માં ઉમેરાયેલ "
++"છે, તેઓ ઘડિયાળની મુલાકાત યાદીમાં દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "ઘડિયાળ, કૅલેન્ડર, અને મુલાકાતો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપૂર્ણ <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> કૅલેન્ડને ઝડપી મેળવવા માટે, ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો "
++"અને <gui>કૅલેન્ડરને ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફક્ત કામ કરશે જો તમારી પાસે હાલનું <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> ખાતુ હોય. નહિં તો, "
++"વિન્ડો તમારાં પહેલાં ખાતા માટે જરૂરી પગલાં સાથે દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો અને તારીખ/સમયને બદલવા માટે <gui>તારીખ અને "
++"સમય સુયોજનો</gui> માં જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમયને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તારીખ અને સમય ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બતાવેલ છે તે અયોગ્ય છે અથવા ખોટુ બંધારણ છે, "
++"તમે તેઓને બદલી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટીની મધ્યમાં ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>તારીખ અને સમય સુયોજનો</"
++"gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે અને <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">ઍડમિન પાસવર્ડ</link> ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++"કલાક અને મિનિટને પસંદ કરવા માટે તીર પર ક્લિક કરીને તારીખ અને સમયને ગોઠવો. "
++"તમે વર્ષ, મહિનો અને દિવસ ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી પસંદ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમને ગમે તો, <gui>નેટવર્ક સમય</gui> ને ચાલુ કરીને તમે પોતાની જાતે આપમેળે "
++"ઘડિયાળને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે <em>નેટવર્ક સમય</em> ચાલુ હોય તો, કમ્પ્યૂટર ઇન્ટરનેટ પર ચોક્કસ ઘડિયાળ "
++"સાથે તેની ઘડિયાળનો સુમેળ કરશે, તેથી તમારે તેને જાતે કરવાની જરૂર નથી. આ ફક્ત "
++"ત્યારે કામ કરશે જો તમે ઇન્ટરનેટ સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પણ <gui>24-કલાક</gui> અથવા <gui>AM/PM</gui> બંધારણને પસંદ કરીને કેવી "
++"રીતે કલાક દર્શાવાય તે બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr "બીજો ટાઇમઝોન ઉમેરો તેથી તેને જોઇ શકો છો કે બીજા શહેરોનો સમય શું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "તમારો ટાઇમઝોન બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટીની મધ્યમાં ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>તારીખ અને સમય સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"નક્ષા પર તમારા સ્થાન પર ક્લિક કરો, પછી ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી તમારાં વર્તમાન "
++"શહેરને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર બતાવેલ સમય એ આપમેળે બદલાશે જ્યારે તમે વિવિધ સ્થાનને પસંદ કરો. "
++"વિન્ડોમાં સમય એ બીજી વખતે બદલાશે તમે <gui>તારીખ અને સમય સુયોજનો</gui> "
++"વિન્ડોને વાપરો તો. તમે પણ <link xref=\"clock-set\">જાતે જ ઘડિયાળને સુયોજિત "
++"કરવા</link> માટે પણ ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">તારીખ અને સમયને સુયોજિત કરો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"clock-timezone\">ટાઇમઝોન</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">કૅલેન્ડર "
++"અને મુલાકાતો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++"આને બદલવા માટે <guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> માં જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે હું રૂપરેખાઓને ઉપકરણોમાં સોંપુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> ખોલો, અને ઉપકરણ પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો કે જે તમે રૂપરેખામાં ઉમેરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>રૂપરેખાને ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરીને તમે હાલની રૂપરેખાને પસંદ કરી શકો "
++"છો અથવા નવી ફાઇલને આયાત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક ઉપકરણ પાસે તેમાં સોંપેલ ઘણી રૂપરેખાઓ હોઇ શકે છે, પરંતુ ફક્ત એક જ "
++"રૂપરેખા <em>મૂળભૂત</em> રૂપરેખા બની શકે છે. મૂળભૂત રૂપરેખા એ વપરાશમાં છે "
++"જ્યારે ત્યાં આપમેળે પસંદ કરવા માટે રૂપરેખાને પરવાનગી આપવા વધારાની જાણકારી ન "
++"હોય. આ આપોઆપ પસંદગીનું ઉદાહરણ એ હશે જો એક રૂપરેખા એ લીસા પેપર માટે અને બીજા "
++"સાદા પેપર માટે બનાવેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr "રેડિયો બટન સાથે તેને બદલીને તમે મૂળભૂત રૂપરેખાને બનાવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++"જો માપાંકન હાર્ડવેર એ જોડાયેલ હોય તો <gui>માપાંકિત…</gui> બટન એ નવી "
++"રૂપરેખાને બનાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કેમેરાને માપાંકિત કરવાનું એ ચોક્કસ રંગોને પકડવા માટે મહત્વનું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "હું મારા કૅમેરાનું કેવી રીતે માપાંકન કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"કેમેરા ઉપકણો એ ઇચ્છિત લાઇટીંગ શરતો હેઠળ લક્ષ્યનાં ફોટોગ્રાફ લઇને માપાંકિત "
++"થાય છે. RAW ફાઇલને TIFF ફાઇલમાં રૂપાંતર કરીને, તે રંગ નિયંત્રણ પેનલમાં "
++"કેમેરા ઉપકરણને માપાંકિત કરવા વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે TIFF ફાઇલને કાપવાની જરૂર છે તેથી ફક્ત લક્ષ્ય દૃશ્યમાન રહે. ખાતરી કરો "
++"કે સફેદ અથવા કાળી કિનારીઓ હજુ દૃશ્યમાન છે. જો ઇમેજમાં કંઇક ઊંચુ-નીચુ હોય "
++"અથવા વિશાળ સંખ્યા દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિ ન હોય તો માપાંકન કામ કરશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++"પરિણામી રૂપરેખા ફક્ત લાઇટનીંગ શરત હેઠળ ફક્ત યોગ્ય છે કે જે તમે તેમાંથી "
++"મૂળભૂત ઇમેજને પ્રાપ્ત કરેલ છે. આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તમારે <em>સ્ટુડિયો</em>, "
++"<em>તેજસ્વી સૂર્યપ્રકાશ</em> અને <em>વાદળવાળુ</em> લાઇટનીંગ શરતો માટે "
++"રૂપરેખાની ઘણા સમય માટે જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં પ્રિન્ટરને માપાંકિત કરવાનું ચોક્કસ રંગોને છાપવા માટે મહત્વનું છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "હું મારા પ્રિન્ટરને કેવી રીતે માપાંકન કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "ત્યાં પ્રિન્ટર ઉપકરણને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરવા માટે બે રસ્તાઓ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr "Pantone ColorMunki ની જેમ ફોટોસ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર ઉપકરણને વાપરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr "રંગ કંપનીમાંથી છાપન સંદર્ભને ડાઉનલોડ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટર રૂપરેખાને ઉત્પન્ન કરવા માટે રંગ કંપનીને વાપરવાનું સામાન્ય રીતે સરળ "
++"વિકલ્પ છે જો તમારી પાસે એક અથવા વધારે વિવિધ પેપર પ્રકારો હોય. કમ્પની "
++"વેબસાઇટમાંથી સંદર્ભ આલેખને ડાઉનલોડ કરીને તમે તેઓને કવરમાં છાપવા પાછા મોકલી "
++"શકો છો જ્યાં તેઓ પેપરને સ્કેન કરશે, રૂપરેખાને ઉત્પન્ન કરશે અને ચોક્કસ ICC "
++"રૂપરેખાની તમને ઇમેઇલ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++"મોંધા ઉપકરણ જેમ કે ColorMunki ની મદદથી કામ કરવું સસ્તુ છે જો તમે સહી સુયોજન "
++"અથવા પેપર પ્રકારોની વિશાળ સંખ્યાનુ રૂપરેખાંકન કરી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે સહી સપ્લાયર બદલો તો, ખાતરી કરો કે તમારે પ્રિન્ટરને પુન:માપાંકન છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં સ્કેનરને માપાંકિત કરવાનું એ ચોક્કસ રંગોને પકડવા માટે મહત્વનું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "હું મારા સ્કેનરને કેવી રીતે માપાંકન કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારી લક્ષ્ય સ્કેન ફાઇલમાં સ્કેન કરો અને બિનસંકોચાયેલ TIFF ફાઇલ તરીકે "
++"તેને સંગ્રહો. તમે ઉપકરણ માટે રૂપરેખાને બનાવવા માટે <guiseq><gui>સુયોજન</"
++"gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> માંથી <gui>માપાંકન કરો…</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્કેનર ઉપકરણો સમય અને તાપમાન પર સ્થિર છે અને તેનું ફરી માપાંકન કરવાની જરૂર "
++"નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી સ્ક્રીનને માપાંકિત કરવાનું ચોક્કસ રંગોને દર્શાવવા માટે મહત્વનું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "હું મારી સ્ક્રીનને કેવી રીતે માપાંકન કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનને માપાંકિત કરવુ વધુ સરળ છે અને કઠીન જરૂરિયાતો હોવી જોઇએ જો તમે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર રતના અથવા કલામાં સમાવેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણને વાપરી રહ્યા છો તેને colorimeter તરીકે બોલાવાય છે તમે વિવિધ રંગોને "
++"ચોકસાઇથી માપો છો કે જે તમારી સ્ક્રીન એ દર્શાવવા માટે સક્ષમ છે. "
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> ચલાવીને તમે સરળતાથી "
++"રૂપરેખાને બનાવી શકો છો, અને વિઝાર્ડ એ તમને બતાવશે કે કેવી રીતે colorimeter "
++"ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાવું અને ક્યાં સુયોજનોને ગોઠવવાનાં છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન દરેક વખતે બદલાય છે - TFT માં પાછળની લાઇટ એ આશરે દરેક 18 કલાકે થોડી "
++"પ્રકાશે છે, અને પીળી લાઇટ મળશે તે ઘણી જૂની લાગે છે. આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તમે "
++"તમારી સ્ક્રીનને પુન:માપાંકિત કરવી જોઇએ જ્યારે [!] ચિહ્ન એ રંગ નિયંત્રણ "
++"પેનલમાં દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr "LED સ્ક્રીન પણ સમયે બદલાય છે, પરંતુ TFTs કરતા ધીમા દરે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr "માપાંકન અને લાક્ષણિકતા એ સંપૂર્ણપણે અલગ વસ્તુઓ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr "માપાંકન અને લાક્ષણિકતા વચ્ચે શું તફાવત છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++"માપાંકન અને લાક્ષણિકતા વચ્ચેનાં તફાવત વિશે ઘણા લોકો શરૂઆતમાં મૂંઝવાય છે. "
++"માપાંકન એ ઉપકરણનાં રંગ વર્તણૂકને બદલવાની પ્રક્રિયા છે. આ ખાસ કરીને બે "
++"પદ્દતિઓની મદદથી પૂર્ણ થાય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr "નિયંત્રણો અથવા આંતરિક સુયોજનોને બદલવાનું કે જે તેની પાસે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr "તેની રંગ ચેનલોમાં વળાંકોને લાગુ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++"માપાંકિતનો વિચાર એ તેનાં રંગનાં જવાબમાં વ્યાખ્યાયિત થયેલ સ્થિતિમાં ઉપકરણને "
++"મૂકવાનું છે. વારંવાર આ ફરી પેદા થતી વર્તણૂકને જાળવી રાખવા વાપરેલ છે, ખાસ "
++"કરીને માપાંકન એ ઉપકરણ અથવા સિસ્ટમ ખાસ ફાઇલ બંધારણમાં સંગ્રહશે કે જે ઉપકરણ "
++"સુયોજનો અથવા પ્રતિ ચેનલ કેલિબ્રેશન વણાંકોનો અહેવાલ રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++"કેરેક્ટરાઇઝેશન (અથવા રૂપરેખાકરણ) એ રંગ પ્રતિ ઉપકરણ શું ઉત્પન્ન કરે છે કે "
++"કેવી રીતે પ્રત્યુત્તર આપે છે તેને <em>રૅકોર્ડ</em> કરવાનો માર્ગ છે. મોટે "
++"ભાગે પરિણામ ઉપકરણ ICC રૂપરેખામાં સચવાય છે. આવી રૂપરેખા પોતે કોઇપણ રીતે રંગને "
++"બદલતી નથી. તે CMM (રંગ વ્યવસ્થાપન મોડ્યુલ - Color Management Module) જેવી "
++"સિસ્ટમ અથવા રંગ પરિચિત કાર્યક્રમને રંગમાં ફેરફાર કરવાની પરવાનગી આપે છે "
++"જ્યારે અન્ય ઉપકરણ રૂપરેખા સાથે ભેગી થાય. બે ઉપકરણોના લક્ષણો માત્ર જાણીને, એક "
++"ઉપકરણ રજૂઆતમાંથી બીજામાં રંગ રૂપાતરણ કરવાના માર્ગે પ્રાપ્ત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++"નોંધો કે લાક્ષણિકતા (રૂપરેખા) એ ફક્ત ઉપકરણ માટે યોગ્ય છે જો તે માપાંકનની એજ "
++"સ્થિતિમાં હોય તે લાક્ષણિકતા હતી તે સ્થિતિમાં હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "માપાંકન ઉપકરણોની અમે વિશાળ સંખ્યાને આધાર આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "શું રંગ માપન સાધનો આધારભૂત છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME એ રંગ સાધનોને આધાર આપવા માટે Argyll રંગ સંચાલન સિસ્ટમ પર આધાર રાખે છે. "
++"છતાં નીચેના દર્શાવ માપન સાધનો આધારભૂત છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 મોનિટર (સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 દર્શાવ 1, 2 અથવા LT (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki રચના અથવા ફોટો (સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki દર્શાવ (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 અને 3 (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Pantone Huey એ હાલમાં ચીપસેટ થે અને Linux માં સારી રીતે આધારભૂત હાર્ડવેર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++"Argyll તમારો આભાર છે ત્યાં તમને તમારા પ્રિન્ટરોને માપાંકિત અને લાક્ષણિકતાની "
++"મદદ કરવા માટે આધારભૂત સ્પોટ અને સ્ટ્રીપ રીડીંગ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટરનાં નંબર પરણ છે:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" ટાઇપ રિફ્લેક્ટીવ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 ડિઝિટલ સ્વૉચબુક (સ્પોટ ટાઇપ રિફ્લેક્ટીવ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (સ્પોટ અને સ્ટ્રીપ રીડીંગ રીફ્લેક્ટીવ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (સ્પોટ અને સ્ટ્રીપ રીડીંગ રીફ્લેક્ટીવ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (સ્પોટ રીડીંગ રીફ્લેક્ટીવ સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr "માપાંકન લક્ષ્યો એ સ્કેનર અને કેમેરા પ્રોફાલીંગ કરવા જરૂરી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "ક્યાં લક્ષ્ય પ્રકારો આધારભૂત છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "લક્ષ્યોનાં નીચેના પ્રકારો આધારભૂત છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i૧ RGB સ્કેન ૧૪"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard ૨૦૧"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT૮.૭/૨"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વિવિધ ઓનલાઇન દુકાનોમાં સારી રીતે જાણીતા જેમ કે KODAK, X-Rite અને "
++"LaserSoft માંથી લક્ષ્ય ખરીદી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે તમે સારી કિંમત પર <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/"
++"\">Wolf Faust</link> માંથી  તમે લક્ષ્યને ખરીદી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખાની વહેંચણી એ સમય પર હાર્ડવેર ફેરફારો તરીકે કદી સારો વિચાર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "શું હુ મારી રંગ રૂપરેખાને વહેંચી શકુ છુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તમે કોઇકની સાથે તમારાં રંગને વહેંચો, તમે માપાંકનની "
++"<em>નજીક</em> તેઓને મેળવી શકે છે, પરંતુ તે તેમના પ્રદર્શન માપાંકિત છે એ રીતે "
++"કહેવું એ ગેરમાર્ગ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++"એજ રીતે, દરેકલોકો રુમમાં નિયંત્રીત થયેલ લાઇટનીંગ (વિન્ડોમાંથી સૂર્યપ્રકાશ "
++"નથી, કાળી દિવાલ, દિવસનાં બલ્બ વગેરે.) નો આગ્રહ રાખેલ છે જ્યાં ઇમેજને જોવા "
++"અને ફેરફાર કરવા માટે થાય છે, રૂપરેખા સાથે વહેંચણી કરી રહ્યા છે કે જે તમે "
++"તમારી પોતાની ખાસ લાઇટનીંગ શરતોમાં બનાવેલ છે કે જેને કંઇ ખાસ મતલબ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++"વેન્ડર વેબસાઇટમાંથી ડાઉનલોડ થયેલ રૂપરેખાઓ માટે પુન:વિતરણ શરતોને તમારે "
++"સાવચેતીથી ચકાસવી જોઇએ અથવા કે જે તમારે બદલે બનાવેલ હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ એ વિક્રેતા દ્દારા પૂરુ પાડેલ છે અને તમારી જાતે ઉત્પન્ન કરી શકાય "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "ક્યાંથી મને રંગ રૂપરેખા મળી શકે છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++"તેઓને તમારી જાતે પેદા કરવા માટે રૂપરેખા મેળવવા સારો રસ્તો છે, છતાંપણ આને "
++"અમુક પ્રારંભિક આઉટલેની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"અનેક ઉત્પાદકો ઉપકરણો માટે રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ પ્રયાસ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો છો, છતાંપણ "
++"કોઇક વાર તેઓ <em>ડ્રાઇવર બન્ડલ</em> સાથે વીંટળાઇ જાય છે કે જે તમારે ડાઉનલોડ, "
++"કાઢવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે અને રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ માટે શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ઉત્પાદકો હાર્ડવેર માટે ચોક્કસ રૂપરેખા પૂરી પાડતા નથી અને રૂપરેખાઓ સારી "
++"રીતે અવગણેલ છે. સારો સંકેત એ રૂપરેખાને ડાઉનલોડ કરવાનો છે, અને જો નિર્માણ "
++"તારીખ એ જે તમે તારીખે  ઉપકરણને ખરીદેલ છે તે તારીખ પહેલાં વર્ષ કરતા વધારે હોય "
++"છે પછી તે નકલી માહિતી ઉત્પન્ન કરેલ છે કે જે બિનઉપયોગી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++"શા માટે વિક્રેતા-પૂરી પાડેલી રૂપરેખાઓ મોટે ભાગે નકામી નહિં પણ ખરાબ જ હોય છે "
++"તેના વિશે વધુ જાણકારી માટે જુઓ <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr "રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ તેઓને ખોલીને સરળતાથી આયાત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "હું રંગ રૂપરેખાને કેવી રીતે આયાત કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++"રૂપરેખા એ ફાઇલ બ્રાઉઝરમાં <input>.ICC</input> અથવા <input>.ICM</input> પર બે "
++"વાર ક્લિક કરીને સરળતાથી આયાત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે તમે <guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> માંથી "
++"<gui>રૂપરેખા આયાત કરો…</gui> ને પસંદ કરી શકો છો જ્યારે ઉપકરણ માટે રૂપરેખાને "
++"પસંદ કરી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr " આખી સ્ક્રીન રંગ સુધારો બધી વિન્ડો પર બધા સ્ક્રીન રંગોને બદલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr "શું આખી-સ્ક્રીન ચકાસણી માટે ગુમ થયેલ જાણકારી છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++"કમનસીબે, ઘણી પૂરી પાડેલ વિક્રેતા ICC રૂપરેખાઓ આખી સ્ક્રીન રંગ ચકાસણી માટે "
++"જરૂરી જાણકારીને સમાવતુ નથી. આ રૂપરેખાઓ હજુ કાર્યક્રમો માટે ઉપયોગી છે કે જે "
++"રંગ વળતર કરી શકાય છે, પરંતુ તમે તમારાં સ્ક્રીન ફેરફારનાં બધા રંગોને જોશો "
++"નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++"રૂપરેખાને દર્શાવવાનું બનાવવા માટે ક્રમમાં, કે જે બંને માપાંકન અને લાક્ષણિકતા "
++"માહિતીને સમાવે છે, કલરઇમીટર અને સ્પેક્ટ્રોમીટર તરીકે કહેવાતા ખાસ રંગ માપન "
++"સાધનોને વાપરવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr "તમે સૂચિત કરી શકો છો જો તમારી રંગ રૂપરેખા જૂની અને અચોક્કસ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr "શું હુ સૂચિત કરી શકુ છુ જ્યારે મારી રંગ રૂપરેખા અચોક્કસ હોય?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"કમનસીબે અમે પુન:માપાંકન કરતા પહેલાં કહી શકતા નથી શું ઉપકરણ રૂપરેખા એ યોગ્ય "
++"છે કે નહિં. જ્યાં સુધી  નક્કી કરવા માપાંકન ના હોય ત્યાં સુધી અમે ઘણા સમયથી "
++"સાદા મેટ્રીકને વાપરી શકીએ છીએ જો પુન:માપાંકન અગ્રહણીય હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કંપની પાસે ખાસ રૂપરેખાઓ માટે સમયસમાપ્તિ પોલિસીઓ હોય છે, અચોક્કસ રંગ "
++"રૂપરેખા અંતની પ્રોડક્ટ માટે વિશાળ તફાવત બનાવી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે સમય સમાપ્તિ પોલિસી સુયોજિત હોય અને રૂપરેખા પોલિસી કરતી જૂની છે પછી "
++"લાલ ચેતવણી ત્રિકોણ રૂપરેખાની આગળ <guiseq><gui>સુયોજન</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></"
++"guiseq> માં બતાવેલ હશે. ચેતવણી સૂચના દરેક વખતે બતાવેલ હશે તમે તમારા "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પ્રવેશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++"દર્શાવ અને પ્રિન્ટર ઉપકરણો માટે પોલિસીને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, તમે દિવસોમાં "
++"રૂપરેખાની મહત્તમ ઉંમરને સ્પષ્ટ કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત મોનિટર રૂપરેખાઓ પાસે માપાંકિત તારીખ નથી હોતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મૂળભૂત મોનિટર રૂપરેખા પાસે માપાંકન નિવૃત્તિ હોતી નથી?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક મોનિટર માટે મૂળભૂત રંગ રૂપરેખા દર્શાવ EDID પર આધારિત આપમેળે પેદા થયેલ "
++"છે કે જે મોનિટરની અંદર મેમરી ચીપમાં સંગ્રહેલ છે. EDID એ ઉપલબ્ધ રંગોનાં "
++"સ્નેપશોટને આપણને આપે છે મોનિટર દર્શાવવાનાં સક્ષમ હતુ જ્યારે તે બનેલ હતુ, અને "
++"રંગ ચકાસણી માટે બીજી જાણકારીને સમાવતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr "EDID ને સુધારી શકાતુ નથી, તેની કોઇ નિવૃત્ત તારીખ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"મોનિટર વિક્રેતામાંથી રૂપરેખાને મેળવવી અથવા તમારી જાતે રૂપરેખાને બનાવવાનું એ "
++"રંગ ચકાસણીને વધારે યોગ્ય રાખવા આગળ વધારશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"ચકાસણી રંગ સંચાલન સખત નથી, અને અમે અમુક ચકાસણી રૂપરેખાઓ લાગુ કરીએ છીએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "હું કેવી રીતે ચકાસુ જો રંગ સંચાલન યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરે તો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખાની અસરો એ અમુકવાર સૂક્ષ્મ છે અને તેને જોવાનું મુશ્કેલ હોઇ શકે છે "
++"જો કંઇપણ ફેરફાર થયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME માં અમે ઘણી રૂપરેખાઓને ચકાસણી માટે મોકલી છે કે જેને વધારે સાફ બનાવો "
++"જ્યારે રૂપરેખાને લાગુ કરવામાં આવી હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>વાદળી રંગની ચકાસણી</em>: આ સ્ક્રીનને વાદળી રંગમાં ફેરવાશે અને ચકાસે છે "
++"જો માપાંકન વળાંક એ દર્શાવમાં મોકલેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: આ ગુલાબી સ્ક્રીનમાં ફેરવાશે અને સ્ક્રીન રૂપરેખાનાં "
++"વિવિધ લક્ષણોને ચકાસે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: આ સ્ક્રીનને બદલાશે નહિં, પરંતુ BGR ને બનાવવા માટે RGB "
++"ચેનલોની આજુબાજુ સ્વેપ કરશે. આ બધા રંગોને યોગ્ય બનાવશે, અને ત્યાં આખી સ્ક્રીન "
++"પર કંઇ ખાસ તફાવત થશે નહિં, પરંતુ ઇમેજો કાર્યક્રમોમાં ઘણી અલગ દેખાશે કે જે "
++"રંગ સંચાલનને આધાર આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> પસંદગીઓની મદદથી તમારું "
++"દર્શાવ ઉપકરણમાં ચકાસણી રૂપરેખાઓનાં એકને ઉમેરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"આ રૂપરેખાની મદદથી તમે સાફ રીતે જોઇ શકો છો જ્યારે કાર્યક્રમ રંગ સંચાલનને આધાર "
++"આપે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"વર્ચ્યુઅલ ઉપકરણ એ રંગ સંચાલિત થયેલ ઉપકરણ છે કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેસ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "વર્ચ્યુઅલ રંગ સંચાલિત થયેલ ઉપકરણ શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++"વર્ચ્યુઅલ ઉપકરણ રંગ સંચાલિત થયેલ ઉપકરણ છે કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ નથી. "
++"ઉદાહરણો આ હોઇ શકે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr "ઓનલાઇન પ્રિન્ટ-દુકાન જ્યાં ફોટો અપલોડ, છપાય અને તમને મોકલાય છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr "ડિઝિટલ કેમેરામાંથી ફોટા મેમરી કાર્ડ પર સંગ્રહેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિઝિટલ કેમેરા માટે વર્ચ્યુઅલ રૂપરેખાને બનાવવા માટે ફક્ત "
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui> <gui>રંગ</gui></guiseq> સંવાદમાં ઇમેજ ફાઇલોમાંની "
++"એકને ખેંચો અને મૂકો. તમે તેમાં પછી <link xref=\"color-"
++"assignprofiles\">રૂપરેખા સોંપી</link> શકો છો જેમ કે કોઇપણ બીજુ ઉપકરણ અથવા "
++"તેને પણ <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">માપાંકિત કરો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખા એ સાદી ફાઇલ છે કે ઝે રંગ સ્થાન અથવા ઉપકરણ પ્રત્યુત્તરને વર્ણવે "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "રંગ રૂપરેખા શુ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખા માહિતીનો સમૂહ છે કે જેની લાક્ષણિકતા ક્યાંતો ઉપકરણ જેમ કે "
++"પ્રોજેક્ટર અથવા રંગ સ્થાન જેમ કે sRGB."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગની રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ ICC રૂપરેખા રૂપમાં છે, કે જે <input>.ICC</input> અથવા "
++"<input>.ICM</input> ફાઇલ ઍક્સટેન્શન સાથે નાની ફાઇલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ રૂપરેખાઓ માહિતીની gamut સીમાને સ્પષ્ટ કરવા માટે ઇમેજોમા જોડાઇ શકે છે. આ "
++"ખાતરી છે કે વપરાશકર્તાઓ વિવિધ ઉપકરણો પર એજ રંગોને જુએ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "રંગ જગ્યા એ રંગોની સીમાને વ્યાખ્યાયિત થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "રંગ સ્થાન શુ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ સ્થાન એ વ્યાખ્યાયિત થયેલ રંગોની સીમા છે. જાણીતી રંગ સ્થાનો એ sRGB, "
++"AdobeRGB અને ProPhotoRGB સમાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB અને ProPhotoRGB એ સફેદ ત્રિકોણો દ્દારા રજૂ થયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રથમ, sRGB ને જોઇ રહ્યા છે, કે જે નાનામાં નાની જગ્યા છે અને ઓછામાં ઓછા "
++"રંગોની સંખ્યાને એનકોડ કરી શકાય છે. તે આશરે 10 વર્ષ જૂનું CRT દર્શાવ છે. અને "
++"મોટાભાગનાં પ્રાચીન મોનિટરો આનાં કરતા વધારે રંગોને દર્શાવે છે. sRGB એ "
++"<em>ઓછામાં ઓછુ સામાન્ય ભાજક</em> મૂળભૂત છે અને કાર્યક્રમોની વિશાળ સંખ્યામાં "
++"વાપરેલ છે (ઇન્ટરનેટને સમાવી રહ્યા છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++"ProPhoto એ વિસાળ જગ્યા ઉપલબ્ધ છે અને વારંવાર દસ્તાવેજ પેટી માટે વાપરેલ છે. "
++"તે માણસ દ્દારા શોધેલ વિશાળ રંગોની સીમાને એનકોડ કરી શકે છે, અને એનકોડ રંગો કે "
++"આંખ શોધી શકતી નથી!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++"હવે, જો ProPhoto સારી રીતે દેખાતુ હોય તો, બધા માટે તેને શા માટે આપણે "
++"વાપરવું? <em>પરિમાણીકરણ</em> સાથે કરવાનો જવાબ છે. જો તમારી પાસે ફક્ત દરેક "
++"ચેનલને એનકોડ કરવા માટે 8 બીટ (256 સ્તરો) હોય તો, પછી વિશાળ સીમા એ દરેક કિંમત "
++"વચ્ચે મોટા પગલાં રાખી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ સંચાલન એ એક રંગ જગ્યાથી બીજીમાં રૂપાંતર કરવા માટેની પ્રક્રિયા છે, જ્યાં "
++"રંગ જગ્યા એ સારી રીતે જાણીતી વ્યાખ્યાયિત થયેલ જગ્યા જેમ કે sRGB હોઇ શકે છે, "
++"અથવા વૈવિધ્ય જગ્યા કે તમારું મોનિટર અથવા પ્રિન્ટર રૂપરેખા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++"માપાંકન મહત્વનું છે જો તમે રંગો વિશે સંભાળ રાખો જે તમે દર્શાવો અથવા છાપો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારે પોતાની જાતને માપાંકિત કરવાની જરૂર છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્ય રૂપરેખાઓ સામાન્ય રીતે ખરાબ છે. જ્યારે ઉત્પાદક એ નવાં મોડલને બનાવે "
++"છે, તેઓ ફક્ત પ્રોડક્શન લાઇનમાંછી અમુક વસ્તુઓને લે છે અને તેઓને ભેગી સરેસાશ "
++"કરે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr "સરેરાશ રૂપરેખાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr "રંગ સંચાલન એ રચનાકર્તા, ફોટોગ્રાફર અને લેખકો માટે મહત્વનું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "રંગ સંચાલન મહત્વનું શા માટે છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++"રંગ વ્યવસ્થાપનની જરૂરીયાત એ કદાચ શિયાળામાં ઝાંકળ (અથવા હિમ)વાળા દિવસે "
++"લેવાયેલા પક્ષીના ચિત્ર પરથી વધુ શ્રેષ્ઠ સમજાવવામાં આવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr "કૅમેરા દૃશ્ય-શોધક પર દેખાતું ઝાંકળવાળી દિવાલ પર બેસેલું પક્ષી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr "આ એ છે કે વપરાશકર્તા એ ખાસ ધંધાકીય લેપટોપ સ્ક્રીન પર જુએ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++"નોંધ કરો કે કે કેવી રીતે સફેદ રંગ એ 'કાગળના રંગનો સફેદ' નથી અને આંખમાનો કાળો "
++"રંગ એ હવે ગેરુ રંગનો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr "આ એક વિશિષ્ટ ઇંજેક્ટ પ્રિન્ટર પર છાપવા જ્યારે વપરાશકર્તા જુએ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત સમસ્યા અમારી પાસે એ છે કે દરેક ઉપકરણ વિવિધ રંગોની સીમાને સંચાલિત કરે "
++"છે. તેથી જ્યારે તમે ઇલેક્ટ્રીક બ્લુનો ફોટો લેવા સક્ષમ હોઇ શકો ત્યારે, "
++"મોટાભાગનાં પ્રિન્ટરો તેને ફરી પેદા કરવા દેતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક સ્થિતિઓમાં અમે માહિતીને બદલીને ઉપકરણ આઉટપુટને <em>યોગ્ય</em> કરી શકો છો "
++"કે અમે તેમાં મોકલ્યો છે, પરંતુ બીજી સ્થિતિઓમાં જ્યાં તે શક્ય નથી (તમે "
++"ઇલેક્ટ્રીક બ્લુને છાપી શકતા નથી) અમારે વપરાશકર્તાને બતાવવાની જરૂર છે કે "
++"ક્યું પરિણામ એ આનાં જેવુ લાગે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr "સ્થાનિત સરનામાં પુસ્તિકામાં સંપર્કને દૂર અને ઉમેરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "ખાતાને ઉમેરો અથવા દૂર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "સંપર્કને ઉમેરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">નવાં</gui> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નવી સંપર્ક</gui> વિન્ડોમાં, સંપર્ક નામ અને ઇચ્છિત જાણકારીને દાખલ કરો. "
++"<gui>કાર્ય</gui>, <gui>ઘર</gui> અથવા <gui>બીજા</gui> ને પસંદ કરવા માટે દરેક "
++"ક્ષેત્રમાં આગળ મેનુ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">સંપર્ક બનાવો</gui> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "ખાતાને દૂર કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "તમારી સંપર્ક યાદીમાંથી સંપર્ક પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>સંપર્કો</app> ની ટોચની જમણે ખૂણામાં <gui style=\"button\">ફેરફાર</gui> "
++"પર દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">સંપર્ક દૂર કરો</gui> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "તમારા સંપર્કોને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "સંપર્કો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"સંગ્રહ કરવા માટે <app>સંપર્કો</app> ને વાપરો, તમારાં સંપર્કો માટે જાણકારીમાં "
++"ફેરફાર કરો અથવા વાપરો, સ્થાનિક રીકે અથવા તમારા <link xref="
++"\"accounts\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</link> માં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "૨૦૧૩"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "સંપર્કને ઇમેઇલ, ની સાથે વાર્તાલાપ, અથવા ફોન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "તમારા ખાતા સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>સંપર્કો</app> માં કોઇ સાથે ઇમેઇલ, વાર્તાલાપ અથવા ફોન કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિગત</gui> પર દબાવો કે જે તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમારા "
++"સંપર્કને ઇમેઇલ કરવા માટે, ઇમેઇલ સરનામાંને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr "અનૂકુળ કાર્યક્રમ એ સંપર્કની વિગતોની મદદથી વાપરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "દરેક સંપર્ક માટે જાણકારીમાં ફેરફાર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "સંપર્ક વિગતોમાં ફેરફાર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપર્ક વિગતોને ફેરફાર કરવાનું તમારી સરનામાં પુસ્તિકાને અદ્યતન અને પૂર્ણ "
++"રાખવાની જાણકારીમાં મદદ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "સંપર્ક વિગતોમાં ફેરફાર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિગત</gui> ને ઉમેરવા માટે જેમ કે નવો ફોન નંબર અથવા ઇમેઇલ સરનામું, <gui "
++"style=\"button\">વિગતને ઉમેરો</gui> ને દબાવો અને ક્ષેત્રને પસંદ કરો કે જે "
++"તમે ઉમેરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપર્કને બદલવાનું સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">પૂર્ણ કરો</gui> "
++"બટનને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++"કડી થયેલ સંપર્કોની સ્થિતિમાં, તમે રૂપરેખાનાં અવતાર પર ક્લિક કરીને રૂપરેખામાં "
++"ફેરફાર કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr "ઘણાં સ્ત્રોતોમાંથી સંપર્ક માટે જાણકારીને જોડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "સંપર્કો કડી અને કડી ન કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "સંપર્કોની કડી કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારી સ્થાનિક સરનામાં પુસ્તિકામાંથી નકલી સંપર્કોને ભેગા કરી શકો છો અને "
++"એક <app>સંપર્ક</app> નોંધણીમાં ઓનલાઇન ખાતા. આ લક્ષણ તમને તમારી સરનામાં "
++"પુસ્તિકાને વ્યવસ્થિત રાખવા મદદ કરે છે, એક જ જગ્યામાં એક સંપર્ક વિશે બધી "
++"વિગતો સાથે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr "સંપર્ક યાદી પર ટીક બટન દબાવીને <em>પસંદગી સ્થિતિ</em> ને સક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++"ચેકબોક્સ દરેક સંપર્ક પછીનાં માટે દેખાશે. સંપર્ક પછીનાં ચેકબોક્સ પર ટીક કરો "
++"કે જે તમે ભેગુ કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદ થયેલ સંપર્કોની કડી કરવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">કડી</gui> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "સંપર્કોની કડી ન કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે સંપર્કોની કડી કરવા માંગતા નથી જો તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે સંપર્કોની કડી કરેલ "
++"હોય તો કે જે કડી થયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સંપર્કને પસંદ કરો જે તમે તમારી સંપર્કની યાદીમાંથી કડી કરવા માંગતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>સંપર્કો</app> નાં ટોચનાં જમણાં ખૂણામાં <gui style=\"button\">ફેરફાર</"
++"gui> બટનને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">કડી થયેલ સંપર્કો</gui> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપર્કમાંથી નોંધણીની કડી ન કરવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">દૂર કરો</gui> "
++"બટનને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">બંધ કરો</gui> બટનને દબાવો એકવાર તમે નોંધણીને કડી "
++"કરવાનું સમાપ્ત કરેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "સંપર્ક માટે શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "સંપર્ક માટે શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr "બી રીતની એક રીતમાં ઓનલાઇન સંપર્ક માટે તમે શોધી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં, સંપર્કના નામને લખવાનુ શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમોની સામાન્ય યાદીને બદલે ઝાંખીમાં સંપર્ક દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદીની ટોચે સંપર્કને પસંદ કરવા માટે <key>Enter</key> દબાવો અથવા સંપર્ક પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો કે જે પસંદ કરવા માંગો છો જો તેઓ ટોચે ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>સંપર્કો</app> ની અંદરથી શોધવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "શોધ ક્ષેત્રની અંદર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "સંપર્કના નામને લખવાનુ શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr "સ્થાનિક સરનામાં પુસ્તિકા અથવા ઓનલાઇન ખાતામાં તમારા સંપર્કોને સંગ્રહો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "પહેલાં સમય માટે સંપર્કોને શરૂ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે પહેલી વખત માટે <app>સંપર્કો</app> ને ચલાવો તો, <gui>સંપર્ક "
++"સુયોજન</gui> વિન્ડો ખુલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે <link xref=\"accounts\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</link> રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ "
++"હોય તો, તેઓ <gui>સ્થાનિક સરનામાં પુસ્તિકા</gui> સાથે યાદી થયેલ છે. યાદીમાંથી "
++"વસ્તુને પસંદ કરો અને <gui style=\"button\">પસંદ કરો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++"હાલનાં ખાતા સુયોજનોમાં ફેરફરા કરવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતા "
++"સુયોજનો</gui> પર ક્લિ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ ઓનલાઇન ખાતા ન હોય તો, સુયોજનને શરૂ કરવા માટે "
++"<gui style=\"button\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતાઓ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. જો તમે આ સમયે ઓનલાઇન "
++"ખાતાને સુયોજિત કરવા ઇચ્છો નહિં તો, <gui style=\"button\">સ્થાનિક સરનામાં "
++"પુસ્તિકા</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++"તે કેટલી ઝડપી છે તે ચકાસવા માટે તમારી હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક પર બેન્ચમાર્કને ચલાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "તમારી હાર્ડ ડિસ્કનાં પ્રભાવ માટ ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "તમારી હાર્ડ ડિસ્કની ઝડપને ચકાસવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ડિસ્ક</app> કાર્યક્મને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr "<gui>ડિસ્ક ડ્રાઇવ</gui> યાદીમાંથી હાર્ડ ડિસ્કને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "ગિયર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બેન્ચમાર્ક ડ્રાઇવ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બેન્ચમાર્ક શરૂ કરો</gui> અને <gui>પરિવહન દર</gui> ગોઠવો અને ઇચ્છા "
++"પ્રમાણે <gui>વપરાશ સમય</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્કમાંથી કેટલુ ઝડપી માહિતીને વાંચી શકાય તે ચકાસણી કરવા માટે "
++"<gui>બેન્ચમાર્કીંગ શરૂ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">સંચાલક અધિકારો</link> ની જરૂરિયાત છે. તમારાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો, "
++"અથવા સૂચિત સંચાલક ખાતા માટે પાસવર્ડ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>write-benchmark પણ ચલાવો</gui> ચકાસેલ છે, બેન્ચમાર્ક ચકાસેલ હશે "
++"કેટલી ઝડપી માહિતી તેમાંથી વાંચી શકાય  અને ડિસ્કમાં લખી શકાય છે. આને સમાપ્ત "
++"થવા ઘણો સમય લાગશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++"ગ્રાફની નીચે, ન્યૂનતમ, મહત્તમ અને સરેરાશ વાંચવા અને લખવાના દરો, સરેરાશ વપરાશ "
++"સમય અને છેલ્લી બેન્ચમાર્ક ચકાસણીથી પસાર થયેલ સમયની કિંમતો દર્શાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++"જગ્યા અને ક્ષમતાને ચકાસવા માટે <gui>ડિસ્ક વપરાશ વિશ્ર્લેષક</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>સિસ્ટમ મેનિટર</gui> ને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે કેટલી ડિસ્ક જગ્યા બાકી છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ચકાસી શકો છો કેટલી ડિસ્ક જગ્યા <app>ડિસ્ક વપરાશ વિશ્ર્લેષક</app> અથવા "
++"<app>સિસ્ટમ મોનિટર</app> સાથે બાકી રહેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "ડિસ્ક વપરાશકર્તા વિશ્લેષક સાથે ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"મુક્ત ડિસ્ક સ્થાનને ચકાસવા માટે અને <app>ડિસ્ક વપરાશ વિશ્ર્લેષક</app> ને "
++"ડિસ્ક ક્ષમતા વાપરી રહ્યા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ડિસ્ક</app> કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો. વિન્ડો "
++"<gui>કુલ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ ક્ષમતા</gui> અને <gui>કુલ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ વપરાશ</gui> ને "
++"દર્શાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ઘરને સ્કેન કરો</gui>, <gui>ફાઇલસિસ્ટમને સ્કેન કરો</gui>, <gui>ફોલ્ડર "
++"સ્કેન કરો</gui>, અથવા <gui>દૂરસ્થ ફોલ્ડરને સ્કેન કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરવા માટે "
++"સાધનપટ્ટીનાં બટનોનાં એક પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જાણકારી <gui>ફોલ્ડર</gui>, <gui>વપરાશ</gui>, <gui>માપ</gui> અને "
++"<gui>સમાવિષ્ટો</gui> ને અનુસાર દર્શાવેલ છે. <link href=\"help:"
++"baobab\"><app>ડિસ્ક વપરાશ વિશ્ર્લેષક</app></link> માં વધારે વિગતો જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ મોનિટર સાથે ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"મુક્ત ડિસ્ક જગ્યાને ચકાસવા માટે અને <app>સિસ્ટમ મોનિટર</app> સાથે ડિસ્ક "
++"ક્ષમતા:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>સિસ્ટમ મોનિટર</app> કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સિસ્ટમનાં પાર્ટીશન અને ડિસ્ક જગ્યા વપરાશને જોવા માટે <gui>ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ</gui> "
++"ટૅબને પસંદ કરો. જાણકારી <gui>કુલ</gui>, <gui>મુક્ત</gui>, <gui>ઉપલબ્ધ</gui> "
++"અને <gui>વાપરેલ</gui> ને અનુસાર દર્શાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "જો ડિસ્ક ભરેલી હોય તો શું?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr "જો ડિસ્ક ભરેલી હોય તો તમારે આ કરવુ જોઇએ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr "ફાઇલો કાઢી નાંખો કે જે મહત્વની નથી અથવા કે જે હવે વાપરશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++"મહત્ત્વની ફાઇલોનો <link xref=\"backup-why\">બેકઅપ</link> બનાવો કે જે તમને "
++"તેની અત્યારે જરૂર નથી અને હાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવમાંથી તેઓને કાઢી નાંખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરવા માટે સમસ્યાઓ માટે તમારી હાર્ડ ડિસ્કને ચકાસો કે જે તે બરાબર ચાલી "
++"રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "સમસ્યાઓ માટે તમારી હાર્ડ ડિસ્કને ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્કને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++"છતાંપણ SMART આપમેળે ચાલે છે, તમે <app>ડિસ્ક</app> કાર્યક્રમને ચલાવીને તમે "
++"તમારી ડિસ્કની તંદુરસ્તીને પણ ચકાસી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr "ડિસ્ક કાર્યક્રમની મદદથી તમારી ડિસ્કની તબિયત ચકાસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ડિસ્ક</app> કાર્યક્મને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્ક પસંદ કરો જે તમે <gui>સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણ</gui> યાદીમાંથી ચકાસવા માંગો છો. "
++"ડિસ્કની જાણકારી અને પરિસ્થિતિ એ <gui>ડ્રાઇવ</gui> હેઠળ દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr "<gui>SMART સ્થિતિ</gui> એ \"ડિસ્ક તંદુરસ્ત છે\" તેમ કહેવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++"વધારે ડ્રાઇવ જાણકારીને જોવા માટે <gui>SMART માહિતી</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો, "
++"અથવા સ્વયં ચકાસણીને ચલાવવા માટે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr "શું થશે જો ડિસ્ક તંદુરસ્ત ના હોય?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>SMART સ્થિતિ</gui> સૂચવે છે કે ડિસ્ક એ સ્વસ્થ <em>નથી</em>, ત્યાં "
++"એલાર્મ માટે કોઇ કારણ હોઇ શકતુ નથી. છતાંપણ, માહિતીન ગુમાવવાનું અટકાવવા માટે  "
++"<link xref=\"backup-why\">બેકઅપ</link> સાથે તૈયાર કરવાનું સારામાં સારુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તે વધારે ખરાબ હોય તો, તમે આગળનાં નિદાન અથવા સુધારા માટે પ્રોફેશનલ માટે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર/હાર્ડ ડિસ્કને લેવાની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++"તેને બંધારિત કરીને બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક અથવા USB ફ્લેશ ડ્રાઇવમાંથી બધી ફાઇલો "
++"અને ફોલ્ડરોને દૂર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr "દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી ડિસ્ક પરથી બધું કાઢી નાંખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી ડિસ્ક હોય તો, જેમ કે USB મેમરી સ્ટીક અથવા "
++"બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક, તમે તેની બધી ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને સંપૂર્ણપણે દૂર કરવાની "
++"કોઇકવાર ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો. તમે ડિસ્કને <em>બંધારિત</em> કરીને આને કરી શકો છો "
++"- આ ડિસ્ક પર બધી ફાઇલોને કાઢે છે અને તેને ખાલી છોડી દો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી ડિસ્કને બંધારિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્ક પસંદ કરો જે  તમે <gui>સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણો</gui> યાદીમાંથી ભૂંસવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમે યોગ્ય ડિસ્ક પસંદ કરેલ છે! જો તમે ખોટી ડિસ્ક પસંદ કરી હોય "
++"તો, બીજી ડિસ્ક પર બધી ફાઇલોને કાઢી નંખાશે!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"વોલ્યુમ વિભાગમાં, <gui>અનમાઉન્ટ વોલ્યુમ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. પછી <gui>બંધારિત "
++"વોલ્યુમ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr "પોપઅપ વિન્ડોમાં, ડિસ્ક માટે ફાઇલસિસ્ટમ <gui>પ્રકાર</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે Linux કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે વધુમાં Windows અને Mac OS કમ્પ્યૂટરો પર ડિસ્ક "
++"વાપરો તો, <gui>FAT</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. જો તમે Windows પર ફક્ત તેને વાપરો તો, "
++"<gui>NTFS</gui> સારો વિકલ્પ હોઇ શકે છે. <gui>ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ પ્રકાર</gui> નું "
++"ટૂંકુ વર્ણન એ લેબલ તરીકે રજૂ થયેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્કને નામ આપો અને ડિસ્કને ભૂંસવાનું શરૂ કરવા માટે <gui>બંધારણ</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર બંધારણ કરવાનું સમાપ્ત થાય, ત્યારે ડિસ્કને <gui>સલામત રીતે દૂર કરો</"
++"gui>. તે હવે ખાલી હોવુ જોઇએ અને ફરી વાપરવા તૈયાર હોવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr "ડિસ્ક બંધારિત કરવાથી તમારી ફાઇલો સુરક્ષિત રીતે કઢાતી નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્કને બંધારિત કરવાનો તેની બધી માહિતીને ભૂંસવાનો સંપૂર્ણપણે સુરક્ષિત રસ્તો "
++"નથી. બંધારિત થયેલ ડિસ્ક તેની પર રાખવા માટે દેખાશે નહિં, પરંતુ કે શક્ય છે કે "
++"ખાસ સુધારેલ સોફ્ટવેર ફાઇલોને પાછી લાવી શકે છે. જો તમે સુરક્ષિત રીતે ફાઇલોને "
++"કાઢવાની જરૂર હોય તો, તમારે આદેશ-વાક્યને વાપરવાની જરૂર પડશે, જેમ કે "
++"<app>shred</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++"ક્યાં વોલ્યુમો અને પાર્ટીશનો છે તે સમજો અને તેઓને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે ડિસ્ક "
++"ઉપયોગિતાને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "વોલુમ અને પાર્ટીશનને સંચાલિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr "ડિસ્ક ઉપયોગિતાની મદદથૂ વોલ્યુમ અને પાર્ટીશનને જુઓ અને સંચાલિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્ક ઉપયોગિતા સાથે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની સંગ્રહ વોલ્યુમને તમે ચકાસી અને બદલી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીને ખોલો અને <app>ડિસ્ક</app> કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ચિહ્નિત થયેલ <gui>સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણો</gui> માં, તમે હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક, CD/DVD ડ્રાઇવ, "
++"અને બીજા ભૌતિક ઉપકરણોને શોધશો. ઉપકરણ પર ક્રિલ કરો જે તમે નિરીક્ષણ કરવા માંગો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++"જમણી તકતીમાં, વિસ્તાર લેબલ થયેલ <gui>વોલ્યુમ</gui> પસંદ થયેલ ઉપકરણ પર હાજર "
++"વોલ્યુમો અને પાર્ટીશનોનાં દેખાતા બ્રેકડાઉનને પૂરુ પાડે છે. તે આ વોલ્યુમોને "
++"સંચાલિત કરવા માટે વાપરેલ સાધનોની વિવિધતાને પણ સમાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++"સાવચેત રહો: તે આ ઉપયોગિતા સાથે તમારી માહિતીને સંપૂર્ણપણે દૂર કરવાનું શક્ય છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે ઓછામાં ઓછુ એક <em>પ્રાથમિક</em> પાર્ટીશન અને એકજ "
++"<em>સ્વેપ</em> પાર્ટીશન છે. સ્વેપ પાર્ટીશન એ મેમરી સંચાલન માટે ઓપરેટીંગ "
++"સિસ્ટમ દ્દારા વાપરેલ છે અને ભાગ્યેજ માઉન્ટ થયેલ છે. પ્રાથમિક પાર્ટીશન તમારી "
++"ઓપરેટીંગ સિસ્ટમ, કાર્યક્રમો, સુયોજનો, અને વ્યક્તિગત ફાઇલોને સમાવે છે. આ "
++"ફાઇલોને પણ સુરક્ષા અથવા અનૂકુળતા માટે ઘણા પાર્ટીશનો વચ્ચે વિતરણ કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++"એક પ્રાથમિક પાર્ટીશન એ જાણકારીને સમાવવુ જ જોઇએ કે જે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"શરૂઆતમાં વાપરે છે, અથવા <em>boot</em>. આ કારણ માટે તે કોઇક વાર બુટ પાર્ટીશન "
++"તરીકે ઓળખાય છે, અથવા બુટ વોલ્યુમ. જો વોલ્યુમને બુટ કરી શકાય છે તે નક્કી કરવા "
++"માટે, ડિસ્ક ઉપયોગિતામાં તેનાં <gui>પાર્ટીશન ફ્લેગ</gui> પર જુઓ. બહારની "
++"મીડિયા જેવી કે USB ડ્રાઇવ અને CDs ને પણ બુટ કરી શકાય તેવાં વોલ્યુમને સમાવી "
++"શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">ડિસ્ક જગ્યા</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">પ્રભાવ</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">સમસ્યાઓ</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"disk-partitions\">વોલ્યુમ અને પાર્ટીશન</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "ડિસ્ક અને સંગ્રહ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "તમારાં લેપટોપ પર ડ્યૂઅલ મોનિટરને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "તમારા લેપટોપમાં બહારનાં મોનિટર સાથે જોડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "વિડિયો ડેમો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "ડેમો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>દર્શાવ</gui> સુયોજનોને ખોલવા માટે પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાં <input>દર્શાવ</"
++"input> સુયોજનો ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"મોનિટરની ઇમેજ પર ક્લિક કરો જે તમે સક્રિય અથવા નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા માંગો છો, પછી "
++"તેને <gui>ચાલુ/બંધ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી સાથે મોનિટર અ મુખ્ય મોનિટર છે. ક્યું મોનિટર \"મુખ્ય\" છે તે "
++"બદલવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ક્લિક કરો અને મોનિટરમાં તેને ખેંચો જે તમે "
++"\"મુખ્ય\" મોનિટર તરીકે સુયોજિત કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++"મોનિટરનાં \"સ્થાન\" ને બદલવા માટે, તેની પર ક્લિક કરો અને ઇચ્છિત સ્થાનમાં "
++"તેને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે એજ સમાવિષ્ટને દર્શાવવા માટે બંને મોનિટરની ઇચ્છા રાખો, <gui>મિરર "
++"દર્શાવ</gui> બોક્સને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારા સુયોજનો સાથે ખુશ હોવ તો, <gui>લાગુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો "
++"અને <gui>આ રૂપરેખાંકનને રાખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>દર્શાવ સુયોજનો</gui> ને બંધ કરવા માટે ટોચે ખૂણામાં <gui>x</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "બહારનાં મોનિટરને સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં લેપટોપ સાથે બહારનાં મોનિટરને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, તમારાં લેપટોપમાં "
++"મોનિટરને જોડો. જો તમારી સિસ્ટમ તરત જ ઓળખે નહિં તો, અથવા તમે સુયોજનોને "
++"સંતુલિત કરવા માંગો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>દર્શાવો</gui> ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">ટોચની પટ્ટી</link> સાથે મોનિટર અ મુખ્ય "
++"મોનિટર છે. ક્યું મોનિટર \"મુખ્ય\" છે તે બદલવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ક્લિક કરો "
++"અને મોનિટરમાં તેને ખેંચો જે તમે \"મુખ્ય\" મોનિટર તરીકે સુયોજિત કરવા માંગો છો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ડ્યૂઅલ મોનિટરને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "બહારનાં મોનિટર સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે બીજા કમ્પ્યટરને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, મોનિટર "
++"સાથે જોડાવો. જો તમારી સિસ્ટમ તેને તરત જ ઓળખે નહિં તો, અથવા તમે સુયોજનોને "
++"સંતુલિત કરવા માંગો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "સંગ્રહમાં જૂથ સંબંધિત દસ્તાવેજો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજનાં સંગ્રહને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> કે <em>સંગ્રહ</em> તરીકે કહેવાતા એક સ્થાનમાં વિવિધ "
++"પ્રકારોનાં દસ્તાવેજોને ભેગી કરવા દો. જો તમારી પાસે દસ્તાવેજો હોય કે જે તેને "
++"સંબંધિત છે. તમે શોધવા માટે તેઓને સરળ બનાવવા માટે તેઓને જૂથ કરી શકો છો. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારી પાસે ધંધા ટ્રીપ હોય તો જ્યાં તમે  બનાવેલ રજૂઆત, તમારી "
++"સ્લાઇડ, તમારી ફ્લાઇટ ટિકીટ (PDF ફાઇલ), તમારી બજેટ સ્પ્રેડશીટ, અને બીજી "
++"હાયબ્રીડ PDF/ODF દસ્તાવેજોને એક સંગ્રહમાં જૂથ કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "સંગ્રહમાં ઉમેરવા અથવા બનાવવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિમાં, સંગ્રહ કરવા માટે દસ્તાવેજોને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "બટન પટ્ટીમાં <gui>+</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++"સંગ્રહ યાદીમાં, <gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને નવાં સંગ્રહ નામને ટાઇપ "
++"કરો, અથવા હાલનાં સંગ્રહને પસંદ કરો. પસંદ થયેલ દસ્તાવેજો સંગ્રહમાં ઉમેરાયેલ "
++"હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"સંગ્રહ ફોલ્ડરો અને તેની શ્રેણી જેવું વર્ણતૂક કરતુ નથી: <em>તમે સંગ્રહની અંદર "
++"સંગ્રહોને મૂકી શકતા નથી.</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "સંગ્રહને કાઢી નાંખવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિમાં, કાઢવા માટે સંગ્રહને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++"બટન પટ્ટીમાં કચરાપેટી બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. સંગ્રહ કાઢી નંખાશે, મૂળભૂત "
++"દસ્તાવેજોને છોડી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "પસંદ કરો ક્યાં દસ્તાવેજો દર્શાવવા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "ફિલ્ટર દસ્તાવેજો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"આ વર્ગોમાં શોધવાની મર્યાદા માટે <link xref=\"documents-search\">શોધ</link> "
++"પટ્ટીની આગળ <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> "
++"બટન પર ક્લિક કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>સ્ત્રોત</em>: સ્થાનિક, Google, SkyDrive, અથવા બધુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>પ્રકાર</em>: સંગ્રહો, PDF દસ્તાવેજો, રજૂઆતો, સ્પ્રેડશીટ, લખાણ દસ્તાવેજો, "
++"અથવા બધા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "શીર્ષક, લેખક, અથવા બધા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફિલ્ટર યાદીમાં દેખાવા <gui>Google</gui> અથવા <gui>SkyDrive</gui> માટે "
++"ક્રમમાં, તેને <link xref=\"accounts-add\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</link> તરીકે Google "
++"અથવા Windows Live ને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરવા માટે જરૂરી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> જાણીતા દસ્તાવેજ પ્રકારોની સંખ્યાને દર્શાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "બંધારણ આધારભૂત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> એ PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript ને દર્શાવે છે અને બંધારણોએ "
++"<app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> અને <app>Google Docs</app> દ્દારા આધારભૂત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજનું નામ, સ્થાન, બદલાયેલ તારીખ, અથવા પ્રકારને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજ વિશે જાણકારી શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે દસ્તાવેજ બનાવેલ હોય તો, તે <em>મેટાડેટા</em> સાથે આવે છે. "
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> એ દરેક દસ્તાવેજ માટે નીચેનાં મેટાડેટાને દર્શાવે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "શીર્ષક: દસ્તાવેજનું નામ, કે જેને ફેરફાર કરી શકાય છે;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "સ્ત્રોત: ફોલ્ડરનો પાથ દસ્તાવેજને સમાવી રહ્યુ છે;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "બદલાયેલ તારીખ;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રકાર: દસ્તાવેજનું <link xref=\"documents-formats\">ફાઇલ બંધારણ</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજનાં ગુણધર્મોને જોવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિમાં જવા માટે <gui>ચકાસો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "બટન પટ્ટીની જમણે અંતમાં <gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++"દસ્તાવેજોનાં અમુક પ્રકારો (દા.ત. PDF ફાઇલો) પાસવર્ડ સુરક્ષિત થયેલ હોઇ શકે "
++"છે, તેનાં મેટાડેટા અથવા સમાવિષ્ટનાં પ્રવેશને અટકાવી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તવેજો</app> એ દસ્તાવેજનાં ખાનગીને ઉમેરવા માટે હાલમાં કોઇપણ પદ્દતિની "
++"માંગણી કરતા નથી. તમે કાર્યક્રમમાંથી આને કરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો જે તમે "
++"દસ્તાવેજને વાપરેલ છે (દા.ત. <app>LibreOffice</app> અથવા <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સ્થાનિક રીતે સંગ્રહેલ દસ્તાવેજોને વ્યવસ્થિત કરો અથવા "
++"ઓનલાઇન બનાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> એ GNOME કાર્યક્રમ છે કે જે તમને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"દસ્તાવેજોને દર્શાવવા, વ્યવસ્થિત કરવા, અને છાપવા દે છે અથવા તે દૂરસ્થ રીતે "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> અથવા <em>SkyDrive</em> મદદથી બનાવેલ હતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "જુઓ, ક્રમાંકિત કરો અને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "પસંદ કરો, વ્યવસ્થિત કરો, છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "પ્રશ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr "તમે ફક્ત સ્થાનિક રીતે ફાઇલોનું પૂર્વદર્શન કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "શા માટે અમુક ફાઇલો પાસે પૂર્વદર્શન હોય છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે <app>દસ્તાવેજ</app> ને ખોલો તો, પૂર્વદર્શન થમ્ભનેઇલ એ દસ્તાવેજો "
++"માટે દર્શાવેલ છે કે જે સ્થાનિક રીતે સંગ્રહેલ છે. આ દૂરસ્થ સર્વર પર સંગ્રહેલ "
++"છે જે <em>Google Docs</em> અથવા <em>SkyDrive</em> ને ગુમ થયેલ (અથવા ખાલી) "
++"પૂર્વદર્શન થમ્ભનેઇલ તરીકે બતાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે સ્થાનિક સંગ્રહમાં <em>Google Docs</em> અથવા <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"દસ્તાવેજને ડાઉનલોડ કરો તો, થમ્ભનેઇલ પેદા થશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> અથવા <em>SkyDrive</em> માંથી ડાઉનલોડ થયેલ દસ્તાવેજની "
++"સ્થાનિક નકલ ઓનલાઇન સુધારવા માટે તેની ક્ષમતાને ગુમાવશે. જો તમે તેને ઓનલાઇન "
++"બદલવા માટે ચાલુ કરવા માંગો છો, તેને ડાઉનલોડ કરવાનું સારુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજોને છાપો કે જે સ્થાનિક રીતે અથવા ઓનલાઇન સંગ્રહેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજ છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજને છાપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિમાં, છાપવા માટે દસ્તાવેજને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++"બટન પટ્ટીમાં છાપવાનાં બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. <gui>છાપો</gui> સંવાદ ખુલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"છાપવાનું  ઉપલબ્ધ નથી જ્યારે એક કરતા વધારે દસ્તાવેજ પસંદ થયેલ છે, અથવા જ્યારે "
++"સંગ્રહ પસંદ થયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "શીર્ષક અથવા લેખક દ્દારા તમારા દસ્તાવેજોને શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો માટે શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> માં શોધને શરૂ કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "બૃહદદર્શક કાચ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr "લખવાનું શરૂ કરો. દસ્તાવેજો શીર્ષક અથવા લેખક દ્દારા બંધબેસશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર "
++"ક્લિક કરીને શોધ પરિણામોને મર્યાદિત અથવા ફિલ્ટર કરી શકો છો અને વિવિધ <link "
++"xref=\"documents-filter\">ફિલ્ટરો</link> ને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++"એક કરતા વધારે દસ્તાવેજ અથવા સંગ્રહ કરતા વધારે પસંદ કરવા માટે પસંદગી સ્થિતિને "
++"વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજોને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>દસ્તાવેજ</app> પસંદગી સ્થિતિમાંથી તમે ખોલી, છાપી, જોઇ શકો છો અથના તમારા "
++"દસ્તાવેજોનાં સંગ્રહને બનાવો. પસંદગી સ્થિતિને વાપરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++"એક અથવા વધારે દસ્તાવેજો અથવા સંગ્રહોને પસંદ કરો. બટન પટ્ટી ક્રિયાઓ સાથે "
++"દેખાય છે કે જે તમારી પસંદગી માટે યોગ્ય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિ ક્રિયાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr "એક અથવા વધારે દસ્તાવેજોને પસંદ કરીને તમે કરી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજ દર્શક સાથે ખોલો (ફોલ્ડર ચિહ્ન)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"છાપો (પ્રિન્ટ ચિહ્ન): દસ્તાવેજને છાપો (ફક્ત ઉપલબ્ધ છે જ્યારે એક દસ્તાવેજ "
++"પસંદ થયેલ છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "ગોઠવો (પ્લસ ચિહ્ન): દસ્તાવેજનાં સંગ્રહને બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"ગુણધર્મો (સાધન ચિહ્ન): દસ્તાવેજનાં ગુણધર્મોને દર્શાવો (ફક્ત ઉપલબ્ધ છે જ્યારે "
++"એક જ દસ્તાવેજ પસંદ થયેલ હોય)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr "કાઢી નાંખો (કચરાપેટી ચિહ્ન): એક અથવા વધારે સંગ્રહોને કાઢી નાંખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "સ્થાનિક અથવા દૂરસ્થ દસ્તાવેજો દેખાશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "મારા દસ્તાવેજોને જોઇ શકાતા નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં દસ્તાવેજો એ <app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> માં દર્શાવવા માટે નિષ્ફળ જાય તો, "
++"<app>ટ્રેકર</app> એ બરાબર રીતે ચાલી અથવા રૂપરેખાંકિત હોઇ શકતુ નથી. ખાતરી કરો "
++"કે ટ્રેકર એ તમારાં સત્રમાં ચાલી રહ્યુ છે. મૂળભૂત રૂપરેખાંકન તમારી ઘર "
++"ડિરેક્ટરી (બિન-પૂનરાવર્તિત) અને XDG ફોલ્ડરો (પૂનરાવર્તિત) માં અનુક્રમણિકા "
++"ફાઇલોમાં સુયોજિત કરો, પર્યાપ્ત હોવુ જોઇએ. ખાતરી કરો કે તમારાં દસ્તાવેજો આ "
++"માર્ગોમાંના એક છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr "જે રીતે દસ્તાવેજો દર્શાવેલ છે તે રીતે બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr "જાળીની યાદીમાં ફાઇલોને જુઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++"દસ્તાવેજો અને સંગ્રહો એ મૂળભૂત દ્દારા <gui>જાળી</gui> બંધારણમાં રજૂ થયેલ છે. "
++"<gui>યાદી</gui> બંધારણમાં જોવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર જાવ અને કાર્યક્રમ મેનુને દર્શાવવા માટે <app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr "વિભાગ પ્રમાણે <gui>દૃશ્ય</gui> માંથી <gui>યાદી</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી દૃશ્ય દસ્તાવેજ પ્રકાર અને બદલેલ તારીખ માટે સ્તંભ દર્શાવી રહ્યા છે અને "
++"ક્યાંતો તે સ્થાનિક રીતે સંગ્રહેલ છે, અથવા <app>Google Docs</app> અથવા "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત બંધારણમાં પાછુ લાવવા માટે કાર્યક્રમ મેનુમાં <gui>જાળી</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "પૂર્ણ સ્ક્રીનમાં દસ્તાવેજને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr "સ્થાનિક રીતે અથવા ઓનલાઇન રીતે સંગ્રહેલ દસ્તાવેજોને દર્શાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે <app>દસ્તાવેજો</app> ખોલો તો, બધા તમારા દસ્તાવેજો, તે સ્થાનિક "
++"રીતે ની સાથે સાથે ઓનલાઇન તરીકે સંગ્રહેલ છે, થમ્ભનેઇલ તરીકે દર્શાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"દેખાવા માટે તમારાં <em>Google Docs</em> અથવા <em>SkyDrive</em> માટે ક્રમમાં, "
++"Google અથવા Windows Live ને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરવા માટે જરૂરી છે, અનુક્રમે, <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">ઓનલાઇન ખાતા</link> પ્રમાણે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજનાં સમાવિષ્ટોને જોવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++"થમ્ભનેઇલ પર ક્લિક કરો. દસ્તાવેજ <app>દસ્તાવેજ</app> વિન્ડોમાં સંપૂર્ણ પહોળાઇ "
++"દર્શાવેલ છે (અથવા સંપૂર્ણ સ્ક્રીન જો મહત્તમ થયેલ હોય)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "દસ્તાનેજમાંથી બહાર નીકળવા માટે, પાછળ તીર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"CDs અને DVDs, કૅમેરા, ઓડિયો પ્લેયર, અને બીજા ઉપકરણો અને મીડિયા માટે "
++"કાર્યક્રમો આપમેળે ચલાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "ઉપકરણો અથવા ડિસ્ક માટે કાર્યક્રમોને ખોલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પાસે કાર્યક્રમને આપમેળે શરૂ કરવાનું હોઇ શકે છે જ્યારે તમે ઉપકરણમાં "
++"પ્લગ કરો અથવા ડિસ્ક અથવા મીડિયા કાર્ડને દાખલ કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે શરૂ કરવા "
++"માટે તમારાં ફોટો સંચાલક માંગી શકો છો જ્યારે ડિઝિટલ કેમેરા પ્લગ ઇન હોય. તમે "
++"પણ આને બંધ કરી શકો છો, તેથી તે કંઇ થતુ નથી જ્યારે તમે તેમાં કંઇક પ્લગ ઇન કરો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++"નક્કી કરો કે ક્યાં કાર્યક્રમો શરૂ કરવા જોઇએ જ્યારે તમે વિવિધ ઉપકરણોમાં પ્લગ "
++"કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>વિગતો</gui><gui>દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી મીડિયા</gui></guiseq> પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ઇચ્છિત ઉપકરણ અથવા મીડિયા પ્રકારને શોધો, અને પછી તે મીડિયા પ્રકાર માટે "
++"કાર્યક્રમ અથવા ક્રિયાને પસંદ કરો. ઉપકરણો અને મીડિયાનાં વિવિધ પ્રકારોનાં "
++"વર્ણન માટે નીચે જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરવાને બદલે. તમે તેને પણ સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો તેથી તે ઉપકરણ "
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં બતાવેલ હશે, જ્યારે તે બને ત્યારે, તમે પૂછશો શું કરવુ છે, અથવા "
++"કંઇપણ આપમેળે થશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ઉપકરણ અથવા મીડિયા પ્રકારને જુઓ નહિં કે તમે યાદીમાં બદલવા માંગો છો "
++"(જેમ કે બ્લુ-રે ડિસ્ક અથવા ઇ-બુક રીડર), ઉપકરણોની વધારે વિગત થયેલ યાદીને જોવા "
++"માટે <gui>બીજી મીડિયા</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. <gui>પ્રકાર</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન "
++"યાદીમાંથી ઉપકરણ અથવા મીડિયાનાં પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો અને <gui>ક્રિયા</gui> ડ્રોપ-"
++"ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી કાર્યક્રમ અથવા ક્રિયા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારે કોઇપણ કાર્યક્રમોને આપમેળે ખોલવા ન હયો તો, ગમે તે તમે પ્લગઇન કરો, "
++"દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી મીડિયા વિન્ડોની નીચે <gui>કદી પૂછો નહિં અથવા મીડિયા સમાવેશ "
++"પર કાર્યક્રમ શરૂ કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "ઉપકરણો અને મીડિયાનાં પ્રકારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો ડિસ્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"ઓડિયો CDs ને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે તમારી પસંદીદા સંગીત કાર્યક્રમ અથવા CD ઓડિયો "
++"એક્સટ્રેક્ટરને પસંદ કરો. જો તમે ઓડિયો DVDs (DVD-A) ને વાપરો તો, <gui>બીજી "
++"મીડિયા</gui> હેઠળ તેઓને કેવી રીતે ખોલવુ તેને પસંદ કરો. જો તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલક "
++"સાથે ઓડિયો ડિસ્કને ખોલો તો, ટ્રેક એ WAV  ફાઇલો તરીકે દેખાશે કે જે કોઇપણ "
++"ઓડિયો પ્લેયર કાર્યક્રમમાં તમે વગાડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "વિડિયો ડિસ્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"વિડિયો DVDs ને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે તમારા પસંદીદા વિડિયો કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરો. "
++"બ્લુ રે, HD DVD, વિડિયો CD (VCD), અને સુપર વિડિયો CD (SVCD) માટે કાર્યક્રમને "
++"સુયોજિત કરવા માટે <gui>બીજી મીડિયા</gui> બટનને વાપરો. જો DVDs અથવા બીજી "
++"વિડિયો ડિસ્ક યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરે નહિં તો જ્યારે તમે તેઓને દાખલ કરો, <link "
++"xref=\"video-dvd\"/> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "ખાલી ડિસ્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાલી CDs, ખાલી DVDs, ખાલી બ્લુ-રે ડિસ્ક, અને ખાલી HD DVDs માટે ડિસ્ક લખવાનાં "
++"કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>બીજી મીડિયા</gui> બટનને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "કૅમેરા અને ફોટા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ચલાવવા માટે ફોટો સંચાલન કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>ફોટા</gui> ડ્રોપ-"
++"ડાઉનને વાપરો જ્યારે તમે તમારાં ડિઝિટલ કૅમેરામાં પ્લગ કરો, અથવા જ્યારે તમે "
++"કૅમેરામાંથી મીડિયા કાર્ડને દાખલ કરો, જેમ કે CF, SD, MMC, અથવા MS કાર્ડ. તમે "
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકની મદદથી તમારાં ફોટાને સરળ રીતે બ્રાઉઝ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બીજી મીડિયા</gui> હેઠળ, તમે કૉડેક ચિત્ર CDs ને ખોલવા માટે કાર્યક્રમને "
++"પસંદ કરી શકો છો, જેમ કે તે જે તમારી પાસે સ્ટોરમાં બનાવેલ હતુ, આ કહેવાતા "
++"<file>PICTURES</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં JPEG ઇમેજો સાથે નિયમિત માહિતી CDs હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "સંગીત પ્લેયર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પોર્ટેબલ સંગીત પ્લેયર પર સંગીત લાઇબ્રેરીને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે "
++"કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરો, અથવા ફાઇલ સંચાલકની મદદથી તમારી જાતે ફાઇલોને સંચાલિત "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr "ઇ-બુક વાંચનાર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં e-book રીડર પર ચોપડીને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરવા માટે "
++"<gui>બીજી મીડિયા</gui> ને વાપરો, અથવા ફાઇલ સંચાલકની મદદથી તમારી જાતે ફાઇલોને "
++"સંચાલિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "સોફ્ટવેર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ડિસ્ક અને દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી મીડિયા સોફ્ટવેરને સમાવે છે કે જે આપમેળે "
++"ચલાવવા માટે ધારવામાં આવેલ છે જ્યારે મીડિયાને દાખલ કરેલ હોય તો. નિયંત્રિત "
++"કરવા માટે <gui>સોફ્ટવેર</gui> વિકલ્પને વાપરો શું કરવુ જ્યારે autorun "
++"સોફ્ટવેર સાથે મીડિયાને દાખલ કરેલ હોય. તમારે હંમેશા સોફ્ટવેર ચાલે તે પહેલાં "
++"ખાતરી માટે પૂછવામાં આવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr "જો તમને વિશ્ર્વાસ ન હોય તો મીડિયામાંથી સોફ્ટવેરને કદી ચલાવો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક સાથે ફાઇલોને સંચાલિત અને વ્યવસ્થિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ અને ફોલ્ડર બ્રાઉઝ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ફાઇલોને સંચાલિત અને બ્રાઉઝ કરવા માટે <app>ફાઇલો</app> "
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકને વાપરો. તમે સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણો પર ફાઇલોને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે તેને "
++"વાપરી શકો છો (જેમ કે બહારની હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક), <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">ફાઇલ સર્વર</link> પર, અને નેટવર્ક વહેંચણી પર."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકને શરૂ કરવા માટે, <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં <app>ફાઇલો</app> "
++"ને ખોલો. તમે જે રીતે તમે <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">કાર્યક્રમો માટે "
++"શોધો</link> તે રીતે જ ઝાંખી મારફતે ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને શોધી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડરનાં સમાવિષ્ટોની શોધ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં, તેનાં સમાવિષ્ટોને જોવા માટે કોઇપણ ફોલ્ડર પર બે વાર ક્લિક "
++"કરો, અને ફાઇલ માટે મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમ સાથે તેને ખોલવા માટે કોઇપણ ફાઇલ પર બે "
++"વાર ક્લિક કરો. તમે નવી ટૅબ અથવા નવી વિન્ડોમાં તેને ખોલવા માટે ફોલ્ડર પર જમણી "
++"ક્લિક કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલો મારફતે જોઇ રહ્યા હોય તો, તમે ખાતરી કરવા માટે જગ્યા "
++"પટ્ટીને દબાવીને તમે <link xref=\"files-preview\">દરેક ફાઇલનું પૂર્વદર્શન</"
++"link> લઇ શકો છો જો તમારી પાસે તેને કાઢતા, નકલ કરતા, ખોલતા પહેલાં યોગ્ય ફાઇલ "
++"હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોની યાદી પર <em>પાથ પટ્ટી</em> તમને બતાવે છે કે ક્યું ફોલ્ડર "
++"તમે જોઇ રહ્યા છો, વર્તમાન ફોલ્ડરનાં મુખ્ય ફોલ્ડરને સમાવી રહ્યા છે. તે "
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં જવા માટે પાથ પટ્ટીમાં મુખ્ય ફોલ્ડર પર ક્લિક કરો. નવી ટેબ અથવા "
++"વિન્ડોમાં તેને ખોલવા માટે પાથ પટ્ટીમાં કોઇપણ ફોલ્ડર પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો, તેની "
++"નકલ અથવા ખસેડો, અથવા તેનાં ગુણધર્મોને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ઝડપથી ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલને ઝડપથી છોડવા માંગો જે તમે જોઇ રહ્યા છો, તેનાં "
++"નામને લખવાનું શરૂ કરો. શોધ બોક્સ એ વિન્ડોની ટોચે દેખાશે અને પહેલી ફાઇલ કે જે "
++"તમારી શોધ સાથે બંધબેસે છે તે પ્રકાશિત થયેલ હશે. નીચે તીર કીને દબાવો, અથવા "
++"માઉસ સાથે ખસેડો, આગળની ફાઇલને છોડવા કે જે તમારી શોધ સાથે બંધબેસે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <em>બાજુપટ્ટી</em> માંથી સામાન્ય સ્થાનોને ઝડપથી વાપરી શકો છો. જો તમે "
++"બાજુપટ્ટીને જુઓ નહિં તો, સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>બાજુપટ્ટી બતાવો</gui> પસંદ "
++"કરો. તમે ફોલ્ડરોમાં બુકમાર્કને ઉમેરી શકો છો કે જે તમે વારંવાર વાપરો છો અને "
++"તેઓ બાજુપટ્ટીમાં દેખાશે. આને કરવા માટે <gui>બુકમાર્ક</gui> મેનુને વાપરો, "
++"બાજુપટ્ટીમાં ફોલ્ડરને સરળતાથી ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "નવા ફોલ્ડરમાં વસ્તુઓની નકલ અથવા ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr "ક્રીસ્ટોફર થોમસ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોની નકલ અથવા ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડરને માઉસ સાથે નવાં સ્થાનમાં ખેંચીને અને મૂકીને નકલ અથવા ખસેડી "
++"શકાય છે, નકલ કરો અને ચોંટાડો આદેશને વાપરી રહયા છે, અથવા કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોની "
++"મદદથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે મેમરી સ્ટીકમાં રજૂઆતની નકલ કરવા માંગી શકો છો તેથી તમારી "
++"સાથે કામ કરવા માટે તેને લાવી શકે છે. અથવા તેમાં ફેરફારોને બનાવતા પહેલાં તમે "
++"દસ્તાવેજની નકલનો બેકઅપ લઇ શકો છો (અને જૂની નકલને વાપરો જો તમને તમારાં "
++"ફેરફારો ન ગમે તો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સૂચનાઓ બંને ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરો માટે લાગુ થાય છે. તમે એજ રીતે ફોલ્ડરો અને "
++"ફાઇલોની નકલ અને ખસેડો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલોની નકલ અને ચોંટાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "એકવાર તેની પર ક્લિક કરીને તમને કઇ ફાઇલની નકલ કરવી છે તે પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>નકલ કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr "બીજા ફોલ્ડરમાં સ્થળાંતર કરો, જ્યાં તમે ફાઇલની નકલ મૂકવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ગિયર ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને ફાઇલની નકલ કરવા માટે <gui>ચોંટાડો</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો. ત્યાં હવે "
++"મૂળભૂત ફોલ્ડર અને બીજા ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલની નકલ કરવી પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr "તેઓને ખસેડવા માટે ફાઇલોને કાપો અને ચોંટાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "એકવાર તેની પર ક્લિક કરીને ખસેડવા માટે તમે ફાઇલ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>કાપો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>X</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr "બીજા ફોલ્ડરમાં સ્થળાંતર કરો, જ્યાં તમે ફાઇલને ખસેડવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"સાધનપટ્ટીમાં ગિયર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને ફાઇલને ખસેડવાનું સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે "
++"<gui>ચોંટાડો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></"
++"keyseq> ને દબાવો. ફાઇલને તેનાં મૂળભૂત ફોલ્ડરની બહાર લાવેલ હશે અને બીજા "
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં ખસાડેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr "નકલ અથવા ખસેડવા માટે ફાઇલો ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકને ખોલો અને ફોલ્ડરમાં જાવ કે જે ફાઇલને સમાવે છે જે તમે નકલ કરવા "
++"માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, બીજી વિન્ડોને ખોલવા માટે "
++"<gui>નવી વિન્ડો</gui> (અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> "
++"દબાવો). નવી વિન્ડોમાં, ફોલ્ડરને ખસેડો જ્યાં તમે ફાઇલની નકલ અથવા ખસેડવા માંગો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++"એક વિન્ડોથી બીજી વિન્ડોમાં ફાઇલને ખેંચો અને તેની પર ક્લિક કરો. આ <em>તેને "
++"ખસેડશે</em> જો લક્ષ્ય એ <em>એજ</em> ઉપકરણ પર હોય, અથવા <em>તેની નકલ કરો</em> "
++"જો લક્ષ્ય એ <em>વિવિધ</em> ઉપકરણ પર હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે તમારાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં USB મેમરી સ્ટીકમાંથી ફાઇલને ખેંચો "
++"તો, તે નકલ થયેલ હશે, કારણ કે તમે એક ઉપકરણમાંથી બીજા ઉપકરણમાં ખેંચી રહ્યા છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <key>Ctrl</key> કીને પકડવા દ્દારા તેની નકલ કરવા માટે ફાઇલ પર દબાણ કરી "
++"શકો છો જ્યારે ખેંચી રહ્યા હોય, અથવા <key>Shift</key> કીને પકડવા દ્દારા "
++"ખસેડવા માટે તેની પર દબાણ કરી શકો છો જ્યારે ખેંચી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલની નકલ અથવા ખસેડી શકતા નથી કે જે <em>ફક્ત વંચાય</em> છે. "
++"અમુક ફોલ્ડરો એ તેનાં સમાવિષ્ટોમાં ફેરફારો કરવાથી તમને અટકાવવા માટે ફક્ત "
++"વાંચી શકાય છે. તમે <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ફાઇલ "
++"પરવાનગીઓને બદલીને</link> ફક્ત વાંચવાથી વસ્તુઓને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "તમારે લાંબા સમયથી જરૂર ન હોય તેવી ફાઇલો અથવા ફોલ્ડરોને દૂર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને કાઢી નાંખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કોઇપણ રીતે તમે ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડર માંગતા હોય તો, તમે તેને કાઢી શકો છો. "
++"જ્યારે તમે વસ્તુને કાઢો તો તે <gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> ફોલ્ડરમાં ખસેડેલ છે, જ્યાં "
++"તે સંગ્રહેલ છે જ્યાં સુધી તમે કચરપેટી ખાલી થાય. તમે તેની મૂળભૂત સ્થાનમાં "
++"<gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> ફોલ્ડરમાં <link xref=\"files-recover\">વસ્તુઓને પુન:"
++"સંગ્રહ</link> કરી શકો છો જો તમે નક્કી કરો જે તમારે તેઓની જરૂર હોય, અથવા જો "
++"તેઓ આકસ્મિક રીતે કાઢેલ હતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "કચરાપેટીમાં ફાઇલને મોકલવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તેની ક્લિક કરીને વસ્તુ જે તમે કચરાપેટીમાં તમે સ્થિત કરવા માંગો છો તે "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> દબાવો. "
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> માં વસ્તુને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"કાયમ માટે ફાઇલોને કાઢવા માટે, અને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ડિસ્ક જગ્યાને મુક્ત "
++"કરો. તમારે કચરાપેટીને ખાલી કરવાની જરૂર છે. કચરાપેટીને ખાલી કરવા માટે, "
++"બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>કચરાપેટીને ખાલી "
++"કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "ફાઇલને કાયમ માટે કાઢો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તરત જ કાયમ માટે ફાઇલને કાઢી શકો છો, પહેલાં કચરાપેટીમાં તેને મોકલતા "
++"પહેલાં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "ફાઇલને કાયમ માટે કાઢવા:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "વસ્તુને પસંદ કરો જે તમે કાઢી નાંખવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Shift</key> કીને દબાવો અને પકડી રાખો, પછી તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર "
++"<key>Delete</key> કીને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"કારણ કે તમે આને પાછુ લાવી શકતા નથી, તમારે તેની ખાતરી કરવા માટે પૂછશો કે તમે "
++"ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડરને કાઢવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારે કચરાપેટીની મદદ વગર ફાઇલોને વારંવાર કાઢવી પડે તો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો "
++"તમે સંવેદનશીલ માહિતી સાથે વારંવાર કામ કરો તો), તમે ફાઇલ અને ફોલ્ડરો માટે "
++"જમણાં ક્લિક મેનુમાં <gui>કાઢી નાંખો</gui> નોંધણીને ઉમેરી શકો છો. ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, <gui>પસંદગીઓ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો અને "
++"<gui>વર્તણૂક</gui> ટેબને પસંદ કરો. <gui>કાઢી નાંખો આદેશને સમાવો  કે જે "
++"કચરાપેટીમાં સીધુ જવા દે છે</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">દૂર કરી શકાય તેવા ઉપકરણ</link> પર કાઢી નાંખેલ "
++"ફાઇલો એ બીજી ઓપરેટીંગ સિસ્ટમો પર દૃશ્યમાન હોઇ શકતુ નથી, જેમ કે Windows અથવા "
++"Mac OS. ફાઇલો હજુ ત્યાંજ છે, અને ઉપલબ્ધ હશે જ્યારે તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં "
++"પાછા ઉપકરણને પલ્ગ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr "CD/DVD બર્નરની મદદથી ખાલી CD અથવા DVD માં ફાઇલો અને દસ્તાવેજોને મૂકો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "CD અથવા DVD માં ફાઇલોને લખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <gui>CD/DVD નિર્માતા</gui> ની મદદથી ખાલી ડિસ્કમાં ફાઇલોને મૂકી શકો છો. "
++"CD અથવા DVD ને બનાવવા માટે વિકલ્પ એ ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં દેખાશે તમે તમારાં CD/DVD "
++"રાઇટરમાં CD ને સ્થિત કરો છો. ફાઇલ સંચાલક એ બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં તમને ફાઇલોનું "
++"પરિવહન કરવા દે છે અથવા ખાલી ડિસ્કમાં ફાઇલોને મૂકીને <link xref=\"backup-"
++"why\">બેકઅપ</link> ચલાવો. CD અથવા DVD માં ફાઇલોને લખવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr "તમારી CD/DVD લખી શકાય તેવી ડ્રાઇવમાં ખાલી ડિસ્કને સ્થિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ખાલી CD/DVD-R ડિસ્ક</gui> સૂચના કે જે સ્ક્રીનનાં તળિયે પોપ અપ કરે છે, "
++"<gui>CD/DVD નિર્માણકર્તા</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. <gui>CD/DVD નિર્માણકર્તા</gui> "
++"ફોલ્ડર વિન્ડો ખોલશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(ફાઇલ સંચાલક બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>ઉપકરણો</gui> હેઠળ તમે <gui>ખાલી CD/DVD-R "
++"ડિસ્ક</gui> પર પણ ક્લિક કરી શકો છો.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr "<gui>ડિસ્ક નામ</gui> ક્ષેત્રમાં, ડિસ્ક માટે નામ લખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr "વિન્ડોમાં ઇચ્છિત ફાઇલોની નકલ અથવા લાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ડિસ્કમાં લખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>તેમાં લખવા માટે ડિસ્કને પસંદ કરો</gui> હેઠળ, ખાલી ડિસ્કને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(તમે તેને બદલે <gui>ઇમેજ ફાઇલ</gui> ને પસંદ કરી શકો છો. આ <em>ડિસ્ક ઇમેજ</"
++"em> માં ફાઇલને મૂકશે, કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સંગ્રહશે. તમે પછીની તારીખે "
++"ખાલી ડિસ્કમાં તે ડિસ્ક ઇમેજને લખી શકો છો.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો જો તમે બર્નિંગ ઝડપને બરાબર કરવા માંગતા હોય, "
++"કામચલાઉ ફાઇલોનું સ્થાન, અને બીજા વિકલ્પો. મૂળભૂત વિકલ્પો બરાબર હોવા જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr "રેકોર્ડીંગ શરૂ કરવા માટે <gui>લખો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>ઘણી નકલોને બર્ન કરો</gui> પસંદ થયેલ છે, વધારાની ડિસ્ક માટે તમને "
++"પૂછશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે ડિસ્ક બર્નિંગ સમાપ્ત થાય ત્યારે, તે આપમેળે બહાર નીકળી જશે. બહાર "
++"નીકળવા માટે <gui>વધારે નકલોને બનાવો</gui> અથવા <gui>બંધ કરોClose</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr "જો ડિસ્ક યોગ્ય રીતે લખાઇ ન હોય તો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુકવાર કમ્પ્યૂટર માહિતીને યોગ્ય રીતે રેકોર્ડ કરતુ નથી, અને તમે ફાઇલોને જોવા "
++"સક્ષમ હશો નહિં જે તમે ડિસ્કમાં મૂકવાનાં છો જ્યારે તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં તેને દાખલ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સ્થિતિમાં, ડિસ્કને ફરી લખવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો પરંતુ ધીમી લખવાની ઝડપને વાપરો, "
++"દા.ત.48x કરતા 12x. ધીમી ઝડપે લખવાનું વધારે વિશ્ર્વાસનીય છે. તમે <gui>CD/DVD "
++"નિર્માતા</gui> વિન્ડોમાં <gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને ઝડપને પસંદ "
++"કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ અદૃશ્ય બનાવો, તેથી તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં તેને જોઇ શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "ફાઇલને છુપાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ફાઇલ સંચાલકને તમારાં વર્ણન પર ફાઇલોને છુપાડવા અને દેખાતી કરવા તમને "
++"ક્ષમતા આપે છે. જ્યારે ફાઇલ છુપાયેલ હોય તો, તે ફાઇલ સંચાલક દ્દારા દર્શાવેલ "
++"નથી, પરંતુ તે તેનાં ફોલ્ડરમાં હજુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલને છુપાડવા માટે, તેનાં નામની શરૂઆતમાં <key>.</key> સાથે <link xref="
++"\"files-rename\">તેનું નામ બદલો</link>.ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, નામ થયેલ ફાઇલ <file> "
++"example.txt</file> ને છુપાડવા માટે, તમારે <file>.example.txt</file> તેમાં "
++"તેનું નામ બદલવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફોલ્ડરોને આ રીતે છુપાડી શકો છો કે જે તમે ફાઇલોને છુપાડી શકે છે. "
++"ફોલ્ડરનાં નામની શરૂઆતમાં <key>.</key> ને સ્થિત કરીને ફોલ્ડરને છુપાડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "બધી છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ફોલ્ડરમાં બધી છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને છુપાડવા માંગો તો, તે ફોલ્ડરમાં જાવ અને "
++"ક્યાંતો સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</"
++"media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui> પસંદ કરો, અથવા "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો. તમે બધી છુપાયેલ "
++"ફાઇલોને જોશો, નિયમિત ફાઇલોની સાથે કે જે છુપાયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફાઇલોને ફરી છુપાડવા માટે, ક્યાંતો સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>છુપાયેલ "
++"ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui>, અથવા ફરીથી <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> "
++"દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "ફાઇલને છુપાડો નહિં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલને દેખાતી કરવા માટે, ફોલ્ડર સમાવતી છુપાયેલ ફાઇલમાં જાવ અને સાધનપટ્ટીમાં "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો અને <gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. પછી, છુપાયેલ ફાઇલને "
++"શોધો અને તેનું નામ બદલો તેથી તેની પાસે તેનાં નામની આગળમાં <key>.</key> હોતુ "
++"નથી. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <file>.example.txt</file> કહેવાતી ફાઇલને દેખાતી કરવા "
++"માટે, તમારે <file>example.txt</file> માં તેનુ નામ બદલવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાપ તમે ફાઇલનું નામ બદલો તો, તમે ક્યાંતો સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો બતાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અથવા કોઇપણ બીજી ફાઇલોને ફરી "
++"છુપાડવા માટે <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં ફક્ત છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને દેખશો જ્યાં સુધી તમે "
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકને બંધ કરો. આ સુયોજનને બદલવા માટે ફાઇલ સંચાલક એ હંમેશા છુપાયેલ "
++"ફાઇલોને બતાવશે, <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગની છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો પાસે તેનાં નામની શરૂઆતમાં <key>.</key> હશે, પરંતુ "
++"બીજા પાસે તેને બદલે તેનાં નામની અંતે <key>~</key> હોઇ શકે છે. આ ફાઇલો બેકઅપ "
++"ફાઇલો છે. વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++"આ મદદનોને અનૂસરો જો તમે ફાઇલને શોધી શકતા ન હોય તો જે તમે બનાવેલ અથવા ડાઉનલોડ "
++"કરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "ગુમ થયેલ ફાઇલને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ફાઇલને બનાવેલ અથવા ડાઉનલોડ કરેલ હોય, પરંતુ તમે તેને શોધી ન શકો, આ "
++"મદદોને અનૂસરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમને યાદ ન હોય જ્યાં તમે ફાઇલને સંગ્રહેલી હોય, પરંતુ તમારી પાસે કંઇક "
++"વિચાર હોય તે તેને તમે કેવી રીતે નામ કરેલ છે, તમે નામ દ્દારા ફાઇલ માટે શોધી "
++"શકો છો. કેવી રીતે શીખવુ તેની માટે <link xref=\"files-search\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે હમણા ફાઇલને ડાઉનલોડ કરેલ હોય તો, તમારું વેબ બ્રાઉઝર સામાન્ય ફોલ્ડરમાં "
++"તેને આપમેળે સંગ્રહી શકે છે. ડેસ્કટોપને ચકાસો અને તમારાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં "
++"ફોલ્ડરોને ડાઉનલોડ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે ફાઇલને કાઢવામાં આવી શકે છે. જ્યારે તમે ફાઇલને કાઢો તો, તે "
++"કચરાપેટીમાં ખસેડાય છે, જ્યાં તે ત્યાં સુધી રહે છે તમે તેને જાતે જ કચરાપેટીને "
++"ખાલી કરો, કેવી રીતે કાઢી નાંખેલ ફાઇલને પુન:પ્રાપ્ત કરવી તેનાં વિશે શીખવા "
++"માટે <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે આ રીતે ફાઇલનું નામ બદલી શકો છો કે જે ફાઇલને છુપાયેલ બનાવેલ છે. ફાઇલો કે "
++"જે <file>.</file> સાથે શરૂ અથવા <file>~</file> સાથે અંત છે તે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં "
++"છુપાયેલ છે. ફાઇલ સંચાલક સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને તેઓને દર્શાવવા માટે "
++"<gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. વધારે શીખવા માટે <link xref="
++"\"files-hidden\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમની મદદથી ફાઇલોને ખોલો કે જે ફાઇલનાં આ પ્રકાર માટે મૂળભૂત નથી. તમે "
++"મૂળભૂતને પણ બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr "બીજા કાર્યક્રમો સાથે ફાઇલોને ખોલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં ફાઇલ પર બે વાર ક્લિક કરો તો, તે પેલાં ફાઇલ પ્રકાર "
++"માટે મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમ સાથે ખોલેલ હશે. તમે વિવિધ કાર્યક્રમમાં તેને ખોલી શકો "
++"છો. કાર્યક્રમો માટે ઓનલાઇન શોધો, અથવા એજ પ્રકારની બધી ફાઇલો માટે મૂળભૂત "
++"કાર્યક્રમને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત કરતા બીજા કાર્યક્રમ સાથે ફાઇલને ખોલવા માટે, ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો "
++"અને કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરો જે તમે ટોચે મેનુમાંથી ઇચ્છો છો. જો તમે કાર્યક્રમને "
++"જુઓ નહિં જે તમે માંગો છો, <gui>બીજા કાર્યક્રમ સાથે ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. "
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, ફાઇલ સંચાલક ફક્ત કાર્યક્રમોને બતાવે છે જે તે જાણે છે કે ફાઇલને "
++"સંચાલિત કરી શકાય છે. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બધા કાર્યક્રમો માટે જોવા માટે, "
++"<gui>બીજા કાર્યક્રમોને બતાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કાર્યક્રમને હજુ શોધી શકતા ન હોય તે તમે ઇચ્છો છો, તમે <gui>કાર્યક્રમ "
++"ઓનલાઇન શોધો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરીને વધારે કાર્યક્રમો માટે શોધી શકો છો. ફાઇલ "
++"સંચાલક કાર્યક્રમોને સમાવતા પેકેજો માટે ઓનલાઇન શોધશે કે જે તે પ્રકારની "
++"ફાઇલોને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે જાણીતુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમને બદલી શકો છો કે જે આપેલ પ્રકારની ફાઇલોને ખોલવા માટે "
++"વાપરેલ છે, આ તમારી પસંદ થયેલ કાર્યક્રમને ખોલવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપશે જ્યારે "
++"તમે ફાઇલને ખોલવા માટે બે વાર ક્લિક કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, ખોલવા માટે તમે તમારી "
++"પસંદીદા સંગીત પ્લેયરની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો જ્યારે તમે MP3 ફાઇલ પર બે વાર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલનાં પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો જેનો મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમ જે તમે બદલવા માંગો છો. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, બદલવા માટે ક્યાં કાર્યક્રમ એ MP3 ફાઇલોને ખોલવા માટે વાપરેલ છે, "
++"<file>.mp3</file> ફાઇલને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ની સાથે ખોલો</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરો જે તમે ઇચ્છો છો અને <gui>મૂળભૂત તરીકે સુયોજિત કરો</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો. મૂળભૂત રીતે, ફાઇલ સંચાલક ફક્ત કાર્યક્રમોને બતાવે છે તે જાણે છે "
++"કે ફાઇલને સંચાલિત કરી શકાય. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બધા કાર્યક્રમો મારફતે જોવા "
++"માટે, <gui>બીજા કાર્યક્રમોને બતાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>બીજા કાર્યક્રમો</gui> કાર્યક્રમને સમાવે છે તમને કોઇકવાર વાપરવા માંગો "
++"છો, પરંતુ મૂળભૂત બનાવવા ઇચ્છતા નથી, કાર્યક્રમને પસંદ કરો અને <gui>ઉમેરો</"
++"gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. આ <gui>અગ્રહણીય કાર્યક્રમો</gui> માં તેને ઉમેરાશે. તમે "
++"ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરીને આ કાર્યક્રમને વાપરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો અને યાદીમાંથી "
++"તેને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમનાં આ ફેરફારો એ પસંદ થયેલ ફાઇલ માટે ફક્ત નથી, પરંતુ એજ "
++"પ્રકારની બધી ફાઇલો માટે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"દસ્તાવેજો, ઇમેજો, વિડિયો, અને વધારે માટે પૂર્વદર્શનોને ઝડપથી બતાવો અને "
++"છુપાડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોનું પૂર્વદર્શન કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સંપૂર્ણ કાર્યક્રમમાં તેઓને ખોલ્યા વગર ફાઇલનું ઝડપી પૂર્વદર્શન કરી શકો છો."
++" કોઇપણ ફાઇલને પસંદ કરો અને જગ્યા પટ્ટીને દબાવો. ફાઇલ એ સાદા પૂર્વદર્શન "
++"વિન્ડોમાં ખોલશે. પૂર્વદર્શનને કાઢવા માટે ફરી જગ્યા પટ્ટી પર દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++"બિલ્ટ-ઇન પૂર્વદર્શન એ દસ્તાવેજો, વિડિયો, અને ઓડિયો માટે મોટાભાગનાં ફાઇલ "
++"બંધારણોને આધાર આપે છે. પૂર્વદર્શનમાં, તમે તમારા દસ્તાવેજ મારફતે ખસેડી શકો છો "
++"અથવા તમારાં વિડિયો અને ઓડિયો મારફતે શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપૂર્ણ-સ્ક્રીનનાં પૂર્વદર્શનને જોવા માટે, નીચે નજીક <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">પૂર્ણસ્ક્રીન</media> પર ક્લિક કરો, "
++"અથવા <key>f</key> દબાવો. <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-"
++"16.png\">પૂર્ણસ્ક્રીન</media> પર ક્લિક કરો અથવા પૂર્ણ સ્ક્રીનને છોડવા માટે "
++"ફરી <key>f</key> દબાવો, અથવા સંપૂર્ણપણે પૂર્વદર્શનમાંથી બહાર નીકળવા માટે "
++"જગ્યા પટ્ટીને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++"કાઢી નાંખેલ ફાઇલો સામાન્ય રીતે કચરાપેટીમાં મોકલેલ છે, પરંતુ સુધારી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "કચરાપેટીમાંથી ફાઇલને પાછી મેળવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલક સાથે ફાઇલને કાઢો તો, ફાઇલ સામાન્ય રીતે <gui>કચરાપેટી</"
++"gui> માં સ્થિત થયેલ છે, અને પુન:સંગ્રહ થવા માટે સક્ષમ હોવી જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "કચરાપેટીમાંથી ફાઇલને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ </gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ફાઇલ</app> કાર્યક્રમનો ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr "બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કાઢી નાંખેલ ફાઇલ ત્યાં હોય, તેની પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui> પુન:સંગ્રહો</"
++"gui> પસંદ કરો. તે ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ હશે જ્યાંથી તે કાઢી નાંખેલ હતુ. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq> દબાવીને ફાઇલને "
++"કાઢો તો, અથવા આદેશ વાક્યની મદદથી, ફાઇલ કાયમ માટે કાઢી નાંખવામાં આવી છે. "
++"ફાઇલો કે જે કાયમ માટે કાઢી નાંખવામાં આવી છે કે જે <gui>કચરાપેટી</gui> માંથી "
++"પ્રાપ્ત કરી શકાતી નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં ઘણાં સુધારા સાધનો ઉપલબ્ધ છે કે જે અમુકવાર ફાઇલોને પ્રાપ્ત કરવા સક્ષમ "
++"છે કે જે કાયમ માટે કાઢી નાંખેલ હતા. આ સાધનો સામાન્ય રીતે વાપરવા માટે સરળ "
++"નથી, છતાંપણ, જો તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે ફાઇલને કાઢી નાંખેલ હોય, જોવા માટે આધાર ફોરમ "
++"પર સલાહ માટે પૂછવુ સારુ છે જો તમે તેને પ્રાપ્ત કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++"USB ફ્લેશ ડ્રાઇવ, CD, DVD, અથવા બીજા ઉપકરણને અનમાઉન્ટ અથવા બહાર નીકાળો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr "બહારની ડ્રાઇવ સલામત રીતે દૂર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બહારનાં સંગ્રહ ઉપકરણો ને વાપરો તો જેમ કે USB ફ્લેશ ડ્રાઇવ, તમે તેઓને "
++"અનપ્લગ કરતા પહેલાં તેઓને સલામત રીતે દૂર કરવુ જોઇએ. જો તમે ઉપકરણને અનપ્લગ કરો "
++"તો , તમારે અનપ્લગીંગના ઝોખમને ચલાવો જ્યારે કાર્યક્રમ હજુ તેને વાપરી રહ્યા "
++"હોય. અમુક ફાઇલોને ગુમવવા અથવા નુકશાન થવાને કારણે આનું પરિણામ આવી શકે છે. "
++"જ્યારે તમે ઓપ્ટીકલ ડિસ્ક જેમ કે CD અથવા DVD ને વાપરો તો, તમે તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી ડિસ્કને કાઢવા માટે અમુક તબક્કાને વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr "દૂર કરી શકાય તેવાં ઉપકરણને બહાર કાઢવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી, <app>ફાઇલો</app> ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"બાજુપટ્ટીમાં ઉપકરણને સ્થિત કરો. તેની પાસે નામ સાથે નાનો બહાર નીકળો ચિહ્ન "
++"હોવુ જોઇએ. ઉપકરણને બહાર નીકાળવા અથવા સલામત રીતે દૂર કરવા બહાર નીકળો પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, તમે બાજુપટ્ટીમાં ઉપકરણના નામ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરી શકો છો અને "
++"<gui>બહાર નીકળો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr "ઉપકરણને સલામત રીતે દૂર કરો કે જે વપરાશમાં છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો ઉપકરણ પર કોઇપણ ફાઇલો ખુલ્લી હોય અને કાર્યક્રમ દ્દારા વપરાશમાં હોય તો, તમે "
++"ઉપકરણને સલામત રીતે દૂર કરવા સક્ષમ થશો નહિં. તમને <gui>વોલ્યુમ વ્યસ્ત છે</"
++"gui> કહીને વિન્ડો પ્રોમ્પ્ટ કરશે. ઉપકરણને સલામત રીતે દૂર કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>રદ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "ઉપકરણ પર બધી ફાઇલોને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણમાંથી બહાર નીકળવા અથવા સલામત રીતે દૂર કરવા માટે બહાર નીકળો ચિહ્ન પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફાઇલોને બંધ કરતા પહેલાં ઉપકરણને દૂર કરવા માટે <gui>કોઇપણ રીતે બહાર "
++"નીકળો</gui> પસંદ કરી શકો છો. આ કાર્યક્રમોમાં ભૂલોનું કારણ બની શકે છે કે જેની "
++"પાસે ફાઇલો ખુલ્લી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડર નામને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડરનું નામ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજા ફાઇલ સંચાલક સાથે, તમે ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડરનાં નામને બદલવા માટે GNOME ફાઇલ "
++"સંચાલકને વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડરનું નામ બદલવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"વસ્તુ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>નામ બદલો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અથવા ફાઇલને "
++"પસંદ કરો અને <key>F2</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "નવાં નામને લખો અને <key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">ગુણધર્મ</link> વિન્ડોમાંથી તમે "
++"ફાઇલનું નામ બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ફાઇલનું નામ બદલો તો, ફક્ત ફાઇલોનો પહેલો ભાગ પસંદ થયેલ છે. ફાઇલ "
++"ઍક્સટેન્શન (\".\" પછી ભાગ) નથી. ઍક્સટેન્શન સામાન્ય રીતે દર્શાવે થે કે ક્યાં "
++"પ્રકારની ફાઇલ છે તે (દા.ત. <file>file.pdf</file> PDF દસ્તાવેજ છે), અને તમે "
++"સામાન્ય રીતે તેને બદલતા નથી. જો તમારે ઍક્સટેન્શનને બદલવાની જરૂર હોય તો, આખા "
++"ફાઇલનામને પસંદ કરો અને તેને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ખોટી ફાઇલનું નામ બદલો તો, અથવા અયોગ્ય રીતે તમારી ફાઇલનું નામ બદલેલ "
++"હોય તો, તમે નામ બદલવાનું ફરી કરી શકો છો. ક્રિયાને પુન:પ્રાપ્ત કરવા માટે, "
++"સાધનપટ્ટીમાં ગિયર બટન પર તરત જ ક્લિક કરો અને જૂનાં નામને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે "
++"<gui>ફરી કરો</gui> પર પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ નામો માટે યોગ્ય અક્ષરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફાઇલ નામોમાં <key>/</key> (સ્લેશ) અક્ષર સિવાય કોઇપણ અક્ષરને વાપરી શકો છો."
++" અમુક ઉપકરણો છતાંપણ, <em>ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ</em> ને વાપરે છે કે જેની પાસે ફાઇલ નામો "
++"પર વધારે મર્યાદાઓ છે. માટે, તમારા ફાઇલ નામોમાં નીચેનાં અક્ષરોને અવગણવા માટે "
++"સારો અભ્યાસ છે: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, "
++"<key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પહેલાં અક્ષર તરીકે <key>.</key> સાથે ફાઇલનું નામ આપો તો, ફાઇલ <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\">છુપાયેલ</link> હશે જ્યારે તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં જોવા માટે "
++"તમે પ્રયત્ન કરો તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "ફાઇલનામ પહેલેથી વપરાશમાં છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પાસે એજ ફોલ્ડરમાં એજ નામ સાથે બે ફાઇલો અથવા ફોલ્ડરોને રાખી શકાતુ નથી. "
++"જો તમે ફાઇલનું નામ બદલવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો તો કે જે ફોલ્ડરમાં પહેલેથી "
++"અસ્તિત્વમાં છે જે તમે કામ કરી રહ્યા છો, ફાઇલ સંચાલક તેને પરવાનગી આપશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ અને ફોલ્ડર નામ અક્ષર સંવેદનશીલ છે, તેથી ફાઇલ નામ <file>File.txt</file> "
++"એ <file>FILE.txt</file> નાં જેવુ નથી. વિવિધ ફાઇલ નામોને વાપરી રહ્યા જે રીતે "
++"આને પરવાનગી મળેલ છે. છતાંપણ તે અગ્રહણીય નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ નામ ઘણુ લાંબુ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમો પર, ફાઇલ નામો પાસે તેનાં નામમાં 255 અક્ષરો કરતા વધારે હોઇ "
++"શકતા નથી. આ 255 અક્ષર મર્યાદા ફાઇલમાં બંને ફાઇલ નામ અને પાથને સમાવે છે (દા.ત."
++", <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), તેથી તમે "
++"જ્યાં શક્ય હોય ત્યાં લાંબી ફાઇલ અને ફોલ્ડર નામોને અવગણવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr "નામ બદલવાનો વિકલ્પ ઝાંખો કરી નાંખવામાં આવ્યો છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ નામ અને પ્રકાર પર આધારિત ફાઇલોને સ્થિત કરો. પછીનાં વપરાશ માટે તમારા "
++"શોધોને સંગ્રહો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં સીધા તેમાં ફાઇલ પ્રકાર અથવા તેનાં નામ પર આધારિત ફાઇલો "
++"માટે શોધી શકો છો. તમે સામાન્ય શોધને પણ સંગ્રહી શકો છો, અને તેઓને તમારાં ઘર "
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં ખાસ ફોલ્ડરો તરીકે દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "બીજા શોધ કાર્યક્રમો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr "જો તમે ફાઇલોને જાણો તો તમે ખાસ ફોલ્ડરનાં હેઠળ છો, તે ફોલ્ડરમાં જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"સાધનપટ્ટીમાં બૃહદદર્શક કાચ પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
++"key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++"શબ્દ અથવા શબ્દોને લખો કે જે ફાઇલ નામમાં દેખાય છે તે તમે જાણો છો. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, જો શબ્દ \"ઇનવોઇસ\" સાથે તમારું નામ બધી તમારી ઇનવોઇસ સાથે હોય, "
++"<input>ઇનવોઇસ</input> ટાઇપ કરો. <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો. શબ્દો અમુક "
++"સ્થિતિને લીધે બંધબેસે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr "તમે સ્થાન અને ફાઇલ પ્રકાર દ્દારા તમારાં પરિણામોને સાંકડુ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં <file>ઘર</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં શોધ પરિણામોને મર્યાદિત કરવા માટે <gui>ઘર</"
++"gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા બધી જગ્યાએ શોધવા માટે <gui>બધી ફાઇલો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> પર ક્લિક કરો અને ફાઇલ પ્રકાર પર આધારિત પરિણામોને સાંકડા કરવા "
++"માટે ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી <gui>ફાઇલ પ્રકાર</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. આ વિકલ્પને દૂર "
++"કરવા માટે <key>x</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને શોધ પરિણામોને વિસ્તૃત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ખોલી, નકલ, કાઢી શકો છો, અથવા નહિંતો શોધ પરિણામોમાંથી તમારી ફાઇલો સાથે "
++"કામ કરો, તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં કોઇપણ ફોલ્ડરમાંથી કરશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++"શોધમાંથી બહાર નીકળવા માટે ફરીથી સાધનપટ્ટીમાં બૃહદદર્શક કાચ પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં પાછા જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr "જો તમે અમુક શોધોને વારંવાર ચલાવો ચો, તમે તેઓને ઝડપથી સંગ્રહી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "શોધ સંગ્રહો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr "ઉપર પ્રમાણે શોધ શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે શોધ પરિણામો સાથે ખુશ હોય તો, ગિયર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>આ "
++"તરીકે શોધ સંગ્રહો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"શોધ નામને આપો અને <gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. જો તમને ગમે તો, તેમાં "
++"શોધને સંગ્રહવા માટે વિવિધ ફોલ્ડરને પસંદ કરો. જ્યારે તમે તે ફોલ્ડરને ડુઓ તો, "
++"તમે તેની પર બૃહદર્શક કાચ સાથે નારંગી ફોલ્ડર ચિહ્ન તરીકે તમારી સંગ્રહેલ શોધને "
++"જોશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++"શોધ ફાઇલને દૂર કરવા માટે જ્યારે તમે તેની સાથે પૂર્ણ કરો ત્યારે, ફક્ત શોધને "
++"<link xref=\"files-delete\">કાઢી નાંખો</link> તમે કોઇપણ બીજી ફાઇલ સાથે કરશો. "
++"જ્યારે તમે સંગ્રહેલ શોધને કાઢો તો, તે ફાઇલોને કાઢતુ નથી કે જે શોધ બંધબેસે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણી ફાઇલો કે જે તમારી પાસે સરખા નામો હોય તેને પસંદ કરવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr "ભાત દ્દારા ફાઇલો પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ નામ પર ભાતની મદદથી ફોલ્ડરમાં તમે ફાઇલોને પસંદ કરી શકો છો. <gui>બંધબેસતી "
++"વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કરો</gui> ને લાવવા માટે <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></"
++"keyseq> ને દબાવો. ફાઇલ નામો વધુમાં વાઇલ્ડ કાર્ડ અક્ષરોનાં સામાન્ય ભાગોની "
++"મદદથી ભાતમાં લખો. ત્યાં બે વાઇલ્ડ કાર્ડ અક્ષરો ઉપલબ્ધ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>*</file> એ કોઇપણ અક્ષરોની કોઇપણ સંખ્યા સાથે બંધબેસે છે, કોઇપણ અક્ષરો "
++"સાથે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr "<file>?</file> એ કોઇપણ અક્ષરનાં એક સાથે બરાબર રીતે બંધબેસે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "ઉદાહરણ તરીકે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે OpenDocument લખાણ ફાઇલ, PDF ફાઇલ, અને ઇમેજ હોય તો કે જે બધા "
++"પાસે એજ આધાર નામ <file>Invoice</file> હોય તો, ભાત સાથે બધા ત્રણને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે અમુક ફોટો હોય તો કે જે <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file> જેવા નામ થયેલ "
++"છે; તે ભાત સાથે તેઓને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે પહેલાં ફોટા હોય તો, પરંતુ તમે તેઓમાંના અમુકને બદલેલ હોય તો અને "
++"જે તમે બદલેલ છે તે ફોટાનાં ફાઇલ નામનાં અંતમાં <file>-edited</file> ને ઉમેરેલ "
++"છે, તેની સાથે બદલેલ ફોટાને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાંથી તમારા ઇમેઇલ સંપર્કોમાં ફાઇલોને સરળતાથી સ્થળાંતર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "ઇમેઇલ દ્દારા ફાઇલો વહેંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાંથી સીધુ ઇમેઇલ દ્દારા તમારા સંપર્કો સાથે તમે ફાઇલોને સરળાથી "
++"વહેંચી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે શરૂ કરતા પહેલાં, ખાતરી કરો કે <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે, અને તમારું ઇમેઇલ ખાતુ રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "ઇમેઇલ દ્દારા ફાઇલો વહેંચવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ </gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ફાઇલ</app> કાર્યક્રમનો ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "ફાઇલને સ્થિત કરો જે તમે સ્થળાંતર કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>તેમાં મોકલો</gui> પસંદ કરો. <gui>સંદેશો "
++"બનાવવા</gui> ની વિન્ડો એ જોડાયેલ ફાઇલ સાથે દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સંપર્કને પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>પ્રતિ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા ઇમેઇલ સરનામાંને "
++"દાખલ કરો જ્યાં તમે ફાઇલને મોકલવા માંગો છો. <gui>વિષય</gui> ને ભરો અને "
++"જરૂરિયાત પ્રમાણે સંદેશાની બોડીને પણ ભરો અને <gui>મોકલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++"એકજ સમયે તમે ઘણી ફાઇલોને મોકલી શકો છો. <key>Ctrl</key> ને પકડીને ઘણી ફાઇલોને "
++"પસંદ કરો પછી કોઇપણ પસંદ થયેલ ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr "નામ, માપ, પ્રકાર દ્દારા ફાઇલોને ગોઠવો, અથવા જ્યારે તેઓ બદલાયેલ હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને ક્રમમાં ગોઠવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફોલ્ડરમાં વિવિધ રીતે ફાઇલોને ક્રમાંકિત કરી શકો છો, તારીખ અથવા ફાઇલ "
++"માપનાં ક્રમમાં તેઓની ક્રમાંકિત કરવા દ્દારા ઉદાહરણ તરીકે. ફાઇલોને ક્રમાંકિત "
++"કરવા માટે સામાન્ય રીતે યાદી માટે નીચે <link xref=\"#ways\"/> જુઓ. કેવી રીતે "
++"મૂળભૂત ક્રમને કેવી રીતે બદલવું તેની જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"views\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે જે રીતે <em>ફોલ્ડર દૃશ્ય</em> પર ફાઇલોને ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવા આધાર રાખી શકો છો "
++"કે જે તમે વાપરી રહ્યા છે. તમે સાધનપટ્ટીમાં યાદી અથવા ચિહ્ન બટનની મદદથી "
++"વર્તમાન દૃશ્યને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "ચિહ્ન દૃશ્ય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ ક્રમમાં ફાઇલનો ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવા માટે, સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>નામ "
++"દ્દારા</gui>, <gui>માપ દ્દારા</gui>, <gui>પ્રકાર દ્દારા</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>ફેરફાર તારીખ દ્દારા</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે <gui>નામ દ્દારા</gui> પસંદ કરો તો, ફાઇલો તેનાં નામ "
++"દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત થશે, મૂળાક્ષરો પ્રમાણે. બીજા વિકલ્પો માટે <link xref="
++"\"#ways\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પુલ-ડાઉન મેનુમાંથી <gui>વિપરીત ક્રમ</gui> ને પસંદ કરીને વિપરીત ક્રમમાં "
++"ક્રમ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "યાદી દૃશ્ય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ ક્રમમાં ફાઇલોને ક્રમાંકિત કરવા માટે, ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં સ્તંભ શીર્ષકનાં એક "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, ફાઇલ પ્રકાર દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત કરવા માટે "
++"<gui>પ્રકાર</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. વિપરીત ક્રમમાં ક્રમાંકિત કરવા માટે ફરી સ્તંભ "
++"શીર્ષક પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી દૃશ્યમાં, તમે વધારે ગુણધર્મો સાથે સ્તંભોને બતાવી શકો છો અને તે સ્તંભો "
++"પર ક્રમાંકિત કરો. સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">નીચે</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો, <gui>દૃશ્યમાન સ્તંભ</gui> પસંદ કરો અને "
++"સ્તંભને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે તેને દેખાવા માટે ઇચ્છા રાખો છો. તમે પછી તે સ્તંભો "
++"દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત કરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો. ઉપલબ્ધ સ્તંભોના વર્ણન માટે <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-list\"/> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલોને ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવાની રીતો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "નામ દ્દારા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr "ફાઇલનાં નામ દ્દારા મૂળાક્ષરો પ્રમાણે ક્રમમાં ગોઠવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "માપ પ્રમાણે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલનાં માપ દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત થાય છે (કેટલી ડિસ્ક જગ્યા તે લે છે). મૂળભૂત "
++"રીતે ઓછી થી વધારે એ રીતે ક્રમાંકિત થાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "પ્રકાર પ્રમાણે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ પ્રકાર દ્દારા ચઢતા ક્રમમાં ગોઠવે છે. એજ પ્રકારની ફાઇલો ભેગી જૂથ થયેલ "
++"છે, પછી નામ દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત થાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "સુધારેલ તારીખ પ્રમાણે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"તારીખ અને સમય દ્દારા ક્રમાંકિત થાય છે કે જે ફાઇલ છેલ્લે બદલાયેલ હતી. મૂળભૂત "
++"રીતે જૂની થી નવી ક્રમાંકિત થાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr "વૈવિધ્ય ફાઇલ ટૅમ્પલેટમાંથી નવાં દસ્તાવેજને ઝડપી બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr "અનિતા રીઇટારે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય રીતે વપરાયેલ દસ્તાવેજ પ્રકારો માટે ટૅમ્પલેટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે વારંવાર એજ સમાવિષ્ટ પર આધારિત દસ્તાવેજો બનાવો તો, તમને ફાઇલ "
++"ટૅમ્પલેટની મદદથી ફાયદો મળી શકે છે. ફાઇલ ટૅમ્પલેટ બંધારણ સાથે કોઇપણ પ્રકારનાં "
++"દસ્તાવેજ કરી શકે છે અથવા સમાવિષ્ટ કે જે તમે ફરી વાપરવા માંગો છો. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, તમે તમારાં લેટરહેડ સાથે ટૅમ્પલેટ દસ્તાવેજને બનાવી શક્યાં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr "નવાં ટેમ્પલેટને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++"દસ્તાવેજને બનાવો કે જે તમે ટૅમ્પલેટ તરીકે તેને વાપરવા જઇ રહ્યા છો. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, તમે શબ્દ પ્રક્રિયા કાર્યક્રમમાં તમારા લેટરહેડને બનાવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં <file>ઘર</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં <file>ટૅમ્પલેટ</file> ફાઇલમાં ટૅમ્પલેટ "
++"સમાવિષ્ટ સાથે ફાઇલ સંગ્રહો. જો <file>ટૅમ્પલેટ</file> ફોલ્ડર અસ્તિત્વમાં ન "
++"હોય તો, તમારે પહેલાં બનાવવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજને બનાવવા માટે ટેમ્પલેટને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડરને ખોલો જ્યાં તમે નવાં દસ્તાવેજને સ્થિત કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં ખાલી જગ્યામાં કંઇપણ જગ્યાએ જમણી ક્લિક કરો, પછી <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">નવાં દસ્તાવેજ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. ઉપલબ્ધ ટૅમ્પલેટનાં નામો એ "
++"ઉપમેનુમાં યાદી થયેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr "યાદીમાંથી તમારી ઇચ્છિત ટેમ્પલેટને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr "નવાં બનાવેલ દસ્તાવેજ માટે ફાઇલનામ દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr "તેને ખોલવા માટે ફાઇલ પર બે વાર ક્લિક કરો અને ફેરફાર કરવાનું શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr "આ બેકઅપ ફાઇલો છે. તેઓ મૂળભૂત રીતે છુપાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr "તેનાં નામની અંતે \"~\" સાથે કઇ ફાઇલ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તેનાં નામોને અંતે \"~\" સાથે ફાઇલો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <file>example.txt~</file>) "
++"આપમેળે <app>gedit</app> લખાણ સંપાદક અથવા બીજા કાર્યક્રમોમાં ફેરફાર થયેલ "
++"દસ્તાવેજોની નકલોનો બેકઅપ બનાવેલ છે. તે તેઓને કાઢવા સલામત થે, પરંતુ ત્યાં "
++"તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટ પર તેઓને છોડવા નુકશાન નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફાઇલો મૂળભૂત દ્દારા છુપાયેલ છે. જો તમે તેઓને જોઇ રહ્યા હોય. કારણ કે તમે "
++"ક્યાંતો <gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરેલ છે (<app>ફાઇલો</app> "
++"સાધનપટ્ટીનાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">નીચે</media> "
++"મેનુમાં) અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> દબાવેલ છે. તમે "
++"ક્યાંતો આ તબક્કાને પૂનરાવર્તિત કરીને તેઓને ફરી છુપાડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફાઇલો સામાન્ય છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોની જેમ જ વર્તે છે. છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો સાથે વર્તવાની "
++"સલાહ માટે <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">શોધી રહ્યા છે</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">ફાઇલોને કાઢો</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">બેકઅપ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી ડ્રાઇવ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો, ફોલ્ડર અને શોધ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> ફાઇલ સંચાલક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય કાર્યો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "વધારે મુદ્દાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr "દૂર કરી શકાય તેવા ડ્રાઇવો અને બહારની ડિસ્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "બેકઅપ લઇ રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr "મદદો અને પ્રશ્ર્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr "આ મદદ વિષયો સાથે કેવી રીતે અને ક્યાં સમસ્યાઓને અહેવાલ કરવાનો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr "આ માર્ગદર્શિકાને સુધારવા માટે ભાગ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr "ભૂલનો અહેવાલ કરો અથવા સુધારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સહાય દસ્તાવેજીકરણ સ્વયંસેવક સમુદાય દ્વારા બનાવવામાં આવેલ છે. ભાગ લેવા "
++"તમારું સ્વાગત છે. જો તમે આ મદદ પાનાં સાથે સમસ્યાને સૂચિત કરો (જેમ કે ટાઇપો, "
++"અયોગ્ય સૂચનાઓ અથવા વિષયો કે જેને આવરેલ હોવા જોઇએ પરંતુ તે નથી), તમે <em>ભૂલ "
++"અહેવાલ</em> કરી શકો છો. ભૂલને અદા કરવા માટે, <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
++"gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link> માં જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે રજીસ્ટર કરવાની જરૂર છે જો તમે ભૂલને મોકલો અને તેની સ્થિતિ વિશે ઇમેઇલ "
++"દ્દારા સુધારાને મોકલો. જો તમારી પાસે પહેલેથી જ ખાતુ ન હોય તો, એકને બનાવાવ "
++"માટે <gui>નવા ખાતા</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તમારી પાસે ખાતુ હોય તો, પ્રવેશો, <guiseq><gui>ભૂલને અદા કરો</"
++"gui><gui>કોર</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો. ભૂલને "
++"અહેવાલ કરતા પહેલાં, મહેરબાની કરીને <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
++"page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">ભૂલ લખવાની માર્ગદર્શિકા</link> ને વાંચો, અને "
++"જોવાં ભૂલ માટે મહેરબાની કરીને <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse."
++"cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">બ્રાઉઝ</link> કરો જો કંઇક એના જેવુ પહેલેથી "
++"અસ્તિત્વમાં હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી ભૂલને અદા કરવા માટે, <gui>ઘટક</gui> મેનુમાં ઘટકને પસંદ કરો. જો તમે આ "
++"દસ્તાવેજીકરણ વિરુદ્દ ભૂલને અદા કરી રહ્યા હોય તમારે <gui>gnome-help</gui> "
++"ઘટકને પસંદ કરવુ જોઇએ. જો તમે ચોક્કસ ન હોય તો ક્યો ઘટક તમારી ભૂલને અનુલક્ષે "
++"છે, <gui>સામાન્ય</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારો અહેવાલ  ID નંબર આપશે, અને તેની પરિસ્થિતિ સુધારશે તે તેની સાથે વિચાર "
++"કર્યો હોય. GNOME મદદને સારું બનાવવાની મદદ માટે તમારો આભાર!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "અમારો સંપર્ક કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++"કેવી રીતે દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ટુકડી સાથે સંડોવાવુ તે વિશે વધારે શીખવા માટે GNOME "
++"દસ્તાવેજીકરણ મેઇલીંગ યાદીમાં <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome."
++"org\">ઇમેઇલ</link> ને તમે મોકલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ક્લાસિકમાં બદલવાનું નક્કી કરો જો તમે વધારે પ્રાચીન ડેસ્કટોપનો અનુભવ "
++"ઇચ્છતા હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "પેટર કોવર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "GNOME ક્લાસિક શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME ક્લાસિક</em>  એ વપરાકર્તાઓ માટે લક્ષણ છે કે જે વધારે પ્રાચીન "
++"ડેસ્કટોપ અનુભવને પસંદ કરે છે. જ્યારે <em>GNOME ક્લાસિક</em> એ <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> ટૅકનોલોજી પર આધારિત છે, તે વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસમાં થતા ફેરફારોની સંખ્યાને "
++"પૂરી પાડે છે, જેમ કે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">કાર્યક્રમો</gui> અને <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">સ્થાનો</"
++"gui>, અને સ્ક્રીનની તળિયે વિન્ડો યાદી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરવા માટે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">કાર્યક્રમો</gui> ને તમે વાપરી શકો છો. <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> મેનુમાંથી <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> પસંદ "
++"કરીને ઉપલબ્ધ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> ને વાપરવા માટે, તમે પણ "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> કીને દબાવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોની યાદી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની તળિયે વિન્ડો યાદી બધી તમારી ખુલ્લી વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમોને પ્રવેશ "
++"પૂરો પાડે છે અને તમે તેઓને ઝડપથી ન્યૂનત્તમ અને ફરી સંગ્રહવા દો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડો યાદીની જમણી બાજુ પર, GNOME એ વર્તમાન કામ કરવાની જગ્યા માટે ટૂંકુ "
++"ઓળખકર્તાને દર્શાવે છે, જેમ કે પહેલી (ટોચની) કામ કરવાની જગ્યા માટે <gui>1</"
++"gui>. વધુમાં, ઓળખકર્તા પણ ઉપલબ્ધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યાની કુલ સંખ્યાને દર્શાવે છે. "
++"વિવિધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને બદલવા માટે, તમે ઓળખકર્તા પર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો અને "
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને પસંદ કરો જો તમે મેનુમાંથી વાપરવા માંગો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કાર્યક્રમ અથવા સિસ્ટમ ઘટકો તમારાં ધ્યાનને ખેંચવા માંગે તો, તે વિન્ડો "
++"યાદીની જમણી બાજુએ વાદળી ચિહ્નને દર્શાવશે. વાદળી ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરીને <link "
++"xref=\"shell-notifications\">સંદેશા ટ્રે</link> ને બતાવે છે, કે જે તમને બધી "
++"તમારી સૂચનાઓને વાપરવા દે છે. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "GNOME ક્લાસિકમાંથી અને માં ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ક્લાસિક ફક્ત સ્થાપિત થયેલ અમુક GNOME શેલ ઍક્સટેન્શન સાથે સિસ્ટમો પર "
++"ફક્ત ઉપલબ્ધ છે. અમુક Linux વિતરણો પાસે મૂળભૂત દ્દારા સ્થાપિત થયેલ અથવા "
++"ઉપલબ્ધ આ ઍક્સટેન્શનો હોઇ શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> થી <em>GNOME ક્લાસિક</em> માં ખસેડવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ ખુલ્લાં કાર્યને સંગ્રહો, અને પછી બહાર નીકળો. ઉપર જમણી બાજુ ખૂણામાં "
++"તમારા નામને પસંદ કરો અને <gui>બહાર નીકળો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી સંદેશો દેખાશે. ખાતરી કરવા માટે <gui>બહાર નીકળો</gui>. પ્રવેશ સ્ક્રીન "
++"દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "પ્રવેશ સ્ક્રીન પર, યાદીમાંથી તમારા નામને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "પાસવર્ડ નોંધણી બોક્સમાં તમારા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડ પ્રવેશ બોક્સની નીચે <gui>સત્ર</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>GNOME "
++"ક્લાસિક</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવેશ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME ક્લાસિક</em> થી <em>GNOME</em> માં ખસેડવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડ પ્રવેશ બોક્સની નીચે <gui>સત્ર</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">આંગળીછાપન વાંચક</link>, સ્માર્ટ કાર્ડ…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "આંગળીછાપ અને સ્માર્ટ કાર્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr "મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ મીડિયા કાર્ડ રીડર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr "મીડિયા કાર્ડ રીડર સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં કમ્પ્યૂટર SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, અને બીજા સંગ્રહ મીડિયા કાર્ડ માટે રીડરને "
++"સમાવે છે. આને આપમેળે શોધાયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ અને <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">માઉન્ટ</link> થયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ. અહિંયા અમુક મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ તબક્કા "
++"છે જો તેઓ ન હોય તો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિઓ</gui> મેનુને વાપરીને <app>ફાઇલો</app> ને ખોલો. શું ડાબી "
++"બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>ઉપકરણો</gui> યાદીમાં દાખેલ કાર્ડ દેખાય છે? અમુકવાર કાર્ડ એ "
++"આ યાદીમાં દેખાય છે પરંતુ માઉન્ટ થયેલ નથી; માઉન્ટ કરવા માટે એકવાર પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો (જો બાજુપટ્ટી દેખાય નહિં તો, <key>F9</key> ને દબાવો અથવા "
++"<guiseq><gui>દૃશ્ય</gui><gui> બાજુપટ્ટી</gui><gui> બાજુપટ્ટીને બતાવો</gui></"
++"guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું કાર્ડ બાજુપટ્ટીમાં બતાવતુ નથી, <guiseq><gui>જાઓ</"
++"gui><gui>કમ્પ્યૂટર</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો. જો તમારું કાર્ડ રીડર યોગ્ય "
++"રીતે રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ છે. રીડર ડ્રાઇવ તરીકે આવવુ જોઇએ જ્યારે કાર્ડ હાજર નથી, "
++"અને કાર્ડ પોતાની જાતે જ્યારે કાર્ડને માઉન્ટ કરી દેવામાં આવી છે (નીચે ચિત્રને "
++"જુઓ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કાર્ડ રીડર જુઓ તો પરંતુ કાર્ડ નથી, સમસ્યા કાર્ડની સાથે હોઇ શકે છે. "
++"વિવિધ કાર્ડનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અથવા વિવિધ રીડર પર કાર્ડને ચકાસો જો શક્ય હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કાર્ડ અથવા ડ્રાઇવો <gui>કમ્પ્યૂટર</gui> ફોલ્ડરમાં ઉપલબ્ધ હોય તો, તે શક્ય "
++"છે કે તમારું કાર્ડ રીડર ડ્રાઇવર સમસ્યાઓને કારણે Linux સાથે કામ કરતુ નથી. જો "
++"તમે કાર્ડ રીડર આંતરિક હોય તો (બહાર બેસાડવાને બદલે કમ્પ્યૂટરની અંદર). "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પર USB પોર્ટમાં તમારાં ઉપકરણ (કૅમેરા, સેલ ફોન, વગેરે.) ને સીધુ "
++"જોડાવા સારો વિકલ્પ છે. USB  બહારનાં કાર્ડ રીડર પણ ઉપલબ્ધ છે અને Linux દ્દારા "
++"સારી રીતે આધારભૂત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++"હાર્ડવેર/ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર એ ઉપકરણોને વાપરવા માટે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને પરવાનગી આપે "
++"છે કે જે તેની સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં ભૌતિક \"ભાગો\" છે. તેઓ <em>બહારનાં</em> જેમ કે "
++"પ્રિન્ટરો અને મોનિટર અથવા <em>આંતરિક</em> જેમ કે ગ્રાફિક્સ અને ઓડિયો કાર્ડ "
++"હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ઉપકરણોને વાપરવા માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે ક્રમમાં, તેઓ સાથે કેવી રીતે "
++"વાર્તાલાપ કરવું તે જાણવા માટે તેની જરૂરિયાત છે. આ <em>ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર</em> "
++"તરીકે કહેવાતા સોફ્ટવેરનાં ભાગ તરીકે પૂર્ણ થાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં ઉપકરણ સાથે જોડાવો તો, તમારે કામ કરવા માટે "
++"યોગ્ય સ્થાપિત થયેલ ડ્રાઇવર હોવુ જ જોઇએ. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે પ્રિન્ટરમાં "
++"પ્લગ કરો પરંતુ યોગ્ય ડ્રાઇવર ઉપલબ્ધ ન હોય તો, તમે પ્રિન્ટરને વાપરવા સક્ષમ "
++"હશો નહિં. સામાન્ય રીતે, દરેક ઉપકરણનું મોડલ ડ્રાઇવરને વાપરે છે કે જે કોઇપણ "
++"બીજા મોડલ સાથે સુસંગત નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux પર, મોટાભાગનાં ઉપકરણો માટે ડ્રાઇવરો એ મૂળભૂત રીતે સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે, "
++"તેથી બધુ જ કામ કરવુ જોઇએ જ્યારે તેને પ્લગ ઇન કરો તો. છતાંપણ, ડ્રાઇવરોને જાતે "
++"જ સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે અથવા કોઇપણ રીતે ઉપલબ્ધ હોઇ શકે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++"વધુમાં, અમુક હાલનાં ડ્રાઇવરો એ અપૂર્ણ અથવા આંશિક બિનકાર્યરત હોય છે. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, તમે તે તમારાં પ્રિન્ટરને શોધી શકો છો બે બાજુ છાપન કરી શકાતુ નથી, "
++"પરંતુ નહિ તો સંપૂર્ણપણે કાર્યક્ષમ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr "મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ સ્ક્રીન અને ગ્રાફિક્સ સમસ્યાઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"દર્શાવ સાથે મોટાભાગની સમસ્યાઓ ગ્રાફિક્સ ડ્રાઇવરો અથવા રૂપરેખાંકન સાથેની "
++"સમસ્યાઓને કારણે થયેલ છે. નીચે ક્યાં વિષયો એ સમસ્યાને સારી રીતે વર્ણવે છે તે "
++"તમે અનુભવી રહ્યા છો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "હાર્ડવેર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">હાર્ડવેર સમસ્યાઓ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">પ્રિન્ટર</link>, <link xref=\"power\">પાવર સુયોજનો</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">રંગ સંચાલન</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth\">બ્લુટુથ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"disk\">ડિસ્ક</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr "હાર્ડવેર અને ડ્રાઇવરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "હાર્ડવેર સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr "IRC પર જીવંત આધાર મેળવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC એટલે ઈન્ટરનેટ રીલે ચેટ (Internet Relay Chat). તે વાસ્તવિક-સમયની વિવિધ-"
++"વપરાશકર્તા સંદેશા સિસ્ટમ છે. તમે અન્ય જીનોમ વપરાશકર્તાઓ અને વિકાસકર્તાઓ "
++"પાસેથી GNOME IRC સર્વર વિશે મદદ અને સલાહ મેળવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>empathy</app> અથવા <app>xchat</app> ની મદદથી GNOME IRC સર્વર સાથે "
++"જોડાવા માટે, અથવા વેબ ઇન્ટરફેસની મદદથી જેમ કે <link href=\"http://chat."
++"mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr "  "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME IRC સર્વર એ <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys> છે. તમે \"GIMP નેટવર્ક\" તરીકે "
++"તેનો સંદર્ભ કરી શકો છો. જો તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ યોગ્ય રીતે રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ "
++"હોય તો તમે <sys>gnome</sys> ચેનલને વાપરવા <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/"
++"gnome\"/> કડી પર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યાં IRC જ્યારે વાસ્તવિક-સમયની ચર્ચા છે, ત્યારે લોકોએ તુરંત જવાબ આપવાની "
++"જરૂર નથી, તેથી ધીરજ રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++"મહેરબાની કરીને <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> લાગુ કરે છે તે નોંધો જ્યારે તમે IRC પર વાર્તાલાપ કરો "
++"ત્યારે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr "ઇમેઇલ દ્દારા આધારની માંગણી કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "મેઈલીંગ યાદી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"મેઇલીંગ યાદીઓ એ ઇમેઇલ આધારિત ચર્ચા છે. તમે GNOME મેઇલીંગ યાદીની મદદથી આધાર "
++"માટે પૂછી શકો છો. દરેક GNOME કાર્યક્રમ પાસે તેની પોતાની મેઇલીંગ યાદી છે. "
++"મેઇલીંગ યાદીની સંપૂર્ણ યાદી <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/"
++"listinfo\"/> પર યાદી થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr "તેમાં ઇમેઇલ મોકલતા પહેલાં તમારે મઇલીંગ યાદીને રજીસ્ટર કરવાની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++"મેઇલીંગ યાદીઓ પર વાપરેલ મૂળભૂત ભાષા અંગ્રેજી છે. ત્યાં બીજી ભાષાઓ માટે "
++"વપરાશકર્તા મેઇલીંગ યાદીઓ છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જર્મન સ્પીકર માટે <sys>gnome-de</"
++"sys> અથવા ચિલે સંબંધિત બધી વસ્તુઓ માટે <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"દાખલ બિંદુને ઝબૂકતું બનાવો અને તે કેટલું ઝડપથી ઝબૂકશે તે નિયંત્રિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ કર્સરને ઝબૂકવાનું નિયમિત બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે લખાણ ક્ષેત્રમાં કિબોર્ડ કર્સને જોવા મુશ્કેલી થતી હોય તો, તમે સ્થિત "
++"કરવા માટે તેને સરળ બનાવવા માટે ઝબૂકતુ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> ને ખોલો અને <gui>લખવાનાં</gui> ટેબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>કર્સર એ લખાણ ક્ષેત્રોમાં ઝબૂકે છે</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"કેટલુ ઝડપી કર્સર ઝબકે તેને ગોઠવવા માટે <gui>ઝડપ</gui> સ્લાઇડરને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolicpng' md5='adfafeaf2ddb0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "જુઆન્જો મારીન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"જમણી ક્લિક સાથે કરવા કરતા કિબોર્ડ સાથે <key>Menu</key> કી એ સંદર્ભ મેનું શરૂ "
++"કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>મેનુ</key> કી શુ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++"જમણાં માઉસ બટનને ક્લિક કરવાને બદલે કિબોર્ડ સાથે સંદર્ભ મેનુ ને શરૂ કરવા આ "
++"કીનું પ્રાથમિક વિધેય છે:  આ ઉપયોગી છે જો માઉસ અથવા સરખા ઉપકરણ એ ઉપલબ્ધ ન હોય "
++"તો, અથવા જ્યારે જમણું માઉસ બટન હાજર ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Menu</key>  કી અમુકવાર જગ્યાની પસંદગીમાં કાઢેલ છે, ખાસ કરીને પોર્ટેબલ "
++"અને લેપટોપ કિબોર્ડ પર. આ સ્થિતિમાં, અમુક કિબોર્ડ <key>Menu</key> વિધેય કીને "
++"સમાવે છે કે જે વિધેય (<key>Fn</key>) કી સાથે સંયોજનમાં સક્રિય કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સંદર્ભ મેનુ</em> એ મેનુ છે કે જે પોપ કરે છે જ્યારે તમે જમણી ક્લિક કરો. "
++"મેનુ કે જે તમે જુઓ છો, જો કોઇપણ હોય તો, વિસ્તારનાં સંદર્ભ અને વિધેય પર "
++"આધારિત હોય છે કે જે તમે જમણી ક્લિક કરેલ હોય. જ્યારે તમે <key>મેનુ</key> કીને "
++"વાપરે ચો, સંદર્ભ મેનુ એ સ્ક્રીનનાં વિસ્તાર માટે બતાવેલ છે કે જે તમારું કર્સર "
++"એ બિંદુ પર હોય જ્યારે કી દબાવેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> કી પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીને ખોલે છે. તમે સામાન્ય રીતે તમારાં "
++"કિબોર્ડ પર <key>Alt</key> કીને આગળની તેને શોધી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Super</key> કી શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે <key>Super</key> કીને દબાવો તો, પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીને દર્શાવેલ હોય "
++"તો, આ કી સામાન્ય રીતે તમારાં કિબોર્ડની નીચે ડાબે પર શોધી શકાય છે, <key>Alt</"
++"key> કીની આગળ, સામાન્ય રીતે તેની પર  Windows લૉગો હોય તો. તે અમુકવાર "
++"<em>Windows કી</em> અથવા સિસ્ટમ કીને તરીકે કહેવાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે Apple કિબોર્ડ હોય તો, તમારી પાસે Windows કીને બદલે <key>⌘</"
++"key> (આદેશ) કી હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "બદલવા માટે કઇ કી એ પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીને દર્શાવવા વાપરેલ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ટૂંકાણ</gui> ટૅબ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોની ડાબી બાજુ પર <gui>સિસ્ટમ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અને જમણે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ "
++"ઝાંખીને બતાવો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "એકદમ જમણે હાલની ટૂંકાણ વ્યાખ્યા પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "ઇચ્છિત કી સંયોજનને પકડી રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "જુઆન્જો મારીન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટને ખોલો અને તેઓ વચ્ચે ફેરબદલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++"કિબોર્ડ વિવિધ ભાષાઓ માટે વિવિધ સેંકડોમાં આવે છે. દરેક ભાષા માટે પણ, ત્યાં "
++"વારંવાર ઘણાં કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટ છે, જેમ કે અંગ્રેજી માટે Dvorak લેઆઉટ. તમે તમારાં "
++"કિબોર્ડ વર્તણૂકને બનાવી શકો છો જેમ કે વિવિધ લેઆઉટ સાથે કિબોર્ડ, કી પર છાપેલ "
++"સંકેતો અને અક્ષરોને બાદ કરતા. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો તમે ઘણી ભાષાઓ વચ્ચે વારંવાર "
++"બદલો તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>વિસ્તાર અને ભાષા</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો, લેઆઉટ પસંદ કરો, અને <gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે યાદીમાં તેને પસંદ કરીને કોઇપણ લેઆઉટની ઇમેજને પૂર્વદર્શન કરી શકો છો અને "
++"<gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width="
++"\"16\" height=\"16\">પૂર્વદર્શન</media></gui> પર ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ભાષાઓ અમુક વધારાનાં રૂપરેખાંકન વિકલ્પોની માંગણી કરે છે. તમે પેલી "
++"ભાષાઓને ઓળખી શકો છો કારણ કે તેઓ પાસે ચિહ્ન <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">પૂર્વદર્શન</"
++"media></gui> છે. જો તમે આ વધારાનાં પરિમાણોને વાપરવા માંગો તો, <gui>ઇનપુટ "
++"સ્ત્રોત</gui> યાદીમાંથી ભાષાને પસંદ કરો અને નવું <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">પૂર્વદર્શન</media></gui> બટન વધારાનાં સુયોજનો "
++"માટે તમને પ્રવેશ આપશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ઘણાં લેઆઉટને વાપરો તો, તમે બધી વિન્ડોને રાખવા માટે પસંદ કરી શકો "
++"છો એજ લેઆઉટને વાપરો અથવા દરેક વિન્ડો માટે વિવિધ લેઆઉટને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે. "
++"દરેક વિન્ડો માટે વિવિધ લેઆઉટને વાપરવું એ ઉપયોગી છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે "
++"શબ્દ પ્રોસેસર વિન્ડોમાં બીજી ભાષામાં લેખને લખી રહ્યા હોય. તમારી કિબોર્ડ "
++"પસંદગી દરેક વિન્ડો માટે યાદ રાખશે તમે વિન્ડો વચ્ચે બદલો તો. કેવી રીતે તમે "
++"ઘણાં લેઆઉટને સંચાલિત કરવા માંગો છો તે પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui style="
++"\"button\">વિકલ્પો</gui> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી એ વર્તમાન લેઆઉટ માટે ટૂંકા ઓળખકર્તાને દર્શાવશે, જેમ કે મૂળભૂત "
++"અંગ્રેજી લેઆઉટ માટે <gui>en</gui>. લેઆઉટ સૂચક પર ક્લિક કરો અને લેઆઉટને પસંદ "
++"કરો જે તમે મેનુમાંથી વાપરવા માંગો છો. જો પસંદ થયેલ ભાષા પાસે કોઇપણ વધારાનાં "
++"સુયોજનો હોય તો, તેઓને ઉપલબ્ધ લેઆઉટની યાદી નીચે બતાવેલ હશે. આ તમને તમારાં "
++"સુયોજનોની ઝડપી ઝાંખીને આપે છે. તમે સંદર્ભ માટે વર્તમાન કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટ સાથે "
++"ઇમેજને પણ ખોલી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજા લેઆઉટમાં બદલવાનો ઝડપી રસ્તો એ <gui>ઇનપુટ સ્ત્રોત</gui> <gui>કિબોર્ડ "
++"ટૂંકાણો</gui> ને વાપરવાનો છે. આ ટૂંકાણો એ <gui>ઇનપુટ સ્ત્રોત</gui> "
++"પસંદકર્તાને ખોલે છે જ્યાં તમે આગળ અને પાછળ ખસેડી શકો છો. મૂળભૂત રીતે, તમે "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </"
++"keyseq> સાથે આગળ અને <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</"
++"key></keyseq> સાથે પાછળ ખસેડી શકો છો. તમે <gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> સુયોજનોમાં આ "
++"ટૂંકાણોને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr "માઉસ વગર કાર્યક્રમો અને ડેસ્કટોપને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ શોધખોળ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"આ પાનું લોકો માટે કિબોર્ડ સંશોધક હોય તો કે જે માઉસ અથવા બીજા નિર્દેશક "
++"ઉપકરણને વાપરી શકાતુ નથી, અથવા કે જે શક્ય હોય તેટલું કિબોર્ડને વાપરવા માંગો "
++"છો. કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણો માટે કે જે બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપયોગી છે, તેને બદલે "
++"<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે નિર્દેશક ઉપકરણને વાપરી શકતા નથી, તમે તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર આંકડાકીય "
++"કિપેડની મદદથી માઉસ નિયંત્રણ કરી શકો છો. વધારે વિગતો માટે <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key> અને <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ નિયંત્રણો વચ્ચે કિબોર્ડ પ્રકાશને ખસેડો. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> એ નિયંત્રણોનાં જૂથો વચ્ચે ખસેડાય છે, જેમ કે મુખ્ય "
++"સમાવિષ્ટમાં બાજુપટ્ટીમાંથી. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>  "
++"નિયંત્રણને ભંગ કરી શકે છે કે જે પોતાનીજાતે <key>Tab</key> ને વાપરે છે, જેમ "
++"કે લખાણ વિસ્તાર."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr "વિપરીત ક્રમમાં ફોકસને ખસેડવા માટે <key>Shift</key> ને પકડી રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr "તીર કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++"એકજ નિયંત્રણમાં વસ્તુઓ વચ્ચે પસંદગીને ખસેડો, અથવા સંબંધિત સમૂહ વચ્ચે "
++"નિયંત્રણ કરો. સાધનપટ્ટીમાં બટનોને પ્રકાશિત કરવા માટે તીર કીને વાપરો, યાદી "
++"અથવા ચિહ્ન દૃશ્યમાં વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કરો, અથવા જૂથમાંથી રેડિયો બટનને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++"ટ્રી દૃશ્યમાં, ભાંગી જવા માટે ડાબે અને જમણે તીર કીઓને વાપરો અને બાળકો સાથે "
++"વસ્તુઓને વિસ્તૃત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>તીર કી</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી અથવા ચિહ્ન દૃશ્યમાં, જે વસ્તુને પસંદ કરેલ છે તેને બદલ્યા વગર કિબોર્ડ "
++"પ્રકાશનને બીજી વસ્તુમાં ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>તીર કી</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી અથવા ચિહ્ન દૃશ્યમાં, નવી પ્રકાશિત થયેલ વસ્તુ માટે હાલમાં પસંદ થયેલ "
++"વસ્તુમાંથી બધી વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr "પ્રકાશિત વસ્તુ જેવી કે બટન, ચેક બોક્સ, અથવા વસ્તુ યાદીને સક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી અથવા ચિહ્ન દૃશ્યમાં, બીજી વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કર્યા વગર પ્રકાશિત થયેલ વસ્તુને "
++"નાપસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Alt</key> કી દબાવી રાખો, <em>એસીલરેટરો</em>: મેનુ વસ્તુઓ, બટનો, અને "
++"અન્ય નિયંત્રકો પરના નીચે લીટીવાળા અક્ષરો બહાર પાડવા માટે. નિયંત્રકને સક્રિય "
++"કરવા માટે <key>Alt</key> વત્તા નીચે લીટીવાળો અક્ષર દબાવો, એવી જ રીતે જેમ તમે "
++"તેના પર ક્લિક કર્યું હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr "મેનુ, પોપઅપ, સ્વીચર, અથવા સંવાદ વિન્ડોમાંથી બહાર નીકળો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોની મેનુપટ્ટી પર પ્રથન મેનુને ખોલો. મેનુને સ્થળાંતર કરવા માટે તીર કીને "
++"વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટી પર કાર્યક્રમ મેનુને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> અથવા <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-menu\">Menu</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"વર્તમાન પસંદગી માટે સંદર્ભ મેનુ પર પોપઅપ કરો, જો તમે જમણી ક્લિક કરી હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં, વર્તમાન ફોલ્ડર માટે સંદર્ભ મેનુને પોપ અપ કરો, જો તમે "
++"પાશ્ર્વભાગ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરેલ હોય તો અને કોઇપણ વસ્તુ પર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> અને <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr "ટેબ થયેલ ઇન્ટરફેસમાં, ડાબે અથવા જમણે ટેબને ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પર બધી ખુલ્લી વિન્ડો મારફતે ઘટનાચક્ર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">સંદેશા ટ્રેને ખોલો.</link> "
++"બંધ કરવા માટે <key>Esc</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "વર્તમાન વિન્ડોને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> અથવા <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++"તેનાં મૂળભૂત માપમાં મહત્તમ થયેલ વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહો. મહત્તમ કરવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> ને વાપરો. <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> બંને મહત્તમ કરે છે અને પુન:સંગ્રહે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++"વર્તમાન વિન્ડોમાં ખસેડો, <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> દબાવો, "
++"પછી વિન્ડોને ખસેડવા માટે તીર કીને વાપરો. વિન્ડોને ખસેડવાનું સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે "
++"<key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા તેનાં મૂળભૂત સ્થાનમાં તેને પાછુ લાવવા માટે "
++"<key>Esc</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++"વર્તમાન વિન્ડોનું નામ બદલો. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> ને "
++"દબાવો, પછી વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલવા માટે તીર કીને વાપરો. વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલવાનું "
++"સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા તેનાં મૂળભૂત માપમાં તેને "
++"પાછુ લાવવા માટે <key>Esc</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> અથવા <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોને <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">મહત્તમ</link> કરો. મહત્તમ "
++"વિન્ડોને તેનાં મૂળભૂત માપમાં લાવવા પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> "
++"દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને ન્યૂનત્તમ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની ડાબી બાજુની સાથે વિન્ડોને ઊભી રીતે મહત્તમ કરો. તેમાં પહેલાંના "
++"માપમાં વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે ફરી દબાવો. બાજુઓને બદલવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની જમણી બાજુની સાથે વિન્ડોને ઊભી રીતે મહત્તમ કરો. તેમાં પહેલાંના "
++"માપમાં વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે ફરી દબાવો. બાજુઓને બદલવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr "વિન્ડોમેનુ પર પોપઅપ કરો, જો તમે શીર્ષકપટ્ટી પર જમણી ક્લિક કરેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "જેરેમી બીચા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"માઉસ સાથે બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને લખાણને દાખલ કરવા માટે ઓન-સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડને "
++"વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડ ને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે તમારા કમ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ કિબોર્ડ ન હોય તો અથવા તેને ન "
++"વાપરવાનું પસંદ કરો, તમે લખાણને દાખલ કરવા માટે <em>સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડ</em> ને "
++"ચાલુ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડને જોવા માટે <gui>ઓન સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"નંબર અને સંકેતને દાખલ કરવા માટે <gui>123</gui> બટન પર ક્લિ કરો. વધારે સંકેતો "
++"ઉપલબ્ધ છે જો તમે પછી <gui>{#*</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો તો. આલ્ફાબેટ કિબોર્ડમાં "
++"પાછુ લાવવા માટે, <gui>Abc</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++"જો સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડ તમારાં રસ્તા પર છે, બટન પર ક્લિક કરો કે જે કિબોર્ડને "
++"છુપાડવા માટે કિબોર્ડ (<gui>ટ્રે</gui> બટનની આગળ)  નાં જેવુ લાગે છે. "
++"કિબોર્ડને ફરીથી બતાવવા માટે, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">મેસેજીંગ "
++"ટ્રે</link> ને ખોલો (સ્ક્રીનની જમણે નીચે તમારાં માઉસને ખસેડીને), કિબોર્ડ "
++"ટ્રે વસ્તુ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++"અક્ષરોને પૂનરાવર્તિત ન કરે તેવાં કિબોર્ડને બનાવો જ્યારે તમે કીને પકડી રાખો, "
++"અથવા પૂનરાવર્તિત કીની ઝડપ અને વિલંબને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr "વારંવાર કીને દબાવવાનું બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર કીને પકડી રાખો તો, અક્ષર અથવા "
++"સંકેત પુનરાવર્તિત કરશે જ્યાં સુધી તમે કીને પ્રકાશિત કરો. જો તમે ઝડપી બેકઅપ "
++"લેવાનું પસંદ કરવામાં મુશ્કેલી થાય તો, તમે આ લક્ષણને નિષ્ક્રિય કરી શકો છો, "
++"અથવા કીને દબાવવાનું શરૂ કરવાનું પૂનરાવર્તિત કર્યા પહેલાં કેટલો સમય લાગે છે "
++"તેને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++"આખી પૂનરાવર્તિત થયેલ કીઓને નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા માટે <gui>કીને વારંવાર દબાવે થે "
++"જ્યારે કીને પકડી રાખી હોય</gui> બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> સુયોજનોમાં કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને બદલો અને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને દબાવવા માટે કી અથવા કીઓને બદલવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>કિબોર્ડ</gui> ને ખોલો અને <gui>ટૂંકાણ</gui> ટેબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"ડાબે તકતીમાં વર્ગને પસંદ કરો, અને જમણે ઇચ્છિત ક્રિયા માટે હારમાળા. વર્તમાન "
++"ટૂંકાણ વ્યાખ્યા <gui>નવાં પ્રવેગક...</gui> ને બદલશે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++"ઇચ્છિત કી સંયોજનને પકડી રાખો, અથવા સાફ કરવા માટે <key>Backspace</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr "પહેલેથી વ્યાખ્યાયિત થયેલ ટૂંકાણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં પહેલેથી રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ ટૂંકાણોની સંખ્યા છે કે જે આ વર્ગોમાં બદલી, "
++"જૂથ કરી શકાય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "લૉંચર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "મદદ બ્રાઉઝર લાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "નિષ્ક્રિય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "ક્લેક્યુલેટરની શરૂઆત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "કૅલ્ક્યુલેટર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ઇમેઇલ ક્લાઇન્ટની શરૂઆત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "મેઈલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "વેબ બ્રાઉઝર લાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "ઘર ફોલ્ડર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "શોધક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "શોધખોળ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૧ માં વિન્ડોને ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૨ માં વિન્ડોને ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૩ માં વિન્ડોને ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૪ માં વિન્ડોને ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "ડાબી બાજુએ વિન્ડોને એક કામ કરવાની જગ્યાએ ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "જમણી બાજુએ વિન્ડોને એક કામ કરવાની જગ્યાએ ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "ઉપર વિન્ડોને એક કામ કરવાની જગ્યાએ ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "નીચે વિન્ડોને એક કામ કરવાની જગ્યાએ ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમો બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમની વિન્ડો બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ નિયંત્રણો બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "સીધી વિન્ડોને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "સીધી કાર્યક્રમની વિન્ડોને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "સીધા સિસ્ટમ નિયંત્રણોને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "બધી સામાન્ય વિન્ડોને છુપાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૧ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૨ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૩ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ૪ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "ડાબી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "જમણી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "ઉપરની કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "નીચેની કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનશોટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>છાપો</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોનું સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "વિસ્તારનો સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં સ્ક્રીનશોટની નકલ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં વિન્ડોનાં સ્ક્રીનશોટની નકલ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં વિસ્તારનાં સ્ક્રીનશોટની નકલ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ રેકોર્ડ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ અને મીડિયા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "અવાજ બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો મૂંગુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "અવાજનું પ્રમાણ નીચુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો ઓછુ વોલ્યુમ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "અવાજ વધારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો વધારે વોલ્યુમ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "મીડિયા પ્લેયર ની શરૂઆત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો મીડિયા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "વગાડો (અથવા વગાડો/અટકાવો)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો વગાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "પ્લેબેક ને અટકાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો અટકાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "વગાડવાનું અટકાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "ઓડિયો બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "પહેલાંના ટ્રેક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr "પહેલાંનો ઓડિયો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "આગળના ટ્રેક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "પછીનો ઓડિયો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "બહાર કાઢો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "ચાલતા આદેશ પ્રોમ્પ્ટને બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિઓની ઝાંખીને બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "બહાર નીકળો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "સંદેશો ટ્રેને બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "સક્રિય સૂચના પર પ્રકાશ નાંખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "બધા કાર્યક્રમો બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ મેનુને ખોલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "ટાઇપ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "આગળનાં ઇનપુટ સ્ત્રોતમાં જાવ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "પહેલાનાં ઇનપુટ સ્ત્રોતમાં જાવ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "સંશોધક ફક્ત આગળનાં સ્ત્રોત પર જવા માટે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "કંપોઝ કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક અક્ષર કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "નાનું મોટુ કરવાનુ ચાલુ અથવા બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "Zoom in"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key></key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "નાનું કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન વાંચકને ચાલુ અથવા બંધ રાખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "ઓન-સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડને ચાલુ અથવા બંધ રાખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "લખાણ માપને વધારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "લખાણ માપને ઘટાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "ઉચ્ચ વિરોધાભાસ ચાલુ અથવા બંધ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો મેનુને સક્રિય કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "ટૉગલ સંપૂર્ણસ્ક્રીન સ્થિતિ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "મહત્તમ કરવાની સ્થિતિમાં ફેરબદલી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો મહત્તમ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "છાયાંકિત કરવાની સ્થિતિમાં ફેરબદલી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો છુપાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "બધી કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓ ઉપર છે કે ખાલી એક પર ટૉગલ વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "જો વિન્ડો આવરાયેલ હોય, અથવા તેની નીચે હોય તો તેને વધારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને બીજી બધી વિન્ડોની ઉપર લાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "બીજી વિન્ડો નીચેની વિન્ડોને નાની કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને ઉભી મહત્તમ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને આડી મહત્તમ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "ડાબી બાજુએ અલગ કરેલ દૃશ્ય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "જમણી બાજુએ અલગ કરેલ દૃશ્ય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr "આ વિભાગ બતાવે છે કે કેવી રીતે કાર્યક્રમ માટે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને બદલવા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "ટર્મિનલ કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"આદેશને ચલાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરો કે જેની માટે તમે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને બદલવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "મેનુને શોધો કે જેની માટે તમે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને બદલવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "ટૂંકાણને ટાઇપ કરો કે જે તમે કિબોર્ડ પર તમે માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"નોંધો કે આ સુયોજન ડેસ્કટોપ-વાઇડ હોય તો. તમે <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome."
++"desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd> આદેશને ચલાવીને તમે ફેરફાર "
++"કરો પછી તેને નિષ્ક્રિય કરી શકો છો. તમે આ કરવા માટે <app>dconf-editor</app> "
++"ઉપયોગિતાને પણ વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ ટૂંકાણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "તમારાં પોતાના કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને બનાવવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"ડાબી તકતીમાં <gui>વૈવિધ્ય ટૂંકાણો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અને <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો (અથવા કોઇપણ વર્ગમાં <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો). <gui>વૈવિધ્ય ટૂંકાણ</gui> વિન્ડો "
++"દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++"ટૂંકાણને ઓળખવા માટે <gui>નામ</gui> ને ટાઇપ કરો, અને કાર્યક્રમને ચલાવવા માટે "
++"<gui>Command</gui>, પછી <gui>લાગુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો "
++"તમે Rhythmbox ને ખોલવા માટે ટૂંકાણ ઇચ્છો તો, તમે તેને <input>સંગીત</input> "
++"નામ આપી શકો છો અને <input>rhythmbox</input> આદેશ વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++"હારમાળામાં <gui>નિષ્ક્રિય</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો કે જે હમણાં ઉમેરેલ હતુ. જ્યારે "
++"તે <gui>નવાં પ્રવેગક...</gui> ને બદલે તો, ઇચ્છિત ટૂંકાણ કી સંયોજનને પકડી "
++"રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++"આદેશ નામ કે જે તમે ટાઇપ કરો કે યોગ્ય સિસ્ટમ આદેશ હોવો જોઇએ. તમે ચકાસી શકો છો "
++"કે આદેશ એ ટર્મિનલને ખોલીને કામ કરે છે અને ત્યાં તેને ટાઇપ કરે છે. આદેશ કે જે "
++"કાર્યક્રમને ખોલે છે જેની પાસે કાર્યક્રમ પોતે પ્રમાણે નામ હોઇ શકતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આદેશને બદલવા માંગો તો કે જે વૈવિધ્ય કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણ સાથે સંકળાયેલ છે, "
++"ટૂંકાણનાં <em>નામ</em> પર બે વાર ક્લિક કરો. <gui>વૈવિધ્ય ટૂંકાણ</gui> વિન્ડો "
++"દેખાશે, અને તમે આદેશને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">કર્સર ઝબૂકી રહ્યુ છે</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">કિબોર્ડ સુલભતા</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "વિસ્તાર અને ભાષા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr "તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પાશ્ર્વભાગ તરીકે ઇમેજ, રંગ, અથવા ઢાળને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "એપ્રિલ ગોન્ઝાલ્સ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ પાશ્ર્વભાગને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પાશ્ર્વભાગ માટે વાપરેલ ઇમેજને બદલી શકો છો, અથવા સાદા રંગ "
++"અથવા ઢાળમાં તેને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પાશ્ર્વભાગ</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr "કેન્દ્રમાં તમારા હાલનાં વોલપેપરની ઇમેજ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr "ટોચ પર દર્શાવેલ ત્રણ પસંદગીઓ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"સીધા રંગ અથવા રેખીય ઢાળ ને ફક્ત વાપરવા માટે <gui>રંગો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr "સુયોજનો તરત જ લાગુ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં આખા ડેસ્કટોપને જોવા માટે <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ખાલી "
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસેડો</link> "
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીન રિઝોલ્યુશનને અયોગ્ય રીતે સુયોજિત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારી સ્ક્રીન પર વસ્તુઓએ ઝાંખી/પિક્સેલેટ દેખાય છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"આવું થઇ શકે છે કારણ કે દર્શાવ રિઝોલ્યુશન કે જે તમે સુયોજિત કર્યુ છે તે તમારી "
++"સ્ક્રિન માટે બરાબર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++"આને ઉકેલવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામને ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સુયોજનો</"
++"gui> પર જાવ. હાર્ડવેર વિભાગમાં,  <gui>દર્શાવ</gui> પસંદ કરો. "
++"<gui>રિઝોલ્યુશન</gui> નાં અમુકનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને એકને સુયોજિત કરો કે જે "
++"સ્ક્રીનનાં દેખાવને સારુ બનાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr "જ્યારે ઘણા દર્શાવો જોડાયેલ હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં બે દર્શાવો જોડાયેલ હોય તો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, સામાન્ય મોનિટર "
++"અને પ્રોજેક્ટર), દર્શાવ પાસે વિવિધ રિઝોલ્યુશન હોઇ શકે છે. છતાંપણ, "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરનું ગ્રાફિક્સ કાર્ડ એકજ સમયે એક રિઝોલ્યુશનમાં સ્ક્રીનને દર્શાવી શકે "
++"છે, તેથી ઓછામાં ઓછુ એક દર્શાન ઝાંખુ લાગી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તેને સુયોજિત કરી સકો છે તેથી બે દર્શાવો પાસે વિવિધ રિઝોલ્યુશન હોય છે, "
++"પરંતુ તમે સાથે જ બંને સ્ક્રીન પર એજ વસ્તુને દર્શાવવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો નહિં. આ "
++"અસરમાં, તમારી પાસે એજ સમયે જોડાયેલ બે સ્વતંત્ર સ્ક્રીન હશે. તમે એક સ્ક્રીનથી "
++"બીજીમાં વિન્ડોને ખસેડી શકો છો, પરંતુ તમે એકજ વાર બંને સ્ક્રીન પર એજ વિન્ડો "
++"બતાવી શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++"દર્શાવને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે તેઓ દરેક પાસે તેનું પોતાનુ રિઝોલ્યુશન હોય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સુયોજન</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. "
++"<gui>દર્શાવ</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>મીરર દર્શાવ</gui> ચકાસો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>દર્શાવ</gui> વિન્ડોની ટોચે ગ્રે બોક્સમાંથી દરેક દર્શાવને પસંદ કરો. "
++"<gui>રિઝોલ્યુશન</gui> ને બદલો જ્યાં સુધી તે દર્શાવ સાચુ લાગે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનનાં રિઝોલ્યુશન અને તેની દિશાને બદલો (ફેરવવાનું)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનનાં ફેરવવાનાં માપને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે ઘણા દર્શાવ હોય તો અને તેઓ મીરર થયેલ હોય તો, તમે દરેક દર્શાવ પર "
++"વિવિધ સુયોજનો હોઇ શકે છે. પૂર્વદર્શન વિસ્તારમાં દર્શાવને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr "તમારું ઇચ્છિત રિઝોલ્યુશન અને ફેરવવાનું  પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>લાગુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. નવાં સુયોજનો પાછુ લાવતા પહેલાં 30 સેકંડ "
++"માટે લાગુ કરશે. એ રીતે, જો તમે નવાં સુયોજનો સાથે કંઇપણ જોઇ શકતા ન હોય તો, "
++"તમારાં જૂના સુયોજનો એ આપમેળે પુન:સંગ્રહાશે. જો તમે નવાં સુયોજનો સાથે ખુશ હોય "
++"તો, <gui>આ રૂપરેખાંકનને રાખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે બીજા દર્શાવને વાપરો તો, તે આપમેળે શોધાયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ તેથી તમારાં "
++"સામાન્ય દર્શાવ તરીકે એજ રીતે તેનાં સુયોજનોને બદલી શકો છો. જો આવું ન થાય તો, "
++"<gui>દર્શાવને શોધો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "રીઝોલ્યુશન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે રિઝોલ્યુશનને પસંદ કરી શકો છો જે તમે <gui>રિઝોલ્યુશન</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન "
++"યાદીમાંથી પસંદ કર્યુ છે. જો તમે એકને પસંદ કરો તો તમારી સ્ક્રીન માટે સાચુ નથી "
++"તે <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">ઝાંખુ અથવા પિક્સલેટ લાગી શકે છે</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "ફેરવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક લેપટોપ પર, તમે ઘણી દિશામાં સ્ક્રીનને ભૌતિક રીકે ફેરવી શકો છો. તે "
++"દર્શાવને ફેરવવાનું બદલવા સક્ષમ થવા ઉપયોગી છે. તમે ફેરવવાનું પસંદ કરી શકો છો "
++"તમે <gui>ફેરવવાનું</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી તમારાં દર્શાવ માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">ડિઝિટલ કૅમેરા</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">ફોટાને બદલી રહ્યા "
++"છે</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">વિડિયોને વગાડી રહ્યા છે</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ, વિડિયો અને ચિત્રો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">વોલ્યુમ</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">સ્પીકર અને હેડફોન</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">માઇક્રોફોન</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "મૂળ સાઉન્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "સંગીત અને પ્લેયર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr "સંગીત અને પોર્ટેબલ ઓડિયો પ્લેયર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ફોટો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "ફોટા અને ડિઝિટલ કૅમેરા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "વિડિયો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "વિડિયો અને વિડિયો કેમેરા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\"> આ માર્ગદર્શિકાને વાપરવા પર ટિપ્પણીઓ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"get-involved\">મદદ આ માર્ગદર્શિકાને સુધારે છે</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"help-mailing-list\">મેઇલીંગ યાદી</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "વધારે મદદ મેળવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr "ટચપેડને બંધ કરો જ્યારે આકસ્મિક ક્લિકને અટકાવવા ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "જ્યારે ટાઇપ કરતા હોય ત્યારે ટચપેડને નિષ્ક્રિય કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>માઉસ અને ટચપેડ</gui> ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટચપેડ</gui> વિભાગમાં, <gui>જ્યારે લખી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે નિષ્ક્રિય કરો</"
++"gui> ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr "<gui>ટચપેડ</gui> વિભાગ ફક્ત દેખાય છે જો તમારી સિસ્ટમ પાસે ટચપેડ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજી વાર માઉસ બટનને બે વાર ક્લિક કરીને કેટલુ ઝડપી તમારે દબાવવાની જરૂર છે "
++"તેની પર નિયંત્રીત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr "બે વાર ક્લિક ઝડપને ગોઠવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++"બે વાર ક્લિક કરવાનું ફક્ત થાય છે જ્યારે તમે ઝડપી માઉસ બટનને દબાવો. જો બીજી "
++"વખત દબાવવાનું પહેલાં પછી લાંબુ હોય તો, તમે બે અલગ ક્લિક કરશો, બે વાર ક્લિક "
++"નહિં. જો તમે માઉસ બટનને ઝડપી દબાવવા મુશ્કેલી અનુભવો તો, તમારે સમય વધારી લેવો "
++"જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સામાન્ય</gui> હેઠળ, કિંમતમાં <gui>બે વાર ક્લિક</gui> સ્લાઇડરને ગોઠવો "
++"તમે આરામદાયક શોધો તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++"ચકાસવા માટે <gui>તમારાં સુયોજનોને ચકાસો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. વિન્ડોમાં "
++"એકજ ક્લિક એ વર્તુળની બહાર પ્રકાશિત થશે. બે-વાર ક્લિક કરવાનું વર્તુળની અંદર "
++"પ્રકાશિત થશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સુયોજન એ તમારા માઉસ અને ટચપેડને અસર કરશે, કોઇપણ બીજા નિર્દેશક ઉપકરણને પણ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr "માઉસ સુયોજનોમાં ડાબે અને જમણે માઉસ બટનોને વિપરીત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr "ડાબી બાજુએ તમારાં માઉસને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++"ડાબી-બાજુનાં વપરાશ માટે તેને વધારે આરામદાયક બનાવવા માટે તમારાં માઉસ અથવા "
++"ટચપેડ પર ડાબે અને જમણે બટનોનાં વર્તણૂકને તમે બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સામાન્ય</gui> વિભાગમાં, <gui>જમણે</gui> <gui>પ્રાથમિક બટન</gui> ને બદલો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમોને ખોલવા માટે મધ્ય માઉસ બટનને વાપરો, લખાણ ચોંટાડો, ટૅબ ખોલો, અને "
++"વધારે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr "મધ્ય-ક્લિક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr "ઘણાં કાર્યક્રમો એ ઉન્નત ક્લિક ટૂંકાણો માટે મધ્ય-ક્લિકને વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદ થયેલ લખાણને ચોંટાડવા એક સામાન્ય ટૂંકાણ છે. (આ અમુકવાર પ્રાથમિક પસંદગી "
++"ચોંટાડવા કહેવાયેલ છે.) લખાણને પસંદ કરો જે તમે ચોંટાડવા માંગો છો. પછી જ્યાં "
++"તમે તેને ચોંટાડવા માંગો તો તેની પર જાવ અને મધ્ય ક્લિક કરો. પસંદ થયેલ લખાણ "
++"માઉસ સ્થાન પર ચોંટાડેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં મધ્ય માઉસ બટન સાથે લખાણને ચોંટાડવાનું એ સંપૂર્ણપણ સામાન્ય "
++"ક્લિપબોર્ડથી અલગ છે. લખાણને પસંદ કરવાનું તમારા ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં તેની નકલ કરશે "
++"નહિં. આ ચોંટાડવાની ઝડપી પદ્દતિ ફક્ત મધ્ય માઉસ બટન સાથે કામ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં, તમે મધ્ય-ક્લિક સાખે તેની પોતાની નવી કાર્ય "
++"કરવાની જગ્યામાં કાર્યક્રમ માટે નવી વિન્ડોને ખોલી શકો છો. કાર્યક્રમનાં ચિહ્ન "
++"પર મધ્ય ક્લિક કરો, ક્યાંતો ડાબે ડૅશમાં, અથવા કાર્યક્રમ ઝાંખીમાં. કાર્યક્રમ "
++"ઝાંખી ડૅશમાં જાળી બટન દર્શાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને મધ્ય માઉસ બટમન સાથે ઝડપથી ટેબમાં કડીઓને ખોલવા માટે "
++"તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. તમારાં મધ્ય માઉસ બટન સાથે કોઇપણ કડી પર ક્લિક કરો, અને "
++"તે નવી ટેબમાં ખોલશે. <app>Firefox</app> વેબ બ્રાઉઝરમાં કડી પર ક્લિક કરવા "
++"માટે સાવચેતી રાખો, છતાં, <app>Firefox</app> માં, જો તમે કડી પર બાદ કરતા "
++"કોઇપણ જગ્યાએ મધ્ય ક્લિક કરો, તમે URL તરીકે તમારાં પસંદ થયેલ લખાણને લાવવા "
++"માટે પ્રયત્ન કરશે. જો તમે સ્થાન પટ્ટીમાં તેને ચોંટાડવા માટે મધ્ય ક્લિકને "
++"વાપરો તો અને <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં, મધ્ય-ક્લિક બે ભૂમિકાને સેવા આપે છે. જો તમે ફોલ્ડર પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો તો, તે નવી ટેબમાં ખૂલશે. આ જાણીતા વેબ બ્રાઉઝરની વર્તણૂકની નકલ કરે છે. જો "
++"તમે ફાઇલ પર મધ્ય ક્લિક કરો તો, તે ફાઇલને ખોલશે, જો તમે બે વાર ક્લિક કરેલ હોય "
++"તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ખાસ કાર્યક્રમો એ બીજા વિધેયો માટે મધ્ય માઉસ બટનને વાપરવા માટે તમને "
++"પરવાનગી આપે છ. <em>મધ્ય-ક્લિક</em> અથવા <em>મધ્ય માઉસ બટન</em> માટે તમારી "
++"કાર્યક્રની મદદને શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr "કિપેડ સાથે માઉસને નિયંત્રિત કરવા માટે માઉસ કીને સક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr "કિપેડની મદદથી માઉસ પોઇંટર પર ક્લિક અને ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં કિબોર્ડને પ્રકાશિત કરવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">સાર્વજનિક વપરાશ મેનુ</link> પસંદ કરવા માટે જમણી અને "
++"ડાબી તીર કીઓને વાપરો, પછી <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>માઉસ કી</gui> ને પસંદ કરવા માટે ઉપર અને નીચે એરો કીને વાપરો અને "
++"<key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે <key>Num Lock</key> કી બંધ છે. તમે હવે કીપેડની મદદથી માઉસ "
++"પોઇંટરને ખસેડવા સક્ષમ હશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સૂચનાઓ ફક્ત કિબોર્ડની મદદથી માઉસ કીને સક્રિય કરવા માટે ટૂંકાણ રસ્તો પૂરો "
++"પાડે છે, વધારે સુલભતા વિકલ્પોને જોવા માટે <gui>સાર્વજનિક વપરાશ સુયોજનો</gui> "
++"ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++"કિપેડ એ તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર આંકડાકીય બટનોનું સુયોજન છે, સામાન્ય રીતે ચોરસ "
++"જાળીમાં ગોઠવાયેલ છે. જો તમારી પાસે કિપેડ વગર કિબોર્ડ હોય (જેમ કે લેપટોપ "
++"કિબોર્ડ), તમે વિધેય (<key>Fn</key>) કીને પકડી રાખવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે અને "
++"કિપેડ તરીકે તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર અમુક બીજી કીને વાપરો. જો તમે લેપટોપ પર આ "
++"લક્ષણને વારંવાર વાપરો તો, તમે બહારનાં USB કિપેડને ખરીદી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં કિબોર્ડ પાસે ખાસ કી થે કે જે તમને જમણી ક્લિક કરવા માટે પરવાનગી "
++"આપે છે, અમુકવાર <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> કી તરીકે કહેવાય "
++"છે. નોંધો કે, છતાંપણ આ કી જવાબ આપે છે જેમાં તમારું કિબોર્ડ પ્રકાશિત કરે છે, "
++"તમારું પોઇંટર ક્યાં છે તે નહિં. <key>5</key> ને પકડી રાખીને કેવી રીતે જમણી "
++"ક્લિક કરવી તેની પર જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> જુઓ અથવા "
++"ડાબે માઉસ બટન."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે નંબરને ટાઇપ કરવા માટે કિપેડને વાપરવા માંગો તો જ્યારે માઉસ કી સક્રિય "
++"થયેલ હોય તો, <key>Num Lock</key> ચાલુ કરો. માઉસ કિપેડ સાથે નિયંત્રિત કરી "
++"શકાતુ નથી જ્યારે <key>Num Lock</key> ચાલુ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્ય નંબર કી, કિબોર્ડની ટોચનાં વાક્ય પર, માઉસ પોઇંટરને નિયંત્રણ કરશો નહિં."
++" ફક્ત કિપેડ નંબર કીને વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr "તમારાં માઉસને કેવી રીતે ચકાસવુ જો તે કામ કરતુ ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr "માઉસ પોઇંટર ખસી રહ્યુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે માઉસ  તેમાં પ્લગ થયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે કેબલ સાથે માઉસ હોય તો, ચકાસો કે તે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે પ્લગ "
++"થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તે USB માઉસ હોય તો (લંબચોરસ જોડાણકર્તા સાથે), વિવિધ USB પોર્ટમાં તેને "
++"પ્લગ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો. જો તે PS/2 માઉસ હોય તો (નાનાં સાથે, છ પીન સાથે ગોળ "
++"જોડાણકર્તા), ખાતરી કરો કે તે જાંબલી  કિબોર્ડ પોર્ટ કરતા લીલુ માઉસ પોર્ટમાં "
++"પ્લગ થયેલ છે. તમારે કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:શરૂ કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે જો તે પ્લગ "
++"થયેલ ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે માઉસ તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખાયેલ હતુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ </gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>ટર્મિનલ</app> કાર્યક્રમનો ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટર્મિનલ વિન્ડોમાં, <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd> લખો, તે અહિંયા "
++"દેખાય છે, અને <key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++"માઉસ ઉપકરણોની ટૂંકી યાદી દેખાશે. ચકાસો કે વસ્તુઓની ઓછામાં ઓછી એક તેમાં આગળ "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> કહે છે. અને <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> "
++"વસ્તુઓની એક પાસે તેની ડાબે માઉસનું નામ હોય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ત્યાં નોંધણી ન હોય કે તેની પાસે <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> દ્દારા "
++"અનૂસરેલ માઉસનું નામ છે, પછી માઉસ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખાયેલ ન હતુ. જો "
++"નોંધણી અસ્તિત્વમાં હોય ચો, તમારું માઉસ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખાયેલ હતુ. "
++"આ સ્થિતિમાં તમારે ચકાસેલ હોવુ જોઇએ કે માઉસ એ <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">તેમાં પ્લગ થયેલ છે</link> અને <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"problem-notmoving#broken\">કામ કરવાની શરત</link> માં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં માઉસ પાસે શ્રેણી (RS-232) જોડાણકર્તા હોય તો, તમારે તેને ચલાવવા "
++"માટે અમુક વધારાનાં તબકકાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે. તબક્કા એ તમારાં માઉસનાં મેક અથવા "
++"મોડલ પર આધાર રાખી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++"તે માઉસ શોધ સાથે સમસ્યાઓને સુધારવા માટે મુશ્કેલી થઇ શકે છે. તમારું વિતરણ "
++"અથવા વેન્ડરમાંથી આધાર માટે પૂછો જો તમે વિચારો કે તમારું માઉસ યોગ્ય રીતે "
++"શોધાયેલ હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે માઉસ સાચે જ કામ કરે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr "વિવિધ કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં માઉસને પ્લગ કરો અને જુઓ જો તે કામ કરે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ માઉસને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે માઉસ ચાલુ છે. માઉસને સંપૂર્ણપણે બંધ કરવા માટે નીચે માઉસને "
++"વારંવરા ચાલુ કરે છે. તેથી તમે તેને વારંવાર ઝગાડ્યા વગર એક જગ્યાએથી બીજી "
++"જગ્યાએ તેને ખસેડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બ્લુટુથ માઉસને વાપરી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે, ખાતરી કરો કે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"સાથે માઉસની જોડી હોય. <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને જુઓ જો માઉસ પોઇંટર હવે ખસેડે તો. અમુક વાયરલેસ માઉસ "
++"પાવરને સંગ્રહવા માટે સૂઇ જાય છે, તેથી જવાબ આપી શકતુ નથી જ્યાં સુધી તમે બટન "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો. <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે માઉસની બેટરી ચાર્જ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr "ખાતરી કરો કે રિસીવર (ડોંગલ) એ કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પ્લગ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું માઉસ અને રિસીવર વિવિધ રેડિયો ચેનલ પર કામ કરી શકતુ હોય તો, ખાતરી "
++"કરો કે તેઓ એજ ચેનલમાં બંને સુયોજિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે જોડાણને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે બંને માઉસ, રિસીવર પર બટનને દબાવવાની જરૂર પડી "
++"શકે છે. તમારાં માઉસની સૂચના પુસ્તિકા પાસે વધારે વિગતો છે જો આ સ્થિતિ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"બદલો કેટલું ઝડપી પોઇંટર ખસે છે જ્યારે તમે તમારાં માઉસ અથવા ટચપેડને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr "માઉસ અને ટચપેડની ઝડપને ગોઠવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું પોઇંટર એ ઘણુ ઝડપથી અથવા ધીમુ ખસે તો જ્યારે તમે તમારાં માઉસને ખસેડો "
++"અથવા તમારાં ટચપેડને વાપરો, તમે આ ઉપકરણો માટે પોઇંટર ઝડપને ગોઠવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પોઇંટર ઝડપ</gui> ને ગોઠવો જ્યાં સુધી પોઇંટર ગતિ એ તમારી માટે આરામદાયક "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં માઉસ અને ટચપેડ માટે  વિવિધ રીતે પોઇંટર ઝડપને સુયોજિત કરી શકે છે. "
++"અમુકવાર ઉપકરણનાં એક પ્રકાર માટે મોટાભાગનાં આરામદાયક સુયોજનો બીજા માટે વધારે "
++"આરામદાયક હોય છે. બંને <gui>માઉસ</gui> અને <gui>ટચપેડ</gui> વિભાગો પર "
++"સ્લાઇડરને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr "ટચપેડ સાથે ક્લિક, ખેંચો, અથવા સ્ક્રોલ  કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++"અલગ હાર્ડવેર બટનો વગર  ફક્ત તમારાં ટચપેડની મદદથી તમે ક્લિક, બે વાર ક્લિક, "
++"ખેંચી, અને સ્ક્રોલ કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr "ક્લિક કરવા માટે, ટચપેડ પર ટેપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr "બે વાર ક્લિક કરવા માટે, બે વાર ટેપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "બે આંગળીથી સ્ક્રોલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr "તમે બે આંગળીની મદદથી તમારાં ટચપેડને સ્ક્રોલ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ટચપેડ</gui> વિભાગમાં, <gui>બે આંગળીથી સ્ક્રોલ</gui> ને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr "બે આંગળીથી સ્ક્રોલીંગ એ બધા ટચપેડ પર કામ કરતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટ આંગળીઓમાં ચોંટી જાય છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સમાવિષ્ટને ખેંચી શકો છો જો ટચપેડની મદદથી પેપરનાં ભૌતિક ભાગને સ્લાઇડ કરી "
++"રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટચપેડ</gui> વિભાગમાં,  <gui>સમાવિષ્ટ આંગળીઓમાં ચોંટી જાય છે</gui> ચકાસો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ લક્ષણ એ <em>કુદરતી સ્ક્રોલીંગ</em> અથવા <em>વિપરીત સ્ક્રોલીંગ</em> તરીકે "
++"જાણીતુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારે માઉસને તે પ્રતિભાવ આપે તે પહેલાં આમતેમ હલાવવું હોય અથવા ક્લિક કરવું "
++"હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr "તે કામ કરવા શરૂ થાય પહેલાં માઉસ વિલંબ સાથે પ્રક્રિયા કરે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"લેપટોપ ટચપેડ અમુકવાર તેઓને કામ કરવાનું શરૂ કરતા પહેલાં તમે ટાઇપીંગ કરવાનુ "
++"બંધ કરો પછી વિલંબ સાથે કાર્ય કરે છે. તમારી હથેડી સાથે ટચપેડને આકસ્મિક રીતે "
++"અડકીને તમને અટકાવાય છે જ્યારે ટાઇપ કરી રહ્યા હોય. વિગતો માટે <link xref="
++"\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">ડાબી બાજુ</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">ઝડપ અને સંવેદનશીલતા</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">ટચપેડ ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે અન સ્ક્રોલ કરી રહ્યા છે</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "માઉસ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય માઉસ સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "માઉસ ટિપ્પણી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ટિપ્પણી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ટિપ્પણી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++"તે ફાઇલ બંધારણ માટે આધારને સ્થાપિત કરી શકાતુ નથી અથવા સંગીતો \"નકલ સુરક્ષિત "
++"થયેલ\" હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr "હું ગીતોને વગાડી શકતી નથી મેં ઓનલાઇન સંગીત દુકાનમાંથી ખરીદ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ઓનલાઇસ દુકાનમાંથી અમુક સંગીતને ડાઉનલોડ કરેલ હોય તો તમે શોધી શકો છો કે "
++"તેને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર વગાડાતુ નથી, ખાસ કરીને જો તમે Windows અથવા Mac OS "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પર તેને ખરીદો તો અને તેની પર તેની નકલ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++"સંગીત બંધારણમાં છે તેની કારણે આ થઇ શકે છે કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા "
++"ઓળખાતુ નથી. ગીતને વગાડવા માટે તમારે સ્થાપિત થયેલ ઓડિયો બંધારણો માટે આધારની "
++"જરૂર પડી શકે છે - ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારી પાસે આપેલ ઓડિયો બંધારણ માટે આધાર ન "
++"હોય તો, તમારે સંદેશાને જોવુ જોઇએ જે તમને કહી રહ્યા છે તેથી જ્યારે તમે ગીત "
++"વગાડવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો ત્યારે, સંદેશાએ સૂચનાઓ પૂરી પાડવી જોઇએ કે કેવી રીતે તે "
++"બંધારણ માટે આધારને સ્થાપિત કરવુ તેથી તે તેને વગાડી શકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</"
++"link> માંથી તમે DRM વિશે વધારે શીખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++"સંગીતોની નકલ કરવા માટે મીડિયા પ્લેયરને વાપરો અને પછીથી iPod ને સફળતાથી દૂર "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr "મારા iPod પર ગીતો દેખાતા નથી જ્યારે તેમાં તેઓની નકલ કરુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં iPod પ્લગ હોય ત્યારે, તે તમારાં સંગીત પ્લેયર "
++"કાર્યક્રમમાં દેખાશે અને ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં પણ (<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં "
++"<app>ફાઇલ</app> કાર્યક્રમ). તમે સંગીત પ્લેયરની મદદથી iPod માં ગીતોની નકલ "
++"કરવી જ જોઇએ - જો તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકની મદદથી તેઓની નકલ કરો તો, તે કામ કરતુ નથી "
++"કારણ કે ગીતો એ બરાબર સ્થાનમાં મૂકાતુ નથી. iPods પાસે ગીતોને સંગ્રહવા માટે "
++"ખાસ સ્થાન હોય છે કે જે સંગીત પ્લેયર કાર્યક્રમો જાણે છે તેને કેવી રીતે "
++"મેળવવું પરંતુ ફાઇલ સંચાલક કરતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તેને અનપ્લગ કરતા પહેલાં તમે iPod ની નકલ કરવાનું સમાપ્ત કરવા ગીતો માટે "
++"રાહ જોવાની પણ જરૂર છે. iPod ને અનપ્લગ કરતા પહેલાં, ખાતરી કરો કે તમે <link "
++"xref=\"files-removedrive\">તેને સલામત રીતે દૂર કરો</link> ને પસંદ કરો. આ "
++"ખાતરી કરશે કે બધા ગીતોની યોગ્ય રીતે નકલ કરવામાં આવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્રાન્ડ નવું iPods ને iTunes સોફ્ટવેરની મદદથી સુયોજિત કરવાની જરૂર છે તમે "
++"તેઓને વાપરી શકો તે પહેલાં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr "મારું નવુ iPod કામ કરતુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે નવું iPod હોય તો કે જે પહેલાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે કડી જોડાયુ ન હોય, "
++"તે બરાબર રીતે ઓળખાતુ નથી જ્યારે તમે Linux કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં તેની સાથે જોડાવો. "
++"આનું કારણ એ છે કે iPods ને <app>iTunes</app> સોફ્ટવેરની મદદથી સુયોજિત અને "
++"સુધારવાની જરૂર છે, કે જે ફક્ત Windows અને Mac OS પર ચાલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં iPod ને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, Windows અથવા Mac કમ્પ્યૂટર પર iTunes ને "
++"સ્થાપિત કરો અને તેને તેમાં પ્લગ કરો. તમે તેને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે થોડા પગલાંની "
++"જરૂર પડશે. જો <gui>વોલ્યુમ બંધારણ</gui> માટે પૂછો તો, <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</"
++"gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> અથવા તેનાં જેવી પસંદ કરો. બીજુ બંધારણ (HFS/Mac) એ "
++"Linux સાથે કામ કરતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તમે સુયોજન સમાપ્ત કરો ત્યારે, iPod સામાન્ય રીતે કામ કરવુ જોઇએ જ્યારે "
++"તમે Linux કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં તેને પ્લગ ઇન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને કહેવા માટે <input>.is_audio_player</input> ફાઇલને ઉમેરો "
++"કે જે તે ઓડિયો પ્લેયર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારું ઓડિયો પ્લેયર ઓળખાયેલ નથી જ્યારે હું તેમાં પ્લગ કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારો ઓડિયો પ્લેયર (MP3 પ્લેયર વગેરે.) કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પ્લગ ન થયેલ હોય પરંતુ "
++"તમે તમારાં સંગીત સંચાલક કાર્યક્રમમાં તેને સુયોજિત કરી શકાતુ નથી, તે ઓડિયો "
++"પ્લેયર તરીકે યોગ્ય રીતે બરાબર ઓળખાઇ શકાતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++"હવે, ફાઇલ સંચાલક બાજુપટ્ટીમાં ઓડિયો પ્લેયરને શોધો અને તેને બહાર નીકાળો (જમણી "
++"ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>કાઢો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો). તેને અનપ્લગ કરો. પછી તેને પાછુ "
++"પ્લગ કરો. આ સમય તમારાં સંગીત સંસ્થાપક દ્દારા ઓડિયો પ્લેયર તરીકે તેને ઓળખાયેલ "
++"હોવુ જોઇએ. જો ન હોય તો, સંગીત સંસ્થાપકને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને પછી તેને "
++"ફરી ખોલી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સૂચનાઓ iPods અને અમુક બીજી ઓડિયો પ્લેયર માટે કામ કરતુ નથી. તેઓએ કાર્ય કરવુ "
++"જોઇએ જો તમારું પ્લેયર એ <em>USB Mass Storage</em> ઉપકરણ હોય તો, છતાંપણ; તેને "
++"તેની પુસ્તિકામાં કહેવુ જોઇએ જો તે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ફરી ઓડિયો પ્લેયર ફોલ્ડરમાં જુઓ તો, તમે <input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input> ફાઇલને જોશો નહિં. આ એનાં કારણે થાય છે ફાઇલનાં નામમાં અલ્પવિરામ એ "
++"ફાઇલને છુપાડવા માટે ફાઇલ સંચાલકને કહે છે. તમે ચકાસી શકો છો તે હજુ "
++"<guiseq><gui>દૃશ્ય</gui><gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરીને ત્યાં છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલોને ખોલવા માટે એકજ ક્લિક કરો, એક્ઝક્યૂટેબલ લખાણ ફાઇલને જુઓ અથવા ચલાવો, "
++"અને કચરાપેટીની વર્ણતૂકને સ્પષ્ટ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "સીંધુ એસ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક વર્તણૂક પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નિયંત્રિત કરી શકો છો ક્યાંતો તમે ફાઇલો પર એક જ ક્લિક કરીને અથવા બે વાર "
++"ક્લિક કરીને, કેવી રીતે એક્ઝેક્યુટેબલ લખાણ ફાઇલો સંચાલિત થયેલ છે, અને "
++"કચરાપેટી વર્ણતૂક. ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, "
++"<gui>પસંદગીઓ</gui> પસંદ કરો અને <gui>વર્ણતૂક</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "વર્તણૂક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>વસ્તુઓને ખોલવા માટે એક ક્લિક કરો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>વસ્તુઓને ખોલવા માટે બે વાર ક્લિક કરો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, એક ક્લિક કરવાથી ફાઇલો પસંદ થાય છે અને બે વાર ક્લિક કરવાથી તેઓ "
++"ખુલે છે. તમે તેને બદલે ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને ખુલ્લા રાખવાનું પસંદ કરી શકો છો "
++"જ્યારે તમે તેઓ પર એકવાર તમે ક્લિક કરો. જ્યારે તમે એકજ ક્લિક સ્થિતિને વાપરો "
++"તો, તમે <key>Ctrl</key> કીને પકડી રાખી શકો છો જ્યારે એક અથવા વધારે ફાઇલોને "
++"પસંદ કરવા પર ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "ચલાવી શકાય તેવી લખાણ ફાઇલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે એક્ઝેક્યુટેબલ લખાણ ફાઈલ ખોલો છો ત્યારે, તમે તેમાંથી પસંદ કરી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>જ્યારે એક્ઝેક્યુટેબલ લખાણ ફાઈલો ખૂલેલી હોય ત્યારે તેમને ચલાવો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>એક્ઝેક્યુટેબલ લખાણ ફાઇલોને જુઓ જ્યારે તેઓ ખોલેલ હોય</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>દરેક વખતે પૂછો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>દરેક સમયે પૂછો</gui> પસંદ થયેલ હોય તો, સંવાદ એ પૂછવા પોપ અપ કરશે જો "
++"તમે પસંદ થયેલ લખાણ ફાઇલને જોવા અથવા ચલાવવા માટે ઇચ્છો તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++"ચલાવી શકાય તેવી લખાણ ફાઇલો પણ સ્ક્રીપ્ટ તરીકે ઓળખાયેલ છે. <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file>  ફોલ્ડરમાં બધી સ્ક્રીપ્ટ એ <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">સ્ક્રીપ્ટs</gui> ઉપમેનુ હેઠળ ફાઇલ માટે સંદર્ભ મેનુમાં દેખાશે. "
++"જ્યારે સ્ક્રીપ્ટ એ સ્થાનિક ફોલ્ડરમાંથી ચલાવેલ હોય, બધી પસંદ થયેલ ફાઇલો "
++"પરિમાણો તરીકે સ્ક્રીપ્ટમાં ચોંટાડેલ હશે. ફાઇલ પર સ્ક્રીપ્ટને ચલાવવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "ઇચ્છિત ફોલ્ડરમાં શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "ઇચ્છિત ફાઇલ પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદર્ભ મેનુને ખોલવા માટે ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">સ્ક્રિપ્ટ</gui> મેનુમાંથી ચલાવવા માટે ઇચ્છિત સ્ક્રિપ્ટને પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રિપ્ટ કોઇપણ પરિમાણોને પસાર કરશે નહિં જ્યારે દૂરસ્થ ફોલ્ડરમાંથી ચલાવેલ "
++"હોય જેમ કે ફોલ્ડર વેબ અથવા <sys>ftp</sys> સમાવિષ્ટને બતાવી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક કચરાપેટી પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "કચરાપેટી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ફાઇલોને કાઢો અથવા કચરાપેટીમાંથી ખાલી કરતા પહેલાં પૂછો</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પ મૂળભૂત રીતે પસંદ થયેલ છે. જ્યારે કચરાપેટીને ખાલી કરી રહ્યા હોય, "
++"સંદેશો દર્શાવેલ હશે ખાતરી કરી રહ્યા છે કે તમે ફાઇલોને કાઢવા અથવા "
++"કચરાપેટીમાંથી ખાલી કરવાનું ગમે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>કાઢી નાંખો આદેશને સમાવો કે જે કચરાપેટીમાં જવા દે છે</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરીને મેનુમાં <gui>કાઢી નાંખો</gui> વસ્તુને ઉમેરશે કે જે પોપ "
++"અપ કરે છે જ્યારે તમે <app>ફાઇલ</app> કાર્યક્રમમાં વસ્તુ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>કાઢી નાંખો</gui> મેનુની મદદથી વસ્તુને કાઢી રહ્યા છે કે જે ભેગું "
++"કચરાપેટીમાં મૂકે છે. વસ્તુ એ સંપૂર્ણપણે સિસ્ટમમાંથી દૂર થયેલ છે. ત્યાં કાઢેલ "
++"વસ્તુને પ્રાપ્ત કરવાનો રસ્તો નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr "સંચાલકમાં બુકમાર્કને ઉમેરો, કાઢો અને તેનું નામ બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડર બુકમાર્કમાં ફેરફાર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr "તમારા બુકમાર્ક સંચાલકની બાજુની પટ્ટીમાં યાદી થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "બુકમાર્કને ઉમેરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડર (અથવા સ્થાન) ને ખોલો કે જે તમે બુકમાર્ક કરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સાધનપટ્ટીમાં ગિયર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>આ સ્થાનનું બુકમાર્ક કરો</gui> "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "બુકમાર્ક કાઢી નાંખો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને કાર્યક્રમ મેનુમાંથી "
++"<gui>બુકમાર્ક</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બુકમાર્ક</gui> વિન્ડોમાં, બુકમાર્ક પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે કાઢી નાંખવા ઇચ્છો "
++"છો અને  <key>-</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "બુકમાર્કનું નામ બદલો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બુકમાર્ક</gui> વિન્ડોમાં, બુકમાર્કને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે નામ બદલવા માંગો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr "<gui>નામ</gui> લખાણ બોક્સમાં, બુકમાર્ક માટે નવાં નામને ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++"બુકમાર્કને નામ બદલવાથી ફોલ્ડરનું નામ બદલાતુ નથી, જો તમારી પાસે બે વિવિધ "
++"સ્થાનોમાં બે વિવિધ ફોલ્ડરો માટે બુકમાર્કો હોય, પરંતુ કે જે દરેક પાસે એજ નામ "
++"છે, બુકમાર્ક પાસે એજ નામ હશે, અને તમે તેઓને કહેવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો નહિં. આ "
++"સ્થિતિમાં, તે ફોલ્ડરનાં નામ કરતા બીજા નામને બુકમાર્ક આપવા માટે ઉપયોગી છે કે "
++"તે નિર્દેશ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP, SSH, Windows shares, અથવા WebDAV પર બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ફાઇલોને જુઓ અને "
++"ફેરફાર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr "સર્વર અથના નેટવર્ક ભાગ પર ફાઇલો બ્રાઉઝ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સર્વર પર ફાઇલોને બ્રાઉઝ અને જોવા માટે સર્વર અથવા નેટવર્ક વહેંચણીને જોડાઇ "
++"શકો છો,  જો તેઓ તમારાં પોતાના કમ્પ્યૂટર પર હતા. આ ઇન્ટરનેટ પર ફાઇલોને "
++"ડાઉનલોડ અથવા અપલોડ કવા માટે સુસંગત રસ્તો છે, અથવા તમારાં સ્થાનિક નેટવર્ક પર "
++"બીજા લોકો સાથે ફાઇલોને વહેંચવા માટે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક પર ફાઇલોને બ્રાઉઝ કરવા માટે, <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી "
++"<app>ફાઇલો</app> કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો, અને બાજુપટ્ટીમાં <gui>નેટવર્ક બ્રાઉઝ કરો</"
++"gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. ફાઇલ સંચાલક એ તમારાં સ્થાનિક વિસ્તારનાં નેટવર્ક પર કોઇપણ "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને શોધશે કે જે ફાઇલોને સેવા આપવા તેની સક્ષમતાની જાહેરાત કરે છે. જો "
++"તમે ઇન્ટરનેટ પર સર્વર સાથે જોડાવા માંગો તો, અથવા જો તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને જુઓ નહિં "
++"તો તમે તેની માટે જોઇ રહ્યા છે, તમે તેનાં ઇન્ટરનેટ/નેટવર્ક સરનામામાં ટાઇપ "
++"કરીને સર્વર સાથે જાતે જ જોડાઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સર્વર સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં, ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને કાર્યક્રમ "
++"મેનુમાંથી <gui>સર્વર સાથે જોડાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"સર્વરનાં સરનામાંને દાખલ કરો, <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link> રૂપમાં. આધારભૂત "
++"URLs પર વિગતો <link xref=\"#types\">નીચે યાદી થયેલ છે</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પહેલાં સર્વર સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય, તમે <gui>તાજેતરનાં સર્વરો</gui> ની "
++"યાદીમાં તેની પર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>જોડાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. નવી વિન્ડો એ તમને સર્વર પર ફાઇલોને બતાવવા "
++"માટે ખુલશે. તમે ફાઇલોને બ્રાઉઝ કરી શકો છો જેમ તમે તમારાં પોતાના કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"પેલા માટે કરશો, સર્વર બાજુપટ્ટીમાં પણ ઉમેરાશે તેથી તમે ભવિષ્યમાં તેને ઝડપથી "
++"વાપરી શકો છો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URLs લખી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>URL</em> અથવા <em>uniform resource locator</em> એ સરનામાંનુ રૂપ છે કે જે "
++"નેટવર્ક પર સ્થાન અથવા ફાઇલને સંદર્ભ કરે છે. આ સરનામું આનાં જેવુ બંધારિત થયેલ "
++"છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>યોજના</em> સર્વરનાં પ્રકાર અથવા પ્રોટોકોલને સ્પષ્ટ કરે છે. સરનામાંનો "
++"<em>example.com</em> ભાગ એ <em>ડોમેઇન નામ</em> તરીકે કહેવાયેલ છે. જો "
++"વપરાશકર્તાનામની જરૂરિયાત હોય તો, તે સર્વર નામ કરતા પહેલાં દાખલ થયેલ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક યોજનાઓને સ્પષ્ટ કરવા માટે પોર્ટ નંબરની જરૂર છે. ડોમેઇન નામ પછી તેને "
++"દાખલ કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr "વિવિધ સર્વર પ્રકારો માટે નીચે ખાસ ઉદાહરણો છે કે જે આધારભૂત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "સર્વરનાં પ્રકારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વિવિધ પ્રકારનાં સર્વરો સાથે જોડાઇ શકો છો. અમુક સર્વરો એ સાર્વજનિક છે, "
++"અને કોઇપણ સાથે જોડાવા પરવાનગી છે. બીજા સર્વરો ને વપરાશકર્તાનામ અને પાસવર્ડ "
++"સાથે પ્રવેશવા તમારી જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સર્વર પર ફાઇલો પર અમુક ક્રિયાઓને ચલાવવા માટે પરવાનગી મળતી નથી. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, સાર્વજનિક FTP સાઇટ પર, તમે ફાઇલોને કાઢવા માટે કદાચ સક્ષમ હશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++"URL જે તમે દાખલ કરેલ છે તે તેનાં પ્રોટોકોલ પર આધાર રાખે છે કે જે તેની ફાઇલ "
++"વહેંચણીને નિકાસ કરવા માટે સર્વરને વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે સર્વર પર <em>સુરક્ષિત શેલ</em> ખાતુ હોય તો, તમે આ પદ્દતિની "
++"મદદથી જોડાઇ શકો છો. ઘણાં વેબ યજમાનો સભ્યો માટે SSH ખાતાને પૂરુ પાડે છે તેથી "
++"તેઓ સુરક્ષિત રીતે ફાઇલોને અપલોડ કરી શકે છે. SSH સર્વરોની હંમેશા તમને "
++"પ્રવેશવાની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ખાસ SSH URL આનાં જેવુ લાગે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે SSH ને વાપરી રહ્યા હોય, બધી માહિતી જે તમે મોકલી છે (તમારાં પાસવર્ડને "
++"સમાવી રહ્યા છે) એનક્રિપ્ટ થયેલ છે કે તમારાં નેટવર્ક પર બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ તેને "
++"જોઇ શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (પ્રવેશ સાથે)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP એ ઇન્ટરનેટ પર ફાઇલોને બદલવાનો જાણીતો રસ્તો છે. કારણ કે માહિતી FTP પર "
++"એનક્રિપ્ટ થયેલ નથી, ઘણાં સર્વરો એ SSH મારફતે પણ પ્રવેશને પૂરુ પાડે છે. અમુક "
++"સર્વરો, છતાંપણ, હજુ ફાઇલોને ડાઉનલોડ અથવા અપલોડ કરવા FTP ને વાપરવા તમારી જરૂર "
++"અથવા પરવાનગી આપે છે. પ્રવેશો સાથે FTP સાઇટ સામાન્ય રીતે ફાઇલોને અપલોડ અને "
++"કાઢવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ખાસ FTP URL આનાં જેવુ લાગે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "જાહેર FTP"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"સાઇટો કે જે ફાઇલોને ડાઉનલોડ કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે કે કોઇકવાર "
++"સાર્વજનિક  અથવા અનામિક FTP પ્રવેશને પૂરુ પાડશે. આ સર્વરોને વપરાશકર્તાનામ અને "
++"પાસવર્ડની જરૂર નથી, અને ફાઇલોને અપલોડ અથવા કાઢવા માટે તમને સામાન્ય રીતે "
++"પરવાનગી આપશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ખાસ અનામિક FTP URL આનાં જેવુ લાગે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક અનામિક FTP સાઇટો સાર્વજનિક વપરાશકર્તાનામ અને પાસવર્ડ સાથે પ્રવેશવા "
++"તમારી જરૂરિયાત છે, પાસવર્ડ તરીકે તમારું ઇમેઇલ સરનામાંની મદદથી સાર્વજનિક "
++"વપરાશકર્તા નામ સાથે. આ સર્વરો માટે, <gui>FTP (પ્રવેશ સાથે)</gui> પદ્દતિને "
++"વાપરો, અને FTP સાઇટ દ્દારા સ્પષ્ટ થયેલ શ્રેયને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો વહેંચણી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "મોટા ભાગની વિન્ડૉ શૅર URL આના જેવી દેખાય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV અને સુરક્ષિત WebDAV"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++"વેબ પર વાપરેલ HTTP પ્રોટોકોલ પર આધારિત છે, WebDAV કોઇકવાર સ્થાનિક નેટવર્ક પર "
++"ફાઇલોને વહેંચવા માટે વાપરેલ છે અને ઇન્ટરનેટ પર સંગ્રહવા માટે. જો સર્વર જે "
++"તમે સુરક્ષિત જોડાણ આધાર આપવા માટે જોડાઇ રહ્યુ છે, તમે આ વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરવુ "
++"જોઇએ. સુરક્ષિત WebDAV એ મજબૂત SSL એનક્રિપ્શનને વાપરે છે, તેથી બીજા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓ તમારાં પાસવર્ડને જોઇ શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ખાસ WebDAV URL એ આનાં જેવી લાગે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલકમાં નિયંત્રણ ચિહ્ન કૅપ્શન વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક દર્શાવ પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ચિહ્ન હેઠળ કેવી રીતે કૅપ્શનને દર્શાવે છે તમે નિયંત્રિત કરી શકો છો. ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો, <gui>પસંદગીઓ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો અને "
++"<gui>દર્શાવ</gui> ચૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "ચિહ્ન કેપ્શનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr "કૅપ્શન સાથે ફાઇલ સંચાલક ચિહ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ચિહેન દૃશ્યને વાપરો તો, તમે દરેક ચિહ્ન હેઠળ કૅપ્શનમાં દર્શાવેલ "
++"ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરો વિશે વધારાની જાણકારી રાખવા માટે પસંદ કરી શકો છો. આ ઉપયોગી "
++"છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે. જો તમને વારંવાર જોવાની જરૂર પડે તો કે જે ફાઇલની માલિકી "
++"ધરાવે છે અથવા જ્યારે તે છેલ્લે બદલાયેલ હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"જાણકારી કે જે તમે ચિહ્ન કૅપ્શનમાં બતાવી શકો છો તે સ્તંભોના જેવુ જ છે તમે "
++"યાદી દૃશ્યને વાપરી શકો છો. વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
++"જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે ફાઇલ સંચાલક વિન્ડો ખુલ્લી હોય તો, તમારે અસર લાવવા માટે ચિહ્ન "
++"કૅપ્શન ફેરફારો માટે પુન:લાવો કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે. <guiseq><gui>દૃશ્ય</"
++"gui><gui>પુન:લાવો</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત ફાઇલ જાણકારીને જુઓ, પરવાનગીઓ સુયોજિત કરો, અને મૂળભૂત કાર્યક્રમોને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ ગુણધર્મો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ અથવા ફોલ્ડર વિશે જાણકારીને જોવા માટે, તેની પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. તમે પણ ફાઇલને પસંદ કરી શકો છો અને "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ ગુણધર્મો એ ફાઇલનાં પ્રકાર જેવી જાણકારીને તમને બતાવે છે, ફાઇલનું માપ, "
++"અને જ્યારે તમે તેને છેલ્લે બદલેલ હોય તો. જો તમારે આ જાણકારીની વારંવાર જરૂર "
++"હોય તો, તમે <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">યાદી દૃશ્ય સ્તંભ</link> અથવા <link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">ચિહ્ન કૅપ્શન</link> માં તેને દર્શાવી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>મૂળભૂત</gui> ટૅબ પર આપેલ જાણકારી એ નીચે વર્ણવેલ છે. ત્યાં પણ <gui><link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">પરવાનગીઓ</link></gui> "
++"અને<gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">તેની સાથે ખોલો</link></gui> ટૅબ છે."
++" અમુક ફાઇલોનાં પ્રકારો માટે, જેમ કે ઇમેજ અને વિડિયો, ત્યાં વધારાની ટૅબ હશે "
++"કે જે માપ, સમયગાળો, અને કોડેક જેવી જાણકારી પૂરી પાડે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત ગુણધર્મો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "નામ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે આ ક્ષેત્રને બદલીને ફાઇલનું નામ બદલી શકો છો. તમે પણ ગુણધર્મ વિન્ડોની બહાર "
++"પણ ફાઇલને બદલી શકો છો. <link xref=\"files-rename\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "પ્રકાર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ફાઇલનાં પ્રકારને ઓળખવા તમન મદદ કરે છે, જેમ કે PDF દસ્તાવેજ, OpenDocument "
++"લખાણ, અથવા JPEG ઇમેજ. ફાઇલ પ્રકાર નક્કી કરે છે કે ક્યાં પ્રકારનાં કાર્યક્રમો "
++"ફાઇલને ખોલી શકે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે સંગીત પ્લેયર સાથે ચિત્રને ખોલી શકતા "
++"નથી. આની પર વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"files-open\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++"કૌંસમાં ફાઇલનો <em>MIME પ્રકાર</em> બતાવેલ છે; MIME પ્રકાર એ મૂળભૂત રસ્તો છે "
++"કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટરો ફાઇલનાં સંદર્ભને વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ક્ષેત્રને દર્શાવેલ છે જો તમે ફાઇલ કરતા ફોલ્ડરનાં ગુણધર્મોને જોઇ રહ્યા હોય. "
++"તે ફોલ્ડરમાં તમને વસ્તુઓની સંખ્યાને જોવા માટે મદદ કરે છે. જો ફોલ્ડર એ બીજા "
++"ફોલ્ડરોને સમાવે છે, દેરક આંતરિક ફોલ્ડરની એક વસ્તુ તરીકે ગણતરી થયેલ છે, જો તે "
++"આગળની વસ્તુઓને સમાવે તો પણ. દરેક ફાઇલ પણ એક વસ્તુ પ્રમાણે ગણતરી થયેલ છે. જો "
++"ફોલ્ડર ખાલી હોય, સમાવિષ્ટો એ <gui>કંઇપણ</gui> દર્શાવશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "માપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ક્ષેત્રને દર્શાવેલ છે જો તમે ફાઇલને જોઇ રહ્યા હોય (ફોલ્ડરને નહિં). ફાઇલનું "
++"માપ એ તમને કહે છે કે કેટલી ડિસ્ક જગ્યા તે લે છે. આ પણ સૂચક છે ફાઇલને ડાઉનલોડ "
++"કરવા માટે કેટલો સમય લાગશે અથવા ઇમેઇલમાં તેને મોકલો (મોટી ફાઇલોને મોકલવા/"
++"પ્રાપ્ત કરવા માટે લાંબો સમય લાગે છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"માપને બાઇટ, KB, MB, અથવા GB માં આપી શકાય છે; છેલ્લા ત્રણની સ્થિતિમાં, "
++"બાઇટમાં માપને પણ કૌંસમા આપેલ છે. ખાસ કરીને, 1 KB એ 1024 બાઇટ છે, 1 MB એ 1024 "
++"KB  છે અને વગેરે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "સ્થાન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર દરેક ફાઇલનું સ્થાન એ તેનાં <em>ચોક્કસ પાથ</em> દ્દારા "
++"આપેલ છે. આ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ફાઇલનું અનન્ય \"સરનામું\" છે, ફોલ્ડરની યાદીને "
++"બનાવેલ છે કે જે તમારે ફાઇલને શોધવામાં જવાની જરૂર છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો Jim એ "
++"તેનાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં કહેવાયેલ <file>Resume.pdf</file> ફાઇલ હોય તો, તેનું સ્થાન "
++"<file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file> હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ અથવા ઉપકરણ કે જે ફાઇલ તેની પર સંગ્રહેલ છે. આ તમને બતાવે છે "
++"જ્યાં ફાઇલ એ શારીરિક સંગ્રહેલ છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે જો તે હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક પર અથવા CD "
++"પર હોય, અથવા <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">નેટવર્ક વહેંચણી અથવા ફાઇલ "
++"સર્વર</link> પર હોય છે. હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક ઘણાં <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">ડિસ્ક પાર્ટીશનો</link> માં અલગ કરી શકાય છે; પાર્ટીશન પણ "
++"<gui>વોલ્યુમ</gui> ની હેઠળ દર્શાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "મુક્ત જગ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ફક્ત ફોલ્ડરો માટે દર્શાવેલ છે. તે ડિસ્ક જગ્યાની સંખ્યાને આપે છે કે જે "
++"ડિસ્ક પર ઉપલબ્ધ છે કે જે ફોલ્ડર તેની પર છે. ચકાસવા માટે આ ઉપયોગી છે જો હાર્ડ "
++"ડિસ્ક સંપૂર્ણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "પ્રવેશેલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમય જ્યારે ફાઇલ એ છેલ્લે ખોલેલ હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "સુધારેલ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમય જ્યારે ફાઇલ એ છેલ્લે બદલાયેલ અને સંગ્રહેલ હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr "નિયંત્રિત કરો કે જે તમારી ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને જોઇ અને બદલી શકો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ પરવાનગીઓ સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નિયંત્રિત કરવા માટે ફાઇલ પરવાનગીઓને વાપરી શકો છો કે જે ફાઇલોને જોઇ અને "
++"બદલી શકે છે કે જે તમારી પોતાની છે. ફાઇલ માટે પરવાનગીઓને સુયોજિત અને જોવા "
++"માટે, તેની પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, પછી "
++"<gui>પરવાનગીઓ</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++"પરવાનગીઓનાં પ્રકારો પર વિગતો માટે નીચે <link xref=\"#files\"/> અને <link "
++"xref=\"#folders\"/> જુઓ જે તમે સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સિસ્ટમની ફાઇલની માલિકી, જૂથ માલિકી, અને બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે પરવાનગીઓને "
++"સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો. તમારી ફાઇલો માટે, તમે માલિકી છો, અને તમે તમારી જાતે ફક્ત "
++"વાંચી શકાય અને વાંચી અને લખી શકાય તેવી પરવાનગીને આપી શકો છો. ફક્ત વાંચી શકાય "
++"તેવી ફાઇલને સુયોજિત કરો જો તમે તેને આકસ્મિક રીતે બદલવા માંગો નહિં તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પણ માલિક કરતા બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે પરવાનગીઓ સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો અને તેઓ "
++"ફાઇલનાં જૂથમાં છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ફાઇલ કાર્યક્રમ હોય, જેમ કે સ્ક્રીપ્ટ, તેને ચલાવવા માટે તમારે "
++"<gui>કાર્યક્રમ તરીકે ચાલેલ ફાઇલને પરવાનગી આપો</gui> ને પસંદ કરવુ જ જોઇએ. આ "
++"વિકલ્પ સાથે પણ પસંદ કરેલ છે, ફાઇલ સંચાલક હજુ કાર્યક્રમમાં ફાઇલને ખોલી શકે છે "
++"અથવા શું કરવુ થે જે તમને પૂછે છે. વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"behavior#executable\"/>  ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે માલિક, જૂથ, અને બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ફોલ્ડરો પર પરવાનગીઓ સુયોજિત કરી "
++"શકે છે. માલિકો, જૂથો, અને બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓના વર્ણન માટે ફાઇલ પરવાનગીઓની "
++"વિગતોને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડર માટે જે તમે પરવાનગી સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો તેનાં કરતા ફાઇલ માટે સુયોજિત "
++"કરો છે તે અલગ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "કંઈ નહિં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા જોવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો નહિં કઇ ફાઇલો ફોલ્ડરમાં છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "માત્ર ફાઈલોની જ યાદી આપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા જોવા માટે સક્ષમ હશે નહિં કે કઇ ફાઇલો ફોલ્ડરમાં છે, પરંતુ ફાઇલોને "
++"ખોલવા, બનાવવા, અથવા કાઢવા સક્ષમ થશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા એ ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલોને ખોલવા માટે સક્ષમ હશે (ખાસ ફાઇલ પર આવું કરવા "
++"માટે તેઓ પાસે પરવાનગીઓ પૂરી પાડેલ છે), પરંતુ નવી ફાઇલો બનાવનું અથવા ફાઇલોને "
++"કાઢવા સક્ષમ હશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "ફાઈલો બનાવો અને કાઢી નાંખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા પાસે ફોલ્ડરમાં સંપૂર્ણ પ્રવેશ હશે, ફાઇલોને ખોલવાનું, બનાવાનું અને "
++"કાઢવાનું સમાવી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr "નિયંત્રિત કરો કે કઇ જાણકારીને યાદી દૃશ્યમાં સ્તંભમાં દર્શાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક યાદી સ્તંભ પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં જાણકારીનાં નવ સ્તંભો છે કે જે તમે ફાઇલ સંચાલકનાં યાદી દૃશ્યમાં દર્શાવી "
++"શકે છે. ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં <gui>ફાઇલો</gui>  પર ક્લિક કરો, <gui>પસંદગીઓ</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો અને ત્યાં સ્તંભો દૃશ્યમાન છે તેને પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>સ્તંભનોની "
++"યાદી</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"ક્રમમાં પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>ઉપર ખસેડો</gui> અને <gui>નીચે ખસેડો</gui> બટનોને "
++"વાપરો કે જેમાં પસંદ થયેલ સ્તંભ દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr "જોવા માટે ફોલ્ડરમાં ફોલ્ડરો અને ફાઇલોનું નામ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં સમાવેલ વસ્તુઓની સંખ્યા તરીકે ફોલ્ડરનું માપ આપેલ છે. ફાઇલનું માપ "
++"બાઇટ, KB, અથવા MB તરીકે આપેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"ફોલ્ડર, અથવા ફાઇલ પ્રકાર તરીકે દર્શાવેલ છે જેમ કે PDF દસ્તાવેજ, JPEG ઇમેજ, "
++"MP3 ઓડિયો, અને વધારે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr "અંતિમ સમયે બદલેલ ફાઇલની તારીખ અને સમયને આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "માલિક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડર અથવા ફાઇલ જેની માલિકીનું હોય તે વપરાશકર્તાનું નામ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "જૂથ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "પરવાનગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ પ્રવેશ પરવાનગીઓને દર્શાવે છે દા.ત. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++"પહેલો અક્ષર <gui>-</gui> એ ફાઇલનો પ્રકાર છે. <gui>-</gui> નો મતલબ નિયમિત "
++"ફાઇલ છે અને <gui>d</gui> નો મતલબ એ ડિરેક્ટરી (ફોલ્ડર) છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા માટે આગળનાં ત્રણ અક્ષરોની <gui>rwx</gui> ખાસ પરવાનગીઓ જે ફાઇલ "
++"માલિકી ધરાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"આગળની ત્રણ <gui>rw-</gui> જૂથનાં બધા સભ્યો માટે પરવાનગીને સ્પષ્ટ કરે છે કે "
++"જે ફાઇલની માલિકી ધરાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્તંભ <gui>r--</gui>  માં છેલ્લા ત્રણ અક્ષરો એ સિસ્ટમ પર બધા બીજા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે પરવાનગીઓને સ્પષ્ટ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr "દરેક અક્ષરનો નીચે મતલબ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr "r : વાંચવાની પરવાનગી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr "w : લખવાની પરવાનગી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr "x : ચલાવવાની પરવાનગી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr "- : પરવાનગી નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME પ્રકાર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "તેઓનાં MIME પ્રકારને દર્શાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "ફાઇલનાં સ્થાનનો પાથ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr "નિયંત્રિત કરો જ્યારે થમ્ભનેઇલ એ ફાઇલો માટે વાપરેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ સંચાલક પૂર્વદર્શન પસંદગીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++"વધુમાં, તમે પૂર્વદર્શન થયેલ ફાઇલોનાં માપની મર્યાદિત કરવા માટે સુયોજનો "
++"<gui>કરતા નાની ફાઇલો માટે</gui> વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલક માટે મૂળભૂત દૃશ્ય, ટૂંકુ ક્રમ, અને નાનાં મોટાનુ સ્તરને સ્પષ્ટ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ફાઇલો</app> માં પસંદગીઓ જુઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નવાં ફોલ્ડરો માટે મૂળભૂત દૃશ્યને બદલી શકો છો, મૂળભૂત રીતે કેવી રીતે "
++"ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને ક્રમાંકિત કરાયેલ છે, ચિહ્ન માટે નાનું મોટુ કરવાનુ સ્તર "
++"અને સંકુચિત દૃશ્ય, અને શું ફાઇલો ટ્રી બાજુપટ્ટીમાં દર્શાવેલ છે. ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટીમાં <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">ફાઇલો</gui> <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">પસંદગીઓ</gui></guiseq> ને પસંદ કરો જ્યારે <app>ફાઇલો</app> "
++"ખુલ્લી છે અને <gui style=\"tab\">દૃશ્ય</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત દૃશ્ય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr "તેની મદદથી નવાં ફોલ્ડરોને જુઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, નવાં ફોલ્ડરો એ ચિહ્ન દૃશ્યમાં બતાવેલ છે. જો તમે યાદી દૃશ્યને "
++"પસંદ કરો તો, તમે મૂળભૂત પ્રમાણે અહિંયા તેને સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો. વૈકલ્પિક "
++"રીતે, તમે દરેક ફોલ્ડર માટે વિવિધ દૃશ્યને પસંદ કરી શકો છો તમે સાધનપટ્ટીમાં "
++"<gui style=\"button\">યાદી પ્રમાણે વસ્તુને જુઓ</gui> અથવા <gui style="
++"\"button\">ચિહ્નની જાળી તરીકે વસ્તુઓને જુઓ</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને તમે "
++"બ્રાઉઝ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "વસ્તુઓ ગોઠવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મૂળભૂત ક્રમ ઓર્ડરને બદલી શકો છો કે જે નામ, ફાઇલ માપ, ફાઇલ પ્રકાર દ્દારા "
++"ક્રમાંકિત કરવા માટે પસંદગીઓમાં <gui>વસ્તુઓને ગોઠવો</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીની "
++"મદદથી  ફોલ્ડરોમાં વાપરેલ છે, જ્યારે તેઓ છેલ્લે બદલાયેલ હતા, જ્યારે તેઓ "
++"છેલ્લે વાપરેલ હતા અથવા તેઓ કચરાપેટીમાં મોકલેલ હતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">વિકલ્પોને "
++"જુઓ</media> પર ક્લિક કરીને વ્યક્તિગત ફોલ્ડરમાં કેવી રીતે <link xref=\"files-"
++"sort\">ફાઇલોને ક્રમાંકિત કરવી</link> તેને બદલી શકો છો અને <gui>નામ દ્દારા</"
++"gui>, <gui>માપ દ્દારા</gui>, <gui>પ્રકાર દ્દારા</gui> અથવા <gui>બદલાવ તારીખ "
++"દ્દારા</gui> પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે, અથવા યાદી દૃશ્યમાં સ્તંભ શીર્ષકની યાદી પર "
++"ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે. આ મેનુ ફક્ત વર્તમાન ફોલ્ડરને અસર કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr "ફાઇલો પહેલાં ફોલ્ડરો ક્રમમાં ગોઠવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, ફાઇલ સંચાલક ફાઇલો પહેલાં બધા ફોલ્ડરોને બતાવવા લાંબો સમય લાગતો "
++"નથી. ફાઇલો પહેલાં યાદી થયેલ બધા ફોલ્ડરોને જોવા માટે, આ વિકલ્પને સક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "છુપી અને બેકઅપ ફાઈલો બતાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"ફાઇલ સંચાલક એ મૂળભૂત રીતે <link xref=\"files-hidden\">છુપાયેલ ફાઇલો</link> "
++"અને ફોલ્ડને દર્શાવતુ નથી. તમે આ વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરીને છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">વિકલ્પોને "
++"જુઓ</media> માંથી <gui>છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવો</gui> પસંદ કરીને વ્યક્તિગત "
++"વિન્ડોમાં તમે પણ છુપાયેલ ફાઇલોને બતાવી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "ચિહ્ન દૃશ્ય મૂળભૂત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત નાનુંમોટુ સ્તર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"ચિત્ર દેખાવમાં, વધુ અથવા ઓછા <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">કૅપ્શનો</link> તમારા નાનામોટાપણાના સ્તર પ્રમાણે બતાવવામાં આવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "યાદી દૃશ્યના મૂળભૂત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે આ વિકલ્પની મદદથી યાદી દૃશ્યમાં ચિહ્નો અને લખાણને નાનું અને મોટુ કરી શકો "
++"છો. તમે સાધનપટ્ટીમાં <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">વિકલ્પોને જુઓ</media> બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને વ્યક્તિગત ફોલ્ડરમાં આને કરી "
++"શકો છો અને <gui>મોટુ કરો</gui>, <gui>નાનું કરો</gui> અથવા <gui>સામાન્ય માપ</"
++"gui> ને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં થોડા Linux વાઇરસ છે, તેથી તમારે એન્ટી-વાઇરસ સોફ્ટવેરની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr "શું મને એન્ટી-વાઇરસની જરૂર છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"ગમે તે કારણે, Linux વાઇરસ એ કોઇકવાર જ હોય છે કે તમારે આ વખતે તેઓ વિશે ચિંતા "
++"કરવાની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">મૂળભૂત બ્રાઉઝરને બદલો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-install-flash\">ફ્લેશને સ્થાપિત કરો</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight આધાર</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "Ubuntu દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ટૂકડી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "વેબ બ્રાઉઝર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સુયોજનો</gui> માં <gui>વિગતો</gui> માં જઇને મૂળભૂત વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "બદલો કઇ વેબ બ્રાઉઝર સાઇટ ખોલેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે કોઇપણ કાર્યક્રમમાં વેબ પાનાંની કડી પર ક્લિક કરો, વેબ બ્રાઉઝર તે "
++"પાનામાં આપમેળે ખુલશે. જો તમારી પાસે એક કરતા વધારે સ્થાપિત થયેલ બ્રાઉઝર હોય "
++"તો, છતાંપણ, પાનું બ્રાઉઝરમાં ખોલી શકાતુ નથી જે તમે તેમાં ખોલવા માટે તેની "
++"ઇચ્છા રાખેલ હતી, આને સુધારવા માટે, મૂળભૂત વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને બદલો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિગતો</gui> ને ખોલો અને વિન્ડોની ડાબી બાજુ પર યાદીમાંથી <gui>મૂળભૂત "
++"કાર્યક્રમો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદ કરો કે જે વેબ બ્રાઉઝર એ <gui>વેબ</gui> વિકલ્પને બદલીને તમે કડી કરવા "
++"માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે વિવિધ વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને ખોલો તો, તે તમને કહી શકે છે કે તે મૂળભૂત "
++"બ્રાઉઝર હવે નથી. જો આવું થાય તો, <gui>રદ કરો</gui> બટન (અથવા તેનાં જેવુ) બટન "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો કે જે ફરીથી મૂળભૂત બ્રાઉઝર તરીકે પોતાની જાતે સુયોજિત કરવા માટે "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સુયોજનો</gui> માં <gui>વિગતો</gui> માં જઇને મૂળભૂત ઇમેઇલ ક્લાયન્ટને "
++"બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr "ક્યુ ઇમેઇલ કાર્યક્રમ એ મેઇલને લખવા માટે વાપરેલ છે તેને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>મેઇલ</gui> વિકલ્પને બદલીને મૂળભૂત દ્દારા ક્યાં ઇમેઇલ ક્લાયન્ટની "
++"વાપરવાનું તમને ગમે છે તે પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરસ તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને અસર કરી શકે નહિં, પરંતુ તે તમે જે લોકોને ઇમેલ કરો "
++"તેમના કમ્પ્યૂટરને અસર કરી શકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "શું વાઇરસ માટે મારા ઇમેઇલને સ્કેન કરવાની જરૂર છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++"વાઇરસ એ કાર્યક્રમો છે કે જે સમસ્યાનું કારણ છે જો તેઓ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં "
++"તેની રીતે શોધવા સંચાલિત હોય. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં તેઓને જવાનો સામાન્ય રસ્તો એ "
++"ઇમેઇલ સંદેશા મારફતે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">મૂળભૂત ઇમેઇલ કાર્યક્રમો</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME દસ્તાવેજીકરણ પ્રોજેક્ટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "ઇમેઇલ અને ઇમેઇલ સોફ્ટવેર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં IP સરનામાંને જાણીને તમે નેટવર્ક સમસ્યાઓનું મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ માટે મદદ "
++"કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "તમારુ IP સરનામું શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં IP સરનામાંને જાણવું એ તમારાં ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ સાથે મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ "
++"સમસ્યાઓ માટે તમને મદદ કરી શકે છે. તમે શીખવા માટે આશ્ર્ચર્ય થઇ શકો છો કે "
++"તમારી પાસે <em>બે</em> IP સરનામાં છે: ઇન્ટરનેટ નેટવર્ક પર તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"માટે IP સરનામું અને ઇન્ટરનેટ પર તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે IP સરનામું."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr "તમારુ આંતરિક (નેટવર્ક) IP સરનામું શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ને ખોલો અને ડાબે યાદીમાંથી <gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, ક્યું નેટવર્ક જોડાણ એ તમે IP સરનામાંને "
++"શોધવાનું ગમે છે તેની પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr "તમારું ઇન્ટરનેટ IP સરનામું જાણકારીની યાદીમાં દર્શાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr "તમારુ બહારનું (ઇન્ટરનેટ) IP સરનામું શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> ની "
++"મુલાકાત લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr "સાઇટ તમારી માટે તમારાં બહારનાં IP સરનામાંને દર્શાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++"કેવી રીતે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર ઇન્ટરનેટ સાથે જોડાયેલ છે તેની પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યુ "
++"છે, આ સરનામાં સરખા હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નિયંત્રિત કરી શકો છો કે ક્યાં કાર્યક્રમો નેટવર્કને વાપરી શકે છે. આ "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સુરક્ષિત રાખવા માટે મદદ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr "ફાયરવોલ વપરાશને સક્રિય અને બ્લોક કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક કાર્યક્રમ કે જે નેટવર્ક સેવાઓને વાપરે છે તે ખાસ <em>નેટવર્ક પોર્ટ</em> "
++"ને વાપરે છે. સેવાને વાપરવા માટે નેટવર્ક પર બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટરને સક્રિય કરવા "
++"માટે, તમારે ફાયરવોલ પર તેનાં સોંપેલ પોર્ટને \"ખોલવાની\" જરૂર પડી શકે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનનાં ટોચે ડાબે ખૂણામાં <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિઓ</gui> માં જાવ અને તમારાં "
++"ફાયરવોલ કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરો. તમારી જાતે તમે ફાયરવોલ સંચાલકને સ્થાપિત કરવાની "
++"જરૂર પડી શકે છે જો એકને શોધી શકો નહિં તો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, Firestarter અથવા "
++"GUFW)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં નેટવર્ક સેવા માટે પોર્ટને ખોલો અથવા નિષ્ક્રિય કરો, શું તમે લોકોને "
++"વાપરવા સક્ષમ હશો કે નહિં તેની પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યા છે. ક્યો પોર્ટ કે જે તમારે "
++"બદલવાની જરૂર છે તે <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">સેવા પર આધાર</link> "
++"રાખશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++"ફેરફારોને લાગુ કરો અથવા સંગ્રહો, નીચેનાં કોઇપણ વધારાની સૂચનાઓ ફાયરવોલ સાધન "
++"દ્દારા આપેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ફાયરવોલ સાથે કાર્યક્રમ માટે નેટવર્ક પ્રવેશને સક્રિય/નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા "
++"માટે બરાબર નેટવર્ક પોર્ટને સ્પષ્ટ કરવાની તમારે જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય રીતે વાપરેલ નેટવર્ક પોર્ટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "પોર્ટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "વર્ણન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++"એકબીજાને શોધવા માટે સિસ્ટમોને પરવાનગી આપે છે, અને કઇ સેવાઓ તેઓ માંગણી કરે છે "
++"તેનું વર્ણન કરો, તમે જાતે વિગતોને સ્પષ્ટ કર્યા વગર."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "છાપી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક પર પ્રિન્ટરમાં પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને મોકલવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક પર બીજા લોકો સાથે તમારાં પ્રિન્ટરને વહેંચવા તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "હાજરી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક પર બીજા લોકો માટે તમારાં તરતજ સંદેશાની પરિસ્થિતિને જાહેરાત કરવા તમને "
++"પરવાનગી આપે છે, જેમ કે  \"ઓનલાઇન\" અથવા \"વ્યસ્ત\"."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "દૂરસ્થ ડેસ્કટોપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને વહેંચવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે તેથી બીજા લોકો તેને જોઇ "
++"શકે છે અથવા દૂરસ્થ મદદકર્તાને પૂરા પાડે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr "સંગીત વહેંચણી (DAAP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં નેટવર્ક પર બીજાઓ માટે તમારી સંગીત લાઇબ્રેરીને વહેંચવા માટે તમને "
++"પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્થિર IP સરનામાંને વાપરવાનું તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી અમુક નેટવર્ક સેવાઓને પૂરી "
++"પાડવા માટે સરળ બની શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr "સુધારેલ IP સરનામાં સાથે જોડાણને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr "તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને ચોક્કસ (સ્થિર) IP સરનામું આપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui> પર <gui>નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"યાદી (<gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> અથવા <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui>) માંથી નેટવર્ક જોડાણને "
++"પસંદ કરો અને <gui>રૂપરેખાંકિત</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 સુયોજનો</gui> ટૅબ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>પદ્ધતિ</gui> ને <em>સ્વયં</"
++"em> માં બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો જોડાણ <gui>સરનામાં</gui> યાદીમાં જોડાણ જાણકારી યાદી થયેલ ન હોય તો, અથવા "
++"જો તમે નવાં જોડાણને સુયોજિત કરવા માંગો તો, <gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++"અનૂકુળ બોક્સમાં <em>IP સરનામું</em>, <em>નેટમાસ્ક</em>, અને <em>ગેટવે</em> "
++"જાણકારીને દાખલ કરો. આને તમે કેવી રીતે પસંદ કરો કે તમારાં નેટવર્ક સુયોજન પર "
++"આધાર રાખશે; ત્યાં ખાસ નિયમો સંચાલન કરે છે કે ક્યાં IP સરનામાં અને નેટમાસ્ક એ "
++"આપેલ નેટવર્ક માટે યોગ્ય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++"જો જરૂરી હોય તો, <gui>DNS સર્વર</gui> બોક્સમાં  <em>Domain Name Server</em> "
++"સરનામામાં દાખલ કરો. આ સર્વરનું IP સરનામું છે કે જે ડોમેઇન નામોને જુએ છે; "
++"મોટાભાગનાં કોર્પોરેટ નેટવર્કો અને ઇન્ટરનેટ પ્રદાતા પાસે ઇચ્છિત DNS સર્વરો છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. નેટવર્ક જોડાણ પાસે હવે સુધારેલ IP સરનામું "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">તમારાં IP સરનામાંને શોધો</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP અને WPA સુરક્ષા</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC સરનામું</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">પ્રોક્સી</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++"YouTube જેવી વેબસાઇટો જોવા માટે તમારે ફ્લેશ સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડશે, કે જે "
++"વીડિયો અને ક્રિયાશીલ વેબ પાનાંઓ દર્શાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "ફ્લેશ પ્લગ-ઇનને સ્થાપિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "જો ફ્લેશ એ સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપકમાંથી ઉપલબ્ધ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr "સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપક કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો અને <input>ફ્લેશ</input> માટે શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> અથવા તેનાં "
++"જેવાં માટે જુઓ અને તેને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે કોઇપણ વેબ બ્રાઉઝર વિન્ડો ખુલ્લી હોય તો, તેઓને બંધ કરો અને પછી "
++"તેઓને ફરી ખોલો. વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને ખ્યાલ આવો જોઇએ કે ફ્લેશ સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે જ્યારે "
++"તમે તેને ફરી ખોલો અને તમે ફ્લેશની મદદથી વેબસાઇટને જોવા માટે હવે સક્ષમ હોવુ "
++"જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "જો ફ્લેશ એ સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપકમાંથી ઉપલબ્ધ <em>ન હોય તો</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">ફલેશ પ્લેયર ડાઉનલોડ વેબસાઇટ</"
++"link> માં જાવ. તમારું બ્રાઉઝર અને ઓપરેટીંગ સિસ્ટમ આપમેળે શોધાયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++"ક્લિક કરો જ્યાં તે <gui>ડાઉનલોડ કરવા માટે આવૃત્તિને પસંદ કરવાનું</gui> કહે "
++"છે અને સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપકનાં પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમારાં Linux વિતરણ માટે "
++"કામ કરે છે. જો તમે જાણતા ન હોય તો ક્યું વાપરવાનું છે, <file>.tar.gz</file> "
++"વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"કેવી રીતે તેને તમારાં વેબ બ્રાઉઝર માટે સ્થાપિત કરવું તે શીખવા માટે <link "
++"href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">ફ્લેશ માટે સ્થાપન "
++"સૂચનાઓ</link> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "ફ્લેશના ઓપન-સોર્સ વિકલ્પો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "LightSpark"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "Gnash"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક વેબસાઇટ વેબ પાનાંને દર્શાવવા Silverlight ને વાપરે છે. Moonlight  પ્લગઇન "
++"આ પાનાંને તમને જોવા દે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "Silverlight પ્લગ-ઇનને સ્થાપિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> એ એક તમારાં વેબ બ્રાઉઝર માટે <em>પ્લગ-ઇન</em> છે કે "
++"જે વિડિયોનું ધ્યાન રાખવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે અને અમુક વેબસાઇટ પર વેબ "
++"પાનાંને વાપરો. અમુક વેબસાઇટ એ Silverlight વગર કામ કરતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે Silverlight-સક્રિય થયેલ વેબસાઇટને જુઓ પરંતુ તેની પાસે સ્થાપિત થયેલ "
++"પ્લગ-ઇન હોય તો, તમે કદાચ  તમને કહી રહ્યા હોય તે સંદેશાને જોશો. આ સંદેશા પાસે "
++"સૂચનાઓ હોવી જોઇએ તમને કહી રહ્યા છે કે તમે કેવી રીતે પ્લગ-ઇનને મેળવો, પરંતુ આ "
++"સૂચનાઓ તમારાં વેબ બ્રાઉઝર અથવા Linux ની આવૃત્તિ માટે સુસંગત નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે Silverlight-સક્રિય થયેલ વેબસાઇટને જોવા માંગો તો, તમારે તને બદલે "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> પ્લગ-ઇનને સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર છે. આ Silverlight ની મુક્ત, "
++"ઓપન-સોર્સ આવૃત્તિ છે કે જે  Linux પર ચાલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક Linux વિતરણો પાસે Moonlight ની નકલ છે કે જે તેનાં સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપકની "
++"મદદથી સ્થાપિત કરી શકો છો; સ્થાપકને ફક્ત ખોલો અને <input>Silverlight</input> "
++"અથવા <input>Moonlight</input> માટે શોધો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં વિતરણ પાસે Moonlight સોફ્ટવેર પેકેજ ન હોય તો, વધારે જાણકારી અને "
++"સ્થાપન સૂચનાઓ માટે <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/"
++"\">Moonlight વેબસાઇટ</link> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr "અનન્ય ઓળખકર્તા એ નેટવર્ક હાર્ડવેરમાં સોંપેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "MAC સરનામું શુ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"MAC સરનામું એ બે અક્ષરોનાં છ સમૂહને સમાવે છે, વિરામચિહ્ન દ્દારા દરેક અલગ "
++"થયેલ છે. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> એ MAC સરનામાંનુ ઉદાહરણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr "તમારાં પોતાના નેટવર્ક હાર્ડવેરનાં MAC સરનામાંને ઓળખવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ને ખોલો અને ડાબે યાદીમાંથી <gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો (ક્યું ઉપકરણ કે જે તમે ચકાસવા માંગો છો તેની "
++"પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યુ છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr "તમારું MAC સરનામું <gui>હાર્ડવેર સરનામાં</gui> તરીકે દર્શાવેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"જો નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને આપમેળે સોંપેલ નથી, તમારે પોતાની જાતે તેઓને દાખલ કરી શકો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને જાતે જ સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું નેટવર્ક તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને આપમેળે સોંપાતુ નથી, "
++"તમારી જાતે સુયોજનોને દાખલ કરવાની તમને જરૂર પડી શકે છે. આ વિષય ધારે છે કે "
++"વાપરવા માટે તમે યોગ્ય સુયોજનોને પહેલેથી જાણો છો. જો ન હોય તો, તમે તમારાં "
++"નેટવર્ક સંચાલકને પૂછવા માટે જરૂર પડી શકે છે અથવા તમારાં રાઉટર અને નેટવર્ક "
++"સ્વીચનાં સુયોજનો પર જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "તમારાં નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને જાતે જ સુયોજિત કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક જોડાણને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે જાતેજ સુયોજિત કરવા માંગો છો અને "
++"<gui>રૂપરેખાંકિત</gui> કરો પર ક્લિક કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે કેબલ સાથે "
++"નેટવર્કમાં પ્લગ કરો તો, <gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ ચાલુ હોય અથવા નેટવર્ક કેબલ પ્લગ ઇન હોય, તમે "
++"<gui>રૂપરેખાંકિત</gui> કરો પર ક્લિક કરવા સક્ષમ હશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 સુયોજનો</gui> ટૅબ પર જાવ અને <gui>પદ્ધતિ</gui> ને <gui>સ્વયં</gui> "
++"માં બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સરનામાં</gui> યાદીને સંકળાયેલ "
++"સ્તંભમાં <em>IP સરનામું</em>, <em>નેટવર્ક માસ્ક</em>  અને <em>મૂળભૂત ગેટવે "
++"IP સરનામાં</em> ને ટાઇપ કરો. દરેક સરનામાંને ટાઇપ કર્યા પછી <key>Enter</key> "
++"અથવા <key>Tab</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ત્રણ સરનામાં IP સરનામાં હોવા જ જોઇએ; એટલે કે, તેઓ પૂર્ણવિરામ દ્દારા અલગ "
++"થયેલ ચાર નંબર હોવા જ જોઇએ (દા.ત. 123.45.6.78)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++"DNS સર્વરોના IP સરનામાં લાગતાવળગતા ખાનાંઓમાં, અલ્પવિરામથી અલગ પાડીને દાખલ "
++"કરો કે જેમને તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. જો તમે નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય તો, ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને જોડાવો. વેબસાઇટની મુલાકાત કરવાનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરીને નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને ચકાસો અથવા નેટવર્ક પર વહેંચાયેલ ફાઇલો પર "
++"જુઓ, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નેટવર્ક જોડાણ માટે સુયોજનો (જેમ કે પાસવર્ડ) ને સંગ્રહી શકો છો તેથી તે "
++"દરેક કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટરને વાપરે છે કે તેની સાથે જોડાવા માટે સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr "બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ ઇન્ટરનેટ સાથે જોડાઇ શકતા નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે નેટવર્ક જોડાણ સુયોજિત હોય તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બીજા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓ તેમાં જોડાઇ શકતા નથી, તેઓ કદાચ યોગ્ય સુયોજનોને દાખલ કરતા નથી "
++"જ્યારે તેઓ જોડાવા પ્રયત્ન કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારી પાસે વાયરલેસ જોડાણ હોય "
++"તો, તેઓએ યોગ્ય વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરી શકતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તેને બનાવી શકો છો કે એકવાર તમે તેને સુયોજિત કર્યુ હોય તે નેટવર્ક જોડાણ "
++"માટે સુયોજનોને વહેંચી શકો છો. આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તમારે ફક્ત એકવાર સુયોજિત "
++"કરવાની જરૂર હોય, અને કમ્પ્યૂટર પર દરેક કોઇપણ પ્રશ્ર્નોને પૂછ્યા વગર તેની "
++"સાથે જોડાવા સક્ષમ હશે. આવુ કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ને ખોલો અને ડાબે યાદીમાંથી <gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો (ક્યાં નેટવર્ક જોડાણને બદલવા માંગો છો તેની પર "
++"આધાર રાખી રહ્યુ છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક નામ</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી, જોડાણને પસંદ કરો જે તમને "
++"વાપરવાનું સક્ષમ કરવા બધાની જરૂર છે અને <gui>રૂપરેખાંકિત</gui> કરો પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બધા વપરાશકર્તા માટે ઉપલબ્ધ</gui> ચકાસો અને <gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો. તમારે ફેરફારોને સંગ્રહવા માટે તમારાં સંચાલક પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવાની જરૂર "
++"પડશે. ફક્ત <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક વપરાશકર્તાઓ</link> આને "
++"કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ ભવિષ્યનાં વિગતોને દાખલ કર્યા વગર આને વાપરવા માટે કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં બીજા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓ હવે સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નેટવર્ક જોડાણ સુયોજનોમાં <gui>બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ</gui> વિકલ્પને "
++"ચકાસવાની જરૂર ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr "બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ નેટવર્ક જોડાણમાં ફેરફાર કરી શકતા નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે નેટવર્ક જોડાણમાં ફેરફાર કરી શકો પરંતુ બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કરતા નથી, તમે <gui>બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ</gui> જોડાણને "
++"સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો. આ તેને બનાવે છે તેથી કમ્પ્યૂટર પર દરેક જોડાણની મદદથી  "
++"<em>જોડાઇ</em> શકે છે, પરંતુ <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક હકો "
++"સાથે</link> ફક્ત વપરાશકર્તાઓ તેનાં સુયોજનોને બદલવા પરવાનગી મળેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"આની માટેનું કારણ એ છે કે, જ્યાં સુધી દરેકને અસર થાય જો સુયોજનો બદલાયેલ હોય, "
++"ફક્ત ઉચ્ચ-વિશ્ર્વાસ થયેલ (સંચાલક) વપરાશકર્તાઓ જોડાણને બદલવા પરવાનગી મળેલ "
++"હોવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr "તેને બનાવો જેથી તે જોડાણ કોઇપણ સાથે વહેંચાયેલ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ને ખોલો અને ડાબે યાદીમાંથી <gui>વાયર થયેલ</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, ક્યાં જોડાણને તમે બદલવા માંગો છો તેની પર "
++"આધાર રાખી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક નામ</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી, જોડાણને પસંદ કરો જો તમે તેઓને "
++"સંચાલિત/ફેરફાર કરવાનું સક્ષમ થવા દરેકને માંગો તો અને પછી <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે જોડાણને બદલવા માટે તમારાં સંચાલક પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવાની જરૂર પડશે. ફક્ત "
++"સંચાલક વપરાશકર્તાઓ આને કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ</gui> ને ચકાસો નહિં અને <gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો. કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ તેઓની જાતે જોડાણને સંચાલિત કરવા "
++"માટે હવે સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">વાયરલેસ જોડાણનું મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">તમારાં wifi નેટવર્કને શોધી રહ્યા છે</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રોક્સી ફિલ્ટર વેબસાઇટ કે જે તમે જુઓ છો, સામાન્ય રીતે નિયંત્રણ અથવા સુરક્ષા "
++"હેતુઓ માટે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "પ્રોક્સી સુયોજનોને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "પ્રોક્સી શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "પ્રોક્સી પદ્દતિ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ને ખોલો અને વિન્ડોની ડાબી બાજુ પર યાદીમાંથી <gui>નેટવર્ક "
++"પ્રોક્સી</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++"નીચેની પદ્દતિઓમાંથી કઇ પ્રોક્સી પદ્દતિ તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો તે પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr "વેબ પર સમાવિષ્ટને લાવવા માટે કાર્યક્રમો સીધા જોડાણને વાપરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "સ્વયં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક પ્રોક્સી થયેલ પ્રોટોકોલ માટે, પ્રોટોકોલ માટે પ્રોક્સી અને પોર્ટનાં "
++"સરનામાંને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરો. પ્રોટોકોલો <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
++"<gui>FTP</gui> અને <gui>SOCKS</gui> છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "આપોઆપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++"url સ્ત્રોતને નિર્દેશ કરે છે, કે જે તમારી સિસ્ટમ માટે અનૂકુળ રૂપરેખાંકનને "
++"સમાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રોક્સી સુયોજનો કાર્યક્રમો માટે લાગુ થયેલ હશે કે જે પસંદ થયેલ રૂપરેખાંકનને "
++"વાપરવા માટે નેટવર્ક જોડાણને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે ઇન્ટરનેટ વાપરી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે ધ્યાનમાં રાખવા માટેની સામાન્ય નોંધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "સ્ટીવન રીચાર્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ઇન્ટરનેટ પર સલામત રહી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">ખરાબ ઇમેઇલને આગળ ધપાવી રહ્યા છે</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">દૂષિત ઉદ્દેશ (વાઇરસ) સાથે કાર્યક્રમો</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">બિનસત્તાધિકારીત થયેલ દૂરસ્થ/સ્થાનિક "
++"નેટવર્ક પ્રવેશ</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr "સલામત ઓનલાઇન રહેવા માટે, નીચેની નોંધોને ધ્યાનમાં રાખો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">એન્ટીવાઇરસ સોફ્ટવર</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">મૂળભૂત ફાયરવોલ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ઇન્ટરનેટ પર સલામત રાખી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજી વસ્તુઓને ડાઉનલોડ કરી શકાય છે, તમારી પાસે નબળુ જોડાણ હોઇ શકે છે, અથવા તે "
++"દિવસનો વ્યસ્ત સમય હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr "ઇન્ટરનેટ ધીમું લાગે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ઇન્ટરનેટને વાપરી રહ્યા હોય અને તે ધીમુ હોય તેવુ લાગે છે, ત્યાં ઘણી "
++"વસ્તુઓ છે કે જે ધીમુ થવાનું કારણ બની શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને પછી તેને ફરી ખોલી રહ્યા છે, "
++"અને ઇન્ટરનેટમાંથી જોડાણ તોડી રહ્યા છે અને પછી ફરી જોડાઇ રહ્યા છે. (ઘણી "
++"વસ્તુઓને ફરી સુયોજિત કરી રહ્યા છે કે જે ઇન્ટરનેટને ધીમુ થવાનું કારણ બની શકે "
++"છે.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">દિવસનો વ્યસ્ત સમય</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">એકવાર ઘણી વસ્તુઓને ડાઉનલોડ કરી રહ્યા છે</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">અવિશ્ર્વાસુ જોડાણ</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">નીચુ વાયરલેસ જોડાણ સંકેત</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ધીમુ મોબાઇલ ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણને વાપરી રહ્યા છે</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">વેબબ્રાઉઝરને સમસ્યા છે</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPNs એ ઇન્ટરનેટ પર સ્થાનિક નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવા તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. કેવી "
++"રીતે VPN જોડાણને સુયોજિત કરવુ તે શીખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "VPN સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં ઘણા VPN નાં પ્રકારો છે. તમારે તેની પર આધાર રાખીને અમુક વધારાનાં "
++"સોફ્ટવેરને સ્થાપિત કરી શકો છો ક્યાં પ્રકારનાં VPN ને તમે જોડાઇ રહ્યા છો. "
++"જોડાણ વિગતોને શોધો કે જેમાંથી VPN ને ચાર્જ કરવાનું છે અને જુઓ ક્યાં <em>VPN "
++"ક્લાયન્ટ</em> ને વાપરવાની જરૂર છે. પછી, સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપક કાર્યક્રમમાં જાવ અને "
++"<app>NetworkManager</app> પેકેજ માટે શોધો કે જે તમારાં VPN સાથે કામ કરે છે "
++"(જો ત્યાં એક હોય) અને તેને સ્થાપિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ત્યાં VPN નાં તમારા પ્રકાર માટે NetworkManager પેકેજ ન હોય તો, તમારે "
++"કંપનીમાંથી અમુક ક્લાયન્ટ સોફ્ટવેરને ડાઉનલોડ અને સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડશે કે "
++"જે VPN સોફ્ટવેરને પૂરુ પાડે છે. જે કામ કરી રહી છે તે અમુક વિવિધ સૂચનાઓને "
++"અનૂસરવાની તમને જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr "એકવાર તે પૂર્ણ થઇ જાય, તમે VPN જોડાણને સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr "ડાબે યાદીમાં, નવાં જોડાણને ઉમેરવા માટે <gui>+</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ઇન્ટરફેસ યાદીમાં <gui>VPN</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અને <gui>બનાવો…</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને પસંદ કરો કે તમારી પાસે ક્યાં પ્રકારનું VPN "
++"જોડાણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બનાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને સ્ક્રીન પર સૂચનાઓને અનૂસરો, તમારાં "
++"વપરાશકર્તાનામ અને પાસવર્ડ જેવી વિગતોનો દાખલ કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે VPN ને સુયોજિત કરવાનું સમાપ્ત કરો ત્યારે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક "
++"ચિહ્નને ક્લિક કરો, <gui>VPN જોડાણ</gui> માં જાવ અને જોડાણ જે તમે બનાવેલ છે "
++"તેની પર ક્લિક કરો. તે VPN જોડાણને સ્થાપિત કરવા પ્રયત્ન કરશે - નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન "
++"બદલાશે તે જોડાવા માટે પ્રયત્ન કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"આશા રાખીએ છે કે, તમે સફળતાપૂર્વક VPN સાથે જોડાશો. જો નાં જોડાવો તો, તમારે "
++"VPN સુયોજનો જે તમે દાખલ કરેલ છે તેને બે વાર ચકાસવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે. તમે "
++"નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરીને આ કરી શકો છો, <gui>નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરી રહ્યા છે અને <gui>VPN</gui> ટૅબમાં જઇ રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN માંથી જોડાણ તોડવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"તમારાં VPN જોડાણનાં નામ હેઠળ <gui>જોડાણ તોડો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "IP સરનામું એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે ફોન નંબર જેવુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "IP સરનામું શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++"હાલમાં, મોટાભાગનાં  IP સરનામાં ચાર સમૂહોનાં નેબરને સમાવે છે, દરેક પૂર્ણવિરામ "
++"દ્દારા અલગ થયેલ છે. <code>192.168.1.42</code> એ IP સરનામાંનુ ઉદાહરણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં વાયર થયેલ નેટવર્ક જોડાણને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, તમારે બધાને નેટવર્ક "
++"કેબલમાં પ્લગ ઇન કરવાની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "વાયર થયેલ (ઇથરનેટ) નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં વાયર થયેલ નેટવર્ક જોડાણને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, બધાને નેટવર્ક "
++"કેબલમાં પ્લગ કરવાની જરૂર છે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન ફરવુ જોઇએ અથવા "
++"થોડાં સમય માટે પલ્સ કરો અને પછી \"સોકેટ\" ચિહ્નને બદલવાની જરૂર પડશે જ્યારે "
++"તમે જોડાયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે હજુ જોડાયેલ ન હોય તો, તમારું નેટવર્ક એ સ્વયં સુયોજન (DHCP) ને આધાર "
++"આપી શકતુ નથી. આ સ્થિતિમાં તમારે <link xref=\"net-manual\">તેને જાતે જ "
++"રૂપરેખાંકિત</link> કરવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">વાયર થયેલ ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-fixed-ip-address\">સુધારેલ IP સરનામું</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr "વાયર થયેલ નેટવર્કીંગ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર અને તેનાં નેટવર્ક જોડાણોમાં જોડાવા માટે બીજા ઉપકરણોને "
++"પરવાનગી આપવા માટે એડ-હોક નેટવર્કને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ હોટસ્પોટને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "જમણે <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>હૉટસ્પોટ તરીકે વાપરો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પહેલેથી વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય તો, તમને પૂછશે જો તમે "
++"નેટવર્કમાંથી જોડાણને તોડવા માંગો. એકજ વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર ફક્ત એક જ સમયે એક "
++"નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવા બનાવી શકાય છે. ખાતરી કરવા માટે <gui>હૉટસ્પોટને બનાવો</"
++"gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો ખોલો અને ઍરપ્લેન મૉડ ને ચાલુ સ્થિતિમાં લાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસને બંધ કરો (ઍરપ્લેન સ્થિતિ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>એરપ્લેન સ્થિતિ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો. આ તમારાં વાયરલેસ જોડાણને બંધ કરશે "
++"જ્યાં સુધી તમે ફરી એરપ્લેન સ્થિતિને બંધ  ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>એરપ્લેન સ્થિતિ</em> ને વાપરવાથી બંને વાયરલેસ અને બ્લુટુથ જોડાણોને "
++"સંપૂર્ણપણે બંધ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr "ઇન્ટરનેટ - વાયરલેસ પર જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે વાયરલેસ-સક્રિય કરેલું કમ્પ્યૂટર હોય, તો તમે ઈન્ટરનેટનો વપરાશ "
++"મેળવવા માટે, નેટવર્ક પર વહેંચવામાં આવેલ ફાઇલો જોવા માટે, અને આવું બીજુ બધુ "
++"કરવા માટે પહોંચમાં હોય એવા વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને નેટવર્કનાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો જે "
++"તમે જોડાવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો નેટવર્કનું નામ યાદીમાં નહિ હોય, તો યાદીમાં નીચે નેટવર્ક છે કે નહિં તે "
++"જોવા માટે <gui>વધુ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરીને પ્રયાસ કરી જુઓ. જો તમને હજુ પણ "
++"નેટવર્ક નહિ મળે, તો તમે કદાચ નેટવર્કની પહોંચની બહાર હોઇ શકો અથવા નેટવર્ક "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">છુપું હોઇ શકે</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો નેટવર્ક પાસવર્ડ દ્દારા સુરક્ષિત થયેલ હોય તો (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">એનક્રિપ્શન કી</link>), પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો જ્યારે પૂછવામાં આવ્યુ હોય "
++"અને <gui>જોડાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમને કી ખબર નહિ હોય, તો તે વાયરલેસ રાઉટર અથવા બેઝ સ્ટેશનની નીચેની બાજુએ "
++"લખેલી હોઇ શકે, તેની સૂચન માર્ગદર્શિકમાં, અથવા તમારે તમારા વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કના "
++"સંચાલક વ્યક્તિને પૂછવુ પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન દેખાવને બદલશે કમ્પ્યૂટર એ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરે છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++"જો જોડાણ સફળ થાય, તો ચિહ્ન ઘણી પટ્ટીઓવાળા બિંદુમાં બદલાઇ જશે. વધુ પટ્ટીઓ "
++"નેટવર્ક સાથેનું મજબૂત જોડાણ સૂચવે છે. જો ત્યાં ઘણી પટ્ટીઓ નહિ હોય, તો જોડાણ "
++"નબળુ હશે અને પૂરતું યોગ્ય નહિં હોઇ શકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++"જો જોડાણ સફળ ન હોય તો, તમે <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">ફરી "
++"તમારાં પાસવર્ડ માટે પૂછી શકો છો</link> અથવા તે ફક્ત તમને કહી શકે છે કે જોડાણ "
++"તૂટી ગયું છે. ત્યાં ઘણી વસ્તુઓ છે કે જે આવું થવા માટે આનું કારણ બની શકે છે. "
++"તમે ખોટા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરી શકો છો, વાયરલેસ સંકેત એ નબળો હોઇ શકે છે, અથવા "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં વાયરલેસ કાર્ડને સમસ્યા હોઇ શકે છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે. વધારે "
++"મદદ માટે <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કનું મજબૂત જોડાણની જરૂરિયાત નથી તેનો મતલબ એ કે તમારી પાસે ઝડપી "
++"ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ છે, અથવા કે જે તમારી પાસે ઝડપી ડાઉનલોડ ઝડપ હશે. વાયરલેસ જોડાણ "
++"<em>ઉપકરણ કે જે ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણને પૂરુ પાડે છે</em> (જેમ કે રાઉટર અથવા મોડેમ) "
++"માં તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાય છે, પરંતુ બે જોડાણો વાસ્તવિક રીતે અલગ હોય છે, "
++"અને તેથી તે વિવિધ ઝડપે ચાલશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી પાસે ધીમુ સંકેત હોઇ શકે છે, નેટવર્ક તમને યોગ્ય રીતે જોડાવા દેતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારુ વાયરલેસ જોડાણ તૂટી જાય છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે શોધી શકો છો કે તમે વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કમાંથી જોડાણ તોડી નાંખ્યુ છે છતાંપણ તમે "
++"જોડાવાની ઇચ્છા રખો છો. તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર સામાન્ય રીતે નેટવર્ક સાથે ફરી જોડાવા "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરશે જેટલું જલ્દી આવું બને (ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્વ ફરશે અથવા "
++"જો તે ફરી જોડાવા પ્રયત્ન કરી રહ્યુ છે), પરંતુ તે નકામુ હોઇ શકે છે, ખાસ કરીને "
++"જો તમે એજ સમયે એજ સમયે ઇન્ટરનેટને વાપરી રહ્યા હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr "નબળુ વાયરલેસ સંકેત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કનું જોડાણ તૂટી જવાનું કારણ એ છે કે તમારી પાસે નીચા સંકેત છે. "
++"વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કો પાસે મર્યાદિત સીમા છે, તેથી જો તમે વાયરલેસ મૂળ સ્ટેશનમાંથી "
++"ઘણું દૂર હોય તો તમે જોડાણને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે પૂરતા મજબૂત સંકેત મેળવવા માટે "
++"સક્ષમ થઇ શકતા નથી. તમારી વચ્ચેની દિવાલો અને બીજા ઑબ્જેક્ટો અને મૂળ સ્ટેશન પણ "
++"સંકેતને નબળુ પાડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન એ કેવી રીતે તમારાં વાયરલેસ સંકેતને મજબૂત કરે છે "
++"તે દર્શાવે છે. જો સંકેત ધીમો મળે તો, તેનાં વાયરલેસ મૂળ સ્ટેશનમાં નજીક જવાનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક જોડાણ યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થાપિત કરવામાં આવ્યુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુકવાર, જ્યારે તમે વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવો તો, તે દેખાઇ શકે છે કે તમે "
++"પહેલાં સફળ રીતે જોડાયેલ છે, પરંતુ તમારું ઝલ્દી જોડાણ તૂટી જશે. આ સામાન્ય "
++"રીતે આવું થાય છે કારણ કે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવામાં થોડુ સફળ "
++"હતુ - તે જોડાણને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે સંચાલિત થયેલ છે, પરંતુ અમુક કારણ માટે "
++"જોડાણને સમાપ્ત કરવા સક્ષમ ન હતુ અને તેથી જોડાણ તૂટી ગયુ હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++"આની માટે શક્ય કારણ એ છે કે તમે ખોટા વાયરલેસ પાસફ્રેજને દાખલ કરેલ છે, અથવા "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની નેટવર્ક પર પરવાનગી મળેલ ન હતી (કારણ કે નેટવર્કને પ્રવેશવા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાની જરૂરિયાત છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr "અવિશ્ર્વાસુ વાયરલેસ હાર્ડવેર/ડ્રાઇવર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "વ્યસ્ત વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ જોડાણ ફેરફાર સ્ક્રીન પરના વિકલ્પોનો અર્થ શું થાય એ શીખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ જોડાણમાં ફેરફાર કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિષય બધા વિકલ્પોને વર્ણવે છે કે જે ઉપલબ્ધ છે જ્યારે તમે વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક "
++"જોડાણને બદલો તો. જોડાણને બદલવા માટે, <gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> સુયોજનોમાં તેને પસંદ "
++"કરો, પછી <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં નેટવર્કો સારી રીતે કામ કશે જો તમે તેનાં મૂળભૂતો પર આ સુયોજનોને "
++"છોડો તો, તમે કોઇપણ તેઓને બદલવા માટે તમને જરૂર પડતી નથી. અહિંયા ઘણા વિકલ્પો એ "
++"વધારે ઉન્નત નેટવર્કો પર વધારે નિયંત્રણ આપવા પૂરા પાડેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr "બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ / આપમેળે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "આપમેળે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પને ચકાસો જો તમે આ વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કને જોડાવા કમ્પ્યૂટરને પ્રયત્ન કરવા "
++"માંગો ગમે ત્યારે તે સીમામાં હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ઘણાં નેટવર્કો કે જે આપમેળે સુયોજિત છે તે સીમામાં છે, કમ્પ્યૂટર એ "
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક જોડાણ</gui> માં <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> માં બતાવેલ એકમાં જોડાશે. જો "
++"વિવિધ એકમાં જોડાવા માટે એક ઉપલબ્ધમાંથી જોડાણ તૂટી જતુ નથી કે જે સીમામાં આવે "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "બધા વપરાશકર્તાઓ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"આને ચકાસો જો આ વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કને પ્રવેશ આપવા માટે કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બધા "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓની ઇચ્છા રાખો. જો નેટવર્ક પાસે <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA પાસવર્ડ</link> હોય અને તમે આ વિકલ્પને ચકાસેલ હોયતો, તમારે "
++"એકવાર પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવાની જરૂર પડશે. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર બધા બીજા વિકલ્પો "
++"પાસવર્ડને જાણ્યા વગર નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવા સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"જો આ ચકાસેલ હોય તો, તમારે આ નેટવર્ક માટે કોઇપણ સુયોજનોને બદલવા માટે <link "
++"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક</link> ની જરૂર પડશે. તમે તમારા સંચાલક "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવા પૂછી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કનું નામ છે જે તમે જોડાઇ રહ્યા છો, નહિં તો <em>Service Set "
++"Identifier</em> તરીકે જાણીતુ છે. આને બદલો નહિં નહિં તો તમે વાયરલેસ "
++"નેટવર્કનાં નામને બદલેલ છે (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમારાં વાયરલેસ રાઉટર અથવા મૂળભૂત "
++"સુયોજનોને બદલીને)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "સ્થિતિ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "ઉપકરણ MAC સરનામું"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr "આ વિકલ્પ એ તમારાં નેટવર્ક કાર્ડનાં MAC સરનામાંને બદલવા વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "ક્લોન થયેલ MAC સરનામું"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "MTU"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "સુરક્ષા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક પ્રકારનાં એનક્રિપ્શન એ બીજા કરતા મજબૂત છે, પરંતુ જૂનાં વાયરલેસ "
++"નેટવર્કીંગ સાધન દ્દારા આધારભૂત હોઇ શકતુ નથી. તમે સામાન્ય રીતે જોડાણ માટે "
++"પાસવર્ડનાં પ્રકારની જરૂર પડશે; વધારે સુરક્ષાનાં પ્રકારોને પણ વપરાશકર્તાનામ "
++"અને ડિઝિટલ \"પ્રમાણપત્ર\" ની જરૂર પડી શકે છે. વાયરલેસ એનક્રિપ્શનનાં જાણીતા "
++"પ્રકારો પર વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં IP સરનામાંની જેમ જાણકારીને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરવા માટે આ ટેબને "
++"વાપરો અને ક્યાં DNS સર્વરને તેને વાપરવુ જોઇએ. તે જાણકારીને મેળવવા/સુયોજિત "
++"કરવાનાં વિવિધ રસ્તાઓને જોવા માટે <gui>પદ્દતિ</gui> ને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "નીચેની પદ્દતિઓ ઉપલબ્ધ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "આપોઆપ (DHCP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>DHCP સર્વર</em> માંથી IP સરનામું અને DNS સર્વર વિશે જાણકારી મેળવો. DHCP "
++"સર્વર નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ એક કમ્પ્યૂટર (અથવા બીજા ઉપકરણ, જેમ કે રાઉટર) છે "
++"કે જે નક્કી કરે છે કે ક્યાં નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે હોવા જોઇએ -"
++" જ્યારે તમે નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવો તો, તમે યોગ્ય સુયોજનને આપમેળે સોંપેલ હશે. "
++"મોટાભાગનાં નેટવર્કો એ DHCP ને વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "ફક્ત આપોઆપ (DHCP) સરનામાં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આ સુયોજનોને પસંદ કરો તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને DHCP સર્વરમાંથી તેનું IP "
++"સરનામું મેળવશે. પરંતુ તમારે જાતે જ વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરવાની જરૂર પડશે (જેમ કે "
++"વાપરવા માટે ક્યું DNS સર્વર વાપરવુ છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો જો તમે પોતાનીજાતે બધા નેટવર્ક સુયોજનોને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરવા "
++"માંગો તો. કમ્પ્યૂટરે ક્યાં IP સરનામાંને વાપરવુ જોઇએ તેને સમાવી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "ફક્ત સ્થાનિક કડી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સ્થાનિક કડી</em> એ DHCP સર્વરની જરૂરિયાત વગર નેટવર્ક પર ભેગાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને જોડાવાનો રસ્તો છે અથવા જાતેજ IP સરનામાં અને બીજી જાણકારીને "
++"વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરી રહ્યા છે . જો તમે સ્થાનિક કડી નેટવર્કમાં જોડાવો તો, નેટવર્ક "
++"પર કમ્પ્યૂટર પોતાનીજાતે નક્કી કરશે ક્યાં IP સરનામાંને વાપરવુ છે. આ ઉપયોગી છે "
++"જો તમે કામચલાઉ રીતે થોડા કમ્પ્યૂટરને ભેગાં જોડાવા માંગો તેથી તેઓ એકબીજા સાથે "
++"વાર્તાલાપ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પ એ નેટવર્ક જોડાણને નિષ્ક્રિય કરશે અને તેને જોડાવાથી તમને અટકાવે છે. "
++"નોંધો કે <gui>IPv4</gui> અને <gui>IPv6</gui> એ અલગ જોડાણ તરીકે વર્તે છતાંપણ "
++"તેઓ એજ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ માટે છે. જો તમારી પાસે એક સક્રિય થયેલ હોય તો, નિષ્ક્રિય "
++"કરવા માટે બીજાને સુયોજિત કરવાની તમે ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"આ <gui>IPv4</gui> ટૅબનાં જેવુ છે તે નવાં IPv6 મૂળભૂત સાથે સોદો કરે છે તેને "
++"બાદ કરતા. ઘણાં પ્રાચીન નેટવર્કો IPv6 ને વાપરે છે, પરંતુ IPv4 એ આ સમયે હજુ "
++"વધારે જાણીતુ છે. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરલેસ બંધ અથવા તૂટી જઇ શકે છે, ત્યાં નજીક ઘણાં વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક હોઇ શકે છે, "
++"અથવા તમે સીમાની બહાર હોઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "મેં યાદીમાં મારા વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કને જોઇ શકતી નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં ઘણા કારણો છે શા માટે તમે નેટવર્કની યાદી પર તમારાં વાયરલેસને જોવા માટે "
++"સક્ષમ હોઇ શકતા નથી કે જે દેખાય છે જ્યારે તમે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર નેટવર્ક ચિહ્નને "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"જો નેટવર્ક યાદીમાં બતાવેલ હોય તો, તમારું વાયરલેસ હાર્ડવેર બંધ થઇ શકે છે, "
++"અથવા તે <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">બરાબર રીતે કામ કરી શકતુ "
++"નથીy</link>. ખાતરી કરો કે તે ચાલુ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"તમે નેટવર્કની સીમાની બહાર હોઇ શકો છો. વાયરલેસ આધારિત રાઉટર/સ્ટેશનને નજીક "
++"ખસેડવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો જો નેટવર્ક એ થોડા સમય પછી યાદીમાં દેખાય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કની યાદીને સુધારવા માટે સમય લાગે છે. જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"ચાલુ કરો તો અથવા વિવિધ સ્થાનમાં ખસેડેલ હોય તો, મિનિટ માટે રાહ જુઓ અને પછી "
++"ચકાસો જો નેટવર્ક એ યાદીમાં દેખાયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્કને છુપાડી શકાય છે. તમારે <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">વિવિધ "
++"રીતે જોડાવાની</link> જરૂર છે જો તે છુપાયેલ નેટવર્ક હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>બીજા</gui> વાયરલેસ સાથે જોડાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "છુપાયેલ વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr "ડાબી બાજુ પર યાદીમાંથી <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નેટવર્ક નામ</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી <gui>બીજા</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોમાં કે જે દેખાય છે, નેટવર્ક નામને ટાઇપ કરો, વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષાનાં "
++"પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો, અને <gui>જોડાવો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે વાયરલેસ મૂળ સ્ટેશનની સુરક્ષા સુયોજનોને ચકાસવી જોઇએ. WEP અને WPA જેવી "
++"મર્યાદા માટે જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડ પર બે વાર ચકાસો, પાસવર્ડને બદલે પાસ કીને વાપરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો, "
++"વાયરલેસ કાર્ડને બંધ કરો અને ફરી ચાલુ કરો..."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr "મેં યોગ્ય પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરેલ છે, પરંતુ હું જોડાઇ શકતી નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ચોક્કસ હોય કે તમે યોગ્ય <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">વાયરલેસ "
++"પાસવર્ડ</link> ને દાખલ કરેલ હોય પરંતુ તમે હજુ સફળતાપૂર્વક વાયરલેસ સાથે જોડાઇ "
++"શકતા નથી, નીચેનાનાં અમુકનો પ્રયત્ન કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "બે વાર ચકાસો કે તમારી પાસે સાચો પાસવર્ડ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડો અક્ષર સંવેદનશીલ હોય છે (તે બાબત હોય છે તેઓ પાસે મોટા અક્ષર અથવા "
++"નાનાં અક્ષરો હોય છે), તેથી ચકાસો કે તમને કોઇ ખોટા અક્ષર મળ્યા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr "હેક્ષ અથવા ASCII પાસ કીનો પ્રયત્ન કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr "તમારાં વાયરલેસ કાર્ડને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને ફરી ચાલુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુકવાર વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ ફસાઇ જાય છે અથવા ગૌણ સમસ્યાને અનુભવો કે તેનો મતલબ એ "
++"થાય કે તેઓ જોડાઇ શકતા નથી. કાર્ડને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને પછી તેને પુન:"
++"સુયોજિત કરવા માટે ફરી ચાલુ કરો - વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે તમે વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષાનાં સાચા પ્રકારને વાપરી રહ્યા છો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારાં વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષા પાસવર્ડ માટે પૂછેલ હોય ત્યારે, તમે પસંદ કરી "
++"શકો છો કે ક્યાં પ્રકારનાં વાયરલેસ સુરક્ષાનાં પ્રકારને વાપરવુ છે. ખાતરી કરો "
++"કે તમે એકને વાપરવાનું પસંદ કરો કે જે રાઉટર અથવા વાયરલેસ મૂળ સ્ટેશન દ્દારા "
++"વાપરેલ છે. આ મૂળભૂત દ્દારા પસંદ થયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ, પરંતુ અમુક વાર તે અમુક કારણ "
++"માટે નથી. જો તમને ખબર નાં હોય કે તે શું છે, વિવિધ વિકલ્પો મારફતે જવા માટે "
++"પ્રયત્ન અને ભૂલને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે તમારું વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ એ યોગ્ય રીતે આધારભૂત છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ એ સારી રીતે આધારભૂત નથી. તેઓ વાયરલેસ જોડાણ તરીકે બતાવે "
++"છે, પરંતુ તેઓ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાઇ શકતા નથી કારણ કે તેનાં ડ્રાઇવરની આવુ કરવા "
++"માટે સક્ષમતા ઓછી છે. જુઓ જો તમે વૈકલ્પિક વાયરલેસ ડ્રાઇવર મેળવી શકો, અથવા જો "
++"તમે વધારાનાં સુયોજનને ચલાવવાની જરૂર પડે (જેમ કે વિવિધ <em>ફર્મવેર</em> ને "
++"સ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે). વધારે જાણકારી માટે <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr "Ubuntu દસ્તાવેજીકરણ વિકિ માટે ફાળકો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવરો અમુક વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર સાથે સારી રીતે કામ કરતુ નથી, તેથી "
++"તમે સારાંને શોધવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક મુશ્કેલીનિવારક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr "ખાતરી કરો કે કામ કરતા ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવરો એ સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++"આ તબક્કામાં તમે જોવા માટે ચકાસી શકો છો જો તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર માટે "
++"ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવરો કામ મેળવી શકો છો. <em>ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર</em> એ સોફ્ટવેરનો એક ભાગ "
++"છે કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટરને કહે છે યોગ્ય રીતે હાર્ડવેર ઉપકરણ કેવી રીતે કામ કરે. "
++"છતાંપણ વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખી દેવામાં આવ્યુ છે, તમારી પાસે "
++"ડ્રાઇવરો હોઇ શકતા નથી કે જે સારી રીતે કામ કરે છે. તમે વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર માટે "
++"વિવિધ ડ્રાઇવરોને શોધવા માટે સક્ષમ હોઇ શકતા નથી કે જે કામ કરે છે. નીચે અમુક "
++"વિકલ્પોનો પ્રયત્ન કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr "જોવા માટે ચકાસો જો તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર આધારભૂત ઉપકરણોની યાદી પર છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં Linux વિતરણો એ વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણોની યાદી રાખે છે કે જે તેઓ પાસે આધાર "
++"હોય છે. અમુકવાર, યોગ્ય રીતે અમુક ઍડપ્ટર માટે ડ્રાઇવરોને કેવી રીતે મેળવવાતેની "
++"પર આ યાદીઓ વધારાની જાણકારીને પૂરી પાડે છે. તમારાં વિતરણ માટે યાદીમાં જાવ "
++"(ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/"
++"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless."
++"org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
++"HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) અને વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરનું મેક અને મોડલ "
++"એ યાદી થયેલ હોય. તમે કામ કરતા તમારાં વાયરલેસ ડ્રાઇવરોને મેળવવા ત્યાં અમુક "
++"જાણકારીને વાપરવા સક્ષમ હોઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr "મર્યાદિત (બાઇનરી) ડ્રાઇવરો માટે જુઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં Linux વિતરણો ફક્ત ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર સાથે આવે છે કે જે <em>મુક્ત</em> અને "
++"<em>ઓપન સ્ત્રોત</em> છે. આનું કારણ એ છે કે તેઓ ડ્રાઇવરોનું વિતરણ કરી શકતા "
++"નથી કે જે માલિકીનાં અથવા બંધ સ્ત્રોત હોય છે. જો તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર માટે "
++"યોગ્ય ડ્રાઇવર ફક્ત મુક્ત ન હોય અથવા \"ફક્ત બાઇનરી\" આવૃત્તિ હોય તો. તે "
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે સ્થાપિત કરી શકાતી નથી. જો આ સ્થિતિ હોય તો, જોવા માટે વાયરલેસ "
++"ઍડપ્ટર ઉત્પાદકની વેબસાઇટ પર જુઓ જો તેઓ પાસે કોઇપણ Linux ડ્રાઇવરો હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક Linux વિતરણો પાસે સાધન છે કે જે તમારી માટે મર્યાદિત ડ્રાઇવરોને ડાઉનલોડ "
++"કરી શકાય છે. જો તમારાં વિતરણ પાસે આનું એક હોય તો, જોવા માટે તેને વાપરો જો તે "
++"તમારી માટે કોઇપણ વાયરલેસ ડ્રાઇવરોને શોધી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr "તમારાં ઍડપ્ટર માટે વિન્ડો ડ્રાઇવરને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્યમાં, તમે બીજી ઓપરેટીંગ સિસ્ટમ (જેમ કે Linux) પર એક ઓપરેટીંગ સિસ્ટમ "
++"(જેમ કે Windows) માટે રચાયેલ ડ્રાઇવરને વાપરી શકાતુ નથી. આનું કારણ એ છે કે "
++"તેઓ પાસે ઉપકરણોને સંચાલિત કરવાનાં વિવિધ રસ્તાઓ છે. વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરો માટે, "
++"છતાંપણ, તમે <em>NDISwrapper</em> કહેવાતા સુસંગત લેયરને વાપરી શકો છો કે જે "
++"તમે Linux પર અમુક Windows વાયરલેસ ડ્રાઇવરોને તમને વાપરવા દે. આ ઉપયોગી છે "
++"કારણ કે વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર પાસે તેઓ માટે Windows ડ્રાઇવરો ઉપલબ્ધ છે. જ્યાં Linux "
++"ડ્રાઇવરો એ અમુકવાર ઉપલબ્ધ નથી. તમારે <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/"
++"apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">અહિંયા</link> "
++"NDISwrapper ને કેવી રીતે વાપરવું તેના વિશે વધારે શીખી શકો છો. નોંધો કે બધા "
++"વાયરલેસ ડ્રાઇવરો એ NDISwrapper મારફતે વાપરી શકાતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કંઇપણ વિકલ્પ કામ કરે નહિં તો, તમારે જોવા માટે વિવિધ વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરવા માંગી શકો છો જો તમે કામ મેળવી શકો છો. USB વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર સસ્તુ "
++"હોય તો, અને કોઇપણ કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પ્લગ થશે. તમારે ચકાસવુ જોઇએ કે જે તેને ખરીદતા "
++"પહેલાં ઍડપ્ટર એ તમારાં Linux સાથે સુસંગત નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"છતાંપણ તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર જોડાયેલ છે, તે કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા ઓળખાયુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ જોડાણ મુશ્કેલીનિવારક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર એ ઓળખાયુ હતુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++"છતાંપણ વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર એ કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ છે, તે કમ્પ્યૂટર દ્દારા "
++"નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણ તરીકે ઓળખાઇ શકતુ નથી. આ તબક્કામાં, તમે ચકાસશો ક્યાંતો ઉપકરણ "
++"યોગ્ય ઓળખાયેલ હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ટર્મિનલ વિન્ડોને ખોલો, <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> ને ટાઇપ કરો અને "
++"<key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો. જો આ ભૂલ સંદેશો આપે તો, તમારે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"<app>lshw</app> કાર્યક્રમને સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++"જાણકારી મારફતે જુઓ કે જે દેખાય છે અને <em>વાયરલેસ ઇન્ટરફેસ</em> ને શોધો. જો "
++"તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર યોગ્ય રીતે શોધેલ ન હોય તો, તમારે એનાં જેવુ જ જોવુ જોઇએ "
++"(પરંતુ તે તેનાં જેવુ નથી):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણ યાદી થયેલ ન હોય તો, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર પગલાં</link> ને ચાલુ રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણ એ યાદી થયેલ <em>ના</em> હોય તો, આગળનો તબક્કા તમે ઉપકરણનાં "
++"પ્રકાર પર આધાર રાખશે કે જે તમે વાપરો. નીચે વિભાગનો સંદર્ભ લો કે જે વાયરલેસ "
++"ઍડપ્ટરનાં પ્રકારને સંબંધિત છે કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે (<link xref="
++"\"#pci\">આંતરિક PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link xref="
++"\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>) છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "PCI (આંતરિક) વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"ઇન્ટરનેટ PCI ઍડપ્ટર મોટાભાગની સામાન્ય છે, અને ભૂતકાળનાં અમુક વર્ષોમાં બનેલ "
++"મોટાભાગનાં લેપટોપમાં મળ્યુ હતુ. ચકાસવા માટે જો તમારું PCI વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર "
++"ઓળખાયેલ હતુ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "ટર્મિનલને ખોલો, <cmd>lspci</cmd> ટાઇપ કરો અને <key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણોની યાદી મારફતે જુઓ કે જે બતાવેલ છે અને કોઇપણ શોધો કે <code>નેટવર્ક "
++"નિયંત્રણ</code> અથવા <code>ઇથરનેટ નિયંત્રણ</code> તરીકે ચિહ્નિત થયેલ છે. "
++"ઘણાં ઉપકરણો એ આ રીતે ચિહ્નિત થઇ શકે છે; તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરથી સંકળાયેલ એક "
++"શબ્દો જેવાં કે <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> "
++"અથવા <code>802.11</code> જેવું લાગી શકે છે. કઇ નોંધણી આનાં જેવી લાગે છે "
++"તેનું ઉદાહરણ અહિંયા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક નિયંત્રક: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] નેટવર્ક "
++"જોડાણ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો યાદીમાં તમને તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર મળ્યુ ન હોય તો, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર તબક્કા</link> માં "
++"આગળ ધપાવો. જો તમારે તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરને સંબંધિત કંઇપણ શોધ્યુ ન હોય તો, "
++"<link xref=\"#not-recognized\">નીચે સૂચનાઓ</link> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "USB વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર USB પોર્ટમાં પ્લગ કરવું ઓછુ સામાન્ય "
++"છે. તેઓને સીધુ USB પોર્ટમાં પ્લગ કરી શકાય છે, અથવા USB કૅબલ દ્દારા જોડાયેલ "
++"છે. 3G/મોબાઇલ બ્રોડબેન્ડ ઍડપ્ટર એ વાયરલેસ (wifi) ઍડપ્ટરનાં જેવુ લાગી શકે છે, "
++"તેથી જો તમે વિચારો કે તમારી પાસે USB વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર હોય તો, બે વાર ચકાસો તે "
++"વાસ્તવિક રીતે 3G ઍડપ્ટર નથી. ચકાસવા માટે જો તમારું USB વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર એ "
++"ઓળખાયેલ ન હોય તો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટર્મિનલને ખોલો, <cmd>lsusb</cmd> ટાઇપ કરો અને <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણોની યાદી મારફતે જુઓ કે જે બતાવેલ છે અને કોઇપણ શોધો કે વાયરલેસ અથવા "
++"નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણનો સંદર્ભ લે છે તેવું લાગે છે. તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરથી સંકળાયેલ "
++"એક જેવાં કે <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> અથવા "
++"<code>802.11</code> જેવું લાગી શકે છે. કઇ નોંધણી આનાં જેવી લાગે છે તેનું "
++"ઉદાહરણ અહિંયા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "PCMCIA ઉપકરણને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર એ ખાસ કરીને લંબચોરસ કાર્ડ છે કે જે તમારાં લેપટોપની "
++"બાજુમાં સ્લોટ છે. તેઓ સામાન્ય રીતે જૂનાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં મળ્યા છે. ચકાસવા માટે "
++"જો તમારું PCMCIA ઍડપ્ટર ઓળખાયેલ હતુ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર પ્લગ થયા <em>વગર</em> તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "ટર્મિનલને ખોલો અને નીચેનાંનુ ટાઇપ કરો, પછી <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++"આ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં હાર્ડવેરને સંબંધિત સંદેશાની યાદીને દર્શાવશે, અને "
++"આપમેળે સુધારશે જો તમારાં હાર્ડવેર ફેરફારો સાથે કંઇ પણ કરે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA સ્લોટમાં તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરને દાખલ કરો અને જુઓ ટર્મિનલ વિન્ડોમાં "
++"શું ફેરફાર થાય છે તે જુઓ. ફેરફારો એ તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર વિશે જાણકારીને "
++"સમાવવી જોઇએ. તેઓ મારફતે જુઓ અને જુઓ જો તમે તેને ઓળખી શકો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++"ટર્મિનલમાં આદેશને ચાલવાનું બંધ કરવા માટે, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
++"key></keyseq> ને દબાવો. તમે તેને પૂર્ણ કર્યા પછી, તમે ટર્મિનલને બંધ કરી શકો "
++"છો જો તમને ગમે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર વિશે કોઇપણ જાણકારી શોધી ન હોય તો, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર તબક્કા</link> "
++"માં આગળ વધો. જો તમે તમારા વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરને સંબંધિત કંઇપણ ન શોધ્યુ હોય તો, "
++"<link xref=\"#not-recognized\">નીચે સૂચનાઓ</link> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરને ઓળખાયુ ન હતુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર ઓળખાયેલ ન હોય તો, તે યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરી શકતુ નથી "
++"અથવા યોગ્ય ડ્રાઇવરો તેની માટે સ્થાપિત કરી શકાતા નથી. જોવા માટે કેવી રીતે "
++"ચકાસવું જો ત્યાં કોઇપણ ડ્રાઇવરો હોય જે તમે સ્થાપિત કરી શકો છો તે તમે જે "
++"વાપરી રહ્યા હોય છે તેની Linux વહેંચણી પર આધાર રાખશે (જેમ કે Ubuntu, Fedora "
++"અથવા openSuSE)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાસ મદદ મેળવવા માટે, તમારી વિતરણની વેબસાઇટ પર આધાર વિકલ્પોને જુઓ. આ મેઇલીંગ "
++"યાદી અને વેબ વાર્તાલાપોને સમાવે છે જ્યાં તમે તમારા વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર વિશે પૂછી "
++"શકો છો, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"તમને વિગતોની જરૂર પડી શકે છે જેમ કે મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ તબકકામાં તમારા વાયરલેસ "
++"ઍડપ્ટરનું મોડલ નંબર."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr "તમારાં નેટવર્ક હાર્ડવેર વિશે જાણકારીને ભેગી કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++"આ તબક્કામાં, તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણ વિશે જાણકારીને સંગ્રહશો. તમે "
++"જે રીતે વાયરલેસ સમસ્યાને સુધારો છે તે વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટરનાં મેક અને મોડલ પર આધાર "
++"રાખે છે, તેથી તમે આ વિગતોની નોંધને બનાવવાની જરૂર પડશે. તે અમુક વસ્તુઓને "
++"રાખવા માટે પણ ઉપયોગી થઇ શકે છે કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે પણ આવ્યુ હતુ, જેમ "
++"કે ઉપકરણ ડ્રાઇવર સ્થાપન ડિસ્ક. નીચેની વસ્તુઓને જુઓ જો તેઓ હજુ તમારી પાસે હોય:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણો માટે પેકેજીંગ અને સૂચનાઓ (ખાસ કરીને તમારાં રાઉટર માટે "
++"વપરાશકર્તા માર્ગદર્શિકા)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++"ડિસ્ક તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર માટે ડ્રાઇવરોને સમાવી રહ્યુ છે (જો તે ફક્ત "
++"વિન્ડો ડ્રાઇવરને સમાવી રહ્યુ હોય તો પણ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર, વાયરલેસ ઍડેપ્ટર અને રાઉટરના ઉત્પાદકો અને મોડેલ નંબરો. આ "
++"જાણકારી સામાન્ય રીતે ઉપકરણની નીચે/પાછળની બાજુએ શોધી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ આવૃત્તિ/પુનરાવર્તન નંબર કે જે તમારાં વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણો અથવા તેનાં "
++"પેકેજીંગ પર છાપી શકાય છે. આ ખાસ કરીને મદદરૂપ છે, તેથી તેને સાવચેતીપૂર્વક જુઓ."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++"ડ્રાઇવર ડિસ્ક પર કંઇપણ કે જે ક્યાંતો પોતાનીજાતે ઉપકરણને ઓળખે છે, તે "
++"\"ફર્મવેર\" આવૃત્તિ અથવા ઘટકો (ચીપસેટ) તે વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++"જો શક્ય હોય તો, વૈકલ્પિક કામ કરવાનું જોડાણને વાપરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો તેથી તે "
++"તમે સોફ્ટવેર અને ડ્રાઇવરોને ડાઉનલોડ કરી શકો છો જો જરૂરી હોય તો (ઇથરનેટ "
++"નેટવર્ક કેબલ સાથે રાઉટરમાં સીધા કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે પ્લગ કરવું આને પૂરુ પાડવાનો "
++"એક રસ્તો છે, પરંતુ તે ફક્ત તે તેમાં પ્લગ થાય છે જ્યારે તમને જરૂરી હોય.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તમારી પાસે શક્ય હોય તેટલી મોટાભાગની વસ્તુઓ હોય તો, <gui>આગળ</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે સાદા નેટવર્ક સુયોજનો યોગ્ય છે અને આગળનાં થોડા મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ "
++"તબક્કા માટે તૈયાર રહો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "પ્રારંભિક જોડાણ ચકાસણીને ચલાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"આ તબક્કામાં તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક જોડાણ વિશે અમુક મૂળભૂત જાણકારની "
++"ચકાસશે. આની ખાતરી કરો કે તમારી નેટવર્કીંગ સમસ્યા સંબંધિત સાદી સમસ્યાનું કારણ "
++"ન હતુ, જેમ કે વાયરલેસ જોડાણ બંધ થયેલ છે, આગળનાં થોડા મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ તબક્કા "
++"માટે તૈયારી કરવા માટે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમારું લેપટોપ <em>વાયર થયેલ</em> ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ સાથે જોડાયેલ "
++"નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે બહારનાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર હોય તો (જેમ કે USB ઍડપ્ટર, અથવા PCMCI "
++"કાર્ડ કે જે તમારાં લેપટોપમાં પ્લગ થાય છે), ખાતરી કરો કે તે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"પર યોગ્ય સ્લોટમાં દાખલ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની <em>અંદર</em> હોય તો, ખાતરી કરો "
++"કે વાયરલેસ સ્વીચ ચાલુ થયેલ છે (જો તેમની પાસે એક હોય તો). વારંવાર લેપટોપ પાસે "
++"વાયરલેસ સ્વીચ હોય છે કે જે તમે કિબોર્ડ કીનાં સંયોજનને દબાવીને ટોગલ કરી શકો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"નેટવર્ક ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને ખાતરી કરો કે <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ચાલુ હોય તો. "
++"તમારે પણ ચકાસવુ જોઇએ કે <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">ઍરપ્લેન સ્થિતિ "
++"ચાલુ નથી</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટર્મિનલને ખોલો, <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> ટાઇપ કરો અને <key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++"આ તમારાં નેટવર્ક હાર્ડવેર અને જોડાણ સ્થિતિને દર્શાવશે. જાણકારીની યાદીને જુઓ "
++"અને જુઓ જો વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક ઍડપ્ટરને લગતા વિભાગ છે. દરેક નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણ માટે "
++"જાણકારી ડૅશની હારમાળા દ્દારા અલગ થયેલ છે. જો તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ ઍડપ્ટર માટે "
++"વિભાગમાં વાક્ય <code>State: Connected</code> ને શોધો તો, તેનો મતલબ એ થાય કે "
++"તે કામ કરી રહ્યુ છે અને તમારાં વાયરલેસ રાઉટર સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં વાયરલેસ રાઉટર સાથે જોડાયેલ હોય, પરંતુ તમે હજુ ઇન્ટરનેટને વાપરી "
++"શકતા ન હોય તો, તમારાં રાઉટરને યોગ્ય રીતે સુયોજિત કરી શકાતા નથી, અથવા તમારી "
++"Internet Service Provider (ISP) એ અમુક ટૅકનિકલ સમસયાને અનુભવી રહ્યા છે. "
++"સુયોજનો યોગ્ય છે તેની ખાતરી કરવા માટે તમારું રાઉટર અને ISP સુયોજન "
++"માર્ગદર્શિકાનું રિવ્યૂ કરો, અથવા આધાર માટે તમારાં ISP નો સંપર્ક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> માંથી જાણકારીને સૂચિત કરી ન હોય કે જે તમે નેટવર્કમાં "
++"જોડાયેલ હતા, મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ માર્ગદર્શિકાનાં આગળનાં ભાગમાં આગળ ધપવા માટે "
++"<gui>આગળ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ જોડાણ સાથે સમસ્યાઓને સુધારો અને ઓળખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++"ઇન્ટરનેટ સાથે જોડાયેલ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને મેળવવા માટે નીચેનાં તબક્કાઓ મારફતે "
++"અમે આગળ વધશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "પ્રારંભિક ચકાસણી કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "તમારાં હાર્ડવેર વિશે જાણકારીને મેળવી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "તમારાં હાર્ડવેરને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "તમારાં વાયરલેસ રાઉટર સાથે જોડાણ બનાવવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "તમારાં મોડેમ અને રાઉટરને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++"શરૂ કરવા માટે, પાનાંની ટોચની જમણી બાજુ પર <em>આગળ</em> કડી પર ક્લિક કરો. આ "
++"કડી અને બીજા પાનાં પર તેનાં જેવા છે, માર્ગદર્શિકામાં દરેક પગલા મારફતે તમને "
++"લઇ જશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "આદેશ વાક્યને વાપરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"આ માર્ગદર્શિકામાં અમુક સૂચનાઓ <em>આદેશ વાક્ય</em> (ટર્મિનલ) માં આદેશોને ટાઇપ "
++"કરવા માટે તમને પૂછે છે. તમે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં ટર્મિનલ "
++"કાર્યક્રમને શોધી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આદેશ વાક્યને વાપરવા સાથે પરિચિત ન હોય તો, ચિંતા કરો નહિં - આ "
++"માર્ગદર્શિકા એ દરેક તબક્કે માર્ગદર્શન આપશે. તમારે યાદ રાખવા માટે જરૂરી છે કે "
++"આદેશો એ અક્ષર-સંવેદનશીલ છે (તેથી તમારે <em>તેનાં જેવુ</em> જ ટાઇપ કરવુ જ "
++"જોઇએ તેઓ અહિંયા દેખાય છે), અને તેને ચલાવવા માટે દરેક આદેશને લખ્યા પછી "
++"<key>Enter</key> ને દબાવવા માટે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"WEP અને WPA એ વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કો પર માહિતીને એનક્રિપ્ટ કરવાનાં રસ્તાઓ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "WEP અને WPA નો અર્થ શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>અમુક</em> એનક્રિપ્શનને વાપરવાનું કંઇપણ વાપરવા કરતા હંમેશા સારુ છે, પરંતુ "
++"WEP એ આ મૂળભૂતોને સુરક્ષિત છે, અને તમારે તેને વાપરવુ જોઇએ નહિં જો તમે તેને "
++"અવગણી શકો. WPA2 એ મોટાભાગનાં ત્રણને સુરક્ષિત છે. જો તમારું વાયરલેસ કાર્ડ અને "
++"રાઉટર એ WPA2 ને આધાર આપે તો, તમારે શું વાપરવુ જોઇએ જ્યારે તમારું વાયરલેસ "
++"નેટવર્કને સુયોજિત કરી રહ્યા હોય. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wifi સાથે જોડાવો</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">છુપાયેલ નેટવર્ક</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">જોડાણ સુયોજનોમાં ફેરફાર કરો</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">જોડાણ તૂટી રહ્યુ છે</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કીંગ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">વાયરલેસ</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">વાયર "
++"થયેલ</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">જોડાણ સમસ્યાઓ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">વેબ બ્રાઉઝીંગ</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">ઇમેઇલ ખાતુ</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "નેટવર્કીંગ, વેબ, ઇમેઇલ અને વાર્તાલાપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે <gui>બેટરી ચિહ્ન</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો તે બેટરી જીંદગી એ આશરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "આશરે બેટરી જીંદગી ખોટી છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે બાકી રહેતી બેટરી જીંદગીને ચકાસો તો, તમે શોધી શકો છો કે બાકી રહેતો "
++"સમય કે કેટલો સમય છેલ્લે સમય સુધી રહે છે તેને અહેવાલ કરવાનું અલગ હોય છે. આનું "
++"કારણ એ બાકી રહેતી બેટરી જીંદગી એ આશરે હોઇ શકે છે. સામાન્ય રીતે, આશરે બેટરી "
++"જીંદગી એ સમયને સુધારે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr "્મં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પાવરને અનપ્લગ કરો તો અને અમુક સમય માટે બેટરી પર લેપટોપ ચાલે તો, પછી "
++"તેમાં તેને પ્લગ કરો અને ફરી તેને ચાર્જ થવા દો, પાવર સંચાલક એ માહિતીને મેળવવા "
++"તેની જરૂરિયાત પ્રમાણે સક્ષમ થવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં પાવરનો વપરાશ ઘટાડવા ટિપ્પણીઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "ઓછો પાવર વાપરો અને બેટરી જીંદગીને સુધારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર ઘણો પાવર વાપરી શકે છે. કેટલાક સરળ ઊર્જા બચત વ્યૂહરચનાઓ ઉપયોગ "
++"કરીને, તમે તમારા ઊર્જા બિલ ઘટાડવા અને પર્યાવરણ મદદ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય ટિપ્પણીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત કરો</link> "
++"જ્યારે તમે તેને વાપરી રહ્યા ન હોય. આ પાવરને ઘટાડે છે જે તે વાપરે છે, અને તે "
++"ઝલ્દીથી ઊઠી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">બંધ કરો</link> જ્યારે તમે "
++"લાંબા સમયગાળા માટે તે તમે વાપરશો નહિં તો. અમુક લોકો ચિંતા કરે છે કે નિયમિત "
++"રીતે કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરવાથી તેને ઝડપીનું કારણ બની શકે છે, પરંતુ આ સ્થિતિમાં "
++"નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં પાવર સુયોજનોને બદલવા માટે <app>સુયોજનો</app> માં <gui>પાવર</gui> "
++"પસંદગીઓને વાપરો. ત્યાં ઘણા વિકલ્પો છે કે પાવરનો સંગ્રહ કરવા મદદ કરશે: અમુક "
++"સમય પછી આપમેળે તમે દર્શાવને ઝાંખો કરી શકો છો; દર્શાવ પ્રકાશતાને ઘટાડો "
++"(લેપટોપ માટે); અને કમ્પ્યૂટર <link xref=\"power-suspend\">આપમેળે સ્થગિત</"
++"link> થાય છે જો તમે તેને અમુક સમય માટે તેને વાપરેલ ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ બહારનાં ઉપકરણોને બંધ કરો (જેમ કે પ્રિન્ટર અને સ્કેનર) જ્યારે તમે તેઓને "
++"વાપરી રહ્યા ન હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr "બેટરી સાથે લેપટોપ, નેટબુક, અને બીજા ઉપકરણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની તેજસ્વીતા ઘટાડો; સ્ક્રીનને ચાલુ રાખવાથી લૅપટોપની ઊર્જાનો નોંધપાત્ર "
++"જથ્થો ખર્ચાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં લેપટોપ પાસે કિબોર્ડ પર બટનો છે (અથવા કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણ) કે જે તમે "
++"પ્રકાશતાને ઘટાડવા વાપરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમને થોડા સમય માટે ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણની જરૂર ન હોય તો, વાયરલેસ/બ્લુટુથ "
++"કાર્ડને બંધ કરો. આ ઉપકરણો બ્રોડકાસ્ટીંગ રેડિયો તરંગો દ્દારા કામ કરે છે, કે "
++"જે થોડોક પાવર લે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટરો પાસે ભૌતિક સ્વીચ હોય છે કે જે તેને બંધ કરવા વાપરી શકાય છે, "
++"જ્યાં બીજા પાસે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણ હોય છે કે જે તમે તેને બદલે વાપરી શકો છો. તમે "
++"તેને ફરી ચલાવી શકો છો જ્યારે તેની જરૂરિયાત હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "વધારે ઉન્નત ટિપ્પણીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યોની સંખ્યાને ઘટાડો કે જે પાશ્ર્વભાગમાં ચાલી રહ્યુ છે. કમ્પ્યૂટર વધારે "
++"પાવરને વાપરે છે જ્યારે તેઓ પાસે કામ કરવા માટે વધારે કામ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગની તમારાં ચાલતા કાર્યક્રમો બહુ જ ઓછા હોય છે જ્યારે તમે તેઓને સક્રિય "
++"રીતે વાપરી રહ્યા ન હોય. છતાંપણ, કાર્યક્રમો કે ઇન્ટરનેટમાંથી માહિતીને ઝડપી લે "
++"છે, સંગીત અથવા ચિત્રપટોને વગાડવાનું તમારાં પાવર વપરાશને અસર કરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr "ટિપ્પણીઓ જેમ કે \"બૅટરીના વીજભારને ખૂબ નીચો જવા દેશો નહિ\""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr "મોટાભાગની તમારી લેપટોપ બેટરીને મેળવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++"ગરમીના કારણે બૅટરીની ચાર્જ થવાની ક્ષમતા પર નુકસાનકારક અસર પડે છે. બૅટરીને "
++"જેટલી થવી જોઇએ તેના કરતાં વધુ ગરમ થવા દેશો નહિ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક લેપટોપ એ જાણી જોઇને ધીમા પડી જાય છે જ્યારે તેઓ બેટરી પર ચાલી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારું લેપટોપ ધીમુ છે જ્યારે તે બેટરી પર છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક લેપટોપ જાણી જોઇને ધીમી થઇ જાય છે જ્યારે તેઓ પાવર બચાવવા માટે બેટરી પર "
++"ચાલી રહ્યા છે. લેપટોપમાં પ્રોસેસર (CPU) ધીમી ઝડપે બદલે છે, પ્રોસેસર ઓછો પાવર "
++"વાપરે છે જ્યારે ધીમુ ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય, તેથી બેટરી લાંબો સમય ચાલવી જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr "આ સુવિધા <em>CPU આવૃત્તિ માપન</em> કહેવામાં આવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉત્પાદક તરફથી થતા ફેરફારો અને બૅટરીના જીવનના અંદાજમાં ફેરફાર આ સમસ્યાનું "
++"કારણ હોઇ શકે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr "હું Windows/Mac OS પર હોવા છતા શા માટે મારી પાસે ઓછુ બેટરી જીવન છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"લેપટોપ નિષ્ક્રિય થઇ જાય થે જ્યારે તમે ઢાંકણુ બંધ કરો, પાવરને સંગ્રહવા "
++"ક્રમમાં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર બંધ થાય છે જ્યારે હું ઢાંકણુ બંધ કરુ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમ તમારાં લેપટોપનાં ઢાંકણાને બંધ કરો ત્યારે, તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ "
++"પાવરને સંગ્રહવા <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>સ્થગિત</em></link> થશે. આનો "
++"મતલબ એ થાય કે કમ્પ્યૂટર એ વાસ્તવિક રીતે બંધ થતુ નથી તે ફક્ત નિષ્ક્રિય થઇ જાય "
++"છે. તમે ઢાંકણુ ખોલીને તેને પાછુ લાવી શકો છો. જો તે પાછુ ન આવે તો, કીને "
++"દબાવવાનું અથવા માઉસને ક્લિક કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો. જો ત હજુ કામ ન કરતુ હોય તો, "
++"પાવર બટનને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટરો યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થગિત કરવા માટે સક્ષમ નથી, સામાન્ય રીતે ઓપરટીંગ "
++"સિસ્ટમ દ્દારા સંપૂર્ણપણે તેનાં હાર્ડવેર આધારભૂત નથી (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, Linux "
++"ડ્રાઇવરો સમાપ્ત નથી). આ સ્થિતિમાં, તમે શોધી શકો છો કે તમે ઢાંકણાને બંધ કર્યા "
++"પછી તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:પ્રાપ્ત કરવા માટે સક્ષમ નથી. તમે <link xref="
++"\"power-suspendfail\">સ્થગિત સાથે સમસ્યાને સુધારવા</link> પ્રયત્ન કરી શકો "
++"છો, અથવા સ્થગિત કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરવાથી કમ્પ્યૂટરને અટકાવી શકો છો જ્યારે તમે "
++"ઢાંકણાને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr "સ્થગિત થવાથી કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરો જ્યારે ઢાંકણુ બંધ થયેલ હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત કરવાનું ઇચ્છતા ન હોય જ્યારે તમે ઢાંકણાને બંધ કરો, "
++"તમે તે વર્તણૂક માટે સુયોજનોને બદલી શકો છો. સ્ક્રીનને ખાલી રાખવા કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"સુયોજિત કરવા માટે, સ્થગિત કરવાને બદલે, જ્યારે ઢાંકણુ બંધ થયેલ હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++"સાવચેતી રાખો જો તમે આ સુયોજનોને બદલો તો. અમુક લેપટોપ વધારે ગરમ થઇ શકે છે જો "
++"તેઓ બંધ થયેલ ઢાંકણા સાથે ચાલુ કરીને છોડી મૂક્યુ હોય તો, ખાસ કરીને તેઓ યોગ્ય "
++"જગ્યામાં છે જેમ ક બેકપેક."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"વાપરેલ સુયોજનને બદલવા માટે જ્યારે બેટરા પાવર પર ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય, આ આદેશને લખો "
++"અને <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"વાપરેલ સુયોજનને બદલવા માટે જ્યારે AC પાવર પર ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય, આદેશને લખો અને "
++"<key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક પંખા નિયંત્રણ સોફ્ટવેર એ ગુમ થઇ શકે છે, અથવા તમારું લેપટોપ ગરમ ચાલી શકે "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "લેપટોપ પંખો હંમેશા ચાલી રહ્યુ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં લેપટોપમાં ઠંડો પંખો એ હંમેશા ચાલી રહ્યો છે, તે લેપટોપ માં ઠંડક "
++"સિસ્ટમ માટે નિયંત્રણ કરે છે હાર્ડવેર ખૂબ જ સારી રીતે Linux માં આધારભૂત થઇ "
++"શકતુ નથી. અમુક લેપટોપને તેનાં ઠંડા પંખાને ઝડપી નિયંત્રિત કરવા માટે વધારાનાં "
++"સોફ્ટવેરની જરૂર છે. પરંતુ આ સોફ્ટવેર એ સ્થાપિત થઇ શકતુ નથી (Linux માટે "
++"ઉપલબ્ધ નથી) અને દરેક સમયે પંખા સંપૂર્ણ ઝડપે ચાલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો આ સ્થિતિ હોય તો, તમે વધારાનાં સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપિત કરવા અથવા અમુક સુયોજનોને "
++"બદલવા માટે સક્ષમ થઇ શકો છો કે જે પંખાના સંપૂર્ણ નિયંત્રણને પરવાનગી આપે છે. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> ને "
++"અમુક Sony VAIO લેપટોપનાં પંખાને નિયંત્રણ કરવા સ્થાપિત કરી શકાય છે. આ "
++"સોફ્ટવેરને સ્થાપિત કરવું એ ટૅકનિકલ પ્રક્રિયા છે કે જે તમારાં લેપટોપનાં મેક "
++"અને મોડલ પર આધાર રાખે છે, તેથી તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે તેને કેવી રીતે "
++"કરવું તેની પર ખાસ સલાહની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr "હાઇબરનેટ મૂળભૂત રીતે નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ છે જ્યાં સુધી તે આધારભૂત ન હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે મારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને હાઇબરનેટ કરવું?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે કમ્પ્યૂટર <em>હાઇબરનેટ</em> માં હોય તો, બધા તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો અને "
++"દસ્તાવેજો સંગ્રહેલ છે અને કમ્પ્યૂટર સંપૂર્ણપણે બંધ થાય છે તેથી તે કોઇપણ "
++"પાવરને વાપરતુ નથી, પરંતુ કાર્યક્રમો અને દસ્તાવેજો હજુ ખુલ્લા છે જ્યારે તમે "
++"ફરી કમ્પ્યૂટરને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++"કમનસીબે, હાઇબરનેટ એ ઘણી સ્થિતિમાં <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">કામ કરતુ "
++"નથી</link>, કે જેને કારણે તમે માહિતીને ગુમાવી શકો છો જો તમે ફરી ખોલવા માટે "
++"તમારાં દસ્તાવેજો અને કાર્યક્રમોની ઇચ્છા રાખો છો જ્યારે તમે તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને પાછુ ચાલુ કરો. માટે, હાઇબરનેટ મૂળભૂત દ્દારા નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr "ચકાસો જો હાઇબરનેટ કામ કરે તો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr "હાઇબરનેટીંગ કરતા પહેલાં તમારા કામને સંગ્રહો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને હાઇબરનેટ કરતા પહેલાં તમારાં બધા કામને સંગ્રહવા જોઇએ, આ "
++"સ્થિતિમાં કંઇક ખોટુ થાય અને તમારી ખુલ્લાં કાર્યક્રમો અને દસ્તાવેજોને પ્રાપ્ત "
++"કરી શકાતા નથી જ્યારે તમે ફરી કમ્પ્યૂટરને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ચકાસવા માટે તમે આદેશ વાક્યને વાપરી શકો છો જો હાઇબરનેટ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"કામ કરે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ડૅશ</gui> માં <input>ટર્મિનલ</input> માટે શોધીને અથવા "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> દબાવીને "
++"<app>ટર્મિનલ</app> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> માં <input>ટર્મિનલ</input> માટે શોધીને "
++"<app>ટર્મિનલ</app> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"રુટ તરીકે, ટર્મિનલમાં <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> ને ટાઇપ કરો અને <key>Enter</"
++"key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "તમારાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો જ્યારે પૂછે ત્યારે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર બંધ થાય પછી, તેને પાછુ ચાલુ કરો. શું તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો "
++"ખોલેલ હતા?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++"જો હાઇબરનેટ કામ કરતુ ન હોય તો, ચકાસો જો તમારું સ્વેપ પાર્ટીશન એ ઓછામાં ઓછુ "
++"જેટલી વધારે ઉપલબ્ધ તમારી RAM હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr "હાઇબરનેટ સક્રિય કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"જો હાઇબરનેટ ચકાસણી કામ કરે તો, તમે <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> આદેશને વાપરવા "
++"માટે ચાલુ કરી શકો છો જ્યારે તમે હાઇબરનેટ કરવા માંગો તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પણ મેનુમાં હાઇબરનેટ વિકલ્પને સક્રિય કરી શકો છો. આવું કરવા માટે, <file>/"
++"etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</"
++"file> બનાવવા માટે તમારી પસંદીદા લખાણ સંપાદકને વાપરો. નીચેની ફાઇલમાં ઉમેરો "
++"અને સંગ્રહો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર સામાન્ય રીતે ગરમ થઇ જાય છે, પરંતુ જો તેઓ બહુજ ગરમ થાય તેઓ વધારે "
++"ગરમ થઇ શકે છે, કે જેથી નુકશાન પહોંચી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર ખરેખર ગરમ થઇ જાય છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં કમ્પ્યૂટરોએ થોડોક સમય પછી ગરમ થઇ શકે છે, અને થોડુ ગરમ થઇ શકે છે. "
++"આ સામાન્ય છે: કમ્પ્યૂટર પોતાની જાતે ઠંડુ રહે તે તેનો ભાગ છે. છતાંપણ, જો "
++"તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ ગરમ થઇ જાય તો તે વધારે ગરમ થવાનું ચિહ્ન હોઇ શકે છે, કે જે "
++"નુકશાનનું કારણ બની શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં પ્રાચીન કમ્પ્યૂટરો તેઓ પોતાનીજાતે બંધ કરશે જો તેઓ ગરમ થાય તો, "
++"નકશાનથી પોતાનીજાતને બચાવવા માટે. જો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરવાનુ રાખો તો, "
++"આનું કારણ બની શકે છે. જો તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર વધારે ગરમ થાય તો. તમારે તેને "
++"સુધારવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++"બેટરીને સંપૂર્ણપણે ડિસ્ચાર્જ કરવાની પરવાનગી આપવાનું તેની માટે ખરાબ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર બંધ/હાઇબનેટમાં ગયુ જ્યારે બેટરી એ 10% થઇ ગઇ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે બેટરીનું ચાર્જ લેવલ ઘણો ઓછો હોય તો, તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર આપમેળે <link "
++"xref=\"power-hibernate\">હાઇબરનેટ</link> થઇ જશે. તેની ખાતરી કરો કે બેટરી "
++"સંપૂર્ણપણે ડિસ્ચાર્જ થતી નથી, જ્યાં સુધી આ બેટરી માટે ખરાબ હોય. જો બેટરી "
++"સંપૂર્ણપણે જતી રહે તો, કમ્પ્યૂટરને યોગ્ય રીતે બંધ કરવા માટે પૂરતો સમય હશે "
++"નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બદલી શકો છો <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>પાવર</app> ને ખોલીને "
++"શું થાય છે જ્યારે બેટરી સ્તર ઓછુ હોય તો. <gui>જ્યારે પાવર બહુ જ ઓછો</gui> "
++"હોય તેવાં સુયોજનોને જુઓ. તમે હાઇબરનેટ અથવા બંધ કરવા માટે કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે બંધ "
++"કરી શકો છો. જો તમે બંધ કરવાનું પસંદ કરો તો, તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો અને દસ્તાવેજો "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરતા પહેલાં સંગ્રહશે <em>નહિં</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટરો પાસે હાઇબરનેટીંગમાં સમસ્યા હોય તો, અને કાર્યક્રમોને પ્રાપ્ત "
++"કરવા સક્ષમ હશો નહિં અને દસ્તાવેજો જે તમે ખોલેલ છે જ્યારે તમે ફરી કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"ચાલુ કરો. આ સ્થિતિમાં, તે શક્ય છે કે તમે તમારાં અમુક કામને ગુમાવી શકો છો જો "
++"તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને હાઇબરનેટ કરતા પહેલાં તેને સંગ્રહો નહિં તો. તમે <link xref="
++"\"power-suspendfail\">હાઇબરનેશન સાથે સમસ્યાઓને સુધારવા</link> સક્ષમ હોઇ શકો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણો પાસે સંચાલિત કરવા સમસ્યાઓ હોય જ્યારે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"સ્થગિત થયેલ છે અને યોગ્ય રીતે પાછુ લવાતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr "મારી પાસે વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક નથી જ્યારે હું મારુ કમ્પ્યૂટર ઝગાડુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ સ્થગિત થયેલ હોય તો, અથવા તે હાઇબરનેટ થયેલ હોય તો, તમે "
++"તેને શોધી શકો છો કે તમારું વાયરલેસ ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ કામ કરતુ નથી જ્યારે તમે "
++"તેને ફરી પાછુ લાવો તો. આવું થાય છે જ્યારે વાયરલેસ ઉપકરણ માટે <link xref="
++"\"hardware-driver\">ડ્રાઇવર</link> સંપૂર્ણપણે અમુક પાવર સંગ્રહને આધાર આપતુ "
++"નથી. ખાસ કરીને વાયરલેસ જોડાણ યોગ્ય રીતે ચાલુ કરવા નિષ્ફળ જાય જ્યારે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને પાછુ લાવેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો આવું થાય તો, તમારાં વાયરલેસને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને પછી ફરી પાછુ "
++"લાવો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારા નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr "<gui>નેટવર્ક</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>વાયરલેસ</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "વાયરલેસને બંધ કરો અને પછી ફરી ચાલુ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++"જો વાયરલેસ હજુ કામ કરતુ નથી, <gui>ઍરપ્લેન સ્થિતિ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરો અને પછી "
++"તેને ફરી બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++"જો આ કામ કરતુ ન હોય તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:શરૂ કરવાથી વાયરલેસ ફરી કામ "
++"કરતુ થવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર કામ કરશે, પરંતુ તમને વિવિધ પાવર કેબલ અથવા ટ્રાવેલ ઍડપ્ટરની "
++"જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr "શું બીજા દેશમાં પાવર સાથે મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર કામ કરશે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે લેપટોપ હોય તો, બધાએ તમારાં પાવર ઍડપ્ટર માટે બરાબર પ્લગની જરૂર "
++"હોવી જોઇએ. અમુક લેપટોપ એ તેનાં ઍડપ્ટર માટે એક કરતા વધારે પ્લગ સાથે તેની સાથે "
++"જ પેકેજમાં આવે છે, તેથી તમારી પાસે યોગ્ય એક પહેલેથી હોઇ શકે છે. જો ન હોય તો, "
++"મૂળભૂત ટ્રાવેલ ઍડપ્ટરમાં તમારાં હાલનાં એકને પ્લગ કરવાનું પૂરતુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે ડેસ્કટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટર હોય તો, તમે વિવિધ પ્લગ સાથે પણ કેબલને મેળવી "
++"શકો છો, અથવ ટ્રાવેલ ઍડપ્ટરને વાપરો. આ સ્થિતિમાં, છતાંપણ, તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં "
++"પાવર જથ્થા પર વોલ્ટજ સ્વીચને બદલવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે, જો ત્યાં એક હોય તો. "
++"ઘણાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે આનાં જેવી સ્વીચ ન હોય તો, વોલ્ટેજ સાથે ખુશી થી કામ કરશે. "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરની પાછળતેને જુઓ અને સોકેટને શોધો કે જે પાવર કેબલ તેમાં પ્લગ કરે છે, "
++"ત્યાં ચિહ્નિત થયેલ નાની \"110V\" અથવા \"230V\" છે (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે). તેને બદલો "
++"જો તમને જરૂરી હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++"સાચવો જ્યારે પાવર કેબલને બદલી રહ્યા હોય અથવા ટ્રાવેલ એડપ્ટરને વાપરી રહ્યા "
++"હોય. પહેલાં બધુ બંધ કરો જો તમે કરી શકો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટર હાર્ડવેર સ્થગિત અથવા હાઇબરનેટ સાથે સમસ્યાનું કારણ બને છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++"મેં તેને સ્થગિત કર્યા પછી શા માટે મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ પાછુ ચાલુ થતુ નથી?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને <link xref=\"power-suspend\">સ્થગિત</link> અથવા "
++"<link xref=\"power-hibernate\">હાઇબરનેટ</link> માં કરો તો, પછી તેને પાછુ "
++"લાવવા માટે પ્રયત્ન કરો અથવા તેને પાછુ ચાલુ કરો, તમે શોધી શકો છો કે તે કામ "
++"કરતુ નથી જે તમે ઇચ્છા રાખેલ છે. આ એટલે થઇ શક્યુ કારણ કે સ્થગિત અને હાઇબરનેટ "
++"તમારાં હાર્ડવેર દ્દારા યોગ્ય રીતે આધારભૂત નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr "મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર સ્થગિત થયેલ છે અને પાછુ લવાતુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત કરો તો અને માઉસ પર ક્લિક અથવા દબાવો, તે "
++"જાગી જવુ જોઇએ અને તમારાં પાસવર્ડ માટે પૂછીને સ્ક્રીનને દર્શાવવુ જોઇએ. જો "
++"આવું ના બને તો, પાવર બટન પર દબાવવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો (તેને અટકાવો નહિં, ફક્ત "
++"એકવાર તેને દબાવો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++"જો આ હજુ મદદ કરે નહિં તો, ખાતરી કરો કે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટરનુ મોનિટર એ ચાલુ થયેલ "
++"છે અને ફરી કિબોર્ડ પર કીને દબાવવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"છેલ્લાં ઉપાય તરીકે, પાવર બટનને 5-10 સેકંડ પકડી રાખીને કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરો, "
++"છતાંપણ તમે આવું કરવાથી કોઇપણ અસંગ્રહેલ કામને ગુમાવશો. તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને ફરી "
++"ચાલુ કરવા કરવા માટે સક્ષમ હોવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"જો દરેક વખતે તમે તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર સ્થગિત થાય તો, સ્થગિત લક્ષણ એ તમારાં "
++"હાર્ડવેર સાથે કામ કરી શકતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર પાવર ગુમાવે તો અને તેની પાસે પાવર જથ્થો ન હોય તો (જેમ કે "
++"કામ કરતી બેટરી), તે બંધ થઇ જશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ મારાં કાર્યક્રમો/દસ્તાવેજો ખુલ્લા છે જ્યારે કમ્પ્યૂટર ફરી ચાલુ હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને હાઇબરનેટ કર્યુ હોય અને ફરી તેને ચાલુ કરેલ હોય, "
++"પરંતુ કોઇપણ દસ્તાવેજો અથવા કાર્યક્રમો ખુલ્લા ન હોય તો, તે કદાચ યોગ્ય રીતે "
++"હાઇબરનેટ કરવા માટે નિષ્ફળ થયેલ છે. ગૌણ સમસ્યાને કારણે આ થાય છે, અને આગળ "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર યોગ્ય રીતે હાઇબરનેટ કરવા તમે સક્ષમ હશો. તે પણ થઇ શકે છે કારણ કે "
++"તમે સોફ્ટવેર સુધારાને સ્થાપિત કરેલ છે કે જે પુન:શરૂ કરવા માટે કમ્પ્યૂટરની "
++"જરૂરિયાત છે; આ સ્થિતિમાં, કમ્પ્યૂટર એ હાઇબનેટ થવાને બદલે બંધ થઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તે પણ શક્ય છે કે કમ્પ્યૂટર એ હાઇબરનેટ થવા સક્ષમ નથી કારણ કે હાર્ડવેર તેને "
++"યોગ્ય રીતે આધાર આપતુ નથી. આ તમારાં હાર્ડવેર માટે Linux ડ્રાઇવરો સાથે "
++"સમસ્યાનું કારણ બની શકે છે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, તમે ફરી હાઇબરનેટીંગ કરવા આને ચકાસી "
++"શકો છો અને જોઇ રહ્યા છો જો તે બીજી વાર કામ કરે છે. જો તમે ન કરે તો, તે કદાચ "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ડ્રાઇવર સાથે સમસ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++"મારું વાયરલેસ જોડાણ (બીજા હાર્ડવેર) કામ કરતા નથી જ્યારે હું કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"ઝગાડુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત અથવા હાઇબરનેટ કરો તો અને પછી તેને પુન:"
++"પ્રાપ્ત કરો, અને તમે શોધી શકો છો કે તમારું ઇન્ટરનેટ જોડાણ, માઉસ, અથવા અમુક "
++"બીજા ઉપકરણો યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરતુ નથી. આ એટલે થઇ શક્યુ કારણ કે ઉપકરણ માટે "
++"ડ્રાઇવર સ્થગિત અથવા હાઇબરનેટને યોગ્ય રીતે આધાર આપતુ નથી. આ <link xref="
++"\"hardware-driver\">ડ્રાઇવર સાથે સમસ્યા છે</link> અને ઉપકરણ પોતે નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ઉપકરણ પાસે પાવર સ્વીચ હોય તો, તેને બંધ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો અને ફરી ચાલુ "
++"કરો. મોટાભાગની સ્થિતિઓમાં, ઉપકરણ ફરી કામ કરતુ શરૂ થશે, જો તમે USB કેબલ અથવા "
++"તેનાં જેવા મારફતે જોડાવો તો. ઉપકરણને પ્લગ ન કરો અને પછી ફરી તેને પ્લગ કરો "
++"અને જુઓ જો તે કામ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ઉપકરણને બંધ/પ્લગ કરી શકતા ન હોય તો, અથવા જો તે કામ ન કરતુ હોય તો, "
++"તમારે ફરી કામ કરવાનું શરૂ કરવા ઉપકરણ માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:શરૂ કરવાની "
++"જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્થગિત એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને નિષ્ક્રિય કરે છે જેથી તે ઓછો પાવર વાપરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr "શું થાય જ્યારે મારુ કમ્પ્યૂટર સ્થગિત થાય?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને <em>સ્થગિત</em> કરો તો, તમે નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા તેને મોકલો."
++" બધા તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો અને દસ્તાવેજો ખુલ્લા રહેશે, પરંતુ કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં બીજા "
++"ભાગો અને સ્ક્રીન પાવરને સંગ્રહવા બંધ કરે છે. કમ્પ્યૂટર હજુ ચાલુ  છે, અને તે "
++"થોડા પાવરને હજુ વાપરી રહ્યા છે. તમે કીને દબાવીને ઝગાડી શકો છો અથવા માઉસ પર "
++"ક્લિક કરી કરી રહ્યા છે. જો તે કામ ન કરે તો, પાવર બટનને દબાવવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે હાર્ડવેર આધાર સાથે સમસ્યાઓ છે કે જેનો મતલબ એ થાય કે તેઓ "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થગિત અથવા હાઇબરનેટ થવા સક્ષમ "
++"હોઇ શકતા નથી</link>. તે જોવા માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સ્થગિતને ચકાસવાનો સારો "
++"વિચાર છે જો તે તેની પર આધાર રાખતા પહેલાં તે કામ કરતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr "સ્થગિત થતા પહેલાં હંમેશા તમારા કામને સંગ્રહો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત કરતા પહેલાં બધા તમારા કામને સંગ્રહવા જોઇએ, જો કંઇક ખોટુ "
++"થાય તો અને તમારાં ખુલ્લા કાર્યક્રમો અને દસ્તાવેજોને પુન:પ્રાપ્ત કરી શકતુ નથી "
++"જ્યારે તમે ફરી કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:પ્રાપ્ત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારું લેપટોપ બેટરી પર ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય તો, સ્ક્રીન ઝાંખી થઇ જશે જ્યારે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પાવરને સંગ્રહવા નિષ્ક્રિય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr "શા માટે મારી સ્ક્રીન થોડોક સમય માટે ઝાંખી થાય છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારું લેપટોપ કમ્પ્યૂટર બેટરી પર ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય તો, સ્ક્રીન ઝાંખી થઇ "
++"જશે જ્યારે તે પાવરને સંગ્રહવા નિષ્ક્રિય છે. જ્યારે તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને ફરી "
++"વાપરવાનું શરૂ કરો ત્યારે, સ્ક્રીન પ્રકાશિત થશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr "પોતાની જાતે ઝાંખી થવાથી તમે સ્ક્રીનને બંધ કરી શખો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રકાશતા અને તાળુ</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>પાવરને સંગ્રહવા માટે ઝાંખી "
++"સ્ક્રીન</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr "કેબલ ઢીલા હોવા અને હાર્ડવેર સમસ્યાઓ એ શક્ય કારણો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "મારું કમ્પ્યૂટર ચાલુ થશે નહિં"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં ઘણા કારણો છે શા માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને ચાલુ કરશે નહિં. આ વિષય એ અમુક "
++"શક્ય કારણોની ઝાંખી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr "કમ્પ્યૂટર પ્લગ થયેલ નથી, ખાલી બેટરી છે, અથવા કેબલ ઢીલો છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો ક કમ્પ્યૂટરનું પાવર કેબલ એ પ્લગ થયેલ છે અને પાવર આઉટલેટ ચાલુ થયેલ "
++"છે. ખાતરી કરો કે મોનિટર તેમાં પ્લગ થયેલ છે અને ચાલુ પણ છે. જો તમારી પાસે "
++"લેપટોપ હોય તો, ચાર્જિંગ કેબલ સાથે જોડાવો (આ સ્થિતિમાં બેટરી ઊતરી જાય છે). તમ "
++"પણ ત બેટરી ચકાસવાની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો ક બેટરી એ યોગ્ય જગ્યામાં બંધબેસેલ છે "
++"(લેપટોપની નીચેની બાજુએ ચકાસો) જો તે દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "કમ્પ્યૂટર હાર્ડવેર સાથે સમસ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનો ઘટક તૂટેલ અથવા પ્રક્રિયા કરી શકાતી નથી. જો આ સ્થિતિ છે, "
++"તમારે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સુધારવાની જરૂર પડશે. સામાન્ય સમસ્યાઓ તૂટેલ પાવર "
++"જથ્થા એકમને સમાવ છે, અયોગ્ય રીતે બંધબેસતા ઘટકો (જેમ કે મેમરી/RAM) અને "
++"નકશાનવાળુ મધરબોર્ડ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી અવાજ આવે છે અને પછી બંધ થઇ જાય છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr "કમ્પ્યૂટરનો પંખો ફરી રહ્યો છે પરંતુ સ્ક્રીન પર કંઇ થતુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr "પહેલી વસ્તુ એ ચકાસે કે તમારું પ્રિન્ટર એ પ્લગ થયેલ અને ચાલુ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"આ સમસ્યા હાર્ડવેર સમસ્યાને કારણે થઇ શકે છે. પંખો ચાલુ થઇ શકે છે જ્યારે તમે "
++"પાવર બટનને દબાવો, પરંતુ કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં બીજા જરૂરી ભાગો ચાલુ થવામાં નિષ્ફળ થઇ "
++"શકે છે. આ સ્થિતિમાં, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સુધારવા લઇ જાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "નતાલીઆ રુઝ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">સ્થગિત</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">પાવર બંધ</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">સ્ક્રીન ઝાંખી "
++"થઇ રહી છે</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "પાવર અને બેટરી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "બેટરી સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "પાવર સમસ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "પાવર અને બેટરી સાથે મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ સમસ્યા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">પાશ્વભાગ</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">માપ અને ફેરવવાનું</link>, તેજસ્વીતા…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "દર્શાવ અને સ્ક્રીન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">ભાષા</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">વિસ્તાર અને બંધારણ</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">કિબોર્ડ "
++"લેઆઉટ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">કિબોર્ડ</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">માઉસ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">દર્શાવ</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">ભાષા</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા અને સિસ્ટમ સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr "પાનાંની બંને બાજુ અથવા ઘણાં પાનાંની દરેક શીટને છાપો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr "બંને-બાજુ અને ઘણાં-પાનાં લેઆઉટને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "પેપરની દરેક શીટની બંને બાજુઓ પર છાપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ફાઇલ</gui><gui>છાપો</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટ વિન્ડોનાં <gui>પાનાં સુયોજન</gui> ટૅબમાં જાવ અને <gui>બે બાજુ થયેલ</"
++"gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો. જો વિકલ્પને નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ હોય "
++"તો, બે બાજુ થયેલ છાપન તમારાં પ્રિન્ટર માટે ઉપલબ્ધ ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ રીતે પ્રિન્ટરો બે બાજુ થયેલ છાપન સંચાલિત થાય છે. તે કેવી રીતે કામ કરે "
++"છે તે જોવા માટે તમારા પ્રિન્ટરો સાથે અનુભવનો સારો વિચાર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પેપરની દરેક <em>બાજુ</em> નાં દસ્તાવેજનાં એક કરતા વધારે પાનાંને છાપી શકો "
++"છો. આવુ કરવા માટે <gui>પાનાંની દરેક બાજુ</gui> વિકલ્પને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પોની ઉપલબ્ધતા એ પ્રિન્ટરનાં પ્રકાર પર આધાર રાખી શકે છે જે તમારી પાસે "
++"હોય તો, ની સાથે સાથે કાર્યક્રમ જે તમે વાપરી રહ્યા છે. આ વિકલ્પ એ હંમેશા "
++"ઉપલબ્ધ હોઇ શકતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++"સામાન્ય A4/Letter-માપનું પેપરની મદદથી ફોલ્ડ થયેલ બુકલેટ (જેમ કે ચોપડી અથવા "
++"પેમ્પલેટ) ને છાપો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr "ફોલ્ડ થયેલ બુકલેટને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ખાસ ક્રમમાં દસ્તાવેજનાં પાનાંને છાપવા દ્દારા ફોલ્ડ થયેલ બુકલેટ (જેમ કે "
++"નાની બુક અથવા પેમ્પલેટ) ને બનાવી શકો છો અને ઘણાં છાપન વિકલ્પોને બદલી રહ્યા "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr "આ સૂચનાઓ PDF દસ્તાવેજમાંથી બુકલેટને છાપવા માટે હોય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr "બુકલેટને છાપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સામાન્ય</gui> ટૅબમાં જાવ. <em>સીમા</em> ની હેઠળ, <gui>પાનાં</gui> પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++"પાનાંઓની સંખ્યા આ ક્રમમાં લખો (n એ પાનાંઓની કુલ સંખ્યા છે, અને 4 નો ગુણક છે):"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "ઉદાહરણો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "4 પાનાં બુકલેટ: <input>4,1,2,3</input> ટાઇપ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "8 પાનાં બુકલેટ: <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> ટાઇપ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"20 પાનાં બુકલેટ: <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</"
++"input> ટાઇપ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "હવે, <gui>પાનાં સુયોજન</gui> ટેબ પર જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>દેખાવ</em> હેઠળ, <gui>બે-બાજુવાળા</gui> વિકલ્પમાં, <gui>ટૂંકી બાજુ "
++"(પલટાવો)</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પાનાંની દરેક બાજુ</gui> વિકલ્પમાં, <gui>2</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પાનાં ક્રમાંકિત</gui> મેનુમાં, <gui>ડાબેથી જમણે</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>છાપો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરની એક જ બાજુ પર બુકલેટને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "છાપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>સામાન્ય</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>સીમા</em> ની હેઠળ, <gui>પાનું</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…જ્યાં સુધાકમે બધા પાનાં ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr "12 પાનાં બુકલેટ: <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> ટાઇપ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"16 પાનાં બુકલેટ: <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> ટાઇપ "
++"કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>પાનાં સુયોજન</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>લેઆઉટ</em> હેઠળ, <gui>બે બાજુવાળાં</gui> મેનુમાં, <gui>એકબાજુવાળુ</gui> "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પાનાંની દરેક બાજુ</gui> મેનુમાં, <gui>2</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ફક્ત છાપવાનું</gui> મેનુ પસંદ કરો, <gui>એકી શીટ</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે બધા પાનાં છાપેલ હોય, તેની પર પાનાંને ફેરવો અને પ્રિન્ટરમાં તેઓને પાછા "
++"સ્થિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ફક્ત છાપવાનું</gui> મેનુ પસંદ કરો, <gui>બેકી શીટ</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++"વાળેલી, ઘણા-પાનાંની બુકલૅટને A4 અથવા લેટર-માપવાળા કાગળમાં કેવી રીતે છાપવું."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "બુકલેટને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "PDF માંથી તમે બુકલેટને છાપી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારા PDF દસ્તાવેજમાં પાનાઓની સંખ્યા ૪ ના ગુણકમાં નહિ હોય, તો તમારે તેને "
++"૪ નો ગુણક બનાવવા માટે કોરા પાનાંઓનો યોગ્ય ક્રમ (૧, ૨ અથવા ૩) ઉમેરવો જોઇએ. "
++"તેમ માટે, તમે આવુ કરી શકો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++"જરૂરી ખાલી પાનાંના નંબર (1-3) સાથે <app>LibreOffice</app> દસ્તાવેજને બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ફાઇલ</gui> ને પસંદ કરીને PDF માં ખાલી પાનાંની નિકાસ કરો "
++"<gui>PDF તરીકે નિકાસ કરો…</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> અથવા <app>PDF Mod</app> મદદથી તમારા PDF દસ્તાવેજ "
++"સાથે ખાલી પાનાંને ભેગા કરો, અંતે ખાલી પાનાંને સ્થિત કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટરનાં પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો જે તમે નીચે યાદીમાંથી છાપવા માટે વાપરી રહ્યા "
++"હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr "સ્થગિત પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ કરો અને કતારમાંથી તેને દૂર કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "જાના સ્વરોવા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ કરો, અટકાવો અથવા પ્રકાશિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્થગિત પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને તમે રદ કરી શકો છો અને પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજનમાંંથી તેને દૂર "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે દસ્તાવેજને છાપવાનું શરૂ કરેલ હોય તો, તમે છાપવાનું રદ કરી "
++"શકો છો તેથી તમારે કોઇપણ સહી અથવા પેપરનો કચરો કરવાની જરૂર નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "કેવી રીકે છાપન કાર્યને રદ કરવુ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રિન્ટરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રિન્ટર</gui> સંવાદની જમણી બાજુ પર <gui>કાર્ય બતાવો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++"વગાડો-અટકાવો-બંધ કરો સંકેતો પર બંધ કરો બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"જો આ પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ ન કરો તો જે તમે ઇચ્છિત હોય, તમારાં પ્રિન્ટર પર "
++"<gui>રદ કરો</gui> બટનને પકડી રાખવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++"છેલ્લા ઉપાય તરીકે, ખાસ કરીને જો તમારી પાસે ઘણાં પાના સાથે મોટુ પ્રિન્ટ કાર્ય "
++"હોય કે જેને રદ કરાશે નહિં, પ્રિન્ટરનાં પેપર ઇનપુટ ટ્રેમાંથી પેપરને દૂર કરો. "
++"પ્રિન્ટરને ખ્યાલ આવો જોઇએ કે ત્યાં પેપર નથી અને છાપવાનું બંધ કરશે. તમે પછી "
++"ફરી પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને રદ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરી શકો છો, અથવા પ્રિન્ટરને બંધ કરવાનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરો અને ફરી તેને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++"સાવચેતી રાખો કે તમે પ્રિન્ટરને નુકશાન પહોંચાડ્યુ નથી જ્યારે પેપરને દૂર કરી "
++"રહ્યા હોય, છતાં - જો તમે તેન દૂર કરવા માટે પેપરન સખત રીતે ખેંચો તો, તમે કદાચ "
++"તેને છોડવુ જોઇએ જ્યાં તે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને અટકાવો અને પ્રકાશિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને અટકાવવા અથવા પ્રકાશિત કરવા માંગો તો, તમે પ્રિન્ટર "
++"સુયોજનોમાં કાર્યોમાં જઇને કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રિન્ટર</gui> સંવાદની જમણી બાજુ પર <gui>કાર્ય બતાવો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો અને ક્યાંતો તમારી જરૂરિયાતો પર આધારિત પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને અટકાવો અથવા "
++"પ્રકાશિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr "વિવિધ પેપર માપ અથવા દિશા પર દસ્તાવેજને છાપો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "પેપર માપને બદલો જ્યારે છાપી રહ્યા હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં દસ્તાવેજનાં પેપર માપને બદલવા માંગો તો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, A4 પેપર "
++"પર US પત્રનાં માપની PDF), તમે દસ્તાવેજ માટે છાપવાનાં બંધારણને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ફાઇલ</gui><gui>છાપો</gui></guiseq> પર ક્લિક કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>પાનાં સુયોજન</gui> ટેબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>પેપર</em> સ્તંભની હેઠળ, ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી તમારા <em>પેપર માપ</em> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr "<gui>છાપો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને તમારું દસ્તાવેજ છાપવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ દિશાને પસંદ કરવા માટે તમે <gui>દિશા</gui> મેનુને પણ વાપરી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "પૉર્ટ્રેટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "લૅન્ડસ્કેપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "વિપરીત પૉર્ટ્રેટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "વિપરીત લૅન્ડસ્કેપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમારી પાસે યોગ્ય કલર/લેબલ છે, અને યોગ્ય પેપર માપને પસંદ કરેલ છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "કવર અને લેબલને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં પ્રિન્ટરો એ લેબલોની શીટ અથવા કવરમાં સીધુ છાપવા માટે પરવાનગી આપશે. "
++"આ ખાસ કરીને ઉપયોગી થે જો તમારી પાસે મોકલવા માટે ઘણાં પત્રો હોય, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr "કવરમાં છાપી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક પ્રિન્ટર એ કવરને છાપવા માટે રચાયેલ નથી, ખાસ કરીને અમુક લેઝર પ્રિન્ટરો. "
++"જોવા માટે તમારી પ્રિન્ટરની પુસ્તિકાને ચકાસો જો તે કવરને સ્વીકારે; નહિં તો, "
++"તમે તેમાં કવરને નાખીને પ્રિન્ટરને નુકશાન પહોંચાડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર કાર્ટ્રિજમાં સહી અથવા ટોનરની સંખ્યાને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે હું મારા પ્રિન્ટરની સહી/ટોનર સ્તરને ચકાસી શકો છો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"કેટલી તમારી સહી અને ટોનર તમારાં પ્રિન્ટરમાં છે તે કેવી રીતે ચકાસો છો તે "
++"તમારાં પ્રિન્ટરનાં મોડલ અને બનાવ પર આધાર રાખે છે, અને ડ્રાઇવરો અને "
++"કાર્યક્રમો એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"સહી સ્તરો અને બીજી જાણકારીને દર્શાવવા માટે અમુક પ્રિન્ટરો પાસે બિલ્ટ-ઇન "
++"સ્ક્રીન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++"મોટાભાગનાં HP પ્રિન્ટરો એ ડ્રાઇવરો અને પરિસ્થિતિ સાધનોને HP Linux Imaging "
++"અને Printing (HPLIP) પ્રોજેક્ટ દ્દારા પૂરુ પાડેલ છે. બીજા ઉત્પાદક એનાં જેવાજ "
++"લક્ષણો સાથે માલિકી ડ્રાઇવરોને પૂરા પાડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, તમે ચકાસવા માટે કાર્યક્રને સ્થાપિત કરી શકો છો અથવા સહી સ્તરને "
++"મોનિટર કરો. <app>Inkblot</app> એ ઘણાં HP, Epson અને Canon પ્રિન્ટરો માટે સહી "
++"સ્થિતિને બતાવે છે. જુઓ જો તમારું પ્રિન્ટર <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
++"sourceforge.net./#supported\">આધારભૂત મોડલની યાદી</link> પર હોય તો. Epson "
++"અને અમુક બીજા પ્રિન્ટરો માટે બીજા સહી સ્તર કાર્યક્રમો એ <app>mktink</app> છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક પ્રિન્ટરો Linux પર હજુ આધારભૂત ન હોય તો, અને તેનાં સહી સ્તરોનો અહેવાલ "
++"કરવા માટે બીજા રચાયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજનોમાં પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામ અથવા સ્થાનને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામ અથવા સ્થાનને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજનોમાં પ્રિન્ટરનાં સ્થાન અથવા નામને તમે બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામ અથવા સ્થાનને બદલવા માટે સિસ્ટમ પર તમારે સંચાલન અધિકારોની "
++"જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર નામને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "જો તમે પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામને બદલવા માંગો તો, નીચેનાં પગલાં લો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચનાં જમણા ખૂણામાં <key>તાળુ ખોલો</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને તમારાં "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "નામ પર ક્લિક કરીને, પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામમાં ફેરફાર કરવાનું શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "ફેરફારોને સંગ્રહવા માટે <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સ્થાનને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "તમારાં પ્રિન્ટર સ્થાનને બદલવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "સ્થાન પર ક્લિક કરીને, સ્થાનમાં ફેરફાર કરવાનું શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટ ક્રમને વિપરીત અને ભેગુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "વિવિધ ક્રમમાં પાનાંને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "વિપરીત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટર સામાન્ય રીતે પહેલાં પાનાંને છાપો, અને છેલ્લા પાનાંને છેલ્લુ, તેથી "
++"પાનાં વિપરીત ક્રમમાં અંત થાય છે જ્યારે તેઓને તમે પસંદ કરો તો. જો જરૂરી હોય "
++"તો, તમે આ છાપવાનાં ક્રમને વિપરીત કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "ક્રમને વિપરીત કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>નકલો</em> હેઠળ છાપન વિન્ડોનાં <gui>સામાન્ય</gui> ટૅબમાં, <gui>વિપરીત</"
++"gui> ચકાસો. છેલ્લુ પાનું એ પહેલાં છાપેલ હશે, અને આગળ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવું"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr "ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>નકલો</em> હેઠળ પ્રિન્ટ વિન્ડોનાં <gui>સામાન્ય</gui> ટૅબમાં <gui>ક્રમમાં "
++"ગોઠવવાનું</gui> ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++"કેવી રીતે અટકેલ પેપરન સાફ કરવા તે પ્રિન્ટરનાં મેક અને મોડલ પર આધાર રાખશે કે "
++"જે તમારી પાસે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr "અટકેલ પેપરને સાફ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુકવાર પ્રિન્ટરો ખોટી રીતે પેપરની શીટ લે છે અને પેપર બધા અટકી જાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં પ્રિન્ટર માટે પુસ્તિકા સામાન્ય રીતે કેવી રીતે અટકેલ પેપરને સાફ કરવા "
++"પર વિગત થયેલ સૂચનાઓ પૂરી પાડે છ. સામાન્ય રીતે, તમે તેની અંદર અટકેલ પાનાંન "
++"શોધવા માટે પ્રિન્ટરની પેનલન ખોલવાની જરૂર પડશે (પરંતુ સાવચેતીપૂર્વક) "
++"પ્રિન્ટરની અંદરથી અટકેલ પાનાંને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર અટકેલ પાનું સાફ કરી દેવામાં આવ્યુ હોય તો તમારે ફરી છાપવાનું શરૂ કરવા "
++"માટે પ્રિન્ટરનાં <gui>પુન:પ્રાપ્ત</gui> બટનને દબાવવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે. અમુક "
++"પ્રિન્ટરો સાથે, તમારે પ્રિન્ટરને બંધ કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે અને ફરી ચાલુ "
++"કરો, અને ફરી પ્રિન્ટ કાર્યને શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr "ખાસ પાનાં અથવા પાનાંની અમુક સીમાને છાપો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "ફક્ત અમુક પાનાંને છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "દસ્તાવેજમાંથી અમુક પાનાંને ફક્ત છાપવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સામાન્ય</gui> ટૅબમાં <gui>છાપો</gui> વિન્ડોમાં <gui>સીમા</gui> "
++"વિભાગમાંથી <gui>પાનાં</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++"પાનાંની સંખ્યાને ટાઇપ કરો કે જે તમે લખાણ બોક્સમાં છાપવા માંગો છો, અવતરણ "
++"ચિહ્ન દ્દારા અલગ થયેલ છ. પાનાંની સીમાને દર્શાવવા ડૅશને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે <gui>પાનાં</gui> લખાણમાં \"1,3,5-7,9\" દાખલ કરો તો, "
++"પાનાં 1,3,5,6,7 અને 9 છાપેલ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે વારંવાર વાપરો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટરને સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે એક કરતા વધારે પ્રિન્ટર ઉપલબ્ધ હોય તો, તમે પસંદ કરી શકો છો કે "
++"જે તમારું મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટર હશે. તમે પ્રિન્ટરને પસંદ કરવા માંગી શકો છો જે તમે "
++"વારંવાર મોટેભાગે વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટરને સુયોજિત કરવા પર તમારે સંચાલન અધિકારોની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr "ઉપલબ્ધ પ્રિન્ટરોની યાદીમાંથી તમારુ ઇચ્છિત મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટરને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની જમણે ખૂણામાં <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને તમારાં "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>મૂળભૂત</gui> વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે ઉપલબ્ધ પ્રિન્ટરોની યાદીમાંથી પસંદ કરી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે, તમે "
++"પ્રિન્ટરનાં નામ અથવા સ્થાનને સ્પષ્ટ કરીને પ્રિન્ટર શોધ પરિણામોને ફિલ્ટર કરી "
++"શકો છો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે,<input>પહેલો માળ</input> અથવા <input>દરવાજો</input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"નવાં પ્રિન્ટરોને ઉમેરવા માટે સંવાદમાં શોધ પરિણામો ફિલ્ટરીંગ ફક્ત ઉપલબ્ધ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે કાર્યક્રમમાં છાપો તો, મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટર આપમેળે વાપરેલ છે, નહિં તો "
++"તમે તે ખાસ આઉટપુટ માટે વિવિધ પ્રિન્ટરને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરને સુયોજિત કરો કે જે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "સ્થાનિક પ્રિન્ટરને સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી સિસ્ટમ આપમેળે પ્રિન્ટરનાં ઘણા પ્રકારોને ઓળખી શકે છે એકવાર તેઓ જોડાયેલ "
++"હોય. મોટાભાગનાં પ્રિન્ટરો એ USB કેબલ સાથે જોડાયેલ છે કે જે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"સાથે જોડાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે પસંદ કરવાની જરૂર નથી ખ્યાંતો તમે નેટવર્ક અથવા સ્થાનિક પ્રિન્ટરને હવે "
++"સ્થાપિત કરવા માંગો. તેઓ એક વિન્ડોમાં યાદી થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "ખાતરી કરો કે પ્રિન્ટર ચાલુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++"અનૂકુળ કેબલ મારફતે તમારી સિસ્ટમમાં પ્રિન્ટરને જોડો. તમે ડ્રાઇવરો માટે સિસ્ટમ "
++"શોધ તરીકે પ્રવૃત્તિ જોઇ શકો છો, અને તમે તેઓને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે સત્તાધિકરણ "
++"કરવા માટે પૂછી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશો દેખાશે જ્યારે સિસ્ટમ પ્રિન્ટરને સ્થાપિત કરવાનું સમાપ્ત કરે. ચકાસણી "
++"પાનાંને છાપવા માટે <gui>ચકાસણી પાનાંને છાપો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો અથવા પ્રિન્ટર "
++"સુયોજનમાં વધારાનાં ફેરફારો કરવા માટે <gui>વિકલ્પો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું પ્રિન્ટર એ આપમેળે સુયોજિત ન હોય તો, તમે પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજનોમાં તેને "
++"ઉમેરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<key>+</key> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"પોપ-અપ વિન્ડોમાં, તમારા નવાં પ્રિન્ટરને પસંદ કરો. <gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારું પ્રિન્ટર પ્રિન્ટર ઉમેરો પોપ-અપમાં દેખાય નહિં તો, તમે પ્રિન્ટ "
++"ડ્રાઇવરોને સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પ્રિન્ટરને સ્થાપિત કરો પછી, તમે <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\">તમારાં મૂળભૂત પ્રિન્ટર બદલવાની</link> ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++"જો છપાયેલ કાગળો ચીતરાવાળા, ઝાંખા, અથવા રંગો ગુમ થયેલા હોય, તો તમારા સહીના "
++"સ્તરો ચકાસો અથવા છાપવા માટેનો હૅડ સાફ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr "મારા છપાયેલ કાગળોમાં શા માટે ચીતરા, લીટીઓ અથવા ખોટા રંગો છો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr "લખાણ અને ઇમેજ ફેલાઇ રહી છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સહી અથવા ટોનરની બહાર ચલાવી શકો છો. તમારી સહી/ટોનર જથ્થાને ચકાસો અને નવી "
++"કાર્ટ્રિજને ખરીદો જો જરૂરી હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr "ચિતરાઓ અને લીટીઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે ઇન્કજેટ પ્રિન્ટર હોય તો, પ્રિન્ટ હેડ ખરાબ અથવા થોડુ બ્લોક થઇ "
++"શકે છે. પ્રિન્ટ હેડને સાફ કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો (સૂચનાઓ માટે પ્રિન્ટરની "
++"પુસ્તિકાને જુઓ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "ખોટા રંગો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટર પાસે સહી અથવા ટોનર હોઇ શકે છે. તમારી સહી/ટોનર જથ્થાને ચકાસો અને નવી "
++"કાર્ટ્રિજને ખરીદો જો જરૂરી હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr "આડીઅવળી લીટીઓ, અથવા લીટીઓ કે જે સીધી નહિ હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"તેને પ્રિન્ટરમાં મોકલવાને બદલે PDF, Postscript અથવા SVG ફાઇલ તરીકે "
++"દસ્તાવેજને સંગ્રહો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ફાઇલમાં છાપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે પ્રિન્ટરમાંથી છાપવા તેને મોકલવાને બદલે ફાઇલનાં દસ્તાવેજને છાપવાનું પસંદ "
++"કરી શકો છો. ફાઇલને છાપવાનું <sys>PDF</sys>, <sys>Postscript</sys> અથવા "
++"<sys>SVG</sys> ફાઇલને બનાવશે કે જે દસ્તાવેજને સમાવે છે. આ ઉપયોગી બની શકે છે "
++"જો તમે કોઇક સાથે તેને વહેંચવા અથવા બીજા મશીનમાં દસ્તાવેજનું પરિવહન કરવા "
++"માંગો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રિન્ટ સંવાદને ખોલો. આ સામાન્ય રીતે મેનુમાં <gui style=\"menuitem\">છાપો</"
++"gui> મારફતે પૂર્ણ કરી શકાય છે અથવા <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
++"keyseq> કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોને વાપરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"tab\">સામાન્ય</gui> ટેબમાં <gui>પ્રિન્ટર</gui> હેઠળ "
++"<gui>ફાઇલમાં છાપો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત ફાઇલનામને બદલવા માટે અને જ્યાં ફાઇલ સંગ્રહેલ છે, પ્રિન્ટર પસંદગી નીચે "
++"ફાઇલનામ પર ક્લિક કરો. <gui style=\"button\">પસંદ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો "
++"એકવાર તમે પસંદ કરવાનુ સમાપ્ત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> એ દસ્તાવેજ માટે મૂળભૂત ફાઇલ પ્રકાર છે. જો તમે વિવિધ "
++"<gui>આઉટપુટ બંધારણ</gui> ને વાપરવા માંગતા હોય તો, ક્યાંતો "
++"<sys>પોસ્ટસ્ક્રીપ્ટ</sys> અથવા <sys>SVG</sys> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "તમારી બીજી પાનાંની પસંદગીઓને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "ફાઇલને સંગ્રહવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">છાપો</gui> બટનને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">સ્થાનિક સુયોજન</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">ક્રમ અને ગોઠવણી</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">બંને બાજુ અને "
++"ઘણાં પાનાં</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "સુયોજન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "માપ અને લેઆઉટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "વિવિધ પેપર માપ અને લેઆઉટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr "નહિ ઓળખાતા પ્રિન્ટરો, જામ થયેલા પેપર, ખોટી દેખાતી પ્રિન્ટ-આઉન્ટ…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">નામ અને દૃશ્યતા</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">વપરાશ ઇતિહાસ</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">કચરાપેટી અને "
++"કામચલાઉ ફાઇલોને સાફ કરો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "ખાનગી સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME મદદમાં <em>ખાનગી સુયોજનો</em> તમને ક્યાંતો તમારા ડેસ્કટોપનાં અમુક "
++"ભાગોને બીજા માટે નિયંત્રિત કરે છે કે નહિં તેની મદદ કરે છે. તમે પણ તમારી "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર વપરાશ ઇતિહાસને સાફ કરવા માટે આ સુયોજનોને વાપરી શકો છો અને બિનજરૂરી "
++"ફાઇલોને સાફ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "પોપ-અપ સૂચનાઓને બતાવો નહિં જ્યારે સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારેલ હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "સૂચનાઓ છુપાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એ સંદેશા સૂચનાને બતાવશે જ્યારે તમારી સ્ક્રીન "
++"તાળુ મારેલ હોય તો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો અમુકલોકો તમને તુરંત સંદેશો મોકલે તો "
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરથી દૂર હોય તો, સૂચના તમારી સ્ક્રીન પર પોપ-અપ "
++"કરશે, માણસમાં સંદેશાનું લખાણ દેખાશે તમારી સ્ક્રીન તાળુ મારેલ હોય તોપણ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr "તમારા સંદેશાને વધારે ખાનગી રાખવા માટે તમે આ લક્ષણને બંધ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "સૂચનાઓ બંધ કરવા જ્યારે સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારેલ હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ટોચ પટ્ટી</gui> માં તમારા નામ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui> <gui>ખાનગી</gui><gui>સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui></guiseq> "
++"ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr " <gui>બંધ</gui> કરવા માટે <gui>સૂચનાઓ બતાવો</gui> ને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી તાજેતરની વાપરેલ ફાઇલોનો ટ્રેક રાખીને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "ફાઇલ ઇતિહાસ ટ્રેકીંગને બંધ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"તાજેતરની વાપરેલ ફાઇલો અને ફોલ્ડરોને ટ્રેક કરવાનું વસ્તુઓને શોધવા તેને સરળ "
++"બનાવી શકે છે કે જે તમે તેની પર કામ કરેલ હતુ, પરંતુ તમે આ વસ્તુઓને ખાનગી "
++"રાખવાની ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો. તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપનાં ફાઇલ ઇતિહાસ ટ્રેકિંગ લક્ષણોને "
++"બંધ રાખવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "ટોચ પટ્ટી પર તમારા નામ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">સુયોજનો</gui><gui style=\"menu\">ખાનગી</gui> "
++"<gui style=\"menu\">વપરાશ અને ઇતિહાસ</gui></guiseq> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>તાજેતરમાં વાપરેલ</gui> સ્લાઇડરને <gui>બંધ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ લક્ષણને પુન:સક્રિય કરવા માટે, <gui>તાજેતરમાં વાપરેલ</gui> સ્લાઇડરને "
++"<gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++"વેબસાઇટ જે તમે મુલાકાત લો તેની વિશે કેવી રીતે વેબ બ્રાઉઝરને જાણકારીને "
++"સંગ્રહવી આ સુયોજનોની અસર થશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં તમારાં નામને બદલે સંકેત દર્શાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "ટોચ પટ્ટીમાં તમારા નામને છુપાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે <gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui>  માં તમારું નામ દર્શાવેલ છે, પરંતુ તમે "
++"તમારાં ખાનગીને સુરક્ષિત કરવા માટે તમારાં નામને છુપાડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "<gui>ટોચ પટ્ટી</gui> માં તમારા નામને છુપાડવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>સુયોજનો</gui><gui>ખાનગી</gui> <gui>નામ અને દૃશ્યતા</gui></"
++"guiseq> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>છુપી સ્થિતિ</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> સુયોજીત કરો, અથવા <gui>ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટીમાં આખું નામ દર્શાવો</gui> ને <gui>બંધ</gui> સુયોજીત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>છુપી સ્થિતિ</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> માં સુયોજીત કરવાનું જ્યારે તમારી "
++"સ્ક્રીનને તાળું મરાયું હોય ત્યારે તમારું આખુ નામ પણ છુપાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME મદદમાં ઘણા મદદ વિષયો \"<gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui> માં તમારા નામ પર ક્લિક "
++"કરવા.\" તમને સૂચિત કરે છે. જો તમે <gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui> માં તમારા નામને "
++"છુપાડો તો, તમારે તેને બદલે <gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui> માં નાનાં <gui>સૂચના "
++"ચિહ્ન</gui> પર ક્લિક કરવા માટેની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી કેવી રીતે તમારી કચરાપેટી અને કામચલાઉ ફાઇલોને સાફ કરશે "
++"તેને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "કચરાપેટી અને કામચલાઉ ફાઇલોને સાફ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી કચરાપેટીને સાફ કરી રહ્યા છે અને કામચલાઉ ફાઇલો એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી "
++"અનિચ્છિત અને બિનજરૂરી ફાઇલોને દૂર કરે છે, તમારી હાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવર પર વધારે "
++"જગ્યાને મુક્ત કરે છે. તમે તમારી માટે આને આપમેળે કરવા માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"પણ સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++"સમયગાળો સુયોજિત કર્યા પછી આપમેળે તમારી કચરાપેટી ખાલી થાય છે અને તમારી "
++"કામચલાઉ ફાઇલો સાફ થાય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ટોચ પટ્ટી</gui> પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો અને <gui>ખાનગી</gui> ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>કચરાપેટી અને કામચલાઉ ફાઇલો સાફ કરો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>કચરાપેટી આપોઆપ ખાલી કરો</gui> અથવા <gui>કામચલાઉ ફાઇલો આપોઆપ ખાલી કરો</"
++"gui> સરકપટ્ટીઓને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> માં સુયોજીત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કેટલી વાર તમારી <em>કચરાપેટી</em> અને <em>કામચલાઉ ફાઇલો</em> ને ખાલી "
++"કરવા માંગો છો તે <gui>આટલા સમય પછી ખાલી કરો</gui> ની કિંમત બદલીને સુયોજીત "
++"કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>બંધ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યાં સુધી તમારી ફાઇલોને કચરાપેટીમાંથી તુરંત કાઢી નાંખવાની તમારી કોઇ ખાસ "
++"જરૂરીયાત નહિ હોય, ત્યાં સુધી કદાચ <gui>આટલા સમય પછી ખાલી કરો</gui> કિંમતને "
++"લાંબા અંતરાલ પછી સુયોજીત કરવાનું વધુ સુરક્ષિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને વાપરવાથી બીજા લોકોને અટકાવો જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરથી "
++"દૂર જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "આપમેળે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને છોડો તો, તમારે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ અને તમારી "
++"ફાઇલોને વાપરવાથી બીજા લોકોને અટકાવવા માટે <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ</link> મારવુ જોઇએ. જો તમે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારતા "
++"કઇંક તમે ભૂલી ગયા હોય તો, અમુક સમયગાળા પછી આપમેળે સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારવાની "
++"ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો. આ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સુરક્ષિત રાખવા માટે મદદ કરશે જ્યારે "
++"તમે તેને વાપરી રહ્યા ન હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારેલ હોય તો, તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો અને સિસ્ટમ "
++"પ્રક્રિયાઓ ચલાવવા ચાલુ કરશે, પરંતુ તમે ફરી તેઓને વાપરવાનું શરૂ કરવા માટે "
++"તમારા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"આપમેળે તમારી સ્ક્રીનનું તાળુ મારતા પહેલાં લાંબા સમયગાળાને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ખાનગી</gui><gui>સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui></guiseq> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>આપમેળે સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરવાની ખાતરી કરો, પછી ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન "
++"યાદીમાંથી સમયગાળાને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારેલ હોય તો, અને તમે તેનું તાળુ ખોલવા માંગતા "
++"હોય તો, <key>Esc</key> દબાવો, તમારાં માઉસ સાથે તમારી સ્ક્રીનની નીચેથી સ્વાઇપ "
++"કરો. પછી તમારાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો, અને <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો અથવા "
++"<gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr "તમારી સ્ક્રીન પર શું થઇ રહ્યુ છે તેનો વિડિયો રેકોર્ડ અથવા ચિત્ર લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનશોટ અને સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારી સ્ક્રીન (<em>સ્ક્રીનશોટ</em>) નું ચિત્ર લઇ શકો છો અથવા સ્ક્રીન "
++"<em>સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ</em>) પર શું થઇ રહ્યુ છે તેને વિડિયો રેકોર્ડ લો. આ ઉપયોગી "
++"છે જો તમે કંઇક બતાવવા માંગો છો કે કેવી રીતે કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કંઇક કરવુ છે, "
++"ઉદાહરણ  તરીકે, સ્ક્રીનશોટ અને સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ ફ્કત સામાન્ય ચિત્ર અને વિડિયો "
++"ફાઇલો છે, તેથી તમે તેઓનું ઇમેઇલ કરી શકો છો અને વેબ પર તેઓને વહેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>સ્ક્રીનશોટ</app> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો</app> વિન્ડોમાં, ક્યાંતો આખી સ્ક્રીનને લાવવા માટે પસંદ "
++"કરો, હાલની વિન્ડો, અથવા સ્ક્રીનનાં વિસ્તાર. વિલંબને સુયોજિત કરો જો તમે "
++"વિન્ડોને પસંદ કરવાની જરૂર હોય તો અથવા સ્ક્રીનશોટ માટે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને "
++"સુયોજિત કરો. પછી કોઇપણ અસરો પસંદ કરો જે તમે ઇચ્છતા હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે <gui>લાવવા માટે વિસ્તારને પસંદ કરો</gui> પસંદ કરેલ હોય તો, પોઇંટર "
++"ક્રોસહેરમાં બદલે છે. વિસ્તારને ખેંચવા પર ક્લિક કરો જે તમે સ્ક્રીનશોટ માટે "
++"ઇચ્છો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સ્ક્રીનશોટ સંગ્રહો</gui> વિન્ડોમાં, ફાઇલ નામને દાખલ કરો અને ફોલ્ડર પસંદ "
++"કરો, પછી <gui>સંગ્રહો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, પહેલાં તેને સંગ્રહ કરતા પહેલાં ઇમેજ ફેરફાર કરવાનાં "
++"કાર્યક્રમમાં સીધુ સ્ક્રીનશોટને આયાત કરો. <gui>ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં તેની નકલ કરો</"
++"gui> પર ક્લિક કરો પછી બીજા કાર્યક્રમમાં ઇમેજને ચોંટાડો, અથવા કાર્યક્રમ માટે "
++"સ્ક્રીનશોટ થમ્ભનેઇલને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++"આ વૈશ્ર્વિક કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોની મદદથી કોઇપણ સમયે ડેસ્કટોપ, વિન્ડો, અથવા "
++"વિસ્તારનાં સ્ક્રીનશોટને તરત જ લો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપનો સ્ક્રીનશોટ લેવા માટે <key>Prt Scrn</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોનો સ્ક્રીનશોટ લેવા માટે <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></"
++"keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"જે તમે પસંદ કર્યુ છે તે વિસ્તારનાં સ્ક્રીનશોટને લેવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને વાપરો તો, ઇમેજ આપમેળે ફાઇલ નામ સાથે તમારાં ચિત્ર "
++"ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ છે કે જે \"સ્ક્રીનશોટ\" સાથે શરૂ થાય છે અને તારીખ અને "
++"સમયને સમાવે છે જે તે લીધેલ હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તેને સંગ્રહતા પહેલાં ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં સ્ક્રીનશોટ ઇમેજની નકલ કરવા માટે કોઇપણ "
++"ઉપરનાં ટૂંકાણો સાથે પણ <key>Ctrl</key> કીને પકડી રાખી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટને બનાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી સ્ક્રીન પર શું થઇ રહયુ છે તેનું તમે વિડિયો રેકોર્ડીંગ બનાવી શકો છો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી સ્ક્રીન પર શુ છે તેનું રેકોર્ડીંગ શરૂ કરવા માટે <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++"લાલ વર્તુળ એ સ્ક્રીનનાં જમણે ખૂણે નીચે દર્શાવેલ છે જ્યારે રેકોર્ડીંગ "
++"પ્રગતિમાં હોય. આ સૂચક વિડિયોને બતાવતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++"એકવાર તમે સમાપ્ત કરો, રેકોર્ડીંગને બંધ કરવા માટે ફરી <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"વિડિયો આપમેળે ફાઇલ નામ સાથે તમારાં વિડિયો ફોલ્ડરમાં સંગ્રહેલ છે કે જે "
++"\"સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ\" સાથે શરૂ થાય છે અને તારીખ અને સમયને સમાવે છે જે તમે લીધેલ "
++"હતુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr "આધારભૂત આંગળીછાપ સ્કેનરની મદદથી તમારી સિસ્ટમમાં તમે પ્રવેશી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "આંગળીછાપ સાથે પ્રવેશો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી સિસ્ટમ આંગળીછાપન સ્કેનર આધારભૂત હોય તો, તમે તમારી આંગળીછાપનો "
++"રેકોર્ડ લઇ શકો છો અને પ્રવેશવા માટે તેને વાપરો. તમારી પાસે આ તબક્કાને ચલાવવા "
++"માટે સંચાલક અધિકારો હોવા જ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr "પહેલાં, આંગળીછાપનો રેકોર્ડ લો જે સિસ્ટમ તમને ઓળખવા માટે વાપરી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી આંગળી સૂકી હોય તો, તમને તમારી આંગળીછાપને રજીસ્ટર કરવા માટે મુશ્કેલી "
++"થઇ શકે છે. જો આવું થાય તો, તમારી આંગળીને થોડી ભીની કરો, સ્વચ્છ, લિન્ટ-મુક્ત "
++"કપડાથી તેને સૂકુ કરો અને ફરી પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો, પછી <gui>વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા</gui> ની "
++"વિન્ડોને ખોલવા માટે તમારાં નામ આગળ ચિત્ર પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા</gui> સાધનની ટોચની જમણે ખૂણામાં <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> ની "
++"મદદથી તમારા ખાતાનું તાળુ ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "પૂછવા પર તમારો પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>આંગળીછાપન પ્રવેશ</gui> ની આગળ <gui>નિષ્ક્રિય</gui> વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"આંગળીછાપન માટે વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો જે તમે રજીસ્ટર કરવા માંગો છો. તમે તમારી "
++"જમણી આંગળી, તમારી ડાબી આંગળી, અથવા વિવિધ આંગળીને પસંદ કરી શકો છો. પછી "
++"<gui>આગળ ધપાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>આગળ ધપાવો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. તમે ખાતરી સંદેશાને જોશો કે જે તમારી "
++"આંગળીછાપન સફળતાપૂર્વક સંગ્રહેલ હતી. સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે <gui>બંધ કરો</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++"હવે ચકાસો કે તમારી નવી આંગળીછાપન પ્રવેશ કામ કરે તો, જો તમે આંગળીછાપનને "
++"રજીસ્ટર કરો તો, તમારી પાસે હજુ તમારાં પાસવર્ડ સાથે પ્રવેશવા વિકલ્પ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રવેશ સ્ક્રીન પર, યાદીમાંથી તમારા નામને પસંદ કરો. પાસવર્ડ નોંધણી રૂપમાં "
++"દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr "30 સેકંડમાં, તમારાં નામને જમણે અને ઉપર આંગળીછાપ બટનને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++"આંગળીછાપ બટન એ હાથનાં ચિત્ર સાથે લેબલ થયેલ છે. જો ટાઇમ ચાલે તો, બટન દેખાશે "
++"નહિં અને તમને પાસવર્ડ સાથે પ્રવેશવા માટે પરવાનગી મળેલ હશે. જો તમે ફરી "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરવા માંગો તો, <gui>રદ કરો</gui> બટનને પસંદ કરો અને પહેલાનાં "
++"તબક્કામાં પાછા જાવ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા ફીંગરપ્રીંટ સ્કેનર પર તમે જે રજીસ્ટર કરેલી આંગળી હોય તેને <em>મધ્યમ</"
++"em> ઝડપે મૂકો. તમારો પ્રવેશ થઇ જશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે પહેલાં પ્રવેશ કીરીંગને બનાવેલ હોય તો, તમે તમારાં પાસવર્ડ દ્દારા "
++"સુરક્ષિત થયેલ છે. તેનું તાળુ ખોલવા માટે, તમારાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમય, નંબર, ચલણ, અને માપ માટે વાપરેલ વિસ્તારને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "તારીખ અને માપન બંધારણોને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બંધારણને નિયંત્રણ કરી શકો છો કે જે તમારાં વિસ્તારનાં સ્થાનિક કસ્ટમ સાથે "
++"બંધબેસાડવા માટે તારીખ, સમય, નંબર, ચલણ, અને માપ માટે વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>વિસ્તાર અને ભાષા</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>બંધારણો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++"બંધારણને બરાબર બંધબેસતા હોય તેવા વિસ્તારને પસંદ કરો જે તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો. "
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે, યાદી ફક્ત તે વિસ્તારને બતાવે છે જે <gui>ભાષા</gui> ટૅબ પર ભાષા "
++"સુયોજનને વાપરો. બધા ઉપલબ્ધ વિસ્તારોમાંથી પસંદ કરવા માટે <key>...</key> બટન "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્રોમ્પ્ટને જવાબ આપો, <gui style=\"button\">હવે પુન:શરૂ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરીને <gui>આ બદલાવોની અસર લાવવા માટે તમારા સત્રને પુન:શરૂ કરવાની જરૂર છે</"
++"gui>, અથવા પછીથી પુન:શરૂ કરવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વિસ્તારને પસંદ કરો પછી, યાદીનો જમણો વિસ્તાર કેવી રીતે તારીખો અને કિંમતો "
++"બતાવેલ છે વિવિધ ઉદાહરણોને બતાવે છે. છતાંપણ ઉદાહરણોમાં બતાવેલ નથી, તમારો "
++"વિસ્તાર પણ કૅલેન્ડરમાં અઠવાડિયાનાં શરૂઆતનાં દિવસોને નિયંત્રત કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસ અને મદદ લખાણ માટે વિવિધ ભાષામાં બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "કઇ ભાષા તમે વાપરો છો તે બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કોઇપણ બાર ભાષાઓમાં તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ અને કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરી શકો છો, તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સ્થાપિત થયેલ યોગ્ય ભાષા પેકેજો તમે પૂરા પાડેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિસ્તાર અને ભાષા</gui> ને ખોલો અને <gui>ભાષા</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી ઇચ્છિત ભાષાને પસંદ કરો. પ્રારંભિક યાદી ફક્ત નાનાં આધારભૂત ભાષાઓનાં "
++"ઉપસર્ગને બતાવે છે. જો તમારી ભાષા યાદી થયેલ ન હોય તો, <media type=\"image\" "
++"mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/> પર ક્લિ કરો. "
++"અમુક અનુવાદો એ પૂર્ણ હોઇ શકતા નથી, અને અમુક કાર્યક્રમો એ બધા પર તમારી ભાષાને "
++"આધાર આપી શકતુ નથી. કોઇપણ અનુવાદ ન થયેલ લખાણ ભાષામાં દેખાશે કે જેમાં સોફ્ટવેર "
++"મૂળ રીતે બનેલ હતો, સામાન્ય રીતે અંગ્રેજી ભાષા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં તમારા ઘર ફોલ્ડરમાં અમુક ખાસ ફોલ્ડરો છે જ્યાં કાર્યક્રમોને સંગ્રહ કરી "
++"શકાય છે જેમ કે સંગીત, ચિત્રો, અને દસ્તાવેજો. આ ફોલ્ડરો એ તમારી ભાષાને અનુસાર "
++"મૂળભૂત નામોને વાપરો. જ્યારે તમે પાછા પ્રવેશો ત્યારે, તમે પૂછશો જો તમે તમારી "
++"પસંદ થયેલ ભાષા માટે મૂળભૂત નામો માટે આ ફોલ્ડરોનું નામ બદલવા માંગો. જો તમે "
++"દરેક વખતે નવી ભાષાને વાપરવા માટે વિચારો તો, તમારે ફોલ્ડર નામોને બદલવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "સિસ્ટમ ભાષાને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારી ભાષાને બદલો તો, તમે પ્રવેશો પછી તમે ફક્ત તમારાં ખાતા માટે "
++"તેને બદલો. તમે <em>સિસ્ટમ ભાષા</em> ને પણ બદલી શકો છો, ભાષા સ્થાનોમાં વાપરેલ "
++"છે જેમ કે પ્રવેશ સ્ક્રીન."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">પ્રવેશ સ્ક્રીન</gui> બટનને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક અધિકારો</link> ની જરૂરિયાત છે. "
++"તમારા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો, અથવા સૂચિત સંચાલક ખાતા માટે પાસવર્ડ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ખાનગી</gui> સુયોજનોમાં સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારતા પહેલાં કેટલી રાહ જોવી તે "
++"બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારવાનું પોતે પણ ઝડપી છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે થોડીક મિનિટો માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને છોડી દો તો, સ્ક્રીનનું એ પોતાની "
++"જાતે આપમેળે તાળુ મરાશે તેથી તમે ફરી તેને વાપરવાનું શરૂ કરવા માટે તમારાં "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરવુ જ પડશે. આ સુરક્ષા કારણો માટે પૂર્ણ થાય તો (તેથી તમારાં "
++"કામને કોઇ બગાડે નહિં જો તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને અડ્યા વિના છોડી દો તો), પરંતુ તે "
++"ખલેલ કરી શકે છે જો સ્ક્રીન પોતાની જાતે ઝડપથી તાળુ મારે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન પહેલાં લાંબા સમયની રાહ જોવા માટે સ્ક્રીન આપમેળે તાળુ મારેલ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ખાનગી</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>આપોઆપ સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui> ચાલુ હોય તો, તમે ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદી <gui>માટે "
++"ખાલી પછી તાળુ સ્ક્રીન</gui> માં કિંમતને બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આપમેળે પોતાની જાતે સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારવા માંગતા ન હોય તો, <gui>આપમેળે "
++"સ્ક્રીન તાળુ</gui> મારવાનું બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">બ્લુટુથ વહેંચણી</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">સ્ક્રીન વહેંચણી</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">મીડિયા વહેંચણી</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "વહેંચણી સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME માં <em>વહેંચણી સુયોજનો</em> સ્થાનિક નેટવર્ક પર શું વહેંયાયેલ છે તે "
++"નિયંત્રણ કરવા મદદ કરે છે, અથવા બીજી ટેકનોલોજી મારફતે જેમ કે <em>બ્લુટુથ</em>."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">ડેસ્કટોપ વહેંચણી</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">ઇમેઇલ દ્દારા ફાઇલો વહેંચો</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">મીડિયા વહેંચણી</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "વહેંચણી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"ક્યાં ફોલ્ડરો અને ઉપકરણો એ બ્લુટુથ પર વહેંચવા સક્ષમ છે તે સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ પર વહેંચણીનુ નિયંત્રણ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથ ફાઇલ વહેંચણી માટે તમારાં <file>સાર્વજનિક</file> અને <file>ડાઉનલોડ</"
++"file> ફોલ્ડરો માટે તમને પ્રવેશની પરવાનગી મળી શકે છે, અને મર્યાદિત કરો કે જે "
++"ફક્ત <em>વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર ઉપકરણો</em> માટે વાપરો. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"વહેંચાયેલ ફોલ્ડરો માટે પ્રવેશને નિયંત્રિત કરવા માટે <gui>બ્લુટુથ વહેંચણી</"
++"gui> ને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"બ્લુટુથ ઉપકરણ એ <em>વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર</em> છે જો તમારી પાસે <em>જોડી</em> હોય "
++"તો, અથવા તેમાં તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ છે. <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ પર તમારા <file>સાર્વજનિક</file> ફોલ્ડરને વહેંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>વહેંચણી</gui> ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <gui>વહેંચણી</gui> એ <gui>બંધ</gui> હોય તો, તેને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>બ્લુટુથ વહેંચણી</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>સાર્વજનિક ફોલ્ડરન વહેંચો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ફક્ત તમારાં <file>સાર્વજનિક</file> ફોલ્ડરને વાપરવા માટે "
++"વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર ઉપકરણોને પરવાનગી આપવા માંગતા હોય તો, <gui>ફક્ત વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર "
++"ઉપકરણો સાથે વહેંચો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ કરો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પ મૂળભૂત રીતે નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ છે. તમારે તેને સક્રિય કરવુ જોઇએ જો તમે "
++"બ્લુટુથ-સક્રિય થયેલ સેલ ફોન અથવા તેનાં જેવા જ ઉપકરણો સાથે કોઇપણ દ્દારા "
++"ફાઇલોને વહેંચવા માટે પ્રવેશને અટકાવવા માંગતા હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">બંધ કરો</gui> ક્લિક કરો. બ્લુટુથ-સક્રિય થયેલ ઉપકરણો "
++"હવે તમારાં <file>સાર્વજિનક</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલોને વાપરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં <file>ડાઉનલોડ</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં વહેંચવા માટે ફાઇલોને પરવાનગી આપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ડાઉનલોડ ફોલ્ડરમાં પ્રાપ્ત થયેલ ફાઇલોને સંગ્રહો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે ફક્ત તમારાં <file>ડાઉનલોડ</file> ફોલ્ડરને વાપરવા માટે વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર "
++"ઉપકરણોને પરવાનગી આપવા માંગતા હોય તો, <gui>ફક્ત વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર ઉપકરણોમાંથી "
++"પ્રાપ્ત કરો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">બંધ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. બ્લુટુથ-સક્રિય થયેલ ઉપકરણો "
++"તમારાં <file>ડાઉનલોડ</file> ફોલ્ડરમાં ફાઇલોને મોકલવા માટે હવે સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr "બીજા લોકોને જોવા દો અને VNC મદદથી તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ સાથે સંપર્ક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "તમારું ડેસ્કટોપ વહેંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કાર્યક્રમને દેખાતા ડેસ્કટોપ સાથે બીજા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાંથી તમારા ડેસ્કટોપને "
++"બીજા લોકોને જોવા અને નિયંત્રણ કરવા દો. તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને વાપરવા માટે બીજાને "
++"પરવાનગી આપવા માટે <gui>સ્ક્રીન વહેંચણી</gui> ને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરો અને સુરક્ષા "
++"પસંદગીઓને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"દેખાતુ રાખવા માટે તમારે <gui>સ્ક્રીન વહેંચણી</gui> માટે તમારે <app>Vino</"
++"app> પેકેજને સ્થાપિત કરવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino સ્થાપિત કરો</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>સ્ક્રન વહેંચણી</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને બીજાને જોવા દેવા માટે, <gui>દૂરસ્થ દૃશ્ય</gui> ને "
++"<gui>ચાલુ</gui> રાખો. આનો મતલબ એ થાય કે બીજા લોકોએ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે "
++"જોડાવા માટે પ્રયત્ન કરવા સક્ષમ હશો અને જુઓ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર શું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ સાથે બીજાને સંપર્ક કરવા દેવા માટે, <gui>દૂરસ્થ નિયંત્રણ</"
++"gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો. આ તમારા માઉસને ખસેડવા માટે બીજા લોકોને પરવાનગી "
++"આપી શકે છે, કાર્યક્રમોને ચલાવો, અને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ફાઇલોને બ્રાઉઝ કરો, "
++"સુરક્ષા સુયોજનો પર આધાર રાખી રહ્યા છે કે જે તમે હાલમાં વાપરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પ મૂળભૂત રીતે સક્રિય થયેલ છે જ્યારે <gui>દૂરસ્થ દૃશ્ય</gui> એ "
++"<gui>ચાલુ</gui> હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++"તે મહત્વનું છે કે તમે સંપૂર્ણ હદને નક્કી કરો કે તેને બદલતા પહેલાં દરેક "
++"સુરક્ષા વિકલ્પનો મતલબ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "બધા જોડાણોને મંજૂરી આપો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"શું તમારા ડેસ્કટોપમાં પ્રવેશવા કોઇકને પરવાનગી આપવાનું પસંદ કરવા માટે સક્ષમ "
++"થવા માંગતા હોય તો, <gui>બધા જોડાણોને મંજૂરી આપો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++" જો તમે આ વિકલ્પને નિષ્ક્રિય કરો તો, તમે પૂછશો નહિં શું તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર "
++"સાથે જોડાવા માટે કોઇકને પરવાનગી આપવા માંગતા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "આ વિકલ્પ મૂળભૂત રીતે સક્રિય થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "પાસવર્ડની જરૂર છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડને વાપરવા બીજા લોકોની જરૂરિયાત માટે જ્યારે તમારા ડેસ્કટોપ સાથે જોડાઇ "
++"રહ્યા હોય, <gui>પાસવર્ડની જરૂર છે</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો. જો તમે આ "
++"વિકલ્પને વાપરો નહિં તો, કોઇપણ તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપને જોવા માટે પ્રયત્ન કરી શકે છે."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિકલ્પ મૂળભૂત રીતે નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ છે, પરંતુ તમે તેને સક્રિય કરવુ જોઇએ અને "
++"સુરક્ષિત પાસવર્ડને સુયોજિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Rygel મદદથી તમારાં સ્થાનિક નેટવર્ક પર મીડિયાને વહેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "તમારું સંગીત, ફોટા અને વિડિયોને વહેંચો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> અથવા <sys>DLNA</sys> સક્રિય થયેલ ઉપકરણ જેવાં કે ફોન, TV અથવા "
++"રમત કન્સોલની મદદથી તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર મીડિયાને તમે બ્રાઉઝ, શોધી અને વગાડી "
++"શકો છો. તમારાં સંગીત, ફોટા અને વિડિયોને સમાવતા ફોલ્ડરોને વાપરવા માટે આ "
++"ઉપકરણોને પરવાનગી આપવા માટે <gui>મીડિયા વહેંચણી</gui> ને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"દેખાતુ બનાવવા માટે <gui>મીડિયા વહેંચણી</gui> માટે તમારે <app>Rygel</app> "
++"પેકેજને સ્થાપિત કરવુ જ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel ને સ્થાપિત કરો</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>મીડિયા વહેંચણી</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>આ નેટવર્ક પર મીડિયાને વહેંચો</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ફોલ્ડર પસંદ કરો</gui> વિન્ડોને ખોલવા માટે <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિક કરો. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે તમારી <file>ઘર</file> ડિરેક્ટરીમાં ઇચ્છિત ફોલ્ડર "
++"<file>સંગીત</file> <em>માં</em> સ્થળાંતર કરો, અને <gui style="
++"\"button\">ખોલો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. બીજા ફોલ્ડરોને પૂનરાવર્તિત કરો કે "
++"જમે વહેંચવા માંગો છો, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે <file>ચિત્રો</file> અને <file>વિડિયો</"
++"file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">બંધ કરો</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. તમે ફોલ્ડરમાં મીડિયાને "
++"વગાડવા અથવા બ્રાઉઝને હવે સક્ષમ કરશો તમે બહારનાં ઉપકરણની મદદથી પસંદ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr "ડૅશ પર વારંવાર વપરાતા કાર્યક્રમ ચિહ્નોને ઉમેરો (અથવા દૂર કરો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr "ડૅશમાં તમારા મનગમતા કાર્યક્રમો ચોંટાડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++"સરળ વપરાશ માટે કાર્યક્રમને <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ડૅશ</link> ને "
++"ઉમેરવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરીને <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</link> ને ખોલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબે <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>કાર્યક્રમ</gui> "
++"મેનુ</link> પર ક્લિક કરો અને મેનુમાંથી <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"ડૅશમાં જાળી બટન પર ક્લિક કરો અને કાર્યક્રમને શોધો જે તમે ઉમેરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમ ચિહ્ન પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>પસંદીદામાં ઉમેરો</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, તમે ડૅશમાં ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક અને ખેંચી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ડૅશમાંથી કાર્યક્રમ ચિહ્નને દૂર કરવા માટે, કાર્યક્રમ ચિહ્ન પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો "
++"અને <gui>પસંદીદામાંથી દૂર કરો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદીદા કાર્યક્રમો <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>કાર્યક્રમો</gui> "
++"મેનુ</link> નાં <gui>પસંદીદા</gui> વિભાગમાં દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાંથી કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "શોભા ત્યાગી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને બતાવવા માટે સ્ક્રીનની ટોચની ડાબે "
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ખૂણામાં તમારા માઉસ પોઇંટરને ખસેડો. આ જ્યાં તમે બધા "
++"તમારા કાર્યક્રમોને શોધી શકો છો. તમે <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> કીને દબાવીને ઝાંખીને પણ ખોલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબે <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>કાર્યક્રમ</"
++"gui> મેનુ</link> માંથી કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરી શકો છો, અથવા તમે <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> કીને દબાવીને <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> "
++"ને ખોલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં કાર્યક્રમને ખોલવાનાં ઘણા રસ્તાઓ છે એકવાર તમે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</"
++"gui> માં હોય:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમનાં નામને લખવાનું શરૂ કરો - શોધવાનું તરત જ શરૂ કરો (જો આવું ના થાય "
++"તો, સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે શોધ પટ્ટી પર ક્લિક કરો અને લખવાનું શરૂ કરો.) તેને શરૂ "
++"કરવા માટે કાર્યક્રમનાં ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કાર્યક્રમો પાસે <em>ડૅશ</em> માં ચિહ્નો છે, <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> "
++"ની ડાબી બીજુ પર ચિહ્નોની ઊભી સ્ટ્રીપ. સંકળાયેલ કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરવા માટે "
++"આનાં એક પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે કાર્યક્રમો હોય તો કે જે તમે વારંવાર વાપરો તો, તમે તમારી જાતે "
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">ડૅશમાં તેઓને ઉમેરી</link> શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"ડૅશની નીચે જાળી બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. તમે વારંવાર વપરાતી કાર્યક્રમોને જોશો જો "
++"<gui style=\"button\">વારંવાર</gui> દૃશ્યને સક્રિય કરેલ હોય તો. જો તમે નવાં "
++"કાર્યક્રમને ચલાવવા માંગતા હોય તો, બધા કાર્યક્રમોને જોવા માટે નીચે <gui style="
++"\"button\">બધા</gui> બટનને દબાવો. તેને શરૂ કરવા માટે કાર્યક્રમ પર દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ડૅશમાંથી તેનાં ચિહ્નને ખેંચીને અલગ <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">કામ "
++"કરવાની જગ્યા</link> માં કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરી શકો છો (અથવા કાર્યક્રમોની "
++"યાદીમાંથી), સ્ક્રીનની જમણી બાજુ પર કામ કરવાની જગ્યા એકમાં તેને મૂકી રહ્યા છે."
++" કાર્યક્રમ એ પસંદ થયેલ કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખુલશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++"ડૅશ અથવા કાર્યક્રમ યાદીમાં તેનાં ચિહ્ન પર મધ્ય ક્લિક કરીને <em>નવી</em> કામ "
++"કરવાની જગ્યામાં તમે કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr "ઝડપથી આદેશને ચલાવી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરવાનો બીજો રસ્તો એ <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></"
++"keyseq> ને દબાવવાનો છે, તેનાં <em>આદેશ નામ</em> ને દાખલ કરો, અને પછી "
++"<key>Enter</key> કીને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <app>Rhythmbox</app> ને શરૂ કરવા માટે, <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો અને 'rhythmbox' (એકજ અવતરણચિહ્ન વગર) "
++"ટાઇપ કરો. કાર્યક્રમનું નામ એ કાર્યક્રમને શરૂ કરવા માટે આદેશ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને કેવી રીતે છોડવી તે શીખો, બહાર નીકળીને, વપરાશકર્તાઓ, "
++"અને વગેરેને બદલી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "એલેક્ઝાન્ડ્રે ફ્રેન્ક"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr "બહાર નીકળો, પાવર બંધ, વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની મદદથી સમાપ્ત કરો તો, તમે તેને બંધ કરી શકો છો, "
++"તેને સ્થગિત કરો (પાવરને સંગ્રહવા માટે), અથવા તેનો પાવર ચાલુ રાખો અને બહાર "
++"નીકળો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr "બહાર નીકળો અથવા વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓને ઉપયોગ કરવા દેવા માટે, તમે ક્યાંતો બહાર "
++"નીકળી શકો છો, અથવા તમારી જાતને પ્રવેશીને છોડી દો અને ફક્ત વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો."
++" જો તમે વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો તો, બધા તમારાં કાર્યક્રમોને ચાલવાનું ચાલુ રાખશે, "
++"અને બધુ ત્યાં હશે જ્યાં તમે તેને છોડ્યુ હતુ જ્યારે તમે પાછા પ્રવેશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બહાર નીકળવા</gui> માટે અથવા <gui>વપરાશકર્તાને બદલો</gui>, ટોચની પટ્ટી "
++"પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને અનૂકુળ વિકલ્પને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>બહાર નીકળો</gui> અને <gui>વપરાશકર્તાને બદલો</gui> નોંધણીઓ ફક્ત મેનુમાં "
++"દેખાય છે જો તમારી પાસે તમારી સિસ્ટમ પર એક કરતા વધારે વપરાશકર્તા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વપરાશકર્તાને બદલો</gui> નોંધણી ફક્ત મેનુમાં દેખાય તો જો તમારી પાસે "
++"તમારી સિસ્ટમ પર એક કરતા વધારે વપરાશકર્તા ખાતુ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે થોડોક સમય માટે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને છોડી રહ્યા હોય તો, તમે તમારી ફાઇલો "
++"અથવા ચાલતા કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરવા માટે બીજા લોકોને અટકાવવા માટે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને "
++"તાળુ મારવુ જોઇએ. જ્યારે તમે પાછા જાવ તો, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">સ્ક્રીનનું તાળુ</link> પદડાને ઉઠાવો અને પાછુ પ્રવેશવા માટે "
++"તમારાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કો, જો તમે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ ન મારો તો, તે અમુક સમય "
++"પછી આપમેળે તાળુ મરાઇ જશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારા નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>તાળુ</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમારી સ્ક્રીનનું તાળુ મારેલ હોય તો, બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ પાસવર્ડ સ્ક્રીન "
++"પર <gui>બીજા વપરાશકર્તા તરીકે પ્રવેશો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરીને તેનાં પોતાના "
++"ખાતામાં પ્રવેશી શકો છો. તમે તમારા ડેસ્કટોપમાં પાછુ બદલી શકો છો જ્યારે તેઓ "
++"સમાપ્ત થયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "સ્થગિત"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++"પાવર સંગ્રહવા માટે, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત કરો જ્યારે તમે તેને વાપરવાનું "
++"ન હોય તો. જો તમે લેપટોપને વાપરો તો, GNOME આપમેળે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત "
++"કરે છે જ્યારે તમે ઢાંકણને બંધ કરો તો, આ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરની મેમરીમાં તમારી "
++"સ્થિતિનો સંગ્રહ કરે છે અને મોટા ભાગનાં કાર્યોને બંધ કરે છે. થોડા પ્રમાણમાં "
++"પાવર એ હજુ સ્થગિત દરમ્યાન વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને જાતે જ સ્થગિત કરવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો અને <key>Alt</key> કીને પકડી રાખો. <gui>પાવર બંધ</gui> વિકલ્પ એ "
++"<gui>સ્થગિત</gui> માટે બદલાશે. <gui>સ્થગિત</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "પાવર બંધ અથવા પુન:શરૂ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે આખા તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરવા માંગતા હોય તો, અથવા સંપૂર્ણ રીતે પુન:"
++"શરૂ કરો, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>પાવર બંધ</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો. સંવાદ એ ક્યાંતો <gui>પૂન:શરૂ કરો</gui> અથવા <gui>પાવર બંધ</gui> "
++"કરવા માટે ખોલવા માંગણી કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ત્યાં બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓ પ્રવેશેલ હોય તો, તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરને પુન:શરૂ કરવા અને "
++"પાવર બંધ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી મળી શકતી નથી, કારણ કે આ તેનાં સત્રનો અંત લાવશે. "
++"જો તમે સંચાલક વપરાશકર્તા હોય તો, તમને પાવર બંધ કરવા માટે તમારા પાસવર્ડ માટે "
++"પૂછી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનો પાવર બંધ કરી શકો છો જો તમે તેને ખસેડવા ઇચ્છો છો અને "
++"તમારી પાસે બેટરી ન હોય તો, જો તમારી બેટરી ઓછી હોય તો અથવા બરાબર રીતે ચાર્જ "
++"પકડી રાખતુ ન હોય તો, બંધ થયેલ કમ્પ્યૂટર પણ <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">ઓછી ઊર્જા</link> વાપરે છે એક કે જે સ્થગિત થઇ ગયેલ છે કરતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "GNOME નો પરિચય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME શેલ ટોચ પટ્ટી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી એ તમારી વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમો, તમારું કૅલેન્ડર અને મંત્રણા માટે "
++"પ્રવેશ પૂરો પાડે છે, અને <link xref=\"status-icons\">સિસ્ટમ ગુણધર્મો</link> "
++"જેમ કે સાઉન્ડ, નેટવર્કીંગ, અને પાવર. ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં તમારા નામ હેઠળ, તમે "
++"તમારી ઉપલબ્ધતાને સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો, તમારી રૂપરેખા અથવા સુયોજનોને બદલો, બહાર "
++"નીકળો અથવા વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો, અથવા તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ બટન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરવા માટે, <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો, અથવા ટોચની ડાબે ખૂણે તમારાં માઉસ પોઇંટરને ખસેડો. તમે તમારા કિબોર્ડ પર "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> કી ને દબાવો. તમે ઝાંખીમાં તમારી "
++"વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમોને જોઇ શકો છો. તમે તમારાં કાર્યક્રમ, ફાઇલો, અને "
++"ફોલ્ડરોને શોધવા ફક્ત ટાઇપ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરવા માટે, સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબે <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\"><gui>કાર્યક્રમો</gui> મેનુ</link> પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને પસંદ કરો. તમે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં "
++"તમારી વિન્ડો અને કાર્યક્રમોને જોવા માટે <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> કીને દબાવી શકો છો. તમારાં કાર્યક્રમો, ફાઇલો, અને "
++"ફોલ્ડરોને શોધવા ટાઇપીંગ શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr "ડૅશ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++"ઝાંખીની ડાબી બાજુ પર, તમે <em>ડૅશ</em> ને શોધશો. ડૅશ તમારી પસંદીદા અને ચાલતા "
++"કાર્યક્રમોને તમને બતાવે છે. તે કાર્યક્રમને ખોલવા માટે ડૅશમાં કોઇપણ ચિહ્ન પર "
++"ક્લિક કરો; જો કાર્યક્રમ પહેલેથી ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય તો, તે પ્રકાશિત થયેલ હશે. "
++"તેનાં ચિહ્નો પર ક્લિક કરીને મોટાભાગની તાજેતરની વપરાયેલ વિન્ડોને લાવશે. તમે "
++"ઝાંખીમાં ચિહ્નને ખેંચી પણ શકો છો, અથવા જમણે કોઇપણ કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++"ચિહ્ન પર જમણી ક્લિક કરીને મેનુને દર્શાવે છે કે જે ચાલતા કાર્યક્રમમાં કોઇપણ "
++"વિન્ડોને પસંદ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપે છે, અથવા નવી વિન્ડોને ખોલવા માટે. તમે "
++"ચિહ્ન પર પણ ક્લિક કરી શકો છો જ્યારે નવી વિન્ડોને ખોલવા માટે <key>Ctrl</key> "
++"કીને પકડી રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે ઝાંખીને દાખલ કરો તો, તમે શરૂઆતે વિન્ડો ઝાંખીમાં હશો. આ વર્તમાન "
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પર બધી વિન્ડોનાં થમ્ભનેઇલને જીવંત બતાવે છે. તે વિન્ડોને "
++"પ્રકાશિત કરવા માટે કોઇપણ વિન્ડો પર ક્લિક કરો અને ઝાંખીમાંથી બહાર નીકળો. તમે "
++"કોઇપણ વિન્ડો થમ્ભનેઇલ પર મોટુ કરવા માટે તમારા માઉસનાં સ્ક્રોલ વ્હીલને વાપરી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"કાર્યક્રમ ઝાંખીને દર્શાવવા માટે ડૅશને તળિયે જાળી બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. આ તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર પર સ્થાપિત થયેલ બધા કાર્યક્રમોને બતાવે છે. તેને ચલાવવા માટે કોઇપણ "
++"કાર્યક્રમ પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા ઝાંખી અથવા કામ કરવાની જગ્યા થમ્ભનેઇલમાં "
++"કાર્યક્રમને ખેંચો. તમે તેને પસંદીદા બનાવવા માટે ડૅશમાં કાર્યક્રમને ખેંચી પણ "
++"શકો છો. તમારી પસંદીદા કાર્યક્રમો ડૅશમાં રહે છે જ્યારે તેઓ ચાલી રહ્યા ન હોય, "
++"તેથી તમે તેઓને ઝડપથી વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરવા વિશે વધારે શીખો. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">વિન્ડો અને કામ કરવાની જગ્યા વિશે વધારે શીખો. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr "ઘડિયાળ, કેલેન્ડર અને મંત્રણા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"હાલની તારીખ, મહિનાનું કૅલેન્ડર, અને તમારી આવતી મંત્રણાઓની યાદીને જોવા માટે "
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર ઘડિયાળ પર ક્લિક કરો. તમે તારીખ અને સમય સુયોજનોને પણ વાપરી શકો "
++"છો અને મેનુમાંથી સીધુ તમારાં સંપૂર્ણ <app>ઇવોલ્યુશન</app> કૅલેન્ડરને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">કેલેન્ડર અને મંત્રણા વિશે વધારે શીખો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr "તમે અને તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા મેનુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી રૂપરેખા અને તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સંચાલિત કરવા માટે ટોચની જમણે ખૂણે "
++"તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મેનુમાંથી ઝડપથી તમારી ઉપલબ્ધતાને સીધુ જ સુયોજિત કરી શકો છો. આ ઇન્સ્ટન્ટ-"
++"મેસેજીંગ કાર્યક્રમ જેમ કે <app>Empathy</app> ને જોવા માટે તમારા સંપર્કો માટે "
++"તમારી પરિસ્થિતિને સુયોજિત કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++"મેનુ પણ તમારી વ્યક્તિગત જાણકારીમાં ફેરફાર કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે અને "
++"સિસ્ટમ સુયોજનોને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને છોડી દો તો, તમે તેને વાપરવાથી બીજા લોકોને "
++"અટકાવવા માટે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારી શકે છે. તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં કોઇ બીજાને "
++"પ્રવેશ આપવા માટે સંપૂર્ણ રીતે બંધ કરવા માટે વપરાશકર્તાઓને ઝડપથી બદલી શકો છો. "
++"અથવા તમે મેનુમાંથી કમ્પ્યૂટરને સ્થગિત અથવા બંધ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલવા વિશે વધારે શીખો, બહાર નીકળી "
++"રહ્યા છે, અને તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને બંધ કરી રહ્યા છે.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "તાળુ સ્ક્રીન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારી સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારો તો, અથવા તેનું આપોઆપ તાળુ મારે છે, તાળુ "
++"સ્ક્રીનને દર્શાવેલ છે. તમારા ડેસ્કટોપને સુરક્ષિત રાખવા માટે વધુમાં જ્યારે "
++"તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરથી દૂર હોય, તાળુ સ્ક્રીન એ તારીખ, સમય અને પ્રવેશેલ "
++"વપરાશકર્તા તરીકે તમારાં નામને દર્શાવે છે. તે તમારી બેટરી અને નેટવર્ક "
++"પરિસ્થિતિ વિશે જાણકારી પૂરી પાડે છે, અને મીડિયા પ્લેબેકને નિયંત્રણ કરવા માટે "
++"તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">તાળુ સ્ક્રીન વિશે વધારે શીખો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "સંદેશા ટ્રે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "સંદેશો ટ્રે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશા ટ્રેને <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> દબાવીને અથવા "
++"સ્ક્રીનની નીચે વિરુદ્દ તમારાં માઉસ પોઇંટરન દબાવીને જોવામાં લાવી શકાય છે. આ એ "
++"છે જ્યાં તમારી સૂચનાઓ સંગ્રહેલ છે જ્યાં સુધી તમે તેઓને જોવા તૈયાર છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">સૂચનાઓ અને સંદેશા ટ્રે વિશે વધારે શીખો.</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો યાદી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજા ડેસ્કટોપ પર્યાવરણમાં શોધેલ કાયમી દૃશ્યમાન વિન્ડો યાદી કરતા વિન્ડોને "
++"બદલવા માટે GNOME લક્ષણોનો વિવિધ હેતુ છે. આ અવરોધ વગર તમને કાર્ય પર પ્રકાશિત "
++"થવા દો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">વિન્ડોને બદલવા વિશે વધારે શીખો. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કાર્યક્રમ અથવા સિસ્ટમ ઘટક એ તમારાં ધ્યાનને ખેંચવા માંગતા હોય તો, તે "
++"વિન્ડોની જમણી બાજુ પર વાદળી ચિહ્નને દર્શાવશો. વાદળી ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરીને "
++"સંદેશા ટ્રેને બતાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ ડેસ્કટોપ આસપાસ મેળવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "ઉપયોગીકિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"આ પાનું કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણોની ઝાંખી છે કે જે મદદ કરી શકે છે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ અને "
++"કાર્યક્રમોને વધારે વાપરે તો. જો તમે ઉપકરણ પર નિર્દેશક અથવા માઉસને વાપરી શકતા "
++"નથી, ફક્ત કિબોર્ડ સાથે વપરાશકર્તા ઇન્ટરફેસોને સ્થળાંતર કરવા પર વધારે જાણકારી "
++"માટે <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ આસપાસ મેળવી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> અથવા <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખી અને ડેસ્કટોપ વચ્ચે બદલો. ઝાંખીમાં, તમારા "
++"કાર્યક્રમો, સંપર્કો, અને દસ્તાવેજોને ઝડપથી શોધવા માટે લખવાનું શરૂ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr "આદેશ વિન્ડો પર પોપ અપ કરો (ઝડપી ચાલતા આદેશો માટે)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">વિન્ડો વચ્ચે ઝડપથી બદલો</link>. "
++"વિપરીત ક્રમ માટે <key>Shift</key> ને પકડી રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"એજ કાર્યક્રમમાંથી વિન્ડો વચ્ચે બદલો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> પછી પસંદ થયેલ કાર્યક્રમોમાંથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"આ ટૂંકાણ US કિબોર્ડ પર <key>`</key> ને વાપરે છે, જ્યાં <key>`</key> કી એ "
++"<key>Tab</key> કી ઉપર છે. બધા બીજા કિબોર્ડ પર, ટૂંકાણ એ <key>Super</key> છે "
++"વધુમાં કી <key>Tab</key> ઉપર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં કિબોર્ડને પ્રકાશિત કરો. <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં, ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટી, ડૅશ, વિન્ડો ઝાંખી, કાર્યક્રમ યાદી, અને શોધ ક્ષેત્ર વચ્ચે કિબોર્ડ "
++"પ્રકાશિત બદલો. સ્થળાંતર કરવા માટે તીર કીને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડો ઝાંખીનુ સ્થળાંતર કરવા માટે તીર કીને વાપરવા માટે તે હાલમાં શક્ય નથી. "
++"વિન્ડોને બદલવા માટે, ઝાંખીમાંથી બહાર નીકળો અને <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> અને <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq> વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમોની યાદીને બતાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> અને <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓ વચ્ચે બદલો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> અને "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">વિવિધ  કામ કરવાની જગ્યામા વર્તમાન "
++"વિન્ડોને ખસેડો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">બહાર નીકળો</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">સ્ક્રીનને તાળુ મારો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">સંદેશા ટ્રે</link> ખોલો. "
++"ફરી <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> દબાવો અથવા બંધ કરવા માટે "
++"<key>Esc</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr "સામાન્ય ફેરફાર કરવાનાં ટૂંકાણો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "યાદીમાં બધા લખાણ અથવા વસ્તુઓને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદ થયેલ લખાણ અથવા વસ્તુઓને કાપો (દૂર કરો) અને ક્લિપબોર્ડ પર તેને સ્થિત કરો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં પસંદ થયેલ લખણ અથવા વસ્તુઓની નકલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડમાં સમાવિષ્ટોને ચોંટાડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "છેલ્લી ક્રિયા પાછી લાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનમાંથી લઇ રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">વિન્ડોનો સ્ક્રીનશોટ લો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">સ્ક્રીનનાં વિસ્તારનાં "
++"સ્ક્રીનશોટને લો.</link> પોઇંટર ક્રોસહેરને બદલે છે. વિસ્તારને પસંદ કરવા માટે "
++"ક્લિક અને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">સ્ક્રીનકાસ્ટ રેકોર્ડીંગને શરૂ "
++"અને અંત કરો.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr "આ સુશોભન અને વિધેયાત્મક તાળુ સ્ક્રીન ઉપયોગી જાણકારી પૂરી પાડે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "તાળુ સ્ક્રીન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++"તાળુ સ્ક્રીનનો મતલબ એ છે કે તમે જોઇ શકો છો કે શું થઇ રહ્યુ છે જ્યારે તમારાં "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને તાળુ મારેલ હોય, અને તે શું થઇ ગયુ છે તેનાં સારાંશને મેળવવા માટે "
++"તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે જ્યારે તમે દૂર હોય. તાળુ સ્ક્રીન સ્ક્રીન પર આકર્ષક "
++"ઇમેજને બતાવે છે જ્યારે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને તાળુ મારેલ હોય, અને ઉપયોગી "
++"જાણકારીને પૂરી પાડે છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr "પ્રવેશેલ વપરાશકર્તાનું નામ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "તારીખ અને સમય, અને અમુક સૂચનાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "બેટરી અને નેટવર્ક સ્થિતિ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++"મીડિયા પ્લેબેકને નિયંત્રણ કરવા માટે સક્ષમતા - વોલ્યુમને બદલો, ટ્રેક છોડો "
++"અથવા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કર્યા વગર તમારા સંગીતને અટકાવો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનું તાળુ ખોલવા માટે, કર્સર સાથે ઉપર તેને ખેંચીને તાળુ "
++"સ્ક્રીનને ઉઠાવો, અથવા <key>Esc</key> અથવા <key>Enter</key> દબાવીને. આ પ્રવેશ "
++"સ્ક્રીનને છૂટી કરશે, જ્યાં તમે તાળુ ખોલવા માટે પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરી શકો છો. "
++"તમે વપરાશકર્તાઓને પણ બદલી શકો છો જો તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર એક અથવા વધારે માટે "
++"રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનનાં તળિયે સંદેશા પોપ અપ થાય છે તમને કહી રહ્યા છે જ્યારે અમુક ઘટનાઓ "
++"બને ત્યારે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "મરીના ઝુરાખીનસ્ક્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr "સૂચનાઓ અને સંદેશા ટ્રે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr "સૂચના શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કાર્યક્મ અથવા સિસ્ટમ ઘટક તમારાં ધ્યાનને મેળવવા ઇચ્છે છે, સૂચના સ્ક્રીનની "
++"નીચે દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે નવો વાર્તાલાપ સંદેશો મેળવો તો, બહારનાં ઉપકરણમાં પ્લગ "
++"કરો (જેમ કે USB સ્ટીક), નવાં સુધારા તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર પર ઉપલબ્ધ છે, અથવા તમારી "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરની બેટરી ઓછી છે, તમને જણાવા માટે સૂચનાને મેળવશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++"વિક્ષેપ ઘટાડવા માટે, અમુક સૂચનાઓ એ એક જ વાક્ય તરીકે પહેલાં દેખાય છે. તમે "
++"તેનાં સંપૂર્ણ સમાવિષ્ટને જોવા માટે તેઓ પર તમારાં માઉસને ખસેડી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++"બીજી સૂચનાઓ પાસે પસંદ કરી શકાય તેવા વિકલ્પ બટનો છે. આ સૂચનાઓમાંના એકને બંધ "
++"કરવા માટે, બંધ કરો બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક સૂચનાઓ પર બંધ બટન પર ક્લિક કરવાનું તેઓને કાઢી નાંખે છે. બીજાઓ જેમ કે "
++"Rhythmbox અથવા તમારું વાર્તાલાપ કાર્યક્રમ સંદેશા ટ્રેમાં છુપાયેલ રહેશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr "સંદેશા ટ્રે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશા ટ્રે એ તમારી સૂચનાઓમાં પાછા જવાનો રસ્તો આપે છે જ્યારે તે તમારી માટે "
++"અનૂકુળ હોય. તે દેખાય છે જ્યારે તમે સ્ક્રીનનાં નીચેના જમણાં ખૂણામાં તમારા "
++"માઉસને ખસેડોતો, અથવા <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq> દબાવો. સંદેશા ટ્રે બધી સૂચનાઓને સમાવે છે કે જે "
++"તેની પર કાર્ય કરતુ નથી અથવા તે કાયમ માટે તેમાં રહે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશા ટ્રે એ તમારી સૂચનાઓમાં પાછા જવાનો રસ્તો આપે છે જ્યારે તે તમારી માટે "
++"અનૂકુળ હોય. તે દેખાય છે જ્યારે તમે સ્ક્રીનનાં નીચેના જમણાં ખૂણામાં તમારા "
++"માઉસને ખસેડોતો, અથવા <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq> દબાવો. તમે પણ વિન્ડો યાદીની જમણી બાજુ પર વાદળી "
++"નંબર પર ક્લિક કરીને સંદેશા ટ્રેને બતાવી શકો છો. સંદેશા ટ્રે એ બધી સૂચનાઓને "
++"બતાવે છે કે જે તેની પર કાર્ય કરતુ નથી અથવા તે કાયમ માટે તેમાં રહે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સંદેશા ટ્રે વસ્તુઓ પર ક્લિક કરીને સૂચનાઓને જોઇ શકો છો. આ સામાન્ય રીતે "
++"કાર્યક્રમ દ્દારા મોકલેલ છે. છતાંપણ, વાર્તાલાપ સૂચનાઓને ખાસ સારવાર આપેલ છે, "
++"અને વ્યક્તિગત સંપર્કો દ્દારા રજૂ થયેલ છે કે જેને તમને વાર્તાલાપ સંદેશાને "
++"મોકલેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ને દબાવીને તમે સંદેશાને ફરી "
++"બંધ કરી શકો છો અથવા <key>Esc</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"જો <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">સ્ક્રીન કિબોર્ડ</link> ને ખોલો તો, તમે સંદેશા "
++"ટ્રેને બતાવવા માટે <gui>ટ્રે બટન</gui> ને બતાવવા માટે <gui>ટ્રે બટન</gui> પર "
++"ક્લિક કરવાની જરૂર પડશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr "સૂચનાને છુપાવી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કંઇક પર કામ કરી રહ્યા હોય તો અને હેરાન થવા માંગતા ન હોય તો, તમે "
++"સૂચનાઓને બંધ કરી શકો છો. ફક્ત ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>સૂચનાઓ</gui> ટૉગલને <gui>બંધ</gui> કરવાનું બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે બંધ હોય ત્યારે, મોટાભાગની સૂચનાઓ સ્ક્રીનની નીચે પોપ અપ કરશે. ઘણી "
++"મહત્વની સૂચનાઓ જેમ કે જ્યારે તમારી બેટરી બહુજ ઓછી હોય તો તે હજુ પોપ અપ કરશે. "
++"સૂચનાઓ મેસેજીંગ ટ્રેમાં હજુ ઉપલબ્ધ રહેશે જ્યારે તમે તેને દર્શાવો (નીચે જમણે "
++"ખૂણે તમારા માઉસને ખસેડીને, અથવા <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq> દબાવીને), અને તેઓ પુન:દર્શાવાશે જ્યારે તમે ફરી ટૉગલને  <gui>ચાલુ</"
++"gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">પરિચય</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
++"shortcuts\">કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણો</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">કેલેન્ડર</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">સૂચનાઓ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ, કાર્યક્રમો અને વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ અને વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr "ડેસ્કટોરનાં વિવિધ ભાગોને વર્ણવા માટે વાપરેલ ઝાંખીની મર્યાદા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ, ડૅશ, ટોચની પટ્ટી… તેઓ શું છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> એ સ્ક્રીન છે કે જે દર્શાવેલ છે જ્યારે તમે સ્ક્રીનની "
++"ટોચની ડાબે પર <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> એ સ્ક્રીન છે કે જે દર્શાવેલ છે જ્યારે તમે સ્ક્રીનની "
++"ટોચ પર <gui>કાર્યક્રમ</gui> મેનુમાં <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ મેનુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબે <gui>કાર્યક્રમ</gui> મેનુને શોધી શકો છો. તે વર્ગોમાં "
++"સંચાલિત થયેલ કાર્યક્રમો માટે તમને પ્રવેશ આપે છે. <em>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> એ "
++"મેનુ માંથી <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને પસંદ કરવા દ્દારા ઉપલબ્ધ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr "સુપર-ટેબ વિન્ડો સ્વીચર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> કીને પકડી રાખો તો "
++"અને પછી <key>Tab</key> ને દબાવો, <em>વિન્ડો સ્વીચર</em> દેખાય છે. આ "
++"કાર્યક્રમોનાં ચિહ્નનોને બતાવે છે જે તમારી પાસે હાલમાં ખુલ્લી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ડૅશ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ડૅશ</em>  એ તમારી પસંદીદા કાર્યક્રમોની યાદી છે કે જે પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીની "
++"ડાબી બાજુ પર બતાવેલ છે. કાર્યક્રમો કે જે હાલમાં ચાલી રહ્યા છે તે અહિંયા "
++"બતાવેલ છે. ડૅશ અમુકવાર <em>ડૉક</em> તરીકે સંદર્ભ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr "હોટ કોર્નર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>હૉટ કોર્નર</em> એ સ્ક્રીનની ટોચની ડાબેનો ખૂણો છો. જ્યારે તમે આ ખૂણાનાં "
++"પોઇંટરને ખસેડો તો, પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી ખૂલે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>તાળુ સ્ક્રીન</em>એ સ્ક્રીન પર ઇમેજને દર્શાવે છે જ્યારે તમારું "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટરને તાળુ મારેલ છે. તે તેનાં વિશે ઉપયોગી જાણકારીને પૂરી પાડે છે કે શુ "
++"થઇ રહ્યુ છે જ્યારે તમે દૂર હોય ત્યારે, અને તાળુ ખોલ્યા વગર મીડિયા પ્લેબેકનું "
++"નિયંત્રણ કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "સૂચનાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સૂચનાઓ</em> સંદેશા છે કે જે સ્ક્રીનની નીચે પોપ અપ કરે છે, તમને તે કહી "
++"રહ્યા છે  કે કઇંક હમણા થયુ. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જ્યારે કોઇક તમારી સાથે વાર્તાલાપ "
++"કરે અને સંદેશાને મેકલે છે, સૂચના તમને કહેવા માટે પોપ અપ કરશે. જો તમે અત્યારે "
++"સંદેશા સાથે સોદો કરવા માંગતા હોય તો, તે તમારાં સંદેશા ટ્રેમાં છુપાયેલ છે. "
++"નીચે જમણે ખૂણામાં તમારા માઉસને ખસેડો તમારાં સંદેશાને ટ્રેમાં જોવા માટે (અછવા "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> "
++"દબાવો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "સ્થાન મેનુ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સ્થાન મેનુ</em> ખુલ્લુ છે જ્યારે તમે <gui>ટોચની પટ્ટી</gui> પર "
++"<gui>સ્થાન</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. તે મહત્વનાં ફોલ્ડરોને ઝડપી પ્રવેશ આપે છે, "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે <gui>ડાઉનલોડ</gui> અથવા <gui>ચિત્રો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "સુયોજનો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>સુયોજનો</em> છે જ્યાં તમે પસંદગીઓને બદલી શકો છો અને આગળ પણ, Mac OS માં "
++"વિન્ડો અને સિસ્ટમ પસંદગીઓમાં નિયંત્રણ પેનલનાં જેવુ જ. ટોચની પટ્ટીની જમણે "
++"તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો અને તેઓને વાપરવા માટે <gui>સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "ટોચ પટ્ટી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ટોચની પટ્ટી</em> એ પટ્ટી છે કે સ્ક્રીનનાં ટોચે સાથે ચાલે છે. "
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> કડી એ ટોચની પટ્ટીને એક અંત છે અને તમારો વપરાશકર્તાનામ એ "
++"બીજા પર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ટોચની પટ્ટી</em> એ પટ્ટી છે કે સ્ક્રીનનાં ટોચે સાથે ચાલે છે. "
++"<gui>કાર્યક્રમો</gui> કડી એ ટોચની પટ્ટીને એક અંત છે અને તમારો વપરાશકર્તાનામ "
++"એ બીજા પર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વિવિધ <em>કામ કરવાની જગ્યા</em> પર વિન્ડોને મૂકી શકો છો. વિન્ડોને "
++"જૂથીકરણ અને અલગ કરવાનો તેઓ માટે સરળ રસ્તો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</em> એ કામ કરવાની જગ્યાની યાદી છે કે જે "
++"પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાં <gui>વિન્ડો</gui> દૃશ્યની જમણી બાજુ પર બતાવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>વિન્ડો યાદી</em> એ સ્ક્રીનની નીચે પટ્ટી છે, કે જે બધી તમારી ખુલ્લી "
++"વિન્ડોને બતાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી અથવા બીજી કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "ગુમ થયેલ વિન્ડોને શોધો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++"વિવિધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પર વિન્ડો, અથવા બીજી વિન્ડો પાછળ છુપાયેલ છે, <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</link> મદદથી સરળતાથી મળ્યુ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</em> ખોલો. જો ગુમ થયેલ હાલની <link xref=\"shell-"
++"windows#working-with-workspaces\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા</link> પર છે, તે "
++"થમ્ભનેઇલમાં અહિંયા બતાવેલ છે. વિન્ડોને પુન:દર્શાવવા માટે થમ્ભનેઇ પર સાદી "
++"રીતે ક્લિક કરો, અથવા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી વિન્ડોને શોધવાનું પ્રયત્ન કરવા માટે સ્ક્રીનની જમણી બાજુ પર <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</link> માં વિવિધ કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યા પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"ડૅશમાં કાર્યક્રમ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને ખુલ્લી વિન્ડો યાદી થયેલ હશે. તેને "
++"બદલવા માટે યાદીમાં વિન્ડો પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો સ્વીચરને વાપરી રહ્યા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">વિન્ડો સ્વીચર</link> ને દર્શાવવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> "
++"ને દબાવો. <key>Super</key> કીને પકડી રાખવા માટે ચાલુ રાખો અને વિન્ડોને ખોલવા "
++"મારફતે ચક્રમાં <key>Tab</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા ચક્રને પાછુ લાવવા માટે "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++"જો કાર્યક્રમ પાસે ઘણી ખુલ્લી વિન્ડો છે, <key>Super</key> ને અટકાવો અને "
++"<key>`</key> ને દબાવો તેઓ મારફતે પગલાં કરવા માટે (અથવા <key>Tab</key> પર કી)."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહવા અથવા મહત્તમ કરવા માટે બે વાર ક્લિક કરો અથવા "
++"શીર્ષકપટ્ટીને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરો અને મહત્તમ ના કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપની બધી જગ્યાને લાવવા માટે વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરી શકો છો અને "
++"તેનાં સામાન્ય માપમાં તેને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ ના કરો. તમે "
++"સ્ક્રીનની ડાબી અને જમણી બાજુ સાથે વિન્ડોને ઊભી રીતે પણ મહત્તમ કરી શકો છો, "
++"તેથી તમે એકવાર બે વિન્ડોને સરળતાથી જોઇ શકો છો. વિગતો માટે <link xref=\"shell-"
++"windows-tiled\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરવા માટે, શીર્ષકપટ્ટીને લાવો અને સ્ક્રીનની ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં "
++"તેને ખસેડો, અથવા શીર્ષકપટ્ટી પર બે વાર ક્લિક કરો. કિબોર્ડની મદદથી વિન્ડોને "
++"મહત્તમ કરવા માટે, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> કીને પકડી "
++"રાખો અને <key>↑</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે શીર્ષકપટ્ટીમાં મહત્તમ બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને તમે વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ પણ કરી શકો "
++"છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++"તેની મહત્તમ ન થયેલ માપમાં વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે, સ્ક્રીનની બાજુમાંથી "
++"તેને દૂર ખેંચો. જો વિન્ડો સંપૂર્ણપણે મહત્તમ થયેલ હોય તો, તમે તેને પુન:"
++"સંગ્રહવા માટે શીર્ષકપટ્ટી પર બે વાપર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો. તમે એજ કિબોર્ડ "
++"ટૂંકાણોને પણ વાપરી શકો છો તમે વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરવાની આદત હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Alt</key> ને પકડી રાખો અને તેને ખસેડવા માટે વિન્ડોમાં ગમે ત્યા ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++"તમને સારી રીતે વધારે કામ કરવાનું મદદ કરવા માટે કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને "
++"ગોઠવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને ખસેડો અને તેનું માપ બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે વધારે સારી રીતે કામ કરવામાં મદદ કરવા માટે વિન્ડોને તમે તેનું માપ અને "
++"ખસેડી શકો છો. તેની વર્તણૂકને ખેંચીને જે તમે ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો, GNOME લક્ષણ "
++"ટૂંકાણો અને સંશોધકો તમને ઝડપથી વિન્ડોને ગોઠવવા મદદ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"શીર્ષકપટ્ટીને ખેંચીને વિન્ડોને ખસેડો, અથવા <key>Alt</key> ને પકડી રાખો અને "
++"વિન્ડોમાં ગમેતે રીતે ખેંચો. <key>Shift</key> ને પકડી રાખો જ્યારે સ્ક્રીન અને "
++"બીજી વિન્ડોની બાજુઓમાં વિન્ડોને સ્નેપ કરવા માટે ખસેડી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડોનાં ખૂણા અથવા બાજુઓને ખેંચીને વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલો. <key>Shift</key> ને "
++"પકડી રાખો જ્યારે સ્ક્રીન અને બીજી વિન્ડોની બાજુઓમાં વિન્ડોનાં સ્નેપનું માપ "
++"બદલી રહ્યા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"શીર્ષકપટ્ટીમાં મહત્તમ બટન પર ક્લિક કરીને તમે મહત્તમ થયેલ વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"ફક્ત કિબોર્ડની મદદથી વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલો અથવા ખસેડો. <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> દબાવો અથવા તેનું માપ બદલવા માટે <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> દબાવો. ખસેડવા અથવા તેનું માપ બદલવા માટે તીર કીઓને "
++"વાપરો, પછી સમાપ્ત કરવા માટે <key>Enter</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા મૂળભૂત સ્થાન અને "
++"માપમાં પાછા આવવા માટે <key>Esc</key> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે તેને ખેંચીને <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">વિન્ડોને "
++"મહત્તમ કરો</link>. બાજુ સાથે તેને મહત્તમ કરવા માટે સ્ક્રીનની એક બાજુને ખેંચો."
++" <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">ચકતી વિન્ડોની આજુબાજુ</link> તમને "
++"પરવાનગી આપી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો વચ્ચે બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિન્ડો સ્વીચર</gui> માં બધા કાર્યક્રમોને સમાવી રહ્યા છે કાર્યો વચ્ચે "
++"બદલાય તેવી એકજ તબક્કાવાળી પ્રક્રિયાને બનાવે છે અને સંપૂર્ણ ચિત્રને પૂરુ પાડે "
++"છે કે જેનાં કાર્યક્રમો ચાલી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાંથી:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વિન્ડો સ્વીચર</gui> ને લાવવા માટે <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્વીચરમાં આગળ (પ્રકાશિત થયેલ) વિન્ડોને પસંદ કરવા માટે <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key> પ્રકાશિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"નહિં તો, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> કીને અટકાવી રહ્યા છે, "
++"વિન્ડોને ખોલવાની યાદી મારફતે <key>Tab</key> ને દબાવો, અથવા પાછા તેમાં જવા "
++"માટે <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ન દબાવો. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"બધી તમારી ખુલ્લી વિન્ડોને વાપરવા માટે નીચેની પટ્ટી પર તમે વિન્ડો યાદીને "
++"વાપરી શકો છો અને તેઓ વચ્ચે બદલી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડો સ્વીચરમાં વિન્ડો એ કાર્યક્રમ દ્દારા જૂથ થયેલ છે. ઘણી વિન્ડો સાથે "
++"કાર્યક્રમોનું પૂર્વદર્શન નીચે પોપ થાય છે તમે તેની મારફતે ક્લિક કરો. <key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> ને પકડી રાખો અને યાદી મારફતે પગલું "
++"લેવા માટે <key>`</key> (અથવા <key>Tab</key> ઉપકર કી) ને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડો સ્વીચરમાં, વિવિધ કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યામાંથી કાર્યક્રમો ઊભા વિભાજક દ્દારા "
++"અલગ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <key>→</key> અથવા <key>←</key> કી સાથે વિન્ડો સ્વીચરમાં કાર્યક્રમ ચિહ્ન "
++"વચ્ચે ખસેડી શકો છો, અથવા માઉસ સાથે તેની પર ક્લિક કરીને એકને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"એક જ વિન્ડો સાથે કાર્યક્રમોનાં પૂર્વદર્શનો એ <key>↓</key> કી સાથે દર્શાવી "
++"શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"તેને બદલવા માટે <link xref=\"shell-windows\">વિન્ડો</link> પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"ઝાંખીને છોડી દો. જો તમારી પાસે ઘણી <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
++"workspaces\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા</link> ખુલ્લી હોય તો, તમે દરેક કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યા પર ખુલ્લી વિન્ડોને દર્શાવવા માટે દરેક કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પર ક્લિક કરી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr "એક બાજુથી બીજી બાજુ બે વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr "તકતી વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સ્ક્રીનની ફક્ત ડાબી અથવા જમણી બાજુ પર વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરી શકો છો, તેઓની "
++"વચ્ચે ઝડપથી બદલવા માટે બે વિન્ડોને એક બાજુથી બીજી બાજુ સ્થિત કરવા માટે તમને "
++"પરવાનગી આપી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની બાજુને વિન્ડોને મહત્તમ કરવા માટે, શીર્ષકપટ્ટીને મેળવો અને અડધી "
++"સ્ક્રીન પ્રકાશિત થાય ત્યાં સુધી ડાબે અથવા જમણે તેને ખેંચો, કિબોર્ડને વાપરી "
++"રહ્યા છે, <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> ને પકડી રાખો "
++"અને <key>Left</key> અથવા <key>Right</key> કીને દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"તેની મૂળ સ્થિતિમાં વિન્ડોને પુન:સંગ્રહવા માટે, સ્ક્રીનની બાજુ તેને દૂર ખેંચી "
++"શકો છો, અથવા એજ કિબોર્ડ ટૂંકાણને વાપરો તમે મહત્તમ કરવા વાપરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "તમારી વિન્ડોને ખસેડો અને સંચાલિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો અને કામ કરવાની જગ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"જેમ કે બીજા ડેસ્કટોપ, GNOME એ તમારાં ચાલતા કાર્યક્રમોને દર્શાવવા માટે "
++"વિન્ડોને વાપરે છે. બંને <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખી અને <gui>ડૅશ</gui> ને "
++"વાપરી રહ્યા છે, તમે નવાં કાર્યક્રમોને શરૂ કરી શકો છો અને સક્રિય વિન્ડો પર "
++"નિયંત્રણ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ભેગા તમારા કાર્યક્રમોને પણ જૂથ કરી શકો છો. આ "
++"લક્ષણોને કેવી રીતે વાપરવું તે સારી રીતે શીખવા માટે નીચે વિન્ડો અને કામ "
++"કરવાની જગ્યા મદદની મુલાકાત લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "વિન્ડો સાથે કામ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા સાથે કામ કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr "પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખીમાં જાવ અને વિવિધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને ખેંચો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "વિન્ડોને વિવિધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં ખસેડો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "માઉસને વાપરી રહ્યા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખી</link> ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીન ટોચે ડાબે <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style="
++"\"menu\">કાર્યક્રમ</gui> મેનુ</link> માંથી <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "સ્ક્રીનની જમણે વિન્ડોને ખેંચો અને તેની પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</em> દેખાશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાલી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને મૂકો. આ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા હવે વિન્ડોને "
++"સમાવે છે જે તમે મૂકેલ છે, અને નવી કામ કરવાની જગ્યા એ <em>કામ કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"પસંદકર્તા</em> ની નીચે દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાલી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને મૂકો. આ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા હવે વિન્ડોને "
++"સમાવે છે જે તમે મૂકેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડને વાપરી રહ્યા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"વિન્ડો પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે ખસેડવા માંગો છો (ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">વિન્ડો સ્વીચર</em>) ને વાપરી રહ્યા છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને ખસેડવા માટે <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો કે જે <em>કામ કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"પસંદકર્તા</em> પર હાલની કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ઉપર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને ખસેડવા માટે <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> ને દબાવો કે જે <em>કામ કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"પસંદકર્તા</em> પર હાલની કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ઉપર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યાનાં પસંદકર્તાને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા વચ્ચે બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</link> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્ક્રીનની ટોચે ડાબી બાજુ પર, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>કાર્યક્રમ</gui> મેનુ</link> પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ ઝાંખી</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પર વિન્ડોને ખોલવાનું જોવા માટે સ્ક્રીનની જમણે બાજુ પર <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</link> માં કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યા પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને સક્રિય કરવા માટે કોઇપણ વિન્ડો થમ્ભનેઇલ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, નીચેની પટ્ટી પર વિન્ડો યાદી પર જમણી બાજુ પર કામ કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"ઓળખકર્તા પર ક્લિક કરીને કામ કરવાની જગ્યા વચ્ચે બદલી શકો છો અને કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યાને પસંદ કરી રહ્યા છે જે તમે મેનુમાંથી વાપરવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને ખસેડવા માટે <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> દબાવો કે જે કામ કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"પસંદકર્તામાં હાલની કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યા ઉપર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને ખસેડવા માટે <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></"
++"keyseq> દબાવો કે જે કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તામાં હાલની કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યા "
++"નીચે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા એ તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પર વિન્ડોનું જૂથ કરવાની રીત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યા શું છે, અને તે કેવી રીતે મને મદદ કરશે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યા એ તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પર વિન્ડોનાં જૂથનો સંદર્ભ કરે છે. તમે ઘણી "
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓને બનાવી શકો છો, કે જે વર્ચ્યુઅલ ડેસ્કટોપ તરીકે કાર્ય કરે "
++"છે. કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ક્લટરને ઘટાડવાનો મતલબ હતો અને ડેસ્કટોપને સ્થળાંતર કરવા "
++"માટે સરળ બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યા એ તમારાં ડેસ્કટોપ પર વિન્ડોનાં જૂથનો સંદર્ભ કરે છે. તમે ઘણી "
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓને વાપરી શકો છો, કે જે વર્ચ્યુઅલ ડેસ્કટોપ તરીકે કાર્ય કરે "
++"છે. કામ કરવાની જગ્યા ક્લટરને ઘટાડવાનો મતલબ હતો અને ડેસ્કટોપને સ્થળાંતર કરવા "
++"માટે સરળ બનાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાઓ તમારાં કામને વ્યવસ્થિત કરવા માટે વાપરી શકાય છે. ઉદાહરણ "
++"તરીકે, તમારી પાસે બધી તમારી વાર્તાલાપ વિન્ડો હોઇ શકે છે, જેમ કે ઇમેઇલ અને "
++"તમારો વાર્તાલાપ કાર્યક્રમ, એક કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યા પર, અને કામ કે તમે વિવિધ "
++"કાર્ય કરવાની જગ્યા પર કરી રહ્યા છો. તમારું સંગીત સંચાલક ત્રીજી કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યા હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને વાપરી રહ્યા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં, સ્ક્રીનની જમણી બાજુમાં તમારા કર્સરને ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીને ખોલવા માટે <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> કીને દબાવો અને પછી સ્ક્રીનની જમણી બાજુ તમારાં કર્સરને "
++"ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ઊભી પેનલ એ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા વપરાશમાં છે તે બતાવી રહ્યુ છે, વધુમાં ખાલી કામ "
++"કરવાની જગ્યા. આ <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</"
++"link> છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ઊબી પેનલ એ બતાવતી ઉપલબ્ધ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા દેખાડશે. આ <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">કામ કરવાની જગ્યા પસંદકર્ત</link> છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને ઉમેરવા માટે, <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યા પસંદકર્તા</link> માં ખાલી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં હાલની કામ કરવાની "
++"જગ્યામાં વિન્ડોને ખેંચો અને મૂકો. આ કામ કરવાની જગ્યા હવે વિન્ડોને સમાવે છે "
++"જે તમે મૂકેલ છે, અને નવી ખાલી કામ કરવાની જગ્યા તેની નીચે દેખાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++"કામ કરવાની જગ્યાને દૂર કરવા માટે, સરળતાથી બધી તેની વિન્ડોને બંધ કરો અથવા "
++"બીજી કામ કરવાની જગ્યામાં તેઓને ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "ત્યાં હંમેશા ઓછામાં ઓછી એક કામ કરવાની જગ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"સંદેશા માટે વગાડવા સાઉન્ડ પસંદ કરો, ચેતવણી વોલ્યુમને સુયોજિત કરો, અથવા "
++"ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડને નિષ્ક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr "પસંદ કરો અથવા ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડને નિષ્ક્રિય કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું કમ્પ્યૂટર અમુક પ્રકારનાં સંદેશા અને ઘટના માટે સરળ ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ "
++"વગાડશે. તમે ચેતવણીઓ માટે વિવિધ સાઉન્ડ ક્લિપને પસંદ કરી શકો છો, તમારાં "
++"સિસ્ટમનાં વોલ્યુમને સ્વતંત્ર ચેતવણી આપો, અથવા બધા માટે ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડને "
++"નિષ્ક્રિય કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સાઉન્ડ અસરો</gui> ટૅબ પર, ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડ પસંદ કરો. દરેક સાઉન્ડને વગાડાશે "
++"જ્યારે તમે તેની પર ક્લિક કરો તેથી તમે સાંભળી શકો છો કેવી રીતે તે સાઉન્ડ કરે "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++"ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડનાં વોલ્યુમને સુયોજિત કરવા માટે <gui>સાઉન્ડ અસરો</gui> પર "
++"વોલ્યુમ સ્લાઇડરને વાપરો. આ તમારા સંગીત,ચિત્રપટ, અથવા બીજી સાઉન્ડ ફાઇલોનાં "
++"વોલ્યુમને અસર કરશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"આખા ચેતવણી સાઉન્ડને નિષ્ક્રિય કરવા માટે, <gui>સાઉન્ડ અસરો</gui> ટૅબ પર "
++"<gui>ચેતવણી વોલ્યુમ</gui> હેઠળ <gui>ચાલુ/બંધ</gui> સ્વીચને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++"મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ સમસ્યા જેવી કે સાઉન્ડ નથી અથવા નબળી ગુણવત્તાવાળો સાઉન્ડ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ સમસ્યા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને તોડવા માટે સાઉન્ડ પ્લેબેક માટે ઘણાં રસ્તાઓ છે. ક્યાં "
++"નીચેનાં વિષયો એ સમસ્યાને વર્ણવે છે જે તમે અનુભવી રહ્યા છો?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "તમારું ઓડિયો કેબલ અને સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ ડ્રાઇવરોને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr "હું તડતડાહટ અથવા ગુંજવાનુ સાંભળુ જ્યારે અવાજ થઇ રહ્યો હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે સ્પીકર યોગ્ય રીતે પ્લગ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++"જો સ્પીકર સંપૂર્ણપણે પ્લગ થયેલ નથી, અથવા જો તેઓ ખોટા સોકેટમાં પ્લગ થયેલ હોય "
++"તો, તમે બઝીંગ સાઉન્ડ સાંભળી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "ખાતરી કરો કે સ્પીકર/હેડફોન કેબલ બગડી ગયા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "ચકાસો જો સાઉન્ડ ડ્રાઇવરો સારા ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ Linux પર સારી રીતે કામ કરતા નથી કારણ કે તેઓ પાસે સારા "
++"ડ્રાઇવરો નથી. આ સમસ્યાઓ ઓળખવા માટે વધારે મુશ્કેલ છે. ઇન્ટરનેટ પર તમારાં "
++"સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડનાં મેક અને મોડલને માટે શોધવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો, વધુમાં શબ્દ "
++"\"Linux\" ને શોધો, જોવા માટે જો બીજા લોકોને એજ સમસ્યા આવી રહી હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારા સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ વિશે વધારે જાણકારી મેળવવા માટે <cmd>lspci</cmd> "
++"આદેશને વાપરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++"ચકાસો કે તે મૂંગુ થયેલ છે, તે કેબલો યોગ્ય રીતે પ્લગ થયેલ છે, અને સાઉન્ડ "
++"કાર્ડ શોધાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr "હું કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કોઇપણ સાઉન્ડ સાંભળી શકતી નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કોઇપણ સાઉન્ડને સાંભળો નહિં તો, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે "
++"જ્યારે તમે સંગીતને વગાડવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો, જોવા માટે આ મુશ્કેલીનિવારણ પગલાંનો "
++"પ્રયત્ન કરો જો તમે સમસ્યાને સુધારી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr "ખાતરી કરો કે સાઉન્ડ મૂંગુ નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર સાઉન્ડ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો (તે સ્પીકર જેવું લાગે છે) અને ખાતરી "
++"કરો કે સાઉન્ડ મૂંગુ થયેલ નથી એથવા જમણે નીચે ફરેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક લેપટોપ પાસે તેનાં કિબોર્ડ પર મૂંગી સ્વીચ અથવા કી હોય છે—જોવા માટે તે "
++"કીને દબાવવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો જો તે સાઉન્ડ મૂંગુ ન હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે ચકાસવુ જોઇએ કે તમે કાર્યક્રમને મૂંગૂ કરેલ નથી કે તમે સાઉન્ડને વગાડવા "
++"વાપરી રહ્યા છો (દા.ત. તમારુ સંગીત પ્લેયર અથવા ચિત્રપટ પ્લેયર). કાર્યક્રમ "
++"પાસે તેની મુખ્ય વિન્ડોમાં મૂંગુ અથવા વોલ્યુમ બટન હોઇ શકે છે, તેથી તેને ચકાસો."
++" પણ, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર સાઉન્ડ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સાઉન્ડ સુયોજનો</gui> "
++"ને પસંદ કરો. જ્યારે <gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> વિન્ડો દેખાય ત્યારે, <gui>કાર્યક્રમ</"
++"gui> ટેબ પર જાવ અને તમારો કાર્યક્રમ મૂંગો થયેલ છે તેને ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે સ્પીકર એ ચાલુ છે અને યોગ્ય રીતે જોડાયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે બહારનાં સ્પીકર હોય તો, ખાતરી કરો કે તેઓ ચાલુ છે અને "
++"તે વોલ્યુમ ચાલુ છે. ખાતરી કરો કે સ્પીકર કેબલ એ સુરક્ષિત રીતે કમ્પ્યૂટરની "
++"પાછળ \"આઉટપુટ\" ઓડિયો સોકેટમાં પ્લગ થયેલ છે. આ સોકેટ એ સામાન્ય રીતે આછા લીલા "
++"રંગમાં છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ એ બદલવા માટે સક્ષમ છે ક્યાં સોકેટ એ આઉટપુટ (સ્પીકર માટે) "
++"અને ઇનપુટ (માઇક્રોફોનમાંથી, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે) વાપરે છે. આઉટપુટ સોકેટ અલગ હોઇ શકે "
++"છે જ્યારે Windows અથવા Mac OS કરતા Linux પર ચાલી રહ્યુ હોય. જોવા માટે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર ને ચાલુ કરીને વિવિધ ઓડિયો સોકેટમાં સ્પીકર કેબલને જોડવાનો પ્રયત્ન "
++"કરો જો તે કામ કરે તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++"છેલ્લી વસ્તુ ચકાસવા માટે એ છે કે ઓડિયો કેબલ સુરક્ષિત રીતે સ્પીકરનાં પાછળ "
++"પ્લગ થયેલ છે. અમુક સ્પીકર પાસે એક ઇનપુટ કરતા પણ વધારે હોય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે સાચા સાઉન્ડ ઉપકરણ પસંદ થયેલ છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે ઘણાં \"સાઉન્ડ ઉપકરણો\" સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે. અમુક સાઉન્ડનાં "
++"આઉટપુટ માટે સક્ષમ હોય છે અને અમુક નથી. તેથી તમારે ચકાસવુ જોઇએ કે તમારી પાસે "
++"યોગ્ય એક પસંદ થયેલ છે. આ યોગ્યને પસંદ કરવા માટે અમુકને ટ્રાયલ અને ભૂલને "
++"સમાવી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચ પટ્ટી પર સાઉન્ડ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સાઉન્ડ સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ "
++"કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> વિન્ડો કે જે દેખાય છે, <gui>આઉટપુટ</gui> ટૅબમાં જાવ. નોંધ "
++"બનાવો કે ક્યું ઉપકરણ અને કઇ રૂપરેખા પસંદ થયેલ છે (તેથી તમે મૂળભૂત પસંદગીમાં "
++"પાછા જઇ શકો છો જો તેઓને બદલવાનું કામ ન કરે તો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++"પસંદ થયેલ ઉપકરણ માટે, જોવા માટે તમે રૂપરેખાને બદલો પછી રૂપરેખા-પ્લે સાઉન્ડને "
++"બદલવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો જો તે કામ કરે તો, યાદી મારફતે જવા માટે તમારી જરૂર પડી "
++"શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તે કામ કરતુ ન હોય તો, તમે કોઇપણ બીજા ઉપકરણો માટે એજ રીતે પ્રયત્ન કરીને "
++"તમે ઇચ્છા રાખી શકો છો કે જે યાદી થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>આઉટપુટ</gui> ટૅબમાં <gui>જોડાણકર્તા</gui> વિકલ્પને બદલવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે તે સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ યોગ્ય રીતે કામ કરે છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારું સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ યોગ્ય રીતે શોધી શકાતુ નથી. જો આવું થાય તો, તમારું "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર વિચારશે કે તે સાઉન્ડ વગાડવા સક્ષમ નથી, કાર્ડ માટે શક્ય કારણ યોગ્ય "
++"રીતે શોધાયુ નથી કાર્ડ માટે ડ્રાઇવરો સ્થાપિત થયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં જાવ અને ટર્મિનલને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd> ટાઇપ કરો અને <key>Enter</key> દબાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણોની યાદીને બતાવેલ હશે. જો ત્યાં <gui>પ્લેબેક હાર્ડવેર ઉપકરણો</gui> ન "
++"હોય તો, તમારું સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ શોધાયુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ શોધેલ ન હોય તો, તમે તેની માટે જાતે જ ડ્રાઇવરોને "
++"સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર છે. તે કેવી રીતે કાર્ડ પર આધારિત છે જે તમારી પાસે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે જોઇ શકો છો ક્યું સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ તમે ટર્મિનલમાં <cmd>lspci</cmd> આદેશને "
++"વાપરી રહ્યા છો. તમારી પાસે <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</"
++"link>; તરીકે <cmd>lspci</cmd> ને ચલાવી શકો છો; ક્યાંતો <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> "
++"ટાઇપ કરો અને તમારાં પાસવર્ડને ટાઇપ કરો, અથવા <cmd>su</cmd> ને ટાઇપ કરો, "
++"<em>root</em> (સંચાલક) પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો, પછી <cmd>lspci</cmd> ને ટાઇપ કરો. "
++"જુઓ જો <em>audio controller</em> અથવા <em>audio device</em> યાદી થયેલ "
++"હોય—તેની પાસે સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડનું મેક અને મોડલ નંબર હોવુ જોઇએ. <cmd>lspci -v</"
++"cmd> એ વધારે વિગત થયેલ જાણકારી સાથે યાદીને બતાવશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે શોધવા સક્ષમ છો અને તમારાં કાર્ડ માટે ડ્રાઇવરોને સ્થાપિત કરો. તે સૂચનાઓ "
++"માટે તમારાં Linux વિતરણ માટે આધાર ફોરમ (અથવા નહિંતો) પર પૂછવા સારું છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ માટે ડ્રાઇવરને મેળવી શકતા ન હોય તો, તમે નવાં "
++"સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડને ખરીદવા માટે પસંદ કરી શકો છો. તમે સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડને મેળવી શકો છો "
++"કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટર અને બહારનાં USB સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડની અંદર સ્થાપિત કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr "ઍનાલોગ અથવા USB માઇક્રોફોનને વાપરો અને મૂળભૂત ઇનપુટ ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "વિવિધ માઇક્રોફોનને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કામ પર સાથીદારો સાથે બોલતા, મિત્રો સાથે વાર્તાલાપ માટે બહારનાં "
++"માઇક્રોફોનને વાપરી શકો છો, અવાજ રેકોર્ડીંગ કરી રહ્યા છે, અથવા મલ્ટીમીડિયા "
++"કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરી રહ્યા છે. જો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે માઇક્રોફોન સાથે બિલ્ટ-"
++"ઇન માઇક્રોફોન અથવા વેબકેમ હોય તો, અલગ માઇક્રોફોન સામાન્ય રીતે સારામાં સારી "
++"ઓડિયો ગુણવત્તાને પૂરુ પાડે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારો માઇક્રોફોન પાસે ગોળાકાર પ્લગ હોય તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર અનૂકુળ "
++"ઍડપ્ટરમાં તેને પ્લગ કરો. મોટાભાગનાં કમ્પ્યૂટપ પાસે બે ઍડપ્ટર છે: માઇક્રોફોન "
++"માટે એક અને સ્પીકર માટે એક. ઍડપ્ટરની આગળ માઇક્રોફોનનાં ચિત્ર માટે જુઓ. "
++"અનૂકુળ ઍડપ્ટરમાં પ્લગ થયેલ માઇક્રોફોન મૂળભૂત રીતે સામાન્ય રીતે વાપરશે. જો ના "
++"હોય તો, મૂળભૂત ઇનપુટ ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરવા માટે નીચે સૂચનાઓને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે USB માઇક્રોફોન હોય તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કોઇપણ USB પોર્ટમાં "
++"તેને પ્લગ કરો. ઓડિયો ઉપકરણો તરીકે USB માઇક્રોફોન કાર્ય કરે છે, અને તમારે "
++"સ્પષ્ટ કરવુ જ પડશે કે જે મૂળભૂત રીતે માઇક્રોફોન વાપરવાનો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "મૂળભૂત ઓડિયો ઇનુપુટ ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> ને ખોલો અને <gui>ઇનપુટ</gui> ટૅબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++"ઉપકરણોની યાદીમાં ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો. ઇનપુટ સ્તર સૂચકને જવાબ આપવો જોઇએ જ્યારે "
++"તમે બોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++"સ્પીકર અથવા હેડફોન સાથે જોડાવો અને મૂળભૂત ઓડિયો આઉટપુટ ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "વિવિધ સ્પીકરણ અને હેડફોનને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે બહારનાં સ્પીકર અથવા હેડફોનને વાપરી શકો છો. સ્પીકર "
++"સામાન્ય રીતે ક્યાંતો TRS (<em>ટીપ, રીંગ, સ્લીવ</em>) પ્લગ અથવા USB સાથે "
++"જોડાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં સ્પીકર અથવા હેડફોન પાસે TRS પ્લગ હોય તો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"અમુકુળ સોકેટમાં તેને પ્લગ કરો. મોટાભાગનાં કમ્પ્યૂટરો પાસે બે સોકેટ હોય છે: "
++"માઇક્રોફોન માટે એક અને સ્પીકર માટે એક. સોકેટની આગળ હેડફોનનાં ચિત્ર માટે જુઓ. "
++"TRS સોકેટમાં પ્લગ થયેલ સ્પીકર અથવા હેડફોન સામાન્ય રીતે મૂળભૂત રીતે વાપરેલ છે."
++" જો હોય નહિં તો, મૂળભૂત ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરવા માટે નીચે સૂચનાઓને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++"સરાઉન્ડ સાઉન્ડ માટે અમુક કમ્પ્યૂટરો મલ્ટી-ચેનલ આઉટપુટને આધાર આપે છે. આ "
++"સામાન્ય રીતે ઘણાં TRS જૅકને વાપરે છે, કે જે વારંવાર રંગ-કોડ થયેલ છે. જો તમે "
++"ચોક્કસ ન હોય તો કે જે પ્લગ કરે છે કે જેમાં સોકેટ હોય છે, તમે સાઉન્ડ "
++"સુયોજનોમાં સાઉન્ડ આઉટપુટને ચકાસી શકો છો. ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો અને <gui>સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો, પછી <gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. "
++"<gui>આઉટપુટ</gui> ટૅબ પર, ઉપકરણની યાદીમાં તમારાં સ્પીકરને પસંદ કરો, પછી <gui "
++"style=\"button\">સ્પીકરને ચકાસો</gui> ક્લિક કરો. પોપ-અપ વિન્ડોમાં, દરેક "
++"સ્પીકર માટે બટન પર ક્લિક કરો. દરેક બટન સ્પીકરને સંકળાયેલ ચેનલમાં તેનાં "
++"સ્થાનને બોલશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે USB સ્પીકર અથવા હેડફોન, અથવા ઍનાલોગ હેડફોન USB સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડમાં "
++"પ્લગ થયેલ હોય તો, કોઇપણ USB પોર્ટમાં તેઓને પ્લગ કરો. USB સ્પીકર એ અલગ ઓડિયો "
++"ઉપકરણો તરીકે કાર્ય કરે છે અને તમારે સ્પષ્ટ કરવુ જ પડશે કે ક્યાં સ્પીકરને "
++"મૂળભૂત રીતે વાપરવુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>સાઉન્ડ</gui> ખોલો અને <gui>આઉટપુટ</gui> ટેબને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "ઉપકરણોની યાદીમાં ઉપકરણને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર માટે સાઉન્ડ વોલ્યુમને સુયોજિત કરો અને દરેક કાર્યક્રમનાં ઘોંઘાટને "
++"નિયંત્રિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "સાઉન્ડ વોલ્યુમને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++"સાઉન્ડ વોલ્યુમને બદલવા માટે, ટોચની પટ્ટી પર સાઉન્ડ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો (તે "
++"સ્પીકર જેવુ લાગે છે) અને ડાબે અથવા જમણે વોલ્યુમ સ્લાઇડરને ખસેડો. તમે ડાબી "
++"બાજુએ સ્લાઇડરને ખેંચીને સાઉન્ડને સંપૂર્ણપણે બંધ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કિબોર્ડ પાસે કી છે કે જે તમને વોલ્યુમને નિયંત્રણ કરવા દે છે. તેઓ "
++"સામાન્ય રીતે તેઓમાંથી આવતા તરંગો સાથે સ્પીકર જેવુ લાગે છે. તેઓ વારંવાર ટોચ "
++"પર \"F\" કીની નજીક હોય છે. લેપટોપ કિબોર્ડ પર, તેઓ સામાન્ય રીતે \"F\" કી પર "
++"છે. તેઓને વાપરવા માટે તમારા કિબોર્ડ પર <key>Fn</key> કીને પકડી રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++"ખરેખર, જો તમારી પાસે બહારનાં સ્પીકર હોય તો, તમે સ્પીકર પર વોલ્યુમ નિયંત્રણની "
++"મદદથી વોલ્યુમને પણ બદલી શકો છો. અમુક હેડફોન પાસે વોલ્યુમ નિયંત્રણ હોય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr "વ્યક્તિગત કાર્યક્રમો માટે સાઉન્ડ વોલ્યુમને બદલી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે એક કાર્યક્રમ માટે વોલ્યુમને બદલી શકો છો, પરંતુ ન બદલાયેલ બીજા માટે "
++"વોલ્યુમને છોડો. આ ઉપયોગી છે જો સંગીતને સાંભળી રહ્યા હોય અને વેબને બ્રાઉઝ કરી "
++"રહ્યા હોય, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે. તમે વેબ બ્રાઉઝરમાં વોલ્યુમને બંધ કરવાની જરૂર પડી "
++"શકે છે તેથી વેબસાઇટમાંથી સાઉન્ડ સંગીતને અટકાવતુ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક કાર્યક્રમો પાસે તેની મુખ્ય વિન્ડોમાં વોલ્યુમ નિયંત્રણ છે. જો તમારુ "
++"કાર્યક્રમ પાસે તેમાંનુ એક હોય, વોલ્યુમને બદલવા તેને વાપરો. નહિં તો, ટોચની "
++"પટ્ટી પર સાઉન્ડ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>સાઉન્ડ સુયોજનો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++" <gui>કાર્યક્રમ</gui> ટૅબ પર જાવ અને ત્યાં કાર્યક્રમનાં વોલ્યુમને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++"ફક્ત કાર્યક્રમો કે જે સાઉન્ડ વાગી રહ્યા છે તેની યાદી થશે. જો કાર્યક્રમ "
++"સાઉન્ડને વગાડી રહ્યા હોય તો, તે લક્ષણને આધાર આપી શકતુ નથી આ રીતે તમે તેને "
++"નિયંત્રણ કરવા દો. આ સ્થિતિમાં, તમે તેનાં વોલ્યુમને બદલી શકતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "મોનિકા કોચોફાર"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr "જમણે ટોચની પટ્ટી પર સ્થિત થયેલ ચિહ્નોનોનાં મતલબને સમજાવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr "ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં ચિહ્નો શું કરે છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++"આ વિભાગ સ્ક્રીનનાં ટોચને જમણે ખૂણે સ્થિત થયેલ ચિહ્નનાં મતલબને વર્ણવે છે. "
++"વધારે ખાસ રીતે, GNOME ઇન્ટરફેસ દ્દારા ચિહ્નોનાં વિવિધ તફાવતો વર્ણવેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME શેલ ટોચ પટ્ટી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr "સાર્વત્રિક વપરાશ મેનુ ચિહ્ન"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr "મેનુ પર લઇ જાય છે કે જે સુલભતા સુયોજનો ચાલુ કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમ નિયંત્રણ ચિહ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમને વધારે તરીકે સુયોજિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમને મધ્ય તરીકે સુયોજિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમ ઓછિ તરીકે સુયોજિત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr "વોલ્યુમ મૂંગુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથ સંચાલક ચિહ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથને સક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr "બ્લુટુથને નિષ્ક્રિય કરી દેવામાં આવ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક સંચાલક ચિહ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>સેલ્યુલર જોડાણ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "3G નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "4G નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "EDGE નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "GPRS નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "UMTS નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr "સેલ્યુલર નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr "સેલ્યુલર નેટવર્ક જોડાણને પ્રાપ્ત કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr "વધારે ઉચ્ચ સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr "ઉચ્ચ સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr "મધ્ય સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr "નીચી સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr "વધારે નીચી સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) જોડાણ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr "નેટવર્કને શોધવામાં ત્યાં ભૂલ હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક નિષ્ક્રિય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr "ત્યાં નેટવર્ક માટે રસ્તો મળ્યો નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક ઓફલાઇન છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક માહિતીને મેળવી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક માહિતીને મોકલી અને પ્રાપ્ત કરી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક માહિતીને મોકલી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) જોડાણ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક જોડાણ પ્રાપ્ત કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr "VPN નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>વાયર નેટવર્ક</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr "નેટવર્કમાંથી જોડાણ તૂટી ગયુ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr "વાયર નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>વાયરલેસ જોડાણ</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ જોડાણ પ્રાપ્ત કરી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક એનક્રિપ્ટ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr "ઘણી ઓછી સંકેત મજબૂતાઇ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr "પાવર સંચાલક ચિહ્નો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "બેટરી પૂર્ણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr "બેટરી થોડી ઉતરી ગઇ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "બેટરી ઓછી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr "ચેતવણી: બેટરી ઘણી ઓછી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr "બેટરી બહુજ ઓછી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "બેટરી અનપ્લગ કરી દેવામાં આવી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr "બેટરી સંપૂર્ણપણે ચાર્જ થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr "બેટરી પૂર્ણ અને ચાર્જ થઇ રહી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr "બેટરી આંશિક રીતે પૂર્ણ અને ચાર્જ થઇ રહી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr "બેટરી ઓછી છે અને ચાર્જ થઇ રહી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr "બેટરી ઘણી ઓછી છે અને ચાર્જ થઇ રહી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr "બેટરી ખાલી છે અને ચાર્જ થઇ રહી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર અક્ષરોને ટાઇપ કરવાનું મળ્યુ નથી, વિદેશી આલ્ફાબેટ, ગાણિતીક "
++"સંકેતો, અલંકૃત શીર્ષકને સમાવી રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr "ખાસ અક્ષરોને દાખલ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મોટાભાગની દુનિયાની લખાણ સિસ્ટમોમાંથી હજારો અક્ષરોને દાખલ અને જોઇ શકો છો, "
++"તે તમારાં કિબોર્ડ પર મળ્યુ નથી. આ પાનું વિવિધ રીતે અમુકની યાદી કરે છે જે તમે "
++"ખાસ અક્ષરોને દાખલ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "અક્ષરોને દાખલ કરવા માટેની પદ્દતિઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "અક્ષર નક્ષો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME એ અક્ષર નક્ષા કાર્યક્રમ સાથે આવે છે કે જે યુનિકોડમાં બધા અક્ષરોને "
++"બ્રાઉઝ કરવા માટે તમને પરવાનગી આપે છે. અક્ષરને શોધવા માટે અક્ષર નક્ષાને વાપરો "
++"જે તમે ઇચ્છો, અને and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાં <app>અક્ષર નક્ષા</app> ને શોધી શકો છો. "
++"અક્ષર નક્ષા પર વધારે જાણકારી માટે, <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">અક્ષર નક્ષો "
++"પુસ્તિકા</link> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "કમ્પોઝ કી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++"કિબોર્ડ પાસે ખાસ કમ્પોઝ કી નથી. તેને બદલે, તમે કમ્પોઝ કી તરીકે તમારાં "
++"કિબોર્ડ પર હાલની કીનાં એકને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr "કમ્પોઝ કી વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ટૂંકાણ</gui> ટૅબ પસંદ કરો અને <gui>ટાઇપીંગ</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr "જમણી તકતીમાં <gui>કમ્પોઝ કી</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>નિષ્ક્રિય</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને કી પસંદ કરો જે તમે ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન "
++"મેનુમાંથી કમ્પોઝ કી તરીકે વર્તવા માંગે છે. તમે ક્યાંતો <key>Ctrl</key> કી, "
++"જમણી <key>Alt</key> કી, જમણે <key>Win</key> અથવા <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> કીને પસંદ કરી શકો છો જો તમારી પાસે હોય, <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-menu\">મેનુ</key> કી અથવા  <key>Caps Lock</key>. કોઇપણ કી જે "
++"તમે પસંદ કરેલ હશે તે ફક્ત કમ્પોઝ કી તરીકે કામ કરશે, અને તેનાં મૂળભૂત હેતુ "
++"માટે લાંબા સમય સુધી કામ કરશે નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr "તમે કમ્પોઝ કીની મદદથી ઘણાં સામાન્ય અક્ષરોને લખી શકો છો, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>કમ્પોઝ</key> દબાવો પછી <key>'</key> પછી તે અક્ષર પર ભેદક એક્સન મૂકવા "
++"માટે અક્ષર, જેમ કે <em>é</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>કમ્પોઝ</key> દબાવો પછી <key>`</key> (ઊંધી ટીક) તે અક્ષર પર થડકો એક્સન "
++"મૂકવા માટે અક્ષર, જેમ કે <em>é</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>કમ્પોઝ</key> દબાવો પછી <key>\"</key> પછી તે અક્ષર પર ખાસ એક્સન મૂકવા "
++"માટે અક્ષર, જેમ કે <em>é</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>કમ્પોઝ</key> દબાવો પછી <key>-</key> પછી તે અક્ષર પર મૅક્રોન મૂકવા માટે "
++"અક્ષર, જેમ કે <em>é</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"વધારે કમ્પોઝ કી ક્રમ માટે, <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">વિકિપીડીયા પર કમ્પોઝ કી પાનાં</"
++"link> ને જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "કોડ પોઇંટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"અક્ષરનાં આંકડાકીય કોડ પોઇંટ સાથે ફક્ત તમારા કિબોર્ડની મદદથી કોઇપણ યુનિકોડ "
++"અક્ષરને દાખલ કરી શકો છો. દરેક અક્ષર એ ચાર-અક્ષર કોડ પોઇંટ દ્દારા ઓળખાયેલ છે. "
++"અક્ષર માટે કોડ પોઇંટને શોધવા માટે, અક્ષર નક્ષા કાર્યક્રમમાં અક્ષરને શોધો અને "
++"પરિસ્થિતિ પટ્ટી અથવા <gui>અક્ષર વિગતો</gui> ટૅબમાં જુઓ. કોડ પોઇંટ એ <gui>U+</"
++"gui> પછી ચાર અક્ષરો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"તેનાં કોડ પોઇંટ દ્દારા અક્ષરને દાખલ કરવા માટે, <key>Ctrl</key> અને "
++"<key>Shift</key> પકડી રાખો, ચાર-અક્ષર કોડ પોઇંટ દ્દારા અનૂસરેલ <key>u</key> "
++"ટાઇપ કરો, પછી <key>Ctrl</key> અને <key>Shift</key> પ્રકાશિત કરો. જો તમે "
++"અક્ષરોને વારંવાર વાપરો કે જે તમે બીજી પદ્દતિ સાથે સરળતાથી વાપરી શકાતુ નથી, "
++"તમે પેલાં અક્ષરો માટે કોડ પોઇંટને યાદ રાખવા માટે તેને શોધવાનું ઉપયોગી થઇ શકે "
++"છે તેથી તમે તેઓને ઝડપથી દાખલ કરી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારી કિબોર્ડ વર્તણૂક જેમ કે બીજી ભાષા માટે કિબોર્ડને બનાવી શકો છો, કી "
++"પર છાપેલ અક્ષરોને ધ્યાનમાં લીધા વગર. તમે ટોચની પટ્ટીમાં ચિહ્નની મદદથી વિવિધ "
++"કિબોર્ડ લેઆઉટ વચ્ચે સરળતાથી બદલી શકો છો. કેવી રીતે શીખવું તેની માટે <link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિ એ ફક્ત કિબોર્ડ સાથે નહિં પરંતુ ઇનપુટ ઉપકરણો સાથે પણ અક્ષરોને "
++"દાખલ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપીને પહેલાંની પદ્દતિઓને વિસ્તારે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે "
++"તમે સંકેત પદ્દતિની મદદથી માઉસ સાથે અક્ષરોને દાખલ કરી શકો છો, અથવા લેટિન "
++"કિબોર્ડની મદદથી જાપાનીઝ અક્ષરોને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિને પસંદ કરવા માટે, લખાણ વિજેટ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો, અને મેનુ "
++"<gui>ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિ</gui> માં, ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિને પસંદ કરો જે તમે વાપરવા માંગો છો. "
++"ત્યાં મૂળભૂત ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિ પૂરી પાડેલ નથી, તેથી તેઓને કેવી રીતે વાપરવી તે "
++"જોવા માટે ઇનપુટ પદ્દતિ દસ્તાવેજીકરણનો સંદર્ભ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">ખાસ અક્ષરો</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">મધ્ય ક્લિક ટૂંકાણો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr "ટિપ્પણીઓ &amp; તરકીબો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે અને ક્યાં આ વિષયોને અનુવાદ કરવા મદદ કરીએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr "અમુવાદને સુધારવા માટે ભાગ લો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++"જીનોમ મદદ વિશ્વ વ્યાપી સ્વયંસેવક સમુદાય દ્વારા અનુવાદિત કરવામાં આવી રહી છે. "
++"તેમાં ભાગ લેવા તમારું સ્વાગત છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">ઘણી "
++"ભાષા</link> કે જેની માટે અનુવાદો હજુ જરૂરી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"અનુવાદને શરૂ કરવા માટે તમારે <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\">ખાતાને "
++"બનાવવા</link> ની જરૂર પડશે અને તમારી ભાષા માટે <link href=\"http://l10n."
++"gnome.org/teams/\">અનુવાદ ટુકડી</link> સાથે જોડાવો.નવાં અનુવાદને અપલોડ કરવા "
++"માટે આ તમને સક્ષમતા આપશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome."
++"org%2Fi18n\">irc</link> ની મદદથી GNOME અનુવાદક સાથે તમે વાર્તાલાપ કરી શકો છો."
++" ચેનલ પર લોકો દુનિયાભરમાં સ્થિત થયેલ છે, તેથી તમે ટાઇમઝોન ફેરફારોનાં પરિણામે "
++"તમને તરત જ જવાબ મળી શકતો નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"વૈકલ્પિક રીતે, તમે તેની <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/"
++"gnome-i18n\">મેઇલીંગ યાદી</link> ની મદદથી આંતરરાષ્ટ્રીય ટુકડીનો સંપર્ક કરી "
++"શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">વપરાશકર્તાને ઉમેરો</link> અથવા <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">મહેમાન વપરાશકર્તા</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">પાસવર્ડ બદલો</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">સંચાલક</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક માણસ કે જે કમ્પ્યૂટરને વાપરે છે જેની પાસે વિવિધ વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા હોય છે. "
++"આ તેનાં પોતાનાં સુયોજનો પસંદ કરવા માટે અને તેની ફાઇલોને તમારાથી અલગ રાખવા "
++"માટે તેઓને પરવાનગી આપે છે. તે પણ વધારે સુરક્ષિત છે. તમે વિવિધ વપરાશકર્તા "
++"ખાતાને વાપરી શકો છો જો તમે પાસવર્ડ જાણતા હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "ખાતા"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને સંચાલિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "પાસવર્ડ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "અધિકારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા અધિકારો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr "નવાં વપરાશકર્તાઓને ઉમેરો કે બીજા લોકો કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં પ્રવેશી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "નવા વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં ઘણા વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરી શકો છો. તમારી ઘરમાં અથવા "
++"કંપનીમાં દરેક માણસ માટે એક ખાતાને આપો. દરેક વપરાશકર્તા પાસે તેનું પોતાનું ઘર "
++"ફોલ્ડર, દસ્તાવેજો, અને સુયોજનો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>વપરાશકર્તા</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરવા માટે <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક "
++"અધિકારો</link> ની જરૂર છે. ટોચનાં જમણા ખૂણામાં <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો અને પૂછ્યા પ્રમાણે તમારો પાસવર્ડ અથવા સંચાલક પાસવર્ડને ટાઇપ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++"ડાબી બાજુ પર ખાતાની યાદીમાં, નવાં વપરાશકર્તાને ઉમેરવા માટે <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">સંચાલક પ્રવેશ</link> "
++"કરવા માટે નવો વપરાશકર્તા ઇચ્છો તો, ખાતા પ્રકાર માટે <gui>સંચાલક</gui> ને "
++"પસંદ કરો. સંચાલકો અમુક વસ્તુઓ કરી શકે છે જેમ કે વપરાશકર્તાને ઉમેરવાનું અને "
++"કાઢવાનું, સોફ્ટવેર અને ડ્રાઇવરોને સ્થાપિત કરવાનું, અને તારીખ અને સમયને "
++"બદલવાનું."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++"નવાં વપરાશકર્તાનાં પૂર્ણ નામને દાખલ કરો. વપરાશકર્તાનામ પૂર્ણ નામ પર આપમેળે "
++"ભરાઇ જશે. મૂળભૂત કદાચ બરાબર છે, પરંતુ તમે તેને બદલી શકો છો જો તમને ગમે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ઉમેરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતુ શરૂઆતમાં નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ છે જ્યાં સુધી તમે વપરાશકર્તાનાં પાસવર્ડ વિશે "
++"શુમ કરવુ તે પસંદ કરો. યાદીમાંથી નવાં ખાતાને પસંદ કરો. <gui>પ્રવેશ વિકલ્પો</"
++"gui> હેઠળ <gui>પાસવર્ડ</gui> ની આગળ <gui>નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ ખાતા</gui> પર ક્લિક "
++"કરો. <gui>ક્રિયા</gui> ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી <gui>હવે પાસવર્ડને સુયોજિત કરો</"
++"gui> ને પસંદ કરો, અને <gui>નવાં પાસવર્ડ</gui> માં વપરાશકર્તા પ્રકાર તેનો "
++"પાસવર્ડ રાથો અને <gui>પાસવર્ડ ક્ષેત્ર</gui> ની ખાતરી કરો. <link xref=\"user-"
++"goodpassword\"/> જુઓ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે ગમે તેમ પસંદ થયેલ સુરક્ષિત પાસવર્ડને પસંદ કરવા માટે <gui>નવાં પાસવર્ડ</"
++"gui> ક્ષેત્રની આગળ બટન ક્લિક કરી શકો છો. આ પાસવર્ડ એ ધારવા બીજાઓ માટે "
++"મુશ્કેલ છે, પરંતુ તેઓ યાદ રાખવા મુશ્કેલ છે, તેથી સચેત રહો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>બદલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા</gui> ની વિન્ડોમાં તમે ખાતા માટે ઇમેજને સુયોજિત કરવા "
++"માટે જમણે વપરાશકર્તા નામની આગળ ઇમેજ પર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો. આ ઇમેજ પ્રવેશ "
++"વિન્ડોમાં બતાવેલ હશે. GNOME એ અમુક સ્ટોક ફોટોને પૂરુ પાડે છે જે તમે વાપરી "
++"શકો છો, અથવા તમે તમાપાં પોતાનાને પસંદ કરી શકો છો અથવા તમારાં વેબકેમ સાથે "
++"ચિત્રને લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"કામચલાઉ રીતે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને વાપરવા મહેમાનોને પરવાનગી આપો, તેઓને પાસવર્ડ "
++"આપ્યા વગર."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "મહેમાન વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે મહેમાનો માટે વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને બનાવી શકો છો, લોકો કે જે ફક્ત કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"વાપરશે. મહેમાન વપરાશકર્તા તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પર કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરવા માટે સક્ષમ "
++"હશે નહિં, પરંત તેઓ તમારી ફાઇલોને વાપરવા, તમારાં સુયોજનોને બદલવા, અથવા "
++"સોફ્ટવેરને સ્થાપિત કરવા સક્ષમ હશે નહિં. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "મહેમાન વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને બનાવો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની પટ્ટી પર તમારાં નામ પર ક્લિક કરો, પછી <gui>વપરાશકર્તાઓ</gui> ની "
++"વિન્ડને ખોલવા માટે તમારાં નામ આગળ ચિત્ર પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચની જમણી પટ્ટીમાં <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો ફેરફારો કરવા માટે "
++"તમારાં પાસવર્ડને લખો. વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરવા માટે તમારે સંચાલક વપરાશકર્તા "
++"હોવુ જ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતા પ્રકાર માટે <gui>મૂળભૂત</gui> પસંદ કરો. તમે મહેમાન ખાતુ સંચાલક પ્રવેશને "
++"આપવા ઇચ્છતા ન હોય તો. પછી <em>મહેમાન</em> જેવા ખાતા નામને આપો તો, અથવા કોઇપણ "
++"નામ તમને ગમે તો. વપરાશકર્તાનામ એ આપમેળે સંપૂર્ણ નામ પ્રમાણે ભરાઇ જશે. મૂળભૂત "
++"કદાચ બરાબર છે, પરંતુ તમે તેને બદલી શકો છો જો તમને ગમે તો. <gui>ઉમેરો</gui> "
++"પર ક્લિકલ કરો જ્યારે તમારું પૂર્ણ થાય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"નવાં મહેમાન વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને પસંદ કરો. <gui>પ્રવેશ વિકલ્પો</gui> હેઠળ, "
++"<gui>પાસવર્ડ</gui> ની આગળ લેબલ <gui>નિષ્ક્રિય થયેલ ખાતા</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. "
++"તમે પાસવર્ડ વિકલ્પો સાથે વિન્ડો સાથે તમે રજૂ કરશો. <gui>ક્રિયા</gui> ડ્રોપ-"
++"ડાઉન યાદીમાંથી, <gui>પાસવર્ડ વગર પ્રવેશો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા</gui> ની વિન્ડોમાં પાછા જાવ તમે ખાતા માટે ઇમેજને "
++"સુયોજિત કરવા માટે જમણે વપરાશકર્તા નામની આગળ ઇમેજ પર ક્લિક કરી શકો છો. આ ઇમેજ "
++"પ્રવેશ વિન્ડોમાં બતાવેલ હશે. GNOME એ અમુક સ્ટોક ફોટોને પૂરુ પાડે છે જે તમે "
++"વાપરી શકો છો, અથવા તમે તમાપાં પોતાનાને પસંદ કરી શકો છો અથવા તમારાં વેબકેમ "
++"સાથે ચિત્રને લો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે બદલી શકો છે જે  વપરાશકર્તાઓ તેઓને સંચાલક અધિકારોને આપીને સિસ્ટમમાં "
++"ફેરફારો કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr "બદલો જેની પાસે સંચાલક અધિકારો હોય"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++"સત્તાધિકરણ અધિકારો નક્કી કરવાની રીત હોય છે કે જે સિસ્ટમનાં મહત્ત્વનાં "
++"ભાગોમાં ફેરફાર કરી શકે છે. તમે બદલી શકો છો કે જે વપરાશકર્તાઓ પાસે સંચાલન "
++"અધિકારો હોય અને કે જેની પાસે ન હોય. તેઓ તમારી સિસ્ટમને સારી રીતે સુરક્ષિત "
++"રાખવાની સારી રીત છે અને બિનસત્તાધિકારીત ફેરફરોમાં નુકશાન કરવાનું અટકાવી "
++"રહ્યા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને ખાતા સુયોજનોને તાળુ ખોલવા માટે તમારાં "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો. (વપરાશકર્તા સંચાલક અધિકારોને આપવા માટે, તમને સંચાલક "
++"અધિકારો હોવા જ જોઇએ.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તાને પસંદ કરો કે જેનાં અધિકારો જે તમે બદલવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ખાતા પ્રકાર</gui> ની નજીકનાં લેબલ <gui>મૂળભૂત</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો અને "
++"<gui>સંચાલક</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++"વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા વિન્ડોને બંધ કરો. વપરાશકર્તાનાં અધિકારો એ બદલાઇ જશે જ્યારે "
++"તેઓ ફરી પ્રવેશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++"સિસ્ટમ પર પ્રથમ વપરાશકર્તા ખાતુ એ સામાન્ય રીતે એ છે કે તેની પાસે સંચાલક "
++"અધિકારો હોય. આ વપરાશકર્તા ખાતુ છે કે જે બનાવેલ હતુ જ્યારે તમે સિસ્ટમને "
++"પહેલાં સ્થાપિત કરી હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++"એકજ સિસ્ટમ પર <gui>સંચાલક</gui> અધિકારો સાથે ઘણાં વપરાશકર્તાઓને રાખવાની "
++"મૂર્ખતા છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારે તમારી સિસ્ટમ માટે મહત્વનાં ભાગોને બદલવા માટે સંચાલક અધિકારોની જરૂર છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr "કેવી રીતે સંચાલક અધિકારો કામ કરે છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++"ની સાથે સાથે ફાઇલો કે જે <em>તમે</em> બનાવો છો, તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટર પાસે "
++"ફાઇલોની સંખ્યા છે કે જેને સિસ્ટમ દ્દારા તેને બરાબર રીતે કામ કરવા માટે જરૂરી "
++"છે. જો આ મહત્ત્વની <em>સિસ્ટમ ફાઇલો</em> એ અયોગ્ય રીતે બદલાયેલ છે જે તેઓ "
++"તોડવા માટે ઘણી વસ્તુઓનું કારણ બની શકે છે, તેથી તેઓ મૂળભૂત રીતે તેઓ ફેરફારોથી "
++"સુરક્ષિત થયેલ છે. અમુક કાર્યક્રમો પણ સિસ્ટમનાં મહત્વનાં ભાગોને બદલે છે, અને "
++"તેથી સુરક્ષિત પણ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr "hjdsfdjd"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++"અમુકવાર તમને આ કાર્યક્રમોને વાપરવાની જરૂર છે, તેથી તમે ફેરફારો કર્યા છે તેને "
++"પરવાનગી આપવા માટે કામચલાઉ રીતે સંચાલન અધિકારોને મેળવવા તમે સક્ષમ હોઇ શકો છો. "
++"જો કાર્યક્રમને સંચાલન અધિકારોની જરૂર હોય તો, તે તમારાં પાસવર્ડ માટે પૂછશે. "
++"ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમે નવાં સોફ્ટવેરને સ્થાપિત કરવા માંગો તો, સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપક "
++"(પેકેજ સંચાલક) એ તમારાં સંચાલન પાસવર્ડ માટે પૂછશે તેથી તે સિસ્ટમમાં નવાં "
++"કાર્યક્રમને ઉમેરી શકે છે. એકવાર તે સમાપ્ત થાય તો, તમારા સંચાલન અધિકારો ફરી "
++"દૂર થઇ જશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++"સંચાલન અધિકારો તમારાં વપરાશકર્તા ખાતા સાથે સંકળાયેલ છે. અમુક વપરાશકર્તાઓ "
++"સંચાલન અધિકારો રાખવા માટે પરવાનગી મળેલ છે અને અમુકને નથી. સંચાલન અધિકારો વગર "
++"તમે સોફ્ટવેરને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે સક્ષમ હશો નહિં. અમુક વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાઓ "
++"(ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, \"રુટ\" ખાતુ) પાસે કાયમી સંચાલન અધિકારો છે. તમારે દરેક સમયે "
++"સંચાલન અધિકારોને વાપરવુ જોઇએ નહિં, કારણ કે તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે કંઇકને બદલી શકો "
++"છો તમારો એ હેતુ ન હતો (જેમ કે જરૂરી સિસ્ટમ ફાઇલને કાઢવાનું, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++"સારાંશમાં, સંચાલક અધિકારો તમારી સિસ્ટમનાં મહત્વનાં ભાગોને બદલવા પરવાનગી આપે "
++"છે જ્યારે જરૂરી હોય, પરંતુ આકસ્મિક રીતે તેને કરવાથી તમને અટકાવે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "\"મુખ્ય વપરાશકર્તા\" નો નંબર શુ છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"સંચાલન અધિકારો સાથે વપરાશકર્તાને કોઇકવાર <em>મુખ્ય વપરાશકર્તા</em> તરીકે "
++"બોલાવાય છે. આ એટલે છે કારણ કે તે વપરાશકર્તા પાસે સામાન્ય વપરાશકર્તાઓ કરતા "
++"વધારે અધિકારો છે. લોકો આ વસ્તુની ચર્ચા કરી રહ્યા છે તે તમે જોઇ શકો છો જેમ કે "
++"<cmd>su</cmd> અને <cmd>sudo</cmd>; કામચલાઉ તરીકે તમને \"મુખ્ય વપરાશકર્તા\" "
++"(સંચાલન) અધિકારો આપવા માટેનાં કાર્યક્રમો છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr "શા માટે સંચાલક અધિકારો ઉપયોગી છે?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++"મહત્ત્વનાં સિસ્ટમ ફેરફારો ઉપયોગી બનતા પહેલાં સંચાલન અધિકારોને રાખવા માટે "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓ જરૂરી છે કારણ કે તે તમારી સિસ્ટમને તૂટવાથી અટકાવે છે, "
++"ઈરાદાપૂર્વક અથવા અજાણતા."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે દરેક વખત સંચાલન અધિકારો હોય તો, તમે આકસ્મિક રીતે મહત્ત્વની "
++"ફાઇલને બદલી શકો છો, અથવા કાર્યક્રમને ચલાવો કે જે ભૂલથી કંઇક મહત્ત્વનુ બદલે "
++"છે. ફક્ત કામચલાઉ સંચાલન અધિકારો મેળવી રહ્યા છીએ, જ્યારે તમારે તેઓની જરૂર "
++"હોય, આ ભૂલો રહેવાથી ઝોખમ ઘટે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++"ફક્ત અમુક વિશ્ર્વાસપાત્ર વપરાશકર્તાઓએ સંચાલન અધિકારોને રાખવા પરવાનગી આપવી "
++"જોઇએ. કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે ગડબડ થવાથી બીજા વપરાશકર્તાઓને અટકાવે છે અને "
++"કાર્યક્રમોને બિનસ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે કે જે તમને જરૂર છે, કાર્યક્રમોને "
++"સ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે કે જે તમને જરૂર નથી, અથવા મહત્ત્વની ફાઇલોને બદલી રહ્યા "
++"છે. આ સુરક્ષા દૃષ્ટિબિંદુમાંથી ઉપયોગી છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે કંઇક કરી શકો છો, જેમ કાર્યક્રમોને સ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે, જો તમારી પાસે "
++"સંચાલક અધિકારો હોય તો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr "સંચાલક મર્યાદાઓને કારણે સમસ્યાઓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે અમુક સમસ્યાનોઅનુભવ લઇ શકો છો જો તમારી પાસે <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">સંચાલન અધિકારો</link> ન હોય તો. અમુક કાર્યોને સંચાલન અધિકારોની "
++"જરૂર છે, જેમ કે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr "નેટવર્ક અથવા વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક સાથે જોડાઇ રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++"દૂર કરી શકાય તેવી ડિસ્ક કમ્પ્યૂટર સાથે જોડાયેલ છે, અથવા વિવિધ ડિસ્ક "
++"પાર્ટીશનનાં સમાવિષ્ટો (દા.ત. વિન્ડો પાર્ટીશન)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "નવાં કાર્યક્રમોને સ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">બદલી શકો છો કે જેની પાસે સંચાલક અધિકારો "
++"હોય</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "આપોઆપ પ્રવેશને સુયોજિત કરો જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને ચાલુ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "આપમેળે પ્રવેશો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારાં સુયોજનોને બદલી શકો છો કે જે તમે તમારાં ખાતામાં આપમેળે પ્રવેશે "
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને શરૂ કરો:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>સુયોજનો</app> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr "<app>સુયોજનો</app> માંથી <gui>વપરાશકર્તા</gui> પેનલને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને પસંદ કરો કે જે તમે શરૂઆતે આપમેળે પ્રવેશવા માંગો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">તાળુ ખોલો</gui> ને દબાવો અને તમારા પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>આપોઆપ પ્રવેશ</gui> સ્વિચને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> માં બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને શરૂ કરો ત્યારે, તમે આપમેળે પ્રવેશેલ હશો. જો "
++"તમારી પાસે આ વિકલ્પ સક્રિય થયેલ હોય તો, તમારે તમારાં ખાતામાં પ્રવેશવા માટે "
++"તમારા પાસવર્ડને ટાઇપ કરવની જરૂર પડશે નહિં કે જેનો મતલબ એ થાય કે જો કોઇક "
++"તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને શરૂ કરો તો, તેઓ તમારાં ખાતાને વાપરવા સક્ષમ હશે અને તમારી "
++"વ્યક્તિગત માહિતી એ તમારી ફાઇલો અને બ્રાઉઝર ઇતિહાસને સમાવી રહ્યુ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારાં ખાતા પ્રકાર એ <em>મૂળભૂત</em> હોય તો, તમે આ સુયોજનને બદલી શકાતુ "
++"નથી. તમારાં સિસ્ટમ સંચાલકનો સંપર્ક કરો કે જે આ સુયોજનને તમારી માટે બદલી શકે "
++"છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારા ખાતા સુયોજનોમાં તમારા પાસવર્ડને બદલીને તમારાં ખાતાને સુરક્ષિત રાખો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "તમારા પાસવર્ડને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++"સમયે સમયે તમારા પાસવર્ડને બદલવાનો સારો વિચાર છે, ખાસ કરીને જો તમે કોઇક વિશે "
++"વિચારો તો નહિં તો તમારો પાસવર્ડ શું છે તે જાણો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>પાસવર્ડ</gui> ની નજીક લેબલ પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++"લેબલ બિંદુઓ અથવા બોક્સોની શ્રેણી જેવુ હોવુ જોઇએ જો તમારી પાસે પહેલેથી "
++"પાસવર્ડ સુયોજિત હોય."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં હાલનાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો, પછી નવો પાસવર્ડ. <gui>પાસવર્ડ ખાતરી કરો</"
++"gui> ક્ષેત્રમાં ફરી નવાં પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"ખાતરી કરો કે તમે <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">સારાં પાસવર્ડને પસંદ કર્યો "
++"છે</link>. આ તમારાં વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને સલામત રાખવા માટે મદદ કરશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr "કીરીંગ પાસવર્ડને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં પ્રવેશ પાસવર્ડને બદલો તો, તે <em>કીરીંગ પાસવર્ડ</em> સાથે "
++"સુમેળ કરી શકતુ નથી. કીરીંગ તેઓ બધામાં પ્રવેશવા માટે ફક્ત એક જરૂરી <em>મુખ્ય</"
++"em> પાસવર્ડ દ્દારા ઘણાં વિવિધ પાસવર્ડને યાદ રાખવા માટે તમને રાખે છે. જો તમે "
++"તમારાં વપરાશકર્તા પાસવર્ડને બદલો તો (ઉપર જુઓ), તમારો કીરીંગ પાસવર્ડ એ તમારાં "
++"જૂના પાસવર્ડ જેવો જ રહેશે. કીરીંગ પાસવર્ડને બદલવા માટે (તમારાં પ્રવેશ "
++"પાસવર્ડ સાથે બંધબેસાડવા માટે):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પ્રવૃત્તિ</gui> ઝાંખીમાંથી <app>પાસવર્ડ અને કી</app> કાર્યક્રમને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>દૃશ્ય</gui> મેનુમાં, ખાતરી કરો કે <gui>કીરીંગ દ્દારા</gui> ચકાસેલ છે, "
++"અને <gui>કોઇપણ બતાવો</gui> તેને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>પાસવર્ડ</gui> ની હેઠળ બાજુપટ્ટીમાં, <gui>કીરીંગ પ્રવેશ</gui> પર જમણી "
++"ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>પાસવર્ડ બદલો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારો જૂનો પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો અને <gui>ચાલુ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો. તમારાં નવા "
++"પાસવર્ડને દાખલ કરો અને તેની ખાતરી કરવા માટે <gui>ફરી લખો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ચાલુ રાખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>પાસવર્ડ અને કી</app> ને વાપરવા માટે તમારી પાસે <sys>seahorse</sys> "
++"પેકેજ હોવુ જ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse ને સ્થાપિત કરો</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr "પ્રવેશ અને વપરાશકર્તા સ્ક્રીનમાં તમારા ફોટાને ઉમેરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "તમારા સ્ક્રીન ફોટોને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"જ્યારે તમે પ્રવેશો અથવા વપરાશકર્તાઓને બદલો, તમે તેનાં પ્રવેશ ફોટો સાથે "
++"વપરાશકર્તાઓની યદીને જોશો. તમે તમારી પોતાની ઇમેજ અથવા સ્ટોક ઇમેજમાં તમારા "
++"ફોટાને બદલી શકો છો. તમે તમારા વેબકેમ સાથે નવાં પ્રવેશ ફોટાને લઇ શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં નામ આગળ પિક્ચર પર ક્લિક કરો. ડ્રોપ-ડાઉન ગેલરિ એ અમુક સ્ટોક પ્રવેશ "
++"ફોટા સા થે બતાવેલ હશે. જો તમને તેઓમાંનુ એક ગમે તો, તમારી જાત માટે તેને "
++"વાપરવા તેની પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારે તેને બદલે ચિત્રને વાપરશો જે તમારી પાસે પહેલેથી તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટર પર "
++"હોય, <gui>વધારે ચિત્રો માટે બ્રાઉઝ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે વેબકેમ હોય તો, <gui>ફોટો લો</gui> તેની પર ક્લિક કરીને અત્યારે "
++"તમે નવો પ્રવેશ ફોટો લઇ શકો છો. તમારાં ચિત્રને લો, પછી જે તમને નથી જોઇતા તે "
++"ભાગોને કાપીને ચોરસ બાહ્યરેખાથી તેનું માપ બદલો અને ખસેડો. જો તમને જે તમે લીધો "
++"છે તે ચિત્ર ગમે નહિં તો, ફરી પ્રયત્ન કરવા માટે <gui>ફોટો કાઢી નાંખો</gui>, "
++"અથવા તેનો ત્યાગ કરવા માટે <gui>રદ કરો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તાઓને દૂર કરો કે જે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને લાંબો સમય વાપરતા નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને કાઢી નાંખો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં ઘણાં વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને ઉમેરી શકો છો. તેને કેવી રીતે "
++"શીખવુ તેની માટે <link xref=\"user-add\"/> જુઓ. જો કોઇક તમારા કમ્પ્યૂટરને "
++"લાંબા સમય સુધી વાપરી રહ્યુ ન હોય તો, તમે તે વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને કાઢી શકો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"ટોચે જમણાં ખૂણામાં <gui>તાળુ ખોલો</gui>  પર ક્લિક કરો અને ફેરફારો કરવા માટે "
++"તમારાં પાસવર્ડને ટાઇપ કરો. તમે વપરાશકર્તા ખાતાને કાઢવા માટે સંચાલક "
++"વપરાશકર્તા હોવુ જ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"જે તમે કાઢવા માંગો છો તે વપરાશકર્તાને પસંદ કરો અને <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> બટન પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++"દરેક વપરાશકર્તા પાસે તેની ફાઇલો અને સુયોજનો માટે પોતાનું ઘર ફોલ્ડર હોય છે. "
++"તમે વપરાશકર્તાનાં ઘર ફોલ્ડરને કાઢી અથવા રાખવા માટે પસંદ કરી શકો છો. "
++"<gui>ફાઇલોને કાઢી નાંખો</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો જો તમને ખાતરી હોય કે તેનો હવે "
++"ઉપયોગ કરવામાં આવશે નહિં અને તમારે ડિસ્ક જગ્યાને મુક્ત કરવાની જરૂર છે. આ "
++"ફાઇલો કાયમ માટે કાઢી નાંખેલ છે. તેઓને પ્રાપ્ત કરી શકાતુ નથી. તમે તેઓને કાઢતા "
++"પહેલાં બહારની ડ્રાઇવ અથવા CD માં ફાઇલોને બેકઅપ લેવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "વધારે કઠીન પાસવર્ડ લાંબો સમય વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "સુરક્ષિત પાસવર્ડને પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારી માટે યાદ રાખવા માટે તમારા પાસવર્ડને બનાવો, પરંતુ બીજાઓ માટે મુશ્કેલી "
++"છે ધારવા માટે (કમ્પ્યૂટર કાર્યક્રમોને સમાવી રહ્યા છે)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"સારા પાસવર્ડને પસંદ કરવાનુ એ તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરને સલામત રાખશે. જો તમારો "
++"પાસવર્ડ એ ધારવા માટે સરળ હોય તો, કોઇક એને મેળવી શકે છે અને તમારી વ્યક્તિગત "
++"જાણકારીમાં પ્રવેશ મેળવી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"લોકો તમારાં પાસવર્ડને ધારવનો પ્રયત્ન કરવા માટે કમ્પ્યૂટરને પદ્દતિસર વાપરી "
++"શકે છે, અથવા એક કે જે માણસ માટે વાપરવાનું મુશ્કેલીભર્યુ હશે તે જાણવા માટે "
++"કમ્પ્યૂટર કાર્યક્રમ માટે એકદમ સરળ હોઇ શકે છે. અહિંયા સારા પાસવર્ડને પસંદ "
++"કરવા માટે અમુક મદદો અહિંયા છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડમાં મોટા અને નાનાં અક્ષરો,આંકડા, સંકેતો અને જગ્યાનાં મિશ્રણને વાપરો. "
++"આ તેને ધારવા માટે મુશ્કેલ બનાવે છે; ત્યાં ઘણા સંકેતો છે જેમાંથી પસંદ કરવાનુ "
++"હોય છે, વધારે શક્ય પાસવર્ડનો મતલબ એ છે કે કોઇક જ્યારે તમારાં પાસવર્ડને "
++"ધારવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરે ત્યારે ચકાસશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડ પસંદ કરવાની સારી પદ્દતિ એ છે કે શબ્દસમૂહમાં દરેક શબ્દનાં પ્રથમ "
++"અક્ષરને લેવાનો છે કે જે તમે યાદ રાખી શકો છો. શબ્દસમૂહ એ ચિત્રપટ, ચોપડી, ગીત "
++"અથવા આલ્બમનું નામ હોઇ શકે છે. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many "
++"Dimensions\" એ F:ARoMD અથવા faromd અથવા f: aromd બનશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં પાસવર્ડને શક્ય તેટલો લાંબો રાખો. વધારે અક્ષરો કે જે તે સમાવે, તે "
++"લાંબો હોય તો માણસ અથવા કમ્પ્યૂટરને ધારવા માટે લાંબો સમય લાગી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ શબ્દોને વાપરો નહિં કે જે કોઇપણ ભાષામાં મૂળભૂત ભાષામાં દેખાય છે. "
++"પાસવર્ડ ક્રેકર એ આનો પહેલાં પ્રયત્ન કરશે. મોટાભાગનાં સામાન્ય પાસવર્ડ એ "
++"\"પાસવર્ડ\" છે -- લોકો આવાં પાસવર્ડને ઝડપથી ધારી શકે છે!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++"કોઇપણ વ્યક્તિગત જાણકારી જેવી કે તારીખ, લાઇસન્સ પ્લેટ નંબર, અથવા કુટુંબ "
++"સભ્યનું નામને વાપરો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "કોઇપણ સંજ્ઞાઓનો ઉપયોગ કરશો નહિં."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++"પાસવર્ડને પસંદ કરો કે જેને ઝડપથી ટાઇપ કરી શકાય છે, કોઇપણ તેને સક્ષમ બનાવે "
++"તેની શક્યતાઓને ઘટાડવા માટે કે જે તમે ટાઇપ કરેલ છે જો તમને જોવા માટે તેઓ આવું "
++"કરે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr "નીચે કોઇપણ જગ્યાએ તમારો પાસવર્ડ કદી લખો નહિં. તેઓ સરળતાથી મળી શકે છે!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "વિવિધ વસ્તુઓ માટે વિવિધ પાસવર્ડને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "વિવિધ ખાતા માટે વિવિધ પાસવર્ડને વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે બધા તમારાં ખાતા માટે એજ પાસવર્ડ વાપરો તો, કોઇપણ તેને ધારે છે તે તરત જ "
++"બધા તમારા ખાતામાં પ્રવેશ મેળવવા સક્ષમ હશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"ઘણાં પાસવર્ડને યાદ રાખવામાં મુશ્કેલી આવી શકે છે, છતાંપણ. બધા માટે વિવિધ "
++"પાસવર્ડને વાપરવાનું સુરક્ષિત ન હોવા છતાં, વસ્તુઓ માટે એજ પાસવર્ડને વાપરવાનું "
++"સરળ બની શકે છે કે જેનો વાંધો નથી (જેમ કે વેબસાઇટ), મહત્વની વસ્તુઓ માટે વિવિધ "
++"(જેમ કે તમારી ઓનલાઇન બેકીંગ ખાતુ અને તમારુ ઇમેઇલ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "નિયમિત રીતે તમારા પાસવર્ડને બદલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++"તમે સાચુ કોડેક સ્થાપિત કરી શક્યા નથી, અથવા DVD ખોટુ વિસ્તાર હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "શા માટે DVDs વાગતુ નથી?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરમાં DVD દાખલ કરો તો અને તે વગાડાતુ નથી, તમારી પાસે "
++"બરાબર DVD <em>કોડેક</em> સ્થાપિત થયેલ નથી, અથવા DVD એ અલગ <em>વિસ્તાર</em> "
++"માંથી હોઇ શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "DVD પ્લેબેક માટે સાચા કોડેકને સ્થાપિત કરી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVDs ને વગાડવા માટે, તમારે યોગ્ય <em>કોડેક</em> સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડશે. "
++"કોડેક એ સોફ્ટવેરનો ભાગ છે કે જે વિડિયો અથવા ઓડિયો બંધારણને વાંચવા માટે "
++"કાર્યક્રમોને પરવાનગી આપે છે. જો તમારું ચિત્રપટ પ્લેયર સોફ્ટવેર યોગ્ય કોડેકને "
++"શોધતુ ન હોય તો, તે તમારી માટે તેઓને સ્થાપિત કરવા માટે માંગણી કરી શકે છે. જો "
++"ન કરે તો, તમારે કોડેકને જાતેજ સ્થાપિત કરવું પડશે - આને કેવી રીતે કરવું તેની "
++"મદદ માટે પૂછો, તમારાં Linux વિતરણનાં આધાર ફોરમ પર ઉદાહરણ તરીકે. તમારે "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> અને <app>libdvd0</app> પેકેજોને "
++"સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર પડી શકે છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++"DVDs પણ CSS તરીકે કહેવાતી સિસ્ટમની મદદથી <em>નકલ માટે સુરક્ષિત</em> છે. આ "
++"DVDs ને નકલ કરવાથી અટકાવે છે, પરંતુ તે પણ તેઓને વગાડવાથી તમને અટકાવે છે નહિં "
++"તો તમારી પાસે સુરક્ષાની નકલને સુરક્ષિત રાખવાનું સંચાલિત કરવા માટે વધારાનું "
++"સોફ્ટવેર છે. તમે ધંધાર્થી DVD ડિકોડરને ખરીદી શકો છો કે જે <link href=\"http:/"
++"/www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link> માંથી "
++"સુરક્ષા નકલને સંચાલિત કરી શકો છો. તે Linux સાથે કામ કરે છે અને બધા દેશોમાં "
++"વાપરવા માટે કાયદેસર હોવુ જોઇએ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "DVD વિસ્તારને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++"DVDs પાસે <em>વિસ્તાર કોડ</em> છે, કે જે તમને કહે છે તેઓ વગાડવા માટે ક્યાં "
++"દુનિયાનાં વિસ્તારને પરવાનગી આપેલ છે. જો તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનું DVD પ્લેયરનો "
++"વિસ્તાર એ DVD નાં વિસ્તાર સાથે બંધબેસે નહિં તો જે તમે વગાડવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરી "
++"રહ્યા છ, તમે DVD ને વગાડવા સક્ષમ હશો નહિં. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારી પાસે "
++"વિસ્તાર 1 DVD પ્લેયર હોય તો, તમને ફક્ત ઉત્તર અમેરિકામાંથી DVDs ને વગાડવાની "
++"પરવાનગી મળશે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"તે તમારાં DVD પ્લેયર દ્દારા વાપરેલ વિસ્તારને બદલવા માટે વારંવાર શક્ય છે, "
++"પરંતુ કાયમ માટે એક વિસ્તારમાં તેનું તાળુ મારતા પહેલાં તે ફક્ત થોડો સમય માટે "
++"કરી શકાય છે. તમારાં કમ્પ્યૂટરનાં DVD પ્લેયરનાં DVD વિસ્તારને બદલવા માટે, "
++"<link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link> ને "
++"વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr "ચકાસો કે તેઓએ સાચો વિડિયો કોડેક સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr "બીજા લોકો મેં બનાવેલ વિડિયોને વગાડી શકતા નથી"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે તમારાં Linux કમ્પ્યૂટર પર વિડિયોને બનાવેલ ન હોય અને Windows અથવા Mac "
++"OSo ની મદદથી કોઇકને તેમાં મોકલો, તમે શોધી શકો છો કે તેઓને વિડિયોને વગાડવાની "
++"સમસ્યા હતી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++"તમારાં વિડિયોને વગાડવાનું સક્ષમ કરવા માટે, માણસ કે તમે તેને મોકલેલ છે તેની "
++"પાસે યોગ્ય <em>કોડેક</em> સ્થાપિત થયેલ હોવુ જોઇએ. કોડેક એ સોફ્ટવેરનો નાનો "
++"ભાગ છે કે જે જાણ છે કે કેવી રીતે વિડિયોને લેવું અને સ્ક્રીન પર તેને દર્શાવો. "
++"ત્યાં ઘણા વિવિધ વિડિયો બંધારણ હોય છે અને દરેકને પાછુ વગાડવા માટે વિવિધ "
++"કોડેકની જરૂરિયાત છે. તમે ચકાસી શકો છો કે ક્યું વિડિયો બંધારણ છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "વિડિયો ફાઇલ પર જમણી ક્લિક કરો અને <gui>ગુણધર્મો</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ઓડિયો/વિડિયો</gui> ટેબ પર જાવ અને જુઓ જોની પર <gui>વિડિયો</gui> હેઠળ "
++"<gui>કોડેક</gui> ની યાદી થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"પ્લેબેક સાથે સમસ્યાઓ છે તે લોકોનેપૂછો જો તેઓ પાસે યોગ્ય કોડેક સ્થાપિત થયેલ "
++"હોય તો. તેઓ કોડેકનાં નામ માટે વેબને શોધવા માટે તેને ઉપયોગી બનાવી શકાય છે "
++"વધુમાં તેનાં વિડિયો પ્લેબેક કાર્યક્રમનું નામ. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, જો તમારો વિડિયો "
++"એ <em>Theora</em> બંધારણને વાપરે તો અને તમારી પાસે મિત્ર એવો હોય કે તેને "
++"જોવા અને પ્રયત્ન કરવા માટ Windows મીડિયા પ્લેયરને વાપરે, \"theora windows "
++"મીડિયા પ્લેયર\" માટે શોધો. તમે મફત યોગ્ય કોડેકને ડાઉનલોડ કરવા માટે વારંવાર "
++"સક્ષમ હશો જો તે સ્થાપિત થયેલ નથી."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમે યોગ્ય કોડેક શોધી શકતા ન હોય તો, <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/"
++"vlc/\">VLC મીડિયા પ્લેયર</link> નો પ્રયત્ન કરો. તે Windows અને Mac OS ની "
++"સાથે સાથે Linux પર કામ કરે છે, અને વિવિધ વિડિયો બંધારણને આધાર આપે છે. "
++"નિષ્ફળતા કે, વિવિધ બંધારણમાં તમારા વિડિયોને રૂપાંતર કરવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો. "
++"મોટાભાગનાં વિડિયો સંપાદકો એ આવુ કરવા માટે સક્ષમ છે, અને ખાસ વિડિયો રૂપાંતરક "
++"કાર્યક્રમો ઉપલબ્ધ છે. શું ઉપલબ્ધ છે તે જોવા માટે સોફ્ટવેર સ્થાપક કાર્યક્રમને "
++"ચકાસો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++"ત્યાં અમુક બીજી સમસ્યાઓ છે કે જે તમારાં વિડિયોને વગાડવાથી કોઇકને અટકાવે છે. "
++"વિડિયો ને નુકશાન પહોંચી શકે છે જ્યારે તમે તેઓમાં તેને મોકલો તો (અમુકવાર મોટી "
++"ફાઇલો એ બરાબર રીતે નકલ થતી નથી), તેઓને તેનાં વિડિયો પ્લેયબેક કાર્યક્રમ સાથે "
++"સમસ્યા હોઇ શકે છે, અથવા વિડિયોને યોગ્ય રીતે બનાવી શકાતુ નથી (ત્યાં અમુક ભૂલો "
++"થઇ શકે છે જ્યારે તમે વિડિયોને સંગ્રહો તો)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ડાબી બાજુની દિશા.</gui> માં Wacom ટૅબલેટને બદલો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "ડાબા હાથનાં ટેબલેટને વાપરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++"અમુક ટેબલેટ પાસે એજ બાજુ પર હાર્ડવેર બટનો છે. ટેબલેટ ડાબી બાજુનાં લોકો માટે "
++"આ બટનોનાં સ્થાનને 180 અંશે ફેરવી શકાય છે. ડાબે હાથે બાજુમાં બદલવા માટે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Wacom ટેબલેટ</gui> ને ખોલો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"જો ટેબલેટ શોધાયેલ ન હોય તો, તમે <gui>મહેરબાની કરીને પ્લગ ઇન અથવા તમારા Wacom "
++"ટેબલેટ</gui> ને ચાલુ કરવા પૂછશો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ડાબી બાજુની દિશા</gui> ને <gui>ચાલુ</gui> કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr "ટેબલેટ સ્થિતિ અને માઉસ સ્થિતિ વચ્ચે ટેબલેટને ખસેડો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr "Wacom ટેબલેટની ટ્રેકીંગ સ્થિતિને સુયોજિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટ્રેકીંગ સ્થિતિ</gui> નક્કી કરે થે કે કેવી રીતે પોઇંટર સ્ક્રીન સાથે "
++"માપાંકિત થયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટ્રેકીંગ સ્થિતિ</gui> ને આગળ, <gui>ટૅબલેટ (ચોક્કસ)</gui> અથવા "
++"<gui>ટચપેડ (સંબંધી)</gui> ને પસંદ કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ચોક્કસ</em> સ્થિતિમાં, ટેબલેટ પર દરેક બિંદુ એ સ્ક્રીન પર એક બિંદુને "
++"માપાંકિત કરે છે. સ્ક્રીનનાં ટોચનાં ડાબે ખૂણે, ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, હંમેશા ટેબલેટ પર "
++"એજ બિંદુ સાથે સંકળાયેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr "ખાસ મોનિટર સાથે Wacom ટૅબલેટને માપાંકિત કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "મોનિટર પસંદ કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>મોનિટર સાથે માપાંકિત કરો…</gui> પર ક્લિક કરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>એકજ મોનિટર સાથે માપાંકિત કરો</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>આઉટપુટ</gui> ની આગળ, મોનિટરને પસંદ કરો કે તમે તમારા ગ્રાફિક્સ "
++"ટેબલેટમાંથી ઇનપુટને પ્રાપ્ત કરવાની ઇચ્છા રાખો છો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr "ફક્ત મોનિટરો કે જે રૂપરેખાંકિત થયેલ છે તેને પસંદ કરી શકાય છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr "બટન વિધેયોને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરો અને Wacom સ્ટાયલસનાં દબાણને અનુભવો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr "સ્ટાયલસને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરો"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++"પેનલનો નીચેનો ભાગ તમારાં સ્ટાયલસની ખાસ વિગતો અને સુયોજનોને સમાવે છે, ઉપકરણ "
++"નામ સાથે (સ્ટાયલસ વર્ગ) અને ડાબે ડાયાગ્રામ. આ સુયોજનોને ગોઠવી શકાય છે:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ટિપ્પણી દબાણ અનુભવ:</gui> <gui>નરમ</gui> અને <gui>સખત</gui> વચ્ચેનો "
++"\"અનુભવ\" સંતુલિત કરવા માટે સરકપટ્ટી વાપરો."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++"જો તમારી પાસે એક કરતા વધારે સ્ટાયલસ હોય તો, જ્યારે વધારાનાં સ્ટાયલસ ટેબલેટ "
++"નજીક હોય છે, પેજર એ સ્ટાયલસ ઉપકરણ નામ સાથે આગળ દર્શાવેલ હશે. પસંદ કરવા માટે "
++"પેજરને વાપરો કે જે સ્ટાયલસને રૂપરેખાંકિત કરેલ છે."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">મોનિટરનું માપો</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">સ્ટાયલસ રૂપરેખાંકિત કરો</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">ટેબલેટ ડાબી બાજુએ વાપરો</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Wacom ગ્રાફિક ટેબલેટ"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/hi/hi.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/hi/hi.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/hi/hi.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.712133115 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/hi/hi.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.164921445 +0530
+@@ -3,10099 +3,23755 @@
+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+ # Anurag Garg <ang.astronomy@gmail.com>, 2011.
+ # अनुराग गर्ग <ang.astronomy@gmail.com>, 2011.
++# rajesh <rranjan@redhat.com>, 2013.
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs.master.hi\n"
+-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-"
+-"user-docs&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-08 20:15+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-24 17:19+0530\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Anurag Garg <ang.astronomy@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: indlinux-hindi@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+-"Language: hi\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 06:06-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: rajesh <rranjan@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Hindi <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: hi\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+-"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.0-beta5\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ "X-Project-Style: gnome\n"
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "The windows key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "राजेश रंजन (rranjan@redhat.com, rajeshkajha@yahoo.com)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"वि`डोज़ कुंजी क्रियाएँ विवरण दर्शाती हैं। यह कुंजी अक्सर आप के कुंजीपट पर "
+-"<key>alt</key> के साथ होती हैं।"
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:10(name)
+-#: C/video-sending.page:13(name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:13(name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:86(cite)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:11(name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:14(name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:14(name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:63(cite)
+-#: C/user-add.page:12(name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:11(name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(name)
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:13(name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(name)
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:15(name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:15(name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14(name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:12(name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:12(name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13(name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:25(cite)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:13(name)
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:11(name)
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:14(name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:15(name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:13(name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:14(name)
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:15(name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13(name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14(name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14(name)
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:16(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:16(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:16(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(name)
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:14(name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:12(name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:13(name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:14(name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:11(name)
+-#: C/files-recover.page:13(name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:14(name)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:15(name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(name)
+-#: C/clock-set.page:11(name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(name)
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:11(name)
+-#: C/backup-what.page:10(name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:15(name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:14(name)
+-#: C/backup-how.page:15(name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:15(name)
+-#: C/backup-check.page:11(name)
+-#: C/backup-check.page:31(cite)
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:12(name)
+-msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+-msgstr "ग्नोम प्रलेखन परियोजना"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "गनोम 3 डेस्कटॉप उपयोक्ता के लिए गाइड"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "गनोम मदद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME मदद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME मदद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "यह काम <_:link-1/> के अंतर्गत लाइसेंस है."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "शॅन मेक्केक्  "
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:11(email)
+-#: C/video-sending.page:14(email)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(email)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13(email)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:12(email)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:16(email)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:12(email)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(email)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:14(email)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:14(email)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:15(email)
+-#: C/user-add.page:13(email)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:12(email)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:17(email)
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(email)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:14(email)
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:17(email)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(email)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16(email)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:16(email)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:17(email)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:14(email)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:16(email)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:15(email)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(email)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:15(email)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(email)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(email)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:12(email)
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:15(email)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:16(email)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:13(email)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:15(email)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:12(email)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(email)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:15(email)
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:16(email)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12(email)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:15(email)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:16(email)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15(email)
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:17(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:17(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:17(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:17(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:13(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:14(email)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:13(email)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:12(email)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:12(email)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:12(email)
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(email)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:15(email)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(email)
+-#: C/look-background.page:15(email)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:14(email)
+-#: C/files-search.page:15(email)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:12(email)
+-#: C/files-recover.page:14(email)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:15(email)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:16(email)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:13(email)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:15(email)
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:12(email)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:12(email)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:12(email)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(email)
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:12(email)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:12(email)
+-#: C/clock-set.page:12(email)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(email)
+-#: C/backup-why.page:20(email)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:12(email)
+-#: C/backup-what.page:11(email)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:16(email)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(email)
+-#: C/backup-how.page:16(email)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(email)
+-#: C/backup-check.page:12(email)
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:13(email)
+-msgid "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-msgstr "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:17(title)
+-msgid "What is the \"windows\" key?"
+-msgstr "विंडोज़ कुंजी क्या है?"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:19(p)
+-msgid "When you press the <em>windows</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and often has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the super key, logo key, or system key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"विंडोज़ कुंजी को दबाने पर क्रियाएँ विवरण प्रदर्शित होता है। यह कुंजी अक्सर "
+-"कुंजीपट के बायी तरफ सबसे निचली पंक्ती में होती है, <key>alt</key> के साथ तथा "
+-"प्रायः इसपर window/square (चार वर्ग) बने होते हैं। इसे कभी - कभी सूपर "
+-"key(महा-कुंजी),लोगो key(लोगो-कुंजी) या system key(तंत्र कुंजी) कहा जाता है।"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a windows key on your keyboard. The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
+-msgstr "अगर आप ऐपल का कुंजीपट इस्तेमाल कर रहे है तो उसपर विंडोज़ कुंजी नहीं होगी। उसकी जगह <key>Command (Cmd)</key> कुंजी का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences windows."
+-msgstr "नई वरीयता विंडोज़ का उपयोग करते हुए कुंजी-चिन्ह को बदलने के बारे में जानकारी जोड़ना।"
+-
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:11(name)
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:11(name)
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:12(name)
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:11(name)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:11(name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:15(name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:10(name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:14(name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing.page:13(name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15(name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18(name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18(name)
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:15(name)
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:10(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15(name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14(name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:80(cite)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:143(cite)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:16(name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:20(name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11(name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(name)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:12(name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(name)
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:14(name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:11(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(name)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(name)
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(name)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "फील् बूल्"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:12(email)
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:12(email)
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:13(email)
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:12(email)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:12(email)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:17(email)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:16(email)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:11(email)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:15(email)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:13(email)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13(email)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing.page:14(email)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:17(email)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:16(email)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:19(email)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:20(email)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:19(email)
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:17(email)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:13(email)
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:13(email)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:16(email)
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:11(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:13(email)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:16(email)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:15(email)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17(email)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(email)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16(email)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(email)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:12(email)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:12(email)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:13(email)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:13(email)
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:15(email)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:12(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:16(email)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18(email)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18(email)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:17(email)
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(email)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:18(email)
+-msgid "philbull@gmail.com"
+-msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"
+-
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Some website use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
+-msgstr "कुछ वेब साइट, वेब-पृष्ठ को प्रदर्शित करने कि लिए सिलवरलाइट का प्रयोग करती हैं। मूनलाइट प्लग-इन इस प्रकार कि वेब साइट को देखने मे आपकी मदद करता है।"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+-msgstr "सिलवरलाइट प्लग-इन कि संस्थापना करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:21(p)
+-msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "बाउंस कुँजी चालू करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "शीर्ष पट्टी पर अपना नाम क्लिक करें और <gui>सेटिंग</gui> चुनें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>सिलवरलाइट</app> एक वेब-ब्राउज़र प्लग-इन है जो की आप को चल-चित्र और "
+-"अंतःक्रियात्मक वेब-पृष्ठ देखने में मदद करता है। कुछ वेब साइट इसके बिना कार्य "
+-"नही कर पाएँगी। "
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>बाउंस की</gui> चालू करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "तेजी से बाउंस कुँजी चालू और बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप सिलवरलाइट संस्थापित किए बिना सिलवरलाइट प्लग-इन सक्षम वेब-पृष्ठ देखते "
+-"है, तो संभवतः आप को एक सूचना संदेश दिखाई देगा, जो आप को इस बारे मे सूचित "
+-"करेगा, साथ ही साथ यह संदेश आप को प्लग-इन संस्थापित करने का निर्देश भी देगा "
+-"पर संभवतः यह निर्देश आप के वेब-ब्राउज़र या लिनक्स संस्करण के लिए उपयोगी नही "
+-"होगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप सिलवरलाइट सक्रिय वेब-पृष्ठ देखना चाहते है तो आपको सिलवरलाइट कि जगह "
+-"<em>मूनलाइट</em> प्लग-इन संस्थापित करना चाहिए, जो कि लिनक्स के लिए सिलवरलाइट "
+-"का एक मुक्त-स्रोत संस्करण है।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
+-"कुछ लिनक्स संस्करणों पर मूनलाइट प्लग-इन उसके सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक कि मदद से "
+-"संस्थापित किया जा सकता है। इसके लिए सिर्फ संस्थापक को खोलकर "
+-"<input>Silverlight</input> या <input>Moonlight</input> कि खोज करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:29(p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link href=\"http://www.mono-project.com/Moonlight\">Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
+-msgstr ""
+-"अगर आपका लिनक्स संस्करण मूनलाइट सॉफ्टवेयर संकुल उपलब्ध नही कराता है तो, अधिक "
+-"जानकारी और संस्थापना निर्देश के लिए <link href=\"http://www.mono-"
+-"project.com/Moonlight\">मूनलाइट वेबसाइट</का निरीक्षण करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "ब्रेल में स्क्रीन पढ़ें"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"YouTube जैसी वेब साइट जो की चल-चित्र या अतःक्रियात्मक वेब-पृष्ठ को दिखाती "
+-"हो, को देखने के लिए  फलेश प्लग-इन को भी संस्थापित करना होगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+-msgstr "फलेश प्लग-इन को संस्थापित करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:21(p)
+-msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "विरोध समायोजित करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>फलेश</app> एक ऐसा <em>प्लग-इन</em> है जिसका प्रयोग कुछ वेब साइट पर "
+-"चल-चित्र को दिखाने के लिए और अतःक्रियात्मक वेब-पृष्ठ को प्रयोग करने के लिए "
+-"करती है। कुछ वेब साइट इसके बिना काम नहीं कर पाएँगी।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप फलेश संस्थापित किए बिना फलेश प्लग-इन सक्षम वेब-पृष्ठ देखते है, तो "
+-"संभवतः आप को एक सूचना संदेश दिखाई देगा, जो आप को इस बारे मे सूचित करेगा। "
+-"फलेश लग-भग सभी वेब-ब्राउज़र के लिए मुफ्त उपलब्ध है (पर मुक्त-स्रोत के तौर पर "
+-"नही)। साथ ही लग-भग सभी लिनक्स संस्करणों में फलेश प्लग-इन के संस्करण को उसके "
+-"सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक के द्वारा भी संस्थापित किया जा सकता हैं।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:26(title)
+-msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+-msgstr "अगर फलेश आप के सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक द्वारा उपलब्ध है।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>उच्च कंट्रास्ट</gui> को <gui>चालू</gui> पर स्विच करें."
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+-msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक को शुरु करे और <input>flash</input> को खोजें।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to install it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui> या इसी के समांतर को खोजें और <gui>Adobe Flash "
+-"plug-in</gui>या समांतर को संस्थापित करने के लिए क्लिक करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:34(p)
+-msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप का वेब-ब्राउज़र खुला हुआ है, तो उसे बंद करे और दोबारा खोले। जब आप "
+-"वेब-ब्राउज़र दोबारा शुरु करेंगे तो वह यह स्वंय ही पता लगा लेगा कि फलेश "
+-"संस्थापित किया जा चुका है और आप फलेश सक्रिय वेब साइट देखने मे समर्थ होंगें।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:39(title)
+-msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+-msgstr "अगर फलेश आप के सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक द्वारा <em>उपलब्ध नहीं है</em>।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">फलेश प्लेयर वेब साइट</link> पर "
+-"जाए। साइट द्वारा आपके वेब-ब्राउज़र और लिनक्स संस्करण का चयन स्वंय ही हो "
+-"जाना चाहिए।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select a version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<gui>Select a version to download</gui> जहाँ लिखा हो वहाँ क्लिक करे और आपने "
+-"लिनक्स संस्करण के लिए उपयुक्त साफ्टवेयर संस्थापक का चुनाव करे। अगर आपको सही "
+-"संस्थापक के बारे मे जानकारी नही है तो <file>.tar.gz</file> का चुनाव करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/productinfo/instructions/\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link href=\"http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/productinfo/instructio"
+-"ns/\">फलेश के लिए संस्थापना निर्देशों</link> को पढ़ कर उसे संस्थापित करने के "
+-"विधि सीखें।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:52(title)
+-msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+-msgstr "फलेश के मुक्त-स्रोत विकल्प। "
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:53(p)
+-msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"फलेश के कई मुफ्त और मुक्त-स्रोत विकल्प मौजूद हैं। कई कारणों से यह फलेश "
+-"प्लग-इन से बेहतर हैं (जैंसे - यह ध्वनि को बेहतर प्रसारित करते हैं) पर कई "
+-"कारणों से निम्नतर भी हैं (जैसे - वेब पर कई कठिन फलेश सक्रिय पृष्ठ नही दिखा "
+-"पाते)।"
+-
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:54(p)
+-msgid "You might like to try one of these out if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप फलेश के काम करने के तरीके से खुश नही है या अधिक से अधिक मुक्त-स्रोत "
+-"साफ्टवेयर का इस्तेमाल करना चाहते है तो शायद इनका इस्तेमाल करना चाहे। "
+-"निम्नलिखित फलेश के कुछ मुक्त-स्रोत विकल्प हैं:"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Gnash"
+-msgstr "ग्नेश"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:57(p)
+-msgid "LightSpark"
+-msgstr "लाइटसपार्क"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:58(p)
+-msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"
+-msgstr "SWFdec (इसका अब नवीनीकरण नही होता)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:16(desc)
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr ""
+-"तंत्र सेटिंग के अनुक्रम तंत्र सूचना के द्वारा तयशुदा ईमेल संचालक को बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+-msgstr "क्या मुझे मेरी ईमेल मे वायरस जांच करने की आवश्यकता हैं?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन पर पाठ आकार बदलें"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Viruses are programs which causes problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
+ msgstr ""
+-"वायरस वह प्रोग्राम हैं जो अगर आपके कंप्यूटर मे स्थापित हो जाते हैं तो समस्या "
+-"उत्पन्न करते हैं। ईमेल संदेश वह सामान्य तरीका है जिसके द्वारा वायरस "
+-"कंप्यूटर मे प्रवेश करते हैं।"
+-
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses."
+-msgstr ""
+-"ऐसा वायरस जो लिनक्स संचालित कम्प्यूटर को प्रभावित कर सकें वह बहुत ही दुर्लभ "
+-"हैं, इसका तात्पर्य कि यह एक लगभग असंभव सा उदाहरण होगा कि आपका कंप्यूटर किसी "
+-"वायरस से प्रभावित हो जाए। अगर आप को कोई ईमेल संदेश मे छिपा हुआ वायरस भेज भी "
+-"देता है तो संभवतः वह कोई नुकसान नही पहुंचा पाएगा। इसलिए आप को ईमेल मे वायरस "
+-"जांच करने की आवश्यकता नही हैं।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप फिर भी चाहे तो वायरस कि जांच कर सकते है ताकि आप किसी और को ग़लती से "
+-"वायरस वाला संदेश आगे ना भेज दे। जैसे - आपके किसी दोस्त के पास विडोज़ "
+-"कंप्यूटर है और वह आप को ग़लती से एक वायरस संक्रमित ईमेल भेज देता है और आप उस "
+-"संदेश को आगे अपने किसी और दोस्त को भेज देते है। उस दशा मे आपके दूसरे दोस्त "
+-"तक वह वायरस पहुँच जाएगा। आप एक वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग को संस्थापित कर इसकी "
+-"रोकथाम कर सकते है, पर इसके होने कि संभावना भी बहुत ही कम है कि आपके दोस्त के "
+-"पास वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग ना हो क्योंकि लगभग सभी विडोज़ और मेक् ओएस "
+-"उपयोक्ता के पास अपना वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग होता हैं।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+-msgstr "ईमेल लिखने वाले अनुप्रयोग को बदले।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:21(p)
+-msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"जब आप नई ईमेल कि कड़ी पर क्लिक करते है (जैसे - अपने दस्तावेज़ संसाधन "
+-"अनुप्रयोग मे), तो आपका तयशुदा ईमेल अनुप्रयोग एक खाली संदेश के साथ खुल जाता "
+-"है, जिस पर आप नया संदेश लिख सकते है। अगर आपके पास एक से ज्यादा ईमेल "
+-"अनुप्रयोग हैं तो गलत ईमेल अनुप्रयोग भी खुल सकता है। आप सही मूलभूत ईमेल "
+-"अनुप्रयोग का चयन करके इसे निर्धारित कर सकते है।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:25(p)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:25(p)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:31(p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"मुख्य पट्टी पर अपने नाम पर क्लिक करें और <gui>System Settings</gui> पर क्लिक "
+-"करें।"
+-
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:29(p)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"अनुक्रम तंत्र सूचना (<gui>System Info</gui>) को खोले और बायी पंक्ती मे से "
+-"<gui>तयशुदा अनुप्रयोग</gui> (<gui>Default Applications</gui>) का चयन करे।"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
+ msgstr ""
+-"जिस भी ईमेल अनुप्रयोग को तयशुदा के रुप मे प्रयोग करना चाहते है उसका चयन "
+-"<gui>मेल</gui> विकल्प के द्वारा करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui> के अनुक्रम तंत्र सूचना (<gui>System Info</gui>) "
+-"मे जा के तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र को बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+-msgstr "वेब साइट खोलने के लिए प्रयोग मे आने वाले वेब ब्राउज़र मे बदलाव करे। "
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:21(p)
+-msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"जब आप किसी भी अनुक्रम मे वेब-पृष्ठ कि कड़ी को क्लिक करते है तो वेब ब्राउज़र "
+-"अपने-आप ही उस पृष्ठ को खुल देता है। अगर आप के पास के एक से ज्यादा वेब "
+-"ब्राउज़र संस्थापित है तो पृष्ठ शायद उस वेब ब्राउज़र मे ना खुले जिसमे आप उस "
+-"पृष्ठ को खोलना चाहते है। इसे ठीक करने के लिए तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र को बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<gui>वेब</gui> विकल्प को बदल के उस वेब ब्राउज़र का चयन करे जिसमे की आप वेब "
+-"कड़ियों को खोलना चाहते है।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:37(p)
+-msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr ""
+-"जब आप किसी दूसरे वेब ब्राउज़र को शुरू करेंगे, तो शायद वह आप को बताए के वह अब "
+-"तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र नही है। अगर यह होता है, तो <gui>रद्द करे</gui> बटन (या "
+-"तुल्य वस्तु) को क्लिक करे ताकि वह अपने आपको तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र ना निर्धारित "
+-"कर सकें।"
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:11(name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:16(name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:19(name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12(name)
+-#: C/tips.page:10(name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:11(name)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(name)
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:16(name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:15(name)
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:17(name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:16(name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:26(name)
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:11(name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:11(name)
+-#: C/prefs.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net.page:13(name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:10(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:14(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23(name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:20(name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(name)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:35(cite)
+-#: C/media.page:11(name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:12(name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:18(name)
+-#: C/hardware.page:11(name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:15(name)
+-#: C/files-select.page:10(name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:18(name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:15(name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:10(name)
+-#: C/files.page:12(name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:17(name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:18(name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:17(name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:15(name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:22(name)
+-#: C/clock.page:17(name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:12(name)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(name)
+-msgid "Shaun McCance"
+-msgstr "शॅन मेक्केक्  "
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:12(email)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:20(email)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:16(email)
+-#: C/user-add.page:17(email)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:20(email)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:13(email)
+-#: C/tips.page:11(email)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:12(email)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:11(email)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:11(email)
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:17(email)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(email)
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:18(email)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(email)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:27(email)
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:12(email)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:12(email)
+-#: C/prefs.page:13(email)
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net.page:14(email)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:11(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:19(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:14(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:12(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:19(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:19(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:15(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:14(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:19(email)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:13(email)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:24(email)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21(email)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(email)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(email)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:12(email)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20(email)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15(email)
+-#: C/media.page:12(email)
+-#: C/look-background.page:27(email)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12(email)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(email)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13(email)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:19(email)
+-#: C/hardware.page:12(email)
+-#: C/files-share.page:16(email)
+-#: C/files-select.page:11(email)
+-#: C/files-search.page:19(email)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:16(email)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:11(email)
+-#: C/files.page:13(email)
+-#: C/files-open.page:18(email)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:19(email)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:18(email)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:18(email)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:16(email)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:23(email)
+-#: C/clock.page:18(email)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(email)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:13(email)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:13(email)
+-msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"web#connections\">Internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"web#chat\">starting chats</link>, <link xref=\"web#email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"web#browser\">plug-ins</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"web#connections\">संजाल (इंटरनेट) कनेक्शन</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"web#chat\">गपशप शुरू करना</link>, <link xref=\"web#email\">ईमेल "
+-"खाते</link>, <link xref=\"web#browser\">प्लग-इन</link>..."
+-
+-#: C/web.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Web, email &amp; chat"
+-msgstr "वेब, ईमेल, गपशप"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Connections"
+-msgstr "कनेक्शन"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:30(title)
+-msgid "Internet connections"
+-msgstr "इंटरनेट कनेक्शन"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Chat"
+-msgstr "गपशप"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Chat (instant messaging)"
+-msgstr "गपशप (इंस्टेंट संदेशन)"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Email"
+-msgstr "ईमेल"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:46(title)
+-msgid "Web"
+-msgstr "वेब"
+-
+-#: C/web.page:48(title)
+-msgid "Browsing the web"
+-msgstr "वेब ब्राउज़िंग करना"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+-msgstr "जांच ले कि सही वीडियो कोडेक संस्थापित है। "
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+-msgstr "दूसरे व्यक्ति मेरे द्वारा निर्मित वीडियो नही चला पाते।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+-msgstr "अगर आपने लिनक्स कम्प्यूटर मे वीडियो बनाया है और उसे विंड़ोज़ या मेक् ओएस उपयोक्ता को देखने के लिए दिया है तो कई बार उन्हे इस तरह की वीडियो को देखने मे परेशानी हो सकती है।"
+-
+-#: C/video-sending.page:24(p)
+-msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
+-msgstr "आपके द्वारा बनाई वीडियो को व्यक्ति विशेष द्वारा देखने के लिए सही <em>कोडेक</em> को संस्थापित करना होगा। कोडेक प्रोग्राम का एक छोटा-सा टुकड़ा होता है जो वीडियो को सही तरीके से स्क्रीन पर प्रदर्शित करता है। इस समय कई तरह के भिन्न-भिन्न वीडियो संरूप उपलब्ध है और हर संरूप को चलाने के लिए अलग कोडेक कि आवश्यकता होती है।"
+-
+-#: C/video-sending.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the file manager (look for <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview), right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"आप फाइल प्रबंधक मे जा के आपने वीडियो के संरूप का पता लगा सकते है "
+-"(<gui>क्रियाएँ</gui> विवरण मे <app>फाइल</app> मे देखे) फाइल पर दाहिना-क्लिक "
+-"करे और <gui>गुण</gui> का चुनाव करे। इसके बाद <gui>आडियो/वीडियो</gui> पर जाए "
+-"और देखे के वीडियो के तहत कौन सा कोडेक सूचीबद्ध है।"
+-
+-#: C/video-sending.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed."
+-msgstr "व्यक्ति विशेष जो की वीडियो चलाने मे असमर्थ है, उससे सही कोडेक के संस्थापना के बारे मे जानकारी ले। वह व्यक्ति सही कोडेक के नाम को अपने वीडियो प्लेयर के नाम के साथ वेब पर खोज सकता है, यह कई बार बहुत मददगार साबित होता है। जैसे - अगर आप का वीडियो <em>थियोरा</em> संरूप का प्रयोग कर रहे है और आप का दोस्त विंडोज़ मीडिया प्लेयर का तो उसे वेब पर \"थियोरा विंडोज़ मीडिया प्लेयर\" कि खोज करनी चाहिए। इस तरीके से आप लगभग हर बार सही कोडेक के मुफ्त संस्करण को खोज़ कर संस्थापित कर पाएँगे।"
+-
+-#: C/video-sending.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available."
+-msgstr "अगर आप सही कोडेक कि खोज नही कर पाते है तो <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">वीलसी मीडिया प्लेयर</link> के साथ पुनः प्रयास करे। वीलसी मीडिया प्लेयर विंडोज़, मेक् औएस और लिनेक्स, तिनों ही के साथ काम करता है और कई तरह के भिन्न वीडियो संरूपों को संभाल सकता है। अगर यह युक्ति भी काम नही करती तो किसी वीडियो परिवर्तक को इस्तेमाल करते हुए वीडियो को किसी दूसरे संरूप मे बदल ले। लगभग सभी वीडियो संपादक यह कार्य आसानी से कर सकते है और या इसकी जगह आप किसी विशिष्ठ वीडियो परिवर्तक का भी उपयोग कर सकते है। सभी उपलब्ध अनुक्रमों की जानकारी के लिए अपने सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक मे देखे।"
+-
+-#: C/video-sending.page:33(p)
+-msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+-msgstr "कुछ और भी एसी दिक्कतें है जिसकी वज़ह से शायद आप वीडियो ना चला सके। आपके द्वारा वीडियो हस्तांतरण के दौरान फाइल खराब हो सकती है (कई बार बड़ी फाइल का हस्तांतरण सही तरह से नही हो पाता)। वीडियो प्लेयर मे ही ख़राबी हो सकती है या फिर हो सकता वीडियो सही तरह से बना ही ना हो (वीडियो को सहेजने मे ग़लती हो सकती है)।"
+-
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
+-msgstr "आपके पास शायद सही कोडेक संस्थापित ना हो या फिर डीवीडी के ग़लत क्षेत्र से होना भी करण हो सकता है।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+-msgstr "डीवीडी काम क्यों नही करती?"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different \"region\"."
+-msgstr "अगर आप डीवीडी कम्प्यूटर मे डालते है और वह अपेक्षित तरीके से नही चलती तो इसके दो कारण हो सकते है। एक के आपके कम्प्यूटर पर सही कोडेक संस्थपित ना हो या दूसरा कारण यह भी हो सकता है की शायद डीवीडी किसी भिन्न क्षेत्र से हो और आपके क्षेत्र मे इसके देखने की अनुमति ना हो।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+-msgstr "डीवीडी चलाने के लिए सही कोडेक की संस्थापना करना।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:26(p)
+-msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the movie player you're using should tell you about this and offer to install them for you. If this doesn't happen, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this using your Linux distribution's support forums or otherwise. The software packages you'll probably need are <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+-msgstr "डीवीडी चलाने के लिए आपके पास सही <em>कोडेक</em> संस्थापित होना चाहिए। कोडिक एक ऐसा सॉफ्टवेयर है जो की अनुप्रयोग को ऑडियो और वीडियो संरूप को पड़ने/चलाने मे सक्षम बनाता है। अगर आप सही कोडेक के बिना डीवीडी चलाने का प्रयास करेंगे तो जिस भी मूवी प्लेयर का इस्तेमाल कर रहे हो, वह आपको इस बारे मे एक सूचना संदेश के माध्यम से सूचित करेगा और सही कोडेक को संस्थापित करने का प्रस्ताव प्रस्तुत करेगा। अगर वह आप को ऐसा प्रस्ताव प्रस्तुत नही करता तो आप को संयम ही कोडेक संस्थापित करना पड़ेगा। इसके लिए अपने लिनक्स संस्करण के सहायता फोरम या किसी दूसरे माध्यम के ज़रिए मदद प्राप्त करे। पर संभवतः आपको <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> और <app>libdvd0</app> सॉफ्टवेयर संकुल कि आवश्यकता पड़गी।"
+-
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(p)
+-msgid "DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have some extra software to handle the copy protection."
+-msgstr "साथ ही डीवीडी मे सीएसएस तंत्र के द्वारा ऐसी भी व्यवस्था होती है की उनकी नकल ना हो सके। यह व्यवस्था आप को सिर्फ डीवीडी की नकल से ही नही रोकेगी साथ ही साथ आपको एक खास तरह के अनुप्रयोग का इस्तेमाल किये बिना इसे चलाने भी नही देगी। यह खास अनुप्रयोग इस बात को सुनिश्चित करता है कि उस डीवीडी कि नकल ना हो सके।"
+-
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+-msgstr "आप ऐसे व्यापारिक डीवीडी डीकोडर को <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">फ्लयुएनडो</link> से ख़रीद सकते है जो यह सुनिश्चित करेगा कि उस डीवीडी की नकल ना हो सके। यह सॉफ्टवेयर लिनक्स के साथ भी काम करता है, पर इस को इस्तेमाल करना आपके देश मे वैध होना चाहिए।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:34(title)
+-msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+-msgstr "डीवीडी के क्षेत्र को जाँचना।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:35(p)
+-msgid "DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+-msgstr "हर डीवीडी मे उसके क्षेत्र का कूट-संकेत साथ होता है। यह कूट-संकेत विश्व के उन सभी क्षेत्रों को दर्शाता है जिनमे इस डीवीडी को देखने की अनुमति है, साथ ही डीवीडी प्लेयर भी सिर्फ उन्ही डीवीडी को चला सकता है जो उसके क्षेत्र से हो। जैसे- अगर आपके डीवीडी प्लेयर का क्षेत्र कूट-संकेत 1 है तो वह सिर्फ उस डीवीडी को ही चला सकता जो उतरी-अमेरिका से हो।   "
+-
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few times before it locks into one region permanently."
+-msgstr "अगर आप के कम्प्यूटर के डीवीडी प्लेयर का क्षेत्र कूट-संकेत और जिस डीवीडी को आप चलाने का प्रयत्न कर रहे वह एक समान नही है तो आप वह डीवीडी नही चला पाएंगे। हालांकि डीवीडी प्लेयर के क्षेत्र कूट-संकेत को बदलना संभव है पर यह भी सिर्फ कुछ ही बार किया जा सकता है इसके बाद वह किसी एक क्षेत्र के कूट-संकेत पर ही अटल हो जाएगा।    "
+-
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(p)
+-msgid "To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+-msgstr "डीवीडी प्लेयर के क्षेत्र कूट-संकेत को बदलने के लिए <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link> का इस्तेमाल करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "सार्वभौमिक पहुँच"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+-msgstr "ज्यादा कठिन और लम्बे कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13(name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12(name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19(name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(name)
+-#: C/mouse.page:16(name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:11(name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(name)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:16(name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:13(name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:15(name)
+-#: C/backup-what.page:14(name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:11(name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:10(name)
+-#: C/backup-how.page:11(name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:11(name)
+-msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+-msgstr "टैफ्फिनी अंटोपोलस्की"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:21(email)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:15(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(email)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:20(email)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(email)
+-#: C/mouse.page:17(email)
+-#: C/more-help.page:12(email)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:17(email)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(email)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:16(email)
+-#: C/backup-what.page:15(email)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:12(email)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(email)
+-#: C/backup-how.page:12(email)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(email)
+-msgid "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
+-msgstr "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:27(title)
+-msgid "Choose a secure password"
+-msgstr "सुरक्षित कूट-शब्द का चुनाव करे। "
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess."
+-msgstr "आपका कूट-शब्द आपके लिए आसान पर दूसरों के लिए (कम्प्यूटर अनुप्रयोग के लिए भी) अत्यधिक कठिन होना चाहिए।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
+-msgstr "अच्छे कूट-शब्द का चुनाव आपके कम्प्यूटर को सुरक्षित रखता है। अगर आप के कूट-शब्द का आसानी से अंदाज़ा लगाया जा सकता है तो कोई और व्यक्ति उसके जरिए आपकी निजी जानकारी को हासिल कर सकता है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:35(p)
+-msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:"
+-msgstr "यहाँ तक की कई व्यक्ति आपने कम्प्यूटर को व्यवस्थित ढंग से इस्तेमाल कर के भी आप के कूट-शब्द का अनुमान लगा सकते है। तो जो कूट-शब्द व्यक्तियों के लिए आसान है उसी कूट-शब्द का कम्प्यूटर द्वारा आसानी से अंदाजा लगाया जा सकता है। यहाँ कुछ सुझाव दिए जा रहे जिस की मदद से आप एक अच्छा कूट-शब्द चुन सकते है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द मे (अंग्रेज़ी भाषा के) बड़े और छोटे अक्षरों या/और हिन्दी भाषा के अक्षर और मात्रा के मिश्रण के साथ अंकों, संकेतों और खाली स्थान का भी इस्तेमाल करे। इससे कूट-शब्द का अंदाजा लगाना मुश्किल हो जाएगा। सांकेतिक अक्षर संख्या मे बहुत अधिक है, तो इनके इस्तेमाल से कई भिन्न-भिन्न तरह के कूट-शब्दों की संरचना हो सकती है और इससे दूसरे व्यक्ति को आपके कूट-शब्द का अंदाजा लगाते वक्त उतने ही अधिक कूट-शब्दों को जाँचना पड़ेगा।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41(p)
+-msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द के चुनाव के लिए सबसे अच्छा तरीका है की आप किसी ऐसे वाक्य के हर शब्द के प्रथम अक्षर का इस्तेमाल करे जिस को आप आसानी से याद रख सके। यह वाक्य किसी मूवी का नाम, पुस्तक, गीत, एलबम या फिर कुछ और हो सकता है। जैसे - \"शोले: कितने आदमि थे\" बन सकता है \"श: कआथ\" या \"शकआथ\" या \"श: किआथे\"।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+-msgstr "अपना कूट-शब्द अत्यधिक लम्बा बनाए। उसमे जितने अधिक अक्षरों का इस्तेमाल होगा, उतना ही किसी व्यक्ति या कम्प्यूटर के द्वारा उसका अंदाजा लगाना कठिन होगा।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is \"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+-msgstr "किसी भी भाषा के शब्दकोष मे उपलब्ध किसी भी शब्द का इस्तेमाल कभी ना करे। कूट-शब्द का पता लगाने वाले सबसे पहले ऐसे ही शब्दों के साथ कोशिश करते है। सबसे आम इस्तेमाल होने वाला कूट-शब्द है \"password\" - लोग इस तरह के कूट-शब्दों का बहुत आसानी से पता लगा लेते है। "
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:53(p)
+-msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name."
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द मे अपनी निजी जानकारी जैसे की तिथि, अधिकार पत्र (लाइसेंस) या किसी परिवार के व्यक्ति का नाम आदि का भी इस्तेमाल ना करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+-msgstr "संज्ञा का इस्तेमाल ना करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
+-msgstr "साथ-ही किसी ऐसे कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे जिस को जल्दी से टाइप किया जा सके जिससे की उसे टाइप करते वक्त कोई और ना देख सके।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:63(p)
+-msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+-msgstr "कभी अपने कूट-शब्द को कही लिख कर ना रखे। उन्हे आसानी से ढूंढा जा सकता है!"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(p)
+-msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+-msgstr "अलग-अलग चीज़ो/कामों के लिए भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे। "
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(p)
+-msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+-msgstr "अलग-अलग खातों के लिए भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे। "
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(p)
+-msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+-msgstr "अगर आप एक ही कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल हर के खाते के लिए करते है तो, जो भी उसका अंदाजा लगाएगा, उसकी पहुँच आपके सभी खातों तक होगी।"
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:75(p)
+-msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+-msgstr "हालाँकि कई तरह के भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्दों को याद रखना भी कठिन हो सकता है इसलिए उन सभी कम महत्वपूर्ण चीजों मे इस्तेमाल आने वाले कूट-शब्द (जैसे वेब-साइट) समान हो सकते है और अधिक महत्वपूर्ण चीजों मे काम आने वाले कूट-शब्द भिन्न होने चाहिए। पर याद रखे यह उतना सुरक्षित नही है जितना की हर काम के लिए भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करना।"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:79(p)
+-msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+-msgstr "अपने कूट-शब्द को निरंतर बदलते रहे।  "
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87(p)
+-msgid "Tips on what makes a secure password."
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द को सुरक्षित बनाने के सुझाव।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द को पुनः निर्धारित करने की उन्नत तकनीक।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:18(title)
+-msgid "I forgot my password!"
+-msgstr "मैं अपना कूट-शब्द भूल गया!"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:19(cite)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(cite)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(cite)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:25(cite)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(cite)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:25(cite)
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:27(cite)
+-#: C/session-language.page:26(cite)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:23(cite)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:36(cite)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:22(cite)
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:24(cite)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:25(cite)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:44(cite)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76(cite)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:118(cite)
+-#: C/mouse.page:26(cite)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(cite)
+-#: C/files-share.page:24(cite)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:26(cite)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:28(cite)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(cite)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(cite)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:28(cite)
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:29(cite)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28(cite)
+-msgid "shaunm"
+-msgstr "शॉन"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:19(p)
+-msgid "Marking final for 3.0. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some less drastic things. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, have them reset your password in the user accounts settings."
+-msgstr "यह दस्तावेज़ ग्नोम ३.० के अनुसार पूर्ण है। ग्नोम ३.२ के लिए इस पर कुछ काम करना पड़ सकता है। उसमे कुछ उदंड चीज़े है। जैसे अगर आपके कम्प्यूटर पर दूसरा  प्रशासनिक उपयोक्ता है तो वह उपयोक्ता खाता जमावट के द्वारा आपका कूट-शब्द पुनः निर्धारित कर सकता है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs integrated in gnome-help then link there."
+-msgstr "साथ ही दो गरब निर्देशों को मिलाए (जो लगभग समान हो), जितना हो सके क्लिक के द्वारा इस्तेमाल हो सकने वाले निर्देश का इस्तेमाल करे और कुछ अच्छे कीरिंग दस्तावेज़ों को ग्नोम-मदद मे समाहित कर उसे वहाँ लिंक करे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:27(p)
+-msgid "It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it."
+-msgstr "सिर्फ <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">अच्छा और सुरक्षित कूट-शब्द</link> का चुनाव ही महत्वपूर्ण नही है पर वह ऐसा होना चाहिए जिसे आप याद भी रख सके। अगर आप अपने कम्प्यूटर खाते मे लॉगिन कूट-शब्द भूल गए है तो निम्नांकित निर्देशों का पालन करते हुए पुनः निर्धारित कर सकते है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:32(p)
+-msgid "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password."
+-msgstr "अगर आपने अपने घर-फोल्डर को कूट रूप (इन्क्रिप्ट) दिया हुआ है तो आप अपना कूट-शब्द पुनः निर्धारित नही कर पाएँगे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-changepassword\"/>."
+-msgstr "अगर आप सिर्फ अपना कूट-शब्द बदला चाहते है तो <link xref=\"उपभोक्ता कूट-शब्द बदले\"/>. पर जाए"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Reset password on Grub2 systems"
+-msgstr "गरब2 तंत्र पर कूट-शब्द को पुनः निर्धारित करे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get into the grub menu."
+-msgstr "अपने कम्प्यूटर को पुनः आरंभ करे और गरब मेन्यू मे जाने के लिए, बूट-अप के दौरान <key>Shift</key> को दबा कर रखे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:49(p)
+-msgid "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold down the <key>Shift</key> key."
+-msgstr "अगर आप दोहरा-बूट प्रयोग कर रहे और बूट के समय ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम का चुनाव करते है तो बिना <key>Shift</key> को दबाए रखे भी गरब मेन्यू प्रदर्शित हो जाएगा। "
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit any Linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप गरब मेन्यू शुरू करने मे असमर्थ है और जिसके कारण लिनक्स कर्नल की किसी "
+-"भी पंक्ती का संपादन नही कर सकते है तो <link xref=\"उपयोक्ता कूट-शब्द भूल "
+-"गए#लाइव-सीडी\"> लिंक का प्रयोग कर लाइव सीडी द्वारा अपना उपयोक्ता कूट-शब्द "
+-"पुनः निर्धारित करे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'linux'. This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<key>e</key> दबाके 'linux'शब्द से शुरु होने वाली पंक्ति को संपादित करे। यह "
+-"पंक्ति असल मे दुसरी पंक्ति मे आच्छादित हो सकति है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:64(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(p)
+-msgid "Add <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> to the end of the line."
+-msgstr "पंक्ति के अंत मे <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> को जोड़े।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:69(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key> x </key></keyseq> to boot."
+-msgstr ""
+-"गती को बड़ाने के लिए कूंजीपट <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key> x </key></keyseq> "
+-"को दबाएँ।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:74(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:152(p)
+-msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
+-msgstr "जहाँ <cmd>#</cmd> संकेत हो, वहाँ लिखे (टाइप करे)।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:78(cmd)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:156(cmd)
+-msgid "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-msgstr "mount -o remount, rw /"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:160(p)
+-msgid "At the next <cmd>#</cmd> symbol type:"
+-msgstr "जहाँ अगला <cmd>#</cmd> संकेत हो, वहाँ लिखे (टाइप करे)।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:85(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:163(p)
+-msgid "<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the username of the account you're changing the password for."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<cmd>कूटशब्द<var>उपयोक्ता</var></cmd>, यहाँ <var>उपयोक्ता</var> आपके उस "
+-"उपयोक्ता खाते का नाम है जिसका आप कूटशब्द बदलना चाहते है।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:89(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:167(p)
+-msgid "Debian systems do not have a <cmd>root</cmd> password. Therefore, on Debian systems you would always be changing the password of a particular username, never root."
+-msgstr ""
+-"डेबियन तंत्र मे <cmd>root</cmd> खाते का कूटशब्द नही होता। इसलिए डेबियन तंत्र "
+-"मे आप हमेशा किसी खास उपयोक्ता खाते का ही कूटशब्द बदल रहे होंगे ना कि root "
+-"खाते का।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:173(p)
+-msgid "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"आप को बताया जाएगा की नया यूनिक्स कूटशब्द लिखे और उस कूटशब्द को प्रमाणित करे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:178(p)
+-msgid "Once the password has been successfully changed:"
+-msgstr "एक बार कूटशब्द सफलतापूर्वक बदल जाएँ:  "
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:103(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:181(p)
+-msgid "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-msgstr "<cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:186(p)
+-msgid "Then:"
+-msgstr "तब:"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:189(p)
+-msgid "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-msgstr "<cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:289(p)
+-msgid "After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old keyring</link> and start a new one."
+-msgstr ""
+-"दोबारा सफलतापूर्वक लॉग इन करने के बाद आप अपने कीरिंग को इसतेमाल नही कर "
+-"पाएँगे (क्योंकी आपको अपना पुराना कूटशब्द याद नही है)। इसका मतलब यह है कि "
+-"आपके सभी पुराने वायरलैस संजाल, जैब्बर खाता आदि के संचित कूटशब्द उपलब्ध नही "
+-"होंगे। आपको <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">पुराने कीरिंग को मिटाके</link> नया "
+-"शुरु करना होगा।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:120(title)
+-msgid "Reset password on Grub systems"
+-msgstr "गरब तंत्र पर कूट-शब्द को पुनः निर्धारित करे।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:123(p)
+-msgid "Restart your computer, and press the <key>Esc</key> during bootup to get into the grub menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"अपने कम्प्यूटर को पुनः आरंभ करे और गरब मेन्यू मे जाने के लिए, बूट-अप के "
+-"दौरान <keyEsc</key> को दबाए।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(p)
+-msgid "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold down the <key>Esc</key> key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप दोहरा-बूट प्रयोग कर रहे और बूट के समय ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम का चुनाव करते "
+-"है तो बिना <key>Esc</key> को दबाए भी गरब मेन्यू प्रदर्शित हो जाएगा। "
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(p)
+-msgid "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit any linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"#live-cd\">use a live CD</link> to reset your user password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"अगर आप गरब मेन्यू शुरू करने मे असमर्थ है और जिसके कारण लिनक्स कर्नल की किसी "
+-"भी पंक्ती का संपादन नही कर सकते है तो आप अपने उपयोक्ता कूट-शब्द को पुनः "
+-"निर्धारित करने के लिए <link xref=\"#live-cd\"> लाइव सीडी का प्रयोग करे। "
+-"</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:137(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'kernel'. This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<key>e</key> दबाके 'kernel'शब्द से शुरु होने वाली पंक्ति को संपादित करे। यह "
+-"पंक्ति असल मे दुसरी पंक्ति मे आच्छादित हो सकति है।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>b</key> to boot."
+-msgstr "बूट करने के लिए <key>b</key> दबाएँ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:199(title)
+-msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
+-msgstr "कूट-शब्द को पुनः निर्धारित करने के लिए लाइव सीडी या यूसब।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:202(p)
+-msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
+-msgstr "लाइव सीडी या यूसब को बूट करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:207(p)
+-msgid "Mount your drive."
+-msgstr "आपनी डराइव को माउण्ट करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:212(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run Application</gui> dialog."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<gui>अनुप्रयोग चालक</gui> को <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> को "
+-"दबा कर शुरु करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:217(p)
+-msgid "Type <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> फाइल मैनेज़र को पूर्ण-तंत्र विशेषाधिकार के साथ "
+-"शुरु करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(p)
+-msgid "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"जिस डराइव के अंदर जिसको अभी माउण्ट किया है आप उसके सही होने की ज़ांच करने के "
+-"लिए <gui> घर </gui> पर क्लिक करे और फिर अपने उपयोक्ता पर क्लिक करे। "
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:227(p)
+-msgid "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the <gui>etc</gui> directory."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr ""
+-"माउण्ट किए गए डराइव के वरिष्ठतम डायरेक्टरी पर जाए। उसके बाद मे "
+-"<gui>etc</gui> डायरेक्टरी मे जाए।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:230(p)
+-msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
+-msgstr "'shadow' फाइल को खोजे और उसकी अतिरिक्त प्रति तैयार करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(p)
+-msgid "Make sure the <gui>Icon view</gui> is selected."
+-msgstr "यह सुनिश्चित करे के फाइल देखने के लिए <gui>प्रतिक</gui> चयनित है।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:238(p)
+-msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
+-msgstr "shadow फाइल पर बायाँ क्लिक करे और <gui>नकल करें</gui> का चुनाव करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(p)
+-msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
+ msgstr ""
+-"इसके बाद खाली स्थान पर बायाँ क्लिक करे और <gui>चिपकाएँ</gui> का चुनाव करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:245(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अतिरिक्त प्रति का <link xref=\"files-rename\">नाम बदले</link> और \"shadow.bak\" "
+-"नया नाम रखे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:253(p)
+-msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
+-msgstr "मौलिक \"shadow\" फाइल को पाठ संपादक के द्वारा संपादित करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "स्टिकी कुंजी चालू करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:259(p)
+-msgid "Find your username in for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अपने उस उपयोक्ता का नाम ढूँढे जिसका आप कूट-शब्द भूल गए है। यह कुछ इस प्रकार "
+-"दिखेगा (विरामचिह्न के बाद के अक्षर भिन्न होंगे):"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:262(p)
+-msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
+-msgstr "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>स्टिकी कुँजी</gui> चालू करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "तेजी से स्टिकी कुँजी चालू और बंद करें"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:265(p)
+-msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
+-msgstr "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:270(p)
+-msgid "Replace the characters after the first colon (and before the second colon if it applies) with the hash for a blank password: U6aMy0wojraho"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "ग्नोम प्रलेखन परियोजना"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "इस गाइड के बारे में"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- गनोम दस्तावेज़ीकरण टीम"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "किसी ऑनलाइन खाता से जोड़ें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "Jim Campbell"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "खाता जोड़ें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>जोड़ें…</gui> पर क्लिक करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "Julita Inca"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ऑनलाइन खाता बनाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "गूगल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "विंडोज लाइव"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "फेसबुक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>मिटाएँ</gui> पर क्लिक करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "Andre Klapper"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ऑनलाइन खाता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "टैफ्फिनी अंटोपोलस्की"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "छुपी फ़ाइलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "आपकी व्यक्तिगत फ़ाइलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "तंत्र सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "बैकअप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ब्लूटूथ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "रंग प्रबंधन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "रंग प्रोफाइल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "केलिब्रेशन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "संपर्क"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "डेमो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>डिसप्ले</gui> खोलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "दस्तावेज़ फ़िल्टर करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "तिथि परिवर्धित;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "दस्तावेज़"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "प्रश्न"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "फ़ाइलों हेतु ढूंढें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++"इन सुझावों का पालन करें यदि आप एक फाइल जिसे अपने बनाया या डाउनलोड किया था "
++"मिल नहीं रहा है."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "खोयी हुई फ़ाइल का पता लगाएं"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "सामान्य समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++"फ़ाइल नाम और प्रकार के आधार पर फ़ाइलों का पता लगाएँ. बाद में प्रयोग हेतु "
++"अपनी खोजों को सहेजें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "ढूंढें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"पहले विरामचिह्न (और अगर दुसरा विरामचिह्न है तो उससे पहले के) अक्षरों को खाली "
+-"कूट-शब्द के लिए हैश के साथ बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:273(p)
+-msgid "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"फाइल को सहेजें और सभी अनुप्रयोग बंद करके अपने कम्प्युटर को लाइव सीडी या "
+-"यूसबी के बिना पुनः आरंभ करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:278(p)
+-msgid "When you boot back into your installation, type 'about me' in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Open <gui>About Me</gui> and reset your password."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"अपनी संस्थापन मे पुनः बूट करके उच्च-पट्टी मेअपने उपयोक्ता नाम पर क्लिक करे "
+-"और <gui>मेरा खाता</gui> खोले। उसम अपने कूट-शब्द को पुनः निर्धारित करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:283(p)
+-msgid "For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new password."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr ""
+-"अपने <gui>मौजूदा कूटशब्द</gui> मे कुछ ना भरे और उसको खाली छोड़ दे। सिर्फ "
+-"<gui>प्रमाणित करे</gui> पर क्लिक करे और नया कूटशब्द भरे।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:296(title)
+-msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
+-msgstr "कीरिंग मैनेज़र से छुटकारा पाए।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:298(p)
+-msgid "This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"यह करने से आपके सभी वायरलैस संजाल, संदेशन खाते आदि के भंडारित कूटशब्द मिट "
+-"जाएँगे। एसा सिर्फ तब करे अगर आप आपने कीरिंग के लिए इसतेमाल होने वाले कूटशब्द "
+-"को याद नही कर पा रहे है। "
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:303(p)
+-msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-msgstr "<gui>क्रियाएँ</gui> विवरण मे घर लिख कर घर फोलडर मे जाए।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:306(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> को दबाएँ (या "
+-"<guiseq><gui>देखें</gui><gui>छपे फाइलें दिखाएँ</gui></guiseq>.।)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:309(p)
+-msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
+-msgstr ".gnome2 फोलडर पर लगातार दो बार क्लिक करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:312(p)
+-msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
+-msgstr "keyrings फोलडर पर लगातार दो बार क्लिक करे।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:315(p)
+-msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
+-msgstr "keyrings फोलडर मे जो भी फाइल मिले उसको मिटा दें।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:318(p)
+-msgid "Restart the computer."
+-msgstr "कम्प्यूटर फिर आरंभ करें।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:322(p)
+-msgid "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr ""
+-"फिर आरंभ करने और लॉग इन करने के बाद आपसे अपने वायरलैस संजाल का कूटशब्द डालने "
+-"को कहा जाएगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+-msgstr "जो उपयोक्ता अब आपका कम्प्यूटर इस्तेमाल नही कर रहे है वह सब हटाएँ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "उदाहरण के लिए:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:12(email)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(email)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:14(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:15(email)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:15(email)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:13(email)
+-msgid "tiffany@antopolski.com"
+-msgstr "tiffany@antopolski.com"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Delete a user account"
+-msgstr "उपयोक्ता खाता मिटाएँ।"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:27(p)
+-msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:32(p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:30(p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:33(p)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(p)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:27(p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:35(p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(p)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:33(p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:31(p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom left corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(p)
+-msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(p)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>My Account</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(p)
+-msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Change your password"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
++"नाम, आकार, प्रकार, या जब वे बदला गया के आधार पर फ़ाइलों को व्यवस्थित करें."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(p)
+-msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "फ़ाइलों और फ़ोल्डरों क्रमबद्ध करें"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. It should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Fill in your <gui>Current password</gui>, a <gui>New password</gui>, and <gui>Confirmation password</gui> (which needs to be exactly the same as the <gui>New password</gui>)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "प्रतीक दृश्य"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:38(title)
+-msgid "Change the keyring password"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(p)
+-msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "सूची दृश्य"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Encryption Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:48(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:51(p)
+-msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "नाम से"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "आकार से"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(p)
+-msgid "There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "प्रकार से"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Installing new applications"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "परिवर्धन तिथि से"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:36(p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(title)
+-msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(p)
+-msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:24(p)
+-msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. If you aren't allowed any admin privileges, you will not be able to install software, for example. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change an important file and break something."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:30(p)
+-msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(title)
+-msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(p)
+-msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(title)
+-msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "फ़ाइल"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform admin tasks."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Supervised</gui> if you want the user to have an extra-secure user account which has extra restrictions on things like connecting to networks. Use this option if the user is someone you don't know (e.g. a \"guest user\"), or who may try to make unwanted changes to the system."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:59(p)
+-msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "साझा कार्य"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:64(p)
+-msgid "Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system."
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Add a new user account"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:32(p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom left corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:35(p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:38(p)
+-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:44(p)
+-msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the password now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user set their password the first time they log in."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:49(p)
+-msgid "If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>. You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:57(p)
+-msgid "If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:26(title)
+-msgid "Add a guest user account"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(p)
+-msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, mess with your settings, or install software."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:31(title)
+-msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(p)
+-msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:51(p)
+-msgid "If you like, you can click the image next to the guest user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(title)
+-msgid "User accounts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Manage user accounts"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "विंडो सूची"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Passwords"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:36(title)
+-msgid "User privileges"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Enter special characters"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in. If we get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something, and link."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(title)
+-msgid "Character map"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40(p)
+-msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(p)
+-msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(title)
+-msgid "Compose key"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(p)
+-msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(title)
+-msgid "Define a compose key"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:36(p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(p)
+-msgid "Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for their original purpose."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83(p)
+-msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(title)
+-msgid "Code points"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:90(p)
+-msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the <gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96(p)
+-msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(title)
+-msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106(p)
+-msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Change the sound volume"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:21(p)
+-msgid "To change the sound volume, click the volume icon on the top bar and move the volume slider up or down. You can completely turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "हार्डवेयर"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:29(p)
+-msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example - you might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "समस्या"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the volume icon on the top bar and click <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "आईआरसी"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(p)
+-msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(title)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(p)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "डाक सूची"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(p)
+-msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Use a different microphone"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone could provide better audio quality."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:32(p)
+-msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(p)
+-msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes \"input\"."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:20(title)
+-msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Click the sound icon on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(p)
+-msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on there."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:37(p)
+-msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Click the sound icon on the top panel and select <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:48(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:51(p)
+-msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:57(p)
+-msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab too."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(title)
+-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:64(p)
+-msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:67(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(p)
+-msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:77(p)
+-msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:79(p)
+-msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed information."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:81(p)
+-msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(p)
+-msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(title)
+-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "कुंजीपटल संचरण"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:38(p)
+-msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to that for getting info on your sound card."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:21(title)
+-msgid "The sound is broken on my computer!"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:23(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr "तीर कुंजियाँ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:29(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and other audio playback."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(p)
+-msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Go to the Activities overview and click one of the workspaces in the list on the right-hand side of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(title)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(title)
+-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33(title)
+-msgid "From workspace and <gui>Activity</gui> overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-workspaces.png'; md5=7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(title)
+-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(p)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:66(title)
+-msgid "Workspace selector"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31(p)
+-msgid "You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program on one workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear with your current workspaces plus an extra empty (having no open application windows on it) workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(p)
+-msgid "To add a workspace, move a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the right panel. To do this, click on an application window in a workspace and drag and drop it onto the empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace should appear at the bottom of the workspace panel."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(p)
+-msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all the window in it, or move the window onto a previous workspace."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(p)
+-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Click and drag the window to the right of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:36(p)
+-msgid "The panel with the workspaces will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Drop the window onto the empty workspace. This will move the window to a new workspace and a new empty workspace will be created."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "मौजूदा विंडो बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> या <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(p)
+-msgid "A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Click on the window to make it <em>live</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> या <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Switch between windows"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26(p)
+-msgid "More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(title)
+-msgid "From a workspace:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to switch between windows."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(p)
+-msgid "The windows are grouped by application and the previews of the applications with multiple windows are available as you click through. The previews show up after a short delay, but you can get them immediately by clicking the ↓ arrow key."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(p)
+-msgid "The applications running on other workspaces are displayed after a vertical separator. Including all applications in the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> makes switching between tasks a single step process and provides you with a full picture of what applications are running."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(p)
+-msgid "You can move between the preview windows with the → or ← arrow keys or with the mouse pointer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Previews of applications with a single window are only available when the ↓ arrow is explicitly hit."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58(p)
+-msgid "It is possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse and clicking."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Window operations and modes"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem as useful as it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology. 3.0.1."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32(p)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging windows (i.e. if there is a \"Tile\" option or something like that). Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(title)
+-msgid "Minimize"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(p)
+-msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>n</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48(p)
+-msgid "The window 'disappears' into the top left hand corner. It can be <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieved</link> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to tab through the different open application windows."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:56(title)
+-msgid "Close"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57(p)
+-msgid "To close the window:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui> x </gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:65(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "लांचर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "मदद ब्राउज़र लॉन्च करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "अक्षम"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80(title)
+-msgid "Resize a window"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "कैलकुलेटर लॉन्च करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "गणक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ई-मेल क्लाइंट लॉन्च करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "डाक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "वेब ब्राउज़र चलाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "घर फ़ोल्डर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "एक्सप्लोरर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "संचरण"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "विंडो को कार्यस्थान 1 पर ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "विंडो को कार्यस्थान 2 पर ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "विंडो को कार्यस्थान 3 पर ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "विंडो को कार्यस्थान 4 पर ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "विंडो को एक कार्यस्थान बाएँ लाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83(p)
+-msgid "To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(p)
+-msgid "The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "विंडो को एक कार्यस्थान दाएँ लाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(p)
+-msgid "You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in the horizontal direction."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(p)
+-msgid "To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in the vertical direction."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "विंडो को एक कार्यस्थान ऊपर लाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:101(title)
+-msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:102(p)
+-msgid "You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "विंडो को एक कार्यस्थान नीचे लाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "अनुप्रयोगों के बीच स्विच करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "विंडोज़ स्विच करें "
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "अनुप्रयोग के विंडो के बीच जायें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "नियंत्रण प्रणाली को स्विच करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "सीधे विंडोज़ को स्विच करें "
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "तत्काल अनुप्रयोग के विंडो के बीच स्विच करें "
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "सीधे नियंत्रण प्रणाली को स्विच करें "
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "सभी सामान्य विंडो को छुपाएँ "
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान 1 पर जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान 2 पर जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान 3 पर जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान 4 पर जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "बाएँ कार्यस्थान में ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "दाएँ कार्यस्थान में ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "ऊपर कार्यस्थान में ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "नीचे कार्यस्थान में ले जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनशॉट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन का चित्र लें"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108(title)
+-msgid "Hide windows from view"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "विंडो की स्क्रीनशॉट लेने के लिए बाध्य करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "क्षेत्र की स्क्रीनशॉट लें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "क्लिपबोर्ड पर स्क्रीनशॉट की नकल करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "क्लिपबोर्ड पर विंडो का स्क्रीनशॉट की नकल बनाएं"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "क्लिपबोर्ड पर क्षेत्र की स्क्रीनशॉट की नकल बनाएं"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनकास्ट रिकॉर्ड करें"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:109(p)
+-msgid "To hide a window from view, you can just <link xref=\"shell-windows-states#min-rest-close\">minimize</link> it. It will 'disappear' into the top left hand corner of the window. To be able to access it, enter the <gui>Activities</gui> view."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ध्वनि और मीडिया"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "आवाज मौन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "आवाज कम करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "आवाज बढ़ाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "मीडिया प्लेयर लॉन्च करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "बजाएँ (या बजाएँ/ठहरें)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "प्लेबैक रोकें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "प्लेबैक रोकें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "पिछला ट्रैक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "अगला ट्रैक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "बाहर करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "तंत्र"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "चलाए जाने वाले कमांड फ़लक को दिखाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "गतिविधियों के अवलोकन दिखाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "लॉग आउट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन पर ताला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "संदेश तश्तरी दिखाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "सक्रिय अधिसूचना पर फोकस करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "सभी अनुप्रयोग दिखाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "अनुप्रयोग मेन्यू खोलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "टंकित कर रहा है"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "अगले इनपुट स्रोत के लिए स्विच करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "पिछले इनपुट स्रोत पर जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "संशोधक केवल अगले स्रोत में जाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "लेखन कुंजी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "वैकल्पिक वर्ण कुँजी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "सार्वभौमिक पहुँच"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "जूम चालू या बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "बड़ा करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "छोटा करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन रीडर को चालू या बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "ऑन स्क्रीन कुंजीपटल के चालू या बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "पाठ का आकार बढ़ाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "पाठ का आकार घटाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "अधिक कंट्रास्ट चालू या बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "विंडोज़"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "विंडो मेन्यू सक्रिय करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "पूरा स्क्रीन मोड टॉगल करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "अधिकतम स्थिति टॉगल करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "विंडो अधिकतम करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "विंडो फिर बहाल करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "आभायुक्त स्थिति टॉगल करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "विंडो बंद करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "विंडो छिपाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "विंडो खिसकाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "विंडो का आकार बदलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "टॉगल करें कि विंडो सभी कार्यस्थान पर है या केवल एक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "विंडो ऊपर करें यदि यह ढ़ंका है अन्यथा नीचे रखें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "विंडो को अन्य विंडो के ऊपर रखें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "विंडो को अन्य विंडो के नीचे रखें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "विंडो खड़ा अधिकतम करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "विंडो आड़ा अधिकतम करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "बाईं तरफ विभाजन देखें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "दाईं तरफ विभाजन देखें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:26(p)
+-msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant topics."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(title)
+-msgid "Working with windows"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:53(title)
+-msgid "Working with workspaces"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "पसंदीदा शार्टकट"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(p)
+-msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window, you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Double-click on the title bar of the window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(p)
+-msgid "To maximize a window, click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(p)
+-msgid "To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore itself to an unmaximized state."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to click in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47(p)
+-msgid "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and then press <key>x</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Check the activities overview or look at other workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Find a lost window"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "कुंजीपटल"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You may have put the window on a different workspace, or it might be hidden behind another window. You can find it again by using the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link> and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is selected (rather than <gui>Applications</gui>). If the window you're looking for is on the <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link> that you're currently using, it will be displayed here. Simply click the window once you've found it to display it again."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If it is not displayed here, it might be on a different workspace. Click on the different workspaces (in the list on the right-hand side of the screen) to try to find your window."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(p)
+-msgid "You can also right-click on the application in the dash. All open windows of an application will be listed. You can click on the window you wish to switch to in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:36(p)
+-msgid "A faster method of finding a window is to use the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> window switcher. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key>. Still holding-down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <gui>Tab</gui> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> to cycle through it backwards."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:38(p)
+-msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, there is an arrow below the application icon which is seen when tabbing through the apps. Pressing the down arrow on your keyboard will allow you to tab through the multiple windows."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Activities, dash, top bar... What are they?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:47(title)
+-msgid "Activities overview"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(p)
+-msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click the <gui>Activities</gui> button at the top left of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(p)
+-msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have open, with a preview and the name of the currently-selected window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:36(title)
+-msgid "Dash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:37(p)
+-msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Hot corner"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(p)
+-msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer there, the activities overview opens."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:46(title)
+-msgid "Notifications"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(p)
+-msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a message will pop up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it hides to your messaging tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:51(title)
+-#: C/backup-what.page:39(title)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(p)
+-msgid "System settings"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:52(p)
+-msgid "The <em>System Settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui> to access them."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(title)
+-msgid "Top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(p)
+-msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> button is on one end of the top bar and your user name is on the other."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:61(title)
+-msgid "Workspace"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:62(p)
+-msgid "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient way of grouping and separating windows."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:67(p)
+-msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Change your chat status and hide notifications."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Change your availability"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can change your status to <gui>Busy</gui>. Just click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Busy</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:29(p)
+-msgid "When you're marked busy, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and they will be shown to you when you mark yourself available again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will also change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to disturb you."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(title)
+-msgid "Overview"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "रिसॉल्यूशन"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Overview of the desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:27(title)
+-msgid "The Desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:31(title)
+-msgid "Applications and windows"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "परिक्रमण"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:13(name)
+-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:14(email)
+-msgid "marinaz@redhat.com"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ध्वनि"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Notifications and the Messaging Tray"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ध्वनि"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:23(title)
+-msgid "What's a notification?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ध्वनि"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(p)
+-msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you about that."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(p)
+-msgid "The notification will first appear as a single line, so as to be least distracting. You can move your mouse over it if you want to see its full content."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(title)
+-msgid "The Messaging Tray"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(p)
+-msgid "The Messaging Tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner of the screen and contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "तस्वीरें"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32(p)
+-msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the Messaging Tray items. The items in the Messaging Tray are usually applications that sent you notifications. However, chat notifications are given a special treatment and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(p)
+-msgid "The Messaging Tray is always visible in the Activities Overview."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "वीडियो"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:26(p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "टाइपिंग के दौरान टचपैड दिखाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)
+-msgid "Alt"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(key)
+-msgid "F2"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)
+-msgid "Tab"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(key)
+-msgid "`"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(p)
+-msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)
+-msgid "Ctrl"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)
+-msgid "D"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Hide all windows and show the desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)
+-msgid "Up/Down"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(link)
+-msgid "Switch between workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)
+-msgid "Shift"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(link)
+-msgid "Move the current window to a different workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)
+-msgid "L"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(link)
+-msgid "Lock the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(title)
+-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(key)
+-msgid "A"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(p)
+-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77(key)
+-msgid "X"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78(p)
+-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(key)
+-msgid "C"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(p)
+-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(key)
+-msgid "V"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(p)
+-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(key)
+-msgid "Z"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(p)
+-msgid "Undo the last action."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(title)
+-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(key)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key)
+-msgid "Print"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(p)
+-msgid "Take a screenshot."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(p)
+-msgid "Take a screenshot of a window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)
+-msgid "R"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(link)
+-msgid "Start and end screencast recording."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-top-bar.png'; md5=cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-activities.png'; md5=e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:62(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-dash.png'; md5=6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:96(None)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-appts.png'; md5=a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:114(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-exit.png'; md5=92aa5189eefa383d710da00cf52fb339"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Add a section on messages for 3.0.1"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(p)
+-msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(p)
+-msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38(p)
+-msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:51(p)
+-msgid "Activities button"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:54(p)
+-msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:63(p)
+-msgid "The dash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(p)
+-msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application. If the application is already running, clicking the icon will bring up the most recently used window."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(p)
+-msgid "To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(p)
+-msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(link)
+-msgid "Learn more about starting applications."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:89(link)
+-msgid "Learn more about windows and workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(title)
+-msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(p)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:100(p)
+-msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:106(link)
+-msgid "Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(title)
+-msgid "You and your computer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(p)
+-msgid "User menu"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118(p)
+-msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(p)
+-msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. When you use the <app>Empathy</app> instant messaging application, this will set your status for your contacts to see."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(p)
+-msgid "If you set yourself to Busy, you won't be bothered by message popups at the bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in the message tray when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But only urgent messages will be presented, such as when your battery is critically low."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:131(link)
+-msgid "Learn more about changing your availability."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135(p)
+-msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:138(p)
+-msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:144(link)
+-msgid "Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:28(p)
+-msgid "More links would be good."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:31(p)
+-msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Log out or switch users"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:36(p)
+-msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:40(p)
+-msgid "To log out or switch users, click your name on the top bar and select the appropriate option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:45(title)
+-msgid "Lock the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:46(p)
+-msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:52(p)
+-msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:55(p)
+-msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:64(title)
+-msgid "Suspend, shut down, or restart."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:66(p)
+-msgid "To save power, turn off your computer when you aren't using it. By default, GNOME simply suspends your computer. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:71(p)
+-msgid "To suspend your computer, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>. Or, if you have a laptop, simply close the lid. Your computer will automatically suspend when the lid is closed."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:75(p)
+-msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Click this to choose to power off or restart."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:80(p)
+-msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Launch apps from the the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Start applications"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can open the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> too.)"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:25(p)
+-msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Start typing the name of an application - it should search for it instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and then start typing.) Then, click the application's icon to start it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a list of applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. Click the application's icon to start it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em> (the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview). Click one of those to start that application."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(p)
+-msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:43(p)
+-msgid "You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging an application's icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it on one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the workspace that you choose."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "माउस"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:49(title)
+-msgid "Quickly running a command"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Another, more advanced way of running an application is to use its <em>command name</em>, which you can do by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, entering a command, and then pressing <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "सामान्य समस्या"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:51(p)
+-msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "नुस्ख़े"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "नुस्ख़े"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:23(p)
+-msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on <gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(p)
+-msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>. You can also drag the application icon to the Trash icon on the dash to remove it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> settings."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(title)
+-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25(p)
+-msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:56(p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32(p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(p)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(p)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(p)
+-#: C/look-background.page:38(p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(p)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:32(p)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29(p)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:33(p)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:34(p)
+-msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Change language"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:27(p)
+-msgid "How do you change the system language, i.e. the language of the login screen or even the boot process?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:31(p)
+-msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language the software was originally developed in, usually American English."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:42(p)
+-msgid "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:47(p)
+-msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:16(name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:22(name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:12(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:16(name)
+-msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(email)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:23(email)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19(email)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:17(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17(email)
+-msgid "stickster@gmail.com"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(p)
+-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "व्यवहार"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Select your user name in the upper right-hand corner, then choose \"My Account\"."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Unlock your account using the \"Unlock\" button at the bottom left of the User Accounts tool."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "निष्पादनीय पाठ फ़ाइल"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Select the \"Disabled\" option next to \"Fingerprint Login\"."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select \"Forward\"."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at moderate speed over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the message \"Done!\""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Select \"Forward\". You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select \"Close\" to finish."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>हर बार पूछें</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select \"Log Out...\"."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:58(p)
+-msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select \"Log Out\" to confirm. The login screen appears."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:61(p)
+-msgid "At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:64(p)
+-msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(p)
+-msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the \"Cancel\" button and return to the previous step."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Swipe the finger you registered over your fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:73(p)
+-msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your password."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "रद्दी"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example; screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture/video files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Take a screenshot"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:26(p)
+-msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(p)
+-msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "पुस्तकचिह्न जोड़ें"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:54(title)
+-msgid "Make a screencast"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55(p)
+-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(p)
+-msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(p)
+-msgid "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(p)
+-msgid "A file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved in your Home folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(p)
+-msgid "In the file name, %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a recording is made within a single session."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:75(p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:13(name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:12(name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:11(name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:11(name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:11(name)
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:11(name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:11(name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:11(name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:11(name)
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11(name)
+-msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:24(p)
+-msgid "This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Fading text or images"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:33(p)
+-msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Streaks and lines"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:38(p)
+-msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Wrong colors"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:43(p)
+-msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(p)
+-msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:18(name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17(name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:15(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:10(name)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:16(name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:16(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12(name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(name)
+-msgid "Jim Campbell"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:19(email)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15(email)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:15(email)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:18(email)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(email)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17(email)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18(email)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:18(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(email)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:12(email)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:15(email)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(email)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:17(email)
+-#: C/more-help.page:17(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:13(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:13(email)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:13(email)
+-msgid "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Set up a local printer"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(p)
+-msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:52(p)
+-msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:57(p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:59(p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the bottom-left corner and enter your password."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:61(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:62(p)
+-msgid "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (लॉगिन सहित)"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:66(p)
+-msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Set the default printer"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "सार्वजनिक FTP"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(p)
+-msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:48(p)
+-msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:33(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/printing-select.png'; md5=e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "विंडोज़ शेयर"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Print only certain pages"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(p)
+-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:24(p)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:30(p)
+-msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "प्रतीक शीर्षक"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(p)
+-msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the <gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(title)
+-msgid "Reverse"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "फ़ाइल गुण"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(p)
+-msgid "To reverse the order:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:36(p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:53(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:28(p)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:37(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Collate"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:45(p)
+-msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "नाम"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:49(p)
+-msgid "To Collate:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:54(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "प्रकार"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "सामग्री"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:30(p)
+-msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appear, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as \"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "आकार"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "स्थान"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "आयतन"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "खाली जगह"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "पहुँच लिया गया"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(gui)
+-msgid "Portrait"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40(gui)
+-msgid "Landscape"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "परिवर्धित"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(gui)
+-msgid "Reverse portrait"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(gui)
+-msgid "Reverse landscape"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Cancel a print job"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. Needs review!
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If this doesn't cancel the print like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "फ़ाइल"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(p)
+-msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again. Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:21(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23(p)
+-msgid "These instruction are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:24(p)
+-msgid "To print:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "फ़ोल्डर"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:42(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:45(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35(p)
+-msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11..."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "कोई नहीं"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(p)
+-msgid "...until you have typed all of the pages."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Examples:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "सिर्फ फाइल सूचीबद्ध करें"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:38(p)
+-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,5</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:39(p)
+-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "फाइल अभिगम करें"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(p)
+-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(p)
+-msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "फ़ाइल बनायें और मिटायें"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(p)
+-msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:92(p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(p)
+-msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:66(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:53(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:72(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:100(p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:58(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(p)
+-msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:95(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Print folded booklets"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "मालिक"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:21(p)
+-msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(p)
+-msgid "To print a booklet:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "समूह"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "अनुमतियाँ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Print a booklet"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(p)
+-msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF. If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, you will need to export it to PDF first. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,...)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 pages, add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document before exporting to PDF."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "माइम प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Learn about printing and using the more advanced features of your printer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:19(title)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(p)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(p)
+-#: C/hardware.page:47(title)
+-msgid "Printing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Setup"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Set up a printer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:30(title)
+-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "तयशुदा दृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(desc)
+-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:40(title)
+-msgid "Printer problems"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "वस्तुएँ जमाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "छुपे बैकअप फ़ाइलें दिखाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:9(title)
+-msgid "Settings"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "प्रतीक दृश्य तयशुदा"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:26(title)
+-msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20(title)
+-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "सूची दृश्य तयशुदा"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:26(p)
+-msgid "This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware failure."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:27(p)
+-msgid "This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. If there's more to add, revisit for 3.2."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:38(p)
+-msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(title)
+-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(p)
+-msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(title)
+-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(p)
+-msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:49(p)
+-msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "वेब साइट खोलने के लिए प्रयोग मे आने वाले वेब ब्राउज़र मे बदलाव करे। "
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+ msgstr ""
++"जब आप किसी भी अनुक्रम मे वेब-पृष्ठ कि कड़ी को क्लिक करते है तो वेब ब्राउज़र "
++"अपने-आप ही उस पृष्ठ को खुल देता है। अगर आप के पास के एक से ज्यादा वेब "
++"ब्राउज़र संस्थापित है तो पृष्ठ शायद उस वेब ब्राउज़र मे ना खुले जिसमे आप उस "
++"पृष्ठ को खोलना चाहते है। इसे ठीक करने के लिए तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र को बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:23(p)
+-msgid "We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating or rethinking how we cross-link them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:26(p)
+-msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>वेब</gui> विकल्प को बदल के उस वेब ब्राउज़र का चयन करे जिसमे की आप वेब "
++"कड़ियों को खोलना चाहते है।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:28(p)
+-msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
+ msgstr ""
++"जब आप किसी दूसरे वेब ब्राउज़र को शुरू करेंगे, तो शायद वह आप को बताए के वह अब "
++"तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र नही है। अगर यह होता है, तो <gui>रद्द करे</gui> बटन (या "
++"तुल्य वस्तु) को क्लिक करे ताकि वह अपने आपको तयशुदा वेब ब्राउज़र ना निर्धारित "
++"कर सकें।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr "ईमेल लिखने वाले अनुप्रयोग को बदले।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:18(title)
+-msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+ msgstr ""
++"जब आप नई ईमेल कि कड़ी पर क्लिक करते है (जैसे - अपने दस्तावेज़ संसाधन "
++"अनुप्रयोग मे), तो आपका तयशुदा ईमेल अनुप्रयोग एक खाली संदेश के साथ खुल जाता "
++"है, जिस पर आप नया संदेश लिख सकते है। अगर आपके पास एक से ज्यादा ईमेल "
++"अनुप्रयोग हैं तो गलत ईमेल अनुप्रयोग भी खुल सकता है। आप सही मूलभूत ईमेल "
++"अनुप्रयोग का चयन करके इसे निर्धारित कर सकते है।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:20(p)
+-msgid "When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
++"जिस भी ईमेल अनुप्रयोग को तयशुदा के रुप मे प्रयोग करना चाहते है उसका चयन "
++"<gui>मेल</gui> विकल्प के द्वारा करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Click your name at the top of the screen, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and double-click <gui>Power</gui>. Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely switches off the power."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "क्या मुझे मेरी ईमेल मे वायरस जांच करने की आवश्यकता हैं?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:21(title)
+-msgid "What happens when I suspend/hibernate the computer?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Marking final for 3.0. Would like a slightly better explanation on what \"saved to disk\" means for hibernate. As written, could be confused with open files being saved, which they aren't, per se. Link to topics on controlling suspend/hibernate behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:31(p)
+-msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try pressing the power button."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आप फिर भी चाहे तो वायरस कि जांच कर सकते है ताकि आप किसी और को ग़लती से "
++"वायरस वाला संदेश आगे ना भेज दे। जैसे - आपके किसी दोस्त के पास विडोज़ "
++"कंप्यूटर है और वह आप को ग़लती से एक वायरस संक्रमित ईमेल भेज देता है और आप उस "
++"संदेश को आगे अपने किसी और दोस्त को भेज देते है। उस दशा मे आपके दूसरे दोस्त "
++"तक वह वायरस पहुँच जाएगा। आप एक वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग को संस्थापित कर इसकी "
++"रोकथाम कर सकते है, पर इसके होने कि संभावना भी बहुत ही कम है कि आपके दोस्त के "
++"पास वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग ना हो क्योंकि लगभग सभी विडोज़ और मेक् ओएस "
++"उपयोक्ता के पास अपना वायरस विरोधी अनुप्रयोग होता हैं।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:33(p)
+-msgid "When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your computer to see if it does work."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(title)
+-msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:39(p)
+-msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(title)
+-msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in; just press it once)."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(p)
+-msgid "If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35(p)
+-msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again, though."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(title)
+-msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(p)
+-msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(p)
+-msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(title)
+-msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(p)
+-msgid "If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:49(p)
+-msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:50(p)
+-msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:12(name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(cite)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:13(email)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:19(email)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(email)
+-#: C/look-background.page:23(email)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16(email)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17(email)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:19(email)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:16(email)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(email)
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:16(email)
+-msgid "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:17(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Power settings"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Battery settings"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "पोर्ट"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Problems"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "विवरण"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Many laptops are delivered with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "छप रहा है"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to sleep and don't wake up again properly."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(title)
+-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer wakes up."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-checking it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "उपस्थिति"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless working again."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "दूरस्थ डेस्कटॉप"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:20(p)
+-msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking your name at the top of the screen, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>, and then opening the <gui>Power</gui> settings. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down; if you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer turn off."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:19(title)
+-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why is the laptop fan always running?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:26(p)
+-msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:23(p)
+-msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"YouTube जैसी वेब साइट जो की चल-चित्र या अतःक्रियात्मक वेब-पृष्ठ को दिखाती "
++"हो, को देखने के लिए  फलेश प्लग-इन को भी संस्थापित करना होगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "फलेश प्लग-इन को संस्थापित करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आप फलेश संस्थापित किए बिना फलेश प्लग-इन सक्षम वेब-पृष्ठ देखते है, तो "
++"संभवतः आप को एक सूचना संदेश दिखाई देगा, जो आप को इस बारे मे सूचित करेगा। "
++"फलेश लग-भग सभी वेब-ब्राउज़र के लिए मुफ्त उपलब्ध है (पर मुक्त-स्रोत के तौर पर "
++"नही)। साथ ही लग-भग सभी लिनक्स संस्करणों में फलेश प्लग-इन के संस्करण को उसके "
++"सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक के द्वारा भी संस्थापित किया जा सकता हैं।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Move your mouse to the Activities menu to activate the overview."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "अगर फलेश आप के सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक द्वारा उपलब्ध है।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Applications</gui> and locate the Terminal in the list, or type \"terminal\" to locate it. Click the <gui>Terminal</gui> icon to start the application."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक को शुरु करे और <input>flash</input> को खोजें।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:38(p)
+-msgid "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and hit <key>Enter</key>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui> या इसी के समांतर को खोजें और <gui>Adobe Flash "
++"plug-in</gui>या समांतर को संस्थापित करने के लिए क्लिक करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:39(code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-action blank"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"अगर आप का वेब-ब्राउज़र खुला हुआ है, तो उसे बंद करे और दोबारा खोले। जब आप वेब-"
++"ब्राउज़र दोबारा शुरु करेंगे तो वह यह स्वंय ही पता लगा लेगा कि फलेश संस्थापित "
++"किया जा चुका है और आप फलेश सक्रिय वेब साइट देखने मे समर्थ होंगें।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:42(p)
+-msgid "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and hit <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "अगर फलेश आप के सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक द्वारा <em>उपलब्ध नहीं है</em>।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:43(code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action blank"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">फलेश प्लेयर वेब साइट</link> "
++"पर जाए। साइट द्वारा आपके वेब-ब्राउज़र और लिनक्स संस्करण का चयन स्वंय ही हो "
++"जाना चाहिए।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:46(p)
+-msgid "There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" which causes the computer to do nothing."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to change the brightness."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:22(title)
+-msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "फलेश के मुक्त-स्रोत विकल्प। "
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++"फलेश के कई मुफ्त और मुक्त-स्रोत विकल्प मौजूद हैं। कई कारणों से यह फलेश प्लग-"
++"इन से बेहतर हैं (जैंसे - यह ध्वनि को बेहतर प्रसारित करते हैं) पर कई कारणों "
++"से निम्नतर भी हैं (जैसे - वेब पर कई कठिन फलेश सक्रिय पृष्ठ नही दिखा पाते)।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top panel, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</gui> preferences."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen menus."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "लाइटसपार्क"
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or <em>gamma</em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to change both of these settings, however."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "ग्नेश"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "सिलवरलाइट प्लग-इन कि संस्थापना करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>सिलवरलाइट</app> एक वेब-ब्राउज़र प्लग-इन है जो की आप को चल-चित्र और "
++"अंतःक्रियात्मक वेब-पृष्ठ देखने में मदद करता है। कुछ वेब साइट इसके बिना कार्य "
++"नही कर पाएँगी। "
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आप सिलवरलाइट संस्थापित किए बिना सिलवरलाइट प्लग-इन सक्षम वेब-पृष्ठ देखते "
++"है, तो संभवतः आप को एक सूचना संदेश दिखाई देगा, जो आप को इस बारे मे सूचित "
++"करेगा, साथ ही साथ यह संदेश आप को प्लग-इन संस्थापित करने का निर्देश भी देगा "
++"पर संभवतः यह निर्देश आप के वेब-ब्राउज़र या लिनक्स संस्करण के लिए उपयोगी नही "
++"होगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आप सिलवरलाइट सक्रिय वेब-पृष्ठ देखना चाहते है तो आपको सिलवरलाइट कि जगह "
++"<em>मूनलाइट</em> प्लग-इन संस्थापित करना चाहिए, जो कि लिनक्स के लिए सिलवरलाइट "
++"का एक मुक्त-स्रोत संस्करण है।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ msgstr ""
++"कुछ लिनक्स संस्करणों पर मूनलाइट प्लग-इन उसके सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक कि मदद से "
++"संस्थापित किया जा सकता है। इसके लिए सिर्फ संस्थापक को खोलकर "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> या <input>Moonlight</input> कि खोज करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:24(p)
+-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Don't let the battery run down too far."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:27(p)
+-msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:42(p)
+-msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(title)
+-msgid "How can I use less power and improve battery life?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery for."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:31(title)
+-msgid "General tips"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:35(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shut-down\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you haven't used it for a certain period of time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not using them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(title)
+-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:58(p)
+-msgid "If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:65(title)
+-msgid "More advanced tips"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:69(p)
+-msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact your power consumption."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:25(title)
+-msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27(p)
+-msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery <em>actually</em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, though."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29(p)
+-msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:33(p)
+-msgid "As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the data it needs."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Why does it say my battery is broken?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:25(p)
+-msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:27(em)
+-msgid "Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(p)
+-msgid "This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:34(p)
+-msgid "If your computer/battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क समस्याएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "Delete the network connection that keeps being connected to accidentally."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(title)
+-msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(p)
+-msgid "When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you <em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(p)
+-msgid "If you want to connect to the network you just deleted at some point in the future, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network icon on the top panel - just as you would connect to any other wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19(title)
+-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "हस्तचालित"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Explain these terms, and explain wireless security and why it's a good idea."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25(p)
+-msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 represents the second version of the WPA standard."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "स्वचालित"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:12(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:11(name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:14(name)
+-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:20(desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:20(desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:22(desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26(title)
+-msgid "Resolve problems with wireless connections"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Performing an initial check"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(p)
+-msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(p)
+-msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> of your computer, make sure that your wireless adapter switch is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Top Bar</gui>, make sure that you have not set the <gui>Wireless</gui> setting to <gui>Off</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and enter the following command:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(cmd)
+-msgid "nm-tool"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(p)
+-msgid "The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(p)
+-msgid "If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(title)
+-msgid "Gather information about your computer and network hardware:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(p)
+-msgid "To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect what you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31(p)
+-msgid "The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for your router)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(p)
+-msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for downloading software and drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(p)
+-msgid "It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just collect what you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(p)
+-msgid "The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39(p)
+-msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the upper-right portion of this page to continue."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:25(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28(p)
+-msgid "This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with accessing a wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Checking your system hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Our first step will be to see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32(p)
+-msgid "If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output should look similar to this:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(p)
+-msgid "If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:55(p)
+-msgid "If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate the hardware information."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58(title)
+-msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your adapter."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(p)
+-msgid "The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62(p)
+-msgid "Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and are more common on older laptops."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:63(title)
+-msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(p)
+-msgid "To check if your computer can recognizes your PCI wireless adapter, enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(p)
+-msgid "Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI device listing may look like:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(p)
+-msgid "If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(title)
+-msgid "Checking for a USB device"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(p)
+-msgid "To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter <cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75(p)
+-msgid "Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the <cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:69(title)
+-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(p)
+-msgid "To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the following steps:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(p)
+-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:86(p)
+-msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(p)
+-msgid "When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following command:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(cmd)
+-msgid "sudo tail -f /var/log/messages"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(p)
+-msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(p)
+-msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:93(p)
+-msgid "If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</link> page."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95(p)
+-msgid "If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by your operating system."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:96(p)
+-msgid "To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a message to an appropriate mailing list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Checking for wireless device drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the Device Drivers page"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(p)
+-msgid "The next steps will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(p)
+-msgid "PCMCIA is an external, card-style adapter, and is more common on older hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Due to the technical nature of trouble-shooting network problems, this guide contains some commands that will need to be entered into a <app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(p)
+-msgid "We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the internet:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Checking your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(p)
+-msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(p)
+-msgid "It is possible to set-up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden\" - that is, it won't show up in the list of networks which is displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(p)
+-msgid "To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(p)
+-msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look for terms like WEP and WPA."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(title)
+-msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(p)
+-msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(p)
+-msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(p)
+-msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(desc)
+-msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(p)
+-msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(p)
+-msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(p)
+-msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Quick procedure for connecting to a wireless network. Link to other pages explaining problems/things that could go wrong at each step. Remember the net-wireless-hidden topic should be linked in"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Here is how to connect to a wireless network:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>network</gui> icon in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and look for your desired network."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Select the name of your desired wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More...</gui> to be presented with more network names."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(p)
+-msgid "If the network is protected by a password or encryption key, you will be asked for a <gui>Key</gui>. Enter the password or encryption key, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(p)
+-msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars indicate a weaker connection to the network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42(p)
+-msgid "A stronger connection to the network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "बेतार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can sometimes be problems."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45(p)
+-msgid "If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" links at the bottom of this page."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top panel and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons; to save battery power, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(p)
+-msgid "To do this, click the network icon on the top panel and switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "MTU"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21(p)
+-msgid "To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "बेतार सुरक्षा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "सुरक्षा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "स्वचालित (DHCP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(title)
+-msgid "What is an IP address?"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "स्वचालित (DHCP) पता केवल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(p)
+-msgid "IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(p)
+-msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "लिंक स्थानीय सिर्फ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(p)
+-msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set-up a VPN connection."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(p)
+-msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(p)
+-msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(p)
+-msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(p)
+-msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be the time of day."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:19(title)
+-msgid "The internet seems slow"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things could be causing the slow down."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:23(p)
+-msgid "A couple of quick fixes to try are closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Busy time of day"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Unreliable connection"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:43(p)
+-msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may seem slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:48(p)
+-msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is going slowly, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Web browser has a problem"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:53(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:20(title)
+-msgid "What is a proxy?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(p)
+-msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, or to do security checks on websites."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:24(p)
+-msgid "When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will scan the contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or whether to show you a different page, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(p)
+-msgid "An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. This stops people who are not authorized from using the connection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:18(title)
+-msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:20(p)
+-msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:40(p)
+-msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:17(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net#problems\">Connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net#wireless\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net#wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net#sharing\">sharing files</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">security</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">anti-virus</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Internet &amp; networking"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:32(title)
+-#: C/hardware.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Troubleshooting"
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:34(title)
+-msgid "Troubleshooting internet connection problems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:39(title)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:55(title)
+-msgid "Wireless"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Wireless connections"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:46(title)
+-msgid "Wired"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:48(title)
+-msgid "Wired connections"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:53(title)
+-msgid "Sharing files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:55(title)
+-msgid "Sharing files on the network"
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:59(title)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:96(gui)
+-msgid "Security"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:73(title)
+-msgid "VPN"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:75(title)
+-msgid "VPN connections"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the connection settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:20(p)
+-msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:22(p)
+-msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:27(title)
+-msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:29(p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:28(p)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(p)
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:62(p)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:37(p)
+-msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Manually set network settings"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:20(p)
+-msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or switch."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:22(p)
+-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Find the network connection that you want to set-up manually. For example, if you plug-in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> option to <gui>Manual</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:43(p)
+-msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by commas."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:51(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(desc)
+-msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(title)
+-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(p)
+-msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(p)
+-msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(p)
+-msgid "You can easily identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Right-click on the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:37(p)
+-msgid "In practice, a MAC address may sometimes legitimately need to be modified, or \"spoofed.\" For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network services."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(p)
+-msgid "This article explains how to create a fixed (or static) IP address on your local network. Depending on the plan you have with your Internet service provider (or ISP), you may or may not have a fixed IP address on the internet. If you are not sure which type of connection you have from your service provider, contact your provider for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Here is how to create a fixed IP address on your network:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that your ethernet cable is plugged into the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Wired</gui> from the list of connection types, and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If no connection information exists, or if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Enter the desired <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Net Mask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If necessary, enter desired <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Close the network settings window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Look at a list of programs that can be allowed through your system's firewall."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Firewall port list"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(p)
+-msgid "The following table lists ports used by your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to GNOME programs over the network. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete. Instead, it presents some of the most common ports you may want to configure on your system. In some cases, the vendor of your GNOME desktop may have pre-configured access to these ports when the system was installed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Port"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(p)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:29(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(gui)
+-msgid "Name"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Description"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(p)
+-msgid "5353/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(p)
+-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe their service offerings, without you having to configure it"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(p)
+-msgid "631/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(p)
+-msgid "631/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(p)
+-msgid "5298/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(p)
+-msgid "Presence"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(p)
+-msgid "Allows you to advertise your status, such as \"online\" or \"busy\""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(p)
+-msgid "5900/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(p)
+-msgid "Remote desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your desktop for viewing or remote assistance"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(p)
+-msgid "3689/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(p)
+-msgid "Music sharing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20(p)
+-msgid "Your system may be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs from being accessible by other network users."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Many GNOME programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. For instance, if your GNOME desktop was installed along with a larger software distribution, the firewall may also be pre-configured by the vendor."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow access, follow these steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(p)
+-msgid "To locate your system's firewall tool, open the Overview, and type \"firewall\"."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If this step doesn't locate the appropriate tool, consult the documentation for your overall operating system for the correct application name. To open the application, hit <keyseq type=\"combo\"><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, type that name, and hit <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32(p)
+-msgid "To allow access to the desired port number through the firewall, enable the port. To block access, disable the port. Repeat this step as needed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Find your IP address"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(p)
+-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:26(p)
+-msgid "This topic needs significant revision to be comprehensive. A number of settings remain undocumented."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:29(p)
+-msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:38(title)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:104(title)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:138(title)
+-msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:41(gui)
+-msgid "Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:43(p)
+-msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:47(gui)
+-msgid "Available to all users"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:49(p)
+-msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:58(gui)
+-msgid "SSID"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:59(p)
+-msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:63(gui)
+-msgid "Mode"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:64(p)
+-msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:65(p)
+-msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:69(gui)
+-msgid "BSSID"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:70(p)
+-msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that's supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:74(gui)
+-msgid "Device MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:75(p)
+-msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:76(p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:80(gui)
+-msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:81(p)
+-msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:85(gui)
+-msgid "MTU"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:86(p)
+-msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:93(title)
+-msgid "Wireless Security"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:97(p)
+-msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites you're visiting and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:98(p)
+-msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:106(p)
+-msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:107(p)
+-msgid "The following methods are available:"
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:110(gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:111(p)
+-msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:115(gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:116(p)
+-msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:120(gui)
+-msgid "Manual"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:121(p)
+-msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:125(gui)
+-msgid "Link-Local Only"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:126(p)
+-msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate amongst themselves."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:130(gui)
+-msgid "Disabled"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:131(p)
+-msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:139(p)
+-msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online - a number of applications are available."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them, for example. With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you would connect both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:22(p)
+-msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:25(p)
+-msgid "On one of the computers, click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:33(p)
+-msgid "In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people will be able to see."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:45(p)
+-msgid "On the other computer, click the network icon on the top bar and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or two to appear in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Click it to connect to the ad-hoc network. You will be able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both computers were connected to a conventional wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:50(p)
+-msgid "These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux computer and connect to it using the other computer."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:55(title)
+-msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:58(p)
+-msgid "To add a password:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:66(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the <gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:74(p)
+-msgid "Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to enter the password on each of them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:24(title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Default view"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(gui)
+-msgid "View new folders using"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(p)
+-msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you can use these views by default."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:44(gui)
+-msgid "Arrange items"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(p)
+-msgid "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change the default order used in new folders."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(gui)
+-msgid "Sort folders before files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(p)
+-msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files according to the sort order, select this option."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(gui)
+-msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(p)
+-msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:75(title)
+-msgid "Icon view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:78(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:101(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:123(gui)
+-msgid "Default zoom level"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(p)
+-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:83(p)
+-msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:87(gui)
+-msgid "Text beside icons"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(p)
+-msgid "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you to see more information at once."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:97(title)
+-msgid "Compact view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:102(p)
+-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:108(gui)
+-msgid "All columns have the same width"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(p)
+-msgid "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at the end."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:120(title)
+-msgid "List view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(p)
+-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:134(title)
+-msgid "Tree view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(p)
+-msgid "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:19(title)
+-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(p)
+-msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27(p)
+-msgid "By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(gui)
+-msgid "Text Files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:37(p)
+-msgid "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:44(gui)
+-msgid "Other Previewable Files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:45(p)
+-msgid "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files below a certain file size."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53(gui)
+-msgid "Sound Files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54(p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:60(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:59(title)
+-msgid "Folders"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:61(p)
+-msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17(title)
+-msgid "File manager preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:18(title)
+-msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(p)
+-msgid "There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:33(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(title)
+-msgid "Size"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "सेटिंग"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(p)
+-msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:38(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(gui)
+-msgid "Type"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:42(gui)
+-msgid "Date Modified"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:47(gui)
+-msgid "Date Accessed"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:51(gui)
+-msgid "Group"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(p)
+-msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:85(title)
+-msgid "Location"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(p)
+-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:61(gui)
+-msgid "MIME Type"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(p)
+-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:66(gui)
+-msgid "Permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(p)
+-msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(p)
+-msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(p)
+-msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(p)
+-msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "उदाहरण:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(p)
+-msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the system."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:82(p)
+-msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(p)
+-msgid "r : Read permission."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(p)
+-msgid "w : Write permission."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(p)
+-msgid "x : Execute permission."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(p)
+-msgid "- : No permission."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(gui)
+-msgid "Octal Permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(p)
+-msgid "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents user class, group class and other users respectively."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(p)
+-msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(p)
+-msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(p)
+-msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:103(gui)
+-msgid "Owner"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(p)
+-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:108(gui)
+-msgid "SELinux Context"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(p)
+-msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Set file permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:29(p)
+-msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you can set."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33(title)
+-#: C/files.page:16(title)
+-msgid "Files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(p)
+-msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:48(p)
+-msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(p)
+-msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:60(p)
+-msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(p)
+-msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(gui)
+-msgid "None"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68(p)
+-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:72(gui)
+-msgid "List files only"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73(p)
+-msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77(gui)
+-msgid "Access files"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78(p)
+-msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83(gui)
+-msgid "Create and delete files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(p)
+-msgid "The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:89(p)
+-msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the <gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a horizontal line across it)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94(p)
+-msgid "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:23(title)
+-msgid "File properties"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can view information about a file in the file properties dialog. To view the properties for a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The file properties dialog shows you information like the file type, size, and modification time. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:35(p)
+-msgid "The file properties dialog also allow you to <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> and <link xref=\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:39(p)
+-msgid "For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:45(p)
+-msgid "This page is intentionally written to give you some overview of the other tabs, because I happen to know that in 3.0 it's the target of the Help button in the properties dialog, regardless of the tab you're on."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:52(title)
+-msgid "Basic properties"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(p)
+-msgid "The name of the file. You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(p)
+-msgid "The type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:68(title)
+-msgid "Contents"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:69(p)
+-msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder. It shows the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74(p)
+-msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at an item other than a folder. The size may be stated as bytes, KB, MB, or GB. In the case of the last three, the size in bytes will be stated in parentheses."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(p)
+-msgid "1 KB = 1 024 bytes"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(p)
+-msgid "1 MB = 1 048 576 bytes"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79(p)
+-msgid "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:86(p)
+-msgid "The absolute path to your item."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "व्यक्तिचित्र"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:90(title)
+-msgid "Volume"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "भूदृश्य"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:91(p)
+-msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you the storage medium the file is on, such as a <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk partition</link> on your computer, an external drive or optical disc, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "उल्टा व्यक्तिचित्र"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99(title)
+-msgid "Free Space"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "उल्टा भूदृश्य"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100(p)
+-msgid "For folders, the amount of free space left for new files on the containing volume."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(title)
+-msgid "Accessed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:111(title)
+-msgid "Modified"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112(p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus-icons.png'; md5=c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:20(title)
+-msgid "File manager display preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Icon captions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(p)
+-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(p)
+-msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:37(p)
+-msgid "As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:41(p)
+-msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:44(p)
+-msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:50(title)
+-msgid "Date format"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(p)
+-msgid "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and <em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by showing the current date and time in that format."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21(p)
+-msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your local machine or removable device. This is a convenient way to download or upload files, or to share files with users on your local network."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(p)
+-msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(title)
+-msgid "Connect to a file server"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:39(p)
+-msgid "In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Connect to Server</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details on server types are listed below."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(p)
+-msgid "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name. For computers on your local area network, however, you may have to use the computer's numeric IP address. If the other computer is running GNOME, see <link xref=\"net-findip\"/> to find that computer's internal IP address. Otherwise, check the help on that computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(p)
+-msgid "A new window will open showing you the files on the server. Browse the files and folders just as you would for local files and folders."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Connecting to a server will also add that server to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future. If you do not see the sidebar in the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(p)
+-msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password. You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "विपरीत"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(title)
+-msgid "Types of servers"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(title)
+-msgid "SSH"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(p)
+-msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76(p)
+-msgid "We should have a topics on encryption keys, possibly rolling the seahorse help into gnome-help. Then link from here."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "मिलाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(p)
+-msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't sniff it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(title)
+-msgid "FTP (with login)"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(p)
+-msgid "FTP is a popular protocol for exchanging files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(title)
+-msgid "Public FTP"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(p)
+-msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(p)
+-msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a public user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(title)
+-msgid "Windows share"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(p)
+-msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(title)
+-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(p)
+-msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so your password and data can't be sniffed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119(p)
+-msgid "Also used by gnome-user-share, but we're not talking about that in gnome-help for 3.0. Hopefully it will be better integrated in 3.2, and we can discuss it better in the help. If that happens, link from here."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(p)
+-msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(title)
+-msgid "Rename a bookmark"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24(title)
+-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:25(p)
+-msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Behavior"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(gui)
+-msgid "Single click to open items"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(gui)
+-msgid "Double click to open items"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(p)
+-msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(gui)
+-msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:44(p)
+-msgid "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its own window by default."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(title)
+-msgid "Executable text files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:55(p)
+-msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions#execute\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:56(p)
+-msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(title)
+-msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65(title)
+-msgid "Trash"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(gui)
+-msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(p)
+-msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(gui)
+-msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(p)
+-msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the <gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:76(p)
+-msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(p)
+-msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:29(p)
+-msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "फ़ाइल में छापें"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:33(p)
+-msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(title)
+-msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set-up and updated using the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(p)
+-msgid "To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Once you have finished set-up, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(p)
+-msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "सेटअप"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(p)
+-msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:25(p)
+-msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(title)
+-msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(p)
+-msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but few of these are supported on Linux."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "गोपनीयता विन्यास"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:27(p)
+-msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(p)
+-msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and touchpad settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(p)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(p)
+-msgid "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware buttons to right-click."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(p)
+-msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or using two fingers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29(title)
+-msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:31(p)
+-msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these devices."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your mouse. The father you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(p)
+-msgid "You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26(p)
+-msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:40(title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Type <input>gnome-terminal</input>. A terminal window will open."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:51(p)
+-msgid "In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(p)
+-msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left of it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(p)
+-msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working condition</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67(p)
+-msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:73(p)
+-msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:81(p)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:144(p)
+-msgid "Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying \"you might need to perform extra steps\"."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui> बन्द </gui> पर क्लिक करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90(p)
+-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:94(p)
+-msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:101(title)
+-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:105(p)
+-msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(p)
+-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:121(p)
+-msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(p)
+-msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:135(p)
+-msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move mouse pointer with keypad."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(title)
+-msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using keypad"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:45(p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48(p)
+-msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(p)
+-msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "कुंजीपटल शॉर्टकर्ट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:73(p)
+-msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Middle-click"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(p)
+-msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(p)
+-msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:61(p)
+-msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67(p)
+-msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(p)
+-msgid "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the titlebar to test the current value."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42(p)
+-msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab, select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:36(p)
+-msgid "I repurposed this page. It used to just be how to disable your touchpad entirely. Phil had some instructions on how to do this in gconf-editor, as well as how to trigger an auto-disable when you plugged in your mouse. GConf instructions are outdated for GNOME 3. We could resurrect and make current the old stuff, but as maybe a tip or advanced topics. Check git history."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Mouse"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Maybe some topic grouping work. We could also topic link to mouse-middleclick, but only if we have a tips group/section."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(title)
+-msgid "Common mouse problems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:34(title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:36(title)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(title)
+-msgid "Common problems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:20(desc)
+-msgid "Can't find your answer? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Found a problem?</link><link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Get more help"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(title)
+-#: C/media.page:29(title)
+-msgid "Sound"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:30(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Basic sound"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(title)
+-msgid "Music and players"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(title)
+-msgid "Photos"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:47(title)
+-msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(title)
+-msgid "Videos"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:52(title)
+-msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:18(name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:16(name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:16(name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:18(name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:15(name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:15(name)
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(name)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the <em>rotation</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(p)
+-msgid "To change either of these options, click on your name on the top bar and choose <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:31(p)
+-msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Resolution"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(p)
+-msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(p)
+-msgid "You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "साझा करें सेटिंग्स"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:39(p)
+-msgid "To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. Otherwise, click <gui>Keep Settings</gui> in the window that appears."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:43(title)
+-msgid "Rotation"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:44(p)
+-msgid "There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "साझेदारी"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:46(p)
+-msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(title)
+-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(p)
+-msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30(p)
+-msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look better."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Would like a little more explanation on native resolution, which is generally only applicable on LCDs. There's a stub for using two monitors. Link from section below when it's added."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(title)
+-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(p)
+-msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46(p)
+-msgid "To set-up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58(p)
+-msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(name)
+-msgid "April Gonzales"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:19(email)
+-msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Change the desktop background"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Background</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:45(p)
+-msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom right."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:55(p)
+-msgid "You can also select <gui>Colors &amp; Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:60(p)
+-msgid "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18(desc)
+-msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "सभी कनेक्शनों को स्वीकृत करें"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:25(p)
+-msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(p)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "कूटशब्द की आवश्यकता होगी"
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:37(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/system-run.png'; md5=9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(p)
+-msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(p)
+-msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon in the top bar. The top bar will display a short string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(p)
+-msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53(p)
+-msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to adjust the speed of it:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Keyboard"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/index.page:10(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/gnome.png'; md5=85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/index.page:17(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp-icon-big.png'; md5=292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(desc)
+-#: C/index.page:8(title)
+-#: C/index.page:9(title)
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
+-msgid "Help"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:17(title)
+-msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Screen problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by graphics drivers that aren't working properly or the wrong settings being used. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(title)
+-msgid "Hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:17(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#scanning\">scanners</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#graphics\">graphics cards</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#disk\">disk</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:29(title)
+-msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(title)
+-msgid "Other topic groups"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:43(title)
+-msgid "Troubleshooting hardware problems"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:62(title)
+-msgid "Power"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:64(title)
+-msgid "Power and batteries"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:68(title)
+-msgid "Bluetooth"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:72(title)
+-msgid "Disks"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:73(title)
+-msgid "Hard disks and other storage devices"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:77(title)
+-msgid "Smart cards and fingerprint readers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "A hardware/device driver is something that allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(title)
+-msgid "What is a driver?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(p)
+-msgid "There are lots of different devices that can be attached to your computer. These can include things that are attached to it externally, like printers and monitors, to things that are inside the computer itself, like graphics cards and sound cards."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(p)
+-msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(p)
+-msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug-in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, different makes and models of device have different drivers, so you can't use the driver for one device to try and get a different device to work."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(p)
+-msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should just work when you plug it in. Some devices don't have drivers, however, so may not work. You might need to install the correct driver yourself, or the correct driver may not even be available!"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन पर ताला लगाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:30(p)
+-msgid "In addition, some drivers are incomplete or don't work properly. In this case, some of the features of your device may not work; for example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Noticed a problem with the help?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:19(p)
+-msgid "If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "स्थगित"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, just click on the <gui>New</gui> link to create one."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Desktop</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:27(p)
+-msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(p)
+-msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:18(title)
+-msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no need to."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(p)
+-msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating one of these steps."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:26(p)
+-msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Sort files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:22(p)
+-msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:25(p)
+-msgid "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:31(title)
+-msgid "Icon view"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(p)
+-msgid "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:33(p)
+-msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:35(p)
+-msgid "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:36(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:40(title)
+-msgid "List view"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:41(p)
+-msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(p)
+-msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:46(title)
+-msgid "Compact view"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(p)
+-msgid "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:51(title)
+-msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(title)
+-msgid "By Name"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(title)
+-msgid "By Size"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:59(p)
+-msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:62(title)
+-msgid "By Type"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:63(p)
+-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:66(title)
+-msgid "By Modification Date"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:67(p)
+-msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "उपयोक्ता मेन्यू"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If we get gnome-user-share integrated nicely in 3.2, we should discuss or link that here."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:29(p)
+-msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:34(p)
+-#: C/files-search.page:38(p)
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन पर ताला लगाएँ"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "संदेश तश्तरी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "संदेश तश्तरी"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:50(title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:51(p)
+-msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(p)
+-msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "विंडो सूची"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:57(p)
+-msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(p)
+-msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:62(p)
+-msgid "To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Select files by pattern"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:27(p)
+-msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:29(p)
+-msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:32(p)
+-msgid "For example:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:35(p)
+-msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:38(file)
+-msgid "Invoice.*"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:43(file)
+-msgid "Vacation-???.jpg"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:45(p)
+-msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:48(file)
+-msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Search for files"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:31(title)
+-msgid "Other search applications"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">कार्यस्थान के बीच स्विच करें</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Search"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(p)
+-msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">लॉग आउट</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">स्क्रीन पर ताला लगाएँ.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:48(p)
+-msgid "You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in <gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click <gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:55(p)
+-msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:58(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(p)
+-msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:66(title)
+-msgid "Save a search"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:67(p)
+-msgid "Start a search as above."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:68(p)
+-msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:70(p)
+-msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Change file or folder name."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "पिछली क्रिया रद्द करें"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:29(p)
+-msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic#rename\">properties</link> window."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(p)
+-msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">स्क्रीन का चित्र लें.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(title)
+-msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(p)
+-msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">विंडो की स्क्रीनशॉट लें.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:45(p)
+-msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:54(title)
+-msgid "The name is already used"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:55(p)
+-msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(p)
+-msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's not always a good idea."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:63(title)
+-msgid "File name too long"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:64(p)
+-msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. Use a shorter name."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:67(title)
+-msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:68(p)
+-msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:20(p)
+-msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(p)
+-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:39(p)
+-msgid "If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(p)
+-msgid "You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those files open."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:49(p)
+-msgid "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get them back from the Trash."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To access the Trash:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Places</gui> menu in the sidebar, click <gui>Trash</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:32(p)
+-msgid "If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If you deleted the file using <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been permanently deleted."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Move your mouse pointer over a music file (or other sound file). A musical note icon will appear and the song will start playing. Move the mouse away from the file and the song will stop playing."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Only music files which are in a supported format can be played in this way."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Music files on network shares cannot be previewed in this way by default. To change this, see <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/files.page:29(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus.png'; md5=cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">deleted files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(title)
+-msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:30(p)
+-msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:34(title)
+-msgid "Common tasks"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:38(title)
+-msgid "More topics"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:47(title)
+-msgid "Backing up"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:52(title)
+-msgid "Tips and questions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:13(name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:13(name)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:12(name)
+-msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:14(email)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:14(email)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(email)
+-msgid "crisnoh@gmail.com"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "अनुप्रयोग मेन्यू"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Open files with other applications"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:25(p)
+-msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:30(p)
+-msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "डैश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:43(title)
+-msgid "Change the default application"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:53(p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "सूचनाएँ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:59(p)
+-msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "शीर्ष पट्टी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:66(p)
+-msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Find a lost file"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(p)
+-msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(p)
+-msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:40(p)
+-msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:45(p)
+-msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:17(title)
+-msgid "Hide a file"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:19(p)
+-msgid "You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:21(p)
+-msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Show all hidden files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:29(p)
+-msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be shown along with the files that were not hidden."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/>)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:35(p)
+-msgid "To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:44(title)
+-msgid "Unhide a file"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:45(p)
+-msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its name."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:48(p)
+-msgid "For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:51(p)
+-msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:10(name)
+-msgid "Michael Hill"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:11(email)
+-msgid "mdhillca@gmail.com"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(desc)
+-msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window will open."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:26(p)
+-msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:32(p)
+-msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:39(p)
+-msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(title)
+-msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(p)
+-msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Delete files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:29(p)
+-msgid "When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be restored to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:39(p)
+-msgid "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(p)
+-msgid "If you move files to the trash on a removable device such as a USB flash drive and do not empty the trash when you <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">remove the device</link>, you may not be able to see the deleted files in the trash on other operating systems, such as Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:57(title)
+-msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(p)
+-msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:63(p)
+-msgid "Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:64(p)
+-msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "विंडोज़"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:68(p)
+-msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "कार्यस्थान"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:24(p)
+-msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(p)
+-msgid "As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:32(title)
+-msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "माउस का प्रयोग कर रहा है:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder containing the item you want to copy."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(p)
+-msgid "To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:39(p)
+-msgid "To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(title)
+-msgid "Copy and paste files"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:52(title)
+-msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "वर्कस्थान के बीच बदलें"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:53(p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(title)
+-msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:61(p)
+-msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Browse files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Browse files by selecting the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Or, search for folders and devices in the overview the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Places and Devices</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:36(p)
+-msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(p)
+-msgid "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:49(p)
+-msgid "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and they will appear in the sidebar."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:26(p)
+-msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how media should be handled</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:37(p)
+-msgid "The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:38(p)
+-msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:48(p)
+-msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:53(title)
+-msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be started."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced features."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of GNOME."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:23(p)
+-msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the brightness. These are usually located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(p)
+-msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility application."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(p)
+-msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe areas of storage that your computer has made available for your use. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not identical. \"Partition\" refers to one or more <em>physical</em> areas of storage on a single drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be called a volume. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(title)
+-msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using <app>Disk Utility</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:29(p)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:32(p)
+-msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click on a device of interest."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:35(p)
+-msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes. Be careful, it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by your operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(p)
+-msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look for <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:21(p)
+-msgid "If you have a removable disk like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may wish to completely remove all of the files you have on there. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Find the disk you want to wipe in the list on the left side of the window and click to select it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(p)
+-msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a <gui>Type</gui> for the disk. This chooses what is known as the <em>file system type</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:35(p)
+-msgid "If you want to use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers as well as Linux, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only want to use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(title)
+-msgid "Formatting permanently deletes your files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Once the drive has been formatted, the files on it will have been completely removed, so you can't get them back. It is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files, so formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping a disk."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(p)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Rewrite steps to use common simple form in 3.0.1"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(title)
+-msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check called <em>SMART</em>. This continually checks for potential problems, and can warn you if the disk is about to fail. This is useful for avoiding future loss of important data."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:32(p)
+-msgid "To check your disk's health status:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Select your hard drive in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:41(p)
+-msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:44(p)
+-msgid "To see details of the data and tests applied, click on the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button located below <gui>SMART Status</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(title)
+-msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss. You may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis and repair."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:53(p)
+-msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Use palimpsest to check the hard disk for errors. Why might you want to do this? What should you do if it finds errors? Also discuss the SMART data in palimpsest."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(title)
+-msgid "With Disk Usage Analyzer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(p)
+-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(p)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(p)
+-msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Start typing 'Disk Usage Analyzer'."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> icon."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(p)
+-msgid "<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:39(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>, in percentage and gigabytes. Click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display to <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(title)
+-msgid "With System Monitor"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:43(p)
+-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <gui>System Monitor</gui>:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Start typing 'System Monitor'."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>System Monitor</gui> icon."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:48(p)
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(p)
+-msgid "For each device, the <gui>System Monitor</gui> window displays the Total, Free, Available and Used space."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(title)
+-msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(p)
+-msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(p)
+-msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(p)
+-msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:62(p)
+-msgid "Check disk capacity. Explain what you can do if the disk is too full. May wish to use palimpsest (advanced), gnome-system-monitor (easy)."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19(desc)
+-msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(title)
+-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25(p)
+-msgid "To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <gui>Disk Utility</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(p)
+-msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write Benchmark</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(p)
+-msgid "The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(p)
+-msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40(p)
+-msgid "It would be really really great if somebody could write something about the results and the charts, I can't do that... I don't really know what does it mean. thanks."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Change your timezone"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(p)
+-msgid "If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(p)
+-msgid "Change timezones by choosing a different geographical location:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the center of top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Click on your current continent, then select your current city from the drop-down menu."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(p)
+-msgid "The time shown on the clock will not update automatically when you select a different location; it needs to be <link xref=\"clock-set\">set manually</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Change the time and date"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:19(p)
+-msgid "To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the center of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:20(p)
+-msgid "Now, click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:22(p)
+-msgid "Set the time manually by clicking on the arrows for the hour and minute hands."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Set the date manually by clicking on the drop-down menu."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Have the clock update itself automatically by turning the <gui>Network Time</gui> ON."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:26(p)
+-msgid "When <em>network time</em> is turned on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You can also change the hour format display by turning the 24-hour format ON or OFF."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(desc)
+-msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(title)
+-msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(p)
+-msgid "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock on the top bar, if you're using a mail and calendar application called <app>Evolution</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(p)
+-msgid "If you have already set-up Evolution, click the clock on the top bar and then click on the <gui>Calendar</gui> button in the lower left to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear on the right side when you click on the clock."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(p)
+-msgid "To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(p)
+-msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:36(p)
+-msgid "Should have some information or link to \"how to add a mail account to Evolution\", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big)."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Date &amp; time"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/bluetooth-menu.png'; md5=42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(title)
+-msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:20(p)
+-msgid "You can turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on to send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(desc)
+-msgid "The Bluetooth icon and menu can be found on the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29(p)
+-msgid "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on, click the <app>Bluetooth</app> icon in the top bar, then toggle the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch so that it reads as <gui>ON</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39(p)
+-msgid "If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first time, set the <gui>Visibility</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>. This allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(p)
+-msgid "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> off, change the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch to the <gui>OFF</gui> position."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your phone."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23(p)
+-msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27(p)
+-msgid "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar and click <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:34(p)
+-msgid "(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file.)"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then click <gui>Send</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38(p)
+-msgid "You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(p)
+-msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the connection:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar, and choose <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, and then click the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37(p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(desc)
+-msgid "The adapter could be turned off or doesn't have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(p)
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set-up to allow connections."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(p)
+-msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38(p)
+-msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(p)
+-msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned-on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's Bluetooth device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Select the Bluetooth icon in the top-bar, and select <gui>Setup a New Device...</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within 10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer will begin searching for devices."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37(p)
+-msgid "If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42(p)
+-msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53(p)
+-msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if desired."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>बेतार संबंधन</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:16(title)
+-msgid "Backups"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Back up your important files"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>बेतार संबंधन</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:26(p)
+-msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and encrypted."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what storage device to use."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(title)
+-msgid "c"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Where to store your backup"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer (on an external hard disk, for example). An important consideration when choosing the backup medium is capacity. This will depend on how much data you need to back up."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:27(title)
+-msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:29(p)
+-msgid "A USB memory key (low capacity)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:32(p)
+-msgid "An internal disk drive (higher capacity)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:35(p)
+-msgid "An external USB drive (variable capacity, but can be very high)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(p)
+-msgid "A network drive (high capacity)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(p)
+-msgid "A file/backup server"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(p)
+-msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(p)
+-msgid "An online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> (stores your data off-site for a small fee)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(p)
+-msgid "Some of these would allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:2(page)
+-msgid "<info><placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" date=\"2011-04-03\" status=\"final\"/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" version=\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated\"/><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/></credit><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-6/><placeholder-7/></credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/></info><placeholder-8/> x <placeholder-9/><list><placeholder-10/><placeholder-11/><placeholder-12/><placeholder-13/><placeholder-14/><placeholder-15/><placeholder-16/><placeholder-17/></list><placeholder-18/>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:21(title)
+-msgid "What to back up"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An example of most important to least important:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:29(title)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Your personal files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:34(title)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(p)
+-msgid "Your personal settings"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "अक्षर तालिका"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(p)
+-msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:45(title)
+-msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "लेखन कुंजी"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:46(p)
+-msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:50(p)
+-msgid "In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22(title)
+-msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:24(p)
+-msgid "Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(title)
+-msgid "Your personal files and settings"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31(p)
+-msgid "These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the simplest way."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33(p)
+-msgid "If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important files."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:38(p)
+-msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)
+-msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, <cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd>, and others"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)
+-msgid "Contain files you actively created."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(p)
+-msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gnome3</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54(p)
+-msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(p)
+-msgid "<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(p)
+-msgid "Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home folder."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "कुंजीपट लेआउट"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:6(desc)
+-msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Restore a backup"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "इनपुट पद्धति"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:25(p)
+-msgid "If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr "टिप्स &amp; ट्रिक्स"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:21(title)
+-msgid "How to back up"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:23(p)
+-msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:25(p)
+-msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if something goes wrong."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:27(p)
+-msgid "An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:29(p)
+-msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> (the Trash folder)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "उपयोक्ता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "उपयोक्ता खाता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Frequency of backups"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "खाता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "उपयोक्ता खातों का प्रबंधन करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "कूटशब्द"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "अधिकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "प्रयोक्ता अधिकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:23(p)
+-msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:25(p)
+-msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(p)
+-msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(p)
+-msgid "If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:38(p)
+-msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(desc)
+-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(title)
+-msgid "Check your backup"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>जोड़ें</gui> पर क्लिक करें."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:18(p)
+-msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:21(p)
+-msgid "A file integrity check is not done on a copy/move operation. This means if you are copying files to other drives/media, it is not easy to verify data integrity or to single out files that have failed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:24(p)
+-msgid "You can do a check by looking through the copied files and directories in the destination media. By opening and checking the copied files, you can see whether the files you check copied successfully."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:28(p)
+-msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting data."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:32(p)
+-msgid "Explain why backups should be tested."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:33(p)
+-msgid "Give methods for checking backups, like MD5sum."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(desc)
+-msgid "A few tips about using the desktop help guide."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(title)
+-msgid "About this guide"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:20(p)
+-msgid "This guide is designed to describe the features of your desktop, answer your computing-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(p)
+-msgid "There are several features of the guide that we think make it easy to use."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(p)
+-msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Related-items are linked together. \"See-also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(p)
+-msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(p)
+-msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Desktop Help Guide</em>. We sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(p)
+-msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(title)
+-msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:28(p)
+-msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(desc)
+-msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from the keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think 5x Shift turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34(p)
+-msgid "<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36(p)
+-msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(p)
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:43(p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(p)
+-msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(p)
+-msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:52(p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(p)
+-msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(desc)
+-msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(p)
+-msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Read screen aloud"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21(p)
+-msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29(p)
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:30(p)
+-msgid "I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to the Orca help for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20(desc)
+-msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(p)
+-msgid "To switch this feature on, click your name on the top panel, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(p)
+-msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Universal access"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:27(p)
+-msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:33(title)
+-msgid "Visual impairments"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:36(title)
+-msgid "Blindness"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "अपना कूटशब्द बदलें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:39(title)
+-msgid "Low vision"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Color-blindness"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:45(title)
+-#: C/a11y.page:67(title)
+-msgid "Other topics"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:50(title)
+-msgid "Hearing impairments"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:55(title)
+-msgid "Mobility impairments"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:58(title)
+-msgid "Mouse movement"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:61(title)
+-msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:64(title)
+-msgid "Keyboard use"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:21(p)
+-msgid "Magnifying the screen is not just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>जारी</gui> को क्लिक करें"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(p)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Click on the universal access icon in the top panel."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Turn <gui>Zoom</gui><gui>ON</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Part of the screen will immediately become magnified."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:27(p)
+-msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(p)
+-msgid "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "जो उपयोक्ता अब आपका कम्प्यूटर इस्तेमाल नही कर रहे है वह सब हटाएँ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "उपयोक्ता खाता मिटाएँ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:31(p)
+-msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+-#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(None)
+-msgid "@@image: 'figures/universal-access-menu.png'; md5=0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "ज्यादा कठिन और लम्बे कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "सुरक्षित कूट-शब्द का चुनाव करे। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
+ msgstr ""
++"आपका कूट-शब्द आपके लिए आसान पर दूसरों के लिए (कम्प्यूटर अनुप्रयोग के लिए भी) "
++"अत्यधिक कठिन होना चाहिए।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"अच्छे कूट-शब्द का चुनाव आपके कम्प्यूटर को सुरक्षित रखता है। अगर आप के कूट-"
++"शब्द का आसानी से अंदाज़ा लगाया जा सकता है तो कोई और व्यक्ति उसके जरिए आपकी "
++"निजी जानकारी को हासिल कर सकता है।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"यहाँ तक की कई व्यक्ति आपने कम्प्यूटर को व्यवस्थित ढंग से इस्तेमाल कर के भी "
++"आप के कूट-शब्द का अनुमान लगा सकते है। तो जो कूट-शब्द व्यक्तियों के लिए आसान "
++"है उसी कूट-शब्द का कम्प्यूटर द्वारा आसानी से अंदाजा लगाया जा सकता है। यहाँ "
++"कुछ सुझाव दिए जा रहे जिस की मदद से आप एक अच्छा कूट-शब्द चुन सकते है।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a man."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"कूट-शब्द के चुनाव के लिए सबसे अच्छा तरीका है की आप किसी ऐसे वाक्य के हर शब्द "
++"के प्रथम अक्षर का इस्तेमाल करे जिस को आप आसानी से याद रख सके। यह वाक्य किसी "
++"मूवी का नाम, पुस्तक, गीत, एलबम या फिर कुछ और हो सकता है। जैसे - \"शोले: "
++"कितने आदमि थे\" बन सकता है \"श: कआथ\" या \"शकआथ\" या \"श: किआथे\"।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+ msgstr ""
++"अपना कूट-शब्द अत्यधिक लम्बा बनाए। उसमे जितने अधिक अक्षरों का इस्तेमाल होगा, "
++"उतना ही किसी व्यक्ति या कम्प्यूटर के द्वारा उसका अंदाजा लगाना कठिन होगा।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(p)
+-msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a man surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(desc)
+-msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
+ msgstr ""
++"कूट-शब्द मे अपनी निजी जानकारी जैसे की तिथि, अधिकार पत्र (लाइसेंस) या किसी "
++"परिवार के व्यक्ति का नाम आदि का भी इस्तेमाल ना करे।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "संज्ञा का इस्तेमाल ना करे।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(p)
+-msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
+ msgstr ""
++"साथ-ही किसी ऐसे कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे जिस को जल्दी से टाइप किया जा सके "
++"जिससे की उसे टाइप करते वक्त कोई और ना देख सके।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:15(desc)
+-msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
++"कभी अपने कूट-शब्द को कही लिख कर ना रखे। उन्हे आसानी से ढूंढा जा सकता है!"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(title)
+-msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "अलग-अलग चीज़ो/कामों के लिए भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "अलग-अलग खातों के लिए भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करे। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आप एक ही कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल हर के खाते के लिए करते है तो, जो भी उसका "
++"अंदाजा लगाएगा, उसकी पहुँच आपके सभी खातों तक होगी।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"हालाँकि कई तरह के भिन्न-भिन्न कूट-शब्दों को याद रखना भी कठिन हो सकता है "
++"इसलिए उन सभी कम महत्वपूर्ण चीजों मे इस्तेमाल आने वाले कूट-शब्द (जैसे वेब-"
++"साइट) समान हो सकते है और अधिक महत्वपूर्ण चीजों मे काम आने वाले कूट-शब्द "
++"भिन्न होने चाहिए। पर याद रखे यह उतना सुरक्षित नही है जितना की हर काम के लिए "
++"भिन्न कूट-शब्द का इस्तेमाल करना।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "अपने कूट-शब्द को निरंतर बदलते रहे।  "
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:21(p)
+-msgid "You can quickly adjust the text size by clicking on the universal access icon in the top panel, and selecting <gui>ON</gui> or <gui>OFF</gui> for <gui>Large Text</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
+ msgstr ""
++"आपके पास शायद सही कोडेक संस्थापित ना हो या फिर डीवीडी के ग़लत क्षेत्र से "
++"होना भी करण हो सकता है।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "डीवीडी काम क्यों नही करती?"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23(p)
+-msgid "Alternatively, you can increase the size of the text by following these steps:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "डीवीडी चलाने के लिए सही कोडेक की संस्थापना करना।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(p)
+-msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough for you. It will adjust immediately."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "डीवीडी के क्षेत्र को जाँचना।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34(p)
+-msgid "You can increase the text size at any time by clicking <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>=</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20(desc)
+-msgid "The Dwell Click (Hover Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr "जांच ले कि सही वीडियो कोडेक संस्थापित है। "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr "दूसरे व्यक्ति मेरे द्वारा निर्मित वीडियो नही चला पाते।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+ msgstr ""
++"अगर आपने लिनक्स कम्प्यूटर मे वीडियो बनाया है और उसे विंड़ोज़ या मेक् ओएस "
++"उपयोक्ता को देखने के लिए दिया है तो कई बार उन्हे इस तरह की वीडियो को देखने "
++"मे परेशानी हो सकती है।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24(title)
+-msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(p)
+-msgid "You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(p)
+-msgid "To turn on hover click, click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(p)
+-msgid "The <gui>Dwell Click-Type</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover over a button. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a button for a few seconds."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"व्यक्ति विशेष जो की वीडियो चलाने मे असमर्थ है, उससे सही कोडेक के संस्थापना "
++"के बारे मे जानकारी ले। वह व्यक्ति सही कोडेक के नाम को अपने वीडियो प्लेयर के "
++"नाम के साथ वेब पर खोज सकता है, यह कई बार बहुत मददगार साबित होता है। जैसे - "
++"अगर आप का वीडियो <em>थियोरा</em> संरूप का प्रयोग कर रहे है और आप का दोस्त "
++"विंडोज़ मीडिया प्लेयर का तो उसे वेब पर \"थियोरा विंडोज़ मीडिया प्लेयर\" कि "
++"खोज करनी चाहिए। इस तरीके से आप लगभग हर बार सही कोडेक के मुफ्त संस्करण को "
++"खोज़ कर संस्थापित कर पाएँगे।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"अगर आप सही कोडेक कि खोज नही कर पाते है तो <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">वीलसी मीडिया प्लेयर</link> के साथ पुनः प्रयास करे। वीलसी मीडिया "
++"प्लेयर विंडोज़, मेक् औएस और लिनेक्स, तिनों ही के साथ काम करता है और कई तरह "
++"के भिन्न वीडियो संरूपों को संभाल सकता है। अगर यह युक्ति भी काम नही करती तो "
++"किसी वीडियो परिवर्तक को इस्तेमाल करते हुए वीडियो को किसी दूसरे संरूप मे बदल "
++"ले। लगभग सभी वीडियो संपादक यह कार्य आसानी से कर सकते है और या इसकी जगह आप "
++"किसी विशिष्ठ वीडियो परिवर्तक का भी उपयोग कर सकते है। सभी उपलब्ध अनुक्रमों की "
++"जानकारी के लिए अपने सॉफ्टवेयर संस्थापक मे देखे।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++"कुछ और भी एसी दिक्कतें है जिसकी वज़ह से शायद आप वीडियो ना चला सके। आपके "
++"द्वारा वीडियो हस्तांतरण के दौरान फाइल खराब हो सकती है (कई बार बड़ी फाइल का "
++"हस्तांतरण सही तरह से नही हो पाता)। वीडियो प्लेयर मे ही ख़राबी हो सकती है या "
++"फिर हो सकता वीडियो सही तरह से बना ही ना हो (वीडियो को सहेजने मे ग़लती हो "
++"सकती है)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32(p)
+-msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, not just on buttons."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(title)
+-msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38(p)
+-msgid "You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42(title)
+-msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(p)
+-msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(p)
+-msgid "You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:22(p)
+-msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(p)
+-msgid "Click on the accessibility icon in the top panel."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(p)
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui>. The <gui>Universal Access</gui> window will open."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27(p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab. Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(p)
+-msgid "Once you have adjusted the setting in the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab to your preferred contrast, you can quickly turn the contrast <gui>ON</gui> and <gui>OFF</gui> by clicking on the accessibility icon in the top panel and then clicking on <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:16(desc)
+-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(title)
+-msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:22(p)
+-msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(desc)
+-msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(title)
+-msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:34(p)
+-msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41(p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47(p)
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+-#: C/index.page:0(None)
+-msgid "translator-credits"
+-msgstr "Anurag Garg <ang.astronomy@gmail.com>, 2011"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/it/it.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/it/it.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/it/it.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.876134550 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/it/it.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.173921524 +0530
+@@ -5,22 +5,20 @@
+ # Luca Ferretti <lferrett@gnome.org>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Gruppo traduzione di Ubuntu <gruppo-traduzione@ubuntu-it.org>, 2012
+ # Milo Casagrande <milo@ubuntu.com>, 2012.
+-#
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n"
+-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-03 02:56+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-02 18:02+0200\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-02 12:02-0400\n"
+ "Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande <milo@ubuntu.com>\n"
+ "Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n"
+ "Language: it\n"
+-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+ "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2012-09-02 15:41+0000\n"
+-"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 15890)\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+@@ -52,54 +50,57 @@
+ "  Pietro Albini https://launchpad.net/~pietro98-albini\n"
+ "  Stefano Saraceni https://launchpad.net/~qddsar"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "Una guida per gli utenti del desktop GNOME 3"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Guida all'ambiente grafico"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Guida all'ambiente grafico"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -108,218 +109,426 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Aiuto</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Desktop Help"
++"GNOME Help"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Logo Yelp</media> "
+-"Guida all'ambiente grafico"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+ msgstr "Questo lavoro è rilasciato sotto <_:link-1/>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:16(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:16(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:16(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:19(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:21(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "Ignorare la pressione ravvicinata dello stesso tasto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "Attivare i tasti rimbalzati"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Attivare i <em>tasti rimbalzati</em> per ignorare la pressione ravvicinata "
+ "dei tasti. Questa funzionalità può risultare utile alle persone con tremori "
+ "alle mani che causano la pressione ripetuta di un tasto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(when/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:27(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(when/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:27(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:32(when/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(when/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(when/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella <gui>barra dei menù</gui> e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(choose/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:29(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(choose/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:34(choose/p) C/a11y-mag.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38(choose/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(choose/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:44(choose/p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(choose/p)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(item/p) C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37(item/p) C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:32(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:45(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p) C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:60(item/p) C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p) C/windows-key.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire <gui>Accesso universale</gui> e selezionare la scheda "
+ "<gui>Digitazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Tasti rimbalzati</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Attivare e disattivare rapidamente i tasti rimbalzati"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile attivare e disattivare questa funzione facendo clic sulla <link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra superiore e "
+-"selezionando <gui>Tasti rimbalzati</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -334,31 +543,30 @@
+ "rifiutata perché avvenuta in troppo poco tempo rispetto alla pressione "
+ "precedente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare il lettore di schermo <app>Orca</app> con una visualizzazione Braille."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "Leggere lo schermo in Braille"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il lettore di schermo disponibile in GNOME, <app>Orca</app>, permette di "
+-"mostrare l'interfaccia utente su un display Braille. In base alla propra "
+-"installazione di GNOME, Orca potrebbe non essere presente. <link href="
+-"\"install:orca\">Installare Orca</link>, quindi fare riferimento al <link "
+-"href=\"ghelp:orca\">manuale di Orca</link> per maggiori informazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+@@ -366,49 +574,42 @@
+ "Rendere le finestre e i pulsanti più (o meno) brillanti, affinché si vedano "
+ "meglio."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "Regolare il contrasto"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile modificare il contrasto di finestre e pulsanti affinché sia più "
+-"facile visualizzarli a schermo. Questa procedura non equivale a <link xref="
+-"\"power-brighter\">modificare la luminosità dello schermo</link>; solo "
+-"alcune parti dell'<em>interfaccia utente </em> vengono modificate."
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:32(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire <gui>Accesso universale</gui> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Vista</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
+-"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella scheda <gui>Vista</gui>, selezionare da <gui>Contrasto</gui> quello "
+-"che più si adatta alle proprie esigenze. <gui>Ridotto</gui> indica che "
+-"l'interfaccia sarà meno brillante."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
+-"Contrast</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile modificare velocemente il contrasto facendo clic sulla <link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra superiore e "
+-"selezionando <gui>Contrasto elevato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -416,11 +617,13 @@
+ "Il clic automatico consente di eseguire un clic del mouse quando si ferma il "
+ "puntatore."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "Simulare i clic del mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -432,7 +635,8 @@
+ "chiamata clic automatico, risulta utile nel caso in cui si trovino "
+ "difficoltà nel muovere il mouse e fare clic allo stesso tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -442,7 +646,9 @@
+ "mouse sopra un controllo e attendere alcuni secondi affinché il pulsante "
+ "venga attivato."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+@@ -450,11 +656,13 @@
+ "Aprire <gui>Accesso universale</gui> e selezionare la scheda "
+ "<gui>Puntamento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Clic automatico</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -468,7 +676,8 @@
+ "esempio, selezionando <gui>Clic secondario</gui>, verrà simulato un clic col "
+ "pulsante destro del mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+@@ -478,7 +687,8 @@
+ "mosso, questo cambia gradualmente il suo colore. Al cambiamento totale del "
+ "colore, il pulsante viene premuto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+@@ -486,7 +696,8 @@
+ "Regolare l'impostazione <gui>Ritardo</gui> per modificare quanto a lungo "
+ "bisogna mantenere il puntatore del mouse fermo prima di fare clic."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+@@ -497,7 +708,8 @@
+ "puntatore prima del clic automatico. Nel caso si muova troppo, il clic non "
+ "viene simulato."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -505,15 +717,18 @@
+ "Regolare l'impostazione <gui>Soglia di movimento</gui> per modificare questa "
+ "soglia di movimento."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr "Usare caratteri più grandi per leggere più facilmente i testi."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "Modificare la dimensione del testo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+@@ -521,25 +736,21 @@
+ "Se sono presenti difficoltà nel leggere il testo sullo schermo, è possibile "
+ "modificare la dimensione dei caratteri."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
+-"for you. It will adjust immediately."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella scheda <gui>Vista</gui> selezionare per <gui>Dimensione del testo</"
+-"gui> la dimensione più adatta. Verrà applicata istantaneamente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</"
+-"gui>."
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile cambiare velocemente la dimensione del testo facendo clic sulla "
+-"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra "
+-"superiore e selezionando <gui>Caratteri grandi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -550,18 +761,20 @@
+ "key><key>+</key></keyseq>, per ridurne la dimensione, premere "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr "non serve"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+@@ -569,11 +782,13 @@
+ "Il menù accesso universale è l'icona sulla barra superiore che ha l'aspetto "
+ "di una persona."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "Trovare il menù accesso universale"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+@@ -584,11 +799,13 @@
+ "facendo clic sull'icona che, nella barra superiore, ha l'aspetto di una "
+ "persona avvolta da un cerchio."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:23(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Il menù accesso universale è disponibile nella barra superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -609,57 +826,20 @@
+ "freccia giù per selezionare le voci del menù. Premere <key>Invio</key> per "
+ "commutare la voce selezionata."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+-msgstr "Premere <key>Ctrl</key> e localizzare il puntatore del mouse."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-msgstr "Localizzare velocemente il puntatore"
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
+-"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se si hanno difficoltà nel trovare la posizione del puntatore del mouse "
+-"sullo schermo, è possibile, alla pressione del tasto <key>Ctrl</key>, "
+-"localizzare il puntatore. Quando questa impostazione è attivata, la "
+-"pressione del tasto <key>Ctrl</key> causerà l'apparizione di una breve "
+-"animazione alla posizione del puntatore."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Aprire <gui>Mouse e touchpad</gui> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Mouse</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Mostrare la posizione del puntatore alla pressione del "
+-"tasto Control</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:43(page/p)
+-msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Alla pressione di uno dei tasti <key>Ctrl</key> verrà ora visualizzata la "
+-"posizione del puntatore."
+-
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aumentare l'ingrandimento dello schermo in modo che sia più semplice vederne "
+ "il contenuto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Ingrandire l'area dello schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+@@ -670,27 +850,68 @@
+ "presente una lente di ingrandimento, consentendo di spostarsi zoomando su "
+ "specifiche parti dello schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Ingrandimento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+ "allowing you to view your area of choice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile attivare e disattivare velocemente l'ingrandimento facendo clic "
+ "sulla <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra "
+ "superiore e selezionando <gui>Ingrandimento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+@@ -702,25 +923,15 @@
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ingrandimento schermo</"
+ "link>......"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title) C/keyboard.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Accesso universale"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(when/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+-"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+-"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
+-"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"L'ambiente grafico GNOME è dotato delle tecnologie assistive necessarie a "
+-"supportare gli utenti con disabilità o con necessità particolari e a "
+-"interagire con i comuni dispositivi assistivi. Molte delle funzioni di "
+-"accessibilità sono disponibili attraverso il menù accessibilità nella barra "
+-"superiore."
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:33(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+@@ -733,90 +944,115 @@
+ "accessibilità sono disponibili attraverso il menù accessibilità nella barra "
+ "superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Difficoltà visive"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Cecità"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Visione ridotta"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:49(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Daltonismo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:52(links/title) C/a11y.page:74(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Altri argomenti"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Difficoltà uditive"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Difficoltà motorie"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Movimenti del mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Clic e trascinamento"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:71(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Usare la tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracer.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:16(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Premere e mantenere premuto il pulsante sinistro del mouse per simulare il "
+ "clic col pulsante destro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "Simulare il clic col pulsante destro"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -827,11 +1063,13 @@
+ "si trovino difficoltà a muovere le dita di una mano individualmente o se il "
+ "mouse abbia solo un singolo pulsante."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Clic secondario simulato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -843,7 +1081,8 @@
+ "<gui>Puntamento</gui>, cambiare il valore del <gui>Ritardo di accettazione</"
+ "gui> nella sezione <gui>Clic secondario simulato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -856,7 +1095,8 @@
+ "pulsante sinistro del mouse. Una volta che è interamente blu, rilasciare il "
+ "pulsante del mouse per fare clic-destro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+@@ -866,7 +1106,8 @@
+ "cambiano colore. È comunque possibile usare normalmente il clic secondario "
+ "simulato, anche se non si ha alcun riscontro visivo dal puntatore."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -876,7 +1117,8 @@
+ "anche possibile fare clic-destro tenendo premuto il tasto <key>5</key> sul "
+ "tastierino numerico."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+@@ -888,29 +1130,29 @@
+ "presione lunga funziona in modo leggeremente diverso nella panoramica: non è "
+ "necessario rilasciare il pulsante per fare clic-destro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare il lettore di schermo <app>Orca</app> per leggere l'interfaccia utente."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "Leggere lo schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il lettore di schermo disponibile in GNOME, <app>Orca</app>, permette di "
+-"\"leggere\" l'interfaccia utente. In base alla propra installazione di "
+-"GNOME, Orca potrebbe non essere presente. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Installare Orca</link>, quindi fare riferimento al <link href=\"ghelp:orca"
+-"\">manuale di Orca</link> per maggiori informazioni."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+@@ -918,11 +1160,13 @@
+ "Aggiungere un ritardo tra la pressione del tasto e la sua visualizzazione a "
+ "schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "Attivare i tasti lenti"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -939,37 +1183,36 @@
+ "stesso più volte quando si usa la tastiera oppure nei casi in cui sia "
+ "difficile premere il tasto giusto."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Tasti lenti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Attivare e disattivare rapidamente i tasti lenti"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
+-"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
+-"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
+-"slow keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Attivare le funzioni di accessibilità dalla tastiera</gui> "
+-"per attivare e disattivare i tasti lenti dalla tastiera. Quando questa "
+-"opzione è selezionata, è possibile premere e tenere premuto <key>Maiusc</"
+-"key> per otto secondi al fine di abilitare o disabilitare questa funzione."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile attivare e disattivare i tasti lenti facendo clic sulla <link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra superiore e "
+-"selezionando <gui>Tasti lenti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -977,7 +1220,8 @@
+ "Utilizzare il controllo scorrevole <gui>Ritardo di accettazione</gui> per "
+ "controllare la durata della pressione del tasto affinché venga registrata."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+@@ -987,7 +1231,8 @@
+ "quando un tasto viene premuto, accettato o rifiutato perché non premuto per "
+ "il tempo necessario."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+@@ -995,27 +1240,24 @@
+ "Digitare le scorciatoie da tastiera una alla volta invece di premere tutti i "
+ "tasti assieme."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+ msgstr "Attivare i tasti singoli"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+-msgstr ""
+-"I <em>Tasti singoli</em> consentono di digitare le scorciatoie da tastiera "
+-"un tasto alla volta. Per esempio, senza questa funzionalità, la scorciatoia "
+-"da tastiera per passare da una finestra all'altra <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> deve essere eseguita premendo tutti i tasti "
+-"assieme. Attraverso i tasti singoli è possibile premere e rilasciare prima "
+-"<key>Alt</key> e successivamente <key>Tab</key>."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+@@ -1023,37 +1265,36 @@
+ "Questa funzionalità può risultare utile nel caso si riscontrino problemi nel "
+ "premere più tasti in una sola volta."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Tasti singoli</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Attivare e disattivare rapidamente i tasti singoli"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above "
+-"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. "
+-"When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a "
+-"row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Attivare le funzioni di accessibilità dalla tastiera</gui> "
+-"per attivare e disattivare i tasti singoli dalla tastiera. Quando questa "
+-"opzione è selezionata, è possibile premere <key>Maiusc</key> cinque volte di "
+-"seguito al fine di abilitare o disabilitare questa funzione."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+-"Keys</gui>."
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile attivare e disattivare i tasti lenti facendo clic sulla <link "
+-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella barra superiore e "
+-"selezionando <gui>Tasti singoli</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+@@ -1062,30 +1303,27 @@
+ "momentaneamente i tasti singoli per poter digitare le scorciatoie da "
+ "tastiera nella maniera \"standard\"."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per esempio, con questa opzione attivata, se i tasti lenti sono attivati e "
+-"vengono premuti assieme <key>Alt</key> e <key>Tab</key>, non verrà attesa la "
+-"pressione di un altro tasto. Viene attesa la pressione di un altro tasto "
+-"solamente se ne viene premuto uno prima. Ciò risulta utile alle persone che "
+-"possono premere facilmente alcune combinazioni (tasti che risultano vicini "
+-"sulla tastiera), ma non altre."
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selezionare <gui>Disabilitare se due tasti sono premuti insieme</gui> per "
+ "poter sfruttare questa funzionalità."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1100,17 +1338,21 @@
+ "Selezionare <gui>Avviso sonoro quando viene premuto un tasto modificatore</"
+ "gui> per attivare questa opzione."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+-msgstr "Attivare gli avvisi visibili quando viene riprodotto un avviso sonoro."
++msgstr ""
++"Attivare gli avvisi visibili quando viene riprodotto un avviso sonoro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+ msgstr "Far illuminare lo schermo per gli avvisi"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1122,7 +1364,8 @@
+ "avvisi, è possibile fare in modo che lo schermo intero o solo la finestra "
+ "attiva vengano illuminati quando viene riprodotto un avviso sonoro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+@@ -1134,21 +1377,23 @@
+ "sonori, consultare <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/>, quindi attivare gli avvisi "
+ "visibili."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire <gui>Accesso universale</gui> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Udito</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+-"screen or just your current window to flash."
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Abilitare <gui>Avvisi visibili</gui> e selezionare se far illuminare tutto "
+-"lo schermo o solo la finestra attiva."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1158,91 +1403,113 @@
+ "clic sulla <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icona accesso universale</link> nella "
+ "barra superiore e selezionando <gui>Avvisi visibili</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+ msgstr "Alcuni suggerimenti sull'utilizzo di questa guida."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:11(credit/name) C/files-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/windows-key.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Progetto documentazione di GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "Informazioni sulla guida"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+@@ -1254,17 +1521,19 @@
+ "più efficacemente il computer. Abbiamo cercato di rendere questa guida "
+ "facile e piacevole da leggere:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+ "answer to your questions."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È suddivisa in brevi sezioni, non capitoli, che parlano di un solo "
+-"argomento. Non sarà così più necessario scorrere tutto un manuale per "
+-"trovare una semplice risposta."
++"È suddivisa in brevi sezioni, non capitoli, che parlano di un solo argomento."
++" Non sarà così più necessario scorrere tutto un manuale per trovare una "
++"semplice risposta."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+@@ -1274,7 +1543,8 @@
+ "sono presenti dei collegamenti ad argomenti simili o utili, rendendo più "
+ "facile la comprensione o l'approfondimento degli argomenti trattati."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+@@ -1284,7 +1554,8 @@
+ "<em>barra di ricerca</em> e i risultati delle ricerche vengono visualizzati "
+ "mentre si digita."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1296,7 +1567,8 @@
+ "le domande: aggiungeremo altro materiale per rendere la guida ancora più "
+ "utile."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+@@ -1304,70 +1576,56 @@
+ "Grazie per leggere il manuale dell'ambiente grafico. Speriamo sinceramente "
+ "non sia mai necessario doverla utilizzare."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- Il team di documentazione di GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Connect an online account"
+-msgstr "Connettere un account online"
+-
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:19(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name) C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/translate.page:17(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:12(credit/name)
+-msgid "Michael Hill"
+-msgstr "Michael Hill"
+-
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "Aggiungere un account"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+@@ -1378,32 +1636,37 @@
+ "programma per l'email, quello per la chat e ogni altra applicazione "
+ "correlata."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic sul simbolo <gui>più</gui> nella parte inferiore sinistra della "
+ "finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Fare clic sulla scheda <gui>Scorciatoie</gui>."
+ 
+ # N.d.R. non tradotto "tipo".
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se si ha più di un account, è possibile aggiungerlo in un secondo momento."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi...</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+@@ -1416,7 +1679,8 @@
+ "utente e password per <em>Google</em>."
+ 
+ # FIXME controllare grant access
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+@@ -1427,7 +1691,8 @@
+ "GNOME di accedere al proprio account online. Selezione <gui>Accedi</gui> per "
+ "continuare."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1438,7 +1703,8 @@
+ "Per esempio, se si vuole usare un account online per la chat, ma no per il "
+ "calendario, disattivare l'opzione <gui>calendario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1446,7 +1712,8 @@
+ "Dopo aver aggiunto gli accounto, ogni applicazione selezionata userà "
+ "automaticamente al suo avvio tali credenziali."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+@@ -1459,48 +1726,68 @@
+ "revocare completamente il collegamento tra il proprio ambiente grafico e il "
+ "servizio online, [consultare questa pagina]."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name) C/power-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name) C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracer.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
+-msgid "Create a new account using Online Accounts."
+-msgstr "Creare un nuovo account usando Account online."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "Creare un nuovo account online"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+@@ -1510,18 +1797,23 @@
+ "account mentre lo si aggiunge a <app>Account online</app>. In questo modo è "
+ "possibile gestire tutti i propri account online da una singola applicazione."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire le impostazioni <app>Account online</app> dalla panoramica Attività."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+@@ -1532,12 +1824,14 @@
+ "di account potrebbero <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">non "
+ "essere disponibili</link>)"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi...</gui> per continuare"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+@@ -1546,7 +1840,8 @@
+ "Trovare il pulsante o il collegamento <gui>Registrati</gui> (o simili) nella "
+ "pagina che compare e fare clic su di esso"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+@@ -1558,7 +1853,8 @@
+ "tale opzione, sarà necessario usato un metodo alternativo per creare un "
+ "account"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+@@ -1567,7 +1863,8 @@
+ "Compilare il modulo di registrazione: solitamente vengono chiesti alcuni "
+ "dettagli personali come un nome utente e una password"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+@@ -1576,7 +1873,8 @@
+ "Verrà chiesto di consentire a GNOME di accedere al nuovo account: consentire "
+ "tale accesso per usare l'account con <app>Account online</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+@@ -1586,18 +1884,21 @@
+ "In modo predefinito verranno attivati tutti i servi offerti dal proider, "
+ "disattivarli indivualmente per disabilitarli"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+ "applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1607,143 +1908,178 @@
+ "that you use for chat."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Aprire le impostazioni <gui>Account online</gui> dalla panoramica Attività."
+-
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+ "more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Completely remove an online account"
+-msgstr "Rimuovere completamente un account online"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "Rimuovere un account"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Selezionare l'account da eliminare."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:20(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic sul simbolo <gui>-</gui> nella parte inferiore sinistra della "
+ "finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Rimuovi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+ "desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Which applications take advantage of online-accounts?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "Con un account Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1751,43 +2087,96 @@
+ "Google agenda."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+-"will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Con account Windows Live, Facebook o Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "Perché aggiungere un account?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1797,36 +2186,40 @@
+ "the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google Mail."
+-msgstr "Accede a servizi online come Facebook e Google Mail."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Account online"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google Mail "
+-"and Facebook) into the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window. This will let you "
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+ "easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
+ "applications without having to enter your account details again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile inserire nella finestra <gui>Account online</gui> i dettagli di "
+-"accesso per alcuni servizi online (come Google Mail e Facebook). In questo "
+-"modo sarà possibile accedere con semplicità al proprio calendario, alla "
+-"posta, agli account di chat e altro direttamente dalle applicazioni, senza "
+-"dover inserire più volte i dettagli del proprio account."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Verificare che il backup sia andato a buon fine."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "Controllare il proprio backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+@@ -1837,7 +2230,8 @@
+ "possibilità di perdere alcuni dati importanti poiché potrebbero mancare nel "
+ "backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -1849,7 +2243,8 @@
+ "tali dati sono realmente importanti, è utile eseguire ulteriori controlli "
+ "per confermare che il trasferimento sia avvenuto correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -1860,7 +2255,8 @@
+ "cartelle copiati siano presenti nel backup nel supporto di destinazione, "
+ "avendo così una maggiore sicurezza che il processo sia andato a buon fine."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -1872,7 +2268,8 @@
+ "Un programma è molto più potente e affidabile che un semplice copia e "
+ "incolla."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -1880,38 +2277,48 @@
+ "Imparare quanto spesso è necessario eseguire il backup dei file importanti "
+ "per assicurarsi che siano in sicurezza."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:13(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Frequenza dei backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+@@ -1921,7 +2328,8 @@
+ "esempio, un backup ogni notte potrebbe non essere sufficiente se ci sono "
+ "dati importanti contenuti in server di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+@@ -1932,15 +2340,18 @@
+ "pianifica il programma dei backup, potrebbe risultare utile tenere in "
+ "considerazione i seguenti punti:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "Quanto tempo si trascorre al computer."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr "Quanto spesso e in che quantità cambiano i dati nel computer."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -1953,7 +2364,8 @@
+ "si stia procedendo a una verifica contabile, potrebbero essere necessari dei "
+ "backup più frequenti."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+@@ -1966,7 +2378,8 @@
+ "riscrivere i documenti persi è considerato un tempo troppo lungo, "
+ "bisognerebbe fare un backup almeno una volta alla settimana."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+@@ -1974,11 +2387,13 @@
+ "Usare Déjà Dup (o altre applicazioni di backup) per prevenire la perdita di "
+ "file e impostazioni importanti."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Come eseguire un backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -1989,7 +2404,8 @@
+ "diverse applicazioni atte a tale compito, una tra queste è <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+@@ -1997,7 +2413,8 @@
+ "La guida dell'applicazione scelta sarà di aiuto nell'impostazione delle "
+ "preferenze per il backup così come per ripristinare i dati."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2011,7 +2428,8 @@
+ "impostazioni sono solitamente nella propria cartella Home e da lì possono "
+ "essere copiati."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2022,7 +2440,8 @@
+ "sarebbe ideale effettuare il backup dell'intera cartella Home con le "
+ "seguenti eccezioni:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2030,18 +2449,21 @@
+ "File di cui si è già eseguito il backup in un altra destinazione, come un "
+ "CD, un DVD o un altro supporto rimovibile."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "File che possono essere creati nuovamente senza difficoltà. Per esempio, "
+ "essendo un programmatore, non è necessario eseguire il backup dei file che "
+ "vengono prodotti quando si compilano i propri programmi, ma piuttosto "
+ "eseguire il backup dei file sorgente originali."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2049,15 +2471,18 @@
+ "Qualsiasi file nel Cestino, il quale può essere trovato in <cmd>~/.local/"
+ "share/Trash</cmd>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Recuperare i file da un backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "Ripristinare un backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2065,17 +2490,19 @@
+ "Nel caso in cui alcuni file siano stati perduti o eliminati, ma ne è "
+ "disponibile una copia in un backup, è possibile ripristinarli da questo:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+ "\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per ripristinare il backup da un dispositivo come un disco esterno, un'unità "
+-"USB o un altro computer in rete, è possibile <link xref=\"files-copy"
+-"\">copiarlo</link> nuovamente sul proprio computer."
++"USB o un altro computer in rete, è possibile <link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">copiarlo</link> nuovamente sul proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2086,7 +2513,8 @@
+ "app>, utilizzare la stessa per ripristinarlo. Per istruzioni specifiche su "
+ "come ripristinare i propri file, consultare la guida dell'applicazione."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2094,11 +2522,13 @@
+ "Un elenco di cartelle dove è possibile trovare documenti, file e "
+ "impostazioni di cui si potrebbe voler eseguire il backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "Dove è possibile trovare i file di cui effettuare il backup?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+@@ -2109,14 +2539,16 @@
+ "vengono elencate le più comuni posizioni dei file importanti e delle "
+ "impostazioni di cui eseguire un backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "File personali (documenti, musica, foto e video)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2126,7 +2558,8 @@
+ "file>) o in sottocartelle come Scrivania, Documenti, Immagini, Musica e "
+ "Video."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+@@ -2138,11 +2571,13 @@
+ "possibile scoprire quanto spazio su disco è occupato dalla cartella Home "
+ "utilizzando <app>Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "File nascosti"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2155,13 +2590,15 @@
+ "premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. È possibile eseguire "
+ "il backup di questi file come per qualsiasi altro file."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Impostazioni personali (preferenze dell'ambiente grafico, temi e "
+ "impostazioni del software)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2170,7 +2607,8 @@
+ "all'interno della cartella Home (consultare sopra per informazioni sui file "
+ "nascosti)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+@@ -2180,17 +2618,19 @@
+ "nelle cartelle nascoste <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>."
+ "gnome2</file> e <file>.local</file> all'interno della cartella home."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni di sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le impostazioni per importanti parti del sistema non sono contenute nella "
+ "cartella Home: esiste un numero di posizioni all'interno delle quali "
+@@ -2200,31 +2640,36 @@
+ "backup dei file dei servizi che si stanno gestendo nel caso in cui si "
+ "utilizzi un server."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eseguire il backup di tutti i dati che non si può sopportare di perdere se "
+ "qualcosa va male."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "Dati di cui eseguire il backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "È utile effettuare il backup dei <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">file più "
+ "importanti</link> e di quelli difficili da ricreare. Di seguito vengono "
+ "riportati alcuni esempi in ordine d'importanza:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "File personali"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+@@ -2234,11 +2679,13 @@
+ "calendario, dati finanziari, foto di famiglia o qualsiasi altro file "
+ "personale che si ritiene insostituibile."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni personali"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2252,11 +2699,13 @@
+ "programma di posta elettronica. Creare di nuovo questi file, malgrado siano "
+ "sostituibili, potrebbe richiedere del tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title) C/shell-terminology.page:62(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni di sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+@@ -2268,11 +2717,13 @@
+ "queste siano state modificate oppure si utilizzi il computer come un server, "
+ "allora è utile eseguirne il backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "Software installato"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+@@ -2280,7 +2731,8 @@
+ "Di norma, dopo un serio problema al computer, è possibile ripristinare Il "
+ "software in uso piuttosto velocemente reinstallandolo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+@@ -2292,22 +2744,27 @@
+ "un backup. Nel caso i file siano facilmente sostituibili, invece, non è "
+ "necessario occupare ulteriore spazio su disco conservandone i backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dove salvare i backup e che tipo di dispositivo di archiviazione usare."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Dove salvare i backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2317,12 +2774,13 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le copie di backup dei propri file dovrebbero essere salvate in qualche "
+ "posto separato dal proprio computer: su un disco esterno, per esempio. In "
+-"questo modo, nel caso il computer si guastasse, il backup rimarrebbe "
+-"intatto. Per prevenire ogni imprevisto, poi, il backup non dovrebbe essere "
++"questo modo, nel caso il computer si guastasse, il backup rimarrebbe intatto."
++" Per prevenire ogni imprevisto, poi, il backup non dovrebbe essere "
+ "conservato nello stesso edificio del proprio computer così da evitare che "
+ "entrambe le copie dei dati vadano perse in caso d'incendio o furto."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2333,35 +2791,43 @@
+ "dispositivo che abbia una capacità di memoria sufficiente per tutti i file "
+ "di cui si è eseguito il backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Opzioni di archiviazione locale e remota"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Chiavetta USB (capacità limitata)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Disco fisso interno (capacità elevata)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Disco fisso esterno (generalmente capacità elevata)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Unità di rete (capacità elevata)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Server di file o backup (capacità elevata)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "CD o DVD scrivibili (capacità limitata o media)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2371,7 +2837,8 @@
+ "\">Amazon S3</link> oppure <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu "
+ "One</link>; la capacità dipende dal prezzo)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2380,20 +2847,24 @@
+ "di eseguire il backup di ogni file del sistema, ovvero di eseguire un "
+ "<em>backup completo di sistema</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Perché, di cosa, dove e come eseguire backup."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Backup"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "Eseguire il backup dei file importanti"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2410,7 +2881,8 @@
+ "file originali, come una chiave USB, un disco fisso esterno, un CD o DVD "
+ "oppure su un servizio remoto."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2418,21 +2890,24 @@
+ "Il miglior modo di eseguire il backup dei propri file è farlo regolarmente, "
+ "mantenendo le copie in un luogo diverso e (possibilmente) cifrate."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connettere</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">inviare file</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+ "off\">accendere e spegnere</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2443,59 +2918,68 @@
+ "Bluetooth è un protocollo per trasmissioni senza fili che consente di "
+ "connettere al computer molti tipi diversi di dispositivo ed è comunemente "
+ "utilizzato per cuffie e dispositivi d'ingresso come mouse e tastiere. È "
+-"inoltre possibile utilizzare Bluetooth per <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file"
+-"\">scambiare file tra dispositivi</link>, come dal computer al telefono "
++"inoltre possibile utilizzare Bluetooth per <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-"
++"file\">scambiare file tra dispositivi</link>, come dal computer al telefono "
+ "cellulare."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi con Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Associare dispositivi Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Connettere il computer a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+ "Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per poter utilizzare un dispositivo Bluetooth come un mouse o delle cuffie, "
+-"è necessario prima connettere il computer al dispositivo, ovvero \"associarli"
+-"\"."
++"è necessario prima connettere il computer al dispositivo, ovvero "
++"\"associarli\"."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Prima di cominciare, assicurarsi che il Bluetooth sia abilitato sul "
+-"computer. Consultare <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++"Prima di cominciare, assicurarsi che il Bluetooth sia abilitato sul computer."
++" Consultare <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2503,7 +2987,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra dei menù e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Configura nuovo dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2511,19 +2996,21 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra superiore e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Imposta un nuovo dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Rendere l'altro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">rilevabile o visibile</link> e posizionarlo entro 10 metri dal computer, "
+-"quindi fare clic su <gui>Continua</gui>. Il computer inizierà la ricerca dei "
+-"dispositivi."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"Rendere l'altro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">rilevabile o visibile</link> e posizionarlo entro 10 metri dal "
++"computer, quindi fare clic su <gui>Continua</gui>. Il computer inizierà la "
++"ricerca dei dispositivi."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+@@ -2532,7 +3019,8 @@
+ "discesa <gui>Tipo di dispositivo</gui> per  visualizzare solo un singolo "
+ "tipo di dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+@@ -2540,7 +3028,8 @@
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Opzioni PIN</gui> per impostare il PIN che sarà recapitato "
+ "all'altro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+@@ -2551,8 +3040,10 @@
+ "dispositivo senza tasti o schermo, come un mouse o un auricolare, potrebbe "
+ "non richiedere un PIN o richiederne uno specifico, per esempio 0000. "
+ "Controllare il manuale del dispositivo per scegliere l'impostazione corretta."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2560,7 +3051,8 @@
+ "Scegliere un'adeguata impostazione del PIN per il proprio dispositivo, "
+ "quindi fare clic su <gui>Chiudi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+@@ -2568,7 +3060,8 @@
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Continua</gui> per procedere. Se non è stato scelto un PIN "
+ "fisso, sarà visualizzato sullo schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+@@ -2579,7 +3072,8 @@
+ "potrebbe invitare a inserirlo. Confermare il codice PIN sul dispositivo, "
+ "quindi fare clic su <gui>Corrisponde</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+@@ -2589,7 +3083,8 @@
+ "secondi circa, altrimenti la connessione non viene effettuata. In questo "
+ "caso, ritornare all'elenco dei dispositivi e ripartire nuovamente."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2597,7 +3092,8 @@
+ "Quando la connessione viene completata con successo, compare un messaggio "
+ "sullo schermo. Fare clic su <gui>Chiudi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2605,7 +3101,15 @@
+ "É possibile <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">rimuovere una "
+ "connessione Bluetooth</link> in un secondo momento."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2613,11 +3117,13 @@
+ "L'adattatore potrebbe essere spento o non avere i driver, oppure il "
+ "Bluetooth potrebbe essere disabilitato o bloccato."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Non è possibile connettere il proprio dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+@@ -2625,11 +3131,13 @@
+ "Vi possono essere molte ragioni per cui non è possibile connettersi a un "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth, come un telefono o delle cuffie."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Connessione bloccata oppure non attendibile"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+@@ -2640,11 +3148,13 @@
+ "la connessione. Assicurarsi che il dispositivo sia impostato per accettare "
+ "connessioni."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "Hardware Bluetooth non riconosciuto"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2658,11 +3168,13 @@
+ "potrebbe non essere possibile avere driver funzionanti per essi. In questo "
+ "caso, probabilmente è necessario dotarsi di un adattatore Bluetooth diverso."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "Adattatore non acceso"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+@@ -2672,7 +3184,8 @@
+ "Bluetooth nella <gui>barra dei menù</gui> e controllare che non sia <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabilitato</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+@@ -2682,11 +3195,13 @@
+ "sull'icona Bluetooth sulla barra superiore e controllare che non sia <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabilitato</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:55(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr "Connessione Bluetooth del dispositivo spenta"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+@@ -2696,11 +3211,13 @@
+ "Bluetooth sia acceso. Per esempio, nel caso si stia tentando di connettersi "
+ "a un telefono, assicurasi che esso non sia in modalità aereo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:60(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "Nessun adattatore Bluetooth presente nel computer"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2708,15 +3225,18 @@
+ "Molti computer non hanno un adattatore Bluetooth. È possibile acquistarne "
+ "uno per utilizzare il Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Rimuovere un elemento dall'elenco dei dispositivi Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+ msgstr "Rimuovere la connessione tra dispositivi Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+@@ -2728,7 +3248,8 @@
+ "più utilizzare un dispositivo come un mouse o delle cuffie, oppure si "
+ "desideri trasferire file verso o da un dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2736,8 +3257,9 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella <gui>barra dei menù</gui> e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Impostazioni Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2745,7 +3267,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra superiore e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Impostazioni Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+@@ -2753,11 +3276,13 @@
+ "Selezionare il dispositivo da disconnettere nel pannello di sinistra, quindi "
+ "fare clic sull'icona <gui>-</gui> al di sotto della lista."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Rimuovi</gui> nella finestra di conferma."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2765,15 +3290,18 @@
+ "È possibile <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">riconnettere un "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth</link> in qualunque momento."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr "Condividere file con dispositivi Bluetooth come il proprio telefono."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Inviare un file a un dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2788,34 +3316,22 @@
+ "utilizzando l'icona Bluetooth nella barra dei menù, dalla finestra di "
+ "impostazioni Bluetooth o direttamente dal gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+-"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+-"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
+-"or directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile inviare file ai dispositivi Bluetooth connessi, per esempio "
+-"alcuni telefoni cellulari oppure altri computer. Alcuni tipi di dispositivo "
+-"non consentono il trasferimento di file o di alcuni tipi di file. È "
+-"possibile eseguire tale operazione in tre modi: utilizzando l'icona "
+-"Bluetooth nella barra superiore, dalla finestra di impostazioni Bluetooth o "
+-"direttamente dal file manager."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/"
+-">."
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per inviare file direttamente dal gestore di file, consultare <link xref="
+-"\"files-share\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Inviare file utilizzando l'icona Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2823,7 +3339,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra dei menù e selezionare <gui>Invia "
+ "file al dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2831,12 +3348,16 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra superiore e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Invia file al dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Scegliere il file che si vuole inviare e fare clic su <gui>Seleziona</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -2844,7 +3365,8 @@
+ "Per inviare più file in una cartella, tenere premuto <key>Ctrl</key> per "
+ "selezionare ciascun file."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2852,23 +3374,26 @@
+ "Selezionare dall'elenco il dispositivo a cui inviare i file e fare clic su "
+ "<gui>Invia</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+ "confirmation on the other device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"L'elenco dei dispositivi mostra sia i <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">dispositivi a cui si è già connessi</link> sia i <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+-"visibility\">dispositivi visibili</link> nel raggio d'azione. Nel caso in "
+-"cui non si sia ancora connessi al dispositivo selezionato, si verrà invitati "
+-"ad associare il dispositivo dopo aver fatto clic su <gui>Invia</gui>. Questa "
+-"operazione richiederà probabilmente conferma sull'altro dispositivo."
++"L'elenco dei dispositivi mostra sia i <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">dispositivi a cui si è già connessi</link> sia i <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">dispositivi visibili</link> nel raggio d'azione. "
++"Nel caso in cui non si sia ancora connessi al dispositivo selezionato, si "
++"verrà invitati ad associare il dispositivo dopo aver fatto clic su "
++"<gui>Invia</gui>. Questa operazione richiederà probabilmente conferma "
++"sull'altro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+@@ -2877,7 +3402,9 @@
+ "specifici tipi di dispositivo utilizzando il menù a discesa <gui>Tipo di "
+ "dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+@@ -2887,11 +3414,13 @@
+ "accettare il file. Una volta accettato o rifiutato, il risultato del "
+ "trasferimento del file sarà mostrato sullo schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Inviare file dalle impostazioni Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2899,7 +3428,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra dei menù e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Impostazioni Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+@@ -2909,36 +3439,42 @@
+ "Esso mostrerà solo i dispositivi ai quali si è già connessi. Consultare "
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nelle informazioni del dispositivo sulla destra, fare clic su <gui>Invia "
+ "file</gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr "non serve"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr "Attivare o disattivare il Bluetooth sul proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "Accendere o spegnere il Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "L'icona Bluetooth sulla barra superiore"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -2949,7 +3485,8 @@
+ "accenderlo, fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth nella barra dei menù e quindi "
+ "selezionare su <gui>Accendi Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -2960,7 +3497,8 @@
+ "accendere il Bluetooth, fare clic sull'icona nella barra e mettere "
+ "l'interruttore <gui>Bluetooth</gui> su ON."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -2974,7 +3512,8 @@
+ "nella barra dei menù. Cercare quindi l'interruttore oppure utilizzare una "
+ "combinazione da tastiera, in cui spesso viene usato il tasto <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -2989,7 +3528,8 @@
+ "un tasto sulla tastiera. In questo ultimo caso potrebbe essere necessario "
+ "usarlo in combinazione con il tasto <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -2997,7 +3537,8 @@
+ "Per spegnere il Bluetooth, fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth e quindi "
+ "selezionare <gui>Spegni Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+@@ -3005,7 +3546,8 @@
+ "Per spegnere il Bluetooth, fare clic sull'icona Bluetooth e mettere "
+ "l'interruttore <gui>Bluetooth</gui> su OFF."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+@@ -3015,15 +3557,18 @@
+ "al computer in uso da un altro dispositivo. Per maggiori informazioni, "
+ "consultare <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr "Se il proprio computer può essere trovato o no da altri dispositivi."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "Che cos'è la visibilità Bluetooth?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+@@ -3036,7 +3581,8 @@
+ "da tutti gli altri dispositivi nel raggio d'azione, consentendo a essi di "
+ "tentare la connessione."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+@@ -3045,7 +3591,8 @@
+ "cercare altri dispositivi, ma è necessario che essi siano visibili al "
+ "computer per poter essere trovati."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+@@ -3055,7 +3602,8 @@
+ "dispositivo</link>, non è necessario che esso o il computer siano visibili "
+ "per comunicare l'un l'altro."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+@@ -3063,79 +3611,100 @@
+ "A meno che sia necessario connettersi al proprio computer da un altro "
+ "dispositivo, lasciare disattiva la visibilità."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Perché è importante</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">profili colore</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">come calibrare un dispositivo</link>..."
++"\"color#profiles\">profili colore</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">come calibrare un dispositivo</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Gestione del colore"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Profili del colore"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Calibrazione"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(media) C/shell-introduction.page:101(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+-msgstr "non serve"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr "Mostrare gli appuntamenti nel calendario in alto nello schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "Appuntamenti in calendario"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr "Questa funzione richiede che sia installato <app>Evolution</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3144,15 +3713,18 @@
+ "predefinito. Nel caso non fosse così, potrebbe essere necessario installarlo "
+ "usando il gestore di pacchetti fornito."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "Per visualizzare i propri appuntamenti:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Fare clic sull'orologio nella barra superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3160,7 +3732,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sulla data per la quale si vogliono visualizzare gli appuntamenti "
+ "nel <gui>Calendario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3169,11 +3742,16 @@
+ "appuntamenti aggiunti in <app>Evolution</app> appariranno nell'elenco "
+ "appuntamenti dell'orologio."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:102(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "Orologio, calendario e appuntamenti"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3181,7 +3759,8 @@
+ "Per accedere rapidamente al calendario completo di <app>Evolution</app>, "
+ "fare clic sull'orologio, quindi fare clic su <gui>Apri calendario</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+@@ -3189,8 +3768,10 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Questo funzionerà solo se è già stato creato un account <app>Evolution</"
+ "app>, altrimenti apparirà una finestra con i passi necessari per aggiungerlo."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3198,11 +3779,13 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'orologio nella barra superiore e accedere a <gui>Impostazioni "
+ "data e ora</gui> per cambiare la data o l'ora."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+ msgstr "Cambiare la data e l'ora"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3210,7 +3793,8 @@
+ "Se la data e l'ora mostrate nella barra superiore non sono corrette oppure "
+ "se sono nel formato sbagliato, è possibile cambiarle:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3218,7 +3802,9 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'orologio al centro della barra superiore e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Impostazioni data e ora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:29(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+@@ -3226,16 +3812,15 @@
+ "Potrebbe essere necessario fare clic su <gui>Sblocca</gui> e digitare la "
+ "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">password di amministrazione</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, "
+-"hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Regolare la data e l'ora facendo clic sulle frecce per scegliere l'anno, il "
+-"giorno il mese e il minuto. È possibile scegliere il mese da un elenco a "
+-"comparsa."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+@@ -3243,7 +3828,8 @@
+ "Se si desidera, è possibile fare in modo che l'orologio venga aggiornato "
+ "automaticamente attivando <gui>Ora da rete</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+@@ -3255,31 +3841,35 @@
+ "internet. In questo modo non è necessario regolarlo manualmente, ma funziona "
+ "solo se si è connessi a internet."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour "
+-"format on or off."
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È anche possibile cambiare il modo in cui viene mostrata l'ora attivando o "
+-"disattivando il formato 24 ore."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr "Aggiungere fusi orari per visualizzare l'ora in altre città."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "Cambiare il fuso orario"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+-msgstr "Fare clic sull'orologio collocato al centro della barra superiore."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selezionare <gui>Impostazioni data e ora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3287,7 +3877,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sulla propria località sulla mappa, quindi selezionare la città "
+ "attuale dall'elenco a comparsa."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3300,7 +3891,8 @@
+ "gui>. È anche possibile <link xref=\"clock-set\">impostare manualmente "
+ "l'orologio</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+@@ -3310,48 +3902,45 @@
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Data &amp; ora"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+-"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
+-"option to change this."
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cercare in <guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui><gui>Colore</gui></"
+-"guiseq> l'opzione per modificare quest'ultimo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr "Come assegnare profili ai dispositivi?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
+-"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aprire <guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui><gui>Colore</gui></guiseq> "
+-"e fare clic sul dispositivo a cui aggiungere un profilo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3359,7 +3948,8 @@
+ "Facendo clic su <gui>Aggiungi profilo</gui>, è possibile selezionare un "
+ "profilo esistente o importare un nuovo file."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3373,13 +3963,15 @@
+ "Un esempio di tale selezione automatica è la creazione di un profilo per la "
+ "carta patinata e uno per quella bianca."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile creare un profilo predefinito modificandolo con il pulsante "
+ "radio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+@@ -3387,16 +3979,19 @@
+ "Se la periferica di calibrazione è collegata, il tasto <gui>Calibra...</gui> "
+ "creerà un nuovo profilo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrare la propria fotocamera è importante per catturare colori fedeli."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "Come calibrare la fotocamera?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3407,7 +4002,8 @@
+ "Convertendo il file RAW in un file TIFF, è possibile calibrare la fotocamera "
+ "nel pannello di controllo del colore."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3418,7 +4014,8 @@
+ "calibrazione non funzionerà se l'immagine è capovolta o se presenta una "
+ "grande distorsione."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:35(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3430,28 +4027,34 @@
+ "necessario creare più profili per condizioni di illuminazione da <em>studio</"
+ "em>, da <em>luce solare intensa</em> e da <em>nuvoloso</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrare la propria stampante è importante per stampare colori fedeli."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "Come calibrare la stampante?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Esistono due modi per creare un profilo di una stampante:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "Utilizzare un fotospettrometro come il Pantone ColorMunki"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr "Scaricare una guida alla stampa da una società di colori"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3466,7 +4069,8 @@
+ "imbottito. Essi provvederanno a scansionare la pagina, generare il profilo e "
+ "rispedirti via email un profilo ICC accurato."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3475,32 +4079,35 @@
+ "solo nel caso in cui si debbano creare profili per un gran numero di  "
+ "inchiostri o di tipi di carta."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nel caso in cui si cambi il proprio fornitore di inchiostro, assicurarsi di "
+ "ricalibrare la stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+-msgstr "Calibrare il proprio scanner è importante per catturare colori fedeli."
++msgstr ""
++"Calibrare il proprio scanner è importante per catturare colori fedeli."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "Come calibrare lo scanner?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+-"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Eseguire una scansione su file dell'immagine campione (target) e salvalo "
+-"come file TIFF non compresso. Quindi fare clic su <gui>Calibra...</gui> da "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui><gui>Colore</gui></guiseq> per "
+-"creare un profilo per il dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3508,16 +4115,19 @@
+ "Gli scanner sono dispositivi incredibilmente stabili nel tempo  e a "
+ "qualunque temperatura e solitamente non necessitano di essere ricalibrati."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrare il proprio schermo è importante per visualizzare colori fedeli."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "Come calibrare lo schermo?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+@@ -3526,22 +4136,18 @@
+ "fondamentale nel caso in cui si sia coinvolti nella progettazione "
+ "computerizzata o nella produzione artistica."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+-"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
+-"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
+-"settings to adjust."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Utilizzando un dispositivo chiamato colorimetro è possibile misurare "
+-"accuratamente i diversi colori che il proprio schermo è in grado di "
+-"visualizzare. Eseguendo <guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di sistema</"
+-"gui><gui>Colore</gui></guiseq> è possibile creare facilmente un profilo e "
+-"l'assistente mostrerà come collegare il colorimetro e quali impostazioni "
+-"regolare."
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3554,22 +4160,26 @@
+ "ricalibrare lo schermo quando l'icona [!] appare nel pannello di controllo "
+ "del colore."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Anche gli schermi a led cambiano nel tempo, ma a un ritmo molto più lento "
+ "rispetto ai TFT."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La calibrazione e la caratterizzazione sono cose completamente diverse."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "Qual è la differenza tra calibrazione e caratterizzazione?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3580,15 +4190,18 @@
+ "del comportamento del colore di un dispositivo che viene generalmente "
+ "eseguito utilizzando due meccanismi:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "Cambiando i controlli o le impostazioni interne del dispositivo"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "Applicando delle curve ai suoi canali del colore"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3603,7 +4216,8 @@
+ "registrano le impostazioni del dispositivo o le curve di calibrazione per "
+ "ogni canale."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3622,7 +4236,8 @@
+ "Solo conoscendo le caratteristiche di due dispositivi è possibile "
+ "raggiungere un modo per trasferire il colore da un dispositivo all'altro."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3631,7 +4246,8 @@
+ "solo se esso è nello stesso stato di calibrazione in cui era quando è stato "
+ "caratterizzato."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3648,16 +4264,20 @@
+ "basati su ICC ne è consapevole o ne fa qualcosa. Similmente, i tipici "
+ "strumenti e applicazioni di calibrazione dei monitor non saranno consapevoli "
+ "o faranno qualcosa con le informazioni della caratterizzazione (profilo) ICC."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr "Sono supportati un gran numero di dispositivi di calibrazione."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "Quali strumenti di misurazione del colore sono supportati?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3665,51 +4285,63 @@
+ "Affidandosi al progetto Argyll per gli strumenti del colore, i seguenti "
+ "apparecchi di misurazione sono supportati:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spettometro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spettometro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 o LT (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design o Photo (spettrometro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 e 3 (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3717,7 +4349,8 @@
+ "Il Pantone Huey è attualmente la più economica e la meglio supportata "
+ "periferica su Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+@@ -3727,75 +4360,93 @@
+ "grado di leggere punti e strisce per aiutare a calibrare e caratterizzare la "
+ "propria stampante:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (spettrometro riflettente di tipo \"swipe\")"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spettrometro riflettente di tipo puntuale)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+-msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (spettrometro riflettente per lettura di punti e strisce)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41 (spettrometro riflettente per lettura di punti e strisce)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "X-Rite DTP41T (spettrometro riflettente per lettura di punti e strisce)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (spettrometro riflettente per lettura di punti)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le immagini campione di calibrazione sono necessarie per eseguire il "
+ "profiling di scanner e fotocamere."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "Che tipi di immagini campione sono supportati?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "I seguenti tipi di immagini campione sono supportati:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3803,7 +4454,8 @@
+ "È possibile acquistare immagini campione da noti rivenditori come KODAK, X-"
+ "Rite e LaserSoft in vari negozi online."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3812,18 +4464,21 @@
+ "\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> a un prezzo molto "
+ "vantaggioso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Condividere i profili del colore non è mai una buona idea in quanto "
+ "l'hardware cambia nel tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "È possibile condividere il profilo del colore?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -3837,7 +4492,8 @@
+ "quello di un monitor simile con il numero seriale successivo che è stato "
+ "acceso per mille ore."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -3848,7 +4504,8 @@
+ "calibrazione, ma nel migliore dei casi è fuorviante dire che il loro monitor "
+ "sia calibrato."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -3861,7 +4518,8 @@
+ "di immagini, risulta inutile condividere un profilo creato nelle proprie "
+ "condizioni d'illuminazione specifiche."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -3869,17 +4527,20 @@
+ "Prestare molta attenzione alla condizioni d'uso dei profili scaricati dai "
+ "siti web o creati appositamente per voi."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "I profili di colore possono essere recuperati dal costruttore e possono "
+ "essere generati automaticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Dove trovare i profili di colore?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -3887,7 +4548,8 @@
+ "Il modo migliore per avere dei profili è di crearseli da soli, sebbene "
+ "questo richieda un maggiore sforzo iniziale."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -3897,7 +4559,8 @@
+ "contenuti in <em>pacchetti driver</em> che potrebbe essere necessario "
+ "scaricare, estrarre e infine cercare i profili del colore all'interno."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -3909,24 +4572,29 @@
+ "creazione risale a più di un anno prima della data di acquisto del "
+ "dispositivo è probabile i dati contenuti non sia più utilizzabili."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Consultare <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> per informazioni riguardanti "
+ "il motivo per cui i profili forniti dai venditori sono spesso inutilizzabili."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile importare un profilo del colore semplicemente aprendone uno."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Come importare profili del colore"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+@@ -3934,29 +4602,30 @@
+ "È possibile importare senza difficoltà il profilo facendo doppio clic sul "
+ "file <input>.ICC</input> o <input>.ICM</input> nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+ "profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In alternativa, è possibile selezionare <gui>Importa profilo</gui> da "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui><gui>Colore</gui></guiseq> quando "
+-"si seleziona un profilo per un dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La correzione del colore a schermo intero modifica tutti i colori dello "
+ "schermo su tutte le finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mancano delle informazioni per la correzione del colore a schermo intero?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -3969,7 +4638,8 @@
+ "grado di eseguire la compensazione del colore, ma, in questo modo, non tutti "
+ "i colori dello schermo verranno modificati."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -3979,61 +4649,79 @@
+ "che di caratterizzazione, è necessario utilizzare uno speciale strumento di "
+ "misurazione del colore chiamato colorimetro o spettrometro."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+ "calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
+-"notifications will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:41(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[mario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[mario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[mario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[mario@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4042,50 +4730,59 @@
+ "contain much other information for color correction."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4094,19 +4791,22 @@
+ "management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+@@ -4114,11 +4814,13 @@
+ "Un dispositivo virtuale è un dispositivo, di cui si gestisce il colore, che "
+ "non è collegato al computer."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr "Che cos'è un dispositivo virtuale di cui si gestisce il colore?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+@@ -4126,32 +4828,31 @@
+ "Un dispositivo virtuale è un dispositivo, di cui si gestisce il colore, che "
+ "non è collegato al computer. Alcuni esempi sono:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un negozio di stampe online dove le fotografie sono caricate, stampate e "
+ "inviate"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr "Foto da una fotocamera digitale conservate su una scheda di memoria"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+-"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> <gui>Color</"
+-"gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles"
+-"\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref="
+-"\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per creare un profilo virtuale per una fotocamera digitale è sufficiente "
+-"trascinare una delle immagini sulla finestra <guiseq><gui>Impostazioni di "
+-"sistema</gui> <gui>Colore</gui></guiseq>. È possibile quindi <link xref="
+-"\"color-assignprofiles\">assegnargli profili</link> come a qualsiasi altro "
+-"dispositivo o persino <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrarlo</"
+-"link>."
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+@@ -4159,11 +4860,13 @@
+ "Un profilo del colore è un semplice file che esprime uno spazio di colore o "
+ "una risposta di dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è un profilo di colore?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+@@ -4171,7 +4874,8 @@
+ "Un profilo del colore è un insieme di dati che caratterizza o un dispositivo "
+ "come un proiettore o uno spazio di colore come sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4180,7 +4884,8 @@
+ "che è un piccolo file con un'estensione file <input>.ICC</input> o <input>."
+ "ICM</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+@@ -4189,7 +4894,8 @@
+ "specificare la gamma cromatica dei dati così da assicurare che gli utenti "
+ "vedano gli stessi colori su dispositivi diversi."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+@@ -4201,25 +4907,30 @@
+ "di gestione del colore end-to-end</em> e con questo i colori non verranno di "
+ "certo persi o modificati."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Uno spazio di colore è una gamma di colori determinata."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è lo spazio di colore?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4227,7 +4938,8 @@
+ "Uno spazio di colore è una gamma di colori determinata. Spazi di colore noti "
+ "includono  sRGB, AdobeRGB e ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4245,7 +4957,8 @@
+ "rappresentati usando tre valori, i quali limitano alla codifica un "
+ "<em>triangolo</em> di colori."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4254,11 +4967,13 @@
+ "<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB e ProPhotoRGB rappresentati da triangoli bianchi"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4273,7 +4988,8 @@
+ "è un <em>minimo comune denominatore</em> standard ed è usato in un gran "
+ "numero di applicazioni (compresa Internet)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4285,29 +5001,25 @@
+ "di una fotografia senza preoccuparsi troppo del clipping sui colori più "
+ "brillanti o che i neri vengano offuscati."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+ "human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+ msgstr ""
+-"ProPhoto è lo spazio colore più grande ed è spesso usato per documenti "
+-"d'archivio. Può codificare quasi l'intera gamma di colori rilevabili "
+-"dall'occhio umano e addirittura quelli non rilevabili dall'occhio umano."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+ "levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
+ "steps between each value."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ora, se ProPhoto è chiaramente migliore, perché non utilizzarlo per tutto? "
+-"La risposta ha a che fare con la <em>quantizzazione</em>. Se si hanno solo 8 "
+-"bit (256 livelli) per codificare ogni canale, allora una gamma più ampia "
+-"avrà distanze maggiori tra i valori."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+@@ -4320,14 +5032,16 @@
+ "importanti, anche piccoli errori saranno percepiti da occhi meno allenati "
+ "come qualcosa di sbagliato nella fotografia."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+ "Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4337,29 +5051,33 @@
+ "a un altro, in cui lo spazio di colore può essere ben definito come sRGB, "
+ "uno spazio di colore personalizzato come il proprio monitor o stampante."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Effettuare la calibrazione è importante se si dà molta importanza ai colori "
+ "visualizzati o stampati."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "Perché è necessario eseguire personalmente la calibrazione?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4369,11 +5087,13 @@
+ "crea un nuovo modello, prende solo pochi elementi dalla linea di produzione "
+ "e li assembla insieme."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Profili medi"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4386,7 +5106,8 @@
+ "rendere il profilo inaccurato semplicemente cambiando il tipo o il peso "
+ "della carta."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4396,48 +5117,56 @@
+ "effettuare la calibrazione da sé o lasciare che una compagnia esterna "
+ "fornisca un profilo basato sul proprio esatto stato di caratterizzazione."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+-msgstr "La gestione del colore è importante per designer, fotografi e artisti."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++"La gestione del colore è importante per designer, fotografi e artisti."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "Perché la gestione del colore è importante?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4448,7 +5177,8 @@
+ "schermo e la stampa dello stesso mantenendo sempre inalterate le "
+ "caratteristiche del colore in tutti i dispositivi."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4457,12 +5187,14 @@
+ "illustrata attraverso l'uso di una fotografia, in questo caso di un uccello "
+ "in una giornata invernale."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un uccello su un muro ghiacciato come visto dal mirino della fotocamera"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+@@ -4470,13 +5202,15 @@
+ "In genere, i monitor saturano eccessivamente il canale blu facendo sembrare "
+ "fredde le immagini."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Questo è quello che un utente vede sullo schermo di un tipico computer "
+ "portatile da lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4484,13 +5218,15 @@
+ "Notare come il bianco non sia \"bianco carta\" e il nero dell'occhio sia ora "
+ "un marrone smorto."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Questo è ciò che un utente vede stampando con una tipica stampante a getto "
+ "d'inchiostro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4501,7 +5237,8 @@
+ "di un blu elettrico, la maggior parte delle stampanti non è in grado di "
+ "riprodurlo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+@@ -4514,7 +5251,8 @@
+ "<em>bianco</em> così che la massima bianchezza ottenibile è quella del "
+ "colore della carta."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4531,7 +5269,8 @@
+ "senza conoscere l'unità non è possibile sapere se siano 7 chilometri o 7 "
+ "metri."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:75(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4546,7 +5285,8 @@
+ "tramonto, ma un proiettore invece ha una gamma cromatica molto piccola, "
+ "rendendo tutti i colori \"slavati\"."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+@@ -4558,7 +5298,8 @@
+ "possibile (non si può stampare il blu elettrico) è necessario mostrare "
+ "all'utente come sarà il risultato."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:90(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4573,316 +5314,452 @@
+ "logo Red Hat su una tazza personalizzata, esso <em>deve</em> essere del "
+ "rosso Red Hat esatto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p) C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Altro</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
+-"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Altro</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "Per rimuovere un contatto:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui> ."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to confirm."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi...</gui> per continuare"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Accedere ai propri contatti."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Contatti"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+-"contacts, locally or in your <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr "Connettere un account online"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare l'oggetto che si vuole collocare nel cestino facendo un singolo "
+-"clic su di esso."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
+-"change."
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
+-"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
+-"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
+-"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
+-"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Selezionare l'oggetto che si vuole eliminare."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-"Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare l'oggetto che si vuole collocare nel cestino facendo un singolo "
+-"clic su di esso."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Collega</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
+-"the steps for unlinking contacts."
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Unlink contacts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Selezionare l'oggetto che si vuole eliminare."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:75(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Collega</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr "Cercare un contatto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+ msgstr "Cercare un contatto"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Nella panoramica <gui>Attività</gui> digitare il nome del contatto."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Premere <key>Invio</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
+-msgstr "Premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:52(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-msgstr "<key>Esc</key> serve per uscire dalla ricerca e dalla panoramica."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+ "and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr "Verificare lo spazio libero sul disco"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -4891,11 +5768,13 @@
+ "<app>Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco</app> oppure con <app>Monitor di "
+ "sistema</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr "Verificare con «Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco»"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+@@ -4903,14 +5782,16 @@
+ "Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando "
+ "<app>Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+-"The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and "
+-"<gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
+@@ -4920,18 +5801,21 @@
+ "<gui>Scansione della home</gui>, la <gui>Scansione di una cartella</gui> "
+ "oppure la <gui>Scansione di una cartella remota</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+-"href=\"ghelp:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr "Verificare usando «Monitor di sistema»"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -4939,13 +5823,15 @@
+ "Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando <app>Monitor "
+ "di sistema</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+@@ -4953,23 +5839,28 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selezionare la scheda <gui>File system</gui> per visualizzare le parizioni "
+ "del sistema e l'utilizzo dello spazio del disco. Le informazioni mostrano lo "
+-"spazio <gui>Totale</gui>, <gui>Libero</gui>, <gui>Disponibile</gui> e <gui>Usato</gui>."
++"spazio <gui>Totale</gui>, <gui>Libero</gui>, <gui>Disponibile</gui> e "
++"<gui>Usato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr "Cosa fare se il disco è pieno?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Se il disco è pieno è possibile:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eliminare i file poco importanti oppure quelli che non verranno più "
+ "utilizzati."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -4977,21 +5868,25 @@
+ "Effettuare <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> dei file importanti di "
+ "cui non si avrà necessità nell'immediato futuro ed eliminarli dal disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Verificare la presenza di problemi sul disco fisso per assicurarsi che sia "
+ "in buono stato."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr "Controllare la presenza di problemi sul disco fisso"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Controllare il disco fisso"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5004,25 +5899,28 @@
+ "potenziali problemi. SMART, inoltre, avvisa l'utente se il disco si sta per "
+ "rompere, aiutando a prevenire la perdita di dati importanti."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+-"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sebbene SMART funzioni automaticamente, è possibile controllare lo stato di "
+-"salute del disco usando l'applicazione <app>Gestore dischi</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
+-msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
+-msgstr "Verificare la salute del disco usando l'applicazione «Gestore dischi»"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+@@ -5031,12 +5929,14 @@
+ "archiviazione</gui>. Le informazioni e lo stato del disco saranno mostrati "
+ "sotto <gui>Unità</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<gui>Stato SMART</gui> dovrebbe visualizzare \"Il disco è in buono stato\"."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+@@ -5044,29 +5944,33 @@
+ "Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>Dati SMART</gui> per visualizzare maggiori "
+ "informazioni sul disco o per avviare un test automatico."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "Cosa fare se il disco non è in buono stato?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Anche se <gui>Stato SMART</gui> indica che il disco <em>non è</em> in buono "
+ "stato, potrebbe non esserci alcun motivo per preoccuparsi. È comunque "
+ "consigliato avere una copia di <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> dei "
+ "propri dati per prevenirne la perdita."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se lo stato mostra \"Pre-fail\", il disco è tuttora in buono stato, ma sono "
+ "stati rilevati segni di usura che potrebbero portare a errori futuri. Se il "
+@@ -5075,7 +5979,8 @@
+ "dei dati importanti regolarmente</link> e verificare periodicamente se lo "
+ "stato del disco peggiora."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5084,18 +5989,21 @@
+ "fisso/computer da un professionista per ulteriori diagnosi o per la "
+ "riparazione."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Eliminare file e cartelle formattando un disco esterno oppure un'unità USB."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Eliminare tutto da un'unità rimovibile"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+@@ -5107,18 +6015,21 @@
+ "esterno. È possibile fare ciò <em>formattando</em> il disco: verranno "
+ "eliminati tutti i file sul disco e risulterà quindi vuoto."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Formattare un'unità rimovibile"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selezionare il disco da formattare dall'elenco <gui>Dispositivi di "
+ "archiviazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+@@ -5126,7 +6037,8 @@
+ "Assicurarsi di avere selezionato il disco giusto. Se è stato scelto quello "
+ "sbagliato, tutti i file presenti saranno persi per sempre."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+@@ -5134,14 +6046,17 @@
+ "Nella sezione Volumi, fare clic su <gui>Smonta volume</gui>, quindi su "
+ "<gui>Formatta volume</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nella finestra che si è aperta, selezionare un <gui>Tipo</gui> di file "
+ "system per il disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5153,14 +6068,16 @@
+ "gui> dovrebbe essere la scelta migliore. Verrà mostrata una breve "
+ "descrizione del <gui>tipo di file system</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assegnare un nome al disco, quindi fare clic su <gui>Formatta</gui> per "
+ "avviare la cancellazione del disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+@@ -5168,11 +6085,13 @@
+ "Una volta terminata la formattazione, <gui>rimuovere in sicurezza</gui> il "
+ "disco: ora dovrebbe essere vuoto e pronto per essere usato nuovamente."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr "Formattare un disco non elimina in modo sicuro i file"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5185,7 +6104,8 @@
+ "ripristinarli con software speciali. Se è necessario eliminare in modo "
+ "sicuro i file, usare uno strumento a riga di comando come <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+@@ -5193,11 +6113,13 @@
+ "Comprendere cosa sono i volumi e le partizioni e usare il gestore di dischi "
+ "per gestirli."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr "Gestire volumi e partizioni"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5216,7 +6138,8 @@
+ "e altri. Se un volume è montato, è possibile leggere, e probabilmente "
+ "scrivere, file da esso."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5231,11 +6154,13 @@
+ "partizione, può essere intesa come un volume poiché è possibile accedere ai "
+ "file."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr "Visualizzare e gestire volumi e partizioni usando il gestore dischi."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+@@ -5243,22 +6168,26 @@
+ "È possibile controllare e modificare i volumi del computer usando il gestore "
+ "dei dischi."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk Utility</"
+-"app>."
+-msgstr "Aprire <gui>Attività</gui> e lanciare <app>Gestore dischi</app>."
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nell'elenco <gui>Dispositivi di archiviazione</gui> verranno visualizzati "
+ "dischi fissi, unità CD/DVD e altri dispositivi fisici. Fare clic su un "
+ "dispositivo per vederne i dettagli."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+@@ -5268,7 +6197,8 @@
+ "volumi e delle partizioni presenti nel disco selezionato e mette a "
+ "disposizione una varietà di strumenti per gestirli."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5276,7 +6206,8 @@
+ "Attenzione: usando questi strumenti è possibile eliminare completamente "
+ "tutti i dati sul disco."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -5292,7 +6223,8 @@
+ "impostazioni e i file personali. Questi file posso essere inoltre "
+ "distribuiti, per sicurezza oppure convenienza, su più partizioni."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -5307,121 +6239,63 @@
+ "Anche le periferiche esterne come unità USB e CD possono contenere un volume "
+ "avviabile."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check"
+-"\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Capacità disco</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check"
+-"\">problemi</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumi e partizioni</"
+-"link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+ msgstr "Dischi e archiviazione"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-"readable in bright light."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Oscurare lo schermo per risparmiare energia o aumentare la luminosità per "
+-"migliorare la leggibilità con luce intensa."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:34(page/title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr "Impostare la luminosità dello schermo"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
+-"not in use."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La luminosità dello schermo può essere modificata per risparmiare energia o "
+-"per rendere lo schermo più leggibile con luce intensa. È possibile anche "
+-"impostare la diminuzione automatica della luminosità, quando l'alimentazione "
+-"è a batteria, e lo spegnimento automatico dello schermo se inattivo."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:42(steps/title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
+-msgstr "Impostare la luminosità"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p) C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Aprire <gui>Luminosità e blocco</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Regolare il controllo scorrevole <gui>Luminosità</gui> su un valore "
+-"soddisfacente."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
+-"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
+-"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Le tastiere di molti computer portatili sono dotate di tasti speciali per "
+-"regolare la luminosità che riportano un disegno simile a un sole e sono "
+-"solitamente posizionati sui tasti funzione, nella parte superiore della "
+-"tastiera. Premere il tasto <key>Fn</key> per utilizzare questi tasti."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-"automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of your "
+-"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
+-"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-"while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your computer. "
+-"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
+-"off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-msgstr ""
+-
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Collegare un monitor esterno al computer portatile"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+@@ -5429,16 +6303,19 @@
+ "Fare clic sull'immagine del monitor da attivare o disattivare, quindi "
+ "selezionare <gui>On/Off</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+ "set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:45(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5446,9 +6323,11 @@
+ "Per cambiare la posizione di un monitor, fare clic sulla sua icona e "
+ "trascinarla nella posizione voluta."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:51(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5456,9 +6335,11 @@
+ "Per attivare la stessa immagine su entrambi i monitor, selezionare "
+ "<gui>Duplicare i monitor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:57(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5466,9 +6347,11 @@
+ "Quando le impostazioni sono corrette, fare clic prima su <gui>Applica</gui> "
+ "e quindi su <gui>Mantieni questa configurazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5476,11 +6359,13 @@
+ "Per chiudere le impostazioni di <gui>Monitor</gui> fare clic sulla <gui>X</"
+ "gui> nell'angolo superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Impostare un monitor esterno"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5490,216 +6375,277 @@
+ "computer. Se non viene riconosciuto immediatamente dal sistema o per "
+ "regolare le impostazioni:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-"<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "Aprire <gui>Monitor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+ "drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Collegare un monitor aggiuntivo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+ "the settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-"computer."
+-msgstr "Impedire ad altre persone di usare il computer in caso di assenza."
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr "Bloccare automaticamente lo schermo"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
+-"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
+-"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
+-"have the screen lock automatically."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando ci si allontana dal computer, bisognerebbe <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"exit#lock-screen\">bloccare lo schermo</link> per impedire ad altre persone "
+-"l'uso del computer e l'accesso ai dati contenuti. La sessione attiva verrà "
+-"mantenuta e tutte le applicazioni continueranno a funzionare, ma occorrerà "
+-"immettere la password per usare nuovamente il computer. Lo schermo può "
+-"essere bloccato manualmente o automaticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
+-"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
+-"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
+-"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Assicurarsi che il controllo <gui>Blocco</gui> sia attivato, quindi "
+-"selezionare un intervallo di tempo dall'elenco a discesa sottostante: lo "
+-"schermo verrà bloccato trascorso questo lasso di tempo. È possibile anche "
+-"selezionare <gui>Arresto dello schermo</gui> per bloccare lo schermo dopo lo "
+-"spegnimento automatico, attivato dall'elenco a discesa soprastante "
+-"<gui>Spegnere lo schermo dopo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:20(info/desc)
+-msgid "Email documents grouped in a collection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Send a document collection to someone"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can share your documents or <link xref=\"documents-collections"
+-"\">collections</link> by email, if you have previously <link xref=\"accounts-"
+-"add\">added an online account</link>. To send documents to your family or "
+-"friends from <app>Documents</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button located in the right side."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the document(s) or collection(s) you want to share."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collection-send.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Three arrows</gui> icon from the bottom menu bar."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
+-msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Make collections of documents"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+-"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+-"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
+-"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your flight itinerary (a "
+-"PDF file), your spreadsheet of the budget and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
+-"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Collections do not behave the same as folders and their hierarchy: <em>you "
+-"cannot put collections inside collections.</em>"
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(page/p)
+-msgid "To search your collections:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:50(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or "
+-#| "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>S</key></keyseq>, and type the name of the collection."
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premendo <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the magnifying glass icon and select the filters related to the "
+-"collection you are looking for. You can add a word to be more specific in "
+-"the searching."
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Date Modified"
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Data di modifica"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>Masterizza</gui> per iniziare la masterizzazione."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Usare un modello per creare un documento"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the"
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Rimuovi</gui> nella finestra di conferma."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+@@ -5707,270 +6653,316 @@
+ "app>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+-"print and share the documents you have created. The documents on your "
+-"computer or those created remotely using <em>Google Docs</em> will be "
+-"displayed as thumbnails, and will open full-screen with a single click."
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Views and Find"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:46(section/title)
+-msgid "Sort and Search"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Print and Send"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Collections"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:58(section/title)
+-msgid "Questions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"You can see the preview of files that are locally stored; but not the "
+-"remotely ones, yet."
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Why aren't there previews for some files?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Every time you open <app>Documents</app> you can see a preview thumbnail in "
+-"most of the documents."
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "The documents that presented the preview thumbnail, are stored locally."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can not be able to see the preview thumbnail of others (or they are "
+-"presented in blank) because they are stored in a remote server like "
+-"<gui>Google Docs</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you want to see the preview thumbnail of the documents that are stored in "
+-"remote servers, you may download them and then it will generate a thumbnail "
+-"because they are going to be stored locally in your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:37(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The content of the document from <gui>Google Docs</gui> is going to be "
+-"updated at the time you downloaded the document."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to read an edit it online as you were doing before, it is better "
+-"to not download."
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Print documents that are locally stored; but not the remotely stored ones, "
+-"yet."
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Print a document"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This feature is not implemented at the moment, but is being developed to "
+-"print documents that you are working on, locally or remotely."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "Cercare file"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are using <app>Documents</app> and you need to print a document or "
+-"documents you probably need physically to read or write:"
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the document or documents with the appropriate application."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Print the document as you usually <link xref=\"printing\">print</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Find your documents by title, author or contents."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:18(page/title) C/files-search.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Search for files"
+-msgstr "Cercare file"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid "You can search documents by:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premendo <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Typing the name of the document."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and selecting the filters related to "
+-"the document you are looking for. You can add a word to be more specific in "
+-"the searching of your document."
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracer.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid "Either locally or remotely document does not appear."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracer.page:16(page/title)
+-msgid "My documents can not be seen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracer.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure Tracker is running in your session; the default configuration "
+-"should be set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and "
+-"XDG folders (recursively), ensure that the files your create for the demo "
+-"are in one of these paths."
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+-msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> to return to the default format."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <gui>Stampa</gui> e il documento dovrebbe essere stampato."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>."
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll "
+-"down to see this option."
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Rimuovi</gui> nella finestra di conferma."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:26(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "Abilitare <gui>Clic automatico</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+ "other devices and media."
+@@ -5978,11 +6970,13 @@
+ "Eseguire automaticamente applicazioni per CD e DVD, videocamere, "
+ "riproduttori audio e altri dispositivi e supporti."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr "Aprire applicazioni per dispositivi o dischi"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+ "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+@@ -5996,33 +6990,38 @@
+ "Questa caratteristica può anche essere disabilitata, così che non accada "
+ "nulla quando viene collegato qualcosa al computer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Decidere quale applicazione avviare quando si collegano diversi dispositivi:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selezionare <guiseq><gui>Dettagli</gui><gui>Dispositivi rimovibili</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+ "types of devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+ "to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6036,7 +7035,8 @@
+ "il dispositivo o il tipo di supporto dall'elenco a discesa <gui>Tipo</gui> e "
+ "l'applicazione o l'azione dall'elenco a discesa <gui>Azione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6047,15 +7047,18 @@
+ "programmi all'inserimento di supporti</gui> in fondo alla finestra "
+ "«Dispositivi rimovibili»."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:63(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6063,11 +7066,13 @@
+ "will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:74(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6075,21 +7080,25 @@
+ "not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6097,39 +7106,46 @@
+ "your photos using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+ "data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:98(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+ "manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6137,63 +7153,54 @@
+ "always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:114(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Gestire e organizzare file con il gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "Esplorare file e cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+ "external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
+-"link>, and network shares."
++"link>, and on network shares."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Usare il file manager <app>File</app> per esplorare e organizzare file nel "
+-"computer. Può anche essere utilizzato per gestire file su dispositivi di "
+-"archiviazione (come dischi fissi esterni), su <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">server di file</link>, e condivisioni di rete."
+-
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in "
+-"the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
+ "applications</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per aprire il file manager, aprire <app>File</app> nella panoramica "
+-"<gui>Attività</gui>. È anche possibile cercare file e cartelle per mezzo "
+-"della panoramica nello stesso modo in cui si <link xref=\"shell-apps-open"
+-"\">cercano le applicazioni</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Esplorare il contenuto delle cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+-"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
+-"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the "
+-"expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nel gestore di file, fare doppio clic su qualunque cartella per "
+-"visualizzarne il contenuto, e fare doppio-clic su qualunque file per aprirlo "
+-"con l'applicazione predefinita. Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse su "
+-"una cartella per aprirla in una nuova scheda o in una nuova finestra. Nella "
+-"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">visualizzazione a elenco</link>, fare "
+-"clic sul pulsante di espansione vicino a una cartella per mostrarne il "
+-"contenuto in una vista ad albero."
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+@@ -6204,7 +7211,8 @@
+ "barra spaziatrice, in modo da essere sicuri che sia il file desiderato prima "
+ "aprirlo, copiarlo o eliminarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6219,67 +7227,46 @@
+ "su qualunque cartella nella barra percorso per aprirla in una nuova scheda o "
+ "in una nuova finestra, copiarla o spostarla, o accedere alle sue proprietà."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+-"typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and "
+-"the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
+-"arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with "
+-"the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per raggiungere rapidamente un file presente nella cartella visualizzata, "
+-"iniziare a digitare il suo nome. Una casella di ricerca apparirà in fondo "
+-"alla finestra e il primo file che corrisponde alla ricerca verrà "
+-"evidenziato. Premere il tasto freccia verso il basso o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>G</key></keyseq>, oppure scorrere con il mouse, per selezionare il "
+-"successivo file che corrisponde alla ricerca."
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+-"not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> "
+-"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
+-"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> "
+-"menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile accedere rapidamente a posizioni di uso frequente dal "
+-"<em>Riquadro laterale</em>. Se il riquadro laterale non è visibile, fare "
+-"clic su <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Riquadro laterale</gui><gui>Mostra "
+-"riquadro laterale</gui></guiseq>. È possibile aggiungere segnalibri a "
+-"cartelle di uso frequente. I segnalibri saranno mostrati nel riquadro "
+-"laterale. Per fare ciò, usare il menù <gui>Segnalibri</gui>, o semplicemente "
+-"trascinare una cartella nel riquadro laterale."
+-
+-#: C/files-browse.page:81(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
+-"useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
+-"the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its "
+-"child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se si spostano frequentemente file tra cartelle nidificate, potrebbe invece "
+-"risultare molto utile mostrare nel riquadro laterale un <em>albero</em>. "
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Riquadro laterale</"
+-"gui><gui>Albero</gui></guiseq> per attivare la visualizzazione ad albero nel "
+-"riquadro laterale. Fare clic sulla freccia di espansione vicino a una "
+-"cartella per mostrare nell'albero le cartelle di livello inferiore, o fare "
+-"clic su una cartella per aprirla nella finestra."
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Copiare o spostare elementi in una nuova cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:12(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:12(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "Copiare o spostare file e cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6289,7 +7276,8 @@
+ "trascinandoli con il mouse, usando i comandi copia e incolla oppure "
+ "utilizzando le scorciatoie da tastiera."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6301,7 +7289,8 @@
+ "backup di un documento prima di modificarlo (e quindi usare la copia se le "
+ "modifiche non risultano soddisfacenti)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6309,72 +7298,74 @@
+ "Queste istruzioni si applicano sia ai file che alle cartelle: le stesse "
+ "azioni possono essere usate per entrambi."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Copiare e incollare file"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Selezionare il file da copiare facendoci clic una sola volta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Copia</gui></guiseq> o premere "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr "Spostarsi in un'altra cartella dove mettere la copia."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
+-"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
+-"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Incolla</gui></guiseq> per "
+-"terminare la copia del file o premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></"
+-"keyseq>. Una copia del file sarà ora disponibile sia nella cartella di "
+-"origine che nell'altra."
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Tagliare e incollare file per muoverli"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Selezionare il file da spostare facendoci clic una sola volta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Taglia</gui></guiseq> oppure "
+-"premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr "Spostarsi in un'altra cartella, dove spostare il file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
+-"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
+-"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Incolla</gui></guiseq> per "
+-"terminare lo spostamento del file o premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
+-"key></keyseq>. Il file verrà spostato dalla cartella di origine."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:61(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Trascinare file per copiarli o spostarli"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -6382,19 +7373,17 @@
+ "Aprire il gestore di file e spostarsi nella cartella che contiene il file da "
+ "copiare."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
+-"the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
+ "file."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Nuova finestra</gui></guiseq> (o "
+-"premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) per aprire una seconda "
+-"finestra. Nella nuova finestra, spostarsi nella cartella dove spostare o "
+-"copiare il file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -6405,7 +7394,8 @@
+ "dispositivo, o lo <em>copierà</em> se la destinazione sarà su un "
+ "<em>diverso</em> dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -6414,7 +7404,8 @@
+ "questo verrà copiato, in quanto viene trascinato da un dispositivo a un "
+ "altro."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -6424,7 +7415,8 @@
+ "<key>Ctrl</key>, o forzarne lo spostamento trascinandolo e tenendo premuto "
+ "il tasto <key>Maiusc</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -6437,21 +7429,25 @@
+ "sola lettura può essere modificata <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "permissions\">cambiano i permessi sul file</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Rimuovere file e cartelle non più necessarie."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "Eliminare file e cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Si possono eliminare file e cartelle non più necessari. Quando si elimina un "
+ "elemento, questo viene spostato nella cartella <gui>Cestino</gui>, dove è "
+@@ -6460,16 +7456,19 @@
+ "<gui>Cestino</gui> nella posizione originale, se nuovamente necessari, o se "
+ "sono stati cancellati accidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "Per spostare un file nel cestino:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selezionare il file da mettere nel cestino facendoci clic una sola volta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -6478,7 +7477,8 @@
+ "alternativa trascinare l'oggetto sul <gui>Cestino</gui> nel riquadro "
+ "laterale."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -6489,11 +7489,13 @@
+ "pulsante destro del mouse sul <gui>Cestino</gui> nel riquadro laterale e "
+ "selezionare <gui>Svuota cestino</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Eliminare definitivamente un file"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+@@ -6501,15 +7503,18 @@
+ "È possibile eliminare immediatamente un file in maniera definitiva, senza "
+ "doverlo spostare prima nel cestino."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "Per eliminare definitivamente un file:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Selezionare l'elemento da eliminare."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -6517,7 +7522,8 @@
+ "Premere e mantenere premuto il tasto <key>Maiusc</key>, quindi premere "
+ "<key>Canc</key> sulla tastiera."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -6525,23 +7531,18 @@
+ "Dato che l'azione non può essere annullata, verrà richiesta una conferma "
+ "prima dell'eliminazione del file o della cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+-"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
+-"Trash</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se è necessario eliminare frequentemente file senza usare il cestino (per "
+-"esempio, se si lavora spesso con dati sensibili) è possibile aggiungere una "
+-"voce <gui>Elimina</gui> al menù per file e cartelle che compare al clic "
+-"destro del mouse. Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Preferenze</"
+-"gui></guiseq>, selezionare la scheda <gui>Comportamento</gui> e quindi "
+-"<gui>Includere un comando «Elimina» che scavalchi il cestino</gui>."
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:68(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+@@ -6553,17 +7554,20 @@
+ "operativi, come Windows o Mac OS. I file sono ancora presenti e saranno "
+ "disponibili al successivo utilizzo del dispositivo in ambiente Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mettere file e documenti su un CD o DVD vuoto usando un masterizzatore CD/"
+ "DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "Scrivere file su CD o DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -6578,18 +7582,21 @@
+ "xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> aventi come destinazione un disco vuoto. "
+ "Per scrivere file su un CD o su un DVD:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Inserire un disco vuoto nell'unità di masterizzazione CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+@@ -6597,25 +7604,30 @@
+ "(È possibile anche fare clic su <gui>Disco CD/DVD-R vuoto</gui> nella "
+ "sezione <gui>Dispositivi</gui> del riquadro laterale del gestore di file.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr "Nel campo <gui>Nome disco</gui> inserire un nome per il disco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Trascinare oppure copiare i file all'interno della finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Scrivi su disco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sotto <gui>Scegliere un disco su cui scrivere</gui> selezionare il disco "
+ "vuoto."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+@@ -6625,7 +7637,8 @@
+ "un'<em>immagine disco</em> salvata sul computer, per poterla masterizzare su "
+ "un disco vuoto in seguito.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+@@ -6635,12 +7648,15 @@
+ "masterizzazione, la posizione dei file temporanei e altre opzioni; sebbene "
+ "quelle predefinite dovrebbero essere corrette."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>Masterizza</gui> per iniziare la masterizzazione."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -6648,7 +7664,8 @@
+ "Se è stato selezionato <gui>Masterizza più copie</gui> verranno richiesti i "
+ "dischi aggiuntivi."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+@@ -6657,11 +7674,13 @@
+ "automaticamente. Selezionare <gui>Crea altre copie</gui>, oppure "
+ "<gui>Chiudi</gui> per uscire."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Se il disco non è stato masterizzato correttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -6671,7 +7690,8 @@
+ "dati; non sarà quindi possibile vedere i file messi su disco quando lo si "
+ "inserisce nel computer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+@@ -6684,23 +7704,27 @@
+ "selezionare la velocità facendo clic sul pulsante <gui>Proprietà</gui> nella "
+ "finestra <gui>Creazione CD/DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Rendere un file invisibile, in modo da non vederlo nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "Nascondere un file"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+ "manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -6711,7 +7735,8 @@
+ "di nome <file>esempio.txt</file> bisogna rinominarlo in <file>.esempio.txt</"
+ "file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -6719,61 +7744,57 @@
+ "Nello stesso modo è possibile anche nascondere cartelle, anteponendo un "
+ "<key>.</key> al nome della cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Mostrare tutti i file nascosti"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+-"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden "
+-"files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per visualizzare tutti i file nascosti in una cartella, aprire la cartella e "
+-"fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Mostra file nascosti</gui></"
+-"guiseq> oppure premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
+-"Verranno mostrati tutti i file nascosti, assieme ai file normali che non "
+-"sono nascosti."
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:41(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show "
+-"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> </"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+ "keyseq> again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per nascondere di nuovo i file nascosti, fare clic una seconda volta su "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Visuallizza</gui><gui>Mostra file nascosti</gui></guiseq> o "
+-"premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Rendere visibile un file nascosto"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
+-"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of "
+-"its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, "
+-"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per rendere visibile un file nascosto, aprire la cartella in cui il file è "
+-"contenuto e fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Mostra file "
+-"nascosti</gui></guiseq>."
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View </"
+-"gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+-"<key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Una volta rinominato il file, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</"
+-"gui><gui>Mostra file nascosti</gui></guiseq> oppure premere "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> per nascondere di nuovo ogni "
+-"altro file nascosto."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -6783,7 +7804,8 @@
+ "nascosti fino alla sua chiusura. Affinché il gestore di file mostri sempre i "
+ "file nascosti, consultare <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+@@ -6795,17 +7817,20 @@
+ "segue il loro nome. Questi ultimi sono file di backup. Per ulteriori "
+ "informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Suggerimenti da seguire quando non si riesce a trovare un file creato o "
+ "scaricato."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "Trovare un file perso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -6813,7 +7838,8 @@
+ "Se è stato creato oppure scaricato un file, ma ora non è più possibile "
+ "trovarlo, seguire questi suggerimenti."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -6823,7 +7849,8 @@
+ "quale era il suo nome, è possibile cercare il file per nome. Per maggiori "
+ "informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"file-search\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -6833,7 +7860,8 @@
+ "automaticamente in una cartella che solitamente è «Scrivania» oppure "
+ "«Scaricati» all'interno della propria cartella home."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -6844,21 +7872,19 @@
+ "in cui questo viene svuotato manualmente. Per maggiori informazioni su come "
+ "ripristinare un file eliminato, consultare <link xref=\"files-recover\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il file potrebbe essere stato rinominato in modo da essere nascosto. I file "
+-"che cominciano con <file>.</file> oppure terminano col simbolo <file>~</"
+-"file>, non vengono visualizzati nel gestore di file. Fare clic su "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Mostra file nascosti</gui></guiseq> nel "
+-"gestore di file. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"files-"
+-"hidden\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -6866,11 +7892,13 @@
+ "Aprire un file usando un'applicazione non predefinita per quel tipo di file. "
+ "È possibile inoltre cambiare quella predefinita."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "Aprire file con altre applicazioni"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -6882,7 +7910,8 @@
+ "con un'applicazione diversa, cercare applicazioni online oppure impostare "
+ "l'applicazione predefinita per tutti i file dello stesso tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -6899,7 +7928,8 @@
+ "particolare tipo di file. Per vedere tutte le applicazioni presenti sul "
+ "computer, fare clic su <gui>Mostra altre applicazioni</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -6911,11 +7941,13 @@
+ "gestore di file cercherà online i pacchetti contenenti applicazioni in grado "
+ "di gestire file di quel tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Modificare l'applicazione predefinita"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -6923,11 +7955,12 @@
+ "to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile modificare l'applicazione predefinita usata per aprire file di "
+-"un certo tipo, consentendo l'apertura dei file con l'applicazione "
+-"desiderata. Per esempio, si potrebbe voler aprire il proprio riproduttore "
+-"musicale preferito quando si fa doppio-clic su un file MP3."
++"un certo tipo, consentendo l'apertura dei file con l'applicazione desiderata."
++" Per esempio, si potrebbe voler aprire il proprio riproduttore musicale "
++"preferito quando si fa doppio-clic su un file MP3."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -6937,17 +7970,20 @@
+ "predefinita. Per esempio, per modificare quale applicazione viene usata per "
+ "aprire i file MP3, selezionare un file <file>.mp3</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic col tasto destro del mouse sul file e selezionare <gui>Proprietà</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Selezionare la scheda <gui>Apri con</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+@@ -6960,7 +7996,8 @@
+ "vedere tutte le applicazioni presenti sul computer, fare clic su <gui>Mostra "
+ "altre applicazioni</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -6975,7 +8012,8 @@
+ "applicazione facendo clic con il tasto destro sul file e selezionandola "
+ "dall'elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -6983,33 +8021,34 @@
+ "Questo non modifica l'applicazione predefinita solo per il file selezionato, "
+ "ma per tutti i file dello stesso tipo."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mostrare e nascondere rapidamente anteprime per documenti, immagini, video e "
+ "altro."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "Anteprime di file e cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7020,7 +8059,8 @@
+ "spaziatrice. Il file verrà aperto in una semplice finestra d'anteprima. "
+ "Premere nuovamente la barra spaziatrice per chiudere l'anteprima."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7030,7 +8070,8 @@
+ "audio. Nell'anteprima è possible scorrere i documenti o spostarsi avanti e "
+ "indietro nella riproduzione di video e audio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7046,17 +8087,20 @@
+ "normale, oppure premere direttamente la barra spaziatrice per uscire "
+ "dall'anteprima."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "I file eliminati sono normalmente spostati nel Cestino, ma possono essere "
+ "ripristinati."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "Ripristinare i file dal cestino"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7064,11 +8108,14 @@
+ "Se si elimina un file con il gestore di file, il file viene di norma "
+ "spostato nel <gui>Cestino</gui>, e dovrebbe essere possibile ripristinarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "Per ripristinare un file dal Cestino:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(item/p) C/files-search.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+@@ -7076,17 +8123,20 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire le impostazioni <app>Account online</app> dalla panoramica Attività."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7098,7 +8148,8 @@
+ "eliminato. I file definitivamente eliminati non possono essere ripristinati "
+ "dal <gui>Cestino</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7112,15 +8163,18 @@
+ "cosa migliore da fare è probabilmente chiedere un consiglio su un forum di "
+ "supporto su come ripristinarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr "Espellere o smontare un'unità USB, un CD, un DVD o altri dispositivi."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "Rimuovere in sicurezza un dispositivo esterno"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+@@ -7136,15 +8190,18 @@
+ "di alcuni file. Quando si usa un disco ottico, come un CD o un DVD, si può "
+ "usare la stessa procedura per espellere il disco dal computer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "Per espellere un dispositivo rimovibile:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+@@ -7153,7 +8210,9 @@
+ "piccola icona di espulsione vicino al nome. Fare clic sull'icona di "
+ "espulsione per rimuovere in sicurezza o espellere il dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7161,70 +8220,66 @@
+ "In alternativa, è possibile fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse sul nome "
+ "del dispositivo nel riquadro laterale e selezionare <gui>Espelli</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr "Rimuovere in sicurezza un dispositivo in uso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+-"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open "
+-"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
+-"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Non si potrà rimuovere in sicurezza un dispositivo se alcuni dei file "
+-"presenti su di esso sono aperti e usati da un'applicazione. Si verrà "
+-"avvisati da una finestra che indica che \"Il volume è occupato\", e che "
+-"elenca tutti i file del dispositivo aperti. Quando verranno chiusi tutti i "
+-"file del dispositivo, questo sarà automaticamente rimosso in sicurezza. Si "
+-"potrà allora scollegarlo o espellerlo."
+-
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-"have open with that application."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se non si riesce a chiudere uno dei file, in quanto per esempio "
+-"l'applicazione che lo sta usando è bloccata, si può fare clic col pulsante "
+-"destro del mouse sul file elencato nella finestra <gui>Il volume è occupato</"
+-"gui> e selezionare <gui>Termina processo</gui>. Questo forzerà la completa "
+-"chiusura dell'applicazione bloccata, e potrebbe comportare la chiusura degli "
+-"altri file aperti con quell'applicazione."
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+ "files open."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile anche scegliere <gui>Smonta comunque</gui> per rimuovere il "
+-"dispositivo senza chiudere i file. Questo potrebbe provocare errori nelle "
+-"applicazioni che stanno usando quei file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "Modificare il nome di file o cartelle."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "Rinominare un file o una cartella"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "Per rinominare un file o una cartella:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7232,11 +8287,13 @@
+ "Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse sull'elemento e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Rinomina...</gui>, o selezionare il file e premere <key>F2</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Digitare il nuovo nome e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+@@ -7244,7 +8301,8 @@
+ "È possibile anche rinominare un file dalla finestra <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "file-properties-basic\">Proprietà</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7259,25 +8317,28 @@
+ "modificare anche l'estensione, selezionare l'intero nome del file e "
+ "modificarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+-"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click <guiseq><gui>Edit </"
+-"gui><gui> Undo</gui> </guiseq> to restore the former name."
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Caratteri validi per i nomi dei file"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile usare qualsiasi carattere nei nomi dei file, tranne il carattere "
+ "<key>/</key> (slash). Alcuni dispositivi, tuttavia, usano un <em>file "
+@@ -7286,7 +8347,8 @@
+ "key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</"
+ "key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7296,16 +8358,20 @@
+ "<link xref=\"files-hidden\">nascosto</link> quando si cercherà di "
+ "visualizzarlo nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:68(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi comuni"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:71(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "Il nome del file è già in uso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7315,7 +8381,8 @@
+ "stesso nome. Se si cerca di rinominare un file con un nome già presente "
+ "nella cartella corrente, il gestore di file non lo consentirà."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -7325,11 +8392,13 @@
+ "di file <file>File.txt</file> è diverso da <file>FILE.txt</file>. Usare nomi "
+ "di file che differiscono in questo modo è consentito, ma è sconsigliato."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:81(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "Il nome del file è troppo lungo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+@@ -7337,11 +8406,13 @@
+ "… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:89(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "L'opzione Rinomina è disattivata"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+@@ -7354,14 +8425,16 @@
+ "sistema. Per maggiori informazioni consultare <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+ "properties-permissions\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Individuare file in base a nome e tipo. Salvare le ricerche per un uso "
+ "successivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+@@ -7372,16 +8445,21 @@
+ "ricerche frequenti, e queste verranno visualizzate come cartelle speciali "
+ "nella cartella Home."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:29(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Altre applicazioni di ricerca"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:35(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Ricerca"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -7389,60 +8467,43 @@
+ "Se si conosce la cartella che contiene i file desiderati, aprire quella "
+ "cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl </"
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <gui>Cerca</gui> nella barra degli strumenti, o premere "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
+-"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
+-"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
+-"of case."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Digitare una o più parole che compaiono nel nome del file e premere Invio. "
+-"Per esempio, se nel nome di tutte le fatture è contenuto il termine \"fattura"
+-"\", digitare <input>fattura</input>. Premere <key>Invio</key>. Le "
+-"corrospondenze sono trovate senza fare distinzioni fra maiuscole e minuscole."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button to set more search criteria."
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Si possono restringere i risultati in base alla posizione e al tipo di file. "
+-"Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>+</gui> per aggiungere ulteriori criteri di "
+-"ricerca."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results by a starting parent location."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Posizione</gui> dall'elenco a discesa per restringere i "
+-"risultati di ricerca a una posizione specifica."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results based on file type."
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Tipo di file</gui> dall'elenco a discesa per restringere i "
+-"risultati di ricerca in base al tipo di file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
+-"option and widen the search results."
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>-</gui> vicino a ogni opzione di ricerca per "
+-"rimuovere il criterio e ampliare i risultati della ricerca."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -7451,15 +8512,15 @@
+ "nei risultati della ricerca, proprio come si farebbe con qualunque cartella "
+ "nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
+-"to the folder."
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare di nuovo clic su <gui>Cerca</gui> nella barra degli strumenti per "
+-"uscire dalla ricerca e ritornare nella cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:63(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -7467,34 +8528,38 @@
+ "Se si effettuano spesso determinate ricerche, è possibile salvarle per "
+ "accedervi rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:67(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Salvare una ricerca"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Avviare una ricerca come descritto sopra."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> File</"
+-"gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando i parametri di ricerca sono soddisfacenti, fare clic su <guiseq><gui> "
+-"File</gui><gui>Salva ricerca come...</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dare un nome alla ricerca e fare clic su <gui>Salva</gui>. È possibile "
+ "selezionare una cartella diversa in cui salvare la ricerca. Quando verrà "
+ "visualizzata quella cartella, la ricerca salvata apparirà come un'icona di "
+ "cartella di colore arancione con una lente d'ingrandimento."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -7506,7 +8571,8 @@
+ "qualsiasi altro file. Quando si elimina una ricerca salvata, non vengono "
+ "eliminati i file trovati con quella ricerca."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -7514,11 +8580,13 @@
+ "Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> per selezionare diversi "
+ "file con nomi simili."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Selezionare file in base al modello"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -7532,7 +8600,8 @@
+ "Digitare un modello usando parti comuni ai nomi dei file aggiungendo i "
+ "metacaratteri. Sono disponibili due metacaratteri:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -7540,15 +8609,18 @@
+ "<file>*</file> corrisponde a un numero indefinito di caratteri qualsiasi, "
+ "anche l'assenza di caratteri."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr "<file>?</file> corrisponde esattamente a un carattere qualsiasi."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Per esempio:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -7558,11 +8630,13 @@
+ "stesso nome di base, per esempio <file>Fattura</file>, è possibile "
+ "selezionarli tutti e tre contemporaneamente usando"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Fattura.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -7572,11 +8646,13 @@
+ "<file>Vacanza-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacanza-003.jpg</file>, è possibile "
+ "selezionarle contemporaneamente usando"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacanza-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -7586,224 +8662,139 @@
+ "queste sono state modificate ed è stato aggiunto <file>-modificata</file> in "
+ "fondo al nome delle foto, queste possono essere selezionate con"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacanza-???-modificata.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Trasferire con semplicità i file ai propri contatti e sui dispositivi usando "
+-"il file manager."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr "Condividere e trasferire file"
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Condividere file con i propri contatti o trasferirli su dispositivi "
+-"rimovibili o <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">condivisioni di rete</link> "
+-"direttamente dal gestore di file è molto semplice."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p) C/video-sending.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview."
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+-msgstr "Trovare il file da trasferire."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse sul file e selezionare <gui>Invia a</"
+-"gui>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La finestra <gui>Invia a</gui> viene mostrata: scegliere dove inviare il "
+-"file e fare clic su <gui>Invia</gui>. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare "
+-"l'elenco sottostante per le possibili destinazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile inviare più file alla volta, selezionandoli premendo il tasto "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key> e quindi facendo clic col pulsante destro del mouse su uno "
+-"qualsiasi dei file selezionati. Inoltre, i file possono essere "
+-"automaticamente compressi in un archivio zip o tar."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "Destinations"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per inviare il file via email, selezionare <gui>Email</gui> e inserire "
+-"l'indirizzo del destinatario."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per inviare i file a un contatto di messaggistica istantanea, selezionare "
+-"<gui>Messaggio istantaneo</gui> e quindi selezionare il contatto "
+-"dall'elenco. Affinché questa metodologia di invio funzioni potrebbe essere "
+-"necessario avviare l'applicazione di messaggistica."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "Trovare il file da trasferire."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per scrivere i file su un CD o DVD, selezionare <gui>Creazione CD/DVD</gui>. "
+-"Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices "
+-"you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per trasferire i file su un dispositivo Bluetooth, selezionare "
+-"<gui>Bluetooth (Push OBEX)</gui> e scegliere il dispositivo dall'elenco. I "
+-"dispositivi visualizzati saranno solo quelli già associati col proprio "
+-"computer. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
+-"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Disporre i file per nome, dimensione, tipo, o in base alla data di modifica."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr "Ordinare file e cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+-"list of common ways to sort files."
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
+ msgstr ""
+-"I file all'interno di una cartella possono essere ordinati in modo diverso: "
+-"per esempio per data o per dimensione. Consultare <link xref=\"#ways\"/> per "
+-"l'elenco dei metodi di ordinamento dei file."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
+-"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref="
+-"\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quando viene modificato il metodo di ordinamento degli elementi di una "
+-"cartella, l'operazione ha effetto solo su tale cartella. Il gestore di file "
+-"memorizza la scelta per quella cartella, ma continuerà a utilizzare "
+-"l'ordinamento predefinito per le altre. Per maggiori informazioni su come "
+-"modificare l'ordinamento predefinito, consultare <link xref=\"nautilus-views"
+-"\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+-"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il metodo di ordinamento dei file dipende dalla <em>visualizzazione della "
+-"cartella</em> in uso. È possibile modificare la visualizzazione corrente "
+-"attraverso il menù <gui>Visualizza</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Vista a icone"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
+-"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
+-"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per disporre i file in un ordine diverso, fare clic col tasto destro in "
+-"un'area vuota della cartella e selezionare un'opzione dal menù <gui>Disponi "
+-"oggetti</gui>. In alternativa, è possibile usare il menù "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Disponi oggetti</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
+-"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per esempio, se viene selezionato <gui>Ordina per nome</gui> dal menù "
+-"<gui>Ordina oggetti</gui>, i file verranno ordinati in base al loro nome in "
+-"ordine alfabetico. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"#ways"
+-"\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+-"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile ordinare i file in ordine inverso selezionando <gui>Ordine "
+-"inverso</gui> dal menù <gui>Disponi oggetti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
+-"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per avere un controllo completo dell'ordine e della posizione dei file in "
+-"una cartella, fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse in un'area vuota della "
+-"cartella e selezionare <guiseq><gui>Disponi oggetti</gui><gui>Manualmente</"
+-"gui></guiseq>. Da questo momento in poi è possibile cambiare la disposizione "
+-"dei file trascinandoli nella cartella. L'ordinamento manuale funziona solo "
+-"con la visualizzazione a icone."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
+-msgstr ""
+-"La scelta <gui>Visualizzazione compatta</gui> nel menù <gui>Disponi oggetti</"
+-"gui> ordina i file in modo che occupino il minor spazio possible. Questa "
+-"visualizzazione è utile per vedere in un'unica volta molti file in una "
+-"cartella."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Vista a elenco"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -7814,53 +8805,39 @@
+ "su <gui>Tipo</gui>, per disporli in ordine inverso fare clic sul nome della "
+ "colonna una seconda volta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+-"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
+-"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
+-"of available columns."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella vista a elenco è possibile mostrare colonne con più attributi e "
+-"ordinare i file in base a queste colonne. Fare clic su "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Colonne visibili</gui></guiseq> e "
+-"selezionare le colonne da rendere visibili. In seguito, sarà possibile "
+-"ordinare i file in base a queste colonne. Per una descrizione delle colonne "
+-"disponibili, consultare <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view"
+-msgstr "Vista compatta"
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
+-"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
+-"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile ordinare i file nella vista compatta nello stesso modo con cui "
+-"si opera nella vista per icone. L'unica differenza consiste "
+-"nell'impossibilità di posizionare manualmente i file ovunque si voglia "
+-"poiché, in questa vista, sono già organizzati in elenco."
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Modi per ordinare i file"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "Per nome"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Dispone i file in ordine alfabetico."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "Per dimensione"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -7868,11 +8845,13 @@
+ "Dispone i file per dimensione (ovvero quanto spazio su disco occupano). Per "
+ "impostazione predefinita, vengono ordinati in ordine crescente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "Per tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -7880,11 +8859,13 @@
+ "Dispone i file in ordine alfabetico per tipologia. I file dello stesso tipo "
+ "sono raggruppati e quindi disposti per nome."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "Per data di modifica"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -7892,22 +8873,26 @@
+ "Dispone per data e ora in cui i file è stato modificato l'ultima volta. Per "
+ "impostazione predefinita, ordina i file dal più vecchio al più recente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Creare velocemente nuovi documenti a partire da modelli di file "
+ "personalizzati."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Modelli per documenti usati abitualmente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -7919,11 +8904,13 @@
+ "tipo, con formattazione o contenuto da riutilizzare. Per esempio, è "
+ "possibile creare un modello di una carta intestata."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Creare un nuovo modello"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -7931,7 +8918,8 @@
+ "Creare un documento per poterlo usare come modello. Per esempio, è possibile "
+ "creare la carta intestata con un'applicazione di elaborazione testi."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+@@ -7941,45 +8929,51 @@
+ "file>, all'interno della propria cartella <file>Home</file>. Se la cartella "
+ "<file>Modelli</file> non esiste, crearla."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Usare un modello per creare un documento"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "Aprire la cartella dove salvare il nuovo documento."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+-"style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available "
+-"templates will be listed in the submenu."
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse in un'area vuota all'interno della "
+-"cartella e selezionare <gui style=\"menuitem\">Crea nuovo documento</gui>. I "
+-"nomi dei modelli disponibili verranno elencati nel sottomenù."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Selezionare il modello dall'elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Inserire un nome di file per il nuovo documento."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr "Fare doppio-clic sul file per aprirlo e modificarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr "Questi sono file di backup, nascosti per impostazione predefinita."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "Cosa indica un file col simbolo \"~\" nel nome?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -7991,20 +8985,18 @@
+ "di testi <app>gedit</app> o altri. Sebbene conservarli non crei alcun "
+ "problema, è comunque possibile eliminarli tranquillamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per impostazione predefinita, questi file sono nascosti. Se sono visibili, "
+-"ciò è dovuto al fatto è stato selezionato <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</"
+-"gui><gui>Mostra file nascosti</gui></guiseq> oppure è stato premuto "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Per nasconderli nuovamente, "
+-"utilizzare uno dei metodi sopra descritto."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+@@ -8013,73 +9005,88 @@
+ "normalmente. Per alcuni consigli su come comportarsi con i file nascosti, "
+ "consultare <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "File"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Ricerca</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">eliminare file</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backup</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">unità rimobili</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Ricerca</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">eliminare file</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backup</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">unità rimobili</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "File, cartelle e ricerche"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "Gestore di file <app>Nautilus</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Attività comuni"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Ulteriori argomenti"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Unità rimovibili e dischi esterni"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Eseguire backup"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Suggerimenti e domande"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "Come e dove segnalare problemi con gli argomenti di questo aiuto."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "Collaborare per migliorare questa guida"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8088,24 +9095,27 @@
+ "bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+ "Account</gui> link to create one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8113,48 +9123,211 @@
+ "bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+ "Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+ "the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Risolvere problemi con i lettori di schede multimediali"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi con i lettori di schede multimediali"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8162,7 +9335,8 @@
+ "not:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8171,16 +9345,19 @@
+ "up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8193,7 +9370,8 @@
+ "scheda inserita oppure come la scheda stessa quando essa è stata montata "
+ "(vedere la figura qua sotto)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8203,15 +9381,16 @@
+ "con quest'ultima. Provare con una scheda diversa oppure, se possibile, "
+ "provare la scheda in un altro lettore."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se né schede né unità sono disponibili nella cartella <gui>Computer</gui>, è "
+ "possibile che il proprio lettore di schede multimediali non funzioni con "
+@@ -8222,7 +9401,8 @@
+ "anche lettori di schede multimediali esterni collegabili tramite USB, che "
+ "sono supportati in modo migliore da Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+@@ -8230,11 +9410,13 @@
+ "Un driver hardware permette al computer di usare i dispositivi ad esso "
+ "collegati."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "Cos'e un driver?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8244,7 +9426,8 @@
+ "<em>esterni</em>, per esempio stampanti e monitor, oppure <em>interni</em>, "
+ "per esempio schede grafiche e audio."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8254,7 +9437,8 @@
+ "sapere come poter comunicare con essi. Queste informazioni vengono fornite "
+ "da software chiamati <em>driver del dispositivo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8268,7 +9452,8 @@
+ "possibile usare la stampante. Solitamente, ogni modello usa uno specifico "
+ "driver diverso da quello per altri modelli."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8279,7 +9464,8 @@
+ "Potrebbe comunque essere necessario installare manualmente il driver oppure "
+ "potrebbe non essere disponibile."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8290,15 +9476,18 @@
+ "stampare fronte e retro con la propria stampante, sebbene tutto il resto "
+ "funzioni correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Risolvere problemi grafici e di schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi dello schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8308,62 +9497,73 @@
+ "driver della scheda grafica o dalla sua configurazione. Quale delle seguenti "
+ "frasi descrive meglio il problema che si è verificato?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Hardware e driver"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+ "users and developers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+ "\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy#irc-"
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -8371,27 +9571,32 @@
+ "access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tends to not reply "
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+ "code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -8399,28 +9604,34 @@
+ "gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+ "German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+-msgstr "Far lampeggiare il cursore e controllare quanto velocemente lampeggia."
++msgstr ""
++"Far lampeggiare il cursore e controllare quanto velocemente lampeggia."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "Rendere il cursore intermittente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -8428,192 +9639,324 @@
+ "Se risulta difficile visualizzare il cursore in un campo di testo, è "
+ "possibile rendere il cursore intermittente per localizzarlo facilmente."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selezionare <gui>Cursore intermittente in campi di testo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare il controllo scorrevole <gui>Velocità</gui> per regolare "
+ "l'intermittenza del cursore."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:52(media)
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+-msgstr "Far funzionare la tastiera come una tastiera per un'altra lingua."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "Usare disposizioni di tastiera alternative"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+-"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+-"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+-"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+-"languages."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Esistono centinaia di diversi disposizioni di tastiera per le molteplici "
+-"lingue, anche per una singola lingua ci sono spesso più disposizioni, come "
+-"la Dvorak per la lingua inglese. È possibile far funzionare la propria "
+-"tastiera come una con una disposizione diversa, senza curarsi delle lettere "
+-"e i simboli presenti sui tasti. Questo è utile se si passa spesso da una "
+-"lingua a un'altra."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. "
+-"You can add at most four layouts."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>+</gui>, selezionare una disposizione, quindi "
+-"fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi</gui>. È possibile aggiungere al massimo quattro "
+-"disposizioni."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
+-"keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
+-"use from the menu."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quando si usano più disposizioni, è possibile scegliere se tutte le finestre "
+-"usano la stessa disposizione oppure una differente per ogni finestra. Usare "
+-"una disposizione per ogni finestra, per esempio, è utile quando si scrive un "
+-"articolo in un'altra lingua nell'elaboratore di testi. La scelta della "
+-"disposizione verrà salvata anche quando si cambia tra una finestra e l'altra."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-"list."
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le nuove finestre usano la disposizione della tastiera predefinita. È "
+-"possibile scegliere di usare la disposizione dell'ultima finestra "
+-"utilizzata. La disposizione predefinita è quella elencata per prima. Usare i "
+-"pulsanti <gui>↑</gui> e <gui>↓</gui> per spostare le disposizioni su e giù "
+-"nell'elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected "
+-"keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group "
+-"<gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to "
+-"change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold "
+-"down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(note/title)
+-msgid "Custom options"
+-msgstr "Opzioni personalizzate"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
+-"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile assegnare alcuni simboli a specifici tasti oppure adattarne le "
+-"opzioni e i comportamenti. Per fare ciò, fare clic su <gui>Opzioni...</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:102(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-msgstr "Cambiare la tastiera di sistema"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-"keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "Per cambiare il tasto usato per mostrare la panoramica attività:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:110(item/p) C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Tastiera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111(item/p) C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "Fare clic sulla scheda <gui>Scorciatoie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112(item/p) C/session-formats.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+-"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+-"administrator account."
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sono richiesti i <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">privilegi di "
+-"amministrazione</link>. Inserire la propria password o la password di "
+-"amministrazione."
++"Selezionare <gui>Sistema</gui> sul lato sinistro della finestra e "
++"<gui>Mostra la panoramica attività</gui> sulla destra."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:117(section/p)
+-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr ""
++"Fare clic sulla definizione della scorciatoia attuale sul lato destro."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "Premere la combinazione di tasti desiderata."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-"layout menu on the top bar."
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+-msgstr "Usare le applicazioni e il desktop senza un mouse."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++"Esistono centinaia di diversi disposizioni di tastiera per le molteplici "
++"lingue, anche per una singola lingua ci sono spesso più disposizioni, come "
++"la Dvorak per la lingua inglese. È possibile far funzionare la propria "
++"tastiera come una con una disposizione diversa, senza curarsi delle lettere "
++"e i simboli presenti sui tasti. Questo è utile se si passa spesso da una "
++"lingua a un'altra."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr "Usare le applicazioni e il desktop senza un mouse."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Navigazione da tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -8625,7 +9968,8 @@
+ "usare la tastiera il più possibile. Per scorciatoie da tastiera utili per "
+ "tutti gli utenti, consultare <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+@@ -8635,15 +9979,18 @@
+ "puntatore del mouse può essere controllato utilizzando il tastierino. Per "
+ "maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Spostarsi all'interno dell'interfaccia grafica"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -8656,16 +10003,19 @@
+ "da un riquadro laterale al contenuto principale, e può anche uscire da un "
+ "controllo che utilizza lo stesso <key>Tab</key>, come un'area di testo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mantenere premuto <key>Maiusc</key> per spostare il focus in ordine inverso."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Tasti freccia"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -8676,7 +10026,8 @@
+ "pulsanti in una barra degli strumenti, per selezionare elementi nella vista "
+ "a elenco o a icone o per selezionare un pulsante radio da un gruppo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -8684,11 +10035,13 @@
+ "In una vista ad albero, usare i tasti freccia sinistra e destra per ridurre "
+ "ed espandere elementi con sottocartelle."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Tasti freccia</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -8696,11 +10049,13 @@
+ "Nella vista a elenco o a icone, sposta il focus della tastiera su un altro "
+ "elemento senza cambiare l'elemento selezionato."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key>Tasti freccia</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -8708,21 +10063,25 @@
+ "Nella vista a elenco o a icone, seleziona tutti gli elementi a partire da "
+ "quello selezionato fino quello attuale col focus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Spazio</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Attiva un elemento col focu come un pulsante, un'opzione o un elemento di un "
+ "elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Spazio</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -8730,11 +10089,13 @@
+ "Nella vista a elenco o a icone, seleziona o deseleziona l'elemento col focus "
+ "senza deselezionare gli altri elementi."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -8746,19 +10107,23 @@
+ "Premere <key>Alt</key> assieme alla lettera sottolineata per attivare il "
+ "controllo, proprio come se si fosse fatto clic su di esso."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "Chiude un menù, un pop up, un selettore o una finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -8766,21 +10131,27 @@
+ "Aprire il primo menù sulla barra dei menù di una finestra. Usare i tasti "
+ "freccia per spostarsi nei menù."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "L'icona Bluetooth sulla barra superiore"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> o il tasto menù"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -8788,11 +10159,13 @@
+ "Fa apparire il menù contestuale per la selezione corrente, come con un clic "
+ "col pulsante destro del mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -8801,7 +10174,8 @@
+ "corrente, come con un clic col pulsante destro del mouse sullo sfondo e non "
+ "su un elemento."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -8809,19 +10183,24 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PagSu</key></keyseq> e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PagGiù</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr "In una interfaccia a schede, passa alla scheda a sinistra o a destra."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Spostarsi nell'ambiente grafico"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -8829,36 +10208,56 @@
+ "key></keyseq> feature."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Spostarsi tra le finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:168(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Chiude la finestra attuale."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> o il <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">tasto windows</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -8869,11 +10268,14 @@
+ "keyseq>, <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, dai menù e dal "
+ "calendario."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -8884,11 +10286,14 @@
+ "<key>Invio</key> per terminare lo spostamento della finestra o <key>Esc</"
+ "key> per riportarla alla sua posizione originale."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -8900,69 +10305,95 @@
+ "<key>Invio</key> per terminare il ridimensionamento o <key>Esc</key> per "
+ "riportarla alla dimensione originale."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:194(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> o il <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">tasto windows</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:196(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window, or restore a "
+-"maximized window to its original size."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:200(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:201(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:210(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Spazio</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fa apparire il menù della finestra, come con un clic col pulsante destro del "
+ "mouse sulla barra del titolo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare una tastiera a schermo per inserire testo facendo clic su pulsanti con "
+ "il mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "Usare una tastiera a schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+@@ -8971,29 +10402,31 @@
+ "utilizzarla, è possibile attivare la <em>tastiera a schermo</em> per "
+ "inserire del testo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Attivare l'<gui>Assistente di digitazione</gui> per mostrare la tastiera a "
+-"schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+ "alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9001,11 +10434,13 @@
+ "Impostare la tastiera affinché non ripeta le lettere quando si tiene premuto "
+ "un tasto oppure cambiare il ritardo e la velocità dei tasti ripetuti."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "Disabilitare la ripetizione dei tasti"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9018,7 +10453,8 @@
+ "funzione o variare la quantità di tempo che occorre prima che i caratteri "
+ "del tasto inizino a ripetersi."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9026,7 +10462,8 @@
+ "Deselezionare <gui>Ripetere il carattere finché il tasto è premuto</gui> per "
+ "disabilitare completamente la ripetizione dei tasti."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+@@ -9037,56 +10474,52 @@
+ "necessario premere un tasto perché sia ripetuto e quanto velocemente vengono "
+ "ripetuti i tasti."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Definire o cambiare scorciatoie da tastiera nella impostazioni "
+ "<gui>Tastiera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Impostare scorciatoie da tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per cambiare il tasto o i tasti da premere per una scorciatoia da tastiera:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings </gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire <gui>Tastiera</gui> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Scorciatoie</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on "
+-"the right."
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare una categoria sul lato sinistro della finestra, quindi l'azione "
+-"desiderata sulla destra."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p) C/windows-key.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+-msgstr "Fare clic sulla definizione della scorciatoia attuale sul lato destro."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere la combinazione di tasti desiderata oppure premere <key>Backspace</"
+-"key> per rimuovere la scorciatoia."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Scorciatoie pre-impostate"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -9094,616 +10527,860 @@
+ "Sono disponibili diverse scorciatoie preconfigurate, tutte configurabili, "
+ "raggruppate nelle seguenti categorie:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Lanciatori"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Lancia il browser manuali"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Disabilitato"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Lancia la calcolatrice"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calcolatrice"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "Lancia il client email"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Email"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Lancia il browser web"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Cartella home"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorer"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Navigazione"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro a sinistra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Su</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro a destra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Su</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro in alto"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Su</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra sullo spazio di lavoro in basso"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Su</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Cambiare applicazione"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Cambiare finestra di un'applicazione"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Attivare i controlli di sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Cambiare finestra direttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Cambiare finestra di un'applicazione direttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Attivare i controlli di sistema direttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Nascondere tutte le finestre normali"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro a sinistra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro a destra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro in alto"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Passare allo spazio di lavoro in basso"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Schermate"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Catturare una schermata"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Stamp</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:194(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Cattura una schermata di una finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Cattura una schermata di un'area"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copia una schermata negli appunti"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copia una schermata di una finestra negli appunti"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copia una schermata di un'area negli appunti"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Audio e media"
+ 
+ # descrizione
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Azzera il volume"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "AudioEscluso"
+ 
+ # descrizione
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Abbassa il volume"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "AudioAbbassaVolume"
+ 
+ # descrizione
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Alza il volume"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "AudioAlzaVolume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Lancia il riproduttore multimediale"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "AudioMedia"
+ 
+ # descrizione
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Riproduci (o riproduci/pausa)"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "AudioRiproduci"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Riproduzione in pausa"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "AudioPausa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Ferma la riproduzione"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "AudioFerma"
+ 
+ # descrizione
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Traccia precedente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "AudioPreced"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Traccia successiva"
+ 
+ # nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "AudioSuccess"
+ 
+ # descrizione e nome tasto speciale
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Espelli"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "Sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Mostra il prompt esegui comando"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Mostra la panoramica delle attività"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Termina la sessione"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Canc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Blocca lo schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "Accesso universale"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "Attiva o disattiva l'ingrandimento"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "Aumenta l'ingrandimento"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "Riduci l'ingrandimento"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "Attiva o disattiva lo screen reader"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:298(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "Attiva o disattiva la tastiera a schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:302(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "Incrementa la dimensione del testo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:306(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "Diminuisci la dimensione del testo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:310(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "Attiva o disattiva il contrasto elevato"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on left"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on right"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Attiva il menù della finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Commuta la modalità schermo intero"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Commuta lo stato massimizzato"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Massimizza la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Ripristina la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Commuta lo stato arrotolato"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Disabilita</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Chiudi la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
+-msgid "Minimize window"
+-msgstr "Minimizza la finestra"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Muovi la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Ridimensiona la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "Commuta lo stato «su tutti gli spazi di lavoro» per la finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr "Solleva la finestra se è coperta, in caso contrario l'abbassa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Solleva la finestra sopra le altre finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Abbassa la finestra sotto le altre"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Massimizza la finestra verticalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Massimizza la finestra orizzontalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Scorciatoie personalizzate"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Per creare una propria scorciatoia da tastiera:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Scorciatoie personali</gui> sul lato sinistro della "
+-"finestra."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
+-"appear."
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul pulsante <gui>+</gui>. Appare la finestra <gui>Scorciatoia "
+-"personalizzata</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+ msgid ""
+-"Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> "
+-"to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you "
+-"wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</"
+-"input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Scrivere un <gui>Nome</gui> per identificare la scorciatoia e un "
+-"<gui>Comando</gui> per eseguire una applicazione, quindi fare clic su "
+-"<gui>Applica</gui>. Per esempio, se si vuole una scorciatoia per aprire "
+-"Rhythmbox, è possibile indicare come nome <input>Musica</input> e usare il "
+-"comando <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:415(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+-"Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then "
+-"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare doppio clic sulla destra dove è indicato <gui>Disabilitato</gui>, "
+-"quindi premere la combinazione di tasti desiderata come scorciatoia."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:419(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+-"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
+-"the application itself."
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il nome del comando digitato deve essere un comando di sistema valido. Per "
+-"controllare che lo sia, digitarlo in una finestra di Terminale. Il comando "
+-"per aprire un'applicazione non ha necessariamente lo stesso nome di "
+-"quest'ultima."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -9713,35 +11390,44 @@
+ "doppio-clic sul suo <em>nome</em>. Nella finestra che si aprirà, "
+ "<gui>Scorciatoia personalizzata</gui>, sarà possibile modificarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:31(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-msgstr "Lingua e regione"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Impostare un'immagine, un colore o un gradiente come sfondo della scrivania."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "Cambiare lo sfondo della scrivania"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -9749,25 +11435,23 @@
+ "È possibile cambiare l'immagine usata per lo sfondo della Scrivania oppure "
+ "impostare semplicemente un colore o un gradiente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref="
+-"\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your "
+-"entire desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare un'immagine o un colore. Le impostazioni vengono applicate "
+-"immediatamente. <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Passare a un altro "
+-"spazio di lavoro</link> per visualizzare la scrivania."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -9775,50 +11459,49 @@
+ "be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+-"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Cartella Immagini</gui> per usare una propria foto presa "
+-"dalla cartella Immagini. La maggior parte delle applicazioni che gestiscono "
+-"foto le salvano in questa posizione."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Colors &amp; Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a "
+-"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right "
+-"corner."
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Colori &amp; gradienti</gui> per usare semplicemente un "
+-"colore o un gradiente lineare. Il selettore del colore apparirà nell'angolo "
+-"in basso a destra."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures "
+-"Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking "
+-"the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete "
+-"the original file."
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È anche possibile esplorare il sistema per impostare una qualsiasi immagine "
+-"attraverso il pulsante <gui>+</gui>. Una qualsiasi immagine aggiunta in "
+-"questo modo verrà mostrata sotto <gui>Cartella Immagini</gui>. Per "
+-"rimuoverla dall'elenco, selezionarla e fare clic sul pulsante <gui>-</gui>. "
+-"La rimozione di un'immagine dall'elenco non implica la rimozione anche del "
+-"file originale."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La risoluzione dello schermo potrebbe essere impostata in modo sbagliato."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "Perché gli oggetti sullo schermo sembrano strani/pixelati?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+@@ -9826,19 +11509,22 @@
+ "Questo può accadere quando la risoluzione impostata non è quella corretta "
+ "per il proprio schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try "
+-"some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+-"screen look better."
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr "Quando sono connessi più schermi"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -9851,7 +11537,8 @@
+ "contemporaneamente e quindi almeno uno degli schermi potrebbe sembrare "
+ "strano."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -9865,23 +11552,27 @@
+ "collegati allo stesso computer. È possibile spostare le finestre da uno "
+ "schermo all'altro, ma non mostrare la stessa finestra su entrambi."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per impostare gli schermi in modo che ognuno di essi abbia la propria "
+ "risoluzione:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open "
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Deselezionare <gui>Duplicare i monitor</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+@@ -9891,15 +11582,18 @@
+ "finestra <gui>Monitor</gui>. Modificare la <gui>Risoluzione</gui> fino a che "
+ "gli oggetti vengono mostrati correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Modificare la risoluzione dello schermo e l'orientamento (rotazione)."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "Modificare la dimensione o la rotazione dello schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -9911,24 +11605,20 @@
+ "modo in cui appaiono (per esempio, con un monitor ruotabile), modificare la "
+ "<em>rotazione</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+-msgstr "Aprire <gui>Monitor</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+-"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Qualora si disponga di più monitor non duplicati, è possibile avere "
+-"impostazioni diverse per ciascuno di essi. Selezionare uno schermo nell'area "
+-"di anteprima."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Selezionare la risoluzione e la rotazione desiderate."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -9940,7 +11630,8 @@
+ "errata, di ripristinare automaticamente quella precedente. Se quelle nuove "
+ "sono soddisfacenti, fare clic su <gui>Mantieni questa configurazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+@@ -9951,11 +11642,13 @@
+ "dello schermo abituale. Se ciò non avviene, fare clic su <gui>Individua "
+ "monitor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Risoluzione"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+ "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+@@ -9971,7 +11664,8 @@
+ "che non rispecchia il rapporto d'aspetto del proprio monitor, allo schermo "
+ "verrà applicata la tecnica del «letterbox» per evitare distorsioni."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+ "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+@@ -9982,94 +11676,107 @@
+ "oggetti potrebbero <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">sembrare strani oppure "
+ "pixelati</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:60(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Rotazione"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+-"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"In alcuni portatili è possibile ruotare fisicamente lo schermo in più "
+-"direzioni, pertanto è utile saper modificare la rotazione dello schermo. Per "
+-"farlo, selezionare l'angolo di rotazione desiderato per lo schermo "
+-"dall'elenco a discesa <gui>Rotazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Audio, video e immagini"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Audio"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Audio"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Audio"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Audio di base"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Musica e riproduttori audio"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Musica e riproduttori audio portatili"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Foto"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Fotografie e fotocamere digitali"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Video"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Video e videocamere"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+@@ -10077,24 +11784,28 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Suggerimenti sull'uso di questa guida</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">aiutare a migliorare questa guida</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing-list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc"
+-"\">IRC</link>"
++"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing-list</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Ulteriore aiuto"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione per prevenire clic "
+ "accidentali."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -10106,22 +11817,33 @@
+ "accidentali. È possibile disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione: "
+ "funzionerà nuovamente alcuni istanti dopo aver interrotto la digitazione."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
+-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a "
+-"touchpad."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aprire <gui>Mouse e touchpad</gui> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Mouse</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -10129,11 +11851,13 @@
+ "Controllare quanto rapidamente è necessario premere il pulsante del mouse "
+ "una seconda volta per ottenere un doppio-clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "Regolare la velocità del doppio-clic"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+@@ -10146,26 +11870,29 @@
+ "difficoltà nel premere il pulsante del mouse rapidamente, è possibile "
+ "aumentare l'intervallo di tempo a disposizione."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
+-"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
+-"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
+-"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella scheda <gui>Tempo disponibile per doppio-clic</gui>, regolare il "
+-"controllo scorrevole <gui>Tempo disponibile</gui> su un valore "
+-"soddisfacente. Usare la faccina sotto il controllo scorrevole per provare "
+-"l'impostazione: un singolo clic la farà sorridere, un doppio-clic la farà "
+-"sorridere a trentadue denti."
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se il mouse effettua un doppio-clic invece che un clic singolo anche dopo "
+ "aver aumentato l'intervallo di tempo a disposizione, ciò potrebbe indicare "
+@@ -10173,8 +11900,9 @@
+ "verificare il corretto funzionamento. In alternativa, è possibile collegare "
+ "il mouse a un altro computer per vedere se presenta il medesimo problema."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -10182,51 +11910,18 @@
+ "Questa impostazione ha effetti sul mouse, sul touchpad e su ogni altro "
+ "dispositivo di puntamento."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Modificare quanto occorre spostare il puntatore del mouse per iniziare il "
+-"trascinamento."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+-msgstr "Regolare la soglia oltre la quale inizia il trascinamento"
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
+-"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
+-"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
+-"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
+-"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quando si fa clic su qualcosa, non è insolito che la mano si muova un po' "
+-"nell'intervallo di tempo tra la pressione e il rilascio del pulsante del "
+-"mouse. Per questo motivo, il trascinamento inizia solo se il puntatore del "
+-"mouse viene spostato oltre un certo limite, in modo tale da non iniziare un "
+-"trascinamento accidentale a ogni clic. È possibile controllare la distanza "
+-"minima richiesta per iniziare il trascinamento."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
+-"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
+-"titlebar to test the current value."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella scheda <gui>Trascinamento</gui>, regolare il controllo scorrevole "
+-"<gui>Soglia</gui> su un valore soddisfacente. Provare a muovere la finestra "
+-"di impostazione trascinando la barra del titolo per testare il valore "
+-"impostato."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr "Invertire i pulsanti sinistro e destro nelle impostazioni del mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "Usare il mouse con la mano sinistra"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -10235,11 +11930,15 @@
+ "mouse o del touchpad per renderli più confortevoli per l'utilizzo con la "
+ "mano sinistra."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+-msgstr "Selezionare <gui>Per mano sinistra</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -10247,11 +11946,13 @@
+ "Usare il pulsante centrale del mouse per aprire applicazioni, incollare "
+ "testo, aprire schede e altro."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Clic col pulsante centrale"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+@@ -10259,11 +11960,13 @@
+ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sui touchpad che supportano il tocco con più dita, è possibile battere con "
+ "tre dita contemporaneamente per ottenere un clic centrale. È necessario "
+@@ -10271,13 +11974,15 @@
+ "touchpad</link> nelle impostazioni del touchpad per ottenere questo "
+ "risultato."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Molte applicazioni usano il clic col pulsante centrale per accedere a "
+ "scorciatoie avanzate mediante i clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -10290,7 +11995,8 @@
+ "incollarlo ed effettuare un clic col pulsante centrale. Il testo selezionato "
+ "verrà incollato nella posizione del mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+@@ -10301,7 +12007,8 @@
+ "negli appunti. Incollare con questo veloce metodo funziona solo col pulsante "
+ "centrale del mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -10313,15 +12020,18 @@
+ "il tasto centrale del mouse in uno spazio vuoto per spostarsi nella esatta "
+ "posizione del clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+ "click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
+-"applications overview."
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -10341,7 +12051,8 @@
+ "mouse per incollare il testo nella barra degli indirizzi e aver premuto "
+ "<key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+@@ -10354,7 +12065,8 @@
+ "fa clic col pulsante centrale su un file, questo verrà aperto, come se si "
+ "fosse utilizzato un doppio-clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -10365,15 +12077,18 @@
+ "dell'applicazione <em>clic centrale</em> o <em>pulsante centrale del mouse</"
+ "em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+@@ -10384,7 +12099,8 @@
+ "numerico sulla tastiera. Tale caratteristica è chiamata <em>Mouse da "
+ "tastiera</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+@@ -10393,19 +12109,22 @@
+ "Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> per far "
+ "apparire il selettore di accessibilità."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -10414,7 +12133,8 @@
+ "passi, sarà possibile muovere il puntatore del mouse con il tastierino "
+ "numerico."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+@@ -10424,7 +12144,8 @@
+ "da tastiera. Selezionare <gui>Accesso universale</gui> per esaminare "
+ "ulteriori opzioni di accesso facilitato."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -10440,7 +12161,8 @@
+ "utilizzo di tale caratteristica, è possibile acquistare un tastirino "
+ "numerico esterno USB."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -10453,21 +12175,18 @@
+ "verso il basso. Premere il tasto <key>5</key> per fare clic una volta col "
+ "mouse o premerlo velocemente due volte per fare un doppio-clic."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
+-"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
+-"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref="
+-"\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down "
+-"<key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Molte tastiere sono dotate di un tasto speciale che consente di fare clic "
+-"col pulsante destro; spesso questo tasto è posizionato vicino alla barra "
+-"spaziatrice. Per maggiori informazioni su come fare clic col pulsante destro "
+-"mantenendo premuto il tasto <key>5</key> o il pulsante sinistro del mouse, "
+-"consultare <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>."
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+@@ -10477,7 +12196,8 @@
+ "mouse da tastiera, attivare il tasto <key>Bloc Num</key>. Il mouse non può "
+ "essere controllato da tastiera quando <key>Bloc Num</key> è attivo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+@@ -10486,19 +12206,23 @@
+ "della tastiera, non possono controllare il puntatore del mouse. Solo i tasti "
+ "del tastierino numerico possono essere utilizzati per questa funzione."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Cosa fare se il mouse non funziona"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr "Il punatore del mouse non si sposta"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Controllare che il mouse sia collegato"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -10506,7 +12230,8 @@
+ "Se il mouse è del tipo con cavo di collegamento, controllare che questo sia "
+ "saldamente collegato al computer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -10520,17 +12245,21 @@
+ "porta verde del mouse anzichè nella porta viola della tastiera. Se il mouse "
+ "non è collegato, può essere necessario riavviare il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Verificare che il mouse sia stato riconosciuto dal computer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -10538,7 +12267,8 @@
+ "Nella finestra del terminale, digitare <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</"
+ "cmd>, esattamente come visualizzato, e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+@@ -10550,23 +12280,25 @@
+ "l'elemento con <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> indichi il nome del mouse "
+ "sulla sinistra."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+ "computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+ "In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se non c'è alcuna voce con il nome del mouse seguito da <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, allora il mouse non è stato riconosciuto dal "
++"Se non c'è alcuna voce con il nome del mouse seguito da "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, allora il mouse non è stato riconosciuto dal "
+ "computer, se la voce è presente, il mouse è stato riconosciuto dal computer. "
+ "In tal caso, controllare che il mouse sia <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">collegato</link> e <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">funzionante</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -10576,7 +12308,8 @@
+ "necessari altri passi per farlo funzionare. Tali passi dipendono dalla marca "
+ "o dal modello di mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -10586,16 +12319,19 @@
+ "Chiedere supporto alla distribuzione o al venditore se si ritiene che il "
+ "mouse non sia stato riconosciuto correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Verificare che il mouse stia effettivamente funzionando"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Collegare il mouse in un altro computer per verificarne il funzionamento."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -10607,11 +12343,13 @@
+ "che sia acceso. Se è acceso e non si vede alcuna luce, il mouse potrebbe "
+ "essere rotto."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Verificare mouse senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -10621,7 +12359,8 @@
+ "base del mouse per spegnerlo completamente, per poterlo spostare da un luogo "
+ "all'altro senza attivarlo continuamente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+@@ -10630,7 +12369,8 @@
+ "al computer. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+@@ -10641,18 +12381,21 @@
+ "potrebbero non rispondere fino a quando non si preme un pulsante. Per "
+ "maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Verificare che la batteria del mouse sia carica."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assicurarsi che il ricevitore (adattatore) sia saldamente collegato al "
+ "computer."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -10660,7 +12403,8 @@
+ "Se il mouse e il ricevitore possono operare su diversi canali radio, "
+ "assicurarsi che siano entrambi impostati sullo stesso canale."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -10670,7 +12414,8 @@
+ "entrambi, per stabilire una connessione. In questo caso il manuale "
+ "d'istruzioni del mouse dovrebbe contenere maggiori dettagli."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -10682,83 +12427,54 @@
+ "potrebbero essere necessari ulteriori passi per farlo funzionare. Tali passi "
+ "dipendono dalla marca o dal modello di mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Modificare quanto rapidamente si sposta il puntatore del mouse quando si usa "
+ "il mouse o il touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "Regolare la velocità del mouse e del touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
+-"devices."
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se il puntatore si sposta troppo rapidamente o lentamente quando si muove il "
+-"mouse o si usa il touchpad, è possibile regolare la sensibilità e "
+-"l'accelerazione del puntatore per tali dispositivi."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and "
+-"<gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for "
+-"you."
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella sezione <gui>Velocità del puntatore</gui>, regolare i controlli "
+-"scorrevoli <gui>Accelerazione</gui> e <gui>Sensibilità</gui> fino a quando "
+-"il movimento del puntatore non sia soddisfacente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:43(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
+-"mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La sensibilità regola di quanto si sposta inizialmente il puntatore quando "
+-"si muove il mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
+-"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
+-"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
+-"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quanto più lontano viene spostato il mouse, tanto più rapidamente si "
+-"sposterà il puntatore, in proporzione al movimento del mouse. Ciò consente "
+-"di spostare il puntatore per tutto lo schermo senza sollevare la mano e "
+-"contemporaneamente permette di puntare e fare clic con precisione. "
+-"L'accelerazione controlla questo comportamento."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:51(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
+-"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
+-"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
+-"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile impostare diverse sensibilità e accelerazioni per il mouse e il "
+-"touchpad. Talvolta l'impostazione più soddisfacente per un tipo di "
+-"dispositivo non è tale per l'altro. Impostare semplicemente i controlli "
+-"scorrevoli nelle schede <gui>Mouse</gui> e <gui>Touchpad</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+-msgstr "Fare clic o scorrere usando battiti o movimenti sul touchpad."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
+-msgstr "Fare clic o scorrere col touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+@@ -10766,23 +12482,23 @@
+ "È possibile fare clic, doppio-clic, trascinare e scorrere usando solo il "
+ "touchpad, senza usare altri pulsanti."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per fare clic, doppio-clic e trascinare col touchpad, selezionare "
+-"<gui>Abilitare i clic del mouse con il touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Per fare clic, battere sul touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Per fare doppio-clic, battere due volte."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -10791,7 +12507,8 @@
+ "il secondo battito. Trascinare l'elemento nella posizione desiderata e "
+ "quindi sollevare il dito per lasciarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -10804,16 +12521,18 @@
+ "Per maggiori informazioni su come fare un clic col pulsante destro senza un "
+ "secondo pulsante sul mouse, consultare <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se il touchpad supporta i battiti con più dita, fare <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "middleclick\">clic col tasto centrale</link> battendo con tre dita "
+ "contemporaneamente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -10823,129 +12542,141 @@
+ "siano abbastanza distanziate fra di loro. Se le dita sono troppo vicine le "
+ "une alle altre, il computer potrebbe rilevarle come un solo dito."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
+-"using two fingers."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile effettuare uno scorrimento sia usando i bordi del touchpad che "
+-"due dita."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
+-"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
+-"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
+-"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
+-"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Scorrimento di bordo</gui> nella scheda <gui>Scorrimento</"
+-"gui> per scorrere usando il bordo del touchpad. Quando questa opzione è "
+-"selezionata, trascinare il dito su e giù lungo il lato destro del touchpad "
+-"per scorrere verticalmente. Selezionare <gui>Abilitare lo scorrimento "
+-"orizzontale</gui> per scorrere orizzontalmente trascinando il dito a destra "
+-"e sinistra lungo il bordo inferiore del touchpad."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
+-"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
+-"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
+-"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
+-"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+-"touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Scorrimento a due dita</gui> nella scheda <gui>Scorrimento</"
+-"gui> per scorrere con due dita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, il "
+-"battito e il trascinamento con un dito funzionerà come al solito, ma se si "
+-"trascinano due dita su una qualsiasi parte del touchpad, si otterrà invece "
+-"uno scorrimento. Se si seleziona anche <gui>Abilitare lo scorrimento "
+-"orizzontale</gui>, è possibile muovere le dita a destra e sinistra per "
+-"scorrere orizzontalmente. Prestare attenzione a mantenere un certo spazio "
+-"tra le dita: se le dita sono troppo ravvicinate, potrebbero essere rilevate "
+-"come un unico dito da parte del touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Lo scorrimento con due dita potrebbe non funzionare su tutti i touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr "Se è necessario scuotere o fare clic con il mouse prima che risponda."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+-msgstr "Il mouse funziona con ritardo"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+-"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
+ "click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+-"I mouse senza fili e ottici, come pure i touchpad sui computer portatili, "
+-"potrebbero aver bisogno di \"svegliarsi\" prima di funzionare. Questi "
+-"dispositivi vengono messi automaticamente in pausa quando non utilizzati, "
+-"per risparmiare la carica della batteria. Per svegliare il mouse o il "
+-"touchpad, fare clic su un pulsante del mouse o scuoterlo."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
+-"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
+-msgstr ""
+-"I touchpad dei computer portatili talvolta evidenziano un ritardo nella "
+-"ripresa del funzionamento dopo aver terminato la digitazione. Ciò è dovuto "
+-"alla necessità di evitare di toccare accidentalmente il touchpad con il "
+-"palmo della mano durante la digitazione. Per maggiori informazioni, "
+-"consultare <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi comuni del mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi comuni"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Suggerimenti sul mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Suggerimenti"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Suggerimenti"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+@@ -10953,19 +12684,22 @@
+ "Potrebbe non essere stato installato il supporto per quel formato di file o "
+ "i brani potrebbero essere \"protetti da copia\"."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Non è possibile ascoltare brani acquistati in un negozio di musica online"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+ "computer and then copied it over."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -10984,7 +12718,8 @@
+ "all'installazione del supporto. Il messaggio dovrebbe anche fornire "
+ "istruzioni sulla procedura d'installazione."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -11004,8 +12739,10 @@
+ "ha restrizioni DRM, probabilmente non sarà possibile ascoltarlo: è "
+ "generalmente necessario un particolare software del venditore per ascoltare "
+ "un brano con DRM, ma spesso tale software non è supportato in ambiente Linux."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+@@ -11013,18 +12750,21 @@
+ "Per maggiori informazioni circa i DRM, consultare la <link href=\"http://www."
+ "eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare un riproduttore multimediale per copiare i brani e quindi rimuovere in "
+ "sicurezza l'iPod."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr "I brani non sono visibili dopo averli copiati sull'iPod"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -11035,7 +12775,8 @@
+ "applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+@@ -11047,7 +12788,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"files-removedrive\">rimuoverlo in sicurezza</link> per essere "
+ "certi che tutti i brani siano stati copiati correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -11060,7 +12802,8 @@
+ "software installer for an appropriate codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+@@ -11068,11 +12811,13 @@
+ "Per poter utilizzare i nuovi iPod è necessario configurarli attraverso "
+ "iTunes."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr "L'iPod nuovo non funziona"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+@@ -11080,7 +12825,8 @@
+ "app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+@@ -11093,7 +12839,8 @@
+ "gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> o simili. L'altro formato (HFS/Mac) non funziona su "
+ "Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+@@ -11101,7 +12848,8 @@
+ "Terminata la configurazione, l'iPod dovrebbe funzionare normalmente quando "
+ "collegato a un sistema operativo Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+@@ -11109,12 +12857,14 @@
+ "Aggiungere un file <input>.is_audio_player</input> per farlo riconoscere dal "
+ "computer come un riproduttore audio."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Perchè il riproduttore audio non viene riconosciuto quando è collegato?"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+@@ -11124,7 +12874,8 @@
+ "non è visibile nell'applicazione di gestione dei brani musicali, potrebbe "
+ "non essere stato riconosciuto correttamente come un riproduttore musicale."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -11136,7 +12887,8 @@
+ "device as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+@@ -11144,7 +12896,8 @@
+ "organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+@@ -11155,7 +12908,8 @@
+ "<em>Memoria di massa USB</em> (il manuale del riproduttore dovrebbe indicare "
+ "questa caratteristica)."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -11164,7 +12918,8 @@
+ "guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+@@ -11172,37 +12927,42 @@
+ "Singolo clic per aprire file, eseguire o visualizzare file di testo "
+ "eseguibili e specificare il comportamento del cestino."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze sul funzionamento del gestore di file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
+-"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
+-"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile controllare il comportamento dell'apertura dei file, con clic "
+-"singolo o doppio-clic, se le cartelle vengono aperte in nuove finestre, come "
+-"sono gestiti file di testo eseguibili e il funzionamento del cestino. In "
+-"qualsiasi finestra del gestore di file, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferenze</gui></guiseq> e selezionare la scheda "
+-"<gui>Comportamento</gui>."
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Comportamento"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Singolo clic per aprire gli oggetti</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Doppio-clic per aprire gli oggetti</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+@@ -11210,75 +12970,106 @@
+ "while clicking to select one or more files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In modo predefinito, un singolo clic seleziona i file, mentre il doppio-clic "
+-"li apre. È possibile scegliere di aprire file e cartelle con un singolo "
+-"clic. Quando in modalità singolo clic, per selezionare più file, premere il "
+-"tasto <key>Ctrl</key> mentre si esegue il clic per selezionare uno o più "
+-"file."
++"li apre. È possibile scegliere di aprire file e cartelle con un singolo clic."
++" Quando in modalità singolo clic, per selezionare più file, premere il tasto "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> mentre si esegue il clic per selezionare uno o più file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
+-msgstr "<gui>Aprire ogni cartella nella propria finestra</gui>"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
+-"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
+-"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
+-"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
+-"own window by default."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quando si apre una cartella nel gestore di file, questa viene aperta "
+-"all'interno della stessa finestra. È possibile fare clic col pulsante destro "
+-"su una cartella e selezionare <gui>Apri in una nuova finestra</gui> per "
+-"aprirla in una nuova finestra. Per fare in modo che questo comportamento sia "
+-"quello predefinito, selezionare questa opzione."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "File di testo eseguibili"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+ "permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+-"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, ."
+-"py and .pl, respectively."
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Un file di testo eseguibile è un file che contiene un programma che può "
+-"essere eseguito. I <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permessi</link> devono inoltre consentire di eseguire il file come un "
+-"programma. I più comuni sono gli script Shell, Python e Perl, con rispettive "
+-"estensioni .sh, .py e .pl."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
+-"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
+-"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
+-"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile selezionare <gui>Eseguire i file di testo eseguibili quando "
+-"vengono aperti</gui>, <gui>Mostrare i file di testo eseguibili quando "
+-"vengono aperti</gui> o <gui>Chiedere ogni volta</gui>. Se è selezionata "
+-"l'ultima opzione, verrà visualizzata una finestra che chiede se eseguire o "
+-"visualizzare il file di testo selezionato."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze del cestino"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Cestino"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<gui>Confermare lo svuotamento del cestino o l'eliminazione dei file</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+@@ -11287,21 +13078,20 @@
+ "Questa opzione è selezionata in modo predefinito. Svuotando il cestino, "
+ "apparirà un messaggio che richiede conferma prima di eseguire l'operazione."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+-msgstr "<gui>Includere un comando «Elimina» che scavalchi il cestino</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
+-"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
+-"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionando questa opzione comparirà la voce <gui>Elimina</gui> nel menù "
+-"<gui>Modifica</gui> e nel menù contestuale che appare facendo clic col "
+-"pulsante destro del mouse su un elemento nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+@@ -11311,80 +13101,78 @@
+ "il Cestino. L'elemento sarà completamente rimosso dal sistema e non esiste "
+ "alcun modo per recuperarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Aggiungere, rimuovere e modificare segnalibri nel gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "Modificare i segnalibri delle cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "Aggiungere un segnalibro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr "Aprire la cartella (o il percorso) da aggiungere ai segnalibri."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
+-"manager."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"I segnalibri sono elencati nel menù <gui>Segnalibri</gui> del gestore di "
+-"file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Eliminare un segnalibro"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Segnalibri</gui><gui>Modifica segnalibri...</gui></"
+-"guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella finestra <gui>Modifica i segnalibri</gui>, selezionare il segnalibro "
+-"da rimuovere e fare clic su <gui>Rimuovi</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Chiudi</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
+-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "Aggiungere un segnalibro"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+-msgstr "Aprire la cartella (o il percorso) da aggiungere ai segnalibri."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Segnalibri</gui><gui>Aggiungi segnalibro</gui></"
+-"guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Rinominare un segnalibro"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"rename."
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella finestra <gui>Modifica i segnalibri</gui>, selezionare il segnalibro "
+-"da rinominare."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nel campo di testo <gui>Nome</gui>, digitare il nuovo nome per il "
+-"segnalibro. recuperare l'elemento cancellato"
++"Nel campo di testo <gui>Nome</gui>, digitare il nuovo nome per il segnalibro."
++" recuperare l'elemento cancellato"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -11398,7 +13186,8 @@
+ "In questi casi è utile dare ai segnalibri nomi diversi rispetto al nome "
+ "delle cartelle a cui fanno riferimento."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+@@ -11406,11 +13195,13 @@
+ "Visualizzare e modificare file su un altro computer tramite FTP, SSH, "
+ "condivisione file di Windows o WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr "Esplorare file su un server o una condivisione di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+@@ -11422,114 +13213,159 @@
+ "modo comodo per scaricare o caricare file tramite Internet o per "
+ "condividerli con altre persone sulla rete locale."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+-"the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The "
+-"file manager will find any computers on your local area network that "
+-"advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server "
+-"on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you "
+-"can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a un server di file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to Server</"
+-"gui></guiseq>."
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nel gestore di file, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connetti al "
+-"server</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
+-"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
+-"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Inserire l'indirizzo del server, selezionare il tipo e, se richiesto, "
+-"inserire le informazioni addizionali. Quindi fare clic su <gui>Connetti</"
+-"gui>. Dettagli sui tipi di server sono <link xref=\"#types\">elencati sotto</"
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+ "link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
+-"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
+-"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
+-"address</link>."
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per server raggiunti via Internet, è solitamente possibile utilizzare il "
+-"nome di dominio (come <sys>ftp.esempio.it</sys>). Per computer raggiunti "
+-"attraverso la rete locale tuttavia, potrebbe essere necessario utilizzare "
+-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">l'indirizzo IP numerico</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
+-"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una nuova finestra si aprirà mostrando i file sul server. È possibile "
+-"esplorare i file e le cartelle come se fossero sul proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
+-"the future"
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Il server sarà inoltre aggiunto al riquadro laterale, in modo da potervi "
+-"accedere facilmente in futuro."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "Different types of servers"
+-msgstr "I diversi tipi di server"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "Tipi di server"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password."
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile connettersi a differenti tipi di server. Alcuni sono pubblici e "
+-"permettono a chiunque l'accesso, altri richiedono l'inserimento di un nome "
+-"utente e di una password."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile non avere i permessi per compiere determinate azioni sui file di "
+ "un server. Per esempio, è molto probabile che su server FTP pubblici non sia "
+ "possibile eliminare file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(terms/title)
+-msgid "Types of servers"
+-msgstr "Tipi di server"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:72(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
+-"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se è disponibile un account di <em>shell sicura</em> su un server, è "
+-"possibile connettersi utilizzando tale metodo. Diversi sistemi di hosting "
+-"web forniscono ai membri account SSH, così da poter caricare file in modo "
+-"sicuro. Server SSH richiedono sempre credenziali di accesso. Se si utilizza "
+-"una chiave SSH per connettersi, lasciare il campo della password vuoto."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+@@ -11537,11 +13373,13 @@
+ "Quando si usa SSH, tutti i dati inviati (inclusa la password iniziale) sono "
+ "cifrati, in modo che altri utenti sulla rete non riescano a intercettarli."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (con login)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -11555,39 +13393,55 @@
+ "per il caricamento e lo scaricamento di dati. Server FTP con credenziali di "
+ "accesso permettono solitamente l'eliminazione e il caricamento di file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "FTP pubblico"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+ "and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Siti che permettono lo scaricamento di file forniscono a volte accessi "
+-"pubblici o anonimi tramite FTP. Questi server non richiedono l'inserimento "
+-"di credenziali di accesso e non permettono solitamente di eliminare file o "
+-"di caricarne di nuovi."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Alcuni server FTP anonimi richiedono l'inserimento di credenziali di accesso "
+-"come nome utente e password pubblici, altri utilizzando un nome utente "
+-"pubblico e l'indirizzo email come password. Per questi server, utilizzare il "
+-"metodo <gui>FTP (con login)</gui> e inserire le credenziali come specificato "
+-"dal sito del server FTP."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:107(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Condivisione Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -11602,11 +13456,23 @@
+ "computer remoto, è possibile connettersi a una condivisione file di Windows "
+ "dal gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV e WebDAV sicuro"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -11621,49 +13487,58 @@
+ "un robusto sistema di cifratura SSL per nascondere la password agli altri "
+ "utenti."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Controllare le didascalie delle icone e il formato delle date usate nel "
+-"gestore dei file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze di visualizzazione del gestore di file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
+-"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
+-"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile controllare diversi aspetti di come il gestore di file "
+-"visualizza i file, inclusi i formati delle date e le didascalie delle icone. "
+-"In qualsiasi finestra del gestore, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferenze</gui></guiseq> e selezionare la scheda "
+-"<gui>Visualizzazione</gui>."
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Didascalie delle icone"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "Icone del gestore di file con didascalie"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+@@ -11675,20 +13550,19 @@
+ "ciascuna icona. Questo è utile, per esempio, se spesso si ha la necessità di "
+ "sapere a chi appartiene un file o quando è stato modificato l'ultima volta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
+-"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
+-"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
+-"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Effettuando lo zoom su una cartella (nel menù <gui>Visualizzazione</gui>), "
+-"il gestore di file mostrerà più informazioni all'interno delle didascalie. È "
+-"possibile scegliere fino a tre informazioni da mostrare: la prima sarà "
+-"visibile nella maggior parte dei livelli d'ingrandimento, l'ultima sarà "
+-"mostrata solo ai massimi livelli d'ingrandimento."
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+@@ -11698,7 +13572,8 @@
+ "le stesse delle colonne presenti nella visualizzazione per liste. Per "
+ "maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+@@ -11710,28 +13585,8 @@
+ "gui><gui>Aggiorna</gui></guiseq> o premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(section/title)
+-msgid "Date format"
+-msgstr "Formato della data"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
+-"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
+-"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
+-"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
+-"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
+-"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
+-"showing the current date and time in that format."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Le date di ultimo accesso e modifica dei file possono essere visualizzate "
+-"nelle didascalie delle icone o nella visualizzazione a colonne. Il formato "
+-"della data può essere scelto dal menù a discesa <gui>Formato</gui> in cui "
+-"sono disponibili un formato discorsivo, uno standard internazionale e uno "
+-"che usa tempi relativi come <em>oggi</em> e <em>ieri</em>. Il menù a discesa "
+-"mostra i formati con degli esempi utilizzando la data corrente."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+@@ -11739,11 +13594,13 @@
+ "Visualizzare informazioni di base sui file, impostare i permessi e scegliere "
+ "le applicazioni predefinite."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Proprietà del file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+@@ -11754,13 +13611,14 @@
+ "possibile selezionare il file e premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Invio</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La finestra delle proprietà del file mostra informazioni quali il tipo di "
+ "file, le dimensioni del file e quando è stato modificato l'ultima volta. Se "
+@@ -11768,14 +13626,15 @@
+ "xref=\"nautilus-list\">Colonne dell'elenco</link> o <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">Didascalie delle icone</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le informazioni contenute nella scheda <gui>Generali</gui> sono spiegate di "
+ "seguito. Oltre a questa, sono disponibili anche le schede <gui><link xref="
+@@ -11784,30 +13643,37 @@
+ "come immagini o video, è presente un'ulteriore scheda che fornisce "
+ "informazioni come la dimensione, la durata e il codec."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Proprietà generali"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:48(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Nome"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile rinominare il file modificando questo campo o rinominandolo al "
+-"di fuori della finestra delle proprietà. Consultare <link xref=\"files-rename"
+-"\"/>."
++"di fuori della finestra delle proprietà. Consultare <link xref=\"files-"
++"rename\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -11821,7 +13687,8 @@
+ "un'immagine con un riproduttore audio. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare "
+ "<link xref=\"files-open\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+@@ -11830,11 +13697,13 @@
+ "standard che i computer utilizzando per classificare e fare riferimento a un "
+ "file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Contenuto"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -11849,12 +13718,15 @@
+ "vengono considerati ciascuno come un oggetto singolo. Se la cartella è "
+ "vuota, viene visualizzato il testo <gui>niente</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:70(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Dimensione"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+@@ -11867,7 +13739,8 @@
+ "inviarlo via email (file di grandi dimensioni impiegano più tempo per essere "
+ "inviati/ricevuti)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+@@ -11877,12 +13750,15 @@
+ "casi viene mostrata tra parentesi anche la dimensione in byte. Tecnicamente, "
+ "1 KB corrisponde a 1024 byte, 1 MB a 1024 KB e così via."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Posizione"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -11897,30 +13773,35 @@
+ "chiamato <file>Curriculum.pdf</file> nella sua cartella Home, il percorso di "
+ "quel file sarebbe <file>/home/mario/Curriculum.pdf</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Volume"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il file system o la periferica su cui il file è memorizzato. Questo mostra "
+ "dove si trova fisicamente il file, per esempio se è su un disco fisso, un CD "
+ "o una <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">cartella condivisa in rete</link>. I "
+-"dischi fissi possono essere suddivisi in <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">partizioni</link> e anche queste vengono mostrate in <gui>Volume</gui>."
++"dischi fissi possono essere suddivisi in <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">partizioni</link> e anche queste vengono mostrate in "
++"<gui>Volume</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Spazio libero"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+@@ -11930,32 +13811,41 @@
+ "spazio che è ancora disponibile sul disco che ospita la cartella. È utile "
+ "per controllare se il disco è pieno."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Ultimo accesso"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "La data e l'ora in cui il file è stato aperto l'ultima volta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Ultima modifica"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La data e l'ora in cui il file è stato modificato e salvato l'ultima volta"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr "Controllare chi può vedere e modificare i propri file e cartelle."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "Impostare i permessi sui file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+@@ -11966,7 +13856,8 @@
+ "file, fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse e selezionare <gui>Proprietà</"
+ "gui>, quindi selezionare la scheda <gui>Permessi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+@@ -11974,11 +13865,15 @@
+ "Consultare <link xref=\"#files\"/> e <link xref=\"#folders\"/> più sotto per "
+ "i dettagli relativi ai tipi di permessi che è possibile impostare."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "File"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+@@ -11991,7 +13886,8 @@
+ "permessi di sola lettura o di lettura e scrittura. Impostare un file in sola "
+ "lettura per non correre il rischio di modificarlo per sbaglio."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -12010,7 +13906,8 @@
+ "che ne fanno parte. Per associare un gruppo a un file, è necessario far "
+ "parte del gruppo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+@@ -12018,7 +13915,8 @@
+ "I permessi possono essere impostati anche per gli utenti diversi dal "
+ "proprietario e per quelli appartenenti al gruppo del file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -12033,12 +13931,15 @@
+ "chiedere cosa fare. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Cartelle"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+@@ -12048,7 +13949,8 @@
+ "gruppo e gli altri utenti. Consultare i dettagli dei permessi descritti "
+ "sopra per capire chi e cosa sono proprietario, gruppo e altri utenti."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+@@ -12056,20 +13958,26 @@
+ "I permessi che è possibile applicare per una cartella sono diversi da quelli "
+ "di un file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:54(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Nessuno"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+-msgstr "L'utente non può nemmeno visualizzare quali file la cartella contenga."
++msgstr ""
++"L'utente non può nemmeno visualizzare quali file la cartella contenga."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Elencare soltanto i file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+@@ -12077,11 +13985,13 @@
+ "L'utente può vedere quali file sono nella cartella, ma non può aprire, "
+ "creare o eliminare file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Accedere ai file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+@@ -12090,11 +14000,13 @@
+ "L'utente può aprire i file nella cartella (ammesso che abbia i permessi per "
+ "farlo su quei file), ma non può crearne di nuovi o eliminarli."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Creare ed eliminare i file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+@@ -12102,59 +14014,38 @@
+ "L'utente può avere pieno accesso alla cartella, compreso aprire, creare ed "
+ "eliminare file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+-"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
+-"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
+-"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
+-"horizontal line across it)."
+-msgstr ""
+-"I permessi possono essere applicati rapidamente a tutti i file nella "
+-"cartella utilizzando il menù a discesa <gui>Accesso ai file</gui> per "
+-"proprietario, gruppo e altri e l'opzione <gui>Esecuzione</gui>. Per non "
+-"modificare nulla, lasciare il menù a discesa nello stato <gui>---</gui> e "
+-"l'opzione <gui>Esecuzione</gui> nello stato indeterminato."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
+-"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
+-"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
+-"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Facendo clic su <gui>Applica permessi ai file contenuti</gui>, il gestore di "
+-"file applicherà i permessi di lettura, scrittura ed esecuzione dei file "
+-"contenuti basandosi sulle opzioni <gui>Accesso ai file</gui> ed "
+-"<gui>Esecuzione</gui> impostati. Ciò cambierà anche i permessi delle "
+-"cartelle contenute per adeguarsi ai permessi del contenitore. Gli stessi "
+-"permessi sono anche applicati ai file nelle sottocartelle, a qualunque "
+-"livello di profondità."
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Controllare le informazioni visualizzate nelle colonne della vista a elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze delle colonne della visualizzazione a elenco"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
+-"manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-"guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns "
+-"will be visible."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella visualizzazione a elenco sono disponibili 12 colonne diverse per "
+-"mostrare differenti informazioni. Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferenze</gui></guiseq> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Colonne "
+-"dell'elenco</gui> per scegliere quali colonne rendere visibili."
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -12162,19 +14053,22 @@
+ "Usare i pulsanti <gui>Sposta su</gui> e <gui>Sposta giù</gui> per scegliere "
+ "l'ordine in cui le colonne selezionate appariranno."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "Il nome dei file e delle cartelle presenti nella cartella corrente."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La dimensione di una cartella è intesa come il numero di file che contiene. "
+ "La dimensione di un file è data in byte, KB o MB."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -12182,27 +14076,28 @@
+ "Mostra «Cartella» oppure il tipo di file come «Documento PDF», «Immagine "
+ "JPEG», «Audio MP3», ecc..."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Modified"
+-msgstr "Data di modifica"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "Mostra la data e l'orario dell'ultima modifica al file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Accessed"
+-msgstr "Data d'accesso"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
+-msgstr "Mostra la data e l'orario dell'ultimo accesso al file."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "Proprietario"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "Il nome dell'utente a cui appartiene il file o la cartella."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Gruppo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -12213,29 +14108,20 @@
+ "contesti aziendali, dove gli utenti possono appartenere a gruppi diversi a "
+ "seconda del reparto o del progetto che seguono."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+-msgstr "Il percorso alla posizione del file."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(title/gui)
+-msgid "MIME Type"
+-msgstr "Tipo MIME"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+-msgstr "Visualizza il tipo MIME del file."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Permessi"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Visualizza informazioni sui permessi di accesso al file, per esempio "
+ "<gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -12243,7 +14129,8 @@
+ "Il primo carattere <gui>-</gui> è il tipo di file: <gui>-</gui> indica un "
+ "file normale, <gui>d</gui> indica una directory (cartella)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -12251,7 +14138,8 @@
+ "I successivi tre caratteri, <gui>rwx</gui>, indicano i permessi per l'utente "
+ "che possiede il file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -12259,7 +14147,8 @@
+ "I successivi tre, <gui>rw-</gui>, indicano i permessi per tutti i membri del "
+ "gruppo che possiede il file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -12267,154 +14156,91 @@
+ "Gli ultimi tre caratteri nella colonna, <gui>r--</gui>, indicano i permessi "
+ "per tutti gli altri utenti nel sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Ogni carattere ha i seguenti significati:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r: permesso di lettura"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w: permesso di scrittura"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x: permesso di esecuzione"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "-: nessun permesso"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(title/gui)
+-msgid "Octal Permissions"
+-msgstr "Permessi ottali"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
+-"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
+-"user class, group class and other users respectively."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Mostra i permessi dei file in notazione ottale aggiungendo come prefisso per "
+-"le cartelle «40» e per i file «100». Nelle ultime tre cifre, ogni cifra "
+-"rappresenta, rispettivamente, la classe dei permessi per utente, gruppo e "
+-"altri utenti."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
+-msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il permesso di lettura aggiunge quattro al totale di ognuna delle ultime tre "
+-"cifre."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
+-msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
+-msgstr "Il permesso di scrittura aggiunge due al totale."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
+-msgstr "Il permesso di esecuzione aggiunge uno al totale."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(title/gui)
+-msgid "Owner"
+-msgstr "Proprietario"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "Tipo MIME"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(item/p)
+-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+-msgstr "Il nome dell'utente a cui appartiene il file o la cartella."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "Visualizza il tipo MIME del file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(title/gui)
+-msgid "SELinux Context"
+-msgstr "Contesto SELinux"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+-msgstr "Mostra il contesto SELinux del file, se applicabile."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "Il percorso alla posizione del file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze del gestore di file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
+-msgstr "Controllare quando usare miniature e anteprime per i file."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferenze di anteprima del gestore di file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+-"control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il gestore di file crea miniature per visualizzare l'anteprima di immagini, "
+-"video e file di testo. La generazione di miniature di anteprima per file di "
+-"grandi dimensioni o residenti su condivisioni di rete può risultare lenta ed "
+-"è pertanto possibile controllare quando crearle. In qualsiasi finestra del "
+-"gestore di file, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui> <gui>Preferenze</"
+-"gui></guiseq> e selezionare la scheda <gui>Anteprima</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
+-"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the "
+-"internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the "
+-"network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview "
+-"options to <gui>Always</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Le anteprime, per impostazione predefinita, vengono generate e visualizzate "
+-"solo per file locali sul proprio computer o su dispositivi di memorizzazione "
+-"esterni collegati. Il gestore è però in grado di <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"connect\">visualizzare file su altri computer</link> in una rete locale o "
+-"attraverso Internet: se si accede spesso a file in una rete locale e la "
+-"velocità delle rete è abbastanza elevata, è possibile impostare a "
+-"<gui>Sempre</gui> alcune o tutte le opzioni di anteprima."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text Files"
+-msgstr "File di testo"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
+-"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
+-"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
+-"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+-msgstr ""
+-"L'icona per i file di testo ha l'aspetto di un pezzo di carta con del testo, "
+-"estratto automaticamente dalle prime righe del file, mostrato nell'icona. "
+-"Questa funzione può essere attivata o disattivata globalmente oppure solo "
+-"per i file che risiedono sul proprio computer o su dispositivi esterni "
+-"collegati localmente."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
+-msgid "Other Previewable Files"
+-msgstr "Altri file possibili"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
+-"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
+-"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
+-"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
+-"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
+-"below a certain file size."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il gestore di file può creare automaticamente miniature per immagini, video, "
+-"file PDF e vari altri tipi di file. Applicazioni che usano tipi di file "
+-"personalizzati possono anche fornire supporto per i file che producono. "
+-"Questa funzione può essere attivata o disattivata globalmente oppure solo "
+-"per i file che risiedono sul proprio computer o su dispositivi esterni "
+-"collegati localmente. La creazione di anteprime può essere limitata a file "
+-"al di sotto di una determinata dimensione."
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -12423,259 +14249,188 @@
+ "folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+ "on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se le dimensioni dei file sono visibili nelle <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">colonne della vista a elenco</link> o nelle <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"Se le dimensioni dei file sono visibili nelle <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">colonne della vista a elenco</link> o nelle <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "display#icon-captions\">didascalie delle icone</link>, le cartelle "
+ "mostreranno il conteggio di file e cartelle contenuti. Tale conteggio può "
+ "risultare lento, specialmente per cartelle con molti file. Questa funzione "
+ "può essere attivata o disattivata globalmente oppure solo per i file che "
+ "risiedono sul proprio computer o su dispositivi esterni collegati localmente."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Specifica la modalità di visualizzazione predefinita, l'ordinamento e il "
+ "livello d'ingrandimento per il gestore di file."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "Preferenze di visualizzazione del gestore di file"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile controllare la modalità predefinita di visualizzazione per le "
+-"nuove cartelle, l'ordinamento predefinito di file e cartelle, il livello "
+-"d'ingrandimento per le modalità di visualizzazione a icone e compatt o se "
+-"visualizzare i file anche nel pannello laterale. In qualunque finestra del "
+-"gestore di file, fare clic su <guiseq><gui>Modifica</gui><gui>Preferenze</"
+-"gui></guiseq> e selezionare la scheda  <gui>Visualizzazione</gui>."
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Vista predefinita"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Visualizzare le nuove cartelle usando"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
+-"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
+-"can use these views by default."
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Come impostazione predefinita, le nuove cartelle sono mostrate con la vista "
+-"a icone. È possibile selezionare una modalità di visualizzazione diversa per "
+-"ogni cartella e il gestore di file ricorderà tale scelta. Tuttavia, se viene "
+-"usata spesso la vista a elenco o quella compatta è possibile impostare una "
+-"di queste come predefinita."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
+-"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile modificare la modalità di visualizzazione per una singola "
+-"cartella dal menù <gui>Visualizza</gui> selezionando <gui>Icone</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Elenco</gui> o <gui>Compatta</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Disporre gli oggetti"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
+-"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
+-"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
+-"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
+-"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/"
+-"> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Gli elementi all'interno delle cartelle possono essere ordinati per nome, "
+-"dimensione, tipo, data di ultima modifica, data di ultimo accesso o data di "
+-"eliminazione. È possibile modificare la modalità di ordinamento in una sola "
+-"cartella attraverso il menù <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Disponi "
+-"oggetti</gui></guiseq> oppure facendo clic sulla colonna dalla vista a "
+-"elenco (per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"files-sort\"/>). "
+-"Notare che eseguire questa operazione attraverso il menù modificherà "
+-"l'ordinamento solo per la cartella corrente e il gestore di file memorizzerà "
+-"la scelta per ogni cartella."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
+-"the default order used in new folders."
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Usare l'elenco a discesa <gui>Disporre gli oggetti</gui> nelle preferenze "
+-"per modificare la modalità di ordinamento predefinita per le nuove cartelle."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Elencare le cartelle prima dei file"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Come impostazione predefinita, il gestore di file mostra tutte le cartelle "
+-"prima dei file. Cartelle e file sono disposti ciascuno secondo l'ordinamento "
+-"selezionato. Per non considerare le cartelle in modo speciale e "
+-"visualizzarle insieme ai file in base all'ordinamento, deselezionare questa "
+-"opzione."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Mostrare file nascosti e di backup"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
+-"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
+-"open file manager window, select this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il gestore di file non mostra file o cartelle nascosti come impostazione "
+-"predefinita (per maggiori informazioni sui file nascosti, consultare <link "
+-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/>). Per visualizzare i file nascosti all'interno di "
+-"una finestra del gestore di file, fare clic su <gui>Visualizza</gui> e "
+-"scegliere l'opzione appropriata (utilizzata anche per mostrarli sempre e in "
+-"tutte le finestre)."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon view defaults"
+-msgstr "Preferenze vista a icone"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:102(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(title/gui)
+-msgid "Default zoom level"
+-msgstr "Livello di ingrandimento predefinito"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile rendere le icone e il testo più grandi o più piccoli nella vista "
+-"a icone direttamente all'interno di una cartella dal menù "
+-"<gui>Visualizzazione</gui>: il gestore di file ricorderà la scelta fatta per "
+-"ogni cartella. Se viene utilizzato spesso questo livello d'ingrandimento, "
+-"tale valore può essere impostato come predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella vista a icone, in base al livello d'ingrandimento verranno mostrate "
+-"più o meno didascalie. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref="
+-"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text beside icons"
+-msgstr "Testo accanto alle icone"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
+-"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
+-"to see more information at once."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selezionando quest'opzione nomi di file e cartelle verranno posizionati a "
+-"destra delle icone, piuttosto che sotto di loro. Questa è una disposizione "
+-"più compatta che permette di vedere più informazioni contemporaneamente."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "Preferenze vista a icone"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:98(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view defaults"
+-msgstr "Preferenze vista compatta"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "Livello di ingrandimento predefinito"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
+-"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella vista compatta è possibile rendere le icone e il testo più grandi o "
+-"più piccoli direttamente dall'interno di una cartella dal menù "
+-"<gui>Visualizzazione</gui>: il gestore dei file ricorderà la scelta fatta "
+-"per ogni ogni cartella. Se viene utilizzato spesso questo livello "
+-"d'ingrandimento, tale valore può essere impostato come predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(title/gui)
+-msgid "All columns have the same width"
+-msgstr "Tutte le colonne hanno la stessa larghezza"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
+-"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
+-"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
+-"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (…) at the "
+-"end."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Preferenze vista a elenco"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella vista a elenco è possibile rendere le icone e il testo più grandi o "
+-"più piccoli direttamente dall'interno di una cartella dal menù "
+-"<gui>Visualizzazione</gui>: il gestore dei file ricorderà la scelta fatta "
+-"per ogni ogni cartella. Se viene utilizzato spesso questo livello "
+-"d'ingrandimento, tale valore può essere impostato come predefinito."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(section/title)
+-msgid "Tree view defaults"
+-msgstr "Preferenze vista ad albero"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
+-"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
+-"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile mostrare l'albero completo di una cartella nel riquadro laterale "
+-"del gestore di file selezionando <guiseq><gui>Visualizza</gui><gui>Riquadro "
+-"laterale</gui><gui>Albero</gui></guiseq>. La vista ad albero mostra "
+-"solamente le cartelle: per mostrare anche i file, disabilitare <gui>Mostrare "
+-"solo le cartelle</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ci sono pochi virus per Linux quindi, probabilmente, non è neccesario "
+ "installare un antivirus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr "È necessario un software antivirus?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+@@ -12687,7 +14442,8 @@
+ "Gli antivirus vengono eseguiti in background, cercando continuamente virus "
+ "che potrebbero essere presenti nel computer e causare problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -12702,7 +14458,8 @@
+ "affermano che Linux più sicuro in modo intrinseco e i problemi di sicurezza "
+ "che possono essere sfruttati dai virus sono risolti molto velocemente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+@@ -12710,7 +14467,8 @@
+ "Qualunque sia il motivo, i virus per Linux sono talmente rari che non ci si "
+ "deve davvero preoccupare di loro al momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+@@ -12718,37 +14476,44 @@
+ "or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+ "moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "L'«Ubuntu Documentation Team»"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Browser web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cambiare il browser web predefinito usando <gui>Dettagli</gui> in "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Cambiare il browser con cui aprire le pagine web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -12761,7 +14526,9 @@
+ "quello desiderato. Per evitare questo inconveniente, scegliere il browser "
+ "predefinito:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -12769,7 +14536,8 @@
+ "Aprire <gui>Dettagli</gui> e scegliere <gui>Applicazioni predefinite</gui> "
+ "dall'elenco presente sulla parte sinistra della finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -12777,7 +14545,8 @@
+ "Scegliere quale browser utilizzare per aprire i collegamenti web modificando "
+ "l'opzione <gui>Web</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -12789,21 +14558,22 @@
+ "dovesse accadere, fare clic sul pulsante <gui>Annulla</gui> (o simile) per "
+ "evitare che venga impostato come predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Cambiare l'applicazione predefinita per la posta elettronica usando "
+-"<gui>Dettagli</gui> in <gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cambiare l'applicazione predefinita per scrivere messaggi di posta "
+ "elettronica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -12819,7 +14589,8 @@
+ "Per evitare questo inconveniente, scegliere l'applicazione predefinita per "
+ "la posta:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -12827,7 +14598,8 @@
+ "Scegliere l'applicazione per la posta da usare come predefinita modificando "
+ "l'opzione <gui>Email</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+@@ -12836,11 +14608,13 @@
+ "potrebbero infettare i computer delle persone alle quali si inviano messaggi "
+ "di posta elettronica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "È necessario eseguire un controllo dei virus sulle email?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+@@ -12850,7 +14624,8 @@
+ "computer. Una modo comune per far si che i virus infettino un computer è "
+ "attraverso i messaggi di posta elettronica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -12865,7 +14640,8 @@
+ "alcun effetto sul computer. Ne consegue che non è necessario eseguire un "
+ "controllo dei virus sulle email."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -12886,31 +14662,38 @@
+ "parte degli utenti che usano Windows e Mac OS hanno già un proprio software "
+ "antivirus installato."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Applicazioni predefinite per la posta "
+ "elettronica</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Il progetto documentazione di GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "Email e applicazioni per la posta elettronica"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Conoscere il proprio indirizzo IP può essere utile per la risoluzione dei "
+ "problemi di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr "Trovare il proprio indirizzo IP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+@@ -12922,26 +14705,31 @@
+ "che si hanno <em>due</em> indirizzi IP: uno che identifica il computer nella "
+ "rete locale e un altro che lo identifica in Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr "Trovare il proprio indirizzo IP nella rete locale"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+ "find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr "Trovare il proprio indirizzo IP esterno"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -12949,11 +14737,13 @@
+ "Visitare la pagina <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/"
+ "\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr "Il sito mostrerà il proprio indirizzo IP esterno."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+@@ -12961,7 +14751,8 @@
+ "In base a come il computer si connette a Internet, questi indirizzi possono "
+ "essere gli stessi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+@@ -12969,18 +14760,21 @@
+ "È possibile controllare quali programmi possono accedere alla rete. Questo "
+ "aiuta a mantenere il computer sicuro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr "Abilitare o bloccare l'accesso al firewall"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+ "network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+@@ -12988,34 +14782,39 @@
+ "the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+ "may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+ "yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+ "will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+@@ -13023,11 +14822,13 @@
+ "È necessario specificare l'esatta porta per abilitare o bloccare l'accesso "
+ "alla rete di un programma usando il firewall."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Porte di rete comunemente usate"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -13042,23 +14843,28 @@
+ "applicazioni. Ci sono migliaia di porte in uso, quindi questa tabella non è "
+ "completa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Porta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Descrizione"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+@@ -13066,37 +14872,47 @@
+ "Consente ai sistemi di trovarne altri e descrive quali servizi vengono "
+ "offerti, senza dover specificare manualmente i dettagli."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Stampa"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr "Consente di inviare lavori di stampa a una stampante di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Consente di condividere la propria stampante in rete con altre persone."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Presenza"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+@@ -13104,15 +14920,18 @@
+ "Consente di comunicare lo stato di messaggistica istantanea, come «in linea» "
+ "o «occupato», ad altre persone in rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Desktop remoto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+@@ -13120,21 +14939,25 @@
+ "Consente la condivisione del desktop in modo che altre persone possano "
+ "visualizzarlo o per ricevere assistenza remota."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "Condivisione di musica (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Consente di condividere la propria libreria musicale con altre persone in "
+ "rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+@@ -13142,11 +14965,13 @@
+ "Se si utilizza un indirizzo IP statico è più semplice fornire alcuni servizi "
+ "di rete dal proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr "Creare una connessione con un indirizzo IP statico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -13161,23 +14986,27 @@
+ "statico per sapere sempre qual'è l'indirizzo del computer (per esempio, se "
+ "si tratta di un server di file)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr "Per assegnare al computer un indirizzo IP statico:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+@@ -13185,7 +15014,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sulla scheda <gui>Impostazioni IPv4</gui> e cambiare il "
+ "<gui>Metodo</gui> in <em>Manuale</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+@@ -13194,7 +15024,8 @@
+ "connessione, o se si vuole impostarne una nuova, fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+@@ -13205,8 +15036,10 @@
+ "e <em>Gateway</em> nelle relative caselle. La scelta di questi valori è data "
+ "dalle impostazioni della propria rete; ci sono regole specifiche che "
+ "stabiliscono quale indirizzo IP e quale maschera sono validi per quella rete."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+@@ -13218,7 +15051,8 @@
+ "controlla i nomi del dominio; la maggior parte delle reti aziendali e dei "
+ "provider Internet hanno server DNS dedicati."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+@@ -13226,23 +15060,26 @@
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Salva</gui>. La connessione di rete dovrebbe ora avere un "
+ "indirizzo IP statico."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Suggerimenti sull'uso di questa guida</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">aiutare a migliorare questa guida</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing-list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc"
+-"\">IRC</link>"
++"<link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing-list</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
++"irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Termini e suggerimenti sulle funzionalità di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -13250,11 +15087,13 @@
+ "Potrebbe essere necessario installare Flash per visualizzare correttamente "
+ "siti web, come YouTube, che mostrano video e pagine web interattive."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Installare il plugin Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -13264,7 +15103,8 @@
+ "visualizzare i video e usare le pagine web interattive di alcuni siti "
+ "Internet. Alcuni siti non funzionano senza Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -13273,58 +15113,68 @@
+ "software installer (package manager) too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+ "again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+ "automatically detected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+ "don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Alternative open source a Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -13337,7 +15187,8 @@
+ "consentono la corretta visualizzazione di alcune pagine Flash più complesse "
+ "presenti nel web)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -13347,15 +15198,18 @@
+ "aspettative, oppure se si vuole usare quanto più possibile software open "
+ "source sul proprio computer. Ecco alcune opzioni:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -13363,11 +15217,13 @@
+ "Alcuni siti usano Silverlight per mostrare le pagine web. Il plugin "
+ "Moonlight consente la visualizzazione di queste pagine."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Installare il plugin Silverlight"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -13377,7 +15233,8 @@
+ "vedere video e usare pagine interattive su alcuni siti web. Alcuni siti non "
+ "funzionano senza Silverlight."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+@@ -13390,7 +15247,8 @@
+ "potrebbero non essere adatte all proprio browser o per la versione di Linux "
+ "in uso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -13400,29 +15258,34 @@
+ "installato il plugin <em>Moonlight</em>. Si tratta di una versione di "
+ "Silverlight per Linux, libera e open source."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+ "<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+ "for more information and installation instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr "L'identificativo univoco assegnato all'hardware di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è un indirizzo MAC?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+@@ -13430,11 +15293,12 @@
+ "identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Un <em>indirizzo MAC</em> è l'identificativo univoco assegnato dal "
+-"produttore a un'unità hardware di rete (come una scheda wireless o "
+-"ethernet). MAC sta per <em>Media Access Control</em> e ogni identificativo è "
+-"assegnato esclusivamente a un particolare dispositivo."
++"produttore a un'unità hardware di rete (come una scheda wireless o ethernet)."
++" MAC sta per <em>Media Access Control</em> e ogni identificativo è assegnato "
++"esclusivamente a un particolare dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+@@ -13443,22 +15307,26 @@
+ "separato da due punti: <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> è un esempio di "
+ "indirizzo MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr "Per identificare l'indirizzo MAC del proprio hardware di rete:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il proprio indirizzo MAC è visualizzato come <gui>Indirizzo hardware</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -13474,7 +15342,8 @@
+ "potrebbe non funzionare più. In tali casi, può essere necessario mascherare "
+ "l'indirizzo MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+@@ -13482,11 +15351,13 @@
+ "Se le impostazioni di rete non vengono assegnate automaticamente, può essere "
+ "necessario immetterle manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr "Configurare manualmente le impostazioni di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -13500,32 +15371,39 @@
+ "rivolgersi all'amministratore di rete o consultare le impostazioni del "
+ "router o dello switch di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr "Per configurare manualmente le impostazioni di rete:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+ "cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+@@ -13533,7 +15411,8 @@
+ "Aprire la scheda <gui>Impostazioni IPv4</gui> e impostare il <gui>Metodo</"
+ "gui> su <gui>Manuale</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+@@ -13545,7 +15424,8 @@
+ "dell'elenco <gui>Indirizzi</gui>. Premere <key>Invio</key> o <key>Tab</key> "
+ "dopo aver digitato ciascun indirizzo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+@@ -13553,32 +15433,38 @@
+ "Questi tre indirizzi devono essere indirizzi IP; devono essere quattro "
+ "numeri separati da punti (per esempio 123.45.6.78)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+ "to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le impostazioni di una connessione di rete (come la password) possono essere "
+ "salvate in modo tale da consentire la connessione a chiunque usi il computer."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr "Altri utenti non sono in grado di connettersi a Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+@@ -13590,7 +15476,8 @@
+ "fase di connessione. Per esempio, se si usa una connessione senza fili, "
+ "potrebbe non essere stata digitata la corretta password di sicurezza."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+@@ -13602,27 +15489,31 @@
+ "necessario configurare la rete una sola volta e chiunque altro usi il "
+ "computer potrà connettersi senza dover inserire alcun dato. Per fare ciò:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+ "change)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+@@ -13630,7 +15521,8 @@
+ "Gli altri utenti del computer possono ora usare questa connessione senza "
+ "inserire ulteriori dettagli."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -13638,11 +15530,13 @@
+ "È necessario deselezionare l'opzione <gui>Disponibile per tutti gli utenti</"
+ "gui> nelle impostazioni della connessione di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr "Gli altri utenti non possono modificare le connessioni di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -13657,7 +15551,8 @@
+ "utenti <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">con diritti di amministrazione</"
+ "link> è consentito modificarne le impostazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+@@ -13668,7 +15563,8 @@
+ "più affidabili (amministratori) dovrebbe esser consentito di poter eseguire "
+ "tali modifiche."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -13681,24 +15577,28 @@
+ "In questo modo, chiunque potrà gestire le proprie impostazioni di "
+ "connessione piuttosto che basarsi su delle impostazioni condivise."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr "Rendere la connessione non più condivisa"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+ "<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+@@ -13706,7 +15606,8 @@
+ "È necessario immettere la password di amministratore per modificare la "
+ "connessione, in quanto solo tali utenti possono eseguire queste operazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+@@ -13715,18 +15616,21 @@
+ "<gui>Salva</gui>. Gli altri utenti del computer possono ora gestire la "
+ "connessione autonomamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+ "network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+@@ -13734,15 +15638,18 @@
+ "Un proxy filtra i siti web visitati, solitamente per motivi di sicurezza o "
+ "di controllo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr "Definire le impostazioni del proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è un proxy?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -13759,11 +15666,13 @@
+ "l'accesso a Internet senza fornire le proprie credenziali o per effettuare "
+ "controlli sui siti web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Modificare il metodo del proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -13771,23 +15680,29 @@
+ "Aprire <gui>Rete</gui> e scegliere <gui>Proxy di rete</gui> dall'elenco "
+ "sulla parte sinistra della finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr "Scegliere il metodo del proxy da usare tra i seguenti."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Le applicazioni usano una connessione diretta per recuperare i contenuti web."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Manuale"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+@@ -13797,11 +15712,13 @@
+ "i protocolli. Il protocolli sono <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
+ "<gui>FTP</gui> e <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Automatico"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+@@ -13809,25 +15726,30 @@
+ "Un URL che punta a una risorsa contenente la corretta configurazione per il "
+ "sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr "Suggerimenti da tenere a mente per navigare su Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Sicurezza su Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -13846,7 +15768,8 @@
+ "open source, che consente agli esperti di modificare e potenziare le "
+ "molteplici caratteristiche di sicurezza."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+@@ -13856,7 +15779,8 @@
+ "del sistema operativo, ci sono sempre delle vulnerabilità. L'utente medio di "
+ "Internet è sempre esposto a:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+@@ -13864,18 +15788,21 @@
+ "Phishing (siti web ed email che cercano di ottenere dati sensibili "
+ "attraverso l'inganno)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Inoltro di email dannose</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applicazioni con scopi dannosi (virus)</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -13883,17 +15810,20 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Accesso non autorizzato da connessione "
+ "remota/rete locale</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr "Per collegarsi in sicurezza, ricordare questi suggerimenti:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+ msgstr "Diffidare di email, allegati o collegamenti inviati da sconosciuti."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+@@ -13906,12 +15836,13 @@
+ "potenziali conseguenze dell'acquisizione di tali informazioni da parte di "
+ "ladri d'identità o altri criminali."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare attenzione ad attribuire a qualsiasi applicazione <link xref=\"user-"
+ "admin-explain\">permessi di amministrazione</link>, specialmente a quelle "
+@@ -13919,7 +15850,8 @@
+ "livello a chiunque o a qualunque programma, può mettere il proprio computer "
+ "a rischio di essere manomesso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -13934,17 +15866,20 @@
+ "firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> per aumentare la protezione del computer "
+ "da intrusioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Navigare via Internet sicuri"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+@@ -13952,11 +15887,13 @@
+ "Si stanno scaricando altri elementi, la connessione è scadente o la linea è "
+ "congestionata."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "La connessione Internet sembra lenta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+@@ -13964,7 +15901,8 @@
+ "Se la connessione a Internet sembra lenta, ciò può essere dovuto a diverse "
+ "cause."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+@@ -13974,11 +15912,13 @@
+ "ristabilirla nuovamente (in tale maniera vengono ripristinati molti elementi "
+ "che potrebbero causare il rallentamento)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Linea congestionata</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -13998,26 +15938,31 @@
+ "sia un rallentamento. Ciò può accadere negli orari in cui è più probabile ci "
+ "siano vicini collegati a Internet (di sera, per esempio)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Scaricare molti elementi contemporaneamente</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se coloro che usano la connessione Internet stanno scaricando diversi file "
+ "contemporaneamente, o guardando video, la connessione Internet potrebbe non "
+ "essere abbastanza veloce da soddisfare la richiesta. In questo caso, "
+ "potrebbe sembrare più lenta."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Connessione inaffidabile</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+@@ -14028,24 +15973,28 @@
+ "affollato o in un centro congressi, la connessione Internet potrebbe essere "
+ "congestionata o semplicemente inaffidabile."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em style=\"strong\">Bassa qualità del segnale della connessione senza fili</"
+ "em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+ "internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Connessione mobile a Internet lenta</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -14059,11 +16008,13 @@
+ "connessione veloce a \"banda larga\" come 3G a una connessione più "
+ "affidabile, ma più lenta, come GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Il browser ha un problema</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -14077,7 +16028,8 @@
+ "chiudere e riaprire la finestra del browser per verificare se cambia "
+ "qualcosa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+@@ -14085,11 +16037,13 @@
+ "Le VPN consentono di collegarsi a una rete locale attraverso Internet. "
+ "Impararare come configurare una connessione VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a una VPN"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -14111,7 +16065,8 @@
+ "em> per impedire l'accesso alla rete locale senza fornire le proprie "
+ "credenziali."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -14121,7 +16076,8 @@
+ "with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+@@ -14133,28 +16089,33 @@
+ "software VPN. Potrebbe essere necessario seguire diverse istruzioni per "
+ "poterlo far funzionare."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr "Fatto questo, è possibile configurare la connessione VPN:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Aggiungi</gui> e scegliere il proprio tipo di connessione "
+ "VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+@@ -14162,7 +16123,8 @@
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Crea</gui> e seguire le istruzioni sullo schermo, "
+ "inserendo dettagli quali nome utente e password nel prosieguo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+@@ -14170,7 +16132,8 @@
+ "change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+@@ -14178,21 +16141,25 @@
+ "<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr "Un indirizzo IP è come il numero di telefono del proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è un indirizzo IP?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+@@ -14201,7 +16168,8 @@
+ "em> (dall'inglese <em>Internet Protocol</em>) e a ogni dispositivo che si "
+ "connette a una rete (come Internet) ne viene associato uno."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+@@ -14214,7 +16182,8 @@
+ "univoco di numeri che identifica il computer, rendendo così possibile lo "
+ "scambio di dati con altri computer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+@@ -14223,7 +16192,8 @@
+ "di numeri, ciascuno separato da un punto: <code>192.168.1.42</code> è un "
+ "esempio di indirizzo IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -14239,7 +16209,8 @@
+ "statici: questi ultimi sono utilizzati solo in casi particolari, come "
+ "l'amministrazione di un server."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+@@ -14247,18 +16218,22 @@
+ "Per configurare la maggior parte delle connessioni di rete via cavo, è "
+ "necessario unicamente collegare un cavo di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a una rete via cavo (Ethernet)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -14274,7 +16249,8 @@
+ "apparato di rete). Talvolta una luce accanto alla porta Ethernet indica che "
+ "questa è collegata e attiva."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+@@ -14285,24 +16261,28 @@
+ "due computer, è necessario collegarli entrambi in un hub, un router o uno "
+ "switch di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+ "manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Reti via cavo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+@@ -14310,11 +16290,13 @@
+ "Usare una rete ad-hoc per consentire ad altri dispositivi di connettersi al "
+ "proprio computer e alle sue connessioni di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Creare un hotspot senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+@@ -14327,15 +16309,18 @@
+ "creata con un'altra interfaccia, come una rete via cavo o tramite telefono "
+ "cellulare."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Usa come hotspot</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+@@ -14347,7 +16332,8 @@
+ "alternativamente di effettuare una connessione o di creare una rete. Fare "
+ "clic su <gui>Crea hotspot</gui> per confermare."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+@@ -14358,15 +16344,18 @@
+ "altri dispositivi avranno bisogno di questa informazione per connettersi "
+ "all'hotspot appena creato."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr "Spegnere la rete senza fili (modalità aereo)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+@@ -14378,27 +16367,32 @@
+ "anche ulteriori ragioni per spegnerla come per risparmiare la carica della "
+ "batteria. Per fare ciò:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Connessione a Internet senza fili."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a una rete WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+@@ -14408,13 +16402,15 @@
+ "collegarsi a una rete WiFi per accedere a Internet, visualizzare i file "
+ "condivisi all'interno della rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+@@ -14422,17 +16418,19 @@
+ "hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se la rete è protetta da una password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">chiave di cifratura</link>), digitare la password quando richiesta e fare "
+-"clic su <gui>Connetti</gui>."
++"Se la rete è protetta da una password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">chiave di cifratura</link>), digitare la password quando richiesta "
++"e fare clic su <gui>Connetti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+@@ -14442,7 +16440,8 @@
+ "inferiore del router WiFi o della stazione fissa, nei rispettivi manuali o "
+ "può essere richiesta all'amministratore della rete WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+@@ -14450,7 +16449,8 @@
+ "L'icona di rete cambia aspetto mentre il computer tenta di connettersi alla "
+ "rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+@@ -14462,7 +16462,8 @@
+ "connessione è forte. Se non ci sono molte barre, la connessione è debole e "
+ "potrebbe non essere molto affidabile."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -14480,7 +16481,8 @@
+ "scheda WiFi del computer potrebbe avere un problema. Per maggiori "
+ "informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -14495,18 +16497,22 @@
+ "<em>dispositivo che fornisce la connessione a Internet</em> (come un router "
+ "o un modem), ma le due connessioni sono diverse e hanno diverse velocità."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il segnale può essere debole o la rete non consente una corretta connessione."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr "Perché la connessione senza fili continua a disconnettersi?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -14515,11 +16521,13 @@
+ "annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Segnale senza fili debole"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -14534,17 +16542,20 @@
+ "presenza di muri e altri oggetti tra il computer e la stazione fissa possono "
+ "anche indebolire il segnale."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr "La connessione di rete non viene stabilita correttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -14560,7 +16571,8 @@
+ "una connessione, ma non è riuscito a completarla per qualche ragione e si è "
+ "disconnesso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+@@ -14570,11 +16582,13 @@
+ "rete o perché non è consentito l'accesso del computer alla rete (la rete "
+ "potrebbe richiedere un nome utente per accedervi)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Driver e hardware WiFi inaffidabili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -14591,11 +16605,13 @@
+ "ogni tanto, questa potrebbe essere l'unica ragione. Se ciò accade molto "
+ "regolarmente, valutare la possibilità di procurarsi hardware diverso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Reti senza fili congestionate"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+@@ -14607,24 +16623,28 @@
+ "contemporaneamente. Queste reti talvolta si congestionano e non riescono più "
+ "a gestire tutti i computer assieme, disconnettendone alcuni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Imparare cosa significano le opzioni della schermata di modifica della "
+ "connessione WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr "Modificare una connessione a una rete WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+ "<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+@@ -14634,15 +16654,18 @@
+ "valori predefiniti. Molte delle opzioni che seguono sono disponibili per "
+ "consentire un maggiore controllo su configurazioni di rete più avanzate."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti / Connettere automaticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Connettere automaticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -14650,7 +16673,8 @@
+ "Selezionare questa opzione affinché il computer tenti la connessione a "
+ "questa rete ogni qual volta entri nel suo raggio d'azione."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -14663,11 +16687,13 @@
+ "finestra <gui>Connessioni di rete</gui> e non si disconnetterà da una rete "
+ "disponibile per connettersi a un'altra appena giunta a portata."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -14683,25 +16709,29 @@
+ "utenti del computer potranno connettersi alla rete senza aver bisogno di "
+ "conoscere la password."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se questa opzione è selezionata, è necessario essere un <link xref=\"user-"
+ "admin-explain\">amministratore</link> per modificare le impostazioni della "
+ "rete. Può essere richiesto l'inserimento della password di amministratore."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -14713,18 +16743,20 @@
+ "sia stato modificato il nome della rete senza fili (per esempio, modificando "
+ "l'impostazione del router o della stazione fissa WiFi)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Modo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare questa opzione per specificare se la connessione è relativa a una rete "
+ "<gui>Infrastruttura</gui>, nella quale i computer si connettono senza fili a "
+@@ -14733,7 +16765,8 @@
+ "all'altro. Molte reti sono del tipo infrastruttura, ma si potrebbe voler "
+ "comunque <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">configurare la propria rete ad-hoc</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -14754,11 +16787,13 @@
+ "condividono il medesimo canale; questo potrebbe rallentare la connessione, "
+ "rendendo necessaria la modifica del canale utilizzato."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -14773,11 +16808,13 @@
+ "univoca per la rete WiFi). Se una <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">rete è "
+ "nascosta</link>, non ha un SSID ma solo un BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "Indirizzo MAC dispositivo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -14789,17 +16826,21 @@
+ "oppure un router). Qualsiasi dispositivo che è possibile collegare a una "
+ "rete è dotato di un indirizzo MAC unico assegnato dal produttore."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Questa opzione può essere utilizzata per modificare l'indirizzo MAC della "
+ "propria scheda di rete."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Indirizzo MAC clonato"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -14815,11 +16856,13 @@
+ "<gui>Indirizzo MAC clonato</gui>, il dispositivo/servizio attribuirà al "
+ "computer l'indirizzo clonato anziché quello reale."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -14836,16 +16879,20 @@
+ "che dalla velocità della connessione. In generale, non dovrebbe essere "
+ "necessario modificare questa impostazione."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Sicurezza WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Sicurezza"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+@@ -14857,7 +16904,8 @@
+ "fili dalle intercettazioni, in modo tale da non consentire ad altre persone "
+ "di \"ascoltare\" e vedere quali siti web vengono visitati e così via."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -14873,11 +16921,13 @@
+ "digitale. Per maggiori informazioni sui più popolari tipi di cifratura WiFi, "
+ "consultare <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni IPv4"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+@@ -14887,15 +16937,18 @@
+ "computer e quali server DNS usare. Modificare il <gui>Metodo</gui> per "
+ "visualizzare diversi modi di ottenere/impostare queste informazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Sono disponibili i seguenti metodi:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Automatico (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -14910,11 +16963,13 @@
+ "saranno automaticamente assegnate le corrette impostazioni. Molte reti "
+ "utilizzano questo metodo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Automatico (DHCP) solo indirizzi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+@@ -14924,7 +16979,8 @@
+ "server DHCP, ma sarà necessario definire manualmente altri dettagli (come il "
+ "server DNS da utilizzare)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+@@ -14932,11 +16988,13 @@
+ "Scegliere questa opzione per definire personalmente tutte le impostazioni di "
+ "rete, compreso quale indirizzo IP deve essere usato dal computer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr "Solo Link-Local"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -14952,7 +17010,8 @@
+ "risulta utile qualora sia necessario collegare temporaneamente pochi "
+ "computer in modo tale da farli comunicare fra di loro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+@@ -14964,11 +17023,13 @@
+ "connessioni separate, anche se si riferiscono alla medesima scheda di rete. "
+ "Se una di esse è abilitata, potrebbe essere necessario disabilitare l'altra."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni IPv6"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+@@ -14978,7 +17039,8 @@
+ "IPv6. Le reti più moderne utilizzano il protocollo IPv6, ma IPv4 è "
+ "attualmente ancora il più diffuso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+@@ -14986,18 +17048,21 @@
+ "Il WiFi potrebbe essere spento o danneggiato, ci potrebbero essere troppe "
+ "reti senza fili nelle vicinanze la rete potrebbe essere fuori portata."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr "Non è possibile visualizzare la propria rete senza fili nell'elenco"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+ "icon on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+@@ -15007,7 +17072,8 @@
+ "essere spento o <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">potrebbe non "
+ "funzionare correttamente</link>. Assicurarsi che sia acceso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+@@ -15019,15 +17085,18 @@
+ "all'elenco una freccia che punta verso destra e passarci sopra col mouse per "
+ "visualizzare le altre reti senza fili."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "La rete potrebbe essere fuori portata: provare ad avvicinarsi alla stazione "
+ "fissa o al router WiFi per vedere se la rete compare nell'elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+@@ -15037,25 +17106,29 @@
+ "Se il computer è stato appena acceso o spostato, attendere per circa un "
+ "minuto e quindi controllare se la rete compare nell'elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La rete potrebbe essere nascosta. In tal caso è necessario <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">connettersi in modo diverso</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a una rete WiFi nascosta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+@@ -15063,16 +17136,19 @@
+ "any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+@@ -15080,19 +17156,21 @@
+ "Nella finestra che appare, digitare il nome della rete, scegliere il tipo di "
+ "sicurezza WiFi e fare clic su <gui>Connetti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Può essere necessario consultare le impostazioni della stazione fissa o del "
+ "router WiFi per conoscere il nome della rete. Talvolta viene chiamato "
+ "<em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier) e assomiglia a qualcosa del "
+ "genere: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+@@ -15100,7 +17178,8 @@
+ "È anche necessario controllare le impostazioni di sicurezza della stazione "
+ "fissa WiFi: cercare termini come WEP e WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+@@ -15112,31 +17191,37 @@
+ "è così: la rete è leggermente più difficile da trovare, ma è ancora "
+ "rilevabile."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr "La password è corretta, ma il collegamento non funziona"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se si è sicuri di aver inserito la <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">password per le rete WiFi</link> corretta, ma non si riesce ancora a "
+-"collegarsi, provare con una delle procedure sottostanti:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"Se si è sicuri di aver inserito la <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">password per le rete WiFi</link> corretta, ma non si riesce ancora "
++"a collegarsi, provare con una delle procedure sottostanti:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+-msgstr "Verificare accuratamente di essere in possesso della password corretta"
++msgstr ""
++"Verificare accuratamente di essere in possesso della password corretta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+@@ -15145,11 +17230,13 @@
+ "Prestare attenzione alle lettere maiuscole e minuscole: le password tengono "
+ "in considerazione anche questo aspetto."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr "Provare la chiave di accesso esadecimale o ASCII"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -15169,11 +17256,13 @@
+ "(per esempio, selezionare <gui>Chiave WEP 40/128-bit</gui> se si digita la "
+ "chiave d'accesso di 40 caratteri per una connessione con crittografia WEP)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Provare a spegnere e ad accendere nuovamente la scheda WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+@@ -15184,11 +17273,13 @@
+ "a riaccendere la scheda WiFi per ripristinarla. Per maggiori informazioni, "
+ "consultare <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr "Controllare di utilizzare l'esatto tipo di sicurezza senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -15202,11 +17293,13 @@
+ "selezionata automaticamente, ma talvolta non lo è. Se non si conosce quale "
+ "tipo usare, procedere per tentativi attraverso le diverse opzioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr "Controllare che la scheda WiFi sia supportata"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -15222,15 +17315,17 @@
+ "configurazione (come installare un diverso <em>firmware</em>). Per maggiori "
+ "informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr "Collaboratori del wiki della documentazione di Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+@@ -15238,18 +17333,21 @@
+ "Alcuni driver di dispositivi non funzionano molto bene con determinati "
+ "adattatori WiFi ed è pertanto necessario trovarne di migliori."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi relativi alle reti senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr "Assicurarsi che siano installati driver funzionanti"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -15266,13 +17364,16 @@
+ "possibile trovare differenti driver funzionanti per l'adattatore WiFi. "
+ "Provare alcune delle opzioni che seguono:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Controllare se il proprio adattatore WiFi è nell'elenco dei dispositivi "
+ "supportati"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -15294,11 +17395,13 @@
+ "modello del proprio adattatore WiFi sono elencati. Le informazioni fornite "
+ "possono essere utili per ottenere driver funzionanti per il proprio WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -15309,18 +17412,21 @@
+ "drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+ "any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr "Usare i driver Windows per il proprio adattatore"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -15344,7 +17450,8 @@
+ "net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">qui</link>. "
+ "Notare che NDISwrapper non funziona con tutti i driver WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+@@ -15352,7 +17459,8 @@
+ "adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+@@ -15360,15 +17468,18 @@
+ "Anche se l'adattatore WiFi è collegato, potrebbe non essere stato "
+ "riconosciuto correttamente dal computer."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi relativi alla connessione WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Controllare che l'adattatore WiFi sia stato riconosciuto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+@@ -15379,14 +17490,16 @@
+ "indicato come controllare se il dispositivo sia stato riconosciuto "
+ "correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+ "the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+@@ -15397,7 +17510,8 @@
+ "correttamente, dovrebbe essere visualizzato qualcosa di simile (ma non "
+ "identico) a questo:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -15410,7 +17524,8 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+@@ -15419,7 +17534,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">passaggio "
+ "sull'installazione dei driver</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -15433,11 +17549,13 @@
+ "usato: <link xref=\"#pci\">PCI interno</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</"
+ "link> o <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adattatore senza fili PCI (interno)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+@@ -15447,12 +17565,14 @@
+ "parte dei computer portatili prodotti negli ultimi anni. Per controllare se "
+ "l'adattatore WiFi PCI è stato riconosciuto:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire un terminale, digitare <cmd>lspci</cmd> e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -15469,13 +17589,19 @@
+ "code> o <code>802.11</code>. Ecco un esempio di come potrebbe essere la voce "
+ "visualizzata:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+@@ -15485,21 +17611,22 @@
+ "Se l'adattatore WiFi è presente nell'elenco, procedere consultando il <link "
+ "xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">passaggio "
+ "sull'installazione dei driver</link>. Se non si trova nulla che faccia "
+-"riferimento all'adattatore WiFi, consultare <link xref=\"#not-recognized"
+-"\">le seguenti istruzioni</link>."
++"riferimento all'adattatore WiFi, consultare <link xref=\"#not-"
++"recognized\">le seguenti istruzioni</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adattatore senza fili USB"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Gli adattatori WiFi che si collegano attraverso una porta USB del computer "
+ "sono meno diffusi. Possono essere collegati direttamente a una porta USB o "
+@@ -15508,12 +17635,14 @@
+ "adattatore WiFi USB, occorre controllare attentamente che non si tratti "
+ "invece di un adattatore 3G."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire un terminale, digitare <cmd>lsusb</cmd> e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -15527,16 +17656,23 @@
+ "code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> o <code>802.11</code>. Ecco un "
+ "esempio di come potrebbe essere la voce visualizzata:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Controllare un dispositivo PCMCIA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+@@ -15547,21 +17683,26 @@
+ "computer più datati. Per controllare se l'adattatore PCMCIA è stato "
+ "riconosciuto:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr "Accendere il computer <em>senza</em> collegare l'adattatore WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire un terminale e digitare quanto segue, quindi premere <key>Invio</key>:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+@@ -15569,7 +17710,8 @@
+ "Verrà visualizzato un elenco di messaggi relativo alle componenti hardware "
+ "del computer, automaticamente aggiornato se cambia un qualsiasi componente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+@@ -15580,7 +17722,8 @@
+ "informazioni relative all'adattatore WiFi: esaminarle per cercare di "
+ "identificarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+@@ -15590,7 +17733,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>; dopo questa operazione si può "
+ "chiudere il terminale."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+@@ -15598,15 +17742,17 @@
+ "see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se si sono trovate informazioni circa l'adattatore WiFi, procedere "
+-"consultando il <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers"
+-"\">passaggio sull'installazione dei driver</link>, altrimenti consultare "
+-"<link xref=\"#not-recognized\">le seguenti istruzioni</link>."
++"consultando il <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
++"drivers\">passaggio sull'installazione dei driver</link>, altrimenti "
++"consultare <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">le seguenti istruzioni</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "L'adattatore WiFi non è stato riconosciuto"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+@@ -15614,7 +17760,8 @@
+ "distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+@@ -15625,7 +17772,8 @@
+ "mailing list o chat in cui sottoporre domande relative al proprio adattatore "
+ "WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -15633,11 +17781,13 @@
+ "Nei successivi passaggi per la risoluzione dei problemi, possono essere "
+ "necessari dettagli come il numero di modello dell'adattatore WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr "Raccogliere informazioni sulle componenti hardware di rete"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -15654,7 +17804,8 @@
+ "computer, come i dischi contenenti i driver d'installazione del dispositivo. "
+ "Tenere a disposizione i seguenti accessori, se conservati:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+@@ -15662,7 +17813,8 @@
+ "La confezione e le istruzioni dei dispositivi WiFi (specialmente il manuale "
+ "d'istruzioni del router)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+@@ -15670,7 +17822,8 @@
+ "Il disco contenente i driver dell'adattatore WiFi (anche se contiene solo "
+ "driver per Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+@@ -15680,7 +17833,8 @@
+ "router: queste informazioni possono essere trovate di solito sul lato "
+ "inferiore o posteriore del dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+@@ -15690,7 +17844,8 @@
+ "rete WiFi o sulle confezioni. Questi dati possono essere molto utili, perciò "
+ "occorre cercarli accuratamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+@@ -15698,7 +17853,8 @@
+ "Qualsiasi elemento sul disco dei driver che identifichi sia il dispositivo "
+ "stesso che la versione \"firmware\" o le componenti (chipset) che usa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+@@ -15711,14 +17867,16 @@
+ "tramite un cavo di rete Ethernet, ma occorre eseguire questa operazione solo "
+ "quando è necessario."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quando si ha a disposizione il maggior numero possibile di questi elementi, "
+ "fare clic su <gui>Avanti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -15726,11 +17884,13 @@
+ "Assicurarsi che le impostazioni di rete basilari siano corrette e prepararsi "
+ "per i successivi pochi passaggi per la risoluzione dei problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Eseguire un controllo iniziale della connessione"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+@@ -15743,7 +17903,8 @@
+ "relativamente semplici come una connessione WiFi spenta e per prepararsi ai "
+ "successivi pochi passaggi per la risoluzione dei problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+@@ -15751,7 +17912,8 @@
+ "Assicurarsi che il computer portatile non sia collegato a Internet tramite "
+ "una connessione <em>via cavo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+@@ -15761,7 +17923,8 @@
+ "scheda PCMCIA collegata al computer), assicurarsi che sia saldamente "
+ "inserito nel connettore adatto."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+@@ -15772,19 +17935,22 @@
+ "dotati di interruttori WiFi che possono essere attivati mediante una "
+ "combinazione da tastiera."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+ "Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire il terminale, digitare <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -15801,7 +17967,8 @@
+ "riga <code>State: Connected</code>, significa che il componente funziona ed "
+ "è connesso al router WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -15816,7 +17983,8 @@
+ "la guida dell'ISP per assicurarsi che le impostazioni siano corrette o "
+ "contattare l'ISP per supporto."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+@@ -15826,11 +17994,13 @@
+ "indicano una connessione attiva alla rete, fare clic su <gui>Avanti</gui> "
+ "per continuare con la guida alla risoluzione dei problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr "Individuare e risolvere problemi con le connessioni senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+@@ -15840,54 +18010,64 @@
+ "di problematiche relative al WiFi: se non è possibile connettersi a una rete "
+ "senza fili per qualche ragione, seguire queste istruzioni."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+ msgstr "Seguire i prossimi passaggi per connettere il computer a Internet:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "Eseguire un controllo iniziale"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "Raccogliere informazioni sulle componenti hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "Controllare le componenti hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr "Tentare di creare una connessione al router senza fili"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr "Eseguire un controllo del modem e del router"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic sul collegamento <em>Avanti</em> in alto a destra nella pagina: "
+ "questo collegamento e altri simili nelle pagine seguenti saranno di aiuto in "
+ "ogni passaggio della guida."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Usare la riga di comando"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+@@ -15901,17 +18081,20 @@
+ "pertanto necessario digitarli <em>esattamente</em> come sono visualizzati e "
+ "premere <key>Invio</key> dopo aver digitato ciascun comando per eseguirlo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "WEP e WPA sono delle metodologie per cifrare i dati che viaggiano su una "
+ "rete WiFi."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr "Cosa significano WEP e WPA?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -15927,7 +18110,8 @@
+ "<em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em> mentre WPA <em>Wireless Protected Access</"
+ "em>. WPA2 è la seconda versione dello standard WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -15941,19 +18125,22 @@
+ "router lo supportano, è preferibile usare questo standard nella "
+ "configurazione della rete senza fili."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Reti WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+@@ -15966,11 +18153,13 @@
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ingrandimento schermo</"
+ "link>......"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Rete, web, email e chat"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+@@ -15978,11 +18167,13 @@
+ "La durata della batteria mostrata quando si fa clic sull'<gui>icona della "
+ "batteria</gui> è una stima."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr "La durata stimata della batteria è sbagliata"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+@@ -15994,14 +18185,15 @@
+ "perché il tempo visualizzato può essere solo stimato; con il passare del "
+ "tempo solitamente la stima migliora."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nella stima della durata rimanente della batteria, vengono tenuti in "
+ "considerazione diversi fattori. Uno di questi è la quantità di energia usata "
+@@ -16011,7 +18203,8 @@
+ "convertire tracce audio). Tutto questo varia da un momento all'altro ed è "
+ "difficile da prevedere."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+@@ -16021,7 +18214,8 @@
+ "tanto più sono scariche, tanto più perdono la carica velocemente. Senza una "
+ "precisa conoscenza di ciò, può essere fatta solo una stima approssimativa."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+@@ -16032,7 +18226,8 @@
+ "sempre più precise della sua durata; sebbene queste non saranno mai "
+ "completamente esatte."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+@@ -16043,7 +18238,8 @@
+ "probabilmente non ha a disposizione tutti i dati necessari per fornire una "
+ "stima adeguata."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+@@ -16054,25 +18250,30 @@
+ "attendere la ricarica completa affinché il gestore dell'alimentazione sia in "
+ "grado di raccogliere i dati necessari."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr "Usare meno energia e aumentare la durata della batteria"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Consigli generali"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+@@ -16082,49 +18283,47 @@
+ "lo si sta usando. Questo riduce significativamente la quantità di energia "
+ "consumata; inoltre il computer può essere riacceso molto velocemente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be "
+-"using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer "
+-"regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change "
+-"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
+-"power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
+-"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
+-"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a "
+-"certain period of time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Aprire la sezione <gui>Alimentazione</gui> contenuta nelle <app>Impostazioni "
+-"di sistema</app> per modificarne le preferenze. Molte opzioni aiutano a "
+-"risparmiare energia: è possibile <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">ridurre "
+-"automaticamente la luminosità</link> dello schermo dopo un certo periodo; "
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">ridurre la luminosità dello schermo</link> "
+-"(per i portatili) e <link xref=\"power-suspend\">sospendere automaticamente</"
+-"link> il computer se non viene usato per un certo periodo di tempo."
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:66(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr "Portatili, netbook e altri dispositivi funzionanti a batteria"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+-"consumption."
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+@@ -16132,14 +18331,16 @@
+ "La maggior parte dei portatili dispongono di pulsanti sulla tastiera (o di "
+ "scorciatoie da tastiera) per ridurre la luminosità."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+ "which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+@@ -16149,11 +18350,13 @@
+ "possibile usare una scorciatoia da tastiera. È possibile riaccendere la "
+ "scheda all'occorrenza."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr "Consigli avanzati"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+@@ -16161,7 +18364,8 @@
+ "Ridurre il numero di processi in esecuzione in background perché i computer "
+ "usano tanta più energia quanto più lavoro devono svolgere."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+@@ -16172,22 +18376,26 @@
+ "da Internet, che riproducono musica o video possono avere un impatto "
+ "significativo sui consumi."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr "Ottenere il massimo dalla batteria del portatile"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+ "their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -16196,20 +18404,23 @@
+ "discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+ "battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+@@ -16218,17 +18429,20 @@
+ "Questo consiglio si applica solo alle batterie agli ioni di litio, le più "
+ "comuni. Altri tipi potrebbero richiedere un trattamento diverso."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alcuni portatili si rallentano intenzionalmente quando sono alimentati a "
+ "batteria."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+@@ -16236,12 +18450,14 @@
+ "battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Questo comportamento è detto <em>variazione di frequenza della CPU</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+@@ -16249,11 +18465,13 @@
+ "È possibile che delle modifiche da parte del produttore e stime diverse "
+ "della vita della batteria causino tale problema."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr "Perché la batteria dura meno rispetto a Windows o Mac OS?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -16269,7 +18487,8 @@
+ "preciso modello. Queste modifiche sono spesso altamente specifiche e possono "
+ "non essere documentate, per cui includerle in Linux è difficile."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -16284,7 +18503,8 @@
+ "batteryslow\">processore a velocità variabile</link>, può essere utile "
+ "modificarne le impostazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+@@ -16295,17 +18515,20 @@
+ "stima della batteria usato da Windows/Mac OS e Linux. La durata reale "
+ "potrebbe essere la stessa, ma i metodi possono fornire stime diverse."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il computer portatile, per risparmiare energia, va in sospensione se viene "
+ "chiuso il coperchio."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr "Perché il computer si spegne se chiudo il coperchio?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -16314,7 +18537,8 @@
+ "or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -16324,18 +18548,21 @@
+ "can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr "Evitare la sospensione del computer quando il coperchio viene chiuso"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+ "screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+@@ -16345,19 +18572,22 @@
+ "accesi col coperchio chiuso, potrebbero surriscaldarsi, specialmente se "
+ "lasciati in un posto di ristrette dimensioni come uno zaino."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+@@ -16365,11 +18595,13 @@
+ "Il software per il controllo delle ventole potrebbe non essere installato "
+ "oppure il computer portatile potrebbe surriscaldarsi."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr "Le ventole del computer sono sempre in funzione"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -16379,7 +18611,8 @@
+ "the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -16398,7 +18631,8 @@
+ "portatile: potrebbero essere necessari consigli specifici sul procedimento "
+ "da adottare per i singoli portatili."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -16413,15 +18647,18 @@
+ "portatile di raffreddarsi. In questi casi potrebbe essere utile aggiungere "
+ "un accessorio per il raffreddamento del portatile."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported.."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "Come faccio a ibernare il mio computer?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+@@ -16433,7 +18670,8 @@
+ "quindi utilizzare energia elettrica. Nonostante ciò, tutte le applicazioni e "
+ "i documenti rimarranno aperti quando il computer viene riacceso."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+@@ -16441,15 +18679,18 @@
+ "Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Verificare il funzionamento dell'ibernazione"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr "Salvare sempre il proprio lavoro prima di ibernare"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -16459,21 +18700,24 @@
+ "nell'eventualità in cui qualcosa vada storto e non sia possibile "
+ "ripristinare le applicazioni e i documenti quando si riaccende il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile utilizzare la riga di comando per verificare il funzionamento "
+ "dell'ibernazione sul proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>dash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+@@ -16481,17 +18725,20 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprire le impostazioni <app>Account online</app> dalla panoramica Attività."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Inserire la password quando richiesto."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+@@ -16499,7 +18746,8 @@
+ "Dopo che il computer si sarà spento, riaccenderlo e verificare che le "
+ "applicazioni aperte prima dell'ibernazione siano nuovamente aperte."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+@@ -16507,17 +18755,20 @@
+ "Se l'ibernazione non funziona, controllare che la partizione di swap sia "
+ "grande almeno quanto la memoria RAM disponibile."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Abilitare l'ibernazione"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+@@ -16525,7 +18776,8 @@
+ "save:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+@@ -16533,11 +18785,13 @@
+ "I computer durante il loro utilizzo si scaldano, ma nell'eventualità che si "
+ "surriscaldino, potrebbero danneggiarsi."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr "Il computer si surriscalda troppo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+@@ -16545,7 +18799,8 @@
+ "overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -16557,7 +18812,8 @@
+ "cooling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -16568,7 +18824,8 @@
+ "cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -16584,7 +18841,8 @@
+ "ustioni. Se preoccupati di questi potenziali problemi, richiedere il parere "
+ "di un medico."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+@@ -16596,15 +18854,18 @@
+ "spegnersi, questa potrebbe essere la causa. Nel caso in cui si surriscaldi, "
+ "probabilmente è necessario riavviarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr "Lasciare la batteria scaricarsi completamente potrebbe danneggiarla."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -16613,7 +18874,8 @@
+ "have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -16623,7 +18885,8 @@
+ "turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -16632,17 +18895,20 @@
+ "xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr "Non è presente alcuna rete senza fili quando si riattiva il computer"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -16652,26 +18918,29 @@
+ "computer is resumed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr "Se questo accade, provare a spegnere il WiFi e a riaccenderlo:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e selezionare "
+-"<gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr "Aprire <gui>Rete</gui> e selezionare <gui>Wireless</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Spegnere il WiFi e riaccenderlo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -16679,44 +18948,15 @@
+ "Se il WiFi non funziona ancora, attivare e disattivare la <gui>Modalità "
+ "aeroplano</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-off.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, you can see only the <gui>Suspend</gui> option, but it is also "
+-"possible to power off your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "How do I switch off my computer?"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar"
+-msgstr "Fare clic sul proprio nome nella barra superiore"
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and click <gui>Power Off…</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-off.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, only the <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><gui>Suspend</gui></link> "
+-"option is visible. You may want to power off your computer if you wish to "
+-"move it and do not have a battery, if your battery low or does not hold "
+-"charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife"
+-"\">less energy</link> than one which is suspended."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+@@ -16724,11 +18964,13 @@
+ "Il computer funziona, ma può essere necessario un diverso cavo di "
+ "alimentazione o un adattatore da viaggio."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr "Il computer può funzionare con la presa elettrica di un altro Paese?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+@@ -16742,7 +18984,8 @@
+ "adattatore appropriato (potrebbe anche essere necessario attivare o "
+ "disattivare un interruttore su tali dispositivi)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+@@ -16754,19 +18997,22 @@
+ "hanno in dotazione più spine per l'adattatore e pertanto quella compatibile "
+ "potrebbe essere già disponibile. In caso contrario, potrebbe essere "
+ "sufficiente inserire la spina esistente in un adattatore da viaggio standard."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+@@ -16775,17 +19021,20 @@
+ "adattatori da viaggio: se possibile, spegnere tutto prima di effettuare "
+ "queste operazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alcune componenti hardware del computer provocano problemi in seguito alla "
+ "sospensione o all'ibernazione."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+@@ -16793,11 +19042,13 @@
+ "because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+@@ -16805,16 +19056,18 @@
+ "once)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+ "should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Come ultima risorsa, spegnere il computer tenendo premuto il tasto di "
+@@ -16822,7 +19075,8 @@
+ "salvato. Eseguita questa azione, dovrebbe essere possibile riaccendere "
+ "normalmente il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+@@ -16830,27 +19084,30 @@
+ "Se questo accade ogni volta che il computer entra in sospensione, significa "
+ "che tale caratteristica non funziona con le componenti hardware presenti."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quando si riaccende il computer non ci sono applicazioni o documenti aperti"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se il computer è stato ibernato e riacceso, ma non ci sono applicazioni o "
+ "documenti aperti, probabilmente l'ibernazione non ha funzionato "
+@@ -16860,7 +19117,8 @@
+ "del computer; in questo caso il computer può essersi spento anzichè entrare "
+ "in ibernazione."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -16869,22 +19127,25 @@
+ "it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+@@ -16896,7 +19157,8 @@
+ "connessione è via cavo USB o simili, scollegare il dispositivo e "
+ "ricollegarlo nuovamente per vedere se funziona."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+@@ -16905,17 +19167,20 @@
+ "non dà alcun esito, può essere necessario riavviare il computer per far "
+ "funzionare nuovamente il dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Con la sospensione il computer si mette in pausa in modo da usare meno "
+ "energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "Cosa succede quando si sospende il computer?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -16932,7 +19197,8 @@
+ "mouse. Se ciò non dovesse funzionare, provare premendo il pulsante di "
+ "accensione."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+@@ -16945,11 +19211,13 @@
+ "caratteristiche, potrebbe essere utile eseguire dei test sul loro "
+ "funzionamento."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr "Salvare sempre il proprio lavoro prima di sospendere"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -16960,7 +19228,8 @@
+ "ripristinare le applicazioni e i documenti quando si riaccende nuovamente il "
+ "computer."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+@@ -16968,11 +19237,13 @@
+ "Quando il computer portatile è alimentato a batteria, lo schermo si oscura "
+ "quando è inattivo, allo scopo di risparmiare energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr "Perché lo schermo si oscura dopo un po' di tempo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+@@ -16982,29 +19253,32 @@
+ "batteria, è inattivo, allo scopo di risparmiare energia. Una volta ripresa "
+ "l'attività sul computer, la luminosità dello schermo viene incrementata."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr "È possibile disattivare l'oscuramento dello schermo:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aprire <gui>Luminosità e blocco</gui> e deselezionare <gui>Oscurare lo "
+-"schermo per risparmiare energia</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cavi fissati male e problemi coi componenti hardware possono esserne la "
+ "ragione."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr "Il computer non si accende"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+@@ -17012,13 +19286,15 @@
+ "Ci sono diverse ragioni per la mancata accensione del computer: di seguito "
+ "viene fornita una breve panoramica su alcune di queste."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Computer non collegato alla rete elettrica, batteria scarica o cavi fissati "
+ "male"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -17028,11 +19304,13 @@
+ "removable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Problemi con le componenti hardware del computer"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+@@ -17044,11 +19322,13 @@
+ "alimentazione in avaria, componenti non correttamente fissate (come una "
+ "scheda di memoria RAM) o una scheda madre difettosa."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr "Il computer emette un suono e si spegne"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -17065,18 +19345,22 @@
+ "utilizzano diversi codici bip, così da dover consultare il manuale della "
+ "scheda madre del computer o portare il computer a riparare."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le ventole del computer girano, ma sullo schermo non viene visualizzato nulla"
++"Le ventole del computer girano, ma sullo schermo non viene visualizzato "
++"nulla"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ "La prima cosa da fare è controllare che il monitor sia collegato e acceso."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+@@ -17087,105 +19371,117 @@
+ "essenziali del computer potrebbero non accendersi: in questo caso, portare "
+ "il computer al servizio assistenza per la riparazione."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power "
+-"off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+-"timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+-"appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Alimentazione e batteria"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni della batteria"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi di alimentazione"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Risolvere problemi relativi all'alimentazione elettrica e alle batterie."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>…"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+-"timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+-"appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Visualizzazione e schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Vista</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">udito</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilità</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ingrandimento schermo</"
+ "link>......"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Impostazioni utente e di sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr "Stampa fronte e retro o più pagine per foglio."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr "Stampare fronte-retro e più pagine per foglio"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr "Per stampare su entrambi i lati di un foglio:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Stampa</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+@@ -17196,7 +19492,8 @@
+ "l'opzione è disattivata, la stampa fronte-retro non è disponibile per la "
+ "propria stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+@@ -17205,7 +19502,8 @@
+ "consigliabile provare con la stampante per verificarne il corretto "
+ "funzionamento."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+@@ -17213,7 +19511,8 @@
+ "È possibile stampare più di una pagina del documento per <em>lato</em> del "
+ "foglio. Utilizzare l'opzione <gui>Pagine per facciata</gui> a questo scopo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+@@ -17223,31 +19522,38 @@
+ "si possiede, così come dall'applicazione che si sta utilizzando. "
+ "Quest'opzione potrebbe non essere sempre disponibile."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+ "options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+@@ -17255,203 +19561,292 @@
+ "(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+ "multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr "Annullare una stampa in sospeso e rimuoverla dalla coda di stampa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Annullare una stampa"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se questo non annulla la stampa in corso, provare a tenere premuto il "
+-"pulsante <gui>Annulla</gui> sulla stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -17464,7 +19859,8 @@
+ "dovrebbe interrompere la stampa. Provare quindi ad annullare nuovamente il "
+ "processo di stampa o provare a spegnere e riaccendere la stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+@@ -17473,16 +19869,40 @@
+ "Fare attenzione a non danneggiare la stampante quando si rimuove la carta, "
+ "se si fa fatica a tirare la carta per estrarla, lasciarla dove si trova."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Stampare un documento su carta di formato diverso o con diverso orientamento."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr "Modificare il formato della carta durante la stampa"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+@@ -17492,15 +19912,19 @@
+ "possibile selezionare la tipologia di formato su cui stampare (per esempio, "
+ "stampare un PDF in formato US Letter formato su un foglio A4)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Stampa</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Selezionare la scheda <gui>Impostazioni pagina</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+@@ -17508,12 +19932,14 @@
+ "Nella colonna <em>Pagina</em>, scegliere <em>Dimenzione pagina</em> dal menù "
+ "a discesa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic su <gui>Stampa</gui> e il documento dovrebbe essere stampato."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+@@ -17521,23 +19947,28 @@
+ "È possibile usare il menù <gui>Orientamento</gui> per scegliere un "
+ "orientamento differente della pagina:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Verticale"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Orizzontale"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Verticale invertito"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Orizzontale invertito"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+@@ -17545,11 +19976,13 @@
+ "Assicurarsi di avere la busta/etichetta inserita nel modo corretto e di aver "
+ "scelto il formato corretto della carta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Stampare buste ed etichette"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+@@ -17559,19 +19992,21 @@
+ "busta o un'etichetta. Particolarmente utile, per esempio, se si hanno molte "
+ "lettere da inviare."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Stampare su buste"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quando si stampa su di una busta, è necessario controllare attentamente "
+ "alcuni aspetti. Per prima cosa, verificare che la stampante supporti le "
+@@ -17583,7 +20018,8 @@
+ "indicata sulla loro confezione e la maggior parte di esse sono disponibili "
+ "in formati standard."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+@@ -17595,26 +20031,31 @@
+ "stampare una singola busta e verificare da che parte viene stampata per "
+ "comprendere il corretto inserimento nel vassoio."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alcune stampanti non sono progettate per stampare sulle buste, in "
+ "particolare alcune stampanti laser. Controllare il manuale della stampante, "
+ "altrimenti si rischia di danneggiare la stampante facendo incastrare le "
+ "buste all'interno."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr "Controllare il livello di inchiostro o toner presente nelle cartucce."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr "Come posso controllare i livelli di inchiostro/toner della stampante?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+@@ -17624,7 +20065,8 @@
+ "stampante dipende dal modello e dal produttore e dai driver e le "
+ "applicazioni installate sul computer."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+@@ -17632,7 +20074,8 @@
+ "Alcune stampanti hanno uno schermo incorporato per visualizzare i livelli di "
+ "inchiostro e altre informazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+@@ -17642,13 +20085,14 @@
+ "sono forniti dal progetto HPLIP (HP Linux Imaging and Printing). Altri "
+ "produttori potrebbero fornire driver proprietari con caratteristiche simili."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In alternativa, è possibile installare un'applicazione per controllare o "
+ "monitorare i livelli d'inchiostro. <app>Inkblot</app> visualizza i livelli "
+@@ -17658,7 +20102,8 @@
+ "applicazione per i livelli d'inchiostro per stampanti Epson e altre marche è "
+ "<app>mktink</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+ "designed to report their ink levels."
+@@ -17666,34 +20111,108 @@
+ "Alcune stampanti non sono ancora ben supportate su Linux e altre non sono "
+ "progettate per segnalare i loro livelli d'inchiostro."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+-msgstr "Raggruppare e stampare in ordine inverso."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+-msgstr "Stampare le pagine in un diverso ordine"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
+-msgid "Reverse"
+-msgstr "Inverso"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+-"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+-"reverse this printing order."
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le pagine di un documento vengono solitamente stampate partendo dalla prima "
+-"e terminando con l'ultima: nel vassoio di stampa, il documento risulterà "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "Raggruppare e stampare in ordine inverso."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "Stampare le pagine in un diverso ordine"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "Inverso"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++"Le pagine di un documento vengono solitamente stampate partendo dalla prima "
++"e terminando con l'ultima: nel vassoio di stampa, il documento risulterà "
+ "quindi in ordine inverso. Se necessario, è possibile cambiare questo ordine "
+ "di stampa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr "Per invertire l'ordine di stampa:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+@@ -17702,11 +20221,13 @@
+ "<gui>Ordine inverso</gui> nella sezione <em>Copie</em>: l'ultima pagina "
+ "verrà stampata per prima e così via."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Raggruppato"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -17720,11 +20241,13 @@
+ "così via). Con l'opzione  <gui>Raggruppa</gui> invece, ogni copia sarà "
+ "stampata con le pagine raccolte nell'ordine corretto."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "Per raggruppare:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+@@ -17732,7 +20255,8 @@
+ "Nella scheda <gui>Generale</gui> della finestra di stampa, selezionare "
+ "<gui>Raggruppa</gui> nella sezione <em>Copie</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+@@ -17740,17 +20264,20 @@
+ "Il modo di rimuovere un foglio inceppato dipende dalla marca e dal modello "
+ "della stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Rimuovere un foglio inceppato"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Talvolta le stampanti caricano in maniera non corretta la carta e si "
+ "inceppano."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+@@ -17762,7 +20289,8 @@
+ "sportelli della stampante e tirare con decisione, ma con prudenza, il foglio "
+ "inceppato dal meccanismo di alimentazione della stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+@@ -17774,30 +20302,35 @@
+ "stampanti può essere necessario spegnerle e riaccenderle, per poi riavviare "
+ "il processo di stampa."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr "Stampare solo pagine specifiche o un intervallo di pagine."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr "Stampare solo determinate pagine"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "Per stampare solo determinate pagine del documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+@@ -17805,7 +20338,8 @@
+ "Nella scheda <gui>Generale</gui> della finestra <gui>Stampa</gui>, "
+ "selezionare <gui>Pagine</gui> nella sezione <gui>Intervallo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+@@ -17813,7 +20347,8 @@
+ "Digitare nel campo di testo i numeri delle pagine da stampare, separati da "
+ "virgole; usare un trattino per indicare un intervallo di pagine."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+@@ -17821,15 +20356,18 @@
+ "Per esempio, inserendo nel campo di testo <gui>Pagine</gui> \"1,3,5-7,9\", "
+ "verranno stampate le pagine 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 e 9."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr "Scegliere la stampante che si utilizza più frequentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Impostare la stampante predefinita"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+@@ -17838,47 +20376,64 @@
+ "considerare predefinita: normalmente si sceglie quella che viene usata più "
+ "frequentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr "Impostare una stampante collegata al computer."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr "Impostare una stampante locale"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+@@ -17888,11 +20443,20 @@
+ "collegate: per molte di esse la connessione al computer avviene mediante un "
+ "cavo USB."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Assicurarsi che la stampante sia accesa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+@@ -17903,18 +20467,16 @@
+ "sistema e che sia necessario immettere la propria password di autenticazione "
+ "per installarli."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+ "gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando il sistema avrà completato l'installazione, verrà visualizzato un "
+-"messaggio: selezionare <gui>Stampa di prova</gui> per provare il "
+-"funzionamento della stampante o <gui>Configura</gui> per apportare modifiche "
+-"alla configurazione della stampante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+@@ -17922,23 +20484,25 @@
+ "Se la stampante non è stata configurata automaticamente, è possibile "
+ "aggiungerla manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+@@ -17946,7 +20510,8 @@
+ "Dopo aver installato la stampante, può essere necessario <link xref="
+ "\"printing-setup-default-printer\">cambiare la stampante predefinita</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+@@ -17954,11 +20519,14 @@
+ "Se i fogli stampati sono striati, sbiaditi o mancano alcuni colori, "
+ "controllare i livelli dell'inchiostro o pulire la testina di stampa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+-msgstr "Perché ci sono striature, linee o colori sbagliati sui fogli stampati?"
++msgstr ""
++"Perché ci sono striature, linee o colori sbagliati sui fogli stampati?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+@@ -17967,12 +20535,15 @@
+ "Se i fogli stampati risultano striati, sbiaditi, presentano linee che non ci "
+ "dovrebbero essere o sono altrimenti di cattiva qualità, ci potrebbe essere "
+ "un problema con la stampante o un'insufficiente livello d'inchiostro o toner."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Testo o immagini sbiaditi"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -17980,11 +20551,13 @@
+ "L'inchiostro o il toner stanno per finire: controllarne il livello e se "
+ "necessario comprare una nuova cartuccia."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Striature e linee"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+@@ -17994,11 +20567,13 @@
+ "stampa sia sporca o parzialmente ostruita: provare a pulirla (consultare il "
+ "manuale della stampante per istruzioni)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Colori errati"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -18006,11 +20581,13 @@
+ "Potrebbe essere finito uno dei colori dell'inchiostro o del toner: "
+ "controllarne il livello e se necessario comprare una nuova cartuccia."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr "Linee frastagliate o che non risultano rette"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+@@ -18020,57 +20597,442 @@
+ "frastagliate, può essere necessario allineare la testina di stampa: "
+ "consultare il manuale della stampante per le istruzioni."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Impostare data e ora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">fuso orario</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr "Configurazione"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Configurare una stampante"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Dimensioni e disposizioni"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Diverse dimensioni della carta e disposizioni"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi con la stampante"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Chiudi</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr "Impedire ad altre persone di usare il computer in caso di assenza."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "Bloccare automaticamente lo schermo"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
+ msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
+ msgid "2011"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+ msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+ "video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+@@ -18079,36 +21041,42 @@
+ "files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr "Dalla panoramica <gui>Attività</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire "
+-"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need "
+-"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then "
+-"choose any effects you want."
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Cattura schermata</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+@@ -18116,57 +21084,67 @@
+ "to the application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Impostare scorciatoie da tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+ "includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:74(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:81(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+@@ -18174,13 +21152,15 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+@@ -18188,69 +21168,79 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+ "starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+ "perform these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+ "clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p) C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+ "select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -18259,47 +21249,36 @@
+ "you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out…</gui>."
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È necessario terminare la sessione e riaccedere affinché tali cambiamenti "
+-"abbiano effetto. Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e "
+-"selezionare <gui>Termina sessione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+-"The login screen appears."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -18307,30 +21286,35 @@
+ "button and return to the previous step."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Scegliere una regione per data e ora, numeri, valuta monetaria e unità di "
+ "misura."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr "Modificare data e unità di misura"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -18339,29 +21323,31 @@
+ "visualizzare date, orari, numeri, valuta monetaria e le unità di misura in "
+ "base alle impostazioni predefinite della propria regione."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+-"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
+ "available regions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p) C/session-language.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your "
+-"name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È necessario terminare la sessione e riaccedere affinché tali cambiamenti "
+-"abbiano effetto. Fare clic sul proprio nome sulla barra superiore e "
+-"selezionare <gui>Termina sessione</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -18369,33 +21355,31 @@
+ "calendars."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system formats"
+-msgstr "Modificare i formati di sistema"
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
+-"formats used in places like the login screen."
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando vengono modificati i formati, questi si applicano solamente alla "
+-"propria session utente. È comunque possibile modificare i <em>formati di "
+-"sistema</em>, cioè i formati usati all'interno di tutto il sistema operativo."
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-msgstr "Modificare i formati come descritto precedentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr "Usare un'altra lingua per l'interfaccia utente."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr "Cambiare la lingua utilizzata"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -18403,20 +21387,28 @@
+ "È possibile utilizzare il proprio sistema operativo in molte lingue diverse, "
+ "assicurandosi di avere le corrette traduzioni installate nel sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your desired language. Some translations may be incomplete, and "
+-"certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated "
+-"text will appear in the language in which the software was originally "
+-"developed, usually American English."
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -18432,11 +21424,13 @@
+ "alla lingua corrente. Nel caso la nuova lingua venga usata come quella "
+ "predefinita per il sistema, è utile fare ciò."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Modificare la lingua di sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -18447,23 +21441,36 @@
+ "modificare la <em>lingua di sistema</em>, cioè la lingua usata globalmente "
+ "in tutto il sistema operativo."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-msgstr "Modificare la propria lingua come indicato precedentemente."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"Sono richiesti i <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">privilegi di "
++"amministrazione</link>. Inserire la propria password o la password di "
++"amministrazione."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness and "
+-"Lock</gui> settings."
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Modificare il tempo di attesa prima che lo schermo si blocchi in "
+-"<gui>Luminosità e blocco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "Lo schermo si blocca troppo velocemente"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -18478,93 +21485,241 @@
+ "computer, ma può risultare fastidioso se lo schermo si blocca troppo "
+ "velocemente."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per attendere un periodo di tempo più lungo prima che lo schermo sia "
+ "bloccato automaticamente:"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Luminosità e blocco</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Modificare il valore nell'elenco a discesa <gui>Bloccare lo schermo dopo</"
+-"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+-"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Affinché lo schermo non si blocchi mai automaticamente, disabilitare "
+-"<gui>Blocco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Condivisione desktop</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+ msgstr "Condivisione"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Permette ad altre persone di visualizzare e interagire col proprio desktop "
+ "usando VNC."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr "Condividere il proprio desktop"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+ "allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile permettere ad altre persone di visualizzare e controllare il "
+-"proprio desktop da un altro computer, usando un'applicazione di "
+-"visualizzazione desktop. Configurare <app>Condivisione desktop</app> per "
+-"permettere ad altri di accedere al proprio desktop e per impostare le "
+-"preferenze di sicurezza."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+-"open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella <gui>panoramica Attività</gui> fare clic su applicazioni e aprire "
+-"<app>Condivisione desktop</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
+-"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+-"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per permettere ad altri di visualizzare il proprio desktop selezionare "
+-"<gui>Consentire ad altri utenti di visualizzare questo desktop</gui>. Ciò "
+-"significa che altre persone potranno tentare di connettersi al proprio "
+-"computer e visualizzare ciò che appare a schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
+-"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+-"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+-"security settings which you are currently using."
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per permettere ad altri di interagire con il proprio desktop selezionare "
+-"<gui>Consentire ad altri utenti di controllare questo desktop</gui>. Ciè "
+-"potrebbe permettere ad altre persone di muovere il puntatore del mouse, "
+-"eseguire applicazioni, esplorare i file sul proprio computer, in funzione "
+-"delle impostazioni di sicurezza che si stanno usando."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -18572,42 +21727,40 @@
+ "È importante considerare l'esatta entità di ciascuna opzione di sicurezza "
+ "prima di cambiarla."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/title)
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-msgstr "Confermare gli accessi alla propria macchina"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+-"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
+-"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
+-"someone to connect to your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se si vuole essere in grado di scegliere se consentire a qualcuno di "
+-"accedere al proprio desktop, selezionare <gui>Confermare ogni accesso alla "
+-"macchina</gui>. Se si disabilita questa opzione, non verrà chieste se si "
+-"vuole permettere a qualcuno di connettersi al proprio computer."
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Questa opzione è abilitata in modo predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/title)
+-msgid "Enable password"
+-msgstr "Attivare una password"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+-"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
+-"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per richiere che le altre persone usino una password quando si connettono al "
+-"proprio desktop, selezionare <gui>Richiedere all'utente di inserire questa "
+-"password</gui>. Se non si usa questa opzione, chiunque può tentare di "
+-"visualizzare il proprio desktop."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -18615,64 +21768,78 @@
+ "Questa opzione risulta disabilitata in modo predefinito, ma dovrebbe essere "
+ "abilitata e configurata con una password sicura."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-msgstr "Consentire l'accesso al proprio desktop attraverso Internet"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
+-"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
+-"your router manually."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se il proprio router supporta ed ha abilitato UPnP Internet Gateway Device "
+-"Protocol , è possibile permettere ad altre persone che non sono nella "
+-"propria rete locale di visualizzare il proprio desktop. Per fare ciò, "
+-"selezionare <gui>Configurare automaticamente il router UPnP per aprire e "
+-"instradare le porte</gui>. In alternativa è possibile configurare "
+-"manualmente il router."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-msgstr "Questa opzione risulta disabilitata in modo predefinito."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/title)
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-msgstr "Mostrare un'icona nell'area di notifica"
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:86(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È necessario abilitare questa opzione anche per poter disconnettere qualcuno "
+-"che sta visualizzando il proprio desktop. Selezionando <gui>Sempre</gui> "
+-"l'icona sarà visibile indipendentemente dal fatto che qualcuno stia "
+-"visualizzando il proprio desktop oppure no."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se questa opzione viene disabilitata, in funzione delle impostazioni di "
+-"sicurezza è possibile che qualcuno possa connettersi al proprio desktop "
+-"senza che ciò venga segnalato."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aggiungere (o rimuovere) alla dash le icone di programmi usati "
+ "frequentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Mantenere le proprie applicazioni preferite nella dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -18680,97 +21847,110 @@
+ "Per aggiungere un'applicazione alla <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</"
+ "link> in modo da accedervi con semplicità:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-msgstr "Aprire la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">panoramica attività</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select "
+-"<gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Trovare l'applicazione che si vuole aggiungere alla dash facendo clic su "
+-"<gui>Applicazioni</gui>. Fare clic col tasto destro sull'icona "
+-"dell'applicazione e selezionare <gui>Aggiungi ai preferiti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+-msgstr "In alternativa è possibile trascinare l'icona all'interno della dash."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per rimuovere un'applicazione dalla dash, fare clic col tasto destro "
+-"sull'icona dell'applicazione e selezionare <gui>Rimuovi dai preferiti</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Lanciare applicazioni dalla panoramica attività."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "Avviare applicazioni"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
+-"can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by "
+-"pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Spostare il puntatore del mouse sull'angolo <gui>Attività</gui> in alto a "
+-"sinistra sullo schermo per mostrare la <gui>Panoramica delle attitività</"
+-"gui>. Qui è possibile trovare tutte le proprie applicazioni. È anche "
+-"possibile aprire la panoramica premendo il <link xref=\"windows-key\">tasto "
+-"windows</link>."
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Sono disponibili diversi modi per aprire un'applicazione una volta che si è "
+-"nella panoramica attività:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+-"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and "
+-"start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Iniziare a digitare il nome di un'applicazione - la ricerca dovrebbe essere "
+-"istantanea (se così non fosse, fare clic sulla barra di ricerca in alto a "
+-"destra sullo schermo e iniziare a digitare), quindi fare clic sull'icona "
+-"dell'applicazione per avviarla."
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a "
+-"list of the applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-"categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. "
+-"Click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sull'intestazione <gui>Applicazioni</gui> in alto sullo schermo "
+-"per visualizzare un elenco delle applicazioni che è possibile eseguire. È "
+-"possibile filtrarle usando le categorie mostrate sulla destra, oppure usare "
+-"la barra di ricerca in alto a destra. Fare clic sull'icona dell'applicazione "
+-"per avviarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these "
+-"to start the corresponding application."
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Alcune applicazioni hanno la propria icona nella <em>dash</em> (la striscia "
+-"di icone verticale sul lato sinistro della panoramica attività). Fare clic "
+-"su una di queste per avviare l'applicazione corrispondente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -18778,42 +21958,56 @@
+ "Se alcune applicazioni vengono usante molto spesso, è possibile <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">aggiungerle alla dash</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"È possibile lanciare un'applicazione in uno <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">spazio di lavoro</link> separato trascinando l'icona di un'applicazione "
+-"dalla dash (o dall'elenco di applicazioni), rilasciandola su uno degli spazi "
+-"di lavoro sul lato destro dello schermo. L'applicazione verrà aperta nello "
+-"spazio di lavoro scelto."
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"È possibile lanciare un'applicazione in uno <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">spazio di lavoro</link> separato trascinando l'icona di "
++"un'applicazione dalla dash (o dall'elenco di applicazioni), rilasciandola su "
++"uno degli spazi di lavoro sul lato destro dello schermo. L'applicazione "
++"verrà aperta nello spazio di lavoro scelto."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile lanciare un'applicazione in un <em>nuovo</em> spazio di lavoro "
+ "facencli clic centrale sulla sua icona nella dash o nell'elenco applicazioni."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:74(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Esecuziona rapida di un comando"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:75(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Un altro modo per eseguire un'applicazione è premere <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, inserire il suo <em>nome di comando</em> e "
+-"quindi premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -18823,17 +22017,25 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> e digitare \"rhythmbox\" (senze le virgolette). "
+ "Il nome dell'applicazione è spesso il comando per lanciare il programma."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+ msgstr "Imparare come terminare la sessione, cambiare utente e altro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "Terminare la sessione, spegnere il computer, cambiare utente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+@@ -18841,11 +22043,13 @@
+ "Una volta terminato di usare il computer, è possible spegnerlo, sospenderlo "
+ "(per risparmiare energia) oppure lasciarlo acceso e terminare la sessione."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Terminare la sessione o passare a un altro utente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+@@ -18858,7 +22062,8 @@
+ "applicazioni resteranno in esecuzione, disponibili come le si era lasciate "
+ "quando si riaccederà."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+@@ -18866,90 +22071,89 @@
+ "Per <gui>terminare la sessione</gui> o <gui>cambiare utente</gui>, fare clic "
+ "sul proprio nome nella barra superiore e selezionare l'opzione appropriata."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Bloccare lo schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
+-"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
+-"amount of time."
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se ci si allontana dal computer per breve tempo, è opportuno bloccare lo "
+-"schermo in modo da impedire ad altre persone di accedere ai propri file o "
+-"alle applicazioni in esecuzione. Al proprio ritorno sarà sufficiente "
+-"inserire la propria password per accedere nuovamente. Se non si blocca lo "
+-"schermo, questo verrà bloccato automaticamente dopo un certo tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock "
+-"Screen</gui>."
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per bloccare lo schermo, fare clic sul proprio nome nella barra superiore e "
+-"selezionare <gui>Blocca schermo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando lo schermo è bloccato, altri utenti possono entrare nel loro account "
+-"facendo clic su <gui>Cambia utente</gui> nella schermata della password. "
+-"Quando avranno finito, sarà possibile ritornare al proprio ambiente di "
+-"lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Sospendere"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+ "This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
+ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+ "suspend."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per risparmiare energia, sospendere il computer quando non lo si sta usando. "
+-"Se si usa un portatile, GNOME mette automaticamente in sospensione il "
+-"computer quando si chiude lo schermo. In questo modo viene salvato lo stato "
+-"della memoria del computer e vengono spente la maggior parte delle funzioni "
+-"del computer. Durante la sospensione è necessaria una quantità molto piccola "
+-"di energia."
+-
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:77(section/p)
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ msgid ""
+-"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and select "
+-"<gui>Suspend</gui>."
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per sospendere manualmente il computer, fare clic sul proprio nome nella "
+-"barra superiore e selezionare <gui>Sospendi</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:85(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Spegnere o riavviare"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first "
+-"log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</"
+-"gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click "
+-"the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or "
+-"<gui>Power Off</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per spegnere definitivamente il proprio computer, oppure per eseguire un "
+-"riavvio completo, in primo luogo terminare la propria sessione facendo clic "
+-"sul proprio nome e selezionando <gui>Termina sessione</gui>. Si tornerà alla "
+-"schermata di accesso. In tale schermata, fare clic sull'icona di "
+-"alimentazione sulla barra superiore e selezionare <gui>Riavvi</gui> oppure "
+-"<gui>Spegni</gui>."
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+@@ -18959,62 +22163,134 @@
+ "computer poiché questo terminerebbe le loro sessioni. In tali casi, potrebbe "
+ "venir richiesta la password di amministratore per arrestare il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:99(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+ msgid ""
+-"If you need to power off or restart quickly, you can do it without logging "
+-"out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. "
+-"The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Select "
+-"this to power off or restart."
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se è necessario, è possibile spegnere o riavviare rapidamente senza dover "
+-"terminare la sessione. Fare clic sul proprio nome nella barra superiore, "
+-"quindi tenere premuto il pulsante <key>Alt</key>. L'opzione <gui>Sospendi</"
+-"gui> cambierà in <gui>Spegni</gui>. Selezionare tale voce per spegnere o "
+-"riavviare."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:52(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='063a422823690656133c36c0f5ced14f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+@@ -19022,11 +22298,13 @@
+ "Una introduzione visiva alla propria scrivania, alla barra superiore e alla "
+ "panoramica attività."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Introduzione a GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -19037,11 +22315,14 @@
+ "proprie attività. All'accesso è visibile solo una scrivania vuota e la barra "
+ "superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:36(media/p) C/status-icons.page:23(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superiore di GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -19057,37 +22338,47 @@
+ "impostazioni, terminare la sessione o cambiare utente, oppure spegnere il "
+ "proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:48(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Panoramica attività"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:53(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "Pulsante Attività"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:56(section/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> on your keyboard. "
+-"You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just "
+-"start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per accedere alle proprie finestre e applicazioni, fare clic sul pulsante "
+-"<gui>Attività</gui>, oppure spingere semplicemente il proprio puntatore del "
+-"mouse sull'angolo attivo superiore sinistro. È anche possibile premere il "
+-"<link xref=\"windows-key\">tasto windows</link> sulla propria tastiera. "
+-"Nella panoramica è possibile vedere le proprie finestre e applicazioni. È "
+-"anche possibile iniziare a digitare per iniziare a cercare tre le "
+-"applicazioni, i file e le cartelle."
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "La dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -19104,7 +22395,8 @@
+ "trascinare l'icona sulla panoramica, o su un qualsiasi spazio di lavoro "
+ "sulla destra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -19115,7 +22407,8 @@
+ "di aprire una nuova finestra. È anche possibile fare clic sull'icona mentre "
+ "si tiene premuto il tasto <key>Ctrl</key> per aprire una nuova finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -19129,55 +22422,47 @@
+ "la rotellina di scorrimenento sul proprio mouse per ingrandire una delle "
+ "miniature di finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:84(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows "
+-"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application "
+-"to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace "
+-"thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
+-"favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not "
+-"running, so you can access them quickly."
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic su <gui>Applicazioni</gui> per attivare la panoramica delle "
+-"applicazioni. Questa mostra tutte le applicazioni installate sul proprio "
+-"computer. Fare clic su una applicaziona qualsiasi per mandarla in "
+-"esecuzione, oppure trascinare un'applicazione sulla panoramica o su una "
+-"miniatura degli spazi di lavoro. È anche possibile trascinare "
+-"un'applicazione sulla dash per includerla tra quelle preferite. Le proprie "
+-"applicazioni preferite restano nella dash anche se non sono in esecuzione, "
+-"in modo da raggiungerle con facilità."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Maggiori informazioni su come avviare le "
+-"applicazioni.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Maggiori informazioni su finestre e spazi di "
+-"lavoro.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:98(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Orologio, calendario e appuntamenti"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:105(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sull'orologoio al centro della barra superiore per vedere la data "
+-"attuale, un calendario mese-per-mese e un elenco dei prossimi appuntamenti. "
+-"È anche possibile accedere alle impostazioni di data e ora, così come aprire "
+-"direttamente dal menù il proprio calendario completo in <app>Evolution</app>."
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+@@ -19185,15 +22470,19 @@
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Maggiori informazioni su calendario e "
+ "appuntamenti.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:117(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Tu e il tuo computer"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:122(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Menù utente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19201,7 +22490,8 @@
+ "Fare clic sul proprio nome nell'angolo superiore destro per gestire il "
+ "proprio profilo e il proprio computer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:128(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -19212,7 +22502,8 @@
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, ciò imposta lo stato che sarà visibile ai propri "
+ "contatti."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:151(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -19220,7 +22511,8 @@
+ "Il menù permette anche di modificare le proprie informazioni personali e di "
+ "cambiare impostazioni di sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:154(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -19232,7 +22524,8 @@
+ "senza chiudere la sessione in modo da dare accesso a qualcun altro. Oppure è "
+ "anche possibile sospendere o spegnere il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:160(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -19240,21 +22533,49 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Maggiori informazioni su come cambiare utente, "
+ "terminare la sessione e spegnere il computer.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:166(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Cassetto dei messaggi"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:167(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
+ msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner. This is where your notifications are stored until you "
+-"are ready to view them."
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile far apparire il cassetto dei messaggi spostando il cursore del "
+-"mouse nell'angolo inferiore destro. È questo il luogo in cui vengono "
+-"mantenute le notifiche finché non si è pronti a leggerle."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:172(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -19262,15 +22583,48 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Maggiori informazioni sulle notifiche e "
+ "sul cassetto dei messaggi.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Spostarsi all'interno dell'ambiente grafico usando la tastiera."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Utili scorciatoie da tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+@@ -19283,66 +22637,61 @@
+ "di puntamento, consultare <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> per informazioni su "
+ "come utilizzare l'ambiente grafico solamente da tastiera."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Usare l'ambiente grafico"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">Super key</link>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> o il <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">tasto windows</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+ "documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Attiva la finestra comandi (per eseguire rapidamente specifici comandi)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</"
+-"link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Passa velocemente da una finestra "
+-"all'altra.</link> Tenere premuto il tasto <key>Maiusc</key> per andare in "
+-"ordine inverso."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>\\</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Passa rapidamente da una finestra di una applicazione a un'altra della "
+-"stessa applicazione, attivabile anche dopo aver selezionato una applicazione "
+-"con <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</"
+-"key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Questa scorciatoia usa <key>\\</key> sulle tastiere con disposizione "
+-"italiana, dove il tasto <key>\\</key> è da intendersi come il tasto "
+-"immediatamente sopra al tasto <key>Tab</key>. Per le altre disposizioni, "
+-"assieme al tasto <key>Alt</key> si dovrà premere il tasto sopra a  <key>Tab</"
+-"key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+@@ -19353,122 +22702,144 @@
+ "sposta il focus tra la barra superiore, la dash, la panoramica finestra, "
+ "l'elenco applicazioni e il campo di ricerca."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+-"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Su</key></keyseq> e "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Giù</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Passa da uno spazio di lavoro "
+-"all'altro.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
+-"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>Su</key></keyseq> "
+-"e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>Giù</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+-"different workspace.</link>"
++"different workspace</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Sposta la finestra attuale in uno "
+-"spazio di lavoro differente.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Termina la sessione.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Blocca lo schermo.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Scorciatoie comuni"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Seleziona tutto il testo o gli elementi in un elenco."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Taglia (rimuove) il testo selezionato o gli elementi e li mette negli "
+ "appunti."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Copia il testo selezionato o gli elementi negli appunti."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Incolla il contenuto degli appunti."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Annulla l'ultima azione."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Catturare immagine dallo schermo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+-msgstr "<key>Stamp</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Cattura una schermata.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -19476,12 +22847,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Cattura una schermata di una "
+ "finestra.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Stamp</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -19491,13 +22863,15 @@
+ "un'area dello schermo</link>. Il puntatore assumerà la forma di una piccola "
+ "croce: fare clic e trascinare il puntatore per selezionare un'area."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -19505,29 +22879,83 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Avvia e termina la "
+ "registrazione di uno screencast.</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:34(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='2f9b2758acb31c338be29a8a20abae54'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -19535,27 +22963,33 @@
+ "Messaggi a comparsa in basso sullo schermo che avvisano dell'occorrenza di "
+ "certi eventi."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Notifiche e cassetto dei messaggi"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "Cosa è una notifica?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se un'applicazione o un componente di sistema richiede l'attenzione "
+ "dell'utente, verrà mostrata una notifica nella parte inferiore dello schermo."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+@@ -19566,7 +23000,8 @@
+ "aggiornamenti per il propro computer oppure se la batteria del portatile è "
+ "quasi scarica, si riceverà una notifica che informa dell'evento."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+@@ -19576,31 +23011,49 @@
+ "mostrando solo una singola riga. È possibile spostare il puntatore sopra la "
+ "notifica stessa per visualizzare l'intero contenuto."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+-"notifications without selecting one of its options, click anywhere on the "
+-"notification."
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "Il cassetto dei messaggi"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen, and contains all the notifications that you have "
+-"not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il cassetto dei messaggi permette di recuperare le notifiche nel momento in "
+-"cui è più comodo per l'utente. Appare quando si sposta il puntatore "
+-"nell'angolo inferiore destro dello schermo e contiente tutte le notifiche "
+-"per le quali non è stata compiuta alcuna azione o che risiedono in modo "
+-"permanente nel cassetto."
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -19613,114 +23066,141 @@
+ "speciale e sono rappresentate dai singoli contatti che hanno inviato un "
+ "messaggio."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
+-msgstr "Il cassetto dei messaggi è sempre visibile nella panoramica attività."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:65(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Nascondere le notifiche"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch "
+-"off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+ "<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se si sta lavorando su qualcosa e non si vuole essere disturbati, è "
+-"possibile disattivare le notifiche. Basta fare clic sul proprio nome sulla "
+-"barra superiore e impostare il selettore <gui>Notifiche</gui> su <gui>OFF</"
+-"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+ "critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+-"the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and "
+-"they will be shown to you when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando vengono disattivate, la maggior parte delle notifiche non appare "
+-"nella parte inferiore dello schermo. Solo le notifiche molto importanti, "
+-"come quando la carica della batteria è quasi esaurita, sono comunque "
+-"mostrate. Le notifiche restano comunque disponibili nel cassetto dei "
+-"messaggi quando si sposta il proprio cursore del mouse nel'angolo inferiore "
+-"destro e verranno mostrate quando si porta nuovamento su <gui>ON</gui> il "
+-"selettore."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Ambiente grafico"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduzione</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "keyboard-shortcuts\">scorciatoie da tastiera</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "calendar\">calendario</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifiche</"
+ "link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Ambiente grafico, applicazioni e finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "L'ambiente grafico"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Applicazioni e finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Una panoramica dei termini usati per descrivere le differenti parti "
+ "dell'ambiente grafico."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr "Attività, dash, barra superiore... Cosa sono?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"La <em>panoramica attività</em> è la schermata mostrata quando si fa clis su "
+-"<gui>Attività</gui> in alto a sinistra sullo schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+-msgstr "Selettore finestre Alt+Tab"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications "
+-"you have currently open."
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Quando si tiene premuto il tasto <key>Alt</key> e quindi si preme il tasto "
+-"<key>Tab</key>, appare un <em>selettore finestre</em>. Tale selettore mostra "
+-"le icone delle applicazioni che sono al momento aperte."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:39(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+@@ -19732,11 +23212,13 @@
+ "momento in esecuzione vengono mostrate nella dash. La dash è talvolta anche "
+ "indicata come <em>dock</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Angolo attivo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -19744,43 +23226,66 @@
+ "L'<em>angolo attivo</em> è l'angolo superiore sinistro dello schermo. Quando "
+ "si sposta il puntatore in questo angolo, vine aperta la panoramica attività."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Notifiche"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+ "with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
+-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging "
+-"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le <em>notifiche</em> sono messaggi che appaiono nel bordo inferiore dello "
+-"schermo, avvisando che è successo qualcosa. Per esempio, quando la persona "
+-"con cui state chattando vi scrive qualcosa, appare una notifica per "
+-"segnalare tale evento. Se non si vuole rispondere subito al messaggio, "
+-"questo viene nascosto nel cassetto dei messaggi. Spostare il puntatore "
+-"sull'angolo inferiore destro per visualizzare il cassetto dei messaggi."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>system settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+-"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui> to access them."
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nelle <em>impostazioni di sistema</em> è possibile cambiare le preferenze ed "
+-"altro, in modo simile al Pannello di controllo di Windows o alle Preferenze "
+-"di sistema di Mac OS. Fare clic sul proprio nome posto nella parte destra "
+-"della barra superiore e selezioanre <gui>Impostazioni di sistema</gui> per "
+-"accedere."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superiore"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -19790,11 +23295,21 @@
+ "superiore dello schermo. Alle due estremità della barra si trovano "
+ "rispettivamente il pulsante <gui>Attività</gui> e il nome dell'utente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Spazio di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+@@ -19802,11 +23317,15 @@
+ "È possibile porre le finestre su diversi <em>spazi di lavoro</em>. È un modo "
+ "conveniente di raggruppare e separare le fineste."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:83(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Selettore spazio di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+@@ -19816,15 +23335,25 @@
+ "è mostrato sul lato destro della vista <gui>Finestre</gui> della panoramica "
+ "attività."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "Controllare nella panoramica attività o negli altri spazi di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "Trovare una finestra persa"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+@@ -19834,75 +23363,66 @@
+ "attività</link> una finestre collocata su un diverso spazio di lavoro oppure "
+ "nascosta sotto le altre finestre:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the activities overview and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is "
+-"selected. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in "
+-"thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aprire la panoramica attività e assicurarsi di aver selezionato la vista "
+-"<gui>Finestre</gui>. Se la finestra mancante è sullo <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"windows#working-with-workspaces\">spazio di lavoro</link> corrente, allora "
+-"sarà mostrata tra le varie anteprime. Fare clic sulla miniatura per mostrare "
+-"la finestra, oppure"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to "
+-"find your window, or"
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic sugli altri spazi di lavoro nel <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">selettore spazi di lavore</link> sul lato destro dello schermo per "
+-"provare a trovare la finestra, oppure"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be "
+-"listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Fare clic-destro sull'applicazione nella dash. In questo modo verranno "
+-"elencate le finestre aperte per quella applicazione, fare clic sulla "
+-"finestra nell'elenco per selezionarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "Usando il selettore finestre:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window "
+-"switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
+ "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> per mostrare il "
+-"selettore finestre. Continuare a tenere premuto <key>Alt</key> e premere "
+-"<key>Tab</key> per passare da una applicazione all'altra (oppure "
+-"<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> per procedere in senso "
+-"inverso)l."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and "
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se una applicazione ha diverse finestre aperte, premere <key>Alt</key> e "
+-"premere <key>\\</key> (o altro tasto sopra <key>Tab</key>) per passare tra "
+-"le varie finestre di quella applicazione."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Doppio-clic o trascinare la barra del titolo per massimizzare o ripristinare "
+ "una finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "Massimizzare e de-massimizzare una finestra"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -19915,22 +23435,26 @@
+ "originale. La massimizzazione può essere applicata verticalmente lungo i "
+ "lati destro e sinistro dello schermo, in modo da avere due finestre visibili "
+ "(per maggiori informazioni, consultare <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/>)."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+-"keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per massimizzare una finestra, trascinarla attraverso la barra del titolo "
+-"sul bordo superiore dello schermo, oppure fare doppio-clic sulla barra del "
+-"titolo. Per massimizzare una finestra usando la tastiera, tenere premuto il "
+-"<link xref=\"windows-key\">tasto windows</link> e premere <key>Su</key>, "
+-"oppure premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+@@ -19943,36 +23467,37 @@
+ "ripristinarla. È anche possibile sfruttare le stesse scorciatoie da tastiera "
+ "usate per massimizzare la finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per spostare una finestra, tenere premuto il tasto <key>Alt</key> e fare "
+ "clic in un punto qualsiasi della finestra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Disporre le finestre su uno spazio di lavoro aiuta a lavorare in modo più "
+ "efficiente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "Spostare e ridimensionare le finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+-"addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features "
+-"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile spostare e ridimensionare le finestre per poter lavorare in modo "
+-"più efficiente. Oltre alla normale interazione tramite trascinamento, GNOME "
+-"offre dello scorciatoie e modificatori che aiutano a disporre le finestre "
+-"più rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+@@ -19983,7 +23508,8 @@
+ "premuto <key>Maiusc</key> durante lo spostamento per agganciare la finestra "
+ "ai bordi dello schermo o di altre finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+@@ -19993,7 +23519,15 @@
+ "premuto <key>Maiusc</key> durante il ridimensionamento per agganciare la "
+ "finestra ai bordi dello schermo o di altre finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -20008,27 +23542,31 @@
+ "<key>Invio</key> per completare l'azione, oppure premere <key>Esc</key> per "
+ "tornare alla posizione e dimensione originale."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Massimizzare una finestra</link> "
+ "trascinandola sul bordo superiore dello schermo. Trascinare una finestra su "
+ "un lato dello schermo per massimizzarla lungo quel lato, consentendo così "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">di affiancare due finestre</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "Premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "Passare da una finestra all'altra"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+@@ -20038,51 +23576,51 @@
+ "rende il passaggio tra diverse attività un processo semplicissimo e fornisce "
+ "una panoramica completa delle applicazioni in esecuzione."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "Da uno spazio di lavoro:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> per far apparire il "
+-"<gui>selettore di finestra</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
+-"switcher."
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Rilasciare <key>Alt</key> per selezionare la finestra successiva (quella "
+-"selezionata) nel selettore."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
+-"to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Oppure, tenendo premuto il tasto <key>Alt</key>, premere <key>Tab</key> per "
+-"passare nell'elenco da una finestra aperta all'altra, oppure "
+-"<keyseq><key>Maiusc</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> tornare alla finestra "
+-"precedente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+-"<key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to "
+-"step through the list."
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Le finestre nel selettore di finestra sono raggruppate per applicazione. Per "
+-"le applicazioni che hanno diverse finestre compaiono delle anteprime delle "
+-"finestre stesse man mano che si avanza. Tenere premuto <key>Alt</key> e "
+-"premere <key>\\</key> (o il tasto sopra <key>Tab</key>) per muoversi "
+-"nell'elenco delle finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+@@ -20090,7 +23628,8 @@
+ "Nel selettore di finestre, le applicazioni collocate su spazi di lavoro "
+ "differti sono divise da separatori verticali."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+@@ -20100,7 +23639,8 @@
+ "tra le icone delle applicazioni nel selettore, oppure attivarne una facendo "
+ "clic sulla sua icona con il mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+@@ -20108,11 +23648,13 @@
+ "Le anteprime delle applicazioni con una singola finestra possono essere "
+ "mostrate con il tasto <key>↓</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:63(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "Dalla panoramica <gui>Attività</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+@@ -20125,15 +23667,18 @@
+ "possibile fare clic su ciascun spazio di lavoro per visualizzare le finestre "
+ "aperte su di esso."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Massimizzare due finestre una a fianco dell'altra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Affiancare finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+@@ -20142,21 +23687,17 @@
+ "Una finestra può essere massimizzata solo verso destra o sinistra dello "
+ "schermo, consentendo di posizionare due finestre una a fianco dell'altra."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+-"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
+-"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per massimizzare una finestra lungo un lato dello schermo, trascinarla "
+-"usando la barra del titolo sul lato destro o sinistro, fino a che metà dello "
+-"schermo non viene evidenziato. Usando la tastiera, tenere premuto il <link "
+-"xref=\"windows-key\">tasto windows</link> e premre il tasto <key>sinistra</"
+-"key> o <key>destra</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+@@ -20165,204 +23706,243 @@
+ "dal lato dello schermo, oppure sfruttare la stessa scorciatoia usata per "
+ "massimizzarla."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Spostare e organizzare le finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Finestre e spazi di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Come altri ambienti grafici, GNOME fa uso delle finestre per mostrare le "
+-"proprie applicazioni in esecuzione. Sia usando la <em>panoramica</em> che la "
+-"<gui>dash</gui> è possibile lanciare nuove applicazionie controllare quale "
+-"finestra è attiva."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Oltre alle finestre, le applicazioni possono essere raggruppate negli spazi "
+-"di lavoro. Per informazioni sull'utilizzo di queste funzionalità, consultare "
+-"gli argomenti riportati in seguito."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Lavorare con le finestre"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Spazi di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Lavorare con gli spazi di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Andare alla panoramica attività e trascinare la finestra su un altro spazio "
+ "di lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "Spostare una finestra su un diverso spazio di lavoro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "Usando il mouse:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and "
+-"make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Aprire la panoramica <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Attività</link> e "
+-"assicurarsi che sia attiva la vista <gui>Finestre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "Fare clic e trascinare la tastiera verso la destra dello schermo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Appare il <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selettore di spazio di lavoro</"
+-"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+-"window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom "
+-"of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"window you have dropped."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Rilasciare la finestra nello spazio di lavoro vuoto. Questo spazio di lavoro "
+-"contiene ora la finestra trascinata e un nuovo spazio di lavoro appare in "
+-"fondo al <gui>selettore di spazio di lavoro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:47(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "Usando la tastiera:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window "
+-"switcher</link>)."
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare la finestra che si vuole spostare (per esempio usando il <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">selettore di finestra</link> <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> per spostare la finestra su uno spazio di lavoro che è sopra allo "
+-"spazio di lavoro corrente nel <gui>selettore di spazio di lavoro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maiusc</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> per spostare la finestra su uno spazio di lavoro che è sotto allo "
+-"spazio di lavoro corrente nel <gui>selettore di spazio di lavoro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+-msgstr "Usare il selettore di spazio di lavoro nella panoramica Attività."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+ msgstr "Passare da uno spazio di lavoro all'altro"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window "
+-"thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nella panoramica <gui>Attività</gui>, fare clic su uno spazio di lavoro nel "
+-"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">selettore di spazio di lavoro</link> sul "
+-"lato destro dello schermo in modo da visualizzare le finestre aperte su tale "
+-"spazio di lavoro. Fare clic su una qualsiasi miniatura di finestra per "
+-"attivare lo spazio di lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> per "
+-"passare a uno spazio di lavoro che è sopra quello corrente nel selettore di "
+-"spazio di lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Premere <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> per "
+-"passare a uno spazio di lavoro che è sotto quello corrente nel selettore di "
+-"spazio di lavoro."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr "Gli spazi di lavoro sono uno strumento per raggruppare le finestre."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "Cos'è uno spazio di lavoro e come può essere utile?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Gli spazi di lavoro si riferiscono al modo in cui sono raggruppate le "
+-"finestra sulla scrivania. È possibile creare diversi spazi di lavoro che "
+-"operano come scrivanie virtuali. Gli spazi di lavoro sono pensati per "
+-"ridurre la confusione e rendere più semplice \"orizzontarsi\" sulla "
+-"scrivania."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -20376,47 +23956,64 @@
+ "tutto mentre il programma per riprodurre la musica è su un terzo spazio di "
+ "lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Per usare gli spazi di lavoro:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, "
+-"plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Nella panoramica <gui>Attività</gui> spostare il cursore sul lato destro "
+-"dello schermo. Viene mostrato un pannello verticare che mostra gli spazi di "
+-"lavoro in uso, più uno spazio di lavoro vuoto. Questo pannello è il <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">selettore di spazio di lavoro</link>."
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+-"the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Per aggiungere uno spazio di lavor, trascinare una finestra da uno spazio di "
+-"lavoro esiste sullo spazio di lavoro vuoto nel selettore. Questo spazio di "
+-"lavoro contiene ora la finestra che è stata rilasciata, mentre un nuovo "
+-"spazio di lavoro vuoto appare sotto di esso."
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Per rimuovere uno spazio di lavoro è sufficiente chiudere tutte le sue "
+-"finestre o spostarle su un altro spazio di lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "C'è sempre almeno uno spazio di lavoro."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+@@ -20424,26 +24021,31 @@
+ "Scegliere il suono per i messaggi, impostare o disabilitare gli avvisi "
+ "sonori."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr "Scegliere o disabilitare l'avviso sonoro"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Il computer può riprodurre degli avvisi sonori in base a determinati tipi di "
+ "messaggi o eventi. È possibile scegliere diversi suoni per gli avvisi, "
+ "impostare il volume di questi indipendentemente dal resto del sistema o "
+ "disabilitarli del tutto."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+@@ -20451,7 +24053,8 @@
+ "Nella scheda <gui>Effetti sonori</gui> selezionare un suono di avviso: ogni "
+ "suono viene riprodotto in modo da poterlo ascoltare."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+@@ -20461,22 +24064,26 @@
+ "livello del volume degli avvisi. Questo non influisce sul volume della "
+ "musica, dei video o di altri file audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"To disable alert sounds entirely, select <gui>Mute</gui> on the <gui>Sound "
+-"Effects</gui> tab."
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr "Risolvere problemi come l'assenza di audio o di bassa qualità audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr "Problemi con l'audio"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+@@ -20485,15 +24092,18 @@
+ "l'audio sul proprio computer. Alcuni degli argomenti presentati in seguito "
+ "potrebbero essere d'aiuto nel risolvere questi problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr "Controllare i cavi audio e i driver della propria scheda audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr "Durante la riproduzione audio si sentono ronzii"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+@@ -20503,11 +24113,13 @@
+ "problema con i cavi o i connettori audio o un problema con i driver della "
+ "scheda audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Verificare che gli altoparlanti siano collegati correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -20515,12 +24127,14 @@
+ "Se gli altoparlanti non sono completamente collegati o lo sono ma nella "
+ "presa errata, si potrebbero udire dei ronzii."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assicurarsi che il cavo di altoparlanti o delle cuffie non sia danneggiato."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -20533,11 +24147,13 @@
+ "o ronzii. Nel caso si sentissero ancora tali rumori, potrebbe essere "
+ "necessario sostituire il cavo o le cuffie."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Verificare la qualità dei driver della propria scheda audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -20545,13 +24161,15 @@
+ "\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -20559,11 +24177,13 @@
+ "Controllare che non sia impostata a muto, che i cavi siano collegati "
+ "correttamente e che la scheda audio sia stata rilevata."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr "Nessun suono viene riprodotto dal computer"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+@@ -20573,17 +24193,20 @@
+ "mentre si riproduce della musica, provare a seguire queste istruzioni per "
+ "risolvere il problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr "Assicurarsi che il volume non sia impostato a muto"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+@@ -20592,7 +24215,8 @@
+ "disabilitare l'audio: provare a premere quel tasto e controllare se risolve "
+ "il problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -20602,11 +24226,13 @@
+ "<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr "Controllare il funzionamento degli altoparlanti"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -20618,7 +24244,8 @@
+ "inoltre che il cavo degli altoparlanti sia collegato alla corretta presa, "
+ "solitamente di colore verde, del computer."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -20632,7 +24259,8 @@
+ "rispetto a Windows o Mac OS. Provare a collegare il cavo degli altoparlanti "
+ "alle diverse prese audio del computer per assicurarsi che funzionino."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -20640,11 +24268,13 @@
+ "Un'ultimo controllo consiste nel verificare che il cavo audio sia saldamente "
+ "collegato agli altoparlanti: alcuni possono avere più di un ingresso."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr "Controllare che il corretto dispositivo audio sia selezionato"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+@@ -20656,26 +24286,30 @@
+ "che è necessario verificare di aver selezionato quello corretto (potrebbe "
+ "essere necessario procedere per tentativi prima di trovare quello corretto)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+ "and try each profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+@@ -20683,16 +24317,19 @@
+ "Nel caso questa operazione non funzionasse, provare la stessa con tutti i "
+ "dispositivi elencati."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr "Controllare che la scheda audio sia rilevata correttamente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -20704,15 +24341,18 @@
+ "cause possibili del non funzionamento della scheda audio potrebbe essere la "
+ "mancata installazione dei driver adatti."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Digitare <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> e premere <key>Invio</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+ "devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+@@ -20720,7 +24360,8 @@
+ "Viene mostrato un elenco di dispositivi. Se non vi è alcun dispositivo, la "
+ "propria scheda audio non è stata rilevata."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -20729,7 +24370,8 @@
+ "i driver manualmente. La procedura d'installazione dipende dalla proprio "
+ "scheda audio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -20741,14 +24383,16 @@
+ "detailed information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+ "instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -20759,17 +24403,20 @@
+ "si possono trovare schede da installare all'interno del computer o schede "
+ "audio esterne USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Usare un microfono analogico o USB e selezionare il dispositivo di ingresso "
+ "predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr "Usare un altro microfono"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -20783,7 +24430,8 @@
+ "webcam dotata di microfono, generalmente l'utilizzo di un microfono separato "
+ "consente di ottenere risultati audio di migliore qualità."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -20800,7 +24448,8 @@
+ "accade, seguire le seguenti istruzioni per selezionare il corretto "
+ "dispositivo da utilizzare come ingresso predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -20811,40 +24460,39 @@
+ "potrebbe essere necessario specificare quale microfono utilizzare come "
+ "dispositivo predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Selezionare il dispositivo audio d'ingresso"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
+-"\"input.\""
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Collegare gli altoparlanti o le cuffie e selezionare il dispositivo di "
+ "uscita predefinito."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr "Usare altri altoparlanti o cuffie"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+@@ -20854,7 +24502,8 @@
+ "computer tramite una presa TRS (<em>Tip Ring Sleeve</em> o <em>connettore "
+ "Jack</em>) o USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -20870,19 +24519,22 @@
+ "utilizzano la presa TRS vengono utilizzati in modo predefinito dal sistema. "
+ "In caso negativo, seguire le istruzioni sottostanti."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+ "which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+-"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</"
+-"gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select "
+-"your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. "
+-"In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will "
+-"speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -20894,46 +24546,44 @@
+ "sé e potrebbe essere necessario specificare quali altoparlanti utilizzare "
+ "come dispositivi predefiniti."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se nella scheda <gui>Uscita</gui> non è visualizzato il proprio dispositivo, "
+-"controllare l'elenco dell'hardware disponibile, selezionare un altro "
+-"dispositivo e provare profili diversi."
+-
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+-msgstr "Impostare il volume del computer e controllarlo per ogni applicazione."
++msgstr ""
++"Impostare il volume del computer e controllarlo per ogni applicazione."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr "Modificare il volume"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+ "turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alcune tastiere presentano dei tasti per il controllo del volume che "
+ "assomigliano a degli altoparlanti stilizzati con delle onde. Sono "
+@@ -20941,7 +24591,8 @@
+ "quelle dei computer portatili sono solitamente sui tasti \"F\" (per "
+ "utilizzarli, premere il tasto <key>Fn</key> sulla propria tastiera)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -20951,11 +24602,13 @@
+ "modificare il volume utilizzando i controlli degli altoparlanti stessi. "
+ "Anche alcune cuffie dispongono di questi controlli."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Modificare il volume per ogni singola applicazione"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -20967,7 +24620,8 @@
+ "esplorando il web: è possibile azzerare il volume del browser web in modo "
+ "che suoni che provengono da siti web non interrompano la musica."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -20976,7 +24630,8 @@
+ "there."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+@@ -20988,920 +24643,1054 @@
+ "potrebbe non supportare questa particolare funzionalità. In tal caso, non è "
+ "possibile modificarne il volume."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:22(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:49(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:53(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:58(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:62(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:75(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:79(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:92(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:100(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:104(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:108(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:112(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:116(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:120(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:124(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:128(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:132(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:136(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:150(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:154(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:158(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:162(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:166(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:170(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:184(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:193(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:197(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:201(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:210(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:214(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:218(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:222(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:226(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:230(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:234(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:238(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:250(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:254(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:258(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:262(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:266(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:270(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:274(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:278(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:282(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:286(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:291(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:8(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right "
+-"of the top bar."
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Una descrizione che spiega il significato delle icone collocate sulla destra "
+-"della barra superiore."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "Cosa indicano le icone nella barra superiore?"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, "
+-"specifically the different variations of the icons that are possible."
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Questa sezione illustra le icone collocate in alto a destra sullo schermo, "
+-"specificando le diverse variazioni possibili."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Icona menù accesso universale"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:34(td/p)
+-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
+-msgstr "Mostra un menù per attivare le singole impostazioni di accessibilità."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Icone controllo volume"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "Il volume è alto."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:54(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "Il volume è medio."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "Il volume è basso."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:63(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "Il volume è azzerato (audio escluso)."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icona gestione Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:76(td/p)
+-msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-msgstr "Il Bluetooth è attivo."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "Il bluetooth è stato disabilitato."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icona gestione rete"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:88(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>Connessioni mobile</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 3G network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete 3G."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:97(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 4G network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete 4G."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:101(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete EDGE."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:105(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete GPRS."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:109(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete UMTS."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Connesso a rete mobile (cellulare)."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:117(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
+-msgstr "Acquisizione connessione rete mobile."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:121(td/p) C/status-icons.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale molto alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:125(td/p) C/status-icons.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:129(td/p) C/status-icons.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale media."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:133(td/p) C/status-icons.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale bassa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:137(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale molto bassa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:143(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>Connessioni LAN (Local Area Network)</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
+-msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
+-msgstr "Si è verificato un errore nel trovare la rete."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:151(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is idle."
+-msgstr "La rete è inattiva."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "Non c'è alcun instradamento per la rete."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:159(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "La rete è offline."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:163(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is receiving."
+-msgstr "La rete è in ricezione."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:167(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
+-msgstr "La rete è in ricezione e trasmissione."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:171(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting."
+-msgstr "La rete è in trasmissione."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:177(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>Connessione VPN (Virtual Private Network)</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p) C/status-icons.page:194(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring network connection."
+-msgstr "Acquisizione connessione di rete."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:185(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to VPN network."
+-msgstr "Connessio a rete VPN."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:190(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connessione via cavo</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:198(td/p)
+-msgid "Disconnected from network."
+-msgstr "Disconnesso dalla rete."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:202(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wired network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete via cavo."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:207(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Connessione wireless</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:211(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
+-msgstr "Acquisizione connessione wireless."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "La rete wireless è cifrata."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:219(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wireless network."
+-msgstr "Connesso a rete wireless."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensità del segnale molto bassa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:246(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Icone gestione alimentazione"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è completa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è parziale."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "La carica batteria è bassa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:263(td/p)
+-msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
+-msgstr "Avvertemento: la carica della batteria è molto bassa."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:267(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è estremamente bassa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:271(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is missing."
+-msgstr "Manca la batteria."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:275(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is full and charged."
+-msgstr "La carica della batteria è completa e non è in carica."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è completa ed è in carica."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è parziale ed è in carica"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:287(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è bassa ed è in carica."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:292(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è molto bassa ed è in carica."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "La carica della batteria è vuota ed è in carica."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -21909,11 +25698,13 @@
+ "Digitare caratteri non presenti sulla propria tastiera, inclusi alfabeti "
+ "stranieri, simboli matematici e dingbat."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "Inserire caratteri speciali"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -21924,15 +25715,18 @@
+ "presenti sulla tastiera. In questa pagina vengono presentati alcuni diversi "
+ "modi per inserire questi caratteri."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Metodi per inserire caratteri"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Tabella caratteri"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -21943,21 +25737,21 @@
+ "applicazione può essere utilizzata per trovare il carattere richiesto, "
+ "quindi copiarlo e incollarlo dove necessario."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+-"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:"
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+ "gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"È possibile trovare la <app>Tabella caratteri</app> nella panoramica "
+-"<gui>Attività</gui>. Per maggiori informazioni sulla tabella caratteri "
+-"consultare il <link href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">relativo manuale</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Tasto Compose"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -21969,7 +25763,8 @@
+ "Per esempio, per digitare la lettera accentata <em>é</em>, è possibile "
+ "premere <key>compose</key> quindi <key>'</key> e poi <key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+@@ -21977,42 +25772,43 @@
+ "Le tastiere non presentano tasti compose specifici. È invece possibile "
+ "definire uno dei tasti presenti sulla tastiera come un tasto compose."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Definire un tasto compose"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Regione e lingua</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare la scheda <gui>Disposizioni</gui> e fare clic su <gui>Opzioni</"
+-"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
+-"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
+-"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
+-"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
+-"work for their original purpose."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Trovare il gruppo indicato come <gui>Posizione tasto Compose</gui>. "
+-"Selezionare il tasto o i tasti che si dovranno comportare come un tasto "
+-"compose. È possibile scegliere tasti come <key>BlocMaiusc</key>, entrambi i "
+-"tasti <key>Alt</key> o il tasto menù. Qualsiasi tasto si sceglierà, inizierà "
+-"a funzionare come un tasto compose e non funzionerà più secondo il suo scopo "
+-"iniziale."
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "È possibile digitare molti caratteri comuni usando il tasto compose, per "
+ "esempio:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -22020,7 +25816,8 @@
+ "Premere <key>compose</key> quindi <key>'</key> e poi una lettera per porre "
+ "un accento acuto sulla lettera, come <em>é</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -22028,7 +25825,8 @@
+ "Premere <key>compose</key> quindi <key>`</key> e poi una lettera per porre "
+ "un accento grave sulla lettera, come <em>è</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+@@ -22036,7 +25834,8 @@
+ "Premere <key>compose</key> quindi <key>\"</key> e poi una lettera per porre "
+ "un umlaut sulla lettera, come <em>ë</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -22044,7 +25843,8 @@
+ "Premere <key>compose</key> quindi <key>-</key> e poi una lettera per porre "
+ "un macron (sengo di vocale lunga) sulla lettera, come <em>ē</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+@@ -22054,11 +25854,13 @@
+ "org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">pagina del tasto compose "
+ "su Wikipedia</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Code point"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -22075,7 +25877,8 @@
+ "<gui>Dettagli carattere</gui>. Il code point è costituito dai quattro "
+ "caratteri dopo <gui>U+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -22091,11 +25894,13 @@
+ "risultare utile memorizzare il code point di tali caratteri in modo da "
+ "poterli immettere rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Disposizioni di tastiera"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -22108,11 +25913,13 @@
+ "un'altra usando una icona bella barra superiore. Per maggiori informazioni, "
+ "consultare <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Metodi di input"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -22124,7 +25931,8 @@
+ "possibile inserire caratteri attraverso il mouse con un gesto o dei "
+ "caratteri giapponesi utilizzando una tastiera con caratteri latini."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -22137,7 +25945,8 @@
+ "maggiori informazioni sull'utilizzo di uno di questi metodi consultare "
+ "l'apposita documentazione."
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+@@ -22146,43 +25955,46 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Caratteri speciali</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">scorciatoie con clic centrale</link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Trucchi e suggerimenti"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:21(license/p)
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -22190,35 +26002,40 @@
+ "result of timezone differences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+ "list</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Utenti"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduzione</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "keyboard-shortcuts\">scorciatoie da tastiera</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "calendar\">calendario</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifiche</"
+ "link>..."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Account utente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -22232,37 +26049,45 @@
+ "sicurezza poiché è possibile accedere a un altro account utente solo "
+ "conoscendone la password."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Account"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "Gestire gli account utente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Password"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilegi"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilegi utente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr "Aggiungere nuovi utenti al sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "Aggiungere un nuovo account utente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -22273,34 +26098,39 @@
+ "avrà a disposizione una propria cartella personale per documenti, foto e per "
+ "le proprie impostazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+ "type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:67(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Nell'elenco degli account sulla sinistra, fare clic sul pulsante <gui>+</"
+-"gui> per aggiungere un nuovo account."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -22311,22 +26141,26 @@
+ "predefinito solitamente è una buona scelta, ma è comunque possibile "
+ "modificarlo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:80(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Altro</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+-"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</"
+-"gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from "
+-"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password "
+-"in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See "
+-"<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:88(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -22337,11 +26171,14 @@
+ "risultano difficili per altre persone da indovinare, ma allo stesso tempo lo "
+ "sono anche da ricordare."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Cambia</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -22349,17 +26186,20 @@
+ "you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -22367,11 +26207,24 @@
+ "change your settings, or install software."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+@@ -22380,24 +26233,27 @@
+ "propria password. È necessario essere un amministratore per aggiungere nuovi "
+ "account utente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+ "<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
+ "automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, "
+-"click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You "
+-"will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</"
+-"gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+@@ -22410,7 +26266,8 @@
+ "alcune immagini predefinite, ma è anche possibile selezionare un'immagine "
+ "personale oppure catturarne una con la propria webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -22418,11 +26275,13 @@
+ "È possibile scegliere quali utenti sono abilitati ad apportare modifiche al "
+ "sistema concedendo loro privilegi di amministrazione."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr "Concedere i privilegi di amministrazione"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -22434,7 +26293,8 @@
+ "utenti concederli. Sono un buon metodo per mantenere il proprio sistema "
+ "sicuro prevenendo potenziali danni da modifiche non autorizzate."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -22444,17 +26304,20 @@
+ "le impostazioni dell'account (per concedere i privilegi di amministrazione a "
+ "un altro utente, è necessario essere amministratori)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "Selezionare l'utente al quale modificare i privilegi."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -22462,14 +26325,16 @@
+ "Chiudere la finestra degli account: i privilegi dell'utente verranno "
+ "modificati al successivo accesso."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+ "installed the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+@@ -22477,17 +26342,20 @@
+ "Non è consigliato avere troppi utenti con privilegi di amministrazione nel "
+ "sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Per modificare parti importanti del sistema sono necessari privilegi di "
+ "amministrazione."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "Come funzionano i privilegi di amministrazione?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -22503,7 +26371,8 @@
+ "protetti in modo predefinito dalle modifiche. Anche alcune applicazioni "
+ "modificano parti importanti del sistema e anche queste sono protette."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -22516,7 +26385,8 @@
+ "modificare alcun file di sistema o utilizzare alcuna di queste applicazioni: "
+ "per questo motivo, i privilegi di amministrazione non sono sempre abilitati."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -22535,7 +26405,8 @@
+ "l'azione. Una volta terminato, i privilegi di amministrazione verranno "
+ "nuovamente disabilitati."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -22546,19 +26417,23 @@
+ "example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+ msgstr ""
+ "In sintesi, i privilegi di amministrazione consentono di modificare parti "
+ "importanti del sistema quando necessario, ma impediscono di farlo per errore."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "Cosa significa \"super utente\"?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -22572,11 +26447,13 @@
+ "these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) "
+ "privileges."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "Perché sono utili i privilegi di amministrazione?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -22586,7 +26463,8 @@
+ "compiere azioni importati all'interno del sistema è utile per prevenire "
+ "danni, intenzionali o non intenzionali, al sistema stesso."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -22599,7 +26477,8 @@
+ "momentaneamente, solo quando necessari, riduce i rischi di commettere degli "
+ "errori."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -22608,7 +26487,8 @@
+ "standpoint."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -22616,11 +26496,13 @@
+ "Con i privilegi di amministrazione è possibile compiere solamente alcune "
+ "azioni come installare applicazioni."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Problemi causati dalla mancanza di privilegi di amministrazione"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+@@ -22631,11 +26513,13 @@
+ "alcuni problemi in quanto alcune azioni richiedono tali privilegi per essere "
+ "compiute. Tra queste:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Connettersi a reti via cavo o WiFi"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -22644,11 +26528,13 @@
+ "il contenuto di un'altra partizione del disco (per esempio la partizione di "
+ "Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "Installare nuove applicazioni"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -22656,7 +26542,68 @@
+ "È possibile <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">modificare i privilegi degli "
+ "utenti</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+@@ -22664,11 +26611,13 @@
+ "Mantenere il proprio account sicuro modificando spesso la password nelle "
+ "impostazioni dell'account."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "Cambiare la propria password"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+@@ -22676,11 +26625,13 @@
+ "È una buona pratica modificare la propria password di tanto in tanto, "
+ "specialmente se anche qualcun altro la conosce."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic sull'etichetta vicino a <gui>Password</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -22688,7 +26639,8 @@
+ "Questa etichetta dovrebbe assomigliare a una serie di puntini o quadratini "
+ "se è già stata impostata una password."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -22696,19 +26648,22 @@
+ "Inserire la password corrente e una nuova password, quindi ripetere la nuova "
+ "password nel campo <gui>Conferma password</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assicurarsi di <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">scegliere una buona "
+ "password</link>: in questo modo il proprio account sarà più sicuro."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "Cambiare la password del portachiavi"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -22725,54 +26680,64 @@
+ "stessa della vecchia password utente e il portachiavi non verrà "
+ "<em>sbloccato</em> automaticamente all'accesso.\""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-"gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Inserire la <gui>Vecchia password</gui>, quindi la nuova <gui>Password</gui> "
+-"e infine la <gui>Conferma</gui> della nuova password."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>OK</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:100(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+-msgstr "Aggiungere la propria foto alla schermata di accesso e alla scrivania."
++msgstr ""
++"Aggiungere la propria foto alla schermata di accesso e alla scrivania."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "Cambiare la fotografia del proprio account"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -22783,7 +26748,8 @@
+ "la propria immagine usando una di quelle predefinite o una fotografia "
+ "personale. È possibile anche scattare una foto con la propria webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -22793,7 +26759,8 @@
+ "con tutte le immagini predefinite disponibili. Per sceglierne una, fare clic "
+ "su quella preferita."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -22801,7 +26768,8 @@
+ "Per utilizzare un'immagine personale, fare clic su <gui>Cerca altre "
+ "immagini</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -22810,15 +26778,18 @@
+ "to give up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "Rimuovere gli utenti che non utilizzano più il computer."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "Eliminare un account utente"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+@@ -22828,7 +26799,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"user-add\"/>). Se qualcuno di questi account non utilizza più "
+ "il computer, è possibile rimuoverlo."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+@@ -22837,11 +26809,15 @@
+ "propria password. Per poter eliminare degli account è necessario essere un "
+ "utente con diritti di amministrazione."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
+-msgstr "Selezionare l'utente da eliminare e premere il pulsante <gui>-</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -22850,22 +26826,25 @@
+ "want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ogni utente dispone della propria cartella personale con i propri file e "
+-"impostazioni. È possibile scegliere se mantenere o eliminare questa "
+-"cartella. Fare clic su :<gui>Elimina file</gui>  se si è sicuri non verranno "
+-"più usati ed è necessario liberare spazio sul disco. I file saranno "
+-"eliminati per sempre e non sarà possibile ripristinarli. Prima di compiere "
++"impostazioni. È possibile scegliere se mantenere o eliminare questa cartella."
++" Fare clic su :<gui>Elimina file</gui>  se si è sicuri non verranno più "
++"usati ed è necessario liberare spazio sul disco. I file saranno eliminati "
++"per sempre e non sarà possibile ripristinarli. Prima di compiere "
+ "quest'azione potrebbe essere utile copiarli su un disco esterno o su un CD "
+ "come copia di backup."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Usare password più lunghe e complicate."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "Scegliere una password sicura"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -22873,7 +26852,8 @@
+ "Cercare una password facile da ricordare, ma molto difficile per altri "
+ "(compresi programmi per computer) da indovinare."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+@@ -22883,7 +26863,8 @@
+ "Se la password è facile da indovinare, qualcuno potrebbe trovarla e accedere "
+ "alle proprie informazioni personali."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -22895,7 +26876,8 @@
+ "persona, potrebbe non esserlo per un computer. Di seguito vengono indicati "
+ "alcuni consigli da seguire per scegliere una buona password:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -22903,7 +26885,8 @@
+ "someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -22916,7 +26899,8 @@
+ "esempio, \"Flatlandia: Racconto fantastico a più dimensioni\" diventerebbe "
+ "\"F:Rfapd\" o \"frfapd\" o \"f: rfapd\"."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -22924,14 +26908,16 @@
+ "Cercare di creare password più lunghe possibili. Più caratteri contengono, "
+ "più tempo ci vuole a un'altra persona o a un computer per indovinarla."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+ "\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+@@ -22939,11 +26925,13 @@
+ "Non usare informazioni personali come date di nascita, targhe dei propri "
+ "veicoli o nomi dei propri familiari."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "Non usare alcun nome."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+@@ -22952,21 +26940,25 @@
+ "Scegliere una password che può essere digitata velocemente in modo da "
+ "diminuire le possibilità per altre persone di vedere cosa viene digitato."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mai scrivere la propria password da qualche parte: potrebbe essere trovata "
+ "facilmente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Usare password diverse in differenti occasioni."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Usare password diverse per differenti account."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+@@ -22974,7 +26966,8 @@
+ "Se viene usata la stessa password per tutti gli account, chiunque sia in "
+ "grado di trovarla potrà accedere a tutti gli account senza problemi."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -22988,11 +26981,13 @@
+ "occasioni più importanti (come la propria email, l'account dell'home "
+ "banking)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Cambiare la password regolarmente."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+@@ -23000,11 +26995,13 @@
+ "I codec corretti potrebbero non essere installati o il DVD potrebbe "
+ "appartenere alla regione errata."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "Perché i DVD non vengono riprodotti?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -23014,11 +27011,13 @@
+ "potrebbero non essere installati i <em>codec</em> corretti oppure il DVD "
+ "potrebbe essere stato destinato a una diversa <em>regione</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Installare i codec corretti per la riproduzione DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -23029,7 +27028,8 @@
+ "<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -23039,11 +27039,13 @@
+ "It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Controllare la regione del DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -23057,7 +27059,8 @@
+ "riproduttore DVD per la regione 1, è possibile leggere solo DVD proveniente "
+ "dall'America del Nord."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -23065,15 +27068,18 @@
+ "linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Verificare che abbiano installato i corretti codec video."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr "Altre persone non possono riprodurre i miei video"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -23082,7 +27088,8 @@
+ "altre persone che utilizzano Windows o Mac OS, queste potrebbero riscontrare "
+ "dei problemi nel riprodurlo correttamente."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -23097,13 +27104,15 @@
+ "richiede un codec differente per poter essere visualizzato. Per controllare "
+ "il formato del proprio video:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Fare clic con il pulsante destro sul file del video e selezionare "
+ "<gui>Proprietà</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+@@ -23111,7 +27120,8 @@
+ "Scegliere la scheda <gui>Audio/Video</gui> e controllare quale <gui>codec</"
+ "gui> viene mostrato nella sezione <gui>Video</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -23129,7 +27139,8 @@
+ "Molto spesso è possibile scaricare il codec corretto gratuitamente se non è "
+ "già installato."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -23139,7 +27150,8 @@
+ "the software installer application to see what's available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -23154,64 +27166,80 @@
+ "riproduzione video o il video non è stato creato correttamente (potrebbe "
+ "esserci stato qualche errore nel salvare il video)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+ "orientation to left-handed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Graphics Tablet</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+ "to the same point on the tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+@@ -23219,61 +27247,68 @@
+ "less hand movement."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Altro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Altro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "Short introductory text..."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+ "These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+ "and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -23282,84 +27317,30 @@
+ "Forward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/wacom.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Il tasto windows apre la panoramica attitivà. Tipicamente è collocato "
+-"accanto al tasto <key>Alt</key> sulla tastiera."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
+-msgstr "Cos'è il tasto \"Super\"?"
+-
+-# ma non lo possiamo dire "logo di Windows"?!?!?!
+-#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"When you press the <em>Super</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. "
+-"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
+-"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Quando si preme il tasto <em>windows</em>, viene mostrata la panoramica "
+-"attività, Questo tasto è solitamente presente in basso a sinistra sulla "
+-"tastiera, accanto al tasto <key>Alt</key>, e spesso presenta su di esso una "
+-"icona windows/quadrati. Talvolta è anche indicato come tasto super, tasto "
+-"logo o tasto sistema."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:26(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
+-"keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se si possiede una tastiera Apple, in essa non è presente alcun tasto "
+-"windows. Al suo posto può essere usato il tasto <key>⌘</key> (Command)."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:35(page/p)
+-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+-msgstr "Per cambiare il tasto usato per mostrare la panoramica attività:"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+-msgstr "Fare clic su <gui>Tastiera</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Fare clic sulla scheda <gui>Scorciatoie</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+-"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selezionare <gui>Sistema</gui> sul lato sinistro della finestra e "
+-"<gui>Mostra la panoramica attività</gui> sulla destra."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+-msgstr "Premere la combinazione di tasti desiderata."
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ja/ja.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ja/ja.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.765133579 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ja/ja.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.180921585 +0530
+@@ -5,25 +5,21 @@
+ # Yasumichi Akahoshi <yasumichi@vinelinux.org>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Kentaro KAZUHAMA <kazken3@gmail.com>, 2012.
+ # Shushi Kurose <md81bird@hitaki.net>, 2012
+-#
++# noriko <noriko@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# noriko <noriko@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-26 23:45+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-02 02:22+0900\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Shushi Kurose <md81bird@hitaki.net>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation@gnome.gr.jp>\n"
+-"Language: ja\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-15 10:21-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: noriko <noriko@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation@gnome.gr.jp>\n"
++"Language: ja\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+-
+-msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+-msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+-
+-msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+-msgstr "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+@@ -35,6552 +31,16379 @@
+ "Shushi Kurose <md81bird@hitaki.net>, 2012\n"
+ "日本GNOMEユーザー会 <http://www.gnome.gr.jp/>, 2011, 2012"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 デスクトップのユーザーズガイド"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME ヘルプ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME ヘルプ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ヘルプ</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ロゴ</media> "
++"GNOME ヘルプ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
+ msgid "Michael Hill"
+ msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "同じキーをすばやく押した場合は無視します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "バウンスキーを有効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys."
+-msgstr "<em>バウンスキー</em>を有効にすると、繰り返し押してしまったキー入力を無視します。たとえば、1 度だけキーを押したいのに手が震えて何度もキーを押してしまう場合、バウンスキーの機能を有効にすることをお勧めします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>バウンスキー</em>を有効にすると、繰り返し押してしまったキー入力を無視します。たとえば、1 "
++"度だけキーを押したいのに手が震えて何度もキーを押してしまう場合、バウンスキーの機能を有効にすることをお勧めします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgstr "上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>バウンスキー</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "バウンスキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>バウンスキー</gui>を選択すると、バウンスキーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>をクリックし、<gui>バウンスキー</"
++"gui>を選択すると、バウンスキーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</"
++"gui>パネルで何らかの設定を有効にしていると、アクセシビリティアイコンが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."
+-msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>のスライダーを使って、1 度目のキー押下から2度目のキー押下が入力として認識されるまでの時間を設定してください。キー押下が早過ぎてキー入力が無視される度に音を鳴らしたい場合は、「<gui>キー入力が拒否されたらビープ音を鳴らす</gui>」をオンにしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>のスライダーを使って、1 "
++"度目のキー押下から2度目のキー押下が入力として認識されるまでの時間を設定してください。キー押下が早過ぎてキー入力が無視される度に音を鳴らしたい場合は、「<gui>キー入力が拒否されたらビープ音を鳴らす</"
++"gui>」をオンにしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr "点字ディスプレイで <app>Orca</app> スクリーンリーダーを使います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "点字で画面を読む"
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+-msgstr "GNOME には <app>Orca</app> というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを点字ディスプレイに表示することができます。GNOME のインストール方法によっては、Orca がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca をインストールして</link>、詳細について<link href=\"help:orca\">Orca のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME には <app>Orca</app> "
++"というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを点字ディスプレイに表示することができます。GNOME "
++"のインストール方法によっては、Orca がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca "
++"をインストールして</link>、詳細について<link href=\"help:orca\">Orca のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
+ msgstr "画面上のウィンドウやボタンのあざやかさを強めて (または弱めて) 見やすくします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "コントラストを調節する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウやボタンは、コントラストを調節することで、より見やすくなります。これは、<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">画面全体の明るさを変える</link>ことではありません。<em>ユーザーインターフェース</em>の一部分だけを変更します。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウやボタンは、コントラストを調節することで、より見やすくなります。これは、画面全体の明るさを変えることではありません。<em>ユーザーインターフェース</"
++"em>の一部分だけを変更します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
+ msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
++msgstr "<gui>ハイコントラスト</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ハイコントラスト</gui>を選択すると、コントラストを簡単に変更できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ハイコントラスト</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
+ msgstr "ホバークリック (自動クリック) の機能を使い、マウスを静止させることによりクリック動作を行う。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "ホバーリングでクリックを代替する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click."
+-msgstr "画面上のコントロールや対象物の上にマウスポインターをホバーリングすることで、簡単にクリックやドラッグ操作ができます。マウスを動かしつつ同時にクリックすることが困難であれば、これは役立ちます。この機能は、ホバークリックあるいは自動クリックと呼ばれています。"
+-
+-msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+-msgstr "ホバークリックを有効にすれば、対象物の上にマウスポインターを移動させ、マウスから手を離してしばらく待つことで、ボタンをクリックすることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"画面上のコントロールや対象物の上にマウスポインターをホバーリングすることで、簡単にクリックやドラッグ操作ができます。マウスを動かしつつ同時にクリックすることが困難であれば、これは役立ちます。この機能は、ホバークリックあるいは自動クリックと呼ばれています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ホバークリックを有効にすれば、対象物の上にマウスポインターを移動させ、マウスから手を離してしばらく待つことで、ボタンをクリックすることができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+-msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>のウィンドウが開き、他のウィンドウよりも前面に配置されます。これは、ホバーリングしたときにどの種別のクリックを実行するかを選ぶのに使用します。たとえば<gui>副ボタンのクリック</gui>を選ぶと、ホバーリングで右クリック動作が行われます。ダブルクリック、右クリック、またはドラッグを実行したあとは、自動的にただのクリック動作に戻ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ホバークリック</"
++"gui>のウィンドウが開き、他のウィンドウよりも前面に配置されます。これは、ホバーリングしたときにどの種別のクリックを実行するかを選ぶのに使用します。たとえば<gui>副ボタンのクリック</"
++"gui>を選ぶと、ホバーリングで右クリック動作が行われます。ダブルクリック、右クリック、またはドラッグを実行したあとは、自動的にただのクリック動作に戻ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+-msgstr "マウスポインターをボタンの上にホバーリングしてそのまま動かさずにいると、ポインターの色が徐々に変わっていきます。ポインター全体の色が変わったタイミングで、ボタンがクリックされます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスポインターをボタンの上にホバーリングしてそのまま動かさずにいると、ポインターの色が徐々に変わっていきます。ポインター全体の色が変わったタイミングで、ボタンがクリックされます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
+ msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を調節して、クリックするのに必要となるマウスポインターの静止時間を設定してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+-msgstr "ホバークリックをするためにマウスを完璧に静止させる必要はありません。ポインターは少しなら動いてもかまわず、しばらくすればクリックされます。しかし、大きく動きすぎた場合はクリックされません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++"ホバークリックをするためにマウスを完璧に静止させる必要はありません。ポインターは少しなら動いてもかまわず、しばらくすればクリックされます。しかし、大きく動きすぎた場合はクリックされません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+ msgstr "<gui>ジェスチャーのしきい値</gui>を調節して、ホバーリングと認識されるのに動かしてもよい程度を設定してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr "より大きなフォントを使い、文字を読みやすくします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
+ msgstr "画面の文字が読み取りにくいときは、フォントサイズを変更できます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
++msgstr "<gui>大きな文字</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>大きな文字</gui>を選択すると、文字の大きさを簡単に変更できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>大きな文字</"
++"gui>を選択すると、文字の大きさを簡単に変更できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "アプリケーションの多くは、任意のタイミングで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> を押して文字サイズを拡大できます。小さくするには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションの多くは、任意のタイミングで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> "
++"を押して文字サイズを拡大できます。小さくするには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
+-msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーの人型アイコンからアクセスできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューは上部バーの人型アイコンからアクセスできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはどこにありますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+-msgstr "<em>ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</em>から、さまざまなアクセシビリティ設定を切り替えることができます。このメニューを開くには、トップバーにある円でかこまれた人型のアイコンをクリックしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</"
++"em>から、さまざまなアクセシビリティ設定を切り替えることができます。このメニューを開くには、上部バーにある円でかこまれた人型のアイコンをクリックしてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+-msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーにあります。"
++msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューは上部バーにあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+-msgstr "マウスを使わずにキーボードからこのメニューを開くには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、トップバーにキーボードのフォーカスをあてます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンの下に白線が表示されます。この線はトップバーのどの項目が選択されているかを示しています。キーボードの矢印キーを使い、白線をユニバーサルアクセスメニューのアイコンまで移動させ、そこで <key>Enter</key> を押してメニューを開きます。上下方向の矢印キーでメニューの各項目を選びます。<key>Enter</key> を押すと、選んだ項目のオン/オフが切り替わります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスを使わずにキーボードからこのメニューを開くには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> を押して、上部バーにキーボードのフォーカスをあてます。<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>ボタンの下に白線が表示されます。この線は上部バーのどの項目が選択されているかを示しています。キーボードの矢印キーを使い、白線をユニバーサルアクセスメニューのアイコンまで移動させ、そこで "
++"<key>Enter</key> を押してメニューを開きます。上下方向の矢印キーでメニューの各項目を選びます。<key>Enter</key> "
++"を押すと、選んだ項目のオン/オフが切り替わります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "画面を拡大表示して見やすくします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "画面を拡大表示する"
+ 
+-msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+-msgstr "画面を拡大表示することは、<link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">文字のサイズ</link>をただ大きくするだけではありません。これは、ルーペを使って画面を見るような機能であり、画面の一部にズームインして画面上を移動できようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"画面を拡大表示することは、<link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">文字のサイズ</"
++"link>をただ大きくするだけではありません。これは、ルーペを使って画面を見るような機能であり、画面の一部にズームインして画面上を移動できようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>ズーム</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the <gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
+-msgstr "これで画面上を移動できるようになります。画面の端へマウスを動かすことで拡大した領域が様々な方向へ移動し、お好みの場所を表示することができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ズーム</gui> セクションには、現在のショートカットキー設定が表示されます。この設定は、<gui>キーボード</gui>パネルの<link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">ショートカット</link>タブ内の<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</"
++"gui>のセクションで変更することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ズーム</gui>を選択すると、ズームのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++"これで画面上を移動できるようになります。画面の端へマウスを動かすことで拡大した領域が様々な方向へ移動し、お好みの場所を表示することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ズーム</"
++"gui>を選択すると、ズームのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"拡大比率、マウストラッキング、画面上の拡大表示の位置などを変更することができます。調整を行なう場合は、<gui>オプション</gui> "
++"ボタンをクリックして <gui>拡大鏡</gui> タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"マウスやタッチパッドポインターを探すときに便利な十字形マークをアクティブにすることができます。マークをオンにして、長さ、色、厚みなどを調整する場合は、<gui>オプション</"
++"gui> ボタンをクリックして <gui>十字形</gui> タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセス"
+ 
+-msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
+-msgstr "GNOME デスクトップは、さまざまな障害や特殊なニーズを持つユーザーをサポートし、一般的な支援機器と連携して動作する支援技術が備わっています。多くのアクセシビリティ機能は、トップバーのアクセシビリティメニューから操作できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME "
++"デスクトップは、さまざまな障害や特殊なニーズを持つユーザーをサポートし、一般的な支援機器と連携して動作する支援技術が備わっています。多くのアクセシビリティ機能は、上部バーのアクセシビリティメニューから操作できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "視覚障害"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "盲"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "ロービジョン"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "色弱"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "その他のトピック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "聴覚障害"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "運動障害"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "マウス操作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "クリックとドラッグ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "キーボードの使用"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr "マウスの左ボタンを長押しすることによって右クリック動作を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "右クリックを代替する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
+-msgstr "マウスの左ボタンを押したままにすることで、右クリック操作を行うことができます。片手で複数の指を別々に動かすのが困難であったり、特殊なマウスを使っていたりする場合に、この機能は役立ちます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスの左ボタンを押したままにすることで、右クリック操作を行うことができます。片手で複数の指を別々に動かすのが困難であったり、特殊なマウスを使っていたりする場合に、この機能は役立ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
+-msgstr "右クリックと認識されるまでに左ボタンを押しつづける必要のある間隔を設定できます。<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブの<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>の設定項目の<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を変更してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"右クリックと認識されるまでに左ボタンを押しつづける必要のある間隔を設定できます。<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</"
++"gui>タブの<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>の設定項目の<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を変更してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click."
+-msgstr "副ボタンのクリックの代替によって右クリック操作を行うには、通常右クリックしたい位置でマウスの左ボタンを押したままにし、それからボタンを離します。左マウスボタンを押したままにすると、ポインターが青色に変わっていきます。ポインター全体が青色になってからマウスボタンを離すと右クリック動作が行われます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"副ボタンのクリックの代替によって右クリック操作を行うには、通常右クリックしたい位置でマウスの左ボタンを押したままにし、それからボタンを離します。左マウスボタンを押したままにすると、ポインターが青色に変わっていきます。ポインター全体が青色になってからマウスボタンを離すと右クリック動作が行われます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer."
+-msgstr "サイズ変更時のポインターなど、特殊なポインターによっては色が変わらないことがあります。ポインターが反応していないように見えても、通常どおり副ボタンのクリックの代替を行えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"サイズ変更時のポインターなど、特殊なポインターによっては色が変わらないことがあります。ポインターが反応していないように見えても、通常どおり副ボタンのクリックの代替を行えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">マウスキー</link>を使用している場合は、キーパッドの <key>5</key> キーを押したままにすることで、右クリックできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">マウスキー</link>を使用している場合は、キーパッドの <key>5</key> "
++"キーを押したままにすることで、右クリックできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、この機能を無効にしている場合でも長押しによる右クリックが常に可能です。アクティビティ画面では、長押しの動作が少し異なります。右クリック操作をするのにボタンを離す必要がありません。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面では、この機能を無効にしている場合でも長押しによる右クリックが常に可能です。アクティビティ画面では、長押しの動作が少し異なります。右クリック操作をするのにボタンを離す必要がありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr "<app>Orca</app> スクリーンリーダーを使い、画面のユーザーインターフェースを読み上げます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "画面を読み上げる"
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+-msgstr "GNOME には <app>Orca</app> というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを音声で読み上げることができます。GNOME のインストール方法によっては、Orca がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca をインストールして</link>、詳細について <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME には <app>Orca</app> "
++"というスクリーンリーダーがあり、画面のユーザーインターフェースを音声で読み上げることができます。GNOME のインストール方法によっては、Orca "
++"がインストールされていないこともあります。<link href=\"install:orca\">Orca をインストールして</"
++"link>、詳細について <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca のヘルプ</link> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
+ msgstr "キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "スローキーを有効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
+-msgstr "キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけたい場合、<em>スローキー</em>を有効にしてください。これを有効にすると、入力したいキーを少しのあいだ押しつづけなければ、文字が画面に表示されません。キー入力のときに誤って複数のキーを同時に押してしまう場合や、押したいキーを間違わずに押すことが困難な場合に、スローキーの機能を利用してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけたい場合、<em>スローキー</"
++"em>を有効にしてください。これを有効にすると、入力したいキーを少しのあいだ押しつづけなければ、文字が画面に表示されません。キー入力のときに誤って複数のキーを同時に押してしまう場合や、押したいキーを間違わずに押すことが困難な場合に、スローキーの機能を利用してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>スローキー</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "スローキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクセシビリティ機能をキーボードから切り替える</gui>を有効にすると、キーボードからスローキーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> キーを 8 秒間押し続けることで、スローキーの有効/無効を切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>キーボードによる有効化</gui>の下にある<gui>アクセシビリティ機能のオン/オフをキーボードで切り替える</"
++"gui>を選択すると、キーボードでスローキーのオン/オフを切り替えることができます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> "
++"キーを 8 秒間押し続けることで、スローキーの有効/無効を切り替えられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>スローキー</gui>を選択することでも、スローキーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>をクリックし、<gui>スローキー</"
++"gui>を選択することでも、スローキーのオン/オフを切り替えることができます。<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</"
++"gui>パネルで何らかの設定を有効にしていると、アクセシビリティアイコンが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
+ msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>のスライダーを使って、キー入力が認識されるまでに押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
+ msgstr "キーが押されたとき、キー入力が認識されたとき、押し下げ時間が足りずにキー入力が拒否されたときに、それぞれ音を鳴らすことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
+ msgstr "キーボードショートカットを入力するのに、同時に必要なキーをすべて押すことなく、1 度に 1 つのキーで行う。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+ msgstr "固定キーを有効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+-msgstr "<em>固定キー</em>を使えば、キーボードショートカットを入力するのに、同時に必要なキーをすべて押すことなく、1 度に 1 つのキーで行うことができるようになります。たとえば、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ショートカットでウィンドウを切り替えます。固定キーの機能を使わなければ、すべてのキーを同時に押さなければなりません。しかし固定キーを有効にすると、<key>Alt</key> を押してその後に <key>Tab</key> を押せば同じことができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>固定キー</em>を使えば、キーボードショートカットを入力するのに、同時に必要なキーをすべて押すことなく、1 度に 1 "
++"つのキーで行うことができるようになります。たとえば、 <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"ショートカットではウィンドウを切り替えます。固定キーの機能を使わなければ、すべてのキーを同時に押さなければなりません。しかし固定キーを有効にすると、<key>Super</"
++"key> を押してその後に <key>Tab</key> を押せば同じことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
+ msgstr "複数のキーを同時に押すことが困難であれば、固定キーを有効にすると良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "<gui>固定キー</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "固定キーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクセシビリティ機能をキーボードから切り替える</gui> (<gui>固定キー</gui>の上にあります) を有効にすると、キーボードから固定キーのオン/オフを切り替えられます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> キーを続けざまに 5 回押すことで、固定キーの有効/無効を切り替えられます"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>キーボードによる有効化</gui>の下にある<gui>アクセシビリティ機能のオン/オフをキーボードで切り替える</"
++"gui>を選択すると、キーボードで固定キーのオン/オフを切り替えることができます。このオプションが選択されていれば、<key>Shift</key> "
++"キーを 5 回続けて押すことで、固定キーの有効/無効を切り替えられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>固定キー</gui>を選択することでも、固定キーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>をクリックし、<gui>固定キー</"
++"gui>を選択することでも、固定キーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</"
++"gui>パネルで何らかの設定を有効にしていると、アクセシビリティアイコンが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+ msgstr "2 つのキーを同時に押せば、一時的に固定キーの機能を解除して「通常の」方法で、キーボードショートカットを入力することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+-msgstr "上記のキー同時押下による解除機能をオンにすれば、たとえば固定キーを有効にしたのにもかかわらず <key>Alt</key> と <key>Tab</key> を同時に押した場合、固定キー機能による次のキー入力待ちが解除されます。1 つのキーが押されたときだけ、次のキー入力を<em>待とうとします</em>。場合によってキーボードショートカットの同時押下が可能であったり (たとえばキーが隣接しているなど)、困難であったりする場合に、この機能は役に立ちます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、固定キーの機能をオンにしている状態で<key>Super</key> と<key>Tab</"
++"key>のキーを同時に押せば、固定キーの機能がオンであっても次のキーの入力待ちを行ないません。固定キーの機能では、一つのキーを押した場合にのみ<em>次のキーの入力待ちを行ないます</"
++"em>。特定のショートカットは同時に押せるが (キーが隣接しているなど)、それ以外のショートカットは同時に押せないなどの場合に、この機能が役に立ちます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr "この機能を有効にするには「<gui>同時に2つのキーを押下したら無効にする</gui>」を選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+-msgstr "固定キーを有効にして、キーボードショートカットの入力を始めたときに「ビープ」音を鳴らすことができます。ショートカットが入力されるのを固定キーが待ち受けていることを知りたい場合に役に立ちます。これを確認すれば、次に押されるキーがショートカットの一部として認識されます。この機能を有効にするには「<gui>修飾キーを押したらビープ音を鳴らす</gui>」を選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"固定キーを有効にして、キーボードショートカットの入力を始めたときに「ビープ」音を鳴らすことができます。ショートカットが入力されるのを固定キーが待ち受けていることを知りたい場合に役に立ちます。これを確認すれば、次に押されるキーがショートカットの一部として認識されます。この機能を有効にするには「<gui>修飾キーを押したらビープ音を鳴らす</"
++"gui>」を選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
+ msgstr "視覚警告を有効にして、警告音が鳴ったときに画面もしくはウィンドウをひらめかせます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+ msgstr "警告音の代わりに画面をひらめかせる"
+ 
+-msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played."
+-msgstr "特定のメッセージやイベントにたいして簡潔な警告音が鳴ることがあります。この音が聞き取りづらい場合、警告音を鳴らす代わりに画面あるいは現在開いているウィンドウを視覚的にひらめかせることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++"特定のメッセージやイベントにたいして簡潔な警告音が鳴ることがあります。この音が聞き取りづらい場合、警告音を鳴らす代わりに画面あるいは現在開いているウィンドウを視覚的にひらめかせることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+-msgstr "この機能は、図書館などのようにコンピューターを静かに使わなければならない環境でも役に立つでしょう。警告音をミュートする方法については <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> を参照し、視覚警告を有効にしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"この機能は、図書館などのようにコンピューターを静かに使わなければならない環境でも役に立つでしょう。警告音をミュートする方法については <link "
++"xref=\"sound-alert\"/> を参照し、視覚警告を有効にしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>聴覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>聞く</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash."
+-msgstr "<gui>視覚警告</gui>をオンにします。画面全体をひらめかせるか、あるいは現在開いているウィンドウだけをひらめかせるか選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>視覚警告</gui>をオンにします。画面全体をひらめかせるか、あるいは現在開いているウィンドウだけをひらめかせるか選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>視覚警告</gui>を選択すると、視覚警告のオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>視覚警告</"
++"gui>を選択すると、視覚警告のオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+ msgstr "このデスクトップヘルプを利用する上でのいくつかのヒント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "GNOME ドキュメンテーションプロジェクト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "このガイドについて"
+ 
+-msgid "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as possible:"
+-msgstr "このガイドは、お使いのデスクトップ機能のひととおりの解説、コンピューターに関する質問への回答、またコンピューターをより効果的に使うためのヒントの提供を意図して作成されています。このガイドができるだけ使いやすくなるよう次の工夫を施しています。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"このガイドは、お使いのデスクトップ機能のひととおりの解説、コンピューターに関する質問への回答、またコンピューターをより効果的に使うためのヒントの提供を意図して作成されています。このガイドができるだけ使いやすくなるよう次の工夫を施しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
+-msgstr "このガイドは、章立ての構成をとっておらず、課題別の小さなトピックに分類されています。そのおかげで、疑問の答えを探すためにマニュアル全体を拾い読みする必要はありません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++"このガイドは、章立ての構成をとっておらず、課題別の小さなトピックに分類されています。そのおかげで、疑問の答えを探すためにマニュアル全体を拾い読みする必要はありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+-msgstr "関連項目は相互にリンクしています。ページ最下部の\"をも見よ\"参照は、関連するトピックへの案内となっています。これによって、特定の作業をこなすのに役立つかもしれない類似トピックを見つけやすくなっています。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++"関連項目は相互にリンクしています。ページ最下部の\"をも見よ\"参照は、関連するトピックへの案内となっています。これによって、特定の作業をこなすのに役立つかもしれない類似トピックを見つけやすくなっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
+-msgstr "組み込みの検索機能を備えています。ヘルプブラウザーの上部にあるバーは、検索バーとなっており、タイピングするとすぐに関連の検索結果が表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++"組み込みの検索機能を備えています。ヘルプブラウザーの上部にあるバーは、検索バーとなっており、タイピングするとすぐに関連の検索結果が表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though."
+-msgstr "このガイドは定期的に更新されています。私たちは、包括的なヘルプ情報を提供できるよう努めていますが、ここであらゆる質問に答えられるわけではないことを認識しています。とはいえ、より多くの情報を追加してもっと役立つようにしていきたいと考えています。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++"このガイドは定期的に更新されています。私たちは、包括的なヘルプ情報を提供できるよう努めていますが、ここであらゆる質問に答えられるわけではないことを認識しています。とはいえ、より多くの情報を追加してもっと役立つようにしていきたいと考えています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
+ msgstr "時間を割いてデスクトップヘルプを読んでくださり、ありがとうございます。今後これを読む必要がなくなることを心から願っております。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- GNOME ドキュメンテーションチーム"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "オンラインアカウントに接続します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "アカウントの追加"
+ 
+-msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
+-msgstr "アカウントを追加することで、あなたのオンラインアカウントと GNOME デスクトップをリンクできるようになります。これにより、メールクライアント、チャットクライアント、また他の関連アプリケーションがセットアップされます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントを追加することで、あなたのオンラインアカウントと GNOME "
++"デスクトップをリンクできるようになります。これにより、メールクライアント、チャットクライアント、また他の関連アプリケーションがセットアップされます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>メニューをクリックして、アカウントの種類を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
+ msgstr "複数のアカウントがあれば、他のアカウントはあとで追加できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password."
+-msgstr "小さなウェブサイトウィンドウが開き、そこにあなたのオンラインアカウントの認証情報を入力します。たとえば、Google アカウントのセットアップをする場合、あなたの Google アカウントのユーザー名とパスワードを入力します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"小さなウェブサイトウィンドウが開き、そこにあなたのオンラインアカウントの認証情報を入力します。たとえば、Google "
++"アカウントのセットアップをする場合、あなたの Google アカウントのユーザー名とパスワードを入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
+-msgstr "認証情報が正しく入力できれば、あなたのオンラインアカウントへのアクセスを GNOME に許可してもよいか確認画面が表示されます。<gui>Grant Access (アクセスを許可)</gui> を選択し、次に進みます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"認証情報が正しく入力できれば、あなたのオンラインアカウントへのアクセスを GNOME に許可してもよいか確認画面が表示されます。<gui>Grant "
++"Access (アクセスを許可)</gui> を選択し、次に進みます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option off."
+-msgstr "オンラインアカウントに関連付けるアプリケーションを選択します。たとえば、オンラインアカウントをチャットに使用したいが、カレンダーには使用したくない場合、<gui>カレンダー</gui>のオプションをオフにします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"オンラインアカウントに関連付けるアプリケーションを選択します。たとえば、オンラインアカウントをチャットに使用したいが、カレンダーには使用したくない場合、<gui>カレンダー</"
++"gui>のオプションをオフにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+ msgstr "アカウントを追加した後は、選択された各アプリケーションは起動時に自動的にその認証情報を使います。"
+ 
+-msgid "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
+-msgstr "セキュリティ上の理由により、GNOME はあなたのパスワードをコンピューター内に保存しません。その代わりに、オンラインサービスにより提供されるトークンを保存します。デスクトップとオンラインサービスとのリンクを完全に破棄する場合は、追加したアカウントを<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">削除</link>します。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"セキュリティ上の理由により、GNOME "
++"はあなたのパスワードをコンピューター内に保存しません。その代わりに、オンラインサービスにより提供されるトークンを保存します。デスクトップとオンラインサービスとのリンクを完全に破棄する場合は、追加したアカウントを<link "
++"xref=\"accounts-remove\">削除</link>します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
+ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+-msgstr "オンラインアカウントを使って新規アカウントを作成します。"
++msgstr "<app>オンラインアカウント</app>を使って新規アカウントを作成します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "オンラインアカウントの作成"
+ 
+-msgid "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your online accounts from one application."
+-msgstr "アカウントサービスプロバイダーによっては、<app>オンラインアカウント</app> にアカウントを追加する際にアカウントの作成もできることがあります。この場合、ひとつのアプリケーションから、オンラインアカウントの管理をすべて行うことができます。"
+-
+-msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントサービスプロバイダーによっては、<app>オンラインアカウント</app> "
++"にアカウントを追加する際にアカウントの作成もできることがあります。この場合、ひとつのアプリケーションから、オンラインアカウントの管理をすべて行うことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面から<app>オンラインアカウント</app>の設定を開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。アカウントの種類によっては<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">利用できない</link>ものもあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。アカウントの種類によっては<link xref=\"accounts-"
++"provider-not-available\">利用できない</link>ものもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックして、次に進みます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
+ msgstr "表示されたページに<gui>サインアップ</gui>などのボタンやリンクがあるので、それをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account."
+-msgstr "すべてのオンラインアカウントプロバイダーが、この段階でのアカウント作成を許可しているわけではありません。登録を希望するサービスがこれに該当する場合、別の手段でアカウントを作成する必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"すべてのオンラインアカウントプロバイダーが、この段階でのアカウント作成を許可しているわけではありません。登録を希望するサービスがこれに該当する場合、別の手段でアカウントを作成する必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal details such as username and password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
+ msgstr "登録フォームを記入します。たいていユーザー名やパスワードなど個人情報を記入する必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+-msgstr "新規に作成したアカウントを<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で使用できるように、GNOME にアカウントへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"新規に作成したアカウントを<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で使用できるように、GNOME にアカウントへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> individual services to disable them."
+-msgstr "アカウントプロバイダーが提供するすべてのサービスは、デフォルトで有効になります。各サービスを無効にするには個別に<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">オフに切り替えます</link>。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントプロバイダーが提供するすべてのサービスは、デフォルトで有効になります。各サービスを無効にするには個別に<link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">オフに切り替えます</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by applications."
+-msgstr "オンラインアカウントによっては、複数のサービス (カレンダーやメールなど) にアクセスできるものがあります。どのサービスをアプリケーションが使用できるかについて設定できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"オンラインアカウントによっては、複数のサービス (カレンダーやメールなど) "
++"にアクセスできるものがあります。どのサービスをアプリケーションが使用できるかについて設定できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr "アカウントがアクセスできるオンラインサービスの設定"
+ 
+-msgid "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account that you use for chat."
+-msgstr "オンラインアカウントの種類によっては、ひとつのユーザーアカウントで複数のサービスにアクセスできるものがあります。たとえば、Google アカウントでは、カレンダー、メール、連絡先およびチャットにアクセスできます。サービスによってアカウントを使用するかどうか使いわけるとよいでしょう。たとえば、チャットには別のオンラインアカウントを使用している場合、Google アカウントをメールには使用するが、チャットには使用しないとするのもよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"オンラインアカウントの種類によっては、ひとつのユーザーアカウントで複数のサービスにアクセスできるものがあります。たとえば、Google "
++"アカウントでは、カレンダー、メール、連絡先およびチャットにアクセスできます。サービスによってアカウントを使用するかどうか使いわけるとよいでしょう。たとえば、チャットには別のオンラインアカウントを使用している場合、Google "
++"アカウントをメールには使用するが、チャットには使用しないとするのもよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
+ msgstr "各オンラインアカウントで提供されているサービスのいくつかを無効にすることができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "左側の一覧から変更するアカウントを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>このアカウントの用途</gui>の下に、アカウントで利用できるサービスの一覧が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr "使用しないサービスをオフにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any more."
+-msgstr "アカウントに対してサービスを無効にすると、お使いのコンピューターのアプリケーションは、そのアカウントから該当のサービスに接続できなくなります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントに対してサービスを無効にすると、お使いのコンピューターのアプリケーションは、そのアカウントから該当のサービスに接続できなくなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+ msgstr "無効にしたサービスを有効にするには、<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>のウィンドウに戻り、オンに切り替えるだけです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr "オンラインサービスプロバイダーが一覧になかったら?"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "利用しているアカウントの種類が一覧にないのはなぜ?"
+ 
+-msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+-msgstr "お使いのオンラインサービスプロバイダーをサポートするには、誰かしらによる開発作業が必要になります。現在は、数種類のオンラインアカウントだけをサポートしています。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのオンラインサービスプロバイダーをサポートするには、誰かしらによる開発作業が必要になります。現在は、数種類のオンラインアカウントだけをサポートしています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr "Yahoo は近いうちにサポートと対象となる見込みです。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+-msgstr "他のサービスのサポートに関心があれば、<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\">バグ管理システム</link>を通じて開発者と連絡を取ってください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"他のサービスのサポートに関心があれば、<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\">バグ管理システム</link>を通じて開発者と連絡を取ってください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "オンラインアカウントを完全に削除します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "アカウントの削除"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "削除するアカウントを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>-</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>削除</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
+-msgstr "アカウントを完全に削除するのではなく、デスクトップからアクセスする<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">サービスを制限する</link>ことができます"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントを完全に削除するのではなく、デスクトップからアクセスする<link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
++"service\">サービスを制限する</link>ことができます"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+ 
+-msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they exploit."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
+ msgstr "アプリケーションは、<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で作成したアカウントや、そのアカウントで利用するサービスをアクセスできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr "どのアプリケーションがオンラインアカウントを利用できますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
+ msgstr "<app>Online Accounts</app> は他のアプリケーションから使用でき、アプリケーションの設定が自動的に行われます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda."
+-msgstr "<app>Evolution</app>、メールクライアント。メールアカウントが<app>Evolution</app>に自動的に追加されます。それにより、メールの取得や、連絡先へアクセス、また Google カレンダーの予定リスト項目の表示ができるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>、メールクライアント。メールアカウントが<app>Evolution</"
++"app>に自動的に追加されます。それにより、メールの取得や、連絡先へアクセス、また Google "
++"カレンダーの予定リスト項目の表示ができるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
+-msgstr "<app>Empathy</app>、インスタントメッセージングクライアント。オンラインアカウントが追加され、友達とコミュニケーションできるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</"
++"app>、インスタントメッセージングクライアント。オンラインアカウントが追加され、友達とコミュニケーションできるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr "<app>連絡先</app>から、連絡先の参照や編集ができるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Windows Live、Facebook、あるいは Twitter アカウントの場合"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+-msgstr "<app>Empathy</app> がアウントを使用し、オンラインへの接続や、相手先や友達、フォロワーとのコミュニケーションができるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> がアウントを使用し、オンラインへの接続や、相手先や友達、フォロワーとのコミュニケーションができるようになります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+-msgstr "Google アカウントの場合"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "SkyDrive アカウントの場合"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them."
+-msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</app>から、Microsoft SkyDrive のオンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Exchange アカウントの場合"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"Exchange アカウントを作成すると、このアカウントから <app>Evolution</app> によるメール読み出しが開始されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ownCloud アカウントの場合"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"ownCloud アカウントを設定すると、<app>Evolution</app> "
++"によるアクセスおよび連絡先やカレンダーの予定の編集などが可能になります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ファイル</app>およびその他のアプリケーションで ownCloud "
++"インストールに格納されているオンラインファイルを表示させ、アクセスすることができるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr "メールやソーシャルメディアのアカウントをデスクトップに追加するのはなぜ?"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "アカウントを追加するメリットは何ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+-msgstr "アカウントを追加すると、カレンダーや、チャット、メールなど選択したサービスをデスクトップから直接利用できるようになり、サービスの情報をユーザーエクスペリエンスの一部としてシームレスに統合します。アカウントを追加すると、チャットなど、さまざまなアカウントのサービスに同時に接続できるようになります。一度アカウントを設定するだけで、コンピューターを起動するたびに、追加したアカウントおよびサービスを利用する準備が整います。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントを追加すると、カレンダーや、チャット、メールなど選択したサービスをデスクトップから直接利用できるようになり、サービスの情報をユーザーエクスペリエンスの一部としてシームレスに統合します。アカウントを追加すると、チャットなど、さまざまなアカウントのサービスに同時に接続できるようになります。一度アカウントを設定するだけで、コンピューターを起動するたびに、追加したアカウントおよびサービスを利用する準備が整います。"
+ 
+-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+-msgstr "Facebook や Google などのオンラインサービスにアクセスします。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">新規のアカウント作成</link>、 <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">既存アカウントの追加</link>、 <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">アカウントの削除</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "オンラインアカウント"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
+-msgstr "オンラインサービス (Google や Facebook など) のログイン情報を<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>のウィンドウに入力できます。これにより、アプリケーションから、アカウント情報を再び入力することなく、カレンダーやメール、チャットアカウントなどお使いのサービスに簡単にアクセスできるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"オンラインサービス (Google や Facebook など) のログイン情報を<app>オンラインアカウント</"
++"app>のウィンドウに入力できます。これにより、アプリケーションから、アカウント情報を再び入力することなく、カレンダーやメール、チャットアカウントなどお使いのサービスに簡単にアクセスできるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "バックアップが成功したか確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "バックアップをチェックする"
+ 
+-msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
+-msgstr "ファイルのバックアップを取った後は、バックアップが成功したか確認することをお勧めします。万が一バックアップ処理が正常に行われない場合は、いくつかのファイルが見つからず、重要なデータを失う恐れがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルのバックアップを取った後は、バックアップが成功したか確認することをお勧めします。万が一バックアップ処理が正常に行われない場合は、いくつかのファイルが見つからず、重要なデータを失う恐れがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+-msgstr "ファイルのコピーや移動を行うのにファイルマネージャーを使った場合は、すべてのデータが正常に転送できたかコンピューターによってチェックされます。とはいえ、非常に重要なデータを転送するときは、転送が正常に完了したか追加で確認を実施するのが良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルのコピーや移動を行うのにファイルマネージャーを使った場合は、すべてのデータが正常に転送できたかコンピューターによってチェックされます。とはいえ、非常に重要なデータを転送するときは、転送が正常に完了したか追加で確認を実施するのが良いでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful."
+-msgstr "転送先メディアにコピーしたファイルやフォルダーを確認しなおして、チェックするのもよいでしょう。転送したファイルやフォルダーが実際にバックアップとして存在するかを確認することで、バックアップ処理が成功したというさらなる確証を得ることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"転送先メディアにコピーしたファイルやフォルダーを確認しなおして、チェックするのもよいでしょう。転送したファイルやフォルダーが実際にバックアップとして存在するかを確認することで、バックアップ処理が成功したというさらなる確証を得ることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files."
+-msgstr "大量のデータを定期的にバックアップするのであれば、<app>Déjà Dup</app> などの専用のバックアッププログラムを使用したほうが簡単なこともあります。専用プログラムは、単にファイルを複製するのに比べてずっと強力で信頼性があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"大量のデータを定期的にバックアップするのであれば、<app>Déjà Dup</app> "
++"などの専用のバックアッププログラムを使用したほうが簡単なこともあります。専用プログラムは、単にファイルを複製するのに比べてずっと強力で信頼性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
+ msgstr "重要なファイルの安全を確保するのに、どの程度の頻度でバックアップを取るべきかについて学びます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "バックアップの頻度"
+ 
+-msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+-msgstr "バックアップを取る頻度は、バックアップを取るデータの種類に依存します。たとえば、クリティカルなデータをサーバーに保存してネットワークを運用しているのであれば、毎晩のバックアップでさえ不十分となるでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++"バックアップを取る頻度は、バックアップを取るデータの種類に依存します。たとえば、クリティカルなデータをサーバーに保存してネットワークを運用しているのであれば、毎晩のバックアップでさえ不十分となるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+-msgstr "その一方で、ホームコンピューターのデータをバックアップするのであれば、毎時間のバックアップは不要でしょう。バックアップスケジュールの計画を立てる場合は、次のポイントを考慮すると良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++"その一方で、ホームコンピューターのデータをバックアップするのであれば、毎時間のバックアップは不要でしょう。バックアップスケジュールの計画を立てる場合は、次のポイントを考慮すると良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "あなたがそのコンピューター上で費やす時間。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr "そのコンピューターのデータが変更される頻度と量。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+-msgstr "音楽やE-メール、家族の写真など、バックアップを取るデータの優先度が低い、あるいはほとんど変更されないのであれば、毎週、あるいは毎月のバックアップでさえ十分でしょう。一方で、税務監査の真っ最中であれば、もっと頻繁にバックアップを取得する必要があるでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"音楽やE-"
++"メール、家族の写真など、バックアップを取るデータの優先度が低い、あるいはほとんど変更されないのであれば、毎週、あるいは毎月のバックアップでさえ十分でしょう。一方で、税務監査の真っ最中であれば、もっと頻繁にバックアップを取得する必要があるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
+-msgstr "一般論として、バックアップ間の時間は、たかだか、失った作業をやりなおすのに費やしてもいいと思える時間であるべきです。たとえば、失くしたドキュメントを再作成するのに一週間かかるのが長すぎるのであれば、すなくとも週 1 回はバックアップをとったほうが良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"一般論として、バックアップ間の時間は、たかだか、失った作業をやりなおすのに費やしてもいいと思える時間であるべきです。たとえば、失くしたドキュメントを再作成するのに一週間かかるのが長すぎるのであれば、すなくとも週 "
++"1 回はバックアップをとったほうが良いでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+ msgstr "Déjà Dup (あるいは、他のバックアップアプリケーション) を使って、重要なファイルや設定のコピーを作成し、データの消失を防ぎます"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "バックアップ方法"
+ 
+-msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+-msgstr "ファイルや設定の最も簡単なバックアップ方法は、バックアップ処理をバックアップアプリケーションに管理させることです。様々なバックアップアプリケーションが利用可能であり、たとえば <app>Déjà Dup</app> などがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルや設定の最も簡単なバックアップ方法は、バックアップ処理をバックアップアプリケーションに管理させることです。様々なバックアップアプリケーションが利用可能であり、たとえば "
++"<app>Déjà Dup</app> などがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+ msgstr "使用するバックアップアプリケーションのヘルプの説明に従えば、バックアップ設定を行えるでしょう。データの復旧方法も同様です。"
+ 
+-msgid "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there."
+-msgstr "他の方法は、外付けハードドライブや、ネットワーク上の別のコンピューター、USB ドライブなどの安全な場所へ<link xref=\"files-copy\">ファイルをコピーする</link>というものです。通常、<link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">個人的なファイル</link>や設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーにあります。したがってそこからファイルのコピーができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"他の方法は、外付けハードドライブや、ネットワーク上の別のコンピューター、USB ドライブなどの安全な場所へ<link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">ファイルをコピーする</link>というものです。通常、<link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">個人的なファイル</link>や設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーにあります。したがってそこからファイルのコピーができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+-msgstr "バックアップできるデータ量は、ストレージのサイズに制限されます。バックアップデバイスに空き領域があるなら、次の例外を除いて、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップするに越したことはありません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++"バックアップできるデータ量は、ストレージのサイズに制限されます。バックアップデバイスに空き領域があるなら、次の例外を除いて、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップするに越したことはありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
+ msgstr "他の場所にすでにバックアップ済みのファイル。たとえば CD、DVD、その他のリムーバブルメディアなど。"
+ 
+-msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
+-msgstr "簡単に再作成できるファイル。たとえば、あなたがプログラマであれば、プログラムをコンパイルしてでき上がるファイルをバックアップする必要はありません。それよりも、オリジナルのソースファイルのバックアップを確実に行ったほうが良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"簡単に再作成できるファイル。たとえば、あなたがプログラマであれば、プログラムをコンパイルしてでき上がるファイルをバックアップする必要はありません。それよりも、オリジナルのソースファイルのバックアップを確実に行ったほうが良いでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱フォルダーのファイル。ゴミ箱フォルダーは、<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file> にあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "バックアップからファイルを復元します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "バックアップから復元する"
+ 
+-msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
+ msgstr "ファイルを失くした、あるいは削除してしまったが、そのバックアップがある場合、バックアップから復元できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+-msgstr "外付けハードドライブや、USB ドライブ、あるいはネットワーク上の他のコンピューターのバックアップで復元する場合、バックアップファイルをお使いのコンピューターに<link xref=\"files-copy\">コピー</link>して復元できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"外付けハードドライブや、USB "
++"ドライブ、あるいはネットワーク上の他のコンピューターのバックアップで復元する場合、バックアップファイルをお使いのコンピューターに<link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">コピー</link>して復元できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+-msgstr "<app>Déjà Dup</app> などのバックアップアプリケーションを使ってバックアップを取った場合は、同じアプリケーションを使って復元することが推奨されます。お使いのバックアップツールのヘルプを読みなおしてください。ファイルの復旧方法についての詳細な説明が手に入ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Déjà Dup</app> "
++"などのバックアップアプリケーションを使ってバックアップを取った場合は、同じアプリケーションを使って復元することが推奨されます。お使いのバックアップツールのヘルプを読みなおしてください。ファイルの復旧方法についての詳細な説明が手に入ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
+ msgstr "バックアップするとよい文書やファイル、設定が配置されるフォルダーの一覧。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "どのファイルをバックアップすればいい?"
+ 
+-msgid "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+-msgstr "どのファイルをバックアップするかを決めることは、バックアップを行う上での最も難しいステップです。以下に挙げたものは、重要なファイルや設定の配置場所として最もよく使われるもので、それらをバックアップすると良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"どのファイルをバックアップするかを決めることは、バックアップを行う上での最も難しいステップです。以下に挙げたものは、重要なファイルや設定の配置場所として最もよく使われるもので、それらをバックアップすると良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "個人的なファイル (ドキュメント、音楽、写真、ビデオ)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos."
+-msgstr "通常、これらはユーザーのホームフォルダー (<file>/home/your_name</file>) に保存されます。デスクトップ、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオなどのサブフォルダーに保存されていることがあります。"
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"通常、これらはユーザーのホームフォルダー (<file>/home/your_name</file>) "
++"に保存されます。デスクトップ、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオなどのサブフォルダーに保存されていることがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
+-msgstr "バックアップ先のメディアに十分な空き領域があれば (たとえば、外付けハードディスクなど)、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップすることを検討してください。<app>ディスク使用量解析ツール (BaoBab)</app> を使えば、ホームフォルダーがどれだけのディスク領域を使用しているか確認できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"バックアップ先のメディアに十分な空き領域があれば "
++"(たとえば、外付けハードディスクなど)、ホームフォルダー全体をバックアップすることを検討してください。<app>ディスク使用量解析ツール "
++"(BaoBab)</app> を使えば、ホームフォルダーがどれだけのディスク領域を使用しているか確認できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "隠しファイル"
+ 
+-msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
+-msgstr "ピリオド (.) で始まる名前のファイルは、デフォルトでは非表示になっています。隠しファイルを表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq> とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。他のファイルと同じように隠しファイルもバックアップ先へコピーできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"ピリオド (.) で始まる名前のファイルは、デフォルトでは非表示になっています。隠しファイルを表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</"
++"gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq> とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> を押します。他のファイルと同じように隠しファイルもバックアップ先へコピーできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr "個人的な設定 (デスクトップの設定やテーマ、ソフトウェア設定)"
+ 
+-msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+ msgstr "たいていのアプリケーションは、ホームフォルダー配下の隠しフォルダーに設定を保存します (隠しファイルについては上記を参照してください)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
+-msgstr "ほとんどのアプリケーションの設定は、ホームフォルダー配下の <file>.config</file>、<file>.gconf</file>、<file>.gnome2</file>、および <file>.local</file> の隠しフォルダーに保存されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのアプリケーションの設定は、ホームフォルダー配下の <file>.config</file>、<file>.gconf</"
++"file>、<file>.gnome2</file>、および <file>.local</file> の隠しフォルダーに保存されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "システム全体の設定"
+ 
+-msgid "Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+-msgstr "システムの重要な設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーには保存されません。それらの保存先は様々ですが、たいていは <file>/etc</file> 配下に保存されます。一般的に、ホームコンピューターにおいてシステムにかかわる設定ファイルのバックアップが必要になることはありません。しかしながら、サーバーを運用しているのであれば、運用するサービスにかかわるファイルはバックアップするのが良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"システムの重要な設定は、ユーザーのホームフォルダーには保存されません。それらの保存先は様々ですが、たいていは <file>/etc</file> "
++"配下に保存されます。一般的に、ホームコンピューターにおいてシステムにかかわる設定ファイルのバックアップが必要になることはありません。しかしながら、サーバーを運用しているのであれば、運用するサービスにかかわるファイルはバックアップするのが良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "万一の場合、紛失することができない重要なものはすべてバックアップをとっておきます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バックアップの対象"
+ 
+-msgid "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">もっとも重要となるファイル</"
++"link>の他、再度作成するのが困難なファイルなどのバックアップ作成が優先事項となります。たとえば、重要度の高いファイルから低いファイルまで順位付けを行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "個人的なファイル"
+ 
+-msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr "文書、計算表、メール、カレンダーの予定、財務データ、家族写真、その他あらゆる個人的なファイルなど、かけがえのないものすべを含みます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "個人的な設定"
+ 
+-msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
+ msgstr ""
++"使用しているデスクトップの色、背景、画面の解像度、マウスなどの設定に加えた変更などを含みます。また、<app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"、音楽プレイヤー、メールソフトなど、アプリケーションの設定も含まれます。代替が可能ですが、再度作成する場合には時間がかかる可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "システム設定"
+ 
+-msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのユーザーは、インストール時に作成されるシステム設定を変更することはありません。何らかの理由で意図的にシステム設定をカスタマイズしている場合、またはコンピューターをサーバーとして使用している場合などはシステム設定のバックアップを作成しておく必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インストールしているソフトウェア"
+ 
+-msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr "使用しているソフトウェアは、通常、深刻なコンピューター関連の問題の後の再インストールで迅速な復元を行うことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
+ msgstr ""
++"一般的にバックアップの対象としたいファイルは、かけがえのないファイル、バックアップがない場合は元に戻すのに非常に時間がかかるファイルなどになります。一方、元に戻すのが簡単なファイルにはバックアップ用ディスク領域を使用したくないかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr "バックアップの保存場所、および使用するストレージデバイスの種類に関するアドバイスです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "バックアップの保存先"
+ 
+-msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+-msgstr "ファイルのバックアップコピーの保存先は、たとえば外付けハードディスクなど、お使いのコンピューターとは別の場所にするとよいでしょう。そうすれば、コンピューターが壊れてしまっても、バックアップはそのまま無傷で残ります。最大限の安全性を考慮するなら、お使いのコンピューターと同じ建物でバックアップを保管しない方がよいでしょう。万が一火災や盗難に遭った場合、バックアップコピーを同じ場所で保管していると、コピーもろともデータを紛失してしまう恐れがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルのバックアップコピーの保存先は、たとえば外付けハードディスクなど、お使いのコンピューターとは別の場所にするとよいでしょう。そうすれば、コンピューターが壊れてしまっても、バックアップはそのまま無傷で残ります。最大限の安全性を考慮するなら、お使いのコンピューターと同じ建物でバックアップを保管しない方がよいでしょう。万が一火災や盗難に遭った場合、バックアップコピーを同じ場所で保管していると、コピーもろともデータを紛失してしまう恐れがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
+-msgstr "適切な<em>バックアップメディア</em>を選択することも重要です。バックアップファイルをすべて保存するのに十分なディスク容量のあるデバイスに保存する必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"適切な<em>バックアップメディア</"
++"em>を選択することも重要です。バックアップファイルをすべて保存するのに十分なディスク容量のあるデバイスに保存する必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "ローカルストレージおよびリモートストレージの選択肢"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "USB メモリ (小容量)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "内蔵ディスクドライブ (大容量)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "外付けハードディスク (一般に大容量)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "ネットワーク接続ドライブ (大容量)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "ファイルサーバー/バックアップサーバー (大容量)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "書き込み可能な CD または DVD (小/中容量)"
+ 
+-msgid "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
+-msgstr "オンラインバックアップサービス (たとえば <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> や <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>。容量は料金プラン次第)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"オンラインバックアップサービス (たとえば <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> や <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>。容量は料金プラン次第)"
+ 
+-msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+-msgstr "この選択肢のなかには、<em>完全システムバックアップ</em>とも言われる、お使いのシステムの全ファイルをバックアップするのに十分な容量を持っているものもあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"この選択肢のなかには、<em>完全システムバックアップ</"
++"em>とも言われる、お使いのシステムの全ファイルをバックアップするのに十分な容量を持っているものもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "バックアップについてのなぜ、何を、どこに、どうやって。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "バックアップ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "重要なファイルをバックアップする"
+ 
+-msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+-msgstr "ファイルを<em>バックアップ</em>するとは、単純には、そのファイルのコピーを保管用に作成することです。バックアップは、ファイルが消失や破損により使用できなくなった場合に備えて行われます。ファイルが失くなった場合は、元のデータを修復するのにコピーが使用できます。コピーは、元のファイルとは別のデバイスに保存すると良いでしょう。たとえば、USB ドライブや、外付けハードドライブ、CD や DVD、あるいはオフサイトサービスが使用できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを<em>バックアップ</"
++"em>するとは、単純には、そのファイルのコピーを保管用に作成することです。バックアップは、ファイルが消失や破損により使用できなくなった場合に備えて行われます。ファイルが失くなった場合は、元のデータを修復するのにコピーが使用できます。コピーは、元のファイルとは別のデバイスに保存すると良いでしょう。たとえば、USB "
++"ドライブや、外付けハードドライブ、CD や DVD、あるいはオフサイトサービスが使用できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+ msgstr "ファイルをバックアップする最良の方法は、定期的に、オフサイトに保存し、(できれば) 暗号化することです。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">左手で利用する</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">速さと感度</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タッチパッドでクリックとスクロール</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">接続</link>、 <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">ファイルの送信</link>、 <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">オンとオフの切り替え</"
++"link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your computer to your cell phone."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Bluetoothの問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"この手順を行う前に、お使いのコンピューターで Bluetooth が有効になっていることを確認してください。「<link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>」を参照してください。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>新規デバイスの設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>新規デバイスの設定</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin searching for devices."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if desired."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+-msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
++msgstr "お使いのコンピューターには Bluetooth アダプターがありません"
+ 
+-msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>メニューバー</gui>の Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
++msgstr "確認ウィンドウの<gui>削除</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電話など Bluetooth デバイスとファイルを共有します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Bluetooth デバイスにファイルを送る"
+ 
+-msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"接続済みの Bluetooth "
++"デバイス、たとえばモバイル機器や他のコンピューターなどにファイルを転送することができます。デバイスの種類、あるいはファイルの種類によっては、転送できないことがあります。ファイルを転送するには、上部バーの "
++"Bluetooth アイコンからファイルを送る、あるいは、Bluetooth "
++"設定ウィンドウからファイルを送る、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを送る、という三つの方法が使用できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"接続済みの Bluetooth "
++"デバイス、たとえば携帯電話やその他のコンピューターなどにファイルを転送することができます。デバイスの種類、あるいはファイルの種類によっては、転送できないことがあります。ファイルを転送するには、上部バーの "
++"Bluetooth アイコンからファイルを送る、あるいは、Bluetooth 設定ウィンドウからファイルを送る、という方法が使用できます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+-msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgstr "Bluetooth アイコンからファイルをファイル送る"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>デバイスにファイルを送る</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>デバイスにファイルを送る</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "送信するファイルを選び、<gui>選択</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr "同じフォルダー内にある複数のファイルを送る場合は、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら各ファイルを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "送信先のデバイスを選択し、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"デバイス一覧には、<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">接続済みデバイス</"
++"link>と、通信可能範囲にある<link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">検出可能なデバイス</"
++"link>の両方が表示されます。選択したデバイスとの接続がまだ済んでいない場合は、<gui>送信</"
++"gui>ボタンを押したあとに、デバイスとペアリングを行うよう促されます。たいていの場合、送信先のデバイス側で接続の確認を行う必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+ msgstr ""
++"表示されるデバイスが多い場合は、<gui>デバイスの種類</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストを使って、特定の種類のデバイスだけを表示するように制限できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"通常、受信デバイス側で、ファイルの受信を承諾する必要があります。受信デバイス側で、承諾あるいは拒否が行われると、その転送結果があなたのコンピューターの画面に表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Bluetooth 設定からファイルを送る"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"設定パネル左側のデバイス一覧から送信先のデバイスを選択します。一覧には、すでに接続済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。「<link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>」を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "右側のデバイス情報欄で、<gui>ファイルを送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+-msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
++msgstr "上部バーのBluetooth アイコンです"
+ 
+-msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth をオフにする場合は、Bluetooth アイコンをクリックして<gui>Bluetooth のオフ</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "カラーマネージメント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "キャリブレーション"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr "画面最上部にスケジュール表を表示します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "スケジュール表"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr "この機能を利用するには、<app>Evolution</app> をインストールする必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+-msgstr "たいていのディストリビューションでは、<app>Evolution</app> がデフォルトでインストールされています。インストールされていない場合、お使いのディストリビューションのパッケージマネージャーを使用して、インストールしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++"たいていのディストリビューションでは、<app>Evolution</app> "
++"がデフォルトでインストールされています。インストールされていない場合、お使いのディストリビューションのパッケージマネージャーを使用して、インストールしてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "スケジュールを表示する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+-msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
++msgstr "上部バーの時計をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+-msgstr "登録されているスケジュールが右側に表示されます。<app>Evolution</app> に予定が追加されると、その予定がスケジュール一覧に表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++"登録されているスケジュールが右側に表示されます。<app>Evolution</app> "
++"に予定が追加されると、その予定がスケジュール一覧に表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "時計、カレンダーおよび予定"
+ 
+-msgid "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+-msgstr "<app>Evolution</app>のカレンダーにすばやくアクセスするには、時計をクリックし、<gui>カレンダーを開く</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>のカレンダーにすばやくアクセスするには、時計をクリックし、<gui>カレンダーを開く</"
++"gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
+-msgstr "この機能には、<app>Evolution</app> のアカウントが必要になります。まだアカウントを作っていない場合、最初のアカウントを登録手続き用のウィンドウが開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++"この機能には、<app>Evolution</app> "
++"のアカウントが必要になります。まだアカウントを作っていない場合、最初のアカウントを登録手続き用のウィンドウが開きます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the date/time."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックする。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr "上部バーの時計から<gui>日時の設定</gui>を開き、日時を変更します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+-msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+-
+-msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "日付と時刻を変更する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr "上部バーに表示される日付や時刻、あるいは表示方式が正しくない場合に、それらを変更することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin password</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "上部バー中央の時計をクリックして、<gui>日時の設定</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr "<gui>ロック解除</gui>ボタンを押して、管理者用パスワードを入力しなければならない場合があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr "矢印ボタンを押して時、分を調節します。ドロップダウンリストから年月日を変更します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr "必要に応じて、<gui>ネットワーク時刻</gui>をオンに切り替えることで、時計を自動的に更新することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ネットワーク時刻</"
++"em>をオンにすると、お使いのコンピューターは、インターネット上の非常に正確な時計と、定期的に同期を取るようになります。これにより、手動で時刻を調節する必要がなくなります。この機能はインターネットに接続している場合にだけ動作します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour format on or off."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr "また、時刻の表示方式として、<gui>24時制表示</gui>か<gui>午前/午後</gui>を選択できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "タイムゾーンを変更して、他の都市の時間を確認できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+-msgstr "タイムゾーンの変更"
++msgstr "タイムゾーンを変更する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+-msgstr "トップパネルにあるアクセシビリティのアイコンをクリックする。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "上部バー中央の時計をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>日時の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">日時</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">タイムゾーン</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">カレンダーや予定</link>を設定します…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "日付と時刻"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of colors."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look \"washed out\"."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
++msgstr "連絡先の追加または削除"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">新規</gui>を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, <gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> allows you to type in your own category name.)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">連絡先の作成</gui>を押します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
++msgstr "連絡先を削除する:"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
+-msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "連絡先一覧から連絡先を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">連絡先の削除</gui>を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "連絡先"
+ 
+-msgid "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
++msgstr "連絡先に接続する"
+ 
+-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
+-
+-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
+ msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to change."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the information."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">完了</gui>を押して連絡先の編集を終了します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "連絡先のリンクと解除"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+-msgstr "連絡先"
+-
+-msgid "Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
++msgstr "連絡先のリンク"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
+-
+-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow the steps for unlinking contacts."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">リンク</gui> を押して選択した連絡先をリンクします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
+ msgid "Unlink contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr "連絡先の一覧からリンクを解除する連絡先を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選びます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr "<app>連絡先</app>の右上にある<gui style=\"button\">編集</gui>を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>をクリックする。"
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
++msgstr " 連絡先を検索します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
++msgstr "連絡先の検索"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で、連絡先の名前の入力を開始します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+-
+-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts Setup</gui> window opens."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit existing account settings."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address Book</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
++msgstr "アクティビティ画面から<app>ディスク</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+ msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgstr "歯車のボタンをクリックし、<gui>ベンチマークドライブ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ベンチマークを開始しています</gui>をクリックし、ディスクからのデータ読み込み速度をテストします。<link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">管理者権限</"
++"link>が必要とされる場合があります。ユーザーのパスワードか要求されている管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, <gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ディスク</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
+-msgstr "表示されたウィンドウで、撮る対象を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウで、ディスクのファイルシステム<gui>タイプ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> application."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面を開き<app>ディスク</app>アプリケーションを起動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">ディスク領域</link>、 <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">パフォーマンス</link>、 <link xref=\"disk-check\">問題</link>、 <link xref="
++"\"disk-partitions\">ボリュームとパーティション</link>…"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+-msgstr "小技とコツ"
+-
+-msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
+-
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ディスクとストレージ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the <gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+-msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
+-
+-msgid "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr "設定に間違いがなければ、<gui>適用</gui>、<gui>この設定のままにする</gui>の順にクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the <gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ディスプレイ</gui>を開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+-msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
+-
+-msgid "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "追加モニターの接続"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
++msgstr "関連するドキュメントをコレクションとしてグループ分けします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントのコレクションを作成する"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</"
++"app>アプリケーションでは、異なる種類のドキュメントでも、コレクションと呼ばれるものにまとめることができます。関連するドキュメントがあれば、グループにまとめて探しやすくすることができます。たとえば仮に、あなたは出張の予定があり、そこでプレゼンをすることになっているとしましょう。プレゼンで使うスライドや、旅程表 "
++"(PDF ファイル)、経費のスプレッドシート、またその他のハイブリッド PDF/ODF "
++"ドキュメントなど、様々なドキュメントをひとつのコレクションにまとめて整理することができます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+-msgstr "独自のキーボードショートカットを定義する方法は次のとおりです。"
++msgstr "コレクションを作成する、また、コレクションへ追加する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+-msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
++msgstr "選択モードで、コレクションに追加するドキュメントを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
++msgstr "ボタンバーの <gui>+</gui> ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
+ msgstr ""
++"コレクションリストで、<gui>追加</"
++"gui>ボタンを押して新規コレクションの名前を入力するか、あるいは既存のコレクションを選択します。選択したドキュメントがそのコレクションに追加されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot put collections inside collections.</em>"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
+ msgstr ""
++"コレクションは、フォルダーとは使い勝手が異なり、階層化できません。そのため、<em>コレクションの中にコレクションを含めることはできません。</em>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+-msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
++msgstr "コレクションを削除する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "選択モードで、削除するコレクションを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr "ボタンバーのゴミ箱ボタンを押します。コレクションが削除され、コレクションに含まれていたドキュメントは残ります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "どのドキュメントを表示するか選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントをフィルタリングする"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"documents-search\">検索</link>バーの隣の<media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"ボタンを押して、検索範囲を絞り込むことができます。次のカテゴリで絞り込みができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em>ソース</em>: ローカル、Google、SkyDrive、すべて"
+ 
+-msgid "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr "<em>種類</em>: コレクション、PDF ドキュメント、プレゼンテーション、スプレッドシート、テキストドキュメント、すべて"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "タイトル、作者、すべて"
+ 
+-msgid "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Google</gui>あるいは<gui>SkyDrive</gui>をフィルター条件として使用するには、Google あるいは "
++"Windows Live を<link xref=\"accounts-add\">オンラインアカウント</link>として設定する必要があります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+-msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>から、オンラインドキュメントにアクセスしたり、表示したりできるようになります。"
++msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>アプリケーションは、よく利用されるドキュメント形式の多くを表示できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サポートするファイル形式"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</app>が表示できるファイル形式は、PDF、DVI、XPS、PostScript、および <app>ドキュメントビューアー</"
++"app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</"
++"app>、<app>Google Docs</app>でサポートされる形式です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントの名前、場所、更新日時、あるいは種類を参照します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントの情報を調べる"
+ 
+-msgid "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ドキュメントを作成すると、そのドキュメントに<em>メタデータ</em>が付与されます。<app>ドキュメント</"
++"app>アプリケーションでは、各ドキュメントに付与された次のメタデータを参照できま。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "タイトル: ドキュメントの名前 (編集可能)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ソース: ドキュメントのあるフォルダーなどの場所"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+-msgstr "更新日時"
++msgstr "更新日時;"
+ 
+-msgid "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the document."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr "種類: ドキュメントの<link xref=\"documents-formats\">ファイル形式</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントのプロパティ (メタデータ) を参照する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+-msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
++msgstr "<gui>Check</gui> ボタンを押して、選択モードに切り替えます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+-msgstr "テンプレートを使ってドキュメントを作成する"
++msgstr "ドキュメントをひとつ選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "ボタンバー右端の<gui>プロパティ</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
+ msgstr ""
++"PDF "
++"ファイルなど、ドキュメントの種類によっては、パスワードで保護することができます。その場合、ドキュメントのメタデータや内容を参照することはできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"現在、<app>ドキュメント</"
++"app>アプリケーションは、ドキュメントに個人情報を追加する機能を提供していません。これは、ドキュメント作成に使用したアプリケーション "
++"(たとえば、<app>LibreOffice</app> や <app>Adobe Acrobat</app> など) から行える場合があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存されたローカルのドキュメントやオンラインで作成したドキュメントの整理をします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメント"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</app> (gnome-documents) と呼ばれる GNOME "
++"アプリケーションがあります。このアプリケーションを使えば、お使いのコンピューターに保存されているドキュメントや、<em>Google Docs</"
++"em>、<em>SkyDrive</em>などを利用して作成したリモートのドキュメントの表示、整理、印刷ができます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+-msgstr "検索を保存する"
++msgstr "閲覧、並べ替え、検索"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "選択、整理、印刷"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "質問"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカルに保存したファイルだけプレビュー表示できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ファイルによってプレビューが表示されない"
+ 
+-msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</app>を起動すると、ローカルに保存されたドキュメントだけプレビューサムネイルが表示されます。<em>Google Docs</"
++"em> や <em>SkyDrive</em> などリモートサーバー上のドキュメントは、プレビューサムネイルが見つからない、あるいは空白で表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> や <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"のドキュメントをローカルストレージにダウンロードすると、サムネイルが生成されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> や <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"からダウンロードしたドキュメントのローカルコピーは、オンラインでの更新を反映できません。オンラインで編集を続けたい場合は、ダウンロードしない方がよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカルあるいはオンラインのドキュメントを印刷します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントを印刷する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントを印刷する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "選択モードで、印刷するドキュメントを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr "ボタンバーの印刷ボタンを押します。<gui>印刷</gui>ダイアログが開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr "複数のドキュメントを選択した場合、あるいは選択したものがコレクションの場合は、印刷できません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "タイトルや作者でドキュメントを検索します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+ msgstr "ファイルを検索する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>で検索する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"検索バーの隣の <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"ボタンを押して<link xref=\"documents-filter\">フィルター</link>を選択すれば、検索結果を絞り込むことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "選択モードを使用して複数のドキュメントやコレクションを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントを選択する"
+ 
+-msgid "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</"
++"app>アプリケーションの選択モードから、ドキュメントのファイルを開く、q印刷するドキュメントの情報を調べる、コレクションを作成するなど行うことができます。選択モードを使用する方法は次のとおりで。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr "ひとつあるいは複数のドキュメントやコレクションを選択します。選択したものに応じて、取りうるアクションがボタンバーに表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "選択モードのアクション"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントを選択したあと、次のことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントビューアーで開く (フォルダーアイコン)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr "印刷 (プリンターアイコン): ドキュメントを印刷する (ドキュメントをひとつだけ選択した場合に利用できます)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "整理 (プラスアイコン): ドキュメントのコレクションを作成する。"
+ 
+-msgid "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr "プロパティ (レンチアイコン): ドキュメントのプロパティを参照する (ドキュメントをひとつだけ選択した場合に利用できます)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "削除 (ゴミ箱アイコン): ひとつ以上のコレクションを削除する。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカルあるいはリモートのドキュメントが表示されない場合。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントが見つからない"
+ 
+-msgid "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ドキュメント</app>アプリケーション上にドキュメントが表示されない場合、<app>Tracker</app> "
++"が起動していない、あるいは適切に設定されていない可能性があります。セッション中に Tracker "
++"が起動していることを確認してください。デフォルト設定では、あなたのホームフォルダー (非再帰的) および XDG フォルダー (再帰的) "
++"のファイルがインデクシングされます。たいていの場合、設定はデフォルトのままで十分でしょう。ドキュメントが、これらのパスに配置されているか確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントの表示形式を変更します"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+-msgstr "ファイル名が長すぎる"
++msgstr "一覧形式あるいはグリッド形式でファイルを表示する"
+ 
+-msgid "Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr "デフォルトでは、ドキュメントやコレクションは<gui>グリッド</gui>形式で表示されます。一覧形式で表示する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr "上部バーの<app>ドキュメント</app>をクリックし、アプリケーションメニューを表示します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>表示形式</gui>セクションから<gui>一覧</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"一覧形式には、ドキュメントの種類、更新日時、および保存場所 (ローカルなのか、あるいは<app>Google Docs</"
++"app>や<app>SkyDrive</app>上にあるのか) を示す列が表示されます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
++msgstr "アプリケーションメニューで<gui>グリッド</gui>を選択すると、デフォルトの表示形式に戻ります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントをフルスクリーンで閲覧します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカル、オンラインのドキュメントを閲覧する"
+ 
+-msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr "<app>ドキュメント</app>を起動すると、ローカルおよびオンラインのドキュメントすべてがサムネイルとして表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> あるいは <em>SkyDrive</em> のドキュメントを表示するには、Google あるいは "
++"Windows Live を<link xref=\"accounts-add\">オンラインアカウント</link>として設定する必要があります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+-msgstr "フォルダーの中身を調べる"
++msgstr "ドキュメントの内容を閲覧する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the <app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+ msgstr ""
++"サムネイルを選択します。<app>ドキュメント</"
++"app>アプリケーションのウィンドウ一杯に、ドキュメントが表示されます。最大化するとフルスクリーンで表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be started."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced features."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll down to see this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+-
+-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of GNOME."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントの閲覧を止めるには、戻る矢印ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
+ msgstr "CDやDVD、カメラ、オーディオプレイヤー、その他のデバイスおよびメディアにあわせてアプリケーションを自動起動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr "デバイスやディスクにあわせてアプリケーションを起動する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+-msgstr "デバイスを接続したときや、ディスクやメディアカードを挿入したときにアプリケーションを自動起動させることができます。たとえば、デジタルカメラをつないだら写真管理ソフトが起動するようにしておくと良いかもしれません。この機能をオフにして、何かを接続しても何も起こらないようにすることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"デバイスを接続したときや、ディスクやメディアカードを挿入したときにアプリケーションを自動起動させることができます。たとえば、デジタルカメラをつないだら写真管理ソフトが起動するようにしておくと便利でしょう。この機能をオフにして、デバイスを接続しても何も起動しないように設定することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr "さまざまなデバイスを接続した場合に起動するアプリケーションを設定する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
+-msgstr "設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類を探し、それ用のアプリケーションや動作を選択します。各種のデバイスやメディアについては以下の説明を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類を探し、それ用のアプリケーションや動作を選択します。各種のデバイスやメディアについては以下の説明を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+-msgstr "アプリケーションを起動する代わりに、ファイルマネージャーでデバイスを表示するように設定することもできます。その場合、どう処理するか、あるいは自動的には何もしないか確認されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションを起動する代わりに、ファイルマネージャーでデバイスを表示するように設定することもできます。その場合、どう処理するか、あるいは自動的には何もしないか確認されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+-msgstr "設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類が一覧に見つからない場合は (ブルーレイディスクや電子書籍リーダーなど)、<gui>他のメディア</gui>をクリックして、デバイスのより詳細な一覧を確認してください。<gui>種類</gui>のドロップダウンリストからデバイスやメディアの種類を選択し、<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストからはアプリケーションや動作を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"設定したいデバイスやメディアの種類が一覧に見つからない場合は (ブルーレイディスクや電子書籍リーダーなど)、<gui>他のメディア</"
++"gui>をクリックして、デバイスのより詳細な一覧を確認してください。<gui>種類</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストからデバイスやメディアの種類を選択し、<gui>アクション</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストからはアプリケーションや動作を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
+-msgstr "何を接続してもアプリケーションを自動起動させたくない場合は、リムーバブルメディアのウィンドウ下部の<gui>メディア挿入時にどう処理するか確認したり、プログラムを実行したりしない</gui>を選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"何を接続してもアプリケーションを自動起動させたくない場合は、リムーバブルメディアのウィンドウ下部の<gui>メディア挿入時にどう処理するか確認したり、プログラムを実行したりしない</"
++"gui>を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "デバイスやメディアの種類"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "オーディオディスク"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+-msgstr "オーディオ CD を扱うための、お好みの音楽アプリケーション や CD オーディオエクストラクターを選択します。オーディオ DVD (DVD-A) を使用する場合は、<gui>他のメディア</gui>から、開く方法を選択します。ファイルマネージャーでオーディオディスクを開くと、トラックは、任意のオーディオプレイヤーアプリケーションで再生できる WAV ファイルとして表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"オーディオ CD を扱うための、お好みの音楽アプリケーション や CD オーディオエクストラクターを選択します。オーディオ DVD (DVD-A) "
++"を使用する場合は、<gui>他のメディア</"
++"gui>から、開く方法を選択します。ファイルマネージャーでオーディオディスクを開くと、トラックは、任意のオーディオプレイヤーアプリケーションで再生できる "
++"WAV ファイルとして表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "ビデオディスク"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+-msgstr "ビデオ DVD を処理する場合は、お好みのビデオアプリケーションを選択します。Blu-ray、HD DVD、ビデオ CD (VCD)、およびスーパービデオ CD (SVCD) 用にアプリケーションを設定するには、<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから行います。万が一、DVD やその他のビデオディスクを挿入しても正しく動作しない場合は、<link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ビデオ DVD を処理する場合は、お好みのビデオアプリケーションを選択します。Blu-ray、HD DVD、ビデオ CD "
++"(VCD)、およびスーパービデオ CD (SVCD) 用にアプリケーションを設定するには、<gui>他のメディア</"
++"gui>ボタンから行います。万が一、DVD やその他のビデオディスクを挿入しても正しく動作しない場合は、<link xref=\"video-dvd\"/"
++"> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "空のディスク"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+-msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから、空の CD や、空の DVD、空のブルーレイディスク、空の HD DVD 用のライティングアプリケーションを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから、空の CD や、空の DVD、空のブルーレイディスク、空の HD DVD "
++"用のライティングアプリケーションを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "カメラと写真"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
+-msgstr "<gui>写真</gui>のドロップダウンリストから、デジタルカメラを接続したときや、カメラ用の CF、SD、MMC、MS カードなどのメディアカードを挿入したときに起動する写真管理アプリケーションを選択します。ファイルマネージャーを使って単に写真を見ることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>写真</gui>のドロップダウンリストから、デジタルカメラを接続したときや、カメラ用の CF、SD、MMC、MS "
++"カードなどのメディアカードを挿入したときに起動する写真管理アプリケーションを選択します。ファイルマネージャーを使って単に写真を見ることもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
+-msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>からは、Kodak のピクチャー CD を開くのに使うアプリケーションを選択できます。ピクチャー CD は、店頭で作成したものかもしれません。それは、<file>PICTURES</file> と呼ばれるフォルダー内に JPEG 画像を配置した通常のデータ CD です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>他のメディア</gui>からは、Kodak のピクチャー CD を開くのに使うアプリケーションを選択できます。ピクチャー CD "
++"は、店頭で作成したものかもしれません。それは、<file>PICTURES</file> と呼ばれるフォルダー内に JPEG 画像を配置した通常のデータ "
++"CD です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "音楽プレイヤー"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+-msgstr "お使いのポータブル音楽プレイヤーの音楽ライブラリを管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのポータブル音楽プレイヤーの音楽ライブラリを管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "電子書籍リーダー"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+-msgstr "<gui>他のメディア</gui>ボタンから、お使いの電子書籍リーダーの書籍を管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>他のメディア</"
++"gui>ボタンから、お使いの電子書籍リーダーの書籍を管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "ソフトウェア"
+ 
+-msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+-msgstr "ディスクやリムーバブルメディアによっては、メディア挿入時に自動実行可能なソフトウェアが含まれているものもあります。<gui>ソフトウェア</gui>のオプションで、自動実行ソフトウェアが含まれるメディアが挿入された場合にどうするか制御します。ソフトウェアが実行される前に、どう処理するかの確認が必ず行われます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++"ディスクやリムーバブルメディアによっては、メディア挿入時に自動実行可能なソフトウェアが含まれているものもあります。<gui>ソフトウェア</"
++"gui>のオプションで、自動実行ソフトウェアが含まれるメディアが挿入された場合にどうするか制御します。ソフトウェアが実行される前に、どう処理するかの確認が必ず行われます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr "信頼していないメディアのソフトウェアは、絶対に実行しないでください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでファイルの管理や整理をします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを閲覧する"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</link>, and on network shares."
+-msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存したファイルを閲覧したり整理したりするには、<app>ファイル</app>というファイルマネージャーを使います。また、ファイルマネージャーを使って、ストレージデバイス (外付けハードディスクなど) や、<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">ファイルサーバー</link>、ネットワーク上の共有フォルダーに配置したファイルも管理できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのコンピューターに保存したファイルを閲覧したり整理したりするには、<app>ファイル</"
++"app>というファイルマネージャーを使います。また、ファイルマネージャーを使って、ストレージデバイス (外付けハードディスクなど) や、<link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-connect\">ファイルサーバー</link>、ネットワーク上の共有フォルダーに配置したファイルも管理できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。アクティビティ画面では、<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションを検索する</link>のと同じ方法でファイルやフォルダーも検索できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で<app>ファイル</"
++"app>アプリケーションを開きます。アクティビティ画面では、<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションを検索する</"
++"link>のと同じ方法でファイルやフォルダーも検索できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "フォルダーの中身を調べる"
+ 
+-msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーで、フォルダーをダブルクリックするとその中身が表示され、ファイルをダブルクリックすると、該当のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでファイルが開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開くこともできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーで、フォルダーをダブルクリックするとその中身が表示され、ファイルをダブルクリックすると、該当のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでファイルが開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開くこともできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+-msgstr "フォルダー中のファイルにざっと目を通したい場合は、スペースバーを押して<link xref=\"files-preview\">ファイルをプレビュー表示</link>できます。ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したりする前に、そのファイルが正しいものか確認できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダー中のファイルにざっと目を通したい場合は、スペースバーを押して<link xref=\"files-"
++"preview\">ファイルをプレビュー表示</"
++"link>できます。ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したりする前に、そのファイルが正しいものか確認できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties."
+-msgstr "ファイルとフォルダーの一覧の上にあるパスバーは、現在開いているフォルダー、およびその一連の親フォルダーを示しています。パスバーの親フォルダーをクリックすると、そのフォルダーに移動します。右クリックすると、その親フォルダーを新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開いたり、コピーしたり、移動させたり、あるいはそのプロパティを表示したりできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルとフォルダーの一覧の上にあるパスバーは、現在開いているフォルダー、およびその一連の親フォルダーを示しています。パスバーの親フォルダーをクリックすると、そのフォルダーに移動します。右クリックすると、その親フォルダーを新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開いたり、コピーしたり、移動させたり、あるいはそのプロパティを表示したりできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
+-msgstr "フォルダー中の特定のファイルをすばやく選択したい場合、そのファイル名をキー入力してください。検索ボックスがウィンドウ上部に現れ、入力した検索ワードにマッチする最初のファイルがハイライト表示されます。下矢印キーを押すか、あるいはマウスホイールを回転すると、検索にマッチする次のファイルが選択されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダー中の特定のファイルをすばやく選択したい場合、そのファイル名をキー入力してください。検索ボックスがウィンドウ上部に現れ、入力した検索ワードにマッチする最初のファイルがハイライト表示されます。下矢印キーを押すか、あるいはマウスホイールを回転すると、検索にマッチする次のファイルが選択されます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+-msgstr "<em>サイドバー</em>から共通フォルダーにすばやく移動できます。サイドバーが表示されない場合は、ウィンドウ右上角の下矢印をクリックして<gui>サイドバーを表示</gui>をチェックします。よく使うフォルダーへのブックマークを追加することができ、ブックマークはサイドバーに表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>サイドバー</em>から共通フォルダーにすばやく移動できます。サイドバーが表示されない場合は、ツールバーにある<media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">下矢印</media>をクリックして<gui>サイドバーを表示</"
++"gui>をチェックします。よく使うフォルダーにブックマークを付けることができます。ブックマークはサイドバーに表示されます。ブックマークを追加するには<gui>ブックマーク</"
++"gui> メニューを使うか、そのフォルダーをサイドバーにドラッグします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "アイテムを新しいフォルダーにコピーまたは移動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーをコピーまたは移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
+-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーは別の場所へコピーしたり移動したりできます。その方法としては、マウスによるドラッグ・アンド・ドロップ、コピーおよび貼り付けコマンド、あるいはキーボードショートカットがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルやフォルダーは別の場所へコピーしたり移動したりできます。その方法としては、マウスによるドラッグ・アンド・ドロップ、コピーおよび貼り付けコマンド、あるいはキーボードショートカットがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes)."
+-msgstr "たとえば、プレゼンテーションファイルを持ちだして作業できるようにメモリースティックにコピーするとよいでしょう。あるいは、文書ファイルを編集するまえにバックアップコピーを取ることもできます (その後、編集内容が気に入らない場合はそのバックアップコピーを使用してください)。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、プレゼンテーションファイルを持ちだして作業できるようにメモリースティックにコピーするとよいでしょう。あるいは、文書ファイルを編集するまえにバックアップコピーを取ることもできます "
++"(その後、編集内容が気に入らない場合はそのバックアップコピーを使用してください)。"
+ 
+-msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
+ msgstr "ここで述べる説明は、ファイルとフォルダー両方に当てはまります。ファイルとフォルダーとまったく同じ方法でコピーや移動ができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "ファイルのコピーと貼り付け"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "コピーするアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "右クリックして<gui>コピー</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"右クリックして<gui>コピー</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr "ファイルのコピーを配置する別のフォルダーを表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+-msgstr "歯車のアイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> を押すとファイルのコピーが完了します。元のフォルダーとその別のフォルダーとに該当のファイルのコピーが作られます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"歯車のアイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></"
++"keyseq> を押すとファイルのコピーが完了します。元のフォルダーとその別のフォルダーとに該当のファイルのコピーが作られます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "ファイルの切り取りと貼り付けでファイルを移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "移動するアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "右クリックして<gui>切り取り</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"右クリックして<gui>切り取り</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr "ファイルを移動する別のフォルダーを表示します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+-msgstr "歯車のアイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> を押すとファイルの移動が完了します。元のフォルダーからその別のフォルダーに該当のファイルが移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ツールバー内の歯車アイコンをクリックして<gui>貼り付け</gui>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
++"key></keyseq> を押してしてファイルの移動を行ないます。ファイルが元のフォルダーから別のフォルダーに移動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "ファイルのドラッグでコピーまたは移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを開き、コピーしたいファイルのあるフォルダーを表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file."
+-msgstr "トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>新しいウィンドウ</gui>を選択する (あるいは<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> を押す) と、ふたつ目のウィンドウが開きます。新しいウィンドウでは、ファイルを移動またはコピーするフォルダーを表示します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>新しいウィンドウ</gui>を選択する (あるいは<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>N</key></keyseq> を押す) "
++"と、ふたつ目のウィンドウが開きます。新しいウィンドウでは、ファイルを移動またはコピーするフォルダーを表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+-msgstr "一方のウィンドウから他方のウィンドウへファイルをドラッグします。移動先のフォルダーが<em>同じ</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>移動</em>します。移動先のフォルダーが<em>異なる</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>コピー</em>します"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++"一方のウィンドウから他方のウィンドウへファイルをドラッグします。移動先のフォルダーが<em>同じ</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>移動</"
++"em>します。移動先のフォルダーが<em>異なる</em>デバイス上にある場合、ファイルを<em>コピー</em>します"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+-msgstr "たとえば、USB メモリーからお使いのコンピューターのホームフォルダーへファイルをドラッグすると、あるデバイスから別のデバイスへドラッグすることになるので、ファイルのコピーが作成されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、USB "
++"メモリーからお使いのコンピューターのホームフォルダーへファイルをドラッグすると、あるデバイスから別のデバイスへドラッグすることになるので、ファイルのコピーが作成されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
+-msgstr "<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押したままでドラッグすると、コピーとなり、<key>Shift</key> キーを押したままでドラッグすると、移動となります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押したままでドラッグすると、コピーとなり、<key>Shift</key> "
++"キーを押したままでドラッグすると、移動となります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+-msgstr "<em>読み込み専用</em> のフォルダーには、ファイルをコピーしたり移動したりはできません。中身に変更を加えられないように、読み込み専用となっているフォルダーがあります。<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権を変える</link>ことで、読み込み専用から変更できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>読み込み専用</em> "
++"のフォルダーには、ファイルをコピーしたり移動したりはできません。中身に変更を加えられないように、読み込み専用となっているフォルダーがあります。<link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権を変える</"
++"link>ことで、読み込み専用から変更できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "不要なファイルやフォルダーを削除します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを削除する"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーが必要でなくなった場合、削除するとよいでしょう。削除したアイテムは、<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>フォルダーに移動します。ゴミ箱を空にするまでアイテムは残ったままになります。<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>フォルダーのアイテムは、それがまた必要になった場合や、誤って削除してしまった場合に、<link xref=\"files-recover\">元あった場所に戻す</link>ことができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルやフォルダーが必要でなくなった場合、削除するとよいでしょう。削除したアイテムは、<gui>ゴミ箱</"
++"gui>フォルダーに移動します。ゴミ箱を空にするまでアイテムは残ったままになります。<gui>ゴミ箱</"
++"gui>フォルダーのアイテムは、それがまた必要になった場合や、誤って削除してしまった場合に、<link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">元あった場所に戻す</link>ことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "ファイルをゴミ箱へ移す方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱に配置するアイテムをシングルクリックで選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+-msgstr "キーボードで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> を押します。もしくは、削除したいアイテムをサイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>にドラッグします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。もしくは、削除したいアイテムをサイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>にドラッグします。"
+ 
+-msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+-msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除し、コンピューターのディスクスペースを解放するには、ゴミ箱を空にします。ゴミ箱を空にするには、サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>ゴミ箱を空にする</gui>を選んでください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを完全に削除し、コンピューターのディスクスペースを解放するには、ゴミ箱を空にします。ゴミ箱を空にするには、サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</"
++"gui>を右クリックし、<gui>ゴミ箱を空にする</gui>を選んでください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱へ移さずに、直接ファイルを完全に削除することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "削除するファイルを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr "キーボードで <key>Shift</key> キーを押したまま、<key>Delete</key> キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
+ msgstr "この操作は元に戻すことができないため、そのファイルやフォルダーを削除してもよいかどうかを確認するメッセージが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
+-msgstr "ゴミ箱を使わずにファイルを削除することが多い場合 (たとえば機密データを頻繁に扱う場合)、ファイルやフォルダーを右クリックしたときのメニューに<gui>削除</gui>エントリーを追加するとよいでしょう。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</gui>タブを開いてください。<gui>ゴミ箱を経由しないで削除する</gui>を選んでください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ゴミ箱を使わずにファイルを削除することが多い場合 "
++"(たとえば機密データを頻繁に扱う場合)、ファイルやフォルダーを右クリックしたときのメニューに<gui>削除</"
++"gui>エントリーを追加するとよいでしょう。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</"
++"gui>タブを開いてください。<gui>ゴミ箱を経由しないで削除する</gui>を選んでください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルデバイス</link>で削除したファイルは、Windows や Mac OS など他のオペレーティングシステムでは見えることがあります。そうしたファイルは、まだそこに残っており、コンピューターにデバイスを挿し直せばまた使用できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルデバイス</link>で削除したファイルは、Windows や Mac OS "
++"など他のオペレーティングシステムでは見えることがあります。そうしたファイルは、まだそこに残っており、コンピューターにデバイスを挿し直せばまた使用できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr "CD/DVD クリエーターを使って、ファイルやドキュメントを空の CD や DVD に書き込みます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "CD や DVD にファイルを書き込む"
+ 
+-msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+-msgstr "<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>を使って空のディスクにファイルを書き込むことができます。CD/DVD の書き込み可能なドライブにディスクを配置すると、CD/DVD を作成するオプションがファイルマネージャーに現れます。ファイルマネージャーでは、他のコンピューターにファイルを転送したり、空のディスクにファイルを書き込んで<link xref=\"backup-why\">バックアップ</link>を取ったりすることができます。CD や DVD にファイルを書き込む方法は次のとおりです。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>を使って空のディスクにファイルを書き込むことができます。CD/DVD "
++"の書き込み可能なドライブにディスクを配置すると、CD/DVD "
++"を作成するオプションがファイルマネージャーに現れます。ファイルマネージャーでは、他のコンピューターにファイルを転送したり、空のディスクにファイルを書き込んで<link "
++"xref=\"backup-why\">バックアップ</link>を取ったりすることができます。CD や DVD "
++"にファイルを書き込む方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "CD/DVD の書き込み可能なドライブに空のディスクをセットします。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+-msgstr "画面下部に<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>のポップアップ通知が現れるので、そこから<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>を選択します。<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>のフォルダーウィンドウが開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++"画面下部に<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>のポップアップ通知が現れるので、そこから<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</"
++"gui>を選択します。<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>のフォルダーウィンドウが開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの<gui>デバイス</gui>の下の<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>をクリックしてもかまいません。)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーの<gui>デバイス</gui>の下の<gui>空の CD/DVD-R ディスク</gui>をクリックしてもかまいません。)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr "<gui>ディスクの名前</gui>欄に、ディスクの名前を入力します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウに、対象のファイルをドラッグするかコピーします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>ディスクに書き込む</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr "<gui>書き込み先のディスクの選択</gui>欄で、空のディスクを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+-msgstr "(代わりに、<gui>イメージファイル</gui>を選択することもできます。これを選ぶと、ファイルを<em>ディスクイメージ</em>に書き込み、お使いのコンピューターに保存されます。その後、そのディスクイメージを空のディスクに書き込むことができます。)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(代わりに、<gui>イメージファイル</gui>を選択することもできます。これを選ぶと、ファイルを<em>ディスクイメージ</"
++"em>に書き込み、お使いのコンピューターに保存されます。その後、そのディスクイメージを空のディスクに書き込むことができます。)"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine."
+-msgstr "<gui>プロパティ</gui>をクリックすると、書き込み速度、一時ファイルの場所、およびその他のオプションの調整ができます。デフォルトのままでも十分です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>プロパティ</"
++"gui>をクリックすると、書き込み速度、一時ファイルの場所、およびその他のオプションの調整ができます。デフォルトのままでも十分です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr "<gui>書き込む</gui>ボタンをクリックすると、書き込みが始まります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
+ msgstr "<gui>複数のディスクの書き込み</gui>を選択した場合は、追加のディスクをセットするよう促されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+-msgstr "ディスクの作成が完了すれば、自動的にディスクが取り出されます。<gui>別のコピーを作成する</gui> を選択するか、あるいは<gui>閉じる</gui>を選んで終了します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++"ディスクの作成が完了すれば、自動的にディスクが取り出されます。<gui>別のコピーを作成する</gui> を選択するか、あるいは<gui>閉じる</"
++"gui>を選んで終了します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "ディスクの書き込みがうまくできなかった場合"
+ 
+-msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
+ msgstr "ときにデータの書き込みが正常にできない場合があります。コンピューターにそのディスクをセットしてもファイルを見ることはできません"
+ 
+-msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+-msgstr "この場合、書き込みをもう一度実行してみてください。ただし書き込み速度はより低速 (たとえば、48x よりも 12x) にします。低速なほど、より信頼性も高くなります。速度の選択は、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>ウィンドウの<gui>プロパティ</gui>から可能です。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"この場合、書き込みをもう一度実行してみてください。ただし書き込み速度はより低速 (たとえば、48x よりも 12x) "
++"にします。低速なほど、より信頼性も高くなります。速度の選択は、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>ウィンドウの<gui>プロパティ</"
++"gui>から可能です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr "ファイルを非表示にして、ファイルマネージャーで表示できないようにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "ファイルを隠す"
+ 
+-msgid "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでは、ユーザーの判断でファイルを隠したり、表示させたりできます。隠しファイルは、ファイルマネージャーには表示されませんが、依然として存在します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーでは、ユーザーの判断でファイルを隠したり、表示させたりできます。隠しファイルは、ファイルマネージャーには表示されませんが、依然として存在します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
+-msgstr "ファイルを隠すには、そのファイル名を <key>.</key> で始まる名前に<link xref=\"files-rename\">変更します</link>。たとえば、<file>example.txt</file> という名前のファイルを隠しファイルにするには、<file>.example.txt</file> という名前に変更してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを隠すには、そのファイル名を <key>.</key> で始まる名前に<link xref=\"files-rename\">変更します</"
++"link>。たとえば、<file>example.txt</file> という名前のファイルを隠しファイルにするには、<file>.example."
++"txt</file> という名前に変更してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+ msgstr "ファイルと同じ方法でフォルダーを隠すことができます。フォルダーの名前の先頭に、<key>.</key> を配置します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "すべての隠しファイルを表示する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+-msgstr "フォルダー内のすべての隠しファイルを表示するには、そのフォルダーに移動し、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。隠しファイルでない通常のファイルと一緒に隠しファイルが表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダー内のすべての隠しファイルを表示するには、そのフォルダーに移動し、 ツールバーにある<media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">下矢印</media>ボタンをクリックし<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</"
++"gui>をチェックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。隠しファイルではない通常のファイルと一緒に隠しファイルが表示されるようになります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+-msgstr "そのファイルをまた非表示にするには、再び<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++"表示させたファイルを再び非表示にするには、ツールバーにある<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">下矢印</media>ボタンをクリックし<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</"
++"gui>を再度チェックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+-msgstr "隠しファイルを解除する"
++msgstr "ファイルの非表示設定を解除する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+-msgstr "隠しファイルを解除するには、対象の隠しファイルのあるフォルダーに移動し、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq> とクリックします。それから、その隠しファイルを特定し、<key>.</key> で始まらないファイル名に変更します。たとえば、<file>.example.txt</file> という隠しファイルを元に戻すには、<file>example.txt</file> という名前に変更するとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルの非表示設定を解除するには、対象の隠しファイルのあるフォルダーに移動し、ツールバーにある<media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">下矢印</media>ボタンをクリックし<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</"
++"gui>をチェックします。次に、その隠しファイルを特定し、<key>.</key> で始まらないファイル名に変更します。たとえば、<file>."
++"example.txt</file> という隠しファイルの非表示設定を解除するには、<file>example.txt</file> "
++"などの名前に変更します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+-msgstr "ファイル名を変更したあとは、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示</gui></guiseq> とクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押して、再度、他の隠しファイルを非表示にすることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名を変更したあとは、ツールバーにある<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">下矢印</"
++"media>ボタンをクリックし<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui>をチェックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> を押して、他の隠しファイルを非表示に戻します。"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、ファイルマネージャーを閉じるまでの間、隠しファイルを表示することができるだけです。この設定を変更してファイルマネージャーで常に隠しファイルを表示するには、<link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトでは、ファイルマネージャーを閉じるまでの間、隠しファイルを表示することができるだけです。この設定を変更してファイルマネージャーで常に隠しファイルを表示するには、<link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "ほとんどの隠しファイルは、ファイル名が<key>.</key> で始まりますが、その他には、ファイル名が <key>~</key> で終わるものもあります。これらは、バックアップファイルです。詳細は、<link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"ほとんどの隠しファイルは、ファイル名が<key>.</key> で始まりますが、その他には、ファイル名が <key>~</key> "
++"で終わるものもあります。これらは、バックアップファイルです。詳細は、<link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr "作成した、あるいはダウンロードしたファイルが見つけられない場合は、このヒントを参考にしてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "見失ったファイルを探し出す"
+ 
+-msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
+ msgstr "ファイルの作成やダウンロードを行ったが、それが見つからない場合は、次のヒントを参考にしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
+-msgstr "どこにファイルを保存したか思い出せないが、どういう名前をつけたかがある程度思い出せれば、名前でファイルを検索できます。検索方法については、<link xref=\"files-search\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++"どこにファイルを保存したか思い出せないが、どういう名前をつけたかがある程度思い出せれば、名前でファイルを検索できます。検索方法については、<link "
++"xref=\"files-search\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder."
+-msgstr "ファイルをダウンロードしただけであれば、ウェブブラウザーが自動的に共通フォルダーに保存した可能性もあります。ホームフォルダー配下の \"デスクトップ\" フォルダーや \"ダウンロード\" フォルダーの中を確認してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルをダウンロードしただけであれば、ウェブブラウザーが自動的に共通フォルダーに保存した可能性もあります。ホームフォルダー配下の \"デスクトップ\" "
++"フォルダーや \"ダウンロード\" フォルダーの中を確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+-msgstr "誤ってファイルを削除してしまった可能性があります。ファイルを削除すると、そのファイルはゴミ箱へ移動します。手動でゴミ箱を空にするまでは、ファイルはゴミ箱に残っています。削除したファイルを元に戻す方法については、<link xref=\"files-recover\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++"誤ってファイルを削除してしまった可能性があります。ファイルを削除すると、そのファイルはゴミ箱へ移動します。手動でゴミ箱を空にするまでは、ファイルはゴミ箱に残っています。削除したファイルを元に戻す方法については、<link "
++"xref=\"files-recover\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr "隠しファイルとみなされる名前にファイル名を変更した可能性があります。ファイル名が、<file>.</file> ではじまるか、<file>~</file> で終わるファイルは、ファイルマネージャーでは非表示になります。ファイルマネージャーで、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックしてください。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを非表示設定にするファイル名でファイル名の変更を行なった可能性があります。ファイル名が「<file>.</"
++"file>」で始まるか、「<file>~</"
++"file>」で終わるファイルは、ファイルマネージャーでは非表示になります。ファイルマネージャーのツールバーにある<media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">下矢印</media>ボタンをクリックし<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</"
++"gui>をチェックして非表示設定のファイルを表示させます。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
++"を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
+ msgstr "ファイルの種類に関連付けされたデフォルトのものではないアプリケーションでファイルを開く。デフォルトを変えることも可能。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
+ 
+-msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでファイルをダブルクリックすると、ファイルの種類に関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでそのファイルがオープンされます。別のアプリケーションでファイルを開いたり、起動するアプリケーションをオンラインで検索したり、あるいはその種類のファイルを開くデフォルトのアプリケーションを設定したりすることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーでファイルをダブルクリックすると、ファイルの種類に関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションでそのファイルがオープンされます。別のアプリケーションでファイルを開いたり、起動するアプリケーションをオンラインで検索したり、あるいはその種類のファイルを開くデフォルトのアプリケーションを設定したりすることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+-msgstr "デフォルトとは別のアプリケーションでファイルを開くには、ファイルを右クリックし、メニュー上部からお好みのアプリケーションを選びます。開きたいアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>別のアプリで開く</gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトとは別のアプリケーションでファイルを開くには、ファイルを右クリックし、メニュー上部からお好みのアプリケーションを選びます。開きたいアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>別のアプリで開く</"
++"gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</"
++"gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type."
+-msgstr "それでもお望みのアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>オンラインでアプリケーションを探す</gui>をクリックしてその他のアプリケーションを探すことができます。ファイルマネージャーは、そのファイル種別を扱えるアプリケーションが含まれるパッケージをオンラインで探します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++"それでもお望みのアプリケーションが見つからない場合は、<gui>オンラインでアプリケーションを探す</"
++"gui>をクリックしてその他のアプリケーションを探すことができます。ファイルマネージャーは、そのファイル種別を扱えるアプリケーションが含まれるパッケージをオンラインで探します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+-msgstr "規定の種類のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションを変更することができます。お気に入りのアプリケーションを指定することで、ファイルをダブルクリックするとそのアプリケーションで開くことができるようになります。たとえば、MP3 ファイルをダブルクリックすれば、お気に入りの音楽プレイヤーで開けると便利でしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++"規定の種類のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプリケーションを変更することができます。お気に入りのアプリケーションを指定することで、ファイルをダブルクリックするとそのアプリケーションで開くことができるようになります。たとえば、MP3 "
++"ファイルをダブルクリックすれば、お気に入りの音楽プレイヤーで開けると便利でしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
+-msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更したい種類のファイルを選択します。たとえば、MP3 ファイルに関連付けられるアプリケーションを変更するには、<file>.mp3</file> の拡張子のファイルを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更したい種類のファイルを選択します。たとえば、MP3 "
++"ファイルに関連付けられるアプリケーションを変更するには、<file>.mp3</file> の拡張子のファイルを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>開き方</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+-msgstr "お好みのアプリケーションを選び、<gui>デフォルトに設定する</gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"お好みのアプリケーションを選び、<gui>デフォルトに設定する</"
++"gui>をクリックします。初期設定では、そのファイルを処理できる既知のアプリケーションだけが表示されます。インストールされているすべてのアプリケーションを一覧するには、<gui>別のアプリケーションを表示する</"
++"gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
+-msgstr "<gui>別のアプリケーション</gui> の欄に、ときどき使いたいがデフォルトにはしたくないアプリケーションがある場合は、そのアプリケーションを選択して<gui>追加</gui>をクリックしてください。<gui>推奨アプリケーション</gui>にそのアプリケーションが追加されます。ファイルを右クリックしてアプリケーションの一覧から、このアプリケーションを選択できるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>別のアプリケーション</gui> "
++"の欄に、ときどき使いたいがデフォルトにはしたくないアプリケーションがある場合は、そのアプリケーションを選択して<gui>追加</"
++"gui>をクリックしてください。<gui>推奨アプリケーション</"
++"gui>にそのアプリケーションが追加されます。ファイルを右クリックしてアプリケーションの一覧から、このアプリケーションを選択できるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
+ msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションの変更は、そのファイルだけではなく、同じ種類のファイルすべてに適用されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr "ドキュメントや、画像、ビデオ、その他のプレビューをすばやく表示および非表示します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーをプレビューする"
+ 
+-msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+-msgstr "ファイルを、本格的なアプリケーションで開くことなく、さっとプレビューすることができます。任意のファイルを選択してスペースバーを押してください。シンプルなプレビューウィンドウでファイルが開きます。スペースバーをもう一度押すとプレビューを終了します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを、本格的なアプリケーションで開くことなく、さっとプレビューすることができます。任意のファイルを選択してスペースバーを押してください。シンプルなプレビューウィンドウでファイルが開きます。スペースバーをもう一度押すとプレビューを終了します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
+-msgstr "この組み込みのプレビュー機能は、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオ、音声のたいていのファイル形式に対応しています。プレビューでは、ドキュメントのスクロールや、ビデオや音声のシークが可能です。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++"この組み込みのプレビュー機能は、ドキュメント、画像、ビデオ、音声のたいていのファイル形式に対応しています。プレビューでは、ドキュメントのスクロールや、ビデオや音声のシークが可能です。"
+ 
+-msgid "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press <key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+-msgstr "プレビューをフルスクリーンで表示するには、<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">フルスクリーン</media>ボタンをクリックするか、あるいは <key>f</key> キーを押します。もう一度、<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">フルスクリーン</media>ボタンをクリックするか、<key>f</key> キーを押すと、フルスクリーンから戻ります。スペースバーを押すとプレビューを完全に終了します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++"プレビューをフルスクリーンで表示するには、<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">フルスクリーン</media>ボタンをクリックするか、あるいは <key>f</key> キーを押します。もう一度、<media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">フルスクリーン</"
++"media>ボタンをクリックするか、<key>f</key> "
++"キーを押すと、フルスクリーンから戻ります。スペースバーを押すとプレビューを完全に終了します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr "削除したファイルは通常ではゴミ箱に移動しますが、それを元に戻すことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱からファイルを元に戻す"
+ 
+-msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーからファイルを削除すると、通常そのファイルは<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>に移動し、元に戻すことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱からファイルを元に戻す方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+-msgstr "削除したファイルがゴミ箱にあれば、それをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択します。削除時の元にあった場所にファイルが戻ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"削除したファイルがゴミ箱にあれば、それをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択します。削除時の元にあった場所にファイルが戻ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+-msgstr "ファイルを削除するのに、<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> を押したり、あるいはコマンドラインを使ったりした場合は、そのファイルは完全に削除されます。完全に削除したファイルは、<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>から元に戻すことはできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを削除するのに、<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> "
++"を押したり、あるいはコマンドラインを使ったりした場合は、そのファイルは完全に削除されます。完全に削除したファイルは、<gui>ゴミ箱</"
++"gui>から元に戻すことはできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
+-msgstr "完全に削除したファイルを場合によって元に戻すことができる復旧ツールは数多く存在します。しかしながら、こうしたツールは一般にあまり簡単に扱えるものではありません。誤ってファイルを削除してしまった場合は、復旧方法についてサポートフォーラムなどで助言を求めると良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++"完全に削除したファイルを場合によって元に戻すことができる復旧ツールは数多く存在します。しかしながら、こうしたツールは一般にあまり簡単に扱えるものではありません。誤ってファイルを削除してしまった場合は、復旧方法についてサポートフォーラムなどで助言を求めると良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr "USB フラッシュドライブ、CD、DVD、あるいはその他のデバイスの取り出し、アンマウント。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "外付けドライブを安全に取り出す"
+ 
+-msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
+-msgstr "USB フラッシュドライブなどの外付けストレージデバイスを使用するときは、デバイスをコンピューターから抜く前に、安全な取り出し処理を行なってください。デバイスをそのまま抜いてしまうと、アプリケーションがまだデバイスを使用中の状態で抜いてしまうリスクがあります。これは、ファイルの消失や破損につながる恐れがあります。CD や DVD などの光学ディスクを使用する場合も、コンピューターからディスクを取り出すまえに同様の手順を踏んでください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"USB "
++"フラッシュドライブなどの外付けストレージデバイスを使用するときは、デバイスをコンピューターから抜く前に、安全な取り出し処理を行なってください。デバイスをそのまま抜いてしまうと、アプリケーションがまだデバイスを使用中の状態で抜いてしまうリスクがあります。これは、ファイルの消失や破損につながる恐れがあります。CD "
++"や DVD などの光学ディスクを使用する場合も、コンピューターからディスクを取り出すまえに同様の手順を踏んでください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "リムーバブルデバイスを取り出す方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+-msgstr "サイドバーから該当のデバイスを探します。取り出し用の小さなアイコンが名前の隣にあります。デバイスの安全な取り出しを行うには、取り出し用のアイコンをクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"サイドバーから該当のデバイスを探します。取り出し用の小さなアイコンが名前の隣にあります。デバイスの安全な取り出しを行うには、取り出し用のアイコンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+ msgstr "別の方法としては、サイドバーのデバイス名を右クリックし、<gui>取り出し</gui>を選択することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr "使用中のデバイスを安全に取り出す"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+-msgstr "デバイス上のファイルが開かれており、アプリケーションによって使用中である場合は、デバイスを安全に取り出すことができません。\"ボリュームは使用中です\" と知らせるウィンドウが表示され、デバイス上の開いているすべてのファイルが一覧表示されます。デバイスのファイルをすべて閉じると、自動的に安全な取り出し処理が行われます。そのタイミングで、デバイスを抜いたりディスクを取り出したりが可能になります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++"デバイス上でファイルを開きアプリケーションで使用している場合は、デバイスを安全に取り出すことができません。<gui>ボリュームは使用中です</gui> "
++"と知らせるウィンドウが表示されます。デバイスの安全な取り出しは次のように行ないます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
++msgstr "<gui>取り消し</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+ msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
++msgstr "デバイス上のすべてのファイルを閉じます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+ msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open."
+-msgstr "また、<gui>とにかくアンマウントする</gui>を選択して、ファイルを閉じることなくデバイスを取り出すこともできます。これを行うと、ファイルを開いているアプリケーションにエラーを発生させる可能性があります。"
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++"また、<gui>とにかくアンマウントする</"
++"gui>を選択して、ファイルを閉じることなくデバイスを取り出すこともできます。これを行うと、ファイルを開いているアプリケーションにエラーを発生させる可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーの名前を変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
+ msgstr "他のファイルマネージャーと同様に、GNOME のファイルマネージャーを使ってファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーの名前を変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
+-msgstr "アイテムを右クリックし、<gui>名前の変更</gui>を選択するか、あるいはファイルを選択して <key>F2</key> キーを押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"アイテムを右クリックし、<gui>名前の変更</gui>を選択するか、あるいはファイルを選択して <key>F2</key> キーを押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "新しい名前を入力し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">プロパティ</link>ウィンドウからファイルの名前を変更することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">プロパティ</"
++"link>ウィンドウからファイルの名前を変更することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+-msgstr "ファイル名を変更するときは、ファイル名の前半部分だけが選択されており、拡張子 (\".\" 以降の部分) は選択されていません。通常、拡張子はファイルの種類を示しており (たとえば、<file>file.pdf</file> は PDF ドキュメントである)、拡張子を変更することはあまりありません。拡張子も変更する必要がある場合は、ファイル名全体を選択し、変更してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名を変更するときは、ファイル名の前半部分だけが選択されており、拡張子 (\".\" 以降の部分) "
++"は選択されていません。通常、拡張子はファイルの種類を示しており (たとえば、<file>file.pdf</file> は PDF "
++"ドキュメントである)、拡張子を変更することはあまりありません。拡張子も変更する必要がある場合は、ファイル名全体を選択し、変更してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
+-msgstr "誤って違うファイルの名前を変更してしまったり、あるいは、名前を付け間違えた場合は、名前の変更を元に戻すことができます。操作を取り消して前の名前に戻す場合は、すぐにツールバーの歯車のボタンをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"誤って違うファイルの名前を変更してしまったり、あるいは、名前を付け間違えた場合は、名前の変更を元に戻すことができます。操作を取り消して前の名前に戻す場合は、すぐにツールバーの歯車のボタンをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</"
++"gui>を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "ファイル名として有効な文字"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+-msgstr "ファイル名には、<key>/</key> (スラッシュ) を除いて、任意の文字を使用できます。しかしながら、ファイル名の条件としてより厳しい制限のある<em>ファイルシステム</em>を使用するデバイスもあります。そのため、ファイル名として次の文字を避けることが最善とされています。<key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+-
+-msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
+-msgstr "<key>.</key> で始まる名前を付けると、そのファイルをファイルマネージャーで表示しようとしても、<link xref=\"files-hidden\">表示されません</link>。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名には、<key>/</key> (スラッシュ) "
++"を除いて、任意の文字を使用できます。しかしながら、ファイル名の条件としてより厳しい制限のある<em>ファイルシステム</"
++"em>を使用するデバイスもあります。そのため、ファイル名として次の文字を避けることが最善とされています。<key>|</key>, <key>\\</"
++"key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</"
++"key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>.</key> で始まる名前を付けると、そのファイルをファイルマネージャーで表示しようとしても、<link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">表示されません</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "よくある問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "ファイル名がすでに使われている"
+ 
+-msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+-msgstr "ひとつのフォルダー内に、同じ名前のファイルやフォルダーを複数配置することはできません。作業中のフォルダーですでに使用されている名前を付けようとしても、ファイルマネージャーがそれを禁止します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++"ひとつのフォルダー内に、同じ名前のファイルやフォルダーを複数配置することはできません。作業中のフォルダーですでに使用されている名前を付けようとしても、ファイルマネージャーがそれを禁止します。"
+ 
+-msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+-msgstr "ファイルおよびフォルダーの名前は、大文字/小文字を区別します。たとえば、<file>File.txt</file> と <file>FILE.txt</file> とは、異なる名前として扱われます。このような名前付けは可能ですが、推奨されません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルおよびフォルダーの名前は、大文字/小文字を区別します。たとえば、<file>File.txt</file> と <file>FILE.txt</"
++"file> とは、異なる名前として扱われます。このような名前付けは可能ですが、推奨されません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "ファイル名が長すぎる"
+ 
+-msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+-msgstr "ファイルシステムによっては、ファイル名に 255 文字しか使用できないことがあります。255 文字の制限は、ファイル名とファイルパス (たとえば <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>) も含みます。そのため、できるだけ長いファイル名やフォルダー名は避けるとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルシステムによっては、ファイル名に 255 文字しか使用できないことがあります。255 文字の制限は、ファイル名とファイルパス (たとえば "
++"<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>) "
++"も含みます。そのため、できるだけ長いファイル名やフォルダー名は避けるとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "名前変更のオプションがグレーアウトされている"
+ 
+-msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "<gui>名前の変更</gui>のオプションがグレーアウトされている場合は、そのファイル名を変更する権限が無いということです。保護されたファイルの名前を変更すると、お使いのシステムが不安定になるおそれがあるため、そのようなファイルの名前変更には注意してください。より詳細な情報については、<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>名前の変更</"
++"gui>のオプションがグレーアウトされている場合は、そのファイル名を変更する権限が無いということです。保護されたファイルの名前を変更すると、お使いのシステムが不安定になるおそれがあるため、そのようなファイルの名前変更には注意してください。より詳細な情報については、<link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr "名称や種類に基づいてファイルを検索する。検索結果を後で使いまわせるように保存する。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
+-msgstr "ファイル名やファイルの種類に基づいて、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを検索することができます。よく使う検索結果を保存しておくことも可能で、検索結果が、ホームフォルダー上に特殊なフォルダーとして表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名やファイルの種類に基づいて、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを検索することができます。よく使う検索結果を保存しておくことも可能で、検索結果が、ホームフォルダー上に特殊なフォルダーとして表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "他の検索アプリケーション"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "検索"
+ 
+-msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
+ msgstr "お探しのファイルが特定のフォルダーの下にあることがわかっていれば、そのフォルダーまで移動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "ツールバーの<gui>検索</gui>をクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ツールバーの<gui>検索</gui>をクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+-msgstr "ファイル名の一部を入力し、Enter を押します。たとえば、インボイスのファイル名に \"Invoice\" という単語を含めているばあい、<input>invoice</input> と入力し、<key>Enter</key> を押します。大文字小文字に関係なくマッチします。"
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名の一部を入力し、Enter を押します。たとえば、インボイスのファイル名に \"Invoice\" "
++"という単語を含めているばあい、<input>invoice</input> と入力し、<key>Enter</key> "
++"を押します。大文字小文字に関係なくマッチします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+-msgstr "場所およびファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭めることができます。<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックして、追加の検索条件を指定します。"
++msgstr ""
++"場所およびファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭めることができます。<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックして、追加の検索条件を指定します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr "ドロップダウンリストから<gui>ファイルの種類</gui>を選択すると、ファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭められます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+-msgstr "検索結果から、ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したり、あるいは他の操作を行ったりすることが可能です。ちょうどファイルマネージャーのフォルダーからファイルを操作するのと同じことです。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"検索結果から、ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したり、あるいは他の操作を行ったりすることが可能です。ちょうどファイルマネージャーのフォルダーからファイルを操作するのと同じことです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr "ツールバーの<gui>検索</gui>を再びクリックすると、検索画面から抜け元のフォルダーに戻ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
+ msgstr "特定の検索をよく実行するのであれば、すばやく検索を実行できるように、検索条件を保存しておくとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "検索を保存する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "先に述べた検索処理を実行します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+-msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> "
++"の順にクリックしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
+-msgstr "検索にたいして名前を付与し、<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。お好みによって、検索を保存するフォルダーを指定します。そのフォルダーに行けば、保存した検索が、オレンジ色のフォルダーの上に虫メガネのあるアイコンで表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"検索にたいして名前を付与し、<gui>保存</"
++"gui>をクリックします。お好みによって、検索を保存するフォルダーを指定します。そのフォルダーに行けば、保存した検索が、オレンジ色のフォルダーの上に虫メガネのあるアイコンで表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched."
+-msgstr "保存した検索を使用し終わって削除するには、他のファイルと同様に単にその検索を<link xref=\"files-delete\">削除</link>するだけです。検索を削除しても、検索対象のファイルは削除されません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++"保存した検索を使用し終わって削除するには、他のファイルと同様に単にその検索を<link xref=\"files-delete\">削除</"
++"link>するだけです。検索を削除しても、検索対象のファイルは削除されません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> を押して、似た名前を持つ複数のファイルを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> を押して、似た名前を持つ複数のファイルを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "パターンでファイルを選択する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
+-msgstr "ファイル名のパターンを使って、フォルダー内のファイルを選択できます。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>パターンを指定してアイテムを選択</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。ファイル名の共通部分とワイルドカード文字でパターンを入力します。次の 2 つのワイルドカード文字が使えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル名のパターンを使って、フォルダー内のファイルを選択できます。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></"
++"keyseq> を押して、<gui>パターンを指定してアイテムを選択</"
++"gui>のウィンドウを開きます。ファイル名の共通部分とワイルドカード文字でパターンを入力します。次の 2 つのワイルドカード文字が使えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
+ msgstr "<file>*</file> は、任意の数の任意の文字にマッチします。文字がまったく無くてもマッチします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr "<file>?</file> は、ちょうど 1 つの任意の文字にマッチします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "例:"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
+-msgstr "OpenDocument テキスト、PDF、および画像ファイルが 1 つずつあり、それらすべてのファイル名が <file>Invoice</file> で始まる場合、次のパターンで 3 つすべてを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"OpenDocument テキスト、PDF、および画像ファイルが 1 つずつあり、それらすべてのファイル名が <file>Invoice</file> "
++"で始まる場合、次のパターンで 3 つすべてを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
+-msgstr "<file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file> のようなファイル名前の写真がいくつかある場合、次のパターンでそれらすべてを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"<file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>、<file>Vacation-"
++"003.jpg</file> のようなファイル名前の写真がいくつかある場合、次のパターンでそれらすべてを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
+-msgstr "上記の写真ファイルがあり、そのうちいくつかのファイルを編集してファイル名の末尾に <file>-edited</file> を付け加えた場合、次のパターンで編集した写真を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++"上記の写真ファイルがあり、そのうちいくつかのファイルを編集してファイル名の末尾に <file>-edited</file> "
++"を付け加えた場合、次のパターンで編集した写真を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+-msgstr "相手先やデバイスへのファイル転送をファイルマネージャーから簡単に行います。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr "ファイルマネージャーから、メールの相手先へファイルを簡単に転送できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "メールを使ってファイルを共有する"
+ 
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr "ファイルの共有と転送"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr "ファイルマネージャーから、メールの相手先とファイルを簡単に共有できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr "直接ファイルマネージャーから、相手先とのファイルの共有や、外部デバイスやネットワーク上の共有ディスクへの転送を簡単に行うことができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"この手順を行う前に、<app>Evolution</app> "
++"があなたのコンピューターにインストールされていること、およびメールアカウントが設定されていることを確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "メールでファイルを共有する手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "転送するファイルのある場所へ移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-msgstr "ファイルを右クリックし、<gui>送る</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
+-msgstr "<gui>送る</gui>ウィンドウが表示されます。ファイルの送信先を指定し、<gui>送信</gui>をクリックします。詳細については、以下の宛先一覧を参照してください。"
+-
+-msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+-msgstr "一度に複数のファイルを送ることができます。<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら、複数のファイルを選択します。自動的に、ファイルを zip や tar 形式のアーカイブに圧縮することができます。"
+-
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "宛先"
+-
+-msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
+-msgstr "ファイルを E-メールで送信するには、<gui>E-メール</gui>を選択して受信者のメールアドレスを入力します。"
+-
+-msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-msgstr "インスタントメッセージでファイルを送信するには、<gui>インスタントメッセージ</gui>を選択します。それから、ドロップダウンリストから相手先を選択します。この機能を利用するには、インスタントメッセンジャーの起動が必要になることもあります。"
+-
+-msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr "CD や DVD にファイルを書き込むには、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui> を選択します。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを右クリックして<gui>送る</gui>を選択します。このファイルが添付された状態で<gui>メッセージの作成</"
++"gui>ウィンドウが開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "Bluetooth デバイスへファイルを転送するには、<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> を選択して転送先のデバイスを選択します。ペアリング済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。詳細については、<link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>宛先</gui>ボタンを押して相手先を選択するか、メールアドレスを入力します。必要に応じて<gui>件名</"
++"gui>とメッセージ本文を入力し、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
+-msgstr "ファイルを USB フラッシュドライブなどの外付けデバイスへコピーしたり、あるいは接続したサーバーへアップロードしたりするには、<gui>リムーバブル・ディスクと共有</gui>を選択し、転送先のデバイスやサーバーを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr "一度に複数のファイルを送ることができます。<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら、複数のファイルを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr "名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順に、ファイルを配置します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーを並べ替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+-msgstr "フォルダー中のファイルは、更新日時順やサイズ順など様々な方法で並べ替えることができます。よく利用される並び順については、下の <link xref=\"#ways\"/> を参照してください。"
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダー中のファイルは、更新日時順やサイズ順など様々な方法で並べ替えることができます。よく利用される並び順については、下の <link xref="
++"\"#ways\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
+-msgstr "利用できる並べ替え方法は、<em>フォルダーの表示形式</em>によって変わります。<gui>表示</gui>メニューから、現在の表示形式を変更できます。"
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"利用できる並べ替え方法は、<em>フォルダーの表示形式</em>によって変わります。<gui>表示</"
++"gui>メニューから、現在の表示形式を変更できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "アイコン表示"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>."
+-msgstr "フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-sort\"/> を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</"
++"gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</"
++"gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-sort\"/> "
++"を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
+-msgstr "たとえば、<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから<gui>名前順</gui>を選択すると、ファイル名のアルファベット順で並べ替えます。他の並び順については、<link xref=\"#ways\"/> を参照してください。"
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから<gui>名前順</"
++"gui>を選択すると、ファイル名のアルファベット順で並べ替えます。他の並び順については、<link xref=\"#ways\"/> "
++"を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the pull-down menu."
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr "<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから<gui>逆順</gui>を選択すると、並び順を反転できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "一覧表示"
+ 
+-msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+-msgstr "異なる順序でファイルを並べ替えるには、ファイルマネージャー中の列見出しのどれかをクリックします。たとえば、<gui>種類</gui>をクリックすると、ファイルを種類順に並べ替えます。列見出しをもう一度クリックすると、並びが反転します。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"異なる順序でファイルを並べ替えるには、ファイルマネージャー中の列見出しのどれかをクリックします。たとえば、<gui>種類</"
++"gui>をクリックすると、ファイルを種類順に並べ替えます。列見出しをもう一度クリックすると、並びが反転します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
+-msgstr "一覧表示では、より多くのファイル属性の列を表示でき、その列で並べ替えることもできます。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>表示する項目</gui></guiseq>をクリックし、表示する列を選択します。そうすると、その列を基準に並べ替えることができるようになります。利用できる項目については、<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> を参照してください。"
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++"一覧表示では、より多くのファイル属性の列を表示でき、その列で並べ替えることもできます。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>表示する項目</"
++"gui></"
++"guiseq>をクリックし、表示する列を選択します。そうすると、その列を基準に並べ替えることができるようになります。利用できる項目については、<link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "並べ替え方法"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "名前順"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "ファイル名のアルファベット順に並べ替えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "サイズ順"
+ 
+-msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
+-msgstr "ファイルサイズ (ファイルが占めるディスク領域の大きさ) の順に並べ替えます。デフォルトでは最も小さいものから最も大きいものの順になります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルサイズ (ファイルが占めるディスク領域の大きさ) の順に並べ替えます。デフォルトでは最も小さいものから最も大きいものの順になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "種類順"
+ 
+-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
+ msgstr "ファイル種別の順に並べ替えます。同じ種類のファイルはひとまとまりになり、その中で名前順に並びます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "更新日時順"
+ 
+-msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
+ msgstr "最後に更新した日時の順に並べ替えます。デフォルトでは、最も古いものから最も新しいものの順になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr "カスタマイズしたファイルテンプレートから新しいドキュメントをすばやく作成します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "よく使うドキュメントのテンプレート"
+ 
+-msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
+-msgstr "同じ内容をベースとするドキュメントをよく作成する場合、ファイルテンプレートを利用すると良いでしょう。再利用したい書式や内容をもつどんな種類のドキュメントもファイルテンプレートにすることができます。たとえば、レターヘッドを記述したテンプレートを作成することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++"同じ内容をベースとするドキュメントをよく作成する場合、ファイルテンプレートを利用すると良いでしょう。再利用したい書式や内容をもつどんな種類のドキュメントもファイルテンプレートにすることができます。たとえば、レターヘッドを記述したテンプレートを作成することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "新しいテンプレートを作成する"
+ 
+-msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+ msgstr "テンプレートとして使用したいドキュメントを作成します。たとえば、ワープロソフトでレターヘッドを作成します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+-msgstr "ホームフォルダー配下の<file>テンプレート</file>フォルダーにテンプレートを保存します。<file>テンプレート</file>フォルダーが存在しない場合は、まずそれを作成する必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++"ホームフォルダー配下の<file>テンプレート</file>フォルダーにテンプレートを保存します。<file>テンプレート</"
++"file>フォルダーが存在しない場合は、まずそれを作成する必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "テンプレートを使ってドキュメントを作成する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "新しいドキュメントを配置するフォルダーを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
+-msgstr "フォルダーのどこか空白部分を右クリックし、<gui style=\"menuitem\">新しいドキュメントの作成</gui>を選択します。利用可能なテンプレートの名前がサブメニューに一覧表示されます。"
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダーのどこか空白部分を右クリックし、<gui style=\"menuitem\">新しいドキュメントの作成</"
++"gui>を選択します。利用可能なテンプレートの名前がサブメニューに一覧表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "使用するテンプレートを一覧から選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "新規に作成したドキュメントのファイル名を入力します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr "ファイルをダブルクリックで開き、編集を開始します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr "それはバックアップファイルです。デフォルトでは非表示になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "\"~\" が名前の末尾に付いたファイルは何ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+-msgstr "\"~\" が名前の末尾に付いたファイル (たとえば、<file>example.txt~</file>) は、テキストドキュメントなどのバックアップファイルとして自動的に生成されたものです。テキストエディターの <app>gedit</app> やその他のアプリケーションでドキュメントを編集するとバックアップファイルが生成されます。バックアップファイルを削除しても安全ですが、そのまま残しておいても特に害があるわけではありません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"\"~\" が名前の末尾に付いたファイル (たとえば、<file>example.txt~</file>) "
++"は、テキストドキュメントなどのバックアップファイルとして自動的に生成されたものです。テキストエディターの <app>gedit</app> "
++"やその他のアプリケーションでドキュメントを編集するとバックアップファイルが生成されます。バックアップファイルを削除しても安全ですが、そのまま残しておいても特に害があるわけではありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+-msgstr "これらのファイルはデフォルトでは表示されません。表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> を押します。また非表示に戻す場合は、この手順を繰り返します。"
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"これらのファイルはデフォルトでは表示されません。表示するには、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></"
++"guiseq>を選択するか、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。また非表示に戻す場合は、この手順を繰り返します。"
+ 
+-msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+-msgstr "これらのファイルは、通常の隠しファイルと同じように扱われます。隠しファイルの扱いについては、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++"これらのファイルは、通常の隠しファイルと同じように扱われます。隠しファイルの扱いについては、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
++"を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "ファイル"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーおよび検索"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> ファイルマネージャー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "よく行う操作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "その他のトピック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "リムーバブルドライブと外付けディスク"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "バックアップ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "ヒントと質問"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "このヘルプトピックにかかわる問題の報告方法。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "このガイドの改良に参加する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "バグや改善点を報告する"
+ 
+-msgid "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+-msgstr "このヘルプ文書はボランティアコミュニティによって作成されています。遠慮無くご参加ください。ヘルプページに問題を見つけた場合 (誤字、不正確な説明、あるべきトピックが無いなど)、<em>バグ報告</em>として通知することができます。<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link> から、バグ報告をしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"このヘルプ文書はボランティアコミュニティによって作成されています。遠慮無くご参加ください。ヘルプページに問題を見つけた場合 "
++"(誤字、不正確な説明、あるべきトピックが無いなど)、<em>バグ報告</em>として通知することができます。<link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link> から、バグ報告をしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New Account</gui> link to create one."
+-msgstr "バグを報告し、そのステータスの更新をメールで受け取るためには、アカウント登録が必要です。まだアカウントを取得していない場合は、<gui>New</gui> のリンクをクリックして、アカウントを作成してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++"バグを報告し、そのステータスの更新をメールで受け取るためには、アカウント登録が必要です。まだアカウントを取得していない場合は、<gui>New</"
++"gui> のリンクをクリックして、アカウントを作成してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+-msgstr "アカウントを取得したあとは、ログインし、<guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq> とクリックします。バグを報告する前に、<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link> に目を通してください、また <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> から、同じような問題がすでに報告されていないかざっと確認してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントを取得したあとは、ログインし、<guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-"
++"user-docs</gui></guiseq> とクリックします。バグを報告する前に、<link href=\"https://bugzilla."
++"gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link> "
++"に目を通してください、また <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product="
++"gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> から、同じような問題がすでに報告されていないかざっと確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+-msgstr "バグ報告にあたり、<gui>Component</gui> メニューからコンポーネントを選択します。このガイドについて報告する場合は、<gui>gnome-help</gui> を選択してください。どのコンポーネントが適切なのかよくわからない場合は、<gui>general</gui> を選んでください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"バグ報告にあたり、<gui>Component</gui> "
++"メニューからコンポーネントを選択します。このガイドについて報告する場合は、<gui>gnome-help</gui> "
++"を選択してください。どのコンポーネントが適切なのかよくわからない場合は、<gui>general</gui> を選んでください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+-msgstr "カバーされていないと思うトピックについてヘルプの追加を要求する場合、<gui>Severity</gui> メニューの <gui>enhancement</gui> を選択してください。Summary と Description の欄に記入して、<gui>Commit</gui> をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"カバーされていないと思うトピックについてヘルプの追加を要求する場合、<gui>Severity</gui> メニューの "
++"<gui>enhancement</gui> を選択してください。Summary と Description の欄に記入して、<gui>Commit</"
++"gui> をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+-msgstr "バグレポートに対して ID が割り振られます。また処理に応じてステータスが更新されます。GNOME のヘルプの改善に協力してくれてありがとう!"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++"バグレポートに対して ID が割り振られます。また処理に応じてステータスが更新されます。GNOME のヘルプの改善に協力してくれてありがとう!"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "連絡先"
+ 
+-msgid "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
+-msgstr "ドキュメンテーションチームへの参加方法についてより詳しく知りたい場合は、GNOME ドキュメンテーションチームのメーリングリストに<link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">メール</link>を送ってください。"
+-
+-msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
++"ドキュメンテーションチームへの参加方法についてより詳しく知りたい場合は、GNOME ドキュメンテーションチームのメーリングリストに<link href="
++"\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">メール</link>を送ってください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr "旧来型のデスクトップ体験が好みであれば、GNOME クラシックという選択肢があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "Petr Kovar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "GNOME クラシックとは何ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME クラシック</em> とは、旧来型のデスクトップ体験を好むユーザー向けの機能です。<em>GNOME クラシック</em> は "
++"<em>GNOME 3</em> の技術をベースとしていますが、ユーザーインターフェースに多くの変更を加えています。たとえば、上部バーの<gui "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">アプリケーション</gui>メニューや<gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">場所</gui>メニュー、画面最下部のウィンドウ一覧などが使用できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Media card reader problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">アプリケーション</"
++"gui>メニューを使って、アプリケーションを起動できます。<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</"
++"em>を表示するには、アプリケーションメニューにある<gui>アクティビティ</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</em>は、<key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> キーを押して表示することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "ウィンドウ一覧"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+ msgstr ""
++"画面最下部のウィンドウ一覧から、開いているウィンドウやアプリケーションにアクセスできます。またウィンドウを最小化したり、元のサイズに戻したりすることも可能です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウ一覧の右側に、現在のワークスペースを示すインジケーターが表示されます。たとえば最初 (先頭) のワークスペースの場合、<gui>1</gui> "
++"と記されます。また、このインジケーターには、利用可能なワークスペースの総数も示されます。他のワークスペースに切り替えるには、インジケーターを押して、表示されるメニューから使用するワークスペースを選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントがユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に、青いアイコンをウィンドウ一覧の右側に表示します。青いアイコンを押すとメッセージトレイが表示され、すべての通知を参照できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "GNOME クラシックへの切り替え"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME クラシックを利用するには、特定の GNOME Shell 拡張機能をインストールする必要があります。Linux "
++"ディストリビューションによっては、関連する拡張機能が提供されていない、あるいはデフォルトではインストールされていないこともあるでしょう。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> から <em>GNOME クラシック</em> へ切り替える手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"未保存の作業があれば保存を済ませて、ログアウトします。上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr "ログアウトの確認メッセージが表示されるので、<gui>ログアウト</gui>を選択します。すると、最初のログイン画面に戻ります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "ログイン画面で、ユーザーの一覧から自分の名前を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "パスワードをテキストボックスに入力します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME クラシック</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>サインイン</gui>ボタンを押します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME クラシック</em> から <em>GNOME</em> へ切り替える手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">指紋リーダー</link>、スマートカード…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "指紋とスマートカード"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr "メディアカードリーダーの問題を解決します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr "メディアカードリーダーの問題"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++"多くのコンピューターはSD、MMC、SM、MS、CF、その他のストレージメディアカードのリーダーを備えています。これらメディアカードは自動的に検出され、 "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">マウント</"
++"link>されます。ここでは、メディアカードがマウントされない問題を解決する方法を紹介します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"カードが正しく挿入されていることを確認してください。カードを上下逆にしてみると適切に挿入できることもよくあります。また、カードがしっかりとスロットに収まっていることも確認してください。カードによっては、特にCFの場合、正しく挿入するために少し力が必要になります "
++"(強く押し込み過ぎないように注意してください。もし抵抗を感じたら、それ以上押し込まないでください)。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>メニューを用いて<app>ファイル</app>を開きます。挿入したカードが左のサイドバーの<gui>デバイス</"
++"gui>リストに表示されましたか？カードがリストに表示されてもマウントされないことが時々ありますが、このようなときは一度デバイスをクリックするとマウントできます。(サイドバー自体が表示されていない場合、<key>F9</"
++"key> キーを押すか、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>サイドバー</gui><gui>サイドバーを表示</gui></"
++"guiseq>を選択します。)"
+ 
+-msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+ msgstr ""
++"もしサイドバーにカードが表示されなければ、<guiseq><gui>移動</gui><gui>コンピューター</gui></"
++"guiseq>を選択してください。カードリーダーが適切に設定されていれば、カードが挿入されていない場合はカードリーダーがドライブとして表示され、カードがマウント済みの場合はカード自体が表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
+ msgstr ""
++"\"もしカードリーダーが表示されてもカードが表示されない場合は、カード側に問題がある可能性があります。別なカードを使ってみるか、もし可能ならそのカードを別なリーダーで確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"もし<gui>コンピューター</"
++"gui>フォルダーでカードもドライブも利用できなければ、ドライバーの問題でカードリーダーがLinuxで動いていない可能性があります。もしカードリーダーが内蔵のもの（コンピューターの外ではなく内側にある）なら、よく見られる問題です。最適な解決法は、デバイス（カメラ、携帯電話、その他）をコンピューターのUSBポートに直接接続することです。USB接続の外部カードリーダーもまた利用可能で、Linuxでよりよくサポートされています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr "ハードウェアやデバイスのドライバーを使用することで、コンピューターに接続されているデバイスがそのコンピューターで利用できるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "ドライバーとはなんですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
+-msgstr "デバイスとはコンピューターの物理的な\"部品\"です。デバイスは<em>外部デバイス</em>であればプリンターやモニター、<em>内部デバイス</em>であればグラフィックカードやオーディオカードのようなものを指します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++"デバイスとはコンピューターの物理的な\"部品\"です。デバイスは<em>外部デバイス</em>であればプリンターやモニター、<em>内部デバイス</"
++"em>であればグラフィックカードやオーディオカードのようなものを指します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
+-msgstr "これらのデバイスをコンピューターで利用できるようにするには、デバイスとどのように通信するかを知る必要があります。これを<em>デバイスドライバー</em>と呼ばれるソフトウェアが行います。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"これらのデバイスをコンピューターで利用できるようにするには、デバイスとどのように通信するかを知る必要があります。これを<em>デバイスドライバー</"
++"em>と呼ばれるソフトウェアが行います。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model."
+-msgstr "デバイスをコンピューターに接続したとき、デバイスが動くように正しいドライバーをインストールしなければなりません。たとえば、プリンターを接続しても正しいドライバーが利用できない場合、プリンターを使うことができません。通常は、デバイスのモデルごとに他のモデルと互換性のないドライバーを利用します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++"デバイスをコンピューターに接続したとき、デバイスが動くように正しいドライバーをインストールしなければなりません。たとえば、プリンターを接続しても正しいドライバーが利用できない場合、プリンターを使うことができません。通常は、デバイスのモデルごとに他のモデルと互換性のないドライバーを利用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+-msgstr "Linuxでは、多くのデバイスドライバーが標準でインストール済みのため、デバイスを接続すれば動作するでしょう。しかし、ドライバーは、手動でインストールしなければならないこともあれば、まったく利用できないこともあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++"Linuxでは、多くのデバイスドライバーが標準でインストール済みのため、デバイスを接続すれば動作するでしょう。しかし、ドライバーは、手動でインストールしなければならないこともあれば、まったく利用できないこともあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+-msgstr "さらに、いくつかのドライバーは不完全か一部が機能しません。たとえば、プリンターが両面印刷はできないが、その他は完璧に動作するかもしれません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++"さらに、いくつかのドライバーは不完全か一部が機能しません。たとえば、プリンターが両面印刷はできないが、その他は完璧に動作するかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "画面の問題"
+ 
+-msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
+ msgstr "ディスプレイに関する問題の多くは、グラフィックドライバーまたは設定に原因があります。遭遇している問題に一番近いトピックはどれですか?"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "ハードウェア"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "ハードウェアとドライバー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "ハードウェアの問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "IRC でリアルタイムに助言をもらえます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-msgid "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC とは、インターネットリレーチャット (Internet Relay Chat) の略称です。IRC "
++"は、リアルタイムかつマルチユーザーのメッセージングシステムです。GNOME IRC サーバー上では、他の GNOME "
++"ユーザーや開発者とコミュニケーションを取り、助言をもらうことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"empathy で IRC アカウントを作成する方法については、<link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy のドキュメント</link>を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME IRC サーバーは、<sys>irc.gnome.org</sys> です。これは \"GIMP network\" "
++"としても参照できます。お使いのコンピューターが適切に設定されていれば、<link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
++"> のリンクから、gnome チャンネルに接続できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tends to not reply immediately, so be patient."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr "IRC ではリアルタイムで会話できますが、参加者がすぐに返事できないことはよくあります。気長に返事を待ってください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
++"IRC でチャットをするときは、<link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"行動規範</link>に従ってください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "E-メールでサポートを依頼します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "メーリングリスト"
+ 
+-msgid "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+-msgstr "メーリングリストはE-メールベースの議論です。GNOMEメーリングリストを使って質問することができます。たいていの GNOME アプリケーションは専用のメーリングリストがあります。すべてのメーリングリスト一覧は <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/> にあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"メーリングリストはE-メールベースの議論です。GNOMEメーリングリストを使って質問することができます。たいていの GNOME "
++"アプリケーションは専用のメーリングリストがあります。すべてのメーリングリスト一覧は <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/"
++"mailman/listinfo\"/> にあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
+ msgstr "E-メールを送信する前にメーリングリストへの登録が必要になることがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+-msgstr "メーリングリストで使われているデフォルトの言語は英語です。その他の言語のユーザーメーリングリストもあります。たとえば、ドイツ語を話す人向けの <sys>gnome-de</sys> や、チリに関連している<sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> などがあります。"
+-
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+ msgstr ""
++"メーリングリストで使われているデフォルトの言語は英語です。その他の言語のユーザーメーリングリストもあります。たとえば、ドイツ語を話す人向けの "
++"<sys>gnome-de</sys> や、チリに関連している<sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> などがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+-msgstr "GNOME 3 デスクトップのユーザーズガイド"
+-
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+-
+-msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "デスクトップヘルプ"
+-
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</media>"
+-msgstr "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ヘルプ</media>"
+-
+-msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ロゴ</media> デスクトップヘルプ"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr "挿入位置の点滅や、点滅速度の設定を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "キーボードのカーソルを点滅させる"
+ 
+-msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+ msgstr "テキストフィールドにあるキーボードカーソルが見づらいときは、カーソルを点滅させて見つけやすくできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>テキストフィールドでカーソルを点滅させる</gui>にチェックをします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr "<gui>速度</gui>のスライダーを使って、点滅の速度を調節してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+-msgstr "お使いのキーボードを、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用します。"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "別のキーボードレイアウトを使用する"
+-
+-msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
+-msgstr "キーボードには、様々な言語向けに、様々なレイアウトがあります。ひとつの言語だけでも、英語用の Dvorak 配列など複数のレイアウトが存在することもあります。お使いのキーボードを、キーに印字されている文字や記号にかかわらず、別のレイアウトとして使用できます。この機能は、複数の言語をよく切り替える場合などに便利です。"
+-
+-msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr "<key>Menu</key> キーを使うと、マウスの右クリックを行わずにキーボードからコンテキストメニューを開くことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、レイアウトを選択して、<gui>追加</gui> をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Menu</key> キーとは何ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
+-msgstr "レイアウトのイメージをプレビュー表示できます。一覧からレイアウトを選択し、<gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">プレビュー</media></gui> をクリックするか、レイアウトの追加時のポップアップウィンドウで<gui>プレビュー</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Menu</key> キー (<em>アプリケーション</em>キーとも呼ばれます) は、いくつかの Windows "
++"向けキーボードに配置されています。通常、このキーは、キーボードの最下段右側、<key>Ctrl</key> "
++"キーの隣に位置していますが、キーボードメーカーによっては異なる場所に配置されている場合もあります。たいていの場合、キートップには、メニュー上でマウスカーソルがホバーリングしている図が刻印されています "
++"(例: <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu."
++"svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key icon</media>)。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
+-msgstr "複数のレイアウトを追加した場合は、トップバーのキーボードレイアウトのアイコンからレイアウトをすばやく切り替えられます。トップバーには、現在のレイアウトを示す簡単なインジケーターが表示され、たとえば標準的な英語レイアウトの場合、<gui>en</gui> と表示されます。レイアウトインジケーターをクリックし、使用するレイアウトをメニューから選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++"このキーの主な機能は、キーボードからコンテキストメニューを開くことです。マウスボタンの右クリックは使う必要はありません。マウスや類似のデバイスが利用できない場合や、マウスに副ボタンが無い場合などに、このキーが役立ちます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
+-msgstr "複数のレイアウトを使用する場合、すべてのウィンドウで同じレイアウトを使うか、あるいはウィンドウごとにレイアウトを指定するか、を選択できます。ウィンドウごとに別のレイアウトを使用するのは、たとえばワードプロセッサーのウィンドウで異なる言語で記事を書く場合などに便利です。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Menu</key> "
++"キーは、キーボードのスペースの都合で配置されていないことがあります。特にポータブルキーボードやラップトップキーボードに当てはまります。この場合、キーボードによっては、ファンクション "
++"(<key>Fn</key>) キーと何らかのキーの組み合わせに、<key>Menu</key> キーの機能を割り当てているものもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、新しいウィンドウにはデフォルトのキーボードレイアウトが適用されます。あるいは、直前に使用したウィンドウと同じレイアウトを新しいウィンドウに適用することも可能です。デフォルトのレイアウトは、レイアウト一覧の最上部にあるものです。<gui>↑</gui> および <gui>↓</gui> ボタンを使って、レイアウトの位置を上下できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>コンテキストメニュー</"
++"em>とは、右クリックを行ったときにポップアップ表示されるメニューのことです。表示内容は、表示されるかどうかも含めて、右クリックした位置のコンテキストや機能に依存します。<key>Menu</"
++"key> キーを使用した場合は、キーを押したときにマウスカーソルの位置する領域に対応するコンテキストメニューが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group <gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
+-msgstr "また、選択したキーボードレイアウトをすばやく切り替えるためのキーボードショートカットを設定できます。<gui>オプション</gui> をクリックし、<gui>配列を変更する時に使用するキー</gui> のオプションを探します。レイアウトを変更するキーボードショートカットをひとつあるいは複数選択します。オプションによっては、キーを押してレイアウトを切り替えるというよりも、キーを押したままにしている間だけレイアウトを変えるものもあります．"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> キーはアクティビティ画面を開くのに使用します。通常、このキーはキーボードの <key>Alt</key> "
++"キーの隣にあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Custom options"
+-msgstr "カスタムオプション"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Super</key> キーとは何ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+-msgstr "特定のキーにいくつかのシンボルを追加したり、カスタムオプションや振る舞いを調節すると良いでしょう。この設定は、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックして行えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> キーを押すと、アクティビティ画面が表示されます。通常、このキーは、キーボードの最下段左側、<key>Alt</key> "
++"キーの隣に位置しています。たいていの場合、キートップに Windows ロゴが刻印されています。<em>Windows キー</"
++"em>や、システムキーなどと呼ばれることもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-msgstr "システムキーボードを変更する"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr "Apple 製のキーボードをお使いの場合、Windows キーではなく、<key>⌘</key> (Command) キーが相当します。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr "キーボードレイアウトを変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムレイアウト</em>、つまりログイン画面などの場所で使用するキーボードレイアウトを変更することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示するキーを変更する手順は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、キーボードレイアウトを変更します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>システム</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>設定のコピー</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr "ウィンドウ左側で<gui>システム</gui>を選択し、その右側で<gui>アクティビティ画面を表示する</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+-msgstr "レイアウトは、<gui>入力源</gui>ラベルの隣に表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "割り当てるキーの組み合わせを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard layout menu on the top bar."
+-msgstr "複数のレイアウトを使用している場合は、ログイン画面では、キーボードレイアウトのメニューはトップバーに表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "別のキーボードレイアウトを使用する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードには、様々な言語向けに、様々なレイアウトがあります。ひとつの言語だけでも、英語用の Dvorak "
++"配列など複数のレイアウトが存在することもあります。お使いのキーボードを、キーに印字されている文字や記号にかかわらず、別のレイアウトとして使用できます。この機能は、複数の言語をよく切り替える場合などに便利です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、レイアウトを選択して、<gui>追加</gui> をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"レイアウトのイメージをプレビュー表示できます。一覧からレイアウトを選択し、<gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">プレビュー</"
++"media></gui> をクリックするか、レイアウトの追加時のポップアップウィンドウで<gui>プレビュー</gui>をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++"複数のレイアウトを使用する場合、すべてのウィンドウで同じレイアウトを使うか、あるいはウィンドウごとにレイアウトを指定するか、を選択できます。ウィンドウごとに別のレイアウトを使用するのは、たとえばワードプロセッサーのウィンドウで異なる言語で記事を書く場合などに便利です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "マウスなしでアプリケーションやデスクトップを使います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "キーボード操作"
+ 
+-msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+-msgstr "このページでは、マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使用できない方や、できるだけキーボードで操作したい方向けに、キーボードによる操作方法を説明します。すべてのユーザーに便利なキーボードショートカットについては、<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"このページでは、マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使用できない方や、できるだけキーボードで操作したい方向けに、キーボードによる操作方法を説明します。すべてのユーザーに便利なキーボードショートカットについては、<link "
++"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
+-msgstr "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。詳細については、<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。詳細については、<link "
++"xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "ユーザーインターフェースの操作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area."
+-msgstr "キーボードフォーカスを別のコントロールに移動します。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> は、たとえばサイドバーからメインコンテンツへ移動するなど、コントロールグループ間を移動します。また、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> は、テキストエリアなど、<key>Tab</key> 自体を使用するコントロールから抜け出すのにも使用します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードフォーカスを別のコントロールに移動します。<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"は、たとえばサイドバーからメインコンテンツへ移動するなど、コントロールグループ間を移動します。また、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> は、テキストエリアなど、<key>Tab</key> "
++"自体を使用するコントロールから抜け出すのにも使用します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr "<key>Shift</key> キーを押しながらでは、移動順序が逆転します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "矢印キー"
+ 
+-msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+-msgstr "ひとつのコントロール内のアイテム間、あるいは関連するコントロール間でフォーカスを移動します。ツールバーのボタンにフォーカスしたり、リストビューやアイコンビューのアイテムを選択したり、ラジオボタンのグループからどれかを選択したり、などの用途に矢印キーを使用します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++"ひとつのコントロール内のアイテム間、あるいは関連するコントロール間でフォーカスを移動します。ツールバーのボタンにフォーカスしたり、リストビューやアイコンビューのアイテムを選択したり、ラジオボタンのグループからどれかを選択したり、などの用途に矢印キーを使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
+ msgstr "ツリービューでは、左右の矢印キーで、サブアイテムを持つアイテムの折りたたみや展開を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>矢印キー</keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
+ msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、アイテムの選択状態を変更せずに、別のアイテムにキーボードフォーカスを移します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>矢印キー</keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
+-msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、現在選択中のアイテムから新規にフォーカスしたアイテムまで、その範囲に位置するアイテムをすべて選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++"リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、現在選択中のアイテムから新規にフォーカスしたアイテムまで、その範囲に位置するアイテムをすべて選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+-msgstr "<key>スペース</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr "ボタン、チェックボックス、あるいはリストアイテムなど、選択したアイテムを活性化します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
+ msgstr "リストビューあるいはアイコンビューでは、フォーカスしたアイテムの選択や選択解除を行います。他のアイテムには影響しません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it."
+-msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押した状態にすると、<em>アクセラレーター</em> が表示されます。アクセラレーターとは、メニューアイテムやボタン、その他のコントロールのラベルに含まれる下線付きの文字です (訳注: 日本語ではラベル末尾の括弧内にアクセラレーターが示されていることが多くあります)。<key>Alt</key> キーと、コントロールラベルの下線付き文字のキーを同時に押すと、該当のコントロールをクリックしたかのように活性化します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Alt</key> キーを押した状態にすると、<em>アクセラレーター</em> "
++"が表示されます。アクセラレーターとは、メニューアイテムやボタン、その他のコントロールのラベルに含まれる下線付きの文字です (訳注: "
++"日本語ではラベル末尾の括弧内にアクセラレーターが示されていることが多くあります)。<key>Alt</key> "
++"キーと、コントロールラベルの下線付き文字のキーを同時に押すと、該当のコントロールをクリックしたかのように活性化します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "メニュー、ポップアップ、スイッチャー、あるいはダイアログウィンドウを抜けます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウのメニューバーの最初のメニューを開きます。矢印キーでメニューを移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+-msgstr "トップバーのアプリケーションメニューを開きます。"
++msgstr "上部バーのアプリケーションメニューを開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>、あるいは Menu キー"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> または <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key> キー"
+ 
+-msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
+ msgstr "現在の選択対象のコンテキストメニューを表示します。右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーにおいて、現在のフォルダーのコンテキストメニューを表示します。フォルダー中のアイテム以外の背景を右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーにおいて、現在のフォルダーのコンテキストメニューを表示します。フォルダー中のアイテム以外の背景を右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr "タブを使ったインターフェースにおいて、タブを左右に切り替えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "デスクトップの操作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
+-msgstr "同一のアプリケーションでウィンドウを切り替えます。<key>Alt</key> キーを押さえながら、表示したいウィンドウがハイライトされるまで <key>F6</key> キーを押し、それから <key>Alt</key> キーを離します。これは、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> の機能と似ています。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++"同一のアプリケーションでウィンドウを切り替えます。<key>Alt</key> キーを押さえながら、表示したいウィンドウがハイライトされるまで "
++"<key>F6</key> キーを押し、それから <key>Alt</key> キーを離します。これは、<keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>`</key></keyseq> の機能と似ています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr "ワークスペース内で開いているすべてのウィンドウを対象に、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知メッセージとメッセージトレイについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">メッセージトレイを開きます。</"
++"link><key>Esc</key> を押すと閉じます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウの操作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "現在のウィンドウを閉じます。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+-msgstr "最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> で最大化します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> は、ウィンドウを最大化するのにも、元のサイズに戻すのにも両方使用できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++"最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> "
++"で最大化します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> "
++"は、ウィンドウを最大化するのにも、元のサイズに戻すのにも両方使用できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+-msgstr "現在のウィンドウを移動します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウを移動します。<key>Enter</key> キーで移動を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</key> キーで、ウィンドウを元にあった場所に戻します。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++"現在のウィンドウを移動します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> "
++"を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウを移動します。<key>Enter</key> キーで移動を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</key> "
++"キーで、ウィンドウを元にあった場所に戻します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
+-msgstr "現在のウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<key>Enter</key> キーでサイズの変更を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</key> キーで、ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
+-
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">最大化</link>します。あるいは、最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
+-
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++"現在のウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> "
++"を押してから、矢印キーでウィンドウのサイズを変更します。<key>Enter</key> キーでサイズの変更を完了します。あるいは、<key>Esc</"
++"key> キーで、ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面左半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">最大化</link>します。<keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> または <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></"
++"keyseq>を押すと、最大化したウィンドウを元のサイズに戻します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "ウィンドウを最小化します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面右半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面左半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</"
++"key></keyseq> を押すと、反対側の画面右半分に配置します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウの高さを最大にし、画面右半分に配置します。もう一度押すと、元の状態に戻します。<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</"
++"key></keyseq> を押すと、反対側の画面右半分に配置します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>スペース</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウメニューを表示します。ウィンドウのタイトルバーを右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr "オンスクリーンキーボードを使い、マウスでボタンをクリックして文字入力を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "スクリーンキーボードを使う"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+-msgstr "キーボードをコンピューターに接続していない、あるいはキーボードを使いたくない場合は、<em>スクリーンキーボード</em>を有効にしてテキスト入力ができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードをコンピューターに接続していない、あるいはキーボードを使いたくない場合は、<em>スクリーンキーボード</"
++"em>を有効にしてテキスト入力ができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr "<gui>タイピング支援</gui> をオンにし、スクリーンキーボードを表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+-msgstr "数字と記号を入力するには <gui>123</gui> ボタンをクリックします。<gui>{#*</gui> ボタンをクリックすれば、もっと多くの記号が入力できます。アルファベットのキーボードに戻るには、<gui>Abc</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"数字と記号を入力するには <gui>123</gui> ボタンをクリックします。<gui>{#*</gui> "
++"ボタンをクリックすれば、もっと多くの記号が入力できます。アルファベットのキーボードに戻るには、<gui>Abc</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+-msgstr "スクリーンキーボードが邪魔になるときは、トレイボタンの隣にあるキーボードマークのボタンをクリックして、キーボードを非表示にしてください。キーボードを再表示するには、マウスボタンを画面右下に移動して<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">メッセージトレイ</link>を開き、キーボードトレイのアイテムをクリックします。"
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++"スクリーンキーボードが邪魔になるときは、トレイボタンの隣にあるキーボードマークのボタンをクリックして、キーボードを非表示にしてください。キーボードを再表示するには、マウスボタンを画面右下に移動して<link "
++"xref=\"shell-notifications\">メッセージトレイ</link>を開き、キーボードトレイのアイテムをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
+ msgstr "キーを押したままにしたときに文字を繰り返し入力するのを防いだり、リピートキーの間隔および入力速度を変更したりします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "キーの繰り返し入力を無効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+-msgstr "初期設定では、キーボードのキーを押しつづけると、離すまで文字や記号が繰り返し入力されます。すぐに指を離すことが困難であれば、この機能を無効にするか、あるいは押し下げた状態で繰り返し入力が始まるまでの間隔を変更することができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++"初期設定では、キーボードのキーを押しつづけると、離すまで文字や記号が繰り返し入力されます。すぐに指を離すことが困難であれば、この機能を無効にするか、あるいは押し下げた状態で繰り返し入力が始まるまでの間隔を変更することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
+ msgstr "「<gui>キーが押されたままにされたらリピートされたものとする</gui>」をオフにすると、すべてのキーの繰り返し入力が無効になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+-msgstr "あるいは、<gui>間隔</gui>のスライダーを調節して、リピートが始まるまでにキーを押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。また、<gui>速度</gui>のスライダーを調節すれば、繰り返し入力の速度を設定できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++"あるいは、<gui>間隔</"
++"gui>のスライダーを調節して、リピートが始まるまでにキーを押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。また、<gui>速度</"
++"gui>のスライダーを調節すれば、繰り返し入力の速度を設定できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>の設定でキーボードショートカットの割り当て、変更を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "キーボードショートカットを設定する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "キーボードショートカットに割り当てるキーを変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New accelerator...</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
+-msgstr "割り当てるキーコンビネーションを押すか、<key>Backspace</key> を押して設定をクリアします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr "割り当てるキーコンビネーションを入力するか、<key>Backspace</key> を押して設定をクリアします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "事前に定義されたショートカット"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
+ msgstr "事前に設定された多くのショートカットがあり、それらは変更できます。以下のカテゴリーに分類されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "ランチャー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "ヘルプブラウザーを起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "無効"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "電卓を起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calculator"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "メールクライアントを起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Mail"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "ウェブブラウザーを起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "ホームフォルダー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorer"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "ナビゲーション"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 1 へ移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 2 へ移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 3 へ移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをワークスペース 4 へ移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを左側のワークスペースへ移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを右側のワークスペースへ移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを上側のワークスペースへ移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを下側のワークスペースへ移動する"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "アプリケーションを切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "ウィンドウを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "ひとつのアプリケーション内のウィンドウを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "システムコントロールを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを直接切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "ひとつのアプリケーション内のウィンドウを直接切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "システムコントロールを直接切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "すべての通常のウィンドウを隠す"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース 1 へ切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース 2 へ切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース 3 へ切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース 4 へ切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "左側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "右側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "上側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "下側のワークスペースへ移動する。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "スクリーンショット"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "スクリーンショットを撮る"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮る"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮る"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "スクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウのスクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "選択領域のスクリーンショットをクリップボードにコピーする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "スクリーンキャストを撮る"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "音とメディア"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "ミュートにする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "Audio mute"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "音量を下げる"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "Audio lower volume"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "音量を上げる"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "Audio raise volume"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "メディアプレイヤーを起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "Audio media"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "再生 (あるいは再生/一時停止)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "Audio play"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "再生を一時停止"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "Audio pause"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "再生を停止"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "Audio stop"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "前のトラック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "Audio previous"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "次のトラック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "Audio next"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "取り出し"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "システム"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "コマンド実行プロンプトを表示する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "ログアウト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "画面をロック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "メッセージトレイを表示する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "アクティブな通知にフォーカスを当てる"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "すべてのアプリケーションを表示する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "上部バーのアプリケーションメニューを開く"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "タイピング"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "次の入力ソースへ切り替える"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "前の入力ソースへ切り替える"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "次の入力ソースへ切り替える (修飾キーのみ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "Compose キー"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "代替文字キー"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセス"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "ズームのオン/オフを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "ズームイン"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "ズームアウト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "スクリーンリーダーのオン/オフを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "オンスクリーンキーボードのオン/オフを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "文字サイズを拡大"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "文字サイズを縮小"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "ハイコントラストのオン/オフを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウ"
+ 
+-msgid "View split on left"
+-msgstr "画面左半分に表示する"
+-
+-msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-msgid "View split on right"
+-msgstr "画面右半分に表示する"
+-
+-msgid "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウメニューをアクティブにする。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "フルスクリーンモードを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "最大化/最小化の状態を切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを戻す"
++msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻す"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "シェードの状態を切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>無効</key></keyseq>"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを閉じる"
+ 
+-msgid "Minimize window"
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを最小化する"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "ウィンドウを非表示にする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウサイズを変更する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをすべてのワークスペースに固定するかどうかを切り替える"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウが覆われていれば最前面に、そうでなければ最背面に移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを最前面に移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを最背面に移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを垂直方向に最大化する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを水平方向に最大化する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "画面左半分に表示する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "画面右半分に表示する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "キーボードショートカットを変更する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr "このセクションでは、アプリケーションで使用されているキーボードショートカットを変更する方法を説明します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "端末アプリケーションを起動します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"を実行します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "キーボードショートカットを変更するアプリケーションを起動します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "キーボードショートカットを変更するメニューアイテムにフォーカスを当てます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "割りてたいショートカットをキーボードから入力します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"この設定はデスクトップワイドで有効となることに注意してください。ショートカットを変更したあとで、<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome."
++"desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd> "
++"を実行すると、変更する機能を無効化できます。<app>dconf-editor</app> でも同じ設定ができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "独自のショートカット"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "独自のキーボードショートカットを定義する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <key>+</key> button (or click the <key>+</key> button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"左側のペインで<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>を選択し、<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンを押します "
++"(あるいは、任意のカテゴリーを選択し、<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンを押します)。<gui>独自のショートカット</"
++"gui>ウィンドウが表示されます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+-msgstr "ショートカットを識別する<gui>名前</gui>および、アプリケーションを起動する<gui>コマンド</gui>を記入し、<gui>適用</gui>をクリックします。たとえば、Rhythmbox を開くショートカットを定義する場合、名前を<input>音楽</input>とし、コマンドに <input>rhythmbox</input> を指定するとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++"ショートカットを識別する<gui>名前</gui>および、アプリケーションを起動する<gui>コマンド</gui>を入力し、<gui>適用</"
++"gui>を押します。たとえば、Rhythmbox を開くショートカットを定義する場合、名前を<input>音楽</input>とし、コマンドに "
++"<input>rhythmbox</input> と指定するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to <gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
+ msgstr "右端の<gui>無効</gui>と書かれた箇所をダブルクリックし、割り当てたいキーコンビネーションを押し下げます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself."
+-msgstr "コマンド欄には、システムコマンドとして有効なものを指定してください。端末を起動してそのコマンドを入力することで、コマンドが機能するか確認できます。アプリケーションを起動するコマンドは、アプリケーションの名前とまったく同じとはかぎりません。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++"コマンド欄には、システムコマンドとして有効なものを指定してください。端末を起動してそのコマンドを入力することで、コマンドが機能するか確認できます。アプリケーションを起動するコマンド名は、アプリケーションの名前とは異なることがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+-msgstr "独自のキーボードショートカットに関連付けたコマンドを変更する場合は、ショートカットの<em>名前</em>をダブルクリックします。<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>ウィンドウが表示されるので、コマンドを編集してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++"独自のキーボードショートカットに関連付けたコマンドを変更する場合は、ショートカットの<em>名前</"
++"em>をダブルクリックします。<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>ウィンドウが表示されるので、コマンドを編集してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">カーソル点滅</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">キーボードのアクセシビリティ</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"cursor-blink\">カーソル点滅</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">キーボードのアクセシビリティ</"
++"link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "キーボード"
+ 
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-msgstr "言語と地域"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "地域と言語"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr "デスクトップの背景に画像や色、グラデーションを設定します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "デスクトップの背景を変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "設定は即座に反映されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ワークスペースを切り替えます。</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "画面解像度が正しく設定されてない可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look better."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the <em>rotation</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "お好みの解像度と回転方向を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "解像度"
+ 
+-msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "回転方向"
+ 
+-msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>..."
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>..."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Sound"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "サウンド"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "サウンド"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>..."
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</"
++"link>..."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "基本のサウンド"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "音楽とプレイヤー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "音楽とポータブルオーディオプレイヤー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "写真"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "写真とデジタルカメラ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "ビデオ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "ビデオとビデオカメラ"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">このガイドを使用するヒント</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">このガイドの改良に協力する</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">メーリングリスト</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">このガイドを使用するヒント</link>, <link xref=\"get-"
++"involved\">このガイドの改良に協力する</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">メーリングリスト</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "もっと詳しく"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr "思いがけずクリックを防ぐためにタイプ中はタッチパッドを無効にします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke."
+-msgstr "ラップトップ上のタッチパッドは、タイプ中に手首を置く場所にあるため、たまに思いがけずクリックしてしまう原因になります。タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にすることができます。最後のキー入力のあと少ししてからタッチパッドを動作することができます。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++"ラップトップ上のタッチパッドは、タイプ中に手首を置く場所にあるため、たまに思いがけずクリックしてしまう原因になります。タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にすることができます。最後のキー入力のあと少ししてからタッチパッドを動作することができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
+ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブを選択します。<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブはタッチパッドがあるコンピューターでのみ利用できます。"
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブを選択します。<gui>タッチパッド</"
++"gui>タブはタッチパッドがあるコンピューターでのみ利用できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
+ msgstr "ダブルクリックするために必要なマウスボタンのクリック速度を設定します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "ダブルクリックの間隔を調節する"
+ 
+-msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+-msgstr "ダブルクリックは、マウスボタンをすばやく 2 度クリックすることによって行えます。1 回目と 2 回目のクリック間隔が長すぎた場合は、ダブルクリックではなく、シングルクリックを 2 度別々に行ったことになります。マウスボタンをすばやく押すことが難しければ、クリック間隔を延ばすことをお勧めします。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++"ダブルクリックは、マウスボタンをすばやく 2 度クリックすることによって行えます。1 回目と 2 "
++"回目のクリック間隔が長すぎた場合は、ダブルクリックではなく、シングルクリックを 2 "
++"度別々に行ったことになります。マウスボタンをすばやく押すことが難しければ、クリック間隔を延ばすことをお勧めします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
+-msgstr "<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
+-
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle."
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</"
++"gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem."
+-msgstr "ダブルクリックの間隔を長くしたにもかかわらず、ダブルクリックをしようとしてシングルクリックになってしまう場合は、マウスが故障している可能性があります。お使いのコンピューターに別のマウスを挿して、期待どおりに動作するか確認してみてください。あるいは、お使いのマウスを別のコンピューターで試してみて、同じ問題がまだ発生するか確認してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"ダブルクリックの間隔を長くしたにもかかわらず、ダブルクリックをしようとしてシングルクリックになってしまう場合は、マウスが故障している可能性があります。お使いのコンピューターに別のマウスを挿して、期待どおりに動作するか確認してみてください。あるいは、お使いのマウスを別のコンピューターで試してみて、同じ問題がまだ発生するか確認してください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
+ msgstr "この設定は、マウスとタッチパッド、またその他のポインティングデバイスにも影響を与えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr "マウスの設定でマウスの左右のボタンを入れ替えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "左手でマウスを使う"
+ 
+-msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+ msgstr "左手でマウスをより快適に利用できるように、マウスやタッチパッドの左右のボタンの動作を交換できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
+ msgstr "マウスの中ボタンを使って、アプリケーションを開く、テキストを貼り付ける、タブを開く、などなどを行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "中クリック"
+ 
+-msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+-msgstr "多くのマウスや一部のタッチパッドには中ボタンが付いています。スクロールホイール付きのマウスでは、一般的にスクロールホイールを押し下げて中クリックを行います。中ボタンが無い場合は、左右のボタンを同時に押すことで中クリックできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++"多くのマウスや一部のタッチパッドには中ボタンが付いています。スクロールホイール付きのマウスでは、一般的にスクロールホイールを押し下げて中クリックを行います。中ボタンが無い場合は、左右のボタンを同時に押すことで中クリックできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
+-msgstr "マルチタップをサポートするタッチパッドでは、指 3 本でタップして中クリックを行えます。この機能を利用するには、タッチパッドの設定で、<link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タップによるクリックを有効にする</link>必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"マルチタップをサポートするタッチパッドでは、指 3 本でタップして中クリックを行えます。この機能を利用するには、タッチパッドの設定で、<link "
++"xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タップによるクリックを有効にする</link>必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr "多くのアプリケーションが、拡張的なショートカット機能を中クリックに当てています。"
+ 
+-msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position."
+-msgstr "よくあるショートカット機能のひとつが、選択テキストの貼り付けです (これは時に一時選択貼り付けと呼ばれることもあります)。対象のテキストを選択し、貼り付ける箇所に移動して中クリックします。選択したテキストが、マウスのある位置に貼り付けられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++"よくあるショートカット機能のひとつが、選択テキストの貼り付けです "
++"(これは時に一時選択貼り付けと呼ばれることもあります)。対象のテキストを選択し、貼り付ける箇所に移動して中クリックします。選択したテキストが、マウスのある位置に貼り付けられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+-msgstr "中ボタンで貼り付けるテキストは、通常のクリップボードとは完全に独立しています。選択したテキストがクリップボードにコピーされるわけではありません。この簡単な貼り付け方法は、中ボタンを使った場合だけ機能します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"中ボタンで貼り付けるテキストは、通常のクリップボードとは完全に独立しています。選択したテキストがクリップボードにコピーされるわけではありません。この簡単な貼り付け方法は、中ボタンを使った場合だけ機能します。"
+ 
+-msgid "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
+-msgstr "スクロールバーやスライダーでは、その空き領域で通常のクリックを行うと、ある一定の量だけ (ページ単位など) クリックした方向へ移動します。また、空き領域を中クリックすると、ちょうどクリックした位置に移動することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"スクロールバーやスライダーでは、その空き領域で通常のクリックを行うと、ある一定の量だけ (ページ単位など) "
++"クリックした方向へ移動します。また、空き領域を中クリックすると、ちょうどクリックした位置に移動することもできます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid button in the dash."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、中クリックを使って、アプリケーションの新規ウィンドウを新しいワークスペースに開くことが簡単にできます。画面左のダッシュボードかアプリケーション一覧にある、アプリケーションのアイコンを中クリックするだけです。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面では、中クリックを使って、アプリケーションの新規ウィンドウを新しいワークスペースに開くことが簡単にできます。画面左のダッシュボードかアプリケーション一覧にある、アプリケーションのアイコンを中クリックするだけです。アプリケーション一覧は、ダッシュボートのグリッドボタンから開くことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "たいていのウェブブラウザーでは、中クリックを使ってリンクをタブで開くことができます。ただリンクを中クリックするだけで、新しいタブでそのリンクを開きます。ただし、ウェブブラウザーの <app>Firefox</app> でリンクをクリックするときは注意してください。<app>Firefox</app> では、リンク以外の任意の箇所を中クリックすると、選択したテキストを URL として扱い、それをロードしようとします。選択テキストをロケーションバーに中クリックで貼り付け、<key>Enter</key> を押した場合と同じような挙動をします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"たいていのウェブブラウザーでは、中クリックを使ってリンクをタブで開くことができます。ただリンクを中クリックするだけで、新しいタブでそのリンクを開きます。ただし、ウェブブラウザーの "
++"<app>Firefox</app> でリンクをクリックするときは注意してください。<app>Firefox</app> "
++"では、リンク以外の任意の箇所を中クリックすると、選択したテキストを URL "
++"として扱い、それをロードしようとします。選択テキストをロケーションバーに中クリックで貼り付け、<key>Enter</key> "
++"を押した場合と同じような挙動をします。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでは、中クリックに 2 種類の機能があります。フォルダーを中クリックすると、新しいタブでフォルダーを開きます。これはよくあるウェブブラウザーの挙動をまねたものです。ファイルを中クリックすると、ファイルを開きます。ちょうど、ダブルクリックと同じような挙動になります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーでは、中クリックに 2 "
++"種類の機能があります。フォルダーを中クリックすると、新しいタブでフォルダーを開きます。これはよくあるウェブブラウザーの挙動をまねたものです。ファイルを中クリックすると、ファイルを開きます。ちょうど、ダブルクリックと同じような挙動になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
+-msgstr "特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、<em>中クリック (middle-click)</em> や、<em>中ボタン (middle mouse button)</em> などをキーに検索してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、<em>中クリック (middle-"
++"click)</em> や、<em>中ボタン (middle mouse button)</em> などをキーに検索してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr "マウスキーを有効にして、キーパッドでマウス操作を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "キーパッドを使ってクリックやマウスポインターの操作を行う"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+-msgstr "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。この機能は<em>マウスキー</em>と呼ばれています。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。この機能は<em>マウスキー</"
++"em>と呼ばれています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the top bar."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、キーボードフォーカスをトップバーにあてます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"を押して、キーボードフォーカスを上部バーにあてます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "左右の矢印キーを使い、<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</link>を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"左右の矢印キーを使い、<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</link>を選択し、<key>Enter</"
++"key> キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "上下の矢印キーを使い、<gui>マウスキー</gui> を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+-msgstr "<key>Num Lock</key>が OFF になっていることを確認してください。キーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを動かすことができるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Num Lock</key>が OFF "
++"になっていることを確認してください。キーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを動かすことができるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
+-msgstr "この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。アクセシビリティオプションの詳細については、<gui>ユニバーサルアクセスの設定</gui>を開いてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。アクセシビリティオプションの詳細については、<gui>ユニバーサルアクセスの設定</"
++"gui>を開いてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+-msgstr "キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 (ラップトップ用キーボードなど)、ファンクション (<key>Fn</key>) キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をラップトップ上でよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++"キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 "
++"(ラップトップ用キーボードなど)、ファンクション (<key>Fn</key>) "
++"キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をラップトップ上でよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB "
++"キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+-msgstr "キーパッドの各数字は移動方向へ対応しています。たとえば、<key>8</key> キーを押すとポインターは上に移動し、<key>2</key> キーを押すと下に移動します。<key>5</key> キーでクリックができ、すばやく 2 回押すとダブルクリックとなります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"キーパッドの各数字は移動方向へ対応しています。たとえば、<key>8</key> キーを押すとポインターは上に移動し、<key>2</key> "
++"キーを押すと下に移動します。<key>5</key> キーでクリックができ、すばやく 2 回押すとダブルクリックとなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+-msgstr "ほとんどのキーボードには右クリックの動作をする特殊なキーが付いており、多くの場合スペースバーの近くにあります。しかしながら、そのキーは、キーボードのフォーカスがあたっているものにたいして反応するのであって、マウスポインターの位置は関係ないことに注意してください。<key>5</key> キーを押したままにしたり、マウスの左ボタンを使ったりして右クリックを行う方法については、<link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのキーボードには右クリックの動作をする特殊なキーが付いており、多くの場合スペースバーの近くにあります。しかしながら、そのキーは、キーボードのフォーカスがあたっているものにたいして反応するのであって、マウスポインターの位置は関係ないことに注意してください。<key>5</"
++"key> キーを押したままにしたり、マウスの左ボタンを使ったりして右クリックを行う方法については、<link xref=\"a11y-right-"
++"click\"/>を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+-msgstr "マウスキーを使っているときにキーパッドで数字入力をしたい場合は、<key>Num Lock</key> をオンにしてください。ただし、<key>Num Lock</key> がオンになっているときはキーパッドでマウスポインターを操作することはできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスキーを使っているときにキーパッドで数字入力をしたい場合は、<key>Num Lock</key> をオンにしてください。ただし、<key>Num "
++"Lock</key> がオンになっているときはキーパッドでマウスポインターを操作することはできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+ msgstr "キーボードの上部に並んでいる通常の数字キーでは、マウスポインターを操作することはできません。キーパッドの数字キーだけが使えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
+ 
+-msgid "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left of it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを使うときのポインター速度を変更します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドの速度を調節する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+-msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを操作したときに、ポインターの動きが早すぎたり遅すぎたりする場合は、ポインティングデバイスの感度および加速の調節をすることができます。"
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスやタッチパッドを操作したときに、ポインターの動きが早すぎたり遅すぎたりする場合は、ポインティングデバイスの感度および加速の調節をすることができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
+-msgstr "<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</"
++"gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+-msgstr "感度と加速は、マウスおよびタッチパッドのそれぞれにたいして個別に設定できます。一方のデバイスの最適な設定が、他方にも最適であるとはかぎりません。<gui>マウス</gui>タブと<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブの両方でスライダーを設定してください。"
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++"感度と加速は、マウスおよびタッチパッドのそれぞれにたいして個別に設定できます。一方のデバイスの最適な設定が、他方にも最適であるとはかぎりません。<gui>マウス</"
++"gui>タブと<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブの両方でスライダーを設定してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr "タッチパッドでタップやジェスチャーを使ってクリックやスクロールを行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr "タッチパッドでクリックやスクロールする"
+ 
+-msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
+ msgstr "ボタンを利用せずにタッチパッドを使って、クリックやダブルクリック、ドラッグ、スクロールができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "クリックするにはタッチパッドをタップします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "ダブルクリックするには2回タップします。"
+ 
+-msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+-msgstr "アイテムをドラッグするには、ダブルタップを行いますが2回目のタップの後、指を上げません。移動したいところにアイテムをドラッグし、指をはなしてドロップします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++"アイテムをドラッグするには、ダブルタップを行いますが2回目のタップの後、指を上げません。移動したいところにアイテムをドラッグし、指をはなしてドロップします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
+-msgstr "タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、いちどに2つの指でタップすることで右クリックすることができます。サポートしていない場合は右クリックボタンが必要です。マウスの副ボタンを使わず右クリックする方法については<link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、いちどに2つの指でタップすることで右クリックすることができます。サポートしていない場合は右クリックボタンが必要です。マウスの副ボタンを使わず右クリックする方法については<link "
++"xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+-msgstr "タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、 3つの指を同時にタップして<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">中クリック</link>ができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++"タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、 3つの指を同時にタップして<link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">中クリック</link>ができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger."
+-msgstr "複数の指でタップかドラッグをしている時、指が十分に離れているか確認してください。もし指が近くにある場合、コンピューターは1つの指と識認する可能性があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++"複数の指でタップかドラッグをしている時、指が十分に離れているか確認してください。もし指が近くにある場合、コンピューターは1つの指と識認する可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+ msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr "タッチパッドの端か2つの指を使ってタッチパッドでスクロールできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+-msgstr "<gui>スクロール</gui>の下にある<gui>二指でのスクロール</gui>を選ぶと、2つの指でスクロールします。二指でのスクロールを選んだ場合、1つの指でのタップやドラッグは通常に動きますが、タッチパッドの一部を2つの指で交差して指を動かすことでスクロールの代わりとなります。<gui>水平スクロールを有効にする</gui>も選んだ場合、2つの指で左右平行に指を動かすと、水平にスクロールします。指が少し離れているか注意してください。もし指が近くにある場合、タッチパッド大きな1つの指のように認識します。"
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>スクロール</gui>の下にある<gui>二指でのスクロール</"
++"gui>を選ぶと、2つの指でスクロールします。二指でのスクロールを選んだ場合、1つの指でのタップやドラッグは通常に動きますが、タッチパッドの一部を2つの指で交差して指を動かすことでスクロールの代わりとなります。<gui>水平スクロールを有効にする</"
++"gui>も選んだ場合、2つの指で左右平行に指を動かすと、水平にスクロールします。指が少し離れているか注意してください。もし指が近くにある場合、タッチパッド大きな1つの指のように認識します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr "2つの指でのスクロールは、すべてのタッチパッドで機能しないかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr "マウスが応答する前に揺らしたりクリックしなければならない場合。"
+ 
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr "マウスが動きはじめるのが遅い"
+ 
+-msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+-msgstr "ラップトップのタッチパッドと同じように、無線や光学マウスも動作する前に \"ウェイクアップ\" が必要です。マウスやタッチパッドは、バッテリーを維持するため使わないときは自動的にスリープとなります。マウスボタンをクリックするかマウスを揺らして、マウスやタッチパッドをウェイクアップすることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"ラップトップのタッチパッドと同じように、無線や光学マウスも動作する前に \"ウェイクアップ\" "
++"が必要です。マウスやタッチパッドは、バッテリーを維持するため使わないときは自動的にスリープとなります。マウスボタンをクリックするかマウスを揺らして、マウスやタッチパッドをウェイクアップすることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+-msgstr "ラップトップのタッチパッドは、入力を止めたあと機能するまでに遅れが正じることがあります。これはタイプ中に思いがけず手のひらでタッチパッドを触ってしまうことを防ぐためです。詳細は <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"ラップトップのタッチパッドは、入力を止めたあと機能するまでに遅れが正じることがあります。これはタイプ中に思いがけず手のひらでタッチパッドを触ってしまうことを防ぐためです。詳細は "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">左手で利用する</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">速度と感度</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">タッチパッドでクリックとスクロール</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">左手で利用する</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">速度と感度</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">タッチパッドでクリックとスクロール</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "マウス"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "よくあるマウスの問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "よくある問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "マウスのヒント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "ヒント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "ヒント"
+ 
+-msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr "ファイルフォーマットのサポートがインストールされていないか、あるいは楽曲が\\\"コピープロテクト\\\"されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "オンラインストアで購入した楽曲を再生できません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
+ msgstr ""
++"オンラインストアでダウンロードした楽曲を、お使いのコンピューターで再生できないことがあります。特に、Windows や Mac OS "
++"コンピューター上で購入したものをコピーした場合に起こります。"
+ 
+-msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++"これは、お使いのコンピューターがその楽曲のフォーマットを認識できないということが原因です。楽曲を再生するには、適切なオーディオフォーマットのサポートをインストールする必要があります。たとえば、MP3 "
++"ファイルを再生する場合、MP3 "
++"サポートのインストールが必要です。楽曲の再生に必要なフォーマットのサポートがインストールされていない場合、再生時にサポートが見つからないというメッセージが表示されます。このメッセージは、楽曲を再生できるよう、必要なフォーマットのサポートをインストールする方法も提供します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"もし楽曲のオーディオフォーマットのサポートがインストールされているにもかかわらず再生できない場合、その楽曲は<em>コピープロテクト</"
++"em>（<em>DRM（デジタル著作権管理）制限</em>とも）されているでしょう。DRM "
++"は、誰がどのデバイスで楽曲を再生できるかを制限するための仕組みです。ユーザーではなく、楽曲を販売する会社が DRM "
++"をコントロールしています。音楽ファイルに DRM 制限がある場合、再生できないでしょう。一般的に、DRM "
++"制限されたファイルを再生するにはベンダーが提供する特別なソフトウェアが必要です。しかしこういったソフトウェアはたいてい、Linux をサポートしません。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"DRM の詳細については、<link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic "
++"Frontier Foundation</link> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr "メディアプレイヤーを使って楽曲をコピーし、その後に iPod を安全に取り外します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "楽曲をコピーしても iPod に表示されません"
+ 
+-msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++"iPod をコンピューターにつなぐと、音楽プレイヤーアプリケーションにもファイルマネージャー（<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面の<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーション）にも表示されます。楽曲を iPod "
++"にコピーする時には、音楽プレイヤーを使わなければなりません。もしファイルマネージャーを使ってコピーしても、うまくいきません。楽曲が正しい場所に置かれないからです。iPod "
++"は特別な場所に楽曲を保存します。音楽プレイヤーはその場所に楽曲を保存できますが、ファイルマネージャーにはできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
++"そして楽曲のコピーが終わったのを確認してから、iPod を<link xref=\"files-removedrive\">安全に取り外してください</"
++"link>。このようにして、全楽曲を適切にコピーします。"
+ 
+-msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++"iPodに楽曲が表示されないその他の理由として、お使いの音楽プレイヤーアプリケーションが、楽曲のオーディオフォーマットの変換をサポートしていないことがあります。お使いの "
++"iPod がサポートしていないオーディオフォーマット（たとえば Ogg Vorvis (.oga) "
++"ファイル）で保存された楽曲をコピーした場合、音楽プレイヤーはその楽曲を、MP3 のような iPod "
++"がサポートするフォーマットに変換します。適切な変換ソフトウェア（コーデックやエンコーダーとも呼ばれます）がインストールされていない場合、音楽プレイヤーは変換を行わず、楽曲のコピーも行われません。この場合は、ソフトウェアインストーラーで適切なコーデックを見つけ、インストールします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr "iPod はあらかじめ、iTunes ソフトウェアを使って設定しておく必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "新しい iPod が動きません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++"これまでに一度もコンピューターに接続したことのない iPod の場合、Linux "
++"コンピューターに接続しても適切に認識されません。<app>iTunes</app> ソフトウェアを使って iPod "
++"を設定し、アップデートする必要があるからです。iTunes は Windows と Mac OS でのみ動作します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"iPod を設定するには、Windows あるいは Mac OS に iTunes をインストールし、iPod "
++"を接続します。指示に従って設定を行います。この時 <gui>Volume Format</gui> を質問されたら、<gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</"
++"gui> や <gui>Windows</gui> に似た選択肢を選びます。その他のフォーマット（HFS/Mac）は Linux "
++"でうまく動かないからです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr "設定を終了した後で iPod を Linux コンピューターに接続すると、正常に動作します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"<input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"ファイルを追加し、そのデバイスがオーディオプレイヤーであることをコンピューターに伝えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "オーディオプレイヤーを接続しても認識されない"
+ 
+-msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"オーディオプレイヤー（MP3 "
++"プレイヤーやその他）をコンピューターに接続しても、音楽管理ソフトウェアから見ることができないのであれば、そのプレイヤーは適切に認識されていません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"プレイヤーを取り外して再接続します。もしこれでも認識されないのであれば、ファイルマネージャーを開きます。サイドバーの<gui>デバイス</"
++"gui>にプレイヤーが列挙されます。クリックしてオーディオプレイヤーのフォルダーを開きます。<guiseq><gui>ファイル</"
++"gui><gui>新しいドキュメント</gui><gui>空のドキュメント</gui></guiseq>と進み、<input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> を入力して<key>Enter</"
++"key>を押します（ピリオドとアンダースコアは重要です。また文字列はすべて小文字でなければいけません）。このファイルはそのデバイスがオーディオプレイヤーであることをコンピューターに知らせます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
++"そして、ファイルマネージャーのサイドバーでオーディオプレイヤーを見つけ、それを取り外します（右クリックをして<gui>取り外し</"
++"gui>をクリックします）。プレイヤーを取り外し、再び接続します。今度は、音楽管理ソフトウェア上でオーディオプレイヤーとして認識されるはずです。もし認識されなければ、音楽管理ソフトを閉じて再度開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"この方法は、iPod やその他のオーディオプレイヤーには効果がありません。プレイヤーが <em>USB Mass Storage</em> "
++"デバイスである場合に効果があります。USB Mass Storage デバイスであるかどうかは、プレイヤーのマニュアルに記載されているでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"再びオーディオプレイヤーフォルダーを開くと、<input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input>ファイルは表示されません。これは、ファイル名の先頭のピリオドが、ファイルマネージャーに対し、ファイルを隠すよう伝えるからです。<guiseq><gui>表示</"
++"gui><gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui></guiseq>とクリックすると、そのファイルがちゃんとあることを確認できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
+ msgstr "シングルクリックによるファイルオープン、実行可能なテキストファイルの起動、およびゴミ箱関連の動作の設定を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "Sindhu S"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの動作設定"
+ 
+-msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "ファイルを開くのにシングルクリックを使うかダブルクリックを使うか、実行可能なテキストファイルをどのように扱うか、またゴミ箱に関する動作についての設定を行うことができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</gui>タブを開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルを開くのにシングルクリックを使うかダブルクリックを使うか、実行可能なテキストファイルをどのように扱うか、またゴミ箱に関する動作についての設定を行うことができます。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</"
++"gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>動作</gui>タブを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "動作"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>シングルクリックでアイテムを開く</gui>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>ダブルクリックでアイテムを開く</gui>"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、シングルクリックでファイルを選択し、ダブルクリックでファイルを開きます。代わりに、シングルクリックでファイルやフォルダーを開くようにもできます。シングルクリックモードでは、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながらクリックすることで、1 つ以上のファイルを選択できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトでは、シングルクリックでファイルを選択し、ダブルクリックでファイルを開きます。代わりに、シングルクリックでファイルやフォルダーを開くようにもできます。シングルクリックモードでは、<key>Ctrl</"
++"key> キーを押しながらクリックすることで、1 つ以上のファイルを選択できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "実行可能なテキストファイル"
+ 
+-msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively."
+-msgstr "実行可能なテキストファイルとは、実行できるプログラムを含んだファイルのことです。<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権</link>としてプログラムとして実行する権限が与えられている必要もあります。最もよく見られるものとしては、シェルスクリプトや、Python スクリプト、Perl スクリプトがあります。それぞれ拡張子は、.sh、.py、.pl となります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++"実行可能なテキストファイルとは、実行できるプログラムを含んだファイルのことです。<link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">ファイルのアクセス権</"
++"link>としてプログラムとして実行する権限が与えられている必要もあります。最もよく見られるものとしては、シェルスクリプトや、Python "
++"スクリプト、Perl スクリプトがあります。それぞれ拡張子は、.sh、.py、.pl となります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "デスクトップの操作"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-msgstr "<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルを実行する</gui>、<gui>開いたら実行可能なテキストファイルの中身を表示する</gui>、あるいは<gui>毎回確認する</gui>のいずれかを選択できます。最後のオプションを有効にすれば、選択したテキストファイルを実行するか、中身を表示するかを確認するウィンドウが表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのゴミ箱設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "ゴミ箱"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱を空にする/ファイルを削除する前に確認する</gui>"
+ 
+-msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
+-msgstr "このオプションはデフォルトで選択されています。ゴミ箱を空にする操作が行われると、確認メッセージが表示され、本当にゴミ箱を空にする/ファイルを削除するか尋ねられます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"このオプションはデフォルトで選択されています。ゴミ箱を空にする操作が行われると、確認メッセージが表示され、本当にゴミ箱を空にする/"
++"ファイルを削除するか尋ねられます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>\"削除\" (ゴミ箱を経由しない) をメニューに追加する</gui>"
+ 
+-msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+-msgstr "このオプションを選択すると、<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションでの右クリックのポップアップメニューに<gui>削除</gui>メニュー項目を追加します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"このオプションを選択すると、<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションでの右クリックのポップアップメニューに<gui>削除</"
++"gui>メニュー項目を追加します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
+-msgstr "<gui>削除</gui>メニューオプションを使ってアイテムを削除すると、ゴミ箱を経由せずに完全に削除します。該当のアイテムはお使いのシステムから完全に削除されます。削除したアイテムを復旧する方法はありません。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>削除</"
++"gui>メニューオプションを使ってアイテムを削除すると、ゴミ箱を経由せずに完全に削除します。該当のアイテムはお使いのシステムから完全に削除されます。削除したアイテムを復旧する方法はありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのブックマークの追加、削除、名前変更を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "フォルダーブックマークを編集する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr "登録されたブックマークは、ファイルマネージャーの<gui>ブックマーク</gui>メニューにリストアップされています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+ msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "ブックマークを追加する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
+ msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr "ブックマークに登録するフォルダーを開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "ブックマークを削除する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from the app menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr "<gui>ブックマークの編集</gui>ウィンドウで、削除するブックマークを選択し、<gui>削除</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "ブックマークの名前を変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr "<gui>ブックマークの編集</gui>ウィンドウで、名前を変更するブックマークを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr "<gui>名前</gui>欄に、ブックマークの新しい名前を入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to."
+-msgstr "ブックマークの名前を変更しても、フォルダー名が変更されるわけではありません。2 つの異なるフォルダーがそれぞれ異なる場所にあり、ともに同じフォルダー名だった場合は、ブックマークの名前が同じになってしまい、区別することが難しくなります。このような場合に、フォルダー名とは別の名前をブックマークに付けると便利です。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++"ブックマークの名前を変更しても、フォルダー名が変更されるわけではありません。2 "
++"つの異なるフォルダーがそれぞれ異なる場所にあり、ともに同じフォルダー名だった場合は、ブックマークの名前が同じになってしまい、区別することが難しくなります。このような場合に、フォルダー名とは別の名前をブックマークに付けると便利です。"
+ 
+-msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
+ msgstr "FTP、SSH、Windows 共有、あるいは WebDAV を使って 他のコンピューターのファイルを表示、編集します"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr "サーバーや共有ディスクのファイルを閲覧する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network."
+-msgstr "ファイルサーバーや共有ディスクに接続し、ちょうど手元のコンピューターのファイルにアクセスするのと同じように、ネットワーク上のファイルにアクセスできます。インターネット上でファイルのダウンロードやアップロードをしたり、ローカルネットワーク内のユーザーとファイルを共有したりするときに、この機能は便利です。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルサーバーや共有ディスクに接続し、ちょうど手元のコンピューターのファイルにアクセスするのと同じように、ネットワーク上のファイルにアクセスできます。インターネット上でファイルのダウンロードやアップロードをしたり、ローカルネットワーク内のユーザーとファイルを共有したりするときに、この機能は便利です。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
+-msgstr "ネットワーク上のファイルを閲覧するには、まず<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開き、ファイルマネージャーを起動します。次に、ファイルマネージャーのサイドバーの<gui>ネットワークを表示</gui>をクリックするか、<gui>移動</gui>メニューの<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を選択します。ファイルマネージャーは、お使いの LAN からファイルサーバーを見つけ出します。インターネット上のサーバーに接続する場合や、あるいはお探しのサーバーが見つからない場合は、サーバーのアドレスを手動で入力して接続してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク上のファイルを閲覧するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</"
++"app>アプリケーションを起動し、サイドバーの<gui>ネットワークを表示</"
++"gui>をクリックします。ローカルエリアネットワーク上にファイルサーバーが見つかれば、ファイルマネージャーに表示されます。インターネット上のサーバーに接続したい場合、あるいは対象のサーバーが表示されない場合は、サーバーのアドレスを入力して手動で接続することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "ファイルサーバーに接続する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーで、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui> <gui>サーバーへ接続</gui></guiseq>とクリックします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+-msgstr "サーバーのアドレス、種類、その他必要な情報を入力します。それから <gui>接続する</gui> をクリックします。サーバー種類の詳細については、<link xref=\"#types\">以下の一覧</link>を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを開き、上部バーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>サーバーへ接続</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"サーバーのアドレスを <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link> 形式で入力します。サポート対象の URL "
++"の詳細については、<link xref=\"#types\">後述の一覧</link>を参照してください。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future"
+-msgstr "新しいウィンドウが開き、サーバー上のファイルが表示されます。お手元のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧するのと同じように、サーバーのファイルを閲覧できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr "以前に接続したサーバーがあれば、<gui>最近使用したサーバー</gui>の一覧からそのサーバーを選択できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Writing URLs"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>接続</"
++"gui>ボタンを押します。新しいウィンドウが開き、サーバー上のファイルが表示されます。お手元のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧するのと同じように、サーバー上のファイルを閲覧できます。接続したサーバーは、サイドバーに追加され、次回以降すぐにアクセスできます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URL の書式"
+ 
+-msgid "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>URL</em> (<em>Uniform Resource Locator</em>, ユニフォームリソースロケーター) "
++"とは、ネットワーク上のファイルの場所を参照するためのアドレスの記述方法です。アドレスは次のような書式で記述します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a user name is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>scheme</em> (スキーム) には、プロトコルあるいやサーバーの種類を指定します。<em>example.com</em> "
++"の部分は、<em>ドメイン名</em>と呼ばれます。ユーザー名を指定する必要があれば、サーバー名の前に挿入します。書式は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr "スキームによっては、ポート番号を指定する必要があります。書式は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr "以下は、サポートするサーバー種類に応じた書式の例です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
+ msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr "サーバーの種類"
+ 
+-msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password."
+-msgstr "さまざまな種類のサーバーに接続できます。サーバーによっては、誰でも接続できるよう公開されているものもあれば、ユーザー名とパスワードを使ってログインしなければならないものもあります。"
+-
+-msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
+-msgstr "権限がなく、サーバーのファイルにたいする特定の操作ができないこともあります。たとえば、公開 FTP サイトでは、ファイルの削除はおそらくできないでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"さまざまな種類のサーバーに接続できます。サーバーによっては、誰でも接続できるよう公開されているものもあれば、ユーザー名とパスワードを使ってログインしなければならないものもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
++"権限がなく、サーバーのファイルにたいする特定の操作ができないこともあります。たとえば、公開 FTP "
++"サイトでは、ファイルの削除はおそらくできないでしょう。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr "入力する URL は、共有ファイルを提供するためにサーバーが使用するプロトコルによって変わります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+-msgstr "サーバーに <em>Secure Shell</em> アカウントがあれば、それを使って接続できます。多くの web ホストは、メンバー向けの SSH アカウントを提供しており、安全にファイルのアップロードができます。SSH サーバーを利用する場合、必ずログインしなければなりません。ログインに、SSH 鍵を使用する場合は、パスワード欄は空欄のままにしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++"サーバーに <em>Secure Shell</em> アカウントがあれば、この方法で接続できます。多くの web ホストは、メンバー向けの SSH "
++"アカウントを提供しており、安全にファイルのアップロードができます。SSH サーバーを利用するには、サーバーにログインする必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
+ msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "典型的な SSH の URL は次のような書式になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+ msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it."
+-msgstr "SSH を使用する場合、すべての送信データ (パスワードを含む) は暗号化されるので、ネットワークの他のユーザーがその内容を盗聴することはできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++"SSH を使用する場合、すべての送信データ (パスワードを含む) は暗号化されるので、ネットワークの他のユーザーがその内容を盗聴することはできません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (要ログイン)"
+ 
+-msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
+-msgstr "FTP はインターネット上でファイルを交換するポピュラーな方法です。FTP ではデータは暗号化されないため、多くのサーバーが SSH によるアクセスを提供しています。しかしながら、ファイルのアップロードやダウンロードをするのに、FTP が使える、あるいは使わなければならないサイトは、まだ存在します。ログインした FTP サイトでは、通常ファイルの削除やアップロードが可能です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP はインターネット上でファイルを交換するポピュラーな方法です。FTP ではデータは暗号化されないため、多くのサーバーが SSH "
++"によるアクセスを提供しています。しかしながら、ファイルのアップロードやダウンロードをするのに、FTP "
++"が使える、あるいは使わなければならないサイトは、まだ存在します。ログインした FTP サイトでは、通常ファイルの削除やアップロードが可能です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
+ msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "典型的な FTP の URL は次のような書式になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "公開 FTP"
+ 
+-msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+-msgstr "ファイルのダウンロードが可能なサイトは、公開されており、匿名 (Anonymous) での FTP アクセスができることがときどきあります。こうしたサーバーでは、ユーザー名やパスワードは不要ですが、ファイルの削除やアップロードは通常できません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルのダウンロードが可能なサイトは、ときどき一般に公開されていたり、匿名 (Anonymous) での FTP "
++"アクセスができることがあります。こうしたサーバーでは、ユーザー名やパスワードは不要ですが、ファイルの削除やアップロードは通常できません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
+ msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "典型的な匿名 FTP の URL は次のような書式になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ 
+-msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a public user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+-msgstr "匿名 FTP サイトによっては、パブリックなユーザー名とパスワード、あるいはパブリックなユーザー名とパスワードとしてあなたのメールアドレスを使ったログインが必要になることもあります。こうしたサーバーにアクセスする場合は、<gui>FTP (要ログイン)</gui> を選択し、接続先 FTP サイトが指定する認証情報を使用してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"匿名 FTP "
++"サイトによっては、パブリックなユーザー名とパスワード、あるいはパブリックなユーザー名とパスワードとしてあなたのメールアドレスを使ったログインが必要になることもあります。こうしたサーバーにアクセスする場合は、<gui>FTP "
++"(要ログイン)</gui> を選択し、接続先 FTP サイトが指定する認証情報を使用してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Windows 共有"
+ 
+-msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager."
+-msgstr "Windows コンピューターは、プロプライエタリのプロトコルを使って LAN 上でファイル共有を行います。Windows ネットワークのコンピューターは、組織化し、より適切にアクセス制御するために、<em>ドメイン</em>にグルーピングされることがときどきあります。リモートのコンピューターへの適切な権限があれば、ファイルマネージャーから Windows の共有ファイルにアクセスできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"Windows コンピューターは、プロプライエタリのプロトコルを使って LAN 上でファイル共有を行います。Windows "
++"ネットワークのコンピューターは、組織化し、より適切にアクセス制御するために、<em>ドメイン</"
++"em>にグルーピングされることがときどきあります。リモートのコンピューターへの適切な権限があれば、ファイルマネージャーから Windows "
++"の共有ファイルにアクセスできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
+ msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "典型的な Windows 共有 の URL は次のような書式になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+ msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV および Secure WebDAV"
+ 
+-msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password."
+-msgstr "Web で使われる HTTP プロトコルをベースにして、ローカルネットワーク上でファイルを共有したり、インターネット上にファイルを保存したりするのに、WebDAV がときどき使用されます。サーバーがセキュアな接続をサポートする場合は、それを利用した方がよいでしょう。Secure WebDAV は強力な SSL 暗号を使用しており、他のユーザーがあなたのパスワードを覗き見ることはできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++"Web で使われる HTTP "
++"プロトコルをベースにして、ローカルネットワーク上でファイルを共有したり、インターネット上にファイルを保存したりするのに、WebDAV "
++"がときどき使用されます。サーバーがセキュアな接続をサポートする場合は、それを利用した方がよいでしょう。Secure WebDAV は強力な SSL "
++"暗号を使用しており、他のユーザーがあなたのパスワードを覗き見ることはできません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
+ msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "典型的な WebDAV の URL は次のような書式になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+ msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーで使用されるアイコンの見出しを設定します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのアイテム設定"
+ 
+-msgid "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "アイコンの下に表示する情報を設定できます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>アイテム</gui>タブを開いてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコンの下に表示する情報を設定できます。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>アイテム</"
++"gui>タブを開いてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "アイコンの見出し"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーにおける見出し付きアイコン"
+ 
+-msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified."
+-msgstr "アイコン表示では、ファイルやフォルダーの追加情報を選択して、各アイコンの下の見出しに表示できます。ファイルの所有者や更新日時についてたびたび参照する必要がある場合などに、この機能は役立ちます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコン表示では、ファイルやフォルダーの追加情報を選択して、各アイコンの下の見出しに表示できます。ファイルの所有者や更新日時についてたびたび参照する必要がある場合などに、この機能は役立ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the <gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+-msgstr "ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>を選択することで、フォルダー内で拡大表示ができます。拡大表示をすれば、より多くの情報が見出しに表示されます。表示項目は 3 つまで選択できます。最初の項目は、たいていのズームレベルで表示されます。最後の項目は、かなり拡大した状態でないと表示されません。"
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</"
++"gui>を選択することで、フォルダー内で拡大表示ができます。拡大表示をすれば、より多くの情報が見出しに表示されます。表示項目は 3 "
++"つまで選択できます。最初の項目は、たいていのズームレベルで表示されます。最後の項目は、かなり拡大した状態でないと表示されません。"
+ 
+-msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "アイコンの見出しに表示される情報は、一覧表示で表示できる列と同じものです。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコンの見出しに表示される情報は、一覧表示で表示できる列と同じものです。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
++"を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのウィンドウを開いた状態では、見出しの変更を適用するには再読み込みが必要になることもあります。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>再読み込み</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、あるいは、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> を押してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーのウィンドウを開いた状態では、見出しの変更を適用するには再読み込みが必要になることもあります。<guiseq><gui>表示</"
++"gui><gui>再読み込み</gui></guiseq>とクリックするか、あるいは、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</"
++"key></keyseq> を押してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
+ msgstr "基本的なファイル情報の表示、アクセス権の設定、およびデフォルトのアプリケーションの選択を行います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "ファイルプロパティ"
+ 
+-msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーに関する情報を表示するには、アイテムを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。アイテムを選択して <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> を押すことでも、情報を表示できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルやフォルダーに関する情報を表示するには、アイテムを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。アイテムを選択して "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> を押すことでも、情報を表示できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
+-msgstr "ファイルプロパティのウィンドウでは、ファイルの種類や、サイズ、更新日時などの情報を確認できます。こうした情報がよく必要になる場合は、<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">アイコンの見出し</link>に表示することができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルプロパティのウィンドウでは、ファイルの種類や、サイズ、更新日時などの情報を確認できます。こうした情報がよく必要になる場合は、<link xref="
++"\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">アイコンの見出し</link>に表示することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+-msgstr "<gui>基本</gui>タブの情報については以下で説明します。<gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">アクセス権</link></gui>や<gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">開き方</link></gui>のタブもあります。画像や動画など、特定の種類のファイルについては追加のタブがあり、幅や高さ、再生時間、コーデックなどの情報を確認できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>基本</gui>タブの情報については以下で説明します。<gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">アクセス権</link></gui>や<gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">開き方</"
++"link></"
++"gui>のタブもあります。画像や動画など、特定の種類のファイルについては追加のタブがあり、幅や高さ、再生時間、コーデックなどの情報を確認できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "基本プロパティ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "名前"
+ 
+-msgid "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+-msgstr "この欄を変更することで、ファイル名の変更ができます。プロパティウィンドウ以外でも名前の変更は可能です。<link xref=\"files-rename\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"この欄を変更することで、ファイル名の変更ができます。プロパティウィンドウ以外でも名前の変更は可能です。<link xref=\"files-"
++"rename\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "種類"
+ 
+-msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
+-msgstr "この情報は、PDF ドキュメント、OpenDocument テキスト、あるいは JPEG 画像など、ファイルの種類を識別するのに役立ちます。ファイルの種類によって、どのアプリケーションがそのファイルを開くのに適しているかが決まります。たとえば、音楽プレイヤーで画像は開けないなど。<link xref=\"files-open\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++"この情報は、PDF ドキュメント、OpenDocument テキスト、あるいは JPEG "
++"画像など、ファイルの種類を識別するのに役立ちます。ファイルの種類によって、どのアプリケーションがそのファイルを開くのに適しているかが決まります。たとえば、音楽プレイヤーで画像は開けないなど。<link "
++"xref=\"files-open\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+-msgstr "ファイルの <em>MIME 型</em>が括弧内に表示されます。MIME 型はファイルの種類を示すのにコンピューターで使用される標準的な方法です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルの <em>MIME 型</em>が括弧内に表示されます。MIME 型はファイルの種類を示すのにコンピューターで使用される標準的な方法です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "内容"
+ 
+-msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+-msgstr "この欄は、ファイルではなくフォルダーのプロパティを参照する場合に表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムの数を確認するのに便利です。フォルダーが内部に他のフォルダーを含む場合は、内部の各フォルダーは 1 件として数えられ、さらにそのフォルダーの内部にもアイテムがあればそれらも計上されます。各ファイルも 1 件として数えられます。フォルダーの中身が無い場合は、<gui>無し</gui>と表示されます。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"この欄は、ファイルではなくフォルダーのプロパティを参照する場合に表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムの数を確認するのに便利です。フォルダーが内部に他のフォルダーを含む場合は、内部の各フォルダーは "
++"1 件として数えられ、さらにそのフォルダーの内部にもアイテムがあればそれらも計上されます。各ファイルも 1 "
++"件として数えられます。フォルダーの中身が無い場合は、<gui>無し</gui>と表示されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "サイズ"
+ 
+-msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
+-msgstr "この欄は、フォルダーではなくファイルを参照する場合に表示されます。ファイルのサイズに関するこの情報は、該当のファイルがディスク領域に占める大きさを示します。この欄は、ファイルをダウンロードしたり、E-メールで送信したりするのにどれくらい時間が掛かるかの目安にもなります (大きなファイルは送受信に時間が掛かります)。"
+-
+-msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+-msgstr "サイズの表示単位は、バイト、KB、MB、あるいは GB になります。後者 3 つのいずれかの場合は、バイト単位でのサイズも括弧内に表示されます。厳密には、1 KB は 1024 バイト、1 MB は 1024 KB (以下、同様) となります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++"この欄は、フォルダーではなくファイルを参照する場合に表示されます。ファイルのサイズに関するこの情報は、該当のファイルがディスク領域に占める大きさを示します。この欄は、ファイルをダウンロードしたり、E-"
++"メールで送信したりするのにどれくらい時間が掛かるかの目安にもなります (大きなファイルは送受信に時間が掛かります)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"サイズの表示単位は、バイト、KB、MB、あるいは GB になります。後者 3 "
++"つのいずれかの場合は、バイト単位でのサイズも括弧内に表示されます。厳密には、1 KB は 1024 バイト、1 MB は 1024 KB (以下、同様) "
++"となります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "場所"
+ 
+-msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+-msgstr "各ファイルがコンピューターのどこに配置されているかを、<em>絶対パス</em>で示します。これは、お使いのコンピューターにおける、ファイルの一意な「アドレス」となるものであり、そのファイルを見つけるのに通過する必要のある一連のフォルダーで構成されています。たとえば、Jim が <file>Resume.pdf</file> という名前のファイルを、彼のホームフォルダーに置いているとすれば、そのファイルの場所は、<file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file> となります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"各ファイルがコンピューターのどこに配置されているかを、<em>絶対パス</"
++"em>で示します。これは、お使いのコンピューターにおける、ファイルの一意な「アドレス」となるものであり、そのファイルを見つけるのに通過する必要のある一連のフォルダーで構成されています。たとえば、Jim "
++"が <file>Resume.pdf</file> という名前のファイルを、彼のホームフォルダーに置いているとすれば、そのファイルの場所は、<file>/"
++"home/jim/Resume.pdf</file> となります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "ボリューム"
+ 
+-msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> too."
+-msgstr "該当のファイルが保存されているファイルシステムやデバイスを示します。この情報は、そのファイルの物理的な保存場所を示しており、たとえば、ファイルが、お使いのコンピューターのハードディスクにあるのか、CD にあるのか、あるいは、ネットワーク上の共有ディスクやファイルサーバーにあるのかがわかります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++"該当のファイルが保存されているファイルシステムやデバイスを示します。この情報は、そのファイルの物理的な保存場所を示しており、たとえば、ファイルが、お使いのコンピューターのハードディスクにあるのか、CD "
++"にあるのか、あるいは、ネットワーク上の共有ディスクやファイルサーバーにあるのかがわかります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "空き容量"
+ 
+-msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
+-msgstr "これはフォルダーだけに表示されます。そのフォルダーのあるディスクにおいて利用可能なディスク容量を示しています。この情報は、ハードディスクがいっぱいになっていないか確認する場合に便利です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++"これはフォルダーだけに表示されます。そのフォルダーのあるディスクにおいて利用可能なディスク容量を示しています。この情報は、ハードディスクがいっぱいになっていないか確認する場合に便利です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "アクセス日時"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "最後にファイルを開いた日時です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "更新日時"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr "最後にファイルの内容を変更したり、保存した日時です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr "あなたのファイルやフォルダーを誰が参照できて、誰が編集できるかを制御します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権を設定する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権限を利用して、あなたの所有するファイルを誰が参照でき、誰が編集できるかを制御することが可能です。ファイルのアクセス権を確認および設定するには、ファイルを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択し、それから<gui>アクセス権</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルのアクセス権限を利用して、あなたの所有するファイルを誰が参照でき、誰が編集できるかを制御することが可能です。ファイルのアクセス権を確認および設定するには、ファイルを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</"
++"gui>を選択し、それから<gui>アクセス権</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you can set."
+-msgstr "設定可能なアクセス権の種類の詳細については、以下の <link xref=\"#files\"/> および <link xref=\"#folders\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++"設定可能なアクセス権の種類の詳細については、以下の <link xref=\"#files\"/> および <link xref="
++"\"#folders\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "ファイル"
+ 
+-msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+-msgstr "ファイルの所有者、所有グループ、およびシステム上のその他のユーザーのアクセス権を設定することができます。あなたのファイルについてはあなたが所有者であり、自分にたいして読み込み専用の権限あるいは読み書き権限を設定できます。誤ってファイルを変更したくない場合は、ファイルを読み込み専用にしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルの所有者、所有グループ、およびシステム上のその他のユーザーのアクセス権を設定することができます。あなたのファイルについてはあなたが所有者であり、自分にたいして読み込み専用の権限あるいは読み書き権限を設定できます。誤ってファイルを変更したくない場合は、ファイルを読み込み専用にしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to."
+-msgstr "お使いのコンピューターのどのユーザーも何らかのグループに所属しています。家庭用コンピューターでは、各ユーザーが自分自身のグループに所属しているのが一般的であり、グループの権限が使用されることはあまりありません。企業環境では、グループが、部署やプロジェクトにあわせてグループを活用することがときどきあります。各ファイルには、1 つの所有者が設定されているのと同じように、1 つの所有グループが設定されています。ファイルのグループを設定することによって、そのグループに属する全ユーザーの権限を制御できます。ファイルに設定できるグループは、あなたが属しているグループだけです。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのコンピューターのどのユーザーも何らかのグループに所属しています。家庭用コンピューターでは、各ユーザーが自分自身のグループに所属しているのが一般的であり、グループの権限が使用されることはあまりありません。企業環境では、グループが、部署やプロジェクトにあわせてグループを活用することがときどきあります。各ファイルには、1 "
++"つの所有者が設定されているのと同じように、1 "
++"つの所有グループが設定されています。ファイルのグループを設定することによって、そのグループに属する全ユーザーの権限を制御できます。ファイルに設定できるグループは、あなたが属しているグループだけです。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
+ msgstr "ファイルの所有者でも、所有グループに属するユーザーでも無い、その他のユーザーの権限も設定できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "ファイルがスクリプトなどのプログラムである場合、それを実行するには、<gui>プログラムとして実行できる</gui>のオプションを選択してください。このオプションが設定されていても、ファイルマネージャーはそのファイルを何らかのアプリケーションで開くこともあれば、どうするか確認することもあります。詳細は <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> を参照してください。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルがスクリプトなどのプログラムである場合、それを実行するには、<gui>プログラムとして実行できる</"
++"gui>のオプションを選択してください。このオプションが設定されていても、ファイルマネージャーはそのファイルを何らかのアプリケーションで開くこともあれば、どうするか確認することもあります。詳細は "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> を参照してください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "フォルダー"
+ 
+-msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
+-msgstr "フォルダーにたいして所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーの権限を設定できます。所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーについては、上記のファイルの権限を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダーにたいして所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーの権限を設定できます。所有者、グループおよびその他ユーザーについては、上記のファイルの権限を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
+ msgstr "フォルダーにたいして設定できる権限は、次の点でファイルの権限とは異なります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "なし"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルを確認することもできません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "表示のみ"
+ 
+-msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files."
+-msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルを確認することができます。しかし、ファイルを開いたり、新規作成したり、削除したりすることはできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーは、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルを確認することができます。しかし、ファイルを開いたり、新規作成したり、削除したりすることはできません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "アクセスのみ"
+ 
+-msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
+-msgstr "ユーザーは、そのフォルダーのファイルを開くことができます (該当ファイルに対する権限があるかぎりで)。しかし、ファイルの新規作成や削除はできません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーは、そのフォルダーのファイルを開くことができます (該当ファイルに対する権限があるかぎりで)。しかし、ファイルの新規作成や削除はできません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "作成と削除"
+ 
+-msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
+ msgstr "ユーザーは、フォルダーへの完全なアクセス権を持ち、ファイルを開いたり、新規作成したり、削除したりすることができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-msgstr "また、<gui>ファイルのアクセス権</gui>のドロップダウンリストと<gui>実行</gui>オプションを使用して、フォルダーにあるすべてのファイルのアクセス権を簡単に変更できます。変更しない属性については、ドロップダウンリストを <gui>---</gui> のままにし、<gui>実行</gui>オプションのチェックボックスを、ON/OFF どちらでもない状態 (横線) にします。"
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++"また、<gui>ファイルのアクセス権</gui>のドロップダウンリストと<gui>実行</"
++"gui>オプションを使用して、フォルダーにあるすべてのファイルのアクセス権を簡単に変更できます。変更しない属性については、ドロップダウンリストを "
++"<gui>---</gui> のままにし、<gui>実行</gui>オプションのチェックボックスを、ON/OFF どちらでもない状態 (横線) "
++"にします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr "一覧表示の列に表示する列を設定します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの一覧表示項目の設定"
+ 
+-msgid "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
+-msgstr "一覧表示の列に表示できる情報は 9 項目あります。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>一覧の項目</gui>タブを開いて、表示する項目を有効にしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"一覧表示の列に表示できる情報は 9 項目あります。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</"
++"gui>を選択し、<gui>一覧の項目</gui>タブを開いて、表示する項目を有効にしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
+ msgstr "<gui>上げる</gui>および<gui>下げる</gui>ボタンを使って、選択した項目の表示順を指定してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "フォルダーやファイルの名前が表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr "フォルダーのサイズは、該当のフォルダー配下に含まれるアイテム数が表示されます。ファイルのサイズは、バイト、KB、MB 単位で表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
+ msgstr "フォルダー、あるいは、PDF ドキュメント、JPEG 画像、MP3 オーディオなどのファイルの種類が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "最後にファイルを更新した日時が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "所有者"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "フォルダーやファイルの所有者名が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "グループ"
+ 
+-msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
+-msgstr "ファイルの所有グループが表示されます。ご家庭のコンピューターでは各ユーザーは自分自身のグループに属しています。グループは、企業環境などで活用されることがあり、ユーザーは、部署やプロジェクトなどに応じたグループに所属していたりするでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルの所有グループが表示されます。ご家庭のコンピューターでは各ユーザーは自分自身のグループに属しています。グループは、企業環境などで活用されることがあり、ユーザーは、部署やプロジェクトなどに応じたグループに所属していたりするでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "アクセス権"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権が、たとえば <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui> のように表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+-msgstr "上の例の先頭文字 <gui>-</gui> はファイルタイプを示しています。その文字が <gui>-</gui> であれば通常のファイルを意味し、<gui>d</gui> であればディレクトリ (フォルダーのこと) を意味しています。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++"上の例の先頭文字 <gui>-</gui> はファイルタイプを示しています。その文字が <gui>-</gui> "
++"であれば通常のファイルを意味し、<gui>d</gui> であればディレクトリ (フォルダーのこと) を意味しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
+ msgstr "その次の 3 文字 <gui>rwx</gui> は、そのファイルの所有者の権限を示しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
+ msgstr "その次の 3 文字 <gui>rw-</gui> は、そのファイルの所有グループに属する全ユーザーの権限を示しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the system."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
+ msgstr "最後の 3 文字 <gui>r--</gui> は、システム上のその他の全ユーザーの権限を示しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "ひとつひとつの文字の意味は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : 読み取り権限"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : 書き込み権限"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x : 実行権限"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : 権限なし"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "MIME 型"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "アイテムの MIME 型が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "ファイルの場所を示すパスが表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr "ファイルのサムネイル表示に関する設定をします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのプレビュー設定"
+ 
+-msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーには、画像、動画、テキストファイルなどをプレビューできるサムネイルが表示されます。大きなファイルやネットワーク上のファイルをプレビューすると、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があるので、プレビューの動作を制御することができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プレビュー</gui>タブを開いてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイルマネージャーには、画像、動画、テキストファイルなどをプレビューできるサムネイルが表示されます。大きなファイルやネットワーク上のファイルをプレビューすると、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があるので、プレビューの動作を制御することができます。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</"
++"gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プレビュー</gui>タブを開いてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、<gui>ローカルファイルのみ</gui>が指定され、お使いのコンピューター上接続された外付けドライブ上のローカルファイルに対してだけプレビューが有効になります。<gui>常に</gui>あるいは<gui>しない</gui>を指定することもできます。ファイルマネージャーからは、LAN やインターネット上の<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">他のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧</link>できます。LAN 上のファイルをよく閲覧し、高帯域幅のネットワークをお使いであれば、プレビューオプションの<gui>常に</gui>を選択するとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトでは、<gui>ローカルファイルのみ</"
++"gui>が指定され、お使いのコンピューター上接続された外付けドライブ上のローカルファイルに対してだけプレビューが有効になります。<gui>常に</"
++"gui>あるいは<gui>しない</gui>を指定することもできます。ファイルマネージャーからは、LAN やインターネット上の<link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">他のコンピューターのファイルを閲覧</link>できます。LAN "
++"上のファイルをよく閲覧し、高帯域幅のネットワークをお使いであれば、プレビューオプションの<gui>常に</gui>を選択するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting to limit the size of files previewed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr "また、<gui>ファイルの最大サイズ</gui>を設定して、プレビューするファイルのサイズを制限できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や、<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">アイコンの見出し</link>にファイルサイズを表示している場合、フォルダーのサイズ情報として、該当のフォルダーの配下に含まれるファイルやフォルダーの数が表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムを計上すると、とりわけ巨大なフォルダーやネットワークを介する場合などは、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があります。この機能を有効/無効にしたり、あるいは、お使いのコンピューターやローカルの外付けデバイスのファイルだけにたいして有効にしたりできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">一覧表示の列</link>や、<link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"display#icon-captions\">アイコンの見出し</"
++"link>にファイルサイズを表示している場合、フォルダーのサイズ情報として、該当のフォルダーの配下に含まれるファイルやフォルダーの数が表示されます。フォルダーに含まれるアイテムを計上すると、とりわけ巨大なフォルダーやネットワークを介する場合などは、処理が遅くなってしまう可能性があります。この機能を有効/"
++"無効にしたり、あるいは、お使いのコンピューターやローカルの外付けデバイスのファイルだけにたいして有効にしたりできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの、デフォルトの表示方法、並び順、ズームレベルを指定します。"
+ 
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "ファイルマネージャーの表示設定"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "新しいフォルダーのデフォルトの表示形式や、ファイルやフォルダーのデフォルトの並び順、アイコン表示およびコンパクト表示でのズームレベル、またサイドバーのツリーにファイルも表示するか、などの設定ができます。トップバーの<gui>ファイル</gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>表示</gui>タブを開いてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"新しいフォルダーのデフォルトの表示形式や、ファイルやフォルダーのデフォルトの並び順、アイコン表示およびコンパクト表示でのズームレベル、またサイドバーのツリーにファイルも表示するか、などの設定ができます。上部バーの<gui>ファイル</"
++"gui>をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>表示</gui>タブを開いてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "デフォルトの表示"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "新しいフォルダーの表示形式"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you browse by clicking the list button or the icons button in the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set it here as the default."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、新しいフォルダーはアイコン表示になります。ツールバーの一覧ボタンとアイコンボタンをクリックして、閲覧対象の各フォルダーの表示形式を選択できます。一覧表示をよく使用するのであれば、一覧表示をデフォルトに設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "アイテムの並び順"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder."
+-msgstr "フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-sort\"/> を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
+-
+-msgid "To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were trashed."
+-msgstr "新しいフォルダーに使用されるデフォルトの並び順を変更するには、設定画面で<gui>アイテムの並び順</gui>のドロップダウンリストを使用します。名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順、アクセス日時順、またはゴミ箱への移動日時順が選択できます。"
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"新しいフォルダーに使用されるデフォルトの並び順を変更するには、設定画面で<gui>アイテムの並び順</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストを使用します。名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順、アクセス日時順、またはゴミ箱への移動日時順が選択できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++"フォルダーごとにファイルの並び順を変更できます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして、<gui>名前順</gui>、<gui>サイズ順</"
++"gui>、<gui>種類順</gui>、または<gui>更新日時順</"
++"gui>を選択します。一覧表示の場合は、列見出しをクリックします。詳細については、<link xref=\"files-sort\"/> "
++"を参照してください。このメニューは、現在のフォルダーにだけ適用されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "フォルダーをファイルより前に配置する"
+ 
+-msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、すべてのフォルダーはファイルより前に表示されます。フォルダーとファイルは、せんたくした並び順にもとづいてそれぞれ配置されます。フォルダーを特別扱いせずに、ファイルと混ぜて配置する場合は、このオプションを無効にしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "隠しファイルとバックアップファイルを表示する"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."
+-msgstr "デフォルトでは、隠しファイルや隠しフォルダーは表示されません。隠しファイルの詳細については、<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> を参照してください。ツールバーの下矢印メニューから<gui>隠しファイルを表示する</gui>を選択して、個別のウィンドウごとに隠しファイルを表示できます。常に隠しファイルを表示したい場合や、ファイルマネージャーのどのウィンドウでも隠しファイルを表示したい場合は、このオプションを有効にしてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "アイコン表示の規定値"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "デフォルトのズームレベル"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+-msgstr "アイコン表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコン表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</"
++"gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</"
++"gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr "アイコン表示では、表示される見出しの数がズームレベルによって変わります。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコン表示では、表示される見出しの数がズームレベルによって変わります。詳細については、<link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"display#icon-captions\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "一覧表示の規定値"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+-msgstr "一覧表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"一覧表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。ツールバーの下矢印ボタンをクリックして<gui>拡大</gui>、<gui>縮小</"
++"gui>、または<gui>通常サイズ</"
++"gui>を選択することで、個別のフォルダーごとに指定できます。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr "Linux にはウィルスはほとんど見られないため、ウィルス除去ソフトウェアは必要ないでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ウィルス除去ソフトウェアは必要ですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+ msgstr ""
++"確実に防御したい、Windows や Mac OS "
++"ユーザーとの間でやりとりするファイルのウィルスをチェックしたいなどの場合には、ウィルス除去ソフトウェアをインストールすることができます。ソフトウェアインストーラーをチェックインするか、利用できるアプリケーションがいくつかあるのでオンラインで検索してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux にはウィルス除去ソフトウェアは存在しませんが、おそらく使用する必要はないでしょう。Linux "
++"に影響を及ぼすようなウィルスは現在でもめったにありません。一部では他のオペレーティングシステムのようには広く利用されていないため Linux "
++"に影響を及ぼすウィルスを作成する人がいないとも言われています。また、Linux "
++"は本質的により安全性が高いため、ウィルスによって悪用される恐れのあるセキュリティ関連の問題は迅速に修正されてしまうためとも言われています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr "いずれにしても、 Linux に影響を及ぼすウィルスは非常にまれなため、現時点では心配する必要はありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
++"確実に防御したい、Windows や Mac OS "
++"ユーザーとの間でやりとりするファイルのウィルスをチェックしたいなどの場合には、ウィルス除去ソフトウェアをインストールすることができます。ソフトウェアインストーラーをチェックインするか、利用できるアプリケーションがいくつかあるのでオンラインで検索してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">既定のブラウザーの変更</link>、<link xref=\"net-install-flash\">Flash のインストール</link>、<link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight のサポート</link>"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">既定のブラウザーの変更</link>、<link xref=\"net-"
++"install-flash\">Flash のインストール</link>、<link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight のサポート</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "Ubuntu ドキュメンテーションチーム"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "ウェブブラウザー"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>システム設定</gui>の<gui>詳細</gui>パネルから既定のウェブブラウザーを変更します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "ウェブサイトを開くウェブブラウザーの変更"
+ 
+-msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+-msgstr "何かのアプリケーションでウェブページへのリンクをクリックすると、ウェブブラウザーが自動で立ち上がり、そのページを開きます。しかしながら、複数のブラウザーがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるブラウザーでページが開く場合もあります。既定のウェブブラウザーを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
+-
+-msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++"何かのアプリケーションでウェブページへのリンクをクリックすると、ウェブブラウザーが自動で立ち上がり、そのページを開きます。しかしながら、複数のブラウザーがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるブラウザーでページが開く場合もあります。既定のウェブブラウザーを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
+ msgstr "<gui>詳細</gui>を開き、ウィンドウ左側の一覧から<gui>既定のアプリケーション</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+ msgstr "<gui>ウェブ</gui>オプションを変更し、リンクを開くのに使用するウェブブラウザーを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again."
+-msgstr "別のウェブブラウザーを起動すると、それがもう既定のブラウザーではないことを通知するブラウザーもあります。こういう場合は、<gui>キャンセル</gui>ボタン (あるいは類似のもの) をクリックして、そのブラウザーを既定のブラウザーに設定し直さないようにできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++"別のウェブブラウザーを起動すると、それがもう既定のブラウザーではないことを通知するブラウザーもあります。こういう場合は、<gui>キャンセル</"
++"gui>ボタン (あるいは類似のもの) をクリックして、そのブラウザーを既定のブラウザーに設定し直さないようにできます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>システム設定</gui>の<gui>詳細</gui>パネルから既定のメールクライアントを変更します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr "メール作成に使うアプリケーションの変更"
+ 
+-msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+-msgstr "メール送信用のボタンやリンクをクリックすると (たとえばワープロソフト上で)、既定のメールクライアントが起動し、メールを作成できるようになります。しかしながら、複数のメールクライアントがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるクライアントが起動する場合もあります。既定のメールクライアントを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++"メール送信用のボタンやリンクをクリックすると "
++"(たとえばワープロソフト上で)、既定のメールクライアントが起動し、メールを作成できるようになります。しかしながら、複数のメールクライアントがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるクライアントが起動する場合もあります。既定のメールクライアントを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+ msgstr "<gui>メール</gui>オプションを変更して、デフォルトで使用するメールクライアントを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
+-msgstr "ウイルスがあなたのコンピューターに感染する可能性は大きくありませんが、あなたがメールを送った相手先のコンピューターに感染する可能性があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++"ウイルスがあなたのコンピューターに感染する可能性は大きくありませんが、あなたがメールを送った相手先のコンピューターに感染する可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "メールのウイルススキャンをする必要がありますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
+-msgstr "ウイルスとは、コンピューターに侵入して問題を引き起こすプログラムです。コンピューターへの感染経路として多く見られるものは、メールを経由するものです。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++"ウイルスとは、コンピューターに侵入して問題を引き起こすプログラムです。コンピューターへの感染経路として多く見られるものは、メールを経由するものです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses."
+-msgstr "Linux が動作しているコンピューターに感染するウイルスはめったにありません。そのため、あなたが、<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">メールやその他の媒体を通じてウイルスに感染する可能性は大きくありません</link>。ウイルスがひそんだメールを受信しても、おそらくお使いのコンピューターには何も影響しないでしょう。そういう意味では、メールのウイルススキャンをする必要はないと言えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux が動作しているコンピューターに感染するウイルスはめったにありません。そのため、あなたが、<link xref=\"net-"
++"antivirus\">メールやその他の媒体を通じてウイルスに感染する可能性は大きくありません</"
++"link>。ウイルスがひそんだメールを受信しても、おそらくお使いのコンピューターには何も影響しないでしょう。そういう意味では、メールのウイルススキャンをする必要はないと言えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway."
+-msgstr "しかしながら、ある人から送られてきたウイルスメールをうっかり別の人に転送してしまう場合があるので、メールスキャンはしておいた方がよいでしょう。たとえば、ウイルスに感染した Windows 機を使う友達が、あなたにウイルスメールを送信してしまい、さらにあなたがそのメールを、Windows 機を使う別の友達宛に転送したとしましょう。この場合、2 番目の友達もウイルスに感染してしまう恐れがあります。メールスキャンを行うアンチウイルスソフトをインストールしてこうした問題を避けられますが、よく起きることではありませんし、いずれにせよ Windows や Mac OS を使用する人のほとんどは自分でアンチウイルスソフトを導入しています。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++"しかしながら、ある人から送られてきたウイルスメールをうっかり別の人に転送してしまう場合があるので、メールスキャンはしておいた方がよいでしょう。たとえば、ウイルスに感染した "
++"Windows 機を使う友達が、あなたにウイルスメールを送信してしまい、さらにあなたがそのメールを、Windows "
++"機を使う別の友達宛に転送したとしましょう。この場合、2 "
++"番目の友達もウイルスに感染してしまう恐れがあります。メールスキャンを行うアンチウイルスソフトをインストールしてこうした問題を避けられますが、よく起きることではありませんし、いずれにせよ "
++"Windows や Mac OS を使用する人のほとんどは自分でアンチウイルスソフトを導入しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">既定のメールクライアント</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "GNOME ドキュメンテーションプロジェクト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "メールとメールソフトウェア"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク関連の問題の原因を究明する際、IPアドレスがわかると役立つ場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "IP アドレスを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+ msgstr ""
++"インターネット接続に問題がある場合、使用している IP アドレスがわかると問題を究明するのに役立ちます。IP "
++"アドレスには内部ネットワーク用とインターネット用の <em>2 種類の IP アドレス</em>があるのに驚かれるユーザーもいるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "内部 (ネットワーク) IP アドレスを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き、確認したい IP アドレスのネットワーク接続の種類に応じて左側の一覧から<gui>有線</"
++"gui>または<gui>無線</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "内部 IP アドレスの詳細が表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "外部 (インターネット) IP アドレスを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> "
++"に行きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "このサイトに外部 IP アドレスが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr "インターネットへの接続方法によっては、内部と外部のアドレスが同じアドレスになる場合があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr "ネットワークにアクセスを許可するプログラムを制御することが可能です。制御を行なうことでコンピューターの安全性の確保に役立ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ファイアウォールへのアクセスの許可とブロック"
+ 
+-msgid "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
++"システムには、インターネット上またはネットワーク上の他のユーザーによるプログラムへのアクセスをブロックできる<em>ファイアウォール</"
++"em>を設定してください。これによりコンピューターの安全性を確保することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク接続を使用する可能性があるアプリケーションが多々あります。たとえば、ネットワークに接続している場合、ファイルを共有したり他のユーザーに遠隔からのデスクトップの表示を許可したりすることができます。コンピューターの設定によっては、こうしたサービスが意図した通りに動作するようファイアウォールを調整する必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークサービスを提供するプログラムはそれぞれ固有の<em>ネットワークポート</"
++"em>を使用します。ネットワーク上の他のコンピューターにサービスへのアクセスを許可する場合には、そのサービスに割り当てられているポートをファイアウォール上で「開く」必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
++"画面左上にある<gui>アクティビティ</gui>からファイアウォールアプリケーションを起動します。ファイアウォールマネージャー "
++"(Firestarter、 GUFW など) が見つからない場合はインストールする必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"他のユーザーにアクセスを許可するかしないかに応じて、ネットワークサービスのポートを開いたり無効にしたりします。変更が必要なポートは<link xref="
++"\"net-firewall-ports\">サービスによって異なります</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr "ファイアウォールツールで指定されている指示にしたがい変更を保存または適用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr "ファイアウォールでプログラムのネットワークアクセスを有効または無効にするには、正しいネットワークポートを指定する必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "よく使用されるネットワークポート"
+ 
+-msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++"ファイル共有や遠隔からのデスクトップ表示など、ネットワークサービスを提供するアプリケーションでよく使用されるネットワークポートの一覧を示します。システムのファイアウォールを変更すると、こうしたアプリケーションへのアクセスを<link "
++"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">ブロックしたり許可したりする</"
++"link>ことができるようになります。使用されているポートは数千に及ぶます。この一覧はその一部に過ぎません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "ポート"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "詳細"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
+ msgstr ""
++"システム同士に互いに検索させあうことで、相手のシステムが提供するサービスを認識させることができます。手作業で詳細を指定する必要がありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "印刷"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プリンターにネットワーク経由で印刷ジョブを送信することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク経由でプリンターを他のユーザーと共有することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "出席"
+ 
+-msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr "ネットワーク上の他のユーザーに対して、「オンライン」、「多忙」などインスタントメッセージ状態を提示することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "リモートデスクトップ"
+ 
+-msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr "デスクトップを共有することができるため、他のユーザーによるデスクトップへのアクセスやリモートアシスタンスの提供が可能になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "音楽の共有 (DAAP)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク上で他のユーザーとミュージックライブラリを共有することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr "静的 IP アドレスを使用すると、コンピュータから簡単にネットワークサービスを提供することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "固定 IP アドレスの接続を作成"
+ 
+-msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのネットワークでは、ネットワーク接続を行なうとユーザーのコンピューターに対して<link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP アドレス</"
++"link>とその他の詳細が自動的に割り当てられます。こうした情報は定期的に変更することができますが、アドレスを常に認識しておけるようコンピューターに固定の "
++"IP アドレスを持たせたい場合があります (たとえば、コンピューターがファイルサーバーなどの場合)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgstr "コンピューターに固定 (静的) IP アドレスを与える:"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>上部バー</gui>で<gui>ネットワークアイコン</gui>をクリックし、<gui>ネットワーク設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"一覧からネットワーク接続を選択してから (<gui>有線</gui>または<gui>無線</gui>) <gui>設定</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr "<gui>IPv4 設定</gui>タブをクリックして<gui>方法</gui>を<em>手動</em>に変更します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>アドレス</gui>一覧に接続情報がない場合、または新規の接続を設定する場合には<gui>追加</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>IP アドレス</em>、<em>ネットマスク</em>、<em>ゲートウェイ</"
++"em>の情報を該当ボックスに入力します。行なうネットワークの設定により入力情報は異なります。ネットワークにより有効な IP "
++"アドレスやネットマスクを指定しているルールがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++"必要であれば、<em>ドメインネームサーバー</em>のアドレスを <gui>DNS サーバー</"
++"gui>のボックスに入力します。これはドメイン名を検索するサーバーの IP "
++"アドレスになります。企業ネットワークやインターネットプロバイダーの場合、ほとんどが専用の DNS サーバーを持っています。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr "<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。これでこのネットワーク接続は固定 IP アドレスになるはずです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">IP アドレスの確認</link>、<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA セキュリティ</link>、<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"net-proxy\">プロキシ</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク用語とヒント"
+ 
+-msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages."
+-msgstr "YouTube など、動画やインタラクティブなページを提供するウェブサイトを表示するには、Flash のインストールが必要になる場合があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++"YouTube など、動画やインタラクティブなページを提供するウェブサイトを表示するには、Flash のインストールが必要になる場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Flash プラグインのインストール"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
+-msgstr "<app>Flash</app> は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Flash  がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Flash</app> は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</"
++"em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Flash  "
++"がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too."
+-msgstr "Flash が必要になるページを閲覧したときに Flash がインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。Flash は、ほとんどのウェブブラウザー向けに無料で (ただしオープンソースではありせん) ダウンロードできます。たいていの Linux ディストリビューションでは、そのソフトウェアインストーラー (パッケージマネージャー) 経由で Flash をインストールできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++"Flash が必要になるページを閲覧したときに Flash がインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。Flash "
++"は、ほとんどのウェブブラウザー向けに無料で (ただしオープンソースではありせん) ダウンロードできます。たいていの Linux "
++"ディストリビューションでは、そのソフトウェアインストーラー (パッケージマネージャー) 経由で Flash をインストールできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "パッケージマネージャーからインストールできる場合の Flash の利用手順は、次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr "パッケージマネージャーを起動し、<input>flash</input> で検索します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to install it."
+-msgstr "<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui> や <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> など類似のものを探し、クリックしてインストールします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui> や <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"など類似のものを探し、クリックしてインストールします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+-msgstr "ウェブブラウザーのウィンドウを開いている場合は、一度ウィンドウを閉じて開き直します。ウェブブラウザーを開き直すと、Flash がインストールされたことが検出され、Flash を使用するウェブサイトを閲覧できるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"ウェブブラウザーのウィンドウを開いている場合は、一度ウィンドウを閉じて開き直します。ウェブブラウザーを開き直すと、Flash "
++"がインストールされたことが検出され、Flash を使用するウェブサイトを閲覧できるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "パッケージマネージャーからインストールできない場合の Flash の利用手順は、次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected."
+-msgstr "<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player のダウンロードサイト</link> にアクセスします。お使いのブラウザーとオペレーティングシステムの種類が自動的に検出されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player のダウンロードサイト</"
++"link> にアクセスします。お使いのブラウザーとオペレーティングシステムの種類が自動的に検出されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+-msgstr "<gui>ダウンロードするバージョンを選択してください</gui>と書かれた場所をクリックし、お使いの Linux ディストリビューションに合ったもの選択します。どれを使えばよいかわからない場合は、<file>.tar.gz</file> を選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ダウンロードするバージョンを選択してください</gui>と書かれた場所をクリックし、お使いの Linux "
++"ディストリビューションに合ったもの選択します。どれを使えばよいかわからない場合は、<file>.tar.gz</file> を選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."
+-msgstr "お使いのウェブブラウザー用のインストール方法については、<link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">Flash のインストール手順を</link>参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのウェブブラウザー用のインストール方法については、<link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/"
++"tn_15380.html\">Flash のインストール手順を</link>参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Flash のオープンソースによる代替実装"
+ 
+-msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+-msgstr "ほんのわずかですが、Flash のフリーでオープンソースの代替実装が提供されています。これらは、いくつかの点 (たとえば、サウンド再生のハンドリング) においては、Flash プラグインよりも優秀な傾向がありますが、それ以外の点 (たとえば、複雑な Flash ページによっては表示できないなど) では、Flash プラグインよりも劣ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++"ほんのわずかですが、Flash のフリーでオープンソースの代替実装が提供されています。これらは、いくつかの点 (たとえば、サウンド再生のハンドリング) "
++"においては、Flash プラグインよりも優秀な傾向がありますが、それ以外の点 (たとえば、複雑な Flash ページによっては表示できないなど) "
++"では、Flash プラグインよりも劣ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+-msgstr "Flash Player に満足できなかったり、可能なかぎりオープンソースソフトウェアを使用したい場合は、これらを試してみるとよいでしょう。選択肢としては次のものがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++"Flash Player "
++"に満足できなかったり、可能なかぎりオープンソースソフトウェアを使用したい場合は、これらを試してみるとよいでしょう。選択肢としては次のものがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-msgid "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
+-msgstr "Silverlight を使ってウェブページを表示するウェブサイトがあります。Moonlight プラグインがあれば、こうしたページを閲覧できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++"Silverlight を使ってウェブページを表示するウェブサイトがあります。Moonlight プラグインがあれば、こうしたページを閲覧できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Silverlight プラグインのインストール"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+-msgstr "<app>Silverlight</app> は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Silverlight がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> は、ウェブブラウザーの<em>プラグイン</"
++"em>で、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作したりできるようになります。Silverlight "
++"がなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+-msgstr "Silverlight が必要になるページを閲覧したときにプラグインがインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。そのメッセージにはプラグインの入手方法に関する説明が載っているでしょうが、その説明は、お使いのウェブブラウザーや Linux 向けウェブブラウザーには対応していないでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Silverlight "
++"が必要になるページを閲覧したときにプラグインがインストールされていない場合、おそらくその旨のメッセージが表示されます。そのメッセージにはプラグインの入手方法に関する説明が載っているでしょうが、その説明は、お使いのウェブブラウザーや "
++"Linux 向けウェブブラウザーには対応していないでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+-msgstr "Silverlight が必要になるウェブサイトを閲覧したい場合は、代わりに、<em>Moonlight</em> プラグインをインストールするとよいでしょう。これは、Linux で動作する Silverlight のフリーなオープンソース実装です。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Silverlight が必要になるウェブサイトを閲覧したい場合は、代わりに、<em>Moonlight</em> "
++"プラグインをインストールするとよいでしょう。これは、Linux で動作する Silverlight のフリーなオープンソース実装です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+-msgstr "Linux ディストリビューションによっては、パッケージマネージャーを使って Moonlight をインストールできるものがあります。パッケージマネジャーを開き、<input>Silverlight</input> あるいは <input>Moonlight</input> で検索するだけです。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux ディストリビューションによっては、パッケージマネージャーを使って Moonlight "
++"をインストールできるものがあります。パッケージマネジャーを開き、<input>Silverlight</input> あるいは "
++"<input>Moonlight</input> で検索するだけです。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
+-msgstr "お使いのディストリビューションが Moonlight のパッケージを提供していない場合は、<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight のウェブサイト</link>を参照し、詳細な情報とインストール手順を確認してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのディストリビューションが Moonlight のパッケージを提供していない場合は、<link href=\"http://www.go-mono."
++"com/moonlight/\">Moonlight のウェブサイト</link>を参照し、詳細な情報とインストール手順を確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワークハードウェアに割り当てられる固有の識別子です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+-msgstr "MAC アドレスとは何ですか?"
++msgstr "MAC アドレスとは"
+ 
+-msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>MAC アドレス</em>とは、メーカーによってネットワークハードウェア (ワイヤレスカード、イーサネットカードなど) "
++"に割り当てられる固有識別子になります。MAC は <em>Media Access Control</em> "
++"の略です。各識別子はデバイスに対して固有となります。"
+ 
+-msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
++"MAC アドレスは 2 つの文字を 1 セットとして、6 つの文字セットをコロンで区切ったものになります。たとえば、<code>00:1B:44:11:"
++"3A:B7</code> などのようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "自分のネットワークハードウェアの MAC アドレスを識別する:"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き、左の一覧から<gui>有線</gui>または<gui>無線</gui>を選択します "
++"(識別しようとしているデバイスに応じて)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ハードウェアアドレス</gui>に MAC アドレスが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"実際には、<link xref=\"net-editcon\">MAC アドレスの変更または「なりすまし」</"
++"link>が必要な場合があります。たとえば、一部のインターネットサービスプロバイダーでは、サービスのアクセスに特定の MAC "
++"アドレスの使用を必要とする場合があります。ネットワークカードが動作しなくなり新しいカードとの交換が必要になった場合はサービスは動作しなくなります。このような場合に "
++"MAC アドレスのなりすましが必要になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr "ネットワーク設定が自動的に割り当てられない場合はユーザーによる入力が必要な場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワークの設定を手作業で行なう"
+ 
+-msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク設定がコンピューターに自動的に割り当てられない場合は、ユーザーによる入力が必要になる場合があります。ここでは使用する適切な設定がすでにわかっていることを前提としています。使用する設定が分からない場合はネットワーク管理者に問い合わせるか、ルーターまたはネットワークスイッチの設定を確認する必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワークの設定を手作業で行なう:"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr "上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックし<gui>ネットワーク設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click <gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"手作業で設定するネットワーク接続を選択し、<gui>設定</gui>をクリックします。たとえば、ケーブルでネットワークをつなげる場合は<gui>有線</"
++"gui>を確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスカードがオンになっているか、またはネットワークケーブルが差し込まれているか確認してください。これを怠っていると<gui>設定</"
++"gui>をクリックできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>IPv4 設定</gui>タブに行き、<gui>メソッド</gui>を<gui>手動</gui>に変更します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>追加</gui>をクリックして<em>IP アドレス</em>、<em>ネットワークマスク</em>、<em>デフォルトのゲートウェイ IP "
++"アドレス</em>を<gui>アドレス</gui>一覧の該当コラムに入力します。各アドレスを入力したら <key>Enter</key> または "
++"<key>Tab</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
++"これら 3 つのアドレスは IP アドレスにしてください。つまり、ピリオドで区切った 4 つの数値からなるアドレスにします (123.45.6.78 "
++"など)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by commas."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr "使用する DNS サーバーの IP アドレスをコンマで区切って該当フィールドに入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>保存</"
++"gui>をクリックします。ネットワークに接続していない場合は上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックして接続します。ウェブサイトに接続してみる、ネットワーク上の共有ファイルを見てみるなどネットワーク設定をテストします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr "コンピューターを使用する人が誰でもネットワーク接続を行なえるよう、ネットワーク接続の設定 (パスワードなど) を保存することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "他のユーザーがインターネットに接続できない"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク接続を設定しているのにコンピュータ上の他のユーザーがネットワークに接続できない場合、接続の際に正しい設定を入力していない可能性があります。たとえば、無線接続にしている場合、無線接続用の正しいセキュリティパスワードを入力していない可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク設定を行なったら、ネットワーク接続の設定を他のユーザーと共有できるようにすることが可能です。つまり、一度設定を行なえば質問に答える必要なくコンピュータ上の誰でもネットワークに接続できるようになります。次を行ないます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to change)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き左の一覧から<gui>有線</gui>または<gui>無線</gui>を選択します "
++"(変更したいネットワーク接続に応じて)。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
+-
+-msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク名</gui>のドロップダウンリストから他のユーザーによる使用を許可する接続を選択し、<gui>設定</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>他のユーザーにも利用可能にする</gui>にチェックを入れ<gui>保存</"
++"gui>をクリックします。変更を保存するには管理者用パスワードを入力する必要があります。この変更が行なえるのは<link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">管理ユーザー</link>のみになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr "これでコンピューターの他のユーザーにも特に詳細を入力する必要なくこの接続を使用させることができるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr "ネットワーク接続の設定内で<gui>他のユーザーにも利用可能にする</gui>オプションのチェックを外す必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "他のユーザーがネットワーク接続を編集できない"
+ 
+-msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク接続を編集できるのにコンピュータ上の他のユーザーは編集できない場合、<gui>他のユーザーにも利用可能にする</"
++"gui>に設定している可能性があります。この設定ではコンピュータ上のすべてのユーザーがこの接続を使って<em>接続</"
++"em>を行なうことができますが、その設定を変更できるのは<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理権限</"
++"link>を有しているユーザーに限られます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr "設定が変更されると全ユーザーに影響を及ぼすため、接続を変更できるのは確実に信頼できる (管理) ユーザーに限られるべきためです。"
+ 
+-msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"他のユーザーに接続の変更を許可する必要がある場合には、コンピュータ上のユーザーすべてに接続を利用可能にするという設定はしないようにします。これにより、システム全体でひとつの設定を共有するのではなく、各ユーザーに独自の接続設定を管理させることができるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "接続が共有されないよう設定する"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き、変更する接続に応じて左の一覧から<gui>有線</gui>または<gui>無線</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ネットワーク名</gui>ドロップダウンリストから、他のユーザーに管理や編集を行なわせる接続を選択してから<gui>オプション</"
++"gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr "接続を変更する場合は管理パスワードを入力する必要があります。接続の変更を行なえるのは管理ユーザーに限られます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>他のユーザーにも利用可能にする</gui>のチェックを外してから<gui>保存</"
++"gui>をクリックします。コンピューターの他のユーザーによる接続の管理が可能になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi network</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">無線接続トラブルシューティング</link>、<link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-find\">wifi ネットワーク検索</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク関連の問題"
+ 
+-msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr "管理またはセキュリティを目的として、ユーザーの閲覧する web サイトにフィルターをかけるのがプロキシです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プロキシ設定の定義"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プロキシとは"
+ 
+-msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++"閲覧する web サイトにフィルターをかけるのが <em>web プロキシ</em>です。web ブラウザからの要求を受け web "
++"ページとそのエレメントを読み込み、ポリシーによってユーザーに渡すかが決定されます。ユーザーが閲覧する web "
++"サイトを管理、ログインしないユーザーによるインターネットアクセスを阻止、web "
++"サイトでのセキュリティチェックを行なう目的でビジネスや公共ワイヤレスホットスポットなどでよく使用されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プロキシのメソッドを変更"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr "<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き、ウィンドウ左側の一覧から<gui>ネットワークプロキシ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "次のメソッドの中から使用するプロキシメソッドを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr "アプリケーションは web でのコンテンツの読み出しにダイレクト接続を使用します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "手動"
+ 
+-msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"プロキシ設定している各プロトコルに対して、プロキシのアドレスとプロトコルのポートを定義します。プロトコルとは、<gui>HTTP</"
++"gui>、<gui>HTTPS</gui>、<gui>FTP</gui>、<gui>SOCKS</gui>になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "自動"
+ 
+-msgid "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr "システムに適切な設定を含むリソースへの URL ポイントです。"
+ 
+-msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr "選択された設定の使用にネットワーク接続を使用するアプリケーションに対してプロキシ設定が適用されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インターネットを使用する場合に留意すべき一般的なヒント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インターネット上で安全性を維持する"
+ 
+-msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux を利用する理由として考えられるのがよく知られる強固なセキュリティです。悪意のあるソフトウェアやウィルスに対して Linux "
++"が比較的安全である理由のひとつとしてユーザー数が低いためです。ウィルスは Windows "
++"のようにユーザー数が非常に高くなるポピュラーなオペレーティングシステムを標的にします。また、Linux "
++"はオープンソースの特質で非常に安全性が高く、各ディストリビューションに同梱されるセキュリティ機能のエキスパートによる修正および強化が可能です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Linux "
++"を安全にインストールするため何らかの手段は講じても、脆弱性は常に存在しています。インターネットの平均的なユーザーの場合、次のような点が気になるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr "フィッシング詐欺 (偽装して機密情報を盗もうとする web サイトおよびメール)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">悪意のあるメール転送</link>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">悪意のある (ウィルスを持つ) アプリケーション</link>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</link>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">不正なリモートまたはローカルのネットワークアクセス"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "オンラインで安全性を守るため、次の点に留意してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr "知らない人から送信されてきたメール、添付ファイル、リンクなどには注意します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+ msgstr ""
++"web "
++"サイトの話がうま過ぎる、不必要に見える機密情報を求めてくるなどの場合は、送信している情報、そしてその情報がなりすまし犯やその他の犯罪者に漏れた場合に考えられる結果についてよく考えてみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションに <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root レベルのパーミッション</"
++"link>を与える場合は注意が必要です。特に今まで使ったことのないアプリケーションやよく知らないアプリケーションの場合は注意してください。root "
++"レベルのパーミッションを与えるということは、コンピュータ悪用のリスクを高めることになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++"リモートアクセスのサービスを実行する場合は必要なサービスに必ず限ってください。SSH や VNC "
++"の実行が役に立つ場合もありますが、適切に安全性を確保していないとコンピューターに侵入ルートを開くことになります。不正侵入を防ぐため、<link xref="
++"\"net-firewall-on-off\">ファイアウォール</link>の使用を検討してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">ウィルス対策ソフトウェア</link>、<link xref=\"net-firewall-"
++"on-off\">基本ファイアウォール</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インターネットを安全に利用するために"
+ 
+-msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr "他のものをダウンロードしている、接続状態が悪い、トラフィックが混雑する時間帯、などの可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インターネットが遅い"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr "インターネットを使用中に遅いと感じられる場合、その原因がいくつか考えられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"web "
++"ブラウザを一度閉じてから開きなおす、またインターネットを一度切断してから再接続してみてください。(インターネットを遅くしている可能性がある原因がリセットされます。)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">混雑する時間帯</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
++"インターネットサービスプロバイダーは複数世帯でインターネット共有されるよう接続の設定を行なうのが一般的です。専用の電話回線やケーブル接続を使用している場合であっても、電話交換器から先の接続は実際には共有されている可能性があります。このような場合、インターネットが近隣世帯で同時に使用されると、インターネットが遅くなったと感じることがあります。たとえば、隣の人が夕方などの同時刻にインターネットを使用していると遅くなったと感じるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">多くのものを同時にダウンロードする</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"インターネット接続していて複数のファイルを同時にダウンロードしたり、ビデオ見ていたりすると、期待しているインターネット速度が維持されないことがあります。このような場合、遅くなったと感じます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">信頼できない接続</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+ msgstr ""
++"インターネット接続、特に需要の高いエリアでの接続や一時的な接続では、単純に信頼できないものがあります。混雑しているカフェやコンファレンスセンターなどの場合、インターネット接続が混雑しすぎていたり、または接続自体が単に信頼できないかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ワイヤレス接続信号が弱い</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線 (wifi) "
++"でインターネット接続している場合は上部バーのネットワークアイコンで十分なワイヤレス信号を受信しているか確認します。十分な信号を受信していない場合、受け取っている信号に十分な強度がないためインターネットが遅くなるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">使用しているモバイルインターネット接続が遅い</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
+ msgstr ""
++"モバイルインターネット接続を使用していて遅いと感じた場合、信号の受信状態が悪い地域に移動したことが原因の場合があります。こうした状況の場合には、接続が "
++"3G のような高速な「モバイルブロードバンド」から GPRS のような低速ながら安定した接続に自動的に切り替わります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Web ブラウザに問題がある</em>"
+ 
+-msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+ msgstr ""
++"web ブラウザの動作速度が低下するような問題に遭遇する場合があります。読み込みが困難な web "
++"サイトに移動したり、ブラウザを長時間開いたままにしていた場合など、原因は多々考えられます。まずブラウザのウィンドウをすべて閉じてから再度開きなおし、動作速度に違いが見られるかどうか試してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr "VPN を使用することでインターネット経由でのローカルネットワークhの接続が可能になります。VPN 接続の設定方法について見ていきます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "VPN への接続"
+ 
+-msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN (<em>Virtual Private Network</em>) "
++"とはインターネット経由でローカルのネットワークに接続する方法です。たとえば、出張中に勤務先のローカルネットワークに接続したいとします。どこか "
++"(ホテルなど) でインターネット接続を見つけたとして、勤務先の VPN "
++"に接続します。実際にはホテルのインターネット接続を経由していながら、まるで勤務先のネットワークに直接、接続しているように接続することができます。VPN "
++"接続は通常、ログインしていないユーザーによるローカルネットワークへのアクセスを防ぐため<em>暗号化</em>されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN にはいくつか異なる種類があります。接続する VPN の種類により追加ソフトウェアをインストールする必要があるかもしれません。VPN "
++"担当者より接続の詳細を取得し、使用すべき <em>VPN クライアント</"
++"em>を確認します。次に、ソフトウェアインストーラーアプリケーションに行き、目的の VPN と動作する <app>NetworkManager</"
++"app> パッケージ (ある場合) を検索、インストールします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
+ msgstr ""
++"使用する VPN タイプの NetworkManager がない場合、VPN "
++"ソフトウェアを提供している会社のクライアントソフトウェアをダウンロードしてインストールする必要があるかもしれません。動作させるにはいくつか異なる手順に従う必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "必要な作業を完了したら VPN 接続の設定を行ないます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr "左側の一覧にある「<gui>+</gui>」ボタンをクリックし新規接続を追加します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr "インターフェイス一覧で「<gui>VPN</gui>」を選択し、「<gui>作成…</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "「<gui>追加</gui>」をクリックし、持っている VPN 接続の種類を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr "「<gui>作成</gui>」をクリックし、画面の指示にしたがってユーザー名、パスワードなどを入力していきます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
++"VPN の設定を完了したら、上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックし「<gui>VPN 接続</"
++"gui>」に行きます。作成した接続をクリックすると、VPN 接続の確立が試行されます。接続試行が行なわれるとネットワークアイコンが変化します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"うまくいけば VPN に接続されます。接続できない場合、入力した VPN "
++"設定を再確認する必要があるかもしれません。ネットワークアイコンをクリック、「<gui>ネットワークの設定</gui>」をクリック、「<gui>VPN</"
++"gui>」タブに行くと設定を確認することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr "VPN を切断する場合は、上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックし VPN 接続名の下の「<gui>切断</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "IP アドレスとはコンピューターの電話番号のようなものです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "IPアドレスとは"
+ 
+-msgid "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
++"「IP アドレス」は <em>Internet Protocol address</em> の略でネットワーク (インターネットのような) "
++"に接続される各デバイスにひとつずつあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
++"IP アドレスは電話番号と似ています。電話番号とは、誰かが電話をかけることができるよう電話を特定する固有の番号セットです。同様に、IP "
++"アドレスは他のコンピュータとのデータの送受信を行なえるようコンピューターを識別する固有の番号セットになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
++"現在、IP アドレスのほとんどは 4 つの番号セットから構成され、それぞれのセットはピリオドで区切られています。<code>192.168.1.42</"
++"code> などがその例です。"
+ 
+-msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++"IP アドレスは<em>動的</em>または<em>静的</"
++"em>のいずれかになります。コンピューターがネットワークに接続する度、一時的に割り当てられるのが動的な IP アドレスです。固定で変化しないのが静的 "
++"IP アドレスになります。静的アドレスは、サーバーの管理などを目的とした特殊なニーズがある場合にのみ使用されるのが一般的です。"
+ 
+-msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr "有線ネットワーク接続を設定する際、ほとんどの場合がネットワークケーブルを差し込むだけです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "有線 (イーサネット) ネットワークへの接続"
+ 
+-msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"有線ネットワーク接続を設定する際、ほとんどの場合がネットワークケーブルを差し込むだけです。上部バーのネットワークアイコンが数秒間、スピンするかパルスを発したあと、接続完了の時点でソケットアイコンに変わります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++"これが起こらない場合、まずネットワークケーブルが差し込まれているか確認してください。ケーブルの一方の端がコンピューターにある長方形のイーサネット "
++"(ネットワーク) ポートに差し込まれ、もう一端はスイッチやルーター、ネットワークウォールソケットなどに挿入されている必要があります "
++"(ユーザーのネットワーク設定に応じて)。イーサネットポートの横にあるライトによりケーブルが差し込まれアクティブになっていることがわかることもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを別のコンピューターにネットワークケーブルで直接つなぐことはできません (少なくとも何らかの追加設定が必要)。2 "
++"台のコンピューターを接続する場合、両方のコンピューターをネットワークハブとなるルータやスイッチに接続する必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"それでもなお接続できない場合、自動設定 (DHCP) に対応していない可能性があります。このような場合、<link xref=\"net-"
++"manual\">手作業による設定</link>が必要になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">有線インターネット接続</link>、<link xref=\"net-fixed-"
++"ip-address\">固定 IP アドレス</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "有線によるネットワーク"
+ 
+-msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr "特殊なネットワークを使用し、他のデバイスをコンピュータおよびそのネットワーク接続につなげることができるようにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスホットスポットの作成"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターをワイヤレスのホットスポットとして使用することができます。これにより、別途ネットワークを用意することなくこのコンピューターに他のデバイスを接続させ、有線ネットワークやセルラーネットワークなど別のインターフェイスで作成したインターネット接続を共有させることができるようになります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
++msgstr "左側の「<gui>無線</gui>」を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+-msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
++msgstr "「<gui>ホットスポットとして使用</gui>」ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークにすでに接続している場合、そのネットワークを切断するかどうか問われます。単一ワイヤレスアダプターの場合、一度に接続または作成できるネットワークは一つのみです。「<gui>ホットスポットの作成</"
++"gui>」をクリックして確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク名 (SSID) "
++"とセキュリティキーが自動的に生成されます。ネットワーク名はコンピューターの名前がベースになります。作成したホットスポットへ他のデバイスを接続させる際にこの情報が必要となります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワークの設定を開き、機内モードをオンにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスをオフにする (機内モード)"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"飛行機内 (または無線接続が許可されていないエリア内) "
++"にコンピューターを持ち込む場合、ワイヤレスをオフにする必要があります。また、これ以外の場合にもワイヤレスをオフにしたいことがあります "
++"(節電などの目的)。ワイヤレスをオフにするには、"
+ 
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr "「<gui>機内モード</gui>」をオンにします。これで再び機内モードをオフに切り替えるまで、無線接続はオフの状態になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr "「<em>機内モード</em>」を使用すると、ワイヤレスおよび Bluetooth いずれの接続も完全にオフになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "インターネットに接続する - 無線"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線ネットワークに接続する"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターでワイヤレス設定を有効にしている場合、範囲内にあるワイヤレスネットワークへ接続してインターネットにアクセスしたり、ネットワーク上の共有ファイルを閲覧したりすることができます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr "上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックし、接続先のネットワーク名をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク名が表示されない場合は、「<gui>詳細</"
++"gui>」をクリックしてネットワーク一覧の下の方に目的のネットワークがないか確認します。一覧にネットワークが見つからない場合、範囲外にいるかネットワーク自体が<link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">非表示の設定</link>になっている可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークがパスワードで保護されている場合には (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">暗号キー</"
++"link>)、入力を求められた時にそのパスワードを入力してから「<gui>接続</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
++"キーを知らない場合、ワイヤレスルーターやベースステーションの裏側、説明書などに記載されていることがあります。または、ワイヤレスネットワーク管理者に確認する必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr "コンピューターによりネットワークへの接続試行が行なわれると、ネットワークアイコンの外観が変化します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
+ msgstr ""
++"接続に成功するとアイコンは黒点の上に数本のバーが付いたアイコンに変わります。バーの数が多いほどネットワークへの接続強度が強いことを示しています。バーの数が少ない場合は、強度が弱いため接続が安定しないかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++"接続に失敗する場合、<link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">パスワード再入力が求められる</"
++"link>、または単に接続が切断された旨のメッセージが表示されます。このような場合いくつかの原因があります。間違ったパスワードを入力した、ワイヤレス信号が弱すぎる、コンピューターのワイヤレスカードに問題があるなどです。ヘルプについては "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> をご覧ください。"
+ 
+-msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスネットワークへの接続強度が高いからと言ってインターネット接続速度が必ずしも高速となるわけではなく、またダウンロード速度が速くなるわけでもありません。無線接続により、コンピューターは<em>インターネット接続を提供しているデバイス</"
++"em> (ルーターまたはモデムなど) に接続されますが、この 2 種類の接続は実際には異なるため別々の速度で実行されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr "信号が弱い、またはネットワークに正しく接続されていない可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線ネットワークが切断されてしまいます、なぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
++"接続を維持したいのに無線ネットワークが切断されてしまう場合があります。通常、コンピューターは切断が起こると直ちにネットワークの再接続を試行しますが "
++"(再接続の試行中、上部バーのネットワークアイコンはスピンするかパルスを発します)、インターネットを使用中の場合これがうっとうしく感じられる場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレス信号が弱い"
+ 
+-msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークが切断されてしまう一般的な原因は弱信号によるものです。無線ネットワークの範囲は限られているため、基地局から離れすぎると接続維持に十分な強度の信号を受け取れない場合があります。基地局との間にある壁や物なども信号を弱める原因となり得ます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr "上部バーのネットワークアイコンにワイヤレス信号の強度が表示されます。信号が弱いようであれば基地局の近くに移動してみてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワーク接続が正しく確立されない"
+ 
+-msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークに接続すると、最初は接続に成功したように見え直後に切断されてしまうことがあります。ネットワークに接続が成功したのはコンピューターの一部分だけだったことが原因でこのようなことが発生します。接続の確立までは成功したが何らかの理由で最終的な確定を行なえず切断されてしまったということです。"
+ 
+-msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
++"\"間違ったワイヤレスパスフレーズを入力した、使用しているコンピューターがネットワークでは許可されていなかった "
++"(ネットワークでログイン用のユーザー名の入力が求められた) などがその原因として考えられます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線用ハードウェアやドライバーが不安定"
+ 
+-msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークのハードウェアが若干、不安定になることがあります。無線ネットワークが複雑なため、時々、ワイヤレスカードや基地局で小さな問題が発生し接続が途切れることがあります。困った現象ですが、多くのデバイスで定期的に見られます。時々、無線接続が切断されてしまう場合にはこれが唯一の原因となる可能性があります。繰り返し頻繁に起こるようなら、別のハードウェアの取得を検討してみてもよいかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線ネットワークが混雑している"
+ 
+-msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
++"利用度の高いエリア (大学やカフェなど) "
++"の無線ネットワークでは、多くのコンピューターによる同時接続が頻繁に試行されます。このようなネットワークでは混雑が激しく接続を試行するコンピューターのすべてを処理できないことがあり、その一部が切断されてしまうことがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線接続の編集画面メニューで使用できるオプションについて見ていきます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線接続の編集"
+ 
+-msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"このトピックでは、無線ネットワーク接続を編集する際に利用できる全オプションについて解説しています。接続を編集するには、「<gui>ネットワーク</"
++"gui>」の設定で接続を選択してから「<gui>オプション</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+ msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのネットワークはデフォルト設定のままで問題なく動作するため、設定を変更する必要はないかもしれません。オプションの多くはネットワークをさらに詳細に渡って制御できるよう用意されているものです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "全ユーザーに使用を許可する / 自動的に接続"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "自動的に接続"
+ 
+-msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr "この無線ネットワークの範囲内に入ったら常に接続試行する場合はこのオプションにチェックを入れます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+ msgstr ""
++"自動接続が設定された複数のネットワークの範囲内に入ると、<gui>ネットワークの設定</gui>ウィンドウ内の<gui>無線</"
++"gui>タブの先頭に表示されるネットワークに接続されます。別のネットワーク範囲内に入っても現在使用できるネットワークを切断して、そのネットワークに接続することはありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "全ユーザーに使用を許可する"
+ 
+-msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"この無線ネットワークへのアクセスをコンピュータ上の全ユーザーに持たせる場合にはこのオプションをチェックします。<link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA パスワード</"
++"link>が設定されているネットワークにこのオプションを選択した場合、パスワードの入力が必要とされるのは一度のみになります。他のユーザーはすべてパスワードを知らなくてもネットワークに接続することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
++"\"このオプションにチェックが入っている場合、このネットワークの設定を変更するには<link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">理者</link>になる必要があります。管理者パスワードの入力が求められる場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "無線"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+ msgstr ""
++"接続している無線ネットワーク名、または<em>サービスセットID (Service Set Identifier)</em> "
++"です。無線メットワーク名を変更した場合をのぞき、この名前は変更しないでください (無線ルーターや基地局の設定変更など)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "モード"
+ 
+-msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>インフラストラクチャ</gui>ネットワーク (中央基地局またはルーターに無線接続するネットワーク) または <gui>特殊</"
++"gui>ネットワーク (基地局がなく、ネットワーク内のコンピューターが互いに接続するネットワーク) "
++"のいずれに接続するかを指定する場合に使用します。ネットワークのほとんどはインフラストラクチャネットワークですが、<link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">独自の特殊ネットワークを設定</link>したい場合があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>特殊</gui>を選択すると、<gui>バンド</gui>と<gui>チャンネル</gui>の 2 "
++"種類のオプションが表示されます。このオプションで特殊無線ネットワークが動作する周波数帯域を確定します。コンピューターの中には一定の帯域でしか動作しないものがあるため "
++"(<gui>A</gui> のみ、<gui>B/G</"
++"gui>のみなど)、特殊ネットワーク内の全コンピューターが利用できる帯域を選択したい場合があります。混雑している場所では、同じチャンネルを共有している無線ネットワークが複数あり接続速度が遅くなることがあるため、使用しているチャンネルを変更することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>基本サービスセット ID (Basic Service Set Identifier)</em> です。SSID (上記参照) "
++"とは人間が読みやすいネットワーク名です。BSSID とはコンピューターが理解できる名前です "
++"(無線ネットワークに対して固有となると思われる文字と数字による文字列)。<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">ネットワークが非表示になっている場合</link>、そのネットワークには SSID はありませんが BSSID があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "デバイスの MAC アドレス"
+ 
+-msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</link>はネットワークハードウェア（たとえば無線カードや Ethernet ネットワークカード、ルーターなど）を識別するためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスには、メーカーで設定された一意の MAC アドレスが割り当てられています。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</link>はネットワークハードウェア（たとえば無線カードや "
++"Ethernet "
++"ネットワークカード、ルーターなど）を識別するためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスには、メーカーで設定された一意の MAC "
++"アドレスが割り当てられています。"
+ 
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr "このオプションはネットワークカードの MAC アドレスを変更するために使用します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "クローンの MAC アドレス"
+ 
+-msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++"実際とは異なる MAC アドレスを持っているようネットワークハードウェア (ワイヤレスカード) を見せかけることができます。特定のアドレス "
++"(ケーブルブロードバンドモデムなど) としか通信を行なわないデバイスやサービスなどがある場合に便利です。「<gui>クローンの MAC アドレス</"
++"gui>」ボックスにその MAC アドレスを入力すると、コンピュータ側はそのデバイスやサービスが持っているのは実際のアドレスではなくクローンの MAC "
++"アドレスだと認識するようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>最大転送単位 (Maximum Transmission Unit)</em> "
++"を変更します。ネットワーク経由で送信可能な一塊のデータの最大サイズです。複数のファイルをネットワーク経由で送信すると、データは小さな塊 (パケット) "
++"に分割されます。ネットワークの最適な MTU はパケットの紛失確率 (ノイズ接続による) "
++"と接続速度によって異なります。一般的には設定を変更する必要はありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "無線セキュリティ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "セキュリティ"
+ 
+-msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites you're visiting and so on."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークに使用させる<em>暗号</"
++"em>の種類を定義します。接続を暗号化することによりその接続の傍受を防ぐことができるため、利用者の接続を傍受して閲覧先の web "
++"サイトを特定することができなくなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
+ msgstr ""
++"暗号化はその種類により強弱がありますが、旧式の無線ネットワーク機器では対応していない場合があります。通常、接続にはパスワードの入力が必要とされます。さらに高度なものはユーザー名やデジタル「証明書」も必要とするものがあります。ワイヤレスの暗号化の一般的な種類については、<link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/>をご覧ください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+-msgstr "IPv4 設定"
++msgstr "IPv4 のセッティング"
+ 
+-msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
+ msgstr ""
++"使用しているコンピューターの IP アドレスや使用させる DNS "
++"サーバーなどの情報を定義する場合にこのタブを使用します。情報の取得および設定方法を確認するには「<gui>メソッド</gui>」を変更します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "次のようなメソッドが利用可能です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "自動 (DHCP)"
+ 
+-msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++"使用する IP アドレスや DNS サーバーなどの情報を <em>DHCP サーバー</em>から取得します。DHCP "
++"サーバーとはネットワークに接続されているコンピューターであり "
++"(またはルーターなどのデバイス)、コンピューターに持たせるべきネットワーク設定を決定します。初めてネットワークに接続した時に自動的に適切な設定が割り当てられます。ネットワークのほとんどが "
++"DHCP を使用しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "自動 (DHCP) アドレス専用"
+ 
+-msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
+ msgstr ""
++"この設定を選択すると、IP アドレスは DHCP サーバーから取得されます。ただし、他の詳細については手作業で定義する必要があります (使用する DNS "
++"サーバーなど)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr "コンピューターに使用させる IP アドレスなど、すべてのネットワーク設定を手動で定義したい場合はこのオプションを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカルへのリンク専用"
+ 
+-msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ローカルへのリンク</em>は、手作業による IP アドレスおよび他の情報の定義やDHCP "
++"サーバーなどを必要とすることなく、ネットワーク上で複数のコンピューターを接続させる手段です。ローカルへのリンク専用ネットワークに接続すると、ネットワーク上のコンピューターは使用する "
++"IP アドレスをコンピュータ自身で決定します。複数のコンピューターが互いに通信し合えるよう一時的にコンピュータ同士を接続したい場合などに便利です。"
+ 
+-msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク接続を無効にし接続できないようにするオプションです。<gui>IPv4</gui> と <gui>IPv6</gui> "
++"は同じネットワークカードであっても別々の接続として処理される点に注意してください。いずれかを有効にした場合には、もう一方は無効に設定した方がよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+-msgstr "IPv6 設定"
++msgstr "IPv6 のセッティング"
+ 
+-msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
++"新しい IPv6 標準に対応するという点以外、<gui>IPv4</gui> タブと同じです。最新のネットワークは IPv6 を使用しますが、現時点では "
++"IPv4 の方が一般的です。"
+ 
+-msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr "無線がオフになっているか壊れている、近くに無線ネットワークが多すぎる、ネットワーク範囲の外にいるなどの可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "一覧に自分の無線ネットワークが表示されません"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr "上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックすると表示されるネットワーク一覧に自分の無線ネットワークが表示されない場合いくつか理由があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
++"一覧にネットワークが何も表示されない場合、ワイヤレスハードウェアがオフになっているか<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\">正常に動作していない可能性</link>があります。ワイヤレスハードウェアを確認してオンにしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
++"近くに数多くの無線ネットワークがある場合、探しているネットワークが一覧の最初のページには見つからないかもしれません。このような場合には、一覧下部で右方向を指している矢印を見つけ、マウスポインターを重ねて残りの無線ネットワークを表示させます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワーク範囲の外にいる可能性があります。無線基地局またはルーターに近い場所に移動し、ネットワークが一覧に表示されるようになるかどうか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワーク一覧の更新には時間がかかります。コンピューターの電源を入れたばかりだったり、場所を移動したばかりの場合には、数分待ってから一覧にネットワークが表示されるか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークが非表示設定になっている可能性があります。非表示のネットワークの場合には、<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">別の方法で接続する</link>必要があります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr "「<gui>ネットワークの設定</gui>」を開き、「<gui>その他</gui>」の無線ネットワークに接続します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "非表示設定の無線ネットワークに接続"
+ 
+-msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークが表示されないよう設定することができます。非表示のネットワークは上部バーのネットワークアイコンをクリックしてもネットワーク一覧には表示されません "
++"(また、いずれのコンピューターの無線ネットワーク一覧にも表示されません)。非表示の無線ネットワークに接続する場合には次のようにします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
++msgstr "左の一覧から「<gui>無線</gui>」を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr "「<gui>ネットワーク名</gui>」のドロップダウンリストから「<gui>その他</gui>」を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr "表示されるウィンドウにネットワーク名を入力し、無線セキュリティの種類を選択してから「<gui>接続</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"無線基地局またはルーターの設定でネットワーク名を確認する必要があるかもしれません。ネットワーク名は <em>BSSID</em> (Basic "
++"Service Set Identifier) と呼ばれることがあり、<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> "
++"などのような表記になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr "また、無線基地局のセキュリティ設定も確認してください。WEP または WPA などを検索します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークを非表示に設定すると、そのネットワークの存在を知らないユーザーは接続できなくなるため、セキュリティが強化されると考える方がいるかもしれません。しかし、若干見つけにくくはなりますが、依然、検出は可能であり、実際にはそれほどセキュリティが強化されるわけではありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr "パスワードをダブルクリックして、パスワードではなくパスキーを使用します。ワイヤレスカードを一度オフにしてからオンにし直します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しいパスワードを入力したのに接続できません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
++"間違いなく正しい<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">ワイヤレスパスワード</"
++"link>を入力したにも関わらず無線ネットワークに接続できない場合には、次のいずれかを試してみてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しいパスワードを入力したか再確認します"
+ 
+-msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別するため、大文字と小文字が間違っていないか確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "16 進数か ASCII のパスキーを試してみてください"
+ 
+-msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++"入力したパスワードは、パスキーと呼ばれる 16 進数の文字列 (数字の 0 から 9 と文字 a から f) "
++"として別の方法で表すこともできます。パスワードにはそれぞれ対応するパスキーがあります。パスワードまたはパスフレーズと同様、パスキーにもアクセスできる場合は、パスキーを入力してみてください。パスワードの入力が求められたら、正しい「<gui>無線セキュリティ</"
++"gui>」オプションが選択されているか確認してください (WEP 暗号を使用した接続に 40 文字のパスキーを入力している場合は「<gui>WEP 40/"
++"128 ビットキー</gui>」を選択)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスカードを一度オフにしてからオンにし直します"
+ 
+-msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスカードが動作しなくなったり、何らかの問題が生じて接続しなくなる場合があります。カードを一度オフにしてからオンにし直しリセットしてみてください。詳細については "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> をご覧ください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しい種類の無線セキュリティを使用しているか確認してください"
+ 
+-msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線セキュリティのパスワード入力が求められたら、使用する無線セキュリティの種類を選択します。ルーターまたは無線基地局で使用している種類を選択してください。これはデフォルトで選択されるべきですが、何らかの理由で選択されないことがあります。ルーターまたは無線基地局で使用している種類が分からない場合は順番に試してみてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "使用しているワイヤレスカードに対応しているか確認してください"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスカードの中には対応していないものもあります。無線接続を表示しても、ドライバーの機能不足によりネットワークに接続できません。代替となるワイヤレスドライバーが入手できないか、または追加の設定を行なう必要がないかどうか "
++"(別の<em>ファームウェア</em>のインストールなど) を確認してください。詳細については <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> をご覧ください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Ubuntu ドキュメンテーション Wiki の貢献者"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr "特定のワイヤレスアダプターでは正しく動作しないデバイスドライバーがあるため、適したアダプターを探す必要があるかもしれません。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線ネットワークトラブルシューティング"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しく動作するデバイスドライバーがインストールされているか確認します"
+ 
+-msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
++"このステップでは、デバイスドライバーがワイヤレスアダプターに対して正しく動作するかどうかを確認することができます。<em>デバイスドライバー</"
++"em>とは、ハードウェアデバイスが正しく動作するようコンピューターに対して指示をするソフトウェアを指します。ワイヤレスアダプターがコンピューターで認識されていても、正しく動作するドライバーがそのコンピューターにはない場合があります。ワイヤレスアダプターに対して正しく動作するドライバーは複数見つけることができます。以下に示すオプションを試してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプターが対応デバイス一覧に記載されているかどうかを確認します"
+ 
+-msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++"ほとんどの Linux "
++"ディストリビューションには、対応しているワイヤレスデバイス一覧があります。特定のアダプターが正しく動作するドライバーの入手方法などの追加情報も記載している場合があります。使用しているディストリビューションの一覧 "
++"(<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/"
++"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>、<link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/"
++"en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link>、<link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:"
++"Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>など) "
++"でワイヤレスアダプターの製造元とモデルを確認してください。動作するワイヤレスドライバーの入手方法が記載されているものもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "制限のある (バイナリ) ドライバーをさがします"
+ 
+-msgid "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux drivers."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux ディストリビューションの多くは<em>オープンソース</em>となる<em>フリー</"
++"em>なデバイスドライバーしか同梱していません。プロプリエタリィのドライバーやクローズドソースのドライバーは配信できないためです。使用しているワイヤレスアダプターに適したドライバーがフリーではない場合、または「バイナリのみ」のバージョンとなる場合には、デフォルトではインストールされないかもしれません。このような場合、製造元の "
++"web サイトで Linux 用のドライバーが提供されていないか探してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
++"Linux "
++"ディストリビューションの中には制限のあるドライバーをダウンロードできるツールを提供しているものがあります。使用しているディストリビューションにこのようなツールがある場合には、そのツールを使ってワイヤレスドライバーを探すことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "アダプターに Windows のドライバーを使用します"
+ 
+-msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++"一般的に、特定のオペレーティングシステム (Windows など) 向けに設計されたデバイスドライバーを別のオペレーティングシステム (Linux "
++"など) で使用することはできません。デバイスの処理方法が異なるためです。ただし、ワイヤレスアダプターの場合、<em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"と呼ばれる互換層をインストールすることで Windows の一部のワイヤレスドライバーを Linux "
++"で使うことができるようになります。ほとんどの場合、Windows 向けドライバーは提供されていますが Linux "
++"向けドライバーはないことがあるため、この互換層が役に立ちます。NDISwrapper の使い方については、<link href=\"http://"
++"sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">ここ</"
++"link>をご覧ください。NDISwrapper を使ってもすべてのワイヤレスドライバーが使用できるようになるわけではないため注意してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++"いずれのオプションでも動作しない場合は、別のワイヤレスアダプターで動作するか確認した方がよいかもしれません。USB "
++"ワイヤレスアダプターの多くは非常に安価で、いずれのコンピューターにも接続できます。ただし、購入は使用している Linux "
++"ディストリビューションとの互換性があるかどうかを確認してからにした方がよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプターが接続されていてもコンピューターで正しく認識されていない場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線接続トラブルシューティング"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプターが認識されたか確認します"
+ 
+-msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスアダプターがコンピューターに接続されていても、ネットワークデバイスとしてコンピューターで認識されていない場合があります。このステップでは、デバイスが正常に認識されたかどうかを確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"端末ウィンドウを開き、<cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> と入力してから <key>Enter</key> "
++"を押します。エラーメッセージが出力される場合は <app>lshw</app> プログラムをコンピューターにインストールする必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"表示される詳細を確認して、<em>無線インターフェース</"
++"em>のセクションを見つけます。ワイヤレスアダプターが正しく検出されていた場合には、次のような出力があるはずです (出力は若干異なる場合があります)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -6588,4188 +16411,9691 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線デバイスが表示されている場合は、<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
++"drivers\">デバイスドライバーのステップ</link>に進みます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++"無線デバイスが <em>表示されない </"
++"em>場合、次に行なうべき手順は使用しているデバイスの種類によって異なってきます。以下で、コンピューターの持つ無線アダプターに関連しているセクションを参照してください "
++"(<link xref=\"#pci\">内部 PCI</link>、<link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>、<link xref="
++"\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link> など)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "PCI (内部) ワイヤレスアダプター"
+ 
+-msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
++"もっとも一般的なのが内部 PCI アダプターです。ここ数年内に生産されたノートブック型パソコンのほとんどに搭載されています。PCI "
++"ワイヤレスアダプターが認識されたか確認する場合は次を行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "端末を開き、<cmd>lspci</cmd> と入力してから <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"表示されるデバイス一覧で、<code>ネットワークコントローラ</code>または<code>イーサネットコントローラ</"
++"code>の印がついたデバイスを探します。ワイヤレスアダプターに該当するデバイスの場合、<code>wireless</"
++"code>、<code>WLAN</code>、<code>wifi</code>、<code>802.11</code> "
++"などの単語が含まれている場合があります。出力例を以下に示します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークコントローラ: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"一覧にワイヤレスアダプターがあった場合は、<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
++"drivers\">デバイスドライバーのステップ</"
++"link>に進んでください。使用しているワイヤレスアダプターに関連しているデバイスがなにも見つからない場合は、<link xref=\"#not-"
++"recognized\">以下の手順</link>を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "USB ワイヤレスアダプター"
+ 
+-msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターの USB ポートに差し込むワイヤレスアダプターはあまり一般的ではありません。このタイプのアダプターは、USB "
++"ポートに直接差し込んだり、USB ケーブルで接続することができます。3G モバイルブロードバンドアダプターはワイヤレス (wifi) "
++"アダプターに非常に似ているため、USB ワイヤレスアダプターを持っていると思われる場合には 3G アダプターではないことをよく確認してください。USB "
++"ワイヤレスアダプターが認識されたか確認するには次を行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "端末を開き、<cmd>lsusb</cmd> を入力してから <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"表示されるデバイス一覧で、ワイヤレスデバイスまたはネットワークデバイスを指していると思われるものを探します。ワイヤレスアダプターに該当するデバイスの場合、<code>wireless</"
++"code>、<code>WLAN</code>、<code>wifi</code>、<code>802.11</code> "
++"などの単語が含まれている場合があります。出力例を以下に示します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "PCMCIA デバイスをチェックする"
+ 
+-msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA "
++"ワイヤレスアダプターは一般的には長方形のカードでノートブック型パソコンの側面にあるスロットに挿入して使用します。比較的、旧式のコンピューターによく見られるタイプになります。PCMCIA "
++"アダプターが認識された確認するには次を行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプターを<em>挿入せずに</em>コンピューターを起動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "端末を開き、次を入力してから <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターのハードウェアに関するメッセージ一覧が表示され、ハードウェアの変更に関して行なうべきことがある場合は自動的に更新が行なわれます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+ msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA "
++"スロットにワイヤレスアダプターを差し込み、端末ウィンドウに表示される変更を確認します。ワイヤレスアダプターに関する詳細などが表示されるはずです。ワイヤレスアダプターであると確認できる出力があるか表示内容を確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
+ msgstr ""
++"端末で実行中のコマンドを停止する場合は、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。コマンドを停止させたら端末を閉じても構いません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスアダプターに関する詳細が見つかった場合は、<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
++"drivers\">デバイスドライバーのステップ</link>に進んでください。ワイヤレスアダプターに関するものが何も見つからない場合は、<link "
++"xref=\"#not-recognized\">以下の手順</link>を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプターが認識されませんでした"
+ 
+-msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスアダプターが認識されなかった場合、アダプターが正しく動作していなかった、またはアダプターに適したドライバーがインストールされていない可能性があります。インストールできるドライバーがあるかどうかを確認する方法については、使用している "
++"Linux  ディストリビューションによって異なります (Ubuntu、Fedora、openSuSE など)。"
+ 
+-msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+ msgstr ""
++"具体的なヘルプ得るには、使用しているディストリビューションの web サイトでサポートに関するオプションをご覧ください。メーリングリストや web "
++"チャットなど、ワイヤレスアダプターに関する質問を問い合わせができる場所なども記載されている可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr "この後の問題解決ステップではワイヤレスアダプターのモデル番号などの詳細が必要になるかもしれません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ネットワークハードウェアに関する情婦を収集します"
+ 
+-msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
++"このステップでは、無線ネットワークデバイスに関する情報を収集していきます。無線に関連する問題を解決する方法はワイヤレスアダプターの製造元やモデル番号により異なってくるため、こうした情報をメモに記しておく必要があります。また、デバイスドライバーのインストールディスクなど、コンピューターに同梱されていたアイテムを手元に用意しておくと役に立ちます。次のようなアイテムをまだ所持しているか確認してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr "ワイヤレスデバイスの包装材や説明書など (特にルーターのユーザーガイド)"
+ 
+-msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr "ワイヤレスアダプター用ドライバーが収録されているディスク (Windows ドライバーのみでも可)"
+ 
+-msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr "コンピュータ、ワイヤレスアダプター、ルーターなどの製造元とモデル番号 (通常、デバイスの底面に記載)"
+ 
+-msgid "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線ネットワークデバイスまたはその包装材料などに印刷されていることがあるバージョンまたはリビジョン番号など "
++"(この番号は特に役に立つため、よく探してください)"
+ 
+-msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its \"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
++"デバイス自体、デバイスのファームウェアバージョン、使用しているコンポーネント (チップセット) いずれかを識別するドライバーディスク上のあらゆるもの"
+ 
+-msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"可能であれば、必要に応じてソフトウェアやドライバーなどをダウンロードするための代替インターネット接続へのアクセス "
++"(コンピューターをイーサネットネットワークケーブルで直接ルーターにつなぎインターネットへのアクセスを取得するのも方法の一つですが、ルーターへの接続は必要時に限ってください)"
+ 
+-msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr "これらのアイテムをできるだけ揃えたら「<gui>次</gui>」をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr "簡単なネットワーク設定に誤りがないか確認してから、次の問題解決ステップへの準備を整えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "初期接続確認を行ないます"
+ 
+-msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
++"このステップでは、無線ネットワーク接続に関する基本的な情報をチェックします。無線接続がオフになっていたなど、問題が単純な原因で発生しているのではないことを確認し、次の問題解決ステップへの準備を整えるために行ないます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr "ノートブック型パソコンを<em>有線</em>でインターネット接続させていないか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"外部ワイヤレスアダプター (ノートブック型パソコンに差し込める PCMCIA カードや USB アダプターなど) "
++"がある場合、しっかりとコンピューターに差し込まれているか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスカードがコンピューターの<em>内部</em>にある場合は、ワイヤレススイッチがオンになっているか確認します "
++"(スイッチがある場合)。ノートブック型パソコンにはキーボードのキーの組み合わせを押すことで切り替え可能なワイヤレススイッチが搭載されていることがよくあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークアイコンをクリックして、<gui>無線</gui>がオンに設定されているか確認します。<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"airplane\">内モードがオンになっていないかも確認します</link>。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "端末を開き、<cmd>nm-tool</cmd> を入力して <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
+ msgstr ""
++"ネットワークハードウェアと接続状態に関する情報が表示されます。下の方に無線ネットワークアダプターに関するセクションがないか確認します。ネットワークデバイスの情報はそれぞれ点線で区切られています。ワイヤレスアダプターのセクションに "
++"<code>State: Connected</code> があれば、そのデバイスは実行中でワイヤレスルーターに接続されていることを示しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスルーターに接続されているのにインターネットにアクセスできない場合、ルーターが正しく設定されていない、またはインターネットサービスプロバイダー "
++"(ISP) 側で技術的な問題が発生している可能性があります。ルーターと ISP の設定ガイドを点検して設定に間違いがないか確認するか ISP "
++"にサポートを求めます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
++"<cmd>nm-tool</cmd> による出力にネットワークに接続された情報が表示されていなかった場合、「<gui>次</"
++"gui>」をクリックしてトラブルシューティングガイドの次の部分に進みます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線接続に関する問題を特定して修正します"
+ 
+-msgid "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
+ msgstr ""
++"無線に関する問題の特定および修正を順を追って解説していくトラブルシューティングガイドです。何らかの理由で無線ネットワークに接続できない場合、次の手順を行なってみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr "次の手順を追いながらコンピューターをインターネットに接続していきます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "初期チェックを行なう"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハードウェア情報を収集する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハードウェアをチェックする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ワイヤレスルーターへの接続を作成してみる"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "モデムとルーターのチェックを行なう"
+ 
+-msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
++"ページ右上の「<em>次</em>」リンクをクリックして開始します。このリンク、また次ページに出てくるリンクにより順を追いながら進んで行きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コマンドラインを使用する"
+ 
+-msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"ガイドの手順により、<em>コマンドライン</em> (端末) へのコマンド入力が求められます。端末アプリケーションは「<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>」画面内にあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+ msgstr ""
++"コマンドラインの使い方になれていないユーザーでも、本ガイドではステップごとに進んでいくことができます。コマンドは<em>大文字と小文字を区別する</"
++"em>という点、各コマンドを入力したらそれを実行するため <key>Enter</key> を押すという点だけ忘れないようにしておいてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "WEP と WPA は無線ネットワーク上のデータを暗号化する手段になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "WEP と WPA とは?"
+ 
+-msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++"WEP と WPA (および WPA2) "
++"とは、無線接続の安全化を図る暗号化ツールの名前です。暗号化によりネットワーク接続にスクランブルをかけ、ユーザーが閲覧している web "
++"ページが他人に盗聴されないようします。WEP は <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em> の略であり、WPA は "
++"<em>Wireless Protected Access</em> の略になります。WPA2 は WPA 標準の第2バージョンです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"何もしないよりは<em>何らかの暗号化を使用した方が良い</em>ですが、WEP "
++"はこうした標準の中では安全性が最小レベルとなるため、できれば避けた方がいいでしょう。3 種類の中では WPA2 "
++"がもっとも安全性に優れています。ワイヤレスカードおよびルーターが WPA2 に対応するのであれば、無線ネットワーク設定の際に使用すべきは WPA2 "
++"になります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wifi に接続</link>、<link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">非表示設定のネットワーク</link>、<link xref=\"net-editcon\">接続設定の編集</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">切断する</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線ネットワーク"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">視覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">聴覚</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">運動機能</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">点字</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">画面拡大</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">無線</link>、<link xref=\"net-wired\">有線</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"net-problem\">接続関連の問題</link>、<link xref=\"net-"
++"browser\">web ブラウジング</link>、<link xref=\"net-email\">メールアカウント</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "ネットワーク、ウェブ、メール、およびチャット"
+ 
+-msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr "<gui>バッテリーアイコン</gui>をクリックして表示されるバッテリー残量は推定値です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バッテリーの残量の表示が間違っている"
+ 
+-msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
++"バッテリー残量を確認してみると、表示される残り時間と実際にバッテリーが切れるまでの時間とが異なる場合があります。これは、バッテリー残量が推定に基づくためです。通常、推定値は時間の経過とともに改善されていきます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
++"バッテリー残量を推定するためには、いくつかの要因を考慮に入れる必要があります。そのひとつが現在コンピューターで使用している電力量です。消費される電力は起動中のプログラム数、接続しているデバイス、重いタスクを実行しているかどうか "
++"(DVD の試聴や音楽ファイルの変換) などによって異なります。消費力は刻一刻と変化するため、正確に予測するのは困難です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
++"また、バッテリーの放電特性も要因の一つです。残量が少なくなるほど放電が速くなるバッテリーもあります。バッテリーの放電特性に関する正確な情報が無ければ、バッテリー残量についても大まかな推定しかできなくなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
+ msgstr ""
++"バッテリーが放電する際、電源マネージャーはバッテリーの放電特性を算定してバッテリー残量をより正確に推定する方法を学習します。ただし、完全に正確な推定にはなり得ません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
+ msgstr ""
++"どう見てもありえない推定バッテリー残量 (残り100日など) "
++"が表示される場合は、推定に必要な何らかのデータを電源マネージャーが取得できない可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
+ msgstr ""
++"電源を抜いたままバッテリーのみでしばらくラップトップを使用していた場合には、電源を挿し直して充電すれば、電源マネージャーで必要なデータを取得できるようになるでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターの電力消費を抑えるためのヒントです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電力の消費を抑えてバッテリーを長持ちさせる"
+ 
+-msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr "コンピューターは大量に電力を消費します。ちょっとした節電対策をとることで、電気料金を抑えられ、環境保護にも役立ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "全般的なヒント"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを使用していないときは<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">サスペンド</"
++"link>します。電力消費量が飛躍的に低減され、立ち上がりも高速になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
+ msgstr ""
++"長時間使用しない場合は、コンピューターの<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">電源をオフ</"
++"link>にします。頻繁にコンピューターの電源を切ると消耗が早くなるのではと懸念する方がいますが、そのようなことはありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>設定</app>メニューの<gui>電源</"
++"gui>オプションから電源設定を変更します。節電に役立つオプションがたくさんあります。たとえば、一定時間経過後に画面を自動的に暗くする、画面の明るさを抑える "
++"(ラップトップ)、一定時間操作していないときに<link xref=\"power-suspend\">自動的にサスペンドする</"
++"link>、などのオプションが利用できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr "外部機器 (プリンターやスキャナーなど) を使用していないときは、電源を切ります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ラップトップ、ネットブック、その他バッテリーを搭載しているデバイスについて"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr "画面の明るさを低めに設定します。ラップトップが消費する電力の大部分は、ディスプレイへの電力供給が占めています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr "ほとんどのラップトップのキーボードには明るさを調整できるボタン (またはキーボードショートカット) があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
++"少しのあいだインターネット接続を必要としない場合には、ワイヤレスカードや Bluetooth "
++"カードをオフにします。こうしたデバイスは、動作している間に電波を送受信するため、相当量の電力を消費します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ワイヤレスカードや Bluetooth "
++"カードなどのデバイスをオフにするスイッチが備わっている場合はスイッチを使ってオフにします。スイッチがない場合にはキーボードショートカットを使ってオフにできます。インターネット接続が必要になった時点で再度オンにするとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "さらに高度なヒント"
+ 
+-msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr "バックグラウンドで実行中のタスクを減らします。作業が多いほど電力の消費量も多くなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
++"起動中のアプリケーションのほどんとは、そうさしていない間ほとんど何もしていません。しかし、頻繁にインターネットからデータ取得するアプリケーションや、音楽や動画を再生するアプリケーションなどは電力の消費に影響を与えます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コツ (残量が低くなり過ぎないようにするなど) を紹介します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ラップトップのバッテリーを長く使う"
+ 
+-msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
++"ラップトップのバッテリーは年月が経過すれば、蓄電能力や容量も徐々に低下していきます。このバッテリーの寿命を長持ちさせるコツがいくつかあります。もっとも、あまり大きな効果は期待しないでください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
++"バッテリー残量がなくなるまで使い切らないよう注意してください。ほとんどのバッテリーは残量が低下しすぎないように保護機構を備えていますが、残量がごくわずかになってしまう<em>前に</"
++"em>充電してください。充電は、ある程度放電した状態から行うのが効率的です。しかし、ほんのわずかしか放電していない状態で充電すると、バッテリーを劣化させます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr "熱はバッテリーの充電性能を劣化させます。必要以上にバッテリーが熱くならないようにしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+ msgstr ""
++"バッテリーは保管スペースに置いておくだけでも古くなっていくため、予備のバッテリーをオリジナルのバッテリーの購入時に一緒に用意しておくのはあまり意味がありません。予備のバッテリーは必要になってから購入するようにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
+ msgstr ""
++"ここで紹介した方法は、ラップトップのバッテリーとして最も利用されているリチウムイオン電池に当てはまります。他の種類のバッテリーには、異なる取扱いが必要になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バッテリーで駆動させると意図的に稼働速度が遅くなるタイプのラップトップがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バッテリーで駆動させるとラップトップが遅くなるのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
++"一部のラップトップでは、バッテリー駆動時に意図的に処理速度を低下させ、消費電力を抑えようとします。ラップトップのプロセッサ (CPU) "
++"が低速に切り替わり、低速で稼働することにより消費電力が低減されるため、バッテリーの寿命が長くなります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "これは  <em>CPU 周波数スケーリング</em>と呼ばれる機能です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr "製造元による微調整および異なるバッテリー寿命の推定がこの問題の原因である可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Windows や Mac OS と比べるとバッテリー寿命が短いのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターによっては、Windows や Mac OS を稼働させる場合と比べて Linux "
++"を稼働させる場合の方がバッテリー寿命が短く見えることがあります。Windows や Mac OS "
++"用の特殊なソフトウェアがコンピューターの製造元でインストールされていることがその一因として挙げられます。このソフトウェアにより対象モデルのハードウェアやソフトウェアの各種設定を最適化します。こうした最適化はハードウェアごとに固有のものであり、たいていの場合文書化されていません。そのため同じ最適化機構を "
++"Linux に搭載するのは困難となります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++"残念ながら、こうした調整はその内容を正確に把握していない限り自分で行うのは簡単ではありません。ただし、<link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">節電メソッド</link>が役に立つ場合もあります。<link xref=\"power-"
++"batteryslow\">可変速のプロセッサ</link>を備えているコンピューターの場合、その設定を変更すると改善される場合もあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
++"この違いのもうひとつの原因としては、バッテリー寿命の推定方法が Windows や Mac OS と Linux "
++"とでは異なる点です。実際のバッテリー寿命は全く同じであるにも関わらず、推定方法が異なるため得られる推定値が異なります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ラップトップは蓋を閉めると節電のためスリープ状態に入ります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターの蓋を閉めるとオフになるのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
++"ラップトップの蓋を閉めると節電のため<link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>サスペンド</em></"
++"link>します。これは、実際に電源オフになったわけではなく、スリープ状態に入っただけです。蓋を開けると再開します。再開しない場合はマウスをクリックするかいずれかのキーを押してみてください。それでも再開しない場合は電源ボタンを押してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターによっては、サスペンドが正しく動作しない場合があります。一般的には、オペレーティングシステムがそのハードウェアを完全にサポートしていないことが原因です "
++"(Linux ドライバーが不完全など)。このような場合、蓋を閉めたあとコンピューターの再開ができないという問題に遭遇する可能性があります。<link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">サスペンドに関する問題を修正する</link>か、蓋を閉じた場合にサスペンドしないようにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "蓋を閉じたときコンピューターがサスペンドしないようにする"
+ 
+-msgid "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
++"蓋を閉じたときもコンピューターを一時停止させたくない場合、動作の設定を変更することができます。以下のようにして、一時停止の代わりに画面をブランクにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
+ msgstr ""
++"この設定を変更する際は十分な注意が必要です。蓋をしたまま作動させ続けたり、特にバックパックなど狭いところに入れたままにしたりするとオーバーヒートしてしまうラップトップがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "バッテリーで動作させている場合に使用している設定を変更する場合は、このコマンドを入力して <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "AC 電源で動作させている場合に使用している設定を変更する場合は、このコマンドを入力して <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr "ファン制御ソフトウェアがインストールされていないか、ラップトップの作動熱で高温になっている可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ラップトップのファンが常に作動しています"
+ 
+-msgid "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++"ラップトップの冷却ファンが常に作動している状態の場合、コンピュータ内の冷却システムを制御するハードウェアが Linux "
++"では十分にサポートされていない可能性があります。冷却ファンを効率よく制御するには追加ソフトウェアが必要になるコンピューターがあります。しかしそのソフトウェアがインストールされていない "
++"(または Linux では使用できない) ために、ファンが常にフルスピードで作動してしまうことがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"このような場合には、設定を変更するかファン制御ができるよう追加ソフトウェアをインストールします。たとえば、Sony VAIO のラップトップなら "
++"<link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> "
++"をインストールすればファンを制御することができるようになります。この種のソフトウェアのインストール作業は、コンピューターの製造元およびモデルにより大きく異なり、非常に技術的なプロセスを必要とします。そのため、お使いのコンピューターに適した設定方法の情報を集めるとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
+ msgstr ""
++"ラップトップ自体が多量の熱を発している場合も考えられます。これは、必ずしもオーバーヒートしているわけではなく、コンピューターを冷却するためファンが単にフルスピードで動作しているだけの可能性があります。この場合、冷却ファンを動作させる以外の対策はあまりありません。補助として冷却用アクセサリーを追加で買い足すと効果があることもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
+ msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハイバネートは十分に対応していないためデフォルトでは無効になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターをハイバネートするには?"
+ 
+-msgid "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを<em>ハイバネート</"
++"em>すると、アプリケーションおよびドキュメントの状態を保持した状態でコンピューターの電源がオフになります。電源オフの間は電力を消費しません。コンピューターを再びオンにすると、アプリケーションとドキュメントがハイバネート時点の状態で立ち上がります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
++"残念ながら、ハイバネートが<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">正しく動作しない</"
++"link>ことがよくあります。コンピューターを再びオンにしたときにドキュメントとアプリケーションが開かれた状態で復帰することを期待すると、データが失われてしまう可能性があります。そのため、デフォルトではハイバネートは無効になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハイバネートが正しく動作するか確認する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハイバネートする前に必ず作業を保存してください"
+ 
+-msgid "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを再びオンにしたときに何らかのエラーが発生しアプリケーションやドキュメントの復元が不可能にならないよう、ハイバネートする前にすべての作業を必ず保存してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr "ハイバネートがお使いのコンピューターで正しく動作するかはコマンドラインで確認できます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を表示します。"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> を押して<app>端末</"
++"app>を開くか、<gui>dash</gui> で <input>terminal</input> の検索を行い端末を開きます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で <input>terminal</input> と検索して、<app>端末</app>を開きます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "新しい名前を入力し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "root 権限で、端末上で <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> と入力して <key>Enter</key> を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "必要に応じてパスワードを入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr "コンピューターの電源をオフにしてから再びオンにします。アプリケーションが開いた状態で起動しましたか?"
+ 
+-msgid "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
+ msgstr ""
++"ハイバネートが正しく動作しない場合は、swap パーティションの領域が少なくとも利用可能な RAM と同じサイズは確保されているか確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ハイバネートを有効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
++"ハイバネートのテストに成功したら、ハイバネートを使用する場合はそのまま <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> "
++"コマンドでハイバネートを使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and save:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++"また、メニューのハイバネートオプションを有効にすることもできます。テキストエディターを使って <file>/etc/polkit-1/"
++"localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file> "
++"を作成します。このファイルに次の内容を追加して保存します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr "コンピューターが熱を持つのは普通ですが、熱くなり過ぎるとオーバーヒートを起して破損する恐れがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターがかなり熱くなります"
+ 
+-msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
++"しばらくするとコンピューターが熱くなり、かなり高熱になるものもあります。これ自体は通常です。コンピューターを冷却させるプロセスの一部です。ただし、コンピューターが非常に熱くなっている場合、オーバーヒートを起こしている兆候の可能性があります。これはコンピューターの破損の原因となります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
+ msgstr ""
++"ほとんどのラップトップは、しばらく使用するとそれなりに熱を持ちます。それ自体は何も心配する必要はありません。コンピューターは多量の熱を発生させるものであり、ラップトップはかなり小型化されています。熱をすばやく逃さなければならないので、その結果として外側のケースは熱くなるものです。しかし、ラップトップの中には使用に不快感をおぼえるほど熱くなりすぎるものがあります。通常、これは冷却システムがうまく設計されていないことが原因です。冷却用アクセサリーをラップトップの底部に取り付けるなどして、冷却効率を高めることができる場合もあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"デスクトップ型コンピューターの場合、触れて熱いと感じる場合は冷却装置が十分に機能していない可能性があります。気になる場合は、補助の冷却ファンを購入するか、ファンや通気口にホコリなどが詰まっていないか確認します。また、コンピューターを通気性の良い場所に設置してみるのもよいでしょう。狭い空間 "
++"(戸棚など) に設置している場合、冷却システムがうまく機能せず、排熱や冷気の循環が十分にできないことがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++"熱を持ったラップトップの使用に伴う健康リスクを心配する方がいます。熱を持ったラップトップを膝の上で長時間使用すると (男性の) "
++"受精率が低下する可能性があるという提言があり、また軽度の火傷を負ったという報告もあります "
++"(極端な場合)。こうした潜在的な問題を心配する方は、医師などに相談してもよいかもしれません。もちろん、単純に膝の上でラップトップを使わないという選択肢もあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
+ msgstr ""
++"最新のコンピューターは熱くなりすぎると破損を防ぐために自動的にシャットダウンするようになっていることがほとんです。シャットダウンを繰り返す場合はこれが原因である可能性があります。オーバーヒートを起している場合には、おそらく修理が必要になります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "完全に放電させてしまうのはバッテリーによくありません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バッテリー残量が 10% になったらコンピューターが電源オフまたはハイバネートしました。なぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++"バッテリー残量が低くなりすぎると、コンピューターは自動的に<link xref=\"power-hibernate\">ハイバネート</"
++"link>します。完全放電してしまうとバッテリーに悪影響を与えるため、バッテリーが完全放電する前にハイバネートします。 "
++"バッテリーが切れると正常なシャットダウンを行なう時間がなくなってしまうためです。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening <app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++"バッテリー残量が低くなりすぎたときの動作を変更することができます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>電源</"
++"app>を開きます。<gui>バッテリーがひどく低下したときの動作</"
++"gui>のオプションから、ハイバネートするかシャットダウンするかを選択ができます。シャットダウンを選択すると、アプリケーションおよびドキュメントは<em>保存されずに</"
++"em>コンピューターの電源が切れます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
++"一部のコンピューターでは、ハイバネートが正常に動作せず、コンピューターをオンにし直したときに以前開いていたアプリケーションやドキュメントを復元できない可能性があります。その場合、ハイバネートする前に保存していなかった作業の一部が失われてしまうおそれがあります。<link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">ハイバネートに関する問題は修正できる</link>場合もあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr "一部の無線デバイスは、コンピューターのサスペンドをうまく処理できず、正常に再開できないことがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターを再開すると無線ネットワークの接続が切れます"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターをサスペンドまたはハイバネートした場合、再開後に無線ネットワーク接続が機能しないことがあります。無線デバイスの<link xref="
++"\"hardware-driver\">ドライバー</"
++"link>が特定の省電力機能を十分にサポートしていない場合に、このようなことが起こります。一般的には、コンピューターを再開した場合、無線接続は正しくオンにはなりません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr "この問題が発生した場合は、無線接続を一度オフにしてからオンにしてみてください。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++msgstr "上部バーのユーザー名をクリックして<gui>設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
++msgstr "<gui>ネットワーク</gui>を開き<gui>無線</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "無線を一度オフにしてからオンにし直します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr "これで無線が動作しない場合は、<gui>機内モード</gui>をオンにしてからオフにし直します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr "これでもまだ動作しない場合は、コンピューターを再起動させれば再び無線が動作するようになるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr "動作しますが、異なるタイプの電源ケーブルまたは旅行用アダプターが必要になる場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "他の国の電源でもコンピューターは動作しますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"電源の電圧 (通常、110V か 220-240V) と周波数 (通常、50 Hz か 60 Hz) "
++"は国によって異なります。適切な電源アダプターを使用すれば異なる国の電源でも動作するはずです。また、スイッチの切り替えが必要になることもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+ msgstr ""
++"ラップトップの場合、電源アダプターに適したプラグを付けるだけです。ラップトップによっては複数種類のプラグが同梱されており、適切なプラグがすでにお手元にあるかもしれません。適したプラグがなくても、既存のプラグを旅行用の標準的なアダプターに差し込めば使用できるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
++"デスクトップコンピューターの場合も別のプラグが付いたケーブルか旅行用のアダプターを使用することができます。ただし、コンピューターの電源に電圧スイッチがある場合は、電圧の切り替えが必要になる場合があります。多くのコンピューターにはこのようなスイッチはなく、いずれの電圧でも問題なく動作します。コンピューターの裏側の電源ケーブルが差し込まれているソケットを確認し、そのあたりに「110V」または「230V」などの印が付いた小さなスイッチがある場合には、必要に応じてスイッチを切り替えてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr "電源ケーブルの交換時や旅行用アダプターを使用する際は注意が必要です。できればすべてのスイッチをまずオフにしてから行ってください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターの一部のハードウェアが原因でサスペンドやハイバネートに問題が発生します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターをサスペンドしたあと復帰しないのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを<link xref=\"power-suspend\">サスペンド</link>や<link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">ハイバネート</"
++"link>したあと再開しようとすると、期待通りに動作しないことがあります。これはハードウェアがサスペンドやハイバネートに正しく対応していないことが原因である可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターをサスペンドしたあと復帰できない"
+ 
+-msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターをサスペンドしたあとキーボードやマウスを操作すると、通常ではコンピューターが再開してパスワード入力画面が表示されます。コンピューターが立ち上がらない場合は、電源ボタンを押してみてください "
++"(長押しせず、短く一度だけ押すこと)。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr "状態が変わらない場合は、モニターがオンになっていることを確認してからもう一度何かキーを押してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"最後の手段として、電源ボタンを 5 秒から 10 "
++"秒ほど長押ししてコンピューターの電源をオフにします。ただし、これを行なうと保存していない作業は全て失われることになります。これでコンピューターの電源を再びオンにすることができるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr "コンピューターをサスペンドする度にこの問題が発生する場合は、お使いのハードウェアではサスペンド機能が正常に動作できない可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr "電源を失い、予備の供給電源 (動作するバッテリーなど) を得られない場合、コンピューターはオフになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr "コンピューターをオンにし直すと、アプリケーションやドキュメントが開かれていません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターをハイバネートしてからオンにし直してもドキュメントやアプリケーションが開いた状態にならない場合、おそらく正常にハイバネートができていません。ちょっとした問題が原因で起こることが時々あり、次回は正しくハイバネートできることもあります。また、コンピューターの再起動を必要とするソフトウェアの更新をインストールしたことが原因で発生することもあります。この場合、コンピューターはハイバネートせずシャットダウンしている可能性があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"また、ハードウェア側で対応していないことが原因でハイバネートができない可能性もあります。たとえば、お使いのハードウェア用の Linux "
++"ドライバーに関する問題が原因となる可能性があります。確認するには、もう一度ハイバネートしてみて二度目で正常に動作するか確認してみることができます。二度目も失敗するようなら、おそらくお使いのコンピューターのドライバーに問題があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr "コンピューターを再開しても、無線接続 (または他のハードウェア) が動作しません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターをサスペンドやハイバネートしてから再開すると、ネットワーク接続やマウス、その他のデバイスが正常に動作しないことがあります。デバイスのドライバーがサスペンドやハイバネートに対応してないことが原因である可能性があります。これは<link "
++"xref=\"hardware-driver\">ドライバーの問題であり</link>、デバイス自体の問題ではありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
+ msgstr ""
++"デバイスに電源スイッチがある場合は、一度オフにしてからオンにし直してみます。ほとんどの場合、デバイスが正常に作動し始めるようになります。デバイスを "
++"USB ケーブルなどで接続している場合は、一度デバイスを取り外してから挿し直してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+ msgstr ""
++"デバイスをオフにしたり外したりできない、あるいはそれでも作動しないときは、コンピューターを再起動してデバイスを作動させ直す必要がある場合があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サスペンドするとコンピューターはスリープ状態となるため、消費電力が少なくなります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターをサスペンドしたらどうなりますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを<em>サスペンド</"
++"em>すると、スリープ状態に入ります。アプリケーションやドキュメントはすべて開いたままの状態ですが、コンピューターの画面および他の部分は電源オフになり節電できます。コンピューター自体の電源はオンのままのため、若干の電力は消費し続けています。何らかのキーを押すかマウスをクリックするとコンピューターをスリープ状態から復帰させることができます。キーボードやマウスを操作してもコンピューターが立ち上がらない場合は電源ボタンを押してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++"ハードウェアのサポートに関して問題があるコンピューターがあります。その場合、<link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">サスペンドやハイバネートが正常に動作しない</"
++"link>可能性があります。実際にサスペンドする前に、お使いのコンピューターでサスペンドが正しく動作するかテストしてみるとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サスペンドする前に必ず作業を保存してください"
+ 
+-msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを再開したときに何らかのエラーが発生してアプリケーションやドキュメントの復元が不可能にならないよう、サスペンドする前にすべての作業を必ず保存してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr "ラップトップをバッテリーで駆動させている場合、節電のためアイドル状態になると画面が暗くなります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "しばらくすると画面が暗くなるのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
+ msgstr ""
++"画面の明るさを設定できる場合、節電のためコンピューターがアイドル状態になると画面が暗くなります。コンピューターを操作すれば画面は明るくなります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "画面が暗くならないようにする方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>明るさとロック</gui>を開き、<gui>節電のため画面を暗くする</gui>のチェックをはずします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電源ケーブルの接触が緩い、ハードウェアに問題があるなどが原因として挙げられます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターの電源が入りません"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr "コンピューターの電源が入らない原因はいくつか考えられます。ここでは考えられる原因のいくつかを簡単に見ていくことにします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンセントが抜けている、バッテリー切れ、電源ケーブルが外れかかっている"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターの電源ケーブルがしっかりと挿し込まれていること、コンセントのスイッチがオンになっていることを確認します。また、モニターの電源ケーブルおよびスイッチも同様に確認してください。ラップトップの場合は充電ケーブルを確認します "
++"(バッテリー切れの場合があります)。バッテリーが着脱式の場合、正しく取り付けられているか (ラップトップの裏側など) 確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターのハードウェアに問題がある"
+ 
+-msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターの一部品が破損しているか不良品の可能性があります。この場合、コンピューターを修理する必要があります。よくある故障としては、電源供給ユニットの故障、部品が正しく取り付けられていない "
++"(メモリー、RAM など)、マザーボードの不良などがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターがビープ音を発して電源が切れる"
+ 
+-msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターの電源を入れるとビープ音が複数回鳴ったあと電源が切れてしまう (または起動に失敗する) "
++"場合、何か問題が検出されたことを示している可能性があります。このようなビープ音は<em>ビープコード</"
++"em>とも呼ばれ、ビープ音のパターンによって警告している問題の種類が異なります。ビープコードは製造元によっても異なります。マザーボードのマニュアルを確認するか、修理に出す必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターのファンは回っているのに画面には何も表示されません"
+ 
+-msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr "まず最初に、モニターのコンセントが差し込まれていること、電源が入っていることを確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
++"この問題は、ハードウェアの故障が原因である可能性もあります。電源ボタンを押したときにファンには電源が入るが、他の主要な部分の電源入力に障害が発生している可能性があります。この場合はコンピューターを修理に出してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">サスペンド</link>、<link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">電源オフ</link>、<link xref=\"power-whydim\">画面を暗くする</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電源とバッテリー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "バッテリーの設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電源に関する問題"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "電源とバッテリーに関する問題のトラブルシューティング"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">背景</link>、<link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">サイズと向き</link>、明るさ..."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ディスプレイと画面"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードレイアウト</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">言語</link>、<link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">地域とフォーマット</link>、<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">キーボードのレイアウト</"
++"link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "設定"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard\">キーボード</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">マウス</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">ディスプレイ</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">言語</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">ユーザーアカウント</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">キーボード</link>、<link xref=\"mouse\">マウス</link>、<link "
++"xref=\"prefs-display\">ディスプレイ</link>、<link xref=\"prefs-language\">言語</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"user-accounts\">ユーザーアカウント</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "ユーザー設定およびシステム設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "両面印刷、または用紙 1 枚に複数ページを印刷します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "両面印刷および複数ページレイアウト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "用紙の両面に印刷する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>印刷</gui></guiseq>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"印刷ダイアログの<gui>ページの設定</gui>タブに行き、<gui>両面印刷</"
++"gui>ドロップダウンリストからオプションを選択します。オプション選択が無効になっている場合、お使いのプリンターは両面印刷に対応していません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr "プリンターにより両面印刷の処理方法が異なります。期待通りに印刷できるかご使用のプリンターでテスト印刷してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"用紙の<em>片側</em>ごとにページを印刷し、用紙一面あたり複数ページの印刷をすることもできます。複数ページ印刷をする場合は<gui>段組み印刷</"
++"gui>オプションを使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
+ msgstr ""
++"このオプションがりようできるかどうかはお使いのプリンタータイプやアプリケーションによって異なります。常にオプションが利用できるわけではありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr "通常の A4/レターサイズの用紙を使って製本印刷をします (本や小冊子など)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "製本印刷"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr "特殊なページ順での印刷を選択し、いくつか印刷オプションの変更を行なうと製本印刷を行なうことができます (小冊子やパンフレットなど)。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "次の手順は PDF ドキュメントからの製本印刷についての説明です。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> ドキュメントを製本印刷したい場合は、まず<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>PDF "
++"としてエクスポート…</gui></guiseq>を選択してドキュメントを PDF に変換します。ドキュメントの合計ページ数は 4 "
++"の倍数にする必要があります (4、8、12、16 など)。必要に応じて、空白ページを最大 3 ページ追加してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "製本印刷を行なう"
+ 
+-msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>全般</gui>タブに行きます。<em>範囲</em>の下にある<gui>ページ</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr "次の順番でページ番号を入力します (n は 4 の倍数となる合計ページ数)。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "例:"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "4 ページの冊子の場合: <input>4,1,2,3</input> と入力します"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "8 ページの冊子の場合: <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> と入力します"
+ 
+-msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"20 ページの冊子の場合: <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</"
++"input> と入力します"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ページ番号を入力したら、<gui>ページ設定</gui> タブに行きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>レイアウト</em>の下にある<gui>両面印刷</gui>というオプションで<gui>短辺 (折り返し)</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>段組み印刷</gui>というオプションで <gui>2</gui> を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ページの順番</gui>というオプションで<gui>左から右へ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>印刷</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "片面印刷のプリンターで製本印刷をする"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "印刷する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>全般</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em>範囲</em>の下にある<gui>ページ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "全ページを入力します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "12 ページの冊子の場合: <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> と入力します"
+ 
+-msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"16 ページの冊子の場合: <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> と入力します"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ページ設定</gui> タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>レイアウト</em>の下にある<gui>両面印刷</gui>というオプションで<gui>片面</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>段組み印刷</gui>というオプションで <gui>2</gui> を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>印刷の対象</gui>というオプションで<gui>奇数ページ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr "全ページの印刷が終了したら、ページ全体を裏返してプリンターに戻します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>印刷の対象</gui>というオプションで<gui>偶数ページ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr "A4 またはレターサイズの用紙で複数ページの製本印刷を行なう方法を説明します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "製本印刷"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "PDF から製本印刷することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
++"PDF ドキュメントのページ数が 4 の倍数でない場合は、空白ページ (1、2 ないし 3 ページ) を追加して合計ページ数を 4 "
++"の倍数にする必要があります。次の手順でページを追加します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+-msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>検索結果の保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr "必要な空白ページ数 (1-3) の <app>LibreOffice</app> ドキュメントを作成します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui> <gui>PDF としてエクスポート…</gui></guiseq>を選択して、空白ページを PDF "
++"に変換します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> や <app>PDF Mod</app> などを使って、作成した空白ページと印刷対象の  PDF "
++"ドキュメントを結合します。空白ページはドキュメントの最後に配置します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr "以下の一覧から印刷に使用するプリンタータイプを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "保留中の印刷ジョブを取り消してキューから削除します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "印刷ジョブの取り消し、一時停止、解放"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr "保留中の印刷ジョブを取り消してプリンター設定のキューから削除することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "印刷ジョブの取り消し"
+ 
+-msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr "誤ってドキュメントの印刷を開始してしまった場合は、インクや用紙の無駄遣いをしないよう印刷を取り消すことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "印刷ジョブの取り消し方法"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>プリンター</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr "<gui>プリンター</gui>ダイアログの右側にある<gui>ジョブの表示</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr "再生/一時停止/停止の記号上の停止ボタンをクリックして印刷ジョブを取り消します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr "期待通り印刷ジョブが取り消されない場合は、プリンター上の<gui>取り消し</gui>ボタンを押し続けてみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
+ msgstr ""
++"最終手段として、特にページ数の多い印刷ジョブが取り消しできない場合などは、プリンターの給紙トレイから用紙を取り出します。これによりプリンターが用紙切れを検出して印刷を一時停止します。この状態であらためて印刷ジョブの取り消しを試みるか、プリンターの電源を一旦切ってから入れ直してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++"用紙を取り出す際は、プリンターを破損しないよう注意してください。用紙を強く引っ張り出さなければならないようなら、そのままにしておいた方がいいでしょう。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "印刷ジョブの一時停止と解放"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr "印刷ジョブを一旦停止または解放したい場合は、印刷設定のジョブダイアログで該当ボタンをクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>プリンター</gui>ダイアログ右側の<gui>ジョブの表示</gui>をクリックし、対象の印刷ジョブの一時停止または解放を行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "異なる用紙サイズに印刷する、向きを変えて印刷する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "印刷時に用紙サイズを変更する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"ドキュメントの用紙サイズを変えたい場合 (US レターサイズの PDF ドキュメントを A4 "
++"サイズの用紙に印刷するなど)、ドキュメントの印刷形式を変更することができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>印刷</gui></guiseq>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ページ設定</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr "<em>用紙</em>の下にあるドロップダウンリストから<em>用紙サイズ</em>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>印刷</gui>をクリックするとドキュメントが印刷されるはずです。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr "<gui>用紙の向き</gui>オプションを使用すると向きを変更することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "縦方向"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "横方向"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "縦方向 (逆向き)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "横方向 (逆向き)"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr "封筒やラベルに印刷する場合は、正しい向きになっているか、正しい用紙サイズを選択しているか必ず確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "封筒やラベルに印刷する"
+ 
+-msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr "ほとんどのプリンターで封筒やラベルシートへの印刷が可能です。特に多数の書簡を送付する場合などに便利です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "封筒への印刷"
+ 
+-msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"封筒に印刷する際に確認しておくことが二点あります。まず、プリンターが封筒のサイズを認識できるか確認してください。<gui>印刷</"
++"gui>をクリックして印刷ダイアログを表示したあと、<gui>ページの設定</gui>タブを開き、<gui>種類</"
++"gui>オプションで「Envelope」を選択できるか確認します。「Envelope」を選択できない場合は、<gui>用紙サイズ</"
++"gui>オプションで封筒サイズ (C5 など) "
++"に変更できるか確認します。お使いの封筒サイズは封筒が入っていたパッケージに記載されています。ほとんどの封筒は標準的なサイズです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
+ msgstr ""
++"次に、プリンターの給紙トレイに正しい向きで封筒をセットしているか確認します。詳細はプリンター付属のマニュアルを確認するか、封筒を 1 "
++"枚試してみて正しい向きを確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"封筒印刷ができないプリンターもあります。特にレーザープリンターに見られます。封筒印刷に対応していないプリンターのフィーダーに封筒を入れると、プリンターが故障する恐れがあります。封筒印刷が可能かどうかプリンターのマニュアルで確認してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プリンターのカートリッジ内のインクまたはトナーの残量を確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プリンターのインクまたはトナーのレベルはどうやって確認するのですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"インクやトナーの残量を確認する方法についてはお使いのプリンターのモデルや製造元、コンピューターにインストールされているトライバーおよびアプリケーションなどによって異なります。 "
++""
+ 
+-msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr "インクレベルやその他の情報を表示する内蔵画面を搭載しているプリンターもあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+ msgstr ""
++"たいていの HP 製プリンター用のドライバーとステータスツールが、HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) "
++"プロジェクトから提供されています。HP 以外のメーカーでは、同様の機能を備えたプロプリエタリーのドライバーを提供している場合があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"あるいは、インク残量を確認、監視するアプリケーションをインストールすることもできます。<app>Inkblot</app> "
++"を使用すると、HP、Epson、Canon など多くのプリンターのインク状態を確認できます。ご使用のプリンターが<link href=\"http://"
++"libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">対応モデル一覧</"
++"link>に記載されているか確認してください。Epson および他の一部のプリンター用のアプリケーションとして、<app>mktink</"
++"app>というものもあります。 "
+ 
+-msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr "Linux 上ではまだ十分には対応されていないプリンターや、インクレベルを報告するようには設計されていないプリンターもあります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "プリンター設定でプリンター名または場所の変更を行います。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "プリンター名または場所の変更"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "プリンター設定でプリンター名または場所の変更を行なうことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr "プリンター名または場所の変更を行なう場合は管理用の特権が必要になります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "プリンター名の変更"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "プリンター名を変更したい場合は次の手順に従います。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr "右上の<key>解除</key>ボタンをクリックして、パスワードを入力します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "プリンター名をクリックし、プリンター名を編集します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "<key>Enter</key> を押し変更を保存します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "プリンターの場所を変更"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "プリンターの場所を変更します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "場所をクリックして、場所の編集を開始します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
+ msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ページを揃えて印刷する、またはページを逆順にして印刷します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ページの印刷順序を変更する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "逆順"
+ 
+-msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
+ msgstr ""
++"通常、プリンターは先頭 "
++"ページを最初に印刷し、末尾ページを最後に印刷します。したがって印刷完了後にドキュメントをプリンターから回収する時はページの並びが逆になっています。必要に応じて、この印刷順序を逆にするとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "順序を逆にする"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
++"印刷ダイアログの<gui>全般</gui>タブを開き、<em>コピー</em>オプションの<gui>ページを逆順にする</"
++"gui>にチェックを付けます。最後のページから逆順の順序に印刷されるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ページを揃える"
+ 
+-msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
+ msgstr ""
++"ドキュメントを複数印刷する場合、デフォルトではページ番号ごとにまとめて印刷されます (ページ 1 のコピーがすべて印刷されてからページ 2 "
++"のコピーが印刷される)。<em>ページを揃える</em>ことで各ページのコピーが 1 枚ずつドキュメントセットごと印刷されるようになります。 "
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ページを揃える"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr "印刷ウィンドウの<gui>全般</gui>タブ内の<em>コピー</em>の下にある<gui>ページを揃える</gui>に印を付けます。"
+ 
+-msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr "紙詰まりの直し方は使用しているプリンターの製造元とモデルによって異なります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "紙詰まりを直す"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "誤った給紙枚数のため紙詰まりを起こすことがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+ msgstr ""
++"通常、紙詰まりの直し方はプリンターのマニュアルで解説されています。一般的には、プリンターのパネルを開いて機器内に詰まっている紙を強めに、かつ慎重に引っ張り出します。 "
++""
+ 
+-msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
+ msgstr ""
++"紙詰まりを直したあと、印刷を再開するのにプリンターの<gui>再開</"
++"gui>ボタンを押す必要がある場合があります。プリンターによっては、電源を一旦切ってから入れ直して印刷ジョブを再開しなければならないものもあります。 "
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "特定のページまたは範囲のみを印刷します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "特定のページのみ印刷する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ドキュメントの特定ページのみを印刷する"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>印刷</gui>ダイアログの<gui>全般</gui>タブを開き、<gui>範囲</gui>オプションの<gui>ページ</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr "テキストボックス内に印刷したいページ番号をコンマで区切って入力します。ページ範囲を指定する場合はダッシュを使います。"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+ msgstr ""
++"たとえば、<gui>ページ</gui>のテキストボックスに「1,3,5-7,9」と入力すると、ページ番号 1、3、5、6、7 および 9 "
++"が印刷されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "もっともよく使用するプリンターを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "デフォルトのプリンターを設定する"
+ 
+-msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr "プリンターが複数ある場合、デフォルトのプリンターを選択することができます。もっともよく使用するプリンターを選択するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr "デフォルトのプリンターを設定する場合は、管理用の特権が必要になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr "使用できるプリンターの一覧からデフォルトにするプリンターを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr "右上にある<gui>解除</gui>ボタンをクリックして、パスワードを入力します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>デフォルト</gui>オプションを選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
+ msgstr ""
++"利用可能なプリンターの一覧から選択をする場合、プリンターの名前や場所を指定して検索結果を絞ることができます (<input>1 階</"
++"input>、<input>エントランス</input>など)。 "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr "検索結果のフィルタリングが使用できるのは、新規プリンター追加用ダイアログ内のみです。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションから印刷すれば、デフォルトのプリンターが自動的に使用されます。他のプリンターを使う場合は出力ごとにプリンターを指定する必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターに接続しているプリンターの設定を行ないます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ローカルプリンターの設定"
+ 
+-msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターにプリンターを接続すると、多くの場合、プリンターのタイプは自動的に認識されます。コンピューターに接続するプリンターのほとんどが USB "
++"ケーブルで接続されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
+ msgstr ""
++"現在では、ネットワークプリンターとローカルプリンターのどちらをインストールするのかを選択する必要はありません。すべて一つのウィンドウに表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "プリンターの電源が入っているか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
+ msgstr ""
++"適したケーブルを使ってプリンターをシステムに接続します。システムによるドライバーの検索状況が画面に表示され、インストールの認証が求められます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
++"プリンターのインストールが完了するとメッセージが表示されます。<gui>テストページの印刷</"
++"gui>を選択してテストページを印刷するか、<gui>オプション</gui>を選択して詳細な設定を行います。 "
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr "プリンターが自動的には設定されなかった場合は、手作業でプリンター設定に追加することができます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
++msgstr "<key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウで新しいプリンターを選択します。<gui>追加</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr "プリンター追加用のポップアップウィンドウにプリンターが表示されない場合はプリンタードライバーをインストールする必要があるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"プリンターをインストールしたら、<link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">デフォルトプリンターの変更</"
++"link>を行なうとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
+ msgstr ""
++"印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出る、インクがかすれる、色が出ないなどの場合は、インクの残量をチェックするか印字ヘッドの掃除を行なってみてください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出たり、違う色になってしまうのはなぜですか?"
+ 
+-msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+ msgstr ""
++"印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出る、インクがかすれるなど、印刷品質が悪い場合は、プリンターに問題があるかインクやトナーの残量が少ない可能性があります。 "
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "印刷がかすれる"
+ 
+-msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr "インクまたはトナーがなくなりかけているかもしれません。インクまたはトナーの残量を確認し、必要であれば新しいカートリッジを購入してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "線や筋のようなものが出る"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
+ msgstr ""
++"インクジェットプリンターの場合、印字ヘッドが汚れているか部分的に汚れが詰まっている可能性があります。印字ヘッドを掃除をしてみてください "
++"(掃除の仕方についてはプリンターのマニュアルを参照してください)。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "違う色が出る"
+ 
+-msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
++"インクまたはトナーの特定色がなくなりかけている可能性があります。インクまたはトナーの残量を確認し、必要であれば新しいカートリッジを購入してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr "線がギザギザになる、直線にならない"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"まっすぐな線で印刷されるべきなのにギザギザの線になってしまう場合、印字ヘッドを調整する必要があるかもしれません。印字ヘッドの調整方法についてはプリンターのマニュアルを参照してください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr "ドキュメントをプリンターには送らず、PDF や Postscript、SVG などのファイルに変換して保存します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ファイルに出力する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"ドキュメントをプリンターで印刷する代わりに、ファイルに出力することもできます。ドキュメントをファイルに出力すると、ドキュメントの内容の "
++"<sys>PDF</sys>、 <sys>Postscript</sys>、<sys>SVG</sys> "
++"ファイルが作成されます。ドキュメントを別のコンピューターへ転送したり、他の人と共有したりする場合に便利です。 "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"印刷ダイアログを開きます。ダイアログを開くには、メニューの<gui style=\"menuitem\">印刷</"
++"gui>をクリックするか、キーボードショートカットの <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> "
++"を押します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"tab\">全般</gui>タブの<gui>プリンター</gui>オプションで<gui>ファイルに出力する</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
+ msgstr ""
++"デフォルトのファイル名および保存先を変更するには、プリンター一覧の下のファイル名をクリックします。ファイル名と保存先を指定して、<gui style="
++"\"button\">選択</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++" <sys>PDF</sys> がデフォルトのファイル形式です。別の<gui>出力形式</gui>を使用したい場合は、<sys>Postscript</"
++"sys> か <sys>SVG</sys> のいずれかを選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "他のページ設定を行ないます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">印刷</gui>を押してファイルを保存します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">プリンターのセットアップ</link>、<link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">印刷順序やページ揃えの指定</link>、<link xref=\"printing-2sided\">両面印刷と複数ページ印刷</"
++"link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "プリンターの設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サイズとレイアウト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "異なる用紙サイズとレイアウト"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "検出されないプリンター、紙詰まり、線や色など印字に関する問題…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+-msgstr "画面上で起こっていることを画像として取得あるいは映像として記録します。"
+-
+-msgid "2011"
+-msgstr "2011"
+-
+-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+-msgstr "スクリーンショットとスクリーンキャスト"
+-
+-msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+-msgstr "画面の静止画(<em>スクリーンショット</em>)を取得したり、画面上で起きていることを映像(<em>スクリーンキャスト</em>)に記録したりできます。これは、コンピューター上での何かの作業方法を人に見せる場合に役立ちます。スクリーンショットおよびスクリーンキャストは通常の画像ファイルや映像ファイルなので、メールで送信したり、web 上で共有したりできます。"
+-
+-msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
++msgstr "プリンターに関する問題"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
+-msgstr "<app>スクリーンショットの取得</app>ウィンドウで、取得対象を、デスクトップ全体とするか、ひとつのウィンドウとするか、それとも画面の領域を指定するかを選択します。ウィンドウを選択したり、あるいはスクリーンショット用に画面を調整したりする場合は、待ち時間を設定します。次に、お好みのエフェクトがあれば選択します。"
+-
+-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+-msgstr "<gui>取得する領域の選択</gui>を選択した場合、マウスポインターが十字に変わります。スクリーンショットを撮りたい領域をドラッグで指定します。"
+-
+-msgid "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの保存</gui>ウィンドウで、ファイル名を入力し、フォルダーを選択して、次に<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-msgid "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail to the application."
+-msgstr "もしくは、画像を保存せずに画像編集アプリケーションに直接インポートします。<gui>クリップボードにコピーする</gui>をクリックし、次に他のアプリケーションで画像を貼り付けるか、あるいはスクリーンショットのサムネイルをアプリケーションにドラッグします。"
+-
+-msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+-msgstr "キーボードショートカット"
+-
+-msgid "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+-msgstr "デスクトップ、ウィンドウ、あるいは任意の領域のスクリーンショットをすばやく撮るには、以下のどこでも使用できるキーボードショートカットを使用します。"
+-
+-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+-msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> で、デスクトップのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">画面ロック</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-name-"
++"visibility\">名前と表示方法</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-"
++"off\">使用と履歴</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">ゴミ箱と一時ファイルの削除</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "プライバシー設定"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で、ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<em>プライバシー設定</"
++"em>で、デスクトップの一部分を外部から見えるようにするかどうかを設定できます。また、コンピューターの使用履歴のクリアや、不要ファイルの削除もここから行うことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "画面をロックしているときに通知が表示されないようにします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "通知を表示しない"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"デフォルトでは、ロックが掛かっている画面にも通知メッセージが表示されます。たとえば、あなたが席を離れている間に、誰かがインスタントメッセージをあなたに送った場合、通知が画面に表示されます。ロックが掛かっていたとしてもメッセージの内容が見えることになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+-msgstr "キーボードショートカットを使用した場合は、画像が自動的にユーザーの画像フォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screenshot\" で始まり、撮影した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr "メッセージを人に見られたくない場合は、この機能をオフにするとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+-msgstr "また、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら上記のいずれかのショートカットを使用すると、画像を保存せずにクリップボードにコピーできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "画面ロック中の通知をオフにする手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>上部バー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make a screencast"
+-msgstr "スクリーンキャストの作成"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+-msgstr "画面上で起きていることを記録したビデオを作成できます:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ロック画面に通知を表示する</gui>のスイッチをオフにします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr "最近使用したファイルを記録しないようにします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "ファイル操作履歴の記録をオフにする"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> を押して、画面の録画を開始します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"最近使用したファイルやフォルダーの履歴を記録しておくと、継続して取り組んでいるファイルを見つけ出すのが簡単になります。しかし、履歴を他人に知られたくないこともあるでしょう。デスクトップ機能としてのファイル操作履歴の記録をオフにする手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+-msgstr "録画中は、画面の右下角に赤い円が表示されます。このインジケーターは、ビデオには表示されません。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">設定</gui><gui style=\"menu\">プライバシー</gui><gui "
++"style=\"menu\">使用と履歴</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+-msgstr "録画を停止するには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> をもう一度押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr "この機能を再度有効にするには、<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+-msgstr "ビデオは、自動的にユーザーのビデオフォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screencast\" で始まり、録画した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr "この設定は、Web ブラウザーによる、Web サイトのアクセス履歴の管理には影響しません。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "上部バーに名前ではなく記号を表示します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "上部バーの名前を隠す"
+ 
+-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr "あなたの名前は、デフォルトで<gui>上部バー</gui>に表示されますが、プライバシー保護のために名前を隠すことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "<gui>上部バー</gui>の名前を隠す手順は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>名前と表示方法</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にするか、あるいは<gui>上部バーにフルネームを表示する</gui>をオフにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr "<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にすると、ロック画面のフルネーム表示もオフになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
++"この GNOME ヘルプの多くの箇所に「上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックする」という説明があります。<gui>上部バー</"
++"gui>に名前を表示していない場合は、名前の代わりに<gui>上部バー</gui>の小さな<gui>通知アイコン</gui>をクリックしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr "ゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルを削除する頻度を設定します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "ゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルを削除する"
+ 
+-msgid "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+ msgstr ""
++"ゴミ箱や一時ファイルを片付けることで、不要なファイルを削除したり、ディスクスペースに空きを作ったりできます。ゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルの削除は手動で行うことができますが、自動で行うように設定することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr "一定期間が経過したら自動的にゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルを削除するための設定手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>上部バー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr "<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プライバシー</gui>を開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱と一時ファイルの削除</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ゴミ箱を自動で空にする</gui>、あるいは<gui>一時ファイルを自動で削除する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ゴミ箱</em>や<em>一時ファイル</em>の削除頻度を設定するには、<gui>次の時間経過後に削除する</"
++"gui>オプションで頻度を設定します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+ msgstr ""
++"削除するタイミングとして、<em>すぐに</"
++"em>を指定する場合は、次の点については注意してください。すぐにゴミ箱を空にするよう設定した場合は、削除したファイルはゴミ箱をスキップして完全に抹消されます。抹消してしまったファイルを復旧させるのは、ゴミ箱にあるファイルに比べて非常に困難です。"
+ 
+-msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
++"すぐにゴミ箱を空にする必要が特になければ、<gui>次の時間経過後に削除する</gui>の値を長めに設定しておくと、より安全になるでしょう。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out…</gui>."
+-msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr "席を外している間に、他の人がデスクトップを使用できないようにします。"
+ 
+-msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "画面を自動的にロックする"
+ 
+-msgid "At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターから離れるときは、<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックして</"
++"link>、誰か他の人があなたのデスクトップやファイルを使用できないようにすることを推奨します。ときどき画面をロックし忘れることがある場合は、一定の時間が経過すると画面が自動的にロックされるようにするとよいでしょう。そうすることで、コンピューターを使用していない場合にも安全に保つことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"画面がロックされている間も、アプリケーションやシステムのプロセスは処理を続けます。しかし、あらためてプロセスに操作を行うには、パスワードを入力してロックを解除する必要があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr "自動的に画面ロックがかかるまでの時間を設定する手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> button and return to the previous step."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr "<gui>自動画面ロック</gui>のスイッチをオンに切り替え、ロックが掛かるまでの時間をドロップダウンリストから選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"画面のロックを解除には、<key>Esc</key> "
++"キーを押すか、画面を下から上にマウスでドラッグします。次に、パスワードを入力して、<key>Enter</key> キーを押すか、<gui>ロック解除</"
++"gui>ボタンを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your password."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr "画面上で起こっていることを画像として取得あるいは映像として記録します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+-msgstr "日付や時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマット用の地域を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
+ 
+-msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+-msgstr "日付や計量単位のフォーマットを変更する"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "スクリーンショットとスクリーンキャスト"
+ 
+-msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+-msgstr "日付、時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマットを、あなたの地域の慣習に合わせて設定できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++"画面の静止画(<em>スクリーンショット</em>)を取得したり、画面上で起きていることを映像(<em>スクリーンキャスト</"
++"em>)に記録したりできます。これは、コンピューター上での何かの作業方法を人に見せる場合に役立ちます。スクリーンショットおよびスクリーンキャストは通常の画像ファイルや映像ファイルなので、メールで送信したり、web "
++"上で共有したりできます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>フォーマット</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>スクリーンショットの取得</"
++"app>ウィンドウで、取得対象を、画面全体とするか、現在のウィンドウとするか、それとも画面の領域を指定するかを選択します。ウィンドウを選択したり、あるいはスクリーンショット用に画面を調整したりする場合は、待ち時間を設定します。次に、お好みのエフェクトがあれば選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all available regions."
+-msgstr "お望みのフォーマットに最も適した地域を選択します。デフォルトでは、<gui>言語</gui>タブで設定した地域だけが一覧表示されます。使用可能なすべての選択肢から地域を選ぶには、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+-msgstr "この変更を有効にするには、ログアウトし、再ログインしてください。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択し、ログアウトします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>取得する領域の選択</gui>を選択した場合、マウスポインターが十字に変わります。スクリーンショットを撮りたい領域をドラッグで指定します。"
+ 
+-msgid "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars."
+-msgstr "地域を選択すると、地域一覧の右側に日付などの様々なフォーマット例が表示されます。また、例には表示されませんが、設定した地域情報は、カレンダー上の週の開始日にも影響します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>スクリーンショットの保存</gui>ウィンドウで、ファイル名を入力し、フォルダーを選択して、次に<gui>保存</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change the system formats"
+-msgstr "システムのフォーマットを変更する"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++"もしくは、画像を保存せずに画像編集アプリケーションに直接インポートします。<gui>クリップボードにコピーする</"
++"gui>をクリックし、次に他のアプリケーションで画像を貼り付けるか、あるいはスクリーンショットのサムネイルをアプリケーションにドラッグします。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr "フォーマットの地域を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムのフォーマット</em>、つまりログイン画面などで使用するフォーマットを変更することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "キーボードショートカット"
+ 
+-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、フォーマットを変更します。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++"デスクトップ、ウィンドウ、あるいは任意の領域のスクリーンショットをすばやく撮るには、以下のどこでも使用できるキーボードショートカットを使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+-msgstr "ユーザーインターフェースやヘルプの言語を切り替えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> で、デスクトップのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change which language you use"
+-msgstr "使用する言語を変更する"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で、ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+-msgstr "デスクトップやアプリケーションを多くの言語で使用できます。ただし、お使いのコンピューターに適切な言語パックがインストールされている必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> で選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>言語</gui>タブを選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードショートカットを使用した場合は、画像が自動的にユーザーの画像フォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screenshot\" "
++"で始まり、撮影した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+-msgstr "お好みの言語を選択します。初期状態の一覧には、サポートする言語の内のほんの一部だけが表示されています。あなたの言語が一覧にない場合は、<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンをクリックしてください。言語によっては未翻訳箇所が残っているものもあります。また、アプリケーションによっては、お使いの言語をまったくサポートしていないものもあります。未翻訳のテキストは、そのソフトウェアが開発されたオリジナルの言語 (たいていはアメリカ英語) で表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++"また、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら上記のいずれかのショートカットを使用すると、画像を保存せずにクリップボードにコピーできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
+-msgstr "ホームフォルダーには、アプリケーションが使用する、音楽や画像、ドキュメントなどの特別なフォルダーがあります。これらのフォルダーは、お使いの言語に合わせて標準的な名称を使用しています。ログインし直したときに、これらのフォルダーの名前を、選択した言語の標準的な名称に変更するかどうか尋ねられます。新しい言語を以後継続して使用する場合は、フォルダー名を更新すると良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "スクリーンキャストの作成"
+ 
+-msgid "Change the system language"
+-msgstr "システムの言語を変更する"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr "画面上で起きていることを記録したビデオを作成できます:"
+ 
+-msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr "言語を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなたのアカウントにだけ適用されます。<em>システムの言語</em>、つまりログイン画面などで使用する言語を変更することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
++"を押して、画面の録画を開始します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-msgstr "先に説明した手順で、言語を変更します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr "録画中は、画面の右下角に赤い円が表示されます。このインジケーターは、ビデオには表示されません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+ msgstr ""
++"録画を停止するには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> をもう一度押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
++"ビデオは、自動的にユーザーのビデオフォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screencast\" で始まり、録画した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr "対応指紋スキャナーを使ってシステムにログインすることができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "指紋を使ったログイン"
+ 
+-msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
+ msgstr ""
++"システムに対応指紋スキャナーが搭載されている場合は、指紋を登録してログインに使用することができます。登録手続きを行うには管理者権限が必要になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr "はじめに、システムによるユーザー識別に使用される指紋を登録します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+ msgstr ""
++"指先が乾燥していると指紋が登録できないことがあります。このような場合は、指先を少し湿らせ汚れのない柔らかな布で拭き取ってからやり直してみてください。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ディスクに書き込む</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr "上部バーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui> ツールの右上にある<gui>ロック解除</gui>ボタンを使ってアカウントのロックを解除します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "プロンプトに応じてパスワードを入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Fingerprint Login (指紋ログイン)</gui> オプションのとなりにある <gui>Disabled (無効)</gui> "
++"を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"登録したい指を選択します。右の人差し指、左の人差し指、別の指などを選択することができます。<gui>Forward (次)</gui> "
++"をクリックします。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"指紋リーダーの上で<em>適度な早さで</em> 3 "
++"度、選択した指を滑らせます。指紋リーダーが指紋を正しく認識するたび、手のイメージ画像がチェックマークのついた指紋イメージ画像に変わります。3 "
++"回認識させると、 <gui>Done! (完了)</gui> のメッセージが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Sharing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Forward (次)</gui> を押します。指紋の保存に成功したことを伝える確認メッセージが表示されます。<gui>Close "
++"(閉じる)</gui> を押して終了します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr "指紋によるログインの動作確認を行います。指紋を登録した場合でも、パスワードによるログインも可能です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr "ログイン画面の一覧から自分の名前を選択します。パスワード入力フィールドが表示されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr "30 秒以内にユーザー名の右上にある指紋ボタンを選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
+ msgstr ""
++"手の形が付いたボタンが指紋ボタンです。時間切れになるとボタンが消えて、パスワードによるログインしかできなくなります。やり直したい場合は、<gui>Cancel "
++"(取り消し)</gui> ボタンを選択して前のステップに戻ります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Share your desktop"
+-msgstr "デスクトップ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr "指紋スキャナーで登録した指を<em>適度な</em> 早さで滑らせると、ログインします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash and open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr "日付や時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマット用の地域を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "日付や計量単位のフォーマットを変更する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr "日付、時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマットを、あなたの地域の慣習に合わせて設定できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>フォーマット</gui>をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++"使用したい形式に最も近いフォーマットの地域を選択します。デフォルトでは、一覧には<gui>言語</"
++"gui>タブでセットした言語を使用する地域しか表示されません。利用可能な全地域から選択したい場合は <key>...</key> "
++"ボタンをクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>変更内容を反映させるにはログインしなおす必要があります</gui>というプロンプトが表示されるので、<gui style="
++"\"button\">ログアウト</gui>をクリックします。あとでログアウトを行う場合は <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> "
++"をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
+ msgstr ""
++"地域を選択すると、一覧の右側に日付やその他の形式の表示例が示されます。ここには表示されませんが、カレンダーでの一週間の始まりとなる曜日の決定も地域選択により行われます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "ユーザーのインターフェースおよびヘルプテキスト用に言語の切り替えを行います。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "使用する言語への変更"
+ 
+-msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターに適切な言語パックがインストールされていれば、デスクトップやアプリケーションを様々な言語で操作することができるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>言語</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++"言語を選択します。初期画面では限られた対応言語しか表示されないため、目的の言語が表示されていない場合は <media type=\"image\" "
++"mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/> "
++"をクリックしてください。一部、翻訳が不完全な場合があり、目的の言語には対応していないアプリケーションがあるかもしれません。未翻訳の部分は、そのソフトウェアの開発環境の言語、一般的にはアメリカ英語で表示されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
+ msgstr ""
++"ユーザーのホームフォルダーには、アプリケーションが音楽、画像、ドキュメントなどファイルを保存できる特殊なフォルダーがあります。このフォルダーはユーザーの言語に応じた標準的な名前を使用します。次回、ログインすると、このフォルダー名を選択言語に合わせた名前に変更するかどうかを聞いてきます。新しい言語を以後継続して使用する場合は、フォルダー名を更新すると良いでしょう。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "システム言語の変更"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーの言語の変更は、ログイン後のそのユーザーのアカウント用言語を変更しているだけです。ログイン画面などに使用される<em>システム言語</"
++"em>を変更することもできます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ログイン画面</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</"
++"link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr "画面のロックまでに要する時間を<gui>プライバシー</gui>設定で変更します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "画面がロックされるのが早すぎる"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを数分放置すると、画面が自動的にロックされるため、操作を再開するにはパスワードを入力しなければならなくなります。これはセキュリティ上の理由によるものですが "
++"(席を離れた隙に他の人にコンピューターを操作されないよう)、画面のロックが早すぎると不便な場合があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr "画面が自動的にロックされるまでの時間を延長する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>プライバシー</gui>をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>画面ロック</gui>をクリックします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>自動画面ロック</gui>のスイッチをオンに切り替え、<gui>画面オフ後にロックするまでの時間</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストで時間を指定します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr "画面を自動ロックさせたくない場合には、<gui>自動画面ロック</gui>をオフに切り替えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth 共有</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"desktop\">画面共有</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">メディア共有</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "共有設定"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>共有設定</em>で、ローカルネットワーク上で何を共有するか、あるいは <em>Bluetooth</em> "
++"など他の技術を使用した共有を行うかどうか、などを設定できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">デスクトップ共有</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">メールでファイルを共有する</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">メディア共有</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "共有"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr "Bluetooth による共有が可能なフォルダーやデバイスの設定を行います。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Bluetooth による共有を設定する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth を使ったファイル共有のために、あなたの<file>公開</file>フォルダーと<file>ダウンロード</"
++"file>フォルダーへのアクセスを許可することができます。また、フォルダーへのアクセスを<em>信頼するデバイス</"
++"em>だけに限定することもできます。<gui>Bluetooth 共有</"
++"gui>の設定を行うことで、お使いのコンピューターにある共有フォルダーへのアクセスを制御できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth デバイスは、ペアリング済み、つまりお使いのコンピューターとそのデバイスを接続済みであれば、<em>信頼する</"
++"em>デバイスとなります。接続方法については、「<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>」を参照してください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Bluetooth を使ってあなたの<file>公開</file>フォルダーを共有する手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>共有</gui>を開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>共有</gui>が<gui>オフ</gui>になっている場合は、<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Bluetooth 共有</gui>を選択します"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>公開フォルダーを共有する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enable password"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"信頼するデバイスだけ<file>公開</file>フォルダーにアクセスできるようにしたい場合は、<gui>信頼するデバイスだけ共有を許可する</"
++"gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
+ msgstr ""
++"このオプションはデフォルトで無効になっています。誰か近くにいる人が Bluetooth "
++"対応の携帯電話や類似デバイスを使ってあなたの共有ファイルにアクセスしてくるのを防ぎたい場合は、このオプションを有効にしてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</gui>ボタンを押します。これで、Bluetooth 対応のデバイスが、<file>公開</"
++"file>フォルダーのファイルにアクセスできるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr "ファイルを<file>ダウンロード</file>フォルダーに共有できるようにする手順は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>受信したファイルをダウンロードフォルダーに保存する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"信頼するデバイスだけ<file>ダウンロード</"
++"file>フォルダーにアクセスできるようにしたい場合は、<gui>信頼するデバイスからの受信だけ許可する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</gui>ボタンを押します。これで、Bluetooth "
++"対応のデバイスから、<file>ダウンロード</file>フォルダーにファイルを送信できるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr "VNC によるあなたのデスクトップの閲覧や操作を他のユーザーに許可します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "デスクトップを共有する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
++"別のコンピューターのデスクトップビューアーからあなたのデスクトップの表示や操作を行うことを、許可することができます。<gui>画面共有</"
++"gui>の設定をすることで、デスクトップへのアクセスを他のユーザーに許可したり、セキュリティ上の設定を行うことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr "<gui>画面共有</gui>の設定を行うには、<app>Vino</app> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino をインストール</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>画面共有</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"あなたのデスクトップを表示するのを他のユーザーに許可するには、<gui>リモート表示</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。これにより、他のユーザーがあなたのデスクトップに接続して画面の閲覧を試みることができるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
+ msgstr ""
++"あなたのデスクトップを操作するのを他のユーザーに許可するには、<gui>リモート操作</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。これにより、あなたの現在のセキュリティ設定に基づいて、他のユーザーが、あなたのコンピューター上のマウス操作、アプリケーションの実行、ファイルの閲覧などができるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "このオプションは、<gui>リモート表示</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にすると、デフォルトで有効になります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr "各セキュリティオプションについて、その設定を変更する前に、それぞれのオプションによる影響範囲を十分に理解しておくことが重要です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "接続ごとに許可するかどうか確認する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"誰かがあなたのデスクトップにアクセスしようとしたときに、接続を許可するかどうかを選択できるようにしたい場合は、<gui>接続ごとに許可するかどうか確認する</"
++"gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。このオプションを無効にした場合は、コンピューターへの接続を許可するかどうかの確認は行われません。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "このオプションはデフォルトで有効です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "パスワードを要求する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"誰かがあなたのデスクトップに接続しようとしたときにパスワードの入力を要求したい場合は、<gui>パスワードを要求する</"
++"gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えます。このオプションを使用しない場合、誰でもあなたのデスクトップの閲覧を試みることができるようになります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr "このオプションはデフォルトで無効となっていますが、有効化して安全なパスワードを設定することを推奨します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Rygel を利用してローカルネットワーク上のメディアコンテンツを共有します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "音楽、写真、ビデオを共有する"
+ 
+-msgid "To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+ msgstr ""
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> あるいは <sys>DLNA</sys> 対応のデバイス (電話、テレビ、ゲームコンソールなど) "
++"を使って、お使いのコンピューターにあるメディアコンテンツの参照、検索、再生などを行うことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr "<gui>メディア共有</gui>の設定を行うには、<app>Rygel</app> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel をインストール</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>メディア共有</gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>このネットワーク上のメディアコンテンツを共有する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンを押して、<gui>フォルダーの選択</"
++"gui>ウィンドウを開きます。共有したいフォルダー、たとえば<file>ホーム</file>フォルダー配下の<file>音楽</"
++"file>フォルダー<em>まで</em>たどり、<gui style=\"button\">開く</"
++"gui>ボタンを押します。他にも、<file>画像</file>フォルダーや<file>ビデオ</"
++"file>フォルダーなど共有したいフォルダーがあれば、同じ手順を繰り返します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</"
++"gui>ボタンを押します。これで、選択したフォルダーにあるメディアコンテンツを、外部のデバイスから参照したり再生したりできるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr "よく使うプログラムのアイコンをダッシュボードに追加 (あるいは削除) します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "お気に入りのアプリをダッシュボードに追加する"
+ 
+-msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"
+-msgstr "アプリケーションを<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ダッシュボード</link>に追加して、簡単に起動できるようにする方法は次のとおりです。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションを<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ダッシュボード</"
++"link>に追加して、簡単に起動できるようにする方法は次のとおりです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アプリケーション</"
++"gui>をクリックして、ダッシュボードに追加したいアプリケーションを選びます。アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックして<gui>お気に入りに追加</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アプリケーション</gui>をクリックして、ダッシュボードに追加したいアプリケーションを選びます。アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックして<gui>お気に入りに追加</gui>を選択します。"
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr "ファイルを右クリックして、<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+ msgstr "他にも、ダッシュボードにアイコンをドラッグアンドドロップしても追加することができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+-msgstr "ダッシュボードからアプリケーションのアイコンを削除するには、アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックし、<gui>お気に入りから削除</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ダッシュボードからアプリケーションのアイコンを削除するには、アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックし、<gui>お気に入りから削除</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリを起動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "アプリケーションの起動"
+ 
+-msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
+-msgstr "マウスポインターを画面左上角の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>に移動すると、<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>が表示されます。ここからすべてのアプリケーションを見つけることができます。(<link xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押してアクティビティ画面を表示することもできます。)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"マウスポインターを画面左上角の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>に移動すると、<gui>アクティビティ画面</"
++"gui>が表示されます。ここからすべてのアプリケーションを見つけることができます。(<link xref=\"windows-key\">Super "
++"キー</link>を押してアクティビティ画面を表示することもできます。)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリケーションを起動する方法は、次のとおりいくつかあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr "キーボードからアプリケーション名を入力します。入力と同時にアプリケーションの検索が行われます。(検索が実行されない場合は、画面右上の検索バーをクリックしてから入力してください。) アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードからアプリケーション名を入力します。入力と同時にアプリケーションの検索が行われます。(検索が実行されない場合は、画面右上の検索バーをクリックしてから入力してください。) "
++"アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+-msgstr "<em>ダッシュボード</em> (アクティビティ画面の左側にある、アイコンが縦に並んだ細長い領域) にアイコンが配置されているアプリケーションもあります。アイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ダッシュボード</em> (アクティビティ画面の左側にある、アイコンが縦に並んだ細長い領域) "
++"にアイコンが配置されているアプリケーションもあります。アイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+-msgstr "よく使うアプリケーションは、<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">ダッシュボードに追加</link>しておくとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"よく使うアプリケーションは、<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">ダッシュボードに追加</"
++"link>しておくとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr "画面上部の<gui>アプリケーション</gui>という見出しをクリックすると、実行可能なアプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。右部のカテゴリーを利用して種類ごとにフィルタリングしたり、右上の検索バーを使ってアプリケーションを検索したりできます。アプリケーションのアイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+-msgstr "アプリケーションを別のワークスペースで起動することができます。ダッシュボードから (あるいはアプリケーション一覧から) アプリケーションのアイコンをドラッグして、画面右側のお好みのワークスペースにドロップしてください。そのワークスペースでアプリケーションが起動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションを別のワークスペースで起動することができます。ダッシュボードから (あるいはアプリケーション一覧から) "
++"アプリケーションのアイコンをドラッグして、画面右側のお好みのワークスペースにドロップしてください。そのワークスペースでアプリケーションが起動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+-msgstr "ダッシュボードあるいはアプリケーションリストのアイコンを中クリックすると、<em>新しい</em>ワークスペースでアプリケーションを起動できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++"ダッシュボードあるいはアプリケーションリストのアイコンを中クリックすると、<em>新しい</em>ワークスペースでアプリケーションを起動できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "コマンドによるクイック起動"
+ 
+-msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "他にもアプリケーションを起動する方法があります。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> を押し、<em>コマンド名</em>を入力したあと、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"他にもアプリケーションを起動する方法があります。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> "
++"を押し、<em>コマンド名</em>を入力したあと、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+-msgstr "たとえば、<app>Rhythmbox</app> を起動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> を押した後、'rhythmbox' と入力します (引用符は不要)。アプリの名前が、プログラムを起動するコマンド名になります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、<app>Rhythmbox</app> を起動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></"
++"keyseq> を押した後、'rhythmbox' と入力します (引用符は不要)。アプリの名前が、プログラムを起動するコマンド名になります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
+ msgstr "ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替えなどによる、アカウントの抜け方を学びます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+ msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "ログアウト、電源オフ、ユーザー切り替え"
+ 
+-msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+ msgstr "コンピューターを使い終わったあとは、電源を切ったり、(節電のために) サスペンドしたり、電源を入れたままログアウトしたりできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "ログアウトあるいはユーザー切り替え"
+ 
+-msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in."
+-msgstr "お使いのコンピューターを誰か他の人が使用できるようにするには、ログアウトしてもいいですし、あるいはログインしたままでユーザーの切り替えを行うこともできます。ユーザー切り替えを行った場合は、使用中のアプリケーションはすべて起動したままになり、ログインしなおせば元のままの状態になっています。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのコンピューターを誰か他の人が使用できるようにするには、ログアウトしてもいいですし、あるいはログインしたままでユーザーの切り替えを行うこともできます。ユーザー切り替えを行った場合は、使用中のアプリケーションはすべて起動したままになり、ログインしなおせば元のままの状態になっています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</"
++"gui>を行うには、上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the appropriate option."
+-msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</"
++"gui>を行うには、上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+-msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</"
++"gui>を行うには、上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "画面のロック"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+-msgstr "コンピューターからちょっと離れる場合は、画面をロックして、誰か他の人がファイルにアクセスしたり、アプリケーションを実行したりできないようにすることを推奨します。戻ってきたら、パスワードを入力するだけでログインしなおすことができます。画面をロックしていない場合は、一定の時間が経てば自動的にロックされます。"
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターからちょっと離れる場合は、画面をロックして、誰か他の人がファイルにアクセスしたり、アプリケーションを実行したりできないようにすることを推奨します。戻ってきたら、パスワードを入力するだけでログインしなおすことができます。画面をロックしていない場合は、一定の時間が経てば自動的にロックされます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "画面をロックするには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
+-
+-msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+-msgstr "画面をロックしている間は、パスワード入力画面の<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>をクリックすれば、他のユーザーがその人のアカウントでログインすることが可能です。その人が使い終われば、またあなたがログインしなおすことができます。"
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "画面をロックするには、上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"画面をロックしている間は、パスワード入力画面の<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</"
++"gui>をクリックすれば、他のユーザーがその人のアカウントでログインすることが可能です。その人が使い終われば、またあなたがログインしなおすことができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "サスペンド"
+ 
+-msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
+-msgstr "節電するには、コンピューターを使っていないときにサスペンドしてください。ラップトップをお使いであれば、蓋を閉じると GNOME が自動的にコンピューターをサスペンドします。そのときの状態をコンピューターの記憶装置に保存し、コンピューターのほとんどの機能をオフにします。サスペンド中でも、ほんの少しの電力は使用されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++"節電するには、コンピューターを使っていないときにサスペンドしてください。ラップトップをお使いであれば、蓋を閉じると GNOME "
++"が自動的にコンピューターをサスペンドします。そのときの状態をコンピューターの記憶装置に保存し、コンピューターのほとんどの機能をオフにします。サスペンド中でも、ほんの少しの電力は使用されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to <gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+-msgstr "コンピューターを手動でサスペンドするには、トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックして、<key>Alt</key> キーを押したままにします。<gui>電源オフ</gui>のオプションが<gui>サスペンド</gui>に変わります。<gui>サスペンド</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを手動でサスペンドするには、上部バーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックして、<key>Alt</key> "
++"キーを押したままにします。<gui>電源オフ</gui>のオプションが<gui>サスペンド</gui>に変わります。<gui>サスペンド</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "電源オフ、再起動"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+-msgstr "完全にコンピューターの電源を切る、あるいは再起動する場合は、まず、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして<gui>ログアウト</gui>を選択し、ログアウトします。ログイン画面に戻ります。ログイン画面上部のバーにある電源のアイコンをクリックして、<gui>再起動</gui>か<gui>電源オフ</gui>のどちらかを選択します。"
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"完全にコンピューターの電源を切る、あるいは再起動する場合は、まず、上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックして<gui>ログアウト</"
++"gui>を選択し、ログアウトします。ログイン画面に戻ります。ログイン画面上部のバーにある電源のアイコンをクリックして、<gui>再起動</"
++"gui>か<gui>電源オフ</gui>のどちらかを選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++"他のユーザーがログインしていれば、コンピューターの電源を切ったり再起動したりすることはできないでしょう。他のユーザーのセッションを終了させることになってしまうからです。あなたがシステム管理者であれば、電源を落とすのにパスワードを求められることもあります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+-msgstr "他のユーザーがログインしていれば、コンピューターの電源を切ったり再起動したりすることはできないでしょう。他のユーザーのセッションを終了させることになってしまうからです。あなたがシステム管理者であれば、電源を落とすのにパスワードを求められることもあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</link> than one which is suspended."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++#, fuzzy
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
+-msgstr "デスクトップ、トップバー、およびアクティビティ画面について画像をまじえた入門。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr "デスクトップ、上部バー、およびアクティビティ画面について画像をまじえた入門。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "GNOME 入門"
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
+-msgstr "GNOME 3 はユーザーインターフェースを徹底的に見直しました。ユーザーにあれこれ干渉せず、邪魔なものをできるだけ取り除き、ユーザーが作業を片付けるのに役立つように設計されています。最初にログインしたときは、何もない空っぽのデスクトップとトップバーが見えます。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME 3 "
++"はユーザーインターフェースを徹底的に見直しました。ユーザーにあれこれ干渉せず、邪魔なものをできるだけ取り除き、ユーザーが作業を片付けるのに役立つように設計されています。最初にログインしたときは、何もない空っぽのデスクトップと上部バーが見えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+-msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
+-
+-msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
+-msgstr "トップバーから、ウィンドウの表示、アプリケーションの起動、カレンダーや予定の確認、サウンドやネットワーク、電源などの<link xref=\"status-icons\">システムプロパティ</link>の設定などが行えます。トップバーのあなたの名前の箇所からは、在席状態の設定、プロフィールや設定の変更、ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替え、コンピューターの電源オフなどが行えます。"
++msgstr "GNOME Shell 上部バー"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーから、ウィンドウの表示、アプリケーションの起動、カレンダーや予定の確認、サウンドやネットワーク、電源などの<link xref=\"status-"
++"icons\">システムプロパティ</"
++"link>の設定などが行えます。上部バーのあなたの名前の箇所からは、在席状態の設定、プロフィールや設定の変更、ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替え、コンピューターの電源オフなどが行えます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "アクティビティボタン"
+ 
+-msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックします。あるいは画面左上角のホットコーナーにマウスポインターを移動させるだけでもかまいません。キーボードの <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link> キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを探すことも可能です。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>ボタンを押します。あるいは画面左上角のホットコーナーにマウスポインターを移動させるだけでもかまいません。キーボードの <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link> "
++"キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを検索することもできます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、画面左上の<link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>アプリケーション</gui>メニュー</link>を開き、<gui>アクティビティ画面</"
++"gui>を選択します。キーボードの <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link> "
++"キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを検索することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "ダッシュボード"
+ 
+-msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
+-msgstr "アクティビティ画面の左部に<em>ダッシュボード</em>が見えます。ダッシュボードには、お気に入りのアプリケーションと起動中のアプリケーションが表示されます。ダッシュボードのアイコンのどれかをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開きます。アプリケーションがすでに起動しているときは、ハイライト表示されます。起動中のアイコンをクリックすると、その最後に使ったウィンドウが前面に表示されます。アイコンは、アクティビティ画面や、あるいは画面右側の任意のワークスペースにドラッグすることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++"アクティビティ画面の左部に<em>ダッシュボード</"
++"em>が見えます。ダッシュボードには、お気に入りのアプリケーションと起動中のアプリケーションが表示されます。ダッシュボードのアイコンのどれかをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開きます。アプリケーションがすでに起動しているときは、ハイライト表示されます。起動中のアイコンをクリックすると、その最後に使ったウィンドウが前面に表示されます。アイコンは、アクティビティ画面や、あるいは画面右側の任意のワークスペースにドラッグすることもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+-msgstr "アイコンを右クリックすると、実行中のアプリケーションなら任意のウィンドウにフォーカスすることができ、また新規にウィンドウを開くこともできます。<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押さえながらアイコンをクリックして、新しいウィンドウを開くこともできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++"アイコンを右クリックすると、実行中のアプリケーションなら任意のウィンドウにフォーカスすることができ、また新規にウィンドウを開くこともできます。<key>Ctrl</"
++"key> キーを押さえながらアイコンをクリックして、新しいウィンドウを開くこともできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+-msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示すると、まずウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。これは、現在のワークスペースで開いている全ウィンドウのサムネイルです。いずれかのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウにフォーカスが移り、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。また、任意のウィンドウのサムネイルの上でマウスホイールをスクロールすることにより、サムネイルを拡大表示することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++"アクティビティ画面を表示すると、まずウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。これは、現在のワークスペースで開いている全ウィンドウのサムネイルです。いずれかのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウにフォーカスが移り、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。また、任意のウィンドウのサムネイルの上でマウスホイールをスクロールすることにより、サムネイルを拡大表示することもできます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+-msgstr "<gui>アプリケーション</gui>をクリックすると、アプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。ここには、お使いのコンピューターにインストールされているすべてのアプリケーションが表示されます。いずれかのアプリケーションをクリックすると、そのアプリケーションが起動します。あるいは、アクティビティ画面かワークスペースのサムネイルにアプリケーションをドラッグしても起動します。また、アプリケーションをダッシュボードにドラッグすることで、お気に入りに設定することもできます。お気に入りのアプリケーションは、起動していない場合でもダッシュボードに表示されており、すばやく起ち上げることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"ダッシュボードの一番下にあるグリッドボタンを押すと、アプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。ここには、お使いのコンピューターにインストールされているすべてのアプリケーションが表示されます。いずれかのアプリケーションを選択すると、そのアプリケーションが起動します。あるいは、アクティビティ画面かワークスペースのサムネイルにアプリケーションをドラッグしても起動します。また、アプリケーションをダッシュボードにドラッグすることで、お気に入りとして追加することもできます。お気に入りのアプリケーションは、起動していない場合でもダッシュボードに表示されており、すばやく起ち上げることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションの起動についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">ウィンドウとワークスペースについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "時計、カレンダーおよび予定"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
+-msgstr "トップバー中央の時計をクリックすると、現在日付や、月ごとのカレンダー、また今後の予定について確認できます。また、直接このメニューから、日付と時刻の設定画面を開いたり、<app>Evolution</app> のカレンダーを開くこともできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーの時計を開くと、現在日付や、月ごとのカレンダー、また今後の予定について確認できます。また、直接このメニューから、日付と時刻の設定画面を開いたり、<app>Evolution</"
++"app> のカレンダーを開くこともできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">カレンダーと予定についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "ユーザーメニュー"
+ 
+-msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr "右上角に表示されている名前をクリックすると、あなたのプロフィールやコンピューターの管理ができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
+-msgstr "このメニューから在席状態を直接設定できます。この設定は、<app>Empathy</app> などのインスタントメッセンジャーで相手先に見せる、あなたの状態に反映されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"このメニューから在席状態を直接設定できます。この設定は、<app>Empathy</app> "
++"などのインスタントメッセンジャーで相手先に見せる、あなたの状態に反映されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
+ msgstr "このメニューから、あなたの個人情報の編集やシステム設定の変更を行うこともできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
+-msgstr "コンピューターから離れるときに、他の人にいじられないように画面をロックできます。ログアウトせずにすばやくユーザー切り替えを行い、別のユーザーがコンピューターを使えるようにすることができます。また、このメニューからコンピューターのサスペンドや電源オフが可能です。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターから離れるときに、他の人にいじられないように画面をロックできます。ログアウトせずにすばやくユーザー切り替えを行い、別のユーザーがコンピューターを使えるようにすることができます。また、このメニューからコンピューターのサスペンドや電源オフが可能です。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ユーザーの切り替え、ログアウト、コンピューターの電源オフについてもっと詳しく</link>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
+ msgid "Lock Screen"
+-msgstr "画面をロック"
++msgstr "ロック画面"
+ 
+-msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows you to control media playback."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
+ msgstr ""
++"画面をロックしたり、自動的にロックが掛かったりした場合に、ロック画面が表示されます。コンピューターから離れている間、デスクトップを保護できます。ロック画面には日付や時刻、ログインユーザーの名前などが表示されます。他にもバッテリーやネットワークの状態を確認したり、メディアの再生をコントロールしたりできます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">ロック画面についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the bottom-right corner, or by pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until you are ready to view them."
+-msgstr "メッセージトレイの表示は、マウスを右下角へ移動することで表示されます。ここにはユーザーへの通知メッセージが保存され、ユーザーがその内容を確認できるようになるまで通知は残っています。"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++"メッセージトレイは、マウスポインターを画面下部に対してしばらく押し続けるか、あるいは <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> キーを押すことで表示されます。ここにはユーザーへの通知メッセージが保存され、ユーザーがその内容を確認するまで通知は残ります。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the message tray.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知メッセージとメッセージトレイについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "ウィンドウの一覧"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME "
++"におけるウィンドウ切り替えのスタイルは、他のデスクトップ環境で採用されているような、常にウィンドウ一覧を表示するものとは異なったアプローチを取っています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">ウィンドウの切り替えについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントがユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に、青いアイコンをウィンドウ一覧の右側に表示します。青いアイコンを押すとメッセージトレイが表示されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "キーボードでデスクトップを使いこなします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "便利なキーボードショートカット"
+ 
+-msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+-msgstr "このページでは、デスクトップやアプリケーションをより効率的に使う上で役に立つキーボードショートカットの概要を説明します。マウスやポインティングデバイスの使用が困難である場合は、キーボードだけを使った操作法の詳細について <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"このページでは、デスクトップやアプリケーションをより効率的に使う上で役に立つキーボードショートカットの概要を説明します。マウスやポインティングデバイスの使用が困難である場合は、キーボードだけを使った操作法の詳細について "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "デスクトップを使いこなす"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> または <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> または <link xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</link> キー"
+ 
+-msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。アクティビティ画面では、キー入力を始めるとすぐに、アプリケーション、連絡先、ドキュメントの検索が行われます。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。アクティビティ画面では、キー入力を始めるとすぐに、アプリケーション、連絡先、ドキュメントの検索が行われます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr "コマンドウィンドウをポップアップします (コマンドをさっと実行するのに使います)。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">すばやくウィンドウを切り替えます。</link><key>Shift</key>を押しながらの場合は、切り替え順序が逆転します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">すばやくウィンドウを切り替えます</link>。<key>Shift</"
++"key>を押しながらの場合は、切り替え順序が逆転します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "同一のアプリケーション内で、あるいは<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>の後に選択したアプリケーション内で、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"同一のアプリケーション内で、あるいは<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
++"keyseq>の後に選択したアプリケーション内で、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
+-msgstr "このショートカットでは、US キーボードの <key>`</key> を使って説明しています。US キーボードでは <key>`</key> キーは <key>Tab</key> の上段に配置されています。他のすべてのキーボードにおいて、このショートカットは、<key>Alt</key> に <key>Tab</key> の上のキーを組み合わせたものを意味しています。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"このショートカットでは、US キーボードの <key>`</key> を使って説明しています。US キーボードでは <key>`</key> キーは "
++"<key>Tab</key> の上段に配置されています。他のすべてのキーボードにおいて、このショートカットは、<key>Super</key> に "
++"<key>Tab</key> の上のキーを組み合わせたものを意味しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+-msgstr "トップバーにキーボードフォーカスを当てます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、トップバー、ダッシュボード、ウィンドウ一覧、アプリケーション一覧、および検索フィールドの間でキーボードフォーカスを切り替えます。矢印キーを使って移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"上部バーにキーボードフォーカスを当てます。<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面では、上部バー、ダッシュボード、ウィンドウ一覧、アプリケーション一覧、および検索フィールドの間でキーボードフォーカスを切り替えます。矢印キーを使って移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "現時点では、矢印キーを使ってウィンドウ一覧を移動することはできません。ウィンドウを切り替えるには、アクティビティ画面を抜けて、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> と <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> を使います。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"現時点では、矢印キーを使ってウィンドウ一覧を移動することはできません。ウィンドウを切り替えるには、アクティビティ画面を抜けて、<keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> と <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> "
++"を使います。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "アプリケーション一覧を表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> および <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ワークスペースを切り替えます。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ワークスペースを切り替えます</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> および <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> および "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace.</link>"
+-msgstr "現在のウィンドウを、別のワークスペースへ移します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">現在のウィンドウを別のワークスペースへ移します</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ログアウトします。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ログアウトします</link>。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします。</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">画面をロックします</link>。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">メッセージトレイ</"
++"link>を開きます。<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> を再度押すか、<key>Esc</"
++"key> を押すと閉じます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "共通の編集用ショートカット"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "すべてのテキスト、あるいはリストの全項目を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr "選択したテキストあるいは項目を切り取って (削除して)、クリップボードに保存します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "選択したテキストあるいは項目をクリップボードにコピーします。 "
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "クリップボードの内容を貼り付けます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "最後に実行した操作を元に戻します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "画面のキャプチャー"
+ 
+-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+-msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">スクリーンショットを撮ります。</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">スクリーンショットを撮ります</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ウィンドウのスクリーンショットを撮ります</link>。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります。</link> マウスポインターが十字型に変わります。クリック・アンド・ドラッグで領域を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">選択領域のスクリーンショットを撮ります</"
++"link>。マウスポインターが十字型に変わります。ドラッグして領域を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast recording.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">スクリーンキャストの録画を開始します。</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">スクリーンキャストの録画を開始します</link>。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+ msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "The Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "画面をロック"
+ 
+-msgid "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+ msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr "通知メッセージとは何か"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+ msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or pause your music without having to enter a password"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
+ msgstr "何か起きると、画面低部にメッセージがポップアップしてユーザーに知らせます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "通知メッセージとメッセージトレイ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "通知メッセージとは何か"
+ 
+-msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr "アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントが、ユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に通知メッセージが画面低部に表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
+-msgstr "たとえば、チャットで新しいメッセージを受け取った、外部デバイス (USB メモリなど) を挿した、コンピューターのアップデートが可能になった、あるいはバッテリーが低下している、などの場合に、それを伝えるメッセージが表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++"たとえば、チャットで新しいメッセージを受け取った、外部デバイス (USB メモリなど) "
++"を挿した、コンピューターのアップデートが可能になった、あるいはバッテリーが低下している、などの場合に、それを伝えるメッセージが表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+-msgstr "できるだけユーザーの気を散らさないように、通知によっては、まず 1 行のメッセージとして表示されるものもあります。メッセージの箇所にマウスを合わせれば、通知内容の全文を確認できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++"できるだけユーザーの気を散らさないように、通知によっては、まず 1 "
++"行のメッセージとして表示されるものもあります。メッセージの箇所にマウスを合わせれば、通知内容の全文を確認できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+-msgstr "他には、選択可能なオプションボタンのある通知もあります。オプションを選択せずに通知を閉じるには、通知メッセージの任意の箇所をクリックします。"
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++"他には、選択可能なオプションボタンのある通知もあります。オプションを選択せずに通知を閉じるには、通知メッセージの任意の箇所をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+-msgstr "ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
+-msgstr "メッセージトレイ中のアイテムをクリックすると、該当する通知メッセージを確認できます。メッセージトレイのアイテムは、たいていメッセージを通知したアプリケーションになっています。しかしながら、チャットのメッセージは特別で、メッセージを送ってきた相手先が誰であるかがわかるようになっています。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++"メッセージトレイ中のアイテムをクリックすると、該当する通知メッセージを確認できます。メッセージトレイのアイテムは、たいていメッセージを通知したアプリケーションになっています。しかしながら、チャットのメッセージは特別で、メッセージを送ってきた相手先が誰であるかがわかるようになっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can close the message tray by pressing <key>Esc</key> (unless you are in the activities overview, where it is always visible)."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化することもできます。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> "
++"を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>x</key> を押してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">スクリーンキーボード</link> を使用している場合は、<gui>トレイボタン</gui>をクリックしてメッセージトレイを表示してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">スクリーンキーボード</link> を使用している場合は、<gui>トレイボタン</"
++"gui>をクリックしてメッセージトレイを表示してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "通知メッセージを非表示にする"
+ 
+-msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+-msgstr "何か作業をしている最中に邪魔をされたくない場合、メッセージの通知をオフにできます。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして、<gui>メッセージ通知</gui>を<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えるだけです。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"何か作業をしている最中に邪魔をされたくない場合、メッセージの通知をオフにできます。上部バーにあるユーザー名をクリックして、<gui>メッセージ通知</"
++"gui>を<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えるだけです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+-msgstr "通知をオフにすれば、ほとんどの通知が画面下部にポップアップされなくなります。その場合でも、バッテリーがひどく低下しているなどの非常に重要な通知はポップアップされます。マウスを右下角に移動すれば、メッセージトレイから通知をよむことができます。メッセージ通知を<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えると、また通知が表示されるようになります。"
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++"通知をオフにすれば、ほとんどの通知が画面下部にポップアップされなくなります。その場合でも、バッテリーがひどく低下しているなどの非常に重要な通知はポップアップされます。マウスを右下角に移動すれば、メッセージトレイから通知をよむことができます。メッセージ通知を<gui>オン</"
++"gui>に切り替えると、また通知が表示されるようになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "デスクトップ"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">はじめに</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">キーボードショートカット</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">スケジュール表</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">はじめに</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
++"shortcuts\">キーボードショートカット</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">スケジュール表</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">通知</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "デスクトップ、アプリ、およびウィンドウ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "デスクトップ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "アプリケーションとウィンドウ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr "デスクトップの各部品の説明に使われる用語の概要です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+-msgstr "アクティビティ、ダッシュボード、トップバー... それは何ですか?"
++msgstr "アクティビティ、ダッシュボード、上部バー... それは何ですか?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "アプリケーションとウィンドウ"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+-msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+ msgstr "Alt-Tab ウィンドウスイッチャー"
+ 
+-msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+-msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key> を押すと、<em>ウィンドウスイッチャー</em>が表示されます。ここには、起動中のアプリケーションのアイコンが表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key> を押すと、<em>ウィンドウスイッチャー</"
++"em>が表示されます。ここには、起動中のアプリケーションのアイコンが表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "ダッシュボード"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
+-msgstr "<em>ダッシュボード</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の左側に配置される、お気に入りのアプリケーションの一覧です。現在起動中のアプリケーションもここに表示されます。ダッシュボードは、<em>ドック</em>と呼ばれることもあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ダッシュボード</"
++"em>とは、アクティビティ画面の左側に配置される、お気に入りのアプリケーションの一覧です。現在起動中のアプリケーションもここに表示されます。ダッシュボードは、<em>ドック</"
++"em>と呼ばれることもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "ホットコーナー"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+ msgstr "<em>ホットコーナー</em>とは、画面左上の角のことです。ここにマウスポインターを持っていくと、アクティビティ画面が開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without having to unlock."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "通知メッセージ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>通知メッセージ</"
++"em>とは、画面下部にポップアップされるメッセージのことです。そのとき何かが起きたことをお知らせします。たとえば、あなたとチャットしている人がメッセージを送ったら、ポップアップで通知メッセージをお知らせします。その場ですぐメッセージに対応しない場合は、メッセージトレイの中に保存されます。マウスを右下角に持っていけば、メッセージトレイを確認できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your messaging tray."
+-msgstr "<em>通知メッセージ</em>とは、画面下部にポップアップされるメッセージのことです。そのとき何かが起きたことをお知らせします。たとえば、あなたとチャットしている人がメッセージを送ったら、ポップアップで通知メッセージをお知らせします。その場ですぐメッセージに対応しない場合は、メッセージトレイの中に保存されます。マウスを右下角に持っていけば、メッセージトレイを確認できます。"
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "ユーザーメニュー"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "設定"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui> to access them."
+-msgstr "<em>システム設定</em>とは、設定の変更などを行うメニューです。Windows の「コントロール パネル」や Mac OS の「システム環境設定」に相当するものです。システム設定を開くには、トップバー右上にある名前の箇所をクリックして、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択してください。"
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>システム設定</em>とは、設定の変更などを行うメニューです。Windows の「コントロール パネル」や Mac OS "
++"の「システム環境設定」に相当するものです。システム設定を開くには、上部バー右上にある名前の箇所をクリックして、<gui>システム設定</"
++"gui>を選択してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+-msgstr "トップバー"
++msgstr "上部バー"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>上部バー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。上部バーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+-msgstr "<em>トップバー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。トップバーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>上部バー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。上部バーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース"
+ 
+-msgid "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient way of grouping and separating windows."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
+ msgstr "別々の<em>ワークスペース</em>にウィンドウを配置することができます。ウィンドウをまとめたり、分けたりするのに便利な方法です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "ワークスペースセレクター"
+ 
+-msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
+-msgstr "<em>ワークスペースセレクター</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビュー右側に表示される、ワークスペースの一覧です。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ワークスペースセレクター</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビュー右側に表示される、ワークスペースの一覧です。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面あるいは他のワークスペースを調べます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "見失ったウィンドウを探しだす"
+ 
+-msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
+-msgstr "別のワークスペースのウィンドウや、他のウィンドウの下に隠れているウィンドウは、<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を使えば簡単に見つけることができます。方法は次のとおりです。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++"別のワークスペースのウィンドウや、他のウィンドウの下に隠れているウィンドウは、<link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を使えば簡単に見つけることができます。方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the activities overview. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+-msgstr "アクティビティ画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを選択します。お探しのウィンドウが、現在の<link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">ワークスペース</link>に配置されていれば、ウィンドウビューにそのサムネイルが表示されます。サムネイルをクリックするだけで、ウィンドウを再表示できます。これで見つからなければ次の方法も確認してください。"
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"アクティビティ画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを選択します。お探しのウィンドウが、現在の<link xref=\"shell-"
++"windows#working-with-workspaces\">ワークスペース</"
++"link>に配置されていれば、ウィンドウビューにそのサムネイルが表示されます。サムネイルをクリックするだけで、ウィンドウを再表示できます。これで見つからなければ次の方法も確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+-msgstr "アクティビティ画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>から別のワークスペースをクリックし、ウィンドウを探してみてください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"アクティビティ画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</"
++"link>から別のワークスペースをクリックし、ウィンドウを探してみてください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
+-msgstr "ダッシュボードのアプリケーションを右クリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。その一覧からお探しのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"ダッシュボードのアプリケーションを右クリックすると、そのアプリケーションが開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。その一覧からお探しのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャーを使う方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、ウィンドウスイッチャーを表示します。<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key> を押すとウィンドウが順に切り替わります。<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押すとその逆順に切り替わります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"を押して、ウィンドウスイッチャーを表示します。<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key> "
++"を押すとウィンドウが順に切り替わります。<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すとその逆順に切り替わります。"
+ 
+-msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+-msgstr "アプリケーションが複数のウィンドウを開いている場合、<key>Alt</key> を押さえながら <key>`</key> キー (<key>Tab</key> の上のキー) を押すと、そのアプリケーション内でウィンドウが切り替わります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションが複数のウィンドウを開いている場合、<key>Alt</key> を押さえながら <key>`</key> キー (<key>Tab</"
++"key> の上のキー) を押すと、そのアプリケーション内でウィンドウが切り替わります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr "タイトルバーのダブルクリックやドラッグで、ウィンドウサイズを最大化したり、元に戻したりします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化する、元に戻す"
+ 
+-msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化して画面全体に表示したり、逆に元のサイズに戻したりできます。また、画面の左右半分にウィンドウを縦に最大化して表示することもできます。2 つのウィンドウを左右に配置して同時に確認することができます。詳細については、<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを最大化して画面全体に表示したり、逆に元のサイズに戻したりできます。また、画面の左右半分にウィンドウを縦に最大化して表示することもできます。2 "
++"つのウィンドウを左右に配置して同時に確認することができます。詳細については、<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかんで画面トップまでドラッグします。あるいはタイトルバーをダブルクリックするだけでも最大化できます。キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化するには、<link xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>↑</key> を押すか、あるいは <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> を押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかんで画面トップまでドラッグします。あるいはタイトルバーをダブルクリックするだけでも最大化できます。キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化するには、<link "
++"xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>↑</key> を押すか、あるいは "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面端から引き離します。ウィンドウが最大化されている場合は、タイトルバーをダブルクリックして元のサイズに戻すことができます。また、最大化に使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面端から引き離します。ウィンドウが最大化されている場合は、タイトルバーをダブルクリックして元のサイズに戻すことができます。また、最大化に使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながらウィンドウの任意の場所をドラッグすることで、ウィンドウを移動することができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr "効率的に作業できるようワークスペースにウィンドウを配置します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを移動する、サイズを変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更をすることで、より効率的に作業できるようになります。ドラッグによる移動やサイズ変更についてはご存知でしょうが、方法はそれだけではありません。GNOME では、ショートカットや修飾キーを使ってすばやくウィンドウを配置することができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更をすることで、より効率的に作業できるようになります。ドラッグによる移動やサイズ変更についてはご存知でしょうが、方法はそれだけではありません。GNOME "
++"では、ショートカットや修飾キーを使ってすばやくウィンドウを配置することができます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを移動するには、タイトルバーをドラッグするか、あるいは <key>Alt</key> "
++"キーを押しながらウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> "
++"を押しながら移動すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時に移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを移動するには、タイトルバーをドラッグするか、あるいは <key>Alt</key> キーを押しながらウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> を押しながら移動すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時に移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウのサイズを変更するには、ウィンドウの端か角をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> "
++"を押しながらサイズ変更すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時にサイズ変更します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウのサイズを変更するには、ウィンドウの端か角をドラッグします。<key>Shift</key> を押しながらサイズ変更すると、画面や他のウィンドウの端まで瞬時にサイズ変更します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size."
+-msgstr "キーボードだけを使ってウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更を行う方法もあります。ウィンドウを移動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> を押し、サイズを変更するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> を押します。矢印キーで移動やサイズ変更を行い、次に <key>Enter</key> キーで確定するか、あるいは <key>Esc</key> キーで元の位置やサイズに戻します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードだけを使ってウィンドウの移動やサイズ変更を行う方法もあります。ウィンドウを移動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> を押し、サイズを変更するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</"
++"key></keyseq> を押します。矢印キーで移動やサイズ変更を行い、次に <key>Enter</key> キーで確定するか、あるいは "
++"<key>Esc</key> キーで元の位置やサイズに戻します。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">ウィンドウを最大化する</link>には、ウィンドウを画面トップまでドラッグします。ウィンドウを画面の左右どちらかの側へドラッグすると、片側半分に最大化し、<link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">ウィンドウを両側に並べる</link>ことができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">ウィンドウを最大化する</"
++"link>には、ウィンドウを画面トップまでドラッグします。ウィンドウを画面の左右どちらかの側へドラッグすると、片側半分に最大化し、<link xref="
++"\"shell-windows-tiled\">ウィンドウを両側に並べる</link>ことができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running."
+-msgstr "すべてのアプリケーションが<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>に表示されるため、タスクの切り替えがシングルステップで実行でき、また、起動中のアプリケーションの一覧を確認することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++"すべてのアプリケーションが<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</"
++"gui>に表示されるため、タスクの切り替えがシングルステップで実行でき、また、起動中のアプリケーションの一覧を確認することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース上で次の手順を行います。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を表示します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</"
++"gui>を表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key> を離すと、ウィンドウスイッチャー上の次の (ハイライトされた) ウィンドウに切り替わります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+-msgstr "もしくは、<key>Alt</key> キーを押したままで、<key>Tab</key> を押すと、開いている各ウィンドウを順に切り替えていき、<keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> を押すと、逆の順序で切り替えます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"もしくは、<key>Alt</key> キーを押したままで、<key>Tab</key> "
++"を押すと、開いている各ウィンドウを順に切り替えていき、<keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すと、逆の順序で切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャー上のウィンドウはアプリケーションごとにまとめられています。複数のウィンドウを持つアプリケーションをクリックすると、プレビューがポップダウンします。<key>Alt</key>を押しながら<key>`</key> キー (<key>Tab</key> の上にあるキー) を押すと、そのアプリケーションのウィンドウ間で切り替えます (訳注: 日本語キーボードの場合は、一般に <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>半角/全角</key></keyseq>です)。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右半分に最大化できます。2 つのウィンドウを画面両側に配置して、ウィンドウをすばやく切り替えられるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャーでは、異なるワークスペースで開いているアプリケーションは縦線で区切られて表示されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウスイッチャー上のウィンドウはアプリケーションごとにまとめられています。複数のウィンドウを持つアプリケーションをクリックすると、プレビューがポップダウンします。<key>Alt</"
++"key>を押しながら<key>`</key> キー (<key>Tab</key> の上にあるキー) "
++"を押すと、そのアプリケーションのウィンドウ間で切り替えます (訳注: 日本語キーボードの場合は、一般に <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>半角/全角</key></keyseq>です)。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr "ウィンドウスイッチャーでは、異なるワークスペースで開いているアプリケーションは縦線で区切られて表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
+-msgstr "<key>→</key> あるいは <key>←</key> キーでウィンドウスイッチャー上のアプリケーションアイコンを移動したり、あるいはマウスでクリックして選択することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>→</key> あるいは <key>←</key> "
++"キーでウィンドウスイッチャー上のアプリケーションアイコンを移動したり、あるいはマウスでクリックして選択することもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを 1 つだけ持つアプリケーションのプレビューは、<key>↓</key> キーを押すと表示されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
+-msgstr "どれかウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わり、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。複数のワークスペースを使用している場合、各ワークスペースをクリックすることで、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウを表示できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"どれかウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウに切り替わり、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。複数のワークスペースを使用している場合、各ワークスペースをクリックすることで、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウを表示できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右両側に最大化します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを左右に並べる"
+ 
+-msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを画面の左右半分に最大化できます。2 つのウィンドウを画面両側に配置して、ウィンドウをすばやく切り替えられるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを画面片側に最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかみ、左右どちらかの側に画面半分がハイライト表示されるまでドラッグします。キーボードを使う場合は、<link xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>←</key> あるいは <key>→</key> キーを押します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを画面片側に最大化するには、タイトルバーをつかみ、左右どちらかの側に画面半分がハイライト表示されるまでドラッグします。キーボードを使う場合は、<link "
++"xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押しながら <key>←</key> あるいは <key>→</key> "
++"キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面片側から引き離します。あるいは、片側に最大化するのに使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻すには、ウィンドウをドラッグして画面片側から引き離します。あるいは、片側に最大化するのに使用したものと同じショートカットが使用できます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを移動および整理します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウとワークスペース"
+ 
+-msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
+-msgstr "他のデスクトップ環境と同様に、GNOME は起動中のアプリケーションを表示するのにウィンドウを使用します。<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>および<gui>ダッシュボード</gui>の両方から、新たにアプリケーションを起動したり、アクティブなウィンドウを制御したりすることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"他のデスクトップ環境と同様に、GNOME は起動中のアプリケーションを表示するのにウィンドウを使用します。<gui>アクティビティ画面</"
++"gui>および<gui>ダッシュボード</gui>の両方から、新たにアプリケーションを起動したり、アクティブなウィンドウを制御したりすることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウに加え、ワークスペースを利用してアプリケーションをまとめることもできます。下記のウィンドウとワークスペースにかんするヘルプトピックを読み、関連機能をうまく使いこなす方法を学んでください。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウに加え、ワークスペースを利用してアプリケーションをまとめることもできます。下記のウィンドウとワークスペースにかんするヘルプトピックを読み、関連機能をうまく使いこなす方法を学んでください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを扱う"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "ワークスペース"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "ワークスペースを扱う"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示し、ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへドラッグする。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへ移動する"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "マウスを使う方法:"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウをマウスで選択し、画面右側へドラッグします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>が表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウを空のワークスペースへドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>の一番下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを空のワークスペースへドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</"
++"gui>の一番下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"ウィンドウを空のワークスペースへドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</"
++"gui>の一番下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "キーボードを使う方法:"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>)."
+-msgstr "移動するウィンドウを選択します (たとえば、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> による<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を使用します)。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"移動するウィンドウを選択します (たとえば、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"による<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を使用します)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></keyseq> を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ下のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すと、<gui>ワークスペースセレクター</gui>中の現在のワークスペースの 1 つ下のワークスペースへウィンドウが移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+-msgstr "アクティビティ画面でワークスペースセレクターを使う"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "ワークスペースセレクター"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+ msgstr "ワークスペースを切り替える"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>の中にあるワークスペースをクリックすると、そのワークスペースで開いているウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。いずれかのウィンドウのサムネイルをクリックすると、そのワークスペースに切り替わります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"アクティビティ画面右側の<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</"
++"link>から別のワークスペースをクリックし、ウィンドウを探してみてください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースに移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースに移動します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 つ下のワークスペースに移動します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> "
++"を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 つ下のワークスペースに移動します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr "ワークスペースを使って、デスクトップのウィンドウを分類し、まとめる。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "ワークスペースとは何ですか? 何の役に立ちますか?"
+ 
+-msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+-msgstr "ワークスペースとは、デスクトップのウィンドウをグループ化するものです。ワークスペースはたくさん作成することができ、それぞれ仮想的なデスクトップとして機能します。ワークスペースを活用すると、デスクトップを整理整頓して扱いやすくできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"ワークスペースとは、デスクトップのウィンドウをグループ化するものです。ワークスペースはたくさん作成することができ、それぞれ仮想的なデスクトップとして機能します。ワークスペースを活用すると、デスクトップを整理整頓して扱いやすくできます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"ワークスペースとは、デスクトップのウィンドウをグループ化するものです。ワークスペースはたくさん作成することができ、それぞれ仮想的なデスクトップとして機能します。ワークスペースを活用すると、デスクトップを整理整頓して扱いやすくできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
+-msgstr "ワークスペースは、ユーザーの作業を体系的に整理するのに使用されます。たとえば、メーラーやチャットクライアントなどのコミュニケーションツールのウィンドウを 1 つのワークスペースにまとめて配置しておき、いま作業に取り組んでいるウィンドウは別のワークスペースに配置する、といったことができます。その間また別のワークスペースでは、音楽管理ツールが起動していることもあるでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"ワークスペースは、ユーザーの作業を体系的に整理するのに使用されます。たとえば、メーラーやチャットクライアントなどのコミュニケーションツールのウィンドウを "
++"1 "
++"つのワークスペースにまとめて配置しておき、いま作業に取り組んでいるウィンドウは別のワークスペースに配置する、といったことができます。その間また別のワークスペースでは、音楽管理ツールが起動していることもあるでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "ワークスペースの使い方:"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で、画面右端へマウスポインターを移動させます。縦方向のパネルが現れ、そこには、使用しているすべてのワークスペースに加え、空のワークスペースが 1 つ表示されます。このパネルは<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>と呼びます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面で、画面右端へマウスポインターを移動させます。縦方向のパネルが現れ、そこには、使用しているすべてのワークスペースに加え、空のワークスペースが "
++"1 つ表示されます。このパネルは<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>と呼びます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</"
++"gui>画面で、画面右端へマウスポインターを移動させます。縦方向のパネルが現れ、そこには、使用しているすべてのワークスペースに加え、空のワークスペースが "
++"1 つ表示されます。このパネルは<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ワークスペースセレクター</link>と呼びます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+-msgstr "ワークスペースを追加するには、既存のワークスペースにあるウィンドウのどれかを、空のワークスペースへドラッグ・アンド・ドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、そのワークスペースの下に空のワークスペースが 1 つ新しく追加されます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"ワークスペースを追加するには、既存のワークスペースにあるウィンドウのどれかを、空のワークスペースへドラッグ・アンド・ドロップします。ドロップ先のワークスペースにウィンドウが移動し、そのワークスペースの下に空のワークスペースが "
++"1 つ新しく追加されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
+ msgstr "ワークスペースを削除するには、そのワークスペースにあるウィンドウをすべて閉じるか、あるいは他のワークスペースへ移動させます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのワークスペースは、常に存在しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr "メッセージのための再生音を選び、警告音量の設定や警告音の無効を設定します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr "警告音を選択する、もしくは無効にする"
+ 
+-msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターはメッセージやイベントが起こった時、単純な警告音を再生します。警告には異なるサウンドクリップを選択できます。また、警告音の音量をシステムの音量とは別に設定できます。警告音を完全に無効にすることもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>サウンド</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr "<gui>音響効果</gui>タブで警告音を選択します。クリックして警告音を再生できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>音響効果</"
++"gui>タブの音量スライダーを使い、警告音の音量を設定します。この設定は、お使いの音楽ファイル、動画ファイル、その他サウンドファイルなどの音量には影響しません。"
+ 
+-msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under <gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"警告音を完全に無効にするには、<gui>音響効果</gui>タブの<gui>警告音の音量</gui>の<gui>オン/オフ</"
++"gui>スイッチを切り替えます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr "音声が出ない、あるいは音声の質が悪い、といった問題を解決します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドの問題"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr "コンピューターで音声がうまく再生できないケースには、いくつかの症例があります。次のトピックのうち、遭遇した問題に最も近いものはどれですか？"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "オーディオケーブルとサウンドカードのドライバーを確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドを再生するとノイズが聞こえる"
+ 
+-msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターで音声を再生している時にノイズが聞こえる場合、オーディオケーブルやその接続、あるいはお使いのサウンドカードのドライバーに問題がある可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "スピーカーが正しく接続されているか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr "スピーカーがしっかり挿入されていない、あるいは間違ったジャックに挿入されていると、ノイズ混じりの音声が聞こえます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "スピーカーやヘッドフォンケーブルの損傷を確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
+ msgstr ""
++"オーディオケーブルとコネクターは徐々に消耗します。ケーブルあるいはヘッドフォンを別のオーディオデバイス（MP3 プレイヤーあるいは CD "
++"プレイヤーなど）に挿入し、ノイズ混じりの音声が聞こえるかどうかを確認してください。もし聞こえたら、ケーブルあるいはヘッドフォンを交換する必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドドライバーがあまりよい出来ではないかどうか確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードには、Linux "
++"で動かないものがあります。よいドライバーがないからです。この問題は他の問題より、特定するのが難しいです。インターネットでサウンドカードのメーカーやモデルを "
++"\\\"Linux\\\" という単語と共に検索し、誰かが同じ問題を抱えていないかどうか調べます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr "<cmd>lspci</cmd> コマンドを使うと、サウンドカードに関するより多くの情報を得ることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr "サウンドカードがミュートになっていないか、ケーブルが適切に挿入されているか、サウンドカードが検出されているか確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "コンピューターで音声を聞くことができません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr "コンピューターで音楽を再生した時などに何も聞こえなければ、以下のステップで問題を解決できるか試します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドがミュートされていないことを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr "トップバーのサウンドアイコン（スピーカーの形）をクリックし、サウンドがミュートされていないか、オンになっているかを確認します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+ msgstr ""
++"ラップトップには、キーボードにミュートスイッチやミュートキーがついているものがあります。そのようなキーを押し、サウンドのミュートが解除されるかどうか試します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++"また、サウンドを再生するために使っているアプリケーション（たとえば音楽プレイヤーや動画プレイヤー）がミュートされていないことも確認します。アプリケーションのメインウィンドウがミュートボタンやボリュームボタンを持つことがあるので、それを確認します。また、トップバーのサウンドアイコンをクリックし、<gui>サウンドの設定</"
++"gui>を選択します。<gui>サウンド</gui>ウィンドウが開いたら<gui>アプリケーション</"
++"gui>タブを表示し、アプリケーションがミュートされていないか確認します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "スピーカーがオンであり、適切に接続されていることを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターが外部スピーカーを持つ場合、それがオンになっていて、ボリュームが大きいことを確認します。スピーカーケーブルがしっかりと、コンピューター背面の\\\"出力\\\"オーディオジャックに挿入されていることを確認します。このジャックは通常、ライトグリーンに着色されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードには、スピーカーへの出力のために使うジャックとマイクなどからの入力のためのジャックを、それぞれ変更できるものがあります。出力ジャックは "
++"Linux と、Windows あるいは Mac OS "
++"とで異なる場合があります。スピーカーケーブルをコンピューターのオーディオジャックに順番に挿入し、音声が出力されるかどうか試します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr "最後にオーディオケーブルがスピーカーの背面にしっかり挿入されているか確認します。スピーカーのなかには、1つ以上の入力を持つものがあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しいサウンドデバイスが選択されていることを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターによっては、\\\"サウンドデバイス\\\"が複数インストールされているものがあります。デバイスによって、音声を出力できるものとできないものがあります。正しいサウンドデバイスが選択されていることを確認してください。正しいサウンドデバイスを選択するまで、試行錯誤が必要になることもあります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "上部バーのサウンドアイコンをクリックし、<gui>サウンドの設定</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>サウンド</gui>ウィンドウが開きます。<gui>出力</"
++"gui>タブを表示し、どのデバイスとプロファイルが選択されているかをメモに取ります（どの組み合わせを選択しても効果がない場合は、このメモを参照してデフォルトの組み合わせに戻すことができます）。"
+ 
+-msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
+ msgstr ""
++"試しに、選択しているデバイスのプロファイルを変更します。プロファイルを変更したらサウンドを再生し、音声が出力されるかどうかを確認します。リストにあるプロファイルをひとつひとつ試す必要があるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr "もし動くものがなければ、同じことを、リストにある他のデバイスに対しても試します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>出力</gui>タブの<gui>コネクター</gui>オプションの変更も試します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドカードが適切に検出されていることを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
+ msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードが適切に検出されないことがあります。この場合は、お使いのコンピューターでサウンドを再生できないと考えてください。サウンドカードが適切に検出されない理由として、そのカードに対するドライバーがインストールされていないことが挙げられます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面に行き、端末を開きます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd>を入力し、<key>Enter</key>キーを押します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr "デバイスのリストが表示されます。もし再生用ハードウェアデバイスがなければ、サウンドカードは検出されていません。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+ msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードが検出されていなかったら、手動によるドライバーのインストールが必要になることもあります。インストールの方法は、お使いのサウンドカードによって異なります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed information."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++"端末で <cmd>lspci</cmd> コマンドを使い、どんなサウンドカードがあるのかをみることができます。管理者として <cmd>lspci</"
++"cmd> を実行しなければならない場合もあります。その場合、<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> "
++"を実行してパスワードを入力するか、<cmd>su</cmd> を実行して root（管理者権限のある）パスワードを入力した後で<cmd>lspci</"
++"cmd> を実行します。<em>audio controller</em> あるいは <em>audio device</em> "
++"がリストアップされていたら、サウンドカードの make number やモデルナンバーもあるはずです。<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> "
++"を実行すると、より詳細な情報を持つリストを表示できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
+ msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードのドライバーを見つけ、インストールできるかもしれません。最善の方法は、お使いのLinuxディストリビューションの指示に従って、サポートフォーラム（あるいはその他）に相談することです。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
+ msgstr ""
++"サウンドカードのドライバーを入手することができなかったら、新しいサウンドカードを購入したくなるでしょう。コンピューターに内蔵するものや、外付けUSBサウンドカードを使うことができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "アナログあるいはUSBマイクを使い、デフォルトの入力デバイスとして選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "外付けマイクを使用する"
+ 
+-msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
+ msgstr ""
++"外付けマイクを使い、友達とチャットしたり、職場の同僚と会話したり、音声の録音をしたり、ほかのマルチメディアアプリケーションを使用したりできます。お使いのコンピューターがマイクまたはマイク付きウェブカメラを内蔵している場合でも、通常、外付けマイクを使用するとよりよい質の音声が得られます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
+ msgstr ""
++"マイクのプラグが円型の場合、コンピューターの適切なジャックに差し込みます。たいていのコンピューターには2つのジャックが付いています。1つはマイク用、もうひとつはスピーカー用です。マイクアイコンの付いたジャックを探してください。適切なジャックにマイクを挿入すると、通常はそのマイクがデフォルトで使われます。もしデフォルトにならなければ、以下の「デフォルトのオーディオデバイスの選択」という手順に従ってください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"USBマイクを使用する場合は、コンピューターの任意のUSBポートに挿入してください。USBマイクはもうひとつのマイクとして認識されます。デフォルトとして使うスピーカーに指定しなければならない場合があります。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "デフォルトのオーディオデバイスの選択"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
++msgstr "<gui>サウンド</gui>を開き<gui>入力</gui> タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr "デバイス一覧からデバイスを選択します。マイクのテストを行うと入力レベルのインジケーターが反応するはずです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr "スピーカーあるいはヘッドフォンを接続し、デフォルトのオーディオ出力デバイスを選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "外部のスピーカーやヘッドフォンを使う"
+ 
+-msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
+ msgstr ""
++"コンピューターで外部スピーカーやヘッドフォンを使うことができます。スピーカーの接続には通常、円形のTRS（<em>tip、ring、sleeve</"
++"em>）プラグや、USBが用いられます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
+ msgstr ""
++"スピーカーやヘッドフォンのプラグがTRSプラグであれば、コンピューターの適切なジャックに挿入します。たいていのコンピューターには2つのジャックがあります。ひとつはマイク用、もうひとつがスピーカー用です。ヘッドフォンアイコンの付いたジャックを探してください。ジャックにスピーカーあるいはヘッドフォンを挿入すると、通常はそれがデフォルトになります。デフォルトにならない場合は、以下の「デフォルトのオーディオデバイスの選択」という手順を参照してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++"一部のコンピューターは、サラウンドサウンドのためのマルチチャンネル出力をサポートします。サラウンドサウンドは通常、複数のTRSジャックを用います。これらのジャックはたいてい、色分けされています。プラグを挿すジャックがわからない場合は、サウンドの設定でサウンド出力をテストして確認します。トップバーにあるあなたの名前をクリックし、<gui>設定</"
++"gui>を選択します。次に<gui>サウンド</gui>をクリックします。<gui>出力</"
++"gui>タブで、デバイスの一覧の中からスピーカーを選択します。そして、<gui style=\\\"button\\\">スピーカーのテスト</"
++"gui>をクリックします。ポップアップしたウィンドウでは、スピーカー別にテスト用のボタンが割り当てられています。各ボタンをクリックするとスピーカーの配置を伝える音声が、対応するスピーカーから出力されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
+ msgstr ""
++"USBスピーカーやUSBヘッドフォン、またはUSBサウンドカードに挿入するアナログヘッドフォンであれば、任意のUSBポートに挿入します。USBスピーカーはもうひとつのオーディオデバイスとして認識されます。デフォルトのスピーカーに指定しなければならない場合があります。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
++msgstr "<gui>サウンド</gui>を開き、<gui>出力</gui>タブを選択します。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+-msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
++msgstr "デバイス一覧からデバイスを選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr "コンピューターのサウンドの音量をセットし、それぞれのアプリケーションのラウドネスをコントロールします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "サウンドの音量の変更"
+ 
+-msgid "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
+ msgstr ""
++"サウンドの音量を変更するには、トップバーのサウンドアイコン（スピーカーのアイコン）をクリックします。そして、音量スライダーを左右に動かします。スライダーを左端に移すと、サウンドを完全にオフにすることができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
++"いくつかのキーボードは、音量をコントロールするためのキーを持ちます。通常、このキーにはスピーカーから波が出ているようなアイコンが印字されています。多くの場合このキーはキーボードの上の方のファンクションキーの近くにあります。ラップトップのキーボードであれば通常ファンクションキーのどれかの位置にあり、キーボードの "
++"<key>Fn</key> キーを押したまま該当のキーを押して使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
+ msgstr ""
++"もちろん、外付けスピーカーを使っている場合、スピーカー自身の音量コントローラーを用いて音量を変更することもできます。音量コントローラー付きのヘッドフォンもあります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr "アプリケーションごとに音量を変更する"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+ msgstr ""
++"他のアプリケーションの音量をそのままにしつつ、特定のアプリケーションの音量を変更することができます。これは、たとえば音楽を聴きつつウェブをブラウズする場合に便利です。ウェブブラウザーの音量をオフにしておけば、ウェブサイトからの音声が音楽の邪魔になることはありません。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
+ msgstr ""
++"アプリケーションには、メインウィンドウに音量コントロールを持つものがあります。もしそのようなアプリケーションであれば、それを使って音量を変更してください。そうでなければ、トップバーのサウンドアイコンをクリックして<gui>サウンドの設定</"
++"gui>を選択し、<gui>アプリケーション</gui>タブを表示します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
+ msgstr ""
++"このタブには、サウンドを再生しているアプリケーションだけが列挙されます。もしアプリケーションがサウンドを再生しているのに列挙されていなければ、そのアプリケーションはこの方法で音量をコントロールできるように作られていません。この場合、ここで説明した方法で音量をコントロールすることはできません。"
+ 
+-msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-msgid "A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+-msgstr "トップバーの右側にあるアイコンの意味について説明します。"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr "上部バーの右側にあるアイコンの意味について説明します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+-msgstr "トップバーのアイコンの意味は?"
++msgstr "上部バーのアイコンの意味は?"
+ 
+-msgid "This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, specifically the different variations of the icons that are possible."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+ msgstr "このセクションでは画面の右上に置かれているアイコン、特にアイコンの変化の違いについて説明します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME Shell 上部バー"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスメニューアイコン"
+ 
+-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr "個々のアクセシビリティ設定を有効にするメニューになります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "音量コントロールアイコン"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "音量が大きく設定されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "音量が中間に設定されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "音量が小さく設定されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "音量がミュートに設定されています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth マネージャーアイコン"
+ 
+-msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-msgstr "Bluetooth が有効になっています。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "Bluetooth が無効になっています。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "Bluetooth が無効になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Network Manager アイコン"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>セルラーによる接続</app>"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to 3G network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr "3Gネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to 4G network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr "4Gネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr "EDGEネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr "GPRSネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr "UMTSネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr "セルラーネットワーク接続を捕捉しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度がとても強くなっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度が強くなっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度が中間になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度が弱くなっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度がとても弱くなっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>ローカルエリアネットワーク接続</app>"
+ 
+-msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr "ネットワークの検出でエラーが発生しました。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network is idle."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr "ネットワークがアイドル状態になっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "ネットワークへのルートが見つかりません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "ネットワークがオフラインになっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network is receiving."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr "ネットワークが受信中です。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr "ネットワークが送受信中です。"
+ 
+-msgid "The network is transmitting."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr "ネットワークが送信中です。"
+ 
+-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>VPN 接続</app>"
+ 
+-msgid "Acquiring network connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr "ネットワーク接続を取得しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to VPN network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr "VPN ネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>有線接続</app>"
+ 
+-msgid "Disconnected from network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr "ネットワークから切断されました。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to wired network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr "有線ネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>無線接続</app>"
+ 
+-msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr "無線接続を取得しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "無線ネットワークは暗号化されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Connected to wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr "無線ネットワークに接続しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "信号強度がとても弱くなっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "電源管理アイコン"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルになっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が一部消耗しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が少なくなっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr "警告:バッテリー残量がとても少なくなっています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が極端に少なくなっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The battery is missing."
+-msgstr "バッテリー残量が検出されていません。"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルになっています。"
+ 
+-msgid "The battery is full and charged."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルで充電が完了しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量がフルで充電しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が一部フルで充電しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が少なく充電しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量がとても少なく充電しています。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "バッテリー残量が空で充電しています。"
+ 
+-msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+ msgstr "外国語の文字や、数学記号、絵文字など、お使いのキーボードには無い文字を入力します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "特殊な文字を入力する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
+-msgstr "世界中の膨大な文字は、お使いのキーボードには見つからないでしょうが、それらを入力したり表示したりできます。ここでは、特殊な文字を入力する様々な方法を紹介します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++"世界中の膨大な文字は、お使いのキーボードには見つからないでしょうが、それらを入力したり表示したりできます。ここでは、特殊な文字を入力する様々な方法を紹介します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "文字入力の方法"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "文字マップ"
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+-msgstr "GNOME には、Unicode のすべての文字を参照できる文字マップツールが搭載されています。この文字マップを使って文字を探し、好きな箇所へコピー・アンド・ペーストできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME には、Unicode "
++"のすべての文字を参照できる文字マップツールが搭載されています。この文字マップを使って文字を探し、好きな箇所へコピー・アンド・ペーストできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>文字マップ</app>を起動してください。文字マップの詳細については、<link href=\"help:gucharmap\">文字マップのマニュアル</link>を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>文字マップ</app>を起動してください。文字マップの詳細については、<link href="
++"\"help:gucharmap\">文字マップのマニュアル</link>を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Compose キー"
+ 
+-msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."
+-msgstr "Compose キーは特殊なキーで、これを使って複数キーを連続して押すことで特殊な文字を入力できます。たとえば、アクセント付きの <em>é</em> は、<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> キー、その次に <key>e</key> キーを押して入力できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"Compose キーは特殊なキーで、これを使って複数キーを連続して押すことで特殊な文字を入力できます。たとえば、アクセント付きの <em>é</em> "
++"は、<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> キー、その次に <key>e</key> "
++"キーを押して入力できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+-msgstr "キーボードには、専用の Compose キーはありません。その代わり、既存のキーのどれかを Compose キーに割り当てることができます。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++"キーボードには、専用の Compose キーはありません。その代わり、既存のキーのどれかを Compose キーに割り当てることができます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Compose キーの割り当て"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Shortcut Settings</gui>."
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択し、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> or <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key if you have one, or the menu key. Any key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
+-msgstr "<gui>Compose キーの位置</gui> と書かれた設定項目を探します。Compose キーに割り当てたいキーをひとつ、ないし複数選びます。<key>Caps Lock</key> キーや、<key>Alt</key> キー、Menu キー などから選択できます。選択したキーは、Compose キーとしてのみ動作し、元の機能は持ちません。"
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Compose キーの位置</gui> と書かれた設定項目を探します。Compose "
++"キーに割り当てたいキーをひとつ、ないし複数選びます。<key>Caps Lock</key> キーや、<key>Alt</key> キー、Menu キー "
++"などから選択できます。選択したキーは、Compose キーとしてのみ動作し、元の機能は持ちません。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr "Compose キーを使って、よく使用される文字を入力できます。たとえば次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+-msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> キー、そしてアキュートアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>é</em> のようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>'</key> "
++"キー、そしてアキュートアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>é</em> のようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+-msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>`</key> キー、そしてグレーブアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>è</em> のようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>`</key> キー、そしてグレーブアクセントを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>è</"
++"em> のようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+-msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>\"</key> キー、そしてウムラウトを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ë</em> のようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>\"</key> キー、そしてウムラウトを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ë</"
++"em> のようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+-msgstr "<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>-</key> キー、そしてマクロンを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ē</em> のようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Compose</key> キーを押し、次に <key>-</key> キー、そしてマクロンを付けたい文字を入力すると、<em>ē</em> "
++"のようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
+-msgstr "Compose キーを使ったその他の入力方法については、<link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedia の Compose キーのページ (英語)</link> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"Compose キーを使ったその他の入力方法については、<link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedia の Compose キーのページ (英語)</"
++"link> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "コードポイント"
+ 
+-msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the <gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
+-msgstr "任意の Unicode 文字は、その文字の数値表現のコードポイントをキーボードでタイプすることにより入力できます。文字は、4 桁のコードポイントで識別されます (訳注: 5 桁以上のコードポイントを持つ文字も存在します)。コードポイントを調べるには、文字マップツールで文字を特定し、ステータスバーかあるいは<gui>文字の詳細</gui>タブを参照してください。コードポイントは、<gui>U+</gui> の後ろの 4 桁の文字列です。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"任意の Unicode 文字は、その文字の数値表現のコードポイントをキーボードでタイプすることにより入力できます。文字は、4 "
++"桁のコードポイントで識別されます (訳注: 5 "
++"桁以上のコードポイントを持つ文字も存在します)。コードポイントを調べるには、文字マップツールで文字を特定し、ステータスバーかあるいは<gui>文字の詳細</"
++"gui>タブを参照してください。コードポイントは、<gui>U+</gui> の後ろの 4 桁の文字列です。"
+ 
+-msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+-msgstr "コードポイントを使って文字を入力するには、<key>Ctrl</key> および <key>Shift</key> を押しながら、<key>u</key> キーを押し、続いて対象のコードポイントをタイプし、その後 <key>Ctrl</key> と <key>Shift</key> を離します。他の方法では簡単に入力できない文字をよく使用するのであれば、その文字のコードポイントを記憶し、すぐに入力できるようにしておくと良いでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"コードポイントを使って文字を入力するには、<key>Ctrl</key> および <key>Shift</key> を押しながら、<key>u</"
++"key> キーを押し、続いて対象のコードポイントをタイプし、その後 <key>Ctrl</key> と <key>Shift</key> "
++"を離します。他の方法では簡単に入力できない文字をよく使用するのであれば、その文字のコードポイントを記憶し、すぐに入力できるようにしておくと良いでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "キーボードレイアウト"
+ 
+-msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+-msgstr "お使いのキーボードを、キーの印字に関係なく、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用できます。キーボードレイアウトは、トップバーのアイコンから簡単に切り替えることができます。方法については、<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのキーボードを、キーの印字に関係なく、異なる言語用のキーボードとして使用できます。キーボードレイアウトは、上部バーのアイコンから簡単に切り替えることができます。方法については、<link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> を参照してください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "インプットメソッド"
+ 
+-msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+-msgstr "インプットメソッドは、前記の方法を拡張し、キーボードだけでなく、他の入力デバイスでも文字入力できるようになります。たとえば、マウスのジェスチャー操作で文字入力が可能だったり、あるいはラテン文字用キーボードで日本語の文字の入力が可能だったりします。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"インプットメソッドは、前記の方法を拡張し、キーボードだけでなく、他の入力デバイスでも文字入力できるようになります。たとえば、マウスのジェスチャー操作で文字入力が可能だったり、あるいはラテン文字用キーボードで日本語の文字の入力が可能だったりします。"
+ 
+-msgid "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation to see how to use them."
+-msgstr "インプットメソッドを選択するには、テキストウィジェットの上で右クリックし、<gui>入力メソッド</gui> メニューから使用するインプットメソッドを選択します。既定のインプットメソッドは決められていません、インプットメソッドのドキュメントを参照し、使用方法を確認してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"インプットメソッドを選択するには、テキストウィジェットの上で右クリックし、<gui>入力メソッド</gui> "
++"メニューから使用するインプットメソッドを選択します。既定のインプットメソッドは決められていません、インプットメソッドのドキュメントを参照し、使用方法を確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">特殊文字</link>、<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">中クリックのショートカット</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">特殊文字</link>、<link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">中クリックのショートカット</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "ヒントとコツ"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "ヘルプトピックの翻訳への協力方法。"
+ 
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr "翻訳改善への参加"
+ 
+-msgid "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
+ msgstr "GNOME ヘルプは、世界中のボランティアコミュニティによって翻訳されています。お気軽にご参加ください。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+-msgstr "まだ、翻訳を必要とする<link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">多くの言語</link>があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++"まだ、翻訳を必要とする<link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/"
++"\">多くの言語</link>があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations."
+-msgstr "翻訳を始めるには、<link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org\">アカウントを作成</link>し、あなたの言語の<link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">翻訳チーム</link>に参加する必要があります。これにより、新しい翻訳をアップロードすることができるようになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"翻訳を始めるには、<link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org\">アカウントを作成</link>し、あなたの言語の<link "
++"href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">翻訳チーム</"
++"link>に参加する必要があります。これにより、新しい翻訳をアップロードすることができるようになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences."
+-msgstr "<link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">IRC</link> を使って、GNOME の翻訳者たちとチャットできます。チャンネル上の人々は世界各地に住んでいます。したがって、タイムゾーンの違いにより、ただちに返事を得られないこともあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome."
++"org%2Fi18n\">IRC</link> を使って、GNOME "
++"の翻訳者たちとチャットできます。チャンネル上の人々は世界各地に住んでいます。したがって、タイムゾーンの違いにより、ただちに返事を得られないこともあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing list</link>."
+-msgstr "あるいは、<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">メーリングリスト</link>を使って、国際化チームに連絡することもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"あるいは、<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-"
++"i18n\">メーリングリスト</link>を使って、国際化チームに連絡することもできます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "ユーザー"
+ 
+-msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>…"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>…"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "ユーザーアカウント"
+ 
+-msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password."
+-msgstr "コンピューターを使う各ユーザーは、個別のユーザーアカウントを使用すると良いでしょう。各ユーザーは、自身のファイルをあなたのファイルとは区別することができますし、個別の設定ができるようになります。また、より安全でもあります。他のユーザーアカウントのパスワードを知っている場合にしか、そのユーザーアカウントを操作できません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを使う各ユーザーは、個別のユーザーアカウントを使用すると良いでしょう。各ユーザーは、自身のファイルをあなたのファイルとは区別することができますし、個別の設定ができるようになります。また、より安全でもあります。他のユーザーアカウントのパスワードを知っている場合にしか、そのユーザーアカウントを操作できません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "アカウント"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "ユーザーアカウントの管理"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "パスワード"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr "新しいユーザーアカウントを追加して、他の人がコンピューターにログインできるようにする。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "新しいユーザーアカウントを追加する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
+-msgstr "お使いのコンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。自宅や会社の各人にそれぞれアカウントを登録します。各ユーザーは、自分自身のフォルダー、ドキュメントおよび設定を持ちます。"
+-
+-msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>を開きます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++"お使いのコンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。自宅や会社の各人にそれぞれアカウントを登録します。各ユーザーは、自分自身のフォルダー、ドキュメントおよび設定を持ちます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+-msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</"
++"link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</"
++"gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new user account."
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+-msgstr "新しいユーザーに、お使いのコンピューターの<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>を与える場合は、アカウントの種類で<gui>管理者</gui>を選択します。管理者は、ユーザーの追加や削除、ソフトウェアやドライバーのインストール、日付や時刻の変更などができます。"
+-
+-msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
+-msgstr "ユーザーのフルネームを入力します。ユーザー名は、フルネームに基づいて自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。"
+-
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"新しいユーザーに、お使いのコンピューターの<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</"
++"link>を与える場合は、アカウントの種類で<gui>管理者</"
++"gui>を選択します。管理者は、ユーザーの追加や削除、ソフトウェアやドライバーのインストール、日付や時刻の変更などができます。"
+ 
+-msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+-msgstr "ユーザーのパスワードの扱いをどうするか選択するまでは、アカウントは初期状態で無効になっています。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>いまパスワードを設定する</gui>を選択し、ユーザーに<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄および<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>欄にパスワードを入力してもらいます。<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> を参照してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーのフルネームを入力します。ユーザー名は、フルネームに基づいて自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+-msgstr "あるいは、<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄の横のボタンをクリックして、ランダムに生成された安全なパスワードを選択することもできます。このパスワードは、他の人が推測するのは困難ですが、ユーザー自身が思い出すのも難しいでしょう。扱いにはご注意ください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++"ユーザーのパスワードの扱いをどうするか選択するまでは、アカウントは初期状態で無効になっています。<gui>ログインオプション</"
++"gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。<gui>アクション</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>いまパスワードを設定する</gui>を選択し、ユーザーに<gui>新しいパスワード</"
++"gui>欄および<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>欄にパスワードを入力してもらいます。<link xref=\"user-"
++"goodpassword\"/> を参照してください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++"あるいは、<gui>新しいパスワード</"
++"gui>欄の横のボタンをクリックして、ランダムに生成された安全なパスワードを選択することもできます。このパスワードは、他の人が推測するのは困難ですが、ユーザー自身が思い出すのも難しいでしょう。扱いにはご注意ください。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウでは、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。GNOME ではストック写真を提供しており、それを使用することができます。あるいは、ご自身の画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ユーザーアカウント</"
++"gui>ウィンドウでは、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。GNOME "
++"ではストック写真を提供しており、それを使用することができます。あるいは、ご自身の画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
+ msgstr "パスワードなしで、お使いのコンピューターをゲストが一時的に使用するのを許可します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "ゲストユーザーアカウントを追加する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, change your settings, or install software."
+-msgstr "ゲスト、すなわち短い間、一時的にしかコンピューターを使わない人たち用のユーザーアカウントを作成できます。ゲストユーザーは、コンピューターのプログラムを使用できますが、あなたのファイルにアクセスしたり、あなたの設定を変更したり、ソフトウェアをインストールしたりなどができません。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++"ゲスト、すなわち短い間、一時的にしかコンピューターを使わない人たち用のユーザーアカウントを作成できます。ゲストユーザーは、コンピューターのプログラムを使用できますが、あなたのファイルにアクセスしたり、あなたの設定を変更したり、ソフトウェアをインストールしたりなどができません。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "ゲストユーザーのアカウントを作成する方法は次のとおりです。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+-msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、管理者である必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr "上部バーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
+-msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</"
++"gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、管理者である必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+-msgstr "アカウントの種類には、<gui>標準</gui>を選択します。ゲストアカウントに管理者権限を与えないようにしてください。アカウントの名前を<em>ゲスト</em>などとします。他のお好みの名前でもかまいません。入力したフルネーム欄の情報に基づいて、ユーザー名が自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。入力が済めば、<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウントの種類には、<gui>標準</"
++"gui>を選択します。ゲストアカウントに管理者権限を与えないようにしてください。アカウントの名前を<em>ゲスト</"
++"em>などとします。他のお好みの名前でもかまいません。入力したフルネーム欄の情報に基づいて、ユーザー名が自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。入力が済めば、<gui>作成</"
++"gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+-msgstr "新しいゲストユーザーアカウントが選択されます。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。パスワードオプションのウィンドウが表示されます。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>パスワードなしでログインする</gui>を選択し、"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"新しいゲストユーザーアカウントが選択されます。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</"
++"gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。パスワードオプションのウィンドウが表示されます。<gui>アクション</"
++"gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>パスワードなしでログインする</gui>を選択し、"
+ 
+-msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+-msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウに戻ると、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。あるいは、あなたの画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ユーザーアカウント</"
++"gui>ウィンドウに戻ると、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。あるいは、あなたの画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から、<app>ファイル</app>を開きます。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr "左側の一覧から変更するアカウントを選択します。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
+ msgstr "アカウント設定でパスワードを定期的に変更して、アカウントを安全に保ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "パスワードの変更"
+ 
+-msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is."
+-msgstr "パスワードをときどき変更することはよい考えです。特にあなたのパスワードが他人に知られてしまった疑いがある場合は、パスワードを変更するとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++"パスワードをときどき変更することはよい考えです。特にあなたのパスワードが他人に知られてしまった疑いがある場合は、パスワードを変更するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>パスワード</gui>の隣のラベルをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
+ msgstr "すでにパスワードを設定している場合、このラベルは●や■などの並びとして表示されます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+ msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">良いパスワードを選択</link>していることを確認してください。ユーザーアカウントを安全に保つのに役立ちます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">良いパスワードを選択</"
++"link>していることを確認してください。ユーザーアカウントを安全に保つのに役立ちます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "キーリングパスワードの変更"
+ 
+-msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
+-msgstr "ログインパスワードを変更した場合、<em>キーリングパスワード</em>とズレが生じます。キーリングは、ちょうど一つの<em>マスター</em>パスワードを要求することにより、多くの異なるパスワードを記憶しなければならないことからあなたを守ります。ユーザーパスワードを変更した場合(上記を参照)、キーリングパスワードは古いユーザーパスワードと同一のままになります。キーリングパスワードを変更する方法を示します(ログインパスワードと一致させる方法)。"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++"ログインパスワードを変更した場合、<em>キーリングパスワード</em>とズレが生じます。キーリングは、ちょうど一つの<em>マスター</"
++"em>パスワードを要求することにより、多くの異なるパスワードを記憶しなければならないことからあなたを守ります。ユーザーパスワードを変更した場合(上記を参照)、キーリングパスワードは古いユーザーパスワードと同一のままになります。キーリングパスワードを変更する方法を示します(ログインパスワードと一致させる方法)。"
+ 
+-msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
+ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>パスワードと鍵</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>表示</gui>メニューの <gui>By keyring</gui> に確実にチェックを入れます。"
+ 
+-msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>パスワード</gui>の下にある<gui>ログインキーリング</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>パスワードの変更</gui>を選択します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"サイドバーの<gui>パスワード</gui>の下にある<gui>ログインキーリング</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>パスワードの変更</"
++"gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
+-msgstr "<gui>古いパスワード</gui>を入力後、新しい<gui>パスワード</gui>および<gui>確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを入力します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+-msgstr "<app>パスワードと鍵</app>を使用するためには、<sys>seahorse</sys> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>パスワードと鍵</app>を使用するためには、<sys>seahorse</sys> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
+ msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+-msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr "ログイン画面およびユーザー画面に写真を追加します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "ログイン画面の写真を変更する"
+ 
+-msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+-msgstr "ログインやユーザー切り替え時に、ログイン写真付きのユーザーリストが表示されます。あなたの写真をストック画像やあなた自身の画像に変更できます。ウェブカメラで新しいログイン写真を撮ることもできます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"ログインやユーザー切り替え時に、ログイン写真付きのユーザーリストが表示されます。あなたの写真をストック画像やあなた自身の画像に変更できます。ウェブカメラで新しいログイン写真を撮ることもできます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
+-msgstr "あなたの名前の横の画像をクリックします。ログイン写真用のストック画像の一覧が表示されます。お好みのものがあれば、それをクリックしてあなた用の画像として使用してください。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"あなたの名前の横の画像をクリックします。ログイン写真用のストック画像の一覧が表示されます。お好みのものがあれば、それをクリックしてあなた用の画像として使用してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存してある画像を使用する場合は、<gui>他の画像も参照</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+-msgstr "ウェブカメラがあれば、<gui>写真を撮る</gui>をクリックして、新しいログイン写真をその場で撮ることができます。四角の選択領域を移動、サイズ変更し、不要な部分を切り取ります。撮った写真が気に入らない場合は、<gui>写真を破棄する</gui>をクリックして撮り直すか、<gui>キャンセル</gui>をクリックして撮るのを止めます。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++"ウェブカメラがあれば、<gui>写真を撮る</"
++"gui>をクリックして、新しいログイン写真をその場で撮ることができます。四角の選択領域を移動、サイズ変更し、不要な部分を切り取ります。撮った写真が気に入らない場合は、<gui>写真を破棄する</"
++"gui>をクリックして撮り直すか、<gui>キャンセル</gui>をクリックして撮るのを止めます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "もうコンピューターを使わないユーザーを削除します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを削除する"
+ 
+-msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
+-msgstr "コンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。追加方法については、<link xref=\"user-add\"/> を参照してください。もうコンピューターを使わなくなった人がいれば、そのユーザーのアカウントを削除できます。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。追加方法については、<link xref=\"user-add\"/> "
++"を参照してください。もうコンピューターを使わなくなった人がいれば、そのユーザーのアカウントを削除できます。"
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+-msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを削除するには、管理者である必要があります。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</"
++"gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを削除するには、管理者である必要があります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
+ msgstr "削除するユーザーを選択し、<gui>-</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+-msgstr "各ユーザーは、自分用のフォルダーにファイルや設定を保存しています。ユーザーのホームフォルダーを残すか、それとも削除するか、選択できます。もうファイルを使うことがないことがわかっており、ディスク領域を解放する必要がある場合は、<gui>ファイルを削除</gui>をクリックします。ファイルは完全に削除されます。復旧できません。削除する前に、外付けドライブや CD にバックアップを取っておくとよいでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++"各ユーザーは、自分用のフォルダーにファイルや設定を保存しています。ユーザーのホームフォルダーを残すか、それとも削除するか、選択できます。もうファイルを使うことがないことがわかっており、ディスク領域を解放する必要がある場合は、<gui>ファイルを削除</"
++"gui>をクリックします。ファイルは完全に削除されます。復旧できません。削除する前に、外付けドライブや CD にバックアップを取っておくとよいでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "長く複雑なパスワードを使用します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "安全なパスワードの選択"
+ 
+-msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
+ msgstr "パスワードは、記憶するのが充分に容易でありながら、(コンピュータープログラムも含め)他人が推測するのは困難なものにしましょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
+-msgstr "良いパスワードを選択すれば、お使いのコンピューターをより安全に保つことができます。もし、あなたのパスワードが容易に推測できるものであれば、第三者がパスワードを解析し、あなたの個人情報へのアクセス権を取得する恐れがあります。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"良いパスワードを選択すれば、お使いのコンピューターをより安全に保つことができます。もし、あなたのパスワードが容易に推測できるものであれば、第三者がパスワードを解析し、あなたの個人情報へのアクセス権を取得する恐れがあります。"
+ 
+-msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:"
+-msgstr "コンピューターを使って、あなたのパスワードの推測が系統的に試みられることもあります。人間には推測が困難なパスワードであってもコンピュータープログラムなら、いとも簡単に解析できる場合があるためです。良いパスワードを選択するためのポイントを説明します。"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"コンピューターを使って、あなたのパスワードの推測が系統的に試みられることもあります。人間には推測が困難なパスワードであってもコンピュータープログラムなら、いとも簡単に解析できる場合があるためです。良いパスワードを選択するためのポイントを説明します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+-msgstr "パスワードに大文字、小文字、数字、記号および空白を混在させたものを使用します。これにより、推測するのをより困難になります。選択したパスワードに多くの記号があることは、パスワードを推測するにあたり、より多くのパスワードを検査しなければならないということを意味します。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++"パスワードに大文字、小文字、数字、記号および空白を混在させたものを使用します。これにより、推測するのをより困難になります。選択したパスワードに多くの記号があることは、パスワードを推測するにあたり、より多くのパスワードを検査しなければならないということを意味します。"
+ 
+-msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+-msgstr "パスワードを選択する良い方法は、記憶することのできるフレーズの各単語の頭文字を使用することです。そのフレーズは、映画や、書籍、歌、アルバムの名前がありえます。たとえば、「Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions」 であれば、「F:ARoMD」や「faromd」あるいは「f: aromd」などになります。"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"パスワードを選択する良い方法は、記憶することのできるフレーズの各単語の頭文字を使用することです。そのフレーズは、映画や、書籍、歌、アルバムの名前がありえます。たとえば、「Flatland:"
++" A Romance of Many Dimensions」 であれば、「F:ARoMD」や「faromd」あるいは「f: aromd」などになります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+ msgstr "パスワードは可能なかぎり長くします。使用する文字が多くなるほど、人やコンピューターがパスワードを推測するのにかかる時間が長くなります。"
+ 
+-msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is \"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+-msgstr "言語を問わず、一般的な辞書に載っている語句は使用しないでください。パスワードクラッカーは、最初にこれらを試します。もっともよく使われているパスワードは「password」です。このようなパスワードは、すぐに特定されてしまいます!"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++"言語を問わず、一般的な辞書に載っている語句は使用しないでください。パスワードクラッカーは、最初にこれらを試します。もっともよく使われているパスワードは「password」です。このようなパスワードは、すぐに特定されてしまいます!"
+ 
+-msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
+ msgstr "何かの日付、車のナンバー、あるいは家族の名前などの自分にかかわる情報を使用しないでください。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "名詞を使用しないでください。"
+ 
+-msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
+ msgstr "すばやく入力できるパスワードを選択して、思わぬところで誰かに見られている場合でも入力内容を読み取りにくくします。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr "パスワードはどこにも書き留めないでください。それらは、簡単に見つかってしまいます!"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "対象ごとに、別のパスワードを使用します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "異なるアカウントには、別のパスワードを使用します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+ msgstr "もし、すべてのアカウントに同じパスワードを使用すれば、パスワードを特定した人間が、ただちにすべてのアカウントにアクセスできてしまいます。"
+ 
+-msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+-msgstr "しかしながら、多くのパスワードを記憶することは難しいかもしれません。すべてにおいて異なるパスワードを使用することほど安全ではありませんが、(ウェブサイトなど) 重要でないものには同じパスワードを使用し、(オンラインバンキングやメールなど) 重要なパスワードには異なるパスワードを使用するとより扱いやすくなるでしょう。"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"しかしながら、多くのパスワードを記憶することは難しいかもしれません。すべてにおいて異なるパスワードを使用することほど安全ではありませんが、(ウェブサイトなど) "
++"重要でないものには同じパスワードを使用し、(オンラインバンキングやメールなど) "
++"重要なパスワードには異なるパスワードを使用するとより扱いやすくなるでしょう。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "定期的にパスワードを変更します。"
+ 
+-msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr "正しいコーデックがインストールされていないか、DVD のリージョンが異なる可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "DVD を再生できない"
+ 
+-msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"DVD をコンピューターに挿入しても再生できない場合、DVD の<em>コーデック</em>がインストールされていないか、DVD の<em>リージョン</"
++"em>が異なる可能性があります。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "DVD 再生に適したコーデックをインストールする"
+ 
+-msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD を再生するには、適切な<em>コーデック</"
++"em>がインストールされている必要があります。コーデックはソフトウェアのひとつです。コーデックを使うことでアプリケーションは、対応するビデオや音声のフォーマットを扱うことができます。動画再生ソフトウェアは、対応するコーデックが見つからない場合、コーデックをインストールするかどうか確認します。動画再生ソフトウェアがコーデックをインストールできない場合は、ユーザーが手動でインストールする必要があります。コーデックとしてよく必要とされるパッケージは、<app>gstreamer0."
++"10-plugins-ugly</app> や <app>libdvd0</app> "
++"などです。インストール方法がわからない場合は、お使いのディストリビューションのサポートフォーラムなどで質問するとよいでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD はまた、CSS と呼ばれるシステムを用いて<em>コピー保護</em>されています。この仕組みは DVD "
++"のコピーを防止します。しかし、コピー保護を扱えるソフトウェアを使わないかぎり、再生できないようになります。<link href=\"http://www."
++"fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>から、コピー保護を扱える商用 "
++"DVD デコーダーを購入できます。これは Linux でも動作し、また全ての国で合法です。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "DVD のリージョンを確認する"
+ 
+-msgid "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD には<em>リージョンコード</em>が付与されています。リージョンコードは、その DVD "
++"の再生が許可されている地域を示します。あなたのコンピューターの DVD プレイヤーのリージョンと、DVD のリージョンとが一致しない場合、その DVD "
++"を再生できません。たとえばリージョン1の DVD プレイヤーは、北米の DVD のみ再生を許可されています。"
+ 
+-msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD プレイヤーの中には、リージョンを変更できるものがあります。しかしこの変更は、DVD "
++"プレイヤーがリージョンをロックするまでの数回に限られます。コンピューターの DVD プレイヤーのリージョンを変更するには、<link href="
++"\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link> を使います。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "正しいビデオコーデックがインストールされているか確かめます。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "私が作ったビデオを、他の人が再生できません"
+ 
+-msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+ msgstr ""
++"もし Linux コンピューターで作成したビデオを Windows や Mac OS "
++"のユーザーに送った場合、そのビデオの再生に問題が見つかるかもしれません。"
+ 
+-msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ビデオを受け取った人は、ビデオを再生するために、正しい<em>コーデック</"
++"em>をインストールしておく必要があります。コーデックはソフトウェアのひとつです。コーデックを使うことでソフトウェアは、ビデオを扱い、スクリーンに表示することができます。ビデオフォーマットには様々な種類があり、それぞれ再生するのに個別のコーデックを必要とします。以下のようにして、ビデオのフォーマットを確認できます。"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+-msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
++msgstr "ビデオファイルを右クリックして<gui>プロパティ</gui>を選択する。"
+ 
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>音声/ビデオ</gui>タブへ進み、<gui>ビデオ</gui>の<gui>コーデック</gui>の値を参照します。"
+ 
+-msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"ビデオの再生に問題を見つけたら、正しいコーデックがインストールされているかどうかを質問してください。インターネットを使い、コーデックの名前とビデオ再生アプリケーションの名前をキーワードに検索してもよいでしょう。たとえば、あなたのビデオが "
++"<em>Theora</em> フォーマットを使っており、あなたの友人が Windows Media Player "
++"を使ってそのビデオを視聴している場合は、\\\"theora windows media player\\\" "
++"と検索します。正しいコーデックがインストールされていなければ、無料のコーデックをダウンロードしてインストールすることもできるでしょう。"
+ 
+-msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"もし正しいコーデックを見つけることができなければ、<link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC "
++"メディアプレイヤー</link>を試します。このプレイヤーは Linux でも、Windows や Mac OS "
++"でも動き、たくさんのビデオフォーマットをサポートしています。それでも失敗する場合は、ビデオを異なるフォーマットに変換します。たいていのビデオ編集ソフトウェアでこの作業を行うことができますし、特定のビデオ変換ソフトウェアも利用可能です。ソフトウェアインストールアプリケーションで何か利用可能か確認してください。"
+ 
+-msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+ msgstr ""
++"誰かがあなたのビデオを再生できない原因が他にもあります。ビデオ送信時に損傷した場合です。たとえば、コピーが完全ではなかったことが挙げられます。この場合そのビデオは、ビデオ再生アプリケーションに問題をもたらすか、映像を正しく生成することができないでしょう（ビデオを保存する際にもエラーを起こします）。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr "左手でマウスを使う"
+ 
+-msgid "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
+-msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
+ 
+-msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+-
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-msgid "The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "When you press the <em>Super</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+-msgstr "メッセージトレイは、アクティビティ画面に常に表示されています。"
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</"
++"link>、<link xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
+-
+-msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the activities overview</gui> on the right."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+-msgstr "さらに右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
+-
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ディスプレイ</gui>の項目の<gui>コントラスト</gui>で最適のものを選びます。たとえば、<gui>低い</gui>を選択するとあざやかさが抑えられます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough for you. It will adjust immediately."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ディスプレイ</gui>の項目の<gui>文字サイズ</gui>で、十分な大きさのものを選択してください。その場で大きさが変更されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Unity デスクトップは、さまざまな障害や特殊なニーズを持つユーザーをサポートし、一般的な支援機器と連携して動作する支援技術が備わっています。多くのアクセシビリティ機能は、トップバーのアクセシビリティメニューから操作できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr "アクティビティ画面から<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>の設定を開きます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgid "Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose <gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on the right."
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウの左側でカテゴリーを選択し、右側で動作を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ左側で<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>を選択します"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックします。<gui>独自のショートカット</gui>ウィンドウが表示されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a touchpad."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブを選択します。<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブはタッチパッドがあるコンピューターでのみ利用できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "タッチパッドでクリックやダブルクリック、ドラッグを行うには<gui>タッチパッドでのマウスクリックを有効にする</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>スクロール</gui>の下にある<gui>エッジスクロール</gui>を選ぶと、タッチパッドの端を使ってスクロールします。エッジスクロールを選んだ場合、タッチパッドの右端に沿って上下に指を動かすと、垂直にスクロールします。 <gui>水平スクロールを有効にする</gui>も選んだ場合、タッチパッドの下を左右に指を動かすと、水平にスクロールします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
+-#~ msgstr "メッセージトレイは、アクティビティ画面に常に表示されています。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+-#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押して、マウスポインターの位置を確認できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "すばやくマウスポインターを見つける"
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "マウスポインターの位置がわからなくて困った場合、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押すだけで簡単にみつけることができます。その設定をすると、<key>Ctrl</key> を押すとポインターの位置で簡単なアニメーションが発生します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "「<gui>[Ctrl] キーを押したらポインターの位置を通知する</gui>」を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-#~ msgstr "<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押すと、ポインターの位置が確認できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルを閉じられない場合、たとえばアプリケーションがファイルをロックしたまま動かなくなった場合、\"<gui>ボリュームは使用中です</gui>\" のウィンドウに表示されたファイルを右クリックし、<gui>プロセスを終了</gui>を選択してください。これを行うと、プロセスを強制的に終了させファイルを閉じることができ、それによりそのアプリケーションで開いてたその他のファイルも閉じることができます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search results by a starting parent location."
+-#~ msgstr "ドロップダウンリストから<gui>場所</gui>を選択すると、検索対象となる親フォルダーの場所を指定して検索結果を狭められます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that option and widen the search results."
+-#~ msgstr "任意の検索オプションの横にある <gui>-</gui> ボタンをクリックすると、該当のオプションを削除して検索結果を広げることができます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+-#~ msgstr "あるフォルダーでアイテムの並び順を変更すると、その並び順は該当のフォルダーだけに適用されます。ファイルマネージャーは、該当のフォルダーに適用した並び順を記憶しながら、その他のフォルダーにはデフォルトの並び順を適用します。デフォルトの並び順を変更する方法については、<link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> を参照してください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
+-#~ msgstr "異なる順序でファイルを並べ替えるには、フォルダーの空きスペースを右クリックし、<gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui>メニューから並べ替え方法を選択します。あるいは、<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui></guiseq>のメニューからも可能です。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルの並び順および位置を完全に制御するには、フォルダーの空きスペースを右クリックし、<guiseq><gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui><gui>手動</gui></guiseq>を選択します。ファイルをドラッグして再配置できます。手動による並べ替えは、アイコン表示だけで有効です。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view"
+-#~ msgstr "コンパクト表示"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
+-#~ msgstr "コンパクト表示では、アイコン表示と同じ方法で並べ替えが可能です。ただひとつの違いは、手動による配置ができないことです。コンパクト表示では、ファイルは常に一覧として整理されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>タイプ中はタッチパッドを無効にする</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ダブルクリックと認識される最長クリック間隔</gui>にある、<gui>最長間隔</gui>のスライダーを調節して、ちょうどいい値をみつけてください。スライダーの下にある顔のアイコンを使って、設定の確認を行ってください。シングルクリックで顔が笑顔になります。ダブルクリックが成功すると口を大きく開けて笑います。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr "ドラッグと認識させるためにマウスポインターを動かさなければならない距離を変更します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+-#~ msgstr "ドラッグのしきい値を調節する"
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
+-#~ msgstr "何かをクリックしたときに、マウスボタンを押してから離すまでの間に少し手が動いてしまうことは珍しくありません。そのため、一定のしきい値を越えてポインターを動かした場合にだけドラッグと認識されるようにすれば、クリックのたびに誤ってドラッグをしてしまうことはなくなります。ドラッグを開始するまでに必要な最小距離を制御できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the titlebar to test the current value."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ドラッグアンドドロップ</gui>の、<gui>しきい値</gui>のスライダーを最適な設定値がみつかるまで調節してください。現在の値の動作を確認するには、設定ウィンドウのタイトルバーをドラッグしてみてください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>左利き</gui>を選択します"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
+-#~ msgstr "感度は、マウスを動かすときに、ポインターがはじめにどの程度動くのかを制御します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+-#~ msgstr "マウスをより遠くへ動かせば、それに合わせてより速くポインターが移動します。これは、手を持ち上げることなく画面を横切るようなポインター移動をするときや、またポイントおよびクリック動作を正確に行うときに役立ちます。加速はこの振る舞いを制御します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ブックマーク</gui><gui>ブックマークの編集</gui></guiseq>とクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ブックマーク</gui><gui>ブックマークの追加</gui></guiseq>とクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. <sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP address</link>."
+-#~ msgstr "通常、インターネット上のサーバーを指定する場合は、ドメイン名 (<sys>ftp.example.com</sys> など) が使用できます。一方、ローカルネットワーク内のコンピューターを指定する場合は、そのコンピューターの <link xref=\"net-findip\">IP アドレス</link>での指定が必要になることもあります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future"
+-#~ msgstr "また、接続したサーバーがサイドバーに追加され、以後すばやくアクセスできるようになります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Different types of servers"
+-#~ msgstr "さまざまなサーバーの種類"
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>これらの権限をフォルダー内のすべてのファイルに適用する</gui>をクリックすると、<gui>ファイルのアクセス権</gui>および<gui>実行</gui>オプションの設定に基づいて、そのフォルダーに含まれるファイルの読み込み権、書き込み権、実行権を調整します。当該フォルダーのサブフォルダーも、当該フォルダーに合致するように権限が変更されます。ファイルの権限は、どんなに深い階層のサブフォルダー内のファイルにも同様に適用されます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+-#~ msgstr "あなた、およびお使いのコンピューターについて"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar"
+-#~ msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Power Off</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to confirm."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Send by email documents grouped in a collection."
+-#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Select the document(s) or collection(s) you want to share."
+-#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Three arrows</gui> icon from the bottom menu bar."
+-#~ msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Select the document or documents you want to mark as favorites."
+-#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Select <gui>Search</gui> from the dropdown menu that is triggered by pressing the arrow right to the search entry."
+-#~ msgstr "ドロップダウンリストから<gui>ファイルの種類</gui>を選択すると、ファイルの種類を指定して検索結果を狭められます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the <em>Check</em> button located in the right side."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open the document or documents with the appropriate application."
+-#~ msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
+-#~ msgstr "フォルダー階層深くにあるファイルを頻繁に移動させる場合、サイドバーを<em>ツリー</em>表示にすると、より便利になるでしょう。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>サイドバー</gui><gui>ツリー</gui></guiseq>の順にクリックすると、サイドバーのツリー表示が有効になります。フォルダー隣の展開アイコンをクリックすると、ツリー中の子フォルダーが表示されます。フォルダーをクリックすると、同じウィンドウでそのフォルダーが開きます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>各フォルダーをそれぞれ別のウィンドウで開く</gui>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its own window by default."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーでフォルダーを開くと、通常同じウィンドウに開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、<gui>新しいウィンドウで開く</gui>を選択すると、新しいウィンドウでフォルダーを開くことができます。よくこれを行うのであれば、このオプションを選択して、デフォルトでフォルダーごとに個別のウィンドウで開くようにするとよいでしょう。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date format"
+-#~ msgstr "日付の書式"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and <em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by showing the current date and time in that format."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルのアクセス日時や更新日時をアイコンの見出しや一覧表示の列に表示することができます。<gui>書式</gui>のドロップダウンリストから、お好みの書式を選択できます。利用可能な書式には、手書きで使うような詳細なものや、国際標準の書式や、<em>今日</em>、<em>昨日</em>などの相対的な語句を使うものもあります。ドロップダウンリストにある書式例には、現在日時が使用されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Date Accessed"
+-#~ msgstr "アクセス日時"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
+-#~ msgstr "最後にファイルを読み取った日時が表示されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Octal Permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "8 進数表記のアクセス権"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents user class, group class and other users respectively."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権が 8 進数表記で表示され、フォルダーには '40' が、ファイルには '100' が先頭に付与されています。末尾 3 つの数字は、それぞれ所有者、所有グループ、その他ユーザーの権限を示しています。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
+-#~ msgstr "読み取り権限が付与されていれば、末尾 3 つの数字の各合計値に 4 が加えられます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "書き込み権限が付与されていれば、合計値に 2 が加えられます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
+-#~ msgstr "実行権限が付与されていれば、合計値に 1 が加えられます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "SELinux Context"
+-#~ msgstr "SELinux コンテキスト"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルの SELinux コンテキストが表示されます (適用可能であれば)。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text Files"
+-#~ msgstr "テキストファイル"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+-#~ msgstr "プレーンテキストファイルのアイコンは、テキストが記載された書類のように表示されます。ファイルマネージャーは、ファイルの先頭数行のテキストを自動的に取り出し、そのテキストをアイコン内に表示します。この機能を有効/無効にしたり、あるいは、お使いのコンピューターやローカルの外付けデバイスのファイルだけにたいして有効にしたりできます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Other Previewable Files"
+-#~ msgstr "プレビュー可能なその他のファイル"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files below a certain file size."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーは、画像、動画、PDF ファイル、またその他さまざまなファイル種別のサムネイルを自動で作成します。それ専用のファイル種別を処理するアプリケーションは、アプリケーションが生成するファイルに対応づくサムネイルを提供することもできます。この機能を有効/無効にしたり、あるいは、お使いのコンピューターやローカルの外付けデバイスのファイルだけにたいして有効にしたりできます。また、指定のサイズ以下のファイルにたいしてだけサムネイルの表示を有効にすることもできます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "個別のフォルダーごとに表示形式を変更するには、<gui>表示</gui>メニューから、<gui>アイコン</gui>、<gui>一覧</gui>、または<gui>コンパクト</gui>をクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
+-#~ msgstr "フォルダー内のアイテムの並び順として、名前順、サイズ順、種類順、更新日時順、アクセス日時順、あるいは、ゴミ箱への移動日時順を指定できます。<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>アイテムの並べ替え</gui></guiseq>のメニューを使って、あるいは一覧表示の列見出しをクリックして、個別のフォルダーの並び順を変更できます。このメニューは現在のフォルダーだけに影響をあたえ、各フォルダーに設定した並び順をファイルマネージャーは記憶しています。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change the default order used in new folders."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>アイテムの並び順</gui>のドロップダウンリストを使って設定をすると、新しいフォルダーに適用されるデフォルトの並び順を変更できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text beside icons"
+-#~ msgstr "アイコンの横に見出しを配置する"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you to see more information at once."
+-#~ msgstr "このオプションを選択すると、フォルダーやファイルの名前を、アイコンの下ではなく、アイコンの横に配置します。この設定をすると、アイテムのレイアウトがより効率的になり、一度により多くの情報を見ることができるようになります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Compact view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "コンパクト表示の規定値"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+-#~ msgstr "コンパクト表示におけるアイコンや文字を拡大したり縮小したりできます。<gui>表示</gui>メニューからは、個別のフォルダーごとに指定でき、ファイルマネージャーは、ユーザーが各フォルダーに指定したズームレベルを記憶しています。頻繁にズームレベルの指定をするのであれば、このオプションでデフォルト値を設定しておくとよいでしょう。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "All columns have the same width"
+-#~ msgstr "すべての列を同じ幅にする"
+-
+-#~ msgid "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (…) at the end."
+-#~ msgstr "デフォルトでは、コンパクト表示の各列は、該当列に並ぶファイル名の長さに合うよう、必要な幅が確保されます。このオプションを選択すると、すべての列が同じ幅になります。列幅よりも長い名前を持つファイルやフォルダーがあれば、その名前は末尾に省略記号 (…) 付きで表示されます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree view defaults"
+-#~ msgstr "ツリー表示の規定値"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
+-#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>表示</gui><gui>サイドバー</gui><gui>ツリー</gui></guiseq> を選択することで、完全なフォルダーツリーをファイルマネージャーのサイドバーに表示できます。デフォルトでは、サイドバーのツリーにはフォルダーだけが表示されます。ファイルも同じようにサイドバーに表示する場合は、<gui>フォルダーのみ表示する</gui>を無効にしてください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "手動でコンピューターをサスペンドするには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして<gui>サスペンド</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
+-#~ msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the pull-down menu at the top right (it may display your picture) and click on <gui>Account settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Edit</gui> in the right pane. You can now edit the contact's nickname."
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Left</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows key)"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Left</key></keyseq> (Super とは Windows キーのことです)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows key)"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super とは Windows キーのことです。)"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Power</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Change the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> option to <gui>Hibernate</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "トップパネルのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Sort in a different order"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへ移動する"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
+-#~ msgstr "画面の内容を画像として取得するには:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面を表示し、<app>スクリーンショット</app>を開きます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to capture."
+-#~ msgstr "表示されたウィンドウで、撮る対象を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole desktop</gui>), the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the current window</gui>), or an area of the screen you can select by dragging a box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
+-#~ msgstr "次の画像を取得できます。画面全体(<gui>デスクトップ全体</gui>)、現在使用中のウィンドウ(<gui>現在のウィンドウ</gui>)、あるいは、ドラッグで指定する矩形領域(<gui>取得する領域の選択</gui>)。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can also drag and drop the screenshot image into another application, to paste it there, or to <app>files</app> to save it in a folder."
+-#~ msgstr "スクリーンショットのプレビュー画像を、他のアプリケーションにドラッグ・アンド・ドロップして貼り付けたり、<app>ファイル</app>というアプリケーションにドラッグ・アンド・ドロップして任意のフォルダーへ保存したりできます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "In your Home folder, a file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved, where %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a recording is made within a single session."
+-#~ msgstr "ホームフォルダーに <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> という名前のファイルが保存されます。%d は日付、%u はファイル名を一意にするための文字列、%c は単一セッション内で映像が作成されるたびに増分されるカウンターを意味します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
+-#~ msgstr "お望みなら、ファイルの<link xref=\"files-rename\">名前を変更</link>できます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Power</gui> tab"
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
+-#~ msgstr "サイズを元に戻す、変更する、配置する、最小化する"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window operations"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ操作"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
+-#~ msgstr "作業にあわせてウィンドウのサイズを変更したり、ウィンドウを隠したりします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
+-#~ msgstr "最小化する、元のサイズに戻す、閉じる"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを最小化し、隠す方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the top left corner."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> を押して、ウィンドウメニューを開きます。次に <key>n</key>を押します。すると、ウィンドウが画面左上の方へ「姿を消します」。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻す方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on it in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link> or <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieve</link> it from the window switcher by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>で該当のウィンドウをクリックするか、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押してウィンドウスイッチャーを表示し、そこから該当のウィンドウを探します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To close the window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを閉じる方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>c</key> キーを押します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Resize"
+-#~ msgstr "サイズの変更"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "<em>最大化された</em>状態のウィンドウはサイズの変更ができません。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
+-#~ msgstr "水平、垂直の両方向へウィンドウをサイズ変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウの任意の角へマウスポインターを合わせ、マウスポインターの形状を「コーナーポインター」の形に変化させます。そこで、マウスを任意の方向へドラッグすると、その方向へ向けてウィンドウのサイズが変わります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "水平方向へのみ、ウィンドウをサイズ変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
+-#~ msgstr "マウスポインターをウィンドウの両サイドのいずれかへ合わせ、マウスポインターの形状を「サイドポインター」の形に変化させます。そこで、マウスを水平方向にドラッグすると、その方向へ向けてウィンドウのサイズが変わります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
+-#~ msgstr "垂直方向へのみ、ウィンドウをサイズ変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically."
+-#~ msgstr "マウスポインターをウィンドウの上下のいずれかの端へ合わせ、マウスポインターの形状を「トップポインター」あるいは「ボトムポインター」形に変化させます。そこで、マウスを垂直方向へドラッグすると、その方向へ向けてウィンドウのサイズが変わります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
+-#~ msgstr "ワークスペースにウィンドウを並べる"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr "アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックして画面最上部へドラッグします。マウスポインターが最上部に接すると、画面全体がハイライト表示されます。マウスボタンを離すと、ウィンドウが最大化します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
+-#~ msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら、ウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグすると、ウィンドウを動かすことができます。アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックするよりも、こちらの方が簡単だと感じるユーザーもいます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "On the Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "デスクトップ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Release to select the <gui>Top Bar</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>開き方</gui>タブを選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Right arrow to the <gui>Universal Access</gui> menu, then down arrow to <gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Release to activate <gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスキー</gui>をオンにします。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> opens the <em>window switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、<gui>ウィンドウスイッチャー</gui>を表示します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and use <key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> or left and right arrows to navigate between open applications."
+-#~ msgstr "同一のアプリケーション内で、あるいは<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>の後に選択したアプリケーション内で、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> switches between windows that belong to the same open application."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> もしくは <link xref=\"windows-key\">Windows キー</link>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> allows you to switch focus to the <gui>top bar</gui> using the <em>accessibility switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> activates the launcher. Key in the command name to launch an application."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> もしくは <link xref=\"windows-key\">Windows キー</link>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Inside the window of an application, use <key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move between widgets."
+-#~ msgstr "同一のアプリケーション内で、あるいは<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>の後に選択したアプリケーション内で、ウィンドウを切り替えます。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "In the Overview"
+-#~ msgstr "概要"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> opens the <em>accessibility switcher</em>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> and <key>Down</key> move between workspaces in the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> を押すと、ワークスペースセレクターの中で、現在作業しているワークスペースの 1 つ上のワークスペースに移動します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PgDn</key></keyseq> and <key>PgUp</key> move from the <gui>Windows</gui> overview to the <gui>Applications</gui> overview and back."
+-#~ msgstr "キーボードで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> を押します。もしくは、削除したいアイテムをサイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>にドラッグします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスキー</gui>をオンにします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can quickly turn mouse keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Mouse Keys</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>マウスキー</gui>を選択すると、マウスキーのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面とデスクトップを切り替えます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double-click on the title bar."
+-#~ msgstr "タイトルバーをダブルクリックします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを最大化する、あるいは元に戻す方法は次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alternatively, to maximize a window:"
+-#~ msgstr "あるいは、次の方法でもウィンドウを最大化できます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the title bar of an application and drag it to the top of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the top of the screen, the entire screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the window."
+-#~ msgstr "アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックして画面最上部へドラッグします。マウスポインターが最上部に接すると、画面全体がハイライト表示されます。マウスボタンを離すと、ウィンドウが最大化します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To restore the window to its original size:"
+-#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを元のサイズに戻す方法は、次のとおりです。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the title bar of the application, and drag it down from the top bar. After the window separates from the top bar it will restore itself to an unmaximized state."
+-#~ msgstr "アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックして、トップバーより下方向へドラッグします。ウィンドウがトップバーから離れると、元のサイズに戻ります。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <key>Alt</key> +click+hold+drag anywhere in a window. This will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application."
+-#~ msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら、ウィンドウの任意の箇所をドラッグすると、ウィンドウを動かすことができます。アプリケーションのタイトルバーをクリックするよりも、こちらの方が簡単だと感じるユーザーもいます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and press <key>x</key>."
+-#~ msgstr "キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化することもできます。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>x</key> を押してください。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and go to the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "デスクトップ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> switches between open applications."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open your document with the appropiate application in nautilus."
+-#~ msgstr "別のアプリケーションでファイルを開く"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーが必要でなくなった場合、削除するとよいでしょう。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルを完全に削除し、コンピューターのディスクスペースを解放するには、ゴミ箱を空にします。ゴミ箱を空にするには、サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>を右クリックし、gui<>ゴミ箱を空にする</gui>を選んでください。別の方法として、サイドバーまたは<gui>移動</gui>メニューからゴミ箱に移動し、ゴミ箱にある個々のアイテムを完全に削除することもできます。削除するファイルを選び、キーボードで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> を押すか、または右クリックして<gui>完全に削除する</gui>を選んでください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. Use a shorter name."
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルシステムによっては、ファイル名に 255 文字しか使用できないことがあります。短めの名前を使用してください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Screen keyboard</gui> on."
+-#~ msgstr "<gui>スクリーンキーボード</gui>をオンにします。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
+-#~ msgstr "起動中のアプリケーションのウィンドウを表示するには、あるいは新しいウィンドウを開くには、アプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックします。アクティビティ画面、もしくは右部にある任意のワークスペースのサムネイルにアイコンをドラッグして表示することも可能です。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "デスクトップのさまざまな部品の概要。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ファイルとフォルダー"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "Change your chat status."
+-#~ msgstr "チャットの状態を変更し、通知を見えないようにする。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Change your availability"
+-#~ msgstr "在席状態を変更する"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can change your status to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. Just click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Available</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to disturb you."
+-#~ msgstr "何か作業をしている最中に邪魔をされたくない場合、在席状態を<gui>取り込み中</gui>に変更することができます。トップバーの名前の箇所をクリックして、<gui>取り込み中</gui>を選択するだけです。"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~ msgid "To switch your availability back on, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Unavailable</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Available</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "画面をロックするには、トップバーの名前をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Two windows can be placed side by side. Drag a window by its titlebar toward the left side of the screen until the cursor touches the left side. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and the window resizes to fill half the screen. Repeat for another window, dragging it to the right side and releasing."
+-#~ msgstr "2 つのウィンドウを画面の左右に並べて配置することができます。一方のウィンドウのタイトルバーをつかみ、マウスポインターが画面左端へ達するまでドラッグします。マウスボタンを離すと、ウィンドウが画面半分を占めるサイズになります。他方のウィンドウを画面右側へ同じように操作します。"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cycle through the windows by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <key>↓</key> to select the window you want to move."
+-#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> および <key>↓</key> を押して、ウィンドウを切り替え、移動したいウィンドウを選択します。"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/kn/kn.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/kn/kn.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/kn/kn.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/kn/kn.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.188921655 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,23778 @@
++# Shankar Prasad <svenkate@redhat.com>, 2013.
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-25 06:35-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: \n"
++"Language-Team: Kannada <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: kn\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1)\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "ಶಂಕರ್ ಪ್ರಸಾದ್ <svenkate@redhat.com>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ಸಹಾಯ</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "ಈ ಕೆಲಸವನ್ನು <_:link-1/> ಅಡಿಯಲ್ಲಿ ಲೈಸನ್ಸ್ ಮಾಡಲಾಗಿದೆ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ಮೇಲಿನ ಪಟ್ಟಿಯಲ್ಲಿನ ನಿಮ್ಮ ಹೆಸರಿನ ಮೇಲೆ ಕ್ಲಿಕ್‌ ಮಾಡಿ ನಂತರ <gui>ಸಿದ್ಧತೆಗಳು</gui> "
++"ಅನ್ನು ಆರಿಸಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "ಜಾಗತಿಕ ನಿಲುಕಣೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ಕ್ಲಿಕ್ ಮಾಡಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "ಗೂಗಲ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "ಫೇಸ್‌ಬುಕ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "ಟ್ವಿಟ್ಟರ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ಆನ್‌ಲೈನ್‌ ಖಾತೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ಬ್ಲೂಟೂತ್‌"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 1.4"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "ಸಂಪರ್ಕವಿಳಾಸಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "ಡೆಮೊ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "ಮಾರ್ಪಡಿಸಿದ ದಿನಾಂಕ;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "ದಸ್ತಾವೇಜುಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "ಪ್ರಶ್ನೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಹುಡುಕು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ಅನ್ನು ಒತ್ತಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "ತಂತ್ರಾಂಶ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++"ನೀವು ರಚಿಸಲಾದ ಅಥವ ಇಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲಾದ ಯಾವುದೆ ಕಡತವು ಕಂಡುಬರದೆ ಇದ್ದಲ್ಲಿ ಈ ಸಲಹೆಗಳನ್ನು "
++"ಅನುಸರಿಸಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "ಕಳೆದುಹೋದ ಕಡತವನ್ನು ಹುಡುಕು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++"ಹೆಸರು ಮತ್ತು ಬಗೆಯ ಆಧಾರದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಡತಗಳನ್ನು ಹುಡುಕಿ. ನಿಮ್ಮ ಹುಡುಕಾಟಗಳನ್ನು ನಂತರದ "
++"ಬಳಕೆಗಾಗಿ ಉಳಿಸಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "ಹುಡುಕು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>ಇನ್‌ವಾಯ್ಸ್.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++"ಕಡತಗಳನ್ನು ಹೆಸರು, ಗಾತ್ರ, ಬಗೆ, ಅಥವ ಅವುಗಳನ್ನು ಯಾವಾಗ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸಲಾಯಿತು ಎನ್ನುವುದರ "
++"ಆಧಾರದಲ್ಲಿ ಜೋಡಿಸಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳನ್ನು ಮತ್ತು ಕಡತಕೋಶಗಳನ್ನು ಜೋಡಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "ಚಿಹ್ನೆ ನೋಟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿ ನೋಟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "ಹೆಸರಿನಿಂದ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "ಗಾತ್ರದಿಂದ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "ಬಗೆಯಿಂದ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "ಮಾರ್ಪಡಿಸಿದ ದಿನಾಂಕದೊಂದಿಗೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "ಮೈಲಿಂಗ್ ಲಿಸ್ಟ್‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key> ಮತ್ತು <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>ಬಾಣದ ಕೀಲಿಗಳು</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>ಬಾಣದ ಕೀಲಿಗಳು</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>ಸ್ಪೇಸ್</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">ಮೆನು</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> ಮತ್ತು <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "ಪ್ರಸಕ್ತ ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಮುಚ್ಚು."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> ಅಥವ <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ಅಥವ <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "ತೆರೆಯ-ಮೇಲಣ ಕೀಲಿಮಣೆಯನ್ನು ಬಳಸಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "ನೆರವಿನ ವೀಕ್ಷಕವನ್ನು ಆರಂಭಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "ನಿಷ್ಕ್ರಿಯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "ಕ್ಯಾಲ್ಕುಲೇಟರನ್ನು ಆರಂಭಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "ಕ್ಯಾಲ್ಕುಲೇಟರ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ವಿಅಂಚೆ ಕ್ಲೈಂಟನ್ನು ಆರಂಭಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "ಅಂಚೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "ಜಾಲ ವೀಕ್ಷಕವನ್ನು ಆರಂಭಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "ನೆಲೆ ಕಡತಕೋಶ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "ಎಕ್ಸ್‌ಪ್ಲೋರರ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "ನ್ಯಾವಿಗೇಶನ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 1 ಕ್ಕೆ ಸ್ಥಳಾಂತರಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 2 ಕ್ಕೆ ಸ್ಥಳಾಂತರಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 3 ಕ್ಕೆ ಸ್ಥಳಾಂತರಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 4 ಕ್ಕೆ ಸ್ಥಳಾಂತರಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಒಂದು ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರದ ಎಡಕ್ಕೆ ಜರುಗಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 1 ಕ್ಕೆ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 2 ಕ್ಕೆ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 3 ಕ್ಕೆ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಕ್ಷೇತ್ರ 4 ಕ್ಕೆ ಬದಲಾಯಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯ ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "ಒಂದು ಜಾಗದ ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ಕ್ಲಿಪ್‌ಬೋರ್ಡಿಗೆ ಪ್ರತಿ ಮಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯ ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ಕ್ಲಿಪ್‌ಬೋರ್ಡಿಗೆ ಪ್ರತಿ ಮಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "ಒಂದು ಜಾಗದ ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ಕ್ಲಿಪ್‌ಬೋರ್ಡಿಗೆ ಪ್ರತಿ ಮಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ ಹಾಗು ಮಾಧ್ಯಮ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ ಪ್ರಮಾಣ ಮೂಕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ ಪ್ರಮಾಣ ಇಳಿಕೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ ಪ್ರಮಾಣ ಏರಿಕೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "ಮೀಡಿಯಾ ಪ್ಲೇಯರನ್ನು ಆರಂಭಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "ಪ್ಲೇ (ಅಥವ ಪ್ಲೇ/ತಾತ್ಕಾಲಿಕ ಸ್ಥಗಿತ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "ಪ್ಲೇಬ್ಯಾಕನ್ನು ತಾತ್ಕಾಲಿಕ ಸ್ಥಗಿತಗೊಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "ಚಲಾಯಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ನಿಲ್ಲಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "ಹಿಂದಿನ ಹಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "ಮುಂದಿನ ಹಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "ಹೊರತಳ್ಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "ವ್ಯವಸ್ಥೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "ನಿರ್ಗಮಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>ಡಿಲೀಟ್</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "ತೆರೆಯನ್ನು ಲಾಕ್ ಮಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "ನಮೂದನೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>ಸ್ಪೇಸ್</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "ಜಾಗತಿಕ ನಿಲುಕಣೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "ಹಿಗ್ಗಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "ಕುಗ್ಗಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "ಪಠ್ಯದ ಗಾತ್ರವನ್ನು ಹೆಚ್ಚಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "ಪಠ್ಯದ ಗಾತ್ರವನ್ನು ಕುಗ್ಗಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯ ಮೆನುವನ್ನು ಸಕ್ರಿಯಗೊಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಯನ್ನು ಮುಚ್ಚು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "ಕೀಲಿಮಣೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "ರೆಸಲ್ಯೂಶನ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "ತಿರುಗುವಿಕೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ಧ್ವನಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr "ಸಂಗೀತ ಮತ್ತು ಪೋರ್ಟೆಬಲ್ ಆಡಿಯೊ ಚಾಲಕಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "ಫೋಟೊಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಡಿಜಿಟಲ್ ಕ್ಯಾಮೆರಾಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "ವೀಡಿಯೋಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "ಇನ್ನಷ್ಟು ನೆರವನ್ನು ಪಡೆಯಿರಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "ಟೈಪ್ ಮಾಡುವಾಗ ಟಚ್‌ಪ್ಯಾಡನ್ನು ನಿಷ್ಕ್ರಿಯಗೊಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ಮೌಸ್ ಮತ್ತು ಟಚ್‌ಪ್ಯಾಡ್</gui> ಅನ್ನು ತೆರೆಯಿರಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "ಮೌಸ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ಸಲಹೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ಸಲಹೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "ವರ್ತನೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಗತಗೊಳಿಸಬಹುದಾದ ಪಠ್ಯ ಕಡತಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "ಕಸದ ಬುಟ್ಟಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ಒಂದು ಪುಟಗುರುತನ್ನು ಸೇರಿಸಿ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (ಪ್ರವೇಶದೊಂದಿಗೆ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "ಸಾರ್ವಜನಿಕ FTP"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "ವಿಂಡೋಸ್ ಶೇರ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "ಚಿಹ್ನೆಯ ಶೀರ್ಷಿಕೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "ಹೆಸರು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "ಬಗೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "ವಿಷಯಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "ಗಾತ್ರ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "ಗಾತ್ರ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "ಪರಿಮಾಣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "ಮುಕ್ತ ಸ್ಥಳ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "ನಿಲುಕಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲಾದ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "ಮಾರ್ಪಡಿಸಲಾದ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಕೋಶಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "ಯಾವುದೂ ಇಲ್ಲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳ ಪಟ್ಟಿ ಮಾತ್ರ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳನ್ನು ನಿಲುಕಿಸಿಕೊ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಗಳನ್ನು ರಚಿಸು ಹಾಗು ಅಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "ಮಾಲಿಕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "ಗುಂಪು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "ಅನುಮತಿಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME ಬಗೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತ ನೋಟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "ವಸ್ತುಗಳನ್ನು ಕ್ರಮಗೊಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "ಚಿಹ್ನೆ ನೋಟದ ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "ಪಟ್ಟಿ ನೋಟದ ಪೂರ್ವನಿಯೋಜಿತಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "ಸಂಪರ್ಕಸ್ಥಾನ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "ವಿವರಣೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "ಮುದ್ರಣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "ಹಾಜರಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "ದೂರದ ಗಣಕತೆರೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "ಮಾನವಕೃತ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "ಸ್ವಯಂಚಾಲಿತ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "ವೈರ್ಲೆಸ್"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "ಸ್ಥಿತಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "ಸುರಕ್ಷತೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ಸಿದ್ಧತೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "ಉದಾಹರಣೆಗಳು:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "ಭಾವಚಿತ್ರ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "ಪ್ರಕೃತಿ ದೃಶ್ಯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "ತಿರುಗು ಮುರುಗಾದ ಭಾವಚಿತ್ರ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "ತಿರುಗು ಮುರುಗಾದ ಪ್ರಕೃತಿ ದೃಶ್ಯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "ಹಿಂದೆ ಮುಂದೆ ಮಾಡು (~R)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "ತಾಳೆ ನೋಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ಕಡತಕ್ಕೆ ಮುದ್ರಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "ಸಿದ್ಧತೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "ಕೀಲಿಮಣೆ ಸಮೀಪಮಾರ್ಗಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "ಹಂಚಿಕೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "ಅಮಾನತುಗೊಳಿಸು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆ ಅವಲೋಕನ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "ತೆರೆಯನ್ನು ಲಾಕ್ ಮಾಡು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> ಅಥವ <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> ಕೀಲಿ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ಮತ್ತು "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ಮತ್ತು "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ನಿರ್ಗಮಿಸು</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "ಹಿಂದಿನ ಕ್ರಿಯೆಯನ್ನು ಮತ್ತೊಮ್ಮೆ ಮಾಡು."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊ.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ಕಿಟಕಿಯ ತೆರೆಚಿತ್ರವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊ."
++"</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "ಗಣಕತೆರೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ಅಡ್ಡಗೆರೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "ಸೂಚನೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ಸಿದ್ಧತೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "ಕಾರ್ಯಸ್ಥಳ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ಅನ್ನು ಒತ್ತಿ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ಕಿಟಕಿಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "ಅಕ್ಷರ ನಕ್ಷೆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "ಇನ್‌ಪುಟ್ ವಿಧಾನಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರರು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "ಖಾತೆಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "ಗುಪ್ತಪದಗಳು"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ko/ko.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ko/ko.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ko/ko.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ko/ko.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.194921707 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,23583 @@
++# eukim <eukim@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# mkim <mkim@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-15 08:12-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: eukim <eukim@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Korean\n"
++"Language: ko\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "그놈 3 데스크탑 사용자 가이드"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "그놈 도움말"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "그놈 도움말"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">도움말</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> 그놈 "
++"도움말"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "이 창작물은 <_:link-1/> 라이선스에 따라 이용할 수 있습니다."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "탄력 키 켜기"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "모니터 선택 "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/Makefile.am b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/Makefile.am
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/Makefile.am	2014-01-22 18:10:29.839134226 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/Makefile.am	2014-01-22 18:17:28.443799216 +0530
+@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
+ 
+ HELP_ID = gnome-help
+ 
+-HELP_LINGUAS = ca cs de el fi fr es gl hi hu id it ja lv nl pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr@latin sv te vi
++HELP_LINGUAS = as bn_IN ca cs de el es fi fr gl gu hi hu id it ja kn ko lv ml mr nl or pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr@latin sv ta te vi zh_CN
+ 
+ HELP_MEDIA = \
+ 	figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg \
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ml/ml.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ml/ml.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ml/ml.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ml/ml.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.201921769 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,24463 @@
++# Ani Peter <peter.ani@gmail.com>, 2013.
++# apeter <apeter@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-10 01:23-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Ani Peter <peter.ani@gmail.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: ml\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "അനി പീറ്റര്‍ <peter.ani@gmail.com>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം 3 പണിയിട ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കുള്ള ഗൈഡ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം സഹായം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം സഹായം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">സഹായം</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ലോഗോ</media> "
++"ഗ്നോം സഹായം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr ""
++"ക്രിയേറ്റീവ് കോമണ്‍സ് ആട്രിബ്യൂഷന്‍-ഷെയര്‍എലൈക്ക് 3.0 അണ്‍പോര്‍ട്ടഡ് "
++"ലൈസന്‍സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "ഇതു് <_:link-1/>-ന്റെ ലൈസന്‍സിലാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "ഷോണ്‍ മക്കന്‍സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "ഫില്‍ ബുള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "മൈക്കിള്‍ ഹില്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "ഒരേ കീയുടെ പെട്ടെന്നുള്ള ആവര്‍ത്തിച്ച കീ അമര്‍ത്തല്‍ അവഗണിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "ബൌണ്‍സ് കീകള്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</"
++"gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ബൌണ്‍സ് കീകള്‍</gui> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "ബൌണ്‍സ് കീകള്‍ വേഗത്തില്‍ ഓണ്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"പുതുക്കുവാന്‍  സാധ്യമായ ബ്രെയിലിയ്ക്കൊപ്പം <app>ഓര്‍ക്കാ</app> സ്ക്രീന്‍ "
++"റീഡര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ ബ്രെയിലിയില്‍ വായിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr "ആയാസത്തില്‍ വായിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് വലിയ അക്ഷരസഞ്ചയങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "വാചകത്തിന്റെ വ്യാപ്തി മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ സ്ക്രീനിലുള്ളതു് വായിയ്ക്കുന്നതില്‍ ബുദ്ധിമുട്ടുണ്ടെങ്കില്‍, "
++"അക്ഷരസഞ്ചയത്തിന്റെ വ്യാപ്തി മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"പല പ്രയോഗങ്ങളില്‍, നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് വാചകത്തിന്റെ വ്യാപ്തി "
++"വലുതാക്കുന്നതിനു്<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം. "
++"വലിപ്പം കുറയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "ആഗോള ആക്സസ്സ് മെനു കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീനിലുള്ളവ ആയാസത്തില്‍ കാണുന്നതിനു് വലുതാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ വലിപ്പത്തിലാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>വലുതാക്കുക</gui> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "ആഗോള ആക്സസ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "കാഴ്ച തകരാറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "അന്ധത"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "കാഴ്ചക്കുറവു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "കളര്‍-ബ്ലൈന്‍ഡ്നെസ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "മറ്റു് വിഷയങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "കേള്‍വി തകരാറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "മൌസ് മൂവ്മെന്റ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യലും വലിച്ചിടലും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡിന്റെ ഉപയോഗം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"റൈറ്റ്-ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു് മൌസിന്റെ ഇടത്തു് ബട്ടണ്‍ അമര്‍ത്തി വയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ ശബ്ദത്തില്‍ വായിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "സ്ലോ കീകള്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്ലോ കീകള്‍</gui> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "വേഗത്തില്‍ സ്ലോ കീകള്‍ ഓണ്‍, ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "സ്റ്റിക്കി കീകള്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്റ്റിക്കി കീകള്‍</gui> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "പണിയിട സഹായി ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള ചില നിര്‍ദ്ദേശങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം വിവരണക്കുറിപ്പു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "ഗൈഡിനെപ്പറ്റിയുള്ള വിവരങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- ഗ്നോ വിവരണക്കുറിപ്പു് സംഘം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "ജിം കാമ്പല്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "അക്കൗണ്ട് ചേര്‍ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>അക്കൌണ്ട് തരം</gui> മെനുവില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് ഒരെണ്ണം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നില്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ അക്കൌണ്ട് ഉണ്ടെങ്കില്‍, മറ്റു് അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍ പിന്നീടു് "
++"ചേര്‍ക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ചേര്‍ക്കുക…</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "എക്കാറ്റെറീനാ ഗരാസിമോവാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "ജുലിറ്റാ ഇന്‍കാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍</app> ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് ഒരു പുതിയ അക്കൌണ്ട് "
++"തയ്യാറാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ഒരു ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങളില്‍ നിന്നും <app>ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍</app> "
++"സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "<gui>ചേര്‍ക്കുക...</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് തുടരുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"ഉപയോക്തൃനാമം, രഹസ്യവാക്ക് എന്നിങ്ങനെയുള്ള സ്വകാര്യ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ നല്‍കി "
++"രജിസ്ട്രേഷന്‍ ഫോം പൂരിപ്പിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍</app>ക്കൊപ്പം പുതിയ അക്കൌണ്ട് "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്, അതിലേക്കുള്ള ഗ്നോം പ്രവേശനം അനുവദിച്ചുകൊടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇടത്തുള്ള പട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും മാറ്റം വരുത്തേണ്ട അക്കൌണ്ട് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "ബാപ്ടിസ്റ്റ് മിലി-മാതിയാസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ സര്‍വീസ് പ്രൊവൈഡര്‍ ലഭ്യല്ലെങ്കില്‍?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "ഗൂഗിള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "വിന്‍ഡോസ് ലൈവ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "ഫെയിസ്ബുക്ക്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "ട്വിറ്റര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "യാഹൂവിനുള്ള പിന്തുണ ഉടന്‍ തന്നെ ലഭ്യമാകും."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "പൂര്‍ണ്ണമായി ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ട് നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ഒരു അക്കൌണ്ട് നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "നീക്കം ചെയ്യേണ്ട അക്കൌണ്ട് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "ആന്‍ഡ്രേ ക്ലാപ്പര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "ഗൂഗിള്‍ അക്കൌണ്ട്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "വിന്‍ഡോസ് ലൈവ്, ഫെയിസ്ബുക്ക്, ട്വിറ്റര്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "സ്കൈഡ്രൈവ് അക്കൌണ്ട്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "എക്സ്ചെയിഞ്ച് അക്കൌണ്ട്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ഓണ്‍ക്ലൌഡ് അക്കൌണ്ട്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "സൂസന്നാ ഹട്ടാനന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "അക്കൌണ്ട് ചേര്‍ക്കുന്നതെന്തിനു്?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">പുതിയൊരു അക്കൌണ്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">നിലവിലുള്ളൊരു അക്കൌണ്ട് ചേര്‍ക്കുക</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-remove\">അക്കൌണ്ട് നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ഓണ്‍ലൈന്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പ് ശരിയായെടുത്തെന്നു് ഉറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പ് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "ടിഫനി ആന്റോപോള്‍സ്ക്കി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "നിങ്ങള്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന സമയം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പ് എങ്ങനെ എടുക്കണം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയിലുള്ള ഫയലുകള്‍ <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file> എന്ന "
++"ഫോള്‍ഡറിലാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പില്‍ നിന്നും ഫയലുകള്‍ വീണ്ടെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പ് വീണ്ടെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "സ്വകാര്യ ഫയലുകള്‍ (രേഖകള്‍, സംഗീതം, ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍, വീഡിയോകള്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "അദൃശ്യമായ ഫയലുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++"സ്വകാര്യ സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ (പണിയിട മുന്‍ഗണനകള്‍, പ്രമേയങ്ങള്‍, സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വയര്‍ "
++"സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "എന്തിന്റെയാണു് ബാക്കപ്പ് എടുക്കേണ്ടതു്?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "സ്വകാര്യ ഫയലുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "സ്വകാര്യ സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "സിസ്റ്റം സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്ത സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പ് എവിടെ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കണം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "പ്രാദേശിക വിദൂര സംഭരണ ഐച്ഛികങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "യുഎസ്ബി മെമ്മറി കീ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ ഡിസ്ക് ഡ്രൈവ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "പുറമേയുള്ള ഹാര്‍ഡ് ഡിസ്ക്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ട് ചെയ്ത ഡ്രൈവ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍/ബാക്കപ്പ് സര്‍വര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "എഴുതുവാന്‍ സാധ്യമാകുന്ന സിഡികളും ഡിവിഡികളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "പ്രധാനപ്പെട്ട ഫയലുകളുടെ ബാക്കപ്പെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ഫയലുകള്‍ അയയ്ക്കുക</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"turn-on-off\">ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുകയും ഓഫ് ചെയ്യകയും ചെയ്യുക</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്തിന്റെ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ തമ്മില്‍ പെയര്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "പോള്‍ ഡബ്ല്യൂ.. ഫ്രീള്‍ഡ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസിലേക്ക് നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസ് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "തടസ്സപ്പെടുത്തിയിരിക്കുന്ന അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ വിശ്വസനീയമല്ലാത്ത കണക്ഷന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++"ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിനു് തിരിച്ചറിയുവാന്‍ സാധ്യമായില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "അഡാപ്ടര്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തിട്ടില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്തു് കണക്ഷന്‍ സ്വിച്ച് ഓഫ് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് അഡാപ്ടറില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസുകളുടെ പട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും ഒരു ഡിവൈസ് നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ തമ്മിലുള്ള കണക്ഷന്‍ നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസിലേക്കു് ഒരു ഫയല്‍ അയയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂട്ടൂത്ത് ചിഹ്നം ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് ഫയലുകള്‍ അയയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കാവശ്യമുള്ള ഫയല്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു് <gui>തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക</gui> "
++"ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങളില്‍ നിന്നും ഫയലുകള്‍ അയയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"വലത്തു് വശത്തുള്ള ഡിവൈസ് വിവരങ്ങളിലുള്ള <gui>ഫയലുകള്‍ അയയ്ക്കുക</gui> "
++"ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഡിവൈസ് പ്രവര്‍ത്തന സജ്ജമാക്കുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തന രഹിതമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ഓണ്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ടയിലുള്ള ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് ചിഹ്നം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "റിച്ചാര്‍ഡ് ഹഗ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "കാലിബ്രേഷന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "കലണ്ടറിലുള്ള അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "നിങ്ങളുടെ അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകള്‍ കാണുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "മുകളിലുള്ള ഘടികാരത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "ഘടികാരം, കലണ്ടര്‍, അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "സമയവും തീയതിയും മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "സമയമേഖല മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>തീയതി സമയം സജജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">തീയതിയും സമയവും സജ്ജമാക്കുക</link>, <link xref="
++"\"clock-timezone\">സമയമേഖല</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">കലണ്ടറുകളും "
++"അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകളും</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "തീയതിയും സമയവും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "ഗ്രെറ്റാഗ്-മാക്ക്ബെത്ത് i1 പ്രോ (സ്പെക്ട്രോമീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "ഗ്രെറ്റാഗ്-മാക്ക്ബെത്ത് i1 മോണിറ്റര്‍ (സ്പെക്ട്രോമീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++"ഗ്രെറ്റാഗ്-മാക്ക്ബെത്ത് i1 ഡിസ്‌പ്ലേ 1, 2 അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ എല്‍ ടി "
++"(സ്പെക്ട്രോമീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "എക്സ്-റൈറ്റ് i1 ഡിസ്‌പ്ലേ പ്രോ (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"എക്സ്-റൈറ്റ് കളര്‍മന്‍കി ശൈലി അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഫോട്ടോ (സ്പെക്ട്രോമീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "എക്സ്-റൈറ്റ് കളര്‍മന്‍കി തയ്യാറാക്കിയതു് (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "എക്സ്-റൈറ്റ് കളര്‍മന്‍കി പ്രദര്‍ശനം (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "പാന്റോണ്‍ ഹ്യൂ (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "മൊണാക്കോഒപ്ടിക്സ് (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "കളര്‍വിഷന്‍ സ്പൈ‍ഡര്‍ 2, 3 (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍ എച്സിഎഫ്ആര്‍ (കളര്‍മീറ്റര്‍)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "താഴെ പറഞ്ഞിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന രീതികള്‍ പിന്തുണയ്ക്കുന്നു:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "സിഎംപി ഡിറ്റിജല്‍ ടാര്‍ഗറ്റ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "കളര്‍ചെക്കര്‍ 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "കളര്‍ചെക്കര്‍ ഡിസി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "കളര്‍ചെക്കര്‍ എസ്ജി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 ആര്‍ജിബി സ്കാന്‍ 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "ലേസര്‍സോഫ്റ്റ് ഡിസി പ്രോ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "ക്യൂപികാര്‍ഡ് 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "ഐടി8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "ലൂസി ഹാങ്കി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++"വിലാസപുസ്തകത്തില്‍ നിന്നും വിലാസം ചേര്‍ക്കുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "വിലാസം ചേര്‍ക്കുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "വിലാസം ചേര്‍ക്കുന്നതിനായി:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">പുതിയ</gui> അമര്‍ത്തു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">വിലാസം തയ്യാറാക്കുക</gui> അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "വിലാസം നീക്കം ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "വിലാസപട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും വിലാസം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">വിലാസം നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക</gui> അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "വിലാസങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "ഓരോ വിലാസത്തിനുമുള്ള വിവരം ചിട്ടപ്പെടുത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "വിലാസ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ ചിട്ടപ്പെടുത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "വിലാസ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ ചിട്ടപ്പെടുത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "വിലാസം തെരയുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "വിലാസം തെരയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "പേരു് ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്തു് തുടങ്ങുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "നാതാലിയാ റൂസ് ലൈവാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ് ഡിസ്കിന്റെ പ്രവര്‍ത്തനം പരീക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ് ഡിസ്കിന്റെ വേഗത പരീക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "ഡിസ്ക്കില്‍ ബാക്കി എത്ര സ്ഥലമുണ്ടെന്നു് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ക്കായി ഹാര്‍ഡ് ഡിസ്ക് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ് ഡിസ്ക് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "നീക്കം ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുന്ന ഡിസ്ക് ഫോര്‍മാറ്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "വോള്യങ്ങളും പാര്‍ട്ടീഷനുകളും കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">ഡിസ്കിലുള്ള സ്ഥലം</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">പ്രവര്‍ത്തനം</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">വോള്യങ്ങളും പാര്‍ട്ടീഷനുകളും</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "ഡിസ്കുകളും സംഭരണവും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "ലോപ്‌ടോപിലേക്കു് മോണിറ്റര്‍ കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "വീഡിയോ ഡെമോ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "ഡെമോ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> ബട്ടണില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "തലക്കെട്ട്, രചയിതാവു്, അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ എല്ലാം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "മാറ്റും വരുത്തിയ തീയി;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "രേഖയുടെ വിശേഷതകള്‍ കാണുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "രേഖ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "രേഖകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "ചോദ്യങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "രേഖ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "രേഖ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍ക്കായി തെരയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "രേഖകള്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "ഓഡിയോ ഡിസ്കുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "വീഡിയോ ഡിസ്കുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "കാലി ഡിസ്കുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "ക്യാമറകളും ചിത്രങ്ങളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "മ്യൂസിക്ക് പ്ലേയറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr "ഈ-ബുക്ക് റീഡറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ പാലകനുപയോഗിച്ചു് ഫയലുകള്‍ കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകളും ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും തെരയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "പുതിയ ഫോള്‍ഡറിലേക്കു് വസ്തുക്കള്‍ പകര്‍ത്തുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ നീക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr "ക്രിസ്റ്റഫര്‍ തോമസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകളും ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും പകര്‍ത്തുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍ പകര്‍ത്തി ഒട്ടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍ നീക്കുന്നതിനായി അവ മുറിച്ചു് മറ്റൊിടത്തേക്കു് ഒട്ടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"റൈറ്റ്-ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>മുറിയ്ക്കുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക, അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++"ഫയലുകള്‍ നീക്കുന്നതിനു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ പകര്‍ത്തുന്നതിനു് അവ വലിച്ചു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "ആവശ്യമില്ലാത്ത ഫയലുകളും ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകളും ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും വെട്ടി നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr "വെട്ടി നീക്കേണ്ട ഫയലില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് അതു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"കീബോര്‍ഡില്‍ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തുക. "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍, വശപ്പട്ടയിലുള്ള <gui>ചവറ്റുകുട്ട</gui>യിലേക്കു് ഫയലിനെ "
++"വലിച്ചിടുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ഫയലുകള്‍ എന്നേക്കുമായി വെട്ടി നീക്കി കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള സ്ഥലം "
++"ഫ്രീയാക്കുന്നതിനു് ചവറ്റുകുട്ട കാലിയാക്കേണ്ടതുണ്ടു്. ഇതിനായി, "
++"വശപ്പട്ടയിലുള്ള <gui>ചവറ്റുകുട്ട</gui>യില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"<gui>ചവറ്റുകുട്ട കാലിയാക്കുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ എന്നേക്കുമായി വെട്ടി നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++"ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയിലേക്കു് നേരിട്ട് ഒരു ഫയല്‍ നീക്കാതെയും നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് "
++"എന്നേക്കുമായി അതു് വെട്ടി നീക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ എന്നേക്കുമായി വെട്ടി നീക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "വെട്ടി നീക്കേണ്ട വസ്തു തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr "<key>Shift</key> കീ അമര്‍ത്തി, <key>Delete</key> കീ അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "സിഡി അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഡിവിഡിയിലേക്കു് ഫയലുകള്‍ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr "സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ സിഡി/ഡിവിഡി ഡ്രൈവിലേക്കു് കാലി ഡിസ്ക് ഇടുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ഡിസ്കിലേക്കു് സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ അദൃശ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "അദൃശ്യമായ എല്ലാ ഫയലുകളും കാണിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ കാണിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "നഷ്ടമായ ഫയല്‍ കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "സ്വതവേയുള്ള പ്രയോഗം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "ഫയലില്‍ റൈറ്റ് ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>വിശേഷതകള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "ചവറ്റുകുട്ടിയില്‍ നിന്നും ഫയല്‍ വീണ്ടെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയില്‍ നിന്നും ഫയല്‍ എങ്ങനെ വീണ്ടെടുക്കണം:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>റദ്ദാക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "ഡിവൈസിലുള്ള എല്ലാ ഫയലുകളും അടയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഫോള്‍ഡറിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഫോള്‍ഡറിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഫോള്‍ഡറിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "പുതിയ പേരു് ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്തു് <key>Enter</key> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "സാധാരണ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "ഫയലിന്റെ പേരു് ഉപയോഗത്തിലുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "ഫയലിന്റെ പേരു് വളരെ നീളമുള്ളതു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "മറ്റു് പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ തെരയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "തെരയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "ഒരു തെരച്ചില്‍ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "ഈമെയില്‍ വഴി ഫയലുകള്‍ പങ്കുവയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "ഈമെയിലിലൂടെ ഫയല്‍ പങ്കു്വയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകളും ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും ക്രമത്തിലാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍ ക്രമത്തിലാക്കുന്ന രീതികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "പേരനുസരിച്ചു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr "ഫയലിന്റെ പേരനുസരിച്ചു് അക്ഷരക്രമത്തിലാക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "വലിപ്പമനുസരിച്ചു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "തരമനുസരിച്ചു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "മാറ്റം വരുത്തിയ തീയതിയനുസരിച്ചു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr "അനീറ്റാ റയിറ്റര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr "ഇവ ബാക്കപ്പ് ഫയലുകളാണു്. ഇവ സ്വതവേ അദൃശ്യമാകുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr "<app>നൌട്ടിലസ്</app> ഫയല്‍ പാലകന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "സാധാരണ ജോലികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "കൂടുതല്‍ വിഷയങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "ബാക്കപ്പെടുക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr "സൂചനകളും ചോദ്യങ്ങളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr "ഈ ഗൈഡ് മെച്ചപ്പെടുത്തുന്നതിനു് സഹായിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr "പിശക് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ മെച്ചപ്പെടുത്തല്‍ രേഖപ്പെടുത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "ബന്ധപ്പെടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "പീറ്റര്‍ കോവര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് ഗ്നോ ക്ലാസ്സിക്ക്?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>ഗ്നോമില്‍</em> നിന്നും <em>ഗ്നോം ക്ലാസ്സിക്കിലേക്കു്</em> മാറുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "പ്രവേശന സ്ക്രീനില്‍, പട്ടികിയില്‍ നിന്നും പേരു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്കു് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ഗ്നോം ക്ലാസ്സിക്കില്‍</em> നിന്നും <em>ഗ്നോമിലേക്കു്</em> മാറുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">ഫിംഗര്‍പ്രിന്റ് റീഡറുകള്‍</link>, "
++"സ്മാര്‍ട്ട് കാര്‍ഡുകള്‍…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "ഫിംഗര്‍ പ്രിന്റുകളും സ്മാര്‍ട്ട് കാര്‍ഡുകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍, ഗ്രാഫിക്സ് പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ പരിഹരിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയറും ഡ്രൈവറുകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "ഐആര്‍സി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "മെയിലിങ് ലിസ്റ്റ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "ജുവാന്ജോ മാറിന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "ക്രിയേറ്റീവ് കോമണ്‍സ് ഷെയര്‍ എലൈക്ക് 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>കീബോര്‍ഡ്</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "ജുവാന്ജോ മാറിന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്ഥലവും ഭാഷയും</gui> തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key>, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>ആരോ കീകള്‍</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> , <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "ഈ ജാലകം അടയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "ജാലകം ചെറുതാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "ജറേമി ബിക്കാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "ഒരു സ്ക്രീന്‍ കീബോര്‍ഡ് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "പ്രവര്‍ത്തന സജ്ജം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "ഗണനി ലഭ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "ഗണനി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ഈമെയില്‍ ക്ലയന്റ് ലഭ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "മെയില്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "വെബ് ബ്രൌസര്‍ ലഭ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "ആസ്ഥാന ഫോള്‍ഡര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "എക്സ്പ്ലോറര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ഒന്നാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "രണ്ടാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "മൂന്നാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "നാലാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറ ഇടത്തേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറ വലത്തേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറ മുകളിലേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറ താഴേക്കു് ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ഒന്നാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "രണ്ടാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "മൂന്നാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "നാലാം പണിയറയിലേക്കു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "ഇടത്തുള്ള പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "വലത്തുള്ള പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "മുകളിലുള്ള പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "താഴേക്കുള്ള പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ട് എടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "ജാലകത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ട് എടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "സ്ഥലത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ട് എടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "ക്ലിപ്പ്ബോര്‍ഡിലേക്കു് സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ട് പകര്‍ത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍കാസ്റ്റ് റിക്കോര്‍ഡ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദവും മീഡിയയും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "ഓഡിയോ മീഡിയാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "പുറത്തെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "സിസ്റ്റം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "കമാന്‍ഡ് പ്രോപ്റ്റ് കാണിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "എല്ലാ പ്രയോഗങ്ങളും കാണിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്യല്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "വലുതാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "ചെറുതാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "വിന്‍ഡോസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "ജാലകം വലുതാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "ജാലകം വീണ്ടെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "ജാലകം അടയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "ജാലകം അദൃശ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "ജാലകം നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "ജാലകത്തിന്റെ വലിപ്പം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "സ്ഥലവും ഭാഷയും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "ഏപ്രില്‍ ഗോണ്‍സാല്‍വസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "പണിയിട പശ്ചാത്തലം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "സംഗീതവും പ്ലേയറുകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "ചിത്രങ്ങളും ഡിജിറ്റല്‍ ക്യാമറകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "വീഡിയോകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "വീഡിയോകളും വീഡിയോ ക്യാമറകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "കൂടുതല്‍ സഹായം ലഭ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് മൌസുകള്‍ പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "മൌസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "സാധാരണ മൌസ് പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "സാധാരണ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "മൌസ് സൂചനകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "സൂചനകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "സൂചനകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "സിന്ദു എസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "രീതി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "ആവശ്യമുള്ള ഫയല്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "ചവറ്റുകുട്ട"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "അടയാളക്കുറിപ്പു് വെട്ടി നീക്കുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "അടയാളക്കുറിപ്പിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ സര്‍വറിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "സര്‍വര്‍ തരങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "എസ്എസ്എച്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "എഫ്‌ടിപി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "പബ്ലിക്ക് എഫ്‌ടിപി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ വിശേഷതകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "അടിസ്ഥാന വിശേഷതകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "പേര്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "ഉള്ളടക്കം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "വലിപ്പം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "സ്ഥാനം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "വോള്യം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "ഫയല്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ഫയലുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ഫോള്‍ഡറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "ഒന്നുമില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "ഉടമസ്ഥന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "ഗ്രൂപ്പ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "അനുമതികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "എംഐഎംഇ തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "ഉബുന്ദു വിവരണക്കുറിപ്പു് കൂട്ടം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "വെബ് ബ്രൌസറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "ഈമെയിലും ഈമെയില്‍ സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ ഐപി കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> "
++"സന്ദര്‍ശിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "പോര്‍ട്ട്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "വിശദീകരണം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, അവാഹി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "ഫ്ലാഷ് പ്ലഗിന്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "ലൈറ്റ്സ്പാര്‍ക്ക്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "നാഷ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "സില്‍വര്‍ലൈറ്റ് പ്ലഗിന്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് മാക്ക് വിലാസം?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ സ്വയമായി സജ്ജമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ സ്വയമായി സജ്ജമാക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ചിഹ്നത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"<gui>നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് സജ്ജീകരിയ്ക്കേണ്ട നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍ "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു്<gui>ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക. ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, "
++"കേബിള്‍ വഴി നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ലഭ്യമാക്കണമെങ്കില്‍,  <gui>വയര്‍ഡ്</gui> കാണുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കാര്‍ഡ് ഓണ്‍ ആണു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കേബിള്‍ "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലേക്കു് ഘടിപ്പിച്ചിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക. "
++"ഇവയിലൊന്നില്ലായെങ്കില്‍, <gui>ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുക</gui> ലഭ്യമാകുന്നതല്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> റ്റാബിലേക്കു് പോയി, <gui>രീതി</gui> "
++"എന്നതു്<gui>മാനുവല്‍</gui> ആയി മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++"ഈ മൂന്നു് വിലാസങ്ങളും ഐപി വിലാസങ്ങളായിരിയ്ക്കണം; അതായതു്, ഇവയില്‍ പീരിയഡ് "
++"ഉപയോഗിച്ച് വേര്‍തിരിച്ച നാലു് അക്ഷരങ്ങളുടെ ഭാഗമുണ്ടായിരിയ്ക്കണം (ഉദാ. 123.45."
++"6.78)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++"രഹസ്യവാക്ക് പോലുള്ള സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷനില്‍ "
++"സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നതു്, കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന എല്ലാവര്‍ക്കും ഇതിലേക്കു് "
++"കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++"മറ്റു് ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമായില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കിയ നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലൂടെ മറ്റു് "
++"ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ലഭ്യമാകുന്നില്ലെങ്കില്‍, ദയവായി സജ്ജീകരണ "
++"വിവരണങ്ങള്‍ ശരിയാണോ എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക. ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് കണക്ഷനു് "
++"ശരിയായ വയര്‍ലസ്സ് സുരക്ഷ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കിയില്ലെങ്കില്‍ കണക്ഷന്‍ "
++"ലഭ്യമാകുയയില്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++"കൂടുതല്‍ വിവരങ്ങളുടെ ആവശ്യമില്ലാതെ മറ്റു് ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് നിങ്ങളുടെ "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലൂള്ള കണക്ഷന്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++"മറ്റു് ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷനുകളില്‍ മാറ്റം വരുത്തുവാന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമല്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"കണക്ഷനില്‍ മാറ്റം വരുത്തുന്നതിനു് അഡ്മിന്‍ രഹസ്യവാക്കിന്റെ ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷനുകളുടെ "
++"പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ പരിഹരിയ്ക്കുക</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">വൈഫൈ "
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണ്ടുപിയിയ്ക്കുന്നു</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "പ്രോക്സി സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ നിര്‍വചിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് പ്രോക്സി?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "പ്രോക്സി രീതി മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++"താഴെ പറഞ്ഞിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന പ്രോക്സി രീതികളില്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് ആവശ്യമുള്ളതു് "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "ഓട്ടോമാറ്റിക്ക്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr "ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍ ആവശ്യമായ വിവരങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "സ്റ്റീവന്‍ റിച്ചാര്‍ഡ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">ആന്റിവൈറസ് സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-firewall-on-off\">അടിസ്ഥാന ഫയര്‍വോളുകള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ഒരേ സമയത്തു് അനവധി ഡൌണ്‍ലോഡുകള്‍</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">അസ്ഥിരമായ കണക്ഷന്‍</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">വെബ് ബ്രൌസറില്‍ ഒരു തകരാര്‍</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റിലൂടെ ഒരു ലോക്കല്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ "
++"വിപിഎന്‍ അനുവദിയ്ക്കുന്നു. ഒരു വിപിഎന്‍ കണക്ഷന്‍ എങ്ങനെ സജ്ജമാക്കണം എന്നു് "
++"കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "വിപിഎനിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr "ഇങ്ങനെ, നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് വിപിഎന്‍ കണക്ഷന്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കാം:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"വലത്തുള്ള പട്ടികയില്‍, ഒരു പുതിയ കണക്ഷന്‍ ചേര്‍ക്കുന്നതിനായി <gui>+</gui> "
++"ബട്ടണ്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇന്റര്‍ഫെയിസ് പട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും <gui>വിപിഎന്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു്,  "
++"<gui>തയ്യാറാക്കുക…</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ചേര്‍ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കാവശ്യമായ വിപിഎന്‍ കണക്ഷന്‍ "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"വിപിഎനില്‍ നിന്നും കണക്ഷന്‍ വിഛേദിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്, മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള "
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ചിഹ്നത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു്, നിങ്ങളുടെ വിപിഎന്‍ "
++"കണക്ഷനടുത്തുള്ള <gui>വിഛേദിയ്ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലേക്കുള്ള ഒരു ഫോണ്‍ നംബറായി ഐപി വിലാസത്തിനെ കാണാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് ഐപി വിലാസം?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++"\"ഐപി വിലാസം\" എന്നാല്‍ <em>ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് പ്രോട്ടോക്കോള്‍ അഡ്രസ്സ്</em>. ഒരു "
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് (ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ്) കണക്ട് "
++"ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന ഓരോ ഡിവൈസിനും ഒരു ഐപി വിലാസമുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ഡ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷനുകള്‍ക്കു്, ഒരു നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കേബിള്‍ പ്ലഗ് "
++"ചെയ്യേണ്ടതാകുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ഡ് (ഇഥര്‍നെറ്റ്) നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">വയര്‍ഡ് ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് കണക്ഷനുകള്‍</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">സ്ഥിരമായ ഐപി വിലാസങ്ങള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ഡ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിങ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് ഹോട്ട്സ്പോട്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "ഇടത്തുള്ള <gui>വയര്‍ലസ്സ്</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>ഹോട്ട്സ്പോട്ടായി ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക</gui> ബട്ടണ്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ തുറന്നു്, എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ് ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക (എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ്)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ്</gui> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക. വീണ്ടും എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ് ഓഫ് "
++"ചെയ്യുന്നതു് വരെ ഈ സജ്ജീകരണം നിങ്ങളുടെ വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുന്നു. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ്</em> ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുന്നതു് വയര്‍ലെസ്സ്, ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് "
++"കണക്ഷനുകള്‍ പൂര്‍ണ്ണമായി ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിനു് രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കിയിട്ടുണ്ടെങ്കില്‍ (<link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">എന്‍ക്രിപ്ഷന്‍ കീ</link>), ആവശ്യപ്പെടുമ്പോള്‍ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് "
++"നല്‍കി <gui>കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍ പൂര്‍ണ്ണമായി സ്ഥാപിച്ചിട്ടില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr "അസ്ഥിരമായ വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍/ഡ്രൈവറുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "തിരക്കുള്ള വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‍വര്‍ക്കുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ചിട്ടപ്പെടുത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr "എല്ലാ ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കും ലഭ്യം / സ്വയമായി കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "സ്വയമായി കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++"ഈ വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ലഭ്യമാകുമ്പോഴെല്ലാം ഇതിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് "
++"ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ശ്രമിയ്ക്കണമെങ്കില്‍ ഈ ഐച്ഛികം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "എല്ലാ ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കും ലഭ്യം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇതു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തെങ്കില്‍, ഈ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിനുള്ള സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങളില്‍ മാറ്റം "
++"വരുത്തുന്നതിനു്, <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റര്‍</"
++"link>  ആകേണ്ടതുണ്ടു്. ഇതിനായി അഡ്മിന്‍ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കേണ്ടതുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "എസ്എസ്ഐഡി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "മോഡ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "ബിഎസ്എസ്ഐഡി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "ഡിവൈസ് മാക് വിലാസം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കാര്‍ഡിന്റെ മാക് വിലാസം മാറ്റുന്നതിനു് ഈ ഐച്ഛികം "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "ക്ലോണ്‍ ചെയ്ത മാക് വിലാസം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "എംടിസു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് സുരക്ഷ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "സുരക്ഷ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "ഈ രീതികള്‍ ലഭ്യമാണു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "ഓട്ടോമാറ്റിക്ക് (ഡിഎച്സിപി)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "പട്ടികയില്‍ വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ലഭ്യമല്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "അദൃശ്യമായ വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr "ഇടത്തുള്ള പട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും <gui>വയര്‍ലെസ്സ്</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++"ശരിയായ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കിയെങ്കിലും നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്ക് കണക്ട് "
++"ചെയ്യുന്നില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "ശരിയായ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കിയെന്നു് ഉറപ്പു് വരുത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് കാര്‍ഡ് ഓഫ് ചെയ്തു് വീണ്ടും ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തു് നോക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++"ശരിയായ തരത്തിലുള്ള വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് സുരക്ഷ സംവിധാനം ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നു "
++"എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് കാര്‍ഡിനു് പൂര്‍ണ്ണ പിന്തുണ ലഭ്യമെന്നുറപ്പിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr "ഉബുന്ദു വിവരണക്കുറിപ്പു് വിക്കി സംഭാവനക്കാര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്ന ഡിവൈസ് ഡ്രൈവറുകള്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്തെന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++"പിന്തുണയ്ക്കുന്ന ഡിവൈസുകളുടെ പട്ടികയില്‍ വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് അഡാപ്ടര്‍ ഉണ്ടോ "
++"എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ടെര്‍മിനലില്‍ <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കുക. ഇതിന്റെ ഫലം പിശക് "
++"സന്ദേശമാണെങ്കില്‍, <app>lshw</app> പ്രോഗ്രാം ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "പിസിഐ (ആന്തരിക) വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് അഡാപ്ടര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "ടെര്‍മിനലില്‍, <cmd>lspci</cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണ്ട്രോളര്‍: ഇന്റല്‍ കോര്‍പറേഷന്‍ പിആര്‍ഒ/വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് "
++"3945ABG [Golan] നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "യുഎസ്ബി വയര്‍ലസ്സ് അഡാപ്ടര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "ടെര്‍മിനലില്‍, <cmd>lsusb</cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"ബസ് 005 ഡിവൈസ് 009: ID 12d1:140b ഹുവാവേയ് ടെക്നോളജീസ് കോ., ലി. EC1260 "
++"വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് ഡേറ്റാ മോഡം എച്എസ്ഡി യുഎസ്ബി കാര്‍ഡ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "പിസിഎംസിഐഎ ഡിവൈസിനായി പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് അഡാപ്ടര്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ പ്ലഗിന്‍ <em>ചെയ്യാതെ</em> "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ആരംഭിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "ടെര്‍മിനലില്‍, താഴെ പറഞ്ഞിരിയ്ക്കുന്നതു് ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ക്കുള്ള പാക്കേജിങ് നിര്‍ദ്ദേശങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലസ്സ് അഡാപ്ടറിനുള്ള ഡ്രൈവറുകള്‍ അടങ്ങുന്ന ഡിസ്ക് (വിന്‍ഡോസ് ഡ്രൈവറുകള്‍ "
++"മാത്രമുള്ളെങ്കിലും)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "പ്രാരംഭ കണക്ഷന്‍ പരിശോധന നടപ്പിലാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"ലാപ്‌ടോപ്പ് <em>വയര്‍ഡ്</em> ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് കണക്ഷിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് "
++"ചെയ്തിട്ടില്ലെന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിന്റെ ചിഹ്നത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>വയര്‍ലസ്സ്</gui> ഓണ്‍ "
++"ചെയ്യുക. ഒപ്പം <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ മോഡ് "
++"സ്വിച്ച് ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തിട്ടില്ല</link> എന്നും ഉറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "ടെര്‍മിനലില്‍, <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷനുകളുടെ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ തിരിച്ചറിഞ്ഞു് അവ പരിഹരിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിനു് ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള നടപടികള്‍:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "പ്രാരംഭ പരിശോധന നടപ്പിലാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ ശേഖരിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍ പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് റൌട്ടറിലേക്കു് ഒരു കണക്ഷന്‍ തയ്യാറാക്കുവാനുള്ള ശ്രമം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "നിങ്ങളുടെ മോഡം, റൌട്ടര്‍ എന്നിവയുടെ പരിശോധന"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇതിനായി, താളിന്റെ വലത്തു് മുകളിലുള്ള <em>അടുത്തതു്</em> എന്നതില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് "
++"ചെയ്യുക. ഇത്തരം കണ്ണികള്‍ നിങ്ങളെ ഗൈഡിലുള്ള ഓരോ നടപടിയിലൂടെ പോകുവാന്‍ "
++"സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "കമാന്‍ഡ് ലൈന്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കുകളില്‍ ഡേറ്റാ എന്‍ക്രിപ്റ്റ് ചെയ്യുന്ന രീതികളാണു് "
++"ഡബ്ല്യൂഇപി, ഡബ്ല്യൂപിഎ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് ഡബ്ല്യൂഇപി, ഡബ്ല്യൂപിഎ ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">വൈഫൈലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">അദൃശ്യമായ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കുകള്‍</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-editcon\">കണക്ഷന്‍ സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ ചിട്ടപ്പെടുത്തുക</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">വിഛേദിയ്ക്കുന്നു</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിങ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">വയര്‍ലസ്സ്</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">വയര്‍ഡ്</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">കണക്ഷന്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">വെബ് ബ്രൌസിങ്</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"email\">ഈമെയില്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിങ്, വെബ്, ഈമെയിലും ചാറ്റും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "കണക്കുകൂട്ടിയ ബാട്ടറി ചാര്‍ജ് തെറ്റാണു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ പവര്‍ ഉപയോഗം കുറയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള നിര്‍ദ്ദേശങ്ങള്‍."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "പവര്‍ കുറച്ചു് ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് ബാട്ടറി മെച്ചപ്പെടുത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "പൊതു നിര്‍ദ്ദേശങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്ററുകള്‍, സ്കാനറുകള്‍ പോലുള്ള ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാത്തപ്പോള്‍ അവ ഓഫ് "
++"ചെയ്തു് വയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr "ലാപ്‌ടോപ്പുകള്‍, നെറ്റ്ബുക്കുകള്‍, ബാട്ടറിയുള്ള മറ്റു് ഡിവൈസുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++"മിക്ക ലാപ്‌ടോപ്പുകളിലുടെ കീബോര്‍ഡില്‍ തെളിച്ചം കുറയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള "
++"ബട്ടണുകളുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇന്റര്‍നെറ്റ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ആവശ്യമില്ലാത്തപ്പോള്‍ വയര്‍ലസ്സ്/ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് കാര്‍ഡ് "
++"ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക. റേഡിയോ വേവുകളുടെ സംപ്രേക്ഷണം വഴിയാണു് ഈ ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ "
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്നതു്, ഇതിനു് അല്‍പം പവര്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "കൂടുതല്‍ സങ്കീര്‍ണ്ണമായ സൂചനകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"ബാട്ടറി പവറില്‍ പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍, സജ്ജീകരണം മാറ്റുന്നതിനു്, ഈ "
++"കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"എസി പവറില്‍ പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍, സജ്ജീകരണം മാറ്റുന്നതിനു്, ഈ കമാന്‍ഡ് "
++"നല്‍കുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "ലാപ്‌ടോപ്പ് ഫാന്‍ എപ്പോഴും പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തി "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ <gui>ഡാഷില്‍</gui> <input>terminal</input> തെരഞ്ഞു് "
++"<app>ടെര്‍മിനല്‍</app> തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങള്‍</gui> എന്നതില്‍ <input>terminal</input> തെരഞ്ഞു് "
++"<app>ടെര്‍മിനല്‍</app> തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "റൂട്ടായി ടര്‍മിനലില്‍ <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഓഫ് ആയശേഷം അതു് സ്വിച്ച് ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക. "
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തനത്തിലുണ്ടായിരുന്ന പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ തുറന്നുവോ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ പെട്ടെന്നു് ചൂടാകുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</"
++"gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക്</gui> തുറന്നു് <gui>വയര്‍ലസ്സ്</gui> റ്റാബ് "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് ഓഫ് ചെയ്തു് അതു് വീണ്ടും ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++"വയര്‍ലസ്സ് ഇപ്പോഴും പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ലെങ്കില്‍, <gui>എയര്‍പ്ലെയിന്‍ "
++"മോഡ്</gui> സ്വിച്ച് ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തു് ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇതു് പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ലെങ്കില്‍, കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്തു് ഓണ്‍ "
++"ചെയ്യുക. ഇതു് വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ഓണ്‍ ആക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++"പവര്‍ കേബിളുകള്‍ മാറ്റുമ്പോള്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ട്രാവല്‍ അഡാപ്ടര്‍ "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍ പ്രത്യേക ശ്രദ്ധിയ്ക്കുക. ആദ്യം എല്ലാം സ്വിച്ച് ഓഫ് "
++"ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++"തല്‍ക്കാലത്തേക്കു് നിര്‍ത്തുന്നതിനു് മുമ്പു് എപ്പോഴും "
++"ചെയ്തുകൊണ്ടിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന പണികള്‍ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr "ലൂസായ കേബിളുകളും ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയര്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങളും കാരണമാകാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഓണാകില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യുട്ടര്‍ ഓണാകാതിരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് അനേകം കാരണങ്ങളുണ്ടാകാം. സാധ്യമായ "
++"കാരണങ്ങള്‍ താഴെ വിശഗീകരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ പ്ലഗിന്‍ ചെയ്തിട്ടില്ല, കാലി ബാട്ടറി അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ലൂസ് കേബിള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഹാര്‍ഡ്‌വെയറിലുള്ള തകരാര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ബീപ്പ് ചെയ്തു് സ്വിച്ച് ഓഫാകുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"ആദ്യം പരിശോധിയ്ക്കേണ്ടതു് മോണിറ്റര്‍ പ്ലഗിന്‍ ചെയ്തു് ഓണ്‍ ആണോ എന്നാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "നാതാലിയാ റൂസ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">താല്‍ക്കാലികമായി നിര്‍ത്തുക</link>, <link xref="
++"\"shell-exit#shutdown\">പവര്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
++"whydim\">സ്ക്രീന്‍ തെളിച്ചം കുറയ്ക്കുക</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "പവറും ബാട്ടറിയും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "പവര്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "പവര്‍, ബാട്ടറികളിലുള്ള പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ പരിഹരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "പ്രദര്‍ശനവും സ്ക്രീനും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">ഭാഷ</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">സ്ഥലവും ശൈലിയും</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">കീബോര്‍ഡ് "
++"ശൈലികള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">കീബോര്‍ഡ്</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">മൌസ്</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">പ്രദര്‍ശനം</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">ഭാഷകള്‍</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">ഉപയോക്തൃ "
++"അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്താവു്, സിസ്റ്റം സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++"പേപ്പറിന്റെ ഇരുവശത്തും അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഒരു ഷീറ്റില്‍ ഒന്നില്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ "
++"താളുകളില്‍ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "ഒരു ഷീറ്റിന്റെ ഇരുവശത്തും പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്: "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ഫയല്‍</gui><gui>പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui></guiseq> ക്ലിക്ക് "
++"ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "ഉദാഹരണങ്ങള്‍:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "4 താളുള്ള ലഘുലേഖ: <input>4,1,2,3</input> തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "8 താളുള്ള ലഘുലേഖ: <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"20 താളുള്ള ലഘുലേഖ:<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</"
++"input> തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>താള്‍ സജ്ജീകരണം</gui> റ്റാബിലേക്കു് പോകുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>സാധാരണ</gui> റ്റാബ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>പരിധി</em>യില്‍,  <gui>താളുകള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…എല്ലാ താളുകളും ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്യുന്നതു് വരെ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr "12 താളുള്ള ലഘുലേഖ: <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"16 താളുള്ള ലഘുലേഖ: <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> തരം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>താള്‍ സജ്ജീകരണം</gui> റ്റാബ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "ഒരു ലഘുലേഖ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "പിഡിഎഫില്‍ നിന്നു് ലഘുലേഖ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "ജാനാ സ്വറോവാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "ഒരു പ്രിന്റ് റദ്ദാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "ഒരു പ്രിന്റ് എങ്ങനെ റദ്ദാക്കാം:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>പ്രിന്ററുകള്‍</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുമ്പോള്‍ പോപ്പറിന്റെ വലിപ്പം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ഫയല്‍</gui><gui>പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui></guiseq> ക്ലിക്ക് "
++"ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>താള്‍ സജ്ജീകരണം</gui> റ്റാബ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++"രേഖ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു് <gui>പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "പോട്രെയിറ്റ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "ലാന്‍ഡ്സ്കേപ്പ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "തിരിച്ചുള്ള പോര്‍ട്രെയിറ്റ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "തിരിച്ചുള്ള ലാന്‍ഡ്സ്കേപ്പ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "കവറുകളും ലേബലുകളും പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്ററര്‍ കാട്രിഡ്ജില്‍ ബാക്കിയുള്ള മഷി അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ടോണര്‍ പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ മഷി/ടോണര്‍ അവസ്ഥ എങ്ങനെ പരിശോധിയ്ക്കാം?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജീകരണത്തിലുള്ള പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജീകരണത്തില്‍ പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റുന്നതിനു് സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ "
++"അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റീവ് അനുമതികള്‍ ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരു് മാറ്റുന്നതിനുള്ള നടപടി ക്രമങ്ങള്‍:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ വലത്തുള്ള <key>പൂട്ടു് തുറക്കുക</key> എന്ന ബട്ടണ്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു്, പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ പേരില്‍ മാറ്റം വരുത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "മാറ്റങ്ങള്‍ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് <key>Enter</key> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ സ്ഥലം മാറ്റുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ഥലത്തു് ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു്, പ്രിന്ററിന്റെ സ്ഥലത്തില്‍ മാറ്റം വരുത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "താളുകള്‍ മറ്റൊരു ക്രമത്തില്‍ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "ക്രമം തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "ചില താളുകള്‍ മാത്രം പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "ചില താളുകള്‍ മാത്രം പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, 1,3,5,6,7,9  എന്നീ താളുകള്‍ പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്, "
++"<gui>താളുകള്‍</gui> എന്ന ബോക്സില്‍ \"1,3,5-7,9\" നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr "ഏറ്റവും കൂടുതല്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന പ്രിന്റര്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "സ്വതവേയുള്ള പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നില്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ പ്രിന്റര്‍ ലഭ്യമാണെങ്കില്‍, നിങ്ങള്‍ എപ്പോഴും "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ സാധ്യതയുള്ള പ്രിന്റര്‍ സ്വതവേയുള്ളതായി തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്വതവേയുള്ള പ്രിന്ററായി സജ്ജമാക്കുന്നതിനു് അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റീവ് അനുമതികള്‍ "
++"ആവശ്യമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++"ലഭ്യമായ പ്രിന്ററുകളില്‍ നിന്നും ആവശ്യമായ പ്രിന്റര്‍ സ്വതവേയുള്ളതായി "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ വലത്തുള്ള <gui>പൂട്ടു് തുറക്കുക</gui> എന്ന ബട്ടണ്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്വതവേ</gui>യുശ്ശ ഐച്ഛികം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "സിസ്റ്റത്തില്‍ പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജാക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റര്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തന്നു് ഉറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്വയമായി പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജമല്ലെങ്കില്‍, നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കതു് പ്രിന്റര്‍ "
++"സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങളിലേക്കു് ചേര്‍ക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ബട്ടണില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"പോപ്പ്-അപ്പ് ജാലകത്തില്‍, പുതിയ പ്രിന്റര്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക. <gui>ചേര്‍ക്കുക</"
++"gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രിന്റര്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്ത ശേഷം, <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\">സ്വതവേയുള്ള പ്രിന്ററായി മാറ്റുക</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "തെറ്റായ നിറങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ഒരു ഫയലിലേക്കു് പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> റ്റാബില്‍, <gui>പ്രിന്റര്‍rinter</gui> "
++"എന്നതില്‍ നിന്നും <gui>ഫയലിലേക്കു് പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++"ഫയല്‍ സൂക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് <gui style=\"button\">പ്രിന്റ് ചെയ്യുക</gui> "
++"അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "സജ്ജീകരണം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റര്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "വലിപ്പവും ശൈലികളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "അനവധി പോപ്പര്‍ വലിപ്പവും ശൈലിയും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "പ്രിന്റര്‍ പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "സ്വകാര്യ സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടിയ അവസ്ഥയില്‍ അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍ കാണിയ്ക്കരുതു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍ അദൃശ്യമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടിയ അവസ്ഥയില്‍ അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട</gui>യില്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> <gui>സ്വകാര്യത</gui><gui>സ്ക്രീന്‍ "
++"പൂട്ടുക</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍ കാണിയ്ക്കുക</gui> <gui>ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">സജ്ജീരണങ്ങള്‍</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">സ്വകാര്യത</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">ഉപയോഗവും നാള്‍വഴിയും</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരു് അദൃശ്യമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്വതവേ, നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരു് <gui>മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട</gui>യില്‍ കാണാം. നിങ്ങളുടെ "
++"സ്വകാര്യത സംരക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് ഇതു് അദൃശ്യമാക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരു് <gui>മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട</gui>യില്‍ നിന്നും അദൃശ്യമാക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++" "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ചവറ്റുകുറ്റയും താല്‍ക്കാലിക ഫയലുകളും എപ്പോള്‍ വെടിപ്പാക്കണമെന്നു് "
++"സജ്ജമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയും താല്‍ക്കാലിക ഫയലുകളും വെടിപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട</gui>യില്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു് <gui>സ്വകാര്യത</gui> "
++"പ്രതിരൂപത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ചവറ്റുകുട്ടയും താല്‍ക്കാലിക ഫയലുകളും വെടിപ്പാക്കുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>അടയ്ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതില്‍ നിന്നും തടയുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "സ്വയമായി സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടിയാലും, നിങ്ങളുടെ പ്രയോഗങ്ങളും സിസ്റ്റം പ്രക്രിയകളും "
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തനം തുടരുന്നു. ഇവ വീണ്ടും ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ക്രീന്‍ സ്വയമായി എത്ര സമയത്തിനുള്ളില്‍ പൂട്ടണം എന്നു് സജ്ജമാക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>സ്വകാര്യത</gui><gui>സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക</gui></guiseq> "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടും സ്ക്രീന്‍കാസ്റ്റും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടെടുക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ് കുറുക്കുവഴികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"പണിയിടത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടെടുക്കുന്നതിനു് <key>Prt Scrn</key> "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"ജാലകത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടെടുക്കുന്നതിനു് <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt "
++"Scrn</key></keyseq> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്ത സ്ഥലത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ടെടുക്കുന്നതിനു് <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "ഒരു സ്ക്രീന്‍കാസ്റ്റ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++"പൂര്‍ത്തിയാക്കിയ ശേഷം, റിക്കോര്‍ഡിങ് നിര്‍ത്തുന്നതിനു് <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> വീണ്ടും അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "വിരലടയാളം ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "ആവശ്യപ്പെടുമ്പോള്‍ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>സ്ഥലവും ഭാഷയും</gui> തുറന്നു് <gui>ശൈലികള്‍</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന ഭാഷ മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>സ്ഥലവും ഭാഷയും</gui> തുറന്നു് <gui>ഭാഷ</gui> റ്റാബ് ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ ഭാഷ മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">പ്രവേശന സ്ക്രീന്‍</gui> ബട്ടണ്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റവ് അനുമതികള്‍</link> "
++"ആവശ്യമാകുന്നു. നിങ്ങളുടെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റര്‍ "
++"അക്കൌണ്ടിനുള്ള രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "വളരെ പെട്ടെന്നു് സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"അല്‍പ നേരം കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ ഒരു പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയും ചെയ്തില്ലെങ്കില്‍, "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ സുരക്ഷിതയ്ക്കായി സ്ക്രീന്‍ സ്വയമായി പൂട്ടുന്നു. വീണ്ടും "
++"സ്ക്രീനിന്റെ പൂട്ടു് തുറന്നു് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് രഹസ്യവാക്ക് "
++"നല്‍കുക. പക്ഷേ വേഗത്തില്‍ സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുന്നതു് അല്‍പം "
++"അസ്വസ്ഥയുണ്ടാക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്വകാര്യത</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ട്</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ക്രീന്‍ സ്വയമായി പൂട്ടുന്നതു് നിര്‍ത്തുന്നതിനായി, <gui>സ്വയം സ്ക്രീന്‍ "
++"പൂട്ടുക</gui> ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"ബ്ലൂടൂത്തില്‍ പങ്കിടുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുന്ന ഫോള്‍ഡറുകളും ഡിവൈസുകളും സജ്ജമാക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് വഴി <file>പൊതു</file> ഫോള്‍ഡര്‍ പങ്കിടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് പങ്കിടല്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>പൊതു ഫോള്‍ഡര്‍ പങ്കിടുക</gui> <gui>ഓണ്‍</gui> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">അടയ്ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക. ബ്ലൂടൂത്ത് "
++"സജ്ജമാക്കിയ ഡിവൈസുകള്‍ക്കു് നിങ്ങളുടെ <file>പൊതു</file> ഫോള്‍ഡറിലുള്ള "
++"ഫയലുകള്‍ പങ്കിടുവാന്‍ സാധ്യമാകുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"<file>Downloads</file> ഫോള്‍ഡറിലുള്ള ഫയലുകള്‍ പങ്കിടുവാന്‍ അനുവദിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++"വിഎന്‍സി ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ പണിയിടത്തിലേക്കു് "
++"പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "പണിയിടം പങ്കിടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">വിനോ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുക</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>സ്ക്രീന്‍ പങ്കിടുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "എല്ലാ കണക്ഷനുകളും സ്വീകരിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "ഈ ഐച്ഛികം സ്വതവേ പ്രവര്‍ത്തന സജ്ജം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്ക് ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "സംഗീതം, ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍, വീഡിയോകള്‍ പങ്കിടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">റൈജല്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ "
++"ചെയ്യുക</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "ശോഭ ത്യാഗി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ആരംഭിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രയോഗം ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള മറ്റൊരു മാര്‍ഗ്ഗം - <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തി, പ്രയോഗത്തിനുള്ള <em>കമാന്‍ഡ് നാമം</em> "
++"നല്‍കി,‌ <key>Enter</key> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, <app>Rhythmbox</app> ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നതിനു്, <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തി, 'rhythmbox' (കോട്ട്സ് ഇല്ലാതെ) ടൈപ്പ് "
++"ചെയ്യുക. ഒരു പ്രോഗ്രാമിന്റെ പേരാണു് അതു് ലഭ്യമാക്കുവാനുള്ള കമാന്‍ഡ്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++"ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക, ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് മാറുക, ഇപ്രകാരം എങ്ങനെ ഒരു അക്കൌണ്ടില്‍ നിന്നും പുറത്തു് "
++"കടക്കാം എന്നു് അറിയുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "അലക്സാണ്ട്രേ‍ ഫ്രാങ്കി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക, പവര്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക, ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് മാറുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ ഉപയോഗം കഴിഞ്ഞാല്‍, അതു് ഓഫ് ചെയ്യാം, താല്‍ക്കാലികമായി "
++"നിര്‍ത്താം (ബാട്ടറി തീരാതിരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്), അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ പവര്‍ ഓണായി തന്നെ "
++"പുറത്തു് കടക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് "
++"മാറുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"മറ്റൊരു ഉപയോക്താവിനു് നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്, "
++"ഒന്നുകില്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് നിങ്ങളുടെ അക്കൌണ്ടില്‍ നിന്നും പുറത്തു് കടക്കാം "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ പുറത്തു് കടക്കാതെ തന്നെ മറ്റൊരു ഉപയോക്താവിലേക്കു് പോകാം. "
++"മറ്റൊരു ഉപയോക്താവിലേക്കു് പോകുമ്പോള്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങളെല്ലാം "
++"തുടരുന്നു, തിരികെ പ്രവേശിച്ചു് അവയില്‍ പണി തുടുരാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക</gui> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ <gui>ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് പോകുക</gui> ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്, മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ "
++"പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു്, ഉചിതമായ ഐച്ഛികം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുന്നതിനു്,  മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് "
++"ചെയ്തു് <gui>പൂട്ടുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടിയിരിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍, മറ്റു് ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് "
++"രഹസ്യവാക്കിനുള്ള സ്ക്രീനിലുള്ള <gui>മറ്റൊരു ഉപയോക്താവായി പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കുക</"
++"gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് അവരുടെ സ്വന്തം അക്കൌണ്ടിലേക്കു് പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കാം. അവരുടെ "
++"ആവശ്യം കഴിഞ്ഞു് തിരികെ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് പണിയിടത്തിലേക്കു് പോകാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "താല്‍ക്കാലികമായി നിര്‍ത്തുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "പവര്‍ ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ വീണ്ടും ആരംഭിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5="
++"'829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5="
++"'7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5="
++"'4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം ഷെല്ലിന്റെ മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങള്‍ ബട്ടണ്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ആരംഭിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനെപ്പറ്റി "
++"കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുക. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">ജാലകങ്ങള്‍, പണിയറകള്‍ എന്നിവയെപ്പറ്റി കൂടുതല്‍ "
++"അറിയുക. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr "കലണ്ടര്‍, സമയം, അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">കലണ്ടറും അപ്പോയിന്റ്മെന്റുകളേയുംപറ്റി കൂടുതല്‍ "
++"അറിയുക.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr "നിങ്ങളും കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്തൃ മെനു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലേക്കു് അനധികൃത പ്രവേശനം തടയുന്നതിനു് സ്ക്രീന്‍ "
++"പൂട്ടുവാന്‍ സാധ്യമാണു്. മെനുവില്‍ നിന്നും നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഓഫ് "
++"ചെയ്യാം അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ താല്‍ക്കാലികമായി നിര്‍ത്താം. മറ്റൊരു ഉപയോക്താവിനു് "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ആവശ്യമെങ്കില്‍ വേഗത്തില്‍ ആ ഉപയോക്താവിലേക്കു് മാറുവാനും "
++"സാധ്യമാണു്. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവില്‍ നിന്നും മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് മാറുക, "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ നിന്നും പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക, ഓഫ് ചെയ്യുക എന്നിവയെപ്പറ്റി "
++"കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുക.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുന്നതിനെപ്പറ്റി കൂടുതല്‍ "
++"അറിയുക.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങളുടെ പട്ടിക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">ഒരു ജാലകത്തില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് പോകുന്നതിനെപ്പറ്റി കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുക. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ് മുഖേന പണിയിടം ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ് കുറുക്കുവഴികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "പണിയിടത്തെപ്പറ്റി അറിയുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> കീ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "പ്രയോഗങ്ങളുടെ പട്ടിക കാണിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>, <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ഒരു പണിയറില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് പോകുന്നതെങ്ങനെയെന്നു് കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുക</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">നിലവിലുള്ള ജാലകം മറ്റൊരു "
++"പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">പുറത്തു് കടക്കുക</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">സ്ക്രീന്‍ പൂട്ടുക.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "പട്ടികയിലുള്ള എല്ലാ വസ്തുക്കളും തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്ത വസ്തു അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഇനങ്ങള്‍ ക്ലിപ്പ്ബോര്‍‍ഡിലേക്കു് പകര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "ക്ലിപ്പ്ബോര്‍ഡിലുള്ളവ ഒട്ടിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "ഏറ്റവും ഒടുവിലത്തെ പ്രവര്‍ത്തി വേണ്ടെന്നു് വയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">സ്ക്രീന്‍ ഷോട്ട് എടുക്കുക.</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ജാലകത്തിന്റെ സ്ക്രീന്‍ഷോട്ട് "
++"എടുക്കുക.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "പൂട്ടിയ സ്ക്രീന്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "തീയതിയും സമയവും, ചില അറിയിപ്പുകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറിയും നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് അവസ്ഥയും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "മറീനാ സുറാക്കിന്‍സ്ക്കായാ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr "അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍ അദൃശ്യമാക്കക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "പണിയിടം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">അവതരണം</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
++"shortcuts\">കീബോര്‍ഡ് കുറുക്കുവഴികള്‍</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">കലണ്ടര്‍</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr "പണിയിടം, പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍, ജാലകങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "പണിയിടം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "പ്രയോഗങ്ങളും ജാലകങ്ങളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "പ്രയോഗങ്ങളുടെ മെനു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ഡാഷ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "അറിയിപ്പുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "സ്ഥലങ്ങളുടെ മെനു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "പണിയറ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "പണിയറ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കല്‍ സംവിധാനം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "നഷ്ടമായ ജാലകം കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ നീക്കുകയും വ്യാപ്തി മാറ്റുകയും ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"കീബോര്‍ഡ് ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് മാത്രം ജാലകം നീക്കുക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ വ്യാപ്തി മാറ്റുക. "
++"ജാലകം നീക്കുന്നതിനു് <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ജാലകത്തിന്റെ വ്യാപ്തി മാറ്റുന്നതിനു് <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, ഇവയ്ക്കൊപ്പം ആരോ കീകളും ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക. ഇതു് "
++"പൂര്‍ത്തിയാക്കി <key>Enter</key> അമര്‍ത്തുക. പഴയ പോലെ ജാലകം "
++"ലഭിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് <key>Esc</key> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> അമര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "ഒരു ജാലകത്തില്‍‍ നിന്നും മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് മാറുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറയില്‍ നിന്നും:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങളും പണിയറകളും"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ പണിയറയില്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കാം. ഇവയെപ്പറ്റി കൂടുതല്‍ അറിയുന്നതിനു് "
++"ജാലകവും പണിയറയും സംബന്ധിച്ചുള്ള സഹായ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ കാണുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "പണിയറകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "പണിയറകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "ജാലകം മറ്റൊരു പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "മൌസ് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "സ്ക്രീനിന്റെ വലത്തു് ഭാഗത്തേക്കു് ജാലകം ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് വലിച്ചിടുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"കാലിയായ പണിയറയിലേക്കു് ജാലകം വലിച്ചിടുക. ഇപ്പോള്‍ ഈ പണിയറയില്‍ നിങ്ങള്ഡ "
++"വലിച്ചിട്ട ജാലകം ലഭ്യമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"നീക്കേണ്ട ജാലകം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക (ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key><key>റ്റാബ്</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">ഒരു ജാലകത്തില്‍ നിന്നും മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് പോകുന്നതിനുള്ള "
++"സംവിധാനം</em> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "പണിയറ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുന്ന സംവിധാനം ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "ഒരു പണിയറയില്‍ നിന്നും മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് മാറുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"പണിയിടത്തില്‍ ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള സംവിധാനമാണു് പണിയറകള്‍."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "പണിയറ എന്താണു്, ഇതിന്റെ പ്രയോജനമെന്താണു്?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"പണിയിടത്തില്‍ ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനും ഒരു ജാലകത്തില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് ആയാസത്തില്‍ നീങ്ങുന്നതിനുമുള്ള സംവിധാനമാണു് പണിയറകള്‍. "
++"സാങ്കല്‍പിക പണിയിടങ്ങളായി പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്ന അനേകം പണിയറകള്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് "
++"തയ്യാറാക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"പണിയിടത്തില്‍ ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനും ഒരു ജാലകത്തില്‍ നിന്നും "
++"മറ്റൊന്നിലേക്കു് ആയാസത്തില്‍ നീങ്ങുന്നതിനുമുള്ള സംവിധാനമാണു് പണിയറകള്‍. "
++"സാങ്കല്‍പിക പണിയിടങ്ങളായി പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്ന അനേകം പണിയറകള്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങള്‍ വെടിപ്പായി കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ പണിയറകുള്‍ "
++"സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു. ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, ഈമെയില്‍, ചാറ്റ് പ്രോഗ്രാമുകള്‍ പോലെയുള്ള "
++"എല്ലാ ആശയവിനിമയ പ്രയോഗങ്ങളുടെ ജാലകങ്ങള്‍ ഒരു പണിയറയില്‍, സംഗീതം, ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍ "
++"എന്നിവ മറ്റൊന്നില്‍, നിങ്ങളുടെ ജോലി സംബന്ധമായ കാര്യങ്ങള്‍ മറ്റൊരു പണിയറയില്‍."
++"."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "പണിയറകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒരു പണിയറ ചേര്‍ക്കുന്നതിനു്, നിലവിലുള്ളൊരു പണിയറയില്‍ നിന്നും ഒരു ജാലകം "
++"വലിച്ചു് <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">പണിയറ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുന്ന "
++"സംവിധാനത്തിലേക്കു്</link> കാലിയായ പണിയറയിലേക്കു് മാറ്റാം. നിങ്ങള്‍ "
++"വലിച്ചിട്ട ജാലകം ഈ പുതിയ പണിയറില്‍ കാണാം, ഒപ്പം ഇതിനു് താഴെ പുതിയൊരു കാലി "
++"പണിയറയും."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++"പണിയറ നീക്കം ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്, ഇതിലുള്ള എല്ലാ ജാലകങ്ങളും അടയ്ക്കുക "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഇവ മറ്റൊരു പണിയറയിലേക്കു് നീക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "എപ്പോഴും കുറഞ്ഞതു് ഒരു പണിയറയെങ്കിലും ഉണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++"അറിയിപ്പിനുള്ള ശബ്ദം തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കക അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ പ്രവര്‍ത്തന രഹിതമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ശബ്ദം</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++"ശബ്ദമില്ലായ്മ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ശബ്ലക്കുറവു് പോലുള്ള പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍ക്കുള്ള പരിഹാരം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദം സംബന്ധിച്ചുള്ള പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "ഓഡിയോ കേബിളുകളും സൌണ്ട് കാര്‍ഡ് ഡ്രൈവറുകളും പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "സ്പീക്കറുകള്‍ ശരിയായി കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിട്ടുണ്ടെന്നു് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "സ്പീക്കര്‍/ഹെഡ്ഫോണ്‍ കേബിളിനു് തകരാറില്ലെന്നു് ഉറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "ശബ്ദ ഡ്രൈവറുകള്‍ ശരിയെന്നു് ഉറപ്പു് വരുത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ സൌണ്ട് കാര്‍ഡിനെപ്പറ്റിയുള്ള കൂടുതല്‍ വിവരങ്ങള്‍ക്കായി <cmd>lspci</"
++"cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++"സ്പീക്കറുകള്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്തു് ശരിയായ കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "ശരിയായ ശബ്ദ ഡിവൈസ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു് എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ പട്ടയിലുള്ള ശബ്ദത്തിന്റെ ചിഹ്നത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>ശബ്ദ "
++"സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Output</gui> റ്റാബിലുള്ള <gui>കണക്ടര്‍</gui> മാറ്റുവാന്‍ ശ്രമിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "സൌണ്ട് കാര്‍ഡ് ശരിയായി കണ്ടുപിടിച്ചു് എന്നുറപ്പാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങള്‍</gui> എന്നതില്‍ പോയി പുതിയൊരു ടെര്‍മിനല്‍ തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd> കമാന്‍ഡ് നല്‍കി <key>Enter</key> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"അനലോഗ് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ യുഎസ്ബി മൈക്രോഫോണ്‍ ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് സ്വതവേയുള്ള ഇന്‍പുട്ട് "
++"ഡിവൈസ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "മറ്റൊരു മൈക്രോഫോണ്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"യുഎസ്ബി മൈക്രോഫോണ്‍ ഉണ്ടെങ്കില്‍, കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ഏതെങ്കിലും യുഎസ്ബി "
++"പോര്‍ട്ടിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുക. യുഎസ്ബി മൈക്രോഫോണുകള്‍ വേവ്വേറെ ഓഡിയോ "
++"ഡിവൈസുകളായി പ്രവര്‍ത്തിയ്ക്കുന്നു, സ്വതവേ ഏതു് മൈക്രോഫോണ്‍ "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കണമെന്നു് വ്യക്തമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "സ്വതവേയുള്ള ഓഡിയോ ഇന്‍പുട്ട് ഡിവൈസ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ശബ്ദം</gui> തുറന്നു്, <gui>ഇന്‍പുട്ട്</gui> റ്റാബ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++"സ്പീക്കറുകള്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഹെ‍ഡ്ഫോണുകള്‍ കണക്ട് ചെയ്തു്, സ്വതവേയുള്ള ഓഡിയോ "
++"ഔട്ട്പുട്ട് ഡിവൈസ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "പല സ്പീക്കറുകള്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഹെഡ്ഫോണുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ശബ്ദം</gui> തുറന്നു്, <gui>ഔട്ട്പുട്ട്</gui> റ്റാബ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "ഡിവൈസുകളുടെ പട്ടികയില്‍ നിന്നും ഡിവൈസിനെ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "ശബ്ദ വോള്യം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref= figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref= figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"പുറമേയുള്ള ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "മോണിക്ക കോച്ചോഫാര്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "ഗ്നോം ഷെല്ലിന്റെ മുകളിലുള്ള പട്ട"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr "ശബ്ദം വളരെ കൂടുതല്‍."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr "വോള്യം വളരെ കുറവാക്കിയിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr "നിശബ്ദമാക്കിയിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത് മാനേജര്‍ പ്രതിരൂപങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത് സജീവമാക്കിയിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr "ബ്ലൂടൂത് പ്രവര്‍ത്തന രഹിതമാക്കിയിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് മാനേജര്‍ പ്രതിരൂപങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>സെല്ലുലാര്‍ കണക്ഷന്‍</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "ഒരു ത്രീജി നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "ഒരു ഫോര്‍ജി നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "ഒരു എഡ്ജ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "ഒരു ജിപിആര്‍എസ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "ഒരു യുഎംടിഎസ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr "ഒരു സെല്ലുലാര്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr "ഒരു സെല്ലുലാര്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍ ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ലോക്കല്‍ ഏരിയാ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് (എല്‍എഎന്‍) കണക്ഷന്‍</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുന്നതില്‍ പിശകുണ്ടായിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് നിര്‍ജ്ജീവമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിനുള്ള റൂട്ട് ലഭ്യമായില്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് ഓഫ്‌ലൈനാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് ഡേറ്റാ ലഭ്യമാകുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>വിര്‍ച്ച്വല്‍ പ്രൈവറ്റ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് (വിപിഎന്‍) കണക്ഷന്‍</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr "ഒരു നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് കണക്ഷന്‍ ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr "ഒരു വിപിഎന്‍ നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>വയര്‍ഡ് കണക്ഷന്‍</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr "നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കില്‍ നിന്നും വിഛേദിച്ചിരിയ്ക്കന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr "ഒരു വയര്‍ഡ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷന്‍</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr "ഒരു വയര്‍ലസ്സ് കണക്ഷന്‍ ലഭ്യമാക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr "വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്ക് എന്‍ക്രിപ്റ്റ് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr "ഒരു വയര്‍ലസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കിലേക്കു് കണക്ട് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr "പവര്‍ മാനേജര്‍ പ്രതിരൂപങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി പൂര്‍ണ്ണമായി ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി പകുതി തീര്‍ന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി കുറവാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr "ശ്രദ്ധിയ്ക്കുക: ബാട്ടറി വളരെ കുറവാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി വളരെ കുറവാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr "ബാറ്ററി പൂര്‍ണ്ണ്മായി ചാര്‍ജായി."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി മുഴുവന്‍ ചാര്‍ജായി, ഇപ്പോഴും ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി പകുതി ചാര്‍ജായി, ഇപ്പോഴും ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി കുറവാണു്, ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി വളരെ കുറവാണു്, ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr "ബാട്ടറി കാലിയാണു്, ചാര്‍ജ് ചെയ്യുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr "പ്രത്യേക അക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍ നല്‍കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "അക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍ നല്‍കുന്നതിനുള്ള രീതികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "ക്യാരക്ടര്‍ മാപ്പ്"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "കോഡ് പോയിന്റുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "കീബോര്‍ഡ് ശൈലികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "ഇന്‍പുട്ട് രീതികള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr "തര്‍ജ്ജമ ചെയ്യുന്നതു് മെച്ചപ്പെടുത്തുന്നതിനു് സഹായിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++"തര്‍ജ്ജമ ചെയ്യേണ്ട <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/"
++"\">അനേകം ഭാഷകള്‍</link> ഇനിയുമുണ്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"തര്‍ജ്ജമ ചെയ്തു് തുടങ്ങന്നതിനു് നിങ്ങള്‍ ആദ്യമായി ചെയ്യേണ്ടതു് <link href="
++"\"http://l10n.gnome.org\">ഒരു അക്കൌണ്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക</link> എന്നതാണു്. "
++"ഇതിനു് ശേഷം, <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">മലയാളം ടീമില്‍</"
++"link> ചേരുക. ഇങ്ങനെ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് തര്‍ജ്ജമ ചെയ്ത ഫയലുകള്‍ വെര്‍ട്ടിമസില്‍ "
++"അപ്‌ലോഡ് ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">ഉപയോക്താവിനെ ചേര്‍ക്കുക</link> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ <link "
++"xref=\"user-addguest\">ഗസ്റ്റ് ഉപയോക്താവു്</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">രഹസ്യവാക്ക് മാറ്റുക</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്ററുകള്‍</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്തൃ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്തൃ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍ കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "ഉപയോക്താവിനുള്ള ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "ഒരു പുതിയ ഉപയോക്കൃ അക്കൌണ്ട് ചേര്‍ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍</gui> തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ചേര്‍ക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>മാറ്റുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "ഗസ്റ്റ് അക്കൌണ്ട് ചേര്‍ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "ഗസ്റ്റ് ഉപയോക്താവിനുള്ളൊരു അക്കൌണ്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr "അഡ്മിസിട്രേറ്റീവ് ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങള്ളവരെ മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr "ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങള്‍ മാറ്റേണ്ട ഉപയോക്താവിനെ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++"സിസ്റ്റം ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്ത സമയത്തു് തയ്യാറാക്കപ്പെട്ട ആദ്യത്തെ ഉപയോക്താൃ "
++"അക്കൌണ്ടിനു് അഡ്മിന്‍ ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങളുണ്ടു്. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒരു സിസ്റ്റത്തില്‍  <gui>അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റര്‍</gui> അനുമതികളുള്ള ഒറ്റ "
++"അക്കൌണ്ട് മാത്രമേ പാടുള്ളൂ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++"സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന ക്രമീകരണങ്ങള്‍ മാറ്റന്നതിനു് അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ "
++"ആവശ്യമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr "അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റീവ് അനുമതികള്‍ എങ്ങനെ സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>നിങ്ങള്‍ </em> തയ്യാറാക്കിയ ഫയലുകള്‍ക്കു് പുറമേ, സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ ശരിയായ "
++"പ്രവര്‍ത്തനത്തിനു് അനേകം ഫയലുകള്‍ ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്.  അനാവശ്യ മാറ്റങ്ങളില്‍ "
++"നിന്നും പ്രധാനപ്പെട്ട <em>സിസ്റ്റം ഫയലുകളും </em> ചില പ്രയോഗങ്ങളും "
++"സൂരക്ഷിതമാക്കുന്നതിനായി സ്വതവേ ഇവയില്‍ മാറ്റങ്ങള്‍ വരുത്തുവാന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമല്ലാത്ത രീതിയില്‍ സജ്ജമാക്കിയിരിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"അതായതു്, <em>അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്റിവ് അനുമതികള്‍ </em> ഉള്ള ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് "
++"മാത്രമേ ഫയലുകളില്‍ മാറ്റം വരുത്തുകയും പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുവാനും "
++"സാധ്യമാകൂ. സ്വതവേ, ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവിനു് അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ ലഭ്യമല്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++"ചില പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ "
++"ആവശ്യമാണു്. ഇവ ആവശ്യമുള്ള പ്രയോഗത്തിനു് രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കേണ്ടതാണു്. "
++"ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, ഒരു പുതിയ സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു്, "
++"സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോളറിനു് റൂട്ടിന്റെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കി "
++"സിസ്റ്റത്തിലേക്കു് ആ പ്രയോഗം ചേര്‍ക്കാം. ഇതിനു് ശേഷം, ഈ അനുമതി നഷ്ടമാകുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++"എല്ലാ ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കും അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ ഉണ്ടാകണമെന്നില്ല. പക്ഷേ, ഒരു "
++"സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വയര്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുന്നതിനു് ഇതു് അത്യന്താപേഷിതമാണു്. റൂട്ട് "
++"പോലുള്ള അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍ക്കു് സ്ഥിരമായ അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ ലഭ്യമാണു്. വളരെ "
++"സൂക്ഷിച്ചു് വേണം ഈ അനുമതികള്‍ കൈകാര്യം ചെയ്യുന്നതു്. പ്രധാനപ്പെട്ട സിസ്റ്റം "
++"ഫയല്‍ വരെ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് നഷ്ടമാകാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++"ചുരുക്കത്തില്‍, സിസ്റ്റത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാനപ്പെട്ട ഭാഗങ്ങളില്‍ മാറ്റം "
++"വരുത്തുന്നതിനാവശ്യമായവയാണു് അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "എന്താണു് \"സൂപ്പര്‍ യൂസര്‍\" ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"സാധാരണ ഉപയോക്താക്കളേക്കാള്‍ കൂടുതലായ അനുമതികളുള്ളതാനാല്‍ അഡ്മിന്‍ "
++"അനുമതികളുള്ള ഉപയോക്താവിനെ ഒരു <em>സൂപ്പര്‍ യൂസര്‍ </em> എന്നു് "
++"വിളിയ്ക്കുന്നു. താല്‍ക്കാലികമായി ഈ \"സൂപ്പര്‍ യൂസര്‍\" അനുമതികള്‍ "
++"ലഭിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് <cmd>su</cmd>, <cmd>sudo</cmd> എന്നീ പ്രോഗ്രാമുകള്‍ "
++"സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr "അഡ്മിന്‍ ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങളുടെ പ്രയോജനങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രധാനപ്പെട്ട മാറ്റങ്ങള്‍ സിസ്റ്റത്തില്‍ നടപ്പിലാക്കുന്നതിനു് മുമ്പു് "
++"ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍ക്കു് അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍  ആവശ്യമാണു്. അറിഞ്ഞോ അറിയാതെയോ "
++"ഉണ്ടാകുന്ന തകരാറുകളില്‍ നിന്നും ഇതു് സിസ്റ്റത്തെ സംരക്ഷിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുക എന്നിങ്ങനെയുള്ള കാര്യങ്ങള്‍ക്കായി നിങ്ങളെ "
++"അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍ സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr "അഡ്മിന്‍ പരിമിതികള്‍ ഉണ്ടാക്കുന്ന പ്രശ്നങ്ങള്‍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">അഡ്മിന്‍ അനുമതികള്‍</link> ഇല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"ചില പ്രശ്നങ്ങളുണ്ടാവാം. ഈ അനുമതികള്‍ ആവശ്യമായ പ്രവര്‍ത്തികള്‍:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++"നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കുകള്‍ അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ വയര്‍ലെസ്സ് നെറ്റ്‌വര്‍ക്കുകളിലേക്കു് "
++"കണക്ട് ചെയ്യുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "പുതിയ പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുമ്പോള്‍ സ്വയമായുള്ള പ്രവേശനം സജ്ജമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "സ്വയമായി പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍</app> എന്നതില്‍ നിന്നും <gui>ഉപയോക്താക്കള്‍</gui> പാനല്‍ "
++"തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++"ആരംഭത്തില്‍ തന്നെ സ്വയമായി പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കേണ്ട ഉപയോക്തൃ അക്കൌണ്ട് "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">പൂട്ട് തുറക്കുക</gui> അമര്‍ത്തി രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"അക്കൌണ്ട് തരം <em>Standard</em> ആണെങ്കില്‍, ഈ സജ്ജീകരണം മാറ്റുവാന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമല്ല. ഇതു് മാറ്റുന്നതിനു് സിസ്റ്റം അഡ്മിനിസ്ട്രേറ്ററുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെടുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"അക്കൌണ്ടിന്റെ സുരക്ഷ ഉറപ്പാക്കുന്നതിനു് ഇടയ്ക്കിടെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് മാറ്റുന്നതു് "
++"ഉചിതമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്ക് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr "നിങ്ങളുടെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് ഇടയ്ക്കിടെ മാറ്റുന്നതു് ഒരു നല്ല രീതിയാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>രഹസ്യവാക്ക്</gui> എന്നതിനടുത്തുള്ള ലേബലില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++"നിലവിലുള്ള രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കിയ ശേഷം പുതിയതു് ടെപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക. ഇതു് "
++"ശരിയെന്നുറപ്പാക്കുന്നതിനായി <gui>രഹസ്യവാക്ക് ഉറപ്പാക്കുക</gui> ഫീള്‍ഡില്‍ "
++"വീണ്ടും പുതിയ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ അക്കൌണ്ട് സുരക്ഷിതമാക്കുന്നതിനു്, ദയവായി <link xref=\"user-"
++"goodpassword\">ഒരു രഹസ്യവാക്ക് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr "കീറിങ് രഹസ്യവാക്ക് മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>പ്രവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങള്‍</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു്, <app>രഹസ്യവാക്കുകളും കീകകളും</"
++"app> എന്ന പ്രയോഗം തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>കാഴ്ച</gui> മെനുവില്‍, <gui>കീറിങ് ഉപയോഗിച്ചു്</gui> "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തെന്നുറപ്പാക്കി, <gui>ഏതെങ്കിലും കാണിയ്ക്കുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"വശത്തുള്ള പട്ടയില്‍, <gui>രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍</gui> ഐച്ഛികത്തിലുള്ള  "
++"<gui>പ്രവേശനത്തിനുള്ള കീറിങ്</gui> എന്നതില്‍ റൈറ്റ് ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"<gui>രഹസ്യവാക്ക് മാറ്റുക</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++"പഴയ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കി <gui>തുടരുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക. അതിനു് ശേഷം "
++"<gui>രണ്ടു് തവണ</gui> പുതിയ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കി അതുറപ്പാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>തുടരുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>രഹസ്യവാക്കുകളും കീകളും</app> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനു് <sys>seahorse</sys> "
++"പാക്കേജ് ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്തിരിയ്ക്കണം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">സീഹോഴ്സ് ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ "
++"ചെയ്യുക</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr "പ്രവേശന സ്ക്രീനുകളിലേക്കു് ചിത്രം ചേര്‍ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "നിങ്ങളുടെ ലോഗിന്‍ സ്ക്രീന്‍ ചിത്രം മാറ്റുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒരു ഉപയോക്താവായി പ്രവേശിയ്ക്കുമ്പോള്‍, ലോഗിന്‍ ചിത്രങ്ങളുള്ള ഉപയോക്താക്കളുടെ "
++"പട്ടിക കാണാം. കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ചിത്രങ്ങളില്‍ നിന്നും നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് "
++"ഇഷ്ടമുള്ളതു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കാം അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ വെബ്കാം ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് പുതിയൊരു "
++"ചിത്രമെടുത്തു് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ പേരിന്റെ അടുത്തുള്ള ചിത്രത്തില്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക. "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍ ഡ്രോപ്പ്-ഡൌണ്‍ ഗ്യാലറിയില്‍ കാണാം. ഇവയില്‍ "
++"ഏതെങ്കിലും ഇഷ്ടമായാല്‍ ഉപയോഗത്തിനായി തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ സിസ്റ്റത്തിലുള്ളൊരു ചിത്രം ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക. ഇതിനായി <gui>കൂടുതല്‍ "
++"ചിത്രങ്ങള്‍ തെരയുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++"വെബ്കാം ഉണ്ടെങ്കില്‍, <gui>ഒരു ചിത്രമെടുക്കുക</gui> ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് "
++"നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് പുതിയ ഒരു ലോഗിന്‍ ചിത്രമെടുക്കാം. ചതുരാകൃതിയിലുള്ള അതിരു് "
++"നീക്കിയും അതിന്റെ വലിപ്പം മാറ്റിയും ചിത്രത്തില്‍ ആവശ്യമില്ലാത്ത ഭാഗം നീക്കം "
++"ചെയ്യാം. എടുത്ത ചിത്രം ഇഷ്ടമായില്ലെങ്കില്‍ <gui>ചിത്രം ഉപേക്ഷിയ്ക്കുക</gui> "
++"ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് വീണ്ടും ശ്രമിയ്ക്കാം, അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ പ്രക്രിയ "
++"നിര്‍ത്തുന്നതിനു് <gui>റദ്ദാക്കുക</gui> അര്‍ത്തുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "ഉപയോഗത്തിലില്ലാത്ത ഉപയോക്താക്കളെ നീക്കം ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "ഒരു അക്കൌണ്ട് വെട്ടി നീക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നില്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം. എങ്ങനെയെന്നു് "
++"<link xref=\"user-add\"/> കണ്ടു് മനസ്സിലാക്കുക. നിങ്ങളുടെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ലെങ്കില്‍, അതിനുള്ള അക്കൌണ്ട് നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് വെട്ടി നീക്കാം."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"മുകളില്‍ വലത്തു് കോണിലുള്ള <gui>പൂട്ട് തുറക്കുക</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് "
++"മാറ്റം വരുത്തുന്നതിനായി രഹസ്യവാക്ക് നല്‍കുക. ഉപയോക്തൃ അക്കൌണ്ടുകള്‍ വെട്ടി "
++"നീക്കുന്നതിനു് റൂട്ട് ആയിരിയ്ക്കണം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് വെട്ടി നീക്കേണ്ട ഉപയോക്താവിനെ തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്തു് <gui style="
++"\"button\">-</gui> ബട്ടണ്‍ ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++"ഓരോ ഉപയോക്താവിന്റെ ഫയലുകള്‍ക്കും സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ക്കും സ്വന്തമായ ആസ്ഥാന "
++"(ഹോം)ഫോള്‍ഡറുണ്ടു്. ഈ ഫോള്‍ഡര്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കുചിതം പോലെ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുകയോ നീക്കം "
++"ചെയ്യുകയോ ആവാം. ഇതാവശ്യമില്ലെങ്കില്‍ <gui>Delete Files</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് "
++"ചെയ്തു് ഇതു് വെട്ടിക്കളയാം. ഇവ എന്നേക്കും ഇല്ലാതാകുന്നതിനാല്‍, വെട്ടി "
++"നീക്കുന്നതിനു് മുമ്പു് സിഡിയിലോ യുഎസ്ബിയിലോ ഈ ഫയലുകളുടെ ബാക്കപ്പെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "കഠിനവും നീളമുള്ളതുമായി രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "സുരക്ഷിതമായൊരു രഹസ്യവാക്ക് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് ലളിതവും മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് കഠിനവുമായ രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"ഉത്തമമായ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുന്നതു് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ സുരക്ഷിതത്വം "
++"കൂട്ടുന്നതോടൊപ്പം മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് അനായാസമായി കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലേക്കു് "
++"കടക്കുവാനുവാനുള്ള സാധ്യത കുറക്കുകയും ചെയ്യും."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"മനുഷ്യര്‍ക്കു് കഠിനമെന്നു് തോന്നാവുന്ന രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഭേദിയ്ക്കാവുന്ന "
++"പ്രോഗ്രാമുകള്‍ഉപയോഗിച്ചു് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ കടന്നുകൂടാന്‍ സാധ്യതയുണ്ടു്. "
++"അതുകൊണ്ടു് നല്ല രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുവാന്‍ സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്ന ചില "
++"സൂചനകള്‍:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++"വ്യത്യസ്ഥമായ അക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍, ചിഹ്നങ്ങള്‍, അക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍ തമ്മിലുള്ള അകലം എന്നീ "
++"തന്ത്രങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിച്ചുള്ള രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് അനായാസമായി "
++"ഊഹിച്ചെടുക്കുവാന്‍ പ്രയാസമുണ്ടാക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒരു വാചകത്തിലെ വാക്കുകളുടെ ആദ്യാക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍ ചേര്‍ത്തു് ഒരു നല്ല രഹസ്യവാക്ക് "
++"സൃഷ്ടിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും. ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, 'Flatland: A Romance of Many "
++"Dimensions\", ഈ വാചകത്തിലെ ആദ്യാക്ഷരങ്ങള്‍ ഉപയോഗിച്ചുള്ള രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ "
++"ഇങ്ങനെ സൃഷ്ടിയ്ക്കാം - F:ARoMD അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ faromd അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ f: aromd."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++"ദൈര്‍ഘ്യമുള്ള രഹസ്യവാക്കുകളാണു് അഭികാമ്യം. കാരണം, മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് "
++"ഇതൂഹിച്ചെടുക്കുവാന്‍  അത്ര എളുപ്പമല്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++"നിഘണ്ടുവിലെ വാക്കുകള്‍, പരിചിതമായ മറ്റു് ഭാഷാ വാക്കുകള്‍ എന്നിവ കഴിവതും "
++"ഒഴിവാക്കുക. കാരണം, അത്തരം വാക്കുകള്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ ഭേദനം മൂലം പെട്ടെന്നു് "
++"കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും. ഏറ്റവും കൂടുതല്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന "
++"രഹസ്യവാക്കായ \"password\" ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാതിരിയ്ക്കുക!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++"നംബര്‍ പ്ലേട്ട്, കുടുംബാംഗങ്ങളുടെ പേരുകള്‍ ജനന തീയതി എന്നിവ "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാതിരിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "പരിചിതമായ പേരുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കരുതു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++"പെട്ടെന്നു് ടൈപ്പ് ചെയ്യാവുന്ന രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക. കാരണം, ടൈപ്പ് "
++"ചെയ്യുന്നതു് ഒളിഞ്ഞു് നോക്കുന്നവര്‍ക്കു് പെട്ടെന്നു് നമ്മളുടെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക് "
++"മനസ്സിലാക്കുവാന്‍ കഴിയില്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ അലക്ഷ്യമായി കുറിച്ചിടരുതു്!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "ഓരോന്നിനും വ്യത്യസ്ഥമായ രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "ഓരോ അക്കൌണ്ടിനും വ്യത്യസ്ഥമായ രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++"എല്ലാ അക്കൌണ്ടുകളിലേക്കുമുള്ള നുഴഞ്ഞു് കയറ്റം തടയുവാനായി അക്കൌണ്ടു് "
++"വ്യത്യസ്ഥമായ രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നിലധികം രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ ഓര്‍ത്തിരിയ്ക്കുന്നതു് പ്രായോഗികമല്ലായിരിയ്ക്കാം. "
++"അതുകൊണ്ടു്, ഉപയോഗങ്ങളുടെ ഗൌരവ സ്വഭാവമനുസരിച്ചു് രഹസ്യവാക്കിനെ രണ്ടോ മൂന്നോ "
++"കൂട്ടമായി തരം തിരിയ്ക്കാം. വെബ്സൈറ്റ് പോലുള്ള ഗൌരവമല്ലാത്ത ഉപയോഗങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് "
++"ഒരു രഹസ്യവാക്ക്, ബാങ്ക് അക്കൌണ്ട് പോലുള്ള ഗൌരവമുള്ള ഉപയോഗങ്ങള്‍ക്കു് കഠിനമായ "
++"വേറെ രഹസ്യവാക്ക്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "രഹസ്യവാക്കുകള്‍ സ്ഥിരമായി മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നുകില്‍ ഡിവിഡി ശരിയായ മേഖലയില്‍ നിന്നുള്ളതല്ല അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഡിവിഡി "
++"വായിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ളപ്രോഗ്രാമുകള്‍ പൂര്‍ണ്ണമല്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "ഡിവിഡികള്‍ എന്തു് കൊണ്ടു് പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുന്നില്ല?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"ഡിവിഡി ഇടുമ്പോള്‍ പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുന്നില്ലെങ്കില്‍, ഡിവിഡി <em>ശരിയായ "
++"സ്ഥലത്തല്ലായിരിയ്ക്കാം</em> അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഡിവിഡി വായിയ്ക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള "
++"<em>പ്രോഗ്രാമുകള്‍</em> പൂര്‍ണ്ണമല്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുന്നതിനാവശ്യമായ കോഡുകള്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യന്ന രീതി"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേ ചെയ്യണമെങ്കില്‍, അതിനനുയോജ്യമായ <em>കോഡക്കുകള്‍</em> "
++"ഉണ്ടായിരിയ്ക്കണം. വീഡിയോ ഓഡിയോ മാദ്ധ്യമങ്ങള്‍ വായിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുന്ന പ്രോഗ്രാമുകളെ കോഡക്ക് എന്നാണു് വിളിയ്ക്കുക. "
++"ഒരു ഡിവിഡി ഇടുമ്പോള്‍ അതിനു് അനുയോജ്യമായ കോഡക്കുകള്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ "
++"ഇല്ലെങ്കില്‍, ആ കോഡക്കുകള്‍ ഒന്നുകില്‍ സ്വമേധയാ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോളാകുകയോ "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ പ്രേരിപ്പിയ്ക്കുകയും ചെയ്യും. "
++"ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ പ്രേരിപ്പിയ്ക്കുകയാണെങ്കില്‍, അതിനാവശ്യമായ സഹായം "
++"ലിനക്സ് വിതരണ സാങ്കേതിക സഹായ ഫോറമുകളുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ടു് ഇന്‍സ്റ്റലേഷന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമാക്കാം. ഒരു പക്ഷേ <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> , "
++"<app>libdvd0</app> എന്നീ പാക്കേജുകള്‍ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യേണ്ടിവന്നേക്കാം."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++"ഡിവിഡികളുടെ <em>പകര്‍പ്പവകാശം</em>   സിഎസ്എസ് എന്ന ഉപാധികൊണ്ടു് "
++"സംരക്ഷിയ്ക്കപ്പെട്ടതാവാം. സംരക്ഷിയ്ക്കപ്പെട്ട ഡിവിഡികള്‍ പകര്‍ത്തുവാന്‍ "
++"സാധ്യമല്ല. ഇതു് പ്ലേ ചെയ്യണമെങ്കില്‍, അതിനാവശ്യമായ സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍ "
++"ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്. പകര്‍പ്പവകാശം സംരക്ഷിക്കപ്പെട്ടിട്ടുള്ള ഡിവിഡികള്‍ പ്ലേ "
++"ചെയ്യുന്നതിനാവശ്യമായിട്ടുള്ള സോഫ്റ്റ്‌വെയര്‍  <link href=\"http://www."
++"fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>-ല്‍ നിന്നും "
++"ലഭ്യമാണു്. ഇതു് ലിനക്സില്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാവുന്നതും നിയമാനുസൃതവുമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "ഡിവിഡി മേഖല പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുന്നു"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++"ഓരോ ഡിവിഡിയിലും കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയറുകളിലും<em>പ്രാദേശികമോ "
++"രാജ്യാന്തരമോ ആയ അടയാളപ്പെടുത്തലുകളുണ്ടു്</em>. ഈ അടയാളപ്പെടുത്തലുകള്‍ "
++"ലോകത്തിന്റെ ഏതു് ഭാഗത്താണു് ഇതു് പ്ലേ ചെയ്യേണ്ടതെന്നു് തീരുമാനിയ്ക്കുന്നു. "
++"ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയറിലുള്ള അടയാളപ്പെടുത്തലും ഡിവിഡിയിലുള്ള അടയാളപ്പെടുത്തലുകളും "
++"പൊരുത്തപ്പെട്ടില്ലെങ്കില്‍, ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സാധ്യമല്ല. "
++"ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയര്‍ Region 1 "
++"എന്നടയാളപ്പെടുത്തിയിട്ടുള്ളതാണെങ്കില്‍, ഈ പ്ലേയറില്‍ വടക്കേ അമേരിക്കന്‍ "
++"രാജ്യത്തു് നിന്നുള്ള ഡിവിഡി മാത്രമേ പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുകയുള്ളൂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നോ രണ്ടോ പ്രാവശ്യം ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയറിന്റെ മേഖല അടയാളപ്പെടുത്തലുകള്‍ "
++"മാറ്റുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും. അതിനു് ശേഷം, ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയര്‍ ഒരു മേഖലയിലേക്കു് "
++"മാത്രമായി ലോക്ക് ചെയ്യപ്പെടും. കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിന്റെ ഡിവിഡി പ്ലേയറിന്റെ മേഖല "
++"മാറ്റുന്നതിനായി,  <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/"
++"\">regionset</link> ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++"അനുയോജ്യമായ വീഡിയോ കോഡക്കുകള്‍ ആണോ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്തതെന്നു് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++"ഞാന്‍ തയ്യാറാക്കിയ വീഡിയോ മറ്റുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് കാണുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ല"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++"ലിനക്സ് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ നിങ്ങള്‍ തയ്യാറാക്കിയ വീഡിയോ, വിന്‍ഡോസ് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ "
++"മാക്ക് ഒഎസ് സിസ്റ്റങ്ങളില്‍ കാണുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കുന്നില്ല."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++"നിങ്ങളുടെ ലിനക്സ് വീഡിയോ മറ്റുള്ള കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറുകളില്‍ കാണണമെങ്കില്‍, അതിനു് "
++"അനുയോജ്യമായ <em>കോഡക്കുകള്‍</em>  ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്യണം. അനവധി വീഡിയോ "
++"ഫോര്‍മാറ്റുകള്‍ പ്രചാരത്തിലുണ്ടു്. ഇവ പ്ലേ ചെയ്യണമെങ്കില്‍, അതിനു് "
++"അനുയോജ്യമായ കോഡക്കുകളും ആവശ്യമുണ്ടു്. നിങ്ങളുടെ വീഡിയോ ഫോര്‍മാറ്റ് "
++"ഏതാണെന്നു് ഇങ്ങിനെ കണ്ടുപിടിയ്ക്കാം:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"വീഡിയോ ഫയലില്‍ റൈറ്റ് ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് <gui>വിശേഷതകള്‍</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ഓ‍ഡിയോ/വീഡിയോ</gui> റ്റാബില്‍ ചെന്നു്,  <gui>വീഡിയോ</gui> ഐച്ഛികത്തില്‍ "
++"കാണിച്ചിരിയ്ക്കുന്ന <gui>കോഡക്ക്</gui> ഏതെന്നു് കാണുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒരു പക്ഷേ നിങ്ങളുടെ സുഹൃത്തിന്റെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ വീഡിയോ പ്ലേ "
++"ചെയ്യുവാനുള്ള കോഡക്ക് ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ ചെയ്തിട്ടുണ്ടാവില്ല. സുഹൃത്തിന്റെ "
++"കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറിലുള്ള വീഡിയോ പ്ലേയറില്‍ നിങ്ങളുടെ വീഡിയോയ്ക്കു് പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ "
++"അനുയോജ്യമായ കോഡക്ക് വെബില്‍ നിന്നും ഡൌണ്‍ലോഡ് ചെയ്തു് ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോള്‍ "
++"ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ നിര്‍ദ്ദേശിയ്ക്കുക. ഉദാഹരണം: നിങ്ങളുടെ വീഡിയോ <em>Theora</em> "
++"ഫോര്‍മാറ്റിലാണു്. നിങ്ങളുടെ സുഹൃത്തിനു് ഇതു് പ്ലേ ചെയ്യേണ്ടതു്വിന്‍ഡോസ് "
++"മീഡിയാ പ്ലേയറിലാണു്. ഇതിനു് വേണ്ടതു് \"theora windows media player\" കോഡക്ക് "
++"ആണു്. സാധാരണ, ഇതു് വെബില്‍ സൌജന്യമായി ലഭ്യമാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"ശരിയായ കോഡക്ക് ലഭിച്ചില്ലെങ്കില്‍, <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/"
++"\">വിഎല്‍സി മീഡിയാ പ്ലേയറില്‍</link> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക. ഇതു് അനേകം വീഡിയോ "
++"ഫോര്‍മാറ്റുകള്‍ വിന്‍ഡോസ്, മാക് ഒഎസ്, ലിനക്സ് കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറുകളില്‍ വീഡിയോ പ്ലേ "
++"ചെയ്യുവാന്‍ സഹായിയ്ക്കും. ഇതു് ശരിയായില്ലെങ്കില്‍, വീഡിയോ ഫോര്‍മാറ്റിനു് "
++"മാറ്റം വരുത്തണം. നിലവിലുള്ള വീഡിയോ എഡിറ്ററുകള്‍ ഫോര്‍മാറ്റ് മാറ്റുന്നതിനായി "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം. വീഡിയോ ഇന്‍സ്റ്റോളര്‍ പരിശോധിച്ചു് ഫോര്‍മാറ്റ് "
++"മാറ്റുന്നതിനുള്ള പ്രയോഗങ്ങള്‍ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടറില്‍ ഉണ്ടോ എന്നു് പരിശോധിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++"ഇതല്ലാതെ, മറ്റു് പല കാരണങ്ങള്‍കൊണ്ടും വീഡിയോ പ്ലേ ചെയ്യുാതിരിയ്ക്കാം. "
++"ഉദാഹരണത്തിനു്, വീഡിയോ ഫയലുകളിലെ തകരാറുകള്‍, വീഡിയോ നിര്‍മ്മാണ രീതിയിലുള്ള "
++"പിഴവുകള്‍, വീഡിയോ ഫയലിന്റെ വലിപ്പം കാരണം അപൂര്‍ണ്ണമായി ഫയലുകള്‍ "
++"പകര്‍ത്തപ്പെടുക, മീഡിയാ പ്ലേയറിന്റെ പരിമിതികള്‍."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"വാക്കം ടാബ്ലറ്റില്‍ <gui>ഇടതു് കൈയ്ക്കുള്ള ദിശാവിന്യാസം</gui> സജ്ജമാക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "ഇടതു് കൈ വശമുള്ളവര്‍ ടാബ്ലറ്റ് എങ്ങനെ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കാം"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++"ചില ടാബ്ലറ്റ് കീ ബട്ടണുകളുടെ ക്രമീകരണം ഇടതു് കൈ വശമുള്ളവര്‍ക്കു് "
++"ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ പ്രയാസമുണ്ടാക്കുന്ന രീതിയിലായിരിയ്ക്കും. ഇതു് "
++"പുനക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും. ടാബ്ലറ്റിന്റെ ദിശാവിന്യാസം ഇടതു് "
++"കൈയ്ക്കു് അനുയോജ്യമാക്കുന്ന വിധം:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>വാക്കം ടാബ്ലറ്റ്</gui> തുറക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ടാബ്ലറ്റിനെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ അറിയുന്നില്ലായെങ്കില്‍, <gui>വാക്കം ടാബ്ലറ്റ് "
++"കണക്ട് അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ ഓണ്‍ ചെയ്യുക</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ഇടതു് കൈയ്ക്കുള്ള ദിശാവിന്യാസം</gui> <gui>ഓണ്‍</gui> ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++"ടാബ്ലറ്റ് മോഡില്‍ നിന്നും മൌസ് മോഡിലേക്കും മൌസ് മോഡില്‍ നിന്നും ടാബ്ലറ്റ് "
++"മോഡിലേക്കും മാറ്റുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr "വാക്കം ടാബ്ലറ്റിന്റെ ട്രാക്കിങ് മോഡ് സജ്ജമാക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"തൂലികയുടെ സ്ഥാനം നിര്‍ണ്ണയിയ്ക്കുന്നതു് <gui>ട്രാക്കിങ് മോഡില്‍</gui> "
++"കൂടിയാണു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ട്രാക്കിങ് മോഡിനു്</gui> അടുത്തായി, <gui>ടാബ്ലറ്റ് (അബ്സല്യൂട്ട്)</gui> "
++"അല്ലെങ്കില്‍ <gui>ടച്ച്പാഡ് (റിലേറ്റീവ്)</gui> തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>അബ്സല്യൂട്ട്</em> മോഡില്‍, ടാബ്ലറ്റിലുള്ള പോയിന്റര്‍/തൂലിക കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ "
++"സ്ക്രീനില്‍ അതേപടി കാണുവാന്‍ സാധിയ്ക്കും. അതായതു്, ടാബ്ലറ്റിന്റെ ഇടത്തെ "
++"കോണ്‍ അതേപോലെ തന്നെ കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ സ്ക്രീനിന്റെ ഇടത്തെ കോണില്‍ കാണുവാന്‍ "
++"കഴിയും. "
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>റിലേറ്റീവ്</em> മോഡ് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുമ്പോള്‍ ടാബ്ലറ്റ് തൂലിക ടാബ്ലറ്റില്‍ "
++"നിന്നും മാറ്റുമ്പോള്‍, കമ്പ്യൂട്ടര്‍ സ്ക്രീനിലെ കര്‍സര്‍ മാറുന്നില്ല. ഇതു് "
++"മൌസ് കാര്യക്ഷമമായി ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുവാന്‍ സഹായിയ്ക്കുന്നു."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr "തെരഞ്ഞെടുത്ത മോണിറ്ററിലേക്കു് വാക്കം ടാബ്ലറ്റിനെ മാപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "മോണിറ്റര്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>മോണിറ്ററിലേക്കു് മാപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക...</gui> ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്യുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ഏക മോണിറ്ററിലേക്കു് മാപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക</gui> ഉറപ്പിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr "<gui>ഔട്ട്പുട്ട്</gui>ന്റെ അടുത്തു്, മോണിറ്റര്‍ തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++"ടാബ്ലറ്റിനു് വേണ്ടി ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കപ്പെട്ടിട്ടുള്ള മോണിറ്റര്‍ മാത്രമേ "
++"തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കപ്പെടുകയുള്ളൂ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr "വാക്കം സൂചിക എങ്ങനെ പ്രതികരിയ്ക്കണം എന്നു് നിര്‍വചിയ്ക്കുക."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr "സൂചികയുടെ പ്രവര്‍ത്തനം ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുക"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++"പാനലിന്റെ ഏറ്റവും താഴെ തൂലികയുടെ സജ്ജീകരണങ്ങള്‍ കാണാം. ഇടതു് വശത്തായി "
++"രൂപരേഖയും കാണാം. ഈ ക്രമീകരണം ആവശ്യാനുസരണം മാറ്റാവുന്നതാണു്:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>തുടച്ചു് നീക്കലിന്റെ മര്‍ദ്ദം:</gui> തൂലികയുടെ പ്രതികരണം രണ്ടു് "
++"വിധത്തില്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കാം - <gui>മൃദുലം</gui>, <gui>ദൃഡം</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ബട്ടണ്‍/സ്ക്രോള്‍ വില്‍</gui> ക്രമീകരണം). മെനുവിനടത്തുള്ള ലേബലില്‍ "
++"ക്ലിക്ക് ചെയ്തു് ഏതെങ്കിലും ഒന്നു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുക: ഒന്നു് ആവശ്യമില്ല, "
++"മൌസിന്റെ ഇടതു് ബട്ടണ്‍, മൌസിന്റെ മദ്ധ്യ ബട്ടണ്‍, മൌസിന്റെ വലതു് ബട്ടണ്‍, "
++"മുകളിലേക്കു്, താഴേക്കു്, ഇടത്തേക്കു്, വലത്തേക്കു്, പുറകോട്ടു്, മുമ്പോട്ടു്."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>തുടച്ചു് നീക്കലിന്റെ മര്‍ദ്ദം:</gui> തൂലികയുടെ പ്രതികരണം രണ്ടു് "
++"വിധത്തില്‍ ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കാം - <gui>മൃദുലം</gui>, <gui>ദൃഡം</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++"ഒന്നില്‍ കൂടുതല്‍ തൂലിക ഉണ്ടെങ്കില്‍, അധികമായ തൂലിക ടാബ്ലറ്റില്‍ "
++"ലഭ്യമാകുമ്പോള്‍, സ്റ്റൈലസ് ഡിവൈസിന്റെ പേരിനടുത്തു് പേജര്‍ കാണിയ്ക്കുന്നു. "
++"ഏതു് തൂലിക ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കണം എന്നു് തെരഞ്ഞെടുക്കുന്നതിനു് പേജര്‍ ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">ഒരു മോണിറ്റര്‍ മാപ്പ് ചെയ്യുക</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"wacom-stylus\">സ്റ്റൈലസ് ക്രമീകരിയ്ക്കുക</link>, <link xref="
++"\"wacom-left-handed\">ടാബ്ലറ്റ് ഇടതു് കൈയ്യനായി ഉപയോഗിയ്ക്കുക</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "വാക്കം ഗ്രാഫിക്സ് ടാബ്ലറ്റ്"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/mr/mr.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/mr/mr.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/mr/mr.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/mr/mr.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.210921847 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,28874 @@
++# Marathi translation for gnome-user-docs.
++# Copyright (C) 2013 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
++# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
++# 
++# Aniket Deshpande <djaniketster@gmail.com>, 2013.
++# Sandeep Shedmake <sshedmak@redhat.com>, 2013.
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-12 11:22-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Sandeep Shedmake <sshedmak@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Marathi <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: mr\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr ""
++"Aniket Deshpande <djaniketster@gmail.com>, 2013; संदिप शेडमाके "
++"<sshedmak@redhat.com>, २०१३."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 डेस्कटॉप वापरकर्त्यांसाठी दिशानिर्देश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME सहायता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME सहायता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">सहायता</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp चिऩ्ह</media> "
++"GNOME सहायता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "हे काम <_:link-1/> अंतर्गत अनुज्ञापित आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "पटकन दुर्लक्ष करा-परत परत तेच बटण दाबल्यावर."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "बाउंस बटण सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"वारंवार दाबल्या जाणाऱ्या बटणांकडे दुर्लक्ष करण्यासाठी <em>बाउंस बटणे</em> "
++"सुरु करा. उदाहरण म्हणुन, जर तुम्हाला आहेतुक हातांच्या हालचालीचा त्रास असेल "
++"ज्यामुळे एकदा दाबायचे असलेले बटण खूपदा दाबलं जातं, तेव्हा तुम्ही बाउंस बटणे "
++"सुरु करायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "वरच्या पट्टीवर तुमच्या नावावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>सेटिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>वैश्विक प्रवेश</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>टाइपिंग</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>बाउंस बटणे</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "बाउंस बटणे पटकन चालु आणि बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"उच्च पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">सुगमता चिन्ह</link>वर क्लिक करुन "
++"तुम्ही बाउंस बटणे सुरु आणि बंद करु शकता आणि <gui>बाउंस बटणे</gui>निवडुन. "
++"<gui>वैश्विक प्रवेश</gui> पॅनलमधुन एकापेक्षा जास्त सेटिंग लागु केल्यावर "
++"सुगमता चिन्ह दिसतं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"Use the <gui>स्वीकार्य विलंब</gui> स्लाइडरचा वापर करा आणि प्रथमवेळी कि "
++"दाबल्यानंतर इतर कि प्रेसची नोंदणी होण्यापूर्वी बाउंस किज किती वेळ थांबते ते "
++"बदला. मागील कि प्रेस नंतर खूप पटकन कि प्रेसकडे दुर्लक्ष केले गेले असल्यास, "
++"संणकाने प्रत्येकवेळी कि प्रेसकडे दुर्लक्ष करण्यासाठी आवाज करायचे असल्यास "
++"<gui>कि नकारल्यानंतर बीप द्या</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"उत्साहवर्धक ब्रेल डिस्प्ले सोबत <app>Orca</app> स्क्रीन वाचकाचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "ब्रेलमध्ये स्क्रीन वाचा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"पुनःताजे ब्राएल डिस्पलेवर वापरकर्ता संवाद दाखवण्याकरिता GNOME <app>ऑर्का</"
++"app> स्क्रीन रिडर पुरवतो. GNOME ज्याप्रकारे इंस्टॉल झाले, त्यानुसार "
++"तुमच्याकडे ऑर्का इंस्टॉल झालेले नसणार. <link href=\"install:orca\">ऑर्का "
++"इंस्टॉल करा</link>, त्यानंतर अधिक माहितीकरिता <link href=\"help:orca\">ऑर्का "
++"मदत</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++"स्क्रीनवरचे पटलं आणि बटणे जास्त (किंवा कमी) उठावदार बनवा, जेणेकरुन ते "
++"बघण्यास सोयीस्कर असतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "विभिन्नता जुळवुन घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही पटले आणि बटणांची विभिन्नता बदलु शकता जेणेकरुन ते बघण्यास सोयीस्कर "
++"होइल. हे पूर्ण स्क्रीनचे तेज वाढवण्यासारखं नाही; फक्त <em>वापरकर्ता इंटरफेस</"
++"em>चा काही भाग बदलेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>वैश्विक प्रवेश</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>बघणे</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>उच्च विभिन्नता</gui> <gui>सुरु</gui> करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"उच्च पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">सुगमता चिऩ्ह</link> आणि<gui>उच्च "
++"विभिन्नता</gui> निवडुन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++"होवर क्लिक (ड्वेल क्लिक) तुम्हाला माउस स्थिर ठेवुन क्लिक करण्यास अनुमत करतं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr "होवरिंगने क्लिक करुन बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"स्क्रीनवरील कंट्रोल किंवा ऑब्जेक्टकरिता माऊस पॉइंटर फिरवून क्लिक किंवा ओढणे "
++"शक्य आहे. हे तेव्हा फायदेशीर ठरते जेव्हा माऊस हलवणे आणि त्याचवेळी क्लिक करणे "
++"कठिण होते. ह्या गुणविशेषला होवर क्लिक किंवा ड्वेल क्लिक असे म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"जेव्हा होवर क्लिक लागू होतं, तुम्ही तुमचा माउस पॉइंटर नियंत्रणावर फिरवा, "
++"माउस सोडा, आणि तुमच्यासाठी बटण क्लिक व्हायच्या आधी थोडा वेळ थांबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>वैश्विक प्रवेश</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>इशारा आणि किल्क करणे</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>होवर क्लिक</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>होवर क्लिक</gui> पटल उघडेल, आणि सगळ्या पटलांवर हे पटल राहील. होवर "
++"केल्यावर कुठल्या प्रक्रारचं क्लिक होइल हे तुम्ही निवडु शकता. उदाहरण म्हणुन, "
++"जर तुम्ही <gui>दुय्यम क्लिक</gui> निवडलं, तुम्ही उजवा क्लिक केल्यावर होवर "
++"होइल. डबल क्लिक, उजवा-क्लिक, किंवा ओढल्यावर, तुम्ही आपोआप क्लिकवर परतता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"जेव्हा तुम्ही तुमचा माउस पॉइंटर बटणावर होवर करता आणि त्याला हलवु नका, ते "
++"हळुहळु रंग बदलेल. जेव्हा त्याचा रंग पूर्ण बदललेला असेल, बटण क्लिक होइल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"क्लिक करण्या आधी माउस प्वाइंटर किती वेळ धरुन ठेवायचा हे बदलण्यासाठी "
++"<gui>उशीर</gui> सेटिंग जुळवून घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++"क्लिक करण्यासाठी होवर करताना माऊस योग्यरित्या पकडणे आवश्यक नाही. पॉइंटर "
++"थोडसे हलण्यास स्वीकार्य आहे आणि थोड्या वेळाने ते क्लिक होईल. जास्त हलत "
++"असल्यास, तरी, क्लिक शक्य होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++"पॉइंटर किती हलू शकते आणि तरीही त्यास होवर करणे गृतीत धरण्यासाठी <gui>मोशन "
++"थ्रेशहोल्ड</gui> सेटिंग सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr "वाचणे सोपे करण्यासाठी मोठे फॉन्टस् वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनवर मजकुराचा आकार वाढवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्हाला जर स्क्रीनवरचं मजकुर वाचण्यास त्रास होत असेल तर, तुम्ही फॉन्टचा "
++"आकार वाढवु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>मोठ्या आकाराचा मजकुर</gui> <gui>सुरु</gui> करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, शीर्ष पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि चिन्ह</"
++"link> क्लिक करून आणि <gui>मोठे मजकूर</gui> नीवडून मजकूर आकार पटकन बदलणे शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"बर्याच ऍप्समध्ये, तुम्ही मजकुराचा आकार कुठल्याही वेळी <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>+</key></keyseq> दाबुन वाढवु शकता. मजकुराचा आकार कमी करण्यासठी, "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवेश मेनु हे चिऩ्ह उच्च पट्टीवर एका व्यक्ती सारखे दिसते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवेश मेनु शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>युनिवर्सल ॲक्सेस मेन्यु</em> जेथे तुम्ही विविध ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि सेटिंग्ज "
++"चालवू शकता. शीर्ष पट्टीवर व्यक्तिला वर्तुळाने वेढल्यानुरूप दिसणाऱ्या "
++"चिन्हावर क्लिक करून ह्या मेन्युला शोधणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवेश मेनु हा उच्च पट्टीवर असतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"माऊस ऐवजी किबोर्डचा वापर करून ह्या मेन्युकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करण्यासाठी, "
++"शीर्षपट्टीकरिता किबोर्ड फोस हलवण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> दाबा. <gui>कृती</gui> बटनाच्या तळाला पांढरी रेघ "
++"आढळेल - जे तुम्हाला शीर्ष पट्टीवर कोणते घटक नीवडले आहे ते सांगते. युनिवर्सल "
++"ॲक्सेस मेन्यु चिन्ह अंतर्गत किबोर्डवरील ॲरो किज्चा वापर करा आणि त्यानंतर "
++"उघडण्याकरिता <key>एंटर</key> दाबा. मेन्युमधील घटकांची नीवड करण्यासाठी तुम्ही "
++"वर आणि खाली ह्या बाण आकाराच्या किज्चा वापर करू शकता. नीवडलेले घटक "
++"बदलण्याकरिता <key>एंटर</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "स्क्रीनवर झुम करा जेणेकरुन गोष्टी बघणे सोईस्कर होइल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "सक्रीन क्षेत्र विस्तारित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">मजकूर आकार</link> वाढवणे स्क्रीन विस्तारित "
++"करण्यापेक्षा भिन्न आहे. हे गुणविशेष एका वर्धकाप्रमाणे आहे, जे तुम्हाला "
++"स्क्रीनचे विविध भाग मोठे करण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>झुम</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>झूम</gui> विभाग शार्टकट किजकरिता सध्याचे सेटिंग्ज सूचीत दाखवते, "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> पटलातील <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">शार्टकट्स</"
++"link> टॅबच्या <gui>युनिवर्सल ॲक्सेस</gui> विभागात सेट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही आत्ता स्क्रीन क्षेत्राच्या भवती हलवू शकता. स्क्रीनच्या किनाऱ्यांवरून "
++"माऊस हलवून, तुम्ही विस्तारीत क्षेत्रात विविध ठिकाणी हलवू शकता, ज्यामुळे "
++"पसंतीचा क्षेत्र पहाणे शक्य होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, शीर्ष पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि चिन्ह</"
++"link> क्लिक करून आणि <gui>झू</gui> नीवडून पटकन झूम सुरू किंवा बंद करणे शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"विस्तार प्रमाण, माऊस नियंत्रण, आणि स्क्रीनवरील विस्तारित दृश्याचे ठिकाण "
++"बदलणे शक्य आहे. ह्याला सुस्थीत करण्यासाठी, <gui>पर्याय</gui> बटन क्लिक करा "
++"आणि <gui>विस्तारक</gui> टॅब नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"माऊस किंवा टचपॅड पॉइंटर शोधण्याकरिता तुम्ही क्रॉसहैर्स सक्रीय करू शकता. "
++"त्यांचा वापर करण्यासाठी आणि लांबी, रंग, आणि जाडेपण नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी, "
++"<gui>पर्याय</gui> बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>क्रॉसहैर्स</gui> टॅब पसंत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही व्हिडीओ उलटे वापरू शकता किंवा <gui>काळ्यावर पांढरे</gui> असा वापर करू "
++"शकता, आणि तेजपणा, भिन्नता आणि वर्धककरिता ग्रेस्केल पर्याय नियंत्रीत करू शकता."
++" ह्या पर्यायांचे एकत्रीकरण कमी दृष्टीच्या व्यक्तिंना, फोटोफोबियाची कोणतिही "
++"डिग्री, किंवा प्रतिकूनल प्रकाशात संगणकाचा वापर करणाऱ्यांना उपयोगी ठरते. "
++"<gui>पर्याय</gui> बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>रंग प्रभाव</gui> टॅब नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">बघणे</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">ऎकणे</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">गतिक्षमता</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">ब्रेल</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">स्क्रीन भिंग</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME डेस्कटॉपमध्ये सहाय्यक तंत्र समाविष्टीत आहे ज्यामुळे विविध अपंगत्व आणि "
++"विशेष आवश्यकता असणाऱ्या वापरकर्त्यांना समर्थन पुरवणे, आणि सामान्य सहाय्यक "
++"साधनांशी संवाद साधणे शक्य होते. अनेक ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि गुणविशेषांना शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीवरील ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि मेन्युपासून प्रवेश प्राप्त करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "दृष्टिविषयक दुर्बलता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "आंधळेपणा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "कमी दृष्टि"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "रंगध्तव"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "इतर विष"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "श्रवण दुर्बलता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "गतिक्षमतेविषयक दुर्बलता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "माउस हालचा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "क्लिक करणे आणि ओढ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "कीबोर्डचा वापर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "२०१२"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr "उजव्या क्लिकसाठी डावं माउस बटण दाबुन ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "उजवा माउस क्लिक करुन बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"डावे माऊस बटन दाबून तुम्ही उजवी-क्लिक देऊ शकता. बोटांना प्रत्यक्षरित्या एका "
++"हाताने हलवणे कठिण जात असल्यास, किंवा तुमच्या पॉइंटिंग साधनाकडे एकच बटन "
++"असल्यास हे उपयोगी ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>दुय्यम क्लिक करुन बघा</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"उजवी क्लिक म्हणून नोंदणी होण्यापूर्वी तुम्ही डावी माऊस बटन कितीवेळी दाबून "
++"ठेवायचे ते बदलू शकता. <gui>पॉइंटिंग आणि क्लिकिंग</gui> टॅबवर, "
++"<gui>सिम्युलेटेड सेकंडरि क्लिक</gui> अंतर्गत <gui>स्वीकार्य विलंब</gui> बदला."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"सिम्युलेटेड सेकंडरि क्लिकसह उजव्या क्लिककरिता, डावे माऊस बटन दाबून ठेवा जेथे "
++"तुम्ही सहसा उजव्या क्लिकचा वापर करतात, नंतर सोडून द्या. डावे माऊस बटन धरून "
++"ठेवल्यास पॉइंटर निळ्या रंगाने भरते. एकदाचे संपूर्ण निळे असल्यास, उजव्या-"
++"क्लिककरिता माऊस बटन सोडून द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"काही विशेष पॉइंटर्स, जसे कि रिसाइज पॉइंटर्स, रंग बदलत नाही. तुम्ही तरीही "
++"सेकंडरि क्लिकचा वापर सामान्य प्रकारे करू शकता, पॉइंटरपासून दृष्यास्पद "
++"प्रतिसाद प्राप्त होत नसल्यावरही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">माऊस किज्चा</link> वापर करत असल्यास, "
++"किपॅडवरील <key>5</key> कि दाबून हे तुम्हाला उजव्या-क्लिककरिता परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकमध्ये, तुम्ही नेहमी लाँग-प्रेस करू शकता, हे "
++"गुणविशेष बंद असल्यावरही. लाँग-प्रेस पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये थोड्या वेगळ्याप्रकारे "
++"कार्य करते: उजव्या क्लिककरिता तुम्हाला बटन सोडून द्यायची आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता इंटरफेस वदवण्यासाठी <app>Orca</app> स्क्रीन वाचक वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन मोठ्याने वाचा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ता संवाद वाचण्याकरिता GNOME <app>ऑर्का</app> स्क्रीन रिडर पुरवतो. "
++"GNOME ज्याप्रकारे इंस्टॉल झाले, त्यानुसार तुमच्याकडे ऑर्का इंस्टॉल केलेले "
++"नसणार. <link href=\"install:orca\">ऑर्का इंस्टॉल करा</link>, त्यानंतर अधिक "
++"माहितीकरिता <link href=\"help:orca\">ऑर्का मदत</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr "कि दाबून ठेवल्यानंतर आणि पडद्यावर अक्षर आढळून येईपर्यंत विलंब ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "हळु चाव्या सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"कि दाबून ठेवल्यानंतर आणि पडद्यावर अक्षर आढळून येईपर्यंत विलंब ठेवण्याकरिता "
++"<em>स्लो किज</em> सुरू करा. याचा अर्थ थोड्यावेळकरिता अक्षर आढळून येईपर्यंत "
++"तुम्हाला टाइप करण्याजोगी कि दाबून ठेवा लागेल. एकापेक्षा जास्त किज एकाच वेळी "
++"चुकीने दाबले असल्यास, किंवा कळफलकावरील प्रथमवेळी उजवी कि दाबणे कठिण वाटत "
++"असल्यास स्लो किज्चा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>हळु चाव्या</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "पटकन हळु चाव्या बंद आणि सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>किबोर्डतर्फे समर्थीत करा</gui> अंतर्गत, कळफलकपासून स्लो किज सुरू किंवा "
++"बंद करण्यासाठी <gui>कळफलकपासून ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि गुणविशेष सुरू करा</gui> नीवडा. "
++"हे पर्याय नीवडल्यानंतर, स्लो किज सुरू किंवा बंद करण्यासाठी <key>Shift</key> "
++"दाबा आणि धरून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि चिन्ह</link> क्लिक करून "
++"आणि <gui>स्लो किज</gui> नीवडून स्लो किज सुरू आणि बंद करणे शक्य आहे. "
++"<gui>युनिवर्सल प्रवेश</gui> पटलातून एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त सेटिंग्ज सुरू "
++"केल्यानंतर ॲक्सेबिलिटि चिन्ह दृष्यास्पद होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++"नोंदणीकरिता कितीवेळ कळ दाबून ठेवायची, ते नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी <gui>स्वीकार्य "
++"विलंब</gui> स्लाइडरचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++"जेव्हा कि प्रेस स्वीकारले जाते, किंवा  जास्त वेळ कळ न दाबून ठेवल्यामुळे "
++"जेव्हा कि प्रेस नकारले जाते तेव्हा प्रत्यके वेळी कळ दाबताना तुमचा संगणक आवाज "
++"करू शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"एकावेळी सर्व किज दाबून ठेवण्याऐवजी प्रत्येक किकरिता कळफलक शार्टकट टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "चिकट बट सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>स्टिकि किज</em> तुम्हाला एकाचवेळी सर्व किज दाबून ठेवण्याऐवजी एकावेळी एक "
++"किकरिता कळफलक शार्टकट्स टाइप करण्यास परवानगी देते. उदाहरणार्थ, <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">सुपर</key><key>टॅब</key></keyseq> शार्टकट पटल "
++"बदलते. स्टिकि किज समर्थीत केले विना, तुम्हाला एकाचवेळी दोन्ही किज दाबून ठेवा "
++"लागेल; स्टिकि किज समर्थीत असल्यास, समान क्रिया करण्यासाठी <key>सुपर</key> "
++"आणि त्यानंतर <key>टॅब</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त किज एकाचवेळी दाबून ठेवणे कठिण वाटत असल्यास तुम्हाला स्टिकि "
++"किज सुरू करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>चिकट बट</gui> सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "चिक बटणे पटकन चालु आणि बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>किबोर्डतर्फे समर्थीत करा</gui> अंतर्गत, कळफलकपासून स्टिकि किज सुरू "
++"किंवा बंद करण्यासाठी <gui>कळफलकपासून ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि गुणविशेष सुरू करा</gui> "
++"नीवडा. हे पर्याय नीवडल्यानंतर, स्टिकि किज सुरू किंवा बंद करण्यासाठी "
++"<key>Shift</key> पाचवेळा दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि चिन्ह</link> क्लिक करून "
++"आणि <gui>स्टिकि किज</gui> नीवडून स्टिकि किज सुरू आणि बंद करणे शक्य आहे. "
++"<gui>युनिवर्सल प्रवेश</gui> पटलातून एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त सेटिंग्ज सुरू "
++"केल्यानंतर ॲक्सेबिलिटि चिन्ह दृष्यास्पद होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++"एकाचवेळी दोन कळ दाबल्यास, कळफलक शार्टकटला सामान्यरित्या एंटर करण्यासाठी "
++"तुम्ही स्टिकि किज स्वतःहून तात्पुर्ते बंद करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, स्टिकि किज सुरू असल्यास परंतु <key>Super</key> आणि <key>Tab</"
++"key> परस्परित्या दाबून ठेवल्यास, स्टिकि किज्चा पर्याय सक्रीय असल्यास, स्टिकि "
++"किज हे कि प्रेसकरिता थांबणार नाही. एक कि दाबल्यावरच ते थांबू <em>शकते</em>, "
++"तरी. हे अपयोगी ठरते जेव्हा काही कळफलक शार्टकट्स एकाचवेळी दाबणे शक्य आहे "
++"(उदाहरणार्थ, किज ज्यांना एकत्र बंद केले जाते), परंतु इतर नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>दोन बटणे सोबत दाबले गेले तर बंद करा</gui> हे लागू करण्यासाठी निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"स्टिकि किज समर्थीत करून कळफलक शार्टकट टाइप करताना संगणक \"beep\" आवाज "
++"करण्यासाठी संरचीत करणे शक्य आहे. हे उपयोगी ठरते जेव्हा तुम्हाला स्टिकि किजला "
++"टाइप करण्याजोगी कळफलक शार्टकट अपेक्षीत असते , जेणेकरून पुढची कि प्रेस "
++"शार्टकटचे भाग म्हणून विश्लेषीत केले जाईल. याला समर्थीत करण्यासाठी "
++"<gui>मॉडिफायर कि दाबल्यानंतर बीप करा</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++"सतर्कता आवाज चालवताना स्क्रीन किंवा पटल फ्लॅश करण्यासाठी दृष्यास्पद सतर्कता "
++"सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr "अलर्ट आवाजांसाठी स्क्रीन फ्लॅश करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक प्रकारच्या संदेश आणि इव्हेंट्सकरिता तुमचा संगणक सोपे सतर्कता आवाज "
++"चालवले. हे आवाज तुम्हाला ऐकू येत नसल्यास, जेव्हा केव्हाही सतर्कता आवाज "
++"चालवल्यास संपूर्ण पडदा किंवा सध्याचे पटल दृष्यास्पदरित्या फ्लॅश करणे शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला शांत ठेवण्याकरिता, हे उपयोगी ठरू शकते, जसे कि लाइब्ररिमध्ये. "
++"सतर्कता आवाज कसे बंद करायचे ते शिकण्याकरिता <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> "
++"पहा, त्यानंतर दृष्यास्पद सतर्कता सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>वैश्विक प्रवेश</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>ऎकणे</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>दृष्यास्पद सतकर्ता</gui>चा वापर करा. संपूर्ण पडदा किंवा फक्त सध्याचे "
++"पटल फ्लॅश करायचे, ते ठरवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही दृष्टिविषयक अलर्ट उच्च पट्टीवर <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">सुगमता चिन्ह</"
++"link> क्लिक करुन पटकन चालु आणि बंद करु शकता आणि<gui>दृष्टिविषयक अलर्ट</gui> "
++"निवडुन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप मदत मार्गदर्शिका वापरण्याबद्दल काही टीपा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME डॉक्युमेंटेशन प्रकल्प"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "या मार्गदर्शिकेबद्दल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"ही गाइड तुम्हाला डेस्कटॉपचे गुणविशेषांचा फेरफटका पुरवतो, संगणक-संबंधीत "
++"प्रश्नांची उत्तरे देतो, आणि संगणकाचा प्रभावीतपणे वापर करण्यासाठी टिप्स "
++"पुरवतात. आम्ही ही गाइड शक्य तेवढी सोपीरित्या वापरण्याचा प्रयत्न केला आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या गाइडला छोट्या, कार्य-निर्देशीत शीर्षकांमध्ये--पठ नाही, यानुसार "
++"क्रमवारित लावले आहे. याचा अर्थ तुमच्या प्रश्नांना उत्तर देण्याकरिता, संपूर्ण "
++"मॅन्युअल चाळायची आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++"संबंधीत घटकांना एकत्रीतपणे लिंक केले जाते. काही पृष्ठांच्या तळातील \"हेही "
++"पहा\" दुवा तुम्हाला संबंधीत शीर्षकांकरिता निर्देशीत करेल. यामुळे समान शीर्षक "
++"असलेले ठराविक कार्य करण्यास मदत प्राप्त होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++"त्यामध्ये बिल्टइन शोध समाविष्टीत आहे. मदत ब्राउजरच्या शीर्षककडे <em>पट्टी "
++"शोध</em> पट्टी आहे, आणि संबंधीत परिणाम टाइपिंग केल्यानंतर लगेच आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++"गाइड नेहमी सुधारित होते. मदतजोगी माहीत पुरवण्याचा प्रयत्न असला तरी, तुमच्या "
++"सर्व प्रश्नांची उत्तरे आम्ही येथे देऊ शकत नाही. आणखी मदतीचे बनवण्याकरिता "
++"अधिक माहिती समाविष्टीत होत राहील, जरी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉप मदत वाचण्यासाठी वेळ काढल्याबद्दल धन्यवाद. आम्ही प्रामाणिकपणे "
++"अपेक्षा करतो की तुम्हाला हे परत नाही वाचावं लागणार."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME डॉक्युमेंटेशन संघ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन खातं जोडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "Jim Campbell"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन खातं उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"खाते समाविष्ट केल्याने ऑनलाइन खात्यांना तुमच्या GNOME डेस्कटॉपसह जुळवणे शक्य "
++"आहे. अशा प्रकारे, तुमचा इमेल कार्यक्रम, चॅट कार्यक्रम, आणि इतर संबंधीत "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्सला तुमच्याकरिता सेट केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाच्या डाव्याहाताच्या खालच्या बाजुला असलेल्या <key>+</key>बटणावर क्लिक करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "<gui>खाते प्रकार</gui> मेनुवर क्लिक करा आणि एक निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त खाते प्रकार असल्यास, पुढच्यावेळी तुम्ही इतर खाते समाविष्ट "
++"करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>समाविष्ट करा...</gui> क्लिक करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"एक छोटे संकेतस्थळ पटल उघडेल जेथे तुम्ही ऑनलाइन खाते श्रेय उघडू शकाल. "
++"उदाहरणार्थ, Google खाते सेटअप करताना, तुमचे Google वापरकर्तानाव आणि पासवर्ड "
++"नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही तुमचे श्रेय योग्यरित्या दिले असल्यास, तुम्हाला ऑनलाइन खात्यांकरिता "
++"GNOME प्रवेश प्राप्त होईल. पुढे जाण्याकरिता <gui>प्रवेश द्या</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑनलाइन खात्यांशी जुळण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन्सची नीवड करा. उदाहरणार्थ, गप्पांकरिता "
++"ऑनलाइन खात्याचा वापर करायचे असल्यास, परंतु दिनदर्शिकाकरिता ऑनलाइन खात्याचा "
++"वापर करायचे नसल्यास, <gui>दिनदर्शिका</gui> पर्याय बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"खाते समाविष्ट केल्यानंतर, नीवडलेली प्रत्येक ॲप्लिकेशन त्यास सुरू केल्यानंतर "
++"श्रेयचा वापर करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरक्षा कारणास्तव, GNOME संगणकावर तुमचे पासवर्ड साठवणार नाही. त्याऐवजी, "
++"ऑनलाइन सर्व्हिसतर्फे पुरवलेले टोकन साठवले जाते. डेस्कटॉप आणि ऑनलाइन सर्व्हिस "
++"अंतर्गत संपूर्णतया दुवा रद्द करायचे असल्यास, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">काढून टाका</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "Julita Inca"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "<app>ऑनलाईन खाते</app> वापरुन नवीन खातं उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन खातं उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स</app> समाविष्ट करताना, काही ऑनलाइन खाते सर्व्हिस "
++"प्रोव्हाइडर्स तुम्हाला खाते निर्माणकरिता परवानगी देते. ह्यामुळे तुमची सर्व "
++"ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स एका ॲप्लिकेशनपासून नियंत्रीत करण्यास शक्य होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr "कार्य सारांशमधुन <app>ऑनलाईन खाते</app> सेटिंग उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ड्रॉप डाउन मेन्युपासून <gui>खाते प्रकार</gui> नीवडा. काही खाते प्रकार <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">कदाचीत अनुपलब्ध असतील </link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "पुढे सुरु ठेवण्यासाठी <gui>समाविष्ट करा...</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>साइन अप</gui> बटन शोधा आणि क्लिक करा किंवा आढळणाऱ्या पृष्ठाशी जुळवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व ऑनलाइन खाते प्रोव्हाइडर्स ह्या स्तराला नवीन खाते निर्माण करायचे पर्याय "
++"पुरवत नाही. नोंदणी करणे खरे असल्यास, खाते निर्माण करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला "
++"वैकल्पिक पद्धतीचा वापर करावा लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"नोंदणी फॉर्म भरा. तुम्हाला काही व्यक्तिगत तपशील जसे कि वापरकर्तानाव आणि "
++"पासवर्डकरिता विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स</app> सह वापर करिता तुम्हाला नवीन खातेकरिता GNOME "
++"प्रवेश द्यावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे खाते पुरवठाकर्तातर्फे पुरवलेली सर्व सर्व्हिसेस सुरू केली "
++"जातील. बंद करण्यासाठी परस्पर सर्व्हिसेस <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
++"service\">बंद करा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"काही ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्संचा वापर एकापेक्षा जास्त सर्व्हिसेसकरिता प्रवेशसाठी (जसे "
++"कि दिनदर्शिका आणि ईमेल) शक्य आहे. ॲप्लिकेशन्सतर्फे वापरण्याजोगी सर्व्हिसेस "
++"नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr "खातेतर्फे प्रवेशजोगी कोणती ऑनलाइन सर्व्हिसेस नियंत्रीत करायची"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"काही ऑनलाइन खाते तुम्हाला समान वापरकर्ता खात्यासह अनेक सर्व्हिसेसच्या "
++"प्रवेशकरिता परवानगी देते. उदाहरणार्थ, Google खाती दिनदर्शिका, ईमेल, संपर्क "
++"आणि गप्पांकरिता प्रवेश पुरवते. तुम्हाला काही सर्व्हिसेसकरिता, परंतु इतर "
++"नाही, खात्याचा वापर करायला आवडेल. उदाहरणार्थ, गप्पाकरिता वेगळे ऑनलाइन खाते "
++"असल्यामुळे तुम्हाला Google खात्याचा वापर, गप्पा ऐवजी ईमेलकरिता करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही प्रत्येक ऑनलाइन खात्यातर्फे पुरवलेले काही सर्व्हिसेस बंद करू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr "डावीकडून सूचीतील बदल करण्याजोगी खात्याची नीवड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या खात्यासह उपलब्ध सर्व्हिसेसची सूची <gui>या खात्याचा याकरिता वापर करा</"
++"gui> अंतर्गत दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "न वापरण्याजोगी कोणत्याही सर्व्हिसेस बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"खातेकरिता एकदा सर्व्हिस बंद केल्यास, तुमच्या संगणकावरील ॲप्लिकेशन्स, "
++"खात्याचा वापर सर्व्हिससह जोडणीकरिता करू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++"बंद झालेली सर्व्हिस सुरू करण्यासाठी, <gui>ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स</gui> पटलाकडे जा "
++"आणि नंतर त्याचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन सेवा पुरविणारा जर यादीत नसेल तर?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "माझा खाते प्रकार यादीत का नाही?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतीच्या ऑनलाइन सर्व्हिस प्रोव्हाडरला विकासाची आवश्यकता आहे. सध्या, खूपच "
++"कमी प्रकारचे ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स समर्थीत आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "Yahooसाठी आधार भविष्यात समाविष्ट केला जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर सर्व्हिसेसकरिता समर्थन समाविष्ट करायचे असल्यास, <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> बग ट्रॅकर</"
++"link> वरील डेव्हलपर्ससह संपर्क करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन खातं पुर्णपणे काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "खातं काढून टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "काढून टाकण्यासाठी खातं निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाच्या डाव्याहाताच्या खालच्या बाजुला असलेल्या <key>-</key>बटणावर क्लिक करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>काढून टाका</gui>क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"खाते संपूर्णतया नष्ट करण्याऐवजी, डेस्कटॉपतर्फे वापरण्याजोगी <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">सर्व्हिसेसला मर्यादीत करणे</link> शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "२०१२-२०१३"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "Andre Klapper"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स <app>ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स</app> मध्ये निर्माण होणाऱ्या खात्यांचा आणि "
++"सर्व्हिसेस्चा वापर करू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "कोणते ॲप्लिकेशन्स ऑनलाइन खात्यांचा फायदा घेतात?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ऑनलाइन अकाउंट्स</app> यांचा वापर बाहेरील ॲप्लिकेशन्सतर्फे स्वयंरित्या "
++"स्वतःला संरचीत करण्यासाठी शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "Google खात्यासोबत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>एव्हल्युशन</app>, ईमेल ॲप्लिकेशन. तुमचे ईमेल खाते <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> "
++"मध्ये स्वयंरित्या समाविष्ट केले जाईल, ज्यामुळे तुमचे मेल, संपर्कांकरिता "
++"प्रवेश, आणि Google अजेंडामध्ये दिनदर्शिका घटकांना दाखवणे शक्य होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>एम्पथि</app>, त्वरित संदेश ॲप्लिकेशन. तुमच्या ऑनलाइन खात्याला समाविष्ट "
++"केले जाईल आणि तुम्ही मित्रांसह संपर्क करू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> ऑनलाइन दस्तऐवजकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकतात आणि "
++"त्यास दाखवू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "Windows Live, Facebook किंवा Twitter खात्यांसोबत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>एम्पथि</app> खात्यांचा वापर ऑनलाइन जुळणीकरिता आणि संपर्क, मित्र, आणि "
++"फॉलोअर्ससह चॅटकरिता करू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "SkyDrive खात्यासोबत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> ऑनलाइन दस्तऐवजकरिता Microsoft SkyDrive मध्ये प्रवेश "
++"प्राप्त करू शकतात आणि त्यास दाखवू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "देवाणघेवाण खात्यासोबत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"एकदाचे Exchange खाते निर्माण केल्यानंतर, <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> ह्या "
++"खात्यांपासून मेल्स प्राप्त करायला सुरू करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ownCloud खात्यासोबत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"ownCloud खात्याचे सेटअप नंतर, <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> संपर्ककरिता प्रवेश "
++"प्राप्त आणि दिनदर्शिका भेट संपादित करणे शक्य होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>फाइल्स</app> आणि इतर ॲप्लिकेशन्स सूचीत दाखवू शकतील आणि ownCloud "
++"इंस्टॉलेशनमधील साठवलेल्या ऑनलाइनल फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr "ईमेल किंवा सोशल मीडिया खाते तुमच्या डेस्कटॉपवर कशाला समाविष्ट करावेत?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "मी ऑनलाईन खातं कशाला उघडु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"खाती समाविष्ट केल्याने दिनदर्शिका, गप्पा आणि ईमेल सारख्या सर्व्हिसेस तुमच्या "
++"डेस्कटॉपपर्यंत पोहचतात आणि सर्व्हिसेसची माहिती वापरकर्ता अनुभवाचे एक सिमलेस "
++"भाग बनवतात. खाती समाविष्ट करून तुम्ही विविध खाती, जसे कि गप्पा यांसह एकाच "
++"वेळी संपर्कात राहू शकता. फक्त एकदाच खाते सेट करा आणि प्रत्येकवेळी संगणक सुरू "
++"करताना समाविष्ट केलेली सर्व खाती आणि सर्व्हिसेस वापरकरिता सज्ज होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">नवीन खातं उघडा</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">चालु खातं समाविष्ट करा</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">खातं "
++"काढून टाका</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ऑनलाईन खाते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"काही ऑनलाइन सर्व्हिसेसकरिता (जसे कि Google आणि Facebook) <app>ऑनलाइन खाती</"
++"app> पटल अंतर्गत प्रवेश तपशील द्या. यामुळे तुम्ही विना खाते तपशील पुन्हा न "
++"आवश्यक असणाऱ्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सपासून दिनदर्शिका, मेल, गप्पा खाती, आणि समानकरिता "
++"प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "तुमचं बॅकअप यशस्वी होतं याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "तुमचं बॅकअप तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स एकदाचे बॅकअप केल्यानंतर, बॅकअप यशस्वी झाले याची खात्री करा. ते योग्य "
++"कार्य करत असल्यास, काही फाइल्स बॅकअपमधून न आढळल्याने तुम्ही महत्वाचा डाटा "
++"गमवाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकाचा फाइल्सचे प्रत बनवणे किंवा स्थानांतरणकरिता करत असल्यास, "
++"संगणक सर्व डाटा योग्यरित्या स्थानांतरित करतो याची खात्री करा. तरी, महत्वाचा "
++"डाटा स्थानांतरित करताना, डाटा योग्यरित्या स्थानांतरित झाले याच्या "
++"तपासणीकरिता तुम्ही अगाऊ तपासणी देखील करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"लक्ष्य मिडीयावरील प्रत बनवलेल्या फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सतर्फे तुम्ही अगाऊ तपास "
++"करू शकता. बॅकअपमध्ये स्थानांतरित केलेल्या फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सचे प्रत "
++"समाविष्टीत आहे याची खात्री करून, कृती यशस्वी झाली याची खात्री पटते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"डाटाचे मोठ्या प्रमाणात नियमीत बॅकअप्स होत असल्यास, तुम्हाला विश्वासर्ह बॅकअप "
++"प्रोग्रामचा वापर करणे सोपे वाटेल, जसे कि <app>Déjà Dup</app>. असे प्रोग्राम "
++"फाइल्सचे प्रत बनवणे आणि चिकटवण्यापेक्षा अधिक मजबूत आणि जास्त विश्वासर्ह "
++"असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++"महत्वाच्या फाइल्सचे किती वेळाने बॅकअप करायचे आणि तसे किती सुरक्षित आहे, ते "
++"शिका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "बॅकअपची वारंवारता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही कितीवेळाने बॅकअप्स घेतात, ते बॅकअपजोगी डाटावर आधारित आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, "
++"सर्व्हरवरील साठवलेल्या डाटासह नेटवर्क वातावरण चालवत असल्यास, त्यानंतर नाइटलि "
++"बॅकअप्स कदाचीत पुरेसे होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++"या व्यतिरिक्त, संगणकावर डाटा बॅकअप करताना आणि त्यानंतर प्रत्येक तासाला "
++"बॅकअप्स अनावश्यक ठरेल. बॅकअप क्रमवारिकरिता प्लॅन करताना खालील टप्पे गृहीत "
++"धरून जास्त फायदेशीर ठरेल:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "तुम्ही संगणकावर व्यतित केलेला वेळ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr "कितीने आणि कशाने संगणाकावरील डाटा बदलतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅकअपजोगी डाटाची प्राधान्यता कमी असल्यास, किंवा खूप कमी बदल, जसे कि संगीत, "
++"ईमेल आणि फॅमिलि फोटोज असल्यास, सप्ताहिक किंवा माहिन्यातून बॅकप्स घेणे पुरेसे "
++"आहे. तरी, तुम्ही टॅक्स ऑडीटमध्ये व्यस्थ असल्यास, जास्त वारंवार बॅकअप्स "
++"आवश्यक असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्वसाधारण नियम स्वरूप, बॅकअप्स अंतर्गत वेळ आणि बाकी कामासाठी लागणाऱ्या "
++"वेळपेक्षा जास्त नसावा. उदाहरणार्थ, गमवलेले दस्तऐवज पुन्हा लिहण्याकरिता एक "
++"सप्ताहेपक्षा जास्त वेळ लागत असल्यास, निदान सप्ताहातून किमान एकदातरी बॅकअप "
++"घ्यायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++"गमवणे टाळण्यासाठी मौल्यवान फाइल्स आणि सेटिंग्जचे प्रत बनवण्यासाठी Déjà Dup "
++"(किंवा इतर काही बॅकअप ॲप्लिकेशन) याचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "बॅकअप कसा घ्यावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स आणि सेटिंग्जच्या बॅकअपचा सर्वात सोपा पर्याय म्हणजे बॅकअप ॲप्लिकेशनने "
++"बॅकअप कृती व्यवस्थापीत करणे. असंख्य विविध बॅकअप ॲप्लिकेशन्स उपलब्ध आहेत, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंत केलेल्या बॅकअप ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता मदत तुम्हाला बॅकअपची प्राधान्यताशी अवगत "
++"करेल, तसेच डाटा देखील पुन्हा साठवेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिक पर्याय म्हणजे सुरक्षित ठिकाणी <link xref=\"files-copy\">फाइल्सचे "
++"प्रत बनवा</link>, जसे कि बाहेरिल हार्ड ड्राइव्ह, नेटवर्कवरील इतर संगणक, "
++"किंवा USB ड्राइव्ह. तुमच्या <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">व्यक्तिगत "
++"फाइल्स</link> आणि सेटिंग्ज सहसा होम फोल्डरमध्ये समाविष्टीत असतात, जेणेकरून "
++"तेथून प्रत बनवणे शक्य होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++"स्टोरेज साधनाच्या आकारानुसार बॅकअपजोगी डाटाचे प्रमाण मर्यादीत आहे. बॅकअप "
++"साधनवर जागा असल्यास, संपूर्ण होम फोल्डरला खाळील अपवादसहे बॅकअप करणे सर्वात "
++"उत्तम राहते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++"आधिपासूनच बॅकअप केलेल्या फाइल्स, जसे कि CD, DVD, किंवा इतर काढून टाकण्याजोगी "
++"मिडीया करिता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स ज्याचे पुनःनिर्माण सोपे असते. उदाहरणार्थ, तुम्ही प्रोग्रामर असल्यास, "
++"प्रोग्राम्स कंफाइल केल्यानंतर निर्माण होणाऱ्या फाइल्सचे बॅकअप आवश्यक नाही. "
++"त्याऐवजी, तुम्ही मूळ स्रोत फाइल्सचे बॅकअप घेतले आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"कचरापेटी फोल्डरमधील कोणत्याही फाइल्स. <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file> येथे "
++"तुमचे कचरापेटी फोल्डर आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "बॅकअप पासून तुमच्या फाईल्स परत मिळवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "बॅकअप परत मिळवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स गमवले किंवा नष्ट केले असल्यास, परंतु तुमच्याकडे त्याचे बॅकअप असल्यास, "
++"त्यास बॅकअपपासून पुन्हा साठवणे शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"साधन जसे कि एक्सटर्नल हार्ड ड्राइव्ह, USB ड्राइव्ह किंवा नेटवर्कवरील इतर "
++"संगणकापासून बॅकअप पुन्हा साठवायचे असल्यास, संगणकावर पुन्हा त्यांचे <link "
++"xref= \"files-copy\">प्रत बनवा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅकअप ॲप्लिकेशन जसे कि <app>Déjà Dup</app> यांचा वापर करून बॅकअप निर्माण "
++"केले असल्यास, बॅकअप पुन्हा साठवण्याकरिता समान ॲप्लिकेशनचा वापर करणे शिफारसीय "
++"आहे. बॅकअप प्रोग्रामकरिता ॲप्लिकेशन मदतचे पूनरावलोकन करा: फाइल्स "
++"पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्याविषयी ठराविक सूचना पुरवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डर्सची सूची जेथे तुम्ही दस्तऐवज, फाइल्स आणि बॅकअप करण्याजोगी सेटिंग्ज "
++"शोधू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr "बॅकअप करण्याजोगी फाइल्स कुठे आढळतील?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅकअप करताना कोणत्या फाइल्स्चे बॅकअप घ्यायचे, आणि त्यांना शोधणे, सर्वात कठिण "
++"टप्पा आहे. खालील सर्वात महत्वाच्या फाइल्सचे ठिकाण आणि बॅकअपजोगी सेटिंग्जची "
++"सूची आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "व्यक्तिगत फाइल्स (दस्तऐवज, संगीत, फोटोज आणि व्हिडीओज)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"त्यांना सहसा होम फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले जाते (<file>/home/your_name</file>). ते "
++"उपफोल्डर्समध्ये जसे कि डेस्कटॉप, दस्तऐवज, चित्र, संगीत आणि व्हिडीओजमध्ये "
++"देखील असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅकअप मिडीयममध्ये अतिरिक्त जागा असल्यास (एक्सटर्नल हार्ड डिस्क असल्यास, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ), संपूर्ण होम फोल्डरचे बॅकअप गृहीत धरा. <app>डिस्क युसेज ॲनलाइजर</"
++"app> याचा वापर करून होम फोल्डरची डिस्क व्याप्ति शोधणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "लपवलेल्या फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"(.) पासून सुरू होणारे कोणतिही फाइल किंवा फोल्डर नाव पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे छुपे "
++"असते. छुप्या फाइल्सच्या अवलोकनकरिता, <guiseq><gui>अवलोकन</gui><gui>छुपे "
++"फाइल्स दाखवा</gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबा. इतर कोणत्याही फाइल प्रमाणे यास बॅकअप ठिकाणी प्रत बनवणे "
++"शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr "वैयक्तिक सेटिंग (डेस्कटॉप पसंती, थीम, आणि सॉफ्टवेअर सेटिंग)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक ॲप्लिकेशन्स होम फोल्डर अंतर्गत त्यांच्या सेटिंग्ज छुप्या फोल्डर्समध्ये "
++"साठवतात (छुप्या फाइल्सविषयी अधिक माहितीकरिता वरील पहा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश ॲप्लिकेशन सेटिंग्ज होम फोल्डर अंतर्गत <file>.config</file>, <file>."
++"gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, आणि <file>.local</file> छुप्या "
++"फोल्डर्समध्ये साठवले जातील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम-विस्तृत सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीतील महत्वाच्या भागांचे सेटिंग्ज तुमच्या होम फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले जात "
++"नाही. साठवण्याजोगी अनेक ठिकाण आहेत, परंतु बऱ्यापैकी <file>/etc</file> "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले जातात. सर्वसाधारणपणे, तुम्हाला ह्या फाइल्सला होम "
++"कम्प्युटरवर साठवण्याची आवश्यकता नाही. सर्व्हर चालवत असल्यास, तरी, कार्यरत "
++"सर्व्हिसेसकरिता फाइल्सचे बॅकअप घेणे आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr "काहीही बॅकअप करा जे तुम्हाला काही अनुचीत घडल्यास गमवणे अशक्य वाटते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "बॅकअप काय घ्यावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"तुमची प्राधान्यता <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">सर्वात महत्वाच्या फाइल्स</"
++"link> तसेच पुन्हा निर्माण करण्यास कठिण असणाऱ्या फाइल्सचे बॅकअप असायला पाहिजे."
++" उदाहरणार्थ, सर्वात जास्त महत्वाचे ते किमान महत्वाचे रँक केलेले:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "तुमच्या वैयक्तिक फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++"यामध्ये दस्तऐवज, स्प्रेढशीट्स, ईमेल, दिनदर्शिका भेट, वित्तीय डाटा, कुटुंबी "
++"फोटोज, किंवा इतर व्यक्तिगत फाइल्स जे अनिवार्य आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "तुमच्या वैयक्तिक सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++"यामध्ये रंग, पार्श्वभूमी, स्क्रीन रेजोल्युशन आणि डेस्कटॉपवरील माऊस "
++"सेटिंग्जकरिता केलेले बदल समाविष्टीत आहे. यामध्ये ॲप्लिकेशन्स प्राधान्यता, "
++"जसे कि <app>लिब्रेऑफिस</app> करिता सेटिंग्ज, तुमचे संगीत वादक, आणि तुमचा "
++"ईमेल प्रोग्राम समाविष्टीत आहे. ते बदलण्याजोगी आहे, परंतु निर्माणकरिता थोडा "
++"वेळ घेते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक वापरकर्ते इंस्टॉलेशनवेळी निर्मीत प्रणाली सेटिंग्ज बदलत नाही. काही "
++"कारणास्तव प्रणाली सेटिंग्ज पसंतीचे केल्यास, किंवा संगणकाचा सर्व्हर म्हणून "
++"वापर करत असल्यास, ह्या सेटिंग्जचे बॅकअप घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "इंस्टॉल केलेले सॉफ्टवेअर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरण्याजोगी सॉफ्टवेअर गंभीर संगणकीय अडचणनंतर सर्वसाधारणपणे पुन्हा इंस्टॉल "
++"करून पूर्वस्थितीत आणणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्वसाधारणपणे, तुम्हाला अनिवार्य फाइल्स आणि विना बॅकअप जास्त वेळ घेणाऱ्या "
++"फाइल्स्ला बॅकअप करायला आवडेल. बाबी अदलाबदल करण्यास सोपे असल्यास, दुसऱ्या "
++"बाजूला, त्यांचे बॅकअप ठेवून तुम्हाला डिस्क जागेचा वापर करायची आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"बॅकअप्स कुठे साठवायचे आणि कोणत्याप्रकारचे स्टोरेज साधनाचा वापर करायचे, "
++"त्याकरिता सूचना."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "बॅकअप कुठे साठवावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाच्या ठिकाणापासून वेगळ्या ठिकाणी फाइल प्रतचे बॅकअप्स दुसऱ्या ठिकाणी "
++"साठवले पाहिजे - एक्सटर्नल हार्ड डिस्कवरील, उदाहरणार्थ. अशा प्रकारे, संगणक "
++"खंडीत झाल्यास, बॅकअप इंटॅक्ट राहेल. कमाल सुरक्षाकरिता, बॅकअपला संगण प्रमाणे "
++"एकाच बिल्डिंगमध्ये ठेवू नका. आग किंवा चोरी झाल्यास, दोन्ही डाटाचे प्रत गमवले "
++"जातील, एकत्र ठेवले असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"योग्य <em>बॅकअप मिडीयम</em> नीवडणे देखील महत्वाचे आहे. सर्व बॅक्ड-अप "
++"फाइल्सकरिता पुरेशी डिस्क क्षमता असणाऱ्या साधनावर बॅकअप्स साठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "स्थानिक आणि रिमोट साठवण पर्याय"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB मेमोरी की (कमी क्षमतेची)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "अंतर्गत डिस्क ड्राइव (उच्च क्षमतेची)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "बाह्य हार्ड डिस्क (जास्तकरुन उच्च क्षमतेची)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "नेटवर्कने जोडलेली ड्राइव (उच्च क्षमतेची)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "फाइल/बॅकअप सर्वर (उच्च क्षमतेचा)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "लिहिता येण्यासारख्या CD किंवा DVD (कमी/मध्यम क्षमतेच्या)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"ऑनलाइन बॅकअप सर्व्हिस (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> किंवा <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ; क्षमता किमतीवर आधारित आहे)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीवरील प्रत्येक फाइलच्या बॅकअपकरिता काही पर्यायांकडे अतिरिक्त क्षमता "
++"आहे, त्यास <em>संपूर्ण प्रणाली बॅकअप</em> असेही म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "बॅकअप बद्दल का, काय, कुठे आणि कसं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "बॅकअप्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "महत्त्वाच्या फाइल्सचं बॅकअप घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>बॅकिंग अप</em> फाइल्स म्हणजे सेफकिपिंगकरिता प्रत बनवणे. हे गमवल्यास "
++"किंवा सदोषीत असल्यास, मूळ फाइल्स वापरण्याजोगी नसल्यावर गृहीत धरले जाते. ह्या "
++"प्रतचा वापर गमवल्यास मूळ डाटा पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्यासाठी केला जातो. मूळ "
++"फाइल्सपासून विविध साधनावर प्रत साठवायला हवे. उदाहरणार्थ, तुम्ही USB "
++"ड्राइव्ह, एक्सटर्नल हार्ड ड्राइव्ह, CD/DVD, किंवा ऑफसाइट सर्व्हिसचा वापर करू "
++"शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्सचे बॅकअप घेण्यासाठी सर्वोत्तम पर्याय म्हणजे नियमीतपणे कार्यान्वीत "
++"करणे, प्रतला ऑफसाइट ठेवणे आणि (संभाव्यतया) एनक्रिप्ट करणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">जोडा</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">फाइल्स पाठवा</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">बंद "
++"आणि सुरु करा</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ वायलेस प्रोटोकॉल आहे जे तुम्हाला संगणकाचे विविध प्रकारच्या साधनांशी "
++"जोडणी करण्यास परवानगी देते. ब्लुटुथचा वापर सहसा हेडसेट्स आणि इंपुट साधने जसे "
++"कि माइस आणि किबोर्ड्सकरिता केला जातो. ब्लुटुथचा वापर <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">साधनांतर्गत फाइल्स पाठवण्याकरिता</link> केला जातो, जसे कि "
++"संगणकातून सेल फोनकरिता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ उपकरणांना जोडीदार बनवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "तुमच्या संगणकाला ब्लुटुथ उपकरणाशी जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस किंवा हेडसेट सारख्या ब्लुटुथ साधनाच्या वापर अगोदर, तुम्हाला पहिले "
++"संगणकाला साधनाशी जोडणी करावी लागेल. यास पैरिंग दि ब्लुटुथ डिव्हासेस असे हि "
++"म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही सुरु करण्यापुर्वी, तुमच्या संगणकावर ब्लुटुथ लागू आहे याची खात्री करा. "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> बघा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्यु पट्टीतील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>नवीन साधन सेट अप</gui> "
++"नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीतील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>नवीन साधन सेटअप करा</gui> "
++"नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसऱ्या ब्लुटुथ साधनाला <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">डिस्कवरेबल किंवा "
++"विजिबल</link> करा आणि त्यास संगणकाच्या 10 मिटीरच्या अंतरात (जवळपास 33 फीट) "
++"स्थीत करा. <gui>पुढे</gui> क्लिक करा. तुमचा संगणक साधने शोधण्यास सुरूवात "
++"करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त साधने सूचीत असल्यास, सूचीमधील एकाच प्रकारचे साधन "
++"दाखवण्याकरिता <gui>साधन प्रकार</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउनचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर साधनकरिता PIN कसे डिलिवर केले जाईल हे सेट करण्यासाठी <gui>PIN पर्याय</"
++"gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++"स्वयं PIN सेटिंग सह-अंकीय संख्यायीक कोडचा वापर करेल. विना इंपुट किज किंवा "
++"स्क्रीनसह साधन, जसे कि माउस किंवा हेडसेट, यास ठराविक PIN जसे कि 0000, किंवा "
++"कोणतेही PIN नाही, आवश्यक असू शकते. योग्य सेटिंगकरिता साधनाचे मॅन्युअल तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या साधनकरिता योग्य PIN सेटिंगची नीवड करा, नंतर <gui>बंद करा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरू ठेवण्याकरिता <gui>पुढे</gui> क्लिक करा. PIN अगोदरच सेट करायचे पसंत न "
++"केल्यास, PIN पडद्यावर दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यक असल्यास, दुसऱ्या साधनावर PINची खात्री करा. साधन तुम्हाला संगणकाच्या "
++"स्क्रीनवर दिसणारे PIN दाखवेल, किंवा तुम्हाल PIN देण्यास विनंती करेल. "
++"साधनावरील PINची खात्री करा, त्यानंतर <gui>जुळवण्या</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश साधनांवर २० सेकंदात तुम्हाला नोंदणी पूर्ण करावी लागेल, किंवा जोडणी "
++"पूर्ण होणार नाही. असे झाल्यास, साधन सूचीकडे जा आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाल्यास संदेश आढळते. <gui>बंद करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यकता असल्यास पुढे तुम्ही <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-"
++"connection\">ब्लुटुथ काढून टाका</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"शेअर्ड फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी, <gui>ब्ल्युटुथ शेअरिंग</gui> "
++"सेटिंग्ज पहा. <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++"अडॅप्टरला बंद करणे शक्य आहे किंवा ड्राइव्हर्स समर्थीत नाही, किंवा ब्लुटुथ "
++"बंद किंवा अडवलेले असावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "माझ्या ब्लुटुथ उपकरणाला मी जोडु शकत नाहीये"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ साधन, जसे कि फोन किंवा होडसेटसह जोडणी न होण्याचे असंख्य कारण आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "जोडणी अडवा किंवा अविश्वासु"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++"काही ब्लुटुथ साधने जोडणी पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे अडवतात, किंवा जोडणी "
++"स्वीकारण्यासाठी सेटिंगमध्ये बदल आवश्यक ठरवतात. तुमचे साधन जोडणी स्वीकारण्यास "
++"तयार आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ हार्डवेअर ओळखीचे नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टर किंवा डाँगल संगणकातर्फे ओळखले गेले नसेल. याचे कारण "
++"म्हणजे अडॅप्टरकरिता <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">ड्राइव्हर्स</link> "
++"इंस्टॉल केले गेले नाही. काही ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टर्स Linux वर समर्थीत नाही, म्हणून "
++"त्याकरिता योग्य ड्राइव्हर्स प्राप्त करणे शक्य होणार नाही. ह्या घटनामध्ये, "
++"तुम्हाला कदाचित वेगळ्या ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टरचा वापर करा लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "अडाप्टर सुरु नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टर सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा. <gui>मेन्यु पट्टी</gui>मधील "
++"ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि ते <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">बंद "
++"नाही</link> याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टर सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा. शीर्ष पट्टीवरील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर "
++"क्लिक करा आणि ते <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">बंद नाही</link> याची "
++"तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "उपकरणाची ब्लुटुथ जोडणी बंद आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी करण्याजोगी साधनाशी ब्लुटुथ सुरू आहे याची तपासणी करा. उदाहरणार्थ, फोनशी "
++"जोडणी करायचा प्रयत्न करत असल्यास, ते अयरप्लेन मोडमध्ये नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "तुमच्या संगणकामध्ये ब्लुटुथ अडाप्टर नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक संगणकांमध्ये ब्लुटुथ अडॅप्टर्स नाही. ब्लुटुथचा वापर करायचा असल्यास "
++"तुम्ही अडॅप्टर विकत घेऊ शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ उपकरणांच्या यादीतून एक उपकरण वगळा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ उपकरणांमधील जोडणी वगळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ साधनाशी जोडणी करायची नसल्यास, तुम्ही जोडणी काढून टाकू शकता. माऊस "
++"किंवा हेडसेट सारख्या साधनांचा वापर करायचा नसल्यास हे उपयोगी ठरते, किंवा "
++"साधनापासून तुम्हाला फाइल्स स्थानांतरित करायची इच्छा नसल्यास हे उपयोगी ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>मेनु पट्टी</gui>मध्ये ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ "
++"सेटिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"सगळ्यात वरच्या पट्टीवर ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ सेटिंग</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी वगळण्यासाठी डाव्या पट्टीमध्ये उपकरण निवडा, यादी खालच्या चिन्हावर <gui>-"
++"</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "पुष्टी पटलात <gui>काढा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही नंतर जर इच्छा असेल तर <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ब्लुटुथ "
++"उपकरण परत जोडा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "तुमच्या फोन सारख्या ब्लुटुथ उपकरणासोबत फाइल्स शेअर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ उपकरणाला फाइल पाठवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही जुळलेल्या ब्लुटुथ साधनांकरिता, जसे कि मोबाईल फोन्स किंवा इतर "
++"संगणकांकरिता फाइल्स पाठवू शकता. काहीक साधन प्रकार फाइल्सचे स्थानांतरन, किंवा "
++"ठराविक प्रकारच्या फाइल्स स्थानांतरनकरिता परवानगी देत नाही. तुम्ही तीन पैकी "
++"एका पर्यायचा वापर करून फाइल्स पाठवू शकता: मेन्यु पट्टीमध्ये ब्लुटुथ चिन्हाचा "
++"वापर करून, ब्लुटुथ पटल सेटिंग्जपासून, किंवा प्रत्यक्षरित्या फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकपासून."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही जुळलेल्या ब्लुटुथ साधनांकरिता, जसे कि मोबाईल फोन्स किंवा इतर "
++"संगणकांकरिता फाइल्स पाठवू शकता. काही साधन प्रकार फाइल्सचे स्थानांतरन, किंवा "
++"ठराविक प्रकारच्या फाइल्स स्थानांतरनकरिता परवानगी देत नाही. तुम्ही ब्लुटुथ "
++"चिन्हाचा पर्यायचा वापर करून शीर्ष पट्टीवर, किंवा ब्लुटुथ पटल सेटिंग्ज "
++"पटलपासून फाइल्स पाठवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह वापरुन फाइल्स पाठवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्यु पट्टीतील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>साधनकरिता फाइल्स पाठवा</"
++"gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्यु पट्टीवरील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>साधनकरिता फाइल्स पाठवा</"
++"gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr "पाठवण्याजोगी फाइल पसंत करा आणि <gui>नीवडा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरमध्ये एकापेक्षा जास्त फाइल पाठवण्याकरिता, प्रत्येक फाइल नीवडताना "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"साधन पसंत करा ज्याकडे तुम्हाला फाइल्स पाठवायचे आणि <gui>पाठवा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनांची सूची तुम्हाला दोन्ही <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">आधीपासूनच जोडलेले साधन</link> तसेच व्याप्ति अंतर्गत <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">दृश्यास्पद साधने</link> दाखवते. नीवडलेल्या साधनाशी "
++"आधीपासूनच जुळले नसल्यास, तुम्ही <gui>पाठवा</gui> क्लिक केल्यानंतर साधनाशी "
++"जोडी करण्यास विनंती केली जाईल. यास इतर साधनकरिता खात्री पटवणे कदाचित आवश्यक "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त साधने असल्यास, <gui>साधन प्रकार</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउनचा वापर "
++"करून, तुम्ही सूची फक्त ठराविक साधनांकरिता मर्यादीत ठेवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"प्राप्य साधनाच्या मालकाला सहसा फाइल स्वीकारण्यासाठी बटन दाबावी लागते. मालक "
++"एकदाचे स्वीकारल्यास किंवा नकार दिल्यास, फाइल स्थानांतरनचा परिणाम तुमच्या "
++"पडद्यावर दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ सेटिंग मधून फाइल्स पाठवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेनु पट्टीमध्ये ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ सेटिंग</gui> "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीपासून डावीकडे फाइल्स पाठवण्याकरिता साधन नीवडा. सूची आधीपासूनच जोडणी "
++"केलेले साधने दाखवते. <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr "उपकरण माहितीमध्ये उजवीकडे, <gui>फाइल्स पाठवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr "तुमच्या संगणकावर ब्लुटुथ उपकरण लागू किंव बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ बंद किंवा सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टीवर ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ साधनांचा वापर करण्यासाठी तुम्ही ब्लुटुथचा वापर करू शकता आणि फाइल्स "
++"पाठवू आणि प्राप्त करू शकता, परंतु पावर साठवण्याकरिता त्यास बंद करा. ब्लुटुथ "
++"सुरू करण्यासाठी, मेन्यु पट्टीतील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ "
++"सुरू करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ साधनांचा वापर करण्यासाठी तुम्ही ब्लुटुथचा वापर करू शकता आणि फाइल्स "
++"पाठवू आणि प्राप्त करू शकता, परंतु पावर साठवण्याकरिता त्यास बंद करा. ब्लुटुथ "
++"सुरू करण्यासाठी, शीर्ष पट्टीतील ब्लुटुथ चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ</"
++"gui>चा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक लॅपटॉप संगणकांकडे हार्डवेअर स्विच किंवा ब्लुटुथ सुरू आणि बंद करण्यासाठी "
++"कि जोडणी उपलब्ध आहे. ब्लुटुथ हार्डवेअर बंद केल्यास, तुम्हाला मेन्यु पट्टीत "
++"ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह आढळणार नाही. तुमच्या संगणकावरील स्विच किंवा कळफलकवरील किकरिता "
++"पहा. कळफलक किकरिता बहुतांशवेळी <key>Fn</key> किच्या मदतीने प्रवेश प्राप्त "
++"केला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ सुरू आणि बंद करण्याकरिता अनेक लॅपटॉप संगणकांकडे हार्डवेअर स्विच "
++"किंवा कि जोडणी आहे. ब्लुटुथ हार्डवेअर बंद केल्यानंतर, तुम्हाला शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीमध्ये ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह दिसणार नाही. संगणकावरील स्विच किंवा कळफलकवरील कि "
++"पहा. कळफलक किकरिता प्रवेश सहसा <key>Fn</key> किच्या सहाय्याने केला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ बंद करण्यासाठी, ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ बंद करा</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ बंद करण्यासाठी, ब्लुटुथ चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ब्लुटुथ</gui> बंद "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर साधनापासून ह्या संगणकाशी जोडणी करत असल्यास तुम्हाला <gui>दृश्यता</gui>चा "
++"वापर करावे लागेल. अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> पहा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "तुमचा संगणक इतर साधनांतर्फे डिस्कवरेबल आहे किंवा नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ दृश्यता काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्लुटुथ दृश्यता म्हणजे ब्लुटुथ साधनांकरिता शोध घेताना साधन तुमच्या संगणकाला "
++"शोधू शकतो किंवा नाही. ब्लुटुथ दृश्यता सुरू केल्यानंतर, तुमचा संगणक इतर "
++"साधनांकरिता व्याप्ति अंतर्गत जाहीर करेल, त्यांना तुमच्यासह जोडणी करण्यास "
++"परवानगी देईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या संगणकाला इतर साधनांतर्फे शोधण्याजोगी असण्यासाठी दृश्यास्पद असण्याची "
++"आवश्यकता नाही, परंतु साधनांना तुमच्या संगणकातर्फे दृश्यास्पद असणे आवश्यक आहे "
++"."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">साधनाशी जोडणी स्थीपत</link> "
++"केल्यानंतर, एकमेकांशी संपर्क साधण्याकरिता ना संगणक ना साधनाला दृश्यास्पद "
++"होण्याची आवश्यकता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर साधनापासून संगणकाशी जोडणी करण्यास तुम्ही किंवा तुमचा विश्वासु इच्छुक "
++"असल्यास, दृश्यता बंद ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "Richard Hughes"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">हे महत्वाचे का आहे</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">रंग प्रोफाइल्स</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">साधन कसे कॅलिब्रेट करायचे</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "रंग व्यवस्थापन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "रंग प्रोफाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "अंश परीक्षण"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr "पडद्याच्या शीर्षकडे दिनदर्शिकाकरिता भेट दाखवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "निर्देशिका नियोजीत भेटी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr "यास संगणकावर <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> इंस्टॉल असणे आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक वितरक <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे इंस्टॉल करतात. इंस्टॉल "
++"झाले नसल्यास, वितरकाचे संकुल व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करून इंस्टॉल करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "नियोजीत भेटी बघण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टीवरच्या घड्याळावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>दिनदर्शिका</gui> वरील भेट पहाण्याकरिता दिनांकावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++"अस्तित्वातील भेट उजव्या बाजूस दिसेल. <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> मध्ये भेट "
++"समाविष्ट होत असताना, ते घड्याळांच्या भेट सूचीमध्ये आढळतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "घड्याळ, दिनदर्शिका, आणि नियोजित भेटी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्णतया <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> दिनदर्शिकेचा वापर करण्यासाठी, घड्याळीवर क्लिक "
++"करा आणि <gui>दिनदर्शिका उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++"अस्तित्वातील <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> खाते असल्यास हे कार्य करेल. नाहीतर, पहिले "
++"खाते समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी आवश्यक टप्प्यांसह पटल आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवरील घड्याळीवर क्लिक करा आणि दिनांक किंवा वेळ बदलण्याकरिता "
++"<gui>दिनांक आणि वेळ सेटिंग्ज</gui> करिता जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "तारीख आणि वेळ बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवरील दाखवलेले दिनांक आणि वेळ अयोग्य असल्यास किंवा चुकिचे रूपण "
++"असल्यास, त्यास बदलणे शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"घड्याळीच्या शीर्ष पट्टीतील मध्यम भागी क्लिक करून आणि <gui>दिनांक आणि वेळ "
++"सेटिंग्ज</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्हाला <gui>अनलॉक</gui> क्लिक करावे लागेल आणि <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">ॲडमिन पासवर्ड</link> टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++"तास आणि मिनिट पसंत करून बाणांवर क्लिक करून दिनांक आणि वेळ सुस्थीत करा. ड्रॉप-"
++"डाऊन सूचीतून तुम्ही वर्ष, महिना आणि दिवस नीवडू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंत असल्यास, तुम्ही <gui>नेटवर्क वेळ</gui>चा वापर करून घड्याळ स्वयंरित्या "
++"सुधारित करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>नेटवर्क वेळ</em> सुरू केल्यानंतर, संगणक वेळोवेळी घड्याळीला इंटरनेटवरील "
++"सर्वाधिक योग्य घड्याळीसह समजुळणी करेल, जेणेकरून तुम्हाला हे प्रत्यक्षरित्या "
++"करायची आवश्यकता पडणार नाही. हे तुम्ही इंटरनेटशी जोडणी केल्यानंतरच कार्य करेल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>२४-तास</gui> किंवा <gui>AM/PM</gui> रूपणची नीवड करून तुम्ही तास कशा "
++"प्रकारे दाखवले जाते ते बदलू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr "इतर वेळक्षेत्र समाविष्ट करून तुम्ही इतर शहरांचे वेळ पाहू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "तुमचा काल विभाग बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "शीर्ष पट्टीतील मध्य भागातील घड्याळीवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>वेळ आणि तारीख सेटिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"मॅपवरील ठिकाणावर क्लिक करा, त्यानंतर तुमची सध्याचे शहर ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून "
++"नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळे ठिकाण नीवडल्यानंतर शीर्ष पट्टीवरील दाखवलेला वेळ स्वयंरित्या सुधारित "
++"होईल. <gui>दिनांक आणि वेळ सेटिंग्ज</gui> पटलकरिता दुसऱ्यावेळी प्रवेश प्राप्त "
++"करताना पटलातील वेळ सुधारित केले जाईल. तुम्हाला <link xref=\"clock-"
++"set\">घड्याळ स्वतः सेट करायला</link> आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">दिनांक आणि वेळ सेट करा</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">वेळक्षेत्र</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">दिनदर्शिका आणि "
++"भेट</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "तारीख &amp; वेळ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++"पर्याय बदलण्याकरिता <guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "मी उपकरणांना प्रोफाइल्सची नेमणुक कशी करु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> उघडा, आणि प्रोफाइल "
++"समाविष्ट करण्याजोगी साधन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>प्रोफाइल समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करून तुम्ही अस्तित्वातील प्रोफाइलची "
++"नीवड किंवा नवीन फाइल इम्पोर्ट करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रत्येक साधनाकडे एकापेक्षा जास्त प्रोफाइल्स लागू केलेले असू शकतात, परंतु "
++"एकच <em>पूर्वनिर्धारित</em> प्रोफाइल असू शकते. पूर्वनिर्धारित प्रोफाइलचा "
++"वापर तेव्हा होतो जेव्हा प्रोफाइल स्वयंरित्या पसंत करण्यासाठी अगाऊ माहिती "
++"उपलब्ध राहत नाही. ह्या स्वयं नीवडचे उदाहरण म्हणजे एका प्रोफाइलचे ग्लॉसि "
++"पेपरकरिता निर्माण आणि दुसरे प्लैन पेपरकरिता निर्माण."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr "रेडिओ बटन बदलून तुम्ही प्रोफाइलला पूर्वनिर्धारित बनवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++"कॅलिब्रेशन हार्डवेअर जोडले असल्यास <gui>कॅलिब्रेट…</gui> बटन नवीन प्रोफाइल "
++"निर्माण करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "योग्य रंग प्राप्त करण्यासाठी कॅमेरा कॅलिब्रेट करणे महत्वाचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "मी माझ्या कॅमेराचं अंश परिक्षण कसे करु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"लक्ष्य फोटोग्राफकरिता आवश्यक प्रकाश अटी अंतर्गत कॅमेरा साधनांना कॅलिब्रेट "
++"करणे शक्य आहे. RAW फाइलला TIFF फाइलमध्ये रूपांतरीत करून, कॅमेरा साधनाला रंग "
++"नियंत्रण पटलात कॅलिब्रेट करण्यास शक्य होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्हाला TIFF फाइल क्रॉप करावेल लागेल जेणेकरुण लक्ष्य दृश्यास्पद राहेल. "
++"पांढरे किंवा काळ्या किनारी अजूनही दृश्यास्पद आहे याची खात्री करा. प्रतिमा वर-"
++"खाली किंवा मोठ्या प्रमाणात विकृत असल्यास कॅलिब्रेशन कार्य करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++"परिणामस्वरूपी प्रोफाइल फक्त प्रकाशमय अटी अंतर्गत वैध आहे जेथून तुम्ही मूळ "
++"प्रतिमा प्राप्त केली. याचा अर्थ <em>स्टुडिओ</em>, <em>आलोकीक प्रकाश</em> आणि "
++"<em>ढगाळ</em> प्रकाशमय अटींकरिता एकापेक्षा जास्त वेळा प्रोफाइलची आवश्यकता "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr "योग्य रंगाच्या छपाईकरिता छपाईयंत्राला कॅलिब्रेट करणे महत्वाचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "मी माझ्या प्रिंटरचं अंश परिक्षण कसे करु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "छपाईयंत्र साधानाला प्रोफाइल करण्याचे दोन पर्याय उपलब्ध आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr "Pantone ColorMunki सारखे फोटोस्पेक्टोमिटिर साधनाचा वापर करून"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr "कलर कंपनीपासून छपाईकरिता संदर्भ फाइल डाउनलोड करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त पेपर प्रकार असल्यास छपाई प्रोफाइल "
++"निर्माण करण्यासाठी रंग कम्पनीचा वापर करणे सहसा सर्वात स्वस्त पर्याय आहे. "
++"कंपनी संकेतस्थळापासून संदर्भ चार्ट डाउनलोड करून पॅडेड एनवेलोपमध्ये प्रत "
++"पाठवणे शक्य आहे जेथे ते पेपर स्कॅन करतील, प्रोफाइल निर्माण करतील आणि "
++"तुम्हाला योग्य ICC प्रोफाइल ईमेल करतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++"खर्चिक साधन जसे कि ColorMunki स्वस्त तेव्हाच ठरतात जेव्हा तुम्ही मोठ्या "
++"प्रमाणात इंक सेट्स किंवा पेपर प्रकार प्रोफाइल करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++"इंक पुरवठाकर्ता बदलल्यास, तुम्ही छपाईयंत्र पुन्हा कॅलिब्रेट करत आहात याची "
++"खात्री करा!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "योग्य रंग प्राप्त करण्यासाठी स्कॅनरला कॅलिब्रेट करणे महत्वाचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "मी माझ्या स्कॅनरचं अंश परिक्षण कसे करु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++"लक्ष्य फाइल स्कॅन करा आणि त्यास अनकम्प्रेस्ड TIFF फाइल म्हणून साठवा. "
++"त्यानंतर <gui>कॅलिब्रेट…</gui> क्लिक करा, <guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</"
++"gui><gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> पासून साधनकरिता प्रोफाइल निर्माण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"स्कॅनर साधने वेळनुसार बऱ्यापैकी स्थीर असतात आणि तापमानला सहसा कॅलिब्रेट केले "
++"जात नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr "योग्य रंग दाखवण्याकरिता पडद्याला कॅलिब्रेट करणे महत्वाचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "मी माझ्या स्क्रीनचे अंश परिक्षण कसे करु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याला कॅलिब्रेट करणे खूपच सोपे आहे आणि संगणकीय डिजाइन किंवा आर्टवर्कमध्ये "
++"सहभागी असल्यास अनिवार्य आवश्यकता पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"कलरिमिटर साधनाचा वापर करून पडद्यावर दाखवण्याजोगी विविध रंग योग्यरित्या मोजणे "
++"शक्य आहे. <guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज </gui><gui>रंग </gui></guiseq> चालवून तुम्ही "
++"प्रोफाइल निर्माण करू शकता, आणि सहाय्यक तुम्हाला कलरिमिट साधन कसे जोडायचे आणि "
++"कोणत्या सेटिंग्जकरिता सुस्थीत करायचे ते दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"दर वेळी स्क्रीन्स बदलत राहतात - TFT मधील बॅकलाइट प्रत्येक १८ महिन्यानंतर "
++"तेजपणा अर्धा करेल, आणि जुणे होता होता पिवळे होते. याचा अर्थ [!] चिन्ह कलर "
++"कंट्रोल पॅनलमध्ये आढळल्यास तुम्ही पडदा पुन्हा कॅलिब्रेट केले पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr "LED पडदे देखील अनेकवेळा बदलत राहतात, परंतु TFT पेक्षा खूप कमी दरात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr "कॅलिब्रेशन आणि कॅरेकटराइजेशन पूर्णपणे वेगवेगळ्या बाबी आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr "कॅलिब्रेशन आणि कॅरेक्टराइजेशन अंतर्गत काय भेद आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक वापरकर्ते सुरूवातील कॅलिब्रेशन आणि कॅलिब्रेशन अंतर्गत भेदमध्ये गोंधळतात."
++" कॅलिब्रेशन साधनाचे रंग वर्तन संपादित करायची कृती आहे. हे सहसा दोन पद्धतींचा "
++"वापर करून पूर्ण केले जाते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr "समाविष्टीत कंट्रोल्स किंवा आंतरिक सेटिंग्ज बदलून"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr "रंग वाहिनीकरिता आलेख लागू करून"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++"कॅलिब्रेशन म्हणजे रंग प्रतिसाद संदर्भात साधनाला एका ठरवलेल्या स्तरमध्ये "
++"स्थीत करणे. सहसा हे दैनंदिन वापरमध्ये रिप्रड्युसिबिल वर्तनचे व्यवस्थानकरिता "
++"केला जातो. सहसा कॅलिब्रेशनला साधन किंवा प्रणाली ठराविक फाइल रूपणमध्ये साठवले "
++"जाते जे साधन सेटिंग्ज किंवा प्रि-वाहिनी कॅलिब्रेशन आलेख रेकॉर्ड करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++"कॅरेक्टराइजेशन (किंवा प्रोफाइलिंग) मध्ये, साधन रंग कशा प्रकारे रिप्रड्युस "
++"करते किंवा प्रतिसाद पाठवते, अशी <em>रेकॉर्डिंग</em> पद्धत आहे. सहसा "
++"परिणामाला साधन ICC प्रोफाइलमध्ये साठवले जाते. अशा प्रकारचे प्रोफाइल स्वतःहून "
++"कुठल्याही प्रकारे रंग संपादित करत नाही. ते रंग प्रणाली जसे कि CMM (Color "
++"Management Module) किंवा रंग सक्षम ॲप्लिकेशनला इतर साधन प्रोफाइलसह रंग "
++"संपादित करण्यास परवानगी देते. दोन्ही साधनांचे गुणधर्म माहिती करून, एका "
++"साधनापासून दुसऱ्या साधनाकरिता रंग स्थानांतरित करण्यासाठी पर्याय शक्य होऊ "
++"शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++"कॅरेक्टराइजेशन (प्रोफाइल) साधनकरिता वैध ठरते जेव्हा ते कॅरेक्टराइज केले जात "
++"असताना कॅलिब्रेशनच्या एकाच स्तरात असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पले प्रोफाइल्सच्या घटनेत अगाऊ गोंधळ आहे कारण बऱ्याचवेळी कॅलिब्रेशन "
++"माहितीला सोयकरिता प्रोफाइलमध्ये साठवले जाते. करारनुसार त्यास <em>vcgt</em> "
++"नामक टॅगमध्ये साठवले जाते. जरी त्याला प्रोफाइलमध्ये साठवले जाते, कोणतेही "
++"सामान्य ICC आधारीत साधने किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्स त्यासह अगत नाही, किंवा त्यासह "
++"परस्पर काही कार्य करतात. त्याचप्रमाणे, ठराविक डिस्पले कॅलिब्रेशन साधने आणि "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स अगत राहत नाही, किंवा ICC कॅरेक्टराइजेशन (प्रोफाइल) माहितीसह "
++"संलग्न असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "आम्ही कॅलिब्रेशन साधनांची मोठी संख्याकरिता समर्थन पुरवतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "कोणते रंग मोजमाप यंत्र समर्थीत आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"रंग यंत्रांना समर्थन पुरवण्याकरिता GNOME Argyll रंग व्यवस्थपान प्रणालीवर "
++"आधारित आहे. अशा प्रकारे खालील मोजमाप डिस्पले यंत्र समर्थीत आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (स्पेक्ट्रोमीटर्)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 मॉनिटर (स्पेक्ट्रोमीटर्)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 डिस्पले 1, 2 or LT (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 डिस्पले Pro (कलरीमीटर्)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki रचना किंवा छबी (स्पेक्ट्रोमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki डिसप्ले (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder २ आणि ३ (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (कलरीमीटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Pantone Huey सध्या कमी किमतीचा आहे आणि Linux मध्ये सर्वोत्तम समर्थीत "
++"हार्डेवेअर आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्रांना कॅलिब्रेट आणि कॅरेक्टराइज करण्यासाठी मदत पुरवण्याकरिता असंख्य "
++"स्पॉट आणि स्ट्रिप रिडिंग रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटिर्स समर्थीत आहेत, "
++"Argyllचे धन्यवाद:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" टाइप रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (स्पॉट टाइप रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटर)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41 (रिडिंग रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटर स्पॉट आणि स्ट्रिप करा)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41T (रिडिंग रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटर स्पॉट आणि स्ट्रिप करा)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (रिडिंग रिफ्लेक्टिव्ह स्पेक्ट्रोमिटर स्पॉट करा)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr "स्कॅनर आणि कॅमेरा प्रोफाइलिंगकरिता कॅलिब्रेशन लक्ष्य आवश्यक आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "कोणते लक्ष्य प्रकार समर्थीत आहेत?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "खालील लक्ष्य प्रकार समर्थीत आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker २४"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan १४"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही विविध ऑनलाइन शॉप्समध्ये परिचीत विक्रेता जसे कि KODAK, X-Rite आणि "
++"LaserSoft पासून लक्ष्य विकत घेऊ शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या तुम्ही <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf "
++"Faust</link> पासून जास्त योग्य किमतीत लक्ष्य विकत घेऊ सकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग प्रोफाइल्स बदलणे चांगली युक्ति नाही कारण हार्डवेअरमध्ये बदल होत राहतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "मी माझी रंग प्रोफाइल शेअर करु शकतो?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++"स्वतःहून निर्माण केलेले रंग प्रोफाइल्स हार्डवेअरकरिता आणि कॅलिब्रेशनजोगी "
++"प्रकाशमय अटिंकरिता ठराविक आहेत. काही शंभर तासांकरिता पावर झालेल्या "
++"डिस्पलेकरिता वेगळे रंग प्रोफाइल असणार जे शंभर तासांकरिता वापरलेल्या सिरिअल "
++"क्रमांकांच्या डिस्पलेसह परस्पर असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"याचा अर्थ इतरांशी प्रोफाइल शेअर केल्यास, तुम्ही त्यास कॅलिब्रेशनच्या "
++"<em>जवळपास</em> घेऊन जात आहे, पंरतु डिस्पले कॅलिब्रेटेड आहे हे सांगणे योग्य "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++"तसेच, रूममध्ये नियंत्रीत लाइटिंग (पटल, काळी भिंत, डेलाइट बलब्स इत्यादि पासून "
++"प्रकाश नाही) शिफारसीय असल्याशिवाय जेथे दृश्य आणि प्रतिमांचे संपादन केले "
++"जाते, ठराविक लाइटिंग स्थितीमध्ये निर्माण केलेल्या प्रोफाइलला शेअर करणे "
++"फायदेशीर ठरत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++"विक्रेता संकेतस्थाळांपासून डाउनलोड केलेल्या किंवा तुमच्यावतीलने निर्माण "
++"केलेल्या प्रोफाइल्सकरिता, तुम्ही काळजीपूर्वक रिडिस्ट्रिब्युशन अटि तपासायला "
++"हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग प्रोफाइल्स विक्रेत्यांतर्फे पुरवले जाते आणि तुम्ही स्वतः निर्माण करू "
++"शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "मला रंग प्रोफाइल्स कुठे सापडतील?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रोफाइल्स प्राप्त करण्याचा उत्तम पर्याय म्हणजे स्वतः निर्माण करा, जरि यास "
++"काही आउटलेची आवश्यकता असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक विक्रेता साधनांकरिता रंग प्रोफाइल्स पुरवतात, जरी बहुतांशवेळी त्यांना "
++"<em>ड्राइव्हर बंडल्स</em> अंतर्गत गुंडाळे जाते जे तुम्हाला डाऊनलोड, प्राप्त "
++"आणि रंग प्रोफाइल्सकरिता शोधावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++"काही उत्पादक हार्डवेअरकरिता योग्य प्रोफाइल्स पुरवत नाही व अशा प्रकारच्या "
++"प्रोफाइल्सला टाळणे भरे असते. चांगली युक्ति म्हणजे प्रोफाइल डाउनलोड करा, आणि "
++"निर्माण दिनांक साधन विकत घेतले त्या दिनांकापेक्षा एका वर्षाने जास्त असल्यास "
++"ते निर्मीत चाचमी डाटा आहे जे कुचकामी असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++"विक्रेता-पुरवलेले प्रोफाइल्स सहसा कुचकामी असतात आणि याविषयी अधिक माहितीकरिता "
++"<link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr "रंग प्रोफाइल्सला त्यास उघडून सोपेरित्या इम्पोर्ट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "मी रंग प्रोफाइल्स कुठून मागवु?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल ब्राऊजरमध्ये प्रोफाइलला सहा <input>.ICC</input> किंवा <input>.ICM</"
++"input> फाइलवर दोनवेळा क्लिक करून सोपेरित्या इम्पोर्ट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनकरिता प्रोफाइल नीवडताना <guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>रंग</gui></"
++"guiseq> पासून वैकल्पिकरित्या तुम्ही <gui>प्रोफाइल इम्पोर्ट करा…</gui> नीवडू "
++"शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr "संपूर्ण-पडदाभर रंग सुधार पटलांवरील सर्व पडद्याचे रंग सुधारित करतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr "संपूर्ण-पडदाभर रंग सुधारणाकरिता न आढळलेली माहिती?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++"दुर्दैवाने, अनेक विक्रेतातर्फे-पुरवलेल्या ICC प्रोफाइल्समध्ये पडदा-भर रंग "
++"दुरूस्तीकरिता माहिती समाविष्टीत नसते. हे प्रोफाइल्स त्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता "
++"उपयोगी ठरू शकते जे रंग कॉमपेंसेशन करतात, परंतु पडद्यावरील सर्व रंग बदलणार "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++"दाखवण्याजोगी प्रोफाइल निर्माण करण्यासाठी, ज्यामध्ये दोन्ही कॅलिब्रेशन आणि "
++"कॅरेक्टराइजेशन डाटा समाविष्टीत आहे, त्याकरिता तुम्हाला विशेष रंग मोजण्याचे "
++"यंत्र जसे कि कलरिमिटर किंवा स्पक्ट्रोमिटिर आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr "रंग प्रोफाइल जुणे आणि अयोग्य असल्यास तुम्हाला सूचीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr "माझे रंग प्रोफाइल अयोग्य असल्यास मला सूचीत करणे शक्य आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"डिव्हास प्रोफाइल योग्य आहे किंवा नाही, हे दुर्दैवाने साधनाला पुन्हा "
++"कॅलिब्रेट केलेविना शक्य नाही. रिकॅलिब्रेट शिफारसीय असल्यास कॅलिब्रेशनपासून "
++"आवश्यक वेळेला सोपे मेट्रिक म्हणून वापरणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++"काही कंपनीजकडे प्रोफाइल्सकरिता खूप ठराविक टाइमआउट करार आहे, अयोग्य रंग "
++"प्रोफाइल उत्पादनमध्ये मोठा बदल आणू शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"वेळसमाप्ति करार सेट केल्यास आणि प्रोफाइल करारपेक्षा जुणे असल्यास "
++"प्रोफाइलच्या बाजूस <guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> "
++"संवादात लाल त्रीकोण दाखवले जाईल. संगणकावरील प्रत्येक प्रवेशकरिता एक सावधानता "
++"सूचना देखील दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पले आणि छपाई साधनांकरिता करार सेट करण्यासाठी, दिवसांमध्ये प्रोफाइलचे "
++"कमाल आयु निर्देशीत करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित मॉनिटर प्रोफाइल्सकडे कॅलिब्रेशन दिनांक नसते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित मॉनिटर प्रोफाइल्सकडे कॅलिब्रेशन वेळसमाप्ति का रहात नाही?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पले EDID वर आधारित ज्यास मॉनिटर अंतर्गत मेमरि चिपमध्ये साठवले जाते, "
++"प्रत्येक मॉनिटरकरिता वापरले जाणाऱ्या पूर्वनिर्धारित रंग प्रोफाइल स्वयंरित्या "
++"निर्माण केले जाते. EDID फक्त उत्पादनवेळी मॉनिटरतर्फे दाखवण्याजोगी उपलब्ध "
++"रंगांचे स्नॅपशॉट पुरवते, आणि रंग दुरुस्तीकरिता इतर माहिती समाविष्टीत नसते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++"EDID ला सुधारित करणे अशक्य असल्यामुळे, त्यास वेळसमाप्ति दिनांक राहत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"मॉनिटर विक्रेतापासून प्रोफाइल प्राप्त करताना किंवा स्वतःहून प्रोफाइल निर्माण "
++"केल्यास जास्त योग्य रंग सुधारणा शक्य होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग व्यवस्थापनची चाचणी कठिण नाही, आणि काही चाचणी प्रोफाइल्स देखील पुरवले "
++"जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "रंग व्यवस्थापन योग्यरित्या कार्य करते याची चाचणी कशी करायची?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग प्रोफाइलचे प्रभाव बहुतांशवेळी सूक्षम असतात आणि काहीही बदल झाले आहे, याची "
++"चौकशी करणे देखील कठिण होऊ शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मध्ये चाचाणीकरिता अनेक प्रोफाइल्स शिप केले जातात ज्यावरून प्रोफाइल्स "
++"केव्हा केव्हा लागू केले जातात ते स्पष्ट होते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ब्लुइश चाचणी</em>: यामुळे स्क्रीन निळे होते आणि कॅलिब्रेशन आलेख "
++"डिस्पलेकरिता पाठवले गेले, याची चाचणी होते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: ह्यामुळे पडदा गुलाबी होतो आणि स्क्रीन प्रोफाइलच्या "
++"विविध गुणविशेषांची चाचणी करतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: ह्यामुळे पडदा बदलत नाही, परंतु BGR बनण्याकरिता RGB "
++"वाहिन्या स्वॅप करते. यामुले सर्व रंग ग्रेडिएंट्स बऱ्यापैकी योग्य दिसते, आणि "
++"संपूर्ण पडदाभर जास्त फरक आढळणार नाही, परंतु रंग व्यवस्थापनकरिता समर्थन "
++"पुरवणारे ॲप्लिकेशन्स खूपच वेगळे दिसतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> प्राधान्यताचा वापर करून "
++"चाचाणी प्रोफाइल्सपैकी एकाला तुमच्या डिस्पले डिव्हाइसमध्ये समाविष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या प्रोफाइल्स्चा वापर करून तुम्ही ॲप्लिकेशन रंग व्यवस्थापनकरिता केव्हा "
++"समर्थन पुरवतो ते पाहू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"वर्च्युअल साधन रंग व्यवस्थापीत साधन आहे जे संगणकाशी जुळलेले राहत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "वर्च्युअल रंग व्यवस्थापीत साधन काय असते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++"वर्चुअल साधन रंग व्यवस्थापीत साधन आहे ज्याला संगणकाशी जुळले जात नाही. याची "
++"उदाहरणे खालील पैकी आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr "एक ऑनलाइन छपाई-दुकान जेथे फोटोज अपलोड, छपाई आणि तुम्हाला पाठवले जातात"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr "मेमरि कार्डवरील डिजिटल कॅमेरापासून साठवलेले फोटोज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"डिजिटल कॅमराकरिता वर्च्युअल प्रोफाइल निर्माण करण्यासाठी प्रतिमा फाइल्सला "
++"<guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> <gui>रंग</gui></guiseq> संवादमध्ये ओढा आणि टाका. "
++"त्यानंतर त्याकरिता <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">प्रोफाइल्सचे वाटप</"
++"link> करू शकता किंवा त्यास <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">कॅलिब्रेट</"
++"link> देखील करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग प्रोफाइल सोपे फाइल आहे जे रंग स्पेस किंवा साधन प्रतिसाद अभिव्यक्त करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "रंग प्रोफाइल काय असते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग प्रोफाइल डाटा संच आहे जे एकतर साधनाला प्रोजेक्टर म्हणून किंवा रंग "
++"क्षेत्राला जसे कि sRGBला कॅरेक्टराइज करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश रंग प्रोफाइल्स ICC प्रोफाइलच्या स्वरूपात असतात, जे <input>.ICC</"
++"input> किंवा <input>.ICM</input> फाइल विस्तारसह एक छोटी फाइल आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++"डाटाची व्याप्ति निर्देशीत करण्यासाठी रंग प्रोफाल्सला प्रतिमामध्ये एम्बेड "
++"करणे शक्य आहे. ह्यामुळे वापरकर्ते विविध साधानांवर एकच रंग पाहू शकतील याची "
++"खात्री करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++"रंगाचे विश्लेषण करणाऱ्या प्रत्येक साधानाकडे स्वतःचे ICC प्रोफाइल असायला हवे "
++"आणि हे प्रणालीतर्फे प्राप्त झाल्यानंतर प्रणालीकडे <em>एंड-टू-एंड-कलर-मॅनेज्ड "
++"वर्कफ्लो</em> आहे असे समझले जाते. ह्या कार्यपद्धतीसह तुम्ही रंग गमवणे किंवा "
++"संपादित केले जात नाही याची खात्री होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "रंग क्षेत्र ठरवलेल्या रंगांची व्याप्ति आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "रंग जागा काय असते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग क्षेत्र ठरवलेल्या रंगांची व्याप्ति आहे. परिचीत रंग क्षेत्रांमध्ये sRGB, "
++"AdobeRGB आणि ProPhotoRGB समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++"मानवीय दृश्य प्रणाली सोपे RGB सेंसर नाही, परंतु CIE 1931 क्रोमॅटिसिटि "
++"आकृतीसह डाळा कसे प्रतिसाद पुरवतो हे जाणून घेणे शक्य आहे जे मानवी दृश्य "
++"प्रतिसादला हॉर्स-शू आकार म्हणून दाखवते. मानवीय व्हिजनमध्ये निळ्या किंवा लाल "
++"ऐवजी हिरव्या रंगाची जास्त छटा असते. RGB सारख्या ट्रायक्रोमॅटिक रंग क्षेत्रसह "
++"संगणकावरील रंगांना तीन मूल्यांसह प्रस्तुत केले जाते जे रंगाचे <em>ट्रायअँगल</"
++"em> स्वरूपातील एंकोडिंग पर्यंत मर्यादीत असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++"मॉडल जसे कि CIE 1931 क्रोमॅटिसिटि आकृतीचा वापर मानवी दृश्य प्रणालीची "
++"सुलभीकरण आहे, आणि रिअल गॅमुट्सला 3D हल्स म्हणून प्रस्तुत केले जाते, 2D "
++"प्रोजेक्शन्स ऐवजी. 3D आकाराचे 2D प्रोजेक्शन गोंधळास्पद असू शकते, जेणेकरून "
++"तुम्हाला 3D हल पहायचे असल्यास, <code>gcm-viewer</code> ॲप्लिकेशनचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB आणि ProPhotoRGB पांढऱ्या त्रिकोणांनी दर्शविले आहेत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++"पहिले, sRGB कडे लक्ष देताना, ज्याची छोटी व्याप्ति आहे आणि किमान रंग एंकोड "
++"करते. ते १० वर्ष जुणे CRT डिस्पलेचे अप्रॉक्सीमेशन आहे, आणि आधुनिक मॉनिटर्स "
++"यापेक्षा जास्त रंग दाखवू शकतात. sRGB <em>लिस्ट-कॉमन-डिनॉमिनेटर</em> मानक आहे "
++"आणि मोठ्या प्रमाणात ॲप्लिकेशन्सतर्फे वापरले जाते (इंटरनेट समाविष्टीत)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++"AdobeRGB याचा वापर <em>एडिटिंग स्पेस</em> म्हणून केला जातो. sRGB पेक्षा "
++"जास्त रंग एंकोड करणे शक्य आहे, याचा अर्थ बुहतांश रंग क्लिप्ड किंवा ब्लॅक्स "
++"क्रश केले जातात, यांची काळजी न करता फोटोग्राफमधील रंग बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++"ProPhoto सर्वात मोठे स्पेस उपलब्ध आहे आणि दस्तऐवज साठवण्याकरिता त्याचा "
++"वारंवार वापर केला जातो. मानवीय डोळ्यातर्फे आढळलेली रंगांची व्याप्ति एंकोड "
++"करणे शक्य आहे, डोळ्यांतर्फे न आढळणारी रंग देखील एंकोड केली जातात!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++"आत्ता, ProPhoto उत्तम असल्यास, त्यास इतर बाबींकरिता का वापरले जात नाही? "
++"उत्तर <em>क्वांटाइजेशन</em> मध्ये लपले आहे. प्रत्येक वाहिनी एंकोड करण्यासाठी "
++"८ बिट्स (२५६ स्तर) उपलब्ध असल्यास, मोठ्या व्याप्तिकडे प्रत्येक मूल्य अंतर्गत "
++"मोठे टप्पे असतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++" बिगर स्टेप्स म्हणजे कॅपचर्ड रंग आणि साठवलेल्या रंग अंतर्गत मोठ्या त्रुटी, "
++"आणि काही रंगांकरिता ही खूप मोठी अडचण आहे. की रंग, जसे कि स्किन कलर खूप "
++"महत्वाचे आहेत, आणि फोटोग्राफमधील छोटी त्रुटी देखील विनाप्रशिक्षीत "
++"श्रोत्यांना पटकन आढळून येते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++"होय, १६ बिट प्रतिमेला खूप जास्त टप्पे आणि छोटे काँटायजेशन त्रुटी आवश्यक "
++"असेल, परंतु यामुळे प्रत्येक प्रतिमा फाइलचे आकार दुहेरी होते. आज अस्तित्वात "
++"असलेली बहुतांश अंतर्भुत माहिती ८bpp आहे, म्हणजेच ८ बिट्स-पर-पिक्सेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग व्यवस्थापन म्हणजे एक रंग क्षेत्रातून दुसऱ्यामध्ये रूपांतरीत करणे, जेथे "
++"रंग क्षेत्र परिचीत क्षेत्र जसे कि sRGB, किंवा पसंतीचे क्षेत्र जसे कि मॉनिटर "
++"किंवा प्रिंटर प्रोफाइल असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पलेजोगी किंवा छपाईजोगी रंगांविषयी काळजी असल्यास कॅलिब्रेटिंग महत्वाचे "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr "मला स्वतःला अंश परिक्षण करण्याची काय गरज आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++"जनरिक प्रोफाइल्स सहसा अयोग्य असतात. जेव्हा उत्पादक नवीन मॉडल बनवतो, खूप कमी "
++"घटकांना उत्पादन श्रेणीतून नीवडले जाते आणि त्यांची सरासरी केली जाते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr "मध्यम प्रोफाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पले पटल युनिट ते युनिट भिन्न असतात आणि डिस्पलेचे काळ वाढत असताना "
++"बऱ्यापैकी बदलते. छपाईयंत्रकरिता देखील जास्त कठिण होते, फक्त पेपरचे प्रकार "
++"किंवा वजन बदलल्याने कॅरकटराइजेशन स्तर अवैध ठरते आणि प्रोफाइल अयोग्य करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडील प्रोफाइल योग्य आहे याचा सर्वोत्तम पर्याय म्हणजे स्वतःहून "
++"कॅलिब्रेशन करा, किंवा बाहेरिल कंपनीला एक्सट्रॅक्ट कॅरेकटराइजेशन स्तरावर "
++"आधारित प्रोफाइल पाठण्याची सहमती देऊन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++"रचनाकारांसाठी, फोटोग्राफर्ससाठी आणि कलाकारांसाठी रंग व्यवस्थापन महत्त्वाचे "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "रंग व्यवस्थापन महत्त्वाचे का आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग व्यवस्थापन म्हणजे इंपुट साधनाचा वापर, पडद्यावर रंग दाखवून, आणि रंग "
++"व्याप्ति आणि प्रत्येक मिडीयमवरील रंग व्यवस्थापीत करताना त्याची छपाई करण्याची "
++"कृती."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग व्यवस्थापनकरिता आवश्यकता बऱ्यापैकी हिवाळ्यात हिमन दिवशी पक्ष्याचे "
++"फोटोग्राफसह सर्वोत्तमरित्या समजवून सांगते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr "हिमन भिंतवरील पक्षी कॅमेरा व्युउ-फाइंडरमध्ये आढळल्याप्रमाणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पलेज सहसा निळ्या विहनीला ओव्हर-सॅट्युरेट करतात, ज्यामुळे प्रतिमा थंड "
++"दिस्तात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr "हे सहसा वापरकर्ता ठराविक बिजनेस लॅपटॉप पडद्यावर पाहतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++"वाइट 'पेपर वाइट' नाही आणि डोळ्याचे काळसर रंग आत्ता तांबडा कर्डा दिसतो हे "
++"लक्ष देऊन पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr "विशिष्ट इंकजेट छापईयंत्रवर छपाई करताना हे वापरकर्त्याला दिसते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++"येथे मूळ अडचण म्हणजे प्रत्येक साधन वेगळ्या रंगाची व्याप्ति हाताळण्यास सक्षम "
++"आहे. म्हणजेच जरी तुम्ही इलेक्ट्रिक निळाचे फोटो घेऊ शकत असताना, अनेक "
++"छपाईयंत्र त्यास पुन्हा उत्पन करू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक प्रतिमा साधन RGB (रेड, ग्रीन, ब्ल्यु) मध्ये प्राप्य करतात आणि छपाईकरिता "
++"CMYK (सिअन, मजेंटा, येल्लो, आणि ब्लॅक) रूपांतरित करतात. इतर अडचण म्हणजे "
++"तुमच्याकडे <em>पांढरी</em> शाई नसते, आणि पांढरेपणा पेपरच्या रंगा एवढाच "
++"पांढरा असू शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसरी अडचण म्हणजे युनिट्स. स्केल निर्देशीत न करता ज्यावर रंगाचे मोजमाप केले "
++"जाते, असे सांगणे कठिण आहे कि १००% लाल म्हणजे इंफ्रारेडच्या नजिकचे लाल किंवा "
++"छपाईयंत्रातील लाल शाई. एका डिस्पलेवरील ५०% लाल म्हणजे दुसऱ्या डिस्पलेवरील "
++"६२% लाल. हे व्यक्तिला तुम्ही ७ एककचे अंतर पूर्ण केले, परंतु एकक स्वरूप "
++"म्हणजे ७ किलोमिटर्स किंवा ७ मिटर्स."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++"रंग मध्ये, एककला गॅमुट म्हणून म्हटले जाते. गॅमुट सहसा पुन्हा उत्पनजोगी "
++"रंगांची व्याप्ति असते. DSLR कॅमेराकडे मोठे गॅमुट असू शकतात, सूर्यास्तमधील "
++"सर्व रंगांची व्यप्ति शक्य करणारा, परंतु प्रोजेक्टरकडे खूप छोटे गॅमुट असतात "
++"आणि सर्व रंग \"washed out\" दिसतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++"काही घटनांमध्ये पाठवण्याजोगी डाटा सुधारित करून साधन आउटपुट <em>योग्य</em> "
++"करणे शक्य आहे, परंतु इतर घटनांमध्ये जेथे हे शक्य नाही (इलेक्ट्रिक ब्ल्युची "
++"छपाई अशक्य) तेथे तुम्हाला वापरकर्त्याला परिणा कसे दिसेल हे दाखवावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++"फोटोग्राफर्सकरिता रंग साधनाची संपूर्ण टोनल व्याप्तिचा वापर करणे योग्य आहे, "
++"ज्यामुळे रंगामध्ये गुळगुळीत बदल शक्य होतात. इतर ग्राफिक्सकरिता, तुम्हाला "
++"योग्य रंग हुबेहुबपणे जुळावावे लागेल, जेथे तुम्ही Red Hat चिन्ह ज्यामध्ये Red "
++"Hat चे <em>हुबेहुब</em> लाल समाविष्टीत असते, पसंतीच्या मगची छपाई करताना "
++"महत्वाचे ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr "स्थानीय पत्ता पुस्तिकामध्ये संपर्क समाविष्ट करा किंवा काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "संपर्क समाविष्ट करा किंवा काढून टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "संपर्क समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">नवीन</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नवीन संपर्क</gui> पटलात, संपर्क नाव आणि पसंतीची माहिती द्या. \n"
++"<gui>काम</gui>, <gui>होम</gui> किंवा <gui>इतर</gui> पसंत करण्यासाठी प्रत्येक "
++"क्षेत्राच्या बाजूच्या मेन्यूवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">संपर्क बनवा</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "संपर्क काढण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "संपर्क यादीतून संपर्क निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>संपर्क</app>च्या उजव्या उच्च कोपऱ्यामध्ये <gui style=\"button\">संपादित "
++"करा</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">संपर्क काढा</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "तुमचे संपर्क वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "संपर्क"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app>चा वापर तुमचे संपर्क साठवणे, प्रवेश किंवा माहिती "
++"संपादित करण्यासाठी करा, स्थनीयरित्या किंवा तुमच्या <link xref="
++"\"accounts\">ऑनलाइन खाती</link> अंतर्गत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "२०१३"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "इमेल, सोबत चॅट करा, किंवा संपर्काला फोन करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "तुमच्या संपर्कासोबत जोडले जा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"ईमेल करण्यासाठी, <app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app> मध्ये कुणाशी गप्पा किंवा फोन करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरण्याजोगी <gui>तपशील</gui> दाबा. उदाहरणार्थ, संपर्काला ईमेल "
++"पाठवण्याकरिता, ईमेल पत्ता दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr "संपर्क तपशीलचा वापर करून परस्पर ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "प्रत्येक संपर्काची माहिती संपादित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "संपर्काची माहिती संपादित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++"संपर्क तपशील संपादित केल्याने पत्ता पुस्तिकामधील माहिती अपटूडेट आणि परिपूर्ण "
++"राहते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "संपर्काची माहिती संपादित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>तपशील</gui> जसे कि फोन क्रमांक किंवा ईमेल पत्ता, समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी "
++"<gui style=\"button\">तपशील समाविष्ट करा</gui> आणि समाविष्ट करण्याजोगी "
++"क्षेत्र नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"संपर्काची माहिती संपादित करणे पूर्ण करण्यासाठी <gui style=\"button\">पूर्ण "
++"झाले</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++"जुळलेल्या संपर्कांकरिता, प्रोफाइलच्या अवतारवर क्लिक करून प्रोफाइल संपादित "
++"करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr "एकापेक्षा जास्त स्रोतपासून संपर्ककरिता माहिती एकत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "संपर्क जोडा आणि काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "संपर्क जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"स्थानीय पत्ता पुस्तिका आणि ऑनलाइन खातींनापासून हुबेहुब संपर्कांना एका "
++"<app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app> नोंदणीमध्ये एकत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे. ह्या गुणविशेषमुळे "
++"पत्ता पुस्तिका आयोजीत राहते, आणि एका संपर्काचे सर्व तपशील एका ठिकाणीही "
++"साठवून ठेवता येते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr "संपर्क सूचीवरील टिक बटन दाबून <em>नीवड मोड</em> सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रत्येक संपर्काच्या बाजूला चेकबॉक्स आढळेल. एकत्रजोगी संपर्काच्या बाजूचे "
++"चेकबॉक्सेस टिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"निवडलेले संपर्क जोडण्यासाठी <gui style=\"button\">जोडा</gui>वर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "संपर्क काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr "चुकीने जुळलेल्या संपर्कांशी जोडणी अशक्य करायचे असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr "संपर्क सूचीपासून जुळणी अशक्य करण्यासाठीचे संपर्क नीवड अशक्य करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app>च्या उजव्या कोपऱ्यातील <gui style=\"button\">संपादित "
++"करा</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">जोडलेले संपर्क</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++"संपर्कातून नोंदणी जोडणी अशक्य करण्यासाठी <gui style=\"button\">काढून टाका</"
++"gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"नोंदणी एकदाचे जोडणी अशक्य केल्यानंतर <gui style=\"button\">बंद करा</gui> "
++"दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "संपर्कासाठी शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "संपर्कासाठी शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr "ऑनलाइन खाते शोधण्याकरिता खालील पैकी एकाचा वापर करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये, संपर्काचे नाव टाइप करायला सुरूवात करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्सच्या सूची ऐवजी संपर्क पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीच्या शीर्षाचे संपर्क नीवडण्याकरिता <key>Enter</key> दाबा किंवा शीर्षवर "
++"नसल्यास पसंतीचे संपर्क क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "आतून शोधण्यासाठी<app>संपर्क</app>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "शोध जागेच्या आत क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "संपर्काचे नाव टाइप करायला सुरुवात करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या संपर्कांना स्थानीय पत्ता पुस्तिका किंवा एक ऑनलाइन खात्यामध्ये साठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "संपर्क सुरु करण्याची ही पहिली वेळ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रथमवेळी <app>काँटॅक्ट्स</app> चालवताना, <gui>काँटॅक्ट्स सेटअप</gui> पटल "
++"उघडते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts\">ऑनलाइन खाती</link> संरचीत केले असल्यास, त्यांना "
++"<gui>स्थानीय पत्ता पुस्तिका</gui> सह सूचीत दाखवले जाते. सूचीपासून घटक नीवडा "
++"आणि <gui style=\"button\">नीवडा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++"अस्तित्वातील खाते सेटिंग्ज संपादित करण्यासाठी <gui style=\"button\">ऑनलाइन "
++"खाते सेटिंग्ज</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑनलाइन खाती संरचीत नसल्यास, सेटअप सुरू करण्यासाठी <gui style="
++"\"button\">ऑनलाइन खाती</gui> क्लिक करा. या वेळी ऑनलाइन खाती सेटअप करायचे "
++"नसल्यास, <gui style=\"button\">स्थानीय पत्ता पुस्तिका</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr "किती वेगवान आहे याच्या तपासणीकरिता हार्डडिस्कवर बेंचमार्क चालवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "तुमच्या हार्ड डिस्कच्या कामगिरिची चाचणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "तुमच्या हार्ड डिस्कच्या वेगची चाचणी करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr "कृती पूर्वावलोकनपासून <app>डिस्क्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr "<gui>डिस्क ड्राइव्ह्ज</gui> सूचीपासून हार्ड डिस्क पसंत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "गिअर बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>बेंचमार्क ड्राइव्ह</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>बेंचमार्क सुरू करा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि <gui>ट्रांस्फर दर</gui> आणि "
++"<gui>प्रवेश वेळ</gui> घटकांना पसंतीप्रमाणे सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्कपासून डाटा किती वेगाने वाचले जाईल याची चाचणी करण्यासाठी "
++"<gui>बेंचमार्किंग सुरू करा</gui> क्लिक करा. <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">प्रशासकीय परवानगी</link> आवश्यक असू शकते. पासवर्ड द्या, किंवा "
++"विनंतीकृत प्रशासकीय खात्याकरिता पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>राइट-बेंचमार्क देखील कार्यान्वीत करा</gui> तपासले असल्यास, डिस्कपासून "
++"डाटा किती वेगवानरित्या वाचले आणि डिस्ककरिता किती वेगवानरित्या लिहले जाईल, "
++"याची बेंचमार्क चाचणी करते. यामुळे पूर्ण व्हायला जास्त वेळ लागतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++"चाचणी पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, परिणाम ग्राफवर आढळतील. हिरवे बिंदू आणि जोडणाऱ्या ओळी "
++"घेतलेले सॅम्पल्स निर्देशीत करतात; ते उजव्या अक्षमसह परस्पर आहेत, प्रवेश वेळ "
++"दाखवते, तळ अक्षमच्या विरूद्ध प्लॉट केलेले, बेंचमार्कवेळी समाप्त होणारे "
++"टक्केवारी वेळ प्रस्तुत करते. निळी ओळ रिड दर निर्देशीत करते, लाल ओळी राइट दर "
++"निर्देशीत करतात; यास डाव्य अक्षमवरील प्रवेश डाटा रेट्स म्हणून दाखवले जाते, "
++"डिस्क ट्रॅवलच्या टक्केवारी विरुद्ध प्लॉट केलेले, स्पिंडलच्या बाहेरपासून, तळ "
++"अक्षम परस्पर."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++"ग्राफच्या खाली, किमान, कमाल आणि सरासरी रिड आणि राइट दर, सरासरी प्रवेश वेळ "
++"आणि शेवटच्या बेंचमार्क चाचणीपासून समाप्त वेळकरिता मूल्य दाखवले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++"स्पेस आणि क्षमता तपासण्याकरिता <gui>डिस्क वापर विश्लेषक</gui> किंवा "
++"<gui>प्रणाली मॉनिटर</gui> यांचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "डिस्कमध्ये जागा किती उरली आहे तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"किती डिस्क जागा बाकी आहे याची तपासणी तुम्ही <app>डिस्क युसेज ॲनलाइजर</app> "
++"किंवा <app>सिस्टम मॉनिटर</app>सह करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "डिस्क वापर विश्लेषकसह तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डिस्क वापर विश्लेषक</app>चा वापर करून मोफत डिस्क जागा आणि डिस्क क्षमता "
++"तपासा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> पूर्ववलोकनपासून <app>डिस्क्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा. पटल "
++"<gui>एकूण फाइल प्रणाली क्षमता</gui> आणि <gui>एकूण फाइल सिस्टम वापर</gui> "
++"दाखवेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनपट्टी बटनांपैकी एक पसंत करण्यासाठी क्लिक करा <gui>होम स्कॅन करा</gui>, "
++"<gui>फाइलसिस्टम स्कॅन करा</gui>, <gui>फोल्डर स्कॅन करा</gui>, किंवा "
++"<gui>रिमोट फोल्डर स्कॅन करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>फोल्डर</gui>, <gui>वापर</gui>, <gui>आकार</gui> आणि <gui>अंतर्भुत "
++"माहिती</gui> प्रमाणे माहिती दाखवली जाते. अधिक तपशीलकरिता <link href=\"help:"
++"baobab\"><app>डिस्क युजेस ॲनलाइजर</app></link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम मॉनिटरसोबत तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>सिस्टम मॉनिटर</app> सह बाकी डिस्क जागा आणि डिस्क क्षमता तपासण्याकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकनपासून <app>सिस्टम मॉनिटर</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीचे विभाजने आणि डिस्क जागा वापरच्या अवलोकनकरिता <gui>फाइल सिस्टम्स</"
++"gui> टॅब नीवडा. माहिती <gui>एकूण</gui>, <gui>बाकी</gui>, <gui>उपलब्ध</gui> "
++"आणि <gui>वापरलेले</gui> प्रमाणे दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "डिस्क जास्त भरलेली असली तर?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr "डिस्क जास्त भरलेली असली तर तुम्ही:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स ज्या महत्वाच्या नाही किंवा ज्यांचा वापर तुम्ही करत नाही त्यांस नष्ट "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यक नसलेल्या महत्वाच्या फाइल्सचे <link xref=\"backup-why\">बॅकअप्स</link> "
++"घ्या आणि त्यांना हार्ड ड्राइव्हपासून नष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++"अडचणींकरिता हार्ड डिस्कची चाचणी करा आणि ते टणटणीत आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "अडचणींकरिता हार्ड डिस्कची चाचणी करा "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क तपासत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++"हार्ड डिस्क्समध्ये बिल्ट-इन हेल्थ-चेक साधन ज्यास <app>SMART</app> (सेल्फ-"
++"मॉनिटरिंग, अनॅलसिस, आणि रिपोर्टिंग टेक्नॉलजि) असे म्हटले जाते, जे ठराविक "
++"अडचणींकरिता वारंवार डिस्कची चाचणी करते. डिस्क खंडीत होत असल्यास SMART "
++"तुम्हाला सावध करते, ज्यामुळे महत्वाचा डाटा गमवण्यापासून मदत प्राप्त होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++"जरी SMART स्वयंरित्या चालते, तुम्ही डिस्कचे आरोग्य <app>डिस्क्स</app> "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन चालवून तपासणी करू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr "डिस्क्स ॲप्लिकेशनचा वापर करून डिस्कचे आरोग्य तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "कृती पूर्वावलोकनपासून <app>डिस्क्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्टोरेज साधने</gui> सूचीपासून पसंत करण्याजोगी डिस्क नीवडा. डिस्कची "
++"माहिती आणि स्थिती <gui>ड्राइव्ह</gui> अंतर्गत आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr "<gui>SMART स्थिती</gui>ने \"डिस्क निरोगी आहे\" म्हणायला हवं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++"अधिक ड्राइव्ह माहितीचे अवलोकनकरिता, किंवा स्वयं-चाचणी चालवण्याकरिता "
++"<gui>SMART डाटा</gui> बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr "डिस्क निरोगी नसेल तर?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>SMART स्थिती</gui> डिस्कचे आरोग्य चांगले <em>नाही</em> असे निर्देशीत "
++"करत असल्यास, सतर्कताकरिता कारण नसावे. तरी, डाटा गमवणे टाळण्याकरिता <link "
++"xref=\"backup-why\">बॅकअप</link> सह तयार असणे उत्तम आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++"स्थिती \"Pre-fail\" झाले असे दाखवत असल्यास, डिस्कचे आरोग्य तरिही चांगले "
++"राहते परंतु दोषयुक्त चिन्ह आढळल्यामुळे भविष्यात अपयशी ठरू शकतात. तुमचे हार्ड "
++"डिस्क  (किंवा संगणक) काही वर्ष जुणे असल्यास, तुम्हाला हे संदेश किमान काही "
++"हेल्थ तपासणीकरिता आढळेल. तुमच्या <link xref=\"backup-how\">महत्वाच्या "
++"फाइल्सचे नियमीतपणे</link> घ्या आणि डिस्क स्थिती वेळोवेळी तपासा आणि ते वाढणार "
++"नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++"अधिक वाईट होत असल्यास, संगणक किंवा हार्ड डिस्कला तज्ञकडे पुढील विश्लेषण "
++"किंवा दुरूस्तीकरिता न्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++"रूपण करून बाहेरिल हार्ड डिस्क किंवा USB फ्लॅश ड्राइव्हपासून फाइल्स आणि "
++"फोल्डर्स काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr "निघण्यासारखे उपकरणामधून सगळं पुसून टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++"काढून टाकण्याजोगी डिस्क असल्यास, जसे कि USB मेमरि डिस्क किंवा बाहेरील हार्ड "
++"डिस्क, तुम्ही सर्व फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स काढून टाकू शकता. असे तुम्ही डिस्कचे  "
++"<em>रूपण</em> करून शकता - यामुळे डिस्कवरील सर्व फाइल्स नष्ट होतात आणि डिस्क "
++"रिकामी होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "निघण्यासारखे उपकरण फॉरमॅट करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr "<gui>स्टोरेज साधने</gui> सूचीपासून काढून टाकण्याजोगी डिस्क निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही योग्य डिस्क नीवडली आहे याची खात्री करा! चुकिची डिस्क निवडली असल्यास, "
++"इतर डिस्कवरील सर्व फाइल्स नष्ट केली जाईल!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"तीव्रता्स विभागात, <gui>तीव्रता अनमाउंट करा</gui>. त्यानंतर <gui>तीव्रताचे "
++"रूपण करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr "पॉपअप होणाऱ्या पटलात, डिस्ककरिता फाइलसिस्टम <gui>प्रकार</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux संगणकाच्या व्यतिरिक्त Windows आणि Mac OS संगणकावरील डिस्कचे वापर करत "
++"असल्यास, <gui>FAT</gui> पसंत करा. फक्त Windows वर आढळत असल्यास, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> उत्तम पर्याय असू शकते. <gui>फाइल प्रणाली प्रकार</gui>चे संक्षिप्त वर्णन "
++"लेबल म्हणून प्रस्तुत केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्कला नाव द्या आणि डिस्क वाइपिंग सुरू करण्यासाठी <gui>रूपण</gui> क्लिक करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++"रूपण एकदाचे पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, डिस्कला <gui>सुरक्षितपणे काढून टाका</gui>. ते "
++"आत्ता रिकामे आणि पुन्हा वापरण्यास सज्ज पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr "डिस्क फॉरमॅट केल्यामुळे तुमच्या फाइल्स सुरक्षितरित्या निघत नाहीत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्कला पूर्णपणे रूपांतरीत करणे डाटा काढून टाकण्याचा सुरक्षित पर्याय नाही. "
++"रूपण केलेल्या डिस्कवर फाइल्स राहणार नाही, परंतु विशेष रिकव्हरि सॉफ्टवेअर "
++"फाइल्सची प्राप्ति करू शकतो. सुरक्षितपणे फाइल्स नष्ट करायचे असल्यास, तुम्हाला "
++"आदेश-ओळ युटिलिटिचा वापर करावा लागेल, जसे कि <app>shred</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++"तीव्रता्स आणि विभाजन काय असते ते समजूण घ्या आणि त्यांना व्यवस्थापीत "
++"करण्यासाठी डिस्क युटिलिटिचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "आकारमान आणि भाग व्यवस्थापित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++"शब्द <em>तीव्रताचा</em> वापर स्टोरेज साधनाच्या वर्णनकरिता होतो, जसे कि हार्ड "
++"डिस्क. ते साधनावरील स्टोरेजचा <em>भाग</em> देखील असू शकतो, कारण स्टोरेजला "
++"तुकड्यांमध्ये विभाजीत करणे शक्य आहे. संगणक ह्या स्टोरेजला फाइल प्रणालीतर्फे "
++"प्रवेशजोगी करतो ज्यास <em>माऊंटिंग</em> असे म्हटले जाते. माऊंट केलेले "
++"तीव्रता्स हार्ड ड्राइव्ह्ज, USB ड्राइव्ह्ज, DVD-RWs, SD कार्ड्स, आणि इतर "
++"मिडीया असू शकते. तीव्रता सध्या माऊंट केले असल्यास, त्यावरील फाइल्स वाचणे "
++"(आणि संभाव्यतया वाचणे) शक्य होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेकवेळी, माऊंट केलेल्या तीव्रताला <em>पार्टिशन</em> असे म्हटले जाते, जरी ते "
++"परस्पर समान बाबी नाही. “partition” म्हणजे एका डिस्क ड्राइव्हवरील स्टोरेजचे "
++"<em>फिजिकल</em> क्षेत्र. विभाजनला एकदाचे माऊंट केल्यानंतर, त्यास तीव्रता "
++"म्हणून म्हटले जाऊ शकते कराण तुम्ही त्यावरील फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू "
++"शकता. तीव्रता्सला लेबल केलेले, विभाजन आणि ड्राइव्हजच्या कार्यकारि “back "
++"rooms” करिता प्रवेशजोगी “storefronts” म्हणून समजणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्क युटिलिटिचा वापर करून तीव्रता्स आणि विभाजनचे अवलोकन आणि व्यवस्थापन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्क युटिलिटिचा वापर करून संगणकाच्या स्टोरेज तीव्रता्सची तपासणी आणि संपादत "
++"शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकन उघडा आणि <app>डिस्क्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्टोरेज साधनांमध्ये</gui> चिन्हाकृत पटलांमध्ये, तुम्हाला हार्ड डिस्क्स, "
++"CD/DVD ड्राइव्ह्ज, आणि इतर फिजिकल साधने आढळतील. चौकशीजोगी साधनावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++"उजव्या पटलात, <gui>तीव्रता्स</gui> म्हणून चिन्हाकृत लेबल नीवडलेल्या "
++"साधनावरील तीव्रता्स आणि विभाजनकरिता दृश्यास्पद ब्रेकडाउन पुरवते. तीव्रता्स "
++"व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी अनेक साधन समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++"काळजी घ्या: ह्या युटिलिटिजसह तुम्ही डिस्कवरील डाटा पूर्णपणे नष्ट करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या संगणकाकडे किमान एक <em>प्राइमरि</em> विभाजन आणि एक <em>स्वॅप</em> "
++"विभाजन समाविष्टीत आहे. स्वॅप विभाजनचा वापर कार्यप्रणालीतर्फे मेमरि "
++"व्यवस्थापन केला जातो, आणि क्वचित माउंट केले जाते. प्राइमरि विभाजनात ऑपरेटिंग "
++"सिस्टम, ॲप्लिकेशन्स, सेटिंग्ज, आणि व्यक्तिगत फाइल्स समाविष्टीत आहे. ह्या "
++"फाइल्सला सुरक्षा आणि सुविधाकरिता बहु विभाजांतर्फे वितरीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++"एका प्राइमरि विभाजनमध्ये संगणक सुरू होण्याकरिता, किंवा बूट तीव्रता माहिती "
++"समाविष्टीत पाहिजे. ह्या कारणास्तव त्यास कधीकधी बूट विभाजन, किंवा बूट तीव्रता "
++"म्हटले जाते. तीव्रता बूटजोगी आहे किंवा नाही हे ओळखण्याकरिता, डिस्क युटिलिटि "
++"मधील <gui>विभाजन फ्लॅग्स</gui> पहा. एक्सटर्नल मिडीया जसे कि USB ड्राइव्ह्ज "
++"आणि सिडिजमध्ये बूटजोगी तीव्रता देखील समाविष्टीत असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">डिस्कमधील जागा</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">कामगिरी</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">प्रश्ने</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"disk-partitions\">आकारमान आणि भा</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "डिस्क &amp; साठवण"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "तुमच्या लॅपटॉपवर दुहेरी मॉनिटर बसवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "तुमच्या लॅपटॉपला एक बाह्य मॉनिटर जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "विडिओ प्रात्यक्षिक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "प्रात्यक्षिक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>डिस्पलेज</gui> सेटिंग्ज उघडण्याकरिता कृती अवलोकनमध्ये <input>डिस्पलेज</"
++"input> टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरु किंवा बंद करण्याजोगी मॉनिटरच्या प्रतिमेवर क्लिक करा, त्यानंतर <gui>सुरू "
++"किंवा बंद करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीसह मॉनिटर मुख्य मॉनिटर आहे. कोणते मॉनिटर \"main\" हे "
++"बदलण्याकरिता, शीर्ष पट्टीवर क्लिक करा आणि \"main\" मॉनिटर म्हणून सेट "
++"करण्याजोगी मॉनिटरला ओढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++"मॉनिटरचे \"position\" बदलण्याकरिता, क्लिक करा आणि त्यास पसंतीच्या ठिकाणी ओढा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++"दोन्ही मॉनिटर्सने समान अंतर्भुत माहिती दाखवायची असल्यास, <gui>मिरर डिस्पलेज</"
++"gui> पेटी तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"सेटिंग्जसह आनंदीत असल्यास, <gui>लागू करा</gui> करा आणि <gui>ही संरचना जपवून "
++"ठेवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>डिस्पलेज सेटिंग्ज</gui> बंद करण्यासाठी शीर्ष कोपऱ्यातील <gui>x</gui> वर "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "बाह्य मॉनिटर बसवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"बाहेरिल मॉनिटरला लॅपटॉपसह सेटअप करण्यासाठी, मॉनिटरला लॅपटॉपसह जोडणी करा. "
++"प्रणाली पटकन ओळखत नसल्यास, किंवा सेटिंग्ज सुस्थीत करायचे असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>डिस्प्ले</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">शीर्ष पट्टीसह</link> मॉनिटर मुख्य मॉनिटर "
++"आहे. कोणते मॉनिटर \"main\" हे बदलण्याकरिता, शीर्ष पट्टीवर क्लिक करा आणि "
++"\"main\" मॉनिटर म्हणून सेट करण्याजोगी मॉनिटरला ओढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "तुमच्या डेस्कटॉप संगणकावर दुहेरी मॉनिटर बसवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "जास्तीचा मॉनिटर जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉप कम्प्युटरसह दुसऱ्या मॉनिटरला सेटअप करण्यासाठी, मॉनिटरची जोडणी करा. "
++"प्रणाली पटकन ओळखत नसल्यास, किंवा सेटिंग्ज सुस्थीत करायचे असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "निगडित दस्तऐवजांना संग्रहात एकत्र करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "दस्तऐवजांचा संग्रह बनवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> तुम्हाला विविध प्रकाचे दस्तऐवज एक ठिकाणी गोळा "
++"करण्यास मदत करते, ज्यास <em>कलेक्शन</em> असे म्हटले जाते. संबंधीत दस्तऐवज "
++"असल्यास, शोध सोपे करण्यासाठी त्यांना एकत्र करणे शक्य आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, बिजनेस "
++"ट्रिपवर जेथे तुम्ही प्रस्तुतिकरण केले, तुमच्या स्लाइडज, तुमची विमानाचे तिकीट "
++"(एक PDF फाइल), तुमचे बजेट स्प्रेडशीट, आणि इतर हायब्रिड PDF किंवा ODF "
++"दस्तऐवजांना, एक गटात एकत्र करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "संग्रह बनवणे आणि समाविष्ट करण्यासठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> बटणावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr "नीवड मोडमध्ये, गोळा करण्याजोगी दस्तऐवजांची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "बटण पट्टीमध्ये <gui>+</gui> बटणावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++"कलेक्शन सूचीमध्ये, <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि नवीन कलेक्शन नाव "
++"टाइप करा, किंवा अस्तित्वातील कलेक्शन निवडा. निवडलेल्या दस्तऐवजांना "
++"कलेक्शनमध्ये समाविष्ट केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"कलेक्शन्स फोल्डर्स आणि क्रमवारिप्रमाणे वर्तन करत नाही: <em>तुम्ही "
++"कलेक्शन्सला कलेक्शन्स अंतर्गत स्थीत करू शकत नाही.</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "संग्रह काढण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr "निवड मोडमध्ये, नष्ट करण्याजोगी कलेक्शनची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++"बटनपट्टीमध्ये कचरापेटी बटन क्लिक करा. कलेक्शन नष्ट केले जाईल, मूळ "
++"दस्तऐवजांना वगळता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "कुठले दस्तऐवज दाखवावेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "दस्तऐवज चाळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या विभागांमध्ये शोधची व्याप्ति मर्यादीत ठेवण्याकरिता <link xref="
++"\"documents-search\">शोध</link> पट्टीच्या बाजूचे <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">खाली</media> बटनावर क्लिक करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>उत्पत्ती</em>: स्थानिक, Google, SkyDrive, किंवा सगळे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>प्रकार</em>: कलेक्शन्स, PDF दस्तऐवज, प्रस्तुतिकरण, स्प्रेडशीट्स, मजकूर "
++"दस्तऐवज, किंवा सर्व."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "शीर्षक, लेखक, किंवा सगळे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"फिल्टर सूचीमध्ये <gui>Google</gui> किंवा <gui>SkyDrive</gui> आढळण्याकरिता, "
++"Google किंवा Windows Live यास <link xref=\"accounts-add\">ऑनलाइन खाते</link> "
++"म्हणून संरचीत करणे आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> असंख्य प्रसिध्द दस्तऐवज प्रकार दाखवतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "आधारित प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript आणि <app>डॉक्युमेंट "
++"व्युअर</app> (एविंस), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"आणि <app>Google Docs</app> तर्फे समर्थीत रुपण दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr "दस्तऐवजाचे नाव, ठिकाण, संपादन दिनांक, किंवा प्रकार पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "दस्तऐवजांबद्दल माहिती काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवज निर्माण केल्यानंतर, ते <em>मेटाडाटा</em> सह येथे. <app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</"
++"app> प्रत्येक दस्तऐवजकरिता खालील मेटाडाटा दाखवते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "शीर्षक: दस्तऐवजाचे नाव, ज्याला संपादित करणे शक्य आहे;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "स्रोत: दस्तऐवज समाविष्टीत असणाऱ्या फोल्डरचा मार्ग;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "बदल केल्याची तारीख;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr "प्रकार: दस्तएवजाचा <link xref=\"documents-formats\">फाइल प्रकार</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "दस्तएवजचे गुणधर्म बघण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr "निवड मोडचा वापर करण्यासाठी <gui>तपासणी</gui> बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "दस्तएवज निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "तळ पट्टीच्या उजव्या कोपऱ्यास <gui>गुणधर्म</gui> बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++"काही प्रकारचे दस्तऐवज (उ.द. PDF फाइल्स) यांस पासवर्ड संरक्षित करणे शक्य आहे, "
++"मेटाडाटा किंवा अंतर्भुत माहितीकरिता प्रवेश टाळूले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवजकरिता गोपणीयता समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी <app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> सध्या "
++"कोणतिही पद्धती पुरवत नाही. यास तुम्ही निर्माण करण्याजोगी दस्तऐवजपासून "
++"कार्यान्वीत करू शकता (उ.दा. <app>LibreOffice</app> किंवा <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावर स्थानीयरित्या साठवलेल्या किंवा ऑनलाइनपणे निर्मीत दस्तऐवजांना आयोजीत "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "दस्तएवज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> हे GNOME ॲप्लिकेशन आहे जे तुम्हाला संगणकावरील किंवा "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> किंवा <em>SkyDrive</em>चा वापर करून निर्मीत दस्तऐवजांची "
++"डिस्पले, आयोजन आणि छपाईकरिता परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "बघा, चाळा आणि शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "निवडा, संघटित करा, छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr "फक्त स्थानीयरित्या साठवलेल्या फाइल्सचे पूर्वावलोकन शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "का काही फाइल्सला पूर्वावलोकन नसते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> उघडल्यानंतर, दस्तऐवजांकरिता एक पूर्वावलोकन थंबनेल "
++"दाखवले जाते. <em>Google Docs</em> किंवा <em>SkyDrive</em> वरील साठवलेले "
++"रिमोट सर्व्हर न आढळणारे (किंवा रिकामे) पूर्वावलोकन थंबनेल्स दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> किंवा <em>SkyDrive</em> दस्तऐवज स्थानीय स्टोरेजकरिता "
++"डाऊनलोड केल्यास, एक थंबनेल निर्माण केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> किंवा <em>SkyDrive</em> पासून डाउनलोड केलेल्या "
++"दस्तऐवजाची स्थानीय प्रत ऑनलाइनरित्या सुधारित होण्याची क्षमता गमवून बसेल. "
++"ऑनलाइन संपादित करायचे असल्यास, त्यास डाउनलोड न केलेले उत्तम."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr "स्थानीयरित्या किंवा ऑनलाइनपणे साठवलेल्या दस्तऐवजांची छपाई करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "दस्तएवज छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "दस्तएवज छापण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr "निवड मोडमध्ये, छपाईजोगी दस्तऐवजाची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr "बटन पट्टीमधील छपाई बटनावर क्लिक करा. <gui>छपाई</gui> संवाद उघडते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षाजास्त दस्तऐवज नीवडल्यानंतर, किंवा कलेक्शन नीवडल्यानंतर छपाई उपलब्ध "
++"होत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "तुमचे दस्तऐवज शीर्षक किंवा लेखकाद्वारे शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "फाइल्ससाठी शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>दस्तएवज</app>मध्ये शोधण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "भिंगाच्या चिऩ्हावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr "टाइप करायला सुरुवात करा. दस्तऐवज शीर्षक किंवा लेखकाद्वारे जुळतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक "
++"करून आणि विविध <link xref=\"documents-filter\">फिल्टर्स</link> नीवडून शोध "
++"परिणांना मर्यादीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++"एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त दस्तऐवज किंवा कलेक्शनची नीवड करण्यासाठी नीवड मोडचा "
++"वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "दस्तऐवज निवडणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> नीवड मोडपासून तुम्ही दस्तऐवजांचे संग्रह उघडू, छपाई, "
++"दृश्य किंवा निर्माण करू शकता. नीवड मोडचा वापर करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++"एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त दस्तऐवज किंवा संग्रह निवडा. निवडकरिता वैध कृतींसह "
++"बटन पट्टी आढळते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "कार्य पद्धत निवड"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr "एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त दस्तऐवज निवडल्यानंतर:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "दस्तएवज दर्शकासोबत उघडा (फोल्डर चिन्ह)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई (छपाईयंत्र चिन्ह): दस्तऐवजाची छपाई करा (एक दस्तऐवज निवडल्यावरच उपलब्ध "
++"होते)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "संघटण (प्लस चिन्ह): दस्तऐवजांचे संग्रह निर्माण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"गुणधर्म (पाना चिन्ह): दस्तऐवजाचे गुणधर्म दाखवा (फक्त एकच दस्तऐवज "
++"निवडल्यानंतर उपलब्ध होते)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr "नष्ट करा (कचरापेटी चिन्ह): एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त संग्रह नष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "स्थानीय किंवा दूरस्थ दस्तऐवज आढळत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "माझे दस्तऐवज दिसायला नकोत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्टुमेंट्स</app> मध्ये दस्तऐवज डिस्पले होण्यास अपयशी ठरल्यास, "
++"<app>ट्रॅकर</app> कार्यरत किंवा योग्यरित्या संरचीत नसेल. ट्रॅकर तुमच्या "
++"सत्रमध्ये कार्यरत आहे याची खात्री करा. पूर्वनिर्धारित संरचना, तुमच्या होम "
++"डिरेक्ट्रि (नॉन-रिकरस्विहलि) आणि XDG फोल्डर्स (रिकरस्विहलि)मध्ये इंडेक्स "
++"फाइल्सकरिता सेट करा, पुरेसे पाहिजे. दुस्तऐवज यापैकी एका मार्गावर आहे याची "
++"खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr "दस्तऐवज दिसण्याचा मार्ग बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr "फाइल्स यादीत किंवा जाळीत बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे दस्तऐवज आणि संग्रह <gui>ग्रीड</gui> रूपणमध्ये उपलब्ध आहेत. "
++"<gui>सूची</gui> रूपणमध्ये अवलोकनकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीकडे जा आणि ॲप मेन्यु दाखवण्याकरिता <app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr "<gui>असे अवलोकन करा</gui> विभागातून <gui>सूची</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची अवलोकनमध्ये स्तंभ आहेत जे दस्तऐवज प्रकार आणि संपादित दिनांक दाखवते, आणि "
++"ज्यास स्थानीयरित्या साठवले जाते, किंवा <app>Google Docs</app> किंवा "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em>मध्ये साठवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित रूपणकरिता जाण्याकरिता ॲप मेन्युमध्ये <gui>ग्रीड</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "दस्तऐवज स्क्रीनभर बघा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr "स्थानिक किंवा ऑनलाइन साठवलेले दस्तएवज दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>डॉक्टुमेंट्स</app> उघडल्यानंतर, तुमचे सर्व दस्तऐवज, जे स्थानीयरित्या "
++"तसेच ऑनलाइन साठवले जातात, यास थंबनेल्स म्हणून दाखवले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Google</gui> किंवा <gui>SkyDrive</gui> दस्तऐवज आढळण्याकरिता, Google "
++"किंवा Windows Live यास, परस्पररित्या, <link xref=\"accounts-add\">ऑनलाइन "
++"खाते</link> म्हणून संरचीत करणे आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "दस्तएवजाचा आशय बघण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++"थंबनेलवर क्लिक करा. दस्तऐवजाला <app>डॉक्युमेंट्स</app> पटलात (किंवा मोठे "
++"असल्यास पडदाभर) संपूर्ण रूंदीत दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "दस्तएवजामधून बाहेर पडण्यासाठी, मागे बाण बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"CDs आणि DVDs, कॅमेराज, ऑडिओ वादक, आणि इतर साधने आणि मिडीयाकरिता ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"स्वयंरित्या चालवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "उपकरणांसाठी किंवा डिस्कसाठी ॲप्लिकेशन्स उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"साधन प्लगइन केल्यानंतर किंवा डिस्क किंवा मिडीया कार्ड अंतर्भुत केल्यानंतर "
++"तुम्ही ॲप्लिकेशन स्वयंरित्या सुरू करू शकता. उदाहरणार्थ, डिजिटल कॅमेरा प्लगइन "
++"केल्यानंतर फोटो ऑर्गनाइजर सुरू व्हायला हवे. यास बंद करणे देखील शक्य आहे, "
++"जेणेकरून काही प्लग केल्यानंतर अनुचीत होऊ नये."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr "विविध साधने प्लग केल्यानंतर कोणते ॲप्लिकेशन्स सुरू करायचे ते ठरवा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>तपशील</gui><gui>निघण्यासारखे उपकरणे</gui></guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतीचे साधन किंवा मिडीया प्रकार शोधा, आणि त्यानंतर मिडीया प्रकारकरिता "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा कृती पसंत करा. विविध प्रकारच्या साधने आणि मिडीयाच्या "
++"वर्णनकरिता खालील वर्णन पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करण्याऐवजी, त्यास सेट करणे देखील शक्य आहे जेणेकरून फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकात साधन दाखवले जाईल. असे झाल्यास, तुम्हाला काय करायला हवे ते "
++"विचारले जाईल, किंवा काहीही स्वयं होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीतील (जसे कि ब्ल्यु-रे डिस्क्स किंवा ई-बूक रिडर्स) साधन किंवा मिडीया "
++"प्रकार बदलायचे नसल्यास, साधनांच्या अधिक तपशील सूचीकरिता <gui>इतर मिडीया</"
++"gui> क्लिक करा. <gui>प्रकार</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउनपासून साधनाचे प्रकार किंवा "
++"मिडीयाची निवड करा आणि <gui>कृती</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउनपासून ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा कृतीची "
++"निवड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"स्वयंरित्या कोणतेही ॲप्लिकेशन्स नसल्यास, काहीही प्लग केल्यास, काढून "
++"टाकण्याजोगी मिडीया पटलाच्या तळाला <gui>मिडीया अंतर्भुत करताना "
++"प्रोग्राम्सकरिता कधिही विनंती किंवा त्यास सुरू करू नका</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "उपकरणांचे आणि मीडियाचे प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "ऑडिओ डिस्क"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑडिओ CDs हाताळण्याकरिता पसंतीचे संगीत ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा CD ऑडिओ एक्सट्रॅक्टर "
++"पसंत करा. ऑडिओ DVDs (DVD-A)चा वापर करायचे असल्यास, <gui>इतर मिडीया</gui> "
++"अंतर्गत त्यास कसे उघडायचे ते निवडा. फाइल व्यवस्थापकासह ऑडिओ डिस्क उघडायचे "
++"असल्यास, ट्रॅक्स WAV फाइल्स म्हणून आढळतील ज्याला तुम्ही कोणत्याही ऑडिओ वादक "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन अंतर्गत चालवू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "विडिओ डिस्क"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"व्हिडीओ DVDs. हाताळण्याकरिता पसंतीचे व्हिडीओ ॲप्लिकेशन पसंत करा. ब्ल्यु-रे, "
++"HD DVD, व्हिडीओ CD (VCD), आणि सुपर व्हिडीओ CD (SVCD) करिता ॲप्लिकेशन सेट "
++"करण्यासाठी <gui>इतर मिडीया</gui> बटनचा वापर करा. अंतर्भुत करताना DVDs किंवा "
++"इतर व्हिडीओ योग्यरित्या कार्य करत नसल्यास, <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "रिकामी डिस्क"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++"रिकाम्या CDs, रिकाम्या DVDs, रिकाम्या ब्लु-रे डिस्क्स, आणि रिकाम्या HD DVDs "
++"करिता डिस्क-राइटिंग ॲप्लिकेशन निवडण्याकरिता <gui>इतर मिडीया</gui> बटनचा वापर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "कॅमेरे आणि छबी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"डिजीटल कॅमेरा प्लग केल्यानंतर पसंत करण्याजोगी फोटो-व्यवस्थापन ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"चालवण्याकरिता, किंवा कॅमेरापासून  मिडीया कार्ड, जसे कि CF, SD, MMC, किंवा MS "
++"कार्ड अंतर्भुत करताना <gui>फोटोज</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउनचा वापर करा. फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करून तुम्ही फोटोज चाळू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>इतर मिडीया</gui> अंतर्गत, Kodak चित्र CDs उघडण्याकरिता ॲप्लिकेशन निवडा, "
++"जसे कि स्टोरमध्ये निर्माण केलेले चित्र. <file>PICTURES</file> मधील फोल्डर "
++"अंतर्गत JPEG प्रतिमांसह हे रेग्युलर डाटा CDs आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "म्युझिक प्लेयर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"पोर्टेबल संगीत वादकवरील संगीत लाइब्ररि व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"निवडा, किंवा फाइल व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करून फाइल्स व्यवस्थापीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr "इ-पुस्तक वाचक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या ईबूक रिडरवरील पुस्ते व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी, किंवा फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करून फाइल्स स्वतःहून व्यवस्थापीत करायचे असल्यास, "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन निवडण्याकरिता <gui>इतर मिडीया</gui> बटनाचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++"काही डिस्क्स आणि काढूनटाकण्याजोगी मिडीया सॉफ्टवेअर जे मिडीया अंतर्भुत "
++"केल्यानंतर स्वयंरित्या सुरू व्हायला हवे, सॉफ्टवेअर समाविष्टीत असतात. ऑटोरन "
++"सॉफ्टवेअर समाविष्टीत मिडीया अंतर्भुत केल्यानंतर नियंत्रणकरिता "
++"<gui>सॉफ्टवेअर</gui> पर्यायचा वापर करा. सॉफ्टवेअर चालवण्यापूर्वी तुम्हाला "
++"नेहमी खात्रीकरिता विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr "अविश्वासु मिडीयाहून कधीही सॉफ्टवेअर चालवु नये."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापकासोबत फाइल्स व्यस्थापित आणि क्रमवारीत लावा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स चाळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील फाइल्सची चाळणी आणि संघटनकरिता <app>फाइल्स</app> फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करा. स्टोरेज साधनांवरील, <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">फाइल सर्व्हर्स</link>, आणि नेटवर्क शेअर्सवरील फाइल्सच्या "
++"व्यवस्थापनकरिता (जसे कि एक्सटर्नल हार्ड डिस्क्स) याचा वापर शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"फालल व्यवस्थापकाला सुरू करण्यासाठी, <gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये "
++"<app>फाइल्स</app> उघडा. <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता शोध</"
++"link> प्रमाणेच तुम्ही फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सकरिता शोध घेऊ शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr "फोल्डर्सचा आशय शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकामध्ये, अंतर्भुत माहितीच्या अवलोकनकरिता कोणत्याही फोल्डरवर "
++"दोनवेळा-क्लिक करा, आणि फाइलला पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशनसह उघडण्याकरिता  "
++"दोनवेळा-क्लिक करा. फोल्डवर उजवी-क्लिक देऊन तुम्ही नविन टॅब किंवा नविन पटलात "
++"देखील उघडू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरपासून फाइल्सची तपासणी करताना, स्पेसबार दाबून तुम्ही पटकन <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">प्रत्येक फाइलचे पूर्वावलोकन</link> करू शकाल आणि फाइल "
++"उघडण्यापूर्वी, प्रत बनवण्यापूर्वी, किंवा नष्ट करताना योग्य फाइलची खात्री करू "
++"शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सच्या सूचीवरील <em>मार्ग पट्टी</em> अवलोकनजोगी फोल्डर "
++"दाखवते, सध्याचे फोल्डरचे मुख्य फोल्डर्स समाविष्टीत. फोल्डरकरिता जाण्याकरिता "
++"मार्ग पट्टीवरील मुख्य फोल्डरवर क्लिक करा. मार्ग पट्टीवरील कोणत्याही फोल्डरवर "
++"उजवी-क्लिक देऊन नवीन टॅब किंवा पटलात फोल्डर उघडा, प्रत बनवा किंवा "
++"स्थानांतरीत करा किंवा त्याच्या गुणधर्मकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++"अवलोकनजोगी फोल्डरमधील फाइलकरिता जायचे असल्यास, त्याचे नाव टाइप करायला "
++"सुरूवात करा. पटलाच्या शीर्षमध्ये एक शोध पेटी आढळेल आणि शोधसह जुळणारे पहिली "
++"फाइल ठळक केली जाईल. डाउन बाण दाबा, किंवा माउससह स्क्रोल करा, आणि शोधसह "
++"जुळणाऱ्या पुढील फाइलकरिता जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>बाजूच्यापट्टी</em>पासून तुम्ही पटकन सामान्य ठिकाणकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त "
++"करू शकता. बाजूचीपट्टी आढळत नसल्यास, साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>बाजूचीपट्टी "
++"दाखवा</gui> निवडा. वापरण्याजोगी फोल्डर्सकरिता वाचनखुणा समाविष्ट करणे शक्य "
++"आहे आणि ते बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये आढळेल. हे करण्यासाठी <gui>वाचनखुणा</gui> "
++"मेन्युचा वापर करा, किंवा बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये फोल्डर ओढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "कॉपी करा किंवा वस्तु नवीन फोल्डरला हलवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "कॉपी करा किंवा फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"माऊससह ओढून आणि टाकून, कॉपी आणि पेस्ट आदेशांचा वापर करून, किंवा कळफलक "
++"शार्टक्ट्स्चा वापर करून एका फाइल किंवा फोल्डरचे प्रत बनवणे किंवा त्यास "
++"स्थानांतरित करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, तुम्हाला प्रस्तुतीकरणचे प्रत मेमरि स्टिकमध्ये बनवायला आवडेल "
++"जेणेकरून तुम्ही त्यास कुठेही नेऊ शकाल. किंवा, बदल करण्यापूर्वी तुम्ही "
++"दस्तऐवजाचे बॅकअप प्रत बनवू शकाल (बदल पसंत नसल्यास जुण्या प्रतचा वापर करा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या सूचना दोन्ही फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सकरिता लागू होतात. तुम्ही फाइल्स आणि "
++"फोल्डर्सचे प्रत बनवणे आणि स्थानांतरन हुबेहुब समान पद्धतीने करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "फाइल्स कॉपी आणि पेस्ट करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "इच्छित फाइल कॉपी करायला निवडण्यासाठी त्यावर एकदा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"उजवा-क्लिक आणि निवडा <gui>कॉपी</gui>, किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसऱ्या फोल्डरकरिता संचारन करा, जेथे तुम्हाला फाइलचे प्रत बनवायचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"गिअर चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि फाइलचे प्रत बनवणे पूर्ण करण्यासाठी <gui>चिकटवा</"
++"gui> निवडा, किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> दाबा. आत्ता "
++"मुख्य फोल्डर आणि इतर फोल्डरमध्ये फाइलचे प्रत असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr "कापा आणि फाइल्स हलवण्यासाठी पेस्ट करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr "इच्छित फाइल हलवायला निवडण्यासाठी त्यावर एकदा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"उजवा-क्लिक आणि निवडा <gui>कापा</gui>, किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसऱ्या फोल्डरकरिता संचारन करा, जेथे तुम्हाला फाइल स्थानांतरीत करायचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"गिअर बटन क्लिक करा आणि फाइलचे स्थानांतरन पूर्ण करण्यासाठी <gui>चिकटवा</gui> "
++"निवडा, किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> दाबा. मुख्य "
++"फोल्डरच्या बाहेर फाइल काढले जाईल आणि इतर फोल्डरमध्ये स्थानांतरित केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr "कॉपी किंवा हलवण्यासाठी फाइल्स ओढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक उघडा आणि प्रत बनवण्याजोगी फाइल समाविष्टीत असणाऱ्या फोल्डरकडे "
++"जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीतील <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा, दुसरे पटल उघडण्याकरिता <gui>नवीन "
++"पटल</gui> निवडा (किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> दाबा). "
++"नवीन पटलामध्ये, फाइल स्थानांतरित किंवा प्रत बनवण्याजोगी फोल्डरकडे संचारन करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++"एका पटलातून दुसऱ्या पटलात फाइल क्लिक करा आणि ओढा. लक्ष्य <em>समान</em> "
++"साधनावर असल्यास <em>स्थानांतरीत करा</em>, किंवा लक्ष्य <em>वेगळ्या</em> "
++"साधनावर असल्यास <em>प्रत बनवा</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, होम फोल्डरपासून USB मेमरि स्टिककरिता फाइल ओढल्यास, त्याचे प्रत "
++"बनवले जाईल, कारण तुम्ही त्यास एका साधनापासून दसऱ्या साधनाकडे ओढत घेऊन जात "
++"आहात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++"ओढताना <key>Ctrl</key> कि दाबून ठेवून फाइलचे प्रत जबरनरित्या बनवणे शक्य आहे, "
++"किंवा ओढताना <key>Shift</key> कि दाबून ठेवून त्यास जबरनरित्या स्थानांतरित "
++"करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>रिड-ओन्लि</em> फोल्डरमध्ये फाइलचे प्रत बनवणे किंवा स्थानांतरन शक्य आहे. "
++"अंतर्भुत माहितीकरिता बदल करण्यापासून टाळण्याकरिता काही फोल्डर रिड-ओन्लि आहे. "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">फाइल परवानगी बदलून </"
++"link> रिड-ओन्लि होण्यापासून बाबींना बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "गरज नसलेले फाइल्स किंवा फोल्डर्स काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स काढून टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल किंवा फोल्डरची आवश्यकता नसल्यास, त्यास नष्ट करणे शक्य आहे. घटकाला नष्ट "
++"केल्यास त्याला <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> फोल्डरमध्ये स्थानांतरित केले जाते, जेथे "
++"कचरापेटी रिकामे होईपर्यंत साठवले जाते. आवश्यकता, किंवा चुकिने नष्ट केले "
++"असल्यास <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> फोल्डरमधील <link xref=\"files-recover\">घटकांना "
++"पूर्वस्थितीत </link> आणि तेही मूळ ठिकाणी आणणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "फाइलला कचरा कुंडीत पाठवण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr "इच्छित फाइल कचरा कुंडीत टाकायला निवडण्यासाठी त्यावर एकदा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलकावरील <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> दाबा. "
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये घटकाला ओढून <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> मध्ये "
++"टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"नेहमीकरिता फाइल्स नष्ट करण्यासाठी, आणि संगणकावरील डिस्कची जागा मोकळी "
++"करण्यासाठी, तुम्हाला कचरापेटी रिकामे करावे लागेल. कचरापेटी रिकामे "
++"करण्यासाठी, बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> उजवी-क्लिक करा आणि "
++"<gui>कचरापेटी रिकामे करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "फाइल कायमची काढून टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr "तुम्ही नेहमीकरिता फाइल नष्ट करू शकता, कचरापेटीकडे फाइलला न पाठवता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "फाइल कायमची काढून टाकण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "तुम्हाला जी वस्तु काढायची आहे ती निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Shift</key> कि दाबा आणि दाबून ठेवा, त्यानंतर कळफलकावरील <key>Delete</"
++"key> कि दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"यास पूर्ववत् करणे अशक्य असल्यामुळे, तुम्हाला फाइल किंवा फोल्डर नष्ट करायचे "
++"आहे याच्या खात्रीकरिता विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"कचरापेटीच्या वापरविना फाइल्सला वारंवार (उदाहरणार्थ, संवेदनशील डाटासह कार्य "
++"करताना) नष्ट करायचे असल्यास, फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सकरिता <gui>नष्ट करा</gui> "
++"नोंदणी उजवी-क्लिक देऊन समाविष्ट करणे शक्य आहे. शीर्ष पट्टीमध्ये <gui>फाइल्स</"
++"gui> क्लिक करू, <gui>प्राधान्यता</gui> पसंत करा आणि <gui>वर्तन</gui> टॅब "
++"निवडा. <gui>कचरापेटी बायपास करणारे डिलिट आदेश समाविष्ट करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">काढून टाकण्याजोगी साधन </link> वरील नष्ट "
++"केलेल्या फाइल्स इतर कार्यप्रणालीवर, जसे कि Windows किंवा Mac OS वर "
++"दृश्यास्पद नसू शकते. फाइल्स अजूनही तेथेच आहेत, आणि साधनाला पुन्हा संगणकाशी "
++"जुळल्यास उपलब्ध होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++"CD/DVD बर्नरचा वापर करून रिकाम्या CD किंवा DVD वरील फाइल्स आणि दस्तऐवजांना "
++"स्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीवीडीवर फाइल्स लिहा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>CD/DVD क्रिएटर</gui>चा वापर करून फाइल्सला रिकाम्या डिस्कवर स्थीत करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. CD ला CD/DVD राइटरमध्ये स्थीत केल्यानंतर CD किंवा DVD निर्माण "
++"करायचे पर्याय फाइल व्यवस्थापकात आढळेल. फाइल व्यवस्थापक तुम्हाला इतर "
++"संगणकांपासून फाइल्स स्थानांतरित करण्यास किंवा फाइल्सला रिकाम्या डिस्कवर "
++"<link xref=\"backup-why\">बॅकअप्स</link> करिता परवानगी देतो. CD किंवा DVD "
++"करिता फाइल्स लिहण्याकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr "रिकाम्या डिस्कला तुमच्या CD/DVD राइटेबल ड्राइव्हवर स्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या तळास आढळणाऱ्या <gui>रिकामी CD/DVD-R डिस्क</gui> सूचनामध्ये, "
++"<gui>CD/DVD क्रिएटरसह उघडा</gui> निवडा. <gui>CD/DVD क्रिएटर</gui> फोल्डर पटल "
++"उघडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(फाइल व्यवस्थापक बाजूच्यापट्टीमधील <gui>साधने</gui> अंतर्गत <gui>रिकाम्या CD/"
++"DVD-R डिस्क</gui>वर क्लिक करणे शक्य आहे.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr "<gui>डिस्क नाव</gui> क्षेत्रात, डिस्ककरिता नाव टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr "पसंतीच्या फाइल्स पटलात ओढा किंवा प्रत बनवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>डिस्कवर लिहा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr "<gui>लेखनजोगी डिस्क निवडा</gui> अंतर्गत, रिकामी डिस्क पसंत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(त्याऐवजी <gui>प्रतिमा फाइल</gui> पसंत करा. ह्यामुळे फाइल्स <em>डिस्क "
++"प्रतिमा</em> अंतर्गत स्थीत केले जातील, ज्यास तुमच्या संगणकावर साठवले जाईल. "
++"त्यानंतर तुम्ही डिस्क प्रतिमेला रिकाम्या डिस्कवर पुढील दिनांकाला बर्ण करू "
++"शकता.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++"बर्ण करण्याचा वेग, तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्चे ठिकाण, आणि इतर पर्यायांना नियंत्रीत "
++"करण्यासाठी <gui>गुणधर्म</gui> क्लिक करा. पूर्वनिर्धारित पर्याय ठिक आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr "रेकॉर्डिंग सुरु करण्यासाठी <gui>बर्न</gui> बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>अनेक प्रत बर्ण करा</gui> निवडले असल्यास, तुम्हाला अगाऊ डिस्क्सकरिता "
++"विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्क बर्णिंग पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, ते स्वयंरित्या बाहेर पडते. <gui>आणखी प्रत "
++"बनवा</gui> किंवा बाहेर पडण्यासाठी <gui>बंद करा</gui> पसंत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr "जर डिस्क व्यवस्थित बर्न नसेल झाली"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी संगणक डाटाची रेकॉर्डिंग योग्यरित्या करत नाही, आणि तुम्हाला संगणकात "
++"अंतर्भुत करतेवेळी डिस्कवरील फाइल्स आढळणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"या घटनामध्ये, पुन्हा डिस्क बर्ण करायचा प्रयत्न करा परंतु कमी बर्णिंग वेगचा "
++"वापर करा, उ.दा. ४८x ऐवजी १२x . कमी वेगवर बर्ण करणे जास्त विश्वासनीय आहे. "
++"<gui>CD/DVD क्रिएटर</gui> पटलातील <gui>गुणधर्म</gui> बटन क्लिक करून तुम्ही "
++"वेग पसंत करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलला विना अदृश्य करा, ज्यामुळे त्यास फाइल व्यवस्थापकात पहाणे शक्य होत नाही."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "फाइलला लपवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME फाइल व्यवस्थापक तुम्हाला ठराविक वेळेस फाइल्स छुपे करणे आणि खुले "
++"करण्याची सुविधा पुरवतो. फाइल छुपे असल्यास, त्यास फाइल व्यवस्थापकातर्फे "
++"दाखवले जात नाही, परंतु ते फोल्डरमध्ये आढळते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल छुपे करण्याकरिता, नावाच्या सुरूवातील <link xref=\"files-rename\">पुन्हा "
++"नाव द्या</link> आणि <key>.</key> सह. उदाहरणार्थ, <file> example.txt</file> "
++"नावाची फाइल छुपे करण्यासाठी, त्यास <file>.example.txt</file> असे नाव द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++"ज्याप्रकारे फाइल्स छुपे केले जातात त्याच प्रकारे फोल्डर्स छुपे करणे शक्य आहे."
++" फोल्डर नावाच्या सुरूवातील <key>.</key> स्थीत करून फोल्डर छुपे करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "सगळ्या लपवलेल्या फाइल्स दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरमधील सर्व छुपे फाइल्स पहाण्याकरिता, त्या फोल्डरकडे जा आणि एकतर "
++"साधनपट्टीमधील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> "
++"बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडा, किंवा "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> दाबा. तुम्हाला सर्व छुप्या "
++"फाइल्स आढळतील, तसेच खुल्या रेग्युलर फाइल्सही आढळतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या फाइल्सला पुन्हा छुपे करण्यासाठी, एकतर साधनपट्टीतील <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा आणि "
++"<gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडा, किंवा  <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> पुन्हा दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "फाइल दृष्टीस आणा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल खुले करण्यासाठी, छुपी फाइल असलेल्या फोल्डरकडे जा आणि साधनपट्टीतील "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा "
++"आणि <gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडा. त्यानंतर, छुपी फाइल शोधा आणि "
++"पुनःनामांकन करा जेणेकरून त्याच्या नावासमोर <key>.</key> नसावे. उदाहरणार्थ, "
++"<file>.example.txt</file> नावाच्या फाइलला खुले करण्यासाठी, त्यास "
++"<file>example.txt</file> असे पुन्हा नाव द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या फाइलला पुन्हा नाव दिल्यानंतर, एकतर साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>छुप्या "
++"फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडा, किंवा इतर छुप्या फाइल्स पुन्हा दाखवण्याकरिता "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, फाइल व्यवस्थापक बदं करेपर्यंत तुम्हाला फाइल व्यवस्थापकात "
++"फक्त छुप्या फाइल्स आढळतील. ही सेटिंग बदलण्याकरिता ज्यामुळे फाइल व्यवस्थापक "
++"नेहमी छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवेल, त्याकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक छुप्या फाइल्स नावाच्या सुरूवातीला <key>.</key> दाखवतात, परंतु त्याऐवजी "
++"इतरांच्या नावाच्या शेवटी <key>~</key> असते. या फाइल्स बॅकअप फाइल्स असतात. "
++"अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr "निर्मीत किंवा डाऊनलोड केलेल्या फाइल आढळले नसल्यास ह्या टिप्स बाळगा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "हरवलेली फाइल शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल निर्मीत किंवा डाउनलोड केले असल्यास, परंतु आढळलत नसल्यास, ह्या टिप्स "
++"बाळगा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल कुठे साठवले आहे हे लक्षात नसल्यास, परंतु त्याचे नाव कसे पडले याची "
++"कल्पना असल्यास, तुम्ही नावानुसार फाइलकरिता शोध घेऊ शकता. हे कसे होते "
++"त्याकरिता <link xref=\"files-search\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"नुकतेच फाइल डाऊनलोड केले असल्यास, तुमच्या वेब ब्राऊजरने आपोआप कॉमन "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले असेल. होम फोल्डरमधील डेस्कटॉप आणि डाऊनलोड्स फोल्डरची "
++"तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही चुकीने फाइल नष्ट केली असावी. फाइल नष्ट केल्यानंतर, ते कचरापेटीकडे "
++"स्थानांतरित होते, जेथे ते कचरापेटी रिकामे होईपर्यंत राहते. नष्ट केलेली फाइल "
++"कशी पुन्हा प्राप्त करायची, त्याकरिता <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही कदाचीत फाइलला पुन्हा नाव दिले असणार ज्यामुळे फाइल छुपे झाली. <file>.</"
++"file> पासून सुरू होणाऱ्या फाइल किंवा <file>~</file> सह समाप्त होणाऱ्या फाइल "
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकात छुपे असतात. फाइल व्यवस्थापक साधनपट्टीतील <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा आणि "
++"दाखवण्याकरिता <gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडा. अधिक माहितीकरिता <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल प्रकारकरिता पूर्वनिर्धारित नसलेल्या ॲप्लिकेशनचा वापर करून फाइल्स उघडा. "
++"तुम्ही पूर्वनिर्धारित देखील बदलू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr "वेगळ्या ॲप्लिकेशन्स सोबत फाइल्स उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकात दोनवेळा क्लिक केल्यानंतर, त्यास ठराविक फाइल प्रकारकरिता "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशनसह उघडले जाईल. तुम्ही त्यास विविध ॲप्लिकेशनसह उघडू "
++"शकता, ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता ऑनलाइन शोधू शकता, किंवा समान प्रकारच्या सर्व "
++"फाइल्सकरिता पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशन सेट करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित व्यतिरिक्त ॲप्लिकेशनसह फाइलला उघडण्याकरिता, फाइलवर उजवी-क्लिक "
++"द्या आणि मेन्युच्या शीर्षपासून आवश्यक ॲप्लिकेशनची निवड करा. आवश्यक ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"नसल्यास, <gui>इतर ॲप्लिकेशनसह उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा. पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापक फाक्त न हाताळण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवतो. संगणकावरील सर्व "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स पहाण्याकरिता, <gui>इतर ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यक ॲप्लिकेशन सापडत नसल्यास, <gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स ऑनलाइन शोधा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करून अधिक ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता शोधणे शक्य आहे. फाइल व्यवस्थापक परिचीत फाइल्स "
++"प्रकार हाताळणाऱ्या ॲप्लिकेशन्ला ऑनलाइनरित्या शोध घेतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशन बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक प्रकारच्या फाइल्स उघडण्याकरिता वापरण्याजोगी पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"बदलणे शक्य आहे. यामुळे फाइल उघडण्याकरिता दोनवेळा क्लिक केन्यानंतर तुम्ही "
++"पसंतीचे शिफारसीय ॲप्लिकेशन उघडू शकाल. उदाहरणार्थ, MP3 फाइलवर दोनवेळा क्लिक "
++"केल्यानंतर पसंतीच्या संगीत वादकतर्फे उघडायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++"बदलण्याजोगी पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशनचे फाइल प्रकार निवडा. उदाहरणार्थ, MP3 "
++"फाइल्स उघडण्याकरिता ॲप्लिकेशन बदलण्याकरिता, <file>.mp3</file> फाइल निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "फाइलवर उजवा-क्लिक करा आणि <gui>गुणधर्म</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>सोबत उघडा</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन निवडा आणि <gui>पूर्वनिर्धारित म्हणून सेट करा</gui>. "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, फाइल व्यवस्थापक फक्त तेच ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवतत जे फाइल "
++"हाताळू शकतात. संगणकावरील सर्व ॲप्लिकेशन्स पहाण्याकरिता, <gui>इतर ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"दाखवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>इतर ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मध्ये ॲप्लिकेशन समाविष्टीत आहेत ज्याचा वापर "
++"कधीकधी होतो, परंतु त्यास पूर्वनिर्धारित करायची आवश्यकता नाही, ते ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"निवडा आणि <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा. हे <gui>शिफारसीय ॲप्लिकेशन्स</"
++"gui> करिता समाविष्ट केले जाईल. त्यानंतर फाइलवर उजवी-क्लिक देऊन आणि सूचीतून "
++"निवडून ॲप्लिकेशनचा वापर शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त निवडलेल्या फाइलकरिताच नाही तर पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता बदलते, "
++"परंतु समान प्रकारच्या सर्व फाइल्सकरिता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवज, प्रतिमा, व्हिडीओज, आणि अधिककरिता पटकन पूर्वावलोकनज दाखवा आणि लपवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr "फाइल आणि फोल्डर्सचे अवलोकन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये न उघडता तुम्ही पटकन फाइल्सचे पूर्वावलोकन करू शकता. कोणतिही "
++"फाइल निवडा आणि स्पेसवार दाबा. फाइल सोप्या प्रिव्हयु पटलात उघडेल. पूर्वावलोकन "
++"टाळण्याकरिता स्पेसबार दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++"बिल्टइन पूर्वावलोकन आत्ता दस्तऐवज, प्रतिमा, व्हिडीओ, आणि ऑडिओकरिता बहुतांश "
++"फाइल रूपणकरिता समर्थन पुरवतात. पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये, तुम्ही दस्तऐवज चाळू शकता "
++"किंवा व्हिडीओ आणि ऑडिओ सीक करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वावलोकन पडदाभर पहण्याकरिता, तळ बाजूस <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">पडदाभर</media> बटनावर क्लिक करा, किंवा <key>f</key> "
++"दाबा. <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">पडदाभर</"
++"media> क्लिक करा किंवा पडदाभर सोडून देण्याकरिता <key>f</key> दाबा, किंवा "
++"पूर्वावलोकनपासून संपूर्णपणे बाहेर पडण्याकरिता स्पेसबार दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++"नष्ट केलेल्या फाइल्सला सहसा कचरापेटीकडे पाठवले जाते, परंतु पुन्हप्राप्ति "
++"शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "कचरा कुंडीतून फाइल बाहेर काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकासह फाइल नष्ट केल्यास, फाइल सहसा <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> मध्ये "
++"स्थानांतरिता केली जाते, आणि पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्याजोगी पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "कचरा कुंडीतून फाइल बाहेर काढण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>कृती </gui> अवलोकनपासून <app>फाइल्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr "बाजुच्या पट्टीमध्ये <gui>कचरा कुंडी</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"येथे नष्ट केलेली फाइल असल्यास, त्यावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui> पूर्वस्थितीत आणा</"
++"gui> निवडा. जेथून नष्ट केले तेथे हे फाल्डोर पूर्वस्थितीत आणले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq> दाबून, किंवा आदेशओळचा "
++"वापर करून फाइल नष्ट केले असल्यास, फाइलला नेहमीकरिता नष्ट केले आहे. "
++"नेहमीकरिता नष्ट केलेल्या फाइल्सला <gui>कचरापेटी</gui> पासून पुन्हप्राप्ति "
++"अशक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी नेहमीकरिता नष्ट केलेल्या फाइल्स्च्या पुन्हप्राप्तिकरिता असंख्य "
++"पुन्हप्राप्ति साधने उपलब्ध आहेत. ही साधने सहसा वापरकरिता सोपे नसतात, तरी. "
++"चुकिने फाइल नेहमीकरिता नष्ट केले असल्यास, कदाचित सपोर्ट फोरमवर "
++"पुन्हप्राप्तिकरिता सूचना घेणे शिफरसीय आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++"USB फ्लॅश ड्राइव्ह, सीडी, डीवीडी, किंवा इतर साधन बाहेर काढा किंवा माउंट "
++"अशक्य करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr "बाह्य ड्राइव सुरक्षितपणे काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"स्टोरेज साधने जसे कि USB फ्लॅश ड्राइव्हज यांचा वापर करताना, काढून "
++"टाकण्यापूर्वी त्यास सुरक्षितपणे काढून टाका. साधन फक्त काढून टाकल्यास, "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन त्याचा वापर करत असताना अनप्लग करण्याचा धोका निर्माण होतो. यामुळे "
++"काही फाइल्स गमवले जातील किंवा नष्टही होऊ शकतात. सीडी किंवा डीवीडी सारख्या "
++"ऑप्टिकल डिस्कचा वापर करतेवेळी, संगणकातून डिस्क बाहेर काढण्यासाठी तुम्ही समान "
++"टप्प्यांचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr "निघण्यासारखे उपकरणे बाहेर काढण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr "<gui>कार्य</gui> सारांश मधुन, <app>फाइल्स</app> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"बाजूच्या पट्टीमध्ये साधनाचे ठिकाण शोधा. नावाच्या बाजूस छोटे इजेक्ट चिन्ह "
++"पाहिजे. साधन सुरक्षितपणे काढून टाकणे किंवा बाहेर काढण्याकरिता बाहेर काढा "
++"चिन्ह क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, बाजूच्या पट्टीमध्ये साधनावरील उजवी-क्लिक द्या आणि <gui>बाहेर "
++"काढा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr "वापरात असलेले उपकरण सुरक्षितपणे बाहेर काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++"साधनावरील कोणत्याही फाइल्स खुल्या असल्यास आणि ॲप्लिकेशनतर्फे वापरात असल्यास, "
++"साधनाला सुरक्षितपणे काढून टाकणे शक्य होणार नाही. <gui>तीव्रता व्यस्त आहे</"
++"gui> असे सूचना असलेल्या पटलकरिता विचारले जाईल. साधनाला सुरक्षितपणे काढून "
++"टाकण्याकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>रद्द</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "उपकरणावरील सर्व फाइल्स बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"उपकरणाला निष्कासित किंवा सुरक्षितपणे काढण्यासाठी निष्कासी चिन्हावर क्लिक करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स बंद न करता साधन काढून टाकण्याकरिता <gui>कसेही करून बाहेर काढा</gui> "
++"पसंत करणे शक्य आहे. फाइल्स खुले असल्यास, यामुळे ॲप्लिकेशन्समध्ये त्रुटी "
++"निर्माण होऊ शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "फाइल किंवा फोल्डर नाव बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "फाइल किंवा फोल्डर नामांतर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर फाइल व्यवस्थापकांसह, फाइल किंवा फोल्डरचे नाव बदलण्याकरिता तुम्ही GNOME "
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकाचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "फाइल किंवा फोल्डर नामांतर करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"घटकावर उजवी-क्लिक द्या आणि <gui>पुन्हानाव द्या</gui> निवडा, किंवा फाइल निवडा "
++"आणि <key>F2</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "नवीन नाव टाइप करा आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">गुणधर्म</link> पटलातून फाइलला "
++"पुन्हा नाव देणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलला पुन्हा नाव देतेवेळी, फक्त फान नावातील पहिले भाग निवडले जाते, फाइल "
++"विस्तार (\".\" नंतरचा भाग) निवडले जात नाही. विस्तार सहसा फाइलचा प्रकार "
++"निर्देशीत करतात (उ.दा. <file>file.pdf</file> PDF दस्तऐवज आहे), आणि तुम्ही "
++"त्यास सहसा बदलत नाही. विस्तार देखील बदलायचे असल्यास, संपूर्ण फाइल नाव निवडा "
++"आणि बदल करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"चुकिच्या फाइलला पुन्हा नाव दिल्यास, फाइलचे नाव अयोग्यरित्या दिले असल्यास, "
++"पुन्हा नाव करणे पूर्ववत् करा. कृतीला पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्यासाठी, साधनपट्टीतील "
++"गिअर बटन पटकन क्लिक करा आणि मागील नाव निवडण्याकरिता <gui>पूर्ववत् करा</gui> "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr "फाइल नावांसाठी वैध अक्षरे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल नावांमध्ये <key>/</key> (स्लॅश) अक्षराच्या व्यतिरिक्त तुम्ही कोणत्याही "
++"अक्षराचा वापर करू शकता. काही साधने, तरी, फाइल नावांवरील जास्त प्रतिबंध "
++"असणाऱ्या <em>फाइल प्रणाली</em>चे वापर करतात. म्हणूनच, फाइल नावांमध्ये खालील "
++"अक्षरे टाळणे शिफारसीय आहे: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, "
++"<key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, "
++"<key>/</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"पहिल्या अक्षराला <key>.</key> असे नाव दिल्यास, फाइल व्यवस्थापकामध्ये "
++"अवलोकनचा प्रयत्न करताना फाइल <link xref=\"files-hidden\">छुपे</link> राहेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "समान प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "फाइल नाव आधीपासून वापरात आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++"एकाच फोल्डरमध्ये एकाच नावासह दोन फाइल्स किंवा फोल्डर्स असणे शक्य नाही. "
++"कार्यरत असलेल्या फोल्डरमधील आधीपासूनच फाइलचे नाव बदलण्याचा प्रयत्न करत "
++"असल्यास, फाइल व्यवस्थापक तुम्हाला परवानगी देणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल आणि फोल्डर नावे केस संवदेनशील आहे, म्हणूनच फाइल नाव <file>File.txt</"
++"file> हे <file>FILE.txt</file> प्रमाणे नाही. वेगळ्या फाइल नावांचा वापर करणे "
++"स्वीकार्य आहे, जरी ते शिफारसीय नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "फाइल नाव अति लांब आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"काही फाइल प्रणालींवर, फाइल नावांमध्ये २५५ अक्षरांपेक्षा जास्त अक्षरे नसतील. "
++"ह्या २५५ अक्षर मर्यादामध्ये दोन्ही फाइल नाव आणि फाइलकरिता मार्ग समाविष्टीत "
++"आहे  (उ.दा., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), "
++"म्हणून शक्य तेव्हा लांब फाइल आणि फोल्डरचे नाव टाळावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr "नामांतराचा पर्याय बाहेर आलेला आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पुन्हा नाव देणे</gui> ग्रेए आउट केल्यानंतर, तुमच्याकडे फाइलला पुन्हनाव "
++"देण्याची परवानगी राहत नाही. उर्वरित फाइल्ससह सावधगिरी बाळगा, कारणा उर्वरित "
++"काही सुरक्षित फाइल्समुळे प्रणाली वापरण्याजोगी राहणार नाही. अधिक माहितीकरिता "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr "फाइल नाव आणि प्रकारावर आधारित फाइल्स शोधा. पुढील वापररिता शोध साठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक अंतर्गत नाव किंवा फाइल प्रकारावर आधारित फाइल्सचे शोध शक्य "
++"आहे. सर्वसाधारण शोध साठवणे देखील शक्य आहे, आणि ते होम फोल्डरमध्ये विशेष "
++"फोल्डर्स म्हणून आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "इतर शोध ॲप्लिकेशन्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr "ठराविक फोल्डर अंतर्गत आवश्यक फाइल्स आढळल्यास, त्या फोल्डरकडे जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनपट्टीमधील विस्तारक काचेवर क्लिक करा, किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलनावमध्ये आढळणारे शब्द किंवा शब्द श्रृंखला टाइप करा. उदाहरणार्थ, "
++"\"Invoice\" सह सुरू होणारे सर्व इंवॉइसेसचे नाव ठरवल्यास, <input>invoice</"
++"input> टाइप करा. <key>Enter</key> दाबा. शब्दांच्या आकार खेरीज शब्द जुळतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr "फाइल प्रकार आणि जागेद्वारे तुम्ही तुमचे निष्कर्ष कमी करु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>होम</file> फोल्डर, किंवा सर्वत्र शोधण्याकरिता <gui>सर्व फाइल्स</"
++"gui>करिता शोध परिणाम मर्यादीत ठेवण्यासाठी <gui>होम</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> क्लिक करा आणि फाइल प्रकारवर आधारित परिणाम निर्देशीत करण्यासाठी "
++"ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीतून <gui>फाइल प्रकार</gui> निवडा. ह्या पर्यायला काढून "
++"टाकण्यासाठी <key>x</key> क्लिक करा आणि शोध परिणाम वाढवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"शोध परिणामपासून फाइल्स उघडा, प्रत बनवा, नष्ट करा, किंवा त्यावर कार्य करा, "
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकामधील कोणत्याही फोल्डरपासून कार्य करणे नुरूप."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++"शोधपासून बाहेर पडण्याकरिता साधनपट्टीमधील विस्तारक काचेवर क्लिक करा आणि "
++"फोल्डरकडे परत जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr "ठराविक शोध वारंवार केल्यास, पटकन प्रवेशकरिता त्यास साठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "शोध साठवुन ठेवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr "वरच्या सारखं शोध सुरु करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"शोध बाबींसह खुश असल्यास, गिअर बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>शोध असे साठवा</gui> "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"शोधला नाव द्या आणि <gui>साठवा</gui> क्लिक करा. पसंत पडल्यास, शोध "
++"साठवण्याकरिता दुसऱ्या फोल्डरची निवड करा. फोल्डरचे अवलोकन करताना, साठवलेल्या "
++"शोधला विस्तारक काचसह नारंगी फोल्डर चिन्ह म्हणून आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्य पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर शोध फाइल काढून टाकण्याकरिता, इतर फाइल प्रमाणे शोध "
++"<link xref=\"files-delete\">नष्ट</link> करा. साठवलेली शोध नष्ट केल्यानंतर, "
++"शोधसह जुळलेल्या फाइल्स नष्ट केले जात नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++"सारख्या नावांच्या एकापेक्षा जास्त फाइल्स निवडण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>S</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr "रचनानुसार फाइल्स निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल नाववरील रचनेचा वापर करून फोल्डरमधील फाइल्स निवडणे शक्य आहे. <gui>Select "
++"जुळण्याजोगी घटकांची निवड करा</gui> पटल सुरू करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>S</key></keyseq> दाबा. फाइल नावातील सामान्य भागांचा तसेच वाइल्ड "
++"कार्ड अक्षरांचा वापर करून, रचना टाइप करा. दोन वाइल्ड कार्ड अक्षरे उपलब्ध "
++"आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>*</file> कोणत्याही अक्षरांची, तसेच कितीही अक्षरांची जुळवणी करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr "<file>?</file> हुबेहुब कोणतेही अक्षर जुळवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "उदाहरण म्हणून:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"OpenDocument मजकूर फाइल, एक PDF फाइल, आणि समान बेस नाव <file>Invoice</file> "
++"असणारी प्रतिमा असल्यास, रचनासह सर्व तीन निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"<file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-"
++"003.jpg</file> असे फोटोंची नावे असल्यास; रचनासह सर्वांना निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>सुट्टी-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++"मागील प्रमाणे फोटोज असल्यास, परंतु काही संपादित केले अल्यास आणि संपादित "
++"केलेल्या फोटोज्या अखेरिस <file>-edited</file> समाविष्ट केल्यास, संपादित "
++"केलेल्या फोटोज्ना यासह निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>सुट्टी-???-संपादित.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापकातून फाइल्सला ईमेल खात्यामध्ये स्थानांतरित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "इमेलद्वारे फाइल्स शेअर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकातून प्रत्यक्षरित्या ईमेलतर्फे तुम्ही फाइल्सला संपर्कांसह "
++"शेअर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरूवात करण्यापूर्वी, संगणकावरील <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> इंस्टॉल केले आहे, आणि "
++"ईमेल खाते संरचीत केले आहे, याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "इमेलद्वारे फाइल्स शेअर करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>कृती </gui> अवलोकनपासून <app>फाइल्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "तुम्हाला स्थानंतरित करायची असलेल्या फाइलची स्थाननिश्चिती करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलवर उजवी-क्लिक द्या आणि <gui>येथे पाठवा</gui> निवडा. जुळलेल्या फाइलसह "
++"<gui>संदेश कम्पोज करा</gui> पटल आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"संपर्क पसंत करण्यासाठी <gui>प्रति</gui> क्लिक करा, किंवा फाइल जेथे पाठवायचे "
++"आहे ते ईमेल पत्ता द्या. <gui>विषय</gui> आणि संदेशची बॉडि आवश्यकता नुरूप भरा "
++"आणि <gui>पाठवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++"एकाचवेळी एकापेक्षा जास्त फाइल्स पाठवणे शक्य आहे. <key>Ctrl</key> दाबून "
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त फाइल्स निवडा, त्यानंतर निवडलेल्या फाइलवर उजवी क्लिक द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr "नाव, आकार, प्रकारनुरूप, किंवा बदल केल्यानंतर फाइल्स सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स चाळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरमद्ये विविध प्रकारे फाइल्स क्रमवारित लावणे शक्य आहे, उदाहरणार्थ दिनांक "
++"किंवा फाइल आकार नुरूप क्रमवारित लावणे. फाइल्स क्रमवारित लावण्याबाबत <link "
++"xref=\"#ways\"/> खालील सूची पहा. पूर्वनिर्धारित क्रमवारि बदलण्याविषयी "
++"माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स क्रमवारिमध्ये लावण्यासाठी पद्धत वापरण्याजोगी <em>फोल्डर अवलोकन</em> "
++"यावर आधारित आहे. सूची किंवा साधनपट्टीमधील चिन्ह बटनाचा वापर करून सध्याचे "
++"अवलोकन बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "चिन्ह दर्शन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळ्या क्रमात फाइल्स क्रमवारित लावण्याकरिता, साधनपट्टीतील <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा आणि "
++"<gui>नावानुसार</gui>, <gui>आकारनुसार</gui>, <gui>प्रकारनुसार</gui> किंवा "
++"<gui>संपादित दिनांकनुसार</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, <gui>नावानुसार</gui> निवडल्यास, फाइल्स नावाप्रमाणे क्रमवारित, "
++"वर्णानुक्रमानुसार लावले जातील. इतर पर्यायकरिता <link xref=\"#ways\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++"पूल-डाउन मेन्युपासून <gui>उलट क्रमवारी</gui> निवडून उलट क्रमवारी शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "यादी दर्शन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळ्या क्रमात फाइल्स क्रमवारित लावण्याकरिता, फाइल व्यवस्थापकातील स्तंभ "
++"शीर्षकांपैकी एकावर क्लिक करा. उदाहरणार्थ, फाइल प्रकार क्रमवारित लावण्याकरिता "
++"<gui>प्रकार</gui> क्लिक करा. उलट क्रमात क्रमवारी शक्य करण्यासाठी स्तंभ "
++"शीर्षक पुन्हा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची अवलोकनमध्ये, तुम्ही जास्त गुणधर्मांसह स्तंभ दाखवू शकतात आणि त्यास "
++"क्रमवारित लावा. साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">डाउन</media> बटन क्लिक करा, <gui>दृश्यास्पद स्तंभ</gui> निवडा आणि "
++"दृश्यास्पद स्तंभ निवडा. स्तंभ नुरूप क्रमवारित लावणे शक्य होईल. उपलब्ध "
++"स्तंभांच्या वर्णनकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "फाइल्स चाळण्याचे मार्ग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "नावाने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr "फाइलच्या नावानुसार वर्णानुक्रमानुसार क्रमवारित लावतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "आकाराने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलच्या आकारनुसार क्रमवारित लावतो (किती डिस्क जागा वापरली जाते). "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे सर्वात लहान ते सर्वात मोठेकरिता क्रमवारित लावतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "प्रकाराने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल प्रकारनुरूप क्रमवारित लावते. एकाच प्रकारच्या फाइल्सला एकत्रीतपणे संघटीत "
++"केले जाते, त्यानंतर नावाप्रमाणे क्रमवारित लावले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "बदल तारखेनुसार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल शेटवच्यावेळी बदलले, ते दिनांक आणि वेळनुसारे क्रमवारित लावतो. "
++"जुण्यापासून नविनकरिता पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे क्रमवारित लावतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr "पसंतीच्या फाइल साच्यांपासून पटकन नविन दस्तऐवज निर्माण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr "Anita Reitere"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr "सर्वसाधारणपणे-वापरण्याजोगी दस्तऐवज प्रकारकरिता साचे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++"समान अंतर्भुत माहितीवर आधारित दस्तऐवज निर्माण करत असल्यास, फाइल साच्यांचा "
++"वापर करून तुम्ही लाभ घेऊ शकता. रूपण किंवा पुन्हा वापरजोगी अंतर्भुत माहितीसह, "
++"फाइल साचा दस्तऐवज असू शकते. उदाहरणार्थ, लेटरहेडसह तुम्ही साचा दस्तऐवज "
++"निर्माण करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr "नवीन नमुना बनवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++"साचा म्हणून वापण्याजोगी दस्तऐवज निर्माण करा. उदाहरणार्थ, वर्ड प्रोसेसिंग "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये लेटरहेड बनवणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>Home</file> फोल्डरमधील <file>Templates </file> फोल्डरमध्ये साचा "
++"अंतर्भुत माहितीसह फाइल साठवा. <file>Templates </file> फोल्डर अस्तित्वात "
++"नसल्यास, त्यास पहिले निर्माण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr "दस्तएवज बनवण्यासाठी नमुन्याचा वापर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr "नविन दस्तऐवज स्थीत करण्याजोगी फोल्डर उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरमध्ये रिकाम्या जागेवर कुठेही उजवी-क्लिक द्या, त्यानंतर <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">नविन दस्तऐवज</gui> निवडा. उपलब्ध साच्यांची नावे उपमेन्युमध्ये "
++"सूचीत दाखवले जातील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr "यादीतून तुमचा इच्छित नमुना निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr "नविन-निर्मीत दस्तऐवजकरिता फाइलनाव द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr "फाइल उघडण्याकरिता दोनवेळा-क्लिक करा आणि संपादन सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr "हे बॅकअप फाइल्स आहेत. ते पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे छुपे असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr "नावाच्या शेवटी \"~\" आढळणारे फाइल काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"नावांच्या शेवटी \"~\" सह फाइल्स (उदाहरणार्थ, <file>example.txt~</file>) "
++"<app>gedit</app> मजकूर संपादकात किंवा इतर ॲप्लिकेशन्समध्ये, स्वयंरित्या "
++"निर्मीत दस्तऐवजांचे बॅकअप प्रत आहेत. त्यास नष्ट करणे सुरक्षित आहे, परंतु "
++"संगणकावर ठेवणे धोकादायक नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या फाइल्स पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे छुप्या असतात. आढळत असल्यास, एकतर <gui>छुपे "
++"फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडले असल्यास (<app>फाइल्स</app> साधनपट्टीच्या <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> मेन्युमधील) किंवा "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> दाबल्यास. वरील पैकी टप्पे "
++"बाळगून पुन्हा छुपे करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या फाइल्सला सामान्य छुप्या फाइल्सप्रमाणेच उपचार केले जाते. छुप्या फाइल्स "
++"हाताळण्याकरिता सूचनाकरिता <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">शोधणे</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">फाइल्स "
++"नष्ट करा</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">बॅकअप्स</link>, <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">काढूणटाकण्याजोगी ड्राइव्ह्ज</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr "फाइल्स, फोल्डर्स &amp; शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr "<app>नॉटिलस</app> फाइल व्यवस्थापक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "समान कार्ये"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "अधिक विषय"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr "निघण्यासारखे उपकरणे आणि बाह्य डिस्कस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "बॅकअप घेत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr "टीपा आणि प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr "ह्या मदत शीर्षकांसह अडचणी कशा आणि कुठे कळवायचे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr "हे दिशानिर्देश सुधारण्यासाठी भाग घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr "दोष सांगा किंवा सुधारणा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"हे मदत दस्तऐवजीकरण स्वयंसेवक समुदायतर्फे निर्मीत केले आहे. योगदान करण्यास "
++"तुमचे स्वागत आहे. ह्या मदत पृष्ठांसह अडचण आढळल्यास (जसे कि टायपोज, अयोग्य "
++"सूचना किंवा समाविष्ट करण्याजोगी शीर्षके परंतु तरिही समाविष्ट न केलेले), "
++"तुम्ही <em>बग अहवाल</em> फाइल करू शकता. बग फाइल करण्यासाठी, <link href="
++"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link> येथे जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++"बग फाइल करण्यासाठी आणि स्थितीविषयी ईमेल प्राप्त करण्यासाठी नोंदणी करणे "
++"आवश्यक आहे. आधिपासूनच खाते नसल्यास, निर्माण करण्यासाठी <gui>नविन खाते</gui> "
++"दुवा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++"खाते एकदा तयार झाल्यानंतर, प्रवेश करा, <guiseq><gui>बग फाइल करा</"
++"gui><gui>कोर</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा. बग सादर "
++"करण्यापूर्वी, कृपया <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">बग लेखन मार्गदर्शन</link> पहा, आणि अशा प्रकारचे आधीपासूनच "
++"अस्तिव्तात आहे याकरिता बग <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse."
++"cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">चाळा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"बग फाइल करण्यासाठी, <gui>कम्पोनंट</gui> मेन्युमधील कम्पोनंट निवडा. ह्या "
++"दस्तऐवजीकरण विरूद्ध बग फाइल करायचे असल्यास <gui>gnome-help</gui> कम्पोनंट "
++"निवडा. बग कोणत्या बगशी संबंधीत आहे याची खात्री नसल्यास, <gui>सर्वसाधारण</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"समाविष्ट न झालेल्या शिर्षकाविषयी मदतकरिता विनंती करताना, <gui>सिव्हिअरिटि</"
++"gui> मेन्युमधील <gui>एंहांसमेंट</gui> निवडा. सारांश आणि वर्णन विभाग भरा आणि "
++"<gui>कमीट</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या अहवालास ID क्रमांक दिले जाईल, आणि त्याची स्थिती परस्पररित्या सुधारित "
++"केले जाईल. GNOME मदत उत्तम बनवण्यासाठी धन्यवाद!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "आमच्याशी संपर्क साधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवजीकरण गटासह सहभाग करण्याविषयी अधिक माहितीसाठी GNOME डॉक्स मेलिंग "
++"लिस्टकरिता <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">ईमेल</link> पाठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"जास्त पारंपारिक डेस्कटॉप अनुभव पसंत असल्यास GNOME Classicचा वापर करणे "
++"शिफारसीय आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "Petr Kovar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "GNOME क्लासिक काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME क्लासिक</em> गुणविशेष वापरकर्त्यांकरिता आहे जे पारंपारिक डेस्कटॉप "
++"अनुभव पसंत करतात. <em>GNOME क्लासिक</em> <em>GNOME 3</em> तंत्रावर आधारित "
++"आहे, ते असंख्य वापरकर्ता संवादकरिता बदल पुरवतात, जसे कि <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> आणि शीर्ष पट्टीवरील <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">ठिकाणांचे</gui> मेन्युज, आणि पडद्याच्या अखेरीस पटल सूची."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवर ॲप्लिकेशन्स सुरू करण्यासाठी तुम्ही <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्युचा वापर करू शकता.  मेन्युपासून "
++"<gui>कृती अवलोकन</gui> घटक निवडून <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">कृती "
++"अवलोकन</em> उपलब्ध आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">कृती अवलोकन</em> करिता प्रवेशसाठी, तुम्ही "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि देखील दाबू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "पटल यादी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या अखेरीस पटल सूची सर्व खुले पटलकरिता प्रवेश पुरवला जातो आणि "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स तुम्हाला पटकन कमी करण्यास आणि पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्यास मदत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल सूचीच्या उजव्या बाजूस, सध्याच्या कार्यक्षेत्रकरिता GNOME छोटे "
++"आइडेंटिफायर दाखवतो, जसे कि <gui>१</gui> पहिल्या (शीर्ष) कार्यक्षेत्रकरिता. "
++"या व्यतिरिक्त, आइडेंटिफायर एकूण उपलब्ध कार्यक्षेत्र देखील दाखवतो. वेगळ्या "
++"कार्यक्षेत्राचा वापर करायचे असल्यास, आइडेंटिफायर क्लिक करा आणि मेन्युपासून "
++"वापरण्याजोगी कार्यक्षेत्र निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा सिस्टम कम्पोनंटला तुमची आवश्यकता असल्यास, पटल सूचीच्या "
++"उजव्या-बाजूस निळे चिन्ह दाखवेल. निळ्या चिन्हावर क्लिक करून <link xref="
++"\"shell-notifications\">संदेश ट्रे</link> दाखवले जाते, जे सर्व सूचनांकरिता "
++"प्रवेश पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "GNOME क्लासिक कडे आणि पासून स्थानांतर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME क्लासिक फक्त ठराविक इंस्टॉल केलेल्या GNOME शेल विस्तारांसह उपलब्ध आहे. "
++"काही Linux वितरकांकडे हे विस्तार उपलब्ध नसतील किंवा पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे "
++"इंस्टॉल होत नसावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> ते <em>GNOME क्लासिक</em> स्थानांतर करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणतेही खुले कार्य साठवा, आणि त्यानंतर बाहेर पडा. शीर्षकडील उजव्या-"
++"कोपऱ्यामधील नाव निवडा आणि त्यानंतर <gui>बाहेर पडा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"खात्रीदायक संदेश आढळेल. खात्रीकरिता <gui>बाहेर पडा</gui> निवडा. प्रवेश करा "
++"पडदा आढळते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr "प्रवेश पडद्यावर, सूचीतून तुमचे नाव निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "पासवर्ड नोंदणी पेटीमध्ये पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड नोंदणी पेटी खालील <gui>सत्र</gui> क्लिक करा आणि <gui>GNOME क्लासिक</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>साइन इन</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME क्लासिक</em> ते <em>GNOME</em> स्थानांतर करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड नोंदणी पेटी खालील <gui>सत्र</gui> क्लिक करा आणि <gui>GNOME</gui> "
++"निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">बोटांचे ठसे वाचणारे</link>, स्मार्ट "
++"कार्डस्…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे &amp; स्मार्ट कार्डस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr "मिडीया कार्ड रीडर्सचं त्रुटि निदान"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr "मिडीया कार्ड रीडर्सचे प्रश्न"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक संगणकांमध्ये SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, आणि इतर स्टोरेज मिडीया कार्डज उपलब्ध "
++"आहेत. हे स्वयंरित्या ओळखायला आणि <link xref=\"disk-partitions\"> माऊंट "
++"व्हायला हवे</link>. असे होत नसल्यास काही त्रुटीनिवारन पद्धती बाळगा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++"कार्ड योग्यरित्या स्थीत केले आहे याची खात्री करा. योग्यरित्या जोडल्यानंतर "
++"अनेक कार्ड्ज अपसाइड डाउन असे आढळतात. तसेच कार्ड योग्यरित्या स्लॉटमध्ये बसले "
++"आहे याची खात्री करा; काही कार्डज, विशेषतया CF, यांस योग्यरित्या जोडण्यासाठी "
++"थोडा जोर लागतो. (जास्त जोरत बसवू नका! काही टणक आढळल्यास, जबरनपणे बसवू नका.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> मेन्युचा वापर करून <app>फाइल्स</app> उघडा. अंतर्भुत केलेल "
++"कार्ड <gui>साधने</gui> सूचीमध्ये डाव्या बाजूस आढळतात? अनेकवेळा कार्ड "
++"सूचीमध्ये आढळते परंतु माउंट केले जात नाही; माऊंट करण्यासाठी एकदा क्लिक करा. "
++"(बाजूचीपट्टी दृश्यास्पद नसल्यास, <key>F9</key> दाबा किंवा "
++"<guiseq><gui>अवलोकन</gui><gui> बाजूचीपट्टी</gui><gui> बाजूचीपट्टी दाखवा</"
++"gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्ड बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये आढळत नसल्यास, <guiseq><gui>जा</gui><gui>संगणक</"
++"gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा. कार्ड रिडर योग्यरित्या संरचीत केले असल्यास, कार्ड "
++"उपलब्ध नसल्यास रिडर ड्राइव्ह म्हणून दिसायला हवे, आणि कार्ड माउंट झाल्यानंतर "
++"कार्ड स्वतःहून आढळले पाहिजे (खालील चित्र पहा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्ड रिडर दिसत असल्यास परंतु कार्ड दिसत नसल्यास, अडचण कार्डसह असू शकते. "
++"शक्य असल्यास दुसऱ्या रिडरवर वेगळे कार्ड वापरून पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>संगणक</gui> फोल्डरमध्ये कार्डज किंवा ड्राइव्हज उपलब्ध नसल्यास, "
++"ड्राइव्हर अडचणींमुळे कार्ड रिडर Linux सह कार्य करत नसावे. कार्ड रिडर आंतरिक "
++"असल्यास (संगणकाच्या बाहेरऐवजी आतमध्ये) हे जास्त संभावनीय आहे. सर्वोत्म "
++"पर्याय म्हणजे साधनाला (कॅमेरा, सेल फोन, इत्यादि) संगणकाच्या USB पोर्टशी "
++"जोडणी करणे. USB एक्सटर्न कार्ड रिडर्स देखील उपलब्ध आहेत, आणि Linux तर्फे "
++"समर्थीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++"हार्डवेअर किंवा साधन ड्राइव्हर तुमच्या संगणकाशी जुळलेले साधनांशी जोडणी "
++"करण्यास परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr "ड्राइवर म्हणजे काय?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++"साधने संगणकाचे फिजिकल \"parts\" आहेत. ते छापईयंत्र आणि मॉनिटर सारखे "
++"<em>एक्सटर्नल</em> असू शकताता आणि ग्राफिक्स आणि ऑडिओ कार्डज सारखे "
++"<em>इंटर्नल</em> असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाने ह्या साधनांचा वापर करण्यासाठी, साधनांनी त्यांच्यासह कसे संपर्क "
++"करायचे ते जाणून घेणे महत्वाचे आहे. हे <em>डिव्हास ड्राइव्हर</em> "
++"सॉफ्टवेअरतर्फे पूर्ण केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी साधन जोडल्यानंतर, तुमच्याकडे साधनाने योग्यरित्या कार्य करण्यासाठी, "
++"ड्राइव्हर इंस्टॉल झालेले असावे. उदाहरणार्थ, छपाईयंत्र प्लगइन केल्यानंतर "
++"योग्य ड्राइव्हर उपलब्ध नसल्यास, तुम्ही छपाईयंत्राचा वापर करू शकणार नाही. "
++"सहसा, साधनाचे प्रत्येक मॉडल दुसऱ्या मॉडलसह सहत्व नसलेल्या ड्राइव्हरचा वापर "
++"करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux वर, बहुतांश साधनांकरिता ड्राइव्हर्स पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे इंस्टॉल केले "
++"जातात, म्हणून जोडणी केल्यानंतर सर्वकाही कार्य करायला हवे. तरी, ड्राइव्हर्सला "
++"स्वहस्ते इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल किंवा कदाचीत पूर्णपणे उपलब्धच नसतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++"या व्यतिरिक्त, काही अस्तित्वातील ड्राइव्हर्स अपूर्ण किंवा अंशतः विना "
++"कार्यक्षम असतात. उदाहरणार्थ, छपाईयंत्र दुहेरी-बाजूची छपाई करू शकत नाही, "
++"परंतु नाहीतर संपूर्णपणे कार्यक्षम आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr "स्क्रीन आणि ग्राफिक्स प्रश्नांचं त्रुटि निदान."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पलेसह बहुतांश अडचणी ग्राफिक्स ड्राइव्हर्स किंवा संरचनामुळे होतात. "
++"खालीलपैकी कोणती शिर्षके तुमच्यातर्फे अनुभवणाऱ्या अडचणींचे सर्वोत्म वर्णन "
++"करते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "हार्डवेअर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">हार्डवेअर अडचणी</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">छपाईयंत्र</link>, <link xref=\"power\">पावर सेटिंग्ज</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">रंग व्यवस्थापन</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">ब्ल्युटूथ</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">डिस्क्स</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr "हार्डवेअर &amp; ड्राइवर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "हार्डवेअर प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr "IRCवर थेट मदत मिळवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC म्हणजे इंटरनेट रिले चॅट. ते रिअल-टाइम मल्टि-युजर संदेश प्रणाली आहे. इतर "
++"GNOME वापरकर्ते आणि डेव्हलपर्सकडून तुम्हाला GNOME IRC सर्व्हरकरिता मदत आणि "
++"सूचना प्राप्त होऊ शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>empathy</app> किंवा <app>xchat</app> वापरुन GNOME आयाआरसी सर्वरला "
++"जोडण्यासाठी, किंवा <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link> "
++"सारखं वेब इंटरफेस वापरुन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"एम्पथिमध्ये IRC खाते निर्माण करण्यासाठी, <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">एम्पथि दस्तऐवजीकरण</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME IRC सर्व्हर <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys> आहे. त्यास \"GIMP network\" असे "
++"म्हटले जाते. संगणक योग्यरित्या संरचीत केले असल्यासतुम्ही <sys>gnome</sys> "
++"वाहिनीकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करण्यासाठी दुवा <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/"
++"gnome\"/> क्लिक करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC रिअल-टाइम चर्चा असल्यामुळे, वापरकर्ते सहसा पटकन प्रतिसाद देत नाही, "
++"म्हणून धीर धरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++"कृपया लक्षात ठेवा IRC वर गप्पा करताना <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/"
++"CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME कोड ऑफ कंडक्ट</link> लागू होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr "इमेलद्वारे मदतीची मागणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "मेलिंग यादी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेलिंग सूची ईमेल आधारित चर्चा आहे. GNOME मेलिंग सूचीचा वापर करून तुम्ही "
++"सपोर्टकरिता विचारू शकता. जवळपास प्रत्येक GNOME ॲप्लिकेशनकडे स्वतःची मेलिंग "
++"सूची आहे. मेलिंग सूचीची संपूर्ण सूची <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/"
++"mailman/listinfo\"/> येथे उपलब्ध आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr "ईमेल पाठवण्याआधी तुम्हाला मेलिंग-सूचीसह नोंदणी करावी लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++"मेलिंग सूचीवर वापण्याजोगी पूर्वनिर्धारित भाषा इंग्रजी आहे. इतर भाषांकरिता "
++"वापरकर्ता मेलिंग सूची आहेत. उदाहरणार्थ, जर्मन भाषीकरिता <sys>gnome-de</sys> "
++"किंवा छील संबंधीत सर्वकाहीकरिता <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr "इंसर्शन पॉइंट लुकलुक करा आणि किती पटकन ते लुकलुकते नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr "कळफलक कर्सर लुकलुक करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++"मजकूर क्षेत्रमध्ये कळफलक कर्सर दिसणे कठिण असल्यास, शोधणे सोपे करण्यासाठी "
++"त्यास लुकलुक करण्यास शक्य करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>कळफलक</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>टायपिंग</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>मजकूर क्षेत्रात कर्सर लुकलुक करणे</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"कर्सर किती पटकन लुकलुकणे नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी <gui>स्पीड</gui> स्लाइडरचा "
++"वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>मेन्यु</key> कि उजव्या-क्लिक ऐवजी कळफलकसह संदर्भ मेन्यु सुरू करतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>मेनु</key> की काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>मेन्यु</key> कि, ज्यास <em>ॲप्लिकेशन</em> कि असेही म्हटले जाते, काही "
++"Windows-निर्देशीत कळफलांवरील आढळते. ही कि सहसा कळफलकच्या तळाला उजव्या बाजूस "
++"असते, <key>Ctrl</key> किच्या बाजूला, परंतु कळफलक उत्पादकांतर्फे त्यास "
++"वेगळ्या ठिकाणावर स्थीत करणे शक्य आहे. त्यास सहसा मेन्युवरील कर्सर होवरिंग "
++"म्हणून निर्देशीत केले जाते: <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src="
++"\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>मेन्यु</key> कि चिन्ह</media>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या किचे प्राथमिक कार्य उजवे माउस बटन क्लिक करण्याऐवजी कळफलकसह संदर्भ "
++"मेन्यु सुरू करणे आहे: माऊस किंवा समान साधन अनुपलब्ध असल्यास, किंवा उजवी माऊस "
++"बटन उपलब्ध नसल्यास, हे उपयोगी ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++"जागा निर्देशीत ठेवून <key>मेन्यु</key> किला अनेकदा पोर्टेबल आणि लॅपटॉप "
++"कळफलककरिता वगळले जाते. या घटनामध्ये, काही कळफलमध्ये <key>मेन्यु</key> फंक्शन "
++"कि समाविष्टीत आहे ज्यास फंक्शन (<key>Fn</key>) किसह एकत्रीत केल्यावर सक्रीय "
++"करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>संदर्भ मेन्यु</em> मेन्यु उजवी-क्लिक दिल्यानंतर पॉप अप होते. आढळण्याजोगी "
++"मेन्यु, असल्यास, उजवी-क्लिक क्षेत्रातील संदर्भ आणि फंकशनवर आधारित आहे. "
++"<key>मेन्यु</key> कि आढळल्यानंतर, संदर्भ मेन्यु पडद्याच्या त्या क्षेत्रकरिता "
++"दाखवले जाते ज्यावरील कि दाबताना कर्सर सहभोवती असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> कि कृती अवलोकन उघडते. कळफलकवरील <key>Alt</key> किच्या "
++"बाजूला तुम्हाला ती सहसा आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>सुपर</key> की काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> कि दाबल्यावर, कृती अवलोकन दाखवले जाते. ह्या किला सहसा "
++"कळफलकच्या तळ बाजूस डावीकडे आढळले जाते, <key>Alt</key> किच्या बाजूला, आणि "
++"सहसा त्यावर Windows चिन्ह असते. त्यास अनेकदा <em>Windows कि</em> किंवा "
++"प्रणाली कि असे म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"Apple कळफलक असल्यास, Windows कि ऐवजी तुम्हाला <key>⌘</key> (आदेश) कि आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "कृती अवलोकन दाखवण्याकरिता कि बदलण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>कीबोर्ड</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>शॉर्टकट्स</gui> टॅब क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाच्या डाव्या बाजूस <gui>प्रणाली</gui>, आणि उजव्या बाजूस <gui>कृती अवलोकन "
++"दाखवा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "सर्वात शेवटी उजवीकडे सध्याच्या शार्टकट वर्णनवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "पसंतीचे कि जोडणी धरून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "किबोर्ड शार्टकट्स समाविष्ट करा आणि बदल करत रहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "पर्यायी कीबोर्ड मांडणी वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलक विविध भाषांकरिता विविध मांडणीमध्ये उपलब्ध होतात. एका भाषाकरिता सुद्धा, "
++"सहसा एकापेक्षा जास्त कळफलक मांडणी असतात, जसे कि इंग्रजीकरिता ड्वोराक मांडणी. "
++"वेगळ्या मांडणीसह कळफलकाचे वापर करणे शक्य आहे, किजवरील छपाई केलेल्या अक्षरे "
++"आणि चिन्हांना उपेक्षित. एकापेक्षा जास्त भाषांचा वापर करायचे असल्यास हे "
++"उपयोगी ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>क्षेत्र &amp; भाषा</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> बटण क्लिक करा, मांडणी निवडा, आणि <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीमध्ये निवडून आणि <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
++"symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">पूर्वावलोकन</media></gui> क्लिक "
++"करून कोणत्याही मांडणीच्या प्रतिमेचे पूर्वावलोकन शक्य आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक भाषा काही अगाऊ संरचना पर्याय पुरवतात. चिन्ह <gui><media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height="
++"\"16\">पूर्वावलोकन</media></gui> निर्देशीत असल्यास त्या भाषांना ओळखणे शक्य "
++"होते. ह्या अगाऊ बाबींकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करण्यासाठी, <gui>इंपुट स्रोत</gui> "
++"सूचीपासून भाषा निवडा आणि <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height="
++"\"16\">पूर्वावलोकन</media></gui> बटन तुम्हाला अगाऊ सेटिंग्जकरिता प्रवेश देईल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त मांडणी आढळल्यास, सर्व पटल त्या मांडणीचा वापर करण्याचा पर्याय "
++"तुम्ही निवडू शकता किंवा प्रत्येक पटलकरिता दुसरी मांडणी करा. प्रत्येक "
++"पटलकरिता वेगल्या मांडणीचा वापर उपयोगी आहे, उदाहरणार्थ, दुसऱ्या भाषेत वर्ड "
++"प्रोसेसर पटलात लेख लिहताना. पटल अंतर्गत कळफल निवड प्रत्येक पटलकरिता लक्षात "
++"ठेवले जाईल.  एकपेक्षाजास्त मांडणी व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी <gui style="
++"\"button\">पर्याय</gui> बटन दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टी सध्याच्या मांडणीकरिता छोटे आइडेंटिफायर दाखवेल, जसे कि मान "
++"इंग्रजीच्या मांडणीकरिता <gui>en</gui>. मांडणी निर्देशक क्लिक करा आणि "
++"मेन्युपासून वापरण्याजोगी मांडणीची निवड करा. निवडलेल्या भाषांमध्ये अगाऊ "
++"सेटिंग्ज असल्यास, त्यास उपलब्ध मांडणी खाली दाखवले जाईल. यामुळे सेटिंग्जचे "
++"जलद पूर्वावलोकन प्राप्त होते. संदर्भकरिता सध्याच्या कळफलक मांडणीसह तुम्ही "
++"प्रतिमा देखील उघडू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>इंपुट स्रोत</gui> <gui>कळफलक शार्टक्ट्स</gui>चा वापर करून दुसऱ्या "
++"मांडणी बदलण्याचा सर्वात वेगवान मार्ग आहे. हे शार्टकट्स <gui>इंपुट स्रोत</"
++"gui> चूजर उघडतात जेथे तुम्ही पुढे आणि पाठीमागे जाऊ शकता. पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </"
++"keyseq> सह तुम्ही पुढील इंपुट स्रोतचा आणि <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></keyseq> सह मागील इंपुट स्रोतचा वापर "
++"करू शकता. <gui>कळफलक</gui> सेटिंग्जमधील शार्टकट्स बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr "माऊस विना ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि डेस्कटॉपचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड मार्गदर्शन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"हे पृष्ठ, जे वापरकर्ते माउस किंवा इतर पॉइंटिंग साधनाचा वापर करू शकत नाही, "
++"किंवा ज्यांना कळफलकाचा शक्य तेवढा वापर करायचा आहे त्यांना कळफलक संचारनचे "
++"तपशील पुरवतो. सर्व वापरकर्त्यांना उपयोगी पडणाऱ्या कळफलक शार्टक्ट्सकरिता, "
++"त्याऐवजी <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"माउसप्रमाणे पॉइंटिंग साधनाचा वापर करणे शक्य नसल्यास, कळफलकवरील न्युमेरिक "
++"किपॅडचा वापर करून माऊस नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे. तपशीलकरिता <link xref="
++"\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता इंटरफेसचे मार्गदर्शन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key> आणि <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++"विविध रंग अंतर्गत कळफलक फोकस स्थानांतरित करा. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> कंट्रोल्सच्या गट अंतर्गत स्थानांतरित करते, जसे कि "
++"बाजूच्यापट्टीपासून मुख्य अंतर्भुत माहितीकरिता. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> कंट्रोल देखील खंडीत करू शकते जे <key>Tab</key>चा "
++"स्वतःहून वापर करते, जसे कि मजूकर क्षेत्र."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr "फोकसला उलट क्रमवारित हलवण्याकरिता <key>Shift</key> दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr "बाण कीझ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++"सिंगल कंट्रोलमध्ये घटकांच्या अंतर्गत, किंवा संबंधित कंट्रोल्स अंतर्गत निवडला "
++"स्थानांतरित करा. साधनपट्टी अंतर्गत बटनांकरिता फोकस करण्यासाठी, सूची किंवा "
++"चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये घटकांची निवड करण्यासाठी, किंवा गटपासून रेडिओ बटनाची निवड "
++"करण्यासाठी बाणांचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++"ट्री अवलोकनमध्ये, संक्षिप्त आणि चिल्डरनसह घटकांना विस्तारित करण्यासाठी "
++"डाव्या आणि उजव्या बाणांचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>बाण कीझ</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची किंवा चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये, घटक निवड न बदलता कळफल फोकसला दुसऱ्या घटककरिता "
++"स्थानांतरित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>बाण कीझ</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची किंवा चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये, सध्या निवडलेल्या घटकापासून ते नविन फोकस "
++"केलेल्या घटकपर्यंत सर्व घटकांची निवड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>स्पेस</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr "फोकस्ड घटक जसे कि बटन, चेकबॉक्स, किंवा सूचीतील घटक सक्रीय करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>स्पेस</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची किंवा चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये, इतर घटकांना न निवडता फोकस केलेले घटक निवड "
++"अशक्य किंवा अशक्य करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ॲक्सिलरेटर्स</em> दाखवण्याकरिता <key>Alt</key> कि दाबून ठेवा: मेन्यु "
++"घटकांवरील, बटन, आणि इतर कंट्रोल्सवरील अधोरेखीत अक्षरे. <key>Alt</key> आणि "
++"अधोरेखीत अक्षर दाबून नियंत्रण सक्रीय करा, तुम्ही क्लिक केले तशाच प्रकारे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr "मेन्यु, पॉपअप, स्विचर, किंवा संवाद पटलातून बाहेर पडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाच्या मेन्युपट्टीतील पहिले मेन्यु निवडा. मेन्युजकरिता संचारनकरिता बाण "
++"किज्चा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr "शीर्षपट्टीवर ॲप्लिकेशन मेन्यु उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> किंवा <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-menu\">मेनु</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"सध्याच्या निवडकरिता संदर्भ मेन्यु पॉपअप होईल, उजवी-क्लिक दिल्याप्रमाणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकात, सध्याच्या फोल्डरकरिता संदर्भ मेन्यु पॉपअप करा, "
++"पार्श्वभूमीत उजवी-क्लिक दिल्याप्रमाणे आणि कुठल्याही घटकावर नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> आणि <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr "टॅब्ड संवादात, डावी किंवा उजवीकडील टॅब्चा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉपचे मार्गदर्शन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++"त्याच ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये पटलांतर्गत चक्राकार करा. <key>Alt</key> कि दाबून ठेवा "
++"आणि ठळक करण्याजोगी पटल दिसेपर्यंत <key>F6</key> दाबा, त्यानंतर <key>Alt</"
++"key> सोडून द्या. हे <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> गुणविशेष "
++"सारखे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr "कार्यक्षेत्रात सर्व खुल्या पटलांतर्गत चक्राकार करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">संदेश ताट उघडा.</link> बंद "
++"करण्यासाठी <key>Esc</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr "पटलाचे मार्गदर्शन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "सध्याचे पटल बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++"कमाल पटलला त्याच्या मूळ आकारात आणा. मोठे करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> याचा वापर करा. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> दोन्ही आकार वाढवते आणि मूळस्थितीत आणते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++"सध्याचे पटल हलवा. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> दाबा, "
++"त्यानंतर पटल हलवण्याकरिता बाण किजचा वापर करा. पटल हलवणे थांबवण्याकरिता "
++"<key>Enter</key> दाबा, किंवा मूळ ठिकाणी नेण्याकरिता <key>Esc</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++"सध्याच्या पटलाला पुन्हा आकार द्या. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq> दाबा, त्यानंतर पटलाचे आकार सुधारित करण्यासाठी बाण किजचा वापर करा. "
++"पटालाचे आकार बदलणे संपन्न करण्यासाठी <key>Enter</key> दाबा, किंवा मूळ आकारात "
++"नेण्याकरिता <key>Esc</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"पटल <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">मोठे करा</link>. मोठ्या आकाराच्या "
++"पटलला मूळ आकारात नेण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> "
++"किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "पटल छोटे करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"पड्याच्या डाव्या बाजूस पटल उभेरित्या मोठे करा. पटलला मागील आकार नेण्याकरिता "
++"पुन्हा दाबा. बाजू बदलण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> "
++"दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"पड्याच्या उजव्या बाजूस पटल उभेरित्या मोठे करा. पटलला मागील आकार नेण्याकरिता "
++"पुन्हा दाबा. बाजू बदलण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> "
++"दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>स्पेस</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr "पटल मेन्यु पॉपअप होईल, शीर्षपट्टीवरील उजवी-क्लिक दिल्याप्रमाणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"माउसचा वापर करून बटने क्लिक करून मजकूर देण्याकरिता ऑनस्क्रीन कळफलकाचा वापर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन कीबोर्ड वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी कळफलक जोडले नसल्यास किंवा वापरायची पसंती नसल्यास, मजकूर देण्याकरिता "
++"<em>सक्रीन किबोर्ड</em> सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr "स्क्रीन किबोर्ड दाखवण्याकरिता <gui>ऑनस्क्रीन किबोर्ड</gui> सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"संख्या आणि चिन्हे देण्याकरिता <gui>123</gui> बटन क्लिक करा. <gui>{#*</gui> "
++"बटन दाबले असल्यास, आणखी चिन्हे उपलब्ध होतील. अल्फाबेट किबोर्ड करिता "
++"जाण्याकरिता, <gui>Abc</gui> बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++"स्क्रीन किबोर्ड तुमच्या मार्गात येत असल्यास, कळफलकसारखे दिसणाऱ्या बटनावर "
++"क्लिक करून कळफलक छुपे करा (<gui>ट्रे</gui> बटनाच्या बाजूचे). कळफलक पुन्हा "
++"दाखवण्याकरिता, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">संदेश ट्रे</link> उघडा "
++"(पडद्याच्या खालील भागातील उजव्या बाजूस माउस हलवून), आणि किबोर्ड ट्रे घटक "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++"कि दाबून ठेवल्यानंतर कळफलकने अक्षरांची पुनरावृत्ती करू नये, किंवा रिपिट "
++"किजचा विलंब आणि वेग बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr "रिपिट कि प्रेसेस बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, कळफलकवरील कि दाबून ठेवल्यास, कि सोडेपर्यंत अक्षर किंवा "
++"चिन्हाची पुनरावृत्ती केली जाते. बोट पटकन उचलणे कठिण वाटत असल्यास, ह्या "
++"गुणविशेषला बंद करणे शक्य आहे, किंवा कि प्रेसेस पुन्हा सुरू करण्यापूर्वी "
++"लागणारा वेळ बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++"वारंवार किज पूर्णपणे बंद केल्यानंतर <gui>कि धरून ठेवल्यानंतर कि प्रेसेस "
++"वारंवार करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, पुनरावृत्ती सुरू करण्यासाठी कितीवेळ तुम्हाला कि दाबून ठेवावे "
++"लागेल त्याकरिता <gui>विलंब</gui> स्लाइडर सुस्थीत करा, आणि किती पटकन कि "
++"प्रेसेसची पुनरावृत्ती करायची त्याकरिता <gui>वेग</gui> स्लाइडर सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr "<gui>कळफलक</gui> सेटिंग्जमध्ये कळफल शार्टक्ट्स ठरवा किंवा बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड शॉर्टकटस् ठरवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "कळफलक शार्टकटकरिता दाबण्याजोगी कि किंवा किज बदला:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>कळफलक</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>शार्टक्ट्स</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"डाव्या पटलमध्ये विभाग, आणि उजवीकडे पसंतीच्या कृतीकरिता ओळ शोधा. सध्याचे "
++"शार्टकट वर्णन <gui>नविन ॲक्सिलरेटर...</gui> करिता बदलेल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतीची कि जोडणी धरून ठेवा, किंवा नष्ट करण्यासाठी <key>Backspace</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धारित शॉर्टकटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"बदलण्याजोगी, विभागांमध्ये एकत्र गट करण्याजोगी असंख्य पूर्व-संरचीत शार्टक्ट्स "
++"उपलब्ध आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "लाँचर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "लाँच मदत ब्राउजर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "बंद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "लाँच गणक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "गणकयंत्र"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "इमेल क्लाइंट लाँच करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "मेल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "वेब ब्राउजर लाँच करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "घर फोल्डर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "शोधक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "मार्गदर्शन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "पटल वर्कस्पेस १वर हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "पटल वर्कस्पेस २वर हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "पटल वर्कस्पेस ३वर हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "पटल वर्कस्पेस ४वर हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "पटल एक वर्कस्पेस डावीकडे हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "पटल एक वर्कस्पेस उजवीकडे हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "पटल एक वर्कस्पेस वर हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "पटल एक वर्कस्पेस खाली हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्स बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "पटल बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशनचा पटल बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम नियंत्रण बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "पटल थेट बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "ॲपचा पटल थेट बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम नियंत्रण थेट बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "सगळे सामान्य पटल लपवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस १वर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस २वर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस ३वर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस ४वर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "डावीकडच्या वर्कस्पेसवर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "उजवीकडच्या वर्कस्पेसवर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "वरच्या वर्कस्पेसवर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "खालच्या वर्कस्पेसवर या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनशॉटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>छापा</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "पटलाचा स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "एका क्षेत्राचा स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनशॉट क्लिपबोर्डवर कॉपी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "पटलाचा स्क्रीनशॉट क्लिपबोर्डवर कॉपी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "क्षेत्राचा स्क्रीनशॉट क्लिपबोर्डवर कॉपी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनकास्ट रेकॉर्ड करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "आवाज आणि मिडीया"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "आवाज बंद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "ऑडियो बंद"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "आवाज कमी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr "ऑडियो आवाज कमी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "आवाज जास्ती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr "ऑडियो आवाज वाढवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "मिडीया प्लेयर लाँच करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "ऑडियो मिडीया"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "प्ले (किंवा प्ले/पॉझ्)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "ऑडियो प्ले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "पॉझ प्लेबॅक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr "ऑडियो प्लेबॅक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "प्लेबॅक थांबवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "ऑडियो थांबवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "आधीचा ट्रॅक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr "आधीचा ऑडियो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "पुढचा ट्रॅक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "पुढचा ऑडियो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "निष्कसित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "रन कमांड प्राम्प्ट दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "कार्य सारांश दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "लॉग आउट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन लॉक करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "संदेश ताट दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "सक्रीय सूचनाकरिता फोकस करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "सर्व ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन मेनु उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "टाइपिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "पुढील इंपुट स्रोतचा वापर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "मागील इंपुट स्रोतचा वापर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "पुढील स्रोतकरिता मॉडिफार्यस-ओन्लि स्विच"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "की रचा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "पर्यायी कॅरेक्टर की"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवेश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "झुम सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "झुम करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "झुम काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन वाचक सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनवरचा कीबोर्ड सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "मजकुराचा आकार वाढवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "मजकुराचा आकार कमी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "उच्च विभिन्नता सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "पटले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "पटल मेनु लागू करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "पडदाभर मोड टॉगल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "कमाल स्तर टॉगल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "पटल मोठे करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "पटल पूर्वस्थितीत आणा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "छटा स्तर टॉगल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "पटल बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "पटल लपवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "पटल हलवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "पटलाचे आकार बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "सर्व कार्यक्षेत्रांवर किंवा एकावर पटल टॉगल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "समाविष्टीत असल्यास पटल उंच करा, नाहीतर कमी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "इतर पटलांच्या तुलनेत पटल उंच करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "इतर पटलांच्या तुलनेत पटल खाली करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "पटल उभेरित्या वाढवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "पटल आडवेरित्या वाढवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "डावीकडील विभाजनचे अवलोकन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "उजवीकडील विभाजनचे अवलोकन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "कळफलक शार्टकट्स बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr "हे विभाग ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता कळफलक शार्टक्ट्स कसे बदलायचे ते दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "टर्मिनल ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"आदेश चालवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "कळफलक शार्टकट बदलण्यासाठीचे ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "कळफलक शार्टकट बदलण्यासाठीचे मेन्यु घटक शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "कळफलकवर आवश्यक शार्टकट टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"लक्षात ठेवा ही सेटिंग डेस्कटॉपभर आहे. <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop."
++"interface can-change-accels false</cmd> आदेश चालवल्यानंतर त्यास बंद करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. हे करण्याकरिता तुम्ही <app>dconf-editor</app> युटिलिटिचा वापर करू "
++"शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "मनपसंत शॉर्टकटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "तुमचा स्वतःचा कीबोर्ड शॉर्टकट बनवण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"डाव्या पटलात <gui>पसंतीचे शार्टकट्स</gui> निवडा, आणि <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> बटन क्लिक करा (किंवा कोणत्याही विभागात <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> बटन क्लिक करा). <gui>पसंतीचे शार्टकट</gui> पटल आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++"शार्टकट ओळखण्याकरिता <gui>नाव</gui>, आणि ॲप्लिकेशन चालवण्याकरिता <gui>कमांड</"
++"gui> टाइप करा, त्यानंतर <gui>लागू करा</gui>. उदाहरणार्थ, Rhythmbox खुले "
++"करण्यासाठी शार्टकट आवश्यक असल्यास, त्यास <input>संगीत</input> असे नाव देऊ "
++"शकता आणि <input>rhythmbox</input> आदेशचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++"नुकतेच समाविष्ट केलेली ओळ <gui>बंद</gui> असे क्लिक करा. <gui>नविन ॲक्सिलरेटर."
++"..</gui> करिता बदलताना, पसंतीचे शार्टकट कि जोडणी दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++"टाइप केलेले आदेश नाव वैध प्रणाली आदेश पाहिजे. टर्मिनल उघडून आणि टाइप करून "
++"आदेश कार्यरत होते. ॲप्लिकेशन उघडणाऱ्या आदेशकडे ॲप्लिकेशन प्रमाणेच समान नाव "
++"असू शकत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतीच्या कळफलक शार्टकटसह संबंधित आदेश चालवायचे असल्यास, शार्टकटच्या "
++"<em>नावावर</em> दोनवेळा क्लिक करा. <gui>पसंतीचे शार्टकट</gui> पटल आढळेल, आणि "
++"आदेश संपादित करणे शक्य होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">कळफलक मांडणी</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"cursor-blink\">कर्सर लुकलुकणे</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">कळफलक "
++"ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "क्षेत्र &amp; भाषा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr "प्रतिमा, रंग, किंवा ग्रेडिएंट म्हणून डेस्कटॉप पार्श्वभूमी सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "April Gonzales"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप पार्श्वचित्र बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉप पार्श्वभूमीकरिता वापरण्याजोगी प्रतिमा बदलणे, किंवा सोपे रंग किंवा "
++"ग्रेडिएंटकरिता सेट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>पार्श्वचित्र</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr "मध्यभागी सध्याच्या वॉलपेपरची प्रतिमा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr "सगळ्यात वर तीन पर्याय दाखवलेले आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME सह शीप होणाऱ्या अनेक वापरण्याजोगी अनुभविक पैकी एक <gui>वॉलपेपर्स</gui> "
++"निवडा. काही वॉलपेपर्स अंशतः पारदर्शक असतात आणि पार्श्वभूमी रंगाला भेदण्यास "
++"सहमती देते. या वॉलपेपर्सकरिता, तळातील-उजव्या कोपऱ्याला रंग निवडक बटन असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"पिचर्स फोल्डरपासून पसंतीच्या फोटोजपैकी एक निवडण्याकरिता <gui>Pictures</gui> "
++"निवडा. अनेक फोटो व्यवस्थापन ॲप्लिकेशन्स तेथे फोटोज साठवतात. पिचर्स "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये नसलेल्या प्रतिमेचा वापर करायला आवडत असल्यास, एकर प्रतिमा "
++"फाइलवरील उजवी क्लिक देऊन एकतर <app>फाइल्सचा</app> वापर करा आणि <gui>वॉलपेपर "
++"म्हणून सेट करा</gui>, किंवा <app>प्रतिमा व्युअर</app>चा वापर करून प्रतिमा "
++"फाइल उघडा आणि <guiseq><gui>प्रतिमेला</gui><gui>डेस्कटॉप पार्श्वभूमी म्हणून "
++"सेट करा</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"फ्लॅट रंग किंवा लिनिअर ग्रेडिएंटचा वापर करण्यासाठी <gui>रंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr "सेटिंग लगेच लागू होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"संपूर्ण डेस्कटॉपच्या अवलोकनकरिता <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-"
++"switch\">रिकाम्या कार्यक्षेत्राचा वापर करा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr "पडद्याचे रेजोल्युशन अयोग्यरित्या सेट केले असावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr "पडद्यावर बाबी फज्जि किंवा पिक्सलेटेड का दिसतात?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"हे होऊ शकते कारण सेट केलेले डिस्पले रेजॉल्युशन पडद्याकरिता योग्य नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++"याच्या निवारणकरिता, शीर्षपट्टीवर तुमचे नाव क्लिक करा आणि <gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> "
++"करिता जा. हार्डवेअर विभागात, <gui>डिस्पलेज</gui> पसंत करा. <gui>रेजोल्युशन</"
++"gui> पर्याय वापरून पहा आणि पडद्याला उत्तम करणारे पर्याय सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr "जेव्हा एकापेक्षाजास्त डिस्पलेज जोडले जातात"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी दोन डिस्पलेज जोडले असल्यास (उदाहरणार्थ, सर्वसाधारण मॉनिटर आणि "
++"प्रोजेक्टर), डिस्पलेजकडे विविध रेजोल्युशन्स असतील. तरी, संगणकाचे ग्राफिक्स "
++"कार्ड स्क्रीनला एकावेळी फक्त एका रेजोल्युशनमध्ये दाखवू शकते, जेणेकरून किमान "
++"डिस्पलेजपैकी एक फज्जि आढळू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++"दोन डिस्पलेजकडे वेगळे रेजॉल्युशन्सकरिता सेट करणे शक्य आहे, परंतु त्याच "
++"वस्तुला दोन्ही पडद्यावर एकाचवेळी दाखवणे शक्य नाही. म्हणजेच, दोन स्वतंत्र "
++"स्क्रीन एकाचवेळी जुळलेले असतील. तुम्ही पटलांना एका पडद्यापासून दुसऱ्याकडे "
++"स्थानांतरित करू शकता, परंतु एकाचवेळी समान पटल दोन्ही पडद्यांवर दाखवणे शक्य "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++"डिस्पलेज सेटअप करण्यासाठी जेणेकरून प्रत्येकाकड स्वतःचे रेजॉल्युशन असेल:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि <gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> क्लिक करा. "
++"<gui>डिस्पलेज</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>आरसा डिस्प्ले</gui> काढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>डिस्पलेज</gui> पटलाच्या शीर्षातील ग्रे बॉक्सपासून प्रत्येक डिस्पले "
++"निवडा. डिस्पले योग्य दिसेपर्यंत <gui>रेजॉल्युशन</gui> बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr "पडद्याचे रेजोल्युशन आणि निर्देशन (चक्रावर्तन) बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr "पडद्याचे आकार किंवा चक्रावर्तन बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>स्क्रीन रेजोल्युशन</em> बदलून पडद्यावर घटक किती मोठे (किंवा किती "
++"तपशीलमध्ये) दिसतात, हे बदलणे शक्य आहे. <em>चक्रावर्तन</em> बदलून घटक कसे "
++"दिसतात (उदाहरणार्थ, चक्रावर्तन डिस्पले असल्यास), ते बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++"बहु डिस्पलेज असल्यास आणि ते मिरर्ड नसल्यास, प्रत्येक डिस्पलेवर विविध "
++"सेटिंग्ज असणे शक्य आहे. पूर्वावलोकन क्षेत्रातील डिस्पले निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr "पसंतीचे रेजोल्युशन आणि चक्रावर्तन निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>लागू करा</gui> क्लिक करा. नविन सेटिंग्ज ३० सेकंदकरिता प्रत्यावर्तन "
++"होण्यापूर्वी लागू होतील. अशा प्रकारे, नविन सेटिंग्जसह काहीही न आढळल्यास, "
++"तुमच्या जुण्या सेटिंग्ज स्वयंरित्या पूर्वस्थितीत आणले जातील. नविन सेटिंग्जसह "
++"खुश असल्यास, <gui>ही संरचना जपवून ठेवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसऱ्या डिस्पलेचा वापर करताना, जसे कि प्रोजेक्टर, त्यास स्वयंरित्या ओळखायला "
++"हवे जेणेकरून सर्वसाधारण डिस्पले प्रमाणेच त्याचे सेटिंग्ज बदलणे शक्य होईल. "
++"असे न झाल्यास, <gui>डिस्पलेज शोधा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "रेसोल्युशन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++"रेजोल्युशन म्हणजे प्रत्येक दिशेत दाखवण्याजोगी (पडद्यावरील डॉट्स) पिक्सेल्सची "
++"संख्या. प्रत्येक रेजोल्युशनमध्ये <em>ॲस्पेक्ट रेशो</em> समाविष्टीत असते, "
++"प्रमाण रूंदी ते ऊंची. वाइड-स्क्रीन डिस्पलेज १६:९ ॲस्पेक्ट रेशोचा वापर करते, "
++"तसेच पारंपारिक डिस्पलेज ४:३चा वापर करते. डिस्पलेचे ॲस्पेक्ट रेशो जुळत नसणारे "
++"रेजोल्युशन पसंत केल्यास, विकृती टाळण्याकरिता पडदा लेटरबॉक्स्ड केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>रेजोल्युशन</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून पसंतीचे रेजोल्युशन निवडणे शक्य "
++"आहे. पडद्याकरिता योग्य रेजोल्युशन न निवडल्यास पडदा <link xref=\"look-display-"
++"fuzzy\">फज्जि किंवा पिक्सलेटेड दिसू</link> शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "फिरवणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++"काही लॅपटॉप्सवर, पडद्याला अनेक दिशेने फिरवणे शक्य आहे. डिस्पले चक्रावर्तन "
++"बदलणे उपयोगी आहे. <gui>चक्रावर्तन</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून डिस्पलेकरिता "
++"आवश्यक चक्रावर्तन निवडणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">डिजिटल कॅमेराज</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">आयपॉड्स</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">फोटोज संपादित "
++"करणे</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">व्हिडीओज चालवणे</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr "आवाज, विडियो &amp; छबी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "आवाज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "आवाज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "आवाज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">स्पीकर आणि हेडफोन</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">माइक्रोफोन</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "साधा आवाज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "संगीत आणि प्लेयर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr "संगीत आणि पोर्टेबल ऑडियो प्लेयर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "छबी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "छबी आणि डिजीटल कॅमेरे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "विडियो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "विडियो आणि विडियो कॅमेरे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">ह्या गाइडच्या वापरविषयी टिप्स</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"get-involved\">ही गाइड सुधारित करण्यासाठी मदत</link>, <link xref="
++"\"help-mailing-list\">मेलिंग सूची</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "आणखी मदत मिळवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr "अभावित क्लिक्स टाळण्याकरिता टाइप करतेवेळी टचपॅड बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "टाइप करताना टचपॅड बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉप्सवरील टचपॅड्स बहुतांशवेळी तेथे स्थीत असतात जेथे टाइपिंगवेळी मनगट "
++"स्थीत होते, ज्यामुळे बहुतांशवेळी टाइप करताना अभावित क्लिक्स निर्माण होतात. "
++"टाइपकरतेवेळी टचपॅड बंद करणे शक्य आहे. शेवटच्या कि स्ट्रोक नंतर ते पुन्हा "
++"थोड्यावेळकरिता कार्य करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>माउस &amp; टचपॅड</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभागात, <gui>टाइप करताना बंद करा</gui> तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr "प्रणालीकडे टचपॅड असल्यावरच फक्त <gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभाग आढळतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"दोनवेळा-क्लिककरिता दुसऱ्यावेळी माउस बटन दाबण्याकरिता किती पटकन दाबणे "
++"नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr "डबल-क्लिकच्या गतीत बदल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++"पटकन माउस बटन दाबल्यानंतरच डबल-क्लिकिंग शक्य होते. पहिल्यानंतर दुसरे प्रेस "
++"दिर्ग असल्यास, तुम्हाला फक्त दोन वेगळ्या क्लिक्स आढळतील, डबल क्लिक आढळणार "
++"नाही. माउस बटन पटकन दाबताना अडचण येत असल्यास, वेळसमाप्ति वाढवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्वसाधारण</gui> अंतर्गत, आरामदायी मूल्यकरिता <gui>दोनवेळा-क्लिक करा</"
++"gui> स्लाइडर सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++"चाचणीकरिता <gui>सेटिंग्जची चाचणी करा</gui> बटन क्लिक करा. पटलात सिंगल क्लिक "
++"बाहेरील वर्तुळ ठळक करेल. दोनवेळा-क्लिक केलन्याने आंतरिक वर्तुळ ठळक केले जाईल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"डबल-क्लिक वेळसमाप्ति वाढवल्यानंतरही, सिंगल-क्लिक आवश्यक असताना माउस डबल-"
++"क्लिक करत असल्यास, तुमचा माउस सदोषीत असू शकतो. संगणकाशी वेगळ्या माउसची जोडणी "
++"करून पहा आणि ते योग्यरित्या कार्य करते, त्याची तपासणी करा. वैकल्पिकरित्या, "
++"माउसला वेगळ्या संगणकाशी जोडणी करा आणि अडचणीचे निवारण झाले किंवा नाही याची "
++"खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++"ही सेटिंग दोन्ही माउस आणि टचपॅडला, तसेच इतर पॉइंटिंग साधनाला प्रभावीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr "माउस सेटिंग्जमध्ये डावे आणि उजवे माउस बटनांना उलटे करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr "तुमचा माउस डावखोरा वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++"डावखुरा वापरकरिता जास्त आरामदायक बनवण्याकरिता माउस किंवा टचपॅडवरी डावी आणि "
++"उजवी बटनांचे वर्तन स्वॅप करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्वसाधारण</gui> विभागात, <gui>प्राइमरि बटन</gui>ला <gui>उजवीकडे</gui> "
++"स्विच करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स उघडणे, मजकूर चिकटवणे, टॅब्ज उघडा, आणि अधिककरिता मधली बटनचा वापर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr "मधील-क्लिक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक माइस आणि काही टचपॅड्सकडे मधली माउस बटन असते. स्क्रोल व्हीलसह माउसकरिता, "
++"मधली-क्लिककरिता प्रत्यक्षरित्या स्क्रोल व्हील दाबा. मधली माउस बटन नसल्यास, "
++"मधली-क्लिककरिता एकाचवेळी डावे आणि उजवे माउस बटन दाबणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षाजास्त फिंगर टॅप्सकरिता समर्थन पुरवणाऱ्या टचपॅड्सवरील, तुम्ही मधली-"
++"क्लिककरिता एकाचवेळी तीनही बोटे टॅप करू शकता. हे कार्य करण्यासाठी टचपॅड "
++"सेटिंग्जमध्ये <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">टॅप क्लिकिंग सुरू करा</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr "प्रगत क्लिक शार्टकट्सकरिता अनेक ॲप्लिकेशन्स मधली-क्लिकचा वापर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++"एक सामान्य शार्टकट म्हणजे निवडलेले मजकूर चिकटवा. (यास कधीकधी प्राइमरि "
++"सिलेक्शन पेस्ट म्हटले जाते.) चिकटवण्याजोगी मजकूर निवडा, त्यानंतर तुम्हाला "
++"कुठे चिकटवायचे तेथे जा आणि मधली-क्लिक द्या. निवडलेले मजकूर माउस ठिकाणी "
++"चिकटवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"मधली माउस बटनसह मजकूर चिकटवणे संपूर्णतया सामान्य क्लिपबोर्डपासून वेगळे आहे. "
++"मजकूर निवडल्याने तुमच्या क्लिपबोर्डमध्ये प्रत बनवले जात नाही. चिकटवण्याची ही "
++"जलद पद्धत फक्त मधली माउस बटन यासहच कार्य करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये, तुम्ही ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता पटकन नविन पटल त्याच्या "
++"नविन कार्यक्षेत्रात मधली-क्लिकसह उघडू शकता. ॲप्लिकेशनच्या चिन्हावर मधली-"
++"क्लिक द्या, एकर डावीकडील डॅशमध्ये, किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्स अवलोकनमध्ये. डॅशमध्ये "
++"ग्रिड बटनाचा वापर करून ॲप्लिकेशन्स अवलोकन दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक वेब ब्राउजर्स तुम्हाला मधली माउस बटनसह पटकन टॅब्स उघडण्याकरिता परवानगी "
++"देतात. मधली माउस बटनसह फक्त कोणतिही दुवा क्लिक करा, आणि त्यास नविन टॅबमध्ये "
++"उघडले जाईल. तरी, <app>Firefox</app> वेब ब्राउजरमध्ये दुव्यावर क्लिक करताना "
++"काळजी बाळगा. <app>Firefox</app> मध्ये, दुवाऐवजी कुठेही मधली क्लिक दिल्यास, "
++"निवडलेल्या मजकूरला URL म्हणून लोड करायचा प्रयत्न करेल, जेणेकरून तुम्ही मधली-"
++"क्लिकचा वापर ठिकाण पट्टीत चिकटवण्याकरिता केला आणि <key>Enter</key> कि दाबले."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकात, मधली-क्लिक दोन रोल्सकरिता उपयोगी ठरते. फोल्डरवर मधली-"
++"क्लिक दिल्यास, ते नविन टॅबमध्ये उघडले जाईल. हे प्रसिद्ध वेब ब्राउजरच्या "
++"वर्तनचे अनुकरण करते. फाइलवर मधली-क्लिक दिल्यास, फाइल उघडेल, दोनवेळा-क्लिक "
++"केल्याप्रमाणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"काही विशेष ॲप्लिकेशन्स तुम्हाला इतर कार्यांकरिता मधली माउस बटनच्या वापरकरिता "
++"परवानगी देते. <em>मधली-क्लिक</em> किंवा <em>मिडल माउस बटन</em>करिता "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन मदतमध्ये शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr "किपॅडसह माउसला नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी माउस किज सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr "किपॅडचा वापर करून माउस पॉइंटर क्लिक करा आणि स्थानांतरित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस किंवा इतर पॉइंटिंग साधनाचा वापर करणे कठिण वाटत असल्यास, कळफलकवरील "
++"न्युमेरिक किपॅडचा वापर करून माउस पॉइंटर नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे. ह्या "
++"गुणविशेषला <em>माउस किज</em> असे म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीकरिता कळफलक फोकस देण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">युनिवर्सल प्रवेश मेन्यु</link> निवडण्याकरिता उजवे "
++"आणि डावे बाण किजचा वापर करा, त्यानंतर <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>माउस किज</gui> निवडण्याकरिता वर आणि खाली बाण किजचा वापर करा आणि "
++"<key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Num Lock</key> बंद आहे याची खात्री करा. किपॅडचा वापर करून तुम्ही माउस "
++"पॉइंटर हलवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या सूचना फक्त कळफलकाचा वापर करून माउस किज सुरू करण्यासाठी जवळचा मार्ग "
++"पुरवते. आणखी ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि पर्याय पहण्याकरिता <gui>युनिवर्सल ॲक्सेस "
++"सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++"किपॅड तुमच्या कळफलावरील संख्यायीक बटनांचा संच आहे, ज्यास सहसा चौकोनी "
++"ग्रीडमध्ये बसवले जाते. किपॅडविना कळफलक असल्यास (जसे कि लॅपटॉप किबोर्ड), "
++"तुम्हाला फंक्शन (<key>Fn</key>) कि दाबून ठेवावे लागेल आणि किपॅड म्हणून "
++"ठराविक किजचा वापर करावे लागेल. ह्या गुणविशेचा वापर बहुतांशवेळी लॅपटॉपवर करत "
++"असल्यास, एक्सटर्नल USB किपॅडचा विकत घेणे शिफारसीय आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"किपॅडवरील प्रत्येक क्रमांक दिशासह परस्पर आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, <key>8</key> दाबून "
++"पॉइंटला वर स्थानांतरित करेल आणि <key>2</key> दाबल्याने खाली स्थानांतरित करेल."
++" माउससह एकदा क्लिक करण्यासाठी <key>5</key> दाबा, किंवा पटकन डबल-क्लिककरिता "
++"दोनवेळा क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश कळफलांकडे विशेष कि असते जे उजवी-क्लिक स्वीकारते, कधीकधी त्यास <key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">मेन्यु</key> कि असे म्हटले जाते. टिप, तरी, ही कि "
++"तुमच्या कळफलक फोकसकरिता प्रतिसाद पाठवते, आणि माउस पॉइंटरकरिता नाही. <key>5</"
++"key> किंवा डावे माउस बटन दाबून उजवी-क्लिक कशी द्यायची, त्याविषयी अधिक "
++"माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++"माउ किज सक्रीय असताना किपॅडचा वापर करून संख्या टाइप करायचे असल्यास, <key>Num "
++"Lock</key> सुरू करा. तरी, <key>Num Lock</key> सुरू केल्यानंतर माउसला "
++"नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++"सामान्य संख्या किज, कळफलकच्या शीर्षतील, माउस पॉइंटर नियंत्रीत करणार नाही. "
++"फक्त किपॅड संख्या किजचा वापर शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr "माउस कार्य करत नाही, त्याची तपासणी कशी करायची."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr "माउस पॉइंटर हालत नाहीये"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr "माउस जोडणी तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"केबलसह माउस असल्यास, ते तुमच्या संगणकाशी व्यवस्थित जुळले आहे याची तपासणी करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++"USB माउस असल्यास (आयताकरा कनेक्टरसह), वेगळ्या USB पोर्टमध्ये जोडणी करायचे "
++"प्रयत्न करा. PS/2 माउस असल्यास (छोटे, सहा पिन्स असलेले गोलाकार कनेक्टरसह), "
++"ते जांबळ्या कळफलक पोर्ट ऐवजी हिरव्या माउस पोर्टमध्ये जुळले आहे याची खात्री "
++"करा. जुळले नसल्यास तुम्हाला संगणक सुरू करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr "संगणकातर्फे माउस ओळखले गेले याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "<gui>कृती </gui> अवलोकनपासून <app>टर्मिनल</app> ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"टर्मिनल पटलात, <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd> टाइप करा, येथे "
++"हुबेहुब दिसल्याप्रमाणे, आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस साधनांचे छोटी सूची आढळेल. किमान एक घटकात <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> "
++"समाविष्टीत आहे, आणि <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> घटकांपैकी एकाकडे माउसचे "
++"नाव डाव्याबाजूस आहे, याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> पाठोपाठ माउसचे नाव असणारी नोंदणी न आढळल्यास, "
++"माउस संगणकाशी परिचीत होणार नाही. नोंदणी अस्तित्वात असल्यास, माउस संगणकातर्फे "
++"ओळखले गेले नाही. या घटनामध्ये माउस <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">प्लग्ड इन</link> आहे आणि <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">कार्यरत स्थितीत</link> आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"माउसकडे सिरिअल (RS-232) कनेकटर असल्यास, कार्यरत करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला काही "
++"अगाऊ पद्धती करावे लागतील. माउसच्या मेक किंवा मॉडलवर आधारित पद्धती अवलंबीत "
++"असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस डिटेक्शनसह अडचणींच्या निवारण करणे क्लिष्ठ होऊ शकते. माउस योग्यरित्या "
++"ओळखले गेले नसल्यास वितरण किंवा विक्रेतापासून सपोर्टकरिता विचारा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr "माउस प्रत्यक्षात कार्य करते किंवा नाही याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++"माउसला वेगळ्या संगणकाशी जोडणी करा आणि ते कार्य करते किंवा नाही, ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस ऑप्टिकल किंवा लेजर माउस असल्यास, सुरू असल्यास माउसच्या तळाशी प्रकाश "
++"आढळेल. प्रकार न आढळल्यास, सुरू आहे किंवा नाही याची तपासणी करा. सुरू असल्यास "
++"आणि प्रकाश नसल्यास, माउस खंडीत होऊ शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr "वायरलेस माइस तपासत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा. माउस पूर्णपणे बंद करण्यासाठी बहुतांशवेळी "
++"माउसच्या तळाशी एक स्विच असते, जेणेकरून सतत वेकअप ऐवजी त्यास एका ठिकाणपासून "
++"दुसऱ्या ठिकाणापर्यंत हलवणे शक्य होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्ल्युटूथ माउसचा वापर करत असल्यास, माउसला संगणकाशी जुळले आहे याची खात्री करा."
++" <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस पॉइंटर आत्ता हलत असल्यास बटन क्लिक करा. काही वायरलेस माइस पावर "
++"साठवण्याकरिता स्लीपमध्ये जातात, ज्यामुळे बटन क्लिक करेपर्यंत प्रतिसाद देत "
++"नाही. <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr "माउसची बॅटरी चार्ज्ड आहे याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr "रिसिव्हर (डाँगल) संगणकाशी घट्टपणे प्लग्ड इन आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस आणि रिसिव्हर वेगळ्या रेडिओ वाहिनीवर कार्य करत असल्यास, दोन्ही एकाच "
++"वाहिनीकरिता सेट झाले आहात याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्हाला माउसवरील बटन, रिसिवर किंवा जोडणी स्थापीत करण्यासाठी दोन्ही दाबावे "
++"लागेल. असे असल्यास माउसच्या सूचना मॅन्युअलमध्ये अधिक तपशील असायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी जोडणी केल्यानंतर बहुतांश RF (रेडिओ) वायरलेस माइस स्वयंरित्या कार्य "
++"करायला हवे. ब्ल्युटूथ किंवा IR (इंफ्रारेड) वायलेस माउस असल्यास, कार्यरत "
++"करण्याकरिता तुम्हाला काही अगाऊ पद्धती कार्यान्वीत करावे लागेल. माउसच्या मेक "
++"किंवा मॉडलवर आधारित पद्धती अवलंबून असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस किंव टचपॅडचा वापर करताना पॉइंटर किती पटकन हलते ते स्थानांतरित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr "माउस आणि टचपॅडचा वेग सुस्थीत करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस स्थानांतरित करतेवेळी पॉइंटर खूप जास्त किंवा हळु स्थानांतरित होत "
++"असल्यास, ह्या साधनांचा पॉइंटर सुस्थीत करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++"पॉइंटर वेग तुमच्याकरिता आरामदायक असेपर्यंत <gui>पॉइंटर वेग</gui> स्लाइडर "
++"सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस आणि टचपॅडकरिता तुम्ही पॉइंटर वेग वेगळपणे सेट करू शकता. अनेकदा "
++"एकाप्रकारच्या साधनकरिता सर्वात आरामदायी सेटिंग्ज इतरकरिता आरामदायी ठरू शकत "
++"नाही. दोन्ही <gui>माउस</gui> आणि <gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभागांकरिता स्लाइडर्स सेट "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"टचपॅडवरील टॅप्स आणि हातवारे यांचा वापर करून क्लिक, ओढा, किंवा स्क्रोल करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr "टचपॅडसह क्लिक, ओढा, किंवा स्क्रोल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त टचपॅडचा वापर करून, विना हार्डवेअर बटन तुम्ही क्लिक, डबल-क्लिक, ओढा, आणि "
++"स्क्रोल करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभागात, <gui>क्लिक करण्यासाठी टॅप करा</gui> याची तपासणी "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr "क्लिक करण्यासाठी, टचपॅडवर टॅप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr "डबल-क्लिक साठी, दोन वेळा टॅप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++"घटकाला ओढण्याकरिता, दोनवेळा-टॅप करा परंतु दुसऱ्या टॅपनंतर तुमचा बोट उचलू नका."
++" आवश्यक तिथे घटकाला ओढा, त्यानंतर टाकल्यानंतर बोट उचला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"टचपॅड बहु-फिंगर टॅप्स समर्थीत करून, एकाचवेळी दोन बोटांना टॅप करताना उजवी-"
++"क्लिक द्या. नाहीतर, उजव्या-क्लिककरिता तुम्हाला हार्डवेअर बटनांचाच वापर करावा "
++"लागेल. दुसऱ्या माउस बटनविना उजव्या-क्लिकिंग पद्धतीकरिता <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"right-click\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++"टचपॅड एकापेक्षाजास्त फिंगर टॅप्सकरिता समर्थन पुरवत असल्यास, एकाचवेळी तीन बोट "
++"टॅप करण्यासाठी <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">मधली-क्लिक</link> द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त बोटांसह टॅप किंव ओढायचे असल्यास, तुमची बोटे आत्तापर्यंत "
++"पसरले आहे, याची खात्री करा. तुमची बोटे जास्त जवळ असल्यास, संगणकाला एकच बोट "
++"असल्या सारखे वाटेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "दोन बोटांचा स्क्रोल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr "दोन बोटांचा वापर करून आपण स्क्रोल करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभागात, <gui>दोन बोटी स्क्रोल</gui> तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"याची नीवड केल्यास, एका बोटाने टॅपिंग आणि ड्रॅगिंग सामान्यरित्या कार्य करेल, "
++"परंतु टचपॅडच्या कोणत्याही भागा भोवती दोन बोट ओढल्यास, त्याऐवजी ते स्क्रोल "
++"करेल. <gui>आडवे स्क्रोलिंग सुरू करा</gui> निवडल्यास, तुम्ही बोटांना डावीकडे "
++"आणि उजवीकडे आडवेरित्या स्क्रोल करण्यासाठी करू शकता. बोटांना थोड्या अंतरावर "
++"ठेवण्याची काळजी घ्या. बोट खूप जवळ असल्यास, ते टचपॅडकरित फक्त एक बोट म्हणूनच "
++"आढळतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr "सर्व टचपॅड्सकरिता दोन-बोटी स्क्रोलिंग कार्य करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr "कंटेंट स्टिक्स टू फिंगर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"टचपॅडचा वापर करून अंतर्भुत माहितीला अंतर्भुत माहिती ओढून टाकणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>टचपॅड</gui> विभागात, <gui>कंटेंट स्टिक्स टू फिंगर्स</gui> तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या गुणविशेषला <em>नॅचरल स्क्रोलिंग</em> किंवा <em>रिवर्स स्क्रोलिंग</em> "
++"असे म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रतिसाद देण्यापूर्वी माउसला आळोखेपिळोखे द्यायचे किंवा क्लिक करायचे असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr "कार्य करण्यापूर्वी माउस विलंबसह प्रतिसाद देतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस आणि ऑप्टिकल माइस, तसेच लॅपटॉप्सवरील टचपॅड्स, यास सुरू करण्यापूर्वी "
++"\"wake up\" ची आवश्यकता असेल. वापर नसताना, बॅटरी पावर साठवण्याकरिता, ते "
++"स्वयंरित्या स्लीपमध्ये जातात. माउस किंवा टचपॅडला वेकअप करण्यासाठी, तुम्ही "
++"माउस बटन क्लिक करू शकता किंवा माउसची हालचाल करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"टायपिंग थांबल्यानंतर आणि ते सुरू होण्याआधी लॅपटॉप टचपॅड्स कधीकधी विलंबसह "
++"प्रतिसाद देतात. यास टाइप करताना तळहाताने योगायोगाने टचपॅडला स्पर्श "
++"करण्यापासून टाळण्याकरिता केले जाते. तपशीलकरिता <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">डावखुरा</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">वेग आणि संवेदनशीलता</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">टचपॅड क्लिक करणे आणि स्क्रोल करणे</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "माउस"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "सामान्य माउस समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "सामान्य समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "माउस टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल रूपणकरिता समर्थन इंस्टॉल केले नसावे किंवा गाणी \"copy protected\" असतील."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr "ऑनलाइन संगीत स्टोअरपासून विकत घेतली गाणी चालवणे अशक्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑनलाइन स्टोरपासून काही संगीत डाउनलोड केले असल्यास ते संगणकावर चालत नाही असे "
++"तुम्हाला आढळेल, विशेषतया Windows किंवा Mac OS संगणकावरील आणि नंतर त्याचे "
++"प्रत बनवले असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++"याचे कारण म्हणजे संगीतचे रूपण संगणकातर्फे परिचीत नाही. गाणी चालवण्याकरिता "
++"तुमच्याकडे योग्य इंस्टॉल केलेल्या ऑडिओ रूपणकरिता समर्थन पाहिजे - उदाहरणार्थ, "
++"MP3 फाइल्स चालवायचे असल्यास, तुमच्याकडे MP3 सपोर्ट इंस्टॉल पाहिजे. दिलेल्या "
++"ऑडिओ रूपणकरिता, तुम्हाला गाण कधी चालवण्याचा प्रयत्न केला पाहिजे तसे संदेश "
++"आढळेल. संदेशमध्ये त्या रूपणकरिता इंस्टॉल सपोर्ट देखील पाहिजे जेणेकरून तुम्ही "
++"त्यास चालवू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"गाणाच्या ऑडिओ रूपणकरिता सपोर्ट इंस्टॉल्ड नसताना परंतु चालवणे शक्य नसल्यास, "
++"गाण कदाचित <em>कॉपी प्रोटेक्टेड</em> (त्यास <em>DRM रेस्ट्रिक्टेड</em> असेही "
++"म्हटले जाते) असू शकते. DRM म्हणजे प्रतिबंधीत करण्याचा पर्याय जे गाण कोण "
++"चालवू शकतो आणि त्यास कोणत्या साधनांवर चालवणे शक्य आहे ते ठरवते. गाण विकणारी "
++"कंपनी याचे नियंत्रण करते, तुम्ही नाही. संगीत फाइलकडे DRM प्रतिबंधीत असल्यास, "
++"तुम्ही संभाव्यतया त्यास चालवू शकणार नाही - तुम्हाला DRM प्रतिबंधीत फाइल्स "
++"चालवण्याकरिता विक्रेत्याकडून चालवण्याकरिता विशेष सॉफ्टवेअरची आवश्यकता असते, "
++"परंतु हे सॉफ्टवेअर बहुतांशवेळी Linux वरील समर्थीत राहत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">इलेक्ट्रॉनिक फ्राँटियर "
++"फाउंडेशन</link> पासून तुम्ही DRM विषयी अधिक माहिती करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++"गाण्यांचे प्रत बनवण्याकरिता मिडीया वादकाचा वापर करा आणि त्यानंतर पुढे "
++"सुरक्षितपणे iPod ला काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr "iPodवर गाण्यांची प्रत बनवल्यानंतर माझी गाणी आढळत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी iPod जुळल्यानंतर, ते संगीत वादक ॲप्लिकेशन आणि फाइल व्यवस्थापकातही "
++"(<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमधील <app>फाइल्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशन) आढळेल. संगीत "
++"वादकाचा वापर करून गाण्यांचे प्रत iPod वह बनवा - त्याचे प्रत फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थपाकात बनवल्यास, ते कार्य करणार नाही कारण गाण्यांना योग्य ठिकाणी स्थीत "
++"केले जाणार नाही. गाणी साठवण्याकरिता iPods चे विशिष्ट ठिकाण आहे जे संगीत वादक "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्सना ते कसे प्राप्त करायचे असते ते माहिती असते परंतु फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकाला माहिती नसते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++"काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी iPod करिता गाण्यांचे प्रत बनवून होईपर्यंत तुम्हाला वाट "
++"पहावे लागेल. iPod काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी, <link xref=\"files-"
++"removedrive\">सुरक्षितपणे काढून टाका</link> याची खात्री करा. यामुळे सर्व "
++"गाण्यांची योग्यरित्या प्रत तयाच झाली आहे याची खात्री होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++"iPod वर गाणी आढळत नाही याचे कारण म्हणजे वापरण्याजोगी संगीत वादक ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"गाण्यांना एका ऑडिओ रूपणपासून दुसऱ्या ऑडिओ रूपणमध्ये रूपांतरीत करणे शक्य नाही."
++" iPod तर्फे समर्थीत (उदाहरणार्थ, Ogg Vorbis (.oga) फाइल) नसलेल्या ऑडिओ "
++"रूपणमध्ये गाण्याचे प्रत बनवत असल्यास, संगीत वादक त्यास iPod ला कळेल अशा "
++"रूपणमध्ये रूपांतरीत करेल, जसे कि MP3. योग्य रूपांतर सॉफ्टवेअर (यास कोडेक "
++"किंवा एंकोडर असेही म्हटले जाते) इंस्टॉल्ड नसल्यास, संगीत वादक रूपांतरन करू "
++"शकणार नाही आणि म्हणून गाण्याचे प्रत बनवणार नाही. अयोग्य कोडेककरिता सॉफ्टवेअर "
++"इंस्टॉलर पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++"iTunes software वापर करण्यापूर्वी ब्रँड-न्यु iPods ला सेटकरायची आवश्यकता "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr "माझा iPod काम करत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++"नविन iPod ज्याला पहिले कधीही संगणकाशी जोडणी केली नाही, ते योग्यरित्या ओळखले "
++"जाणार नाही जेव्हा त्यास Linux संगणकाशी जुळले जाईल. याचे कारण iPods ला सेटअप "
++"करायची आणि <app>iTunes</app> सॉफ्टवेअरचा वापर करून सुधारित करायची आवश्यकता "
++"आहे, जे फक्त Windows आणि Mac OS वर चालते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"iPod सेटअप करण्याकरिता, Windows किंवा Mac संगणकावर iTunes इंस्टॉल करा आणि "
++"त्याची जोडणी करा. सेटअपकरिता त्यास काही टप्प्यांची आवश्यकता असते. "
++"<gui>तीव्रता रूपण</gui> करिता विचारल्यास, <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, "
++"<gui>Windows</gui> किंवा समान निवडा. इतर रूपण (HFS/Mac) Linux सह योग्यरित्या "
++"कार्य करत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++"एकदाचे सेटअप पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, Linux संगणकाशी जोडणी केल्यानंतर iPod "
++"सर्वसाधारणरित्या कार्य करायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला ते ऑडिओ प्लेयर आहे, हे सांगण्याकरिता <input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input> फाइल समाविष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr "जोडणी केल्यानंतर माझे ऑडिओ वादक का ओळखले जात नाही?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी ऑडिओ प्लेयरची (MP3 प्लेयर इत्यादि) जोडणी केल्यास परंतु त्यास "
++"म्युजिक ऑर्गनाइजर ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये न आढळल्यास, ते योग्यरित्या ऑडिओ प्लेयर "
++"म्हणून ओळखले गेले नसेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"वादक जोडणी अशक्य करून पहा आणि पुन्हा जोडणी करा. ते उपयोगी पडत नसल्यास, फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापक उघडा. बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये  <gui>साधने</gui> अंतर्गत प्लेयर दिसायला "
++"हवे - ऑडिओ प्लेयरकरिता फोल्डर उघडण्याकरिता क्लिक करा. आत्ता,  "
++"<guiseq><gui>फाइल</gui><gui>नविन दस्तऐवज</gui><gui>रिकामे दस्तऐवज</gui></"
++"guiseq>, प्रकार <input>.is_audio_player</input> क्लिक करा आणि <key>Enter</"
++"key> (पिरिअड आणि अंडरस्कोर महत्वाचे आहेत, आणि ते सर्व छोट्या आकार पाहिजे) "
++"दाबा. ही फाइल संगणकाला साधानाला ऑडिओ प्लेयर म्हणून ओळखण्यास सांगते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++"आत्ता, फाइल व्यवस्थापक बाजूच्यापट्टीमधील ऑडिओ प्लेयर शोधा आणि बाहेर काढा "
++"(उजवी क्लिक द्या आणि <gui>बाहेर काढा</gui>). जोडणी खंडीत करा, त्यानंतर "
++"पुन्हा जोडणी करा. यावेळी ते म्युजिक ऑर्गनाइजरतर्फे ऑडिओ प्लेयर म्हणून ओळखले "
++"गेले असावे. नसल्यास, म्युजिक ऑर्गनाइजरला बंद करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि त्यास "
++"पुन्हा उघडण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++"त्या सूचना iPods आणि काही इतर ऑडिओ प्लेयर्सकरिता कार्य करत नाही. प्लेयर "
++"<em>USB मास स्टोरेज</em> साधन असल्यास ते योग्यरित्या कार्य करते, तरी; "
++"मॅन्युअलमध्ये असल्यास ते स्पष्ट असायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑडिओ प्लेयर फोल्डरमध्ये पुन्हा पहाताना, <input>.is_audio_player</input> फाइल "
++"आढळणार नाही. याचे कारण फाइल नावातील पिरिअड फाइल व्यवस्थापकाला फाइल लपवण्यास "
++"सांगतो. <guiseq><gui>अवलोकन</gui><gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui></guiseq> "
++"क्लिक करून ते अजूनही तिथेच आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल्स उघडे करण्यासाठी एकदा-क्लिक करा, एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल्स चालवा "
++"किंवा अवलोकन करा, आणि कचरापेटी वर्तन निर्देशीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "Sindhu S"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक वर्तन प्राधान्यता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही फाइल्स एकदा क्लिक किंवा दोनवेळा क्लिक करू शकता, एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर "
++"फाइल्स, आणि कचरापेटीचे वर्तन कसे हाताळले जातात, हे नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे. "
++"शीर्ष पट्टीमध्ये <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा, <gui>प्राधान्यता</gui> पसंत "
++"करा आणि <gui>वर्तन</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "वागणुक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>घटक उघडण्यासाठी क्लिक करा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>घटक उघडण्यासाठी डबल क्लिक करा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, फाइल्स क्लिक करून आणि दोनवेळा क्लिक केल्यावर त्यास उघडले "
++"जाते. त्याऐवजी एकदाचे त्यावर क्लिक केल्यास तुम्ही फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स "
++"उघडण्याचा निर्णय घेऊ शकता. सिंगल-क्लिक मोडचा वापर करताना, एक किंवा "
++"त्यापेक्षा जास्त फाइल्स निवडताना <key>Ctrl</key> कि दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "एक्सिक्युटेबल मजकुर फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++"एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल म्हणजे चालवण्याजोगी (एक्जिक्युट) प्रोग्राम "
++"समाविष्टीत असणारे फाइल. फाइलकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">फाइल परवानगी</link> असल्यास प्रोग्राम म्हणून चालवणे शक्य "
++"व्हायला हवे. सर्वात सामान्य म्हणजे <sys>शेल</sys>, <sys>पायथन</sys> आणि "
++"<sys>पर्ल</sys> स्क्रिप्ट्स. त्यांचे विस्तार खालील <file>.sh</file>, <file>."
++"py</file> आणि <file>.pl</file>, प्रमाणे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr "एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल उघडल्यानंतर, तुम्ही खालीलपैकी निवडू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>उघडल्यानंतर एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल्स चालवा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>उघडल्यानंतर एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल्सचे अवलोकन करा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>दरवेळी विचारा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>प्रत्येकवेळी विचारा</gui> नीवडल्यास, संवाद पॉपअप होईल जे तुम्हाला "
++"निवडलेली मजकूर फाइल चालवण्यास किंवा अवलोकनकरिता विचारते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++"एक्जिक्युटेबल मजकूर फाइल्सला स्क्रिप्ट्स म्हणून म्हटले जाते. <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> फोल्डरमधील सर्व स्क्रिप्ट्स संदर्भ मेन्युमध्ये "
++"फाइलकरिता <gui style=\"menuitem\">स्क्रिप्ट्स</gui> उपमेन्यु अंतर्गत आढळतील. "
++"स्थानीय फोल्डरपासून स्क्रिप्ट चालवताना, सर्व नीवडलेल्या फाइल्सला "
++"स्क्रिप्टकरिता बाबी म्हणून चिकटवले जातील. फाइलवर स्क्रिप्ट चालवण्याकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "इच्छित फोल्डरकडे मार्गदर्शन करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "इच्छित फाइल निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"संदर्भ मेन्यु उघडण्याकरिता फाइलवर उजवी क्लिक द्या आणि <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">स्क्रिप्ट्स</gui> मेन्युपासून चालवण्यारकरिता पसंतीची स्क्रिप्ट "
++"चालवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++"दूरस्त फोल्डरपासून जसे कि वेब किंवा <sys>ftp</sys> अंतर्भुत माहिती दाखवणारे "
++"फोल्डर चालवताना स्क्रिप्टकरिता बाबी पुरवले जाणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक कचरापेटी पसंती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "कचरा कुंडी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कचरापेटी रिकामे करण्यापूर्वी किंवा फाइलस नष्ट करण्यापूर्वी विचारा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्याय पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे निवडले जाते. कचरापेटी रिकामे करतेवेळी, कचरापेटी "
++"रिकामे करा किंवा फाइल्स नष्ट करा, याची खात्री करणारे एक संदेश दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>कचरापेटी बायपास करणारे Delete आदेश समाविष्ट करा</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्यायचा निवड करून मेन्युकरिता <gui>नष्ट करा</gui> घटक समाविष्ट केले जाईल "
++"जे <app>फाइल्स</app> ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये घटकावर उजवी क्लिक दिल्यानंतर पॉपअप होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नष्ट करा</gui> मेन्यु पर्यायचा वापर करून घटक नष्ट करून कचरापेटी एकंदर "
++"बायपास केले जाते. घटकाला प्रणालीतून पूर्णपणे काढून टाकले जाते. नष्ट केलेल्या "
++"घटकाच्या पुन्हाप्राप्तिकरिता पर्याय अनुपलब्ध आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकामध्ये वाचखुणा समाविष्ट करा, नष्ट करा, आणि पुन्हा नाव द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr "फोल्डर वाचनखूण संपादित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr "तुमच्या वाचनखुणा फाइल व्यवस्थापकाच्या बाजूच्या पट्टीत दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "वाचनखूण समाविष्ट करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr "वाचनखूणजोगी फोल्डर (किंवा ठिकाण) उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनपट्टीतील गिअर बटन क्लिक करा आणि <gui>या ठिकाणाला वाचनखूण लावा</gui> "
++"निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "वाचनखूण काढा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवरील <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा आणि ॲप मेन्युपासून "
++"<app>वाचनखुणा</app> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>वाचनखुणा</gui> पटलमध्ये, नष्ट करण्याजोगी वाचनखूण निवडा आणि <key>-</key> "
++"बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "वाचनखूण नामांतरण करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr "<gui>वाचनखुणा</gui> पटलमध्ये, पुन्हा नाव देण्याजोगी वाचनखूण निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr "<gui>नाव</gui> मजकूर पेटीत, वाचनखूणकरिता नविन नाव टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++"वाचनखूणला पुन्हा नाव दिल्यास फोल्डरला नविन नाव लागू होत नाही. दोन वेगवेगळ्या "
++"फोल्डर्सला दोन वेगळ्या ठिकाणी वाचनखुणा लावल्यास, परंतु प्रत्यकाचे नाव समान "
++"आहे, वाचनखुणांचे नाव समान असेल, आणि त्यांना वेगळे करणे शक्य होणार नाही. ह्या "
++"घटनांमध्ये, वाचनखूणला निर्देशीत फोल्डरच्या नाव व्यतिरिक्त वेगळे नाव देणे "
++"उपयोगी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP, SSH, Windows शेअर्स, किंवा WebDAV वरील दुसऱ्या संगणकावरील फाइल्सचे "
++"अवलोकन आणि संपादन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr "सर्वर किंवा नेटवर्क शेअरवर फाइल्स चाळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक सर्व्हरवरील फाइल्सच्या चाळणी आणि अवलोकनकरिता सर्व्हर किंवा नेटवर्क "
++"शेअरशी जोडणी शक्य आहे, संगणकावर आढळल्याप्रमाणेच. इंटरनेटवरील फाइल्स डाउनलोड "
++"किंवा अपलोड करण्याचे, किंवा स्थानीय नेटवर्कवरील इतर व्यक्तिंसह फाइल्स शेअर "
++"करण्यासाठी, हे योग्य पर्याय आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कवरील फाइल्स चाळणे, <gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनपासून <app>फाइल्स</app> "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा, आणि बाजूच्यापट्टीमधील <gui>नेटवर्क चाळा</gui> क्लिक करा. "
++"फाइल व्यवस्थाक, फाइल्स सर्व्ह करण्याची क्षमता असणाऱ्या स्थानीय क्षेत्र "
++"नेटवर्कवरील संगणकांना शोधते. इंटरनेटवरील सर्व्हरशी जोडणी करायची असल्यास, "
++"किंवा पसंतीचे संगणक न आढळल्यास, तुम्ही इंटरनेट किंवा नेटवर्क पत्ता टाइप करून "
++"स्वतः सर्व्हरसह जोडणी करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "फाइल सर्वरशी जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापकामध्ये, शीर्षपट्टीवरील <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा आणि ॲप "
++"मेन्युपासून <gui>सर्व्हरशी जोडणी करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व्हरचा पत्ता द्या, <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link> स्वरूपात. समर्थीत URLs "
++"च्या तपशील <link xref=\"#types\">खालील सूचीमध्ये</link> आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"यापूर्वी सर्व्हरशी जोडणी केली असल्यास, <gui>नविन सर्व्हर्स</gui> सूचीमध्ये "
++"तुम्ही त्यावर क्लिक करू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>जोडणी</gui> क्लिक करा. सर्व्हरवरील फाइल्स दाखवणारे नविन पटल उघडेल. "
++"संगणकावरील प्रमाणेच फाइल्स चाळणे शक्य होईल. बाजूच्यापट्टीत सर्व्हर देखील "
++"समाविष्ट केले जाईल जेणेकरून तुम्ही भविष्यात पटकन प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकाल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URL लिहिणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>URL</em>, किंवा <em>युनिफॉर्म रिसोअर्स लोकेटर</em>, पत्त्याचे स्वरूप आहे "
++"जे नेटवर्कवरील ठिकाण किंवा फाइल निर्देशीत करते. पत्त्याचे रूपण खालील प्रमाणे "
++"असते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>स्किम</em> प्रोटोकॉल किंवा सर्व्हर प्रकार निर्देशीत करते. पत्त्याचे "
++"<em>example.com</em> भाग यास <em>डोमेन नेम</em> असे म्हटले जाते. वापरकर्ताना "
++"आवश्यक असल्यास, त्यास सर्व्हर नाव अगोदर अंतर्भुत केले जाते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++"काही स्किम्स्ला पोर्ट क्रमांक निर्देशीत करणे आवश्यक आहे. डोमेन नावानंतर "
++"अंतर्भुत करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr "खालील उदाहरणे समर्थीत विविध सर्व्हर प्रकारकरिता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "सर्वरचे प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"विविध सर्व्हरप्रकारशी जोडणी शक्य आहे. काही सर्व्हर्स पब्लिक आहेत, आणि "
++"कोणालाही जोडणीकरिता परवानगी देते. इतर सर्व्हर्सला वापरकर्तानाव आणि पासवर्डसह "
++"प्रवेश करणे आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व्हरवरील फाइल्सकरिता ठराविक कृती करण्यासाठी तुमच्याकडे परवानगी नसावी. "
++"उदाहरणार्थ, पब्लिक FTP स्थळांवर, तुम्ही संभाव्यतया फाइल्स नष्ट करू शकणार "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++"दिलेले URL प्रोटोकॉलवर आधारित आहे ज्याचा वापर सर्व्हर स्वतःचे फाइल शेअर्स "
++"एक्सपोर्ट करण्याकरिता करतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "एसएसएच"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व्हरवर <em>सेक्युर शेल</em> खाते असल्यास, त्या पद्धतीचा वापर करून तुम्ही "
++"जोडणी करू शकता. अनेक वेब यजमान सदस्यांकरिता SSH खाते पुरवतात ज्यामुळे फाइल्स "
++"सुरक्षितपणे अपलोड केले जाते. SSH सर्व्हर्स नेहमी तुम्हाला प्रवेश करायला "
++"सांगेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "वैशिष्टपूर्ण SSH URL खालील प्रमाणे दिसते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++"SSHचा वापर करताना, पाठवलेला सर्व डाटा (पासवर्ड समाविष्टीत) एनक्रिप्ट केला "
++"जातो ज्यामुळे नेटवर्कवरील इतर वापरकर्त्यांना ते दिसणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "एफटीपी (लॉगइनसह)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"इंटरनेटवरील फाइल्स अदाबदलकरिता FTP प्रसिद्ध पर्याय आहे. FTP वरील डाटा "
++"एंक्रिप्टेड नसल्यास, अनेक सर्व्हर्स SSH मार्गे आत्ता प्रवेश पुरवतात. काही "
++"सर्व्हर्स, तरी, तुम्हाला FTPचा वापर फाइल्स अपलोड किंवा डाउनलोड करीता परवानगी "
++"देते. प्रवेशसह सक्षम FTP स्थळे बऱ्यापैकी तुम्हाला फाइल्स नष्ट आणि अपलोड "
++"करण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "वैशिष्टपूर्ण FTP URL खालील प्रमाणे दिसते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "सर्वसामान्य एफटीपी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"साइट्स जे तुम्हाला फाइल्स डाउनलोड करण्यासाठी परवानगी देताता कधीकधी पब्लिक "
++"किंवा अनॉनिमस FTP प्रवेश पुरवतात. ह्या सर्व्हर्सला वापरकर्तानाव आणि "
++"पासवर्डची आवश्यकता नसते, आणि सहसा तुम्हाला फाइल्स नष्ट किंवा अपलोड करण्यास "
++"परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "वैशिष्टपूर्ण निनावी FTP URL खालील प्रमाणे दिसते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"काही निनावी FTP स्थळांना पब्लिक वापरकर्तानाव आणि पासवर्डसह, किंवा पब्लिक "
++"वापरकर्तानाव जे ईमेल पत्त्याचा वापर पासवर्ड म्हणून करतात, त्यांस प्रवेश करणे "
++"आवश्यक आहे. ह्या सर्व्हर्सकरिता, <gui>FTP (प्रवेशसह) </gui> पद्धतचा वापर "
++"करा, आणि FTP साइटतर्फे निर्देशीत श्रेयचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "पटले शेअर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"स्थानीय क्षेत्र नेटवर्कवरील फाइल्स शेअर करण्यासाठी Windows संगणक "
++"प्रोप्राइटरि प्रोटोकॉलचा वापर करतात. Windows नेटवर्कवरील संगणकांना   कधीकधी "
++"संस्थांकरिता आणि योग्य कंट्रोल प्रवेशसाठी <em>डोमेन्स</em> अंतर्गत संघटीत "
++"केले जातात. दूरस्त संगणकवारील योग्य परवानगी असल्यास, तुम्ही फाइल "
++"व्यवस्थापकपासून Windows शेअरसह जोडणी करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "वैशिष्टपूर्ण Windows शेअर URL खालील प्रमाणे दिसते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV आणि सुरक्षित WebDAV"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++"वेबवरील वापरण्याजोगी HTTP प्रोटोकॉलवर आधारित, WebDAV चा वापर कधीकधी स्थानीय "
++"नेटवर्कवर फाइल्स शेअर करणे आणि इंटरनेटवरील फाइल्स साठवण्याकरिता केला जातो. "
++"सुरक्षित जोडणींकरिता समर्थन पुरवणाऱ्या सर्व्हरसह जोडणी करताना, ह्या पर्यायची "
++"निवड करा. सेक्युर WebDAV मजबूत SSL एंक्रिप्शनचा वापर करतात, ज्यामुळे इतर "
++"वापरकर्ते तुमचा पासवर्ड पाहू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "वैशिष्टपूर्ण WebDAV URL खालील प्रमाणे दिसते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापकात वापरले जाणारे चिन्ह कॅप्शन्स नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक डिस्पले पसंती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक चिन्ह अंतर्गत कॅप्शन्स कसे डिस्पले करतात ते नियंत्रीत करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. शीर्ष पट्टीमध्ये <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा, <gui>पसंती</gui> "
++"पसंत करा आणि <gui>डिस्पले</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "चिन्ह मथळे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr "मथळ्यांसोबत फाइल व्यवस्थापक चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++"चिन्ह अवलोकनचा वापर करताना, चिन्ह अंतर्गत कॅप्शनमध्ये दाखवले जाणाऱ्या फाइल्स "
++"आणि फोल्डर्सविषयी अगाऊ माहितीकरिता तुम्ही पसंती देऊ शकता. हे उपयोगी आहे , "
++"उदाहरणार्थ, फाइलची मालकी कोणाकडे आहे किंवा शेवटच्यावेळी केव्हा संपादित झाली "
++"हे पहण्याकरिता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">डाउन</media> "
++"बटनावर क्लिक करून आणि <gui>झूम</gui> पर्यायांपैकी एकाची निवड करून, फोल्डर "
++"झूम करणे शक्य आहे. मोठे करताना, फाइल व्यवस्थापक कॅपशन्समध्ये अधिक आणि अधिक "
++"माहिती दाखवेल. कॅपशन्समध्ये दाखवण्याकरिता तीन बाबी निवडणे शक्य आहे. पहिले "
++"सर्वात जास्त झूम स्तरकरिता दाखवले जाईल. शेवटचे खूप मोठ्या आकाराकरिताच दाखवले "
++"जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"चिन्ह कॅपशन्समधील माहिती सूची अलोकनमध्ये वापरले जाणाऱ्या स्तंभ प्रमाणेच असते."
++" अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक पटल खुले असल्यास, चिन्ह कॅपशन बदल प्रभावीत होण्याकरिता "
++"पुन्हा लोड करा. <guiseq><gui>अवलोकन</gui><gui>पुन्हा लोड करा</gui></guiseq> "
++"क्लिक करा किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"मुळ फाइल माहितीचे अवलोकन, परवानगी सेट करा, आणि पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "फाइल गुणधर्म"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल किंवा फोल्डरविषयी माहिती पहाण्याकरिता, उजवी क्लिक द्या आणि "
++"<gui>गुणधर्म</gui> निवडा. तुम्ही फाइल निवडू शकता आणि <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल गुणधर्म पटल तुम्हाला फाइलचे प्रकार, फाइलचे आकार, आणि शेवटच्यावेळी फाइल "
++"संपादित केल्याची माहिती दाखवतो. ही माहिती वेळोवेळी पाहिजे असल्यास, त्यास "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">लिस्ट व्युउ कॉलमन्स</link> किंवा <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">चिन्ह कॅपशन्स</link> मध्ये दाखवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>मुख्य</gui> टॅबवरील दिलेली माहिती. <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">परवानगी</link></gui> आणि <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">यासह उघडा</link></gui> टॅब्स देखील उपलब्ध आहेत. ठराविक फाइल्स "
++"प्रकारकरिता, जसे कि प्रतिमा आणि व्हिडीओज, आकारमान, मर्यादा, आणि कोडेक सारखी "
++"माहिती पुरवणारे अगाउ टॅब असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "आवश्यक गुणधर्म"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "नाव"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या क्षेत्रमध्ये बदल करून फाइलला पुन्हा नाव देणे शक्य आहे. गुणधर्म पटलच्या "
++"बाहेर फाइलला पुन्हा नाव देणे शक्य आहे. <link xref=\"files-rename\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्यामुळे फाइल प्रकार, जसे कि PDF दस्तऐवज, OpenDocument मजकूर, किंवा JPEG "
++"प्रतिमा, ओळखणे शक्य होते. इतर गोष्टींबरोबरच, फाइल प्रकार कोणत्या ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"फाइल उघडू शकतात ते ठरवते. उदाहरणार्थ, संगीत वादकसह तुम्ही संगीत वादकसह चित्र "
++"उघडू शकत नाही. ह्याविषयी अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"files-open\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलचे <em>MIME प्रकार</em> पॅरंथेसिसमध्ये दाखवले जाते; MIME प्रकार फाइल "
++"प्रकारकरिता संगणकातर्फे वारण्याजोगी मानक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "आशय"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डर ऐवजी फाइलचे गुणधर्म पहात असल्यास हे क्षेत्र दाखवले जाते. हे "
++"फोल्डरमधील घटकांची संख्या पहण्यास मदत करते. फोल्डरमध्ये इतर फोल्डर्स "
++"समाविष्टीत असल्यास, प्रत्येक आंतरिक फोल्डरला एक घटक, अशी गणना केली जाईल, "
++"त्यामध्ये घटक समाविष्टीत असेल तरी. प्रत्येक फाइलची एक घटक म्हणून गणना केली "
++"जाते. फोल्डर रिकामे असल्यास, अंतर्भुत माहिती <gui>काहीच दाखवणार नाही</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "आकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही फाइल (फोल्डर नाही) करिता पहात असल्यास हे क्षेत्र दाखवले जाईल. फाइलचा "
++"आकार तुम्हाला डिस्क जागा व्याप्तिविषयी माहिती पुरवते. हे फाइल डाउनलोड "
++"व्हायला किंवा ईमेलतर्फे पाठवण्यास किती वेळ लागला, हेही निर्देशीत करते "
++"(मोठ्या फाइल्स पाठवणे किंवा प्राप्तिकरिता जास्त वेळ घेते)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"आकार बाइट्स, KB, MB, किंवा GB मध्ये असू शकते; शेवटच्या तीन घटनांमध्ये, "
++"बाइट्समधील आकार पॅरेंथेसिसमध्ये देखील दाखवले जातील. तांत्रिकदृष्ट्या , 1 KB "
++"म्हणजे 1024 बाइट्स, 1 MB म्हणजे 1024 KB आणि अशा तऱ्हेने पुढे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "स्थळ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील प्रत्येक फाइलचे ठिकाण त्याच्या <em>ॲबसोल्युट मार्ग</em>तर्फे "
++"दाखवले जाते. संगणकावरील फाइलचा हा एकमेव \"address\", फोल्डरची सूची आहे "
++"ज्यामध्ये तुम्हाला फाइल शोधावी लागेल. उदाहरणार्थ, Jimकडे <file>Resume.pdf</"
++"file> नावाची फाइल होम फोल्डरमध्ये असल्यास, त्याचे ठिकाण <file>/home/jim/"
++"Resume.pdf</file> असे राहील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "आवाज"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल प्रणाली किंवा साधन ज्यावर फाइल साठवली असते. हे तुम्हाला फाइल "
++"प्रत्यक्षिरत्या कुठे साठवले आहे हे दाखवते, उदाहरणार्थ हार्ड डिस्कवर किंवा "
++"सीडीवर, किंवा <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">नेटवर्क शेअर किंवा फाइल "
++"सर्व्हरवर</link> असल्यास. हार्ड डिस्क्सला विविध <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">डिस्क विभाजनांमध्ये</link> विभाजीत करणे शक्य आहे; विभाजन "
++"<gui>तीव्रता</gui> अंतर्गत दाखवणे देखील शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "मोकळी जागा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++"हे फक्त फोल्डर्सकरिता दाखवले जाते. ते डिस्कवरील फोल्डरकरिता उपलब्ध डिस्क "
++"जागा दाखवते. हे हार्ड डिस्क भरले आहे किं नावी याच्या तापसणी करिता उपयोगी "
++"ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "वापरलेले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr "फाइल शेवटच्यावेळी उघडले ते दिनांक आणि वेळ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "बदललेले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr "फाइल शेवटच्यावेळी उघडले आणि साठवले ते दिनांक आणि वेळ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr "फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स कोण पाहू आणि संपादित करू शकतात ते नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "फाइल अनुमती ठरवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"मालकीच्या फाइल्स कोण पाहू आणि संपादित करू शकतात त्याकरिता फाइल परवानगीचा "
++"वापर करा. फाइलकरिता परवानगीचे अवलोकन आणि सेट करण्यासाठी, उजवी क्लिक द्या आणि "
++"<gui>गुणधर्म</gui> पसंत करा, आणि त्यानंतर <gui>परवानगी</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++"सेट करण्याजोगी परवानगी प्रकारच्या तपशीलकरिता खालील <link xref=\"#files\"/> "
++"आणि <link xref=\"#folders\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल मालकी, गट मालकी, आणि प्रणालीवरील सर्व इतर वापरकर्त्यांकरिता परवानगी सेट "
++"करणे शक्य आहे. तुमच्या फाइल्सकरिता, तुम्ही मालक आहात, आणि तुम्ही स्वतः रिड-"
++"ओन्लि किंवा रिड-अणि-राइट परवानगी देऊ शकता. योगायोगाने बदल लागू करायचे "
++"नसल्यास फाइल रिड-ओन्लिकरिता सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील प्रत्येक वापरकर्ता एका गटाच्या मालकीचे असते. होम कम्प्युटर्सवरील, "
++"प्रत्येक वापरकर्त्याला स्वतःचे गट असणे सामान्य आहे, आणि गट परवानगी सहसा "
++"नेहमी वापरली जात नाही. कॉरपोरेट वातावरणात, गटांचा वापर डिपार्टमेंट्स किंवा "
++"प्रकल्पांकरिता केला जातो. तसेच मालकी असल्याने, प्रत्येक फाइल गटाच्या मालकीची "
++"असते. फाइलचे गट सेट करणे आणि गट अंतर्गत सर्व वापरकर्त्यांना परवानगी "
++"नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे. फाइलचे गट स्वतःच्या मालकीकरिता असणाऱ्या गटकरिता सेट "
++"करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++"मालकीच्या व्यतिरिक्त वापरकर्त्यांना आणि फाइलच्या गट अंतर्गत समाविष्टीत यांस "
++"परवानगी सेट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल प्रोग्राम असल्यास, जसे कि स्क्रिप्ट, चालवण्याकरिता <gui>फाइलला "
++"प्रोग्राम म्हणून चालवण्यास स्वीकारा</gui>. ह्या पर्याय निवडले असल्यावरही, "
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक फाइलला ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये उघडू शकते किंवा याचे काय करायचे असेही "
++"विचारू शकते. अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> "
++"पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "फोल्डर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++"मालक, गट, आणि इतर वापरकर्त्यांकरिता तुम्ही फोल्डर्सकरिता परवानगी सेट करू "
++"शकता. मालकी, गट, आणि इतर वापरकर्त्यांच्या स्पष्टीकरणकरिता फाइल परवानगीचे "
++"तपशील पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरकरिता सेट करण्याजोगी परवानगी फाइलकरिता सेट करण्याजोगी परवानगीपेक्षा "
++"वेगळी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "काही नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता फोल्डरमधील फाइल्स देखील पाहू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "फाइल्सचीच यादी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ता फोल्डर्समधील फाइल्स पाहू शकेल, परंतु फाइल्स उघडू, निर्माण, किंवा "
++"नष्ट करू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "फाइल वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ता फोल्डर्समधील फाइल्स उघडू शकेल (ठराविक फाइलवरील परवानगी असल्यास), "
++"परंतु नविन फाइल्स निर्माण, किंवा नष्ट करू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "फाइल्स बनवा आणि काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ता फोल्डरकरिता संपूर्ण प्रवेश राहील, फाइल्स उघडणे, निर्माण करणे आणि "
++"नष्ट करणे समाविष्टीत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>एंक्लोज्ड फाइल्सकरिता परवानगी बदला</gui> क्लिक करून तुम्ही फोल्डरमधील "
++"सर्व फाइल्सकरिता फाइल परवानगी सेट करू शकता. समाविष्टीत फाइल्स किंवा "
++"फोल्डर्सची परवानगी सुस्थीत करण्यासाठी ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीचा वापर करा, आणि "
++"<gui>बदला</gui> क्लिक करा. उपफोल्डर्समधील फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सकरिता परवानगी "
++"लागू केली जाते, कोणत्याही खोलतापर्यंत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++"सूची अवलोकनमध्ये स्तंभमध्ये कोणती माहिती दाखवली जाते, ते नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक स्तंभ प्राधान्यता सूचीत दाखवतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापाच्या सूची अवलोकनमध्ये दाखवण्याजोगी माहितीचे नऊ स्तंभ आहेत. "
++"शीर्ष पट्टीतील <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा, <gui>प्राधान्यता</gui> निवडा आणि "
++"दाखवण्याजोगी स्तंभ निवडण्याकरिता <gui>स्तंभ सूचीत दाखवा</gui> टॅब पसंत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"निवडलेले स्तंभ कसे दिसतील, त्यांची क्रमवारी निवडण्याकरिता <gui>वर सरकवा</"
++"gui> आणि <gui>खाली सरकवा</gui> बटनांचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr "अवलोकनकरिता फोल्डरमधील फोल्डर्स आणि फाइल्सचे नाव."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डरचा आकार फोल्डरमधील समाविष्टीत घटकांची संख्या म्हणून दाखवले जाते. "
++"फाइलचे आकार बाइट्स, KB, किंवा MB असे दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"फोल्डर, किंवा फाइल प्रकार जसे कि PDF दस्तऐवज, JPEG प्रतिमा, MP3 ऑडिओ, आणि "
++"आणखी असे दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr "फाइल शेवटच्यावेळी संपादित केली ते दिनांक आणि वेळ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "मालक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "फोल्डर किंवा फाइलची मालकी असलेल्या वापरकर्ताचे नाव."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "गट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइलच्या मालकीचे असलेले गट. माझ्या होम कम्प्युटर्सवरील, प्रत्येक वापरकर्ता "
++"त्यांच्या स्वतंत्र गट असतात. गटांचा वापर कधीकधी कॉरपोरेट वातावरणात केला "
++"जातो, जेथे वापरकर्ते डिपार्टमेंट किंवा प्रकल्पनुसारे गटात असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "परवानगी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr "फाइल प्रवेश परवानगी दाखवतो उ.दा. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++"पहिले अक्षर <gui>-</gui> फाइल प्रकार असते. <gui>-</gui> म्हणजे रेग्युलर फाइल "
++"आणि <gui>d</gui> म्हणजे डिरेक्ट्री (फोल्डर)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"पुढील तीन अक्षरे वापरकर्त्याच्या मालकीचे असलेल्या फाइलची <gui>rwx</gui> "
++"परवानगी निर्देशीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"पुढील तीन गटातील सर्व सदस्यांकरिता मालकीचे असलेल्या फाइलची <gui>rw-</gui> "
++"परवानगी निर्देशीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++"स्तंभातील शेवटचे तीन अक्षरे प्रणालीवरील इतर वापरकर्त्याचे <gui>r--</gui> "
++"परवानगी निर्देशीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr "प्रत्येक अक्षराचे खालील अर्थ होतात:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr "r : वाचण्याची परवानगी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr "w : लिहीण्याची परवानगी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr "x : एक्सीक्युट परवानगी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr "- : कुठली परवानगी नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "एमआयएमई प्रकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "घटकाचे MIME प्रकार दाखवतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "फाइलच्या ठिकाणाकरिता मार्ग."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक पसंती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr "फाइल्सकरिता वापरण्याजोगी थंबनेल्सकरिता कंट्रोल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr "फाइल व्यवस्थापक पूर्वावलोकन पसंती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापक प्रतिमा, व्हिडीओ, आणि मजकूर फाइल्सच्या पूर्वावकोलनकरिता "
++"थंबनेल्स निर्माण करतो. थंबनेल पूर्वावलोकन मोठ्या फाइल्सकरिता किंवा "
++"नेटवर्क्सवरीलकरिता हळू असू शकते, जेणेकरून पूर्वावलोकनवेळी नियंत्रण शक्य होईल."
++" शीर्ष पट्टीतील <gui>फाइल्स</gui> क्लिक करा, <gui>प्राधान्यता</gui> पसंत करा "
++"आणि <gui>पूर्वावलोकन</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, सर्व पूर्वावकोलन <gui>फक्त स्थानीय फाइल्स</gui> करिता, "
++"संगणकावरील किंवा जोडलेल्या एक्सटर्नल ड्राइव्हसकिरता केले जातात. या "
++"गुणविशेषला <gui>नेहमी</gui> किंवा <gui>कधीच नाही</gui> करिता सेट करणे शक्य "
++"आहे. फाइल व्यवस्थापक लोकल एरिया नेटवर्कवरील किंवा इंटरनेटवरील <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">इतर संगणकांवरील फाइल्स चाळू</link> शकतो. लोकल एरिया "
++"नेटवर्कवरील फाइल्स बऱ्यापैकी चाळत असल्यास, आणि नेटवर्कची बँडविड्थ जास्त "
++"असल्यास, तुम्हाला पूर्वावलोकन पर्यायला <gui>नेहमी</gui> असे सेट करायला आवडेल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++"या व्यतिरिक्त, तुम्ही <gui>यापेक्षा छोट्या फाइल्सकरिता</gui> पूर्वावलोकन "
++"केलेल्या फाइल्सचा आकार मर्यादीत ठेवण्यास सेट करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">लिस्ट व्युउ कॉलम्स</link> किंवा <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">चिन्ह कॅप्शन्स</link>, फोल्डर्सला "
++"त्यामधील समाविष्टीत फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सच्या गणनासह दाखवले जाईल. फोल्डरमधील "
++"घटकांची गणना, विशेषतया खूप मोठ्या फोल्डर्सकरिता, किंवा नेटवर्कवरील, हळु होऊ "
++"शकते. ह्या गुणविशेषला सुरू किंवा बंद करणे शक्य आहे, किंवा संगणकावरील आणि "
++"स्थानीय एक्सटर्नल ड्राइव्हजवरील फाइल्सकरिता सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"फाइल व्यवस्थापककरिता पूर्वनिर्धारित अवलोकन, क्रमवारि, आणि झूम स्तर निर्देशीत "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "<app>फाइल्स</app>मध्ये पसंती बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"नविन फोल्डर्सकरिता पूर्वनिर्धारित अवलोकन बदलणे, फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्स "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे कसे क्रमवारित लावले जातात, चिन्ह आणि संक्षिप्त अवलोकनकरिता "
++"झूम स्तर, आणि फाइल्सला ट्री बाजूच्यापट्टीमध्ये दाखवले जाते किंवा नाही, असे "
++"शक्य आहे. तसेच <app>फाइल्स</app> खुले असताना आणि <gui style=\"tab\">अवलोकन</"
++"gui> टॅब निवडताना, शीर्ष पट्टीत <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">फाइल्स</gui> "
++"<gui style=\"menuitem\">प्राधान्यता</gui></guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धारित दृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr "वापरात असलेले नवीन फोल्डर्स बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, नविन फोल्डर्सला चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये दाखवले जातात. सूची "
++"अवलोकन पसंत असल्यास, येथे तुम्ही पूर्वनिर्धारित म्हणून सेट करा. "
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, चाळताना प्रत्येक फोल्डरकरिता तुम्ही वेगळे अवलोकन निवडू शकता "
++"आणि त्याकरिता साधनपट्टीतील <gui style=\"button\">घटकांचे सूचीप्रमाणे अवलोकन</"
++"gui> किंवा <gui style=\"button\">घटकांचे चिन्हांचे ग्रिड म्हणून अवलोकन</gui> "
++"बटनांवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "घटक आवरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"नाव, फाइल आकार, शेवटच्यावेळी संपादित केले, शेवटच्यावेळी प्रवेश प्राप्ति "
++"किंवा कचरापेटीत स्थानांतरित केल्यानुरूप पसंतीमधील <gui>घटकांना सुस्थीत करा</"
++"gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीचा वापर करून फोल्डर्समध्ये वापरण्याजोगी पूर्वनिर्धारित "
++"क्रमवारिला बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">अवलोकन "
++"पर्याय</media> बटन क्लिक करून आणि <gui>नावानुरूप</gui>, <gui>आकारनुरूप</"
++"gui>, <gui>प्रकारनुरूप</gui> किंवा  <gui>संपादन दिनांकनुरूप</gui>, किंवा "
++"सूची अवलोकनमधील स्तंभ हेडर्स सूचीमध्ये दाखवणे क्लिक करून, प्रत्यक्ष "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये <link xref=\"files-sort\">फाइल्सची क्रमवारी</link> बदलणे शक्य "
++"आहे. हे मेन्युमुळे फक्त सध्याचे फोल्डर प्रभावीत होतात ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr "फाइल्सच्या आधी फोल्डर चाळा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, फाइल व्यवस्थापक यापुढे फाइलच्या अगोदर सर्व फोल्डर्स "
++"दाखवतात नाही. फाइल्स अगोदर सर्व फोल्डर्सची सूची पहाण्याकरिता, हा पर्याय सुरू "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "छुपे आणि बॅकअप फाइल्स दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे फाइल व्यवस्थापक <link xref=\"files-hidden\">छुपे फाइल्स</"
++"link> आणि फोल्डर्स दाखवत नाही. ह्या पर्यायचा वापर करून तुम्ही नेहमी छुप्या "
++"फाइल्स दाखवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनपट्टीमध्ये <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">पर्याय "
++"अवलोकन</media> मेन्युपासून, <gui>छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवा</gui> निवडून, स्वतंत्र "
++"पटलात छुप्या फाइल्स दाखवणे देखील शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धरित चिन्ह दृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धरित झुम स्थिती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या पर्यायचा वापर करून तुम्ही पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे चिन्हे आणि मजकूर मोठे किंवा "
++"छोटे करू शकता. साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">अवलोकन पर्याय</media> बटनावर क्लिक करून आणि <gui>मोठे करा</gui>, "
++"<gui>कमी करा</gui> किंवा <gui>सामान्य आकार</gui> निवडून, स्वतंत्र "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये ह्या सेटिंगला बदलणे शक्य आहे. वारंवार मोठे करा किंवा छोटे करा "
++"स्तराचा वापर करत असल्यास, ह्या पर्यायसह पूर्वनिर्धारित सेट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"चिन्ह अवलोकनमध्ये, लहान/मोठे करा स्तरावर आधारित जास्त किंवा कमी <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">कॅपशन्स</link> दाखवले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धरित यादी दृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या पर्यायचा वापर करून तुम्ही सूची अवलोकनमधील चिन्हे आणि मजकूर मोठे किंवा "
++"छोटे करू शकता. साधनपट्टीतील <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">अवलोकन पर्याय</media> बटनावर क्लिक करून आणि <gui>मोठे करा</gui>, "
++"<gui>कमी करा</gui> किंवा <gui>सामान्य आकार</gui> निवडून, स्वतंत्र "
++"फोल्डरमध्ये असे करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++"काही Linux वायरसेस आहे, जेणेकरून तुम्हाला अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअरची कदाचित "
++"आवश्यकता पडणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr "मला अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअरची पाहिजे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++"Windows किंवा Mac OSचा वापर करत असल्यास, तुम्ही कदाचित पूर्णवेळ अँटि-वायरस "
++"सॉफ्टवेअर चालवत असाल. अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअर पार्श्वभूमीत कार्य करते, सतत "
++"संगणकावरील वायरसकरिता तपासणी करतात जे संगणकाकरिता मार्ग सोधतात आणि अडचणी "
++"निर्माण करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux करिता अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअर अस्तित्वात आहे, परंतु तुम्हाला कदाचित वापर "
++"करायची आवश्यकता पडणार नाही. Linux ला प्रभावित करणारे वायरस अजूनही दुर्मिळ "
++"आहेत. काही मतभेद व्यक्त करतात कि हे Linux चा वापर इतर कार्यप्रणालीतर्फे "
++"अतिरीक्त प्रमाणात होत नाही, म्हणून कोणिही त्याकरिता वायरस लिहत नाही. इतरांचे "
++"मत असे आहे कि Linux मूळतया अधिक सुरक्षित आहे, आणि वायररसतर्फे वापरले जाणारे "
++"सुरक्षासंबंधीत अडचणींचे फार लवकर निवारण केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"काहीही कारण असू द्या, Linux वायरसेस एवढ्या दुर्मिळ आहेत कि यावेळी त्याची "
++"काळजी करायची आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्हाला जास्त-सुरक्षित राहचे असल्यास, किंवा स्वतः तसेच Windows आणि Mac OS "
++"अंतर्गत वापर होणाऱ्या फाइल्समधील वायरसकरिता तपासणी करायची असल्यास, तुम्ही "
++"अजूनही अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करू शकता. सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरची तपासणी "
++"करा किंवा ऑनलाइन शोधा; अनेक ॲप्लिकेशन्स उपलब्ध आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">पूर्वनिर्धारित ब्राउजर बदला</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">फ्लॅश इंस्टॉल करा</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"install-moonlight\">सिलवरलाइट सपोर्ट</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "Ubuntu डॉक्युमेंटेशन संघ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "वेब ब्राउझर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> मधील <gui>तपशील</gui>करिता जाऊन पूर्वनिर्धारित वेब "
++"ब्राउजर बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "कोणते वेब ब्राउजर संकेतस्थाळांना उघडले जाते ते बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++"कोणत्याही ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये वेब पृष्ठकरिता दुव्यावर क्लिक केल्यास, वेब ब्राउजर "
++"स्वयंरित्या ते पृष्ठ उघडेल. तुमच्याकडे एकापेक्षा जास्त ब्राउजर इंस्टॉल केले "
++"असल्यास, तरी, उघडण्याजोगी पृष्ठ त्या ब्राउजरमध्ये उघडले जाणार नाही. याच्या "
++"निवारणकरिता, पूर्वनिर्धारित ब्राउजर बदला:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>तपशील</gui> उघडा आणि पटलाच्या डाव्या बाजूवरील सूचीपासून "
++"<gui>पूर्वनिर्धारित ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>वेब</gui> पर्याय बदलून तुम्ही दुवा उघडण्याकरिता वेब ब्राउजर निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळे वेब ब्राउझर उघडतेवेळी, ते पूर्वनिर्धारित ब्राउजर नाही असे तुम्हाला "
++"कळवू शकते. असे झाल्यास, <gui>रद्द करा</gui> बटन (किंवा समान) क्लिक करा "
++"जेणेकरून ते स्वतःला पुन्हा पूर्वनिर्धारित ब्राउजर म्हणून सेट करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> मधील <gui>तपशील</gui>करिता जाऊन पूर्वनिर्धारित इमेल "
++"क्लाएंट बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr "ईमेल्स लिहण्याकरिता कोणते मेल ॲप्लिकेशन्स बदलायचे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++"नविन ईमेल पाठवताना (उदाहरणार्थ, तुमच्या वर्ड प्रोसेसिंग ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये) "
++"बटनावर किंवा दुवा क्लिक केल्यानंतर, तुमचे पूर्वनिर्धारित ईमेल ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"रिकाम्या संदेशसह उघडेल, आणि ते लिहण्यास सज्ज असेल. एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन इंस्टॉल केले असल्यास, तरी, चुकिचे मेल ॲप्लिकेशन उघडले जाईल. "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित ईमेल ॲप्लिकेशन बदलून याचे निवारण शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>मेल</gui> पर्याय बदलून तुम्ही पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे वापरण्यासाठी ईमेल "
++"क्लाएंट निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++"व्हायरस आपला संगणक संभाव्यतया संक्रमित करू शकतो, परंतु ईमेल पाठणाऱ्या "
++"वापरकर्त्यांचे संगणक देखील संक्रमित होऊ शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "ईमेल्सला वायरसेसकरिता स्कॅन करायचे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरसेस प्रोग्राम आहेत ज्यामुळे संगणकाकरिता मार्ग सापडल्यास अडचणी निर्माण "
++"होऊ शकतील. संगणकात ईमेल संदेशतर्फे वायरस येणे सर्वात मोठे कारण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux कार्यरत संगणकाला प्रभावीत करणारे वायरसेस खूप दुर्मिळ आहे, म्हणूनच "
++"तुमच्या <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">संगणकात ईमेल किंवा अन्यथा वायरेस "
++"प्राप्त होणे अशक्य</link> आहे. छुप्या वायरससह ईमेल प्राप्त झाल्यास, संगणकावर "
++"कदाचित प्रभाव पडणार नाही. तरी, बहुधा वायरसकरिता तुम्हाला ईमेल स्कॅन करायची "
++"आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही, तरी, एका व्यक्तिपासून दुसऱ्या व्यक्तिकरिता वायरस फॉरवर्ड करत "
++"असल्यास, वायरसेसकरिता ईमेल स्कॅन करू शकता. उदारणार्थ, वायरससह तुमच्याकडील "
++"एका मित्राकडे Windows संगणक असल्यास आणि वायरस-संक्रमित ईमेल पाठवत असल्यास, "
++"आणि त्यानंतर तो ईमेल Windows संगणक असणाऱ्या दुसरा मित्राकडे फॉरवर्ड केल्यास, "
++"दुसऱ्या मित्राकडे देखील वायरस प्राप्त होऊ शकतो. हे टाळण्याकरिता ईमेल्य स्कॅन "
++"करण्यासाठी तुम्ही अँटि-वायरस ॲप्लिकेशन इंस्टॉल करू शकता, परंतु असे होणे "
++"असंभवनीय आहे आणि Windows आणि Mac OS यांचा वापर करणाऱ्या वापरकर्त्यांकडे "
++"कसेहीकरून स्वतःचे अँटि-वायरस सॉफ्टवेअर असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">पुर्वनिर्धरित इमेल ऍप्स</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME डॉक्युमेंटेशन प्रकल्प"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "इमेल &amp; इमेल सॉफ्टवेअर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++"IP पत्त्याची माहिती तुम्हाला नेटवर्क अडचणींच्या त्रुटीनिवारणकरिता मदत "
++"प्राप्त होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "तुमचा आयपी पत्ता शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"IP पत्ता ज्ञात असल्याने इंटरनेट जोडणी अडचणींच्या त्रुटीनिवारणकरिता मदत करते. "
++"तुमच्याकडे <em>दोन</em> IP पत्ते आहे, हे जाणून तुम्ही आश्चर्यचकीत झाले असाल: "
++"आंतरिक नेटवर्कवरील संगणककरिता IP पत्ता आणि इंटरनेटवरील संगणककरिता एक IP "
++"पत्ता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr "आंतरिक (नेटवर्क) IP पत्ता शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणत्या नेटवर्क जोडणीकरिता तुम्हाला IP पत्ता शोधायचे आहे, त्यावर आधारित, "
++"डावीकडील सूचीपासून <gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>वायर्ड</gui> किंवा "
++"<gui>वायरलेस</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr "माहिती सूचीमध्ये तुमचा आंतरिक IP पत्ता दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr "तुमचे बाहेरील (इंटरनेट) IP पत्ता शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>ला "
++"भेट द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr "साइट तुमच्याकरिता एक्सटर्नल IP पत्ता दाखवेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक कशा प्रकारे इंटरनेटशी जोडणी करतो त्यावर आधारित, हे पत्ते समान असू "
++"शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणते प्रोग्राम्स नेटवर्ककरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकतात ते नियंत्रीत करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. यामुळे संगणक सुरक्षित राहते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr "फायरवॉल परवानगी लागू करा किंवा अडवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमची प्रणाली <em>फायरवॉल</em> सह सुसज्ज पाहिजे ज्यामुळे इंटरनेट किंवा "
++"नेटवर्कवरील इतर व्यक्तिंतर्फे प्रोग्राम्सला प्रवेश ब्लॉक करण्यास मदत प्राप्त "
++"होते . यामुळे तुमचे संगणक सुरक्षित राहण्यास मदत प्राप्त होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक ॲप्लिकेशन्स नेटवर्क जोडणीचा वापर करू शकतात. उदाहरणार्थ, फाइल्स शेअर "
++"करणे किंवा नेटवर्कशी जोडणी केल्यानंतर इतरांना दूरस्तरित्या तुमचे डेस्कटॉप "
++"पहाण्यास परवानगी द्या. संगणक कशा प्रकारे सेटअप केले आहे, त्यावर आधारित, "
++"तुम्हाला आवश्यकताप्रमाणे फायरवॉल सुस्थीत करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क सर्व्हिसेस पुरवणारे प्रत्येक प्रोग्राम ठराविक <em>नेटवर्क पोर्टचा</"
++"em> वापर करतात. सर्व्हिसकरिता प्रवेशसाठी नेटवर्कवरील संगणकांना समर्थीत "
++"करण्याकरिता, तुम्हाला फायरवॉलवरील लागू केलेले पोर्ट \"open\" करावे लागेल:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या डाव्या कोपऱ्यातील <gui>कृती</gui> कडे जा आणि तुमचे फायरवॉल "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करा. कोणतेही न आढळल्यास तुम्हाला फायरवॉल व्यवस्थापक इंस्टॉल "
++"करावे लागेल (उदाहरणार्थ, फयरस्टार्टर किंवा GUFW)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्त्यांना प्रवेश शक्य किंवा अशक्य करायचे, यावर आधारित नेटवर्क "
++"सर्व्हिसकरिता, पोर्ट उघडा किंवा बंद करा. <link xref=\"net-firewall-"
++"ports\">सर्व्हिसवर आधारित</link> बदलण्याजोगी पोर्ट निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++"बदल साठवा किंवा लागू करा, फायरवॉल साधनतर्फे दिलेल्या अगाऊ सूचनांच्या पाठोपाठ."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++"फायरवॉलच्या सहायाने प्रोग्रामकरिता नेटवर्क प्रवेश सुरू किंवा बंद करण्यासाठी "
++"उजवे नेटवर्क पोर्ट निर्देशीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr "सामान्यपणे वापरले जाणारे नेटवर्क पोर्टस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क सर्व्हिसेस, जसे कि फाइल शेअरिंग किंवा रिमोट डेस्कटॉप व्युइंग, "
++"पुरवणाऱ्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सतर्फे हे सामान्यरित्या वापरले जाणारे नेटवर्क पोर्ट्सची "
++"सूची आहे. ह्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सना <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">ब्लॉक किंवा "
++"प्रवेश स्वीकारण्यासाठी</link> तुम्ही प्रणालीचे फायरवॉल बदलू शकता. वापरकरिता "
++"हजारो पोर्ट्स उपलब्ध आहेत, ज्यामुळे हा तक्ता पूर्ण होत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "पोर्ट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "वर्णन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालींना एकमेकांना शोधण्यास मदत करते, आणि पुरण्याजोगी सर्व्हिसचे वर्णन "
++"करते, स्वःहून तपशील निर्देशीत न करता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "छापणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कवरील छपाईयंत्रकरिता छपाई जॉब्ज पाठवण्यास तुम्हाला परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कवरील वापरकर्त्यांसह छपाईयंत्र शेअर करण्यास तुम्हाला परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "अस्तित्व"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क, जसे कि \"online\" किंवा \"busy\" वरील इतर वापरकर्त्यांकरिता त्वरित "
++"संदेश स्थिती जाहिर करण्यास परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "रिमोट डेस्कटॉप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर वापरकर्त्यांना अवलोकन किंवा दूरस्त सहायताकरिता तुमच्या डेस्कटॉपला शेअर "
++"करण्यास परवानगी देतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr "संगीत शेरिंग (डीएएपी)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कवरील वापरकर्त्यांसह संगीत लाइब्ररि शेअर करण्यास तुम्हाला परवानगी देतो."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"स्टॅटिक IP पत्त्याचा वापर करून संगणकापासून, ठराविक नेटवर्क सर्व्हिसेस पुरवणे "
++"सोपे करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr "ठराविक IP पत्त्यासह जोडणी निर्माण करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करतेवेळी, अनेक नेटवर्क स्वयंरित्या संगणककरिता <link xref="
++"\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP पत्ता</link> आणि इतर तपशील लागू करतात. हे "
++"तपशील वेळोवेळी बदलू शकतात, परंतु तुम्ही संगणकरिता ठराविक IP पत्ता ठरवू शकता "
++"जेणेकरून तुम्हाला पत्ता माहिती पडेल (उदाहरणार्थ, ते फाइल सर्व्हर असल्यास)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr "संगणकाला ठराविक (स्टॅटिक) IP पत्ता देणे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>शीर्षपट्टी</gui> वरील <gui>नेटवर्क चिन्ह</gui> क्लिक करा आणि "
++"<gui>नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीपासून (<gui>वायर्ड</gui> किंवा <gui>वायरलेस</gui>)  नेटवर्क जोडणी निवडा "
++"आणि <gui>संरचीत करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 सेटिंग्ज</gui> टॅब क्लिक करा आणि <gui>पद्धतीला</gui> <em>स्वहस्ते</"
++"em> करिता बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पत्ते</gui> सूचीमध्ये जोडणी माहिती सूचीत दिसत नसल्यास, किंवा नविन "
++"जोडणीचे सेटअप करायचे असल्यास, <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++"योग्य पेटीत <em>IP पत्ता</em>, <em>नेटमास्क</em>, आणि <em>गेटवे</em> माहिती "
++"द्या. नेटवर्क मांडणीवर आधारित तुमची पंसती ठरते; ठराविक नेटवर्ककरिता कोणते IP "
++"पत्ते आणि नेटमास्क्स वैध आहे याकरिता ठराविक नियामक रूल्स आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यक असल्यास, <gui>DNS सर्व्हर्स</gui> पेटीमध्ये <em>डोमेन नेम सर्व्हर</"
++"em> पत्ता द्या. हे सर्व्हरचा IP पत्ता आहे जे डोमेन नेम्स शोधते; बहुतांश "
++"कॉरपोरेट नेटवर्क्स आणि इंटरनेट प्रोव्हडर्सकडे समर्पित DNS सर्व्हर्स असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>साठवा</gui> क्लिक करा. नेटवर्क जोडणीकडे आत्ता ठराविक IP पत्ता पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">IP पत्ता शोधा</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA सेक्युरिटि</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC "
++"पत्ते</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">प्रॉक्सीस</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr "नेटवर्किंग अटी &amp; टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++"संकेतस्थळ जसे कि YouTube पहाण्याकरिता तुम्हाला फ्लॅश इंस्टॉल करायची आवश्यकता "
++"आहे, जे व्हिडीओज आणि इंटरॲक्टिव्ह वेब पृष्ठ दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "फ्लॅश प्लग-इन इंस्टॉल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>फ्लॅश</app> हे वेब ब्राउजरकरिता <em>प्लगइन</em> आहे जे तुम्हाला "
++"व्हिडीओज आणि ठराविक संकेतस्थळांवरील इंटरॲक्टिव्ह वेब पृष्ठाच्या वापर करिता "
++"परवानगी देते. काही संकेतस्थळे फ्लॅशविना कार्य करत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++"फ्लॅश इंस्टॉल्ड नसल्यास, किंबहुना आवश्यक संकेतस्थळावर भेट देतेवेळी असे संदेश "
++"आढळेल. फ्लॅश बहुतांश वेब ब्राउजर्सकरिता फ्री (परंतु ओपन सोअर्स नसणाऱ्या) "
++"डाउनलोड म्हणून उपलब्ध होतात. बहुतांश Linux वितरकांकडे फ्लॅशची आवृत्ती असते "
++"जे तुम्ही सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलर (पॅकेज मॅनेजर) सह इंस्टॉल करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "फ्लॅश सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरपासून उपलब्ध असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलर ॲप्लिकेशन उघडा आणि <input>फ्लॅश</input> करिता शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe फ्लॅश प्लगइन</gui>, <gui>Adobe फ्लॅश प्लेअर</gui> किंवा समानकरिता "
++"पहा आणि इंस्टॉल करण्यासाठी क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणतेही वेब ब्राउजरचे पटल खुले असल्यास, त्यास बंद करा आणि पुन्हा उघडा. "
++"पुन्हा उघडल्यानंतर वेब ब्राउजरला आढळेल कि फ्लॅश इंस्टॉल झाले आहे आणि फ्लॅशचा "
++"वापर करून तुम्ही आत्ता संकेतस्थळे पाहू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरपासून फ्लॅश उपलब्ध <em>नसल्यास</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">फ्लॅश प्लेअर डाउनलोड "
++"संकेतस्थळ</link> करिता जा. तुमचे ब्राउजर आणि कार्यप्रणाली स्वयंरित्या ओळखले "
++"पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>डाउनलोडजोगी आवृत्ती निवडा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि Linux वितरणकरिता कार्य "
++"करणारे सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरचे प्रकार निवडा. कोणते वापरायचे हे माहिती नसल्यास, "
++"<file>.tar.gz</file> पर्याय निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"वेब ब्राउजरकरिता कसे इंस्टॉल करायचे, त्याकरिता <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe."
++"com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">फ्लॅशकरिता इंस्टॉलेशन सूचना</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "फ्लॅशकरिता ओपन-सोअर्स विकल्प"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++"फ्लॅशकरिता मूठभर फ्री, ओपन-सोअर्स विक्लप उपलब्ध आहेत. हे काहीरित्या "
++"(उदाहरणार्थ, साउंड प्लेबॅक उत्तमरित्या हाताळून) फ्लॅश प्लगइनपेक्षा जास्त "
++"उत्तमरित्या कार्य करते, परंतु काहीरित्या खूप वाईट ठरते (उदाहरणार्थ, वेबवरील "
++"सर्वाधिक क्लिष्ठ फ्लॅश पृष्ठ दाखवण्यास सक्षम नसणे)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++"फ्लॅश प्लेअरसह असंतुष्ट असल्यास तुम्हाला खालीलपैकी एक वापरायला आवडेल, किंवा "
++"संगणकावरील शक्य तेवढे ओपन-सोअर्स सॉफ्टवेअरचा वापर करायचे असल्यास. येथे काही "
++"पर्याय उपलब्ध आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "LightSpark"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "Gnash"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++"वेब पृष्ठ दाखवण्याकरिता काही संकेतस्थळ सिलवरलाइटचा वापर करतात. मूनलाइट "
++"प्लगइन तुम्हाला हे पृष्ठे पहाण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "सिलवरलाइट प्लग-इन इंस्टॉल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>सिलवरलाइट</app> हे वेब ब्राउजरकरिता <em>प्लगइन</em> आहे जे तुम्हाला "
++"व्हिडीओज आणि ठराविक संकेतस्थळांवरील इंटरॲक्टिव्ह वेब पृष्ठांच्या वापरकरिता "
++"परवानगी देते. काही संकेतस्थळे सिलवरलाइटविना कार्य करत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"सिलवरलाइट-समर्थीत संकेसस्थळ पहिल्यास परंतु प्लगइन इंस्टॉल केले नसल्यास, "
++"तुम्हाला बहुतेक असे कळवणारे संदेश आढळेल. ह्या संदेशमध्ये तुम्हाला प्लगइन "
++"प्राप्तिविषयी सूचना प्राप्त होईल, परंतु ह्या सूचना तुमच्या वेब ब्राउजर किंवा "
++"Linux च्या आवृत्तीकरिता योग्य नसावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-"
++"in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on "
++"Linux."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"काही Linux वितरकांकडे मूनलाइटचे प्रत असू शकते जे तुम्ही सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरचा "
++"वापर करून इंस्टॉल करू शकता; इंस्टॉलर उघडा आणि <input>सिल्वरलाइट </input> "
++"किंवा <input>मूनलाइट</input> करिता शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या वितरकाकडे मूनालाइट सॉफ्टवेअर संकुल असल्यास, अधिक माहितीकरिता <link "
++"href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">मूनलाइट संकेतस्थळ</link> आणि "
++"इंस्टॉलेशन सूचना पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क हार्डवेअरकरिता लागू केलेले युनिक आयडेंटिफायर."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "एमएसी पत्ता काय असतो?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>MAC पत्ता</em> युनिक आयडेंटिफायर आहे ज्यास उत्पादकतर्फे नेटवर्क "
++"हार्डवेअरकरिता (जसे कि वायरलेस कार्ड किंवा इथरनेट कार्ड) लागू केले जाते. MAC "
++"म्हणजे <em>मिडीया ॲक्सेस कंट्रोल</em>, आणि प्रत्येक आइडेंटिफायर ठराविक "
++"साधनकरिता एकमेव पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"MAC पत्त्यामध्ये दोन अक्षरांचे सहा संच समाविष्टीत आहे, प्रत्येक "
++"स्वल्पविरामतर्फे विभाजीत केले जाते. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> MAC "
++"पत्याचे उदाहरण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr "स्वतःच्या नेटवर्क हार्डवेअरकरिता MAC पत्ता ओळखणे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि डावीकडील सूचीपासून <gui>वायर्ड</gui> किंवा "
++"<gui>वायरलेस</gui> निवडा (तपासणी करण्याजोगी साधनावर आधारित)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr "तुमचा MAC पत्ता <gui>हार्डवेअर पत्ता</gui> म्हणून दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रत्यक्षात, तुम्हाला <link xref=\"net-editcon\">MAC पत्ता संपादित करणे "
++"किंवा \"spoof\"</link> करावे लागेल. उदाहरणार्थ, काही इंटरनेट सर्व्हिस "
++"प्रोव्हाइडर्सना सर्व्हिसकरिता प्रवेशसाठी ठराविक MAC पत्ता पुरवणे आवश्यक आहे. "
++"नेटवर्क कार्ड कार्य करत नसल्यास, आणि नविन कार्डचा वापर करायचे असल्यास, "
++"यापुढे सर्व्हिस कार्य करणार नाही. अशा घटनांमध्ये, तुम्हाला MAC पत्त्याची "
++"बनवाबनवी करावी लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज स्वयंरित्या लागू झाले नसल्यास, तुम्हाला स्वतःहून द्यावे "
++"लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क सेटिंग हाताने करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जर संगणकावरील नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज लागू करत नसल्यास, तुम्हाला स्वतः "
++"सेटिंग्ज द्यावे लागतील. हे शीर्षक तुम्हाला वापरकरिता योग्य सेटिंग्जची माहिती "
++"असे गृहीत धरते. असे नसल्यास, तुम्हाला नेटवर्क प्रशासकाशी विचारावे लागेल "
++"किंवा राउटर किंवा नेटवर्क स्विच् सेटिंग्ज पहावे लागतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क सेटिंग हाताने करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"स्वहस्ते सेटअप करण्याजोगी नेटवर्क जोडणी निवडा आणि <gui>संरचीत करा</gui> "
++"क्लिक करा. उदाहरणार्थ, केबलसह नेटवर्कशी जोडणी केल्यास, <gui>वायर्ड</gui> पहा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे वायरलेस कार्ड सुरू आहे किंवा नेटवर्क केबल प्लग केलेले आहे याची खात्री "
++"करा. नाहीतर, तुम्ही <gui>संरचीत करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 सेटिंग्ज</gui> टॅबकरिता जा आणि <gui>पद्धत</gui> यास <gui>मॅन्युअल</"
++"gui>करिता बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि <em>IP पत्ता</em>, <em>नेटवर्क मास्क</"
++"em> आणि <gui>पत्ते</gui> सूचीतील परस्पर स्तंभमध्ये <em>पूर्वनिर्धारित गेटवे "
++"IP पत्ता</em> टाइप करा. प्रत्येक पत्ता टाइप केल्यानंतर <key>एंटर</key> किंवा "
++"<key>टॅब</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++"हे तीन पत्ते IP पत्ते पाहिजे; म्हणजेच, पिरिअड्सतर्फे विभाजीत चार संख्या "
++"पाहिजे (उ.दा. 123.45.6.78)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++"परस्पर क्षेत्र अंतर्गत, स्वल्पविरामतर्फे विभाजीत वापरण्याजोगी DNS "
++"सर्व्हर्सचा IP पत्ता टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>साठवा</gui> क्लिक करा. नेटवर्कशी जोडणी न केले असल्यास, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील "
++"नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि जोडणी करा. संकेतस्थळकरिता भेट देऊन नेटवर्क "
++"सेटिंग्जची चाचणी करा किंवा नेटवर्कवरील शेअर्ड फाइल्सकरिता पहा, उदाहरणार्थ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जोडणीकरिता सेटिंग्ज साठवणे शक्य आहे (जसे कि पासवर्ड) जेणेकरून कोणिही "
++"संगणक वापर असल्यास संगणकाशी जोडणी करू शकेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr "इतर वापरकर्ते इंटरनेटशी जोडणी करू शकणार नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जोडणीची मांडणी केली असल्यास परंतु संगणकावरील इतर वापरकर्ते जोडणी करू "
++"न शकल्यास, जोडणी करतेवेळी त्यांची संरचना कदाचित चुकिच्या असू शकतील. "
++"उदाहरणार्थ, तुमच्याकडे वायरलेस जोडणी असल्यास, ते कदाचित योग्य वायरलेस "
++"सुरक्षा पासवर्ड वापरत नसतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जोडणीकरिता एकदाचे सेटअप केल्यानंतर सर्वांनाकरिता सेटिंग्ज शेअर करा. "
++"याचाच अर्थ यास फक्त एकदा सेट करायचे असते, आणि संगणकावरील इतर सर्व वापरकर्ते "
++"कोणतेही प्रश्न न विचारता जोडणी करू शकतील. असे करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++"(कोणत्या नेटवर्क जोडणीकरिता तुम्हाला बदलायचे आहे, त्यावर आधारित) डावीकडील "
++"सूचीपासून <gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>वायर्ड</gui> किंवा <gui>वायरलेस</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्क नेम</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून, वापरण्याजोगी जोडणी निवडा आणि "
++"त्यानंतर <gui>संरचीत करा</gui> क्लिका करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्व वापरकर्त्यांकरिता उपलब्ध</gui> तपासा आणि <gui>साठवा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा. बदल साठवण्याकरिता तुम्हाला ॲडमिन पासवर्ड द्यावे लागेल. फक्त <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">ॲडमिन वापरकर्ते</link> असे करू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाचे इतर वापरकर्ते आत्ता पुढील तपशील न देता ह्या जोडणीचा वापर करू शकतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जोडणी सेटिंग्जमध्ये तुम्हाला <gui>सर्व वापरकर्त्यांकरिता उपलब्ध</"
++"gui> पर्याय निवड अशक्य करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr "इतर वापरकर्ते नेटवर्क जोडणी संपादित करू शकत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क जोडणी संपादित करणे शक्य असल्यास परंतु संगणकावरील इतर वापरकर्ते न करू "
++"शकल्यास, जोडणीला <gui>सर्व वापरकर्त्यांकरिता उपलब्ध</gui> सेट करावे लागेल. "
++"यामुळे जोडणीचा वापर करून संगणकावरील प्रत्येक वापरकर्ता <em>जोडणी</em> करू "
++"शकेल, परंतु फक्त <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">प्रशासकीय हक्क</link> "
++"असणाऱ्या वापरकर्त्यांकरिता सेटिंग्ज बदलण्यास स्वीकारले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"याचे कारण असे कि, सेटिंग्ज बदल्याणे सर्वच प्रभावीत होतात, आणि जोडणी संपादित "
++"करण्यासाठी फक्त सर्वोत्म विश्वासर्ह (ॲडमिन) वापरकर्त्यांनाच परवानगी द्यायला "
++"हवी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर वापरकर्तांनी जोडणी स्वतःहून बदलण्याकरिता, जोडणी संणकावरील इतर "
++"वापरकर्त्यांना उपलब्ध होणार <em>नाही</em> याची खात्री करा. अशा प्रकारे, सर्व "
++"वापरकर्ते जोडणीकरिता शेअर्ड, प्रणाली-भर सेटिंग्ज ऐवजी स्वतःची जोडणी "
++"व्यवस्थापीत करण्यास सज्ज होतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr "जोडणी यापुढे शेअर्ड केली नसल्यास, यास स्थापीत करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणत्या नेटवर्क जोडणीकरिता तुम्हाला बदलायचे आहे, त्यावर आधारित डावीकडील "
++"सूचीपासून <gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>वायर्ड</gui> किंवा <gui>वायरलेस</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्कचे नाव</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून, स्वयंरित्या व्यवस्थापीत किंवा "
++"संपादित करण्याजोगी जोडणी निवडा आणि त्यानंतर <gui>पर्याय</gui> क्लिका करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी बदलण्याकरिता तुम्हाला ॲडमिन पासवर्ड द्यावे लागेल. फक्त ॲडमिन "
++"वापरकर्तेच असे करू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्व वापरकर्त्यांकरिता उपलब्ध</gui> निवड अशक्य करा आणि <gui>साठवा</gui> "
++"क्लिक करा. संगणकावरील इतर वापरकर्ते आत्ता जोडणी स्वतःहून व्यवस्थापीत करू "
++"शकतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">वायरलेस जोडणींचे त्रुटीनिवारण</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">तुमचे wifi नेटवर्क शोधणे</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr "आढळणारे प्रॉक्सी फिल्टर्स संकेतस्थळ, कंट्रोल किंवा सुरक्षा कारणास्तव."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सेटिंग निश्चित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "प्रॉक्सी काय असते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>वेब प्रॉक्सी</em> संकेतस्थळांना फिल्टर करते, वेब ब्राउजरकडन वेब पृष्ठ "
++"आणि त्यांच्या घटकांकरिता विनंती प्राप्त होते, आणि करारनुसार तुमच्याकडे "
++"पाठवले जाते. त्यांचा वापर सामान्यतः व्यवसाय आणि सार्वजनिक वायरलेस हॉटस्पॉट्स "
++"जेणेकरण तुम्ही संकेतस्थळ   नियंत्रित करू शकाल, प्रवेश न करता इंटरनेटकरिता "
++"प्रवेश टाळणे, किंवा वेबसाइटवरील सुरक्षा तपासणी करण्यासाठी याकरिता जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "प्रॉक्सी पद्धत बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि पटलाच्या डाव्या बाजूवरील सूचीपासून <gui>नेटवर्क "
++"प्रॉक्सी</gui> निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++"खालील पद्धतीपासून तुम्हाला कोणत्या प्रॉक्सी पद्धतीचा वापर करायचे ते निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++"वेबवरील अंतर्भुत माहिती प्राप्त करण्यासाठी ॲप्लिकेशन्स डायरेक्ट जोडणीचा वापर "
++"करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "मॅन्युअल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रत्येक प्रॉक्सीड प्रोटोकॉलकरिता, प्रॉक्सीचा पत्ता आणि प्रोटोकॉल्सकरिता "
++"पोर्ट ठरवा. प्रोटोकॉल्स <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> "
++"आणि <gui>SOCKS</gui> आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "आपोआप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++"url स्रोतकरिता निर्देशीत असते, ज्यामध्ये प्रणालीकरिता योग्य संरचना "
++"समाविष्टीत असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रॉक्सी सेटिंग्ज ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता लागू केले जातील जे पसंतीच्या संरचनेचा "
++"वापर करण्यासाठी नेटवर्क जोडणीचा वापर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr "इंटनेटचा वापर करताना लक्षात ठेवण्याजोगी सर्वसाधारण टिप्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "Steven Richards"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr "इंटरनेटवर सुरक्षित राहणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++"आपण Linux वापरत आहात याचे संभाव्य कारण म्हणजे मजबूत सुरक्षा, ज्यासाठी ते "
++"प्रसिध्द आहे. एक कारण म्हणजे खूप कमी वापरकर्ते यांचा वापर करत असल्याने Linux "
++"मालवेअर आणि वायरसेसपासून सुरक्षित आहे. वायरेसस प्रसिद्ध कार्य प्रणाली जसे कि "
++"Windows करिता लक्ष्य केले जातात, ज्यांचा खूप मोठा वापरकर्ता बेस आहे. ओपन "
++"सोअर्स स्वभावमुळे Linux खूप सुरक्षित आहे, जे प्रत्येक वितरणासह समाविष्टीत "
++"सुरक्षा वैशिष्ट्ये सुधारित करण्यासाठी तज्ञांना परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++"Linuxचे इंस्टॉलेशन सुरक्षित राहेल, याची खात्री घेण्याकरिता, नेहमी असुरक्षा "
++"असतात. इंटननेटवरील वापरकर्ता म्हणजून तुम्ही तरीही संवेदनाक्षम असू शकतात:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++"फिशि स्कॅम्स (संकेतस्थळ आणि ईमेल्स जे कपट माध्यमाने संवेदनशील माहिती प्राप्त "
++"करायचा प्रयत्न करतात)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">मत्सरी इमेल पाठवणे</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">दुर्भावना (व्हायरस) सह ॲप्लिकेशन्स</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">अनाधिकृत दूरस्त किंवा स्थानीय नेटवर्क "
++"प्रवेश</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr "ऑनलाइन सुरक्षित राहण्यासाठी, या काही टीपा लक्षात ठेवा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++"अनोळख्या व्यक्तिंकडून पाठवलेली ईमेल, संलग्नक, किंवा दुवे यापासून सावध रहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++"संकेतस्थळाची ऑफर खरे असल्यास, किंवा अनावश्यकपणे संवेदनशील माहिती विचारत "
++"असल्यास, माहिती सादर करण्यापूर्वी दोनदा विचारकरा आणि संभाव्य परिणाम जर "
++"माहितीची चोर किंवा इतर गुन्हेगारांद्वारे तडजोड जाली असावी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"कोणत्याही ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">रूट स्तर परवानगी</"
++"link> पुरवण्यापूर्वी काळजी घ्या, विशेषतया ज्यांचा वापर तुम्ही कधी केला नाही "
++"किंवा ॲप्स जे जास्त प्रसिद्ध नाही. कोणालाही रूट स्तरची परवानगी दिल्याने "
++"संगणकाला उच्च धोका ते शोषणकरिता आमंत्रीत करते ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही आवश्यक रिमोट-ॲक्सेस सर्व्हिसेस चालवत आहात याची खात्री करा. SSH किंवा "
++"VNC चालवणे उपयोगी ठरू शकते, परंतु संगणकाला   योग्यरित्या सुरक्षित न केल्यास "
++"संगणक संक्रमित होऊ शकते. संक्रमनपासून संगणकाला सुरक्षित ठेवण्याकरिता <link "
++"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">फायरवॉलचा</link> वापर करणे गृहीत धरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">अँटिवायरस सॉफ्टवेअर</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">मूळभूत फायरवॉल्स</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr "इंटरनेटवर सुरक्षित ठेवणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर बाबींपैकी डाउनलोड करणे, तुमच्याकडील कमजोर जोडणी, किंवा दिवसभरातील व्यस्त "
++"वेळ असणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr "इंटरनेट जरा हळु वाटतंय"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++"इंटरनेटचा वापर करत असल्यास आणि ते हळु असल्यास, स्लो डाउन निर्माण करणारे अनेक "
++"बाबी असतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++"वेब ब्राउजर बंद करणे आणि नंतर पुन्हा उघडण्याचा प्रयत्न करा, आणि इंटरनेटपासून "
++"खंडीत करणे आणि पुन्हा जोढणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न कर. (असे केल्यास अनेक बाबी "
++"पुन्हा रिसेट केले जातात ज्यामुळे इंटरनेट हऴुवारपणे चालते.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">दिवसाची घाइची वेळ</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++"इंटरनेट सर्व्हिस प्रोव्हडर्स सहसा इंटरनेट जोडणींचे सेटअप विविध कुटुंब "
++"अंतर्गत शेअर करण्यासाठी करतात. जरी वेगळी जोडणी करत असल्यास, फोन लाइन किंवा "
++"केबल जोडणी मार्गे, टेलिफोन एक्सचेंजकरिता उर्वरित इंटरनेटची जोडणी शेअर करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. असे असल्यास आणि तुमचे अनेक शेजारी त्याच वेळी इंटरनेटचा वापर करत "
++"असल्यास, तुम्हाला हळुवारपणा आढळेल. तुमचे शेजारी इंटरनेटवर असताना तुम्हाला "
++"कदाचीत याचा अनुभव होऊ शकतो (उदाहरणार्थ, संध्याकाळी)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">एकाच वेळी बऱ्याच डाउनलोड होत आहेत</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही किंवा इंटरनेट जोडणीचा वापर करणारे इतर अनेक फाइल्स एकाचवेळी डाउनलोड "
++"करत असल्यास, किंवा व्हिडीओज पहात असल्यास, इंटरनेट जोडणी आवश्यकतानुसार वेगवान "
++"नसेल. ह्या घटनामध्ये, हुळवारपणा अनुभवला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">बेभरवशाची जोडणी</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++"काही इंटरनेट जोडण्या, विशेषतः तात्पुरते किंवा कमाल मागणी भागातील, केवळ "
++"अविश्वसनीय आहेत. आपण व्यस्त कॉफी शॉप किंवा एक परिषद केंद्रात असाल, इंटरनेट "
++"कनेक्शन खूप व्यस्त किंवा फक्त अविश्वसनीय असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">कमी वायरलेस जोडणी सिगनल</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस (वाइफाइ)तर्फे इंटरनेटशी जोडणी केली असल्यास, शीर्षपट्टीवरील नेटवर्क "
++"चिन्ह तपासा आणि वायरलेस सिग्नल किती मजबूत आहे याची तपासणी करा. नसल्यास, "
++"इंटरनेट कदाचित हळु होऊ शकते कारण तुमच्याकडे मजबूत सिग्नल नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">हळु मोबाइल इंटरनेट जोडणी वापरात आहे</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++"मोबाईल इंटरनेट जोडणी असल्यास आणि ते हळु असल्याचे वाटत असल्यास, तुम्ही सिग्नल "
++"प्राप्ति कमजोर असणाऱ्या क्षेत्रात स्थानांतरीत झाले असाल. असे झाल्यास, "
++"इंटरनेट जोडणी स्वयंरित्या वेगवान \"mobile broadband\" जोडणी जसे कि 3G पासून "
++"जास्त विश्वासर्ह, परंतु हळुवार, जोडणी जसे कि GPRSचा वापर करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">वेब ब्राउजरमध्ये बिघाड आहे</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी वेब ब्राउजरना अडचण निर्माण होते ज्यामुळे ते हुळवारपणे चालते. याचे "
++"असंख्य कारण असू शकतात - तुम्ही संकेतस्थळाला भेट दिली असावी ब्राउजरला त्यास "
++"उघडण्यास धडपड झाली असावी, किंवा ब्राउजर खूप वेळकरिता खुले ठेवले असावे, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ. ब्राउजरचे सर्व पटल बंद करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि ब्राउजर पुन्हा "
++"उघडून काही बदल होतो का ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPNs तुम्हाला इंटरनेटवरील स्थानीय नेटवर्कशी झोडणी करण्यास परवानगी देतात. VPN "
++"जोडणी सेटअप करणे शिका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "व्हीपीएनला जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN (किंवा <em>वर्चुअल प्राइव्हेट नेटवर्क</em>) इंटरनेटवरील स्थानीय "
++"नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करण्याचा मार्ग आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, तुम्ही व्यावसायीक भेटीवर "
++"जाताना वर्कप्लेसवरील स्थानीय नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करायचे असल्यास. तुम्हाला "
++"इंटरनेट जोडणी आढळेल (जसे कि हॉटेलमध्ये) आणि त्यानंतर वर्कप्लेसच्या VPN सह "
++"जोडणी करा. हे म्हणजे कामावरील नेटवर्कशी प्रत्यक्षरित्या जोडणी करण्यासारखे "
++"होईल, परंतु प्रत्यक्ष नेटवर्क जोडणी हॉटेलच्या इंटरनेट जोडणीतर्फे असेल. VPN "
++"जोडण्या सहसा <em>एंक्रिप्टेड</em> असतात जेणेकरून प्रवेश न करता स्थानीय "
++"नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करणारे वापरकर्ते टाळले जातील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++"VPNचे अनेक प्रकार आहेत. VPNच्या कोणत्या प्रकारसह तुम्ही जोडणी करत आहात यावर "
++"आधारित काही अगाऊ सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल. VPNची मालकी असलेल्याकडून "
++"जोडणी तपशील शोधा आणि वापरण्याजोगी <em>VPN क्लाएंट</em> पहा. त्यानंतर, "
++"सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलरकडे जा आणि  <app>नेटवर्कमॅनेजर</app> संकुलकरिता शोधा जे "
++"तुमच्या VPN (एखादी असल्यास) सह कार्य करते आणि त्यास इंस्टॉल करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या VPN प्रकारकरिता NetworkManager संकुल नसल्यास, तुम्हाला कदाचित VPN "
++"सॉफ्टवेअर पुरवणाऱ्या कंपनीकडून काही क्लाएंट सॉफ्टवेअर डाउनलोड करून इंस्टॉल "
++"करावे लागेल. ते कार्यरत करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला कदाचित काही विविध सूचना लागू "
++"करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr "एकदाचे ते झाल्यानंतर, VPN जोडणीचे सेटअप शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"डावीकडील सूचीवर, नविन जोडणी समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी <gui>+</gui> बटनावर क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"संवाद सूचीमध्ये <gui>VPN</gui> निवडा, आणि <gui>निर्माण करा…</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr "<gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि VPN जोडणी प्रकार निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>निर्माण करा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि पड्यावरील सूचना बाळगा, वापरकर्ताना आणि "
++"पासवर्ड सारखे तपशील द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++"VPNला एकदाचे सेट केल्यास, शीर्षपट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा, <gui>VPN "
++"जोडण्या</gui> कडे जा आणि निर्मीत जोडणीवर क्लिक करा. ते VPN जोडणी स्थापीत "
++"करायचे प्रयत्न करेल - जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करतेवेळी नेटवर्क चिन्ह बदलेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"आशेने, तुम्ही VPNशी यशस्वीरित्या जोडणी कराल. असे नसल्यास, तुम्हाला VPN "
++"सेटिंग्ज दोनवेळा तपासावे लागेल. असे नेटवर्क चिन्हावर क्लिक करून, "
++"<gui>नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज</gui> क्लिक करून आणि <gui>VPN</gui> टॅबचा वापर करून "
++"शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN पासून जोडणी खंडीत करण्यासाठी, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा "
++"आणि VPN जोडणी परस्पर <gui>जोडणी खंडीत करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "IP पत्ता तुमच्या संगणककरिता फोन क्रमांक सारखे असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "आयपी पत्ता काय असतो?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++"\"IP address\" म्हणजे <em>इंटरनेट प्रोटोकॉल पत्ता ॲड्रेस</em>, आणि नेटवर्कशी "
++"जुळलेल्या प्रत्येक साधनकडे (इंटरनेट प्रमाणे) एक असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++"IP पत्ता फोन क्रमांकासारखेच असते. तुमचे फोन क्रमांक संख्यांची एक एकमेव संच "
++"आहे जे तुमचा फोन ओळखते जेणेकरून इतर वापरकर्ते तुम्हाला कॉल करू शकतील. तसेच, "
++"IP पत्ता क्रमांकांचा एकमेव संच आहे जे तुमच्या संगणकाला ओळखते जेणेकरून इतर "
++"संगणकांकडून डाटा पाठवणे आणि प्राप्त करणे शक्य होऊ शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++"सध्या, अनेक IP पत्त्यांमध्ये क्रमांकांचे चार संच समाविष्टीत आहेत, ज्यास "
++"पिरिअडतर्फे विभाजीत केले जाते. <code>192.168.1.42</code> हे IP पत्त्यांचे "
++"उदाहारण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++"IP पत्ता एकतर <em>डायनॅमिक</em> किंवा <em>स्टॅटिक</em> असू शकते. डायनॅमिक IP "
++"पत्ते तात्पुर्ते प्रत्येकवेळी संगणक नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करतेवेळी लागू केले जातात."
++" स्टॅटिक IP पत्ते ठराविक असतात, आणि बदलत नाही. डायनॅमिक IP पत्ते स्टॅटिक "
++"पत्त्यांच्या तुलनेत जास्त सामान्य आहेत - स्टॅटिक पत्त्यांचा वापर विशेष "
++"आवश्यकता असल्यावरच होतो, जसे कि सर्व्हरचे प्रशासन करणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++"बऱ्यापैकी वायर्ड नेटवर्क जोडणींना सेट अप करण्यासाठी, तुम्हाला फक्त नेटवर्क "
++"केबल जोडायची आवश्यकता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "वायर्ड(इथरनेट) नेटवर्कला जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"बऱ्यापैकी वायर्ड नेटवर्क जोडणींना सेट अप करण्यासाठी, तुम्हाला फक्त नेटवर्क "
++"केबल जोडायची आवश्यकता आहे. शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह काही सेकंदकरिता "
++"स्पिन होईल किंवा पल्स निर्माण होईल आणि त्यानंतर जोडणी स्थापीत केल्यानंतर "
++"\"socket\" चिन्हाकरिता बदलेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++"असे न झाल्यास, पहिले तुमचे नेटवर्क केबल जोडले आहे याची खात्री करा. केबलचे एक "
++"टोक आयताकृती इथरनेट (नेटवर्क) पोर्टशी जुळलेले पाहिजे, आणि दुसरे टोक एका "
++"स्विच, राउटर, नेटवर्क वॉल सॉकेट किंवा समानसह जुळलेले पाहिजे (तुमच्याकडील "
++"नेटवर्क मांडणीवर आधारित). कधीकधी, इथरनेट पोर्टच्या बाजूचे लाइट ते जोडले आहे "
++"आणि सक्रीय आहे असे निर्देशीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही नेटवर्क केबलसह एका संगणकाला प्रत्यक्षरित्या दुसरऱ्या सह जोडू शकत नाही "
++"(किमान, काही अगाऊ सेटअप विना). दोण संगणकांशी जोडणी करण्यासाठी, दोघांना "
++"नेटवर्क हब, राउटर किंवा स्विचसह जोडणी करायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"अजूनही जोडणी स्थापीत न केल्यास, तुमचे नेटवर्क स्वयं सेटअपकरिता समर्थन पुरवू "
++"शकणार नाही (DHCP). अशा वेळेस तुम्हाला <link xref=\"net-manual\">ते स्वहस्ते "
++"संरचीत करावे लागेल</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">वायर्ड इंटरनेट जोडण्या</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-fixed-ip-address\">ठराविक IP पत्ते</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr "वायर्ड नेटवर्किंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर साधनांची तुमच्या संगणकाशी आणि नेटवर्क जोडण्यांशी जोडणीकरिता ॲड-हॉक "
++"नेटवर्कचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr "वायरलेस हॉटस्पॉट बनवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही संगणकाचा वापर वायरलेस हॉटस्पॉट म्हणून करू शकता. ह्यामुळे विना वेगळे "
++"नेटवर्क इतर साधने तुमच्याशी जोडणी करू शकतात, आणि तुम्हाला इतर संवादसह जसे कि "
++"वार्यड नेटवर्क किंवा सेल्युलार नेटवर्कवरील, स्थापीत केलेले इंटरनेट जोडणी "
++"शेअर करण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "डावीकडे <gui>वायरलेस.</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>हॉटस्पॉट म्हणून वापरा</gui> बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++"आधीपासूनच वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणी केले असल्यास, तुम्हाला नेटवर्कपासून जोडणी "
++"खंडीत करायचे आहे किंवा नाही, असे विचारले जाईल. एक वायरलेस अडॅप्टर फक्त "
++"एकावेळी एका नेटवर्कशी जोडणी स्थापीत किंवा निर्माण करू शकतो. खात्रीकरिता "
++"<gui>हॉटस्पॉट निर्माण करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क नाव (SSID) आणि सुरक्षा कि स्वयंरित्या निर्मीत होतात. नेटवर्क नाव "
++"संगणकाच्या नावावर आधारित असेल. इतर साधनांना ह्या माहितीची आवश्यकता निर्मीत "
++"केलेल्या हॉटस्पॉटशी जोडणीकरिता केली जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज उघडा आणि सुरू करण्यासाठी अयरप्लेन मोडचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "वायरलेस (विमान पद्धत) बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"अयरप्लेनमध्ये संगणक असल्यास (किंवा काही क्षेत्र जेथे वायरलेस जोडणी स्वीकारली "
++"जात नाही), वायरलेस बंद करा. तुम्हाला इतर कारणास्तव वायरलेसचा वापर करायला "
++"आवडेल (बॅटरी पावर साठवण्याकरिता, उदाहरणार्थ). असे करण्यासाठी खालील करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>एयरप्लेन मोड</gui> सुरू करा. एयरप्लेन मोड पुन्हा बंद करेपर्यंत ह्यामुळे "
++"वायरलेस जोडणी बंद होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>एयरप्लेन मोडचा</em> वापरमुळे दोन्ही वायरलेस आणि ब्लुटूथ जोडण्या पूर्णपणे "
++"बंद होतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr "इंटरनेटवर चला - वायरलेसने."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr "वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस सक्रीय असलेले संगणक असल्यास, तुम्ही इंटरनेटकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त "
++"करण्यासाठी वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करू शकता, नेटवर्कवरील शेअर्ड फाइल्स पाहू "
++"शकता, आणि पुढे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि जोडणी करण्याजोगी नेटवर्कचे नाव "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्कचे नाव सूचीमध्ये नसल्यास, <gui>आणखी</gui> क्लिक करून नेटवर्कचे नाव "
++"सूचीमध्ये तळास दिसते किंवा नाही हे पहा. नेटवर्क न दिसल्यास, व्याप्तिच्या "
++"बाहेर असाल किंवा नेटवर्क <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\"> छुपे असेल</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क पासवर्डसह (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">एंक्रिप्शन कि</link>) "
++"सुरक्षित असल्यास, विनंती केल्यास पासवर्ड द्या आणि <gui>जोडणी करा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"कि माहिती नसल्यास, त्यास वायरलेस राउटर किंवा बेस स्टेशनच्या खालच्या बाजूला "
++"लिहले जाईल, इंस्ट्रक्शन मॅन्युअलमध्ये, किंवा वायरलेस नेटवर्कचे प्रशासकास "
++"विचारा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr "नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करताना नेटवर्क चिन्ह अवतार बदलेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी यशस्वी ठरल्यास, चिन्ह अनेक बार्सह डॉट करिता बदलेल. जास्त बार्स म्हणजे "
++"नेटवर्ककरिता मजबूत जोडणी निर्देशीत करते. जास्त बार्स नसल्यास, जोडणी कमजोर "
++"आहे आणि जास्त विश्वासर्ह रहात नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी यशस्वी नसल्यास, तुम्हाला <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">पासवर्डकरिता पुन्हा विचारले जाईल</link> किंवा जोडणी खंडीत झाले "
++"आहे, एवढीच माहिती कळवली जाते. यासाठी अनेक बाबी कारणीभूत असू शकतात. तुम्ही "
++"कदाचित चुकिचे पासवर्ड दिले असावे, वायरलेस सिग्नल खूप जास्त कमजोर असू शकते, "
++"किंवा तुमच्या संगणकाच्या वायरलेस कार्डमध्ये अडचण असू शकते, उदाहरणार्थ. अधिक "
++"मदतकरिता <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्कची मजबूत जोडणीचा अर्थ तुमच्याकडे वेगवान इंटरनेट जोडणी आहे, "
++"किंवा तुमच्याकडे वेगवान डाउनलोड गती आहे असे नाही. वायरेस जोडणी संगणकाला  "
++"<em>साधनाशी जोडणी करतो जे इंटरनेट जोडणी पुरवते</em> (जसे कि राउटर किंवा "
++"मोडेम), परंतु दोन जोडणी प्रत्यक्षरित्या वेगळे आहेत, म्हणून वेगळ्या गतींवर "
++"चालेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे सिग्नल लो असू शकते, नेटवर्क तुम्हाला योग्यरित्या जोडणी करण्यापासून "
++"रोखत असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr "माझी वायरलेस जोडणी का सतत तुटत आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी स्थापीत करायचे असतानाही तुम्ही वायरलेस नेटवर्कपासून जोडणी खंडीत केले "
++"आहे असे तुम्हाला आढळले असेल. असेल झाल्यास तुमचे संगणक साधारणतया नेटवर्कशी "
++"पुन्हा जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करेल (पुन्हा जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत "
++"असल्यास शीर्षपट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह स्पिन होईल किंवा पल्स निर्माण करेल), "
++"परंतु हे त्रासदायक असू शकते, विशेषयतया इंटरनेटचा वापर करत असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr "कमी वायरलेस सिगनल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्कपासून जोडणी खंडीत व्हायचे सर्वाधिक कारण म्हणजे तुमच्याकडे लो "
++"सिग्नल आहे. वायरलेस नेटवर्क्सकडे मर्यादीत व्याप्ति असते, म्हणजेच तुम्ही "
++"वायरलेस बेस स्टेशनपासून खूप दूर असल्यास जोडणी व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी "
++"तुम्हाला मजबूत सिग्नल प्राप्त होणार नाही. भिंत आणि तुमच्या व बेस स्टेशन "
++"अंतर्गत इतर ऑब्जेक्ट्स देखील सिग्नल कमजोर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्ह वायरलेस सिग्नल किती मजबूत आहे, ते दाखवते. "
++"सिग्नल कमी वाटत असल्यास, वायरलेस बेस स्टेशनच्या जवळ स्थानांतरित व्हायचा "
++"प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क जोडणी योग्यरित्या स्थापीत होत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी, वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करताना, पहिले जोडणी यशस्वीरित्या केली आहे "
++"असे वाटेल, परंतु नंतर लगेचच खंडीत केले जाल. हे सहसा होते कारण संगणक फक्त "
++"अंशतः जोडणी करण्यास यशस्वी झाले - ते जोडणी स्थापीत करू शकले, परंतु काही "
++"कारणास्व जोडणी संपन्न करू शकले आणि म्हणून खंडीत झाले."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++"संभाव्य कारण म्हणजे तुम्ही चुकिचे वायरलेस पासफ्रेज दिले, किंवा संगणकाला "
++"नेटवर्कवर स्वीकारले गेले नाही (कारण नेटवर्कला प्रवेशकरिता वापरकर्तानाव "
++"आवश्यक असते, उदाहरणार्थ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr "बेभरवशाचे वायरलेस हार्डवेअर/ड्राइवर्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"काही वायरलेस नेटवर्क हार्डवेअर जरा अविश्वसनीय असू शकते. वायरलेस नेटवर्क्स "
++"क्लिष्ट आहेत, म्हणून वायरलेस कार्डस आणि बेस स्टेशन्समध्ये किर्कोळ अडचणी "
++"आढळतात आणि जोडणी खंडीत होऊ शकतात. हे त्रासदायक आहे, परंतु दररोज अनेक "
++"साधनांसह असे होते. वायरलेस जोडणींपासून वेळोवेळी खंडीत झाले असल्यास, हे एकमेव "
++"कारण असू शकते. हे बऱ्यापैकी दररोज होत असल्यास, तुम्हाल वेगळे हार्डवेअर "
++"वापरून पहावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "व्यस्त वायरलेस नेटवर्कस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++"व्यस्त ठिकाणी वायरलेस नेटवर्क्सकडे (युनिवर्सिटिज आणि कॉफि शॉप्समध्ये, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ) बहुतेकवेळी अनेक संगणक असतात जे एकाचवेळी जोडणीकरिता प्रयत्न करतात."
++" कधीकधी हे नेटवर्क्स जास्त व्यस्त होतात आणि जोडणी करण्याजोगी सर्व संगणकांना "
++"एकाचवेळी हाताळू शकणार नाही, काही खंडीत होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस जोडणी संपादन पडद्यावरील पर्यायांचा काय अर्थ होते ते जाणून घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "वायरलेस जोडणी संपादित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"हे शिर्षक वायरलेस नेटवर्क जोडणी संपादित केल्यानंतर उपलब्ध सर्व पर्यायांचे "
++"वर्णन करते. जोडणी संपादित करण्यासाठी, <gui>नेटवर्क</gui> सेटिंग्जमध्ये "
++"निवडा, त्यानंतर <gui>पर्याय</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या सेटिंग्जला त्यांच्या पूर्वनिर्धारित मूल्यकरिता सोडून दिल्यास अनेक "
++"नेटवर्क्स योग्यरित्या कार्य करेल, जेणेकरून तुम्हाला कदाचित कोणतेही बदलायची "
++"आवश्यकता नाही. येथे उपलब्ध अनेक पर्याय तुम्हाला प्रगत नेटवर्क्सवरील जास्त "
++"नियंत्रण पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr "सगळ्या वापरकर्त्यांना उप्लब्ध / आपोआप जोडणी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "आपोआप जोडणी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++"व्याप्तिमध्ये असल्यास संगणकाने वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणीकरिता हा पर्याय तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक नेटवर्क्स जे व्याप्तिमध्ये असल्यास स्वयंरित्या जोडणीकरिता सेट केले "
++"असल्यास, संगणक <gui>नेटवर्क जोडण्या</gui> पटलातील <gui>वायरलेस</gui> "
++"टॅबमध्ये आढळणाऱ्या सर्वप्रथम नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करेल. उपलब्ध नेटवर्कपासून "
++"व्याप्तिमध्ये नुकतेच आढळलेल्या नविन नेटवर्कशी जोडणीकरिता अस्तित्वातील जोडणी "
++"खंडीत करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "सगळ्या वापरकर्त्यांना उप्लब्ध"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील सर्व वापरकर्त्यांना वायरलेस नेटवर्ककरिता प्रवेश प्रदान करणे आवडत "
++"असल्यास यास तपासा. नेटवर्ककडे <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
++"पासवर्ड</link> असल्यास आणि हा पर्याय तपासले असल्यास, तुम्हाला फक्त एकदाच "
++"पासवर्ड द्यावे लागेल. पासवर्ड करिता न विचारता संगणकावरील इतर सर्व वापरकर्ते "
++"नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"हे सक्रीय केले असल्यास, ह्या नेटवर्ककरिता कोणतिही सेटिंग्ज बदलण्याकरिता "
++"तुम्ही <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">प्रशासक</link> असायला हवे. तुम्हाला "
++"ॲडमिन पासवर्ड देण्याकरिता विनंती केली जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "वायरलेस"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "एसएसआयडी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++"हे जोडणी करण्याजोगी वायरलेस नेटवर्कचे नाव आहे, अन्यथा यास <em>सर्व्हिस सेट "
++"आइडेंटिफायर</em> म्हटले जाते. यास तोपर्यंत बदलू नका जोपर्यंत तुम्ही वायरलेस "
++"नेवटर्कचे नाव बदलले नाही (उदाहरणार्थ, वायरलेस राउटर किंवा बेस स्टेशनच्या "
++"सेटिंग्ज बदलून)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "पद्धत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"याचा वापर तुम्ही <gui>इंफ्रास्ट्रक्चर</gui> नेटवर्क (जेथे संगणक "
++"वायरलेसरित्या एका सेंट्रल बेस स्टेशन किंवा राउटरसह जोडणी करतात) किंवा "
++"<gui>ॲड-हॉक</gui> नेटवर्क (जेथे बेस स्टेशन नाही, आणि नेटवर्कवरील संगणक "
++"एकमेकांशी जोडणी करतात) सह जोडणीकरिता निर्देशीत करण्यासाठी करू शकता. अनेक "
++"नेटवर्क्स इंफ्रास्ट्रक्चर निर्देशीत असतात; तुम्ही तरी <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">स्वतःचे ॲड-हॉक नेटवर्क सेअटप करू शकता</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ॲड-हॉक</gui> निवडल्यास, तुम्हाला इतर दोन पर्याय आढळतील, <gui>बँड</gui> "
++"आणि <gui>वाहिनी</gui>. हे ठरवते कि, ॲड-हॉक वायरलेस नेटवर्क कोणत्या वायरलेस "
++"फ्रिक्वेंसि बँड कार्य करेल. काही संगणक फक्त ठराविक बँड्सवर कार्य करते "
++"(उदाहरणार्थ, फक्त <gui>A</gui> किंवा फक्त <gui>B/G</gui>), म्हणूनच तुम्हाला "
++"असे बँड निवडायला आवडेल ज्याचा वापर ॲड-हॉक नेटवर्कवरील सर्व संगणक करू शकतील. "
++"व्यस्त ठिकाणी, समान वाहिनी शेअर करणारे अनेक वायरलेस नेटवर्क्स असू शकतील; "
++"यामुळे जोडणी हळु होऊ शकते, जेणेकरून वापण्याजोगी वाहिनीमध्ये देखील बदल शक्य "
++"होतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "बीएसएसआयडी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++"हे <em>बेसिक सर्व्हिस सेट आइडेंटिफायर</em> आहे. SSID (वरील पहा) नेटवर्कचे "
++"नाव जे मानवीयरित्या वाचनजोगी असते; BSSID असे नाव आहे जे संगणकाला कळते (हे "
++"अक्षर आणि क्रमांकांची श्रृंखला आहे जे वायरलेस नेटवर्ककरिता एकमेव पाहिजे). "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">नेटवर्क छुपे असल्यास</link>, त्याकडे SSID "
++"नसणार परंतु BSSID असणार."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "उपकरणाचा एमएसी पत्ता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC पत्ता</link> कोड असते जे नेटवर्क हार्डवेअर "
++"(उदाहरणार्थ, एक वायरलेस कार्ड, एक इथरनेट कार्ड किंवा राउटर) ओळखते. प्रत्येक "
++"साधन ज्याला तुम्ही नेटवर्कसह जोडणी करू शकतात, त्याकडे एकमेव MAC पत्ता असतो "
++"जे फॅक्ट्रिमध्ये असताना दिले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr "ह्या पर्यायचा वापर नेटवर्क कार्डचा MAC पत्ता बदलण्याकरिता केला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "क्लोन एमएसी पत्ता"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा नेटवर्क हार्डवेअर (वायरलेस कार्ड) वेगळे MAC पत्ता असण्याचे सोंग घेऊ "
++"शकतो. साधन किंवा सर्व्हिस फक्त ठराविक MAC पत्त्यांसह संपर्क करत असल्यास "
++"(उदाहरणार्थ, एक केबल ब्रॉडबँड मॉडेम) हे उपयोगी ठरते. त्या MAC पत्त्याला "
++"<gui>क्लोन केलेले MAC पत्ता</gui> पेटीमध्ये समाविष्ट केल्यास, संगणकाने "
++"वास्तविक ऐवजी MAC पत्ता क्लोन केले आहे, असे साधन किंवा सर्व्हिसला वाटेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "एमटीयु"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++"या सेटिंग <em>मॅक्सिमम ट्रांसमिशन युनिट</em> बदलतात, जे नेटवर्कवरून "
++"पाठवण्याजोगी डाटाचे सर्वाधिक आकार आहे. नेटवर्कवरून फाइल्स जेव्हा पाठले "
++"जातात, तेव्हा डाटाचे छोट्या तुकड्यांमध्ये (किंवा पॅकेट्स) भाग केले जातात. "
++"तुमच्या नेटवर्ककरिता अनुकूल MTU पॅकेट्स गमवण्याची शक्यता किती आहे (गोंगाटी "
++"जोडणीमुळे) आणि किती पटकन जोडणी स्थापीत होते, यावर आधारित आहे. सर्वसाधारणपणे, "
++"तुम्हाला ही सेटिंग बदलायची आवश्यकता नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "वायरलेस सुरक्षा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "सुरक्षा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"हे वायरलेस नेटवर्कतर्फे वापरण्याजोगी <em>एंक्रिप्शन</em> प्रकार ठरवते. "
++"एंक्रिप्ट केलेल्या जोडण्या तुम्हाला वायरलेस जोडण्यामध्ये व्यत्यय आणण्यापासून "
++"रोखते, जेणेकरून वापरकर्ते \"listen in\" करू शकणार नाही आणि तुम्ही कोणती "
++"संकेतस्थळ पहात आहात आणि वगैरे अशक्य होईल ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++"काही एंक्रिप्शन इतरांपेक्षा मजबूत आहेत, परंतु जुण्या वायरलेस नेटवर्किंग "
++"साधनसागग्रीतर्फे समर्थीत नसेल. तुम्हाला सहसा जोडणीकरिता पासवर्ड टाइप करावे "
++"लागेल; जास्त क्लिष्ठ सुरक्षा प्रकारकरिता वापरकर्तानाव आणि डिजिट "
++"\"certificate\" देखील आवश्यक असू शकते. वायरलेस एनक्रिप्शनच्या प्रसिद्ध "
++"प्रकारकरिता <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> माहिती पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाचा IP पत्ता आणि कोणत्या DNS सर्व्हर्सचा वापर करायचा, याकरिता या टॅबचा "
++"वापर करा. माहिती प्राप्त किंवा सेट करण्यासाठी विविध पर्यायांकरिता  "
++"<gui>मेथेड</gui> बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "खालील पद्धती उप्लब्ध आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "आपोआप (डीएचसीपी)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>DHCP सर्व्हर</em>पासून IP पत्ता आणि वापऱण्याजोगी DNS सर्व्हरची माहिती "
++"प्राप्त करा. DHCP सर्व्हर नेटवर्कशी जोडलेले संगणक आहे (किंवा इतर साधन, जसे "
++"कि राउटर) जे ठरवते कि संगणकाकडे कोणते नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज असायला पाहिजे - "
++"जेव्हा तुम्ही पहिल्यांदा नेटवर्कशी जोडणी करतात, तुम्हाला स्वयंरित्या योग्य "
++"सेटिंग्ज लागू केले जाईल. बहुतांश नेटवर्क्स DHCPचा वापर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "फक्त आपोआप (डीएचसीपी) पत्ते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या सेटिंगची निवड केल्यास, तुमच्या संगणकाला DHCP सर्व्हरपासून स्वतःचे IP "
++"पत्ता प्राप्त होईल, परंतु तुम्हाला स्वतःला इतर तपशील ठरवावे लागेल (जसे कि "
++"कोणत्या DNS सर्व्हरचा वापर करायचा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज स्वतःहून ठरवायचे असल्यास ह्या पर्यायची निवड करा, तसेच "
++"संगणकातर्फे वापरण्याजोगी IP पत्ता समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "फक्त लिंक-स्थानिक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++" <em>लिंक-लोकल</em> संगणकांना नेटवर्कवर एकत्रीतपणे जोडण्याचा मार्ग आहे "
++"ज्याकरिता DHCP सर्व्हर किंवा स्वहस्ते IP पत्ते आणि इतर माहिती ठरवायची "
++"आवश्यता नाही. लिंक-लोकन नेटवर्कसह जोडणी केल्यास, नेटवर्कवरील संगणक "
++"स्वतःमध्ये IP पत्त्यांच्या वापरबाबत आणि यानुसार पुढे निर्णय घेतात. तुम्हाला "
++"तात्पुर्ते संगणकांची एकत्रीतपणे जोडणी करायची असल्यास जेणेकरून ते एकमेकांशी "
++"संपर्क साधतील, त्याकरिता हे खूप उपयोगी ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्याय नेटवर्क जोडणी बंद करेल आणि तुम्हाला जोडणी करण्यास टाळते. लक्षात "
++"ठेवा <gui>IPv4</gui> आणि <gui>IPv6</gui> हे दोन वेगवेगळ्या जोडण्या आहेत, जरी "
++"त्यांचे नेटवर्क कार्ड समान असेल. एकही सक्रीय असल्यास, तुम्हाला दुसऱ्याला "
++"बंदकरिता सेट करण्यास आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"हे <gui>IPv4</gui> टॅब सारखे आहे एवढेच कि हे नवीन IPv6 मानकसह कार्य करते. "
++"सर्वात आधुनिक नेटवर्क्स IPv6चा वापर करतात, परंतु IPv4 यावेळी अजूनही जास्त "
++"प्रसिद्ध आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस कदाचित बंद केले असावे किंवा खंडीत असावे, जवळपास एकापेक्षा जास्त "
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्क्स असतील, किंवा तुम्ही व्याप्ति बाहेर असाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "मला माझं वायरलेस नेटवर्क यादीत दिसत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क्स सूचीवरील, जे शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नेटवर्क चिन्हावर क्लिक केल्यानंतर "
++"आढळतात, तुमच्या वायरलेस नेटवर्कवर न आढळण्याचे अनेक कारण असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीमध्ये नेटवर्क्स दिसत नसल्यास, तुमच्या वायरलेस हार्डवेअरला बंद करणे शक्य "
++"आहे, किंवा <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">कदाचित ते योग्यरित्या "
++"कार्य करत नसावे</link>. ते सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"जवळपास असंख्य वायरलेस नेटवर्क असल्यास, पहात असलेले नेटवर्क तुम्हाला कदाचित "
++"सूचीतील पहिल्या पृष्ठावर आढळणार नाही. अशी घटना असल्यास, सूचीतील तळाला "
++"उजवीकडे निर्देशीत बाहणकडे पहा आणि उर्वरित वायरलेस नेटवर्क दाखवण्याकरिता माउस "
++"सभोवती करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही नेटवर्कच्या व्याप्ति बाहेर असाल. वायरलेस बेस स्टेशन किंवा राउटरच्या "
++"जवळ जायचा प्रयत्न करा आणि थोड्यावेळ नंतर सूचीमध्ये नेटवर्क आढळते किंवा नाही "
++"याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्क्सची सूची सुधारणाकरिता वेळ घेते. नुकतेच संगणक सुरू केले "
++"असल्यास किंवा वेगळ्या ठिकाणकरिता स्थानांतरित केले असल्यास, मिनीटाकरिता थांबा "
++"आणि त्यानंतर सूचीमध्ये नेटवर्क आढळले किंवा नाही याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क छुपे असू शकतात. छुपे असल्यास <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">जोडणी वेगळेरित्या करा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>इतर</gui> वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणी "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "छुप्या वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++"\"hidden.\" असल्यास वायरलेस नेटवर्कला सेटअप करणे शक्य आहे. शीर्षपट्टीवरील "
++"(किंवा इतर संगणकावरील वायरलेस नेटवर्क्सची सूची) नेटवर्क चिन्हावर क्लिक "
++"केल्यानंतर छुपे नेटवर्क्स सूचीमध्ये दाखवले जात नाही. छुपे वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी "
++"जोडणीकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr "डावीकडील सूचीपासून <gui>वायरलेस</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नेटवर्कचे नाव</gui> ड्रॉप-डाऊन मेन्यू पासून <gui>इतर</gui> नीवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"आढळणाऱ्या पटलामध्ये, नेटवर्कचे नाव टाइप करा, वायरलेस सुरक्षा निवडा, आणि "
++"<gui>जोडणी करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क नावकरिता तुम्हाला वायरलेस बेस स्टेशन किंवा राउटरच्या सेटिंग्जची "
++"तपासणी करावे लागेल. यास अनेकदा <em>BSSID</em> (बेसिक सर्व्हिस सेट "
++"आइडेंटिफायर) असे म्हटले जाते, आणि: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> प्रमाणे "
++"दिसते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही वायरलेस बेस स्टेशनच्या सुरक्षा सेटिंग्जची देखील तपासणी केली पाहिजे. "
++"WEP आणि WPA सारखे संज्ञा पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्कला चुपे करून अज्ञात वापरकर्त्यांना जोडणीकरिता टाळल्याने "
++"सुरक्षा सुधारित होते असे तुम्हाला वाटत असेल. वास्तविकरित्या, असे होत नाही; "
++"नेटवर्क शोधणे थोडे कठिण होते परंतु तरी देखील ते शोणध्याजोगी असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्डची दोनवेळा-तपासणी करा, पासवर्डऐवजी पास किचा वापर करण्याचा प्रयत्न "
++"करा, वायरलेस कार्ड बंद करा आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr "मी योग्य पासवर्ड दिले आहे, परंतु तरी जोडणी करू शकत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही अचूनक <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">वायरलेस पासवर्ड</link> "
++"दिल्याची खात्री असल्यास परंतु तरिही वायरलेस नेटवर्कसह जोडणी शक्य नसल्यास, "
++"खालील वापरून पहा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "तुमच्यकडे बरोबर पासवर्ड आहे ते परत एकदा तपासा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड्ज आकार-संवेदनशील आहेत (कॅपिटल किंवा लोवर-केस अक्षरे महत्वाचे आहे), "
++"म्हणून अक्षराचे आकार चुकीचे नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr "हेक्स किंवा एएससीआयाआय पास कीचा प्रयत्न करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++"दिलेल्या पासवर्डला वेगळ्या तऱ्हेने प्रस्तुत होऊ शकते - हेक्जाडेसिमलमधील "
++"अक्षरांची श्रृंखला (संख्या 0-9 आणि अक्षरे a-f) ज्यास पास कि असे म्हटले जाते. "
++"प्रत्येक पासवर्डकडे परस्पर पास कि असते. पास कि तसेच पासवर्ड किंवा "
++"पासफ्रेजकरिता प्रवेश असल्यास, त्याऐवजी पास कि टाइप करायचा प्रयत्न करा. "
++"पासवर्डकरिता विनंती करताना तुम्ही योग्य <gui>वायरलेस सुरक्षा</gui> पर्यायचा "
++"वापर करत आहात याची खात्री करा (उदाहरणार्थ, WEP-एंक्रिप्टेड जोडणीकरिता 40-"
++"अक्षरांची पास कि टाइप करतेवेळी <gui>WEP 40/128-बिट कि</gui> निवडा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr "वायरलेस कार्ड बंद करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि नंतर पुन्हा सुरू करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी वायरलेस कार्डज अडखळतात किंवा किर्कोळ अडचण अनुभवतात म्हणजे त्यांची "
++"जोडणी होणार नाही. कार्ड बंद करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि नंतर पुन्हा सेट "
++"करण्याकरिता पुन्हा सक्रीय करा - अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr "तुम्ही वायरलेस सुरक्षाचे योग्य प्रकार निवडले आहे याची खात्री करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस सुरक्षा पासवर्डकरिता विनंती केल्यास, वापण्याजोगी वायरलेस सुरक्षा "
++"प्रकार निवडणे शक्य आहे. राउटर किंवा वायरलेस बेस स्टेशनतर्फे वापरण्याजोगीचा "
++"वापर करत असल्याची खात्री करा. यास पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे निवडणे शक्य आहे, परंतु "
++"कधीकधी त्याचे कारण समान असणार नाही. कोणते आहे याची खात्री नसल्यास, ट्रायल "
++"अँड एररचा वापर करून विविध पर्यायांचे विश्लेषण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr "वायरलेस कार्ड योग्यरित्या समर्थीत आहे याची खात्री करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++"काही वायरलेस कार्डज उत्तमरित्या समर्थीत नाही. वायरलेस जोडणी म्हणून दाखवले "
++"जातात, परंतु नेटवर्कशी जोडणी शक्य होत नाही कारणा ड्राइव्हर्समध्ये तसे "
++"करण्याची क्षमता राहत नाही. वैकल्पिक वायरलेस ड्राइव्हर प्राप्त होऊ शकते किंवा "
++"नाही, किंवा अगाऊ सेटअप आवश्यक आहे याची खात्री करा (जसे कि विविध "
++"<em>फर्मवेअर</em> इंस्टॉल करणे). अधिक माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr "Ubuntu डॉक्युमेंटेशन विकीचे अंशदाते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++"काही डिव्हाइस ड्राइव्हर्स ठराविक वायरलेस अडॅप्टर्ससह उत्तमरित्या कार्य करत "
++"नाही, म्हणून तुम्हाला योग्य शोधावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr "वायरलेस नेटवर्क समस्या निवारक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr "कार्यरत डिव्हास ड्राइव्हर्स इंस्टॉल झाले आहे याची खात्री करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++"या टप्प्यात तुम्ही तपासणी करू शकता कि वायरलेस अडॅप्टरकरिता कार्यरत डिव्हास "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स प्राप्त होऊ शकतो किंवा नाही. <em>डिव्हास ड्राइव्हर</em> "
++"सॉफ्टवेअरचा भाग आहे जे संगणकाला योग्यरित्या हार्डवेअर साधन कसे बनवायचे ते "
++"सांगते. संगणकातर्फे जरी वायरलेस अडॅप्टर योग्यरित्या ओळखले गेले असल्यास, "
++"त्याकडे योग्यरित्या कारणारे ड्राइव्हर्स नाही. वायरलेस अडॅप्टरकरिता कार्य "
++"करण्याजोगी विविध ड्राइव्हर्स शोधणे शक्य आहे. खालील काही पर्याय वापरून पहा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr "वायरलेस अडॅप्टर समर्थीत साधनांच्या सूचीवर आहे याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक Linux वितरक वायरलेस साधनांची सूची सुरक्षित ठेवतात ज्याकरिता ते समर्थन "
++"पुरवतात. कधीकधी, ही सूची योग्यरित्या कार्य करणाऱ्या ठराविक अडॅप्टर्सकरिता "
++"डिव्हास ड्राइव्हर्सच्या प्राप्तिविषयी अगाऊ माहिती पुरवतात. वितरकांच्या सूची "
++"करिता जा (उदाहरणार्थ, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> किंवा <link href=\"http://"
++"en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) आणि वायरलेस "
++"अडॅप्टरचे मेक आणि मॉडेल सूचीमध्ये आहे याची खात्री करा. वायरलेस ड्राइव्हर्स "
++"कार्यरत करण्यासाठी तुम्ही काही माहितीचा वापर करू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr "प्रतिबंधित (बाइनरी) ड्राइवर्ससाठी बघा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक Linux वितरक फक्त <em>फ्री</em> आणि <em>ओपन सोअर्स</em> डिव्हास "
++"ड्राइव्हर्ससह उपलब्ध असतात. याचे कारण असे कि प्रॉप्राइटरि, किंवा क्लोज्ड-"
++"सोअर्स ड्राइव्हर्सचे वितरण त्यांच्यातर्फे केले जात नाही. वायरलेस "
++"अडॅप्टरकरिता योग्य ड्राइव्हर फक्त नॉन-फ्री स्वरूपात, किंवा \"binary-only\" "
++"आवृत्तीमध्ये उपलब्ध असल्यास, त्यास पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे इंस्टॉल करणे कदाचित "
++"शक्य होणार नाही. असे असल्यास, वायरलेस अडॅप्टर उत्पादकाच्या संकेतस्थळावर जा "
++"आणि त्यांच्याकडे Linux ड्राइव्हर्स उपलब्ध आहे किंवा नाही, याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++"काही Linux वितरकांकडे साधन असते जे तुमच्याकरिता प्रतिबंधीत ड्राइव्हर्स "
++"डाउनलोड करतात. तुमच्या वितरकाकडे यापैकी एक असल्यास, वापर करून कोणतेही "
++"वायरलेस ड्राइव्हर्स आढळतात किंवा नाही याकरिता शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr "अडॅप्टरकरिता Windows ड्राइव्हर्सचा वापर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्वसाधारनपणे, एका कार्यप्रणालीकरिता (जसे कि Windows) निर्देशीत डिव्हास "
++"ड्राइव्हरचा वापर दुसऱ्या कार्यप्रणालीवर (जसे कि Linux) करणे शक्य नाही. याचे "
++"कारण म्हणजे दोघांकडे साधन हाताळणीकरिता विविध पर्याय असतात. वायरलेस "
++"अडॅप्टर्सकरिता, तरी, सहत्वता स्तर ज्यास <em>NDISwrapper</em> म्हटले जाते, "
++"इंस्टॉल करणे शक्य आहे आणि जे तुम्हाला Windows वायरलेस ड्राइव्हर्स Linuxवर "
++"वापरण्यास सुविधा पुरवते. हे उपयोगी ठरते कारण वायरलेस अडॅपटरकडे नेहमी Windows "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स उपलब्ध असतात, तसेच Linux ड्राइव्हर्स कधीकधी उपलब्ध होत नाही. "
++"NDISwrapper च्या वापरविषयी अधिक माहिती <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/"
++"apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">येथे</link> उपलब्ध "
++"आहे. लक्षात ठेवा सर्व वायरलेस ड्राइव्हर्सचा वापर NDISwrapper मार्गे शक्य "
++"नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++"यापैकी कुठलेही पर्याय कार्य करत नसल्यास, तुम्हाला हे योग्यरित्या कार्य करते "
++"किंवा नाही, हे पाहण्याकरिता वेगळे वायरलेस अडॅप्टरचा वापर करायला आवडेल. USB "
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टर्स सहसा जास्त स्वस्त असतात, आणि संगणकाशी जोडले जाऊ शकतात. "
++"तरी, विकत घेण्यापूर्वी, अडॅप्टर Linux वितरणसह सहत्व आहे याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टरची जोडणी स्थापीत झाल्यावरही, ते संगणकातर्फे योग्यरित्या ओळखले "
++"गेले नसावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr "वायरलेस जोडणी समस्या निवारक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr "संगणकातर्फे वायरलेस अडॅप्टर ओळखले गेले याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++"जरी संगणकाशी वायरलेस अडॅप्टर योग्यरित्या जोडले गेले असले, तरी संगणकातर्फे "
++"त्यास नेटवर्क साधन म्हणून ओळखले गेले नसावे. या टप्प्यात, तुम्ही साधन "
++"योग्यरित्या ओळखले गेले किंवा नावी याची तपासणी कराल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"टर्मिनल पटल उघडा, <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> टाइप करा आणि <key>Enter</key> "
++"दाबा. हे त्रुटी संदेश देत असल्यास, तुम्हाला संगणकावर <app>lshw</app> "
++"प्रोग्राम इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++"आढळलेली माहिती चाळा आणि <em>वायरलेस संवाद</em> विभाग शोधा. वायरलेस अडॅप्टर "
++"योग्यरित्या ओढळले असल्यास, खालील प्रमाणे (परंतु हुबेहुब नाही) दिसेल:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस साधन आढळल्यास, <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
++"drivers\">डिव्हाइस ड्राइव्हर्स पद्धत चाळा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस साधन <em>न</em> आढळल्यास, पुढील टप्पे वापरण्याजोगी साधन प्रकारावर "
++"आधारित असेल. संगणकावरील संबंधीत वायरलेस अडॅप्टरशी परस्पर विभाग पहा (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">इंटरनल PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, किंवा <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "पीसीआय (आतलं) वायरलेस अडाप्टर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"इंटर्नल PCI अडॅप्टर्स सर्वात सामान्य आहे, आणि मागील काही वर्षात निर्मीत "
++"बहुतांश लॅपटॉप्समध्ये आढळले जातात. तुमचे PCI वायरलेस अडॅप्टर योग्यरित्या "
++"ओळखले गेले किंवा नाही याच्या तपासणीकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "टर्मिनल उघडा, <cmd>lspci</cmd> टाइप करा आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"साधन सूची चाळा आणि <code>Network controller</code> किंवा <code>Ethernet "
++"controller</code> असे चिन्ह असलेले साधन शोधा. अनेक साधनांना अशा प्रकारे "
++"चिन्ह लावले जाते; वायरलेस अडॅप्टरशी परस्पर <code>wireless</code>, "
++"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> किंवा <code>802.11</code>. नोंदणी कशा "
++"प्रकारे दिसेल खालील त्याचे उदाहरण आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क कंट्रोलर: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] नेटवर्क "
++"जोडणी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीमध्ये तुमचे वायरलेस अडॅप्टर आढळल्यास, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">डिव्हाइस ड्राइव्हर्स टप्पा</link> करिता जा. "
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टरसह संबंधित काहिही न आढळल्यास, <link xref=\"#not-"
++"recognized\">खालील सूचना पहा</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "युएसबी वायरलेस अडाप्टर"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी जोडलेले USB पोर्टची वारंवारता खूप कमी आहे. ते USB पोर्टशी "
++"प्रत्यक्षरित्या जोडले असेल, किंवा USB केबलतर्फे जोडले असेल. 3G किंवा मोबाईल "
++"ब्रॉडबँड अडॅप्टर्स वायफाय (wifi) अडॅप्टर्सप्रमाणेच दिसता, म्हणून तुमच्याकडे "
++"USB वायरलेस अडॅप्टर असल्यास, ते प्रत्यक्षात 3G अडॅप्टर नाही याची दोनवेळा "
++"तपासणी करा. तुमचे USB वायरलेस अडॅप्टर ओळखले गेले किंवा नाही याची तपासणी "
++"करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "टर्मिनल उघडा, <cmd>lsusb</cmd> टाइप करा आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"साधन सूची चाळा आणि असे चिन्ह असलेले साधन शोधा. अनेक साधनांना अशा प्रकारे "
++"चिन्ह लावले जाते; वायरलेस अडॅप्टरशी परस्पर <code>wireless</code>, "
++"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> किंवा <code>802.11</code> आढळतील. "
++"नोंदणी कशा प्रकारे दिसेल खालील त्याचे उदाहरण आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"वायरलेस डाटा मोडेम एचएसडी युएसबी कार्ड"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "PCMCIA साधनकरिता तपासणी करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA वायरलेस अडॅप्टर्स सहसा आयताकृती कार्डज असतात जे लॅपटॉपच्या बाजूस "
++"स्लॉट होतात. ते साधारणतया जुण्या संगणकांमध्ये आढळतात. PCMCIA अडॅप्टर ओळखले "
++"गेले किंवा नाही याची तपासणी करण्याकरिता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr "वायरलेस अडॅप्टर <em>न जोडता</em> संगणकाला सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "टर्मिनल उघडा, खालील टाइप करा, त्यानंतर <key>Enter</key> दाबा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++"यामुळे संगणकाच्या हार्डवेअरसी परस्पर संदेशांची सूची दाखवली जाते, आणि "
++"हार्डवेअर बदलशी परस्पर काहिही असल्यास स्वयंरित्या सुधारित केली जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++"वायलेस अडॅप्टरला PCMCIA स्लॉटमध्ये अंतर्भुत करा आणि टर्मिनल पटलात काय बदलते "
++"ते पहा. बदलमध्ये वायरलेस अडॅप्टरविषयी माहिती समाविष्टीत पाहिजे. चाळा आणि "
++"त्यास ओळखणे शक्य आहे किंवा नाही, ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++"टर्मिनलमध्ये आदेश चालवणे थांबवण्याकरिता, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबा. असे केल्यानंतर, आवश्यकतानुसारे टर्मिनल बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"सूचीमध्ये तुमचे वायरलेस अडॅप्टर आढळल्यास, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">डिव्हाइस ड्राइव्हर्स टप्पा</link> करिता जा. "
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टरसह संबंधित काहिही न आढळल्यास, <link xref=\"#not-"
++"recognized\">खालील सूचना पहा</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr "वायरलेस अडॅप्टर ओळखले गेले नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टर परिचीत नसल्यास, ते योग्यरित्या कार्य करत नसेल किंवा योग्य "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स इंस्टॉल झाले नसावे. इंस्टॉलजोगी ड्राइव्हर्स आहेत याच्या तपासणी "
++"वापरण्याजोगी Linux वितरकावर आधारित (जसे कि Ubuntu, Fedora किंवा openSuSE)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक मदत प्राप्त करण्यासाठी, वितराकाच्य संकेतस्थळावरील समर्थन संकेतस्थळ "
++"पहा. यामध्ये मेलिंग सूची आणि वेब गप्पा समाविष्टीत असू शकतात जेथे तुम्ही "
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टरविषयी विचारू शकता, उदाहरणार्थ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"परस्पर त्रुटीनिवारण टप्प्यांमध्ये तुम्हाला वायरलेस अडॅप्टरचे मॉडल क्रमांक "
++"सारखे तपशील आवश्यक असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr "तुमच्या नेटवर्क हार्डवेअरविषयी माहिती गोळा करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या टप्प्यात, वायरलेस नेवटर्क साधनाविषयी माहिती गोळा केली जाईल. ज्याप्रकारे "
++"वायरलेस अडचणींचे निवारण केले जाते, ते वायरलेस अडॅप्टरच्या मेक आणि मॉडलवर "
++"आधारित असते, जेणेकरून तुम्हाला ही तपशील लक्षात ठेवा लागेल. संगणकासह काही घटक "
++"समाविष्टीत असल्यास, जसे कि डिव्हाइस ड्राइव्हर इंस्टॉलेशन डिस्क्स, खूप उपयोगी "
++"ठरते. अजूनही असल्यास, खालील घटकांकरिता पहा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस साधनांकरिता आवश्यक पॅकेजिंग आणि सूचना (विशेषतया राउटरकरिता वापकर्ता "
++"गाइड)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस अडॅप्टरकरिता ड्राइव्हर्स समाविष्टीत असणारे डिस्क (जरी त्यामध्ये "
++"Windows ड्राइव्हर्स समाविष्टीत असल्यास)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक, वायरलेस अडॅप्टर आणि राउटरचे उत्पादक आणि मॉडल क्रमांक. ही माहिती सहसा "
++"साधनाच्या अंडरसाइड किंवा उलट दिशेने आढळते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्क साधन किंवा पॅकेजिंगवरील कोणतिही छपाईजोगी आवृत्ती किंवा "
++"आवृत्ती क्रमांक. हे विशेषतया मदतपूर्वक ठरू शकते, म्हणून काळजीपूर्वक पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++"ड्राइव्हर डिस्कवरील साधनाला ओळखणारे काहिही, \"firmware\" आवृत्ती, किंवा "
++"वापरण्याजोगी घटक (चिपसेट)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++"शक्य असल्यास, वैकल्पिक कार्यरत इंटरनेट जोडणीकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करायचा "
++"प्रयत्न करा जेणेकरून तुम्ही सॉफ्टवेअर आणि आवश्यक असल्यास ड्राइव्हर्स डाउनलोड "
++"करू शकाल. (राउटरमध्ये प्रत्यक्षरित्या संगणकाला इथरनेट नेटवर्क केबलचा वापर "
++"करून जोडणी करणे एक पर्याय आहे, परंतु आवश्यकता असल्यावरच जोडणी करा.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr "एकदाचे असंख्य घटक शक्य असल्यास, <gui>पुढे</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"सोपे नेटवर्क सेटिंग्ज योग्य आहे याची खात्री करा आणि पुढील त्रुटीनिवारण "
++"टप्प्यांकरिता तयारी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "प्रारंभिक जोडणी तपास करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"या टप्प्यात तुम्ही वायरलेस नेटवर्क जोडणीविषयी काही मूळभूत माहिती तपासाल. "
++"ह्यामुळे तुमच्या नेटवर्किंग अडचणी छोट्या समस्यांमुळे होत नाही, जसे कि "
++"वायरलेस जोडणी बंद केली, पुढील काही त्रुटीनिवारण टप्प्यांकरिता तयार होणे, "
++"यांची खात्री होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr "लॅपटॉप <em>वायर्ड</em> इंटरनेट जोडणीशी जोडले नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे एक्सटर्नल वायरलेस अडऍप्टर असल्यास (जसे कि USB अडॅप्टर, किंवा "
++"PCMCIA कार्ड जे लॅपटॉपला जोडले जाते), ते संगणकातील योग्य स्लॉटमध्ये घट्टपणे "
++"बसले आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाच्या <em>आतमध्ये</em> वायरलेस कार्ड असल्यास, वायरलेस स्विच सुरू केली "
++"आहे याची खात्री करा (असल्यास). लॅपटॉप्सकडे सहसा वायरलेस स्विच असते ज्यास "
++"विविध कळफलक किजच्या जोडणीने दाबून टॉगल करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>वायरलेस</gui> सुरु असल्याची खात्री करा. "
++"तुम्ही <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">एयरप्लेन मोड सुरू नाही </link> "
++"याची तपासणी करायला हवी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "टर्मिनल उघडा, <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> दाबा आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++"यामुळे नेटवर्क हार्डवेअर आणि जोडणी स्थितीविषयी माहिती दाखवली जाते. माहिती "
++"सूची चाळा आणि वायरलेस नेटवर्क अडॅप्टरविषयी संबंधीत विभागकरिता पहा. प्रत्येक "
++"नेटवर्क साधनकरिता माहिती डॅशेसद्वारे विभाजीत केले जाते. वायरलेस अडॅप्टर "
++"विभागकरिता <code>State: Connected</code> आढळल्यास, ते कार्यरत आहे आणि "
++"वायरलेस राउटरशी जुळले आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस राउटरशी जोडणी केली असल्यावरही, इंटरनेटकरिता प्रवेश नसल्यास, तुमचे "
++"राउटर योग्यरित्या कार्य करणार नाही, किंवा इंटरनेट सर्व्हिस प्रोव्हाइडर (ISP) "
++"कदाचित तांत्रिक अडचणी अनुभवत असावे. राउटर आणि ISP सेटअप गाइड्सचे पूर्वावलोकन "
++"करा आणि सेटिंग्ज अचूक आहे याची खात्री करा, किंवा सपोर्टकरिता ISP सह संपर्क "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>nm-tool</cmd> पासून प्राप्य माहिती तुम्ही नेटवर्कशी जुळले आहात असे "
++"निर्देशीत होत नसल्यास, त्रुटीनिवारण पुस्तिकेच्या पुढील भागकरिता जाण्याकरिता  "
++"<gui>पुढे</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr "वायरलेस जोडणींसह अडचणी ओळखा आणि निवारण करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++"हे स्टेप-बाय स्टेप त्रुटीनिवारण पुस्तिका आहे जे वायरलेस अडचणी ओळखण्यास आणि "
++"निवारणकरिता मदत पुरवते. काही कारणास्तव वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडणी शक्य नसल्यास, "
++"खालील सूचना येथे वारून पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr "खालील टप्पे बाळगून तुम्ही संगणकाला इंटरनेटशी जोडणी करू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "आरंभिक चाचणी करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "तुमच्या हार्डवेअरबद्दल माहिती गोळा करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "तुमचं हार्डवेअर तपासत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "वायरलेस राउटरकरिता जोडणी निर्माणकरिता प्रयत्न करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "मॉडेम आणि राउटरची तपासणी करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरू करण्याकरिता, पृष्ठाच्या शीर्षतील उजवीकडील <em>पुढे</em> दुवा क्लिक करा. "
++"ही दुवा, आणि खालील पृष्ठांवरील समान, तुम्हाला पुस्तिकामधील प्रत्येक टप्पा "
++"चाळण्यास मदत प्राप्त करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "कमांड लाइन वापरणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या गाइडमधील काही सूचना तुम्हाला <em>आदेश ओळ</em> (टर्मिनल) मधील आदेश टाइप "
++"करण्यास विनंती करतात. <gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकनमध्ये तुम्ही टर्मिनल "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन शोधू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++"आदेश ओळसह तुम्ही परिचीत नसल्यास, काळजी करू नका - ही पुस्तिका तुम्हाला "
++"प्रत्येक टप्प्यात मदत करेल. फक्त एवढेच लक्षात ठेवा कि आदेश केस संवेदनशील "
++"आहेत  (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), आणि "
++"प्रत्येक आदेश टाइप केल्यानंतर चालवण्याकिरता <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस नेटवर्क्सवरील WEP आणि WPA डाटा एंक्रिप्ट करण्याचे पर्याय आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "डबल्युइपी आणि डबल्युपीएचा अर्थ काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस जोडणी सुरक्षित करण्यासाठी WEP आणि WPA (WPA2 सह) विविध एनक्रिप्शन "
++"साधनांची नाव आहेत. एनक्रिप्शन नेटवर्क जोडणी मेटाकुटीचे करते जेणेकरून कोणिही "
++"\"listen in\" करू शकणार नाही आणि वेब पृष्ठे पाहू शकणार नाही, उदाहरणार्थ. WEP "
++"म्हणजे <em>वायर्ड एक्युपमेंट प्राइवसि</em>, आणि WPA म्हणे <em>वायरलेस "
++"प्रोटेक्टेड ॲक्सेस</em>. WPA2 हे WPA मानकची दुसरी आवृत्ती आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>काही</em> एनक्रिप्शनचा वापर शून्यपेक्षा नेहमीच उत्तम असते, परंतु WEP "
++"मानकांमध्ये सर्वात किमान सुरक्षित आहे, आणि शक्य तेव्हा वापर टाळणे शिफारसीय "
++"आहे. WPA2 सर्वाधिक सुरक्षित आहे. तुमचे वायरलेस कार्ड आणि राउटर WPA2 करिता "
++"समर्थन पुरवत असल्यास, वायरलेस नेटवर्क सेटअप करताना याचाच वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">वायफायसी जोडणी करा</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">छुपे नेटवर्क्स</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">जोडणी सेटिंग्ज संपादित करा</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">जोडणी खंडीत करत आहे</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "वायरलेस नेटवर्किंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">वायरलेस</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">वायर्ड</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">जोडणी अडचणी</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"browser\">वेब चाळणे</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">ईमेल खाते</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "नेटवर्किंग, वेब, इमेल &amp; चॅट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr "<gui>बॅटरी चिन्हावर</gui> क्लिक करून अंदाजे बॅटरी आयु दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "अंदाजे बॅटरी आयु चुकिची आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++"उर्वरित बँटरि आयुची तपासणी करतेवेळी, सादर केलेला उर्वरित वेळ आणि बॅटरी किती "
++"वेळ कार्यरत राहते यात फारक आढळून येईल. याचे कारण म्हणजे उर्वरित बॅटरी आयुचा "
++"फक्त अंदाज शक्य आहे. साधारणतया, अंदाज वेळोवेळी सुधारित होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++"उर्वरित बॅटरी आयुचा अंदाज प्राप्त करण्यासाठी, अनेक कारण गृहीत धरले जातात. एक "
++"म्हणजे संगणकातर्फे वापरण्याजोगी पावर: पावरचा वापर तुमचे किती प्रोग्राम्स "
++"खुले आहे यावर आधारित असते, कोणते साधन जोडलेली आहेत, आणि तुम्ही प्रकाशदर्शक "
++"कार्ये चालवत आहात का (जसे कि DVD पहाणे किंवा संगीत फाइल्सला रूपांतरित करणे, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ). हे वेळोवेळी बदलते, आणि याची भविष्यात पुनराकृती कठिण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसरे कारण म्हणजे बॅटरी कशी डिसचार्ज होते. काही बॅटरीज पटकन चार्ज गमवतात. "
++"बॅटरी कशी डिसचार्ज होते याविषयी योग्य माहितीविना, फक्त उर्वरित बॅटरी आयुचा "
++"अंदाज लावणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅटरी डिसचार्ज होतेवेळी, पावर व्यवस्थापक त्याचे डिसचार्ज गुणधर्म शोधतो आणि "
++"बॅटरी आयुचे उत्तम अंदाज घेण्यास शिकतो. तरी, ते कधिही संपूर्णतया अचूक नसतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"अगदी हास्यास्पद बॅटरी आयु अंदाज आढळले असल्यास (जसे कि, शंभर दिवस), पावर "
++"व्यवस्थापकाकडे योग्य अंदाजकरिता कदाचित डाटा नसावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++"पावर काढून टाकल्यानंतर आणि थोड्यावेळकरिता बॅटरीवर लॅपटॉप चालवत असल्यास, "
++"जोडणी करा आणि पुन्हा चार्ज करा, पावर व्यवस्थापकाकडे आवश्यक डाटा प्राप्त होईल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "संगणकाचे पावर वापर कमी करण्याविषयी टिप्स."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "कमी पावरचा वापर करा आणि बॅटरी आयु सुधारित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक खूप जास्त पावरचा वापर करतात. सोपे वीज-साठवण्याच्या युक्तिने, तुम्ही "
++"वीज बिल कमी करू शकता आणि पर्यावरणाची मदत करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "सामान्य टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाचा वापर करत नसल्यास <link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">संगणकाला सस्पेंड "
++"करा</link>. यामुळे वापरण्याजोगी वापर बऱ्यापैकी कमी होते, आणि त्यास पटकन "
++"सक्रीय करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++"दीर्घवेळकरिता संगणकाचा वापर करत नसल्यास संगणकाला <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">बंद करा</link>. काही वापरकर्त्यांना असे वाटते कि संगणकाला "
++"नियमीतपणे बंद केल्याने ते पटकन खराब होते, परंतु असे काहीच नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"पावर सेटिंग्ज बदलण्याकरिता <app>सेटिंग्ज</app> मधील <gui>पावर</gui> "
++"प्राधान्यताचा वापर करा. पावर साठवण्याकरिता असंख्य पर्याय आहेत: ठराविक "
++"वेळनंतर तुम्ही आपोआप डिस्पले डिम करू शकता; तेजपणा कमी करू शकता "
++"(लॅपटॉप्सकरिता); आणि ठराविक वेळकरिता वापर केले नसल्यास संगणकाला <link xref="
++"\"power-suspend\">स्वयंरित्या सस्पेंड</link> करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"वापर करत नसतेवेळी कोणतेही बाहेरील साधन बंद करा (जसे कि छपाईयंत्र आणि "
++"स्कॅनर्स)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr "लॅपटॉप्स, नेटबूक्स, आणि बॅटरीजसह इतर साधने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याचा तेजपणा कमी करा; पडद्याकरिता पावर पुरवणे म्हणजे लॅपटॉपतर्फे वीजचा "
++"वापरमध्ये लक्षणीय कारण."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश लॅपटॉप्समध्ये कळफलावरील (किंवा कळफलक शार्टकट) बटन्स असतात ज्याचा "
++"वापर तुम्ही तेतपणा कमी करण्यासाठी करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++"जरावेळकरिता इंटरनेट जोडणी नसल्यास, वायरलेस किंवा ब्लुटूथ कार्ड बंद करा. "
++"रेडिओ लहरी ब्रॉडकास्ट करून हे साधन कार्य करते, जे पावरचा वापरचा थोडा वापर "
++"करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणकांमध्ये स्विच अस्ते ज्यास बंद केले जाऊ शकते, तसेच इतरांकडे "
++"वापरण्याजोगी कळफल शार्टकट असते. आवश्यकता असल्यास त्यास पुन्हा सुरू करणे शक्य "
++"आहे ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "आणखी आधुनिक टीपा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++"पार्श्वभूमीमध्ये कार्य करणाऱ्या कार्ये कमी करा. जास्त काम करायचे असल्यास "
++"संगणक जास्त पावरचा वापर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"सक्रीयपणे त्यांचा वापर करतेवेळी बरेच कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशन्स खूप कमी काम करतात. "
++"तरी, ॲप्लिकेशन्स जे इंटरनेटपासून वेळोवेळी डाटा प्राप्त करतात, संगीत किंवा "
++"चित्रपट चालवताना पावरचे वापर प्रभावीत करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr "\"बॅटरीला खूप कमी चार्ज करू नका\" सारखे टिप्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr "लॅपटॉप बॅटरीचा सर्वाधिक वापर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉप बॅटरीजची आयु वाढताना, चार्ज साठवण्यामध्ये ते खूप वाईट होतात आणि "
++"त्यांची क्षमता कमी होत जाते. आयु वाढवण्याकरिता उपयोगी पद्धती आहे, जरी "
++"तुम्हाला मोठे फरक जाणवणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅटरीला रिकामी होऊ देऊ नका. खूप कमी <em>होण्यापूर्वी</em> नेहमी बॅटरीला "
++"चार्ज कर, जरी बहुतांश बॅटरीजकडे बॅटरीचे चार्ज खूप कमी होण्यापासून "
++"टाळण्याकरिता बिल्ट-इन सेफगार्डज असतात. अर्धे डिसचार्ज झाल्यानंतर रिचार्ज "
++"करणे जास्त कार्यक्षम आहे, परंतु थोडेसेच डिसचार्ज झाल्यावर रिचार्ज करणे "
++"बॅटरीकरिता खूप वाईट आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++"उष्णता बॅटरी चार्जिंगच्या कार्यक्षमतावर हानिकारक प्रभाव करते. बॅटरी आहे "
++"त्यापेक्षा गरम होऊ देऊ नका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++"स्टोरेजमध्ये असेच ठेव्यानेही बॅटरीजची आयु प्रभावीत होते. नवीन बॅटरी भेट "
++"असाताना रिप्लेसमेंट बॅटरी विकत घेण्यात खूप थोडा फायदा आहे - आवश्यकता असल्यास "
++"नेहमी रिप्लेसमेंट बॅटरीज विकत घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++"ही सूचना सहसा लिथियम-आयोन (Li-Ion) बॅटरीजकरिता लागू होते, जे सर्वात सामान्य "
++"प्रकार आहे. इतर बॅटरी प्रकारांना यापासून फायदा होऊ शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr "बॅटरीवर कार्यरत असल्यास काही लॅपटॉप्स जाणूनबुजून हळु होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr "बॅटरीवर कार्यरत असल्यास लॅपटॉप हळु का होते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++"पावर साठवण्याकरिता बॅटरीवर कार्यरत असताना काही लॅपटॉप्स जाणूनबुजून हळू होतात."
++" लॅपटॉपमधील प्रोसेसर (CPU) हळु गतीचा वापर करतात, आणि हळुवारपणे कार्य करताना "
++"प्रोसेसर्स कमी पावरचा वापर करतात, ज्यामुळे बॅटरी जास्त वेळ चालते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr "हे गुणविशेषला <em>CPU फ्रिक्वेंस स्केलिंग</em> असे म्हटले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr "उत्पादकांपासून बदल आणि भिन्न बॅटरी आयु अंदाज अडचणीचे कारण असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr "Windows/Mac OS वर असताना बॅटरीची आयु कमी का आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++"Windows किंवा Mac OS च्या तुलनेत Linux वर कार्यरत असतेवेळी काही संगणकांमध्ये "
++"कमी बॅटरी आयु असते. याकरिता एक कारण म्हणजे Windows किंवा Mac OS करिता संगणक "
++"विक्रेता विशेष सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करतात जे ठराविक संगणकाच्या मॉडलकरिता विविध "
++"हार्डवेअर किंवा सॉफ्टवेअर सेटिंग्जची सुधारणा करते. हे बदल सहसा निर्देशीत "
++"असतात, आणि याचे दस्तऐवजीकरण केले नसणार, म्हणूनच Linux मध्ये यास समावेश करणे "
++"कठिण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++"दुर्दैवाने, संपूर्ण माहितीविना हे बदल स्वतःहून लागू करण्याचा सोपा पर्याय "
++"नाही. तरी, काही <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">पावर-सेव्हिंग पद्धती</link> "
++"यांचा वापर उपयोगी ठरू शकतो. संगणकात <link xref=\"power-"
++"batteryslow\">वेरियेबल-स्पीड प्रोसेसर</link> असल्यास, सेटिंग्ज बदलल्याने "
++"फायदा होऊ शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++"तफावतकरिता इतर संभाव्य कारण म्हणजे Linux च्या तुलनेत Windows/Mac OS वरील "
++"बॅटरीची आयुचा अंदाज काढण्याच्या पद्धती वेगळ्या आहेत. प्रत्यक्ष बॅटरीची  आयु "
++"समान असू शकते, परंतु वेगळ्या पद्धती वेगळे अंदाज प्रस्तुत करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr "लीड बंद केल्यानंतर लॅपटॉप्स पावर साठवण्याकरिता स्लीप मोडमध्ये जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr "लीड बंद केल्यानंतर माझे संगणक बंद का होते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉपचे लिड बंद केल्यानंतर, पावर साठवण्याकरिता तुमचे संगणक <link xref="
++"\"power-suspend\"><em>सस्पेंड</em></link> केले जातील. याचा अर्थ संगणक "
++"प्रत्यक्षरित्या बंद केले जात नाही - ते फक्त स्लीप मोडमध्ये गेले आहे. लिड "
++"उघडून पुन्हा सुरू करणे शक्य आहे. पुन्हा सुरू न झाल्यास, माउस क्लिक करण्याचा "
++"प्रयत्न करा किंवा कि दाबा. तेही कार्य न झाल्यास, पावर बटन दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणकांना योग्यरित्या सस्पेंड करणे अशक्य आहे, कारण त्यांचे हार्डवेअर "
++"कार्यप्रणालीतर्फे पूर्णपणे समर्थीत केले जात नाही (उदाहरणार्थ, Linux "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स अपूर्ण आहेत). ह्या घटनामध्ये, तुम्ही लिड बंद केल्यानंतर संगणकाला "
++"पुन्हा सुरू करू शकत नाही. <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">सस्पेंडसह अडचणीचे "
++"निवारण करा</link>, किंवा लिड बंद केल्यानंतर तुम्ही संगणकाला सस्पेंड "
++"होण्यापासून टाळू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr "लिड बंद केल्यानंतर संगणकाला सस्पेंड होण्यापासून थांबवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++"लिड बंद केल्यानंतर संगणकाने सस्पेंड होण्यापासून थांबवायचे असल्यास, त्या "
++"वर्तनकरिता तुम्ही सेटिंग्ज बदलू शकतात. लिड बंद करताना, सस्पेंड ऐवजी, पडदा "
++"रिकामे करण्यास संगणकाला सेट करायचे असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++"ही सेटिंग बदलतेवेळी काळजी बाळगा. लिड बंद करून सुरू असल्यास, काही लॅपटॉप्स "
++"जास्त गरम होऊ शकतात, विशेषतया ते मर्यादीत ठिकाणी जसे कि बॅकपॅकमध्ये असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"बॅटरी पावरवर चालवतेवेळी सेटिंग बदलण्याकरिता, हे आदेश टाइप करा आणि <key>एंटर</"
++"key> टाइप करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"AC पावरवर चालवतेवेळी सेटिंग बदलण्याकरिता, हे आदेश टाइप करा आणि <key>एंटर</"
++"key> टाइप करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++"काही फँन-कंट्रोल सॉफ्टवेअर कदाचित नसतील, किंवा तुमचा लॅपटॉप चालत असता गरम "
++"पडू शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "लॅपटॉपचा फॅन दरवेळेस सुरु असतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉपमधील कूलिंग फॅन नेहमी चालत असल्यास, कूलिंग प्रणाली नियंत्रीत करणारे "
++"हार्डवेअर Linux मध्ये बऱ्यापैकी समर्थीत नसेल. कूलिंग फॅन्स कार्यक्षमपणे "
++"नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी काही लॅपटॉप्सला अगाऊ सॉफ्टवेअरची आवश्यकता असू शकते, "
++"परंतु हे सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करायची आवश्कता नाही (किंवा Linux करिता उपलब्ध "
++"नसेल) आणि म्हणूनच फॅन्स पूर्ण वेळ, वेगाने चालतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"असे असल्यास, तुम्ही काही सेटिंग्ज बदलू शकता किंवा फॅन नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी "
++"अगाऊ सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करू शकता. उदाहरणार्थ, काही Sony VAIO लॅपटॉप्सवर फॅन्स "
++"नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</"
++"link> इंस्टॉल करणे शक्य आहे. ह्या सॉफ्टवेअरला इंस्टॉल करणे बऱ्यापैकी "
++"टेक्निकल प्रक्रिया आहे जे तुमच्या लॅपटॉपच्या मेक आणि मॉडलवर आधारित आहे, तसेच "
++"तुमच्या संगणकावर हे कसे करायचे याकरिता सल्ला घ्यायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे लॅपटॉप जास्त गरम होण्याची देखील शक्यता आहे. याचा अर्थ ओव्हरहिटिंग होते "
++"असे नाही; त्यास पूर्ण वेगाने चालणाऱ्या फॅनची आवश्यकता असू शकते जेणेकरून ते "
++"थंड राहेल. असे असल्यास, तुमच्याकडे फॅनला पूर्णवेळ वेगाने चालवण्याचे खूप थोडे "
++"पर्याय उपलब्ध राहतात. तुम्ही कधीकधी तुमच्या लॅपटॉपकरिता अगाऊ कूलिंग "
++"ॲक्सेसोरिज विकत घेऊ शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++"हायरबरनेट पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे बंद केले आहे कारण ते पूर्णपणे समर्थीत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr "संगणकाला कसे हायबरनेट करायचे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक जेव्हा <em>हायबरनेट</em> होते, तेव्हा सर्व ॲप्लिकेशन्स साठवले जातात "
++"संगणक पूर्णपणे बंद होते आणि पावरचा वापर करत नाही, परंतु संगणक पुन्हा सुरू "
++"केल्यानंतर ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि दस्तऐवज तरिही खुले राहतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++"दुर्दैवाने, हायरबरनेट अनेक घटनांमध्ये <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">कार्य "
++"करत नाही</link>, ज्यामुळे संगणक पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर दस्तऐवज आणि "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स पुन्हा उघडणे अपक्षेतीत करत असल्यास, तुम्ही डाटा गमवाल. अशा "
++"प्रकारे, हायबरनेट पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे बंद केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr "हायबरनेट कार्य करते किंवा नाही याची चाचणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr "हायबरनेट करण्यापूर्वी नेहमी काम साठवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक हायबरनेट करण्यापूर्वी सर्व काम साठवा, खबरदारी म्हणून काही चुकिचे "
++"घडल्यास आणि संगणक पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर तुमचे खुले ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि "
++"दस्तऐवजांची पुन्हप्राप्ति शक्य होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावर हायबरनेट कार्य करते किंवा नाही याच्या चाचणीकरिता तुम्ही आदेशओळचा "
++"वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> दाबून किंवा "
++"<gui>dash</gui> मध्ये <input>टर्मिनल</input> शोधून <app>टर्मिनल</app> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती पूर्वावलोकन</gui>मध्ये <input>terminal</input> करिता शोधून "
++"<app>टर्मिनल</app> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"रूट वापरकर्ता म्हणून, टर्मिनलमध्ये <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> टाइप करा आणि "
++"<key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "विचारल्यास पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक बंद झाल्यानंतर, पुन्हा सुरू करा. तुमचे ॲप्लिकेशन्स पुन्हा-उघडलीत?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++"हायबरनेट कार्य करत नसल्यास, तुमचे स्वॅप विभाजन किमान उपलब्ध RAM पेक्षा मोठे "
++"आहे याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr "हायबरनेट लागू करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"हायबरनेट चाचणी कार्य करत नसल्यास, हायबरनेटची आवश्यकता असल्यास तुम्ही <cmd>pm-"
++"hibernate</cmd> आदेशचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्युजमध्ये हायबरनेट पर्याय सुरू करणे देखील शक्य आहे. असे करण्यासाठी, "
++"<file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate."
++"pkla</file> निर्माण करण्यासाठी तुमच्या पसंतीचे मजूकर संपादकाचा वापर करा. "
++"खालील फाइलमध्ये समाविष्ट करा आणि साठवा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक सहसा गरम येतात, परंतु ते जास्त गरम झाल्यास ते अतितापू शकतात, जे वाईट "
++"असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "माझा संगणक खूप तापतो"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक संगणक थोड्यावेळानंतर गरम होतात, आणि काही अतितापतात. हे सामान्य आहे: हे "
++"सहसा संगणक स्वतःला कसे थंड करते याचा भाग आहे. तरी, संगणक जास्त गरम होणे "
++"अतितापण्याचे चिन्ह होऊ शकते, जे संभाव्य नुकसान करू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश लॅपटॉप्स गरम होतात, एकदाचे तुम्ही त्याचा बऱ्यापैकी वापर करत असल्यास. "
++"सहसा काळजी करायची काही बाब नाही - संगणक जास्त तापतात आणि लॅपटॉप्स जास्त "
++"संक्षिप्त असतात, म्हणून त्यांना वेळोवेळी पटक ताप बाहेर काढायचा असतो आणि "
++"त्यांचे बाहेरिल केसिंग परिणामस्वरूपी तापले जातात. काही लॅपटॉप्स खूप जास्त "
++"तापले जातात, तरी, त्यांचा वापर त्रासदायक ठरू शकतो. हे सहसा असमाधानकारकपणे-"
++"रचना केलेल्या कूलिंग प्रणालीचे परिणाम आहे. तुम्ही कधीकधी अगाऊ कूलिंग "
++"ॲक्सेसोरिज विकत घेऊ शकता जे लॅपटॉपच्या तळास बसते आणि जास्त कार्यक्षम कूलिंग "
++"पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे डेस्कटॉप संगणक असल्यास जे हात लावताच खूप तापते, कदाचित अपुरे "
++"कूलिंगमुळे होऊ शकते. याची काळजी वाटत असल्यास, अगाऊ कूलिंग फॅन्स विकत घ्या "
++"आणि कूलिंग फॅन्स आणि वेंट्स आणि इतर ब्लॉकेजेसपासून मुक्त आहेत याची तपासणी "
++"करा. तसेच संगणकाला उत्तर-उवेशीर क्षेत्रा देखील हलवण्याचा विचार करा - "
++"मर्यादीत जागेमध्ये ठेवल्यास (उ.दा. एका कपाटात), संगणकातील कूलिंग प्रणाली ताप "
++"काढू शकणार नाही आण पुरेसे थंड हवचा प्रसार पटकन होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++"काही वापरकर्ते तापलेले लॅपटॉप्स संबंधीत आरोग्य जोखीमची चिंता असते. आपल्या "
++"मांडीव गरम लॅपटॉपच्या दीर्घकाळापर्यंत वापरमुळे कदाचित शक्यतो (नर) कस कमी "
++"होते, आणि किर्कोळ बर्न्सचे ग्रस्त देखील अहवाल समोर आले आहेत (अत्यंत गंभीर "
++"प्रकरणांमध्ये). ह्या जोखीमची तुम्हाला चिंता असल्यास, डॉक्टरांच्या सल्ला घ्या."
++" अर्थात, तुम्ही फक्त आपल्या मांडीवर लॅपटॉप विश्रांती न करणे निवडू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++"अनेक आधानुनिक संगणक जास्त तापल्यास स्वतःला बंद करू घेतात, नुकसान होणे "
++"टाळण्याकरिता. संगणक बंद होत असल्यास, हे कदाचित एक कारण असू शकते. संगणक जास्त "
++"तापत असल्यास, कदाचित त्याची दुरूस्ती करावी लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr "बॅटरी पूर्णपणे डिसचार्ज करण्याची परवानगी देणे खराब बाब आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr "१०% पर्यंत पोहचल्यानंतर माझे संगणक बंद किंवा हायबरनेट का झाले?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++"बॅटरीचे चार्ज स्तर खूप खाली गेल्यानंतर, तुमचे संगणक स्वतःहून <link xref="
++"\"power-hibernate\">हायबरनेट</link> होईल. असे, बॅटरी पूर्णपणे डिसचार्ज होणार "
++"नाही याची खात्री करण्यासाठी केले जाते, कारण हे बॅटरीकरिता खराब आहे. बॅटरी "
++"फक्त संपली असल्यास, संगणक एकतर योग्यरित्या बंद झाले नसावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> पूर्वावलोकनपासून <app>पावर</app> उघडण्याकरिता तुम्ही बॅटरि "
++"स्तर जास्त कमी झाल्यानंतर त्याचे काय होते ते बदलू शकता. <gui>पावर "
++"गंभीररित्या कमी असल्यास</gui> सेटिंग पहा. तुम्ही संगणक हायबरनेट किंवा "
++"पूर्णपणे बंद व्हावे याची निवड करू शकता. पूर्णपणे बंद करायचे ठरवल्यास, संगणक "
++"बंद होण्यापूर्वी तुमचे ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि दस्तऐवज साठवले <em>जाणार नाही</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणकांमध्ये हायबरनेट अडचणी असतात, आणि संगणक पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि दस्तऐवजांची पुन्ह प्राप्ति शक्य होणार नाही. ह्या घटनामध्ये, "
++"संगणक हायबरनेट होण्यापूर्वी केलेले काम न साठवल्यास त्यास गमवण्याची शक्यता "
++"आहे. तरी, <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">हायबरनेशनसह अडचणींचे निवारण करणे</"
++"link> शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक सस्पेंड झाल्यानंतर आणि योग्यरित्या पुन्हा सुरू न झाल्यास काही वायरलेस "
++"साधनांमध्ये अडचण निर्माण होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr "माझे संगणक वेक अप झाल्यानंतर वायरलेस नेटवर्क आढळत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला सस्पेंड केले असल्यास, किंवा हायबरनेट झाले असल्यास, तुम्हाला संगणक "
++"पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर, वायरलेस इंटरनेट जोडणी योग्यरित्या कार्य करत नाही असे "
++"आढळेल. असे तेव्हा होते जेव्हा वायरलेस डिव्हाइसकरिता <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">ड्राइव्हर</link> ठराविक पावर सेव्हिंग गुणविशेषकरिता समर्थन पुरवत "
++"नाही. थोडक्यात, वायरलेस जोडणी संगणक पुन्हा सुरू करतेवेळी योग्यरित्या सुरू "
++"होत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr "असे झाल्यास, वायरलेस बंद करा आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr "शीर्षपट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि <gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr "<gui>नेटवर्क</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>वायरलेस</gui> टॅब निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "वायरलेस बंद करा आणि नंतर पुन्हा सुरू करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++"वायरलेस तरिही कार्य करत नसल्यास, <gui>एयरप्लेन मोड</gui> सुरू करा आणि नंतर "
++"पुन्हा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++"हे कार्य करत नसल्यास, संगणकाला पुन्हा सुर केल्याने वायरलेस पुन्हा सुरू होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा संगणक कार्य करेल, परंतु तुम्हाला वेगळे पावर केबल किंवा ट्रॅवल "
++"अडॅप्टरची आवश्यकता पडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr "माझे संगणक दुसऱ्या देशातील वीज पुरवठासह कार्य करेल?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++"विविध देश पावर सप्लायजा वापर वेगळ्या वोल्टेजमध्ये कार्य करतात (सहसा 110V "
++"किंवा 220-240V) आणि AC क्रिक्वेंसिज (सहसा 50 Hz किंवा 60 Hz). योग्य पावर "
++"अडॅप्टरसह आपला संगणक वेगळ्या देशात वीज पुरवठासह कार्य करेल. तुम्हाला स्विच "
++"देखील प्लिप करावेल लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे लॅपटॉप असल्यास, पावर अडॅप्टरकरिता योग्य प्लग शोधणे. काही लॅपटॉप्स "
++"त्यांच्या अडॅप्टरकरीता एकापेक्षा जास्त प्लग पॅकेज करतात, त्यामुळे तुमच्याकडे "
++"आधीच एक योग्य असू शकते. नाही तर, सध्याच्याला मानक प्रवास अडॅप्टरमध्ये प्लगइन "
++"करणे पुरे होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे डेस्कटॉप संगणक असल्यास, तुम्ही देखील वेगळ्या प्लगसह एक केबल मिळू "
++"शकते, किंवा एका प्रवास अडॅप्टरचा वापर करा. या प्रकरणात, तथापि, तुम्हाला "
++"संगणकाच्या वीज पुरवठावरील स्विच आवश्यक बदलावे लागेल, एकच असल्यास. अनेक "
++"संगणकांकडे हे स्विच नसते, आणि सुखाने त्यापैक एका वोल्टेजसह कार्ट करेल. "
++"संगणकाच्या मागच्या बाजूस पहा आणि पावर केबल बसेल असे सॉकेट शोधा. कुठेतरी "
++"जवळपास, \"110V\" किंवा \"230V\" (उदाहरणार्थ) चिन्हाकृत लहान स्विच असू शकते."
++"आवश्यक असल्यास सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++"पॉवर केबल्स बदलून किंवा प्रवास अडॅप्टर वापरताना काळजी घ्या. शक्यतया "
++"प्रथमवेळी सर्वकाही बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr "काही संगणक हार्डवेअर सस्पेंड किंवा हायबेरनेटसह अडचणी निर्माण करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr "सस्पेंड केल्यानंतर माझे संगणक सुरू का होत नाही?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला <link xref=\"power-suspend\">सस्पेंड</link> किंवा <link xref="
++"\"power-hibernate\">हायबरनेट</link> केल्यास, नंतर पुन्हा मूळस्थितीत आणल्यास "
++"किंवा सुरू केल्यास, ते अपेक्षेनुसार कार्य करणार नाही. याचे कारण म्हणजे "
++"सस्पेंड आणि हायबरनेट तुमच्या हार्डवेअरतर्फे योग्यरित्या समर्थीत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr "माझे संगणक सस्पेंड केले आहे आणि पुन्हा सुरू होत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला सस्पेंड केल्यास आणि त्यानंतर कि दाबल्यास किंवा माउस क्लिक दिल्यास, "
++"ते सक्रीय व्हायला पाहिजे आणि पासवर्डकरिता विचारणारा एक पडदा दिसायला पाहिजे. "
++"असे न झाल्यास, पावर बटन दाबण्याचा प्रयत्न करा (दाबून ठेवू नकरा, फक्त एकदाच "
++"दाबा)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++"हे तिरिही फायदेशीर न ठरल्यास, संगणकाचे मानिटर सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा आणि "
++"पुन्हा कळफलकवरील कि दाबण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"अंतिम मार्ग म्हणजे, संगणकावरील पॉवर बटन ५-१० सेकंद दाबून ठेवून संगणक बंद "
++"करा, जरी असे केल्यास कोणतेही न साठवलेले काम गमवाल. तुम्ही नंतर पुन्हा संगणक "
++"सुरू करण्यास सक्षम व्हाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणाला सस्पेंड केल्यानंतर हे वारंवार होत असल्यास, सस्पेंड गुणविशेष तुमच्या "
++"हार्डवेअरसह कदाचित कार्य करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाने पावर गमवल्यास आणि वैकल्पिक पावर सप्लाय नसल्यास (जसे कि कार्यरत "
++"बॅटरी), ते बंद होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर माझ्या ॲप्लिकेसन्स किंवा दस्तऐवज खुले नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक हायबरनेट केले असल्यास आणि पुन्हा सुरू केले असल्यास, परंतु दस्तऐवज "
++"किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्स खुले नसल्यास, ते कदाचित योग्यरित्या हायबरनेट झाले नाही. "
++"कधीकधी हे किर्कोळ अडचणीमुळे होते, आणि संगणक पुढच्यावेळी योग्यरित्या हायबरनेट "
++"करेल. तुम्ही सॉफ्टवेअर सुधारणा इंस्टॉल केले असल्यामुळे ज्याकरिता संगणकाला "
++"पुन्हा सुरू करायची आवश्यकता असते; या घटनामध्ये, संगणक हायबरनेट होण्याऐवजी "
++"शटडाउन झाले असावे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक हायबरनेटकरिता सक्षम नसणेही शक्य आहे कारण हार्डवेअर त्याकरिता योग्य "
++"समर्थन पुरवत नाही.हे कदाचित तुमच्या हार्डवेअरकरिता Linux ड्राइव्हर्ससह अडचण "
++"असू शकते, उदाहरणार्थ. पुन्हा हायबरनेट करून आणि दुसऱ्यावेळी ते कार्य करणार "
++"किंवा नाही, याची चाचणी शक्य आहे. न झाल्यास, कदाचित संगणकावरील ड्राइव्हर्ससह "
++"अडचण असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला सक्रीय केल्यानंतर माझी वायरलेस जोडणी (किंवा इतर हार्डवेअर) कार्य "
++"करत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला सस्पेंड किंवा हायबरनेट केल्यास आणि त्यानंतर पुन्हा सुरू केल्यास, "
++"तुमची इंटरनेट जोडणी, माउस, किंवा काही इतर साधन योग्यरित्या कार्य करणार नाही. "
++"याचे कारण म्हणजे ड्राइव्हर साधनकरिता योग्यरित्या सस्पेंड किंवा हायबरनेटकरिता "
++"समर्थन पुरवत नाही. हे <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">ड्राइव्हरसह अडचण आहे</"
++"link> आणि प्रत्यक्षरित्या स्वतः साधनाशी नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनाकडे पावर स्विच असल्यास, बंद करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा. "
++"बहुतांश घटनांमध्ये, साधन पुन्हा सुरू होईल. USB केबल किंवा समानसह जोडणी करत "
++"असल्यास, साधनाची जोडणी अशक्य करा आणि पुन्हा जोडणी करा आणि कार्य होते किंवा "
++"नाही ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनाला बंद किंवा अनप्लग करणे अशक्य असल्यास, किंवा योग्यरित्या कार्य न करत "
++"असल्यास, साधन योग्यरित्या कार्य करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला संगणक पुन्हा सुरू करावे "
++"लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr "सस्पेंड संगणकाला स्लीप मोडमध्ये पाठवते जेणेकरून कमी पावरचा होतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr "संगणकाला सस्पेंड केल्यावर काय होते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला <em>सस्पेंड</em> केल्यानंतर, ते स्लीप मोडमध्ये जाते. सर्व "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि दस्तऐवज खुले राहतात, परंतु पडदा आणि पावर साठवण्याकरिता "
++"संगणकाचे इतर भाग निष्क्रीय राहतात. जरी संगणक पुन्हा सुरु केले तरी, थोड्या "
++"प्रमाणात पावरचा वापर केले जाईल. कि दाबून किंवा माउस क्लिक करून सक्रीय करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. ते कार्य करत नसल्यास, पावर बटन दाबायचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणकांचे हार्डवेअर समर्थनसह अडचणी असतात म्हणजेच ते <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">योग्यरित्या सस्पेंड किंवा हायबरनेट करू शकणार नाही</link>. "
++"अवलंबून राहण्यापूर्वी संगणकाला सस्पेंड करून चाचणी करायची चांगली युक्ति आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr "सस्पेंड करण्यापूर्वी नेहमी काम साठवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला हायबरनेट करण्यापूर्वी सर्व काम साठवा, खबरदारी म्हणून काही चुकिचे "
++"घडल्यास आणि संगणक पुन्हा सुरू केल्यानंतर, तुमचे खुले ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि "
++"दस्तऐवजांची पुन्हप्राप्ति शक्य होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉप बॅटरीवर कार्यरत असल्यास, पावर साठवण्याकरिता, संगणक रिकामे असताना पडदा "
++"मंद होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr "थोड्यावेळानंतर माझा पडदा मंद का होतो?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++"लॅपटॉप संगणक बॅटरीवर कार्यरत असल्यास, पावर साठवण्याकरिता, संगणक रिकामे "
++"असताना पडदा मंद होईल. संगणकाचा पुन्हा वापर करतेवेळी, पडदा पुन्हा तेज होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr "पडद्याला स्वतःहून मंद होण्यापासून थांबवणे शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>तेजपणा &amp; कुलूपबंद</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>पावर साठवण्याकरिता पडदा मंद "
++"करा</gui> निवड अशक्य करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr "सैल केबल्स आणि हार्डवेअर अडचणी संभाव्य कारण आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "माझे संगणक सुरू होणार नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे संगणक सुरू न होण्याचे असंख्य कारण आहेत. हे शिर्षक तुम्हाला संभाव्य "
++"कारणांचे संक्षिप्त अवलोकन पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr "संगणक जोडले नाही, रिकामी बॅटरि, किंवा सैल केबल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणाच्या पावर केबल्स घट्टपणे जोडलेले आहेत आणि पावर आउटलेट्स सुरू आहे याची "
++"खात्री करा. मॉनिटर जोडले आहे आणि सुर आहे याची देखील खात्री करा. तुमच्याकडे "
++"लॅपटॉप असल्यास, चार्जिंग केबलची जोडणी करा (बॅटरी रिकामी झाल्यास). बॅटरी "
++"काढून टाकण्याजोगी असल्यास, ती योग्यरित्या एका ठिकाणी जोडली आहे याचीही खात्री "
++"(लॅपटॉपचे खालील भाग पहा) करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "संगणकाच्या हार्डवेअरसह अडचण"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाचे घटक खंडीत झाले असावे अकार्यक्षम होऊ शकते. असे असल्यास, तुम्हाला "
++"संगणक दुरुस्तीची आवश्यकता असेल. सामान्य समस्यांमध्ये खंडीत वीज पुरवठा युनिट, "
++"चुकीचेरित्या-बसवलेले घटक (जसे की मेमरि किंवा RAM) आणि एक खराब मदरबोर्ड "
++"समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "संगणक बीप करते आणि नंतर बंद होते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरु केल्यावर आणि नंतर बंद होताना (किंवा सुरू करण्यास अपयशी) संगणक अनेकवेळा "
++"बीप करत असल्यास , ते एक अडचण आढळली आहे असे सूचित करू शकते.या बीप्सना कधीकधी "
++"<em>बीप कोड्स</em> असे म्हटले जाते, आणि बीप्स पध्दती आपल्याला संगणकला "
++"अडळणारी अडचण कळवते. विविध उत्पादक विविध बीप कोड्स्चा वापर करतात, जेणेकरून "
++"संगणकाच्या मदरबोर्डसाठी मॅन्युअलचा सल्ला घ्या, किंवा संगणकाची दुरुस्ती करावी "
++"लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr "संगणकातील फॅन्स फिरत आहेत परंतु पडद्यावरच काहीच आढळत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr "सर्वप्रथम मॉनिटरची जोडणी झाली आहे आणि ते सुरू आहे, याची चाचणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"ही अडचण हार्डवेअर व्यत्ययमुळे देखील होऊ शकते. पावर बटन दाबल्यानंतर फॅन्स "
++"सुरू होऊ शकतात, परंतु संगणकाचे इतर महत्वाचे भाग सुरू होण्यास अपयशी ठरतील. "
++"अशा घटनांमध्ये, संगणकाला दुरूस्तीकरिता न्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">स्थगित करा</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">वीज बंद करा</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">स्क्रीन "
++"मंदन</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "वीज &amp; बॅटरी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "बॅटरी सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "वीज प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "पावर आणि बॅटरीजच्या अडचणींचे निवारण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">पार्श्वभुमी</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">आकार आणि फिरवणे</link>, तेजस्वीपणा…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "डिसप्ले &amp; स्क्रीन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">भाषा</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">क्षेत्र आणि रूपण</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">कळफलक "
++"मांडणी</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">कळफलक</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">माउस</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">डिस्पले</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">भाषा</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">वापरकर्ता खाते</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता &amp; सिस्टीम सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++"पेपरच्या दोन्ही बाजूने छपाई करा, किंवा प्रत्येक पृष्ठकरिता पेजेस गुणित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr "दोन-बाजूचे आणि बहु-पृष्ठ मांडणींची छपाई करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "प्रत्येक पृष्ठाच्या पानाच्या दोन्ही बाजूची छपाई करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>फाइल</gui><gui>छापा</gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई पटलाच्या <gui>पृष्ठ मांडणी</gui> टॅबवर जा आणि <gui>दोन-बाजू</gui> ड्रॉप-"
++"डाउन सूचीतून पर्याय निवडा. पर्याय बंद केले असल्यास, दोन-बाजू छपाई तुमच्या "
++"छपाईयंत्रकरिता उपलब्ध नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्र दोन-बाजू चपाई विविध प्रकारे हाताळतो. ते छपाईयंत्र कसे काम करते "
++"याचे प्रयोग करणे चांगला विचार आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"पेपरच्या प्रत्येक <em>बाजू</em> करिता दस्तऐवजाचे एकापेक्षा जास्त पृष्ठाची "
++"छपाई करणे शक्य आहे. असे करण्यासाठी <gui>प्रत्येक बाजूचे पृष्ठ</gui> पर्यायचा "
++"वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्यायांची उपलब्धता छपाईयंत्राच्या प्रकारवर आधारित आहे, तसेच वापरण्याजोगी "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनवर. हा पर्याय नेहमी उपलब्ध होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++"A4/लेटर-आकार पेपरचा वापर करून मोड केलेल्या बूकलेटची (जसे कि पुस्तक किंवा "
++"पॅम्पेल्ट) छपाई करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr "घडी केलेल्या पुस्तिका छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"विशेष क्रमवारीत दस्तऐवजांची छपाई करून (जसे कि पुस्तक किंवा पॅम्पलेट) आणि "
++"काही छपाई पर्याय बदलून तुम्ही मोड केलेल्या बूकलेट्सची छपाई करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr "ह्या सूचना PDF दस्तऐवजातून बूकलेटच्या छपाईकरिता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> दस्तऐवजपासून बूकलेटची छपाई करायची असल्यास, पहिले "
++"<guiseq><gui>फाइल</gui><gui>PDF म्हणून एक्सपोर्ट करा…</gui></guiseq> निवडून "
++"तुम्ही PDF ला एक्सपोर्ट करू शकता. तुमचे दस्तऐवज पृष्ठे ४ संख्येच्या पटीत "
++"असणे आवश्यक आहे (४, ८, १२, १६,…). तुम्हाला ३ रिकामे पृष्ठे समाविष्ट करावे "
++"लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr "पुस्तिका छापण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्वसाधारण</gui> टॅबकडे जा. <em>व्याप्ति</em> अंतर्गत, <gui>पृष्ठे</"
++"gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++"पृष्ठांची संख्या या क्रमवारीत टाइप करा (n म्हणजे एकूण पृष्ठांची संख्या, आणि "
++"४ संख्येच्या पटीत):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, १, २, n-१, n-२, ३, ४, n-३, n-४, ५, ६, n-५, n-६, ७, ८, n-७, n-८, ९, १०, n-"
++"९, n-१०, ११, १२, n-११…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "उदाहरणे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "४ पानी पुस्तिका: <input>४,१,२,३</input> टाइप करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "८ पानी पुस्तिका: <input>८,१,२,७,६,३,४,५</input> टाइप करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"२० पानी पुस्तिका: <input>२०,१,२,१९,१८,३,४,१७,१६,५,६,१५,१४,७,८,१३,१२,९,१०,११</"
++"input> टाइप करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "आता, <gui>पान रचना</gui> टॅबवर जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>मांडणी</em> अंतर्गत, <gui>दोन-बाजूचे</gui> पर्यायमध्ये, <gui>छोटी किनार "
++"(पटलवा)</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>प्रत्येक बाजूकरिता पृष्ठे</gui> पर्यायमध्ये, <gui>२</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>पृष्ठांचे क्रम</gui> मेन्युमध्ये, <gui>डावे ते उजवे</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>छापा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr "एका-बाजूचे छपाईयंत्रवर बूकलेटची छपाई करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "छापण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>सामान्य</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>व्याप्ति</em> अंतर्गत, <gui>पृष्ठे</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…जोपर्यंत तुम्ही सर्व पृष्ठे टाइप केले असाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr "१२ पानी पुस्तिका: <input>१२,१,२,११,१०,३,४,९,८,५,६,७</input> टाइप करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"१६ पानी पुस्तिका: <input>१६,१,२,१५,१४,३,४,१३,१२,५,६,११,१०,७,८,९</input> टाइप "
++"करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>पान रचना</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>मांडणी</em> अंतर्गत, <gui>दोन-बाजूचे</gui> पर्यायमध्ये, <gui>एका बाजूचे</"
++"gui> निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>प्रत्येक बाजूकरिता पृष्ठे</gui> मेन्युमध्ये, <gui>२</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>फक्त छपाई</gui> मेन्युमध्ये, <gui>विषम पृष्ठे</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व पृष्ठांची छपाई झाल्यानंतर, पृष्ठांना पलटवा आणि त्यास छपाईयंत्रमध्ये "
++"पुन्हा स्थित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>फक्त छपाई</gui> मेन्युमध्ये, <gui>षम पृष्ठे</gui> निवडा ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++"A4 किंवा लेटर-साइज्ड पेपरचा वापर करून मोड केलेली, बहु-पृष्ठ बूकलेटची छपाई "
++"कशी करायची."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "पुस्तिका छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "तुम्ही पीडीएफपासून पुस्तिका छापु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++"PDF दस्तऐवजातील पृष्ठांची संख्या ४ च्या पटीने असल्यास, ४ च्या पटीने "
++"करण्यासाठी रिकाम्या पृष्ठांची योग्य संख्या समाविष्ट करा (१,२ किंवा ३). असे "
++"करण्यासाठी, तुम्ही खालील करू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++"आवश्यक रिकाम्या पृष्ठांची संख्या (१-३) सह <app>LibreOffice</app> दस्तऐव "
++"निर्माण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>फाइल</gui> <gui>PDF म्हणून एक्सपोर्ट करा…</gui></guiseq> निवडून "
++"रिकाम्या पृष्ठांना PDF करिता एक्सपोर्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>PDF-शफलर</app> किंवा <app>PDF मॉड</app> यांचा वापर करून PDF दस्तऐवजासह "
++"रिकाम्या पृष्ठांना एकत्रीत करा, रिकाम्या पृष्ठांना शेवटीस स्थित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr "खालील सूचीपासून छपाईकरिता वापरण्याजोगी छपाईयंत्राचे प्रकार निवडा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr "उर्वरित छपाई जॉब रद्द करा आणि त्यास रांगेत काढून टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "रद्द, तात्पुर्ता थांबवा किंवा छापण्याचे काम सोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही उर्वरित छपाई जॉब रद्द करू शकता आणि त्यास छपाईयंत्र सेटिंग्जमधीलत "
++"रांगेत काढून टाकू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "छापण्याचे काम रद्द करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++"योगायोगाने दस्तऐवजाची छपाई सुरू केली असल्यास, छपाई रद्द करणे शक्य आहे "
++"जेणेकरून तुम्हाला शाई किंवा पेपर वाया घालायची आवश्यकता पडणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "छापण्याचे काम रद्द करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>प्रिंटर्स</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>छपाईयंत्र</gui> संवादच्या उजव्या बाजूवरील <gui>जॉब्स दाखवा</gui> बटन "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr "प्ले-पॉज-स्टॉप चिन्हावरील स्टॉप बटनावर क्लिक करून छपाई जॉब रद्द करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"यामुळे अपेक्षाप्रमाणे छपाई जॉब रद्द होत नसल्यास, छपाईयंत्रवरील <gui>रद्द "
++"करा</gui> बटन दाबून ठेवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++"अंतिम, विशेषतया खूप जास्त पृष्ठांचे मोठे छपाई जॉब असल्यास आणि ते रद्द होत "
++"नसल्यास, छपाईयंत्राच्या पेपर इंपुट ट्रेपासून पेपर काढून टाका. छपाईयंत्रला "
++"आढळेल कि पेपर उपलब्ध नाही आणि छपाई लगेच थांबवेल. त्यानंतर तुम्ही छपाई जॉब "
++"रद्द करायचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करू शकता, किंवा छापईयंत्राला बंद करा आणि नंतर "
++"पुन्हा सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++"पेपर काढतेवेळी तुम्ही छपाईयंत्र खराब करणार नाही याची खात्री करा, जरी - पेपर "
++"काढण्याकरिता तुम्हाला ओढायची आवश्यकता असेल, किंबहुना पेपरला जसे आहे तसेच "
++"सोडून द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "तात्पुर्ता थांबवा आणि छापण्याचे काम सोडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई जॉब थांबवायचे किंवा प्रकाशित करायचे असल्यास, छपाईयंत्र सेटिंग्जमधील "
++"जॉब्स संवादचा वापर करा आणि योग्य बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>छपाईयंत्र</gui> संवादच्या उजव्या बाजूवरील <gui>जॉब्स दाखवा</gui> बटन "
++"क्लिक करा आणि आवश्यकता नुसार एकतर छपाई जॉब थांबवा किंवा प्रकाशीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr "दस्तऐवजी छपाई वेगळ्या पेपर आकार किंवा निर्देशनवर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "छपाई करतेवेळी पेपर आकार बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवजाचे पेपर आकार बदलायचे असल्यास (उदाहरणार्थ, US लेटर-साइज्ड PDF ला A4 "
++"पेपरवर छपाई करा), तुम्ही दस्तऐवजकरिता छपाई रूपण बदलू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>फाइल</gui><gui>छापा</gui></guiseq> क्लिक करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>पान रचना</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पेपर</gui> स्तंभ अंतर्गत, ड्रॉप-डाऊन सूची पासून <gui>पेपर आकार</gui> "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr "<gui>छापा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि तुमचं दस्तएवज छापलं जाइल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळ्या निर्देशनचा वापर करण्यासाठी तुम्ही <gui>निर्देशन</gui> मेन्युचा वापर "
++"करू शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "व्यक्तिचित्र"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "भूदृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "उलटं व्यक्तिचित्र"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "उलटं भूदृश्य"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++"एनवेलोप किंवा लेबल योग्य आहे, आणि योग्य पेपर आकार निवडले आहे याची खात्री करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "लिफाफे आणि लेबल छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश छपाईयंत्र तुम्हाला थेट एनव्हेलोप किंवा लेबल्सच्या शीटवर छपाईकरिता "
++"परवानगी देतात. हे सहसा तुम्हाला खूप जास्त लेटर्स पाठवताना विशेषतया उपयोगी "
++"पडते, उदाहरणार्थ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr "लिफाफे छापत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"एनव्हेलोपवर छपाई करतेवेळी तुम्हाला दोन बाबींची तपासणी करावी लागेल. प्रथम "
++"म्हणजे छपाईयंत्राला एनव्हेलोपचे आकार माहिती असणे. <gui>छपाई</gui> क्लिक "
++"केल्यानंतर छपाई पटल आढळते, <gui>पृष्ठ मांडणी</gui> टॅबवर जा आणि <gui>पेपर "
++"प्रकार</gui> यास \"Envelope\" असे शक्य असल्यास निवडा. असे शक्य नसल्यास, "
++"तुम्ही <gui>पृष्ठ आकार</gui> एनव्हेलोप आकार (उ.दा. \"C5\") करिता बदलू शकता, "
++"हे पहा. एनव्हेलोप्सचा संच उपलब्ध आकार असतात; अनेक एनव्हेलोप्स मानक आकारात "
++"उपलब्ध असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++"दुसरे म्हणजे, एनव्हेलोप्स छपाईयंत्राच्या इन-ट्रेमध्ये योग्यरित्या लोड झाले "
++"आहे याची खात्री करा. याकरिता छपाईयंत्राचे मॅन्युअलची तपासणी करा, किंवा एका "
++"एन्वेलोपची छपाई करा किंवा एका एनव्हेलोपची छपाई करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा आणि "
++"कोणत्या बाजूची छपाई झाली आणि कोणती बाजू योग्य आहे, ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"काही छपाईयंत्राची रचना एनव्हेलोपच्या छपाईकरिता केली जात नाही, विशेषतया काही "
++"लेजर छपाईयंत्र. छपाईयंत्र एनव्हेलोप स्वीकारते हे पहाण्याकरिता, छपाईयंत्राचे "
++"मॅन्युअल पहा; नाहीतर, एनव्हेलोपचा वापर करून तुम्ही छपाईयंत्र खराब करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr "छपाईयंत्र कार्डरिड्जमधील शाई किंवा उर्वरित टोनरचे प्रमाण तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "माझ्या छपाईयंत्राची शाई किंवा टोनर स्तर कसे तपासायचे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्राच्या मॉडल आणि उत्पादक, आणि संगणकावरील इंस्टॉल झालेल्या ड्राइव्हर्स "
++"व ॲप्लिकेशन्सवर आधारित, किती शाई किंवा टोनर बाकी आहे याची तपासणी शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"शाईचे स्तर आणि इतर माहिती दाखवण्याकरिता काही छपाईयंत्रांमध्ये बिल्ट-इन पडदा "
++"असतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांश HP छपाईयंत्रकरिता ड्राइव्हर्स आणि स्थिती साधने HP Linux Imaging and "
++"Printing (HPLIP) प्रकल्पातर्फे पुरवले जाते. इतर उत्पादक प्रोप्राइटरि "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स किंवा समान गुणविशेष पुरवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, शाईचे स्तर तपाण्याकरिता किंवा नियंत्रीतकरण्यासाठी तुम्ही "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन इंस्टॉल करू शकता. <app>इंकब्लॉट</app> तुम्हाला HP, Epson आणि Canon "
++"छपाईयंत्रकरिता शाईची स्थिती दाखवते. छपाईयंत्र <link href=\"http://"
++"libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">समर्थीत मॉडल्सच्या सूचीत</link> "
++"आहे, हे पहा. Epson आणि इतर काही छपाईयंत्रकरिता इतर शाईचे स्तर जाणून घेण्याचे "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन म्हणजे <app>mktink</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++"काही छपाईयंत्र अजूनही Linux वर योग्यरित्या समर्थीत नाही, आणि इतरांना त्यांचे "
++"शाईचे स्तर सादर करण्यास रचना केले नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "छपाईयंत्र सेटिंग्जमध्ये छपाईयंत्राचे नाव किंवा ठिकाण बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "छपाईयंत्राचे नाव किंवा ठिकाण बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr "छपाईयंत्र सेटिंग्जमध्ये छपाईयंत्राचे नाव किंवा ठिकाण बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्राचे नाव किंवा ठिकाण बदलण्याकरिता तुम्हाला प्रणालीवरील प्रशासकीय "
++"परवानगीची आवश्यकता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "प्रिंटरचे नाव बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "प्रिंटरचे नाव बदलायचे असल्यास, खालील मार्ग अनुसरा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"उजव्या कोपऱ्यातील <key>कुलूपबंद अशक्य</key> बटन क्लिक करा आणि पासवर्ड द्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "नाव क्लिक करून, छपाईयंत्राचे नाव संपादित करायला सुरूवात करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "बदल साठवण्यासाठी <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "प्रिंटरचे स्थान बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "प्रिंटरचे स्थान बदलण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "ठिकाण क्लिक करून, छपाईयंत्राचे ठिकाण संपादित करायला सुरूवात करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "संकलित करा आणि छापण्याची पद्धत उलटी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "छपाई वेगळ्या क्रमावरीत करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "उलटं"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्र सहसा पहिले पृष्ठाची छपाई करतात, आणि त्यानंतर शेवटच्या पृष्ठाची, "
++"जेणेकरून निवडल्यानंतर पृष्ट उलट क्रमवारीत समाप्त होते. आवश्यक असल्यास, ह्या "
++"छपाई क्रमवारीला उलट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "पद्धत उलटी करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई पटलाच्या <gui>सर्वासाधारण</gui> टॅबमध्ये <em>प्रत</em> अंतर्गत, "
++"<gui>उलट</gui> तपासा. शेटवचे पृष्ठाची पहिले छपाई केले जाईल, आणि अशा प्रकारे "
++"पुढे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "संकलन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवजाची एकापेक्षा जास्त प्रत बनवत असल्यास, प्रिंटआउट्सना "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे पृष्ठ क्रमांकनुसारे (जसे कि पृष्ठ एकचे सर्व प्रत बाहेर "
++"पडतात, नंतर पृष्ठ दोनचे, आणि अशा प्रकारे पुढे) गटात लावले जाईल. <em>कोलेशन</"
++"em>मुळे प्रत्येक प्रत त्यांच्या पृष्ठांना एका गटात एकत्रीत करून योग्य "
++"क्रमावारित बाहेर येतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr "संकलन करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई पटलाच्या <gui>सर्वासाधारण</gui> टॅबमध्ये <em>प्रत</em> अंतर्गत, "
++"<gui>कोलेट</gui> तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्राच्या मेक आणि मॉडलवर आधारित पेपर जॅम कसे हाताळले जाते ते ठरते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr "जाम झालेले पान सोडवत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++"बहुतांशवेळी छपाईयंत्र पेपरच्या शीट्स अयोग्यपणे फीड करतात आणि जॅम होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्रकरिता मॅन्युअल सहसा पेपर जॅम्स कसे हाताळायचे त्याविषयी तपशील माहिती "
++"पुरवतो. सहसा, तुम्हाला जॅम शोधण्याकरिता छपाईयंत्राचे एक पॅनल उघडावे लागेल "
++"(परंतु काळजीपूर्वक!) छपाईयंत्राच्या फिडिंग पद्धतीमधून जॅम झालेल्या पेपरला "
++"खेचून बाहेर काढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++"जॅम एकदाचे हाताळल्यानंतर तुम्हाला छपाई पुन्हा सुरू करण्याकरिता छपाईयंत्राचे "
++"<gui>पुन्हा चालवा</gui> बटन दाबावे लागेल. काही छपाईयंत्रांसह, तुम्हाला "
++"छपाईयंत्र देखील बंद करावे लागू शकते, आणि त्यानंतर छपाई जॉब पुन्हा सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr "फक्त ठराविक पृष्ठांची, किंवा पृष्ठ व्याप्तिंची छपाई करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "काही ठराविक पानं छापा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "दस्तऐवजातून फक्त ठराविक पृष्ठांची छपाई करायचे असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई पटलाच्या <gui>सर्वासाधारण</gui> टॅबमध्ये <em>छपाई</em> पटलात "
++"<gui>व्याप्ति</gui> विभागातून <gui>पृष्ठे</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++"मजकूर पेटीत, स्वल्पविरामविभाजी आवश्यक छपाईजोगी पृष्ठांची संख्या टाइप करा. "
++"पृष्ठांची व्याप्ति निर्देशीत कऱण्यासाठी डॅशचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, <gui>पृष्ठे</gui> मजकूर पेटीत \"1,3,5-7,9\" दिल्यास, पृष्ठे "
++"१,३,५,६,७ आणि ९ची छपाई केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr "वारंवार वापरण्याजोगी छपाईयंत्र निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "पुर्वनिर्धारित प्रिंटर ठरवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++"एकापेक्षा जास्त छपाईयंत्र उपलब्ध असल्यास, पूर्वनिर्धारित छपाईयंत्राची निवड "
++"करणे शक्य आहे. वारंवार वापरण्याजोगी छपाईयंत्राची निवड करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित छपाईयंत्र सेटकरण्यासाठी प्रणालीवर प्रशासकीय परवानगीची "
++"आवश्यकता आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr "उपलब्ध छपाईयंत्रांच्या सूचीपासून पूर्वनिर्धारित छपाईयंत्र निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"उजव्या कोपऱ्यातील <key>कुलूपबंद अशक्य</key> बटन क्लिक करा आणि पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>पुर्वनिर्धारित</gui> पर्याय निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"उपलब्ध छपाईयंत्रांची सूची निवडतेवेळी, छपाईयंत्राचे नाव किंवा ठिकाण निर्देशीत "
++"करन तुम्ही छपाईयंत्र शोध परिणाम फिल्टर करू शकता (उदाहरणार्थ, <input>1st "
++"floor</input> किंवा <input>entrance</input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"नविन छपाईयंत्रांना समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी शोध परिणाम फिल्टर करणे फक्त "
++"संवादमध्ये उपलब्ध होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशनची छपाई केल्यानंतर, पूर्वनिर्धारित छपाईयंत्राचा स्वयंरित्या वापर "
++"केला जातो, ठराविक आउटपुटकरिता वेगळ्या छपाईयंत्र निवड असल्यासs."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr "संगणकाशी जुळलेल्या छपाईयंत्राची मांडणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "स्थानिक प्रिंटर ठरवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"जोडणी केल्यानंतर तुमची प्रणाली स्वयंरित्या अनेक प्रकारचे छपाईयंत्र ओळखतात. "
++"अनेक छपाईयंत्रांना USB केबलसह जुळले जाते जे संगणकाशी जुळलेले असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"नेटवर्क किंवा स्थानीय छपाईयंत्र आत्ता इंस्टॉल करायचे असल्यास तुम्हाला निवड "
++"करायची आवश्यकता नाही. त्यास एक पटलामध्ये सूचीत दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "प्रिंटर सुरु आहे याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++"योग्य केबलसह छपाईयंत्राची प्रणालीशी जोडणी करा. प्रणाली ड्राइव्हर्सकरिता शोध "
++"घेतेवेळी तुम्हाला पडद्यावर कृती दिसतील, आणि तुम्हाला इंस्टॉल करण्यासाठी ओळख "
++"पटवण्यास विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीचे छपाईयंत्र इंस्टॉल करणे पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर संदेश आढळेल. चाचणी "
++"पृष्ठाची छपाई करण्यासाठी <gui>चाचणी पृष्ठाची छपाई करा</gui>, किंवा छपाईयंत्र "
++"मांडणीमध्ये अगाऊ बदल करण्यासाठी <gui>पर्याय</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्राला स्वयंरित्या सेट अप केले नसल्यास, त्यास छपाईयंत्र सेटिंग्जमध्ये "
++"समाविष्ट करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<key>+</key> बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पॉपअप पटलात, नविन छपाईयंत्राची निवड करा. <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्र समावेश पॉपअपमध्ये छपाईयंत्र न आढळल्यास, तुम्हाला कदाचित छपाईयंत्र "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स इंस्टॉल करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्र इंस्टॉल केल्यानंतर, तुम्हाला <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\">पूर्वनिर्धारित छपाईयंत्र बदलायला</link> आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रिंट आउट्स, विरेखित, कोमजलेले, किंवा रंग गहाळ झाले असल्यास, तुमचा शाई स्तर "
++"तपासा किंवा प्रिंट हेड स्वच्छ करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr "माझ्या प्रिंट-आउट्सवरील विरेख, रेघा किंवा चुकिचे रंग का आहेत?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रिंट-आउट्स विरेखीत, कोमेजलेले, अनावश्यक रेघा असल्यास, किंवा कमजोर दर्जा "
++"असल्यास, कदाचित छपाईयंत्रसह अडचण असू शकते किंवा शाई/टोनर पुरवठा कमी असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr "अस्पष्ट मजकुर किंवा छबी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"कदाचित शाई किंवा टोनर रिकामे झाले असावे. इंक किंवा टोनरचा पुरवठा तपासा आणि "
++"आवश्यक असल्यास नविन कार्टरिड्ज विकत घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr "छटा आणि रेषा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++"इंकजेट छपाईयंत्र असल्यास, छपाईयंत्रवर धूर किंवा अपूर्णरित्या अडवलेले असेल. "
++"प्रिंट हेड नष्ट करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा (सूचनांकरिता छपाईयंत्राचे मॅन्युअल पहा)."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "चुकीचे रंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्रमध्ये शाईचे एक किंवा टोनर रिकामे झाले असावे . इंक किंवा टोनरचा "
++"पुरवठा तपासा आणि आवश्यक असल्यास नविन कार्टरिड्ज विकत घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr "जॅग्ड ओळी, किंवा रेघा सरळ नाहीत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रिंट-आउटवरील ओळी जे सरळ पाहिजे होते जॅग्ड झाले, त्यांचे प्रिंड हेड संरेषीत "
++"करायला आवडेल. याविषयी अधिक तपशील करिता छपाईयंत्राचे सूची मॅन्युअल पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्रकडे पाठवण्याऐवजी दस्तऐवजाला PDF, पोस्टस्क्रिप्ट किंवा SVG फाइल "
++"म्हणून साठवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "फाइलला प्रिंट करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाईयंत्रपासून छपाईकरिता पाठवण्याऐवजी तुम्ही दस्तऐवजाची फाइलकरिता छपाई निवडू "
++"शकता. फाइलकरिता छपाईमुळे <sys>PDF</sys>, एक <sys>Postscript</sys> किंवा "
++"<sys>SVG</sys> फाइल निर्माण होते ज्यामध्ये दस्तऐवज असते. दस्तऐवजाला दुसऱ्या "
++"मशीनकरिता स्थानांतरित करायचे असल्यास किंवा दुसऱ्यांसह सहभागी करायचे असल्यास "
++"हे उपयोगी ठरू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"छपाई संवाद उघडा. यास सहसा मेन्यु अंतर्गत <gui style=\"menuitem\">छपाई</gui> "
++"यांच्या सहाय्याने किंवा <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> कळफलक "
++"शार्टकटचा वापर करून शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>सर्वसाधारण</gui> टॅबमध्ये  <gui>छपाईयंत्र</gui> अंतर्गत <gui>फाइलकरिता "
++"छपाई</gui> निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित फाइलनाव आणि फाइल कुठे साठवायचे बदलण्याकरिता, छपाईयंत्र निवड "
++"खालील फाइलनाव क्लिक करा. एकदाचे पूर्णपणे बंद केल्यावर <gui style="
++"\"button\">निवडा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"दस्तऐवजकरिता <sys>PDF</sys> पूर्वनिर्धारित फाइल प्रकार आहे. वेगळ्या <gui>आउट "
++"रूपण</gui>चा वापर करायचे असल्यास, एकतर  <sys>पोस्टस्क्रिप्ट</sys> किंवा "
++"<sys>SVG</sys> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "तुमच्या दुसऱ्या पानांची पसंती निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "फाइलला साठवण्यासाठी <gui style=\"button\">छापा</gui> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">स्थानीय मांडणी</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">क्रमवारी आणि कोलेट</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">दोन-बाजूचे "
++"आणि बहु-पृष्ठ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "सेटअप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "प्रिंटर बसवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "आकार आणि मांडण्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "वेगळ्या पानांचे आकार आणि मांडण्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr "न आढळलेले छपाईयंत्र, पेपर जॅम्स, छपाईयंत्र जे चुकिचे दिसतात…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "प्रिंटर प्रश्ने"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">पडदा कुलूपबंद करा</link>, <link xref="
++"\"privacy-name-visibility\">नाव &amp; दृष्यता</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"history-recent-off\">वापर इतिहास</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">ट्रॅश "
++"&amp; तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्स नष्ट करा</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "गुप्तता सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मधील <em>गोपणीयता सेटिंग्ज</em> तुम्हाला डेस्कटॉपचे ठराविक भाग "
++"दृष्यास्पद आहे किंवा नाही हे नियंत्रीत करण्यास मदत करते. संगणकाचा वापर "
++"इतिहास नष्ट करण्यासाठी आणि अनावश्यक फाइल्स नष्ट करण्यासाठी या सेटिंग्जचा "
++"वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतर पॉपअप सूचना दाखवू नका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "सूचना लपवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित, पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतरही तुमचे संगणक संदेश सूचना दाखवेल. "
++"उदाहरणार्थ, संगणकापासून दूर असल्यावरही तुम्हाला कोणही पटकन संदेश पाठवल्यास, "
++"पडद्यावर सूचना आढळेल. पडदा कुलूपबंद असल्यावरही त्या व्यक्तिचे संदेश मजकूर "
++"म्हणून आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++"संदेशला जास्त व्यक्तिगत ठेवण्यासाठी तुम्हाला हे गुणविशेष बंद करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतर सूचना बंद करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>उच्च पट्टी</gui>मध्ये तुमच्या नावावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> <gui>गोपणियता</gui><gui>पडदा कुलूपबंद करा</gui></"
++"guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>बंद करण्यासाठी</gui> <gui>सूचना दाखवा</gui> स्लाइडर सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr "नुकतेच वापरलेल्या फाइल्स नियंत्रणपासून थांबवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "फाइल इतिहास पाठलाग बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"नुकतेच-वापरलेल्या फाइल्स आणि फोल्डर्सला नियंत्रीत केल्याने कार्यरत घटकांना "
++"शोधणे सोपे होते, पंरतु तुम्हाला ह्या घटकांना व्यक्तिगत ठेवायला आवडेल. "
++"डेस्कटॉपचे फाइल इतिस नियंत्रण गुणविशेष बंद करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टीवर तुमच्या नावावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui style=\"menu\">गोपणीयता</gui> "
++"<gui style=\"menu\">वापर &amp; इतिहास</gui></guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>नुकतेच वापरलेल्या</gui> स्लाइडरला <gui>बंद करा</gui> असे सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ह्या गुणविशेषला पुन्हा-सुरू करण्यासाठी, <gui>नुकतेच वापरलेल्या</gui> "
++"स्लाइडरला <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्राउजर भेट दिलेल्या संकेतस्थाळांविषयी कशा प्रकारे माहिती साठवतो हे या "
++"सेटिंगमुळे प्रभावीत होत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "शीर्षपट्टीमध्ये तुमच्या नावऐवजी चिन्ह दाखवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टीवरचं तुमचं नाव लपवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे <gui>शीर्ष पट्टीत</gui> तुमचे नाव दाखवले जाते, परंतु "
++"गोणपीयताचे संरक्षण करण्याकरिता तुम्ही नाव छुपे करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "<gui>उच्च पट्टी</gui>मध्ये तुमचं नाव लपवण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui><gui>गोपणीयता</gui> <gui>नाव &amp; दृष्यता</gui></"
++"guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्टेल्थ मोड</gui> यास <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट करा, किंवा <gui>शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीत पूर्ण नाव दाखवा</gui> यास <gui>बंद करा</gui> असे सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++"Setting <gui>स्टेल्थ मोड</gui> ला <gui>सुरू करा</gui> करिता सेट केल्याने "
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतर संपूर्ण नाव देखील चुपे होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मदतमधील अनेक मदत शीर्षक तुम्हाला \"<gui>शीर्षपट्टीतील</gui> नाव क्लिक "
++"करा\" करिता मदत करतात. <gui>शीर्षपट्टीतील</gui> नाव छुपे केल्यास, तुम्हाला "
++"त्याऐवजी <gui>शीर्ष पट्टी</gui> मध्ये छोटे <gui>सूचना चिन्हा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr "संगणकाला ट्रॅश आणि तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्सला कसे नष्ट करायचे ते सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "कचरा पुसा &amp; तात्पुरत्या फाइल्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ट्रॅश आणि तात्पुर्ते फाइल्स नष्ट केल्याने अनावश्यक आणि विनावापर फाइल्स "
++"संगणातून काढून टाकले जातात, आणि हार्ड डिस्क अगाऊ जागा देखील मोकळे करते. "
++"स्वतः ट्रॅश आणि तातपुर्त्या फाइल्स नष्ट करणे शक्य आहे, परंतु ह्या संगणकाला "
++"असे करण्यास स्वयं सेट करता येते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++"स्वयंरित्या ट्रॅश रिकामे करा आणि ठराविक वेळेनंतर तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्स नष्ट "
++"करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>उच्च पट्टी</gui>वर तुमच्या नावावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr "<gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा आणि <gui>गोपणयीता</gui> चिन्ह क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ट्रॅश &amp; तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्स नष्ट करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्वयं ट्रॅश नष्ट करा</gui> किंवा <gui>स्वयं तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्स नष्ट "
++"करा</gui> स्लाइडर्सला <gui>सुरू करा</gui> करिता सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पर्ज आफ्टर</gui> मूल्य बदलून किती वेळाने तुम्हाला <em>ट्रॅश</em> आणि "
++"<em>तात्पुर्त्या फाइल्स</em> सेट करायला आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>बंद</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++"सावधगिरीसह <em>नंतर पर्ज करा: पटकन</em> सेटिंगचा वापर करा. ट्रॅशला पटकन पर्ज "
++"कराकरिता सेट केल्यामुळे नष्ट केलेले कोणत्याही फाइल्स ट्रॅश मध्ये न जात "
++"नेहमीकरिता नष्ट केले जातील. ट्रॅशमधील फाइल्सच्या तुलनेत नष्ट केलेल्या फाइल्स "
++"पुन्ह प्राप्तिपासून जास्त कठिण असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"ट्रॅशपासून पटकन फाइल्स नष्ट करायची आवश्यकता असेपर्यंत, कदाचित मोठे <gui>पर्ज "
++"आफ्टर</gui> मूल्य सेट करणे सुरक्षित आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकातून दूर जातेवेळी इतर वापरकर्त्यांना तुमचा डेस्कटॉपचा वापर करण्यापासून "
++"टाळा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "तुमच्या स्क्रीनला आपोआप कुलूप लावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकापासून दूर जातेवेळी, इतर वापरकर्त्यांना तुमच्या डेस्कटॉप आणि "
++"फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश टाळण्यासाठी <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">पडदा "
++"कुलूपबंद करा</link>. कधीकधी पडदा कुलूपबंद करायचा विसर पडल्यास, ठराविक "
++"वेळेनंतर तुम्हाला कदाचित स्वयंरित्या पडदा कुलूपबंद करायला आवडेल. वापर करत "
++"नसताना यामुळे तुमचा संगणक सुरक्षित राहेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद झाल्यानंतर, तुमच्या ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि सिस्टम प्रोसेस चालण्यास "
++"सज्ज होतील, परंतु पुन्हा वापर करायचा असल्यास तुम्हाला पासवर्ड द्यावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr "पडदा स्वयंरित्या कुलूपबंद होण्यापूर्वी सेट करण्याजोगी कालावधी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>गोपणीयता</gui><gui>पडदा कुलूपबंद करा</gui></guiseq> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्वयंरित्या पडदा कुलूपबंद करा</gui> सुरू आहे याची खात्री करा, त्यानंतर "
++"ड्रॉपडाउन सूचीमधून कालावधी निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतर, आणि त्यास कुलूपबंद अशक्य करायचे असल्यास, <key>Esc</"
++"key> दाबा, किंवा माउससह पडद्याच्या तळापासून स्वाइप करा. त्यानंतर पासवर्ड "
++"द्या, आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा किंवा <gui>कुलूपबंद अशक्य करा</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr "चित्र घ्या किंवा पडद्यावरील व्हिडीओ रेकॉर्ड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "२०११"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनशॉटस् आणि स्क्रीनकास्टस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याचे चित्र घेतल्यानंतर (एक <em>स्क्रीनशॉट</em>) किंवा पडद्यावरील व्हिडीओ "
++"(एक <em>स्क्रीनकास्ट</em>) रेकॉर्ड करणे पसंत करू शकता. संगणकावरील काही बाब "
++"कशा प्रकारे केली जाते, ते दाखवण्याकरिता हे उपयोगी ठरते, उदाहरणार्थ. "
++"स्क्रीनशॉट्स आणि स्क्रीनकास्ट्स सहसा सर्वसाधारण छित्र आणि व्हिडीओ फाइल्स "
++"आहेत, जेणेकरून तुम्ही त्यास ईमेल करू शकता आणि वेबवरू शेअर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनपासून <app>स्क्रीनशॉट</app> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या</app> पटलात, पडदाभर, सध्याचे पटल, किंवा पडद्यावरील "
++"क्षेत्र पटकन पकडायचे किंवा नाही, ते ठरवा. पटल निवडायचे आहे ते विलंब सेट करा "
++"किंवा नाहीतर स्क्रीनशॉटकरिता डेस्कटॉपला सेट करा. त्यानंतर पसंतीचे प्रभाव "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पटकन पकडण्याचा क्षेत्र</gui> निवडल्यास, पॉइंटर क्रॉसहैरमध्ये बदलते. "
++"स्क्रीनशॉटकरिता पसंतीचे क्षेत्र ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्क्रीनशॉट साठवा</gui> पटलमध्ये, फाइलनाव द्या आणि फोल्डर निवडा, "
++"त्यानंतर <gui>साठवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, स्क्रीनशॉटला प्रथम न साठवता इमेज-एडिटिंग ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये आयात "
++"करा. <gui>क्लिपबोर्डमध्ये प्रत बनवा</gui> क्लिक करा त्यानंतर प्रतिमेला इतर "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये चिकटवा, किंवा स्क्रीनशॉट थंबनेलला ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड शॉर्टकट्स"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++"पटकन डेस्कटॉप, पटलचे, किंवा ह्या ग्लोबल कळफलक शार्टकट्सचा वापर करून "
++"क्षेत्राचे स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉपचा स्क्रीनशॉट घेण्यासाठी <key>Prt Scrn</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाचा स्क्रीनशॉट घेण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"निवडलेल्या क्षेत्राचा स्क्रीनशॉट घेण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt "
++"Scrn</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलक शार्टकटचा वापर करताना, प्रतिमा स्वयंरित्या \"Screenshot\" सह सुरू "
++"होणारे फाइल नाव तुमच्या Pictures फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले जाते आणि प्राप्य दिनांक "
++"आणि वेळ समाविष्टीत असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++"स्क्रीनशॉट प्रतिमांना क्लिपबोर्डमध्ये साठवण्याऐवजी प्रत बनवण्याकरिता "
++"शार्टकट्स सह <key>Ctrl</key> दाबून ठेवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनकास्ट बनवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr "तुमच्या पडद्यावर काय होते त्याचे व्हिडीओ रेकॉर्डिंग शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्यावर काय होते त्याचे व्हिडीओ रेकॉर्डिंग सुरू करण्यासाठी "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
++"दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++"रेकॉर्डिंगची प्रगती सुरू असल्यास पडद्याच्या तळाच्या उजव्या कोपऱ्यामध्ये लाल "
++"गोलाकार दाखवले जाते. हे निर्देशक व्हिडीओमध्ये दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++"एकदाचे पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, रेकॉर्डिंग सुरू करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> पुन्हा सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"\"Screencast\" सह सुरू होणारे फाइल नाव तुमच्या Videos फोल्डरमध्ये साठवले "
++"जाते आणि प्राप्य दिनांक आणि वेळ समाविष्टीत असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++"समर्थीत फिंगरप्रिंट स्कॅनरचा वापर करून तुम्ही प्रणालीमध्ये प्रवेश करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "बोटांच्या ठश्यांपासून लॉग इन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीकडे समर्थीत फिंगरप्रिंट स्कॅनर असल्यास, तुम्ही फिंगरप्रिंट रेकॉर्ड "
++"करू शका आणि प्रवेशकरिता वापर करू शकता. हे कार्य करण्यासाठी तुमच्याकडे "
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगी असायला पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr "पहिले, प्रणालीतर्फे ओळखण्याजोगी फिंगरप्रिंट रेकॉर्ड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++"बोट खूप सुखलेले असल्यास, फिंग्रप्रिंटची नोंदणी अवघड होऊ शकते. असे झाल्यास, "
++"बोट थोडे ओलसर करा, स्वच्छ, मऊ कापडाने कोरडे करा आणि पुन्हा करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवर नाव क्लिक करा, त्यानंतर <gui>वापरकर्ता खाती</gui> पटल "
++"उघडण्याकरिता नावाच्या बाजूचे चित्र क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++"वरील-उजव्या कोपऱ्यातील <gui>वापरकर्ता खाती</gui> साधनाच्या <key>कुलूपबंद "
++"अशक्य</key> बटनाचा वापर करून खाते कुलूपबंद अशक्य करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "प्रॉमप्टवरील पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>फिंगरप्रिंट प्रवेश</gui>च्या बाजूचे <gui>बंद केले</gui> पर्याय निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"नोंदणी करण्याजोगी फिंगरप्रिंटकरिता पर्याय निवडा. तुम्ही उजवीकडील हाताचे "
++"इंडेक्स बोट, डाव्या हाताचे इंडेक्स बोट, किंवा वेगळे बोट निवडू शकता. त्यानंतर "
++"<gui>फॉरवर्ड</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"फिंगरप्रिंट रिडरवरील निवडलेल्या बोटाला <em>मध्यम वेगाने</em> तीनवेळा स्वाइप "
++"करा. प्रत्येकवेळी फिंगरप्रिंट रिडर फिंगरप्रिंटला योग्यरित्या ओळताना, "
++"चेकमार्कसह हाताचे परस्पर चित्र फिंगरप्रिंटच्या चित्रमध्ये रूपांतरीत केले "
++"जाईल. तिसऱ्या स्वाइप नंतर, तुम्हाला संदेश <gui>पूर्ण झाले!</gui> दिसेल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>फॉरवर्ड</gui> निवडा. फिंगरप्रिंट यशस्वीरित्या साठवले गेले, असे "
++"खात्रीपूर्वक संदेश आढळेल. संपन्न करण्यासाठी <gui>बंद करा</gui> पूर्ण करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++"आत्ता तुमचे नविन फिंगरप्रिंट प्रवेश कार्य करेल याची तपासणी करा. "
++"फिंगरप्रिंटची नोंदणी केल्यास, तुमच्याकडे पासवर्डसह प्रवेश करण्याचा पर्याय "
++"राहेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr "प्रवेश पडद्यावरील, सूचीतून नाव निवडा. पासवर्ड नोंदणी फॉर्म आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++"३० सेकंदच्या आत, वरील फिंगरप्रिंट बटन आणि नावाच्या उजव्या बाजूस निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++"फिंगरप्रिंट बटनाला हाताच्या चित्रसह लेबल केले जाते. टाइमर रिकामे असल्यास, "
++"बटन अदृश्य होते आणि तुम्हाला पासवर्डसह प्रवेश करण्यास परवानगी दिली जाईल. "
++"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचे असल्यास, <gui>रद्द करा</gui> बटन निवडा आणि मागील "
++"टप्प्याकडे जा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++"फिंगरप्रिंट स्कॅनरवर <em>मध्यम</em> वेगाने बोट फिरवा. तुमचा प्रवेश मिळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"पहिले प्रवेश किरिंगचे निर्माण केले असल्यास, ते पासवर्डद्वारे सुरक्षित केले "
++"जाते. कुलूपबंद अशक्य करण्यासाठी, पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr "दिनांक आणि वेळ, क्रमांक, चलन, आणि मोजमापकरिता क्षेत्राची निवड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "तारीख आणि मोजणी फॉरमॅटमध्ये बदल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++"दिनांक, वेळ, क्रमांक, चलन, आणि क्षेत्राच्या स्थानीय़ पसंतीच्या जुळणीशी "
++"मोजमापकरिता रूपण नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>क्षेत्र &amp; भाषा</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>रूपण</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरण्याजोगी रूपणसह जवळपास जुळणारे क्षेत्र निवडा. पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे, सूची "
++"क्षेत्र दाखवतात जे भाषा संचाचे वापर <gui>भाषा</gui> टॅबकरिता करतात. सर्व "
++"उपलब्ध क्षेत्रांपासून निवडकरिता <key>...</key> बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रॉमप्टकरिता प्रतिसाद द्या, <gui style=\"button\">आत्ता पुन्हा सुरू करा</"
++"gui> क्लिक करून, किंवा पुढे पुन्हा सुरू करण्याकरिता <gui style=\"button\">X</"
++"gui> क्लिक करून <gui>हे बदल लागू करण्याकरिता सत्राला पुन्हा सुरू करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++"क्षेत्र निवडल्यानंतर, उजव्या बाजूचे क्षेत्र दिनांक आणि इतर मूल्य कशे प्रकारे "
++"दाखवले जातात, याचे विविध उदाहरण दाखवतात. उदाहरणांमध्ये, तुमचे क्षेत्र "
++"दिनदर्शिकामधील सप्ताहातील सुरूवातीचा दिवस देखील नियंत्रीत करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता संवाद आणि मदत मजकूरकरिता वेगळ्या भाषेचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "तुम्ही वापरत असलेली भाषा बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉप आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्सचा कोणत्याही डजनभर भाषांमध्ये वापर शक्य आहे, परंतु "
++"संगणकावरील योग्य लँगवेज पॅक्स इंस्टॉल केलेले पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr "<gui>क्षेत्र &amp; भाषा</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>भाषा</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++"पसंतीची भाषा निवडा. प्रारंभिक सूचीमध्ये समर्थीत भाषांचा छोटा उपसंच दाखवला "
++"जातो. भाषा सूचीत नसल्यास, <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src="
++"\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/> क्लिक करा. काही भाषांतर कदाचित अपूर्ण "
++"असेल, आणि ठराविक ॲप्लिकेशन्स भाषाकरिता कदाचित समर्थन पुरवत नसेल. कोणतेही "
++"अभाषांतरीत मजकू सॉफ्टवेअर मूळतया भाषेत, सहसा अमेरिकन इंग्लिशमध्ये आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++"होम फोल्डरमधील काही विशेष फोल्डर्स आहेत जेथे ॲप्लिकेशन्स संगीत, चित्र आणि "
++"दस्तऐवज सारख्या बाबी साठवू शकतात. हे फोल्डर्स भाषानुसारे मानक नावांचा वापर "
++"करतात. पुन्हा प्रवेश केल्यानंतर, निवडलेल्या भाषाकरिता ह्या फोल्डर्सचे मानक "
++"नावकरिता पुन्ह नामांकनकरिता विचारले जाईल. पूर्णवेळ नविन भाषेचा वापर करण्याचा "
++"विचार केल्यास, तुमची फोल्डर नावे सुधारित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "सिस्टीम भाषा बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"भाषा बदलतेवेळी, प्रवेश केल्यानंतर तुम्ही फक्त खात्याकरिता बदल करू शकता. "
++"<em>प्रणाली भाषा</em> बदलणे देखील शक्य आहे, प्रवेश पडदा सारख्या ठिकाणी "
++"वापरलेली साधने."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">लॉगइन स्क्रीन</gui> बटण निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">प्रशासकीय परवानगी</link> आवश्यक आहे. "
++"पासवर्ड, किंवा विनंतीकृत प्रशासकीय खात्याकरिता पासवर्ड द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>गोपणीयता</gui> सेटिंग्जमधील पडदा कुलूपबंद करण्यापूर्वी किती वेळ "
++"थांबायचे ते बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन स्वतःला खूप लवकर कुलूप लावून घेते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"काही मिनीटांकरिता संगणक सोडून दिल्यास, पडदा स्वतःहून कुलूपबंद होईल जेणेकरून "
++"पुन्हा वापर सुरू करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला पासवर्ड द्यावे लागेल. हे सुरक्षा "
++"कारणास्तव (संगणकाकडे कुणाचे लक्ष लसल्यास कुणिही तुमच्या कार्यामध्ये गोंधळ "
++"घालू शकणार नाही) केले जाते, परंतु पडदा पटकन कुलूपबंद झाल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा स्वयंरित्या कुलूपबंध होण्यापूर्वी दीर्घकाळकरिता थांबवायचे असल्यास:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>गुप्तता</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>स्क्रीन कुलूप</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्वयं पडदा कुलूपबंद करा</gui> सुरू असल्यास, <gui>रिकामे झाल्यानंतर "
++"कुलूपबंद करा</gui> डॉप-डाउन सूचीमधील मूल्य बदलणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा स्वयंरित्या कुलूपबंद करायचे असल्यास, <gui>स्वयं कुलूपबंद करा</gui> बंद "
++"करणे याचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">बल्युटूथ शेअरिंग</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">स्क्रीन शेअरिंग</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">मिडीया शेअरिंग</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "शेअरिंग सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मदतमधील <em>शेअरिंग सेटिंग्ज</em> तुम्हाला स्थानीय नेटवर्कवर काय शेअर "
++"केले जाते, किंवा इतर तंत्र जसे कि <em>बल्युटूथ</em>, त्यांचे नियंत्रण "
++"करण्यास मदत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">डेस्कटॉप शेअरिंग</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">ईमेलतर्फे फाइल्स शेअर करा</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">मिडीया शेअरिंग</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "शेअरिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथवरील कोणती फोल्डर्स आणि साधने शेअर करायची ते सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथवर शेअरिंग नियंत्रित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ब्ल्युटूथ फाइल शेअरिंगकरिता <file>Public</file> आणि <file>Downloads</file> "
++"फोल्डर्सकरिता तुम्ही प्रवेशकरिता, आणि <em>विश्वासर्ह साधनांकरिता</em> "
++"मर्यादीत प्रेवशसाठी परवानगी देऊ शकता. संगणकावरील शेअर्ड फोल्डर्सकरिता प्रवेश "
++"नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी <gui>ब्ल्युटूथ शेअरिंग </gui> संरचीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<em>पेअर्ड</em>, किंवा संगकाशी जुळले असल्यास ब्ल्युटूथ साधन <em>विश्वासर्ह</"
++"em> असते. <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथवरील <file>Public</file> फोल्डर शेअर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>शेअरिंग</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>शेअरिंग</gui> <gui>बंद</gui> असल्यास, त्यास <gui>सुरू करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ब्लुटुथ शेअरिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>पब्लिक फोल्डर शेअर</gui> ला <gui>सुरू करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त विश्वासर्ह साधनांना <file>Public</file> फोल्डरकरिता प्रवेशकरिता परवानगी "
++"द्यायचे असल्यास, <gui>फक्त विश्वासर्ह साधनांसह</gui> <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे "
++"सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्याय पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे बंद केले जाते. शेअर्ड फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश टाळायचे "
++"असल्यास ब्ल्युटूथ-सक्रीय सेल फोन किंवा समान जवळपास साधनसह त्यास सक्रीय करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">बंद करा</gui> क्लिक करा. ब्ल्युटूथ-समर्थीत साधने आत्ता "
++"<file>Public</file> फोल्डरमधील फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr "<file>Downloads</file> फोल्डरमधील फाइल्सला शेअर करण्यास परवानगी द्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>प्राप्य फाइल्सला डाउनलोड्स फोल्डरकरिता साठवा</gui> यास <gui>सुरू करा</"
++"gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त विश्वासर्ह साधनांना <file>Downloads</file> फोल्डरकरिता प्रवेशसाठी "
++"परवानगी द्यायची असल्यास, <gui>फक्त विश्वासर्ह साधनांपासून प्राप्त करा</gui> "
++"<gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">बंद करा</gui> क्लिक करा. ब्ल्युटूथ-समर्थीत साधने आत्ता "
++"<file>Downloads</file> फोल्डरमध्ये फाइल्स पाठवू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++"VNCचा वापर करून इतर वापरकर्त्यांना तुमचे डेस्कटॉप पहाण्यास आणि संपर्क "
++"साधण्यास परवानगी द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "तुमचा डेस्कटॉप शेअर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही डेस्कटॉप अवलोकन ॲप्लिकेशनच्या सहाय्याने इतर वापरकर्त्यांना दुसऱ्या "
++"संगणकापासून तुमचे डेस्कटॉपचे अवलोकन आणि नियंत्रणकरिता परवानगी देऊ शकता. "
++"इतरांना डेस्कॉपकरिता प्रवेशसाठी <gui>स्क्रीन शेअरिंग</gui>ला संरचीत करा आणि "
++"सुरक्षा प्राधन्यता सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>स्क्रीन शेअरिंग</gui> दृष्यास्पद करण्याकरिता तुमच्याकडे <app>विनो</app> "
++"संकुल इंस्टॉल केलेले पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino इंस्टॉल करा</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>स्क्रीन शेअरिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"इतरांना तुमच्या डेस्टॉपच्या अवलोकनकरिता, <gui>दूरस्त अवलोकन</gui> यास "
++"<gui>सुरू करा</gui> सेट करा. याचा अर्थ इतर वापरकर्ते संगणकाशी जोडणी करण्याचा "
++"प्रयत्न करतात आणि पडद्यावरील बाबू पाहू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर वापरकर्त्यांना डेस्कटॉपशी संवाद साधण्याकरिता, <gui>दूरस्त कंट्रोल</"
++"gui>ला <gui>सुरू करा</gui>. यामुळे इतर वापरकर्त्यांना माउस हलवण्याकरिता "
++"परवानगी प्राप्त होते, ॲप्लिकेशन्स चालवा, आणि संगणकातील फाइल्स चाळा, सध्या "
++"वापरण्याजोगी सुरक्षा सेटिंग्जवर आधारित."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>दूरस्त अवलोकन</gui> <gui>सुरू</gui> असताना हा पर्याय पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे "
++"समर्थीत केला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++"बदलण्यापूर्वी प्रत्येक सुरक्षा पर्यायची संपूर्ण व्याप्ति गृहीत धरणे खूप "
++"महत्वाचे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "सर्व जोडण्यांना संमती द्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉपकरिता प्रवेश स्वीकारण्याकरिता, <gui>सर्व जोडण्या स्वीकारा</gui> यास "
++"<gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट करा. हा पर्याय बंद केल्यास, तुम्हाला कोणालाही "
++"संगणकाशी जोडणी करायचे किंवा नाही असे विचारले जाणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "हा पर्याय पुर्वनिर्धारितपणे लागू आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "पासवर्ड गरजेचे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉपशी जोडणी करतेवेळी इतर वापरकर्त्यांना पासवर्डचा वापर करण्यासाठी, "
++"<gui>पासवर्ड आवश्यक</gui> यास <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट करा. ह्या पर्यायचा "
++"वापर करायचे नसल्यास, कुणिही डेस्कटॉपचे अवलोकन करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++"हा पर्याय पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे बंद केले जाते, परंतु त्यास सुरू करा आणि सुरक्षित "
++"पासवर्ड सेट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Rygelचा वापर करून स्थानीय नेटवर्कवरील मिडीया शेअर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "तुमचं संगीत, छबी आणि विडियो शेअर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> किंवा <sys>DLNA</sys> समर्थीत साधन जसे कि फोन, TV किंवा गेम "
++"कंसोलचा वापर करून तुम्ही संगणकावरील मिडीया चाळू, शोधू आणि चालवू शकता. "
++"साधनांना संगीत, फोटोज आणि व्हिडीओज समाविष्टीत असलेल्या फोल्डर्सकरिता "
++"प्रवेशकरिता परवानगी द्यायचे असल्यास <gui>मिडीया शेअरिंग</gui> संरचीत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>मिडीया शेअरिंग</gui> दृष्यास्पाद करण्याकरिता तुमच्याकडे <app>Rygel</"
++"app> संकुल इंस्टॉल केलेले पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel इंस्टॉल करा</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>मिडिया शेअरिंग</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ह्या नेटवर्कवरील मिडीया शेअर करा</gui> यास <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे सेट "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>फोल्डर निवडा</gui> पटल उघडण्याकरिता <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> क्लिक "
++"करा. पसंतीच्या फोल्डर <em>अंतर्गत</em> संचारन करा, उदाहरणार्थ तुमच्या "
++"<file>Home</file> डिरेक्ट्रिमधील <file>Music</file>, आणि <gui style="
++"\"button\">उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा. शेअर करण्याजोगी इतर फोल्डर्सकरिता पुनराकृती "
++"करा, उदाहरणार्थ <file>Pictures</file> आणि <file>Videos</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">बंद करा</gui> क्लिक करा. बाहेरिल साधनाचा वापर करन "
++"निवडलेल्या फोल्डर्समधील मिडीया चाळणे किंवा चालवणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅशवरील वारंवार-वापरले जाणारे प्रोग्राम चिन्हांना समाविष्ट करा (किंवा काढून "
++"टाका)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr "डॅशकरिता पसंतीच्या ॲप्सना पिन करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++"सोप्या प्रवेशकरिता ॲप्लिकेशनला <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">डॅश</link> "
++"करिता समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील डावीकडील <gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकन क्लिक करून <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">कृती अवलोकन</link>  उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षकडील डाव्या बाजूचे <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु</link> क्लिक करा आणि मेन्युपासून "
++"<gui>कृती अवलोकन</gui> घटक निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr "डॅशमधील ग्रिड बटन क्लिक करा आणि समाविष्ट करण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन शोधा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन चिन्हावर उजवी-क्लिक द्या आणि <gui>पसंतीचेकरिता समाविष्ट करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr "वैकल्पिकरित्या, डॅशमध्ये तुम्ही चिनह क्लिक-अँड-ड्रॅग करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅशपासून ॲप्लिकेशन चिन्ह काढून टाकण्याकरिता, ॲप्लिकेशन चिन्हावर उजवी-क्लिक "
++"द्या आणि <gui>पसंतीच्यापासून समाविष्ट करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु</link>च्या "
++"<gui>पसंतीचे</gui> विभागात पसंतीचे ॲप्लिकेशन्स देखील आढळतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr "कार्य सारांशमधून ऍप्स लाँच करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्स सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती पूर्वावलोकन</gui> दाखवण्याकरिता, पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील डावीकडील "
++"<gui>कृती</gui> कोपऱ्याकडे माउस पॉइंटर स्थानांतरीत करा. येथे तुम्हाला सर्व "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स आढळतील. <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि दाबून "
++"तुम्ही पूर्वावलोकन देखील उघडू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षकडील डाव्या बाजूचे <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु</link> क्लिक करून ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"सुरू करणे शक्य आहे, किंवा <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि "
++"दाबून <gui>कृती अवलोकन</gui>चा वापर शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती अवलोकन<gui> मध्ये असल्यास ॲप्लिकेशन उघडण्याचे विविध पर्याय आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशनचे नाव टाइप करायला सुरूवात करा - शोध पटकन सुरु होते. (असे न "
++"झाल्यास, पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील शोध पट्टी क्लिक करा आणि टाइप करायला सुरूवात करा."
++") सुरू करण्याकरिता ॲप्लिकेसन्स चिन्हावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>डॅश</em> मध्ये काही ॲप्लिकेशन्समध्ये, <gui>कृती अवलोकन</gui>चे डाव्या "
++"बाजूकडील उभे चिन्ह असतात. परस्पर ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करण्याकरिता यापैकी एकावर "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"वारंवार वापरण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन्स असल्यास, तुम्ही स्वतःहून <link xref=\"shell-"
++"apps-favorites\">डॅशकरिता समाविष्ट करू शकता</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅशच्या तळाशी ग्रिड बटन क्लिक करा. <gui style=\"button\">वारंवार</gui> "
++"अवलोकन सुरू केले असल्यास तुम्हाला वारंवार वापरण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन्स आढळेल. "
++"नविन ॲप्लिकेशन चालवायचे असल्यास, तळातील <gui style=\"button\">सर्व</gui> बटन "
++"दाबा. सुरू करण्याकरिता ॲप्लिकेशन दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅश (किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्सच्या सूची) पासून चिन्ह ओढून आणि पडद्यावरील उजव्या-"
++"बाजूच्या उपल्बध पैकी एका कार्यक्षेत्रामध्ये टाकून, वेगळ्या <link xref="
++"\"shell-workspaces\">कार्यक्षेत्र</link>मध्ये ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करू शकता. "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन पसंतीच्या कार्यक्षेत्रात उघडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅश किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन सूचीमध्ये चिन्हावर मधली-क्लिक देऊन <em>नवीन</em> "
++"कार्यक्षेत्रात ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr "पटकन कमांड रन करणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> दाबून, <em>आदेशचे नाव</em> "
++"द्या, आणि नंतर <key>Enter</key> कि दाबून ॲप्लिकेशन सुरू करण्याचा दुसरा "
++"पर्याय उपलब्ध आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, <app>रिदमबॉक्स</app> सुरू करण्यासाठी, <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> दाबा आणि 'rhythmbox' (सिंगल-क्वोट्स विना) टाइप "
++"करा. ॲपचे नाव म्हणजे प्रोग्राम सुरू करण्याचे आदेश."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++"बाहेर पडून, वापरकर्ता बदलून, आणि यानुसार पुढे वापरकर्ता खाते कधी सोडून "
++"द्यायचे ते शिकायचे असल्यास."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr "लॉग आउट, वीज बंद, वापरकर्ते बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाचा वापर करणे पूर्ण झाल्यानंतर, तुम्ही त्यास बंद करू शकता, सस्पेंड करू "
++"शकता (पावर साठवण्याकरिता), किंवा सुरू ठेवा आणि बाहेर पडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr "लॉग आउट किंवा वापरकर्ते बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर वापरकर्त्यांना संगणकाचा वापर करण्यासाठी परवानगी द्यायची असल्यास, एकतर "
++"बाहेर पडा, किंवा प्रवेश करा आणि वापरकर्ते बदल. वापरकर्ते बदलल्यास, सर्व "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स कार्यरत राहतील, आणि पुन्हा प्रवेश केल्यानंतर जी गोष्ट जेथे होती "
++"ते तीथेच राहेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>बाहेर पडणे</gui> किंवा <gui>वापरकर्ता बदलणे</gui> याकरिता, शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीतील नावावर क्लिक करा आणि योग्य पर्याय निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीवरील एकापेक्षा जास्त वापरकर्ता खाते असल्यास <gui>बाहेर पडणे</gui> आणि "
++"<gui>वापरकर्ता बदलणे</gui> नोंदणी फक्त मेन्युमध्ये आढळतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रणालीवरील एकापेक्षा जास्त वापरकर्ता खाते असल्यास <gui>वापरकर्ता बदलणे</"
++"gui> नोंदणी फक्त मेन्युमध्ये आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनला कुलूप लावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला थोड्या वेळकरिता सोडून दिल्यास, इतर वापरकर्त्यांना तुमच्या फाइल्स "
++"किंवा कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशन्सलाकरिता प्रवेश देण्यापासून टाळायचे असल्यास, पडदा "
++"कुलूपबंद करणे आवश्यक आहे. पुन्हा आल्यानंतर, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">पडदा कुलूपबंद</link> पुन्हा सक्रीय करा आणि पुन्हा प्रवेश "
++"करण्याकरिता पासवर्ड द्या. पडदा कुलूपबंद न केल्यास, थोड्यावेळाने ते "
++"स्वयंरित्या कुलूपबंद केले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद करण्यासाठी, शीर्षपट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि <gui>कुलूपबंद "
++"करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद झाल्यानंर, पासवर्ड पडद्यावरील <gui>इतर वापरकर्ता म्हणून प्रवेश "
++"करा</gui> क्लिक करून इतर वापरकर्ते स्वतःच्या खातींमध्ये प्रवेश करू शकणार. "
++"संपन्न झाल्यानंतर तुम्ही डेस्कटॉपचा वापर पुन्हा करू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "स्थगित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++"पावर साठवण्याकरिता, वापर करत नसताना संगणकाला सस्पेंड करा. लॅपटॉपचा वापर करत "
++"असल्यास, लिड बंद केल्यानंतर, GNOME संगणकाला स्वयंरित्या सस्पेंड करतो. यामुळे "
++"तुमचे स्तर संगणकाच्या मेमरीमध्ये साठवले जाते आणि संगणकाचे बहुतांश फंक्शन्स "
++"बंद करतो. सस्पेंडवेळी पावरचा वापर तरीदेखील केला जातो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला स्वतःहून सस्पेंड करण्यासाठी, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि "
++"<key>Alt</key> कि दाबून ठेवा. <gui>बंद करा</gui> पर्याय <gui>सस्पेंड</gui> "
++"करिता बदलले जाईल. <gui>सस्पेंड करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "वीज बंद किंवा परत सुरु करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला पूर्णपे बंद करायचे असल्यास, किंवा पूर्णतया पुन्हा सुरू करायचे "
++"असल्यास, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि <gui>बंद करा</gui> निवडा. एकतर "
++"<gui>पुन्हा सुरू करा</gui> किंवा <gui>बंद करा</gui> पुरवणारे संवाद उघडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर वापरकर्त्यांनी प्रवेश केला असल्यास, तुम्ही संगणक बंद करणे किंवा पुन्हा "
++"सुरू करू शकणार नाही, कारण यामुळे त्यांचे सत्र समाप्त होतील. प्रशासकीय "
++"वापरकर्ता असल्यास, बंद करण्याकरिता तुम्हाला पासवर्डसाठी विचारले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++"स्थानांतरित करायचे असल्यास आणि बॅटरी नसल्यास, बॅटरी कमी असल्यास किंवा चार्ज "
++"साठवून न ठेवत असल्यास तुम्हाला संगणक बंद करायला आवडेल. बंद केलेले संगणक "
++"सस्पेंड ऐवजी <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">कमी उर्जाचे</link> वापर करतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप, शीर्ष पट्टी, आणि कृती अवलोकनकरिता दृष्यास्पद परिचय."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "GNOMEची ओळख"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME 3 मध्ये पूर्णपणे रिईमॅजिन्ड वापरकर्ता संवाद समाविष्टीत आहे ज्याची रचना "
++"तुमचे कार्य सोपे करणे, विचलन कमी करणे, आणि बाबी पूर्ण करण्यास मदत "
++"पुरवण्यासाठी आहे. प्रथमवेळी प्रवेश केल्यानंतर, तुम्हाला रिकामे डेस्कटॉप आणि "
++"शीर्ष पट्टी आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME शेल उच्च पट्टी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टी तुम्हाला पटल आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्स, दिनदर्शिका आणि भेटी, आणि <link "
++"xref=\"status-icons\">प्रणाली गुणधर्म</link> जसे कि आवाज, नेटवर्किंग, आणि "
++"पावरकरिता प्रवेश पुरवतात. शीर्ष पट्टीतील नाव अंतर्गत, तुम्ही उपलब्धता सेट "
++"करणे, प्रोफाइल किंवा सेटिंग्ज बदलणे, बाहेर पडणे किंवा वापरकर्ते बदलणे, किंवा "
++"संगणक बंद करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "कार्य सारांश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "कार्ये बटण"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करण्यासाठी, <gui>कृती</gui> बटन "
++"क्लिक करा, किंवा माउस पॉइंटरला शीर्ष-डावे हॉट कॉर्नरकरिता स्थानांतरित करा. "
++"कळफलकवरील तुम्ही <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि देखील दाबू "
++"शकता. अवलोकनमध्ये पटल आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्स पहाणे. ॲप्लिकेशन्स, फाइल्स, आणि "
++"फोल्डर्स शोधण्याकरिता तुम्ही टाइप करणे सुरू करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल आणि ॲप्लिकेसन्सकरिता प्रवेशकरिता, पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील डावीकडील <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु क्लिक करा</link> "
++"आणि <gui>कृती अवलोकन</gui> घटक निवडा. पटल आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्स पहाण्याकरिता "
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि "
++"दाबा. ॲप्लिकेशन्स, फाइल्स, आणि फोल्डर्स शोधण्याकरिता टाइप करणे सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr "डॅश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++"अवलोकनच्या डाव्या बाजूस, तुम्हाला <em>डॅश</em> आढळेल. डॅश तुमच्या पसंतीचे "
++"आणि कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवते. ॲप्लिकेशनमधील डॅश उघडण्याकरिता कोणतेही चिन्ह "
++"क्लिक करा; ॲप्लिकेशन आधीपासूनच कार्यरत असल्यास, ते ठळक केले जाईल. चिन्हावर "
++"क्लिक करून सर्वात नवीन वापरलेले पटल सक्रीय होते. अवलोकनमध्ये, किंवा उजवीकडील "
++"कोणत्याही कार्यक्षेत्रात चिन्ह ओढणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++"चिन्हावर उजवी-क्लिक देऊन   कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये पटल निवडणे, किंवा नवीन पटल "
++"उघडण्याकरिता परवानगी देते. नवीन पटल उघडण्याकरिता <key>Ctrl</key> दाबून "
++"चिन्हावर क्लिक करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++"अवलोकनमध्ये प्रवेश करतेवेळी, तुम्ही प्रथमवेळी पटकाच्या अवलोकनमध्ये असाल. "
++"यामुळे सध्याच्या कार्यक्षेत्रात सर्व पटलांचे लाइव्ह थंबनेल्स दाखवले जातात. "
++"पटल फोकस करण्यासाठी कोणत्याही पटलावर क्लिक करा आणि अवलोकनपासून बाहेर पडा. "
++"कोणतेही थंबनेल मोठे करण्यासाठी माउसवरील स्क्रोल चाकाचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स अवलोकन दाखवण्याकरिता डॅशक्या तळातील ग्रिड बटन क्लिक करा. यामुळे "
++"संगणकावरील इंस्टॉल केलेले सर्व ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवले जातात. चालवण्याकरिता "
++"कोणतेही ॲप्लिकेशन क्लिक करा, किंवा कार्यक्षेत्र थंबनेलवरील अवलोकनकरिता "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन ओढून टाका. पसंतीचे बनवण्याकरिता तुम्ही ॲप्लिकेशनला डॅशमध्ये "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन ओढून टाका. तुमचे पसंतीचे ॲप्लिकेशन्स कार्यरत नसतानाही डॅशमध्ये "
++"स्थित असतात, ज्यामुळे पटकन प्रवेश शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">सुरुवातीच्या ॲप्लिकेशन्स बद्दल आणखी शिका. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">पटल आणि वर्कस्पेसेस बद्दल आणखी शिका. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr "घड्याळ, दिनदर्शिका &amp; नियोजित भेटी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"सध्याचे दिनांक, महिना-दर-महिना दिनदर्शिका, आणि येणाऱ्या भेटींची सूची "
++"पहाण्याकरिता घड्याळीवर क्लिक करा. दिनांक आणि वेळ सेटिंग्जकरिता प्रवेश आणि "
++"मेन्युपासून संपूर्ण <app>एव्हल्युशन</app> दिनदर्शिका उघडणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">दिनदर्शिका आणि भेटीविषयी आणखी शिका.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr "तुम्ही आणि तुमचा संगणक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता मेनु"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"उजव्या कोपऱ्यातील प्रोफाइल आणि संगणक व्यवस्थापीत करण्यासाठी नाव क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्युपासून पटकन उपलब्धता सेट करणे शक्य आहे. यामुळे संपर्कांकरिता तुमची "
++"त्वरीत संदेश वाहक ॲप्लिकेशन्स जसे कि <app>एम्पथि</app> सेट केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++"मेन्यु तुम्हाला व्यक्तिगत माहिती संपादित करण्यास आणि प्रणाली सेटिंग्ज देखील "
++"बदलण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला सोडून दिल्यास, इतर वापरकर्त्यांना पडद्याचा वापर करणे टाळण्यासाठी "
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद करा. इतरांना संगणककरिता प्रवेश देण्याकरिता पूर्णतया बाहेर "
++"पडून, पटकन वापरकर्ते बदलणे शक्य आहे. किंवा मेन्युपासून संगणकाला सस्पेंड "
++"किंवा बंद करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">वापरकर्ते बदलणे, बाहेर पडणे, आणि संगणकाला बंद "
++"करण्याविषयी अधिक शिका.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनला कुलूप लावा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++"पडदा कुलूपबंद केल्यानंतर, किंवा स्वयंरित्या कुलूपबंद झाल्यानंतर, पडदा "
++"कुलूपबंद करणे दाखवले जाते. संगणकापासून दूर असतेवेळी संगणकाच्या सुरक्षा "
++"व्यतिरिक्त, कुलूपबंद पडदा दिनांक, वेळ, आणि तुमचे नाव प्रवेश केलेले वापरकर्ते "
++"म्हणून दाखवते. बॅटरी आणि नेटवर्क स्थितीविषयी देखील माहिती दाखवते, आणि "
++"तुम्हाला मिडीया प्लेबॅक नियंत्रीत करण्यास परवानगी देते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">पडदा कुलूपबंद करण्याबाबत आणखी शिका.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "संदेश ताट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "संदेश ताट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++"माउस पॉइंटरला पडद्याच्या तळाशी ढकल्यास किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबून संदेश ट्रेला अवलोकनमध्ये आणणे शक्य आहे. अवलोकनकरिता सज्ज "
++"असल्यास येथे तुम्ही सूचना साठवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">सूचना आणि संदेश ट्रेविषयी आणखी शिका.</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "पटल यादी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मध्ये पटल बदलण्याकरिता इतर डेस्कटॉप वातावरणांमध्ये आढळणाऱ्या "
++"नेहमीकरिता दृष्यास्पद पटल सूचीच्या तुलनेत विविध पर्याय समाविष्टीत आहे. "
++"विचलनविना  कार्यकरिता फोकस करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">पटल बदलण्याविषयी अधिक जाणून घ्या. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा सिस्टम कम्पोनंटला तुमची आवश्यकता असल्यास, पटल सूचीच्या "
++"उजव्या-बाजूस निळे चिन्ह दाखवेल. निळ्या चिन्हावर क्लिक करून <link xref="
++"\"shell-notifications\">संदेश ट्रे</link> दाखवले जाते, जे सर्व सूचनांकरिता "
++"प्रवेश पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr "कळफलकाचा वापर करून डेस्कटॉपचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "उपयोगी कीबोर्डचे शॉर्टकटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"हे पृष्ठ कळफलक शार्टकट्सचा अवलोकन पुरवते ज्यामुळे डेस्कटॉप आणि ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"अधिक कार्यक्षमरित्या वापर करण्यास मदत प्राप्त होईल. माउस किंवा पॉइंटिंग "
++"साधनाचा वापर शक्य नसल्यास, फक्त कळफलकसह वापरकर्ता संवादच्या संचारनविषयी अधिक "
++"माहितीकरिता <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉपच्या वापर विषयी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> किंवा <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> की"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकन आणि डेस्कटॉपचा वापर करा. अवलोकनमध्ये, ॲप्लिकेशन्स, "
++"संपर्क, आणि दस्तऐवजांचा पटकन शोध घेण्याकरिता टाइप करणे सुरू करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr "पॉपअप आदेश पटल (पटकन कार्यरत आदेश चालवण्याकरिता)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">पटल अंतर्गत पटकन बदल करा</link>. उलट "
++"क्रमवारिकरिता <key>Shift</key> दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"समान ॲप्लिकेशन, किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> नंतर "
++"निवडलेल्या ॲप्लिकेशनपासून पटलांचा वापर बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"US कळफलकवरील हे शार्टकट <key>`</key>चा वापर करते, जेथे <key>`</key> कि "
++"<key>Tab</key>च्या वर असते. सर्व इतर कळफलकांवरील, <key>Super</key> आणि "
++"<key>Tab</key>च्या वरील कि शार्टकट असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीकरिता कळफलक फोकस द्या. <gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये, शीर्ष पट्टी, "
++"डॅश, पटल अवलोकन, ॲप्लिकेशन सूची, आणि सर्च क्षेत्र अंतर्गत कळफलक फोकसचा वापर "
++"करा. संचारनकरिता बाण किजचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल अवलोकनकरिता संचारनसाठी सध्या बाण किजचा संभाव्य वापर शक्य नाही. पटल "
++"बदलण्याकरिता, अवलोकनपासून बाहेर पडा आणि  <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> आणि <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> याचा वापर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्स यादी दाखवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> आणि <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">कार्यक्षेत्रांचा वापर करा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> आणि "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">सध्याच्या पटलाला वेगळ्या "
++"कार्यक्षेत्रात स्थानांतरित करा</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">लॉग आउट</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">स्क्रीनला कुलूप लावा.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">संदेश ट्रे</link> उघडा. "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> पुन्हा दाबा किंवा बंद "
++"करण्यासाठी <key>Esc</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr "सामान्य संपादन शॉर्टकटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "सगळा मजकुर निवडा किंवा यादीतले घटक."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++"निवडलेल्या मजकूर किंवा घटकांना कापा (काढून टाका) आणि क्लिपबोर्डमध्ये स्थीत "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr "निवडलेला मजकुर किंवा घटक क्लिपबोर्डवर कॉपी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "क्लिपबोर्डवरचे घटक पेस्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "आदली क्रिया मागे घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीनवरुन पकडणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">पटलाचा स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">पडद्यावरील क्षेत्राचे "
++"स्क्रीनशॉट घ्या.</link> पॉइंटर क्रॉसहैरमध्ये बदलते. क्षेत्र निवडण्याकरिता "
++"क्लिक करा आणि ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">स्क्रीनकास्ट रेकॉर्डिंगचा "
++"सुरुवात आणि अंत करा.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr "देखना आणि कार्यकारी कुलूपबंद पडदा उपयोगी माहिती प्रस्तुत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "स्क्रीन कुलूप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++"कुलूपबंद पडदा म्हणजे संगणक कुलूपबंद असताना कोणे होते ते पहा, आणि दूर असताना "
++"काय होते त्यांचे सारांश प्राप्त करण्यास परवानगी देते. लॉक स्क्रीन पडदा "
++"तुम्हाला   संगणक कुलूपबंद असतेवेळी पडद्याची देखणी प्रतिमा दाखवते, आणि उपयोगी "
++"माहिती पुरवते:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr "लॉग-इन असलेल्या वापरकर्त्याचे नाव"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "तारीख आणि वेळ, आणि काही सूचना"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "बॅटरी आणि नेटवर्क स्थिती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++"मिडीया प्लेबॅक नियंत्रीत करण्याची क्षमता - आवाज बदला, गाणी वगळा किंवा "
++"पासवर्डविना संगीत थांबवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला कुलूपबंद अशक्य करण्यासाठी, कर्सरसह , किंवा <key>Esc</key> किंवा "
++"<key>Enter</key> दाबून वर ओढून कुलूपबंद पडदा सक्रीय करा. यामुळे प्रवेश पडदा "
++"उघडकीस होतो, जेथे तुम्ही कुलूपबंद अशक्य करण्यासाठी पासवर्ड देऊ शकता. संगणक "
++"एकापेक्षा जास्तकरिता संरचीत केले असल्यास तुम्ही वापरकर्ते बदलू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++"ठराविक इव्हेंट्स संपन्न झाल्यानंतर पडद्याच्या तळाशी संदेश पॉपअप होतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr "सूचना आणि संदेश ताट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr "सूचना काय असते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशन किंवा प्रणाली घटकाला तुमचे लक्ष्य वेधायचे असल्यास, पडद्याच्या "
++"तळाशी सूचना दाखवले जाईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++"उदाहरणार्थ, नवीन गप्पा संदेश प्राप्त झाल्यास, बाहेरिल साधन (जसे कि USB "
++"स्टिक) जोडा, संगणकापासू नवीन सुधारणा उपलब्ध होतात, किंवा तुमच्या संगणकाची "
++"बॅटरी कमी असू शकते, तुम्हाला सूचीत करणारी सूचना प्राप्त होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++"विचलन कमी करण्यासाठी, काही सूचना प्रथम एकच ओळ म्हणून आढळतात. संपूर्ण "
++"अंतर्भुत माहिती पहाण्याकरिता तुम्ही त्यावरून माउस हलवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर सूचनांकरिता निवडण्याजोगी पर्याय बटन असतात. पर्याय न निवडता या सूचनांपैकी "
++"एकाला बंद करायचे असल्यास, बंद करा बटन क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"काही सूचनांवरील बंद करा बटन क्लिक केल्याने निष्क्रीय होतात. इतर, जसे कि "
++"रिदमबॉक्स किंवा गप्पा ॲप्लिकेशन, संदेश ट्रेमध्ये छुपे राहतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr "संदेश ताट"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"संदेश ट्रे तुम्हाला योग्य असताना सूचनांकरिता पोचण्यासाठी मार्ग पुरवते. "
++"पडद्याच्या तळ-उजव्या कोपऱ्यास माऊस हलवल्यास, किंवा <keyseq> <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> दाबल्यानंतर, ते "
++"आढळते. संदेश ट्रेमध्ये सर्व सूचना समाविष्टीत असतात  ज्याकडे तुम्ही लक्ष्य "
++"दिले नाही किंवा जे नेहमीकरिता राहतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"संदेश ट्रे तुम्हाला योग्य असताना सूचनांकरिता पोचण्यासाठी मार्ग पुरवते. "
++"पडद्याच्या तळ-उजव्या कोपऱ्यास माऊस हलवल्यास, किंवा <keyseq> <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> दाबल्यानंतर, ते "
++"आढळते. पटल सूचीच्या उजव्या-बाजूवरील निळ्या क्रमांकाच्या चिन्हावर क्लिक करून "
++"संदेश ट्रे दाखवणे शक्य आहे. संदेश ट्रेमध्ये सर्व सूचना समाविष्टीत असतात  "
++"ज्याकडे तुम्ही लक्ष्य दिले नाही किंवा जे नेहमीकरिता राहतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++"संदेश ट्रे घटकांवर क्लिक करून तुम्ही सूचना पाहू शकता. हे सहसा "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्सतर्फे पाठवले जाते. तरी, गप्पा सूचनांना विशेष वागणूक दिली जाते, "
++"आणि स्वतंत्र संपर्कांतर्फे प्रस्तुत केले जाते ज्यांनी तुम्हाला गप्पा संदेश "
++"पाठवले."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> पुन्हा दाबून किंवा <key>Esc</"
++"key> दाबून संदेश ट्रे बंद करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">पडदा कळफल</link> खुले असल्यास, संदेश ट्रे "
++"दाखवण्याकरिता तुम्हाला <gui>ट्रे बटन</gui> क्लिक करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr "सूचना लपवणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"कशावरही कार्य करत असल्यास आणि कामात व्यत्यय पाहिजे नसल्यास, तुम्ही सूचना बंद "
++"करू शकता. शीर्ष पट्टीवरील नाव क्लिक करा आणि  <gui>सूचना</gui> यांस <gui>बंद "
++"करा</gui> असे ठरवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++"बंद असल्यास, बहुतांश सूचना पडद्याच्या तळ बाजूस पॉपअप होणार नाही. खूप "
++"महत्वाच्या सूचना, जसे कि बॅटरी गंभीररित्या कमी आहे, अजूनही पॉप अप होतील. "
++"सूचना तरी देखील दाखवतेवेळी मेसेजिंग ट्रेमध्ये उपलब्ध होतील (माऊसला तळातील "
++"उजव्या कोपऱ्यास स्थानांतरीत करून, किंवा <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> दाबून), आणि टॉगलला <gui>सुरू करा</gui> असे ठरवल्यास ते पुन्हा "
++"दाखवले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">परिचय</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
++"shortcuts\">कळफलक शार्टकट्स</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">दिनदर्शिका</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">सूचना</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप, ऍप्स &amp; पटले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्स आणि पटले"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr "डेस्कटॉपच्या विविभ भागांचे वर्णन करण्याकरिता संज्ञांचे अवलोकन."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr "कार्ये, डॅश, उच्च पट्टी... काय आहे ते?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील डावीकडील <gui>कृती</gui> क्लिक करून <em>कृती अवलोकन</em> "
++"पडदा दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षतील डावीकडील <gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्युमधील <gui>कृती "
++"अवलोकन</gui> निवडल्यानंतर <em>कृती अवलोकन</em> पडदा दाखवले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "ॲप्लिकेशन्स मेनु"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्ष डावीकडील  <gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु आढळेल. ते विभागातील "
++"संयोजीत केलेल्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता प्रवेश देते. मेन्युपासून <gui>कृती अवलोकन</"
++"gui> घटकाची निवड करून <em>कृती अवलोकन</em> उपलब्ध होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr "सुपर-टॅब पटल परिवर्तक"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि दाबून ठेवल्यास आणि <key>Tab</"
++"key> दाबल्यानंतर, <em>विंडो स्विचर</em> आढळते. हे सध्याचे खुले ॲप्लेशन्सचे "
++"चिन्ह दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "डॅश"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>डॅश</em> पंसतीच्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सची सूची आहे ज्यास कृती अवलोकनच्या डाव्या "
++"बाजूस दाखवले जाते. सध्या कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशन्स देखील येथे दाखवले जातात. डॅशला "
++"बहुतांशवेळी <em>डॉक</em> म्हणून संदर्भ केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr "गरम कोपरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>हॉट कॉर्नर</em> पडद्याच्या शीर्ष डावीकडील कॉर्नर आहे. पॉइंटरला ह्या "
++"कोपऱ्यास हलवल्यानंतर, कृती अवलोकन उघडते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक कुलूपबंद असताना <em>पडदा कुपूलबंद करा</em> पडद्याची प्रतिमा दाखवते. "
++"दूर असताना उपयोगी माहिती पुरवली जाते, आणि कुलूपबंद अशक्य न करता तुम्हाला "
++"मिडीया प्लेबॅक नियंत्रीत करण्यास परवानगी देतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "सूचना"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>सूचना</em> संदेश आहेत जे पडद्याच्या तळाशी पॉप अप होतात, जे काहितरी झाले "
++"आहे असे तुम्हाला सांगते. उदाहरणार्थ, तुमच्यासह संदेश गप्पा करतेवेळी, सूचना "
++"आढळेल. संदेश आत्ता हाताळचे नसल्यास, ते तुमच्या संदेश ट्रेमध्ये छुपे असते. "
++"संदेश ट्रे पहाण्याकरिता माउसला तळ-उजवीकडील कोपऱ्याकडे (किंवा <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> दाबा) "
++"स्थानांतरीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "जागा मेनु"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>शीर्ष पट्टी</gui>वरील <gui>ठिकाणे</gui> क्लिक केल्यानंतर <em>ठिकाण "
++"मेन्यु</em> उगडते . ते तुम्हाला महत्वाच्या फोल्डर्सकरिता पटकन प्रवेश देतात, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ <gui>Downloads</gui> किंवा <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "सेटिंग"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>सेटिंग्ज</em> मध्ये पसंती बदलणे आणि पुढील शक्य आहे, जे Windows मधील "
++"कंट्रोल पॅनल किंवा Mac OS मधील सिस्टम प्रेफरेंसेस प्रमाणे आहे. शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीतील शीर्ष-उजवीकडील नावावर क्लिक करा आणि प्रवेशकरिता <gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>शीर्ष पट्टी</em>, पट्टी आहे जे पडद्याच्या शीर्षपासून चालवण्याजोगी आहे. "
++"<gui>कृती</gui> दुवा शीर्ष पट्टीचे एक टोक आहे आणि वापरकर्तानाव दुसरे टोक."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>शीर्ष पट्टी</em>, पट्टी आहे जे पडद्याच्या शीर्षपासून चालवण्याजोगी आहे. "
++"<gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु शीर्ष पट्टीचे एक टोक आहे आणि वापरकर्तानाव "
++"दुसरे टोक."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलांना विविध <em>कार्यक्षेत्रांवर</em> स्थित करणे शक्य आहे. गट करणे आणि "
++"पटलांना विभाजीत करण्याचे सोयीसकर मार्ग आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस निवडणारा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</em> कार्यक्षेत्रांची सूची आहे ज्यास कृती अवलोकनच्या "
++"<gui>पटल</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये दाखवले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या अखेरीस <em>पटल सूची</em> म्हणजे पट्टी आहे, जे सर्व खुले "
++"पटलांकरिता बटन दाखवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr "कृती अवलोकन किंवा इतर कार्यक्षेत्र तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "हरवलेलं पटल शोधा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++"वेगळ्या कार्यक्षेत्रावरील पटल, किंवा इतर पटलाच्या मागील छुपे पटल, <link xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">कृती अवलोकन</link>चा वापर करून शोधणे शक्य आहे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>कृती अवलोकन</em> उघडा. सध्याच्या <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
++"workspaces\">कार्यक्षेत्र</link>वरील छुपे पटल आढळल्यास, येथे थंबनेलमध्ये "
++"दाखवले जाते. पटलाला पुन्हा दाखवण्याकरिता थंबनेल क्लिक करा, किंवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"पटल शोधण्याकरिता पडद्याच्या उजव्या-बाजूस <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</link> मध्ये विविध कार्यक्षेत्र क्लिक करा, "
++"किंवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"डॅशमधील ॲप्लिकेशनवर उजवी-क्लिक द्या आणि त्यांचे खुले पटल दाखवले जाईल. "
++"वापरायचे असल्यास सूचीतील पटलावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr "पटल परिवर्तक वापरणे:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">विंडो स्विचर</link> दाखवण्याकरिता "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> "
++"दाबा. खुल्या पटलांना चाळण्याकरिता <key>Super</key> कि दाबून ठेवा आणि "
++"<key>Tab</key> दाबा, किंवा मागून चाळण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲप्लिकेशनकडे एकापेक्षा जास्त खुले पटल असल्यास, <key>Super</key> दाबून ठेवा "
++"आणि वापरण्याकरिता <key>`</key> (किंवा <key>Tab</key> वरील कि) दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल मोठे किंवा मूळस्थितीत आणण्याकरिता शीर्षकपट्टी दोनवेळा क्लिक करा किंवा "
++"ओढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr "पटल छोटे आणि मोठे करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉपवरील सर्व जागेचा वापर करण्यासाठी पटलाला मोठे करणे आणि सर्वसाधारण "
++"आकारकरिता मूळ स्थितीत आणणे शक्य आहे. पडद्याच्या डाव्या आणि उजव्या बाजूस "
++"पटलांना उभेरित्या मोठे करणे शक्य आहे, ज्यामुळे दोन पटलांकडे एकाचवेळी पहाणे "
++"शक्य आहे. तपाशीलकरिता <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"पटल मोठे करण्याकरिता, शीर्षकपट्टी पकडा आणि पडद्याच्या शीर्ष बाजूनस ओढा, "
++"किंवा शीर्षपट्टीवर दोनवेळा क्लिक करा. कळफलकाचा वापर करून पटल मोठे करायचे "
++"असल्यास, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> कि दाबा आणि <key>↑</"
++"key> दाबा, किंवा <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr "शीर्षकपट्टीमधील मोठे करा बटन क्लिक करून तुम्ही पटल मोठे करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला मोठे अशक्य करा आकारकरिता पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्याकरिता, पडद्याच्या किनार "
++"पासून दूर ओढा. पटल पूर्णतया मोठे झाल्यानंतर, पूर्वस्थितीत आणण्याकरिता "
++"दोनवेळा क्लिक करा. पटल मोठे करण्याकरिता तुम्ही समान कळफलक शार्टकट्सचा वापर "
++"करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key> कि धरून ठेवा आणि हलवण्याकरिता पटलात कुठेही ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++"अधिक कार्यक्षमरित्या कार्य करण्यास मदत करण्यासाठी कार्यक्षेत्रातील पटलांना "
++"सुस्थीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "पटले हलवा आणि आकार कमीजास्त करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"अधिक कार्यक्षमपणे कार्य करण्यास मदत करण्यासाठी तुम्ही पटलांना हलवू आणि "
++"पुन्हा आकार देऊ शकता. ओढण्याच्या वर्तन व्यतिरिक्त, GNOME मध्ये पटलांना पटकन "
++"सुस्थीत करण्याकरिता शार्टकट्स आणि मॉडिफायर्स समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षकपट्टी ओढण्याकरिता पटलाला स्थानांतरीत करा, किंवा <key>Alt</key> दाबून "
++"ठेवा आणि पटलामध्ये कुठेही ओढा. पटलाला पडद्याच्या आणि इतर पटलांना किनारीमध्ये "
++"बसवण्याकरिता <key>Shift</key> दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाचे किनार किंवा कोपऱ्याला ओढून पटलाला पुन्हा आकार द्या. पटलाला पडद्याच्या "
++"आणि इतर पटलांना किनारीमध्ये बसवण्याकरिता <key>Shift</key> दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीतील मोठे करा बटन क्लिक करून मोठे करा पटलाला पुन्हा आकार देणे शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त कळफलकाचा वापर करून पटलाला हलवा किंवा पुन्हा आकार द्या. पटल हलवण्याकरिता "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> दाबा किंवा पुन्हा आकार "
++"देण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> दाबा. हलवणे किंवा "
++"पुन्हा आकार देण्याकरिता बाण किजचा वापर करा, त्यानंतर संपन्नकरिता <key>Enter</"
++"key> दाबा, किंवा मूळ ठिकाण आणि आकारकरिता जाण्यासाठी <key>Esc</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">पटलाला मोठे करण्यासाठी</link> "
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षकरिता त्यास ओढा. पटलाला एका बाजूने मोठे करण्यासाठी पटलाला "
++"पडद्याच्या एका बाजूने ओढा, जेणेकरून <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">पटलांना बाजू दर बाजू</link> टाइल करण्यास परवानगी प्राप्त होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "पटलांमध्ये स्थलांतर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>विंडो स्विचर</gui> मधील सर्व ॲप्लिकेशनना समाविष्ट करून कार्यांअंतर्गत "
++"चाळणी यास सिंगल-स्टेप प्रोसेस करते आणि कोणते ॲप्लिकेशन्स कार्यरत आहेत त्याचे "
++"संपूर्ण चित्र पुरवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेसवरुन:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>विंडो स्विचर</gui> सक्रीय करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++"स्विचरमधील पुढील (ठळक केलेले) पटल निवडण्याकरिता <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> सोडून द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"नाहीतर, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> कि दाबून, खुल्या "
++"पटलांची सूची चाळण्याकरिता <key>Tab</key> दाबा, किंवा मागील दिशेने "
++"चाळण्याकरिता <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"सर्व खुले पटलांना प्रवेश प्राप्त करण्यासाठी आणि वापर करण्याकरिता तुम्ही "
++"तळाच्या पट्टीवरील पटल सूचीचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++"विंडो स्विचरमधील पटलांना ॲप्लिकेशनमार्गे गटात एक केले जातात. बहु पटलसह "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्सचे पूर्वावलोकन क्लिक केल्याप्रमाणे पॉप डाउन होतात. <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> दाबून ठेवा आणि सूची चाळण्याकिता <key>`</"
++"key> (किंवा <key>Tab</key> वरील कि) दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++"विंडो स्विचरमध्ये, विविध कार्यक्षेत्रांपासून ॲप्लिकेशन्सला उभे विभाजकांतर्फे "
++"दुभाजीत केले जातात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>→</key> किंवा <key>←</key> किजसह विंडो स्विचर अंतर्गत ॲप्लिकेशन "
++"चिन्हांना हलवणे शक्य आहे, किंवा माउससह क्लिक करून एकाची निवड करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr "<key>↓</key> किसह एका पटल सक्षम ॲप्लिकेशन्सचे पूर्वावलोकन शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr "<gui>कार्य</gui> सारांशवरुन:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"वापर करण्यासाठी <link xref=\"shell-windows\">पटलावर</link> क्लिक करा आणि "
++"अवलोकन सोडून द्या. बहु <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
++"workspaces\">कार्यक्षेत्र</link> खुले असल्यास, प्रत्येक कार्यक्षेत्रवरील "
++"खुले पटलांच्या अवलोकनकरिता प्रत्येक कार्यक्षेत्रावर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr "दोन पटलांना बाजू-दर-बाजू मोठे करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr "पटल टाइल करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त पडद्याच्या डाव्या किंवा उजव्या बाजूस पटलाला मोठे करणे शक्य आहे, "
++"जेणेकरूण दोन पटलांचा पटकन वापर करण्यासाठी बाजू-दर-बाजू स्थित करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या बाजूने पटलाचे आकार वाढवण्याकरिता, शीर्षकपट्टी ओढा आणि त्यास अर्धा "
++"पडदा ठळक करेपर्यंत डाव्या किंवा उजव्या बाजूस ओढा. कळफलकाचा वापर करून, <link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">सुपर कि</link> दाबा आणि <key>डावे</key> किंवा "
++"<key>उजवी</key> कि दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला मूळ आकारात पूर्वस्थितीमध्ये आणण्याकरिता, त्यास पडद्याच्या बाजूस ओढा, "
++"किंवा मोठे करण्याकरिता समान कळफल शार्टकटचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "तुमचे पटलं हलवा आणि आवरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "पटल आणि वर्कस्पेसेस"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"इतर डेस्कटॉपप्रमाणे, कार्यरत ॲप्लिकेशन्स दाखवण्याकरिता GNOME पटलांचा वापर "
++"करतात. दोन्ही <gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकन आणि <gui>डॅश</gui> यांचा वापर करून, "
++"नविन ॲप्लिकेशन्स सुरू करणे आणि सक्रीय पटलांना नियंत्रीत करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्रांतर्गत ॲप्लिकेशन्सना एकत्र गटात करा. ह्या गुणविशेषांचा वापर "
++"करण्यासाठी पटलाला आणि कार्यक्षेत्र मदत शीर्षकांकरिता भेट द्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "पटल"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "पटलांसोबत काम करणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेसेस"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेसेससोबत काम करणे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr "कृती अवलोकनकडे जा आणि पटलाला वेगळ्या कार्यक्षेत्रकरिता ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "पटलाला वेगल्या कार्यक्षेत्रकरिता स्थानांतरित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "माउस वापरुन:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>कार्य</gui> सारांश</link> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> "
++"मेन्यु</link> पासून पडद्याच्या शीर्षातील डावीकडे <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">कृती अवलोकन</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "पडद्याच्या उजव्या बाजूस पटल क्लिक करा आणि ओढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">वर्कस्पेस निवडणारा</em> दिसेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला रिकाम्या कार्यक्षेत्रात ओढा. या कार्यक्षेत्रात आत्ता तुम्ही पकडलेले "
++"पटल समाविष्टीत आहे, आणि नवीन रिकामे कार्यक्षेत्र <em>वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</"
++"em>च्या तळास आढळते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला रिकाम्या कार्यक्षेत्रात टाका. या कार्यक्षेत्रात आत्ता टाकलेले पटल "
++"समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड वापरुन:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"हलवण्याकरिता पटल निवडा (उदाहरणार्थ, <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">विंडो स्विचर</em>चा वापर करून)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला कार्यक्षेत्रात स्थानांतरीत करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> दाबा जे <em>वर्कस्पेस "
++"सिलेक्टर</em> वर सध्याच्या कार्यक्षेत्रावरील आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला कार्यक्षेत्रात स्थानांतरीत करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> दाबा जे <em>वर्कस्पेस "
++"सिलेक्टर</em> वर सध्याच्या कार्यक्षेत्र खालील आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस निवडणारा वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेसेसमध्ये स्थलांतर करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> कार्य सारांश</link> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"पडद्याच्या शीर्षकडील डाव्या बाजूस, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> मेन्यु</link> क्लिक करा आणि <gui>कृती "
++"अवलोकन</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्रावरील खुले पटलांच्या अवलोककरिता पडद्याच्या उजव्या-बाजूस <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</link> मध्ये कार्यक्षेत्रावर "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr "कार्यक्षेत्र सक्रीय करण्यासाठी कोणतेही पटल थंबनेल क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, पटल सूचीच्या उजव्या-बाजूचे वर्कस्पेस आइडेंटिफायर क्लिक करून "
++"आणि मेन्युपासून वापरण्याजोगी कार्यक्षेत्र निवडून कार्यक्षेत्रांचा वापर शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"पटलाला कार्यक्षेत्रात स्थानांतरीत करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> दाबा जे वर्कस्पेस "
++"सिलेक्टरमध्ये सध्याच्या कार्यक्षेत्रावरील आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्र अंतर्गत स्थानांतरीत करण्यासाठी <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> दाबा जे वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टरमध्ये सध्याच्या "
++"कार्यक्षेत्र खालील आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr "कार्यक्षेत्र डेस्कटॉपवरील पटलांना गटात एकत्र करण्याचा मार्ग आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेस काय आहे, आणि त्याची मला मदत कशी होईल?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉपवरील कार्यक्षेत्र म्हणजे पटलांचे गट होते. तुम्ही बहु कार्यक्षेत्र "
++"निर्माण करू शकता, जे वर्च्युअल डेस्कटॉप सारखे असते. कार्यक्षेत्र क्लट्टर कमी "
++"करण्यसाठी असते आणि संचारनरिता डेस्कटॉपला सोपे करणे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"डेस्कटॉपवरील कार्यक्षेत्र म्हणजे पटलांचे गट होते. तुम्ही बहु कार्यक्षेत्र "
++"निर्माण करू शकता, जे वर्च्युअल डेस्कटॉप सारखे असते. कार्यक्षेत्र क्लट्टर कमी "
++"करण्यसाठी असते आणि संचारनरिता डेस्कटॉपला सोपे करणे आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्रांचा वापर काम आयोजीत करण्यासाठी केला जातो. उदाहरणार्थ, एका "
++"कार्यक्षेत्रावर, आणि वेगळ्या कार्यक्षेत्रावरील कार्य सर्व संपर्क पटल, जसे कि "
++"ईमेल आणि गप्पा प्रोग्राम, सर्वांना समाविष्ट करणे शक्य आहे. तुमचे संगीत "
++"व्यवस्थापक वेगळ्या कार्यक्षेत्रावर असू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "वर्कस्पेसेस वापरुन:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये, कर्सरला पडद्याच्या उजव्या-बाजूस स्थानांतरीत करा."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकन उघडण्याकरिता <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> कि दाबा आणि कर्सरला पडद्याच्या उजव्या-बाजूस स्थानांतरीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"उभ्या पटलात वापरण्याजोगी कार्यक्षेत्र, तसेच रिकामे कार्यक्षेत्र आढळेल. हे "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</link> आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"उभ्या पटलात उपलब्ध कार्यक्षेत्र आढळेल. हे <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">वर्कस्पेस सिलेक्टर</link> आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्र समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी, <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">वर्कस्पेस "
++"सिलेक्टर</link> मध्ये रिकाम्या कार्यक्षेत्रात रिकाम्या कार्यक्षेत्रपासून पटल "
++"ओढा आणि टाका. ह्या कार्यक्षेत्रात आत्ता टाकलेले पटल समाविष्टीत आहे, आणि एक "
++"नवीन रिकामे कार्यक्षेत्र खालील आढळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्यक्षेत्र काढून टाकण्याकरिता, सर्व पटलांना बंद करा किंवा त्यास इतर "
++"कार्यक्षेत्रांकरिता स्थानांतरित करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "दरवेळेस कमीतकमी एक तरी वर्कस्पेस असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"संदेशकरिता चालवण्याजोगी आवाज निवडा, सतर्कता आवाज सेट करा, किंवा सतर्कता आवाज "
++"बंद करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr "सावधानता आवाज निवडा किंवा बंद करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"संदेश आणि इव्हेंट्सच्या ठराविक प्रकारकरिता तुमचे संगणक सोपे सतर्कता आवाज "
++"चालवेल. सतर्कताकरिता, प्रणाली आवाजाची सतर्कता आवाज स्वतंत्रपणे सेट करा, "
++"किंवा सतर्कता आवाज पूर्णपणे बंद करण्यासाठी वेगळे आवाज क्लिप्स निवडणे शक्य "
++"आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>आवाज</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>आवाज प्रभाव</gui> टॅबवरील, सतर्कता आवाज निवडा. आवाज क्लिक केल्यानंतर "
++"प्रत्येक आवाज चालवले जाईल जेणेकरून त्यांचे आवाज ऐकू येईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>आवाज प्रभाव</gui> टॅबवरील तीव्रता स्लाइडरचा वापर कून सतर्कता आवाजाचे "
++"आवाज सेट करा. ह्यामुळे संगीत, चित्रपट, किंवा इतर आवाज फाइल्सचे आवाज प्रभावीत "
++"होत नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"सतर्कता आवाज पूर्णपणे बंद करण्यासाठी, <gui>आवाज प्रभाव</gui> टॅबवरील "
++"<gui>सतर्कता आवाज</gui> अंतर्गत <gui>सुरू किंवा बंद करा</gui> स्विचचा वापर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr "त्रुटीनिवारण अडचणी जसे कि आवाज नसणे किंवा कमजोर आवाज दर्जा असणे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "आवाज समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणक खंडीत करण्याकरिता साउंड प्लेबॅककरिता अनेक पर्याय उपलब्ध आहेत. तुम्हाला "
++"खालील वर्णन केलेले कोणत्या अडचणी अनुभवत आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "ऑडिओ केबल्स आणि साऊंड कार्डज ड्राइव्हर्सची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr "आवाज चालवतेवेळी मला तडतड आवाज किंवा गुंजन ऐकू येते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील साउंड चालवतेवेळी तडतड आवाज किंवा गुंजन ऐकू येत असल्यास, ऑडिओ "
++"केबल्स किंवा कनेक्टर्स, किंवा साऊंड कार्डकरिता ड्राइव्हर्ससह अडचण असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "स्पिकर्स योग्यरित्या जुळले आहेत याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++"स्पिकर्सची पूर्णपणे जोडणी केली नसल्यास, किंवा चुकिच्या सॉकेटमध्ये जोडणी "
++"केल्यास, तुम्हाला गुंजन आवाज ऐकू येऊ शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "स्पिकर किंवा हेडफोन केबल खराब नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑडिओ केबल्स आणि कनेक्टर्स सहसा वापरनुसार खराब होतात. केबल किंवा हेडफोन्सला "
++"इतर ऑडिओ साधन (जसे कि MP3 वादक किंवा CD वादक) मध्ये जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न "
++"करा आणि तडतड आवाजकरिता तपासणी करा. तडतड आवाज येत असल्यास, तुम्हाला केबल "
++"किंवा हेडफोन्स अदलाबदल करायची आवश्यकता असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "साऊंड ड्राइव्हर्स योग्य आहे याची तापसणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"काही साऊंड कार्डज Linux वर कार्य करत नाही कारण त्यावरील ड्राइव्हर्स चांगले "
++"नाही. ही अडचण ओळखण्यास खूप कठिण आहे. इंटरनेटवर शाऊंड कार्डचे मेक आणि मॉडल, "
++"तसेच शोध संज्ञा \"Linux\" शोधण्याचा प्रयत्न करा, आणि इतर वापरकर्त्यांना समान "
++"अडचण आहे किंवा नाही हे जाणून घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"साऊंड कार्डविषयी अधिक माहिती प्राप्त करण्यासाठी तुम्ही <cmd>lspci</cmd> "
++"आदेशचा वापर करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++"ते मंद केले नाही, केबल्स योग्यरित्या जोडले नाही, आणि साऊंड कार्ड आढळले आहे "
++"याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr "संगणकावरील मला कोणतेही आवाज ऐकू येत नाही"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावरील कोणतेही आवाज ऐकू येत नसल्यास, उदाहरणार्थ संगीत चालवतेवेळी, तुम्ही "
++"अडचणीचे निवारण करू शकता याकरिता त्रुटीनिवारण टप्पे वापरून पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr "आवाज मंद नाही याची खात्री करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्ष पट्टीवरील आवाज चिन्ह क्लिक करा (ते स्पिकरसारखे दिसते) आणि आवाज मंद "
++"केले नाही किंब बंद केले नाही याची खात्री करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++"काही लॅपटॉप्सने स्विचेस किंवा कळफलकवरील किज मंद केले आहे—आवाज मंद अशक्य होतो "
++"हे पहाण्याकरिता कि दाबण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++"आवाज चालवण्याकरिता वापरण्याजोगी ॲप्लिकेशन मंद केले नाही याची देखील खात्री "
++"करा (उ.दा. तुमचे संगीत वादक किंवा चित्रपट वादक). ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये मुख्य पटलात "
++"मंद करा किंवा आवाजाची बटन असते, म्हणून त्याची तपासणी करा. तसेच, शीर्ष "
++"पट्टीवरील आवाज चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>आवाज सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा. "
++"<gui>आवाज</gui> पटल आढळल्यानंतर, <gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> टॅबकडे जा आणि "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन मंद केले नाही याची तपासणी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr "स्पिकर्स सुरू केले आहे आणि जोडणी योग्यरित्या केली आहे याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाकडे एक्सटर्नल स्पिकर्स असल्यास, ते सुरू आहे आणि आवाज वाढवले आहे याची "
++"खात्री करा. स्पिकर केबलला सुरक्षितपणे संगणकाच्या मागील \"output\" ऑडिओ "
++"सॉकेटमध्ये जोडणी केली आहे याची खात्री करा. हे सॉकेट सहसा फिकट हिरव्या रंगाचे "
++"असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++"काही साऊंड कार्डज इतर सॉकेटचा वापर आऊटपुट (स्पिकर्सकरिता) आणि इंपुट "
++"(माइक्रोफोनपासून, उदाहरणार्थ) करिता करू शकतात. Linux च्या तुलनेत Windows "
++"किंवा Mac OSचे आउटपुट सॉकेट वेगळे असू शकते. स्पिकर केबलला संगणकावरील वेगळ्या "
++"ऑडिओ सॉकेट्सशी जोडणी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++"ऑडिओ केबल सुरक्षितपणे स्पिकर्सच्या मागे जोडले आहे हे शेवटची तपासणी करा. काही "
++"स्पिकर्समध्ये एकापेक्षा जास्त इंपुट असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "योग्य आवाज साधन निवडले आहे याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणकांकडे बहु \"sound devices\" इंस्टॉल्ड आहे. काही आवाज आउटपुट "
++"करण्यास सक्षम आहेत आणि काही सक्षम नाही, म्हणून तुमच्याकडे योग्य निवडलेले आहे "
++"याची तपासणी करण्याची खात्री करा. योग्य निवडण्याकरिता काही ट्रायल-अँड-एरर "
++"समाविष्टीत असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"शीर्षपट्टीवरील आवाज चिन्ह क्लिक करा आणि <gui>आवाज सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++"आढळणाऱ्या <gui>आवाज</gui> पटलात, <gui>आउटपुट</gui> टॅबकडे जा. कोणते साधन आणि "
++"प्रोफाइल निवडले जाते याची टिपण्णी करा (त्यास बदलल्याणे कार्य होत नसल्यास "
++"तुम्ही पूर्वनिर्धारित निवडकरिता पुन्हा जाऊ शकता)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++"निवडलेल्या साधनकरिता, प्रोफाइल बदलणे वारून पहा—ते कार्य करते किंवा नाही "
++"याकरिता प्रोफाइल बदलल्यानंतर आवाज चालवा. तुम्हाला सूचीतील प्रत्येक प्रोफाइल  "
++"वापरून पहावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++"ते कार्य करत नसल्यास, इतर कोणत्याही सूचीतील साधनांकरिता तुम्हाला तसेच करायला "
++"आवडेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>आउटपुट</gui> टॅबमध्ये <gui>कनेक्टर</gui> पर्याय बदलण्याचा प्रयत्न करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "साऊंड कार्ड योग्यरित्या आढळले आहे याची तपासणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे साऊंड कार्ड योग्यरित्या आढळले गेले नसल्यास. असे झाले असल्यास, संगणकाला "
++"वाटेल कि ते आवाज चालवू शकत नाही. याचे एक संभाव्य कारण म्हणजे कार्डकरिता "
++"ड्राइव्हर्स इंस्टॉल केले नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr "<gui>कार्य</gui> सारांशवर जा आणि टर्मिनल उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd> टाइप करा आणि <key>Enter</key> दाबा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनांची सूची दाखवले जाईल. <gui>प्लेबॅक हार्डवेअर साधने</gui> नसल्यास, साऊंड "
++"कार्ड आढळले जाणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++"साऊंड कार्ड आढळले नसल्यास, तुम्हाला स्वतः त्याकरिता ड्राइव्हर्स इंस्टॉल "
++"करावे लागेल. हे कसे केले जाते ते कार्डवर आधारित आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++"टर्मिनलमध्ये <cmd>lspci</cmd> आदेशचा वापर करून साऊंड कार्ड आढळते. <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">सुपरयुजर</link> म्हणून <cmd>lspci</cmd> चालवावे "
++"लागेल; एकतर <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> टाइप करा आणि पासवर्ड टाइप करा, किंवा "
++"<cmd>su</cmd> टाइप करा, <em>root</em> (प्रशासकीय) पासवर्ड द्या, आणि त्यानंतर "
++"<cmd>lspci</cmd> टाइप करा. <em>ऑडिओ कंट्रोलर</em> किंवा <em>ऑडिओ साधन</em> "
++"सूचीत दाखवले जाते ते पहा—त्याकडे साऊंड कार्डचे मेक आणि मॉडल क्रमांक असायला "
++"पाहिजे. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> अधिक तपशील माहितीसह सूची दाखवेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"कार्डकरिता तुम्ही ड्राइव्हर्स शोधू आणि इंस्टॉल करू शकता. Linux वितरणसाठी "
++"सूचनांकरिता सपोर्ट फोरम्सवर (किंवा त्याऐवजी) विचारणे शिफारसीय आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++"साऊंड कार्डकरिता ड्राइव्हर्स आढळत नसल्यास, तुम्हाला नविन साऊंड कार्ड विकत "
++"घ्यायला आवडेल. संगणक आणि एक्सटर्नल USB साऊंड कार्डज अंतर्गत इंस्टॉल "
++"करण्याजोगी साऊंड कार्डज प्राप्त करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"ॲनलॉग किंवा USB माइक्रोफोनचा वापर करा आणि पूर्वनिर्धारित इंपुट साधनाची निवड "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "वेगळा माइक्रोफोन वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++"मित्रांसह गप्पाकरिता, कामावर मित्रांशी बोलणे, वॉईस रेकॉर्डिंग्ड बनवणे, किंवा "
++"इतर मल्टिमिडीया ॲप्लिकेशन्सचा वापर करायचे असल्यास तुम्ही एक्सटर्नल "
++"माइक्रोफोनचा वापर करू शकता. संगणकाकडे बिल्ट-इन माइक्रोफोन किंवा माइक्रोफोनसह "
++"वेबकॅम असल्यास, वेगळे माइक्रोफोन सहसा उत्तम दर्जा पुरवतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"माइक्रोफोनकरिता गोलाकार प्लग नसल्यास, संगणकात योग्य अडॅप्टरची जोडणी करा. "
++"बहुतांश संगणकामध्ये दोन अडॅप्टर्स असतात: एक माइक्रोफोन्सकरिता आणि दुसरे "
++"स्पिकर्सकरिता. अडॅप्टरच्या बाजूचे माइक्रोफोनचे चित्र पहा. योग्य अडॅप्टरमध्ये "
++"जोडणी केलेले माइक्रोन्सचा पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे वापर केला जाईल. नसल्यास, "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित इंपुट साधन निवडण्याकरिता खालील सूचना पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"USB माइक्रोफोन असल्यास, कोणत्याही USB पोर्टमध्ये संगणकाची जोडणी करा. USB "
++"माइक्रोफोन्स वेगळे ऑडिओ साधन म्हणून कार्य करतात, आणि पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे "
++"कोणत्या माइक्रोफोनचा पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे वापर करायचे ते निर्देशीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित ऑडिओ इंपुट साधन निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>आवाज</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>इंपुट</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++"साधनाच्या सूचीमध्ये साधन निवडा. बोलतेवेळी इंपुट स्तर निर्देशकने प्रतिसाद "
++"दिले पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++"स्पिकर्स किंवा हेडफोन्सची जोडणी करा आणि पूर्वनिर्धारित ऑडिओ आउटपुट साधन "
++"निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "वेगळे स्पीकर किंवा हेडफोन वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाशी बाहेरील स्पिकर्स किंवा हेडफोन्सचा वापर करणे शक्य आहे. स्पिकर्स सहसा "
++"एकतर गोलाकार TRSचा वापर करून (<em>टि, रिंग, स्लीव्ह</em>) किंवा USB सह जोडणी "
++"करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++"स्पिकर्स किंवा हेडफोन्सकडे TRS प्लग असल्यास, त्यास संगणकातील योग्य "
++"सॉकेटमध्ये जोडणी करा. बहुतांश संगणकांकडे दोन सॉकेट्स असतात: एक "
++"माइक्रोफोन्सकरिता आणि एक स्पिकर्सकरिता. सॉकेटच्या बाजूचे हेडफोन्सचे चित्र "
++"पहा. TRS सॉकेटमध्ये जोडणी केलेल्या स्पिकर्स किंवा हेडफोन्सचा "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे वापर केले जाईल. नसल्यास, पूर्वनिर्धारित साधन निवडण्याकरिता "
++"खालील सूचना पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++"काही संगणक बहु-वाहिनी आउटपुटकरिता समर्थन पुरवतात. हे सहसा बहु TRS जॅक्सचा "
++"वापर करतात, जे सहसा कलर-कोडेड असते. कोणत्या सॉकेट्समध्ये कोणते प्लगजची जोडणी "
++"केली जाते याविषयी खात्री नसल्यास, तुम्ही साऊंड सेटिंग्जमध्ये साऊंड आउटपुटची "
++"चाचणी करू शकता. शीर्ष पट्टीत नाव क्लिक करा आणि  <gui>सेटिंग्ज</gui> निवडा, "
++"त्यानंतर <gui>आवाज</gui> क्लिक करा. <gui>आउटपुट</gui> टॅबवर, साधनाच्या "
++"सूचीपासून स्पिकर्स निवडा, त्यानंतर <gui style=\"button\">स्पिकर्सची चाचणी "
++"करा</gui> क्लिक करा. पॉप-अप पटलात, प्रत्येक स्पिकरकरिता बटन क्लिक करा. "
++"प्रत्येक बटन स्पिकरशी ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"USB स्पिकर्स किंवा हेडफोन्स, किंवा USB साऊंड कार्डमध्ये जोडणी केलेले ॲनलॉग "
++"हेडफोन्स असल्यास, त्यास कोणत्याही USB पोर्टमध्ये जोढणी करा. USB स्पिकर्स "
++"वेगळे ऑडिओ साधन म्हणून कार्य करतात, आणि तुम्हाला पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे "
++"वापरण्याजोगी स्पिकर्स निर्देशीत करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>आवाज</gui> उघडा आणि <gui>आउटपुट</gui> टॅब निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "उपकरणांच्या यादीतून उपकरण निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाकरिता साऊंड तीव्रता सेट करा आणि प्रत्येक ॲप्लिकेशन्सचे ध्वनिमहत्ता "
++"नियंत्रीत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "आवाजाची पातळी बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++"साऊंड तीव्रता बदलण्याकरिता, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील साऊंड चिन्ह क्लिक करा (ते स्पिकर "
++"सारखे दिसते) आणि तीव्रता स्लाइडरला डावीकडे किंवा उजवीकडे स्थानांतरीत करा. "
++"स्लाइडरला सर्वत्र डावीकडे ओढून आवाज पर्णपणे बंद करणे शक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"काही कळफलात किज असतात जे तुम्हाला तीव्रता नियंत्रीत करण्यास मदत करतात. ते "
++"सहसा स्टाइलाइज्ड स्पिकर्सप्रमाणे दिसतात. ते शीर्षकडे \"F\" किजच्या बाजूला "
++"असतात. लॅपटॉप किबोर्डजवरील, ते सहसा \"F\" किजवर असतात. वापर करण्यासाठी "
++"कळफलावरील <key>Fn</key> कि दाबून ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++"नक्कीच, एक्सटर्नल स्पिकर्स असल्यास, तीव्रता नियंत्रणचा वापर करून "
++"स्पिकर्सवरील तीव्रता बदलणे शक्य आहे. काही हेडफोन्समध्ये तीव्रता नियंत्रण "
++"देखील समाविष्टीत असते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr "व्यक्तिगत ॲप्लिकेशन्सकरिता साऊंड आवाज बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++"एका ॲप्लिकेशनकरिता तीव्रता बदलणे, परंतु इतरांची तीव्रता जैसे थे ठेवणे शक्य "
++"आहे. हे तुम्ही संगीत ऐकत असल्यास आणि वेब चाळत असल्यास उपयोगी ठरते, "
++"उदाहरणार्थ. तुम्हाला वेब ब्राऊजरमधील तीव्रता कमी करायला आवडेल जेणेकरून "
++"संकेतस्थाळापासून आवाज संगीतसह व्यत्यय ठरणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++"काही ॲप्लिकेशन्सकडे मुख्य पटलांमध्ये तीव्रता नियंत्रण समाविष्टीत असतात. "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनमध्ये यापैकी एक असल्यास, तीव्रता बदलण्याकरिता त्याचा वापर करा. "
++"नाहीतर, शीर्ष पट्टीवरील आवाज चिन्हावर क्लिक करा आणि <gui>साऊंड सेटिंग्ज</"
++"gui> निवडा. <gui>ॲप्लिकेशन्स</gui> टॅबकडे जा आणि ॲप्लिकेशनची तीव्रता बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त आवाज चालवणारे ॲप्लिकेशन्स सूचीत दाखवले जातील. ॲप्लिकेशन आवाज चालवत "
++"असल्यास परंतु सूचीमध्ये नसल्यास, तीव्रता नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी गुणविशेषकरिता "
++"समर्थन पुरवू शकणार नाही. अशा घटनामध्ये, तीव्रता बदलणे अशक्य आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr "शीर्षपट्टीतील उजव्या बाजूला स्थित चिन्हांचा अर्थ समजवते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr "उच्च पट्टीवरच्या चिन्हांचा अर्थ काय आहे?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++"हे विभाग शीर्षपट्टीतील उजव्या बाजूला स्थित चिन्हांचा अर्थ समजवते. विशेषतया, "
++"GNOME संवादतर्फे पुरवलेल्या चिन्हांचे विविध प्रकारांचे वर्णन केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME शेल उच्च पट्टी"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr "वैश्विक प्रवेश मेनु चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr "ॲक्सेसिबिलिटि सेटिंग्ज सुरू करणाऱ्या मेन्युकडे निर्देशीत करते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr "आवाज नियंत्रण चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr "आवाजाची पातळी उच्च ठेवलेली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr "आवाजाची पातळी मध्यम ठेवलेली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr "आवाजाची पातळी कमी ठेवलेली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr "आवाज बंद केला आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ व्यवस्थापक चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ सुरु झालेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr "ब्लुटुथ बंद झालेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवस्थापक चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>सेल्युलर जोडणी</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "3G नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "4G नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "EDGE नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "GPRS नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "UMTS नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr "सेल्युलर नेटवर्कला जोडलेलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr "सेल्युलर नेटवर्क जोडणी मिळवत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr "अति उच्च सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr "उच्च सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr "मध्यम सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr "कमी सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr "अतिशय कमी सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>स्थानिक क्षेत्र नेटवर्क (एलएएन) जोडणी</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क शोधतेवेळी त्रुटी आढळली."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क अकार्यरत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr "नेटवर्कसाठी कुठलाही मार्ग सापडला नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क ऑफलाइन आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क डाटा स्वीकारत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क डाटा पाठवत आणि स्वीकारत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क डाटा पाठवत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>व्हरच्युयल खाजगी नेटवर्क (व्हीपीएन) जोडणी</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr "नेटवर्क जोडणी मिळवत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr "व्हीपीएन नेटवर्कशी जोडणी झाली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>वायर्ड जोडणी</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr "नेटववर्कपासून खंडित झालं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr "वायर्ड नेटवर्कशी जोडलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>वायरलेस जोडणी</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr "वायरलेस जोडणी मिळवत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr "वायरलेस नेटवर्क एनक्रिप्ट केलेले आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr "वायरलेस नेटवर्कशी जोडलं आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr "अतिशय कमी सिगनल पातळी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr "वीज व्यवस्थापक चिन्हे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "बॅटरी पूर्ण आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr "बॅटरी थोडी कमी झाली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "बॅटरी कमी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr "चेतावनी: बॅटरी खूप कमी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr "बॅटरी अतिशय कमी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "बॅटरी काढली गेली आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr "बॅटरी पूर्ण चार्ज आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr "बॅटरी पूर्ण आहे आणि चार्ज होत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr "बॅटरी अर्धवट पूर्ण झाली आहे आणि चार्ज होत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr "बॅटरी कमी आहे आणि चार्ज होत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr "बॅटरी खूप कमी आहे आणि चार्ज होत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr "बॅटरी संपली आहे आणि चार्ज होत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलकावरील टाइप अक्षरे आढळले नाही, फॉरेन अक्षर, मॅथेमॅटिकल सिमबॉल्स, आणि "
++"डिंगबॅट्स समाविष्टीत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr "खास कॅरेक्टर टाका"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++"जगभरातील राइटिंग प्रणाल्यांपासून, कळफलावरील न आढळणारी देखील समाविष्टीत, "
++"तुम्ही हजारो अक्षर सादर आणि अवलोकन करू शकता. ह्या पृष्ठामध्ये विशेष अक्षर "
++"समाविष्टीत करण्याचे विविध प्रकार समाविष्टीत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "कॅरेक्टर टाकायच्या पद्धती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "कॅरेक्टर नकाशा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME मध्ये कॅरेक्टर मॅप ॲप्लिकेशन समाविष्टीत आहे जे तुम्हाला Unicode मधील "
++"सर्व अक्षर चाळण्यास परवानगी देते. आवश्यक अक्षर शोधण्याकरिता कॅरेक्टर मॅपचा "
++"वापर करा, आणि त्यानंतर जेथे पाहिजे तेथे कापा आणि चिकटवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कृती</gui> अवलोकनमध्ये तुम्ही <app>कॅरेक्टर मॅप</app> शोधू शकता. "
++"कॅरेक्टर मॅपविषयी अधिक माहितीकरिता, <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">कॅरेक्टर "
++"मॅप मॅन्युअल</link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "रचना की"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"कम्पोज कि विशेष कि आहे जे तुम्हाला विशेष अक्षर प्राप्त करण्यासाठी एकापेक्षा "
++"जास्त किज प्राप्त करण्यास मदत करते. उदाहरणार्थ, ॲक्सेंटेड अक्षर <em>é</em> "
++"टाइप करण्याकरिता, तुम्ही<key>कम्पोज</key> त्यानंतर <key>'</key> आणि नंतर "
++"<key>e</key> टाइप करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलकांकडे ठराविक कम्पोज किज नसते. त्याऐवजी, कळफलकवरील अस्तित्वातील किजला "
++"कम्पोज कि म्हणून ठरवू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr "रचना की बनवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>शॉर्टकटस्</gui> टॅब निवडा आणि <gui>टाइपिंग</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr "उजव्या पट्टीमध्ये <gui>रचना की</gui>वर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>बंद केले</gui> क्लिक करा आणि ड्रॉप-डाउन मेन्युपासून कम्पोज कि म्हणून "
++"वर्तन करायचे असल्यास कि निवडा. एकतर <key>Ctrl</key> किज, उजवे <key>Alt</key> "
++"कि, उजवे <key>Win</key> किंवा <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"कि एकच असल्यास, <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">मेन्यु</key> कि किंवा  "
++"<key>Caps Lock</key> निवडा. निवडलेली कोणतिही कि फक्त कम्पोज कि म्हणून कार्य "
++"करेल, आणि मूळ कारणास्तव कार्य करणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++"कम्पोज किचा वापर करून तुम्ही अनेक सामान्य अक्षर टाइप करू शकता, उदाहरणार्थ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>कम्पोज</key> नंतर <key>'</key> दाबा आणि त्यानंतर अक्षरावर ॲक्युट "
++"ॲक्सेंट अक्षर स्थित करा, जसे कि <em>é</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>कम्पोज</key> नंतर <key>`</key> दाबा आणि त्यानंतर अक्षरावर ग्रेव ॲक्सेंट "
++"अक्षर स्थित करा, जसे कि <em>è</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>कम्पोज</key> नंतर <key>\"</key> दाबा आणि त्यानंतर अक्षरावर umlaut अक्षर "
++"स्थित करा, जसे कि <em>ë</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>कम्पोज</key> नंतर <key>-</key> दाबा आणि त्यानंतर अक्षरावर मॅक्रॉन अक्षर "
++"स्थित करा, जसे कि <em>ē</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"अधिक कम्पोज कि श्रृंखलांकरिता, <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedia वरील कम्पोज कि पृष्ठ</"
++"link> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "कोड पॉइंटस्"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त अक्षराच्या न्युमेरिक कोड पॉइंटसह कळफलकाचे कोणतेही Unicode अक्षर सादर "
++"करणे शक्य आहे. प्रत्येक अक्षराला चार अक्षरी कोड पॉइंटतर्फे ओळखले जाते. "
++"अक्षरकरिता कोड पॉइंट शोधायचे असल्यास, कॅरेक्टर मॅप ॲप्लिकेशनमधील अक्षर शोधा "
++"आणि स्थिती पट्टी किंवा <gui>अक्षर तपशील</gui> टॅब शोधा. कोड पॉइंट म्हणजे "
++"<gui>U+</gui> नंतरचे चार अक्षरे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"कोड पॉइंटनुसारे अक्षर सादर करण्यासाठी, <key>Ctrl</key> आणि <key>Shift</key> "
++"दाबून ठेवा, type <key>u</key> पाठोपाठ चार-अक्षरी कोड पॉइंट दाबून ठेवा, नंतर "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> आणि <key>Shift</key> सोडून द्या. इतर पर्यायांसह प्रवेशजोगी "
++"अक्षरांचा वापर करत असल्यास, तुम्हाला पटकन सादर करण्याजोगी अक्षरांचे कोड "
++"पॉइंट्स लक्षात ठेवणे उपयोगी वाटेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "कीबोर्ड माडंण्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"कळफलकाला इतर भाषाकरिता, किजवरील छपाई अक्षरांखेरीज कळफलकासारखे वर्तन करा. "
++"शीर्ष पट्टीतील चिन्हाचा वापर करून विविध किबोर्ड मांडणींचा वापर शक्य आहे. "
++"अधिक शिकण्याकरिता, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "इनपुट पद्धती"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त कळफलकच नाही परंतु इंपुट साधनांना अक्षरांना सादर करण्यास परवानगी देऊन "
++"इंपुट पद्धती मागील पद्धतींना विस्तारित करते. उदाहरणार्थ जेस्चर पद्धतीचा वापर "
++"करून माऊससह अक्षर सादर करणे, किंवा लॅटिन कळफलचा वापर करून जॅपनिज अक्षरे सादर "
++"करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"इंपुट पद्धती निवडण्याकरिता, मजकूर विजेटवर उजवी-क्लिक द्या, आणि मेन्यु "
++"<gui>इंपुट पद्धती</gui> मध्ये, वापरण्याजोगी इंपुट पद्धती निवडा. "
++"पूर्वनिर्धारित इंपुट पद्धती पुरवली नाही, म्हणून इंपुट पद्धतींचे दस्तऐवजीकरण "
++"त्यांचा वापर कशा प्रकारे केला जातो, ते पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">विशेष अक्षरे</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">मधली क्लिक शार्टकट्स</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr "टीपा &amp; युक्त्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr "ह्या विषयांच्या भाषांतरासाठी कुठे आणि कशी मदत करावी."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr "भाषांतर सुधारण्यासाठी भाग घ्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ची मदत जगभरातील सदस्य समुदायतर्फे भाषांतरीत केले जाते. योगदानकरिता "
++"तुमचे स्वागत आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++" <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">अनेक "
++"भाषांकरिता</link> अजूनही भाषांतरन आवश्यक आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"भाषांतरन सुरू करण्यासाठी तुम्हाला <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\">खाते "
++"निर्माण करावे लागेल</link> आणि तुमच्या भाषाकरिता <link href=\"http://l10n."
++"gnome.org/teams/\">भाषांतरन गट</link>मध्ये सामिल व्हा. यामुळे तुम्ही नविन "
++"भाषांतरन अपलोड करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही GNOME भाषांतरकांसह <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url="
++"irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>चा वापर करून गप्पा करू शकता. "
++"वाहिनीवरील वापकर्ते जगभरात स्थित असतात, जेणेकरून तुम्हाला वेळक्षेत्र फरकमुळे "
++"पटकन प्रतिसाद प्राप्त होणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"वैकल्पिकरित्या, तुम्ही <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/"
++"gnome-i18n\">मेलिंग सूची</link>चा वापर करून आंतराष्ट्रीयकरण समुहासह संपर्क "
++"साधू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">वापरकर्ता समाविष्ट करा</link> किंवा <link xref="
++"\"user-addguest\">पाहुणा वापरकर्ता</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">पासवर्ड बदला</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">प्रशासक</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता खाते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++"संकणकचा वापर करणाऱ्या प्रत्येक वापरकर्त्याकड वेगळे वापरकर्ता खाते पाहिजे. "
++"यामुळे व्यक्तिगत फाइल्स वेगळे राहतात आणि तुम्ही स्वतःच्या सेटिंग्ज निवडू "
++"शकता. ते आणखी सुरक्षित असते. पासवर्ड माहिती असल्यास तुम्ही फक्त वेगळे "
++"वापरकर्ता खात्याकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "खाते"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता खाते व्यवस्थापित करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "पासवर्ड"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "विशेषाधिकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता विशेषाधिकार"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकावर इतर वापरकर्त्यांतर्फे प्रवेशकरिता नविन वापरकर्त्यांना समाविष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्ता खातं उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणककरिता तुम्ही बहु वापरकर्ता खात्यांचा वापर करू शकता. घरी किंवा "
++"कंपनीमध्ये प्रत्येक वापरकर्ताकरिता एक खाते द्या. प्रत्येक वापरकर्त्याकडे "
++"स्वतःचे होम फोल्डर, दस्तऐवज, आणि सेटिंग्ज असतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>वापरकर्ते</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++"नविन वापरकर्ता खाते समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी तुमच्याकडे <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार</link> हवेत. उच्च उजव्या कोपऱ्यात<gui>कुलूप "
++"उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि सांगितल्या प्रमाणे तुमचा पासवर्ड किंवा प्रशासक "
++"पासवर्ड टाइप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++"डावीकडे खात्यांच्या यादीमध्ये, नविन वापरकर्ता खातं समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"नवीन वापरकर्त्याला संगणककरिता <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">प्रशासकीय "
++"प्रवेश</link> द्यायचे असल्यास, खाते प्रकारकरिता <gui>प्रशासक</gui> निवडा. "
++"प्रशासक वापरकर्ते समाविष्ट करणे आणि नष्ट करणे, सॉफ्टवेअर आणि ड्राइव्हर्स "
++"इंस्टॉल करणे, आणि दिनांक आणि वेळ बदलू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++"नविन वापरकर्त्याचं पूर्ण नावं टाका. वापरकर्ता नाव हे आपोआप भरले जाइल जे "
++"पूर्ण नावावर आधारित असेल. पूर्वनिर्धारित ठिक आहे, पण तुम्हाला वाटलं तर "
++"तुम्ही ते बदलु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>समाविष्ट</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्त्याच्या पासवर्डचे तुम्ही काय कराल हे निवडेपर्यंत खाते प्रारंभिकपणे "
++"बंद केले जाते. सूचीपासून नवीन खाते निवडा. <gui>प्रवेश पर्याय</gui> अंतर्गत "
++"<gui>पासवर्ड</gui>च्या बाजूचे <gui>खाते बंद करा</gui> क्लिक करा. <gui>कृती</"
++"gui> ड्रॉप-डाऊन सूचीपासून <gui>आत्ता पासवर्ड सेट करा</gui> निवडा, आणि "
++"<gui>नवीन पासवर्ड</gui> आणि <gui>पासवर्डची खात्री करा</gui> क्षेत्रांचे "
++"वापरकर्ता प्रकार पासवर्डकरिता सेट करा. <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> "
++"पहा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++"अनियतीने तयार झालेला सुरक्षित पासवर्ड निवडण्यासाठी तुम्ही <gui>नविन पासवर्ड</"
++"gui>च्या बाजुच्या बटणावर पण क्लिक करु शकता. हे पासवर्ड लोकांना कळायला अवघड "
++"असतात, पण ते लक्षात ठेवायला कठिण असु शकतात, त्यामुळे सावधान."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>बदला</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>वापरकर्ता खाते</gui> पटलात तुम्ही खात्याकरिता वापरकर्त्याच्या नावाच्या "
++"उजव्या बाजूच्या प्रतिमेवर क्लिक करू शकता. ही प्रतिमा प्रवेश पटलात दाखवले "
++"जाईल. GNOME तुम्हाला वापरण्याजोगी काही स्टॉक फोटोज पुरवते, किंवा स्वतःहून "
++"निवडा किंवा वेबकॅमपासून चित्र घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"पाहुण्यांना पासवर्ड न देता तात्पुर्ता तुमचा संगणक वापरण्यास अनुमत करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "पाहुणा वापरकर्ता खातं उघडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++"अतिथींकरिता, वापरकर्ते जे तात्पुर्त्या कारणास्तव संगणकाचा वापर करतात, तुम्ही "
++"वापरकर्ता खाते निर्माण करू शकता. अतिथी वापरकर्ता संगणकावरील प्रोग्राम्सचा "
++"वापर करू शकेल, परंतु फाइल्सकरिता प्रवेश प्राप्त, सेटिंग्जमध्ये बदल, किंवा "
++"सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करू शकणार नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "पाहुणा वापरकर्ता खातं बनवा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"उच्च पट्टीवर तुमच्या नावावर क्लिक करा, नंतर <gui>वापरकर्ते</gui> पटल "
++"उघडण्यासाठी तुमच्या नावाच्या बाजुच्या छबीवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"उच्च उजव्या कोपऱ्यात <gui>कुलूप उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि बदल करण्यासाठी "
++"तुमचा पासवर्ड टाइप करा. वापरकर्ता खाते समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी तुम्ही प्रशासकीय "
++"वापरकर्ता असायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++"खाते प्रकारकरिता <gui>मानक</gui> निवडा. तुम्हाला अतिथी खातेकरिता प्रशासकीय "
++"प्रवेश द्यायला आवडत नसेल. नंतर खात्याला <em>अतिथी</em>, किंवा पसंतीचे नाव "
++"द्या. पूर्ण नावावर आधारित वापरकर्तानाव स्वयंरित्या भरले जाईल. पूर्वनिर्धारित "
++"मूल्य ठिक आहे असे असते, परंतु आवश्यक असल्यास त्याला बदलणे शक्य आहे. पूर्ण "
++"झाल्यानंतर <gui>समाविष्ट करा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"नवीन अतिथी वापरकर्ता खाते निवडा. <gui>प्रवेश पर्याय</gui> अंतर्गत, "
++"<gui>पासवर्ड</gui>च्या बाजूचे <gui>खाते बंद केले</gui>. तुम्हाला पासवर्ड "
++"पर्यायसह पटल प्रस्तुत केले जाईल. <gui>कृती</gui> ड्रॉप-डाउन सूचीपासून, "
++"<gui>पासवर्डविना प्रवेश करा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"यापूर्वी <gui>वापरकर्ता खाते</gui> पटलात तुम्ही खात्याकरिता वापरकर्त्याच्या "
++"नावाच्या उजव्या बाजूच्या प्रतिमेवर क्लिक करू शकता. ही प्रतिमा प्रवेश पटलात "
++"दाखवले जाईल. GNOME तुम्हाला वापरण्याजोगी काही स्टॉक फोटोज पुरवते, किंवा "
++"स्वतःहून निवडा किंवा वेबकॅमपासून चित्र घ्या."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार मिळवुन कुठल्या वापरकर्त्यांनी सिस्टीम बदल "
++"करावेत हे तुम्ही बदलु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr "ज्याकडे प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार आहेत बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगी प्रणालीमध्ये महत्वाच्या भागांमध्ये कोण बदल करू शकते ते "
++"ठरवण्याचा मार्ग आहे. कोणत्या वापरकर्त्यांकडे प्रशासकीय परवानगी आहे आणि "
++"कोणाकडे नाही, हे बदलणे शक्य आहे. प्रणाली सुरक्षित ठेवण्याचे आणि संभाव्य "
++"अनाधिकृत बदल टाळण्याचे उत्तम पर्याय आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कुलूप उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि खाते सेटिंगचे कुलूप उघडण्यासाठी पासवर्ड "
++"टाका. (वापरकर्त्याला प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार देण्यासाठी, तुमच्याकडे ते असणं "
++"गरजेचे आहे.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr "ज्या वापरकर्त्याच्या विशेषाधिकारांमध्ये बदल करायचे आहेत त्याला निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Click the label <gui>खाते प्रकार</gui>च्या बाजुला <gui>स्टँडर्ड</gui> लेबल "
++"क्लिक करा आणि <gui>प्रशासक</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ता खाते पटल बंद करा. वापरकर्त्याचे विशेषाधिकार पुढच्या लॉगइनला बदलले "
++"जातील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++"सिस्टीमवरचं पहिलं वापरकर्ता खातं सहसा प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकारांसोबत असतं. "
++"तुम्ही सिस्टीम इंस्टॉल केल्यावर हे वापरकर्ता खातं तयार झालं होतं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++"एका सिस्टीमवर एकापेक्षा जास्त <gui>प्रशासक</gui> अधिकार असणारे वापरकर्ते "
++"असणं शहाणपणा नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या सिस्टीमच्या महत्वाच्या भागांमध्ये बदल करण्यास तुम्हाला प्रशासकीय "
++"विशेषाधिकार लागतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr "प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार कसे काम करतात?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++"तसेच फाइल्स ज्यास <em>तुम्ही</em> निर्माण करतात, प्रणालीमध्ये योग्य प्रकारे "
++"कार्य करणारी आवश्यक फाइल्स संगणकात समाविष्टीत असतात. अशा महत्वाच्या  "
++"<em>प्रणाली फाइल्स</em> अयोग्यरित्या बदलले असल्यास अनेक बाबी खंडीत होऊ "
++"शकतात, म्हणूनच त्यास बदलांपासून पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे सुरक्षित केले जाते. ठराविक "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स प्रणालीतील महत्वाचे भाग देखील संपादित करतात, आणि त्यास देखील "
++"सुरक्षीत केले जाते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"सुरक्षित करण्याचा मार्ग म्हणजे <em>प्रसासकीय परवानगी</em> सह फाइल्स बदलणे "
++"किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्सच्या वापरकरिता वापरकर्त्यांना परवानगी देणे. दैनंदिन "
++"वापरमध्ये, तुम्हाला कोणत्याही प्रणाली फाइल्स बदलण्याची किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन्स "
++"वापरण्याची आवश्यकता नाही, म्हणूनच पूर्वनिर्धारितपणे तुमच्याकडे प्रशासकीय "
++"परवानगी नाही."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++"कधीकधी तुम्हाला ह्या ॲप्लिकेशन्सचा वापर आवश्यक असू शकतो, म्हणूनच बदल लागू "
++"करण्याकरिता तुम्ही तात्पुर्ते प्रशासकीय परवानगी प्राप्त करू शकता. कोणत्याही "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनला प्रशासकीय परवानगी आवश्यक असल्यास, तुम्हाला पासवर्डकरिता विचारले "
++"जाईल. उदाहरणार्थ, काही नवीन सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करायचे असल्यास , सॉफ्टवेअर "
++"इंस्टॉलर (पॅकेज मॅनेजर) तुम्हाला प्रशासकीय पासवर्डकरिता विचारेल जेणेकरून "
++"प्रणालीमध्ये नवीन ॲप्लिकेशन समाविष्ट केले जाईल. ते पूर्ण झाल्यास, तुमची "
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगी नाहीसे होईल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगी वापरकर्ता खात्यांसह संबंधीत आहे. काही वापरकर्त्यांना "
++"प्रशासकरीय परवानगी दिली जाते आणि काही वापरकर्त्यांना दिली जात नाही. "
++"प्रशासकीय परावनगी विना तुम्ही सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉल करू शकता. काही वापरकर्ता "
++"खात्यांकडे (उदाहरणार्थ, \"root\" खाते) नेहमीकरिता प्रशासकीय परवानगी असते. "
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगीचा वापर प्रत्येकवेळी करू नका, कारण तुम्ही चुकीने अनावश्यक "
++"बदल करू शकता (जसे कि आवश्यक प्रणाली फाइल नष्ट करणे, उदाहरणार्थ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++"सारांशमध्ये, प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार तुम्हाला तुमच्या सिस्टीममध्ये बदल करण्यास "
++"अनुमत करतात, पण ते आकस्मिकपणे करण्यास रोखतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "\"सुपर वापरकर्ता\" म्हणजे काय?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रशासकीय परवानगी असणाऱ्या वापरकर्त्याला कधीकधी <em>सुपर युजर</em> असे "
++"म्हटले जाते. याचे कारण म्हणजे वापरकर्त्याकडे इतर सर्वसाधारण वापरकर्त्याच्या "
++"तुलनेत जास्त परवानगी असतात. बरेच वापरकर्ते <cmd>su</cmd> आणि <cmd>sudo</cmd> "
++"सारख्या बाबींची चर्चा करतात; हे प्रोग्राम्स तुम्हाला तात्पुर्ते  \"super "
++"user\" (ॲडमिन) परवानगी देतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr "प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार कसे उपयोगाचे आहेत?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++"कुठल्याही सिस्टीम बदलां आधी वापरकर्त्यांकडे प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार असणे "
++"उपयुक्त ठरेल कारण यामुळे जाणीवपूर्वक किंवा आहेतुकपणे सिस्टीम बंद होण्याला आळ "
++"येतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++"पूर्णवेळ प्रशासकीय परवानगी असल्यास, तुम्ही चुकिने महत्वाच्या फाइलमध्ये बदल "
++"करू शकता, किंवा ॲप्लिकेशन चालवून काही महत्वाचे बदल करू शकता. आवश्यक असताना "
++"तात्पुर्ते ॲडमिन परवानगीचा वापरमुळे होणाऱ्या चुकिंचा धोका टाळण्यास मदत होते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++"फक्त ठराविक विश्वासर्ह वापरकर्त्यांना ॲडमिन परवानगी द्यायला हवे. यामुळे इतर "
++"वापरकर्ते संगणकाचा वापर करू शकत नाही आणि आवश्यक ॲप्लिकेशन्सला इंस्टॉल अशक्य "
++"करणे, अनावश्यक ॲप्लिकेशन्स इंस्टॉल करणे, किंवा महत्वाच्या फाइल्समध्ये बदल "
++"करणे, टाळले जाते. हे सुरक्षाच्या दृष्टीकोणातून उपयोगी आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही फक्त ॲप्लिकेशन्स इंस्टॉल करण्यासारख्या काही गोष्टी करु शकता, जर "
++"तुमच्याकडे प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr "प्रशासकीय बंधनांमुळे उद्भवलेल्या समस्या"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुमच्याकडे <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार</link> "
++"नसतील तर तुम्हाला काही अडचणी येउ शकतात. काही कार्यांना काम करायला प्रशासकीय "
++"विशेषाधिकार लागतात, जसे की:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr "नेटवर्कला किंवा वायरलेस नेटवर्कला जोडत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला जोडलेल्या काढता येणाऱ्या डिस्कचा आशय बघणे, किंवा वेगळ्या भागाचा आशय "
++"बघा (जसं Windows भाग)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "नवीन ॲप्लिकेशन्स इंस्टॉल करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">प्रशासकीय विशेषाधिकार कोणाकडे आहेत "
++"ते बदला</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "तुमचा संगणक आपोआप लॉगइनसाठी सेटअप करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "आपोआप लॉग इन"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा संगणक सुरु झाल्यावर तुमच्या खात्यामध्ये आपोआप लॉगइन करण्यासाठी तुम्ही "
++"सेटिंगमध्ये बदल करु शकता:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr "<gui>कार्य</gui> सारांशमधुन <app>सेटिंग</app> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr "<app>सेटिंग</app>वरुन <gui>वापरकर्ता</gui> पॅनल उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr "सुरु झाल्यावर तुमच्या लॉगइनसाठी वापरकर्ता खातं निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">कुलूप उघडा</gui> दाबा आणि तुमचा पासवर्ड टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>आपोआप लॉगइन </gui> बटणाला <gui>सुरु</gui> करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++"संगणकाला पुढे सुरू करतेवेळी, तुमचा स्वयंरित्या प्रवेश होईल. हा पर्याय सुरू "
++"केल्यास, तुम्हाला खात्यामध्ये प्रवेश करण्यासाठी पासवर्ड टाइप करायची आवश्यकता "
++"पडणार नाही म्हणजेच दुसऱ्याने संगणक सुरू केल्यास, ते खाते किंवा व्यक्तिगत "
++"डाटाकरिता, फाइल्स आणि ब्राउजर इतिहास समाविष्टीत, प्रवेश प्राप्त करू शकतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुमचा खाते प्रकार <em>स्टँडर्ड</em> आहे, तुम्ही ही सेटिंग बदलु नाही शकत. "
++"तुमच्या सिस्टीम प्रशासकाशी संपर्क साधा जो तुमच्यासाठी सेटींग बदलुन देइल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr "खातं सेटिंगमधुन तुमचा पासवर्ड नियमित बदलुन तुमचे खाते सुरक्षित ठेवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "तुमचा पासवर्ड बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड कालांतराने बदलण्याचा विचार चांगला आहे, खासकरुन तेव्हा जर तुम्हाला "
++"वाटत असेल की कुणाला तुमचा पासवर्ड माहित आहे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>पासवर्ड</gui>च्या बाजुला लेबलवर क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड आधीपासूनच ठरलेलं असल्यास लेबल बिंदु किंवा डब्यांची एकसरी सारखं दिसेल."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा आत्ताचा पासवर्ड टाका, नंतर नवीन पासवर्ड. तुमचा नवीन पासवर्ड परत "
++"<gui>पासवर्ड खात्री</gui> जागेत टाका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">चांगला पासवर्ड ठेवल्याची</link> "
++"खात्री करा. हे तुमचा वापरकर्ता खातं सुरक्षित ठेवण्यास मदत करेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr "कीरिंग पासवर्ड बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++"प्रवेश पासवर्ड बदलल्यास, ते <em>किरिंग पासवर्ड</em>सह ऑट ऑफ सिंक होऊ शकते. "
++"किरिंगमुळे एका <em>मास्टर</em> पासवर्डच्या सहाय्याने इतर सर्व पासवर्डजकरिता "
++"प्रवेश प्राप्त होते, म्हणूनच तुम्हाला विविध पासवर्ड लक्षात ठेवायची आवश्यकता "
++"राहत नाही. वापरकर्ता पासवर्ड बदलल्यास (वरील पहा), तुमचा किरिंग पासवर्ड "
++"जुण्या पासवर्ड प्रमाणेच असेल. किरिंग पासवर्ड बदलण्याकरिता (प्रवेश पासवर्डशी "
++"जुळणीकरिता):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>कार्य</gui> सारांशमधुन <app>पासवर्ड आणि चाव्या</app> ॲपलिकेशन उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>दर्शन</gui> मेनुमध्ये, <gui>बाय कीरिंग</gui> तपासल्या गेल्याची खात्री "
++"करा, आणि <gui>कोणतेही दाखवा</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"बाजुपट्टीच्या खाली <gui>पासवर्डस्</gui>, <gui>लॉगइन कीरिंग</gui>वर उजवा "
++"क्लिक आणि <gui>पासवर्ड बदला</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा जुना पासवर्ड टाका आणि <gui>सुरु ठेवा</gui> क्लिक करा. तुमचा नवीन "
++"पासवर्ड टाका आणि खात्री करण्यासाठी <gui>परत टाइप करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>चालु ठेवा</gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>पासवर्ड आणि चाव्या</app> वापरण्यासाठी तुमच्याकडे <sys>सीहॉर्स</sys> "
++"पॅकेज इंस्टॉल असायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">सीहॉर्स इंस्टॉल करा</"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr "लॉगइन आणि वापरकर्ता स्क्रीनवर तुमची छबी समाविष्ट करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "तुमची लॉगइन स्क्रीन छबी बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही जेव्हा लॉगइन किंवा वापरकर्ते बदलता, तुम्हाला वापरकर्त्यांची लॉगइन छबी "
++"सोबत यादी दिसेल. तुम्ही तुमची छबी स्टॉक इमेजला किंवा स्वतःच्या इमेजला ठेवु "
++"शकता. तुम्ही वेबकॅमवरुन पण लॉगइन छबी ठेवु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्या नावाच्या बाजुला असलेल्या छबीवर क्लिक करा. खाली पडणारे दालन दाखवले "
++"जाइल काही स्टॉक लॉगइन छबींसोबत. त्यातली एखादी आवडल्यास, ती वापरायला त्यावर "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"जर संगणकावरची आधीपासून असलेली छबी वापरायची असल्यास, <gui>अधिक छबींसाठी शोधा</"
++"gui> क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++"वेबकॅम असल्यास, <gui>फोटो घ्या</gui> क्लिक करून नवीन प्रवेश फोटो घेणे शक्य "
++"आहे. तुमचे चित्र घ्या, त्यानंतर चौकोनी किनार हलवा आणि पुन्हा आकार देऊन "
++"नावश्यक भाग काढून टाका. घेतेले चित्र पसंत नसल्यास, पुन्हा प्रयत्नकरिता "
++"<gui>फोटो काढून टाका</gui>, किंवा बाहेर पडण्याकरिता <gui>रद्द करा</gui> "
++"क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "तुमचा संगणक न वापरणाऱ्या वापरकर्त्यांना काढा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "वापरकर्ता खातं काढा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"तुम्ही तुमच्या संगणकावर एकापेक्षा जास्त खाते समाविष्ट करु शकता. कसं हे "
++"शिकण्यासाठी <link xref=\"user-add\"/> बघा. जर कोणी तुमचा संगणक वापरत नसेल, "
++"तर त्या वापरकर्त्याचं खातं तुम्ही काढून टाकु शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"उच्च उजव्या कोपऱ्यामध्ये <gui>कुलूप उघडा</gui> क्लिक करा आणि बदल करण्यासाठी "
++"तुमचा पासवर्ड टाइप करा. वापर्कर्त्यांचे खाते काढण्यासाठी तुम्ही प्रशासकीय "
++"वापरकर्ता असायला हवे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"ज्या वापर्कर्त्याला काढायचे असेल त्याला निवडा आणि <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> बटण क्लिक करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++"प्रत्येक वापरकर्त्याकडे त्यांच्या फाइल्स आणि सेटिंग्जकरिता स्वतःचे होम "
++"फोल्डर असते. वापरकर्त्याचे होम फोल्डर सुस्थीत ठेवणे किंवा नष्ट करण्याची नीवड "
++"करू शकता. यापुढे वापर होणार नाही याची खात्री असल्यास <gui>फाइल्स नष्ट करा</"
++"gui> क्लिक करा डिस्क जागा मोकळी करा. ह्या फाइल्स नेहमीकरिता काढून टाकले "
++"जातात. त्यांची पुन्हप्राप्ति शक्य नाही. नष्ट करण्यापूर्वी एक्सटर्नल ड्राइव्ह "
++"किंवा सीडीकरिता फाइल्सचे प्रत बनवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "मोठे, जास्त किचकट पासवर्ड वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "सुरक्षित पासवर्ड वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचे पासवर्ड तुम्हाला आठवणीत राहातील एवढे सोपे बनवा, पण दुसऱ्यांसाठी कठीण "
++"(संगणक प्रोग्राम्ससाठीपण)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"चांगला पासवर्ड निवडणं तुमच्या संगणकाला सुरक्षित ठेवण्यास मदत करेल. जर तुमचा "
++"पासवर्ड कळायला सोपा असेल, तर कोणीतरी ते हुडकुन काढु शकतं आणि तुमच्या "
++"वैयक्तिक माहितीसाठी प्रवेश मिळवु शकतो."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"वापरकर्ते संगणकाचा वापर पासवर्ड ओळखण्याकरिता देखील करू शकतात, म्हणजेच "
++"मानवीयरित्या कठिण असणारे पासवर्ड संगणकातील प्रोग्रामतर्फे सोपेरित्या "
++"विश्लेषीत केले जाते. चांगले पासवर्ड निवडण्याकरिता काही टिप्स उपलब्ध आहेत:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्डमध्ये अप्पर-केस आणि लोवर-केस अक्षरांचा, क्रमांक, सिम्बॉल्स आणि "
++"स्पेसेसचा वापर करा. यामुळे ओळखणे आणखी कठिण होते; पसंत करण्याजोगी आणखी "
++"सिम्बॉल्स आहेत, म्हणजेच तुमचा पासवर्ड ओळखण्यापूर्वी आणखी संभाव्य पासवर्डज."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"पासवर्ड पसंत करण्याची योग्य पद्धत म्हणजे लक्षात ठेवण्याजोगी वाक्यतील "
++"प्रत्येक शब्दाचे पहिले अक्षर घेणे. वाक्य चित्रपटाचे नाव, पुस्तकाचे नाव, "
++"गाणी, किंवा कोणतेही अलबमचे नाव असू शकते. उदाहरणार्थ, \"Flatland: A Romance "
++"of Many Dimensions\" करिता F:ARoMD किंवा faromd किंवा f: aromd असे असू शकते."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमचा पासवर्ड शक्य तेवढा लांब ठेवा. जेवढे जास्त कॅरेक्टर्स, संगणक किंवा "
++"माणसाला ते कळणे तेवढेच कठीण."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++"शब्द जे कुठल्याही दर्जेदार शब्दसंग्रहात सापडतात ते वापरु नये. पासवर्ड "
++"क्रॅकर्स पहिले तो प्रयत्न करतील. सगळ्यात सामान्य पासवर्ड हा \"password\" -- "
++"लोकं ह्या प्रकारचे पासवर्डस् लवकर हुडकु शकतात!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++"कुठल्याही प्रकारची वैयक्तिक माहिती जशी तारीख, परवाना क्रमांक, किंवा "
++"कुठल्याही कुटुंब सदस्यांची नावे वापरु नये."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "कुठलीपण संज्ञा वापरु नका."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++"कुणाला तुम्ही काय टाइप केले हे कळण्याच्या शक्यतेला कमी करण्यासाठी, पटकन टाइप "
++"केला जाउ शकणारा पासवर्ड निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr "कुठेपण पासवर्ड लिहून ठेवु नये. ते सापडलं जाऊ शकतं!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "वेगळ्या गोष्टींसाठी वेगळे पासवर्ड वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "वेगळ्या खात्यांसाठी वेगळे पासवर्ड वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुम्ही सगळ्या खात्यांसाठी सारखा पासवर्ड वापरला तर्, जो कोणी त्याचा अंदाज "
++"लावेल त्या व्यक्तीला लगेच तुमच्या सगळ्या खात्यांमधे प्रवेश मिळेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"तसं, खूप पासवर्ड लक्षात ठेवणे अवघड असु शकते. सगळ्यांसाठी वेगळे पासवर्ड "
++"वापरण्याइतकं सुरक्षितपण नाही, गरजु गोष्टींसाठी सारखे वापरायला हरकत नाही (जसे "
++"वेबसाइट), आणि वेगळे महत्वाच्या गोष्टींसाठी (जसे ऑनलाइन बँकेचं खातं आणि तुमचा "
++"इमेल)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "तुमचे पासवर्ड नियमित बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++"तुमच्याकडे बरोबर कोडेक इंस्टॉल नसतील, किंवा डीवीडी चुकीच्या प्रदेशातील असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "डीवीडी का चालत नाही?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुम्ही तुमच्या संगणकामध्ये डीवीडी टाकली आणि ती चालत नाही, तुमच्याकडे "
++"बहुतेक बरोबर <em>कोडेक</em> इंस्टॉल नाहीत, किंवा डीवीडी वेगळ्या <em>प्रदेश</"
++"em>ची असेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "डीवीडी प्लेबॅकसाठी बरोबर कोडेक इंस्टॉल करत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVDs चालवण्याकरिता, तुमच्याकडे योग्य <em>कोडेक्स</em> इंस्टॉल केलेले असू "
++"शकते. कोडेक सॉफ्टवेअर असते जे ॲप्लिकेशन्सला व्हिडीओ किंवा ऑडिओ रूपण वाचण्यास "
++"परवानगी देते. चित्रपट वादक सॉफ्टवेअरकडे योग्य कोडेक्स नसल्यास, तुम्हाला ते "
++"इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल. असे नसल्यास, तुम्हाला स्वतः कोडेक्स इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल "
++"- हे कसे होते त्याकरिता मदतसाठी विचारा, उदाहरणार्थ Linux वितरणाच्या सपोर्ट "
++"फोरमवरील. तुम्हाला संभाव्यतया संकुले <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> "
++"आणि <app>libdvd0</app> इंस्टॉल करावे लागेल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++"CSS प्रणालीचा वापर करून DVDs देखील <em>कॉपी-प्रोटेक्टेड</em> असतात. हे "
++"तुम्हाला डीवीडीजचे प्रत बनवण्यापासून टाळते, परंतु तुम्हाला ते चालवण्यापासून "
++"देखील टाळते, कॉपी प्रोटेक्शन हाताळण्याकरिता अगाऊ सॉफ्टवेअर असल्याशिवाय. "
++"तुम्ही कॉपी प्रोटेक्शन हाताळणारे कमर्शिअल DVD डिकोडर <link href=\"http://www."
++"fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">फ्ल्युएंडो</link> येथून विकत "
++"घेऊ शकता. ते Linuxसह कार्य करते आणि सर्व देशांमध्ये कायदेशीरपणे वापण्याजोगी "
++"पाहिजे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "डीवीडी क्षेत्र तपासत आहे"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++"DVDs मध्ये <em>क्षेत्र कोड</em> असते, जे तुम्हाला जगाभरात त्यास कुठे चालवणे "
++"शक्य आहे ते सांगते. जर तुमच्या संगणकातील DVD वादक चालवण्याजोगी DVDच्या "
++"क्षेत्रासह जुळत नसल्यास, तुम्ही DVD चालवू शकणार नाही. उदाहरणार्थ, तुमच्याकडे "
++"क्षेत्र १ डीवीडी वादक असल्यास, तुम्ही फक्त DVDs नॉर्थ अमेरिकापासूनचे डीवीडी "
++"चालवू शकाल."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD वादकतर्फे वापरण्याजोगी क्षेत्र बदलणे सहसा शक्य आहे, परंतु त्यास एका "
++"क्षेत्रमध्ये नेहमीकरिता कुलूपबंद करण्याअगोदर ठराविक वेळकरिता संपन्न करणे "
++"शक्य आहे. संगणकाचे DVD वादकाचे DVD क्षेत्र बदलण्याकरिता, <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">रिजनसेट</link> याचा वापर करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr "तपासा की बरोबर विडियो कोडेक इंस्टॉल आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr "दुसरे लोकं माझा बनवलेला विडियो बघु नाही शकत"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुम्ही तुमच्या Linux संगणकावर बनवला आहे आणि Windows किंवा Mac OS "
++"वापरणाऱ्या कोणाला पाठवलं असेल, तुम्हाला असं कळेल की हा विडियो चालवण्यात काही "
++"समस्या येत आहेत."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++"व्हिडीओ चालवण्याकरिता, वापरकर्त्याकडे योग्य <em>कोडेक्स</em> इंस्टॉल केलेले "
++"पाहिजे. कोडेक सॉफ्टवेअरचा भाग असतो ज्यास व्हिडीओ प्राप्त केल्यानंतर त्यास "
++"पडद्यावर कसे दाखवायचे, ते माहिती असते. विविध व्हिडीओ रूप आहेत आणि "
++"प्रत्येकाला चालवण्याकरिता वेगळ्या कोडेकची आवश्यकता असते. व्हिडीओच्या रूपणची "
++"तपासणीकरिता खालील करा:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "विडियो फाइलवर उजवा-क्लिक करा आणि <gui>प्रॉपर्टीज</gui> निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ऑडियो/विडियो</gui> टॅबवर जा आणि बघा <gui>विडियो</gui> खाली कुठले "
++"<gui>कोडेक</gui> येतात."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"प्लेबॅकसह अडचणी असल्यास वापरकर्त्याला योग्य कोड इंस्टॉल केले आहे किंवा नाही "
++"याकरिता विचारा. त्यांना वेबवरील कोडचे नाव तसेच त्यांच्या व्हिडीओ प्लेबॅक "
++"ॲप्लिकेशनचे नाव शोधण्यास उपयोगी पडेल. उदाहरणार्थ, व्हिडीओ <em>Theora</em> "
++"रूपणचा वापर करत असल्यास आणि मित्र Windows Media Player चा वापर करून ते "
++"पहाण्याचा प्रयत्न करत असल्यास, \"theora windows media player\" करिता शोधा. "
++"इंस्टॉल केले नसल्यास तुम्ही योग्य कोडेक विनाशुल्क डाउनलोड करू शकता."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुम्हाला बरोबर कोडेक सापडला नाही तर, <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/"
++"vlc/\">VLC मिडिया प्लेयर</link>ला प्रयत्न करुन बघा. हे Windows आणि Mac आणि "
++"Linuxवर पण काम करतं, आणि वेगळ्या प्रकारच्या खूप विडियो फॉरमॅटस्ला आधार देतं. "
++"असफल झाल्यास, तुमचा विडियो वेगळ्या फॉरमॅटमध्ये रुपांतर करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा. "
++"जास्तीतजास्त विडियो संपादक हे करण्यास समर्थ असतात, आणि ठराविक विडियो रुपांतर "
++"ॲप्लिकेशन्स उपलब्ध आहेत. काय उपलब्ध आहे हे सॉफ्टवेअर इंस्टॉलर ॲप्लिकेशनसोबत "
++"तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++"काही वेगळे कारणं आहेत जे कोणाला तुमचा विडियो पाहाण्यापासुन रोखु शकतात. "
++"विडियोला नुकसान पोहोचलं असेल जेव्हा तुम्ही त्यांना पाठवलं (मोठ्या फाइल्स "
++"दरवेळेस व्यवस्थित कॉपी होत नाही), विडियो प्लेबॅक ॲप्लिकेशनसोबत समस्या असु "
++"शकते, किंवा विडियो व्यवस्थित बनवला नाही गेला (काही चुका असतील जेव्हा तुम्ही "
++"विडियो साठवला असेल)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr "Wacom टॅबलेटला <gui>डावखोरेपणा.</gui>वर बदला"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "टॅबलेट डावखोरी वापरा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++"काही टॅबलेटस्ला एका बाजुने हार्डवेअर बटणे असतात. डावखोऱ्या लोकांसाठी बटणे "
++"बसवण्यासाठी टॅबलेट १८० अंशांनी वळवु शकता. डावखोरेपणावर बदलण्यासाठी:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Wacom टॅबलेट</gui> उघडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"कुठलंही टॅबलेट जर दिसलं नाही, तुम्हाला विचारलं जाइल की <gui>कृपया तुमचा "
++"Wacom टॅबलेट प्लग इन किंवा सुरु करा</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>डावखोरेपणा</gui>ला <gui>सुरु</gui>वर बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr "टॅबलेट पद्धत आणि माउस पद्धतमधे टॅबलेट बदला."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr "Wacom टॅबलेटचा ट्रैकिंग पद्धत ठरवा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr "पॉइंटर स्क्रीनला कसा जोडला जातो हे <gui>पाठलाग पद्धत</gui> ठरवतं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>पाठलाग पद्धत</gui>च्या बाजुला, select <gui>टॅबलेट (केवल)</gui> किंवा "
++"<gui>टचपॅड (संबंधी)</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>केवल</em> पद्धतीत, टॅबलेटवरचा प्रत्येक बिंदु स्क्रीनच्या एका बिंदुला "
++"जोडतो. स्क्रीनचा उच्च डावा कोपरा, उदहरणार्थ, दरवेळेस त्याच बिंदुशी संगत असतो."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>संबंधी</em> पद्धतीत, तुम्ही टॅबलेटवरुन जर पॉइंटर वेगळा केला आणि वेगळ्या "
++"ठिकाणी ठेवला, तर स्क्रीनवरचा कर्सर हलत नाही. माउस असचं काम करतं, कमीतकमी "
++"हाताच्या हालचालीमध्ये स्क्रीनवर जास्तीतजास्त अंतर कापणं शक्य करतं."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr "Wacom टॅबलेटला ठराविक मॉनिटरशी जोडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "मॉनिटर निवडा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>मॉनिटरशी जोडा…</gui> क्लिक करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>एका मॉनिटरशी जोडा</gui> तपासा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>निष्कर्ष</gui>च्या बाजुला, तुमच्या ग्राफिक्स टॅबलेटला इनपुटसाठी इच्छित "
++"मॉनिटर निवडा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr "फक्त मांडणी करण्यासारखे मॉनिटरच निवडता येतील."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr "Wacom स्टायलसचे बटण कार्ये आणि भार स्पर्श ठरवा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr "स्टायलस मांडणी करा"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++"पॅनलच्या खालच्या भागात स्टायलसशी निगडित तपशील आणि सेटिंग आहे, उपकरण नावासोबत "
++"(स्टायलस वर्ग) आणि डावीकडे आकृती. ह्या सेटिंग बदलता येतात:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>खोडरबर भार जाणवणे:</gui> स्लायडरचा उपयोग \"स्पर्श\" (कसं भौतिक भाराचं "
++"डिजिटल किमतीत भाषांतर होतं) <gui>कोमल</gui> आणि <gui>कडक</gui> मधे "
++"बदलण्यासाठी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>बटण/स्क्रोल चाक</gui> मांडणी (हे बदल स्टायलसचे काम दाखवण्यासाठी). "
++"ह्यापैकी एक कार्य निवडण्यासाठी प्रत्येक लेबलच्या पुढे मेनुवर क्लिक करा: "
++"कुठलीही कृती नाही, डावा माउस बटण क्लिक, मधलं माउस बटण क्लिक, उजवा माउस बटण "
++"क्लिक, स्क्रोल वर, स्क्रोल खाली, स्क्रोल डावीकडे, स्क्रोल उजवीकडे, मागे, "
++"पुढे."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>टोकाचा भार जाणवणे:</gui> स्लायडरचा उपयोग \"स्पर्श\" <gui>कोमल</gui> आणि "
++"<gui>कडक</gui> मधे बदलण्यासाठी करा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++"जर तुमच्याकडे एकापेक्षा जास्त स्टायलस असेल, जेव्हा अतिरिक्त स्टायलस "
++"टॅबलेटच्या जास्त जवळ येतो, स्टायलस उपकरण नावाच्या बाजुला पेजर दाखवलं जाइल. "
++"कुठला स्टायलस मांडायचा हे निवडण्यासाठी पेजर वापरा."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">मॉनिटर जोडा</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">स्टायलसची मांडणी करा</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">टॅबलेट डावखोरी वापरा</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Wacom ग्राफिक्स टॅबलेट"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/or/or.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/or/or.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/or/or.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/or/or.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.216921900 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,23660 @@
++# Manoj Kumar Giri <mgiri@redhat.com>, 2013.
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-29 02:28-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Manoj Kumar Giri <mgiri@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Oriya <oriya-it@googlegroups.com>\n"
++"Language: or\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "ମନୋଜ କୁମାର ଗିରି <mgiri@redhat.com>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 ଡେସ୍କଟପ ବ୍ୟବହାରକାରୀଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ପୁସ୍ତକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME ସହାୟତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME ସହାୟତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ସହାୟତା</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ପ୍ରତୀକ</media> "
++"GNOME ସହାୟତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "ଏହି କାମଟି ଏକ <_:link-1/> ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତରେ ଅନୁମତିପ୍ରାପ୍ତ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "ଫିଲ ବୁଲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "ମାଇକେଲ ହିଲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "ଡେଉଁଥିବା କିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "ଉପର ପଟିରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ନାମକୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ ଏବଂ <gui>ସଂରଚନା</gui> କୁ ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "ବ୍ରେଲିରେ ପରଦାକୁ ପଢ଼ନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟତାକୁ ସଜାଡ଼ନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ହଭର କ୍ଲିକ</gui> କୁ ଅନ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "ପରଦାରେ ପାଠ୍ୟ ଆକାରକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ବଡ଼ ଆକାରର ପାଠ୍ୟ</gui> କୁ <gui>ଅନ</gui> କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "ସାର୍ବଜନିକ ଅଭିଗମ୍ୟତା ତାଲିକାକୁ ଖୋଜନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "ପରଦା ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ବଡ଼ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ଆକାର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ</gui> କୁ ଅନ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">ଦେଖୁଅଛି</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#sound\">ଶୁଣୁଅଛି</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">ଗତିଶୀଳତା</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"a11y-braille\">ବ୍ରେଲୀ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ପରଦା "
++"ବର୍ଦ୍ଧକ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "ସାର୍ବଜନିକ ଅଭିଗମ୍ୟତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "ଚାକ୍ଷୁଷ କ୍ଷତି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "ନେତ୍ରହୀନତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଶକ୍ତି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ-ନେତ୍ରହୀନତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "ଅନ୍ଯାନ୍ଯ ବିଷୟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "ଶ୍ରବଣ ହୀନତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "ଗତିଶୀଳତା ଦୁର୍ବଳତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "ମାଉସ ଗତିବିଧି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "କ୍ଲିକ କରିବା ଏବଂ ଟାଣିବା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "କି-ବୋର୍ଡ ବ୍ୟବହାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "ଡ଼ାହାଣ ମାଉସ କ୍ଲିକକୁ ସକ୍ରିୟ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "ମନ୍ଥର କିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ମନ୍ଥର କିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ</gui> ଅନ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "ମନ୍ଥର କିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶିଘ୍ର ଅନ ଏବଂ ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME ଦଲିଲିକରଣ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "ଏହି ପୁସ୍ତକ ବିଷୟରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME ଦଲିଲିକରଣ ଦଳ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ଏକ ଅନଲାଇନ ଖାତାକୁ ଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "ଜିମ କାମ୍ପବେଲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "ଏକ ଖାତା ଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ଯୋଗ…</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ଏକ ଅନଲାଇନ ଖାତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "ଆଗକୁ ବଢ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ <gui>ଯୋଗ…</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Facebook"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "ଏକ ଅନଲାଇନ ଖାତାକୁ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବରେ ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ଖାତାକୁ ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "ଆପଣ ବାହାର କରିବାକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛାକରୁଥିବା ଖାତାକୁ ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲକି କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "ଏକ Google ଖାତା ସହିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "Windows Live, Facebook କିମ୍ବା Twitter ଖାତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "ଏକ SkyDrive ଖାତା ସହିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ଏକ ownCloud ଖାତା ସହିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କଣ ପାଇଁ ଖାତା ଯୋଗ କରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ଅନଲାଇନ ଖାତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଫଳ ହୋଇଛି କି ନାହିଁ ତାହା ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣକୁ ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "କିପରି ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରିବେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣରୁ ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣକୁ ପୁନଃସ୍ଥାପନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "ଲୁକ୍କାଇତ ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "କାହାର ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରିବି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ନିଜସ୍ବ ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର ବ୍ଯକ୍ତିଗତ ବିନ୍ଯାସ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "ତନ୍ତ୍ର ବିନ୍ୟାସ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "ସ୍ଥାପିତ ସଫ୍ଟୱେର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "କେଉଁଠି ଆପଣଙ୍କର ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରିବେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ ଏବଂ ଦୂରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ବିକଳ୍ପଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB ସ୍ମୃତିସ୍ଥାନ କି (ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ଆଭ୍ୟନ୍ତରୀଣ ଡିସ୍କ ଡ୍ରାଇଭ (ଉଚ୍ଚ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "ବାହ୍ୟ ହାର୍ଡ ଡିସ୍କ (ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଉଚ୍ଚ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ନେଟୱର୍କ ସହିତ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ଡ୍ରାଇଭ (ଉଚ୍ଚ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ/ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସର୍ଭର (ଉଚ୍ଚ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "ଲେଖିବାଯୋଗ୍ୟ CDs କିମ୍ବା DVDs (ସ୍ୱଳ୍ପ/ମଧ୍ଯମ କ୍ଷମତା ସମ୍ପନ୍ନ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଫାଇଲର ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ସଂଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"turn-on-off\">ଅନ ଏବଂ ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର କମ୍ପୁଟରକୁ ଏକ ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣ ସହିତ ସଂଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ମୋର ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣ ସହିତ ସଂଯୋଗ କରିପାରୁ ନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥକୁ ହାର୍ଡୱେରକୁ ଚିହ୍ନି ହେଉନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "ଏଡପଟର ସ୍ୱୀଚ ଅନ ହୋଇ ନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "ଉପକରଣର ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ସଂଯୋଗ ସ୍ୱୀଚ ଅଫ ହୋଇଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ କମ୍ପୁଟରରେ କୌଣସି ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଏଡପଟର ନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକର ତାଲିକାରୁ ଏକ ଉପକରଣକୁ କାଢ଼ନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଏକ ସଂଯୋଗକୁ କାଢ଼ନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "ନିଶ୍ଚିତ କରଣ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋରେ <gui>ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣ ସହିତ ଫାଇଲ ସହଭାଗ କରନ୍ତୁ ଯେପରିକି ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଫୋନ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଫାଇଲ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଚିତ୍ର ସଂକେତ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ସେଟିଙ୍ଗରୁ ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ଡ଼ାହାଣରେ ଥିବା ଉପକରଣ ସୂଚନାରେ, <gui>ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr "ଆପମଙ୍କ କମ୍ପୁଟରରେ ଥିବା ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଉପକରଣକୁ ସକ୍ରିୟ କିମ୍ବା ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥକୁ ଅନ କିମ୍ବା ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "ଉପର ପଟିରେ ଥିବା ବ୍ଲୁଟୁଥ ଚିତ୍ର ସଂକେତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ ପରିଚାଳନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ ରୂପରେଖାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "ଗଣନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "କ୍ୟାଲେଣ୍ଡର ସାକ୍ଷାତକାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ସାକ୍ଷାତକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖିବା ପାଇଁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "ଉପର ପଟିରେ ଥିବା ଘଡ଼ିକୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "ଘଡ଼ି, କ୍ୟାଲେଣ୍ଡର, ଏବଂ ସାକ୍ଷାତକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "ତାରିଖ ଏବଂ ସମୟକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର ସମୟ ମଣ୍ଡଳକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "ଉପର ପଟିରେ ଥିବା ଘଡ଼ି ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ତାରିଖ ଏବଂ ସମୟ ବିନ୍ୟାସକୁ</gui> ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">ତାରିଖ ଏବଂ ସମୟ ସେଟ କରନ୍ତୁ</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">ସମୟ ମଣ୍ଡଳ</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">କ୍ୟାଲେଣ୍ଡର "
++"ଏବଂସାକ୍ଷାତକାର</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "ତାରିଖ &amp; ସମୟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କିପରି ମୋର କ୍ୟାମେରାକୁ ମାପି ପାରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କିପରି ମୋର ମୁଦ୍ରଣୀକୁ ମାପି ପାରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କିପିରି ମୋର ସ୍କାନରକୁ ମାପି ପାରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କିପରି ମୋର ପରଦାକୁ ମାପି ପାରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr " "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "କେଉଁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ଯସ୍ଥଳ ପ୍ରକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହାୟତା ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ଯସ୍ଥଳଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହାୟତା ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP ଡିିଜିଟାଲ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ଯସ୍ଥଳ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB ସ୍କାନ 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "ମୋର ରଙ୍ଗ ରୂପରେଖାକୁ ସହଭାଗ କରିପାରିବି କି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "ମୁଁ କେଉଠି ରଙ୍ଗ ରୂପରେଖା ପାଇବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ ରୂପରେଖାକୁ କିପରି ଆମଦାନୀ କରିବି?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "ଆଭାସୀ ରଙ୍ଗ ପରିଚାଳନା ଉପକରଣଟି କଣ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ ରୂପରେଖାଟି କଣ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "ରଙ୍ଗ ପରିଚାଳନାଟି କଣ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ କିମ୍ବା ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଯୋଗ କରିବା ପାଇଁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ନୂତନ</gui> କୁ ଦବାନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନିର୍ମାଣ କରନ୍ତୁ</gui> କୁ ଦବାନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ବାହାର କରିବା ପାଇଁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ତାଲିକାରୁ ସେହି ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପର୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପର୍କ ବିବରଣୀକୁ ସମ୍ପାଦିତ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପର୍କ ବିବରଣୀକୁ ସମ୍ପାଦିତ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପର୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଖୋଜନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଖୋଜନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଧାନ ସ୍ଥାନ ଭିତରେ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "ଡିସ୍କ ପୁରଣ ହୋଇସାରିଥିଲେ କଣ କରିବେ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଇଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ହାର୍ଡ ଡିସ୍କକୁ ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "ହାର୍ଡ ଡିସ୍କକୁ ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରୁଅଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "ଭଲ୍ୟୁମ ଏବଂ ବିଭାଜନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପରିଚାଳନା କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">ଡିସ୍କ ସ୍ଥାନ</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଦକ୍ଷତା</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">ଭଲ୍ୟୁମ ଏବଂ ବିଭାଜନଗୁଡ଼ିକ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "ଡିସ୍କ &amp; ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଲ୍ୟାପଟପରେ ଡୁଆଲ ମନିଟର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଲ୍ୟାପଟପ ସହିତ ଏକ ବାହ୍ୟ  ମନିଟର ସଂଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "ଭିଡିଓ ଡେମୋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "ଡେମୋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନୀ</gui> ଖୋଲନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଡେସ୍କଟପ କମ୍ପୁଟରରେ ଡୁଆଲ ମନିଟର ସେଟ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ମନିଟର ସହିତ ସଂଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> ବଟନକୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "କେଉଁ ଦଲିଲକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଇବେ ତାହା ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "ଦଲିଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଛାଣନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>ଉତ୍ସ</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, କିମ୍ବା ସମସ୍ତ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ତାରିଖ;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ଦଲିଲ ବାଛନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "ଦଲିଲଗୁଡିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "ଦଲିଲ ମୁଦ୍ରଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "ଦଲିଲ ମୂଦ୍ରଣ କରିବା ପାଇଁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr " "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଖୋଜନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> କୁ ଦବାନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ କାଚ ଚିତ୍ର ସଂକେତକୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "ଦଲିଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛିକରି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "ମୋର ଦଲିଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖିପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "ଉପକରଣ ଏବଂ ମେଡିଆର ପ୍ରକାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ୱନି ଡିସ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "ଭିଡ଼ିଓ ଡିସ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "ଖାଲି ଡିସ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "କ୍ୟାମେରା ଏବଂ ଫୋଟୋଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ଚାଳକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "ସଫ୍ଟୱେର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଏବଂ ଫୋଲଡରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ରାଉଜ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "ଏକ ନୂତନ ଫୋଲଡରରେ ବସ୍ତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଏବଂ ଫୋଲଡରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ ଅଥବା ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ ଏବଂ ଲଗାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "ଏକ ଫାଇଲକୁ ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ଅପସାରଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ଫାଇଲକୁ ଲୁଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ତ ଲୁକ୍କାଇତ ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ବାତିଲ କରନ୍ତୁ</gui> କୁ କ୍ଲିକ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଅଥବା ଫୋଲଡରର ନାମ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଅଥବା ଫୋଲଡରର ନାମ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଅଥବା ଫୋଲଡରର ନାମ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "ସାଧାରଣ ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲନାମଟି ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ବଡ଼ ଅଟେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଧାନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଧାନ ଫଳାଫଳକୁ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "ଉଦାହରଣ ସ୍ବରୂପ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "ଚିତ୍ରସଂକେତ ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "ତାଲିକା ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "ନାମ ଅନୁସାରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "ଆକାର ଅନୁସାରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରକାର ଅନୁସାରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ ତାରିଖ ଅନୁସାରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr "ନୂଆ  ନମୁନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ଦଲିଲ ନିର୍ମାଣ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏକ ନମୁନା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲଗୁଡିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "ସାଧାରଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରୁଅଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "ଆମ ସହିତ ଯୋଗାଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ତାଲିକା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "ହାର୍ଡୱେର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ଯା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "ହାର୍ଡୱେର ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "ମେଲିଙ୍ଗ ତାଲିକା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "କି-ବୋର୍ଡ ଭ୍ରମଣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>ସ୍ଥାନ</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> ଏବଂ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "ସାମ୍ପ୍ରତିକ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> କିମ୍ବା <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> କିମ୍ବା <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଛୋଟକରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍କ୍ରିନ କି ବୋର୍ଡ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭକର୍ତ୍ତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "ସହାୟତା ବ୍ରାଉଜର ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "କାଲକୁଲେଟରକୁ ପ୍ରଚାଳନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "କାଲକୁଲେଟର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "ଇମେଲ ଗ୍ରାହକଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଚାଳନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "ମେଲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "ୱେବ ବ୍ରାଉଜର ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "ମୂଳ ଫୋଲଡର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "ଏକ୍ସପ୍ଲୋରର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "ଅନ୍ୱେଷଣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୧କୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୨କୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୩କୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୪କୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ବାମକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଡାହାଣକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଉପରକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ତଳକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରୟୋଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରୟୋଗର ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "ତନ୍ତ୍ର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣଗୁଡିକୁ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଭାବରେ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରୟୋଗର ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଓଲଟା ଭାବରେ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "ତନ୍ତ୍ର ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣଗୁଡିକୁ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଭାବରେ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ତ ସାଧାରଣ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲୁଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୧କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୨କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୩କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ୪କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "ବାମ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "ଡାହାଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "ଉପର କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "ତଳ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ପଠାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବିଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ଆଶୁଚିତ୍ର ନିଅନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>ମୁଦ୍ରଣ</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "ଗୋଟିଏ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋର ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବି ନିଅନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "ଏକ ସ୍ଥାନର ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବି ନିଅନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "କ୍ଲିପବୋର୍ଡରେ ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "ଏକ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋର କ୍ଲିପବୋର୍ଡରେ ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "ଏକ ସ୍ଥାନର କ୍ଲିପବୋର୍ଡରେ ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବିକୁ ନକଲ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "ସ୍କ୍ରିନକାଷ୍ଟକୁ ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ସାଉଣ୍ଡ ଏବଂ ମେଡିଆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "ଭଲ୍ଯୁମକୁ ନୀରବରେ ରଖ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି ନିରବ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "ଭଲ୍ୟୁମ କମ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ୱନୀ କମ ଭଲ୍ୟୁମ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "ଭଲ୍ୟୁମ ଅଧିକ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "ମେଡ଼ିଆ ଚାଲକଙ୍କୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "ଚଲାଅ( କିମ୍ବା ଚଲାଅ/ବିରାମ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି ଚଲାଅ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "ପଛଚଲାକୁ ବିରାମ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "ପଛକୁ ଚଲାଇବା ବନ୍ଦ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି ବନ୍ଦକରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଟ୍ରାକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଟ୍ରାକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଧ୍ବନି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "ବାହାର କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "ତନ୍ତ୍ର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପ୍ରମ୍ପଟକୁ ଚଲାନ୍ତୁକୁ ଦେଖାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସମୀକ୍ଷାକୁ ଦର୍ଶାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "ଲଗଆଉଟ୍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "ପରଦାକୁ ତାଲା ଦେଇ ରଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଦେଶ ପାତ୍ରକୁ ଦର୍ଶାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରୟୋଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦର୍ଶାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ମେନୁକୁ ଖୋଲନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "ଟାଇପ କରୁଅଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ନିବେଶ ଉତ୍ସକୁ ବଦଳ କର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ନିବେଶ ଉତ୍ସକୁ ବଦଳ କର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "କି ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "ବୈକଳ୍ପିକ ଅକ୍ଷର କି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "ସାର୍ବଜନିକ ଅଭିଗମ୍ୟତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "ଛୋଟବଡ଼ କରିବାକୁ ଅନ କିମ୍ବା ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "ବଡ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "ସାନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "ପରଦା ପାଠକକୁ ଅନ କିମ୍ବା ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "ଅନସ୍କ୍ରିନ କି ବୋର୍ଡ କୁ ଅନ କିମ୍ବା ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "ପାଠ୍ୟର ଆକାର ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "ପାଠ୍ୟର ଆକାର କମ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "ଅଧିକ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟତାକୁ ଅନ କିମ୍ବା ଅଫ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ତାଲିକାକୁ ସକ୍ରିୟ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରଦା ଅବସ୍ଥାକୁ ଅଦଳବଦଳ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "ବୃହତ୍ତମ ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅଦଳବଦଳ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ବଡ଼କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ପୁନଃସ୍ଥାପନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "ଘୋଡାହୋଇଥିବା ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅଦଳବଦଳ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ବନ୍ଦ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ଲୁଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋର ଆକାର ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "ହଲୁଥିବା ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଅଛି ଅଥବା କେବଳ ଗୋଟିକରେ ଅଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ଲୁଚାହୋଇଥିଲେ ତାହାକୁ ସାମନାକୁ ଆଣନ୍ତୁ, ନଚେତ ତାହାକୁ ତଳକୁ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଅଲଗା ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସାମନାକୁ ଆଣନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଅଲଗା ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ପଛକୁ ନିଅନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଭୂଲମ୍ବ ଭାବରେ ଯଥାସମ୍ଭବ ବଢ଼ାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଭୂସମାନ୍ତର ଭାବରେ ଯଥାସମ୍ଭବ ବଢ଼ାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "ବାମ ପାଖରେ ବିଭାଜନକୁ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "ଡ଼ାହାଣ ପାଖରେ ବିଭାଜନକୁ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "କିବୋର୍ଡ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପଥଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବଦଳାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପଥକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛାରୂପଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "କିବୋର୍ଡ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "ଅଞ୍ଚଳ &amp;  ଭାଷା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "ଡେସ୍କଟପ ପୃଷ୍ଠଭୂମିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ପୃଷ୍ଠଭୂମି</gui> କୁ ଖୋଲନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "ବିଭେଦନ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "ଆବର୍ତ୍ତନ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ଧ୍ବନି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "ମୌଳିକ ଧ୍ୱନି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ଫୋଟୋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "ଭିଡିଓ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "ଟାଇପ କରିବା ସମୟରେ ଟଚପ୍ୟାଡ଼କୁ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "ମାଉସ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "ସାଧାରଣ ମାଉସ ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "ସାଧାରଣ ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "ଆଚରଣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "ନିଷ୍ପାଦନୀୟ ପାଠ୍ଯ ଫାଇଲଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "ଆବର୍ଜନା ପାତ୍ର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ଚିହ୍ନିତ ସ୍ଥାନ ଯୋଗ କରନ୍ତୁ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (ଲଗଇନ ସହିତ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ FTP"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ସହଭାଗ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV ଏବଂ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ WebDAV"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "ଚିତ୍ର ସଂକେତ ଶୀର୍ଷକଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ଗୁଣଧର୍ମ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "ମୌଳିକ ଗୁଣଧର୍ମ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "ନାମ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "ପ୍ରକାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "ସୂଚୀପତ୍ର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "ଆକାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "ଅବସ୍ଥାନ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "ଭଲ୍ଯୁମ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "ମୁକ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "ଅଭିଗମ୍ୟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲଗୁଡିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ଫୋଲଡରଗୁଡିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "କିଛି ନାହିଁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "କେବଳ ଫାଇଲ ମାନଙ୍କୁ ସୂଚୀବଦ୍ଧ କରିରଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିଗମ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲ ମାନଙ୍କୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତୁ ଏବଂ ଅପସାରଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "ମାଲିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "ସମୂହ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "ଅନୁମତି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME ପ୍ରକାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "ଲୁକ୍କାୟିତ ଏବଂ ନକଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ଫାଇଲ ମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ତାଲିକା ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସାନବଡ କରିବା ସ୍ତର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ତାଲିକା ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "ୱେବ ବ୍ରାଉଜର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">ପୂର୍ବନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ଇମେଲ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME ଦଲିଲିକରଣ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "ଆପଣଙ୍କର IP ଠିକଣା ଖୋଜନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> କୁ "
++"ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "ପୋର୍ଟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "ମୁଦ୍ରଣ କରୁଅଛି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "ଉପସ୍ଥିତି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "ସୁଦୂର ଡେସ୍କଟପ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "ନେଟୱର୍କ ସମସ୍ଯାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "ହସ୍ତ ପୁସ୍ତିକା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "ସ୍ବୟଂଚାଳିତ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "ସମସ୍ତ ଚାଳକ ମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "ବେତାର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "ଧାରା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "ଉପକରଣ MAC ଠିକଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "କ୍ଲୋନ ହୋଇଥିବା MAC ଠିକଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "MTU"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "ବେତାର ସୁରକ୍ଷା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "ସୁରକ୍ଷା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 ସଂରଚନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "ସ୍ୱୟଂଚାଳିତ (DHCP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "କେବଳ ସ୍ୱୟଂଚାଳିତ (DHCP) ଠିକଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "କେବଳ ସଂଯୋଗ-ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 ସଂରଚନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ସଂରଚନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">କିବୋର୍ଡ</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">ମାଉସ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନୀ</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">ଭାଷା</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">ବ୍ୟବହାରକାରୀ ଖାତା</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "ଉଦାହରଣ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "ଚିତ୍ରପଟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "କଡ଼ୁଆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "ଓଲଟା ଚିତ୍ରପଟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "ଓଲଟା ଭୂ-ଦୃଶ୍ଯ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "ଓଲଟା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "ସମାନୁକ୍ରମିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr "ସମାନୁକ୍ରମିକ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ଫାଇଲରେ ମୁଦ୍ରଣ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "ସଂରଚନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "କିବୋର୍ଡ ସକ୍ଷିପ୍ତପଥ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "ସହଭାଗ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "ନିଲମ୍ବନ କରନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "ବ୍ୟବହାରକାରୀ ତାଲିକା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "ପରଦାକୁ ତାଲା ଦେଇ ରଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଦେଶ ଟ୍ରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଦେଶ ଟ୍ରେ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ତାଲିକା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ଏବଂ <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ଏବଂ "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ଲଗ ଆଉଟ</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "ପୂର୍ବବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କାମ ବାତିଲ କରନ୍ତୁ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ଗୋଟିଏ ଆଶୁଚିତ୍ର ନିଅନ୍ତୁ।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ଗୋଟିଏ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋର ପରଦା ପ୍ରତିଛବି "
++"ନିଅନ୍ତୁ।</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "ପରଦାକୁ ତାଲା ଦେଇ ରଖନ୍ତୁ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ବାହ୍ୟ ସନ୍ଦର୍ଭ='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr "ସନ୍ଦେଶ ପାତ୍ର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "ଡେସ୍କଟପ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ଡ୍ୟାସ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "ବିଜ୍ଞପ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ସଂରଚନା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "ଉପର ପଟି"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "କାର୍ଯ୍ଯକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଚୟନକର୍ତ୍ତା"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pa/pa.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pa/pa.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pa/pa.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.784133745 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pa/pa.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.223921961 +0530
+@@ -2,249 +2,515 @@
+ # Amanpreet Singh Alam <amanpreetalam@yahoo.com>, 2006.
+ # A S Alam <aalam@users.sf.net>, 2007, 2011.
+ # Amanpreet Singh Alam <aalam@users.sf.net>, 2009.
++# asaini <asaini@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# asaini <asaini@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: user-guide.HEAD\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-10 08:11+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-19 08:17+0530\n"
+-"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam@users.sf.net>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users@lists.sf.net>\n"
+-"Language: pa\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-09 01:54-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: asaini <asaini@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users@lists.sf.net>\n"
++"Language: pa\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "translator-credits"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਅਮਨਦੀਪ ਸਿੰਘ ਸੈਣੀ (Amandeep Singh Saini) <jimidar@gmail.com>\n"
++"ਅਤੇ\n"
+ "ਅਮਨਪਰੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ ਆਲਮਵਾਲਾ\n"
+ "A S Alam\n"
+ "Punjabi OpenSource Team\n"
+ "http://www.satluj.com/"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+-msgstr ""
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:17(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਮੱਦਦ"
+-
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 3 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਗਾਈਡ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਮੱਦਦ"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਮਦਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਮੱਦਦ"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਮਦਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+ "media>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">ਮਦਦ</"
++"media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Desktop Help"
++"GNOME Help"
+ msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp ਲੋਗੋ</media> "
++"ਗਨੋਮ ਮਦਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:2(license/p)
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:12(credit/name) C/clock.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:15(credit/name) C/files-search.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-select.page:10(credit/name) C/files-share.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-editcon.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name) C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:13(credit/name) C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs.page:12(credit/name) C/prefs-language.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:11(credit/name) C/printing-setup.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:16(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:15(credit/name) C/tips.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:19(credit/name) C/user-add.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name) C/web.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "ਕਰੀਏਟਿਵ ਕਾਮਨਜ਼ ਐਟਰੀਬਿਊਟ-ਸ਼ੇਅਰਅਲਾਈਕ ੩.੦ ਅਨਪੋਰਟਡ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "ਇਹ ਕੰਮ ਇਸ ਲਾਇਸੰਸ ਅਧੀਨ ਹੈ <_:link-1/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name) C/net-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:15(credit/name) C/net-manual.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:12(credit/name) C/net-slow.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name) C/printing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
+-msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
+-msgstr "ਬਾਊਂਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "ਛੇਤੀ ਛੇਤੀ ਅਣਗੌਲਿਆ ਕਰੋ-ਇੱਕੋ ਬਟਨ ਦਾ ਦੱਬਿਆ ਜਾਣਾ ਦੁਹਰਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
+-"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
+ "multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਬਟਨ ਜੋ ਤੇਜੀ ਨਾਲ ਵਾਰ ਵਾਰ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ ਨੂੰ ਅਣਗੌਲਿਆ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <em>ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ</"
++"em> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਹੱਥ ਕੰਬਦੇ ਹਨ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬਟਨ ਇੱਕੋ ਵਾਰੀ "
++"ਦੱਬਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਪਰ ਵਾਰ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਲੈਣੇ "
++"ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਲਿਖਣਾ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(item/p) C/display-dimscreen.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:32(item/p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/look-background.page:38(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:56(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:27(item/p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:33(item/p) C/user-add.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(item/p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:44(note/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(note/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(note/p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:45(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "ਛੇਤੀ ਛੇਤੀ ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸ ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ "
++"ਕਰ ਕੇ <gui>ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ</gui> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਦਖਲ "
++"ਆਈਕਨ ਦਿਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ <gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਵੱਧ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -252,232 +518,282 @@
+ "the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
+ "happened too soon after the previous key press."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਸਵੀਕਾਰਨ ਦੇਰੀ</gui> ਸਲਾਈਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਿ ਬਾਊਂਸ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਹਿਲੀ "
++"ਵਾਰੀ ਦੱਬੇ ਬਟਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਜ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਕਿੰਨੀ "
++"ਦੇਰ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰੇ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹਰ ਵਾਰੀ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਅਣਗੌਲਿਆ ਕਰਨ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਆਵਾਜ ਕਰੇ ਤਾਂ <gui>ਬਟਨ ਅਣਗੌਲੇ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ ਬੀਪ ਦੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਕਰੋ</"
++"gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਤਾਜਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਣ ਯੋਗ ਬਰੇਲ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਨਾਲ <app>Orca</app> ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਬਰੇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਗਨੋਮ ਤਾਜਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਣ ਯੋਗ ਬਰੇਲ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਉੱਤੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਪ੍ਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਲਈ<app>Orca</app> ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਗੱਲ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ "
++"ਹੁੰਦਿਆਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ Orca ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ "
++"ਵੀ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ। <link href=\"install:orca\">Orca ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</link> ਤੇ ਫਿਰ "
++"ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca ਮਦਦ</link> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਪਰਲੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਅਤੇ ਬਟਨ ਹੋਰ (ਜਾਂ ਘੱਟ) ਗੂਹੜੇ ਕਰੋ, ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਵੇਖਣਾ ਸੌਖਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਗੂਹੜਾਪਨ (contrast) ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the accessibility icon in the top panel."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui>. The <gui>Universal Access</"
+-"gui> window will open."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab. Under <gui>Display</gui> select the "
+-"<gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make "
+-"things less vivid, for example."
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have adjusted the setting in the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab to your "
+-"preferred contrast, you can quickly turn the contrast <gui>ON</gui> and "
+-"<gui>OFF</gui> by clicking on the accessibility icon in the top panel and "
+-"then clicking on <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਅਤੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਗੂਹੜੇਪਨ ਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਸੌਖੇ ਹੋਣ। ਇਹ ਸਾਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਚਾਨਣ ਬਦਲਣ ਵਾਂਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ; ਸਿਰਫ਼ <em>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ</"
++"em> ਦੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਬਦਲਣਗੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਵੇਖ ਰਹੇ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਵੱਧ ਗੂਹੜਾ</gui> ਨੂੰ <gui>ਚਾਲੂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸੀਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਪਰ ਅਤੇ "
++"<gui>ਵੱਧ ਗੂਹੜਾ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"The Dwell Click (Hover Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ (ਡਵੈੱਲ ਦੱਬਣਾ) ਫੀਚਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਥਿਰ ਫੜੀ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ "
++"ਦੱਬਣ ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜਤ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
+-"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+-"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
+-"turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse "
+-"and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To turn on hover click, click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the "
+-"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to "
+-"<gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਦੱਬਣ ਦੀ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Dwell Click-Type</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of "
+-"your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should "
+-"happen when you hover over a button. For example, if you select "
+-"<gui>Secondary Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a "
+-"button for a few seconds."
+-msgstr ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਤੀਰ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਪਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਜਾਂ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) "
++"ਕੇ ਦੱਬ ਜਾਂ ਧੂਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਉਦੋਂ ਲਾਹੇਵੰਦ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕੋ ਵੇਲੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਹਿਲਾਉਣਾ ਤੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ ਔਖਾ ਲੱਗਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਫ਼ੀਚਰ ਨੂੰ ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਜਾਂ ਡਵੈੱਲ ਦੱਬਣਾ "
++"ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਵੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਤੀਰ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਤੇ "
++"ਲਿਜਾ ਕੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਦੀ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਪੁਆਇੰਟਿੰਗ ਅਤੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ</gui> ਟੈਬ "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਮੰਡਰਾ (ਹੌਵਰ) ਕੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ</gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਖੁੱਲ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਬਾਕੀ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ "
++"ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਰਹੇਗੀ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਇਹ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਮੰਡਰਾਉਣ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਕਿਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦਾ ਦੱਬਣਾ (ਕਲਿੱਕ) ਹੋਵੇ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ<gui> ਸੈਕੰਡਰੀ ਕਲਿੱਕ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੰਡਰਾਉਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋਗੇ। ਦੂਹਰਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ, ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ, ਜਾਂ "
++"ਧੂਹਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਤੇ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਆ ਜਾਓਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+ "clicked."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਬਚਨ ਤੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਤੀਰ ਮੰਡਰਾਓ ਤਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਥਿਰ ਰੱਖੋ, ਇਹ ਹੌਲੀ ਹੌਲੀ ਰੰਗ "
++"ਬਦਲੇਗਾ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇਹ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਰੰਗ ਬਦਲ ਚੁੱਕਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ, ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
+-"not just on buttons."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(section/title)
+-msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
+-"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
+-"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Delay</"
+-"gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਕਿੰਨ੍ਹੀ ਦੇਰ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ ਤੀਰ ਸਥਿਰ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ <gui>ਡਿਲੇਅ</gui> ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
+-"to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still "
+-"click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
+-"happen."
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਥਿਰ ਰੱਖਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਪੁਆਇੰਟਰ "
++"ਦੇ ਥੋੜਾ ਬਹੁਤ ਹਿੱਲਣ ਦੀ ਗੁੰਜਾਇਸ਼ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਸਮੇਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਇਹ ਫਿਰ ਵੀ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੇਗਾ। "
++"ਜੇ ਇਹ ਬਹੁਤ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਹਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
+-"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
+-"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
+-"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
+-"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਮੋਸ਼ਨ ਥਰੈਸ਼ਹੋਲਡ</gui> ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰੋ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਕਿੰਨਾਂ "
++"ਹਿੱਲ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਵੀ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਯੋਗ ਰਹੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਸੌਖਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵੱਡੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can quickly adjust the text size by clicking on the universal access "
+-"icon in the top panel, and selecting <gui>ON</gui> or <gui>OFF</gui> for "
+-"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਪਰ ਪਾਠ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can increase the size of the text by following these "
+-"steps:"
+-msgstr ""
+-"ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਇੰਝ ਕਰ "
+-"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(item/p) C/a11y-mag.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the universal access icon in the top panel."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਪਰ ਪਾਠ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਰੇਸ਼ਾਨੀ ਹੋ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਦਾ "
++"ਆਕਾਰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
+-"for you. It will adjust immediately."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਵੱਡਾ ਪਾਠ</gui> ਨੂੰ <gui>ਚਾਲੂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"You can increase the text size at any time by clicking <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>=</key></keyseq>."
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸਬਿਲਟੀ "
++"ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਵੱਡਾ ਪਾਠ</gui> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਫਟਾਫਟ ਪਾਠ ਆਕਾਰ ਬਦਲ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਐਪਸ ਵਿੱਚ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਾਠ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਸਮੇਂ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>+</key></keyseq> ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਵਧਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਪਾਠ ਆਕਾਰ ਘਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+-"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a man."
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਨ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਆਦਮੀ ਵਰਗਾ ਦਿਸਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਲੱਭੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+-"looks like a man surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ</em> ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੱਖੋ-ਵੱਖਰੀਆਂ ਅਸੈੱਸੀਬਿਲਟੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਚੱਕਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਘੇਰੇ "
++"ਗਏ ਇੱਕ ਆਦਮੀ ਵਾਂਗ ਦਿਸਦੇ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਲੱਭ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+-msgstr "ਉੱਤਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ <guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ"
++msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -485,191 +801,363 @@
+ "<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
+ "selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
+ "the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
+-"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਮੇਊਸ ਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦਾ ਫੋਕਸ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ "
++"ਤੇ ਲਿਆਉਣ ਲਈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"ਦੱਬੋ। <gui>ਐਕਟੀਵਿਟੀਆਂ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਥੱਲੇ ਇੱਕ ਚਿੱਟੀ ਲਕੀਰ ਪ੍ਰਗਟ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ - ਇਹ "
++"ਦੱਸੇਗੀ ਕਿ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਆਈਟਮ ਚੁਣੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ। ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੋਂ ਤੀਰ ਦੇ "
++"ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਵਾਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਆਈਕਲ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਲੀ ਚਿੱਟੀ ਲਕੀਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਓ "
++"ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ <key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉੱਪਰ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਤੀਰ ਵਾਲੇ ਬਟਨ "
++"ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਚੁਣੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ  <key>ਐਂਟਰ</"
++"key> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
+-"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਜ਼ੂਮ ਇੰਨ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਸੌਖਾ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਖੇਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Magnifying the screen is not just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size"
+-"\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, "
+-"allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+-msgstr ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਕਰਨਾ <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">ਪਾਠ ਆਕਾਰ</link> ਨੂੰ "
++"ਵੱਡਾ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਫੀਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਸ਼ੀਸ਼ੇ ਵਾਂਗ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਵੱਖ "
++"ਵੱਖ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਤੇ ਜਾ ਕੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਡਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜਤ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ਜ਼ੂਮ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਜ਼ੂਮ</gui> ਹਿੱਸਾ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, "
++"ਜੋ ਕਿ <gui>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ</gui> ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-"
++"set\">ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</link> ਟੈਬ ਦੇ <gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਸੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ "
++"ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Turn <gui>Zoom</gui> <gui>ON</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੁਣ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਖੇਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾ-ਜੁਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕਿਨਾਰਿਆਂ "
++"ਤੇ ਲਿਜਾ ਕੇ,  ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਦਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਵੇਖਣ ਦੀ ਖੁੱਲ ਨਾਲ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ "
++"ਖੇਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖੋ-ਵੱਖਰੀ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਿਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Part of the screen will immediately become magnified."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਜ਼ੂਮ</gui> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਫਟਾਫਟ ਜ਼ੂਮ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+-"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+-"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਾਰਕ, ਮਾਊਸ ਟਰੈਕਿੰਗ, ਤੇ ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਝਾਤ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
++"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <gui>ਚੋਣਾਂ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਤੇ <gui>ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ਨ</"
++"gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਰੌਸਹੇਅਰ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ ਜਾਂ ਟੱਚਪੈਡ ਤੀਰ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਦਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਰਗਰਮ "
++"ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅਤੇ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ, ਰੰਗ ਤੇ ਮੋਟਾਈ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਚੋਣਾਂ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਕਰੌਸਹੇਅਰ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਲਟਵੇਂ ਵਿਡੀਓ ਜਾਂ <gui>ਕਾਲੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਚਿੱਟਾ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਅਤੇ "
++"ਵੱਡ-ਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਲਈ ਚਾਨਣ, ਗੂਹੜਾਪਨ, ਅਤੇ ਗਰੇਅਸਕੇਲ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ "
++"ਦਾ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਣ ਕਮਜੋਰ ਨਿਗਾਹ, ਕਿਸੇ ਪੱਧਰ ਤੱਕ ਰੌਸ਼ਨੀ ਦੀ ਅਸਹਿਣਸ਼ੀਲਤਾ, ਜਾਂ ਮਾੜੀ ਰੌਸ਼ਨੀ ਦੇ "
++"ਹਲਾਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਇਨਸਾਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਲਾਹੇਵੰਦ ਹੈ। <gui>ਚੋਣਾਂ</gui> ਬਟਨ "
++"ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>..."
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:25(page/title)
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">ਵੇਖਣਾ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">ਸੁਣਨਾ</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">ਮੋਬਿਲਟੀ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">ਬਰੇਲ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ਸਕਰੀਨ ਵੱਡਦਰਸ਼ੀ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+ "devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
+ "menu in the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਕਮੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਖਾਸ ਲੋੜਾਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਲਈ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਸਧਾਰਣ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸਮਝ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਤਕਨੀਕਾਂ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਬਹੁਤੇ ਅਸੈੱਸਬਿਲਟੀ "
++"ਫੀਚਰ ਤੱਕ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਅਸੈੱਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਦਖਲ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਨਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਕਮੀਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:36(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਅੰਨ੍ਹਾਂਪਣ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "ਘੱਟ ਨਿਗ੍ਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:42(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਰਤੌਂਧੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:45(links/title) C/a11y.page:67(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:55(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:58(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਹਿਲ-ਜੁਲ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:61(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਦੱਬਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਧੂਹਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:64(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+-msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖੋ ਅਤੇ ਛੱਡੋ ਨਾ।"
++msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਖੱਬਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਦਾ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਣ ਦੀ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can "
+-"just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This "
+-"is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one "
+-"hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੱਬੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਉਦੋ ਲਾਹੇਵੰਦ ਹੈ "
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਉਂਗਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਔਖਿਆਈ ਮਹਿਸੂਸ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, "
++"ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਕੇਤਿਕ ਯੰਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਹੀ ਬਟਨ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਿਮੂਲੇਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਏ ਦੂਜੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਵੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਖੱਬੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਕਿੰਨੀ ਦੇਰ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ "
++"ਕਿ ਇਹ ਸੱਜੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਦੇ ਤੈਰ ਤੇ ਦਰਜ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ। <gui>ਪੁਆਇੰਟਿੰਗ ਅਤੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ</gui> ਟੈਬ "
++"ਉੱਤੇ, <gui>ਸਿਮੂਲੇਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਏ ਦੂਜੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ</gui> ਹੇਠਾਂ <gui>ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਦੇਰੀ</gui> "
++"ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਮੂਲੇਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਏ ਦੂਸਰੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਨਾਲ ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ "
++"ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉੱਥੇ ਖੱਬਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖੋ, ਫਿਰ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਉ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਮਾਊਸ ਦਾ ਖੱਬਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਨੀਲੇ ਰੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਭਰ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ "
++"ਇਹ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਨੀਲਾ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਕੀਤੇ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ, ਰੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਦੇ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਿਰ ਵੀ "
++"ਸਿਮੂਲੇਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਦੂਸਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਆਮ ਵਾਂਗੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ "
++"ਤੋਂ ਪਰਤੱਖ ਪ੍ਰਤਕਿਰਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੀ ਮਿਲਦੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"To switch this feature on, click your name on the top panel, select "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to "
+-"the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Simulated Secondary "
+-"Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ</link> ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਇਹ ਵੀ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਉੱਤੇ <key>5</key> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
+-"it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
+-"tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
+-"Click</gui>."
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬੋਲ ਕੇ ਦੱਸਣ ਲਈ <app>Orca</app> ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਵਰਤੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਚੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ <app>Orca</app> ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ "
++"ਕਰਵਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ GNOME ਕਿਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ ਦੇ ਹਿਸਾਬ ਨਾਲ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ "
++"Orca ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ। <link href=\"install:orca\">Orca "
++"ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</link>, ਫਿਰ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca ਮਦਦ</"
++"link> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਦੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦੇਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੇਰੀ ਰੱਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "ਹੌਲੀ ਬਟਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -678,76 +1166,156 @@
+ "time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
+ "the keyboard first time."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਦੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁੱਝ "
++"ਦੇਰੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ <em>ਮੱਠੇ ਬਟਨ</em> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ। ਇਸਦੇ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹਰੇਕ "
++"ਬਟਨ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਕੁੱਝ ਦੇਰ ਲਈ ਦੱਬ "
++"ਕੇ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਖਦੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ ਨਾਲ ਕਈ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਪਹਿਲੀ ਵਾਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਹੀ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਔਖਿਆਈ ਮਹਿਸੂਸ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਮੱਠੇ "
++"ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>ਹੌਲੀ ਬਟਨ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "ਹੌਲੀ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਛੇਤੀ ਨਾਲ ਚਾਲੂ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ, ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਮੱਠੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ "
++"ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਅਸੈੱਸੀਬਿਲਟੀ ਫੀਚਰ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ "
++"ਚੁਣੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੋਵੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੱਠੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਯੋਗ ਜਾਂ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <key>Shift</key> ਨੂੰ "
++"8 ਸੈਕਿੰਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸੀਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ <gui>ਮੱਠੇ ਬਟਨ</gui> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਮੱਠੇ ਬਟਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
++"ਜਦੋਂ <gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ "
++"ਹੋਣ ਤਾਂ ਅਸੈੱਸੀਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਈਕਨ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਰਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਦੇ ਦਰਜ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਿੰਨੀ ਦੇਰ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ "
++"<gui>ਸਵੀਕਾਰਨ ਦੇਰੀ</gui> ਸਲਾਈਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+ "the key down long enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ, ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਦਾ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ ਦਰਜ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ, ਜਾਂ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਸਹੀ ਅਰਸੇ ਤੱਕ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਤਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਦਾ ਦੱਬਣਾ ਅਸਵੀਕਾਰ "
++"ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਅਵਾਜ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਵੀ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕੋ ਵੇਲੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਇਕੱਠੇ ਦੱਬਣ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਵੇਲੇ ਇੱਕ ਬਟਨ "
++"ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਲਿਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
+-msgstr "ਸਟਿੱਕੀ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "ਸਟਿਕੀ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+-"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਜੇ ਦੋ ਬਟਨ ਇਕੱਠੇ ਦੱਬੇ ਜਾਣ ਤਾਂ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -756,917 +1324,2182 @@
+ "when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਦੇ ਵੱਜਣ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਦੀਆਂ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਜਾਂ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਸ਼ਕੋਰ "
++"ਮਾਰਨ ਲਈ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਅਵਾਜਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਸ਼ਕਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+ "either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
+ "alert sound is played."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਸੁਨੇਹਿਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਮੌਕਿਆਂ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਸਧਾਰਣ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ "
++"ਆਵਾਜ ਕਰੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਆਵਾਜਾਂ ਸੁਣਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ ਆਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕੋਈ "
++"ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਾਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਖਾਈ "
++"ਦਿੰਦੀ ਲਿਸ਼ਕੋਰ ਮਾਰਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+ "> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(item/p) C/session-language.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select "
+-"whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "A few tips about using the desktop help guide."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:11(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:11(credit/name) C/files-search.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:14(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:15(credit/name) C/power-closelid.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:13(credit/name) C/user-accounts.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:11(credit/name) C/user-add.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name) C/video-dvd.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-sending.page:13(credit/name) C/windows-key.page:10(credit/name)
++"ਇਹ ਉੱਥੇ ਵੀ ਮਦਦਗਾਰ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਇਹੋ ਜਿਹੇ ਮਾਹੌਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਵੋਂ ਜਿੱਥੇ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਚੁੱਪ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੋਵੇ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਲਾਇਬ੍ਰੇਰੀ। ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਆਵਾਜ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਚੁੱਪ ਕਰਾਉਣ ਲਈ <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> ਵੇਖੋ, ਫਿਰ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ "
++"ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਸੁਣਨਾ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਵਿਖਦੀਆਂ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ। ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਾਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਜਾਂ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੀ ਲਿਸ਼ਕੋਰ ਮਾਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿਖਦੀਆਂ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">ਅਸੈੱਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਈਕਨ</link> ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਵਿਖਦੀਆਂ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ</"
++"gui> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਛੇਤੀ ਛੇਤੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਮਦਦ ਗਾਈਡ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਕੁੱਝ ਟੋਟਕੇ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "ਇਹ ਗਾਈਡ ਬਾਰੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This guide is designed to describe the features of your desktop, answer your "
+-"computing-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more "
+-"effectively."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"There are several features of the guide that we think make it easy to use."
+-msgstr ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਫੀਚਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਗੇੜਾ ਲਵਾਉਣ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਸੰਬੰਧੀ ਸਵਾਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਬ ਦੇਣ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਕਿਫਾਇਤੀ ਢੰਗ "
++"ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੇ ਲਈ ਕੁੱਝ ਟੋਟਕੇ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਅਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਹਦਾਇਤ "
++"ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਨੂੰ ਜਿੰਨਾਂ ਹੋ ਸਕੇ ਸੌਖਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+ "answer to your questions."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛੋਟੇ, ਕੰਮ-ਸੰਬੰਧੀ ਮੁੱਦਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ-- ਨਾ ਕਿ ਪਾਠਾਂ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ। ਇਸਦਾ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਵਾਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਬ ਲੱਭਣ ਲਈ ਸਾਰੇ ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਫਰੋਲਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Related-items are linked together. \"See-also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+ "topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ ਆਪਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜੇ ਗਏ ਹਨ। ਕੁੱਝ ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਅੰਤ ਵਿੱਚ \"ਇਹ ਵੀ ਵੇਖੋ\" "
++"ਲਿੰਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਵਿਸ਼ਿਆਂ ਵੱਲ ਸੇਧਿਤ ਕਰੇਗਾ। ਇਹ ਕਿਸੇ ਖਾਸ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਅਮਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਲਿਆਉਣ ਲਈ ਮਿਲਦੇ-ਜੁਲਦੇ ਵਿਸ਼ਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਦਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+ "you start typing."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੰਦਰੇ-ਬਣੀ ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੈ। ਮਦਦ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਦੇ ਸਿਖਰ ਤੇ ਪੱਟੀ ਇੱਕ <em>ਖੋਜ "
++"ਪੱਟੀ</em> ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਨਤੀਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੀ ਪਰਗਟ ਹੋਣੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋ "
++"ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+ "of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
+ "more helpful, though."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(page/p)
++"ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਸੁਧਾਰਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਅਸੀਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮਦਦਗਾਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ "
++"ਭਰਪੂਰ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਾਂ, ਸਾਨੂੰ ਪਤਾ ਹੈ ਅਸੀਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਸਵਾਲਾਂ "
++"ਦੇ ਜਵਾਬ ਇੱਥੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇ ਸਕਾਂਗੇ। ਐਪਰ, ਅਸੀਂ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਮਦਦਗਾਰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ "
++"ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਜੋੜਦੇ ਰਹਾਂਗੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Desktop Help Guide</em>. We "
+-"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਮਦਦ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਸਮਾਂ ਕੱਢਣ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸ਼ੁਕਰੀਆ। ਅਸੀਂ ਦਿਲੋਂ ਉਮੀਦ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕਦੇ ਇਹ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਪਵੇਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- GNOME ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਟੀਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਆਨਲਾਈਲ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Check your backup"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜਨਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ GNOME ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਲਿੰਕ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਦਦ "
++"ਕਰੇਗਾ। ਅਤੇ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ, ਚੈਟ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ, ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਸੈੱਟ ਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ <key>+</key> ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "<gui>ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਤੇ ਕਿਸਮ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਹਨ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੋਰ ਖਾਤਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਾਅਦ ਦੇ "
++"ਸਮੇਂ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਜੋੜੋ…</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟੀ ਜਿਹੀ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਖੁੱਲੇਗੀ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਦੇ ਵੇਰਵੇ "
++"ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਗੂਗਲ ਖਾਤਾ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, ਆਪਣਾ ਗੂਗਲ "
++"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ-ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਵੇਰਵੇ ਠੀਕ ਭਰੇ ਹਨ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ GNOME ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਦਖਲ ਦੇਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦੀ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਿਹਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹਿਣ ਲਈ <gui>ਦਖਲ "
++"ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਾਪਣੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਚੁਣੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ "
++"ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਚੈਟ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਲਈ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ "
++"ਖਾਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ, <gui>ਕੈਲੰਡਰ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖਾਤੇ ਜੋੜ ਲੈਂਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਚੁਣੀ ਹਈ ਹਰੇਕ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ "
++"ਕਰੋਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਵੇਰਵਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਕਰਣਾਂ ਕਰ ਕੇ, GNOME ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੇਗਾ। "
++"ਇਸਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ, ਇਹ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਸੇਵਾ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਇਆ ਇੱਕ ਟੋਕਨ ਸੰਭਾਲੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਅਤੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਸੇਵਾ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਸੰਬੰਧ ਨੂੰ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ "
++"ਹੋ ਤਾਂ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">ਹਟਾਉ</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "Julita Inca"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "<app>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</app> ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ <app>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</"
++"app> ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜ ਕੇ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ "
++"ਇੱਕ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਹੀ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+-"was successful."
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ ਲਮਕਵੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ <gui>ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ। ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ</link> ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹਿਣ ਲਈ <gui>ਜੋੜੋ…</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"A file integrity check is not done on a copy/move operation. This means if "
+-"you are copying files to other drives/media, it is not easy to verify data "
+-"integrity or to single out files that have failed."
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਹੜਾ ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਪਰਗਟ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਉੱਤੇ <gui>ਸਾਈਨ ਅੱਪ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਜਾਂ ਲਿੰਕ ਲੱਭੋ ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can do a check by looking through the copied files and directories in "
+-"the destination media. By opening and checking the copied files, you can see "
+-"whether the files you check copied successfully."
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਾਰੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਇਸ ਪੜਾਅ ਤੇ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਪੇਸ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦੇ। ਜੇ ਇਹ "
++"ਉਸ ਸੇਵਾ ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਰਜ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਲਈ ਸੱਚ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ "
++"ਕੋਈ ਬਦਲਵਾਂ ਢੰਗ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪਵੇਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+-"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+-"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
+-"and pasting data."
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪੰਜੀਕਰਣ ਫਾਰਮ ਭਰੋ। ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੁੱਛੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ "
++"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ-ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
+-msgstr "ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
+-
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:11(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:11(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:15(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:16(credit/name) C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:11(credit/name) C/mouse.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
+-msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਵੇਂ ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ GNOME ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦੇਣੀ ਪਵੇਗੀ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਇਸਨੂੰ "
++"<app>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</app> ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤ ਸਕੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Frequency of backups"
+-msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਫਰੀਕਿਊਨਸੀ"
+-
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+-"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+-"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਤਾ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਪੇਸ਼ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ "
++"ਹਨ ਮੂਲੋਂ ਹੀ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਹੋਣਗੀਆਂ। ਹਰੇਕ ਸੇਵਾ ਨੂੰ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</link>।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+-"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+-"you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਬਹੁਤੀਆਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਅਤੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ) ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ "
++"ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਨਿਗਰਾਨੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ "
++"ਕਿਹੜੀ ਸੇਵਾ ਵਰਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਇੱਕੋ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੀ "
++"ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਗੂਗਲ ਖਾਤਾ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ, ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ, ਅਤੇ ਚੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਖਲ "
++"ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਕੁੱਝ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਪਰ "
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਗੂਗਲ ਖਾਤਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਪਰ "
++"ਚੈਟ ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੈਟ "
++"ਲਈ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even "
+-"monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a "
+-"tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਰੇਕ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਈ ਗਈਆਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਨੂੰ ਅਯੋਗ "
++"ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+-"than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+-"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
+-"you should back up at least once per week."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਸ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+-"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਸੂਚੀ <gui>ਇਸ ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋ</gui> "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਗਈ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "How to back up"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜੋ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਕਿ ਵਰਤੀ ਜਾਵੇ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+-"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+-"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤੇ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਸੇਵਾ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉਪਰਲੀ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਉਸ ਸੇਵਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਲਈ ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹੇਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+-"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if "
+-"something goes wrong."
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਅਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੇਵਾ ਨੂੰ ਫਿਰ ਤੋਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਬੱਸ ਪਿੱਛੇ <gui>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</"
++"gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਤਾ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "ਮੇਰੀ ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਸਮ ਸੂਚੀ ਤੇ ਕਿਉਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਤਾ ਦੇ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਲਈ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ "
++"ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਵੇਲੇ, ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਕੁੱਝ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ ਹੀ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ ਹਨ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "ਗੂਗਲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਲਾਈਵ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "ਫੇਸਬੁੱਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "ਟਵਿੱਟਰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "ਯਾਹੂ ਲਈ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਨੇੜ ਭਵਿੱਖ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜੀ ਜਾਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੋਰ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਲਚਸਪੀ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤਾਂ ਵਿਕਾਸਕਾਰਾਂ ਨਾਲ "
++"<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-"
++"accounts\"> ਬੱਗ ਟੋਹ ਲਾਉਣ ਵਾਲਾ</link> ਤੇ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਟਾਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ ਹਟਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "ਉਹ ਖਾਤਾ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ-ਖੱਬੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ <key>-</key> ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</"
+-"link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer "
+-"on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so "
+-"you can copy them from there."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਹਟਾਓ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+-"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+-"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮਿਟਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਤੇ ਪਾਬੰਦੀ</link> ਲਾਈ ਜਾਣੀ "
++"ਸੰਭਵ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "Andre Klapper"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since "
+-"it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "ਕਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਫਾਇਦਾ ਚੁੱਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
+-"generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
+-"utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</app> ਬਾਹਰਲੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ "
++"ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਗੂਗਲ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
+-"(the Trash folder)."
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app>, ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ "
++"<app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ, ਇਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਚਿੱਠੀ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ "
++"ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਗੂਗਲ ਏਜੰਡਾ "
++"ਵਿੱਚਲੀਆਂ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਇੰਪੈਥੀ</app>, ਇੰਸਟੈਂਟ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜ ਦਿੱਤਾ "
++"ਜਾਵੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਦੋਸਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਗੱਲਬਾਤ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Restore a backup"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਸੰਪਰਕ</app>, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਤੇ ਸੋਧਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
+-"restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ</app> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜਾਂ ਤੱਕ ਦਖਲ ਦੇ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲਾਈਵ, ਫੇਸਬੁੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਟਵਿੱਟਰ ਖਾਤਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard "
+-"drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link xref="
+-"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> ਇਹਨਾਂ ਖਾਤਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਜੁੜਨ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ, "
++"ਦੋਸਤਾਂ, ਅਤੇ ਫਾਲੋਅਰਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਚੈਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਕਾਈ-ਡਰਾਈਵ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
+-"perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data "
+-"from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ</app> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮਾਈਕਰੋਸਾਫਟ ਸਕਾਈ-ਡਰਾਈਵ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜਾਂ ਤੱਕ "
++"ਪਹੁੰਚ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਕਸਚੇਂਜ ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+-"may want to back up."
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰੀ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਐਕਸਚੇਂਜ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾ ਲੈਂਦੇ ਹੋ, <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਇਸ "
++"ਖਾਤੇ ਤੋਂ ਚਿੱਠੀਆਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ownCloud ਖਾਤੇ ਨਾਲ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most "
+-"difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where "
+-"most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ ownCloud ਖਾਤਾ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਰੁਝੇਵਿਆਂ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(item/title)
+-msgid "Your personal files and settings"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</app> ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ownCloud ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਣਗੀਆਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਜਾਂ ਸੋਸ਼ਲ ਮੀਡੀਆ ਖਾਤੇ ਕਿਉਂ ਜੋੜੇ ਜਾਣ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਤਾ ਕਿਉਂ ਜੋੜਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). "
+-"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, "
+-"Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient "
+-"space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the "
+-"simplest way."
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜਨ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਮਰਜੀ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ, ਚੈਟ ਅਤੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ "
++"ਸਿੱਧਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਆ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ "
++"ਤਜਰਬੇ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਅਨਿੱਖੜਵਾਂ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਬਣਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਖਾਤੇ ਜੋੜ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੱਖੋ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਖਾਤਿਆਂ "
++"ਦੀਆਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਚੈਟਾਂ, ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕੋ ਵੇਲੇ ਸੌਖਿਆਂ ਹੀ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਰਹਿ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
++"ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰੀ ਹੀ ਆਪਣਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਹਰੇਕ ਵਾਰੀ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ "
++"ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਸਾਰੇ ਦੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਖਾਤੇ ਤੇ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੋੜੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਮਿਲਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list "
+-"of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important "
+-"files."
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">ਇੱਕ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉ</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">ਕੋਈ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜੋ</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">ਕੋਈ ਖਾਤਾ "
++"ਹਟਾਉ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To "
+-"view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+-"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਗੂਗਲ ਅਤੇ ਫੇਸਬੁੱਕ) ਦੇ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਵੇਰਵੇ <app>ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖਾਤੇ</"
++"app> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚ ਭਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਆਪਣੇ ਖਾਤੇ ਦੇ "
++"ਵੇਰਵੇ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਭਰੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ, ਚਿੱਠੀ, ਚੈਟ ਖਾਤੇ, ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਮਿਲਦੇ-ਜੁਲਦਿਆਂ "
++"ਤੱਕ ਸੌਖਿਆਂ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(td/p) C/backup-what.page:29(item/title)
+-msgid "Your personal files"
+-msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "ਪੜਤਾਲ ਕਰ ਲਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਸਫਲ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਜਾਂਚੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, <cmd>~/"
+-"Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd>, and "
+-"others"
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਕਰ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ "
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਸਫਲ ਰਿਹਾ। ਜੇ ਇਹ ਠੀਕ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀ ਕੀਤਾ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਡਾਟਾ ਗੁਆ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਜਾਂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਇਹ "
++"ਯਕੀਲੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਸਾਰਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਸਹੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਐਪਰ, "
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਜੋ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਬਹੁਤ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ "
++"ਯਕੀਨਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਸਹੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਾਧੂ ਪੜਤਾਲ "
++"ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਮੀਡੀਆ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਜ਼ਰ ਮਾਰ ਕੇ ਇੱਕ "
++"ਵਾਧੂ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚਣ ਨਾਲ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਅਸਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹਨ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਵਾਧੂ ਭਰੋਸਾ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਸਫਲ ਰਹੀ ਸੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(td/p)
+-msgid "Contain files you actively created."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਲੱਗਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਡਾਟੇ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਬਾਕਾਇਦਾ "
++"ਨੇਮ ਨਾਲ ਲੈਂਦੇ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸਮਰਪਿਤ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸੌਖਾ "
++"ਲੱਗੇਗਾ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <app>Déjà Dup</app>। ਇਹੋ ਜਿਹਾ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਸਿਰਫ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨ ਤੇ ਚੇਪਣ "
++"ਨਾਲੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਤਾਕਤਵਰ ਤੇ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਭਰੋਸੇਮੰਦ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਹਨ ਯਾਦ ਰੱਖੋ ਕਿ ਕਿਸ ਨੇਮ ਨਾਲ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(td/p) C/backup-what.page:34(item/title)
+-msgid "Your personal settings"
+-msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਆਵਰਤੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gnome3</cmd>, <cmd>~/."
+-"local</cmd>"
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਅਕਸਰ ਕਦੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਬਣਾ ਲੈਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ ਇਹ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਡਾਟੇ ਤੇ "
++"ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਹੋਏ ਨਾਜੁਕ ਡਾਟੇ ਨਾਲ "
++"ਇੱਕ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਵਾਤਾਵਰਣ ਚਲਾ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, ਤਦ ਤਾਂ ਰੋਜਾਨਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਵੀ ਕਾਫੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ "
++"ਸਕਦਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54(td/p)
+-msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਦੂਸਰੇ ਪਾਸੇ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਘਰੇਲੂ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਘੰਟੇ-ਵਾਰ "
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਬੇਲੋੜਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਅਨੁਸੂਚਕ ਵਿਉਂਤਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ "
++"ਨੁਕਤੇ ਧਿਆਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਣ ਨੂੰ ਮਦਦਗਾਰ ਪਾਉਗੇ:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(td/p) C/backup-what.page:39(item/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:51(item/title)
+-msgid "System settings"
+-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਬਿਤਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(td/p)
+-msgid "<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਅਕਸਰ ਕਿੰਨੀ ਵਾਰੀ ਅਤੇ ਕਿੰਨਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਬਦਲਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home "
+-"folder."
+-msgstr ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਘੱਟ ਤਰਜੀਹ ਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਥੋੜੇ ਬਦਲਾਆਂ ਵਾਲਾ ਹੈ, "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸੰਗੀਤ, ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਿਵਾਰਕ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ, ਤਾਂ ਹਫਤਾਵਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਮਹੀਨਾਵਾਰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਵੀ "
++"ਕਾਫੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਐਪਰ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟੈਕਸ ਜਾਂਚ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਹੋ, ਜਿਆਦਾ ਵਾਰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਕ ਸਧਾਰਣ ਜਿਹੇ ਨਿਯਮ ਆਨੁਸਾਰ, ਬੈਕਅੱਪਾਂ ਤੇ ਲੱਗਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਗੁੰਮ ਗਏ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਗਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਤੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ "
++"ਗੁੰਮ ਗਏ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਲਿਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਹਫਤੇ ਦਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਲਾਉਣਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਜਿਆਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹਰ ਹਫਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "What to back up"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਕੀਮਤੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਨਕਲਾਂ ਬਣਾ ਕੇ ਨੁਕਸਾਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਾਉਣ ਲਈ Déjà "
++"Dup (ਜਾਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਹੋਰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ) ਵਰਤੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰੀਏ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
+-"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An "
+-"example of most important to least important:"
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਸੌਖਾ ਰਾਹ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਵੇ। ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹਨ, ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ <app>Déjà Dup</app>।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, "
+-"family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are "
+-"clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਚੁਣੀ ਹੋਈ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਮਦਦ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ, ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ "
++"ਡਾਟਾ ਮੁੜ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਲੰਘਾਏਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+-"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+-"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
+-"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
+-"while to recreate."
+-msgstr ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਬਦਲਵੀਂ ਚੋਣ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਥ੍ਹਾਂ ਤੇ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ <link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ</link>, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ, ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ "
++"ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ, ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ USB ਡਰਾਈਵ ਉੱਤੇ। ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</link> ਅਤੇ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਹਨ, ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਥੋਂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. "
+-"If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਡਾਟੇ ਦੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਭੰਡਾਰਣ ਯੰਤਰ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਸੀਮਿਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜੇ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੇ ਥ੍ਹਾਂ ਹੈ, ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵਧੀਆ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਸਾਰੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਲੈ ਲਿਆ ਜਾਵੇ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਅਪਵਾਦਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ ਕੇ:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:45(item/title)
+-msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਕਿ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਥ੍ਹਾਂ ਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਚੁੱਕੀਆਂ ਹਨ, "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕਿਸੇ CD, DVD, ਜਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਵੱਖ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਮੀਡੀਆ ਉੱਤੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਸਾਨੀ ਨਾਲ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮਰ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਕਿ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਪਾਈਲ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ ਪੈਦਾ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਇਸਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ, ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ "
++"ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਸਲ ਸਰੋਤ ਫਾਈਲ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
+-"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+-"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
+-"space by having backups of them."
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਰੱਦੀ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਈਆਂ ਕੋਈ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਰੱਦੀ ਫੋਲਡਰ <file>~/.local/share/"
++"Trash</file> ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what storage device to use."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਤੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/title)
+-msgctxt "sort"
+-msgid "c"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਮੁੜ-ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Where to store your backup"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਗੁਆ ਜਾਂ ਮਿਟਾ ਲਈਆਂ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ "
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਤੋਂ ਮੁੜ-ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+-"computer (on an external hard disk, for example). An important consideration "
+-"when choosing the backup medium is capacity. This will depend on how much "
+-"data you need to back up."
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ, USB ਡਰਾਈਵ ਜਾਂ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਤੇ "
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਵਾਪਸ <link xref=\"files-copy\">ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ</link>।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਿਸੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <app>Déjà Dup</app> ਨੂੰ "
++"ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਬਹਾਲ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵੀ ਉਸੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋ। ਆਪਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਲਈ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਮਦਦ ਦੀ "
++"ਸਮੀਖਿਆ ਕਰੋ: ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਇਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਉਚੇਚੀਆਂ "
++"ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਏਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:27(list/title)
+-msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲੱਭ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਆਪਣੇ ਉਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ, ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "A USB memory key (low capacity)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੈਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਹੈ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੈਂ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਲੱਭ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "An internal disk drive (higher capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਫੈਸਲਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਕਿ ਕਿਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭਣਾ, "
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਵੇਲੇ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਔਖਾ ਕਦਮ ਹੈ। ਹੇਠਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਆਮ "
++"ਥਾਵਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ (ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ, ਸੰਗੀਤ, ਸਕਵੀਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਵੀਡੀਉ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ (<file>/home/"
++"your_name</file>)। ਇਹ ਉੱਪ-ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ, ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ, ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ, ਸੰਗੀਤ "
++"ਅਤੇ ਵੀਡੀਉ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਮੀਡੀਅਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਫੀ ਥਾਂ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ "
++"ਹੈ) ਹੈ, ਸਾਰੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਵਿਚਾਰ ਕਰੋ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਕਿੰਨੀ "
++"ਡਿਸਕ ਥਾਂ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੁਸੀਂ <app>ਡਿਸਕ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਸਮੀਖਿਅਕ</app> ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਪਤਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਫਾਈਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਬਿੰਦੀ (.) ਨਾਲ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ "
++"ਲੁਕਵਾਂ ਹੈ। ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, <guiseq><gui>ਵੇਖੋ</gui><gui> ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵਿਖਾਉ</gui></guiseq> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹੋਰ ਫਾਈਲ "
++"ਵਾਂਗੂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr "ਨਿੱਜੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ (ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ, ਥੀਮ, ਅਤੇ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੁਕਵੇਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ "
++"ਸੰਭਾਲਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ (ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਉੱਪਰ ਵੇਖੋ)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੁਕਵੇਂ "
++"ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, ਅਤੇ "
++"<file>.local</file> ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ-ਭਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ "
++"ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ। ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਹਨ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਇਹ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ "
++"<file>/etc</file> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਘਰੇਲੂ "
++"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਸਰਵਰ "
++"ਚਲਾ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, ਐਪਰ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ "
++"ਇਹ ਚਲਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "An external USB drive (variable capacity, but can be very high)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਗਲਤ ਹੋ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ ਗੁੰਮ ਜਾਣ ਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਜਿਸਦਾ ਗੁੰਮ ਜਾਣਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਹਿ ਸਕਦੇ "
++"ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈ ਲਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "A network drive (high capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਤਰਜੀਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</link> ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਉਹ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਮੁੜ ਬਣਾਉਣੀਆਂ ਔਖੀਆਂ ਹੋਣ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਤੋਂ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਘੱਟ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ "
++"ਦਰਜੇ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ, ਸਪਰੈੱਡ-ਸ਼ੀਟਾਂ, ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ, ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ, ਵਿੱਤੀ ਅੰਕੜੇ, ਪਰਿਵਾਰਕ "
++"ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ, ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਕੋਈ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਾ-ਵਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਸਮਝਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "A file/backup server"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੇ ਕੀਤੇ ਗਏ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਰੰਗਾਂ, ਬੈਕਗਰਾਉਂਡਾਂ, ਸਕਰੀਨ "
++"ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀਤੇ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ "
++"ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <app>LibreOffice</app>, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਗੀਤ ਪਲੇਅਰ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਈ-"
++"ਪੱਤਰ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਲਈ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਵੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਬਦਲਾਉਣ ਯੋਗ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਮੁੜ-ਬਣਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲੈਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs"
+-msgstr "CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਲਿਖਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"An online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/"
+-"\">Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</"
+-"link> (stores your data off-site for a small fee)"
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਲੋਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਦੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਦੇ। ਜੇ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਕਾਰਣ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਚੋਣਵੀਆਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੇ "
++"ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸਰਵਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੋਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਗਏ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Some of these would allow for a backup of every file on your system, also "
+-"known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਹੜਾ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਗੰਭੀਰ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਮੁੜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ "
++"ਕੇ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੁੜ ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++"ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੋਗੇ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਕਿ ਨਾ-ਵਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ "
++"ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਵਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਬਹੁਤ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ "
++"ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਦੂਜੇ ਹੱਥ, ਜੇ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਵਟਾਉਣੀਆਂ ਸੌਖੀਆਂ ਹਨ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਅੱਪ ਲੈ "
++"ਕੇ ਡਿਸਕ ਥਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੋਗੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what\">what</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link xref=\"backup-how"
+-"\">how</link> of backups."
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਕਰਨੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਦਾ ਭੰਡਾਰਣ ਯੰਤਰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ ਇਸ ਉੱਤੇ "
++"ਸਲਾਹ।"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:16(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਸੰਭਾਲਣਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਨਕਲਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੱਖਰੀ "
++"ਥਾਂ ਤੇ - ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਕਿਸੇ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਤੇ ਰੱਖਣੀਆਂ ਚਾਹੀਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਤਰੀਕੇ "
++"ਨਾਲ, ਜੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਖਰਾਬ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਅਜੇ ਵੀ ਅਛੂਤਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਸੱਭ ਤੋ ਵੱਧ "
++"ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਉਸੇ ਇਮਾਰਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਅੱਗਜਨੀ ਜਾਂ ਚੋਰੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਡਾਟੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਨਕਲਾਂ "
++"ਗੁੰਮ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਜੇ ਉਹ ਇਕੱਠੀਆਂ ਰੱਖੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਹੋਣ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਸਹੀ <em>ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਮੀਡੀਅਮ</em> ਚੁਣਨਾ ਵੀ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਇੱਕ ਇਹੋ ਜਿਹੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੇ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ਦੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਾਫੀ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "ਸਥਾਨਕ ਅਤੇ ਦੁਰੇਡੀਆਂ ਭੰਡਾਰਣ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਚਾਬੀ (ਘੱਟ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਡਰਾਈਵ (ਉੱਚ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਡਰਾਇਵ (ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਉੱਚ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਤੇ ਜੁੜੀ ਡਰਾਇਵ (ਉੱਚ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ/ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਸਰਵਰ (ਉੱਚ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "ਲਿਖਣਯੋਗ CD-ਆਂ ਜਾਂ DVD-ਆਂ (ਘੱਟ/ਦਰਮਿਆਨੀ ਸਮਰੱਥਾ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਸੇਵਾ (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> ਜਾਂ <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">ਉਬੰਤੂ ਵੰਨ</link>, ਉਦਾਹਰਣ "
++"ਲਈ; ਸਮਰੱਥਾ ਕੀਮਤ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਕੋਲ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਹਰ ਫਾਈਲ ਦੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ ਦੀ "
++"ਸਮਰੱਥਾ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ <em>ਸੰਪੂਰਣ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ</em> ਵਜੋਂ ਵੀ ਜਾਣਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪਾਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਉਂ, ਕੀ, ਕਿੱਥੇ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਵੇਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for "
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+ "loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
+ "the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
+ "original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
+ "drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ <em>ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਕਰਨਾ</em> ਦਾ ਸਧਾਰਣ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰਹਿਣ "
++"ਲਈ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਨਕਲ ਬਣਾ ਲੈਣੀ। ਅਜਿਹਾ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਅਸਲ ਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਸੇ ਘਾਟੇ "
++"ਕਰ ਕੇ ਜਾਂ ਖਰਾਬੀ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਨਾ-ਵਰਤੋਂਯੋਗ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ। ਇਹ ਨਕਲਾਂ ਡਾਟਾ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣ ਦੀ ਸੂਰਤ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਲ ਡਾਟਾ ਮੁੜ ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਨਕਲਾਂ ਅਸਲ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ "
++"ਵੱਖਰੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੇ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣੀਆਂ ਚਾਹੀਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ USB "
++"ਡਰਾਈਵ, ਕੋਈ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ, ਇੱਕ CD/DVD, ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਮੌਕੇ ਤੋਂ ਦੂਰ ਦੀ ਸੇਵਾ ਵਰਤ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦਾ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵਧੀਆ ਤਰੀਕਾ ਹੈ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਅਕਸਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਰਹਿਣਾ, "
++"ਨਕਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੌਕੇ ਤੋਂ ਦੂਰ ਅਤੇ (ਜੇ ਹੋ ਸਕੇ ਤਾਂ) ਇੰਕਰਿਪਟ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਰੱਖਣਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ਜੋੜੋ</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜੋ</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">ਚਾਲੂ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
+-"copies off-site and encrypted."
+-msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਇੱਕ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਜਾਬਤਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੇ ਯੰਤਰ "
++"ਜੋੜਨ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਹੈੱਡ-ਸੈੱਟਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਇਨਪੁੱਟ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਅਤੇ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ</link> ਵੀ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੈੱਲ ਫੋਨ ਉੱਤੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:16(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:18(credit/name)
+-msgid "Jim Campbell"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜੋੜੀਆਂ ਬਣਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਮਾਊਸ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਹੈੱਡਸੈੱਟ, "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜੋੜੀ "
++"ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਵੀ ਕਿਹਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first "
+-"need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ, ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੈ। "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
+-"Bluetooth device."
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਨਵਾਂ ਯੰਤਰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the Bluetooth icon in the top-bar, and select <gui>Setup a New "
+-"Device...</gui>."
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਪਰ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਯੰਤਰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ</"
++"gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within "
+-"10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer "
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
+ "will begin searching for devices."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੋਰ ਬਸੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">ਖੋਜੇ ਜਾਣ ਯੋਗ ਜਾਂ "
++"ਪਰਤੱਖ</link> ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ 10 ਮੀਟਰਾਂ (ਲਗਭੱਗ 33 ਫੁੱਟ) ਦੇ "
++"ਅੰਦਰ ਅੰਦਰ ਰੱਖੋ। <gui>ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ "
++"ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+-"down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਹਨ, ਹੇਠਾਂ-ਲਮਕਵੀਂ <gui>ਯੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਸੂਚੀ "
++"ਵਿਚਲੇ ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the "
+-"other device."
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ PIN ਕਿਵੇਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਵਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ ਇਹ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>PIN ਚੋਣਾਂ</"
++"gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+ "PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
+ "proper setting."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ PIN ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਇੱਕ 6-ਅੱਖਰੀ ਅੰਕਾਂ ਦਾ ਕੋਡ ਵਰਤੇਗੀ। ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇੰਨਪੁੱਟ ਬਟਨਾਂ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਵਾਲੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਯੰਤਰ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਜਾਂ ਹੈੱਡਸੈੱਟ, ਨੂੰ ਖਾਸ PIN ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ "
++"0000, ਜਾਂ ਕੋਈ PIN ਨਹੀਂ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਸਹੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਈ ਆਪਣੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਦਾ ਹਦਾਇਤ "
++"ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select "
+-"<gui>Close</gui>."
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਲਈ ਯੋਗ PIN ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਚੁਣੋ, ਫਿਰ <gui>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵਧਦੇ ਰਹਿਣ ਲਈ <gui>ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਪਹਿਲੋਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤਾ "
++"PIN ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ, PIN ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish "
+-"your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will "
+-"not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਲੋੜ ਪਵੇ, ਆਪਣੇ ਦੂਜੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੇ PIN ਦੀ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰੋ। ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਉਹ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ PIN ਦਿਖਾਵੇ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਦਿਖਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ PIN ਭਰਨ "
++"ਲਈ ਕਹੇ। ਯੰਤਰ ਉੱਤੇ PIN ਦੀ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰੋ, ਫਿਰ <gui>ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device "
+-"offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a "
+-"mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select <gui>Close</"
+-"gui>."
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਸਫਲਤਾ ਪੂਰਵਕ ਜੁੜ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। "
++"<gui>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੇ ਚਾਹੋ ਤਾਂ <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-"
++"connection\">ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ</link> ਵੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
+ msgid ""
+-"The adapter could be turned off or doesn't have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+-"be disabled or blocked."
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਜੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+-"Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਦਾ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਜੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ ਇਸ ਦੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੇ ਕਾਰਣ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ "
++"ਹਨ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਫੋਨ ਜਾਂ ਹੈੱਡਸੈੱਟ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਸੰਪਰਕ ਰੋਕਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਜਾਂ ਗੈਰ-ਭਰੋਸੇਮੰਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+-"is set-up to allow connections."
++"is set up to allow connections."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਹੀ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਰੋਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਾਂ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਯੰਤਰ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨ "
++"ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ ਲਈ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਪਛਾਣਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+-"This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some "
+-"Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to "
+-"get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get "
+-"a different Bluetooth adapter."
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+-"icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled."
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਯੰਤਰ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Check that Bluetooth is turned-on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+-"in airplane mode"
++"in airplane mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਹੁਤੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੇ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਵਰਤਣਾ "
++"ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਖਰੀਦ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+-msgstr "ਸਰੂਪਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਰੂਪ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਯੰਤਰ ਹਟਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਹਟਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the "
+-"connection:"
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ</gui> ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar, and choose <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, and then click "
+-"the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖੱਬੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਫਿਰ ਸੂਚੀ "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ <gui>-</gui> ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਹਟਾਓ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚ <gui>ਹਟਾਉ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਛਾ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ਕਿਸੇ "
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਮੁੜ-ਸੰਪਰਕ</link> ਵੀ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your "
+-"phone."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਫੋਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਈਲ ਭੇਜੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਮੋਬਾਇਲ "
++"ਫੋਨ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ। ਕੁੱਝ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ, ਜਾਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੰਦੇ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤਿੰਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਤਰੀਕੇ "
++"ਨਾਲ ਭੇਜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ, ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿੰਡੋ "
++"ਤੋਂ, ਜਾਂ ਸਿੱਧਾ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਤੋਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+-"files, or specific types of files."
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਮੋਬਾਇਲ "
++"ਫੋਨ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ। ਕੁੱਝ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ, ਜਾਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੰਦੇ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ "
++"ਆਈਕਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ, ਜਾਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਤੋਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar and click <gui>Send Files to Device</"
+-"gui>."
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਹੜੀ ਫਾਈਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਭੇਜਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਚੁਣੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+-"(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+-"select each file.)"
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ, ਹਰੇਕ ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਦੇ ਵੇਲੇ "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then "
+-"click <gui>Send</gui>."
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਯੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਭੇਜੋ</gui> ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device "
+-"type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the "
+-"devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(item/p)
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਹੱਦ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ਯੰਤਰ "
++"ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹੋ</link> ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">ਪਰਗਟ ਯੰਤਰ </link> ਦੋਵੇਂ ਵਿਖਾਏਗੀ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣੇ ਹੋਏ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ "
++"ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ <gui>ਭੇਜੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ "
++"ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਇਸ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਦੂਸਰੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੋਂ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ "
++"ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਹੋਣ ਤਾਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੂਚੀ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠਾਂ-ਲਮਕਵੀਂ <gui>ਯੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਵਰਤ "
++"ਕੇ ਸਿਰਫ ਖਾਸ ਯੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਲਈ ਸੀਮਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+ "transfer will be shown on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਤਾ ਯੰਤਰ ਦੇ ਮਾਲਕ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਈਲ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ "
++"ਪੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰੀ ਮਾਲਕ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਅਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਫਾਈਲ ਦੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਾ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋ ਯੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਸੂਚੀ ਸਿਰਫ ਉਹ ਯੰਤਰ "
++"ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹੋ। <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr "ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰ ਯੋਗ ਜਾਂ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on to send and receive files, but turn it "
+-"off to conserve power."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(figure/desc)
+-msgid "The Bluetooth icon and menu can be found on the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜ ਜਾਂ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਊਰਜਾ ਬਚਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ। ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, "
++"ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਭੇਜ ਜਾਂ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਊਰਜਾ ਬਚਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ। ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, "
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on, click the <app>Bluetooth</app> icon in the "
+-"top bar, then toggle the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch so that it reads as "
+-"<gui>ON</gui>."
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਹੁਤੇ ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬਟਨ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਬਟਨ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਣ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖੋਗੇ। ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਜਾਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਬਟਨ ਭਾਲੋ। ਕੀਅ-"
++"ਬੋਰਡ ਬਟਨ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ <key>Fn</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਮਦਦ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -1674,20869 +3507,21525 @@
+ "key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਹੁਤੇ ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬਟਨ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਬਟਨ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਣ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖੋਗੇ। ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਜਾਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਬਟਨ ਭਾਲੋ। ਕੀਅ-"
++"ਬੋਰਡ ਬਟਨ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ <key>Fn</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਮਦਦ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</"
++"gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਆਈਕਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ</gui> ਬੰਦ "
++"ਕਰ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੋਂ ਇਸ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਰਫ "
++"<gui>ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗਤਾ</gui> ਹੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ। ਜਿਆਦਾ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "ਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਵਿਖਾਵਾ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗਤਾ ਤੋਂ ਭਾਵ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਦੇ ਵੇਲੇ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ ਕਿ ਨਹੀਂ। ਜਦੋ ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗਤਾ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਵੇ, "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਹੱਦ ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਖਾਏਗਾ, ਉਹਨਾਂ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋਏ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++"ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗ ਹੋਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ, ਪਰ "
++"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਲੱਭੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗ ਹੋਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕਿਸੇ <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਜੁੜਿਆ</"
++"link> ਹੋਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਇੱਕ ਦੂਜੇ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਚਾਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਨਾ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਅਤੇ ਨਾ "
++"ਹੀ ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗ ਹੋਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦ ਤੱਕ ਕੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਭਰੋਸੇਯੋਗ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਦੀ "
++"ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਪੈਂਦੀ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਵਿਖਣਯੋਗਤਾ ਬੰਦ ਰਹਿਣ ਦੇਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "Richard Hughes"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">ਇਹ ਮਹੱਤਵਹੂਰਣ ਕਿਉਂ ਹੈ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">ਕਿਸੇ "
++"ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰੀਏ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first "
+-"time, set the <gui>Visibility</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>. This allows "
+-"your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> off, change the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch to "
+-"the <gui>OFF</gui> position."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/clock.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+-"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+-"appointments</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/clock.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Date &amp; time"
+-msgstr ""
+-
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(media) C/shell-introduction.page:96(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਸਿਖਰ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਦੇ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਦਾ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਣਾ ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock on the "
+-"top bar, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
+-"<app>Evolution</app>."
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਵੰਡਾਂ ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਨਾਲ ਆਉਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਜੇ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਵਾਲੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਵੰਡ ਦੇ ਪੰਡ (ਪੈਕੇਜ) ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਪੈ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਘੜੀ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have already set up Evolution, click on the clock and then click on "
+-"various dates in the <gui>Calendar</gui> on the left to display existing "
+-"appointments on the right. As appointments are added in Evolution, they will "
+-"appear in the clock's appointment list."
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਸ ਤਰੀਕ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜਿਸ ਦੇ <gui>ਕੈਲੰਡਰ</gui> ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਵੇਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
+-"<gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਪ੍ਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਣਗੇ। ਜਿਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ, ਉਹ ਘੜੀ ਦੀ ਰੁਝੇਵਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦੇਣਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:97(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "ਘੜੀ, ਕੈਲੰਡਰ, ਅਤੇ ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਟਾਫਟ ਪੂਰਾ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, ਘੜੀ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ "
++"<gui>ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਖੋਲੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+-"Otherwise, a <link xref=\"app-evolution-setup\">window</link> will appear "
+-"with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੰਮ ਕਰੇਗਾ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੋਈ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</app> ਖਾਤਾ ਹੈ। ਨਹੀਂ "
++"ਤਾਂ, ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਕਦਮਾਂ ਵਾਲੀ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਘੜੀ ਉੱਪਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਮਿਤੀ/ਸਮਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <gui>ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the time and date"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the center of the "
+-"top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਖਾਏ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਗਲਤ ਹਨ ਜਾਂ ਗਲਤ ਬਣਤਰ ਵਾਲਾ ਹੋ, "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid "Now, click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਘੜੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</"
++"gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Set the time manually by clicking on the arrows for the hour and minute "
+-"hands."
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ <gui>ਤਾਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨਾ ਅਤੇ <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਾਸਕ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ</link> ਲਿਖਣਾ ਪੈ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:23(item/p)
+-msgid "Set the date manually by clicking on the drop-down menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਘੰਟੇ ਅਤੇ ਮਿੰਨਟ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਤੀਰਾਂ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਕਰੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ-ਲਮਕਵੀਆਂ ਸੂਚੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਸਾਲ, ਮਹੀਨਾ ਅਤੇ ਦਿਨ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Have the clock update itself automatically by turning the <gui>Network Time</"
+-"gui> ON."
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ, ਘੜੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ <gui>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਮਾਂ</gui> ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਕੇ "
++"ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਵੀ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"When <em>network time</em> is turned on, the computer will periodically "
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+ "don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
+ "the internet."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ <em>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਮਾਂ</em> ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਵੇ, ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਕੁੱਝ ਅਰਸੇ ਬਾਅਦ ਆਪਣੀ ਘੜੀ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਉੱਪਰ ਇੱਕ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਦਰੁਸਤ ਘੜੀ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਚਦਾ ਰਹੇਗਾ, ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ "
++"ਖੁਦ ਨਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਪਵੇ। ਇਹ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੰਮ ਕਰੇਗਾ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change the hour format display by turning the 24-hour format ON "
+-"or OFF."
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ <gui>24-ਘੰਟੇ</gui> ਜਾਂ <gui>AM/PM</gui> ਤਰਜ਼ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਇਹ ਵੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ "
++"ਕਿ ਘੰਟੇ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਦਰਸਾਏ ਜਾਣ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੋਰ ਸਮਾਂ-ਖੇਤਰ ਜੋੜੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖ ਸਕੋ ਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਸ਼ਹਿਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀ ਸਮਾਂ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਸਮਾਂ-ਖੇਤਰ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਘੜੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
+-"you can add additional timezones to the clock."
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਨਕਸ਼ੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਆਪਣੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਲਮਕਵੀਂ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਆਪਣਾ "
++"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸ਼ਹਿਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid "Change timezones by choosing a different geographical location:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਚੁਣੋਗੇ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਵਿਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਸਮਾਂ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ "
++"ਹੀ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚਲਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਅਗਲੀ ਵਾਰੀ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ <gui>ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦੇਣ ਤੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਤੁਸੀਂ <link xref="
++"\"clock-set\">ਘੜੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ</link> ਵੀ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the center of top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">ਸਮਾਂ-ਖੇਤਰ</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ &amp; ਸਮਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on your current continent, then select your current city from the drop-"
+-"down menu."
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+-"The time shown on the clock will not update automatically when you select a "
+-"different location; it needs to be <link xref=\"clock-set\">set manually</"
+-"link>."
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <guiseq><gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui><gui>ਰੰਗ</gui></"
++"guiseq> ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-format.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:13(credit/name)
+-msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
+-msgstr "GNOME ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਟੀਮ"
+-
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:15(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:18(credit/name)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui><gui>ਰੰਗ</gui></guiseq> ਖੋਲੋ, ਜਿਸ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਸ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਜੋੜੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਆਯਾਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview and open the <gui>Disk Utility</gui>."
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹਰੇਕ ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਸੌਂਪੇ ਹੋਏ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਹੀ "
++"<em>ਮੂਲ</em> ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੂਲ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਉਦੋਂ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ ਸ੍ਵੈ-"
++"ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਚੁਣਨ ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ ਲਈ ਵਾਧੂ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ। ਇਸ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਚੋਣ "
++"ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਇਹ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ ਜੇ ਚਮਕੀਲੇ ਕਾਗਜ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੋਵੇ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਸਾਫ ਕਾਗਜ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr "ਰੇਡੀਉ ਬਟਨ ਤੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਮੂਲ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
+-"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <gui>ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰੋ…</gui> ਬਟਨ "
++"ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਬਣਾ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਰੰਗਾਂ ਤੇ ਦਰੁਸਤ ਪਕੜ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੈਮਰੇ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨਾ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਕੈਮਰਾ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
+-"Benchmark</gui>."
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the "
+-"disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto "
+-"the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(page/p)
+-msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਨਤੀਜਤਨ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਸਿਰਫ ਜਿਹੜੇ ਰੌਸ਼ਨੀ ਹਾਲਾਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ ਦੇ "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ ਹੀ ਢੁਕਵਾਂ ਹੈ। ਇਸਦਾ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ <em>ਸਟੂਡੀਉ</em>, <em>ਚਮਕਦਾਰ "
++"ਸੂਰਜੀ ਰੌਸ਼ਨੀ</em> ਅਤੇ <em>ਬੱਦਲਵਾਈ</em> ਵਾਲੇ ਰੌਸ਼ਨੀ ਹਾਲਾਤਾਂ ਲਈ ਬਹੁਤੀ ਵਾਰੀ "
++"ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਪੈ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਦਰੁਸਤ ਰੰਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨਾ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(section/title)
+-msgid "With Disk Usage Analyzer"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਦੋ ਰਾਹ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <gui>Disk Usage "
+-"Analyzer</gui>:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਫੋਟੋ-ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋ-ਮੀਟਰ ਯੰਤਰ ਜਿਵੇਂ Pantone ColorMunki ਵਰਤ ਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(item/p) C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗ ਕੰਪਨੀ ਤੋਂ ਛਪਾਈ ਹਵਾਲਾ ਫਾਈਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕਰ ਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Start typing 'Disk Usage Analyzer'."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> icon."
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਮਹਿੰਗਾ ਯੰਤਰ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ColorMunki ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਸਸਤਾ ਪੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੱਡੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਸਮੂਹ ਜਾਂ ਕਾਗਜ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the single-quotes) and "
+-"pressing <key>Enter</key>."
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਦੀ ਪੂਰਤੀ ਕਰਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਬਦਲਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨਾ "
++"ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਸਕੈਨਰ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਨਾ ਰੰਗਾਂ ਦੀ ਦਰੁਸਤ ਪਕੜ ਲਈ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਸਕੈਨਰ ਸੁਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> window will display the <gui>Total file "
+-"system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>, in percentage "
+-"and gigabytes. Click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display "
+-"to <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>."
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "With System Monitor"
+-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਨੀਟਰ ਨਾਲ"
+-
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <gui>System Monitor</"
+-"gui>:"
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Start typing 'System Monitor'."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>System Monitor</gui> icon."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"For each device, the <gui>System Monitor</gui> window displays the Total, "
+-"Free, Available and Used space."
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(section/title)
+-msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(section/p)
+-msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
++"LED ਸਕਰੀਨਾਂ ਵੀ ਸਮਾਂ ਪਾ ਕੇ ਬਦਲ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ, ਪਰ TFT-ਆਂ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੌਲੀ ਦਰ ਨਾਲ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਦਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+-"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Hard disks have a built-in health-check called <em>SMART</em>. This "
+-"continually checks for potential problems, and can warn you if the disk is "
+-"about to fail. This is useful for avoiding future loss of important data."
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:32(section/p)
+-msgid "To check your disk's health status:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:35(item/p) C/disk-partitions.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+-"the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your hard drive in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
+-"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "ਅਸੀਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਜਿਆਦਾ "
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "ਕਿਹੜੇ ਰੰਗ ਮਾਪਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਯੰਤਰ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ ਹਨ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"To see details of the data and tests applied, click on the <gui>SMART Data</"
+-"gui> button located below <gui>SMART Status</gui>."
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(section/title)
+-msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋ-ਮੀਟਰ)"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+-"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+-"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data "
+-"loss. You may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for "
+-"further diagnosis and repair."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 ਮੌਨੀਟਰ (ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋ-ਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ 1, 2 or LT (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ Pro (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki ਡਿਜਾਈਨ ਜਾਂ ਤਸਵੀਰ (ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki ਬਣਾਉ (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 ਅਤੇ 3 (ਕਲਰਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (ਕਲਰੀਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"Pantone Huey ਇਸ ਵੇਲੇ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਸਸਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ "
++"ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+-"drive by formatting it."
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" ਕਿਸਮ ਪਰਾਵਰਤਕ ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a removable disk like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+-"disk, you may wish to completely remove all of the files you have on there. "
+-"You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the "
+-"files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 ਡਿਜੀਟਲ Swatchbook (ਬਿੰਦੂ ਕਿਸਮ ਪਰਾਵਰਤਕ ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (ਬਿੰਦੂ ਅਤੇ ਪੱਟੀ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਪਰਾਵਰਤਕ ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (ਬਿੰਦੂ ਅਤੇ ਪੱਟੀ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਪਰਾਵਰਤਕ ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (ਬਿੰਦੂ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਪਰਾਵਰਤਕ ਸਪੈਕਟਰੋਮੀਟਰ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "ਕਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ ਹਨ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "ਹੇਠਲੀਆਂ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਦੇ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ ਹਨ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP ਡਿਜੀਟਲ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗਜਾਂਚਕਾਰ 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗਜਾਂਚਕਾਰ DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗਜਾਂਚਕਾਰ SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB ਸਕੈਨ 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "ਲੇਜਰਸਾਫਟ DC ਪਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Disk Utility</"
+-"app>."
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the disk you want to wipe in the list on the left side of the window "
+-"and click to select it."
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+-"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"In the window that pops up, choose a <gui>Type</gui> for the disk. This "
+-"chooses what is known as the <em>file system type</em>."
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers as well as "
+-"Linux, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only want to use it on Windows, "
+-"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option."
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+-"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(note/title)
+-msgid "Formatting permanently deletes your files"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਵਿਤਰਕਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਵੀ ਬਣਾਏ ਜਾ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕਿੱਥੋਂ ਲਵਾਂ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Once the drive has been formatted, the files on it will have been completely "
+-"removed, so you can't get them back. It is possible that special recovery "
+-"software could retrieve the files, so formatting a disk is not a completely "
+-"secure way of wiping a disk."
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਦਾ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵਧੀਆ ਢੰਗ ਇਹ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਪ "
++"ਬਣਾਉ, ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਲਾਗਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility "
+-"application."
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+-msgstr "ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪਰਬੰਧ"
+-
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe areas of storage that your "
+-"computer has made available for your use. The computer makes this storage "
+-"accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</"
+-"em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and "
+-"other media."
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+-"identical. \"Partition\" refers to one or more <em>physical</em> areas of "
+-"storage on a single drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be "
+-"called a volume. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible "
+-"“storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵਿਤਰਕ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਭੇਜੇ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਬੇਕਾਰ ਤੋਂ ਵੀ ਭੈੜੇ ਕਿਉਂ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ ਤੇ ਜਿਆਦਾ "
++"ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(steps/title)
+-msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using <app>Disk Utility</app>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+-"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click on a device of interest."
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+-"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+-"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes. Be careful, "
+-"it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these "
+-"utilities."
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+-"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by your operating "
+-"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
+-"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
+-"These files can be distributed among multiple partitions for security or "
+-"convenience."
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+-"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+-"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look for "
+-"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>. External media such "
+-"as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-"readable in bright light."
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(page/title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਚਮਕ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਮੇਰੇ ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਦੇ ਗਲਤ ਹੋਣ ਤੇ ਸੂਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ?"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the "
+-"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
+-"not in use."
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(steps/title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(item/p) C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਸਕਰੀਨ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਨੀਤੀ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਦੀ ਦਿਨਾਂ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਉਮਰ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the "
+-"brightness. These are usually located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> "
+-"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
+-"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
+-"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ EDID ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ, ਇਸਦੀ ਕੋਈ ਮੁੱਕਣ ਦੀ ਮਿਤੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
+-"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
+-"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off "
+-"after</gui> drop-down list."
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੌਨੀਟਰ ਵਿਤਰਕ ਤੋਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨਾ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਆਪ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸ਼ੁੱਧ "
++"ਰੰਗ ਸੁਧਾਰ ਵੱਲ ਵਧੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-"computer."
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਪਰਖਣਾ ਕੋਈ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਔਖਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਅਸੀਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਅਜਮਾਇਸ਼ੀ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਵੀ "
++"ਨਾਲ ਭੇਜਦੇ ਹਾਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਆਪਣੇ-ਆਪ ਲਾਕ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਕਰਾਂ ਕਿ ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਸਹੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
+-"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
+-"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
+-"have the screen lock automatically."
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
+-"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
+-"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
+-"with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui><gui>ਰੰਗ</gui></guiseq> ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਅਜਮਾਇਸ਼ੀ "
++"ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਯੰਤਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਸਾਫ ਸਾਫ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ "
++"ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਦਾ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+-"other devices and media."
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੋਈ ਆਭਾਸੀ ਯੰਤਰ ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਿਤ ਯੰਤਰ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਇਆ "
++"ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "ਆਭਾਸੀ ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਿਤ ਯੰਤਰ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੋਈ ਆਭਾਸੀ ਯੰਤਰ ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਿਤ ਯੰਤਰ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਇਆ "
++"ਹੈ। ਇਸਦੀਆਂ ਉਦਾਹਰਣਾਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. "
+-"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a "
+-"digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you "
+-"plug something in."
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਛਪਾਈ ਦੀ ਦੁਕਾਨ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਅੱਪਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ, ਛਾਪੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ "
++"ਭੇਜੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr "ਡਿਜੀਟਲ ਕੈਮਰੇ ਤੋਂ ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਕਾਰਡ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:25(item/p) C/web-default-email.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how "
+-"media should be handled</gui>."
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਥਾਂ ਪਰਿਭਾਸ਼ਤ ਰੰਗਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਹੱਦ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਥਾਂ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
+-"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
+-"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
+-"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
+-"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+-"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+-"to see a more detailed list of devices."
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:53(note/title)
+-msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB ਅਤੇ ProPhotoRGB ਚਿੱਟੀਆਂ ਤਿਰਕੋਣਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਦਰਸਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+-"plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+-"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Browse files and folders"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home "
+-"folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
+-"servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Browse files by selecting the <app>Files</app> application in the "
+-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Or, search for folders and devices in the "
+-"overview the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
+-"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Places and "
+-"Devices</gui>."
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+-"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+-"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
+-"list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its "
+-"contents in a tree."
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder "
+-"you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the "
+-"root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent "
+-"folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the "
+-"path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its "
+-"properties."
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the "
+-"sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> <gui>Show Sidebar</"
+-"gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and they will "
+-"appear in the sidebar."
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
+-"useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click <guiseq><gui>View</"
+-"gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable the tree sidebar. "
+-"Click the expander next to a folder to show its child folders in the tree, "
+-"or click a folder to open it in the window."
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:12(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਾਪੀ ਕਰਨਾ ਜਾਂ ਭੇਜਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+-"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+-"keyboard shortcuts."
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
+-"contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link xref="
+-"\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:32(steps/title)
+-msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder "
+-"containing the item you want to copy."
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+-"Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new "
+-"window."
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an "
+-"item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if "
+-"both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਕਿਉਂ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, "
+-"such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while "
+-"dragging."
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
+-"dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਕਕਰੀਲੀ ਕੰਧ ਉੱਤੇ ਬੈਠਾ ਇੱਕ ਪੰਛੀ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕੈਮਰੇ ਦੀ ਅੱਖ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਵੇਖਿਆ ਗਿਆ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(steps/title)
+-msgid "Copy and paste files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਚੇਪਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++"ਖਾਸ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਸਰੋਬਾਰ ਹੋਇਆ ਨੀਲਾ ਚੈਨਲ ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਠੰਡੀਆਂ ਵਿਖਾਈ "
++"ਦਿੰਦੀਆਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ। "
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:45(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr "ਇਹ ਉਹ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਕੀ ਵਪਾਰਕ ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੇਖਦਾ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:47(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਵਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
+-"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
+-"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:52(steps/title)
+-msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਵਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
+-"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
+-"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(note/title)
+-msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "ਸੰਪਰਕ ਹਟਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਜੋੜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "ਸੰਪਰਕ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ਨਵਾਂ</gui> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+-"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+-"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਓ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ਸੰਪਰਕ ਬਣਾਉ</gui> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Delete files and folders"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "ਸੰਪਰਕ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:25(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
+-"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be restored "
+-"to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were "
+-"accidentally deleted."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:34(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+-"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
+-"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+-"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
+-"permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash "
+-"from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete "
+-"permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on "
+-"your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you move files to the trash on a removable device such as a USB flash "
+-"drive and do not empty the trash when you <link xref=\"files-removedrive"
+-"\">remove the device</link>, you may not be able to see the deleted files in "
+-"the trash on other operating systems, such as Windows or Mac OS. The files "
+-"are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into "
+-"your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:57(section/title)
+-msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਪੱਕੇ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+-"the trash first."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+-msgstr "ਆਈਟਮ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+-"key on your keyboard."
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+-"delete the file or folder."
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:68(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+-"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+-"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
+-"Trash</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:10(credit/name)
+-msgid "Michael Hill"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਉੱਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਿਖਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer "
+-"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
+-"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:23(item/p)
+-msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select <gui>CD/"
+-"DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</"
+-"gui> window will open."
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+-"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the "
+-"window."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+-"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+-"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+-"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+-"be fine."
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+-msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਲਿਖੋ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+-"additional discs."
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+-"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the "
+-"files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+-"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+-"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
+-"DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Hide a file"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲੁਕਾਉਂਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
+-"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
+-"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
+-"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file <file>example.txt</"
+-"file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
+-"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Show all hidden files"
+-msgstr "ਸਭ ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵੇਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+-"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
+-"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
+-"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
+-"tilde\"/>)."
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
+-"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> again."
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the "
+-"option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager "
+-"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:44(section/title)
+-msgid "Unhide a file"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਵੇਖਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:45(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
+-"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
+-"name."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
+-"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:51(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View</"
+-"gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Find a lost file"
+-msgstr "ਗੁਆਚੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਲੱਭੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+-"tips."
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+-"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+-"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+-"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
+-"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+-"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+-"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+-"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+-"file. You can change the default too."
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Open files with other applications"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+-"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+-"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
+-"for all files of the same type."
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+-"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+-"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
+-"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
+-"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
+-"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+-"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+-"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
+-"known to handle files of that type."
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the default application"
+-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਬਦਲੋ"
+-
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+-"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+-"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
+-"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+-"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+-"<file>.mp3</file> file."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+-"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+-"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
+-"other applications</gui>."
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+-"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+-"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
+-"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
+-"file and selecting it from the list."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+-"all files with the same type."
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:29(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:16(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:30(media/p)
+-msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:34(links/title)
+-msgid "Common tasks"
+-msgstr "ਆਮ ਕੰਮ"
+-
+-#: C/files.page:38(links/title)
+-msgid "More topics"
+-msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਦਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:47(section/title)
+-msgid "Backing up"
+-msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ"
+-
+-#: C/files.page:52(section/title)
+-msgid "Tips and questions"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"
+-msgstr "ਸੰਗੀਤ/ਸਾਊਂਡ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Move your mouse pointer over a music file (or other sound file). A musical "
+-"note icon will appear and the song will start playing. Move the mouse away "
+-"from the file and the song will stop playing."
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Only music files which are in a supported format can be played in this way."
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview-music.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Music files on network shares cannot be previewed in this way by default. To "
+-"change this, see <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
+-"them back from the Trash."
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> or clicking the <gui>Move "
+-"to Trash</gui> option in the right-click menu, the file should be in the "
+-"Trash. To access the Trash:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/files-share.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview."
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Places</gui> menu in the sidebar, click <gui>Trash</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui>Restore</"
+-"gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"If you deleted the file using <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></"
+-"keyseq>, or from the command line, the file can't be recovered using this "
+-"method because it has been permanently deleted."
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+-"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
+-"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
+-"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
+-"it."
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+-"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+-"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
+-"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
+-"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
+-"from your computer."
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+-"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</"
+-"gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically "
+-"ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</"
+-"gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you "
+-"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+-"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
+-"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
+-"will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+-"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
+-"files open."
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-"have open with that application."
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change file or folder name."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/files-rename.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
+-"file and press <key>F2</key>."
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+-"basic#rename\">properties</link> window."
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+-"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+-"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
+-"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
+-"change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(section/title)
+-msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪਰਬੰਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+-"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+-"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
+-"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
+-"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
+-"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</"
+-"key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</"
+-"key>, <key>/</key>."
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+-"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(section/title) C/mouse.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Common problems"
+-msgstr "ਆਮ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:54(item/title)
+-msgid "The name is already used"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+-"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+-"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
+-"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
+-"not always a good idea."
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:63(item/title)
+-msgid "File name too long"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+-"their names. Use a shorter name."
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:67(item/title)
+-msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+-"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
+-"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-"properties-permissions\"/>."
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Search for files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+-"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+-"special folders in your home folder."
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:31(links/title)
+-msgid "Other search applications"
+-msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਖੋਜ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:37(steps/title)
+-msgid "Search"
+-msgstr "ਖੋਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+-"folder."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> "
+-"ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
+-"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
+-"<input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
+-"<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File Type</"
+-"gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file type. "
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to narrow "
+-"based on location and file type. When you make changes, click <gui>Reload</"
+-"gui> to search again."
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+-"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
+-"to the folder."
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+-"quickly."
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:66(steps/title)
+-msgid "Save a search"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖੋਜ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:67(item/p)
+-msgid "Start a search as above."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+-"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui>File</"
+-"gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+-"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+-"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+-"which have similar names."
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Select files by pattern"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਪੈਟਰਨ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਚੁਣੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+-"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
+-"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
+-"available:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+-"all."
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid "For example:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+-"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+-"pattern"
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:38(example/p)
+-msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+-"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+-"all with the pattern"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:43(example/p)
+-msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+-"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+-"edited, select the edited photos with"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:48(example/p)
+-msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲੱਭੋ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:37(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr ""
+-"CD ਆਈਕਾਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਡਿਸਕ ਨਕਲ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:50(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui>. See <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
+-"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Sort files and folders"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+-"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+-"list of common ways to sort files."
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+-"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
+-"but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:31(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon view"
+-msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
+-"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
+-"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
+-"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:34(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+-"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:35(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
+-"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "List view"
+-msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+-"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+-"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+-"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
+-"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
+-"of available columns."
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:46(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view"
+-msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
+-"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
+-"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:51(section/title)
+-msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਢੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(item/title)
+-msgid "By Name"
+-msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(item/title)
+-msgid "By Size"
+-msgstr "ਅਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+-"smallest to largest by default."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
+-msgid "By Type"
+-msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ ਨਾਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+-"together, then sorted by name."
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
+-msgid "By Modification Date"
+-msgstr "ਸੋਧੀ ਤਾਰੀਖ ਨਾਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+-"to newest by default."
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:21(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+-"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+-"the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other applications. It is "
+-"normally safe to delete them, but there really is no need to."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
+-"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
+-"again by repeating one of these steps."
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Noticed a problem with the help?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect "
+-"instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a "
+-"<em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
+-"gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+-"about its status. If you don't already have an account, just click on the "
+-"<gui>New</gui> link to create one."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+-"gui><gui>Desktop</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting "
+-"a bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?"
+-"id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+-"you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+-"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+-"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+-"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"A hardware/device driver is something that allows your computer to use "
+-"devices that are attached to it."
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a driver?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"There are lots of different devices that can be attached to your computer. "
+-"These can include things that are attached to it externally, like printers "
+-"and monitors, to things that are inside the computer itself, like graphics "
+-"cards and sound cards."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+-"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+-"<em>device driver</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+-"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug-in a printer but "
+-"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
+-"Normally, different makes and models of device have different drivers, so "
+-"you can't use the driver for one device to try and get a different device to "
+-"work."
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+-"everything should just work when you plug it in. Some devices don't have "
+-"drivers, however, so may not work. You might need to install the correct "
+-"driver yourself, or the correct driver may not even be available!"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition, some drivers are incomplete or don't work properly. In this "
+-"case, some of the features of your device may not work; for example, you "
+-"might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing."
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Hardware"
+-msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:17(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"hardware#printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#scanning"
+-"\">scanners</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#graphics\">graphics cards</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"hardware#power\">power settings</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#disk\">disk</"
+-"link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:29(page/title)
+-msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:32(links/title)
+-msgid "Drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(links/title)
+-msgid "Other topic groups"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:41(info/title) C/net.page:32(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Troubleshooting"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "Troubleshooting hardware problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:47(section/title) C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p) C/printing.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Printing"
+-msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:62(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Power"
+-msgstr "ਪਾਵਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Power and batteries"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:68(section/title)
+-msgid "Bluetooth"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:72(info/title)
+-msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Disks"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:73(section/title)
+-msgid "Hard disks and other storage devices"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:77(section/title)
+-msgid "Smart cards and fingerprint readers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. "
+-"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Screen problems"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most problems with the display are caused by graphics drivers that aren't "
+-"working properly or the wrong settings being used. Which of the topics below "
+-"best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Keyboard"
+-msgstr "ਕੀਬੋਰਡ"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard "
+-"cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to "
+-"adjust the speed of it:"
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਕੀਬੋਰਡ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+-msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਬਕਸੇ ਅਤੇ ਖੇਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਸਰ ਝਲਕਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:37(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run.png' md5='9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e'"
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+-"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+-"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+-"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+-"languages."
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(item/p) C/session-language.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਖਾਕੇ"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run.png\" width="
+-"\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking <gui>Preview</"
+-"gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+-"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
+-"keyboard layout icon in the top bar. The top bar will display a short string "
+-"identifying the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
+-"use from the menu."
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-"list."
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+-"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+-"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+-"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
+-"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is "
+-"held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the "
+-"<gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to "
+-"begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how "
+-"quickly key presses repeat."
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
+-msgid "April Gonzales"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:32(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the desktop background"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਬਦਲੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a "
+-"simple color or gradient."
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Background</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ</gui> ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref="
+-"\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your "
+-"entire desktop."
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:45(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
+-msgstr "ਸਰੂਪਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਰੂਪ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+-"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+-"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
+-"be a color selector button in the bottom right."
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+-"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also select <gui>Colors &amp; Gradients</gui> to just use a flat "
+-"color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom "
+-"right corner."
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures "
+-"Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking "
+-"the <gui>-</gui> button."
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+-"the right one for your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try "
+-"some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+-"screen look better."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਜਾਂ ਭੇਜਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+-"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+-"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
+-"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+-"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+-"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
+-"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
+-"window on both screens at once."
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46(section/p)
+-msgid "To set-up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਚੇਪਣੀਆਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open "
+-"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+-"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+-"display looks right."
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+-"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+-"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
+-"<em>rotation</em>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To change either of these options, click on your name on the top bar and "
+-"choose <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and open "
+-"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+-"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+-"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:35(section/title)
+-msgid "Resolution"
+-msgstr "ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+-"direction that can be displayed."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. "
+-"Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may "
+-"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait "
+-"for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. "
+-"Otherwise, click <gui>Keep Settings</gui> in the window that appears."
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "Rotation"
+-msgstr "ਘੁੰਮਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many "
+-"directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You "
+-"can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:46(section/p)
+-msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Sound"
+-msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਉ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:topic"
+-msgid "Sound"
+-msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:30(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>..."
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:37(section/title)
+-msgid "Basic sound"
+-msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਸਾਊਂਡ"
+-
+-#: C/media.page:41(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Music and players"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Photos"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:47(section/title)
+-msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Videos"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਪੱਕੇ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:52(section/title)
+-msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:20(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Can't find your answer? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Found a problem?</link> "
+-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Get more help"
+-msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਮੱਦਦ ਲਵੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "ਆਈਟਮ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ"
+-
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Common mouse problems"
+-msgstr "ਆਮ ਮਾਊਸ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/mouse.page:34(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Common problems"
+-msgstr "ਆਮ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+-"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+-"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
+-"after your last key stroke."
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab, select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਉੱਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਿਖਣੀਆਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+-"double-click."
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+-"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+-"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
+-"mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
+-"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
+-"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
+-"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+-"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
+-"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
+-"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
+-"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
+-"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
+-"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
+-"titlebar to test the current value."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+-msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ, ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਏ, ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਓ।"
+-
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+-"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਲਿਖੋ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings "
+-"will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+-"more."
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Middle-click"
+-msgstr "ਵਿਚਲਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+-"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+-"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
+-"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
+-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਲੁਕਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+-"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+-"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
+-"the mouse position."
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+-"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+-"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+-"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+-"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
+-"applications overview."
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "ਸਭ ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵੇਖੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+-"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+-"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
+-"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
+-"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
+-"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
+-"key>."
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+-"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+-"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
+-"had double-clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਵਿਖਾਉਣੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+-"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+-"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move mouse pointer with "
+-"keypad."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using keypad"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+-"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "ਗੁਆਚੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਲੱਭੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+-"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+-"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+-"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
+-"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
+-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+-"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+-"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
+-"or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key "
+-"which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, "
+-"however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where "
+-"your mouse pointer is."
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, "
+-"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+-"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+-"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:20(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+-"computer."
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+-"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+-"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
+-"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
+-"if it was not plugged in."
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Type <input>gnome-terminal</input>. A terminal window will open."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:51(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
+-"grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+-"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+-"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
+-"of it."
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+-"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+-"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-in"
+-"\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working condition</link>."
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+-"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+-"of your mouse."
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+-"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+-"detected properly."
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90(section/p)
+-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+-"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+-"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
+-"broken."
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:101(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:105(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+-"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:121(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+-"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+-"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+-"this is the case."
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:135(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+-"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+-"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
+-"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
+-"devices."
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
+-"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your "
+-"pointer initially moves when you move your mouse. The farther you move your "
+-"mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves relative to your movement. "
+-"This helps you get the pointer across the screen without lifting your hand, "
+-"while still letting you point and click accurately. Acceleration controls "
+-"this behavior."
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
+-"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
+-"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
+-"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+-"without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and "
+-"touchpad settings."
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To "
+-"double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you "
+-"can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-"
+-"tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you "
+-"want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware "
+-"buttons to right-click."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
+-"using two fingers."
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
+-"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
+-"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
+-"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
+-"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
+-"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
+-"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
+-"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
+-"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+-"touchpad."
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59(note/p)
+-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+-"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
+-"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
+-"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+-"\"copy protected\"."
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+-"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+-"computer and then copied it over."
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+-"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+-"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
+-"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
+-"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
+-"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
+-"that format so that you can play it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+-"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+-"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
+-"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
+-"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
+-"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
+-"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but few of these are supported "
+-"on Linux."
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">ਗੁਣ</link> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ "
++"ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਮ ਵੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਦੇ ਹੋ, ਫਾਈਲ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹੀ ਚੁਣਿਆ "
++"ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਫਾਈਲ ਐਕਸਟੈਂਸ਼ਨ (. ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਾਲਾ ਹਿੱਸਾ) ਨਹੀਂ। ਐਕਸਟੈਂਸ਼ਨ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇਹ "
++"ਦੱਸਦੀ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਸ ਕਿਸਮ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ <file>file.pdf</file> ਇੱਕ PDF "
++"ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਹੈ) ਦੀ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੋਗੇ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ "
++"ਐਕਸਟੈਂਸ਼ਨ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਵੀ ਹੈ, ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਸਾਰਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ ਤੇ ਬਦਲ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਲਤ ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਗਲਤ ਬਦਲ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ, "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਦਲੇ ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਪਸ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਵਾਲਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਪਸ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ, ਉਸੇ "
++"ਵੇਲੇ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਗਰਾਰੀ ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਮੁੜ-ਪਹਿਲਾਂ</gui> ਨੂੰ "
++"ਪਹਿਲੇ ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਪਸ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਵਾਂ ਲਈ ਢੁਕਵੇਂ ਅੱਖਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ <key>/</key> (ਸਲੈਸ਼) ਅੱਖਰ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਅੱਖਰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਕੁੱਝ ਯੰਤਰ, "
++"ਐਪਰ, ਅਜਿਹਾ <em>ਫਾਈਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ</em> ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹਨ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਵਾਂ ਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਵੀ "
++"ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਲਈ, ਵਧੀਆ ਕੰਮ ਇਹ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਾ "
++"ਵਰਤੋ: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</"
++"key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+-"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
+-"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
+-"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
+-"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
+-"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਪਹਿਲੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਵਜੋਂ <key>.</key> ਵਰਤੋਗੋ, ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਈਲ "
++"ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ ਫਾਈਲ <link xref=\"files-hidden\">ਲੁਕਵੀਂ</"
++"link> ਰਹੇਗੀ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+-"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+-"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
+-"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕੋ ਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਦੋ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਅਜਿਹੇ ਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਜੋ ਉਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ "
++"ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ, ਫਾਈਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਅਕਾਰ ਲਈ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸ ਲਈ <file>File.txt</"
++"file> ਅਤੇ <file>FILE.txt</file> ਇੱਕੋ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਤਰੰਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਨਾਂ ਰੱਖਣਾ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਵਾਨ ਹੈ, ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਲੰਬਾ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+-"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+-"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+-"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
+-"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
+-"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
+-"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
+-"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
+-"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
+-"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+-msgstr ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਫਾਈਲ ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਤੇ, ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ 255 ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ। ਇਸ 255 "
++"ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਹੱਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਤੱਕ ਦਾ ਰਾਹ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ "
++"ਲਈ, <file>/ਘਰ/wanda/ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ/work/business-proposals/… </file>), ਇਸ ਲਈ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਹੋ ਸਕੇ ਲੰਬੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਵਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਫਿੱਕੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+-"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+-"use them."
+-msgstr ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ <gui>ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ</gui> ਫਿੱਕੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਫਾਈਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ "
++"ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਅਜਿਹੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਤਰਕਤਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ, "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਅਸੰਤੁਲਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। "
++"ਜਿਆਦਾ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਆਧਾਰ ਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਲੱਭੋ। ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਖੋਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ "
++"ਸੰਭਾਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+-"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+-"This is because iPods need to be set-up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
+-"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿੱਧਾ ਹੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਆਧਾਰ ਤੇ "
++"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਖੋਜਾਂ "
++"ਸੰਭਾਲ ਵੀ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਅਤੇ ਉਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਪਰਗਟ "
++"ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਖੋਜ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "ਖੋਜ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+-"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the "
+-"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
+-"or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਤਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਹ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਪਈਆਂ ਹਨ, ਉਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you have finished set-up, the iPod should work normally when you plug "
+-"it into a Linux computer."
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਵੱਡਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਸ਼ੀਸ਼ੇ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਜਾਂ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+-"an audio player."
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜਿਹੜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਤਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਉਸ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ ਉਹ ਲਿਖੋ। "
++"ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਬਿੱਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ \"ਬਿੱਲ\" ਸ਼ਬਦ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, "
++"<input>ਬਿੱਲ</input> ਲਿਖੋ। <key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ। ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਆਕਾਰ ਦਾ ਖਿਆਲ "
++"ਕੀਤਿਆਂ ਮੇਲ਼ੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਤੀਜਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਸਮ ਨਾਲ ਹੋਰ ਕੇਂਦਰਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+-"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+-"properly recognized as an audio player."
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਘਰ</gui> ਤੇ ਖੋਜ ਨਤੀਜਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ <file>ਘਰ</file> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੱਕ ਸੀਮਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਜਾਂ ਹਰ ਜਗ੍ਹਾ ਖੋਜਣ ਲਈ<gui>ਸੱਭ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+-"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+-"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
+-"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
+-"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
+-"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
+-"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
+-"device as an audio player."
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਸਮ ਤੇ ਆਧਾਰਿਤ ਖੋਜ ਨਤੀਜਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੀਮਿਤ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਲਈ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਲਮਕਵੀਂ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ <gui>ਫਾਈਲ ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ "
++"ਅਤੇ ਖੋਜ ਨਤੀਜਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਫੈਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ <key>x</key> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+-"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+-"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
+-"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੋਜ ਨਤੀਜਿਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ, ਨਕਲ, ਮਿਟਾ, ਜਾਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਬਿਲਕੁਲ ਉਵੇਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੀਤਾ "
++"ਹੁੰਦਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+-"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+-"should say in its manual if it is."
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖੋਜ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਆਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੇ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਡਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਸ਼ੀਸੇ ਤੇ "
++"ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+-"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+-"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
+-"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq>."
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਖੋਜਾਂ ਆਮ ਹੀ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੀ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਤੱਕ ਛੇਤੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ "
++"ਲਈ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+-"trash behavior."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ, ਚੱਲਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਰੱਦੀ ਦਾ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖੋਜ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr "ਉਪਰੋਕਤ ਵਾਂਗੂ ਇੱਕ ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
+-"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
+-"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੋਜ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਖੁਸ਼ ਹੋਵੋ, ਗਰਾਰੀ ਵਾਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ "
++"<gui>ਖੋਜ ਇੰਝ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(section/title)
+-msgid "Behavior"
+-msgstr "ਰਵੱਈਆ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:40(title/gui)
+-msgid "Single click to open items"
+-msgstr "ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕਲਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(title/gui)
+-msgid "Double click to open items"
+-msgstr "ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਡਬਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+-"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+-"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+-"while clicking to select one or more files."
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖੋਜ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਉ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋ, "
++"ਖੋਜ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਖੋਜਾਂ ਵੱਡਦਰਸ਼ੀ ਸ਼ੀਸੇ ਬਣੇ ਹੋਏ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਤਰੀ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਜੋਂ "
++"ਵੇਖੋਗੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੰਮ ਚੁੱਕੋ ਤਾਂ ਖੋਜ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਖੋਜ ਨੂੰ ਇਵੇਂ ਹੀ <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">ਮਿਟਾਉ</link> ਜਿਵੇਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹੋਰ ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਮਿਟਾਉਗੇ। ਜਦੋਂ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਹੋਈ ਖੋਜ ਮਿਟਾਉਂਦੇ ਹੋ, ਅਜਿਹਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਉਹ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਟਾਉਂਦਾ "
++"ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਖੋਜ ਨੇ ਮਿਲਾਈਆਂ ਸਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(title/gui)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
+-"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
+-"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
+-"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
+-"own window by default."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮਿਲਦੇ ਜੁਲਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਬਹੁਤੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</"
++"key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/title)
+-msgid "Executable text files"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਪੈਟਰਨ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+-"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions#files"
+-"\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. "
+-"The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions ."
+-"sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਪੈਟਰਨ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> ਨੂੰ <gui>ਮੇਲ ਖਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਚੀਜਾਂ "
++"ਚੁਣੋ</gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਪਰ ਲਿਆਉਣ ਲਈ ਦੱਬੋ। ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਆਮ ਜਿਹੇ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਵਾਈਲਡ ਕਾਰਡ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਟਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖੋ। ਦੋ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਵਾਈਲਡ ਕਾਰਡ "
++"ਅੱਖਰ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
+-"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
+-"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking "
+-"if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
+ msgstr ""
++"<file>*</file> ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਚਾਹੇ ਕੋਈ ਅੱਖਰ "
++"ਬਿਲਕੁਲ ਵੀ ਨਾ ਹੋਣ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(info/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(section/title)
+-msgid "Trash"
+-msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr "<file>?</file> ਕਿਸੇ ਇੱਕ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਾਲ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(title/gui)
+-msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
+-msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਪੁੱਛੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+-"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+-"files."
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਇੱਕੋ ਆਧਾਰ ਨਾਂ <file>ਬਿੱਲ</file> ਵਾਲੀ ਇੱਕ OpenDocument ਪਾਠ "
++"ਫਾਈਲ, ਇੱਕ PDF ਫਾਈਲ, ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਹੈ, ਪੈਟਰਨ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਤਿੰਨ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78(title/gui)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
+-msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ ਨੂੰ ਬਾਏ-ਪਾਸ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਹਟਾਓ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>ਬਿੱਲ.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
+-"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
+-"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਕੁੱਝ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ ਜਿਵੇਂ <file>ਛੁੱਟੀਆਂ-001."
++"jpg</file>, <file>ਛੁੱਟੀਆਂ-002.jpg</file>, <file>ਛੁੱਟੀਆਂ-003.jpg</file> ਹੈ; "
++"ਪੈਟਰਨ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਤਿੰਨ ਚੁਣੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>ਛੁੱਟੀਆਂ-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+-"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+-"to recover the deleted item."
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਵਾਂਗ ਹੀ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਸੰਪਾਦਿਤ "
++"ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਪਾਦਿਤ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਅੰਤ ਵਿੱਚ <file>-"
++"ਸੋਧੀਆਂ</file> ਜੋੜ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ, ਸੰਪਾਦਿਤ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਜੋੜੋ, ਹਟਾਓ ਜਾਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧ"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>ਛੁੱਟੀਆਂ-???-ਸੋਧੀਆਂ.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
+-"manager."
+-msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਤੋਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੌਖਿਆਂ ਹੀ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(steps/title)
+-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹਟਾਓ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<menuchoice><guimenu>ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧ...</"
+-"guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੌਖਿਆਂ ਹੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਤੋਂ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਹੀ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ "
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ, ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ <app>ਈਵੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ</"
++"app> ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(steps/title)
+-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਦਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਫਾਈਲ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਸਾਂਝੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<menuchoice><guimenu>ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਇੱਕ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ</guimenuitem>"
+-"</"
+-"menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
+-msgid "Rename a bookmark"
+-msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲੱਭੋ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"rename."
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+-msgstr "<guilabel>ਨਾਂ</guilabel>: ਕਸਟਮ ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਲਿਖੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+-"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+-"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
+-"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
+-"than the name of the folder it points to."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+-"WebDAV."
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+-"that server, exactly as if they were on your local machine or removable "
+-"device. This is a convenient way to download or upload files, or to share "
+-"files with users on your local network."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> "
+-"from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on "
+-"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you "
+-"want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the "
+-"computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server."
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(steps/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a file server"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "ਆਈਕਨ ਝਾਤ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to Server</"
+-"gui></guiseq>."
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
+-"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
+-"on server types are listed below."
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name. For "
+-"computers on your local area network, however, you may have to use the "
+-"computer's numeric IP address. If the other computer is running GNOME, see "
+-"<link xref=\"net-findip\"/> to find that computer's internal IP address. "
+-"Otherwise, check the help on that computer."
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. Browse the files "
+-"and folders just as you would for local files and folders."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਾਤ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Connecting to a server will also add that server to the sidebar so you can "
+-"access it quickly in the future. If you do not see the sidebar in the file "
+-"manager, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui> <gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Sidebar</"
+-"gui></guiseq>."
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password. You may not have permissions to perform certain actions "
+-"on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably "
+-"not be able to delete files."
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(terms/title)
+-msgid "Types of servers"
+-msgstr "ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਢੰਗ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(item/title)
+-msgid "SSH"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+-"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
+-"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+-"so that other users on your network can't sniff it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/title)
+-msgid "FTP (with login)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "ਅਕਾਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+-"FTP is a popular protocol for exchanging files on the Internet. Because data "
+-"is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+-"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
+-"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
+-"upload files."
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(item/title)
+-msgid "Public FTP"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ ਦੁਆਰਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
+-"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "ਸੋਧੀ ਤਾਰੀਖ ਦੁਆਰਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(item/title)
+-msgid "Windows share"
+-msgstr "Windows (ਵਿੰਡੋ) ਸਾਂਝ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+-"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+-"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
+-"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
+-"share from the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/title)
+-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+-"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+-"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
+-"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so your password and "
+-"data can't be sniffed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਵਿੱਚ ਬਟਨ ਹਨ, ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager display preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਪਸੰਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
+-"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
+-"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon captions"
+-msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਸੁਰਖੀ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(media/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਪੇਸ਼ਕਾਰੀ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+-"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+-"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
+-"modified."
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
+-"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
+-"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
+-"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:44(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+-"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+-"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+-"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(section/title)
+-msgid "Date format"
+-msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:54(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
+-"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
+-"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
+-"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
+-"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
+-"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
+-"showing the current date and time in that format."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+-"applications."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "File properties"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can view information about a file in the file properties dialog. To view "
+-"the properties for a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+-"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The file properties dialog shows you information like the file type, size, "
+-"and modification time. If you need this information often, you can have it "
+-"displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link "
+-"xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The file properties dialog also allow you to <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-"properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> and <link xref=\"files-"
+-"open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an "
+-"extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(terms/title)
+-msgid "Basic properties"
+-msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:57(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
+-msgid "Name"
+-msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"The name of the file. You can rename the file by changing this field. You "
+-"can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-"
+-"rename\"/>."
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:63(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(title/gui)
+-msgid "Type"
+-msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"The type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG "
+-"image. The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses. The file type "
+-"determines which applications can open the file, among other things. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information."
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "Contents"
+-msgstr "ਸਮੱਗਰੀ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder. It "
+-"shows the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other "
+-"folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains "
+-"further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is "
+-"empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui)
+-msgid "Size"
+-msgstr "ਅਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"This field is displayed if you are looking at an item other than a folder. "
+-"The size may be stated as bytes, KB, MB, or GB. In the case of the last "
+-"three, the size in bytes will be stated in parentheses."
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:80(item/p)
+-msgid "1 KB = 1 024 bytes"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/p)
+-msgid "1 MB = 1 048 576 bytes"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
+-msgid "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਕੰਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:88(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(title/gui)
+-msgid "Location"
+-msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:89(item/p)
+-msgid "The absolute path to your item."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
+-msgid "Volume"
+-msgstr "ਵਾਲੀਅਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਲੈਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you the "
+-"storage medium the file is on, such as a <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
+-"partition</link> on your computer, an external drive or optical disc, or a "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/title)
+-msgid "Free Space"
+-msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For folders, the amount of free space left for new files on the containing "
+-"volume."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:109(item/title)
+-msgid "Accessed"
+-msgstr "ਹੋਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:110(item/p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:114(item/title)
+-msgid "Modified"
+-msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:115(item/p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+-msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਨੋਟ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Set file permissions"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you "
+-"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+-"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+-"on the types of permissions you can set."
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+-"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+-"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
+-"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+-"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+-"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
+-"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
+-"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
+-"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
+-"to."
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+-"the file's group."
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+-"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+-"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
+-"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:63(title/gui)
+-msgid "Folders"
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+-"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+-"groups, and other users."
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+-"set for a file."
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(title/gui)
+-msgid "None"
+-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71(item/p)
+-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(title/gui)
+-msgid "List files only"
+-msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਫਾਇਲ ਲਿਸਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+-"able to open, create, or delete files."
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(title/gui)
+-msgid "Access files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਪਹੁੰਚ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+-"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+-"new files or delete files."
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(title/gui)
+-msgid "Create and delete files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
+ msgid ""
+-"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
+-"creating, and deleting files."
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+-"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
+-"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
+-"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
+-"horizontal line across it)."
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
+-"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
+-"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
+-"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਲਿਸਟ ਕਾਲਮ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
+-"manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-"guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns "
+-"will be visible."
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:26(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+-"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:33(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+-"audio, and more."
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Modified"
+-msgstr "ਸੋਧ ਮਿਤੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Accessed"
+-msgstr "ਵਰਤਣ ਮਿਤੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:51(item/p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(title/gui)
+-msgid "Group"
+-msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
+ msgid ""
+-"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+-"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+-"might be in groups according to department or project."
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:61(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਸਰੋਤ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(title/gui)
+-msgid "MIME Type"
+-msgstr "MIME ਕਿਸਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:65(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+-msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(title/gui)
+-msgid "Permissions"
+-msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+-"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+-"who owns the file."
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+-"group that owns the file."
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+-"for all other users on the system."
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+-msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ (ਸਥਾਪਨ) ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
+-msgid "r : Read permission."
+-msgstr "r :  ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
+-msgid "w : Write permission."
+-msgstr "w : ਲਿਖਣ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "x : Execute permission."
+-msgstr "x : ਚਲਾਉਣ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:92(item/p)
+-msgid "- : No permission."
+-msgstr "- : ਕੋਈ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਨਹੀਂ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(title/gui)
+-msgid "Octal Permissions"
+-msgstr "ਓਕਟਲ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
+-"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
+-"user class, group class and other users respectively."
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:102(item/p)
+-msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(title/gui)
+-msgid "Owner"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਲਕ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:107(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(title/gui)
+-msgid "SELinux Context"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:112(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+-msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and "
+-"can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large "
+-"files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any "
+-"file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-"guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
+-"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the "
+-"internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the "
+-"network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview "
+-"options to <gui>Always</gui>."
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text Files"
+-msgstr "ਟੈਕਸਟ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
+-"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
+-"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
+-"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
+-msgid "Other Previewable Files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
+-"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
+-"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
+-"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
+-"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
+-"below a certain file size."
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(title/gui)
+-msgid "Sound Files"
+-msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
+-"files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or "
+-"turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+-"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+-"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
+-"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
+-"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+-"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+-"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(section/title)
+-msgid "Default view"
+-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(title/gui)
+-msgid "View new folders using"
+-msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
+-"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
+-"can use these views by default."
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
+-"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(title/gui)
+-msgid "Arrange items"
+-msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਇਕਸਾਰ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
+-"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
+-"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
+-"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
+-"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/"
+-"> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
+-"the default order used in new folders."
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(title/gui)
+-msgid "Sort folders before files"
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, select this option."
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(title/gui)
+-msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+-msgstr "ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
+-"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
+-"open file manager window, select this option."
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:78(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon view defaults"
+-msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:104(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(title/gui)
+-msgid "Default zoom level"
+-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਝਲਕ ਲੈਵਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text beside icons"
+-msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਨਾਲ ਆਈਕਾਨ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
+-"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
+-"to see more information at once."
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:100(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view defaults"
+-msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਤ ਝਲਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:105(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
+-"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(title/gui)
+-msgid "All columns have the same width"
+-msgstr "ਸਭ ਕਾਲਮਾਂ ਦੀ ਇਕੋ ਚੌੜਾਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਬਕਸੇ ਅਤੇ ਖੇਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਸਰ ਝਲਕਾਉਣੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
+-"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
+-"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
+-"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
+-"the end."
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:123(section/title)
+-msgid "List view defaults"
+-msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(section/title)
+-msgid "Tree view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:138(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
+-"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
+-"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-"network."
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
+-"network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to "
+-"it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them, "
+-"for example. With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you "
+-"would connect both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base "
+-"station or router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc "
+-"network will still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"On one of the computers, click the network icon on the top bar and select "
+-"<gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then "
+-"look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "ਇਹ <key>ਸੁਪਰ</key> ਬਟਨ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people "
+-"will be able to see."
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ <key>ਸੁਪਰ</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਦੇ ਹੋ, ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ। ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦੇ ਥੱਲੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ <key>Alt</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੇ "
++"ਨਾਲ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇਸ ਉਪਰ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦਾ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕਦੇ ਕਦੇ "
++"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ <em>ਵਿੰਡੋ ਬਟਨ</em> ਜਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬਟਨ ਕਿਹਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਐਪਲ ਦਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਜਗ੍ਹਾ <key>⌘</key> "
++"(ਕਮਾਂਡ) ਬਟਨ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਿਸ ਬਟਨ ਨਾਲ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings "
+-"at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ <gui>ਸਿਸਟਮ</gui>, ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ <gui>ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "ਧੁਰ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਪਰਿਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "ਇੱਛਤ ਬਟਨ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਣ ਦੱਬ ਕੇ ਰੱਖੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"On the other computer, click the network icon on the top bar and look for a "
+-"network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or two to appear in "
+-"the list."
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Click it to connect to the ad-hoc network. You will be able to access "
+-"network shares and so on, like you would if both computers were connected to "
+-"a conventional wireless network."
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running "
+-"Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux "
+-"computer and connect to it using the other computer."
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, "
+-"so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:55(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
+-msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਅਤੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕੇ ਜੋੜ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਦਲਾ ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕੇ ਵਰਤੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's "
+-"not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
+-"password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:58(section/p)
+-msgid "To add a password:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ <gui>ਖੇਤਰ &amp; ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</gui>।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:62(item/p) C/net-manual.page:26(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:28(item/p) C/net-otherscontrol.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
+-"click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the <gui>Security</"
+-"gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers "
+-"connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to "
+-"enter the password on each of them."
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+-"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+-"background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their "
+-"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+-"it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+-"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
+-"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
+-"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+-"worry about them at the moment."
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+-"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+-"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
+-"or search online - a number of applications are available."
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+-msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੋਧ"
+-
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+-"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+-"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+-"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+-"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:41(section/title) C/net-editcon.page:107(section/title)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:141(section/title)
+-msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:44(title/gui)
+-msgid "Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+-"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+-"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+-"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
+-"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:50(title/gui)
+-msgid "Available to all users"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+-"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+-"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
+-"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
+-"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
+-"password themselves."
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:58(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:61(title/gui)
+-msgid "SSID"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+-"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+-"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
+-"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:66(title/gui)
+-msgid "Mode"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+-"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+-"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+-"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+-"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:68(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+-"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+-"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
+-"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
+-"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
+-"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
+-"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
+-"you can change which channel you are using too."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:72(title/gui)
+-msgid "BSSID"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+-"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+-"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
+-"that's supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it "
+-"will have a BSSID."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:77(title/gui)
+-msgid "Device MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+ msgid ""
+-"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+-"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+-"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
+-"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:83(title/gui)
+-msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+-"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+-"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+-"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
+-"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
+-"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
+-"address rather than its real one."
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:88(title/gui)
+-msgid "MTU"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+-"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+-"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+-"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
+-"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
+-"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
+-"connection is."
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:96(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless Security"
+-msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:99(title/gui) C/net.page:59(section/title)
+-msgid "Security"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+-"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+-"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+-"you're visiting and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+-"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+-"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
+-"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
+-"encryption."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+-"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+-"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+-"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:110(section/p)
+-msgid "The following methods are available:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:113(title/gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:114(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+-"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+-"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+-"connected to the network which decides which settings your computer should "
+-"have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be "
+-"assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:118(title/gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:119(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+-"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+-"DNS server to use)."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:123(title/gui)
+-msgid "Manual"
+-msgstr "ਖੁਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:124(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+-"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:128(title/gui)
+-msgid "Link-Local Only"
+-msgstr "ਕੇਵਲ ਲਿੰਕ-ਲੋਕਲ"
+-
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:129(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+-"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+-"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
+-"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
+-"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
+-"so they communicate amongst themselves."
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:133(title/gui)
+-msgid "Disabled"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:134(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+-"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+-"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+-"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
+-"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:142(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+-"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+-"at the moment."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Find your IP address"
+-msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ IP ਐਡਰੈਸ ਲੱਭੋ"
+-
+-#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+-"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
+-"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+-"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
+-"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click on the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"CD ਆਈਕਾਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਡਿਸਕ ਨਕਲ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(page/p) C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<guibutton>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guilabel> ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</"
+-"guilabel> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:36(page/p)
+-msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+-"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+-"link>."
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Your system may be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs "
+-"from being accessible by other network users."
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many GNOME programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you "
+-"can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on "
+-"how you installed GNOME, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these "
+-"services to work as intended. For instance, if your GNOME desktop was "
+-"installed along with a larger software distribution, the firewall may also "
+-"be pre-configured by the vendor."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
+-"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
+-"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow access, follow these steps."
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To locate your system's firewall tool, open the Overview, and type \"firewall"
+-"\"."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If this step doesn't locate the appropriate tool, consult the documentation "
+-"for your overall operating system for the correct application name. To open "
+-"the application, hit <keyseq type=\"combo\"><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></"
+-"keyseq>, type that name, and hit <key>Enter</key>."
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"To allow access to the desired port number through the firewall, enable the "
+-"port. To block access, disable the port. Repeat this step as needed."
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+-"the firewall tool."
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at a list of programs that can be allowed through your system's "
+-"firewall."
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Firewall port list"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"The following table lists ports used by your system's firewall to <link xref="
+-"\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to GNOME programs over "
+-"the network. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't "
+-"complete. Instead, it presents some of the most common ports you may want to "
+-"configure on your system. In some cases, the vendor of your GNOME desktop "
+-"may have pre-configured access to these ports when the system was installed."
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
+-msgid "Port"
+-msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
+-msgid "Description"
+-msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
+-msgid "5353/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
+-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Allows systems to find each other, and describe their service offerings, "
+-"without you having to configure it"
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
+-msgid "631/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
+-msgid "631/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
+-msgid "5298/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
+-msgid "Presence"
+-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਗੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to advertise your status, such as \"online\" or \"busy\""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
+-msgid "5900/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
+-msgid "Remote desktop"
+-msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your desktop for viewing or remote assistance"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "3689/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
+-msgid "Music sharing"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
+-"services."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This article explains how to create a fixed (or static) IP address on your "
+-"local network. Depending on the plan you have with your Internet service "
+-"provider (or ISP), you may or may not have a fixed IP address on the "
+-"internet. If you are not sure which type of connection you have from your "
+-"service provider, contact your provider for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid "Here is how to create a fixed IP address on your network:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure that your ethernet cable is plugged into the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and select "
+-"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Wired</gui> from the list of connection types, and then click "
+-"<gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<guilabel>ਅਧਿਕਾਰ</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+-"If no connection information exists, or if you want to set up a new "
+-"connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Enter the desired <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Net Mask</em>, and <em>Gateway</"
+-"em> information into the appropriate boxes."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"If necessary, enter desired <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the "
+-"<gui>DNS servers</gui> box."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Close the network settings window."
+-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਕਸ ਹੋਇਆ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸ਼ਿਫਟ</key><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>ਟੈਬ</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
+-"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+-"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
+-"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦੀ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦੀ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਅਦਲਾ-ਬਦਲੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਸਧਾਰਣ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਲੁਕਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ੧ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ੨ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ੩ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ੪ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "ਸੱਜੇ ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "ਉੱਪਰ ਵਾਲੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "ਥੱਲੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦਾ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "ਖੇਤਰ ਦਾ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਦਰਜ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਅਤੇ ਮੀਡੀਆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਮੂਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਮੂਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਘਟਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਵਧਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "ਮੀਡੀਆ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਮੀਡੀਆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "ਚਲਾਉ (ਜਾਂ ਚਲਾਉ/ਵਿਰਾਮ)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਚਲਣ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "ਪਲੇਅਬੈਕ ਵਿਰਾਮ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਵਿਰਾਮ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "ਪਲੇਅਬੈਕ ਰੋਕੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਰੋਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "ਪਿਛਲਾ ਟਰੈਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਪਿਛਲੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "ਅਗਲਾ ਟਰੈਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਅਗਲੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਆਊਟ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਤਸ਼ਤਰੀ ਵਿਖਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਸੂਚਨਾ ਉੱਤੇ ਧਿਆਨ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਵਿਖਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "ਅਗਲੇ ਇੰਨਪੁਟ ਸਰੋਤ ਤੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋਵੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੇ ਇੰਨਪੁਟ ਸਰੋਤ ਤੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋਵੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੀਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਚਾਬੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "ਅੰਦਰ ਨੂੰ ਜ਼ੂਮ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਨੂੰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਪਰਲਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਵਧਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਘਟਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਗੂੜ੍ਹਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਮੇਨੂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਮੋਡ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਤਮ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਡੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਮੁੜ-ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "ਰੰਗਤ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲੁਕਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਹਿਲਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਸਭ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਉਭਾਰੋ, ਜੇ ਢੱਕੀ ਹੈ, ਨਹੀਂ ਤਾਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਭੇਜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਤੋਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਆਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਤੋਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਲੈ ਜਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਖੜਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਵੱਡੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲੇਟਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਵੱਡੀ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਵੰਡਵੀਂ ਝਾਤ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਵੰਡਵੀਂ ਝਾਤ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਿਸੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ "
++"ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr "ਉਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਆਈਟਮ ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr "ਉਹ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੇ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਖੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "ਚੁਣਿੰਦਾ ਸਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਖੁਦ ਦਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+-"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕੇ</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"cursor-blink\">ਕਰਸਰ ਝਪਕਣਾ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ "
++"ਅਸੈੱਸਿਬਿਲਟੀ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid "You can easily identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "ਖੇਤਰ &amp; ਭਾਸ਼ਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਤਸਵੀਰ, ਰੰਗ, ਜਾਂ ਪੜਾਅਵਾਰ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਵਜੋਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:37(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In practice, a MAC address may sometimes legitimately need to be modified, "
+-"or \"spoofed.\" For example, some internet service providers may require "
+-"that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network "
+-"card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the service "
+-"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:18(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Manually set network settings"
+-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+-"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+-"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
+-"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
+-"router or switch."
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:22(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੋਧਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਾਲਪੇਪਰ ਦੀ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr "ਉੱਥੇ ਸਿਖਰ ਤੇ ਤਿੰਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the network connection that you want to set-up manually. For example, "
+-"if you plug-in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click <gui>Edit</"
+-"gui>."
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+-"option to <gui>Manual</gui>."
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਉਸੇ ਵੇਲੇ ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+-"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+-"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
+-"after typing each address."
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">ਕਿਸੇ ਖਾਲੀ "
++"ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋਵੋ</link>।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+-"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਰੈਜੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ ਗਲਤ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+-"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
+-"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
+-"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
+-"example."
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਪਰਦੇ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹੋਣ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+-"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+-"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
+-"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+-"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+-"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
+-"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. Click to select it "
+-"and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+-"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
+-"do this."
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਉਪਰਲੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ "
++"ਕਰੋ। <gui>ਪਰਦੇ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮਿਰਰ ਪਰਦੇ</gui> ਤੋਂ ਠੀਕਾ ਹਟਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+-"entering any further details."
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+-"connection settings."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:18(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
+-msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਨ ਦਿਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਘੁਮਾਉ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+-"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+-"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
+-"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
+-"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+-"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+-"connection."
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਇੱਛਤ ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੇ ਘੁਮਾਉ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+-"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the "
+-"computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
+-"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
+-"the connection."
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:27(steps/title)
+-msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
+-"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+-"admin users can do this."
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "ਘੁੰਮਾਉਣਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+-"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net#problems\">Connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"net#wireless\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net#wired\">wired</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"net#sharing\">sharing files</link>, <link xref=\"net#security"
+-"\">security</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">anti-virus</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:28(page/title)
+-msgid "Internet &amp; networking"
+-msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ &amp; ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ, ਵਿਡੀਉ &amp; ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:34(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Troubleshooting internet connection problems"
+-msgstr "ਸਿੱਧਾ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:39(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Wireless"
+-msgstr ""
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ਼"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless connections"
+-msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ਼"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:46(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Wired"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">ਆਵਾਜ</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">ਸਪੀਕਰ ਅਤੇ ਹੈੱਡਫੋਨ</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">ਮਾਈਕਰੋਫੋਨ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:48(section/title)
+-msgid "Wired connections"
+-msgstr "ਤਾਰ ਵਾਲੇ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਆਵਾਜ਼"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:53(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Sharing files"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਾਂਝ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "ਸੰਗੀਤ ਅਤੇ ਪਲੇਅਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:55(section/title)
+-msgid "Sharing files on the network"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:73(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "VPN"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਡਿਜੀਟਲ ਕੈਮਰੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:75(section/title)
+-msgid "VPN connections"
+-msgstr "VPN ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "ਵਿਡੀਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "ਵਿਡੀਉ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਡੀਉ ਕੈਮਰੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+-"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਮੱਦਦ ਲਵੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+-"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+-"wrong."
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮਾਊਸ &amp; ਟੱਚਪੈਡ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਟੱਚਪੈਡ</gui> ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਲਿਖਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਉੱਪਰ ਠੀਕਾ ਮਾਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਟੱਚਪੈਡ</gui> ਹਿੱਸਾ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਪਰਗਟ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤੇ ਟੱਚਪੈਡ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+-"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you "
+-"have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing "
+-"the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless "
+-"security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select "
+-"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for "
+-"a WEP-encrypted connection)."
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+-"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+-"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+-"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+-"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
+-"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
+-"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+-"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+-"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
+-"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
+-"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
+-"more information."
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+-"purposes."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ, ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਏ, ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਓ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a proxy?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
+-"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
+-"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
+-"or to do security checks on websites."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+-"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
+-"the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will scan the "
+-"contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or whether to "
+-"show you a different page, for example."
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr "ਵਿਚਲਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
+-"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
+-"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
+-"then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
+-"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
+-"have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. This stops people "
+-"who are not authorized from using the connection."
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+-"could be the time of day."
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "The internet seems slow"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr "ਬਹੁਤ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਉੱਨਤ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਿੱਚਕਾਰਲਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਵਰਤਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+-"things could be causing the slow down."
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"A couple of quick fixes to try are closing your web browser and then re-"
+-"opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. "
+-"(Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run "
+-"slowly.)"
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Busy time of day"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
+-"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+-"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
+-"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
+-"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
+-"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
+-"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
+-"evenings, for example)."
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+-"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+-"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Unreliable connection"
+-msgstr "ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਭਰੋਸੇਯੋਗ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਨਾਲ ਮਾਊਸ ਦਾ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਹਿਲਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+-"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+-"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਧਿਆਨ ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਕੇਂਦਰਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+-"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+-"internet may seem slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਮੇਨੂ</link> ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਸੱਜਾ ਅਤੇ ਖੱਬਾ "
++"ਤੀਰ ਵਾਲਾ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋ, ਫਿਰ <key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
+-msgstr "ਸਿੱਧਾ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#: C/net-slow.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is going slowly, "
+-"you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this "
+-"happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "
+-"\"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, "
+-"connection like GPRS."
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ</gui> ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਉੱਪਰ ਅਤੇ ਥੱਲੇ ਨੂੰ ਤੀਰ ਵਾਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋ ਅਤੇ "
++"<key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid "Web browser has a problem"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ <key>ਅੰਕ ਤਾਲਾ</key> ਬੰਦ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੁਣ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਵਰਤ "
++"ਕੇ ਹਿਲਾਉਣ ਦੇ ਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
+-"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
+-"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
+-"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
+-"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+-msgstr ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਿਰਫ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਦਾ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਰਾਹ "
++"ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਹੋਰ ਅਸੈਸਿਬਿਲਟੀ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <gui>ਯੂਨੀਵਰਸਲ ਅਸੈੱਸ "
++"ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+-"set-up a VPN connection."
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਉੱਪਰ, ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਵਰਗਾਕਾਰ ਥਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੰਕਾਂ ਵਾਲੇ "
++"ਬਟਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਮੂਹ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਦੇ ਹੈ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ "
++"ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਦਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ), ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਵਜੋਂ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨ "
++"(<key>Fn</key>) ਬਟਨ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਹੋਰ ਖਾਸ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ "
++"ਫੀਚਰ ਲਾਪਟਾਪ ਤੇ ਆਮ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਾਹਰੀ USB ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਖਰੀਦ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੀਅ-ਪੈਡ ਉੱਪਰਲਾ ਹਰੇਕ ਅੰਕ ਇੱਕ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਲਈ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, <key>8</key> ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬਣਾ "
++"ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਪਰ ਵੱਲ ਵਧਾਏਗਾ ਅਤੇ <key>2</key> ਦੱਬਣਾ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਥੱਲੇ ਵੱਲ ਵਧਾਏਗਾ। "
++"<key>5</key> ਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਦੱਬੋ ਜਾਂ ਦੂਹਰਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ "
++"ਇਸਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਛੇਤੀ ਛੇਤੀ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੱਜਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਬਟਨ, ਕਦੇ ਕਦੇ <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-menu\">ਮੇਨੂ</key> ਬਟਨ ਵੀ ਕਿਹਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਖਿਆਲ ਰਹੇ, "
++"ਐਪਰ, ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਉੱਥੇ ਧਿਆਨ ਕੇਂਦਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦਾ ਧਿਆਨ ਹੈ, ਨਾ "
++"ਕਿ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਦਾ। <key>5</key> ਜਾਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਦਾ ਖੱਬਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖ "
++"ਕੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> "
++"ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+-"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+-"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
+-"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
+-"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
+-"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
+-"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
+-"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
+-"without logging in."
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+-"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+-"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
+-"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
+-"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
+-"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਜਾਂਚਣਾ ਹੈ ਜੇ ਇਹ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹਿੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਪਲੱਗ ਇਨ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+-"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+-"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
+-"different instructions to get that working."
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਪਛਾਣ ਲਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon on the top bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</gui>, "
+-"select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+-"details like your username and password as you go."
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+-"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+-"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
+-"change as it tries to connect."
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+-"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+-"network icon, clicking <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
+-"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+-"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is an IP address?"
+-msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈਸ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+-"IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
+-"that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+-"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+-"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+-"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+-"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+-"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+-"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+-"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the "
+-"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
+-"addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are "
+-"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
+-"administering a server."
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+-"To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+-"network cable."
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਬਟਨ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਦੇਖੋ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹੁਣ ਹਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕੁੱਝ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਮਾਊਸ "
++"ਊਰਜਾ ਬਚਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਨੀਂਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਚਲੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸ ਲਈ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬਟਨ ਨਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ "
++"ਕਰੋ ਤਦ ਤੱਕ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਉਹ ਹੁੰਗਾਰਾ ਨਾ ਭਰਨ। <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਮਾਊਸ ਦੀ ਬੈਟਰੀ ਚਾਰਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+-"To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+-"network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few "
+-"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ-ਕਰਤਾ (ਡੌਂਗਲ) ਮਜਬੂਤੀ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਗੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+-"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+-"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+-"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
+-"be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the "
+-"network setup you have)."
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਅਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ-ਕਰਤਾ ਵੱਖੋ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਰੇਡੀਉ ਚੈਨਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਚੱਲਦੇ ਹਨ, ਯਕੀਨੀ "
++"ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਇੱਕੋ ਚੈਨਲ ਤੇ ਸੈੱਟ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+-"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+-"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+-"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੰਪਰਕ ਸਥਾਪਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ, ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ-ਕਰਤਾ ਜਾਂ ਦੋਵਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਣ ਦੀ "
++"ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਹਾਲਾਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਦੇ ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਵੇਰਵੇ "
++"ਹੋਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-"
+-"up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure "
+-"it manually</link>."
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Click the network icon on the top panel and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਅਤੇ ਟੱਚਪੈਡ ਦੀ ਗਤੀ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+-"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+-"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons; to save battery "
+-"power, for example."
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"To do this, click the network icon on the top panel and switch <gui>Airplane "
+-"Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
+-"until you switch off airplane mode again."
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+-"Bluetooth connections."
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "Here is how to connect to a wireless network:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
+-"is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr "ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਟੱਚਪੈਡ ਤੇ ਥਾਪ ਦਿਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr "ਦੂਹਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਦੋ ਵਾਰੀ ਥਾਪ ਦਿਉ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the <gui>network</gui> icon in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and look for "
+-"your desired network."
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the name of your desired wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More...</"
+-"gui> to be presented with more network names."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password or encryption key, you will be "
+-"asked for a <gui>Key</gui>. Enter the password or encryption key, and click "
+-"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+-"to the network."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "ਦੋ ਉਂਗਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਰਕਾਉਣਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+-"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. "
+-"Fewer bars indicate a weaker connection to the network."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"A stronger connection to the network does not necessarily mean that you have "
+-"a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds."
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
+-"sometimes be problems."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the "
+-"other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" "
+-"links at the bottom of this page."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+-"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+-"properly."
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+-"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+-"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
+-"top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
+-"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
+-msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+-msgstr "ਕਮਜ਼ੋਰ ਬੇਤਾਰ ਸਿਗਨਲ"
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+-"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+-"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
+-"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
+-"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+-"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+-"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. "
+-"This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in "
+-"connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was "
+-"unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+-"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+-"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
+-msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+-"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+-"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
+-"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
+-"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+-"very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਮਾਊਸ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+-"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+-"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
+-"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਟੋਟਕੇ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ਟੋਟਕੇ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "ਟੋਟਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+-"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+-"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+-"icon on the top bar."
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+-"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+-"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+-"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+-"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
+-"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+-"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+-"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+-"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden "
+-"Wireless Network</gui>."
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"It is possible to set-up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden\" - that "
+-"is, it won't show up in the list of networks which is displayed when you "
+-"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
+-"any other computer)."
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the network icon on the top "
+-"bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. In the window "
+-"that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security "
+-"and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to "
+-"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look "
+-"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+-"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+-"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
+-"detectable."
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(credit/name)
+-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:22(info/desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(info/desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:20(info/desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:20(info/desc)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(info/desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Resolve problems with wireless connections"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28(page/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:25(page/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
+-"accessing a wireless network."
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Due to the technical nature of trouble-shooting network problems, this guide "
+-"contains some commands that will need to be entered into a <app>terminal</"
+-"app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do not be afraid! "
+-"The guide will direct you at each step."
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪਲੇਅਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਲੱਗ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾ ਕੇ ਫਿਰ ਪਲੱਗ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ। ਜੇ ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਮਦਦ ਨਹੀਂ "
++"ਮਿਲਦੀ, ਫਾਈਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ। ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ <gui>ਯੰਤਰ</gui> ਦੇ "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਹੋਇਆ ਵਿਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ - ਆਡੀਉ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਵਾਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ "
++"ਇਸ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਹੁਣ, <guiseq><gui>ਫਾਈਲ</gui><gui>ਨਵਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ</"
++"gui><gui>ਖਾਲੀ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ</gui></guiseq> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, <input>.is_audio_player</"
++"input> ਲਿਖੋ ਅਤੇ <key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ (ਬਿੰਦੂ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਲੀ ਲਕੀਰ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਣ ਹਨ, "
++"ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਸਾਰੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ)। ਇਹ ਫਾਈਲ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਯੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਆਡੀਉ ਯੰਤਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਮਾਨਤਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਕਹਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the "
+-"internet:"
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੁਣ, ਫਾਈਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦੀ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਆਡੀਉ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਲੱਭੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬਾਹਰ "
++"ਕੱਢ ਦਿਉ (ਸੱਜਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ)। ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਪਲੱਗ "
++"ਤੋਂ ਲਾਹ ਲਉ, ਫਿਰ ਵਾਪਸ ਪਲੱਗ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ। ਇਸ ਵਾਰੀ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਗੀਤ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਪਛਾਣ "
++"ਲਿਆ ਜਾਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਨਹੀਂ, ਸੰਗੀਤ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਤੋਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ "
++"ਕੇ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27(section/title)
+-msgid "Performing an initial check"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ iPod-ਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਹੋਰ ਆਡੀਉ ਪਲੇਅਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਗੀਆਂ। ਇਹ ਕੰਮ "
++"ਕਰਨੀਆ ਚਾਹੀਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਪਲੇਅਰ <em>USB ਵਾਲਾ ਵੱਡਾ ਭੰਡਾਰਣ</em> ਯੰਤਰ ਹੈ, "
++"ਭਾਵੇਂ; ਜੇ ਇਹ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਇਸਦੇ ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਕਿਹਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਡੀਉ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> ਫਾਈਲ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ। ਅਜਿਹਾ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਫਾਈਲ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ "
++"ਵਿਚਲੀ ਬਿੰਦੀ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਈਲ ਲੁਕਾਉਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਕਹਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"<guiseq><gui>ਵੇਖੋ</gui><gui> ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵਿਖਾਉ</gui></guiseq> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ "
++"ਕੇ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਅਜੇ ਵੀ ਉੱਥੇ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Checking your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ, ਜਾਂ ਚੱਲਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਜਾਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਇਕਹਿਰਾ-ਕਲਿੱਕ "
++"ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਰੱਦੀ ਦਾ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਦਰਸਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "Sindhu S"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਪਸੰਦ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion "
+-"of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
+-msgstr ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਇਕਹਿਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਦੂਹਰਾ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ, ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ, ਅਤੇ ਰੱਦੀ ਦਾ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਨਜਿੱਠੀਦਾ ਹੈ। "
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ <gui>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, <gui>ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ "
++"<gui>ਰਵੱਈਆ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Checking for wireless device drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "ਰਵੱਈਆ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28(section/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking your system hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਦੂਹਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:29(section/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Our first step will be to see if your computer recognizes your wireless "
+-"adapter."
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ, ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਫਾਈਲ ਚੁਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਦੂਹਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨਾ ਉਹਨਾਂ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰੀ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਤੇ ਖੁੱਲਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਕਹਿਰਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਮੋਡ ਚੁਣਦੇ ਹੋ, "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ <key>Ctrl</key> ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੀ "
++"ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program "
+-"on your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34(item/p)
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੋਈ ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲ ਉਹ ਫਾਈਲ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ "
++"ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ (ਅਮਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਆਉਣਾ)। <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">ਫਾਈਲ ਮਨਜੂਰੀਆਂ</link> ਤੋਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਦੇ "
++"ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਚੱਲਣ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਜਰੂਰ ਹੋਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ। ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਆਮ ਹਨ <sys>ਸ਼ੈੱਲ</sys>, "
++"<sys>ਪਾਇਥਨ</sys> ਅਤੇ <sys>ਪਰਲ</sys> ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਐਕਸਟੈਂਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਕ੍ਰਮਵਾਰ "
++"<file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> ਅਤੇ <file>.pl</file> ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਜਾਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਚਲਾਉ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਜਾਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਵੇਖੋ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਹਰੇਕ ਵਾਰ ਪੁੱਛੋ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ <gui>ਹਰੇਕ ਵਾਰ ਪੁੱਛੋ</gui> ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ, ਇੱਕ ਸੰਵਾਦ ਇਹ ਪੁੱਛਣ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣੀ "
++"ਹੋਈ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲ ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਵੇਖਣੀ ਹੈ ਲਈ ਉੱਭਰ ਕੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਆਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++"ਚਲਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਵੀ ਕਿਹਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। <file>~/.local/share/"
++"nautilus/scripts</file> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿਚਲੀਆਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ</gui> ਉਪ-ਮੇਨੂ ਹੇਠ ਫਾਈਲ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਰਗਟ "
++"ਹੋਣਗੀਆਂ। ਜਦੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਸਥਾਨਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚਲਾਈ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੁਣੀਆਂ "
++"ਹੋਈਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਦੇ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰਾਂ ਵਜੋਂ ਚੇਪ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ। ਕਿਸੇ ਫਾਈਲ ਉਪਰਲੀ "
++"ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "ਇੱਛਤ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੇ ਪਹੁੰਚੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "ਇੱਛਤ ਫਾਈਲ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਫਾਈਲ ਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਛਤ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless interface</"
+-"em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output should look "
+-"similar to this:"
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੋਈ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਨੂੰ ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਦੁਰੇਡੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਵੈੱਬ ਜਾਂ <sys>ftp</sys> ਸਮੱਗਰੀ "
++"ਵਿਖਾ ਰਹੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੋਂ ਚਲਾਈ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ ਕੋਈ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(example/code)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:36(example/code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid ""
+-"*-network\n"
+-"       description: Wireless interface\n"
+-"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+-"       vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
+-"       physical id: 0\n"
+-"       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
+-"       logical name: wlan0\n"
+-"       version: 02\n"
+-"       serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
+-"       width: 32 bits\n"
+-"       clock: 33MHz\n"
+-"       capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet physical "
+-"wireless\n"
+-"       configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-9."
+-"fc15.i686 \n"
+-"       firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes multicast=yes \n"
+-"       wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
+-"       resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਰੱਦੀ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਰੱਦੀ ਨੂੰ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮਿਟਾਉਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਪੁੱਛੋ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+-"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the Device Drivers page"
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਮੂਲੋਂ ਹੀ ਚੁਣੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਰੱਦੀ ਨੂੰ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਰੱਦੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਨਾ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਮਿਟਾਉਣਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋਗੇ ਇਹ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ "
++"ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ਇੱਕ ਮਿਟਾਉ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰੋ ਜੋ ਰੱਦੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਕਿਨਾਰ ਕਰ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਚੋਣ ਦਾ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਉਸ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ <gui>ਮਿਟਾਉ</gui> ਆਈਟਮ ਜੋੜ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ ਜੋ ਕਿ "
++"<app>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</app> ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚਲੀ ਕਿਸੇ ਆਈਟਮ ਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਉੱਭਰ ਕੇ "
++"ਆਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:55(section/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+-"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate "
+-"the hardware information."
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਚੀਜ ਨੂੰ <gui>ਮਿਟਾਉ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਮਿਟਾਉਣਾ ਰੱਦੀ ਨੂੰ ਬਿਲਕੁਲ "
++"ਦਰਕਿਨਾਰ ਕਰ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਹ ਚੀਜ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਟਾ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ। "
++"ਮਿਟਾਈ ਗਈ ਚੀਜ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਦਾ ਕੋਈ ਤਰੀਕਾ ਨਹੀਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58(section/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/title)
+-msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਜੋੜੋ, ਹਟਾਓ ਜਾਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59(section/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦੀ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਕੀਤੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ (ਜਾਂ ਸਥਿਤੀ) ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you "
+-"need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
+-"adapter."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਗਰਾਰੀ ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਇਸ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਕਰੋ</"
++"gui> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹਟਾਉ:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"The next steps will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the "
+-"section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use with "
+-"your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ <gui>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ "
++"<gui>ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"PCMCIA is an external, card-style adapter, and is more common on older "
+-"hardware."
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ</gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚ, ਜਿਹੜੀ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਿਟਾਉਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਸਨੂੰ "
++"ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <key>-</key> ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:63(section/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਕੀਤੇ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(section/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking for a USB device"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ</gui> ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਿੱਚ, ਜਿਸ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਦਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੇ ਇੱਛੁਕ ਹੋ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:69(section/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr "<gui>ਨਾਂ</gui> ਖਾਨੇ ਵਿੱਚ, ਨਵੇਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਲਿਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਰੱਖਣ ਨਾਲ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲ ਜਾਂਦਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਦੇ "
++"ਵੱਖਰੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਤੇ ਇੱਕੋ ਨਾਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਦੋ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਨ, ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਇੱਕੋ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ, ਅਤੇ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਅਲੱਗ ਅਲੱਗ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ। ਅਜਿਹੇ ਹਲਾਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ, ਜਿਸ ਫੋਲ਼ਡਰ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਇਸ਼ਾਰਾ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਉਸ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ ਉਪਯੋਗੀ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
+ msgstr ""
++"FTP, SSH, ਵਿੰਡੋ ਸਾਂਝ, ਜਾਂ WebDAV ਉੱਪਰ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵੇਖੋ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਸੰਪਾਦਿਤ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
+-"the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
+-"with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਜਾਂ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਾਂਝ ਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within "
+-"the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and "
+-"are more common on older laptops."
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"To check if your computer can recognizes your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
+-"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
+-"list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and "
+-"model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI "
+-"device listing may look like:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਈਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"<code>Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] "
+-"Network Connection</code>"
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(section/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</"
+-"link> page. If the above command does not show any output related to your "
+-"wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
+-"<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
+-"list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
+-"number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
+-"<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URL ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"<code>Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
+-"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card</code>"
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(section/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
+-"following steps:"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(item/p)
+-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:86(item/p)
+-msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
+-"command:"
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(item/p)
+-msgid "<cmd>sudo tail -f /var/log/messages</cmd>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(item/p)
+-msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
+-msgstr "ਦੋਵੇਂ ਢੰਗ 'ਚ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਅੰਤਰ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</"
+-"link> page."
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean "
+-"that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by "
+-"your operating system."
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:96(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your "
+-"operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a "
+-"message to an appropriate mailing list."
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(section/title)
+-msgid "Gather information about your computer and network hardware:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+-"To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and "
+-"some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect "
+-"what you can:"
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+-"The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for "
+-"your router)"
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (ਲਾਗਇਨ ਨਾਲ)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+-"If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
+-"downloading software and drivers"
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just "
+-"collect what you can:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "ਜਨਤਕ FTP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+-"Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. "
+-"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the "
+-"components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by "
+-"firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:43(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the "
+-"upper-right portion of this page to continue."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+-"Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+-"connection."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਸਾਂਝ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or "
+-"a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your "
+-"computer."
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> of your computer, make sure that "
+-"your wireless adapter switch is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Top Bar</gui>, make sure that you have not set the "
+-"<gui>Wireless</gui> setting to <gui>Off</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV ਅਤੇ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ WebDAV"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+-"Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and "
+-"enter the following command:"
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network "
+-"hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection "
+-"section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your "
+-"wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+-"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+-"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
+-"your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you "
+-"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+-"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "ਆਈਕਨ ਸੁਰਖੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਆਈਕਨ ਸੁਰਖੀਆਂ ਨਾਲ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+-"to secure your wireless connection. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
+-"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 "
+-"represents the second version of the WPA standard."
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+-"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+-"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
+-"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
+-"wireless network."
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Delete the network connection that keeps being connected to accidentally."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
+-"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
+-"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
+-"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
+-"following:"
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you <em>don't</"
+-"em> want it to keep connecting to."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
+-"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to connect to the network you just deleted at some point in the "
+-"future, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears "
+-"when you click the network icon on the top panel - just as you would connect "
+-"to any other wireless network."
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does it say my battery is broken?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:27(quote/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
+-"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
+-"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
+-"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
+-"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
+-"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
+-"shown when this happens."
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer/battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding "
+-"a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may "
+-"be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
+-msgstr "ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਲਿਸਟ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "ਸਮੱਗਰੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
+-"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery <em>actually</"
+-"em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+-"estimated. The estimates should get better over time, though."
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+-"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+-"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+-"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "ਅਕਾਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+-"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+-"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
+-"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+-"will never be completely accurate, though."
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+-"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+-"make a sensible estimate."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "ਸਥਿਤੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+-"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
+-"data it needs."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "How can I use less power and improve battery life?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "ਵਾਲੀਅਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+-"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+-"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
+-"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
+-"on battery for."
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:31(section/title)
+-msgid "General tips"
+-msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੰਕੇਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+-"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+-"can be woken up very quickly."
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
+-"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
+-"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "ਹੋਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
+-"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref="
+-"\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it to "
+-"sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
+-"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you haven't "
+-"used it for a certain period of time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
+-"using them."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
+-"consumption."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr "ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਕੌਣ ਕੌਣ ਵੇਖ ਅਤੇ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+-"can use to reduce the brightness."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਮਨਜੂਰੀਆਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+-"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+-"which takes quite a bit of power."
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+-"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+-"turn it on again when you need it."
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:65(section/title)
+-msgid "More advanced tips"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+-"more power when they have more work to do."
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
+-"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+-"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
+-"your power consumption."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Don't let the battery run down too far."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+-"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+-"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+-"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
+-"is more efficient."
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
+-"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+-"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+-"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+-"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+-"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
+-"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
+-"should last longer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+-"cause of this problem."
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦਿਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+-"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+-"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
+-"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
+-"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
+-"them in Linux is difficult."
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+-"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+-"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
+-"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
+-"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਬਣਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+-"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+-"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
+-"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+-"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
+-"change the brightness."
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਕਾਲਮ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
+-"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
+-"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
+-"you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
+-"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
+-"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top panel, "
+-"selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</gui> "
+-"preferences."
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr "ਵੇਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
+-"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
+-"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
+-"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
+-"menus."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
+-"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or <em>gamma</"
+-"em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to change both "
+-"of these settings, however."
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "ਮਾਲਕ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
+-"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
+-"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
+-"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
+-"doesn't work, press the power button."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+-"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
+-"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
+-"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
+-"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "ਸਮੂਹ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+-"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+-"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Move your mouse to the Activities menu to activate the overview."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "ਮਨਜੂਰੀਆਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Choose <gui>Applications</gui> and locate the Terminal in the list, or type "
+-"\"terminal\" to locate it. Click the <gui>Terminal</gui> icon to start the "
+-"application."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦੀਆਂ ਮਨਜੂਰੀਆਂ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+-"and hit <key>Enter</key>:"
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:39(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-action "
+-"blank"
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+-"hit <key>Enter</key>:"
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:43(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action blank"
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:46(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" "
+-"which causes the computer to do nothing."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr "ਹਰੇਕ ਅੱਖਰ ਦਾ ਹੇਠਲਾ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+-"hot."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr "r :  ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why is the laptop fan always running?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr "w : ਲਿਖਣ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
+-"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
+-"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
+-"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
+-"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr "x : ਚਲਾਉਣ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+-"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+-"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
+-"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
+-"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
+-"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
+-"computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr "- : ਕੋਈ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+-"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+-"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
+-"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
+-"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
+-"laptop which may help."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME ਕਿਸਮ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+-"can be damaging."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "ਆਈਟਮ ਦੀ MIME ਕਿਸਮ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਤੱਕ ਦਾ ਰਾਹ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+-"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
+-"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
+-"which can potentially cause damage."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+-"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+-"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
+-"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
+-"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
+-"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
+-"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
+-"cooling."
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+-"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+-"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
+-"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
+-"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
+-"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
+-"air fast enough."
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+-"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+-"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
+-"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
+-"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
+-"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
+-"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
+-"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
+-"probably need to get it repaired."
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ਫਾਈਲਾਂ</app> ਵਿੱਚ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ ਵੇਖੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+-"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
+-"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
+-"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
+-"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
+-"properly either."
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
+-"your name at the top of the screen, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>, "
+-"and then opening the <gui>Power</gui> settings. Look at the <gui>When power "
+-"is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to "
+-"hibernate or shut down; if you choose shut down, your applications and "
+-"documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer turn off."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਝਲਕ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+-"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+-"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
+-"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਣੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
+-"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਕ੍ਰਮਵਾਰ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
+-"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
+-"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
+-"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
+-"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
+-"computer wakes up."
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
+-"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
+-"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
+-"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
+-"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
+-"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
+-"checking it."
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
+-"working again."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+-"travel adapter."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਵਿਖਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+-"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+-"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
+-"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+-"your power adapter. Many laptops are delivered with more than one plug for "
+-"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
+-"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਜ਼ੂਮ ਪੱਧਰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+-"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+-"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+-"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+-"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+-"everything off first if you can."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:12(credit/name)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
+-"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
+-"dimming</link>..."
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਐਂਟੀ-ਵਾਇਰਸ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਦੀ "
++"ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Power settings"
+-msgstr "ਪਾਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/power.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Battery settings"
+-msgstr "ਬੈਟਰੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Problems"
+-msgstr "ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਐਂਟੀ-ਵਾਇਰਸ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
+-"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
+-"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
+-"by your hardware."
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਾਰਣ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਹੋਵੇ, ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਇੰਨੇ ਟਾਵੇਂ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਵੇਲੇ ਚਿੰਤਾ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/p)
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਫਿਰ ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦਾ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਕ OS ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਲ ਵਟਾਂਦਰਾ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਹਨਾਂ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਫਿਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਵਿਰੋਧੀ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਂਚੋ ਜਾਂ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਖੋਜੋ; ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ "
++"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">ਮੂਲ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਬਦਲੋ</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"install-flash\">ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਸਮਰਥਨ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "ਉਬੰਤੂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜੀਕਰਣ ਟੋਲੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
+-"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
+-"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
+-"it in; just press it once)."
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੂਲ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਨੂੰ <gui>ਵੇਰਵੇ</gui> ਤੇ <gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜਾ ਕੇ "
++"ਬਦਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ ਕਿ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੁੱਲੀ ਹੋਏ "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+-"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35(section/p)
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੈੱਬ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਦੇ ਲਿੰਕ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਇੱਕ "
++"ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਉਸ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਤੇ ਖੁੱਲ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਐਪਰ, ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ "
++"ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ, ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਉਸ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੀ ਖੁੱਲ ਸਕਦਾ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਮੂਲ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਬਦਲ ਦਿਉ:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then "
+-"be able to turn on the computer again, though."
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਵੇਰਵੇ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <gui>ਮੂਲ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
+-"feature may not work with your hardware."
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਵੈੱਬ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਜਿਸ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿੰਕ ਖੋਲਣਾ ਪਸੰਦ "
++"ਕਰੋਗੇ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
++"ਜਦ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ, ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦੱਸ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਹੁਣ "
++"ਮੂਲ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, <gui>ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਬਟਨ (ਜਾਂ ਮਿਲਦਾ-"
++"ਜੁਲਦਾ) ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਤੋਂ ਮੂਲ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਨਾ ਕਰੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੂਲ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਕਲਾਈਂਟ ਨੂੰ <gui>ਵੇਰਵੇ</gui> ਤੇ <gui>ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜਾ ਕੇ "
++"ਬਦਲੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr "ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਰਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ ਉਹ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+-"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
+-"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
+-"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
+-"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪ੍ਰੋਸੈਸਿੰਗ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ) "
++"ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਬਟਨ ਜਾਂ ਲਿੰਕ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮੂਲ ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਲੀ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਨਾਲ ਖੁੱਲ ਜਾਏਗੀ। ਐਪਰ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਈ-"
++"ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਹਨ, ਗਲਤ ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੁੱਲ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਕਿਹੜੀ ਮੂਲ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਹੈ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਠੀਕ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
+-"computer"
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਕਲਾਈਂਟ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਣਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋਗੇ ਇਹ <gui>ਪੱਤਰ</"
++"gui> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
+-"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
+-"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
+-"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
+-"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵਾਇਰਸਾਂ ਦਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਲਾਗ ਲਾਉਣਾ ਅਸੰਭਾਵਿਤ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੱਤਰ ਭੇਜਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਲਾਗ ਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਵਾਇਰਸਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਕੈਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+-"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+-"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
+-"works."
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵਾਇਰਸ ਅਜਿਹੇ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਹਨ ਜਿਹੜੇ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੱਕ ਰਾਹ ਬਣਾ ਲੈਣ ਤਾਂ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ "
++"ਦਾ ਕਾਰਣ ਬਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ। ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਆਮ ਰਾਹ "
++"ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
+-"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਜੋ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਚਲਾ ਰਹੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵ ਪਾ ਸਕਣ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਟਾਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਹੁੰਦੇ "
++"ਹਨ, ਇਸ ਲਈ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਸੰਭਾਵਨਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ "
++"ਦੁਆਰਾ ਜਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਹੋਰ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਹੋਵੇ</link>। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ "
++"ਮਿਲਦਾ ਵੀ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਲੁਕਿਆ ਹੋਵੇ, ਇਸਦਾ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਕੋਈ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵ ਹੀ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ। ਅਜਿਹੇ ਵਜੋਂ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਇਰਸਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਕੈਨ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਪੈਂਦੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
+-"switches off the power."
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਐਪਰ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਇਰਸਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਕੈਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ. ਕਿ ਕਿਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਵਾਇਰਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿਅਕਤੀ ਤੋਂ ਦੂਜੇ ਵੱਲ ਅੱਗੇ ਨਾ ਵਧਾ ਦਿਉ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਦੋਸਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਇੱਕ ਕੋਲ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਵਾਲਾ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਉਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ "
++"ਵਾਇਰਸ ਦੀ ਲਾਗ ਵਾਲਾ ਇੱਕ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਭੇਜਦਾ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਵਾਲਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ "
++"ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵਾਲੇ ਇੱਕ ਹੋਰ ਦੋਸਤ ਵੱਲ ਵਧਾ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤਾਂ ਦੂਜਾ ਦੋਸਤ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਵਾਇਰਸ "
++"ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਾਅ ਲਈ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਕੈਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਵਿਰੋਧੀ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਵਾਪਰਨ ਦੀ ਸੰਭਾਵਨਾ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਇਸ ਦੀ "
++"ਸੰਭਾਵਨਾ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਹੈ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਕ OS ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਕੋਲ "
++"ਆਪਣਾ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਵਿਰੋਧੀ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੀ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">ਮੂਲ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜੀਕਰਣ ਪ੍ਰਾਜੈਕਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ &amp; ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "What happens when I suspend/hibernate the computer?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣਾ IP ਪਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਣਨਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਦੀਆਂ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਿਪਟਾਰਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਮਦਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ IP ਐਡਰੈਸ ਲੱਭੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+-"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+-"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
+-"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
+-"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
+-"pressing the power button."
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣਾ IP ਪਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਣਨਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਦੀਆਂ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਿਪਟਾਰਾ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਦਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੈਰਾਨ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ <em>ਦੋ</em> IP ਪਤੇ ਹਨ: "
++"ਇੱਕ IP ਪਤਾ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ ਲਈ ਅਤੇ ਦੂਜਾ IP ਪਤਾ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ "
++"ਉਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ (ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ) IP ਪਤਾ ਲੱਭੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਗੱਲ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿ ਕਿਸ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਦਾ IP ਪਤਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਤਾ ਲਗਾਉਣਾ "
++"ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, <gui>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ "
++"<gui>ਤਾਰ-ਯੁਕਤ</gui> ਜਾਂ <gui>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ IP ਪਤਾ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਬਾਹਰੀ (ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ) IP ਪਤਾ ਲੱਭੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
+-"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
+-"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
+-"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
+-"on the computer again."
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> ਤੇ "
++"ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr "ਸਾਈਟ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਬਾਹਰੀ IP ਪਤਾ ਵਿਖਾ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+-"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
+-"computer to see if it does work."
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਗੱਲ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਨਾਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਜੁੜਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਹ "
++"ਪਤੇ ਇੱਕੋ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(note/title)
+-msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀ ਇਹ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕਿਹੜੇ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦੇ ਸਕਣ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ "
++"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰੱਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਦਦ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਦਖਲ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਰੋਕੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
+-"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
+-"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਇੱਕ <em>ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ</em> ਨਾਲ ਲੈਸ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ "
++"ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਉਪਰਲੇ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਤੋਂ ਰੋਕਣ ਦੀ ਆਗਿਆ ਦਿੰਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰੱਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਦਦ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the "
+-"option to change this."
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਨੂੰ ਕਈ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਨਮੂਨੇ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ "
++"ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਦੁਰੇਡਿਉਂ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ "
++"ਵੇਖਣ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਸ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ ਕੀਤਾ "
++"ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਦੇ ਇੱਛਾ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ "
++"ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹਰੇਕ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਉਹ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ <em>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ "
++"ਪੋਰਟ</em> ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ। ਸੰਜਾਲ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਸੇਵਾ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ "
++"ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਦੇ ਲਈ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੋਏ ਪੋਰਟ ਨੂੰ \"ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ\" ਦੀ "
++"ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
+-"asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send "
+-"it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens "
+-"automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this "
+-"window."
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਸਿਖਰਲੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਤੇ <gui>ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ</gui> ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ "
++"ਸੇਵਾ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨਾ ਲੱਭੇ ਤਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ "
++"ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਫਾਇਰਸਟਾਰਟਰ ਜਾਂ GUFW)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਸ ਗੱਲ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਤੇ ਦਖਲ ਦੇਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਕਰਨਾ "
++"ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ, ਆਪਣੀ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਸੇਵਾ ਲਈ ਪੋਰਟ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ। ਕਿਹੜਾ "
++"ਪੋਰਟ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪਵੇਗੀ ਇਹ <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">ਸੇਵਾ ਤੇ "
++"ਨਿਰਭਰ</link> ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name at the top of the screen, select <gui>System Settings</gui> "
+-"and double-click <gui>Power</gui>. Change the option labeled <gui>When the "
+-"power button is pressed</gui>. For example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</"
+-"gui>, the computer will go to sleep when you press the power button. The "
+-"default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਦ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਵਾਧੂ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਦੀ ਪਾਲਣਾ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਬਦਲਾਅ "
++"ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਜਾਂ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+-"computer is idle in order to save power."
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਕਿਸੇ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਦੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਦਖਲ ਨੂੰ ਯੋਗ/ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਹੀ "
++"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪੋਰਟ ਦਰਸਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪੋਰਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ "
++"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪੋਰਟਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਫਾਈਲ ਸਾਂਝ ਜਾਂ ਦੁਰੇਡਿਉਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖਣਾ। "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਤੇ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਲਈ <link xref=\"net-firewall-"
++"on-off\">ਰੋਕ ਜਾਂ ਦਖਲ ਦੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ</link> ਲਈ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਥੇ ਹਜਾਰਾਂ ਹੀ "
++"ਪੋਰਟ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਸਾਰਣੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+-"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+-"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਵੇਰਵਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਦਰਸਾਏ ਜਾਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਦੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ, ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਦੂਜੇ ਨੂੰ ਲੱਭਣ ਦੀ "
++"ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਵਰਣਨ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਸੇਵਾ ਦੀ ਪੇਸ਼ਕਸ਼ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਭੇਜਣ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਹੋਰਨਾਂ ਵਿਅਕਤੀਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ "
++"ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਗੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+-"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਦੂਜੇ ਵਿਅਕਤੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਸੁਨੇਹਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ, "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ \"ਆਨਲਾਈਨ\" ਜਾਂ \"ਰੁੱਝਿਆ\" ਦੀ ਮਸ਼ਹੂਰੀ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+-"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+-"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
+-"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
+-"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਲੋਕ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਵੇਖ "
++"ਸਕਣ ਜਾਂ ਦੁਰੇਡਿਉਂ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰ ਸਕਣ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(section/title)
+-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr "ਸੰਗੀਤ ਸਾਂਝ (DAAP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਸੰਗੀਤ ਲਾਇਬ੍ਰੇਰੀ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਪਰ ਹੋਰਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਾਂਝੀ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ "
++"ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+-"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+-"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
+-"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਸਥਿਰ IP ਪਤੇ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਵਰਤਣੀਆਂ "
++"ਸੌਖੀਆਂ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr "ਪੱਕੇ IP ਪਤੇ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਬਣਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+-"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+-"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
+-"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
+-"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
+-"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
+-"for repairs."
+-msgstr ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਤੇ ਜੁੜਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਸੰਜਾਲ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ "
++"ਹੀ ਇੱਕ <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP ਪਤਾ</link> ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਵੇਰਵੇ "
++"ਸੌਂਪ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਵੇਰਵੇ ਨਿਯਮਿਤ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ "
++"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਕਾ IP ਲੈਣਾ ਚਾਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਇਹ ਪਤਾ ਹੋਵੇ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਕੀ "
++"ਹੈ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਜੇ ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਈਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਹੈ)।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਕਾ (ਸਥਿਰ) IP ਪਤਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(section/title)
+-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਆਈਕਨ</gui> ਤੇ <gui>ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ "
++"<gui>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸੂਚੀ (<gui>ਤਾਰ ਯੁਕਤ</gui> ਜਾਂ <gui>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</gui>) ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਚੁਣੋ "
++"ਅਤੇ <gui>ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+-"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+-"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਢੰਗ</gui> ਨੂੰ <em>ਦਸਤੀ</"
++"em> ਤੇ ਬਦਲ ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:9(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Settings"
+-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/prefs.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>..."
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ <gui>ਪਤੇ</gui> ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ "
++"ਸੰਪਰਕ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, <gui>ਜੋੜੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ &amp; ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਢੁਕਵੇਂ ਖਾਨਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ <em>IP ਪਤਾ</em>, <em>ਨੈੱਟਮਾਸਕ</em>, ਅਤੇ <em>ਗੇਟਵੇਅ</em> "
++"ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀਆਂ ਭਰੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਚੁਣਦੇ ਹੋ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ "
++"ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ; ਕੁੱਝ ਸਰਕਾਰੀ ਨਿਯਮ ਇਸਦੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕੀ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਗਏ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਲਈ "
++"ਕਿਹੜੇ IP ਪਤੇ ਅਤੇ ਨੈੱਟਮਾਸਕ ਢੁਕਵੇਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੋਵੇ, ਇੱਕ <em>ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ</em> ਪਤਾ <gui>DNS ਸਰਵਰ</gui> ਖਾਨੇ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਭਰੋ। ਇਹ ਉਸ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ IP ਪਤਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਭਾਲਦਾ ਹੈ; ਬਹੁਤੇ ਕਾਰਪੋਰੇਟ "
++"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਵਾਲਿਆਂ ਕੋਲ ਸਮਰਪਿਤ DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>..."
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</gui>ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਕੋਲ ਹੁਣ ਪੱਕਾ IP ਪਤਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+-msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ &amp; ਸਕਰੀਨ"
+-
+-#: C/printing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Learn about printing and using the more advanced features of your printer."
+-msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">ਆਪਣਾ IP ਪਤਾ ਲੱਭੋ</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC "
++"ਪਤੇ</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">ਪਰਾਕਸੀਆਂ</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕਿੰਗ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ &amp; ਟੋਟਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:23(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Setup"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਯੂ-ਟਿਊਬ ਵਰਗੀਆਂ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ, ਜਿਹੜੀਆਂ ਵਿਡੀਉ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਤਰ-ਸਰਗਰਮ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ "
++"ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "Set up a printer"
+-msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈਟਅੱਪ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#: C/printing.page:30(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+-msgstr "ਆਕਾਰ ਅਤੇ ਲੇਆਉਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਫਲੈਸ਼</app> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ <em>ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ</em> ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ "
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਤੇ ਵੀਡੀਉ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਤਰ-ਸਰਗਰਮ ਵੈੱਬ-ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੀ "
++"ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕੁੱਝ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਦੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਗੀਆਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(info/desc)
+-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਇੰਨਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੋਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਦੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟ ਜਿਸਨੂੰ "
++"ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਉੱਪਰ ਜਾਉਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਦਸਦਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਵੇਖੋਗੇ। "
++"ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਲਈ ਮੁਫ਼ਤ (ਪਰ ਓਪਨ ਸਰੋਤ ਨਹੀਂ) ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੈ। "
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵੰਡਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਸਕਰਣ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ "
++"ਦੇ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲੇ (ਪੰਡ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ) ਦੁਆਰਾ ਵੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "Printer problems"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "ਜੇ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <input>ਫਲੈਸ਼</input> ਦੀ ਭਾਲ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਐਡੋਬ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ</gui>, <gui>ਐਡੋਬ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੇਅਰ</gui> ਜਾਂ ਮਿਲਦੇ ਜੁਲਦੇ ਦੀ "
++"ਭਾਲ ਕਰੋ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਹੋਈਆਂ ਹਨ, ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਮੁੜ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਲਉ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਅਹਿਸਾਸ "
++"ਹੋ ਜਾਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਹੁਣ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੁਣ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ "
++"ਵੈੱਬਾਈਟਾਂ ਵਰਤਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹੋ। "
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:31(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:36(item/p) C/printing-order.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+-msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ਫਾਇਲ</gui><gui>ਪਰਿੰਟ ਕਰੋ</gui></guiseq> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "ਜੇ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲਰ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ <em>ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ</em>:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+-"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list."
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟ</"
++"link> ਤੇ ਜਾਉ। ਤੁਹਾ਼ਡਾ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਉਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਪਤਾ ਲਗਾ ਲਿਆ "
++"ਜਾਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+-"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿੱਥੇ ਇਹ ਕਹੇ <gui>ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਲਈ ਸੰਸਕਰਣ ਚੁਣੋ</gui> ਉੱਥੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ "
++"ਇੰਸਟਾਲਰ ਦੀ ਉਹ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵੰਡ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੋਵੇ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ "
++"ਨਹੀਂ ਪਤਾ ਕਿ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ, <file>.tar.gz</file> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਇਹ ਸਿੱਖਣ ਲਈ <link href=\"http://"
++"kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਲਈ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ</link> ਲੱਭੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਦੇ ਓਪਨ-ਸਰੋਤ ਵਿਕਲਪ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+-"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਠੀ ਭਰ ਮੁਫਤ, ਓਪਨ-ਸਰੋਤ ਵਿਕਲਪ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਕੁੱਝ ਤਰੀਕਿਆਂ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, "
++"ਆਵਾਜ ਪਲੇਅਬੈਕ ਨੂੰ ਵਧੀਆ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਜਿੱਠਣ) ਵਿੱਚ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ ਨਾਲੋ ਵਧੀਆ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਹੋਰਾਂ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਵੈੱਬ ਉੱਤੇ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਦੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੱਧ ਗੁੰਝਲਦਾਰ "
++"ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਨਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਣ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਣ) ਵਿੱਚ ਖਰਾਬ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਤੁਸ਼ਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਆਜਮਾਉਣਾ "
++"ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋਗੇ, ਜਾਂ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਜਿੰਨਾਂ ਹੋ ਸਕੇ ਓਪਨ-ਸਰੋਤ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ "
++"ਵਰਤਣਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ। ਚੋਣਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁੱਝ ਕੁ ਇਹ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Print a booklet"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਛਾਪੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "ਲਾਈਟ-ਸਪਾਰਕ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can print a booklet from a PDF. If you want to print a booklet from a "
+-"<app>LibreOffice</app> document, you will need to export it to PDF first. "
+-"Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, "
+-"16,...)."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 pages, "
+-"add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document before "
+-"exporting to PDF."
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਵੈੱਬ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਵਰਤਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਮੂਨਲਾਈਟ ਪਲੱਗ-"
++"ਇਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਵੇਖਣ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+-"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+-"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ</app> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ <em>ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ</em> ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜਾ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਤੇ ਵੀਡੀਉ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਤਰ-ਸਰਗਰਮ ਵੈੱਬ-ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ "
++"ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕੁੱਝ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਦੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਗੀਆਂ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+-"pages needed."
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ ਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ "
++"ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਦੱਸਦਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਵੀ ਵੇਖੋ। ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਲਈ ਇਸ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਪਲੱਗ-ਇਨ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਵੀ "
++"ਹੋਣਗੀਆਂ, ਪਰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਇਹ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਜਾਂ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਦੇ ਸੰਸਕਰਣ ਦੇ "
++"ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਨਾ ਹੋਣ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ-ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਈਟਾਂ ਵੇਖਣੀਆਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫਿਰ "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ ਦਾ ਮੁਫ਼ਤ, ਓਪਨ-ਸਰੋਤ ਸੰਸਕਰਣ ਹੈ "
++"ਜਿਹੜਾ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਚੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app>, "
+-"placing the blank pages at the end."
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਵੰਡਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੂਨਲਾਈਟ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਨਕਲ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ "
++"ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ; ਸਿਰਫ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲਾ "
++"ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <input>ਸਿਲਵਰਲਾਈਟ</input> ਜਾਂ <input>ਮੂਨਲਾਈਟ</input> ਲਈ ਖੋਜੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+-"below:"
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+-"paper."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:19(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Print folded booklets"
+-msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੱਖਰੇਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ MAC ਪਤਾ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+-"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+-"options."
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:21(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"These instruction are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you "
+-"want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export "
+-"it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You may need "
+-"to add up to 3 blank pages."
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ MAC ਪਤਾ ਕੌਲਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਅੱਡ ਕੀਤੇ, ਦੋ ਦੋ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਛੇ ਸਮੂਹਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਬਣਿਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ "
++"ਹੈ। <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> MAC ਪਤੇ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To print a booklet:"
+-msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਦੇ MAC ਪਤੇ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਨਾਖਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+-"gui>."
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ MAC ਪਤਾ <gui>ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਪਤਾ</gui> ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+-"and a multiple of 4):"
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11..."
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
+-msgid "Examples:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
+-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,5</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
+-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"20 page booklet: Type "
+-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+-"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਪਰਿੰਟ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਤਿੰਨ ਲਾਜਮੀ ਹੀ IP ਪਤੇ ਹੋਣੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ; ਜੋ ਕਿ, ਉਹ ਬਿੰਦੂਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਅੱਡ ਕੀਤੇ ਚਾਰ "
++"ਅੰਕ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ 123.45.6.78) ਹੋਣ।"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid "To print:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਆਮ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "...until you have typed all of the pages."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
+-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਨਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਜੁੜ ਸਕਦੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:92(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਸਫ਼ਾ ਸੈਟਅੱਪ</gui>ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+-"Sided</gui>."
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+-"the printer."
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:95(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Cancel a print job"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+-"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+-"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
+-"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
+-"and then on again. Be careful that you don't damage the printer when "
+-"removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to "
+-"remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+-"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+-"document."
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+-"drop-down list."
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+-"orientation:"
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(p/gui)
+-msgid "Portrait"
+-msgstr "ਪੋਰਟਰੇਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਪਰਿਭਾਸ਼ਤ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
+-msgid "Landscape"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
+-msgid "Reverse portrait"
+-msgstr "ਉਲਟ ਪੋਰਟਰੇਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
+-msgid "Reverse landscape"
+-msgstr "ਉਲਟ ਲੈਂਡਸਕੇਪ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਢੰਗ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+-"the correct paper size."
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+-"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+-"example."
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appear, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as \"envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+-"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+-"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
+-"which way is the right way up."
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:35(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+-"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+-"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+-msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ, ਵੱਖਰਾ ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
+-msgid "Reverse"
+-msgstr "ਉਲਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਤੇ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰਹਿਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+-"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+-"reverse this printing order."
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(section/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To reverse the order:"
+-msgstr "ਉਲਟ ਕ੍ਰਮ"
+-
+-#: C/printing-order.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+-"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-order.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Collate"
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+-"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+-"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
+-"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
+-"instead."
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:49(section/p)
+-msgid "To Collate:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+-"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+-"you have."
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+-"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+-"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
+-"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the <gui>Resume</gui> "
+-"button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to "
+-"turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:33(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Print only certain pages"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਛਾਪਣਾ"
+-
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+-msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਤੇ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰੱਖਣਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+-"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+-"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਹੌਲੀ ਲੱਗਦਾ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+-"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Set the default printer"
+-msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਚਲਾਉਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ਦਿਨ ਦਾ ਰੁੱਝਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਸਮਾਂ</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+-"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "<gui>ਪਰਿੰਟਰ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:59(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the bottom-left corner and enter your "
+-"password."
+-msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guilabel>ਟਿਕਾਣਾ</guilabel> ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+-"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:32(page/title)
+-msgid "Set up a local printer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਤੇ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ ਹੈ</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+-"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+-"your computer."
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ VPN ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+-"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+-"asked to authenticate to install them."
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make "
+-"additional changes in the printer setup."
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+-"settings."
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+-msgstr "<guibutton>ਲਿਖੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup-drivers\">install print drivers</link>."
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:68(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+-"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+-"or clean the print head."
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+-"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+-"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Fading text or images"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+-"a new cartridge if necessary."
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Streaks and lines"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ IP ਪਤਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ ਫੋਨ ਨੰਬਰ ਵਾਂਗ ਹੈ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈਸ ਕੀ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-"
+-"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Wrong colors"
+-msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਰੰਗ"
+-
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+-"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+-"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+-"details on how to do this."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਅਤੇ ਸਕਰੀਨਕਾਸਟ"
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+-"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+-"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
+-"example; screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture/video files, so "
+-"you can email them and share them on the web."
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "Take a screenshot"
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ"
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:26(section/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
+-msgstr "ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਤਾਰ-ਯੁਕਤ (ਈਥਰਨੈੱਟ) ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</app> "
+-"tool."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
+-"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
+-"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
+-"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
+-"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
+-"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Make a screencast"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></"
+-"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+-"recording is in progress."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved in your Home "
+-"folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"In the file name, %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the "
+-"file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a "
+-"recording is made within a single session."
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸਿਉਂ <gui>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+-"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+-"perform these steps."
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ (ਹਵਾਈ ਮੋਡ) ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+-"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+-"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your user name in the upper right-hand corner, then choose \"My "
+-"Account\"."
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Unlock your account using the \"Unlock\" button at the bottom left of the "
+-"User Accounts tool."
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the \"Disabled\" option next to \"Fingerprint Login\"."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+-"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+-"select \"Forward\"."
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Swipe the finger you selected three times at moderate speed over your "
+-"fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+-"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
+-"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
+-"you will see the message \"Done!\""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Select \"Forward\". You will see a confirmation message that your "
+-"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select \"Close\" to finish."
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+-"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select \"Log Out...\"."
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select \"Log Out\" to confirm. The login "
+-"screen appears."
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+-"your name."
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+-"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+-"with a password. If you want to try again, select the \"Cancel\" button and "
+-"return to the previous step."
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Swipe the finger you registered over your fingerprint scanner. You will be "
+-"logged in."
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:73(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+-"To unlock it, enter your password."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Change language"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr "ਕਮਜ਼ੋਰ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸਿਗਨਲ"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+-"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Some "
+-"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
+-"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language the "
+-"software was originally developed in, usually American English."
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
+-"your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+-"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+-"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
+-"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
+-"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
+-"update the folder names."
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> "
+-"settings."
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+-"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+-"is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave "
+-"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
+-"too quickly."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "ਰੁਝੇਵੇਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+-"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੋਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+-"for easy access:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select "
+-"<gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਜੁੜੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
+-"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>. You can also drag the "
+-"application icon to the Trash icon on the dash to remove it."
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Start applications"
+-msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "ਸੱਭ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
+-"can find all of your applications. (You can open the overview by pressing "
+-"the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> too.)"
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Start typing the name of an application - it should search for it instantly. "
+-"(If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen "
+-"and then start typing.) Then, click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a "
+-"list of applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-"categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. "
+-"Click the application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em> (the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview). Click one of those "
+-"to start that application."
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "ਮੋਡ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging an "
+-"application's icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and "
+-"dropping it on one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. "
+-"The application will open in the workspace that you choose."
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:49(note/title)
+-msgid "Quickly running a command"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Another, more advanced way of running an application is to use its "
+-"<em>command name</em>, which you can do by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, entering a command, and then pressing "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "ਯੰਤਰ ਦਾ MAC ਪਤਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+-"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+-"so on."
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "ਕਲੋਨ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ MAC ਪਤਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:31(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+-"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+-"(to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਪੂਰੀ  ਕਰ ਲਈ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗਾਂ "
+-"ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:35(section/title)
+-msgid "Log out or switch users"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+-"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of "
+-"your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you "
+-"left it when you log back in."
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To log out or switch users, click your name on the top bar and select the "
+-"appropriate option."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Lock the screen"
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+-"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running "
+-"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
+-"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
+-"amount of time."
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+-"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock "
+-"Screen</gui>."
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+-"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:67(section/title)
+-msgid "Suspend"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "ਹੇਠਲੇ ਢੰਗ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹਨ:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:69(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
+-"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close your lid. "
+-"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your "
+-"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+-"suspend."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"To suspend your computer manaully, click your name on the top bar and select "
+-"<gui>Suspend</gui>."
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:82(section/title)
+-msgid "Shut down or restart"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ (DHCP) ਪਤੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:84(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first "
+-"log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</"
+-"gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click "
+-"the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or "
+-"<gui>Shut Down</gui>."
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:90(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+-"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+-"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+-"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਲਿੰਕ-ਸਥਾਨਕ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+-"If you need to shut down or restart quickly, you can do it without logging "
+-"out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. "
+-"The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Select "
+-"this to shut down or restart."
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:62(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:114(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='92aa5189eefa383d710da00cf52fb339'"
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+-"overview."
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:22(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+-msgstr "ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+-"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+-"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(media/p)
+-msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+-"and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. "
+-"Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your "
+-"profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:47(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(item/title)
+-msgid "Activities overview"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:51(media/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Activities button"
+-msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਲੁਕੇ ਹੋਏ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> on your "
+-"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
+-"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:63(media/p)
+-msgid "The dash"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr "ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <gui>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+-"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+-"open that application. If the application is already running, clicking the "
+-"icon will bring up the most recently used window."
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-"
+-"click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the overview, "
+-"or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+-"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+-"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
+-"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows "
+-"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application "
+-"to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace "
+-"thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
+-"favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not "
+-"running, so you can access them quickly."
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(section/title)
+-msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਸਹੀ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰਿਆ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਅਤੇ ਵੀ ਜੁੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:100(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:106(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+-"</link>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਸਹੀ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(section/title)
+-msgid "You and your computer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(media/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "User menu"
+-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr "hex ਜਾਂ ASCII ਪਛਾਣ ਚਾਬੀ ਨਾਲ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+-"computer."
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. When you use "
+-"the <app>Empathy</app> instant messaging application, this will set your "
+-"status for your contacts to see."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"If you set yourself to Busy, you won't be bothered by message popups at the "
+-"bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in the message tray "
+-"when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But only urgent "
+-"messages will be presented, such as when your battery is critically low."
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:131(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-session-status\">Learn more about changing your "
+-"availability.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+-"system settings."
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:138(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+-"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+-"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
+-"or power off the computer from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:144(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+-"turning off your computer.</link>"
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+-msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(table/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">windows key</link>"
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(td/p)
+-msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(td/p)
+-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ </keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</"
+-"link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr "ਪਾਬੰਦੀਸ਼ੁਦਾ (ਬਾਇਨਰੀ) ਚਾਲਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਭਾਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</"
+-"key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਲਈ ਵਿਡੋਜ਼ ਚਾਲਕ ਵਰਤੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+-"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+-"applications list, and search field."
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
++"ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਸਹੀ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਨਾਲ "
++"ਨਹੀਂ ਪਛਾਣਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Hide all windows and show the desktop."
+-msgstr "ਸਭ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਛੋਟੇ ਬਣਾ ਕੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਫੋਕਸ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ ਨਿਪਟਾਰਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਪਛਾਣ ਲਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+-"different workspace.</link>"
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
++"*-ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ\n"
++"       ਵੇਰਵਾ: ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ\n"
++"       ਉਤਪਾਦ: PRO/ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ 3945ABG [Golan] ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ\n"
++"       ਵਿਤਰਕ: ਇੰਟੈਲ ਕਾਰਪੋਰੇਸ਼ਨ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(table/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+-msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਭ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਚੁਣੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "PCI (ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ) ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+-msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਪਾਠ ਜਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ ਕੱਟਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ 'ਚ ਰੱਖਣਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+-msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਪਾਠ ਜਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ 'ਚ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+-msgstr "ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਚੇਪੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
+-msgid "Undo the last action."
+-msgstr "ਆਖਰੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਲੈਣੀ।"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(table/title)
+-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+-msgstr "<keycap>Shift</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Take a screenshot."
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "USB ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Take a screenshot of a window."
+-msgstr "ਫੋਕਸ ਹੋਈ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(td/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></"
+-"keycombo>ਦੱਬੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record\">Start and end screencast recording.</link>"
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਸ 005 ਯੰਤਰ 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ "
++"ਡਾਟਾ ਮੌਡਮ HSD USB ਕਾਰਡ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ PCMCIA ਯੰਤਰ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+-"happen."
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ <em>ਬਿਨਾਂ</em> ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਲੱਗ ਇਨ ਕੀਤਿਆਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Notifications and the Messaging Tray"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਲਾ ਲਿਖੋ, ਫਿਰ <key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:23(section/title)
+-msgid "What's a notification?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:24(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+-"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for "
+-"your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a "
+-"notification informing you about that."
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+-"The notification will first appear as a single line, so as to be least "
+-"distracting. You can move your mouse over it if you want to see its full "
+-"content."
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "The Messaging Tray"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਪਛਾਣਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"The Messaging Tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen and contains all the notifications that you have "
+-"not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"You can view the notifications by clicking on the Messaging Tray items. The "
+-"items in the Messaging Tray are usually applications that sent you "
+-"notifications. However, chat notifications are given a special treatment and "
+-"are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid "The Messaging Tray is always visible in the Activities Overview."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Overview"
+-msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
+-msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੇ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਲਈ ਫੋਂਟ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:22(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Overview of the desktop"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:27(section/title)
+-msgid "The Desktop"
+-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜਾ)"
+-
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:31(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Applications and windows"
+-msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:35(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Files and folders"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭੇਜਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਇਕੱਠੀ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change your chat status and hide notifications."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Change your availability"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can change "
+-"your status to <gui>Busy</gui>. Just click your name on the top bar and "
+-"select <gui>Busy</gui>."
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"When you're marked busy, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of "
+-"the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+-"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+-"the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and "
+-"they will be shown to you when you mark yourself available again."
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will also "
+-"change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to disturb "
+-"you."
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Activities, dash, top bar... What are they?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click the <gui>Activities</gui> button at the top left of the screen."
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜਿੰਨੀਆਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਣ ਹੋ ਜਾਣ, <gui>ਅੱਗੇ</gui> "
++"ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+-msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਝਲਕਾਓ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
+-"open, with a preview and the name of the currently-selected window."
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:36(item/title)
+-msgid "Dash"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+-"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+-"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
+-"the <em>dock</em>."
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(item/title)
+-msgid "Hot corner"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+-"you move the pointer there, the activities overview opens."
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:46(item/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Notifications"
+-msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+-"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+-"with you sends a message, a message will pop up to tell you. If you don't "
+-"want to deal with a message right now, it hides to your messaging tray. Move "
+-"your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>System Settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+-"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+-"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui> to access them."
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(item/title)
+-msgid "Top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+-"The <gui>Activities</gui> button is on one end of the top bar and your user "
+-"name is on the other."
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:61(item/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Workspace"
+-msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+-"way of grouping and separating windows."
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:66(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Workspace selector"
+-msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸੰਪਰਕਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਛਾਣੋ ਤੇ ਠੀਕ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+-"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+-"overview."
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check the activities overview or look at other workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Find a lost window"
+-msgstr "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਝਰੋਖੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਇਕੱਠੀ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "ਤਹਾਡਾ ਹਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਜਾਂਚ ਰਿਹਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਰਾਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮੌਡਮ ਅਤੇ ਰਾਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"You may have put the window on a different workspace, or it might be hidden "
+-"behind another window. You can find it again by using the activities "
+-"overview."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਈਨ ਵਰਤਣਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link> and "
+-"make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is selected (rather than "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>). If the window you're looking for is on the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link> that you're "
+-"currently using, it will be displayed here. Simply click the window once "
+-"you've found it to display it again."
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"If it is not displayed here, it might be on a different workspace. Click on "
+-"the different workspaces (in the list on the right-hand side of the screen) "
+-"to try to find your window."
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also right-click on the application in the dash. All open windows of "
+-"an application will be listed. You can click on the window you wish to "
+-"switch to in the list."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "WEP ਅਤੇ WPA ਦਾ ਕੀ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"A faster method of finding a window is to use the <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> window switcher. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+-"key and press <key>Tab</key>. Still holding-down the <key>Alt</key> key, "
+-"press <gui>Tab</gui> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
+-"<keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> to cycle through it "
+-"backwards."
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, there is an arrow below the "
+-"application icon which is seen when tabbing through the apps. Pressing the "
+-"down arrow on your keyboard will allow you to tab through the multiple "
+-"windows."
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
+-msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਨਾ-ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕਿੰਗ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window, you can:"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">ਤਾਰ "
++"ਵਾਲਾ</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">ਸੰਪਰਕ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਲਾਂ</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਿੰਗ</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">ਈ-ਮੇਲ ਖਾਤੇ</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:27(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Double-click on the title bar of the window."
+-msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕਿੰਗ, ਵੈੱਬ, ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ &amp; ਗੱਪਸ਼ੱਪ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"To maximize a window, click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application, "
+-"and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> "
+-"touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes highlighted. "
+-"Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "ਅੰਦਾਜਨ ਬੈਟਰੀ ਜੀਵਨ-ਕਾਲ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title bar</"
+-"gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. After "
+-"the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore itself to "
+-"an unmaximized state."
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move "
+-"the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to click in the "
+-"<gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and then press "
+-"<key>x</key>."
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:22(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+-msgstr "ਸਭ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Working with windows"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਊਰਜਾ ਖਪਤ ਨੂੰ ਘਟਾਉਣ ਦੇ ਟੋਟਕੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "ਘੱਟ ਊਰਜਾ ਵਰਤੋ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਟਰੀ ਜੀਵਨ-ਕਾਲ ਵਧੀਆ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:53(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Working with workspaces"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੰਕੇਤ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Window operations and modes"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:35(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
+-msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ਯੰਤਰਾਂ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਅਤੇ ਸਕੈਨਰ) ਨੂੰ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਰਤ ਨਾ ਰਹੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਤਾਂ ਬੰਦ "
++"ਕਰ ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(item/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Minimize"
+-msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr "ਲੈਪਟਾਪ, ਨੈੱਟਬੁੱਕ, ਅਤੇ ਬੈਟਰੀਆਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਹੋਰ ਯੰਤਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-"menu. Then press <key>n</key>."
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+-"The window 'disappears' into the top left hand corner. It can be <link xref="
+-"\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieved</link> from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview or by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to tab "
+-"through the different open application windows."
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:56(item/title)
+-msgid "Close"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "To close the window:"
+-msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਉੱਨਤ ਟੋਟਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui> x </gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:65(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
+-msgstr "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Resize a window"
+-msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83(note/p)
+-msgid "To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
+-"direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
+-"window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-"
+-"pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse "
+-"pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-"
+-"pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the "
+-"window in the horizontal direction."
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or "
+-"bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-"
+-"pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in "
+-"the vertical direction."
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:101(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
+-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਤੋਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:102(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + "
+-"click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left "
+-"side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. "
+-"Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your "
+-"screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108(section/title)
+-msgid "Hide windows from view"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr "ਮੇਰਾ ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਬੈਟਰੀ ਤੇ ਚੱਲਦੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਹੌਲੀ ਕਿਉਂ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"To hide a window from view, you can just <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
+-"states#min-rest-close\">minimize</link> it. It will 'disappear' into the top "
+-"left hand corner of the window. To be able to access it, enter the "
+-"<gui>Activities</gui> view."
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ </keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Switch between windows"
+-msgstr "ਬਦਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(item/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "From a workspace:"
+-msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to switch between "
+-"windows."
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ </keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The windows are grouped by application and the previews of the applications "
+-"with multiple windows are available as you click through. The previews show "
+-"up after a short delay, but you can get them immediately by clicking the ↓ "
+-"arrow key."
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"The applications running on other workspaces are displayed after a vertical "
+-"separator. Including all applications in the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> makes switching between tasks a single step process and "
+-"provides you with a full picture of what applications are running."
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can move between the preview windows with the → or ← arrow keys or with "
+-"the mouse pointer."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Previews of applications with a single window are only available when the ↓ "
+-"arrow is explicitly hit."
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"It is possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse and "
+-"clicking."
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(item/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
+-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+-"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+-"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
+-"view the open windows on each workspace."
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:24(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
+-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਤੋਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and make sure you're looking at the "
+-"<gui>Windows</gui> view."
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click and drag the window to the right of the screen."
+-msgstr "ਸਰੂਪਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਰੂਪ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "The panel with the workspaces will appear."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "ਲੈਪਟਾਪ ਦਾ ਪੱਖਾ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Drop the window onto the empty workspace. This will move the window to a new "
+-"workspace and a new empty workspace will be created."
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the window to make it <em>live</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace."
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+-"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program on one "
+-"workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
+-"manager could be on a third workspace."
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear with your current "
+-"workspaces plus an extra empty (having no open application windows on it) "
+-"workspace."
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"To add a workspace, move a window from an existing workspace onto the empty "
+-"workspace in the right panel. To do this, click on an application window in "
+-"a workspace and drag and drop it onto the empty workspace. This workspace "
+-"now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace "
+-"should appear at the bottom of the workspace panel."
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all the window in it, or move the window "
+-"onto a previous workspace."
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the Activities overview and click one of the workspaces in the list on "
+-"the right-hand side of the screen."
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+-msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
+-
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to "
+-"view the open windows on each workspace."
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33(item/title)
+-msgid "From workspace and <gui>Activity</gui> overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+-"alert sounds."
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "ਮੇਰਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਗਰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+-"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+-"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+-msgstr "<guibutton>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+-"play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+-"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and "
+-"other audio playback."
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"To disable alert sounds entirely, select <gui>Mute</gui> on the <gui>Sound "
+-"Effects</gui> tab."
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "The sound is broken on my computer!"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+-"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+-"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+-"with the drivers for the sound card."
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+-"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+-"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+-"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
+-"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr "<gui>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ</gui> ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+-"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+-"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
+-"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+-"sound card."
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+-"sound card is detected."
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਕੰਮ ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਬਿਜਲੀ ਦੀ ਤਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਯਾਤਰਾ "
++"ਅਡਾਪਟਰ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+-"play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+-"problem."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the sound icon on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) and make "
+-"sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+-"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+-"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+-"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
+-"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound "
+-"Preferences</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on "
+-"there."
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+-"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+-"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
+-"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+-"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+-"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
+-"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
+-"see if that works."
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:37(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+-"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+-"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+-"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
+-"choose the right one."
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the sound icon on the top panel and select <gui>Sound Preferences</"
+-"gui>."
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+-"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+-"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+-"and try each profile."
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+-"devices that are listed."
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab "
+-"too."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+-"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+-"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
+-"are not installed."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:67(item/p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+-"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+-"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਜਗਾਉਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਮੇਰਾ ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸੰਪਰਕ (ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ "
++"ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ) ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+-"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+-"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
+-"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
+-"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
+-"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
+-"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
+-"detailed information."
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+-"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+-"instructions."
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+-"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+-"computer and external USB sound cards."
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Use a different microphone"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਰਤਣੀ"
+-
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice "
+-"recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer "
+-"has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate "
+-"microphone could provide better audio quality."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it "
+-"into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two "
+-"sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a "
+-"microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will "
+-"usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting "
+-"a default input device."
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+-"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+-"which microphone to use by default."
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
+-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
+-"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
+-"\"input\"."
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਚਿਰ ਪਿੱਛੋਂ ਮੇਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਧੁੰਦਲੀ ਕਿਉਂ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਧੁੰਦਲਾ ਹੋਣ ਤੋਂ ਰੋਕ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+-"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+-"plug or with USB."
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+-"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+-"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
+-"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
+-"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
+-"default device."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+-"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+-"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+-"settings. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</"
+-"gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select "
+-"your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. "
+-"In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will "
+-"speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "ਮੇਰਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+-"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+-"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid "On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਤਾਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਗੀ, ਬੈਟਰੀ ਖਾਲੀ, ਜਾਂ ਢਿੱਲੀ ਤਾਰ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਨਾਲ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+-"application."
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the sound volume"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਬੀਪ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਫਿਰ ਬੰਦ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the sound volume, click the volume icon on the top bar and move "
+-"the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by "
+-"dragging the slider all the way to the right."
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ ਪੱਖੇ ਤਾਂ ਘੁੰਮ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ ਪਰ ਪਰਦੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਨਹੀਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+-"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+-msgstr ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚਣ ਲਈ ਪਹਿਲੀ ਚੀਜ ਇਹ ਕਿ ਮੌਨੀਟਰ ਦੀ ਤਾਰ ਲੱਗੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+-"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+-"volume control too."
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ ਕਿਸੇ ਹਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਖਰਾਬੀ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਵੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਬਟਨ "
++"ਦੱਬਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਪੱਖੇ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਪਰ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਣ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਹਾਲਤ ਵਿੱਚ, ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਮੁਰੰਮਤ ਲਈ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+-"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+-"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
+-"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+-msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">ਮੁਲਤਵੀ</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">ਧੁੰਦਲੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "ਊਰਜਾ &amp; ਬੈਟਰੀ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+-"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+-"click the volume icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Preferences</"
+-"gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the "
+-"application there."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "ਬੈਟਰੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+-"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+-"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
+-"volume."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "ਊਰਜਾ ਸਮੱਸਿਆਵਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "ਊਰਜਾ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਟਰੀਆਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਿਪਟਾਰਾ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">ਅਕਾਰ ਅਤੇ ਘੁਮਾਉ</link>, ਚਮਕ…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ &amp; ਸਕਰੀਨ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+-"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+-msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">ਖੇਤਰ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ "
++"ਖਾਕੇ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Enter special characters"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+-"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+-"different ways you can enter special characters."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(links/title)
+-msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+-msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">ਮਾਊਸ</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/title)
+-msgid "Character map"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ &amp; ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+-"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+-"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr "ਕਾਗਜ ਦੇ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਪਾਸੇ, ਜਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਸ਼ੀਟ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਛਾਪੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+-"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:"
+-"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr "ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ ਅਤੇ ਬਹੁ-ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਖਾਕੇ ਛਾਪੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Compose key"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "ਕਾਗਜ ਦੇ ਹਰੇਕ ਵਰਕੇ ਦੇ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਪਾਸਿਆਂ ਤੇ ਛਪਾਈ ਕਰੋ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ਫਾਈਲ</gui><gui>ਛਾਪੋ</gui></guiseq> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+-"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+-"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
+-"key>."
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪਰਿੰਟ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੀ <gui>ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ</gui> "
++"ਹੇਠਾਂ-ਲਮਕਵੀਂ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। ਜੇ ਚੋਣ ਅਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਲਈ "
++"ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ ਛਪਾਈ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+-"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ ਛਪਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਤਰੀਕਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਨਜਿੱਠਦੇ ਹਨ। ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਇਹ "
++"ਦੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰਯੋਗ ਕਰਨਾ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਇੱਕ ਚੰਗੀ ਗੱਲ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(steps/title)
+-msgid "Define a compose key"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਗਜ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ <em>ਪਾਸੇ</em>ਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਵੀ ਛਾਪ ਸਕਦੇ "
++"ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਪੰਨ੍ਹਾ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਣਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ "
++"ਇਸ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਵੀ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
+-"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
+-"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
+-"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
+-"work for their original purpose."
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਧਾਰਣ A4/ਪੱਤਰ-ਅਕਾਰ ਕਾਗਜ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਪਰਤਵੇਂ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ (ਇੱਕ ਕਿਤਾਬ ਜਾਂ ਪਰਚੇ ਵਾਂਗ) "
++"ਛਾਪੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr "ਪਰਤਵੇਂ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਛਾਪੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+-"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਨੂੰ ਕੁੱਝ ਕੁ ਛਪਾਈ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ ਖਾਸ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਛਾਪ ਕੇ "
++"ਪਰਤਵੇਂ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ (ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟੀ ਕਿਤਾਬ ਜਾਂ ਪਰਚੇ ਵਾਂਗ) ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+-"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr "ਇਹ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ PDF ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਤੋਂ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ <app>LibreOffice</app> ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛਾਪਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ "
++"ਹੋ, ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ <guiseq><gui>ਫਾਈਲ</gui><gui>PDF ਵਜੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਭੇਜੋ…</gui></"
++"guiseq> ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਬਾਹਰ ਭੇਜੋ। ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਦੇ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਅੰਕ 4 ਦੇ ਗੁਣਜ (4, 8, 12, "
++"16,…) ਹੋਣੇ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ 3 ਖਾਲੀ ਪੰਨ੍ਹੇ ਜੋੜਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+-"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+-"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਆਮ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ। <em>ਹੱਦ</em> ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ, <gui>ਸਫ੍ਹੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+-"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+-"Wikipedia</link>."
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਇਸ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖੋ (ਸਫ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਕੁੱਲ ਗਿਣਤੀ n ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ 4 ਦੇ "
++"ਗੁਣਾਂਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ):"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Code points"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "ਉਦਾਹਰਣਾਂ:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:90(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+-"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+-"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
+-"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
+-"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
+-"after <gui>U+</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "4 ਪੰਨ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ: ਲਿਖੋ <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "8 ਪੰਨ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ: ਲਿਖੋ <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+-"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+-"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
+-"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
+-"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
+-"them quickly."
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"20 ਪੰਨ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ: ਲਿਖੋ "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕਾ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "ਹੁਣ, <gui>ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+-"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+-"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
+-"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ਖਾਕਾ</em> ਥੱਲੇ, <gui>ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਨਿੱਕਾ ਕਿਨਾਰਾ (ਪਲਟ)</"
++"gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Users"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਪੰਨ੍ਹਾ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>2</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਫ੍ਹਾ ਤਰਤੀਬ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਖੱਬੇ ਤੋਂ ਸੱਜੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "User accounts"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਛਾਪੋੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+-"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+-"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
+-"account if you know the password."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr "ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਕਿਸੇ ਇੱਕ-ਪਾਸੜ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਛਾਪੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:30(info/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Accounts"
+-msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Manage user accounts"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਆਮ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:36(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Passwords"
+-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>ਹੱਦ</em> ਹੇਠਾਂ, <gui>ਸਫ੍ਹੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:41(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Privileges"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…ਜਦ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਾਰੇ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ ਨਾ ਲਿਖ ਚੁੱਕੇ ਹੋਵੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "User privileges"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"12 ਪੰਨ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ: ਲਿਖੋ <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+-"password."
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"16 ਪੰਨ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ: ਲਿਖੋ <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</"
++"input>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Add a guest user account"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਫ਼ਾ ਸੈਟਅੱਪ</gui>ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+-"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+-"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, mess "
+-"with your settings, or install software."
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ਖਾਕਾ</em> ਹੇਠਾਂ, <gui>ਦੋ-ਪਾਸੜ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਇੱਕ ਪਾਸੜ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:31(steps/title)
+-msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਪੰਨ੍ਹਾ ਸਫ੍ਹੇ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>2</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:34(item/p) C/user-add.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+-msgstr "<guibutton>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਿਰਫ ਛਾਪੋ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਟਾਂਕ ਵਰਕੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:35(item/p) C/user-add.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom-left corner and type your password to "
+-"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਸਾਰੇ ਪੰਨ੍ਹੇ ਛੱਪ ਚੁੱਕੇ ਹੋਣ, ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਲਟ ਦਿਉ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਫਿਰ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖ ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p) C/user-add.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਿਰਫ ਛਾਪੋ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, <gui>ਜਿਸਤ ਵਰਕੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਇੱਕ ਪਰਤਵਾਂ, ਬਹੁ-ਵਰਕਾ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ A4 ਜਾਂ ਪੱਤਰ-ਅਕਾਰ ਕਾਗਜ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਛਾਪਣਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛਾਪੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸੇ PDF ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਛਾਪ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+-"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+-"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
+-"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ PDF ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ 4 ਦੀ ਗੁਣਾਂਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਸ "
++"ਨੂੰ 4 ਦਾ ਗੁਣਾਂਕ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਢੁਕਵੀਂ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਦੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਵਰਕੇ (1,2 ਜਾਂ 3) ਜੋੜਨੇ ਪੈਣਗੇ। "
++"ਅਜਿਹਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, "
+-"click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented "
+-"with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
+-"list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ (1-3) ਦੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ <app>LibreOffice</app> ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ "
++"ਬਣਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If you like, you can click the image next to the guest user's name on the "
+-"right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login "
+-"window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your "
+-"own or take a picture with your webcam."
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖਾਲੀ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ <guiseq><gui>ਫਾਈਲ</gui> <gui>PDF ਵਜੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਭੇਜੋ…</gui></"
++"guiseq> ਚੁਣ ਕੇ PDF ਵਜੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਭੇਜੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਖਾਲੀ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ PDF ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਨਾਲ <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> ਜਾਂ <app>PDF Mod</"
++"app> ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਮਿਲਾ ਦਿਉ, ਖਾਲੀ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਅਖੀਰ ਤੇ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:23(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Add a new user account"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ ਖੋਜ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ"
+-
+-#: C/user-add.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+-"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+-"folder, documents, and settings."
+-msgstr ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr "ਹੇਠਲੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਿਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦਾ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਵਰਤੋਗੇ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਬਕਾਇਆ ਪਏ ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਤਾਰ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾ ਦਿਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਛਪਾਈ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ, ਵਿਰਾਮ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਛੱਡੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
+-"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do "
+-"things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change "
+-"the date and time."
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਬਕਾਇਆ ਪਏ ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ "
++"ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਤਾਰ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+-"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+-"you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਘਟਨਾਵੱਸ਼ ਕੋਈ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਛਾਪਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਰੋਕ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਜਾਂ ਕਾਗਜ ਦਾ ਹਰਜਾ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਮ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਪਰਿੰਟਰ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+-"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click the button label next "
+-"to <gui>Password</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the "
+-"password now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user "
+-"set their password the first time they log in."
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਕੰਮ ਵਿਖਾਉ</gui> ਬਟਨ <gui>ਪਰਿੰਟਰ</gui> ਸੰਵਾਦ ਦੇ ਸੱਜੇ-ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਤੇ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
+-"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
+-"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਚਲਾਉ-ਵਿਰਾਮ-ਰੋਕੋ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਰੋਕੋ ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਰੱਦ "
++"ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+-"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+-"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਛਪਾਈ ਰੱਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ, ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ <gui>ਰੱਦ "
++"ਕਰੋ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to "
+-"set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. "
+-"GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or "
+-"take a picture with your webcam."
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਖਰੀ ਹੱਲ ਵਜੋਂ, ਖਾਸ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਬਹੁਤ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਵਰਕਿਆਂ ਵਾਲਾ ਵੱਡਾ "
++"ਕੰਮ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਰੱਦ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ, ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੀ ਕਾਗਜ ਰੱਖਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਤਸ਼ਤਰੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਾਗਜ ਕੱਢ ਲਉ। "
++"ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਲੱਗਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਾਗਜ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਛਪਾਈ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਿਰ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਫਿਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ "
++"ਕੇ ਫਿਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+-"giving them administrative privileges."
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕਾਗਜ ਕੱਢ ਦੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਨੁਕਸਾਨ ਨਾ ਪਹੁੰਚਾ ਦਿਉ, ਪਰ - ਜੇ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕਾਗਜ ਕੱਢਦੇ ਵੇਲੇ ਜੋਰ ਨਾਲ ਖਿੱਚਣਾ ਪਵੇ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਉੱਥੇ ਰਹਿਣ "
++"ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਇਹ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕੰਮ ਤੇ ਵਿਰਾਮ ਲਗਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਛੱਡੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+-"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+-"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
+-"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕੰਮ ਤੇ ਵਿਰਾਮ ਲਾਉਣਾ ਜਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਜਿਹਾ "
++"ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੌਬ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾ ਕੇ ਅਤੇ ਢੁਕਵੇਂ ਬਟਨ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਕਰ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open "
+-"<gui>User Accounts</gui>."
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਕੰਮ ਵਿਖਾਉ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਸੱਜੇ-ਹੱਥ ਵਾਲੇ ਪਾਸੇ <gui>ਪਰਿੰਟਰ</gui> ਸੰਵਾਦ ਵਿੱਚ "
++"ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ ਦੇ ਹਿਸਾਬ ਨਾਲ ਛਪਾਈ ਦੇ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਵਿਰਾਮ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਛੱਡੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+-"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+-"yourself.)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਅਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਘੁਮਾਉ ਦੇ ਕਾਗਜ ਤੇ ਛਾਪੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:35(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
+-"option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
+-msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਵਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ ਵੇਲੇ ਕਾਗਜ ਅਕਾਰ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
+-"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੋ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਇੱਕ US ਪੱਤਰ-ਅਕਾਰ ਦੇ PDF "
++"ਨੂੰ A4 ਕਾਗਜ ਉੱਤੇ ਛਾਪੋ), ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਲਈ ਛਪਾਈ ਦਾ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform "
+-"admin tasks."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ਫਾਈਲ</gui><gui>ਛਾਪੋ</gui></guiseq> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Choose <gui>Supervised</gui> if you want the user to have an extra-secure "
+-"user account which has extra restrictions on things like connecting to "
+-"networks. Use this option if the user is someone you don't know (e.g. a "
+-"\"guest user\"), or who may try to make unwanted changes to the system."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਵਰਕਾ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+-"they next log in."
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ਕਾਗਜ</em> ਕਾਲਮ ਥੱਲੇ, ਹੇਠਾਂ-ਲਮਕਵੀਂ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <em>ਕਾਗਜ ਅਕਾਰ</em> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr "<gui>ਛਾਪੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਛਪਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+-"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+-"installed the system."
+-msgstr ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ <gui>ਘੁਮਾਉ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਘੁਮਾਉ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "ਪੋਰਟਰੇਟ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "ਲੈਂਡਸਕੇਪ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "ਪੋਰਟਰੇਟ ਪਰਤਾਉ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "ਲੈਂਡਸਕੇਪ ਪਰਤਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
+-"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
+-"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
+-"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
+-"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
+-"also protected."
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ/ਲੇਬਲ ਦਾ ਸਹੀ ਪਾਸਾ ਉੱਪਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਸਹੀ ਕਾਗਜ ਅਕਾਰ "
++"ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਅਤੇ ਲੇਬਲ ਛਾਪੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+-"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+-"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
+-"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿੱਧਾ ਕਿਸੇ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਜਾਂ ਲੇਬਲਾਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਵਰਕੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਛਾਪਣ ਦੇ "
++"ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ, ਇਹ ਖਾਸ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਉਸ ਵੇਲੇ ਮਦਦਗਾਰ ਹੈ ਜਦੋਂ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ "
++"ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚਿੱਠੀਆਂ ਹੋਣ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr "ਲਿਫਾਫਿਆਂ ਤੇ ਛਾਪ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get "
+-"admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs "
+-"admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to "
+-"install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask "
+-"for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. "
+-"Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
+-msgstr ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਛਪਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ "
++"ਹੈ। ਪਹਿਲੀ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਤਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਕੀ "
++"ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਡੇ <gui>ਛਾਪੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਅਤੇ ਜਦੋਂ ਛਪਾਈ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਪਰਗਟ "
++"ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, <gui>ਵਰਕਾ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਜੇ ਚੁਣ ਸਕੋ ਤਾਂ <gui>ਕਾਗਜ "
++"ਕਿਸਮ</gui> ਨੂੰ \"ਲਿਫਾਫਾ\" ਵਜੋਂ ਚੁਣੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਨਾ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ, ਵੇਖੋ ਕਿ ਜੇ "
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ <gui>ਕਾਗਜ ਅਕਾਰ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਲਿਫਾਫਾ ਅਕਾਰ (ਉਦਾਹਰਣ \"C5\") ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
++"ਲਿਫਾਫਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਥੱਦੀ ਦੱਸ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਕਿਸ ਅਕਾਰ ਦੇ ਹਨ; ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਤ "
++"ਅਕਾਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+-"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. If you aren't allowed any "
+-"admin privileges, you will not be able to install software, for example. "
+-"Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin "
+-"privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you "
+-"might accidentally change an important file and break something."
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਦੂਜੇ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੀ ਤਸ਼ਤਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਸਹੀ "
++"ਪਾਸਾ ਉੱਪਰ ਵੱਲ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਰੱਖੇ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਲਈ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦਾ ਹਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚਾ ਜਾਂਚੋ, ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕੋ "
++"ਲਿਫਾਫਾ ਛਾਪਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਪਾਸਾ ਉੱਪਰ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਉਪਰ ਕਰਨ "
++"ਲਈ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਪਾਸਾ ਸਹੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+-"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਲਿਫਾਫਿਆਂ ਉੱਪਰ ਛਪਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਬਣਾਏ ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਏ ਹੁੰਦੇ, ਖਾਸ "
++"ਕਰ ਕੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਲੇਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ। ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੇ ਹਿਦਾਇਤ ਕਿਤਾਬਚੇ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਚੋ "
++"ਕਿ ਜੇ ਇਹ ਲਿਫਾਫੇ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ; ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਫਾਫਾ ਪਾ ਕੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ "
++"ਖਰਾਬ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਦਵਾਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਾਕੀ ਬਚੀ ਹੋਈ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਜਾਂ ਟੋਨਰ ਦੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਜਾਂਚੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੇ ਸਿਆਹੀ/ਟੋਨਰ ਦਾ ਪੱਧਰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਜਾਂਚ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਾਕੀ ਬਚੀ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਜਾਂ ਟੋਨਰ ਦੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਜਾਂਚਣੀ ਹੈ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
++"ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੇ ਮਾਡਲ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਰਮਾਤਾ, ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਚਾਲਕਾਂ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(note/title)
+-msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਕੁੱਝ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿਆਹੀ ਪੱਧਰ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਬਣੀਆਂ "
++"ਸਕਰੀਨਾਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+-"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+-"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
+-"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਆਦਾਤਰ HP ਪਰਿੰਟਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਚਾਲਕ ਅਤੇ ਹਾਲਾਤ ਸੰਦ HP ਲੀਨਿਕਸ ਇਮੇਜਿੰਗ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਿੰਗ "
++"(HPLIP) ਪਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਵਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਹੋਰ ਨਿਰਮਾਤਾ ਮਿਲਦੇ-ਜੁਲਦੇ ਫੀਚਰਾਂ "
++"ਵਾਲੇ ਮਲਕੀਅਤ ਵਾਲੇ ਚਾਲਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਪੂਰਤੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+-"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+-"intentionally or unintentionally."
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+-"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+-"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
+-"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+-"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+-"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
+-"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
+-"standpoint."
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+-"privileges."
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਹੇਠਲੇ ਕਦਮ ਚੁੱਕੋ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have "
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some "
+-"things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ, ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਸੋਧਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "ਬਦਲਾਅ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ<key>ਐਂਟਰ</key> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "ਸਥਿਤੀ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ, ਸਥਿਤੀ ਸੋਧਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the "
+-"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Installing new applications"
+-msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ, ਵੱਖਰਾ ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "ਪਰਤਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+-"link>."
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "ਕ੍ਰਮ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਤਾਉਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+-"settings."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Change your password"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+-"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(item/p) C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>My Account</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. It should look like a "
+-"series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+-"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+-msgstr "<guibutton>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr "ਕਾਗਜ ਜਾਮ ਸਾਫ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the keyring password"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+-"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+-"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
+-"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
+-"keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the "
+-"keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:65(section/p)
+-msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਕੁੱਝ ਇੱਕ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਛਾਪੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Passwords and Encryption Keys</app> application from the "
+-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
+-"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-"gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:75(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr "<guibutton>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+-msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਭਾਗ ਬਦਲਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+-"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+-"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+-"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+-"yourself."
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+-"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+-"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+-"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
+-"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+-"to give up."
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮੂਲ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Delete a user account"
+-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖੋਜ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+-"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+-"delete that user's account."
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom-left corner and type your password to "
+-"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਥਾਨਕ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈੱਟਅਪ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+-"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're "
+-"sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These "
+-"files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back "
+-"up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "I forgot my password!"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
+-"and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If you have "
+-"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
+-"the following steps to reset it."
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
+-"forgotten password."
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
+-"changepassword\"/>."
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:42(section/title)
+-msgid "Reset password on Grub2 systems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<key>+</key> ਬਚਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup to "
+-"get into the grub menu."
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
+-"system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
+-"down the <key>Shift</key> key."
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit "
+-"any Linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd"
+-"\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'linux'. This "
+-"line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:64(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
+-msgid "Add <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> to the end of the line."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key> x </key></keyseq> to boot."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ </keycap></keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:74(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:152(item/p)
+-msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:77(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:155(item/p)
+-msgid "<cmd>mount -o remount, rw /</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:160(item/p)
+-msgid "At the next <cmd>#</cmd> symbol type:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਓ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:85(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:163(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
+-"username of the account you're changing the password for."
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:89(note/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:167(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Debian systems do not have a <cmd>root</cmd> password. Therefore, on Debian "
+-"systems you would always be changing the password of a particular username, "
+-"never root."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਰੰਗ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:173(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
+-"password."
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:178(item/p)
+-msgid "Once the password has been successfully changed:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:103(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:181(item/p)
+-msgid "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:186(item/p)
+-msgid "Then:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:189(item/p)
+-msgid "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਛਾਪੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(section/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(section/p)
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:290(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
+-"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
+-"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
+-"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
+-"keyring</link> and start a new one."
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:120(section/title)
+-msgid "Reset password on Grub systems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:123(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Restart your computer, and press the <key>Esc</key> during bootup to get "
+-"into the grub menu."
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
+-"system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
+-"down the <key>Esc</key> key."
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit "
+-"any linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"#live-cd\">use a live CD</link> "
+-"to reset your user password."
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:137(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਹੋਰ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਤਰਜੀਹਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "ਫਾਈਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ <gui style=\"button\">ਛਾਪੋ</gui> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'kernel'. This "
+-"line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Press <key>b</key> to boot."
+-msgstr "<keycap>ਸਪੇਸ</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:199(section/title)
+-msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈਟਅੱਪ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:202(item/p)
+-msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "ਆਕਾਰ ਅਤੇ ਖਾਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:207(item/p)
+-msgid "Mount your drive."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਕਾਗਜ ਆਕਾਰ ਅਤੇ ਖਾਕੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:212(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
+-"Application</gui> dialog."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:217(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Type <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
+-"privileges."
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:222(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
+-"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
+-"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:235(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure the <gui>Icon view</gui> is selected."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾਵਾਂ ਲੁਕਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:239(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:242(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
+-"ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:246(item/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:254(item/p)
+-msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ</gui> ਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:260(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Find your username in for which you have forgotten the password. It should "
+-"look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:263(item/p)
+-msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:266(item/p)
+-msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:271(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Replace the characters after the first colon (and before the second colon if "
+-"it applies) with the hash for a blank password: U6aMy0wojraho"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:274(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
+-"live CD or USB."
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:279(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you boot back into your installation, type 'about me' in the "
+-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Open <gui>About Me</gui> and reset your "
+-"password."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:284(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
+-"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
+-"password."
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:297(section/title)
+-msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:299(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
+-"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
+-"used for your keyring."
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:304(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview."
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:307(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:310(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
+-msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:313(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
+-msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:316(item/p)
+-msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:319(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Restart the computer."
+-msgstr "ਇੰਨੇ ਵਕਤ ਬਾਅਦ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਹਲਾ ਮੰਨੋ..."
+-
+-#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:323(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
+-"networks password."
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "Choose a secure password"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+-"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+-"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+-"personal information."
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+-"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+-"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
+-"choosing a good password:"
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+-"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+-"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
+-"have to check when trying to guess yours."
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+-"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+-"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
+-"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+-"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+-"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+-"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+-"any family member's name."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:56(item/p)
+-msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+-"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+-"watching you."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:63(note/p)
+-msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+-"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+-"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+-"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
+-"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
+ msgid ""
+-"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+-"region."
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਆਪਣੇ-ਆਪ ਲਾਕ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+-"the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different "
+-"\"region\"."
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਹੀ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਹੋ ਜਾਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:26(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+-"A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio "
+-"format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, "
+-"the movie player you're using should tell you about this and offer to "
+-"install them for you. If this doesn't happen, you'll have to install the "
+-"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this using your Linux "
+-"distribution's support forums or otherwise. The software packages you'll "
+-"probably need are <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</"
+-"app>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
+-"you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you "
+-"have some extra software to handle the copy protection."
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
+-"<link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/"
+-"\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all "
+-"countries."
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:34(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਅਤੇ ਸਕਰੀਨਕਾਸਟ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world "
+-"you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the "
+-"same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you "
+-"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:36(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
+-"play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible "
+-"to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few "
+-"times before it locks into one region permanently."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href="
+-"\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+-"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+-"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+-"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
+-"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the file "
+-"manager (look for <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview), "
+-"right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/"
+-"Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under "
+-"<gui>Video</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+-"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+-"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
+-"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
+-"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
+-"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
+-"it's not installed."
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+-"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+-"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
+-"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
+-"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
+-"the software installer application to see what's available."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+-"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+-"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
+-"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
+-"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"web#connections\">Internet connections</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"web#chat\">starting chats</link>, <link xref=\"web#email\">email accounts</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"web#browser\">plug-ins</link>..."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Web, email &amp; chat"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:28(info/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Connections"
+-msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:30(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Internet connections"
+-msgstr "ਸਿੱਧਾ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨਕਾਸਟ ਬਣਾਉ"
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:35(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Chat"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:37(section/title)
+-msgid "Chat (instant messaging)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "Email"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:46(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Web"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web.page:48(section/title)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid "Browsing the web"
+-msgstr "ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਉਂਗਲੀ ਦੀ ਛਾਪ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+-"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+-"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
+-"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:29(item/p) C/web-default-email.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ, ਇੱਕ ਉਂਗਲ ਛਾਪ ਦਰਜ ਕਰੋ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸ਼ਨਾਖਤ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕੇ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
+-"the list on the left side of the window."
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਉਂਗਲੀ ਬਹੁਤ ਸੁੱਕੀ ਹੈ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਂਗਲ ਛਾਪ ਦਰਜ ਕਰਨ ਵੇਲੇ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ "
++"ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਆਪਣੀ ਉਂਗਲ ਨੂੰ ਥੋੜਾ ਜਿਹਾ ਸਿੱਲਾ ਕਰੋ, ਇੱਕ ਸਾਫ, ਬਿਨਾਂ ਬੁਰ "
++"ਵਾਲੇ ਕੱਪੜੇ ਨਾਲ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਕਾਉ, ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+-"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਫਿਰ ਆਪਣੇ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਲੱਗੀ ਹੋਈ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਤੇ "
++"<gui>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-browser.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+-"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+-"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
+-"browser again."
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ</gui> ਸੰਦ ਦੇ ਸਿਖਰਲੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <gui>ਅਣ-ਲਾਕ</gui> ਬਟਨ "
++"ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਖਾਤੇ ਦਾ ਤਾਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਆਪਣਾ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:15(info/desc) C/web-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਲਾਗਇਨ</gui> ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਵਾਲੀ <gui>ਅਯੋਗ</gui> ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਸ ਵੀ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਰਜ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਉਸ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੱਜੀ ਤਰਜਨੀ "
++"ਉਂਗਲ, ਖੱਬੀ ਤਰਜਨੀ ਉਂਗਲ, ਜਾਂ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਉਂਗਲ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਫਿਰ <gui>ਅੱਗੇ</gui> "
++"ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+-"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+-"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
+-"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
+-"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਚੁਣੀ ਹੋਈ ਉਂਗਲ ਨੂੰ ਤਿੰਨ ਵਾਰੀ <em>ਹਲਕੀ ਗਤੀ</em> ਨਾਲ ਆਪਣੇ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲੇ "
++"ਉੱਪਰੋਂ ਛੁਹਾ ਕੇ ਗੁਜਾਰੋ। ਹਰ ਵਾਰੀ ਜਦੋਂ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਾਲਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਉਂਗਲੀ ਦੀ "
++"ਦਰੁਸਤ ਸ਼ਨਾਖਤ ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਹੱਥ ਦੀ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਇੱਕ ਸਹੀ ਦੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਨਾਲ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਤਸਵੀਰ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਜਾਏਗੀ। ਤੀਜੀ ਵਾਰੀ ਛੂਹਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਤੁਸੀਂ <gui>ਮੁਕੰਮਲ!</gui> ਸੁਨੇਹਾ "
++"ਵੇਖੋਗੇ"
+ 
+-#: C/web-default-email.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+-"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ਅੱਗੇ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਦੱਸੇਗਾ ਕਿ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ। ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <gui>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਹੁਣ ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਦਰਜ "
++"ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਫਿਰ ਵੀ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Viruses are programs which causes problems if they manage to find their way "
+-"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+-"through email messages."
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ, ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ। ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰਨ ਲਈ ਐਂਟਰੀ ਦਾ ਫਾਰਮ "
++"ਪਰਗਟ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+-"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
+-"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
+-"to scan your email for viruses."
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
+ msgstr ""
++"30 ਸੈਕਿਡਾਂ ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਅੰਦਰ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+-"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+-"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
+-"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
+-"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
+-"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
+-"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
+-"software of their own anyway."
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ ਬਟਨ ਹੱਥ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਨਾਲ ਲੇਬਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਮਿਆਦ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ, "
++"ਬਟਨ ਗਾਇਬ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਨਗੀ "
++"ਹੋਵੇਗੀ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੋ, <gui>ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪਿਛਲੇ "
++"ਪੜਾਅ ਤੇ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਚਲੇ ਪਰਤ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+-"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜਿਹੜੀ ਉਂਗਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ <em>ਹਲਕੀ ਗਤੀ</em> ਨਾਲ ਦਰਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਸੀ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਉਂਗਲ-ਛਾਪ "
++"ਸਕੈਨਰ ਤੇ ਛੁਹਾ ਕੇ ਗੁਜਾਰੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋ ਜਾਉਗੇ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੋਈ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕੀਅ-ਰਿੰਗ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਦੁਆਰਾ "
++"ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸਦਾ ਤਾਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਭਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
+-"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+-"websites won't work without Flash."
+-msgstr ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ, ਅੰਕ, ਕਰੰਸੀ, ਅਤੇ ਪੈਮਾਇਸ਼ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਮਾਇਸ਼ ਤਰੀਕਾ ਬਦਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+-"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+-"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
+-"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
+-"software installer (package manager) too."
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਿਤੀਆਂ, ਸਮਾਂ, ਅੰਕ, ਕਰੰਸੀ, ਅਤੇ ਪੈਮਾਇਸ਼ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਤਰੀਕਿਆਂ ਉੱਪਰ "
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਥਾਨਕ ਰਿਵਾਜਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਣ ਲਈ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:26(steps/title)
+-msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਖੇਤਰ &amp; ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਫਾਰਮੈਟ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਉਹ ਖੇਤਰ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ "
++"ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ, ਇਹ ਸੂਚੀ ਉਹ ਹੀ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਿਹੜੇ <gui>ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</gui> "
++"ਟੈਬ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹਨ। ਸਾਰੇ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਖੇਤਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ <key>..."
++"</key> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+-"or similar and click to install it."
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+-"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+-"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਚੁਣ ਲੈਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਸੂਚੀ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਦਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ ਉਦਾਹਰਣਾਂ "
++"ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਮਿਤੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਮੁੱਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਵਿਖਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਭਾਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਉਦਾਹਰਣਾਂ "
++"ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਿਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ, ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਕੈਲੰਡਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਫਤੇ ਦੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ਦਾ ਦਿਨ ਵੀ "
++"ਨਿਯੰਤਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:39(steps/title)
+-msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਅਤੇ ਮਦਦ ਪਾਠ ਲਈ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋਵੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "ਜਿਹੜੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+-"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+-"automatically detected."
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਅਤੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਜਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਇੱਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਰਤ "
++"ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਬਸ਼ਰਤੇ, ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਸਹੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਪੈਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click where it says <gui>Select a version to download</gui> and choose the "
+-"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+-"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr "<gui>ਖੇਤਰ &amp; ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+ msgstr ""
++"ਆਪਣੀ ਇੱਛਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣੋ। ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਸਮਰਥਿਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਦਾ ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟਾ ਜਿਹਾ ਉੱਪ-"
++"ਸਮੂਹ ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸੂਚੀਬੱਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਕੁੱਝ "
++"ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਅਧੂਰੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਅਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਤਿਹਾਡੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨੂੰ ਬਿਲਕੁਲ ਵੀ ਸਮਰਥਨ "
++"ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ। ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਨਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਪਾਠ ਉਸ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ "
++"ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਹ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਦਾ ਮੂਲ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਵਿਕਾਸ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ, ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਅਮਰੀਕਨ "
++"ਅੰਗਰੇਜੀ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/"
+-"productinfo/instructions/\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to "
+-"learn how to install it for your web browser."
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:52(section/title)
+-msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++"ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁੱਝ ਖਾਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਨ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ "
++"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸੰਗੀਤ, ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ, ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਚੁਣੀ "
++"ਹੋਈ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦੇ ਹਿਸਾਬ ਨਾਲ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕ ਨਾਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹਨ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣੀ ਹੋਈ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨੂੰ ਹਰ "
++"ਵੇਲੇ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਰਹਿਣ ਦੀ ਸੋਚ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰਨੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਬਦਲੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਬਦਲਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਸਿਰਫ ਆਪਣੇ ਖਾਤੇ "
++"ਲਈ ਬਦਲਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ <em>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</em> ,ਉਹ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਜਿਹੜੀ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਵਰਤੀ "
++"ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਵੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ</gui> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਕੀ ਹੱਕ</link> ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਆਪਣਾ ਗੁਪਤ-"
++"ਸ਼ਬਦ, ਬੇਨਤੀ ਕੀਤੇ ਗਏ ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਕੀ ਖਾਤੇ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਭਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+-"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+-"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
+-"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤ ਛੇਤੀ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਲੈਂਦੀ ਹੈ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"You might like to try one of these out if you are dissatisfied with the "
+-"Flash player, or would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+-"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:56(item/p)
+-msgid "Gnash"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "LightSpark"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-flash.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾ</gui> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Some website use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+-"lets you view these pages."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+-"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+-"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+-"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+-"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
+-"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸਾਂਝ</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"desktop\">ਸਕਰੀਨ ਸਾਂਝ</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">ਮੀਡੀਆ ਸਾਂਝ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+-"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+-"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+-"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+-"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+-"<link href=\"http://www.mono-project.com/Moonlight\">Moonlight website</"
+-"link> for more information and installation instructions."
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸਾਂਝ</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">ਮੀਡੀਆ ਸਾਂਝ</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"The windows key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next "
+-"to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "What is the \"windows\" key?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"When you press the <em>windows</em> key, the activities overview is "
+-"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+-"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and often has a window/squares "
+-"icon on it. It is sometimes called the super key, logo key, or system key."
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a windows key on your "
+-"keyboard. The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Glossary"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "applet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "An applet is a small, interactive application that resides within a "
+-#~| "panel, for example the <application>CD Player</application>. Each applet "
+-#~| "has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or "
+-#~| "keyboard."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An applet is a small, interactive application that resides within a "
+-#~ "panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each "
+-#~ "applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or "
+-#~ "keyboard."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੜਿਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "<application>ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ</application>। ਹਰੇਕ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਜਾਂ ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no interface graphical "
+-#~ "items, such as panels and windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜਾ) ਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The image or color that is applied to your desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਿੱਤਰ ਜਾਂ ਰੰਗ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਲਈ ਲਾਗੂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "desktop object"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An icon on your desktop that you can use to open your files, folders, and "
+-#~ "applications. You can use desktop objects to provide convenient access to "
+-#~ "files, folders, and applications that you use frequently."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, ਫੋਲਡਰ ਅਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, "
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ, ਅਤੇ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਲਈ ਸੌਖੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "DNS name"
+-#~ msgstr "DNS ਨਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ ਵਿਲੱਖਣ ਅੱਖਰੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "drawer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A drawer is a sliding extension to a panel that you can open or close "
+-#~ "from a drawer icon."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਇੱਕ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਹੂਲਤ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "file extension"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਐਕਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the "
+-#~ "name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</"
+-#~ "filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਆਖਰੀ ਭਾਗ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਿੰਦੀ (.) ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਆਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਫਾਇਲ "
+-#~ "<filename>picture.jpeg</filename> ਵਿੱਚ <filename>jpeg</filename> ਫਾਇਲ "
+-#~ "ਐਕਸ਼ਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file extension can identify the type of a file. "
+-#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> file manager uses this information "
+-#~ "when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"nautilus-open-file\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਐਕਸ਼ਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਤੋਂ ਪਛਾਣਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</"
+-#~ "application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਇਹ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਉਦੋਂ ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ, <xref linkend=\"nautilus-open-file\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To format media is to prepare the media for use with a particular file "
+-#~ "system. When you format media, you overwrite any existing information on "
+-#~ "the media."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ, ਮੀਡਿਆ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਤਿਆਰ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਸਭ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "GNOME-compliant application"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ-ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An application that uses the standard GNOME programming libraries is "
+-#~ "called a GNOME-compliant application. For example, <application>Nautilus</"
+-#~ "application> file manager and <application>gedit</application> text "
+-#~ "editor are GNOME-compliant applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਗਨੋਮ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮਿੰਗ ਲਾਇਬਰੇਰੀਆਂ ਵਰਤਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ-ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜ "
+-#~ "ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<application>ਜੀ-ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</application> ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਗਨੋਮ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "A unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਵਿਲੱਖਣ ਅੰਕੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "keyboard shortcut"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of "
+-#~ "keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an "
+-#~ "action."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <firstterm>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</firstterm> ਇੱਕ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਂ ਕਈ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦਾ ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਹੈ, ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਢੰਗ ਦਾ ਬਦਲਵਾਂ ਢੰਗ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "launcher"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A launcher starts a particular application, executes a command, or opens "
+-#~ "a file. A launcher can reside in a panel or in a menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ। ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "menubar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A menubar is a bar at the top of an application window that contains the "
+-#~ "menus for the application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਜ ਲਈ ਮੇਨੂ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "MIME type"
+-#~ msgstr "MIME ਕਿਸਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies the format "
+-#~ "of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file. For "
+-#~ "example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> "
+-#~ "MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is "
+-#~ "attached to an email."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਮਲਟੀਪਰਪਜ਼ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਮੇਲ ਐਕਸ਼ਟੇਸ਼ਨ (MIME) ਕਿਸਮ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਦਾ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਪਛਾਣਦਾ ਹੈ। MIME "
+-#~ "ਕਿਸਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਈ-ਮੇਲ ਕਾਰਜ <literal>image/"
+-#~ "png</literal> MIME ਕਿਸਮ ਨੂੰ ਈ-ਮੇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਨੱਥੀ ਪੋਰਟੇਬਲ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ (PNG) ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਖੋਜਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To mount is to make a file system available for access. When you mount a "
+-#~ "file system, the file system is attached as a subdirectory to your file "
+-#~ "system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਸਬ-ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਵਾਂਗ ਜੋੜ ਦਿੱਤਾ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the "
+-#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> window contains a side pane and a "
+-#~ "view pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਾਹੀ (pane) ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> "
+-#~ "ਝਰੋਕੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਾਲੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਵੇਖੋ ਬਾਹੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "preference tool"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A dedicated software tool that controls a particular part of the behavior "
+-#~ "of the GNOME Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਸੰਦ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੇ ਰਵੱਈਏ ਦੇ ਖਾਸ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shortcut keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Shortcut keys are keystrokes that provide a quick way to perform an "
+-#~ "action."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਉਹ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤੇਜ਼ ਢੰਗ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "stacking order"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਟਾਕਿੰਗ ਕ੍ਰਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The stacking order is the order in which windows are stacked on top of "
+-#~ "each other on your screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਟਾਕਿੰਗ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਉਹ ਲੜੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਦੂਜੇ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "statusbar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A statusbar is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information "
+-#~ "about the current state of what you are viewing in the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਵੇਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹਾਲਤ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "symbolic link"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਸਬੰਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you "
+-#~ "perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file "
+-#~ "or folder to which the symbolic link points."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੀ ਫਾਇਲ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਲਿੰਕ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ "
+-#~ "ਲਿੰਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਉਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਲਿੰਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "toolbar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A toolbar is a bar that contains buttons for the most commonly-used "
+-#~ "commands in an application. Typically, a toolbar appears under a menubar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਲਈ ਆਮ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਬਟਨ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਆਮ "
+-#~ "ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ, ਇੱਕ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Uniform Resource Identifier"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਫਾਰਮ ਰੀਸੋਰਸ ਐਡੀਨਟੀਫਾਇਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies a "
+-#~ "particular location in a file system or on the Web. For example, the "
+-#~ "address of a web page is a URI."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਯੂਨੀਫਾਰਮ ਰੀਸੋਰਸ ਅਡੇਂਟੀਫਾਇਰ (URI) ਇੱਕ ਲਾਇਨ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਜਾਂ ਵੈੱਬ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਸ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ ਵੈੱਬ ਦਾ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਇੱਕ URI ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਫਾਰਮ ਰੀਸੋਰਸ ਲੋਕੇਟਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the address of a particular location "
+-#~ "on the Web."
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੂਨੀਫਾਰਮ ਰੀਸੋਰਸ ਲੋਕੇਟਰ (URL) ਵੈੱਬ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਦਾ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "view"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <application>Nautilus</application> component that enables you to "
+-#~ "display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Nautilus</"
+-#~ "application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the "
+-#~ "contents of a folder as icons. <application>Nautilus</application> also "
+-#~ "contains a list view which enables you to display the contents of a "
+-#~ "folder as a list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਭਾਗ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖਾਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ ਹੈ, "
+-#~ "ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵਾਂਗ ਵੇਖਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</"
+-#~ "application> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ ਵੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਇੱਕ ਸੂਚੀ ਜਾਂ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਾਂਗ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A workspace is a discrete area in the GNOME Desktop in which you can work."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਖੇਤਰ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Feedback"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁਝਾਅ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This section contains information on reporting bugs in GNOME, making "
+-#~ "suggestions and comments about GNOME applications or documentation, and "
+-#~ "ways in which you can help GNOME."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇਣ, ਸੁਝਾਅ ਦੇਣ ਅਤੇ ਗਨੋਮ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਟਿੱਪਣੀਆਂ ਲਈ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਦੱਸਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਦੀ ਮੱਦਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Reporting Bugs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੱਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have found a bug in one of GNOME applications, please report it! "
+-#~ "Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix these bugs. Please "
+-#~ "try to be as specific as possible when describing the circumstances under "
+-#~ "which the bug shows (what commands did you enter? which buttons did you "
+-#~ "click?). If there were any error messages, be sure to include them, too."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਗਨੋਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੱਗ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿਓ। ਖੋਜੀ ਸਭ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਦੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਜਿੰਨਾਂ ਵੀ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੋਵੇ ਸੌਖਾ ਲਿਖੋ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਾਲਤਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਿਖਣ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋਵੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਬੱਗ ਆਇਆਂ ਹੈ (ਕਿਹੜੀਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ? ਕਿਹੜੇ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦੱਬੇ ਸਨ?) ਹਾਂ, ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਗਲਤੀ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਆਏ ਹੋਣ ਤਾਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਵੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਨਾ ਭੁੱਲੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The easiest way to report bugs is by using <application>Bug Buddy</"
+-#~ "application>, GNOME's built-in bug reporting tool. This will launch "
+-#~ "automatically in the event that an application crashes. The details GNOME "
+-#~ "developers need are automatically collected, but you can further help by "
+-#~ "giving information about what you were doing when the crash took place."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬੱਗ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇਣ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਸੌਖਾ ਢੰਗ ਹੈ <application>ਬੱਗ ਬੱਡੀ</application>, ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਦਾ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਦ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਕਿਸੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਦੇ ਨਸ਼ਟ ਹੋਣ ਨਾਲ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ। ਗਨੋਮ ਖੋਜੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਇੱਕਠੀ ਕਰ ਲਈ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਸ਼ਟ ਹੋਣ "
+-#~ "ਸਮੇਂ ਕੀ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਸੀ, ਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also submit bugs and browse the list of known bugs by connecting "
+-#~ "to the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">GNOME bug "
+-#~ "tracking database</ulink>. You will need to register before you can "
+-#~ "submit any bugs this way — and do not forget to read <ulink type=\"http\" "
+-#~ "url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html\">Bug Writing "
+-#~ "Guidelines</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੱਗ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
+-#~ "\">ਗਨੋਮ ਬੱਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ</ulink> ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜ ਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਾਣੇ ਬੱਗਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਬੱਗ ਇਸ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਰਜਿਸਟਰ ਹੋਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ — ਅਤੇ ਹਾਂ <ulink type="
+-#~ "\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html\">ਬੱਗ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ</ulink> ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਨਾ ਨਾ ਭੁੱਲੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Please note that some of GNOME applications are developed outside of "
+-#~ "GNOME, or by commercial companies (these products are still free "
+-#~ "software). For example, <application>Inkscape</application>, a vector "
+-#~ "graphics application, is developed at <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://"
+-#~ "sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/\">SourceForge</ulink>. Bugs reports "
+-#~ "and comments about these products should be directed to the respective "
+-#~ "organization or company. If you are using <application>Bug Report Tool</"
+-#~ "application>, it will automatically send bug reports to the correct "
+-#~ "database."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਯਾਦ ਰੱਖੋ ਕਿ ਕੁਝ ਗਨੋਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਗਨੋਮ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਜਾਂ ਵਪਾਰਕ ਕੰਪਨੀਆਂ ਵਲੋਂ ਵੀ ਡੀਵੈਲਪ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ (ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਹਾਲੇ ਵੀ ਮੁਫ਼ਤ/ਮੁਕਤ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਹਨ), ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <application>ਇੰਕਸਪੇਸ</application>, ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਵੈਟਕਰ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sourceforge."
+-#~ "net/projects/inkscape/\">ਸੋਰਸਫੋਰਜ਼</ulink> ਉੱਤੇ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਉਤਪਾਦਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਟਿੱਪਣੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਸੰਗਠਨ ਜਾਂ ਕੰਪਨੀ ਨੂੰ ਭੇਜ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "<application>ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਸੰਦ</application> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਠੀਕ "
+-#~ "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਭੇਜ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Suggestions and Comments"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁਝਾਅ ਅਤੇ ਟਿੱਪਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for one of the "
+-#~ "applications, it can also be done using the bug tracking database. Submit "
+-#~ "your suggestion as a bug report as described in <xref linkend=\"feedback-"
+-#~ "bugs\"/> and at the appropriate step select <guilabel>Severity: "
+-#~ "Enhancement</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਵੇਂ ਫੀਚਰ ਦੀ ਮੰਗ ਰੱਖਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਵੀ ਬੱਗ "
+-#~ "ਟਰੈਕਿੰਗ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/> "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਵਾਂਗ ਆਪਣੇ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਇੱਕ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਓ ਅਤੇ ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਪਗ਼ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Severity: Enhancement</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Documentation Comments"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਟਿੱਪਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of GNOME documents, or have "
+-#~ "any comments or suggestions about documentation, please let us know! The "
+-#~ "easiest way of doing so is by submitting a bug report as explained before "
+-#~ "and selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate steps "
+-#~ "(or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no <guilabel>docs</guilabel> "
+-#~ "component). If your comment is about general GNOME documentation (such as "
+-#~ "<citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific "
+-#~ "application manual, select <guilabel>Product: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁਝ ਗਲਤੀ ਮਿਲੇ ਜਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ ਕੋਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਜਾਂ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਹੋਵੇ "
+-#~ "ਤਾਂ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਦੱਸਣ ਦੀ ਖੇਚਲ ਕਰੋ! ਇਸ ਕਰਨ ਦਾ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਸੌਖਾ ਢੰਗ ਹੈ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦੱਸੇ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਇੱਕ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ "
+-#~ "ਦੇਣੀ ਅਤੇ <guilabel>ਭਾਗ (component): docs</guilabel> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ (ਜੇ "
+-#~ "ਕੋਈ<guilabel>docs</guilabel> ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ <guilabel>ਸਧਾਰਨ</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ)। ਜੇ ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਸ ਕਾਰਜ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਦੇ ਉਲਟ ਆਮ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <citetitle>ਗਨੋਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ</"
+-#~ "citetitle> ਆਦਿ) ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <guilabel>Product: gnome-user-docs</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ।ਜੇਕਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the <ulink "
+-#~ "type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">GNOME "
+-#~ "Documentation Project</ulink> mailing list; our address is <email>gnome-"
+-#~ "doc-list@gnome.org</email>. And by the way: if you are not a developer "
+-#~ "but want to help GNOME — <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+-#~ "DocumentationProject/Join\">join the GDP</ulink> and help us improve "
+-#~ "GNOME documentation."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਈ-ਮੇਲ ਰਾਹੀਂ <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live."
+-#~ "gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ</ulink> ਮੇਲਿੰਗ ਲਿਸਟ, "
+-#~ "<email>gnome-doc-list@gnome.org</email> ਉੱਤੇ ਭੇਜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਅਤੇ ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੀਵੈਲਪਰ "
+-#~ "ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਗਨੋਮ ਦੀ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ — <ulink type=\"http\" url="
+-#~ "\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject/Join\">join the GDP</ulink> "
+-#~ "ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ 'ਚ ਸੁਧਾਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਾਡੀ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Joining the GNOME Project"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈੱਕਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋਵੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "We hope you enjoy using GNOME and that you find working with GNOME "
+-#~ "productive. However, there is always room for improvement."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਾਨੂੰ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਨਾਲ ਵਧੀਆ ਕੰਮ ਸਕੇ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ। "
+-#~ "ਪਰ, ਸੁਧਾਰ ਲਈ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਮੌਕਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "GNOME invites you to join our free software community if you have some "
+-#~ "spare time. There are many different fields. GNOME needs programmers, but "
+-#~ "it also needs translators, documentation writers, testers, artists, "
+-#~ "writers, and more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੁਫ਼ਤ/ਮੁਕਤ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਕਮਿਊਨਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਸੱਦਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਕੁਝ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਹਲਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਹੋਵੇ। ਕਈ ਖੇਤਰ ਹਨ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ: ਗਨੋਮ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮਰ ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਹਨ, ਪਰ "
+-#~ "ਅਨੁਵਾਦਕ ਵੀ, ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਲੇਖਕ ਵੀ, ਟੈਸਟਰ, ਕਲਾਕਾਰ, ਲੇਖਕ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਵੀ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more information on joining GNOME, please visit <ulink type=\"http\" "
+-#~ "url=\"http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</"
+-#~ "ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live."
+-#~ "gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more information on giving feedback on GNOME, such as bug reports, "
+-#~ "suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"feedback-bugs\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਵਿਚਾਰ ਦੇਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਾਂ, ਸੁਝਾਅ, ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਸੁਝਾਅ, ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_window.png'; md5=c7138987ae131fe2c57846a281245d31"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_window.png'; md5=c7138987ae131fe2c57846a281245d31"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=6fb478c10bb9df68dc8d82f3ed4ac89b"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=6fb478c10bb9df68dc8d82f3ed4ac89b"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tools and Utilities"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ ਅਤੇ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This section describes some of the tools and utilities in the GNOME "
+-#~ "Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸੰਦ ਅਤੇ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Running Applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਉਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Run Application dialog, using"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ ਵਾਰਤਲਾਪ, ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog gives you access to the "
+-#~ "command line. When you run a command in the <guilabel>Run Application</"
+-#~ "guilabel> dialog, you cannot receive output from the command."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਤੱਕ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਤੋਂ ਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ "
+-#~ "ਨਹੀਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To run a command from the command line perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਤੋਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਵੇਖੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From a panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any "
+-#~ "panel. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Click on the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Run Application</guibutton> panel button to open the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਓ</application> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ। <guibutton>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ <guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You "
+-#~ "can change the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</"
+-#~ "guilabel> dialog in the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"
+-#~ "\"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> ਦਬਾਓ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਨੂੰ <link "
+-#~ "linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"><application>ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</"
+-#~ "application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the "
+-#~ "following ways: <placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ <guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: "
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the command that you want to run in the blank field, or choose from "
+-#~ "the list of known applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿਓ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਜਾਣੇ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will "
+-#~ "launch to open it. If you enter a web page address, your default web "
+-#~ "browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with http://, as "
+-#~ "in http://www.gnome.org."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਨਾਲ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਵੈੱਬ "
+-#~ "ਸਫ਼ਾ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਮੂਲ ਵੈੱਬ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇਗਾ। ਵੈੱਬ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਅੱਗੇ http:// ਜੋੜ "
+-#~ "ਦਿਓ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ http://www.gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To choose a command that you ran previously, click the down arrow button "
+-#~ "beside the command field, then choose the command to run."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕਮਾਂਡ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਚਲਾਈ ਹੈ, ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਕਮਾਂਡ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਗਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ, ਤਦ "
+-#~ "ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also use the <guibutton>Run with file</guibutton> button to "
+-#~ "choose a file to append to the command line. For example, you can enter "
+-#~ "<application>emacs</application> as the command, then choose a file to "
+-#~ "edit."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਦੇ ਅੰਤ 'ਚ ਫਾਇਲ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਲ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> "
+-#~ "ਬਟਨ ਵੀ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>emacs</application> ਨੂੰ ਕਮਾਂਡ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਂਗ ਲਿਖ ਬਾਅਦ 'ਚ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the "
+-#~ "application or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an "
+-#~ "application or command that does not create a window in which to run."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਜਾਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਨੂੰ ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ <guilabel>ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਚੋਣ ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਜਾਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਨਹੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਣਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run "
+-#~ "Application</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੇ <guilabel>ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "screenshots, taking"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ, ਖਿੱਚਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can take a screenshot in any of the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From any panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can add a <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to any panel. "
+-#~ "For instructions on how to do this, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject"
+-#~ "\"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to take "
+-#~ "a screenshot of the entire screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਇਹ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ। ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use shortcut keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To take a screenshot, use the following shortcut keys:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਸ਼ਾਰਟ-ਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਵਰਤੋਂ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Default Shortcut Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Function"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੰਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Print Screen"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਛਾਪੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Alt"
+-#~ msgstr "Alt"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot of the window to which the mouse points."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਦਾ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਸ ਇਸ਼ਾਰਾ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can use the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"
+-#~ "\"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool</link> "
+-#~ "to modify the default shortcut keys."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"
+-#~ "\"><application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</application></link> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From the Menubar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Accessories</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Take "
+-#~ "Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From the Terminal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can use the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command to take a "
+-#~ "screenshot. The <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command takes a "
+-#~ "screenshot of the entire screen, and displays the <guilabel>Save "
+-#~ "Screenshot</guilabel> dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</"
+-#~ "guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <command>gnome-screenshot</command> ਕਮਾਂਡ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋ। <command>gnome-screenshot</command> ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਸਕੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਲੋ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also use options on the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> "
+-#~ "command as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <command>gnome-screenshot</command> ਕਮਾਂਡ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Option"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੋਣ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "--window"
+-#~ msgstr "--window"
+-
+-#~ msgid "seconds"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "--delay=<placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr "--delay=<placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Takes a screenshot after the specified number of seconds, and displays "
+-#~ "the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save "
+-#~ "Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੁਝ ਨਿਸ਼ਚਿਤ ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਮਗਰੋਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ<guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ। ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ <guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "--include-border"
+-#~ msgstr "--include-border"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Takes a screenshot including the border of the screen."
+-#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot including the border of the window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਬਾਰਡਰ ਸਮੇਤ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣਾ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "--include-border"
+-#~ msgid "--remove-border"
+-#~ msgstr "--remove-border"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Takes a screenshot including the border of the screen."
+-#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot without the border of the window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੇ ਬਾਰਡਰ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "--border-effect=shadow"
+-#~ msgstr "--border-effect=shadow"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a shadow bevel effect arround it."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦੇ ਦੁਆਲੇ ਛਾਂ ਬੀਵਲ ਪਰਭਾਵ ਜੋੜਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "--border-effect=border"
+-#~ msgstr "--border-effect=border"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a border effect arround it."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦੁਆਲੇ ਹਾਸ਼ੀਆ ਪਰਭਾਵ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Interface"
+-#~ msgid "--interactive"
+-#~ msgstr "--interactive"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ <file>ਜਨਤਕ</file> ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਉੱਪਰੋਂ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "--help"
+-#~ msgstr "--help"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਾਂਝ</gui> ਖੋਲੋ।"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "When you take a screenshot, the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> "
+-#~| "dialog opens. To save the screenshot as an image file, enter the "
+-#~| "filename for the screenshot and choose a location from the drop-down "
+-#~| "list."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you take a screenshot, the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> "
+-#~ "dialog opens. To save the screenshot as an image file, enter the filename "
+-#~ "for the screenshot, choose a location from the drop-down list and click "
+-#~ "the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> button. You can also use the <guilabel>Copy "
+-#~ "to Clipboard</guilabel> button to copy the image to the clipboard or "
+-#~ "transfer it to another application by drag-and-drop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਂਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ <guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ</guilabel> ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ "
+-#~ "ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ, ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ ਅਤੇ ਲਟਕਵੀਂ ਲਿਸਟ "
+-#~ "ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Yelp Help Browser"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Yelp"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੈਲਪ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> application allows you "
+-#~ "to view documentation regarding GNOME and other components through a "
+-#~ "variety of formats. These formats include docbook files, HTML help pages, "
+-#~ "man pages and info pages (support for man pages and info pages may "
+-#~ "optionally be compiled in). Despite the different formats supported, Yelp "
+-#~ "does its best to provide a unified look and feel regardless of the "
+-#~ "original document format."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਕਾਰਜ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਕਈ ਫਾਰਮੈਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਦੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫਾਰਮੈਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਡਾਕਬੁੱਕ (docbook) "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, HTML ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਸਫ਼ੇ, man ਸਫ਼ੇ ਅਤੇ info ਸਫ਼ੇ ਹਨ (man ਅਤੇ info ਸਫ਼ਿਆਂ ਲਈ ਸਹਿਯੋਗ "
+-#~ "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ 'ਚ ਕੰਪਾਇਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ)। ਵੱਖਰੇ ਫਾਰਮੈਟਾਂ ਦੇ ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਨੂੰ ਲੈਕੇ ਹੋਰ ਰਹੀਂ ਚਰਚਾ ਤੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਿਨਾਂ ਯੈਲਪ ਆਪਣੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵਧੀਆ ਜਤਨ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਅਸਲੀ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਹੀ ਰੂਪ 'ਚ "
+-#~ "ਪੇਸ਼ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> is internationalised, "
+-#~ "meaning that it has support to view documents in different languages. The "
+-#~ "documents must be localised or translated for each language and installed "
+-#~ "properly for Yelp Help Browser to be able to view them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਅੰਤਰਰਾਸਟਰੀਕ੍ਰਿਤ ਹੈ, "
+-#~ "ਮਤਲਬ ਕਿ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ। ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਹਰੇਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਣੇ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Starting Yelp"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੈਲਪ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> in the "
+-#~ "following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guimenu>System</guimenu> Menu"
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose <application>Help</application>"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</application> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Command Line"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Execute the following command: <command>yelp</command>"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਓ: <command>yelp</command>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Interface"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, you will see "
+-#~ "the following window appear."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਚਲਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ "
+-#~ "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Window"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> contains the "
+-#~ "following elements in <xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/><application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Menubar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this menu to Open a New Window, view the About this Document page, "
+-#~ "Print the current document, or Close the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ, ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖਣ, ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਛਾਪਣ ਜਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Edit"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this menu to Copy, Select all, Find..., or to set your Preferences."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ, ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ, ਖੋਜ.... ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this menu to navigate Back, Forward, to the Help Topics page. When "
+-#~ "viewing a DocBook document, use this menu to navigate to the Next "
+-#~ "Section, Previous Section or to the Contents."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਪਿੱਛੇ, ਅੱਗੇ, ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵਿਸ਼ਾ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ DocBook ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਹੋਵੇ "
+-#~ "ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਅਗਲੇ, ਪਿਛਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਜਾਂ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Bookmarks"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this menu to Add Bookmark(s), or Edit Bookmark(s)."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਮੇਨੂ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਦਾ ਜਾਂ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Help"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਤਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "View information about Yelp Help Browser and contributors to the project "
+-#~ "through the <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menuitem. Open this document "
+-#~ "with the <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem> menuitem or by pressing "
+-#~ "<keycap>F1</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਟੇ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ</guimenuitem> ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਭਾਗ</guimenuitem> ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਜਾਂ <keycap>F1</keycap> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Toolbar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this button to navigate back in your document history."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Forward"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਗੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this button to navigate forward in your document history."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this button to return to the main table of contents (shown in <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>)."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਸ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਤਤਕਰੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ (<xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖੋ)।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browser Pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਬਾਹੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The browser pane is where you will be presented with the table of "
+-#~ "contents or the documentation. Use the table of contents to navigate to "
+-#~ "the documentation you need."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਬਾਹੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਜਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤਤਕਰੇ (table of "
+-#~ "contents) ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using Yelp"
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੈਲਪ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open a Document"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, use "
+-#~ "the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, ਲੋੜੀਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰੇ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternatively, you may view a particular document by invoking Yelp Help "
+-#~ "Browser from the command line or dragging files to Yelp. See <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"yelp-open-specific\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖਾਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਨੂੰ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਂ ਯੈਲਪ 'ਚ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੁੱਟ ਕੇ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"yelp-open-"
+-#~ "specific\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open a New Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To open a new window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Window</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਨਵਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To view information about the currently open document:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>About This "
+-#~ "Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਇਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This option is only available for DocBook documentation. Legal notices "
+-#~ "and documentation contributors are usually listed in this section."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਸਿਰਫ਼ DocBook ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਨੂੰਨੀ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ "
+-#~ "ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To print any page that you are able to view in <application>Yelp Help "
+-#~ "Browser</application>:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੋਈ ਸਫ਼ਾ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਛਾਪਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print this "
+-#~ "Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਛਾਪੋ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This option is only available for DocBook documentation."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਸਿਰਫ਼ DocBook ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Close a Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To close a window in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, do the "
+-#~ "following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇੰਝ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close Window</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To set your preferences in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸੋਧ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-"
+-#~ "preferences\"/>:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>ਇੱਕ <xref linkend=\"yelp-preferences\"/> ਵਰਗਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਵੇਖਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਦੇਵੇਗਾ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Preferences Window"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>The options that are available in this dialog have the "
+-#~ "following functions:"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/>ਇਸ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Check this option to display documentation using the default fonts used "
+-#~ "by the GNOME Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਲੋਂ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਮੂਲ ਫੋਂਟਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To choose your own fonts to display documentation, uncheck this option "
+-#~ "and click on the buttons next to the text <guilabel>Variable Width</"
+-#~ "guilabel> or <guilabel>Fixed Width</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਆਪਣੇ ਫੋਂਟ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ, ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਹਟਾ ਦਿਓ ਅਤੇ <guilabel>ਅਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ</"
+-#~ "guilabel> ਜਾਂ <guilabel>ਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ</guilabel> ਪਾਠ ਤੋਂ ਅਗਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Variable Width"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is the font to use when a static or fixed width font is not "
+-#~ "required. The majority of text will be of this type."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਫੋਂਟ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਵਰਤਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ ਫੋਂਟ ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਨਾ ਹੋਣ। ਬਹੁਤਾ ਪਾਠ ਇਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Fixed Width"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is the font to use when all text characters need to be of the same "
+-#~ "size. This font is usually used to indicate commands, program blocks, or "
+-#~ "other text that falls under these categories."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਫੋਂਟ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਭ ਪਾਠ ਦੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਇੱਕੋਂ ਆਕਾਰ ਦੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇਹ ਫੋਂਟ ਅਕਸਰ ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ, "
+-#~ "ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਬਲਾਕ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਪਾਠ, ਜੋ ਇਸ ਵਰਗ 'ਚ ਆਉਦੇ ਹਨ, ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browse with caret"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਰੈੱਟ ਨਾਲ ਝਲਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click this option if you would like see a caret or cursor in the <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"yelp-browser-pane\"/>. This allows you to browse the document "
+-#~ "more easily by showing where the cursor is located in the document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ <xref linkend=\"yelp-browser-pane\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੈਟ ਜਾਂ ਕਰਸਰ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ 'ਚ ਕਰਸਰ ਵੇਖਾ ਕੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਹੋਰ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go Back in Document History"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go back in the document history:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਦਬਾਉ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the <interface>Toolbar</"
+-#~ "interface>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<interface>ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ</interface> ਵਿੱਚ <guibutton>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go Forward in Document History"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਜਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go forward in the document history:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਅਤੀਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forward</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਅੱਗੇ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Right</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button in the <interface>Toolbar</"
+-#~ "interface>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<interface>ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ</interface> ਵਿੱਚ <guibutton>ਅੱਗੇ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to Help Topics"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go to the Help Topics:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਜਾਓ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Help Topics</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem> ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton> button in the "
+-#~ "<interface>Toolbar</interface>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<interface>ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ</interface> ਵਿੱਚ <guibutton>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to Previous Section"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੇ ਭਾਗੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go to the previous section:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Previous Section</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਪਿਛਲਾ ਭਾਗ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This option is only available in DocBook formatted documents."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਸਿਰਫ਼ DocBook ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਨਾਲ ਬਣੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Go to Next Section"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਗਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go to the next section:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਗਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Next Section</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਅੱਗੇ ਭਾਗ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To go to the contents for a document:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਭਾਗ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To add a bookmark for a particular document:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-"
+-#~ "add-bookmark\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ <xref linkend=\"yelp-add-bookmark\"/> ਵਰਗਾ ਵੇਖਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Add Bookmark Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>Enter your desired bookmark title in to the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Title</guilabel> text entry field. Then click <guibutton>Add</"
+-#~ "guibutton> to add the bookmark, or click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to "
+-#~ "cancel the request."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>ਆਪਣਾ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਨਾਂ <guilabel>ਟਾਇਟਲ</guilabel> ਪਾਠ "
+-#~ "ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਖੇਤਰ 'ਚ ਦਿਓ। ਤਦ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guibutton>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guibutton> ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਂ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guibutton>ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ</guibutton> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To edit your collection of bookmarks:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਦੇ ਭੰਡਾਰ 'ਚ ਸੋਧ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-"
+-#~ "edit-bookmarks\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/><xref linkend=\"yelp-edit-bookmarks\"/> ਵਰਗਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਆਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Edit Bookmarks Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧ ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>You can manage your bookmarks using this window in the "
+-#~ "following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਇੰਝ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this button to open the selected bookmark in a new window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਇੱਕ ਨਵੇਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੁਣੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Rename"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾਂ-ਬਦਲਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this button to rename the title of your bookmark."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਦੇ ਟਾਇਟਲ (ਨਾਂ) ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Remove"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this button to delete the bookmark from your collection."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਤੋਂ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹਟਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>Once you are finished managing your bookmarks, click the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to exit the <interface>Edit Bookmarks "
+-#~ "Window</interface>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰ ਆਪਣੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਦੀ ਸੋਧ ਕਰਨ ਉਪਰੰਤ ਤੁਸੀਂ <interface>ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ "
+-#~ "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਸੋਧ</interface> ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To get help using <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> (and see "
+-#~ "this document):"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਲੈਣ (ਅਤੇ ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖਣ) ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਭਾਗ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Advanced Features"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ ਫੀਚਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opening Specific Documents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opening Documents from the File Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open a document, such as an XML file, from the file manager, open the "
+-#~ "document in <application>Nautilus</application> File Manager, or drag the "
+-#~ "icon from <application>Nautilus</application> to the <application>Yelp</"
+-#~ "application> document pane or launcher."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ XML ਫਾਇਲ, ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</"
+-#~ "application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਜਾਂ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਤੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ <application>ਯੈਲਪ</application> ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਹੀ ਜਾਂ ਲਾਂਚਰ 'ਚ ਸੁੱਟੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the Command Line to Open Documents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਨਾਲ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Yelp Help Browser supports opening documents from the command line. There "
+-#~ "are a number of URIs (Uniform Resource Identifiers) that can be used. "
+-#~ "These include:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਵਰਤ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਕਈ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਦੇ URI (ਯੂਨੀਫਾਰਮ ਰੀਸੋਰਸ ਐਂਡਟੀਫਾਇਰ) ਹਨ, ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "file:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this URI when you want to access a file with yelp, for example:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੈਲਪ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ URI ਵਰਤੋਂ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp file:///usr/share/gnome/help/gcalctool/C/gcalctool.xml"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp file:///usr/share/gnome/help/gcalctool/C/gcalctool.xml"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<option>ghelp:</option> or <option>gnome-help:</option>"
+-#~ msgstr "<option>ghelp:</option> ਜਾਂ <option>gnome-help:</option>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this URI when you want to access GNOME help documents, which are "
+-#~ "typically written in DocBook format."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ URI ਵਰਤੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਖਾਸ DocBook "
+-#~ "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp ghelp:gcalctool"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp ghelp:gcalctool"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to open the help document at a particular section, append a "
+-#~ "question mark to the end of the URI, followed by the section id."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ, URI ਦੇ ਅੰਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਸਵਾਲੀਆ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਲਗਾਕੇ ਉਸ ਦੇ ਬਾਅਦ ਭਾਗ (section) id ਲਿਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp ghelp:user-guide?yelp-advanced-cmdline"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp ghelp:user-guide?yelp-advanced-cmdline"
+-
+-#~ msgid "man:"
+-#~ msgstr "man:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use this URI when you want to access a particular man page. You can "
+-#~ "append the section of the man page you would like to view if there are "
+-#~ "multiple man pages with the same name. The section number should be "
+-#~ "enclosed in parenthesis and therefore it may be necessary to escape the "
+-#~ "argument so that the shell does not interpret the parenthesis."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ URI ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖਾਸ man ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ man ਸਫ਼ੇ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੇ ਇੱਕੋ ਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕਈ man ਸਫ਼ੇ ਹੋਣ। ਬਰੈਕਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਭਾਗ ਨੰਬਰ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਹੋਣਾ "
+-#~ "ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਕਰਕੇ ਆਰਗੂਮਿੰਟ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਸ਼ੈੱਲ ਬਰੈਕਟਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਨਾ ਇੰਟਰਪਰੇਟ ਕਰੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp man:gcalctool"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp man:gcalctool"
+-
+-#~ msgid "or"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp 'man:intro(1)'"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp 'man:intro(1)'"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp 'man:intro(2)'"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp 'man:intro(2)'"
+-
+-#~ msgid "info:"
+-#~ msgstr "info:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use this URI when you want to access a particular GNU info page."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ URI ਵਰਤੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ GNU info ਸਫ਼ੇ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "yelp info:make"
+-#~ msgstr "yelp info:make"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Refreshing Content on Demand"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੋੜ ਪੈਣ ਉੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> supports the "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> shortcut "
+-#~ "keys, which will reload the DocBook document that is currently open. This "
+-#~ "allows developers to view changes to documents as they are made."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਲਈ ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਉਸ ਸਮੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ DocBook ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਲੋਡ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਖੋਜੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "More Information"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This section details some of the helper applications which "
+-#~ "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses, and provides resources "
+-#~ "where you can get more information about <application>Yelp Help Browser</"
+-#~ "application>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ <application>ਯੈੱਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ "
+-#~ "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਰੋਤ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈੱਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲੈ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Scrollkeeper"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੋਲਕੀਪਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses scrollkeeper to "
+-#~ "generate the table of contents for DocBook and HTML documentation, and "
+-#~ "also keep track of translations for each document."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈੱਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> DocBook ਅਤੇ HTML ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਦੇ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਤਤਕਰਾ (TOC) ਤਿਆਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਕਰੋਲਕੀਪਰ ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ ਹਰੇਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਦੇ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ "
+-#~ "ਦਾ ਖਿਆਲ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Documentation Utilites"
+-#~ msgstr "GNOME ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ੀ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The documentation distributed with GNOME uses this set of utilities for a "
+-#~ "variety of things:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਨਾਲ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਇਹ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ ਦੇ ਸੈੱਟ ਨੂੰ ਕਈ ਢੰਗਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ease translation of documents to different languages."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਦਾ ਵੱਖਰੀਆਂ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੌਖਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Provide a set of tools to help package and install documentation into the "
+-#~ "correct location and register the documentation with scrollkeeper."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸੰਦਾਂ ਦਾ ਸੈੱਟ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਦੀ ਮੱਦਦ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ "
+-#~ "ਕਰਨ ਉਪਰੰਤ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੋਲਕੀਪਰ ਨਾਲ ਰਜਿਸਟਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Perform conversion from DocBook format to a format suitable for display."
+-#~ msgstr "DocBook ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਤੋਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> relies on "
+-#~ "<ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt\">GNOME XSLT Stylesheets</ulink> to "
+-#~ "perform conversion from DocBook to HTML. <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-make"
+-#~ "\">GNOME Documentation Build Utilities</ulink> are relied upon by "
+-#~ "application authors to install and register documentation within the help "
+-#~ "system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/><application>ਯੈਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> DocBook ਤੋਂ "
+-#~ "HTML ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt\">GNOME XSLT ਸਟਾਇਲਸ਼ੀਟ</"
+-#~ "ulink> ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-make\">ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ "
+-#~ "ਬਲਿਡ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ</ulink> ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਣ ਅਤੇ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨਾਲ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਰਜਿਸਟਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਾਰਜ "
+-#~ "ਲੇਖਕਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Homepage and Mailing List"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਖ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਅਤੇ ਮੇਲਿੰਗ ਲਿਸਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For further information on <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, "
+-#~ "please visit the Documentation Project homepage, <ulink url=\"http://live."
+-#~ "gnome.org/Yelp\">http://live.gnome.org/Yelp</ulink>, or subscribe to the "
+-#~ "mailing list, <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/"
+-#~ "listinfo/gnome-doc-devel-list\">gnome-doc-devel-list@gnome.org</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਯੈੱਲਪ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ</application> ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਮੁੱਖ ਸਫ਼ਾ <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/Yelp\">http://live."
+-#~ "gnome.org/Yelp</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ ਜਾਂ ਮੇਲਿੰਗ ਲਿਸਟ <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://"
+-#~ "mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-devel-list\">gnome-doc-devel-"
+-#~ "list@gnome.org</ulink> ਦੇ ਮੈਂਬਰ ਬਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Joining the GNOME Documentation Project"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੋਵੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you are interesting in helping produce and update documentation for "
+-#~ "the GNOME project, please visit the Documentation Project homepage: "
+-#~ "<ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">http://live."
+-#~ "gnome.org/DocumentationProject</ulink>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ, "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਮੁੱਖ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖੋ: <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+-#~ "DocumentationProject\">http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject</ulink>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/lockscreen_icon.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=a5937cc295f73c51d54a0761ae924000"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/lockscreen_icon.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=a5937cc295f73c51d54a0761ae924000"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Sessions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Needs better intro"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਵਧੀਆ ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This chapter needs work"
+-#~ msgstr "This chapter needs work"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter provides the information you need to log in to and shut down "
+-#~ "GNOME, and to start, manage, and end a desktop session."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਾਖਲ ਹੋਣ (ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ) ਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ, ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ "
+-#~ "ਚਲਾਉਣ, ਉਸ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Starting a Session"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "sessions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "starting"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period of time you spend using "
+-#~| "GNOME. During a session, you use your applications, print, browse the "
+-#~| "web, and so on."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period of time you spend using "
+-#~ "GNOME, between logging in and logging out. During a session, you use your "
+-#~ "applications, print, browse the web, and so on."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<firstterm>ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ</firstterm> ਇੱਕ ਸਮਾਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਲਾਗਇਨ "
+-#~ "ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਕਰਨ ਤੱਕ। ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਛਾਪਦੇ ਹੋ, ਵੈੱਬ "
+-#~ "ਚਲਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਬਹੁਤ ਕੁਝ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Logging in to GNOME begins your session. The login screen is your gateway "
+-#~ "to the GNOME Desktop: it is where you enter your username and password "
+-#~ "and select options such as the language you want GNOME to use for your "
+-#~ "session."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਾਖਲ ਹੋਣ (ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋਣ) ਨਾਲ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਦਾਖਲਾ (ਗੇਟਵੇ) ਹੈ: ਇੱਕ ਉਹ ਥਾਂ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਆਪਣੇ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Normally, logging out ends the session, but you can choose to save the "
+-#~| "state of your session and restore it next time you use GNOME: see <xref "
+-#~| "linkend=\"prefs-sessions\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Normally, logging out ends the session, but you can choose to save the "
+-#~ "state of your session and restore it next time you use GNOME: see <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"gosstartsession-2\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ (ਬਾਹਰੀ ਦਰ) ਨਾਲ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਖਤਮ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਸੰਭਾਲ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਅਗਲੀ ਵਾਰ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"gosstartsession-2\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Logging in to GNOME"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਾਖਲ ਹੋਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "logging in"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਾਖਲ (ਲਾਗਿੰਨ)"
+-
+-#~ msgid "start session"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To log in to a session, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel> icon. "
+-#~| "Choose the GNOME Desktop from the list of available desktop environments."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel> icon. "
+-#~ "Choose the GNOME Desktop from the list of available desktop environments. "
+-#~ "Most users will not need to perform this step, as GNOME is usually the "
+-#~ "default desktop environment already."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ, <guilabel>ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ</guilabel> ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ। ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ)"
+-#~ "ਵਾਤਾਵਰਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਚੁਣੋ। ਬਹੁਤੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਸਟੈਪ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹਿੰਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਗਨੋਮ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਵਾਤਾਵਰਨ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field on the "
+-#~ "login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ <guilabel>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</guilabel> ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣਾ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ, ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<keycap>Return</keycap> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field on the "
+-#~ "login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ <guilabel>ਪਾਸਵਰਡ</guilabel> ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<keycap>Return</keycap> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "When you log in successfully, you will see a splash informing you of the "
+-#~| "steps GNOME is taking to start up. When GNOME is ready, you will see the "
+-#~| "Desktop and you can begin using your computer."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you log in successfully, GNOME will take a short amount of time to "
+-#~ "start up. When it is ready, you will see the Desktop and you can begin "
+-#~ "using your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋ ਗਏ ਤਾਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਵੇਲੇ ਕੁਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲਵੇਗਾ। ਜਦੋਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਤਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜਾ) ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The first time you log in, then the session manager starts a new "
+-#~| "session. If you have logged in before, then the session manager restores "
+-#~| "your previous session, if you saved the settings for the previous "
+-#~| "session when you logged out."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The first time you log in, the session manager starts a new session. If "
+-#~ "you have logged in before and saved the settings for the previous session "
+-#~ "when you logged out, then the session manager restores your previous "
+-#~ "session."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲੀਂ ਵਾਰ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰੋਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਨਵਾਂ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਵੀ "
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰ ਚੁੱਕੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਪੁਰਾਣਾ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਕਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਸਮੇਂ ਪਿਛਲੇ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਦੀਆਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ (ਸਥਾਪਨ) ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਸਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you want to shut down or restart the system before you log in, click "
+-#~ "on the <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon on the login screen. A dialog is "
+-#~ "displayed. Select the option that you require, then click <guibutton>OK</"
+-#~ "guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਜਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਲਾਗਇਨ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ <guilabel>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guilabel> ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ। ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਆਵੇਗਾ। ਆਪਣੀ "
+-#~ "ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <guibutton>ਠੀਕ ਹੈ</guibutton> ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "different language, logging in"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ, ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "to session in different language"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨਾਲ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To log in to a session in a different language, perform the following "
+-#~ "actions."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon. "
+-#~ "Choose the language you require from the list of available languages."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ, <guilabel>ਭਾਸ਼ਾ</guilabel> ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜੀਦੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "When you log in to a session in a different language, you choose the "
+-#~| "language for the user interface. You do not specify a keyboard layout "
+-#~| "for the session. To choose a keyboard layout, use the <ulink type=\"help"
+-#~| "\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Keyboard Indicator</"
+-#~| "application></ulink> applet."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you log in to a session in a different language, you are changing "
+-#~ "the language for the user interface but are not changing the keyboard "
+-#~ "layout. To choose a different keyboard layout, use the <ulink type=\"help"
+-#~ "\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application></"
+-#~ "ulink> applet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਹਾਲੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਚੁਣਨ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ, <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ "
+-#~ "ਇੰਡੀਕੇਟਰ</application></ulink> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locking Your Screen"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Lock screen icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "locking screen"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Lock button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Locking your screen allows you to leave your computer unattended and "
+-#~| "prevent access to your applications and information. While your screen "
+-#~| "is locked, the <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\">screensaver</link> "
+-#~| "runs."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Locking your screen prevents access to your applications and information, "
+-#~ "allowing you to leave your computer unattended. While your screen is "
+-#~ "locked, the <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\">screensaver</link> runs."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਛੱਡ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਗਲਤ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <link "
+-#~ "linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\">ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ</link> ਚੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To lock the screen, perform one of the following actions:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lock Screen</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is present on a panel, "
+-#~ "click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ <guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ "
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> is not present on the panels by "
+-#~| "default. To add it, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is not present on the "
+-#~ "panels by default. To add it, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ <guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To unlock the screen, move your mouse or press any key, enter your "
+-#~ "password in the locked screen dialog, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦਾ ਤਾਲਾ ਖੋਲਣ ਲਈ, ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਲਾਓ ਜਾਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦਬਾਓ, ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ ਅਤੇ <keycap>Return</keycap> ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "preference tools"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sessions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Restart"
+-#~ msgid "startup"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgid "Startup Programs Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਟੈਬ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgid "Enabling/Disabling Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਯੋਗ/ਆਯੋਗ ਕਰਨੇ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Additional startup programs"
+-#~ msgid "Adding A New Startup Program"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "To add an object to a panel, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgid "To add a new startup program, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can use the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to open the "
+-#~| "<application>Search Tool</application>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. This will open the <application>Add "
+-#~ "Startup Program</application> dialog box."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guibutton> ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ। ਇਸ ਨਾਲ <application>ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ "
+-#~ "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</application> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਬਾਕਸ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgid "Removing A Startup Program"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgid "Editing A Startup Program"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਸੋਧਣਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Session Options"
+-#~ msgid "Session Options Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਟੈਬ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ending a Session"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "ending"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "logging out"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "quit"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "shutdown"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Log out for another user to begin working with it. To log out of GNOME, "
+-#~| "choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Log Out "
+-#~| "<replaceable>username</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice> ."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Log out, leaving the computer ready for another user to begin working "
+-#~ "with it. To log out of GNOME, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>username</replaceable></"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਆਉਟ, ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਕਰਨ ਇਸ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਗਨੋਮ ਦਾ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</"
+-#~ "replaceable> ਲਈ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Shut down your computer and switch off the power. To shut down, choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Shut Down</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Shut down your computer and switch off the power. To shut down, choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Shut Down</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> on "
+-#~ "the dialog that appears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਬਿਜਲੀ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ। ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem> ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guibutton> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ਜੇ <gui>ਸਾਂਝ</gui> ਕਿਤੇ <gui>ਬੰਦ</gui> ਹੈ, ਇਸਨੂੰ <gui>ਚਾਲੂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ "
++"ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also "
+-#~| "<firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less "
+-#~| "power is used, but the state of your computer is preserved: all the "
+-#~| "applications you have running and open documents."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also "
+-#~ "<firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less "
+-#~ "power is used, but all of the applications and documents that you have "
+-#~ "open are preserved and will still be open when you resume from "
+-#~ "hibernation. You can resume from hibernation by moving your mouse or "
+-#~ "pressing a key."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇ ਆਧਾਰ ਉੱਤੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ <firstterm>ਹਾਈਬਰਨੇਟ</"
+-#~ "firstterm> ਵੀ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹਾਈਬਰਨੇਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ, ਘੱਟ ਊਰਜਾ ਵਰਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ "
+-#~ "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰੱਖੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ: ਸਭ ਕਾਰਜ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਲਾਏ ਸਨ ਅਤੇ ਸਭ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you end a session, applications with unsaved work will warn you. You "
+-#~ "can choose to save your work, or cancel the command to log out or shut "
+-#~ "down."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਨਾ-ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਕੰਮ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਸੰਭਾਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Before you end a session, you might want to save your current settings so "
+-#~ "that you can restore the session later. In the <link linkend=\"prefs-"
+-#~ "sessions\"><application>Sessions</application></link> preference tool, "
+-#~ "you can select an option to automatically save your current settings."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਲੈਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ, "
+-#~ "ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਬਾਅਦ 'ਚ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ। <link linkend=\"prefs-sessions"
+-#~ "\"><application>ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ</application></link> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਿੱਚ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/four_hide_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=932231a03b23ecdb2563af3460091151"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/four_hide_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=932231a03b23ecdb2563af3460091151"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=35135b4653e42312c3e83f399ec6d406"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=35135b4653e42312c3e83f399ec6d406"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "@@image: 'figures/sample_applet.png'; "
+-#~| "md5=84228717d2f8b951a5e2b06725fe0fd6"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/sample_applet.png'; md5=d61c0b0d5b4a5758c5c8ec210c1682e1"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/sample_applet.png'; md5=d61c0b0d5b4a5758c5c8ec210c1682e1"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/force_quit.png'; md5=4e6cd725cd4977eaeab464ce4ff266ce"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/force_quit.png'; md5=4e6cd725cd4977eaeab464ce4ff266ce"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/logout_icon.png'; md5=b695adb45b2eaed0d80203635a70a5bb"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/logout_icon.png'; md5=b695adb45b2eaed0d80203635a70a5bb"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/run_button.png'; md5=68e8f81b231ed542e57349c93241f3f7"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/run_button.png'; md5=68e8f81b231ed542e57349c93241f3f7"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/searchtool_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e6210d7a387eccba73a76c215f078611"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/searchtool_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e6210d7a387eccba73a76c215f078611"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/show_desktop_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c228bbe71372d2a5afb76c3c7943e739"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/show_desktop_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c228bbe71372d2a5afb76c3c7943e739"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/open_drawer.png'; md5=ce13f1ec9eaed826ef4e113de0cd5d9c"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/open_drawer.png'; md5=ce13f1ec9eaed826ef4e113de0cd5d9c"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/notification_area_icon.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=973b76c720b51d9495208ab2d62ecdec"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/notification_area_icon.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=973b76c720b51d9495208ab2d62ecdec"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/menu_bar_applet.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=dd0eee59732d5d03d0f90299ef9fa1bd"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/menu_bar_applet.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=dd0eee59732d5d03d0f90299ef9fa1bd"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter describes how to use the panels at the top and bottom of the "
+-#~ "GNOME Desktop, how to customize the objects that appear on them, and how "
+-#~ "to add new panels to the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਉੱਤੇ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ, ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਅਤੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਵੇਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਜੋੜਨੇ ਹਨ, ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਰਜ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "panels"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "introduction"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A panel is an area in the GNOME Desktop where you have access to certain "
+-#~ "actions and information, no matter what the state of your application "
+-#~ "windows. For example, in the default GNOME panels, you can launch "
+-#~ "applications, see the date and time, control the system sound volume, and "
+-#~ "more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ, ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ) ਵਿੱਚ ਉਹ ਖੇਤਰ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੁਝ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਲੈਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਹਾਲਤ ਤੋਂ ਬੇਖਬਰ ਹੋ ਕੇ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਮੂਲ ਗਨੋਮ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਤਾਰੀਖ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਵੇਖ, ਸਿਸਟਮ ਧੁਨੀ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਟੋਰਲ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਬਹੁਤ "
+-#~ "ਕੁਝ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can customize panels to your liking. You can change their behavior "
+-#~ "and appearance, and you can add or remove objects from your panels. You "
+-#~ "can create multiple panels, and choose different properties, objects, and "
+-#~ "backgrounds for each panel. You can also hide panels."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਅਤੇ ਦਿੱਖ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਜੋੜ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਈ ਪੈਨਲ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਰੇਕ ਲਈ ਵੱਖਰੀਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ, ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਵੀ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, the GNOME Desktop contains a panel at the top edge of the "
+-#~ "screen, and a panel at the bottom edge of the screen. The following "
+-#~ "sections describe these panels."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਉੱਤਲੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਅਤੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਤਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Top Edge Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਉੱਪਰੀ ਕੋਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "top edge panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਉੱਪਰੀ ਕੋਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "By default, the top edge panel contains the following objects:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਉੱਪਰੀ ਕੋਨੇ ਵਾਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your distribution of GNOME may have altered this default setup."
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਦੀ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਡਿਸਟਰੀਬਿਊਸ਼ਨ ਇਹ ਮੂਲ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Menu Bar</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The panel menubar contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, the "
+-#~| "<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and the <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu. For "
+-#~| "more on the menu bar, see <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The Menu Bar contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, "
+-#~ "<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. For more "
+-#~ "on the menu bar, see <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guimenu>ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ</guimenu>, <guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu> ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੇਨੂ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ, <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"menubar\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Notification Area</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Displays icons from other applications that may require your attention, "
+-#~ "or that you may want to access without switching from your current "
+-#~ "application window. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"panels-"
+-#~ "notification-area\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹੋਰ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਦੇ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵੱਲ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਧਿਆਨ ਦੇਣ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੇ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"panels-notification-area\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Until an application adds an icon to the notification area, only a narrow "
+-#~ "bar is visible."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਕੋਈ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ 'ਚ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਜੋੜਦੀ ਹੈ ਤੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਪਤਲੀ ਜੇਹੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Clock</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਘੜੀ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<application>Clock</application> shows the current time. Click on the "
+-#~| "time to open a small calendar. For more on this, see the <ulink type="
+-#~| "\"help\" url=\"ghelp:clock\">Clock Applet Manual</ulink>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Clock</application> shows the current time. Click on the "
+-#~ "time to open a small calendar. You can also view a world map by clicking "
+-#~ "the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> expansion label. For more on this, see "
+-#~ "the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:clock\">Clock Applet Manual</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਘੜੀ</application> ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ। ਛੋਟਾ ਜੇਹਾ ਕੈਲੰਡਰ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਸਮੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਸਾਰ ਨਕਸ਼ਾ ਵੀ <guilabel>ਟਿਕਾਣੇ</guilabel> ਫੈਲਾ ਲੇਬਲ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਕੇ ਵੇਖ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:clock\">ਘੜੀ "
+-#~ "ਐਪਲਿਟ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Volume Control</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਆਵਾਜ਼ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the "
+-#~| "volume of the speaker on your system. For more on this, see the <ulink "
+-#~| "type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-volume-control\">Volume Control Manual</"
+-#~| "ulink>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the "
+-#~ "volume of the speakers on your system. For more on this, see the <ulink "
+-#~ "type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-volume-control\">Volume Control Manual</"
+-#~ "ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ</application> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਪੀਕਰ ਦੀ ਆਵਾਜ਼ "
+-#~ "ਠੀਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:"
+-#~ "gnome-volume-control\">ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਮੈਨੁਅਲ</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<indexterm><primary>top edge panel</primary><secondary>window list icon</"
+-#~ "secondary></indexterm><application>Window Selector</application> icon"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<indexterm><primary>ਉੱਤਲਾ ਪੈਨਲ</primary><secondary>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਆਈਕਾਨ</"
+-#~ "secondary></indexterm><application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਆਈਕਾਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<application>Window Selector</application> lists all your open windows. "
+-#~| "To give focus to a window, click on the window selector icon at the "
+-#~| "extreme right of the top edge panel, then select the window. For more on "
+-#~| "this, see <xref linkend=\"windows-focus\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Window Selector</application> lists all of your open "
+-#~ "windows. To give focus to a window, click on the window selector icon at "
+-#~ "the extreme right of the top edge panel, then select the window. For more "
+-#~ "on this, see <xref linkend=\"windows-focus\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਵਿੰਡੋ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਸਭ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਫੋਕਸ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ, ਉਤਲੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਓ, ਤਦ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"windows-focus\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Bottom Edge Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ ਕੋਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "bottom edge panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ ਕੋਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "By default, the bottom edge panel contains the following objects:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "default contents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button"
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop. "
+-#~ "Click it again to restore all of the windows to their previous state."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਭ ਖੁੱਲੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ। ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਫੇਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜੇ ਸਭ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਪਿਛਲੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Window List</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਵਿੰਡ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Displays a button for each window that is open. <application>Window "
+-#~| "List</application> enables you to minimize and restore windows. For more "
+-#~| "on this, see <xref linkend=\"windowlist\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Displays a button for each window that is open. The <application>Window "
+-#~ "List</application> enables you to minimize and restore windows. For more "
+-#~ "on this, see <xref linkend=\"windowlist\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਾ ਹੈ। <application>ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲਿਸਟ</"
+-#~ "application> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਅਤੇ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"windowlist\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enables you to switch between your workspaces. For more on workspaces, "
+-#~ "see <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਬਲੂਟੁੱਥ ਸਾਂਝ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Managing Panels"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਪਰਬੰਧ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਜਨਤਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰੋ</gui> ਨੂੰ <gui>ਚਾਲੂ</gui> ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਦਿਉ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "managing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਰਬੰਧ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The following sections describe how to manage your panels."
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਸਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰੀਏ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To interact with a panel, you must click on the vacant space on the "
+-#~| "panel, rather than any of the objects it holds. You can also middle-"
+-#~| "click or right-click on one of the hide buttons to select the panel, if "
+-#~| "the panel has no vacant space. If the hide buttons are not visible on a "
+-#~| "panel, modify the properties of the panel so that the hide buttons are "
+-#~| "visible."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To interact with a panel, you must click on a vacant space on the panel "
+-#~ "rather than on any of the objects it holds. If the hide buttons are "
+-#~ "visible on the panel, you can also middle-click or right-click on one of "
+-#~ "them to select the panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਓ, ਨਾ ਕਿ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਉੱਤੇ, ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਇਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿਚਲਾ-ਬਟਨ ਜਾਂ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, "
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ। ਜੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨਾ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਣ ਤਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲੋ "
+-#~ "ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਣ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Moving a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਹਿਲਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "moving"
+-#~ msgstr "ਏਧਰ ਓਧਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Drag a panel to another side of the screen to move it there. Click on any "
+-#~ "vacant space on the panel to begin the drag."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੈ ਜਾਓ। ਚੁੱਕਣ ਲਈ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A panel that is not set to expand to the full width of the screen can be "
+-#~ "dragged away from the edge of the screen and placed anywhere. See <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"panel-properties\"/> for details on how to set a panel's expand "
+-#~ "property."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਚੌੜਾਈ ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਫੈਲਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ, ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਕੋਨੇ "
+-#~ "ਤੋਂ ਚੁੱਕਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਪੈਨਲ ਫੈਲਾ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"panel-properties\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Panel Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "modifying properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਸੋਧਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the properties of each panel, such as the position of the "
+-#~ "panel, the hide behavior, and the visual appearance."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਰੇਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ, ਓਹਲੇ ਰਵੱਈਆ, ਅਤੇ ਦਿੱਖ ਝਲਕ, ਆਦਿ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To modify the properties of a panel, right-click on a vacant space on the "
+-#~ "panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog contains two tabbed "
+-#~ "sections, <guilabel>General</guilabel> and <guilabel>Background</"
+-#~ "guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬ, "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। <guilabel>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੋ ਟੈਬਾਂ ਆਉਣਗੀਆਂ, <guilabel>ਆਮ</guilabel> ਅਤੇ <guilabel>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ</"
+-#~ "guilabel>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "General Properties Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਟੈਬ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can modify panel size, "
+-#~ "position, and hiding properties. The following table describes the dialog "
+-#~ "elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਆਮ (ਸਧਾਰਨ)</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਆਕਾਰ, ਸਥਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ (ਲੁਕਵੀਂ) "
+-#~ "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ) ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸਾਰਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guilabel>ਆਮ</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਬਾਰੇ ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Dialog Element"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਇਕਾਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Orientation"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਥਿਤੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the position of the panel on your screen. Click on the required "
+-#~ "position for the panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਚੁਣੋ। ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਲੋੜੀਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Use the spin box to specify the size of the panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਸਪਿੰਨ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Expand"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੈਲਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "By default, a panel expands to the full length of the edge of the screen "
+-#~ "where it is located. A panel that does not expand can be moved away from "
+-#~ "the screen edges to any part of the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੈਨਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕੋਨੇ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਦੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਫੈਲਿਆ "
+-#~ "ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਫੈਲਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ, ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਤੋਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹੋਰ ਭਾਗ ਲਈ ਭੇਜਿਆ ਜਾ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Autohide"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਓਹਲੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"ਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ <file>ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ</file> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਾਂਝੀਆਂ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਦੀ ਮਨਜੂਰੀ "
++"ਦਿਉ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option if you want the panel to only be fully visible when "
+-#~| "the mouse pointer is over it. The panel hides off-screen along its "
+-#~| "principal edge, leaving a narrow part along the edge of the desktop. "
+-#~| "Move the mouse pointer over the visible part of the panel to make it "
+-#~| "move fully into the screen."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option if you want the panel to only be fully visible when "
+-#~ "the mouse pointer is over it. The panel hides off-screen along its "
+-#~ "longest edge, leaving a narrow part visible along the edge of the "
+-#~ "desktop. Move the mouse pointer over the visible part of the panel to "
+-#~ "make it move back into view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ ਉਦੋਂ ਹੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇ, ਜਦੋਂ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਉਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਵੇ। ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ "
+-#~ "ਦੀ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਲਕੀ ਜੇਹੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਜਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show hide buttons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Arrows on hide button"
+-#~ msgid "Arrows on hide buttons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide "
+-#~ "button is enabled."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਣੇ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਣ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Background Properties Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕ-ਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਟੈਬ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can choose the type of background for the panel in the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab. The choices are as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਲਈ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ <guilabel>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਰ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਚੋਣਾਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "None (use system theme)"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ (ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸਰੂਪ ਵਰਤੋਂ)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Background image"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕ-ਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਚਿੱਤਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to specify an image for the panel background. Click "
+-#~| "on the button to browse for the file. When you have selected the file, "
+-#~| "click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to specify an image for the panel background. Click on "
+-#~ "the button to browse for an image file. When you have selected the file, "
+-#~ "click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਲਈ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। ਫਾਇਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਝਲਕ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣ ਲਈ ਤਾਂ <guibutton>ਠੀਕ ਹੈ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "changing background"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕ-ਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also drag a color or image on to a panel to set the color or "
+-#~ "image as the background of the panel. You can drag a color or image from "
+-#~ "many applications. For example:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਜਾਂ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਜਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਸੈੱਟ "
+-#~ "ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਈ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਰੰਗ ਜਾਂ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਸੁੱਟ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can drag a color from any color selector dialog."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਰੰਗ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਸੁੱਟੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can drag an image file from the <application>Nautilus</application> "
+-#~ "file manager to set it as the background of the panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ "
+-#~ "ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਸੁੱਟ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can drag a color or a pattern from the <link linkend=\"nautilus-"
+-#~ "backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> "
+-#~ "dialog</link> in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager to a "
+-#~ "panel to set it as the background."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <link linkend=\"nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ  "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ</link> ਤੋਂ ਵੀ ਇੱਕ ਰੰਗ ਜਾਂ ਪੈਟਰਨ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Hiding a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸਾਂਝਾ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "hiding"
+-#~ msgstr "ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can hide or show panels. To hide a panel, use a hide button. If the "
+-#~| "hide buttons are not visible on a panel, modify the panel properties so "
+-#~| "that the hide buttons are visible."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can hide or show a panel if it has hide buttons. If the hide buttons "
+-#~ "are not visible on a panel, modify the panel properties so that the hide "
+-#~ "buttons are visible."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਲੁਕਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਵੇਖਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਇੱਕ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਜੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ ਤਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਲੁਕਵੇਂ (ਓਹਲੇ) ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hide buttons are at either end of a panel. The hide buttons contain an "
+-#~ "optional arrow icon. The following illustration shows hide buttons."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਪਾਸੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ। ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੋਣਵਾਂ ਤੀਰਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਚਿੱਤਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਗਏ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "A horizontal panel and a vertical panel, both with hide buttons."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਿਤਿਜੀ ਪੈਨਲ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਖੜਵਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ, ਦੋਵਾਂ ਕੋਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</link>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To hide a panel, click on one of the hide buttons. The panel reduces in "
+-#~| "the direction of the arrow on the hide button. The hide button at the "
+-#~| "other end of the panel remains visible."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To hide a panel, click on one of the hide buttons. The panel shrinks in "
+-#~ "the direction of the arrow on the hide button. The hide button at the "
+-#~ "other end of the panel remains visible."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਪੈਨਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਦੀ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟ ਜਾਂਦ ਹੈ। ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਦੇ ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਪਾਸੇ ਦਾ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਰਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To show a hidden panel again, click on the visible hide button. The panel "
+-#~ "expands in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. Both hide "
+-#~ "buttons are now visible."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਓਹਲੇ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇ ਰਹੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਪੈਨਲ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ ਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਫੈਲ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਹੁਣ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਤੀਰ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਣਗੇ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਸਾਂਝ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides "
+-#~| "automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel "
+-#~| "reappears when you point to the part of the screen where the panel "
+-#~| "resides. To set your panel to autohide, modify the properties of the "
+-#~| "panel."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides "
+-#~ "automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel "
+-#~ "reappears when you point to the part of the screen where the panel "
+-#~ "resides. To set your panel to autohide, <link linkend=\"panel-properties"
+-#~ "\">modify the properties</link> of the panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਆਟੋ-ਓਹਲੇ ਵੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਟੋ-ਓਹਲੇ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ "
+-#~ "ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ। ਪੈਨਲ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ, ਜਦੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਉਸ ਭਾਗ ਵੱਲ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਧਰ ਪੈਨਲ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਆਟੋ-ਓਹਲੇ "
+-#~ "ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀਆਂ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding a New Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "adding new"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a panel, right-click on a vacant space on any panel, then choose "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>New Panel</guimenuitem>. The new panel is added to the GNOME "
+-#~ "Desktop. The new panel contains no objects. You can customize the new "
+-#~ "panel to suit your preferences."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ, ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ, ਤਦ <guimenuitem>ਨਵਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। ਨਵਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਗਨੋਮ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਨਵੇਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਇਕਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਨਵੇਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Deleting a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "deleting"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To delete a panel from the GNOME Desktop, right-click on the panel that "
+-#~ "you want to delete, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete This "
+-#~ "Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਪੈਨਲ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "ਦਬਾਓ ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenuitem>ਇਹ ਪੈਨਲ ਹਟਾਓ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+-#~ "ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You must always have at least one panel in the GNOME Desktop. If you have "
+-#~ "only one panel in the GNOME Desktop, you cannot delete that panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਗਨੋਮ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਤਾਂ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਹੀ ਪੈਨਲ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Panel Objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "panel objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "This section describes the objects that you can add to your panels, and "
+-#~| "use from your panels."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This section describes the objects that you can add to and use from your "
+-#~ "panels."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨ (ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ) ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Interacting With Panel Objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "interacting with"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You use the mouse buttons to interact with a panel object in the "
+-#~ "following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Left-click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Launches the panel object."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enables you to grab an object, then drag the object to a new location."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ ਅਤੇ ਫੇਰ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੈ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opens the panel object popup menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੌਪ-ਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Select an Applet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਚੁਣਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "applets"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "selecting"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some restrictions apply on where you can click on an applet in order to "
+-#~ "display the panel object popup menu, or to move the applet, as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਤੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪ-ਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਜਾਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding an Object to a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਜੋੜਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "adding"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To add an object to a panel, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on a vacant space on a panel to open the panel popup menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ ਪੋਪ-ਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose <guisubmenu>Add to Panel</guisubmenu>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guisubmenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guisubmenu> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens.The available panel "
+-#~ "objects are listed alphabetically, with <link linkend=\"launchers"
+-#~ "\">launchers</link> at the top."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇਗਾ। ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ "
+-#~ "ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ <link linkend=\"launchers\">ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ (ਲਾਂਚਰ)</link> ਸਭ ਤੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To restore the full list, delete the text in the <guilabel>find</"
+-#~ "guilabel> box."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੂਰੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, <guilabel>ਖੋਜ</guilabel> ਬਕਸੇ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਪਾਠ ਹਟਾ ਦਿਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Either drag an object from the list to a panel, or select an object from "
+-#~ "the list and click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add it at the spot on "
+-#~ "the panel where you first right-clicked."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਸੁੱਟੋ ਜਾਂ ਲਿਸਟ 'ਚੋਂ ਚੁਣ ਲਵੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਸ ਥਾਂ ਜੋੜਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਿਆ ਸੀ, ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can add also add any item in the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu "
+-#~ "to the panel: right-click the menu item and choose <guimenuitem>Add this "
+-#~ "launcher to panel</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਵੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਇਹ ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ) ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Each launcher corresponds to a <filename>.desktop</filename> file. You "
+-#~| "can drag the <filename>.desktop</filename> file on to your panels to add "
+-#~| "the launcher to the panel."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Each launcher corresponds to a <filename>.desktop</filename> file. You "
+-#~ "can drag a <filename>.desktop</filename> file on to your panels to add "
+-#~ "the launcher to the panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ <filename>.desktop</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਦੇ ਲਈ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ <filename>."
+-#~ "desktop</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Modifying the Properties of an Object"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਸੋਧਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The command that starts a launcher application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਕਾਰਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The icon that represents the object."
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some panel objects, such as launchers and drawers, have a set of "
+-#~ "associated properties. The properties are different for each type of "
+-#~ "object. The properties specify details such as the following: "
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੁਝ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਅਤੇ ਦਰਾਜ਼, ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਹਨ। ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ "
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਵੇਰਵਾ ਦਿੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ: "
+-#~ "<placeholder-1/>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "To modify the properties of an object perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgid "To modify the properties of an object, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "panel object popup menu, illustration"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੌਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ, ਪੇਸ਼ਕਾਰੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, as shown "
+-#~ "in <xref linkend=\"gospanel-FIG-54\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"gospanel-FIG-54\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Panel Object Popup Menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੌਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Panel object popup menu. Menu items: Properties, Remove From Panel, Lock, "
+-#~ "Move."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਹੈ। ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ: ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ, ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ, ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ, ਭੇਜੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as "
+-#~ "required. The properties in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog "
+-#~ "depend on which object you select in step 1."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। <guilabel>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। <guilabel>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਪਗ਼ 1 ਵਿੱਚ ਚੁਣੇ ਗਈ ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgid "Close the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Moving a Panel Object"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਏਧਰ ਓਧਰ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can move panel objects within a panel, and from one panel to another "
+-#~ "panel. You can also move objects between panels and drawers."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਹਿਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਦੂਜੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੀ ਲਿਜਾ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਦਰਾਜ਼ਾਂ 'ਚ ਵੀ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To move a panel object, middle-click and hold on the object and drag the "
+-#~ "object to a new location. When you release the middle mouse button, the "
+-#~ "object anchors at the new location."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੱਧ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਫੜੀ ਰੱਖੋ, ਫੇਰ ਇਕਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਓ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਦਾ ਮੱਧ ਬਟਨ ਛੱਡੋਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਇਕਾਈ ਅੰਕਰ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the object, then choose <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ, ਫੇਰ <guimenuitem>ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ</guimenuitem> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Movement of a panel object affects the position of other objects on the "
+-#~ "panel. To control how objects move on a panel, you can specify a movement "
+-#~ "mode. To specify the movement mode, press one of the following keys as "
+-#~ "you move the panel object:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਚਾਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੀਆਂ ਹੋਰ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਚਾਲ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਚਾਲ ਢੰਗ ਦੇਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ। ਇੱਕ ਚਾਲ ਢੰਗ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦੱਬੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Key"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਵਿੱਚ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Movement Mode"
+-#~ msgstr "ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਢੰਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "No key"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Switched movement"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਦਲਣ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The object swaps places with other panel objects. Switched movement is "
+-#~ "the default movement mode."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਹੋਰ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਥਾਂ ਲੈਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਸਵਿੱਚ ਚਾਲ ਮੂਲ ਚਾਲ ਢੰਗ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key"
+-#~ msgstr "<keycap>Alt</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Free movement"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁਕਤ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The object jumps over other panel objects into the next vacant space on "
+-#~ "the panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਉੱਤੋਂ ਦੀ ਅਗਲੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਰੱਖੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The object pushes other panel objects further along the panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਿਸਕਾ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locking a Panel Object"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "locking"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "locking panel objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can lock panel objects so that the objects stay in the same position "
+-#~ "on the panel. Use this if you do not want some panel objects to change "
+-#~ "position when you move other panel objects."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਸੇ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਰਹਿਣ। ਇਹ ਫੀਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਦੇਮੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੁਝ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲਣੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To lock an object to the current location of the object in the panel, "
+-#~| "right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, then "
+-#~| "select <guimenuitem>Lock on Panel</guimenuitem>. Deselect this to unlock "
+-#~| "the object."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To lock an object to its current location in the panel, right-click on "
+-#~ "the object to open the panel object popup menu, then select "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>Lock To Panel</guimenuitem>. Deselect this to unlock the "
+-#~ "object."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਸ ਦੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ, ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਕ</guimenuitem> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। "
+-#~ "ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਤਾਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਹਟਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Removing a Panel Object"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "removing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To remove an object from a panel right-click on the object to open the "
+-#~| "panel object popup menu, then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To remove an object from a panel, right-click on the object to open the "
+-#~ "panel object popup menu and then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From Panel</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ</guimenuitem> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Applets"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਪਲਿਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "An applet is a small application whose user interface resides within a "
+-#~| "panel. You use the applet panel object to interact with the applet. For "
+-#~| "example, the following figure shows the following applets, from left to "
+-#~| "right:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An applet is a small application whose user interface resides within a "
+-#~ "panel. The following figure shows the following applets, from left to "
+-#~ "right:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਰਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਐਪਲਿਟ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਖੱਬੇ ਤੋਂ ਸੱਜੇ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">Window List</link></"
+-#~ "application>: Displays the windows currently open on your system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲਿਸਟ</application>: ਤੁਹਾਡੇ "
+-#~ "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਇਸ ਸਮੇਂ ਖੁੱਲੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application>Volume Control</application>: Enables you to control the "
+-#~ "volume of the speaker on your system."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਆਵਾਜ਼ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ</application>: ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਪੀਕਰ ਦੀ ਆਵਾਜ਼ "
+-#~ "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<application>Clock</application> applet"
+-#~ msgid "<application>Clock</application>: Shows the current date and time."
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਘੜੀ</application>: ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sample applets. The context describes the graphic."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਹੈ। ਚਿੱਤਰ 'ਚ ਹੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Launchers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "launchers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <firstterm>launcher</firstterm> is an object that performs a specific "
+-#~ "action when you open it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <firstterm>ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ)</firstterm> ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਜਾਣ ਸਮੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can find launchers in the panels, in the panel menubar, and on the "
+-#~ "desktop. A launcher is represented by an icon in all of these locations."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ) ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ, ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ, ਅਤੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਭ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਸਭ ਟਿਕਾਣਿਆਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You might use a launcher to do any of the following:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਲਈ ਵੀ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Start a particular application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਕਾਰਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Execute a command."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open a folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open a Web browser at a particular page on the Web."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੈੱਬ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਵੈੱਬ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can modify the properties of a launcher. For example, the properties "
+-#~ "of a launcher include the name of the launcher, the icon that represents "
+-#~ "the launcher, and how the launcher runs. For more on this, see <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"launchers-modify\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਂਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਦਾ ਨਾਂ, ਆਈਕਾਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਚੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"launchers-modify\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In certain situations, a launcher in a menu might not show an icon. For "
+-#~ "example, if it specifies no icon to display, or if the entire menu is set "
+-#~ "to show no icons."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੁਝ ਹਾਲਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ, ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਜੇ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਜਾਂ ਪੂਰੀ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding a Launcher to a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ) ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "adding to panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can add a launcher to a panel in one of the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From the panel popup menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਪੌਪ-ਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenu>Add to "
+-#~ "Panel</guimenu>. The <link linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>Add to "
+-#~ "Panel</guilabel> dialog</link> opens."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ, <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guimenu> ਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। <link linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</"
+-#~ "guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ</link> ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To create a new launcher, select <guilabel>Custom Application Launcher</"
+-#~ "guilabel> from the list. A <guilabel>Create Launcher</guilabel> dialog is "
+-#~ "displayed. For more information on the properties in this dialog, see "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <guilabel>ਕਸਟਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਲਾਂਚਰ</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ। "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <guilabel>ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ) ਬਣਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਦੀ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties"
+-#~ "\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Alternatively, to add an existing launcher to the panel, select "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. Choose the "
+-#~ "launcher that you want to add from the list of menu items."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ "
+-#~ "(ਲਾਂਚਰ)</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ। ਲਾਂਚਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਜੋੜਨਾ "
+-#~ "ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "From any menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a launcher to a panel from any menu, perform one of the following "
+-#~| "steps:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a launcher to a panel from a menu, perform one of the following "
+-#~ "steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਵਰਤੋਂ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open a menu that contains the launcher. Drag the launcher on to the panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਹਨ। ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਸੁੱਟੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Open the menu that contains the launcher from the panel where you want "
+-#~| "the launcher to reside. Right-click on the title of the launcher. Choose "
+-#~| "<guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the menu that contains the launcher and right-click on the title of "
+-#~ "the launcher. Choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem>. This method will only work if the launcher is on a sub-menu "
+-#~ "of the menu that you opened."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਲਾਂਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਟਾਇਟਲ (ਨਾਂ) ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenuitem>ਇਹ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guimenuitem> "
+-#~ "ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "From the file manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a launcher to a panel from the file manager, find the <filename>."
+-#~ "desktop</filename> file for the launcher in your file system, then drag "
+-#~ "the <filename>.desktop</filename> file to the panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਆਪਣੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਾਸਤੇ <filename>."
+-#~ "desktop</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਜੋ ਅਤੇ <filename>.desktop</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ "
+-#~ "ਸੁੱਟੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Modifying a Launcher"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ 'ਚ ਸੋਧ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To modify the properties of a launcher in a panel, perform the following "
+-#~ "steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਸੋਧਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਵੇਖੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click on the launcher to open the panel object popup menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਪੋਪਅੱਪ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Launcher "
+-#~ "Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required. For "
+-#~ "more information on the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog, "
+-#~ "see <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਰਤੋਂ। <guilabel>ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</"
+-#~ "guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"launchers-"
+-#~ "properties\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Launcher "
+-#~ "Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guilabel>ਬੰਦ "
+-#~ "ਕਰੋ</guilabel> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Launcher Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਂਚਰ (ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ) ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you create or edit a launcher, the following properties can be set:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਬਣਾ ਜਾਂ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾਵਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Use the drop-down list to specify whether this launcher starts an "
+-#~| "application or opens a document:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the drop-down list to specify whether this launcher starts an "
+-#~ "application or opens a location:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਵੇ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Application"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The launcher starts an application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Application in Terminal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਕਾਰਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</link>"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "The launcher starts an application in a terminal."
+-#~ msgid "The launcher starts an application through a terminal window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਚਲਾਏਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "The launcher opens a file."
+-#~ msgid "The launcher opens a file, web page or other location."
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ, ਵੈੱਬ ਪੇਜ਼ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਮੀਡੀਆ ਸਾਂਝ</gui> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "This is displayed when you add the launcher to a menu or to the desktop."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is the name that is displayed if you add the launcher to a menu or "
+-#~ "to the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਤਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਨੂੰ ਮੇਨੂ ਜਾਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ)) ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Command"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For an application launcher, specify a command to execute when you click "
+-#~ "on the launcher. For sample commands, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-"
+-#~ "properties-commands\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ, ਲਾਂਚਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਚੱਲਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿਓ। ਸਧਾਰਨ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਈ, <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "For an application launcher, specify a command to execute when you click "
+-#~| "on the launcher. For sample commands, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-"
+-#~| "properties-commands\"/>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For a location launcher, specify the location to be opened. Click "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to select a location on your computer, or "
+-#~ "type a web address to launch a web page. For sample locations, see <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ, ਲਾਂਚਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਚੱਲਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿਓ। ਸਧਾਰਨ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਈ, <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Comment"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿੱਪਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the launcher icon on the "
+-#~ "panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਦ-ਸੰਕਤੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਕੋਲ ਮਾਊਸ ਲਿਆਉਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the <guibutton>No Icon</"
+-#~| "guibutton> button. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon "
+-#~| "from the dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the icon button, which "
+-#~ "displays a generic icon by default. An icon selector dialog is displayed. "
+-#~ "Choose an icon from the dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <guibutton>ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ</guibutton> ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉ। ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change the icon for the launcher, click on the button showing the "
+-#~ "current icon. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon from "
+-#~ "the dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਬਦਲਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Launcher "
+-#~| "Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Examples of commands and locations that you can use in the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog can be found below."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guilabel>ਬੰਦ "
+-#~ "ਕਰੋ</guilabel> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sample Application Command"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਮਾਂਡ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Action"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "gedit"
+-#~ msgstr "gedit"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Starts the <application>gedit</application> text editor application."
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਜੀ-ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</application> ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "gedit /user123/loremipsum.txt"
+-#~ msgid "gedit /home/user/loremipsum.txt"
+-#~ msgstr "gedit /home/user/loremipsum.txt"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Opens the file <filename>/user123/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the "
+-#~| "<application>gedit</application> text editor application."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the "
+-#~ "<application>gedit</application> text editor application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>gedit</application> ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ <filename>/user123/"
+-#~ "loremipsum.txt</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "nautilus /user123/Projects"
+-#~ msgid "nautilus /home/user/Projects"
+-#~ msgstr "nautilus /home/user/Projects"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Opens the folder <filename>/user123/Projects</filename> in a file object "
+-#~| "window."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File "
+-#~ "Browser window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ <filename>/user123/Projects</filename> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Open Location"
+-#~ msgid "Sample Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਮੂਨਾ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "gedit /user123/loremipsum.txt"
+-#~ msgid "file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt"
+-#~ msgstr "file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Opens the file <filename>/user123/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the "
+-#~| "<application>gedit</application> text editor application."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the "
+-#~ "default viewer for its file type."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>gedit</application> ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ <filename>/user123/"
+-#~ "loremipsum.txt</filename> ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "nautilus /user123/Projects"
+-#~ msgid "file:///home/user/Projects"
+-#~ msgstr "file:///home/user/Projects"
+-
+-#~ msgid "http://www.gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "http://www.gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opens the GNOME website in your default browser."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮੂਲ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਵੈੱਬਸਾਇਟ ਖੋਲਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "ftp://ftp.gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "ftp://ftp.gnome.org"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opens the GNOME FTP site in your default browser."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਮੂਲ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ FTP ਸਾਇਟ ਖੋਲਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Buttons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "buttons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can add buttons to your panels to provide quick access to common "
+-#~ "actions and functions."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਟਨ ਵੀ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਆਮ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਤੇਜ਼ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦਿੰਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Force Quit Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਧੱਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਬੰਦ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Force Quit"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Force Quit button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਰ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Force Quit icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button enables you to select a "
+-#~| "window to terminate an application. This button is useful if you want to "
+-#~| "terminate an application that does not respond to your commands."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button allows you to click on a "
+-#~ "window to force an application to quit. This button is useful if you want "
+-#~ "to terminate an application that does not respond to your commands, if "
+-#~ "the application has frozen or crashed, for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਧੱਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਪਰਗੋਰਾਮ (ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ) ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਇਦੇਮੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, "
+-#~ "ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਈ ਜਵਾਬ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਟਕ ਜਾਵੇ ਜਾਂ ਕਰੈਸ਼ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click "
+-#~ "on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, "
+-#~ "then choose <application>Force Quit</application> from the Add to Panel "
+-#~ "dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To terminate an application, click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</"
+-#~| "guibutton> button, then click on a window from the application that you "
+-#~| "want to terminate. If you do not want to terminate an application after "
+-#~| "you click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, press "
+-#~| "<keycap>Esc</keycap>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To terminate an application, click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</"
+-#~ "guibutton> button, then click on a window from the application that you "
+-#~ "want to terminate. If you do not want to terminate an application after "
+-#~ "you have clicked on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, press "
+-#~ "<keycap>Esc</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <guibutton>ਧੱਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਫੇਰ "
+-#~ "ਕਾਰਜ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ <guibutton>ਧੱਕੇ "
+-#~ "ਨਾਲ ਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬਣ ਬਾਅਦ ਬੰਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ <keycap>Esc</"
+-#~ "keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Lock Screen Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Lock"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button locks your screen and "
+-#~| "activates your screensaver. To access your session again, you must enter "
+-#~| "your password."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button locks your screen and "
+-#~ "activates your screensaver when you click on it. To access your session "
+-#~ "again, you must enter your password."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰਕੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ "
+-#~ "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਨ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਆਪਣੇ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੇਣਾ "
+-#~ "ਪਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~ "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~ "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the Add "
+-#~ "to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on "
+-#~ "this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to open a "
+-#~ "menu of screensaver-related commands. <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-"
+-#~ "TBL-83\"/> describes the commands that are available from the menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ ਨਾਲ "
+-#~ "ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਰ ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"gosstartsession-TBL-83\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Lock Screen Menu Items"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Menu Item"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Activate Screensaver"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Activates the screensaver immediately."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This will also lock the screen if you have set <guilabel>Lock screen when "
+-#~ "screensaver is active</guilabel> in the <application>Screensaver</"
+-#~ "application> preference tool."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਤਾਲਾ ਵੀ ਲੱਗੇਗਾ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ <guilabel>ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ (ਲਾਕ) ਕਰੋ</guilabel> ਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਚੋਣ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Locks the screen immediately. This command performs the same function as "
+-#~ "when you click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਹੀ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਉਹੀ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Opens the <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\"><application>Screensaver</"
+-#~ "application> preference tool</link>, with which you can configure the "
+-#~ "type of screensaver that is displayed when you lock the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\"><application>ਸਕਰੀਨਸੇਵਰ</application> "
+-#~ "ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ</link> ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਹੋਣ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਣ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਲੇ ਸਕਰੀਨਸੇਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log Out Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log Out icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਆਈਕਾਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log Out"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Log Out button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button begins the process to log out "
+-#~| "of a GNOME session."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button allows you to log out of a "
+-#~ "GNOME session or switch to a different user account."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਕਾਊਂਟ "
+-#~ "'ਚ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਮੱਦਦ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on "
+-#~ "any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, "
+-#~ "then choose <application>Log Out</application> from the Add to Panel "
+-#~ "dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the <guibutton>No Icon</"
+-#~| "guibutton> button. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon "
+-#~| "from the dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To log out of your session or switch users, click on the <guibutton>Log "
+-#~ "Out</guibutton> button and then click on the appropriate button in the "
+-#~ "dialog that appears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <guibutton>ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ</guibutton> ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉ। ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Run Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਓ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Run Application icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Run"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Run button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਓ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run "
+-#~| "Application</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button opens the <guilabel>Run "
+-#~ "Application</guilabel> dialog, which allows you to start an application "
+-#~ "by choosing it from a list."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੇ <guilabel>ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any "
+-#~ "vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then "
+-#~ "choose <application>Run Application</application> from the Add to Panel "
+-#~ "dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, click the "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open the <application>Run Application</application> dialog, click on "
+-#~ "the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਿੱਚ, <guibutton>ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ</"
+-#~ "guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "For more information on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, "
+-#~| "see <citetitle>Working With Menus</citetitle>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more information on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, "
+-#~ "see <xref linkend=\"gospanel-23\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲੈਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"gospanel-23\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Search Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Search Tool icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਟੂਲ ਆਈਕਾਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Search button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can use the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to open the "
+-#~| "<application>Search Tool</application>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button opens the <application>Search "
+-#~ "Tool</application>, which allows you to search for files on your computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <guibutton>ਖੋਜ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ <application>ਖੋਜ ਸੰਦ</application> ਖੋਲਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on "
+-#~ "any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, "
+-#~ "then choose <application>Search for Files</application> from the Add to "
+-#~ "Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr "ਛੇਤੀ ਛੇਤੀ ਇੱਕ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, click the "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open the <application>Search Tool</application>, click on the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Search</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਿੱਚ, <guibutton>ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ</"
+-#~ "guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more information on the <application>Search Tool</application>, see "
+-#~ "the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">Search Tool "
+-#~ "Manual</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਖੋਜ ਸੰਦ</application> ਉੱਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, <ulink type=\"help"
+-#~ "\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">ਖੋਜ ਸੰਦ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show Desktop Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖੋ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Minimise Windows button"
+-#~ msgid "Minimize Windows button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show Desktop icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਓ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can use the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to minimize "
+-#~ "all open windows and show the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <guibutton>ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਓ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਸਭ ਖੁੱਲੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ  ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~ "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~ "guimenu>, then choose <application>Show Desktop</application> from the "
+-#~ "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on "
+-#~ "this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the <guibutton>No Icon</"
+-#~| "guibutton> button. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon "
+-#~| "from the dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To minimize all windows and show the desktop, click on the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button. To restore all windows to "
+-#~ "their previous state, click it again."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <guibutton>ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ</guibutton> ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉ। ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Menus"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "menus"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can add the following types of menu to your panels:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਮੇਨੂ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>: You can access almost all of the standard "
+-#~| "applications, commands, and configuration options from the <guimenu>Main "
+-#~| "Menu</guimenu>. To add a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Menu</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can add as many <guimenu>Main Menu</"
+-#~| "guimenu> objects to your panels as you want."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu>: You can access almost all of the standard "
+-#~ "applications, commands, and configuration options from the menus in the "
+-#~ "Menu Bar. It contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, "
+-#~ "<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu>: ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਭ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਕਾਰਜ, ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ, ਅਤੇ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਕ <guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਟੇ "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਈ <guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> ਇਕਾਈਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।ਤੁਸੀਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਆਊਟ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu> to a panel, right-click on any "
+-#~ "vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then "
+-#~ "choose <application>Menu Bar</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. "
+-#~ "See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"
+-#~| "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</"
+-#~| "guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the "
+-#~| "Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more "
+-#~| "on this."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click on any "
+-#~ "vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then "
+-#~ "choose <application>Main Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. "
+-#~ "See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ</guimenu> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <application>ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ</application> ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a menu as a drawer to a panel, open the menu from the panel. "
+-#~| "Right-click on any launcher in the menu, then choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as "
+-#~| "drawer to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a submenu to a panel, open the submenu, right-click on a launcher, "
+-#~ "then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add "
+-#~ "this as menu to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਾਂਗ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ। ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਸੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੂਰਾ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਾਂਗ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Drawers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "drawers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "A drawer is an extension of a panel. You can open and close a drawer in "
+-#~| "the same way that you can show and hide a panel. A drawer can contain "
+-#~| "all panel objects, including launchers, menus, applets, other panel "
+-#~| "objects, and other drawers. When you open a drawer, you can use the "
+-#~| "objects in the same way that you use objects on a panel."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A drawer is an extension of a panel. You can open and close a drawer in "
+-#~ "the same way that you can show and hide a panel. A drawer can contain all "
+-#~ "panel objects, including launchers, menus, applets, and other drawers. "
+-#~ "When you open a drawer, you can use the objects in the same way that you "
+-#~ "use objects on a panel."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਪੈਨਲ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਰੂਪ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਉਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਵੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖ ਅਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ 'ਚ ਸਭ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ, ਲਾਂਚਰ, ਮੇਨੂ, "
+-#~ "ਐਪਲਿਟ, ਹੋਰ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਉਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The following figure shows an open drawer that contains two panel objects."
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਇੱਕ ਖੁੱਲਾ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵੇਖਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੋ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Open drawer. The context describes the graphic."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਾ ਹੈ। ਚਿੱਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The arrow on the drawer icon indicates that the icon represents a drawer "
+-#~| "or menu."
+-#~ msgid "The arrow on the icon indicates that it represents a drawer or menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can add, move, and remove objects from drawers in the same way that "
+-#~ "you add, move, and remove objects from panels."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਉਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ, ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲਾਂ 'ਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ, ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Open and Close a Drawer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਖੋਲਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "opening"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "closing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To open a drawer, click on the drawer object in a panel. You can close a "
+-#~| "drawer in the following ways:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open a drawer, click on the drawer's icon in a panel. You can close a "
+-#~ "drawer in the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Click on the drawer."
+-#~ msgid "Click on the drawer's icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਦੇ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Click on the drawer hide button."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Add a Drawer to a Panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can add a drawer to a panel in the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Drawer</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem> ਦਰਾਜ਼</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can add a menu as a drawer object to a panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਾਂਗ ਜੋੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add a menu as a drawer to a panel, open the menu from the panel. Right-"
+-#~ "click on any launcher in the menu, then choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as drawer "
+-#~ "to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਾਂਗ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ। ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਸੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ "
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੂਰਾ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਾਂਗ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Add an Object to a Drawer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਰਾਜ਼ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਜੋੜਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "adding objects to"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਜੋੜਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You add an object to a drawer in the same way that you add objects to "
+-#~ "panels. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਾਜ਼ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਂਗ ਹੀ ਹੈ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Modify Drawer Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਬਦਲਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on the drawer, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem> to display the <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> "
+-#~| "dialog. The dialog displays the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed "
+-#~| "section."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the drawer, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> to display the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> "
+-#~ "dialog. The dialog displays the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed "
+-#~ "section."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਚੁਣੋ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਸਧਾਰਨ</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਏਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the properties for the drawer in the dialog. The following table "
+-#~ "describes the elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਦੀਆਂ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾਵਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ। <guilabel>ਆਮ</guilabel> ਟੈਬ ਭਾਗ ਦੇ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਸਾਰਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Icon"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the <guibutton>No Icon</"
+-#~| "guibutton> button. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon "
+-#~| "from the dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose an icon to represent the drawer. Click on the <guibutton>Icon</"
+-#~ "guibutton> button to display an icon selector dialog. Choose an icon from "
+-#~ "the dialog and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to confirm your choice."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਂਚਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <guibutton>ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨਹੀਂ</guibutton> ਉੱਤੇ ਦਬਾਉ। ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option to display hide buttons on your panel."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to display hide buttons on your drawer. When you click "
+-#~ "one of the buttons, the drawer will close."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide "
+-#~| "button is enabled."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide "
+-#~ "buttons are enabled."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਣੇ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਣ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel "
+-#~| "Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Drawer "
+-#~ "Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guilabel> ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</"
+-#~ "guilabel> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Default Panel Objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This section covers the panel objects that appear in the default GNOME "
+-#~ "desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੂਲ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ) ਵਿੱਚ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window Selector Applet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "window selector icon"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "window selector"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can view a list of all windows that are currently open. You can also "
+-#~ "choose a window to give focus to. To view the window list, click on the "
+-#~ "<application>Window Selector</application> applet. The following figure "
+-#~ "shows an example of the <application>Window Selector</application> applet:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਭ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਸ ਵੇਲੇ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫੋਕਸ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ "
+-#~ "ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਝਰੋਖਾ ਸੂਚੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, <application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ "
+-#~ "ਦੱਬੋ। ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਚਿੱਤਰ <application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਦੀ ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਹੈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window selector applet displayed from the top edge panel."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਨੂੰ ਉਤਲੇ ਕੋਨਾ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To give focus to a window, select the window from the <application>Window "
+-#~ "Selector</application> applet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਫੋਕਸ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ, <application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਤੋਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <application>Window Selector</application> lists the windows in all "
+-#~| "workspaces. The windows in all workspaces other than the current "
+-#~| "workspace, are listed under a separator line."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Window Selector</application> lists the windows in all "
+-#~ "workspaces. The windows in all workspaces other than the current "
+-#~ "workspace are listed under a separator line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</application> ਸਭ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ 'ਚੋਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੌਜੂਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ ਕੇ ਸਭ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ ਦੇ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰੇਵਾਂ ਲਾਇਨ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Notification Area Applet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Notification Area applet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਐਪਲਿਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Notification Area icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Notification Area</application> applet displays icons "
+-#~ "from various applications to indicate activity in the application. For "
+-#~ "example, when you use the <application>CD Player</application> "
+-#~ "application to play a CD, a CD icon is displayed in the "
+-#~ "<application>Notification Area</application> applet. The graphic above "
+-#~ "illustrates the CD icon in the <application>Notification Area</"
+-#~ "application> applet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਕਈ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਦਰਸਾਉਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>CD ਪਲੇਅਰ</application> ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ CD ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਇੱਕ CD ਆਈਕਾਨ <application>ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ</"
+-#~ "application> ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਚਿੱਤਰ 'ਚ CD ਆਈਕਾਨ <application>ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ</"
+-#~ "application> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਸ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Menu Bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Menu Bar applet. Menus: Applications, Places, Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਹੈ। ਮੇਨੂ: ਕਾਰਜ, ਥਾਵਾਂ, ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ।3"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ #, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> provides access to the "
+-#~| "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and many of the items in the "
+-#~| "<guimenu>System</guimenu> menu. You can access almost all of the "
+-#~| "standard applications, commands, and configuration options from the "
+-#~| "<guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Menu Bar</application> contains the "
+-#~ "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and "
+-#~ "<guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. You can access almost all of the "
+-#~ "standard applications, commands, and configuration options from the "
+-#~ "<application>Menu Bar</application>. For more on using the Menu Bar, see "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> <guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਅਤੇ <guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</"
+-#~ "guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਈ ਹੋਰ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਭ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ, ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਨੂੰ <guimenu>ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window List"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "State"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Indicates..."
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ.."
+-
+-#~| msgid "Button is pressed in."
+-#~ msgid "The button is pressed in."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The window has focus."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਫੋਕਸ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The window is minimized."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Button is not pressed in, and is not faded."
+-#~ msgid "The button is not pressed in, and is not faded."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਫੇਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The window is displayed on the desktop and is not minimized."
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਗਏ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The button represents a group of buttons."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਦਰਸਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Usage"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can use <application>Window List</application> to perform the "
+-#~ "following tasks:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ <application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਨਾਲ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To give focus to a window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਫੋਕਸ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ"
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "On the bottom panel, click on the <guibutton>window list button</"
+-#~| "guibutton> that represents the window in the <application>Window List</"
+-#~| "application>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you click on the Window List button that represents the window that "
+-#~ "has focus, the applet minimizes the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ, <guibutton>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਬਟਨ</guibutton> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ, ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੇ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To restore a minimized window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To configure <application>Window List</application>, right-click on the "
+-#~| "handle on the left of the buttons, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Window List Preferences</guilabel> dialog "
+-#~| "contains two tabbed sections."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To configure the <application>Window List</application>, right-click on "
+-#~ "the handle to the left of the window buttons, then choose "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The following preferences can be "
+-#~ "changed:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਹੈਂਡਲ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਤਦ <guimenuitem>ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦ</guimenuitem>  ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਪਸੰਦ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੋ ਟੈਬਾਂ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Window List Content"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ #, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To specify which windows to display in <application>Window List</"
+-#~| "application>, select one of the following options:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To specify which windows to display in the Window List, select one of the "
+-#~ "following options:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਹੜੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਹੈ, ਤਹਿ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, "
+-#~ "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to only show the windows that are open in the current "
+-#~ "workspace."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ 'ਚ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to show the windows that are open in all workspaces."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸਭ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ 'ਚ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਹਨ।"
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਬਟਨ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Window Grouping"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਗਰੁਪਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To specify which windows to display in <application>Window List</"
+-#~| "application>, select one of the following options:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To specify when the Window List should group windows that belong to the "
+-#~ "same application, select one of the following options:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਹੜੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਹੈ, ਤਹਿ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, "
+-#~ "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Never group windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ 'ਚ ਕਦੇ ਨਾ ਰੱਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to only show the windows that are open in the current "
+-#~| "workspace."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to never group windows of the same application under "
+-#~ "one button."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ 'ਚ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Group windows when space is limited"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਥਾਂ ਸੀਮਿਤ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ 'ਚ ਰੱਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Always group windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਗਰੁੱਪ 'ਚ ਰੱਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide "
+-#~| "button is enabled."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to always group windows of the same application under "
+-#~ "one button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਣੇ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਣ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Restoring Minimized Windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To use the toolbar to navigate your history list, perform one of the "
+-#~| "following actions:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To define how the Window List behaves when you restore windows, select "
+-#~ "one of the following options."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ 'ਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore to current workspace"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restore to native workspace"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/titlebar_window.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=b3624c3e2eeb934a16ff5689c8163f44"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/titlebar_window.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=b3624c3e2eeb934a16ff5689c8163f44"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=00b75c538008ce6d01801ae2eb907af9"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=00b75c538008ce6d01801ae2eb907af9"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Overview"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter introduces you to some of the very basic components of the "
+-#~ "desktop. These components include <glossterm>Windows</glossterm>, "
+-#~ "<glossterm>Workspaces</glossterm>, and <glossterm>Applications</"
+-#~ "glossterm>. Almost all the work (or play) that you do in GNOME will "
+-#~ "involve these very basic components."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ 'ਚ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ) ਦੇ ਕੁਝ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ। ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ 'ਚ "
+-#~ "ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹਨ <glossterm>ਝਰੋਖੇ</glossterm>, <glossterm>ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ</glossterm> ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<glossterm>ਕਾਰਜ</glossterm>। ਸਭ ਕੰਮ (ਜਾਂ ਕੁਝ ਵੀ), ਜੋ ਵੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ 'ਚ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਸਭ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter describes the default configuration of GNOME. Your vendor or "
+-#~ "system administrator may have configured your desktop to look different "
+-#~ "than what is described here."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ 'ਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਦੀ ਮੂਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਿਕਰੇਤਾ ਜਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਕ ਵਲੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਦਲੀ ਗਈ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸਕਰਕੇ ਦਿੱਖ ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਖ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop components, introducing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਭਾਗ, ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you start a desktop session for the first time, you should see a "
+-#~ "default startup screen, with panels, windows, and various icons."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਹਿਲੀਂ ਵਾਰ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਵੇਖੋਗੇ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ, ਝਰੋਖੇ ਅਤੇ ਕਈ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹੋਣਗੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The major components of the GNOME Desktop are as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਖ ਭਾਗ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਜੋੜੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The desktop itself is behind all of the other components on the desktop. "
+-#~ "You can place objects on the desktop to access your files and directories "
+-#~ "quickly, or to start applications that you use often. See <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"overview-desktop\"/> for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਹੋਰ ਸਭ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਦੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਚਲਾ ਸਕੋ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਂ ਕਾਰਜ, ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਕਸਰ ਵਰਤਦੇ ਹੋ, ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"overview-desktop\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Panels"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the "
+-#~| "top and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the "
+-#~| "GNOME main menu bar, the date and time, and the launcher for the GNOME "
+-#~| "help system, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and "
+-#~| "the workspace switcher."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the top "
+-#~ "and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the GNOME "
+-#~ "main menu bar, the date and time, and a set of application launcher "
+-#~ "icons, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and the "
+-#~ "workspace switcher."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<firstterm>ਪੈਨਲ</firstterm> ਦੋ ਪੱਟੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੱਲਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਉੱਤਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ, ਸਮਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਤਾਰੀਖ, "
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਲਾਂਚਰ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਰ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Panels can be customized to contain a variety of tools, such as other "
+-#~ "menus and launchers, and small utility applications, called "
+-#~ "<firstterm>panel applets</firstterm>. For example, you can configure your "
+-#~ "panel to display the current weather for your location. For more "
+-#~ "information on panels, see <xref linkend=\"panels\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਕਈ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਸੰਦ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਹੋਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਅਤੇ ਲਾਂਚਰ, ਅਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਸਹੂਲਤ ਕਾਰਜ, ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "<firstterm>ਪੈਨਲ ਐਪਲਿਟ</firstterm> ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਨੂੰ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਮੌਸਮ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"panels\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can subdivide your desktop into separate <firstterm>workspaces</"
+-#~ "firstterm>. Each workspace can contain several windows, allowing you to "
+-#~ "group related tasks together. For more information on working with "
+-#~ "workspaces, see <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜੇ) ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ <firstterm>ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ</firstterm> ਵਿੱਚ ਵੰਡ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਵਿਚ ਕਈ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਰਲਦੇ ਕੰਮਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕਠੇ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹਨ। "
+-#~ "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides access to "
+-#~ "your files, folders, and applications. You can manage the contents of "
+-#~ "folders in the file manager and open the files in the appropriate "
+-#~ "applications. See <xref linkend=\"nautilus\"/> for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, ਫੋਲਡਰ, "
+-#~ "ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"nautilus\"/"
+-#~ "> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Control Center"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕੇਂਦਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can customize your computer using the <application>Control Center</"
+-#~| "application>. Each preference tool in the Control allows you to change a "
+-#~| "particular part of the behavior of your computer. The Control Center can "
+-#~| "be found in the <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu on the panel menubar. See "
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"prefs\"/> for more information on the Control Center."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can customize your computer using the <application>Control Center</"
+-#~ "application>, which can be found in the <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu on "
+-#~ "the top panel menubar. Each preference tool in the Control Center allows "
+-#~ "you to change a particular part of the behavior of your computer. See "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"prefs\"/> for more information on the Control Center."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ <application>ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕੇਂਦਰ</application> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਪਸੰਦ "
+-#~ "ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਰੇਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਸ ਭਾਗ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</"
+-#~ "guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"prefs\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your vendor or system administrator can make configuration changes to "
+-#~ "suit your needs, so your desktop might not match exactly what is "
+-#~ "described in this manual. Nevertheless, this manual provides a useful "
+-#~ "introduction to using the various components of your desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਿਕਰੇਤਾ ਜਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਕ ਵਲੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਦਲੀਆਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ, "
+-#~ "ਇਸਕਰਕੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ 'ਚ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਂਦਾ ਆਪਣਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਬੇਸ਼ੱਕ, ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੇ ਕਈ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਦੇਮੰਦ ਜਾਣ ਪਛਾਣ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The desktop lies behind all other components on your screen. When no "
+-#~ "windows are visible, the desktop is that part of the screen between the "
+-#~ "top and bottom panels. You can place files and folders on the desktop "
+-#~ "that you want to have easy access to."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਭ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਦੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਤਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉਤਲੇ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਵਿਚਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਰੱਖ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਛੇਤੀ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸੌਖੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ 'ਚ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The desktop also has several special objects on it:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਈ ਖਾਸ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਇਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <interface>Computer</interface> icon gives you access to CDs, "
+-#~ "removable media such as floppy disks, and also the entire filesystem "
+-#~ "(also known as the root filesystem). By default, you do not have the "
+-#~ "security permissions to read other users' files or edit system files, but "
+-#~ "you may need to do so something such as configure a web server on the "
+-#~ "computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<interface>ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ</interface> ਆਈਕਾਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ CD, ਹਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਫਲਾਪੀ "
+-#~ "ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਪੂਰੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ (ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਰੂਟ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵੀ ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ) ਲਈ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੂਲ "
+-#~ "ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਆਂ ਦੀ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੋਧਣ ਲਈ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ, "
+-#~ "ਪਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਏਦਾਂ ਦਾ ਕੁਝ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੈੱਬ ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੋਵੇ, ਆਦਿ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੈ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Your Home Folder, labelled <interface><replaceable>username</"
+-#~ "replaceable>'s Home</interface>, where all of your personal files are "
+-#~ "kept. You can also open this folder from the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> "
+-#~ "menu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ <interface><replaceable>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</replaceable> ਦਾ ਘਰ</"
+-#~ "interface> ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ <guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <interface>Trash</interface> is a special folder in which to place "
+-#~ "files and folders you no longer need. For more on this, see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-trash\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<interface>ਰੱਦੀ</interface> ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਹ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, "
+-#~ "ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹੁਣ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-trash\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "When you insert a CD, a flashdrive, or other removable media, or a "
+-#~| "device containing files such as a music player or a digital camera, an "
+-#~| "icon representing this device will appear on the desktop."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you insert a CD, a flash drive, or other removable media, or a "
+-#~ "device containing files such as a music player or a digital camera, an "
+-#~ "icon representing this device will appear on the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ CD, ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਡਰਾਇਵ, ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਜੋੜਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਜੰਤਰ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਡਿਜ਼ੀਟਲ ਕੈਮਰਾ ਆਦਿ ਜੋੜਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਜੰਤਰ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "As you work with your computer, the desktop becomes obscured by the "
+-#~ "windows you are working with. To quickly reveal the desktop by minimizing "
+-#~ "all windows, you can do one of the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਿਵੇਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਕੰਮ ਆਉਦੇ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਭਰ ਜਾਂਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ। ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਤੇ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਸਭ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਸੇ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button at the far left "
+-#~ "of the <link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">bottom panel</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">ਹੇਠਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ</link> ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸਿਓ "
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਓ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Either action will also restore your windows to their previous state. "
+-#~ "Alternatively, you can switch to another workspace to see the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਪੁਰਾਣੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗੀ। ਬਦਲਵੇਂ "
+-#~ "ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ 'ਚ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the colour of the desktop background or the image "
+-#~ "displayed there. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"prefs-"
+-#~ "desktopbackground\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਜਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹੋਰ ਵਧੇਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"prefs-desktopbackground\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The files and folders you put on the desktop are stored in a special "
+-#~| "folder within your Home Folder, called <filename>Desktop</filename>. "
+-#~| "Like any other folder, you can put files (and other folders) directly "
+-#~| "into it, they will just also happen to show up on desktop itself."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The files and folders you put on the desktop are stored in a special "
+-#~ "folder within your Home Folder, called <filename>Desktop</filename>. Like "
+-#~ "any other folder, you can put files and other folders directly into it. "
+-#~ "The only difference is that anything placed into the Desktop folder will "
+-#~ "then show up on desktop itself."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਖਾਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ, "
+-#~ "<filename>ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (Desktop)</filename> ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। ਹੋਰ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਵਾਂਗ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਹੀ ਰੱਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਅੰਤਰ ਕੇਵਲ ਇੰਨਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ "
+-#~ "ਰੱਖੀ ਚੀਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਖੁਦ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <firstterm>window</firstterm> is a rectangular area of the screen, "
+-#~ "usually with a border all around and a title bar at the top. You can "
+-#~ "think of a window as a screen within the screen. Each window displays an "
+-#~ "application, allowing you to to have more than one application visible, "
+-#~ "and work on more than one task at a time. You can also think of windows "
+-#~ "as pieces of paper on your desktop: they can overlap, or be side by side, "
+-#~ "for example."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <firstterm>ਝਰੋਖਾ (ਵਿੰਡੋ/window)</firstterm> ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਆਇਤਾਕਾਰ ਖੇਤਰ ਹੁੰਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਦੇ ਦੁਆਲੇ ਅਕਸਰ ਹਾਸ਼ੀਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਨਾਂ (ਟਾਈਟਲ) ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿੰਡੋ "
+-#~ "(ਝਰੋਖੇ) ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਅੰਦਰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਵਾਂਗ ਸੋਚ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਹਰੇਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਕਾਰਜ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਸਮੇਂ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਫ਼ਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ 'ਚ ਵੀ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਦੂਜੇ ਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਆ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਾਂ ਬਰਾਬਰ ਵੇਖੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can control a window's position of the screen, as well as its size. "
+-#~ "You can control which windows overlap other windows, so the one you want "
+-#~ "to work with is completely visible. For more about moving and resizing "
+-#~ "windows, see <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਵੀ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਵੀ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੇਹੜਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਹੋਰ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਢੱਕ ਲਵੇ (ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਰਹੇ) "
+-#~ "ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਾਹਮਣੇ ਰੱਖ ਕੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ। ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਦੇਣ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Each window is not necessarily a different application. An application "
+-#~ "usually has one main window, and may open additional windows at the "
+-#~ "request of the user."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹੋਰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਿ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੀ ਹੋਵੇ। ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਕਸਰ ਇੱਕ ਮੁੱਖ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਕੁਝ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਮੰਗ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਹੋਰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ #, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The rest of this section describe the different types of windows and how "
+-#~| "you can interact with them."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The rest of this section describes the different types of windows and how "
+-#~ "you can interact with them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਦੇ ਬਾਕੀ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਹੈ, ਉਸ "
+-#~ "ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Types of Windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "There are two main types of window:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਦੋ ਮੁੱਖ ਕਿਸਮਾਂ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Application windows allow all the minimize, maximize and close operations "
+-#~ "through the buttons on the titlebar. When opening an application you will "
+-#~ "usually see a window of this type appear."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਸਭ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ (ਛੋਟੇ ਕਰਨ), ਅਧਿਕਤਮ (ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਰੱਖਣਾ) "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਹੀ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Dialog windows appear at the request of an application window. A dialog "
+-#~ "window may alert you to a problem, ask for confirmation of an action, or "
+-#~ "request input from you."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ 'ਚ ਮੰਗ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਲਈ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਲਈ ਪੁੱਛਦਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ "
+-#~ "ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਲਈ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For example, if you tell an application to save a document, a dialog will "
+-#~ "ask you where you want to save the new file. If you tell an application "
+-#~ "to quit while it is still busy, it may ask you to confirm that you want "
+-#~ "it to abandon work in progress."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਹਾ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਪੁੱਛੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਵੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਸੰਭਾਲਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਿਹਾ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਉਸ ਸਮੇਂ ਰੁੱਝਿਆ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਹੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਤਰੱਕੀ ਅਧੀਨ ਕੰਮ ਨੂੰ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਹੀ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some dialogs do not allow you to interact with the main application "
+-#~ "window until you have closed them: these are called <firstterm>modal</"
+-#~ "firstterm> dialogs. Others can be left open while you work with the main "
+-#~ "application window: these are called <firstterm>transient</firstterm> "
+-#~ "dialogs."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੁਝ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਮੁੱਖ ਕਾਰਜ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਕਰਨ ਨਹੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਬੰਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹੋ: ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਮਾਡਲ (modal)</firstterm> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਕਹਿੰਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਹਨ। ਹੋਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੁੱਖ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ: ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਟਰਾਂਸਟ (transisent)"
+-#~ "</firstterm> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Manipulating Windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਈ ਝਰੋਖੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can change the size and position of windows on the screen. This "
+-#~| "allows you to see more than one application and do different tasks at "
+-#~| "the same time. For example, you might want to read text on a web page "
+-#~| "and write with a word processor; or simple change to another application "
+-#~| "to do a different task or see the progress."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the size and position of windows on the screen. This "
+-#~ "allows you to see more than one application and do different tasks at the "
+-#~ "same time. For example, you might want to read text on a web page while "
+-#~ "writing with a word processor, or to change to another application to do "
+-#~ "a different task or check its progress."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਅਤੇ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਕਾਰਜ ਵੇਖਣ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕੋ ਸਮੇਂ ਕਈ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਵੈੱਬ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਤੋਂ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ "
+-#~ "ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋਵੇ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਬਦਕਾਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਦੂਜੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਤੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can <firstterm>minimize</firstterm> a window if you are not currently "
+-#~ "interested in seeing it. This hides it from view. You can "
+-#~ "<firstterm>maximise</firstterm> a window to fill the whole screen so you "
+-#~ "can give it your full attention."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਨਿਊਨਤਮ (ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ)</firstterm> ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਣਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਝਲਕ ਨੂੰ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਅਧਿਕਤਮ (ਵੱਧੋ-"
+-#~ "ਵੱਧ)</firstterm> ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਧਿਆਨ ਲਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖ ਸਕੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<anchor id=\"gosoverview-FIG-33\"/>Most of these actions are carried out "
+-#~ "by using the mouse on different parts of the the window's frame (see "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"mouse-actions\"/> for a recap of using the mouse). The "
+-#~ "top edge of the window frame, called the <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> "
+-#~ "because it also displays the title of the window, contains several "
+-#~ "buttons that change the way the window is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<anchor id=\"gosoverview-FIG-33\"/>ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਬਹੁਤੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਫਰੇਮ ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਮਾਊਸ ਦੀ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ (ਮਾਊਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"mouse-actions\"/> ਵੇਖੋ)। ਝਰੋਖਾ ਫਰੇਮ ਦੇ ਉੱਪਰੀ ਕੋਨੇ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ</"
+-#~ "firstterm> ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਇਹ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਈ ਬਟਨ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"fig-titlebar-anno-window\"/> shows the titlebar for a "
+-#~| "typical application window. From left to right, this contains the window "
+-#~| "menu button, the window title, the minimize button, the maximize button, "
+-#~| "and the close button."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"fig-titlebar-anno-window\"/> shows the titlebar for a "
+-#~ "typical application window. From left to right, this contains the Window "
+-#~ "Menu button, the window title, the minimize button, the maximize button, "
+-#~ "and the close button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"fig-titlebar-anno-window\"/> ਇੱਕ ਆਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਖੱਬੇ ਤੋਂ ਸੱਜੇ, ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਬਟਨ, ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨਾਂ, ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਬਟਨ, ਅਧਿਕਤਮ ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Titlebar for a Typical Application Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਆਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਈ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Titlebar of application window frame."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਫਰੇਮ ਦੀ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "All actions can also be carried out from the Window Menu. To open this, "
+-#~| "click on the Window Menu Button at the left-hand edge of the titlebar. "
+-#~| "Common actions can also be carried out with keyboard shortcuts: see "
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"shortcuts-window\"/> for a simple list of these. The "
+-#~| "following lists the actions you can carry out on a window, with the "
+-#~| "mouse or the keyboard:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "All actions can also be carried out from the Window Menu. To open this, "
+-#~ "click on the Window Menu button at the left-hand edge of the titlebar. "
+-#~ "Common actions can also be carried out with keyboard shortcuts: see <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"shortcuts-window\"/> for a simple list of these. The following "
+-#~ "lists the actions you can carry out on a window, with the mouse or the "
+-#~ "keyboard:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਸਭ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਟਾਇਟਲ-"
+-#~ "ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਕੋਨੇ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ। ਆਮ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟਾਂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ। ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਭ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"shortcuts-window\"/> ਵੇਖੋ। ਅੱਗੇ "
+-#~ "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ 'ਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਮਾਊਂਸ ਜਾਂ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਨਾਲ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move the window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also choose Move from the Window Menu, or press "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo>, and then "
+-#~ "either move the mouse or press the keyboard arrow keys to move the window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਵੀ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਤਦ ਮਾਊਸ ਜਾਂ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ "
+-#~ "ਤੀਰ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and drag any part of the "
+-#~ "window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ <keycap>Alt</keycap> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਰੱਖਣ ਨਾਲ ਵੀ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "As you move the window, some parts of the screen will give slight "
+-#~ "resistance to movement. This is to help you align windows more easily to "
+-#~ "the edges of the desktop, the panels, and the edges of other windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਿਵੇਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਕੁਝ ਭਾਗ ਚਾਲ ਦਾ ਕੁਝ ਵਿਰੋਧ ਕਰਨਗੇ। ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ, ਪੈਨਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਕੋਨਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਸੌਖੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਰੱਖਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also choose Minimize from the Window Menu, or press "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੋ ਜਾਂ <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਵੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A minimized window is shown in the window list and the window selector "
+-#~ "with [ ] around its title."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਚ' ਇਸ ਦੇ ਟਾਇਟਲ ਦੁਆਲੇ "
+-#~ "[] ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Maximize the window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can also choose Maximize from the Window Menu, or press "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, or double-"
+-#~ "click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਅਧਿਕਤਮ (ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ) ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਪਾਸੇ ਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ ਕੇ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you prefer, you can assign the double-click action to <firstterm>roll "
+-#~ "up</firstterm> the window: see <xref linkend=\"prefs-windows\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਸੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ <firstterm>ਲਪੇਟੋ</firstterm> ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: <xref linkend=\"prefs-windows\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When a window is maximized, click again on the Maximize button to restore "
+-#~ "it to its previous position and size on the screen."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਪੁਰਾਣੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਆਕਾਰ "
+-#~ "ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਦਬਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Giving Focus to a Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਨੂੰ ਫੋਕਸ ਦੇਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can give the focus to a window in any of the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਫੋਕਸ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "With the mouse, click on any part of the window, if the window is visible."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਨਾਲ, ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ, ਜੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦਿੱਸ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the bottom panel, click on the <guibutton>window list button</"
+-#~ "guibutton> that represents the window in the <application>Window List</"
+-#~ "application>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤਲ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ, <guibutton>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਬਟਨ</guibutton> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ, ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੇ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the top panel, click the <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> and "
+-#~ "choose the window you want to switch to from the list. The "
+-#~ "<guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> is at the extreme right of the "
+-#~ "panel, and its icon matches that of the current window's "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Window Menu button</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉੱਤੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ, <guibutton>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਆਈਕਾਨ</guibutton> ਦਬਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਬਦਲਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਚੁਣੋ। <guibutton>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਲਿਸਟ ਆਈਕਾਨ</guibutton> ਪੈਨਲ ਦੇ ਪੂਰੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਰੱਖੋ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਇਸ ਦਾ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ <guibutton>ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਬਟਨ</guibutton> ਨਾਲ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If the window you choose is on a different workspace, you will be "
+-#~ "switched to that workspace. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"overview-workspaces\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ 'ਚ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਸ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ 'ਚ ਭੇਜ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। "
+-#~ "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can customize the shortcut used to perform this action with the <link "
+-#~ "linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\">Keyboard Shortcuts preference tool</"
+-#~ "link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਆਪਣੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਰੱਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <link linkend=\"prefs-"
+-#~ "keyboard-shortcuts\">ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ</link> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "workspaces"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Workspaces Displayed in Workspace Switcher"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Workspace Switcher. The context describes the graphic."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਰ: ਚਿੱਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can switch between workspaces in any of the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਪਗ਼ ਨਾਲ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding Workspaces"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "specifying number of"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਿਣਤੀ ਦੇਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more on this, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:workspace-"
+-#~ "switcher\">Workspace Switcher Applet Manual</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:workspace-switcher"
+-#~ "\">ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਰ ਐਪਲਿਟ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To launch an application, open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu "
+-#~ "and choose the application you want from the submenus. For more on this, "
+-#~ "see <xref linkend=\"applications-menu\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ, <guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ, ਅਤੇ ਸਬ-ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ "
+-#~ "ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"applications-menu\"/> "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The applications that are part of GNOME include the following:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਹਨ, ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-dictionary"
+-#~ "\"><application>Dictionary</application></ulink> allows you to look up "
+-#~ "definitions of a word."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-dictionary\">ਡਿਕਸ਼ਨਰੀ<application></"
+-#~ "application> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਦੇ ਅਰਥ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-terminal\"><application>Terminal</"
+-#~ "application></ulink> gives you access to the system command line."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-terminal\"><application>ਟਰਮੀਨਲ</"
+-#~ "application></ulink> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "An application that uses the standard GNOME programming libraries is "
+-#~| "called a GNOME-compliant application. For example, "
+-#~| "<application>Nautilus</application> file manager and <application>gedit</"
+-#~| "application> text editor are GNOME-compliant applications."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The applications that are provided with the GNOME Desktop share many "
+-#~ "common features, such as similar open and save dialogs and similar-"
+-#~ "looking icons. This is because they have all been developed using the "
+-#~ "GNOME development platform. An application developed using this platform "
+-#~ "is called a <firstterm>GNOME-compliant application</firstterm>. For "
+-#~ "example, <application>Nautilus</application> and the <application>gedit</"
+-#~ "application> text editor are GNOME-compliant applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਗਨੋਮ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮਿੰਗ ਲਾਇਬਰੇਰੀਆਂ ਵਰਤਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ-ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜ "
+-#~ "ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<application>ਜੀ-ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</application> ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਗਨੋਮ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Consistent look-and-feel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਦਿੱਖ ਅਤੇ ਰਵੱਈਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Menubars, toolbars, and statusbars"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ, ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਅਤੇ ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Most GNOME-compliant applications have a menubar, a toolbar, and a "
+-#~| "statusbar. The menubar always contains a <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu "
+-#~| "and a <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu. The <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu "
+-#~| "always contains an <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> menu item, and the "
+-#~| "<guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu always contains an <guimenuitem>About</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem> menu item."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Most GNOME-compliant applications have a menubar, a toolbar, and a "
+-#~ "statusbar. The menubars usually have a similar structure; for example, "
+-#~ "the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu always contains an <guimenuitem>About</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> menu item."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਮ ਗਨੋਮ ਲਈ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ, ਇੱਕ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ <guimenu>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ <guimenuitem>ਬਾਹਰ ਜਾਓ</guimenuitem> "
+-#~ "ਮੇਨੂ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ <guimenu>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ <guimenuitem>ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "A <firstterm>toolbar</firstterm> is a bar that appears under the "
+-#~| "menubar. A toolbar contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands. "
+-#~| "A <firstterm>statusbar</firstterm> is a bar at the bottom of a window "
+-#~| "that provides information about the current state of what you are "
+-#~| "viewing in the window. GNOME-compliant applications might also contains "
+-#~| "other bars. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> contains a "
+-#~| "location bar."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A <firstterm>toolbar</firstterm> is a bar that appears under the menubar. "
+-#~ "A toolbar contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands. A "
+-#~ "<firstterm>statusbar</firstterm> is a bar at the bottom of a window that "
+-#~ "provides information about the current state of what you are viewing in "
+-#~ "the window. Applications might also contains other bars. For example, "
+-#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> contains a location bar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<firstterm>ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ</firstterm> ਇੱਕ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਆਮ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਬਟਨ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਇੱਕ <firstterm>ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ</firstterm> "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਤਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਵੇਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਗਨੋਮ-ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਾਰਜਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਪੱਟੀਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "<application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਵਿੱਚ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Default shortcut keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Drag-and-drop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁੱਕਣ-ਅਤੇ-ਸੁੱਟਣ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Working With Files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "All GNOME applications use the same dialogs for opening and saving files, "
+-#~ "presenting you with a consistent interface. The following sections cover "
+-#~ "the open and the save dialog in detail."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਭ ਗਨੋਮ ਕਾਰਜ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਅਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕੋ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਦਾ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ। ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਅਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choosing a File to Open"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog allows you to choose a file to "
+-#~ "open in an application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ 'ਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The right-hand pane of the dialog lists files and folders in the current "
+-#~ "location. You can use the mouse or the arrow keys on your keyboard to "
+-#~ "select a file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦੀ ਸੱਜੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਤੀਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Once a file is selected in the list, perform one of the following actions "
+-#~ "to open it:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰ ਜਦੋਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣੀ ਗਈ ਤਾਂ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਵਰਤੋਂ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr "<keycap>Enter</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you open a folder or a location instead of a file, the <guilabel>Open "
+-#~ "File</guilabel> dialog updates to show the contents of that folder or "
+-#~ "location."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਾਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ, ਤਦ <guilabel>ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਉਹ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਾਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change the location shown in the right-hand pane, do one of the "
+-#~ "following:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਬਾਹੀ 'ਚ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਬਦਲਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੰਝ ਕਰੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Open a folder that is listed in the current location."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your "
+-#~| "Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flashdrives, "
+-#~| "places on your network, and your <link linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks"
+-#~| "\">bookmarks</link>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your "
+-#~ "Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flash drives, "
+-#~ "places on your network, and your <link linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks"
+-#~ "\">bookmarks</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਖੱਬੇ-ਪਾਸੇ ਬਾਹੀ 'ਚ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ। ਇਹ ਬਾਹੀ 'ਚ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਫੋਲਡਰ, ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ, ਮੀਡਿਆ "
+-#~ "ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ CD ਜਾਂ ਫਲੈਸ਼-ਡਰਾਇਵ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਰੱਖੇ ਅਤੇ <link linkend=\"nautilus-"
+-#~ "bookmarks\">ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ</link> ਰੱਖੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The lower part of the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog may contain "
+-#~ "further options specific to the current application."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦੇ ਹੇਠਲੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ "
+-#~ "ਖਾਸ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Filtering the File List"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲਿਸਟ ਫਿਲਟਰ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Find-as-you-type"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਿਵੇਂ-ਤੁਸੀਂ-ਲਿਖੇ-ਤਦੇ-ਖੋਜ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To cancel find-as-you-type, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਿਵੇਂ-ਤੁਸੀਂ-ਲਿਖੇ-ਤਦੇ-ਖੋਜ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <keycap>Esc</keycap> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Choosing a folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Open Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Opening Remote Locations"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "You can open files in remote locations by choosing the location from the "
+-#~| "left panel, or by typing a path to a remote location into the "
+-#~| "<guilabel>Open Location</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can open files in remote locations by choosing the location from the "
+-#~ "left panel, or by typing a path to a remote location into the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Location</guilabel> field."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਤੋਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਤੋਂ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਰਿਮੋਟਾ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਦਾ ਮਾਰਗ ਲਿਖ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you require a password to access the remote location, you will be "
+-#~ "asked for it when you open it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇਹ "
+-#~ "ਪੁੱਛਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding and Removing Bookmarks"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਜੋੜਨੇ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To remove a bookmark from the list, select it and press "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ 'ਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਇਹ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <guibutton>ਹਟਾਓ</guibutton> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Saving a File"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਸੰਭਾਲਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Saving in another location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Replacing an existing file"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Typing a Path"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮਾਰਗ ਲਿਖਣਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Creating a Folder"
+-#~ msgid "Creating a New Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_browser_mode.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=44b92e32cdc342cd5624b1be5626386d"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_browser_mode.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=44b92e32cdc342cd5624b1be5626386d"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_mode.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=f2f8e037d14274ac04e1df45664f2103"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_mode.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=f2f8e037d14274ac04e1df45664f2103"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=08673c38f4b4327f94f298c73b0d270b"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=08673c38f4b4327f94f298c73b0d270b"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_button_bar.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=447c19259a84de017f4431ea205bed03"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_button_bar.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=447c19259a84de017f4431ea205bed03"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_go_to_location.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=f5731ef77db819a54be69cab8806529a"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_go_to_location.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=f5731ef77db819a54be69cab8806529a"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_bar.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=60a9a159dee2d7ad5c035ed794845798"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_bar.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=60a9a159dee2d7ad5c035ed794845798"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_results.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=cdb07b97b638c6157d40d57373fcc5d4"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_results.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=cdb07b97b638c6157d40d57373fcc5d4"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=1b7dbb7d82639abe4d9f8cc75bc2c80f"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=1b7dbb7d82639abe4d9f8cc75bc2c80f"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c2dd3a38476c26a924c2673c6bb6de93"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=c2dd3a38476c26a924c2673c6bb6de93"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=99693c429ea6f6889793a85b0c8fb099"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=99693c429ea6f6889793a85b0c8fb099"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=372c3f4288c029af11bac9c9012f7d8c"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=372c3f4288c029af11bac9c9012f7d8c"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_normal_size_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=5bf2b3af293a950536ca593cd49b2f5e"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_normal_size_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=5bf2b3af293a950536ca593cd49b2f5e"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; "
+-#~| "md5=372c3f4288c029af11bac9c9012f7d8c"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=0369994f20b3221243b5b7550a5a9318"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=0369994f20b3221243b5b7550a5a9318"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/move_pointer.png'; md5=1a4e4a188a0132fc783c465d42c52426"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/move_pointer.png'; md5=1a4e4a188a0132fc783c465d42c52426"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/copy_pointer.png'; md5=228984e885befffd71ae4eadd7ee790e"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/copy_pointer.png'; md5=228984e885befffd71ae4eadd7ee790e"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/link_pointer.png'; md5=8fb4e2d2fcaea8b59a653a3d8fc85b5a"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/link_pointer.png'; md5=8fb4e2d2fcaea8b59a653a3d8fc85b5a"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/ask_pointer.png'; md5=bd23edcf2659006110ce30a14f0abb35"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/ask_pointer.png'; md5=bd23edcf2659006110ce30a14f0abb35"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_trash_launcher.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=42951c298a8bc2e3cd779e636e64efcd"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_trash_launcher.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=42951c298a8bc2e3cd779e636e64efcd"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_emblem.png'; md5=4dfffab4440360f5b2a307b42fa50691"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_emblem.png'; md5=4dfffab4440360f5b2a307b42fa50691"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_link_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=7fefb663977d2a003bc86b8eb61e9100"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_link_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=7fefb663977d2a003bc86b8eb61e9100"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=06a5b7050d82e38d2f54048a1f698092"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=06a5b7050d82e38d2f54048a1f698092"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_noread_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e54419d1a042a072d0a56effcc13278a"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_noread_emblem.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e54419d1a042a072d0a56effcc13278a"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter describes how to use the <application>Nautilus</application> "
+-#~ "file manager."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "file manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File Manager Functionality"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਕੰਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Create folders and documents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Display your files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Run scripts and launch applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Customize the appearance of files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਦਿੱਖ ਪਸੰਦ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open special locations on your computer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਖਾਸ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Install and remove fonts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨੇ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all of the user's "
+-#~ "files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons "
+-#~ "allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable "
+-#~ "media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flashdrives."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਆਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਸਭ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। "
+-#~ "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜਾ) ਇੱਕ ਹੋਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੈ। ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਖਾਸ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ, "
+-#~ "ਰੱਦੀ ਅਤੇ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਫਲਾਪੀ ਡਿਸਕਾਂ, CD ਅਤੇ USB ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਡਰਾਇਵਾਂ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In GNOME many things are files, such as word processor documents, "
+-#~ "spreadsheets, photos, movies, and music."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ 'ਚ ਕਈ ਚੀਜ਼ਾਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹਨ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪ੍ਰੋਸੈਸਰ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼, ਸਪਰੈੱਡ-ਸ਼ੀਟਾਂ, ਫੋਟੋ, ਮੂਵੀ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਸੰਗੀਤ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browser mode: browse your files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ: ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In Browser Mode, you typically have fewer file manager windows open at a "
+-#~ "time. For more information on using browser mode see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-browser-mode\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਇੱਕ ਸਮੇਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਝਲਕਾਰਾ "
+-#~ "(ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ) ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-browser-mode\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Nautilus in browser mode."
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਟੀਸਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ 'ਚ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "navigating"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੇਵੀਗੇਸ਼ਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double-click the folder's icon on the desktop or an existing window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਜਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down "
+-#~ "arrow</keycap></keycombo>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਹੇਠਾਂ ਤੀਰ</keycap></"
+-#~ "keycombo> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose an item from the <link linkend=\"places-menu"
+-#~ "\"><guimenuitem>Places</guimenuitem> menu</link> on the top panel. Your "
+-#~ "Home Folder and folders you have bookmarked are listed here. For more on "
+-#~ "bookmarks, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉੱਤਲੇ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenuitem>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenuitem> "
+-#~ "ਮੇਨੂ</link> ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਅਤੇ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਕੀਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਥੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ। "
+-#~ "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To close the current folder while opening the new one, hold down "
+-#~ "<keycap>Shift</keycap> when double-clicking, or press "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</"
+-#~ "keycap></keycombo>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਨਵਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ ਹੋਵੇ, ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ "
+-#~ "<keycap>Shift</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੀ ਰੱਖੋ ਜਾਂ <keycombo><keycap>Shift</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>ਹੇਠਾਂ ਤੀਰ</keycap></keycombo> ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦੱਬੀ "
+-#~ "ਰੱਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-504\"/> shows a spatial mode window that "
+-#~ "displays the contents of the Computer folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-504\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਇੱਕਲਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Contents of a folder in a spatial mode.<indexterm><primary>file manager</"
+-#~ "primary><secondary>icon view</secondary><tertiary>illustration</"
+-#~ "tertiary></indexterm>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕਲੇ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਹਨ। <indexterm><primary>ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ</"
+-#~ "primary><secondary>ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ</secondary><tertiary> ਚਿੱਤਰਕਾਰੀ</tertiary></"
+-#~ "indexterm>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying a folder in spatial mode."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕਲੇ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-85\"/> describes the components of file "
+-#~ "object windows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-85\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਇਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Component"
+-#~ msgstr "ਭਾਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "View pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shows the contents of the following:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "FTP sites"
+-#~ msgstr "FTP ਸਾਇਟਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "WebDAV servers"
+-#~ msgstr "WebDAV ਸਰਵਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locations that correspond to special URIs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਖਾਸ URI ਦੇ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਹੋਵੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Statusbar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays status information."
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This drop-down list shows the hierarchy of the folder. Choose a folder "
+-#~ "from the list to open it."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੜੀ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ। ਲਿਸਟ 'ਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the list to close "
+-#~ "the current folder as you open the new one."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<keycap>Shift</keycap> ਨੂੰ ਫੜੀ ਰੱਖੋ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਨਾਲ ਹੀ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying Your Home Folder in a Spatial Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Home location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "displaying"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੇਖਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To display your Home Folder, perform one of the following actions:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ 'ਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Double-click on the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> object on the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ <guilabel>ਘਰ</guilabel> ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</"
+-#~| "guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦੀ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ 'ਚੋਂ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਘਰ "
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "From the top panel menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉੱਪਰੀ ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਤੋਂ, <menuchoice><guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਘਰ "
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The spatial window displays the contents of your Home Folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੱਖਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying a Parent Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder. To "
+-#~ "display the contents of your current folder's parent, do one of the "
+-#~ "following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ। ਆਪਣੇ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੰਝ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose from the parent folder selector at the bottom left of the window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਤਲ ਤੋਂ ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To close the current folder while opening the parent, hold down "
+-#~ "<keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the parent folder selector, or "
+-#~ "press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up "
+-#~ "arrow</keycap></keycombo>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, <keycap>Shift</keycap> ਨੂੰ ਫੜੀ ਰੱਖੋ, "
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਾਂ <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+-#~ "keycap><keycap>ਉੱਤੇ ਤੀਰ</keycap></keycombo> ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Closing Folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying a Folder in a Browser Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you wish to display a single folder in browser mode, while otherwise "
+-#~ "continuing to work in spatial mode, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਹੋਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ "
+-#~ "ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ #, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select a folder in while in spatial mode."
+-#~ msgid "Select a folder while in spatial mode."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕਲੇ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Browse Folder</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਫੋਲਡਰ ਝਲਕ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opening a Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can open a folder or other location in spatial mode by typing its "
+-#~ "name."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਲਿਖ ਕੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browser Mode"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The following section describes how to browse your system using the "
+-#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> file manager when configured in "
+-#~ "browser mode. In browser mode, opening a folder updates the current file "
+-#~ "manager to show the contents of the new folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਅੱਗੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</"
+-#~ "application> ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਨਾਲ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ 'ਚ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਵੇ। ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਨਾਲ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਨਵੇਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਸਤੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The File Browser Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System "
+-#~ "Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਦ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If <application>Nautilus</application> is set to always open browser "
+-#~ "windows, double clicking any folder will open a browser window, see <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜੇ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸੈਟ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇਗਾ, <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"gosnautilus-56\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can access the file browser in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ (ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ) ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ: <placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Contents of a Folder in a File Browser Window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In some distributions of the GNOME Desktop, the <guibutton>Home</"
+-#~ "guibutton> toolbar button might have another designation, for example, "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Documents</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੀਆਂ ਕੁਝ ਡਿਸਟਰੀਬਿਊਸ਼ਨਾ ਵਿੱਚ, <guibutton>ਘਰ</guibutton> ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਬਟਨ "
+-#~ "'ਚ ਹੋਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <guibutton>ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼</guibutton>।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The File Browser Window Components"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਭਾਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> describes the components of a file "
+-#~ "browser window."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "File Browser Window Components"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਭਾਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>Back</guibutton> Returns to the previously visited location. "
+-#~ "The adjacent drop down list also contains a list of the most recently "
+-#~ "visited locations to allow you to return to them faster."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guibutton> ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਭੇਜਦਾ ਹੈ। ਨਾਲ ਦੀ ਲਟਕਦੀ "
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੁਣੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੇ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>Forward</guimenu> Performs the opposite function to the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar item. If you have previously "
+-#~ "navigated back in time then this button returns you to the present."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਅੱਗੇ</guimenu> <guibutton>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guibutton> ਦੇ ਉਲਟ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਪਿੱਛੇ ਗਏ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ 'ਚ ਵਾਪਸ ਆਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>Up</guibutton> Moves up one level to the parent of the current "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਉੱਤੇ</guibutton> ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੱਧਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ 'ਚ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ "
+-#~ "ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>Reload</guibutton> Refreshes the contents of the current "
+-#~ "folder."
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਮੁੜ-ਲੋਡ</guibutton> ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਤਾਜ਼ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Home</guibutton> Opens your Home Folder."
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਘਰ</guibutton> ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Computer</guibutton> Opens your Computer folder."
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ</guibutton> ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Search</guibutton> Opens the search bar."
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਖੋਜ</guibutton> ਖੋਜ ਪੱਟੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Location bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The location bar is a very powerful tool for navigating your computer. It "
+-#~ "can appear in three different ways depending on your selection. For more "
+-#~ "on using the location bar see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-location-bar\"/>. "
+-#~ "In all three configurations the location bar always contains the "
+-#~ "following items."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਕਤੀਸ਼ਾਲੀ ਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਮੱਦਦ "
+-#~ "ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਚੋਣ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਤਿੰਨ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-location-bar\"/> ਵੇਖੋ। ਇੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਭ "
+-#~ "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>Zoom</guimenu> buttons: Enable you to change the size of items "
+-#~ "in the view pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਜ਼ੂਮ</guimenu> ਬਟਨ: ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list: Enables you to choose how to "
+-#~ "show items in your view pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਵੇਖੋ</guilabel> ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ: ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Side pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Performs the following functions:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shows information about the current file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enables you to navigate through your files."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਮੱਦਦ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The side pane "
+-#~ "contains a drop-down list that enables you to choose what to show in the "
+-#~ "side pane. You can choose from the following options:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਾਹੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <menuchoice><guimenu>ਝਲਕ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਬਾਹੀ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ। ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Places"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਾਵਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displays places of particular interest."
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਸ ਲੋੜ ਦੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Information"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੜੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Displays a hierarchical representation of your file system. You can use "
+-#~ "the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> to navigate through your files."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਲੜੀ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਸਤੇ <guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "History"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਤੀਤ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Contains a history list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URIs that you "
+-#~ "have recently visited."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ, FTP ਸਾਇਟਾਂ ਅਤੇ URI ਦੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤਾਜ਼ੀਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Notes"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Contains emblems that you can add to a file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਗਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To close the side pane, click on the <guibutton>X</guibutton> button at "
+-#~ "the top right of the side pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਾਹੀ ਨੂੰ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਬਾਹੀ ਦੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ <guibutton>X</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Showing and Hiding File Browser Window Components"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਣੇ ਅਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "window components, showing and hiding"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਭਾਗ, ਵੇਖਣੇ ਅਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To show or hide any of the components of the file browser described in "
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> select any of the following items "
+-#~ "from the menu:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਸੇ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਵੇਖਣ "
+-#~ "ਅਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਚੁਣੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the Location Bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file browser's location bar can show either a location field, a "
+-#~ "button bar, or a search field. Each is useful in different situations."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰੇ ਦੀ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਜਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਬਟਨ ਪੱਟੀ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਖੋਜ ਖੇਤਰ। ਹਰੇਕ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਹਾਲਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Button bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The button bar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Text Location Bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The text location bar shows the current location as a text path, for "
+-#~ "example: '/home/user/Documents'. The location field is particularly "
+-#~ "useful for jumping to a known folder very quickly."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪਾਠ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਠ ਮਾਰਗ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ: '/home/"
+-#~ "user/Documents'। ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਣੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To always use the text location bar, click on the toggle button at the "
+-#~ "left of the location bar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਪਾਠ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਖੱਬੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਦੇ ਬਦਲੋ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The location bar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Search bar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਪੱਟੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The search bar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਪੱਟੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying Your Home Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Home folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To quickly display your Home Folder, perform one of the following actions "
+-#~ "from a file browser window:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਘਰ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button in the Places side pane."
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <guibutton>ਘਰ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The file browser window displays the contents of your Home Folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਏਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Displaying a Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane. For more information, "
+-#~ "see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-27\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"gosnautilus-27\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button and the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button to browse through your "
+-#~ "navigation history."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੀ ਅੱਗੇ ਅਤੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੀਤ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guibutton>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guibutton> ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ "
+-#~ "ਬਟਨ ਅਤੇ <guibutton>ਅੱਗੇ</guibutton> ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button on the toolbar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਉੱਤੇ <guibutton>ਉੱਤੇ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menubar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਤੋਂ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਮੁੱਢਲਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key."
+-#~ msgstr "<keycap>Backspace</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the Tree From the Side Pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ ਤੋਂ ਲੜੀ ਰੂਪ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree, using"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੜੀ (tree), ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>view, open folders are represented as "
+-#~ "downwards facing arrows."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ (tree)</guilabel> ਝਲਕ ਵਿੱਚ, ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਮੂੰਹ ਕੀਤੇ ਤੀਰਾਂ ਨਾਲ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-34\"/> describes tasks you can perform "
+-#~ "with the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>, and how to do so."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-34\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਮਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਨਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਵੇਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Tree Tasks"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੜੀ (tree) ਕੰਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Task"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੰਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of "
+-#~ "the side pane."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ ਦੇ ਉੱਪਰ ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose another item from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੋਂ ਲਟਕਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹੋਰ ਇਕਾਈ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Expand a folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਫੈਲਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚ ਅਗਲੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਤੀਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Collapse a folder in the <guilabel> Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਸਮੇਟਣਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ <guilabel>ਲੜੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using Your Navigation History"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਨੇਵੀਗੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੀਤ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "navigating history list"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੇਵੀਗੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To clear your history list choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Clear History</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>ਅਤੀਤ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰੋ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Navigating Your History List Using the Go Menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਓ ਮੇਨੂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Navigating Your History List Using the Toolbar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To use the toolbar to navigate your history list, perform one of the "
+-#~ "following actions:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ 'ਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Navigating Your History List Using History in the Side Pane"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਤੀਤ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Opening Files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for "
+-#~ "that file type."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਫਾਇਲ ਕਿਸਮ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਮੂਲ ਕਰਾਵਾਈ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "executing default actions for files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਮੂਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Executing Non-Default Actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾ-ਮੂਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "executing non-default actions for files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਨਾ-ਮੂਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adding Actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਜੋੜਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "adding actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਜੋੜਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਕਿਸਮ ਨਾਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸਬੰਧ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the view pane, select a file of the type to which you want to add an "
+-#~ "action."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ, ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਜੋੜਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open with Other "
+-#~ "Application</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਹੋਰ ਕਾਰਜ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Modifying Actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸੋਧਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "modifying actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸੋਧਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the "
+-#~ "following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਕਿਸਮ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the view pane, select a file of the type to which you want to modify "
+-#~ "the action."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ, ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਸੋਧਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The result of a search."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਖੋਜ ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Restricting a search."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੀਮਿਤ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਨੀ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Browsing the results of a saved search."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਖੋਜ ਦੇ ਨਤੀਜੇ ਮੁੜ ਕੇ ਵੇਖਣੇ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Managing Your Files and Folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "managing files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਦੇਖਭਾਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This section describes how to work with your files and folders."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਸਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Directories and File Systems"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀਆਂ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/bin</filename> - important <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ary "
+-#~ "applications"
+-#~ msgstr "<filename>/bin</filename> - ਖਾਸ <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ary ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/boot</filename> - files that are required to <emphasis>boot</"
+-#~ "emphasis> the computer"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/boot</filename> - ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ <emphasis>boot</"
+-#~ "emphasis> ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਚਾਹੀਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<filename>/dev</filename> - the <emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice files"
+-#~ msgstr "<filename>/dev</filename> -  <emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/etc</filename> - configuration files, startup scripts, "
+-#~ "<emphasis>etc</emphasis>..."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/etc</filename> - ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ, ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ, <emphasis>etc "
+-#~ "(ਆਦਿ)</emphasis>..."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/home</filename> - local users' <emphasis>home</emphasis> "
+-#~ "directories"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/home</filename> - ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਆਂ ਦਾ <emphasis>ਘਰ (home)</emphasis> "
+-#~ "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<filename>/lib</filename> - system <emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/lib</filename> - ਸਿਸਟਮ <emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries "
+-#~ "(ਲਾਇਬਰੇਰੀਆਂ)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/mnt</filename> - <emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</"
+-#~ "emphasis>ed filesystems"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/mnt</filename> - <emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</"
+-#~ "emphasis>ed (ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕੀਤੇ) ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis> user home "
+-#~ "directory, pronounced 'slash-root'"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis> ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਘਰ "
+-#~ "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ 'slash-root' ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/sbin</filename> - important <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem "
+-#~ "<emphasis>bin</emphasis>aries"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/sbin</filename> - ਖਾਸ <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem (ਸਿਸਟਮ)"
+-#~ "<emphasis>bin</emphasis>aries (ਬਾਈਨਰੀ)"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/sys</filename> - contains information about the <emphasis>sys</"
+-#~ "emphasis>tem"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/sys</filename> - <emphasis>sys</emphasis>tem (ਸਿਸਟਮ) ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</"
+-#~ "emphasis>orary files"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</"
+-#~ "emphasis>orary (ਆਰਜ਼ੀ) ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using Views to Display Your Files and Folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "viewer components"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਸ਼ਕ ਭਾਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "views"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The file manager includes views that enable you to show the contents of "
+-#~ "your folders in different ways, icon view, and list view."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਝਲਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਢੰਗ, ਆਈਕਾਨ "
+-#~ "ਝਲਕ ਅਤੇ ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The Home Folder displayed in a icon view."
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵਾਂਗ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your Home Folder displayed in a icon view."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view\"/> Shows the items in the "
+-#~ "folder as icons. <placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view\"/> ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਵਾਂਗ "
+-#~ "ਆਈਕਾਨ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।<placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your Home Folder displayed in a list view."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਘਰ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ 'ਚ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view\"/> Shows the items in the "
+-#~ "folder as a list. <placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view\"/> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਸਟ "
+-#~ "ਵਾਂਗ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।<placeholder-1/>"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Arrange Your Files in Icon View"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ 'ਚ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "icon view"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਝਲਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "arranging files in"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "By Emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Arrange Your Files in List View"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲੜੀਬੱਧ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "list view"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਝਲਕ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Change the Size of Items in a View"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਲਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "zooming in and out"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਇਨ ਅਤੇ ਆਉਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Zoom Buttons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Button Name"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਨਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Zoom Out button."
+-#~ msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਆਉਟ ਬਟਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Zoom Out</guibutton> button"
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਜ਼ੂਮ ਆਉਟ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on this button to reduce the size of items in a view."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਲਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਨਾਲ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਘੱਟ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Normal Size button."
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਆਕਾਰ ਬਟਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Normal Size</guibutton> button"
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਆਮ ਆਕਾਰ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on this button to return items in a view to normal size."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਝਲਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਧਾਰਨ ਆਕਾਰ 'ਚ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Zoom In button."
+-#~ msgstr "ਜ਼ੂਮ ਇਨ ਬਟਨ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guibutton>Zoom In</guibutton> button"
+-#~ msgstr "<guibutton>ਜ਼ੂਮ ਇਨ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Selecting Files and Folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਚੁਣਨੇ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select an item"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਚੁਣਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on the item."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬਣਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select multiple items"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਈ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਚੁਣਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All Files</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸੋਧ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਸਭ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Pattern"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਟਰਨ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Files Matched"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਮਿਲਦੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "note.*"
+-#~ msgstr "note.*"
+-
+-#~ msgid "*.ogg"
+-#~ msgstr "*.ogg"
+-
+-#~ msgid "*memo*"
+-#~ msgstr "*memo*"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੁੱਕਣਾ-ਅਤੇ-ਸੁੱਟਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "drag-and-drop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁੱਕਣਾ-ਅਤੇ-ਸੁੱਟਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move an item"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਹਿਲਾਉਣੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹਿਲਾਉਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copy an item"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copy pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਨਕਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Move here"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਭੇਜੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copy here"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਨਕਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Link here"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਲਿੰਕ ਬਣਾਓ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set as Background"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਵਾਂਗ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cancel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Ask pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੁਆਇੰਟਰ ਪੁੱਛੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Moving a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭੇਜਣਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Drag to the New Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੁੱਟੋ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open two file manager windows:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦੋ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-dragndrop\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਚੁੱਕਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-dragndrop\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Cut and Paste to the New Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੱਟਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਚੇਪਣਾ"
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</"
+-#~| "guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the file or folder that you want to move, then choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ 'ਚੋਂ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਘਰ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ #, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Drawer</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the folder to which you want to move the file or folder, then choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste </guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem> ਦਰਾਜ਼</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Copying a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਤੋਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "copying files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To copy a file or folder, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Copy and Paste to the New Location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਅਤੇ ਨਵੇਂ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਚੇਪਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To clear your history list choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</"
+-#~| "guimenu><guimenuitem>Clear History</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the file or folder that you want to copy, then choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੀ ਅਤੀਤ ਲਿਸਟ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਜਾਓ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>ਅਤੀਤ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰੋ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Drawer</"
+-#~| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the folder to which you want to copy the file or folder, then choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste </guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਅਤੇ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem> ਦਰਾਜ਼</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Duplicating a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਡੁਪਲੀਕੇਤ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "duplicating files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਡੁਪਲੀਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicate</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸੋਧ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਡੁਪਲੀਕੇਟ</guimenuitem></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Creating a Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "creating folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To create a folder, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Open the folder where you want to create the new folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ, ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਵਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "An <guilabel>untitled</guilabel> folder is added to the location. The "
+-#~ "name of the folder is selected."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਬਿਨ-ਨਾਂ</guilabel> ਫੋਲਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ "
+-#~ "ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Templates and Documents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਮੂਨੇ ਅਤੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਕੰਮ "
++"ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ</link>।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "creating documents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ਲਾਗ ਆਊਟ</link>।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Create a Document"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤੇ ਤਾਲਾ ਲਗਾਉ।</link>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To create a document perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਟਰੇਅ</link> ਖੋਲੋ। "
++"ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ <keyseq><key>ਸੁਪਰ</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ਬਟਨ ਜਾਂ "
++"<key>Esc</key> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "renaming folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੋਧਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To rename a file or folder perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Moving a File or Folder to Trash"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦੀ 'ਚ ਭੇਜਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਾਰੇ ਪਾਠ ਜਾਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To move a file or folder to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> perform the "
+-#~ "following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ <guilabel>ਰੱਦੀ</guilabel> ਵਿੱਚ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Trash</"
+-#~ "guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ <guilabel>ਰੱਦੀ</guilabel> 'ਚ ਭੇਜਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਪਾਠ ਜਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ ਕੱਟਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ 'ਚ ਰੱਖਣਾ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Deleting a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "deleting files or folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਪਾਠ ਜਾਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ 'ਚ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To delete a file or folder perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Creating a Symbolic Link to a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਸਿੰਬਲਿਕ ਲਿੰਕ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "ਕਲਿੱਪਬੋਰਡ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਚੇਪੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "creating symbolic link"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਬਲਿਕ ਲਿੰਕ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "to file or folder, creating"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਲ, ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "ਆਖਰੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਲੈਣੀ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Viewing the Properties of a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "viewing properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਉ।</link>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Property"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The user that created the file or folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">ਵਿੰਡੋ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਉ।</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "read"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੜ੍ਹਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Files can be opened"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Directory contents can be displayed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "write"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਖਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">ਸਕਰੀਨਕਾਸਟ ਦੀ ਰਿਕਾਰਡਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਅਤੇ "
++"ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।</link>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Files can be edited or deleted"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੋਧੀਆਂ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾਈਆਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "execute"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਉਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ ਸਕਰੀਨ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Directories can be entered"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀਆਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Changing Permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋਏ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Changing Permissions for a File"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਲਈ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ, ਅਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਕੁ ਸੂਚਨਾਵਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "changing permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "ਬੈਟਰੀ ਅਤੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਹਾਲਾਤ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "permissions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "changing file"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਬਦਲਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To change the permissions of a file, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੇ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Read-only"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Read and write"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਲਿਖਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Changing Permissions for a Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To change the permissions of a folder, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਦੇ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "notes"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "bookmarks"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Edit a Bookmark"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਸੋਧਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Using Trash"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Trash icon, empty."
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ ਆਈਕਾਨ, ਖਾਲੀ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Desktop objects"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "From a file browser window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਤੋਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Empty Trash"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੱਦੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "emptying"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Hidden Files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੁਕਵੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "hidden"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲੁਕਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "files"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Hiding a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "create"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਣਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "filename\n"
+-#~ "foldername"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਫਾਇਲ-ਨਾਂ\n"
+-#~ "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Item Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Change the icon for an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-icon\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਲਈ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਬਦਲਣਾ: <xref linkend=\"nautilus-icon\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Add or remove emblems for an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/"
+-#~ ">."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਲਈ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ: <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/"
+-#~ "> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵਿਹੜਾ)"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Change the UNIX file permissions for an item: see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-permissions\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਲਈ UNIX ਫਾਇਲ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਬਦਲੋ: <xref linkend=\"nautilus-permissions\"/> "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose which application is used to open an item, and others of the same "
+-#~ "type."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਅਤੇ ਉਸੇ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਹੋਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Add notes to an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-notes\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ: <xref linkend=\"nautilus-notes\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ, ਡੈਸ਼, ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ… ਇਹ ਕੀ ਹਨ?"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To open the item properties window, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Do one of the following:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਰੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਦਿੱਖ ਸੋਧਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਮੇਨੂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "modifying appearance of files and folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਦਿੱਖ ਸੋਧਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Icons and Emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "icons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "emblems"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "ਡੈਸ਼"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "File icon with Important emblem."
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਸ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਨਾਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Symbolic links"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿੰਬੋਲਿਕ ਲਿੰਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Symbolic link emblem."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿੰਬੋਲਿਕ ਲਿੰਕ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "No write permission emblem."
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾ-ਲਿਖਣ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "No read permission emblem."
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾ-ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ ਖੇਤਰ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Changing the Icon for a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਬਦਲਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "changing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਦਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to change."
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਦਥਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Adding an Emblem to a File or Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਜਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "adding to folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Creating a New Emblem"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "ਸਿਖਰਲੀ ਪੱਟੀ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Create a new emblem, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Changing Backgrounds"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਬਦਲਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "changing backgrounds"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਬਦਲਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "backgrounds"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To change the background of a screen component perform the following "
+-#~| "steps:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To change the background of a window, pane, or panel, perform the "
+-#~ "following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਵਿੰਡੋ, ਬਾਹੀ, ਜਾਂ ਪੈਨਲ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਸਟੈਪ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਚੁਣਨ ਵਾਲਾ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and "
+-#~| "Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Backgrounds and "
+-#~| "Emblems</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and "
+-#~ "Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in any file manager window. The "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸੋਧ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ। <guilabel>ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button and the "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button to browse through your "
+-#~| "navigation history."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button or the "
+-#~ "<guibutton>Colors</guibutton> button to see a list of background patterns "
+-#~ "or background colors you can use."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੀ ਅੱਗੇ ਅਤੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੀਤ ਦੀ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <guibutton>ਪਿੱਛੇ</guibutton> ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ "
+-#~ "ਬਟਨ ਅਤੇ <guibutton>ਅੱਗੇ</guibutton> ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using Removable Media"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵਰਤਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "removable media"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Mount Media"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "ਗੁੰਮ ਗਈ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਲੱਭੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "mounting"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "You cannot change the name of a removable media object."
+-#~ msgid "You cannot change the name of a removable media icon."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਹਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਇਕਾਈ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Display Media Contents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "displaying media contents"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can display media contents in any of the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Double-click on the object that represents the media on the desktop."
+-#~ msgid "Double-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on the object that represents the media on the desktop, then "
+-#~| "choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop, then "
+-#~ "choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤਦ <guimenuitem>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A file manager window displays the contents of the media. To reload the "
+-#~ "display, click on the <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਦੀ ਸਮਗੱਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਏਗਾ। ਝਲਕ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਲੋਡ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guibutton>ਮੁੜ-ਲੋਡ</"
+-#~ "guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Display Media Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "displaying media properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr "ਕਿਸੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਡੀ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਡੀ ਤੋਂ ਹਟਾਉ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To display the properties of removable media, right-click on the object "
+-#~| "that represents the media on the desktop, then choose "
+-#~| "<guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog displays the properties "
+-#~| "of the media."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To display the properties of removable media, right-click on the icon "
+-#~ "that represents the media on the desktop, then choose "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog displays the properties "
+-#~ "of the media."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹਟਾਉਣਯੋਗ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ, ਇਕਾਈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉੱਤੇ "
+-#~ "ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਬਾਅਦ <guimenuitem>ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। ਮੀਡਿਆ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣ "
+-#~ "ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹੇਗਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To close the properties dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <guibutton>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guibutton> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Eject Media"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "ejecting"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To eject media, right-click on the media object on the desktop, then "
+-#~| "choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. If the drive for the media is a "
+-#~| "motorized drive, the media is ejected from the drive. If the drive for "
+-#~| "the media is not motorized, wait until the desktop object for the media "
+-#~| "disappears, then eject the media manually."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To eject media, right-click on the media icon on the desktop, then choose "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. If the drive for the media is a "
+-#~ "motorized drive, the media is ejected from the drive. If the drive for "
+-#~ "the media is not motorized, wait until the desktop icon for the media "
+-#~ "disappears, then eject the media manually."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਨੂੰ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢੋ</guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ। ਜੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਲਈ ਡਰਾਇਵ ਮੋਟਰ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਡਰਾਇਵ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਲਈ ਡਰਾਇਵ ਮੋਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਉਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ "
+-#~ "ਉਡੀਕੋ, ਜਦ ਤੱਕ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਲਈ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਇਕਾਈ ਓਹਲੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਤਦ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਖੁਦ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Close all file manager windows, <application>Terminal</application> "
+-#~| "windows, and any other windows that access the diskette."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Close all file manager windows, <application>Terminal</application> "
+-#~ "windows, and any other windows that access the USB drive."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਸਭ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਝਰੋਖੇ, <application>ਟਰਮੀਨਲ</application> ਝਰੋਖਾ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਝਰੋਖੇ, "
+-#~ "ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡਿਸਕੀਟ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਸਭ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Right-click on the object that represents the media on the desktop, then "
+-#~| "choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on the icon that represents the drive on the desktop, then "
+-#~ "choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. The desktop icon for the drive "
+-#~ "disappears."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਕਾਈ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤਦ <guimenuitem>ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Remove the USB flash drive."
+-#~ msgstr "USB ਫਲੈਸ਼ ਡਰਾਇਵ ਹਟਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "writing CDs"
+-#~ msgstr "CD ਲਿਖਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "CDs, writing"
+-#~ msgstr "CD, ਲਿਖਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "burning CDs"
+-#~ msgstr "CD ਲਿਖਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Creating Data Discs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਟਾ ਡਿਸਕ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To write a CD or DVD, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System "
+-#~| "Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenu>System Tools</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The file "
+-#~ "manager opens the CD/DVD Creator folder."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਦ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>ਫਾਇਲ ਝਲਕ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In a File Browser window, this item is in the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In a File Browser window, the <guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem> "
+-#~ "item is available in the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ, ਇਹ ਇਕਾਈ <guimenu>ਜਾਓ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press the <guibutton>Write to Disc</guibutton> button, or choose "
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Write to CD/DVD</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is "
+-#~ "displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ ਜਾਂ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>CD/DVD ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ। "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</guilabel> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog to specify how you want "
+-#~ "to write the CD, as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</guilabel> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਦੱਸ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ CD ਉੱਤੇ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਹੈ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ਦੱਬੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Write disc to"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਦਲ ਬਦਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Disc name"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Type a name for the CD in the text box."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਬਕਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ CD ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਲਿਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੋਂ:"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Data size"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਾਟਾ ਆਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Write speed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਖਣ ਸਪੀਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Copying CDs or DVDs"
+-#~ msgstr "CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Insert the disc you want to copy."
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਪਾਓ, ਜਿਸ ਦੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉੱਤਲੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਤੋਂ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਥਾਵਾਂ</guimenu><guimenuitem>ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</guilabel> ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Creating a Disc from an Image File"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਫਾਇਲ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਡਿਸਕ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Navigating Remote Servers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਣ-ਆਉਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Access a remote server"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "accessing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can use the file manager to access a remote server, be it an FTP "
+-#~ "site, a Windows share, a WebDav server or an SSH server."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਇੱਕ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਸਰਵਰ, ਇਹ ਇੱਕ FTP ਸਾਇਟ, ਇੱਕ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਸਾਂਝ, ਇੱਕ "
+-#~ "WebDav ਸਰਵਰ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ SSH ਸਰਵਰ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr "ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Folder to open upon connecting to server."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਉਪਰੰਤ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Name to use for connection"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Share"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਂਝ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕਿਸੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਇਸਦੇ ਅਸਲੀ ਅਕਾਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੜ ਬਹਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਪਾਸਿਆਂ "
++"ਤੋਂ ਦੂਰ ਧੂਹ ਲਉ, ਜਾਂ ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦਾ ਉਹੀ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਵਰਤੋ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਸੱਭ "
++"ਤੋਂ ਵੱਡਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਸੀ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Domain name"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਵਿੰਡੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Windows domain. This is only applicable to Windows shares."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਸਾਂਝ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਅਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Access Network Places"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"ਹੋਰ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪਾਂ ਵਾਂਗ, GNOME ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਦਰਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ "
++"ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵਰਤਦਾ ਹੈ। <gui>ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ</gui>ਸੰਖੇਪ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਡੈਸ਼</gui> ਵਰਤ ਕੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ "
++"ਨਵੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਦਾ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "network places"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਥਾਵਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਸਮੂਹ ਵੀ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦੇ "
++"ਹੋ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫੀਚਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਸਿੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਅਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਮਦਦ "
++"ਵਿਸ਼ੇ ਵੇਖੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Accessing Special URI Locations"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਲ URI ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਵਰਤਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "special URI locations"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਸ URI ਟਿਕਾਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "URI, special"
+-#~ msgstr "URI, ਖਾਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Special URI Locations"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖਾਸ URI ਟਿਕਾਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "URI Location"
+-#~ msgstr "URI ਟਿਕਾਣੇ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"ਸਰਗਰਮੀ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਧੂਹ ਕੇ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਲੈ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "burn:///"
+-#~ msgstr "burn:///"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੱਖਰੀ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ:"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "network:///"
+-#~ msgstr "network:///"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ</gui> ਸੰਖੇਪ</link> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Nautilus Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਟੀਲਸ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ</gui> ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਸਿਖਰਲੇ "
++"ਖੱਬੇ ਕੋਨੇ ਉੱਤੇ<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style="
++"\"menu\">ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ</gui> ਮੇਨੂ</link> ਤੋਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "customizing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਨੂੰ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਦੇ ਸੱਜੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਵੱਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਤੇ ਧੂਹ ਕੇ ਲੈ ਜਾਉ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ</em> ਪਰਗਟ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "preferences, file manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ, ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can set preferences in the following categories:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕੈਟਾਗਰੀਆਂ ਲਈ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The default settings for views."
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਮੂਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "ਕੀਅ-ਬੋਰਡ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ:"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Views Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੇਖਣ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Use compact layout"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ ਖਾਕਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Show only folders"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ ਵਰਤੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to display only folders in the <guilabel>Tree</"
+-#~ "guilabel> in the side pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਨਾਲ ਪਾਸੇ ਦੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚ <guilabel>ਲੜੀ (ਟਰੀ)</guilabel> ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਹੀ "
+-#~ "ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਦਲ ਬਦਲ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Behavior Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰਵੱਈਆ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> ਸਰਗਰਮੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ</link> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Always open in browser windows"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾਂ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ (ਬਰਾਊਜ਼ਰ) ਵਿੰਡੋਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Run executable text files when they are clicked"
+-#~ msgid "Run executable text files when they are opened"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਚੱਲਣਯੋਗ ਪਾਠ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਚਲਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "View executable text files when they are clicked"
+-#~ msgid "View executable text files when they are opened"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਚੱਲਣਯੋਗ ਟੈਕਸਟ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Ask each time"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਰੇਕ ਵਾਰ ਪੁੱਛੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenu>ਸੋਧ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "caption preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁਰਖੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Choose this option to display the size of the item."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਇਕਾਈ ਦਾ ਆਕਾਰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "List Columns Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਕਾਲਮ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Preview Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਕੀ ਹੈ, ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਮੇਰੀ ਮਦਦ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰੇਗੀ?"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "preview"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Always"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Performs the action for local files only."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਲੋਕਲ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੀ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Never"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਦੇ ਨਹੀਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਥਾਵਾਂ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ:"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Never performs the action."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਦੇ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> lists the preview preferences that "
+-#~ "you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Show text in icons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਾਠ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Show thumbnails"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥੰਮਨੇਲ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Only for files smaller than"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਹੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Count number of items"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਕਾਲਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "Mouse Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Media Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕੰਮ ਵਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Ask what to do"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੁੱਛੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make <application>Nautilus</application> ask for the desired action when "
+-#~ "the media or device appears."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ <application>ਨਟੀਲਸ</application> ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Do Nothing"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "mounting"
+-#~ msgid "Do nothing."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Open a folder."
+-#~ msgid "Open Folder"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr "ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਾਂ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> lists the preview preferences "
+-#~| "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-43\"/> lists other media handling "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਝਲਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Extending Nautilus"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਟੀਲਸ ਵਿਸਤਾਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "running scripts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਚਲਾਉਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "scripts, running from file manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ, ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਤੋਂ ਚਲਾਉਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Nautilus Scripts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਟੀਲਸ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Installing File Manager Scripts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Writing File Manager Scripts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਲਿਖਣੀਆਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Environment variable"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੰਨਵਾਇਰਨਮਿੰਟ ਵੇਰੀਬਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS"
+-#~ msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS"
+-
+-#~ msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS"
+-#~ msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS"
+-
+-#~ msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI"
+-#~ msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI"
+-
+-#~ msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY"
+-#~ msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Nautilus Extensions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਟੀਲਸ ਵਿਸਤਾਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nautilus-actions"
+-#~ msgstr "nautilus-actions"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nautilus-send-to"
+-#~ msgstr "nautilus-send-to"
+-
+-#~ msgid "nautilus-open-terminal."
+-#~ msgstr "nautilus-open-terminal"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Using the Main Menubar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਖ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This chapter describes how to use the GNOME Panel Menubar."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The following sections describe these three menus."
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਤਿੰਨ ਮੇਨੂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Applications Menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Applications menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To launch an application, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by clicking on it."
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the menu item for the application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਲਈ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Places Menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਾਵਾਂ ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Places menu"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਾਵਾਂ ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your Home folder<remark>Add link!</remark>"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਘਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ<remark>ਲਿੰਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ!</remark>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The Desktop folder, which corresponds to the items displays in the "
+-#~ "desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਫੋਲਡਰ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਦੇ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The items in your Nautilus bookmarks. For more on this, see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨਟੀਲਸ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਹਨ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ, <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Your computer, which shows all your drives."
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੀਆਂ ਡਰਾਇਵਾਂ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The Nautilus CD/DVD Creator. For more on this, see <xref linkend="
+-#~ "\"nautilus-cdwriter\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਨਟੀਲਸ CD/DVD ਨਿਰਮਾਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-"
+-#~ "cdwriter\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The local network. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-"
+-#~ "accessnetwork\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲੋਕਲ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ। ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"nautilus-accessnetwork\"/"
+-#~ "> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> item launches the Help Browser."
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenuitem>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</guimenuitem> ਇਕਾਈ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> to log out of GNOME, or to "
+-#~ "switch user."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਲਾਗ ਆਉਟ</guimenuitem> ਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਲਾਗ-ਆਉਟ ਜਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Choose <guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem> to end your GNOME session and "
+-#~ "turn off your computer, or restart it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</guimenuitem> ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਗਨੋਮ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਜਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For more on logging out and shutting down, see <xref linkend=\"shutdown\"/"
+-#~ ">."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਸਬੰਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"shutdown\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Customizing the Panel Menubar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਮੇਨੂ-ਪੱਟੀ ਲਈ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "You can modify the contents of the following menus:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਦੀ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu"
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"
+-#~ "guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu><guisubmenu>ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦ</guisubmenu></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਸਬ-ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</"
+-#~ "guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu><guisubmenu>ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ</guisubmenu></"
+-#~ "menuchoice> ਸਬ-ਮੇਨੂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To remove an item from a menu, deselect it in the list. The item can be "
+-#~ "added back to the menu by selecting it once again."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਣ-ਚੁਣਿਆ ਬਣਾਓ। ਇਕਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ "
+-#~ "ਮੁੜ-ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਚੁਣ ਲਵੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:system-admin-guide?"
+-#~ "menustructure-0\">System Administration Guide</ulink> has more "
+-#~ "information on how GNOME implements menus and how administrators can "
+-#~ "customize them."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:system-admin-guide?"
+-#~ "menustructure-0\">ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਗਾਈਡ</ulink> ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਮੇਨੂ ਸਥਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Configuring Your Desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter describes how to use the preference tools to customize the "
+-#~ "GNOME Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "A preference tool is a small application that allows you to change "
+-#~ "settings in the GNOME Desktop. Each preference tool covers a particular "
+-#~ "aspect of your computer. For example, with the <application>Mouse</"
+-#~ "application> preference tool you can set your mouse to left-handed or "
+-#~ "right-handed use, or change the speed of the pointer on the screen. With "
+-#~ "the <application>Windows</application> preference tool you can set "
+-#~ "behaviour common to all windows such as the way in which you select them "
+-#~ "with the mouse."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟਾ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ। "
+-#~ "ਹਰੇਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੇ ਖਾਸ ਭਾਗ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਦੀ ਹੈ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, "
+-#~ "<application>ਮਾਊਂਸ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਧ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਨੂੰ ਖੱਬੇ-ਹੱਥ ਜਾਂ ਸੱਜੇ-ਹੱਥ "
+-#~ "ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਦੀ ਸਪੀਡ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। "
+-#~ "<application>ਝਰੋਖਾ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਭ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਲਈ ਆਮ ਰਵੱਈਆ ਇਸ ਢੰਗ "
+-#~ "ਨਾਲ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਲਈ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open a preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the top "
+-#~ "panel. Choose the tool that you require from the submenu."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਖੋਲਣ ਲਈ <menuchoice><guimenu>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guimenu><guisubmenu>ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦ</"
+-#~ "guisubmenu></menuchoice> ਨੂੰ ਉੱਪਰੀ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਚੁਣੋ। ਸਬ-ਮੇਨ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇਸ ਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ "
+-#~ "ਦੀ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Some applications or system components may add their own preference tools "
+-#~ "to the menu."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਕਾਰਜ ਜਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਭਾਗ ਆਪਣੇ ਖੁਦ ਦੇ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Personal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਿੱਜੀ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Assistive Technology Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Assistive Technologies Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਕ (ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ) ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "accessibility"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "setting assistive technology preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Assistive Technology"
+-#~ msgid "Assistive Technologies"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਕ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-14\"/> lists the assistive technology "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-14\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Assistive Technology Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enable assistive technologies"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀ ਯੋਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to enable assistive technologies in the GNOME Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਸੀਸਟਿਵ ਤਕਨਾਲੋਜੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਯੋਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Shortcuts Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Shortcuts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "configuring"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to "
+-#~ "customize the default keyboard shortcuts to your requirements."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</"
+-#~ "application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To edit a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the action in the list. If you are using the the keyboard, use the "
+-#~ "arrow keys to select the shortcut and press <keycap>Return</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਚੁਣੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ, ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਤੀਰ "
+-#~ "ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਅਤੇ <keycap>Enter</keycap> ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press the new key or key combination you want to assign to the action."
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਂ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਸ਼ਰਨ ਦਾਓ, ਜੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To clear a shortcut, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap>. The action is now "
+-#~ "marked as <guilabel>Disabled</guilabel>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, <keycap>ਬੈਕਸਪੇਸ (bksp)</keycap> ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਹੁਣ "
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਆਯੋਗ</guilabel> ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To cancel assigning a shortcut, click elsewhere in the window or press "
+-#~ "<keycap>Escape</keycap>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਦਬਾਓ ਜਾਂ <keycap>Escape</keycap> "
+-#~ "ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "The shortcuts you can customize are grouped as follows:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ, ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Shortcuts for controlling your music player and the system volume."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ, ਜੋ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸੰਗੀਤ ਪਲੇਅਰ ਅਤੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਟੋਰਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window Management"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "accessibility"
+-#~ msgid "Accessibility"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Default Shortcut Keys"
+-#~ msgid "Custom Shortcuts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To remove a bookmark from the list, select it and press "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To remove a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਲਿਸਟ 'ਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਇਹ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <guibutton>ਹਟਾਓ</guibutton> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Preferred Applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਕਾਰਜ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "preferred applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਕਾਰਜ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To add a <application>Notification Area</application> applet to a panel, "
+-#~| "right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose "
+-#~| "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Utility</"
+-#~| "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Notification Area</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<application>Preferred Applications</application> can be found by going "
+-#~ "to <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"
+-#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Preferred Applications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ <application>ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ</application> ਐਪਲਿਟ ਨੂੰ ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਜੋੜਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਪੈਨਲ "
+-#~ "'ਚ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੱਬੋ। <menuchoice><guimenu>ਪੈਨਲ 'ਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</"
+-#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਖੇਤਰ</"
+-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Web, Mail)"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ</guilabel> (ਵੈੱਬ, ਮੇਲ)"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Multimedia Player)"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਮਲਟੀਮੀਡਿਆ</guilabel> (ਮਲਟੀਮੀਡਿਆ ਪਲੇਅਰ)"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>System</guilabel> (Terminal)"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਸਿਸਟਮ</guilabel> (ਟਰਮੀਨਲ)"
+-
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> (Visual, Mobility)"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ</guilabel> (ਦਿੱਖ, ਮੋਬਾਇਲਟੀ)"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Execute a command."
+-#~ msgid "custom command"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਕਮਾਂਡ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "setting icons options"
+-#~ msgid "Custom command options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "terminal"
+-#~ msgid "Run in terminal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਚਲਾਓ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the "
+-#~| "application or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an "
+-#~| "application or command that does not create a window in which to run."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to run the command in a terminal window. Select this "
+-#~ "option for an application that does not create a window in which to run."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਜਾਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਨੂੰ ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ <guilabel>ਟਰਮੀਨਲ 'ਚ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਚੋਣ ਚੁਣੋ। ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਜਾਂ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਨਹੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਬਣਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Select a Terminal"
+-#~ msgid "Execute flag (Terminal only)"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਉਣ ਫਲੈਗ (ਕੇਵਲ ਟਰਮੀਨਲ)"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "For more information on configuring keyboard accessibility preferences, "
+-#~| "see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index"
+-#~| "\"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to run the command as soon as your session begins. For "
+-#~ "more accessibility options, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-"
+-#~ "access-guide?index\"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</"
+-#~ "citetitle></ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਾਰੇ ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ, <ulink type=\"help\" url="
+-#~ "\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index\">ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ ਗਾਈਡ<citetitle></"
+-#~ "citetitle> ਵੇਖੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Look and Feel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੇਖੋ ਅਤੇ ਮਹਿਸੂਸ ਕਰੋ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Basic Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Appearance Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਿੱਖ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "The <application>Login Photo </application> preference tool enables you "
+-#~| "to change the picture that is displayed in your login screen."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Appearance</application> preference tool lets you "
+-#~ "configure various aspects of how your desktop looks:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਫੋਟੋ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਧ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਤਸਵੀਰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ, ਜੋ "
+-#~ "ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਫੋਟੋ ਵਜੋਂ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Theme"
+-#~ msgid "Theme,"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥੀਮ,"
+-
+-#~| msgid "desktop background"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Background,"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Font"
+-#~ msgid "Fonts,"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ,"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Interface"
+-#~ msgid "User Interface."
+-#~ msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Theme Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥੀਮ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "themes"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥੀਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "setting controls options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "setting window frame options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਫਰੇਮ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "setting icons options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "setting frame theme options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਫਰੇਮ ਥੀਮ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Theme"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥੀਮ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Controls"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Carlos"
+-#~ msgid "Colors"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੰਗ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Window frame"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਫਰੇਮ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Icon"
+-#~ msgid "Icons"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਈਕਾਨ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Pointers"
+-#~ msgid "Pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੁਆਇੰਟਰ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Create a Custom Theme"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਸਰੂਪ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ:"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To create a custom theme, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਸਰੂਪ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, click the "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool. Open the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਿੱਚ, <guibutton>ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ</"
+-#~ "guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run "
+-#~| "Application</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. A "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੇ <guilabel>ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel "
+-#~| "Properties</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Customize "
+-#~ "Theme</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <guilabel> ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ</"
+-#~ "guilabel> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, click the "
+-#~| "<guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "On the <application>Appearance</application> preferences tool, click on "
+-#~ "the <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Save Theme As</"
+-#~ "guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਵਿੱਚ, <guibutton>ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ</"
+-#~ "guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To Install a New Theme"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਸਰੂਪ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "To install a new theme, perform the following steps:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਸਰੂਪ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਪਗ਼ ਹਨ:"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button in the Places side pane."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button. A file chooser dialog "
+-#~ "is displayed."
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਾਵਾਂ ਬਾਹੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ <guibutton>ਘਰ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
+-
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to specify an image for the panel background. Click "
+-#~| "on the button to browse for the file. When you have selected the file, "
+-#~| "click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Enter the location of the theme archive file in the location entry. "
+-#~ "Alternatively, select the theme archive file in the file list. When you "
+-#~ "have selected the file, click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੈਨਲ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਲਈ ਚਿੱਤਰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। ਫਾਇਲ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਝਲਕ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ। ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣ ਲਈ ਤਾਂ <guibutton>ਠੀਕ ਹੈ</guibutton> ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To Delete a Theme Option"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਰੂਪ ਚੋਣ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਆਵਾਜ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Background Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "customizing background"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop preference tools"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "customizing desktop background"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ (ਵੇਹੜਾ) ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can customize the desktop background in the following ways:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦੀ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~| msgid "desktop background"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Background"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Style"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਲੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਧੁਨੀ ਤਾਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਆਵਾਜ ਕਾਰਡ ਚਾਲਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਂਚੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Add"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Font Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਸਪੀਕਰ ਸਹੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਪਲੱਗ ਕੀਤੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "fonts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "window title"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿੰਡੋ ਟਾਈਟਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਸਪੀਕਰ/ਹੈੱਡਫੋਨ ਤਾਰ ਨੁਕਸਾਨੀ ਹੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "terminal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "rendering"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੈਂਡਰਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਜੇ ਆਵਾਜ ਚਾਲਕ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਵਧੀਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Choosing Fonts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ ਚੁਣੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Application font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Document font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Desktop font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਆਵਾਜ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੁਣ ਸਕਦਾ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "This font is used in icon labels on the desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਫੋਂਟ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਲੇਬਲ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Window title font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਟਾਇਟਲ ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr "ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉ ਕਿ ਆਵਾਜ ਮੂਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੋਈ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Fixed width font"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਚੌੜਾਈ ਫੋਂਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Font Rendering"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ ਰੈਂਡਰਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "ending"
+-#~ msgid "Rendering"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੈਂਡਰਿੰਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Details"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਸਪੀਕਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਸਹੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨ"
+ 
+-#~| msgid "Pointer Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Interface Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "toolbars, customizing appearance"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ, ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Menus &amp; Toolbars"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ &amp; ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "in applications, customizing appearance"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ, ਪਸੰਦ ਦੀ ਦਿੱਖ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੋ ਕਿ ਸਹੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਯੰਤਰ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Show icons in menus"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਈਕਾਨ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "Using shortcut keys"
+-#~ msgid "Editable menu shortcut keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੋਧਯੋਗ ਮੇਨੂ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Toolbar button labels"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਬਟਨ ਲੇਬਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Windows Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "window manager"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustwindows-TBL-14\"/> lists the windows preferences "
+-#~ "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustwindows-TBL-14\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Raise selected windows after an interval"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ ਬਾਦ ਚੁਣੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਉਭਾਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "ਜਾਂਚੇ ਕਿ ਆਵਾਜ ਕਾਰਡ ਸਹੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਖੋਜਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Interval before raising"
+-#~ msgstr "ਉਭਾਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Double-click titlebar to perform this action"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦੱਬੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Name</guilabel>: Type the name of the custom text editor."
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Minimize</guilabel>: Minimizes the window."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ</guilabel>: ਵਿੰਡੋ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>None</guilabel>: Do nothing."
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਕੁਝ ਨਹੀਂ</guilabel>: ਕੁਝ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "screensaver"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Screensaver"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Activate screensaver when computer is idle"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਵੇਹਲਾ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Lock screen when screensaver is active"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਤਾਲਾਬੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Getting started"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Network Settings</application> main window contains four "
+-#~ "tabbed sections:"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</application> ਮੁੱਖ ਝਰੋਕਾ ਚਾਰ ਟੈਗ ਭਾਗ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਮਾਇਕਰੋਫੋਨ ਵਰਤੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Shows all network interfaces, it also allows you to modify their settings."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਭ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੋਧਣ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "DNS"
+-#~ msgstr "DNS"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Hosts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Ethernet and IRLAN interfaces"
+-#~ msgstr "ਈਥਰਨੈਟ ਅਤੇ IRLAN ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੂਲ ਧੁਨੀ ਇੰਨਪੁੱਟ ਯੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Parallel line interfaces"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਰਲੱਲ ਲਾਇਨ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "PPP/Modem interfaces"
+-#~ msgstr "PPP/ਮਾਡਮ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To activate or deactivate an interface"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To change your host name and domain name"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਸਪੀਕਰ ਜਾਂ ਹੈੱਡਫੋਨ ਵਰਤੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To add a new domain name server"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To delete a domain name server"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To add a new host alias"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ ਜੋੜਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To modify a host alias"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ ਸੋਧਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To delete a host alias"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>ਆਵਾਜ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਅਤੇ <gui>ਆਊਟਪੁੱਟ</gui> ਟੈਬ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "ਯੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋ ਯੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To save your current network configuration as a \"Location\""
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ \"ਟਿਕਾਣੇ\" ਵਾਂਗ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ ਆਵਾਜ ਦੀ ਉਚਾਈ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਹਰੇਕ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਆਵਾਜ ਉਚਾਈ ਨਿਯੰਤਰਿਤ "
++"ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To delete a location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "ਆਵਾਜ ਉਚਾਈ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "To switch to a location"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਬਦਲਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Network Proxy Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Network Proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "network proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "setting preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Internet"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Use the <application>Text Editor</application> tabbed section to "
+-#~| "configure your preferred text editor."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application> enables you to "
+-#~ "configure how your system connects to the Internet."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਆਪਣੇ ਪਸੰਦੀਦਾ ਪਾਹ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <application>ਪਾਠ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</application> "
+-#~ "ਟੈਬ ਭਾਗ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option if you want to use a custom web browser."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to connect to the Internet without a proxy server."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਕਸਟਮ ਵੈੱਬ ਝਲਕਾਰਾ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Manual proxy configuration"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "HTTP proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "HTTP ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Secure HTTP proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ HTTP ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "FTP proxy"
+-#~ msgstr "FTP ਪਰਾਕਸੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Socks host"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਕਟ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Automatic proxy configuration"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Autoconfiguration URL"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਸੰਰਚਨਾ URL"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Remote Desktop Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "setting session sharing preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ਾਂਝ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Session Sharing Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਸਾਂਝ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Allow other users to view your desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣਾ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਣ ਦਿਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "When a user tries to view or control your desktop"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਣ ਜਾਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "keyboard"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring general preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-3\"/> lists the keyboard preferences "
+-#~ "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-3\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Delay"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦੇਰੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Speed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਤੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Select the speed at which the action is repeated."
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਤੀ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜਿਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦੁਹਰਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to enable the cursor to blink in fields and text boxes."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਖੇਤਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਠ ਬਕਸਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰਸਰ ਨੂੰ ਝਪਕਦੀ ਵੇਖਣਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Layouts Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕਾ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard model"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਮਾਡਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Separate group for each window"
+-#~ msgid "Separate layout for each window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹਰੇਕ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਲਈ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਗਰੁੱਪ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run "
+-#~| "Application</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the <guibutton>Layout Options</guibutton> button to open the "
+-#~ "<guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guibutton> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਗੇ <guilabel>ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Alt/Win key behavior"
+-#~ msgstr "Alt/Win ਸਵਿੱਚ ਰਵੱਈਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "CapsLock key behavior"
+-#~ msgstr "CapsLock ਸਵਿੱਚ ਰਵੱਈਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Compose key position"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਯੁਕਤ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਸਥਿਤੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Control key position"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਸਥਿਤੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Group Shift/Lock behavior"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ Shift/Lock ਰਵੱਈਆ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Miscellaneous compatibility options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਫੁਟਕਲ ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਚੋਣ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Shift with numpad keys works as in MS Windows."
+-#~ msgstr "Shift ਅੰਕੀ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਵਿੱਚ MS Windows ਵਿੱਚ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Special keys (Ctrl+Alt+&lt;key&gt;) handled in a server."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਰਵਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਖਾਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ (Ctrl+Alt+&lt;key&gt;) ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Third level choosers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੀਜੇ ਪੱਧਰ ਤੇ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Use keyboard LED to show alternative group."
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ LED ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "AccessX"
+-#~ msgstr "AccessX"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "preference tools, Keyboard Accessibility"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ, ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring accessibility options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਨੀਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring keyboard"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Accessibility"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-1\"/> lists the basic keyboard "
+-#~| "accessibility preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-85\"/> lists the accessibility "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-1\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸੁਲੱਭਤਾ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ "
+-#~ "ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Accessibility Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਸੈਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "slow keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਲੋਅ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Keyboard Accessibility"
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਅਸੈਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਆਡੀਓ ਫੀਡਬੈਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Enable keyboard accessibility features"
+-#~ msgid "Configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ ਫੀਚਰ ਯੋਗ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> lists the typing break "
+-#~| "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-86\"/> lists the audio feedback "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਣ ਬਰੇਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Sound Event Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Audio Feedback Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਡੀਓ ਫੀਡਬੈਕ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Beep when features turned on or off from keyboard"
+-#~ msgid "Beep when accessibility features are turned on or off"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਫੀਚਰ ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਜਾਂ ਬੰਦ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਆਵਾਜ਼"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "toggle keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਾਗਲ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option for an audible indication when you press a modifier "
+-#~ "key."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Beep when a key is pressed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੀ ਜਾਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਬੀਪ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option to enable the system bell."
+-#~ msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is pressed."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option to enable the system bell."
+-#~ msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is accepted."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option to enable the system bell."
+-#~ msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is rejected."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Mouse Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Keys Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-45\"/> lists the mouse pointer "
+-#~| "preferences that you can modify:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-88\"/> lists the mouse keys preferences "
+-#~ "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-45\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਮਾਊਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"ਬਾਹਰੀ ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Acceleration"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਕਸਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Use the spin box to specify the maximum size of the applet."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the slider to specify the maximum speed that the pointer moves across "
+-#~ "the screen."
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਪਲਿਟ ਦਾ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਅਕਾਰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਸਪਿੰਨ ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> lists the typing break preferences "
+-#~ "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਣ ਬਰੇਕ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Work interval lasts"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਖਰੀ ਕੰਮ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "mouse"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "With the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool you can:"
+-#~ msgstr "<application>ਮਾਊਸ</application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configure your mouse for right-hand use or for left-hand use,"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਸੱਜਾ-ਹੱਥ ਜਾਂ ਖੱਬਾ ਹੱਥ ਦਿਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "specify the speed and sensitivity of mouse movement."
+-#~ msgid "specify the speed and sensitivity of mouse movement,"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਗਤੀਵਿਧੀ ਦੀ ਗਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲਤਾ ਦਿਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Enable keyboard accessibility features"
+-#~ msgid "configure mouse accessibility features."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸਹੂਲਤਾਂ ਫੀਚਰ ਯੋਗ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "General Sound Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "General Mouse Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-6\"/> lists the mouse button "
+-#~| "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-6\"/> lists the general mouse "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-6\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Button Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-handed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ-ਹੱਥ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Left-handed mouse"
+-#~ msgid "Left-handed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ-ਹੱਥ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Sensitivity"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲਤਾ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Threshold"
+-#~ msgstr "ਥਰੈਸ਼ਹੋਲਡ"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Timeout"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅੰਤਰਾਲ ਖਤਮ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Accessibility Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਅਸੈਸਬਿਲਟੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Middle-click"
+-#~ msgid "Single click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿੰਗਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click on the drawer hide button."
+-#~ msgid "A single click of the primary mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Double-click"
+-#~ msgid "Double click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਬਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click on the drawer hide button."
+-#~ msgid "A double click of the primary mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Drag click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਰੈਗ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Secondary click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਕੰਡਰੀ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Click on the drawer hide button."
+-#~ msgid "A single click of the secondary mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-47\"/> lists the mouse motion "
+-#~| "preferences that you can modify:"
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-47\"/> lists the mouse accessibility "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-47\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਮਾਊਸ ਗਤੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Motion Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਗਤੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਸਾਊਂਡ</guilabel> ਸਾਰਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid "Select this option to display hide buttons on your panel."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to pick the type of click to perform from a window or "
+-#~ "panel applet."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪੈਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਓਹਲੇ ਬਟਨ ਵੇਖਾਉਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show click type window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਲਿੱਕ ਟਾਈਪ ਵਿੰਡੋ ਵੇਖੋ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Double-click"
+-#~ msgid "Dpuble click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਬਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ"
+-
+-#~| msgid "displaying"
+-#~ msgid "Display"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to "
+-#~| "customize the default keyboard shortcuts to your requirements."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Use the <application>Display</application> preference tool to configure "
+-#~ "the monitors that your computer uses."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਲੋੜ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <application>ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ</"
+-#~ "application> ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਦ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+-
+-#~| msgid "Lock Screen"
+-#~ msgid "Mirror Screens"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਿਰੱਰ ਸਕਰੀਨਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ 3G ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+ 
+-#, fuzzy
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop."
+-#~ msgid "Select this option to have all monitors show the whole desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਭ ਖੁੱਲੇ ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ 4G ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+ 
+-#~| msgid "Select an Editor"
+-#~ msgid "Detect Monitors"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਨੀਟਰ ਖੋਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ EDGE ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Refresh rate"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਦਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ GPRS ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+ 
+-#~| msgid "Show splash screen on login"
+-#~ msgid "Show displays in panel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਵੇਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ UMTS ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sound Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "sound"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "associating events with sounds"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਟਨਾਵਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਜੋੜਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "events, associating sounds with"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਟਨਾ, ਸਾਊਂਡ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "System Bell"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "General Sound Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-4\"/> lists the general sound "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-4\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਆਮ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr "ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਘੱਟ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਤਾਕਤ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Enable sound server startup"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਸਮੇਂ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਸਰਵਰ ਚਾਲੂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sounds for events"
+-#~ msgstr "ਘਟਨਾ ਲਈ ਸਾਊਂਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sound Event Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਘਟਨਾ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-6\"/> lists the sound events preferences "
+-#~ "that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-6\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਘਟਨਾਵਾਂ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"
+-#~ msgstr "<guilabel>ਸਾਊਂਡ</guilabel> ਸਾਰਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਆਫਲਾਈਨ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Play"
+-#~ msgstr "ਚਲਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਡਾਟਾ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can only associate sound files in <filename>.wav</filename> format "
+-#~ "with events."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਘਟਨਾਵਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸਿਰਫ਼ <filename>.wav</filename> ਫਾਰਮੈਟ 'ਚ ਹੀ ਜੋੜ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਡਾਟਾ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਸਾਰਿਤ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring sound preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਡਾਟਾ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਸਾਰਿਤ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring system bell preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "system bell"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "configuring preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "System Bell Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sound an audible bell"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਣਨਯੋਗ ਘੰਟੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Select this option to enable the system bell."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਘੰਟੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Visual feedback"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਿੱਖ ਸੁਝਾਅ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>ਬੇ-ਤਾਰ ਸੰਪਰਕ</app>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option to enable visual feedback to indicate input errors."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਗਲਤੀ ਲਈ ਦਿੱਖ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option if you want window titlebars to flash to indicate an "
+-#~ "input error."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਗਲਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਟਾਇਟਲ-ਪੱਟੀ ਨੂੰ ਝਲਕਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Flash entire screen"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਝਲਕਾਉ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select this option if you want the entire screen to flash to indicate an "
+-#~ "input error."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਗਲਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪੂਰੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਝਲਕਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "System"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Multimedia Systems Selector"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਲਟੀਮੀਡਿਆ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚੋਣਕਾਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "ਬੈਟਟਰੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਭਰੀ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "See the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gstreamer-properties\">GStreamer "
+-#~ "Properties Manual</ulink>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gstreamer-properties\">ਜੀਸਟਰੀਮਰ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼</ulink> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sessions Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "ਬੈਟਰੀ ਘੱਟ ਹੈ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Session Options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Current Session"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Startup Programs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Setting Session Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "setting options"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-11\"/> lists the session options that "
+-#~ "you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-11\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਹਨ, ਜਿੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੋਧ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Show splash screen on login"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਸਵਾਗਤੀ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਵੇਖਣੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Prompt on logout"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗਆਉਟ ਉੱਤੇ ਪੁੱਛਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "session-managed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ-ਪਰਬੰਧਿਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To delete a session, select the session in the <guilabel>Sessions</"
+-#~ "guilabel> table. Click on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, <guilabel>ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ</guilabel> ਸਾਰਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣੋ। "
+-#~ "<guibutton>ਹਟਾਓ</guibutton> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Setting Session Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "setting properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"sessprop01\"/> lists the session properties that you can "
+-#~ "configure."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"sessprop01\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾਵਾਂ ਹਨ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ "
+-#~ "ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "ਅੱਖਰ ਭਰਨ ਦੇ ਤਰੀਕੇ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Session Properties"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "ਅੱਖਰ ਨਕਸ਼ਾ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Order"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕ੍ਰਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Normal"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Starts automatically when you start a GNOME session."
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚਲਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਚੱਲਦੇ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Restart"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Does not start when you start a GNOME session."
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਗਨੋਮ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ ਚਲਾਉਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੇ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Apply"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Configuring Startup Applications"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਕਾਰਜ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "non-session-managed"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾ-ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ-ਪਰਬੰਧ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-19\"/> lists the startup applications "
+-#~ "preferences that you can modify."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-19\"/> ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਕਾਰਜ ਪਸੰਦ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ "
+-#~ "ਸੋਧ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Startup Programs Preferences"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਪਸੰਦ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Additional startup programs"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/normal_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=47960823c1883b50400d4fb7be857c72"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/normal_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=47960823c1883b50400d4fb7be857c72"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/busy_pointer.png'; md5=99db6994613731ca7687bd700c471b2d"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/busy_pointer.png'; md5=99db6994613731ca7687bd700c471b2d"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/resize_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=43e8186584e1879ba078caedf0a9f33f"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/resize_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=43e8186584e1879ba078caedf0a9f33f"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/ibeam_pointer.png'; md5=77aa93e74d640173c96801747bf564d1"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/ibeam_pointer.png'; md5=77aa93e74d640173c96801747bf564d1"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/not_available_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=19601aaf360da25b8a0d1d18b45ed99e"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/not_available_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=19601aaf360da25b8a0d1d18b45ed99e"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e4244fb77b0df2b0c451328dce6fa175"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=e4244fb77b0df2b0c451328dce6fa175"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/movewindow_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=8496a1d62cbfbe5272f8f5fa6f173c4c"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "@@image: 'figures/movewindow_pointer.png'; "
+-#~ "md5=8496a1d62cbfbe5272f8f5fa6f173c4c"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਖਾਕਾ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Basic Skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This chapter introduces you to the basic skills that you need to work "
+-#~ "with the GNOME Desktop."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਕਾਂਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਉਸ ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਮਹਾਰਤ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਗਨੋਮ "
+-#~ "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਲੋੜੀਦੀ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "basic skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "mouse skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Button Conventions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "button conventions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਟਨ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Left mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Middle mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੱਧ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Right mouse button"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੱਜਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਸ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "action conventions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "action terminology"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The following conventions are used in this manual to describe actions "
+-#~ "that you take with the mouse:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਹਨ, ਜਦੋਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤ "
+-#~ "ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦਬਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Press and release the left mouse button, without moving the mouse."
+-#~ msgstr "ਖੱਬਾ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ, ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਏ, ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Press and release the middle mouse button, without moving the mouse."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੱਧ ਮਾਊਸ ਬਟਨ, ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਿਲਾਏ, ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ ਛੱਡ ਦਿਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "ਖਾਤੇ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Double-click"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦੱਬਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Drag"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁੱਟੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Click-and-hold"
+-#~ msgstr "ਦੱਬੋ ਅਤੇ ਫੜੀ ਰੱਖੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "ਮਾਣ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "actions"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "You can perform the following actions with the mouse:"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਾਊਂਸ ਨਾਲ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Select text."
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਪਾਠ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Select items."
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Drag items."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੁੱਟਣ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ</gui> ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Activate items."
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Paste text."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪਾਠ ਚੇਪਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Move items."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਭੇਜਣੀਆਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Move windows to the back."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਭੇਜਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Mouse Pointers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਸ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਜੋੜੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Pointers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "pointers"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Normal pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਬਦਲੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Normal pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਆਮ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Busy pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਰੁੱਝਿਆ ਪੁਆਇੰਟਰ (ਸੰਕੇਤਕ)।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Busy pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਰੁੱਝਿਆ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪ੍ਰਾਹੁਣਾ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਜੋੜੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Resize pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Resize pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਪ੍ਰਾਹੁਣਾ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉ:"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Hand pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "ਹੱਥਲਾ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Hand pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਹੱਥਲਾ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> I-beam pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> I-ਬੀਮ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Copy pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਨਕਲ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Symbolic link pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/>ਸਿੰਬਲਿਕ ਲਿੰਕ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Ask pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਪੁੱਛੇ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Not available pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Not available pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਕੋਈ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Move panel object pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹਿਲਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move panel object pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਪੈਨਲ ਇਕਾਈ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹਿਲਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Move window pointer."
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move window pointer"
+-#~ msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ਝਰੋਖਾ ਸੰਕੇਤਕ ਹਿਲਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keyboard Skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "keyboard skills"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਮਹਾਰਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The following sections describe the shortcut keys that you can use "
+-#~ "throughout the desktop and applications."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਅਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ "
+-#~ "ਰਾਹੀਂ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Global Shortcut Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "global"
+-#~ msgstr "ਵਿਆਪਕ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Shortcut Key"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F1"
+-#~ msgstr "F1"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Open the <guimenu>Applications Menu</guimenu>."
+-#~ msgstr "<guimenu>ਕਾਰਜ ਮੇਨੂ</guimenu> ਖੋਲ੍ਹਦਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F2"
+-#~ msgstr "F2"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "ਸੁਪਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਕੀ ਮਤਲਬ ਹੈ?"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. See <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"tools-run-app\"/> for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<guilabel>ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾਓ</guilabel> ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref "
+-#~ "linkend=\"tools-run-app\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Take a screenshot of the entire desktop. See <xref linkend=\"tools-"
+-#~ "screenshot\"/> for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਪੂਰੇ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਦਾ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲਵੋ। ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ <xref linkend=\"tools-screenshot"
+-#~ "\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Take a screenshot of the currently focused window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਫੋਕਸ ਹੋਏ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸ਼ਾਟ ਲੈਣਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Ctrl"
+-#~ msgstr "Ctrl"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Arrow keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੀਰ ਸਵਿੱਚ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "D"
+-#~ msgstr "D"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Tab"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟੈਬ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Window Shortcut Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ ਸਵਿੱਚ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "window"
+-#~ msgstr "ਝਰੋਖਾ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F4"
+-#~ msgstr "F4"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F5"
+-#~ msgstr "F5"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "ਨਵੀਆਂ ਐਪਲੀਕੇਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Unmaximize the current window, if it is maximized."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਛੋਟਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ, ਜੇ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਡਾ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F7"
+-#~ msgstr "F7"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F8"
+-#~ msgstr "F8"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "ਸ੍ਵੈ-ਚਲਿਤ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F9"
+-#~ msgstr "F9"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Minimize the current window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਛੋਟਾ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "F10"
+-#~ msgstr "F10"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Maximize the current window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਵੇਖਾਉਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "spacebar"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਪੇਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Open the window menu for the currently selected window. The window menu "
+-#~ "allows you to perform actions on the window, such as minimizing, moving "
+-#~ "between workspaces, and closing."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਚੁਣੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਲਈ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ। ਝਰੋਖਾ ਮੇਨੂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ, "
+-#~ "ਜਿਵੇਂ ਛੋਟੇ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ, ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Shift"
+-#~ msgstr "Shift"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Move the current window to another workspace in the specified direction. "
+-#~ "See <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> for more information on "
+-#~ "working with multiple workspaces."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਨੂੰ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਰ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਭੇਜੋ। ਕਈ ਵਰਕਸਪੇਸਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਹੋਰ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਵੇਖਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Application Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "application"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣਾ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "N"
+-#~ msgstr "N"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Create a new document or window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਜਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਬਣਾਓ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "X"
+-#~ msgstr "X"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "C"
+-#~ msgstr "C"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "V"
+-#~ msgstr "V"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Z"
+-#~ msgstr "Z"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "S"
+-#~ msgstr "S"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Save the current document to disk."
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Load the online help document for the application."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਲਈ ਆਨਲਾਇਨ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਲੋਡ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Arrow keys or <keycap>Tab</keycap>"
+-#~ msgstr "ਤੀਰ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਜਾਂ <keycap>ਟੈਬ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Move between controls in the interface or items in a list."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਜਾਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਏਧਰ-ਓਧਰ ਜਾਣਾ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹੋ</gui> ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "<keycap>Enter</keycap> or <keycap>spacebar</keycap>"
+-#~ msgstr "<keycap>Enter</keycap> ਜਾਂ <keycap>spacebar</keycap> ਦੱਬੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Activate or choose the selected item."
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Activate the left-most menu of the application window."
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਖੱਬੇ ਮੇਨੂ ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Activate the context menu for the selected item."
+-#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੀ ਇਕਾਈ ਲਈ ਪਰਸੰਗ ਮੇਨੂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "ਆਪਣੀ ਲਾਗ ਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਬਦਲੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Esc"
+-#~ msgstr "Esc"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Close a menu without selecting a menu item, or cancel a drag operation."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਚੁੱਕਣ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Access Keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਸੈੱਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "access keys"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਸੈੱਸ ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To open a menu, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key, then press the access "
+-#~ "key. In the menu, the access key for each menu item is underlined. To "
+-#~ "choose a menu item when a menu is displayed, you can simply press the "
+-#~ "access key for the menu item."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, <keycap>Alt</keycap> ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੋ, ਤਦ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਬੋ। ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ, ਹਰੇਕ "
+-#~ "ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਦੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਰੇਖਾ ਨਾਲ ਦਰਸਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਵੇਖਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਇੱਕ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ "
+-#~ "ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਇਕਾਈ ਲਈ ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "For example, to open a new window in the <application>Help</application> "
+-#~ "application, press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></"
+-#~ "keycombo> to open the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, then press <keycap>N</"
+-#~ "keycap> to activate the <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem> menu item."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, <application>ਸਹਾਇਤਾ</application> ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ "
+-#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "<guimenu>ਫਾਇਲ</guimenu> ਮੇਨੂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਣ ਲਈ, ਤਦ <keycap>N</keycap> ਨੂੰ "
+-#~ "<guimenuitem>ਨਵਾਂ ਝਰੋਖਾ</guimenuitem> ਇਕਾਈ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਮਿਟਾਉ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Desktop User Guide"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The GNOME User Guide is a collection of documentation which details "
+-#~ "general use of the GNOME Desktop environment. Topics covered include "
+-#~ "sessions, panels, menus, file management, and preferences."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਇਡ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਦਾ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਵਾਤਾਵਰਨ ਦੀ ਆਮ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ। ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਵਿਸ਼ਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਸ਼ਨ, ਪੈਨਲ, ਮੇਨੂ, ਫਾਇਲ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਅਤੇ ਮੇਰੀ ਪਸੰਦ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ "
+-#~ "ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2005"
+-#~ msgstr "2005"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2004"
+-#~ msgstr "2004"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sun Microsystems"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਨ ਮਾਈਕਰੋਸਿਸਟਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2003"
+-#~ msgstr "2003"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਗੁਪਤ-ਸ਼ਬਦ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document "
+-#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 "
+-#~ "or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no "
+-#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You "
+-#~ "can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl"
+-#~ "\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਗਨੂ ਮੁਕਤ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ (GFDL), ਵਰਜਨ 1.1 ਜਾਂ ਨਵੇਂ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਫਰੀ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ "
+-#~ "ਫਾਊਡੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਲੋਂ ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਭਾਗ, ਨਾ ਮੁੱਢਲੇ-ਢੱਕਣ ਪਾਠ ਅਤੇ ਨਾ ਹੀ ਪਿੱਛੇ-ਢੱਕਣ ਪਾਠ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ, ਦੀਆਂ "
+-#~ "ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਅਧੀਨ ਨਕਲ ਕਰਨ, ਵੰਡਣ ਅਤੇ/ਜਾਂ ਸੋਧਣ ਦਾ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਤੁਸੀਂ GFDL ਦੀ ਨਕਲ "
+-#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\"> ਸਬੰਧ</ulink> ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਂ ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ 'ਚ "
+-#~ "COPYING-DOCS ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਲੈ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under "
+-#~ "the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the "
+-#~ "collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, "
+-#~ "as described in section 6 of the license."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ GFDL ਦੇ ਅਧੀਨ ਜਾਰੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ। ਜੇ "
+-#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਭੰਡਾਰ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਵੰਡਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ 6 ਵਿੱਚ ਦੱਸੇ "
+-#~ "ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਦੀ ਇੱਕ ਨਕਲ ਜੋੜ ਕੇ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
+-#~ "services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
+-#~ "documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are "
+-#~ "made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or "
+-#~ "initial capital letters."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਕੰਪਨੀਆਂ ਵਲੋਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਉਤਪਾਦਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੇ ਗਏ ਕਈ ਨਾਂ ਮਾਰਕੇ ਹਨ। ਜਦੋਂ ਵੀ ਉਹ ਨਾਂ ਕਿਸੇ ਗਨੋਮ "
+-#~ "ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਉਦੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਗਨੋਮ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੇ ਮੈਂਬਰ ਹਨ ਤਾਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਮਾਰਕਿਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ "
+-#~ "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ, ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੇ ਦੇ ਨਾਂ ਵੱਡੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਂ ਪਹਿਲੇਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਵੱਡੇ ਰੱਖੇ ਗਏ ਹਨ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "
+-#~ "EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES "
+-#~ "THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "
+-#~ "MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "
+-#~ "RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "
+-#~ "MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "
+-#~ "MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "
+-#~ "WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "
+-#~ "SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES "
+-#~ "AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED "
+-#~ "VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS "
+-#~ "DISCLAIMER; AND"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "
+-#~ "EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES "
+-#~ "THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "
+-#~ "MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "
+-#~ "RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "
+-#~ "MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "
+-#~ "MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "
+-#~ "WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "
+-#~ "SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES "
+-#~ "AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED "
+-#~ "VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS "
+-#~ "DISCLAIMER; AND"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT "
+-#~ "(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL "
+-#~ "WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED "
+-#~ "VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE "
+-#~ "LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR "
+-#~ "CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, "
+-#~ "DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR "
+-#~ "MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR "
+-#~ "RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, "
+-#~ "EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH "
+-#~ "DAMAGES."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT "
+-#~ "(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL "
+-#~ "WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED "
+-#~ "VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE "
+-#~ "LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR "
+-#~ "CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, "
+-#~ "DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR "
+-#~ "MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR "
+-#~ "RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, "
+-#~ "EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH "
+-#~ "DAMAGES."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE "
+-#~ "TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER "
+-#~ "UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE "
+-#~ "TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER "
+-#~ "UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Sun"
+-#~ msgstr "ਐਤ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Shaun"
+-#~ msgstr "Shaun"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "McCance"
+-#~ msgstr "McCance"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Karderio"
+-#~ msgstr "Karderio"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "karderio at gmail dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "karderio at gmail dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Joachim"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਨਚੀਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Noreiko"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨਾਰੀਕੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "jnoreiko at yahoo dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "jnoreiko at yahoo dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Daniel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਡੈਨੀਅਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Espinosa Ortiz"
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਸਪੀਨੋਸ ਓਰੀਜ਼"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "esodan at gmail dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "esodan at gmail dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Brent"
+-#~ msgstr "ਬਰੱਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Smith"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਮਿੱਥ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "gnome at nextreality dot net"
+-#~ msgstr "gnome at nextreality dot net"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Tim"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਿੰਮ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Littlemore"
+-#~ msgstr "ਲਿਟਲਮੋਰ"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "tim at tjl2 dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "tim at tjl2 dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "John"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਾਨ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "john dot stowers at gmail dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "john dot stowers at gmail dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Nigel"
+-#~ msgstr "ਨੀਗਿਲ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Tao"
+-#~ msgstr "ਟਾਓ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "nigel dot tao at myrealbox dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "nigel dot tao at myrealbox dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Matthew"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮੈਥਿਊ"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "East"
+-#~ msgstr "ਪੂਰਬੀ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
+-#~ msgstr "ਉਬਤੂੰ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "mdke at ubuntu dot com"
+-#~ msgstr "mdke at ubuntu dot com"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Carlos"
+-#~ msgstr "ਕਾਰਲੋਸ"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "Garnacho Parro"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਾਰਨੀਚੋ ਪੱਰੋ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "ਟੈਬਲੇਟ ਨੂੰ ਖੱਬੇ-ਹੱਥ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME Project"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "carlosg@gnome.org"
+-#~ msgstr "carlosg@gnome.org"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2.14"
+-#~ msgstr "2.14"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2006-02-03"
+-#~ msgstr "2006-02-03"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2.10"
+-#~ msgstr "2.10"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "2005-03-08"
+-#~ msgstr "2005-03-08"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.8 Desktop User Guide V2.8"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.8 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.8"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "September 2004"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਤੰਬਰ 2004"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.7"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.4 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.7"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "September 2003"
+-#~ msgstr "ਸਤੰਬਰ 2003"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.6"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.4 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.6"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "August 2003"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਗਸਤ 2003"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "ਮੌਨੀਟਰ ਚੁਣੋ"
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.2.1 Desktop User Guide V2.5"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.2.1 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.5"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "March 2003"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਰਚ 2003"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.2 Desktop User Guide V2.4"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.2 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.4"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "January 2003"
+-#~ msgstr "ਜਨਵਰੀ 2003"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.3"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.0 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.3"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "October 2002"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਕਤੂਬਰ 2002"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.2"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.0 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.2"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "August 2002"
+-#~ msgstr "ਅਗਸਤ 2002"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.1"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.0 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V2.1"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V1.0"
+-#~ msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ 2.0 ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਗਾਈਡ V1.0"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "May 2002"
+-#~ msgstr "ਮਈ 2002"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#~ msgid "This manual describes version 2.14 of the GNOME desktop."
+-#~ msgstr "ਇਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ 2.14 ਵਰਜਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਰਜ ਹੈ।"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">ਮੌਨੀਟਰ ਮੈਪ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">ਸਟਾਇਲਸ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰੋ</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">ਟੈਬਲੈੱਟ "
++"ਖੱਬੇ ਹੱਥ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਵਰਤੋ</link>…"
+ 
+-#~| msgid ""
+-#~| "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME desktop or this "
+-#~| "manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-feedback\" "
+-#~| "type=\"help\">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>."
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME desktop or this "
+-#~ "manual, follow the directions in the <link linkend=\"feedback\">GNOME "
+-#~ "Feedback Page</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਜਾਂ ਇਹ ਮੈਨੁਅਲ ਬਾਰੇ ਬੱਗ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਦੇਣ ਜਾਂ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਲਈ, <link linkend=\"feedback"
+-#~ "\">ਗਨੋਮ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਸਫ਼ਾ</ulink> ਦੀਆਂ ਹਦਾਇਤਾਂ ਵੇਖੋ।"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "ਵਾਕੌਮ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ ਟੈਬਲੈੱਟ"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.934135057 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.231922031 +0530
+@@ -4,77 +4,77 @@
+ # Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes <rodolforg@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com, 2012, 2013.
+ # Enrico Nicoletto <liverig@gmail.com>, 2013.
+-#
++# gcintra <gcintra@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-14 16:41+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-27 02:55-0300\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n"
+-"Language: pt_BR\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-01 02:23-0400\n"
++"Last-Translator: gcintra <gcintra@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n"
++"Language: pt-BR\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.5\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "translator-credits"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes <rodolforg@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012.\n"
+-"Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>, 2012, 2013.\n"
+-"Enrico Nicoletto <liverig@gmail.com>, 2013."
++msgstr "Glaucia Cintra "
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "Um guia para os usuários do ambiente GNOME 3"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "Ajuda do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+ msgid "GNOME Help"
+ msgstr "Ajuda do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -83,7 +83,9 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Ajuda</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+ "GNOME Help"
+@@ -91,298 +93,417 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">logo do Yelp</media> "
+ "Ajuda do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+-msgstr "Licença Creative Commons Atribuição-CompartilhaIgual 3.0 Não Adaptada"
++msgstr ""
++"Licença Creative Commons Atribuição-Compartilhada Igual 3.0 Não Adaptada"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+ msgstr "Este trabalho está licenciado sob uma <_:link-1/>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:8(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:18(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:15(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:18(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-contrast.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(credit/name) C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:19(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name) C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name) C/files-search.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:19(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-templates.page:16(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:26(credit/name) C/look-background.page:34(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(credit/name) C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15(credit/name) C/sharing-media.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(credit/name) C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:22(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:23(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
+ msgid "Michael Hill"
+ msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+-msgstr "Ignore um mesma tecla pressionada repetidamente rapidamente."
++msgstr "Ignore uma mesma tecla pressionada repetidamente rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+-msgstr "Ativar teclas de repercussão"
++msgstr "Ativando teclas de repercussão"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ative as <em>teclas de repercussão</em> para ignorar teclas que são "
+ "pressionadas rapidamente repetidas vezes. Por exemplo, se você tem tremores "
+ "na mão, o que pode fazer com que você pressione uma tecla múltiplas vezes "
+-"quando você só queria pressioná-la uma vez, você deveria ativar teclas de "
+-"repercussão."
++"quando você só queria pressioná-la apenas uma vez, você deveria ativar "
++"teclas de repercussão."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(item/p) C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46(item/p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45(item/p) C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:33(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p) C/session-formats.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:44(item/p) C/session-language.page:76(item/p)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35(item/p) C/sharing-desktop.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:39(item/p) C/sound-alert.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:43(item/p) C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p) C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique em seu nome na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Abra <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Digitação</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Abra <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Digitação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Alterne <gui>Teclas de repercussão</gui> para ON."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Ative e desative rapidamente as teclas de repercussão"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode ativar e desativar as teclas de repercussão clicando no <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior e "
+@@ -390,7 +511,8 @@
+ "fica visível quando uma ou mais configurações de <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> "
+ "forem habilitadas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -405,31 +527,35 @@
+ "computador faça um som a cada vez que ele ignorar uma tecla pressionada por "
+ "ter acontecido muito cedo, depois da tecla pressionada anteriormente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use o leitor de tela <app>Orca</app> com terminais atualizáveis de Braille."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+-msgstr "Ler a tela em Braille"
++msgstr "Lendo a tela em Braille"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O GNOME fornece o leitor de tela <app>Orca</app> para exibir a interface do "
+ "usuário em um terminal Braille atualizável. Dependendo de como você instalou "
+-"o GNOME, você pode não ter o Orca instalado. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Instale o Orca</link> e, então, leia a <link href=\"help:orca\">Ajuda do "
+-"Orca</link> para mais informações."
++"o GNOME, você pode não ter o Orca instalado. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Instale o Orca</link> e, então, leia a <link href=\"help:orca\">Ajuda "
++"do Orca</link> para mais informações."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+@@ -437,11 +563,13 @@
+ "Torne as janelas e os botões na tela mais (ou menos) vívido, para que sejam "
+ "mais fáceis de ver."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+-msgstr "Ajustar o contraste"
++msgstr "Ajustando o contraste"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+ "see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
+@@ -451,16 +579,20 @@
+ "fáceis de serem vistos. Não é o mesmo que alterar o brilho da tela inteira; "
+ "só partes da <em>interface do usuário</em> que vão mudar."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Visão</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
+ msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Alterne o <gui>Alto contraste</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
+ "selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+@@ -468,7 +600,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">Ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior e "
+ "selecionando <gui>Alto contraste</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -476,11 +609,13 @@
+ "O recurso de Clique flutuante (Clique de permanência) permite que você "
+ "clique ao manter o mouse parado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+-msgstr "Simular cliques por flutuação"
++msgstr "Simulando cliques por flutuação"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -492,7 +627,8 @@
+ "mover o mouse e clicar ao mesmo tempo. Este recurso é chamado de Clique "
+ "flutuante ou Clique de permanência."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -502,7 +638,9 @@
+ "mouse sobre um controle, soltar o mouse e, então, esperar um momento até que "
+ "o botão ser clicado por você."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+@@ -510,11 +648,13 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Apontando e clicando</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Alterne <gui>Clique flutuante</gui> para ON."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -529,7 +669,8 @@
+ "Depois você fizer clique duplo, clique com botão da direita ou arrastar, "
+ "você retornará automaticamente para cliques."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+@@ -539,7 +680,8 @@
+ "o ponteiro vai gradualmente mudar de cor. Quando estiver com a cor "
+ "completamente alterada, o botão será clicado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+@@ -548,7 +690,8 @@
+ "você tem que manter parado o ponteiro do mouse até que o clique seja "
+ "realizado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+@@ -559,7 +702,8 @@
+ "clicar depois de um tempo. Porém, se mover demais, o clique não será "
+ "realizado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -567,15 +711,18 @@
+ "Ajuste o <gui>Limiar de movimento</gui>, definindo-o para alterar o quanto o "
+ "ponteiro pode mover e mesmo assim ser considerado como flutuante."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr "Use fontes maiores para tornar o texto mais fácil de ler."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+-msgstr "Alterar o tamanho do texto na tela"
++msgstr "Alterando o tamanho do texto na tela"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+@@ -583,11 +730,13 @@
+ "Se você tem dificuldades em ler o texto na sua tela, pode alterar o tamanho "
+ "da fonte."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Alterne <gui>Texto grande</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -597,7 +746,8 @@
+ "no <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior "
+ "e selecionando <gui>Texto grande</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -606,32 +756,38 @@
+ "Em muitos aplicativos, você pode aumentar o tamanho do texto a qualquer "
+ "momento pressionando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> e reduzir "
+ "o tamanho do texto pressionando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+ msgstr ""
+-"O menu de acessibilidade é o ícone na barra superior parecido com uma pessoa."
++"O menu de acessibilidade é o ícone na barra superior que se parece com uma "
++"pessoa."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+-msgstr "Encontre o menu de acessibilidade"
++msgstr "Localizando o menu de acessibilidade"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+@@ -641,11 +797,13 @@
+ "configurações de acessibilidade. Você pode achar este menu clicando no ícone "
+ "que se parece com uma pessoa rodeada por um círculo na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "O menu de acessibilidade pode ser encontrado na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -665,15 +823,18 @@
+ "abri-lo. Você pode usar as setas cima e baixo para selecionar itens no menu. "
+ "Pressione <key>Enter</key> para alternar o estado do item selecionado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "Amplie sua tela para que seja mais fácil ver as coisas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Amplie a área da tela"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+@@ -683,11 +844,13 @@
+ "size\">tamanho do texto</link>. Este recurso é como ter uma lupa de aumento, "
+ "que permite que você a mova para ampliar partes da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Ative <gui>Ampliação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
+ "keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
+@@ -699,7 +862,8 @@
+ "aba <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Atalhos</link> no painel "
+ "<gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+@@ -709,16 +873,19 @@
+ "tela, você moverá a área ampliada em direções diferentes, permitindo que "
+ "veja sua área de escolha."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode ativar e desativar rapidamente o ampliador clicando no <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior e "
+ "selecionando <gui>Ampliador</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+ "position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
+@@ -728,7 +895,8 @@
+ "ampliada na tela. Para ajustá-las, clique no botão <gui>Opções</gui> e "
+ "clique na aba <gui>Ampliação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+ "To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
+@@ -738,7 +906,8 @@
+ "touchpad. Para ativá-las e ajustar seu comprimento e espessura, clique no "
+ "botão <gui>Opções</gui> e clique na aba <gui>Mira</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+ "brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+@@ -754,7 +923,8 @@
+ "adversa. Clique no botão <gui>Opções</gui> e escolha a aba <gui>Efeitos de "
+ "cor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+@@ -764,11 +934,15 @@
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilidade</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">ampliador de tela</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:26(page/title) C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Acessibilidade"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+@@ -780,99 +954,115 @@
+ "dispositivos assistivos comuns. Muitos recursos de acessibilidade podem ser "
+ "acessados a partir do menu de acessibilidade na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiências visuais"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Cegueira"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Visão fraca"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Daltonismo"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title) C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Outros tópicos"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiências auditivas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Deficiências motoras"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Movimento do mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Clicando e arrastando"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Uso do teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pressione e mantenha o botão esquerdo do mouse para simular um clique com o "
+ "botão direito."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+-msgstr "Simule o clique com o botão direito do mouse"
++msgstr "Simulando o clique com o botão direito do mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -883,11 +1073,13 @@
+ "dedos individualmente em uma mão, ou se seu dispositivo de apontamento só "
+ "tem um único botão."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Ative <gui>Clique secundário simulado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -899,7 +1091,8 @@
+ "<gui>Apontando e clicando</gui>, altere o <gui>Atraso de aceitação</gui> que "
+ "se encontra em <gui>Clique secundário simulado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -913,7 +1106,8 @@
+ "completamente azul, solte o botão do mouse para ter o efeito do clique de "
+ "botão direito."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+@@ -923,7 +1117,8 @@
+ "cor. Você ainda pode usar Clique secundário simulado, mesmo se você não "
+ "obtiver o feedback visual do ponteiro."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -933,7 +1128,8 @@
+ "também permite a você faça o clique com o botão direito segurando a tecla "
+ "<key>5</key> no seu teclado numérico."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+@@ -946,21 +1142,24 @@
+ "diferente no panorama: você não tem que soltar o botão para que ocorra o "
+ "efeito de clique com botão direito."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use o leitor de tela <app>Orca</app> para falar a interface com o usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+-msgstr "Ler a tela em voz alta"
++msgstr "Lendo a tela em voz alta"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O GNOME fornece o leitor de tela <app>Orca</app> para narrar a interface "
+ "para o usuário. Dependendo de como você instalou o GNOME, você pode não ter "
+@@ -968,7 +1167,8 @@
+ "consulte a <link href=\"help:orca\">Ajuda do Orca</link> para mais "
+ "informações."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+@@ -976,11 +1176,13 @@
+ "Tenha um atraso entre uma tecla ser pressionada e a sua letra aparecer na "
+ "tela."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+-msgstr "Ativar as teclas lentas"
++msgstr "Ativando as teclas lentas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -989,22 +1191,25 @@
+ "time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
+ "the keyboard first time."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ative as <em>teclas lentas</em> se você gostaria de que existisse um atraso "
++"Ative as <em>teclas lentas</em> se você gostaria que existisse um atraso "
+ "entre o pressionar da tecla e a letra ser exibida na tela. Isso significa "
+ "que você teria que manter pressionada por um tempo cada tecla que quisesse "
+ "digitar antes de ela aparecer de fato. Use as teclas lentas se você "
+ "pressiona acidentalmente muitas teclas de uma vez enquanto digita ou se você "
+ "tem dificuldades em pressionar a tecla certa de primeira no teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Ative <gui>Teclas lentas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar rapidamente as teclas lentas"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
+@@ -1017,19 +1222,21 @@
+ "assim a tecla <key>Shift</key> por oito segundos para habilitar ou "
+ "desabilitar as teclas lentas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode ativar e desativar as teclas lentar clicando no <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior e selecionando "
+ "<gui>Teclas lentas</gui>. O ícone de acessibilidade fica visível quando uma "
+ "ou mais configurações de <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> foram habilitadas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -1038,7 +1245,8 @@
+ "quanto tempo você tem que manter pressionada uma tecla para ela ser "
+ "registrada."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+@@ -1048,7 +1256,8 @@
+ "uma tecla é aceita ou quando ela é rejeitada porque você não a manteve "
+ "pressionada pelo tempo suficiente."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+@@ -1056,11 +1265,13 @@
+ "Digite os atalhos de teclado uma tecla de cada vez em vez de ter que mantê-"
+ "las pressionadas todas ao mesmo tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+-msgstr "Ativar teclas de aderência"
++msgstr "Ativando teclas de aderência"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+@@ -1069,15 +1280,16 @@
+ "have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
+ "you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<em>Teclas de aderência</em> permitem digitar atalhos de teclado uma tecla "
+-"de cada vez em vez de ter que pressioná-las todas ao mesmo tempo. Por "
++"As <em>Teclas de aderência</em> permitem digitar atalhos de teclado uma "
++"tecla de cada vez em vez de ter que pressioná-las todas ao mesmo tempo. Por "
+ "exemplo, o atalho <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+ "key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> alterna entre janelas. Sem as teclas de "
+ "aderência ativadas, você teria mantê-las ambas as teclas pressionadas ao "
+ "mesmo tempo; com as teclas de aderência ativas, você pressionaria "
+ "<key>Super</key> e então a <key>Tab</key> para fazer o mesmo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+@@ -1085,15 +1297,18 @@
+ "Você pode querer ativar as teclas de aderência se você achar difícil manter "
+ "pressionadas várias teclas ao mesmo tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Ative <gui>Teclas de aderência</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar rapidamente as teclas de aderência"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
+ "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
+@@ -1106,7 +1321,8 @@
+ "pressionar <key>Shift</key> cinco vezes seguidas para habilitar ou "
+ "desabilitar as teclas de aderência."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+@@ -1119,7 +1335,8 @@
+ "visível quando uma ou mais configurações de <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> foram "
+ "habilitadas."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+@@ -1128,7 +1345,8 @@
+ "aderência desabilitadas sozinhas temporariamente para lhe deixar usar um "
+ "atalho de teclado na forma normal."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
+ "and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
+@@ -1144,14 +1362,16 @@
+ "tecla. Isso é útil se você for capaz de pressionar alguns atalhos de teclado "
+ "simultaneamente (por exemplo, teclas que sejam próximas), mas não outros."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <gui>Desabilitar se duas teclas forem pressionadas juntas</gui> "
+ "para habilitar isso."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1166,7 +1386,8 @@
+ "interpretadas como parte de um atalho. Selecione <gui>Soar um bip quando uma "
+ "tecla modificadora for pressionada</gui> para habilitar isso."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+@@ -1174,11 +1395,13 @@
+ "Habilite alertas visuais para piscar a tela ou janela quando um alerta "
+ "sonoro é emitido."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+-msgstr "Piscar a tela para sons de alerta"
++msgstr "Piscando a tela para sons de alerta"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1190,7 +1413,8 @@
+ "fazer ou a tela toda ou a janela atual piscar visualmente sempre que o "
+ "alerta sonoro for utilizado."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+@@ -1201,11 +1425,14 @@
+ "\"sound-alert\"/> para aprender como emudecer o alerta sonoro e habilite os "
+ "alertas visuais."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Acessibilidade</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Audição</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+ "screen or just your current window title to flash."
+@@ -1213,7 +1440,8 @@
+ "Alterne <gui>Alertas visuais</gui> para on. Selecione se quer que a tela "
+ "inteira ou só a janela atual pisque."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1223,90 +1451,113 @@
+ "\"a11y-icon\">ícone de acessibilidade</link> na barra superior e "
+ "selecionando <gui>Alertas visuais</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+ msgstr "Um guia com umas dicas sobre o uso do ambiente de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name) C/gnome-classic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Projeto de documentação do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "Sobre este guia"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+@@ -1318,7 +1569,8 @@
+ "sobre como usar seu computador de forma mais eficiente. Nós tentamos tornar "
+ "este guia o mais fácil possível de usar:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+@@ -1328,28 +1580,31 @@
+ "capítulos. Isso significa que você não precisa ler todo o manual para achar "
+ "a resposta às suas questões."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+ "topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Itens relacionados são vinculados uns aos outros. Vínculos \"Veja também\" "
+-"ao final de algumas páginas lhe orientarão a tópicos relacionados. Isso "
+-"torna fácil encontrar tópicos similares que possam lhe ajudar a desempenhar "
+-"uma certa tarefa."
++"Itens relacionados são vinculados uns aos outros. Os vínculos \"Veja "
++"também\" ao final de algumas páginas lhe orientarão a tópicos relacionados. "
++"Isso torna fácil encontrar tópicos similares que possam lhe ajudar a "
++"desempenhar uma certa tarefa."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+ "you start typing."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ele inclui uma busca embutida. A barra no topo do navegador de ajuda é uma "
+-"<em>barra de busca</em>, e resultados relevantes começam a aparecer à medida "
+-"que você digita."
++"Ele inclui uma pesquisa embutida. A barra no topo do navegador de ajuda é "
++"uma <em>barra de pesquisa</em> e resultados relevantes começam a aparecer à "
++"medida que você digita."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1357,11 +1612,12 @@
+ "more helpful, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O guia está constantemente sendo melhorado. Embora tentemos lhe fornecer um "
+-"conjunto compreensível de informações úteis, sabemos não responderemos todas "
+-"as suas perguntas aqui. Mesmo assim, nós continuaremos a adicionar mais "
+-"informações para torná-lo mais útil."
++"conjunto compreensível de informações úteis, sabemos não responderemos a "
++"todas as suas perguntas aqui. Mesmo assim, nós continuaremos a adicionar "
++"mais informações para torná-lo mais útil."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+@@ -1369,47 +1625,56 @@
+ "Obrigado por tomar seu tempo lendo a ajuda do ambiente. Esperamos "
+ "sinceramente que nunca tenha que usá-la."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+-msgstr "-- O time de documentação do GNOME"
++msgstr "-- A equipe de documentação do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "Conecte uma conta online."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name) C/privacy.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+-msgstr "Adicionar uma conta"
++msgstr "Adicionando uma conta"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+@@ -1419,15 +1684,18 @@
+ "ambiente GNOME. Dessa forma, seu programa de e-mail, programa de chat e "
+ "outros aplicativos relacionados serão configurados por você."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <key>+</key> na porção baixa-esquerda da janela."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Clique no menu <gui>Tipo de conta</gui> e selecione uma."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+@@ -1435,23 +1703,26 @@
+ "Se você tem mais do que um tipo de conta, você pode adicionar outras contas "
+ "em um outro momento."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Adicionar…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
+ "Google username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Uma pequena janela de site vai abrir, onde você pode inserir as credenciais "
+-"da sua conta online. Por exemplo, se você está configurando uma conta "
++"da sua conta on-line. Por exemplo, se você está configurando uma conta "
+ "Google, digite seu usuário e senha no Google."
+ 
+ # Quando eu, Rafael, testei essa string, o site do Google estava em inglês. Portanto, traduzi mantive "Grant Access".
+ # Seria interessante outros revisores e tradutores ficarem de "olho" para quando esta funcionalidade alterar.
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+ "GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
+@@ -1461,7 +1732,8 @@
+ "permitir acesso do GNOME a sua conta on-linux. Selecione <gui>Grant Access</"
+ "gui> para continuar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1473,7 +1745,8 @@
+ "que usar uma conta online para seu calendário, desative a opção "
+ "<gui>Calendário</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1481,71 +1754,81 @@
+ "Depois que você adicionou as contas, cada aplicativo que você selecionou "
+ "usará automaticamente aquelas credenciais quando você iniciá-los."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
+ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Por razões de segurança, GNOME não vai armazenar sua senha no seu "
+-"computador. Ao invés, ele armazena um token que é fornecido pelo serviço "
+-"online. Se você quiser revogar o vínculo entre seu ambiente e o serviço "
++"Por razões de segurança, O GNOME não vai armazenar sua senha no seu "
++"computador. Em vez disso, ele armazena um token que é fornecido pelo serviço "
++"on-line. Se você quiser revogar o vínculo entre seu ambiente e o serviço "
+ "online, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remova-o</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25(credit/name) C/nautilus-views.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:10(credit/name) C/sharing.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
+ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr "Crie uma nova conta usando <app>Contas on-line</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+-msgstr "Criar uma conta on-line"
++msgstr "Criando uma conta on-line"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+@@ -1553,21 +1836,25 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alguns provedores de serviço de contas on-line permitem a você criar uma "
+ "conta enquanto adiciona-a ao <app>Contas on-line</app>. Isso permite que "
+-"você controle todas suas contas online a partir de um só aplicativo."
++"você controle todas suas contas on-line a partir de um só aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Abra as configurações de <app>Contas on-line</app> no Panorama de Atividades."
++"Abra as configurações de <app>Contas on-line</app> no panorama de atividades."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+ "types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
+@@ -1577,18 +1864,22 @@
+ "tipos de contas podem <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">não "
+ "estar disponíveis</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Adicionar…</gui> para continuar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+ "appears."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Encontre e clique no botão <gui>Sign Up</gui> ou link na página que aparecer."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+ "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
+@@ -1598,7 +1889,8 @@
+ "conta neste estágio. Se isso é verdade para o serviço que você deseja "
+ "registrar, você precisará usar um método alternativo para criar uma conta."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+ "details such as username and password."
+@@ -1606,7 +1898,8 @@
+ "Preencha o formulário de registro. Você basicamente será perguntado por "
+ "alguns detalhes pessoais, como usuário e senha."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+@@ -1614,7 +1907,8 @@
+ "Você precisa conceder acesso ao GNOME para acessar sua nova conta para que "
+ "esta seja usada no <app>Contas on-line</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+ "default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
+@@ -1624,21 +1918,25 @@
+ "habilitados por padrão. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Alterne para "
+ "off</link> serviços individuais para desabilitá-los."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+ "applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Algumas contas on-line podem ser usadas para acessar múltiplos serviços "
+-"(como calendário e email). Você pode controlar quais desses serviços podem "
++"(como calendário e e-mail). Você pode controlar quais desses serviços podem "
+ "ser usados por aplicativos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+-msgstr "Controle quais serviços online uma conta pode ser usada para acessar"
++msgstr ""
++"Controlando quais serviços on-line uma conta pode ser usada para acessar"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1647,26 +1945,29 @@
+ "account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
+ "that you use for chat."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Alguns tipos de conta online permitem que você acesse diversos serviços com "
++"Alguns tipos de conta on-line permitem que você acesse diversos serviços com "
+ "a mesma conta de usuário. Por exemplo, contas Google fornecem acesso a "
+ "calendário, e-mail, contatos e bate-papo. Talvez você queira usar sua conta "
+ "para alguns serviços, mas não para outros. Por exemplo, talvez você queira "
+ "usar sua conta Google para e-mail, mas não para bate-papo, por ter uma conta "
+ "online diferente para usar para bate-papo."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode desabilitar alguns dos serviços que são fornecidos por cada conta "
+-"online:"
++"on-line:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Selecione a conta que você deseja alterar na lista à esquerda."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+@@ -1674,11 +1975,13 @@
+ "Uma lista de serviços disponíveis para esta conta será mostrada sub "
+ "<gui>Usar essa conta para</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr "Alterne para off quaisquer serviços que você não quer usar."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+@@ -1687,7 +1990,8 @@
+ "Uma vez que o serviço tenha sido desabilitado para uma conta, aplicativos no "
+ "seu computador não mais poderão usar a conta para conectar àquele serviço."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+@@ -1695,22 +1999,27 @@
+ "Para habilitar o serviço que você desativou, basta voltar na janela de "
+ "<gui>Contas on-line</gui> e alterne-o para ON."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+-msgstr "E se um provedor de serviço online não estiver listado?"
++msgstr "E se um provedor de serviço on-line não estiver listado?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "Por que o tipo da minha conta não está listada?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+@@ -1719,57 +2028,69 @@
+ "alguém para desenvolvê-lo. Atualmente, somente alguns tipos de contas on-"
+ "line são suportadas:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr "Suporte a Yahoo deve ser adicionada em breve."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você estiver interessado em adicionar suporte a outros serviços, contate "
+-"os desenvolvedores no <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\">bug tracker</link>."
++"os desenvolvedores no <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\">rastreador de erros</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "Remova por completo uma conta on-line."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+-msgstr "Exclua uma conta"
++msgstr "Removendo uma conta"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Selecione a conta que queira excluir."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <key>-</key> na porção inferior esquerda da janela."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>excluir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+@@ -1779,13 +2100,21 @@
+ "disable-service\">restringir os serviços</link> acessados pelo seu "
+ "computador."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:24(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+@@ -1793,23 +2122,27 @@
+ "Aplicativos podem usar as contas criadas no <app>Contas on-line</app> e os "
+ "serviços que eles exploram."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr "Quais aplicativos tiram vantagem das contas on-line?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Contas on-line</app> podem ser usadas para que aplicativos externos se "
+-"configurem automaticamente."
++"As <app>Contas on-line</app> podem ser usadas para que aplicativos externos "
++"se configurem automaticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+-msgstr "Excluir uma conta Google"
++msgstr "Com uma conta Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1817,44 +2150,53 @@
+ "Google agenda."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, o aplicativo de e-mail. Sua conta de e-mail será "
+-"adicionada ao <app>Evolution</app> automaticamente; então, ele vai receber "
++"adicionada ao <app>Evolution</app> automaticamente e, então, ele vai receber "
+ "seus e-mails, dar acesso aos seus contatos, e exibir na agenda os itens do "
+ "seu Google agenda."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+-"will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Empathy</app>, o aplicativo de mensagens instantâneas. Sua conta online "
+-"será adicionada e você poderá se comunicar com seus amigos."
++"<app>Empathy</app>, o aplicativo de mensagens instantâneas. Sua conta on-"
++"line será adicionada e você poderá se comunicar com seus amigos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Contatos</app>, o qual permite que você veja e edite seus contatos."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+-msgstr "<app>Documentos</app> pode acessar seus documentos online e exibi-los."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documentos</app> pode acessar seus documentos on-line e exibi-los."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "Com contas do Windows Live, Facebook ou Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Empathy</app> pode usar essas contas para conectá-lo para bate-papo com "
+-"seus contatos, amigos e seguidores."
++"<app>Empathy</app> pode usar essas contas para conectá-lo para bater papo "
++"com seus contatos, amigos e seguidores."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+-msgstr "Com contas Google"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "Com uma conta SkyDrive"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+ "and display them."
+@@ -1862,21 +2204,62 @@
+ "<app>Documentos</app> pode acessar seus documentos on-line no Microsoft "
+ "SkyDrive e pode exibi-los."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Com uma conta Exchange"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"Assim que você tiver criado uma conta Exchange, o <app>Evolution</app> vai "
++"começar a receber correios desta conta."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "Com uma conta ownCloud"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"Quando uma conta ownCloud está configurada, o <app>Evolution</app> pode "
++"acessar e editar compromissos da agenda e contatos."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Arquivos</app> e outros aplicativos poderão listar e acessar seus "
++"arquivos on-line armazenados na instalação do ownCloud."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por que adicionar suas contas de e-mail e mídia social ao seu ambiente de "
+ "trabalho?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "Por que eu deveria adicionar uma conta?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1886,28 +2269,31 @@
+ "the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ao adicionar suas contas, traz a sua escolha de serviços (por exemplo: "
+-"calendário, bate-papo e e-mail) diretamente para seu ambiente de trabalho e "
+-"faz da informação dos serviços uma parte transparente da sua experiência de "
++"agenda, bate-papo e e-mail) diretamente para seu ambiente de trabalho e faz "
++"da informação dos serviços uma parte transparente da sua experiência de "
+ "usuário. Ao adicionar contas, você pode facilmente manter-se em contato com "
+ "serviços de diferentes contas, como bate-papos, ao mesmo tempo. Basta "
+ "configurar sua conta uma vez e, toda vez que seu computador for iniciado, "
+-"todas suas contas e serviços adicionadas estarão prontas para você."
++"todas suas contas e serviços adicionados estarão prontos para você."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove"
+-"\">Remove an account</link>…"
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Crie uma nova conta</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">Adicione uma conta existente</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
+-"remove\">Remova uma conta</link>…"
++"remove\">Exclua uma conta</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Contas on-line"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
+ "Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+@@ -1920,15 +2306,18 @@
+ "outros, a partir daqueles aplicativos sem precisar inserir os detalhes da "
+ "sua conta novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Verifique se sua cópia de segurança foi bem sucedida."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+-msgstr "Verificar sua cópia de segurança"
++msgstr "Verificando sua cópia de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+@@ -1939,7 +2328,8 @@
+ "você poderia perder dados importantes, já que alguns arquivos poderiam estar "
+ "faltando nessa cópia."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -1952,7 +2342,8 @@
+ "queira realizar umas verificações adicionais para confirmar que seus dados "
+ "foram corretamente transferidos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -1964,7 +2355,8 @@
+ "que você transferiu estão de fato lá na cópia de segurança, você pode ter um "
+ "confiança a mais de que o processo foi bem sucedido."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -1976,7 +2368,8 @@
+ "Dup</app>. Esse tipo de programa é mais poderoso e confiável do que só "
+ "copiar e colar arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -1984,38 +2377,48 @@
+ "Aprenda o quão frequente deveria se fazer cópias de segurança dos seus "
+ "arquivos importantes para que estejam seguros."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Frequência das cópias de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+@@ -2026,26 +2429,31 @@
+ "rede com dados críticos armazenados em seus servidores, então as cópias "
+ "noturnas podem não ser suficientes."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+ "consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por outro lado, se estiver protegendo os dados de seu computador de casa, "
+-"então cópias a cada hora provalvemente seriam desnecessárias. Você pode "
++"então cópias a cada hora provavelmente seriam desnecessárias. Você pode "
+ "achar útil considerar os seguintes pontos ao planejar seu cronograma de "
+ "cópia de segurança:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "A quantidade de tempo que você passa no computador."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+-msgstr "Quão frequentemente e quantas vezes os dados no computador se alteram."
++msgstr ""
++"O quão frequentemente e quantas vezes os dados no computador se alteram."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -2053,25 +2461,27 @@
+ "audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se os dados que queira fazer cópia de segurança são de baixa prioridade, ou "
+-"sujeita a poucas mudanças, como e-mails, músicas e fotos de família, então "
+-"cópias semanais ou mesmo mensais podem ser suficientes. Entretanto, se você "
+-"se encontrar no meio de uma auditoria de impostos, são necessárias cópias de "
+-"segurança mais frequentes."
++"estão sujeitas a poucas mudanças, como e-mails, músicas e fotos de família, "
++"então cópias semanais ou mesmo mensais podem ser suficientes. Entretanto, se "
++"você se encontrar no meio de uma auditoria de impostos, são necessárias "
++"cópias de segurança mais frequentes."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+ "example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
+ "you should back up at least once per week."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Como regra geral, a quantidade de tempo entre as gerações de cópia de "
+-"segurança deveria não ser maior que aquel que você desejaria gastar "
++"Como regra geral, a quantidade de tempo entre as criações de cópia de "
++"segurança não deveria ser maior do que aquela que você gostaria de gastar "
+ "refazendo qualquer trabalho perdido. Por exemplo, se gastar uma semana "
+ "reescrevendo arquivos perdidos é demais para você, então deveria fazer pelo "
+ "menos uma vez na semana."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+@@ -2080,11 +2490,13 @@
+ "cópias dos seus valiosos arquivos e configuração para se proteger contra "
+ "perdas."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Como fazer cópia de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -2095,7 +2507,8 @@
+ "processo para você. Há uma boa diversidade de aplicativos de cópias de "
+ "segurança disponíveis; por exemplo, o <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+@@ -2103,7 +2516,8 @@
+ "A ajuda do seu aplicativo escolhido irá guiá-lo sobre como configurar suas "
+ "preferências para as cópias, e também como restaurar seus dados."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2113,11 +2527,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Uma opção alternativa é <link xref=\"files-copy\">copiar seus arquivos</"
+ "link> para um local seguro, como um disco rígido externo, outro computador "
+-"da rede ou um dispositivo USB. Seus <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">arquivos pessoais</link> e suas configurações normalmente ficam na pasta "
+-"pessoal (/home), então você pode copiá-los de lá."
++"da rede ou um dispositivo USB. Seus <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">arquivos pessoais</link> e suas configurações normalmente ficam "
++"na pasta pessoal, então você pode copiá-los de lá."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2128,7 +2543,8 @@
+ "dispositivo de segurança, é melhor fazer a cópia de toda a pasta pessoal, "
+ "com as seguintes exceções:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2136,18 +2552,21 @@
+ "Arquivos que já possuem cópias de segurança em outro lugar, como em um CD, "
+ "DVD ou outra mídia removível."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Arquivos que você possa recriar facilmente. Por exemplo, se você for um "
+ "programador, você não tem que fazer cópia de segurança dos arquivos que são "
+ "produzidos quando você compila seus programas. Em vez disso, apenas se "
+ "assegure de que os arquivos fontes originais sejam copiados."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2155,15 +2574,18 @@
+ "Quaisquer arquivos na pasta Lixeira. Sua pasta Lixeira pode ser localizada "
+ "em <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Recupere seus arquivo de uma cópia de segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+-msgstr "Restaurar uma cópia de segurança"
++msgstr "Restaurando uma cópia de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2171,17 +2593,20 @@
+ "Se você perdeu ou excluiu algum arquivo seu, mas tem uma cópia de segurança "
+ "dele, você pode restaurá-lo:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+ "\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você quiser restaurar sua cópia de segurança de um dispositivo como uma "
+-"unidade de disco externa, um drive USB ou um outro computador na rede, você "
+-"pode <link xref=\"files-copy\">copiá-los</link> de volta ao seu computador."
++"unidade de disco externa, uma unidade USB ou um outro computador na rede, "
++"você pode <link xref=\"files-copy\">copiá-los</link> de volta ao seu "
++"computador."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2193,7 +2618,8 @@
+ "cópia de segurança. Consulte a ajuda do aplicativo: ele fornecerá instruções "
+ "específicas sobre como restaurar seus arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2201,11 +2627,13 @@
+ "Uma lista de pastas onde você pode achar documentos, arquivos e "
+ "configurações que talvez queira fazer cópia de segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "Onde posso achar os arquivos que quero fazer cópia de segurança?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+@@ -2216,14 +2644,16 @@
+ "locais mais comuns de arquivos e configurações importantes que talvez você "
+ "queira fazer cópia de segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "Arquivos pessoais (documentos, músicas, fotografias e vídeos)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2233,23 +2663,26 @@
+ "file>). Eles podem estar em subpastas como Área de trabalho, Documentos, "
+ "Imagens, Música e Vídeos."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+ "how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se sua mídia de cópia de segurança tiver espaço o bastante (se for um dísco "
++"Se sua mídia de cópia de segurança tiver espaço o bastante (se for um disco "
+ "rígido externo, por exemplo), pondere sobre fazer uma cópia de segurança de "
+ "toda a pasta pessoal. Você pode descobrir quanto de espaço em disco sua "
+-"pasta pessoal ocupa usando o <app>Analisador do uso do disco</app>."
++"pasta pessoal ocupa usando o <app>Analisador de uso de disco</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "Arquivos ocultos"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2262,13 +2695,15 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Você pode copiar esses "
+ "arquivos para um local de cópia de segurança como qualquer outro arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configurações pessoais (preferências do ambiente, temas e configurações de "
+ "programas)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2276,7 +2711,8 @@
+ "A maioria dos aplicativos armazenam suas configurações em pastas ocultas "
+ "dentro de sua pasta pessoal (veja acima sobre arquivos ocultos)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+@@ -2286,17 +2722,19 @@
+ "ocultas <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and "
+ "<file>.local</file> dentro de sua pasta pessoal."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações do sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "As configurações de partes importantes do sistema não estão armazenadas na "
+ "sua pasta pessoal. Existem vários locais onde possam estar armazenadas, mas "
+@@ -2305,46 +2743,53 @@
+ "executando um servidor, você deveria fazer cópia de segurança dos arquivos "
+ "relacionados aos serviços que ele esteja executando."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Faça cópias de qualquer coisa que você não suportaria perder se algo der "
+ "errado."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "O que deve ter cópia de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sua prioridade deveria ser fazer cópias de segurança dos seus <link xref="
+ "\"backup-thinkabout\">arquivos mais importantes</link> assim como aqueles "
+ "que sejam difíceis de recriar. Por exemplo, classificados do mais para o "
+-"menos importante:"
++"menos importantes:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "Seus arquivos pessoais"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+ "consider irreplaceable."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Isso pode incluir documentos, planilhas, e-mails, compromissos de "
+-"calendário, dados financeiros, fotos de família ou outros arquivos pessoais "
+-"que consideraria insubstituíveis."
++"Isso pode incluir documentos, planilhas, e-mails, compromissos da agenda, "
++"dados financeiros, fotos de família ou outros arquivos pessoais que "
++"consideraria insubstituíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Suas configurações pessoais"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2355,14 +2800,16 @@
+ "Aqui estão incluídas as alterações que você tenha feito para cores, planos "
+ "de fundo, resolução de tela e configurações d mouse no seu ambiente. Isto "
+ "também inclui as configurações/preferências de aplicativos, tais como as do "
+-"<app>LibreOffice</app>, do seu reprodutor de música e do seu program de e-"
++"<app>LibreOffice</app>, do seu reprodutor de música e do seu programa de e-"
+ "mail. Elas são substituíveis, mas pode levar um tempo para recriá-las."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações de sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+@@ -2375,19 +2822,22 @@
+ "servidor, então você pode querer fazer cópias de segurança dessas "
+ "configurações."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+-msgstr "Programas instalados"
++msgstr "Softwares instalados"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"O programa que você usa pode ser recuperado bem rapidamente depois de um "
+-"problema grave no computador, basta reinstalar."
++"O software que você usa pode ser recuperado bem rapidamente após um problema "
++"grave no computador, basta reinstalar."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+@@ -2400,23 +2850,28 @@
+ "por outro lado, você talvez não queira usar espaço em disco com cópias de "
+ "segurança delas."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Conselhos sobre onde armazenar suas cópias de segurança e que tipo de "
+ "dispositivo de armazenamento usar."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Onde armazenar as cópias de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2430,7 +2885,8 @@
+ "você não deveria guardá-la na mesma edificação que a do seu computador. Se "
+ "houver incêndio ou furto, as cópias de segurança poderiam ser perdidas."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2440,35 +2896,43 @@
+ "precisa armazenar suas cópias em um dispositivo que tenha capacidade em "
+ "disco suficiente para conter todos os arquivos de cópia de segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Opções de armazenamento local e remoto"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Pendrive USB (pequena capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Disco rígido interno (grande capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+-msgstr "Disco rígido externo (tipicamente grande capacidade)"
++msgstr "Disco rígido externo (normalmente de grande capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+-msgstr "Unidade de disco conectada por rede (grande capacidade)"
++msgstr "Unidade conectada por rede (grande capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Servidor de arquivos/cópias de segurança (grande capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "CDs e DVDs graváveis (pequena/média capacidade)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2478,7 +2942,8 @@
+ "com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> ou <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu "
+ "One</link>, por exemplo; a capacidade depende do preço)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2487,20 +2952,24 @@
+ "segurança para todos os arquivos do seu sistema, também conhecido como uma "
+ "<em>cópia de segurança completa do sistema</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Por que, do que, onde e como fazer cópias de segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Cópias de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+-msgstr "Fazer cópias de segurança dos seus arquivos importantes"
++msgstr "Fazendo cópias de segurança dos seus arquivos importantes"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2517,7 +2986,8 @@
+ "originais. Por exemplo, você pode usar uma unidade USB, um disco rígido "
+ "externo, um CD/DVD ou um serviço externo."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2525,21 +2995,24 @@
+ "A melhor forma de fazer cópia de segurança é fazê-las regularmente, mantendo "
+ "as cópias fora do ambiente e (possivelmente) criptografadas."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Conectar</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">enviar arquivos</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+ "on-off\">ligar/desligar</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2547,42 +3020,49 @@
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
+ "as from your computer to your cell phone."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Bluetooth é um protocolo de comunicação sem fio que permite conectar "
++"O Bluetooth é um protocolo de comunicação sem fio que permite conectar "
+ "diversos tipos de dispositivos ao seu computador. É comumente usado para "
+ "fones de ouvido e dispositivos de entrada como mouses e teclados. Você pode "
+ "usá-lo para <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">enviar arquivos entre "
+ "dispositivos</link>, como do seu computador para o seu celular."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas com Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+-msgstr "Parear dispositivos Bluetooth."
++msgstr "Pareie dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr "Conecte seu computador a um dispositivo Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Conectando seu computador a um dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+@@ -2592,8 +3072,9 @@
+ "ouvido, você precisa primeiro conectar seu computador ao dispositivo. Isso é "
+ "conhecido como parear dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+@@ -2601,7 +3082,8 @@
+ "Antes de começar, assegure-se que o Bluetooth está habilitado no seu "
+ "computador. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2609,7 +3091,8 @@
+ "Clique no ícone do Bluetooth na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurar "
+ "um novo dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2617,19 +3100,21 @@
+ "Clique com o botão direito na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurar um "
+ "novo dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Deixe o outro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">encontrável ou visível</link> e coloque-o a menos de 10 metros (cerca de "
+-"33 pés) de distância do seu computador. Clique em <gui>Avançar</gui>. Seu "
+-"computador começará a buscar por dispositivos."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"Deixe o outro dispositivo Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">encontrável ou visível</link> e coloque-o a menos de 10 metros "
++"(cerca de 33 pés) de distância do seu computador. Clique em <gui>Avançar</"
++"gui>. Seu computador começará a buscar por dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+@@ -2638,7 +3123,8 @@
+ "<gui>Tipos de dispositivos</gui> para exibir apenas um tipo de dispositivo "
+ "na lista."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+@@ -2646,7 +3132,8 @@
+ "Clique em <gui>Opções de PIN</gui> para definir como um PIN será entregue ao "
+ "outro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+@@ -2658,7 +3145,8 @@
+ "ouvido, pode exigir um PIN específico como 0000 ou PIN algum. Verifique o "
+ "manual do dispositivo para uma configuração correta."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2666,7 +3154,8 @@
+ "Escolha uma configuração de PIN apropriada para seu dispositivo e então "
+ "clique em <gui>Fechar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+@@ -2674,7 +3163,8 @@
+ "Clique em <gui>Continuar</gui> para prosseguir. Se não escolheu um PIN pré-"
+ "configurado, o PIN será exibido na tela."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+@@ -2684,7 +3174,8 @@
+ "mostrar o PIN que você vê na tela do seu computador, ou solicitar que você o "
+ "informe. Confirme o PIN no dispositivo e clique em <gui>Coincide</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+@@ -2694,7 +3185,8 @@
+ "dispositivos, ou a conexão não se completará. Se isso acontecer, retorne à "
+ "lista de dispositivos e comece outra vez."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2702,7 +3194,8 @@
+ "Uma mensagem aparece quando a conexão é realizada com sucesso. Clique em "
+ "<gui>Fechar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2710,7 +3203,18 @@
+ "Você pode <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remover uma conexão "
+ "Bluetooth</link> posteriormente, se desejar."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"Para controlar o acesso a seus arquivos compartilhados, acesse as "
++"configurações de <gui>Compartilhamento Bluetooth</gui>. Veja <link xref="
++"\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2718,11 +3222,13 @@
+ "O adaptador poderia estar desligado ou você não ter os drivers, ou o "
+ "Bluetooth pode estar desabilitado ou bloqueado."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Não consigo me conectar ao meu dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+@@ -2730,11 +3236,13 @@
+ "Existem uma variedade de razões para que não seja capaz de se conectar a um "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth, como um fone de ouvido."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Conexão bloqueada ou não confiável"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+@@ -2742,13 +3250,15 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alguns dispositivos Bluetooth bloqueiam conexões por padrão ou exigem que "
+ "você altere uma configuração para permitir que elas sejam realizadas. "
+-"Assegure-se de que seu dispositivo está configurado para aceitá-las."
++"Certifique-se de que seu dispositivo está configurado para aceitá-las."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "O hardware Bluetooth não é reconhecido"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2763,21 +3273,24 @@
+ "certos para esses. Nesse caso, você teria que conseguir um adaptador "
+ "Bluetooth diferente provavelmente."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "O adaptador não está ligado"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Assegure-se de que seu adaptador Bluetooth esteja ligado. Clique no ícone "
+-"Bluetooth na <gui>barra superior</gui> e verifique se ele não está <link "
+-"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desabilitado </link>."
++"Certifique-se de que seu adaptador Bluetooth esteja ligado. Clique no ícone "
++"Bluetooth na <gui>barra de menu</gui> e verifique se ele não está <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desabilitado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+@@ -2787,11 +3300,13 @@
+ "Bluetooth na barra superior e verifique se ele não está <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">desabilitado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+-msgstr "A conexão Bluetooth do dispositivo está desativado"
++msgstr "A conexão Bluetooth do dispositivo está desativada"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+@@ -2801,11 +3316,13 @@
+ "tentando se conectar. Por exemplo, se você está tentando conectar-se a um "
+ "celular, confira se ele não está no modo avião."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "Não há um adaptador Bluetooth no seu computador"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2813,15 +3330,18 @@
+ "Muitos computadores não têm adaptadores Bluetooth. Você pode comprar um se "
+ "quiser usar Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Remova um dispositivo da lista de dispositivos Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+-msgstr "Remover uma conexão entre dispositivos Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Removendo uma conexão entre dispositivos Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+@@ -2833,7 +3353,8 @@
+ "como um mouse ou um fone de ouvido, ou se não quiser mais transferir "
+ "arquivos de ou para um dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2841,8 +3362,9 @@
+ "Clique no ícone Bluetooth na <gui>barra superior</gui> e selecione "
+ "<gui>Configurações de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2850,7 +3372,8 @@
+ "Clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações "
+ "de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+@@ -2858,11 +3381,13 @@
+ "Selecione o dispositivo que deseja desconectar no painel à esquerda e clique "
+ "no ícone <gui>-</gui> no fim da lista."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Remover</gui> na janela de confirmação."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2870,15 +3395,18 @@
+ "Você pode <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconectar-se a um "
+ "dispositivo Bluetooth</link> posteriormente, se desejar."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr "Compartilhe arquivos a dispositivos Bluetooth tais como seu celular."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+-msgstr "Envie um arquivo a um dispositivo Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Enviando um arquivo a um dispositivo Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2893,7 +3421,8 @@
+ "o ícone Bluetooth na barra superior, a partir da janela de configurações de "
+ "Bluetooth ou diretamente do gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2907,11 +3436,13 @@
+ "o ícone Bluetooth na barra superior ou a partir da janela de configurações "
+ "de Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:53(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Enviar arquivos usando o ícone Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2919,7 +3450,8 @@
+ "Clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e selecione <gui>Enviar arquivos "
+ "para o dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2927,11 +3459,16 @@
+ "Clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e selecione <gui>Enviar arquivos "
+ "para o dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+-msgstr "Escolha o arquivo que deseja enviar e clique em <gui>Selecionar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Escolha o arquivo que deseja enviar e clique em <gui>Selecionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -2939,7 +3476,8 @@
+ "Para enviar mais de um arquivo de uma mesma pasta, mantenha <key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "pressionado enquanto seleciona cada arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2947,24 +3485,26 @@
+ "Selecione o dispositivo para o qual deseja enviar os arquivos e clique em "
+ "<gui>Enviar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+ "confirmation on the other device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"A lista de dispositivos mostrará tanto <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">os dispositivos a que você já está conectado</link> bem como <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-visibility\">os dispositivos visíveis</link> dentro do alcance. "
+-"Se você ainda não se conectou ao dispositivo selecionado, lhe será "
++"A lista de dispositivos mostrará tanto <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">os dispositivos a que você já está conectado</link> bem como <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">os dispositivos visíveis</link> dentro do "
++"alcance. Se você ainda não se conectou ao dispositivo selecionado, lhe será "
+ "solicitado o emparelhamento com o dispositivo depois de clicar em "
+ "<gui>Enviar</gui>. Provavelmente, será exigida a confirmação no outro "
+ "dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+@@ -2972,8 +3512,9 @@
+ "Se existirem muitos dispositivos, você pode limitar a lista para somente os "
+ "tipos especificados usando a lista suspensa <gui>Tipo de dispositivo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77(item/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+@@ -2983,11 +3524,13 @@
+ "aceitar o arquivo. Uma vez que ele aceite ou recuse, o resultado da "
+ "transferência será mostrado na sua tela."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:82(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Enviar arquivos a partir das configurações de Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:86(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2995,7 +3538,8 @@
+ "Clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações "
+ "de Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+@@ -3005,38 +3549,44 @@
+ "mostra aqueles a que vocês já se conectou. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nas informações de dispositivo à direita, clique em <gui>Enviar arquivos</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr "Habilite ou desabilite o dispositivo Bluetooth no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+-msgstr "Ligar ou desligar o Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Ligando ou desligando o Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "O ícone Bluetooth na barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3047,7 +3597,8 @@
+ "Para ligá-lo, clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e ative o "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -3058,7 +3609,8 @@
+ "Para ligá-lo, clique no ícone Bluetooth na barra superior e ative o "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3072,7 +3624,8 @@
+ "computador ou por uma tecla em seu teclado. Frequentemente, a tecla é "
+ "acessada com a ajuda da tecla <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -3086,7 +3639,8 @@
+ "computador ou por uma tecla em seu teclado. Frequentemente, a tecla é "
+ "acessada com a ajuda da tecla <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -3094,15 +3648,17 @@
+ "Para desligar o Bluetooth, clique no ícone Bluetooth e clique em "
+ "<gui>Desligar o Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Para desligar o Bluetooth, clique no ícone Bluetooth e alterne para "
+-"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> desligado."
++"Para desligar o Bluetooth, clique no ícone Bluetooth e alterne "
++"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> para OFF."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+@@ -3112,15 +3668,18 @@
+ "computador a partir de um outro dispositivo. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "visibility\"/> para mais informações."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr "Se outros dispositivos podem ou não descobrir seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "O que é visibilidade Bluetooth?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+@@ -3133,15 +3692,18 @@
+ "computador se anuncia a todos os dispositivos dentro do seu alcance, "
+ "permitindo que eles tentem se conectar a você."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seu computador não precisa estar visível para buscar por outros "
+ "dispositivos, mas eles precisam estar, para que o seu computador os descubra."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+@@ -3151,7 +3713,8 @@
+ "dispositivo</link>, nem seu computador nem o dispositivo precisa estar "
+ "visível para um se comunicar com o outro."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+@@ -3160,99 +3723,105 @@
+ "computador de um outro dispositivo, aconselha-se deixar a visibilidade "
+ "desativada."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Por que é importante</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">perfis de cores</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">como calibrar um dispositivo</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">perfis de cores</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">como calibrar um dispositivo</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Gerenciamento de cores"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Perfis de cores"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Calibração"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:52(media) C/shell-introduction.page:139(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'06665572c0a28fb090bfc8d86c351178'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:57(media) C/shell-introduction.page:146(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+-msgstr "Exibe seus compromissos no calendário no topo da tela."
++msgstr "Exibe seus compromissos na agenda no topo da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+-msgstr "Compromissos do calendário"
++msgstr "Compromissos da agenda"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Isso exige que o <app>Evolution</app> esteja instalado no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3261,22 +3830,27 @@
+ "padrão. Se a sua não o faz, você pode precisar instalá-lo usando o "
+ "gerenciador de pacotes dela."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "Para ver seus compromissos:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Clique no relógio na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique na data da qual queira ver seus compromissos no <gui>Calendário</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3285,21 +3859,25 @@
+ "forem adicionados no <app>Evolution</app>, eles aparecerão na lista de "
+ "compromissos do relógio."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(media/p) C/clock-calendar.page:58(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:140(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:147(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+-msgstr "Relógio, calendário e compromissos"
++msgstr "Relógio, agenda e compromissos"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:63(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Para obter um acesso rápido ao calendário completo do <app>Evolution</app>, "
+-"clique no relógio e clique em <gui>Abrir calendário</gui>."
++"Para obter um acesso rápido à agenda completa do <app>Evolution</app>, "
++"clique no relógio e clique em <gui>Abrir agenda</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+@@ -3309,7 +3887,8 @@
+ "app>. Caso contrário, uma janela aparecerá com os passos necessários para "
+ "adicionar sua primeira conta."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3317,11 +3896,13 @@
+ "Clique no relógio na barra superior e vá em <gui>Data e hora</gui> para "
+ "alterar a data e/ou hora atual."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+-msgstr "Alterar a data e a hora"
++msgstr "Alterando a data e a hora"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3329,7 +3910,8 @@
+ "Se a data e a hora exibidas na barra superior estiver incorreta, ou em um "
+ "formato errado, você pode alterá-las:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3337,7 +3919,9 @@
+ "Clique no relógio que se encontra no meio da barra superior e selecione "
+ "<gui>Data e hora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+@@ -3345,7 +3929,8 @@
+ "Talvez você precise clicar em <gui>Desbloquear</gui> e digitar a <link xref="
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">senha de administrador</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
+ "minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+@@ -3354,15 +3939,17 @@
+ "Você pode escolher o ano, o dia, a hora e os minutos a partir de listas "
+ "suspensas."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se quiser, você pode ter seu relógio se atualizando automaticamente, basta "
+-"ativar a <gui>Hora da rede</gui>."
++"alternar <gui>Hora da rede</gui> para ON."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+@@ -3374,7 +3961,8 @@
+ "tenha que fazer isso manualmente. Isso só funciona se estiver conectado à "
+ "Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
+ "gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+@@ -3382,25 +3970,30 @@
+ "Você também pode escolher como sua hora é mostrada, selecionando formatos "
+ "<gui>24-horas</gui> ou <gui>AM/PM</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Adicione outros fusos horários para que possa ver que horas são em outras "
+ "cidades."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+-msgstr "Alterar seu fuso horário"
++msgstr "Alterando seu fuso horário"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
+ msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+ msgstr "Clique no relógio no meio da barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Configurações de data e hora</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3408,7 +4001,8 @@
+ "Clique na sua localização no mapa e então selecione sua cidade atual na "
+ "lista suspensa."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3421,40 +4015,39 @@
+ "Também é possível <link xref=\"clock-set\">ajustar o relógio manualmente</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+ "appointments</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Ajustar a data e hora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Ajustando a data e hora</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">o fuso horário</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">o calendário "
+ "e compromissos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Data &amp; hora"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
+ "to change this."
+@@ -3462,11 +4055,13 @@
+ "Procure em <guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Cor</gui></guiseq> pela "
+ "opção, para alterar isso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr "Como atribuo perfis a dispositivos?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
+ "device that you wish to add a profile to."
+@@ -3474,7 +4069,8 @@
+ "Abra <guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Cor</gui></guiseq> e clique no "
+ "dispositivo ao qual deseja adicionar um perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3482,7 +4078,8 @@
+ "Clicando em <gui>Adicionar perfil</gui>, você pode selecionar um perfil "
+ "existente ou importar um novo arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3496,12 +4093,14 @@
+ "automática. Um exemplo dessa seleção automática seria se um perfil fosse "
+ "criado para papel fotográfico e outro para papel comum."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode tornar um perfil como padrão alterando-o com o botão de opção."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+@@ -3509,15 +4108,19 @@
+ "Se o dispositivo de calibração estiver conectado, o botão <gui>Calibrar…</"
+ "gui> criará um novo perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+-msgstr "Calibrar sua câmera é importante para capturar cores de forma acurada."
++msgstr ""
++"Calibrar sua câmera é importante para capturar cores de forma acurada."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "Como calibro minha câmera?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3527,7 +4130,8 @@
+ "iluminação desejadas. Convertendo um arquivo RAW para um TIFF, pode-se "
+ "calibrar a câmera no painel de controle de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3538,7 +4142,8 @@
+ "calibração não vai funcionar se a imagem estiver de cabeça para baixo ou "
+ "estiver muito distorcida."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3550,28 +4155,35 @@
+ "perfis para as condições de iluminação de <em>estúdio</em>, <em>sol forte</"
+ "em> e <em>dia nublado</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrar sua impressora é importante para imprimir cores de forma acurada."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "Como calibro minha impressora?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Existem duas maneiras de gerar o perfil de uma impressora:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "Usando um espectrofotômetro como o ColorMunki da Pantone"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+-msgstr "Baixando e imprimindo um arquivo de referência de uma empresa de cores"
++msgstr ""
++"Baixando e imprimindo um arquivo de referência de uma empresa de cores"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3585,7 +4197,8 @@
+ "lhes de volta a impressão em um envelope acolchoado para que eles escaneiem "
+ "o papel, gerem um perfil e lhe enviem um e-mail com o perfil ICC preciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3594,22 +4207,27 @@
+ "gerando perfis de uma grande quantidade de conjunto de tintas e tipos de "
+ "papel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você trocar de fornecedor de tintas, assegure-se de recalibrar sua "
+ "impressora!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrar seu escâner é importante para capturar cores de forma acurada."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "Como calibro meu escâner?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+ "can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -3620,7 +4238,8 @@
+ "<guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Cor</gui></guiseq> para criar um perfil "
+ "para o dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3628,15 +4247,18 @@
+ "Escâneres são incrivelmente estáveis ao longo do tempo e temperatura, e não "
+ "costumam precisar de recalibração."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Calibrar sua tela é importante para exibir cores de forma acurada."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "Como calibro minha tela?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+@@ -3644,7 +4266,8 @@
+ "Calibrar sua tela é muito fácil de fazer e deve ser um requisito importante "
+ "se estiver envolvido com arte ou projeto por computador."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+ "colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
+@@ -3658,7 +4281,8 @@
+ "facilmente criar um perfil, e o assistente lhe mostrará como conectar o "
+ "dispositivo de colorímetro e quais configurações deve ajustar."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3670,21 +4294,25 @@
+ "que envelhece. Isso significa que você deveria recalibrar sua tela quando o "
+ "ícone [!] aparece no painel de controle de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Telas de LED também se alteram com o tempo, mas a uma taxa muito mais lenta "
+ "que a das TFTs."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr "Calibração e caracterização são coisas totalmente diferentes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "Qual a diferença entre calibração e caracterização?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3694,15 +4322,18 @@
+ "e caracterização. A calibração é o processo de modificar o comportamento das "
+ "cores de um dispositivo. Isso é feito normalmente usando dois mecanismos:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "Alteração dos controles ou das configurações internas que ele tem"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "Aplicação de curvas para seus canais de cores"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3717,7 +4348,8 @@
+ "que registram as configurações do dispositivo ou as curvas de calibração por "
+ "canal."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3736,7 +4368,8 @@
+ "Somente quando se souber as características dos dois dispositivos, será "
+ "possível transferir as cores representadas por um dispositivo para outro."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3745,7 +4378,8 @@
+ "ele estiver no mesmo estado de calibração que esteve quando foi "
+ "caracterizado."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3764,16 +4398,20 @@
+ "isso, ou fará qualquer coisa com as informações de caracterização (perfil) "
+ "ICC."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nós oferecemos suporte a uma grande quantidade de dispositivos de calibração."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "Há suporte para quais instrumentos de medição de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3782,51 +4420,63 @@
+ "suporte aos instrumentos de cores. Assim, há suporte para os seguintes "
+ "instrumentos de medição para telas:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (espectrômetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (espectrômetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 ou LT (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design ou Photo (espectrômetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 e 3 (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorímetro)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3834,7 +4484,8 @@
+ "Atualmente, o Pantone Huey é o hardware mais barato e com melhor suporte no "
+ "Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+@@ -3845,78 +4496,96 @@
+ "caracterizar suas impressoras:"
+ 
+ # Descrição no suporte do produto, no site da X-Rite, pode ajudar a conferir a precisão da tradução
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (espectrômetro reflexivo do tipo \"swipe\")"
+ 
+ # Descrição no suporte do produto, no site da X-Rite, pode ajudar a conferir a precisão da tradução
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (espectrômetro reflexivo do tipo ponto)"
+ 
+ # Descrição no suporte do produto, no site da X-Rite, pode ajudar a conferir a precisão da tradução
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP41 (espectrômetro reflexivo para leitura de listra e ponto)"
+ 
+ # Descrição no suporte do produto, no site da X-Rite, pode ajudar a conferir a precisão da tradução
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+-msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T (espectrômetro reflexivo para leitura de listra e ponto)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41T (espectrômetro reflexivo para leitura de listra e ponto)"
+ 
+ # Descrição no suporte do produto, no site da X-Rite, pode ajudar a conferir a precisão da tradução
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (espectrômetro reflexivo para leitura de ponto)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Os alvos de calibração se fazem necessários para o perfilamento de escâneres "
+ "e câmeras."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "Para que tipos de alvo há suporte?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "Há suporte para os seguintes tipos de alvos:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3924,7 +4593,8 @@
+ "Você pode comprar alvos de vendedores bem conhecidos como KODAK, X-Rite e "
+ "LaserSoft em várias lojas online."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3932,18 +4602,21 @@
+ "Como alternativa, você pode comprar alvos do <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> a um preço bem justo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Compartilhar seus perfis de cores nunca é uma boa ideia, já que o hardware "
+ "muda com o passar do tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "Como compartilho meu perfil de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -3957,7 +4630,8 @@
+ "do de um monitor similar cujo número de série seria o seguinte, se ele ficou "
+ "ligado há milhares de horas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -3967,7 +4641,8 @@
+ "você o deixa <em>mais próximo</em> de uma calibração, mas é um erro dizer "
+ "que o monitor está calibrado."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -3980,7 +4655,8 @@
+ "sentido compartilhar um perfil que você criou em suas próprias condições de "
+ "iluminação."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -3988,17 +4664,20 @@
+ "Você deveria conferir com atenção as condições de redistribuição dos perfis "
+ "baixados de sites de fabricantes ou que foram criados para você."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Os perfis de cores são fornecidos por fabricantes e podem ser criados por "
+ "você."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Onde consigo perfis de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -4006,7 +4685,8 @@
+ "A melhor maneira de obter os perfis é gerá-los você mesmo, embora isso exija "
+ "uma despesa inicial."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -4017,7 +4697,8 @@
+ "em>, o que faz com que você tenha que baixar esses drivers, extraí-los e "
+ "então buscar pelos perfis de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -4026,10 +4707,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alguns fabricantes não fornecem perfis precisos para o hardware; esses "
+ "perfis devem ser evitados. Uma boa dica é baixar o perfil e conferir se a "
+-"data de criação é de mais de um ano antes de você ter comprado o "
+-"dispositivo. Em caso afirmativo, então esses dados provavelmente são inúteis."
++"data de criação é de mais de um ano antes de você ter comprado o dispositivo."
++" Em caso afirmativo, então esses dados provavelmente são inúteis."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+@@ -4037,15 +4719,18 @@
+ "Veja <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> para informações sobre o porquê "
+ "dos perfis fornecidos pelo fabricante serem normalmente mais que inúteis."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr "Perfis de cores podem ser importados facilmente: abrindo-os."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Como importo perfis de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+@@ -4053,7 +4738,8 @@
+ "O perfil pode ser importado facilmente através de um clique duplo no arquivo "
+ "<input>.ICC</input> ou <input>.ICM</input> no navegador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+@@ -4063,18 +4749,21 @@
+ "<guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Cor</gui></guiseq> ao escolher um "
+ "perfil para um dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A correção de cores de toda a tela modifica todas as cores da tela em todas "
+ "as janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr "Faltam informações para correção de cores de toda a tela?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -4086,7 +4775,8 @@
+ "podem ser úteis para aplicativos que façam compensação de coloração, mas "
+ "você ainda não verá todas as cores de sua tela se alterarem."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -4096,17 +4786,20 @@
+ "calibração como os de caracterização, você precisará usar instrumentos "
+ "especiais de medição de cores chamados de colorímetros ou espectrômetros."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode ser notificado quando seu perfil de cores estiver velho e "
+ "impreciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr "Posso ser notificado quando meu perfil de cor não estiver preciso?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+@@ -4117,7 +4810,8 @@
+ "quantidade de tempo desde a calibração para determinar se recomendamos fazer "
+ "uma nova calibração."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+@@ -4126,7 +4820,8 @@
+ "que um perfil de cores impreciso pode fazer uma enorme diferença no produto "
+ "final."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+ "red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -4139,7 +4834,8 @@
+ "Uma notificação de alerta também será exibida toda vez que você iniciar uma "
+ "sessão no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+@@ -4147,28 +4843,40 @@
+ "Para definir a política para dispositivos de impressão e de exibição, você "
+ "pode especificar a idade máxima do perfil em dias:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:44(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr "Perfis padrões de monitores não têm uma data de calibração."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por que os perfis padrões de monitores não têm uma data de expiração de "
+ "calibração?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4182,11 +4890,13 @@
+ "monitor foi capaz de exibir quando foi fabricado, e não contém outras "
+ "informações sobre correção de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr "Como o EDID não pode ser atualizado, ele não tem data de expiração."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+@@ -4194,18 +4904,21 @@
+ "Obter um perfil de cores através do fabricante do monitor, ou criar um você "
+ "mesmo, levaria a uma correção de cores mais precisa."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Testar o gerenciamento de cores não é difícil, e nós até fornecemos alguns "
+ "perfis de teste."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr "Como testo se o gerenciamento de cores está funcionando corretamente?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+@@ -4213,7 +4926,8 @@
+ "Os efeitos de um perfil de cores são às vezes sutis, e pode ser difícil ver "
+ "se algo mudou."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+@@ -4221,7 +4935,8 @@
+ "No GNOME, nós embarcamos vários perfis para teste que vão deixar bem claro "
+ "quando os perfis estão sendo aplicados:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+@@ -4229,7 +4944,8 @@
+ "<em>Teste azulado</em>: Ele deixará a tela azul e testa se as curvas de "
+ "calibração estão sendo enviadas para o dispositivo"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+@@ -4237,7 +4953,8 @@
+ "<em>Teste ADOBEGAMMA</em>: Ele deixará a tela rosa e testa diferentes "
+ "características de um perfil de tela"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4251,7 +4968,8 @@
+ "imagens irão ficar bem diferentes em aplicativos que deem suporte a "
+ "gerenciamento de cor."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+@@ -4259,7 +4977,8 @@
+ "Adicione um dos perfis de teste para seu dispositivo de exibição usando as "
+ "preferências em <guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Cor</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+@@ -4267,7 +4986,8 @@
+ "Usando esses perfis, você pode ver claramente quando um aplicativo dá "
+ "suporte ao gerenciamento de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+@@ -4275,11 +4995,13 @@
+ "Um dispositivo virtual é um dispositivo com cores gerenciadas, mas que não "
+ "está conectado ao computador."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr "O que é um dispositivo virtual com cores gerenciadas?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+@@ -4287,17 +5009,21 @@
+ "Um dispositivo virtual é um dispositivo com cores gerenciadas, mas que não "
+ "está conectado ao computador. Exemplos deles incluem:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Uma loja de impressão online, à qual fotos são enviadas, e lá são impressas "
+ "e enviadas para você"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr "Fotografias de uma câmera digital armazenadas em um cartão de memória"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+ "the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
+@@ -4312,7 +5038,8 @@
+ "dispositivo ou até mesmo <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrá-la</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+@@ -4320,11 +5047,13 @@
+ "Um perfil de cores é um arquivo simples, que expressa um espaço de cores ou "
+ "a resposta de um dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "O que é um perfil de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+@@ -4332,7 +5061,8 @@
+ "Um perfil de cores é um conjunto de dados que caracterizam ou um dispositivo "
+ "como um projetor ou um espaço de cores como sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4340,7 +5070,8 @@
+ "A maioria dos perfis de cores estão na forma de um perfil ICC, que é um "
+ "pequeno arquivo com uma extensão <input>.ICC</input> ou <input>.ICM</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+@@ -4349,7 +5080,8 @@
+ "de gama de cores dos dados. Isso garante que os usuários usem as mesmas "
+ "cores em dispositivos diferentes."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+@@ -4362,26 +5094,32 @@
+ "fluxo de trabalho, você pode ter certeza de que as cores não estão sendo "
+ "perdidas nem modificadas."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Um espaço de cores é uma faixa definida de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "O que é um espaço de cores?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4389,7 +5127,8 @@
+ "Um espaço de cores é uma faixa definida de cores. Alguns bem conhecidos são "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB e ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4407,7 +5146,8 @@
+ "representamos as cores no computador usando três valores, o que restringe à "
+ "codificação de um <em>triângulo</em> de cores."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4421,11 +5161,13 @@
+ "uma forma 3D às vezes são enganosas. Assim, se quiser ver o casco 3D, use o "
+ "aplicativo <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB e ProPhotoRGB representados por triângulos brancos"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4436,10 +5178,11 @@
+ "Primeiro, olhando para o sRGB, que é o menor espaço e o que pode codificar a "
+ "menor quantidade de cores. É uma aproximação de um monitor de tubo CRT de 10 "
+ "anos atrás; monitores mais modernos podem exibir facilmente mais cores que "
+-"isso. sRGB é um padrão de <em>menor denominator comum</em> e é usado em um "
++"isso. sRGB é um padrão de <em>menor denominador comum</em> e é usado em um "
+ "grande número de aplicações (inclusive a Internet)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4451,7 +5194,8 @@
+ "cores em uma fotografia sem se preocupar muito se as cores mais vívidas "
+ "serão cortadas ou os pretos destruídos."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+@@ -4462,7 +5206,8 @@
+ "cores detectadas pelo olho humano e até mesmo codificar cores que o olho não "
+ "consegue detectar!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+@@ -4474,7 +5219,8 @@
+ "(256 níveis) para codificar cada canal, então uma faixa maior terá passos "
+ "maiores entre cada valor."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+@@ -4487,7 +5233,8 @@
+ "pequenos erros farão com que observadores não treinados notem que algo está "
+ "errado na fotografia."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+@@ -4498,7 +5245,8 @@
+ "imagem. A maioria do conteúdo em existência hoje é em 8bpp, isto é, 8 bits "
+ "por pixel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4508,31 +5256,35 @@
+ "para outro, em que um espaço de cores pode ser um bem conhecido como o sRGB "
+ "ou um personalizado como o perfil do seu monitor ou o da sua impressora."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Calibrar é importante se você se preocupa com as cores que você exibe ou "
+ "imprime."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "Por que eu mesmo preciso calibrar?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4542,11 +5294,13 @@
+ "modelo, ele tira apenas uns poucos itens da linha de produção e faz uma "
+ "média entre eles:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Perfis médios"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4558,7 +5312,8 @@
+ "para impressoras, já apenas alterar o tipo ou a gramatura do papel pode "
+ "invalidar o estado de caracterização e tornar o perfil impreciso."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4568,56 +5323,63 @@
+ "fazendo a calibração você mesmo ou deixando uma empresa externa lhe fornecer "
+ "um perfil baseado no seu estado de caracterização exato."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O gerenciamento de cores é importante para projetistas, fotógrafos e "
+ "artistas."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "Por que o gerenciamento de cores é importante?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4627,7 +5389,8 @@
+ "dispositivo de entrada, exibi-la em uma tela e imprimi-la, tudo isso "
+ "gerenciando as cores exatas e a faixa de cores em cada meio."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4635,12 +5398,14 @@
+ "A necessidade de gerenciamento de cores talvez seja melhor explicada por uma "
+ "fotografia de um pássaro em um dia frio de inverno."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Um pássaro em uma parede de gelo como é visto no visor ótico de uma câmera"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+@@ -4648,11 +5413,13 @@
+ "Monitores costumam supersaturar o canal azul, fazendo com que as imagens "
+ "parecem frias."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr "É assim que o usuário vê em uma tela típica de laptop empresarial"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4660,12 +5427,14 @@
+ "Note como o branco não é um \"branco como papel\" e como o preto do olho "
+ "fica um marrom lamacento."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ "É isso que o usuário vê ao imprimir em uma impressora jato de tinta típica"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4676,19 +5445,21 @@
+ "um azul elétrico (como do argônio), a maioria das impressoras não serão "
+ "capazes de reproduzi-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+ "you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
+ "as the paper color."
+ msgstr ""
+-"A maioria dos dispositivos de imagem capturam em RGB (Red - vermelho, Green "
+-"- verde, Blue - azul) e têm que converter para CMYK (Ciano, Magenta, Amarelo "
++"A maioria dos dispositivos de imagem capturam em RGB (Red - vermelho, Green -"
++" verde, Blue - azul) e têm que converter para CMYK (Ciano, Magenta, Amarelo "
+ "e Preto) para imprimir. Outro problema é que você não consegue ter uma tinta "
+ "<em>branca</em>, então a brancura só pode ser tão boa quanto a cor do papel."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4704,7 +5475,8 @@
+ "pessoa que você acabou de dirigir 7 unidades de distância; sem a unidade, "
+ "não se sabe se são 7 quilômetros ou 7 metros."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4718,7 +5490,8 @@
+ "captura todas as cores em um pôr do Sol, mas um projeto tem uma gama de "
+ "cores muito pequena e todas as cores vão parecer \"desbotadas\"."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+@@ -4730,7 +5503,8 @@
+ "é possível (você não consegue imprimir um azul neon), precisamos mostrar ao "
+ "usuário como o resultado se parecerá."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4744,27 +5518,33 @@
+ "importante se você está tentando imprimir uma caneta personalizada com a "
+ "logo do Red Hat que <em>tem</em> que ter o vermelho do Red Hat."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+-msgstr "Adicionar ou remover um contato no catálogo de endereços local."
++msgstr "Adicione ou remova um contato no catálogo de endereços local."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+-msgstr "Adicione ou remova um contato"
++msgstr "Adicionando ou removendo um contato"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr "Para adicionar um contato:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Novo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+@@ -4774,22 +5554,26 @@
+ "informação desejada. Clique no menu próximo a cada campo para escolher "
+ "<gui>Trabalho</gui>, <gui>Casa</gui> ou <gui>Outro</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Criar contato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "Para remover um contato:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52(item/p) C/contacts-connect.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
+ msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+ msgstr "Selecione o contato da sua lista de contatos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
+ "<app>Contacts</app>."
+@@ -4797,19 +5581,23 @@
+ "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Editar</gui> no canto direito superior de "
+ "<app>Contatos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Remover contato</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Acesse seus contatos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Contatos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+ "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+@@ -4818,31 +5606,41 @@
+ "seus contatos, localmente ou nas suas <link xref=\"accounts\">Contas on-"
+ "line</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:12(credit/years) C/privacy.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(credit/years)
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:15(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
+ msgid "2013"
+ msgstr "2013"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+-msgstr "Enviar e-mail para, bate-papo com, ou ligar para um contato."
++msgstr "Envie e-mail para, bata papo com ou ligue para um contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+-msgstr "Conecte ao seu contato"
++msgstr "Conectando ao seu contato"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
+ msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para enviar um e-mail, bater-papo com ou ligar para alguém nos "
+ "<app>Contatos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
+ "your contact, press the email address."
+@@ -4850,21 +5648,25 @@
+ "Pressione o <gui>Detalhe</gui> que você deseja usar. Por exemplo, para "
+ "enviar um e-mail para seu contato, pressione o endereço de e-mail."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O aplicativo correspondente será iniciado usando os detalhes do contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr "Edite as informações para cada contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+-msgstr "Editar detalhes do contato"
++msgstr "Editando detalhes do contato"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+@@ -4872,11 +5674,13 @@
+ "Ao editar os detalhes do contato, você consegue manter as informações no seu "
+ "catálogo de endereços atualizados e completos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
+ msgid "Edit the contact details."
+ msgstr "Edite os detalhes do contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
+ "press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
+@@ -4886,14 +5690,16 @@
+ "endereço de e-mail, pressione <gui style=\"button\">Adicionar detalhes</gui> "
+ "e selecione o campo que você deseja adicionar."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Concluído</gui> para finalizar a edição do "
+ "contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+@@ -4901,30 +5707,36 @@
+ "No caso de contatos vinculados, você pode editar um perfil clicando no "
+ "avatar do perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr "Combine informações para um contato de múltiplas origens."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
+ msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+-msgstr "Vincular e desvincular contatos"
++msgstr "Vinculando e desvinculando contatos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr "Vincular contatos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
+ "accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
+ "your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode combinar contatos do seu catálogo de endereços local e contas on-"
+ "line em uma só entrada em <app>Contatos</app>. Esse recurso ajuda você a "
+ "manter seu catálogo de endereços organizado, com todos os detalhes sobre um "
+ "contato em um só lugar."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
+ "list."
+@@ -4932,7 +5744,8 @@
+ "Habilite o <em>modo de seleção</em> pressionando o botão de seleção acima da "
+ "lista de contatos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
+ "contacts that you want to merge."
+@@ -4940,17 +5753,20 @@
+ "Uma caixa de seleção vai aparecer ao lado de cada contato. Marque as caixas "
+ "de seleção ao lado dos contatos que você deseja mesclar."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> para vincular os contatos "
+ "selecionados."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
+ msgid "Unlink contacts"
+ msgstr "Desvincular contatos"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
+ "should not be linked."
+@@ -4958,17 +5774,29 @@
+ "Você pode querer desvincular contatos, caso você tenha acidentalmente "
+ "vinculado contatos que não deveriam estar vinculados."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
+ msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione o contato que você gostaria de desvincular da sua lista de "
+ "contatos."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Editar</gui> no canto direito superior de "
++"<app>Contatos</app>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Contatos vinculados</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
+ "contact."
+@@ -4976,7 +5804,8 @@
+ "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Remover</gui> para desvincular o registro do "
+ "contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
+ "entries."
+@@ -4984,30 +5813,39 @@
+ "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Fechar</gui> assim que você tiver terminado "
+ "de desvincular os registros."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+-msgstr "Pesquisa por um contato."
++msgstr "Pesquise por um contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+-msgstr "Pesquisar por um contato"
++msgstr "Pesquisando por um contato"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr "Você pode pesquisar por um contato online de duas formas:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "No panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>, comece digitando o nome do contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"The contact will appear in the instead of the usual list of applications."
+-msgstr "O contato vai aparecer em vez da lista de aplicativos."
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"O contato aparecerá na visão geral ao invés das listas comuns de aplicativos."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
+ "the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+@@ -5015,29 +5853,35 @@
+ "Pressione <key>Enter</key> para selecionar o contato no topo da lista ou "
+ "clique no contato que você deseja selecionar, caso ele não esteja no topo."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
+ msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr "Para pesquisar dentro de <app>Contatos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
+ msgid "Click inside the search field."
+ msgstr "Clique dentro do campo de pesquisa."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Comece digitando o nome do contato."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Armazene seus contatos em um catálogo de endereços local ou em uma conta "
+ "online."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+-msgstr "Iniciar Contatos pela primeira vez"
++msgstr "Iniciando Contatos pela primeira vez"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+@@ -5045,7 +5889,8 @@
+ "Quando você executar <app>Contatos</app> pela primeira vez, a janela para "
+ "<gui>Configurar contatos</gui> abrirá."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+@@ -5056,63 +5901,74 @@
+ "Selecione um item da lista e clique em <gui style=\"button\">Selecionar</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique em <gui style=\"button\">Configurações de contas on-line</gui> para "
+-"eddiar as configurações de uma conta existente."
++"editar as configurações de uma conta existente."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se você não tem contas on-line configuradas, clique em <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Contas online</gui> para começar a configurar. Se você não deseja "
+-"configurar contas online neste instante, clque em <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Catálogo de endereços local</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você não tem contas on-line configuradas, clique em <gui style="
++"\"button\">Contas online</gui> para começar a configurar. Se você não deseja "
++"configurar contas online neste instante, clique em <gui style="
++"\"button\">Catálogo de endereços local</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr "Realize testes de desempenho para ver quão rápido é seu disco rígido."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+-msgstr "Testar o desempenho do seu disco rígido"
++msgstr "Testando o desempenho do seu disco rígido"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr "Para testar a velocidade do seu disco rígido:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Abra o aplicativo <app>Discos</app> no panorama de atividades."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+-msgstr "Selecione o disco rígido da lista de <gui>Drives de Disco</gui>."
++msgstr "Selecione o disco rígido da lista de <gui>Unidades de disco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+ msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão de roda-dentada na barra de ferramentas e selecione "
+-"<gui>Fazer benchmark do drive</gui>."
++"<gui>Avaliação de desempenho</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
+ "<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+@@ -5120,29 +5976,32 @@
+ "Clique <gui>Iniciar avaliação de desempenho</gui> e ajuste os parâmetros de "
+ "<gui>Taxa de transferência</gui> e <gui>Tempo de acesso</gui> como desejar."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+ "the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+ "administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique em <gui>Iniciar benchmark</gui> para testar o quão rápido os dados "
+-"podem ser lidos do disco. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Privilégios "
+-"administrativos</link> podem ser necessários. Informe sua senha ou a senha "
+-"para a conta de administrador que for requisitada."
++"Clique em <gui>Iniciar avaliação de desempenho</gui> para testar o quão "
++"rápido os dados podem ser lidos do disco. <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">Privilégios administrativos</link> podem ser necessários. Informe "
++"sua senha ou a senha para a conta de administrador que for requisitada."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
+ "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+ "longer to complete."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se <gui>Também executar benchmark de gravação</gui> estiver marcada, o "
+-"benchmark vai testar o quão rápido os dados podem ser lidos e gravados no "
+-"disco. Isso vai levar mais tempo para concluir."
++"Se <gui>Executar avaliação de desempenho de escrita</gui> estiver marcada, a "
++"avaliação de desempenho vai testar o quão rápido os dados podem ser lidos e "
++"gravados no disco. Isso vai levar mais tempo para concluir."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+@@ -5155,35 +6014,40 @@
+ "Quando o teste estiver finalizado, os resultados vão aparecer no gráfico. Os "
+ "pontos verdes e linhas contando-os indicam as amostras tiradas; elas "
+ "correspondem ao eixo direito, mostrando tempo de acesso, confrontado com o "
+-"eixo inferior, representando a porcentagem de tempo passado durante o "
+-"benchmark. As linhas azuis representam taxas de leitura, enquanto as linhas "
+-"vermelhas representam taxas de gravação; elas são exibidas como taxa de "
+-"acesso a dados no eixo esquerdo, confrontando a porcentagem de disco "
+-"caminhado, de fora para dentro, junto com o eixo inferior."
++"eixo inferior, representando a porcentagem de tempo passado durante a "
++"avaliação de desempenho. As linhas azuis representam taxas de leitura, "
++"enquanto as linhas vermelhas representam taxas de gravação; elas são "
++"exibidas como taxa de acesso a dados no eixo esquerdo, confrontando a "
++"porcentagem de disco caminhado, de fora para dentro, junto com o eixo "
++"inferior."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+ "benchmark test."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abaixo do gráfico, são exibidos os valores mínimo, máximo e médio das taxas "
+-"de leitura e gravação; o tempo médio de acesso e tempo decorrido desde o "
+-"último teste de benchmark."
++"de leitura e escrita; o tempo médio de acesso e tempo decorrido desde o "
++"último teste de avaliação de desempenho."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Use o <gui>Analisador de uso do disco</gui> ou o <gui>Monitor do sistema</"
++"Use o <gui>Analisador de uso de disco</gui> ou o <gui>Monitor do sistema</"
+ "gui> para verificar o espaço e a capacidade."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+-msgstr "Verificar quanto resta de espaço em disco"
++msgstr "Verificando quanto resta de espaço em disco"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -5191,19 +6055,22 @@
+ "Você pode verificar quanto de espaço em disco está livre com <app>Analisador "
+ "de uso do disco</app> ou o <app>Monitor do sistema</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+-msgstr "Verificar com o Analisador de uso do disco"
++msgstr "Verificar com o Analisador de uso de disco"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco usando o "
+-"<app>Analisador de uso do disco</app>:"
++"<app>Analisador de uso de disco</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
+@@ -5213,7 +6080,8 @@
+ "gui>. A janela mostrará a <gui>Capacidade total do sistema de arquivos</gui> "
+ "e o <gui>Uso total do sistema de arquivos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
+@@ -5223,7 +6091,8 @@
+ "pasta pessoal</gui>, <gui>Varrer sistema de arquivos</gui>, <gui>Varrer "
+ "pasta</gui> ou <gui>Varrer pasta remota</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+@@ -5234,11 +6103,13 @@
+ "detalhes em <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Analisador do uso do disco</"
+ "app></link>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+-msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor do sistema"
++msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor de sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -5246,7 +6117,8 @@
+ "Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco com o <app>Monitor do "
+ "sistema</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -5254,7 +6126,8 @@
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Monitor do sistema</app> a partir do panorama "
+ "<gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+@@ -5265,19 +6138,23 @@
+ "com o <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Livre</gui>, <gui>Disponível</gui> e <gui>Em "
+ "uso</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+-msgstr "E se o disco estiver muito cheio?"
++msgstr "E se o disco estiver cheio demais?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Se o disco estiver cheio demais, você deveria:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr "Excluir arquivos que não são importantes ou que não vá mais usar."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -5285,20 +6162,24 @@
+ "Fazer <link xref=\"backup-why\">cópias de segurança</link> dos arquivos "
+ "importantes que não vai precisar por um tempo e excluí-los do disco rígido."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Teste se seu disco rígido tem problemas para se assegurar que está saudável."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+-msgstr "Verificar problemas no seu disco rígido"
++msgstr "Verificando problemas no seu disco rígido"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Verificando o disco rígido"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5311,7 +6192,8 @@
+ "problemas no disco. SMART também lhe avisa se o disco está parar falhar, "
+ "ajudando a evitar perda de dados importantes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+ "running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+@@ -5319,11 +6201,14 @@
+ "Embora SMART execute automaticamente, você também pode verificar a saúde do "
+ "seu disco executando o aplicativo <app>Discos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr "Verificar a saúde do seu disco usando o aplicativo Discos"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+@@ -5331,7 +6216,8 @@
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Discos</app> a partir do panorama de <gui>Atividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+@@ -5340,12 +6226,13 @@
+ "<gui>Dispositivos de armazenamento</gui>. As informações e o estado do disco "
+ "aparecerão em <gui>Unidade</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<gui>Status do SMART</gui> deveria informar que \"A unidade está bem\"."
++msgstr "<gui>Status do SMART</gui> deveria informar que \"A unidade está bem\"."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+@@ -5353,39 +6240,44 @@
+ "Clique no botão <gui>Dados do SMART</gui> para ver mais informações sobre a "
+ "unidade ou para executar um autoteste."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "E se a unidade não estiver bem?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mesmo que o <gui>Status do SMART</gui> indique que o disco <em>não esteja</"
+ "em> saudável, talvez não haja motivo para se alarmar. Entretanto, é melhor "
+ "estar preparado com uma <link xref=\"backup-why\">cópia de segurança</link> "
+ "para evitar perda de dados."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se o status diz \"Pré-falha\", o disco ainda está razoavelmente bem, mas "
+-"foram detectados sinais de desgate, o que significa que ele pode falhar em "
++"foram detectados sinais de desgaste, o que significa que ele pode falhar em "
+ "um futuro próximo. Se seu disco rígido (ou computador) tem uns poucos anos "
+ "de idade, você provavelmente verá esta mensagem pelo menos algumas das "
+ "verificações. Você deveria <link xref=\"backup-how\">fazer cópia de "
+ "segurança dos arquivos importantes regularmente</link> e verificar o estado "
+ "do disco periodicamente para ver se ele piorou."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5393,7 +6285,8 @@
+ "Se piorar, talvez você deva levar o computador/disco rígido a um "
+ "profissional para mais diagnósticos ou reparos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+@@ -5401,11 +6294,13 @@
+ "Remova todos os arquivos e pastas de um disco rígido externo ou um pendrive "
+ "USB formatando-o."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+-msgstr "Limpar tudo de uma unidade removível"
++msgstr "Limpando tudo de uma unidade removível"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+@@ -5417,26 +6312,30 @@
+ "pastas. É possível fazer isso <em>formatando</em> a unidade: excluir todos "
+ "os arquivos da unidade e deixá-la vazia."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Formatar um disco removível"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione a unidade que queira esvaziar na lista de <gui>Dispositivos de "
+ "armazenamento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Garanta que você selecionou a unidade correta! Se escolher a errada, todos "
+-"os arquivos de outra unidade serão excluídos!"
++"Certifique-se de que você selecionou a unidade correta! Se escolher a "
++"errada, todos os arquivos de outra unidade serão excluídos!"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+@@ -5444,14 +6343,17 @@
+ "Na seção Volumes, clique em <gui>Desmontar volume</gui>. Depois, clique em "
+ "<gui>Formatar volume</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Na janela que aparecer, escolha um <gui>Tipo</gui> de sistema de arquivos "
+ "para a unidade."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5463,26 +6365,31 @@
+ "<gui>NTFS</gui> talvez seja uma melhor opção. Uma breve descrição do "
+ "<gui>tipo de sistema de arquivos</gui> será apresentado como um rótulo."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dê à unidade um nome e clique em <gui>Formatar</gui> para começar o "
+ "esvaziamento da unidade."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Uma vez que a formatação tenha acabado, <gui>remova com segurança</gui> a "
+ "unidade. Ela deveria estar em branco agora e pronta para ser usada novamente."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr "Formatar uma unidade não exclui com segurança seus arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5496,19 +6403,22 @@
+ "arquivos. Se você precisa excluir com segurança os arquivos, você precisará "
+ "usar um utilitário de linha de comando, como o <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Entenda o que são volumes e partições e use o Utilitário de unidades para "
++"Entenda o que são volumes e partições e use o utilitário de unidades para "
+ "gerenciá-los."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+-msgstr "Gerenciar volumes e partições"
++msgstr "Gerenciando volumes e partições"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5527,7 +6437,8 @@
+ "e outras mídias. Se um volume está montado atualmente, você pode ler (e "
+ "possivelmente gravar) arquivos nele contidos."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5544,11 +6455,13 @@
+ "sendo \"vitrines\", acessíveis e rotuladas, para os \"depósitos\" de "
+ "partições e unidades."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr "Ver e gerenciar volumes e partições usando o utilitário de unidades"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+@@ -5556,7 +6469,8 @@
+ "Você pode verificar e modificar os volumes de armazenamento do seu "
+ "computador com o utilitário de unidades."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
+ "application."
+@@ -5564,16 +6478,19 @@
+ "Abra o panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui> e inicie o aplicativo <app>Discos</"
+ "app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "No painel marcado como <gui>Dispositivos de armazenamento</gui>, você "
+ "encontrará discos rígidos, unidades de CD/DVD e outros dispositivos físicos. "
+ "Clique naquele que quiser inspecionar."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+@@ -5584,7 +6501,8 @@
+ "Ela também contém uma variedade de ferramentas usadas para gerenciar esses "
+ "volumes."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5592,7 +6510,8 @@
+ "Tenha cuidado: é possível apagar completamente os dados do seu disco com "
+ "esses utilitários."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -5609,7 +6528,8 @@
+ "Esses arquivos também podem estar distribuídos em múltiplas partições por "
+ "questões de segurança ou de conveniência."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -5624,50 +6544,58 @@
+ "Mídias externas como unidades USB e CDs também podem conter um volume "
+ "inicializável."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Espaço em disco</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
+ "benchmark\">desempenho</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemas</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes e partições</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+-msgstr "Unidades &amp; armazenamento"
++msgstr "Discos &amp; armazenamento"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr "Configure dois monitores no seu laptop."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Conectar um monitor externo ao seu laptop"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr "Demonstração de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr "Demonstração"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+@@ -5675,9 +6603,11 @@
+ "Digite <input>telas</input> no panorama de Atividades para abrir as "
+ "configurações das <gui>Telas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+@@ -5685,7 +6615,8 @@
+ "Clique na imagem do monitor que você gostaria de ativar ou desativar; então, "
+ "alterne entre <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+@@ -5695,9 +6626,11 @@
+ "monitor é \"principal\", clique na barra superior e arraste-a até o monitor "
+ "que você quer definir como monitor \"principal\"."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5705,9 +6638,11 @@
+ "Para alterar a \"posição\" de um monitor, clique nele e arraste-o para a "
+ "posição desejada."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5715,9 +6650,11 @@
+ "Se você quiser que ambos monitores exibam o mesmo conteúdo, marque a caixa "
+ "<gui>Espelhar telas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5725,9 +6662,11 @@
+ "Quando você estiver satisfeito com suas configurações, clique em "
+ "<gui>Aplicar</gui> e, então, clique em <gui>Manter esta configuração</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5735,11 +6674,13 @@
+ "Para fechar as <gui>Configurações de telas</gui>, clique no <gui>x</gui> no "
+ "canto superior-direito."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Configure um monitor externo"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5749,14 +6690,16 @@
+ "seu laptop. Se o seu sistema não reconhecê-lo imediatamente, ou se você "
+ "quiser ajustar as configurações:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
+ msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+@@ -5767,15 +6710,18 @@
+ "barra superior e arraste-a para o monitor que você quer que seja o monitor "
+ "\"principal\"."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr "Configure dois monitores no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Conectar um monitor extra"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+@@ -5785,15 +6731,18 @@
+ "o sistema não reconhecê-lo imediatamente ou se você quiser ajustar as "
+ "configurações:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr "Agrupe documentos relacionados em uma coleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr "Fazer coleções de documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+ "one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+@@ -5810,25 +6759,31 @@
+ "planilha de orçamento e outros documentos híbridos PDF/ODF, podem ser "
+ "agrupados em uma coleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr "Para criar ou adicionar uma coleção:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p) C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <gui>✓</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr "No modo de seleção, marque os documentos a serem colecionados."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <gui>+</gui> na barra de botões."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
+ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
+@@ -5838,7 +6793,8 @@
+ "nova coleção ou selecione uma coleção existente. Os documentos selecionados "
+ "serão adicionados à coleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
+ "put collections inside collections.</em>"
+@@ -5846,138 +6802,81 @@
+ "Coleções que não se comportam como pastas e suas hierarquia: <em>você não "
+ "pode inserir coleções dentro de outras coleções.</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr "Para excluir uma coleção:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr "No modo de seleção, marque a coleção a ser excluída."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
+ "leaving the original documents."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique no botão Lixceira na barra de botões. A coleção vai ser excluída, "
++"Clique no botão Lixeira na barra de botões. A coleção vai ser excluída, "
+ "deixando os documentos originais."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(media) C/documents-search.page:44(media)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:79(media) C/files-hidden.page:41(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:47(media) C/files-hidden.page:56(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:63(media) C/files-lost.page:51(media)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(media) C/files-sort.page:60(media)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:32(media) C/nautilus-display.page:43(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(media) C/nautilus-views.page:84(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:100(media) C/nautilus-views.page:121(media)
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr "Escolha quais documentos exibir."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+-msgstr "Filtrar documentos"
++msgstr "Filtrando documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
+ "button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
+ "limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique no botão para <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">baixo</media> próximo à barra de <link xref=\"documents-search"
+-"\">pesquisa</link> para limitar o escopo da pesquisa nessas categorias:"
++"Clique no botão para <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">baixo</media> próximo à barra de <link xref=\"documents-"
++"search\">pesquisa</link> para limitar o escopo da pesquisa nessas categorias:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+ msgstr "<em>Fontes</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive ou Todos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
+ "Documents, or All."
+@@ -5985,11 +6884,13 @@
+ "<em>Tipo</em>: Coleções, Documentos PDF, Apresentações, Planilhas, "
+ "Documentos de texto ou Todos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+ msgstr "Título, Autor ou Todos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
+ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
+@@ -5999,16 +6900,19 @@
+ "filtro, é necessário configurar Google ou Windows Live como uma <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-add\">conta on-line</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Documentos</app> pode exibir diversos de tipos de documentos populares."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+ msgstr "Formatos suportados"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
+ "supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
+@@ -6017,17 +6921,21 @@
+ "<app>Documentos</app> exibe PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript e os formatos "
+ "suportados pelo <app>Visualizador de documentos</app> (Evince), "
+ "<app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> e <app>Google Docs</app>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Veja o nome, a localização, a data de modificação ou tipo de um documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+-msgstr "Encontrar informações sobre documentos"
++msgstr "Encontrando informações sobre documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+@@ -6035,19 +6943,23 @@
+ "Quando um documento é criado, ele vem com <em>metadados</em>. O "
+ "<app>Documentos</app> exibe os seguintes metadados para cada documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr "Título: o nome do documento, o qual pode ser editado;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr "Fonte: o caminho da pasta contendo o documento;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Data de modificação;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+@@ -6055,57 +6967,68 @@
+ "Tipo: o <link xref=\"documents-formats\">formato do arquivo</link> do "
+ "documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr "Para ver as propriedades do documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão <gui>Verificar</gui> para alterar para o modo de seleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Selecione um documento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão <gui>Prioridades</gui> no canto direito da barra de botões."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Alguns tipos de documentos (e.g. arquivos PDF) podem ser protegidos por "
++"Alguns tipos de documentos (ex.: arquivos PDF) podem ser protegidos por "
+ "senha, evitando acesso dos metadados ou do conteúdo."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+ "create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
+ "app>)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"O <app>Documentos</app> por enquanto não oferece um mecanismo para adicionar "
+-"privacidade a um documento. Você pode fazer isso a partir do documento que "
+-"você usou para criar o documento (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> ou <app>Adobe "
+-"Acrobat</app>)."
++"O <app>Documentos</app> não oferece, por enquanto, um mecanismo para "
++"adicionar privacidade a um documento. Você pode fazer isso a partir do "
++"documento que você usou para criar o documento (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"ou <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Organize os documentos armazenados localmente em seu computador ou criados "
+ "on-line."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title) C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr "Documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+ "and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
+@@ -6115,27 +7038,33 @@
+ "organize e imprima os documentos do seu computador ou aqueles criados "
+ "remotamente usando <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+-msgstr "Ver, ordenar e pesquisar"
++msgstr "Vendo, ordenando e pesquisando"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+-msgstr "Selecionar, Organizar, Imprimir"
++msgstr "Selecionando, organizando, imprimindo"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+-msgstr "Questões"
++msgstr "Perguntas"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr "Você só pode pré-visualizar arquivos armazenados localmente."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+ msgstr "Por que alguns arquivos não têm pré-visualização?"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
+ "documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
+@@ -6148,7 +7077,8 @@
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em>, mostram miniaturas de pré-visualização em falta (ou em "
+ "branco)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
+ "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+@@ -6156,7 +7086,8 @@
+ "Se você baixar um documento do <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em> "
+ "para o armazenamento local, uma miniatura será gerada."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
+@@ -6166,30 +7097,36 @@
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> vai perder sua habilidade de ser atualizado on-line. Se "
+ "você quiser continuar a editá-lo on-line, é melhor não baixá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+ msgstr "Imprima documentos que estão armazenados localmente ou on-line."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+-msgstr "Imprimir um documento"
++msgstr "Imprimindo um documento"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir um documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+ msgstr "No modo de seleção, marque o documento a ser impresso."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão Imprimir na barra de botões e o diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui> "
+ "abrirá."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
+ "collection is selected."
+@@ -6197,31 +7134,39 @@
+ "A impressão não fica disponível quando mais de um documento é selecionado ou "
+ "quando uma coleção é selecionada."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr "Encontre seus documentos por título ou autor."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title) C/files-search.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+-msgstr "Pesquisar por arquivos"
++msgstr "Pesquisando por arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+ msgstr "Para pesquisar dentro de <app>Documentos</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr "Clique no ícone de lente de aumento."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr "Comece a digitar. Os documentos vão corresponder a título ou autor."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
+ "\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
+@@ -6231,16 +7176,19 @@
+ "para <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">baixo</media> e "
+ "selecionando <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filtros</link> variados."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use o modo de seleção para selecionar mais do que um documento ou coleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr "Selecionando documentos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
+ "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+@@ -6248,7 +7196,8 @@
+ "No modo de seleção do <app>Documentos</app> você pode abrir, imprimir, ver "
+ "ou fazer coleções de seus documentos. Para usar o modo de seleção:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
+ "actions that are valid for your selection."
+@@ -6256,19 +7205,23 @@
+ "Selecione um ou mais documentos ou coleções. A barra de botões aparece com "
+ "ações que são válidas para sua seleção."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+ msgstr "Ações do modo de seleção"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+ msgstr "Após selecionar um ou mais documentos, você pode:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr "Abrir com o Visualizador de documentos (ícone de pasta)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
+ "document is selected)."
+@@ -6276,11 +7229,13 @@
+ "Imprimir (ícone impressora): imprima um documento (somente disponível quando "
+ "um único documento estiver selecionado)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr "Organizar (ícone mais): crie uma coleção de documentos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
+ "available when a single document is selected)."
+@@ -6288,19 +7243,23 @@
+ "Propriedades (ícone chave inglesa): exibe as propriedades de um documento "
+ "(disponível somente quando um único documento estiver selecionado)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr "Excluir (ícone lixeira): exclui um ou mais coleções."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr "Documentos locais ou remotos não aparecem."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr "Meus documentos não podem ser vistos"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
+ "app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
+@@ -6315,34 +7274,40 @@
+ "recursivamente) e pastas XDG (recursivamente), deve servir. Certifique-se de "
+ "que seus documentos estão em um desses diretórios."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr "Altere a forma como os documentos são exibidos."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+-msgstr "Ver arquivos em uma lista ou grade"
++msgstr "Vendo arquivos em uma lista ou grade"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Os documentos e as coleções são apresentadas no formato de <gui>Grade</gui> "
+ "por padrão. Para ver no formato de <gui>Lista</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vá na barra superior e clique em <app>Documentos</app> para exibir o menu do "
+ "aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Lista</gui> dentro da seção <gui>Ver como</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
+ "whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
+@@ -6352,21 +7317,25 @@
+ "documento e se ele está armazenado localmente ou no <app>Google Docs</app> "
+ "ou no <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique em <gui>Grade</gui> no menu do aplicativo para retornar para o "
+ "formato padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr "Veja documentos em tela cheia."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+-msgstr "Exibir documentos armazenados localmente ou on-line"
++msgstr "Exibindo documentos armazenados localmente ou on-line"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
+ "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+@@ -6374,21 +7343,24 @@
+ "Quando você abre o <app>Documentos</app>, todo os seus documentos, aqueles "
+ "armazenados tanto localmente quanto on-line, são exibidos como miniaturas."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
+ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
+ "as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para que seus documentos do <em>Google Docs</em> ou <em>SkyDrive</em> "
+-"apareçam, é necessário configurar o Google ou o Windows Live,"
++"apareçam, é necessário configurar o Google ou o Windows Live, "
+ "respectivamente, como uma <link xref=\"accounts-add\">conta on-line</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr "Para visualizar o conteúdo de um documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
+ "<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+@@ -6396,11 +7368,13 @@
+ "Clique na miniatura e o documento será exibido com largura completa na "
+ "janela do <app>Documentos</app> (ou em tela cheia, se maximizado)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr "Para sair do documento, clique no botão de seta para trás."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+ "other devices and media."
+@@ -6408,11 +7382,13 @@
+ "Execute automaticamente aplicativos para CDs e DVDs, câmeras, reprodutores "
+ "de áudio e outros dispositivos e mídias."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+-msgstr "Abrir aplicativos para dispositivos e discos"
++msgstr "Abrindo aplicativos para dispositivos e discos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+ "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+@@ -6425,19 +7401,22 @@
+ "você conectar uma câmera digital. É também possível desativar esse recurso, "
+ "para que nada aconteça quando você plugar alguma coisa ao computador."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para decidir que aplicativos deveriam ser executados quando você pluga "
+ "vários dispositivos:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <guiseq><gui>Detalhes</gui><gui>Mídia removível</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+@@ -6447,7 +7426,8 @@
+ "aplicativo ou ação para aquele tipo de mídia. Veja abaixo uma descrição dos "
+ "diferentes tipos de dispositivos e mídias."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+@@ -6457,7 +7437,8 @@
+ "dispositivo seja mostrado no gerenciador de arquivos. Nessa situação, você "
+ "será perguntado o que deseja fazer ou nada acontecerá automaticamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6471,7 +7452,8 @@
+ "tipo na lista suspensa <gui>Tipo</gui> e o aplicativo ou ação na lista "
+ "suspensa <gui>Ação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6481,15 +7463,18 @@
+ "o que você plugar ao computador, selecione <gui>Nunca perguntar ou iniciar "
+ "programas ao inserir mídia</gui> ao final da janela Mídia removível."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "Tipos de mídias e dispositivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "Discos de áudio"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6502,11 +7487,13 @@
+ "gerenciador de arquivos, as trilhas aparecerão como arquivos WAV, que você "
+ "pode reproduzir em qualquer aplicativo de reprodução de áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "Discos de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6519,11 +7506,13 @@
+ "vídeo não funcionam corretamente quando você os insere, veja <link xref="
+ "\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "Discos vazios"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+@@ -6531,11 +7520,13 @@
+ "Use o botão <gui>Outras mídias</gui> para selecionar um aplicativo de "
+ "gravação de disco para CDs, DVDs, discos Blu-ray e HD-DVDs vazios."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:92(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "Câmeras e fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6548,7 +7539,8 @@
+ "câmera, como cartões CF, SD, MMC ou MS. Você também pode simplesmente "
+ "navegar pelas suas fotos usando o gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+@@ -6559,11 +7551,13 @@
+ "Eles são CDs de dados normais com imagens JPEG em uma pasta chamada "
+ "<file>PICTURES</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:102(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "Reprodutores de música"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+@@ -6572,11 +7566,13 @@
+ "de música portátil, ou gerencie os arquivos você mesmo usando o gerenciador "
+ "de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:107(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "Leitores de livros eletrônicos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+@@ -6586,11 +7582,13 @@
+ "gerenciar livros no seu leitor de e-books ou gerencie esses arquivos você "
+ "mesmo usando o gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:112(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "Software"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:113(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6603,19 +7601,23 @@
+ "programa de execução automática for inserida. Sempre se pedirá uma "
+ "confirmação antes de um programa ser executado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:118(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr "Nunca execute programas contidos em mídias em que você não confia."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Gerencie e organize arquivos com o gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+-msgstr "Navegar por arquivos e pastas"
++msgstr "Navegando por arquivos e pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+@@ -6628,7 +7630,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">servidores de arquivos</link> e em "
+ "compartilhamentos em rede."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
+@@ -6637,14 +7640,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para abrir o gerenciador de arquivos, abra <app>Arquivos</app> no panorama "
+ "de <gui>Atividades</gui>. Você também pode pesquisar por arquivos e pastas "
+-"através do panorama da mesma forma que faria uma <link xref=\"shell-apps-open"
+-"\">pesquisa por aplicativos</link>."
++"através do panorama da mesma forma que faria uma <link xref=\"shell-apps-"
++"open\">pesquisa por aplicativos</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Explorando o conteúdo dos diretórios"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+@@ -6655,18 +7660,20 @@
+ "seu aplicativo padrão. Você também pode efetuar um clique com o botão "
+ "direito em uma pasta para abri-la em uma nova aba ou janela."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+ "sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ao buscar por arquivos em uma pasta, você pode <link xref=\"files-preview"
+-"\">fazer uma pré-visualização de um arquivo</link> rapidamente, pressionando "
+-"a barra de espaço: isso assegura que você está com o arquivo certo antes de "
+-"abri-lo, copiá-lo ou excluí-lo."
++"Ao buscar por arquivos em uma pasta, você pode <link xref=\"files-"
++"preview\">fazer uma pré-visualização de um arquivo</link> rapidamente, "
++"pressionando a barra de espaço: isso assegura que você está com o arquivo "
++"certo antes de abri-lo, copiá-lo ou excluí-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6680,7 +7687,8 @@
+ "qualquer pasta na barra de caminho para abrir em uma nova aba ou janela, a "
+ "copiá-la ou a movê-la, ou permitir acessar suas propriedades."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
+@@ -6694,7 +7702,8 @@
+ "destacado. Pressione a tecla de seta para baixo ou role com o mouse, para "
+ "pular para o próximo arquivo que coincida com a sua pesquisa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+ "not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
+@@ -6711,20 +7720,25 @@
+ "<gui>Marcadores</gui> para fazer isso, ou simplesmente arraste uma pasta "
+ "para a barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Copie ou mova itens para uma nova pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+-msgstr "Copiar ou mover arquivos e pastas"
++msgstr "Copiando ou movendo arquivos e pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6734,7 +7748,8 @@
+ "arrastando e soltando com o mouse, usando os comandos copiar e colar, ou "
+ "usando atalhos de teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6746,7 +7761,8 @@
+ "segurança de um documento antes de fazer alterações nele (e, assim, usar a "
+ "cópia antiga se não gostar das suas mudanças)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6754,15 +7770,18 @@
+ "Estas instruções se aplicam tanto a arquivos como a pastas. Você copia e "
+ "move arquivos e pastas exatamente da mesma forma."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Copiar e colar arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Selecione o arquivo que queira copiar clicando nele uma vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6770,12 +7789,15 @@
+ "Clique com botão direito e escolha <gui>Copiar</gui> ou pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Navegue para outra pasta, onde que você queira colocar a cópia do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
+@@ -6785,15 +7807,18 @@
+ "cópia do arquivo, ou pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "
+ "Agora existirá uma cópia do arquivo na pasta original e na outra pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Recortar e colar arquivos para movê-los"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Selecione o arquivo que queira mover, clicando nele uma vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6801,11 +7826,13 @@
+ "Clique com botão direito e escolha <gui>Recortar</gui>, ou pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr "Navegue para outra pasta, para onde você queira mover o arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+ "moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+@@ -6816,11 +7843,13 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. O arquivo será retirado de sua "
+ "pasta original e movido para outra pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:67(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Arrastar arquivos para copiar ou mover"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -6828,7 +7857,8 @@
+ "Abra o gerenciador de arquivos e vá para a pasta que contenha o arquivo que "
+ "queira copiar."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+@@ -6840,7 +7870,8 @@
+ "uma segunda janela. Lá, navegue até a pasta para a qual você queira mover ou "
+ "copiar o arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -6850,7 +7881,8 @@
+ "em> se o destino estiver no <em>mesmo</em> dispositivo, ou irá <em>copiá-lo</"
+ "em> se o destino está em um dispositivo <em>diferente</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -6859,7 +7891,8 @@
+ "pessoal, ele será copiado, porque você está arrastando de um dispositivo "
+ "para outro."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -6869,7 +7902,8 @@
+ "<key>Ctrl</key> enquanto arrasta o arquivo, ou forçá-lo a ser movido se "
+ "mantiver pressionada a tecla <key>Shift</key> enquanto arrasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -6879,41 +7913,48 @@
+ "Você não pode copiar ou mover um arquivo para uma pasta que seja de "
+ "<em>somente-leitura</em>. Algumas pastas são assim para impedir que você "
+ "faça alterações em seu conteúdo. Você pode alterar as coisas para deixarem "
+-"de ser de somente-leitura <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">alterando as permissões de arquivo</link>."
++"de ser de somente-leitura <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">alterando as permissões de arquivo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Remova arquivos e pastas que não precise mais."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+-msgstr "Excluir arquivos e pastas"
++msgstr "Excluindo arquivos e pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você não quiser um arquivo ou pasta mais, você pode excluí-lo. Quando "
+ "você exclui um item, ele é movido para a <gui>Lixeira</gui>, onde fica "
+-"armazenado até que você a esvazie. Você pode <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restaurar os itens</link> da pasta <gui>Lixeira</gui> para sua "
++"armazenado até que você a esvazie. Você pode <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restaurar os itens</link> da pasta <gui>Lixeira</gui> para sua "
+ "localização original se você resolver que precisa deles, ou eles se foram "
+ "excluídos acidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "Para enviar um arquivo para a lixeira:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr "Selecione o item que queira excluir clicando nele uma vez."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -6921,7 +7962,8 @@
+ "Pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> no seu teclado. "
+ "Como alternativa, arraste o item para a <gui>Lixeira</gui> no barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -6932,11 +7974,13 @@
+ "direito na <gui>Lixeira</gui> na barra lateral e selecione <gui>Esvaziar "
+ "lixeira</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Excluir um arquivo permanentemente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+@@ -6944,15 +7988,18 @@
+ "Você pode excluir imediatamente um arquivo de forma permanente, sem ter que "
+ "enviá-lo para a lixeira antes."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "Para excluir permanentemente um arquivo:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Selecione o item que queira excluir."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -6960,7 +8007,8 @@
+ "Pressione e mantenha a tecla <key>Shift</key>, e então pressione a tecla "
+ "<key>Delete</key> no seu teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -6968,7 +8016,8 @@
+ "Como você não poderá desfazer essa ação, será pedida uma confirmação sobre "
+ "seu desejo de excluir o arquivo ou a pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+@@ -6983,7 +8032,8 @@
+ "aba <gui>Comportamento</gui>. Selecione <gui>Incluir um comando excluir que "
+ "não usa a lixeira</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+@@ -6995,17 +8045,20 @@
+ "como Windows ou Mac OS. Os arquivos ainda estão lá e estarão disponíveis "
+ "quando você plugar o dispositivo de volta ao seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Coloque arquivos e documentos em um CD ou DVD vazio usando um gravador de CD/"
+ "DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+-msgstr "Gravar arquivos em um CD ou DVD"
++msgstr "Gravando arquivos em um CD ou DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -7020,11 +8073,13 @@
+ "computadores ou realizar <link xref=\"backup-why\">cópias de segurança</"
+ "link> pondo arquivos em um disco vazio. Para gravar arquivos em CD ou DVD:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Coloque um disco vazio em uma unidade gravadora de CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+@@ -7034,7 +8089,8 @@
+ "inferior da tela, selecione <gui>Abrir com o criador de CD/DVD</gui>. A "
+ "janela da pasta <gui>Criador de CD/DVD</gui> se abrirá."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+@@ -7042,23 +8098,28 @@
+ "(Você também pode clicar em <gui>Disco CD/DVD-R vazio</gui> sob "
+ "<gui>Dispositivos</gui> na barra lateral do gerenciador de arquivos.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr "No campo <gui>Nome do disco</gui>, digite um nome para o disco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Arraste e copie os arquivos desejados para a janela."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Escrever no disco</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr "Em <gui>Selecione um disco para gravar</gui>, escolha o disco vazio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+@@ -7069,7 +8130,8 @@
+ "no seu computador. Você pode, então, gravar aquela imagem de disco em um "
+ "disco vazio, noutra data.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+@@ -7079,11 +8141,13 @@
+ "gravação, a local dos arquivos temporários e outras opções. As opções padrão "
+ "devem servir."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <gui>Gravar</gui> para começar a gravação."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -7091,7 +8155,8 @@
+ "Se <gui>Gravar vários discos</gui> estiver selecionada, você será solicitado "
+ "por discos adicionais."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+@@ -7100,11 +8165,13 @@
+ "automaticamente. Escolha <gui>Fazer outra cópia</gui> ou <gui>Fechar</gui> "
+ "para sair."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Se o disco não foi gravado apropriadamente"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -7114,7 +8181,8 @@
+ "disco no computador, você não será capaz de ver os arquivos que você colocou "
+ "dentro do disco."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+@@ -7126,17 +8194,20 @@
+ "velocidades é mais confiável. Você pode escolher a velocidade ao clicar no "
+ "botão de <gui>Propriedades</gui> na janela do <gui>Criador de CD/DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Torne um arquivo invisível, para que você não o veja no gerenciador de "
+ "arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+-msgstr "Ocultar um arquivo"
++msgstr "Ocultando um arquivo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+@@ -7146,7 +8217,8 @@
+ "arquivos como desejar. Quando um arquivo é ocultado, ele não é exibido pelo "
+ "gerenciador de arquivos, mas ele ainda está na pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -7157,7 +8229,8 @@
+ "chamado <file>exemplo.txt</file>, você deveria renomeá-lo para <file>."
+ "exemplo.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -7165,11 +8238,13 @@
+ "Você pode ocultar pastas da mesma maneira que se oculta arquivos. Renomeie a "
+ "pasta colocando um <key>.</key> no começo do nome."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Mostrar todos os arquivos ocultos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+ "either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -7178,13 +8253,14 @@
+ "along with regular files that are not hidden."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se quiser ver todos os arquivos ocultos de uma pasta, vá para a pasta em "
+-"questão e clique no botão <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">para baixo</media> na barra de ferramentas e escolha <gui>Mostrar "
++"questão e clique no botão <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">para baixo</media> na barra de ferramentas e escolha <gui>Mostrar "
+ "arquivos ocultos</gui> ou pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+ "keyseq>. Todos os arquivos ocultos serão mostrados juntamente com os "
+ "arquivos que não estão ocultos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+@@ -7196,11 +8272,13 @@
+ "escolha <gui>Mostrar arquivos ocultos</gui> ou pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq> de novo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Mostrar um arquivo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+@@ -7217,12 +8295,13 @@
+ "desocultar um arquivo chamado <file>.exemplo.txt</file>, você deveria "
+ "renomeá-lo para <file>exemplo.txt</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Uma vez que tenha renomeado o arquivo, você pode ou clicar no botão <media "
+ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">para baixo</media> na barra de "
+@@ -7230,7 +8309,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> para esconder os demais "
+ "arquivos ocultos de novo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:68(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -7241,28 +8321,33 @@
+ "gerenciador de arquivos sempre mostre os arquivos ocultos, veja <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+ "files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
+ "information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"A maioria dos arquivos ocultos terão um <key>.</key> no começo de seus "
+-"nomes. Outros, no entanto, podem ter um <key>~</key> no final dos seus "
+-"nomes. Estes são cópias de segurança do arquivos. Veja <link xref=\"files-"
+-"tilde\"/> para mais informações."
++"A maioria dos arquivos ocultos terão um <key>.</key> no começo de seus nomes."
++" Outros, no entanto, podem ter um <key>~</key> no final dos seus nomes. "
++"Estes são cópias de segurança do arquivos. Veja <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> "
++"para mais informações."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Siga essas dicas se você não encontra um arquivo que você criou ou baixou."
++"Siga essas dicas se você não consegue localizar um arquivo que você criou ou "
++"baixou."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+-msgstr "Encontrar um arquivo perdido"
++msgstr "Localizando um arquivo perdido"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -7270,7 +8355,8 @@
+ "Se você criou ou baixou um arquivo, mas agora não consegue encontrá-lo, siga "
+ "estas discas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -7280,7 +8366,8 @@
+ "nome dele, você pode buscar o arquivo pelo nome. Veja <link xref=\"files-"
+ "search\"/> para saber como."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -7290,7 +8377,8 @@
+ "automaticamente em uma pasta comum. Verifique as pastas Área de trabalho e "
+ "Downloads na sua pasta inicial."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -7300,13 +8388,15 @@
+ "vai para a lixeira, onde ficará até que você a esvazie. Veja <link xref="
+ "\"files-recover\"/> para aprender como recuperar um arquivo excluído."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+-"Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode ter renomeado o arquivo de forma que ele fique oculto. Arquivos "
+ "com nomes que começam com um <file>.</file> ou terminam com um <file>~</"
+@@ -7316,7 +8406,8 @@
+ "ocultos</gui> para exibi-los. Veja <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> para saber "
+ "mais."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -7324,11 +8415,13 @@
+ "Abra arquivos usando um aplicativo que não é o padrão para aquele tipo. Você "
+ "pode alterar o padrão também."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+-msgstr "Abrir arquivos com outros aplicativos"
++msgstr "Abrindo arquivos com outros aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -7340,7 +8433,8 @@
+ "programa diferente, buscar aplicativos na Internet ou configurar o "
+ "aplicativo padrão para todos arquivos do mesmo tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -7357,7 +8451,8 @@
+ "os aplicativos no seu computador, clique em <gui>Mostrar outros aplicativos</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -7369,11 +8464,13 @@
+ "gerenciador de arquivos irá buscar na Internet pacotes contendo aplicativos "
+ "que sejam conhecidos por manipularem arquivos desse tipo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Alterar o aplicativo padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -7386,7 +8483,8 @@
+ "reprodutor de música favorito abra quando der um clique duplo em um arquivo "
+ "MP3."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -7396,28 +8494,32 @@
+ "alterar. Por exemplo, para alterar qual aplicativo é usado para abrir "
+ "arquivos MP3, selecione um arquivo <file>.mp3</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique com o botão direito no arquivo e selecione <gui>Propriedades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Selecione a aba <gui>Abrir com</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+ "file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
+ "other applications</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Selecione o aplicativo que deseja e clique em <gui>Definir como padrão</"
+-"gui>. Por padrão, o gerenciador de arquivos só mostra aplicativos que ele "
+-"sabe que conseguem lidar com o arquivo. Para olhar todos os aplicativos no "
+-"seu computador, clique em <gui>Mostrar outros aplicativos</gui>."
++"Selecione o aplicativo que deseja e clique em <gui>Definir como padrão</gui>."
++" Por padrão, o gerenciador de arquivos só mostra aplicativos que ele sabe "
++"que conseguem lidar com o arquivo. Para olhar todos os aplicativos no seu "
++"computador, clique em <gui>Mostrar outros aplicativos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -7431,7 +8533,8 @@
+ "<gui>Aplicativos recomendados</gui>. Você então será capaz de usá-lo pelo "
+ "clique com botão direito no arquivo e selecionando-o na lista."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -7439,35 +8542,36 @@
+ "Isso altera o aplicativo padrão não apenas para o arquivo selecionado, mas "
+ "para todos aqueles que sejam do mesmo tipo."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Mostra e esconde rapidamente as pré-visualizações de documentos, imagens, "
+-"vídeos e mais."
++"Mostra e esconde rapidamente as visualizações de documentos, imagens, vídeos "
++"e mais."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+-msgstr "Pré-visualizar arquivos e pastas"
++msgstr "Visualizando arquivos e pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7478,7 +8582,8 @@
+ "vai abrir em uma janela simples de pré-visualização. Pressione a barra de "
+ "espaço novamente para fechar a pré-visualização."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7488,7 +8593,8 @@
+ "documentos, imagens, vídeos e áudio. Na pré-visualização, você pode "
+ "navegador nos documentos ou buscar no vídeo e áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7503,17 +8609,20 @@
+ "<key>f</key> novamente para sair da tela cheia ou pressione barra de espaço "
+ "para sair por completo da pré-visualização."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Arquivos excluídos são normalmente enviados para a lixeira, mas podem ser "
+ "restaurados."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+-msgstr "Restaurar um arquivo da lixeira"
++msgstr "Restaurando um arquivo da lixeira"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7521,22 +8630,27 @@
+ "Se você excluir um arquivo com o gerenciador de arquivos, o arquivo "
+ "normalmente é colocado na <gui>Lixeira</gui> e pode ser restaurado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "Para restaurar um arquivo da lixeira:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Arquivos</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Lixeira</gui> na barra lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+@@ -7544,7 +8658,8 @@
+ "Se o seu arquivo excluído estiver ali, clique nele e selecione "
+ "<gui>Restaurar</gui>. Ele será restaurado à pasta de onde foi excluído."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7556,7 +8671,8 @@
+ "Arquivos que foram excluídos permanentemente não podem ser restaurados da "
+ "<gui>Lixeira</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7570,16 +8686,19 @@
+ "por acidente, talvez seja melhor pedir conselho em um fórum de suporte para "
+ "ver se você consegue recuperá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ejete ou desmonte uma unidade removível USB, CD, DVD ou outro dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+-msgstr "Remover uma unidade externa com segurança"
++msgstr "Removendo uma unidade externa com segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+@@ -7596,15 +8715,18 @@
+ "como CD ou DVD, você pode seguir os mesmos passos para ejetar o disco do seu "
+ "computador."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "Para ejetar um dispositivo removível:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr "No panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>, abra <app>Arquivos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+@@ -7613,7 +8735,9 @@
+ "ejetar ao lado do nome. Clique nesse ícone para removê-lo com segurança ou "
+ "ejetar o dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(item/p) C/files-removedrive.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7621,11 +8745,13 @@
+ "Alternativamente, você pode clicar com botão direito no nome do dispositivo "
+ "na barra lateral e selecionar <gui>Ejetar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr "Remover uma unidade externa com segurança quando se está em uso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+@@ -7636,20 +8762,25 @@
+ "informado por uma janela dizendo que <gui>o volume está ocupado</gui>. Para "
+ "remover o dispositivo com segurança:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique <gui>Cancelar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+ msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+ msgstr "Fechar todos os arquivos de um dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+ msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no ícone de ejetar para remover com segurança ou ejetar o dispositivo."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+@@ -7659,15 +8790,18 @@
+ "dispositivo sem fechar os arquivos. Isso pode provocar erros nos aplicativos "
+ "que têm esses arquivos abertos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "Altere o nome do arquivo ou da pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+-msgstr "Renomear um arquivo ou uma pasta"
++msgstr "Renomeando um arquivo ou uma pasta"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+@@ -7675,11 +8809,13 @@
+ "Assim como em outros gerenciadores de arquivos, você pode usar o gerenciador "
+ "de arquivos do GNOME para alterar o nome de um arquivo ou pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "Para renomear um arquivo ou pasta:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7687,11 +8823,13 @@
+ "Clique com o botão direito em um item e selecione <gui>Renomear</gui> ou "
+ "selecione o arquivo e pressione <key>F2</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Digite o novo nome e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+@@ -7699,7 +8837,8 @@
+ "Você também pode renomear um arquivo pela janela de <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "file-properties-basic\">propriedades</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7714,7 +8853,8 @@
+ "precisar alterar a extensão também, selecione o nome completo do arquivo e "
+ "mude-o."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+ "the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
+@@ -7725,18 +8865,20 @@
+ "no botão de roda-dentada na barra de ferramentas e selecione <gui>Desfazer</"
+ "gui> para restaurar o nome anterior."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Caracteres válidos para nomes de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode usar quaisquer caracteres nos nomes de arquivos, exceto <key>/</"
+ "key> (barra). Contudo, alguns dispositivos usam um <em>sistema de arquivos</"
+@@ -7745,7 +8887,8 @@
+ "key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</"
+ "key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7755,16 +8898,20 @@
+ "arquivo ficará <link xref=\"files-hidden\">oculto</link> quando você tentar "
+ "visualizá-lo no gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comuns"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "O nome de arquivo já está em uso"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7774,7 +8921,8 @@
+ "pasta. Se tentar renomear um arquivo com um nome que já exista na pasta em "
+ "que está trabalhando, o gerenciador de arquivos não permitirá."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -7784,11 +8932,13 @@
+ "<file>Arquivo.txt</file> não é a mesma coisa que <file>ARQUIVO.txt</file>. "
+ "Usar nome de arquivo assim é permitido, embora não seja recomendável."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "O nome do arquivo é muito longo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+@@ -7801,11 +8951,13 @@
+ "trabalho/propostas-comerciais/… </file>). Então, você deveria evitar "
+ "arquivos e pastas com nomes extensos, na medida do possível."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "A opção para renomear está acinzentada"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+@@ -7814,18 +8966,20 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se <gui>Renomear</gui> estiver acinzentado, você não tem permissão para "
+ "renomear o arquivo. Você deveria ter cuidado ao renomear tais arquivos, pois "
+-"renomear alguns arquivos protegidos pode causar instabilidade no seu "
+-"sistema. Veja <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> para "
+-"mais informações."
++"renomear alguns arquivos protegidos pode causar instabilidade no seu sistema."
++" Veja <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> para mais "
++"informações."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Localize os arquivos com base no nome e tipo. Salve suas buscas para uso "
+ "posterior."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+@@ -7835,16 +8989,21 @@
+ "diretamente de dentro do gerenciador de arquivos. Você pode até mesmo salvar "
+ "buscas comuns, e elas aparecerão como pastas especiais em sua pasta pessoal."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Outros aplicativos de pesquisa"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Pesquisar"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -7852,7 +9011,8 @@
+ "Se você sabe que os arquivos que deseja estão em uma pasta em particular, vá "
+ "até ela."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -7860,7 +9020,8 @@
+ "Clique na lente de aumento na barra de ferramentas ou pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
+ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
+@@ -7871,21 +9032,24 @@
+ "digite <input>orçamento</input>. Pressione <key>Enter</key>. As palavras são "
+ "comparadas ignorando maiusculização."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
+ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode restringir seus resultados pela localização e tipo do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
+ "file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique <gui>Pasta pessoal</gui> para restringir os resultados de pesquisas à "
+-"sua <file>Pasta pessoal</file> ou <gui>Todos arquivos</gui> para pesquisar "
+-"em tudo."
++"Clique em <gui>Pasta pessoal</gui> para restringir os resultados de "
++"pesquisas à sua <file>Pasta pessoal</file> ou <gui>Todos arquivos</gui> para "
++"pesquisar em tudo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
+ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
+@@ -7896,7 +9060,8 @@
+ "arquivo. Clique no botão <key>x</key> para remover esta opção e ampliar os "
+ "resultados de pesquisa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -7905,7 +9070,8 @@
+ "arquivos a partir dos resultados da busca, assim como faria com qualquer "
+ "outra pasta no seu gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+ "return to the folder."
+@@ -7913,7 +9079,8 @@
+ "Clique na lente de aumento na barra de ferramentas novamente para sair da "
+ "busca e retornar à pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -7921,15 +9088,18 @@
+ "Se você realiza certas pesquisas com frequência, você pode salvá-las para "
+ "acessá-las rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:73(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Salvar uma pesquisa"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Comece uma pesquisa como descrito acima."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
+ "select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+@@ -7937,18 +9107,21 @@
+ "Quando satisfeito com os parâmetros da busca, clique no botão de roda-"
+ "dentada e selecione <gui>Salvar pesquisa como</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Dê um nome à pesquisa e clique em <gui>Salvar</gui>. Se quiser, selecione "
+ "uma pasta diferente na qual salvará a pesquisa. Quando você vir essa pasta, "
+ "você verá sua pesquisa salva como um ícone de pasta laranja com uma lupa "
+ "nele."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -7960,7 +9133,8 @@
+ "com qualquer outro arquivo. Quando você exclui uma pesquisa salva, os "
+ "arquivos que a pesquisa encontrou não são excluídos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -7968,11 +9142,13 @@
+ "Pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> para selecionar "
+ "múltiplos arquivos que tenham nomes similares."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Selecione arquivos por um padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -7986,7 +9162,8 @@
+ "as partes em comum dos nomes de arquivos mais caracteres curingas. Existem "
+ "dois desses caracteres disponíveis:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -7994,15 +9171,18 @@
+ "<file>*</file> coincide com qualquer quantidade de quaisquer caracteres, até "
+ "mesmo nenhum."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr "<file>?</file> coincide com exatamente um caractere qualquer."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Por exemplo:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -8012,11 +9192,13 @@
+ "tenham, todos eles, um mesmo nome base <file>Fatura</file>, selecione todos "
+ "os três utilizando o padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Fatura.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -8026,11 +9208,13 @@
+ "<file>Férias-002.jpg</file>, <file>Férias-003.jpg</file>; selecione todas "
+ "elas com o padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Férias-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -8040,21 +9224,25 @@
+ "adicionou <file>-editada</file> no final do nome dos arquivos das fotos que "
+ "você editou, selecione essas fotografias editadas com"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Férias-???-editada.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
+ msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Transfira arquivos facilmente para os seus contatos de e-mail a partir do "
+ "gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
+ msgid "Share files by email"
+-msgstr "Compartilhar arquivos por e-mail"
++msgstr "Compartilhando arquivos por e-mail"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
+ "file manager."
+@@ -8062,7 +9250,8 @@
+ "Você pode compartilhar arquivos facilmente com seus contatos diretamente por "
+ "e-mail do gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
+ "computer, and your email account is configured."
+@@ -8070,22 +9259,27 @@
+ "Antes de começar, assegure-se que o <app>Evolution</app> está instalado no "
+ "seu computador e sua conta de e-mail está configurada."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
+ msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr "Para compartilhar um arquivo por e-mail:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:47(item/p) C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Arquivos</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "Localize o arquivo que queira transferir."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
+ "Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+@@ -8093,7 +9287,8 @@
+ "Clique com o botão direito no arquivo e selecione <gui>Enviar para</gui>. A "
+ "janela <gui>Redigir mensagem</gui> vai aparecer com o arquivo anexado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
+ "want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
+@@ -8104,7 +9299,8 @@
+ "<gui>Assunto</gui> e no corpo da mensagem como solicitado e clique "
+ "<gui>Enviar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+ "<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+@@ -8113,16 +9309,19 @@
+ "mantendo pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto clica com botão "
+ "direito em qualquer dos arquivos selecionados."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Organiza arquivos por nome, tamanho, tipo ou quando eles foram modificados."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+-msgstr "Organizar arquivos e pastas"
++msgstr "Organizando arquivos e pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+@@ -8135,7 +9334,8 @@
+ "arquivos. Veja <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> para informações sobre como "
+ "alterar a ordem padrão da organização."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+@@ -8145,11 +9345,13 @@
+ "que você está usando. Você pode alterar a visão atual usando a lista ou "
+ "botões de ícones na barra de ferramentas."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Visão de ícone"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
+@@ -8161,7 +9363,8 @@
+ "ferramentas e escolha <gui>Por nome</gui>, <gui>Por tamanho</gui>, <gui>Por "
+ "tipo</gui> ou <gui>Por data de modificação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+ "their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+@@ -8171,7 +9374,8 @@
+ "organizados por seus nomes, em ordem alfabética. Veja <link xref=\"#ways\"/> "
+ "para outras opções."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+ "from the pull-down menu."
+@@ -8179,11 +9383,13 @@
+ "Você pode organizar em ordem reversa selecionando <gui>Ordem inversa</gui> "
+ "no menu suspenso."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Visão de lista"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -8194,7 +9400,8 @@
+ "gui> para organizar por tipo de arquivo. Clique no cabeçalho da coluna "
+ "novamente para organizar na ordem inversa."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+ "columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -8210,23 +9417,28 @@
+ "você poderá organizar por essas colunas. Veja <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
+ "para descrições das colunas disponíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:76(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Formas de organizar arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:79(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "Por nome"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Organiza alfabeticamente por nome do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:83(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "Por tamanho"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -8234,11 +9446,13 @@
+ "Organiza por tamanho do arquivo (quanto espaço em disco ele ocupa). "
+ "Organizar do menor para o maior, por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "Por tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -8246,11 +9460,13 @@
+ "Organizar alfabeticamente por tipo de arquivo. Arquivos do mesmo tipo são "
+ "agrupados e, então, organizados por nome."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "Por data de modificação"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -8258,21 +9474,25 @@
+ "Organizar por data e horário que um arquivo foi modificado pela última vez. "
+ "Organiza do mais antigo para o mais novo, por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Crie rapidamente novos documentos de modelos de arquivos personalizados."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Modelos para tipos de documentos comumente usados"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -8285,11 +9505,13 @@
+ "de reusar. Por exemplo, você poderia criar um modelo de documento com "
+ "cabeçalho de carta."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Criar um novo modelo"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -8297,7 +9519,8 @@
+ "Crie um documento que você vai usar como um modelo. Por exemplo, você "
+ "poderia fazer um cabeçalho de carta em uma aplicativo processador de texto."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+@@ -8307,15 +9530,18 @@
+ "sua <file>Pasta pessoal</file>. Se a pasta <file>Modelos</file> não existir, "
+ "você precisará criá-la antes."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Usar um modelo para criar um documento"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "Abra a pasta onde você gostaria de colocar o novo documento."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+ "style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+@@ -8325,27 +9551,33 @@
+ "Então, escolha <gui style=\"menuitem\">Novo documento</gui>. Os nomes dos "
+ "modelos disponíveis serão listados no submenu."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Escolha o modelo desejado da lista."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Digite um nome de arquivo para o documento recém-criado."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+-msgstr "Cliqe no arquivo para abri-lo e começar a editá-lo."
++msgstr "Clique no arquivo para abri-lo e começar a editá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr "Esses são arquivos backup. Eles estão ocultos por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "O que é um arquivo com um \"~\" no final do seu nome?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -8357,13 +9589,14 @@
+ "editados no editor de texto <app>gedit</app> ou outros aplicativos. É seguro "
+ "excluí-los, mas não há risco em mantê-los em seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> "
+-"toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Por padrão, estes arquivos são ocultos. Se você está os vendo, é porque você "
+ "selecionou tanto <gui>Mostrar arquivos ocultos</gui> (no menu <media type="
+@@ -8372,7 +9605,8 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Você pode escondê-los novamente repetindo "
+ "qualquer um destes passos."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+@@ -8380,73 +9614,88 @@
+ "Esses arquivos são tratados da mesma forma que arquivos ocultos comuns. Veja "
+ "<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> por conselho sobre lidar com arquivos ocultos."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1a213e5631099c2f0135bd8fd5f8d871'"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Pesquisar</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">excluir arquivos</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">cópias de segurança</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">unidades removíveis</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Pesquisar</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">excluir arquivos</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">cópias de "
++"segurança</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">unidades removíveis</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "Arquivos, pastas &amp; pesquisa"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "Gerenciador de arquivos <app>Nautilus</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Tarefas comuns"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Outros tópicos"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Unidades removíveis e discos externos"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Cópia de segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Dicas e perguntas"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "Como e onde relatar problemas com esses tópicos de ajuda."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+-msgstr "Participar para melhorar esse guia"
++msgstr "Participando para melhorar este guia"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "Relatar um erro ou um melhoramento"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8461,7 +9710,8 @@
+ "Para informar um erro, vá para <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
+ "\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+@@ -8471,24 +9721,26 @@
+ "atualizações por e-mail sobre o status dele. Se você não tem uma conta "
+ "ainda, clique no link de <gui>New Account</gui> para criar uma."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assim que você tiver uma conta, conecte-se, clique em <guiseq><gui>File a "
+ "Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Antes de "
+ "relatar um erro, por favor leia as <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
+ "page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">diretrizes de escrita de relatórios de erro</"
+-"link> e por favor <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-user-docs\">pesquise</link> pelo erro para ver se alguma coisa "
+-"similar já existe."
++"link> e por favor <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product="
++"gnome-user-docs\">pesquise</link> pelo erro para ver se alguma coisa similar "
++"já existe."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8500,7 +9752,8 @@
+ "componente <gui>gnome-help</gui>. Se você não tem certeza qual componente o "
+ "erro está relacionado, escolha <gui>general</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+@@ -8510,7 +9763,8 @@
+ "abordado, escolha <gui>enhancement</gui> no menu <gui>Severity</gui>. "
+ "Preencha nas seções de Summary e Description e clique em <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+@@ -8518,11 +9772,13 @@
+ "Ao seu relatório será dado um número de ID e seu status será atualizado como "
+ "sendo tratado. Obrigado por ajudar a fazer da Ajuda do GNOME melhor!"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "Nos contate"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+@@ -8532,7 +9788,8 @@
+ "link> para a lista de discussão do GNOME docs para aprender mais sobre como "
+ "se envolver com a equipe de documentação."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
+ "experience."
+@@ -8540,15 +9797,18 @@
+ "Considere mudar para o GNOME Clássico, se você preferir uma experiência de "
+ "ambiente mais tradicional."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
+ msgid "Petr Kovar"
+ msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
+ msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+ msgstr "O que é GNOME Clássico?"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+ "desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
+@@ -8557,26 +9817,28 @@
+ "\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
+ "at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<em>GNOME Clássico</em> é um recurso para usuários que preferem uma "
++"O <em>GNOME Clássico</em> é um recurso para usuários que preferem uma "
+ "experiência de ambiente mais tradicional. Enquanto o <em>GNOME Clássico</em> "
+ "é baseado nas tecnologias do <em>GNOME 3</em>, ele fornece várias alterações "
+-"na interface do usuário, tais como os menus <gui xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">Aplicativos</gui> e <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Locais</gui> na barra "
+-"superior e uma lista de janelas na parte inferior da janela."
++"na interface do usuário, tais como os menus <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">Aplicativos</gui> e <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Locais</"
++"gui> na barra superior e uma lista de janelas na parte inferior da janela."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
+-"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
+-"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode usar o menu <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aplicativos</gui> na "
+-"barra superior para iniciar aplicativos. O <em xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">panorama de atividades</em> está disponível ao selecionar o item "
+-"<gui>Panorama de atividades</gui> no menu."
++"barra superior para iniciar aplicativos. O <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">panorama de atividades</em> está disponível ao selecionar o "
++"item <gui>Panorama de atividades</gui> no menu."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
+ "can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+@@ -8585,12 +9847,17 @@
+ "você também pode pressionar a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+ "key>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:43(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:126(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
+ msgid "Window list"
+ msgstr "Lista de janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:45(section/p) C/shell-introduction.page:281(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
+ msgid ""
+ "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
+ "windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+@@ -8599,7 +9866,10 @@
+ "suas janelas e aplicativos abertos e permite que você minimize e restaure-os "
+ "rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:48(section/p) C/shell-introduction.page:285(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
+ msgid ""
+ "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
+ "for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+@@ -8614,7 +9884,8 @@
+ "trabalho diferente, você pode clicar no identificador e selecionar o espaço "
+ "de trabalho que você deseja usar do menu."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+ "display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+@@ -8626,11 +9897,13 @@
+ "ícone azul mostra a <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">área de notificação</"
+ "link>, o que permite a você acesso as suas notificações."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
+ msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+ msgstr "Alternar para e do GNOME Clássico"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:65(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
+ "extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
+@@ -8640,12 +9913,15 @@
+ "do GNOME Shell instaladas. Algumas distribuições Linux podem não ter essas "
+ "extensões disponíveis ou instaladas por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:71(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
+ msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+ msgstr "Para alternar do <em>GNOME</em> para <em>GNOME Clássico</em>:"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:73(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:98(item/p)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+ "hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+@@ -8653,8 +9929,10 @@
+ "Salve qualquer trabalho aberto e encerre sua sessão. Selecione seu nome no "
+ "canto superior direito e, então, selecione <gui>Encerrar sessão</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:77(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:102(item/p)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
+ msgid ""
+ "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+ "The login screen appears."
+@@ -8662,15 +9940,20 @@
+ "Aparecerá uma mensagem de confirmação. Selecione <gui>Encerrar sessão</gui> "
+ "para confirmar. A tela de início de sessão aparecerá."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:81(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:106(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
+ msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+ msgstr "Na tela de início de sessão, selecione seu nome de usuário na lista."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:84(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
+ msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+ msgstr "Digite sua senha no campo de senhas."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
+ "Classic</gui>."
+@@ -8678,15 +9961,19 @@
+ "Clique em <gui>Seção</gui> logo abaixo da caixa de entrada de senhas e "
+ "escolha <gui>GNOME Clássico</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:91(item/p) C/gnome-classic.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Entrar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
+ msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+ msgstr "Para alternar do <em>GNOME Clássico</em> para <em>GNOME</em>:"
+ 
+-#: C/gnome-classic.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -8694,26 +9981,31 @@
+ "Clique em <gui>Seção</gui> logo abaixo da caixa de entrada de senhas e "
+ "escolha <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">leitores de impressões digitais</link>, "
+-"cartões digitais…"
++"cartões inteligentes…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+-msgstr "Impressões digitais &amp; cartões digitais"
++msgstr "Impressões digitais &amp; cartões inteligentes"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Solucione problemas de leitores de cartão de memória"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+-msgstr "Problema de leitor de cartão de memória"
++msgstr "Problemas com leitor de cartão de memória"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8725,7 +10017,8 @@
+ "xref=\"disk-partitions\">montados</link>. Seguem aqui algumas etapas de "
+ "soluções, caso não sejam:"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8740,22 +10033,25 @@
+ "serem inseridos corretamente. (Tenha cuidado para não empurrar muito forte! "
+ "Se você se deparar com algo sólido, não force.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Abra <app>Aqruivos</app> usando o menu de <gui>Atividades</gui>. O cartão "
++"Abra <app>Arquivos</app> usando o menu de <gui>Atividades</gui>. O cartão "
+ "inserido aparece na lista de <gui>Dispositivos</gui> na barra lateral da "
+ "esquerda? Algumas vezes, o cartão aparece nessa lista, mas não é montado. "
+ "Clique nele uma vez para montar. (Se a barra lateral não está visível, "
+ "pressione <key>F9</key> ou clique <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui> Barra lateral</"
+ "gui><gui> Mostra a barra lateral</gui></guiseq>.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8768,7 +10064,8 @@
+ "nenhum cartão estiver presente e como o próprio cartão, quando o cartão "
+ "tiver sido montado (veja a imagem abaixo)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8778,15 +10075,16 @@
+ "próprio cartão. Tente um cartão diferente ou verifique o cartão em um leitor "
+ "diferente, se possível."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se nenhum cartão ou unidades estiverem disponíveis na pasta <gui>Computador</"
+ "gui>, é possível que seu leitor de cartão não funcione no Linux por causa de "
+@@ -8796,7 +10094,8 @@
+ "celular, etc.) em uma porta USB do computador. Leitores de cartão USB "
+ "(externo) também estão disponíveis e têm suporte muito melhor no Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+@@ -8804,11 +10103,13 @@
+ "Um driver de hardware/dispositivo permite que seu computador use "
+ "dispositivos que são anexados a ele."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "O que é um driver?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8818,7 +10119,8 @@
+ "<em>externos</em>, como impressoras e monitor, ou <em>interno</em>, como "
+ "gráficos e áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8828,7 +10130,8 @@
+ "saber como se comunica com eles. Isso é feito por um pedaço de software "
+ "chamado de <em>driver de dispositivo</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8842,7 +10145,8 @@
+ "não será capaz de usar a impressora. Normalmente, cada modelo de dispositivo "
+ "usa um driver que é incompatível com nenhum outro modelo."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8852,7 +10156,8 @@
+ "padrão. Então, tudo deveria funcionar quando conectado. Porém, os drivers "
+ "podem precisar serem instalados manualmente ou podem não estar disponíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8863,15 +10168,18 @@
+ "imprimir frente-e-verso, mas, tirando isso, pode estar completamente "
+ "funcional."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Solucione problemas de vídeo e tela."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas com tela"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8881,46 +10189,54 @@
+ "drivers ou configurações de vídeo. Qual dos tópicos abaixo descrevem melhor "
+ "o problema que você está experimentando?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Problemas de hardware</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">impressoras</link>, <link xref=\"power\">configurações de "
+ "energia</link>, <link xref=\"color\">gerenciamento de cores</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">discos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Hardwares &amp; drivers"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas com hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr "Obtenha suporte ao vivo no IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+@@ -8930,7 +10246,8 @@
+ "em tempo real. Você pode obter ajuda ou conselho no servidor IRC do GNOME de "
+ "outros usuários e desenvolvedores do GNOME."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+@@ -8940,7 +10257,8 @@
+ "<app>xchat</app> ou usando uma interface web como <link href=\"http://chat."
+ "mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+@@ -8948,7 +10266,8 @@
+ "Para criar uma conta IRC no empathy, veja a <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">documentação do Empathy</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -8960,7 +10279,8 @@
+ "configurado de forma apropriada, você pode clicar no link <link href=\"irc://"
+ "irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> para acessar o canal do <sys>gnome</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+@@ -8968,7 +10288,8 @@
+ "Apesar do IRC ser uma discussão em tempo real, as pessoas tendem a não "
+ "responder imediatamente. Então, seja paciente."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+ "code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+@@ -8976,28 +10297,32 @@
+ "Por favor, note que o <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/"
+ "\">código de conduta do GNOME</link> se aplica quando você conversa no IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "Solicite suporte por e-mail."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "Lista de discussão"
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+ "The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
+ "gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Listas de discussão são discussões baseadas em email. Você pode pedir "
++"Listas de discussão são discussões baseadas em e-mail. Você pode pedir "
+ "suporte usando a lista de discussão do GNOME. Quase qualquer aplicativo do "
+ "GNOME possui sua própria lista de discussão. A lista completa de listas de "
+-"discussão está listado em <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo"
+-"\"/>."
++"discussão está listado em <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/"
++"listinfo\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+@@ -9005,7 +10330,8 @@
+ "Você pode precisar se registrar na lista de discussão antes de ser capaz de "
+ "enviar um e-mail para ela."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+@@ -9016,15 +10342,19 @@
+ "para pessoas que falam alemão ou <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> para todas as "
+ "questões relacionadas ao Chile."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+-msgstr "Faça o ponto de inserção piscar e controle a frequência com que pisca."
++msgstr ""
++"Faça o ponto de inserção piscar e controle a frequência com que pisca."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+-msgstr "Fazer o cursor de teclado piscar"
++msgstr "Fazendo o cursor de teclado piscar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -9032,40 +10362,46 @@
+ "Se você acha difícil ver o cursor de teclado em um campo de texto, você pode "
+ "fazê-lo piscar para ficar mais fácil de encontrá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra o <gui>Teclado</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Digitação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Cursor intermitente nos campos de texto</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use a barra deslizante <gui>Velocidade</gui> para ajustar a frequência com "
+ "que o cursor pisca."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34(media)
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' "
+-"md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' "
+-"md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
+ msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
+ "than with a right-click."
+@@ -9073,15 +10409,19 @@
+ "A tecla <key>Menu</key> chama um menu de contexto com o teclado em vez de um "
+ "com clique no botão direito do mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24(license/p) C/translate.page:21(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
+ msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr "Creative Commons CompartilhaIgual 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Compartilhada Igual 3.0"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
+ msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr "O que é a tecla <key>Menu</key>?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
+ "key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
+@@ -9099,7 +10439,8 @@
+ "ponteiro flutuando sobre um menu: <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
+ "src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key icon</media>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
+ "keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
+@@ -9111,7 +10452,8 @@
+ "dispositivo similar não está disponível ou quanto o botão direito do mouse "
+ "não está presente."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
+ "particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
+@@ -9123,7 +10465,8 @@
+ "incluem, uma tecla de função <key>Menu</key> que pode ser ativada em "
+ "combinação com a tecla Function (<key>Fn</key>)."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
+ "menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
+@@ -9137,7 +10480,8 @@
+ "Quando você usar a tecla <key>Menu</key>, o menu de contexto é mostrado para "
+ "a área da tela que seu cursor está sobre, quando a tecla é pressionada."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
+ "it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+@@ -9145,11 +10489,13 @@
+ "A tecla <key>Super</key> abre o panorama de atividades. Ela normalmente fica "
+ "próxima à tecla <key>Alt</key> do seu teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
+ msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+ msgstr "O que é a tecla <key>Super</key>?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
+ "displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+@@ -9158,11 +10504,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quando você pressiona a tecla <key>Super</key>, o panorama de atividades é "
+ "exibido. Essa tecla é normalmente encontrada no canto inferior esquerdo do "
+-"seu teclado, próximo à tecla <key>Alt</key>, e muitas vezes há um ícone do "
+-"Windows. Algumas vezes, é chamada de <em>tecla \"Windows\"</em> ou de tecla "
+-"de sistema."
++"seu teclado, próximo à tecla <key>Alt</key>, e muitas vezes há um ícone "
++"do Windows. Algumas vezes, é chamada de <em>tecla \"Windows\"</em> ou de "
++"tecla de sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
+ "instead of the Windows key."
+@@ -9170,19 +10517,24 @@
+ "Se você tiver um teclado da Apple, você terá uma tecla <key>⌘</key> "
+ "(Command) em vez da tecla Windows."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
+ msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+ msgstr "Para alterar qual tecla é usada para exibir o panorama de atividades:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Clique na aba <gui>Atalhos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+ "activities overview</gui> on the right."
+@@ -9190,81 +10542,91 @@
+ "Selecione <gui>Sistema</gui> ao lado esquerdo da janela e <gui>Mostrar o "
+ "panorama de atividades</gui> à direita."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
+ msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr "Clique na definição atual do atalho no extremo direito."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+ msgstr "Pressione a combinação de teclas desejada."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'02bfa568b8d7775cf2ab119c28aa6864'"
+ 
+ # Nome dele não tem acento.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
+ msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
+ msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+ msgstr "Adicione disposições de teclado e alterne entre eles."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
+ msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "Usando disposições de teclado alternativas"
++msgstr "Usando disposições alternativas de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+ "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+@@ -9275,33 +10637,37 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Teclados vêm em centenas de diferentes disposições para diferentes idiomas. "
+ "Mesmo em um único idioma, frequentemente existem mais de uma disposição de "
+-"teclado, como a Dvorak para o inglês ou BR-Nativo para o português do "
+-"Brasil. Você pode fazer seu teclado se comportar como um com uma disposição "
+-"de teclas diferente, independentemente das letras e símbolos impressas nas "
++"teclado, como a Dvorak para o inglês ou BR-Nativo para o português do Brasil."
++" Você pode fazer seu teclado se comportar como um com uma disposição de "
++"teclas diferente, independentemente das letras e símbolos impressas nas "
+ "teclas. Isso é útil se você costumar alternar entre idiomas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Região &amp; idioma</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão <key>+</key>, selecione uma disposição e clique em "
+ "<gui>Adicionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode visualizar uma imagem de qualquer disposição selecionando-a na "
+ "lista e clicando em <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
+ "symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">Visualizar</media></gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
+ "those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
+@@ -9322,7 +10688,8 @@
+ "\"16\">visualização</media></gui> vai dar a você acesso às configurações "
+ "extras."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+ "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+@@ -9341,7 +10708,8 @@
+ "style=\"button\">Opções</gui> para selecione como você deseja lidar com "
+ "múltiplas disposições."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
+ "<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
+@@ -9350,15 +10718,16 @@
+ "available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
+ "also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
+-"A barra superior vai exibir um pequeno identificador para o layout atual, "
+-"como <gui>en</gui> para a disposição em inglês padrão. Clique no indicador "
+-"de disposição e selecione a disposição que você desejar usar do menu. Se o "
+-"idioma selecionado possui algumas definições extras, estas serão mostradas "
+-"embaixo da lista de disposições disponíveis. Isso permite que você tenha uma "
+-"visão geral das suas definições. Você também pode abrir uma imagem com a "
+-"disposição de teclado atual como referência."
++"A barra superior vai exibir um pequeno identificador para a disposição "
++"atual, como <gui>en</gui> para a disposição em inglês padrão. Clique no "
++"indicador de disposição e selecione a disposição que você desejar usar do "
++"menu. Se o idioma selecionado possui algumas definições extras, estas serão "
++"mostradas embaixo da lista de disposições disponíveis. Isso permite que você "
++"tenha uma visão geral das suas definições. Você também pode abrir uma imagem "
++"com a disposição de teclado atual como referência."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
+ "Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
+@@ -9377,15 +10746,18 @@
+ "<key>Espaço</key></keyseq>. Você pode alterar esses atalhos nas "
+ "configurações de <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "Use aplicativos e a área de trabalho sem um mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Navegação do teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -9397,25 +10769,29 @@
+ "usar um teclado o máximo possível. Para atalhos de teclado que são úteis "
+ "para todos usuários, veja <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "mousekeys\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você não puder usar um dispositivo de apontamento como um mouse, você "
+-"pode controlar o ponteiro do mouse usando um teclado numérico do seu "
+-"teclado. Veja <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> para detalhes."
++"pode controlar o ponteiro do mouse usando um teclado numérico do seu teclado."
++" Veja <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> para detalhes."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Navegar na interface do usuário"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -9429,16 +10805,19 @@
+ "keyseq> também pode interromper um controle que use <key>Tab</key> por ele "
+ "mesmo, como uma área de texto."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Mantenha pressionado o <key>Shift</key> para mover o foco na ordem inversa."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Teclas de setas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -9449,7 +10828,8 @@
+ "em uma barra de ferramentas, selecione itens em uma visão de ícones ou lista "
+ "ou selecione um botão de opção de um grupo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -9457,11 +10837,13 @@
+ "Em uma visão de árvore, usa as teclas de seta para recolher e expandir itens "
+ "com crianças."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Teclas de setas</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -9469,11 +10851,13 @@
+ "Em uma visão de ícones ou lista, move o foco do teclado para outro item sem "
+ "alterar qual item está selecionado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Teclas de seta</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -9481,20 +10865,24 @@
+ "Em uma visão de ícones ou lista, seleciona todos os itens de item atualmente "
+ "selecionado para o item em foco recentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Espaço</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ativa um item em foco, como um botão, caixa de seleção ou item de lista."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Espaço</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -9502,11 +10890,13 @@
+ "Em uma visão de ícones ou lista, seleciona ou retira o item em foco sem "
+ "desmarcar outros itens."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -9518,19 +10908,23 @@
+ "Pressione <key>Alt</key> junto com a letra sublinhada para ativar um "
+ "controle, como se você tivesse clicado nela."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "Sai de um menu, janela instantânea, alternador ou janela de diálogo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -9538,17 +10932,20 @@
+ "Abre o primeiro menu na barra de menu de uma janela. Use as teclas de setas "
+ "para navegar nos menus."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Abre o aplicativo de menu na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "menu\">Menu</key>"
+@@ -9556,7 +10953,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "menu\">Menu</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -9564,11 +10962,13 @@
+ "Apresenta o menu de contexto para a seleção atual, como se você tivesse "
+ "clicado com o botão direito."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -9577,7 +10977,8 @@
+ "como se você tivesse clicado com o botão direito no plano de fundo e não em "
+ "algum item."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9585,19 +10986,24 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr "Em uma interface com abas, alterna para a aba da esquerda ou direita."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Navegar na área de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -9609,20 +11015,26 @@
+ "esteja destacada. Então, libere o <key>Alt</key>. Isso é similar à "
+ "funcionalidade do <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr "Alterna entre todas as janelas abertas em um espaço de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
+ "link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+@@ -9630,19 +11042,24 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Abre a área de notificação."
+ "</link> Pressione <key>Esc</key> para fechar."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Navegar nas janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Fecha a janela atual."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9650,7 +11067,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+@@ -9660,11 +11078,14 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> para maximizar. "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> maximiza e restaura."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -9675,11 +11096,14 @@
+ "key> para terminar o movimento da janela ou <key>Esc</key> para retorná-la "
+ "para seu lugar original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -9691,7 +11115,8 @@
+ "Pressione <key>Enter</key> para terminar o redimensionamento da janela ou "
+ "<key>Esc</key> para retorná-la ao seu tamanho original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9699,30 +11124,38 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximizar</link> uma janela. Pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ou <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>↓</key></keyseq> para restaurar uma janela maximizada a seu tamanho "
+ "original."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
+ msgid "Minimize a window."
+ msgstr "Minimiza uma janela."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9732,11 +11165,14 @@
+ "novamente para restaurar a janela para seu tamanho anterior. Pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> para mudar de lado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+ "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+@@ -9746,44 +11182,56 @@
+ "novamente para restaurar a janela para seu tamanho anterior. Pressione "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> para mudar de lado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Espaço</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Apresenta o menu da janela, como se você tivesse clicado com botão direito "
+ "da barra de títulos."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use um teclado em tela para digitar um texto clicando nos botões com o mouse."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+-msgstr "Usar um teclado em tela"
++msgstr "Usando um teclado em tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você não tem um teclado conectado ao seu computador ou prefere não "
+ "utilizá-lo, você pode ativar o <em>teclado em tela</em> para digitar o texto."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
+ msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alterne <gui>Teclado virtual</gui> para ON para mostrar o teclado virtual."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+@@ -9793,13 +11241,14 @@
+ "símbolos ficam disponíveis se você depois clicar no botão <gui>{#*</gui>. "
+ "Para voltar ao teclado alfabético, clique no botão <gui>Abc</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se o teclado em tela ficar atrapalhando você ver alguma coisa, clique no "
+ "botão que se parece com um teclado (próximo ao botão de <gui>notificação</"
+@@ -9808,7 +11257,8 @@
+ "mouse na parte inferior direita da tela) e clique no item teclado na área de "
+ "notificação."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9816,11 +11266,13 @@
+ "Faça o teclado não repetir as letras quando você mantém uma tecla "
+ "pressionada, ou altere o atraso e a velocidade de teclas repetidas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+-msgstr "Desativar pressionamentos repetidos de teclas"
++msgstr "Desativando pressionamentos repetidos de teclas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9832,7 +11284,8 @@
+ "dificuldades em retirar seu dedo rapidamente, você pode desativar este "
+ "recurso ou alterar o tempo que se leva antes de começar a repetir."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9840,7 +11293,8 @@
+ "Desative <gui>A tecla é repetida quando mantida pressionada</gui> para "
+ "desabilitar por completo a repetição de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+@@ -9851,26 +11305,31 @@
+ "começar a repeti-la, e ajuste a barra deslizante <gui>Velocidade</gui> para "
+ "controlar a rapidez da frequência de repetição de teclas."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Define e altera atalhos de teclado nas configurações de <gui>Teclado</gui>."
++"Defina e altere atalhos de teclado nas configurações de <gui>Teclado</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+-msgstr "Configurar atalhos de teclado"
++msgstr "Configurando atalhos de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para alterar a tecla ou as teclas a serem pressionadas para um atalho de "
+ "teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra o <gui>Teclado</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Atalhos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
+ "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
+@@ -9880,7 +11339,8 @@
+ "direita. A definição atual do atalho vai alterar para <gui>Novo acelerador..."
+ "</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+ "clear."
+@@ -9888,11 +11348,13 @@
+ "Mantenha pressionada a combinação de teclas desejada ou pressione "
+ "<key>Backspace</key> para limpar."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atalhos de teclado pré-definidos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -9900,124 +11362,147 @@
+ "Há uma grande quantidade de atalhos pré-configurados que podem ser "
+ "alterados, agrupados nestas categorias:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Lançadores"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Lançar ajuda do navegador"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Desabilitado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Lançar calculadora"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calculadora"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "Lançar cliente de correio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Correio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Lançar navegador web"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Pasta pessoal"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorador"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Navegação"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela para o espaço de trabalho 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela para o espaço de trabalho 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela para o espaço de trabalho 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela para o espaço de trabalho 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela um espaço de trabalho à esquerda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela um espaço de trabalho à direita"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela um espaço de trabalho acima"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+ "<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -10025,501 +11510,625 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+ "<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela um espaço de trabalho abaixo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Alternar aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+ msgid "Switch windows"
+ msgstr "Alternar entre janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Alternar janelas de um aplicativo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Alternar controles do sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Alternar janelas diretamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Alternar janelas de um aplicativo diretamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Alternar controles do sistema diretamente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Ocultar todas as janelas normais"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Trocar para o espaço de trabalho 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Trocar para o espaço de trabalho 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Trocar para o espaço de trabalho 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Trocar para o espaço de trabalho 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Mover para o espaço de trabalho à esquerda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Mover para o espaço de trabalho à direita"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Mover para o espaço de trabalho acima"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Mover para o espaço de trabalho abaixo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Capturas de tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Capturar uma imagem da tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Capturar imagem da tela de uma janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Capturar a tela de uma área"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar uma captura de tela para a área de transferência"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar uma captura de tela de uma janela para a área de transferência"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Copiar uma captura de tela de uma área para a área de transferência"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+ # "Grava uma gravação" não ficaria legal...
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
+ msgid "Record a screencast"
+ msgstr "Faz uma gravação de tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Som e mídia"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Mudo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "ÁudioMudo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Diminuir volume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "AbaixarVolumeÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Aumentar volume"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "AumentarVolumeÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Lançar reprodutor de multimídia"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "MídiaÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Reproduzir (ou reproduzir/pausar)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "ReproduzirÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Pausar reprodução"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "PausarÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Parar reprodução"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "PararÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Faixa anterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "ÁudioAnterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Próxima faixa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "PróximoÁudio"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Ejetar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "Sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Mostrar o prompt de executar comando"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Mostra a visual geral das atividades"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Encerra a sessão"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Bloqueia a tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
+ msgid "Show the message tray"
+ msgstr "Mostra a área de notificação"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
+ msgid "Focus the active notification"
+ msgstr "Dar foco à notificação ativa"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
+ msgid "Show all applications"
+ msgstr "Mostra todos os aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
+ msgid "Open the application menu"
+ msgstr "Abrir o menu do aplicativo"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+ msgid "Typing"
+ msgstr "Digitação"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
+ msgid "Switch to next input source"
+ msgstr "Alternar para próxima fonte de entrada"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Espaço</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+ msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+ msgstr "Alternar para fonte de entrada anterior"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+ msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+ msgstr "Modificadores alternam para próxima fonte"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+ msgid "Compose Key"
+ msgstr "Tecla de composição"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+ msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+ msgstr "Teclas de caracteres alternativos"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+ msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr "Acessibilidade"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+ msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar a ampliação"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+ msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr "Ampliar"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+ msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr "Reduzir"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+ msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar o leitor de tela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+ msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar teclado virtual"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+ msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr "Aumentar o tamanho do texto"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+ msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr "Diminuir o tamanho do texto"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+ msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr "Ativar ou desativar alto contraste"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Ativar o menu da janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Alternar modo de tela inteira"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Alternar estado de maximização"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Maximizar a janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Restaurar janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Alternar estado sombreado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Fecha a janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
+ msgid "Hide window"
+ msgstr "Ocultar janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Mover a janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Redimensionar a janela"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "Alternar janela em todos os espaços de trabalho ou em um"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Elevar janela se ela estiver coberta por outra; caso contrário, baixe-a"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Elevar a janela para frente das outras"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Colocar a janela atrás das outras"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Maximizar a janela verticalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Maximizar a janela horizontalmente"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
+ msgid "View split on left"
+ msgstr "Visualizar divisão à esquerda"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
+ msgid "View split on right"
+ msgstr "Visualizar divisão à direita"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
+ msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Alterando atalhos de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449(section/p)
+-msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta seção mostra como alterar os atalhos de teclado para um aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+ msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+ msgstr "Abra o aplicativo Terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
+ msgid ""
+ "Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
+ "true</cmd> command."
+@@ -10527,23 +12136,27 @@
+ "Execute o comando <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
+ "accels true</cmd>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+ msgid ""
+ "Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Inicie o aplicativo para o qual você deseja alterar o atalho de teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+ msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Localize o item de menu para o qual você deseja adicionar o atalho de "
+ "teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
+ msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Digite o atalho que você deseja no teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
+ "changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
+@@ -10555,26 +12168,30 @@
+ "org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd>. Você também pode "
+ "usar o utilitário <app>dconf-editor</app> para fazer isso."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atalhos personalizados"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Para criar seus próprios atalhos de teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
+ "style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <gui>Atalhos personalizados</gui> no painel esquerdo e clique no "
+-"botão <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (ou clique no botão <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">+</gui> em qualquer categoria). A janela de <gui>Atalho personalizado</"
+-"gui> vai aparecer."
++"botão <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (ou clique no botão <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> em qualquer categoria). A janela de <gui>Atalho "
++"personalizado</gui> vai aparecer."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+ "run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+@@ -10585,8 +12202,10 @@
+ "para executar um aplicativo e, então, clique em <gui>Aplicar</gui>. Por "
+ "exemplo, se você desejasse o atalho para abrir o Rhythmbox, você poderia "
+ "chamá-lo de <input>Músicas</input> e usar o comando <input>rhythmbox</input>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
+ "<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
+@@ -10596,19 +12215,21 @@
+ "ela for alterada para <gui>Novo acelerador...</gui>, mantenha pressionada a "
+ "combinação de teclas de teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+ "The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
+ "application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+-"O nome do comando que você digitar deveria ser um comando válido do "
+-"sistemas. Você pode verificar que o comando funciona abrindo um Terminal e "
+-"digitando-o lá. O comando que abre um aplicativo não pode possuir o mesmo "
+-"nome que o aplicativo."
++"O nome do comando que você digitar deveria ser um comando válido do sistemas."
++" Você pode verificar que o comando funciona abrindo um Terminal e digitando-"
++"o lá. O comando que abre um aplicativo não pode possuir o mesmo nome que o "
++"aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -10619,39 +12240,48 @@
+ "janela <gui>Atalho personalizado</gui> vai aparecer e você poderá editar o "
+ "comando."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Disposições de teclado</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor intermitente</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"a11y#mobility\">acessibilidade no teclado</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:35(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
+ msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+ msgstr "Região &amp; idioma"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Defina uma imagem, uma cor ou um gradiente como seu plano de fundo da área "
+ "de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+-msgstr "Alterar o plano de fundo da área de trabalho"
++msgstr "Alterando o plano de fundo da área de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -10659,19 +12289,23 @@
+ "Você pode alterar a imagem usada como plano de fundo da área de trabalho, ou "
+ "configurá-la para ser uma simples cor ou apenas um gradiente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Plano de fundo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr "Clique na imagem do seu plano de fundo atual no centro."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr "Existem três opções exibidas ao topo:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -10682,8 +12316,10 @@
+ "fundo profissionais que vêm junto com o GNOME. Alguns papéis são "
+ "parcialmente transparentes e permitir ver uma cor de fundo através deles. "
+ "Para esses casos, existirá um botão seletor de cor no canto inferior direito."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
+ "folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
+@@ -10702,17 +12338,21 @@
+ "selecionando <guiseq><gui>Imagem</gui><gui>Definir como papel de parede</"
+ "gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <gui>Cores</gui> para usar simplesmente uma cor sólida ou um "
+ "gradiente linear."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "As configurações são aplicadas imediatamente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+ "to view your entire desktop."
+@@ -10720,15 +12360,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Alterne para um espaço de trabalho "
+ "vazio</link> para ver toda a sua área de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "A resolução da tela pode estar configurada incorretamente."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "Por que as coisas parecem borradas/quadriculadas na minha tela?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+@@ -10736,7 +12379,8 @@
+ "Isso ocorre porque a resolução do monitor que você configurou não é a "
+ "correta para a sua tela."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
+ "In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
+@@ -10748,11 +12392,13 @@
+ "<gui>Monitores</gui>. Experimente algumas opções de <gui>Resolução</gui> e "
+ "ajuste para aquela que fizer sua tela parecer melhor."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr "Quando mais de um monitor está conectado"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -10764,7 +12410,8 @@
+ "Entretanto, a placa de vídeo do computador só pode mostrar a tela em uma "
+ "resolução por vez, então ao menos um dos dois pode aparentar borrado."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -10778,12 +12425,14 @@
+ "mesmo tempo. Você pode mover janelas de uma tela para outra, mas não poderá "
+ "mostrar uma mesma janela nas duas telas ao mesmo tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para configurar os monitores para que cada um tenha sua própria resolução:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+@@ -10791,11 +12440,13 @@
+ "Clique no seu nome na barra superior e clique em <gui>Configurações do "
+ "sistema</gui>. Abra <gui>Monitores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Desmarque <gui>Espelhar monitores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+@@ -10805,15 +12456,18 @@
+ "<gui>Monitores</gui>. Altere a <gui>Resolução</gui> até que esse monitor "
+ "exiba direito."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Altere a resolução da tela e a sua orientação (rotação)."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+-msgstr "Alterar o tamanho ou a rotação da tela"
++msgstr "Alterando o tamanho ou a rotação da tela"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -10825,7 +12479,8 @@
+ "direção elas aparecem (por exemplo, se você tiver girado o monitor) "
+ "alterando a <em>rotação</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+ "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+@@ -10834,11 +12489,13 @@
+ "configurações diferentes em cada monitor. Selecione um monitor na área de "
+ "visualização."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Selecione sua resolução e rotação desejada."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -10851,7 +12508,8 @@
+ "automaticamente restauradas. Se estiver satisfeito com os seus novos "
+ "ajustes, clique em <gui>Manter esta configuração</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+@@ -10862,11 +12520,13 @@
+ "configurações da mesma maneira que fez para o seu monitor costumeiro. Se "
+ "isso não acontecer, basta clicar em <gui>Detectar monitores</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Resolução"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+ "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+@@ -10882,7 +12542,8 @@
+ "resolução que não tenha a taxa de proporção do seu monitor, a tela terá "
+ "faixas pretas para evitar distorção."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+ "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+@@ -10891,12 +12552,15 @@
+ "Você pode escolher a resolução que preferir na lista suspensa "
+ "<gui>Resolução</gui>. Se escolher uma que não é certa para a sua tela, ela "
+ "pode <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">exibir borrada ou quadriculada</link>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Rotação"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+@@ -10908,77 +12572,91 @@
+ "rotação que desejar para o seu monitor a partir da lista suspensa "
+ "<gui>Rotação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Câmeras digitais</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editando fotos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">reproduzindo vídeos</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Câmeras digitais</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editando fotos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">reproduzindo vídeos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Som, vídeo &amp; imagens"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Som"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Som"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Som"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">alto-falantes e fones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microfones</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">alto-falantes e fones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microfones</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Som básico"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Música e reprodutores"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Música e reprodutores portáteis de áudio"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Fotos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Fotos e câmeras digitais"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Vídeos"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Vídeos e câmeras de vídeo"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+@@ -10988,19 +12666,23 @@
+ "xref=\"get-involved\">ajude a melhorar este guia</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
+ "mailing-list\">lista de discussão</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Obtenha mais ajuda"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr "Desative o touchpad enquanto digita para evitar cliques acidentais."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+-msgstr "Desabilitar touchpad ao digitar"
++msgstr "Desabilitando touchpad ao digitar"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -11012,29 +12694,36 @@
+ "digitação. Você pode desabilitar o touchpad enquanto digita. Ele só voltará "
+ "a funcionar um curto intervalo de tempo após o pressionar da última tecla."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
+ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Na seção <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Desabilitar enquanto estiver "
+ "digitando</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38(note/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A seção <gui>Touchpad</gui> aparece apenas se seu sistema tiver um touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -11042,11 +12731,13 @@
+ "Controle quão rapidamente você tem que pressionar o botão do mouse uma "
+ "segunda vez para efetuar um clique duplo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+-msgstr "Ajustar a velocidade do clique duplo"
++msgstr "Ajustando a velocidade do clique duplo"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+@@ -11059,7 +12750,8 @@
+ "você tiver dificuldade em pressionar o botão do mouse rapidamente, você "
+ "deveria aumentar o tempo de espera."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
+ "value you find comfortable."
+@@ -11067,7 +12759,8 @@
+ "Em <gui>Geral</gui>, ajuste a barra deslizante de <gui>Duplo clique</gui> "
+ "para um valor que lhe seja confortável."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
+ "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
+@@ -11077,13 +12770,14 @@
+ "singular na janela vai destacar o círculo externo. Um clique duplo via "
+ "destacar o círculo interno."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você consegue um clique duplo quando queria um clique singular apesar de "
+ "ter aumentado o tempo de espera para clique duplo, o seu mouse pode estar "
+@@ -11091,7 +12785,9 @@
+ "ele funciona corretamente. Alternativamente, conecte seu mouse em um "
+ "computador diferente e veja se ele ainda apresenta o mesmo problema."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53(note/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -11099,15 +12795,18 @@
+ "Esta configuração vai afetar o mouse, o touchpad e qualquer outro "
+ "dispositivo de apontamento."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr "Inverta os botões esquerdo e direito nas configurações do mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+-msgstr "Usar um mouse como canhoto"
++msgstr "Usando um mouse como canhoto"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -11115,7 +12814,8 @@
+ "Você trocar o comportamento dos botões esquerdo e direito no seu mouse ou "
+ "touchpad para torná-lo mais confortável para canhotos usarem."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Right</gui>."
+@@ -11123,7 +12823,8 @@
+ "Na seção <gui>Geral</gui>, altere o <gui>Botão primário</gui> para "
+ "<gui>Direito</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -11131,11 +12832,13 @@
+ "Use o botão do meio do mouse para abrir aplicativos, clique um texto, abra "
+ "abas e mais."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Clique com o botão do meio"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+@@ -11148,23 +12851,27 @@
+ "pode pressionar os botões da esquerda e da direita ao mesmo tempo para "
+ "realizar o clique do meio."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Em touchpads que têm suporte multitoque, você pode tocar com três dedos de "
+ "uma só vez para realizar o clique do meio. Você tem que <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "touchpad-click\">habilitar toque para clicar</link> nas configurações do "
+ "touchpad para isso funcionar."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Muitos aplicativos usam clique do meio para atalhos de clique avançados."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -11176,7 +12883,8 @@
+ "e, então, vá onde você gostaria de colá-lo e execute o clique do meio. O "
+ "texto selecionado é colado na posição do mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+@@ -11187,7 +12895,8 @@
+ "para sua área de transferência. Este método rápido de colagem funciona com o "
+ "botão do meio do mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -11198,7 +12907,8 @@
+ "também pode clicar com botão do meio no espaço em branco para mover "
+ "exatamente para localização que você clicou."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+@@ -11212,7 +12922,8 @@
+ "ser no dash à esquerda ou no panorama de atividades. O panorama de "
+ "aplicativos é exibido por meio do botão de grade no dash."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -11230,7 +12941,8 @@
+ "selecionado como uma URL, como se você tivesse usado o botão do meio para "
+ "colar o texto na barra de localização e pressionado <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+@@ -11244,7 +12956,8 @@
+ "você tivesse feito clique duplo."
+ 
+ # Deixei em inglês, pois algumas documentações não estão traduzidas.
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -11255,15 +12968,18 @@
+ "do meio do mouse</em> ou, em inglês, <em>middle-click</em> ou <em>middle "
+ "mouse button</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr "Habilite teclas do mouse para controlar o mouse com o teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "Clicando e movendo o ponteiro do mouse usando o teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+@@ -11273,7 +12989,8 @@
+ "ponteiro, você pode controlar o ponteiro do mouse usando o teclado numérico. "
+ "Este recurso é chamado de <em>teclas do mouse</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+ "keyboard focus to the top bar."
+@@ -11281,16 +12998,18 @@
+ "Pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para "
+ "mudar o foco do teclado para a barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Sue as teclas de seta para esquerda e para direito para selecionar o <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">menu de accessibilidade</link> e, então, pressione "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11298,7 +13017,8 @@
+ "Use as teclas de seta para cima e para baixo para selecionar <gui>Teclas do "
+ "mouse</gui> e pressionar <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -11306,7 +13026,8 @@
+ "Certifique-se de que o <key>Num Lock</key> está ativado. Agora, você poderá "
+ "mover o ponteiro do mouse usando o teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+@@ -11316,7 +13037,8 @@
+ "mouse usando apenas o teclado. Selecione as <gui>Configurações de "
+ "acessibilidade</gui> para ter mais opções de acessibilidade."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -11331,7 +13053,8 @@
+ "teclado como se fosse um teclado numérico. Se você usa este recurso com "
+ "muita frequência em um notebook, você pode comprar um teclado numérico USB."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -11344,7 +13067,8 @@
+ "com o mouse ou pressione-o rapidamente duas vezes para realizar o clique "
+ "duplo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
+ "called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
+@@ -11360,7 +13084,8 @@
+ "sobre como executar o clique com o botão direito mantendo pressionado o "
+ "<key>5</key> ou o botão da esquerda do mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+@@ -11371,7 +13096,8 @@
+ "pode ser controlado com o teclado quando o <key>Num Lock</key> estiver "
+ "ativado."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+@@ -11380,19 +13106,23 @@
+ "controlar o ponteiro do mouse. Apenas as teclas do teclado numérico podem "
+ "ser usadas."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Como verificar se o seu mouse não está funcionando."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+-msgstr "Ponteiro do mouse não está movendo"
++msgstr "O ponteiro do mouse não está movendo"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Verificar se o mouse está conectado"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -11400,7 +13130,8 @@
+ "Se você tem um mouse com um cabo, certifique-se de que ele está firmemente "
+ "conectado ao seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -11414,18 +13145,22 @@
+ "mouse, verde, ao invés da porta do teclado, roxa. Você pode ter que "
+ "reiniciar o computador, se ele não estava conectado antes."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Verificar se o mouse foi reconhecido pelo seu computador"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Terminal</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -11433,7 +13168,8 @@
+ "Na janela do terminal, digite <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exatamente como se aparecesse aqui e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+@@ -11444,7 +13180,8 @@
+ "um dos itens diz <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> próximo a ele e que um dos "
+ "itens <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> possui o nome do mouse à esquerda dele."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
+ "<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+@@ -11460,7 +13197,8 @@
+ "\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">conectado</link> e em <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">condição de funcionamento</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -11470,7 +13208,8 @@
+ "realizar algumas etapas extras para fazê-lo funcionar. As etapas podem "
+ "depender da marca e modelo do seu mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -11480,15 +13219,18 @@
+ "suporte de sua distribuição ou fabricante, se você acha que seu mouse não "
+ "foi detectado adequadamente."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Verificar se o mouse realmente funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr "Conecte o mouse em um computador diferente e veja se ele funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -11500,11 +13242,13 @@
+ "ativado. Se ele estiver ligado e mesmo assim não houver luz, o mouse pode "
+ "estar defeituoso."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Verificando mouses sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -11514,7 +13258,8 @@
+ "embaixo do mouse para desligar completamente o mouse. Então, você pode movê-"
+ "lo de um lugar para o outro sem ele ficar consumindo pilha."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+@@ -11523,7 +13268,8 @@
+ "pareou o mouse com o seu computador. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
+ "device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+@@ -11533,17 +13279,20 @@
+ "sem fio entram em modo standby para economizar energia e, então, podem não "
+ "responder até você clicar em um botão. Veja <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Verifique se a bateria do mouse está carregada."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Certifique-se de que o receptor está firmemente conectado ao computador."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -11551,7 +13300,8 @@
+ "Se o seu mouse e receptor puderem operar em canais de rádio diferente, "
+ "certifique-se de que eles estão ambos configurados no mesmo canal."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -11561,7 +13311,8 @@
+ "estabelecer uma conexão. O manual de instruções do seu mouse deve ter mais "
+ "detalhes, se este for o caso."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -11574,18 +13325,21 @@
+ "realizar algumas etapas extras para que ele funcione. As etapas podem "
+ "depender da marca e modelo do seu mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Altere a velocidade de movimento do ponteiro quando você usa o mouse ou o "
+ "touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+-msgstr "Ajustar a velocidade do mouse e do touchpad"
++msgstr "Ajustando a velocidade do mouse e do touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+ "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+@@ -11594,7 +13348,8 @@
+ "usa o touchpad, você pode ajustar a velocidade do ponteiro para esses "
+ "dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+ "comfortable for you."
+@@ -11602,7 +13357,8 @@
+ "Ajuste a barra deslizante de <gui>Velocidade do ponteiro</gui> até que o "
+ "movimento do ponteiro esteja confortável para você."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
+ "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
+@@ -11615,35 +13371,42 @@
+ "barras deslizantes de ambas as seções de <gui>Mouse</gui> e <gui>Touchpad</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr "Clique, arraste ou role usando toques e gestos em seu touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr "Clicar, arrastar ou rolar com o touchpad"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode clicar, dar um duplo clique, arrastar e rolar somente com seu "
+-"toucpad, sem a necessidade de botões explícitos no hardware."
++"touchpad, sem a necessidade de botões explícitos no hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+ msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr "Na seção <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Toque para clicar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Para clicar, dê um toque no touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Para duplo clique, dê dois toques."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -11652,7 +13415,8 @@
+ "toque. Arraste o item para onde você quiser e, então, levante o seu dedo "
+ "para soltar o item."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -11665,16 +13429,18 @@
+ "Veja <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> por um método sem uso de um segundo "
+ "botão de mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se o seu touchpad tem suporte a multitoque, execute o <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "middleclick\">clique com botão do meio</link> tocando com três dedos de uma "
+ "só vez."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -11684,20 +13450,25 @@
+ "estão afastados o suficiente. Se eles estiverem muito perto, o seu "
+ "computador pode achar que eles são um só dedo."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+ msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr "Rolagem com dois dedos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+ msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr "Você pode usar rolagem no seu touchpad usando dois dedos."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Na seção <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>Rolagem com dois dedos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+ "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
+@@ -11714,15 +13485,18 @@
+ "entre os dedos. Se os seus dedos estiverem próximos demais, eles podem "
+ "parecer simplesmente como um grande dedo para o seu touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr "Rolagem com dois dedo pode não funcionar em todos touchpads."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr "Conteúdo adere aos dedos"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+ "touchpad."
+@@ -11730,14 +13504,16 @@
+ "Você pode arrastar um conteúdo como se deslizasse um pedaço de papel usando "
+ "o touchpad."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Na seção <gui>Touchpad</gui>, marque <gui>O conteúdo adere aos dedos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
+ "Scrolling</em>."
+@@ -11745,15 +13521,18 @@
+ "Este recurso também é conhecido como <em>Rolagem natural</em> ou <em>Rolagem "
+ "invertida</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr "Se você tiver que mexer ou clicar o mouse antes que ele responda."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
+ msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+-msgstr "Mouse reage com um atraso antes que ele comece a funcionar"
++msgstr "O mouse reage com um atraso antes que ele comece a funcionar"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+ "\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
+@@ -11765,57 +13544,66 @@
+ "automaticamente não estão em uso, para economizar energia. Para acordar seu "
+ "mouse ou touchpad, você pode clicar em um botão do mouse ou mexer o mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
+ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Touchpads de notebooks algumas vezes reagem com atraso após você parar de "
+ "digitar, antes que eles possam começar a funcionar. Isso é para prevenir "
+ "você de acidentalmente tocar no touchpad com sua palma enquanto digita. Veja "
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> para mais detalhes."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Canhoto</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "sensitivity\">velocidade e sensibilidade</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
+ "click\">clicando e rolando com o touchpad</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comuns de mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas comuns"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Dicas de mouse"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Dicas"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Dicas"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+@@ -11823,13 +13611,15 @@
+ "Suporte àquele formato de arquivo pode não estar instalado ou as músicas "
+ "podem estar \"protegidas contra cópia\"."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Não consigo reproduzir aquelas músicas que eu comprei de uma loja de músicas "
+ "on-line"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+@@ -11839,7 +13629,8 @@
+ "ela é reproduzida em seu computador, especialmente se você comprou-a em um "
+ "computador com Windows ou Mac OS e, então, copiou-o para Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -11858,7 +13649,8 @@
+ "uma música. A mensagem deve fornecer instruções de como instalar suporte "
+ "para aquele formato, de forma que você possa reproduzi-la."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -11880,7 +13672,8 @@
+ "fornecedor para reproduzir arquivos restringidos por DRM, mas este software "
+ "geralmente não tem suporte no Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+@@ -11888,18 +13681,21 @@
+ "Você pode aprender mais sobre o DRM (ou GDD) da <link href=\"http://www.eff."
+ "org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use um reprodutor de mídia para copiar as músicas e remover com segurança o "
+ "iPod posteriormente."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+-msgstr "Músicas não aparecem no meu iPod quando eu as copio para ele"
++msgstr "As músicas não aparecem no meu iPod quando eu as copio para ele"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -11918,7 +13714,8 @@
+ "localização especial para armazenamento de músicas as quais aplicativos "
+ "reprodutor de música sabem como obter, mas o gerenciador de arquivos não."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+@@ -11930,7 +13727,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"files-removedrive\">removeu com segurança</link>. Isso "
+ "garantirá que todas as músicas sejam copiadas apropriadamente."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -11953,56 +13751,86 @@
+ "conversão e, então, não vai copiar a música. Procure no instalador de "
+ "software por um codec adequado."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+ msgstr ""
++"iPods novos podem precisar serem configurados usando o software do iTunes "
++"para você poder usá-los."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Meu iPod novo não funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+ "This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
+ "app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tem um iPod novo que nunca esteve conectado a um computador antes, "
++"ele pode não ser reconhecido adequadamente ao ser conectado a um computador "
++"com Linux. Isso porque os iPods precisam ser configurados e atualizados "
++"usando o software <app>iTunes</app>, o qual funciona apenas no Windows e no "
++"Mac OS."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+ "<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
+ "or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para configurar seu iPod, instale o iTunes em um computador com Windows ou "
++"Mac e conecte o iPod nele. Você será direcionado por alguns passos para "
++"configurá-lo. Se for solicitado o <gui>Formato</gui>, escolha <gui>MS-DOS "
++"(FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> ou outro similar. O outro formato (HFS/Mac) "
++"também não funciona no Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Assim que você concluir a configuração, o iPod deve funcionar normalmente ao "
++"ser conectado em um computador com Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"Adicione um arquivo <input>.is_audio_player</input> para dizer a seu "
++"computador que isso é um reprodutor de áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr ""
++"Por que meu reprodutor de áudio não foi reconhecido quando eu o conectei?"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+ "properly recognized as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se seu reprodutor de áudio (MP3 player etc.) está conectado no seu "
++"computador, mas você não consegue visualizá-lo no aplicativo de organização "
++"de músicas, ele pode não ter sido reconhecido adequadamente como um "
++"reprodutor de áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -12013,23 +13841,45 @@
+ "should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
+ "device as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
++"Tente desconectar o reprodutor e, então, conectá-lo novamente. Se isso não "
++"ajudar, abra o gerenciador de arquivos. Você deveria ver o reprodutor "
++"listado nos <gui>Dispositivos</gui> na barra lateral - clique nele para "
++"abrir a pasta do reprodutor de áudio. Agora, clique em <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</"
++"gui><gui>Novo documento</gui><gui>Documento vazio</gui></guiseq>, digite "
++"<input>.is_audio_player</input> e pressione <key>Enter</key> (devem estar "
++"tudo em minúsculo e o ponto e sublinhado são importantes). Este arquivo "
++"informa seu computador para reconhecer este dispositivo como um reprodutor "
++"de áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+ "time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
+ "organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Agora, localize o reprodutor de áudio na barra lateral do gerenciador de "
++"arquivos e ejete-o (clique com botão direito do mouse e clique em "
++"<gui>Ejetar</gui>). Desconecte-o e, então, conecte-o novamente. Desta vez, "
++"ele deve ser reconhecido como um reprodutor de música pelo seu organizador "
++"de músicas. Caso não funcione, tente fechar o organizador de músicas e abri-"
++"lo novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+ "should say in its manual if it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"Estas instruções não vão funcionar para iPods e alguns outros reprodutores "
++"de áudio. Porém, eles deveriam funcionar, caso o seu reprodutor seja um "
++"dispositivo de <em>armazenamento de dados USB</em>. Neste caso, isso deve "
++"estar escrito no manual dele."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -12037,54 +13887,79 @@
+ "there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você olhar a pasta do reprodutor de áudio novamente, você não vai ver "
++"o arquivo <input>.is_audio_player</input>. Isso porque o ponto no nome do "
++"arquivo informa ao gerenciador de arquivos para ocultar o arquivo. Você pode "
++"verificar que ele ainda está lá clicando em <guiseq><gui>Ver</"
++"gui><gui>Mostrar arquivos ocultos</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+ msgstr ""
++"Faça clique único para abrir arquivos, execute ou veja arquivos de texto "
++"executáveis e especifique o comportamento da lixeira."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
+ msgid "Sindhu S"
+ msgstr "Sindhu S"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências de comportamento do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+ "executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
+ "gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+ "<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode controlar se deve fazer clique único ou clique duplo em arquivos, "
++"como arquivos de texto executáveis são manipulados e o comportamento da "
++"lixeira. Clique em <gui>Arquivos</gui> na barra superior, clique em "
++"<gui>Preferências</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Comportamento</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Comportamento"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>Clique único para abrir itens</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>Clique duplo para abrir itens</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+ "When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while clicking to select one or more files."
+ msgstr ""
++"Por padrão, o clique seleciona arquivos e o clique duplo os abre. Você pode, "
++"em vez disso, escolher ter arquivos e pastas abertos ao clicar uma vez neles."
++" Ao usar o modo clique único, você pode manter pressionada a tecla "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> enquanto clica para selecionar um ou mais arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "Arquivos de texto executáveis"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+@@ -12093,30 +13968,47 @@
+ "scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
+ "pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um arquivo de texto executável contém um programa que você pode executar. As "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">permissões do arquivo</"
++"link> devem também permitir o arquivo ser executado como um programa. Os "
++"mais comuns são os scripts em <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> e "
++"<sys>Perl</sys>. Eles têm as extensões <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> e "
++"<file>.pl</file>, respectivamente."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
+ msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você abre um arquivo de texto executável, você pode escolher entre:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
+ msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Executar arquivos de texto executáveis quando forem abertos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
+ msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>Ver arquivos de texto executáveis quando forem abertos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
+ msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Perguntar a cada vez</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
+ "wish to run or view the selected text file."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se <gui>Perguntar a cada vez</gui> estiver selecionado, uma janela vai "
++"aparecer perguntando se você deseja executar ou ver o arquivo texto "
++"selecionado."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
+ "share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
+@@ -12124,104 +14016,148 @@
+ "is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
+ "script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Arquivos de texto executáveis também são chamados de scripts. Todos os "
++"scripts na pasta <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> vão aparecer "
++"no menu de contexto por um arquivo sob o submenu <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui>. Quando um script é executado de uma pasta local, "
++"todos os arquivos selecionados serão colados como parâmetros. Para executar "
++"um script em um arquivo:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
+ msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+ msgstr "Navegue até a pasta desejada."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
+ msgid "Select the desired file."
+ msgstr "Selecione o dispositivo desejado."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
+ "script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique com o botão direito do mouse para abrir o menu de contexto e "
++"selecione o script desejado para executar a partir do menu <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
+ "folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+ msgstr ""
++"Não será passado nenhum parâmetro para um script quando este for executado "
++"de uma pasta remota, como, por exemplo, uma pasta mostrando conteúdo da web "
++"ou <sys>ftp</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências da lixeira do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Lixeira"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>Perguntar antes de esvaziar a lixeira ou excluir arquivos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+ "files."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esta opção está selecionada por padrão. Ao esvaziar a lixeira, uma mensagem "
++"vai ser exibida confirmando que você deseja esvaziar a lixeira ou excluir "
++"arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>Incluir um comando Excluir que não usa a lixeira</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
+ "pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ao selecionar esta opção, será adicionado um item <gui>Excluir</gui> ao menu "
++"que aparece quando você clica com o botão direito do mouse em um item no "
++"aplicativo <app>Arquivos</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+ "to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ao excluir um item usando a opção de menu <gui>Excluir</gui>, não será usada "
++"a lixeira. O item é removido do sistema permanentemente. Não tem como "
++"recuperar o item excluído."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Adicione, exclua ou renomeie marcadores no gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+-msgstr "Editar marcadores de pastas"
++msgstr "Editando marcadores de pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
+ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"Seus marcadores estão listados na barra lateral do gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+ msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+-msgstr "Adiciona um marcador:"
++msgstr "Adicionar um marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
+ msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Abra a pasta (ou local) que você deseja marcar."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão de roda-dentada na barra de ferramentas e selecione "
+-"<gui>Marcar essa localização</gui>."
++"<gui>Marcar este local</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Excluir um marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
+ "the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Arquivos</gui> na barra superior e selecione <gui>Marcadores</"
++"gui> do menu de aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
+ "and click the <key>-</key> button."
+@@ -12229,20 +14165,26 @@
+ "Na janela do <gui>Marcadores</gui>, selecione o marcador que você gostaria "
+ "de excluir e clique no botão <key>-</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Renomear um marcador:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na janela de <gui>Marcadores</gui>, selecione o marcador que você deseja "
++"renomear."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Na caixa de texto <gui>Nome</gui>, digite o novo nome do marcador."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -12250,26 +14192,42 @@
+ "them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
+ "than the name of the folder it points to."
+ msgstr ""
++"Renomear um marcador não significa renomear a pasta. Se você tem marcadores "
++"para duas pastas diferentes em dois locais diferentes, mas ambas têm o mesmo "
++"nome, os marcadores terão o mesmo nome e você não poderá distinguir um do "
++"outro. Nestes casos, é útil dar ao marcador um nome diferente do nome da "
++"pasta para a qual ele aponta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+ msgstr ""
++"Veja e edite arquivos em outro computador via FTP, SSH, compartilhamentos "
++"Windows ou WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Navegando nos arquivos em um servidor ou compartilhamento de rede"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+ "convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
+ "files with other people on your local network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode conectar a um servidor ou compartilhamento de rede para navegar e "
++"ver arquivos naquele servidor, exatamente como se eles estivessem no seu "
++"próprio computador. Esta é uma forma conveniente de fazer baixar e enviar de "
++"arquivos na internet ou para compartilhar arquivos com outras pessoas em sua "
++"rede local."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+@@ -12279,31 +14237,51 @@
+ "looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
+ "network address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para acessar arquivos pela rede, abra o aplicativo <app>Arquivos</app> a "
++"partir do panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui> e clique em <gui>Navegar na "
++"rede</gui> na barra lateral. O gerenciador de arquivos vai encontrar "
++"quaisquer computadores na sua rede local que divulgam sua habilidade de "
++"servir arquivos. Se você deseja conectar a um servidor na internet ou se "
++"você não consegue encontrar o computador pelo que você está procurando, você "
++"pode conectar manualmente a um servidor digitando seu endereço de rede/"
++"internet."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Conectar a um servidor de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
+ "<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"No gerenciador de arquivos, clique em <gui>Arquivos</gui> na barra superior "
++"e selecione <gui>Conectar ao servidor</gui> do menu de aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
+ "link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Digite o endereço do servidor, na forma de uma <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Detalhes quanto a URLs que têm suporte estão <link xref="
++"\"#types\">listadas abaixo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+ "<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você conectou ao servidor antes, você vai clicar nele na lista de "
++"<gui>Servidores recentes</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
+ "the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
+@@ -12313,13 +14291,15 @@
+ "Clique em <gui>Conectar</gui>. Uma nova janela vai abrir mostrando os "
+ "arquivos do servidor. Você pode acessar os arquivos de mesma forma que você "
+ "faria aqueles do seu próprio computador. O servidor também será adicionado à "
+-"barra lateral de forma que você possa acessá-lo com rapidez no futuro"
++"barra lateral de forma que você possa acessá-lo com rapidez no futuro."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
+ msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr "Escrevendo URLs"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+ "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+@@ -12329,49 +14309,58 @@
+ "endereço que se refere a uma localização ou arquivo em uma rede. O endereço "
+ "é formatado assim:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servidor.exemplo.com/pasta</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>esquema://servidor.exemplo.com/pasta</sys>"
+ 
+ # Refere-se à linha de comando scheme:// ou a alguma mensagem traduzida?
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+ "<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
+ "em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"O <em>scheme</em> especifica o protocolo ou tipo de servidor. A porção "
++"O <em>esquema</em> especifica o protocolo ou tipo de servidor. A porção "
+ "<em>exemplo.com</em> do endereço é chamado o <em>nome de domínio</em>. Se um "
+ "nome de usuário for exigido, ele deve ser inserido antes do nome do servidor:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr "<sys>scheme://usuario@servidor.exemplo.com/pasta</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>esquema://usuario@servidor.exemplo.com/pasta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+ "domain name:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Alguns schemes precisam que o número da porta seja especificado. Insira-o o "
++"Alguns esquemas precisam que o número da porta seja especificado. Insira-o o "
+ "nome do domínio:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servidor.exemplo.com:porta/pasta</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>esquema://servidor.exemplo.com:porta/pasta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seguem abaixo exemplos específicos para os diversos tipos de servidor que "
+ "têm suporte."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
+ msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr "Tipos de servidores"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+ "allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
+@@ -12381,17 +14370,19 @@
+ "públicos e permitem que qualquer um se conecte. Outros servidores exigem que "
+ "você se conecte com um nome de usuário e senha."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode não ter permissões para realizar certas ações em arquivos em um "
+ "servidor. Por exemplo, em sites de FTP público, você provavelmente não será "
+ "capaz de excluir arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+ "file shares."
+@@ -12399,11 +14390,13 @@
+ "A URL que você digita depende do protocolo que o servidor usa para exportar "
+ "seus compartilhamentos de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+@@ -12414,28 +14407,33 @@
+ "para membros de forma que eles podem enviar arquivos com segurança. Os "
+ "servidores SSH sempre exigem que você se conectem."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
+ msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Uma URL de SSH comum se parece com isso:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+ msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ssh://usuario@servidor.exemplo.com/pasta</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Quando estiver usando SSH, todos os dados que você enviar (incluindo a sua "
+-"senha) é criptografado de forma que outros usuários na sua rede não possam "
+-"vê-la."
++"senha) são criptografados de forma que outras pessoas na sua rede não possam "
++"vê-los."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+-msgstr "FTP (com início de sessão)"
++msgstr "FTP (com login)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -12444,24 +14442,28 @@
+ "upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "FTP é uma forma popular de trocar arquivos na Internet. Por os dados não "
+-"serem criptografados sobre FTP, muitos servidores agora fornecem acesso por "
+-"meio de SSH. Alguns servidores, porém, ainda permitem ou requerem que você "
+-"use FTP para enviar ou baixar de arquivos. Sites com FTP com logins "
++"estarem criptografados sobre FTP, muitos servidores agora fornecem acesso "
++"por meio de SSH. Alguns servidores, porém, ainda permitem ou exigem que você "
++"use FTP para enviar ou baixar arquivos. Sites com FTP com autenticação "
+ "normalmente vão permitir que você exclua e envie arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
+ msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Uma URL de FTP comum se parece com isso:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://usuario@ftp.exemplo.com/caminho/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "FTP público"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+ "anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+@@ -12472,32 +14474,37 @@
+ "usuário e senha, e normalmente não vão permitir que você exclua ou envie "
+ "arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
+ msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Um URL comum de FTP anônimo se parece com isso:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.exemplo.com/caminho/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+ "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
+-"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Alguns sites de FTP anônimos exigem que você se conecte com um nome de "
+-"usuário e senha pública ou com um nome de usuário público usando seu "
++"Alguns sites de FTP anônimo exigem que você se conecte com um nome de "
++"usuário e senha públicos ou com um nome de usuário público usando seu "
+ "endereço de e-mail como a senha. Para esses servidores, use o método de "
+ "<gui>FTP (com login)</gui> e use as credenciais especificadas por um site "
+ "FTP."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Compartilhamento Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -12505,26 +14512,30 @@
+ "the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
+ "share from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Computadores Windows usam um protocolo proprietário para compartilhar "
++"Computadores com Windows usam um protocolo proprietário para compartilhar "
+ "arquivos em uma rede local. Computadores em uma rede Windows em algumas "
+ "situações são agrupadas em <em>domínios</em> para organização e para "
+-"melhorar o acesso de controle. Se você tem as permissões de acesso à máquina "
+-"remota, você pode se conectar a um compartilhamento windows a partir do "
++"melhorar o controle de acesso. Se você tem as permissões de acesso à máquina "
++"remota, você pode se conectar a um compartilhamento Windows a partir do "
+ "gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
+ msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Uma URL de compartilhamento Windows comum se parece com isso:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+ msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>smb://servidor/Compartilhamento</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV e WebDAV seguro"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -12532,60 +14543,83 @@
+ "this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
+ "can't see your password."
+ msgstr ""
++"Baseado no protocolo HTTP usado na web, WebDAV algumas vezes é usado para "
++"compartilhar arquivos em uma rede local e também para armazenar arquivos na "
++"internet. Se o servidor ao qual você está se conectando tem suporte a "
++"conexões seguras, você deveria escolher esta opção. WebDAV seguro usa "
++"criptografia SSL forte, de forma que outros usuários não conseguem ver sua "
++"senha."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
+ msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Uma URL WebDAV típica se parece com isto:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+ msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>http://exemplo.nomeservidor.com/caminho</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Controle as legendas de ícones usados no gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências de exibição do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+ "<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+ "<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode controlar como o gerenciador de arquivos exibe legendas sob ícones."
++" Clique em <gui>Arquivos</gui> na barra superior, selecione "
++"<gui>Preferências</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Exibir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Legendas dos ícones"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "Ícones do gerenciador de arquivos com legendas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+ "example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
+ "modified."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você usar a visualização por ícones, você pode escolher ter uma "
++"informação extra sobre arquivos e pastas exibidas embaixo de cada ícone. "
++"Isso é útil, por exemplo, se você com frequência precisa ver quem é "
++"proprietário de um arquivo ou quando ele foi modificado pela última vez."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
+@@ -12594,78 +14628,124 @@
+ "in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
+ "only be shown at very large sizes."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode ampliar uma pasta clicando no botão <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">para baixo</media> na barra de ferramentas e "
++"escolhendo uma das opções de <gui>Ampliação</gui>. Na medida em que você "
++"amplia, o gerenciador de arquivos vai exibir mais e mais informações em "
++"legendas. Você pode escolher até três coisas para mostrar legendas. A "
++"primeira será exibida no melhor dos níveis de ampliação. A última será "
++"mostrada apenas nos maiores tamanhos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+ "information."
+ msgstr ""
++"A informação que você pode mostrar em baixo dos ícones é a mesma das colunas "
++"que podem ser usadas na visão de lista. Veja <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
++"para mais informações."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+ "gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver uma janela de gerenciador de arquivos aberta, você pode "
++"recarregar para aplicar alterações nas legendas dos ícones para terem "
++"efeitos. Clique em <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Recarregar</gui></guiseq> ou "
++"pressionar <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+ msgstr ""
++"Veja informações básicas de arquivo, defina permissões e escolha os "
++"aplicativos padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Propriedades do arquivo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para ver informações sobre um arquivo ou pasta, clique com botão direito "
++"nele(a) e selecione <gui>Propriedades</gui>. Você também pode selecionar o "
++"arquivo e pressionar <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
+-msgstr ""
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"A janela de propriedades de arquivos mostra a você informações como o tipo "
++"de arquivo, o tamanho do arquivo e quando você modificou pela última vez. Se "
++"você precisa desta informação com frequência, você pode tê-la exibida em "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">colunas de visão de lista</link> ou <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">legenda de ícones</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
+-msgstr ""
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++"A informação dada na aba <gui>Básico</gui> é explicada abaixo. Também há as "
++"abas <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissões</"
++"link></gui> e <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Abrir com</link></gui>. "
++"Para determinados tipos de arquivos, como imagens e vídeos, haverá uma aba "
++"extra que fornece informações como as dimensões, duração e codec."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Propriedades básicas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Nome"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode renomear o arquivo alterando este campo. Você também pode renomear "
++"um arquivo fora da janela de propriedades. Veja <link xref=\"files-rename\"/"
++">."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Tipo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -12673,18 +14753,28 @@
+ "open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
+ "information on this."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isso ajuda você a identificar o tipo de arquivo, como um documento PDF, "
++"texto OpenDocument (odt) ou imagem JPEG. O tipo de arquivo determina quais "
++"aplicativos podem abrir o arquivo, além de outras coisas. Por exemplo, você "
++"pode abrir uma imagem com um reprodutor de música. Veja <link xref=\"files-"
++"open\"/> para mais informações sobre isto."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
++"O <em>tipo MIME</em> do arquivo é mostrado em parênteses; tipo MIME é uma "
++"forma padrão que computadores usam para se referir aos tipos de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Conteúdo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -12692,33 +14782,53 @@
+ "even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
+ "the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Este campo é exibido se você estiver procurando pelas propriedades de uma "
++"pasta em vez de um arquivo. Isso ajuda você a ver o número de itens na pasta."
++" Se a pasta inclui outras pastas, cada pasta interna é contada como um item, "
++"mesmo se ela contiver mais outros itens. Cada arquivo é contado como um "
++"único item. Se a pasta estiver vazia, os conteúdos vão exibir <gui>nada</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Tamanho"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+ "indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
+ "(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Este campo é exibido se você estiver vendo um arquivo (não uma pasta). O "
++"tamanho de um arquivo informa você quanto espaço ela utiliza. Isso também é "
++"um indicador de quanto tempo levará para baixar um arquivo ou enviá-lo em um "
++"e-mail (arquivos grandes demoram mais para enviar/receber)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+ "1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
++"Tamanhos pode ser mostrados em bytes, KB, MB ou GB; no caso dos últimos "
++"três, o tamanho em bytes também vai ser fornecido em parênteses. "
++"Tecnicamente, 1 KB é 1024 bytes, 1 MB é 1024 KB e por aí vai."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Local"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -12726,84 +14836,127 @@
+ "For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
+ "folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+ msgstr ""
++"A localização de cada arquivo em seu computador é fornecido pelo seu "
++"<em>caminho absoluto</em>. Este é um \"endereço\" único do arquivo em seu "
++"computador, feito de uma lista de pastas que você precisaria acessar para "
++"encontrar o arquivo. Por exemplo, se Jim tivesse um filho chamado "
++"<file>Resumo.pdf</file> em sua pasta pessoal, sua localização seria <file>/"
++"home/jim/Resumo.pdf</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Volume"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
+-msgstr ""
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++"O sistema de arquivos ou dispositivo no qual o arquivo está armazenado. Isso "
++"mostra a você onde o arquivo está fisicamente, por exemplo se ele está no "
++"disco rígido ou em um CD ou um <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">servidor de "
++"arquivos ou de compartilhamento de rede</link>. Disco rígido pode ser divido "
++"em várias <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">partições de disco</link>; a "
++"partição também vai ser exibida de em <gui>Unidades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Espaço livre"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+ "if the hard disk is full."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isso é exibido apenas para pastas. Isso fornece a quantidade de espaço em "
++"disco que está disponível no disco na qual está a pasta. Isso é útil para "
++"verificar se o disco rígido está cheio."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Acessado"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "A data e hora de quando o arquivo foi aberto pela última vez."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Modificado"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A data e hora quando o arquivo foi salvo e alterado pela última vez."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Controle quem pode ver e editar seus arquivos e suas pastas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+-msgstr "Definir permissões de arquivo"
++msgstr "Definindo permissões de arquivo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode usar as permissões de arquivos para controlar quem pode ver e "
++"editar arquivos que você possui. Para ver e definir permissões de um "
++"arquivo, clique com botão direito e selecione <gui>Propriedades</gui> e, "
++"então, selecione a aba de <gui>Permissões</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+ msgstr ""
++"Veja <link xref=\"#files\"/> e <link xref=\"#folders\"/> abaixo para "
++"detalhes sobre os tipos de permissões que você pode definir."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+ "give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
+ "only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode definir as permissões do proprietário do arquivo, do proprietário "
++"do grupo e de todos os outros usuários do sistema. Para os seus arquivos, "
++"você é o proprietário e você mesmo pode se dar permissão de acesso de "
++"somente leitura ou leitura e escrita. Defina um arquivo como somente "
++"leitura, se você não deseja acidentalmente alterá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -12813,14 +14966,26 @@
+ "users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
+ "to."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cada usuário em seu computador pertence a um grupo. Em computadores "
++"residenciais, é comum que cada usuário tenha seu próprio grupo e as "
++"permissões de grupo geralmente não são usadas. Em ambientes corporativos, "
++"grupos são algumas vezes usados para departamentos ou projetos. Da mesma "
++"forma que ter um dono, cada arquivo pertence a um grupo. Você pode definir o "
++"grupo do arquivo e controlar as permissões para todos os usuários naquele "
++"grupo. Você apenas pode definir o grupo do arquivo para um grupo ao qual "
++"você pertença."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode definir as permissões de usuários além do dono e aqueles no "
++"grupo do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -12828,66 +14993,97 @@
+ "to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
+ "information."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
++"Se o arquivo é um programa, como um script, você deve selecionar "
++"<gui>Permitir execução do arquivo como um programa</gui> para executá-lo. "
++"Mesmo com esta opção selecionada, o gerenciador de arquivos pode ainda abrir "
++"o arquivo em um aplicativo ou perguntar o que deseja fazer. Veja <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> para mais informações."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Pastas"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+ "groups, and other users."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode definir permissões das pastas para o proprietário, grupo e outros "
++"usuários. Veja os detalhes das permissões de arquivos acima para uma "
++"explicação de proprietários, grupos e outros usuários."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+ msgstr ""
++"As permissões que você pode definir para uma pasta são diferentes daquelas "
++"que você definir para um arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Nenhum"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O usuário não vai nem saber ver que arquivos estão dentro da pasta."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Apenas listar arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
++"O usuário vai ser capaz de ver que arquivos estão na pasta, mas não será "
++"capaz de abrir, criar ou excluir arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Acessar arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+ "new files or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
++"O usuário será capaz de abrir arquivos na pasta (desde que ele tenha "
++"permissão para fazer isso no arquivo em particular), mas não será capaz de "
++"criar novos arquivos ou excluir arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Criar e excluir arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+ msgstr ""
++"O usuário terá acesso total à pasta, incluindo abrir, criar e excluir "
++"arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+ "folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+@@ -12895,16 +15091,25 @@
+ "click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
+ "subfolders as well, to any depth."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode rapidamente definir as permissões de arquivo para todos os "
++"arquivos na pasta clicando em <gui>Alterar permissões dos arquivos contidos "
++"na pasta</gui>. Use as listas suspensas para ajustar as permissões dos "
++"arquivos ou pastas contidas e clique em <gui>Mudar</gui>. Permissões são "
++"aplicadas para arquivos e pastas em subpastas também, para qualquer "
++"profundidade."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Controle que informação é exibida nas colunas na visão de lista."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências de colunas da lista do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
+ "manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+@@ -12916,7 +15121,8 @@
+ "em <gui>Preferências</gui> e escolha a aba <gui>Colunas da lista</gui> para "
+ "selecionar quais colunas estarão visíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -12924,19 +15130,22 @@
+ "Use os botões <gui>Subir</gui> e <gui>Descer</gui> para escolher a ordem em "
+ "que as colunas selecionadas vão aparecer."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "O nome das pastas e arquivos na pasta sendo visualizadas."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O tamanho de uma pasta é dada como o número de itens contidos na pasta. O "
+ "tamanho de um arquivo é dado em bytes KB ou MB."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -12944,23 +15153,28 @@
+ "Exibido como pasta ou um tipo de arquivo, como um documento PDF, imagem "
+ "JPEG, áudio MP3 e mais."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "Informa a data e hora da última vez em que o arquivo foi modificado."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "Dono"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "O nome do usuário dono da pasta ou arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Grupo"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -12971,15 +15185,18 @@
+ "corporativos, onde usuários podem estar em grupos de acordo com o "
+ "departamento ou projeto."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Permissões"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr "Exibe as permissões de acesso de arquivos. Ex.: <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -12987,7 +15204,8 @@
+ "O primeiro caractere <gui>-</gui> é o tipo de arquivo. <gui>-</gui> "
+ "significa arquivo normal e <gui>d</gui> significa diretório (pasta)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -12995,7 +15213,8 @@
+ "Os próximos três caracteres <gui>rwx</gui> especificam permissões para o "
+ "usuário que é dono do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -13003,7 +15222,8 @@
+ "Os próximos três <gui>rw-</gui> especificam permissões para todos os membros "
+ "do grupo de que é dono do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -13011,51 +15231,63 @@
+ "Os últimos três caracteres da coluna <gui>r--</gui> especificam permissões "
+ "para todos os usuários no sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Cada caractere tem seu significado, listado abaixo:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : Permissão de leitura."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : Permissão de escrita."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x: Permissão de execução."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : Nenhuma permissão."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "Tipo MIME"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "Exibe o tipo MIME do item."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "O caminho do local do arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr "Controla quando as miniatures são usadas para arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Preferências de visualização do gerenciador de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+@@ -13068,7 +15300,8 @@
+ "visualizações são feitas. Clique em <gui>Arquivos</gui> na barra superior, "
+ "vá em <gui>Preferências</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Visualização</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+ "your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+@@ -13087,7 +15320,8 @@
+ "e a rede possui uma velocidade comunicação alta, então você pode querer "
+ "definir a opção de visualização para <gui>Sempre</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+ "to limit the size of files previewed."
+@@ -13095,7 +15329,8 @@
+ "Além disso, você pode usar a configuração de <gui>Apenas para arquivos "
+ "menores que:</gui> para limitar o tamanho dos arquivos visualizados."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -13112,36 +15347,48 @@
+ "rede. Você pode desabilitar ou habilitar este recurso ou habilitá-la somente "
+ "para arquivos em seu computador e em unidades externas locais."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Especifica a visão, ordem de organização e níveis de ampliação padrão do "
+ "gerenciador de arquivos."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
+ msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Preferências de visões no <app>Arquivos</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+ "whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
+ "\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
+-"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab"
+-"\">Views</gui> tab."
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode alterar a visão padrão de novas pastas, como arquivos e pastas são "
++"ordenadas por padrão, o nível de ampliação das visões de ícone e compacta e "
++"se arquivos são exibidos na barra lateral de árvore. Selecione <guiseq><gui "
++"style=\"menu\">Arquivos</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferências</gui></"
++"guiseq> na barra superior enquanto <app>Arquivos</app> está aberto e "
++"selecione a aba <gui style=\"tab\">Visões</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Visão padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:48(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Ver novas pastas usando"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
+ "you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
+@@ -13149,23 +15396,36 @@
+ "\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
+ "a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
++"Por padrão, novas pastas são mostradas na visão de ícone. Se você preferir a "
++"visão de lista, você pode defini-la aqui como a padrão. Alternativamente, "
++"você pode selecionar uma visão diferente para cada pasta na medida em que "
++"você acessa, clicando nos botões <gui style=\"button\">Ver itens como um "
++"lista</gui> ou <gui style=\"button\">Ver itens como uma grade de ícones</"
++"gui> na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Organizar itens"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
+ "<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
+ "file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
+ "accessed or when they were trashed."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode alterar a ordem que é usada nas pastas usando a lista suspensa "
++"<gui>Organizar itens</gui> nas preferências para ordenar por nome, tamanho "
++"de arquivo, tipo de arquivo, quando foi alterado pela última modificação, "
++"quando foram acessado pela última vez ou quando foram movidas para lixeira."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
+ "individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
+@@ -13181,49 +15441,68 @@
+ "gui>, <gui>Por tipo</gui>, <gui>Por data de modificação</gui> ou clicando "
+ "nos cabeçalhos das coluna de lista na visualização de lista."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:71(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Organizar pastas antes de arquivos"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
+ "see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+ msgstr ""
++"Por padrão, o gerenciador de arquivos não mais mostra todas as pastas antes "
++"dos arquivos. Para ver todas as pastas listadas antes dos arquivos, habilite "
++"esta opção."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Mostrar arquivos ocultos e de backup"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
+ "link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
+ "this option."
+ msgstr ""
++"O gerenciador de arquivos não exibe pastas e <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">arquivos ocultos</link> por padrão. Você sempre pode mostrar "
++"arquivos ocultos selecionando esta opção."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:82(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
+ "<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também mostrar arquivos ocultos em um janela individual selecionando "
++"<gui>Mostrar arquivos ocultos</gui>, a partir do menu <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Opções de visualização</media> na barra superior."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "Padrões da visão em ícones"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:94(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:115(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "Nível padrão de zoom"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:97(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
+ "using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
+@@ -13232,21 +15511,33 @@
+ "<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
+ "larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode fazer com que os ícones e texto fiquem maiores ou menores por "
++"padrão em uma visão de ícones usando esta opção. Você também pode alterar "
++"esta configuração em uma pasta individual clicando no botão <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">Opções de visualização</media> na "
++"barra superior ou selecionando <gui>Ampliar</gui>, <gui>Reduzir</gui> ou "
++"<gui>Tamanho normal</gui>. Se você frequentemente usa um nível de ampliação "
++"maior ou menor, você pode definir o padrão com esta opção."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na visão de ícone, mais ou menos <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">legendas</link> são mostradas baseadas em seu nível de ampliação."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:112(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Padrões da visão em lista"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+ #. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+ #. window for 'View options'
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:118(item/p)
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
+ "option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
+@@ -13260,24 +15551,35 @@
+ "de visualização</media> na barra de ferramentas e selecionando <gui>Ampliar</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Reduzir</gui> ou <gui>Tamanho normal</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
++"Há poucos vírus de Linux e, portanto, você provavelmente não precisa de um "
++"software de antivírus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Eu preciso de um software de antivírus?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+ "background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
+ "way onto your computer and cause problems."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você está acostumado com Windows ou Mac OS, você provavelmente também "
++"está acostumado a ter software de antivírus funcionando o tempo inteiro. "
++"Softwares de antivírus executa em plano de fundo, verificando constantemente "
++"por vírus de computador que podem ter entrado no seu computador e que podem "
++"causar problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -13285,40 +15587,65 @@
+ "writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
+ "and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
++"Softwares de antivírus não existe para Linux, mas você provavelmente não vai "
++"precisar deles. Vírus que afetam Linux ainda são muito raro. Alguns "
++"argumento que isso é porque Linux não é tão usado como outros sistemas "
++"operacionais e, por isso, ninguém escreve vírus para ele. Outros argumentam "
++"que Linux é intrinsecamente mais seguro e que problemas de segurança que "
++"vírus causam são corrigidos rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
++"Independente do motivo, vírus para Linux são tão raros que você realmente "
++"não precisa se preocupar com eles no momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
+ "or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você desejar ficar extra-seguro ou se você deseja verificar por vírus em "
++"arquivos que você está passando entre você e outras pessoas usando Windows e "
++"Mac OS, você ainda pode instalar software de antivírus. Verifique o "
++"instalador de software ou pesquise online; uma quantidade de aplicativos "
++"está disponível."
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+ "moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Altere o navegador padrão</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">instale Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">suporte a Silverlight</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "O Time de Documentação do Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Navegadores web"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13326,11 +15653,13 @@
+ "Altere o navegador de internet padrão indo em <gui>Detalhes</gui> dentro de "
+ "<gui>Configurações do sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Alterar em qual navegador web os sítios web serão abertos"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -13342,7 +15671,9 @@
+ "navegador instalado, entretanto, talvez a página não abra no navegador que "
+ "você queria. Para corrigir isso, altere o navegador web padrão:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -13350,7 +15681,8 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Detalhes</gui> e escolha <gui>Aplicativos padrões</gui> na lista "
+ "do lado esquerdo da janela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -13358,7 +15690,8 @@
+ "Escolha em qual navegador você gostaria que links fossem abertos alterando a "
+ "opção <gui>Web</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -13370,7 +15703,8 @@
+ "gui> (ou similar) para que ele não se configure como o navegador web padrão "
+ "novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13378,11 +15712,13 @@
+ "Altere o cliente padrão de e-mail indo em <gui>Detalhes</gui> dentro de "
+ "<gui>Configurações do sistema</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+-msgstr "Alterar qual aplicativo de correio é usado para escrever e-mails"
++msgstr "Alterando qual aplicativo de correio é usado para escrever e-mails"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -13393,11 +15729,12 @@
+ "Quando você clica em um botão ou link para enviar um novo e-mail (por "
+ "exemplo, em seu aplicativo processador de textos), seu aplicativo padrão "
+ "para correio irá se abrir com uma mensagem em branco, pronto para você "
+-"escrever. Se vocẽ tiver mais que um aplicativo de correio instalado, "
++"escrever. Se você tiver mais que um aplicativo de correio instalado, "
+ "contudo, o aplicativo de correio errado pode se abrir. Você pode corrigir "
+ "isso alterando qual é o aplicativo de e-mail padrão:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -13405,24 +15742,33 @@
+ "Escolha qual cliente de e-mail você gostaria que fosse usado por padrão "
+ "alterando a opção <gui>Correio</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vírus provavelmente não infectarão seu computador, mas poderiam infectar os "
++"computadores de outras pessoas que você troca e-mail."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Eu preciso verificar meus e-mails por vírus?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+ "through email messages."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vírus são programas que causam problemas, se eles conseguirem entrar no seu "
++"computador. Uma forma comum deles entrarem no seu computador é por meio de "
++"mensagens de e-mail."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -13430,8 +15776,14 @@
+ "probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
+ "to scan your email for viruses."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vírus que podem afetar computadores executando Linux são muito raros e, "
++"portanto, você <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">provavelmente não será infectado "
++"por um vírus por e-mail ou algo assim</link>. Se você receber um e-mail com "
++"um vírus oculto, ele provavelmente não terá efeito em seu computador. Por "
++"isso, você provavelmente não precisa vasculhar seu e-mail por vírus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -13442,133 +15794,203 @@
+ "unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
+ "software of their own anyway."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode, porém, querer verificar seu e-mail por vírus no caso de você "
++"acabar encaminhando um vírus de uma pessoa para outra. Por exemplo, se um de "
++"seus amigos têm um computador com um vírus e envia a você um e-mail "
++"infectado com vírus, e você encaminha esse e-mail para um outro amigo com um "
++"computador Windows; então o segundo amigo pode ser infectado com vírus "
++"também. Você poderia instalar um aplicativo de antivírus para verificar seus "
++"e-mails com a finalidade de evitar isso, mas provavelmente não irá acontecer "
++"e a maioria das pessoas usando Windows e Mac-OS possuem seus próprios "
++"softwares de antivírus."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Aplicativos de e-mail padrão</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "O Projeto de Documentação do GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+-msgstr "Email &amp; Software de email"
++msgstr "Email &amp; Software de e-mail"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
++"Conhecer seu endereço IP pode ajudar você a resolver alguns problemas de "
++"rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+-msgstr "Localize seu endereço de IP"
++msgstr "Descobrindo o seu endereço de IP"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+ "em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
+ "and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+ msgstr ""
++"Conhecer o seu endereço IP pode ajudá-lo a resolver problemas com sua "
++"conexão com a Internet. Você pode ficar surpreso em saber que você tem "
++"<em>dois</em> endereços IP: um endereço IP para seu computador na rede "
++"interna e outro para seu computador na Internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Descobrir o seu endereço IP interno"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+ "find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e selecione <gui>Com fio</gui> ou <gui>Sem fio</gui> da "
++"lista à esquerda, dependendo de qual conexão de rede você deseja descobrir o "
++"endereço IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Seu endereço IP interno será exibido na lista de informações."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Descobrir o seu endereço IP externo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Visite <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O site vai exibir seu endereço IP externo para você."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+ msgstr ""
++"Dependendo das conexões do seu computador com a Internet, estes endereços "
++"podem ser o mesmo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode controlar quais programas podem acessar a rede. Isso ajuda a "
++"manter o seu computador seguro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Habilitando ou bloqueando acesso no firewall"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+ "network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
++"O seu sistema deve estar equipado com um <em>firewall</em> que permite "
++"bloquear programas de serem acessados por outras pessoas na internet ou em "
++"sua rede. Isso ajuda a manter seu computador seguro."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+ "network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
+ "the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
++"Muitos aplicativos podem usar a sua conexão de rede. Por exemplo, você pode "
++"compartilhar arquivos ou deixa alguém ver a sua área de trabalho remotamente "
++"quando conectado a uma rede. Dependendo de como o seu computador está "
++"configurado, você pode precisar ajustar o firewall para permitir que esses "
++"serviços funcionem como desejado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+ "may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Cada programa que oferece serviços de rede usa uma <em>porta de rede</em> "
++"específica. Para permitir que outros computadores na rede acessem um "
++"serviço, pode precisar \"abrir\" a porta atribuída no firewall:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+ "yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vá em <gui>Atividades</gui> no canto esquerdo superior da tela e inicie seu "
++"aplicativo de firewall. Você pode precisar instalar um gerenciador de "
++"firewall, se você não encontrar um (por exemplo, Firestarter ou GUFW)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+ "will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra ou desabilite a porta do seu serviço de rede, dependendo se você deseja "
++"que as pessoas sejam capazes de acessá-lo ou não. A porta que você precisa "
++"alterar vai <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depender do serviço</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+ msgstr ""
++"Salve ou aplique as alterações, seguindo de quaisquer instruções adicionais "
++"fornecidas pela ferramenta de firewall."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você precisa especificar a porta de rede correta para habilitar/desabilitar "
++"o acesso a rede para um programa com seu firewall."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Portas de rede comumente usadas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -13576,101 +15998,143 @@
+ "allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
+ "use, so this table isn't complete."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esta é a lista de portas de rede comumente usadas por aplicativos que "
++"fornece serviços de rede, como compartilhamento de arquivo ou visualização "
++"de área de trabalho remota. Você pode alterar o firewall do seu sistema para "
++"<link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">bloquear ou permitir acesso</link> a esse "
++"aplicativos. Há milhares de portas em uso, de forma que esta tabela não está "
++"completa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Porta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Descrição"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que sistemas localizem uns aos outros e descreve quais serviços eles "
++"oferecem, sem ter que especificar os detalhes manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Imprimindo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que você envie trabalhos de impressão para uma impressora pela rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que você compartilhe sua impressora com outras pessoas pela rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Presença"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que você anuncie seu estado de mensagem instantânea a outras pessoas "
++"na rede, como \"conectado\" ou \"ocupado\"."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Área de trabalho remota"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que você compartilhe sua área de trabalho de forma que outras "
++"pessoas possam vê-la ou fornecer assistência remota."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+-msgstr "Compartilhamento de Músicas (DAAP)"
++msgstr "Compartilhamento de músicas (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Permite que você compartilhe sua biblioteca de músicas com outros na sua "
++"rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"O uso de um endereço IP estático pode facilitar o fornecimento de alguns "
++"serviços do seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Criando uma conexão com um endereço fixo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -13678,12 +16142,20 @@
+ "want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
+ "address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria das redes vão atribuir automaticamente um <link xref=\"net-what-is-"
++"ip-address\">endereço IP</link> e outros detalhes a seu computador quando "
++"você conectar à rede. Estes detalhes podem alterar periodicamente, mas você "
++"pode querer ter um endereço IP para o seu computador, de forma que você "
++"sempre saiba qual é o seu endereço (por exemplo, se ele for um servidor de "
++"arquivo)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para dar ao seu computador um endereço IP fixo (ou estático):"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13691,61 +16163,87 @@
+ "Clique no <gui>ícone de rede</gui> na <gui>barra superior</gui> e selecione "
+ "<gui>Configurações do rede</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione a conexão de rede da lista (<gui>Com fio</gui> ou <gui>Sem fio</"
++"gui>) e clique en <gui>Configurar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique na aba <gui>IPv4</gui> e altere o <gui>Método</gui> para <em>Manual</"
++"em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se nenhuma informação de conexão estiver listada na lista <gui>Endereço</"
++"gui> ou se você quiser configurar uma nova conexão, clique em "
++"<gui>Adicionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+ "your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
+ "and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Digite as informações de <em>Endereço IP</em>, <em>Máscara de rede</em> e "
++"<em>Gateway</em> nas caixas apropriadas. Como você escolhe essas informações "
++"vai depender da configuração da sua rede; há regras específicas definindo "
++"quais endereços IP e máscaras de rede são válidas para uma dada rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+ "names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
+ "servers."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se necessário, digite o endereço de um <em>Servidor de nome de domínio</em> "
++"(DNS) na caixa de <gui>Servidores DNS</gui>. Esse é o endereço IP de um "
++"servidor que procura por nomes de domínio; a maioria das redes corporativas "
++"e provedores de internet possuem servidores DNS dedicados."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Salvar</gui>. A conexão de rede deveria agora ter um endereço "
++"IP fixo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Descubra seu endereço IP</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">segurança WEP &amp; WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">endereços MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxy</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">segurança WEP &amp; WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">endereços MAC</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxy</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Termos &amp; dicas de conectividade"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -13753,11 +16251,13 @@
+ "Você pode querer instalar Flash para ser capaz de visualizar sites como "
+ "YouTube, que exibem vídeos e páginas web interativas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+-msgstr "Instalar o plug-in do Flash"
++msgstr "Instalando o plug-in do Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -13767,7 +16267,8 @@
+ "que você assista vídeos e use páginas web interativas em alguns sites. "
+ "Alguns nem mesmo funcionam sem Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -13782,17 +16283,21 @@
+ "Flash a que você pode instalar por meio de seu instalador de software "
+ "(gerenciador de pacote )."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Se o Flash estiver disponível a partir do instalador de software:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra o aplicativo instalador de software e pesquise por <input>flash</input>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+@@ -13800,7 +16305,8 @@
+ "Procure pelo <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "ou similar e clique para instalá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+@@ -13810,13 +16316,15 @@
+ "reabra-a. O navegador web deve perceber que o Flash está instalado assim que "
+ "você abrir sua janela e agora você deve ser capaz de ver sites usando Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se o Flash <em>não</em> estiver disponível a partir do instalador de "
+ "software:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+@@ -13825,7 +16333,8 @@
+ "Acesse o <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">site para baixar "
+ "Flash Player</link>. Seu navegador e sistema operacional deve ser detectado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+@@ -13835,21 +16344,24 @@
+ "escolha o tipo de instalador de software que funciona na sua distribuição "
+ "Linux. Se você não sabe o que usar, escolha a opção <file>.tar.gz</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Veja as<link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">instruções "
+ "de instalação do Flash</link> para aprender como instalá-lo para seu "
+ "navegador web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Alternativas código aberto ao Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -13862,7 +16374,8 @@
+ "outros (por exemplo, não sendo capaz de exibir algumas páginas web em Flash "
+ "mais complicadas)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -13872,15 +16385,18 @@
+ "Player ou se você gostaria de usar o máximo de software código aberto "
+ "possível em seu computador. Aqui estão algumas opções:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -13888,11 +16404,13 @@
+ "Algumas páginas web usam Silverlight para exibir páginas web. O plug-in "
+ "Moonlight permite que você veja essas páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+-msgstr "Instalar o plug-in do Silverlight"
++msgstr "Instalando o plug-in do Silverlight"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -13902,19 +16420,21 @@
+ "permite que você assista vídeos e use páginas web interativas em alguns "
+ "sites. Alguns nem mesmo funcionam sem Silverlight."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+ "should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
+ "instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se você vê um site que use Silverlight, mas não tem o plug-in instalado,você "
+-"provavelmente verá uma mensagem informando disso. Esta mensagem deve ter "
+-"instruções que informam você como obter o plug-ins, mas estas instruções "
++"Se você vê um site que use Silverlight, mas não tem o plug-in instalado, "
++"você provavelmente verá uma mensagem informando disso. Esta mensagem deve "
++"ter instruções que informam você como obter o plug-ins, mas estas instruções "
+ "podem não se adequar a seu navegador web ou versão do Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -13924,7 +16444,8 @@
+ "in <em>Moonlight</em>. Este é uma versão grátis e código aberto do "
+ "Silverlight, e que funciona no Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+@@ -13934,7 +16455,8 @@
+ "instalar usando seu instalador de software. Basta abrir o instalador e "
+ "pesquisar por <input>Silverlight</input> ou <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+@@ -13944,43 +16466,61 @@
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">site do Moonlight</link> "
+ "para mais informações e instruções de instalação."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O identificador único atribuído a uma hardware de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "O que é um endereço MAC?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+ "ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
+ "identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um <em>endereço MAC</em> é o identificador único que é atribuído pelo "
++"fabricante a uma peça do hardware de rede (como uma placa de rede sem fio ou "
++"uma placa ethernet). MAC significa <em>Media Access Control</em>, ou "
++"controle de acesso ao meio, e cada identificador tem a intenção de ser único "
++"para um dispositivo em particular."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um endereço MAC consiste em seis conjuntos de dois caracteres, cada um "
++"separado por uma vírgula. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> é um exemplo de "
++"endereço MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para identificar o endereço MAC de seu próprio hardware de rede:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e selecione <gui>Com fio</gui> ou <gui>Sem fio</gui> na "
++"lista à esquerda (dependendo de qual dispositivo você deseja verificar)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Seu endereço MAC será exibido como o <gui>Endereço físico</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -13988,18 +16528,29 @@
+ "network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
+ "won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na prática, você pode precisar <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modificar ou "
++"\"burlar\" um endereço MAC</link>. Por exemplo, alguns provedores de serviço "
++"de Internet podem exigir que um endereço MAC específico seja usado para "
++"acessar seus serviços. Se a placa de rede parar de funcionar e você precisar "
++"trocar por uma nova placa, o serviço não vai mais funcionar. Em tais casos, "
++"você precisaria burlar o endereço MAC."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se as configurações de rede não forem definidas automaticamente, você pode "
++"precisar digitá-las manualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+-msgstr "Configurações de rede definidas manualmente"
++msgstr "Definindo manualmente as configurações de rede"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -14007,101 +16558,156 @@
+ "need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
+ "router or network switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se sua rede não atribuir configurações automaticamente para seu computador, "
++"você pode ter que você mesmo digitá-las manualmente. Este tópico presume que "
++"você já sabe as configurações corretas a serem usadas. Se não sabe, você "
++"pode precisar perguntar ao seu administrador de redes ou procurar nas "
++"configurações do seu roteador ou switch de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para definir manualmente suas configurações de rede:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique no ícone de rede na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações de "
+-"rede</gui>."
++"Clique no ícone de rede na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações "
++"de rede</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+ "cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione a conexão de rede que você deseja configurar manualmente e clique "
++"em <gui>Configurar</gui>. Por exemplo, se você se conectar à rede com um "
++"cabo, procure em <gui>Com fio</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que sua placa de rede sem fio está ativada ou um cabo de "
++"rede está conectado. Do contrário, você não conseguirá clicar em "
++"<gui>Configurar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Acesse a aba <gui>Configurações IPv4</gui> e altere o <gui>Método</gui> para "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+ "the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
+ "after typing each address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique <gui>Adicionar</gui> e digite o <em>endereço IP</em>, <em>máscara de "
++"rede</em> e <em>endereço IP do gateway padrão</em> nas colunas "
++"correspondentes da lista de <gui>Endereços</gui>. Pressione <key>Enter</key> "
++"ou <key>Tab</key> após digitar cada endereço."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Estes três endereços devem ser endereços IP; isto é, eles devem consistir em "
++"quatro números separados por pontos (ex.: 123.45.6.78)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+ msgstr ""
++"Digite os endereços IP dos servidores DNS que você deseja usar no campo "
++"correspondente, separados por vírgulas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+ "to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Salvar</gui>. Se você não está conectado à rede, clique no "
++"ícone de rede na barra superior e conecte. Teste as configurações de rede "
++"tentando visitar um site ou procurar por arquivos de compartilhados na rede, "
++"por exemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode salvar configurações (como a senha) de uma conexão de rede de "
++"forma que todos que usam o computador poderão se conectar a ela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Outros usuários não conseguem se conectar à Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+ "they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
+ "may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você configurou uma conexão de rede, mas outros usuários do seu "
++"computador não conseguem se conectar a ela, eles provavelmente não estão "
++"digitando as configurações corretas quando tentam se conectar. Por exemplo, "
++"se você tem uma conexão de rede, eles podem não estar digitando corretamente "
++"a senha de segurança da rede sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+ "up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
+ "without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode fazer com que todos possam compartilhar as configurações de uma "
++"conexão de rede assim que você tiver definido-a. Isso significa que você "
++"precisa configurá-la apenas uma vez e todos os demais usuários do computador "
++"poderão se conectar a ela sem ser questionados. Para fazer isso:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+ "change)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e selecione <gui>Com fio</gui> ou <gui>Sem fio</gui> da "
++"lista à esquerda (dependendo de qual conexão de rede você deseja alterar)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -14110,20 +16716,29 @@
+ "deseja que todos sejam capazes de usar e então clique em <gui>Configurar</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"Marque <gui>Disponível para todos os usuários</gui> e clique em <gui>Salvar</"
++"gui>. Você terá que digitar sua senha de administrador para salvar as "
++"alterações. Apenas <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">usuários "
++"administradores</link> podem fazer isso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+ msgstr ""
++"Outros usuários do computador agora serão capazes de usar esta conexão sem "
++"precisar digitar quaisquer outras informações."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -14131,11 +16746,13 @@
+ "Você precisa desmarcar a opção <gui>Disponível para todos os usuários</gui> "
+ "nas configurações de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+-msgstr "Outros usuários não consegue editar as conexões de rede"
++msgstr "Outros usuários não conseguem editar as conexões de rede"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -14143,15 +16760,26 @@
+ "that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
+ "administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você consegue editar uma conexão de rede, mas outros usuários do seu "
++"computador não conseguem, você pode ter que configurar a conexão para estar "
++"<gui>disponível para os outros usuários</gui>. Isso faz com que todos no "
++"computador possam se <em>conectar</em> usar esta conexão, mas apenas "
++"usuários <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">com permissões administrativas</"
++"link> podem alterar suas configurações."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+ "connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"O motivo para isto é que, considerando que todos são afetados se as "
++"configurações forem alteradas, apenas usuários de alta confiança "
++"(administradores) deveriam poder modificar a conexão."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -14159,62 +16787,93 @@
+ "settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
+ "the connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se outros usuários realmente precisam ter a capacidade de eles mesmo "
++"alterarem a conexão, faça com que a conexão <em>não</em> esteja configurada "
++"para estar disponível para todos no computador. Desta forma, todos poderão "
++"gerenciar suas próprias configurações de conexão em vez de depender de um "
++"conjunto de configurações de conexão compartilhadas por todo o sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:38(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Faça com que a conexão não seja mais compartilhada"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e selecione <gui>Com fio</gui> ou <gui>Sem fio</gui> da "
++"lista à esquerda, dependendo de qual conexão de rede você deseja alterar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+ "<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na lista suspensa de <gui>Nome da rede</gui>, selecione a conexão que você "
++"deseja que todos possam gerenciar/editar eles mesmos e, então, clique em "
++"<gui>Opções</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você terá que digitar sua senha de administrador para alterar a conexão. "
++"Apenas usuários administradores podem fazer isto."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+ msgstr ""
++"Desmarque <gui>Disponível para todos os usuários</gui> e clique em "
++"<gui>Salvar</gui>. Os outros usuários do computador agora poderão gerenciar "
++"suas próprias conexões."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+ "network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Solucionando problemas de "
++"conexões de rede sem fio</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"find\">encontrando sua rede wifi</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de rede"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um proxy filtra sites que você acessa, normalmente com o propósito de "
++"controle ou segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+-msgstr "Definir configurações de proxy"
++msgstr "Definindo configurações de proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "O que é um proxy?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -14223,12 +16882,20 @@
+ "can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
+ "to do security checks on websites."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um <em>web proxy</em> filtra sites que você acessa, ele recebe requisições "
++"do seu navegador web para obter páginas web e seus elementos e, seguindo uma "
++"política, vai decidir passá-las para você de volta. Eles são normalmente "
++"usados em empresas e em pontos de acesso sem fio públicos para controlar "
++"quais sites você pode acessar, prevenir você de acessar a Internet sem se "
++"autenticar ou fazer verificações de segurança em sites."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Alterar o método de proxy"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -14236,57 +16903,78 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e escolha <gui>Proxy da rede</gui> na lista do lado "
+ "esquerdo da janela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
++"Escolha qual método de proxy você deseja usar dentre os seguintes métodos."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os aplicativos vão usar uma conexão direta para obter o conteúdo da web."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:62(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Manual"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+ "gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para cada protocolo, defina o endereço de um proxy e sua porta para os "
++"protocolos. Os protocolos são <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> e <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Automático"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma url aponta para um recurso, o qual contém a configuração apropriada do "
++"seu sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
++"As configurações de proxy serão aplicadas em aplicativos que usam conexão de "
++"rede para usar a configuração escolhida."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Dicas gerais para ter em mente ao usar a Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Mantendo-se seguro na Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -14296,63 +16984,102 @@
+ "which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
+ "with each distribution."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um possível motivo para você estar usando Linux é a segurança robusta pela "
++"qual é conhecido. Um motivo para o Linux ser relativamente seguro contra "
++"malware e vírus decorre do baixo número de pessoas que o usa. Vírus são "
++"direcionados para sistemas operacionais populares, como o Windows, que "
++"possuem uma base de usuários muito grande. O Linux também é muito seguro por "
++"causa da sua natureza de código aberto, o que permite a \"experts\" "
++"modificar e melhorar os recursos de segurança incluídos em cada distribuição."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+ "you can still be susceptible to:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Apesar das medidas tomadas para assegurar que sua instalação seja segura, há "
++"sempre vulnerabilidades. Como um usuário médio, você pode ainda pode estar "
++"suscetível a:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+ msgstr ""
++"Phishing (sites ou e-mails que tentam obter informações sensíveis por meio "
++"de fraude)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Encaminhamento de e-mails maliciosos</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Aplicativos com intenção maliciosa (vírus)</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Acesso não autorizado a rede remota/"
++"local</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para se manter seguro on-line, tenha em mente as seguintes dicas:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+ msgstr ""
++"Seja cauteloso com e-mails, anexos ou links que foram enviados por pessoas "
++"que você não conhece."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+ "you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
+ "compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se uma oferta de um site é boa demais para ser verdade, ou solicita "
++"informações sensíveis que parecem desnecessárias, então pensem duas vezes "
++"sobre que informação você está enviando e as potenciais consequências se tal "
++"informações for comprometida por ladrões de identidade ou outros criminosos."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"Tenha cuidado ao fornecer a quaisquer aplicativos <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">permissões com nível de administrador</link>, especialmente "
++"aqueles que você nunca usou antes ou aplicativos que você não conhece muito "
++"bem. Fornecer permissões com nível de administrador para qualquer um ou "
++"qualquer coisa coloca seu computador em alto risco a exploração."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -14360,45 +17087,67 @@
+ "firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
+ "intrusion."
+ msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que você está executando apenas serviços necessários de "
++"acesso remoto. Ter SSH ou VNC em execução pode ser útil, mas também deixa "
++"seu computador aberto para intrusão se não estiver adequadamente seguro. "
++"Considere usar um <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> para "
++"ajudar a proteger seu computador de intrusões."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Software de antivírus</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewalls básicos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Mantendo-se seguro na Internet"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+ msgstr ""
++"Outros itens podem estar sendo baixados, talvez sua conexão esteja lenta, ou "
++"seja o horário de pico do dia. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "A Internet parece estar lenta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso você esteja usando a internet e ainda esteja lenta, existem diversas "
++"coisas que podem estar causando este problema."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+ "that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"Tente fechar seu navegador da Web e depois re-abrí-lo, desconecte-se da "
++"internet e depois reconecte-se. (Ao fazer isto, você redefine o que pode "
++"estar causando o problema de conexão lenta.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Horário de pico</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -14409,45 +17158,75 @@
+ "this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
+ "evenings, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os provedores de serviço de internet geralmente configuram conexões de "
++"internet para que sejam compartilhados entre diversos equipamentos. Mesmo "
++"que você se conecte separadamente, através de sua própria linha de telefone "
++"ou conexão a cabo, a conexão do resto da internet na troca de telefone pode "
++"ser compartilhada. Se este for o caso e alguns de seus viznhos estejam "
++"utilizando ao mesmo tempo que você, você pode notar uma queda de conexão. "
++"Você deve notar isto quando seus vizinhos estão na internet (a noite, por "
++"exemplo)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Baixando muitas coisas ao mesmo tempo</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você ou alguém que estiver utilizando a sua conexão de internet estiver "
++"baixando diversos arquivos ao mesmo tempo, ou assistindo à vídeos, sua "
++"conexão de internet pode não ser tão rápida para atender às suas "
++"necessidades. Neste caso, você notará que está mais lenta."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Conexão instável</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+ "center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas conexões de internet simplesmente não são confiáveis, especialmente "
++"aquelas temporárias ou aquelas em áreas de alta demanda. Se você estiver em "
++"um bar cheio de gente ou um centro de conferências, a conexão de internet "
++"pode ser lenta ou simplesmente não confiável."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Sinal fraco de conexão sem fio</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+ "internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você estiver conectado à internet via wireless (wifi), verifique o ícone "
++"de rede na barra no topo da página para ver se você tem um sinal de conexão "
++"sem fio forte. Caso contrário, a internet pode ser lenta pois você não tem "
++"um sinal forte."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
++"<em style=\"strong\">Usando uma conexão de internet móvel mais lenta</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -14455,12 +17234,19 @@
+ "broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
+ "like GPRS."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso você possua uma conexão de internet móvel e notar que está lenta, você "
++"pode estar em uma área onde o sinal de recepção seja fraco. Quando isto "
++"acontecer, a conexão de internet irá mudar automaticamente de conexão de "
++"\"banda larga móvel\" rápida como 3G para uma conexão mais confiável, porém "
++"mais lenta, como a GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Navegador da Web está com problemas</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -14468,18 +17254,29 @@
+ "long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
+ "opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ás vezes os navegadores da Web encontram problemas que os fazem ficar mais "
++"lentos. Isto pode acontecer por diversas razões: você pode ter visitado um "
++"Website que o navegador teve dificuldades de carregar, ou você pode ter "
++"aberto um navegador por muito tempo, por exemplo. Tente fechar todas as "
++"janelas de navegador e depois abrir o navegador novamente para ver se faz "
++"alguma diferença. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"VPNs permitem que você se conecte à uma rede local sob a internet. Aprenda "
++"como configurar uma conexão de VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+-msgstr "Conectar a um VPN"
++msgstr "Conectando a um VPN"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -14491,8 +17288,18 @@
+ "to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
+ "without logging in."
+ msgstr ""
++"A VPN (ou <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) é uma forma de conexão em uma "
++"rede local sob a internet. Por exemplo, digamos que você queira se conectar "
++"à uma rede local em seu ambiente de trabalho enquanto estiver em uma viagem "
++"a negócios. Você tentaria encontrar uma conexão de internet em algum lugar "
++"(como um hotel) e então se conectaria ao seu VPN do seu ambiente de trabalho."
++" Isto seria como se conectar diretamente à rede de trabalho, mas a conexão "
++"de rede seria através da conexão de internet do hotel. As conexões da VPN "
++"são geralmente <em>encrypted</em> para prevenir que qualquer pessoa acesse a "
++"rede local que você esteja se conectando sem se autenticar. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -14501,20 +17308,33 @@
+ "application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
+ "with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Existem diversos tipos de VPN. Você pode ter que instalar alguns outros "
++"softwares dependendo do tipo de VPN que você está se conectando. Descubra os "
++"detalhes da conexão de quem quer que esteja responsável pela VPN e veja qual "
++"<em>Cliente de VPN</em> você precisa utilizar. Depois, vá para o aplicativo "
++"de instalador de software e procure pelo pacote <app>NetworkManager</app> "
++"que funciona com seu VPN (se existir um) e o instale."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+ "that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
+ "different instructions to get that working."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso não haja um pacote de NetworkManager para seu tipo de VPN, você terá "
++"que provavelmente baixar e instalar alguns softwares de clientes da empresa "
++"que fornece o software de VPN. Você provavelmente terá que seguir algumas "
++"instruções diferentes para que ele funcione."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Depois de fazer isto, você pode definir a conexão de VPN:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+@@ -14522,72 +17342,109 @@
+ "Na lista à esquerda, clique no botão <gui>+</gui> para adicionar uma nova "
+ "conexão."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Escolha <gui>VPN</gui> na lista de interface, e clique em <gui>Criar…</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Adicionar</gui> e escolha o tipo de conexão de VPN que você "
++"possui."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Criar</gui> e siga as instruções na tela, inserindo detalhes "
++"como o seu username e senha."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+ "created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
+ "change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando terminar de configurar o VPN, clique no ícone da rede na barra do "
++"topo da página, vá até <gui>Conexões de VPN</gui> e clique em conexões que "
++"você acabou de criar. Ele tentará estabelecer uma conexão de VPN, o ícone de "
++"rede irá mudar a medida que tenta se conectar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+ "network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
+ "<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Felizmente, você conseguirá se conectar com sucesso ao VPN. Caso não "
++"consiga, talvez você precise verificar novamente as configurações do VPN que "
++"você inseriu. Você pode fazer isto clicando no ícone da rede, clicando em "
++"<gui>Configurações de Rede</gui> e aba <gui>VPN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para se desconectar do VPN, clique no ícone de rede na barra do topo da "
++"página e clique em <gui>Desconectar</gui> sob o nome de sua conexão de VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Um endereço IP é como um número de telefone do seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "O que é um endereço IP?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
++"\"Endereço IP\" significa <em>Endereço de Protocolo de Internet</em>, e cada "
++"dispositivo que está conectado à uma rede (como a internet) possui um."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+ "Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+ "computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um endereço IP é igual ao seu número de telefone. Seu número de telefone é "
++"um conjunto único de números que identificam seu telefone para que outras "
++"pessoas possam se conectar com você. Da mesma forma, um endereço IP é um "
++"conjunto único de números que identifica seu computador para que possa "
++"enviar e receber dados de outros computadores. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
++"Atualmente, a maioria dos endereços IP consistem de quatro conjuntos de "
++"números, cada um separado por um ponto final. <code>192.168.1.42</code> é um "
++"exemplo de um endereço IP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -14596,25 +17453,42 @@
+ "typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
+ "administering a server."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um endereço IP pode tanto ser <em>dinâmico</em> ou <em>estático</em>. "
++"Endereços IP Dinâmicos são atribuídos todas as vezes que seu computador se "
++"conecta à uma rede. Os endereço IP Estáticos são fixos, e não mudam. Os "
++"endereços IP Dinâmicos são mais comuns do que os endereços estáticos, os "
++"endereços estáticos são geralmente usados somente quando existe uma "
++"necessidade especial para eles, como administrar um servidor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para configurar a maioria das conexões de rede a cabo, você só precisa "
++"conectar em um cabo de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+-msgstr "Conectar a rede com fio (Ethernet)"
++msgstr "Conectando a rede com fio (Ethernet)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"Para configurar a maioria das conexões de rede, tudo que você precisa é "
++"conectar à uma rede a cabo. O ícone de rede na barra superior da tela gira "
++"ou pulsa por alguns segundos e depois muda para um ícone de \"soquete\" "
++"quando você está conectado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -14623,116 +17497,175 @@
+ "(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
+ "Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso isto não aconteça, você deve primeiro ter certeza de que sua rede a "
++"cabo está conectada. Uma das pontas do cabo de ser conectada à porta de "
++"Ethernet (rede) retangular em seu computador, e a outra ponta deve ser "
++"conectada ao interruptor, roteador, soquete de rede de parede ou semelhante "
++"(dependendo da configuração de rede que você possuir). Ás vezes, uma luz ao "
++"lado da porta de Ethernet irá indicar que está conectado e ativo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+ "should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você não pode conectar um computador diretamente em outro com uma rede a "
++"cabo (ao menos, não sem cabos extras). Para se conectar a dois computadores, "
++"você deve conectá-los em um hub de rede, roteador ou interruptor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+ "manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso você ainda não esteja conectado, sua rede pode não suportar a "
++"configuração automática (DHCP). Neste caso você terá que <link xref=\"net-"
++"manual\">configurá-la manualmente</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Conexões de internet a cabo</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Endereços IP fixos</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Rede com fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+ msgstr ""
++"Use uma rede ad-hoc para conseguir conectar outros dispositivos ao seu "
++"computador e suas conexões de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Criando um ponto de acesso sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
+ "network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode utilizar seu computador como um hotspot sem fio. Isto permite que "
++"outros dispositivos se conectem à você sem uma rede separada, e permite que "
++"você compartilhe conexões que você tenha feito com outras interfaces, como a "
++"de uma rede a cabo ou sob a rede celular."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Sem fio</gui> à esquerda."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Clique no botão <gui>Use como um Hotspot</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
+ "to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você já estiver conectado à uma rede a cabo, lhe será perguntado se você "
++"quer disconectar daquela rede. Um adaptador único pode se conectar ou criar "
++"somente uma rede por vez. Clique em <gui>Criar um Hotspot</gui> para "
++"confirmar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um nome de rede (SSID) e chave de segurança são gerados automaticamente. O "
++"nome da rede será baseado no nome de seu computador. Outros dispositivos "
++"precisarão desta informação para se conectar ao hotspot que você acabou de "
++"criar. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Configurações de Rede Aberta e Modo Avião em Ligado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Desliga conexão sem fio (modo avião)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+ "also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
+ "power, for example). To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você estiver em um avião com seu computador (ou alguma outra área onde as "
++"conexões sem fio não são permitidas), você precisa desligar sua conexão sem "
++"fio. Talvez você queira desligar sua conexão sem fio por outras razões (para "
++"economizar bateria, por exemplo). Para fazer isto:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mude o <gui>Modo Avião</gui> para ligado. Isto irá desligar toda a sua "
++"conexão sem fio até que você desligue a conexão de avião novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+ msgstr ""
++"O uso do <em>Modo Avião</em> desligará totalmente ambas conexões sem fio e "
++"Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Obtenha acesso à Internet - sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+-msgstr "Conectar a uma rede sem fio"
++msgstr "Conectando a uma rede sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+ "files on the network, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você possuir um computador com a conexão sem fio ativada, você poderá se "
++"conectar à uma rede sem fio que esteja dentro da área para obter acesso à "
++"Internet, visualizar arquivos compartilhados na rede e assim por diante."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+@@ -14740,43 +17673,64 @@
+ "Clique no ícone de rede na barra superior e depois no nome da rede a que "
+ "você queira se conectar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+ "network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o nome da rede não estiver na lista, tente clicar em <gui>Mais</gui> para "
++"ver se a rede está mais ao final da lista. Se você ainda não ver a rede, "
++"você pode estar fora da área ou o sinal de rede <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">pode estar escondido</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a rede for protegida por uma senha (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">chave de criptografiay</link>), insira a senha ao ser solicitado e "
++"clique em <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+ "to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você não souber a chave, pode estar gravado embaixo do roteador sem fio "
++"ou a estação de base, em seu manual de instrução, ou você ainda poderá "
++"perguntar à alguém que administra a rede sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+ msgstr ""
++"O ícone de rede irá mudar a aparência assim que o computador tentar se "
++"conectar à rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+ "there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
+ "reliable."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a conexão for bem sucedida, o ícone irá mudar para um ponto com diversas "
++"barras em cima dele. Mais barras indica uma conexão mais forte à rede. Caso "
++"não haja muitas barras, a conexão está fraca e pode não ser muito confiável."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -14786,8 +17740,16 @@
+ "wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a conexão não foi bem sucedida, você <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">pode receber a solicitação de uma senha novamente</link> ou você "
++"pode receber a mensagem de que sua conexão caiu. Existem diversas razões "
++"para este problema. Você pode ter inserido a senha errada, o sinal de rede "
++"sem fio pode ser muito fraco, ou a placa de rede sem fio de seu computador "
++"pode estar com problemas, por exemplo. Veja <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> para obter mais ajuda."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -14796,18 +17758,29 @@
+ "the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
+ "speeds."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma conexão mais forte à uma rede sem fio não significa necessariamente que "
++"você tenha uma conexão de internet mais rápida, ou que você terá uam "
++"velocidade de download mais rápida. A conexão sem fio se conecta seu "
++"computador ao <em>dispositivo que fornece a conexão de internet</em>  (assim "
++"como um roteador ou modem), mas as duas conexões são na verdade diferentes, "
++"e portanto serão executadas em velocidades diferentes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode ter um sinal baixo, ou a rede pode não estar deixando-o conectar "
++"adequadamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Porque minha rede sem fio se desconecta constantemente?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -14815,12 +17788,19 @@
+ "top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+ "annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você poderá ver que foi desconectada de uma rede sem fio mesmo se você "
++"quiser ficar conectada. Seu computador tentará se reconectar à rede assim "
++"que isto acontecer (o ícone de rede na barra superior da tela irá girar ou "
++"pulsar se estiver tentando se reconectar), mas pode ser irritante, "
++"especialmente se você estiver usando a internet."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Sinal fraco da rede sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -14828,18 +17808,29 @@
+ "enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
+ "and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma razão comum por estar desconectado da rede sem fio é que você tem um "
++"sinal baixo. As redes sem fio possuem uma área limitada, portando se você se "
++"afastar muito da estação de base da conexão sem fio você poderá não "
++"conseguir um sinal forte para manter a conexão. As paredes e outros objetos "
++"entre você e a estação de base também podem enfraquecer o sinal."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
++"O ícone de rede na barra superior da tela exibe a força de seu sinal de "
++"conexão sem fio. Se o sinal estiver baixo, tente mover para mais perto de "
++"uma estação de base sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A conexão de rede nãoe está sendo estabelecida com sucesso."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -14848,19 +17839,30 @@
+ "connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
+ "was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ás vezes, quando você se conecta à uma rede sem fio, pode parecer que você "
++"conseguiu se conectar inicialmente, mas será desconectado logo depois. Isto "
++"acontece geralmente porque seu computador estava conectado somente "
++"parcialmente à rede, ele conseguiu estabelecer a conexão mas não foi capaz "
++"de finalizar a conexão por alguma razão portanto se desconectou."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+ "the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma razão possível para isto é que você inseriu a senha de conexão sem fio "
++"errada, ou que seu computador não receber permissão da rede (pois a rede "
++"requer um nome de usuário para se autenticar, por exemplo)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Hardware/drivers de rede sem fio instáveis"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -14869,29 +17871,41 @@
+ "connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+ "very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns hardwares de rede sem fio podem não ser muito confiáveis. As redes de "
++"conexão sem fio são complicadas, portanto as placas de conexão sem fio e "
++"estações de base geralmente se deparam com problemas pequenos e as conexões "
++"podem cair. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Redes sem fio saturadas"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+ "Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
+ "the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
++"As redes de conexão sem fio em lugares muito cheios (universidades e bares "
++"por exemplo) possuem sempre computadores tentando se conectar à eles. "
++"Algumas vezes"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Aprenda o que significam as opções da tela de edição de conexão sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+-msgstr "Editar uma conexão sem fio"
++msgstr "Editando uma conexão sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+@@ -14901,7 +17915,8 @@
+ "uma conexão de rede sem fio. Para editar, selecione a conexão nas "
+ "configurações de <gui>Rede</gui>, e clique em <gui>Opções</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+@@ -14912,15 +17927,18 @@
+ "delas. Muitas das opções aqui são fornecidas para um maior controle em redes "
+ "mais avançadas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Disponível para todos os usuários / Conectar automaticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Conectar automaticamente"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -14928,7 +17946,8 @@
+ "Marque esta opção se você gostaria que o computador tentasse se conectar a "
+ "esta rede sem fio sempre que ela estiver ao alcance."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -14941,11 +17960,13 @@
+ "disponível já conectada para uma diferente que acabou de entrar na área de "
+ "alcance."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Disponível para todos os usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -14960,25 +17981,29 @@
+ "informar a senha uma vez. Todos os outros usuários no seu computador serão "
+ "capazes de se conectar à rede sem ter que saber eles mesmos a senha."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se estiver marcada, você precisa ser um <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrador</link> para modificar qualquer configuração desta rede. "
+-"Talvez lhe seja pedido para informar sua senha de administrador."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"Se estiver marcada, você precisa ser um <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrador</link> para modificar qualquer configuração desta "
++"rede. Talvez lhe seja pedido para informar sua senha de administrador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -14991,18 +18016,20 @@
+ "configurações do seu roteador sem fio ou da sua estação base ou ponto de "
+ "acesso)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Modo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Use isto para especificar se você está se conectando a um rede de "
+ "<gui>Infraestrutura</gui> (em que computadores se conectam sem fio a uma "
+@@ -15012,7 +18039,8 @@
+ "infraestrutura, mas você pode querer <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">configurar uma "
+ "rede ad-hoc</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -15029,14 +18057,17 @@
+ "funcionar em apenas certas faixas (por exemplo, só <gui>A</gui> ou só <gui>B/"
+ "G</gui>), então você pode querer escolher uma faixa que todos os "
+ "computadores na rede ad-hoc conseguem usar. Em lugares congestionados, podem "
+-"haver várias redes sem fio compartilhando o mesmo canal; isso pode lerdar "
+-"sua conexão, então você pode alterar qual canal você está usando também."
++"haver várias redes sem fio compartilhando o mesmo canal; isso pode deixar "
++"sua conexão lenta, então você pode alterar qual canal você está usando "
++"também."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -15052,11 +18083,13 @@
+ "wireless-hidden\">rede está oculta</link>, ela não terá um SSID, mas terá um "
+ "BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "Endereço MAC do dispositivo"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -15066,19 +18099,23 @@
+ "Um <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">endereço MAC</link> é um código que "
+ "identifica uma peça de hardware de rede (por exemplo, uma placa de rede sem "
+ "fio, uma placa de rede Ethernet ou um roteador). Cada dispositivo a que você "
+-"pode se conectar em uma rede tem um endereço MAC único, que lhe gfoi dado na "
++"pode se conectar em uma rede tem um endereço MAC único, que lhe foi dado na "
+ "fábrica."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Esta opção pode ser usada para alterar o endereço MAC da sua placa de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Endereço MAC clonado"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -15094,11 +18131,13 @@
+ "gui>, o dispositivo/serviço pensará que seu computador tem o endereço MAC "
+ "clonado em vez do seu valor real."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -15115,24 +18154,33 @@
+ "quão rápida a conexão é. Em geral, você não deveria precisar alterar esta "
+ "configuração."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Segurança sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Segurança"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+ "you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isto define o tipo de <em>criptografia</em> que sua rede de conexão sem fio "
++"utiliza. As conexões criptografadas ajudam a proteger sua conexão sem fio, "
++"para que outras pessoas não 'entrem' e vejam quais websites você está "
++"visitando e assim por diante."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -15141,27 +18189,41 @@
+ "wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
+ "encryption."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns tipos de criptografia são mais fortes do que outros, mas podem não "
++"ser suportados por outros equipamentos de rede. Você precisará geralmente "
++"digitar a senha para a conexão; outros tipos mais sofisticados de segurança "
++"também precisarão de um nome de usuário e um 'certificado' digital. Veja "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> para obter mais informações em tipos "
++"populares de criptografia sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações IPv4"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+ "different ways of getting/setting that information."
+ msgstr ""
++"Use esta aba para definir informações como a de um endereço IP de seu "
++"computador e quais servidores DNS ele deverá utilizar. Mude o <gui>Método</"
++"gui> para ver formas diferentes de obter ou configurar esta informação."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Os seguintes métodos estão disponíveis:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Automático (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -15169,29 +18231,45 @@
+ "should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
+ "be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+ msgstr ""
++"Obtenha informações como a de um endereço IP e o servidor DNS para utilizar "
++"a partir de um <em>DHCP server</em>. Um servidor DHCP é um computador (ou "
++"outro dispositivo, como um roteador) conectado à rede que decide quais "
++"configurações de rede seu computador deve possuir, quando você se conecta "
++"pela primeira vez à rede, você receberá automaticamente as configurações "
++"corretas. A maioria das redes usam DHCP."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Somente endereços automáticos (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+ "DNS server to use)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você escolher esta configuração, seu computador obterá seu endereço IP a "
++"partir do servidor DHCP, mas você terá que definir manualmente outros "
++"detalhes (como qual servidor DHCP usar)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+ msgstr ""
++"Escolha esta opção se você quiser definir todas as configurações de rede "
++"você mesmo, incluindo qual endereço IP o computador deve utilizar."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr "Apenas link-local"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -15200,165 +18278,256 @@
+ "This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
+ "so they communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> é uma forma de conectar computadores juntos em uma rede "
++"sem requerer um servidor DHCP ou sem definir endereços IP manualmente e "
++"outras informações. Se você se conectar à uma rede Link-Local, os "
++"computadores na rede irão decidir entre eles qual o endereço IP a utilizar e "
++"assim por diante. Isto é útil se você quiser se conectar temporariamente a "
++"alguns computadores juntos para que eles se comuniquem uns com os outros."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
+ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esta opção irá desabilitar a conexão de rede e evitar que você se conecte à "
++"ela. NOte que o <gui>IPv4</gui> e <gui>IPv6</gui> são tratados como conexões "
++"separadas até mesmo se eles estiverem na mesma placa de rede. Se você "
++"possuir um habilitado, você pode querer configurar a outra para desabilitado."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações IPv6"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+ "at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isto é semelhante à aba <gui>IPv4</gui> porém ele lida com o padrão mais "
++"novo do IPv6. Muitas redes modernas usam o IPv6, mas o IPv4 ainda é o mais "
++"popular no momento."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+ msgstr ""
++"A conexão sem fio pode estar desligada ou quebrada, pode haver muitas redes "
++"de conexão sem fio por perto ou você pode estar fora da área."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Não consigo ver minha rede sem fio na lista"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+ "icon on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"Existem diversas razões pela qual você não consegue ver sua rede sem fio na "
++"lista de redes que aparece quando você clica no ícone da rede na barra no "
++"topo da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+ "properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso não haja redes exibidas na lista, seu hardware de conexão sem fio pode "
++"estar deslitado, ou <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">pode não "
++"estar funcionando adequadamente</link>. Tenha a certeza de que está ligado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+ "the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
+ "your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso haja muitas redes sem fio por perto, a rede que você estiver procurando "
++"pode não estar na primeira página da lista. Se este for o caso, procure no "
++"final da lista por uma seta apontando para próximo ou passe seu mouse sobre "
++"ele para exibir o restante das redes sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode estar fora da área da rede. Tente se aproximar da estação de base "
++"sem fio ou roteador e veja se a rede aparece na lista depois de alguns "
++"instantes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+ "and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"A lista de rede sem fio demora para ser atualizada. Se você acabou de ligar "
++"seu computador ou mudou para um local diferente, espere um pouco para "
++"verificar se a rede aparece na lista."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++"A rede pode estar escondida. Você precisa <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">se conectar de uma forma diferente</link> caso sua rede esteja "
++"escondida."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra a <gui>Configuração de Rede</gui> e se conecte a uma <gui>Other</gui> "
++"rede sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+-msgstr "Conectar a um rede sem fio oculta"
++msgstr "Conectando a um rede sem fio oculta "
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+ "click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
+ "any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
++"É possível definir a rede sem fio para que esteja \"escondida\". As redes "
++"escondidas não aparecerão na lista de redes que estão exibidas quando você "
++"clicar no ícone rede na barra do topo da página (ou a lista de redes sem fio "
++"em qualquer outro computador). Para se conectar à uma rede sem fio escondida:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Sem fio</gui> na lista à esquerda."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione <gui>Outro</gui>  a partir da lista suspensa de <gui>Nome de Rede</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na janela que aparece, digite o nome da rede, escolha o tipo de segurança "
++"sem fio e clique em <gui>Conectar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode ter que verificar as configurações da estação de base sem fio ou "
++"roteador para ver qual o nome da rede. As vezes se chama <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), e se parece com algo assim: <gui>02:00:01:02:"
++"03:04</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também precisa verificar as configurações de segurança da estação de "
++"base sem fio. Procure por termos como WEP e WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+ "is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
+ "detectable."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode achar que ao esconder sua rede sem fio sua segurança será "
++"aprimorada pois evita que pessoas que não saibam sobre ela se conectem à ela."
++" Na prática, este não é o caso; ; é um pouco mais difícil de se encontrar "
++"mas ainda é detectável."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
++"Verifique a senha, tente utilizar a chave senha ao invés da senha, desligue "
++"a placa de conexão sem fio e ligue-a novamente..."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Inseri a senha correta mas ainda não consigo me conectar"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você estiver certo que inseriu a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">senha "
++"da conexão sem fio</link> correta mas ainda não conseguiu se conectar com "
++"sucesso à rede sem fio, tente o seguinte:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Verifique novamente se você tem a senha correta"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+ "wrong."
+ msgstr ""
++"As senhas são sensíveis à letras maiúsculas e minúsculas, portanto verifique "
++"se você não digitou alguma letra errada."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr "Tentar a chave secreta hex ou ASCII"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -15369,23 +18538,41 @@
+ "Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
+ "connection)."
+ msgstr ""
++"A senha que você inseriu também pode ser representada de uma forma "
++"diferente, como uma faixa de caracteres em hexadecimal (números 0-9 e letras "
++"a-f) conhecidas como chave senha. Cada senha possui uma chave senha "
++"equivalente. Se você tiver a chave senha e a senha ou frase senha, tente "
++"digitar a chave senha. Selecione a opção de <gui>segurança de conexão sem "
++"fio</gui> correta quando for solicitada sua senha (por exemplo, selecione "
++"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> se você estiver digitando a chave senha de 40 "
++"caracteres para uma conexão WEP-criptografada)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Tente desligar sua placa de conexão sem fio e ligá-la novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+ "see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ás vezes as placas de conexão sem fio travam ou passam por pequenos "
++"problemas que impedem que se conectem. Tente desligar e ligar a placa "
++"novamente, veja <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> para obter "
++"mais informações."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr ""
++"Verifique se você está utilizando o tipo correto de segurança de conexão sem "
++"fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -15393,12 +18580,20 @@
+ "sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
+ "use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ao ser solicitada sua senha de segurança de conexão sem fio, você pode "
++"escolher o tipo de segurança de conexão sem fio que deseja utilizar. Escolha "
++"aquelea que é usada pelo roteador ou pela estação base. Isto deve ser "
++"selecionado por padrão, mas às vezes não o fará por alguma razão. Caso você "
++"não saiba qual escolher, use a tentativa e erro para passar pelas diferentes "
++"opções."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Verifique se sua placa de conexão sem fio é suportada adequadamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -15407,33 +18602,48 @@
+ "<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
+ "more information."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++"Algumas placas de conexão sem fio não possuem um bom suporte. Elas aparecem "
++"como uma conexão sem fio mas não conseguem se conectar à rede pois seus "
++"drivers não conseguem fazer isto. Veja se você consegue obter um driver sem "
++"fio alternativo, ou se você precisa realizar alguma configuração extra (como "
++"instalar um <em>firmware</em>) diferente. Veja <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\"/> para obter mais informações."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Contribuidores para o wiki da documentação de Ubuntu."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns drivers de dispositivo não funcionam muito bem com certos adaptadores "
++"sem fio, portanto você pode precisar encontrar um melhor."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Solução de problemas de rede sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que os drivers de dispositivo estão funcionando e "
++"instalados."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -15442,12 +18652,23 @@
+ "drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
+ "the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++"Neste passo, você pode verificar se você consegue drivers dispositivos "
++"funcionando para seu adaptador sem fio. Um <em>driver de dispositivo</em> é "
++"uma parte de software que informa ao computador como fazer um dispositivo de "
++"hardware funcionar adequadamente. Mesmo se o adaptador sem fio for "
++"reconhecido pelo computador, ele pode não possuir drivers que funcionem "
++"muito bem. Talvez você consiga encontrar drivers diferentes para o adaptador "
++"sem fio que funcionem. Tente algumas das opções abaixo:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
++"Verifique se seu adaptador sem fio está na lista de dispositivos suportados."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -15459,12 +18680,25 @@
+ "and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
+ "information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria dos distribuidores do Linux possuem uma lista de dispositivos sem "
++"fio que eles suportam. Algumas vezes, estas listas fornecem algumas "
++"informações extras sobre como fazer drivers para certos adaptadores "
++"funcionarem adequadamente. Vá até a lista de seu distribuidor (por exemplo "
++"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/"
++"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless."
++"org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> ou <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
++"HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) e veja se sua marca e modelo de "
++"adaptador sem fio está listada. Você talvez consiga usar algumas das "
++"informações descritas nesta lista para fazer com que seus drivers sem fio "
++"funcionem."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Procure por drivers restritos (binário)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -15474,19 +18708,32 @@
+ "the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
+ "drivers."
+ msgstr ""
++"Muitos dos distribuidores Linux apresentam somente drivers de distribuidores "
++"que sejam <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. Isto acontece porque eles "
++"não conseguem distribuir drivers que sejam proprietários, ou fonte fechada. "
++"Se o driver correto para seu adaptador sem fio estiver disponível em uma "
++"versão não-livre, ou 'somente binário', pode ser que não seja instalada por "
++"padrão. Neste caso, procure no website do fabricante do adaptador sem fio "
++"para ver se eles possuem drivers Linux. "
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+ "any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns distribuidores possuem uma ferramenta que podem baixar drivers "
++"restritos para você. Se sua distribuição possuir um destes, use-a para ver "
++"se consegue encontrar qualquer driver sem fio para você."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Use os drivers Windows para seu adaptador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -15499,52 +18746,87 @@
+ "mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
+ "all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+ msgstr ""
++"Em geral, você não pode usar um driver de dispositivo projetado para um "
++"sistema operacional (como o Windows) em outro sistema operacional (como o "
++"Linux). Isso acontece porque eles possuem formas diferentes de dispositivos "
++"de manuseamento. Para os adaptadores sem fio, entretanto, você pode instalar "
++"uma camada de compatibilidade chamada <em> NDISwrapper</em>, que permite que "
++"você use alguns drivers wireless do Windows no Linux. Isso é útil porque os "
++"adaptadores sem fio quase sempre têm drivers do Windows disponíveis para "
++"eles, embora drivers para Linux não estejam às vezes disponíveis. Você pode "
++"aprender mais sobre como usar NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge."
++"net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\"> aqui </link>. "
++"Note-se que nem todos os motoristas sem fio pode ser usado através de "
++"NDISwrapper."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+ "quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
+ "adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se nenhuma dessas opções funcionar, talvez você queira tentar um adaptador "
++"sem fio diferente. Adaptadores wireless USB são geralmente bastante baratos, "
++"e poderão ser conectados em qualquer computador. Porém, verifique se o "
++"adaptador é compatível com a sua distribuição Linux antes de comprá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mesmo que seu adaptador sem fio esteja conectado, ele pode não ser "
++"reconhecido adequadamente pelo seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr "Solução de problemas de conexão sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Verificar se o adaptador sem fio foi reconhecido"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+ "will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mesmo que o adaptador esteja ligado ao computador, ele pode não ter sido "
++"reconhecido como um dispositivo de rede do computador. Nesta etapa, você irá "
++"verificar se o dispositivo foi reconhecido corretamente."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+ "the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra a janela de terminal, digite <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> e pressione "
++"<key>Enter</key>. Se aparecer uma mensagem de erro, talvez tenha que "
++"instalar o programa <app>lshw</app> em seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+ "should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Veja a informação que apareceu e encontre a seção de  <em> interface sem "
++"fio</em>. Se o seu adaptador sem fio foi detectado corretamente, você deve "
++"ver algo similar (mas não idêntico) a este:"
+ 
+ # A mensagem retornada pelo lshw não é traduzida, motivo pelo qual mantive a mensagem original (em inglês) - Rafael Ferreira
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -15557,13 +18839,18 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se seu dispositivo sem fio estiver listado, continue com <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Passo do Driver de Dispositivo</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -15571,23 +18858,36 @@
+ "xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
+ "xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se um dispositivo sem fio <em> não </em> estiver na lista, os próximos "
++"passos que irá tomar vai depender do tipo de dispositivo que você utiliza. "
++"Consulte a seção abaixo que é relevante para o tipo de adaptador sem fio que "
++"seu computador possui (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref="
++"\"#usb\">USB</link>, ou <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptador sem fio PCI (interno)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+ "recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Adaptadores PCI internos são os mais comuns, e são encontrados na maioria "
++"dos laptops fabricados nos últimos anos. Para verificar se o seu adaptador "
++"wireless PCI foi reconhecido:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra o terminal e digite <cmd>lspci</cmd> e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -15596,40 +18896,67 @@
+ "<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
+ "entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Na lista de dispositivos exibidos, encontre qualquer um que esteja marcado "
++"como  <code>Controlador de Rede</code> ou <code>Controlador de Ethernet</"
++"code>. Diversos dispositivos podem estar marcados desta forma; o "
++"correspondente ao seu adaptador sem fio pode incluir palacras como "
++"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> ou <code>802.11</"
++"code>. Veja aqui alguns exemplos de como a entrada deve se ser:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ msgstr ""
++"Controlador de Rede: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+ "If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
+ "\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você encontrou seu adaptador sem fio na lista, proceda para <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Passo dos Drivers de "
++"Dispositivo</link>. Caso não tenha encontrado algo relacionado com seu "
++"adaptador sem fio, veja <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">as instruções abaixo</"
++"link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Adaptador sem fio USB"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
+-msgstr ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"Os adaptadores sem fio que se conectam a uma porta USB no seu computador são "
++"menos comuns. Eles podem ligar diretamente a uma porta USB, ou podem ser "
++"conectados por um cabo USB. Adaptadores de banda larga 3G/móvel se parecem "
++"muito com os adaptadores sem fio (wi-fi), então se você acha que tem um "
++"adaptador wireless USB, verifique se não é na verdade um adaptador 3G. Para "
++"verificar se o seu adaptador wireless USB foi reconhecido:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra o terminal e digite <cmd>lsusb</cmd> e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -15637,94 +18964,148 @@
+ "code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
+ "the entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Procure na lista de dispositivos que é exibida e encontre algum que pareça "
++"referir-se a um dispositivo wireless ou rede. O correspondente ao seu "
++"adaptador sem fio pode incluir palavras como <code>sem fio</code>, <code> "
++"WLAN </code>, <code> wi-fi </code> ou <code> 802,11 </code>. Aqui está um "
++"exemplo de como a entrada poderia ser:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Verificando por um dispositivo PCMCIA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+ "check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Adaptadores wireless PCMCIA são geralmente placas retangulares que se "
++"encaixa na lateral de seu laptop. Eles são geralmente encontrados em "
++"computadores mais antigos. Para verificar se o seu adaptador PCMCIA foi "
++"reconhecido:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Inicie seu computador <em>sem</em> o adaptador sem fio estar plugado"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra um Terminal e digite o seguinte, e depois pressione <key>Enter</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isto irá exibir uma lista de mensagens relacionadas ao hardware do seu "
++"computador, e irá atualizar automaticamente se alguma coisa mudar em seu "
++"hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+ "wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Insira o seu adaptador sem fio no slot PCMCIA e veja o que muda na janela de "
++"terminal. As mudanças devem incluir algumas informações sobre o seu "
++"adaptador wireless. Procure por elas e veja se você consegue identificá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+ "Terminal if you like."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para que o comando não seja executado no Terminal, digite <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. Depois que fizer isto, você pode fechar o "
++"Terminal se quiser."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+ "step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+ "see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você encontrar qualquer informação sobre seu adaptador sem fio, proceda "
++"com o <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">passo de "
++"Drivers de Dispositivo</link>. Caso você não tenha encontrado nada "
++"relacionado ao seu adaptador sem fio, veja <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">as "
++"instruções abaixo</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "Adaptador sem fio não foi reconhecido"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+ "to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
+ "distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o seu adaptador sem fio não foi reconhecido, ele pode não estar "
++"funcionando corretamente ou os drivers corretos podem não estar instalados. "
++"Como verificar se existem drivers que você pode instalar vai depender de "
++"qual distribuição Linux você está usando (como o Ubuntu, Fedora ou openSuSE)."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+ "about your wireless adapter, for example."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para obter ajuda específica, veja as opções de suporte no site da sua "
++"distribuição. Estas podem incluir listas de discussão e chats da Internet, "
++"onde você pode perguntar sobre o seu adaptador sem fio, por exemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode precisar de detalhes, como o número do modelo do seu adaptador "
++"wireless na solução de problemas etapas subseqüentes."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Reúna informações sobre seu hardware de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -15733,102 +19114,160 @@
+ "your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
+ "following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Nesta etapa, você irá coletar informações sobre o seu dispositivo de rede "
++"sem fio. A maneira como você corrige muitos problemas sem fio depende da "
++"marca e modelo do adaptador wireless, então você precisará observar esses "
++"detalhes. Também pode ser útil ter alguns dos itens que vieram com seu "
++"computador, como discos de instalação de driver de dispositivo. Procure os "
++"seguintes itens, se você ainda os possuir:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+ msgstr ""
++"A embalagem e as instruções para seus dispositivos sem fio (especialmente o "
++"manual do utilizador do router)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+ msgstr ""
++"O disco contendo os drivers do adaptador wireless (mesmo que só contenha os "
++"drivers do Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+ "the device."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os fabricantes e números de modelo do seu computador, adaptador sem fio e "
++"roteador. Esta informação pode ser encontrado na parte inferior / reverso do "
++"dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+ "carefully."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quaisquer números de versão / revisão que pode ser impresso em seus "
++"dispositivos de rede sem fio ou a sua embalagem. Estes podem ser "
++"especialmente úteis, portanto olhe com cuidado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algo sobre o disco de driver que identifique tanto o próprio dispositivo, a "
++"versão \"firmware\", ou os componentes (chipset) que ele usa."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+ "computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
+ "of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"Se possível, tente obter acesso a uma conexão de internet alternativa "
++"funcionando para que você possa baixar o software e os drivers, se "
++"necessário. (Conectar o computador diretamente ao roteador com um cabo de "
++"rede Ethernet é uma maneira de fazer isso, mas só ligue-o quando precisar.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Depois que obtiver o máximo de itens possível, clique em <gui>Next</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
++"Assegure-se de que as configurações de rede simples estão corretas e prepare "
++"para os pŕoximos passos de troubleshooting."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Realizar uma verificação inicial da conexão"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+ "caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
+ "turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
++"Nesta etapa, você irá verificar algumas informações básicas sobre sua "
++"conexão de rede sem fio. Esta é a certeza de que seu problema de rede não é "
++"causado por um problema relativamente simples, como a conexão sem fio estar "
++"desligada, e se preparar para as próximas etapas de solução de problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+ msgstr ""
++"Assegure-se de que seu laptop não está conectado à uma conexão de internet "
++"<em>a cabo</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+ "the proper slot on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver um adaptador wireless externo (como um adaptador USB ou uma "
++"placa PCMCIA que se conecta em seu laptop), certifique-se de que esteja "
++"firmemente inserido no slot apropriado no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+ "switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a sua placa wireless estiver <em> dentro </em> do seu computador, "
++"certifique-se de que o interruptor sem fio está ligado (se tiver um). "
++"Laptops geralmente têm interruptores sem fio que podem ser ligadas ao "
++"pressionar uma combinação de teclas do teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+ "Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique no ícone de rede e certifique-se de que o <gui>Wireless</gui> está "
++"definido para ON. Você também deve verificar se o <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"airplane\">Modo Avião está ligado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra o Terminal, digite <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -15837,8 +19276,15 @@
+ "Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
+ "is working and connected to your wireless router."
+ msgstr ""
++"Isto irá exibir informações sobre o hardware de rede e status da conexão. "
++"Olhe no final da lista de informações e veja se há uma seção relacionada ao "
++"adaptador de rede sem fio. A informação para cada dispositivo de rede é "
++"separada por uma linha de traços. Se você encontrar a linha <code> Estado: "
++"Ligado </code> na seção de seu adaptador wireless, isso significa que ele "
++"está funcionando e conectada ao seu roteador sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -15846,86 +19292,127 @@
+ "your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
+ "contact your ISP for support."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você estiver conectado ao roteador sem fio, mas você ainda não pode "
++"acessar a internet, o roteador pode nao estar configurado corretamente, ou "
++"seu provedor de serviços de Internet (ISP), talvez esteja com alguns "
++"problemas técnicos. Reveja o seu router e guias de instalação do ISP para "
++"verificar se as configurações estão corretas, ou contacte o seu ISP para "
++"obter suporte."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+ "portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a informação de <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> não indicou que você estava conectado "
++"à rede, clique em <gui>Next</gui> para proceder para a próxima porção do "
++"guia de solução de problemas."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Identifique e repare os problemas com conexões sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+ "reason, try following the instructions here."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esse é um passo a passo do guia de solução de problemas para ajudá-lo a "
++"identificar e corrigir problemas de conexão sem fio. Se você não pode se "
++"conectar a uma rede sem fio, por algum motivo, tente seguir as instruções "
++"aqui."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Passaremos por todos os passos para conectar seu computador à internet:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "Realizando uma verificação inicial"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "Coletando informações sobre seu hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "Verificando seu hardware"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Tentar criar uma conexão com seu roteador sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Realizar uma verificação de seu modem em seu roteador"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para iniciar, clique no link <em>Next</em> no topo direito da página. Este "
++"link, entre outros como ele nas páginas seguintes, o guiará por cada passo "
++"no guia."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Usando a linha de comando"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas instruções neste guia pedem que você digite os comandos na <em>linha "
++"de comando</em> (Terminal). Você poderá encontrar o aplicativo Terminal na "
++"visão geral de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+ "case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
+ "and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você não estiver familiarizado com o uso de uma linha de comando, não se "
++"preocupe - este guia irá direcioná-lo a cada passo. Tudo o que você precisa "
++"lembrar é que os comandos são sensitivos à caixa da letra (por isso você "
++"deve digitá-los <em> exatamente </em> como eles aparecem aqui), e pressione "
++"<key> Enter</key> depois de digitar cada comando para executá-lo ."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "WEP e WPA são formas de dados criptografados em redes sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O que significa WEP e WPA?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -15934,8 +19421,15 @@
+ "Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
+ "the second version of the WPA standard."
+ msgstr ""
++"WEP e WPA (junto com WPA2) são nomes para diferentes ferramentas de "
++"criptografia usado para proteger sua conexão sem fio. Criptografia embaralha "
++"a conexão de rede de modo que ninguém pode \"ouvir\" ou ver as páginas da "
++"web que você está vendo, por exemplo. WEP significa <em> Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, e WPA significa <em> Wireless Protected Access </em>. WPA2 é a "
++"segunda versão do padrão WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -15943,129 +19437,188 @@
+ "router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
+ "wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
++"Usar <em> algumas </em> criptografias é sempre melhor do que usar nenhuma, "
++"mas WEP é o menos seguro destas normas, e você não deve usá-lo se você pode "
++"evitá-lo. WPA2 é o mais seguro dos três. Se a sua placa wireless e router "
++"suportam o WPA2, o qual é o que você deve usar quando configurar a sua rede "
++"sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Conectar-se a redes sem fio</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">redes ocultas</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "editcon\">editar as configurações de conexão</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-disconnecting\">desconectando</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Rede sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+ "accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Rede sem fio</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+-"\">rede cabeada</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problemas de conexão</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">navegação web</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"email\">contas de e-mail</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Rede sem fio</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">rede cabeada</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">problemas de "
++"conexão</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">navegação web</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-email\">contas de e-mail</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Rede, web, e-mail &amp; bate-papo"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+ msgstr ""
++"A vida da bateria exibida quando você clica em <gui>battery icon</gui> é uma "
++"estimativa."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A vida da bateria estimada está errada."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+ "lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+ "estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você verificar a carga restante da bateria, você pode achar que o "
++"tempo restante que ele relata é diferente de quanto tempo a bateria "
++"realmente dura. Isto é porque a quantidade de carga restante apenas pode ser "
++"estimada. Normalmente, as estimativas melhoram ao longo do tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
++"A fim de estimar a carga da bateria, um certo número de fatores devem ser "
++"levados em conta. Uma delas é a quantidade de energia a ser utilizada pelo "
++"computador: o consumo de energia varia dependendo de quantos programas "
++"abertos, quais dispositivos estão conectados, e se você está executando "
++"todas as tarefas intensivas (como assistir a um DVD ou converter arquivos de "
++"música, por exemplo). Isso muda a cada momento, e é difícil de prever."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+ "discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
++"Outro fator é a forma como a bateria descarregar. Algumas baterias perdem "
++"carga mais rápido quanto menos houver. Sem o conhecimento preciso de como a "
++"bateria descarrega, pode ser realizada apenas uma estimativa aproximada de "
++"vida de bateria restante."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+ "will never be completely accurate, though."
+ msgstr ""
++"A medida que a bateria descarrega, o gerenciador de energia vai descobrir "
++"suas propriedades de descarga e vai aprender a fazer melhores estimativas de "
++"vida útil da bateria. No entanto, nunca serão totalmente precisos."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+ "make a sensible estimate."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você receber uma estimativa de vida útil da bateria muito errada (por "
++"exemplo, centenas de dias), provavelmente está faltando dados no gerenciador "
++"de energia para fazer uma estimativa razoável."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+ "data it needs."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se desligar a energia e  ligar o laptop na bateria por um tempo, então ligá-"
++"lo e deixá-lo recarregar novamente, o gerenciador de energia deve ser capaz "
++"de obter os dados de que necessita."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr "Dicas para reduzir o consumo de energia do seus computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Use menos energia e melhore a vida de sua bateria"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os computadores usam muita energia. Ao utilizar algumas estratégias simples "
++"de economia de energia, você poderá reduzir sua conta de energia e ajudar o "
++"meio ambiente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Dicas gerais"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+ "can be woken up very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspenda seu computador</link> quando você "
++"não estiver utilizando-o. Isto irá reduzir de forma significante a quantia "
++"de energia que ele utiliza, e ele pode ser ativado rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
+ "will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
+ "a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
+ "case."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Desligue</link> o computador quando você "
++"não estiver usando por períodos longos. Algumas pessoas se preocupam que ao "
++"desligar o computador regularmente poderá danificá-lo mais rapidamente, mas "
++"este não é o caso."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
+ "power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
+@@ -16074,76 +19627,118 @@
+ "suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
+ "period of time."
+ msgstr ""
++"Use as preferências de <gui>Energia</gui> em <app> Configurações</app> para "
++"alterar as configurações de energia. Há uma série de opções que vão ajudar a "
++"economizar energia: você pode escurecer automaticamente o visor depois de um "
++"certo tempo, para reduzir o brilho da tela (para laptops), e fazer com "
++"qu<link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspenda automaticamente</link>, se você não "
++"estiver usando por um determinado período de tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Desligue qualquer dispositivo externo (como impressoras e scanners) quando "
++"você não estiver usando-o."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Laptops, netbooks, e outros dispositivos com baterias."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
+ "fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
++"Reduza o brilho da tela; a energia da tela é uma parcela grande do consumo "
++"de energia do laptop."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria dos laptops possuem botões no teclado (ou um atalho de teclado) "
++"que você pode usar para reduzir o brilho."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+ "which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você não precisar da conexão de internet por um tempo determinado, "
++"desligue a placa de conexão sem fio ou Bluetooth. Estes dispositivos "
++"funcionam através de ondas de radio e usa um pouco de energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+ "turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns computadores possuem interruptores físicos que podem ser utilizados "
++"para desligá-lo, enquanto que outros possuem um atalho de teclado que você "
++"pode usar no lugar do interruptor. Você pode ligá-lo novamente quando "
++"precisar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:97(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr "Dicas mais avançadas"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+ msgstr ""
++"Reduza o número de tarefas em execução no pano de fundo. Os computadores "
++"usam mais energia quando precisam trabalhar mais."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+ "internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria de seus aplicativos em execução não utilizam muita energia quando "
++"você não está usando-os ativamente. No entanto, as aplicações que "
++"freqüentemente pegam dados da Internet, tocam música ou filmes, podem afetar "
++"o seu consumo de energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Dicas como \"Não deixe que a bateria descarregue até o final\"."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Obtenha o máximo de sua bateria de laptop"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+ "their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como baterias de laptop envelhecem, elas pioram a carga de armazenamento e "
++"sua capacidade diminui gradualmente. Existem algumas técnicas que você pode "
++"usar para prolongar sua vida útil, embora você não deva esperar uma grande "
++"diferença."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -16151,58 +19746,88 @@
+ "discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
+ "discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
++"Não deixe a bateria acabar. Sempre recarregue <em>antes</em> que a bateria "
++"fique muito baixa, embora a maioria das baterias possuam economia built-"
++"inpara prevenir o consumo da bateria muito baixa. Recarregar quando estiver "
++"apenas parcialmente descarregada é mais eficiente, mas, quando a recarga "
++"estiver apenas um descarregada é pior para a bateria."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
++"O aquecimento possui um efeito danificador na eficiência de carga da bateria."
++" Não deixe que a bateria se aqueça mais do que o necessário."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+ "battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Baterias envelhecem, mesmo se você deixá-los no armazenamento. Há pouca "
++"vantagem em comprar uma bateria de substituição, ao mesmo tempo que você "
++"começa a bateria original - sempre compre substituições quando você precisar "
++"delas."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+ "treatment."
+ msgstr ""
++"Este dispositivo se aplica especificamente às baterias de Lithium-Ion (Li-"
++"Ion), que são o tipo mais comum. Outros tipos de bateria podem se beneficiar "
++"de outros tratamentos."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Alguns laptops enfraquecem quando estão sendo executados em bateria."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Porque meu laptop fica mais lento quando está utilizando a bateria?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+ "slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
+ "battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns laptops ficam mais lentos intencionalmente quando estão sendo "
++"executados em bateria para que conservem energia. O processador (CPU) no "
++"laptop muda para uma velocidade mais lenta e os processadores usam menos "
++"energia ao serem executados com mais lentidão, portanto a bateria dura mais."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Este recurso é chamado de <em>Escalamento de frequência de CPU</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+ msgstr ""
++"Ajuste do fabricante e as diferentes estimativas de vida útil da bateria "
++"pode ser a causa deste problema."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Por que eu tenho menos bateria do que tinha com o SO Windows /Mac?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -16211,8 +19836,16 @@
+ "tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
+ "them in Linux is difficult."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns computadores parecem ter uma vida útil mais curta quando são "
++"executados em Linux do que quando são executados no Windows ou Mac OS. Uma "
++"razão para isso é que fabricantes de computadores instalam um software "
++"especial para Windows /Mac que otimiza diversas configurações de hardware / "
++"software para um determinado modelo de computador. Estes ajustes são muitas "
++"vezes altamente específico, e não pode ser documentado, por isso incluí-los "
++"em Linux é difícil."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -16220,24 +19853,40 @@
+ "your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
+ "processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+ msgstr ""
++"Infelizmente, não há uma maneira fácil de aplicar esses ajustes mesmo sem "
++"saber exatamente o que eles são. Porém, você pode achar que o uso de alguns "
++"<link xref=\"power-batterylife\"> métodos de economia de energia </link> "
++"ajuda. Se o seu computador tem um <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\"> "
++"processador com velocidade variável </link>, você poderá notar que mudar "
++"mudar suas configurações também é útil."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+ "battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
+ "different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
++"Outra possível razão para a discrepância é que o método de estimar a vida "
++"útil da bateria é diferente no SO Windows/Mac do que no Linux. A vida útil "
++"real da bateria pode ser exatamente a mesma, mas os diferentes métodos "
++"fornecem diferentes estimativas."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
++"Laptops ficam inativos, quando você fecha a tampa, a fim de economizar "
++"energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Porque meu computador desliga quando eu o fecho?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -16245,8 +19894,15 @@
+ "resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
+ "or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você fecha a tampa do seu laptop, o computador será <link xref="
++"\"power-suspend\"><em> suspendido </em></link>, a fim de economizar energia. "
++"Isso significa que o computador não está realmente desligado - ele foi "
++"apenas desativado. Você pode retomá-lo através da abertura da tampa. Se não "
++"continuar, tente clicar com o mouse ou pressionar uma tecla. Se isso não "
++"funcionar, pressione o botão de energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -16255,48 +19911,76 @@
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
+ "can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns computadores são incapazes de serem suspendidos corretamente, "
++"normalmente porque seu hardware não é completamente suportados pelo sistema "
++"operacional (por exemplo, os drivers para Linux estão incompletos). Neste "
++"caso, você pode achar que você é incapaz de reiniciar o seu computador "
++"depois de fechar a tampa. Você pode tentar <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">corrigir o problema com a suspensão </link>, ou você pode "
++"impedir que o computador tentando suspender quando você fecha a tampa."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pare a suspensão do computador, quando a tampa está fechada"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+ "screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você não deseja que o computador seja suspendido quando você fechar a "
++"tampa, você pode alterar as configurações para esse comportamento. Para "
++"configurar o computador para a tela em branco, em vez de suspender, quando a "
++"tampa está fechada:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+ "confined place like a backpack."
+ msgstr ""
++"Tenha muito cuidado se você alterar essa configuração. Alguns modelos de "
++"notebooks podem superaquecer se forem deixados em execução com a tampa "
++"fechada, especialmente se estão em um lugar confinado como uma mochila."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Para alterar a configuração usada quando estiver usando a energia da "
++"bateria, digite este comando e pressione <key>Enter </key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Para alterar a configuração usada quando estiver usando a energia AC, digite "
++"este comando e pressione <key>Enter </key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns softwares de controle de ventuinha podem estar faltando, ou seu "
++"laptop pode estar super aquecendo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O ventilador do laptop está sempre em execução."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -16305,8 +19989,15 @@
+ "available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
+ "the time."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o ventilador em seu laptop está sempre funcionando, pode ser que o "
++"hardware que controla o sistema de arrefecimento no laptop não é muito bem "
++"suportado no Linux. Alguns laptops precisam de software extra para controlar "
++"suas ventoinhas de refrigeração de forma eficiente, mas este software não "
++"pode ser instalado (ou disponíveis para Linux) e portanto os ventiladores só "
++"funcionam a toda velocidade o tempo todo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -16316,8 +20007,16 @@
+ "laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se este for o caso, talvez você possa alterar algumas configurações ou "
++"instalar software adicional que permite o controle total do ventilador. Por "
++"exemplo, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\"> vaiofand </link> pode "
++"ser instalado para controlar os ventiladores de alguns laptops Sony VAIO. A "
++"instalação deste software é um processo bastante técnico, que é altamente "
++"dependente da marca e modelo do seu laptop, então talvez você queira "
++"procurar aconselhamento específico sobre como fazê-lo para o seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -16326,61 +20025,92 @@
+ "of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
+ "laptop which may help."
+ msgstr ""
++"Também é possível que o seu laptop apenas produza uma grande quantidade de "
++"calor. Isso não significa necessariamente que ele está superaquecido, ele "
++"pode simplesmente precisar que o ventilador funcione a toda velocidade o "
++"tempo todo para permitir que ele fique frio o suficiente. Se este for o "
++"caso, você não tem outra opção senão deixar o ventilador funcionar a toda "
++"velocidade o tempo todo. Às vezes você pode comprar acessórios de "
++"refrigeração adicionais para o seu computador portátil que podem ajudar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
+ msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Hibernate está desabilitado por padrão pois não é bem suportado."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "Como eu faço para hibernar meu computador?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+ "use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
+ "you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando o computador  <em> hiberna</em>, todos os seus aplicativos e "
++"documentos são armazenados e o computador desliga completamente, por isso "
++"não usar qualquer energia, mas os aplicativos e documentos ainda serão "
++"abertos quando você ligar o computador novamente ."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+ "documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
+ "Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
++"Infelizmente, o hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\"> não funciona</"
++"link>, em muitos casos, o que pode causar a perda de dados, se você espera "
++"que seus documentos e aplicativos para voltar a abrir quando você ligar o "
++"computador novamente . Portanto, hibernate está desativado por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Testar se a hibernação funciona"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Sempre salve seu trabalho antes de hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+ "recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você deve salvar todo o seu trabalho antes de hibernar o computador, apenas "
++"no caso de algo der errado e seus aplicativos e documentos abertos não "
++"poderem ser recuperados quando você ligar o computador novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode usar a linha de comando para testar se a hibernação funciona no "
+ "seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>dash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <app>Terminal</app> pressionando <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> ou procurando por <input>terminal</input> no "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+@@ -16388,7 +20118,8 @@
+ "Abra o <app>Terminal</app> pesquisando por <input>terminal</input> no "
+ "<gui>Panorama de atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -16396,59 +20127,85 @@
+ "Como root, digite <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> no terminal e pressione "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Digite a sua senha quando solicitado."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+ msgstr ""
++"Depois que seu computador é desligado ligue-o novamente. Seus aplicativos de "
++"abertura reabriram?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o hibernate não funcionar, verifique se sua partição swap é ao menos tão "
++"grande quando sua RAM disponível."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Habilitar a hibernação"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o teste do hibernate funcionar, você pode continuar a utilizar o comando "
++"<cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> quando você quiser hibernar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+ "org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
+ "save:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode ativar a opção de hibernação nos menus. Para fazer isso, "
++"use o seu editor de texto favorito para criar <file>/etc/polkit-1/"
++"localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla </file>. Adicione "
++"o seguinte ao arquivo e salvar:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os computadores geralmente aquecem, mas se super aquecerem pode ser "
++"danificador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Meu computador super aquece."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+ "However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
+ "overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria dos computadores se aquece depois de um tempo, e alguns podem "
++"ficar muito quente. Isso é normal: é parte do esfriamento do computador. No "
++"entanto, se o seu computador fica muito quente, o qual poderia ser um sinal "
++"de que ele está superaquecendo, o que pode provocar danos potenciais."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -16459,8 +20216,18 @@
+ "accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
+ "cooling."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria dos laptops se aquecem razoavelmente depois de usado por um tempo. "
++"Em geral, isto é nada para se preocupar - computadores produzem uma grande "
++"quantidade de calor e laptops são muito compactos, por isso eles precisam "
++"remover o calor rapidamente e sua capa externa acaba se aquecendo. No "
++"entanto, alguns laptops não ficam muito quentes, e podem ser desconfortáveis "
++"de usar. Isto é normalmente o resultado de um sistema de arrefecimento mal "
++"feito. às vezes você pode obter acessórios adicionais de arrefecimento, que "
++"se encaixam na parte inferior do computador portátil e proporcionam um "
++"arrefecimento mais eficaz."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -16470,8 +20237,16 @@
+ "cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
+ "cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tem um computador de mesa que parece quente ao tocá-lo, ele pode ter "
++"refrigeração insuficiente. Se este é o caso,compre ventoinhas extras de "
++"refrigeração ou verifique se os ventiladores e aberturas estão livres de "
++"poeira e outras obstruções. Você pode querer colocar o computador em uma "
++"área melhor ventilada também - se mantidos em espaços confinados (por "
++"exemplo, em um armário), o sistema de refrigeração do computador pode não "
++"ser capaz de remover o calor e circular o ar fresco rápido o suficiente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -16480,24 +20255,40 @@
+ "problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
+ "course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas pessoas estão preocupadas com os riscos à saúde ao usar laptops "
++"quentes. Alguns dizem de que o uso prolongado de um laptop quente em seu "
++"colo, eventualmente, reduz fertilidade (masculina), e há relatos de "
++"queimaduras leves (em casos extremos). Se você está preocupado com esses "
++"problemas potenciais, talvez você queira consultar um médico para obter "
++"aconselhamento. Claro, você pode simplesmente optar por não descansar o "
++"laptop em seu colo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+ "down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
+ "probably need to get it repaired."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria dos computadores modernos se desligarão no caso de se aquecerem "
++"muito, para prevenir danos. Se o seu computador continua desligando, este "
++"pode ser o motivo. Se o seu computador está superaquecendo, você "
++"provavelmente terá que consertá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Permitindo que a bateria descarregue totalmente pode ser ruim."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
++"Porque meu computador desligou/hibernou quando a bateria chegou a 10%?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -16505,8 +20296,14 @@
+ "bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
+ "have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando o nível de carga da bateria fica muito baixa, o computador "
++"automaticamente <link xref=\"power-hibernate\"> hiberna </link>. Ele faz "
++"isso para certificar-se de que a bateria não descarregará completamente, "
++"pois isso é ruim para a bateria. Se a bateria simplesmente acabasse, o "
++"computador não teria tempo para desligar corretamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -16515,8 +20312,15 @@
+ "applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
+ "turns off."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode alterar o que acontece quando o nível da bateria fica muito baixa, "
++"abrindo <app> de energia </app> a partir da visão geral de <gui> Atividades "
++"</gui>. Olhe na configuração de <gui> Quando a energia é extremamente baixa "
++"</gui>. Você pode optar para que o computador hiberne ou desligue. Se você "
++"optar por encerrar, seus aplicativos e documentos <em>não</em> serão salvos "
++"antes de desligar o computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -16524,8 +20328,15 @@
+ "did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
+ "xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns computadores têm problemas de hibernação, e podem não conseguir "
++"recuperar aplicativos e documentos que você abriu quando você ligou o "
++"computador novamente. Neste caso, é possível que você tenha perdido um pouco "
++"do seu trabalho, se você não o salvou antes que do computador hibernar. "
++"Talvez você consiga <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\"> corrigir problemas com "
++"a hibernação </link>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+@@ -16533,11 +20344,13 @@
+ "Alguns dispositivos sem fio têm problemas em lidar quando o computador é "
+ "suspenso, não resumindo adequadamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr "Eu não tenho rede sem fio quando acordo meu computador"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -16553,7 +20366,8 @@
+ "economia de energia. Normalmente, a conexão sem fio falha em ativar "
+ "corretamente quando o computador é resumido."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+@@ -16561,23 +20375,27 @@
+ "ON novamente:"
+ 
+ # Acrescentei ponto para seguir o padrão - Rafael Ferreira
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique em seu nome na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações</gui>."
+ 
+ # Acrescentei ponto para seguir o padrão - Rafael Ferreira
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Rede</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Sem fio</gui>."
+ 
+ # Acrescentei ponto para seguir o padrão - Rafael Ferreira
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Alterne a conexão sem fio para OFF e, então, para ON."
+ 
+ # Acrescentei ponto para seguir o padrão - Rafael Ferreira
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -16585,7 +20403,8 @@
+ "Se a conexão sem fio ainda não funcionar, alterne para ON o <gui>Modo avião</"
+ "gui> e, então, para OFF novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+@@ -16593,119 +20412,188 @@
+ "Se isso não funcionar, ao reiniciar o seu computador pode fazer a conexão "
+ "sem fio funcionar novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+ msgstr ""
++"Seu computador não funcionará mas você pode precisar de um cabo de energia "
++"ou um adaptador de viagem diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
++"O meu computador irá funcionar com o fornecimento de energia em outro país?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+ "should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
+ "an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
++"Diferentes países usam fontes de alimentação com tensões diferentes "
++"(normalmente 110V ou 220-240V) e freqüências de AC (geralmente 50 Hz ou 60 "
++"Hz). Seu computador deve funcionar com uma fonte de alimentação em um país "
++"diferente, desde que você tenha um adaptador de alimentação adequada. Você "
++"também pode precisar de virar uma chave."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+ "their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
+ "existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tem um laptop, tudo que você precisa fazer é obter o plug certo para "
++"o seu adaptador de energia. Alguns laptops vêm com mais de um plug para o "
++"seu adaptador, portanto você já pode ter o certo. Se não, ligar o seu já "
++"existente em um adaptador de viagem padrão será suficiente"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver um computador desktop, você também pode obter um cabo com um "
++"plugue diferente, ou usar um adaptador de viagem. Neste caso, no entanto, "
++"pode ser necessário alterar a chave de voltagem na fonte de alimentação do "
++"computador, se houver. Muitos computadores não têm um interruptor como este, "
++"e terá todo o prazer trabalhar com qualquer tensão. Olhe para a parte de "
++"trás do computador e encontrar o socket que o cabo de alimentação se conecta."
++" Em algum lugar próximo, pode haver um pequeno interruptor marcado \"110V\" "
++"ou \"230\" (por exemplo). Ligá-lo se você precisar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+ msgstr ""
++"Tenha cuidado ao mudar os cabos de energia ou usar adaptadores de viagem. "
++"Desligue tudo primeiro se puder."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns hardwares de computadores causam problemas com a suspensão ou "
++"hibernação."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Quando meu computador não ligará novamente após suspendê-lo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+ "back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
+ "because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspender </link> ou <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernar</link> seu computador, tente resumí-lo ou ligá-lo "
++"novamente, você notará que não funciona como você esperava. Isto acontece "
++"pois  a suspensão e hibernação não são suportados propriamente por seu "
++"hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Meu computador foi suspendido e não está voltando a ligar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+ "not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
+ "once)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você suspender o computador e pressionar a tecla ou clicar com o mouse, "
++"ele deve acordar e exibirá uma tela pedindo sua senha. Se isso não "
++"acontecer, tente pressionar o botão de energia (não segure-o, basta "
++"pressioná-lo uma vez)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se isso ainda não ajudar, certifique-se de que o monitor do seu computador "
++"está ligado e tente pressionar uma tecla no teclado novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+ "should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como último recurso, desligue o computador segurando o botão de energia por "
++"5-10 segundos, mas você vai perder qualquer trabalho não salvo fazendo isso. "
++"Você deve então poder ligar novamente o computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se isso acontece todas as vezes que você suspender o computador, o recurso "
++"de suspensão podem não funcionar com o seu hardware."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o seu computador ficar sem energia e não tiver uma fonte de energia "
++"alternativa (como uma bateria de trabalho), ele vai desligar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
++"Nenhum dos meus aplicativos ou documentos se abrem quando eu ligo meu "
++"computador novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
+-msgstr ""
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você hibernou o computador e ligou novamente, mas nenhum de seus "
++"documentos ou aplicativos estão abertos, ele provavelmente não hibernou "
++"corretamente. Às vezes isso acontece por causa de um problema "
++"insignificante, e o computador será capaz de hibernar corretamente na "
++"próxima vez que você fizer isso. Também pode ser porque você instalou uma "
++"atualização de software que exigia que o computador fosse reiniciado, neste "
++"caso, o computador pode ter sido desligado em vez de hibernado."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -16713,45 +20601,73 @@
+ "by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
+ "it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Também é possível que o computador não tenha sido capaz de hibernar, porque "
++"o hardware não suporta a hibernação adequadamente. Isso pode ser devido a um "
++"problema com os drivers Linux para seu hardware, por exemplo. Você pode "
++"testar isso hibernando novamente e vendo se ele funciona pela segunda vez. "
++"Se isso não acontecer, é provável que seja um problema com os drivers do seu "
++"computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+ msgstr ""
++"Minha conexão sem fio (ou outro hardware) não funciona quando eu ativo meu "
++"computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você suspender ou hibernar seu computador e depois retomá-lo novamente, "
++"você pode notar que sua conexão com a internet, mouse, ou algum outro "
++"dispositivo não funciona corretamente. Isto pode acontecer porque o driver "
++"para o dispositivo não apoia adequadamente a suspensão ou hibernação. Este é "
++"um <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problema com o driver </link> e não o "
++"próprio dispositivo."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+ "cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
+ "works."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o dispositivo tiver um interruptor de alimentação, tente desligá-lo e "
++"ligá-la novamente. Na maioria dos casos, o dispositivo irá começar a "
++"trabalhar novamente. Se ele se conecta através de um cabo USB ou similar, "
++"desligue o dispositivo e, em seguida, ligue-o para ver se ele funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você não consegue desligar ou desplugar o dispositivo, ou se ele não "
++"funciona, você pode precisar reiniciar seu computador para que o dispositivo "
++"comece a funcionar novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A suspensão desativa seu computador para usar menos energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "O que acontece quando eu suspendo o meu computador?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -16760,48 +20676,75 @@
+ "up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
+ "pressing the power button."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você <em> suspender </em> o computador, deixe em tela de descanso. "
++"Todos os seus aplicativos e documentos permanecem abertos, mas a tela e "
++"outras partes do computador desligam para economizar energia. O computador "
++"ainda está ligado, porém, e ele ainda estará usando uma pequena quantidade "
++"de energia. Você pode ativá-lo pressionando uma tecla ou clicando o mouse. "
++"Se isso não funcionar, tente pressionar o botão de energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+ "properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
+ "if it does work before relying on it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alguns computadores têm problemas com suporte de hardware, o que significa "
++"que eles <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">podem não conseguir serem "
++"suspendidos ou hibernados corretamente </link>. É uma boa idéia tentar "
++"suspender o seu computador para ver se ele funciona antes de confiar nele."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Sempre salve seu trabalho antes de suspender seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+ "recovered when you resume the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você deve salvar todo o seu trabalho antes de suspender o computador, apenas "
++"no caso de algo der errado e seus aplicativos e documentos abertos não "
++"puderem ser recuperados quando você reiniciar o computador novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando o laptop estiver em execução na bateria, o brilho de tela será "
++"reduzido quando o computador estiver em tela de descanso para economizar "
++"energia."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Porque minha tela escuresce depois de um tempo?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+ "computer again, the screen will brighten."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando o seu computador laptop estiver funcionando com bateria, a tela vai "
++"escurecer quando o computador estiver ocioso, a fim de economizar energia. "
++"Quando você começar a usar novamente o computador, a tela irá se iluminar."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Você pode interromper a redução de brilho:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+@@ -16809,25 +20752,33 @@
+ "Abra <gui>Brilho &amp; bloqueio</gui> e desmarque <gui>Escurecer a tela para "
+ "economizar energia</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cabos soltos e problemas de hardware são algumas das razões possíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Meu computador não liga"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
++"Existem diversas razões pela qual seu computador não liga. Este tópico dá "
++"uma visão geral de algumas possíveis razões."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O computador não está ligado na tomada, bateria vazia, ou cabo solto"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -16836,24 +20787,38 @@
+ "is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
+ "removable."
+ msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que os cabos de alimentação do computador estão firmemente "
++"conectados e as tomadas de energia estão ligadas. Certifique-se de que o "
++"monitor está conectado e ligado também. Se você tem um laptop, conecte o "
++"cabo de carregamento (no caso de ficar sem bateria). Você também pode querer "
++"verificar se a bateria está corretamente instalada no local (verificar a "
++"parte inferior do laptop) se for removível."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Problema com o hardware do computador"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+ "broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
+ "RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
++"Um componente do seu computador pode estar quebrado ou com defeito. Se este "
++"for o caso, você vai precisar reparar seu computador. Falhas mais comuns "
++"incluem uma unidade de fornecimento de energia quebrada, componentes "
++"embutidos incorretamente (como a memória/RAM) e uma placa-mãe com defeito."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O computador apita e depois desliga"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -16863,54 +20828,75 @@
+ "consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
+ "for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o computador apita várias vezes quando você o liga e, em seguida, desliga-"
++"se (ou não inicia), pode estar indicando que foi detectado um problema. "
++"Estes bips são muitas vezes referidos como c <em>códigos de bip </em>, e o "
++"padrão de bipes pretende indicar qualo problema com o computador. Diferentes "
++"fabricantes usam diferentes códigos de bip, então você terá que consultar o "
++"manual da placa-mãe do seu computador, ou levar seu computador para reparos."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "O ventilador do computador roda mas não aparece nada na tela."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A primeira coisa a verificar é se seu monitor está ligado."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+ "might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
++"Este problema também pode ser devido à uma falha do hardware. Os "
++"ventiladores podem ligar quando você pressionar o botão de energia, mas "
++"outras partes essenciais do computador podem não ligar. Neste caso, leve o "
++"computador para reparos."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown"
+-"\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "exit#shutdown\">desligar</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">escurecer a "
+ "tela</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Energia &amp; bateria"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações de bateria"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas de energia"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Solucione problemas de energia e baterias."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+ "resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+@@ -16918,85 +20904,112 @@
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Plano de fundo</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+ "resolution\">tamanho e rotação</link>, brilho…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Monitor &amp; tela"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Idioma</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">região e formatos</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">disposições de "
+-"teclado</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Idioma</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">região e formatos</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">disposições de teclado</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Teclado</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">monitor</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">idiomas</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">contas de usuários</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">monitor</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">idiomas</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">contas de usuários</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Usuário &amp; configurações do sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Imprima em ambos os lados do papel, ou páginas múltiplas por folha."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Imprima layouts de dois lados e diversas páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para imprimir em ambos os lados de cada folha de papel:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+ "sided printing is not available for your printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vá até a aba <gui>Configuração de Página</gui> da janela de Impressão e "
++"escolha uma opção a partir do menu suspenso <gui>Lados Duplos</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+ msgstr ""
++"Impressoras lidam com impressões de lados duplos de formas diferentes. É uma "
++"boa idéia testar sua impressora para checar se ela funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você poderá imprimir mais de uma página de documento por <em>lado</em> do "
++"papel também. Use a opção <gui>Páginas por lado</gui> para fazer isto."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+ "be available."
+ msgstr ""
++"A disponibilidade destas opções podem depender do tipo de impressora que "
++"você possui, assim como o aplicativo que você está usando. Esta opção nem "
++"sempre está disponível."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+@@ -17004,11 +21017,13 @@
+ "Imprima livretos dobrados (como um livro ou panfleto) usando papel A4/Carta "
+ "de tamanho normal."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+-msgstr "Imprimir livretos dobrados"
++msgstr "Imprimindo livretos dobrados"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+@@ -17018,74 +21033,103 @@
+ "imprimindo páginas de um documento em uma ordem especial e alterando algumas "
+ "pequenas opções de impressão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Estas instruções são para imprimir uma apostila de um documento PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+ "gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
+ "(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você quiser imprimir um folheto de um documento <app> LibreOffice </app>, "
++"primeiro exporte-o para um PDF, escolhendo  <guiseq><gui> arquivo</gui><gui> "
++"Exportar como PDF... </gui> </guiseq>. O documento precisa de ter um valor "
++"múltiplo do número de páginas de 4 (4, 8, 12, 16, ...). Você pode precisar "
++"adicionar até três páginas em branco."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir um livreto:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Vá até a aba <gui>Geral</gui>.Sob <em>Classes</em>, escolha <gui>Páginas</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+ msgstr ""
++"Digite o número de páginas nesta ordem (n é o número total de páginas, e o "
++"múltiplo de 4):"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr "Exemplos:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr "Livreto de 4 páginas: Digite <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr "Livreto de 8 páginas: Digite <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"Apostila de 20 páginas: Digite "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Agora vá até <gui>Configuração de página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+@@ -17093,56 +21137,73 @@
+ "Sob <em>Layout</em>, na opção <gui>Frente e verso</gui>, selecione "
+ "<gui>Virar na borda menor</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Na opção <gui>Páginas por lado</gui>, selecione <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"No menu <gui>Ordenar página</gui> selecione <gui>Da esquerda para a direita</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Imprimir</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Imprima uma apostila em uma impressora de lado único."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Escolha a aba <gui>Geral</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Sob <em>Classe</em>, escolha <gui>Páginas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "...até que você digitado todas as páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"Apostila de 12 páginas: Digite <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
++"Apostila de 16 páginas: Digite "
++"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Escolha a aba da <gui>Configuração da página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+@@ -17150,51 +21211,72 @@
+ "Sob <em>Layout</em>, no menu <gui>Dois-lados</gui>, selecione <gui>Um lado</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "No menu <gui>Páginas por lado</gui>, selecione <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"No menu <gui>Somente impressão</gui>, selecione <gui>Folhas Pares</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando todas as páginas forem imprimidas, vire as páginas e coloque-as de "
++"volta na impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"No menu <gui>Somente impressão</gui>, selecione <gui>Folhas Pares</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como imprimir uma apostila dobrada de páginas múltiplas usando papel de "
++"tamanho A4 ou Carta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+-msgstr "Imprimir um livreto"
++msgstr "Imprimindo um livreto"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Você pode imprimir uma apostila a partir do PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+ "multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Se o número de páginas do documento PDF não é um múltiplo de 4, você deve "
++"adicionar o número apropriado de páginas em branco (1,2 ou 3) para torná-lo "
++"um múltiplo de 4. Para fazer isso, você pode:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+ msgstr ""
++"Crie um documento <app>LibreOffice</app> com o número (1-3) de páginas em "
++"branco que você precisa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -17202,40 +21284,109 @@
+ "Exporte as páginas em branco para um PDF escolhendo <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</"
+ "gui><gui>Exportar como PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mescle as páginas em branco com seu documento PDF usando <app>PDF-Shuffler</"
++"app> ou <app>PDF Mod</app>, colocando as páginas em branco no final."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione o tipo de impressora que você irá usar para imprimir a partir da "
++"lista abaixo:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr "Cancele um trabalho de impressão pendente e remova-o da fila."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "Jana Svarova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "Cancelando, pausando ou liberando um trabalho de impressão"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode cancelar um trabalho de impressão pendente e removê-lo da fila nas "
++"configurações de impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Cancelar um trabalho de impressão"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você iniciar a impressão de um documento por acidente, você poderá "
++"cancelar esta impressão para que não precise gastar papel ou tinta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "Como cancelar um trabalho de impressão."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "Clique em <gui>Impressoras</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique no botão <gui>Mostrar trabalhos</gui> no canto direito da janela "
++"<gui>Impressoras</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
++"Cancele o trabalho de impressão clicando no botão stop nos símbolos pay-"
++"pause-stop."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"Se não cancelar o trabalho de impressão como você esperava, tente segurar o "
++"botão <gui>Cancel</gui> em sua impressora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -17243,183 +21394,381 @@
+ "can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
+ "and then on again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como último recurso, especialmente se você tem um grande trabalho de "
++"impressão com um monte de páginas que não vai cancelar, remova o papel da "
++"bandeja de entrada de papel da impressora. A impressora deve perceber que "
++"não há papel e irá parar de imprimir. Você pode, em seguida, tentar cancelar "
++"o trabalho de impressão novamente, ou tentar desligar a impressora e ligá-la "
++"novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+ "probably just leave it where it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"Tenha o cuidado de não danificar a impressora ao retirar o papel, - se você "
++"tiver que puxar com força o papel para removê-lo, você provavelmente deve "
++"deixá-lo onde está."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "Pausar e liberar um trabalho de impressão"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você quiser fazer uma pausa ou liberar um trabalho de impressão, você "
++"pode fazer isso indo até a janela de trabalhos nas configurações da "
++"impressora e clicar no botão apropriado."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique no botão <gui> Mostrar Jobs </gui> no lado direito do diálogo das "
++"<gui> Impressoras</gui> e faça uma pausa ou libere o trabalho de impressão "
++"com base em suas necessidades."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Imprimir um documento em um tamanho de papel diferente ou orientação."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Alterar o tamanho do papel ao imprimir"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+ "document."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++"Se você quiser alterar o tamanho do papel do documento (por exemplo, "
++"imprimir um PDF tamanho Carta PDF em papel A4), você pode alterar o formato "
++"de impressão para o documento."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Clique em <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Selecione a aba <gui>Configuração da página</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sob a coluna <em>Papel</em> escolha seu <em>Tamanho de papel</em> a partir "
++"da lista suspensa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Imprimir</gui> e seu documento deve iniciar a impressão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode usar o menu <gui>Orientation</gui> para escolher uma "
++"Orietançaõ diferente:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Retrato"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Paisagem"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Retrato invertido"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Paisagem invertida"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+ msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que você possui envelope/rótulo do lado correto e escolheu "
++"o tamanho correto de papel."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Imprimir rótulos e títulos"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+ "example."
+ msgstr ""
++"A maioria das impressoras permitirá que você imprima diretamente no envelope "
++"ou folha de rótulos. Isto é útil especialmente se você vai enviar muitas "
++"cartas, por exemplo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Impressão em envelopes"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+-msgstr ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"Há duas coisas que você precisa verificar quando tentar imprimir em um "
++"envelope. A primeira é que a impressora saiba o tamanho do envelope a usar. "
++"Depois de clicar <gui> Imprimir </gui> e a janela Imprimir é exibida, vá até "
++"o guia da  <gui>configuração de página</gui>  e escolha o  <gui>Tipo de "
++"Papel</gui> como \"Envelope\" se você puder. Se você não pode fazer isso, "
++"veja se você pode alterar o <gui> Tamanho do papel</gui> para um tamanho de "
++"envelope (por exemplo, \"C5\"). O pacote de envelopes vai dizer o tamanho "
++"que eles são, a maioria dos envelopes vêm em tamanhos padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+ "try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
+ "which way is the right way up."
+ msgstr ""
++"Em segundo lugar, você precisa certificar-se de que os envelopes são "
++"carregados com o lado direito para cima em da impressora na bandeja. "
++"Consulte o manual da impressora para isso, ou tentar imprimir um único "
++"envelope e verificar de que lado é impresso para ver o qual lado é o correto."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas impressoras não são projetados para ser capazes de imprimir "
++"envelopes, especialmente algumas impressoras a laser. Verifique o manual da "
++"sua impressora para ver se ele aceita envelopes, caso contrário, você pode "
++"danificar a impressora, alimentando-a com um envelope."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr ""
++"Verifique a quantidade de tinta ou toner deixados em cartuchos de impressora."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Como posso verificar os níveis de tinta / toner da minha impressora?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+ "installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como você verifica o quanto de tinta ou toner resta em sua impressora "
++"depende do modelo e fabricante de sua impressora e os drivers e aplicativos "
++"instalados em seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas impressoras têm uma tela embutida para exibir os níveis de tinta e "
++"outras informações."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+ "proprietary drivers with similar features."
+ msgstr ""
++"Os drivers e ferramentas de status para a maioria das impressoras HP são "
++"fornecidos pela HP Linux Imaging and Printing projeto (HPLIP). Outros "
++"fabricantes podem fornecer drivers proprietários com características "
++"semelhantes."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"Alternativamente, você pode instalar um aplicativo para verificar ou "
++"monitorar os níveis de tinta. <app> Inkblot </app> mostra o estado da tinta "
++"para muitas impressoras HP, Epson e Canon. Veja se a impressora está na "
++"lista <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">  de "
++"modelos suportados </link>. Outra aplicação para os níveis de tinta Epson e "
++"algumas outras impressoras é <app> mktink </app>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
+ msgstr ""
++"Algumas impressoras não estão ainda bem suportadas no Linux, e outros não "
++"são projetadas para relatar seus níveis de tinta."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"Altere o nome ou localização de uma impressora nas configurações de "
++"impressora."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "Alterando o nome ou localização de uma impressora"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+-"designed to report their ink levels."
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode mudar o nome ou local de uma impressora em configurações de "
++"impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você precisa de privilégios administrativos para alterar o nome ou "
++"localização de uma impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "Alterar o nome da impressora"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "Se você quiser mudar o nome de uma impressora, siga estes passos:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique no botão <key>Desbloquear</key> no canto superior direito e insira "
++"sua senha."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "Ao clicar no nome, o nome será editado."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "Pressione <key>Enter</key> para salvar as configurações."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "Alterar a localização da impressora"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "Para alterar a localização da sua impressora:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "Ao clicar em local, se iniciará a edição do local."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "Intercale e inverta a ordem de impressão."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "Imprima em ordem diferente."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr "Inverter"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+ "reverse this printing order."
+ msgstr ""
++"Impressoras geralmente imprimem a primeira página primeiro, e a última "
++"página por último, para que as páginas fiquem em ordem invertida quando você "
++"as coleta. Caso seja necessário inverta esta ordem de impressão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+-msgstr "Para interter a ordem:"
++msgstr "Para inverter a ordem:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+@@ -17428,11 +21777,13 @@
+ "marque <gui>Inverter</gui>. A última página será imprimida primeiro, e assim "
+ "por diante."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Intercalar"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -17440,12 +21791,19 @@
+ "make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
+ "instead."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você estiver imprimindo mais de uma cópia do documento, as impressões "
++"serão agrupadas por número de página por padrão (ou seja, sairão todas as "
++"cópias da primeira página e em seguida, as cópias da página dois, e assim "
++"por diante). <em> Agrupamento </em> faz com que cada cópia saia com suas "
++"páginas agrupadas na ordem certa."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "Para intercalar:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+@@ -17453,62 +21811,86 @@
+ "Na aba <gui>Geral</gui> da janela de impressão embaixo de <em>Cópias</em>, "
+ "marque <gui>Intercalar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como limpar um atolamento de papel vai depender da marca e modelo de "
++"impressora que você tem."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Resolvendo um atolamento de papel"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
++"Às vezes as impressoras alimentam as folhas de papel de forma incorreta e "
++"atolam."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+ "panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
+ "jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+ msgstr ""
++"O manual da sua impressora normalmente irá fornecer instruções detalhadas "
++"sobre como eliminar atolamentos de papel. Normalmente, você vai precisar "
++"abrir um dos painéis da impressora para encontrar o atolamento dentro e "
++"depois com firmeza (mas cuidado!) puxe o papel atolado para fora do "
++"mecanismo de alimentação da impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+ "may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+ "print job again."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma vez que o atolamento tenha sido solucionado você pode precisar "
++"pressionar o <gui>Retornar</gui>  botão para iniciar a impressão novamente . "
++"Com algumas impressoras, você pode até mesmo precisar desligar a impressora "
++"e ligá-la novamente e em seguida, iniciar o trabalho de impressão novamente."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'a3e09a80ef8518276b0d56cdc3b87104'"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"Imprima somente páginas específicas, ou somente uma classe de páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+-msgstr "Imprimir somente determinadas páginas"
++msgstr "Imprimindo apenas determinadas páginas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "Para imprimir apenas certas páginas do documento:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+@@ -17516,48 +21898,62 @@
+ "Na aba <gui>Geral</gui> da janela <gui>Imprimir</gui>, escolha <gui>Páginas</"
+ "gui> da seção <gui>Intervalo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
++"Digite os números de páginas que você queira imprimir na caixa de texto, com "
++"vírgulas de separação. Use um traço para denotar uma classe de páginas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+ msgstr ""
++"Por exemplo, se você inserir \"1,3,5-7,9\" na caixa de texto de "
++"<gui>Páginas</gui>, as páginas 1,3,5,6,7 e 9 serão impressas."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Escolha a impressora que você usa com mais frequência."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Definir a impressora padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver mais de uma impressora disponível, você pode selecionar qual "
++"será a impressora padrão. Você pode querer escolher a impressora que você "
++"usa com mais freqüência."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você precisa de privilégios administrativos no sistema para definir a "
++"impressora padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "Clique em <gui>Impressoras</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione sua impressora padrão desejada da lista de impressoras disponíveis."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+@@ -17565,156 +21961,241 @@
+ "Clique no botão <gui>Desbloquear</gui> no canto superior direito e insira "
+ "sua senha."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr "Selecione a opção <gui>Padrão</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"Ao escolher a partir da lista de impressoras disponíveis , você poderá "
++"filtrar o resultado da busca de impressora especificando um nome ou local de "
++"impressora (por exemplo, <input>1st floor</input> ou <input>entrance</"
++"input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"O filtro de resultado de busca está disponível somente no diálogo para "
++"adicionamento de novas impressoras."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você imprime um aplicativo, a impressora padrão é usada "
++"automaticamente, a menos que você escolha uma impressora diferente para "
++"aquele resultado específico."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Defina uma impressora que esteja conectada ao seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+-msgstr "configurar uma impressora local"
++msgstr "Configurando uma impressora local"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+ "your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Seu sistema pode reconhecer muitos tipos de impressoras automaticamente "
++"depois que estiverem conectados. A maioria das impressoras são conectadas "
++"por um cabo USB que anexa ao seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"Você não irá precisar selecionar se você quer instalar a rede ou impressora "
++"local agora. Eles estão listados em uma janela."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Certifique-se de que a impressora esteja ligada."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+ "asked to authenticate to install them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Conecte sua impressora ao sistema via cabo apropriado. Você poderá ver a "
++"atividade na tela a medida que o sistema procura por drivers, e você pode "
++"precisar autenticar para instalá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+ "gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
++"Aparecerá uma mensagem quando o sistema houver finalizado a instalação. "
++"Selecione <gui>Print Test Page</gui> para imprimir uma página teste, ou "
++"<gui>Options</gui> para fazer mudanças adicionais na configuração de "
++"impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se sua impressora não estava definida automaticamente, você poderá adicioná-"
++"la nas configurações de impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-"password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Clique no botão <key>Desbloquear</key> no canto superior direito e insira "
+-"sua senha."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr "Clique no botão <key>+</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na janela popup, selecione sua nova impressora, Clique em <gui>Add</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:73(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se sua impressora não aparece no pop-up de Adicionar Impressora, você "
++"precisará instalar os drivers de impressão."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:81(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Após instalar a impressora, você pode querer <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">mudar sua impressora padrão</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se as impressões são defeituosas ou faltando cor, veja o nível de tinta ou "
++"limpe o cabeçote."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Por existem manchas, linhas ou cores erradas em minhas impressões?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+ "the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se suas impressões saem manchadas, sem cor ou possuem linhas que não "
++"deveriam estar lá, ou têm uma qualidade inferior, pode ser devido ao "
++"problema com a impressora ou fornecimento baixo de tinta ou toner."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Textos e imagens falhando"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
++"Sua tinta ou toner podem estar acabando. Verifique o fornecimento deles e "
++"compre um cartucho novo se necessário."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Traços e linhas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+ "instructions)."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver uma impressora jato de tinta, a cabeça de impressão pode estar "
++"sujo ou parcialmente bloqueada. Tente limpar a cabeça de impressão (consulte "
++"o manual da impressora para obter instruções)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Cores incorretas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
++"A impressora pode estar sem uma cor de tinta ou toner. Verifique se o seu "
++"tinta / toner oferta e comprar um novo cartucho, se necessário."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Linhas irregulares, ou linhas não são retas"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+ "details on how to do this."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se as linhas de sua impressão que deve ser em linha reta vir irregular, pode "
++"ser necessário alinhar a cabeça de impressão. Consulte o manual de "
++"instruções da impressora para obter detalhes sobre como fazer isso ."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
+ "printer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Salvar um documento como um arquivo PDF , Postscript ou SVG , em vez de "
++"enviá-lo uma impressora."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20(page/title)
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:29(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
+ msgid "Print to file"
+ msgstr "Imprimindo para arquivo"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
+ "from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
+@@ -17722,106 +22203,152 @@
+ "This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
+ "or to share it with someone."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode optar por imprimir um documento em um arquivo em vez de enviá -lo "
++"para imprimir em uma impressora . Impressão de arquivo irá criar um arquivo "
++"<sys> PDF </sys>, um <sys> Postscript </sys> ou um <sys> SVG </sys> que "
++"contém o documento. Isto pode ser útil se você quiser transferir o documento "
++"para outra máquina ou para compartilhá-lo com alguém."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
+ "\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra a caixa de diálogo de impressão. Isto normalmente pode ser feito "
++"através de <gui style=\"menuitem\"> Imprimir </gui> no menu ou usando o "
++"atalho de teclado <keyseq><key> Ctrl </key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
+ "\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione <gui>Imprimir em arquivo</gui> sob <gui>Impressora</gui> na aba "
++"<gui style=\"tab\">Geral</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
+ "filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
+ "gui> once you have finished choosing."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para mudar o nome de arquivo padrão e onde o arquivo é salvo, clique no nome "
++"de arquivo abaixo da seleção de impressora. Clique em <gui style="
++"\"button\">Select</gui> depois que terminar de escolher."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
+ "a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
+ "<sys>SVG</sys>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<sys> PDF </sys> é o tipo de arquivo padrão para o documento. Se você quiser "
++"usar um formato diferente de saída <gui>Formato de Saída</gui> , selecione "
++"<sys> Postscript </sys> ou <sys> SVG </sys> ."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
+ msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Escolha suas preferências da outra página."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+ msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Imprimir</gui> para salvar o arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Configuração local</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"printing-order\">ordenar e intercalar</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"
+-"\">Dois lados e multi-páginas</link>…"
++"\"printing-order\">ordenar e intercalar</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"2sided\">Dois lados e multi-páginas</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr "Configuração"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Configurar uma impressora"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Tamanhos e layouts"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Tamanhos diferentes de papel e layouts."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
++"Impressoras não detectáveis, atolamento de papéis, impressões que se parecem "
++"erradas..."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas com impressora"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
+ "name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
+ "recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
+ "&amp; temporary files</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
+ msgid "Privacy Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações de privacidade"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
+ "certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
+ "settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"Os <em> configurações de privacidade </ em> no GNOME ajudá-lo a controlar ou "
++"não certas partes do seu ambiente de trabalho são visíveis para os outros. "
++"Você também pode usar essas configurações para limpar seu histórico de uso "
++"de computador e arquivos desnecessários de limpeza."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
+ msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Não mostrar as notificações de popup quando a tela estiver travada."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Hide notifications"
+ msgstr "Ocultando notificações"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
+ "screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
+@@ -17829,22 +22356,33 @@
+ "The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
+ "locked."
+ msgstr ""
++"Por padrão, o computador irá exibir notificações de mensagens mesmo quando a "
++"tela estiver travada. Por exemplo, se alguém lhe envia uma mensagem "
++"instantânea, enquanto você estiver longe de seu computador, uma notificação "
++"aparecerá na tela. O texto da mensagem de que a pessoa vai aparecer mesmo "
++"que a tela esteja bloqueada."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode querer desligar este recurso para manter suas mensagens mais "
++"privadas."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Para desligar as notificações quando sua tela estiver travada:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
+ msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique no seu nome na <gui>barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+@@ -17852,72 +22390,101 @@
+ "Selecione <guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Privacidade</gui><gui>Tela de "
+ "bloqueio</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Defina o deslizador <gui>Mostrar notificações</gui> para <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
+ msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+ msgstr ""
++"Impeça que seu computador rastreie seus arquivos utilizados recentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
+ msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Desligue o rastreamento de histórico de arquivo."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
+ "that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
+ "To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Rastreamento de arquivos e pastas usados recentemente pode facilitar "
++"encontrar itens que você tem trabalho, mas você pode querer manter esses "
++"itens privados. Para desligar o histórico de recursos de controle de "
++"arquivos da área de trabalho:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Clique no seu nome na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu"
+-"\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></guiseq>."
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Selecione <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Configurações</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacidade</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Uso &amp; Histórico</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
+ msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Defina o deslizador <gui>Usados recentemente</gui> para <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
+ "<gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para re-habilitar este recurso, defina o deslizante de <gui>Usado "
++"Recentemente</gui> para <gui>On</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
+ "the web sites you visit."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esta configuração não afetará como seu web browser armazena informações nos "
++"Websites que você visita."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
+ msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Exiba um símbolo ao invés de seu nome na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
+ msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr "Ocultando seu nome na barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
+ "hide your name to protect your privacy."
+ msgstr ""
++"Seu nome é exibido na <gui>barra superior</gui> mas você pode evitar que seu "
++"nome apareça para proteger sua privacidade."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
+ msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr "Para ocultar seu nome na <gui>barra superior</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
+ "Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -17925,112 +22492,234 @@
+ "Selecione <guiseq><gui>Configurações</gui><gui>Privacidade</gui><gui>Nome "
+ "&amp; visibilidade</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
+ "in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Defina <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> para <gui>On</gui>, ou defina <gui>Exiba Nome "
++"Completo na Barra Superior</gui> para <gui>Off</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
+ "name when your screen is locked."
+ msgstr ""
++"Configurar o <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> também esconderá o "
++"nome completo quando sua tela estiver em descanso. "
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
+ "<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
+ "will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
+ "bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
++"Muitos tópicos da Ajuda do GNOME o instrui para \"Clicar em seu nome na "
++"<gui> barra superior </gui>.\" Se você ocultar o seu nome na <gui> barra "
++"superior</gui>, você terá que clicar no  <gui> ícone de notificação</gui> na "
++" <gui> barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"Defina a frequência que seu lixo e arquivos temporários são limpos de seu "
++"computador."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
+ msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+-msgstr "Excluir permanentemente arquivos da lixeira e temporários"
++msgstr "Excluindo permanentemente arquivos da lixeira e temporários"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
+ "files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
+ "You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
+ "can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+ msgstr ""
++"Limpar o lixo e arquivos temporários removerá arquivos indesejados e "
++"desnecessários do seu computador, e também libera mais espaço no seu disco "
++"rígido. Você pode esvaziar manualmente o lixo e limpar os arquivos "
++"temporários, mas você também pode configurar o seu computador para fazer "
++"isso automaticamente para você."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
+ "period of time:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Esvaziar o seu lixo automaticamente e limpar seus arquivos temporários após "
++"um certo período de tempo:"
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
+ msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique no seu nome na <gui>barra superior</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
+ msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <gui>Configurações</gui> e clique no ícone de <gui>Privacidade</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
+ msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione <gui>Excluir permanentemente arquivos da lixeira e temporários</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
+ "Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Defina os deslizantes de <gui>Limpar Lixo automaticamente</gui> ou "
++"<gui>Limpar Arquivos Temporários Automaticamente</gui> para <gui>On</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
+ "em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
++"Definir a frequência que você gostaria que seu <em>Lixo</em> e <em>Arquivos "
++"Temporários</em> sejam limpos escolhendo o valor de <gui>Limpar após</gui> ."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:40(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
+ msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Fechar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
+ "trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
+ "trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
+ "difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+ msgstr ""
++"Use a configuração de <em>Limpar Depois: Imediatamente </em> com cautela. A "
++"definição de seu lixo para ser purgado imediatamente fará com que todos os "
++"arquivos que você excluir,ignore o seu lixo e será excluído permanentemente. "
++"Arquivos que são excluídos são muito mais difíceis de recuperar do que "
++"arquivos que estão em seu lixo."
+ 
+-#: C/privacy-purge.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
+ "it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
++"A menos que você possua uma necessidade específica de remover arquivos "
++"imediatamente de seu lixo, é provavelmente mais seguro deixar definido para "
++"um valor mais longo em <gui>Purge After</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Evite que outras pessoas usem seu computador quanto você estiver distante "
++"dele."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "Bloqueando automaticamente sua tela"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"Ao se afastar do seu computador, você deveria <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">bloquear sua tela</link> para evitar que outras pessoas usem o seu "
++"computador e acessem seus arquivos. Se você algumas vezes se esquece de "
++"bloquear sua tela, você você querer o bloqueio automática do seu computador "
++"após um período de tempo. Isso vai ajudar a manter segurança do seu "
++"computador, se você não está usando-o."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"Quando sua tela estiver travada, seus aplicativos e processos de sistemas "
++"continuarão a serem executados, mas você precisará de sua senha para começar "
++"a utilizá-los novamente."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"Para definir um período de tempo até sua tela ser bloqueada automaticamente:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "Selecione <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"Certifique-se de que <gui>Bloqueio de tela automático</gui> está ativado e, "
++"então, selecione um período de tempo na lista suspensa."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Quando a tela está bloqueada e você quer desbloqueá-lo, pressione <key> Esc "
++"</key>, ou passe o mouse em sua tela na parte inferior. Em seguida, digite a "
++"senha e pressione Enter <key> </key> ou clique <gui> Unlock </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
+ msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Capture uma imagem ou grave um vídeo do que está acontecendo na sua tela."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
+ msgid "2011"
+ msgstr "2011"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+ msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr "Capturas e gravações de tela"
+ 
+ # screencast = gravação de tela
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+ "video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+@@ -18038,24 +22727,37 @@
+ "example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
+ "files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode tirar uma foto da tela (<em>screenshot </em>) ou gravar um vídeo "
++"do que está acontecendo na tela (um  <em>screencast </em>). Isto é útil se "
++"você quiser mostrar a alguém como fazer algo no computador, por exemplo. "
++"Screenshots e screencasts são apenas imagem normal e arquivos de vídeo, "
++"assim você pode enviá-las e compartilhá-los na web."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr "Abra <app>Captura de tela</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+ "screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+ "need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
+ "Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na janela <app> Tirar um Scheenshot</app>, selecione se deseja pegar a tela "
++"inteira, a janela atual, ou uma área da tela. Defina um atraso, se você "
++"precisa selecionar uma janela ou então configurar a área de trabalho para o "
++"screenshot. Em seguida, escolha os efeitos desejados."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Capturar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+@@ -18063,7 +22765,8 @@
+ "Se você selecionou <gui>Selecionar área para capturar</gui>, o cursor mudará "
+ "para uma cruz. Clique e arraste a área que quer para a captura de tela."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+@@ -18071,30 +22774,41 @@
+ "Na janela <gui>Salvar captura de tela</gui>, digite um nome de arquivo e "
+ "escolha uma pasta. Então, clique em <gui>Salvar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+ "paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
+ "to the application."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alternativamente, importe a imagem diretamente em um aplicativo de edição de "
++"imagem sem salvá-la primeiro. Clique <gui> Copy to Clipboard </gui>, em "
++"seguida, cole a imagem no outro aplicativo, ou arraste a imagem miniatura "
++"para a aplicação."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atalhos de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Tire uma foto de tela do desktop, uma janela ou uma área por vez usando "
++"estes atalhos mundiais de teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<key>Prt Scrn</key> para efetuar a captura de tela da área de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+@@ -18102,7 +22816,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> para efetuar a captura de "
+ "tela de uma janela."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+@@ -18110,29 +22825,40 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> para efetuar a captura "
+ "de tela de uma área que você selecionou."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+ "includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você tiver um atalho de teclado, a imagem será salva automaticamente "
++"em sua pasta Fotos com um nome de arquivo que começa com \"Screenshot\" e "
++"inclui a data e hora que foi tirada."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode segurar a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> com qualquer outros atalhos "
++"acima para copiar a imagem do screenshot para o clipboard ao invés de salvá-"
++"lo."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr "Realizar uma gravação de tela"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode fazer uma gravação em vídeo do que está acontecendo em sua tela:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+@@ -18140,7 +22866,8 @@
+ "Pressione <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</"
+ "key></keyseq> para começar a gravar o que está na sua tela."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+@@ -18148,7 +22875,8 @@
+ "Um círculo vermelho é mostrado no canto inferior direito da tela enquanto a "
+ "gravação estiver em andamento. Esse indicador não será mostrar no vídeo."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+@@ -18158,23 +22886,30 @@
+ "a gravação."
+ 
+ # screencast = gravação de tela
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+ "starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
++"O vídeo é salvo automaticamente em sua pasta de vídeos com um nome de "
++"arquivo que inicia com um \"Screencast\" e inclui a data e hora que foi "
++"tirado."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode iniciar uma sessão no seu sistema usando um escâner de impressão "
+ "digital que tenha suporte."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+-msgstr "Iniciar sessão com uma impressão digital"
++msgstr "Iniciando sessão com uma impressão digital"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+@@ -18184,13 +22919,15 @@
+ "sistema, você pode gravar sua impressão digital e usá-la para se autenticar. "
+ "Você tem que ter privilégios administrativos para realizar estes passos."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Primeiro, registre uma impressão digital para que o sistema possa usar para "
+ "lhe identificar."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+@@ -18200,7 +22937,8 @@
+ "registrar sua digital. Se isso acontecer, umedeça levemente seu dedo, seque-"
+ "o com um pano limpo e sem fiapos, e tente de novo."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+@@ -18208,7 +22946,8 @@
+ "Clique no seu nome na barra superior e, então, clique na imagem ao lado do "
+ "seu nome para abrir a janela <gui>Contas de usuários</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+@@ -18216,18 +22955,21 @@
+ "Desbloqueie sua conta usando o botão <gui>Desbloquear</gui> no canto "
+ "superior direito da ferramenta <gui>Contas de usuários</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr "Informe sua senha no campo de texto."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione a opção <gui>Desabilitado</gui> ao lado de <gui>Início de sessão "
+ "por impressão digital</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+@@ -18237,7 +22979,8 @@
+ "escolher seu dedo indicador direito, seu indicador esquerdo ou um dedo "
+ "diferente. Em seguida, selecione <gui>Avançar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -18251,7 +22994,8 @@
+ "em uma imagem de uma impressão digital com um sinal de visto. Depois da "
+ "terceira deslizada, você verá a mensagem <gui>Feito!</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+@@ -18260,7 +23004,8 @@
+ "sua impressão digital foi salva com sucesso. Selecione <gui>Fechar</gui> "
+ "para finalizar."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+@@ -18269,7 +23014,8 @@
+ "você registra uma impressão digital, você ainda tem a opção de se "
+ "identificar com sua senha."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
+ "will appear."
+@@ -18277,7 +23023,8 @@
+ "Na tela de início de sessão, selecione seu nome de usuário na lista. O campo "
+ "para digitação da senha aparecerá."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+@@ -18285,7 +23032,8 @@
+ "Dentro de 30 segundos, selecione o botão de impressão digital acima e à "
+ "direito do seu nome."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -18297,7 +23045,8 @@
+ "uma senha. Se quiser tentar de novo, selecione o botão <gui>Cancelar</gui> e "
+ "volte ao passo anterior."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+@@ -18305,7 +23054,8 @@
+ "Deslize o dedo registrado em uma velocidade <em>moderada</em> sobre seu "
+ "escâner de impressão digital. Você iniciará a sessão."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+@@ -18313,18 +23063,21 @@
+ "Se você criou anteriormente um chaveiro de sessão, ele está protegido por "
+ "sua senha. Para desbloqueá-lo, informe sua senha."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Escolha uma região usada para data e hora, numeração, unidade monetária e de "
+ "medidas."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+-msgstr "Alterar os formatos de data e medidas"
++msgstr "Alterando os formatos de data e medidas"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -18333,11 +23086,13 @@
+ "unidade monetária e unidades de medida para corresponder aos costumes locais "
+ "de sua região."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
+ msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Região &amp; idioma</gui> e clique em <gui>Formatos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+@@ -18346,17 +23101,23 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione a região que melhor corresponda com os formatos que você gostaria "
+ "de usar. Por padrão, a lista somente mostra as regiões que usam o idioma "
+-"configurado na aba <gui>Idioma</gui>. Clique no botão <gui>...</gui> para "
++"configurado na aba <gui>Idioma</gui>. Clique no botão <key>...</key> para "
+ "selecionar entre todas as regiões disponíveis."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:41(item/p) C/session-language.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
+ "changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
+ "gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
++"Responda à solicitação, <gui>Sua sessão precisa ser reiniciada para que "
++"estas mudanças tomem efeito</gui> clicando em <gui style="
++"\"button\">Reiniciar Agora</gui>, ou clicar em <gui style=\"button\">X</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -18368,35 +23129,35 @@
+ "mostrado nos exemplos, sua região também controla o dia que inicia a semana "
+ "nos calendários."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/session-language.page:50(media) C/session-language.page:86(media)
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alterne para um idioma diferente para a interface com usuário e para o texto "
+ "de ajuda."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+-msgstr "Alterar que idioma você usa"
++msgstr "Alterando que idioma você usa"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -18405,13 +23166,18 @@
+ "muitos idiomas disponíveis, desde que tenha os pacotes de idioma adequados "
+ "no seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:45(item/p) C/session-language.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Abra <gui>Região &amp; idioma</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Idioma</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:47(item/p) C/session-language.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
+ "the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
+@@ -18422,13 +23188,14 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione o seu idioma desejado. Esta lista inicial mostra apenas um pequeno "
+ "subgrupo de idiomas suportados. Se seu idioma não estiver listado, clique em "
+-"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg"
+-"\"/>. Algumas traduções podem estar incompletas e certos aplicativos podem "
+-"não oferecer suporte algum a esse idioma. Quaisquer textos não traduzidos "
+-"aparecerão no idioma em que o programa foi originalmente desenvolvido, "
+-"normalmente em Inglês americano."
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic."
++"svg\"/>. Algumas traduções podem estar incompletas e certos aplicativos "
++"podem não oferecer suporte algum a esse idioma. Quaisquer textos não "
++"traduzidos aparecerão no idioma em que o programa foi originalmente "
++"desenvolvido, normalmente em Inglês americano."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -18444,11 +23211,13 @@
+ "selecionado. Se você planeja usa o novo idioma o tempo todo, você deveria "
+ "atualizar os nomes das pastas."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Alterar o idioma do sistema"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -18458,12 +23227,14 @@
+ "uma nova sessão. Você também pode alterar o <em>idioma do sistema</em>, o "
+ "idioma usado em lugares como a tela de início de sessão."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
+ msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione o botão de <gui style=\"button\">Tela de início de sessão</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+ "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+@@ -18473,7 +23244,8 @@
+ "administrativos</link>. Informe sua senha ou a senha para a conta de "
+ "administrador que for requisitada."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
+ "settings."
+@@ -18481,11 +23253,13 @@
+ "Altere quanto tempo esperar antes de travar a tela nas configurações de "
+ "<gui>Privacidade</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "A tela bloqueia sozinha rápido demais"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -18499,27 +23273,35 @@
+ "mexer em seu trabalho se você abandonar seu computador), mas pode ser "
+ "irritante se ela fica bloqueada muito cedo."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para esperar um período um pouco mais longo antes da tela ficar bloqueada "
+ "automaticamente:"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Privacidade</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
+ msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Tela de bloqueio</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
+ "<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se a  <gui>Trava de Tela Automática</gui> estiver ativada, você poderá mudar "
++"o valor na lista suspensa de <gui>travar tela após branco para</gui> drop-"
++"down list."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+ "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
+@@ -18527,25 +23309,34 @@
+ "Se você quer que a tela jamais seja bloqueada automaticamente, alterne "
+ "<gui>Bloqueio de tela automático</gui> para OFF."
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
+ "media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Compartilhamento de tela</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"sharing-media\">Compartilhamento de multimídia</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
+ msgid "Sharing Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações de compartilhamento"
+ 
+-#: C/settings-sharing.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
+ "the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"As <em>Configurações de Compartilhamento</em> no GNOME ajudam -no a "
++"controlar tudo o que for compartilhado sob a rede local, ou através de "
++"outras tecnologias como <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
+ "share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
+@@ -18555,20 +23346,161 @@
+ "<link xref=\"files-share\">Compartilhar arquivos por e-mail</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"sharing-media\">Compartilhamento de multimídia</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+-msgstr "Compartilhando"
++msgstr "Compartilhamento"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"Defina as pastas e dispositivos que podem ser compartilhados sob o Bluetooth."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Controlando compartilhamento de arquivos por Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Você pode permitir o acesso à suas pastas <file>Public</file> e "
++"<file>Downloads</file> para compartilhamento de arquivo do Bluetooth, e "
++"também restringir o acesso à somente <em>dispositivos confiáveis</em>. "
++"Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> para controlar o acesso à pastas "
++"compartilhadas em seu computador."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Um dispositivo Bluetooth é <em>confiável</em> se você tiver <em>pareado</em> "
++"ou conectado seu computador a ele. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Compartilhe sua pasta <file>Public</file> sob Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Abra <gui>Compartilhar</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Se <gui>Compartilhar</gui> estiver em <gui>OFF</gui>, alterne-o para "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "Selecione <gui>Compartilhamento Bluetooth</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "Alterne <gui>Compartilhar pasta pública</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Caso você queira autorizar que somente os dispositivos confiáveis acessem "
++"sua pasta <file>Public</file> mude o <gui>Compartilhar somente com "
++"Dispositivos Confiáveis</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"A opção é desabilitada por padrão. Você deve habilitá-la se quiser evitar "
++"acesso ao seus arquivos compartilhados por qualquer um com um telefone "
++"celular com Bluetooth ativado ou dispositivo semelhante nas redondezas."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Os dispositivos com Bluetooth "
++"ativado poderão agora acessar arquivos de sua pasta <file>Public</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"Permite arquivos serem compartilhados em sua pasta <file>Downloads</file> "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Alterne <gui>Salvar arquivos recebidos na pasta de Downloads</gui> para "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você quiser autorizar somente dispositivos confiáveis para acessar sua "
++"pasta de <file>Downloads</file> mude o <gui>Somente Receba de Dispositivos "
++"Confiáveis</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Os dispositivos com Bluetooth "
++"ativado poderão agora enviar arquivos para sua pasta <file>Downloads</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Deixe outras pessoas verem e interagirem com sua área de trabalho usando VNC."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+-msgstr "Compartilhar sua área de trabalho"
++msgstr "Compartilhando sua área de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+ "with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+@@ -18580,31 +23512,27 @@
+ "outras pessoas acessem seu ambiente e para configurar as preferências de "
+ "segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
+ "gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você precisa ter o pacote <app>Vino</app> instalado para <gui>Screen "
++"Sharing</gui> para ser visível."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
+ msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+ msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Instalar Vino</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/p) C/sharing-media.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+-msgstr "Abra <gui>Compartilhar</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(item/p) C/sharing-media.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se <gui>Compartilhar</gui> estiver em <gui>OFF</gui>, alterne-o para "
+-"<gui>ON</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
+ msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Compartilhamento de tela</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
+ "gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
+@@ -18614,7 +23542,8 @@
+ "gui> para <gui>ON</gui>. Isso significa que outras pessoas serão capazes de "
+ "tentar se conectar ao seu computador e ver o que está na sua tela."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
+ "to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
+@@ -18627,7 +23556,8 @@
+ "computador, dependendo das configurações de segurança que você estiver "
+ "usando atualmente."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -18635,7 +23565,8 @@
+ "Essa opção é habilitada por padrão quando <gui>Conexão remota</gui> está em "
+ "<gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -18643,11 +23574,13 @@
+ "É importante que pondere por completo o que cada opção de segurança "
+ "significa antes de alterá-la."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
+ msgid "Approve All Connections"
+ msgstr "Aprovar todas as conexões"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+ "desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
+@@ -18655,19 +23588,22 @@
+ "to connect to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Se você deseja ser capaz de escolher se alguém pode ou não acessar sua área "
+-"de trabalho, alterne <gui>Aprovar todas as conexões</gui> para <gui>ON</"
+-"gui>. Se você desabilitar essa opção, você não será questionado se deseja "
++"de trabalho, alterne <gui>Aprovar todas as conexões</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
++" Se você desabilitar essa opção, você não será questionado se deseja "
+ "permitir que alguém se conecte ao seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Essa opção é habilitada por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
+ msgid "Require Password"
+ msgstr "Requer senha"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+ "switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
+@@ -18677,7 +23613,8 @@
+ "trabalho, alterne <gui>Requer senha</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>. Se você não "
+ "usar essa opção, qualquer um pode tentar ver seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -18685,70 +23622,92 @@
+ "Essa opção é desabilitada por padrão, mas você deveria habilitá-la e definir "
+ "uma senha segura."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
+ msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Compartilhe mídia em sua rede local usando o Rygel."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
+ msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+-msgstr "Compartilhar suas músicas, fotos e vídeos"
++msgstr "Compartilhando suas músicas, fotos e vídeos"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
+ "<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
+ "game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
+ "access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode navegar, pesquisar e reproduzir a mídia em seu computador usando "
++"um dispositivo habilitado <sys> UPnP </sys> ou <sys> DLNA </sys>  como um "
++"console de telefone, TV ou jogo. Configurar <gui> Compartilhamento de mídia "
++"</gui> para permitir que esses dispositivos acessem as pastas que contêm "
++"suas músicas, fotos e vídeos."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
+ "gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você precisa ter o pacote <app>Rygel</app> instalado para que a <gui>Media "
++"Sharing</gui> seja visualizada."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
+ msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+ msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Instalar Rygel</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
+ msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+ msgstr "Selecione <gui>Compartilhamento de multimídia</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alterne <gui>Compartilhar multimídia nesta rede</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
+ "window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
+-"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example "
+-"<file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+-msgstr ""
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> para abrir a janela <gui>Escolha uma "
++"pasta</gui>. Navegue <em>para</em> a pasta desejada, <file>Music</file> em "
++"seu diretório  <file>Home</file> por exemplo, clique em <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repita para as outras pastas que você deseja "
++"compartilhar, por exemplo <file>Pictures</file> e <file>Videos</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-media.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
+ "play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui style=\"button\">Fechar</gui>. Você agora poderá navegar ou "
++"jogar mídia em pastas que você selecionou usando o dispositivo externo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Adicione (ou remova) ícones de programas frequentemente usados ao dash."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(credit/name)
+-msgid "Jana Svarova"
+-msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Fixe seus aplicativos favoritos ao dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -18757,7 +23716,8 @@
+ "para acesso rápido:"
+ 
+ # Acrescentado um ponto para seguir o padrão dessa documentação como um todo.
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
+ "clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+@@ -18765,35 +23725,40 @@
+ "Abra o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Panorama de atividades</link> "
+ "clicando em <gui>Atividades</gui> no canto esquerdo superior da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
+ "link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
+ "gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique no menu <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Aplicativos</link> no canto "
+-"esquerdo superior da tela e escolha o item do <gui>Panorama de atividades</"
+-"gui> do menu."
++"Clique no menu <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Aplicativos</gui></"
++"link> no canto esquerdo superior da tela e escolha o item do <gui>Panorama "
++"de atividades</gui> do menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão de grade no dash e localize o aplicativo que você deseja "
+ "adicionar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique com o botão direito no ícone do aplicativo e selecione <gui>Adicionar "
+ "aos favoritos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
+ msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+ msgstr "Alternativamente, você pode clicar e arrastar o ícone ao dash."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+@@ -18801,7 +23766,8 @@
+ "Para remover um ícone de aplicativo do dash, clique com botão direito no "
+ "ícone do aplicativo e selecione <gui>Remover dos favoritos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
+@@ -18809,19 +23775,23 @@
+ "Aplicativos favoritos também aparecem na seção <gui>Favoritos</gui> do <link "
+ "xref=\"shell-terminology\">menu <gui>Aplicativos</gui></link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Inicie aplicativos a partir do panorama de atividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
+ msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+ msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+-msgstr "Iniciar aplicativos"
++msgstr "Iniciando aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+ "of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
+@@ -18833,19 +23803,21 @@
+ "você pode encontrar todos os seus aplicativos. Você também pode abrir o "
+ "panorama pressionando a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you "
+-"can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the <key xref="
+-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode começar os aplicativos do <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menu "
+ "<gui>Aplicativos</gui></link> no canto esquerdo superior na tela ou você "
+ "pode usar o <gui>panorama de atividades</gui> pressionando a tecla <key xref="
+ "\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+ "<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+@@ -18853,7 +23825,8 @@
+ "Existem várias maneiras de se abrir um aplicativo uma vez que esteja no "
+ "<gui>panorama de atividades</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+ "this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+@@ -18863,7 +23836,8 @@
+ "(se isso não acontecer, clique na barra de busca na região superior da tela "
+ "e comece a digitar). Clique no ícone do aplicativo para iniciá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+ "icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
+@@ -18873,7 +23847,8 @@
+ "ícones no lado esquerdo do <gui>panorama de atividades</gui>. Clique em um "
+ "desses para iniciar o aplicativo correspondente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -18881,13 +23856,14 @@
+ "Se você tiver aplicativos que você usa muito frequentemente, você pode <link "
+ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">adicioná-los ao dash</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
+ "used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
+-"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
+-"application to start it."
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no botão de grade na parte inferior do dash. Você verá os aplicativos "
+ "frequentemente usados se a visão <gui style=\"button\">Frequente</gui> "
+@@ -18895,19 +23871,22 @@
+ "botão <gui style=\"button\">Todos</gui> na parte inferior para ver todos os "
+ "aplicativos. Pressione o aplicativo para iniciá-lo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode inciar um aplicativo em um <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">espaço "
+ "de trabalho</link> separado arrastando seu ícone do dash (ou da lista de "
+ "aplicativos) e soltando-o em um outro no lado direito da tela. O aplicativo "
+ "vai abrir espaço de trabalho escolhido."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+@@ -18915,11 +23894,13 @@
+ "Você pode iniciar um aplicativo em um <em>novo</em> espaço de trabalho "
+ "clicando com o botão do meio no seu ícone ou na lista de aplicativos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Executando um comando rapidamente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+@@ -18929,7 +23910,8 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, digitar o <em>nome do comando</em> e, então, "
+ "pressionar a tecla <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -18939,71 +23921,104 @@
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> e digite \"rhythmbox\" (sem as aspas). O nome do "
+ "aplicativo é o comando para lançar o programa."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+ msgstr ""
++"Aprenda como deixar sua conta de usuário, encerrando a sessão, alternando "
++"usuários e por aí vai."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:28(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+ msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+ msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+-msgstr "Encerrar sessão, desligar seu computador, alternar usuários"
++msgstr "Encerrando sessão, desligando seu computador, alternando usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você terminar de usar o computador, você pode desligá-lo, suspendê-lo "
++"(para economizar energia), ou deixá-lo ligado e sair."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Encerrar sessão ou alternar usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+ "applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
+ "when you log back in."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para permitir que outros usuários usem o seu computador, você pode encerrar "
++"a sessão ou deixar sua sessão aberta e apenas alterar usuários. Se você "
++"alternar usuários, todos os seus aplicativos continuarão em execução e tudo "
++"estará onde você deixou quando voltar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para fazer o <gui>Log Out</gui> ou <gui>Switch User</gui>, clique no seu "
++"nome na barra do topo e selecione a opção apropriada."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+ "menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
++"As entradas <gui>Encerrar sessão</gui> e <gui>Alternar usuários</gui> "
++"aparecem apenas no menu se você tiver mais de uma conta de usuário no seu "
++"sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
+ "than one user account on your system."
+ msgstr ""
++"A entrada <gui>Alternar usuários</gui> apenas aparece no menu se você tiver "
++"mais do que uma conta de usuário no seu sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Bloquear a tela"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
+-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
+-"don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
+-"time."
+-msgstr ""
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você está deixando o seu computador por um pequeno período de tempo, você "
++"deveria bloquear sua tela para evitar que outras pessoas acessem os seus "
++"arquivos ou executem aplicativos. Ao retornar, levante a cortina do <link "
++"xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">bloqueio de tela</link> e digite sua senha para "
++"voltar para a sessão. Se você não bloquear a tela, ela será bloqueada "
++"automaticamente após um determinado período de tempo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:78(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -19011,18 +24026,25 @@
+ "Para bloquear a sua tela, clique no seu nome na barra superior e selecione "
+ "<gui>Bloquear</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+ "clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
+ "switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando sua tela está bloqueada, outros usuários podem iniciar a sessão com "
++"suas próprias contas clicando em <gui>Iniciar sessão como outro usuário</"
++"gui> na tela de senha. Você pode alternar de volta para sua área de trabalho "
++"quando eles tiverem finalizado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:90(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Suspender"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+@@ -19030,152 +24052,201 @@
+ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+ "suspend."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para economizar energia, suspenda o seu computador quando você não está "
++"usando-o. Se você usa um laptop, o GNOME suspende o computador "
++"automaticamente quando você fecha a tampa. Isso salva o estado da memória do "
++"seu computador e desliga a maioria de suas funções. Uma pequena quantidade "
++"de energia ainda é usada durante a suspensão."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:98(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
+ "down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
+ "<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para suspender seu computador manualmente, clique no seu nome na barra do "
++"topo e segure a tecla <key>Alt</key>. A opção <gui>Power Off</gui> irá mudar "
++"para  <gui>Suspend</gui>. Selecione <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:108(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Desligar ou reiniciar"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:110(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+ "your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
+ "offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você quiser desligar o computador por completo, ou fazer reiniciar, "
++"clique em seu nome na barra superior e selecione <gui> Power Off </gui>. Uma "
++"caixa de diálogo será aberta, oferecendo-lhe a qualquer <gui> Restart </gui> "
++"ou <gui> Power Off </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:114(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+ "administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se houverem outros usuários conectados, você pode não ter permissão para "
++"desligar ou reiniciar o computador, porque isso vai acabar com suas sessões. "
++"Se você é um usuário administrativo, pode ser solicitado a sua senha para "
++"desligar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:120(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+ "have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+ "powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
+ "link> than one which is suspended."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode querer desligar o seu computador se você deseja movê-lo e não "
++"tiver bateria, se sua bateria estiver baixa ou não mantiver carga "
++"corretamente. Um computador desligado também usa <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">menos bateria</link> do que um que está suspenso."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:41(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:47(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+-"md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:76(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
+-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
+-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:98(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:170(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:177(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+-"md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+-"md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:228(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:277(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+-"md5='74271403806e307e72e310036408ccb5'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+-"md5='74271403806e307e72e310036408ccb5'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+@@ -19183,11 +24254,13 @@
+ "Uma introdução visual à sua área de trabalho, a barra superior e o panorama "
+ "de atividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Introdução ao GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -19198,11 +24271,14 @@
+ "ajudar a fazer as coisas. Quando você o acessa pela primeira vez, você verá "
+ "uma área de trabalho vazia e a barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:42(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:48(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "A barra superior do GNOME shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -19217,16 +24293,21 @@
+ "configurações, sair da sessão ou trocar de usuário ou desligar seu "
+ "computador."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:63(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Panorama de atividades"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:77(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "O botão Atividades"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+@@ -19241,7 +24322,8 @@
+ "Você também pode simplesmente começar a digitar para buscar pelos seus "
+ "aplicativos, arquivos e pastas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
+@@ -19257,11 +24339,13 @@
+ "ver suas janelas e aplicativos no <gui>Panorama de atividades</gui>. Basta "
+ "começar digitando para pesquisar seus aplicativos, arquivos e pastas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:99(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "O dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:102(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -19277,7 +24361,8 @@
+ "usada. Você pode também arrastar o ícone para o panorama ou para qualquer "
+ "espaço de trabalho à direita."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -19288,7 +24373,8 @@
+ "nova janela. Você pode também clicar no ícone enquanto pressiona o "
+ "<key>Ctrl</key> para abrir uma nova janela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:113(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -19301,7 +24387,8 @@
+ "panorama. Você também pode usar a roda de rolagem do seu mouse para ampliar "
+ "qualquer miniatura de janela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+ "overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+@@ -19318,25 +24405,31 @@
+ "ficam no dash mesmo se não estiverem executando, para que você possa acessá-"
+ "los rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Aprenda mais sobre iniciar aplicativos.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Aprenda mais sobre iniciar aplicativos.</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:128(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Aprenda mais sobre janelas e espaços de "
+ "trabalho.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:134(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Relógio, calendário &amp; compromissos"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:152(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
+ "calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
+@@ -19348,7 +24441,8 @@
+ "as configurações de data e hora e abrir sua agenda completa do "
+ "<app>Evolution</app> a partir do menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:158(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+@@ -19356,16 +24450,19 @@
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Aprenda mais sobre o calendário e compromissos."
+ "</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Você e seu computador"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:171(media/p)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:178(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Menu do usuário"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:183(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19373,7 +24470,8 @@
+ "Clique no seu nome no canto superior direito para gerenciar o seu perfil e o "
+ "seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:186(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -19383,7 +24481,8 @@
+ "configurar seu status para seus contatos verem nos aplicativos de mensagens "
+ "instantâneas, como o <app>Empathy</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:209(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -19391,7 +24490,8 @@
+ "O menu também lhe permite editar suas informações pessoais e alterar as "
+ "configurações do sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:212(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -19404,7 +24504,8 @@
+ "a alguém ao computador. Ou você pode suspender ou desligar o computador a "
+ "partir do menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:218(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -19412,12 +24513,15 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Aprenda mais sobre alternar usuários, encerrar "
+ "sessão ou desligar seu computador.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:224(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:229(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
+ msgid "Lock Screen"
+-msgstr "Bloquear tela"
++msgstr "Tela de bloqueio"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:232(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
+ msgid ""
+ "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+ "displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
+@@ -19425,30 +24529,44 @@
+ "logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
+ "status, and allows you to control media playback."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:239(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++"Quando você bloqueia a tela, ou ela bloqueia automaticamente, a tela de "
++"bloqueio é exibido. Além de proteger seu desktop quando você estiver longe "
++"de seu computador, a tela de bloqueio exibe a data, a hora e o seu nome como "
++"o usuário conectado. Ele também mostra informações sobre sua bateria e "
++"status da rede, e permite que você controle a reprodução de mídia."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Aprenda mais sobre o bloqueio de tela.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Aprenda mais sobre a tela de bloqueio.</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:245(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Área de notificação"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:247(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "Área de notificação"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
+ msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner, or by pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are "
+-"stored until you are ready to view them."
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A área de notificação pode ser mostrada movendo seu mouse para o canto "
+-"inferior direito ou pressionando <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. É ali que suas notificações são "
+-"armazenadas até que você esteja pronto para vê-las."
++"inferior da tela ou pressionando <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq>. É ali que suas notificações são armazenadas até que você esteja "
++"pronto para vê-las."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:254(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -19456,19 +24574,27 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Aprenda mais sobre as notificações e a "
+ "área de notificação.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:260(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:278(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
+ msgid "Window List"
+ msgstr "Lista de janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:265(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
+ "visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
+ "on the task at hand without distractions."
+ msgstr ""
++"GNOME apresenta uma abordagem diferente para as janelas de comutação de uma "
++"lista de janelas permanentemente visível encontrada em outros ambientes de "
++"trabalho. Isso permite que você se concentre na tarefa em mãos, sem "
++"distrações."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:270(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
+ "link>"
+@@ -19476,7 +24602,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Aprenda mais sobre alternância de "
+ "janelas.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:291(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
+ "display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
+@@ -19486,27 +24613,37 @@
+ "notificação será mostrada em um ícone azul no lado direito da lista de "
+ "janelas. Ao clicar no ícone azul, mostra a área de notificação."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Conheça o ambiente de trabalho usando o teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atalhos de teclado úteis"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+ "pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
+ "information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
++"Esta página fornece uma visão geral de atalhos de teclado que podem ajudá-lo "
++"a usar o seu desktop e aplicações de forma mais eficiente. Se você não pode "
++"usar um mouse ou dispositivo apontador em tudo, veja <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"nav\"/>  para mais informações sobre a navegação de interfaces de usuário "
++"com apenas o teclado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Conhecendo o ambiente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+ "super\">Super</key> key"
+@@ -19514,31 +24651,39 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> ou a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+ "key-super\">Super</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+ "documents."
+ msgstr ""
++"Alterne entre a visão geral e desktop de <gui> Atividades </gui>. Na visão "
++"geral, comece a digitar para procurar instantaneamente seus aplicativos, "
++"contatos e documentos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Janela de comandos pop up (para comandos rápidos)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
+-"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Alterne rapidamente entre janelas.</"
+ "link>. Mantenha o <key>Shift</key> pressionado para uma ordem reversa de "
+ "alternância."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+ "application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -19546,7 +24691,8 @@
+ "Alterna entre janelas do mesmo aplicativo ou do aplicativo selecionado "
+ "depois após <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+ "is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
+@@ -19556,7 +24702,8 @@
+ "<key>`</key> está sobre o <key>Tab</key>. Em todos os outros teclados, o "
+ "atalho é <key>Super</key> mais a tecla que estiver sobre o <key>Tab</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+ "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+@@ -19567,19 +24714,26 @@
+ "de janelas, a lista de aplicativos e o campo de busca. Usa as teclas de "
+ "setas para navegar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+ "overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
+ "keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Atualmente não é possível usar as setas do teclado para navegar na visão "
++"geral de janelas. Para alternar janelas, sair da visão geral e usar "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> e <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
+ msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr "Mostra a lista de aplicativos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -19587,14 +24741,15 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> e <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Alterna entre espaços de trabalho</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -19602,7 +24757,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> e "
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+ "different workspace</link>."
+@@ -19610,15 +24766,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move a janela atual para um "
+ "espaço de trabalho diferente</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Encerra sessão</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Bloqueia a tela.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
+ "link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
+@@ -19628,70 +24787,86 @@
+ "link>. Pressione <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> novamente ou "
+ "<key>Esc</key> para fechar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Atalhos comuns para edição"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Seleciona todo o texto ou todos os itens em uma lista."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Recorta (remove) o texto selecionado ou os itens e coloca-os na área de "
+-"tranferência."
++"transferência."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Copia o texto selecionado ou os itens para a área de transferência."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Cola o conteúdo da área de transferência."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Desfaz a última ação."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Capturando a tela"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
+ msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Faz uma captura de tela.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -19699,11 +24874,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Faz uma captura de uma janela.</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -19713,13 +24890,15 @@
+ "tela.</link> O ponteiro torna-se uma mira. Clique e arraste para selecionar "
+ "uma área."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -19727,75 +24906,99 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Inicia e finaliza uma gravação "
+ "de tela.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+ msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "A tela de bloqueio decorativa e funcional contém informações úteis."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+ msgid "The Lock Screen"
+-msgstr "O bloqueio de tela"
++msgstr "A tela de bloqueio"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+ "is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+ "while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
+ "on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"A tela de bloqueio é feita para que você possa ver o que está acontecendo "
++"enquanto o seu computador está bloqueado e ela permite que você obtenha um "
++"resumo do que está acontecendo enquanto você esteve ausente. A cortina da "
++"tela de bloqueio mostra uma imagem atrativa na tela enquanto o seu "
++"computador está bloqueado e fornece informações úteis:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+ msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr "O nome do usuário não conectado"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+ msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr "data e hora e certas notificações"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+ msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr "status da bateria e da rede"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
+ "pause your music without having to enter a password"
+ msgstr ""
++"a habilidade de controlar a reprodução de mídia - alterar o volume, pula uma "
++"trilha ou pausar suas músicas sem precisar digitar uma senha"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
+ "with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
+ "will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
+ "You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para desbloquear seu computador, levante a cortina de bloqueio da tela de "
++"bloqueio arrastando-a para cima com o cursor ou pressionando <key>Esc</key> "
++"ou <key>Enter</key>. Isso vai revelar a tela de início de sessão, onde você "
++"pode digitar sua senha para desbloquear. Você também pode alterar usuários "
++"se o seu computador estiver configurado para mais do que um."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:44(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -19803,19 +25006,23 @@
+ "Mensagens surgem na parte inferior da tela lhe informando quando certos "
+ "eventos acontecem."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Notificações e a área de notificação"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "O que é uma notificação?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+@@ -19823,7 +25030,8 @@
+ "Se um aplicativo ou um componente do sistema quer sua atenção, uma "
+ "notificação será mostrada na parte inferior da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+ "a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
+@@ -19834,7 +25042,8 @@
+ "disponíveis para o seu computador ou se a bateria do computador estiver "
+ "fraca, você receberá uma notificação lhe informando."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+ "You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+@@ -19843,28 +25052,38 @@
+ "única linha. Você pode mover o mouse sobre elas se quiser ver o conteúdo "
+ "completo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+ "notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+ msgstr ""
++"Outras notificações possuem botões de opções selecionáveis. Para fechar uma "
++"dessas notificações sem selecionar uma de suas opções, clique no botão "
++"Fechar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+ "Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clicar no botão fechar em algumas notificações descarta-os. Outros, como o "
++"Rhythmbox ou o aplicativo de bate-papo, ficarão escondido na bandeja a "
++"mensagem."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "A área de notificação"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+ "is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
+ "notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A área de notificação lhe fornece uma maneira de recuperar suas notificações "
+@@ -19873,15 +25092,16 @@
+ "super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. Nela estão todas as notificações "
+ "sobre as quais você não tomou uma atitude ou que residem permanentemente lá."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+ "is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray by "
+-"clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The "
+-"message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or "
+-"that permanently reside in it."
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "A área de notificação lhe fornece uma maneira de recuperar suas notificações "
+ "quando lhe for conveniente. Ela aparece quando você move o mouse para o "
+@@ -19891,7 +25111,8 @@
+ "lista de janelas. Nela estão todas as notificações sobre as quais você não "
+ "tomou uma atitude ou que residem permanentemente lá."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -19903,7 +25124,8 @@
+ "notificações de bate-papo recebem um tratamento especial e são representadas "
+ "pelos contatos que lhe enviaram as mensagens."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
+ "key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+@@ -19912,7 +25134,8 @@
+ "key><key>M</key></keyseq> novamente ou <key>Esc</key>."
+ 
+ # "tray button" foi removido do teclado virtual...
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+@@ -19921,11 +25144,13 @@
+ "precisará clicar no <gui>botão de notificação</gui> para mostrar a área de "
+ "notificação."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Ocultando notificações"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
+ "switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+@@ -19935,7 +25160,8 @@
+ "pode desativar as notificações. Basta clicar no seu nome na barra superior e "
+ "alterar as <gui>Notificações</gui> para <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+@@ -19952,98 +25178,131 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) e as notificações serão "
+ "mostradas quando você reativá-las alterando para <gui>ON</gui> novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Área de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introdução</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">atalhos de teclado</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendário</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notificações</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">atalhos de teclado</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendário</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notificações</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Ambiente, aplicativos &amp; janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "A área de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Aplicativos e janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma visão geral de termos usados para descrever partes diferentes do desktop."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Atividades, dash, barra superior... O que são eles?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+ "click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"O <em> visão geral de atividades </em> é a tela que é exibida quando você "
++"clica <gui> Atividades </gui> no canto superior esquerdo da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
+ "select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
+ "the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"A  <em>visão geral de atividades </em> é a tela que é exibida quando você "
++"seleciona  <gui> Visão Geral de Atividades</gui> no menu de  "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> na parte superior esquerda da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
+ msgid "Applications menu"
+ msgstr "Menu do aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
+ "screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
+ "<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
+ "Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Você pode encontrar o menu <gui>Applications</gui> da barra superior da "
+-"tela. Isso dá a você acesso a aplicativos organizados por categorias. O "
++"Você pode encontrar o menu <gui>Aplicativos</gui> da barra superior da tela. "
++"Isso dá a você acesso a aplicativos organizados por categorias. O "
+ "<em>panorama de atividades</em> está disponível ao selecionar o item "
+ "<gui>Panorama de atividades</gui> no menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:49(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
+ msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+-msgstr "Alternador de janelas Alt-Tab"
++msgstr "Alternador de janelas Super-Tab"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
+ "the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+ msgstr ""
++"Quando você segura a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super </key>  e "
++"pressione <key> Tab </key>, uma <em> janela switcher </em> aparece. Isso "
++"mostra os ícones dos aplicativos que você tem aberto recentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Dash"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+ "currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
+ "the <em>dock</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"O  <em>dash </em> é a lista de seus aplicativos favoritos que é mostrado no "
++"lado esquerdo da visão geral de atividades. Os aplicativos que estão sendo "
++"executados também são mostrados aqui. O dash é muitas vezes referido como a "
++"<em> dock </em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:64(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Canto ativo"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -20051,19 +25310,26 @@
+ "O <em>canto ativo</em> é o canto superior esquerdo da tela. Quando você move "
+ "o ponteiro a este canto, abre-se o panorama de atividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
+ "is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
+ "while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
+ "having to unlock."
+ msgstr ""
++"A  <em>tela de bloqueio </em> exibe uma imagem na tela enquanto o computador "
++"está bloqueado. Ele fornece informações úteis sobre o que vem acontecendo "
++"depois que você foi embora, e permite que você controle a reprodução de "
++"mídia sem ter que desbloquear."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Notificações"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+@@ -20073,120 +25339,178 @@
+ "\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
+ "tray."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em> Notificações </em> são as mensagens que aparecem na parte inferior da "
++"tela, dizendo que algo aconteceu. Por exemplo, quando alguém que esteja "
++"conversando com você envia uma mensagem, aparecerá uma notificação para "
++"informá-lo. Se você não quiser lidar com uma mensagem agora, ela estará "
++"escondida em sua bandeja de mensagem. Mova o mouse para o canto inferior "
++"direito (ou pressione <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>) para ver o seu tabuleiro mensagem ."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:89(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
+ msgid "Places menu"
+ msgstr "Menu de locais"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
+ "<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
+ "example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"O <em>menu de locais</em> é aberto quando você clica em <gui> lugares </gui> "
++"na barra superior <gui> </gui>. Fornece acesso rápido a pastas importantes, "
++"por exemplo <gui> Downloads </gui> ou <gui> Pictures </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:96(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Configurações"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+ "Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
+ "gui> to access them."
+ msgstr ""
++"As <em> configurações </em> são onde você pode alterar as preferências e "
++"assim por diante, similar ao Painel de Controle do Windows ou as "
++"Preferências do Sistema no SO Mac. Clique no seu nome no canto superior "
++"direito da barra superior e selecione <gui> Configurações </gui> para acessá-"
++"los."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:104(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Barra superior"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:105(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+ "username is on the other."
+ msgstr ""
++"A  <em>barra superior </em> é a barra do topo da tela. O link de  "
++"<gui>Atividades </gui> está em uma extremidade da barra superior e seu nome "
++"de usuário é do outro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
+ "username is on the other."
+ msgstr ""
++"A  <em>barra superior</em> é a barra do topo da tela. O menu de "
++"<gui>Aplicativos </gui>fica em uma extremidade da barra superior e seu nome "
++"de usuário no outro."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:114(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Espaço de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode colocar janelas em diferentes  <em>espaços de trabalho</em>. Eles "
++"são uma forma conveniente de agrupar e separar janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:120(item/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Seletor de espaço de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"O  <em> espaço de trabalho selector </em> é a lista de espaços de trabalho "
++"que é mostrado no lado direito da visualização do <gui>Windows </gui> na "
++"visão geral de atividades."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
+ "shows buttons for all your open windows."
+ msgstr ""
++"A  <em>lista de janelas </em> é a barra na parte inferior da tela, que "
++"mostra os botões para todas as janelas abertas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "Verifique o panorama de atividades ou outros espaços de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+-msgstr "Localizar uma janela perdida"
++msgstr "Localizando uma janela perdida"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+ "link>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Uma janela em um espaço de trabalho diferente, escondido atrás da outra "
++"janela, é facilmente encontrado usando <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">visão geral de atividades</link>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
+ "current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
+ "link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
+ "redisplay the window, or"
+ msgstr ""
++"Abra <em>visão geral de atividades</em>. Se a janela que estiver faltando "
++"estiver no <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">espaço de "
++"trabalho</link> atual, será exibido aqui no thumbnail. Simplesmente "
++"verifique o thumbnail para re-exibir a janela ou"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+ "selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
+ "window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Clique em espaços de trabalho diferentes no <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">seletor de espaços de trabalho</link> no canto direito da tela para "
+-"localizar a tela para ver sua janela ou"
++"Clique em espaços de trabalho diferentes no <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">seletor de espaços de trabalho</link> no canto direito da tela "
++"para localizar a tela para ver sua janela ou"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
+ "Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique com o botão direito do mouse no dash e suas janelas serão listadas. "
++"Clique na janela na lista para mudá-la."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "Usando o alternador de janelas:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
+ "keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
+@@ -20194,24 +25518,36 @@
+ "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+ "key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
++"Pressione <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> "
++"</keyseq> para exibir a <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue segurando a tecla <key>Super</key> e pressione <key>Tab</"
++"key> para passar pelas janelas abertas <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> para visualizar de trás para frente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se um aplicativo possui uma janela aberta, segure a tecla <key>Super</key> e "
++"pressione <key>`</key> (ou a tecla acima <key>Tab</key>) para passar por "
++"elas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique duplo ou arraste uma barra de título para maximizar ou restaurar uma "
+ "janela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+-msgstr "Maximizar e desmaximizar uma janela"
++msgstr "Maximizando e desmaximizando uma janela"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -20219,73 +25555,114 @@
+ "easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
+ "for details."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode maximizar uma janela para ocupar todo o espaço em seu desktop e "
++"minimizar uma janela para restaurá-lo ao seu tamanho normal. Você também "
++"pode maximizar janelas verticalmente ao longo dos lados esquerdo e direito "
++"da tela, assim você pode facilmente olhar para duas janelas ao mesmo tempo. "
++"Veja <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/>  para mais detalhes"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+ "keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para maximizar uma janela, agarre a barra de título e arraste-a para a parte "
++"superior da tela, ou simplesmente clique duas vezes na barra de título. Para "
++"maximizar uma janela usando o teclado, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> e pressione <key>↑</key>, ou "
++"pressione <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
+ "titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode maximizar uma janela clicando no botão de maximizar na "
++"barra de títulos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+ "titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
+ "used to maximize the window."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++"Para restaurar a janela ao seu tamanho minimizado, arraste-a longe das "
++"bordas da tela. Se a janela estiver totalmente maximizada, você pode clicar "
++"duas vezes na barra de título para restaurá-la. Você também pode usar os "
++"mesmos atalhos de teclado que você usou para maximizar a janela."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
++"Segure a tecla <key>Alt</key>arraste-a para qualquer lugar em uma janela e a "
++"mova."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Organize as janelas em um espaço de trabalho para ajudar você a trabalhar "
+ "com mais eficiência."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+-msgstr "Mover e redimensionar janelas"
++msgstr "Movendo e redimensionando janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+ "addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
+ "and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode mover e redimensionar janelas para ajudá-lo a trabalhar de forma "
++"mais eficiente. Além de arrastar que você espera, o GNOME apresenta atalhos "
++"e modificadores para ajudá-lo a organizar as janelas rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+ "window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mova uma janela arrastando a barra de título, ou mantenha pressionada a "
++"tecla <key> Alt </key> e arraste para qualquer lugar na janela. Mantenha "
++"pressionada a tecla <key> Shift</key> enquanto move para tirar a janela para "
++"as bordas da tela e outras janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+ "screen and other windows."
+ msgstr ""
++"Redimensione a janela, arrastando as bordas ou canto da janela. Mantenha "
++"pressionada a tecla <key> Shift </key> durante o redimensionamento para "
++"levar a janela para as bordas da tela e outras janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
+ "the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode redimensionar uma janela maximizada, clicando no botão de "
++"maximizar na barra de título."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -20293,35 +25670,53 @@
+ "then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
+ "the original position and size."
+ msgstr ""
++"Mova ou redimensione uma janela usando apenas o teclado. Pressione "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> para mover uma janela ou "
++"<keyseq> <key> Alt </key><key>F8</key></keyseq> para redimensionar. Use as "
++"setas para mover ou redimensionar, pressione <key>Enter</key> ao fim, ou "
++"pressione <key>Esc</key> para retornar à posição original e tamanho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize uma janela </link> arrastando-"
++"a para o topo da tela. Arraste uma janela para um lado da tela para maximizá-"
++"la na lateral, permitindo que você <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">coloque uma janela lado a lado</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Pressione <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+-msgstr "Alternar entre janelas"
++msgstr "Alternando entre janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+ "applications are running."
+ msgstr ""
++"Incluir todos os aplicativos no <gui>window switcher </gui> faz alternar "
++"entre as tarefas de um processo de etapa única e proporcionar uma imagem "
++"completa de quais aplicativos estão em execução."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "De um espaço de trabalho:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
+ "keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+@@ -20329,7 +25724,8 @@
+ "Pressione <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </"
+ "key></keyseq> para trazer para frente o <gui>alternador de janelas</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
+ "(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+@@ -20337,107 +25733,155 @@
+ "Solte <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> para selecionar a próxima "
+ "janela (destacada) no alternador de janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
+ "key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso contrário, ainda pressionando a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> "
++"Super</key> pressione <key>Tab</key> para passar pela lista de janelas "
++"abertas, ou <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> para passar pela "
++"lista de tras pra frente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
+ "windows and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode usar a lista de janelas na barra inferior para acessar "
++"todas as janelas abertas e alternar entre elas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+ "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
+ "key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"As janelas do window switcher são agrupadas por aplicação. Amostras de "
++"aplicações com múltiplas janelas aparecem a medida que você clica nelas. "
++"Segure a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super </key> e pressione "
++"<key> `</key> (ou a tecla acima do <key> Tab </key>) para percorrer a lista."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+ msgstr ""
++"No window switcher, os aplicativos de espaços de trabalho diferentes são "
++"divididos por separadores verticais."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+ "mouse."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você também pode se mover entre os ícones de aplicativos na window switcher "
++"com as chaves </key>→<key> ou <key>←</key> ou selecione umaclicando com o "
++"mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"Amostras de aplicativos com uma janela única podem ser exibidas com a tecla "
++"<key>↓</key> "
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "Do panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+ "with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
+ "view the open windows on each workspace."
+ msgstr ""
++"Clique em uma <link xref=\"shell-windows\">janela</link> para mudar para ela "
++"e sair da lista. Se você tiver múltiplas  <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\"> áreas de trabalho</link> abertas, você pode clicar em "
++"cada área de trabalho para ver as janelas abertas em cada área de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Maximize duas janelas lado a lado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Janelas lado a lado"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+ "them."
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode maximizar uma janela somente no lado esquerdo ou direito da tela, "
++"permitindo que você coloque duas janelas lado a lado para alternar "
++"rapidamente entre eles."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+ "the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
+ "link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para maximizar uma janela ao longo de um lado da tela, pegue a barra de "
++"título e arraste-a para o lado esquerdo ou direito até a metade da tela ser "
++"realçada. Usando o teclado, mantenha pressionada a tecla  <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super </link> e pressione a tecla <key> Esquerda </"
++"key> ou <key>Direito</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+ msgstr ""
++"Para restaurar a janela ao seu tamanho original, arraste-o para longe do "
++"lado da tela, ou usar o mesmo atalho de teclado usado para maximizar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Mova e organize suas janelas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Janelas e espaços de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the "
+-"<gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control active windows."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assim como em outros ambientes, o GNOME usa janelas para exibir seus "
+ "aplicativos em execução. Usando ambos panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui> e "
+ "<gui>dash</gui>, você pode inicializar novos aplicativos e controlar janelas "
+ "ativas."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
+ "window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
+@@ -20447,41 +25891,49 @@
+ "tópicos de ajuda sobre janela e espaço de trabalho logo abaixo para aprender "
+ "mais sobre como usar esses recursos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:57(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Trabalhando com janelas"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:64(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Espaços de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:66(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Trabalhando com espaços de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Vá para o panorama de Atividades e arraste a janela para um espaço de "
+ "trabalho diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+-msgstr "Mover uma janela para um espaço de trabalho diferente"
++msgstr "Movendo uma janela para um espaço de trabalho diferente"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(steps/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "Usando o mouse:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -20489,7 +25941,8 @@
+ "Abra o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui></"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
+ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
+@@ -20499,17 +25952,20 @@
+ "xref=\"shell-terminology\">menu <gui style=\"menu\">Aplicativos</gui></link> "
+ "no canto esquerdo superior da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "Clique e arraste a janela em direção à direita da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
+ msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ "O <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">seletor de espaço de trabalho</em> "
+ "aparecerá."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+ "window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
+@@ -20517,9 +25973,10 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Solte a janela em um espaço de trabalho vazio. Este espaço agora terá a "
+ "janela que você soltou nele e um novo espaço de trabalho vazio aparecerá na "
+-"parte inferior do <gui>seletor de espaço de trabalho</gui>."
++"parte inferior do <em>seletor de espaço de trabalho</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+ "window you have dropped."
+@@ -20527,12 +25984,15 @@
+ "Solte a janela em um espaço de trabalho vazio. Este espaço agora terá a "
+ "janela que você soltou nele."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60(steps/title)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "Usando o teclado:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
+ "xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
+@@ -20542,7 +26002,8 @@
+ "\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
+ "terminology\">alternador de janelas</em>)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
+ "move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
+@@ -20552,7 +26013,8 @@
+ "keyseq> para mover a janela para um espaço de trabalho que esteja em cima do "
+ "espaço de trabalho atual no <em>seletor de espaços de trabalho</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
+ "to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
+@@ -20562,29 +26024,34 @@
+ "keyseq> para mover a janela para um espaço de trabalho que esteja embaixo do "
+ "espaço de trabalho atual no <em>seletor de espaços de trabalho</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
+ msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+ msgstr "Use o seletor de espaço de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+-msgstr "Alternar entre espaços de trabalho"
++msgstr "Alternando entre espaços de trabalho"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
+ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+ msgstr "Abra o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Panorama de atividades</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"No canto esquerdo superior da tela, clique no <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">menu <gui>Aplicativos</gui></link> e escolha o <gui>Panorama de "
+-"atividades</gui>."
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"No canto esquerdo superior da tela, clique no <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">menu <gui>Aplicativos</gui></link> e escolha o <gui>Panorama "
++"de atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+ "selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
+@@ -20594,18 +26061,25 @@
+ "de espaço de trabalho</link> no canto direito da tela para ver as janelas "
+ "abertas naquele espaço selecionado."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
+ msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Clique em qualquer janela para ativar o espaço de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
+ "identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
+ "selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
++"Como forma alternativa, você pode mudar entre espaços de trabalhos clicando "
++"no identificador do espaço no lado direito da lista da janela na barra "
++"inferior da página e selecionar o espaço que você quer utilizar a partir do "
++"menu."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
+ "key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
+@@ -20615,7 +26089,8 @@
+ "key></keyseq> para mover para um espaço de trabalho que esteja em cima do "
+ "espaço de trabalho atual no seletor de espaço de trabalhos."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
+ "workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+@@ -20624,30 +26099,34 @@
+ "para um espaço de trabalho que esteja embaixo do espaço de trabalho atual no "
+ "seletor de espaço de trabalho."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Espaços de trabalho são uma maneira de agrupar janelas na sua área de "
+ "trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "O que é um espaço de trabalho e como ele vai me ajudar?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+ "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+@@ -20658,7 +26137,8 @@
+ "de trabalho virtuais. Eles foram feitos para reduzir o tumulto e tornar a "
+ "área de trabalho mais fácil de se navegar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
+ "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+@@ -20669,7 +26149,8 @@
+ "de trabalho virtuais. Eles foram feitos para reduzir o tumulto e tornar a "
+ "área de trabalho mais fácil de se navegar."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -20682,11 +26163,13 @@
+ "que você está fazendo em um espaço diferente. Seu gerenciador de música "
+ "poderia estar em um terceiro espaço de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Usando espaços de trabalho:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+ "side of the screen."
+@@ -20694,14 +26177,19 @@
+ "No panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>, mova seu cursor para o canto direito "
+ "da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+ "<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
+ "side of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"Pressione a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> para abrir a "
++"visão geral de <gui>Atividades</gui> e depois mova o cursor para o lado "
++"direito da tela."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
+ "workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
+@@ -20711,7 +26199,8 @@
+ "um vazio. Este é o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">seletor de espaço de "
+ "trabalho</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
+ "xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+@@ -20720,7 +26209,8 @@
+ "Este é o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">seletor de espaço de trabalho</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+ "the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
+@@ -20733,7 +26223,8 @@
+ "janela que você soltou nele, e um novo espaço de trabalho vazio aparecerá "
+ "logo abaixo."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+@@ -20741,11 +26232,13 @@
+ "Para remover um espaço de trabalho, basta fechar todas as suas janelas ou "
+ "movê-las para outros espaços. de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "Sempre há ao menos um espaço de trabalho."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+@@ -20753,26 +26246,31 @@
+ "Escolha o som a tocar para mensagens, configurar o volume de alerta ou "
+ "desabilitar alertas sonoros."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+-msgstr "Escolher ou desabilitar o alerta sonoro"
++msgstr "Escolhendo ou desabilitando o alerta sonoro"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Seu computador irá reproduzir um som de alerta simples para certos tipos de "
+ "mensagens e eventos. Você pode escolher diferentes clipes de som para "
+ "alertas, configurar o volume de alerta independentemente do volume do seu "
+ "sistema ou desabilitar os sons de alerta completamente."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Som</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+@@ -20780,7 +26278,8 @@
+ "Na aba <gui>Efeitos de som</gui>, selecione um som de alerta. Cada som será "
+ "reproduzido quando você clicar nele para que possa ouvir como ele soa."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+@@ -20790,7 +26289,8 @@
+ "configurar o volume de cada som de alerta. Isso não afetará o volume de suas "
+ "músicas, filmes ou outros arquivos de som."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+ "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+@@ -20798,16 +26298,19 @@
+ "Para desabilitar completamente os sons de alerta, use o botão de <gui>ON/"
+ "OFF</gui> em <gui>Volume de alerta</gui> na aba <gui>Efeitos de som</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr "Solucione problemas como não ter som ou ter som de baixa qualidade."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr "Problemas com som"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+@@ -20816,15 +26319,18 @@
+ "computador. Qual dos tópicos abaixo melhor descreve o problema que você está "
+ "enfrentando?"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr "Verifique seus cabos de áudio e os drivers de placa de som."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr "Escuto estalos e zumbidos quando sons são reproduzidos"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+@@ -20834,11 +26340,13 @@
+ "computador, você pode estar com problemas com os cabos e conectores de áudio "
+ "ou um problema com os drivers da placa de som."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Verifique se os alto-falantes estão conectados corretamente."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -20846,12 +26354,15 @@
+ "Se os alto-falantes não estão totalmente conectados, ou se você os encaixou "
+ "no conector errado, você pode escutar um zumbido."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assegure-se de que o cabo de alto-falante/fone de ouvido não está danificado."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -20864,11 +26375,13 @@
+ "uns sons de estalo. Se houver, você pode precisar substituir o cabo ou os "
+ "fones."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Verifique se os drivers de sons não estão bons."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -20881,7 +26394,8 @@
+ "juntamente com o termo \"Linux\", para ver se outras pessoas estão tendo o "
+ "mesmo problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+@@ -20889,7 +26403,8 @@
+ "Você pode usar o comando <cmd>lspci</cmd> para obter mais informações sobre "
+ "sua placa de som."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -20897,11 +26412,13 @@
+ "Verifique se não está no modo mudo, se os cabos estão conectados "
+ "corretamente e se a placa de som foi detectada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr "Não consigo ouvir quaisquer sons no computador"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+@@ -20911,11 +26428,13 @@
+ "música, por exemplo), experimente esses passos para ver se consegue corrigir "
+ "o problema."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+-msgstr "Assegure-se que o som não está mudo"
++msgstr "Certificando-se de que o som não está mudo"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+@@ -20923,7 +26442,8 @@
+ "Clique no ícone de som na barra superior (se parece como um auto-falante) e "
+ "certifique-se de que o som não está mudo ou desligado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+@@ -20931,7 +26451,8 @@
+ "Alguns laptops possuem botões ou teclas de mudo em seus teclados - tente "
+ "pressioná-los para ver se isso traz de volta áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -20948,11 +26469,14 @@
+ "<gui>Som</gui> aparecer, vá à aba de <gui>Aplicativos</gui> e verifique se o "
+ "seu aplicativo não está sem áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+-msgstr "Verificar que os auto-falantes estão ligados e conectados corretamente"
++msgstr ""
++"Verificar que os auto-falantes estão ligados e conectados corretamente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -20965,7 +26489,8 @@
+ "parte traseira do seu computador. Este soquete normalmente possui cor verde "
+ "claro."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -20979,7 +26504,8 @@
+ "se está usando Linux. Tente conectar o cabo do auto-falante em diferentes "
+ "soquetes de áudio no computador para ver se funciona."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -20988,11 +26514,13 @@
+ "corretamente na parte traseira dos auto-falantes. Alguns auto-falantes "
+ "também possuem mais de um entrada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr "Verificar que o dispositivo de som correto está selecionado"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+@@ -21004,24 +26532,27 @@
+ "verificar que você tem o dispositivo correto selecionado. Isso pode envolver "
+ "algumas tentativas e erros para escolher o correto."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique no ícone de som na barra superior e selecione <gui>Configurações de "
+ "som</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Na janela <gui>Som</gui> que aparecer, vá na aba <gui>Saída</gui>. Tome nota "
+ "de qual dispositivo e quais perfis estão selecionados (de forma que você "
+ "possa retornar para as seleções padrões, se a alterações não funcionarem)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+@@ -21031,7 +26562,8 @@
+ "o perfil para ver se ele funciona. Você pode precisar passar pela lista e "
+ "tentar cada perfil."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+@@ -21039,16 +26571,19 @@
+ "Se isso não funcionar, você pode querer tentar fazer o mesmo para qualquer "
+ "outro dispositivo que listado."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Tente alterar a opção <gui>Conector</gui> na aba <gui>Saída</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr "Verificar que a placa de som foi detectada adequadamente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -21060,16 +26595,19 @@
+ "som. Um possível motivo para a placa não ser detectada adequadamente é que "
+ "os drivers da placa não estão instaladas."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr "Acesse o panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui> e abra um Terminal."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Digite <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> e pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+ # Mantive a expressão original, pois "aplay -l" não retorna texto em Português.
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+ "devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+@@ -21078,7 +26616,8 @@
+ "Hardware Devices</gui> (dispositivos hardware de reprodução), sua placa de "
+ "som não foi detectada."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -21087,7 +26626,8 @@
+ "manualmente os drivers para ela. Como você faz isso vai depender da placa "
+ "que você possuir."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -21103,11 +26643,12 @@
+ "xref=\"user-admin-explain\">super-usuário</link> - digite <cmd>sudo lspci</"
+ "cmd> e sua senha, ou digite <cmd>su</cmd>, insira a senha (administrativa) "
+ "do <em>root</em> e, então, digite <cmd>lspci</cmd>. Veja se uma "
+-"<em>controladora de áudio</em> ou <em>dispositivo de áudio</em> está listado—"
+-"deveria haver o fabricante e número de modelo da placa de som. <cmd>lspci -"
++"<em>controladora de áudio</em> ou <em>dispositivo de áudio</em> está listado "
++"— deveria haver o fabricante e número de modelo da placa de som. <cmd>lspci -"
+ "v</cmd> vai mostrar uma lista com informações mais detalhadas."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+@@ -21117,7 +26658,8 @@
+ "perguntar em fóruns de suporte (ou outro local) da sua distribuição Linux "
+ "por instruções."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -21127,15 +26669,20 @@
+ "comprar uma nova placa de som. Você pode obter placas de som que podem ser "
+ "instaladas dentro do computador e placas de som USB externas."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
++"Use um microfone análogo ou USB e seleicone um dispositivo de entrada padrão."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+-msgstr "Usar um microfone diferente"
++msgstr "Usando um microfone diferente"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -21149,7 +26696,8 @@
+ "ou uma webcam com um microfone, um microfone separado normalmente fornece "
+ "melhor qualidade de áudio."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -21165,7 +26713,8 @@
+ "adaptador apropriado normalmente vão ser usados por padrão. Se não, veja as "
+ "instruções abaixo para selecionar um dispositivo de entrada padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -21175,16 +26724,19 @@
+ "computador. Microfones USB servem como dispositivos de áudio separados e "
+ "você pode ter que especificar qual microfone será usado por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Selecionar um dispositivo de entrada de áudio padrão"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Som</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Entrada</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+@@ -21192,18 +26744,21 @@
+ "Selecione o dispositivo na lista de dispositivos. O indicador do nível de "
+ "entrada deveria responder à sua fala."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Conecte alto-falantes ou fones de ouvido e selecione um dispositivo de saída "
+ "de áudio padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+-msgstr "Usar diferentes alto-falantes ou fones de ouvido"
++msgstr "Usando alto-falantes ou fones de ouvido diferentes"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+@@ -21213,7 +26768,8 @@
+ "computador. Alto-falantes normalmente se conectam por um plugue circular TRS "
+ "(<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>: ponta, anel, manga) ou com USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -21229,7 +26785,8 @@
+ "falantes e fones plugados em soquete TRS costumam serem usados por padrão. "
+ "Se não, veja as instruções a seguir para selecionar o dispositivo padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+@@ -21252,7 +26809,8 @@
+ "no botão para cada alto-falante. Cada botão falará sua posição somente ao "
+ "canal de áudio correspondente aquele alto-falante."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -21263,15 +26821,18 @@
+ "USB agem como dispositivos de áudio separados, e você pode especificar quais "
+ "alto-falantes você quer usar por padrão."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Som</gui> e selecione a aba <gui>Saída</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr "Selecione o dispositivo na lista de dispositivos."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+@@ -21279,11 +26840,13 @@
+ "Configure o volume sonoro para o computador e controle a sonoridade de cada "
+ "aplicativo."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+-msgstr "Alterar o volume do som"
++msgstr "Alterando o volume do som"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+@@ -21293,20 +26856,22 @@
+ "se parece com um alto-falante) e mova a barra deslizante de volume. Você "
+ "pode desligar completamente arrastando-o completamente para a esquerda."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alguns teclados têm teclas que lhe permitem controlar o volume. Normalmente "
+ "elas se parecem com alto-falantes estilizados com ondas saindo deles. Elas "
+-"costumam ficar próximas às teclas \"F\" (teclas de função) na parte "
+-"superior. Em teclados de laptops, ficam frequentemente nas teclas \"F\". "
+-"Mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Fn</key> do teclado para usá-las."
++"costumam ficar próximas às teclas \"F\" (teclas de função) na parte superior."
++" Em teclados de laptops, ficam frequentemente nas teclas \"F\". Mantenha "
++"pressionada a tecla <key>Fn</key> do teclado para usá-las."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -21316,11 +26881,13 @@
+ "usando o controle disponível neles mesmos. Alguns fones de ouvido tem "
+ "controle próprio também."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Alterando o volume sonoro para aplicativos individuais"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -21332,7 +26899,8 @@
+ "por exemplo. Você pode desligar o volume no navegador para que os sons das "
+ "páginas web não interrompam a música."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -21346,7 +26914,8 @@
+ "som</gui>. Vá para a aba <gui>Aplicativos</gui> e altere o volume do "
+ "aplicativo lá."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+@@ -21358,700 +26927,760 @@
+ "para ele que lhe permita controlar seu volume desta maneira. Nesse caso, "
+ "você não pode alterar seu volume."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:27(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
+-"md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
+-"md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:46(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:60(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:64(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:69(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:73(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:85(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:89(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:102(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:106(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:110(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:114(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:118(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:122(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:126(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:130(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:134(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:138(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:142(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:156(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:160(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:164(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:168(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:172(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:176(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:190(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:194(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:203(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:207(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:211(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:220(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:224(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:228(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:232(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:236(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:240(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:244(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:248(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:260(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:264(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:268(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:272(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:276(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:280(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:284(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:288(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:292(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:301(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:306(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Explica o significado dos ícones localizados à direita na barra superior."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "O que os ícones na barra superior significam?"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
+ "of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+@@ -22061,235 +27690,299 @@
+ "direito da tela. Mais especificamente, as diferentes variações de ícones "
+ "fornecidas pela interface do GNOME são descritas. "
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:28(media/p) C/status-icons.page:34(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
+ msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+ msgstr "A barra superior do GNOME shell"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Ícones do menu de acessibilidade"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:47(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
+ msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr "Leva a um menu que ativa as configurações de acessibilidade."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:55(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Ícones do controle de volume"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "O volume está configurado para alto."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:65(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "O volume está configurado para médio."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "O volume está configurado para baixo."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:74(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "O volume está mudo."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:81(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Ícones do gerenciador de Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+-msgstr "Bluetooth está foi ativado."
++msgstr "O Bluetooth está foi ativado."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "O Bluetooth está foi desativado."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Ícones do gerenciador de redes"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:98(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
+ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexão de celular</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
+ msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede 3G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
+ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede 4G."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
+ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede EDGE."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:115(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
+ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede GRPS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
+ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede UMTS."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:123(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede de celular."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:127(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
+ msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+ msgstr "Obtendo conexão com rede de celular."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:131(td/p) C/status-icons.page:233(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal muito alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:135(td/p) C/status-icons.page:237(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal alta."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:139(td/p) C/status-icons.page:241(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal média."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:143(td/p) C/status-icons.page:245(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal extremamente baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
+ msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexão de rede local (LAN)</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:157(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
+ msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr "Houve um erro em encontrar uma rede."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:161(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
+ msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr "A rede está inativa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:165(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "Não há rotas para a rede."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:169(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "A rede está desconectada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:173(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
+ msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr "A rede está recebendo dados."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:177(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
+ msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr "A rede está transmitindo e recebendo dados."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
+ msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr "A rede está transmitindo dados."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:187(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
+ msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexão de rede virtual privada (VPN)</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:191(td/p) C/status-icons.page:204(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
+ msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr "Obtendo uma conexão de rede."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:195(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
+ msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede VPN."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:200(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexão cabeada</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:208(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
+ msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr "Desconectado da rede."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:212(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
+ msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede cabeada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:217(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Conexão sem fio</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:221(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
+ msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr "Obtendo uma conexão sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:225(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "A rede sem fio está criptografada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:229(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
+ msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr "Conectado a uma rede sem fio."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:249(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Intensidade do sinal muito baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:256(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Ícones do gerenciador de energia"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:261(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "A bateria está cheia."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:265(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "A bateria está parcialmente vazia."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:269(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "A bateria está baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:273(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
+ msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr "Cuidado: a bateria está muito baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:277(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "A bateria está extremamente baixa."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:281(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
+ msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+ msgstr "A bateria foi desconectada."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:285(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
+ msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr "A bateria está cheia."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:289(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "A bateria está cheia e carregando."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:293(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "A bateria está parcialmente cheia e carregando."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "A bateria está baixa e carregando."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:302(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "A bateria está muito baixa e carregando."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:307(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "A bateria está vazia e carregando."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -22297,11 +27990,13 @@
+ "Digite caracteres não disponíveis no seu teclado, incluindo alfabetos "
+ "estrangeiros, símbolos matemáticos e caracteres decorativos."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+-msgstr "Inserir caracteres especiais"
++msgstr "Inserindo caracteres especiais"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -22312,15 +28007,18 @@
+ "Esta página lista algumas diferentes maneiras de como inserir caracteres "
+ "especiais."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Métodos para inserir caracteres"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Mapa de caracteres"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -22330,7 +28028,8 @@
+ "por todos os caracteres do Unicode. Use o mapa de caracteres para achar o "
+ "caractere que deseja, e então copie-o e cole-o onde quer que precise dele."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+ "For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+@@ -22340,11 +28039,13 @@
+ "<gui>Atividades</gui>. Para mais informações sobre o mapa de caracteres, "
+ "veja o <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Manual do mapa de caracteres</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Tecla de composição"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -22356,7 +28057,8 @@
+ "para digitar a letra acentuada <em>é</em>, você pode pressionar "
+ "<key>composição</key>, <key>'</key> e então <key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+@@ -22364,51 +28066,51 @@
+ "Os teclados não possuem teclas específicas para composição. Em vez disso, "
+ "você pode definir uma das existentes no seu teclado como uma de composição."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Definir uma tecla de composição"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "Clique em <gui>Região &amp; idioma</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr "Selecione a aba <gui>Atalhos</gui> e clique em <gui>Digitação</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Shortcut Settings</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Selecione a aba <gui>Fontes de entrada</gui> e clique em <gui>Configurações "
+-"de atalhos</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+ msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Tecla de composição</gui> no painel lateral."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
+-"a compose key. You can choose <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Ctrl</"
+-"key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> or <key "
+-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, or the <key "
+-"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Any key you select will then only "
+-"work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Clique em <gui>Desabilitado</gui> e selecione a tecla que você deseja que se "
+-"comporte como uma tecla de composição. Você pode escolher <key>Caps Lock</"
+-"key>, qualquer uma das teclas <key>Ctrl</key>, a tecla <key>Alt</key> da "
+-"direita, a tecla <key>Win</key> da direita ou <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+-"\">Super</key>, se você tiver uma, ou a tecla de <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+-"menu\">Menu</key>. Então, qualquer tecla que você selecionar só funcionará "
+-"como uma tecla de composição, não mais funcionando para seus propósitos "
+-"originais."
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"Clique em <gui>Desabilitado</gui> e selecione, no menu suspenso, a tecla que "
++"você deseja que se comporte como uma tecla de composição. Você pode escolher "
++"qualquer uma das teclas <key>Ctrl</key>, a tecla <key>Alt</key> da direita, "
++"a tecla <key>Win</key> da direita ou <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key>, se você tiver uma, ou a tecla de <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</"
++"key> ou <key>Caps Lock</key>. Então, qualquer tecla que você selecionar só "
++"funcionará como uma tecla de composição, não mais funcionando para seus "
++"propósitos originais."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você pode digitar muitos caracteres comuns usando a tecla de composição; por "
+ "exemplo:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -22416,7 +28118,8 @@
+ "Pressione <key>composição</key>, <key>'</key> (apóstrofo) e uma letra para "
+ "colocar um acento agudo sobre essa letra, como em <em>é</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -22424,7 +28127,8 @@
+ "Pressione <key>composição</key>, <key>`</key> (acento grave) e uma letra "
+ "para colocar um acento grave sobre essa letra, como em <em>è</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+@@ -22432,7 +28136,8 @@
+ "Pressione <key>composição</key>, <key>\"</key> e uma letra para colocar um "
+ "trema sobre essa letra, como em <em>ë</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -22440,7 +28145,8 @@
+ "Pressione <key>composição</key>, <key>-</key> e uma letra para colocar um "
+ "mácron sobre essa letra, como em <em>ē</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+@@ -22450,11 +28156,13 @@
+ "wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">a página sobre "
+ "tecla de composição na Wikipédia</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Pontos de código"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -22470,7 +28178,8 @@
+ "a barra de estado ou a aba <gui>Detalhes do caractere</gui>. O ponto de "
+ "código encontra-se quatro caracteres após <gui>U+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -22487,11 +28196,13 @@
+ "útil memorizar o ponto de código para aqueles caracteres, de forma que você "
+ "possa inseri-los rapidamente."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Disposições de teclado"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -22503,12 +28214,14 @@
+ "alternar entre disposições de teclado facilmente usando um ícone na barra "
+ "superior. Para aprender como, veja <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Métodos de entrada"
+ 
+ # Coloquei ABNT, para adaptar ao Brasileiro. Não faz mal. Faz?
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -22520,7 +28233,8 @@
+ "entrada. Por exemplo, você poderia inserir caracteres com um mouse usando um "
+ "método de gestos ou inserir caracteres japoneses usando um teclado ABNT."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:123(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -22532,7 +28246,8 @@
+ "método de entrada que você queira usar. Não há um método de entrada padrão. "
+ "Então, lei a documentação sobre métodos de entrada para saber como usá-los."
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+@@ -22540,19 +28255,23 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Caracteres especiais</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">atalhos com clique do meio</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Dicas &amp; truques"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "Como e onde ajudar a traduzir esses tópicos."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+-msgstr "Participar para melhorar as traduções"
++msgstr "Participando para melhorar as traduções"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+@@ -22560,7 +28279,8 @@
+ "A ajuda do GNOME está sendo traduzida por uma comunidade de voluntários de "
+ "todo o mundo. Você é bem-vindo para participar."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+@@ -22568,19 +28288,21 @@
+ "Há <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">muitos "
+ "idiomas</link> que ainda precisam de traduções."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Para começar a traduzir, você precisa <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">criar uma conta</link> e se juntar à <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">equipe de tradução</link> do seu idioma. Isso vai dar a você a "
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"Para começar a traduzir, você precisa <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">criar uma conta</link> e se juntar à <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">equipe de tradução</link> do seu idioma. Isso vai dar a você a "
+ "habilidade de enviar novas traduções."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -22592,37 +28314,42 @@
+ "As pessoas no canal estão localizadas no mundo inteiro e, então, você pode "
+ "não obter resposta imediatamente por causa da diferença de fuso horário."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+ "list</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Outra forma é você contactar a Equipe de Internacionalização usando a sua "
++"Outra forma é você contatar a Equipe de Internacionalização usando a sua "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">lista de "
+ "discussão</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-add\">Adicionar um usuário</link> ou <link xref=\"user-"
+-"addguest\">um usuário convidado</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
+-"\">trocar senha</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administradores</"
+-"link>…"
++"addguest\">um usuário convidado</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">trocar senha</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">administradores</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Contas de usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -22634,38 +28361,46 @@
+ "escolham suas próprias configurações. É também mais seguro. Você só pode "
+ "acessar uma conta de um usuário diferente se souber a senha."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Contas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+-msgstr "Gerenciar contas de usuários"
++msgstr "Gerenciando contas de usuários"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Senhas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilégios"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Privilégios de usuário"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Adicione novos usuários para que outros possam iniciar sessão no computador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+-msgstr "Adicionar uma nova conta de usuário"
++msgstr "Adicionando uma nova conta de usuário"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -22675,11 +28410,13 @@
+ "uma conta para cada pessoa em sua residência ou empresa. Cada usuário tem "
+ "sua própria pasta pessoal, documentos e configurações."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
+ msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Usuários</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+@@ -22690,7 +28427,9 @@
+ "<gui>Desbloquear</gui> no canto superior direito e digite sua senha ou a "
+ "senha do administrador que for requisitada."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "button to add a new user account."
+@@ -22698,19 +28437,23 @@
+ "Na lista de contas à esquerda, clique no botão <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
+ "para adicionar uma nova conta de usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Se você quiser que o novo usuário tenha <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">acesso administrativo</link> ao computador, selecione <gui>Administrador</"
+-"gui> para o tipo de conta. Administradores podem fazer coisas como adicionar "
+-"e excluir usuários, instalar softwares e drivers, alterar data e hora, etc."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"Se você quiser que o novo usuário tenha <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">acesso administrativo</link> ao computador, selecione "
++"<gui>Administrador</gui> para o tipo de conta. Administradores podem fazer "
++"coisas como adicionar e excluir usuários, instalar softwares e drivers, "
++"alterar data e hora, etc."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -22720,11 +28463,13 @@
+ "automaticamente com base no nome completo. A sugestão padrão normalmente é "
+ "boa, mas você pode alterá-la se quiser."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Adicionar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+ "user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
+@@ -22742,7 +28487,9 @@
+ "<gui>Nova senha</gui> e <gui>Confirmar senha</gui>. Veja <link xref=\"user-"
+ "goodpassword\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -22753,11 +28500,14 @@
+ "de serem adivinhadas, mas também podem ser difíceis de serem memorizadas; "
+ "tenha cuidado."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:96(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Alterar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:99(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -22770,7 +28520,8 @@
+ "predefinidas que você pode usar ou você pode selecionar uma foto sua ou "
+ "tirar uma com sua webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+@@ -22778,11 +28529,13 @@
+ "Permita que convidados possam usar seu computador temporariamente, sem ter "
+ "que lhes dar uma senha."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+-msgstr "Adicionar uma conta de usuário convidado"
++msgstr "Adicionando uma conta de usuário convidado"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -22794,13 +28547,17 @@
+ "no seu computador, mas não será capaz de acessar seus arquivos, alterar suas "
+ "configurações ou instalar programas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "Criar uma conta de usuário convidado:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:42(item/p) C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(item/p) C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
+@@ -22808,7 +28565,8 @@
+ "Clique no seu nome na barra superior e, então, clique na imagem ao lado do "
+ "seu nome para abrir a janela <gui>Usuários</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+@@ -22817,7 +28575,8 @@
+ "senha para fazer alterações. Você tem que ser um usuário administrativo para "
+ "adicionar contas de usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+@@ -22832,7 +28591,8 @@
+ "normalmente está bom, mas você pode alterá-lo se quiser. Clique em "
+ "<gui>Adicionar</gui> quando tiver terminado."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
+ "label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
+@@ -22845,7 +28605,8 @@
+ "lista suspensa <gui>Ação</gui>, selecione <gui>Iniciar sessão sem senha</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:60(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+@@ -22858,7 +28619,8 @@
+ "fotos predefinidas que você pode usar, mas você pode selecionar uma sua ou "
+ "tirar uma com sua webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -22866,11 +28628,13 @@
+ "Você pode alterar quais usuários têm permissão de alterar o sistema dando-"
+ "lhes privilégios administrativos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+-msgstr "Alterar quem tem privilégios administrativos"
++msgstr "Alterando quem tem privilégios administrativos"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -22883,7 +28647,8 @@
+ "seu sistema seguro e evitar alterações não autorizadas potencialmente "
+ "danosas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -22893,11 +28658,13 @@
+ "configurações da conta. Para dar a um usuário privilégios administrativos, "
+ "você precisa tê-los."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "Selecione o usuário cujos privilégios queira alterar."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+@@ -22905,7 +28672,8 @@
+ "Clique no rótulo <gui>Padrão</gui> próximo ao <gui>Tipo de conta</gui> e "
+ "selecione <gui>Administrador</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -22913,7 +28681,8 @@
+ "Feche a janela Contas de usuários. Os privilégios serão alterados na próxima "
+ "sessão deles."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+@@ -22923,7 +28692,8 @@
+ "administrativos. É aquela criada quando você instalou seu sistema pela "
+ "primeira vez."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+@@ -22931,17 +28701,20 @@
+ "Não é muito sábio ter muitos usuários com privilégios de <gui>Administrador</"
+ "gui> em um sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Você precisa de privilégios administrativos para alterar partes importantes "
+ "do seu sistema."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "Como funcionam os privilégios administrativos?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -22958,7 +28731,8 @@
+ "aplicativos também modificam partes importantes do sistema e, assim, também "
+ "são protegidos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -22971,7 +28745,8 @@
+ "sistema ou usar esses aplicativos. Portanto, por padrão, você não tem "
+ "privilégios administrativos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -22990,7 +28765,8 @@
+ "ao sistema. Uma vez que ele tenha terminado, seus privilégios especiais "
+ "serão retirados novamente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -23008,7 +28784,8 @@
+ "poderia acidentalmente alterar alguma coisa que você não tinha intenção "
+ "(como, excluir um arquivo crítico para o sistema, por exemplo)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+@@ -23017,11 +28794,13 @@
+ "importantes do seu sistema quando você precisar, mas também evita que faça "
+ "algo acidentalmente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "O que significa \"superusuário\"?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -23031,14 +28810,16 @@
+ "Um usuário com privilégios administrativos às vezes é chamado de "
+ "<em>superusuário</em>. Isso porque ele tem mais privilégios que os usuários "
+ "normais. Você pode ver pessoas discutindo sobre coisas como <cmd>su</cmd> e "
+-"<cmd>sudo</cmd>; são programas para lhe dar privilégios de \"superusuário"
+-"\" (administrativos) temporariamente."
++"<cmd>sudo</cmd>; são programas para lhe dar privilégios de \"superusuário\" "
++"(administrativos) temporariamente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "Por que os privilégios administrativos são úteis?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -23049,7 +28830,8 @@
+ "que seu sistema se quebre (deixe de funcionar adequadamente), "
+ "intencionalmente ou não."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -23061,7 +28843,8 @@
+ "engano. Obter apenas temporariamente os privilégios administrativos, quando "
+ "precisar deles, reduz o risco desses enganos acontecerem."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -23075,7 +28858,8 @@
+ "aplicativos que você não queira ou alterar arquivos importantes. Isso é útil "
+ "do ponto de vista da segurança."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -23083,11 +28867,13 @@
+ "Você só pode fazer algumas coisas, como instalar aplicativos, se tiver "
+ "privilégios administrativos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Problemas causados por restrições administrativas"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+@@ -23097,11 +28883,13 @@
+ "explain\">privilégios administrativos</link>. Algumas tarefas os exigem para "
+ "que funcionem, tais como:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Conectar-se a redes cabeadas ou sem fio"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -23109,11 +28897,13 @@
+ "Ver o conteúdo de um disco removível conectado ao computador ou o conteúdo "
+ "de uma partição de disco diferente (por exemplo, uma partição Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "Instalar novos aplicativos"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -23121,62 +28911,82 @@
+ "Você pode <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">alterar quem tem privilégios "
+ "administrativos</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
+ msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Configure o início automático de sessão para quando você ligar seu "
+ "computador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
+ msgid "Log in automatically"
+ msgstr "Iniciando automaticamente a sessão"
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
+ "account when you start up your computer:"
+ msgstr ""
++"Você pode mudar suas configurações para que você seja autenticado "
++"automaticamente em sua conta quando você iniciar seu computador:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
+ msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr "Abra <app>Configurações</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
+ msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
+ msgstr "Abra o painel de <gui>Usuários</gui> de <app>Configurações</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Selecione a conta de usuário cuja sessão você deseja que inicie "
+ "automaticamente na inicialização."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
+ msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pressione <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> e insira sua senha"
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
+ msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr "Alterne o <gui>Início automático de sessão</gui> para <gui>ON</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
+-"If you have this opiton enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
+ "to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
+ "computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
+ "including your files and browser history."
+ msgstr ""
++"Na próxima vez que iniciar o computador, você será autenticado "
++"automaticamente. Se você tem essa opção ativada, você não precisa digitar "
++"sua senha para efetuar login em sua conta, o que significa que se alguém "
++"inicia o seu computador, eles serão capazes de acessar sua conta e seus "
++"dados pessoais, incluindo seus arquivos e navegador história."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"Se o seu tipo de conta for <em>Standard</em>, você não pode mudar esta "
++"configuração. Contacte seu administrador de sistemas que poderá mudar esta "
++"configuração para você."
+ 
+-#: C/user-autologin.page:54(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting; "
+-"your system administrator <link href=\"help:system-administrator-guide/user-"
+-"autologin\">can change this setting</link> for you."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+@@ -23184,11 +28994,13 @@
+ "Mantenha sua conta segura alterando sua senha frequentemente nas "
+ "configurações da sua conta."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+-msgstr "Alterar a sua senha"
++msgstr "Alterando a sua senha"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+@@ -23196,11 +29008,13 @@
+ "É uma boa ideia alterar sua senha de tempos em tempos, especialmente se você "
+ "acha que alguém conhece ela."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique no campo ao lado de <gui>Senha</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -23208,7 +29022,8 @@
+ "O campo deve se parecer com uma série de pontos ou caixas, se já houver uma "
+ "senha definida."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -23216,19 +29031,22 @@
+ "Informe sua senha atual e, então, uma nova. Informe sua nova senha outra vez "
+ "no campo <gui>Confirmar senha</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Assegure-se de <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">escolher uma boa senha</"
+ "link>. Isso lhe ajudará a manter segura sua conta de usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+-msgstr "Alterar a senha do chaveiro"
++msgstr "Alterando a senha do chaveiro"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -23244,7 +29062,8 @@
+ "sua senha do chaveiro permanecerá a mesma que sua antiga senha. Para alterar "
+ "a senha do chaveiro (para coincidir com a de início de sessão):"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+@@ -23252,7 +29071,8 @@
+ "Abra o aplicativo <app>Senhas e chaves</app> no panorama de <gui>Atividades</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
+ "select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+@@ -23260,7 +29080,8 @@
+ "No menu <gui>Ver</gui>, certifique-se de que <gui>Por chaveiro</gui> está "
+ "marcado e selecione <gui>Mostrar todos</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+@@ -23268,7 +29089,8 @@
+ "Na barra lateral sob <gui>Senhas</gui>, clique com o botão direito no "
+ "<gui>chaveiro login</gui> e selecione <gui>Alterar senha</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
+ "password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+@@ -23276,11 +29098,13 @@
+ "Digite sua senha antiga e clique em <gui>Continuar</gui>. Digita sua nova "
+ "senha e <gui>Digite novamente</gui> para confirmá-la."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+ msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Continuar</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+@@ -23288,21 +29112,24 @@
+ "Você deve ter o pacote <sys>seahorse</sys> instalado para usar o <app>Senhas "
+ "e chaves</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:103(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Instalar seahorse</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr "Adicione sua foto à tela de usuário e de autenticação."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+-msgstr "Alterar a sua foto da tela de autenticação"
++msgstr "Alterando a sua foto da tela de autenticação"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -23313,7 +29140,8 @@
+ "ou para uma imagem sua. Você pode até mesmo tirar uma nova foto com sua "
+ "webcam."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -23323,7 +29151,8 @@
+ "algumas imagens predefinidas. Se gostar de uma delas, clique nela para usá-"
+ "la para você."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -23331,7 +29160,8 @@
+ "Se preferir usar uma imagem que você já tenha no computador, clique em "
+ "<gui>Procurar por mais imagens</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -23345,15 +29175,18 @@
+ "foto que tirou, clique em <gui>Descartar foto</gui> para uma outra "
+ "tentativa, ou em <gui>Cancelar</gui> para desistir."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr "Remova os usuários que não usam mais seu computador."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+-msgstr "Excluir uma conta de usuário"
++msgstr "Excluindo uma conta de usuário"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+@@ -23363,16 +29196,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"user-add\"/> para aprender como. Se alguém não está mais usando "
+ "o seu computador, você pode excluir sua conta de usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique em <gui>Desbloquear</gui> no canto superior direito e digite sua "
+-"senha para fazer alterações. Você tem que ser um usuário administrativo para "
+-"excluir contas de usuário."
++"senha para fazer alterações. Você tem que ser um usuário administrativo "
++"para excluir contas de usuário."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
+ "gui> button."
+@@ -23380,7 +29215,8 @@
+ "Selecione o usuário que você deseja excluir e clique no botão <gui style="
+ "\"button\">-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -23389,22 +29225,25 @@
+ "want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Cada usuário tem sua própria pasta pessoal para seus arquivos e "
+-"configurações. Você pode escolher entre manter ou excluir essa pasta "
+-"pessoal. Clique em <gui>Deletar arquivos</gui> se tem certeza de que ela não "
+-"será mais usada e precisa liberar espaço em disco. Esses arquivos serão "
++"configurações. Você pode escolher entre manter ou excluir essa pasta pessoal."
++" Clique em <gui>Deletar arquivos</gui> se tem certeza de que ela não será "
++"mais usada e precisa liberar espaço em disco. Esses arquivos serão "
+ "permanentemente excluídos. Não poderão ser recuperados. Talvez você queira "
+ "fazer uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos em um disco externo ou CD antes de "
+ "excluí-los."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Use senhas mais longas e mais complicadas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+-msgstr "Escolher uma senha segura"
++msgstr "Escolhendo uma senha segura"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -23412,17 +29251,19 @@
+ "Crie suas senhas fáceis o suficiente para se lembrar, mas muito difíceis "
+ "para outros (inclusive programas de computador) adivinharem."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+ "personal information."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Escolher uma boa senha lhe ajudará a manter seu computador em segurança. Se "
+-"sua senha for fácil de adivinhar, alguém pode descobri-la e ter acesso às "
+-"suas informações pessoais."
++"Escolher uma boa senha lhe ajudará a manter seu computador em segurança. "
++"Se sua senha for fácil de adivinhar, alguém pode descobri-la e ter acesso "
++"às suas informações pessoais."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -23430,11 +29271,12 @@
+ "choosing a good password:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Alguns podem até mesmo usar computadores para tentar adivinhar "
+-"sistematicamente sua senha. Então, mesmo uma senha que seria difícil para um "
+-"ser humano imaginar pode ser extremamente fácil para um programa de "
++"sistematicamente sua senha. Então, mesmo uma senha que seria difícil para "
++"um ser humano imaginar pode ser extremamente fácil para um programa de "
+ "computador descobrir. Aqui estão algumas dicas para escolher uma boa senha:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -23446,19 +29288,21 @@
+ "mais símbolos para tentar, e consequentemente mais possibilidade de senhas "
+ "que alguém teria que conferir ao tentar descobrir a sua."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+ "movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
+ "Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Um bom método de escolher uma senha é pegar a primeira letra de cada palavra "
+-"em uma frase que consiga lembrar. Ela poderia ser um nome de um filme, de um "
+-"livro, de uma música ou de um álbum. Por exemplo, \"Memórias póstumas de "
+-"Brás Cubas\" se tornaria MpdBC ou mpdbc ou Mp d BC."
++"Um bom método de escolher uma senha é pegar a primeira letra de cada "
++"palavra em uma frase que consiga lembrar. Ela poderia ser um nome de um "
++"filme, de um livro, de uma música ou de um álbum. Por exemplo, \"Memórias "
++"póstumas de Brás Cubas\" se tornaria MpdBC ou mpdbc ou Mp d BC."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -23466,61 +29310,71 @@
+ "Crie suas senhas as mais longas possíveis. Quanto mais caracteres contiver, "
+ "maior será o tempo necessário para uma pessoa ou computador adivinhá-la."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+ "\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Não use quaisquer palavras que apareçam em um dicionário padrão em qualquer "
+-"idioma. Crackers de senha tentarão essas primeiro. A senha mais comum é "
+-"\"senha\" - pessoas conseguem adivinhar senhas como esta muito rapidamente!"
++"Não use quaisquer palavras que apareçam em um dicionário padrão em "
++"qualquer idioma. Crackers de senha tentarão essas primeiro. A senha mais "
++"comum é \"senha\" - pessoas conseguem adivinhar senhas como esta muito "
++"rapidamente!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Não use informações pessoais como datas, número de identidade (RG) ou nome "
+-"de um parente."
++"Não use informações pessoais como datas, número de identidade (RG) ou "
++"nome de um parente."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "Não use substantivos."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+ "watching you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Escolha uma senha que possa ser digitada rapidamente, para diminuir as "
+-"chances de alguém ser capaz de descobrir o que você digitou caso esteja lhe "
+-"observando."
++"chances de alguém ser capaz de descobrir o que você digitou caso esteja "
++"lhe observando."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Nunca deixe suas senhas escritas em algum lugar. Elas podem ser facilmente "
+ "encontradas!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Use senhas diferentes para coisas diferentes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Use senhas diferentes para contas diferentes."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se você usa as mesmas senhas para todas as suas contas, alguém que adivinhá-"
+-"la terá acesso imediato a todas as suas contas."
++"Se você usa as mesmas senhas para todas as suas contas, alguém que "
++"adivinhá-la terá acesso imediato a todas as suas contas."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -23532,11 +29386,13 @@
+ "mesma para coisas que não importam (como sites da web) e usar diferentes "
+ "para coisas importantes (como sua conta do banco e seu e-mail)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Mude suas senhas frequentemente."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+@@ -23544,11 +29400,13 @@
+ "Talvez você não tenha os codecs corretos instalados ou o DVD pode ser de uma "
+ "região errada."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "Por que os DVDs não tocam?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -23558,11 +29416,13 @@
+ "pode não ter os <em>codecs</em> corretos de DVD instalados, ou o DVD pode "
+ "ser de uma <em>região</em> diferente."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Instalando os codecs corretos para reprodução de DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -23581,7 +29441,8 @@
+ "distribuição Linux. Os pacotes de programas que você provavelmente precisará "
+ "instalar são <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> e <app>libdvd0</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -23598,11 +29459,13 @@
+ "product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. Ele funciona com Linux e seu "
+ "uso deveria ser legalmente permitido em todos os países."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Verificando a região do DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -23616,7 +29479,8 @@
+ "reproduzir, você não será capaz de reproduzi-lo. Por exemplo, se você tem um "
+ "aparelho da região 1, só poderá reproduzir DVDs da América do Norte."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -23629,15 +29493,18 @@
+ "computador, use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/"
+ "\">regionset</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Verifique se eles têm os codecs corretos de vídeo instalados."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr "Outras pessoas não conseguem reproduzir os vídeos que eu fiz"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -23646,7 +29513,8 @@
+ "Windows ou Mac OS, você pode acabar descobrindo essa pessoa tem problemas em "
+ "reproduzir o vídeo."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -23656,17 +29524,19 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Para ser capaz de ver seu vídeo, a pessoa a quem você o enviou deve ter os "
+ "<em>codecs</em> corretos instalados. Um codec é um programa que sabe como "
+-"pegar o vídeo e exibí-lo na tela. Existem muitos formatos diferentes de "
++"pegar o vídeo e exibi-lo na tela. Existem muitos formatos diferentes de "
+ "vídeo, e cada um exige um codec diferente para reproduzi-lo. Você pode "
+ "conferir qual é o formato do seu vídeo assim:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Clique com o botão direito no arquivo de vídeo e selecione "
+ "<gui>Propriedades</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+@@ -23674,7 +29544,8 @@
+ "Vá para a guia <gui>Áudio/vídeo</gui> e veja qual <gui>codec</gui> está "
+ "listado em <gui>Vídeo</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -23692,7 +29563,8 @@
+ "você ser capaz de baixar o codec correto de graça se ele não estiver "
+ "instalado."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -23701,15 +29573,16 @@
+ "to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
+ "the software installer application to see what's available."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Se não conseguir encontrar o codec correto, experimente o <link href="
+-"\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">Reprodutor de Mídias VLC</link>. Ele "
+-"funciona no Windows, Mac OS e Linux, além de oferecer suporte a muitos "
+-"formatos de vídeo. Não obtendo sucesso, tente converter seu vídeo para um "
+-"formato diferente. A maioria dos editores de vídeo é capaz disso, e "
+-"aplicativos específicos para conversão de vídeo estão disponíveis. Verifique "
+-"o aplicativo instalador de programas para ver o que há disponível."
++"Se não conseguir encontrar o codec correto, experimente o <link href=\"http:/"
++"/www.videolan.org/vlc/\">Reprodutor de Mídias VLC</link>. Ele funciona no "
++"Windows, Mac OS e Linux, além de oferecer suporte a muitos formatos de vídeo."
++" Não obtendo sucesso, tente converter seu vídeo para um formato diferente. A "
++"maioria dos editores de vídeo é capaz disso, e aplicativos específicos para "
++"conversão de vídeo estão disponíveis. Verifique o aplicativo instalador de "
++"programas para ver o que há disponível."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -23723,120 +29596,171 @@
+ "problemas com o aplicativo deles ou o vídeo pode não ter sido criado "
+ "apropriadamente (teriam ocorrido alguns erros quando você o salvou)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Mude o tablet Wacom para <gui>Orientação para canhotos.</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+-msgstr "Usar o tablet como canhoto"
++msgstr "Usando o tablet como canhoto"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+ "orientation to left-handed:"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
++"Alguns tablets têm botões de hardware em um lado. O tablet pode ser girado "
++"180 graus para posicionar esses botões para pessoas canhotas. Para mudar a "
++"orientação para canhotos:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
+ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "Abra <gui>Tablet Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Caso nenhum tablet seja detectado, peça ao <gui>Por favor, ligue seu tablet "
++"Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Alterne a <gui>Orientação para canhoto</gui> para <gui>LIGADO</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Mude o tablet entre modo de tablet e modo mouse."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr "Defina o modo de rastreio do tablet Wacom"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Modo de rastreamento</gui> determina como o apontador está mapeado na "
++"tela."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"Próximo de <gui>Modo de Rastreamento</gui>, selecione <gui>Tablet "
++"(absoluto)</gui> ou <gui>Touchpad (relativo)</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+ "to the same point on the tablet."
+ msgstr ""
++"Em modo <em>absoluto</em>, cada ponto nos mapas do tablet à um ponto na tela."
++" O canto superior esquerdo da tela, por exemplo, corresponde sempre ao mesmo "
++"ponto no tablet."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+ "the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
+ "less hand movement."
+ msgstr ""
++"Em modo <em> relativo </em>, se você levantar o ponteiro para fora do tablet "
++"e colocá-la em uma posição diferente, o cursor na tela não se moverá. Esta é "
++"a forma como um mouse funciona, o que lhe permite cobrir distâncias na tela "
++"com menos movimento da mão."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Mapeie o tablet Wacom para um monitor específico."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+-msgstr "Escolher um monitor"
++msgstr "Escolhendo um monitor"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Associar a um monitor…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Marque <gui>Associar a monitor singular</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
++"Próximo ao <gui>Output</gui>, selecione o monitor que você deseja receber "
++"entradas de seu tablet gráfico."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Somente monitores que estão configurados serão selecionados."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Defina as funções e pressão do botão da caneta Wacom."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr "Configure a caneta"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+ "These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
++"A parte inferior do painel contém informações e configurações específicas "
++"para a sua caneta com o nome do dispositivo (a classe stylus) e um diagrama "
++"para a esquerda. Essas configurações podem ser ajustadas:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+ "and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui> Pressão de toque do Apagador: </gui> use o controle deslizante para "
++"ajustar a \"sensação\" (como pressão física é traduzido para valores "
++"digitais) entre <gui>Suave </gui> e <gui> Firme </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -23844,417 +29768,44 @@
+ "Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
+ "Forward."
+ msgstr ""
++"Configuração do <gui> Botão/Rolamento </gui> (estes mudam para refletir a "
++"stylus). Clique no menu ao lado de cada rótulo para selecionar uma das "
++"seguintes funções: Nenhuma ação, Clique com o botão esquerdo do mouse, "
++"clique com o botão do meio do mouse, botão direito do mouse, vá para cima, "
++"role para baixo, vá para a esquerda, vá para a direita, Voltar, Avançar."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui> Ponta da pressão de toque: </gui> use o controle deslizante para "
++"ajustar a \"sensação\" entre <gui> suave </gui> e <gui> Firme </gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+ msgstr ""
++"Se você tiver mais de uma caneta, quando a caneta adicional ficar perto do "
++"tablet, um pager será exibido ao lado do nome do dispositivo stylus. Use o "
++"pager para escolher qual caneta configurar."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
+ "stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
+ "the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Associar a um monitor</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"wacom-stylus\">Configure a caneta</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"
+-"\">Usar o tablet como canhoto</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Mapear um monitor</link>, <link xref="
++"\"wacom-stylus\">Configure a caneta</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-"
++"handed\">Usar o tablet como canhoto</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
+ msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr "Tablet Wacom Graphics"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
+-#~ msgstr "Acesse serviços online como Facebook e Google."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share"
+-#~ "\"/>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar arquivos diretamente do gerenciador de arquivos, veja <link "
+-#~ "xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Share and transfer files"
+-#~ msgstr "Compartilhar e transferir arquivos"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to "
+-#~ "external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> "
+-#~ "directly from the file manager."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "É fácil compartilhar arquivos com os seus contatos ou transferi-los para "
+-#~ "dispositivos externos ou colocá-los em <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-#~ "\">compartilhamento pela rede</link> diretamente pelo gerenciador de "
+-#~ "arquivos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique com o botão direito no arquivo e selecione <gui>Enviar para</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send "
+-#~ "the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below "
+-#~ "for more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "A janela <gui>Enviar para</gui> aparecerá. Escolha o destino do arquivo e "
+-#~ "clique em <gui>Enviar</gui>. Veja a lista de destinatários abaixo para "
+-#~ "mais informações."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Destinations"
+-#~ msgstr "Destinatários"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's "
+-#~ "email address."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar o arquivo por e-mail, selecione <gui>E-mail</gui> e informe o "
+-#~ "endereço de correio eletrônico do destinatário."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-#~ "Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-#~ "messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para enviar o arquivo para um contato de mensageiro instantâneo, "
+-#~ "selecione <gui>Mensagem instantânea</gui>, e depois selecione o contato "
+-#~ "na lista suspensa. Seu aplicativo de mensagens instantâneas talvez "
+-#~ "necessite estar aberto para isso funcionar."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para escrever o arquivo em um CD ou DVD, selecione <gui>Criador de CD/"
+-#~ "DVD</gui>. Veja <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> para aprender mais."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
+-#~ "Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see "
+-#~ "devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for "
+-#~ "more information."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para transferir o arquivo para um dispositivo Bluetooth, selecione "
+-#~ "<gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> e selecione o dispositivo que vai "
+-#~ "receber o arquivo. Você vai ver somente os dispositivos com os quais você "
+-#~ "já esteja pareado. Veja <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> para mais informações."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
+-#~ "it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
+-#~ "shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the "
+-#~ "file."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Para copiar o arquivo para um dispositivo externo como um pendrive USB, "
+-#~ "ou para enviá-lo a um servidor ao qual você esteja conectado, selecione "
+-#~ "<gui>Unidades e compartilhamentos removíveis</gui>, e então selecione o "
+-#~ "dispositivo ou servidor para o qual queira copiar o arquivo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Compartilhamento da área de trabalho</link>"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash "
+-#~ "and open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "No <gui>Panorama de atividades</gui>, clique no botão de grade no dash "
+-#~ "para abrir o <app>Compartilhamento da área de trabalho</app>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-#~ msgstr "Confirmar acesso à sua máquina"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Enable password"
+-#~ msgstr "Ativar senha"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-#~ msgstr "Permitir acesso ao seu computador através da Internet"
+-
+-#~ msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-#~ msgstr "Essa opção é habilitada por padrão."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-#~ msgstr "Mostrar ícone da área de notificações"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pressione a tecla <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> para abrir "
+-#~ "o <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Panorama de atividades</link>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the "
+-#~ "applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-#~ "categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click "
+-#~ "the application's icon to start it."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique no botão de grade na parte inferior do dash para ver uma lista de "
+-#~ "aplicativos que você pode executar. Vocẽ pode filtrá-los por tipo usando "
+-#~ "as categorias à direita, ou buscá-los usando a barra de busca ao topo. "
+-#~ "Clique no ícone do aplicativo para iniciá-lo."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Main menu"
+-#~ msgstr "Menu principal"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
+-#~ "keyseq>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pressione <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</"
+-#~ "key></keyseq>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-#~ msgstr "Ajuste as configurações do seu tablet Wacom."
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "link"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Ajuda do ambiente"
+-
+-#~ msgctxt "text"
+-#~ msgid "Desktop Help"
+-#~ msgstr "Ajuda do ambiente"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr "Clique no contato no painel esquerdo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique com o botão direito no nome do contato no painel direito e "
+-#~ "selecione <gui>Excluir</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-#~ msgstr "Clique no botão <key>X</key> para confirmar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Escolha e-mail, bate-papo ou telefone da barra de botões no painel da "
+-#~ "direita."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr "Selecione o contato que você gostaria e editar no painel esquerdo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information "
+-#~ "to change."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "No painel da direita, clique no avatar do contato ou em qualquer "
+-#~ "informação textual para alterar."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
+-#~ msgstr "Selecione o contato que você queira vincular ao painel esquerdo."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-#~ "Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique com o botão direito em qualquer elemento editável no painel "
+-#~ "direito e selecione <gui>Adicionar/remover contatos vinculados…</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+-#~ msgstr "Selecione o item que vincular ao item do primeiro contato."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-#~ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Link</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se você desejar vincular o registro de um terceiro contato, repita os "
+-#~ "últimos dois passos."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, "
+-#~ "follow the steps for unlinking contacts."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se você vinculou dois contatos acidentalmente e deseja desfazer esta "
+-#~ "ação, siga os passos para desvinculação de contatos."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
+-#~ msgstr "Localize a seção que você queira desvincular do painel direito."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Desvincular</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+-#~ msgstr "O ícone do contato vai aparecer."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-#~ msgstr "Pressione <key>Enter</key>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Pressione <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> para brir a caixa "
+-#~ "de pesquisa."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-#~ msgstr "Pressione <key>Esc</key> para fechar a caixa de pesquisa."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-#~ "readable in bright light."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Enfraqueça a tela para poupar energia ou aumente o brilho para torná-la "
+-#~ "mais legível à luz clara."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Configurar o brilho da tela"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-#~ "screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-#~ "automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically "
+-#~ "when not in use."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Você pode alterar o brilho da sua tela para economizar energia ou para "
+-#~ "torná-la mais legível em ambientes com luz forte. Você também fazer a "
+-#~ "tela diminuir seu brilho automaticamente quando estiver energizada pela "
+-#~ "bateria e ainda desligá-la automaticamente quando não estiver em uso."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Set the brightness"
+-#~ msgstr "Configurar o brilho"
+-
+-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr "Abrir <gui>Brilho &amp; bloqueio</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ajuste a barra deslizante <gui>Brilho</gui> para um valor confortável."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
+-#~ "have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function "
+-#~ "keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Muitos teclados de notebooks têm teclas especiais para ajustar o brilho. "
+-#~ "Elas têm uma imagem que se assemelha ao sol e estão localizadas nas "
+-#~ "teclas de função na parte superior. Mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Fn</"
+-#~ "key> para usar essas teclas."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-#~ "automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of "
+-#~ "your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long "
+-#~ "your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Selecione <gui>Escurecer tela para economizar energia</gui> para que o "
+-#~ "brilho seja diminuído automaticamente quando você estiver usando a "
+-#~ "bateria. A luz de fundo da sua tela pode consumir muita energia e reduzir "
+-#~ "significativamente a duração da sua bateria até precisar ser recarregada."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-#~ "while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your "
+-#~ "computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the "
+-#~ "<gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "A tela vai automaticamente desligar depois que você não usá-la por um "
+-#~ "tempo. Isso somente se aplica à tela e não desliga o seu computador. Você "
+-#~ "pode ajustar quanto tempo você tem que ficar inativo com a opção "
+-#~ "<gui>Desligar a tela quando inativo por</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-#~ "<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Digite <input>Telas</input> no panorama de <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "introduction#activities\">Atividades</link> para abrir as "
+-#~ "<gui>Configurações das telas</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-#~ "computer."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Evite que outras pessoas usem seu computador quanto você estiver distante "
+-#~ "dele."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-#~ msgstr "Bloquear automaticamente sua tela"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
+-#~ "screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
+-#~ "desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all "
+-#~ "your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your "
+-#~ "password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, "
+-#~ "but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Ao se afastar do seu computador, você deveria <link xref=\"shell-"
+-#~ "exit#lock-screen\">bloquear sua tela</link> para evitar que outras "
+-#~ "pessoas usem o seu computador e acessem seus arquivos. Você ainda vai "
+-#~ "estar conectado e todas os seus aplicativos vão permanecer em execução, "
+-#~ "mas você terá que digitar sua senha para usar o computador novamente. "
+-#~ "Você pode bloquear a tela manualmente, mas você também pode usar o "
+-#~ "bloqueio de tela automático."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have "
+-#~ "been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</"
+-#~ "gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, "
+-#~ "controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-"
+-#~ "down list above."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Certifique-se de que <gui>Bloquear</gui> está ativado e, então, selecione "
+-#~ "o limite de tempo no menu suspenso abaixo. A tela vai automaticamente "
+-#~ "bloquear depois que você estiver inativo por esse tempo. Você também pode "
+-#~ "selecionar <gui>Desliga a tela</gui> para bloquear a tela depois que a "
+-#~ "tela automaticamente for desligada, controlada com o menu suspenso "
+-#~ "<gui>Desligar a tela quando inativo por</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-#~ "basic version of the desktop will be started."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se a placa de vídeo do seu computador não oferece suporte a certos "
+-#~ "recursos, será iniciada uma versão mais básica do ambiente."
+-
+-#~ msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-#~ msgstr "O que é o modo alternativo?"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-#~ "basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-#~ "telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-#~ "allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more "
+-#~ "advanced features."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Se a placa de vídeo do seu computador não oferece suporte a certos "
+-#~ "recursos, uma versão mais básica do ambiente será exibida e você verá uma "
+-#~ "mensagem lhe avisando o que aconteceu. Isso é chamado de <em>modo "
+-#~ "alternativo</em> e permite que use o GNOME no seu computador sem alguns "
+-#~ "de seus recursos mais avançados."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Você pode alternar manualmente para <em>modo alternativo</em> da seguinte "
+-#~ "forma:"
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</"
+-#~ "gui>."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique no seu nome no canto direito superior e selecione "
+-#~ "<gui>Configurações</gui>."
+-
+-#~ msgid ""
+-#~ "Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to "
+-#~ "scroll down to see this option."
+-#~ msgstr ""
+-#~ "Clique em <gui>Detalhes</gui> sob <gui>Sistema</gui>. Você pode ter que "
+-#~ "rolar a janela para baixo para ver esta opção."
+-
+-#~ msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-#~ msgstr "Clique em <gui>Gráficos</gui> no lado direito."
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ru/ru.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ru/ru.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ru/ru.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.755133491 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ru/ru.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.240922110 +0530
+@@ -1,22 +1,21 @@
+-#
+ # Александр Прокудин <alexandre.prokoudine@gmail.com>, 2011.
+ # Aleksey Kabanov <ak099@mail.ru>, 2011, 2012.
+ # Yuri Myasoedov <omerta13@yandex.ru>, 2012.
+-#
++# ypoyarko <ypoyarko@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: GNOME User Documentation 3.2\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-25 10:37+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-29 10:21+0400\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Aleksej Kabanov <ak099@mail.ru>\n"
+-"Language-Team: русский <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>\n"
+-"Language: ru_RU\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+-"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 06:30-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: ypoyarko <ypoyarko@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: русский <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>\n"
++"Language: ru\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && "
++"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+@@ -25,54 +24,57 @@
+ "Александр Прокудин <alexandre.prokoudine@gmail.com>, 2011\n"
+ "Алексей Кабанов <ak099@mail.ru>, 2011, 2012"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "Руководство для пользователей среды рабочего стола GNOME 3"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Справка по рабочему столу"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "Справка GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "Справка по рабочему столу"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "Справка GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -81,306 +83,433 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Справка</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Desktop Help"
++"GNOME Help"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Справка по рабочему столу"
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">логотип Yelp</media> "
++" Справка GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+ 
+-#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
+ msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+-msgstr "Это произведение распространяется под лицензией <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "Это руководство распространяется под лицензией <_:link-1/>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:8(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:18(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net.page:10(credit/name) C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:18(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name) C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+-msgstr "Фил Булл (Phil Bull)"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-contrast.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:12(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(credit/name) C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name) C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:32(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name) C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name) C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name) C/files-search.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:20(credit/name) C/files-templates.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:20(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:34(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(credit/name) C/net-proxy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(credit/name) C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:22(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name) C/wacom.page:12(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
+ msgid "Michael Hill"
+ msgstr "Michael Hill"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+ msgstr "Игнорировать быстро повторяющиеся нажатия одной и той же клавиши."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "Включение «отскакивающих клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Включите <em>«отскакивающие клавиши»</em>, чтобы игнорировать быстро "
+ "повторяющиеся нажатия. Это может быть полезно, например, если из-за дрожания "
+ "рук вместо однократного нажатия клавиши вы нажимаете её несколько раз."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(item/p) C/display-dimscreen.page:47(item/p)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:36(item/p) C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39(item/p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p) C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:33(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p) C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p) C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p) C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:44(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:31(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:43(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
+-#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p) C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p) C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p) C/windows-key.page:39(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните на своём имени на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Системные "
+-"параметры</gui>."
++"Нажмите на имя пользователя в верхней панели и выберите <gui>Параметры</gui>."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <gui>Специальные возможности</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Печать</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Отскакивающие клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Быстрое включение и отключение «отскакивающих клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно включить или отключить «отскакивающие клавиши», щёлкнув на <link xref="
++"Можно включить или отключить «отскакивающие клавиши», щелкнув на <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней панели и "
+ "выбрав <gui>Отскакивающие клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -395,22 +524,25 @@
+ "звуковой сигнал каждый раз, когда нажатие клавиши игнорируется из-за того, "
+ "что она нажата слишком рано после предыдущего её нажатия."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Используйте экранный диктор <app>Orca</app> с обновляемым дисплеем Брайля."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "Чтение экрана азбукой Брайля"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME предоставляет экранный диктор <app>Orca</app> для показа "
+@@ -419,7 +551,8 @@
+ "<link href=\"install:orca\">Установите Orca</link>, затем обратитесь к <link "
+ "href=\"help:orca\">справке Orca</link> за дополнительной информацией."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+@@ -427,48 +560,49 @@
+ "Сделайте окна и кнопки более (или менее) контрастными, чтобы их было лучше "
+ "видно."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "Настройка контрастности"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно настроить контрастность окон и кнопок, чтобы их было лучше видно. Это "
+-"не то же самое, что <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\"> изменение яркости "
+-"всего экрана</link>: будут изменены лишь отдельные элементы "
+-"<em>пользовательского интерфейса</em>."
++"не то же самое, что  изменение яркости всего экрана: будут изменены лишь "
++"отдельные элементы <em>пользовательского интерфейса</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <gui>Специальные возможности</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Зрение</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
+ msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Высокая контрастность</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-#| "\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
+-#| "Contrast</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
+ "selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы быстро изменить контрастность, можно щёлкнуть на <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней панели, и включить "
++"Чтобы быстро изменить контрастность, можно щёлкнуть на <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней панели, и включить "
+ "<gui>Высокая контрастность</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+@@ -476,11 +610,13 @@
+ "Функция «нажатие при наведении» позволяет выполнить щелчок, некоторое время "
+ "удерживая мышь на одном месте."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+ msgstr "Имитация щелчка при наведении указателя"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+@@ -492,7 +628,8 @@
+ "если вам трудно одновременно перемещать мышь и выполнять щелчок. Эта функция "
+ "назвается «нажатием при наведении»."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+@@ -502,7 +639,9 @@
+ "кнопку, некоторое время подержать мышь неподвижно, и нажатие кнопки будет "
+ "автоматически выполнено за вас."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+@@ -510,11 +649,13 @@
+ "Откройте <gui>Специальные возможности</gui> и выберите вкладку "
+ "<gui>Наведение и щелчки</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите <gui>Щелчок при наведении</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -529,7 +670,8 @@
+ "выполнения двойного щелчка, щелчка правой кнопкой или перетаскивания вы "
+ "автоматически вернётесь в режим одинарного щелчка."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+@@ -539,7 +681,8 @@
+ "будет постепенно меняться. Когда указатель полностью сменит цвет, будет "
+ "выполнен щелчок на кнопке."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+@@ -547,7 +690,8 @@
+ "Настройте параметр <gui>Задержка</gui>, чтобы изменить время, в течение "
+ "которого нужно удерживать указатель мыши неподвижно, чтобы произошёл щелчок."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+@@ -557,7 +701,8 @@
+ "даже если указатель немного сместится. Однако если он сместится слишком "
+ "сильно, щелчок не произойдёт."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+@@ -565,35 +710,41 @@
+ "Настройте параметр <gui>Двигательный порог</gui>, чтобы указать, насколько "
+ "может смещаться указатель, чтобы всё равно считаться неподвижным."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+ msgstr "Используйте более крупные шрифты, чтобы текст было легче читать."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "Изменение размера текста на экране"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+ msgstr "Если трудно читать текст на экране, можно изменить размер шрифта."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Крупный текст</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+ "xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+ "<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно также быстро изменить размер текста, щёлкнув на <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней панели и выбрав "
++"Можно также быстро изменить размер текста, щёлкнув на <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней панели и выбрав "
+ "<gui>Крупный текст</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+@@ -603,20 +754,22 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. Чтобы уменьшить размер текста, "
+ "нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+@@ -624,11 +777,13 @@
+ "Меню специальных возможностей — это значок на верхней панели в виде "
+ "человечка."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "Меню специальных возможностей"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+@@ -639,11 +794,13 @@
+ "щёлкните на значке на верхней панели в виде круга с силуэтом человечка "
+ "внутри."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Меню специальных возможностей находится на верхней панели."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -663,15 +820,18 @@
+ "пунктов меню используйте клавиши со стрелками вверх и вниз. Чтобы "
+ "переключить выбранный пункт меню, нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+ msgstr "Увеличьте область экрана, чтобы было лучше видно мелкие детали."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+ msgstr "Увеличение области экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+@@ -680,12 +840,15 @@
+ "Увеличение экрана — это это не то же самое, что увеличение <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">размера текста</link>. Это больше похоже на увеличительное "
+ "стекло, которое можно перемещать по экрану и увеличивать отдельные его части."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите <gui>Приближение</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
+ "keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
+@@ -693,7 +856,8 @@
+ "<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+@@ -702,30 +866,35 @@
+ "Теперь, перемещая мышь, можно передвигать «увеличительное стекло» в "
+ "различных направлениях, чтобы рассмотреть нужную область экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы быстро включить или отключить увеличение экрана, можно щёлкнуть на "
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней "
+ "панели и изменить положение переключателя <gui>Масштабирование</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+ "position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
+ "<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+ "To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
+ "<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+ "brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+@@ -735,7 +904,8 @@
+ "Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+@@ -746,11 +916,15 @@
+ "braille\">азбука Брайля</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">увеличение области "
+ "экрана</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:26(page/title) C/keyboard.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "Специальные возможности"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+@@ -763,98 +937,113 @@
+ "многим из этих вспомогательных функций можно получить доступ через меню "
+ "специальных возможностей на верхней панели."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+ msgstr "Ограничения зрения"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "Слепота"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+ msgstr "Плохое зрение"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+ msgstr "Цветовая слепота"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title) C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "Другие разделы"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+ msgstr "Ограничения слуха"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+ msgstr "Ограничения подвижности"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "Перемещение мыши"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "Щелчки и перетаскивание"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "Использование клавиатуры"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years) C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years) C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:16(credit/years)
+-#: C/status-icons.page:10(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13(credit/years)
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
+ msgid "2012"
+ msgstr "2012"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+ msgstr "Нажмите и удерживайте левую кнопку мыши для щелчка правой кнопкой."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+ msgstr "Имитация щелчка правой кнопкой мыши"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+@@ -864,11 +1053,13 @@
+ "кнопку. Это может быть полезно, если вам трудно двигать пальцами руки по "
+ "отдельности, или если ваше координатное устройство имеет только одну кнопку."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите <gui>Имитация вторичного нажатия</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+ "is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
+@@ -880,7 +1071,8 @@
+ "<gui>Наведение и нажатие</gui> измените параметр <gui>Задержка принятия</"
+ "gui> в секции <gui>Имитация вторичного нажатия</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+ "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+@@ -893,7 +1085,8 @@
+ "мыши, указатель будет постепенно менять цвет на синий. Когда он станет "
+ "полностью синим, отпустите кнопку, чтобы был выполнен щелчок правой кнопкой."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+ "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
+@@ -903,7 +1096,8 @@
+ "меняют свой цвет. Но можно использовать имитацию вторичного нажатия, как "
+ "обычно, даже если указатель не информирует вас об этом."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+ "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+@@ -913,7 +1107,8 @@
+ "можно также выполнять щелчок правой кнопкой, удерживая нажатой клавишу "
+ "<key>5</key> на цифровом блоке клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+@@ -925,22 +1120,25 @@
+ "долгое нажатие работает немного иначе: отпускать кнопку для выполнения "
+ "щелчка правой кнопкой не требуется."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Используйте экранный диктор <app>Orca</app> для произнесения вслух "
+ "пользовательского интерфейса."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+ msgstr "Чтение с экрана вслух"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "GNOME предоставляет экранный диктор <app>Orca</app> для произнесения вслух "
+ "пользовательского интерфейса. В зависимости от способа установки GNOME, Orca "
+@@ -948,17 +1146,20 @@
+ "link>, затем обратитесь к <link href=\"help:orca\">справке Orca</link> за "
+ "дополнительной информацией."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+ msgstr "Задержка между нажатием клавиши и появлением символа на экране."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "Включение «медленных клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -975,37 +1176,44 @@
+ "вы недавно начали пользоваться компьютером, и вам трудно найти на клавиатуре "
+ "нужные клавиши."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Медленные клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Быстрое включение и отключение «медленных клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
+-"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
+-"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
+-"slow keys."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Активируйте параметр <gui>Включать специальные возможности с клавиатуры</"
+ "gui>, чтобы управлять включением и отключением «медленных клавиш» с помощью "
+ "клавиатуры. Чтобы включить или отключить «медленные клавиши», нажмите и "
+ "удерживайте клавишу  <key>Shift</key> в течение восьми секунд."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>."
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для включения или отключения «медленных клавиш» можно также щёлкнуть на "
+ "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней "
+ "панели и изменить положение переключателя <gui>Медленные клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+@@ -1013,7 +1221,8 @@
+ "Используйте ползунок <gui>Задержка принятия</gui> для настройки времени, в "
+ "течение которого нужно удерживать клавишу для регистрации её нажатия."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+@@ -1023,34 +1232,39 @@
+ "клавиши, когда нажатие принято, или если нажатие проигнорировано из за того, "
+ "что клавиша удерживалась нажатой недостаточно долго."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Набор комбинаций клавиш нажатием их поодиночке, а не всех одновременно."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+ msgstr "Включение «залипающих клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em>«Залипающие клавиши»</em> позволяют вводить комбинации клавиш не "
+ "одновременным нажатием всех клавиш, а нажимая их по одной. Например, для "
+-"переключения между окнами используется комбинация клавиш <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>. Если «залипающие клавиши» отключены, нужно "
+-"нажать обе клавиши одновременно, если включены — нажать сначала <key>Alt</"
++"переключения между окнами используется комбинация клавиш <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>. Если «залипающие "
++"клавиши» отключены, нужно нажать обе клавиши одновременно, если включены — "
++"нажать сначала <key>Alt</\n"
+ "key>, а затем <key>Tab</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+@@ -1058,38 +1272,46 @@
+ "«Залипающие клавиши» могут быть полезны, если вам трудно удерживать нажатыми "
+ "несколько клавиш одновременно."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Залипающие клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+ msgstr "Быстрое включение и отключение «залипающих клавиш»"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above "
+-"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. "
+-"When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a "
+-"row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы управлять включением и отключением «залипающих клавиш» с помощью "
+-"клавиатуры, установите флажок <gui>Включать специальные возможности с "
+-"клавиатуры</gui> (над заголовком <gui>«Залипающие» клавиши</gui>) . После "
+-"этого можно будет включать или отключать «залипающие клавиши» нажатием "
+-"клавиши <key>Shift</key> пять раз подряд."
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"Чтобы управлять включением и отключением «залипающих клавиш» с помощью \n"
++"клавиатуры, установите флажок <gui>Включать специальные возможности с \n"
++"клавиатуры</gui> (над заголовком <gui>«Залипающие» клавиши</gui>) . После \n"
++"этого можно будет включать или отключать «залипающие клавиши» нажатием \n"
++"клавиши <key>Shift</key> пять раз подряд.\n"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++#, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+-"Keys</gui>."
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы включить или отключить «залипающие клавиши», можно также щёлкнуть на "
+-"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней "
++"Чтобы включить или отключить «залипающие клавиши», можно также щёлкнуть на \n"
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">значке специальных возможностей</link> на верхней \n"
+ "панели и изменить положение переключателя <gui>Залипающие клавиши</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+@@ -1097,30 +1319,33 @@
+ "Если нажать две клавиши одновременно, «залипающие клавиши» временно "
+ "отключатся, чтобы вы могли ввести комбинацию клавиш «обычным» способом."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Например, если «залипающие клавиши» включены, но вы нажали  <key>Alt</key> и "
+ "<key>Tab</key> одновременно, «залипающие клавиши» не будут ждать нажатия ещё "
+-"одной клавиши, если эта опция включена. Однако они <em>будут</em> ожидать "
+-"его, если вы нажали только одну клавишу. Это полезно, если вы можете "
+-"нажимать не все, а лишь некоторые комбинации клавиш одновременно (например, "
+-"клавиши, расположенные близко друг к другу)."
++"одной клавиши, если эта опция включена. Однако они <em>будут</em> ожидать, "
++"если вы нажали только одну клавишу. Это полезно, если вы можете нажимать не "
++"все, а лишь некоторые комбинации клавиш одновременно (например, клавиши, "
++"расположенные близко друг к другу)."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для включения этой возможности выберите <gui>Отключать, если две клавиши "
+ "нажаты вместе</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -1135,7 +1360,8 @@
+ "этой комбинации. Для включения этой возможности выберите <gui>Подавать "
+ "сигнал при нажатии модификатора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+@@ -1143,11 +1369,13 @@
+ "Включить визуальные уведомления миганием экрана или окна при воспроизведении "
+ "звуковых уведомлений."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+ msgstr "Мигание экрана при звуковых сигналах"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+@@ -1158,7 +1386,8 @@
+ "уведомления. Если вам трудно их услышать, можно сделать так, чтобы при "
+ "воспроизведении уведомлений мигал либо весь экран, либо текущее окно."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+@@ -1169,13 +1398,16 @@
+ ">, чтобы узнать, как отключить звуковые уведомления, а затем включите "
+ "визуальные уведомления."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <gui>Специальные возможности</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Слух</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+ "screen or just your current window title to flash."
+@@ -1183,7 +1415,8 @@
+ "Включите <gui>Визуальные предупреждения</gui>. Выберите, должен ли мигать "
+ "весь экран или только заголовок текущего окна."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+@@ -1194,91 +1427,113 @@
+ "панели и измените положение переключателя <gui>Визуальные предупреждения</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+ msgstr "Несколько советов по использования справочного руководства."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name) C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name) C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/windows-key.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Проект документирования GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "Об этом руководстве"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+@@ -1290,7 +1545,8 @@
+ "более эффективному использованию компьютера. Мы старались сделать это "
+ "руководство настолько простым, насколько это возможно:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+@@ -1300,7 +1556,8 @@
+ "конкретную задачу, статей. Это означает, что вам не понадобится "
+ "просматривать всё руководство, чтобы найти ответ на свой вопрос."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+@@ -1311,7 +1568,8 @@
+ "темой. Это упрощает поиск похожих тем, способных помочь вам в выполнении "
+ "определённой задачи."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+@@ -1321,7 +1579,8 @@
+ "— это <em>панель поиска</em>, в которой по мере набора поискового запроса "
+ "будут появляться подходящие результаты."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+@@ -1333,7 +1592,8 @@
+ "ответить здесь на все ваши вопросы. Тем не менее, мы будем продолжать "
+ "добавление новой информации, чтобы сделать руководство более полезным."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+@@ -1341,43 +1601,56 @@
+ "Спасибо за то, что вы нашли время прочитать это справочное руководство. Мы "
+ "искренне надеемся, что вам никогда не придётся им пользоваться."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- Проект документирования GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
+ msgid "Connect an online account."
+ msgstr "Подключение сетевой учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name) C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+ msgid "Jim Campbell"
+ msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
+ msgid "Add an account"
+ msgstr "Добавление учётной записи"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+ "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
+@@ -1387,15 +1660,18 @@
+ "средой GNOME. В соответствии с ними будут автоматически настроены ваша "
+ "почтовая программа, программа для чатов и некоторые другие приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <key>+</key> в левой нижней части окна."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на меню <gui>Тип учётной записи</gui> и выберите нужный тип."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
+ "later time."
+@@ -1403,11 +1679,13 @@
+ "Если у вас более одного типа учётных записей, можно добавить другие учётные "
+ "записи позже."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Добавить…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
+ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
+@@ -1417,18 +1695,19 @@
+ "информацию своих сетевых учётных записей. Например, для настройки учётной "
+ "записи Google введите своё имя пользователя в Google и пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
+ "GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
+ "continue."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если идентификационная информация введена правильно, вам будет предложено "
++"Если идентификационная информация введена правильно, будет предложено "
+ "разрешить GNOME доступ к сетевой учётной записи. Для продолжения выберите "
+ "<gui>Предоставить доступ</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
+ "example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
+@@ -1440,7 +1719,8 @@
+ "для чата, но не для работы с календарём, отключите опцию <gui>календарь</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
+ "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+@@ -1448,101 +1728,126 @@
+ "После добавления учётной записи каждое из приложений, которые вы выбрали, "
+ "будет при запуске автоматически использовать эти индентификационные данные."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
+ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
+ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
+ "<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В целях безопасности GNOME не хранит пароль на вашем компьютере. Вместо "
+-"этого, он хранит маркер доступа, предоставленный сетевым сервисом. Если вы "
+-"хотите полностью разорвать связь между средой рабочего стола и сетевым "
+-"сервисом, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">удалите</link> учётную запись."
+-
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name) C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
++"В целях безопасности GNOME не хранит пароль на компьютере. Вместо этого он "
++"хранит маркер доступа, предоставленный сетевым сервисом. Если вы хотите "
++"разорвать связь между средой рабочего стола и сетевым сервисом, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-remove\">удалите</link> маркер."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
+ msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+ msgstr "Екатерина Герасимова (Ekaterina Gerasimova)"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name) C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name) C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
+ msgid "Julita Inca"
+ msgstr "Julita Inca"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
+ msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Создание новой учётной записи с помощью <app>Сетевых учётных записей</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
+ msgid "Create an online account"
+ msgstr "Создание сетевой учётной записи"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
+ "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
+ "online accounts from one application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте <app>Сетевые учётные записи</app> из режима обзора."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
+ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
+ "types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите <gui>Тип учётной записи</gui> из выпадающего меню. Некоторые типы "
+-"учётных записей могут быть <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available"
+-"\">недоступны</link>."
++"учётных записей могут быть <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-"
++"available\">недоступны</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Добавить…</gui> для продолжения."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
+ "appears."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
+ "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
+@@ -1552,7 +1857,8 @@
+ "учётной записи на этом этапе. В этом случае нужно будет использовать "
+ "альтернативный метод создания учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
+ "details such as username and password."
+@@ -1560,13 +1866,15 @@
+ "Заполните регистрационную форму. Обычно требуется указать некоторые "
+ "персональные данные, такие как имя пользователя и пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+ "default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
+@@ -1576,18 +1884,21 @@
+ "умолчанию. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Отключите</link> "
+ "отдельные услуги, чтобы сделать их недоступными."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
+ msgid ""
+ "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+ "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+ "applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+ msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
+ "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
+@@ -1597,55 +1908,66 @@
+ "that you use for chat."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+ "account:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
+ msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Выберите из списка слева учётную запись, которую хотите изменить."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+ "<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+ msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+ "computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+ "more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+ "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name) C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
+ msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
+ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+ msgstr "Что делать, если поставщика сетевой учётной записи нет в списке?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
+ msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+ msgstr "Почему в списке нет моего типа учётных записей?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+ "it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+@@ -1654,57 +1976,69 @@
+ "реализовать кто-нибудь из разработчиков. В настоящее время поддерживаются "
+ "лишь несколько типов сетевых учётных записей:"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
+ msgid "Google"
+ msgstr "Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+ msgid "Windows Live"
+ msgstr "Windows Live"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
+ msgid "Facebook"
+ msgstr "Facebook"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
+ msgid "Twitter"
+ msgstr "Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+ msgstr "Поддержка Yahoo будет добавлена в ближайшем будущем."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы заинтересованы в добавлении поддержки других сервисов, свяжитесь с "
+-"разработчиками через <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
+-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> систему отслеживания ошибок</link>."
++"разработчиками через <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> систему отслеживания ошибок</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
+ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+ msgstr "Полное удаление сетевой учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
+ msgid "Remove an account"
+ msgstr "Удаление учётной записи"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
+ msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+ msgstr "Выберите учётную запись, которую нужно удалить."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+ msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <key>-</key> в левой нижней части окна."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Удалить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+ "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+@@ -1713,13 +2047,21 @@
+ "Вместо полного удаления учётной записи можно <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
+ "service\">ограничить доступ</link> к предоставляемым ею услугам."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:23(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
+ msgid "Andre Klapper"
+ msgstr "Андрэ Клаппер (Andre Klapper)"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+ "the services they exploit."
+@@ -1727,13 +2069,15 @@
+ "Приложения могут использовать учётные записи, созданные в <app>Сетевых "
+ "учётных записях</app> и предоставляемые ими услуги."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
+ msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Какие приложения могут воспользоваться преимуществами, предоставляемыми "
+ "сетевыми учётными записями?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
+ "automatically configure themselves."
+@@ -1741,11 +2085,13 @@
+ "<app>Сетевые учётные записи</app> могут использоваться внешними приложениями "
+ "для автоматической настройки."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+ msgid "With a Google account"
+ msgstr "С учётной записью Google"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
+ "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
+@@ -1757,40 +2103,48 @@
+ "сможете получать почту, осуществлять доступ к контактам и отображать свои "
+ "календарные события в календаре Google."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
+-"will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<app>Empathy</app>, клиент сетей мгновенных сообщений. Будет добавлена ваша "
+-"сетевая учётная запись, и вы сможете общаться с друзьями."
++"<app>Empathy</app>, клиент мгновенных сообщений. Будет добавлена ваша "
++"учётная запись, и вы сможете общаться с друзьями."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+ msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Контакты</app> позволит просматривать и редактировать ваши контакты."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Документы</app> сможет осуществлять доступ к вашим онлайн-документам и "
+ "отображать их."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
+ msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+ msgstr "С учётными записями Windows Live, Facebook или Twitter"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
+ "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "With SkyDrive accounts"
+-msgstr "С учётными записями SkyDrive"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+ "and display them."
+@@ -1798,21 +2152,56 @@
+ "<app>Документы</app> сможет осуществлять доступ к онлайн-документам в "
+ "Microsoft SkyDrive и отображать их."
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
+ msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
+ msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Зачем добавлять учётные записи электронной почты или социальных сетей в мою "
+ "среду рабочего стола?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
+ msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+ msgstr "Зачем мне добавлять учётную запись?"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
+ "e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
+@@ -1822,15 +2211,21 @@
+ "the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
+ msgid "Online accounts"
+ msgstr "Сетевые учётные записи"
+ 
+-#: C/accounts.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
+ "Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
+@@ -1838,15 +2233,18 @@
+ "applications without having to enter your account details again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
+ msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+ msgstr "Убедитесь, что резервная копия создана успешно."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "Проверка резервной копии"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+@@ -1856,7 +2254,8 @@
+ "прошло успешно. Иначе вы рискуете потерять важные данные, так как некоторые "
+ "файлы могут отсутствовать в резервной копии."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+@@ -1868,7 +2267,8 @@
+ "важные, можно можно провести дополнительную проверку правильности переноса "
+ "данных."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+@@ -1880,7 +2280,8 @@
+ "действительно присутствуют в резервной копии, вы получите дополнительную "
+ "уверенность в том, что процесс прошёл успешно."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+@@ -1893,7 +2294,8 @@
+ "большими возможностями и более надёжны, чем простое копирование и вставка "
+ "файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+@@ -1901,38 +2303,48 @@
+ "Как часто следует делать резервные копии важных файлов, чтобы обеспечить их "
+ "сохранность."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name) C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name) C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+ msgstr "Периодичность создания резервных копий"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+@@ -1942,7 +2354,8 @@
+ "Например, для сервера, на котором хранятся данные, важные для всей сети, "
+ "даже ежедневного резервного копирования может быть недостаточно."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+@@ -1952,15 +2365,18 @@
+ "каждый час вряд ли необходимо. При планировании расписания резервного "
+ "копирования может быть полезно учесть:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+ msgstr "Количество времени, проводимого вами за компьютером."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+ msgstr "Как часто и насколько сильно изменяются данные на компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+@@ -1973,7 +2389,8 @@
+ "данных налоговой проверки может понадобиться более частое создание резервных "
+ "копий."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+@@ -1986,7 +2403,8 @@
+ "Например, если провести неделю, заново набирая пропавшие документы — слишком "
+ "долго для вас, то следует создавать резервные копии хотя бы раз в неделю."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+@@ -1994,11 +2412,13 @@
+ "Используйте Déjà Dup (или другое приложение для резервного копирования), "
+ "чтобы создать копии важных данных и предотвратить их возможную потерю."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "Как создать резервную копию"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+@@ -2009,7 +2429,8 @@
+ "различных приложений для резервного копирования, например, <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+@@ -2018,7 +2439,8 @@
+ "вас через процесс настройки параметров создания резервной копии, а также "
+ "расскажет, как восстановить ваши данные."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -2032,7 +2454,8 @@
+ "link> и настройки находятся в вашей домашней папке, так что вы можете "
+ "скопировать их оттуда."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+@@ -2043,7 +2466,8 @@
+ "свободного места, лучше скопировать домашнюю папку целиком со следующими "
+ "исключениями:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+@@ -2051,17 +2475,20 @@
+ "Файлы, резервные копии которых уже имеются где-то ещё, например, на CD, DVD "
+ "или других съёмных носителях."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Файлы, которые легко создать заново. Например, если вы программист, не стоит "
+ "делать резервные копии всех файлов, создаваемых в процессе компиляции ваших "
+ "программ. Вместо этого лучше создать копии файлов с исходными кодами."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+@@ -2069,15 +2496,18 @@
+ "Любые файлы из папки «Корзина». Содержимое корзины можно найти в <file>~/."
+ "local/share/Trash</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+ msgstr "Восстановите свои файлы из резервной копии."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+ msgstr "Восстановление из резервной копии"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+ "you can restore them from the backup:"
+@@ -2085,7 +2515,8 @@
+ "Если некоторые файлы утеряны или удалены, но имеется их резервная копия, "
+ "можно восстановить файлы из резервной копии:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+@@ -2095,7 +2526,8 @@
+ "USB, или другое устройство, можно <link xref=\"files-copy\">скопировать их</"
+ "link> обратно на компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+@@ -2107,7 +2539,8 @@
+ "для восстановления данных из резервной копии. О том, как это сделать, "
+ "прочтите в справке по данной  программе."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+@@ -2115,11 +2548,13 @@
+ "Список папок, содержащих документы, файлы и настройки, которые вы можете "
+ "захотеть включить в резервную копию."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+ msgstr "Где найти файлы, которые я хочу скопировать?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+@@ -2130,14 +2565,16 @@
+ "наиболее типичные места хранения важных файлов и настроек, для которых можно "
+ "создать резервные копии."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "Личные файлы (документы, музыка, фотографии и видео)"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
+ #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+ #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+ #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+@@ -2147,7 +2584,8 @@
+ "находиться во вложенных папках «Рабочий стол», «Документы», «Изображения», "
+ "«Музыка» и «Видео»."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+@@ -2159,11 +2597,13 @@
+ "сколько места занимает домашняя папка, можно с помощью приложения "
+ "<app>Анализатор использования дисков</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "Скрытые файлы"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+@@ -2176,11 +2616,14 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Их можно копировать в место "
+ "хранения резервной копии, как и любые другие файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+-msgstr "Личные настройки (параметры рабочего стола, темы и параметры программ)"
++msgstr ""
++"Личные настройки (параметры рабочего стола, темы и параметры программ)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+@@ -2188,7 +2631,8 @@
+ "Большинство приложений хранит свои параметры в скрытых папках внутри вашей "
+ "домашней папки (информацию о скрытых файлах смотрите выше)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+ "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
+@@ -2198,17 +2642,19 @@
+ "file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file> и <file>.local</file>  в "
+ "вашей домашней папке."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры системы"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Параметры важных частей системы не хранятся в домашней папке. Они могут "
+ "находится в различных местах, но большая их часть хранится в папке <file>/"
+@@ -2216,29 +2662,34 @@
+ "резервные копии этих файлов. Но на сервере следует сделать резерные копии "
+ "файлов для сервисов, которые на нём запущены."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr "Делайте резервные копии всего, что не хотите потерять в случае сбоя."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "Что копировать"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "В первую очередь следует сделать резервные копии <link xref=\"backup-"
+ "thinkabout\">самых важных файлов</link>, а также тех, которые трудно создать "
+ "заново. Например (в порядке убывания важности):"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "Ваши личные файлы"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+@@ -2248,11 +2699,13 @@
+ "финансовые данные, семейные фотографии и любые другие личные файлы, которые "
+ "невозможно создать заново."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "Ваши личные параметры"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -2266,11 +2719,13 @@
+ "почтовой программы. Их можно создать заново, но на это может потребоваться "
+ "много времени."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры системы"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+@@ -2282,11 +2737,13 @@
+ "компьютер используется в качестве сервера, можно сделать резервные копии "
+ "этих параметров."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "Установленные программы"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+ "computer problem by reinstalling it."
+@@ -2294,7 +2751,8 @@
+ "Программы, как правило, легко восстановить после сбоя компьютера, просто "
+ "переустановив их."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+@@ -2306,23 +2764,28 @@
+ "файлы легко создать заново, то можно и не тратить дисковое пространство на "
+ "хранение их резервных копий."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Где хранить резервные копии и какой тип устройств хранения лучше "
+ "использовать."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+ msgstr "Где хранить резервную копию"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -2336,7 +2799,8 @@
+ "хранить резервную копию в том же здании, где находится компьютер, иначе в "
+ "случае пожара или кражи могут быть утеряны и исходные данные, и их копия."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+@@ -2346,36 +2810,44 @@
+ "должен обладать достаточной вместимостью, чтобы разместить на нём все "
+ "скопированные файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+ msgstr "Локальные и удалённые места хранения информации"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+ msgstr "Карта памяти USB (малая вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Внутренний жёсткий диск (большая вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Внешний жёсткий диск (обычно большая вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+ msgstr "Диск, подключенный по сети (большая вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Файловый сервер или сервер для резервного копирования (большая вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+ msgstr "CD или DVD (низкая/средняя вместимость)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+@@ -2385,7 +2857,8 @@
+ "amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> или <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/"
+ "\">Ubuntu One</link>; объём сохраняемых данных зависит от цены)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+@@ -2394,20 +2867,24 @@
+ "резерной копии всех файлов в вашей системе, то есть  <em>полной резервной "
+ "копии системы</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+ msgstr "Зачем, что, куда и как копировать."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "Резервные копии"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+ msgstr "Резервное копирование важных данных"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -2423,7 +2900,8 @@
+ "от исходных файлов, например, на USB-носителе, внешнем жёстком диске, CD/DVD "
+ "или в онлайн-хранилище."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+ "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+@@ -2431,21 +2909,24 @@
+ "Лучший способ резервного копирования файлов — делать это регулярно, хранить "
+ "копии отдельно от компьютера и (возможно) в зашифрованном виде."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Подключение</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-send-file\">передача файлов</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+ "on-off\">включение и отключение</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -2460,36 +2941,43 @@
+ "файлов между устройствами</link>, например, между компьютером и сотовым "
+ "телефоном."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "Неполадки Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Неполадки"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Сопряжение устройств Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+ msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Соединение компьютера с устройством Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+@@ -2499,8 +2987,9 @@
+ "нужно соединить свой компьютер с этим устройством. Этот процесс называют "
+ "также «сопряжением» устройств Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+@@ -2508,7 +2997,8 @@
+ "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что Bluetooth включён на вашем компьютере. "
+ "Смотрите <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2516,7 +3006,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить "
+ "новое устройство</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2524,18 +3015,21 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить "
+ "новое устройство</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Сделайте другое устройство Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">обнаруживаемым или видимым</link> и поместите его не далее 10 метров от "
+-"компьютера. Нажмите <gui>Продолжить</gui>. Компьютер начнёт поиск устройств."
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"Сделайте другое устройство Bluetooth <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">обнаруживаемым или видимым</link> и поместите его не далее 10 "
++"метров от компьютера. Нажмите <gui>Продолжить</gui>. Компьютер начнёт поиск "
++"устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+@@ -2543,7 +3037,8 @@
+ "Если в списке слишком много устройств, воспользуйтесь выпадающим меню "
+ "<gui>Тип устройства</gui> для ограничения списка одним типом устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+@@ -2551,7 +3046,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните <gui>Параметры PIN</gui>, чтобы настроить PIN-код, который будет "
+ "передан на другое устройство."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+@@ -2564,7 +3060,8 @@
+ "вообще не назначать PIN-код. Найдите правильные настройки в инструкции по "
+ "эксплуатации устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2572,7 +3069,8 @@
+ "Выберите подходящие для вашего устройства настройки PIN-кода, затем нажмите "
+ "<gui>Закрыть</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+@@ -2580,7 +3078,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <gui>Продолжить</gui>. Если вы не выбрали один из стандартных PIN-"
+ "кодов, PIN будет показан на экране."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+@@ -2591,7 +3090,8 @@
+ "предложить вам ввести PIN-код. Подтвердите PIN-код на устройстве, затем "
+ "нажмите кнопку <gui>Соответствует</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+@@ -2601,7 +3101,8 @@
+ "20 секунд, иначе соединение не будет завершено. В таком случае вернитесь в "
+ "список устройств и начните снова."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+@@ -2609,15 +3110,24 @@
+ "При успешном завершении соединения появится сообщение. Нажмите кнопку "
+ "<gui>Закрыть</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
+-"При желании позже можно будет <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection"
+-"\">удалить соединение Bluetooth</link>."
++"При желании позже можно будет <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-"
++"connection\">удалить соединение Bluetooth</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+@@ -2625,11 +3135,13 @@
+ "Адаптер может быть отключен или для него нет драйверов, либо Bluetooth может "
+ "быть отключен или заблокирован."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Я не могу подключить моё устройство Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+@@ -2637,11 +3149,13 @@
+ "Может существовать ряд причин, препятствующих подключению к устройству "
+ "Bluetooth, такому как телефон или гарнитура."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "Соединение заблокировано или не является доверенным"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+@@ -2651,11 +3165,13 @@
+ "требуют от вас изменить настройки, чтобы выполнить подключение. Убедитесь, "
+ "что настройки вашего устройства позволяют подключаться к нему."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+ msgstr "Оборудование Bluetooth не распознано"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -2664,16 +3180,18 @@
+ "will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ваш адаптер или приёмник Bluetooth может быть не распознан компьютером. Это "
+-"может произойти из-за того, что не установлены <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">драйверы</link> для адаптера. Некоторые адаптеры Bluetooth не "
++"может произойти из-за того, что не установлены <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">драйверы</link> для адаптера. Некоторые адаптеры Bluetooth не "
+ "поддерживаются в Linux, и вы не сможете найти для них подходящих драйверов. "
+ "В таком случае, вероятно, придётся купить другой адаптер Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "Адаптер не включён"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
+@@ -2683,21 +3201,24 @@
+ "<gui>верхней панели</gui> и проверьте что он не <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
+ "on-off\">отключён</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
+ "off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Проверьте, включен ли адаптер Bluetooth. Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth на "
+-"верхней панели и убедитесь, что он не <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">отключен</link>."
++"верхней панели и убедитесь, что он не <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">отключен</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr "Выключено соединение с Bluetooth на устройстве"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+@@ -2707,11 +3228,13 @@
+ "соединиться. Например, при попытке соединиться с телефоном, убедитесь, что "
+ "режим для авиаперелётов выключен."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "В вашем компьютере нет адаптера Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+@@ -2719,15 +3242,18 @@
+ "Многие компьютеры не оснащены адаптерами Bluetooth. Чтобы использовать "
+ "Bluetooth, купите адаптер."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "Удаление устройства из списка устройств Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+ msgstr "Удаление соединения между устройствами Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+@@ -2739,7 +3265,8 @@
+ "такое как мышь или гарнитура, или не собираетесь передавать данные на "
+ "устройство или с него."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+@@ -2747,8 +3274,9 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в <gui>панели меню</gui> и выберите "
+ "<gui>Настроить Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2756,7 +3284,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+@@ -2764,11 +3293,13 @@
+ "Выберите в левой панели устройство, которое нужно отключить, затем щёлкните "
+ "на значке <gui>-</gui> под списком."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Удалить</gui> в окне подтверждения."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+@@ -2776,15 +3307,18 @@
+ "Позже при необходимости вы сможете повторно <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
+ "device\">подключиться к устройству Bluetooth</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+ msgstr "Обмен файлами с устройствами Bluetooth, такими как телефон."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "Отправка файла на устройство Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+@@ -2798,34 +3332,27 @@
+ "из трёх способов: с помощью значка Bluetooth на верхней панели, из окна "
+ "параметров Bluetooth или непосредственно из файлового менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+-"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+-"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
+-"or directly from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Можно отправлять файлы на подключённые устройства Bluetooth, такие как "
+-"мобильные телефоны или другие компьютеры. Некоторые типы устройств не "
+-"позволяют передавать файлы или некоторые типы файлов. Отправить файлы можно "
+-"одним из трёх способов: с помощью значка Bluetooth на верхней панели, из "
+-"окна параметров Bluetooth settings window или непосредственно из файлового "
+-"менеджера."
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/"
+-">."
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
+-"О том, как отправить файлы непосредственно из файлового менеджера, смотрите "
+-"<link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
++"Можно отправлять файлы на устройства Bluetooth, такие, как мобильные "
++"телефоны и другие компьютеры. Некоторые типы устройств не позволяют "
++"передавать файлы или конкретные типы файлов. Отправлять файлы можно с "
++"помощью значка Bluetooth на верхней панели или из окна \n"
++"параметров Bluetooth."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "Отправка файлов с помощью значка Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2833,7 +3360,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в панели меню и выберите <gui>Отправить файлы "
+ "на устройство</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+@@ -2841,11 +3369,15 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в верхней панели и выберите <gui>Отправить "
+ "файлы на устройство</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+ msgstr "Выберите файл для отправки и нажмите <gui>Выбрать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+@@ -2853,7 +3385,8 @@
+ "Чтобы отправить несколько файлов из папки, удерживайте нажатой <key>Ctrl</"
+ "key>, выбирая каждый файл."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2861,23 +3394,25 @@
+ "Выберите устройство, на которое хотите отправить файлы, и нажмите "
+ "<gui>Отправить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+ "confirmation on the other device."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В списке устройств будут показаны как <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">уже подключённые устройства</link>, так и устройства, <link xref="
++"В списке устройств будут показаны как <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">уже подключённые устройства</link>, так и устройства, <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">видимые</link> в зоне действия Bluetooth. Если "
+ "подключение к выбранному устройству ещё не выполнено, вам будет предложено "
+-"выполнить сопряжение с устройством после нажатия кнопки <gui>Отправить</"
+-"gui>. Вероятно, понадобится подтвердить действие на другом устройстве."
++"выполнить сопряжение с устройством после нажатия кнопки <gui>Отправить</gui>."
++" Вероятно, понадобится подтвердить действие на другом устройстве."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+@@ -2885,7 +3420,9 @@
+ "Если в списке слишком много устройств, можно ограничить список определённым "
+ "типом устройств с помощью выпадающего меню <gui>Тип устройства</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+@@ -2895,11 +3432,13 @@
+ "файл. После того, как получатель подтвердит или отклонит передачу, результат "
+ "передачи файла будет отображён на вашем экране."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "Отправка файлов из окна параметров Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -2907,7 +3446,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в панели меню и выберите <gui>Настроить "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+@@ -2917,36 +3457,42 @@
+ "только уже подключённые устройства. Смотрите <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
+ "device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+ msgstr "В информации об устройстве справа нажмите <gui>Отправить файлы</gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+ msgstr "Включение или отключение Bluetooth на вашем компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "Включение и выключение Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+ msgstr "Значок Bluetooth на верхней панели"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -2957,7 +3503,8 @@
+ "Чтобы включить Bluetooth, щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в панели меню и "
+ "нажмите <gui>Включить Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+@@ -2968,7 +3515,8 @@
+ "Чтобы включить Bluetooth, щёлкните на значке Bluetooth в верхней панели и "
+ "включите переключатель <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -2982,7 +3530,8 @@
+ "компьютере или клавишу на клавиатуре. Часто доступ к этой клавише "
+ "осуществляется с помощью клавиши <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -2996,8 +3545,8 @@
+ "компьютере или клавишу на клавиатуре. Часто доступ к этой клавише "
+ "осуществляется с помощью клавиши <key>Fn</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
+ "Bluetooth</gui>."
+@@ -3005,7 +3554,8 @@
+ "Чтобы выключить Bluetooth, щёлкните на значке Bluetooth и нажмите "
+ "<gui>Отключить Bluetooth</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+@@ -3013,7 +3563,8 @@
+ "Чтобы выключить Bluetooth, щёлкните на значке Bluetooth и переведите "
+ "переключатель <gui>Bluetooth</gui> в выключенное состояние."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+@@ -3023,15 +3574,18 @@
+ "компьютеру с другого устройства. Для более подробной информации смотрите "
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+ msgstr "Могут или нет другие устройства обнаружить ваш компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+ msgstr "Что такое видимость Bluetooth?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+@@ -3043,7 +3597,8 @@
+ "Bluetooth включена, ваш компьютер оповещает о себе все другие устройства в "
+ "зоне действия, позволяя им попытаться подключиться к нему."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+@@ -3051,7 +3606,8 @@
+ "Компьютеру не нужно быть видимым, чтобы найти другие устройства, но эти "
+ "устройства должны быть видимыми, чтобы компьютер мог их обнаружить."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+@@ -3061,7 +3617,8 @@
+ "link> ни вашему компьютеру, ни устройству больше не требуется быть видимыми "
+ "для взаимодействия друг с другом."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+@@ -3070,81 +3627,105 @@
+ "человеку, которому вы доверяете, необходимо подключиться к вашему компьютеру "
+ "с другого устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+ msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Почему это важно</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">цветовые профили</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">как откалибровать устройство</link>…"
++"\"color#profiles\">цветовые профили</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">как откалибровать устройство</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "Управление цветом"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+ msgstr "Цветовые профили"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+ msgstr "Калибровка и профилирование"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(media) C/shell-introduction.page:105(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+ msgstr "Показ событий в календаре наверху экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "События календаря"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Эта функция требует наличие установленного приложения <app>Evolution</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+@@ -3153,15 +3734,18 @@
+ "умолчанию. Если оно не установлено, можно  установить его с помощью "
+ "менеджера пакетов вашего дистрибутива."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы просмотреть события:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на часах на верхней панели."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3169,7 +3753,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на дате в <gui>Календаре</gui>, для которой хотите просмотреть "
+ "события."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+@@ -3177,11 +3762,16 @@
+ "Существующие события отображаются справа. Как только событие добавляется в "
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, оно помещается в расписание."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:106(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "Часы, календарь и события"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+@@ -3190,7 +3780,8 @@
+ "<app>Evolution</app>, щёлкните по часам и выберите <gui>Открыть календарь</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+@@ -3200,7 +3791,8 @@
+ "вас нет учётной записи, то появится окно, с помощью которого можно создать "
+ "вашу первую учётную запись."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+@@ -3208,11 +3800,13 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить дату или время, щёлкните на часах на верхней панели и "
+ "выберите <gui>Параметры даты и времени</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+ msgstr "Изменение даты и времени"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+@@ -3220,7 +3814,8 @@
+ "Если дата и время на верхней панели неправильные, или отображаются не в том "
+ "формате, можно это исправить:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+@@ -3228,7 +3823,9 @@
+ "Щёлкните на часах, находящихся в середине верхней панели и выберите "
+ "<gui>Параметры даты и времени</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+@@ -3236,15 +3833,15 @@
+ "Может потребоваться щёлкнуть <gui>Разблокировать</gui> и ввести <link xref="
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">пароль администратора</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, "
+-"hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Настройте дату и время, меняя год, день, часы и минуты с помощью кнопок со "
+-"стрелками. Месяц можно выбрать из выпадающего списка."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+@@ -3252,7 +3849,8 @@
+ "Можно сделать так, чтобы время обновлялось автоматически. Для этого включите "
+ "<gui>Сетевое время</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+@@ -3264,32 +3862,37 @@
+ "придётся настраивать время вручную. Это возможно лишь при наличии соединения "
+ "с Интернетом."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour "
+-"format on or off."
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Вы можете также включить или отключить показ времени в 24-часовом формате."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Добавьте другие часовые пояса, чтобы посмотреть, сколько времени в других "
+ "городах."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "Изменение часового пояса"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:21(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните на часах, расположенных в середине верхней панели."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "Выберите <gui>Параметры даты и времени</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+@@ -3297,7 +3900,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на своём местоположении на карте, затем выберите свой город из "
+ "выпадающего списка."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+@@ -3306,10 +3910,11 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Время, отображаемое на верхней панели, обновится автоматически при выборе "
+ "другого местоположения. Время в окне будет обновлено при следующем открытии "
+-"окна <gui>Параметры даты и времени</gui>. Можно также <link xref=\"clock-set"
+-"\">установить время вручную</link>."
++"окна <gui>Параметры даты и времени</gui>. Можно также <link xref=\"clock-"
++"set\">установить время вручную</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+@@ -3319,41 +3924,41 @@
+ "timezone\">часовой пояс</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">календарь и "
+ "события</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "Дата и время"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
+ "to change this."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Используйте для этого <guiseq><gui>Параметры</gui><gui>Цвет</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+ msgstr "Как назначать профили устройствам?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
+ "device that you wish to add a profile to."
+@@ -3361,7 +3966,8 @@
+ "Откройте <guiseq><gui>Параметры</gui><gui>Цвет</gui></guiseq> и выберите "
+ "устройство, которому вы хотите добавить профиль."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+@@ -3369,7 +3975,8 @@
+ "Чтобы выбрать уже существующий профиль или импортировать новый, щёлкните "
+ "кнопку <gui>Добавить профиль</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -3383,11 +3990,13 @@
+ "выбрать профиль автоматически. Примером автоматического выбора может быть, "
+ "если один профиль был создан для глянцевой, а другой — для обычной бумаги."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+@@ -3395,15 +4004,18 @@
+ "Если подключено калибровочное устройство, кнопка <gui>Калибровать...</gui> "
+ "создаст новый профиль."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Калибровка камеры важна для точной передачи цветов на снимке."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+ msgstr "Как откалибровать камеру?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+@@ -3413,7 +4025,8 @@
+ "освещения. После преобразования полученного RAW-файла в формат TIFF его "
+ "можно использовать для калибровки камеры в панели управления цветом."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+@@ -3423,7 +4036,8 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что белые или чёрные границы всё ещё видны. Калибровку выполнить "
+ "не удастся, если изображение перевёрнуто или сильно искажено."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+@@ -3435,28 +4049,34 @@
+ "для съёмки в <em>студии</em>, при <em>ярком солнечном свете</em> и в "
+ "<em>пасмурную погоду</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Калибровка принтера важна для точной передачи цветов при печати."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+ msgstr "Как откалибровать принтер?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+ msgstr "Существует два способа получения цветового профиля для принтера:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+ msgstr "Использовать спектрофотометр типа Pantone ColorMunki"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Скачать и распечатать эталонный файл с сайта специализированной организации"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -3471,7 +4091,8 @@
+ "они отсканировали бумагу, сгенерировали точный профиль ICC, и прислали вам "
+ "его по электронной почте."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+@@ -3479,26 +4100,32 @@
+ "Использование дорогостоящего устройства наподобие ColorMunki выгодно лишь в "
+ "случае профилирования большого количества наборов чернил и типов бумаги."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr "При смене поставщика чернил не забудьте перекалибровать принтер!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Калибровка сканера важна для точной передачи цветов при сканировании."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+ msgstr "Как откалибровать сканер?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+ "can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+@@ -3506,15 +4133,18 @@
+ "Сканеры необычайно устройчивы ко времени и температуре и обычно не нуждаются "
+ "в повторной калибровке."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+ msgstr "Калибровка дисплея важна для точного отображения цветов."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+ msgstr "Как откалибровать монитор?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+@@ -3522,7 +4152,8 @@
+ "Выполнить калибровку экрана очень просто, и её обязательно нужно делать, "
+ "если вы занимаетесь компьютерным дизайном или графикой."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+ "colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
+@@ -3536,7 +4167,8 @@
+ "создать профиль, и мастер создания профиля покажет вам, как подключить "
+ "колориметр и какие настройки нужно сделать."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+@@ -3548,22 +4180,26 @@
+ "оттенок. Это означает, что вам нужно выполнять повторную калибровку экрана, "
+ "когда в панели управления цветом появляется значок [!]."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+ msgstr ""
+ "LED экраны со временем тоже изменяются, но значительно медленнее, чем TFT-"
+ "мониторы."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Калибровка и профилирование являются двумя совершенно разными процессами."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+ msgstr "В чём разница между калибровкой и профилированием?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+@@ -3573,22 +4209,19 @@
+ "процесса. Калибровкой является изменение цветового поведения устройства. Это "
+ "как правило достигается двумя способами:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+ msgstr "изменением внутренних настроек устройства;"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+ msgstr "применением кривых к цветовым каналам устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "The idea of calibration is to put a device is a defined state with regard "
+-#| "to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of "
+-#| "maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored "
+-#| "in device or systems specific file formats that record the device "
+-#| "settings or per-channel calibration curves."
+ msgid ""
+ "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+@@ -3601,7 +4234,8 @@
+ "хранится в специфичном для устройства или системы формате файлов, куда "
+ "записаны либо его настройки, либо поканальные корректирующие кривые."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -3620,12 +4254,9 @@
+ "с одного устройства на другое можно лишь обладая актуальным цветовым "
+ "профилем для каждого из них."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+-#| "it is in the same state of calibration as it was when it was "
+-#| "characterized."
+ msgid ""
+ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+ "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+@@ -3634,7 +4265,8 @@
+ "если оно находится в том же состоянии откалиброванности, при котором этот "
+ "профиль был создан."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+@@ -3651,19 +4283,19 @@
+ "данными никак не работают. Точно так же нормальные приложения для калибровки "
+ "никак не используют информацию, полученную при профилировании."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+ msgstr "Мы поддерживаем большое количество калибровочных устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+ msgstr "Какие инструменты для измерения цвета поддерживаются?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "GNOME relies on the ArgyllCMS project to support color instruments. Thus "
+-#| "the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+@@ -3671,51 +4303,63 @@
+ "Для работы с измерительными инструментами в GNOME используется система "
+ "управления цветом Argyll. Благодаря ей поддерживаются следующие устройства:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (спектрометр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (спектрометр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 или LT (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (спектрометр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Pantone Huey (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (колориметр)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+@@ -3723,79 +4367,97 @@
+ "В настоящее время Pantone Huey является наиболее дешёвым устройством, "
+ "которое в силу своей простоты лучше всего поддерживается в Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+ "printers:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для создания профилей фотокамер и сканеров необходимы калибровочные мишени."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+ msgstr "Какие типы мишеней поддерживаются?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+ msgstr "Поддерживаются следующие калибровочные мишени:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+ msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+ msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+ msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+@@ -3803,7 +4465,8 @@
+ "Вы можете купить мишени от всемирно известных производителей вроде KODAK, X-"
+ "Rite и LaserSoft в интернет-магазинах."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+@@ -3811,18 +4474,21 @@
+ "Вы также можете купить мишени по умеренной цене у <link href=\"http://www."
+ "targets.coloraid.de/\">Вольфа Фауста</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Делиться профилями с другими не имеет смысла, поскольку характеристики "
+ "оборудования со временем меняются."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+ msgstr "Могу ли я поделиться своим цветовым профилем?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+@@ -3835,12 +4501,9 @@
+ "проработавшего пару сотен часов, будет отличаться от следующего по серийному "
+ "номеру монитора, проработавшего несколько тысяч часов."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+-#| "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best "
+-#| "to say that thier display is calibrated."
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+@@ -3850,7 +4513,8 @@
+ "такой же модели, вы весьма несущественно приблизили его к желаемой цели, "
+ "заключающейся в обеспечении корректной цветопередачи."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+@@ -3858,7 +4522,8 @@
+ "specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+@@ -3866,16 +4531,19 @@
+ "Необходимо также проверять условия распространения профилей, как созданных "
+ "вами, так и скачанных с сайта производителя используемого вами оборудования."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Цветовые профили предоставляются производителями и могут быть созданы вами."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Где взять цветовые профили?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+@@ -3883,7 +4551,8 @@
+ "Лучший способ получения профилей — создать их самому, хотя это и требует "
+ "некоторых первоначальных затрат."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+@@ -3893,7 +4562,8 @@
+ "хотя иногда они упакованы в <em>наборы драйверов</em>, которые нужно "
+ "скачать, распаковать и найти в них цветовые профили."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+@@ -3901,7 +4571,8 @@
+ "then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+@@ -3909,15 +4580,18 @@
+ "Смотрите <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/>, чтобы узнать, почему "
+ "предоставляемые производителями профиля часто бывают абсолютно бесполезными."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+ msgstr "Цветовые профили можно легко импортировать, открыв их."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+ msgstr "Как импортировать цветовые профили?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+@@ -3925,23 +4599,27 @@
+ "Цветовой профиль легко импортировать, выполнив двойной щелчок на файле "
+ "<input>.ICC</input> или <input>.ICM</input> в файловом менеджере."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+ "profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+@@ -3949,7 +4627,8 @@
+ "will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+@@ -3959,18 +4638,21 @@
+ "и характеризации, вам понадобится специальный инструмент для измерения "
+ "цвета, который называется колориметром или спектрометром."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
+ msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Да, вы можете получить уведомление, если ваш цветовой профиль устареет и "
+ "станет неточным."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Могу ли я получить уведомление, если мой цветовой профиль станет неточным?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+@@ -3981,13 +4663,15 @@
+ "можем использовать простой показатель количества времени, истёкшего с "
+ "момента последней калибровки."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+ "red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+@@ -3995,36 +4679,49 @@
+ "notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:44(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Профили, по умолчанию используемые для мониторов, не содержат даты "
+ "калибровки."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Почему для профиля, по умолчанию используемого для монитора, не указывается "
+ "срок его действия?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -4038,13 +4735,15 @@
+ "отображать на момент его производства, и не содержит дополнительной "
+ "информации для коррекции цвета."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Так как обновить EDID нельзя, то и дату окончания срока действия профиля "
+ "указать невозможно."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+@@ -4052,18 +4751,21 @@
+ "Получение профиля от производителя монитора или самостоятельное создание "
+ "профиля может обеспечить более точную коррекцию цвета."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Проверить управление цветом несложно, и мы даже предоставляем несколько "
+ "тестовых профилей."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+ msgstr "Как проверить, правильно ли работает управление цветом?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+@@ -4071,25 +4773,29 @@
+ "Иногда эффект от применения цветового профиля малозаметен и трудно увидеть, "
+ "изменилось ли что-нибудь."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -4098,13 +4804,15 @@
+ "management."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+@@ -4112,18 +4820,21 @@
+ "Использование этих профилей поможет вам точно узнать, поддерживает ли то или "
+ "иное приложение управление цветом."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Это устройство с управлением цветом, которое не подключено к компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+ msgstr "Что такое виртуальное устройство с управлением цветом?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+@@ -4131,17 +4842,21 @@
+ "Виртуальное устройство — это устройство с управлением цветом, которое не "
+ "подсоединено к компьютеру. Примерами могут быть:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Сервис печати в Интернете, куда можно загрузить фотографии, и они будут "
+ "распечатаны и присланы вам"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+ msgstr "Фотографии с цифровой фотокамеры, хранящиеся на карте памяти"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+ "the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
+@@ -4150,17 +4865,20 @@
+ "calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+ msgstr "Что такое цветовой профиль?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+@@ -4168,7 +4886,8 @@
+ "Цветовой профиль — это набор данных, характеризующий либо устройство, такое "
+ "как проектор, либо цветовое пространство, такое как sRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+@@ -4177,7 +4896,8 @@
+ "из себя небольшие файлы с расширением <input>.ICC</input> или <input>.ICM</"
+ "input>."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+@@ -4186,7 +4906,8 @@
+ "цветовой шкалы. Это даст гарантию того, что пользователи увидят одни и те же "
+ "цвета на различных устройствах."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+@@ -4194,26 +4915,32 @@
+ "colors are not being lost or modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+ msgstr "Цветовое пространство — это определённый диапазон цветов."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+ msgstr "Что такое цветовое пространство?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+@@ -4221,7 +4948,8 @@
+ "Цветовое пространство — это определённый диапазон цветов. Примерами хорошо "
+ "известных цветовых пространств являются sRGB, AdobeRGB и ProPhotoRGB."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+ "how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+@@ -4232,7 +4960,8 @@
+ "colors."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+ "simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+@@ -4241,11 +4970,13 @@
+ "<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB и ProPhotoRGB представлены белыми треугольниками"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -4260,7 +4991,8 @@
+ "<em>«наименьший общий знаменатель»</em>, и оно имеет много сфер применения "
+ "(включая Интернет)."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+@@ -4272,7 +5004,8 @@
+ "изменять цвета в фотографиях, не сильно ухудшая яркость цветов и не нарушая "
+ "чистоту чёрного цвета."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+@@ -4283,7 +5016,8 @@
+ "диапазон цветов, различаемых человеческим глазом, и даже некоторые цвета, "
+ "которые человеческий глаз не видит!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+@@ -4291,7 +5025,8 @@
+ "steps between each value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+@@ -4299,14 +5034,16 @@
+ "untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+ "Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+@@ -4317,31 +5054,35 @@
+ "(например, sRGB), так и произвольным, таким как профиль вашего монитора или "
+ "принтера."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Калибровка важна, если вы заботитесь о точности передачи цветов на экране "
+ "или при печати."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+ msgstr "Зачем выполнять калибровку самостоятельно?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+@@ -4351,11 +5092,13 @@
+ "производитель создаёт новую модель, он просто берёт несколько образцов с "
+ "технологической линии и усредняет их показатели:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+ msgstr "Усреднённые профили"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+@@ -4367,7 +5110,8 @@
+ "принтерами всё ещё сложнее, так как даже изменение типа или плотности бумаги "
+ "может изменить данные характеризации и сделать профиль неточным."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+@@ -4378,54 +5122,61 @@
+ "специализированной организации по предоставлению вам профиля, основанного на "
+ "точных данных характеризации."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr "Управление цветом важно для дизайнеров, фотографов и художников."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+ msgstr "Почему важно управление цветом?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+@@ -4435,7 +5186,8 @@
+ "отображения его на экране и вывода на печать, сохраняя точность передачи "
+ "цветов и их диапазон для каждого устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+@@ -4443,11 +5195,13 @@
+ "Потребность в управлении цветом проще всего проиллюстрировать следующей "
+ "фотографией птицы в морозный зимний день."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+ msgstr "Птица в морозный зимний день. Как это выглядит в видоискателе камеры."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+@@ -4455,11 +5209,13 @@
+ "Мониторы как правило перенасыщают синий канал, что делает изображение более "
+ "холодным."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+ msgstr "Так это выглядит на экране типичного ноутбука."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+@@ -4467,11 +5223,13 @@
+ "Обратите внимание, что белый цвет перестал быть белым, а чёрный превратился "
+ "в грязно-коричневый."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+ msgstr "Так это выглядит на при печати на типичном струйном принтере."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+@@ -4481,7 +5239,8 @@
+ "различный диапазон цветов. Даже если вам удастся сфотографировать предмет "
+ "цвета электрик, большинство принтеров не сможет его воспроизвести."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+@@ -4493,7 +5252,8 @@
+ "пурпурный, жёлтый, чёрный). Кроме того, <em>белых</em> чернил не бывает, "
+ "поэтому белым цвет будет ровно настолько, насколько белой является бумага."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -4509,14 +5269,9 @@
+ "соответствовать 62% красного на другом. Это всё равно что сказать человеку, "
+ "что вы проехали семь единиц измерения, не сказав, километры это или метры."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentually the range "
+-#| "of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have "
+-#| "a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but "
+-#| "a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
+-#| "\"washed out\"."
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -4530,7 +5285,8 @@
+ "воспроизвести все цвета на снимке заката. Но у проектора цветовой охват "
+ "очень небольшой, из-за чего все цвета выглядят блеклыми."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+ "we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+@@ -4542,14 +5298,9 @@
+ "(вспомните про непечатаемый цвет «электрик»), необходимо показать "
+ "пользователю, на что похож результат."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+-#| "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics "
+-#| "you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're "
+-#| "trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo, that <em>has</em> to "
+-#| "be the exact Red Hat Red."
+ msgid ""
+ "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+ "device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+@@ -4565,70 +5316,81 @@
+ "Способ переноса данных из одного цветового диапазона в другой обычно "
+ "называется проекцией цветового охвата (gamut mapping)."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
+ msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+ msgstr "Люси Ханки (Lucie Hankey)"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+ msgstr "Добавьте или удалите контакт из локальной адресной книги."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
+ msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+ msgstr "Добавление или удаление контакта"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
+ msgid "To add a contact:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы добавить контакт:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui style=\"button\">Создать</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
+ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
+-"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В окне <gui>Создать контакт</gui> введите имя контакта и другую информацию. "
+-"Щёлкните на меню рядом с каждым полем, чтобы выбрать <gui>Работа</gui>, "
+-"<gui>Дом</gui>, <gui>Другой</gui> или <gui>Изменить…</gui> (<gui>Изменить</"
+-"gui> позволяет набрать произвольное название категории.)"
+-
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui style=\"button\">Создать контакт</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
+ msgid "To remove a contact:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы удалить контакт:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Выберите контакт в левой панели."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui>."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните правой кнопкой на имени контакта в правой панели и выберите "
+-"<gui>Удалить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <key>X</key> button to confirm."
+-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <key>X</key> для подтверждения."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
+ msgid "Access your contacts."
+ msgstr "Доступ к контактам."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
+ msgid "Contacts"
+ msgstr "Контакты"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+ "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+@@ -4637,46 +5399,64 @@
+ "редактирования информации о своих контактах, как локальных, так и для <link "
+ "xref=\"accounts\">сетевых учётных записей</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+ msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Отправка сообщения электронной почты, мгновенного сообщения или телефонный "
+ "звонок контакту."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
+ msgid "Connect with your contact"
+ msgstr "Общение с контактами"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Для отправки сообщения электронной почты, мгновенного сообщения или "
+-"телефонного звонка кому-нибудь из <app>Контактов</app>:"
+-
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Выберите контакт, с которым вы хотите пообщаться, на левой панели."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите электронную почту, мгновенное сообщение или телефонный звонок в "
+-"строке кнопок на правой панели."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+ msgstr "Будет запущено соответствующее приложение с данными контакта."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
+ msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+ msgstr "Изменение информации о контактах."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+ msgid "Edit contact details"
+ msgstr "Редактирование контактных данных"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+ "up to date and complete."
+@@ -4684,171 +5464,181 @@
+ "Редактирование контактных данных поможет поддерживать информацию в адресной "
+ "книге полной и актуальной."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Выберите контакт, который нужно изменить, в левой панели."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
+-"change."
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните на аватаре контакта или любой текстовой информации в правой панели, "
+-"чтобы изменить их."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
+-"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
+-"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы добавить недостающую информацию, дополнительный телефонный номер или "
+-"адрес электронной почты, нажмите <gui style=\"button\">Добавить данные…</"
+-"gui> Выберите поле из списка, нажмите <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> и "
+-"наберите данные."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
+ "profile's avatar."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Профиль связанных контактов можно изменить, щёлкнув на аватаре профиля."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
+ msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+ msgstr "Объединение данных о контакте из различных источников."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
+-msgstr "Связывание или отвязывание контактов"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+ msgid "Link contacts"
+ msgstr "Связывание контактов"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
+-"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
+-"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Связывание контактов — это объединение контактов из различных сервисов в "
+-"одной записи приложения <app>Контакты</app>. Это помогает упорядочить "
+-"адресную книгу, объединив всю информацию о контакте в одном месте."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите в левой панели контакт, который вы хотите связать с другими "
+-"контактами."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select <gui>Add/"
+-"Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните правой кнопкой на любом редактируемом элементе на правой панели и "
+-"выберите <gui>Добавить или удалить связанные контакты…</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+-msgstr "Выберите контакт, который вы хотите связать с первым контактом."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Связать</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "Отвязывание контактов"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если необходимо связать третью запись контакта, повторите последние два шага."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Когда закончите, нажмите <gui>Закрыть</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
+-"the steps for unlinking contacts."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если вы связали два контакта случайно и хотите отменить это действие, "
+-"выполните описанные ниже шаги для отвязывания контактов."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64(section/title)
+-msgid "Unlink contacts"
+-msgstr "Отвязывание контактов"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
+-msgstr "Если одна из записей устарела, можно отвязать контакты."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
+-msgstr "Выберите в левой панели контакт, который нужно отвязать."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
+-msgstr "Выберите на правой панели раздел, который нужно отвязать."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Отвязать</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
+ msgid "Search for a contact."
+ msgstr "Найдите контакт."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
+ msgid "Search for a contact"
+ msgstr "Поиск контакта"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+ msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+ msgstr "Найти сетевой контакт можно одним из двух способов:"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "В <gui>Обзоре</gui> начните набирать имя контакта."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+-msgstr "Появится значок контакта."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid "To search inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+-msgstr "Чтобы выполнить поиск в приложении <app>Контакты</app>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>, чтобы открыть панель "
+-"поиска."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
+ msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr "Начните набирать имя контакта."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-search.page:52(note/p)
+-msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <key>Esc</key>, чтобы закрыть поле поиска."
+-
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
+ msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
+ msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+ msgstr "Первый запуск приложения <app>Контакты</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
+ "Setup</gui> window opens."
+@@ -4856,7 +5646,8 @@
+ "При первом запуске приложения <app>Контакты</app> открывается окно "
+ "<gui>Настройка контактов</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+ "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+@@ -4866,7 +5657,8 @@
+ "они будут перечислены в <gui>локальной адресной книге</gui>. Выберите "
+ "элемент списка и нажмите <gui style=\"button\">Выбрать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
+ "existing account settings."
+@@ -4874,61 +5666,68 @@
+ "Нажмите <gui style=\"button\">Параметры сетевой учётной записи</gui>, чтобы "
+ "изменить настройки существующей учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up "
+-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+-"Book</gui>."
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если ещё не настроено ни одной сетевой учётной записи, нажмите <gui style="
+ "\"button\">Сетевые учётные записи</gui>, чтобы начать настройку. Если вы "
+ "пока не хотите настраивать сетевые учётные записи, нажмите <gui style="
+ "\"button\">Локальная адресная книга</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:20(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
+ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Запустите тест производительности жёсткого диска, чтобы проверить скорость "
+ "его работы."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+ msgstr "Тестирование производительности жёсткого диска"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
+ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы проверить скорость жёсткого диска:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
+ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Диски</app> из режима обзора."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
+ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+ msgstr "Выберите жёсткий диск из списка <gui>Диски</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this "
+-#| "Location</gui>."
+ msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Нажмите кнопку с шестерёнкой и выберите <gui>Начать оценку "
+ "производительности</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
+ "<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+@@ -4936,7 +5735,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <gui>Оценка производительности</gui> и настройте параметры "
+ "<gui>Скорость передачи</gui> и <gui>Время доступа</gui> по своему желанию."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+ "the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+@@ -4944,18 +5744,20 @@
+ "administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Нажмите <gui>Оценка производительности</gui>, чтобы оценить скорость чтения "
+-"данных с диска. Могут потребоваться <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">административные полномочия</link>. Введите свой пароль или пароль для "
+-"запрашиваемой учётной записи администратора."
++"данных с диска. Могут потребоваться <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">административные полномочия</link>. Введите свой пароль или пароль "
++"для запрашиваемой учётной записи администратора."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
+ "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+ "longer to complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+@@ -4966,7 +5768,8 @@
+ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+@@ -4976,7 +5779,8 @@
+ "скорости чтения и записи, среднего времени доступа и время, прошедшего с "
+ "момента последнего теста производительности."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+ "space and capacity."
+@@ -4985,11 +5789,13 @@
+ "<gui>Системным монитором</gui>, чтобы узнать объём диска и сколько на нём "
+ "осталось свободного места."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+ msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+ msgstr "Проверка оставшегося свободного места на диске"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+ "app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+@@ -4998,11 +5804,13 @@
+ "<app>Анализатора использования дисков</app> или <app>Системного монитора</"
+ "app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
+ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+ msgstr "Проверка с помощью <app>Анализатора использования дисков</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>:"
+@@ -5010,14 +5818,16 @@
+ "Чтобы проверить объём диска и оставшееся на нём свободное место с помощью "
+ "<app>Анализатора использования дисков</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
+ "and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
+@@ -5028,7 +5838,8 @@
+ "gui>, <gui>Сканировать файловую систему</gui>, <gui>Сканировать папку</gui>, "
+ "or <gui>Сканировать удалённую папку</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
+@@ -5038,11 +5849,13 @@
+ "gui>, <gui>Размер</gui> и <gui>Содержимое</gui>. Подробнее смотрите <link "
+ "href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Анализатор использования дисков</app></link>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+ msgstr "Проверка с помощью <app>Системного монитора</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+@@ -5050,13 +5863,16 @@
+ "Чтобы проверить объём диска и оставшееся на нём свободное место с помощью "
+ "<app>Системного монитора</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+-msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Системный монитор</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Откройте приложение <app>Системный монитор</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+@@ -5067,19 +5883,23 @@
+ "отображаются в столбцах <gui>Всего</gui>, <gui>Свободно</gui>, "
+ "<gui>Доступно</gui> и <gui>Использовано</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+ msgstr "Что делать, если диск слишком заполнен?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+ msgstr "Если на диске осталось слишком мало места, нужно:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+ msgstr "Удалить не очень важные и ненужные файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+@@ -5087,21 +5907,25 @@
+ "Сделать <link xref=\"backup-why\">резервную копию</link> важных файлов, "
+ "которые в ближайшее время не понадобятся, и удалить их с жёсткого диска."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Проверьте свой жёсткий диск на наличие неисправностей, чтобы убедиться, что "
+ "он в порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+ msgstr "Проверка жёсткого диска на наличие неисправностей"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+ msgstr "Проверка жёсткого диска"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+@@ -5114,7 +5938,8 @@
+ "возможности выхода диска из строя, чтобы помочь избежать потери важных "
+ "данных."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+ "running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+@@ -5122,54 +5947,65 @@
+ "Хотя SMART запускается автоматически, можно также поверить исправность диска "
+ "с помощью приложения <app>Диски</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
+ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+ msgstr "Проверка исправности диска с помощью приложения <app>Диски</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p) C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Диски</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+ msgstr "Что делать, если диск неисправен?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+@@ -5177,7 +6013,8 @@
+ "Если состояние ухудшается, возможно, стоит показать компьютер или диск "
+ "профессионалу для дальнейшей диагностики или ремонта."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+@@ -5185,11 +6022,13 @@
+ "Удалите все файлы и папки с внешнего жёсткого диска или флэш-диска USB, "
+ "отформатировав его."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Удаление всего содержимого съёмного носителя"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+@@ -5201,18 +6040,21 @@
+ "можно, <em>отформатировав</em> носитель — при этом все файлы с него будут "
+ "удалены и он станет пустым."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+ msgstr "Форматирование съёмного носителя"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите диск, который нужно очистить из списка <gui>Устройства хранения</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+@@ -5220,18 +6062,23 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что диск выбран правильно, иначе вы можете удалить все файлы не с "
+ "того диска!"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
+-msgstr "В появившемся окне выберите <gui>Тип</gui> файловой системы для диска."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"В появившемся окне выберите <gui>Тип</gui> файловой системы для диска."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+@@ -5244,14 +6091,16 @@
+ "gui>. Краткое описание <gui>типа файловой системы</gui> будет представлено в "
+ "качестве метки диска."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Задайте имя диска и щёлкните <gui>Форматировать</gui>, чтобы начать стирание "
+ "диска."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+@@ -5259,11 +6108,13 @@
+ "После завершения форматирования выполните <gui>безопасное извлечение</gui> "
+ "диска. Теперь он должен быть чистым и готовым к дальнейшему использованию."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+ msgstr "Форматирование диска не обеспечивает необратимое удаление данных"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -5277,18 +6128,21 @@
+ "хранившиеся на нём файлы. Если требуется необратимое удаление файлов, "
+ "воспользуйтесь утилитой командной строки <app>shred</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Что такое тома и разделы и как управлять ими с помощью «Дисковой утилиты»."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+ msgstr "Управление томами и разделами"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -5299,7 +6153,8 @@
+ "(and possibly write) files on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -5309,29 +6164,35 @@
+ "“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr "Просмотр и управление томами и разделами с помощью дисковой утилиты"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
+ "application."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Обзор</gui> и запустите приложение <app>Диски</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+@@ -5342,7 +6203,8 @@
+ "отображается разделение выбранного устройства на тома и разделы. Там также "
+ "имеется набор инструментов для управления этими томами."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+@@ -5350,7 +6212,8 @@
+ "Будьте осторожны: этими утилитами можно полностью удалить данные на жёстком "
+ "диске."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+@@ -5367,7 +6230,8 @@
+ "личные данные. Эти файлы также могут быть распределены между несколькими "
+ "разделами по соображениям безопасности или удобства."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+@@ -5383,138 +6247,76 @@
+ "Съёмные носители, такие как USB-диски или CD тоже могут содержать "
+ "загрузочный раздел."
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Дисковое пространство</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
+ "benchmark\">производительность</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">неполадки</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">тома и разделы</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
+ msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+ msgstr "Диски и другие устройства хранения информации"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-"readable in bright light."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Уменьшите яркость экрана для экономии энергии или увеличьте её для улучшения "
+-"читаемости при ярком свете."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(page/title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr "Настройка яркости экрана"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
+-"not in use."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Вы можете изменить яркость экрана для экономии электроэнергии или чтобы "
+-"текст на экране было удобнее читать при ярком освещении. Можно также "
+-"настроить автоматическое уменьшение яркости экрана при питании от "
+-"аккумулятора или автоматическое отключение, когда компьютер не используется."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46(steps/title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
+-msgstr "Настройка яркости"
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:48(item/p) C/display-lock.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Откройте <gui>Яркость и блокировка</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-msgstr "Ползунком <gui>Яркость</gui> установите комфортное значение."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:53(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
+-"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
+-"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+-msgstr ""
+-"На клавиатурах многих ноутбуков есть специальные клавиши для регулировки "
+-"яркости. На них изображена пиктограмма в виде солнца и обычно они "
+-"расположены на функциональных клавишах вверху клавиатуры. Удерживайте "
+-"клавишу <key>Fn</key> для их использования."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:58(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-"automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of your "
+-"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
+-"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Включите <gui>Уменьшать яркость экрана для экономии энергии</gui>, чтобы "
+-"яркость автоматически уменьшалась при переходе на питание от аккумулятора. "
+-"Подсветка экрана потребляет много электроэнергии и значительно сокращает "
+-"время работы от аккумулятора без перезарядки."
+-
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:63(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a "
+-"while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your computer. "
+-"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
+-"off when inactive for</gui> option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Экран автоматически отключается, если вы не пользуетесь компьютером в "
+-"течение некоторого времени. Отключается только дисплей, а не весь компьютер. "
+-"Можно изменить время бездействия, по прошествии которого гаснет экран, с "
+-"помощью параметра <gui>Выключать экран при простое после</gui>."
+-
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(media)
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' "
+-"md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+ msgstr "Подключение двух мониторов к ноутбуку."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
+ msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+ msgstr "Подключение внешнего монитора к ноутбуку"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgctxt "link"
+-#| msgid "Videos"
+ msgid "Video Demo"
+ msgstr "Видеозаписи"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
+ msgid "Demo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
+ "then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38(div/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
+ "\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
+@@ -5525,9 +6327,11 @@
+ "панели и перетащите её на миниатюру монитора, который вы хотите назначить "
+ "«главным»."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:45(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
+ "desired position."
+@@ -5535,9 +6339,11 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить «позицию» монитора, щёлкните на нём и перетащите в нужное "
+ "место."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:51(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100(note/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
+ "<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+@@ -5545,9 +6351,11 @@
+ "Чтобы оба монитора показывали одно и то же, установите флажок <gui>Зеркально "
+ "отразить мониторы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:57(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
+ "<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+@@ -5555,9 +6363,11 @@
+ "Если настройки вас устраивают, нажмите <gui>Применить</gui>, а затем "
+ "<gui>Оставить эту конфигурацию</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63(div/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
+ "top corner."
+@@ -5565,11 +6375,13 @@
+ "Чтобы закрыть окно <gui>Настройка экранов</gui>, щёлкните на кнопке <gui>x</"
+ "gui> в правом верхнем углу."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+ msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+ msgstr "Подключение внешнего монитора"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
+ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
+@@ -5579,31 +6391,34 @@
+ "Если система не распознала его сразу же, или если вы хотите изменить его "
+ "параметры:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the "
+-"<gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
+ "main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
+ "drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
+ msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+ msgstr "Подключение двух мониторов к настольному компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
+ msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+ msgstr "Подключение дополнительного монитора"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
+ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+@@ -5613,58 +6428,18 @@
+ "монитор. Если система не распознала его сразу же, или если вы хотите "
+ "изменить его параметры:"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:12(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-"computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Предотвращение доступа других людей к вашему рабочему столу, когда вы "
+-"отходите от компьютера."
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr "Автоматическая блокировка экрана"
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
+-"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
+-"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
+-"have the screen lock automatically."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Когда нужно отойти от компьютера, <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">блокируйте экран</link>, чтобы другие люди не могли использовать ваш "
+-"рабочий стол и получить доступ к вашим файлам. При этом сеанс не завершится "
+-"и все приложения продолжат работать, но для продолжения работы на компьютере "
+-"понадобится ввести пароль. Можно заблокировать экран вручную, а можно "
+-"воспользоваться его автоматической блокировкой."
+-
+-#: C/display-lock.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
+-"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
+-"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
+-"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Убедитесь, что опция <gui>Заблокировать</gui> включена и выберите период "
+-"времен из расположенного ниже выпадающего списка. Экран заблокируется "
+-"автоматически при бездействии в течение указанного времени. Можно также "
+-"выбрать <gui>Экран выключается</gui>, чтобы блокировать экран после его "
+-"автоматического выключения, которым управляет расположенный выше выпадающий "
+-"список <gui>При бездействии выключать экран через</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
+ msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+ msgstr "Группировка взаимосвязанных документов в коллекцию."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
+ msgid "Make collections of documents"
+ msgstr "Создание коллекции документов"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
+ "one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
+@@ -5675,32 +6450,37 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Приложение <app>Документы</app> позволяет помещать документы различных типов "
+ "в одно место, называемое <em>коллекцией</em>. Если у вас имеются "
+-"взаимосвязанные документы, можно сгруппировать их, чтобы было легче их "
+-"найти. Например, если вы планируете показ презентации во время делового "
+-"турне, можно сгруппировать слайды, план маршрута (в PDF-файле), электронные "
+-"таблицы с финансовой сметой и другие смешанные документы  PDF/ODF в одну "
+-"коллекцию."
++"взаимосвязанные документы, можно сгруппировать их, чтобы было легче их найти."
++" Например, если вы планируете показ презентации во время делового турне, "
++"можно сгруппировать слайды, план маршрута (в PDF-файле), электронные таблицы "
++"с финансовой сметой и другие смешанные документы  PDF/ODF в одну коллекцию."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
+ msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы создать коллекцию или добавить в неё документ:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p) C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+ msgstr "В режиме выбора отметьте документы для включения в коллекцию."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
+ msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>+</gui> на панели кнопок."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
+ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
+@@ -5710,7 +6490,8 @@
+ "коллекции или выберите одну из существующих коллекций. Выбранные документы "
+ "будут добавлены в коллекцию."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
+ "put collections inside collections.</em>"
+@@ -5718,15 +6499,18 @@
+ "Коллекции ведут себя не так, как папки и их иерархические структуры: "
+ "<em>нельзя поместить коллекцию внутрь другой коллекции.</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
+ msgid "To delete a collection:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы удалить коллекцию:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
+ "leaving the original documents."
+@@ -5734,119 +6518,58 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке корзины в панели кнопок. Коллекция будет удалена, а "
+ "входившие в неё документы останутся."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(media) C/documents-search.page:44(media)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:79(media) C/files-hidden.page:41(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:47(media) C/files-hidden.page:56(media)
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:63(media) C/files-lost.page:51(media)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(media) C/files-sort.page:60(media)
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:32(media) C/nautilus-display.page:43(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:51(media) C/nautilus-views.page:74(media)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(media) C/nautilus-views.page:130(media)
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
+ msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
+ msgid "Filter documents"
+ msgstr "Фильтрация документов"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
+ "button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
+ "limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
+ msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+ msgstr "<em>Источники</em>: Локальные, Google, SkyDrive или Все."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
+ "Documents, or All."
+@@ -5854,11 +6577,13 @@
+ "<em>Тип</em>: Коллекции, Документы PDF, Презентации, Таблицы, Текстовые "
+ "документы, или Все."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
+ msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+ msgstr "Заголовок, Автор или Все."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-filter.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
+ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
+@@ -5868,15 +6593,18 @@
+ "настроить <link xref=\"accounts-add\">сетевую учётную запись</link> для "
+ "Google или Windows Live."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
+ msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
+ msgid "Formats supported"
+ msgstr "Поддерживаемые форматы"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
+@@ -5888,15 +6616,18 @@
+ "(Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> и <app>Google "
+ "Docs</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
+ msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+ msgstr "Просмотр названия, местоположения, даты изменения и типа документа."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
+ msgid "Find information about documents"
+ msgstr "Поиск информации о документах"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
+ "app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+@@ -5905,44 +6636,52 @@
+ "<app>Документы</app> может отображать следующие метаданные для каждого "
+ "документа:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
+ msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+ msgstr "Заголовок: название документа, которое можно редактировать;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
+ msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+ msgstr "Источник: путь к папке, содержащей документ;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
+ msgid "Date Modified;"
+ msgstr "Дата последнего изменения;"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
+ "document."
+ msgstr "Тип: <link xref=\"documents-formats\">формат файла</link> документа."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
+ msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы увидеть свойства документа:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните кнопку <gui>Записать</gui>, чтобы начать запись."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
+ msgid "Select a document."
+ msgstr "Выберите документ."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Свойства</gui> в правом конце панели кнопок."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
+ "preventing access to their metadata or content."
+@@ -5950,7 +6689,8 @@
+ "Некоторые типы документов (например, файлы PDF) могут быть защищены паролем, "
+ "предотвращающим доступ к их метаданным и содержимому."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
+ "to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
+@@ -5962,16 +6702,21 @@
+ "приложения, которое использовалось для создания документа (например, "
+ "<app>LibreOffice</app> или <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:24(page/title) C/files.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
+ msgid "Documents"
+ msgstr "Документы"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
+@@ -5983,27 +6728,33 @@
+ "компьютере или созданные удалённо с помощью <em>Google Docs</em> или "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
+ msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+ msgstr "Просмотр, сортировка и поиск"
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
+ msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
+ msgid "Questions"
+ msgstr "Вопросы"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
+ msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
+ msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
+ "documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
+@@ -6011,43 +6762,52 @@
+ "thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
+ "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
+ "<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
+ "continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
+ msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+-msgstr "Печать документов, хранящихся на локальном компьютере или в Интернете."
++msgstr ""
++"Печать документов, хранящихся на локальном компьютере или в Интернете."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
+ msgid "Print a document"
+ msgstr "Печать документа"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
+ msgid "To print a document:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы напечатать документ:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
+ msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+ msgstr "В режиме выбора отметьте документ, который нужно распечатать."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Нажмите кнопку печати на панели кнопок. Откроется диалоговое окно "
+ "<gui>Печать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
+ "collection is selected."
+@@ -6055,32 +6815,40 @@
+ "Печать недоступна, когда выбрано несколько документов, или когда выбрана "
+ "коллекция."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
+ msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+ msgstr "Поиск документов по заголовку или автору."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title) C/files-search.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
+ msgid "Search for files"
+ msgstr "Поиск файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
+ msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы начать поиск в приложении <app>Документы</app>:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
+ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
+ msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на значке в виде лупы."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
+ msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Начните набирать текст. Документы будут подбираться по заголовку или автору."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
+ "\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
+@@ -6090,67 +6858,81 @@
+ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">стрелкой вниз</media> и выбрав "
+ "нужные <link xref=\"documents-filter\">фильтры</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
+ msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
+ msgid "Selecting documents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
+ "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
+ "actions that are valid for your selection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
+ msgid "Selection mode actions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
+ msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
+ msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
+ "document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
+ msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
+ "available when a single document is selected)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
+ msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
+ msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
+ msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
+ "app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
+@@ -6159,55 +6941,62 @@
+ "adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
+ msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+ msgstr "Изменение способа отображения документов."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
+ msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by "
+-"default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
+ msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
+ "whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
+ "em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+-#| "return to the folder."
+ msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы выйти из режима поиска и вернуться в папку, снова щёлкните <gui>Поиск</"
+ "gui> на панели инструментов."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
+ msgid "View documents full-screen."
+ msgstr "Просмотр документов во весь экран."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
+ msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
+ "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
+@@ -6215,18 +7004,21 @@
+ "При открытии приложения <app>Документы</app> все документы, хранящиеся как "
+ "локально, так и в Интернете, отображаются в виде миниатюр."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
+ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
+ "as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
+ msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы увидеть содержимое документа:"
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
+ "<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
+@@ -6234,91 +7026,13 @@
+ "Щёлкните на миниатюре. Документ будет показан во всю ширину окна "
+ "<app>Документы</app> (или во весь экран, если окно развёрнуто)."
+ 
+-#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
+ msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Если видеокарта компьютера не поддерживает определённые возможности, "
+-"запускается упрощённая версия среды рабочего стола."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can manually switch to <em>fallback mode</em> by doing the following:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>System "
+-#| "Settings</gui>."
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on your name in the top right hand corner and select <gui>Settings</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните на своём имени в правом верхнем углу и выберите <gui>Системные "
+-"параметры</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <gui>Details</gui> under <gui>System</gui>. You may need to scroll "
+-"down to see this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+-msgid "Click on <gui>Graphics</gui> on the right hand side."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните на значке <gui>Корзина</gui> на боковой панели."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:28(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Forced Fallback Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+-msgstr "Включите <gui>Щелчок при наведении</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Logout and then log back in to enjoy the fallback mode."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+ "other devices and media."
+@@ -6326,11 +7040,13 @@
+ "Автоматический запуск приложений для CD и DVD, камер, аудиопроигрывателей и "
+ "других устройств и носителей информации."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
+ msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+ msgstr "Открытие приложений для устройств и дисков"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+ "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+@@ -6342,20 +7058,23 @@
+ "чтобы при подключении цифровой камеры автоматически запускалось приложение "
+ "для управления фотоснимками. Можно также отключить автоматическое действие."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы решить, какое приложение должно запускаться при подключении того или "
+ "иного устройства:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите <guiseq><gui>Сведения о системе</gui><gui>Сменные носители</gui></"
+ "guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+ "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+@@ -6365,14 +7084,16 @@
+ "приложение или действие для этого типа носителя. Смотрите ниже описание "
+ "различных типов устройств и носителей."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+ "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
+ "to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+ "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+@@ -6387,7 +7108,8 @@
+ "приложение или действие из выпадающего списка <gui>Действие</gui>."
+ 
+ # Посмотреть перевод Nautilus
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+ "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+@@ -6398,15 +7120,18 @@
+ "при подключении носителя</gui> в нижней части окна <gui>Сменные носители</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:67(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
+ msgid "Types of devices and media"
+ msgstr "Типы устройств и носителей"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:70(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "Звуковые диски"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+@@ -6420,11 +7145,13 @@
+ "файлового менеджера, то звуковые дорожки будут показаны как файлы в формате "
+ "WAV, которые можно воспроизвести в любом проигрывателе."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:78(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "Видеодиски"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+@@ -6437,11 +7164,13 @@
+ "<gui>Другой носитель</gui>. Если DVD или другие видеодиски некорректно "
+ "работают при вставке, см. раздел <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "Чистые диски"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+@@ -6449,12 +7178,14 @@
+ "Чтобы выбрать приложения для записи дисков (CD, DVD, Blu-ray и HD DVD), "
+ "используйте кнопку <gui>Другой носитель</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:92(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "Камеры и фотографии"
+ 
+ # Посмотреть перевод нау
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+@@ -6467,7 +7198,8 @@
+ "формата CF, SD, MMC или MS). Вы также можете просто просмотреть фотоснимки с "
+ "помощью файлового менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+@@ -6479,11 +7211,13 @@
+ "что продаются в магазинах в готовом виде. Это обычные компакт диски с "
+ "данными, где изображения хранятся в папке <file>PICTURES</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:102(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "Музыкальные проигрыватели"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+@@ -6492,11 +7226,13 @@
+ "портативном музыкальном плеере или управляйте файлами с помощью файлового "
+ "менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:107(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+ msgstr "Устройства для чтения электронных книг"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+@@ -6506,11 +7242,13 @@
+ "управления книгами на устройстве чтения электронных книг, или чтобы "
+ "управлять ими вручную через файловый менеджер."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:112(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "Программы"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:113(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+@@ -6523,21 +7261,25 @@
+ "программного обеспечения. Перед запуском программного обеспечения всегда "
+ "будет запрашиваться подтверждение."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:118(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Никогда не запускайте программы с носителя, в безопасности которого не "
+ "уверены."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+ msgstr "Управление файлами с помощью файлового менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "Навигация по файлам и папкам"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+@@ -6551,7 +7293,8 @@
+ "\"nautilus-connect\">файловых серверах</link> и совместно используемых "
+ "ресурсах сети."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
+@@ -6564,11 +7307,13 @@
+ "и папок, точно так же, как выполняется <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">поиск "
+ "приложений</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
+ msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+ msgstr "Просмотр содержимого папок"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+@@ -6579,7 +7324,8 @@
+ "по умолчанию для этого типа файлов. Можно также щёлнуть правой кнопкой на "
+ "папке, чтобы открыть её в новой вкладке или новом окне."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+@@ -6590,7 +7336,8 @@
+ "чтобы убедиться в правильности выбора файла перед его открытием, "
+ "копированием или удалением."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -6604,7 +7351,8 @@
+ "папке в панели пути правой кнопкой, чтобы открыть её в новой вкладке или "
+ "окне, скопировать или переместить её, а также для доступа к её свойствам."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
+@@ -6618,7 +7366,8 @@
+ "стрелкой вниз или выполните прокрутку мышью, чтобы перейти к следующему "
+ "файлу, соответствующему поисковому запросу."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+ "not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
+@@ -6635,20 +7384,25 @@
+ "боковой панели. Используйте для этого меню <gui>Закладки</gui> или просто "
+ "перетащите папку в боковую панель."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
+ msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+ msgstr "Копирование или перемещение объектов в другую папку."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:14(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+ msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+ msgstr "Копирование и перемещение файлов и папок"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+@@ -6658,7 +7412,8 @@
+ "перетаскивая их мышью, используя команды копирования и вставки, или с "
+ "помощью комбинаций клавиш."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+@@ -6670,7 +7425,8 @@
+ "него изменений (а затем использовать старую копию, если изменения не "
+ "понравились)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+@@ -6678,15 +7434,18 @@
+ "Эти инструкции применимы как к файлам, так и к папкам. Копирование и "
+ "перемещение файлов и папок выполняется одинаково."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+ msgstr "Копирование и вставка файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Выберите файл, который хотите скопировать, щёлкнув на нём."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6694,11 +7453,14 @@
+ "Щёлкните правой кнопкой и выберите <gui>Копировать</gui> или нажмите "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr "Перейдите в папку, в которую нужно поместить копию файла."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
+@@ -6708,15 +7470,18 @@
+ "выберите <gui>Вставить</gui> или нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
+ "key></keyseq>. Теперь копия файла из исходной папки появится в другой папке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+ msgstr "Перемещение файлов командами вырезания и вставки"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+ msgstr "Выберите файл, который хотите переместить, щёлкнув на нём."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+ "key></keyseq>."
+@@ -6724,11 +7489,13 @@
+ "Щёлкните правой кнопкой и выберите <gui>Вырезать</gui> или нажмите "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+ msgstr "Перейдите в ту папку, в которую нужно переместить файл."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+ "moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+@@ -6739,11 +7506,13 @@
+ "key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Файл будет удалён из исходной папки и перемещён в "
+ "другую папку."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:67(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+ msgstr "Копирование или перемещение файлов перетаскиванием"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+@@ -6751,13 +7520,9 @@
+ "Откройте менеджер файлов и перейдите в папку, содержащую файл, который нужно "
+ "скопировать."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
+-#| "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
+-#| "the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
+-#| "file."
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+ "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+@@ -6769,7 +7534,8 @@
+ "открыть ещё одно окно. В новом окне перейдите в папку, в которую нужно "
+ "переместить или скопировать файл."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+@@ -6780,7 +7546,8 @@
+ "устройстве, и <em>скопирован</em>, если целевая папка находится на "
+ "<em>другом</em> устройстве."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+@@ -6788,7 +7555,8 @@
+ "Например, при перетаскивании файла с USB-носителя в домашнюю папку он будет "
+ "скопирован, так как вы перетаскиваете его с одного устройства на другое."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+@@ -6798,7 +7566,8 @@
+ "нажатой клавишу <key>Ctrl</key>, а для принудительного перемещения — клавишу "
+ "<key>Shift</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:87(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+@@ -6811,21 +7580,25 @@
+ "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">изменив права доступа к файлам</"
+ "link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "Удалите файлы или папки, которые больше не нужны."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "Удаление файлов и папок"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+ "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+-"\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если файл или папка больше не нужны, можно удалить их. При удалении объект "
+ "перемещается в папку <gui>Корзина</gui>, где хранится, пока вы не очистите "
+@@ -6833,15 +7606,18 @@
+ "<gui>корзины</gui> в их исходное местоположение, если вы всё же решите, что "
+ "они нужны, или если они были удалены случайно."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
+ msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы отправить файл в корзину:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
+ msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+ msgstr "Выберите объект, который хотите поместить в корзину, щёлкнув на нём."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+@@ -6849,7 +7625,8 @@
+ "Нажмите на клавиатуре <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> или "
+ "перетащите объект в <gui>Корзину</gui> на боковой панели."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+@@ -6860,26 +7637,32 @@
+ "значке <gui>Корзина</gui> в боковой панели и выберите <gui>Очистить корзину</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "Окончательное удаление файла"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно окончательно удалить файл сразу же, не отправляя его сначала в корзину."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
+ msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы окончательно удалить файл:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "Выберите объект, который нужно удалить."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+@@ -6887,7 +7670,8 @@
+ "Удерживая нажатой клавишу <key>Shift</key>, нажмите <key>Delete</key> на "
+ "клавиатуре."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+@@ -6895,7 +7679,8 @@
+ "Поскольку отменить это действие невозможно, вам будет предложено "
+ "подтвердить, действительно ли вы хотите удалить файл или папку."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+@@ -6911,7 +7696,8 @@
+ "перейдите на вкладку <gui>Поведение</gui>. Включите опцию <gui>Включить "
+ "команду удаления, не использующую корзину</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+ "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+@@ -6923,17 +7709,20 @@
+ "Mac OS. Тем не менее, файлы никуда не исчезают с носителя и снова будут "
+ "доступны при повторном подключении носителя к вашему компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Запись файлов и документов на чистый CD или DVD с помощью программы записи "
+ "CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+ msgstr "Запись файлов на CD или DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+@@ -6949,18 +7738,21 @@
+ "создавать <link xref=\"backup-why\">резервные копии</link>, записывая файлы "
+ "на чистый оптический носитель. Чтобы записать файлы на CD или DVD:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+ msgstr "Поместите чистый диск в устройство записи CD/DVD."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
+ "bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+@@ -6968,31 +7760,37 @@
+ "(Можно также щёлкнуть на <gui>Чистый диск CD/DVD-R</gui> в списке "
+ "<gui>Устройства</gui> на боковой панели менеджера файлов)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+ msgstr "В поле <gui>Имя диска</gui> наберите название для диска."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+ msgstr "Перетащите или скопируйте в окно файлы для записи на диск."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните <gui>Записать на диск</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В выпадающем меню <gui>Выберите диск для записи</gui> выберите чистый диск."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+ "burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+@@ -7002,11 +7800,13 @@
+ "место размещения временных файлов и другие параметры. Можно использовать "
+ "параметры по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните кнопку <gui>Записать</gui>, чтобы начать запись."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+@@ -7014,17 +7814,20 @@
+ "Если выбрать <gui>Записать несколько копий</gui>, после записи одного диска "
+ "вам будет предложено вставить следующие диски."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+ msgstr "Если диск записан неправильно"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+@@ -7033,7 +7836,8 @@
+ "Иногда запись на диск происходит неправильно, и вы не увидите на записанном "
+ "диске файлы, когда вставите его привод."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+@@ -7045,15 +7849,18 @@
+ "вместо 48x. Запись на меньшей скорости более надёжна. Выбрать скорость "
+ "можно, нажав кнопку <gui>Свойства</gui> в окне <gui>Создание CD/DVD</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Сделайте файл невидимым в менеджере файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+ msgstr "Скрытие файла"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
+ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
+@@ -7063,7 +7870,8 @@
+ "по вашему желанию. Когда файл скрыт, он не отображается в файловом "
+ "менеджере, хотя по-прежнему находится в своей папке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
+ "key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
+@@ -7074,7 +7882,8 @@
+ "<file>example.txt</file>, следует переименовать его в <file>.example.txt</"
+ "file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+ "by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+@@ -7082,17 +7891,14 @@
+ "Скрыть папки можно таким же способом. Переименуйте папку, добавив символ "
+ "<key>.</key> в начало её имени."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+ msgstr "Показ всех скрытых файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+-#| "either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
+-#| "or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files "
+-#| "will be shown along with the files that were not hidden."
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+ "either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -7101,17 +7907,15 @@
+ "along with regular files that are not hidden."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы увидеть все скрытые файлы, содержащиеся в папке, перейдите в эту папку "
+-"и либо нажмите кнопку со <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">стрелкой вниз</media> на панели инструментов и выберите <gui>Показывать "
+-"скрытые файлы</gui>, либо нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq>. Менеджер файлов отобразит как скрытые, так и не скрытые файлы."
++"и либо нажмите кнопку со <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">стрелкой вниз</media> на панели инструментов и выберите "
++"<gui>Показывать скрытые файлы</gui>, либо нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Менеджер файлов отобразит как скрытые, так и не "
++"скрытые файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
+-#| "Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-#| "keyseq> again."
+ msgid ""
+ "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+@@ -7123,17 +7927,14 @@
+ "<gui>Показывать скрытые файлы</gui>, либо нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+ msgstr "Как сделать файл не скрытым"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
+-#| "<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find "
+-#| "the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of "
+-#| "its name."
+ msgid ""
+ "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+@@ -7147,24 +7948,22 @@
+ "Затем найдите скрытый файл и переименуйте, убрав символ «.», с которого "
+ "начиналось его имя."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View</"
+-#| "gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-#| "key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
+-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+-"keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "После переименования файла либо щёлкните <guiseq><gui>Вид</"
+ "gui><gui>Показывать скрытые файлы</gui></guiseq>, либо нажмите "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>, чтобы снова сделать скрытые "
+ "файлы невидимыми."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:68(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+@@ -7175,7 +7974,8 @@
+ "всегда показывал скрытые файлы, смотрите в разделе <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
+ "but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
+@@ -7186,17 +7986,20 @@
+ "некоторые вместо этого содержат <key>~</key> в конце имени. Это файлы "
+ "резервных копий. Подробнее об этом смотрите <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Воспользуйтесь этими советами, если не можете найти созданный или "
+ "загруженный вами файл."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+ msgstr "Поиск потерянного файла"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+@@ -7204,7 +8007,8 @@
+ "Если вы создали или скачали файл, но не можете его найти, воспользуйтесь "
+ "этими советами."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+@@ -7214,7 +8018,8 @@
+ "можно выполнить поиск по имени файла. О том, как это сделать, смотрите <link "
+ "xref=\"files-search\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+@@ -7224,7 +8029,8 @@
+ "в папку, используемую по умолчанию. Поищите его в папках «Рабочий стол» и "
+ "«Загрузки», находящихся в вашей домашней папке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+@@ -7234,20 +8040,16 @@
+ "и остаются, пока вы вручную не очистите корзину. О том, как восстановить "
+ "удалённый файл, смотрите <link xref=\"files-recover\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+-#| "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden "
+-#| "in the file manager. Click the down arrow button in the file manager "
+-#| "toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "
+-#| "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png"
+-"\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+-"Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вы могли переименовать файл, сделав его скрытым. Файлы, имена которых "
+ "начинаются с <file>.</file> или заканчиваются символом <file>~</file> не "
+@@ -7256,7 +8058,8 @@
+ "gui>, чтобы увидеть их. Прочтите <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/>, чтобы узнать "
+ "больше."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+@@ -7264,11 +8067,13 @@
+ "Открытие файлов в приложении, не используемом по умолчанию для файлов этого "
+ "типа. Изменение приложения по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+ msgstr "Открытие файлов в другом приложении"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+@@ -7280,7 +8085,8 @@
+ "его в другом приложении, найти нужное приложение в Интернете, или задать "
+ "приложение по умолчанию для всех файлов данного типа."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -7296,7 +8102,8 @@
+ "работать с данным типом файлов. Чтобы увидеть все приложения на компьютере, "
+ "щёлкните <gui>Показать другие приложения</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+@@ -7308,11 +8115,13 @@
+ "Менеджер файлов выполнит поиск в Интернете пакетов, содержащих приложения, "
+ "которые могут работать с данным типом файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+ msgstr "Изменение приложения по умолчанию"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+@@ -7325,7 +8134,8 @@
+ "двойном щелчке на файле MP3 он был открыт в вашем любимом музыкальном "
+ "проигрывателе."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+@@ -7335,15 +8145,18 @@
+ "умолчанию. Например, чтобы выбрать приложение для открытия файлов MP3, "
+ "выберите файл с расширением <file>.mp3</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на файле правой кнопкой и выберите <gui>Свойства</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Выберите вкладку <gui>Открыть в</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+@@ -7355,7 +8168,8 @@
+ "что они умеют работать с этим типом файлов. Чтобы увидеть все приложения на "
+ "вашем компьютере, нажмите <gui>Показать другие приложения</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -7369,7 +8183,8 @@
+ "раздел <gui>Рекомендуемые приложения</gui>. Теперь вы сможете использовать "
+ "это приложение, щёлкнув на файле правой кнопкой и выбрав его из списка."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+@@ -7377,33 +8192,34 @@
+ "Это действие изменит используемое по умолчанию приложение не только для "
+ "выбранного файла, но и для всех других файлов того же типа."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+ msgstr "Предварительный просмотр файлов и папок"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+@@ -7414,7 +8230,8 @@
+ "Файл откроется в простом окне предварительного просмотра. Нажмите пробел "
+ "снова, чтобы закончить предварительный просмотр."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+@@ -7425,7 +8242,8 @@
+ "файлов. В режиме предварительного просмотра можно пролистывать документы или "
+ "выполнять перемотку видео и аудиофайлов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -7434,16 +8252,19 @@
+ "or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
+ msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Удалённые файлы обычно отправляются в корзину, но могут быть восстановлены."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
+ msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+ msgstr "Восстановление файла из корзины"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+ "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+@@ -7451,21 +8272,26 @@
+ "При удалении файла в файловом менеджере он обычно помещается в <gui>корзину</"
+ "gui>, откуда его можно восстановить."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
+ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы восстановить файл из корзины:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Файлы</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на значке <gui>Корзина</gui> на боковой панели."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
+ "It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+@@ -7473,7 +8299,8 @@
+ "Если удалённый файл там, щёлкните на нём и выберите <gui>Восстановить</gui>. "
+ "Он будет восстановлен в ту папку, из которой был удалён."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+ "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+@@ -7484,7 +8311,8 @@
+ "keyseq> или из командной строки, то файл был удалён безвозвратно. "
+ "Безвозвратно удалённые файлы невозможно восстановить из <gui>корзины</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+ "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+@@ -7498,15 +8326,18 @@
+ "возможно, лучше попросить совета о том, как его восстановить, на форуме "
+ "поддержки."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr "Извлечение или отключение флэш-диска USB, CD, DVD и других устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+ msgstr "Безопасное извлечение съёмного носителя"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+@@ -7524,15 +8355,18 @@
+ "или DVD, ту же процедуру можно выполнить для выбрасывания лотка с диском из "
+ "привода."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+ msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы извлечь съёмный носитель:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+@@ -7542,7 +8376,9 @@
+ "небольшой значок извлечения. Щёлкните на этом значке для безопасного "
+ "удаления или извлечения устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(item/p) C/files-removedrive.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+ "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+@@ -7550,45 +8386,54 @@
+ "Можно также щёлкнуть правой кнопкой на имени устройства в боковой панели и "
+ "выбрать <gui>Извлечь</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+ msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+ "window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+ msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Отменить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+ msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+ msgstr "Закройте все файлы на устройстве."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+ msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+ "files open."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+ msgstr "Изменение имени файла или папки."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+ msgstr "Переименование файла или папки"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
+ "the name of a file or folder."
+@@ -7596,11 +8441,13 @@
+ "Как и другие файловые менеджеры, файловый менеджер GNOME позволяет "
+ "переименовать файл или папку."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
+ msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы переименовать файл или папку:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+ "press <key>F2</key>."
+@@ -7608,11 +8455,13 @@
+ "Щёлкните на объекте правой кнопкой и выберите <gui>Переименовать</gui> или "
+ "выберите файл и нажмите клавишу <key>F2</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Наберите новое имя и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+@@ -7620,7 +8469,8 @@
+ "Можно также переименовать файл из окна <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">его свойств</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -7633,7 +8483,8 @@
+ "pdf</file> — это документ PDF), и менять его обычно нет необходимости. Если "
+ "нужно изменить и расширение, выделите имя файла целиком и измените его."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+ "the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
+@@ -7644,26 +8495,29 @@
+ "панели инструментов и выберите <gui>Отменить</gui>, чтобы вернуть прежнее "
+ "имя файла."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+ msgstr "Символы, допустимые в именах файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+ "restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+-"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?"
+-"</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;"
+-"</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В именах файлов можно использовать любые символы, кроме <key>/</key>. Однако "
+ "<em>файловые системы</em> некоторых устройств добавляют дополнительные "
+-"ограничения. Поэтому лучше не использовать в именах файлов следующие "
+-"символы: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</"
+-"key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++"ограничения. Поэтому лучше не использовать в именах файлов следующие символы:"
++" <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, "
++"<key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+ "be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
+@@ -7672,16 +8526,20 @@
+ "Если имя файла начинается с символа <key>.</key>, то этот файл будет <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\">скрытым</link> в файловом менеджере."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Типичные проблемы"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
+ msgid "The file name is already in use"
+ msgstr "Имя файла уже используется"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+@@ -7691,7 +8549,8 @@
+ "Менеджер файлов не позволит переименовать файл, если такое имя уже "
+ "существует в этой папке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+ "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+@@ -7702,11 +8561,13 @@
+ "имена файлов, различающиеся только регистром символов разрешается, но не "
+ "рекомендуется."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+ msgstr "Слишком длинное имя файла"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+ "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+@@ -7719,11 +8580,13 @@
+ "business-proposals/… </file>), поэтому по возможности следует избегать "
+ "длинных имён файлов и папок."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+ msgstr "Команда переименования неактивна"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+ "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+@@ -7736,14 +8599,16 @@
+ "привести к нестабильности системы. Подробнее смотрите <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+ "file-properties-permissions\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Поиск файлов по их имени и типу. Сохранение поисков для дальнейшего "
+ "использования."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+@@ -7753,16 +8618,21 @@
+ "файлового менеджера. Вы можете даже сохранить часто используемые поиски, и "
+ "они будут находиться в особых папках внутри вашей домашней папки."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+ msgstr "Другие приложения для поиска"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:40(steps/title) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+ msgstr "Поиск"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+@@ -7770,7 +8640,8 @@
+ "Если известно, что файл находится в определённой папке, перейдите в эту "
+ "папку."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+@@ -7778,7 +8649,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке в виде лупы на панели инструментов или нажмите "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
+ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
+@@ -7789,20 +8661,23 @@
+ "наберите <input>invoice</input>. Нажмите <key>Enter</key>. Поиск выполняется "
+ "без учёта регистра символов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно сузить результаты поиска, ограничив их определённым местоположеним и "
+ "типом файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
+ "file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
+ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
+@@ -7812,7 +8687,8 @@
+ "чтобы ограничить результаты поиска определённым типом файлов. Нажмите кнопку "
+ "<key>x</key>, чтобы убрать ограничение и расширить результаты поиска."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+@@ -7821,7 +8697,8 @@
+ "с ними другие действия, как если бы это были файлы из любой другой папки в "
+ "менеджере файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
+ "return to the folder."
+@@ -7829,7 +8706,8 @@
+ "Снова щёлкните на значке с лупой на панели инструментов, чтобы выйти из "
+ "режима поиска и вернуться к содержимому папки."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+@@ -7837,15 +8715,18 @@
+ "Если вы часто выполняете определённые поиски, можно сохранить их для "
+ "последующего быстрого доступа."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:73(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr "Сохранение поиска"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr "Начните поиск, как описано выше."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
+ "select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+@@ -7853,17 +8734,20 @@
+ "Если вас устраивают параметры поиска, нажмите кнопку с шестерёнкой и "
+ "выберите <gui>Сохранить поиск как...</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Дайте поиску имя и щёлкните <gui>Сохранить</gui>. При необходимости, "
+ "выберите другую папку для сохранения поиска. При просмотре этой папки "
+ "сохранённые поиски будут иметь вид оранжевого значка папки с лупой."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -7875,7 +8759,8 @@
+ "удаляется только сам сохранённый поиск, а не файлы, соответствующие его "
+ "критериям."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+@@ -7883,11 +8768,13 @@
+ "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>, чтобы выделить "
+ "несколько файлов с похожими именами."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr "Выделение файлов по шаблону"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -7900,7 +8787,8 @@
+ "<gui>Выделить объекты по шаблону</gui>. Наберите шаблон, используя части "
+ "имеён файлов и символы подстановки. Доступно два символа подстановки:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+@@ -7908,15 +8796,18 @@
+ "<file>*</file> соответствует любому количеству любых символов (даже если "
+ "символы отсутствуют)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr "<file>?</file> соответствует одному любому символу."
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr "Например:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+@@ -7926,11 +8817,13 @@
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+ "pattern"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+@@ -7940,11 +8833,13 @@
+ "file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file> и <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>, "
+ "выбрать их все можно с помощью шаблона "
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+@@ -7954,123 +8849,87 @@
+ "их файлов <file>-edited</file>, то выбрать только отредактированные "
+ "фотографии можно с помощью шаблона"
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+-msgstr "Отправка файлов контактам и на устройства из файлового менеджера."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p) C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
+ msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr "Найдите файл, который нужно отправить."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните правой кнопкой на файле и выберите <gui>Отправить...</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Появится окно <gui>Отправить</gui>. Выберите, куда нужно отправить файл и "
+-"нажмите кнопку <gui>Отправить</gui>. Для дополнительной информации смотрите "
+-"список назначений ниже."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно отправить несколько файлов одновременно. Выберите их, удерживая "
+-"нажатой <key>Ctrl</key>, затем щёлкните на любом из выделенных файлов. При "
+-"этом имеется возможность автоматического сжатия файлов в архив zip или tar."
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
+-msgstr "Назначения"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr "Расположение файлов по имени, размеру, типу или времени изменения."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "Сортировка файлов и папок"
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы отправить файл по электронной почте, выберите <gui>Электронная почта</"
+-"gui> и укажите адрес электронной почты получателя."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Для отправки файла контакту в сети мгновенных сообщений выберите "
+-"<gui>Мгновенное сообщение</gui>, затем выберите контакт из выпадающего "
+-"списка. Возможно, для этого должно быть запущено ваше приложение для работы "
+-"с мгновенными сообщениями."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Для записи файла на CD или DVD выберите <gui>Создание CD/DVD</gui>. "
+-"Подробнее смотрите <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices "
+-"you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more "
+-"information."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Для отправки файла на устройство Bluetooth выберите <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
+-"Push)</gui>, затем выберите устройство, на которое нужно отправить файл. В "
+-"списке будут показаны только уже сопряжённые устройства. Подробнее об этом "
+-"смотрите <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/>."
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
+-"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы скопировать файл на съёмное устройство, такое как USB флэш-носитель, "
+-"или отправить его на сервер, к которому вы подключены, выберите <gui>Сменные "
+-"диски и общие папки</gui>, затем выберите устройство или сервер, на которые "
+-"нужно скопировать файл."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+-msgstr "Расположение файлов по имени, размеру, типу или времени изменения."
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Sort files and folders"
+-msgstr "Сортировка файлов и папок"
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+@@ -8083,7 +8942,8 @@
+ "О том, как изменить способ сортировки по умолчанию, смотрите  <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+@@ -8093,11 +8953,13 @@
+ "просмотра папки</em>. Изменить текущий режим можно с помощью списка или "
+ "значков на панели инструментов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr "Просмотр в виде значков"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
+ "\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
+@@ -8109,17 +8971,19 @@
+ "инструментов и выберите <gui>По имени</gui>, <gui>По размеру</gui>, <gui>По "
+ "типу</gui> или <gui>По дате изменения</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+ "their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+ "options."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Например, при выборе <gui>По имени</gui> файлы будут отсортированы по их "
+-"именам в алфавитном порядке. О других вариантах смотрите <link xref=\"#ways"
+-"\"/>."
++"именам в алфавитном порядке. О других вариантах смотрите <link xref="
++"\"#ways\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+ "from the pull-down menu."
+@@ -8127,11 +8991,13 @@
+ "Можно сменить порядок сортировки на обратный, выбрав <gui>В обратном "
+ "порядке</gui> из выпадающего меню."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr "Просмотр в виде списка"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+@@ -8142,7 +9008,8 @@
+ "отсортировать файлы по типу. Щёлкните на заголовке столбца снова, чтобы "
+ "отсортировать файлы в обратном порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+ "columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+@@ -8159,23 +9026,28 @@
+ "этим столбцам. Описания доступных столбцов смотрите в статье <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-list\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:76(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr "Способы сортировки файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:79(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr "По имени"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr "Сортировка по именам файлов в алфавитном порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:83(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr "По размеру"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+@@ -8183,11 +9055,13 @@
+ "Сортировка по размеру файла (занимаемому месту на диске). По умолчанию файлы "
+ "упорядочиваются по возрастанию размера."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:88(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr "По типу"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+@@ -8195,11 +9069,13 @@
+ "Сортировка по типу файлов в алфавитном порядке. Файлы одного типа "
+ "группируются вместе, затем сортируются по имени."
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr "По дате изменения"
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+@@ -8207,20 +9083,24 @@
+ "Сортировка по дате и времени последнего изменения файла (от давно изменённых "
+ "к недавно изменённым)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr "Быстрое создание новых документов из заданных пользователем шаблонов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr "Шаблоны для часто используемых типов документов"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -8232,11 +9112,13 @@
+ "любого типа с содержимым, которое вы хотите добавлять в другие файлы. "
+ "Например, можно создать шаблон с заголовком письма."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr "Создание шаблона"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+@@ -8244,7 +9126,8 @@
+ "Создайте документ, который хотите использовать в качестве шаблона. Например, "
+ "создайте заголовок письма в текстовом редакторе."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
+ "folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
+@@ -8254,20 +9137,19 @@
+ "вашей домашней папки. Если папка <file>«Шаблоны»</file> не существует, нужно "
+ "сначала её создать."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr "Создание документа с помощью шаблона"
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr "Откройте папку, в которую хотите поместить новый документ."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+-#| "style=\"menuitem\">Create document</gui>. The names of available "
+-#| "templates will be listed in the submenu."
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+ "style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+@@ -8277,28 +9159,35 @@
+ "\"menuitem\">Создать новый документ</gui>. В подменю будут перечислены "
+ "названия доступных шаблонов."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
+ msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr "Выберите нужный шаблон из списка."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr "Введите имя файла для создаваемого документа."
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выполните двойной щелчок на файле, чтобы открыть его и начать редактирование."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr "Это резервные копии файлов. По умолчанию они скрыты."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr "Что это за файлы с символом «~» в конце имени?"
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+@@ -8310,14 +9199,15 @@
+ "текстовом редакторе <app>gedit</app> или других приложениях. Их можно "
+ "удалить, но не будет никакого вреда, если вы оставите их на компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image"
+-"\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> "
+-"toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+-"hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Эти файлы по умолчанию скрыты. Если вы их видите, значит вы либо выбрали "
+ "<gui>Показывать скрытые файлы</gui> (в меню по стрелке вниз на панели "
+@@ -8325,81 +9215,98 @@
+ "key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Чтобы снова сделать их скрытыми, повторите одно "
+ "из этих действий."
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "С этими файлами можно обращаться точно так же, как и с обычными скрытыми "
+ "файлами. О работе со скрытыми файлами смотрите <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/>."
++""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:30(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Файлы"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Поиск</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">удаление файлов</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">резервные копии</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">съёмные носители</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Поиск</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">удаление файлов</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">резервные "
++"копии</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">съёмные носители</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr "Файлы, папки и поиск"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr "Менеджер файлов <app>Nautilus</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr "Типичные задачи"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:39(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr "Дополнительно"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr "Съёмные носители и внешние диски"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr "Резервное копирование"
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr "Советы и вопросы"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr "Как и куда сообщать об ошибках в этом руководстве"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
+ msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr "Участвуйте в улучшении этого руководства"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr "Сообщения об ошибках или запрос новых функций"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+ "to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+@@ -8413,7 +9320,8 @@
+ "в руководстве), можете отправить <em>отчёт об ошибке</em>. Для этого зайдите "
+ "на <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+@@ -8423,14 +9331,15 @@
+ "состоянии, нужно зарегистрироваться. Если у вас ещё нет учётной записи, "
+ "нажмите ссылку <gui>New Account</gui> для её создания."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ "После создания учётной записи войдите в неё, и перейдите по ссылкам "
+ "<guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></"
+@@ -8440,7 +9349,8 @@
+ "cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">посмотрите</link>, не сообщал ли уже кто-"
+ "нибудь о подобной ошибке."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -8452,7 +9362,8 @@
+ "<gui>gnome-help</gui>. Если вы не знаете, к какому компоненту относится "
+ "ошибка, выберите <gui>general</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+@@ -8462,7 +9373,8 @@
+ "<gui>enhancement</gui> в меню <gui>Severity</gui>. Заполните разделы "
+ "«Summary» и «Description» и нажмите <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+@@ -8471,41 +9383,202 @@
+ "обновляться по мере обработки отчёта. Спасибо за то, что помогаете сделать "
+ "справку GNOME лучше!"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr "Свяжитесь с нами"
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
+ "to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+ "the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Вы можете отправить <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
+-"\">сообщение</link> электронной почты в почтовую рассылку команды "
++"Вы можете отправить <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome."
++"org\">сообщение</link> электронной почты в почтовую рассылку команды "
+ "документирования GNOME, чтобы узнать больше о том, как принять участие в "
+ "работе этой команды."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Считыватели отпечатков пальцев</link>, "
+ "смарт-карты…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+ msgstr "Отпечатки пальцев и смарт-карты"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+ msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+ msgstr "Устранение проблем с устройствами чтения карт памяти"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+ msgid "Media card reader problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы с устройствами для чтения карт памяти"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+ "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+@@ -8517,7 +9590,8 @@
+ "partitions\">подключаться</link> автоматически. Вот несколько советов по "
+ "устранению неполадок, на случай, если этого не происходит:"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -8532,14 +9606,16 @@
+ "нажимайте слишком сильно! Если карта наткнулась на что-то твёрдое, не "
+ "проталкивайте её.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <app>Файлы</app> из меню <gui>Обзора</gui>. Появилась ли "
+ "вставленная карта памяти в списке <gui>Устройства</gui> на левой панели? "
+@@ -8548,7 +9624,8 @@
+ "<key>F9</key> или выберите в меню <guiseq><gui>Вид</gui><gui>Боковая панель</"
+ "gui><gui>Показать боковую панель</gui></guiseq>.)"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -8558,10 +9635,11 @@
+ "Если карта памяти не отображается в боковой панели, нажмите "
+ "<guiseq><gui>Переход</gui><gui>Компьютер</gui></guiseq>. Если устройство "
+ "чтения карт памяти настроено правильно, оно должно отображаться как диск, "
+-"если карта памяти не вставлена, или как сама карта, если карта вставлена ​​"
+-"(смотрите иллюстрацию ниже)."
++"если карта памяти не вставлена, или как сама карта, если карта вставлена "
++"​​(смотрите иллюстрацию ниже)."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+@@ -8571,15 +9649,16 @@
+ "самой карте. Попробуйте вставить другую карту памяти или проверьте эту карту "
+ "памяти на другом устройстве чтения, если есть такая возможность."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если карты или диски в папке <gui>Компьютер</gui> не отображаются, возможно, "
+ "что ваше устройство чтения не работает в Linux из-за проблем с драйверами. "
+@@ -8589,18 +9668,21 @@
+ "Существуют также внешние, подключаемые через USB устройства чтения карт "
+ "памяти, которые поддерживаются в Linux намного лучше."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Драйвер позволяет компьютеру использовать подключенные к нему устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr "Что такое драйвер?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+@@ -8610,7 +9692,8 @@
+ "<em>внешними</em>, как принтеры и мониторы, или <em>внутренними</em>, как "
+ "графические и звуковые карты."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+@@ -8620,7 +9703,8 @@
+ "взаимодействовать с ними. Эту работу выполняют небольшие программы, "
+ "называемые <em>драйверами устройств</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -8634,7 +9718,8 @@
+ "Как правило, для каждой модели устройства существует собственный драйвер, "
+ "несовместимый с драйверами для других моделей."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+@@ -8644,7 +9729,8 @@
+ "что всё должно работать при подключении. Тем не менее, может потребоваться "
+ "ручная установка драйверов, или они вообще могут быть недоступны."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+@@ -8654,15 +9740,18 @@
+ "нефункциональными. Например, вы можете обнаружить, что принтер не может "
+ "выполнять двустороннюю печать, но в остальном полностью работоспособен."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr "Устранение проблем с экраном и графикой."
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы с экраном"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+@@ -8672,46 +9761,54 @@
+ "настройками экрана. Какая из перечисленных ниже тем наиболее точно "
+ "соответствует вашей неисправности?"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr "Аппаратное обеспечение"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Неполадки оборудования</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">принтеры</link>, <link xref=\"power\">параметры питания</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">управление цветом</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">диски</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"color\">управление цветом</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">диски</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr "Оборудование и драйверы"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "Неполадки"
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr "Неполадки оборудования"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
+ msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr "Получение поддержки по IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
+ msgid "IRC"
+ msgstr "IRC"
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+ "system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+@@ -8721,17 +9818,19 @@
+ "система обмена сообщениями в реальном времени. Вы можете получить справку и "
+ "совет на IRC-сервере GNOME от других пользователей и разработчиков GNOME."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
+ "app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
+ "\">mibbit</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для подключения к IRC-серверу GNOME используйте <app>empathy</app> или "
+-"<app>xchat</app>, либо воспользуйтесь веб-интерфейсом типа <link href="
+-"\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
++"<app>xchat</app>, либо воспользуйтесь веб-интерфейсом типа <link href=\"http:"
++"//chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
+ "manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+@@ -8739,7 +9838,8 @@
+ "О том, как создать учётную запись IRC в empathy, смотрите в <link href="
+ "\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">справке Empathy</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+ "referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+@@ -8751,15 +9851,15 @@
+ "ссылке <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/>, чтобы получить доступ к "
+ "каналу <sys>gnome</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tends to not reply "
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
+ "immediately, so be patient."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Хотя IRC — это дискуссия в реальном времени, люди часто отвечают не сразу, "
+-"так что наберитесь терпения."
+ 
+-#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
+@@ -8769,15 +9869,18 @@
+ "\">GNOME code of conduct</link> (кодекс поведения GNOME) применим и к "
+ "общению в IRC."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
+ msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr "Запрос поддержки по электронной почте."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr "Почтовая рассылка"
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -8790,7 +9893,8 @@
+ "рассылок содержится на <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/"
+ ">."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+@@ -8798,7 +9902,8 @@
+ "Чтобы иметь возможность отправлять сообщения в почтовую рассылку, может "
+ "понадобиться подписаться на неё."
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+@@ -8809,15 +9914,18 @@
+ "sys> на немецком языке или <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> для обсуждения тем, "
+ "связанных с Республикой Чили."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr "Сделайте курсор мигающим и измените скорость его мигания."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr "Как сделать клавиатурный курсор мигающим?"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+@@ -8825,45 +9933,239 @@
+ "Если вам трудно разглядеть курсор в поле ввода текста, можно сделать его "
+ "мигающим."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Клавиатура</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Печать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr "Активируйте параметр <gui>Курсор мигает в полях ввода текста</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для изменения скорости мигания курсора используйте ползунок <gui>Скорость</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr "Чтобы выбрать другую клавишу для открытия режима обзора:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Клавиатура</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "Выберите вкладку <gui>Комбинации клавиш</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"Выберите с левой стороны окна <gui>Система</gui>, а с правой <gui>Показать "
++"действия</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "Щёлкните на текущей комбинации клавиш справа."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "Нажмите нужную комбинацию клавиш."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56(media)
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:24(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Как сделать, чтобы клавиатура действовала как клавиатура для другого языка."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+-msgstr "Использование других раскладок клавиатуры"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+ "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+@@ -8879,158 +10181,87 @@
+ "символы нанесены на клавиши. Это удобно, если вы часто переключаетесь между "
+ "различными языками."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Input Sources</"
+-"gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Откройте <gui>Язык и регион</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Источники ввода</"
+-"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Нажмите кнопку <gui>+</gui>, выберите раскладку и нажмите <gui>Добавить</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:60(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
+-"keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
+-"use from the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Если добавлено несколько раскладок, можно быстро переключаться между ними с "
+-"помощью значка раскладки на верхней панели. Он отображает короткий "
+-"идентификатор текущей раскладки, например <gui>en</gui> для английской "
+-"раскладки. Щёлкните на индикаторе раскладки и выберите из меню нужную вам "
+-"раскладку."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
+-msgstr ""
+-"При использовании нескольких раскладок можно выбрать, должны ли все окна "
+-"использовать одну и ту же раскладку, или для каждого окна можно выбирать "
+-"отдельную раскладку. Использование отдельных раскладок для каждого окна "
+-"полезно, например, если вы пишете статью на другом языке в окне текстового "
+-"редактора. При переключении между окнами выбранная вами раскладка будет "
+-"запоминаться для каждого окна."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-"list."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Обычно новые окна используют раскладку по умолчанию. Можно сделать так, "
+-"чтобы они вместо этого использовали раскладку последнего окна, в котором вы "
+-"работали. Раскладка по умолчанию — это раскладка на самом верху списка. "
+-"Используйте кнопки <gui>↑</gui> и <gui>↓</gui> для перемещения раскладок "
+-"вверх и вниз в списке."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected "
+-"keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group "
+-"<gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to "
+-"change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold "
+-"down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно также назначить комбинацию клавиш для быстрого переключения выбранных "
+-"раскладок. Нажмите <gui>Параметры</gui>, затем найдите группу параметров "
+-"<gui>Клавиша(и) для смены раскладки</gui>. Выберите одну или несколько "
+-"комбинаций клавиш для смены раскладки. Некоторые из комбинаций не "
+-"переключают раскладку, а лишь временно изменяют её на то время, пока вы "
+-"удерживаете комбинацию клавиш нажатой."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96(note/title)
+-msgid "Custom options"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
+-"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+-msgstr "Изменение системной раскладки"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:108(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-"keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Когда вы меняете раскладку клавиатуры, она изменяется только для учётной "
+-"записи, под которой вы вошли в систему. Можно также изменить <em>системную "
+-"раскладку</em>, то есть раскладку клавиатуры, используемую в таких местах, "
+-"как экран входа в систему."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:113(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+-msgstr "Измените раскладку клавиатуры, как описано выше."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:114(item/p) C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:74(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Система</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:115(item/p) C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Копировать параметры</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116(item/p) C/session-formats.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+-"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+-"administrator account."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Потребуются <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">административные привилегии</"
+-"link>. Введите свой пароль или пароль запрашиваемой учётной записи "
+-"администратора."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:121(section/p)
+-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-"layout menu on the top bar."
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если вы используете несколько раскладок, на экране входа в систему будет "
+-"появляться меню выбора раскладки на верхней панели."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+ msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr "Работа с приложениями и рабочим столом без мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr "Управление с помощью клавиатуры"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+ "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+@@ -9042,7 +10273,8 @@
+ "больше пользоваться клавиатурой. Комбинации клавиш, полезные для всех "
+ "пользователей смотрите в разделе <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+@@ -9052,15 +10284,18 @@
+ "управлять указателем мыши с помощью клавиш цифрового блока клавиатуры. "
+ "Подробнее смотрите: <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:49(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+ msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr "Навигация по пользовательскому интерфейсу"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:51(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+ msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<key>Tab</key> и <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+ "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+@@ -9075,17 +10310,20 @@
+ "элемента управления, который сам использует <key>Tab</key>, такого как "
+ "текстовая область."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:57(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+ msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Удерживайте нажатой <key>Shift</key> для перемещения фокуса в обратном "
+ "порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+ msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr "Клавиши со стрелками"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:63(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+@@ -9096,7 +10334,8 @@
+ "кнопки на панели инструментов, объектов при просмотре в режиме списка или "
+ "значков, а также кнопки из группы радиокнопок."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
+ "items with children."
+@@ -9104,11 +10343,13 @@
+ "При просмотре в виде дерева используйте клавиши со стрелками влево и вправо, "
+ "чтобы свернуть или развернуть объекты с дочерними элементами."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>клавиши со стрелками</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+ "changing which item is selected."
+@@ -9116,11 +10357,13 @@
+ "В режиме списка или значков — перемещение фокуса клавиатуры на другой "
+ "объект, не снимая выделение с ранее выделенного объекта."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>клавиши со стрелками</keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+ "the newly focused item."
+@@ -9128,21 +10371,25 @@
+ "В режиме списка или значков — выделение группы объектов, начиная с текущего "
+ "выделенного объекта, и заканчивая вновь выбранным объектом."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+ msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Пробел</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+ msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Активация обладающего фокусом объекта, такого как кнопка, флажок или элемент "
+ "списка."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>пробел</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+ "deselecting other items."
+@@ -9150,11 +10397,13 @@
+ "В режиме списка или значков — выделение или снятие выделения с обладающего "
+ "фокусом объекта, не снимая выделение с других объектов."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+ msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+ "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+@@ -9166,19 +10415,23 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Alt</key> и подчёркнутую букву, чтобы активировать элемент "
+ "управления, как если бы вы щёлкнули на нём мышью."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+ msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+ msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr "Выход из меню, всплывающего окна, переключателя или диалогового окна."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+ msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+ "navigate the menus."
+@@ -9186,19 +10439,26 @@
+ "Открывает первое меню в строке меню окна. Используйте клавиши со стрелками "
+ "для перемещения по меню."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+ msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr "Открывает меню приложения на верхней панели."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:110(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> или клавиша меню"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+ "clicked."
+@@ -9206,11 +10466,13 @@
+ "Всплывающее контекстное меню для выбранного объекта, как при щелчке правой "
+ "кнопкой."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+ "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+@@ -9218,7 +10480,8 @@
+ "В файловом менеджере всплывающее контекстное меню для текущей папки, как при "
+ "щелчке правой кнопкой на пустом месте в папке."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+@@ -9226,19 +10489,24 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> и <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+ msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr "В интерфейсе со вкладками переключение на вкладку слева или справа."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+ msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr "Навигация по рабочему столу"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:146(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:141(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:147(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+ "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+@@ -9250,19 +10518,26 @@
+ "нужное окно, затем отпустите <key>Alt</key>. Это действие, подобное "
+ "комбинации <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:137(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+ msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr "Циклическое переключение между всеми окнами на рабочем месте."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:157(td/p) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:158(td/p) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
+ "link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+@@ -9270,27 +10545,31 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Открывает лоток сообщений.</"
+ "link> Нажмите <key>Esc</key> для его закрытия."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+ msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr "Управление окнами"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+ msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr "Закрывает текущее окно."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:170(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> или <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+ "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
+ "<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+@@ -9301,11 +10580,14 @@
+ "помощью <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> можно как "
+ "разворачивть, так и восстанавливать окна."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:359(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+ msgid ""
+ "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+@@ -9316,11 +10598,14 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Enter</key>, чтобы завершить перемещение окна или <key>Esc</"
+ "key> для возврата окна в исходную позицию."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:183(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+ "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+@@ -9332,76 +10617,91 @@
+ "окна. Нажмите <key>Enter</key>, чтобы завершить изменение размера, или "
+ "<key>Esc</key>, чтобы вернуть окну исходный размер."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> или <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:195(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-"
+-"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its "
+-"original size."
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Разворачивание</link> окна. Нажмите "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> или <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>, чтобы вернуть предыдущий "
+-"размер окна."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:201(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Разворачивание окна вертикально вдоль левого края экрана. Нажмите снова, "
+-"чтобы восстановить предыдущий размер окна. Нажмите <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> для смены краёв экрана."
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+ "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Разворачивание окна вертикально вдоль правого края экрана. Нажмите снова, "
+-"чтобы вернуть предыдущий размер окна. Нажмите <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> для смены краёв экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:215(td/p) C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:326(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>пробел</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:216(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+ msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr "Открывает меню окна, как при щелчке правой кнопкой по заголовку окна."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name) C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
+ msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr "Используйте экранную клавиатуру для ввода текста щелчками мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+ msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr "Использование экранной клавиатуры"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+ "it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+@@ -9409,11 +10709,13 @@
+ "Если к компьютеру не подключена клавиатура, или вы предпочитаете её не "
+ "использовать, можно вводить текст с помощью <em>экранной клавиатуры</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+-msgstr "Включите <gui>Помощник ввода</gui> для показа экранной клавиатуры."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+ "are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+@@ -9423,20 +10725,15 @@
+ "символы будут доступны при нажатии кнопки<gui>{#*</gui>. Чтобы снова "
+ "вернуться к алфавитной клавиатуре, нажмите кнопку <gui>Abc</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like "
+-#| "a keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To "
+-#| "make the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-#| "\">messaging tray</link> by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-#| "screen and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgid ""
+ "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
+ "keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
+-"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications"
+-"\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the "
+-"screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если экранная клавиатура мешает, нажмите кнопку с изображением клавиатуры "
+ "(рядом с кнопкой <gui>лоток</gui>), чтобы скрыть клавиатуру. Чтобы снова "
+@@ -9444,7 +10741,8 @@
+ "сообщений</link>, переместив указатель мыши в нижний правый край экрана и "
+ "щёлкните на значке клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+ "delay and speed of repeat keys."
+@@ -9452,11 +10750,13 @@
+ "Сделайте так, чтобы клавиатура не повторяла буквы при удержании клавиши, или "
+ "измените задержку и скорость повторного нажатия."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+ msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr "Отключение автоповтора"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+ "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+@@ -9468,7 +10768,8 @@
+ "поднимать пальцы, то можно отключить эту функцию или изменить время до "
+ "начала повторения после нажатия клавиши."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+ "repeated keys entirely."
+@@ -9476,7 +10777,8 @@
+ "Отключите <gui>Повторять удерживаемую нажатой клавишу</gui>, чтобы полностью "
+ "отключить повторные нажатия клавиш."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+ "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+@@ -9486,37 +10788,42 @@
+ "удержания клавиши нажатой для начала повтора, и ползунок <gui>Скорость</"
+ "gui>, чтобы изменить скорость повторного нажатия."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
+ msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr "Создание или изменение комбинаций клавиш в параметрах клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Полезные комбинации клавиш"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
+ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <gui>Клавиатура</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Комбинации клавиш</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
+ "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
+ "accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите категорию в левой панели и строку с нужным действием в правой. "
+-"Текущая комбинация клавиш заменится на надпись <gui>Новая комбинация "
+-"клавиш...</gui>"
++"Текущая комбинация клавиш заменится на надпись <gui>Новая комбинация клавиш.."
++".</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+ "clear."
+@@ -9524,11 +10831,13 @@
+ "Нажмите выбранную комбинацию клавиш или <key>Backspace</key> для удаления "
+ "комбинации."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:57(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
+ msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Заранее заданные комбинации клавиш"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+ "into these categories:"
+@@ -9536,565 +10845,822 @@
+ "Существуют заранее заданные комбинации клавиш, которые можно изменить. Они "
+ "сгруппированы в следующие категории:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
+ msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr "Запуск приложений"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
+ msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr "Вызов справки"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:149(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:153(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:157(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:161(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:165(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:293(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:330(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:338(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:367(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:375(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:379(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:383(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:387(td/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
+ msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr "Выключен"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
+ msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr "Запустить калькулятор"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
+ msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr "Calculator"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
+ msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr "Запустить клиент эл. почты"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+ msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr "Mail"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
+ msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr "Запустить веб-браузер"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+ msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr "WWW"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+ msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr "Домашняя папка"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+ msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr "Explorer"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:90(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+ msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr "Перемещение"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на рабочее место 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на рабочее место 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на рабочее место 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
+ msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на рабочее место 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на одно рабочее место влево"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+ msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на одно рабочее место вправо"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+ msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на одно рабочее место вверх"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+ msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно на одно рабочее место вниз"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:124(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+ msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr "Переключить приложение"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:128(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+ msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr "Переключить окно приложения"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+ msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr "Переключить элемент управления"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+ msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr "Немедленно переключить окно"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+ msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr "Немедленно переключить окно приложения"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+ msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr "Немедленно переключить элемент управления"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:145(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+ msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr "Скрыть все обычные окна"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr "Переключиться на рабочее место 1"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr "Переключиться на рабочее место 2"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr "Переключиться на рабочее место 3"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
+ msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr "Переключиться на рабочее место 4"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
+ msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr "Переместить на рабочее место влево"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
+ msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr "Переместить на рабочее место вправо"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:173(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
+ msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr "Переместить на рабочее место вверх"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:177(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
+ msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr "Переместить на рабочее место вниз"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:181(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+ msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr "Снимки экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188(td/p)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+ msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr "Сделать снимок экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:189(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+ msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr "Сделать снимок окна"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:193(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
+ msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr "Сделать снимок области экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:197(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Сопировать снимок экрана в буфер обмена"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:201(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Скопировать снимок окна в буфер обмена"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+ msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr "Скопировать снимок области экрана в буфер обмена"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+ msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr "Звук и носители"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+ msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr "Отключить звук"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:217(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+ msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr "Приглушить звук"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+ msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr "Уменьшить громкость"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:221(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+ msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr "Уменьшить громкость"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+ msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr "Увеличить громкость"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:225(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+ msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr "Увеличить громкость"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+ msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr "Запустить медиапроигрыватель"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+ msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr "Мультимедиа"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+ msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr "Воспроизвести (или воспроизвести/приостановить)"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:233(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+ msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr "Воспроизвести аудиозапись"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
+ msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr "Приостановить воспроизведение"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:237(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+ msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr "Приостановить аудиозапись"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
+ msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr "Остановить воспроизведение"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+ msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr "Остановить аудиозапись"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+ msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr "Предыдущая композиция"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:245(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+ msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr "Предыдущая аудиозапись"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
+ msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr "Следующая композиция"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:249(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+ msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr "Следующая аудиозапись"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252(td/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+ msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr "Извлечь"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+ msgid "System"
+ msgstr "Система"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
+ msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr "Показать диалог запуска команды"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+ # "Показать действия" - такой перевод в окне комбинаций клавиш. Наверное, нужно исправить на "Показать обзор"?
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
+ msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr "Показать действия"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+ msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr "Завершить сеанс"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:272(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
+ msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr "Заблокировать экран"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273(td/p)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:278(table/title)
+-msgid "Universal Access"
+-msgstr "Специальные возможности"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(td/p)
+-msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+-msgstr "Включить или выключить увеличение"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284(td/p)
+-msgid "Zoom in"
+-msgstr "Приблизить"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288(td/p)
+-msgid "Zoom out"
+-msgstr "Отдалить"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292(td/p)
+-msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+-msgstr "Включить или выключить чтение с экрана"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296(td/p)
+-msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+-msgstr "Включить или выключить экранную клавиатуру"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300(td/p)
+-msgid "Increase text size"
+-msgstr "Увеличить размер текста"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304(td/p)
+-msgid "Decrease text size"
+-msgstr "Уменьшить размер текста"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308(td/p)
+-msgid "High contrast on or off"
+-msgstr "Включить или выключить высокую контрастность"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:314(table/title)
+-msgid "Windows"
+-msgstr "Окна"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on left"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:318(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>←</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321(td/p)
+-msgid "View split on right"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:322(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "Специальные возможности"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "Включить или выключить увеличение"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "Приблизить"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "Отдалить"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link></key><key>→</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "Включить или выключить чтение с экрана"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "Включить или выключить экранную клавиатуру"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "Увеличить размер текста"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "Уменьшить размер текста"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "Включить или выключить высокую контрастность"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "Окна"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
+ msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr "Активировать меню окна"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+ msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr "Переключить полноэкранный режим"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+ msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr "Переключить состояние развёрнутости на весь экран"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
+ msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr "Развернуть окно на весь экран"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+ msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr "Восстановить окно"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:342(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:346(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr "Переключить состояние скрученности в полоску"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Выключен</key></keyseq>"
+-
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:350(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+ msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr "Закрыть окно"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:354(td/p)
+-msgid "Minimize window"
+-msgstr "Свернуть окно"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
+ msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr "Переместить окно"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:362(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+ msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr "Измененить размер окна"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+ msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr "Поместить окно на все рабочие места или на одно"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Поднять окно на передний план, если оно перекрыто другими, иначе опустить его"
++"Поднять окно на передний план, если оно перекрыто другими, иначе опустить "
++"его"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+ msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr "Поднять окно на передний план"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+ msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr "Поместить окно под другими окнами"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:382(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+ msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr "Развернуть окно на весь экран вертикально"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+ msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr "Развернуть окно на весь экран горизонтально"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+ msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Дополнительные комбинации клавиш"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
+ msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы создать свою комбинацию клавиш:"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <key>+</"
+-"key> button (or click the <key>+</key> button in any category). The "
+-"<gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите в левой панели <gui>Дополнительные комбинации клавиш</gui> и "
+-"нажмите клавишу <key>+</key> (или нажмите клавишу <key>+</key> в любой "
+-"категории). Откроется окно <gui>Дополнительные комбинации клавиш</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
+ msgid ""
+ "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+ "run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+@@ -10106,7 +11672,8 @@
+ "создать комбинацию клавиш для запуска Rhythmbox, можно указать название "
+ "<input>Музыка</input> и команду <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:411(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
+ "<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
+@@ -10116,19 +11683,17 @@
+ "Когда она изменится на <gui>Новая комбинация клавиш...</gui>, нажмите на "
+ "клавиатуре выбранную комбинацию клавиш."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+ "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+ "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+-"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
+-"the application itself."
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Указанное вами имя команды должно быть именем реальной системной команды. "
+-"Чтобы проверить, работает ли эта команда, можете открыть терминал и набрать "
+-"её там. Команда, запускающая приложение может не всегда совпадать с "
+-"названием самого приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+ "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
+@@ -10139,37 +11704,47 @@
+ "появиться окно <gui>Дополнительные комбинации клавиш</gui>, где вы сможете "
+ "внести изменения в команду."
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Раскладки клавиатуры</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">мигание курсора</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">специальные возможности клавиатуры</link>…"
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">мигание курсора</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">специальные возможности клавиатуры</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
+ msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr "Клавиатура"
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:31(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
+-msgstr "Язык и региональные настройки"
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
+ msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+-msgstr "Выбор изображения, цвета или градиента в качестве фона рабочего стола."
++msgstr ""
++"Выбор изображения, цвета или градиента в качестве фона рабочего стола."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
+ msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr "April Gonzales"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
+ msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr "Изменение фона рабочего стола"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+ "simple color or gradient."
+@@ -10177,19 +11752,23 @@
+ "Можно изменить изображение, используемое в качестве фона рабочего стола, а "
+ "также сделать фон одноцветным или использовать градиент цветов."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
+ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Внешний вид</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
+ msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на изображении вашего текущего фона рабочего стола в центре."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
+ msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr "Наверху можно выбрать один из трёх вариантов:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+ "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+@@ -10201,7 +11780,8 @@
+ "частично прозрачны и через них может просвечивать фоновый цвет. Для таких "
+ "изображений в правом нижнем углу появится кнопка выбора цвета."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
+ "folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
+@@ -10212,17 +11792,21 @@
+ "guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите <gui>Цвета и градиенты</gui>, чтобы использовать одноцветный фон "
+ "или линейный градиент."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
+ msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr "Изменения вступят в силу немедленно."
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+ "to view your entire desktop."
+@@ -10230,15 +11814,18 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Переключитесь на пустое рабочее "
+ "место</link> чтобы увидеть рабочий стол целиком."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+ msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr "Возможно, выбрано неправильное разрешение экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+ msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr "Почему изображение на экране выглядит расплывчатым или мозаичным?"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+ "the right one for your screen."
+@@ -10246,13 +11833,9 @@
+ "Причина может быть в том, что выбранное разрешение экрана не подходит для "
+ "вашего монитора."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System "
+-#| "Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try "
+-#| "some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+-#| "screen look better."
+ msgid ""
+ "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
+ "In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
+@@ -10265,11 +11848,13 @@
+ "параметра <gui>Разрешение</gui> и выберите то разрешение, при котором "
+ "изображение на экране выглядит лучше всего."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
+ msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr "Если подключено несколько мониторов"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+ "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+@@ -10282,7 +11867,8 @@
+ "одновременно, поэтому по крайней мере на одном из дисплеев изображение может "
+ "выглядеть расплывчатым."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+ "won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+@@ -10296,15 +11882,14 @@
+ "перемещать окна с одного экрана на другой, но показать одно окно сразу на "
+ "двух экранах будет нельзя."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
+ msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы установить для каждого экрана своё собственное разрешение:"
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open "
+-#| "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui>."
+@@ -10312,26 +11897,31 @@
+ "Щёлкните на своём имени на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Системные "
+ "параметры</gui>. Откройте <gui>Настройка экранов</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+ msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr "Отключите флажок <gui>Зеркально отразить экраны</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+ "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+ "display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
+ msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr "Изменение разрешения экрана и его ориентации (поворота)"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
+ msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr "Изменение размера или ориентации экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+ "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+@@ -10339,21 +11929,20 @@
+ "<em>rotation</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+-"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+ msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr "Выберите нужное разрешение и ориентацию."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+ "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+@@ -10361,18 +11950,21 @@
+ "with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+ "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+ "display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
+ msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr "Разрешение"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+@@ -10389,7 +11981,8 @@
+ "match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to "
+ "avoid distortion."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+@@ -10400,87 +11993,105 @@
+ "Если выбрано разрешение, не подходящее для вашего экрана, изображение может "
+ "стать <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">размытым или мозаичным</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
+ msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr "Ориентация"
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+ "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+-"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Цифровые фотокамеры</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"media#music\">iPod</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">редактирование "
+ "фотографий</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">воспроизведение видео</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
+ msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr "Звук, видео и изображения"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Звук"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Звук"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
+ msgctxt "link:topic"
+ msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr "Звук"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Громкость</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">колонки и наушники</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">микрофоны</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Громкость</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">колонки и наушники</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">микрофоны</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
+ msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr "Основы работы со звуком"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr "Музыка и проигрыватели"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
+ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr "Музыка и портативные аудиоплееры"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr "Фотографии"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
+ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr "Фотографии и цифровые фотокамеры"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr "Видеозаписи"
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
+ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr "Видеозаписи и видеокамеры"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+@@ -10491,20 +12102,24 @@
+ "\"help-mailing-list\">почтовая рассылка</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</"
+ "link>"
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
+ msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr "Дополнительно"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
+ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Отключение сенсорной панели при печати для предотвращения случайных касаний."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
+ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr "Отключение сенсорной панели при наборе"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+@@ -10516,28 +12131,34 @@
+ "Можно отключить сенсорную панель во время набора. Она снова начнёт работать "
+ "спустя некоторое время после окончания нажатий клавиш."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
+ msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Мышь и сенсорная панель</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr "В меню <gui>Печатать только</gui> выберите <gui>Чётные листы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38(note/p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+ "double-click."
+@@ -10545,11 +12166,13 @@
+ "Настройте, с какой скоростью нужно нажимать кнопку мыши для выполнения "
+ "двойного щелчка."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr "Настройка скорости двойного щелчка"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+ "enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+@@ -10561,26 +12184,29 @@
+ "одиночных щелчка. Если вам трудно быстро нажимать кнопку мыши, можно "
+ "увеличить задержку двойного щелчка."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
+ "value you find comfortable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
+ "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
+ "the inside circle."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+ "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вместо одиночного щелчка получается двойной даже при увеличенной "
+ "задержке двойного щелчка, мышь может быть неисправна. Попробуйте подключить "
+@@ -10588,7 +12214,9 @@
+ "также подключить вашу мышь к другому компьютеру и проверьте, вызывает ли она "
+ "на нём ту же проблему."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53(note/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+ "pointing device."
+@@ -10596,15 +12224,18 @@
+ "Эта настройка влияет как на мышь, так и на сенсорную панель или другие "
+ "указательные устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
+ msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
+ msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr "Управление мышью левой рукой"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+@@ -10612,10 +12243,9 @@
+ "Можно «поменять местами» левую и правую кнопки мыши или сенсорной панели, "
+ "чтобы было более удобно управлять мышью или панелью левой рукой."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Right</gui>."
+@@ -10623,7 +12253,8 @@
+ "В выпадающем меню <gui>Порядок страниц</gui> выберите <gui>Слева направо</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+ "more."
+@@ -10631,11 +12262,13 @@
+ "Используйте среднюю кнопку мыши для открытия приложений, вставки текста, "
+ "открытия вкладок и других действий."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
+ msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr "Щелчок средней кнопкой"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+@@ -10647,20 +12280,24 @@
+ "колёсико. Если у мыши нет средней кнопки, вместо неё можно нажать "
+ "одновременно левую и правую кнопки."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
+ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Многие приложения используют щелчок средней кнопкой для дополнительных "
+ "действий."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+@@ -10672,7 +12309,8 @@
+ "щёлкните средней кнопкой. Выделенный текст будет вставлен в позиции "
+ "указателя мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+@@ -10682,7 +12320,8 @@
+ "от буфера обмена. Выделенный текст не копируется в буфер обмена. Этот "
+ "быстрый способ вставки текста работает только со средней кнопкой мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+@@ -10693,13 +12332,9 @@
+ "направлении щелчка. Можно также щёлкнуть на пустом месте средней кнопкой, "
+ "чтобы перейти точно туда, где вы щёлкнули."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window "
+-#| "for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply "
+-#| "middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, "
+-#| "or in the applications overview."
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+ "an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+@@ -10711,7 +12346,8 @@
+ "приложения в его собственном новом рабочем месте. Просто щёлкните средней "
+ "кнопкой на значке приложения в левой панели или в обзоре приложений."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+@@ -10729,7 +12365,8 @@
+ "как адрес, то есть как если бы вы вставили его в адресную строку и нажали  "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+ "folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+@@ -10741,7 +12378,8 @@
+ "браузерах). Если же щёлкнуть средней кнопкой на файле, он будет открыт, как "
+ "если бы на нём был выполнен обычный двойной щелчок."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+ "other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+@@ -10751,16 +12389,20 @@
+ "кнопку мыши для других действий. Поищите в справке приложения фразы "
+ "<em>щелчок средней кнопкой</em> или <em>средняя кнопка мыши</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
+ msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Включите «Кнопки мыши», чтобы управлять указателем мыши с помощью клавиатуры."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
+ msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr "Щелчки и перемещение указателя мыши с помощью клавиатуры"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+@@ -10770,7 +12412,8 @@
+ "управлять указателем мыши с помощью клавиш цифрового блока клавиатуры. Эта "
+ "функция называется <em>«кнопки мыши»</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
+ "keyboard focus to the top bar."
+@@ -10778,15 +12421,17 @@
+ "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>, чтобы "
+ "переключить фокус клавиатуры в верхнюю панель."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"С помощью кнопок со стрелками влево и вправо выберите <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">меню специальных возможностей</link>, затем нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
++"С помощью кнопок со стрелками влево и вправо выберите <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">меню специальных возможностей</link>, затем нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -10794,7 +12439,8 @@
+ "С помощью кнопок со стрелками вверх и вниз выберите <gui>Клавиши мыши</gui> "
+ "и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+@@ -10802,14 +12448,16 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что индикатор <key>Num Lock</key> отключен. Теперь можно "
+ "управлять указателем мыши с помощью цифрового блока клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
+ "the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
+ "accessibility options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+@@ -10824,7 +12472,8 @@
+ "часто пользуетесь этой возможностью на ноутбуке, можно приобрести внешний "
+ "цифровой блок, подключаемый через USB."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:59(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+ "<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+@@ -10836,23 +12485,18 @@
+ "клавиши <key>2</key> — вниз. Чтобы выполнить щелчок мышью, нажмите <key>5</"
+ "key>, а для двойного щелчка быстро нажмите эту же клавишу дважды."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
+-"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
+-"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref="
+-"\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down "
+-"<key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+-msgstr ""
+-"На многих клавиатурах имеется специальная клавиша, соответствующая щелчку "
+-"правой кнопкой мыши. Часто она находится рядом с пробелом. Обратите "
+-"внимание, что нажатие этой клавиши соответствует щелчку правой кнопкой там, "
+-"где находится фокус клавиатуры, а не там, где находится указатель мыши. "
+-"Смотрите <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>, чтобы узнать, как можно "
+-"имитировать щелчок правой кнопкой при удержании нажатой клавиши <key>5</key> "
+-"или левой кнопки мыши."
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+ "turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+@@ -10863,7 +12507,8 @@
+ "<key>Num Lock</key> управлять указателем мыши с помощью цифрового блока "
+ "клавиатуры невозможно."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+ "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+@@ -10872,19 +12517,23 @@
+ "управлять указателем мыши. Для этого можно использовать лишь клавиши "
+ "цифрового блока."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
+ msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr "Как определить, почему мышь не работает."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+ msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr "Указатель мыши не перемещается"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, подключена ли мышь"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -10892,7 +12541,8 @@
+ "Если у мыши есть провод, проверьте, надёжно ли он подключён его штекер к "
+ "компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+ "different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+@@ -10906,17 +12556,21 @@
+ "а не в фиолетовый разъём для клавиатуры. Если мышь не была подключена, "
+ "возможно, понадобится перезагрузить компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
+ msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, распознаётся ли мышь компьютером"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Терминал</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+ "exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -10924,7 +12578,8 @@
+ "В окне терминала наберите <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd> и нажмите "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+ "items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+@@ -10932,17 +12587,19 @@
+ "of it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+ "computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+ "In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
+ "notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+@@ -10952,7 +12609,8 @@
+ "понадобиться некоторые дополнительные действия, чтобы она заработала. Эти "
+ "действия могут зависеть от производителя и модели мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+@@ -10962,15 +12620,18 @@
+ "мышь определяется компьютером неправильно, попросите помощи в службе "
+ "поддержки вашего дистрибутива или у производителя мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
+ msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, исправна ли мышь"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
+ msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr "Подключите мышь к другому компьютеру и проверьте, работает ли она."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+ "the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+@@ -10981,11 +12642,13 @@
+ "подключена к компьютеру. Если света не видно, проверьте подключение. Если "
+ "мышь подключена, но всё равно не светится, то она, вероятно, сломана."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
+ msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr "Проверка беспроводных мышей"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+@@ -10995,7 +12658,8 @@
+ "позволяющий полностью отключить мышь, чтобы она постоянно не «просыпалась» "
+ "при перемещении с места на место."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+ "mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+@@ -11003,7 +12667,8 @@
+ "Если мышь подключается через Bluetooth, убедитесь, что она сопряжена с "
+ "компьютером. Смотрите <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+@@ -11014,16 +12679,19 @@
+ "электроэнергии, и могут не отвечать, пока вы не щёлкнете кнопкой. Смотрите "
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
+ msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr "Проверьте, не разрядилась ли батарейка мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr "Убедитесь, что приёмник надёжно подключён к компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
+ msgid ""
+ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+ "sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+@@ -11031,7 +12699,8 @@
+ "Если мышь и приёмник способны  работать на разных радиочастотах, убедитесь, "
+ "что они настроены на использование одной и той же частоты."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+@@ -11041,7 +12710,8 @@
+ "приёмнике. Сведения об этом должны содержаться в руководстве по эксплуатации "
+ "вашей мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
+ msgid ""
+ "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+ "into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+@@ -11054,17 +12724,20 @@
+ "некоторые дополнительные действия, чтобы заставить её работать. Они могут "
+ "зависеть от производителя и модели вашей мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Изменение скорости перемещения указателя для мыши или сенсорной панели."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
+ msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr "Настройка скорости мыши и сенсорной панели"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+ "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+@@ -11073,7 +12746,8 @@
+ "перемещается слишком быстро или медленно, можно настроить скорость указателя "
+ "для этих устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+ "comfortable for you."
+@@ -11081,7 +12755,8 @@
+ "С помощью ползунка <gui>Скорость указателя</gui> настройте комфортную для "
+ "вас скорость перемещения указателя."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
+ "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
+@@ -11093,17 +12768,20 @@
+ "удобными для другого. Просто настройте ползунки в обоих разделах: <gui>Мышь</"
+ "gui> и <gui>Сенсорная панель</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Щелчки, перетаскивание и прокрутка с помощью касаний и жестов на сенсорной "
+ "панели."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+ msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr "Щелчки, перетаскивание и прокрутка на сенсорной панели"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+ "without separate hardware buttons."
+@@ -11112,20 +12790,24 @@
+ "непосредственно на сенсорной панели, без использования отдельных аппаратных "
+ "кнопок."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
+ msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В секции <gui>Сенсорная панель</gui> включите <gui>Щелчок при касании</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
+ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr "Чтобы выполнить щелчок, коснитесь сенсорной панели."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
+ msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr "Чтобы выполнить двойной щелчок, коснитесь дважды."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+@@ -11134,7 +12816,8 @@
+ "после второго касания. Перетащите объект в нужное место, а затем поднимите "
+ "палец, чтобы «уронить» объект."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+@@ -11147,16 +12830,18 @@
+ "том, как выполнить щелчок правой кнопкой, если у мыши нет второй кнопки, "
+ "смотрите <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если сенсорная панель поддерживает многопальцевые касания, для выполнения "
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">щелчка средней кнопкой</link> коснитесь "
+ "панели тремя пальцами сразу."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+@@ -11166,21 +12851,26 @@
+ "расстоянии друг от друга. Если пальцы слишком близко друг к другу, компьютер "
+ "может принять их за один палец."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
+ msgid "Two finger scroll"
+ msgstr "Прокрутка двумя пальцами"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+ msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr "Можно выполнять прокрутку на сенсорной панели двумя пальцами."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В секции <gui>Сенсорная панель</gui> включите <gui>Прокрутка двумя пальцами</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+@@ -11198,15 +12888,18 @@
+ "друга. Если они расположены слишком близко, сенсорная панель может "
+ "воспринять их, как один большой палец."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
+ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr "Прокрутка двумя пальцами может работать не на всех сенсорных панелях."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+ msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr "Содержимое прилипает к пальцам"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+ "touchpad."
+@@ -11214,7 +12907,8 @@
+ "С помощью сенсорной панели можно перетаскивать содержимое, как если бы вы "
+ "перемещали реальный лист бумаги."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -11222,7 +12916,8 @@
+ "В секции <gui>Сенсорная панель</gui> включите <gui>Содержимое прилипает к "
+ "пальцам</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
+@@ -11231,80 +12926,83 @@
+ "Эта функция известна также под названиями <em>Естественная прокрутка</em> "
+ "или <em>Обратная прокрутка</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
+ msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Приходится шевельнуть мышью или щёлкнуть её кнопкой, чтобы она начала "
+ "работать."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+-msgstr "Мышь начинает работать не сразу"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+-"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
+ "click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Беспроводным и оптическим мышам, как и сенсорным панелям на ноутбуках, может "
+-"быть необходимо «проснуться», чтобы начать работать. При бездействии они "
+-"автоматически переходят в спящий режим для экономии заряда аккумулятора. "
+-"Чтобы «разбудить» мышь или сенсорную панель, можно щёлкнуть кнопкой или "
+-"переместить мышь."
+-
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
+-"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Сенсорные панели ноутбуков начинают работать с небольшой задержкой после "
+-"окончания набора на клавиатуре. Это защита от случайных касаний сенсорной "
+-"панели ладонью при наборе. Подробнее смотрите <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"disabletouchpad\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Управление левой рукой</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-sensitivity\">скорость и чувствительность</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+ "touchpad-click\">щелчки и прокрутка на сенсорной панели</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
+ msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr "Мышь"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr "Типичные проблемы с мышью"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr "Типичные проблемы"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr "Советы по использованию мыши"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Советы"
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
+ msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr "Советы"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+ "\"copy protected\"."
+@@ -11312,12 +13010,15 @@
+ "Возможно, не установлена поддержка этого формата файлов или музыкальные "
+ "композиции «защищены от копирования»."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+ msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Я не могу воспроизвести музыку, приобретённую в музыкальном интернет-магазине"
++"Я не могу воспроизвести музыку, приобретённую в музыкальном интернет-"
++"магазине"
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+@@ -11327,7 +13028,8 @@
+ "компьютере, особенно вы покупали её на компьютере с Windows или Mac OS, а "
+ "затем скопировали на свой компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+ "your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+@@ -11345,7 +13047,8 @@
+ "увидите сообщение об этом. В сообщении также должны быть приведены "
+ "инструкции по установке поддержки этого формата."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+ "play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+@@ -11365,27 +13068,31 @@
+ "его воспроизвести — для этого необходимо специальное программное обеспечение "
+ "от производителя, но для Linux оно часто не поддерживается."
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+ "drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Узнать больше о DRM можно на сайте <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm"
+-"\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++"Узнать больше о DRM можно на сайте <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Используйте медиапроигрыватель для копирования музыкальных композиций, а "
+ "затем безопасно извлеките iPod."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+ msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Музыкальные композиции не появляются на моём iPod, когда я копирую их туда"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+ "player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+@@ -11396,7 +13103,8 @@
+ "applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+ "unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+@@ -11404,7 +13112,8 @@
+ "of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+ "music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+@@ -11427,7 +13136,8 @@
+ "преобразовать и скопировать музыку. Поищите подходящий кодек в установщике "
+ "программного обеспечения."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+ "use them."
+@@ -11435,11 +13145,13 @@
+ "Современные устройства iPod нужно настроить с помощью программы iTunes перед "
+ "использованием."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+ msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr "Мой новый iPod не работает"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+ "it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+@@ -11451,7 +13163,8 @@
+ "нужно настроить и обновить с помощью  программы <app>iTunes</app>, которая "
+ "работает только в Windows и Mac OS."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+ "in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+@@ -11464,7 +13177,8 @@
+ "gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> или подобный. Другой формат (HFS/Mac) не так хорошо "
+ "работает в Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+ "into a Linux computer."
+@@ -11472,7 +13186,8 @@
+ "После завершения настройки iPod должен нормально работать при подключении к "
+ "компьютеру под управлением Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+ "an audio player."
+@@ -11480,11 +13195,13 @@
+ "Добавьте файл <input>.is_audio_player</input>, чтобы сообщить компьютеру, "
+ "что это аудиоплеер."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
+ msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr "Почему мой аудиоплеер не распознаётся, когда я подключаю его?"
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+@@ -11494,7 +13211,8 @@
+ "в приложении для управления музыкальными коллекциями, возможно, система не "
+ "распознаёт его как аудиоплеер."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+ "help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+@@ -11514,7 +13232,8 @@
+ "важны, и все буквы должны строчными). Этот файл сообщит компьютеру, что "
+ "устройство следует распознавать, как аудиоплеер."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+ "click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+@@ -11528,7 +13247,8 @@
+ "Если этого всё равно не произошло, попробуйте закрыть приложение и снова его "
+ "запустить."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+ "should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+@@ -11539,7 +13259,8 @@
+ "хранения информации</em> (USB Mass Storage). Тип плеера должен быть указан в "
+ "его руководстве по эксплуатации."
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+ "is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+@@ -11553,7 +13274,8 @@
+ "файл, выберите в меню <guiseq><gui>Вид</gui><gui>Показывать скрытые файлы</"
+ "gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+ "trash behavior."
+@@ -11561,11 +13283,18 @@
+ "Открытие файлов одинарным щелчком, запуск или просмотр исполняемых текстовых "
+ "файлов и настройка поведения корзины."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+ msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры вкладки <gui>Поведение</gui> менеджера файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+@@ -11574,23 +13303,27 @@
+ "<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вы можете настроить способ открытия файлов (одинарным или двойным щелчком), "
+-"действие, выполняемое с исполняемыми текстовыми файлами, и поведение "
+-"корзины. Нажмите <gui>Nautilus</gui> в верхней панели, выберите "
+-"<gui>Параметры</gui> и откройте вкладку <gui>Поведение</gui>."
++"действие, выполняемое с исполняемыми текстовыми файлами, и поведение корзины."
++" Нажмите <gui>Nautilus</gui> в верхней панели, выберите <gui>Параметры</gui> "
++"и откройте вкладку <gui>Поведение</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+ msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr "Поведение"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
+ msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Открывать объекты одним щелчком</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
+ msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Открывать объекты двойным щелчком</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+ "instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+@@ -11602,52 +13335,101 @@
+ "Чтобы в этом режиме выбрать один или несколько файлов, можно удерживать "
+ "нажатой клавишу <key>Ctrl</key> во время щелчка."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
+ msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr "Исполняемые текстовые файлы"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+ "(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+ "permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+-"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, ."
+-"py and .pl, respectively."
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Исполняемый текстовый файл — это файл, содержащий программу, которую можно "
+-"запустить (исполнить). Чтобы запустить файл, как программу, должны быть "
+-"также установлены соответствующие <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+-"permissions\">права доступа к файлу</link>. Типичные примеры подобных файлов "
+-"— это сценарии командной оболочки, Python и Perl. Они имеют расширения .sh, ."
+-"py и .pl, соответственно."
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
+-"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
+-"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
+-"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Вы можете выбрать <gui>Запускать исполняемые текстовые файлы при открытии</"
+-"gui>, <gui>Показывать содержимое исполняемых текстовых файлов при открытии</"
+-"gui> или <gui>Каждый раз спрашивать</gui>. В последнем случае будет "
+-"появляться окно, спрашивающее, хотите ли вы запустить или открыть выбранный "
+-"текстовый файл."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:57(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры корзины в файловом менеджере"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
+ msgid "Trash"
+ msgstr "Корзина"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+ msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Спрашивать перед очисткой корзины и удалением файлов</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+@@ -11657,11 +13439,13 @@
+ "сообщение, позволяющее подтвердить, что вы хотите очистить корзину и удалить "
+ "содержавшиеся в ней файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
+ msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr "<gui>Включить команду удаления, не использующую корзину</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
+@@ -11670,35 +13454,42 @@
+ "Включение этой опции добавит команду <gui>Удалить</gui> в меню, всплывающее "
+ "по щелчку правой кнопкой на объекте в <app>Nautilus</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
+ msgid ""
+ "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+ "to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
+ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Добавление, удаление и переименование закладок в менеджере файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
+ msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr "Редактирование закладок"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
+ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Сделанные вами закладки отображаются в боковой панели файлового менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+ msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Добавление закладки:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
+ msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr "Откройте папку (или место), для которой нужно добавить закладку."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -11706,18 +13497,21 @@
+ "Щёлкните на своём имени на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Системные "
+ "параметры</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
+ msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Удаление закладки:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
+ "the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
+ "and click the <key>-</key> button."
+@@ -11725,21 +13519,26 @@
+ "В окне <gui>Закладки</gui> выберите закладку, которую нужно удалить, и "
+ "нажмите кнопку <key>-</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
+ msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr "Переименование закладки:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В окне <gui>Закладки</gui> выберите закладку, которую нужно переименовать."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
+ msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+-msgstr "Наберите новое названия закладки в текстовом поле <gui>Названия</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Наберите новое названия закладки в текстовом поле <gui>Названия</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+ "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+@@ -11753,7 +13552,8 @@
+ "одной из закладок название, отличающееся от имени папки, на которую она "
+ "указывает."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+ "WebDAV."
+@@ -11761,11 +13561,13 @@
+ "Просмотр и редактирование файлов на другом компьютере через FTP, SSH, общие "
+ "ресурсы Windows или  WebDAV."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
+ msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr "Обзор файлов на сервере или сетевом ресурсе"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+ "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+@@ -11773,7 +13575,8 @@
+ "files with other people on your local network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+ "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+@@ -11784,17 +13587,20 @@
+ "network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
+ msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr "Подключение к файловому серверу"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
+ "<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
+ "link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+@@ -11803,7 +13609,8 @@
+ "Введите адрес сервера в форме <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Подробнее "
+ "поддерживаемые URL <link xref=\"#types\">перечислены ниже</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+ "<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+@@ -11811,7 +13618,8 @@
+ "Если вы уже подключались к серверу ранее, можно выбрать его из списка "
+ "<gui>Недавние серверы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
+ "the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
+@@ -11823,11 +13631,13 @@
+ "на вашем собственном компьютере. Сервер также будет добавлен в боковую "
+ "панель для быстрого доступа в будущем"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
+ msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr "Запись URL"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+ "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+@@ -11836,25 +13646,26 @@
+ "<em>URL</em> (<em>uniform resource locator</em>) — это форма адреса, "
+ "указывающего на место или файл в сети. Адрес имеет следующий формат:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>схема://имя_сервера.example.com/папка</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+ "<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
+-"em>. If a user name is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Здесь <em>схема</em> указывает протокол или тип сервера. Часть адреса "
+-"<em>example.com</em> называется <em>именем домена</em>. Если требуется имя "
+-"пользователя, оно добавляется перед именем сервера:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>схема://имя_пользователя@имя_сервера.example.com/папка</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+ "domain name:"
+@@ -11862,65 +13673,76 @@
+ "Некоторые схемы требуют указания номера порта. Вставьте его после имени "
+ "домена:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+ msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>схема://имя_сервера.example.com:порт/папка</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr "Ниже приведены примеры различных поддерживаемых типов серверов."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
+ msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr "Типы серверов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password."
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно подключаться к разным типам серверов. Некоторые серверы общедоступны и "
++"Можно подключаться к разным типам серверов. Некоторые серверы открыты и "
+ "позволяют подключаться всем. Другие серверы требуют для входа ввести имя "
+ "пользователя и пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:90(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для выполнения некоторых действий с файлами на сервере необходимо иметь "
+ "права доступа. Например, на публичных FTP вы, скорее всего, не сможете "
+ "удалять файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+ "file shares."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+ msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr "SSH"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+ "can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
+ msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Типичный URL SSH выглядит следующим образом:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+ msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ssh://имя_пользователя@имя_сервера.example.com/папка</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+ "so that other users on your network can't see it."
+@@ -11928,11 +13750,13 @@
+ "При использовании SSH все отправляемые вами данные (включая пароль) "
+ "шифруются, чтобы остальные пользователи сети не смогли их увидеть."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
+ msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr "FTP (с авторизацией)"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+ "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+@@ -11947,22 +13771,26 @@
+ "авторизацией обычно разрешают пользователю загружать на сервер и удалять "
+ "файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
+ msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Типичный URL FTP выглядит так:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:123(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://имя_пользователя@ftp.example.com/путь/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:127(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
+ msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr "Публичный FTP"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:128(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+ "and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Сайты, позволяющие скачивать файлы, иногда предоставляют пользователям "
+@@ -11970,31 +13798,32 @@
+ "ввода имени пользователя и пароля и, как правило, не позволяют удалять файлы "
+ "или загружать их на сервер."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
+ msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Типичный URL анонимного FTP выглядит так:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+ msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/путь/</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Некоторые анонимные FTP требуют указывать для входа публичное имя "
+-"пользователя и пароль, или публичное имя пользователя и ваш адрес "
+-"электронной почты в качестве пароля. Для таких серверов используйте метод "
+-"<gui>FTP (с авторизацией)</gui> и вводите учётные данные, требуемые этим FTP."
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:143(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+ msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr "Совместно используемый ресурс Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:144(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+ "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+@@ -12008,21 +13837,25 @@
+ "права доступа на удалённом компьютере, вы можете подключиться к совместно "
+ "используемому ресурсу Windows из файлового менеджера."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
+ msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Типичный URL совместно используемого ресурса Windows выглядит следующим "
+ "образом:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:151(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+ msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>smb://имя_сервера/Ресурс</sys>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:155(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
+ msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr "WebDAV и Secure WebDAV"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:156(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+ "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+ "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+@@ -12037,51 +13870,60 @@
+ "WebDAV использует надёжное шифрование SSL, чтобы другие пользователи не "
+ "смогли увидеть ваш пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
+ msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr "Типичный URL WebDAV выглядит так:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:163(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+ msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ msgstr "<sys>http://example.имя_хоста.com/путь</sys>"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
+ msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr "Управление подписями к значкам в файловом менеджере."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
+ msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры вкладки <gui>Отображение</gui> менеджера файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+ "<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
+ "<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+ msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr "Подписи к значкам"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
+ msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr "Значки с подписями в менеджере файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+ "and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+@@ -12093,14 +13935,9 @@
+ "если вам часто необходимо знать, кто является владельцем файла или когда "
+ "файл был изменён в последний раз."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
+-#| "manager will display more and more information in captions. You can "
+-#| "choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be "
+-#| "displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large "
+-#| "sizes."
+ msgid ""
+ "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
+@@ -12115,7 +13952,8 @@
+ "при большинстве значений масштаба, последний — только при очень большом "
+ "увеличении."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+ "can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+@@ -12124,7 +13962,8 @@
+ "В подписях к значкам можно отобразить ту же информацию, что и в столбцах при "
+ "просмотре в виде списка. Подробнее смотрите <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+ "caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+@@ -12135,7 +13974,8 @@
+ "<guiseq><gui>Вид</gui><gui>Перезагрузить</gui></guiseq> или нажмите "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+ "applications."
+@@ -12143,11 +13983,13 @@
+ "Просмотр информации о файле, установка прав доступа и выбор приложения по "
+ "умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+ msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr "Свойства файла"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+ "<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+@@ -12157,46 +13999,53 @@
+ "кнопкой и выберите <gui>Свойства</gui>. Можно также выбрать файл и нажать "
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+ "size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Окно свойств файла показывает такую информацию, как тип файла, его размер и "
+ "время последнего изменения. Если вам часто бывает необходима эта информация, "
+-"можно сделать так, чтобы она отображалась в <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">столбцах при просмотре в режиме списка</link> или в <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+-"display#icon-captions\">подписях к значкам</link>."
++"можно сделать так, чтобы она отображалась в <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">столбцах при просмотре в режиме списка</link> или в <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">подписях к значкам</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ниже описана информация, отображаемая на вкладке <gui>Основные</gui>. Кроме "
+-"неё, имеются вкладки <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Права</link></gui> и <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Открыть  в</"
+-"link></gui>. Для некоторых типов файлов, таких как изображения и видео, "
+-"будет присутствовать дополнительная вкладка, содержащая информацию, "
+-"например, о размерах, длительности и кодеке."
++"неё, имеются вкладки <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Права</link></gui> и <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Открыть  в</link></gui>. Для некоторых типов файлов, таких "
++"как изображения и видео, будет присутствовать дополнительная вкладка, "
++"содержащая информацию, например, о размерах, длительности и кодеке."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
+ msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr "Основные свойства"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
+ msgid "Name"
+ msgstr "Имя"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+ "outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+@@ -12204,12 +14053,14 @@
+ "Изменив это поле, можно переименовать файл. Существует и другой способ "
+ "переименования файла: смотрите <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
+ msgid "Type"
+ msgstr "Тип"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+ "OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+@@ -12220,20 +14071,23 @@
+ "Позволяет определить тип файла, например: документ PDF, текст OpenDocument "
+ "или изображение в формате JPEG. От типа файла, кроме того, зависит то, в "
+ "каком приложении его можно открыть. Например, нельзя открыть изображение в "
+-"музыкальном проигрывателе. Подробнее об этом смотрите <link xref=\"files-open"
+-"\"/>."
++"музыкальном проигрывателе. Подробнее об этом смотрите <link xref=\"files-"
++"open\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+ "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+ msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr "Содержание"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+ "rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+@@ -12247,12 +14101,15 @@
+ "сама содержит какие-то объекты. Каждый файл тоже считается одним объектом. "
+ "Если папка пуста, в этом поле отображается  <gui>«ничего»</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+ msgid "Size"
+ msgstr "Размер"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+ "size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+@@ -12265,7 +14122,8 @@
+ "электронной почте (чем больше размер, тем дольше он будет скачиваться или "
+ "отправляться)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+@@ -12275,12 +14133,15 @@
+ "в скобках также указывается размер в байтах. Технически, 1 КБ = 1024 байта, "
+ "1 МБ = 1024 КБ и так далее."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+ msgid "Location"
+ msgstr "Адрес"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+ "path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+@@ -12294,30 +14155,35 @@
+ "Например, если у пользователя Jim в домашней папке есть файл <file>Resume."
+ "pdf</file>, то его путь будет <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+ msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr "Том"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+ "the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Файловая система или устройство, на котором хранится файл. Показывает, где "
+ "физически хранится файл, например, на жёстком диске, CD, <link xref="
+ "\"nautilus-connect\">сетевом ресурсе или файловом сервере</link>. Жёсткие "
+-"диски могут быть разбиты на несколько <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">разделов</link>; разделы тоже отображаются в поле <gui>Том</gui>."
++"диски могут быть разбиты на несколько <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">разделов</link>; разделы тоже отображаются в поле <gui>Том</"
++"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+ msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr "Свободное место"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+@@ -12327,34 +14193,42 @@
+ "на диске, на котором находится эта папка. Это полезно, если нужно проверить, "
+ "не заполнен ли диск."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
+ msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr "Последнее обращение"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr "Дата и время последнего открытия файла."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
+ msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr "Последнее изменение"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
+ msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr "Дата и время последнего изменения и сохранения файла."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
+ msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Настройка возможности просмотра и редактирования ваших файлов и папок "
+ "другими пользователями."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
+ msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr "Настройка прав доступа к файлам"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+@@ -12366,7 +14240,8 @@
+ "правой кнопкой и выберите <gui>Свойства</gui>, затем откройте вкладку "
+ "<gui>Права</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+ "on the types of permissions you can set."
+@@ -12374,12 +14249,15 @@
+ "Подробнее о типах прав, которые вы можете задать, смотрите <link xref="
+ "\"#files\"/> и <link xref=\"#folders\"/> ниже."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr "Файлы"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+ "other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+@@ -12388,11 +14266,12 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно задать права доступа для владельца файла, владеющей файлом группы, и "
+ "всех остальных пользователей системы. Вы являетесь владельцем своих файлов и "
+-"можете дать себе права доступа к ним только на чтение или на чтение и "
+-"запись. Установите для файла право доступа только на чтение, если не хотите "
++"можете дать себе права доступа к ним только на чтение или на чтение и запись."
++" Установите для файла право доступа только на чтение, если не хотите "
+ "случайно изменить его."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+ "common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+@@ -12411,7 +14290,8 @@
+ "пользователей в этой группе. В качестве группы, владеющей файлом вы можете "
+ "выбрать только ту группу, к которой принадлежите сами."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+ "the file's group."
+@@ -12419,7 +14299,8 @@
+ "Также можно задать права доступа для остальных пользователей, которые не "
+ "являются владельцами файла и не принадлежат к группе, владеющей файлом."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+ "executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+@@ -12433,12 +14314,15 @@
+ "приложении или спросить вас, что с ним нужно делать. Подробнее смотрите "
+ "<link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
+ msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr "Папки"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+@@ -12448,7 +14332,8 @@
+ "пользователей. Подробнее о владельцах, группах и других пользователях "
+ "смотрите в описании прав доступа выше."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+ "set for a file."
+@@ -12456,20 +14341,25 @@
+ "Права, которые можно задать для папки, отличаются от прав, которые можно "
+ "задать для файла."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
+ msgid "None"
+ msgstr "Нет"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
+ msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr "Пользователь даже не сможет увидеть, какие файлы содержатся в папке."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
+ msgid "List files only"
+ msgstr "Только перечисление файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+ "able to open, create, or delete files."
+@@ -12477,11 +14367,13 @@
+ "Пользователь сможет увидеть, какие файлы содержатся в папке, но не сможет "
+ "открывать, создавать или удалять их."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
+ msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr "Доступ к файлам"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+@@ -12491,11 +14383,13 @@
+ "доступа к данному конкретному файлу), но не сможет удалять файлы или "
+ "создавать новые файлы."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
+ msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr "Создание и удаление файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+ "and deleting files."
+@@ -12503,7 +14397,8 @@
+ "Пользователь будет иметь полный доступ к папке, включая открытие, создание и "
+ "удаление файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+ "folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+@@ -12517,16 +14412,19 @@
+ "<gui>Изменить</gui>. Права доступа будут установлены как для файлов и папок, "
+ "так и для вложенных папок до любой глубины вложенности."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+ msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Управление информацией, отображаемой в столбцах при просмотре в виде списка."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
+ msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры вкладки <gui>Столбцы списка</gui> менеджера файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
+ "manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+@@ -12534,7 +14432,8 @@
+ "which columns will be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+ "order in which the selected columns will appear."
+@@ -12542,20 +14441,23 @@
+ "Используйте кнопки <gui>Переместить вверх</gui> и <gui>Переместить вниз</"
+ "gui>, чтобы изменить порядок отображения выбранных столбцов."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+ msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr "Имена папок и файлов в просматриваемых папках."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для папок в столбце «Размер» указывается количество содержащихся в папке "
+ "объектов. Размер файла указывается в байтах, килобайтах (кБ) или мегабайтах "
+ "(МБ)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+ "audio, and more."
+@@ -12563,23 +14465,28 @@
+ "Слово «папка» или тип файла, например: «документ PDF», «изображение JPEG», "
+ "«аудио MP3»."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr "Дата и время последнего изменения файла."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+ msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr "Владелец"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+ msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr "Имя пользователя, владеющего папкой или файлом."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+ msgid "Group"
+ msgstr "Группа"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+@@ -12590,15 +14497,18 @@
+ "используются в корпоративной среде, где пользователи могут группироваться в "
+ "соответствии с подразделением или проектом."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+ msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr "Права"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
+ msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr "Показывает права доступа к файлу, например, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+ "regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+@@ -12606,7 +14516,8 @@
+ "Первый символ <gui>«d»</gui> показывает тип файла: <gui>«-»</gui> означает "
+ "обычный файл, а <gui>«d»</gui> означает каталог (папку)."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+ "who owns the file."
+@@ -12614,7 +14525,8 @@
+ "Следующие три символа <gui>«rwx»</gui> показывают права доступа для "
+ "пользователя, владеющего файлом."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+ "group that owns the file."
+@@ -12622,7 +14534,8 @@
+ "Следующие три символа <gui>«rw-»</gui> показывают права доступа для всех "
+ "членов группы, владеющей файлом."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+ "for all other users on the system."
+@@ -12630,58 +14543,64 @@
+ "Последние три символа <gui>«r--»</gui> показывают права доступа для всех "
+ "остальных пользователей системы."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
+ msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr "Каждый из символов имеет следующее значение:"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
+ msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr "r : право на чтение;"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
+ msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr "w : право на запись;"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+ msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr "x : право на исполнение;"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+ msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr "- : отсутствие права."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+ msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr "Тип MIME"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+ msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr "Показывает MIME-тип объекта."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+ msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr "Путь к местоположению файла."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+ msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры менеджера файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
+ msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
+ msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr "Параметры вкладки <gui>Образцы</gui> менеджера файлов"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text "
+-#| "files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, "
+-#| "so you can control when previews are made. In any file manager window, "
+-#| "click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select "
+-#| "the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+ msgid ""
+ "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+ "Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+@@ -12695,7 +14614,8 @@
+ "<gui>Параметры</gui></guiseq> в любом окне менеджера файлов и выберите "
+ "вкладку <gui>Образцы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
+ "your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
+@@ -12706,13 +14626,15 @@
+ "option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+ "to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+ "link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+@@ -12729,160 +14651,179 @@
+ "или включить её только для папок, расположенных на компьютере и локальных "
+ "съёмных носителях."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Управление видом по умолчанию, порядком сортировки и масштабом в менеджере "
+ "файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:31(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
+-msgstr "Параметры вкладки <gui>Вид</gui> менеджера файлов"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:32(page/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders "
+-#| "are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-#| "whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager "
+-#| "window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and "
+-#| "select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+ "sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and "
+-"select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы изменить вид по умолчанию для новых папок, порядок сортировки по "
+-"умолчанию, масштаб при просмотре в виде значков и компактном виде, а также "
+-"включить или отключить показ файлов при просмотре в виде дерева в боковой "
+-"панели, щёлкните <guiseq><gui>Правка</gui><gui>Параметры</gui></guiseq> в "
+-"любом окне менеджера файлов и выберите вкладку <gui>Вид</gui>."
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:39(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+ msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr "Вид по умолчанию"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
+ msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr "Просматривать новые папки, используя"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse by clicking the list button or the icons button in "
+-"the toolbar. If you often use the list view, you can set it here as the "
+-"default."
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
+ msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr "Выстраивать элементы"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the "
+-"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
+-"toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
+-"gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column "
+-"headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu "
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
+ "only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To change the default order used in new folders, use the <gui>Arrange items</"
+-"gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file "
+-"type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when "
+-"they were trashed."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:62(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
+ msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr "Помещать папки перед файлами"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+-msgstr ""
+-"По умолчанию файловый менеджер показывает все папки перед файлами. И папки, "
+-"и файлы упорядочиваются в соответствии с выбранным типом сортировки. Если "
+-"нужно не выделять папки, а показывать их вперемешку с файлами в порядке "
+-"сортировки, отключите эту опцию."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:69(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
+ msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr "Показывать скрытые файлы и резервные копии"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+-"gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
+-"media> menu in the toolbar. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or "
+-"want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this "
+-"option."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:83(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
+ msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr "Просмотр в виде значков"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:86(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:127(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+ msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr "Исходный масштаб"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src="
+-"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting "
+-"<gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you "
+-"frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with "
+-"this option."
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+-"При просмотре в виде значков в зависимости от масштаба в подписях "
+-"отображается больше или меньше информации. Подробнее об этом смотрите <link "
+-"xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
+ msgid "List view defaults"
+ msgstr "Просмотр в виде списка"
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:128(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src="
+-"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and selecting "
+-"<gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui>, or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you "
+-"frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with "
+-"this option."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вирусов для Linux мало, поэтому антивирусная программа, скорее всего, не "
+ "нужна."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr "Нужна ли мне антивирусная программа?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+ "anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+@@ -12894,7 +14835,8 @@
+ "работают в фоновом режиме, непрерывно проверяя компьютер на наличие вирусов, "
+ "которые могут проникнуть на компьютер и вызвать проблемы."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+ "it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+@@ -12909,7 +14851,8 @@
+ "считают, что Linux гораздо надёжнее защищён, и бреши в безопасности, которые "
+ "вирусы могли бы использовать, закрываются очень быстро."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+ "worry about them at the moment."
+@@ -12917,7 +14860,8 @@
+ "Как бы то ни было, вирусы для Linux пока настолько редки, что в настоящее "
+ "время беспокоиться из-за них не стоит."
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+@@ -12928,8 +14872,10 @@
+ "дополнительную безопасность или проверять на вирусы файлы, которыми вы "
+ "обмениваетесь с пользователями Windows и Mac OS. Доступно несколько "
+ "антивирусных программ, их можно найти в установщике программ или в Интернете."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+@@ -12939,22 +14885,25 @@
+ "браузера</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">установка Flash</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">поддержка Silverlight</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
+ msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr "Команда документирования Ubuntu"
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr "Веб-браузеры"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-#| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -12962,11 +14911,13 @@
+ "Выберите используемый по умолчанию веб-браузер, открыв <gui>Сведения о "
+ "системе</gui> в <gui>Системных параметрах</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
+ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr "Изменение используемого по умолчанию веб-браузера"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+ "automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+@@ -12978,7 +14929,9 @@
+ "браузеров, страница может открыться не в том браузере, который вам нужен. "
+ "Чтобы исправить это, выберите веб-браузер, используемый по умолчанию:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
+ "list on the left side of the window."
+@@ -12986,7 +14939,8 @@
+ "Откройте <gui>Сведения о системе</gui> и выберите <gui>Приложения по "
+ "умолчанию</gui> в списке с левой стороны окна."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+ "the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+@@ -12994,7 +14948,8 @@
+ "Выберите веб-браузер, в котором должны открываться ссылки, изменив параметр "
+ "<gui>Веб</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+ "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+@@ -13006,11 +14961,9 @@
+ "<gui>Отменить</gui> (или другую подобную), чтобы он больше не пытался "
+ "установить себя в качестве используемого по умолчанию браузера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
+-#| "<gui>System Settings</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+ "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+@@ -13018,11 +14971,13 @@
+ "Выберите используемый по умолчанию веб-браузер, открыв <gui>Сведения о "
+ "системе</gui> в <gui>Системных параметрах</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
+ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr "Выбор другого почтового приложения для создания писем"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+ "word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+@@ -13037,7 +14992,8 @@
+ "вам нужно. Это можно исправить, изменив используемое по умолчанию почтовое "
+ "приложение:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+ "the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+@@ -13045,7 +15001,8 @@
+ "Выберите, какой из клиентов электронной почты вы хотели бы использовать по "
+ "умолчанию, изменив параметр <gui>Почта</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+ "of people you email."
+@@ -13053,11 +15010,13 @@
+ "Маловероятно, что вирусы заразят ваш компьютер, но они могут заразить "
+ "компьютеры других людей через электронную почту."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
+ msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr "Нужно ли сканировать свою электронную почту на наличие вирусов?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+@@ -13067,7 +15026,8 @@
+ "Один из типичных способов их попадания на компьютер — через электронную "
+ "почту."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+@@ -13082,7 +15042,8 @@
+ "окажет никакого эффекта на ваш компьютер. Поэтому не обязательно проверять "
+ "электронную почту на наличие вирусов."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+ "forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+@@ -13102,29 +15063,35 @@
+ "почту, хотя вряд ли такое случится: ведь у большинства пользователей Windows "
+ "и Mac OS установлены антивирусные программы."
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Потовые приложения по умолчанию</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Потовые приложения по умолчанию</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
+ msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "Проект документирования GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
+ msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr "Электронная почта и почтовые программы"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
+ msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Знание своего IP-адреса может помочь в решении некоторых проблем с сетью."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
+ msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr "Определение своего IP-адреса"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+ "internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+@@ -13136,26 +15103,31 @@
+ "<em>два</em> IP-адреса: IP-адрес компьютера в локальной сети и IP-адрес в "
+ "Интернете."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
+ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr "Определение своего внутреннего IP-адреса (в локальной сети)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+ "find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
+ msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr "Ваш внутренний IP-адрес будет показан в списке информации."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:39(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
+ msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr "Определение своего внешнего IP-адреса (в Интернете)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -13163,11 +15135,13 @@
+ "Посетите сайт <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress."
+ "com</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
+ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr "Этот сайт покажет внешний IP-адрес вашего компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
+ "be the same."
+@@ -13175,7 +15149,8 @@
+ "В зависимости от способа подключения вашего компьютера к Интернету, адреса "
+ "могут быть одинаковыми."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+ "your computer secure."
+@@ -13183,11 +15158,13 @@
+ "Управление тем, какие программы могут получать доступ к сети. Это помогает "
+ "обеспечить безопасность компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
+ msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr "Управление доступом к сети с помощью межсетевого экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+ "block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+@@ -13197,7 +15174,8 @@
+ "позволяет защищать программы от доступа посторонних людей через Интернет или "
+ "локальную сеть. Это помогает сделать компьютер более защищённым."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+ "share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+@@ -13210,7 +15188,8 @@
+ "компьютера, возможно, вам понадобится настроить межсетевой экран, чтобы "
+ "обеспечить нормальную работу этих сетевых сервисов."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+ "port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+@@ -13220,7 +15199,8 @@
+ "<em>сетевой порт</em>. Чтобы разрешить другим компьютерам в сети доступ к "
+ "услуге, может понадобиться «открыть» этот порт в межсетевом экране:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+ "your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+@@ -13230,7 +15210,8 @@
+ "приложение для работы с межсетевым экраном. Если его там нет, нужно будет "
+ "установить одно из таких приложений (например, Firestarter или GUFW)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+ "want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+@@ -13240,7 +15221,8 @@
+ "вы, чтобы другие люди имели к ней доступ. Доступность какого порта нужно "
+ "изменить, будет <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">зависеть от службы</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+ "the firewall tool."
+@@ -13248,17 +15230,20 @@
+ "Сохраните или примените изменения, следуя дополнительным инструкциям, "
+ "предоставленным программой для управления межсетевым экраном."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+ "for a program with your firewall."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+ msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr "Часто используемые сетевые порты"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+ "network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+@@ -13273,23 +15258,28 @@
+ "или разрешить доступ</link> к этим приложениям. Существуют тысячи "
+ "используемых портов, так что эта таблица не является полной."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
+ msgid "Port"
+ msgstr "Порт"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
+ msgid "Description"
+ msgstr "Описание"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
+ msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr "5353/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
+ msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+ "without you having to specify the details manually."
+@@ -13297,38 +15287,48 @@
+ "Позволяет системам обнаруживать друг друга и сообщать о предлагаемых ими "
+ "услугах, без необходимости уточнения деталей вручную."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
+ msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr "631/udp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
+ msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr "Печать"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
+ msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr "Позволяет отправлять задания печати на другие принтеры в сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
+ msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr "631/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
+ msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Позволяет открывать общий доступ к вашему принтеру для других пользователей "
+ "сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
+ msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr "5298/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
+ msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr "Присутствие"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+ "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+@@ -13336,15 +15336,18 @@
+ "Позволяет объявлять другим людям в сети ваш статус в чате, например «в сети» "
+ "или «занят»."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+ msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr "5900/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+ msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr "Удалённый рабочий стол"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+ "remote assistance."
+@@ -13352,21 +15355,25 @@
+ "Позволяет открывать совместный доступ к вашему рабочему столу, чтобы другие "
+ "пользователи могли просматривать его или оказывать удалённую помощь."
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
+ msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr "3689/tcp"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
+ msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr "Совместный доступ к музыке (DAAP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
+ msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Позволяет открывать общий доступ к музыкальной коллекции для других "
+ "пользователей в вашей сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+ "services from your computer."
+@@ -13374,11 +15381,13 @@
+ "Использование статического IP-адреса может упростить предоставление "
+ "компьютером некоторых сетевых услуг."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+ msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr "Создание соединения с фиксированным IP-адресом"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+ "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+@@ -13386,23 +15395,27 @@
+ "want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
+ "address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Большинство сетей автоматически назначает <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address"
+-"\">IP-адрес</link> и другие настройки вашему компьютеру при подключении к "
+-"сети. Эти настройки могут периодически изменяться, но в некоторых случаях "
+-"вам может понадобиться постоянный IP-адрес компьютера, чтобы вы всегда его "
+-"знали (например, если компьютер используется в качестве файлового сервера)."
++"Большинство сетей автоматически назначает <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP-адрес</link> и другие настройки вашему компьютеру при "
++"подключении к сети. Эти настройки могут периодически изменяться, но в "
++"некоторых случаях вам может понадобиться постоянный IP-адрес компьютера, "
++"чтобы вы всегда его знали (например, если компьютер используется в качестве "
++"файлового сервера)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы присвоить компьютеру постоянный (статический) IP-адрес:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+ "<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -13410,7 +15423,8 @@
+ "Выберите сетевое соединение из списка (<gui>Проводные</gui> или "
+ "<gui>Беспроводные</gui>) и нажмите <gui>Настроить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+ "to <em>Manual</em>."
+@@ -13418,7 +15432,8 @@
+ "Откройте вкладку <gui>Параметры IPv4</gui> и измените <gui>Метод</gui> на "
+ "<em>Вручную</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+ "if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+@@ -13426,7 +15441,8 @@
+ "Если в списке <gui>Адреса</gui> отсутствует информация о соединении, или вы "
+ "хотите настроить новое соединение, нажмите <gui>Добавить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+ "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+@@ -13438,7 +15454,8 @@
+ "сети; существуют определённые правила, определяющие, какие IP-адреса и "
+ "сетевые маски допустимы в данной сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+ "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+@@ -13450,7 +15467,8 @@
+ "имён. Большинство корпоративных сетей и интернет провайдеров имеют "
+ "выделенные серверы DNS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+ "address."
+@@ -13458,21 +15476,24 @@
+ "Нажмите <gui>Сохранить</gui>. Теперь сетевое соединение будет иметь "
+ "постоянный IP-адрес."
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Определение своего IP-адреса</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">защита WEP и WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC-адреса</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">прокси</link>…"
++"\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">защита WEP и WPA</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC-адреса</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">прокси</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
+ msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr "Сетевые термины и советы"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+ "which display videos and interactive web pages."
+@@ -13480,11 +15501,13 @@
+ "Flash может понадобиться для просмотра веб-сайтов типа YouTube, содержащих "
+ "видео и интерактивные веб-страницы."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr "Установка модуля Flash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
+ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+@@ -13494,7 +15517,8 @@
+ "браузера, позволяющий просматривать видео и использовать интерактивные веб-"
+ "страницы на некоторых веб-сайтах. Некоторые веб-сайты не работают без Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+@@ -13509,17 +15533,20 @@
+ "Flash, которую можно установить через средство установки программного "
+ "обеспечения (менеджер пакетов)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
+ msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Если Flash доступен из установщика программ:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте приложение для установки программ и найдите <input>flash</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+ "or similar and click to install it."
+@@ -13527,7 +15554,8 @@
+ "Поищите <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> или "
+ "что-то подобное, и установите его."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+ "The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+@@ -13537,11 +15565,13 @@
+ "откройте. При повторном запуске Веб-браузер должен обнаружить, что Flash "
+ "установлен, и теперь вы сможете просматривать веб-сайты, использующие Flash."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
+ msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr "Если Flash <em>недоступен</em> в установщике программ:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+ "download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+@@ -13551,7 +15581,8 @@
+ "Flash Player</link>. Ваш браузер и операционная система должны определиться "
+ "автоматически."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
+ "type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+@@ -13561,21 +15592,24 @@
+ "установки, подходящий для вашего дистрибутива Linux. Если вы не знаете, "
+ "какой использовать, выберите <file>.tar.gz</file>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
+-"your web browser."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Прочтите <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
+-"\">инструкции по установке Flash</link>, чтобы узнать, как установить его "
+-"для вашего веб-браузера."
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"Прочтите <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">инструкции по установке Flash</link>, чтобы узнать, как установить "
++"его для вашего веб-браузера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
+ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr "Альтернативы Flash с открытым исходным кодом"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+@@ -13587,7 +15621,8 @@
+ "(например, лучше поддерживают воспроизведение звука), а в некоторых хуже "
+ "(например, не могут отображать сложные веб-страницы, использующие Flash)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+@@ -13597,15 +15632,18 @@
+ "вы предпочитаете использовать на своём компьютере как можно больше программ "
+ "с открытым кодом. Вот некоторые варианты:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
+ msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr "LightSpark"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
+ msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr "Gnash"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+ "lets you view these pages."
+@@ -13613,11 +15651,13 @@
+ "Некоторые веб-сайты используют Silverlight для показа веб-страниц. Модуль "
+ "Moonlight поможет вам просматривать эти страницы."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
+ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr "Установка модуля Silverlight"
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+ "allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+@@ -13627,7 +15667,8 @@
+ "позволяет смотреть видео и использовать интерактивные веб-страницы на "
+ "некоторых сайтах. Некоторые веб-сайты не работают без Silverlight."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+@@ -13639,7 +15680,8 @@
+ "инструкции о том, как получить модуль, но они могут не подойти для вашего "
+ "веб-браузера или версии Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+ "<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+@@ -13649,7 +15691,8 @@
+ "установить модуль <em>Moonlight</em>. Это бесплатная версия Silverlight с "
+ "открытым исходным кодом, работающая в Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+ "their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+@@ -13660,7 +15703,8 @@
+ "Просто откройте установщик и найдите <input>Silverlight</input> или "
+ "<input>Moonlight</input>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+ "<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+@@ -13670,15 +15714,18 @@
+ "сведения и инструкции по установке на <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/"
+ "moonlight/\">веб-сайте Moonlight</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
+ msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr "Уникальный код, присвоенный сетевому устройству."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
+ msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr "Что такое MAC-адрес?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+ "manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+@@ -13686,12 +15733,12 @@
+ "identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em>MAC-адрес</em> — это уникальный код, присвоенный производителем сетевому "
+-"устройству (например, беспроводному сетевому адаптеру или ethernet-"
+-"адаптеру). MAC — это сокращение от <em>Media Access Control</em>. "
+-"Предполагается, что каждый код является уникальным для определённого "
+-"устройства."
++"устройству (например, беспроводному сетевому адаптеру или ethernet-адаптеру)."
++" MAC — это сокращение от <em>Media Access Control</em>. Предполагается, что "
++"каждый код является уникальным для определённого устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+ "colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+@@ -13699,11 +15746,13 @@
+ "MAC-адрес состоит из шести групп по два символа, разделённых двоеточиями, "
+ "например, <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы определить MAC-адрес сетевого устройства:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+@@ -13712,11 +15761,13 @@
+ "<gui>Беспроводное</gui> (в зависимости от того, какое устройство хотите "
+ "проверить)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
+ msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr "Ваш MAC-адрес будет показан в поле <gui>MAC-адрес</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+ "a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+@@ -13724,24 +15775,28 @@
+ "network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
+ "won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+-"На практике иногда возникает необходимость <link xref=\"net-editcon"
+-"\">изменить MAC-адрес</link>. Например, некоторые интернет-провайдеры "
++"На практике иногда возникает необходимость <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">изменить MAC-адрес</link>. Например, некоторые интернет-провайдеры "
+ "привязывают доступ к своим услугам к определённому MAC-адресу. Если сетевая "
+ "карта выйдет из строя, и вы замените её новой, связь станет недоступной. В "
+ "таком случае вы можете подменить MAC-адрес старым."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
+ "them yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если настройки сети не назначаются автоматически, придётся задать их вручную."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
+ msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr "Настройка параметров соединения вручную"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+ "computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+@@ -13755,21 +15810,26 @@
+ "узнать их у администратора сети или взглянуть на настройки сетевого "
+ "маршрутизатора или коммутатора."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
+ msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы настроить параметры сетевого соединения вручную:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p) C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Щёлкните на значке сети на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить сеть</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
+ "<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
+@@ -13779,7 +15839,8 @@
+ "<gui>Настроить</gui>. Например, если компьютер подключён к сети с помощью "
+ "кабеля, взгляните на <gui>Проводные</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+ "in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -13787,7 +15848,8 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что беспроводная карта включена или сетевой кабель подключён к "
+ "компьютеру. Иначе вы не сможете нажать <gui>Настроить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+ "<gui>Manual</gui>."
+@@ -13795,7 +15857,8 @@
+ "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Параметры IPv4</gui> и измените <gui>Метод</gui> "
+ "на <gui>Вручную</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+ "and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+@@ -13807,7 +15870,8 @@
+ "<gui>Адреса</gui>. Нажимайте <key>Enter</key> или <key>Tab</key> после "
+ "набора каждого адреса."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+ "numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+@@ -13815,7 +15879,8 @@
+ "Эти три адреса должны быть IP-адресами, то есть, они должны состоять из "
+ "четырёх чисел, разделённых точками (например, 123.45.6.78)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+ "corresponding field, separated by commas."
+@@ -13823,7 +15888,8 @@
+ "Наберите с соответствующем поле IP-адреса серверов DNS, которые вы хотите "
+ "использовать, разделив их запятыми."
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
+ "network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
+@@ -13834,7 +15900,8 @@
+ "настроек, попробуйте посетить веб-сайт или открыть совместно используемый "
+ "ресурс сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+ "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+@@ -13842,11 +15909,13 @@
+ "Можно сохранить параметры соединения так, чтобы подключиться мог любой "
+ "пользователь компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr "Другие пользователи не могут подключиться к Интернету"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+ "can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+@@ -13858,7 +15927,8 @@
+ "неправильные данные при подключении. Например, при подключении к "
+ "беспроводной сети они вводят неправильный пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+ "connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+@@ -13870,7 +15940,8 @@
+ "раз, и все остальные пользователи смогут подключаться к нему, не вводя "
+ "никаких дополнительных данных. Для этого:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+@@ -13879,7 +15950,8 @@
+ "Откройте <gui>Сеть</gui> и выберите в списке слева <gui>Проводное</gui> или "
+ "<gui>Беспроводное</gui> (в зависимости от типа изменяемого соединения)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+@@ -13887,7 +15959,8 @@
+ "Выберите соединение, которое должно быть доступно всем, из выпадающего "
+ "списка <gui>Имя сети</gui> и нажмите <gui>Настроить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+@@ -13898,7 +15971,8 @@
+ "администратора. Только <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">пользователи с "
+ "административными полномочиями</link> могут это сделать."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+ "entering any further details."
+@@ -13906,7 +15980,8 @@
+ "Теперь другие пользователи компьютера смогут использовать это соединение, не "
+ "вводя никаких дополнительных данных."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+ "network connection settings."
+@@ -13914,11 +15989,13 @@
+ "Надо отключить опцию <gui>Доступно всем пользователям</gui> в параметрах "
+ "сетевого соединения."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
+ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr "Другие пользователи не могут изменять сетевые подключения"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+ "you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+@@ -13933,7 +16010,8 @@
+ "\"user-admin-explain\">с правами администратора</link> разрешено изменять "
+ "его настройки."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+@@ -13943,7 +16021,8 @@
+ "на всех, то вносить такие изменения необходимо разрешать только доверенным "
+ "лицам (администраторам)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+ "make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+@@ -13957,11 +16036,13 @@
+ "настройками, вместо того, чтобы пользоваться одним набором совместно "
+ "используемых, общесистемных настроек соединения."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:38(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
+ msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr "Как сделать, чтобы подключение больше не было совместно используемым"
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+ "from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+@@ -13970,14 +16051,16 @@
+ "<gui>Беспроводное</gui>, в зависимости от типа подключения, которое вы "
+ "хотите изменить."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+ "want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+ "<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+ "admin users can do this."
+@@ -13985,7 +16068,8 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить соединение, нужно будет ввести свой пароль. Сделать это могут "
+ "только пользователи с административными полномочиями."
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersedit.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+ "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+@@ -13994,20 +16078,24 @@
+ "<gui>Сохранить</gui>. Теперь другие пользователи компьютера смогут "
+ "самостоятельно управлять соединением."
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+ "connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
+ "network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Проблемы с беспроводными "
+-"соединениями</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">поиск сети wifi</link>…"
++"соединениями</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">поиск сети wifi</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
+ msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы с сетью"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:22(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+ "purposes."
+@@ -14015,15 +16103,18 @@
+ "Прокси-сервер фильтрует веб-сайты с целью управления показом их содержимого "
+ "или для обеспечения безопасности."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
+ msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
+ msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr "Что такое прокси?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
+ "from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
+@@ -14039,11 +16130,13 @@
+ "управлять тем, какие сайты вы можете просматривать, запрещать пользователям "
+ "доступ в Интернет без авторизации или проверять безопасность веб-сайтов."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+ msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr "Изменение режима прокси-сервера"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
+ "the left side of the window."
+@@ -14051,57 +16144,69 @@
+ "Откройте <gui>Сеть</gui> и выберите <gui>Прокси-сервер</gui> из списка с "
+ "левой стороны окна."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+ msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr "Выберите нужный режим прокси-сервера из указанных ниже."
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
+ "web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:62(item/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
+ msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr "Вручную"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+ "protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+ "gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:67(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
+ msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr "Автоматически"
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+ "for your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
+ "connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
+ msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr "Общие советы, которые следует учитывать при использовании Интернета"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
+ msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr "Steven Richards"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
+ msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Безопасность в Интернете"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+ "is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+@@ -14112,7 +16217,8 @@
+ "with each distribution."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+@@ -14122,7 +16228,8 @@
+ "Linux, всегда возможно наличие уязвимостей. Как обычный пользователь "
+ "Интернета, вы подвергаетесь следующим угрозам:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+ "through deception)"
+@@ -14130,13 +16237,15 @@
+ "Фишинг (веб-сайты и электронные письма, с помощью которых мошенники пытаются "
+ "получить секретную информацию путём обмана)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
+ msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Рассылка электронных писем с вредоносными "
+ "вложениями</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -14144,7 +16253,8 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Приложения с вредоносным предназначением "
+ "(вирусы)</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
+ "link>"
+@@ -14152,11 +16262,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Неавторизованный доступ через Интернет "
+ "или по локальной сети</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
+ msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы оставаться в безопасности, следуйте приведённым ниже советам:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+ "not know."
+@@ -14164,7 +16276,8 @@
+ "Будьте осторожны с почтовыми сообщениями, вложениями и ссылками, которые вы "
+ "получили от незнакомых людей."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+ "information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+@@ -14176,19 +16289,22 @@
+ "данные вы отправляете и о возможных последствиях их компрометации людьми, "
+ "занимающимися кражами личности, или другими преступниками."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used "
+-"before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root "
+-"level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+-msgstr ""
+-"С осторожностью предоставляйте приложениям <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">права суперпользователя</link>, особенно тем, с которыми вы не работали "
+-"раньше и которые не являются широко известными. Предоставление кому-либо или "
+-"чему-либо прав суперпользователя увеличивает риск взлома вашего компьютера."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"С осторожностью предоставляйте приложениям <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">права суперпользователя</link>, особенно тем, с которыми вы не "
++"работали раньше и которые не являются широко известными. Предоставление кому-"
++"либо или чему-либо прав суперпользователя увеличивает риск взлома вашего "
++"компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+ "or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+@@ -14201,7 +16317,8 @@
+ "при отсутствии должной защиты. Чтобы защитить компьютер от вторжений, "
+ "используйте <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">межсетевой экран</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+@@ -14209,11 +16326,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Антивирусные программы</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "firewall-on-off\">межсетевые экраны</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
+ msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr "Безопасность в Интернете"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+ "could be a busy time of day."
+@@ -14221,11 +16340,13 @@
+ "Возможно, выполняется загрузка, у вас плохое соединение, или это занятое "
+ "время дня."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
+ msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr "Интернет работает медленно"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+ "things that could be causing the slow down."
+@@ -14233,7 +16354,8 @@
+ "Если скорость работы с Интернетом низкая, это может быть вызвано рядом "
+ "причин."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+@@ -14243,11 +16365,13 @@
+ "Интернета и снова подключиться. (При этом сбрасываются к исходным значениям "
+ "многие параметры, которые могли быть причиной медленной работы.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Занятое время дня</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+ "are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+@@ -14266,26 +16390,31 @@
+ "заметить замедление соединения. Обычно оно ощутимо, когда большинство из них "
+ "выходит в Интернет (например, по вечерам)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Загрузка нескольких вещей одновременно</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+ "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы или кто-то другой, использующий ваше соединение с Интернетом, "
+ "загружает несколько файлов одновременно или смотрит видео, скорость "
+ "соединения может оказаться недостаточной для удовлетворения всех "
+ "потребностей. В этом случае вы ощутите снижение скорости."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Неустойчивое соединение</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+@@ -14296,11 +16425,13 @@
+ "конференц-центре, соединение может быть слишком занятым или просто "
+ "ненадёжным."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Слабый сигнал беспроводной сети</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+ "icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+@@ -14311,12 +16442,14 @@
+ "панели. Если сигнал слабый, скорость соединения с Интернетом может "
+ "уменьшиться."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<em style=\"strong\">Используется более медленное мобильное соединение</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+ "have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+@@ -14330,11 +16463,13 @@
+ "быстрого мобильного широкополосного соединения, такого как 3G, на более "
+ "устойчивое, но медленное соединение типа GPRS."
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
+ msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Проблема в веб-браузере</em>"
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+ "could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
+@@ -14348,7 +16483,8 @@
+ "времени. Попробуйте закрыть все окна браузера, а затем запустите браузер "
+ "снова и посмотрите, изменилась ли скорость."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+ "set up a VPN connection."
+@@ -14356,11 +16492,13 @@
+ "VPN позволяет подключаться к локальной сети через Интернет. Узнайте, как "
+ "настроить VPN-соединение."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr "Подключение к VPN"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+ "local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+@@ -14382,7 +16520,8 @@
+ "гостиницы. VPN-соединения обычно <em>шифруются</em>, чтобы предотвратить "
+ "неавторизованный доступ к вашей локальной сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+@@ -14398,7 +16537,8 @@
+ "установки программного обеспечения, найдите пакет <app>NetworkManager</app>, "
+ "работающий с вашим VPN (если он есть) и установите его."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+ "probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+@@ -14410,29 +16550,34 @@
+ "предоставляющей программное обеспечение для VPN. Вероятно, действия по её "
+ "установке будут отличаться от изложенных здесь."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
+ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr "После этого можно настроить VPN-соединение:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+ "connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В списке слева нажмите кнопку <gui>+</gui>, чтобы добавить новое соединение."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите <gui>VPN</gui> в списке интерфейсов и нажмите <gui>Создать…</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Нажмите <gui>Добавить</gui> и выберите используемый вами тип VPN-соединения."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+ "details like your username and password as you go."
+@@ -14440,7 +16585,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <gui>Создать</gui> и введите необходимые сведения, такие как имя "
+ "пользователя и пароль, следуя инструкциям на экране."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+ "bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+@@ -14452,7 +16598,8 @@
+ "созданное соединение. Будет предпринята попытка установить соединение с VPN, "
+ "значок сети будет менять свой вид по мере установления соединения."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+ "double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+@@ -14463,27 +16610,32 @@
+ "раз введённые вами настройки VPN. Для этого щёлкните на значке сети, "
+ "выберите <gui>Настроить сеть</gui> и перейдите на вкладку <gui>VPN</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+ "<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
+ msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr "IP-адрес — что-то вроде телефонного номера вашего компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
+ msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr "Что такое IP-адрес?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+ "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+ "set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+@@ -14495,7 +16647,8 @@
+ "позвонить. IP-адрес — это тоже уникальный набор цифр, идентифицирующий ваш "
+ "компьютер, чтобы он мог обмениваться данными с другими компьютерами."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+ "by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+@@ -14503,7 +16656,8 @@
+ "В настоящее время большинство IP-адресов представляют собой четыре группы "
+ "цифр, разделённые точкой, например: <code>192.168.1.42</code>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+ "addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+@@ -14519,7 +16673,8 @@
+ "IP-адреса обычно используют только для специальных нужд, например для "
+ "администрирования сервера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable."
+@@ -14527,22 +16682,26 @@
+ "Всё, что нужно для настройки большинства проводных сетевых соединений — это "
+ "подключить сетевой кабель."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+ msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr "Подключение к проводной (Ethernet) сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+ "network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+ "few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Всё, что нужно для настройки большинства проводных соединений — это "
+ "подключить сетевой кабель. Значок сети на верхней панели должен несколько "
+ "секунд вращаться или пульсировать, а затем сменить свой вид на пиктограмму в "
+ "виде «разъёма», когда соединение установлено."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+ "cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+@@ -14558,7 +16717,8 @@
+ "устройства вашей сети). Иногда световой индикатор рядом с портом Ethernet "
+ "указывает, что он подключён и активен."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+@@ -14569,7 +16729,8 @@
+ "компьютера, нужно подключить каждый из них к сетевому концентратору, "
+ "маршрутизатору или коммутатору."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+ "(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+@@ -14579,7 +16740,8 @@
+ "автоматическую настройку (DHCP). В таком случае, придётся <link xref=\"net-"
+ "manual\">настроить её вручную</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+@@ -14587,11 +16749,13 @@
+ "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Проводные соединения с Интернетом</link>, "
+ "<link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">статические IP-адреса</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
+ msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr "Проводные сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+ "its network connections."
+@@ -14599,11 +16763,13 @@
+ "Используйте сеть ad-hoc, чтобы позволить другим устройствам подключаться к "
+ "вашему компьютеру и его сетевым соединениям."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
+ msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr "Создание беспроводной точки доступа"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+@@ -14611,15 +16777,18 @@
+ "network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+@@ -14627,24 +16796,28 @@
+ "to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
+ msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте <gui>Сетевые параметры</gui> и включите <gui>Режим для "
+ "авиаперелётов</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
+ msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr "Отключение беспроводной связи (режим для авиаперелётов)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+ "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+@@ -14656,7 +16829,8 @@
+ "беспроводное соединение. Это может понадобиться и по другим причинам "
+ "(например, для экономии заряда аккумулятора). Для этого:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+ "connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+@@ -14665,7 +16839,8 @@
+ "соединение будет отключено, пока вы снова не выключите режим для "
+ "авиаперелётов."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+ "Bluetooth connections."
+@@ -14673,15 +16848,18 @@
+ "При использовании <em>Режима для авиаперелётов</em> полностью отключаются "
+ "как беспроводные, так и Bluetooth соединения."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
+ msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr "Подключение к Интернету — без проводов."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+ msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr "Подключение к беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+@@ -14692,7 +16870,8 @@
+ "чтобы выходить в Интернет, просматривать совместно используемые файлы в сети "
+ "и т.п."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+ "you want to connect to."
+@@ -14700,7 +16879,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке сети на верхней панели и выберите название сети, к "
+ "которой нужно подключиться."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+ "to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+@@ -14712,16 +16892,18 @@
+ "равно не видна, возможно, что вы находитесь вне радиуса её действия или сеть "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">скрытая</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+ "<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если сеть защищена паролем (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">ключом "
+ "шифрования</link>), введите пароль и нажмите <gui>Подключиться</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+@@ -14731,7 +16913,8 @@
+ "беспроводного маршрутизатора или базовой станции, указан в инструкции по "
+ "эксплуатации, или нужно узнать его у администратора беспроводной сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+ "to the network."
+@@ -14739,7 +16922,8 @@
+ "Значок сети будет менять свой вид по мере того, как компьютер пытается "
+ "установить соединение с сетью."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+ "bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+@@ -14750,7 +16934,8 @@
+ "чёрточками над ней. Чем больше чёрточек, тем увереннее связь с сетью. Если "
+ "чёрточек мало, то сигнал слабый и связь может быть не очень надёжной."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+ "noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+@@ -14761,7 +16946,8 @@
+ "wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+ "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+@@ -14771,17 +16957,20 @@
+ "speeds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+ "properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr "Почему беспроводное соединение постоянно прерывается?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+ "though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+@@ -14794,11 +16983,13 @@
+ "верхней панели при попытке соединения вращается или пульсирует), но это "
+ "может раздражать, особенно если в это время пользуетесь Интернетом."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+ msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr "Слабый сигнал беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+ "have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+@@ -14813,20 +17004,23 @@
+ "расположенные между компьютером и базовой станцией, также могут ослаблять "
+ "сигнал."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+ "If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Значок сети на верхней панели показывает интенсивность сигнала беспроводной "
+-"сети. Если сигнал  слишком слабый, попробуйте переместиться ближе к базовой "
+-"станции."
++"Значок сети на верхней панели показывает интенсивность сигнала "
++"беспроводной сети. Если сигнал  слишком слабый, попробуйте переместиться "
++"ближе к базовой станции."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+ msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr "Сетевое соединение установлено неправильно"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+ "have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+@@ -14841,7 +17035,8 @@
+ "лишь частично — ему удаётся установить соединение, но по каким-то причинам "
+ "он не может довести эту процедуру до конца, и соединение прерывается."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+@@ -14851,11 +17046,13 @@
+ "сети или отсутствие доступа в эту сеть у вашего компьютера (например, потому "
+ "что для входа в сеть требуется указать имя пользователя)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
+ msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr "Ненадёжное беспроводное оборудование или драйверы"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+ "are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+@@ -14872,11 +17069,13 @@
+ "причина может быть в этом. Если такие прерывания происходят достаточно "
+ "часто, возможно, вам стоит подумать о приобретении другого устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+ msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Перегрузка в беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+ "example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+@@ -14888,37 +17087,44 @@
+ "сети возникает перегрузка, она не может обслужить все пытающиеся "
+ "подключиться компьютеры, и некоторые из них отключаются."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
+ msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
+ msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr "Изменение беспроводного соединения"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+ "<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+ "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+ "are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
+ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям / Подключаться автоматически"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
+ msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr "Подключаться автоматически"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+ "wireless network whenever it is in range."
+@@ -14927,7 +17133,8 @@
+ "подключиться к этой беспроводной сети, как только окажется в зоне её "
+ "действия."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+@@ -14935,11 +17142,13 @@
+ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
+ msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+ "to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+@@ -14949,22 +17158,26 @@
+ "password themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
+ msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr "Беспроводные"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
+ msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr "SSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+ "known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+@@ -14976,18 +17189,20 @@
+ "вы не изменили название беспроводной сети (например, при внесении изменений "
+ "в настройки беспроводного маршрутизатора или базовой станции)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
+ msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr "Режим"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+ "gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+ "station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+ "station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Используйте его, чтобы указать, к какой сети вы подключаетесь: "
+ "<gui>Инфраструктура</gui> (где компьютеры устанавливают беспроводное "
+@@ -14996,7 +17211,8 @@
+ "Большинство сетей являются инфраструктурными, но вы можете <link xref=\"net-"
+ "adhoc\">создать собственную сеть ad-hoc</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+ "gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+@@ -15016,11 +17232,13 @@
+ "несколько беспроводных сетей используют один и тот же канал, что может "
+ "снизить скорость соединения, поэтому вы также можете выбрать нужный канал."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
+ msgid "BSSID"
+ msgstr "BSSID"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+@@ -15035,11 +17253,13 @@
+ "является <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">скрытой</link>, она не имеет "
+ "SSID, но имеет BSSID."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
+ msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr "MAC-адрес устройства"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+ "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+@@ -15051,16 +17271,20 @@
+ "маршрутизатор). Каждое устройство, которое можно подключить к сети, имеет "
+ "уникальный MAC-адрес, присвоенный ему производителем."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Этот параметр можно использовать для изменения MAC-адреса сетевой карты."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
+ msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr "Клонированный MAC-адрес"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+@@ -15076,11 +17300,13 @@
+ "<gui>Клонированный MAC-адрес</gui>, устройство или служба будут считать, что "
+ "ваш компьютер имеет клонированный MAC-адрес, а не реальный."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
+ msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr "MTU"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+ "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+@@ -15096,27 +17322,32 @@
+ "помех) и от скорости соединения. Как правило, изменять этот параметр не "
+ "следует."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
+ msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr "Защита беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
+ msgid "Security"
+ msgstr "Защита"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+ "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+ "you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Определяет, какой тип <em>шифрования</em> используется в беспроводной сети. "
+-"Шифрование помогает защитить беспроводное соединение от перехвата данных, "
++"Определяет, какой тип <em>шифрования</em> используется в беспроводной сети."
++" Шифрование помогает защитить беспроводное соединение от перехвата данных, "
+ "чтобы другие люди не могли узнать, например,  какие веб-сайты вы посещаете."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+@@ -15132,11 +17363,13 @@
+ "шифрования в беспроводных сетях читайте в разделе <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "wepwpa\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
+ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры IPv4"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+ "which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+@@ -15146,15 +17379,18 @@
+ "компьютера или используемые серверы DNS. Измените <gui>Метод</gui>, чтобы "
+ "увидеть другие способы получить или задать эту информацию."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
+ msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr "Доступны следующие способы:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+ msgstr "Автоматически (DHCP)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+ "server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+@@ -15169,11 +17405,13 @@
+ "автоматически будут назначены правильныеон параметры сетевого соединения. "
+ "DHCP используется во многих сетях."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
+ msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr "Автоматически (DHCP, только адрес)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+@@ -15183,7 +17421,8 @@
+ "сервера DHCP, но остальные параметры (например, какой использовать DNS-"
+ "сервер) нужно будет указать вручную."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+@@ -15191,11 +17430,13 @@
+ "Выберите этот вариант, если хотите самостоятельно указать все параметры "
+ "сетевого соединения, в том числе IP-адрес компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
+ msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+ "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+@@ -15205,7 +17446,8 @@
+ "so they communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
+ msgid ""
+ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+ "connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+@@ -15213,18 +17455,21 @@
+ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
+ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры IPv6"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+ "at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+ "networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+@@ -15232,11 +17477,13 @@
+ "Возможно, беспроводной адаптер отключен или неисправен, рядом слишком много "
+ "беспроводных сетей, или вы находитесь вне зоны действия сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
+ msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr "Моей беспроводной сети нет в списке"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+@@ -15246,7 +17493,8 @@
+ "отсутствовать в списке, отображаемом при щелчке на значке сети на верхней "
+ "панели."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+ "off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+@@ -15256,7 +17504,8 @@
+ "отключено или <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">работает "
+ "неправильно</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+ "for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+@@ -15268,16 +17517,19 @@
+ "указывающую вправо, и наведите на неё указатель мыши, чтобы увидеть "
+ "остальные беспроводные сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+ "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Возможно, компьютер находится за пределами дальности действия сети. "
+ "Попробуйте переместиться ближе к базовой станции или маршрутизатору и "
+ "проверьте, не появится ли сеть в списке через некоторое время."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+@@ -15287,25 +17539,29 @@
+ "компьютер только что включен или перемещён в другое место, подождите около "
+ "минуты, а затем проверьте, не появилась ли сеть в списке."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Сеть может быть скрытой. В таком случае подключаться к ней нужно <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">другим способом</link>."
++"Сеть может быть скрытой. В таком случае подключаться к ней нужно <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">другим способом</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+ "network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
+ msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr "Подключение к скрытой беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+ "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+@@ -15313,34 +17569,39 @@
+ "any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
+ msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr "Выберите <gui>Беспроводное</gui> в списке слева."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+ "wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+ "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы узнать имя сети, можно взглянуть на настройки беспроводной базовой "
+ "станции или маршрутизатора. Оно иногда называется <em>BSSID</em> (Basic "
+ "Service Set Identifier) и выглядит примерно так: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+ "for terms like WEP and WPA."
+@@ -15348,7 +17609,8 @@
+ "Следует также проверить параметры защиты беспроводной базовой станции. Ищите "
+ "термины типа WEP и WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+ "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+@@ -15356,34 +17618,39 @@
+ "detectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Некоторые считают, что скрытие беспроводной сети улучшает её защиту, не "
+-"позволяя подключиться людям, которые о ней не знают. На практике, это не "
+-"так: обнаружить сеть немного сложнее, но всё же возможно."
++"позволяя подключиться людям, которые о ней не знают. На практике, это не так:"
++" обнаружить сеть немного сложнее, но всё же возможно."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+ "turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+ msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr "Я ввёл правильный пароль, но подключиться не удалось"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы уверены, что <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">пароль беспроводной "
+ "сети</link> введён правильно, но подключиться к сети всё равно не удаётся, "
+ "попробуйте сделать следующее:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+ msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr "Ещё раз проверьте правильность ввода пароля"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+@@ -15393,11 +17660,13 @@
+ "заглавные или строчные), поэтому проверьте, не введена ли одна из букв не в "
+ "том регистре."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+ msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+ "string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+@@ -15409,11 +17678,13 @@
+ "connection)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+ msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Попробуйте отключить и снова включить сетевую карту"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+@@ -15424,11 +17695,13 @@
+ "чтобы вернуть её в исходное состояние — подробнее смотрите <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-troubleshooting\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+ msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr "Убедитесь, что выбран правильный тип защиты беспроводной сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+ "of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+@@ -15437,11 +17710,13 @@
+ "use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+ msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+ "connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+@@ -15451,15 +17726,17 @@
+ "more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
+ msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+ "you may need to find a better one."
+@@ -15467,18 +17744,21 @@
+ "Некоторые драйверы устройств не очень хорошо работают с определёнными "
+ "беспроводными адаптерами, и вам может понадобиться найти более подходящие."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
+ msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
+ msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+ "your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+@@ -15488,12 +17768,16 @@
+ "the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Проверьте, есть ли ваш беспроводной адаптер в списке поддерживаемых устройств"
++"Проверьте, есть ли ваш беспроводной адаптер в списке поддерживаемых "
++"устройств"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+ "support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+@@ -15509,18 +17793,20 @@
+ "беспроводных устройств. Иногда эти списки содержат дополнительную информацию "
+ "о том, как заставить некоторые адаптеры работать правильно. Найдите список "
+ "для вашего дистрибутива (например, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/"
+-"community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href="
+-"\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> или <link href="
+-"\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) и "
+-"проверьте, содержитcя ли в нём производитель и модель вашего беспроводного "
+-"адаптера. Возможно, вы найдёте там какую-то информацию, которая поможет "
+-"обеспечить правильную работу драйвера вашего устройства."
++"community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http:"
++"//linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> или <link href=\"http://"
++"en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) и проверьте, "
++"содержитcя ли в нём производитель и модель вашего беспроводного адаптера. "
++"Возможно, вы найдёте там какую-то информацию, которая поможет обеспечить "
++"правильную работу драйвера вашего устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
+ msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr "Поищите проприетарные (двоичные) драйверы"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+ "em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+@@ -15538,7 +17824,8 @@
+ "случае посмотрите, нет ли на веб-сайте производителя беспроводного адаптера "
+ "драйверов для Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+ "for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+@@ -15549,11 +17836,13 @@
+ "используйте его, чтобы проверить, не найдёт ли он драйверы для беспроводного "
+ "устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
+ msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr "Используйте для своего адаптера драйверы для Windows"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+ "(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+@@ -15578,7 +17867,8 @@
+ "mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">здесь</link>. Обратите "
+ "внимание, что не все беспроводные драйверы можно использовать с NDISwrapper."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+ "adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+@@ -15591,7 +17881,8 @@
+ "компьютеру. Однако перед покупкой нужно проверить, совместим ли данный "
+ "адаптер с вашим дистрибутивом Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+ "recognized properly by the computer."
+@@ -15599,15 +17890,18 @@
+ "Даже если беспроводной адаптер подсоединён, он может быть неправильно "
+ "распознан компьютером."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
+ msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
+ msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, распознаётся ли беспроводной адаптер"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+@@ -15617,7 +17911,8 @@
+ "распознаваться компьютером, как сетевое устройство. На этом этапе вы "
+ "проверите, правильно ли распознано устройство."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+@@ -15627,7 +17922,8 @@
+ "<key>Enter</key>. Если команда выдаст сообщение об ошибке, вам может "
+ "понадобиться установить программу <app>lshw</app> на компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+ "interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+@@ -15637,7 +17933,8 @@
+ "em>. Если ваш беспроводной адаптер распознан правильно, вы увидите что-то "
+ "наподобие:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "*-network\n"
+@@ -15650,13 +17947,15 @@
+ "       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+ "       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+ "depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+@@ -15670,11 +17969,13 @@
+ "(<link xref=\"#pci\">внутренний PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link> "
+ "или <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+ msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Беспроводные PCI адаптеры (внутренние)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+@@ -15684,12 +17985,14 @@
+ "большинстве ноутбуков, произведённых в последние несколько лет. Чтобы "
+ "проверить, распознаётся ли ваш беспроводной PCI адаптер:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте терминал, наберите <cmd>lspci</cmd> и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+ "<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+@@ -15702,16 +18005,22 @@
+ "<code>Network controller</code> или <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Эти "
+ "надписи могут соответствовать нескольким типам устройств; те, которые "
+ "соответствуют беспроводным адаптерам, могут содержать слова типа "
+-"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> или "
+-"<code>802.11</code>. Вот пример подобной строки:"
++"<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> или <code>802."
++"11</code>. Вот пример подобной строки:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+ "\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+@@ -15719,18 +18028,19 @@
+ "\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
+ msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr "Беспроводные USB адаптеры"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Беспроводные адаптеры, подключаемые в порт USB на компьютере, менее "
+ "распространены. Они могут вставляться непосредственно в порт USB или "
+@@ -15740,12 +18050,14 @@
+ "действительности адаптером 3G. Чтобы проверить, распознаётся ли ваш "
+ "беспроводной USB адаптер:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
+ msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте терминал, наберите <cmd>lsusb</cmd> и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+ "refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+@@ -15757,17 +18069,25 @@
+ "относиться к беспроводным или сетевым устройствам. Информация о беспроводном "
+ "адаптере может содержать слова типа <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
+ "code>, <code>wifi</code> или <code>802.11</code>. Вот пример подобной записи:"
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
+ #, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+ msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr "Проверка устройства PCMCIA"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+@@ -15778,20 +18098,25 @@
+ "встретить на старых компьютерах. Чтобы проверить, распознан ли PCMCIA-"
+ "адаптер:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+ msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr "Включите компьютер <em>не подключая</em> к нему беспроводной адаптер."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
+ msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+-msgstr "Откройте Терминал и введите следующее, затем нажмите <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"Откройте Терминал и введите следующее, затем нажмите <key>Enter</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+ "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+@@ -15800,7 +18125,8 @@
+ "вашего компьютера, и будет автоматически обновлять его при каких-либо "
+ "изменениях устройств."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+@@ -15810,7 +18136,8 @@
+ "окне терминала. Изменения должны включать в себя некоторые сведения о вашем "
+ "беспроводном адаптере. Посмотрите, сможете ли вы его идентифицировать."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+@@ -15820,7 +18147,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. После этого можно закрыть "
+ "терминал."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+@@ -15828,11 +18156,13 @@
+ "see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
+ msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr "Беспроводной адаптер не распознан"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+ "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+@@ -15844,7 +18174,8 @@
+ "доступны ли для установки нужные драйверы, будет зависеть от используемого "
+ "вами дистрибутива Linux (например, Ubuntu, Fedora или openSuSE)."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+@@ -15854,7 +18185,8 @@
+ "сайте вашего дистрибутива. Это могут быть, например, почтовые расслыки или "
+ "веб-чаты, в которых вы можете задать вопрос о своём беспроводном адаптере."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+ "subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+@@ -15862,11 +18194,13 @@
+ "В дальнейших этапах устранения неисправности вам может понадобиться такая "
+ "информация, как номер модели вашего беспроводного адаптера."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
+ msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr "Сбор информации о беспроводном оборудовании"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+ "device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+@@ -15875,14 +18209,15 @@
+ "your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
+ "following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
+-"На этом этапе вы соберёте информацию о своём беспроводном сетевом "
+-"устройстве. Способ устранения многих проблем с беспроводными подключениями "
+-"зависит от производителя и номера модели беспроводного адаптера, так что вам "
+-"нужно будет записать эти сведения. Могут также пригодиться предметы, "
+-"входящие в поставку вашего компьютера, такие как установочные диски с "
+-"драйверами. Найдите следующие предметы, если они у вас есть:"
++"На этом этапе вы соберёте информацию о своём беспроводном сетевом устройстве."
++" Способ устранения многих проблем с беспроводными подключениями зависит от "
++"производителя и номера модели беспроводного адаптера, так что вам нужно "
++"будет записать эти сведения. Могут также пригодиться предметы, входящие в "
++"поставку вашего компьютера, такие как установочные диски с драйверами. "
++"Найдите следующие предметы, если они у вас есть:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+ "user guide for your router)"
+@@ -15890,7 +18225,8 @@
+ "Упаковку и инструкции для беспроводных устройств (особенно руководство "
+ "пользователя для маршрутизатора)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+ "contains Windows drivers)"
+@@ -15898,7 +18234,8 @@
+ "Диск с драйверами для беспроводного адаптера (даже если он содержит только "
+ "драйверы для Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+@@ -15908,7 +18245,8 @@
+ "адаптера и маршрутизатора. Обычно её можно найти на нижней или задней "
+ "стороне устройства."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+@@ -15918,15 +18256,18 @@
+ "беспроводных сетевых устройств. Они могут быть особенно полезными, так что "
+ "смотрите внимательно."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+ "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Всё на диске с драйверами, что может помочь идентифицировать либо само "
+ "устройство, его версию прошивки, либо используемые в нём компоненты (чипсет)."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+ "so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+@@ -15939,22 +18280,26 @@
+ "маршрутизатору кабелем Ethernet, но подключайтесь только когда в этом "
+ "возникнет необходимость.)"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+ "few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
+ msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr "Первоначальная проверка соединения"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+ "network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+@@ -15967,7 +18312,8 @@
+ "соединением, а также подготовиться к следующим этапам по устранению "
+ "неполадок."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+ "connection."
+@@ -15975,7 +18321,8 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что ноутбук не подключён к Интернету <em>проводным</em> "
+ "соединением."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+@@ -15985,7 +18332,8 @@
+ "PCMCIA), проверьте, надёжно ли он вставлен в соответствующий разъём на "
+ "компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+@@ -15996,19 +18344,22 @@
+ "беспроводную карту часто можно включить или отключить нажатием определённой "
+ "комбинации клавиш на клавиатуре."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+ "You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+ "Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
+ msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте терминал, наберите <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+@@ -16024,7 +18375,8 @@
+ "адаптере строку <code>State: Connected</code>, это означает, что он работает "
+ "и подключён к беспроводному маршрутизатору."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+ "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+@@ -16039,18 +18391,21 @@
+ "подключения к провайдеру, чтобы убедиться, что настройки сделаны правильно, "
+ "либо обратитесь за поддержкой к интернет-провайдеру."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+ "connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+ "portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
+ msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr "Выявление и устранение проблем с беспроводными соединениями"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+@@ -16060,7 +18415,8 @@
+ "беспроводным соединением. Если по какой-то причине не удаётся подключиться к "
+ "беспроводной сети, попробуйте выполнить следующие инструкции."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+ "to the internet:"
+@@ -16068,38 +18424,46 @@
+ "Чтобы добиться подключения вашего компьютера к Интернету, мы последовательно "
+ "пройдём следующие этапы:"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+ msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr "Выполнение первоначальной проверки"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
+ msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr "Сбор информации о вашем оборудовании"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
+ msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr "Проверка оборудования"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
+ msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+ msgstr "Попытка установить соединение с беспроводным маршрутизатором"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+ msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr "Проверка модема и маршрутизатора"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+ msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr "Использование командной строки"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+ "<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+@@ -16109,7 +18473,8 @@
+ "<em>командной строке</em> (терминале). Приложение <app>Терминал</app> можно "
+ "найти в <gui>Обзоре</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+ "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+@@ -16122,15 +18487,18 @@
+ "их <em>точно так же</em>, как они написаны здесь, и нажимать <key>Enter</"
+ "key> после ввода каждой команды для её запуска."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+ msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr "WEP и WPA — это способы шифрования данных в беспроводных сетях."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
+ msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr "Что такое WEP и WPA?"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+ "to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+@@ -16146,7 +18514,8 @@
+ "WPA — от <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 является второй версией "
+ "стандарта WPA."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+ "the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+@@ -16161,39 +18530,44 @@
+ "маршрутизатор поддерживают WPA2, то рекомендуется выбрать именно его при "
+ "настройке беспроводной сети."
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+ "wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Соединение с wifi</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">скрытые сети</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon"
+-"\">изменение параметров соединения</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">скрытые сети</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">изменение параметров соединения</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+ "disconnecting\">отсоединение</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
+ msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr "Беспроводные сети"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+ "accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Беспроводные</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+-"\">проводные</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">проблемы с соединением</"
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Беспроводные</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">проводные</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">проблемы с соединением</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">просмотр веб-сайтов</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"net-email\">учётные записи электронной почты</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
+ msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr "Сети, Интернет, электронная почта и чаты"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+ "an estimate."
+@@ -16201,11 +18575,13 @@
+ "Оставшееся время работы, отображаемое при щелчке на <gui>значке "
+ "аккумулятора</gui>, является приблизительным."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
+ msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr "Неправильная оценка времени работы от аккумулятора"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+ "remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+@@ -16218,14 +18594,15 @@
+ "аккумулятора можно оценить лишь приблизительно. Как правило, со временем "
+ "оценка становится точнее."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+ "taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+ "computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+ "open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы оценить оставшееся время работы от аккумулятора, нужно принять во "
+ "внимание множество факторов. Один из них — это мощность, потребляемая "
+@@ -16235,7 +18612,8 @@
+ "просмотр DVD или преобразование музыкальных файлов). Всё это постоянно "
+ "меняется и является трудно предсказуемым."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+@@ -16246,7 +18624,8 @@
+ "Без точного знания динамики процесса разрядки аккумулятора трудно оценить "
+ "оставшееся время работы."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+@@ -16256,7 +18635,8 @@
+ "параметры этого процесса и учится лучше оценивать оставшееся время работы. "
+ "Но абсолютно точной оценки добиться всё-таки невозможно."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+@@ -16266,7 +18646,8 @@
+ "(например, сотни дней), вероятно, диспетчеру питания не хватает каких-то "
+ "данных для правильного расчёта."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+@@ -16276,16 +18657,19 @@
+ "а затем подключить его и дать аккумулятору подзарядиться, то диспетчер "
+ "питания сможет получить необходимые ему данные."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
+ msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr "Советы по уменьшению энергопотребления компьютера"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
+ msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Уменьшение потребляемой мощности и увеличение времени работы от аккумулятора"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+ "strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+@@ -16294,11 +18678,13 @@
+ "помощью некоторых простых энергосберегающих стратегий можно уменьшить счёт "
+ "за электроэнергию и помочь в сохранении окружающей среды."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+ msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr "Общие советы"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+@@ -16308,29 +18694,28 @@
+ "link>, когда не пользуетесь им. Это значительно уменьшает энергопотребление "
+ "и позволяет быстро вернуть его в рабочий режим."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be "
+-"using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer "
+-"regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
+-msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-off\">Выключайте</link> компьютер, если не собираетесь "
+-"использовать его долгое время. Некоторые люди беспокоятся, что при "
+-"регулярном отключении компьютера его компоненты быстрее изнашиваются, но "
+-"сейчас это уже неактуально."
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
+ "power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
+-"you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
+-"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
+-"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a "
+-"certain period of time."
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+ "using them."
+@@ -16338,20 +18723,20 @@
+ "Отключайте все внешние устройства (типа принтеров и сканеров), когда не "
+ "пользуетесь ими."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
+ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr "Ноутбуки, нетбуки и другие устройства с аккумуляторами"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+-"consumption."
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Уменьшите яркость экрана</link>: питание "
+-"экрана составляет значительную долю общего энергопотребления ноутбука."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+ "can use to reduce the brightness."
+@@ -16359,7 +18744,8 @@
+ "На клавиатурах большинства ноутбуков есть кнопки (или комбинации клавиш) для "
+ "уменьшения яркости."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+@@ -16369,7 +18755,8 @@
+ "или Bluetooth адаптер. При работе эти устройства передают радиосигналы, "
+ "потребляя при этом значительное количество электроэнергии."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+@@ -16379,11 +18766,13 @@
+ "на других можно использовать для этого комбинацию клавиш. Когда в устройстве "
+ "возникнет необходимость, его можно будет снова включить."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+ msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
+ msgid ""
+ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+ "more power when they have more work to do."
+@@ -16391,7 +18780,8 @@
+ "Уменьшите число выполняемых в фоновом режиме задач. Компьютеры потребляют "
+ "больше энергии, когда больше загружены работой."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+@@ -16401,15 +18791,18 @@
+ "них. Зато приложения, которые получают данные из интернета, воспроизводят "
+ "музыку или фильмы, оказывают большое влияние на энергопотребление."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
+ msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr "Советы типа «не позволяйте аккумулятору разряжаться слишком сильно»"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
+ msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr "Как получить максимум возможного от аккумулятора ноутбука"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+@@ -16419,7 +18812,8 @@
+ "ёмкость значительно уменьшается. Есть несколько способов, позволяющих "
+ "продлить их время жизни, хотя не стоит ожидать от них большого эффекта."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+ "the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+@@ -16433,7 +18827,8 @@
+ "частичном разряде более эффективна, однако выполнять её каждый раз, когда "
+ "аккумулятор лишь слегка разрядился, более вредно для него."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+ "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+@@ -16441,7 +18836,8 @@
+ "Нагрев оказывает пагубный эффект на эффективность зарядки аккумулятора. Не "
+ "позволяйте аккумулятору нагреваться больше, чем следует."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+@@ -16451,7 +18847,8 @@
+ "смысла в покупке запасного аккумулятора одновременно с исходным — всегда "
+ "покупайте аккумулятор на замену, только когда он понадобится."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+@@ -16461,16 +18858,19 @@
+ "наиболее распространённому типу аккумуляторов. Правила обращения с другими "
+ "типами аккумуляторов могут отличаться."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+ msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Некоторые ноутбуки намеренно замедляют работу при питании от аккумулятора."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
+ msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr "Почему работа моего ноутбука замедляется при питании от аккумулятора?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+ "order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+@@ -16482,11 +18882,13 @@
+ "тактовую частоту, при которой он потребляет меньшую мощность, и это "
+ "позволяет ноутбуку дольше работать от аккумулятора."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
+ msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+ "cause of this problem."
+@@ -16494,12 +18896,14 @@
+ "Причиной этой проблемы могут быть тонкие настройки от производителя и "
+ "отличающийся метод оценки времени работы аккумулятора."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
+ msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Почему у меня время работы от аккумулятора ниже, чем было в Windows/Mac OS?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+ "than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+@@ -16516,7 +18920,8 @@
+ "специфичны и могут быть не документированными, поэтому добавить их в Linux "
+ "трудно."
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+ "without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+@@ -16525,7 +18930,8 @@
+ "processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+ "battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+@@ -16533,21 +18939,24 @@
+ "different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ещё одной возможной причиной несоответствия может быть различие в методах "
+-"оценки оставшегося времени работы от аккумулятора в Windows/Mac OS и в "
+-"Linux. Реальное время работы может быть одним и тем же, но разные методы "
+-"дают разные оценочные значения."
++"оценки оставшегося времени работы от аккумулятора в Windows/Mac OS и в Linux."
++" Реальное время работы может быть одним и тем же, но разные методы дают "
++"разные оценочные значения."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
+ msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Ноутбуки переходят в ждущий режим при закрытии крышки для экономии "
+ "электроэнергии."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr "Почему мой компьютер отключается, когда я закрываю его крышку?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+ "suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+@@ -16562,7 +18971,8 @@
+ "попробуйте щёлкнуть мышью или нажать клавишу. Если это тоже не помогает, "
+ "нажмите кнопку питания."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+ "hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+@@ -16575,15 +18985,17 @@
+ "из-за того, что их компоненты не полностью поддерживаются операционной "
+ "системой (например, вследствие несовершества драйверов для Linux). В таком "
+ "случае вы можете обнаружить, что компьютер не возвращается в рабочий режим "
+-"после закрытия крышки. Можно попробовать <link xref=\"power-suspendfail"
+-"\">устранить эту проблему</link> или предотвратить переход компьютера в "
+-"ждущий режим при закрытии крышки."
++"после закрытия крышки. Можно попробовать <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">устранить эту проблему</link> или предотвратить переход "
++"компьютера в ждущий режим при закрытии крышки."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
+ msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr "Запрет перевода компьютера в ждущий режим при закрытии крышки"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+ "change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+@@ -16593,7 +19005,8 @@
+ "крышки, можно изменить соответствующие настройки. Чтобы при закрытии крышки "
+ "компьютер гасил экран, а не переходил в ждущий режим:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+@@ -16603,7 +19016,8 @@
+ "перегреваться, если оставить их включенными с закрытой крышкой, особенно "
+ "если они находятся в замкнутом пространстве, например, в рюкзаке."
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+ "and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -16611,7 +19025,8 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить настройки, используемые при разряде аккумулятора, наберите "
+ "эту команду и нажмите <key>Enter</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+ "press <key>Enter</key>:"
+@@ -16619,7 +19034,8 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить настройки, используемые при пропадании напряжения в "
+ "электросети, наберите эту команду и нажмите <key>Enter</key>:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+ "hot."
+@@ -16627,11 +19043,13 @@
+ "Возможно, отсутствует программа, управляющая скоростью вентилятора, или "
+ "ноутбук слишком сильно нагревается."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
+ msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr "Вентилятор ноутбука вращается постоянно"
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+ "hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+@@ -16647,7 +19065,8 @@
+ "может быть не установлено (или вообще недоступно для Linux), поэтому "
+ "вентиляторы всё время вращаются на полной скорости."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+ "extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+@@ -16665,7 +19084,8 @@
+ "зависящий от производителя и модели ноутбука, поэтому вам может понадобится "
+ "поискать конкретные советы о том, как сделать это на вашем компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+ "not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+@@ -16681,17 +19101,20 @@
+ "Иногда может помочь приобретение дополнительных охлаждающих аксессуаров для "
+ "ноутбука."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
+ msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Спящий режим отключён по умолчанию, потому что недостаточно хорошо "
+ "поддерживается."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
+ msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr "Как перевести компьютер в спящий режим?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
+ "documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
+@@ -16703,7 +19126,8 @@
+ "не потребляет электроэнергию, но приложения и документы будут вновь открыты "
+ "при повторном включении компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
+ "link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
+@@ -16716,16 +19140,19 @@
+ "при повторном включении компьютера. Поэтому спящий режим по умолчанию "
+ "отключён."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
+ msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr "Проверка работоспособности спящего режима"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
+ msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Всегда сохраняйте свою работу перед переводом компьютера в спящий режим"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -16736,14 +19163,16 @@
+ "возвращении в рабочий режим открытые приложения и документы не будут "
+ "восстановлены."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно использовать командную строку, чтобы проверить, работает ли спящий "
+ "режим на вашем компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+@@ -16753,7 +19182,8 @@
+ "key><key>t</key></keyseq> или выполнив поиск по слову <input>терминал</"
+ "input> в <gui>Обзоре</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
+ "<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+@@ -16761,7 +19191,8 @@
+ "Откройте <app>Терминал</app>, выполнив поиск по слову <input>терминал</"
+ "input> в <gui>Обзоре</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+@@ -16769,11 +19200,13 @@
+ "Откройте терминал от имени root, наберите <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> и нажмите "
+ "<key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
+ msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr "Введите свой пароль, если система попросит сделать это."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
+ "re-open?"
+@@ -16781,7 +19214,8 @@
+ "После выключения компьютера включите его снова. Открылись ли ваши открытые "
+ "ранее приложения?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
+ "as your available RAM."
+@@ -16789,11 +19223,13 @@
+ "Если спящий режим не работает, убедитесь, что раздел подкачки имеет размер, "
+ "по крайней мере не меньший, чем доступный объём оперативной памяти."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
+ msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr "Включение спящего режима"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
+ "cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+@@ -16802,7 +19238,8 @@
+ "пользоваться командой <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> для перевода компьютера в "
+ "спящий режим."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
+ "favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
+@@ -16814,7 +19251,8 @@
+ "<file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate."
+ "pkla</file>. Добавьте в него следующее содержимое и сохраните:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+ "can be damaging."
+@@ -16822,11 +19260,13 @@
+ "Компьютеры обычно нагреваются при работе, но сильный перегрев может "
+ "повредить их."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
+ msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr "Компьютер сильно нагревается"
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+ "normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+@@ -16838,7 +19278,8 @@
+ "компонентов. Но если компьютер становится слишком горячим, это может быть "
+ "признаком его перегрева, способного вызвать повреждение."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+ "It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+@@ -16858,7 +19299,8 @@
+ "дополнительные охлаждающие устройства, которые крепятся к нижней части "
+ "корпуса и обеспечивают более эффективное охлаждение."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+ "insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+@@ -16877,7 +19319,8 @@
+ "система может оказаться неспособной справиться с отводом тепла и не сможет "
+ "обеспечить достаточно быструю циркуляцию воздуха."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+ "are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+@@ -16894,7 +19337,8 @@
+ "проконсультироваться с врачом. Ну и, разумеется, можно просто не ставить "
+ "ноутбук к себе на колени."
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+ "prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+@@ -16906,17 +19350,20 @@
+ "самопроизвольного выключения вашего компьютера. Если ваш компьютер "
+ "перегревается, возможно, стоит отнести его в ремонт."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
+ msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr "Доводить аккумулятор до полной разрядки вредно для него."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
+ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Почему мой компьютер отключается или переходит в спящий режим, когда уровень "
+ "заряда аккумулятора падает до 10%?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+ "automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
+@@ -16925,12 +19372,13 @@
+ "have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Когда уровень заряда аккумулятора становится слишком низким, компьютер "
+-"автоматически переходит в <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">спящий режим</"
+-"link>. Он делает это во избежание полного разряда, поскольку это вредно для "
++"автоматически переходит в <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">спящий режим</link>."
++" Он делает это во избежание полного разряда, поскольку это вредно для "
+ "аккумулятора. Или, если аккумулятор только что полностью разрядился, "
+ "компьютеру может не хватить времени для правильного отключения."
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
+ "<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
+@@ -16940,7 +19388,8 @@
+ "turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+@@ -16955,17 +19404,20 @@
+ "попробовать  <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">устранить проблемы со спящим "
+ "режимом</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+ "and does not resume properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
+ msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr "При «пробуждении» компьютера отсутствует беспроводное соединение"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
+ "your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
+@@ -16976,37 +19428,40 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "После перевода компьютера в ждущий или спящий режим вы можете обнаружить, "
+ "что при возвращении в рабочий режим беспроводное соединение с Интернетом "
+-"перестало действовать. Это бывает, когда <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">драйвер</link> беспроводного устройства не полностью поддерживает "
++"перестало действовать. Это бывает, когда <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">драйвер</link> беспроводного устройства не полностью поддерживает "
+ "некоторые функции энергосбережения. Обычно не удаётся правильно включить "
+ "беспроводное соединение при «пробуждении» компьютера."
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если это случится, попробуйте выключить и снова включить беспроводное "
+ "соединение:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>"
+ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Щёлкните на своём имени в верхней панели и выберите <gui>Системные "
+ "параметры</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Сеть</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Беспроводное</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+ msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr "Отключите и снова включите сетевую карту"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
+ "then switch it off again"
+@@ -17014,7 +19469,8 @@
+ "Если беспроводное соединение всё равно не работает, попробуйте включить и "
+ "снова отключить <gui>Режим для авиаперелётов</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+ "work again."
+@@ -17022,7 +19478,8 @@
+ "Если это не сработало, перезагрузка компьютера должна помочь вернуть "
+ "беспроводное соединение в рабочее состояние."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+ "travel adapter."
+@@ -17030,13 +19487,15 @@
+ "Компьютер будет работать, но вам может понадобиться другой кабель питания "
+ "или переходник."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
+ msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Будет ли мой компьютер работать при подключении к электросети в другой "
+ "стране?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+ "or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+@@ -17049,7 +19508,8 @@
+ "подходящего адаптера питания. Возможно, придётся также изменить положение "
+ "переключателя."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+ "your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+@@ -17061,15 +19521,16 @@
+ "вилок, так что, возможно у вас уже имеется нужная. Если её нет, достаточно "
+ "подключить уже имеющуюся вилку в стандартный переходник."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+ "plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+ "the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+ "computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+ "voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для настольного компьютера можно приобрести кабели с различными вилками или "
+ "использовать переходник. В этом случае вам, возможно, понадобится также "
+@@ -17080,7 +19541,8 @@
+ "переключатель с надписью типа «110V» или «230V». Переключите его, если это "
+ "необходимо."
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+ "everything off first if you can."
+@@ -17088,17 +19550,20 @@
+ "Будьте осторожны при замене кабеля питания или использовании переходника. "
+ "Сначала отключите всё от сети, если это возможно."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
+ msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Аппаратное обеспечение некоторых компьютеров вызывает проблемы со ждущим и "
+ "спящим режимами."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
+ msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr "Почему мой компьютер не выходит из ждущего режима?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
+ "hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
+@@ -17111,11 +19576,13 @@
+ "как ожидалось. Причина может быть в том, что ждущий и спящий режимы "
+ "неправильно поддерживаются вашим оборудованием."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
+ msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr "Компьютер не может выйти из ждущего режима"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+ "should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+@@ -17127,7 +19594,8 @@
+ "произошло, попробуйте нажать кнопку питания (не удерживать, а просто нажать "
+ "один раз)."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+ "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+@@ -17135,17 +19603,19 @@
+ "Если это не помогло, проверьте, включен ли монитор и попробуйте снова нажать "
+ "клавишу на клавиатуре."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+ "should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В качестве последнего средства, выключите компьютер, удерживая кнопку "
+ "питания нажатой 5-10 секунд. При этом вы потеряете все несохранённые "
+ "результаты работы, но зато сможете потом опять включить компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+ "may not work with your hardware."
+@@ -17153,7 +19623,8 @@
+ "Если это повторяется каждый раз при переводе компьютера в ждущий режим, то "
+ "этот режим, возможно, не работает на вашем оборудовании."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+ "(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+@@ -17161,22 +19632,24 @@
+ "Если в электросети пропало напряжение, и компьютер не оборудован "
+ "альтернативным источником питания (например, аккумулятором), он выключится."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Мои приложения и документы не остались открытыми, когда я снова включил "
+ "компьютер"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы перевели компьютер в спящий режим, а затем снова включили его, но "
+ "документы или приложения не остались открытыми, вероятно, у компьютера "
+@@ -17187,7 +19660,8 @@
+ "компьютера; в этом случае может понадобиться выключить компьютер, а не "
+ "переводить его в спящий режим."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+ "the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
+@@ -17201,7 +19675,8 @@
+ "проверить это, попробуйте снова перейти в спящий режим и посмотрите, не "
+ "заработает ли он. Если нет, значит это, вероятно, проблема с драйверами."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+ "computer"
+@@ -17209,13 +19684,14 @@
+ "Моё беспроводное соединение (или другое устройство) не работает после "
+ "«пробуждения» компьютера"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
+ "find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
+ "work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+-"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver"
+-"\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы перевели компьютер в ждущий или спящий режим, а затем снова вернули "
+ "в рабочий режим, может оказаться, что соединение с интернетом, мышь или "
+@@ -17224,7 +19700,8 @@
+ "спящий режим. Это <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">проблема с драйвером</"
+ "link>, а не с самим устройством."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+ "most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+@@ -17237,7 +19714,8 @@
+ "отсоединить устройство и подсоединить его снова и посмотрите, заработает ли "
+ "оно."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
+ "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+@@ -17246,15 +19724,18 @@
+ "помогает, попробуйте перезагрузить компьютер, чтобы устройство снова начало "
+ "работать."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
+ msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr "В ждущем режиме компьютер «засыпает» и потребляет меньшую мощность."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
+ msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr "Что происходит при переходе компьютера в ждущий режим?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+ "applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+@@ -17270,7 +19751,8 @@
+ "электроэнергии. Его можно вернуть в рабочий режим нажатием клавиши или "
+ "щелчком мыши. Если это не действует, попробуйте нажать кнопку питания."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+ "<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+@@ -17283,12 +19765,14 @@
+ "ждущим режимом, желательно проверить, как он будет работать на вашем "
+ "компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
+ msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Всегда сохраняйте свою работу перед переводом компьютера в ждущий режим"
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+@@ -17299,7 +19783,8 @@
+ "приложения и документы не будут восстановлены при возвращении компьютера в "
+ "рабочий режим."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+ "computer is idle in order to save power."
+@@ -17307,11 +19792,13 @@
+ "Когда ноутбук работает от аккумулятора, экран гаснет во время простоя "
+ "компьютера, чтобы уменьшить потребление энергии."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
+ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr "Почему мой экран через некоторое время гаснет?"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+@@ -17321,11 +19808,13 @@
+ "экрана будет уменьшаться для уменьшения энергопотребления. Когда вы снова "
+ "начнёте пользоваться компьютером, яркость опять увеличится."
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
+ msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr "Можно предотвратить уменьшение яркости экрана:"
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
+ "power</gui>."
+@@ -17333,17 +19822,20 @@
+ "Откройте <gui>Яркость и блокировка</gui> и отключите <gui>Уменьшать яркость "
+ "экрана для экономии энергии</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
+ msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Возможные причины — плохой контакт в разъёмах кабелей или аппаратные "
+ "неполадки."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
+ msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+ msgstr "Компьютер не включается"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+ "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+@@ -17351,13 +19843,15 @@
+ "Возможны различные причины, из-за которых компьютер не включается. В этом "
+ "разделе приведён краткий обзор некоторых из возможных причин."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
+ msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Компьютер не подключён к источнику питания, разряжена батарея или плохой "
+ "контакт"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+ "the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+@@ -17372,28 +19866,31 @@
+ "разряжен). Можно также проверить, надёжно ли закреплён аккумулятор "
+ "(проверьте снизу ноутбука), если он съёмный."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
+ msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr "Неполадки аппаратного обеспечения"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+ "case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+ "broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
+ "RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Какая-то деталь вашего компьютера может не работать или работать "
+-"неправильно. В таком случае вам нужно отремонтировать компьютер. Самые "
+-"типичные неполадки: неисправный блок питания, неправильно подключённые "
+-"компоненты (например, модули оперативной памяти) и неисправности материнской "
+-"платы."
++"Какая-то деталь вашего компьютера может не работать или работать неправильно."
++" В таком случае вам нужно отремонтировать компьютер. Самые типичные "
++"неполадки: неисправный блок питания, неправильно подключённые компоненты "
++"(например, модули оперативной памяти) и неисправности материнской платы."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
+ msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr "Компьютер подаёт звуковые сигналы и отключается"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+ "(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+@@ -17410,16 +19907,19 @@
+ "используют разные звуковые коды, так что вам следует обратиться к "
+ "руководству по материнской плате комьпютера или отнести компьютер в ремонт."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
+ msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr "Вентиляторы компьютера крутятся, но изображение на экране отсутствует"
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr "В первую очередь проверьте, подсоединён ли и включён ли монитор."
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+@@ -17429,100 +19929,115 @@
+ "питания вентиляторы включаются, а другие важные части компьютера — нет. В "
+ "таком случае нужно отнести компьютер в ремонт."
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
+ msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power "
+-"off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Ждущий режим</link>, <link xref=\"power-off"
+-"\">отключение</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">гашение экрана</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
+ msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr "Питание и аккумулятор"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
+ msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры аккумулятора"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы с электропитанием"
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
+ msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr "Устранение проблем с питанием и аккумуляторами."
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>…"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Фон</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"
+-"\">размер и ориентация</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">яркость</"
+-"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
+ msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+ msgstr "Монитор и экран"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Язык</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">регион и форматы</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">раскладки "
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Язык</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">регион и форматы</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">раскладки "
+ "клавиатуры</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Клавиатура</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">мышь</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">монитор</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">языки</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">учётные записи пользователей</"
+-"link>…"
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">монитор</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">языки</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">учётные записи "
++"пользователей</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
+ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры пользователя и системы"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+ msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Печать на обеих сторонах бумаги или печать нескольких страниц на листе."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+ msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr "Двусторонняя печать и печать нескольких страниц на листе"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+ msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы печатать на обеих сторонах каждого листа бумаги:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните <guiseq><gui>Файл</gui><gui>Печать</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+ "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+@@ -17532,7 +20047,8 @@
+ "нужное значение из выпадающего списка <gui>Двусторонняя печать</gui>. Если "
+ "он неактивен, значит ваш принтер не поддерживает двустороннюю печать."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+ "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+@@ -17541,7 +20057,8 @@
+ "поэкспериментировать с вашим принтером, чтобы понять, как работает эта "
+ "функция."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+ "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+@@ -17549,7 +20066,8 @@
+ "Можно также распечатать несколько страниц на одной <em>стороне</em> листа "
+ "бумаги. Используйте для этого параметр <gui>Страниц на сторону</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+@@ -17559,7 +20077,8 @@
+ "также от используемого приложения. Не всегда все из этих параметров могут "
+ "быть доступны."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+ "paper."
+@@ -17567,11 +20086,13 @@
+ "Печать сфальцованных буклетов (типа книги или брошюры) на обычной бумаге "
+ "размера A4/Letter."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
+ msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr "Печать сфальцованных буклетов"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+ "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+@@ -17581,14 +20102,18 @@
+ "брошюры), распечатывая страницы документа в определённом порядке и изменив "
+ "ещё некоторые параметры печати."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+ msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+ msgstr "Это инструкции для распечатки документа PDF в виде буклета."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+ "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+@@ -17597,14 +20122,16 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы распечатать буклет из документа <app>LibreOffice</app>, сначала "
+ "экспортируйте его в PDF, выбрав <guiseq><gui>Файл</gui><gui>Экспорт в PDF…</"
+-"gui></guiseq>. Число страниц в документе должно быть кратным 4 (4, 8, 12, 16,"
+-"…). Возможно, понадобится добавить до 3 пустых страниц."
++"gui></guiseq>. Число страниц в документе должно быть кратным 4 (4, 8, 12, "
++"16,…). Возможно, понадобится добавить до 3 пустых страниц."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+ msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы напечатать буклет:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -17612,8 +20139,9 @@
+ "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Общие</gui>. В группе параметров <em>Диапазон</em> "
+ "выберите <gui>Страницы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+ "and a multiple of 4):"
+@@ -17621,32 +20149,41 @@
+ "Укажите номера страниц в следующем порядке (n — общее число страниц, кратное "
+ "четырём):"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-msgstr ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+ msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr "Примеры:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+ msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr "4-страничный буклет: наберите <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+ msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr "8-страничный буклет: наберите <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "20 page booklet: Type "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+@@ -17654,15 +20191,14 @@
+ "20-страничный буклет: наберите "
+ "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+ msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку <gui>Параметры страницы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> option, select "
+-#| "<gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+ "Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+@@ -17670,65 +20206,74 @@
+ "В группе параметров <em>Размещение</em> выберите значение параметра "
+ "<gui>Двухсторонняя</gui> равным <gui>По короткой стороне</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr "Параметр <gui>Страниц на сторону</gui> задайте равным <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+ msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В выпадающем меню <gui>Порядок страниц</gui> выберите <gui>Слева направо</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Печать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr "Печать буклета на принтере, не поддерживающем двухстороннюю печать"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+ msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы распечатать:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Общие</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
+ msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr "В группе параметров <em>Диапазон</em> выберите <gui>Страницы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+ msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr "...пока не наберёте номера всех страниц."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+ msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "12-страничный буклет: наберите <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "16-страничный буклет: наберите "
+ "<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+ msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Параметры страницы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+-#| "Sided</gui>."
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+ "Sided</gui>."
+@@ -17736,15 +20281,19 @@
+ "В группе параметров <em>Размещение</em> в выпадающем меню "
+ "<gui>Двухсторонняя</gui> выберите <gui>С одной стороны</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+ msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+-msgstr "В выпадающем меню <gui>Страниц на сторону</gui> выберите <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"В выпадающем меню <gui>Страниц на сторону</gui> выберите <gui>2</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr "В меню <gui>Печатать только</gui> выберите <gui>Нечётные листы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+ "the printer."
+@@ -17752,24 +20301,30 @@
+ "Когда все страницы будут распечатаны, переверните их и снова поместите в "
+ "принтер."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+ msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr "В меню <gui>Печатать только</gui> выберите <gui>Чётные листы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+-msgstr "Как напечатать многостраничный буклет на бумаге размера A4 или Letter."
++msgstr ""
++"Как напечатать многостраничный буклет на бумаге размера A4 или Letter."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+ msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr "Печать буклета"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+ msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr "Можно распечатать буклет из PDF."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+ "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+@@ -17779,7 +20334,8 @@
+ "соответствующее количество пустых страниц (1, 2 или 3), чтобы сделать его "
+ "кратным 4. Для этого:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+ "pages needed."
+@@ -17787,7 +20343,8 @@
+ "Создайте документ <app>LibreOffice</app> с необходимым количеством (1—3) "
+ "чистых страниц."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+ "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+@@ -17795,7 +20352,8 @@
+ "Экспортируйте пустые страницы в PDF, выбрав <guiseq><gui>Файл</gui> "
+ "<gui>Экспорт в PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+ "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+@@ -17803,7 +20361,8 @@
+ "Объедините пустые страницы с вашим документом PDF с помощью <app>PDF-"
+ "Shuffler</app> или <app>PDF Mod</app>, поместив пустые страницы в конце."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+ "below:"
+@@ -17811,33 +20370,81 @@
+ "Выберите из приведённого ниже списка тип принтера, на котором собираетесь "
+ "распечатать документ:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
+ msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr "Отмена незаконченного задания на печать и удаление его из очереди."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
+ msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr "Отмена задания на печать"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "Щёлкните <gui>Принтеры</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если вы случайно отправили документ на печать, можно быстро отменить печать, "
+-"чтобы не расходовать чернила и бумагу. Щёлкните на значке принтера на "
+-"верхней панели и нажмите <gui>Отменить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если это не отменит задание печати, как ожидалось, попробуйте нажать кнопку "
+-"отмены печати на принтере."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+ "that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+@@ -17851,7 +20458,8 @@
+ "После этого можно снова попытаться отменить задание печати, или попробовать "
+ "выключить принтер и снова его включить."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+@@ -17861,15 +20469,38 @@
+ "для этого приходится слишком сильно тянуть бумагу, возможно, лучше оставить "
+ "её там, где она есть."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+ msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr "Печать документа на бумаге другого размера или ориентации."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+ msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr "Изменение размера бумаги для печати"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+@@ -17878,15 +20509,19 @@
+ "Чтобы изменить размер бумаги (например, чтобы напечатать PDF формата US "
+ "Letter на бумаге формата A4), можно изменить формат печати для документа."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
+ msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr "Щёлкните <guiseq><gui>Файл</gui><gui>Печать</gui></guiseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Выберите вкладку <gui>Параметры страницы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+ "drop-down list."
+@@ -17894,11 +20529,14 @@
+ "В столбце <em>Бумага</em> выберите нужный размер из выпадающего списка "
+ "<em>Размер бумаги</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+ msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните кнопку <gui>Печать</gui>, чтобы отправить документ на печать."
++msgstr ""
++"Щёлкните кнопку <gui>Печать</gui>, чтобы отправить документ на печать."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+ "orientation:"
+@@ -17906,23 +20544,28 @@
+ "Можно также выбрать другую ориентацию из выпадающего меню <gui>Ориентация</"
+ "gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+ msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr "Портретная"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+ msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr "Ландшафтная"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+ msgid "Reverse portrait"
+ msgstr "Перевёрнутая портретная"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+ msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr "Перевёрнутая ландшафтная"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+ "the correct paper size."
+@@ -17930,11 +20573,13 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что конверт расположен в правильной ориентации и выберите "
+ "правильный размер бумаги."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+ msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr "Печать на конвертах и этикетках"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+@@ -17944,19 +20589,21 @@
+ "листах с этикетками. Это особенно полезно, например, если вам надо отправить "
+ "много писем."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+ msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr "Печать на конвертах"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Есть две вещи, которые необходимо проверить перед печатью на конвертах. Во-"
+ "первых, то, что ваш принтер знает размер конверта. Когда после нажатия "
+@@ -17967,7 +20614,8 @@
+ "«C5»). Размер конвертов должен быть указан на их упаковке; большинство "
+ "конвертов имеют стандартные размеры."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+ "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+@@ -17979,27 +20627,32 @@
+ "попробуйте выполнить печать на одном конверте и проверьте, на той ли стороне "
+ "конверта распечатан текст."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+ "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Некоторые принтеры не приспособлены для печати на конвертах, особенно "
+ "некоторые лазерные принтеры. Проверьте в руководстве по эксплуатации "
+ "принтера, поддерживает ли он печать на конвертах. В противном случае вы "
+ "можете повредить принтер, попытавшись загрузить в него конверт."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+ msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Проверка оставшегося количества чернил или тонера в картриджах принтера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+ msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr "Как проверить уровень чернил или тонера в принтере?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+@@ -18009,7 +20662,8 @@
+ "производителя принтера, а также драйверов и приложений, установленных на "
+ "вашем компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+ "information."
+@@ -18017,7 +20671,8 @@
+ "Некоторые принтеры снабжены встроенным экраном для отображения уровня чернил "
+ "и другой информации."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+@@ -18028,13 +20683,14 @@
+ "производители могут предоставлять проприетарные драйверы с аналогичными "
+ "возможностями."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В качестве альтернативы можно установить приложение для проверки уровня "
+ "чернил. <app>Inkblot</app> показывает уровень чернил для многих принтеров "
+@@ -18043,7 +20699,8 @@
+ "link>. Ещё одно приложение для контроля уровня чернил в принтерах Epson и "
+ "некоторых других — <app>mktink</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+ "designed to report their ink levels."
+@@ -18051,19 +20708,93 @@
+ "Некоторые принтеры пока не очень хорошо поддерживаются в Linux, а для "
+ "некоторых индикация уровня чернил не предусмотрена конструкцией."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"Нажмите кнопку <key>Разблокировать</key> в правом верхнем углу и введите "
++"свой пароль."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
+ msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr "Упорядочивание копий и обратный порядок печати страниц."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
+ msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr "Печать страниц в другом порядке"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
+ msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr "Наоборот"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+@@ -18073,11 +20804,13 @@
+ "так что распечатанные страницы оказываются сложенными в стопку в обратном "
+ "порядке. При необходимости можно изменить порядок печати."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
+ msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы изменить порядок печати:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+ "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+@@ -18086,11 +20819,13 @@
+ "активируйте параметр <gui>Наоборот</gui>. Теперь сначала будет "
+ "распечатываться последняя страница и так далее."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
+ msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr "Упорядочить"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+ "be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+@@ -18103,11 +20838,13 @@
+ "все копии второй страницы, и так далее). Параметр <em>Упорядочить</em> "
+ "позволяет вместо этого сгруппировать все страницы каждой копии документа."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
+ msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы упорядочить копии:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+ "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+@@ -18115,22 +20852,26 @@
+ "На вкладке <gui>Общие</gui> окна печати в группе параметров <em>Копии</em> "
+ "активируйте <gui>Упорядочить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+ "you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Способ устранения замятия бумаги зависит от производителя и модели принтера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+ msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr "Устранение замятия бумаги"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+ msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr "Иногда бумага подаётся в принтер неправильно и заминается."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+ "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+@@ -18142,7 +20883,8 @@
+ "найти место замятия, а затем осторожно вытянуть замятый лист из механизма "
+ "подачи бумаги принтера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+ "<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+@@ -18153,32 +20895,37 @@
+ "на принтере. Некоторые принтеры необходимо отключить и снова включить, а "
+ "затем заново запустить задание на печать."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
+ msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr "Печать только отдельных страниц или диапазона страниц."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
+ msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr "Печать только указанных страниц"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
+ msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr "Чтобы распечатать лишь некоторые страницы документа:"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+ "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+@@ -18186,7 +20933,8 @@
+ "На вкладке <gui>Общие</gui> окна <gui>Печать</gui> выберите <gui>Страницы</"
+ "gui> из группы параметров <gui>Диапазон</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+ "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+@@ -18194,7 +20942,8 @@
+ "Наберите в текстовом поле номера страниц, которые хотите распечатать, "
+ "разделяя их запятыми. Для указания диапазона страниц используйте дефис."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+ "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+@@ -18202,15 +20951,18 @@
+ "Например, если указать «1,3,5-7,9» в поле <gui>Страницы</gui>, то будут "
+ "распечатаны страницы 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 и 9."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
+ msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr "Выберите принтер, которым пользуетесь чаще всего."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
+ msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr "Выбор принтера, используемого по умолчанию"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+ "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+@@ -18219,26 +20971,24 @@
+ "будет использоваться по умолчанию. Как правило, это принтер, которым вы "
+ "пользуетесь чаще всего."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Для изменения используемого по умолчанию принтера нужны административные "
+ "привилегии."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните <gui>Принтеры</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите принтер, который будет использоваться по умолчанию, из списка "
+ "доступных принтеров."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+ "password."
+@@ -18246,11 +20996,28 @@
+ "Щёлкните кнопку <gui>Разблокировать</gui> в верхнем правом углу и введите "
+ "пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr "Активируйте параметр <gui>По умолчанию</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+@@ -18258,15 +21025,18 @@
+ "При печати из приложения автоматически используется принтер по умолчанию, "
+ "если вы не выберете другой принтер для этого конкретного задания."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
+ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr "Настройте принтер, подключённый к вашему компьютеру."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
+ msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr "Установка локального принтера"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+@@ -18275,11 +21045,20 @@
+ "Система автоматически распознаёт многие типы принтеров при их подключении. "
+ "Большинство принтеров подключаются к компьютеру с помощью кабеля USB."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
+ msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr "Убедитесь, что принтер включен."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+@@ -18289,56 +21068,49 @@
+ "процесс поиска системой драйверов и, возможно, вам будет предложено ввести "
+ "пароль для их установки."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+ "gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Когда система закончит установку принтера, появится сообщение об этом. "
+-"Выберите <gui>Печать пробной страницы</gui>, чтобы напечатать тестовую "
+-"страницу, или <gui>Настроить</gui>, чтобы внести дополнительные изменения в "
+-"настройки принтера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-"password."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите кнопку <key>Разблокировать</key> в правом верхнем углу и введите "
+-"свой пароль."
+-
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
+ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <key>+</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:73(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+ "install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:81(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+ "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"После установки принтера можно <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer"
+-"\">выбрать принтер, используемый по умолчанию</link>."
++"После установки принтера можно <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\">выбрать принтер, используемый по умолчанию</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+ "or clean the print head."
+@@ -18346,13 +21118,15 @@
+ "Если на распечатках видны полосы, непропечатки или отсутствуют некоторые "
+ "цвета, проверьте уровень чернил или выполните очистку печатающей головки."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+ msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Почему на распечатках присутствуют полосы, посторонние линии или "
+ "неправильные цвета?"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+@@ -18362,11 +21136,13 @@
+ "дефекты печати, причиной может быть неполадка принтера, либо низкий уровень "
+ "чернил или тонера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+ msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr "Блёклый текст или изображения"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+ "a new cartridge if necessary."
+@@ -18374,11 +21150,13 @@
+ "Вероятно, заканчиваются чернила или тонер. Свяжитесь с поставщиком расходных "
+ "материалов и, при необходимости, купите новый картридж."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+ msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr "Полосы и постронние линии"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+@@ -18389,23 +21167,28 @@
+ "головку (о том, как это сделать, прочтите в руководстве по эксплуатации "
+ "принтера)."
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+ msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr "Неправильные цвета"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+ "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Возможно, закончились чернила или тонер одного из цветов. Свяжитесь с "
+ "поставщиком расходных материалов и, при необходимости, купите новый картридж."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+ msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr "Неровные или кривые линии"
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+@@ -18415,57 +21198,444 @@
+ "неровными, то может потребоваться выровнять печатающую головку. О том, как "
+ "это сделать, читайте в руководстве по эксплуатации принтера."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Установка локального принтера</link>, <link "
+ "xref=\"printing-order\">печать в обратном порядке и упорядочивание копий</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">двусторонняя печать и печать "
+ "нескольких страниц на листе</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
+ msgid "Set up a printer"
+ msgstr "Установка принтера"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Размеры и ориентация"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
+ msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr "Различные размеры и ориентация бумаги"
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
+ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr "Необнаруженные принтеры, замятие бумаги, плохое качество печати..."
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
+ msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы с принтером"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Закрыть</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Предотвращение доступа других людей к вашему рабочему столу, когда вы "
++"отходите от компьютера."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "Автоматическая блокировка экрана"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
+ msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr "Сделайте снимок или видеозапись того, что происходит на вашем экране."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+-#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
+ msgid "2011"
+ msgstr "2011"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+ msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr "Снимки экрана и скринкасты"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+ "video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+@@ -18480,17 +21650,14 @@
+ "и видеофайлы, которые можно отправить по электронной почте или выложить для "
+ "общего доступа в Интернете."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
+ msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr "Откройте приложение <app>Снимок экрана</app> из <gui>Обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the "
+-#| "entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if "
+-#| "you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the "
+-#| "screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+ "screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+@@ -18502,11 +21669,13 @@
+ "задержку, если вам понадобится время на выбор окна или подготовку рабочего "
+ "стола к снимку. Затем выберите любой эффект по своему желанию."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+ msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Сделать снимок экрана</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+ "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+@@ -18515,7 +21684,8 @@
+ "крестик. Щёлкните и тащите, чтобы обозначить рамкой область экрана, снимок "
+ "которой нужно сделать."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+ "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+@@ -18523,7 +21693,8 @@
+ "В окне <gui>Сохранить снимок экрана</gui> введите имя файла и выберите "
+ "папку, затем нажмите <gui>Сохранить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+ "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+@@ -18535,11 +21706,13 @@
+ "обмена</gui>, затем вставьте изображение в другое приложение или перетащите "
+ "миниатюру снимка экрана в приложение."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Комбинации клавиш"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+ "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+@@ -18547,11 +21720,13 @@
+ "Чтобы быстро сделать снимок рабочего стола, окна или области на экране, "
+ "используйте эти глобальные комбинации клавиш:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+ msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key>, чтобы сделать снимок рабочего стола."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+ "window."
+@@ -18559,7 +21734,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>, чтобы сделать снимок "
+ "окна."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+ "an area you select."
+@@ -18567,7 +21743,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>, чтобы сделать снимок "
+ "выделенной вами области."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+ "Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
+@@ -18577,7 +21754,8 @@
+ "папку «Изображения» как файл, имя которого начинается со  «Снимок экрана» и "
+ "содержит дату и время снимка."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+ "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+@@ -18586,15 +21764,18 @@
+ "описанных выше комбинаций клавиш, чтобы вместо сохранения снимка экрана "
+ "скопировать его в буфер обмена."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+ msgid "Make a screencast"
+ msgstr "Создание скринкаста"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+ msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+ msgstr "Можно создать видеозапись того, что происходит на вашем экране:"
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+@@ -18602,7 +21783,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+ "keyseq>, чтобы начать запись происходящего на экране."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+ "recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+@@ -18610,7 +21792,8 @@
+ "В процессе записи в нижнем правом углу экрана отображается красный кружок. "
+ "Этот индикатор не будет виден в готовом видеофайле."
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+@@ -18619,7 +21802,8 @@
+ "key><key>R</key></keyseq> снова, чтобы остановить запись."
+ 
+ # Уточнить имя файла
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
+@@ -18628,17 +21812,20 @@
+ "Видеозапись автоматически сохраняется в вашу папку «Видео» как файл, имя "
+ "которого начинается со «Скринкаст» и содержит дату и время записи."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
+ msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вы можете входить в систему с помощью поддерживаемого сканера отпечатков "
+ "пальцев."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+ msgstr "Вход в систему по отпечатку пальца"
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+ "fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+@@ -18648,13 +21835,15 @@
+ "можно сохрать свой отпечаток пальца и использовать его для входа в систему. "
+ "Для этого необходимо обладать административными полномочиями."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+ msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Сначала запишите отпечаток пальца, по которому система сможет вас "
+ "идентифицировать."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+ "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+@@ -18664,9 +21853,8 @@
+ "отпечатка пальца. В этом случае слегка увлажните палец, вытрите его чистой "
+ "безворсовой тканью, и попробуйте снова."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p) C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+ "open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+@@ -18674,7 +21862,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на своём имени в верхней панели, затем на изображении рядом с вашим "
+ "именем, чтобы открыть окно <gui>Учётные записи пользователей</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+ "corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+@@ -18682,23 +21871,27 @@
+ "Разблокируйте свою учётную запись кнопкой <gui>Разблокировать</gui> в правом "
+ "верхнем углу окна  <gui>Учётные записи пользователей</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+ msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+ msgstr "Введите свой пароль, когда это будет предложено."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+ "your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+ "select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+ "your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+@@ -18707,13 +21900,15 @@
+ "you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+ "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+ "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+@@ -18722,38 +21917,23 @@
+ "зарегистрировали отпечаток, вы всё равно сможете входить в систему с помощью "
+ "ввода пароля."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out…</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Сохраните данные во всех открытых приложениях, затем завершите сеанс. "
+-"Щёлкните на своём имени в правом верхнем углу экрана и выберите "
+-"<gui>Завершить сеанс…</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+-"The login screen appears."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+-"На экране входа в систему выберите своё имя пользователя из списка. Появится "
+-"поле для ввода пароля."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+ "your name."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В течение 30 нажмите кнопку отпечатка пальца вверху справа от вашего имени."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+ "runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+@@ -18765,30 +21945,35 @@
+ "вход в систему только по паролю. Чтобы попробовать снова, нажмите кнопку "
+ "<gui>Отменить</gui> и вернитесь к предыдущему шагу."
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+ "fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+ "To unlock it, enter your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выберите региональный формат даты и времени, чисел, валюты и единиц "
+ "измерения."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
+ msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+ msgstr "Изменение форматов даты и единиц измерения"
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+@@ -18796,35 +21981,31 @@
+ "Можно настроить форматы, используемые для дат, времени, чисел, валюты и "
+ "единиц измерения в соответствии со стандартами, принятыми в вашем регионе."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Откройте <gui>Язык системы</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Региональные "
+-"форматы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+ "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+-"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
+ "available regions."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите регион, наиболее точно соответствующий форматам, которые вы хотите "
+-"использовать. По умолчанию в списке отображаются только регионы, в которых "
+-"используются языки, выбранные на вкладке <gui>Язык</gui>. Нажмите кнопку "
+-"<gui>+</gui> для выбора из всех доступных регионов."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p) C/session-language.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your "
+-"name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, нужно завершить сеанс и снова войти в "
+-"систему. Чтобы завершить сеанс, щёлкните на своём имени в верхней панели и "
+-"выберите <gui>Выйти из системы</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+ "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+@@ -18835,36 +22016,35 @@
+ "примеры отображения дат и других значений. Хотя этого и не видно из "
+ "примеров, выбор региона также влияет на день начала недели в календарях."
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system formats"
+-msgstr "Изменение общесистемных форматов"
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
+-"formats used in places like the login screen."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Когда вы меняете региональные форматы, регион меняется только для учётной "
+-"записи, под которой вы вошли в систему. Можно также изменить "
+-"<em>общесистемные форматы</em>, используемые в таких местах, как экран входа "
+-"в систему."
+-
+-#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+-msgstr "Измените форматы, как описано выше."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
+ msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Переключение пользовательского интерфейса и текста справочной системы на "
+ "другой язык."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
+ msgid "Change which language you use"
+ msgstr "Изменение языка"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+ "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+@@ -18872,28 +22052,29 @@
+ "Среда рабочего стола и приложения поддерживают множество различных языков. "
+ "Нужно лишь установить на компьютер подходящий языковой пакет."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Откройте <gui>Языки системы</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Языки</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"Откройте <gui>Языки системы</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Языки</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
+-"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <gui style="
+-"\"button\">+</gui>. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain "
+-"applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text "
+-"will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, "
+-"usually American English."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Выберите нужный язык. В списке содержатся лишь некоторые из поддерживаемых "
+-"языков. Если вашего языка нет в списке, нажмите <gui style=\"button\">+</"
+-"gui>. Некоторые переводы могут быть неполными, некоторые приложения могут "
+-"вообще не поддерживать ваш язык. Непереведённый текст будет отображаться на "
+-"языке, который изначально задан разработчиками программы, обычно это "
+-"американский вариант английского языка."
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+ "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+@@ -18909,11 +22090,13 @@
+ "на стандартные названия выбранного вами языка. Если вы планируете "
+ "использовать новый язык постоянно, следует обновить названия папок."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:66(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
+ msgid "Change the system language"
+ msgstr "Изменение языка системы"
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+ "log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+@@ -18923,23 +22106,36 @@
+ "вошли в систему. Можно также изменить <em>общесистемный язык</em>, "
+ "используемый в таких местах, как экран входа в систему."
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+-msgstr "Измените язык как описано выше."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness "
+-"&amp; Lock</gui> settings."
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"Потребуются <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">административные привилегии</"
++"link>. Введите свой пароль или пароль запрашиваемой учётной записи "
++"администратора."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Измените время ожидания перед блокированием экрана в настройках <gui>Яркость "
+-"и блокировка</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
+ msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+ msgstr "Экран блокируется слишком быстро"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+ "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+@@ -18953,92 +22149,241 @@
+ "вашу работу, если компьютер оставлен без присмотра). В тоже время, если "
+ "экран блокируется слишком быстро, это может раздражать."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+ msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "Чтобы установить более длительный период ожидания перед автоматической "
+ "блокировкой экрана:"
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Яркость и блокировка</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите другое значение в выпадающем списке <gui>Блокировать экран через</"
+-"gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+-"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если вы не хотите, что экран блокировался автоматически, выключите "
+-"переключатель <gui>Заблокировать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Общий доступ к рабочему столу</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
+ msgid "Sharing"
+ msgstr "Общий доступ"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
+ msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Позвольте другим людям наблюдать за вашим рабочим столом и управлять им с "
+ "помощью VNC."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
+ msgid "Share your desktop"
+ msgstr "Общий доступ к рабочему столу"
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+ "allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Можно разрешить другим людям наблюдать за вашим рабочим столом и управлять "
+-"им с другого компьютера с помощью приложения для общего доступа к рабочему "
+-"столу. Чтобы разрешить общий доступ и настроить параметры безопасности, "
+-"воспользуйтесь приложением <app>«Общий доступ к рабочему столу»</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click the grid button in the dash and "
+-"open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В <gui>Обзоре</gui> нажмите кнопку с изображением сетки на боковой панели и "
+-"откройте <app>Общий доступ к рабочему столу</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
+-"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+-"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы другие люди могли видеть ваш рабочий стол, включите <gui>Позволять "
+-"другим пользователям видеть ваш рабочий стол</gui>. Это означает, что другие "
+-"люди смогут подключиться к компьютеру и посмотреть, что происходит на вашем "
+-"рабочем столе."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
+-"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+-"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+-"security settings which you are currently using."
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы дать другим людям возможность управления вашим рабочим столом, "
+-"включите <gui>Позволять другим пользователям управлять вашим рабочим столом</"
+-"gui>. Это позволит им перемещать указатель мыши, запускать приложения и "
+-"просматривать файлы на вашем компьютере, в зависимости от используемых "
+-"параметров безопасности."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+ "option means before changing it."
+@@ -19046,38 +22391,40 @@
+ "Важно полностью осознать назначение каждого из этих параметров защиты перед "
+ "их изменением."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(item/title)
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+-msgstr "Подтверждение доступа к компьютеру"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+-"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
+-"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
+-"someone to connect to your computer."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Если вы хотите иметь возможность выбирать, предоставить или нет кому-либо "
+-"доступ к вашему рабочему столу, установите флажок <gui>Запрашивать "
+-"подтверждение при любой попытке доступа к компьютеру</gui>. Если эта опция "
+-"отключена, вы не будете получать запрос на разрешение доступа."
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
+ msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+ msgstr "Эта опция включена по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(item/title)
+-msgid "Enable password"
+-msgstr "Запрос пароля"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+-"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
+-"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
+ msgid ""
+ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+ "secure password."
+@@ -19085,51 +22432,78 @@
+ "По умолчанию эта опция отключена, но настоятельно рекомендуется включить её "
+ "и выбрать надёжный пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75(item/title)
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+-msgstr "Разрешение доступа к рабочему столу через Интернет"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
+-"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
+-"your router manually."
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+-msgstr "Эта опция отключена по умолчанию."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89(section/title)
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
+-msgstr "Показ значка в области уведомлений"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:94(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
+ msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Добавление (или удаление) значков часто используемых приложений из боковой "
+ "панели."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+ msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+ msgstr "Добавление приложений в боковую панель"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+ "for easy access:"
+@@ -19137,59 +22511,94 @@
+ "Чтобы добавить приложение в <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">боковую панель</"
+ "link>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+-msgstr "Откройте <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Обзор</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to "
+-"add. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</"
+-"gui>."
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите кнопку с изображением сетки в боковой панели и найдите приложение, "
+-"которое вы хотите добавить. Щёлкните на его значке правой кнопкой и выберите "
+-"<gui>Добавить в избранное</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+-msgstr "Также можно просто перетащить значок в боковую панель."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+ "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы удалить значок приложения из боковой панели, щёлкните правой кнопкой "
+-"мыши по значку приложения и выберите <gui>Удалить из избранного</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
+ msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+ msgstr "Запуск приложений из режима обзора"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+ msgid "Start applications"
+ msgstr "Запуск приложений"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
+-"can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by "
+-"pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
+-msgstr ""
+-"Переместите указатель мыши в левый верхний угол экрана, чтобы открыть "
+-"<gui>режим обзора</gui>. В этом режиме можно найти любые установленные "
+-"приложения. В режим обзора можно также войти нажатием клавиши <link xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</link>."
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
+-msgstr "В режиме обзора приложения можно открывать нескольким способами:"
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+ "this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+@@ -19199,16 +22608,16 @@
+ "набора. (Если этого не произошло, щёлкните на поле поиска наверху экрана и "
+ "начните набирать.) Щёлкните на значке приложения, чтобы запустить его."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these "
+-"to start the corresponding application."
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Значки некоторых приложений находятся в <em>боковой панели</em> слева. Чтобы "
+-"запустить приложение из боковой панели, нажмите по его значку."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+ "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+@@ -19216,32 +22625,32 @@
+ "Часто используемые приложения можно самостоятельно <link xref=\"shell-apps-"
+ "favorites\">добавлять в боковую панель</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to see a list of the "
+-"applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories "
+-"on the right, or search using the search bar at the top. Click the "
+-"application's icon to start it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы открыть список приложений, нажмите на кнопку с изображением сетки в "
+-"боковой панели. Приложения можно отфильтровать по типу с помощью "
+-"расположенных справа категорий, или выполнить поиск нужного приложения с "
+-"помощью поля поиска наверху. Чтобы запустить приложение, щёлкните по его "
+-"значку."
+-
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Приложение можно запустить в отдельном <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">рабочем месте</link>, перетащив значок приложения из боковой панели (или "
+-"из списка приложений) на одно из рабочих мест в правой части экрана. "
+-"Приложение будет открыто в выбранном рабочем месте."
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"Приложение можно запустить в отдельном <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">рабочем месте</link>, перетащив значок приложения из боковой "
++"панели (или из списка приложений) на одно из рабочих мест в правой части "
++"экрана. Приложение будет открыто в выбранном рабочем месте."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
+ "its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+@@ -19249,20 +22658,21 @@
+ "Чтобы запустить приложение на <em>новом</em> рабочем месте, щёлкните правой "
+ "кнопкой на его значке в боковой панели или в списке приложений."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+ msgid "Quickly running a command"
+ msgstr "Быстрый запуск команд"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:79(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Другой способ запуска приложения: нажмите <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</"
+-"key></keyseq>, введите <em>имя команды</em> и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:82(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+@@ -19272,7 +22682,8 @@
+ "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, введите «rhythmbox» (без "
+ "кавычек). Название приложения — это имя команды для запуска программы."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
+ msgid ""
+ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+ "so on."
+@@ -19280,15 +22691,18 @@
+ "Как завершить работу с учётной записью: завершить сеанс, переключить "
+ "пользователей и т. п."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:27(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+ msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+ msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:34(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+ msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+ msgstr "Завершение сеанса, отключение компьютера, переключение пользователей"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+ "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+@@ -19297,11 +22711,13 @@
+ "режим (для сохранения энергии) или оставить включённым, просто завершив "
+ "сеанс работы."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+ msgid "Log out or switch users"
+ msgstr "Завершение сеанса и переключение пользователей"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+ "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+@@ -19315,7 +22731,8 @@
+ "будет в том же самом состоянии, в котором было, когда вы переключили "
+ "пользователя."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+ "bar and select the appropriate option."
+@@ -19324,7 +22741,8 @@
+ "щёлкните левой кнопкой мыши по своему имени в верхней панели и выберите "
+ "соответствующий пункт."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+ "menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+@@ -19333,27 +22751,37 @@
+ "появляются в меню только если в системе имеется более одной учётной записи "
+ "пользователя."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:64(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+ msgid "Lock the screen"
+ msgstr "Блокирование экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+ "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
+-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
+-"don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
+-"time."
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Если вы ненадолго отходите от компьютера, нужно заблокировать экран, чтобы "
+-"другие люди не могли получить доступ к вашим файлам и работающим "
+-"приложениям. Когда вы вернётесь, поднимите занавес <link xref=\"shell-"
++"другие люди не могли получить доступ к вашим файлам и работающим приложениям."
++" Когда вы вернётесь, поднимите занавес <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "lockscreen\">экрана блокировки</link> и введите свой пароль, чтобы снова "
+ "войти в систему. Если вы не заблокируете экран, через некоторое время он "
+ "заблокируется автоматически."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
+ "gui>."
+@@ -19361,37 +22789,31 @@
+ "Чтобы заблокировать экран, щёлкните на своём имени на верхней панели и "
+ "выберите <gui>Заблокировать</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:75(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
+ msgid ""
+ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Когда экран заблокирован, другие пользователи могут входить в систему под "
+-"своими учётными записями, нажав на экране ввода пароля <gui>Переключить "
+-"пользователя</gui>. Когда они закончат работать с системой, вы сможете "
+-"вернуться к своему рабочему столу."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:84(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+ msgid "Suspend"
+ msgstr "Ждущий режим"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:86(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+ "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+ "This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
+ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+ "suspend."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Ждущий режим позволяет экономить энергию, когда вы не используете компьютер. "
+-"Если вы пользуетесь ноутбуком, GNOME автоматически переводит компьютер в "
+-"ждущий режим при закрытии крышки ноутбука. При переходе в ждущий режим "
+-"состояние системы сохраняется в памяти компьютера, большинство функций "
+-"компьютера становится недоступным. Во время ждущего режима компьютер всё же "
+-"потребляет очень небольшое количество электроэнергии."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
+ "down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
+@@ -19401,11 +22823,13 @@
+ "верхней панели и удерживайте нажатой клавишу <key>Alt</key>. Вместо команды "
+ "<gui>Выключить</gui> появится <gui>Ждущий режим</gui>. Выберите эту команду."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:102(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
+ msgid "Power off or restart"
+ msgstr "Отключение или перезагрузка"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+ "your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
+@@ -19416,7 +22840,8 @@
+ "Появится диалоговое окно, в котором можно выбрать <gui>Перезапустить</gui> "
+ "или <gui>Выключить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:108(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+ "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+@@ -19427,7 +22852,8 @@
+ "завершит их сеансы. При наличии соответствующих административных привилегий "
+ "для выключения компьютера потребуется ввести пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:114(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+ msgid ""
+ "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+ "have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+@@ -19436,79 +22862,159 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вы можете выключить компьютер, если хотите переместить его в другое место, и "
+ "у вас нет для него аккумулятора, или аккумулятор плохо держит заряд. "
+-"Выключенный компьютер также потребляет <link xref=\"power-batterylife"
+-"\">меньше электроэнергии</link>, чем компьютер, переведённый в ждущий режим."
++"Выключенный компьютер также потребляет <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">меньше электроэнергии</link>, чем компьютер, переведённый в "
++"ждущий режим."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:39(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:56(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:174(media)
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+ "overview."
+-msgstr "Наглядное введение для рабочего стола, верхней панели и режима обзора."
++msgstr ""
++"Наглядное введение для рабочего стола, верхней панели и режима обзора."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
+ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+ msgstr "Введение в GNOME"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+ "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+@@ -19520,11 +23026,14 @@
+ "входе в систему вы увидите пустой рабочий стол и панель в верхней части "
+ "экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:40(media/p) C/status-icons.page:23(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+ msgstr "Верхняя панель GNOME Shell"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+ "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+@@ -19539,34 +23048,47 @@
+ "мгновенными сообщениями, изменить свой профиль или его параметры, завершить "
+ "сеанс или переключить пользователей, а также выключить компьютер."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:52(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:30(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+ msgid "Activities overview"
+ msgstr "Обзор"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:57(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+ msgid "Activities button"
+ msgstr "Кнопка «Обзор»"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:60(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> on your keyboard. "
+-"You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just "
+-"start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы получить доступ к окнам и приложениям, нажмите кнопку <gui>Обзор</gui> "
+-"или просто переместите указатель мыши в левый верхний угол экрана. Можно "
+-"также нажать клавишу <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link> на клавиатуре. "
+-"В обзоре вы увидите свои окна и приложения. Чтобы найти приложения, файлы "
+-"или папки, просто начните набирать их имя."
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+ msgid "The dash"
+ msgstr "Боковая панель"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:73(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+ "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+@@ -19581,7 +23103,8 @@
+ "подсветкой и  щелчок на нём сделает активным окно этого приложения. Можно "
+ "также перетащить значок в обзор или на любое рабочее место справа."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:79(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+ "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+@@ -19592,7 +23115,8 @@
+ "открыть новое окно, можно также щёлкнуть на значке, удерживая нажатой "
+ "клавишу <key>Ctrl</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:83(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+ "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+@@ -19605,7 +23129,8 @@
+ "режима обзора. С помощью колеса прокрутки можно управлять масштабированием "
+ "миниатюр."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+ "overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+@@ -19622,48 +23147,54 @@
+ "избранных приложений остаются в боковой панели даже когда эти приложения не "
+ "запущены, чтобы обеспечить быстрый доступ к ним."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Подробнее о запуске приложений.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Подробнее об окнах и рабочих местах.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:102(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
+ msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+ msgstr "Часы, календарь и события"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Щёлкните на часах в центре верхней панели, чтобы узнать текущую дату, "
+-"посмотреть календарь на месяц и список предстоящих событий. Там же можно "
+-"получить доступ к параметрам даты и времени и открыть полный календарь "
+-"<app>Evolution</app>."
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+ "</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Подробнее о календаре и событиях.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+ msgid "You and your computer"
+ msgstr "Вы и ваш компьютер"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:126(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
+ msgid "User menu"
+ msgstr "Меню пользователя"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:129(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
+ msgid ""
+ "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+ "computer."
+@@ -19671,7 +23202,8 @@
+ "Для управления своим профилем и компьютером щёлкните на своём имени в "
+ "верхнем правом углу экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:132(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
+ "your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
+@@ -19681,7 +23213,8 @@
+ "видят ваши контакты в приложениях для обмена мгновенными сообщениями, таких "
+ "как <app>Empathy</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:155(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+ msgid ""
+ "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+ "system settings."
+@@ -19689,7 +23222,8 @@
+ "В этом же меню можно изменить свою персональную информацию и параметры "
+ "системы."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:158(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+ msgid ""
+ "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+ "people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+@@ -19701,7 +23235,8 @@
+ "дать другому пользователю возможность использования компьютера. Из меню вы "
+ "также можете выключить компьютер или перевести его в спящий режим."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+ "turning off your computer.</link>"
+@@ -19709,14 +23244,16 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Подробнее о смене пользователей, завершении сеанса "
+ "и выключении компьютера.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:170(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:175(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgid "Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "Блокирование экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:178(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
+ msgid ""
+ "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+ "displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
+@@ -19731,29 +23268,33 @@
+ "показывает информацию о состоянии аккумулятора и сетевого соединения, и "
+ "позволяет управлять медиапроигрывателем."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:185(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Узнать больше об экране блокировки.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:190(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
+ msgid "Message Tray"
+ msgstr "Лоток сообщений"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:191(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
+ msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner, or by pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</"
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
+ "key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
+ "you are ready to view them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы получить доступ к лотку сообщений, переместите указатель мыши в правый "
+-"нижний угол экрана или нажмите <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</"
+-"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. Лоток — это место, где хранятся все уведомления "
+-"до тех пор, пока вы их не прочитаете."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:197(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+ "message tray.</link>"
+@@ -19761,15 +23302,48 @@
+ "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Подробнее о лотке уведомлений и сообщений."
+ "</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+ msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+ msgstr "Управление рабочим столом с помощью клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+ msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Полезные комбинации клавиш"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+ "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+@@ -19782,19 +23356,20 @@
+ "смотрите <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> для дополнительной информации о "
+ "навигации по пользовательскому интерфейсу только с помощью клавиатуры."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+ msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+ msgstr "Управление рабочим столом"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">Super key</link>"
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> или клавиша <link xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+ "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+@@ -19804,42 +23379,40 @@
+ "найти нужные приложения, контакты или документы в режиме обзора, просто "
+ "начните набирать их имя."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+ msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+ msgstr "Всплывающее окно команд (для быстрого запуска команд)"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</"
+-"link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Быстрое переключение между окнами.</"
+-"link> Удерживайте <key>Shift</key> для переключения в обратном порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Переключение между окнами того же приложения, или приложения, выбранного "
+-"нажатием <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</"
+-"key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В этой комбинации используется клавиша <key>`</key>, находящаяся над "
+-"клавишей <key>Tab</key> на клавиатуре США. На других клавиатурах используйте "
+-"<key>Alt</key> и ту клавишу, которая находится на вашей клавиатуре над "
+-"клавишей <key>Tab</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+ "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+@@ -19850,131 +23423,157 @@
+ "окон, списком приложений и полем поиска. Для навигации используйте клавиши "
+ "со стрелками."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
+-"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В настоящее время невозможно использовать клавиши со стрелками для навигации "
+-"по обзору окон. Для переключения окон выйдите из режима обзора и используйте "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> и <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> and "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> и "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Переключение между рабочими местами.</"
+-"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
+-"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> и "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+-"different workspace.</link>"
++"different workspace</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Перемещение текущего окна на "
+-"другое рабочее место.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Завершение сеанса.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
+ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Блокировка экрана.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
+ msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+ msgstr "Общие комбинации клавиш для редактирования"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
+ msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+ msgstr "Выделение всего текста или всех объектов в списке."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
+ msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вырезает (удаляет) выделенный текст или объекты и помещает их в буфер обмена."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
+ msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Копирование выделенного текста или объектов в буфер обмена."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
+ msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+ msgstr "Вставка содержимого буфера обмена."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+ msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
+ msgid "Undo the last action."
+ msgstr "Отмена последнего выполненного действия."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(table/title)
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
+ msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+ msgstr "Захват с экрана"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
+-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+-msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
+ msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Создание снимка экрана.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+ "link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Создание снимка окна.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+ "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+@@ -19984,13 +23583,15 @@
+ "экране.</link> Указатель сменит вид на перекрестие. Щёлкните и "
+ "перетаскивайте, чтобы выделить область."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+ msgid ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+ "recording.</link>"
+@@ -19998,36 +23599,44 @@
+ "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Запуск и остановка записи "
+ "происходящего на экране.</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+ msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Декоративный и функциональный экран блокировки содержит полезную информацию."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+ msgid "The Lock Screen"
+ msgstr "Экран блокировки"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+ "is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+ "while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
+ "on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+ msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+ msgstr "имя вошедшего в систему пользователя"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+ msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+ msgstr "дату и время, а также некоторые уведомления"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+ msgid "battery and network status"
+ msgstr "состояние аккумулятора и сетевого соединения"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
+ "pause your music without having to enter a password"
+@@ -20036,7 +23645,8 @@
+ "дорожки или приостановка воспроизведения музыки без необходимости вводить "
+ "пароль"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
+ "with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
+@@ -20049,33 +23659,36 @@
+ "снять блокировку, или выполнить переключение пользователей, если на "
+ "компьютере настроено несколько учётных записей."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:38(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:43(media)
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
+-"md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+ "happen."
+@@ -20083,19 +23696,23 @@
+ "Уведомления всплывают внизу экрана, сообщая вам о том, что произошли "
+ "определённые события."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
+ msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
+ msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+ msgstr "Лоток для уведомлений и сообщений"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
+ msgid "What is a notification?"
+ msgstr "Что такое уведомление?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+ "notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+@@ -20103,7 +23720,8 @@
+ "Если приложению или компоненту системы требуется привлечь ваше внимание, то "
+ "в нижней части экрана будет показано уведомление."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
+ "a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
+@@ -20113,7 +23731,8 @@
+ "устройство (такое, как USB-носитель), доступно обновление для вашей системы, "
+ "или аккумулятор компьютера разрядился, то вы получите уведомление об этом."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
+ "You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+@@ -20122,7 +23741,8 @@
+ "строки. Чтобы просмотреть полное содержимое уведомления, наведите на него "
+ "указатель мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+ "notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+@@ -20131,7 +23751,8 @@
+ "закрыть такое уведомление, не выбирая ни один из предложенных вариантов, "
+ "нажмите кнопку закрытия."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+ "Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+@@ -20141,25 +23762,35 @@
+ "приложений для обмена мгновенными сообщениями, останутся скрытыми в лотке "
+ "сообщений."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+ msgid "The message tray"
+ msgstr "Лоток сообщений"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
+ "notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Лоток сообщений позволяет вернуться к уведомлениям в любой удобный для вас "
+-"момент. Он появляется, когда вы перемещаете указатель мыши в правый нижний "
+-"угол экрана или нажимаете <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</"
+-"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. Лоток сообщений содержит все ещё необработанные "
+-"или долговременные уведомления."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+ "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+@@ -20170,15 +23801,15 @@
+ "сообщения отправляются приложениями. Однако уведомления о сообщениях в чате "
+ "обрабатываются в зависимости от того, кто отправляет вам сообщения."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"You can close the message tray by pressing <key>Esc</key> (unless you are in "
+-"the activities overview, where it is always visible)."
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Закрыть лоток сообщений можно нажатием клавиши <key>Esc</key> (если только "
+-"вы не в режиме обзора, где он виден всегда)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+ "need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+@@ -20186,101 +23817,124 @@
+ "Если открыта <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">экранная клавиатура</link>, то для "
+ "показа лотка сообщений нужно нажать кнопку <gui>Лоток</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:74(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
+ msgid "Hiding notifications"
+ msgstr "Скрытие уведомлений"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch "
+-"off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+ "<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если вы не хотите отвлекаться на уведомления, их можно отключить. Щёлкните "
+-"по своему имени в верхней панели и переведите переключатель "
+-"<gui>Уведомления</gui> в выключенное состояние."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:80(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+ "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+ "critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+ "the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</"
+-"key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the "
+-"toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Когда уведомления отключены, большинство из них не будет всплывать внизу "
+-"экрана. Очень важные уведомления, например, о критически низком уровне "
+-"заряда аккумулятора, всё равно будут отображаться. Не показанные уведомления "
+-"останутся доступными в лотке сообщений, когда вы его откроете (переместив "
+-"указатель мыши в правый нижний угол экрана или нажав <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), и они будут показаны "
+-"повторно, когда вы вернёте переключатель во включенное состояние."
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Desktop"
+ msgstr "Рабочий стол"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Введение</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"keyboard-shortcuts\">комбинации клавиш</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar"
+-"\">календарь</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">уведомления</link>…"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">комбинации клавиш</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">календарь</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">уведомления</"
++"link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
+ msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+ msgstr "Рабочий стол, приложения и окна"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+ msgid "The Desktop"
+ msgstr "Рабочий стол"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
+ msgid "Applications and windows"
+ msgstr "Приложения и окна"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
+ msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Обзор терминов, используемых для описания различных частей рабочего стола."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
+ msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+ msgstr "Обзор, боковая панель, верхняя панель... что это такое?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+-"<em>Режим обзора</em> — это экран, который открывается при нажатии на "
+-"<gui>Обзор</gui> в левом верхнем углу экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:36(item/title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+-msgstr "Переключатель окон Alt-Tab"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications "
+-"you have currently open."
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если удерживать клавишу <key>Alt</key> и нажать <key>Tab</key>, появится "
+-"<em>переключатель окон</em>, показывающий значки работающих в данный момент "
+-"приложений."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:43(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
+ msgid "Dash"
+ msgstr "Боковая панель"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+ "the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+@@ -20291,11 +23945,13 @@
+ "левой стороны в режиме обзора. В этой панели также показаны запущенные в "
+ "настоящий момент приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:51(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
+ msgid "Hot corner"
+ msgstr "Активный угол"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+ "you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+@@ -20303,7 +23959,8 @@
+ "<em>Активный угол</em> — это верхний левый угол экрана. При перемещении "
+ "указателя в этот угол открывается режим обзора."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
+ "is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
+@@ -20315,41 +23972,45 @@
+ "пока вы отсутствовали, и позволяет управлять воспроизведением медиаданных, "
+ "не выполняя разблокировку экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:65(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
+ msgid "Notifications"
+ msgstr "Уведомления"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+ "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+ "with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
+-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
+ "tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your messaging tray."
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<em>Уведомления</em> — это сообщения, всплывающие внизу экрана, чтобы "
+-"сообщить вам о чём-то, что только что произошло. Например, если кто-нибудь "
+-"из ваших контактов отправит вам мгновенное сообщение, появится уведомление "
+-"об этом. Если вы не хотите реагировать на сообщение прямо сейчас, оно "
+-"скроется в лотке сообщений. Чтобы открыть лоток сообщений, переместите "
+-"указатель мыши в правый нижний угол экрана (или нажмите <keyseq><key xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:76(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgctxt "link:trail"
+-#| msgid "Settings"
+ msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr "Параметры"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "The <em>system settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so "
+-#| "on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in "
+-#| "Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select "
+-#| "<gui>System Settings</gui> to access them."
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+ "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+@@ -20361,11 +24022,13 @@
+ "Mac OS. Щёлкните по имени в правом верхнем углу верхней панели и выберите "
+ "<gui>Системные параметры</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
+ msgid "Top bar"
+ msgstr "Верхняя панель"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+ "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+@@ -20375,11 +24038,21 @@
+ "экрана. С одной стороны панели находится <em>Обзор</em>, с другой стороны — "
+ "имя пользователя."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:91(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+ msgid "Workspace"
+ msgstr "Рабочее место"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+ "way of grouping and separating windows."
+@@ -20387,11 +24060,15 @@
+ "Можно помещать окна на разные <em>рабочие места</em>. Это удобный способ "
+ "группировки и разделения окон."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+ msgid "Workspace selector"
+ msgstr "Переключатель рабочих мест"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+ "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+@@ -20401,15 +24078,25 @@
+ "находится с правой стороны в режиме обзора при включённом режиме <gui>Окна</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
+ msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+ msgstr "Работа с режимом обзора и рабочими местами."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
+ msgid "Find a lost window"
+ msgstr "Поиск утерянного окна"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+ "easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+@@ -20418,73 +24105,66 @@
+ "Окно, скрытое другими окнами или расположенное на другом рабочем месте, "
+ "можно легко найти в <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">режиме обзора</link>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the activities overview. If the missing window is on the current <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be "
+-"shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, "
+-"or"
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Откройте режим обзора. Если утерянное окно находится на текущем <link xref="
+-"\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">рабочем месте</link>, здесь будет "
+-"показана его миниатюра. Просто щёлкните на миниатюре, чтобы снова увидеть "
+-"окно, или"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to "
+-"find your window, or"
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите в <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">переключателе рабочих мест</"
+-"link>, расположенном с правой стороны экрана, другое рабочее место и "
+-"попытайтесь найти окно, или"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be "
+-"listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите правую кнопку мыши в боковой панели, после чего должен появиться "
+-"список открытых окон. Чтобы перейти к нужному окну, выберите это окно из "
+-"списка."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+ msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+ msgstr "Использование переключателя окон:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window "
+-"switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
+ "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы открыть переключатель окон, нажмите <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq>. Удерживая нажатой клавишу <key>Alt</key>, нажимайте клавишу "
+-"<key>Tab</key> для переключения открытых окон. Для переключения в обратном "
+-"направлении используйте комбинацию клавиш <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and "
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+ "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Если у приложения несколько открытых окон, то для переключения между ними "
+-"нажмите <key>`</key>, удерживая при этом клавишу <key>Alt</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
+ msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Выполните двойной щелчок на заголовке или перетащите его, чтобы развернуть "
+ "окно или восстановить его размер."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
+ msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+ msgstr "Разворачивание и восстановление размеров окна"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+ "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+@@ -20498,20 +24178,24 @@
+ "одновременно. Подробнее об этом смотрите <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/"
+ ">."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+ "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+-"keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+ "press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы развернуть окно, щёлкните на его заголовке и перетаскивайте окно к "
+-"верху экрана или просто выполните двойной щелчок на заголовке. Чтобы "
+-"развернуть окно с помощью клавиатуры, удерживайте нажатой клавишу <link xref="
+-"\"windows-key\">Super</link> и нажмите <key>↑</key> или нажмите комбинацию "
+-"клавиш <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+ "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+@@ -20524,32 +24208,34 @@
+ "можно использовать те же самые комбинации клавиш, с помощью которых вы "
+ "разворачивали окно."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Удерживайте клавишу <key>Alt</key> и перетаскивайте окно за любое его место."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+ msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+ msgstr "Упорядочите окна на рабочем месте для более эффективной работы."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+ msgid "Move and resize windows"
+ msgstr "Перемещение и изменение размера окон."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+-"addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features "
+-"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Для более эффективной работы можно перемещать окна и изменять их размер. Для "
+-"этого, кроме операций перетаскивания, GNOME позволяет использовать "
+-"комбинации клавиш и клавиши-модификаторы."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
+ "anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
+@@ -20560,7 +24246,8 @@
+ "перемещении нажатой клавишу <key>Shift</key>, чтобы «привязать» окно к краям "
+ "экрана или других окон."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+ "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+@@ -20570,7 +24257,15 @@
+ "нажатой <key>Shift</key> при изменении размера, чтобы «привязать» окно к "
+ "краям экрана или других окон."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+ "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+@@ -20580,32 +24275,36 @@
+ msgstr ""
+ "Можно переместить окно или изменить его размер, используя только клавиатуру. "
+ "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, чтобы переместить окно "
+-"или <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> — чтобы изменить его "
+-"размер. Переместите окно или измените размер клавишами со стрелками, затем "
+-"нажмите <key>Enter</key> для завершения операции или <key>Esc</key>, чтобы "
+-"вернуться к исходному положению и размеру."
++"или <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> — чтобы изменить его размер."
++" Переместите окно или измените размер клавишами со стрелками, затем нажмите "
++"<key>Enter</key> для завершения операции или <key>Esc</key>, чтобы вернуться "
++"к исходному положению и размеру."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+ "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Разверните окно</link>, перетащив его "
+ "к верху экрана. Перетащите окно к одной из боковых сторон экрана, чтобы "
+ "развернуть его вдоль этой стороны, что позволит вам <link xref=\"shell-"
+ "windows-tiled\">расположить два окна рядом</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
+ msgid "Switch between windows"
+ msgstr "Переключение между окнами"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+ "between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+@@ -20615,49 +24314,51 @@
+ "переключаться между задачами с помощью одного действия. <gui>Переключатель "
+ "окон</gui> показывает полные изображения запущенных приложений."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
+ msgid "From a workspace:"
+ msgstr "На рабочем месте:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>, чтобы открыть "
+-"<gui>переключатель окон</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
+-"switcher."
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Отпустите <key>Alt</key>, чтобы выбрать следующее (выделенное подсветкой) "
+-"окно в переключателе."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
+-"to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Или, продолжая удерживать клавишу <key>Alt</key>, нажимайте <key>Tab</key> "
+-"для циклического переключения между окнами в списке или <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> для переключения в обратном порядке."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+ "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+-"<key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to "
+-"step through the list."
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Окна в переключателе окон группируются по приложениям. Миниатюры приложений "
+-"с несколькими окнами имеют выпадающий список. Чтобы выбрать окно из этого "
+-"списка, нажимайте клавишу <key>`</key>, удерживая при этом нажатой клавишу "
+-"<key>Alt</key>, пока не будет выбрано нужное окно."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+ "by vertical separators."
+@@ -20665,7 +24366,8 @@
+ "Окна приложений, находящиеся на разных рабочих местах, в переключателе окон "
+ "разделяются вертикальными линиями."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+ "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+@@ -20675,7 +24377,8 @@
+ "окон можно перемещаться между значками приложений. Значок приложения также "
+ "можно выбрать с помощью мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+ "<key>↓</key> key."
+@@ -20683,11 +24386,13 @@
+ "Миниатюры приложений, у которых имеется только одно окно, можно показать с "
+ "помощью клавиши <key>↓</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+ msgstr "В режиме <gui>обзора</gui>:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+ "leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+@@ -20700,15 +24405,18 @@
+ "link>, вы можете просмотреть открытые окна для каждого рабочего места, "
+ "выбрав рабочее место с помощью мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+ msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+ msgstr "Разворачивание двух окон рядом друг с другом."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+ msgid "Tile windows"
+ msgstr "Мозаичное расположение окон"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+@@ -20718,20 +24426,17 @@
+ "позволит разместить два окна рядом друг с другом для быстрого переключения "
+ "между ними."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+ "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+-"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link> and "
+-"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы развернуть окно вдоль бокового края экрана, захватите заголовок окна "
+-"мышью и перетаскивайте его влево или вправо, пока половина экрана не "
+-"выделится подсветкой. Чтобы сделать это с помощью клавиатуры, удерживайте "
+-"нажатой клавишу <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link> и нажмите клавишу "
+-"<key>←</key> или <key>→</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+ "screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+@@ -20740,197 +24445,243 @@
+ "центру или используйте те же комбинации клавиш, что и для разворачивания "
+ "окна."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+ msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+ msgstr "Перемещение и упорядочение окон."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+ msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+ msgstr "Окна и рабочие места"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Для отображения запущенного приложения, как и в других средах рабочего "
+-"стола, в GNOME используются окна. Вы можете запускать новые приложения и "
+-"устанавливать текущее окно с помощью <gui>режима обзора</gui> или "
+-"<gui>боковой панели</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Помимо использования окон вы можете группировать приложения на рабочих "
+-"местах. Подробнее об использовании этих возможностей обратитесь к разделам, "
+-"посвящённым работе с окнами и рабочими местами."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr "Окна"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+ msgid "Working with windows"
+ msgstr "Работа с окнами"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Workspaces"
+ msgstr "Рабочие места"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+ msgid "Working with workspaces"
+ msgstr "Работа с рабочими местами"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+ msgstr "Зайдите в «Обзор» и перетащите окно на другое рабочее место."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
+ msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+ msgstr "Перемещение окна на другое рабочее место"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+ msgid "Using the mouse:"
+ msgstr "С помощью мыши:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview."
+-msgstr "Откройте <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Обзор</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
+ msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на окне и тащите его к правой стороне экрана."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Появится <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">переключатель рабочих мест</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+-"window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom "
+-"of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"window you have dropped."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Перетащите окно на пустое рабочее место. Теперь это рабочее место будет "
+-"содержать окно, которое вы перетащили, а внизу <gui>переключателя рабочих "
+-"мест</gui> появится новое пустое рабочее место."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+ msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+ msgstr "С помощью клавиатуры:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window "
+-"switcher</link>)."
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите окно, которое нужно переместить (например, с помощью <link xref="
+-"\"shell-terminology\">переключателя окон</link> по <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>)."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq>, чтобы переместить окно на рабочее место, находящееся над текущим в "
+-"<gui>переключателе рабочих мест</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq>, чтобы переместить окно на рабочее место, находящееся под текущим в "
+-"<gui>переключателе рабочих мест</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+-msgstr "Использование переключателя рабочих мест в режиме обзора."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
+ msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+ msgstr "Переключение между рабочими местами"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window "
+-"thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В <gui>Обзоре</gui> щёлкните на одном из рабочих мест в <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"terminology\">переключателе рабочих мест</link> с правой стороны экрана, "
+-"чтобы увидеть окна, открытые на этом рабочем месте. Щёлкните на миниатюре "
+-"любого окна, чтобы активировать рабочее место."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>, чтобы "
+-"перейти на рабочее место, находящееся над текущим в переключателе рабочих "
+-"мест."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Нажмите <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>, чтобы "
+-"перейти на рабочее место, находящееся под текущим в переключателе рабочих "
+-"мест."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+ msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+ msgstr "Рабочие места — это способ группировки окон на рабочем столе."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
+ msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+ msgstr "Что такое рабочее место, и для чего оно нужно?"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Рабочие места используются для группировки окон на рабочем столе. Можно "
+-"создать несколько рабочих мест, работающих как виртуальные рабочие столы. "
+-"Они помогают уменьшить беспорядок на рабочем столе и упростить навигацию по "
+-"нему."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+ "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+@@ -20943,47 +24694,64 @@
+ "необходимые вам для выполняемой работы — на другом. На третьем рабочем месте "
+ "может быть открыт ваш музыкальный проигрыватель."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
+ msgid "Using workspaces:"
+ msgstr "Использование рабочих мест:"
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, "
+-"plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"В <gui>Обзоре</gui> переместите указатель к правому краю экрана. Появится "
+-"вертикальная панель, содержащая используемые рабочие места и одно пустое "
+-"рабочее место. Это <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">переключатель рабочих "
+-"мест</link>."
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+-"the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы добавить рабочее место, перетащите окно из существующего рабочего "
+-"места на пустое рабочее место в переключателе рабочих мест. Теперь это "
+-"рабочее место будет содержать окно, которое вы на него перетащили, а под ним "
+-"появится новое пустое рабочее место."
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+ "workspaces."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы удалить рабочее место, просто закройте все находящиеся на нём окна, "
+-"или перетащите их на другие рабочие места."
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
+ msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+ msgstr "Всегда существует хотя бы одно рабочее место."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+ "alert sounds."
+@@ -20991,26 +24759,31 @@
+ "Выберите звук для уведомлений, настройте их громкость или отключите звуковые "
+ "уведомления."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
+ msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+ msgstr "Выбор или отключение звуковых уведомлений"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+ "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ "Компьютер воспроизводит простые звуковые уведомления для определённых типов "
+ "сообщений и событий. Можно выбрать другие звуки для уведомлений, задать их "
+ "громкость независимо от общесистемной громкости или полностью отключить "
+ "звуковые уведомления."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+ msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните <gui>Звук</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+ "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+@@ -21018,7 +24791,8 @@
+ "Выберите звук уведомления на вкладке <gui>Звуковые эффекты</gui>. Щелчок на "
+ "звуке позволяет прослушать его."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+@@ -21029,7 +24803,8 @@
+ "влиять на громкость воспроизведения фильмов, музыки или других звуковых "
+ "файлов."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
+ "<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+@@ -21038,33 +24813,40 @@
+ "переключателем рядом с ползунком <gui>Громкость уведомлений</gui> на вкладке "
+ "<gui>Звуковые эффекты</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Решение проблем, связанных с отсутствием звука или плохим качеством звучания."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+ msgid "Sound problems"
+ msgstr "Проблемы со звуком"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+ "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Возможны различные проблемы с воспроизведением звука на компьютере. Какой из "
+-"перечисленных ниже пунктов описывает вашу проблему наиболее точно?"
++"Возможны различные проблемы с воспроизведением звука на компьютере. Какой "
++"из перечисленных ниже пунктов описывает вашу проблему наиболее точно?"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+ msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+ msgstr "Проверьте аудиокабели и драйверы звуковой карты."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+ msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+ msgstr "При воспроизведении звука слышится треск или гудение"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+@@ -21073,11 +24855,13 @@
+ "Если при воспроизведении звука слышны щелчки или гудение, причина может быть "
+ "в аудиокабелях, разъёмах или в драйвере звуковой карты."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+ msgstr "Проверьте, правильно ли подключены колонки."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+ "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+@@ -21085,11 +24869,13 @@
+ "Если штекер колонок не до конца вставлен в гнездо, или вставлен не в то "
+ "гнездо, может быть слышно гудение."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+ msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+ msgstr "Проверьте, не повреждён ли провод колонок или наушников."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+ "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+@@ -21101,11 +24887,13 @@
+ "или CD-плееру) и проверьте, слышен ли треск. Если слышен, возможно, вам надо "
+ "заменить провод колонок или наушники."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+ msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+ msgstr "Проверьте, не является ли источником проблем плохой драйвер."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+ "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+@@ -21118,7 +24906,8 @@
+ "слову «Linux», чтобы узнать, нет возникала ли похожая проблема у других "
+ "людей."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+ "sound card."
+@@ -21126,7 +24915,8 @@
+ "Для получения дополнительной информации о звуковой карте можно использовать "
+ "команду <cmd>lspci</cmd>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+ "sound card is detected."
+@@ -21134,11 +24924,13 @@
+ "Убедитесь, что звук не отключен, кабели подключены правильно, и что звуковая "
+ "карта обнаружена."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+ msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+ msgstr "Компьютер не издаёт никаких звуков"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+@@ -21148,11 +24940,13 @@
+ "воспроизведения музыки, попробуйте выполнить следующие шаги, чтобы "
+ "проверить, помогут ли они решить проблему."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+ msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, не выключен ли звук"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+ "that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+@@ -21160,7 +24954,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните на значке звука на верхней панели (в форме динамика) и проверьте, "
+ "не отключен ли звук и не убавлена ли громкость."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+ "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+@@ -21169,7 +24964,8 @@
+ "для отключения звука — попробуйте нажать их, чтобы проверить, не включится "
+ "ли звук."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+ "using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+@@ -21186,11 +24982,13 @@
+ "<gui>Звук</gui>, перейдите на вкладку <gui>Приложения</gui> и проверьте, не "
+ "отключен ли звук в вашем приложении."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+ msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, включены ли колонки и правильно ли они подключены"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+ "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+@@ -21202,7 +25000,8 @@
+ "колонок вставлен в выходное гнездо на задней стороне компьютера. Обычно это "
+ "гнездо светло-зелёного цвета."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+ "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+@@ -21216,7 +25015,8 @@
+ "подключить шнур колонок в другой аудиоразъём и проверьте, не появится ли "
+ "звук."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+ "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+@@ -21224,11 +25024,13 @@
+ "И, наконец, проверьте, надёжно ли аудиокабель подключён к задней стороне "
+ "колонок. Некоторые колонки тоже имеют более одного входного гнезда."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+ msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, правильное ли звуковое устройство выбрано"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+ "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+@@ -21240,17 +25042,19 @@
+ "правильное ли устройство выбрано. Для этого вам, возможно, придётся "
+ "применить метод проб и ошибок."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Щёлкните на значке звука на верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить звук</"
+ "gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+ "return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "В появившемся окне <gui>Звук</gui> перейдите на вкладку <gui>Выход</gui>. "
+@@ -21258,7 +25062,8 @@
+ "вернуться к выбору по умолчанию, если изменённые настройки не будут "
+ "работать)."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+ "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+@@ -21268,7 +25073,8 @@
+ "воспроизвести звук, чтобы проверить, работает ли выбранный профиль. "
+ "Возможно, придётся проверить каждый профиль из списка."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+ "devices that are listed."
+@@ -21276,16 +25082,19 @@
+ "Если это не поможет, попробуйте сделать то же самое для каждого устройства в "
+ "списке."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
+ msgid ""
+ "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+ msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+ msgstr "Проверьте, правильно ли определена звуковая карта"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+ "your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+@@ -21297,15 +25106,18 @@
+ "причина неправильного определения звуковой карты — не установленные драйверы "
+ "для этой карты."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
+ msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+ msgstr "Зайдите в <gui>Обзор</gui> и откройте Терминал."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
+ msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr "Наберите <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> и нажмите <key>Enter</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+@@ -21315,7 +25127,8 @@
+ "воспроизведения</gui> (playback devices), значит ваша звуковая карта не была "
+ "обнаружена."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+ "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+@@ -21324,7 +25137,8 @@
+ "драйверы для неё вручную. Как это сделать, будет зависеть от того, какая у "
+ "вас звуковая карта."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+ msgid ""
+ "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+ "in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+@@ -21345,7 +25159,8 @@
+ "название производителя и номер модели звуковой карты. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> "
+ "покажет список с более подробной информацией."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+ msgid ""
+ "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+ "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+@@ -21355,7 +25170,8 @@
+ "всего поискать инструкции о том, как это сделать, на форуме поддержки вашего "
+ "дистрибутива Linux."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+@@ -21366,17 +25182,20 @@
+ "устанавливается внутрь компьютера, либо внешнюю звуковую карту, подключаемую "
+ "через USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
+ msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Использование аналогового или USB-микрофона и выбор входного звукового "
+ "устройства по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
+ msgid "Use a different microphone"
+ msgstr "Использование различных микрофонов"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+ "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+@@ -21390,7 +25209,8 @@
+ "или веб-камерой с микрофоном, использование отдельного микрофона обычно "
+ "обеспечивает более высокое качество звука."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+ "adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+@@ -21406,7 +25226,8 @@
+ "используются по умолчанию. Если это не так, смотрите ниже инструкции по "
+ "выбору входного устройства по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+@@ -21416,16 +25237,19 @@
+ "микрофоны работают, как отдельные звуковые устройства и вам, возможно, "
+ "понадобится указать, какой микрофон следует использовать по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
+ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+ msgstr "Выбор входного звукового устройства по умолчанию"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Звук</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Вход</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+ "respond when you speak."
+@@ -21433,18 +25257,21 @@
+ "Выберите устройство из списка. Индикатор уровня записи должен реагировать на "
+ "ваш голос."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Подключение колонок или наушников и выбор выходного звукового устройства по "
+ "умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+ msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+ msgstr "Использование различных аудиоколонок или наушников"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+@@ -21454,7 +25281,8 @@
+ "обычно подключаются с помощью круглого штекера TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</"
+ "em>) или через USB."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+ "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+@@ -21470,18 +25298,9 @@
+ "используются по умолчанию. Если это не так, смотрите инструкции ниже о том, "
+ "как выбрать устройство по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This "
+-#| "usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are "
+-#| "unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in "
+-#| "the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System "
+-#| "Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> "
+-#| "tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style="
+-#| "\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button "
+-#| "for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel "
+-#| "corresponding to that speaker."
+ msgid ""
+ "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+ "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+@@ -21505,7 +25324,8 @@
+ "кнопки будет произнесена её позиция только в звуковом канале, "
+ "соответствующем данной колонке."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+@@ -21516,15 +25336,18 @@
+ "колонки работают как отдельные звуковые устройства, и вам, возможно, "
+ "понадобится указать, какие колонки использовать по умолчанию."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Звук</gui> и выберите вкладку <gui>Выход</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
+ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+ msgstr "Выберите устройство из списка."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+ "application."
+@@ -21532,11 +25355,13 @@
+ "Настройка общей громкости звука для компьютера и управление громкостью для "
+ "каждого приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+ msgid "Change the sound volume"
+ msgstr "Изменение громкости звука"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+ "like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+@@ -21546,12 +25371,13 @@
+ "верхней панели и переместите ползунок громкости влево или вправо. Можно "
+ "полностью отключить звук, переместив ползунок в крайнее левое положение."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+ "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ "На некоторых клавиатурах есть клавиши для управления громкостью. Обычно на "
+ "них изображены стилизованные динамики с исходящими из них «волнами». Часто "
+@@ -21560,7 +25386,8 @@
+ "клавиши. Нажмите и удерживайте <key>Fn</key> на клавиатуре для их "
+ "использования."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+@@ -21570,11 +25397,13 @@
+ "регулятора на самих колонках. Некоторые наушники тоже имеют регуляторы "
+ "громкости."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
+ msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+ msgstr "Изменение громкости звука для отдельных приложений"
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+ "others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+@@ -21586,7 +25415,8 @@
+ "можно отключить звук в браузере, чтобы звуки с веб-страниц не прерывали "
+ "музыку."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+ "application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+@@ -21600,935 +25430,1072 @@
+ "верхней панели и выберите <gui>Настроить звук</gui>. Перейдите на вкладку "
+ "<gui>Приложения</gui> и измените там громкость для приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+ "is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+ "lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
+ "volume."
+ msgstr ""
+-"В список включаются только приложения, воспроизводящие звуки в данный "
+-"момент. Если приложение воспроизводит звуки, но в списке его нет, оно может "
+-"не поддерживать управление громкостью таким способом. В этом случае вы не "
++"В список включаются только приложения, воспроизводящие звуки в данный момент."
++" Если приложение воспроизводит звуки, но в списке его нет, оно может не "
++"поддерживать управление громкостью таким способом. В этом случае вы не "
+ "сможете изменить для него громкость."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:22(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
+-"md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:49(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:53(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:58(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+-msgstr "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:62(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:75(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:79(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:92(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:96(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:100(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:104(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:108(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:112(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:116(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:120(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:124(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:128(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:132(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:136(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:150(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:154(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:158(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:162(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:166(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:170(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:184(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:193(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:197(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:201(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:210(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:214(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:218(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:222(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:226(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:230(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:234(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:238(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:250(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:254(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:258(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:262(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:266(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:270(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:274(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:278(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:282(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:286(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' "
+-"md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:291(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' "
+-"md5='__failed__'"
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ msgstr ""
+ "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:8(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
+ msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+ msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"A description that explains the meanings of the icons located on the right "
+-"of the top bar."
+-msgstr "Описание значений значков, расположенных справа на верхней панели."
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
+ msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+ msgstr "Что означают значки на верхней панели?"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"This section will explain the icons located on the top right of the screen, "
+-"specifically the different variations of the icons that are possible."
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+-"В этом разделе поясняется значение значков, расположенных в верхнем правом "
+-"углу экрана, в том числе различные варианты внешнего вида этих значков."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
+ msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+ msgstr "Значки меню специальных возможностей"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:34(td/p)
+-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on distinct accessibility settings."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Открывает меню, из которого можно включить определённые специальные "
+-"возможности."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:44(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
+ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+ msgstr "Значки индикатора громкости"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:50(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
+ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+ msgstr "Высокий уровень громкости"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:54(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
+ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+ msgstr "Средний уровень громкости."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:59(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
+ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+ msgstr "Низкий уровень громкости."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:63(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
+ msgid "The volume is muted."
+ msgstr "Звук отключен."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:71(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
+ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Значки диспетчера Bluetooth"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:76(td/p)
+-msgid "Bluetooth is active."
+-msgstr "Bluetooth активен."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:80(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
+ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+ msgstr "Bluetooth отключен."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:86(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
+ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Значки диспетчера сети"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:88(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Cellular Connections</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>Соединения с сотовыми сетями</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 3G network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью 3G."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:97(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to 4G network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью 4G."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:101(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to EDGE network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью EDGE."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:105(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to GPRS network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью GPRS."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:109(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to UMTS network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью UMTS."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:113(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
+ msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+ msgstr "Установлено соединение с сотовой сетью."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:117(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring cellular network connection."
+-msgstr "Выполняется соединение с состовой сетью."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:121(td/p) C/status-icons.page:223(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
+ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr "Очень высокий уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:125(td/p) C/status-icons.page:227(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
+ msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr "Высокий уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:129(td/p) C/status-icons.page:231(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
+ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr "Средний уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:133(td/p) C/status-icons.page:235(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
+ msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Низкий уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:137(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
+ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Очень низкий уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:143(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Local Area Network Connections</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>Соединения с локальными сетями</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
+-msgid "There was an error in finding the network."
+-msgstr "Произошла ошибка при поиске сети."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:151(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is idle."
+-msgstr "В сети не выполняется никаких действий."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:155(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr "Не найдено маршрута для сети."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:159(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
+ msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr "Сеть отключена."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:163(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is receiving."
+-msgstr "Сеть в режиме приёма."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:167(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving."
+-msgstr "Сеть в режиме приёма и передачи."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:171(td/p)
+-msgid "The network is transmitting."
+-msgstr "Сеть в режиме передачи."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:177(section/p)
+-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network Connection</app>"
+-msgstr "<app>VPN-соединения</app>"
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p) C/status-icons.page:194(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring network connection."
+-msgstr "Устанавливается соединение с сетью."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:185(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to VPN network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с сетью VPN."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:190(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
+ msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Соединения с проводными сетями</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:198(td/p)
+-msgid "Disconnected from network."
+-msgstr "Компьютер не подключён к сети."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:202(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wired network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с проводной сетью."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:207(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
+ msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr "<app>Беспроводные соединения</app>"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:211(td/p)
+-msgid "Acquiring wireless connection."
+-msgstr "Устанавливается соединение с беспроводной сетью."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:215(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
+ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr "Беспроводная сеть зашифрована."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:219(td/p)
+-msgid "Connected to wireless network."
+-msgstr "Установлено соединение с беспроводной сетью."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:239(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
+ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr "Очень низкий уровень сигнала."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:246(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
+ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr "Значки Диспетчера питания"
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:251(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
+ msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr "Аккумулятор полностью заряжен."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:255(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
+ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr "Аккумулятор частично разряжен."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:259(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
+ msgid "The battery is low."
+ msgstr "Низкий уровень заряда аккумулятора."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:263(td/p)
+-msgid "Caution: Battery is very low."
+-msgstr "Внимание: очень низкий уровень заряда аккумулятора."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:267(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
+ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr "Критически низкий уровень заряда аккумулятора."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:271(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is missing."
+-msgstr "Аккумулятор отсутствует."
+-
+-#: C/status-icons.page:275(td/p)
+-msgid "The battery is full and charged."
+-msgstr "Аккумулятор заряжен, зарядка завершена."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:279(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
+ msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr "Аккумулятор заряжен, зарядка продолжается."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:283(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
+ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr "Аккумулятор частично заряжен, идёт зарядка."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:287(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
+ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+ msgstr "Низкий уровень заряда, идёт зарядка."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:292(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
+ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+ msgstr "Очень низкий уровень заряда, идёт зарядка."
+ 
+-#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
+ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr "Аккумулятор полностью разряжен, идёт зарядка."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+@@ -22536,11 +26503,13 @@
+ "Набирайте символы, отсутствующие на клавиатуре, включая символы иностранных "
+ "алфавитов, математические и другие символы."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr "Ввод специальных символов"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+@@ -22550,15 +26519,18 @@
+ "письма народов мира, даже если эти символы отсутствуют на клавиатуре. Ниже "
+ "перечислены несколько различных способов ввода специальных символов."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "Способы ввода символов"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "Таблица символов"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+@@ -22568,21 +26540,24 @@
+ "все символы в кодировке Unicode. Найдите в таблице нужный символ, а затем "
+ "скопируйте его и вставьте туда, где он нужен."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+ "For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+ "gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ "<app>Таблицу символов</app> можно найти в <gui>Обзоре</gui>. Дополнительные "
+-"сведения о таблице символов можно найти в <link href=\"help:gucharmap"
+-"\">Руководстве по Таблице символов</link>."
++"сведения о таблице символов можно найти в <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Руководстве по Таблице символов</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr "Клавиша Compose"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -22594,7 +26569,8 @@
+ "символ <em>é</em>, нужно нажать <key>Compose</key>, затем <key>'</key> и "
+ "<key>e</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+@@ -22602,58 +26578,44 @@
+ "Клавиши Compose нет на клавиатуре, но можно назначить для выполнения её "
+ "функций одну из имеющихся клавиш."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr "Назначение клавиши Compose"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Язык и регион</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the <gui>Input Sources</gui> tab and click <gui>Shortcut Settings</"
+-"gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Откройте вкладку <gui>Источники ввода</gui> и нажмите <gui>Комбинации "
+-"клавиш</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+ #, fuzzy
+-#| msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на <gui>Клавиша Compose</gui> в правой панели."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
+-#| msgid ""
+-#| "Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
+-#| "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
+-#| "<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
+-#| "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no "
+-#| "longer work for their original purpose."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
+-"a compose key. You can choose <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Ctrl</"
+-"key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> or "
+-"<key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key if you have one, or "
+-"the menu key. Any key you select will then only work as a compose key, and "
+-"will no longer work for its original purpose."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Найдите группу параметров <gui>Положение клавиши Compose</gui>. Выберите "
+-"клавишу (или несколько клавиш), которая должна играть роль клавиши Compose. "
+-"Например, можно выбрать <key>Caps Lock</key>, одну из клавиш <key>Alt</key> "
+-"или клавишу меню. Любая выбранная вами клавиша теперь будет работать только "
+-"как клавиша Compose и больше не будет выполнять своё первоначальное "
+-"предназначение."
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ "С помощью клавиши Compose можно вводить некоторые часто используемые "
+ "символы, например:"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+@@ -22661,7 +26623,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Compose</key>, затем <key>'</key>, затем букву, чтобы ввести "
+ "букву с диакритическим знаком акут над ней (например, <em>é</em>)."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+@@ -22669,7 +26632,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Compose</key>, затем <key>`</key> и букву, чтобы ввести букву с "
+ "диакритическим знаком гравис (например, <em>è</em>)."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+@@ -22677,7 +26641,8 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Compose</key>, затем <key>\"</key> и букву, чтобы ввести букву "
+ "со знаком умляут над ней (например, <em>ë</em>)."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+@@ -22685,21 +26650,24 @@
+ "Нажмите <key>Compose</key>, затем <key>-</key> и букву, чтобы ввести букву "
+ "со знаком макрон над ней (например, <em>ē</em>)."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+ "Wikipedia</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Другие комбинации клавиш с участием Сompose можно найти в <link href="
+-"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations"
+-"\">статье о клавише Compose в Википедии</link>."
++"Другие комбинации клавиш с участием Сompose можно найти в <link href=\"http:/"
++"/en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">статье о "
++"клавише Compose в Википедии</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr "Коды символов"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -22714,7 +26682,8 @@
+ "<gui>Подробности о символе</gui>. Код символа — это четыре символа после "
+ "<gui>U+</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -22729,11 +26698,13 @@
+ "используете символы, которые сложно ввести другими способами, может быть "
+ "полезно запомнить коды таких символов, чтобы быстро их вводить."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:108(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "Раскладки клавиатуры"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -22746,11 +26717,13 @@
+ "значок на верхней панели. О том, как это делать, смотрите <link xref="
+ "\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+ msgid "Input methods"
+ msgstr "Методы ввода"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
+ msgid ""
+ "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+ "not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
+@@ -22762,7 +26735,8 @@
+ "вводить символы жестами мыши или вводить японские символы с помощью "
+ "клавиатуры с латинскими буквами."
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:122(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+ msgid ""
+ "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+ "<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+@@ -22774,7 +26748,8 @@
+ "умолчанию не предусмотрен, поэтому обратитесь к документации по методам "
+ "ввода, чтобы узнать, как ими пользоваться."
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+@@ -22782,23 +26757,23 @@
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Специальные символы</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"mouse-middleclick\">использование средней кнопки мыши</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "Полезные советы"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
+ msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+ msgstr "Как и где помочь в переводе этих тем."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:21(license/p)
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-
+-#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
+ msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+ msgstr "Участие в улучшении перевода"
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+ "are welcome to participate."
+@@ -22806,7 +26781,8 @@
+ "Справка GNOME переводится сообществом добровольцев со всего мира. Вы тоже "
+ "можете принять в этом участие."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
+ "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+@@ -22814,19 +26790,21 @@
+ "Есть <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">много "
+ "языков</link>, перевод на которые ещё не выполнен."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
+-"teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the "
+-"ability to upload new translations."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Чтобы принять участие в переводе, нужно <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org"
+-"\">создать учётную запись</link> и присоединиться к <link href=\"http://l10n."
+-"gnome.org/teams/\">команде перевода</link> на ваш язык. Это даст вам "
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"Чтобы принять участие в переводе, нужно <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">создать учётную запись</link> и присоединиться к <link href=\"http://"
++"l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">команде перевода</link> на ваш язык. Это даст вам "
+ "возможность отправлять готовые переводы."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
+ "mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
+@@ -22838,7 +26816,8 @@
+ "Участники этого канала живут в разных странах мира, поэтому вы можете не "
+ "получить немедленного ответа из-за разницы в часовых поясах."
+ 
+-#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+ "<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
+@@ -22848,26 +26827,30 @@
+ "\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">списка почтовой "
+ "рассылки</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "Пользователи"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<link xref=\"user-add\">Добавление пользователя</link> или <link xref=\"user-"
+ "addguest\">гостя</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">изменение "
+ "пароля</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">администраторы</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "Учётные записи пользователей"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -22879,39 +26862,47 @@
+ "настройки. Кроме того, это более безопасно. Получить доступ к учётной записи "
+ "другого пользователя может только тот, кто знает пароль."
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "Учётные записи"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователей"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "Пароли"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "Привилегии"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr "Привилегии пользователей"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Добавьте новых пользователей, чтобы другие люди могли воспользоваться "
+ "компьютером."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:29(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "Добавление новой учётной записи пользователя"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+@@ -22921,11 +26912,13 @@
+ "учётную запись для каждого человека в вашей семье или компании. У каждого "
+ "пользователя будет собственная домашняя папка, документы и настройки."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+-msgstr "Откройте <gui>Учётные записи</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+ "to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
+@@ -22936,28 +26929,31 @@
+ "<gui>Разблокировать</gui> в правом верхнем углу и наберите свой пароль или "
+ "пароль администратора, когда система попросит это сделать."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
+-msgstr ""
+-"В списке учётных записей слева нажмите кнопку <key>+</key>, чтобы добавить "
+-"новую учётную запись пользователя."
+-
+-#: C/user-add.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+-"gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete "
+-"users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Если новый пользователь должен обладать <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">административным доступом</link> к компьютеру, выберите тип учётной "
+-"записи <gui>Администратор</gui>. Администраторы могут выполнять такие "
+-"действия, как добавление и удаление учётных записей пользователей, установка "
+-"программ и драйверов, изменение даты и времени."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"Если новый пользователь должен обладать <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">административным доступом</link> к компьютеру, выберите тип "
++"учётной записи <gui>Администратор</gui>. Администраторы могут выполнять "
++"такие действия, как добавление и удаление учётных записей пользователей, "
++"установка программ и драйверов, изменение даты и времени."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+@@ -22966,28 +26962,26 @@
+ "Введите полное имя нового пользователя. Имя пользователя будет заполнено "
+ "автоматически на основе полного имени. При желании его можно изменить."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:83(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Создать</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+-"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</"
+-"gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from "
+-"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password "
+-"in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See "
+-"<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Учётная запись отключена до тех пор, пока не будет задан пароль "
+-"пользователя. В секции <gui>Параметры входа в систему</gui> щёлкните по "
+-"надписи <gui>Учётная запись отключена</gui> рядом со словом <gui>Пароль</"
+-"gui>. Выберите <gui>Установите пароль сейчас</gui> из выпадающего списка "
+-"<gui>Действие</gui> и дайте пользователю набрать его пароль в полях "
+-"<gui>Новый пароль</gui> и <gui>Подтвердить пароль</gui>. Смотрите <link xref="
+-"\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:91(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+@@ -22997,11 +26991,14 @@
+ "выбрать надёжный, сгенерированый случайным образом пароль. Эти пароли трудно "
+ "подобрать, но и запомнить может быть труднее, так что будьте осторожны."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:95(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Изменить</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:98(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
+ "user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
+@@ -23013,7 +27010,8 @@
+ "показано в окне входа в систему. GNOME предоставляет несколько стандартных "
+ "изображений, но можно также выбрать своё или сделать снимок веб-камерой."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+@@ -23021,11 +27019,13 @@
+ "Позвольте гостям временно пользоваться вашим компьютером, не создавая для "
+ "них пароля."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "Добавление гостевой учётной записи"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -23037,11 +27037,24 @@
+ "компьютере, но у него не будет доступа к вашим файлам и возможности изменять "
+ "ваши настройки или устанавливать приложения."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "Создание гостевой учётной записи:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+@@ -23050,42 +27063,27 @@
+ "углу и введите свой пароль. Чтобы добавлять новые учётные записи "
+ "пользователем, нужно быть администратором."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
+-msgstr ""
+-"В списке учётных записей слева нажмите кнопку <gui>+</gui>, чтобы добавить "
+-"новую учётную запись."
+-
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+ "<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
+ "automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите тип учётной записи <gui>Обычный</gui>. Не стоит давать гостю "
+-"привилегии администратора. Затем выберите какое-нибудь имя для учётной "
+-"записи, например, <em>Guest</em>. Имя пользователя будет выбрано "
+-"автоматически, но при необходимости его можно изменить. Когда закончите, "
+-"нажмите кнопку <gui>Создать</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, "
+-"click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You "
+-"will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</"
+-"gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Будет выбрана только что созданная учётная запись. Щёлкните на надписи "
+-"<gui>Учётная запись отключена</gui> рядом с надписью <gui>Пароль</gui> в "
+-"группе параметров <gui>Параметры входа в систему</gui>. Появится окно с "
+-"параметрами пароля. В выпадающем списке <gui>Действие</gui> выберите "
+-"<gui>Войти в систему без пароля</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+ "the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+@@ -23098,7 +27096,8 @@
+ "несколько стандартных изображение, но можно выбрать и своё изображение или "
+ "сделать снимок веб-камерой."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+@@ -23106,11 +27105,13 @@
+ "Можно изменить то, кому из пользователей разрешено вносить изменения в "
+ "систему, предоставив им административные полномочия."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr "Назначение административных полномочий"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -23123,7 +27124,8 @@
+ "обеспечения безопасности системы и предотвращения потенциально вредоносных "
+ "неавторизованных изменений."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+@@ -23133,11 +27135,13 @@
+ "разблокировать параметры учётных записей. (Чтобы дать пользователю "
+ "административные полномочия, надо самому обладать ими)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr "Выберите пользователя, полномочия которого вы хотите изменить."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+@@ -23145,7 +27149,8 @@
+ "Щёлкните по надписи <gui>Обычный</gui> рядом с <gui>Тип учётной записи</gui> "
+ "и выберите <gui>Администратор</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+@@ -23153,17 +27158,19 @@
+ "Закройте окно учётных записей. Полномочия пользователя изменятся при его "
+ "следующем входе в систему."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+ "installed the system."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Первый пользователь в системе обычно обладает административными "
+-"полномочиями. Это учётная запись пользователя, которая была создана в "
+-"процессе установки системы."
++"Первый пользователь в системе обычно обладает административными полномочиями."
++" Это учётная запись пользователя, которая была создана в процессе установки "
++"системы."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+@@ -23171,15 +27178,19 @@
+ "Неразумно иметь в одной системе слишком много пользователей с полномочиями "
+ "<gui>администратора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+-msgstr "Административные полномочия нужны для изменения важных частей системы."
++msgstr ""
++"Административные полномочия нужны для изменения важных частей системы."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr "Как работают административные полномочия?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+ "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+@@ -23191,11 +27202,12 @@
+ "Наряду с файлами, которые создали <em>вы</em>, на компьютере есть множество "
+ "файлов, необходимых для правильной работы системы. Если эти важные "
+ "<em>системные файлы</em> изменить неправильно, они могут стать причиной "
+-"различных неполадок, поэтому по умолчанию они защищены от внесения "
+-"изменений. Некоторые приложения также изменяют важные части системы, и они "
+-"тоже защищены."
++"различных неполадок, поэтому по умолчанию они защищены от внесения изменений."
++" Некоторые приложения также изменяют важные части системы, и они тоже "
++"защищены."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -23208,7 +27220,8 @@
+ "использовать подобные приложения, поэтому по умолчанию у вас нет "
+ "административных полномочий."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -23226,7 +27239,8 @@
+ "пароль, чтобы он мог добавить новое приложение в систему. Как только "
+ "установка завершится, вы снова лишитесь административных полномочий."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+@@ -23237,14 +27251,15 @@
+ "example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Административные полномочия связаны с вашей учётной записью. Некоторым "
+-"пользователям разрешено иметь административные полномочия, а некоторым — "
+-"нет. Без административных полномочий вы не сможете устанавливать программы. "
++"пользователям разрешено иметь административные полномочия, а некоторым — нет."
++" Без административных полномочий вы не сможете устанавливать программы. "
+ "Некоторые учётные записи (например, «root») постоянно имеют административные "
+ "полномочия. Не следует использовать административные полномочия всё время, "
+ "иначе вы можете случайно изменить что-нибудь не то (например, удалить файлы, "
+ "необходимые системе)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+ "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+@@ -23252,11 +27267,13 @@
+ "В общем, административные полномочия позволяют изменять важные части "
+ "системы, но предотвращают их случайное изменение."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "Что означает «суперпользователь»?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -23267,14 +27284,16 @@
+ "<em>суперпользователем</em> просто потому, что этот пользователь имеет "
+ "больше полномочий, чем обычные пользователи. Возможно, вам случалось видеть, "
+ "как люди обсуждают вещи типа <cmd>su</cmd> и <cmd>sudo</cmd> — это "
+-"программы, временно дающие вам привилегии "
+-"«суперпользователя» (администратора)."
++"программы, временно дающие вам привилегии «суперпользователя» "
++"(администратора)."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr "Зачем нужны административные полномочия?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+@@ -23284,7 +27303,8 @@
+ "изменений в систему полезно потому, что оно помогает предотвратить "
+ "повреждение системы, случайное или намеренное."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -23296,7 +27316,8 @@
+ "изменит что-то важное. Предоставление административных полномочий временно, "
+ "только при их необходимости, уменьшает риск подобных ошибок."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+@@ -23309,7 +27330,8 @@
+ "беспорядок, удаляя нужные вам приложения, устанавливая ненужные приложения "
+ "или изменяя важные файлы. Это полезно с точки зрения безопасности."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+@@ -23317,11 +27339,13 @@
+ "Выполнять некоторые задачи, типа установки приложений можно, лишь если у вас "
+ "есть административные полномочия."
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr "Пробемы, вызываемые административными ограничениями"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+@@ -23331,11 +27355,13 @@
+ "полномочий</link>, вы можете столкнуться с некоторыми проблемами. Некоторые "
+ "задачи требуют обладания административными полномочиями, например:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr "Подключение к проводным или беспроводным сетям"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+@@ -23343,11 +27369,13 @@
+ "Просмотр содержимого съёмных носителей, подключённых к компьютеру, или "
+ "содержимого другого раздела диска (например, раздела Windows)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "Установка новых приложений"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+@@ -23355,7 +27383,68 @@
+ "Можно <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">изменить пользователей, которым "
+ "назначены полномочия администратора</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+@@ -23363,11 +27452,13 @@
+ "Обеспечьте безопасность своей учётной записи с помощью частого изменения "
+ "пароля."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "Изменение пароля"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+@@ -23375,11 +27466,13 @@
+ "Полезно время от времени менять свой пароль, особенно если вы считаете, что "
+ "он стал известен кому-то ещё."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните на метке рядом со словом <gui>Пароль</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+@@ -23387,7 +27480,8 @@
+ "Если пароль уже задан, она должна выглядеть, как последовательность точек "
+ "или квадратиков."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+@@ -23395,19 +27489,22 @@
+ "Введите свой текущий пароль, затем новый пароль. Введите новый пароль "
+ "повторно в поле <gui>Подтвердить пароль</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Убедитесь в том, что выбран <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">надёжный "
+ "пароль</link>. Это поможет обеспечить безопасность вашей учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "Изменение пароля к связке ключей"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -23424,38 +27521,42 @@
+ "изменить пароль к связке ключей (чтобы он совпадал с паролем для входа в "
+ "систему):"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Откройте приложение <app>Пароли и ключи</app> из режима <gui>обзора</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Убедитесь, что в меню <gui>Вид</gui> выбрано <gui>По связке ключей</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
+ "keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
+-#, fuzzy
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-"gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Введите свой <gui>старый пароль</gui>, затем <gui>новый пароль</gui> и "
+-"<gui>подтвердите</gui> новый пароль, введя его ещё раз."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>OK</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:95(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+ "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
+ "<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+@@ -23463,22 +27564,26 @@
+ "Для использования приложения <app>Пароли и ключи</app> необходимо, чтобы был "
+ "установлен пакет <sys>seahorse</sys>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:100(when/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+-"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Установите seahorse</link>"
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Установите seahorse</"
++"link>"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Добавление своей фотографии на экраны входа в систему и выбора пользователя."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr "Смена изображения пользователя на экране входа в систему"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+@@ -23489,7 +27594,8 @@
+ "стандартных изображений или ваше собственное. Вы можете даже сделать новую "
+ "фотографию своей веб-камерой."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+@@ -23499,7 +27605,8 @@
+ "несколькими стандартными изображениями. Если одно из них вам понравилась, "
+ "щёлкните на нём, чтобы выбрать его для своей учётной записи."
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+@@ -23508,7 +27615,8 @@
+ "компьютере, нажмите <gui>Найти дополнительные изображения</gui>."
+ 
+ # Надо уточнить, как переведено Discard photo. Это в cheese?
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ #, fuzzy
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+@@ -23524,16 +27632,19 @@
+ "снимок</gui>, чтобы попробовать снова, или <gui>Отменить</gui>, если вы "
+ "передумали добавлять снимок."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Удаление пользователей, которые больше не работают на вашем компьютере."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "Удаление учётной записи пользователя"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+@@ -23543,7 +27654,8 @@
+ "Смотрите <link xref=\"user-add\"/>, чтобы узнать, как это сделать. Если кто-"
+ "то больше не пользуется вашим компьютером, можно удалить его учётную запись."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+@@ -23552,12 +27664,15 @@
+ "углу и наберите свой пароль. Для удаления учётных записей пользователей "
+ "нужно быть администратором."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите пользователя, которого нужно удалить и нажмите кнопку <gui>-</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -23572,15 +27687,18 @@
+ "будут безвозвратно удалены и восстановить их будет невозможно. Можно также "
+ "сделать резервную копию файлов на внешнем диске или CD перед их удалением."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr "Используйте длинные, более сложные пароли."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "Выбор надёжного пароля"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+@@ -23588,7 +27706,8 @@
+ "Выбирайте пароли, которые вам достаточно легко запомнить, а другим (включая "
+ "компьютерные программы) — сложно подобрать."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+@@ -23598,7 +27717,8 @@
+ "пароль легко угадать, кто-нибудь может сделать это и получить доступ к вашей "
+ "личной информации."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -23610,7 +27730,8 @@
+ "программы может оказаться очень легко. Вот несколько советов по выбору "
+ "надёжного пароля:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+@@ -23621,7 +27742,8 @@
+ "пробелов. Тогда их будет сложнее угадать: чем больше разнообразие символов, "
+ "тем больше возможных паролей придётся проверить взломщику."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -23633,7 +27755,8 @@
+ "или музыкального альбома. Например, «Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions» "
+ "превратится в F:ARoMD, или faromd, или f: aromd."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+@@ -23642,7 +27765,8 @@
+ "символов он содержит, тем больше времени уйдёт у взломщика на перебор "
+ "возможных паролей."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+@@ -23653,7 +27777,8 @@
+ "используемый пароль — это слово «password». Угадать подобные пароли можно "
+ "очень быстро!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+@@ -23661,11 +27786,13 @@
+ "Не используйте личную информацию, такую как дата, номерной знак автомобиля "
+ "или имя члена семьи."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "Не используйте имена существительные."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+@@ -23674,19 +27801,23 @@
+ "Выбирайте пароли, которые можно набрать быстро, чтобы уменьшить вероятность, "
+ "что кто-то подсмотрит пароль во время набора."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr "Никогда нигде не записывайте ваши пароли. Их могут найти!"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr "Используйте разные пароли для различных задач."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr "Используйте разные пароли для каждой из учётных записей."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+@@ -23694,7 +27825,8 @@
+ "Если использовать одинаковые пароли для всех учётных записей, то любой, кто "
+ "узнает пароль, получит доступ сразу ко всем учётным записям."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -23706,22 +27838,26 @@
+ "(например, веб-сайтов) и разные пароли для важных вещей (систем онлайн-"
+ "платежей и электронной почты)"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "Регулярно меняйте пароли."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+ msgstr ""
+ "Вероятно, не установлены необходимые кодеки, или DVD не из того региона."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr "Почему не воспроизводятся DVD?"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+@@ -23731,11 +27867,13 @@
+ "установлены нужные <em>кодеки</em> или DVD относится к другому <em>региону</"
+ "em>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr "Установка кодеков для воспроизведения DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -23754,7 +27892,8 @@
+ "понадобится установить пакеты <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> и "
+ "<app>libdvd0</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -23770,12 +27909,15 @@
+ "работать с защитой от копирования коммерческий декодер DVD от <link href="
+ "\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
+ "Он работает с Linux и его использование должно быть законным во всех странах."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "Проверка региона DVD"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -23789,7 +27931,8 @@
+ "если у вас DVD-проигрыватель для региона 1, то можно воспроизводить только "
+ "DVD из Северной Америки."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -23801,15 +27944,18 @@
+ "региона компьютерного проигрывателя DVD используйте <link href=\"http://"
+ "linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr "Проверьте, установлены ли нужные видеокодеки."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr "Другие люди не могут воспроизвести созданные мной видеофайлы"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+@@ -23818,7 +27964,8 @@
+ "использующему Windows или Mac OS, у него могут возникнуть проблемы с "
+ "воспроизведением этого файла."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -23833,11 +27980,13 @@
+ "кодек. Проверить, какой формат используется в вашем видеофайле, можно "
+ "следующим образом:"
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr "Щёлкните правой кнопкой на видеофайле и выберите <gui>Свойства</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+@@ -23845,7 +27994,8 @@
+ "Перейдите на вкладку <gui>Аудио/Видео</gui> и посмотрите, какой <gui>кодек</"
+ "gui> указан в разделе <gui>Видео</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -23862,7 +28012,8 @@
+ "Windows Media Player, поисковый запрос должен иметь вид «theora windows "
+ "media player». Часто необходимый кодек можно скачать бесплатно."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -23879,7 +28030,8 @@
+ "программы — видеоконвертеры. Посмотрите, какие из них доступны в приложении "
+ "для установки программного обеспечения."
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -23893,15 +28045,18 @@
+ "в приложении для воспроизведения видео, или видеофайл был создан неправильно "
+ "(произошли какие-то ошибки при его сохранении)."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+ msgstr "Настройка планшета Wacom под левую руку."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+ msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+ msgstr "Управление графическим планшетом левой рукой"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+@@ -23911,13 +28066,19 @@
+ "Планшет можно развернуть на 180 градусов, чтобы кнопки было удобнее нажимать "
+ "левой рукой. Чтобы изменить ориентацию планшета:"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p) C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(item/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
+ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+ msgstr "Откройте <gui>Планшет Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p) C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31(note/p) C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+ "your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+@@ -23925,30 +28086,36 @@
+ "Если планшет не обнаружен, вы увидите сообщение <gui>Подключите или включите "
+ "планшет Wacom</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+ msgstr "Включите переключатель <gui>Настроить под левую руку</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
+ msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+ msgstr "Переключение между режимом планшета и режимом мыши."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+ msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr "Настройка режима слежения для плашнета Wacom"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+ "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+@@ -23958,7 +28125,8 @@
+ "экране. Например, левый верхний угол экрана всегда соответствует тому же "
+ "углу планшета."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+ "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
+@@ -23969,52 +28137,58 @@
+ "поместить в другое место, указатель на экране не переместится. Так работают "
+ "мыши, позволяя перемещаться в другое место экрана без лишних движений рукой."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
+ msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
+ msgid "Choose a monitor"
+ msgstr "Выбор монитора"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
+ msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+ msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Отображение на экран…</gui>"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
+ msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+ msgstr "Включите <gui>Отображение на один экран</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+ "your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
+ msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <gui>Закрыть</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+ msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+ msgstr "Настройка функций кнопок и чувствительности нажатия для пера Wacom."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+ msgid "Configure the stylus"
+ msgstr "Настройка пера"
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
+ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
+ "These settings can be adjusted:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
+ "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+@@ -24024,7 +28198,8 @@
+ "настройки чувствительности (того, как сила нажатия преобразуется в цифровые "
+ "значения) в дипазоне от <gui>Высокая</gui> до <gui>Низкая</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+ "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+@@ -24033,7 +28208,8 @@
+ "Forward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
+ "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+@@ -24041,7 +28217,8 @@
+ "<gui>Чувствительность нажатия пера:</gui> используйте ползунок для настройки "
+ "чувствительности в диапазоне от <gui>Высокая</gui> до <gui>Низкая</gui>."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
+ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
+@@ -24051,71 +28228,15 @@
+ "планшету рядом с названием пера появится переключатель страниц. Используйте "
+ "его для выбора, какое из перьев вы будете настраивать."
+ 
+-#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
+-msgstr "Настройте параметры своего графического планшета Wacom."
+-
+-#: C/wacom.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+-msgstr "Графический планшет Wacom"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+-msgstr ""
+-"Клавиша Super открывает режим обзора. Обычно она находится рядом с клавишей "
+-"<key>Alt</key>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
+-msgstr "Что такое клавиша «Super»?"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you press the <em>Super</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. "
+-"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
+-"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
+-"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
+-msgstr ""
+-"При нажатии клавиши <em>Super</em> открывается режим обзора. Обычно эта "
+-"клавиша находится на клавиатуре внизу слева, рядом с клавишей <key>Alt</"
+-"key>, и на ней изображена пиктограмма в виде логотипа Window (квадратики). "
+-"Иногда её называют клавишей Windows, клавишей с логотипом или системной "
+-"клавишей."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:26(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
+-"keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
+-msgstr ""
+-"На клавиатурах Apple клавиши Windows нет. Вместо неё можно использовать "
+-"клавишу <key>⌘</key> (Command)."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:35(page/p)
+-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+-msgstr "Чтобы выбрать другую клавишу для открытия режима обзора:"
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+-msgstr "Нажмите <gui>Клавиатура</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+-msgstr "Выберите вкладку <gui>Комбинации клавиш</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+-"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-"Выберите с левой стороны окна <gui>Система</gui>, а с правой <gui>Показать "
+-"действия</gui>."
+-
+-#: C/windows-key.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+-msgstr "Щёлкните на текущей комбинации клавиш справа."
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+-msgstr "Нажмите нужную комбинацию клавиш."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Графический планшет Wacom"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ta/ta.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ta/ta.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ta/ta.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/ta/ta.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.251922206 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,30306 @@
++# Shantha kumar <shkumar@redhat.com>, 2013.
++# 
++# 
++# Shantha kumar <shkumar@redhat.com>, 2013, 2014.
++# shkumar <shkumar@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-22 02:34-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Shantha kumar <shkumar@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Tamil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
++"Language: ta\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "Shantha kumar, <shkumar@redhat.com>, 2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 பணிமேசை பயனர்களுக்கான வழிகாட்டி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME உதவி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME உதவி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">உதவி</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp சின்னம்</media> "
++"GNOME உதவி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "இந்தப் பணி ஒரு <_:link-1/> இன் கீழ் உரிமமளிக்கப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "ஷான் மெக்கேன்ஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "ஃபில் புல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "மைக்கேல் ஹில்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "பவுன்ஸ் விசைகளை இயக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr ""
++"விரைவாக மீண்டும் மீண்டும் அழுத்தப்படும் விசைகளைப் புறக்கணிக்க <em>பவுன்ஸ் "
++"விசைகளை</em> இயக்கவும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, உங்களுக்கு கை நடுக்கம் இருக்கிறது "
++"எனில், அந்த சமயத்தில் நீங்கள் ஒரு முறை அழுத்த விரும்பும் விசையை பல முறை "
++"அழுத்திவிடக்கூடும், இது போன்ற சமயத்தில் பவுன்ஸ் விசையை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரைச் சொடுக்கி <gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> என்பதைத் திறந்து <gui>தட்டச்சு</gui> "
++"கீற்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>பவுன்ஸ் விசைகள்</gui> என்பதை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "பவுன்ஸ் விசைகளை விரைவாக இயக்குதல், அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தைச்</link> "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>பவுன்ஸ் விசைகள்</gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் "
++"பவுன்ஸ் விசைகளை விரைவாக இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம்.  <gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</"
++"gui> பலகத்திலுள்ள ஒன்று அல்லது அதிக அமைவுகள் செயலில் இருக்கையில் அணுகல் வசதி "
++"சின்னம் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு விசையை முதலில் அழுத்திய பிறகு மற்றொரு விசையை அழுத்துவதைப் பதிவு "
++"செய்ய பவுன்ஸ் விசைகள் எவ்வளவு நேரம் காத்திருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை மாற்ற "
++"<gui>ஏற்றலில் தாமதம்</gui> அளவமைப்பானைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். ஒரு விசையை "
++"அழுத்தியவுடன் மிக விரைவில் மற்றொரு விசை அழுத்தப்பட்டது என்பதற்காக கணினி ஒரு "
++"விசையைப் புறக்கணிக்கும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் கணினி ஒலியெழுப்ப வேண்டும் என "
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பினால், <gui>விசை நிராகரிக்கப்படும் போது பீப் ஒலியெழுப்பு</"
++"gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr ""
++"புதுப்பிக்கும் வசதியுள்ள பிரெய்லி காட்சியைக் கொண்ட <app>Orca</app> திரை "
++"வாசிப்புக் கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்துங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "பிரெய்லி முறையில் திரையை வாசிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME உங்களுக்கு புதுப்பிக்கும் வசதியுள்ள பிரெய்லி காட்சியில் பயனர் "
++"இடைமுகத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும் <app>Orca</app> திரையினை வழங்குகிறது. Orca உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்குமா என்பது நீங்கள் GNOME ஐ எப்படி நிறுவினீர்கள் "
++"என்பதைப் பொறுத்தது. <link href=\"install:orca\">Orca வை நிறுவவும்</link>, "
++"பிறகு கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca உதவி</link> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையில் உள்ள சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் பொத்தான்களைக் காண எளிதாக இருக்கும் வகையில் "
++"அவற்றின் தெளிவுத்தன்மையை மாற்றுங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "நிறமாறுபாட்டை மாற்றுங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையில் உள்ள சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் பொத்தான்களைக் காண எளிதாக இருக்கும் வகையில் "
++"அவற்றின் தெளிவுத்தன்மையை மாற்ற முடியும். இது திரையின் மொத்த ஒளிர்வை "
++"மாற்றுவதைப் போன்றதல்ல; இதில் <em>பயனர் இடைமுகத்தின்</em> ஒரு பகுதி மட்டுமே "
++"மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> என்பதைத் திறந்து <gui>பார்த்தல்</gui> "
++"கீற்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>உயர் நிறம் மாறுபாடு</gui> என்பதை <gui>இயக்கு</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தை</link> "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>உயர் நிறமாறுபாடு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் "
++"நிறமாறுபாட்டை இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் நகர்வு சொடுக்கம் (ட்வெல் சொடுக்கம்) வசதியைப் பயன்படுத்தி நீங்கள் "
++"சொடுக்கியை அசையாமல் பிடித்திருப்பதன் மூலமே சொடுக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr "மேல் நகர்வு சொடுக்கத்தை செயல்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையில் உள்ள ஒரு கட்டுப்பாடு அல்லது பொருளின் மீது உங்கள் சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை "
++"மேல் நகர்த்துவதன் மூலமே அவற்றை சொடுக்கவோ இழுக்கவோ முடியும். சொடுக்கியை ஒரே "
++"சமயத்தில் சொடுக்கியபடி இழுப்பது உங்களுக்கு சிரமமாக இருக்கும்பட்சத்தில் இது "
++"உங்களுக்கு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். இந்த அம்சம் மேல் நகர்த்து சொடுக்கம் அல்லது "
++"ட்வெல் சொடுக்கம் எனப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல்நகர்த்து சொடுக்கம் செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டின் "
++"மீது நீங்கள் உங்கள் சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை நகர்த்தி, சொடுக்கியிலிருந்து விலகிச் "
++"செல்ல விட்டு, உங்களுக்காக பொத்தான் சொடுக்கப்படும் வரை சற்று காத்திருக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> என்பதைத் திறந்து <gui>சுட்டுதலும் "
++"சொடுக்குதலும்</gui> கீற்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>மேல் நகர்வு சொடுக்கம்</gui> என்பதை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>மேல் நகர்வு சொடுக்கம்</gui> சாளரம் திறக்கும், அது உங்கள் சாளரங்கள் "
++"அனைத்துக்கும் மேலாக இருக்கும். நீங்கள் சுட்டியை மேல் நகர்த்தும் போது எந்த "
++"வகையான சொடுக்கம் நடக்க வேண்டும் என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க இந்த சாளரத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, நீங்கள் <gui>இரண்டாம் சொடுக்கம்</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், நீங்கள் சுட்டியை மேல்நகர்த்தும் போது வலது "
++"சொடுக்கம் செய்யப்படும். நீங்கள் இரு சொடுக்கம், வலது சொடுக்கம் அல்லது "
++"இழுத்தல் ஆகிய செயல்களைச் செய்த பிறகு, தானாக அது சொடுக்கத்திற்கு மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியின் சுட்டியை ஒரு பொத்தானின் மேல்நகர்த்தி, அதை அசையாமல் "
++"வைத்திருக்கும் போது, அதன் நிறம் மெதுவாக மாறும். அதன் நிறம் முழுதும் "
++"மாறியதும் பொத்தான் சொடுக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கும் முன்பு நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியின் சுட்டியை எவ்வளவு நேரம் அசையாமல் "
++"வைத்திருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை மாற்ற <gui>தாமதி</gui> அமைவை மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்குவதற்காக சுட்டியை மேல்நகர்த்தும் போது நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியை சற்றும் "
++"அசையாமல் வைத்திருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை. சுட்டி சிறிதளவு நகர்ந்தாலும் சற்று நேரம் "
++"கழித்து சொடுக்கப்படும். இருப்பினும் அது மிக வேகமாக நகர்ந்தால் சொடுக்கப்படாது."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr ""
++"சுட்டி எவ்வளவு நேரம் அசைவதைப் பொறுத்துக்கொண்டு அது மேல்நகர்த்தப்படுவதாகக் "
++"கருதப்படலாம் என்பதை மாற்ற <gui>அசைவு வரம்பு</gui> அமைவை மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr ""
++"உரையைப் படிக்க எளிதாக இருக்கும் வகையில் பெரிய எழுத்துருக்களைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "திரையில் உள்ள உரையின் அளவை மாற்றுங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையில் உள்ள உரையைப் படிக்க உங்களுக்கு சிரமமாக இருந்தால், நீங்கள் எழுத்துரு "
++"அளவை மாற்றிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பெரிய உரை</gui> என்பதை <gui>இயக்கு</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மாற்றாக, மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தை</"
++"link> சொடுக்கி, <gui>பெரிய உரை</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலமும் "
++"நீங்கள் உரை அளவை விரைவாக மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"பல பயன்பாடுகளில், நீங்கள் <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தியே உரை அளவை எப்போது வேண்டுமானாலும் மாற்றலாம். உரை அளவைக் குறைக்க "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் மனித உருவம் போன்று அமைந்துள்ள சின்னமே அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் "
++"மெனுவாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் மெனுவைக் கண்டறிதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் மெனுவைக்</em> கொண்டு நீங்கள் சில அணுகலம்ச அமைவுகளை "
++"இயக்கலாம். மேல் பட்டியில் மனிதனைச் சுற்றி ஒரு வட்டம் அமைந்தது போன்ற வடிவில் "
++"உள்ள சின்னத்தை சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் இந்த மெனுவைக் கண்டறியலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr "அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் மெனு மெல் பட்டியில் உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கியைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் விசைப்பலகை மூலம் இந்த மெனுவை அணுக, விசைப்பலகை "
++"கவனப்புள்ளியை மேல் பட்டிக்கு மாற்றுவதற்காக <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும். <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> பொத்தானின் "
++"கீழ் ஒரு வெள்ளை நிற கோடு தோன்றும், இந்தக் கோடே மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள எந்த "
++"உருப்படி தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது என்பதை உணர்த்தும். அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் "
++"மெனுவின் கீழுள்ள வெள்ளைக் கோட்டை நகர்த்த அம்புக் குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி, "
++"அதைத் திறக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும். மெனுவிலுள்ள உருப்படிகளைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்க மேல் மற்றும் கீழ் அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட உருப்படியை மாற்ற <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "திரையைப் பெரிதாக்கி திரையிலுள்ளவற்றை வசதியாகப் பார்க்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "திரைப் பகுதியைப் உருப்பெருக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையை உருப்பெருக்கிப் பார்க்கும் அம்சமானது <link xref=\"a11y-font-"
++"size\">உரை அளவை</link> பெரிதாக்குவதிலிருந்து வேறுபட்டது. இந்த அம்சத்தில் "
++"பார்ப்பது உருப்பெருக்கக் கண்ணாடி மூலம் பார்ப்பது போன்றது, இதில் பார்க்கும் "
++"போது நீங்கள் திரையின் ஒவ்வொரு பகுதியையும் இன்னும் பெரிதாக்கியபடி திரையில் "
++"நகர முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>பெரிதாக்கு</gui> என்பதை இயக்கு என மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பெரிதாக்கு</gui> பிரிவில் <gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> பலகத்தில் உள்ள <link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">குறுக்குவிசைகள்</link> கீற்றின் "
++"<gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> பிரிவில் அமைக்கக்கூடிய குறுக்குவிசைகளுக்கான "
++"நடப்பு அமைப்புகள் பட்டியலிடப்பட்டிருக்கும் ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்போது நீங்கள் திரைப் பகுதியை அங்குமிங்கும் நகர்த்தலாம். சொடுக்கியை "
++"திரையின்  விளிம்புகளுக்குக் கொண்டு செல்வதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் உருப்பெருக்கப்பட்ட "
++"பகுதியை வெவ்வேறு திசைகளில் நகர்த்த முடியும், இதனால் நீங்கள் விரும்பும் "
++"பகுதியைக் காணலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தை</"
++"link> சொடுக்கி <gui>பெரிதாக்கு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் "
++"பெரிதாக்கல் வசதியை இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உருப்பெருக்கக் காரணி, சொடுக்கி தடமறிதல் மற்றும் உருப்பெருக்கிய "
++"காட்சியின் திரையிலான இடநிலை ஆகியவற்றை மாற்ற முடியும். இவற்றை மாற்ற "
++"<gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>உருப்பெருக்கி</gui> கீற்றைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி அல்லது தொடுதிட்டின் சுட்டியைக் கண்டறிய உதவும் வகையில் ஒரு "
++"குறுக்குச் சின்னத்தைக் காண்பிக்கச் செய்ய முடியும். அவற்றை இயக்கவும் அவற்றின் "
++"நிறம், நீளம், தடிமன் ஆகியவற்றை மாற்றவும்<gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> பொத்தானைச் "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>குறுக்குச்சின்னம்</gui> கீற்றைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"உருப்பெருக்கிக்கு நீங்கள் தலைகீழ் காணொளி அல்லது <gui>கருப்பு வெள்ளை மாற்றம்</"
++"gui> விளைவை அமைக்கலாம், ஒளிர்வு, நிறமாறுபாடு மற்றும் கிரேஸ்கேல் விருப்பங்களை "
++"மாற்றலாம். இந்த விருப்பங்கள் பார்வைக் குறைவு உள்ளவர்களுக்கும் ஃபோட்டோஃபோபியா "
++"பிரச்சனை உள்ளவர்களுக்கும் ஒளி அமைப்பு சரியில்லாத சூழலில் கணினியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துபவர்களுக்கும் பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். <gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, <gui>நிற விளைவுகள்</gui> கீற்றைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME பணித்திரையில் பல்வேறு குறைகளும் சிறப்பான தேவைகளும் உள்ளவருகளுக்கு "
++"உதவும் வகையிலும் பொதுவான உதவி சாதனங்களுடன் தொடர்பு கொண்டு செய்ல்படும் "
++"வகையிலும் பல உதவி தொழில்நுட்பங்கள் சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. அணுகல் வசதி "
++"அம்சங்களில் பலவற்றை மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள அணுகல் வசதி மெனுவிலிருந்து "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "பார்வைக் குறைபாடுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "பார்வையின்மை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "பார்வைக் குறைவு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "நிறக்குருடு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "மற்ற தலைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "கேட்டல் குறைபாடுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "நகர்வதிலான குறைபாடுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி நகர்வு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "சொடுக்குதலும் இழுத்தலும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை பயன்பாடு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கியின் இடது பொத்தானை அழுத்திப் பிடித்தபடி இருந்தால் வலது சொடுக்கம் "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி வலது சொடுக்க ஏற்பாடு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியின் இடது பொத்தானை சற்று நேரம் அழுத்திப் "
++"பிடித்துக்கொண்டிருப்பதன் மூலம் வலது சொடுக்க முடியும். உங்கள் ஒரு கையில் உள்ள "
++"விரல்களை தனித்தனியாக அசைப்பதில் உங்களுக்கு சிரமம் இருந்தால் அல்லது உங்கள் "
++"சுட்டு சாதனத்தில் ஒரே ஒரு பொத்தான் மட்டுமே இருந்தால் இந்த அம்சம் பயனுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>இரண்டாம் சொடுக்க ஏற்பாடு</gui> என்பதை இயக்கு என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி இடது பொத்தானை எவ்வளவு நேரம் அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருந்தால் அது இடது "
++"சொடுக்கமாக பதிவு செய்யப்பட வேண்டும் என்ற நேரத்தையும் நீங்கள் மாற்றலாம். "
++"<gui>சுட்டுதலும் சொடுக்குதலும்</gui> கீற்றில், <gui>இரண்டாம் சொடுக்க "
++"ஏற்பாடு</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் <gui>ஏற்றலில் தாமதம்</gui> என்பதை மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டாம் சொடுக்க ஏற்பாட்டின் மூலம் வலது சொடுக்க, நீங்கள் வழக்கமாக வலது "
++"சொடுக்கும் சூழ்நிலையில், சொடுக்கியின் இடது பொத்தானை சற்று நேரம் அழுத்திப் "
++"பிடித்திருந்து, பிறகு விடவும். நீங்கள் இடது பொத்தானை அழுத்திப் "
++"பிடித்திருக்கும் போது சுட்டி நீல நிறத்தால் நிரப்பப்படும். வலது சொடுக்க, அது "
++"முழுதும் நீலமான பிறகு, சொடுக்கி பொத்தானை விடுவிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"மறுஅளவீடு செய்யும் சுட்டி போன்ற சில சுட்டிகள் நிறம் மாறாது. சுட்டி நிறம் "
++"மாறி காட்சி ரீதியாக உங்களுக்கு சொடுக்கத்தைப் பற்றித் தெரிவிக்காவிட்டாலும் "
++"நீங்கள் இரண்டாம் சொடுக்க ஏற்பாட்டை வழக்கம் போல் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">சொடுக்கி விசைகளைப்</link> "
++"பயன்படுத்தினால், இது உங்கள் விசையட்டையிலுள்ள <key>5</key> விசையை கீழே "
++"அழுத்திப் பிடித்தும் வலது சொடுக்க அனுமதிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அம்சம் முடக்கப்பட்டிருந்தாலும், நீங்கள் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> "
++"மேலோட்டத்தில் நீண்ட நேரம் பொத்தானை அழுத்தி வலது சொடுக்கலாம். மேலோட்டத்தில் "
++"இந்த நீண்ட நேர அழுத்துதல் சற்று வேறு வகையில் செயல்படும், அதாவது வலது சொடுக்க "
++"நீங்கள் பொத்தானை விடுவிக்க வேண்டியதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை வாசிக்க, <app>Orca</app> திரை வாசிப்புக் கருவியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "திரையை உரக்க வாசித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை வாசிப்பதற்காக <app>Orca</app> என்ற திரை வாசிப்புக் "
++"கருவியை வழங்குகிறது. உங்கள் கணினியில் Orca நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளதா இல்லையா என்பது "
++"நீங்கள் GNOME ஐ எப்படி நிறுவினீர்கள் என்பதைப் பொறுத்தது. <link href="
++"\"install:orca\">Orca ஐ நிறுவவும்</link>, பிறகு கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <link href="
++"\"help:orca\">Orca உதவியைப்</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு விசையை நீங்கள் அழுத்துவதற்கும் அது திரையில் தோன்றுவதற்கும் இடையே ஒரு நேர "
++"தாமதத்தையும் அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "மெதுவான விசைகள் அம்சத்தை இயக்குங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு எழுத்தை நீங்கள் அழுத்துவதற்கும் அது திரையில் தோன்றுவதற்கும் இடையே ஒரு "
++"நேர தாமதம் இருக்க நீங்கள் விரும்பினால், <em>மெதுவான விசைகள்</em> அம்சத்தை "
++"இயக்கலாம். அதாவது இதை இயக்கினால் நீங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு எழுத்தையும் தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யும் போது அது திரையில் தோன்றுவதற்கு நீங்கள் சற்று நேரம் விசையை "
++"அழுத்தியபடி பிடித்திருக்க வேண்டும். தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போது ஒரே சமயத்தில் "
++"எதிர்பாராமல் பல விசைகளை அழுத்துபவர் என்றால் அல்லது முதல் முறையே சரியான "
++"விசையை அழுத்துவது உங்களுக்கு சிரமம் என்றால் மெதுவான விசைகள் அம்சத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்திக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>மெதுவான விசைகள்</gui> என்பதை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "மெதுவான விசைகள் அம்சத்தை விரைவாக இயக்குதலும் அணைத்தலும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையில் இருந்து, மெதுவான விசைகளை செயல்படுத்தவும் அணைக்கவும் "
++"<gui>விசைப்பலகை மூலம் செயல்படுத்து</gui> என்பதன் கீழ், <gui>விசைப்பலகையில் "
++"இருந்து அணுகல் வசதி அம்சங்களை இயக்கு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். இந்த "
++"விருப்பம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படும் போது, நீங்கள் <key>Shift</key> விசையை எட்டு "
++"வினாடிகளுக்கு அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருப்பதன் மூலம் மெதுவான விசைகளை இயக்க அல்லது "
++"முடக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தைச்</link> "
++"சொடுக்கி, <gui>மெதுவனா விசைகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலமும் "
++"நீங்கள் மெதுவான விசைகளை இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம். <gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</"
++"gui> பலகத்தில் ஒன்று அல்லது அதிகமான அமைவுகள் செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருந்தால், "
++"அணுகல் வசதி சின்னம் புலப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு விசையை நீங்கள் அழுத்துகையில், அந்த விசை ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்பட எவ்வளவு நேரம் "
++"அதை அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்க வேண்டும் என்ற நேரத்தைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த, "
++"<gui>ஏற்றலில் தாமதம்</gui> அளவுகோலைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு விசையை அழுத்தும் போதும், ஒரு விசையை அழுத்துதல் ஏற்கப்படும் "
++"போதும், அல்லது நீங்கள் போதிய நேரம் விசையை அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்காததால் ஒரு "
++"விசை நிராகரிக்கப்படும் போதும் உங்கள் கணினியை ஒலி எழுப்பச் செய்யவும் முடியும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை அழுத்தும் போது, ஒரே சமயம் அனைத்து விசைகளையும் "
++"அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்காமல் ஒரு சமயம் ஒரு விசையை மட்டும் தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "ஒட்டு விசைகளை இயக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ஒட்டு விசைகள்</em> வசதியின் மூலம், விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை அழுத்தும் "
++"போது, ஒரே சமயத்தில் அனைத்து விசைகளையும் அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்காமல் ஒரு "
++"சமயம் ஒரு விசையை மட்டும் அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் குறுக்குவழிகளைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"முடியும்  எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> குறுக்குவழி விசை ஒவ்வொரு சாளரமாக மாறச் செய்யும். "
++"ஒட்டு விசைகளை இயக்காமல் இருந்தால், ஒரே சமயத்தில் நீங்கள் இரண்டு விசைகளையுமே "
++"அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்க வேண்டும்; ஒட்டு விசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், "
++"முதலில் நீங்கள் <key>Super</key> விசையையும் பிறகு <key>Tab</key> விசையையும் "
++"அழுத்தினாலே குறுக்குவிசை வேலை செய்யும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே சமயம் பல விசைகளை அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருப்பது உங்களுக்கு கடினம் எனில், "
++"நீங்கள் ஒட்டு விசைகள் அம்சத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "<gui>ஒட்டு விசைகள்</gui> என்பதை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "ஒட்டு விசைகளை விரைவாக இயக்குதலும் அணைத்தலும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையில் இருந்து ஒட்டு விசைகளை இயக்கவும் அணைக்கவும், <gui>விசைப்பலகை "
++"மூலம் செயல்படுத்து</gui> என்பதன் கீழ், <gui>விசைப்பலகையில் இருந்து அணுகல் "
++"வசதி அம்சங்களை இயக்கு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். இந்த விருப்பம் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கையில், <key>Shift</key> தொடர்ந்து ஐந்து முறை "
++"அழுத்தி நீங்கள் ஒட்டு விசைகளை இயக்க அல்லது முடக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தைச்</link> "
++"சொடுக்கி, <gui>ஒட்டு விசைகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தும் நீங்கள் ஒட்டு "
++"விசைகளை இயக்கலாம் அல்லது அணைக்கலாம். <gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> "
++"பலகத்தில் ஒன்று அல்லது அதிகமான அமைவுகள் செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருந்தால், அணுகல் "
++"வசதி சின்னம் புலப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே சமயம் நீங்கள் இரு விசைகளை அழுத்தினால், குறுக்குவழி விசைகளை வழக்கம் போல "
++"உள்ளிட உதவியாக ஒட்டு விசை தற்காலிகமாக அணைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, இந்த விருப்பத்தை நீங்கள் இயக்கி இருந்தால், நீங்கள் ஒட்டு "
++"விசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்ட நிலையில் <key>Super</key> விசையையும் <key>Tab</key> "
++"விசையையும் ஒரே சமயத்தில் அழுத்தினால், நீங்கள் மற்றொரு விசையை அழுத்த ஒட்டு "
++"விசைகள் காத்திருக்காது. இருப்பினும் நீங்கள் ஒரு விசையை மட்டும் "
++"அழுத்தியிருந்தால் அது <em>காத்திருக்கும்</em>. உங்களுக்கு சில "
++"குறுக்குவிசைகளை மட்டும் ஒரே சமயத்தில் அழுத்துவது எளிது (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, "
++"மிக நெருக்கமாக உள்ள விசைகள்) ஆனால் மற்ற குறுக்குவிசைகளுக்கு அது கடினம் என்ற "
++"நிலையில் இது உங்களுக்கு பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"இதைச் செயல்படுத்த <gui>ஒரே சமயத்தில் இரண்டு விசைகள் அழுத்தப்பட்டால் முடக்கு</"
++"gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒட்டு விசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்ட நிலையில் நீங்கள் ஒரு விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியை "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யத் தொடங்கும் போது உங்கள் கணினி \"பீப்\" ஒலியெழுப்பும் படியும் "
++"நீங்கள் அமைக்க முடியும். ஒட்டு விசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்ட நிலையில், அடுத்த "
++"குறுக்குவழி விசை அழுத்தப்படுவதற்கு வசதியாக ஒரு விசை அழுத்தப்பட்டதும் ஒட்டு "
++"விசைகள் குறுக்குவழி விசைகள் அழுத்தப்படுவதை எதிர்பார்க்கிறது என்று "
++"உங்களுக்குத் தெரிவிக்க வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் இது பயனுள்ளதாக "
++"இருக்கும். இதை செயல்படுத்த <gui>மாற்றியமைக்கும் விசை அழுத்தப்படும் போது பீப் "
++"ஒலியெழுப்பு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr ""
++"விழிப்பூட்டல் இயக்கப்படும் போது திரை அல்லது சாளரத்தில் பளிச் ஒளி "
++"எழுப்புவதற்கு, காட்சி விழிப்பூட்டல்களை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr "விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலிகளுக்கு திரையில் பளிச் ஒளியெழுப்பு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வகை செய்திகள் மற்றும் நிகழ்வுகளுக்கு உங்கள் கணினி ஒரு எளிய விழிப்பூட்டலை "
++"இயக்கும். இந்த ஒலிகளைக் கேட்க உங்களுக்கு கடினமாக இருந்தால், விழிப்பூட்டல் "
++"ஒலி இயக்கப்படும் போது உங்கள் முழு திரை அல்லது உங்கள் நடப்பு சாளரம் "
++"காட்சிரீதியாக பளிச் ஒளி எழுப்பும் படி நீங்கள் அமைத்துக்கொள்ள முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"நூலகம் போன்ற அமைதியாக இருக்க வேண்டிய இடங்களில் கணினி ஒலியெழுப்பாமல் இருக்க "
++"வேண்டும் என்ற சூழ்நிலைகளிலும் இது பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியை "
++"முடக்கி, காட்சி விழிப்பூட்டல்களை எப்படி இயக்குவது என அறிய <link xref=\"sound-"
++"alert\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்</gui> என்பதைத் திறந்து <gui>கேட்டல்</gui> கீற்றைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>காட்சி விழிப்பூட்டல்கள்</gui> ஐ இயக்கவும். உங்கள் முழு திரையும் "
++"பளிச்சிட வேண்டுமா அலல்து நடப்பு சாளரம் மட்டுமா எனத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அணுகல் வசதி சின்னத்தை</"
++"link> சொடுக்கி <gui>காட்சி விழிப்பூட்டல்கள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் "
++"மூலம் <gui>காட்சி விழிப்பூடல்கள்</gui> வசதியை விரைவாக இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "பணிமேசை உதவி வழிகாட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சில குறிப்புகள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME ஆவணமாக்கத் திட்டப்பணி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "இந்த வழிகாட்டியைப் பற்றி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசையின் அம்சங்களை அறிமுகப்படுத்திக் காட்டவும் கணினி தொடர்பான "
++"உங்கள் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கவும் உங்கள் கணினியை இன்னும் சிறப்பாகப் "
++"பயன்படுத்த உதவும் குறிப்புகளை வழங்கவுமே இந்த வழிகாட்டி உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. "
++"இந்த வழிகாட்டியை பயன்படுத்துவது கூடுமான வரை எளிதாக இருக்கும் வகையிலேயே இதனை "
++"உருவாக்க முயற்சித்துள்ளோம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிகாட்டியை அதிகாரங்களாகப் பிரிக்காமல், ஒவ்வொரு வேலை தொடர்பான சிறிய "
++"தலைப்புகளாக பிரித்துள்ளோம். அதாவது உங்கள் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதில் பெற நீங்கள் "
++"முழு கையேட்டையும் புரட்ட வேண்டியதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்புடைய தலைப்புகள் ஒன்றாக இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. சில பக்கங்களில் \"இவற்றையும் "
++"பார்க்க\" எனும் இணைப்புகள் இருக்கும், அவையும் உங்களை தொடர்புடைய "
++"தலைப்புகளுக்கு இட்டுச்செல்லும். இது நீங்கள் ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட வேலையைச் செய்து "
++"முடிக்க உதவும் வகையில் தொடர்புடைய தலைப்புகளைக் கண்டறியும் செயலை எளிதாக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr ""
++"இதில் தேடும் வசதியும் உள்ளது. உதவி உலாவியின் மேலே <em>தேடல் பட்டி</em> "
++"உள்ளது, அதில் நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போதே தொடர்புடைய தலைப்புகளின் "
++"முடிவுகள் காண்பிக்கப்படத் தொடங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிகாட்டியை தொடர்ந்து மேம்படுத்தி வருகிறோம். உதவிகரமான விரிவான தகவலை "
++"உங்களுக்கு வழங்கவே நாங்கள் முயற்சிக்கிறோம் என்றாலும், உங்கள் எல்லாக் "
++"கேள்விகளுக்கும் இங்கு பதில் கிடைத்து விடாது. ஆகவே இன்னும் உதவும் வகையில் "
++"கூடுதல் தகவல்களைச் சேர்த்துக்கொண்டே இருப்போம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த பணிமேசை உதவியை வாசிக்க நேரம் செலவழித்ததற்கு நன்றி. இதை மீண்டும் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் அவசியம் இருக்காது என நம்புகிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME ஆவணமாக்கக் குழு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ஆன்லைன் கணக்கை இணைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "ஜிம் காம்ப்பெல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "கணக்கை சேர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்கைச் சேர்த்தால், உங்கள் GNOME பணிமேசையில் உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளை "
++"இணைக்க உதவியாக இருக்கும். இதன் மூலம் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடு, அரட்டை "
++"பயன்பாடு மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய மற்ற பயன்பாடுகளும் அமைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தின் கீழ் இடது பகுதியில் உள்ள <key>+</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கணக்கு வகை</gui> மெனுவைச் சொடுக்கி, அதில் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கும் அதிக கணக்கு வகை இருந்தால், மற்ற கணக்குகளை பிறகு "
++"சேர்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>சேர்…</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"சிறிய வலைத்தள சாளரம் ஒன்று திறக்கும், அதில் உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு நம்பிக்கை "
++"சான்றளிப்புகளை உள்ளிடலாம். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு Google கணக்கை "
++"அமைத்தால், உங்கள் Google பயனர் பெயரையும் கடவுச்சொல்லையும் உள்ளிடுவீர்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நம்பிக்கை சான்றளிப்புகளை சரியாக உள்ளிட்டால், உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் "
++"கணக்குக்கு  GNOME க்கு அணுகலை வழங்குமாறு உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படும். தொடர "
++"<gui>அணுகல் வழங்கு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்குடன் இணைக்கப்பட வேண்டிய பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"எடுத்துக்காட்டுக்கு நீங்கள் உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு ஒன்றை நாள்காட்டிக்கு "
++"பயன்படுத்தாமல் அரட்டைக்கு மட்டும் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால், <gui>நாள்காட்டி</"
++"gui> விருப்பத்தை அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்த்த பிறகு, நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுத்த பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"ஒவ்வொன்றும் அவற்றைத் தொடங்கும் போது தாமாகவே அந்தந்த நம்பிக்கை "
++"சான்றளிப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்திக் கொள்ளும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"பாதுகாப்பு காரணங்களுக்காக, GNOME உங்கள் கடவுச்சொற்களை உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"சேமிப்பதில்லை. மாறாக ஆன்லைன் சேவை வழங்கும் ஒரு டோக்கனையே கணினியில் "
++"சேமிக்கிறது. பணிமேசைக்கும் ஆன்லைன் சேவைக்கும் இடையேயான இணைப்பை நீங்கள் "
++"முழுவதுமாக ரத்து செய்ய விரும்பினால், அதை <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">அகற்றவும்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "எக்காட்டெரினா ஜெராசிமோவா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "ஜுலிட்டா இங்கா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளைப்</app> பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு புதிய கணக்கை உருவாக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆன்லைன் கணக்கை உருவாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"சில ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு சேவை வழங்குநர்கள், ஆன்லைன் கணக்கை <app>ஆன்லைன் "
++"கணக்குகளில்</app> சேர்க்கும் போதே ஒரு கணக்கை உருவாக்கும் வசதியை வழங்குகின்றன."
++" இதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள் அனைத்தையும் ஒரே "
++"பயன்பாட்டிலிருந்து நிர்வகிக்க முடிகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++"செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்திலிருந்து <app>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள்</app> அமைவுகளைத் "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"கீழ் தோன்று மெனுவிலிருந்து ஒரு <gui>கணக்கு வகையை</gui> தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"சில கணக்கு வகைகள் <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">கிடைக்காது "
++"போகலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "தொடர <gui>சேர்…</gui> என்பதைச் சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போது தோன்றும் பக்கத்தில் <gui>பதிவு பெறு</gui> பொத்தான் அல்லது இணைப்பைக் "
++"கண்டறிந்து அதைச் சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"அனைத்து ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு வழங்குநர்களும் இந்த நிலையில் கணக்கை உருவாக்கும் "
++"வசதியை அளிப்பதில்லை. நீங்கள் பதிவு பெற விரும்பும் சேவை இதைப் போன்ற ஒன்று "
++"எனில், கணக்கை உருவாக்க நீங்கள் வேறு வழியைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"பதிவுப் படிவத்தை நிரப்பவும். கடவுச்சொல் பயனர் பெயர் போன்ற தனிப்பட்ட சில "
++"தகவல்களை வழங்குமாறு கேட்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் புதிய கணக்கை  <app>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளுடன்</app> பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமானால் "
++"நீங்கள் GNOME க்கு உங்கள் கணக்குக்கான அணுகலை வழங்க வேண்டியிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்கு வழங்குநர் வழங்கும் அனைத்து சேவைகளும் முன்னிருப்பாக "
++"செயல்படுத்தப்படும். தனித்தனியாக சேவைகளை முடக்க அவற்றை <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"disable-service\">அணைக்கவும்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"சில ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட சேவைகளை (நாள்காட்டி "
++"மின்னஞ்சல் போன்று) அணுகப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும். பயன்பாடுகள் எந்தெந்த "
++"சேவைகளைப் பயன்படுத்த முடிய வேண்டும் என்பதை நீங்கள் கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்கை எந்தெந்த ஆன்லைன் சேவைகளை அணுக பயன்படுத்தலாம் என்பதைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வகை ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளில் அதே பயனர் கணக்கைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் பல சேவைகளை "
++"அணுக முடியும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Google கணக்குகளைக் கொண்டு நாள்காட்டி, "
++"மின்னஞ்சல், தொடர்புகள் மற்றும் அரட்டை ஆகிய சேவைகளை அணுகலாம். ஆனால் நீங்கள் "
++"உங்கள் கணக்கை சில சேவைகளுக்குப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்புவீர்கள் ஆனால் சில "
++"சேவைகளுக்குப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம் என விரும்புவீர்கள். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, "
++"நீங்கள் அரட்டைக்கு வேறொரு ஆன்லைன் கணக்கைப் பயன்படுத்துவதால், உங்கள் Google "
++"கணக்கை நீங்கள் அரட்டைக்குப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் வெறும் மின்னஞ்சலுக்கு மட்டும் "
++"பயன்படுத்த விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு ஆன்லைன் கணக்கும் வழங்கும் சேவைகளில் நீங்கள் விரும்புபவற்றை முடக்க "
++"முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++"இடப்புறம் உள்ள பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் மாற்ற விரும்பும் கணக்கைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்தக் கணக்கில் கிடைக்கும் சேவைகளின் பட்டியல் <gui>இந்தக் கணக்கை இதற்குப் "
++"பயன்படுத்து</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தாத சேவைகளை அணைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்குக்கு ஒரு சேவையை முடக்கிவிட்டால், உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள "
++"பயன்பாடுகளால் அதன் பிறகு அந்த சேவைக்கு இணைக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முடக்கிய ஒரு சேவையை மீண்டும் இயக்க, <gui>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள்</gui> "
++"சாளரத்திற்குச் சென்று இயக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "பேப்டிஸ்ட் மில்-மேத்தியாஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "ஆன்லைன் சேவை வழங்குநர் பட்டியலில் இல்லாவிட்டால்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "என் கணக்கு வகை ஏன் பட்டியலில் இல்லை?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் ஆன்லைன் சேவை வழங்குநருக்கான ஆதரவு என்பது எவரேனும் "
++"உருவாக்கினால் தான் கிடைக்கும். தற்போது சில வகை ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளே "
++"ஆதரிக்கப்படும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Facebook"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "Yahoo க்கான ஆதரவு விரைவில் சேர்க்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிற சேவைகளுக்கான ஆதரவைச் சேர்ப்பதில் உங்களுக்கு ஆர்வம் இருந்தால், <link href="
++"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> "
++"bug tracker</link> இல் உருவாக்குநர்களைத் தொடர்பு கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆன்லைன் கணக்கை முற்றிலுமாக நீக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ஒரு கணக்கை நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் நீக்க விரும்பும் கணக்கைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தின் கீழ் இடது பகுதியில் உள்ள <key>-</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>நீக்கு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்கை முழுவதுமாக அழிக்காமல், உங்கள் பணிமேசை அணுகும் <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">சேவைகளை வரம்பிடவும்</link> முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "ஆன்ட்ரி க்ளாப்பர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளில்</app> உருவாக்கிய கணக்குகளையும் அவை வழங்கும் "
++"சேவைகளையும் பயன்பாடுகளால் பயன்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr ""
++"ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளின் அனுகூலத்தை எந்த பயன்பாடுகள் பயன்படுத்திக்கொள்ளலாம்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"வெளிப்புறப் பயன்பாடுகள் தங்களை அமைவாக்கம் செய்துகொள்ள <app>ஆன்லைன் "
++"கணக்குகளைப்</app> பயன்படுத்திக் கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "Google கணக்கைக் கொண்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடான <app>Evolution</app>. உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் கணக்கு தானாகவே "
++"<app>Evolution</app> இல் சேர்க்கப்படும். ஆகவே அது உங்கள் அஞ்சல்களை "
++"மீட்டெடுப்பதுடன், உங்கள் தொடர்புகளுக்கான அணுகலையும் வழங்கி உங்கள் Google "
++"நிகழ்ச்சி நிரலில் உள்ள நாள்காட்டி உருப்படிகளையும் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"உடனடி செய்தியனுப்பல் பயன்பாடான <app>Empathy</app>. உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு "
++"சேர்க்கப்படும், அதன் பின் நீங்கள் உங்கள் நண்பர்களுடன் செய்தி பரிமாறிக்கொள்ள "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Contacts</app>, பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் தொடர்புகளைக் காணவும் "
++"திருத்தவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் ஆவணங்களை அணுகவும் "
++"காணவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "Windows Live, Facebook அல்லது Twitter கணக்குகளைக் கொண்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> இந்தக் கணக்குகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் ஆன்லைனில் இணைப்பதன் "
++"மூலம் உங்கள் தொடர்புகள், நண்பர்கள் மற்றும் பின் தொடர்பவர்களுடன் "
++"அரட்டையடிக்க் உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "SkyDrive கணக்கைக் கொண்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> பயன்பாட்டால் Microsoft SkyDrive இல் உள்ள உங்கள் ஆன்லைன் "
++"ஆவணங்களை அணுகவும் காண்பிக்கவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "Exchange கணக்கைக் கொண்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு Exchange கணக்கை உருவாக்கியதும், <app>Evolution</app> அந்தக் "
++"கணக்கிலிருந்து மின்னஞ்சல்களை மீட்டுப்பெறத் தொடங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ownCloud கணக்கைக் கொண்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"ownCloud கணக்கை அமைக்கும் போது, <app>Evolution</app> பயன்பாட்டால் தொடர்புகள் "
++"மற்றும் நாள்காட்டி சந்திப்புத் திட்டங்களை அணுகவும் திருத்தவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Files</app> மற்றும் பிற பயன்பாடுகளால் ownCloud நிறுவலில் "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஆன்லைன் கோப்புகளைப் பட்டியலிடவும் அணுகவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "சூசன்னா ஹுட்டானென்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் அல்லது மீடியா கணக்குகளை பணிமேசையில் ஏன் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "ஏன் ஒரு கணக்கைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்ப்பதனால் நாள்காட்டி, அரட்டை மற்றும் மின்னஞ்சல் போன்று "
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் சேவைகளை நேரடியாக உங்கள் பணிமேசையில் அணுகுவதுடன் அந்த "
++"சேவைகளின் தகவல் உங்கள் பயனர் அனுபவத்தின் சுமூகமானக இணைந்த ஒரு பகுதியாகவே "
++"மாறிவிடுகிறது. அதே சமயம் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் அரட்டை போன்ற வெவ்வேறு "
++"கணக்குகளின் சேவைகளைத் தொடர்ந்து அணுக முடிகிறது. ஒரு முறை கணக்கை "
++"அமைத்துவிட்டால் போதும், நீங்கள் கணினியைத் தொடங்கும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் உங்கள் "
++"கணக்குகளும் சேவைகளும் தயாராக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">ஒரு புதிய கணக்கை உருவாக்கு</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">முன்பே உள்ள ஒரு கணக்கைச் சேர்</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">ஒரு கணக்கை நீக்கு</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ஆன்லைன்  கணக்குகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"சில ஆன்லைன் சேவைகளுக்கு (Google மற்றும் Facebook போன்ற) நீங்கள் உங்கள் "
++"புகுபதிவு விவரங்களை <app>ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள்</app> சாளரத்தில் உள்ளிடலாம். "
++"இதனால் நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணக்கின் விவரங்களை மீண்டும் உள்ளிடாமலே அந்த "
++"பயன்பாடுகளில் இருந்து உங்கள் நாள்காட்டி, அஞ்சல், அரட்டை கணக்குகள் மற்றும் "
++"அது போன்ற சேவைகளை எளிதில் அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "உங்கள் மறுபிரதி வெற்றிகரமாக எடுக்கப்பட்டதா என சரிபார்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "உங்கள் மறுபிரதியை சோதிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகளை மறுபிரதி எடுத்த பிறகு, மறுபிரதி வெற்றிகரமாக எடுக்கப்பட்டதா "
++"என சரிபார்க்க வேண்டும். மறுபிரதி சரியாக எடுக்கப்படாவிட்டால் மறுபிரதியில் சில "
++"கோப்புகள் விடுபட்டுப் போவதன் காரணமாக உங்களுக்கு வேண்டிய முக்கிய தரவு "
++"இழக்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை நகர்த்த அல்லது நகலெடுக்க நீங்கள் கோப்பு நிர்வாகியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் "
++"போது, அனைத்து தரவும் முழுமையாக பரிமாற்றப்பட்டதா என உறுதிப்படுத்துவதற்காக "
++"கணினி சோதிக்கும். இருப்பினும், உங்களுக்கு மிக முக்கியமான தரவை "
++"பரிமாற்றுகிறீர்கள் எனில், தரவு முழுமையாக பரிமாற்றப்பட்டதா என "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்துவதற்காக நீங்களும் கூடுதலாக சோதித்துப் பார்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"இலக்கு ஊடகத்தில் உள்ள நகலெடுக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளையும் கோப்புறைகளையும் "
++"பார்ப்பதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் கூடுதலாக சரிபார்த்துக்கொள்ளலாம். பரிமாற்றம் "
++"செய்யப்பட்ட கோப்புகளும் கோப்புறைகளும் மறுபிரதியில் உண்மையிலேயே இருப்பதைப் "
++"பார்த்துவிட்டால், செயலாக்கம் வெற்றிகரமாக முடிந்தது என நீங்கள் நம்பிக்கையாக "
++"இருக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி அதிக தரவை மறுபிரதியெடுக்கிறீர்கள் எனில், <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app> போன்ற இதற்கென்றே உள்ள மறுபிரதி பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தினால் உங்கள் "
++"செயல் எளிதாகலாம். வெறுமென கோப்புகளை நகலெடுத்து ஒட்டுவதை விட இத்தகைய "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்துவது ஆற்றல் மிக்கதும் நம்பகமானதாகவும் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் முக்கியமான கோப்புகள் பத்திரமாக உள்ளதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ள அவற்றை "
++"எவ்வளவு அடிக்கடி நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டும் என அறிந்துகொள்ளுங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "டிஃபானி அன்ட்டொபோல்ஸ்கி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "மறுபிரதியெடுத்தலின் நிகழிடைவெளி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr ""
++"எவ்வளவு அடிக்கடி நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டும் என்பது நீங்கள் "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் தரவின் வகையைப் பொறுத்தது. எடுத்துக்காட்டாக சேவையக "
++"கணினிகளில் மிக முக்கியமான தரவுகளைக் கொண்ட ஒரு பிணைய சூழலைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கிறீர்கள் எனில், நீங்கள் தினசரி மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது கூட போதாது என்றே "
++"கூறலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr ""
++"இது ஒரு புறமிருக்க, நீங்கள் உங்கள் வீட்டு கணினியில் உள்ள தரவை "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்கிறீர்கள் எனில், மணிக்கொரு முறை மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது தேவையாக "
++"இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுப்பு நேரத்திட்டத்தை உருவாக்கும் போது "
++"பின்வரும் விஷயங்களை கருத்தில் கொள்வது உதவியாக இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியில் நீங்கள் செலவழிக்கும் நேரம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள தரவு எவ்வளவு அடிக்கடி மற்றும் எவ்வளவு மாற்றமடைகின்றது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க விரும்பும் தரவு இசை, மின்னஞ்சல் மற்றும் குடும்ப "
++"புகைப்படங்கள் போன்று அதிக முக்கியத்துவம் இல்லாத அல்லது மிகக் குறைந்த "
++"மாற்றங்களே செய்யப்படும் தரவாக இருந்தால் வாரம் அல்லது மாதம் ஒரு முறை "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுப்பதே போதுமானதாக இருக்கும். இருப்பினும்வரி தணிக்கை நடைபெறும் "
++"காலம் போன்ற முக்கிய நேரங்களில் அடிக்கடி மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் செயலுக்கும் இடையே உள்ள நேரமானது, நீங்கள் செய்த "
++"ஏதேனும் வேலை இழக்கப்பட்டால், அதை மீண்டும் செய்ய நீங்கள் செலவழிக்க வேண்டிய "
++"நேரத்தின் அளவை விட அதிகமாக இல்லாமல் இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை ஒரு பொதுவான "
++"விதியாகக் கொள்ளலாம். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக இழக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு ஆவணத்தை மீண்டும் எழுத "
++"உங்களுக்கு சுமார் ஒரு வாரம் ஆகும் எனில், நீங்கள் வாரம் ஒரு முறை "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr ""
++"Déjà Dup ஐ (அல்லது மற்ற மறுபிரதி பயன்பாடுகளை) பயன்படுத்தி உங்களுக்கு "
++"முக்கியமான கோப்புகளையும் அமைவுகளையும் இழக்காமல் பாதுகாத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "எப்படி மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளே உங்கள் கோப்புகளையும் அமைவுகளையும் "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் பொறுப்பை கவனித்துக்கொள்ள விட்டுவிடுவதே மறுபிரதியெடுக்க "
++"எளிமையான வழி. <app>Déjà Dup</app> போன்ற பல மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"கிடைக்கின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் மறுபிரதி பயன்பாட்டுக்கான உதவி தகவலில் மறுபிரதிக்கான "
++"அமைவுகள், முன்னுரிமைகள் மற்றும் தரவை மீட்டெடுத்தல் குறித்த உதவிகரமான "
++"தகவல்கள் கொடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"தனியான வன்வட்டு, பிணையத்தில் உள்ள வேறொரு கணினி அல்லது ஒரு USB இயக்கி போன்ற "
++"பாதுகாப்பான இடத்திற்கு <link xref=\"files-copy\">உங்கள் கோப்புகளை "
++"நகலெடுத்துக்கொள்வது</link> மற்றொரு வழியாகும். வழக்கமாக உங்கள் <link xref="
++"\"backup-thinkabout\">தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள்</link> மற்றும் அமைவுகள் உங்கள் "
++"இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் தான் இருக்கும், அங்கிருந்து அவற்றை நகலெடுத்துக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு தரவை மறுபிரதியெடுக்க முடியும் என்பது சேமிப்பு சாதனத்தின் "
++"கொள்ளளவைப் பொறுத்தது. உங்கள் மறுபிரதி சாதனத்தில் இடம் இருந்தால் உங்கள் "
++"பின்வருபவை தவிர்த்து இல்லக் கோப்புறை முழுவதையும்  நகலெடுத்துக்கொள்வது நல்லது:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr ""
++"CD, DVD அல்லது மற்ற பொருத்தியெடுக்கக்கூடிய ஊடகங்களில் ஏற்கனவே "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுத்துவிட்ட கோப்புகள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"மீண்டும் நீங்கள் எளிதில் உருவாக்கக்கூடிய கோப்புகள். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக நீங்கள் "
++"ஒரு நிரலாக்குனர் எனில், உங்கள் நிரல்களை கம்பைல் செய்யும் போது "
++"உருவாக்கப்படும் கோப்புகளை மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டிய அவசியம் இல்லை, ஆனால் "
++"உங்கள் அசல் மூலக் கோப்புகளை மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது அவசியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"குப்பை கோப்புறையில் உள்ள கோப்புகள். உங்கள் குப்பை கோப்புறை <file>~/.local/"
++"share/Trash</file> இல் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "மறுபிரதியிலிருந்து கோப்புகளை மீட்டெடுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "மறுபிரதியில் இருந்து மீட்டெடு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகளில் ஏதேனும் சிலவற்றை இழந்துவிட்டால் அல்லது நீங்கள் "
++"அழித்துவிட்டால், ஆனால் அவற்றின் மறுபிரதியை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்கிறீர்கள் "
++"எனில், மறுபிரதியிலிருந்து அவற்றை நீங்கள் மீட்டெடுக்க முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"தனியான வன்வட்டு, USB இயக்கி அல்லது பிணையத்தில் உள்ள வேறொரு கணினி போன்ற "
++"சாதனங்களில் உள்ள மறுபிரதியிலிருந்து உங்கள் மறுபிரதியை மீட்டெடுக்க "
++"வேண்டுமானால் அவற்றை நீங்கள் மீண்டும் உங்கள் கணினிக்கு <link xref=\"files-"
++"copy\">நகலெடுப்பதன்</link> மூலம் மீட்டெடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <app>Déjà Dup</app> போன்ற மறுபிரதி பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு "
++"மறுபிரதியெடுத்திருந்தால், உங்கள் கோப்புகளை மீட்டெடுக்க அதே பயன்பாட்டைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துவதே சிறந்தது. உங்கள் மறுபிரதி பயன்பாட்டின் உதவியைப் பார்க்கவும்: "
++"அதில் உங்கள் கோப்புகளை எப்படி மீட்டமைப்பது என்பது தொடர்பான அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க விரும்பக்கூடிய ஆவணங்கள், கோப்புகள் மற்றும் "
++"அமைவுகளைக் காட்டும் கோப்புறைகளின் பட்டியல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr "நான் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க விரும்பக்கூடிய கோப்புகள் எங்கிருக்கும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr ""
++"மறுபிரதியெடுக்கும் செயலில், மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டிய கோப்புகளைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதும் அவை எங்குள்ளன என இடமறிவதுமே மிக கடினமான செயல். வழக்கமாக "
++"நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க விரும்பக்கூடிய முக்கியமான கோப்புகள்  மற்றும் "
++"அமைவுகளின் பொதுவான இடத் தகவல்கள் கீழே கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr ""
++"தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் (ஆவணங்கள், இசை, புகைப்படங்கள் மற்றும் வீடியோக்கள்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"வழக்கமாக இவை உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் (<file>/home/"
++"your_name</file>). அவை Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music மற்றும்Videos "
++"போன்ற உப கோப்புறைகளில் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மறுபிரதி ஊடகத்தில் போதிய இடம் இருந்தால் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக அது ஒரு தனி "
++"வன்வட்டாக இருந்தால்), இல்லக் கோப்புறை முழுவதையும் மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது சிறந்தது."
++" <app>வட்டு பயன்பாடு பகுப்பாய்வி</app>யைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறை "
++"எவ்வளவு வட்டிடத்தைப் பயன்படுத்திக் கொண்டுள்ளது என்பதைக் கண்டறியலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "மறைவான கோப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"(.) கொண்டு தொடங்கும் கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறை எதுவானாலும், முன்னிருப்பு "
++"அமைப்பாக அது மறைந்தபடியே இருக்கும். மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புகளைக் காண "
++"<guiseq><gui>காட்சி</gui><gui>மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புகளைக் காண்</gui></guiseq> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும். பின்பு இவற்றை நீங்கள் வழக்கமான கோப்புகளைப் போலவே மறுபிரதி "
++"இடத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr ""
++"தனிப்பட்ட அமைவுகள் (பணிமேசை முன்னுரிமைகள், தீம்கள் மற்றும் மென்பொருள் "
++"அமைவுகள்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான பயன்பாடுகள் அவற்றின் அமைவுகளை உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள "
++"மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புறைகளில் சேமித்து வைத்திருக்கும் (மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புகள் "
++"பற்றிய தகவல் மேலே கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகளின் அமைவுகள் உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, மற்றும் "
++"<file>.local</file> ஆகிய மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புறைகளில் சேமித்து "
++"வைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "கணினியளவிலான அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியின் சில பகுதிகளின் அமைவுகள் உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருக்காது. அவை பல இடங்களில் சேமிக்கப்பட சாத்தியமுள்ளது, ஆனால் "
++"பெரும்பாலானவை <file>/etc</file> கோப்புறையிலேயே சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். "
++"பொதுவாக, இல்லக் கணினியில் இந்தக் கோப்புகளை நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்கத் "
++"தேவையிருக்காது. இருப்பினும் நீங்கள் சேவையகத்தை இயக்கினால், இயங்கும் "
++"சேவைகளுக்கான கோப்புகளை நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க வேண்டியிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"ஏதேனும் தவறு ஏற்பட்டு இழந்து போனால் தாங்க முடியாது என்று நீங்கள் கருதும் "
++"கோப்புகள் எதையும் மறுபிரதியெடுத்து வைத்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "எதை மறுபிரதியெடுப்பது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr "Praveen Kumar Lords Manickavasakam Chinnaiah "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "உங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆவணங்கள், விரிதாள்கள், மின்னஞ்சல், நாள்காட்டி சந்திப்புத் திட்டங்கள், நிதி "
++"தரவுகள், குடும்ப புகைப்படங்கள் அல்லது இழக்க முடியாது என நீங்கள் கருதும் "
++"தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் எதுவும் இதில் உள்ளடங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "உங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட அமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசையில் நீங்கள் நிறங்கள், பின்புலங்கள், திரை தெளிவுத்திறன் "
++"மற்றும் சொடுக்கி அமைவுகள் ஆகியவற்றில் செய்யும் மாற்றங்கள் இதிலடங்கும். இதில் "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app>, உங்கள் இசை இயக்கி மற்றும் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடு "
++"ஆகியவை போன்ற பயன்பாடுகளின் முன்னுரிமைகளும் அடங்கும். இவை இடமாற்றக்கூடியவை, "
++"ஆனால் மீண்டும் உருவாக்க சற்று நேரம் எடுக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "கணினி அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலானோர் நிறுவலின் போது உருவாக்கப்படும் கணினி அமைவுகளை மாற்றுவதில்லை. "
++"ஏதேனும் காரணத்திற்காக நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினி அமைவுகளை தனிப்பயனாக்கம் செய்தால், "
++"அல்லது உங்கள் கணினியை நீங்கள் சேவையகமாக பயன்படுத்தினால், இந்த அமைவுகளை "
++"நீங்கள் மறுபிரதியெடுக்க விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "நிறுவப்பட்ட மென்பொருள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியில் தொடர்ச்சியான சிக்கல்கள் ஏற்பட்ட பிறகு நீங்கள் மீண்டும் நிறுவுவதன் "
++"மூலம் விரைவில் மீட்டமைக்கக்கூடிய மென்பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr ""
++"பொதுவாக, இடமாற்ற முடியாத கோப்புகளையும், மறுபிரதி இல்லாவிட்டால் மீண்டும் "
++"உருவாக்க மிக அதிக நேரம் தேவைப்படுகின்ற கோப்புகளையும் நீங்கள் மறுபிரதி "
++"எடுத்துக்கொள்வது சிறப்பு. மீண்டும் பெறுவது எளிது எனில், அவற்றை மறுபிரதி "
++"எடுத்து உங்கள் வட்டிடத்தை காலி செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"மறுபிரதியை எங்கு சேமிப்பது மற்றும் என்ன வகையான சேமிப்பு சாதனத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துவது என்பது குறித்த அறிவுரை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "உங்கள் மறுபிரதியை எங்கு சேமிப்பது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியிலல்லாமல் ஒரு வெளிப்புற வன்வட்டு போன்ற வேறு எங்கேனும் இடங்களில் "
++"உங்கள் மறுபிரதி கோப்புகளின் நகலை சேமிக்க வேண்டும். இதன் மூலம் உங்கள் கணினி "
++"செயலிழந்துவிட்டாலும் உங்கள் மறுபிரதி பாதிப்பின்றி இருக்கும். அதிகபட்ச "
++"பாதுகாப்பு வேண்டுமெனில், உங்கள் கணினி உள்ள அதே கட்டிடத்தில் உங்கள் "
++"மறுபிரதியை வைத்திருக்காமல் இருப்பது சிறந்தது. அப்படி இல்லாமல் ஒன்றாக "
++"வைத்திருந்தால், ஏதேனும் தீவிபத்தோ திருட்டோ நிகழ்ந்தால் உங்கள் தரவின் இரண்டு "
++"நகல்களுமே அழிந்துவிடக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr ""
++"சரியான ஒரு <em>மறுபிரதி ஊடகத்தைத்</em> தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதும் மிக முக்கியம். "
++"அனைத்து மறுபிரதி கோப்புகளுக்கும் போதிய வட்டுக் கொள்ளளவு கொண்ட சாதனத்தில் "
++"உங்கள் மறுபிரதிகளை சேமிக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "உள்ளமை மற்றும் தொலைநிலை சேமிப்பு விருப்பங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB மெமரி கீ (குறைவான கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "உள்ளமை வட்டு இயக்கி (அதிக கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "வெளிப்புற வட்டு இயக்கி (வழக்கமாக அதிக கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "பிணையத்தில் இணைக்கப்பட்ட இயக்கி (அதிக கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "கோப்பு/மறுபிரதி சேவையகம் (அதிக கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "எழுதக்கூடிய CDகள் அல்லது DVDகள் (குறைவான/நடுத்தரமான கொள்ளளவு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"ஆன்லைன் மறுபிரதி சேவை (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> அல்லது <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, "
++"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக; கொள்ளளவு விலையைப் பொறுத்தது)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பங்களில் சிலவற்றில் உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளையும் "
++"மறுபிரதி எடுக்க போதிய கொள்ளளவு இருக்கும், இதை <em>முழு கணினி மறுபிரதி</em> "
++"என்கிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "மறுபிரதி - எதை எடுப்பது, எங்கு எடுப்பது மற்றும் எப்படி எடுப்பது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "மறுபிரதிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "உங்கள் முக்கியமான கோப்புகளை மறுபிரதி எடுக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகளை <em>மறுபிரதி எடுத்தல்</em> என்றால், அவற்றின் ஒரு நகலை "
++"பாதுகாப்பாக எடுத்து வைத்தல் என்றே பொருள். அசல் கோப்புகள் இழப்பு அல்லது "
++"சிதைவின் காரணமாக பயன்படுத்த முடியாமல் போகின்ற சமயங்களில் பயன்படுவதற்காக "
++"இவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது. அப்படி இழக்கும் சமயத்தில் அசல் தரவை மீட்டுப்பெற "
++"இந்த நகல்களைப் பயன்படுத்திக் கொள்ளலாம். நகல்களை அசல் தரவு உள்ள "
++"சாதனங்களல்லாமல் வேறு ஏதேனும் சாதனங்களில் வைக்க வேண்டும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக "
++"USB இயக்கி, வெளிப்புற வன் வட்டு இயக்கி, CD/DVD அல்லது ஆஃப்-சைட் சேவை "
++"ஆகியவற்றை நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"உஙள் கோப்புகளை அடிக்கடி தவறாமல் மறுபிரதி எடுப்பதுடன் நகல்களை வேறு இடத்திலும் "
++"முடிந்தால் குறியாக்கம் செய்தும் வைப்பதே மறுபிரதி எடுப்பதற்கான சிறந்த வழி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">இணை</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">கோப்புகளை அனுப்பு</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">இயக்கவும் மற்றும் அணைக்கவும்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Bluetooth"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth என்பது உங்கள் கணினியுடன் பல்வேறு வகையான சாதனங்களை இணைப்பதற்கான ஒரு "
++"வயர்லெஸ் நெறிமுறையாகும். Bluetooth பொதுவாக தலையணிகள் மற்றும் சொடுக்கிகள், "
++"விசைப்பலகைகள் போன்ற உள்ளீட்டு சாதனங்களுக்காக அயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">சாதனங்களுக்கு இடையே கோப்புகளை அனுப்பவும்</link> "
++"Bluetooth ஐ நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தலாம், எடுத்துக்காட்டாக உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"இருந்து உங்கள் செல் ஃபோனுக்கு அனுப்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "Bluetooth சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "Bluetooth சாதனங்களை இணையாக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "பால் W. ஃப்ரியெல்ட்ஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியை ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்துடன் இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி அல்லது தலையணி போன்ற ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தும் "
++"முன்பு, உங்கள் கணினியை அந்த சாதனத்துடன் இணைக்க வேண்டும். Bluetooth சாதனங்களை "
++"இணையாக்குதல் என்றும் இதை அழைப்போம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடங்கும் முன்பு, உங்கள் கணினியில் Bluetooth செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளதா என "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும். <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மெனுவில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>புதிய சாதனத்தை அமை</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>புதிய சாதனத்தை "
++"அமை</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற Bluetooth சாதனத்தை <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">கண்டுபிடிக்கத்தக்கதாக அல்லது தெரியக்கூடியதாக</link> மாற்றி அதை "
++"உங்கள் கணினியிலிருந்து 10 மீட்டர் (சுமார் 33 அடி) தொலைவுக்குள் வைக்கவும். "
++"<gui>தொடரு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். உங்கள் கணினி சாதனங்களைத் தேடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"அதிகமான சாதனங்கள் பட்டியலிடப்பட்டால் பட்டியலில் ஒரு வகையைச் சேர்ந்த "
++"சாதனங்களை மட்டும் காண்பிக்கும்படி செய்ய <gui>சாதன வகை</gui> கீழ் தோன்று "
++"விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற சாதனத்திற்கு PIN எப்படி அனுப்பப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை அமைக்க <gui>PIN "
++"விருப்பங்கள்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++"தானியங்கு PIN அமைவு ஆறு இலக்க எண் குறியீட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தும். சொடுக்கி "
++"அல்லது தலையணி போன்ற உள்ளீட்டு விசைகள் அல்லது திரை இல்லாத சாதனங்களைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் போது 0000 போன்ற ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட PIN தேவைப்படலாம் அல்லது PIN "
++"இல்லாமல் செயல்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். சரியான அமைப்புக்கு உங்கள் "
++"சாதனத்தின் கையேட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சாதனத்திற்கான சரியான PIN அமைவைத் தேர்வு செய்துவிட்டு, <gui>மூடு</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர <gui>தொடரு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். முன்னமைக்கப்பட்ட PIN ஒன்றை நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்வு செய்யாவிட்டால், திரையில் PIN காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"தேவைப்பட்டால், மற்ற சாதனத்தில் PIN ஐ உறுதிப்படுத்தவும். உங்கள் கணினி "
++"திரையில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் அதே PIN ஐ உங்கள் சாதனம் காண்பிக்க வேண்டும், அல்லது "
++"PIN ஐ உள்ளிடுமாறு உங்களிடம் கேட்க வேண்டும். சாதனத்தில் PIN ஐ "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திவிட்டு, <gui>பொருந்துகிறது</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான சாதனங்களில் சுமார் 20 வினாடிகளுக்குள் நீங்கள் உள்ளிடும் செயலை "
++"முடிக்க வேண்டும், இல்லாவிட்டால் இணைப்பு நிறைவடையாத். அப்படி நிகழ்ந்தால், "
++"சாதன பட்டியலுக்கு மீண்டும் சென்று முதலில் இருந்து தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைப்பு வெற்றிகரமாக நிறைவடைந்ததும் ஒரு செய்தி காண்பிக்கப்படும். <gui>மூடு</"
++"gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் பிறகு <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">ஒரு "
++"Bluetooth இணைப்பை அகற்றலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"பகிரப்பட்ட உங்கள் கோப்புகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த, <gui>Bluetooth "
++"பகிர்வு</gui> அமைவுகளைப் பார்க்கவும். <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr ""
++"அடாப்ட்டர் அணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது அதற்கான இயக்கிகள் இல்லாதிருக்கலாம் "
++"அல்லது Bluetooth முடக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது தடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "என் Bluetooth சாதனத்தை இணைக்க முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களால் தொலைபேசி அல்லது தலையணி போன்ற ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்தை இணைக்க "
++"முடியாமல் போவதற்கு பல காரணங்கள் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "இணைப்பு தடுக்கப்பட்டது அல்லது நம்பகமற்றது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr ""
++"சில Bluetooth சாதனங்கள் முன்னிருப்பாக இணைப்பை முடக்கிவைக்கும் அல்லது "
++"இணைப்புகளை உருவாக்க நீங்கள் சில அமைவுகளை மாற்ற வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் "
++"சாதனம் இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்கும் வகையில் அமைவு செய்யப்பட்டிருக்கிறதா எனப் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "Bluetooth வன்பொருள் அடையாளம் காணப்படவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டர்/டாங்கிளை உங்கள் கணினி அடையாளம் காணாமல் இருக்க "
++"வாய்ப்புள்ளது. அடாப்ட்டருக்கான <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">இயக்கிகள்</"
++"link> நிறுவப்படாமல் இருப்பதும் இதற்கு ஒரு காரணமாக இருக்கலாம். சில Bluetooth "
++"அடாப்ட்டர்களுக்கு Linux இல் ஆதரவு இல்லை, ஆகவே அவற்றுக்கான சரியான இயக்கி "
++"உங்களுக்குக் கிடைக்காது போகலாம். அப்படிப்பட்ட சூழ்நிலைகளில், நீங்கள் அநேகமாக "
++"வேறு Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "அடாப்ட்டர் இயக்கப்படவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டர் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்.<gui>மெனு "
++"பட்டியில்</gui> உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, அது <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">முடக்கப்படவில்லையா</link> எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டர் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்.மேல் "
++"பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, அது <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
++"on-off\">முடக்கப்படவில்லையா</link> எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "சாதன Bluetooth இணைப்பு அணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இணைக்க முயற்சிக்கும் சாதனத்தில் Bluetooth இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும். எடுத்துக்காட்டுக்கு, நீங்கள் ஒரு தொலைபேசியை இணைக்க "
++"முயற்சிக்கிறீர்கள் எனில், அது விமானப் பயன்முறையில் இல்லாமல் உள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ள வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியில் Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டர் இல்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"பல கணினிகளில் Bluetooth அடாப்ட்டர்கள் இருக்காது. Bluetooth ஐப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டுமெனில் நீங்கள் ஒரு அடாப்ட்டரை வாங்கிக் கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "Bluetooth சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலிருந்து ஒரு சாதனத்தை அகற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "Bluetooth சாதனங்களுக்கு இடையிலான இணைப்பை நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth சாதனம் ஒன்றுடன் இணைப்பை தக்கவைக்க நீங்கள் விரும்பாத போது, அந்த "
++"இணைப்பை நீங்கள் நீக்க முடியும். சொடுக்கி அல்லது தலையணி போன்ற சாதனங்களை இனி "
++"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம் என நீங்கள் நினைக்கும் போது, அல்லது இனி ஒரு "
++"சாதனத்திலிருந்து அல்லது சாதனத்திற்கு நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை பரிமாற்றம் செய்ய "
++"வேண்டியதில்லை என நினைக்கும் போது இந்த அம்சம் பயனுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>மெனு பட்டியில்</gui> Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth "
++"அமைவுகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth அமைவுகள்</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr ""
++"இடது பலகத்தில் நீங்கள் இணைப்பு நீக்க விரும்பும் சாதனத்தைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்துவிட்டு, பட்டியலின் கீழுள்ள <gui>-</gui> சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "உறுதிப்படுத்தல் சாளரத்தில் <gui>அகற்று</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் மீண்டும் பிறகு <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்தை மீண்டும் இணைக்கலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "உங்கள் தொலைபேசி போன்ற Bluetooth சாதனங்களுக்கு கோப்புகளைப் பகிர்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்திற்கு ஒரு கோப்பை அனுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மொபைல் தொலைபேசிகள் அல்லது மற்ற கணினிகள் போன்று இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள "
++"Bluetooth சாதனங்களுக்கு நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப முடியும். சில வகை சாதனங்கள் "
++"கோப்புகள் பரிமாற்றத்தை அனுமதிக்காது அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட சில வகை கோப்புகளின் "
++"பரிமாற்றத்தை அனுமதிக்காது. கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப மூன்று வழிகள் உள்ளன: மெனு "
++"பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அனுப்பலாம், Bluetooth "
++"அமைவுகள் சாளரத்திலிருந்து அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது கோப்பு நிர்வாகியில் இருந்து "
++"நேரடியாக அனுப்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மொபைல் தொலைபேசிகள் அல்லது மற்ற கணினிகள் போன்று இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள "
++"Bluetooth சாதனங்களுக்கு நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப முடியும். சில வகை சாதனங்கள் "
++"கோப்புகள் பரிமாற்றத்தை அனுமதிக்காது அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட சில வகை கோப்புகளின் "
++"பரிமாற்றத்தை அனுமதிக்காது. நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth "
++"சின்னத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது Bluetooth அமைவுகள் "
++"சாளரத்திலிருந்து அனுப்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "Bluetooth சின்னத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி கோப்புகளை அனுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மெனு பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>சாதனத்திற்கு "
++"கோப்புகளை அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>சாதனத்திற்கு "
++"கோப்புகளை அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அனுப்ப விரும்பும் கோப்பைத் தேர்வு செய்துவிட்டு <gui>தேர்ந்தெடு</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்புறையிலுள்ள பல கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப கோப்புகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் போது "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> விசையைப் பிடித்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை அனுப்ப விரும்பும் சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்துவிட்டு "
++"<gui>அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">முன்பே "
++"இணைந்துள்ள சாதனங்கள்</link> மற்றும் நெருங்கிய வரம்பில் உள்ள <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">புலப்படும் சாதனங்கள்</link> ஆகிய இரு வகை "
++"சாதனங்களுமே காண்பிக்கப்படும். தேர்ந்தெடுத்த சாதனம் முன்பே இணைக்கப்படாமல் "
++"இருந்தால், நீங்கள் <gui>அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கிய பிறகு அந்த சாதனத்தை "
++"இணையாக்குமாறு உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படும். இதை செய்ய மற்ற சாதனத்தில் நீங்கள் "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்த வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"பல சாதனங்கள் இருப்பின், <gui>சாதன அகை</gui> கீழ் தோன்று விருப்பத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி குறிப்பிட்ட வகை சாதனங்களை மட்டும் காண்பிக்கும்படி நீங்கள் "
++"அமைத்துக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"வழக்கமாக தரவைப் பெறும் சாதனத்தின் உர்மையாளர் கோப்பை ஏற்றுக்கொள்ள ஒரு "
++"பொத்தானை அழுத்த வேண்டியிருக்கும். உரிமையாளர் ஏற்றுக்கொண்டதும் அல்லது "
++"நிராகரித்ததும் கோப்பு பரிமாற்றத்தின் முடிவு உங்கள் திரையில் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "Bluetooth அமைவுகளில் இருந்து கோப்புகளை அனுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மெனு பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கிவிட்டு, <gui>Bluetooth "
++"அமைவுகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"இடப்புறம் உள்ள பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப விரும்பும் "
++"சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். இந்தப் பட்டியலில் நீங்கள் முன்பே இணைந்துள்ள "
++"சாதனங்கள் மட்டுமே காண்பிக்கும். <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> "
++"ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"வலப்புறம் சாதன தகவலில், <gui>கோப்புகளை அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் Bluetooth சாதனத்தை செயல்படுத்துதல் அல்லது முடக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "Bluetooth ஐ இயக்குதல் அல்லது அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth சாதனங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கும் கோப்புகளை அனுப்பவும் பெறவும் "
++"நீங்கள் Bluetooth ஐ இயக்கலாம், ஆனால் மிசக்தியை சேமிக்க வேண்டுமானால் அதை "
++"அணைக்க வேண்டும். Bluetooth ஐ இயக்க மெனு பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth ஐ இயக்கு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth சாதனங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கும் கோப்புகளை அனுப்பவும் பெறவும் "
++"நீங்கள் Bluetooth ஐ இயக்கலாம், ஆனால் மிசக்தியை சேமிக்க வேண்டுமானால் அதை "
++"அணைக்க வேண்டும் Bluetooth ஐ இயக்க மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள Bluetooth சின்னத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth</gui> ஐ இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான மடிக்கணினிகளில் Bluetooth ஐ இயக்கவும் அணைக்கவும் ஒரு வன்பொருள் "
++"ஸ்விட்ச் அல்லது விசைத் தொகுப்புகள் உள்ளன. Bluetooth வன்பொருள் "
++"அணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், மெனு பட்டியில் Bluetooth சின்னம் காண்பிக்கப்படாது. "
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஸ்விட்ச் உள்ளதா அல்லது ஏதேனும் விசைத் தொகுப்பு உள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். விசைப்பலகையிலான இந்த விசைத் தொகுப்பு பெரும்பாலும் <key>Fn</key> "
++"விசையுடன் சேர்த்து அழுத்தப்படுவதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான மடிக்கணினிகளில் Bluetooth ஐ இயக்கவும் அணைக்கவும் ஒரு வன்பொருள் "
++"ஸ்விட்ச் அல்லது விசைத் தொகுப்புகள் உள்ளன. Bluetooth வன்பொருள் "
++"அணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், மேல் பட்டியில் Bluetooth சின்னம் காண்பிக்கப்படாது. "
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஸ்விட்ச் உள்ளதா அல்லது ஏதேனும் விசைத் தொகுப்பு உள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். விசைப்பலகையிலான இந்த விசைத் தொகுப்பு பெரும்பாலும் <key>Fn</key> "
++"விசையுடன் சேர்த்து அழுத்தப்படுவதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth ஐ அணைக்க, Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth ஐ அணை</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth ஐ அணைக்க, Bluetooth சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>Bluetooth</gui> ஐ "
++"அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றொரு சாதனத்திலிருந்து இந்தக் கணினியை இணைக்க வேண்டும் எனில் நீங்கள் "
++"<gui>புலப்படும் தன்மையை</gui> மட்டும் இயக்கினால் போதும். மேலும் தகவலுக்கு "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "மற்ற சாதனங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியைக் கண்டுபிடிக்கலாமா."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "Bluetooth புலப்படுதன்மை என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth புலப்படுதன்மை என்பது, மற்ற சாதனங்கள் Bluetooth சாதனங்களைத் தேடும் "
++"போது உங்கள் கணினியைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியும் படி உங்கள் கணினி உள்ளதா என்பதைக் "
++"குறிக்கிறது. Bluetooth புலப்படுதன்மை இயக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது, வரம்பில் "
++"உள்ள அனைத்து சாதனங்களுக்கும் உங்கள் கணினி தான் இருப்பதைக் காண்பிக்கும், "
++"இதனால் அவை உங்கள் கணினியுடன் இணைப்பை ஏற்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற சாதனங்களைத் தேட உங்கள் கணினி புலப்படுவதாக இருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை, ஆனால் "
++"உங்கள் கணினி கண்டுபிடிக்க வேண்டிய சாதனங்கள் புலப்படுவதாய் இருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">ஒரு சாதனத்துக்கு இணைப்பை "
++"ஏற்படுத்திய பிறகு</link>, உங்கள் கணினியோ அல்லது மற்ற சாதனமோ ஒன்றுக்கொன்று "
++"தகவல் பரிமாற்றம் செய்துகொள்ள அவற்றில் எதுவும் புலப்படுவதாய் இருக்க வேண்டிய "
++"அவசியம் இல்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்களோ அல்லது நீங்கள் நம்பும் ஒருவரோ மற்ற சாதனத்திலிருந்து உங்கள் "
++"கணினிக்கான இணைப்பை ஏற்படுத்த விரும்பினாலொழிய நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியின் "
++"புலப்படுதன்மையை அணைத்து வைப்பதே நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "ரிச்சர்ட் ஹியூகஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">இது ஏன் முக்கியம்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">நிற சுயவிவரங்கள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">ஒரு சாதனத்தை எப்படி அளவை வகுப்பது</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "நிற மேலாண்மை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "நிற தனியமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "அளவைவகுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் மேல் பகுதியில் உங்கள் சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்களைக் காண்பிக்கச் செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "நாள்காட்டி சந்திப்புத் திட்டங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"இதற்கு உங்கள் கணினியில் <app>Evolution</app> நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான விநியோகங்களில் முன்னிருப்பாகவே <app>Evolution</app> "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்கும். உங்கள் விநியோகத்தில் அது இல்லாவிட்டால், உங்கள் "
++"விநியோகத்தின் தொகுப்பு நிர்வாகியின் மூலம் நிறுவிக்கொள்ள வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்களைப் பார்க்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எந்த தேதிக்கான சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்களைக் காண வேண்டுமோ அந்த தேதியை "
++"<gui>நாள்காட்டியில்</gui> சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்பே உள்ள சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்கள் வலப்புறம் காண்பிக்கப்படும். "
++"<app>Evolution</app> இல் சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்களைப் புதிதாகச் சேர்க்கையில், அவை "
++"கடிகாரத்தின் சந்திப்புத்திட்டப் பட்டியலில் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "கடிகாரம், நாள்காட்டி மற்றும் சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"முழு <app>Evolution</app> நாள்காட்டியை விரைவாகப் பெற, கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>நாள்காட்டியைத் திற</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் முன்பே ஒரு <app>Evolution</app> கணக்கு இருந்தால் மட்டுமே இது "
++"பயனளிக்கும். இல்லாவிட்டால், உங்கள் முதல் கணக்கைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு வழிகாட்டும் "
++"செயல்படிகளைக் கொண்ட ஒரு சாளரம் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr ""
++"தேதி/நேரத்தை மாற்ற மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>தேதி "
++"மற்றும் நேர அமைவுகள்</gui> என்பதற்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "தேதி மற்றும் நேரத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் தேதி மற்றும் நேரம் தவறாக இருந்தால் அல்லது "
++"தவறான வடிவமைப்பில் இருந்தால் நீங்கள் அவற்றை மாற்றலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியின் நடுவில் உள்ள கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>தேதி மற்றும் நேர "
++"அமைவுகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"இதைச் செய்யும் போது நீங்கள் <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கி <link "
++"xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை</link> தட்டச்சு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr ""
++"மணி மற்றும் நிமிடத்தை தேர்வு செய்ய அம்புக்குறிகளை சொடுக்கி தேதி மற்றும் "
++"நேரத்தை மாற்றலாம். கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியல்களில் இருந்து ஆண்டு, மாதம் மற்றும் "
++"நாளைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் <gui>பிணைய நேரம்</gui> என்பதை இயக்குவதன் மூலம் "
++"கடிகாரத்தை தானாக அதுவே புதுப்பித்துக் கொள்ளும்படி அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>பிணைய நேரம்</em> இயக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது, உங்கள் கணினி பிணையத்தில் "
++"உள்ள கடிகாரத்துடன் மிகத் துல்லியமாக அவ்வப்போது கணினி கடிகாரத்தை "
++"ஒத்திசைத்துக்கொள்ளும், எனவே நீங்கள் இச்செயலை கைமுறையாக செய்ய வேண்டி "
++"இருக்காது. இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால் மட்டுமே இது சாத்தியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>24-மணி</gui> அல்லது <gui>AM/PM</gui> வடிவமைப்பை தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம், "
++"மணி எவ்வாறு காண்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதையும் நீங்கள் மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற நேர மண்டலங்களைச் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் பிற நகரங்களில் என்ன நேரம் என்றும் "
++"நீங்கள் பார்க்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "உங்கள் நேர மண்டலத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியின் நடுவில் உள்ள கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>தேதி & நேர அமைவுகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"வரைபடத்தில் உங்கள் இருப்பிடத்தை சொடுக்கி, பிறகு கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் "
++"இருந்து உங்கள் நகரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் வேறு இடத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் போது மேல்பட்டியில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் "
++"நேரம் தானாகவே புதுப்பிக்கப்படும். சாளரத்திலான நேரம் நீங்கள் <gui>தேதி "
++"மற்றும் நேர அமைவுகள்</gui> சாளரத்தை அடுத்த முறை அணுகும் போது "
++"புதுப்பிக்கப்படும். கடிகாரத்தை நீங்கள் <link xref=\"clock-set\">கைமுறையாக "
++"அமைக்கவும்</link> முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">தேதி மற்றும் நேரம் அமைத்தல்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"clock-timezone\">நேர மண்டலம்</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">நாள்காட்டி மற்றும் சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்கள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "தேதி &amp; நேரம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr ""
++"இதை மாற்றுவதற்கான விருப்பம் உள்ளதா என <guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</"
++"gui></guiseq> என்பதில் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "சாதனங்களுக்கு எப்படி தனியமைப்புகளை நிர்ணயிப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> என்பதைத் திறந்து "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு தனியமைப்பைச் சேர்க்க விரும்பும் சாதனத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தனியமைப்பைச் சேர்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் முன்பே உள்ள "
++"ஒரு தனியமைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவோ அல்லது புதிய கோப்பை இறக்குமதி செய்யவோ "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு சாதனத்திற்கும் பல தனியமைப்புகளை அமைக்க முடியும், ஆனால் அவற்றில் "
++"ஒன்று மட்டுமே <em>முன்னிருப்பு</em> தனியமைப்பாக இருக்கலாம். தானாக ஒரு "
++"தனியமைப்பைத் தேர்வு செய்ய போதிய தகவல் இல்லாத சமயங்களில் முன்னிருப்பு "
++"தனியமைப்பு பயன்படுத்தப்படும். பளபளப்பான தாளுக்கு ஒரு தனியமைப்பும் சாதாரண "
++"தாளுக்கு ஒரு தனியமைப்பும் உருவாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் ஒரு சூழ்நிலையை இதற்கு "
++"எடுத்துக்காட்டாகக் கூறலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு தனியமைப்பின் ரேடியோ பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்தி அதை முன்னிருப்பு தனியமைப்பாக "
++"அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr ""
++"அளவை வகுத்தல் வன்பொருள் இணைக்கப்பட்டால் <gui>அளவை வகு…</gui> ஒரு புதிய "
++"தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கேமராவைக் கொண்டு துல்லியமான நிறங்களைப் படம்பிடிக்க அதனை அளவை வகுப்பது "
++"முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "என் கேமராவை எப்படி அளவை வகுப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"விரும்பும் ஒளியமைப்புகளில் ஒரு புகைப்படம் எடுப்பதன் மூலம் கேமரா சாதனங்களை "
++"அளவை வகுக்கிறோம். RAW கோப்பை TIFF கோப்பாக மாற்றி அந்தக் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"நிற கட்டுப்பாட்டுப் பலகத்தில் கேமரா சாதனத்தை அளவை வகுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++"இலக்கு புலப்படும்படி இருப்பதற்காக நீங்கள் TIFF கோப்பை செதுக்க "
++"வேண்டியிருக்கும். வெள்ளை அல்லது கருப்பு கரைகள் புலப்படும்படி இருக்கிறதா என "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும். படம் தலைகீழாகவோ அதிக அளவு இழுவையாக்கப்பட்டோ "
++"இருந்தால் அளவை வகுக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++"இதிலிருந்து கிடைக்கும் தனியமைப்பானது, நீங்கள் அசல் படத்தை படம்பிடிக்கையில் "
++"என்ன ஒளியமைப்பு இருந்ததோ அதில் மட்டுமே செல்லுபடியாகும். அதாவது <em>ஸ்டுடியோ</"
++"em>, <em>பிரகாசமான சூரிய ஒளி</em> மற்றும் <em>மேகமூட்டம்</em> ஆகிய "
++"ஒளியமைப்புகளுக்கு நீங்கள் பல முறை தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்க வேண்டியிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியைக் கொண்டு நிறங்களை துல்லியமாக அச்சிட அச்சுப்பொறியை அளவை "
++"வகுப்பது முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "என் அச்சுப்பொறியை எப்படி அளவை வகுப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "அச்சு சாதனத்திற்கு தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்க இரு வழிகள் உள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr ""
++"Pantone ColorMunki போன்ற ஃபோட்டோஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர் சாதனம் ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"செய்யலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு நிற நிறுவனத்திலிருந்து அச்சு குறிப்புக் கோப்பை இறக்குமதி செய்து "
++"செய்யலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒன்று அல்லது இரண்டு வகை தாள்கள் மட்டுமே உள்ளது எனில், ஒரு நிற "
++"நிறுவனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அச்சுப்பொறி தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்குவதே மலிவான "
++"வழியாகும். நிறுவன வலைத்தளத்திலிருந்து குறிப்பு அட்டவணையை இறக்குமதி செய்து "
++"பிறகு உங்கள் அச்சுகளை அவர்களுக்கு அட்டையமைப்புள்ள உறைகளில் வைத்து "
++"அனுப்பினால், அவர்கள் தாள்களை ஸ்கேன் செய்து தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்கி உங்களுக்கு "
++"துல்லியமான ICC தனியமைப்பை மின்னஞ்சலில் அனுப்புவார்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் அதிக எண்ணிக்கையிலான இங்க் தொகுப்புகள் அல்லது தாள் வகைகள் "
++"இருக்கும்பட்சத்தில் மட்டுமே ColorMunki போன்ற விலை அதிகமான சாதனத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துவது மலிவான வழியாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் இங்க் சப்ளையரை நீங்கள் மாற்றினால், மீண்டும் அச்சுப்பொறியை அளவை வகுக்க "
++"மறந்துவிட வேண்டாம்!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஸ்கேனரைக் கொண்டு துல்லியமான நிறங்களை ஸ்கேன் செய்ய அதனை அளவை வகுப்பது "
++"முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "என் ஸ்கேனரை எப்படி அளவை வகுப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் இலக்க்கை ஸ்கேன் செய்து அதை அமுக்கப்படாத TIFF கோப்பாக சேமிக்கவும். "
++"பிறகு சாதனத்திற்கான தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்க <guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</"
++"gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> என்ற மெனுவிலிருந்து <gui>அளவை வகு…</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"ஸ்கேனர் சாதனங்கள் நாட்கள் சென்றாலும் வெப்பநிலை மாற்றங்கள் இருந்தாலும் "
++"மிகவும் நிலைத்தன்மை வாய்ந்தவை, ஆகவே பொதுவாக அவற்றை மீண்டும் அளவை வகுக்க "
++"வேண்டியதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரை நிறங்களை துல்லியமாக காண்பிக்க, திரையை அளவை வகுப்பது முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "என் திரையை எப்படி அளவை வகுப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரையை அளவை வகுப்பது மிக எளிது, நீங்கள் கணினி வரைகலை அல்லது ஓவிய "
++"வேலைகளில் ஈடுபடுபவர் எனில் இது மிகவும் முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"கலரிமீட்டர் என்னும் சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் திரையால் காண்பிக்க "
++"முடியும் வெவ்வேறு நிறங்களை துல்லியமாக நீங்கள் அளக்க முடியும். "
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> என்ற மெனு விருப்பத்தை "
++"இயக்குவதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் எளிதாக ஒரு தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்கலாம், அந்த "
++"வழிகாட்டியில் ஒரு கலரிமீட்டர் சாதனத்தை எப்படி இணைக்க வேண்டும் மற்றும் "
++"எந்தெந்த அமைவுகளை சரி செய்ய வேண்டும் ஆகிய விவரங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"திரைகள் எப்போதும் மாறிக்கொண்டே இருக்கும் TFT இல் உள்ள பின்விளக்கானது 18 "
++"மாதங்களுக்கு ஒரு முறை தன் பிரகாசத்தில் பாதி குறைந்துவிடும், அது நாட்கள் "
++"செல்லச் செல்ல அது மஞ்சள் நிறமாகிவிடும். நிற கட்டுப்பாட்டு பலகத்தில் உள்ள [!] "
++"சின்னம் காண்பிக்கப்பட்டால் அப்போது நீங்கள் உங்கள் திரையை மீண்டும் அளவை "
++"வகுக்க வேண்டும் எனப் பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr ""
++"LED திரைகளும் காலம் செல்லச் செல்ல மாறும், ஆனால் TFT திரைகளை விட வேகம் "
++"குறைவாகவே மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr "அளவைவகுத்தலும் பண்பமைப்பும் முற்றிலும் வெவ்வேறானவை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr "அளவைவகுத்தலுக்கும் பண்பமைப்புக்கும் என்ன வேறுபாடு?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr ""
++"அளவைவகுத்தலுக்கும் பண்பமைப்புக்கும் என்ன வேறுபாடு என்பதில் முதலில் பலர் "
++"குழப்படைகின்றனர். அளவை வகுத்தல் என்பது ஒரு சாதனத்தின் நிறம் சார்ந்த நடத்தையை "
++"மாற்றியமைப்பது. வழக்கமாக இதை இரு முறைகளில் செய்கிறோம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr ""
++"கட்டுப்பாடுகளை மாற்றுவது ஒரு முறை, சாதனத்தில் உள்ள அமைவுகளைக் கொண்டு செய்வது "
++"மற்றொரு முறை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr "அதன் நிற சேனல்களுக்கு வளைவுகளைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாதனத்தின் நிற பதில்வினை குணத்தைப் பொறுத்த வரையில் அந்த சாதனத்தை ஒரு "
++"வரையறைக்குள் இருக்குமாறு செய்வதே அளவை வகுத்தல் என்பதன் கருத்து. சாதனத்தின் "
++"உற்பத்தித் திறன் சிறப்பாக உள்ள நடத்தையைத் தக்கவைத்துப் பராமரிப்பதற்காக "
++"பெரும்பாலும் தினசரி அடிப்படையில் அளவை வகுத்தல் செய்யப்படுகிறது. வழக்கமாக "
++"அளவை வகுத்தலானது சாதனத்தில் சேமிக்கப்படும் அல்லது சாதன அமைவுகள் அல்லது சேனல் "
++"ஒன்றுக்கான வளைவுகளைச் பதிவு செய்து வைக்கின்ற கணினிகளுக்கு உரிய கோப்பு "
++"வடிவமைப்புகளில் சேமிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாதனம் நிறத்தை எப்படி மீட்டுருவாக்கம் செய்கிறது அல்லது ஒரு நிறத்திற்கு "
++"எப்படி பதில்வினை புரிகிறது என்னும் விதத்தைப் <em>பதிவு செய்தலே</em> "
++"பண்பமைப்பு (அல்லது தனியமைப்பு உருவாக்குதல்) எனப்படும். வழக்கமாக இந்த "
++"முடிவானது ஒரு சாதன ICC தனியமைப்பில் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது. தனியமைப்பு நிறத்தை "
++"எவ்விதத்திலும் மாற்றியமைக்காது. CMM (நிற மேலாண்மைத் தொகுப்பு) அல்லது ஒரு "
++"நிறத்தை உணரக்கூடிய பயன்பாடு மற்றொரு சாதன தனியமைப்புடன் சேர்ந்து செயல்படும் "
++"போது நிறத்தை மாற்றியமைக்க அனுமதிக்கிறது. இரண்டு சாதனங்களின் பண்பமைப்பைத் "
++"தெரிந்துகொண்டால் மட்டுமே ஒரு சாதனத்திலிருந்து நிற உணர்த்தலை மற்றொரு "
++"சாதனத்திற்கு அனுப்புவது சாத்தியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாதனம் பண்பமைக்கப்பட்ட போது அது எப்படி அளவை வகுக்கப்பட்டிருந்ததோ, அதே "
++"அளவை வகுத்தலில் இருக்கும் போது மட்டுமே அதன் பண்பமைப்பு (தனியமைப்பு) "
++"செல்லுபடியாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++"காட்சிப்படுத்தல் சாதனங்களைப் பொறுத்தவரை, வசதிக்காக அளவை வகுத்தல் தகவலும் "
++"தனியமைப்பிலேயே சேமிக்கப்படுவதால் காட்சிப்படுத்தல் சாதனங்களின் தனியமைப்பு "
++"குறித்து அதிக குழப்பத்திற்கு வாய்ப்புள்ளது. வழக்கமாக அது <em>vcgt</em> "
++"குறிச்சொல் என்னும் குறிச்சொல்லில் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது. அது தனியமைப்பில் "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டாலும், ICC அடிப்படையிலான கருவிகள் அல்லது பயன்பாடுகள் எதற்கும் "
++"அதைப் பற்றித் தெரியாது, அல்லது அவை அத்தகவலைக் கொண்டு எதுவும் செய்யாது. இதே "
++"போல், வழக்கமான அளவை வகுத்தல் கருவிகளுக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளுக்கும் ICC பண்பமைப்பு "
++"(தனியமைப்பு) தகவல் பற்றி எதுவும் தெரியாது, அதே போல் அத்தகவலைக் கொண்டு அவை "
++"எதுவும் செய்வதுமில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "நாங்கள் பல்வேறு அளவை வகுத்தல் சாதனங்களை ஆதரிக்கிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "எந்தெந்த நிற அளவீட்டுக் கருவிகளுக்கு ஆதரவுள்ளது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME நிறக் கருவிகளை ஆதரிக்க Argyll ஐ சார்ந்துள்ளது. ஆகவே பின்வரும் காட்சி "
++"அளவீட்டுக் கருவிகள் ஆதரிக்கப்படும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 மானிட்டர் (ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 அல்லது LT (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design அல்லது Photo (ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 மற்றும் 3 (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (கலரிமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போது Linux இல் ஆதரிக்கப்படும் சிறந்த மற்றும் மலிவான வன்பொருள் Pantone "
++"Huey ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறிகளை அளவை வகுக்கவும் பண்பமைக்கவும் உங்களுக்கு உதவ பல புள்ளி "
++"மற்றும் வரி வாசிப்பு எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்களையும் Argyll ஆதரிக்கிறது:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" வகை எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (புள்ளி வகை எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41 (புள்ளி மற்றும் வரி வாசிப்பு எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41T (புள்ளி மற்றும் வரி வாசிப்பு எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (புள்ளி வாசிப்பு எதிரொளிப்பு ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr ""
++"ஸ்கேனர் மற்றும் கேமரா தனியமைப்புகளை உருவாக்க அளவை வகுத்தல் இலக்குகள் தேவை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "எந்த வகை இலக்குகள் ஆதரிக்கப்படும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "பின்வரும் வகையான இலக்குகளுக்கு ஆதரவுள்ளது:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP டிஜிட்டல் இலக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB ஸ்கேன் 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr ""
++"KODAK, X-Rite மற்றும்LaserSoft போன்ற நிறுவனங்களிடமிருந்து ஆன்லைன் கடைகளின் "
++"மூலம் இலக்குகளை வாங்கிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++"இல்லாவிட்டால் நீங்கள் <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf "
++"Faust</link> இல் சிறந்த விலையில் இலக்குகளை வாங்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற தனியமைப்பைப் பகிர்தல் என்பது நல்ல பரிந்துரையல்ல, ஏனெனில் வன்பொருள் காலம் "
++"செல்லச் செல்ல மாறக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "நான் என் நிற தனியமைப்பைப் பகிரலாமா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உருவாக்கும் நிற தனியமைப்புகள் வன்பொருளுக்கும் நீங்கள் எந்த "
++"ஒளியமைப்புக்காக அளவை வகுத்தீர்களோ அந்த ஒளியமைப்புக்கும் பிரத்யேகமானது. சில "
++"நூறு மணி நேரங்கள் ஒளியூட்டி இயங்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கும் ஒரு காட்சி சாதனத்தின் "
++"நிற தனியமைப்பானது அதற்கு அடுத்த வரிசை எண்ணைக் கொண்ட ஆயிரம் மணி நேரங்கள் "
++"ஒளியூட்டி இயங்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கும் மற்றொரு ஒத்த காட்சி சாதனத்தின் நிற "
++"தனியமைப்பிலிருந்து மிகவும் வேறுபட்டதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr ""
++"அதாவது உங்கள் நிற தனியமைப்பை நீங்கள் எவருடனேனும் பகிர்ந்தால், அவர்கள் உங்கள் "
++"அளவை வகுத்தலுக்கு <em>நெருக்கமான</em> ஒரு அளவை வகுத்தலைப் பெறலாம், ஆனால் இதை "
++"வைத்து அவர்களது காட்சி சாதனம் அளவை வகுக்கப்பட்டது என்று கூறிவிட முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++"அதே போல், படங்களைக் காணுகின்ற மற்றும் திருத்துகின்ற ஒரு அறையில் அனைவருமே "
++"பரிந்துரைக்கப்படும் ஒளியமைப்பைக் கொண்டிருக்காதபட்சத்தில் (ஜன்னலிலிருந்து "
++"சூரிய ஒளியோ, பிளாக் வால் ஒளியோ, பகலொளி விளக்குகளிலிருந்து ஒளியோ வரவில்லை "
++"எனில்) நீங்கள் உங்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட ஒளியமைப்பில் உருவாக்கிய நிற தனியமைப்பைப் "
++"பகிர்தலில் பெரிய பயனிருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நிற தனியமைப்புகளை பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யும் நிறுவன வலைத்தளங்கள் அல்லது "
++"உங்கள் சார்பில் தனியமைப்புகள் உருவாக்கப்படும் இடங்கள் ஆகியவற்றின் நிற "
++"தனியமைப்புக்கான மறுவிநியோக நிபந்தனைகளை கவனமாக புரிந்து நடந்துகொள்ள வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"நிறுவனங்கள் நிற தனியமைப்புகளை வழங்குகின்றன, அவற்றை நீங்களே உருவாக்கவும் "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "நிற தனியமைப்புகளை எங்கிருந்து பெறுவது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்களே நிற தனியமைப்புகளை உருவாக்குவதே சிறந்த வழி, இருப்பினும் இதற்கு "
++"தொடக்கத்தில் சில ஏற்பாடுகளைச் செய்ய வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"பல உற்பத்தி நிறுவனங்கள் சாதனங்களுக்கான நிற தனியமைப்புகளை வழங்கவே "
++"முயற்சிக்கின்றன, இருப்பினும் சில சமயம் அவை <em>இயக்கித் தொகுப்புகளில்</em> "
++"உள் சேர்க்கப்பட்டிருக்கும், அவற்றை நீங்கள் பதிவிறக்கி பிரித்தெடுத்து "
++"அதிலிருந்து நிற தனியமைப்புகள் எங்குள்ளது எனத் தேடி எடுக்க வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr ""
++"சில நிறுவனங்கள் வன்பொருளுக்கான துல்லியமான நிற தனியமைப்புகளை வழங்குவதில்லை, "
++"அத்தகைய தனியமைப்புகளைத் தவிர்த்துவிடுவதே சிறந்தது. தனியமைப்பைப் பதிவிறக்கம் "
++"செய்து, அதன் உருவாக்கத் தேதியானது நீங்கள் சாதனத்தை வாங்கிய தேதியிலிருந்து "
++"ஒரு ஆண்டுக்கும் முந்தைய தேதியாக இருந்தால் அநேகமாக அது ஒப்புக்கென வைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"பயனில்லாத தரவாகவே இருக்கும் எனப் புரிந்துகொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr ""
++"நிறுவனங்கள் வழங்கும் தனியமைப்புகள் பெரும்பாலும் பயனில்லாமல் இருப்பதைக் "
++"காட்டிலும் மோசமானவையாக இருப்பது ஏன் என அறிய <link xref=\"color-why-"
++"calibrate\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற தனியமைப்புகளைத் திறப்பதன் மூலம் அவற்றை எளிதில் இறக்குமதி செய்துகொள்ள "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "நிற தனியமைப்புகளை எப்படி இறக்குமதி செய்வது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு உலாவியில் <input>.ICC</input> அல்லது <input>.ICM</input> கோப்பை இரு "
++"சொடுக்கம் செய்வதன் மூலம் நிற தனியமைப்புகளை எளிதாக இறக்குமதி செய்து கொள்ளலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++"இல்லாவிட்டால் ஒரு சாதனத்திற்கான தனியமைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் போது "
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> என்று சென்று "
++"அங்கிருந்து <gui>தனியமைப்பை இறக்குமதி செய்…</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் "
++"மூலமும் இறக்குமதி செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr ""
++"திரை முழுமைக்குமான நிற திருத்தச் செயலானது அனைத்து சாளரங்களிலுமான திரை "
++"நிறங்களை மாற்றியமைக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr "திரை முழுமைக்குமான நிற திருத்தத்திற்கான தகவல் இல்லையா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr ""
++"துரதிருஷ்டவசமாக நிறுவனங்கள் வழங்கும் ICC தனியமைப்புகள் பலவற்றில் திரை "
++"முழுமைக்குமான நிற திருத்தத்திற்கு தேவையான தகவல் இருப்பதில்லை. இருப்பினும் "
++"நிற ஈடுகட்டலைச் செய்யும் திறனுள்ள பயன்பாடுகளுக்கு இந்த தனியமைப்புகள் "
++"பயன்படும், ஆனால் உங்கள் திரையின் அனைத்து நிறங்களும் மாறுவதை நீங்கள் காண "
++"முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr ""
++"அளவை வகுத்தல் மற்றும் பண்பமைப்பு ஆகிய இரண்டு தரவையும் கொண்டுள்ள "
++"காட்சிப்படுத்தலுக்கான ஒரு தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்க, நீங்கள் கலரிமீட்டர் அல்லது "
++"ஸ்பெக்ட்ரோமீட்டர் எனப்படும் பிரத்யேக நிற அளவீட்டுக் கருவிகளைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் நிற தனியமைப்பு பழையதானால் அலல்து துல்லியமற்றதாக இருந்தால் உங்களுக்கு "
++"அறிவிப்பு கிடைக்கும்படியும் செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr ""
++"என் நிற தனியமைப்பு துல்லியமற்றதாக இருந்தால் அப்போது எனக்கு அறிவிப்பு "
++"கிடைக்கும்படியும் செய்ய முடியுமா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாதனத்தை மறு அளவை வகுக்காமல் அந்த சாதனத்தின் தனியமைப்பு துல்லியமானதா "
++"இல்லையா என்பதைக் கூற முடியாது. மறு அளவை வகுத்தல் தேவையா என முடிவு செய்ய அந்த "
++"சாதனத்தை அளவை வகுத்து எவ்வளவு நேரம் ஆகியுள்ளதோ அந்த நேரத்தின் ஒரு சிறு "
++"மாதிரி அளவைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr ""
++"துல்லியமல்லாத நிற தனியமைப்பு ஒன்றினால் இறுதி தயாரிப்பில் காணப்படும் வேறுபாடு "
++"மிகப் பெரியது என்பதால், சில நிறுவனங்கள் தனியமைப்புகளுக்கென பிரத்யேகமான "
++"காலாவதியாக்கல் கொள்கையைக் கொண்டுள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு தனியமைப்புக்கு நீங்கள் காலாவதியாக்கல் கொள்கை ஒன்றை அமைத்திருந்து, "
++"தனியமைப்பானது அந்த காலத்தை விட பழையதாகிப் போனால், தனியமைப்பை அடுத்துள்ள "
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> உரையாடலில் ஒரு சிவப்பு "
++"எச்சரிக்கை முக்கோணச் சின்னம் காண்பிக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் கணினியில் புகுபதிவு "
++"செய்யும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் ஒரு எச்சரிக்கை அறிவிப்பும் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr ""
++"காட்சிப்படுத்தல் மற்றும் அச்சு சாதனங்களுக்கு கொள்கை அமைக்க, நாட்களின் "
++"எண்ணிக்கையாக அதிகபட்ச காலாவதி காலத்தைக் குறிப்பிடவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு மானிட்டர் தனியமைப்புகளில் அளவை வகுத்த தேதி இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr "ஏன் முன்னிருப்பு மானிட்டர் தனியமைப்புகளில் அளவை வகுத்த தேதி இல்லை?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு திரைக்கும் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னிருப்பு நிற தனியமைப்பானது "
++"திரைக்குள் உள்ள நினைவக சில்லில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள காட்சிப்படுத்தல் EDID இன் "
++"அடிப்படையில் தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. திரை உற்பத்தி செய்யப்பட்ட நேரத்தில் "
++"அதனால் காட்சிப்படுத்த முடிகின்ற நிறங்களின் ஒரு நொடிக்காட்சியையே இந்த EDID "
++"வழங்குகிறது, இதில் நிற திருத்தத்திற்கான அதிக தகவல்கள் இருப்பதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr "EDID ஐ புதுப்பிக்க முடியாது என்பதால், அதற்கு காலாவதி தேதி கிடையாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையை உற்பத்தி செய்த நிறுவனத்திடமிருந்து ஒரு தனியமைப்பைப் பெறுவது அல்லது "
++"நீங்களே ஒரு தனியமைப்பை உருவாக்குவதே மிகத் துல்லியமான நிற திருத்தமாக "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற மேலாண்மையை சோதிப்பது கடினமல்ல, அதுமட்டுமின்றி நாங்கள் சில சோதனை "
++"தனியமைப்புகளையும் வழங்குகிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "நிற மேலாண்மை சரியாக வேலை செய்கிறதா என எப்படி சோதிப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சமயம் நிற தனியமைப்பின் விளைவுகள் மிக நுட்பமானதாக இருக்கும், அதனால் "
++"ஏதேனும் பெரிதும் மாறியுள்ளதா எனக் கண்கூடாகப் பார்ப்பது கடினம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME இல் தனியமைப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது அது தெளிவாகத் தெரியும் வகையில் "
++"சோதனைக்கான தனியமைப்புகள் சிலவற்றையும் நாங்கள் வழங்குகிறோம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>நீலச் சோதனை</em>: இது திரையை நீல நிறமாக்கி, காட்சிப்படுத்தல் "
++"சாதனத்திற்கு அளவை வகுத்தல் வளைவுகள் அனுப்பப்படுகிறதா என சோதிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-சோதனை</em>: இது திரையை இளஞ்சிவப்பு நிறமாக மாற்றி திரை "
++"தனியமைப்பின் வெவ்வேறு அம்சங்களை சோதிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: இது திரையை மாற்றாமல் RGB சேனல்களை BGR ஆகும்படி மாற்றும். "
++"இது பெரும்பாலான நிற கிரேடியன்ட்டுகள் சரியாக காட்சியளிக்குமப்டி செய்யும், "
++"முழு திரையிலும் பெரிதாக மாற்றங்கள் இருக்காது எனினும் நிற மேலாண்மையை "
++"ஆதரிக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளில் படங்கள் மிக வித்தியாசமாகக் காட்சியளிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>நிறம்</gui></guiseq> முன்னுரிமைகளைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் காட்சி சாதனத்திற்கு சோதனை தனியமைப்புகளில் ஒன்றைச் "
++"சேர்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த தனியமைப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு பயன்பாடு எப்போது நிற மேலாண்மையை "
++"ஆதரிக்கும் என நீங்கள் தெளிவாகக் காணலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"மெய்நிகர் சாதனம் என்பது கணினியுடன் இணைக்கப்படாத ஒரு நிற மேலாண்மை "
++"செய்யப்படும் சாதனமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "மெய்நிகர் நிற மேலாண்மை செய்யப்படும் சாதனம் என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr ""
++"மெய்நிகர் சாதனம் என்பது கணினியுடன் இணைக்கப்படாத ஒரு நிற மேலாண்மை "
++"செய்யப்படும் சாதனமாகும். இதற்கான எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr ""
++"புகைப்படங்கள் பதிவேற்றப்பட்டு அச்சிடப்பட்டு உங்களுக்கு அனுப்பப்படுகின்ற ஒரு "
++"ஆன்லைன் அச்சுக்கடை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr ""
++"டிஜிட்டல் கேமரா ஒன்றின் நினைவக அட்டையில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள புகைப்படங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு டிஜிட்டல் கேமராவுக்கான மெய்நிகர் தனியமைப்பு ஒன்றை உருவாக்க படக் "
++"கோப்புகளில் ஒன்றை இழுத்து <guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> <gui>நிறம்</gui></"
++"guiseq> உரையாடலில் விடவும். பிறகு மற்றெந்த சாதனத்தையும் போல அதற்கு நீங்கள் "
++"<link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">தனியமைப்புகளை நிர்ணயிக்கலாம்</link> "
++"அல்லது <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">அளவை வகுக்கவும்</link> "
++"செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற தனியமைப்பு என்பது எளிய ஒரு கோப்பாகும், அது ஒரு நிற வெளி அல்லது சாதன "
++"பதில்வினையை உணர்த்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "நிற தனியமைப்பு என்பது என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற தனியமைப்பு என்பது படவீழ்த்தி போன்ற ஒரு சாதனம் அல்லது sRGB போன்ற ஒரு நிற "
++"வெளியின் பண்புகளை விளக்கும் தரவுகளின் தொகுப்பாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான நிற தனியமைப்புகள் ICC தனியமைப்பின் வடிவத்திலேயே இருக்கும், அது "
++"<input>.ICC</input> அல்லது <input>.ICM</input> என்ற கோப்பு நீட்சி கொண்ட ஒரு "
++"சிறு கோப்பாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற தனியமைப்புகளை படங்களில் உட்பொதிக்க முடியும், இதன் மூலம் தரவின் முழு "
++"வரம்பைக் குறிப்பிட முடிகிறது. இதனால் பயனர்கள் வெவ்வேறு சாதனங்களிலும் "
++"நிறங்களை ஒரே மாதிரியாகக் காண முடிகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++"நிறத்தைச் செயலாக்கம் செய்யும் எல்லா சாதனத்திற்கும் அதற்கென்று ஒரு ICC "
++"தனியமைப்பு உள்ளது. ஒரு சாதனத்தில் இது இருந்தால், அந்த சாதனம் <em>இரு "
++"தரப்புக்கு இடையிலான நிறம் நிர்வகிக்கப்பட்ட பணி ஒழுக்கு</em> கொண்டது எனக் "
++"கூறப்படுகிறது. இத்தகைய பணி ஒழுக்கு இருக்கும்பட்சத்தில் நிறங்கள் "
++"இழக்கப்படுவதோ அல்லது மாறுவதோ இல்லை என உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "நிற வெளி என்பது நிறங்களின் வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட வரம்பாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "நிற வெளி என்பது என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற வெளி என்பது நிறங்களின் வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட வரம்பாகும். sRGB, AdobeRGB "
++"மற்றும் ProPhotoRGB ஆகியவை பிரபல நிற வெளிகள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++"மனித உடலின் காணும் அமைப்பு எளிய RGB சென்சார் அல்ல, ஆனால் காட்சி ரீதியான "
++"மனிதர்களின் பதில்வினைகளை ஒரு குதிரைக் குளம்பு வடிவில் காட்சிப்படுத்துகின்ற "
++"ஒரு CIE 1931 நிறவியல் படத்தைக் கொண்டு மனித கண்கள் எப்படி நிறங்களுக்கு "
++"பதில்வினை புரிகின்றன என்பதைத் தோராயமாக அறிய முடிகிறது. அதைக் கொண்டு "
++"பார்க்கும் போது மனிதக் கண்களில் காணும் போது சிவப்பு அல்லது நீலத்தை விட "
++"பச்சையின் அதிக வகைகளுக்கு மனித கண்கள் பதில்வினை புரிகின்றன என்பது தெரியவரும்."
++" RGB போன்ற ஒரு மூவண்ண நிற வெளியில் கணினி நிறங்களை நாம் மூன்று மதிப்புகளைக் "
++"கொண்டு உணர்த்துகிறோம், இதனால் நிறங்களின் <em>முக்கோணம்</em> ஒன்றைக் "
++"குறியீடாக்கம் செய்ய மட்டுமே நம்மால் முடிகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++"CIE 1931 நிறவியல் படம் போன்ற மாதிரியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதென்பது மனித காணல் "
++"முறைமையின் பெரிய எளிமைப்படுத்தலாகும், உண்மையான நிற வரம்புகள் 2D "
++"வீழ்த்தல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தாம் 3D ஹல்ஸ் போன்றவற்றைக் கொண்டு உணர்த்தப்படுகின்றன."
++" ஒரு 3D வடிவத்தின் 2D காட்சி வீழ்த்தலின் போது தவறாக உணர்த்தப்பட "
++"வாய்ப்புள்ளது, ஆகவே நீங்கள் 3D ஹல்லைப் பார்க்க வேண்டுமானால், <code>gcm-"
++"viewer</code> பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr ""
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB மற்றும் ProPhotoRGB ஆகியவை வெண் முக்கோணங்களால் "
++"உணர்த்தப்படுகின்றன"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++"முதலில் சிறிய வெளியும் குறைந்த அளவு நிறங்களையே குறியீடாக்கம் செய்யக் "
++"கூடியதுமான sRGB ஐப் பார்ப்போம். அது தோராயமாக 10 ஆண்டுகள் பழமையான CRT காட்சி "
++"சாதனத்தைப் போன்றதாகும், ஆகவே தற்போதுள்ள நவீன மானிட்டர்கள் இதைக் காட்டிலும் "
++"அதிக நிறங்களைக் காட்சிப்படுத்த முடியும். sRGB என்பது<em>மீச்சிறு பொது வகு "
++"எண்</em> தரநிலையாகும், அது (இணையம் உட்பட) பல பயன்பாடுகளில் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++"AdobeRGB என்பது பெரும்பாலும் <em>திருத்தல் வெளியாக</em> பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது."
++" இதில் sRGB ஐ விட அதிக நிறங்களை குறியீடாக்கம் செய்ய முடியும், அதாவது மிகத் "
++"தெளிவுத்தன்மை கொண்ட நிறங்கள் நெருக்கப்பப்டுமோ அல்லது கருப்பு நிற பகுதிகள் "
++"நசுக்கப்படுமோ என்ற கவலை அதிகமின்றி நீங்கள் ஒரு புகைப்படத்தில் உள்ள நிறங்களை "
++"மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr ""
++"ProPhoto என்பது மிகப் பெரிய வெளியாகும், இது ஆவண காப்பகப்படுத்தலுக்கு அதிகம் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. இதில் மனிதக் கண்கள் உணரக்கூடிய வரம்பில் உள்ள "
++"நிறங்களில் கிட்டத்தட்ட அனைத்தையுமே குறியீடாக்கம் செய்ய முடியும், கண்கள் "
++"கண்டறிய முடியாத நிறங்களையும் கூட குறியீடாக்கம் செய்ய முடியும்!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++"ProPhoto தான் சிறந்தது என்றால் அனைத்து தேவைகளுக்கும் ஏன் நாம் அதையே "
++"பயன்படுத்துவதில்லை? அதற்கான பதில் <em>குவான்டமாக்கல்</em> செயல் "
++"சம்பந்தப்பட்டது. ஒவ்வொரு சேனலையும் குறியீடாக்கம் செய்ய உங்களிடம் 8 பிட் (256 "
++"நிலைகள்) மட்டுமே உள்ளது என்றால், பெரிய வரம்பானது ஒவ்வொரு மதிப்புக்கும் இடையே "
++"பெரிய மாற்றங்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரிய மாற்றங்கள் என்பது இருந்தால் பதிவு செய்யப்படும் நிறத்திற்கும் "
++"சேமிக்கப்படும் நிறத்திற்கும் அதிக பிழை இருக்கும், சில நிறங்களுக்கு இது மிகப் "
++"பெரிய சிக்கலாகும். சரும நிறங்கள் போன்ற நிறங்கள் மிக முக்கியமானவை, இவற்றில் "
++"சிறு பிழை இருந்தாலும் அனுபவமில்லாத ஒருவரும் புகைப்படத்தைப் பார்க்கும் போது "
++"அதில் ஏதோ தவறு நடந்துள்ளது எனக் கண்டுகொள்ள முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr ""
++"16 பிட் படத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தினால் இன்னும் பல மாற்றங்கள் இருக்கும் மிகக் "
++"குறைவான குவான்டமாக்கல் பிழைகள் இருக்கும் என்பது உண்மை தான் ஆனால் இது "
++"படத்தின் அளவை இரட்டிப்பாக்கும். தற்காலத்தில் உள்ள பெரும்பாலான உள்ளடக்கம் "
++"8bpp உள்ளடக்கமஏ, அதாவது ஒரு பிக்சலுக்கு 8 பிட்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற மேலாண்மை என்பது ஒரு நிற வெளியிலிருந்து மற்றொன்றுக்கு மாற்றும் செயலாகும், "
++"இதில் நிற வெளியானது sRGB போன்ற பரிட்சயமான நன்கு வரையறுக்கபப்ட்ட நிற "
++"வெளியாகவோ அல்லது உங்கள் மானிட்டர் அல்லது அச்சு சாதனத்தின் தனியமைப்பு போன்ற "
++"தனிப்பயன் நிற வெளியாகவோ இருக்கக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr ""
++"காட்சிப்படுத்தப்படும் அல்லது அச்சிடப்படும் நிறங்கள் உங்களுக்கு முக்கியம் "
++"எனில் அளவை வகுக்க வேண்டியதும் முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr "ஏன் நானே அளவை வகுத்தலைச் செய்ய வேண்டும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr ""
++"பொதுவான தனியமைப்புகள் வழக்கமாக நன்றாக இருப்பதில்லை. ஒரு உற்பத்தி நிறுவனம் "
++"புதிய மாடலை உருவாக்கும் போது அவர்கள் தயாரிப்பில் சிலவற்றை மட்டும் "
++"கருத்த்ஹில் கொண்டு அவற்றின் சராசரியைக் கொண்டு தனியமைப்புகளை "
++"உருவாக்குகின்றனர்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr "சராசரியாக்கிய தனியமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr ""
++"டிஸ்ப்ளே பலகங்கள் ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் பெரிய வேறுபாடு உள்ளது, அவை காலம் செல்லச் "
++"செல்ல அதிகம் மாறவும் செய்கின்றன. அச்சு சாதனங்களில் இது இன்னும் கடினம், "
++"ஏனெனில் தாளின் எடை அல்லது வகையை மாற்றினாலே பண்பமைப்பு நிலை செல்லாததாகி "
++"தனியமைப்பு துல்லியமற்றதாகிவிடக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தனியமைப்பு துல்லியமானதாக இருக்க வேண்டுமானால் நீங்களே அளவை வகுப்பதே "
++"சிறந்த வழி அல்லது உங்கள் துல்லியமான பண்பமைப்பு நிலையின் அடிப்படையில் ஒரு "
++"வெளி நிறுவனத்தின் மூலம் தனியமைப்பைப் பெறுவதும் நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr ""
++"டிசைனர்கள், புகைப்படக் கலைஞர்கள் மற்றும் ஆர்ட்டிஸ்ட்டுகளுக்கு நிற மேலாண்மை "
++"மிக முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "நிற மேலாண்மை ஏன் முக்கியம்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr ""
++"நிற மேலாண்மை என்பது ஒரு உள்ளீட்டு சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு நிறத்தைப் பதிவு "
++"செய்து, அதை ஒரு திரையில் காட்சிப்படுத்தி, பிறகு ஒவ்வொரு ஊடகத்திலும் "
++"துல்லியமான நிறங்களும் நிற வரம்புகளும் குலையாதபடி அவற்றை அச்சிடும் செயலே "
++"ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr ""
++"குளிர் காலத்தில் பனிமூட்டம் நிறைந்த ஒரு நாளில் ஒரு பறவையைப் "
++"புகைப்படமெடுத்துப் பார்த்தால், நிற மேலாண்மையின் அவசியம் தெளிவாக விளங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++"கேமராவின் வியூ ஃபைன்டரில் காணப்படும்படி உறைபடி மூடிய சுவரின் மீது உள்ள ஒரு "
++"பறவை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++"டிஸ்ப்ளே சாதனங்கள் வழக்கமாக நீல சேனலை அதிக பூரிதப்படுத்தி படங்கள் "
++"குளிர்ச்சியாகக் காட்சியளிக்கும்படி செய்கின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr ""
++"இதைத் தான் ஒரு பயனர் வழக்கமான ஒரு தொழில் பயனுக்கான மடிக்கணினியின் திரையில் "
++"காண்கிறார்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr ""
++"இதில் வெண்ணிறம் 'தாளின் வெண்மை' போன்று வெண்மையாக இல்லாமலிருப்பதையும் கண்ணின் "
++"கருப்பு நிறம் சற்று மண்ணின் பழுப்பு நிறம் போலக் காட்சியளிப்பதையும் கவனிக்க "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr ""
++"வழக்கமான ஒரு இங்க்ஜெட் அச்சு சாதனத்தில் அச்சிடும் போது ஒரு பயனர் காண்பதும் "
++"இதுவே"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு சாதனமும் கையாள முடிகின்ற நிறங்களின் வரம்பு வெவ்வேறானதாக உள்ளது "
++"என்பதே இதில் உள்ள அடிப்படை சிக்கலாகும். ஆகவே எலக்ட்ரிக் நீல நிறமுள்ள ஒரு "
++"புகைப்படத்தை நீங்கள் படம்பிடிக்க முடியும், ஆனால் அதை பெரும்பாலான அச்சு "
++"சாதனங்கள் துல்லியமாக மறு உருவாக்கம் செய்ய முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++"பட சாதனங்கள் பெரும்பாலானவை RGB (சிவப்பு, பச்சை, நீலம்) முறையிலேயே படங்களைப் "
++"படம்பிடித்து அச்சிடும் போது அவற்றைCMYK (சியான், மெஜந்தா, மஞ்சள் மற்றும் "
++"கருப்பு) முறைக்கு மாற்றுகின்றன. வெண்ணிறத்துக்கென நீங்கள் <em>வெள்ளை</em> "
++"இங்க்கைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியாது என்பது மற்றொரு சிக்கலாகும், ஆகவே தாளின் "
++"வெண்மையே வெளியீட்டில் கிடைக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றொரு சிக்கல் அலகுகளாகும். நிறம் அளக்கப்படுகின்ற அளவுகோலைக் குறிப்பிடாமல் "
++"100% சிவப்பு என்பது அகச்சிவப்புக்கு அருகில் அமைவதா அல்லது அச்சு சாதனத்தில் "
++"ஆழமான சிவப்பு இங்க்காக அமைவதா என்று நமக்கு தெரியாது. ஒரு டிஸ்ப்ளே சாதனத்தில் "
++"50% சிவப்பு என்பது மற்றொன்றில் 62% அல்லது வேறொரு விதமாக அமையலாம். இது ஒருவர் "
++"மீட்டரா கிலோமீட்டரா எனக் குறிப்பிடாமல் பொதுவாக 7 அலகுகள் பயணம் செய்ததாகக் "
++"கூறுவதைப் போன்றது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++"நிறத்தில், அலகுகளை கேமட் எனக் குறிப்பிடுகிறோம். கேமட் என்பது நிறங்களின் மறு "
++"உருவாக்க வரம்பு. DSLR கேமராவைப் போன்ற ஒரு சாதனத்தின் கேமட் மிக பெரியதாக "
++"இருக்கும், அதனால் அந்த சாதனம் சூரிய அஸ்தமனத்தின் அத்தனை நிறங்களையும் பதிவு "
++"செய்ய முடியும், ஆனால் படவீழ்த்தியின் கேமட் சிறியது, ஆகவே பெரும்பாலான "
++"நிறங்கள் \"மங்கிப் போகும்\"."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சந்தர்ப்பங்களில், நாம் சாதனத்திற்கு நாம் அனுப்பும் தரவை மாற்றியமைப்பதன் "
++"மூலம் அதன் வெளியீட்டைத் <em>திருத்த</em> முடியும், ஆனால் அது சாத்தியமல்லாத "
++"மற்ற சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் (எலக்ட்ரிக் நீல நிறத்தை அச்சிட முடியாது போகும் "
++"சூழ்நிலையைக் கூறலாம்) இறுதி விளைவு எப்படி காட்சியளிக்கும் என்பதை பயனருக்குக் "
++"காண்பிக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++"புகைப்படங்களுக்கு, ஒரு நிற சாதனத்தின் முழு வரம்பையும் பயன்படுத்துவது "
++"நியாயமே, அதனால் நிறத்தில் மென்மையான மாற்றங்களை ஏற்படுத்த முடியும். மற்ற "
++"வரைகலைப் பொருள்களுக்கு நிறங்களை நீங்கள் துல்லியமாக பொருத்த வேண்டி இருக்கும், "
++"கச்சிதமாக Red Hat சிவப்பாகவே காட்சியளிக்க <em>வேண்டிய</em> ஒரு Red Hat "
++"சின்னத்தைக் கொண்ட ஒரு மக் - ஐ அச்சிட வேண்டுமானால் இது முக்கியமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "லூசி ஹேங்கி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr ""
++"உள்ளமை முகவரிப் புத்தகத்தில் ஒரு தொடர்பைச் சேர்த்தல் அல்லது நீக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பைச் சேர்த்தல் அல்லது நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பைச் சேர்க்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">புதிய</gui> -ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>புதிய தொடர்பு</gui> சாளரத்தில் தொடர்பு பெயர் மற்றும் விரும்பும் தகவலை "
++"உள்ளிடவும். <gui>பணி</gui>, <gui>இல்லம்</gui> அலல்து <gui>மற்றவை</gui> "
++"ஆகியவற்றைத் தேர்வு செய்ய ஒவ்வொரு புலத்திற்கும் அடுத்துள்ள மெனுவை சொடுக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">தொடர்பை உருவாக்கு</gui> -ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பை நீக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "உங்கள் தொடர்பு பட்டியலில் இருந்து தொடர்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>தொடர்புகளின்</app> மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui style="
++"\"button\">திருத்து</gui> பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">தொடர்பை நீக்கு</gui> -ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "உங்கள் தொடர்புகளை அணுகுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "தொடர்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>தொடர்புகளை</app> பயன்படுத்தி கணினிக்குள்ளே அல்லது உங்கள் <link xref="
++"\"accounts\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளில்</link> உங்கள் தொடர்புகளுக்கான தகவல்களை "
++"சேமிக்க அல்லது திருத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பை மின்னஞ்சல், அரட்டை அல்லது தொலைபேசியில் தொடர்பு கொள்ளுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "உங்கள் தொடர்புடன் இணைதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>தொடர்புகளில்</app> உள்ள ஒருவருடன் மின்னஞ்சல், அரட்டை அல்லது "
++"தொலைபேசியில் தொடர்பு கொள்ள:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் <gui>விவரத்தை</gui> அழுத்தவும். உதாரணமாக, "
++"உங்கள் தொடர்புக்கு மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்ப, மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரியை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr "அப்போது அந்த தொடர்பின் விவரங்களுடன் அதற்குரிய பயன்பாடு துவக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "ஒவ்வொரு தொடர்புக்குமான தகவலைத் திருத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "தொடர்பு விவரங்களைத் திருத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்பு விவரங்களைத் திருத்தும் வசதியின் மூலம் நீங்கள் உங்கள் முகவரிப் "
++"புத்தகத்தின் தகவலை எப்போதும் புதுப்பித்ததாக வைத்திருக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "தொடர்பு விவரங்களைத் திருத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய தொலைபேசி எண் அல்லது மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி போன்ற <gui>விவரம்</gui> ஒன்றைச் "
++"சேர்க்க <gui style=\"button\">விவரம் சேர்</gui> பொத்தானை அழுத்தி சேர்க்க "
++"வேண்டிய புலத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்பைத் திருத்துவதை முடிக்க <gui style=\"button\">முடிந்தது</gui> -ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைக்கப்பட்ட தொடர்புகளாக இருந்தால், நீங்கள் தனியமைப்பின் உருவப்படத்தை "
++"சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் ஒரு தனியமைப்பைத் திருத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr ""
++"பல்வேறு ஆதாரங்களில் இருந்து பெற்ற ஒரு தொடர்பின் தகவல்களை ஒருங்கிணைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "தொடர்புகளை இணைத்தல் மற்றும் இணைப்பு அகற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "தொடர்புகளை இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினிக்குள்ளான முகவரிப் புத்தகத்திலும் ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகளிலும் உள்ள "
++"நகல் தொடர்புகளை ஒரே <app>தொடர்புகள்</app> உருப்படியாக சேர்த்தமைக்கலாம். இந்த "
++"வசதியின் மூலம் ஒரு தொடர்பின் அனைத்து விவரங்களையும் ஒரே இடத்தில் கொண்டு வந்து "
++"தொடர்புகளை ஒழுங்கமைத்து வைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்பு பட்டியலுக்கு மேல் உள்ள தேர்வு பொத்தானை அழுத்தி <em>தேர்வு "
++"பயன்முறையை</em> இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு தொடர்புக்கும் அடுத்து ஒரு தேர்வுப் பெட்டி காண்பிக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் "
++"ஒன்றிணைக்க விரும்பும் தொடர்புகள் ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் அடுத்துள்ள தேர்வுப் "
++"பெட்டியை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்வு செய்த தொடர்புகளை இணைக்க <gui style=\"button\">இணைக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "தொடர்புகளை இணைப்பு அகற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைக்கக்கூடாத தொடர்புகளை தவறி இணைத்துவிட்டால், அவற்றை நீங்கள் இணைப்பு அகற்ற "
++"விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தொடர்பு பட்டியலிலிருந்து இணைப்பு அகற்ற வேண்டிய தொடர்பைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>தொடர்புகளின்</app> மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui style="
++"\"button\">திருத்து</gui> என்பதை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">இணைக்கப்பட்ட தொடர்புகள்</gui> -ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்பிலிருந்து ஒரு உருப்படியை இணைப்பகற்ற <gui style=\"button\">நீக்கு</gui> "
++"-ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr ""
++"உருப்படிகளை இணைப்பகற்றி முடிந்ததும் <gui style=\"button\">மூடு</gui> -ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பைத் தேடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "ஒரு தொடர்பைத் தேடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆன்லைன் தொடர்பை இரு வழிகளில் தேடலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் தொடர்பின் பெயரைத் தட்டச்சு செய்யத் "
++"தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போது மேலோட்டத்தில் வழக்கமாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படும் பயன்பாடுகளுக்கு பதில் "
++"அந்தத் தொடர்பு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியலின் மேலே உள்ள தொடர்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க <key>Enter</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்தவும் அல்லது நீங்கள் தேடும் தொடர்பு பட்டியலில் மேலே இல்லாவிட்டால் "
++"அந்தத் தொடர்பின் மீது சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>தொடர்புகளுக்கு</app> உள்ளே இருந்து தேட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "தேடல் புலத்திற்குள் சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "தொடர்பின் பெயரைத் தட்டச்சு செய்யத் தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தொடர்புகளை கணினிக்குள்ளான முகவரிப்புத்தகத்திலோ அல்லது ஆன்லைன் "
++"கணக்கிலோ சேமிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "முதன் முறை தொடர்புகளைத் தொடங்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முதல் முறை <app>தொடர்புகள்</app> -ஐ தொடங்கும் போது "
++"<gui>தொடர்புகள்அமைவு</gui> சாளரம் திறக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் <link xref=\"accounts\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள்</link> "
++"உள்ளமைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், அவை <gui>உள்ளமை முகவரிப் புத்தகத்துடன்</gui> "
++"பட்டியலிடப்படும். பட்டியலில் இருந்து ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui style="
++"\"button\">தேர்ந்தெடு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்பே உள்ள கணக்கு அமைவுகளைத் திருத்த <gui style=\"button\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்கு "
++"அமைவுகள்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள் உள்ளமைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், அமைவைத் தொடங்க <gui "
++"style=\"button\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்குகள்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும். இப்போது ஆன்லைன் "
++"கணக்குகளை அமைக்க விரும்பாவிட்டால், <gui style=\"button\">உள்ளமை முகவரிப் "
++"புத்தகம்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "நடாலியா ருஸ் லெய்வா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்வட்டின் வேகத்தை அறிய அதில் பென்ச்மார்க்குகளை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்வட்டின் செயல்திறனை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்வட்டின் வேகத்தை சோதிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++"செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>வட்டுகள்</app> பயன்பாட்டைத் "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>வட்டு இயக்கிகள்</gui> பட்டியலில் இருந்து வன்வட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கியர் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>இயக்கியை பென்ச்மார்க் செய்</gui> -ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பென்ச்மார்க் செய்யத் தொடங்கு</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கி <gui>பரிமாற்ற வேகம்</"
++"gui> மற்றும்<gui>அணுகல் நேரம்</gui> ஆகிய அளவுருக்களை விருப்பம் போல் "
++"மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டிலிருந்து தரவு எவ்வளவு வேகமாக படிக்கப்பட முடியும் என்பதை சோதிக்க "
++"<gui>பென்ச்மார்க் செய்யத் தொடங்கு</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும். <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள்</link> தேவைப்படலாம். உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல் "
++"அல்லது கேட்கப்படும் நிர்வாகி கணக்குக்கான கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>எழுதுதலுக்கான பென்ச்மார்க்கையும் செய்</gui> என்ற விருப்பம் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால், வட்டிலிருந்து தரவு எவ்வளவு வேகத்தில் படிக்கப்படும் "
++"மற்றும் வட்டில் எவ்வளவு வேகத்தில் எழுதப்படும் ஆகிய இரண்டு வேகத்தையும் "
++"பென்ச்மார்க் சோதிக்கும். இது முடிய அதிக நேரமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++"சோதனை முடிந்ததும் முடிவுகள் வரைபடத்தில் காட்டப்படும். பச்சை புள்ளிகளும் "
++"இணைக்கும் கோடுகளும் எடுத்துக்கொள்ளப்பட்ட மாதிரிகளைக் குறிக்கின்றன; இவை "
++"அணுகல் நேரத்தை வலது அச்சிலும் பென்ச்மார்க்கின் போது கடந்த நேரத்தின் "
++"சதவீதத்தை அடி அச்சிலும் கொண்டு காண்பிக்கப்படும். நீலக் கோடு வாசித்தல் "
++"வேகத்தையும் சிவப்பு கோடு எழுதுதல் வேகங்களையும் குறிக்கின்றன; இவை அணுகல் தரவு "
++"வேகங்களைக் கொண்ட இடது அச்சு மற்றும் பயணிக்கப்பட்ட வட்டு சதவீதத்தைக் கொண்ட "
++"அடி அச்சு மூலம் காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++"வரைபடத்தின் கீழே, குறைந்தபட்ச, அதிகபட்ச மற்றும் சராசரி வாசித்த்ல மற்றும் "
++"எழுதுதல் வேகங்கள், சராசரி அணுகல் நேரம் மற்றும் கடந்த பென்ச்மார்க் சோதனை "
++"நடந்ததில் இருந்து ஆகியுள்ள நேரம் ஆகியவற்றுக்கான மதிப்புகள் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr ""
++"இடம் மற்றும் கொள்ளளவைப் பார்க்க <gui>வட்டு பயன்பாடு ஆராய்வி</gui> அல்லது "
++"<gui>கணினி கண்காணிப்புக் கருவி</gui> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "இன்னும் எவ்வளவு வட்டு இடம் உள்ளது எனப் பாருங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <app>வட்டு பயன்பாடு ஆராய்வி</app> அல்லது <app>கணினி கண்காணிப்புக் "
++"கருவி</app> கொண்டு இன்னும் எவ்வளவு வட்டு இடம் உள்ளது எனப் பார்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "வட்டு பயன்பாடு ஆராய்வி கொண்டு பார்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>வட்டு பயன்பாடு ஆராய்வியைப்</app> பயன்படுத்தி காலியாக உள்ள வட்டு இடத்தை "
++"அறிய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</guiI> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>வட்டுகள்</app> "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும். அந்த சாளரத்தில் <gui>மொத்த கோப்பு முறைமை "
++"கொள்ளளவு</gui> மற்றும் <gui>மொத்த கோப்பு முறைமை பயன்பாடு</gui> ஆகியவை "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இல்லக் கோப்பகத்தை ஸ்கேன் செய்ய</gui>, <gui>கோப்பு முறைமையை ஸ்கேன் "
++"செய்ய</gui>, <gui>ஒரு கோப்புறையை ஸ்கேன் செய்ய</gui> அல்லது ஒரு <gui>தொலை "
++"நிலை கோப்புறையை ஸ்கேன் செய்ய</gui> கருவிப்பட்டி பொத்தான்களில் ஒன்றை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கோப்புறை</gui>, <gui>பயன்பாடு</gui>, <gui>அளவு</gui> மற்றும் "
++"<gui>உள்ளடக்கம்</gui> ஆகியவற்றுக்கு ஏற்ப தகவல் காட்டப்படும். மேலும் "
++"விவரங்களுக்கு <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>வட்டு பயன்பாடு ஆராய்வி</app></"
++"link> -ஐப் பார்க்கவும். "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr "கணினி கண்காணிப்புக் கருவி மூலம் சோதிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>கணினி கண்காணிப்புக் கருவி</app> கொண்டு காலியுள்ள வட்டு இடம் மற்றும் "
++"வட்டு கொள்ளளவைப் பார்க்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>கணினி கண்காணிப்புக் "
++"கருவியைத்</app> திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி பகிர்வுகள் மற்றும் வட்டு இடப் பயன்பாடு ஆகியவற்றைக் காண <gui>கோப்பு "
++"முறைமைகள்</gui> தத்தலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுங்கள். <gui>மொத்தம்</gui>, <gui>மீதம்</"
++"gui>, <gui>கிடைக்கக்கூடியது</gui> மற்றும் <gui>பயன்படுத்தியது</gui> ஆகிய "
++"வகைகளின் படி தகவல் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "வட்டு மிக நிரம்பியிருந்தால் என்ன ஆகும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr "வட்டு மிக நிரம்பி இருந்தால் நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியது:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr "முக்கியமில்லாத அல்லது நீங்கள் இனி பயன்படுத்தாத கோப்புகளை அழிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr ""
++"சிறிது காலத்திற்கு உங்களுக்குத் தேவைப்படாத முக்கியமான கோப்புகளை <link xref="
++"\"backup-why\">மறுபிரதிகள்</link> எடுத்துக்கொண்டு அவற்றை வன் வட்டிலிருந்து "
++"அழித்துவிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வன் வட்டில் ஏதேனும் பிரச்சினைகள் உள்ளதா என்றும் அது ஆரோக்கியமான தான் "
++"உள்ளதா என உறுதி செய்ய அதை சோதனை செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்வட்டில் ஏதேனும் பிரச்சினைகள் உள்ளதா என சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "வன் வட்டை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++"வன் வட்டுகளில் <app> SMART</app> (சுய கண்காணிப்பு, பகுப்பாய்வு மற்றும் "
++"அறிக்கையிடுதல் தொழில்நுட்பம்) எனப்படும் ஒரு உள்ளமைக்கப்பட்ட ஆரோக்கிய "
++"பரிசோதனைக் கருவி உள்ளது, அது வட்டில் ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்கள் ஏற்பட வாய்ப்புள்ளதா "
++"என தொடர்ந்து சோதிக்கிறது. அது உங்கள் வட்டு செயலிழக்கும் நிலையில் இருந்தால் "
++"எச்சரித்து முக்கியமான தரவு இழப்புகளைத் தவிர்க்க உதவுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++"SMART தானாக இயங்கும் என்றாலும், நீங்கள் <app>வட்டுகள்</app> பயன்பாட்டை "
++"இயக்கி உங்கள் வட்டின் ஆரோக்கியத்தை சரிபார்த்துக்கொள்ளலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டுகள் பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் வட்டின் ஆரோக்கியத்தை சரிபார்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>வட்டுகள்</app> "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>சேமிப்பக சாதனங்கள்</gui> பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் சரிபார்க்க "
++"விரும்பும் வட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். வட்டு பற்றிய தகவலும் நிலையும் "
++"<gui>இயக்கி</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr "<gui>SMART நிலை</gui> \"வட்டு ஆரோக்கியமாக உள்ளது\" என்று கூற வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr ""
++"மேலும் தகவல் காண அல்லது சுய பரிசோதனையை இயக்க <gui>SMART தரவு</gui> என்பதை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr "வட்டு ஆரோக்கியமான இல்லாவிட்டால் என்ன ஆகும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>SMART நிலையானது</gui> வட்டு ஆரோக்கியமாக <em>இல்லை</em> எனக் "
++"காண்பித்தாலும், பயமின்றி இருக்கலாம். எனினும், தரவு இழப்பைத் தடுக்க ஒரு <link "
++"xref=\"backup-why\">மறுபிரதி</link> எடுத்து வைத்துக்கொள்வது நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++"நிலை \"தோல்விக்கு முந்தையது\" எனக் கூறினால், வட்டு போதுமான அளவு ஆரோக்கியமாக "
++"உள்ளது, ஆனால் விரைவில் அது தோல்வியடையக்கூடிய அறிகுறிகள் உள்ளன எனப் பொருள். "
++"உங்கள் வன் வட்டு (அல்லது கணினி) சில வருடங்கள் பழையது எனில், நலச் சோதனைகளில் "
++"சிலவற்றிலேனும் இந்த செய்தி காண்பிக்கப்படும். அப்போது நீங்கள் <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">வழக்கமாக உங்கள் முக்கியக் கோப்புகளை மறுபிரதி எடுக்க வேண்டும்</"
++"link> மற்றும் இது இன்னும் மோசமாகிறதா எனப் பார்க்க வட்டு நிலையை அவ்வப்போது "
++"சோதிக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr ""
++"அது இன்னும் மோசமாகிப் போனால், கணினியை அல்லது வன் வட்டின் பிரச்சனையைக் "
++"கண்டறிய அல்லது சரி செய்ய அதை ஒரு தொழில்முறை வல்லுநரிடம் கொண்டு செல்ல "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr ""
++"வெளிப்புற வன் வட்டு அல்லது USB பிளாஷ் வட்டை ஃபார்மேட் செய்து அதிலுள்ள "
++"கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் அனைத்தையும் அகற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr "நீக்கக்கூடிய வட்டிலிருந்து அனைத்தையும் அழிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் USB மெமரி ஸ்டிக் அலல்து வெளிப்புற வன் வட்டு போன்ற நீக்கக்கூடிய "
++"வட்டு இருந்தால், அதில் உள்ள கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் அனைத்தையும் "
++"மொத்தமாக நீங்கள் அகற்ற விரும்பலாம். வட்டை <em>ஃபார்மேட்</em> செய்வதன் மூலம் "
++"இதைச் செய்யலாம், ஃபார்மேட் செய்வது வட்டில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளையும் "
++"அழித்து வட்டை காலியாக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "நீக்கக்கூடிய வட்டு ஒன்றை ஃபார்மேட் செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேமிப்பு சாதனங்கள்</gui> பட்டியலில் இருந்து காலி செய்ய வேண்டிய வட்டைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr ""
++"சரியான வட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும், இல்லாவிட்டால் வேறொரு வட்டிலிருந்து "
++"கோப்புகள் அனைத்தும் அழிந்துவிடும்!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"தொகுதிகள் பிரிவில் <gui>தொகுதியை அன்மவுன்ட் செய்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"பிறகு <gui>தொகுதியை ஃபார்மேட் செய்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போது மேலெழும் சாளரத்தில் வட்டுக்கான ஒரு கோப்பு முறைமை <gui>வகையை</gui> "
++"தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அந்த வட்டை Linux கணினிகளில் மட்டுமின்றி Windows மற்றும் Mac OS "
++"கணினிகளிலும் பயன்படுத்தினால், <gui>FAT</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும். அதை Windows "
++"இல் மட்டும் பயன்படுத்தினால், <gui>NTFS</gui> சிறந்த தெரிவு. <gui>கோப்பு "
++"முறைமை வகைகள்</gui> பற்றிய குறிப்பு லேபிளாக வழங்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டுக்கு பெயரிட்டு, அதன் பிறகு வட்டை காலி செய்ய <gui>ஃபார்மேட் செய்</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++"ஃபார்மேட் செயல் முடிந்ததும், வட்டை <gui>பாதுகாப்பாக அகற்றவும்</gui>. இப்போது "
++"அது காலியாகி மீண்டும் பயன்படுத்தத் தயாராக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வட்டை ஃபார்மேட் செய்வதால் உங்கள் கோப்புகள் பாதுகாப்பாக அழிக்கப்படாது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வட்டில் உள்ள அனைத்து தரவையும் முற்றிலுமாக அழிக்க அதை ஃபார்மேட் செய்தால் "
++"மட்டும் போதாது. ஃபார்மேட் செய்த வட்டில் கோப்புகள் எதுவும் இல்லாதது போலவே "
++"தோன்றும், ஆனால் சிறப்பான மீட்பு மென்பொருளைக் கொண்டு கோப்புகளை மீட்க முடியும்."
++" கோப்புகளை பாதுகாப்பாக அழிக்க <app>shred</app> போன்ற கட்டளை வரி பயன்பாட்டைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++"தொகுதிகள், பிரிவாக்கங்கள் என்றால் என்ன என்று புரிந்துகொண்டு, அவற்றை "
++"நிர்வகிக்க வட்டுப் பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr "தொகுதிகள் மற்றும் பிரிவாக்கங்களை நிர்வகித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>தொகுதி</em> எனும் சொல் வன் வட்டு போன்ற சேமிப்பு சாதனத்தைக் குறிப்பிடப் "
++"பயன்படுகிறது. ஒரு சாதனத்தின் சேமிப்பிடத்தை சிறு பிரிவுகளாகப் பிரிக்க "
++"முடியும் என்பதால், இச்சொல் அந்த சாதனத்தில்  உள்ள சேமிப்பிடத்தின் ஒரு "
++"<em>பகுதியையும்</em> குறிக்கலாம். உங்கள் கணினி <em>மவுன்ட்டிங்</em> என்னும் "
++"நிகழ்முறையின் மூலம் இந்த சேமிப்பிடத்தை கோப்புமுறைமைகள் வழியாக "
++"அணுகக்கூடியதாக்குகிறது. USB இயக்கிகள், DVD-RWகள், SD கார்டுகள் மற்றும் பிற "
++"ஊடகங்கள் ஆகிய எவையும் மவுன்ட் செய்யப்பட்ட ஒரு தொகுதியாக இருக்கலாம். ஒரு "
++"தொகுதி மவுன்ட் செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால் அதில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை நீங்கள் வாசிக்க "
++"(எழுதவும் சாத்தியமுள்ளது) முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++"பொதுவாக மவுன்ட் செய்யப்பட்ட ஒரு தொகுதி <em>பிரிவாக்கம்</em> என "
++"அழைக்கப்படுகிறது, ஆனாலும் அவை இரண்டுக்கும் பொருள் வேறு. “பிரிவாக்கம்” என்பது "
++"ஒரு வட்டு இயக்கியின் சேமிப்பிடத்தின் ஒரு <em>உண்மையான</em> பகுதியைக் "
++"குறிக்கிறது. ஒரு பிரிவாக்கத்தை மவுன்ட் செய்த பிறகு அதில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை "
++"நீங்கள் வாசிக்க முடிவதால், அதை தொகுதி என்று குறிப்பிடலாம். தொகுதிகள் என்பதை "
++"நீங்கள் பிரிவாக்கங்கள் மற்றும் இயக்கிகள் எனும் செயல்படும் கிடங்கின் முன் கடை "
++"வாசல்கள் போலக் கருதலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டு பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு தொகுதிகளையும் பிரிவாக்கங்களையும் காணுதல், "
++"நிர்வகித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டுப் பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள சேமிப்பிடத் தொகுதிகளை "
++"சோதித்து மாற்றியமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தைத் திறந்து <app>Disks</app> பயன்பாட்டைத் "
++"தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேமிப்பு சாதனங்கள்</gui> பலகத்தில், வன் வட்டுகள், CD/DVD இயக்கிகள் "
++"மற்றும் பிற இயல்நிலை சாதனங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படும். அதிலிருந்து நீங்கள் சோதிக்க "
++"விரும்பும் சாதனத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr ""
++"வலது பலகத்தில், <gui>தொகுதிகள்</gui> என்ற பெயருள்ள பகுதியில் நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த அந்த சாதனத்தில் உள்ள தொகுதிகள் மற்றும் பிரிவாக்கங்களின் விவரம் "
++"படமாக காண்பிக்கப்படும். அதில் இந்தத் தொகுதிகளை நிர்வகிக்கப் பயன்படும் "
++"பல்வேறு கருவிகளும் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr ""
++"கவனம் தேவை: இந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் வட்டிலுள்ள தரவை முற்றிலுமாக "
++"அழித்துவிடவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++"அநேகமாக உங்கள் கணினியில் குறைந்தது ஒரு <em>முதல் நிலை</em> பிரிவாக்கமும் ஒரு "
++"<em>ஸ்வேப்</em> பிரிவாக்கமும் கண்டிப்பாக இருக்கும். ஸ்வேப் பிரிவாக்கம் "
++"என்பது நினைவக நிர்வாகத்திற்காக இயக்க முறைமையால் பயன்படுத்தப்படும், அது "
++"அரிதாகவே மவுன்ட் செய்யப்படும் முதல் நிலை பிரிவாக்கத்தில் தான் உங்கள் இயக்க "
++"முறைமை, பயன்பாடுகள், அமைவுகள் மற்றும் தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் ஆகியன உள்ளன. "
++"பாதுகாப்பு அல்லது வசதிக்காக இந்தக் கோப்புகள் வெவ்வேறு பிரிவாக்கங்களிலும் "
++"தனித்தனியாக வைக்கப்பட்டு இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு முதல் நிலை பிரிவாக்கத்தில் உங்கள் கணினி தொடங்கும் போது அல்லது <em>பூட்</"
++"em> ஆகும் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அனைத்துத் தகவலும் இருக்க வேண்டும். இதனாலேயே "
++"சில சமயம் இதை பூட் பிரிவாக்கம் அல்லது பூட் தொகுதி என்றும் அழைக்கின்றனர். ஒரு "
++"தொகுதி பூட் செய்யக்கூடிய தொகுதியா எனத் தெரிந்துகொள்ள, வட்டுப் பயன்பாட்டில் "
++"அதன் <gui>பிரிவாக்கக் கொடிகளைப்</gui> பார்க்கவும். USB இயக்கிகள் மற்றும் "
++"CDகள் போன்ற வெளிப்புற ஊடகங்களிலும் பூட் செய்யக்கூடிய தொகுதிகள் "
++"இருக்கக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">வட்டு இடம்</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">செயல்திறன்</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">சிக்கல்கள்</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">தொகுதிகள் மற்றும் பிரிவாக்கங்கள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "வட்டுகள் &amp; சேமிப்பிடம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியில் இரட்டைத் திரையை அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியில் வெளிப்புற திரை ஒன்றை இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "வீடியோ விளக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "விளக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>காட்சி சாதனங்கள்</gui> அமைவுகளைத் திறக்க, செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில் "
++"<input>displays</input> எனத் தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் செயல்படுத்த அல்லது முடக்க விரும்பும் திரையின் படத்தை சொடுக்கி அதை "
++"<gui>இயக்கலாம்/அணைக்கலாம்</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள திரை பிரதான திரையாகும். எந்த திரை \"பிரதான திரையாக\" "
++"இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை மாற்ற, மேல் பட்டியை சொடுக்கி இழுத்துச் சென்று நீங்கள் "
++"\"பிரதான திரையாக\" அமைக்க விரும்பும் திரையின் மீது விடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு திரையின் \"இடநிலையை\" மாற்ற அதன் மீது சொடுக்கி நீங்கள் விரும்பும் "
++"இடநிலைக்கு அதனை இழுத்துச் சென்று விடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டு திரைகளும் ஒரே உள்ளடக்கத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும்படி அமைக்க விரும்பினால், "
++"<gui>காட்சி சாதன பிரதிபலிப்பு</gui> பெட்டியைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"அமைவுகள் திருப்தியாக அமைக்கப்பட்டதும், <gui>பயன்படுத்து</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கி, "
++"<gui>இந்த அமைவாக்கத்தை வைத்திரு</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>காட்சி சாதன அமைவுகள்</gui> -ஐ மூட மேல் மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>x</gui> -ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "வெளிப்புற திரை ஒன்றை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியுடன் ஒரு வெளிப்புற திரையை அமைக்க, முதலில் திரையை உங்கள் "
++"மடிக்கணினியுடன் இணைக்கவும். உங்கள் கணினி அந்த திரையை அடையாளம் காணாவிட்டால் "
++"அல்லது அமைவுகளை மாற்ற நீங்கள் விரும்பினால்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>காட்சி சாதனங்கள்</gui> -ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">மேல் பட்டியில்</link> உள்ள திரை பிரதான "
++"திரையாகும். எந்த திரை \"பிரதான திரையாக\" இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை மாற்ற, மேல் "
++"பட்டியை சொடுக்கி இழுத்துச் சென்று நீங்கள் \"பிரதான திரையாக\" அமைக்க "
++"விரும்பும் திரையின் மீது விடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியில் இரட்டைத் திரையை அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "கூடுதல் திரையை இணைக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியுடன் இரண்டாவது திரையை அமைக்க, முதலில் திரையை உங்கள் கணினியுடன் "
++"இணைக்கவும். உங்கள் கணினி அந்த திரையை அடையாளம் காணாவிட்டால் அல்லது அமைவுகளை "
++"மாற்ற நீங்கள் விரும்பினால்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "தொடர்புடைய ஆவணங்களை தொகுப்பாக குழுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "ஆவணங்களின் தொகுப்பை உருவாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு வெவ்வேறு வகை ஆவணங்களை <em>தொகுப்பு</"
++"em> எனப்படும் ஒரே இடத்தில் வைத்துக்கொள்ளலாம். உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கொன்று "
++"தொடர்புடைய ஆவணங்கள் இருந்தால், அவற்றைக் கண்டறிய எளிதாக இருக்கும் வகையில் "
++"அவற்றஒ குழுப்படுத்தலாம். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் வணிக நிமித்தமாக ஒரு இடத்திற்குப் "
++"பயணம் செய்து அங்கு விளக்கக் காட்சிகளை நிகழ்த்தியிருந்தால், உங்கள் விளக்கக் "
++"காட்சிக் கோப்புகள், ஸ்லைடுகள், விமான பயணத் தகவல் புத்தகம் (ஒரு PDF கோப்பு), "
++"உங்கள் நிதித்திட்ட விரிதாள் மற்றும் பிற பல வகை PDF/ODF ஆவணங்கள் ஆகிய "
++"அனைத்தையும் ஒரே தொகுப்பாகக் குழுப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "தொகுப்பு ஒன்றை உருவாக்க அல்லது ஒரு கோப்பை ஒரு தொகுப்பில் சேர்க்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் பயன்முறையில், சேகரிக்கப்பட வேண்டிய ஆவணங்களை தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "பொத்தான்கள் பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>+</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++"தொகுப்பு பட்டியலில், <gui>சேர்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கி, புதிய தொகுப்பின் பெயரைத் "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யவும், அல்லது முன்பே உள்ள தொகுப்பு ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த ஆவணங்கள் அந்த தொகுப்பில் சேர்க்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"தொகுப்புகள் கோப்புறைகளைப் போன்றதல்ல: <em>நீங்கள் தொகுப்புகளுக்குள் "
++"தொகுப்புகளை வைக்க முடியாது.</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "ஒரு தொகுப்பை அழிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறையில், அழிக்க வேண்டிய தொகுப்புகளை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr ""
++"பொத்தான் பட்டியில் உள்ள குப்பைத் தொட்டி பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். தொகுப்பு "
++"அழிக்கப்படும், ஆனால் அசல் ஆவணங்கள் எதுவும் ஆகாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "என்னென்ன ஆவணங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டும் எனத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "ஆவணங்களை வடிகட்டவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"பின்வரும் வகைகளுக்குள் மட்டும் தேடும்படி கட்டுப்பாட்டை அமைக்க <link xref="
++"\"documents-search\">தேடு</link> பட்டிக்கு அடுத்துள்ள <media type=\"image\" "
++"src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>ஆதாரங்கள்</em>: கணினி, Google, SkyDrive அல்லது அனைத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>வகை</em>: தொகுப்புகள், PDF ஆவணங்கள், விளக்கக்காட்சிகள், விரிதாட்கள், உரை "
++"ஆவணங்கள் அல்லது அனைத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "தலைப்பு, உருவாக்கியவர் அல்லது அனைத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"வடிகட்டி பட்டியலில் <gui>Google</gui> அல்லது <gui>SkyDrive</gui> இடம்பெற "
++"வேண்டுமானா, Google அல்லது Windows Live ஐ ஒரு <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்காக</link> அமைவாக்கம் செய்வது அவசியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> பயன்பாடு பிரபலமான பல ஆவண வகைகளைக் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "ஆதரிக்கப்படும் வடிவமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript மற்றும் <app>Document Viewer</"
++"app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> மற்றும் "
++"<app>Google Docs</app> ஆகியவை ஆதரிக்கும் வடிவமைப்புகள் ஆகியவற்றை "
++"காட்சிப்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் பெயர், இருப்பிடம், மாற்றம் செய்யப்பட்ட தேதி அல்லது வகையைக் "
++"காணுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "ஆவணங்களைப் பற்றிய தகவலைக் கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு ஆவணம் உருவாக்கப்படும் போது, அதனுடன் ஒரு <em>மீத்தரவு</em> ஒன்று "
++"உருவாக்கப்படும். <app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> ஒவ்வொரு ஆவணத்திற்கும் பின்வரும் "
++"மீத்தரவைக் காண்பிக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "தலைப்பு: ஆவணத்தின் பெயர் - இதைத் திருத்த முடியும்;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "ஆதாரம்: அந்த ஆவணத்தைக் கொண்டுள்ள கோப்புறையின் பாதை;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "மாற்றப்பட்ட தேதி;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"வகை: ஆவணத்தின் <link xref=\"documents-formats\">கோப்பு வடிவமைப்பு</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் பண்புகளைப் பார்த்தல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறைக்கு மாற <gui>தேர்வு செய்</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr ""
++"பொத்தான் பட்டியின் வலது முடிவில் உள்ள <gui>பண்புகள்</gui> பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வகை ஆவணங்கள் (எ.கா. PDF கோப்புகள்) கடவுச்சொல்லால் "
++"பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம், இதனால் அவற்றின் மீத்தரவு அல்லது உள்ளடக்கத்தை அணுக "
++"முடியாது போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> தற்போது ஒரு ஆவணத்திற்கு தனியுரிமையைச் சேர்க்கும் வசதியை "
++"அளிக்கவில்லை. ஆவணத்தை உருவாக்கப் பயன்படுத்திய பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு (எ.கா. "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> அல்லது <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>) இதனை அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிக்குள்ளாக சேமிக்கபப்ட்ட அல்லது ஆன்லைனில் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட ஆவணங்களை "
++"ஒழுங்கமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "ஆவணங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> என்பது உங்கள் கணினியில் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட அல்லது<em>Google "
++"Docs</em> அல்லது <em>SkyDrive</em> போன்றவற்றில் தொலைநிலையில் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட "
++"ஆவணங்களைக் காண, ஒழுங்கமைக்க மற்றும் அச்சிடப் பயன்படும் GNOME பயன்பாடாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "காணுதல், வகைப்படுத்தல் மற்றும் தேடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல், ஒழுங்கமைத்தல், அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "கேள்விகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிக்குள்ளே சேமிக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளின் முன்னோட்டத்தை மட்டுமே பார்க்க "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "சில கோப்புகளுக்கு மாதிரிக்காட்சி இல்லாதது ஏன்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> -ஐ திறக்கும் போது, கணினிக்குள் சேமிக்கப்பட்ட "
++"ஆவணங்களின் மாதிரிக்காட்சி சிறுபடம் ஒன்று காண்பிக்கப்படும். <em>Google Docs</"
++"em> அல்லது <em>SkyDrive</em> போன்ற தொலைநிலை சேவையகங்களில் சேமிக்கப்பட்ட "
++"ஆவணங்களுக்கு மாதிரிக்காட்சி சிறுபடங்கள் இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <em>Google Docs</em> அல்லது <em>SkyDrive</em> ஆவணத்தை கணினி "
++"சேமிப்பிடத்தில் பதிவிறக்கினால், சிறுபடம் உருவாக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> அல்லது <em>SkyDrive</em> இலிருந்து பதிவிறக்கிய "
++"ஆவணத்தின் நகல் ஆன்லைனில் புதுப்பிக்கப்படும் திறனை இழந்துவிடும். அதைத் "
++"தொடர்ந்து ஆன்லைனில் திருத்தும்படி இருக்க வேண்டும் என விரும்பினால், அதைப் "
++"பதிவிறக்காமல் விடுவதே நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிக்குள்ளாக சேமிக்கபப்ட்ட அல்லது ஆன்லைனில் சேமிக்கபப்ட்ட ஆவணங்களை "
++"அச்சிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறையில், அச்சிட வேண்டிய ஆவணத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr ""
++"பொத்தான் பட்டியில் உள்ள அச்சிடு பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். <gui>அச்சிடு</gui> "
++"உரையாடல் திறக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட ஆவணங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்திருக்கும் போது அல்லது தொகுப்பு "
++"ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்திருக்கும் போது அச்சிட முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "தலைப்பு அல்லது உருவாக்கியவர் பெயரைக் கொண்டு ஆவணங்களைக் கண்டறிதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளைத் தேடல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> -இல் தேடத் தொடங்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "உருப்பெருக்கக் கண்ணாடி சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr ""
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யத் தொடங்குங்கள், ஆவணங்கள் தலைப்பு அல்லது உருவாக்கியவர் "
++"பெயருடன் பொருந்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்குவதன் மூலமும் பல்வேறு <link xref=\"documents-filter\">வடிகட்டிகளை</"
++"link> தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலமும் தேடல் தேடல் முடிவுகளை வரம்புக்குள் அமைக்கலாம் "
++"அல்லது வடிகட்டலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒன்றுக்கு அதிகமான ஆவணங்கள் அல்லது தொகுப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் "
++"பயன்முறையைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "ஆவணங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறையிலிருந்து, நீங்கள் ஆவணங்களைத் "
++"திறக்கலாம், அச்சிடலாம், பார்க்கலாம் அல்லது அவற்றை தொகுப்புகளாக உருவாக்கலாம். "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறையைப் பயன்படுத்த:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒன்றுக்கு அதிகமான ஆவணங்கள் அல்லது தொகுப்புகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் உருப்படிகளுக்கு கிடைக்கின்ற செயல்களுக்கான பொத்தான் பட்டி "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல் பயன்முறை செயல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒன்று அல்லது அதிகமான ஆவணங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்த பிறகு, நீங்கள் இவற்றைச் "
++"செய்யலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "Document Viewer (கோப்புறை சின்னம்) மூலம் திறக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சிடு (அச்சு சாதன சின்னம்): ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சிடலாம் (ஒரு ஆவணம் மட்டும் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது கிடைக்கும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "ஒழுங்கமைக்கவும் (கூட்டல் சின்னம்): ஆவணங்களின் தொகுப்பை உருவாக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"பண்புகள் (ரென்ச் சின்னம்): ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் பண்புகளைக் காண்பிக்கும் (ஒரு ஆவணம் "
++"மட்டும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது கிடைக்கும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr ""
++"அழி (குப்பைத் தொட்டி சின்னம்): ஒன்று அல்லது அதிக தொகுப்புகளை அழிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "கணினிக்குள் உள்ள அல்லது தொலைநிலை ஆவணங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "என் ஆவணங்களைப் பார்க்க முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> -இல் உங்கள் ஆவணங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படவில்லை எனில் "
++"<app>ட்ராக்கர்</app> இயங்காதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது அது சரியாக அமைவாக்கம் "
++"செய்யப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் அமர்வில் ட்ராக்கர் இயங்குகிறதா எனப் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும். உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்பகத்திலும் XDG கோப்பகங்களிலும் உள்ள "
++"கோப்புகளை (ஒன்றுக்குள் ஒன்றாக) அட்டவணையிடும் படி அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கின்ற "
++"முன்னிருப்பு அமைவாக்கமே போதும். உங்கள் ஆவணங்கள் இந்த பாதைகளில் ஏதேனும் "
++"ஒன்றில் இருக்கும்படி பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr "ஆவணங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படும் விதத்தை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை ஒரு பட்டியல் அல்லது குறுக்கு நெடுக்கு கட்டமாகக் காண்பிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஆவணங்களும் தொகுப்புகளும் முன்னிருப்பாக <gui>வலையமைப்பு</gui> வடிவத்தில் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். <gui>பட்டியல்</gui> வடிவமைப்பில் காண்பிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்பாட்டு மெனுவைக் காண்பிக்க, மேல் பட்டிக்குச் சென்று <app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> -"
++"ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இப்படிக் காட்டு</gui> பிரிவில் இருந்து <gui>பட்டியல்</gui> -ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் காட்சி வகையில் ஆவணத்தின் வகை மற்றும் மாற்றப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் அது "
++"கணினிக்குள் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா அல்லது <app>Google Docs</app> அல்லது "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> இல் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்ற விவரமும் நெடுவரிசைகளில் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பு வடிவமைப்புக்கு மீண்டும் செல்ல பயன்பாட்டு மெனுவில் "
++"<gui>வலையமைப்பு</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "ஆவணங்களை முழுத்திரையில் காண்பிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிக்குள்ளாக சேமிக்கபப்ட்ட அல்லது ஆன்லைனில் சேமிக்கபப்ட்ட ஆவணங்களைக் "
++"காண்பித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> -ஐ திறக்கும் போது, உங்கள் கணினிக்குள் "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஆவணங்கள் மற்றும் ஆன்லைனில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஆவணங்கள் "
++"சிறுபடங்களாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் <em>Google Docs</em> அல்லது <em>SkyDrive</em> ஆவணங்கள் இடம்பெற "
++"வேண்டுமானால், முறையே Google அல்லது Windows Live ஐ <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">ஆன்லைன் கணக்காக</link> அமைவாக்கம் செய்வது அவசியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் உள்ளடக்கங்களைக் காண:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++"சிறுபடத்தைச் சொடுக்கவும். ஆவணம் <app>ஆவணங்கள்</app> சாளரத்தில் முழு "
++"அகலத்தில் காட்டப்படும் (அல்லது பெரிதாக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் முழுத்திரையில் "
++"காட்டப்படும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "ஆவணத்திலிருந்து வெளியேற, பின் அம்பு பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"CD மற்றும் DVD, கேமரா, ஆடியோ பிளேயர் மற்றும் பிற சாதனங்கள் மற்றும் "
++"ஊடகங்களுக்கு பயன்பாடுகளை தானாக இயக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "சாதனங்கள் அல்லது வட்டுகளுக்கான பயன்பாடுகளைத் திறத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு சாதனத்தை செருகும் போது அல்லது வட்டு அல்லது ஊடக அட்டையைச் "
++"செருகும் போது ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை தானாகவே திறக்கும்படி அமைக்க முடியும். உதாரணமாக, "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு டிஜிட்டல் கேமராவை இணைக்கும் போது புகைப்பட ஒழுங்கமைப்புப் "
++"பயன்பாடு தொடங்க வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் விரும்பலாம். நீங்கள் எதை இணைத்தாலும் "
++"எதுவும் நடக்காமல் இருக்க இந்த வசதியை அணைக்கவும் செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பல்வேறு சாதனங்களை இணைக்கும் போது, எந்தப் பயன்பாடுகள் தொடங்க "
++"வேண்டும் என்பதை முடிவு செய்ய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>விவரங்கள்</gui><gui>நீக்கக்கூடிய ஊடகம்</gui></guiseq> என்பதை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் சாதனம் அல்லது ஊடக வகைக் கண்டறிந்து, பின்னர் அந்த ஊடக "
++"வகைக்கான ஒரு பயன்பாடு அல்லது செயலைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும். சாதனங்கள் மற்றும் "
++"ஊடகங்களின் பல்வேறு வகைகளுக்கான விளக்கம் கீழே உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைத் தொடங்குவதற்கு பதிலாக, சாதனம் கோப்பு மேலாளரால் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்படியும் நீங்கள் அமைக்க முடியும். இது நிகழும் போது, என்ன "
++"செய்ய வேண்டும் என உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படும் அல்லது தானாக எதுவும் நடக்காது "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மாற்ற விரும்பும் சாதனம் அல்லது ஊடக வகை (Blu-ray வட்டுகள் அல்லது "
++"மின்புத்தக வாசிப்புக் கருவிகள்) பட்டியலில் இல்லாவிட்டால், சாதனங்களின் "
++"விரிவான பட்டியலைப் பார்க்க <gui>பிற ஊடகம்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>வகை</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து சாதனம் அல்லது ஊடக வகையையும் "
++"பயன்பாட்டையும் அல்லது <gui>செயல்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து "
++"செயலையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"எந்த பயன்பாடுகளும் தானாக திறக்க வேண்டாம் என நீங்கள் நினைத்தால், நீங்கள் எந்த "
++"சாதனத்தை இணைத்தாலும் நீக்கக்கூடிய ஊடகம் சாளரத்தின் அடிப்பக்கத்தில் உள்ள "
++"<gui>ஊடகத்தை இணைக்கையில் பயன்பாடுகளைத் தொடங்கவோ அல்லது எதுவும் கேட்கவோ "
++"வேண்டாம்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "சாதனங்கள் மற்றும் ஊடக வகைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ வட்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆடியோ CDகளைக் கையாள உங்கள் பிடித்தமான இசை பயன்பாடு அல்லது CD ஆடியோ "
++"பிரித்தெடுப்பு பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும். நீங்கள் ஆடியோ டிவிடிகளைப் "
++"(டிவிடி-A) பயன்படுத்தினால், <gui>பிற மீடியா </gui> என்பதன் கீழ் அவற்றை "
++"எப்படி திறக்க வேண்டும் எனத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம். நீங்கள் ஒரு ஆடியோ வட்டை "
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில் திறந்தால், டிராக்குகள் WAV கோப்புகளாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படும், "
++"அவற்றை நீங்கள் ஒரு ஆடியோ பிளேயர் மூலம் இசைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "வீடியோ வட்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"வீடியோ டிவிடிகளைக் கையாள நீங்கள் விரும்பும் வீடியோ பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். HD டிவிடி, வீடியோ CD (VCD) மற்றும் சூப்பர் வீடியோ CD (SVCD) "
++"ஆகியவற்றுக்கான பயன்பாட்டை அமைக்க <gui>பிற ஊடகம்</gui> பொத்தானைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும். நீங்கள் டிவிடிகள் அல்லது மற்ற வீடியோ வட்டுகளை செருகும் போது "
++"அவை சரியாக வேலை செய்யவில்லை என்றால், <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "காலி வட்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr ""
++"காலி CDகள், காலி டிவிடிகள், காலி Blu-ray வட்டுகள் மற்றும் காலி HD DVD "
++"களுக்கு ஒரு வட்டு எழுதல் பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க <gui>பிற ஊடகம்</gui> "
++"பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "கேமராக்கள் மற்றும் புகைப்படங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் டிஜிட்டல் கேமராவை இணைக்கும் போது அல்லது ஒரு கேமராவிn CF, SD, "
++"MMC அல்லது MS போன்ற ஒரு மீடியா கார்டைச் செருகும் போது இயங்க வேண்டிய புகைப்பட "
++"நிர்வாக பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்ய <gui>புகைப்படங்கள்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று "
++"விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். நீங்கள் கோப்பு நிர்வாகியைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"உங்கள் புகைப்படங்களை உலவ முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிற ஊடகம்</gui> என்பதன் கீழ், நீங்கள் ஒரு கடையில் தயாரித்திருக்கக்கூடிய "
++"CDகள் போன்ற Kodak CD பட CDகளைத் திறக்க ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம். "
++"இவை <file>PICTURES</file> என்ற ஒரு கோப்புறையில் இருக்கும் JPEG படங்களைக் "
++"கொண்ட வழக்கமான தரவு CDகளாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr "மியூஸிக் பிளேயர்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் போர்ட்டபிள் மியூசிக் பிளேயரில் உள்ள மியூஸிக் லைப்ரரியை நிர்வகிக்க "
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும் அல்லது கோப்பு மேலாளரைப்  பயன்படுத்தி "
++"கோப்புகளை நீங்களே நிர்வகிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr "மின் புத்தக வாசிப்புக் கருவிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மின் புத்தக வாசிப்புக் கருவியில் உள்ள புத்தகங்களை நிர்வகிக்க ஒரு "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்ய <gui>பிற ஊடகம்</gui> பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்தவும் "
++"அல்லது கோப்பு மேலாளரைப்  பயன்படுத்தி கோப்புகளை நீங்களே நிர்வகிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr "மென்பொருள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வட்டுகள் மற்றும் நீக்கக்கூடிய ஊடகத்தில், ஊடகம் செருகப்படும் போது தானாக "
++"இயங்கக்கூடிய மென்பொருள் இருக்கும். தானியங்கு மென்பொருள் உள்ள ஊடகம் "
++"செருகப்படும் போது என்ன செய்ய வேண்டும் என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த "
++"<gui>மென்பொருள்</gui> விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். மென்பொருள் இயங்கும் "
++"முன்பு எப்போதும் உறுதிப்படுத்துமாறு உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நம்பாத ஊடகத்திலிருந்து கிடைக்கும் மென்பொருளை ஒரு போதும் இயக்க "
++"வேண்டாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் கோப்புகளை நிர்வகிக்கலாம், ஒழுங்கமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளை உலவலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை உலவ மற்றும் ஒழுங்கமைக்க <app>கோப்புகள்</"
++"app> கோப்பு மேலாளரைப் பயன்படுத்துங்கள். நீங்கள் வெளிப்புற (வெளிப்புற வன் "
++"வட்டுகள் போன்ற) சேமிப்பு சாதனங்களில் உள்ள கோப்புகள், <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">கோப்பு சேவையகங்களில்</link> உள்ள கோப்புகள் மற்றும் பிணைய "
++"பகிர்வுகளில் உள்ள கோப்புகளையும் நிர்வகிக்க அதைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரைத் திறக்க <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து "
++"<app>கோப்புகள்</app> என்பதைத் திறக்கவும். நீங்கள் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> "
++"மேலோட்டத்தில் <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேடுவது</link> "
++"போலவே கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளையும் தேடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புறைகளின் உள்ளடக்கங்களை உலவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில், ஒரு கோப்புறையின் உள்ளடக்கங்களைக் காண அதனை இரு "
++"சொடுக்கவும், அதிலுள்ள ஏதேனும் ஒரு கோப்பை அதன் முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டைக் "
++"கொண்டு திறக்க கோப்பை இரு சொடுக்கவும். கோப்பை ஒரு புதிய தாவல் அல்லது புதிய "
++"சாளரத்தில் திறப்பதற்கு ஒரு கோப்புறையை வலது சொடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்புறையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளைக் காணும் போது, நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பைத் "
++"திறக்கும் முன், நகலெடுக்கும் முன் அல்லது அழிக்கும் முன் சரியான கோப்பைத் தான் "
++"திறக்க உள்ளீர்களா என உறுதி செய்துகொள்ள ஸ்பேஸ் பாரை அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் "
++"விரைவில் <link xref=\"files-preview\">ஒவ்வொரு கோப்பின் மாதிரிக்காட்சியைக்</"
++"link> காணலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் பட்டியலின் மேலே உள்ள <em>பாதைப் பட்டியில்</"
++"em> நடப்பு கோப்புறையின் தாய் கோப்புறைகள் உட்பட தற்போது நீங்கள் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொண்டிருக்கும் கோப்புறை எது என்று காண்பிக்கப்படும். தாய் "
++"கோப்புறைகளில் ஒன்றுக்குச் செல்ல பாதை பட்டியில் ஒரு தாய் கோப்புறையை "
++"சொடுக்கவும். ஒரு தாய் கோப்புறையை புதிய தாவல் அல்லது சாளரத்தில் திறக்க "
++"அல்லது நகலெடுக்க அல்லது நகர்த்த அல்லது அதன் பண்புகளை அணுக பாதை பட்டியில் "
++"அதனை வலது சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பார்த்துக்கொண்டிருக்கும் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள ஒரு கோப்புக்கு "
++"நேரடியாக தாவ வேண்டும் என்றால், அதன் பெயரை தட்டச்சு தொடங்கவும். சாளரத்தின் "
++"மேல் ஒரு தேடல் பெட்டி தோன்றும், உங்கள் தேடல் பொருந்தும் முதல் கோப்பு "
++"தனிப்படுத்திக் காண்பிக்கப்படும். உங்கள் தேடலுக்குப் பொருந்தும் அடுத்த "
++"கோப்புக்குச் செல்ல கீழ் அம்பு விசையை அழுத்தவும் அல்லது சுட்டியைக் கொண்டு "
++"உருட்டவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <em>பக்கப்பட்டியில்</em> இருந்து பொதுவான இடங்களை விரைவில் அணுக "
++"முடியும். பக்கப்பட்டி காண்பிக்கப்படவில்லை எனில், கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>பக்கப்பட்டியைக் காட்டு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் கோப்புறைகளை புத்தகக்குறியில் சேர்க்கலாம், அவையும் "
++"பக்கப்பட்டியில் காண்பிக்கப்படும். இதை செய்ய <gui>புத்தகக்குறிகள்</gui> "
++"மெனுவைப் பயன்படுத்தவும் அல்லது ஒரு கோப்புறையை இழுத்து பக்கப்பட்டியில் "
++"இடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "உருப்படிகளை ஒரு புதிய கோப்புறைக்கு நகலெடுத்தல் அல்லது நகர்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr "கிறிஸ்ட்டோஃபர் தாமஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளை நகலெடுத்தல் அல்லது நகர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறையை சொடுக்கி மூலம் இழுத்து விடுவதன் மூலம், நகலெடு "
++"மற்றும் ஒட்டு கட்டளைகள் மூலம் அல்லது விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை பயன்படுத்தி "
++"ஒரு புதிய இடத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கலாம் அல்லது நகர்த்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++"உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் விளக்கக்காட்சி கோப்பை உங்கள் அலுவலகத்திற்கு எடுத்துச் "
++"செல்ல ஏதுவாக அதை ஒரு மெமரி ஸ்டிக்கில் நகலெடுக்க விரும்பலாம். அல்லது, நீங்கள் "
++"அதில் மாற்றங்களைச் செய்யும் முன் ஒரு மறுபிரதி எடுத்துக்கொள்ள விரும்பலாம் "
++"(நீங்கள் உங்கள் மாற்றங்களை விரும்பாவிட்டால், பிறகு பழைய நகலையே "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம் என்ற யோசனையில்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிமுறைகள் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் இரண்டுக்கும் பொருந்தும். "
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை நகலெடுப்பது மற்றும் நகர்த்துவது போலவே கோப்புறைகளையும் "
++"நகலெடுப்பீர்கள் நகர்த்துவீர்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை நகலெடுத்து ஒட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நகலெடுக்க விரும்பும் கோப்பை ஒரு முறை சொடுக்கி தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"வலது சொடுக்கி, <gui>நகலெடு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq> விசைகளை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் கோப்பு நகலை வைக்க  விரும்பும் கோப்புறைக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பை நகலெடுக்கும் செயலை முடிக்க கியர் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>ஒட்டு</"
++"gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும், அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></"
++"keyseq> விசைகளை அழுத்தவும். இப்போது அசல் கோப்புறையில் ஒரு கோப்பின் நகலும் "
++"மற்றும் மற்றொரு கோப்புறையில் ஒரு நகலும் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை நகர்த்த அவற்றை வெட்டி ஒட்டவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நகர்த்த விரும்பும் கோப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க அதை ஒரு முறை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"வலது சொடுக்கி, <gui>வெட்டு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq> விசைகளை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் கோப்பை நகர்த்த விரும்பும் கோப்புறைக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பை நகர்த்தும் செயலை முடிக்க கியர் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>ஒட்டு</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும், அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></"
++"keyseq> விசைகளை அழுத்தவும். இப்போது அசல் கோப்புறையில் இருந்த கோப்பு "
++"அங்கிருந்து நகர்த்தப்பட்டு புதிய கோப்புறையில் வைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை இழுப்பதன் மூலம் நகலெடுத்தல் அல்லது நகர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரைத் திறந்து நீங்கள் நகலெடுக்க விரும்பும் கோப்பு உள்ள "
++"கோப்புறைக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டாவது சாளரத்தைத் திறக்க, மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கி <gui>புதிய சாளரம்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் (அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்). புதிய சாளரத்தில் "
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை நகலெடுக்க அல்லது நகர்த்த விரும்பும் கோப்புறைக்குச் "
++"செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பை சொடுக்கி ஒரு சாளரத்தில் இருந்து மற்றொன்றுக்கு இழுத்து இடவும். "
++"இப்படிச் செய்வவதால் இலக்கு கோப்புறை <em>அதே</em> சாதனத்தில் இருந்தால் கோப்பு "
++"<em>நகர்த்தப்படும்</em> அல்லது இலக்கு கோப்புறை <em>வேறு</em> சாதனத்தில் "
++"இருந்தால் கோப்பு <em>நகலெடுக்கப்படும்</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++"உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை ஒரு USB மெமரி ஸ்டிக்கில் இருந்து இழுத்து உங்கள் "
++"இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் இட்டால், அது நகலெடுக்கப்படும், ஏனெனில் அப்போது நீங்கள் "
++"அதை ஒரு சாதனத்திலிருந்து மற்றொன்றுக்கு இழுத்து விடுகிறீர்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை கட்டாயப்படுத்தி நகலெடுக்க அதனை இழுத்து இடும் போது <key>Ctrl</"
++"key> விசையைப் பிடித்திருக்கலாம், அல்லது கட்டாயப்படுத்தி நகர்த்த அதனை இழுத்து "
++"இடும் போது <key>Shift</key> விசையைப் பிடித்திருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பினை <em>படிக்க மட்டும்</em> என்ற அனுமதி உள்ள ஒரு கோப்புறைக்கு "
++"நகலெடுக்க அல்லது நகர்த்த முடியாது. சில கோப்புறைகளின் உள்ளடக்கத்தில் நீங்கள் "
++"மாற்றம் செய்வதைத் தடுக்க அவை படிக்க மட்டும் என்ற அனுமதி கொண்டிருக்கும். "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">கோப்பு அனுமதிகளை "
++"மாற்றுவதன் மூலம்</link> நீங்கள் படிக்க மட்டும் அனுமதி கொண்ட கோப்புறைகளின் "
++"உள்ளடக்கத்தில் மாற்றங்கள் செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr "இனி தேவைப்படாத கோப்புகள் அல்லது கோப்புறைகளை நீக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளை அழித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறை இனி உங்களுக்குத் தேவையில்லை எனில், நீங்கள் அதை "
++"அழிக்கலாம். நீங்கள் ஒரு உருப்படியை அழிக்கும் போது அது "
++"<gui>குப்பைத்தொட்டிக்கு</gui> நகர்த்தப்படும், குப்பைத் தொட்டி "
++"காலியாக்கப்படும் வரை அங்கு அது சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். அந்த உருப்படிகள் "
++"வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் நினைத்தால், அல்லது பிழையாக அவை அழிக்கப்பட்டன எனில், "
++"நீங்கள் அவற்றை <gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டி</gui> கோப்புறையிலிருந்து அசல் இடத்திற்கு "
++"link xref=\"files-recover\">மீட்க</link> முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பை குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு அனுப்ப:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியில் வைக்க விரும்பும் உருப்படியை ஒரு முறை சொடுக்கி "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் விசைப் பலகையில் <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும். மாறாக நீங்கள் அதை பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு</"
++"gui> இழுத்தும் இடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை நிரந்தரமாக அழித்து உங்கள் கணினியின் வட்டு இடத்தை காலி செய்ய, "
++"நீங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியை காலி செய்ய வேண்டும். குப்பைத் தொட்டியை காலி செய்ய, "
++"பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள குப்பைத் தொட்டியை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து <gui>குப்பைத் "
++"தொட்டியை காலி செய்</gui>  என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பை நிரந்தரமாக அழித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை முதலில் குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு அனுப்பாமல் அதை உடனடியாக "
++"நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பை நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் அழிக்க விரும்பும் உருப்படியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையில் <key>Shift</key> விசையை அழுத்திக் கொண்டே <key>Delete</key> "
++"விசையை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"இதை செயல்தவிர்க்க முடியாது என்பதால், கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறையை அழித்துவிட "
++"வேண்டுமா என உறுதிப்படுத்துமாறு உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி குப்பைத் தொட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் கோப்புகளை அழிக்க "
++"வேண்டும் என்றால் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி முக்கிய தரவுகளில் வேலை "
++"செய்வீர்கள் என்றால்), நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளுக்காக வலது "
++"சொடுக்க மெனுவில் <gui>அழி</gui> என்ற ஒரு மெனு உருப்படியைச் "
++"சேர்த்துக்கொள்ளலாம். மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> என்பதைச் "
++"சொடுக்கி, <gui>முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்து <gui>நடத்தை</gui> "
++"தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். <gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டியைத் தாண்டி செய்யும் அழி "
++"கட்டளையைச் சேர்க்கவும்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"Windows அல்லது Mac OS போன்ற பிற இயக்க முறைமைகளில் <link xref="
++"\"files#removable\">நீக்கக்கூடிய சாதனங்களில்</link> இருந்து அழிக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகள் காண்பிக்கப்படாது போகலாம். அந்தக் கோப்புகள் அப்போதும் இருக்கும், "
++"நீங்கள் சாதனத்தை மீண்டும் உங்கள் கணினியில் இணைக்கும் போது அவற்றைக் காணலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு CD/DVD எழுது பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தி கோப்புகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்களை ஒரு "
++"காலியான CD அல்லது DVD இல் சேமித்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr "ஒரு CD அல்லது DVD க்கு கோப்புகளை எழுதுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>CD/DVD உருவாக்கி</gui> பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு காலி "
++"வட்டில் கோப்புகளை சேமிக்க முடியும். நீங்கள் உங்கள் CD/DVD எழுது கருவியில் "
++"ஒரு CD ஐ செருகிய உடனே கோப்பு மேலாளரில் ஒரு CD அல்லது DVD ஐ உருவாக்குவதற்கான "
++"விருப்பம் தோன்றும். நீங்கள் மற்ற கணினிகளுக்கு கோப்புகளை அனுப்ப அல்லது காலி "
++"வட்டில் கோப்புகளை எழுதுவதன் மூலம் <link xref=\"backup-why\">மறுபிரதி</link> "
++"எடுக்க கோப்பு மேலாளர் உதவும். ஒரு CD அல்லது DVD க்கு கோப்புகளை எழுத:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr "உங்கள் CD/DVD எழுது இயக்கியில் ஒரு காலி வட்டை இடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் கீழே பாப்-அப் ஆகும் <gui>காலி CD/DVD வட்டு</gui> அறிவிப்பில், "
++"<gui>CD/DVD உருவாக்கி பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு திற</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். <gui>CD/DVD உருவாக்கி பயன்பாட்டின்</gui> கோப்புறை சாளரம் "
++"திறக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளர் பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>சாதனங்கள்</gui> என்பதன் "
++"கீழ் உள்ள <gui>காலி CD/DVD</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கியும் இதைச் செய்யலாம்.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>வட்டு பெயர்</gui> புலத்தில், வட்டுக்கு ஒரு பெயரைத் தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++"தேவையான கோப்புகளை அந்த சாளரத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும் அல்லது இழுத்து இடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>வட்டில் எழுது</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>எழுத ஒரு வட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்</gui> என்பதில் காலி வட்டு என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++"(நீங்கள் மாறாக <gui>படக் கோப்பு</gui> என்பதையும் தேர்வு செய்யலாம். இப்படிச் "
++"செய்தால் கோப்புகள் ஒரு <em>வட்டுப் படத்தில்</em> வைக்கப்படும். அது உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் சேமிக்கப்படும். அதன் பிறகு அந்த வட்டு படத்தை ஒரு காலி வட்டில் "
++"எழுதிக்கொள்ளலாம்.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எழுதும் வேகம், தற்காலிக கோப்புகளின் இருப்பிடம் மற்றும் பிற "
++"விருப்பங்களை சரி செய்ய விரும்பினால் <gui>பண்புகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். "
++"முன்னிருப்பு விருப்பங்களே சரியாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr "பதிவு தொடங்க <gui>எழுது</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சில நகல்களை எழுதவும்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், கூடுதல் வட்டுகள் "
++"வேண்டும் எனக் கேட்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++"வட்டு எழுதுதல் செயல் நிறைவடையும் போது, அது தானாகவே வெளியே தள்ளப்படும். "
++"அப்போது <gui>மேலும் நகல்களை உருவாக்கு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும் அல்லது "
++"வெளியேற <gui>மூடு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr "வட்டு சரியாக எழுதப்படாவிட்டால்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"சில நேரங்களில் கணினி தரவை சரியாக பதிவு செய்யாது போகக்கூடும், எழுதிய வட்டை "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கணினியில் செருகிப் பார்க்கும் போது நீங்கள் வைத்த கோப்புகளை "
++"பார்க்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்படி நடந்தால், மீண்டும் வட்டை எழுத முயற்சிக்கவும், ஆனால் குறைந்த எழுதுதல் "
++"வேகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும், எ.கா. 48x ஐப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் 12x ஐப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம். மெதுவாக வேகத்தில் எழுதுவதே நம்பகமானது. நீங்கள் <gui>CD/DVD "
++"உருவாக்கி</gui> பயன்பாட்டு சாளரத்தில் <gui>பண்புகள்</gui> பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் வேகத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு கோப்பு மேலாளரில் காண்பிக்கப்படாதபடி அதை புலப்படாத கோப்பாக "
++"மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பை மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME கோப்பு மேலாளரில், நீங்கள் உங்கள் விருப்பப்படி கோப்புகளை மறைக்கவும் "
++"காண்பிக்கவுமான வசதியைக் கொடுக்கிறது. ஒரு கோப்பு மறைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் "
++"போது, அது கோப்பு மேலாளரில் காட்டப்படாது, ஆனால் அது அதன் கோப்புறையில் "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பை மறைக்க, அதன் பெயரின் முன்பு ஒரு <key>.</key> ஐ சேர்த்து அதை "
++"<link xref=\"files-rename\">மறுபெயரிடவும்</link>. உதாரணமாக <file> example."
++"txt</file> எனும் பெயருள்ள ஒரு கோப்பை மறைக்க, நீங்கள் அதை <file>.example."
++"txt</file> என மறுபெயரிட வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை மறைக்கும் அதே வழியைப் பயன்படுத்தி கோப்புறைகளையும் "
++"மறைக்கலாம். ஒரு கோப்புறையின் பெயரின் தொடக்கத்தில் ஒரு <key>.</key>ஐச் "
++"சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் அதனை மறைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr "மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் அனைத்தையும் காட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்புறையில் உள்ள மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் அனைத்தையும் பார்க்க "
++"வேண்டும் என்றால், அந்த கோப்புறைக்குச் சென்று, கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை அழுத்தி "
++"<gui>மறைந்திருக்கும் கோப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் "
++"அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும். அப்போது "
++"மறைக்கப்படாத வழக்கமான கோப்புகளுடன் சேர்ந்து அனைத்து மறைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளையும் பார்க்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++"மீண்டும் இந்த கோப்புகளை மறைக்க, கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>மறைந்திருக்கும் "
++"கோப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் அல்லது மீண்டும் "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பைக் காண்பித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்பை காண்பிப்பதற்கு, அந்தக் கோப்பு உள்ள கோப்புறைக்குச் "
++"சென்று கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, <gui>மறைந்திருக்கும் கோப்புகளைக் "
++"காண்பி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். பின்னர், மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்பைக் "
++"கண்டுபிடித்து அதன் பெயரின் தொடக்கத்தில் <key>.</key> இல்லாதபடி அதை "
++"மறுபெயரிடவும். உதாரணமாக, <file>.example.txt</file> என்ற கோப்பை மறைக்காத "
++"கோப்பாக மாற்ற அதை <file>example.txt</file> என மறுபெயரிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை பெயர் மாற்றம் செய்த பிறகு, மற்ற மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளை "
++"மீண்டும் மறைக்க கருவிப்பட்டியில் media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">கீழே</media>  பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைக் "
++"காண்பி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம் அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>H</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரை மூடும் வரை மட்டுமே மறைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளைப் பார்க்க முடியும். கோப்பு மேலாளர் எப்போதும் மறைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளைக் காட்ட வேண்டும் என அமைக்க <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் பெரும்பாலானவை தங்கள் பெயரின் தொடக்கத்தில் <key>.</"
++"key> ஐக் கொண்டிருக்கும், ஆனால் மாறாக சில கோப்புகளில் பெயரின் முடிவில் "
++"<key>~</key> இருக்கலாம். இந்த கோப்புகள் மறுபிரதி கோப்புகளாகும். மேலும் "
++"தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய அல்லது பதிவிறக்கம் செய்த கோப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க "
++"முடியவில்லை என்றால், இந்த உதவிக் குறிப்புகளைப் பின்பற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr "இழந்த கோப்பைக் கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை உருவாக்கினீர்கள் அல்லது பதிவிறக்கம் செய்தீட்கள், ஆனால் "
++"இப்போது அதைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியவில்லை எனில், இந்த உதவிக் குறிப்புகளைப் "
++"பின்பற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை எங்கு சேமித்தீர்கள் என நினைவில்லை, ஆனால் அதை எப்படிப் "
++"பெயரிட்டீர்கள் என நினைவில் உள்ளது எனில் அதை கோப்பு பெயர் கொண்டு தேடலாம். "
++"எப்படி என்று அறிய link xref=\"files-search\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சற்று முன் தான் கோப்பைப் பதிவிறக்கம் செய்தீர்கள் எனில், உங்கள் வலை "
++"உலாவி தானாக ஒரு பொதுவான கோப்புறையில் அதை சேமித்திருக்கலாம். உங்கள் இல்லக் "
++"கோப்புறையில் உள்ள Desktop மற்றும் Downloads கோப்புறைகளில் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எதிர்பாராமல் கோப்பை அழித்திருக்கலாம். நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை அழிக்கும் "
++"போது, அது குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு நகர்த்தப்படும், நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக குப்பைத் "
++"தொட்டியை காலி செய்யும் வரை அது அங்கேயே இருக்கும். அழித்த கோப்பை எப்படி "
++"மீட்டெடுப்பது என அறிய  <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை மறைக்க செய்தது போல ஒரு கோப்பை மறுபெயரிட்டிருக்கலாம். <file>."
++"</file> எனத் தொடங்கும் கோப்புகளும் <file>~</file> என முடியும் கோப்புகளும் "
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில் மறைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். அவற்றைக் காண்பிக்க, கோப்பு மேலாளர் "
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</"
++"media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>மறைந்திருக்கும் கோப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். மேலும் அறிய <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட வகை கோப்புகளைத் திறப்பதற்கு என அமைக்கப்பட்ட முன்னிருப்பு "
++"பயன்பாடல்லாத வேறொரு பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு கோப்புகளைத் திறக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"முன்னிருப்பு அமைப்பையும் மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr "மற்ற பயன்பாடுகளைக் கொண்டு கோப்புகளைத் திறக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரில் ஒரு கோப்பை இரு சொடுக்கும் போது, அது அந்த "
++"கோப்புக்கான முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டால் திறக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் அதை வேறு "
++"பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டும் திறக்க முடியும், பயன்பாடுகள் எவை என ஆன்லைனில் தேடவும், "
++"அல்லது அதே வகை கோப்புகள் அனைத்துக்குமான முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டை அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாடல்லாத ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு ஒரு கோப்பைத் திறக்க, "
++"கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கி, மெனுவின் மேல் இருந்து நீங்கள் விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் விரும்பும் பயன்பாடு அங்கு இல்லாவிட்டால், "
++"<gui>வேறு பயன்பாட்டைக்  கொண்டு திறக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, கோப்பு மேலாளர் எந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளால் அந்தக் கோப்பைக் கையாள "
++"முடியும் என அறிந்துள்ளதோ, அந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளையே காட்டும். உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"உள்ள அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் பார்க்க, <gui>பிற பயன்பாடுகளைக் காண்பி</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போதும் நீங்கள் விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியவில்லை என்றால், "
++"<gui>ஆன்லைனில் பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேடு</gui> என்பதைச் சொடுக்கி மேலும் "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேடலாம். கோப்பு மேலாளர் அவ்வகை கோப்புகளை கையாள தெரிந்த "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைக் கொண்டுள்ள தொகுப்புகள் உள்ளதா என ஆன்லைனில் தேடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட வகை கோப்புகளைத் திறக்க பயன்படும் முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டை "
++"நீங்கள் மாற்ற முடியும். இதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை திறக்க இரு சொடுக்கும் "
++"போது நீங்கள் விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டால் அது திறக்கப்படும். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் "
++"ஒரு MP3 கோப்பை இரு சொடுக்கும் போது உங்கள் பிடித்தமான இசை பிளேயரே அதைத் "
++"திறக்க வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் அமைக்க விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாட்டை மாற்ற விரும்பும் வகை கொண்ட ஒரு கோப்பை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். உதாரணமாக, MP3 கோப்புகளைத் திறக்க பயன்படுத்தப்படும் "
++"பயன்பாட்டை மாற்ற ஒரு <file>.mp3</file> கோப்பைபத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து, <gui>பண்புகள்</gui> -ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>இதைக் கொண்டு திற</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui>முன்னிருப்பாக அமை</gui> -"
++"ஐ சொடுக்கவும். முன்னிருப்பாக, கோப்பு மேலாளர் எந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளால் அந்தக் "
++"கோப்பைக் கையாள முடியும் என அறிந்துள்ளதோ, அந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளையே காட்டும். "
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் பார்க்க, <gui>பிற "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைக் காண்பி</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிற பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> இல் நீங்கள் சில நேரங்களில் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் "
++"பயன்பாடு இருந்தால், ஆனால் அதை நீங்கள் முன்னிருப்பாக அமைக்க விரும்பாவிட்டால், "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui>சேர்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். இது "
++"<gui>பரிந்துரைக்கப்படும் பயன்பாடுகளைச்</gui> சேர்க்கும். அதன் பின் நீங்கள் "
++"கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்யும் போது பட்டியலில் இருந்து அந்தப் பயன்பாட்டைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்து பயன்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்படி செய்வதால், தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புக்கான முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாடு "
++"மட்டுமல்லாமல் அந்த வகை கோப்புகள் அனைத்துக்குமான முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாடும் "
++"மாற்றப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆவணங்கள், படங்கள், வீடியோக்கள் மற்றும் பல கோப்புகளின் மாதிரிக்காட்சியை "
++"விரைவாகக் காட்ட அல்லது மறைக்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளின் மாதிரிக்காட்சி காணல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை திறக்காமலே விரைவாக அவற்றின் மாதிரிக்காட்சிகளை ஒரு "
++"முழுவதும் பெரிதாக்கப்பட்ட பயன்பாட்டில் பார்க்கலாம். ஏதேனும் ஒரு கோப்பைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்து space bar ஐ அழுத்தவும். அப்போது கோப்பு ஒரு எளிய "
++"மதிரிக்காட்சி சாளரத்தில் திறக்கும். மாதிரிக்காட்சியை மூட மீண்டும் space bar "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++"உள்ளமைந்த இந்த மாதிரிக்காட்சி அம்சத்தில், ஆவணங்கள், படங்கள், வீடியோ மற்றும் "
++"ஆடியோ கோப்புகளின் பெரும்பாலான வடிவங்களை ஆதரிக்கிறது. மாதிரிக்காட்சியில், "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் ஆவணங்களை உலவிப் பார்க்கலாம் அல்லது உங்கள் வீடியோ மற்றும் "
++"ஆடியோவில் குறிப்பிட்ட இடங்களைத் தேடியடையலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு மாதிரிக்காட்சியை முழுத் திரையில் காண, அடிப்பகுதியில் உள்ள <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">முழுத்திரை</media> "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது <key>f</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும். முழுத் "
++"திரையிலிருந்து வெளியேற மீண்டும் <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-"
++"fullscreen-16.png\">முழுத் திரை</media> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது பத்திரிகை "
++"<key>f</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது முழுத் திரையிலிருந்து முற்றிலும் வெளியேற "
++"ஸ்பேஸ் பாரை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++"அழிக்கப்படும் கோப்புகள் பொதுவாக குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு அனுப்பப்படும், ஆனால் "
++"அவற்றை மீட்டெடுக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "குப்பைத் தொட்டியில் இருந்து ஒரு கோப்பை மீட்டல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரில் ஒரு கோப்பை அழித்தால், வழக்கமாக அந்தக் கோப்பு "
++"<gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டியில்</gui> வைக்கப்படும், அவற்றை மீண்டும் மீட்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "குப்பைத் தொட்டியில் இருந்து ஒரு கோப்பை மீட்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>கோப்புகள்</app> "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr "பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டியை</gui> சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அழித்த கோப்பு அங்கு இருந்தால், அதை சொடுக்கி <gui>மீட்டமை</gui> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். அது எந்தக் கோப்புறையில் இருந்து அழிக்கப்பட்டதோ, "
++"அதே கோப்புறைக்கு மீட்டமைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"அல்லது கட்டளை வரி மூலம் கோப்பை அழித்திருந்தால், கோப்பு நிரந்தரமாக "
++"அழிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளை <gui>குப்பைத் "
++"தொட்டியில்</gui> இருந்து மீட்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மீட்புக் கருவிகளைக் கொண்டு நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளை சில சமயம் "
++"மீட்க முடியும், அப்படிப்பட்ட பல கருவிகள் கிடைக்கின்றன. இந்தக் கருவிகள், "
++"பொதுவாக பயன்படுத்த மிகவும் எளிதானவை அல்ல. நீங்கள் எதிர்பாராமல் ஒரு கோப்பை "
++"நிரந்தரமாக அழித்துவிட்டால், நீங்கள் அதை மீட்க ஆதரவு மன்றத்தில் ஆலோசனை "
++"கேட்பது சிறந்த வழி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr "USB ஃபிளாஷ் இயக்கி, CD, DVD அல்லது பிற சாதனத்தை வெளித்தள்ளுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr "ஒரு வெளிப்புற இயக்கியை பாதுகாப்பாக நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் USB இயக்கிகள் போன்ற வெளி சேமிப்பு சாதனங்களைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, "
++"அவற்றை கணினியில் இருந்து எடுக்கும் முன்பு பாதுகாப்பாக அகற்ற வேண்டும். "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு சாதனத்தை சட்டென எடுத்தால் ஒரு பயன்பாடு அதைப் பயன்படுத்திக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கும் போதே நீக்குவதால் ஏதேனும் சிக்கல் ஏற்படலாம். இதனால் அதில் உள்ள "
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகள் சில இழக்கப்படலாம் அல்லது சேதமடையலாம். நீங்கள் CD அல்லது "
++"DVD போன்ற ஒளியிழை வட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், உங்கள் கணினியில் இருந்து வட்டை "
++"வெளியே தள்ளுவதற்கும் இதே செயல்படிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr "ஒரு நீக்கக்கூடிய சாதனத்தை வெளித்தள்ள:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>கோப்புகள்</app> -ஐ "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"பக்கப்பட்டியில் சாதனத்தைக் கண்டறியவும். அதன் பெயருக்கு அருகில் ஒரு சிறிய "
++"வெளியேற்று சின்னம் இருக்கும். சாதனத்தை பாதுகாப்பாக அகற்ற அல்லது வெளித்தள்ள "
++"அந்த சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக, நீங்கள் பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள சாதனத்தின் பெயரை வலது சொடுக்கி, "
++"<gui>வெளியேற்று</gui> என்பதையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr "பயன்பாட்டில் உள்ள ஒரு சாதனத்தை பாதுகாப்பாக நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புகளில் ஏதேனும் ஒன்றை ஏதேனும் ஒரு பயன்பாடு "
++"பயன்படுத்திக் கொண்டிருந்தால், நீங்கள் சாதனத்தைப் பாதுகாப்பாக நீக்க முடியாது. "
++"அப்போது நீங்கள் நீக்க முயற்சித்தால் <gui>தொகுதி பணிமிகுதியாக உள்ளது</gui> "
++"என்று கூறும் ஒரு சாளரம் தோன்றூம். சாதனத்தை பாதுகாப்பாக நீக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ரத்து</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "சாதனத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளையும் மூடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனம் பாதுகாப்பாக நீக்க அல்லது வெளித்தள்ள வெளியேற்று சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை மூடாமலே சாதனத்தை வெளியேற்ற <gui>பரவாயில்லை, வெளியேற்று</"
++"gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம். இப்படிச் செய்தால், கோப்புகளைத் "
++"திறந்துவைத்துள்ள பயன்பாடுகளில் பிழைகள் ஏற்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr "கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறை பெயரை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறையை மறுபெயரிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற கோப்பு மேலாளர்களைப் போலவே, நீங்கள் GNOME கோப்பு மேலாளரைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தியும் ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறையை பெயர் மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறையை மறுபெயரிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"உருப்படியை வலது சொடுக்கி <gui>மறுபெயரிடு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும் "
++"அல்லது கோப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <key>F2</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "புதிய பெயரைத் தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">பண்புகள்</link> "
++"சாளரத்தில் இருந்தும் ஒரு கோப்பை மறுபெயரிட முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை மறுபெயரிடும் போது, கோப்பின் பெயரின் முதல் பகுதி "
++"மட்டுமே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படுமே தவிர கோப்பு நீட்டிப்பு (\".\" க்கு பிறகு உள்ள "
++"பகுதி) தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படாது. பொதுவாக இந்த நீட்டிப்பு பகுதி அது என்ன வகை "
++"கோப்பு என்பதைக் குறிக்கிறது (எ.கா. <file> file.pdf </file> ஒரு PDF ஆவணத்தைக் "
++"குறிக்கிறது), வழக்கமாக அதை மாற்ற வேண்டி இருக்காது. நீங்கள் அந்த "
++"நீட்டிப்பையும் மாற்ற வேண்டும் என்றால், முழு கோப்பு பெயரையும் தேர்வு செய்து "
++"மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தவறான ஒரு கோப்பை பெயர் மாற்றிவிட்டால் அல்லது தவறாக பெயரிட்டு "
++"விட்டால், மறுபெயரிடல் செயலை செயல் தவிர்க்க முடியும். செயலை செயல் தவிர்க்க "
++"உடனடியாக கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள கியர் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி பழைய பெயரை "
++"மீட்டமைக்க <gui>செயல் தவிர்</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr "கோப்பு பெயர்களுக்கான செல்லுபடியான எழுத்துக்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு பெயர்களுக்கு <key>/</key> (சாய் கோடு) தவிர எந்த எழுத்தையும் "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம். எனினும் சில சாதனங்களில் கோப்பு பெயர்களில் இன்னும் கூடுதல் "
++"கட்டுப்பாடுகளை விதிக்கின்ற <em>கோப்பு முறைமையைப்</em> பயன்படுத்தலாம். எனவே, "
++"இது உங்கள் கோப்பு பெயர்களில் பின்வரும் எழுத்துக்களைத் தவிர்ப்பது சிறப்பு: "
++"<key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, "
++"<key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்புக்கு <key>.</key> ஐ முதல் எழுத்தாகக் கொண்டு பெயரிட்டால், "
++"கோப்பு மேலாளர் மூலம் பார்க்க முயற்சிக்கும் போது அக்கோப்பு <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">மறைந்துள்ள</link> கோப்பாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "பொதுவான பிரச்சினைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "கோப்பு பெயர் ஏற்கனவே பயன்பாட்டில் உள்ளது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரே கோப்புறையில் ஒரே பெயரில் இரண்டு கோப்புகளை வைக்க முடியாது. "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை மறுபெயரிடும் போது, நீங்கள் செயல்பட்டுக்கொண்டிருக்கும் அதே "
++"கோப்புறையில் முன்பே உள்ள கோப்பின் பெயரை வைக்க முயற்சித்தால் கோப்பு மேலாளர் "
++"அதை அனுமதிக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மற்றும் கோப்புறை பெயர்கள் பேரெழுத்து வித்தியாசம் உள்ளவை, ஆகவே "
++"<file>File.txt</file> மற்றும் <file>FILE.txt</file> ஆகிய இரண்டும் ஒன்றல்ல. "
++"இப்படி ஒரே மாதிரி உள்ள வெவ்வேறு பெயர்களைப் பயன்படுத்த அனுமதிக்கப்படும் "
++"எனினும் அது பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுவதில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr "கோப்பு பெயர் மிக நீளமாக உள்ளது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கோப்பு முறைமைகளில், கோப்பு பெயர்களில் 255 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட எழுத்துகள் "
++"இருக்க முடியாது. இந்த 255 என்ற எழுத்து வரம்பு கோப்பு பெயர் மற்றும் கோப்பு "
++"பாதை இரண்டுக்கும் சேர்த்தே ஆகும் (எ.கா., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/"
++"business-proposals/… </file>), எனவே கூடுமான வரை கோப்பு மற்றும் "
++"கோப்புறைகளுக்கு நீண்ட பெயர்களை இடுவதைத் தவிர்க்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr "மறுபெயரிடுவதற்கான விருப்பம் செயலில் இல்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>மறுபெயரிடு</gui> விருப்பம் செயலில் இல்லாவிட்டால், கோப்பு மறுபெயரிட "
++"உங்களுக்கு அனுமதி இல்லை என்று பொருள். பாதுகாக்கப்பட்ட சில கோப்புகளை "
++"மறுபெயரிட்டால் உங்கள் கணினி நிலைத்தன்மையை இழக்கலாம், ஆகவே அத்தகைய கோப்புகளை "
++"மறுபெயரிடுவதில் எச்சரிக்கையுடன் செயல்பட வேண்டும். மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை அவற்றின் பெயர் மற்றும் வகையின் அடிப்படையில் கண்டறிதல். பின்னர் "
++"பயன்படுத்த உங்கள் தேடல்களைச் சேமித்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரில் நேரடியாக உங்கள் கோப்புகளின் பெயர் அல்லது கோப்பு "
++"வகை அடிப்படையில் கோப்புகளைத் தேடலாம். நீங்கள் பொதுவான தேடல்களை சேமிக்கவும் "
++"முடியும், அவை உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் சிறப்பு கோப்புறைகளாகத் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr "பிற தேடல் பயன்பாடுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr "தேடு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேடும் கோப்புகள் ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட கோப்புறையில் தான் இருக்கும் என "
++"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியுமெனில், அந்தக் கோப்புறைக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள உருப்பெருக்கி கண்ணாடியை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பின் பெயரில் இருக்கும் என நீங்கள் அறிந்த சொல் அல்லது சொற்களைத் தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யவும். உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் இன்வாய்ஸ்கள் அனைத்துக்கும் \"Invoice\" என்ற சொல் "
++"கொண்டே பெயரிடுவீர்கள் எனில், <input>invoice</input> என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும். "
++"<key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும். பேரெழுத்து சிற்றெழுத்து வித்தியாசமின்றி "
++"பொருந்தும் சொற்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இடம் மற்றும் கோப்பு வகை கொண்டு உங்கள் முடிவுகளை சுருக்கி கொள்ள "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் <file>இல்லம்</file> கோப்புறைக்கு உரிய தேடல் முடிவுகளை மட்டும் "
++"காண்பிக்குமப்டி கட்டுப்படுத்த <file>இல்லம்</file> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும், அல்லது "
++"எல்லா இடங்களிலும் தேட <gui>அனைத்து கோப்புகள்</gui> -ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> ஐ சொடுக்கி, ஒரு கோப்பு வகையின் அடிப்படையில் தேடல் முடிவுகளை "
++"சுருக்க கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>கோப்பு வகை</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்யவும். இந்த விருப்பத்தை கைவிட்டு தேடல் முடிவுகளை விரிவுபடுத்த "
++"<key>x</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரில் ஒரு கோப்புறையில் இருந்து கொண்டு செய்வது போலவே, "
++"தேடல் முடிவுகளில் இருந்தும் உங்கள் கோப்புகளை திறக்கவும் நகலெடுக்கவும் "
++"அழிக்கவும் அல்லது வழக்கம போல பயன்படுத்தவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++"தேடலிலிருந்து வெளியேறி கோப்புறைக்கு மீண்டும் திரும்ப கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள "
++"உருப்பெருக்கக் கண்ணாடியை மீண்டும் சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி சில தேடல்களை மேற்கொள்வீர்கள் எனில், அவற்றை விரைவில் அணுக "
++"வசதியாக அவற்றை நீங்கள் சேமிக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr "ஒரு தேடலை சேமித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr "மேலே கூறியது போல ஒரு தேடலைத் தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"தேடல் அளவுருக்கள் உங்களுக்கு திருப்தியாகும் போது, கியர் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>தேடலைச் சேமி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"தேடலுக்கு ஒரு பெயரிட்டு <gui>சேமி</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"விரும்பினால், தேடலை சேமிக்க வேறு கோப்புறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"அந்தக் கோப்புறையைக் காணும் போது, உங்கள் சேமித்த தேடல் ஆரஞ்சு நிற "
++"உருப்பெருக்கக் கண்ணாடியுடன் கூடிய ஒரு கோப்புறையாக காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேடலை முடித்த பிறகு, தேடல் கோப்பை நீக்க, வழக்கமாக கோப்பை அழிப்பது "
++"போலவே <link xref=\"files-delete\">அழிக்கவும்</link>. நீங்கள் சேமித்த தேடலை "
++"அழிக்கும் போது, அந்தத் தேடலுக்கு பொருந்திய கோப்புகள் அழிக்கப்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒத்த பெயர்கள் கொண்ட பல கோப்புகளை தேர்வு செய்ய <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>S</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை பொது பகுதி மூலம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு பெயரில் உள்ள பொது அமைப்பைக் கொண்டு ஒரு கோப்புறையில் "
++"இருக்கும் கோப்புகளை தேர்ந்தெடுக்க முடியும். <gui>பொருந்தும் உருப்படிகளை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்</gui> சாளரத்தை வரவழைக்க <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</"
++"key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும். கோப்பு பெயர்களில் பொதுவாகப் பொருந்தும் பொது "
++"பகுதியை தட்டச்சு செய்து அத்துடன் வைல்டு கார்டு எழுத்துகளைத் தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யவும். இரண்டு வைல்டு கார்டு எழுத்துகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++"<file>*</file> என்பது எந்த எழுத்துகளும் எத்தனை இருந்தாலும் பொருந்தும், "
++"எழுத்துகளே இல்லாவிட்டாலும் பொருந்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr "<file>?</file> என்பது ஏதேனும் ஒரு எழுத்துக்கு மட்டும் பொருந்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr "உதாரணமாக:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் <file>Invoice</file> என்ற ஒரே அடிப்படைப் பெயரைக் கொண்ட "
++"OpenDocument Text கோப்பு, ஒரு PDF கோப்பு மற்றும் ஒரு படக் கோப்பு ஆகியவை "
++"இருந்தால் இந்த பொதுப் பகுதியைக் கொண்டு மூன்று கோப்புகளையும் சேர்த்து "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file> என்றவாறு பெயரிட்ட புகைப்படங்கள் இருந்தால்; இவை "
++"அனைத்தையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க இந்த பொதுப் பகுதியைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் முன்பு கூறப்பட்டது போன்ற புகைப்படங்கள் இருந்தால், ஆனால் அவற்றில் "
++"நீங்கள் சிலவற்றைத் திருத்தி, திருத்திய கோப்புகளுக்கு பெயரின் இறுதியில் "
++"<file>-edited</file> என்று சேர்த்திருந்தால், திருத்திய அந்த புகைப்படங்களைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்க, இதை பயன்படுத்தலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில் இருந்து கோப்புகளை எளிதாக உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் தொடர்புகளுக்கு "
++"அனுப்புதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் கோப்புகளை பகிர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நேரடியாக கோப்பு மேலாளரில் இருந்து எளிதாக மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் உங்கள் "
++"தொடர்புகளுடன் கோப்புகளைப் பகிர்ந்து கொள்ள முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடங்கும் முன், உங்கள் கணினியில் <app>Evolution</app> நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளதா "
++"எனவும் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் கணக்கு அமைவாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனவும் "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் ஒரு கோப்பைப் பகிர்ந்து கொள்ள:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>கோப்புகள்</app> "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் அனுப்ப விரும்பும் கோப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து, <gui>இங்கு அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்.அப்போது அந்தக் கோப்பு இணைக்கப்பட்டபடி ஒரு <gui>செய்தி "
++"எழுது</gui> சாளரம் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு தொடர்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க <gui>பெறுநர்</gui> எனப்தை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பை அனுப்ப விரும்பும் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரியை உள்ளிடவும் .வேண்டிய "
++"படி செய்திக்கான <gui>பொருள்</gui> மற்றும் பிரதான பகுதியை பூர்த்தி செய்து "
++"<gui>அனுப்பு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரே சமயத்தில் பல கோப்புகளையும் அனுப்பலாம். <key>Ctrl</key> ஐப் "
++"பிடித்துக் கொண்டு பல கோப்புகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, பின் தேர்ந்தெடுத்ததில் "
++"இருந்து ஏதேனும் ஒரு கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை பெயர், அளவு, வகை அல்லது அவை மாற்றப்பட்ட நேரம் ஆகியவற்றின் படி "
++"வரிசைப்படுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளை வரிசைப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்புறையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை வெவ்வேறு வழிகளில் வரிசைப்படுத்த "
++"முடியும், உதாரணமாக தேதி அல்லது கோப்பின் அளவு படி வரிசைப்படுத்தலாம். "
++"கோப்புகளை வரிசைப்படுத்த பொதுவான வழிகளின் பட்டியலைக் காண கீழே உள்ள <link "
++"xref=\"#ways\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். முன்னிருப்பு வரிசைப்படுத்தல் வரிசையை "
++"எப்படி மாற்றுவது என்பது பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை எப்படியெல்லாம் வரிசைப்படுத்த முடியும் என்பது, நீங்கள் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் <em>கோப்புறை காட்சியைப்</em> பொறுத்தது. கருவிப்பட்டியில் "
++"உள்ள பட்டியல் அல்லது சின்னம் பொத்தான்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி தற்போதைய காட்சி "
++"வகையை மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr "சின்னக் காட்சி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை வேறு வகையில் வரிசைப்படுத்த, கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, "
++"<gui>பெயரின் படி</gui>, <gui>அளவின் படி</gui>, <gui>வகையின் படி</gui> அல்லது "
++"<gui>மாற்றிய தேதிப்படி</gui> ஆகியவற்றைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் <gui>பெயரின் படி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், "
++"கோப்புகள் அவற்றின் பெயர்கலின் படி அகரவரிசையில் வரிசைப்படுத்தப்படும். மற்ற "
++"விருப்பங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"#ways\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கீழ் இழுத்தல் மெனுவில் இருந்து <gui>எதிர்த்திசை வரிசை</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் தலைகீழ் வரிசையிலும் வரிசைப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr "பட்டியல் காட்சி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை வேறு வகையில் வரிசைப்படுத்த, கோப்பு மேலாளரின் நிரல் தலைப்பில் "
++"ஒன்றை சொடுக்கவும். உதாரணமாக, கோப்புகளை கோப்பு வகையின் படி வரிசைப்படுத்த "
++"<gui>வகை</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். எதிர்த்திசை வரிசையில் வரிசைப்படுத்த "
++"மீண்டும் நெடுவரிசை தலைப்பை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் காட்சியில், நீங்கள் இன்னும் பல பண்புருக்களுடன் நிரல்களைக் "
++"காண்பிக்கச் செய்ய முடியும், மேலும் அவற்றின் படியும் வரிசைப்படுத்த முடியும். "
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, <gui>தெரியும் நிரல்கள்</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்து, கண்ணுக்குத் தெரிய வேண்டிய நிரல்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். அதன் "
++"பின் நீங்கள் அந்த நிரல்களின் படி வரிசைப்படுத்திக் கொள்ள முடியும். கிடைக்கும் "
++"நிரல்களின் விளக்கங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை வரிசைப்படுத்தும் வழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr "பெயரின் படி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr "கோப்பின் பெயரின் அகரவரிசைப்படி வரிசைப்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr "அளவின் படி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பின் அளவின் படி (அது எவ்வளவு வட்டு இடத்தை எடுத்துக்கொள்கிறது என்பதைப் "
++"பொறுத்து) வரிசைப்படுத்தும். முன்னிருப்பக அசிறிய அளவிலிருந்து பெரிய அளவு வரை "
++"என வரிசைப்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr "வகையின் படி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பின் வகையின் படி அகரவரிசையில் வரிசைப்படுத்தும். ஒரே வகை கோப்புகள் "
++"குழுப்படுத்தப்பட்டு, அதன் பின்னர் பெயரின் படி வரிசைப்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr "மாற்றிய தேதியின் படி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு கடைசியாக மாற்றப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரத்தின் படி "
++"வரிசைப்படுத்தப்படும். முன்னிருப்பாக பழையதில் இருந்து புதியது வரை என "
++"வரிசைப்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++"தனிப்பயன் கோப்பு மாதிரியுருக்களில் இருந்து விரும்பும் ஆவணங்களை விரைவில் "
++"உருவாக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr "அனிதா ரெயித்ரே"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr "பொதுவாக பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஆவண வகைகளுக்கான மாதிரியுருக்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரே உள்ளடக்கத்தை அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்டு ஆவணங்களை உருவாக்க்குகிறீர்கள் "
++"எனில், கோப்பு மாதிரியுருக்கள் உங்களுக்கு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். ஒரு கோப்பு "
++"மாதிரியுரு என்பது நீங்கள் மீண்டும் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் வடிவமைப்பு அல்லது "
++"உள்ளடக்கத்தைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் எந்த வகை ஆவணமாகவும் இருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக, "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் லெட்டர்ஹெடைக் கொண்டு ஒரு மாதிரியுரு ஆவணத்தை உருவாக்க முடியும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr "ஒரு புதிய மாதிரியுருவை உருவாக்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு மாதிரியுருவாகப் பயன்படுத்த உள்ள ஆவணத்தை உருவாக்கவும். உதாரணமாக, "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு சொல் செயலாக்க பயன்பாட்டைக் கொண்டு உங்கள் லெட்டர் ஹெடை உருவாக்க "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++"மாதிரியுரு உள்ளடக்கத்தைக் கொண்ட கோப்பை <file>Home</file> கோப்புறையில் உள்ள "
++"<file>Templates</file> கோப்புறையில் சேமிக்கவும். <file>Templates</file> "
++"கோப்புறை இல்லை என்றால், அதை உருவாக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தை உருவாக்க ஒரு மாதிரியுருவைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் புதிய ஆவணத்தை வைக்க விரும்பும் கோப்புறையைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புறையில் காலியாக உள்ள ஏதேனும் ஒரு இடத்தில் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து, <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">புதிய ஆவணம்</gui> -ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். உப மெனுவில் "
++"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய மாதிரியுருக்களின் பெயர்கள் பட்டியலிடப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் விரும்பும் மாதிரியுருவைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr "புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட ஆவணத்திற்கு ஒரு கோப்பு பெயரை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr "கோப்பைத் திறந்து திருத்த, அதனை இரு சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr "இவை மறுபிரதி கோப்புகள். முன்னிருப்பாக அவை மறைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr "பெயரின் இறுதியில் உள்ள \"~\" என உள்ள கோப்பு என்ன கோப்பு?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"பெயர்களின் இறுதியில் ஒரு \"~\" ஐக் கொண்டுள்ள கோப்புகள் (உதாரணமாக, "
++"<file>example.txt~</<file>) <app>gedit</app> உரை திருத்த பயன்பாடு அல்லது பிற "
++"பயன்பாடுகளில் திருத்த திறக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஆவணங்களின் மறுபிரதிகளாகும், இவை தானாக "
++"உருவாக்கப்படுபவை. அவற்றை அழிப்பதால் எதுவும் பிரச்சனை இல்லை, ஆனால் அவற்றை "
++"கணினியில் விட்டு வைப்பதால் எந்த கெடுதலும் இல்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக இந்த கோப்புகள் மறைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். நீங்கள் அவற்றைக் காண "
++"முடிந்தால், அதற்குக் காரணம் நீங்கள் (<app>கோப்புகள்</app> கருவிப்பட்டியில் "
++"உள்ள <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">கீழே</media> மெனுவில் "
++"இருந்து) <gui>மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைக் காட்டு</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்துள்ளீர்கள் அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தியுள்ளீர்கள். நீங்கள் இந்த வழிமுறைகளில் ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்தி மீண்டும் "
++"அவற்றை மறைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த கோப்புகள் வழக்கமான மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் எப்படி நடத்தப்படுமோ "
++"அப்படியே நடத்தப்படுகின்றன. மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளை கையாளுவது குறித்த "
++"அறிவுரைக்கு <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">தேடுதல்</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">கோப்புகளை அழித்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">மறுபிரதிகள்</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">நீக்கக்கூடிய இயக்கிகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள், கோப்புறைகள் மற்றும் தேடல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> கோப்பு மேலாளர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr "பொதுவான பணிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr "மேலும் தலைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr "நீக்கக்கூடிய இயக்கிகள் மற்றும் வெளி வட்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr "மறுபிரதி எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr "உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் கேள்விகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த உதவி தலைப்புகள் தொடர்பான பிரச்சினைகள் குறித்து எப்படி எங்கே "
++"அறிக்கையளிப்பது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr "இந்த வழிகாட்டியை  மேம்படுத்த பங்கேற்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr "ஒரு பிழை அல்லது ஒரு மேம்படுத்தலை அறிக்கையிடவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த உதவி ஆவணமாக்கம் ஒரு தன்னார்வ சமூகத்தால் உருவாக்கப்பட்டது. இதில் "
++"பங்கேற்க உங்களை வரவேற்கிறோம். நீங்கள் இந்த உதவிப் பக்கங்களில் ஏதேனும் "
++"பிரச்சனைகளைக் கண்டால் (எழுத்துப்பிழைகள், தவறான வழிமுறைகள் அல்லது இருக்க "
++"வேண்டிய ஆனால் விடுபட்டுள்ள தலைப்புகள் போன்றவை) நீங்கள் ஒரு <em>பிழை "
++"அறிக்கையை</em> சமர்ப்பிக்கலாம். பிழையை அறிக்கையிட <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link> க்கு செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு பிழையை சமர்ப்பிக்க அங்கு பதிவு செய்ய வேண்டும், அப்போது அதன் நிலை "
++"பற்றி உங்களுக்கு மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் தெரியப்படுத்தப்படும். உங்களிடம் ஏற்கனவே "
++"ஒரு கணக்கு இல்லை என்றால் ஒன்றை உருவாக்க <gui>புதிய கணக்கு</gui> இணைப்பை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்கை உருவாக்கிய பின், <guiseq><gui>ஒரு பிழையை சமர்ப்பி</gui><gui>Core</"
++"gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். ஒரு பிழையை "
++"அறிக்கையிடும் முன், <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">பிழை எழுதுதல் வழிகாட்டல்கள்</link> ஐப் படிக்கவும், "
++"அதுமட்டுமின்றி இதே போல பிழைகள் முன்பே அறிக்கையிடப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்க "
++"பிழைகளை <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-"
++"user-docs\">உலவவும்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பிழையை சமர்ப்பிக்க, <gui>Component</gui> மெனுவில் கூறைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். நீங்கள் இந்த ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள பிழையை அறிக்கையிடுவதானால் நீங்கள் "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> கூறைத் தேர்வு செய்ய வேண்டும். உங்கள் பிழை எந்தக் "
++"கூறுக்கு உரியது என நிச்சயமாகத் தெரியாவிட்டால், <gui>general</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"விடுபட்டுள்ளது என நீங்கள் கருதும் ஒரு தலைப்பைப் பற்றி உதவி கேட்கிறீர்கள் "
++"எனில், <gui>Severity</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>enhancement</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். Summary மற்றும் Description பிரிவுகளை நிரப்பி <gui>சமர்ப்பி</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அறிக்கைக்கு ஒரு அடையாள எண் வழங்கப்படும், அதைக் கையாளும் போது அது "
++"குறித்த நிலை உங்களுக்கு தெரிவிக்கப்படும். GNOME உதவியை சிறப்பிக்க உதவுவதற்கு "
++"நன்றி!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr "எங்களை தொடர்புகொள்ள"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஆவணமாக்க அணியில் சேர்ந்து பங்களிப்பது எப்படி என்பது பற்றி மேலும் "
++"அறிய GNOME docs அஞ்சல் பட்டியலுக்கு <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome."
++"org\">மின்னஞ்சல்</link> அனுப்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++"அதிக பாரம்பரிய டெஸ்க்டாப் அனுபவத்தை விரும்பினால் GNOME கிளாசிக்கிற்கு மாறுக."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr "பேட்ர் கோவார்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr "GNOME கிளாசிக் என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>GNOME கிளாசிக்</em> என்பது ஒரு பாரம்பரிய டெஸ்க்டாப் அனுபவத்தை விரும்பும் "
++"பயனர்களுக்காக வழங்கப்படும் ஒரு அம்சம். <em>GNOME கிளாசிக்</em> <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> தொழில்நுட்பங்களை அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்டது, அது மேல் பட்டியில் <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மற்றும் <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">இடங்கள்</gui> மற்றும் திரையின் கீழே ஒரு சாளரப் பட்டியல் போன்ற "
++"பல பயனர் இடைமுக மாற்றங்களை வழங்குகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்பாடுகளைத் துவக்க மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">பயன்பாடுகள்</gui>  மெனுவைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். இப்போது "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> உருப்படியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் <em "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</em> ஐ திறக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசையை அழுத்தியும் <em "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</em> ஐ அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr "சாளர பட்டியல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் கீழே உள்ள சாளர பட்டியலில் திறந்துள்ள உங்கள் சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் அனைத்துக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்கும், இதைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் அவற்றை "
++"விரைவில் சிறிதாக்கவும் மீட்டமைக்கவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரப் பட்டியலின் வலது புறம், GNOME தற்போதைய பணியிடத்தைக் குறிக்கும் வகையில் "
++"ஒரு சிறு காட்டியைக் காண்பிக்கும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக முதல் (மேல்) "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு <gui>1</gui> காண்பிக்கப்படும். கூடுதலாக, அந்தக் காட்டியானது "
++"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பணியிடங்களின் மொத்த எண்ணிக்கையையும் காட்டும். வேறு "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு மாற, காட்டியை சொடுக்கி அந்த மெனுவில் இருந்து நீங்கள் செல்ல "
++"விரும்பும் பணியிடத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாடு அல்லது ஒரு கணினி கூறு உங்கள் கவனத்தைப் பெற விரும்பினால், அது "
++"சாளரப் பட்டியலின் வலது பக்கத்தில் ஒரு நீல நிற சின்னத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும். நீல "
++"சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கினால் <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">செய்தித் தட்டு</"
++"link> காண்பிக்கப்படும், அதில் நீங்கள் உங்கள் அனைத்து அறிவிப்புகளையும் அணுக "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr "GNOME கிளாசிக்கிற்கும் அதிலிருந்து பழைய முறைக்கும் மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++"குறிப்பிட்ட GNOME ஷெல் நீட்சிகள் நிறுவப்பட்ட கணினிகளில் மட்டுமே GNOME "
++"கிளாசிக் கிடைக்கும். சில Linux விநியோகங்களில் இந்த நீட்சிகள் இருக்காது "
++"அல்லது முன்னிருப்பாக நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> இல் இருந்து <em>GNOME கிளாசிக்கிற்கு</em> மாற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஏதேனும் கோப்பு திறந்திருந்தால் அதை சேமிக்கவும், பின்னர் விடுபதிகை செய்யவும். "
++"மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள உங்கள் பெயரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து பின்னர் "
++"<gui>விடுபதிகை</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு உறுதிப்படுத்தல் செய்தி தோன்றும். அதில் உறுதிப்படுத்த <gui>விடுபதிகை</"
++"gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். புகுபதிவு திரை தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++"புகுபதிவு திரையில், பட்டியலில் இருந்து உங்கள் பெயரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr "கடவுச்சொல் உள்ளீட்டுப் பெட்டியில் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல் உள்ளீட்டுப் பெட்டியின் கீழே </gui>அமர்வு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>GNOMEகிளாசிக்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>உள்நுழை</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr "<em>GNOME கிளாஸிக்கில்</em> இருந்து <em>GNOME</em> க்கு மாற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல் உள்ளீட்டுப் பெட்டியின் கீழே <gui>அமர்வு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>GNOME</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">கைரேகை வாசிப்பான்கள்</link>, ஸ்மார்ட் "
++"கார்டுகள்…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr "கைரேகைகள் மற்றும் ஸ்மார்ட் கார்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr "மீடியா கார்டு ரீடர்களை சிக்கல் தீர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr "மீடியா கார்டு ரீடர் சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++"பல கணினிகளில் SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF மற்றும் பிற சேமிப்பு மீடியா கார்டுகளுக்கான "
++"ரீடர்கள் இருக்கும். அவை தானாக கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட்டு <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">மவுன்ட் செய்யப்பட</link> வேண்டும். அவை அப்படி "
++"செய்யப்படாவிட்டால் சிக்கல் தீர்க்க சில செயல்முறைகள் இங்குள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++"கார்டு சரியாக வைக்கப்பட்டதா என உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள். பல கார்டுகளை "
++"சரியாக செருகினாலும் அவை தலைகீழாக இருப்பது போல் தோன்றும். கார்டு அதற்கான "
++"துளையில் உறுதியாக பொருந்தியுள்ளதா எனவும் உறுதி செய்துகொள்ளவும்; சில "
++"கார்டுகள், குறிப்பாக CF கார்டுகளை சரியாக செருக சற்று பலத்தை செலுத்த வேண்டி "
++"இருக்கும். (மிக பலமாக அழுத்திவிடாதீர்கள்! அழுத்த முடியாதபடி திடமாக ஏதேனும் "
++"தடுத்தால், விட்டுவிடவும்.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனு மூலம் <app>கோப்புகள்</app> ஐ திறக்கவும். "
++"செருகிய கார்டு இடது பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>சாதனங்கள்</gui> பட்டியலில் "
++"இருக்கிறதா? சில நேரங்களில் கார்டு இந்த பட்டியலில் இருக்கும், ஆனால் மவுன்ட் "
++"செய்யப்பட்டிருக்காது; அதை மவுன்ட் செய்ய ஒரு முறை சொடுக்கவும். (பக்கப்பட்டி "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், <key>F9</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது <guiseq><gui>காட்சி</"
++"gui><gui> பக்கப்பட்டி</gui><gui> பக்கப்பட்டியைக் காண்பி</gui></guiseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கார்டு பக்கப்பட்டியில் காண்பிக்கப்படாவிட்டால், <guiseq><gui>செல்</"
++"gui><gui>கணினி</gui></guiseq> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். உங்கள் கார்டு ரீடர் சரியாக "
++"அமைவாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால், எந்த கார்டும் இல்லாத போது ரீடரானது ஒரு "
++"இயக்கியாக காண்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டும், அதுவே கார்டு மவுன்ட் செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால் "
++"கார்டே இயக்கியாக காண்பிக்கப்படும் (கீழே உள்ள படத்தில் காண்க)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++"கார்டு காண்பிக்கப்படாமல் கார்டு ரீடர் காண்பிக்கப்பட்டால், கார்டில் ஏதேனும் "
++"பிரச்சனை இருக்கலாம். வேறு ஒரு கார்டைப் பயன்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"கார்டை வேறு கார்டு ரீடரில் இணைத்து சோதிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கணினி</gui> கோப்புறையில் கார்டுகள் அல்லது இயக்கிகள் எதுவும் "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், இயக்கி சிக்கல்கள் காரணமாக அது உங்கள் கார்டு ரீடர் Linux இல் "
++"வேலை செய்யாது என்று இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் கார்டு ரீடர் உள்ளமைந்த கார்டு "
++"ரீடரானால் (வெளியே இல்லாமல் கணினிக்கு உள்ளேயே இருப்பது) இதற்கு அதிக வாய்ப்பு "
++"உள்ளது.உங்கள் சாதனத்தை (கேமரா, செல்போன் முதலியன) ஒரு USB போர்ட் மூலம் "
++"நேரடியாக கணினியில் இணைப்பதே இதற்கு சிறந்த தீர்வு. USB வெளி கார்டு ரீடர்களும் "
++"கிடைக்கின்றன, அவை Linnux இல் சிறப்பாகவே ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வன்பொருள்/சாதன இயக்கியானது, உங்கள் கணினியில் இணைக்கப்பட்ட சாதனங்களை "
++"பயன்படுத்த கணினியை அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr "இயக்கி என்பது என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனங்கள் என்பவை உங்கள் கணினியின் உண்மையான பாகங்கள். அவை அச்சுப்பொறி போன்ற "
++"<em>வெளி</em> சாதனங்களாகவும் இருக்கலாம் அல்லது ஆடியோ மற்றும் கிராபிக்ஸ் "
++"கார்டுகள் போன்ற <em>உள்</em> சாதனங்களாகவும் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியால் இந்த சாதனங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த முடிய வேண்டுமானால், அவற்றுடன் "
++"எப்படி தகவல் பரிமாற வேண்டும் என்பது கணினிக்குத் தெரிந்து இருக்க வேண்டும். "
++"<em>சாதன இயக்கி</em> என்ற சிறு மென்பொருள் மூலம் இந்த வேலை சாத்தியமாகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒரு சாதனத்தை இணைக்கும் போது, அந்த சாதனம் வேலை "
++"செய்ய சரியான இயக்கி நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியை இணைக்கிறீர்கள், ஆனால் அதற்கு தேவையான சரியான இயக்கி இல்லை "
++"என்றால் நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியாது. வழக்கமாக ஒவ்வொரு சாதன "
++"மாடலுக்கும், ஒரு இயக்கி இருக்கும், அது வேறு எந்த மாடலுக்கும் இணக்கமாக "
++"இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux இல், பெரும்பாலான சாதனங்களுக்கான இயக்கிகள் முன்னிருப்பாக நிறுவப்படும், "
++"ஆகவே நீங்கள் எந்த சாதனத்தை இணைத்தாலும் அது வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும். எனினும் "
++"இயக்கிகளை கைமுறையாக நிறுவ வேண்டி இருக்கலாம் அல்லது அவை கிடைக்காமல் போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++"அது மட்டுமின்றி இருக்கும் சில இயக்கிகள் முழுமையானவையாக இல்லாமல் இருக்கலாம் "
++"அல்லது அவை பகுதியளவு செயல்படாததாக இருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக, உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி "
++"மற்ற எல்லா செயல்களையும் செய்தாலும், அதைக் கொண்டு இருபக்க அச்சிடும் செயலை "
++"செய்ய முடியாது போகக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr "திரை மற்றும் கிராபிக்ஸ் சிக்கல்களைத் தீர்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr "திரை பிரச்சினைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"காட்சி தொடர்பான பெரும்பாலான பிரச்சினைகளுக்கு கிராபிக்ஸ் இயக்கிகள் அல்லது "
++"அமைவாக்கமே காரணமாக இருக்கும். கீழே உள்ள தலைப்புகளில் எது உங்கள் சிக்கலைப் "
++"பற்றி சிறப்பாக விவரிக்கிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr "வன்பொருள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">வன்பொருள் பிரச்சினைகள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">அச்சுப்பொறிகள்</link>, <link xref=\"power\">மின் அமைவுகள்</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"color\">நிற மேலாண்மை</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">வட்டுகள்</link>… "
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr "வன்பொருள் &amp; இயக்கிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr "வன்பொருள் பிரச்சினைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr "IRC இல் நேரடி ஆதரவைப் பெறுக."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr "IRC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC என்பது இண்டர்நெட் ரிலே சாட் என்பதைக் குறிக்கிறது. அது ஒரு நிகழ் நேர பல "
++"பயனர் செய்தி அனுப்பல் பயன்பாடு. நீங்கள் GNOME IRC சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள மற்ற "
++"GNOME பயனர்கள் மற்றும் உருவாக்குநர்களிடமிருந்து உதவி மற்றும் ஆலோசனைகளைப் "
++"பெறலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>empathy</app> அல்லது <app>xchat</app> <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit."
++"com/\">mibbit</link> போன்ற வலை இடைமுகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி GNOME IRC "
++"சேவையகத்திற்கு இணைக்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"empathy இல் ஒரு IRC கணக்கை உருவாக்க, <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy ஆவணமாக்கத்தைப்</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++"<sys>irc.gnome.org</sys> என்பதே GNOME IRC சேவையகமாகும். அதை \"GIMP network\" "
++"என்றும் குறிப்பிடுவதைக் காணலாம். உங்கள் கணினி சரியாக அமைவாக்கம் "
++"செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால், நீங்கள் link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் <sys>gnome</sys> சேனலை அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++"IRC ஒரு நிகழ் நேர கலந்துரையாடல் என்பதால், பயனர்கள் உடனடியாக பதிலளிக்க "
++"வாய்ப்பு குறைவு, ஆகவே பொறுமை அவசியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் IRC இல் பேசும் போது, <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/"
++"CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME நடத்தை நெறி</link> பொருந்தும் என்பதை கவனத்தில் கொள்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் ஆதரவு பெறுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் பட்டியல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்கள் என்பவை மின்னஞ்சல் மூலமான கலந்துரையாடல்களாகும். நீங்கள் "
++"GNOME அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஆதரவு கேட்க முடியும். கிட்டத்தட்ட "
++"ஒவ்வொரு GNOME பயன்பாட்டுக்கும் என ஒரு தனி அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் இருக்கும். அஞ்சல் "
++"பட்டியல்களின் முழுமையான பட்டியலை இங்கு காணலாம்: <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு அஞ்சல் பட்டியலுக்கு அஞ்சல் அனுப்ப வேண்டுமானால் அதற்கு முன் அந்த "
++"பட்டியலில் பதிவு செய்ய வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++"அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்களில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னிருப்பு மொழி ஆங்கிலமாகும். பிற "
++"மொழிகளுக்கு பயனர் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்களும் உள்ளன. உதாரணமாக, ஜெர்மன் "
++"மொழியினருக்கென <sys>gnome-de</sys> என்ற பட்டியலும் சிலி தொடர்பான "
++"பேச்சுகளுக்கு <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> என ஒரு பட்டியலும் உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"செருகும் புள்ளி சிமிட்டும்படி செய்தல் மற்றும் அது சிமிட்டும் வேகத்தைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை சுட்டியை சிமிட்டச் செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு உரை புலத்தில் விசைப்பலகை சுட்டியைப் பார்க்க கடினமாக இருந்தால், நீங்கள் "
++"அதை எளிதாக கண்டுபிடிக்க உதவியாக சிமிட்டும் படி செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>தட்டச்சு</gui> தாவலைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உரை புலங்களில் <gui>சுட்டி சிமிட்ட வேண்டும்</gui> என்பதை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++"எவ்வளவு விரைவாக சுட்டி சிமிட்ட வேண்டும் என்ற வேகத்தை <gui>வேகம்</gui> "
++"ஸ்லைடர் கொண்டு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr "ஜுவாஞ்சோ மேரின்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>மெனு</key> வலது சொடுக்கத்திற்கு அன்றி விசைப்பலகையில் ஒரு சூழல் மெனுவைத் "
++"துவக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>மெனு</key> விசை என்பது என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>மெனு</key> விசை என்பது சில Windows சார்ந்த விசைப்பலகைகளில் காணப்படும் "
++"ஒரு விசையாகும், இது <em>பயன்பாடு</em> விசை என்றும் அழைக்கப்படும். இந்த விசை "
++"வழக்கமாக விசைப்பலகையின் கீழே வலது பக்கத்தில் <key>Ctrl</key> விசைக்கு "
++"அடுத்ததாக இருக்கும், ஆனால் விசைப்பலகை உற்பத்தி நிறுவனங்களால் அதை வேறு "
++"இடத்தில் வைக்க முடியும். வழக்கமாக இந்த விசையில் ஒரு மெனுவுக்கு மேல் ஒரு "
++"சுட்டி இருப்பது போன்ற ஒரு சின்னம் இருக்கும்: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> விசை "
++"சின்னம்</media>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி பொத்தானை சொடுக்காமல் விசைப்பலகை மூலமாக ஒரு சூழல் மெனுவைத் தோன்றச் "
++"செய்வதே இந்த விசையின் முக்கிய செயல்பாடாகும்: சொடுக்கி அல்லது அது போன்ற "
++"சாதனம் இல்லாதபட்சத்தில் இது மிக பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும், அல்லது வலது சொடுக்கி "
++"பொத்தான் இல்லாதபோதும் பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++"சில நேரங்களில், குறிப்பாக சிறிய மற்றும் லேப்டாப் விசைப்பலகைகளில் இடத்தை "
++"மிச்சப்படுத்துவதற்காக <key>மெனு</key> விசை தவிர்க்கப்படுகிறது. இப்படிப்பட்ட "
++"விசைப்பலகைகள் சிலவற்றில், செயல்பாடு விசையுடன் (<key>Fn</key>) சேர்த்து "
++"பயன்படுத்தி செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய ஒரு <key>மெனு</key> செயல்பாடு விசை இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>சூழல் மெனு</em> என்பது வலது சொடுக்கும் போது மேல்தோன்றும் மெனுவாகும். "
++"அப்படிச் செய்யும் போது காண்பிக்கப்படும் மெனுவானது நீங்கள் வலது சொடுக்கம் "
++"செய்த பகுதியின் சூழல் மற்றும் செயல்பாட்டைப் பொறுத்ததாகும். நீங்கள் "
++"<key>மெனு</key> விசையைக் கொண்டு சூழல் மெனுவை வரவழைக்கும் போது, அவ்விசையை "
++"நீங்கள் அழுத்திய போது சுட்டியானது திரையில் உள்ள அந்தப் பகுதிக்கான சூழல் "
++"மெனு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Super</key> விசையானது செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தைத் திறக்கும். இது "
++"வழக்கமாக உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் <key>Alt</key> க்கு அடுத்ததாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr "<key>Super</key> என்பது என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <key>Super</key> விசையை அழுத்தும் போது, செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் "
++"காட்டப்படும். வழக்கமாக உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையின் கீழ் இடது பக்கத்தில் <key>Alt</"
++"key> விசைக்கு அடுத்து இந்த விசையைக் காணலாம், வழக்கமாக இதன் மீது ஒரு Windows "
++"சின்னம் இருக்கும். சில சமயம் இதனை <em>Windows</em> விசை அல்லது கணினி விசை "
++"என்றும் குறிப்பிடுகிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு Apple விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், அதில் Windows விசைக்கு "
++"பதிலாக <key>⌘</key> விசை (கட்டளை) இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++"செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தைக் காண்பிக்க எந்த விசை பயன்படுகிறது என்பதை மாற்ற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>குறுக்குவழிகள்</gui> தாவலை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தின் இடது பக்கத்தில்  <gui>கணினி</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுத்து வலது புறம் "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தைக் காண்பி</gui> என்பதை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr "வலது பக்க முடிவில் உள்ள தற்போதைய குறுக்குவழி வறையறையை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr "விரும்பும் விசை சேர்க்கையை அழுத்திப் பிடிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr "ஜுவாஞ்சோ மாரின்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகளைச் சேர்த்தல் மற்றும் அவற்றுக்கிடையே மாறுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "மாற்று விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகளைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகைகள் வெவ்வேறு மொழிகளுக்காக நூற்றுக்கணக்கான வெவ்வேறு லேயவுட்டுகளில் "
++"வருகின்றன. ஒரே மொழிக்கும் பல விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகள் உள்ளன, உதாரணமாக "
++"ஆங்கிலத்திற்கு Dvorak லேயவுட்டைக் குறிப்பிடலாம். உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையின் "
++"விசைகளில் அச்சிடப்பட்டுள்ள எழுத்துகள் மற்றும் சின்னங்கள் எப்படி இருப்பினும், "
++"அவற்றைப் பொருட்படுத்தாமல் முற்றிலுமாக வேறு ஒரு விசைப்பலகையைப் போல உங்கள் "
++"விசைப்பலகையை செயல்பட வைக்க முடியும். நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி பல மொழிகளுக்கு "
++"மாறுவீர்கள் எனில் இது பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பகுதி&amp; மொழி</gui> ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>+</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, ஒரு லேயவுட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui>சேர்</"
++"gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியலில் ஒரு லேயவுட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height="
++"\"16\">மாதிரிக்காட்சி</media></gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவதன் மூலம் அதன் "
++"மாதிரிக்காட்சியைக் காணலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மொழிகளில் கூடுதல் அமைவாக்க விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன. அத்தகைய மொழிகளில் "
++"<gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width="
++"\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> சின்னம் இருப்பதைக் கொண்டு அவாற்றை "
++"நீங்கள் அடையாளம் கண்டுகொள்ளலாம். நீங்கள் இந்த கூடுதல் அளவுருக்களை அணுக "
++"விரும்பினால், <gui>உள்ளீட்டு மூலம்</gui> பட்டியலில் இருந்து மொழியைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், ஒரு புதிய <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height="
++"\"16\">மாதிரிக்காட்சி</media></gui> சின்னம் உங்களுக்கு இந்த கூடுதல் "
++"அமைவுகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் கொடுக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பல லேயவுட்டுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, அனைத்து சாளரங்களும் ஒரே "
++"லேயவுட்டைப் பயன்படுத்துமாறும் அமைக்கலாம் அல்லது ஒவ்வொரு சாளரமும் வெவ்வேறு "
++"லேயவுட்டைப் பயன்படுத்துமாறும் அமைக்கலாம். ஒவ்வொரு சாளரத்திற்கும் வெவ்வேறு "
++"லேயவுட்டைப் பயன்படுத்துவது நல்லது, ஏனெனில் உதாரணமாக, ஒரு சொல் செயலி "
++"சாளரத்தில் வேறொரு மொழியில் நீங்கள் கட்டுரை எழுதிக்கொண்டிருக்கிறீர்கள் "
++"எனில், நீங்கள் வெவ்வேறு சாளரங்களுக்கிடையே மாறும் போது உங்கள் விசைப்பலகை "
++"தேர்வு ஒவ்வொரு சாளரத்திற்கும் நினைவில் வைக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் பல "
++"லேயவுட்டுகளை எப்படி நிர்வகிக்க விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க <gui "
++"style=\"button\">விருப்பங்கள்</gui> பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் தரநிலையான ஆங்கில லேயவுட்டுக்கு <gui>EN</gui> என்பது போன்ற "
++"தற்போதைய லேயவுட்டைக் குறிக்கும் ஒரு சிறு காட்டி காண்பிக்கப்படும். அந்த "
++"காட்டியை சொடுக்கி மெனுவிலிருந்து நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் லேயவுட்டைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு மொழிக்கு கூடுதல் அமைவுகள் "
++"இருந்தால், அவை கிடைக்கும் லேயவுட்டுகளின் பட்டியலின் கீழே காண்பிக்கப்படும். "
++"இது உங்கள் அமைவுகளைப் பற்றிய ஒரு விரைவான கண்ணோட்டத்தைக் கொடுக்கிறது. "
++"நீங்கள் குறிப்புக்காக தற்போதைய விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டைக் கொண்ட ஒரு படத்தையும் "
++"திறக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>உள்ளீட்டு மூலம்</gui> <gui>விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகள்</gui> ஐ "
++"பயன்படுத்துவது மற்றொரு லேயவுட்டுக்கு மாறுவதற்கான விரைவான வழியாகும். இந்த "
++"குறுக்குவழிகள் <gui>உள்ளீட்டு மூல</gui> தேர்வியைத் திறக்கும், அங்கு நீங்கள் "
++"முன்னும் பின்னும் நகர்த்தலாம். முன்னிருப்பாக நீங்கள் <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> ஐ பயன்படுத்தி "
++"அடுத்த உள்ளீட்டு மூலத்திற்கும் <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> "
++"<key>Space</key></keyseq> ஐ பயன்படுத்தி முந்தைய உள்ளீட்டு மூலத்திற்கும் "
++"மாறலாம். <gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> அமைவுகளில் இந்த குறுக்குவழிகளை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி இல்லாமல் பயன்பாடுகள் மற்றும் டெஸ்க்டாப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை நகர்வு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி அல்லது மற்ற சொடுக்க சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியாதவர்களுக்காக அல்லது "
++"கூடுமானவரை சொடுக்கியைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் விசைப்பலகையையே பயன்படுத்த "
++"விரும்புபவர்களுக்காக விசைப்பலகையைக் கொண்டு வழிசெலுத்துவது பற்றிய விவரங்களைக் "
++"கொடுக்கிறது. அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் பயன்படக்கூடிய விசைப்பலகை "
++"குறுக்குவழிகளைக் காண <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி போன்ற ஒரு சுட்டு சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியாது எனில், "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் உள்ள எண் விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி சொடுக்கி "
++"சுட்டியைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். விவரங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> ஐ பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr "பயனர் இடைமுகத்தில் நகர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<key>Tab</key> மற்றும் <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++"பல்வேறு கட்டுப்பாடுகளுக்கு இடையே விசைப்பலகை கவனப்பகுதியை நகர்த்துதல். "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> ஒரு பக்கப்பட்டியில் இருந்து "
++"முக்கிய உள்ளடக்கத்திற்கு செல்லுதல் போன்ற கட்டுப்பாடுகளின் குழுக்களிடையே "
++"நகர்த்தும். <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ஆனது ஒரு உரை "
++"பகுதி போன்ற <key>Tab</key> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தும் ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டிலிருந்து "
++"வெளியேறவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"கவனப் பகுதியை எதிர்த்திசையில் நகர்த்த <key>Shift</key> ஐப் "
++"பிடித்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr "அம்புக்குறி விசைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு ஒற்றை கட்டுப்பாட்டில் உருப்படிகளுக்கு இடையே தேர்வை நகர்த்துதல் அல்லது "
++"தொடர்புடைய கட்டுப்பாடுகளின் ஒரு தொகுப்பில் நகர்த்துதல். ஒரு கருவிப் "
++"பட்டியில் உள்ள பொத்தான்களில் கவனப் பகுதியை வைக்க அல்லது பட்டியல் அல்லது "
++"சின்னக் காட்சியில் உருப்படிகளைத் தேர்வு செய்ய அல்லது ஒரு குழுவிலிருந்து ஒரு "
++"ரேடியோ பொத்தானைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கிளையமைப்புக் காட்சியில், சேய் உருப்படிகளை விரிவாக்கவும் சுருக்கவும் "
++"இடது மற்றும் வலது அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>அம்புக்குறி விசைகள்</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் அல்லது சின்னக் காட்சியில், எந்த உருப்படி தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதோ "
++"அதிலிருந்து தேர்வை மாற்றாமல் விசைப்பலகை கவனப் பகுதியை மட்டும் மற்றொரு "
++"உருப்படிக்கு மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>அம்புக்குறி விசைகள்</keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் அல்லது சின்னக் காட்சியில், தற்போது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட "
++"உருப்படியிலிருந்து கவனப் பகுதி புதிதாக வைக்கப்பட்ட உருப்படி வரையுள்ள அனைத்து "
++"உருப்படிகளையும் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Space</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பொத்தான், தேர்வுப் பெட்டி அல்லது பட்டியல் உருப்படி போன்ற ஒரு கவனப் "
++"பகுதி வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள உருப்படியை செயல்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் அல்லது சின்னக் காட்சியில், மற்ற உருப்படிகளைத் தேர்வு நீக்காமல் "
++"கவனப் பகுதி வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள உருப்படியை தேர்தெடுத்தல் அல்லது தேர்வு நீக்குதல்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>குறுக்குவிசைகளை</em> தெரியப்படுத்த <key>Alt</key> விசையைப் பிடிக்கவும்: "
++"மெனு உருப்படிகள், பொத்தான்கள் மற்றும் பிற கட்டுப்பாடுகளின் பெயர்களில் "
++"அடிக்கோடிட்ட எழுத்துகளே குறுக்குவிசைகளாகும். ஒரு கட்டுப்பாட்டை சொடுக்கியதைப் "
++"போலவே அதனைச் செயல்படுத்த <key>Alt</key> விசையுடன் சேர்த்து அடிக்கோடிக்க "
++"எழுத்தையும் அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு மெனு, பாப்-அப், ஸ்விட்ச்சர் அல்லது உரையாடல் சாளரத்திலிருந்து வெளியேறுதல்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தின் மெனுப்பட்டியின் முதல் மெனுவைத் திறத்தல். மெனுக்களிடையே செல்ல "
++"அம்புக்குறி விசைகளை பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பயன்பாடு மெனுவைத் திறத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போதைய் தேர்ந்தெடுத்துள்ள உருப்படியை நீங்கள் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்தால் "
++"வருவது போன்ற ஒரு பாப்-அப் சூழல் மெனு வரும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில், நீங்கள் எந்த ஒரு உருப்படியின் மீதுமன்றி பின்புலத்தில் ஒரு "
++"இடத்தில் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்தால் வருவதைப் போன்ற தற்போதைய கோப்புறைக்கான ஒரு "
++"சூழல் மெனு வரும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> மற்றும் <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++"தாவல்கள் உள்ள இடைமுகத்தில், இடப்புறம் அல்லது வலப்புறம் உள்ள தாவலுக்கு "
++"மாறுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr "பணிமேசையில் நகர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே பயன்பாட்டுக்குள் அமைந்த சாளரங்களிடையே தொடர்ந்து மாறுதல். நீங்கள் "
++"விரும்பும் சாளரம் தனிப்படுத்திக் காண்பிக்கப்படும் வரை <key>Alt</key> "
++"விசையைப் பிடித்துக்கொண்டு<key>F6</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும், பிறகு <key>Alt</key> ஐ "
++"விடவும். இது <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> அம்சத்தைப் போன்றதே."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr "ஒரு பணியிடத்தில் திறந்துள்ள அனைத்து சாளரங்களிடையே மாறுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">செய்திகள் தட்டைத் திற.</"
++"link> மூட <key>Esc</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களில் வழிசெலுத்த"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr "தற்போதைய சாளரத்தை மூடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> அல்லது <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரிதாக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு சாளரத்தை முதலில் இருந்த அதன் அளவுக்கு மீட்டமைத்தல். "
++"பெரிதாக்க <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும். "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> பெரிதாக்கவும் மீட்டமைக்கவும் "
++"பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போதைய சாளரத்தை நகர்த்துதல். <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு, சாளரத்தை நகர்த்த அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். "
++"சாளரத்தை நகர்த்துவதை முடிக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது  "
++"முன்பிருந்த இடத்தில் அதை திரும்ப வைக்க <key>Esc</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போதைய சாளரத்தை அளவு மாற்றுதல். <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு சாளரத்தை அளவு மாற்ற அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும். சாளரத்தை அளவு மாற்றுவதை முடிக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும் அல்லது முதலில் இருந்த அளவுக்கே விட்டு விட <key>Esc</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> அல்லது <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தைப் <link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">பெரிதாக்குதல்</link>. "
++"பெரிதாக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு சாளரத்தை பழைய அளவுக்கே மீட்டமைக்க <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> அல்லது <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></"
++"keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr "ஒரு சாளரத்தை சிறிதாக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை திரையின் இடது பக்கவாட்டில் செங்குத்தாக பெரிதாக்குதல். முந்தைய "
++"அளவுக்கு மீட்டமைக்க மீண்டும் அதையே அழுத்தவும். பக்கங்களை மாற்ற "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை திரையின் வலது பக்கவாட்டில் செங்குத்தாக பெரிதாக்குதல். முந்தைய "
++"அளவுக்கு மீட்டமைக்க அதையே மீண்டும் அழுத்தவும். பக்கங்களிடையே மாற "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"தலைப்புப் பட்டியில் வலது சொடுக்கினால் கிடைக்கும் சாளர பாப்-அப் மெனுவை "
++"வரவழைக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr "ஜெரெமி பிச்சா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கியைக் கொண்டு சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் உரையை உள்ளிட திரை விசைப்பலகையைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துக."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr "திரை விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் விசைப்பலகை இல்லாவிட்டால், அல்லது நீங்கள் அதைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"விரும்பாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் உரையை உள்ளிட <em>திரை விசைப்பலகையை</em> "
++"இயக்கிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr "திரை விசைப்பலகையைக் காண்பிக்க <gui>திரை விசைப்பலகையை</gui> இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"எண்கள் மற்றும் சின்னங்களை உள்ளிட <gui>123</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>{#*</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கினால் மேலும் சின்னங்கள் கிடைக்கும். எழுத்து "
++"விசைப்பலகைக்குத் திரும்ப <gui>Abc</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++"திரை விசைப்பலகை தற்செயலாக காண்பிக்கப்பட்டால், விசைப்பலகை போன்று "
++"காட்சியளிக்கும் பொத்தானை (<gui>தட்டு</gui> பொத்தானுக்கு அருகில்) "
++"சொடுக்கினால் அது மறைந்துவிடும். மீண்டும் விசைப்பலகையைக் காண்பிக்க, <link "
++"xref=\"shell-notifications\">செய்தி தட்டை</link> திறந்து (திரையின் கீழ் வலது "
++"புறம் சொடுக்கியைக் கொண்டு செல்வதன் மூலம் இதைச் செய்யலாம்), விசைப்பலகைத் "
++"தட்டு உருப்படியை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு விசையை அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்கையில் விசைப்பலகை அதே எழுத்தை "
++"மீண்டும் மீண்டும் தொடர்ந்து உள்ளிடாதபடி அமைத்தல் அல்லது திரும்பத் திரும்ப "
++"உள்ளிடப்படும் விசைகளின் தாமத நேரம் மற்றும் வேகத்தை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr "விசை மீண்டும் மீண்டும் அழுத்தப்படுதலை அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, விசைப்பலகையின் ஒரு விசையை நீங்கள் அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருந்தால், "
++"நீங்கள் விசையை விடும் வரை அந்த எழுத்து அல்லது சின்னம் தொடர்ச்சியாக "
++"உள்ளிடப்படும். தேவையான வேகத்தில் உடனடியாக விரலை ஒரு விசையிலிருந்து திரும்ப "
++"எடுப்பது உங்களுக்கு சிரமம் என்றால், இந்த அம்சத்தை நீங்கள் முடக்கலாம், அல்லது "
++"விசை அழுத்தம் தொடர்ச்சியாக உள்ளிடப்படும் செயல் தொடங்க காத்திருக்கும் தாமத "
++"நேரத்தை நீங்கள் மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++"விசை தொடர்ந்து உள்ளிடப்படுவதை முற்றிலும் முடக்க, <gui>விசை அழுத்திப் "
++"பிடித்திருக்கப்படும் போது விசை தொடர்ந்து உள்ளிடப்படும்</gui> விருப்பத்தை "
++"அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக, ஒரு விசையை தொடர்ந்து உள்ளிட நீங்கள் அதை எவ்வளவு நேரம் பிடித்திருக்க "
++"வேண்டும் என்ற தாமத நேரத்தைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த <gui>தாமதம்</gui> ஸ்லைடரை சரி "
++"செய்யவும், விசை அழுத்தல்கள் எவ்வளவு வேகத்தில் தொடர்ந்து உள்ளிடப்படும் என்ற "
++"வேகத்தை சரி செய்ய <gui>வேகம்</gui> ஸ்லைடரை சரி செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> அமைவுகளில் நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை "
++"வரையறுக்கலாம் அல்லது மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிக்கு அழுத்த வேண்டிய விசை அல்லது விசைகளை மாற்ற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விசைப்பலகை</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>குறுக்குவழிகள்</gui> தாவலைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"இடது பலகத்தில் ஒரு வகையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து பிறகு வலது புறம் விரும்பிய "
++"செயலுக்கான வரிசையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். தற்போதைய குறுக்குவழி வரையறை "
++"<gui>புதிய குறுக்குவிசைக்கு...</gui> மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு விசை சேர்க்கையை அழிக்க, அதனை அழுத்திப் பிடிக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"<key>Backspace</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr "முன் வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட குறுக்குவழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"மாற்றக்கூடிய முன் அமைவாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்ட குறுக்குவழிகள் பல உள்ளன, அவை "
++"பின்வரும் வகைகளாக பிரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr "துவக்கிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr "உதவி உலாவியைத் துவக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr "முடக்கப்பட்டது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr "கால்குலேட்டரைத் துவக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr "கால்குலேட்டர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் கிளையன்ட்டைத் துவக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr "வலை உலாவியைத் துவக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr "WWW"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr "முகப்புக் கோப்புறை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr "உலவி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr "வழிசெலுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை பணியிடம் 1 க்கு நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை பணியிடம் 2 க்கு நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை பணியிடம் 3 க்கு நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை பணியிடம் 4 க்கு நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை ஒரு பணியிடம் இடப்புறமாக நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை ஒரு பணியிடம் வலப்புறமாக நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை ஒரு பணியிடம் மேலே நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை ஒரு பணியிடம் கீழே நகர்த்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr "பயன்பாடுகளிடையே மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr "ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் சாளரங்களை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr "கணினி கட்டுப்பாடுகளை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr "நேரடியாக சாளரங்களை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr "ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் சாளரங்களை நேரடியாக மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr "கணினி கட்டுப்பாடுகளை நேரடியாக மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr "சாதாரண சாளரங்கள் அனைத்தும் மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr "பணியிடம் 1 க்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr "பணியிடம் 2 க்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr "பணியிடம் 3 க்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr "பணியிடம் 4 க்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr "இடப்புறமுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr "வலப்புறமுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr "மேலேயுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr "கீழேயுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr "திரைப்பிடிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr "திரைப்பிடிப்பினை எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr "ஒரு சாளரத்தின் திரைப்பிடிப்பினை எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr "ஒரு இடத்தின் திரைப்பிடிப்பை எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr "திரைப்பிடிப்பை ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகல் எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr "ஒரு சாரளத்தின் திரைப்பிடிப்பை ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகல் எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr "ஒரு இடத்தின் திரைப்பிடிப்பை ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகல் எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr "திரைக்காட்சி பதிவு செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr "ஒலி மற்றும் மீடியா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr "ஒலியை நிறுத்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ நிறுத்தம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr "ஒலி அளவை குறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ ஒலியளவை குறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr "ஒலி அளவை உயர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ ஒலியளவை உயர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr "மீடியா இயக்கியை துவக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ ஊடகம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr "இயக்கு (அல்லது இயக்கு/இடைநிறுத்து)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ இயக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr "இயக்கத்தை இடைநிறுத்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ இடைநிறுத்தம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr "இயக்கத்தை நிறுத்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr "ஆடியோ நிறுத்தம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr "முந்தைய டிராக்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr "முந்தைய ஆடியோ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr "அடுத்த டிராக்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr "அடுத்த ஆடியோ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr "வெளியேற்று"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr "கணினி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr "இயக்கு கட்டளை ப்ராம்ப்ட்டைக் காட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தைக் காட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr "விடுபதிகை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr "திரையை பூட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr "செய்தி தட்டைக் காட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr "செயலில் உள்ள அறிவிப்புக்குச் செல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr "அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் காட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr "பயன்பாடு மெனுவைத் திற"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr "தட்டச்சு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr "அடுத்த உள்ளீட்டு மூலத்திற்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr "முந்தைய உள்ளீட்டு மூலத்திற்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr "மாற்றிகள் மட்டும் அடுத்த மூலத்திற்கு மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr "எழுதுதல் விசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr "மாற்று எழுத்துகள் விசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr "அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr "பெரிதாக்கலை இயக்குதல் அல்லது அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr "பெரிதாக்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr "சிறிதாக்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr "திரை வாசிப்புக் கருவியை இயக்குதல் அல்லது அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr "திரை விசைப்பலகையை இயக்குதல் அல்லது அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr "உரை அளவை அதிகமாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr "உரை அளவை குறைவாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr "உயர் நிற மாறுபாட்டை இயக்குதல் அல்லது அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr "சாளர மெனுவைச் செயல்படுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr "முழுத்திரை நிலைமாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr "பெரிதாக்கல் நிலையை நிலைமாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தைப் பெரிதாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை மீட்டமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr "நிழலிட்ட நிலையை நிலைமாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை மூடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை நகர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை அளவுமாற்றல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை அனைத்து பணியிடங்களுக்கு அல்லது ஒன்றிற்கு மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr "சாளரம் மூடப்பட்டிருந்தால், அதை மேலெழுப்புதல் அல்லது கீழனுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை மற்ற சாளரங்களுக்கு மேலெழுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை மற்ற சாளரங்களுக்கு கீழனுப்புதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை செங்குத்தாக பெரிதாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை கிடைமட்டமாக பெரிதாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr "இடது பக்கம் காட்சி பிளவு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr "வலது பக்கம் காட்சி பிளவு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த பிரிவு ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளை எப்படி மாற்றுவது எனக் "
++"காட்டுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr "முனைய பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> "
++"கட்டளையை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியை மாற்ற விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டைத் துவக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியை மாற்ற விரும்பும் மெனு உருப்படியைக் "
++"கண்டுபிடிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் அமைக்க விரும்பும் குறுக்குவழியைத் தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவு டெஸ்க்டாப் முழுவதுக்குமானது என்பது குறிப்பிடத்தக்கது. நீங்கள் "
++"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd> "
++"கட்டளையின் மூலம் மாற்றங்களை செய்த பிறகு இதை முடக்க முடியும். நீங்கள் இதை "
++"செய்ய app>dconf-editor</app> பயன்பாட்டையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr "தனிப்பயன் குறுக்குவழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr "நீங்கள் விரும்பும்படியான விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியை உருவாக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"இடது பலகத்தில் உள்ள <gui>தனிப்பயன் குறுக்குவழிகள்</gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, "
++"<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும் (அல்லது ஏதேனும் ஒரு "
++"வகையில் <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்). <gui> "
++"தனிப்பயன் குறுக்குவழி</gui> சாளரம் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++"குறுக்குவழியை அடையாளம் காண ஒரு <gui>பெயர்</gui> மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டை இயக்க ஒரு "
++"<gui>கட்டளை</gui> ஆகியவற்றை தட்டச்சு செய்து பிறகு <gui>பயன்படுத்து</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். உதாரணமாக, Rhythmbox ஐத் திறக்க உங்களுக்கு குறுக்குவழி "
++"வேண்டும் என்றால் நீங்கள் அதற்கு <input>Music</input> என்று பெயரும் "
++"<input>rhythmbox</input> என்ற கட்டளையையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்போது சேர்க்கப்பட்ட வரிசையில் <gui>முடக்கப்பட்டது</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். "
++"அது <gui>புதிய குறுக்குவிசை... </gui> என மாறும் போது, நீங்கள் விரும்பும் "
++"குறுக்குவழி விசை சேர்க்கையை அழுத்திப் பிடிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் கட்டளை பெயர் ஒரு செல்லுபடியான கணினி கட்டளையாக "
++"இருக்க வேண்டும். நீங்கள் ஒரு முனையத்தைத் திறந்து அங்கு அந்த கட்டளையை "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்து அது செயல்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்க முடியும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை "
++"திறக்கும் கட்டளை பயன்பாட்டின் பெயரையே கொண்டிருக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு தனிப்பயன் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியுடன் இணைந்த ஒரு கட்டளையை மாற்ற "
++"விரும்பினால், குறுக்குவழியின் <em>பெயரை</em> இரு சொடுக்கவும். <gui>தனிப்பயன் "
++"குறுக்குவழி</gui> சாளரம் திறக்கும், அதில் நீங்கள் கட்டளையைத் திருத்த "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">சுட்டி சிமிட்டல்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">விசைப்பலகை அணுகல் தன்மை</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr "பகுதி &amp; மொழி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு படம், நிறம் அல்லது கிரேடியன்ட்டை உங்கள் பணிமேசை பின்புலமாக அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr "ஏப்ரல் கொன்சாலஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr "பணிமேசை பின்புலத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசை பின்புலமாக பயன்படுத்தப்படும் படத்தை நீங்கள் மாற்ற முடியும் "
++"அல்லது வெறும் நிறம் அல்லது கிரேடியன்ட்டையும் பின்புலமாக அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பின்புலம்</gui> ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr "மையத்தில் உங்கள் தற்போதைய வால்பேப்பர் படத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr "மேலே மூன்று தெரிவுகள் காண்பிக்கப்படும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME உடன் வழங்கப்படும் பல தொழில்முறை பின்புல படங்களில் ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"<gui>வால்பேப்பர்கள்</gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். சில வால்பேப்பர்கள் "
++"பகுதியளவு ஒளி ஊடுருவும் தன்மை கொண்டவை, அவை பின்புல வண்ணம் தெரியும்படி "
++"இருக்கும். இந்த வால்பேப்பர்களுக்கு, கீழே வலது மூலையில் ஒரு நிற தேர்வி "
++"பொத்தான் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் PIctures கோப்புறையில் உள்ள புகைப்படங்களில் ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"<gui>படங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். பெரும்பாலான புகைப்பட மேலாண்மை "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் புகைப்படங்களை இங்கு தான் சேமிக்கும். நீங்கள் Pictures "
++"கோப்புறையில் இல்லாத படத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால், <app>FIles</app> ஐப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி படக்கோப்பின் மீது வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து <gui>வால்பேப்பராக அமை</"
++"gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும் <app>Image Viewer</app> பயன்பாட்டில் படக் கோப்பைத் "
++"திறந்து <guiseq><gui>படம்</gui><gui>பணிமேசை பின்புலமாக அமை</gui></guiseq> "
++"என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு நிறத்தை மட்டும் அல்லது ஒரு நேர்கோட்டு கிரேடியன்ட்டைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"<gui>நிறங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr "அமைவுகள் உடனடியாக செயல்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசை முழுவதையும் காண <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">காலி "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு மாறுக</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr "திரை தெளிவுத்திறன் தவறாக அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr "என் திரையில் உள்ளவை ஏன் மங்கலாக/புள்ளி புள்ளியாகக் காட்சியளிக்கின்றன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அமைத்த காட்சி தெளிவுத்திறன் உங்கள் திரைக்கு சரியானதாக இல்லாமல் "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++"இதை சரி செய்ய, மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி <gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> "
++"க்குச் செல்லவும். வன்பொருள் பிரிவில் <gui>காட்சி சாதனங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். அதில் உள்ள <gui>தெளிவுத்திறன்</gui> விருப்பங்களில் சிலவற்றை "
++"முயற்சி செய்து அவற்றில் எதில் உங்கள் திரை நன்றாக இருக்கிறதோ அதை அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr "பல காட்சி சாதனங்கள் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் இரண்டு காட்சி சாதனங்கள் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் "
++"(எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு சாதாரண மானிட்டர் மற்றும் ஒரு ப்ரொஜெக்டர்), காட்சி "
++"சாதனங்கள் இரண்டும் வெவ்வேறு தெளிவுத்திறன்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம். இருப்பினும், "
++"கணினி  கிராஃபிக் கார்டால் ஒரு நேரத்தில் திரையை ஒரு தெளிவுத்திறனில் மட்டுமே "
++"காட்சிப்படுத்த முடியும், ஆகவே எனவே காட்சி சாதனங்களில் ஒன்றேனும் "
++"தெளிவில்லாமல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டு காட்சி சாதனங்களும் வெவ்வேறு தெளிவுத்திறன்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் படியும் "
++"நீங்கள் அமைக்க முடியும், ஆனால் நீங்கள் ஒரே நேரத்தில் இரண்டு திரைகளிலும் ஒரே "
++"உள்ளடக்கத்தை நீங்கள் காட்சிப்படுத்த முடியாது. இதன் விளைவாக, அவை ஒரே "
++"நேரத்தில் இணைக்கப்பட்ட இரு சார்பற்ற திரைகளாகவே இருக்கும். நீங்கள் சாளரங்களை "
++"ஒரு திரையில் இருந்து மற்றொன்றுக்கு நகர்த்த முடியும், ஆனால் இரண்டிலும் ஒரே "
++"சாளரத்தைக் காண முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++"இரு காட்சி சாதனங்களும் அவற்றுக்குரிய தனித்தனி தெளிவுத்திறன்களைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கும்படி அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி <gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>காட்சி சாதனங்கள்</gui> ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>காட்சி சாதனங்களைப் பிரதிபலி</gui> ஐ தேர்வு நீக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக <gui>காட்சி சாதனங்கள்</gui> சாளரத்தின் மேல் உள்ள சாம்பல் நிற "
++"பெட்டியில் இருந்து ஒவ்வொரு காட்சி சாதனத்தையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். அந்த "
++"காட்சி சாதனம் சரியாக இருக்கும் வரை அதன் <gui>தெளிவுத்திறனை</gui> மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr "திரையின் தெளிவுத்திறன் மற்றும் அதன் திசையமைப்பை (சுழற்சி) மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr "திரையின் அளவு அல்லது சுழற்சியை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <em>திரை தெளிவுத்திறன்</em> ஐ மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் திரையில் தோன்றும் "
++"உருப்படிகள் ஒவ்வொன்றும் எவ்வளவு பெரியதாகக் (அல்லது எவ்வளவு தெளிவாக) "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படுகிறது என்பதை மாற்ற முடியும். <em>சுழற்சி</em> ஐ மாற்றுவதன் "
++"மூலம் உருப்படிகள் எப்படிக் காட்சியளிக்கின்றன என்பதையும் மாற்ற முடியும் "
++"(உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு சுழலும் காட்சி சாதனத்தைக் கொண்டிருந்தால் இது "
++"பயன்படும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் பல காட்சி சாதனங்கள் இருந்து, அவை பிரதிபலிப்பவையாக இல்லாவிட்டால், "
++"நீங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு காட்சி சாதனத்திலும் வெவ்வேறூ அமைவுகளை வைத்துக்கொள்ள "
++"முடியும். மாதிரிக்காட்சைப் பகுதியில் ஒரு காட்சி சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் விரும்பும் தெளிவுத்திறன் மற்றும் சுழற்சியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பயன்படுத்து</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். புதிய அமைவுகள் மீண்டும் பழையபடி "
++"மாறும் முன்பு 30 விநாடிகள் பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டிருக்கும். இதனால் புதிய "
++"அமைவுகளில் உங்களால் எதையும் பார்க்க முடியாது போனால், உங்கள் பழைய அமைவுகள் "
++"தானாக மீட்டமைக்கப்படும். புதிய அமைவுகள் உங்களுக்கு திருப்திகரமாக இருந்தால், "
++"<gui>இந்த அமைவாக்கத்தை வைத்திரு</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ப்ரொஜக்ட்டர் போன்ற மற்றொரு காட்சி சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, "
++"அது தானாக கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட வேண்டும், இதனால் நீங்கள் உங்கள் வழக்கமான காட்சி "
++"சாதனத்தின் அமைவுகளை மாற்றுவது போலவே அதன் அமைவுகளை மாற்ற முடியும், அப்படி "
++"நடக்காவிட்டால், <gui>காட்சி சாதனங்களைக் கண்டறி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr "தெளிவுத்திறன்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு திசையிலும் காண்பிக்கப்படக்கூடிய பிக்சல்களின் (திரையில் உள்ள "
++"புள்ளிகள்) எண்ணிக்கையே தெளிவுத்திறன் எனப்படும். ஒவ்வொரு தெளிவுத்திறனுக்கும் "
++"ஒரு <em>தன்மை விகிதம்</em>, அதாவது உயரம் அகலம் விகிதம் உள்ளது. பழைய காட்சி "
++"சாதனங்கள் 4:3 தன்மை விகிதத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன, அகலத் திரை காட்சி "
++"சாதனங்கள் 16:9 என்ற தன்மை விகிதத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன. உங்கள் காட்சி "
++"சாதனத்தின் தன்மை விகிதத்திற்குப் பொருந்தாத ஒரு தெளிவுத்திறனை நீங்கள் தேர்வு "
++"செய்தால், காட்சி இழுப்பைத் தவிர்ப்பதற்காக திரையானது லெட்டர்பாக்ஸ்டாகக் "
++"காட்சியளிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தெளிவுத்திறன்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் "
++"விரும்புகின்ற தெளிவுத்திறனைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம். உங்கள் திரைக்குப் சரியாக "
++"இல்லாத ஒரு தெளிவுத்திறனை நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்தால் திரை <link xref=\"look-"
++"display-fuzzy\">மங்கலாக அல்லது புள்ளி புள்ளியாகக் காட்சியளிக்கலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr "சுழற்சி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மடிக்கணினிகளில், நீங்கள் திரையை பல திசைகளில் சுழற்ற முடியும். காட்சி "
++"சுழற்சியை மாற்ற முடிந்தால் பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். <gui>சுழற்சி</gui> கீழ் "
++"தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து உங்கள் காட்சி சாதனத்திற்கு விரும்பும் சுழற்சியை "
++"நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">டிஜிட்டல் கேமராக்கள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">புகைப்படங்களைத் "
++"திருத்துதல்</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">வீடியோக்களை இயக்குதல்</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr "ஒலி, வீடியோ &amp;  படங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ஒலி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ஒலி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr "ஒலி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">ஒலியளவு</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் மற்றும் தலையணிகள்</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">மைக்ரோஃபோன்கள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr "அடிப்படை ஒலி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr "இசை மற்றும் பிளேயர்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr "இசை மற்றும் சிறிய ஆடியோ பிளேயர்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr "புகைப்படங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr "புகைப்படங்கள் மற்றும் டிஜிட்டல் கேமராக்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr "வீடியோக்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr "வீடியோக்கள் மற்றும் வீடியோ கேமராக்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">இந்த வழிகாட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான உதவிக் "
++"குறிப்புகள்</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">இந்த வழிகாட்டியை மேம்படுத்த "
++"உதவுக</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr "மேலும் உதவி பெற"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போது தற்செயலான சொடுக்குதலைத் தடுக்க தொடுதிட்டை அணைக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr "தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போது தொடுதிட்டை முடக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலும் மடிக்கணினிகளில், நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் உங்கள் மணிக்கட்டை "
++"வைக்கும் இடத்திலேயே தொடு திட்டுக்கள் அமைந்துள்ளன, இது நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யும் போது தற்செயலாக சொடுக்க வாய்ப்பளிக்கிறது. நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் "
++"போது தொடுதிட்டை முடக்க முடியும். அது உங்கள் கடைசி விசை அழுத்தலுக்கு சற்று "
++"நேரத்திற்குப் பிறகே மீண்டும் செயல்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>சொடுக்கி &amp; தொடுதிட்டு</gui> ஐத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தொடுதிட்டு</gui> பிரிவில் <gui>தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போது முடக்கு</gui> "
++"என்பதை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் தொடு திட்டு இருந்தால் மட்டுமே <gui>தொடு திட்டு</gui> பிரிவு "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்ய சொடுக்கி பொத்தானை எவ்வளவு வேகமாக இரண்டாவது முறை அழுத்த "
++"வேண்டும் என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr "இரு சொடுக்க வேகத்தை சரிசெய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி பொத்தானை போதுமான வேகத்தில் இரு முறை அழுத்தினால் மட்டுமே "
++"இரு சொடுக்கம் நடைபெறூம். இரண்டாவது சொடுக்கம் முதல் சொடுக்கத்திற்கு நீண்ட "
++"நேரத்திற்குப் பிறகு செய்யப்பட்டால், அவை இரண்டு தனித்தனி சொடுக்கங்களாகவே "
++"கருதப்படும். சொடுக்கி பொத்தானை வேகமாக அழுத்துவதில் உங்களுக்கு சிரமம் "
++"இருந்தால், நீங்கள் நேர முடிவை அதிகரிக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பொது</gui> என்பதன் கீழ், <gui>இரு சொடுக்கம்</gui> ஸ்லைடரில் "
++"உங்களுக்கு வசதியான ஒரு மதிப்பை அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>உங்கள் அமைவுகளை சோதிக்கவும்</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். சாளரத்தில் ஒரு "
++"ஒற்றை சொடுக்கம் வெளி வட்டத்தைத் தனிப்படுத்திக் காண்பிக்கும். இரு சொடுக்கம் "
++"உள் வட்டத்தைத் தனிப்படுத்திக் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இரு சொடுக்க நேரத்தை அதிகரித்திருந்த போதும், நீங்கள் ஒற்றை சொடுக்கம் "
++"செய்ய விரும்பும் போதும் உங்கள் சொடுக்கி இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்தால், உங்கள் "
++"சொடுக்கியில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் கணினியில் வேறு ஒரு சொடுக்கியை "
++"இணைத்து அது சரியாக செயல்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். மாறாக உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை "
++"வேறு ஒரு கணினியில் இணைத்தும் அதே பிரச்சனை உள்ளதா என சோதிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவு உங்கள் சொடுக்கி மற்றும் தொடுதிட்டு ஆகிய இரண்டிலும் விளைவை "
++"ஏற்படுத்தும், அதுமட்டுமின்றி வேறு சுட்டி சாதன ஏதும் இருந்தால் அதிலும் விளைவை "
++"ஏற்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி அமைவுகளில் இடது மற்றும் வலது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான்களை எதிர்மறையாக "
++"அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr "உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை இடதுகைப் பழக்கத்திற்கு ஏற்றபடி பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++"இடது கைப் பழக்கத்திற்கு வசதியாக இருக்கும் வகையில், உங்கள் சொடுக்கி அல்லது "
++"தொடுதிட்டு ஆகியவற்றின் இடது மற்றும் வலது பொத்தான்களின் நடத்தையை எதிர்மறையாக "
++"மாற்றிக்கொள்ளமுடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பொது</gui> பிரிவில், <gui>முதல் நிலை பொத்தானை</gui> <gui>வலது</gui> "
++"புறம் மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்பாடுகளைத் திறக்க, உரையை ஒட்ட, தாவல்களைத் திறக்க மற்றும் பல செயல்களைச் "
++"செய்ய சொடுக்கி நடு பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr "நடு சொடுக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++"பல சொடுக்கிகளிலும் தொடுதிட்டுகளிலும் நடு பொத்தான் இருக்கும். ஒரு சுருள் "
++"சக்கரம் உள்ள ஒரு சொடுக்கியில், நீங்கள் நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்ய நேரடியாக உருள் "
++"சக்கரத்தையே அழுத்தலாம். உங்கள் சொடுக்கியில் நடு பொத்தான் இல்லாவிட்டால், நடு "
++"சொடுக்கம் செய்ய ஒரே நேரத்தில் இடது மற்றும் வலது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான்களை அழுத்த "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"பல விரல் தட்டல்களை ஆதரிக்கும் தொடுதிட்டுகளில், நீங்கள் நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்ய "
++"ஒரே நேரத்தில் மூன்று விரல்களால் தட்டலாம். இது வேலை செய்ய நீங்கள் தொடுதிட்டு "
++"அமைவுகளில் <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">தட்டு சொடுக்கத்தை "
++"செயல்படுத்த</link> வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++"பல பயன்பாடுகள் மேம்பட்ட சொடுக்க குறுக்குவழிகளுக்கு நடு சொடுக்கத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட உரையை ஒட்டுவது ஒரு பொதுவான குறுக்குவழியாகும். (இது "
++"முதன்மை தேர்வு ஒட்டுதல் என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது). நீங்கள் ஒட்ட விரும்பும் "
++"உரையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, நீங்கள் அதை ஒட்ட விரும்பும் இடத்திற்குச் சென்று "
++"பிறகு நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்யவும். தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட உரை சொடுக்கி இடநிலையில் "
++"ஒட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் நடு பொத்தானைக் கொண்டு உரையை ஒட்டுவது சாதாரண ஒட்டுப்பல்லகையிலிருந்து "
++"முற்றிலும் வேறுபட்டது. உரையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் போது அது ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு "
++"நகலெடுக்கப்படாது. ஒட்டுவதற்கான இந்த விரைவு முறை சொடுக்கியின் நடு பொத்தானைக் "
++"கொண்டு மட்டுமே செயல்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"உருள் பட்டிகள் மற்றும் ஸ்லைடர்களில், காலியான இடத்தில் சாதாரனமாக சொடுக்கினால் "
++"(ஒரு பக்கம் போன்று) அளவு நீங்கள் சொடுக்கிய திசையில் நகர்த்தப்படும். சரியாக "
++"நீங்கள் சொடுக்கும் இடத்திற்கே நகர்த்த நீங்கள் காலி இடத்தில் நடு சொடுக்கம் "
++"செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில், நீங்கள் நடு சொடுக்கத்தின் மூலம், ஒரு "
++"பயன்பாட்டை புதிய பணியிடத்தில் தனது புதிய சாளரத்தைத் திறக்கச் செய்ய முடியும். "
++"இடப்புறமுள்ள டேஷ் அல்லது பயன்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் எங்கேனும் இருந்து "
++"பயன்பாட்டின் சின்னத்தின் மீது நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்யவும். டேஷில் வலையமைப்புடன் "
++"பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்தி பயன்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான வலை உலாவிகளில் நீங்கள் நடு சொடுக்கி பொத்தானைக் கொண்டு "
++"தாவல்களில் உள்ள இணைப்புகளை விரைவாக திறக்க முடியும். உங்கள் சொடுக்கி நடு "
++"பொத்தானைக் கொண்டு ஒரு இணைப்பை சொடுக்கவும், உடனே அது ஒரு புதிய தாவலில் "
++"திறக்கும். எனினும், <app>Firefox</app> வலை உலாவியில் இணைப்பை சொடுக்கும் போது "
++"கவனமாக இருக்க வேண்டும். <app>Firefox</app> இல், நீங்கள் ஒரு இணைப்பை தவிர "
++"வேறு எங்கும் நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்தால், தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட உரையை ஒரு URL ஆக "
++"ஏற்ற முயற்சிக்கும், அதாவது நீங்கள் அந்த உரையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து முகவரிப் "
++"பட்டியில் அதை ஒட்டுவதற்கு நடு சொடுக்கத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி <key>Enter</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தியது போல நடக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில், நடு சொடுக்கம் இரு செயல்களைச் செய்கிறது. நீங்கள் ஒரு "
++"கோப்புறையை நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்தால் அது ஒரு புதிய தாவலில் திறக்கும். இது பிரபல "
++"வலை உலாவிகளின் நடத்தையைப் போன்றதே. ஒரு கோப்பை நடு சொடுக்கம் செய்தால், அதை "
++"நீங்கள் இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்ததைப் போல அது திறக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சிறப்பு பயன்பாடுகளில் நீங்கள் மற்ற செயல்பாடுகளுக்கு நடு சொடுக்கத்தைப்  "
++"பயன்படுத்த முடியும். உங்கள் பயன்பாட்டின் உதவியில் <em>middle-click</em> "
++"அல்லது<em>middle mouse button</em> எனத் தேடிப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கியை விசைப்பலகை கொண்டு கட்டுப்படுத்த சொடுக்கி விசைகளைச் "
++"செயல்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை சொடுக்கி நகர்த்தவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி அல்லது மற்ற சுட்டி சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துவதில் உங்களுக்கு சிரமம் "
++"இருந்தால், நீங்கள் உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் உள்ள எண் விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"சொடுக்கி சுட்டியைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். இந்த அம்சம் <em>சொடுக்கி "
++"விசைகள்</em> என்று அழைக்கப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகை கவனத்தை மேல் பட்டிக்கு நகர்த்த <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் மெனுவை</link> தேர்ந்தெடுக்க "
++"வலது மற்றும் இடது அம்புக்குறி விசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி பின்னர் <key>Enter</key> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சொடுக்கி விசைகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்க மேல் மற்றும் கீழ் அம்புக்குறி "
++"விசைகளைப் பயனப்டுத்தி பிறகு <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>Num Lock</key> அணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்லவும். இப்போது "
++"நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகையைக் கொண்டு சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை நகர்த்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் விசைப்பலகை மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தி சொடுக்கி விசைகளை "
++"செயல்படுத்துவதற்கான குறுகிய வழியை வழங்குகிறது. மேலும் அணுகல் தன்மை "
++"விருப்பங்களை பார்க்க <gui>அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++"எண் விசைப்பலகை என்பது உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் எண்களைக் கொண்ட விசைகளின் பகுதி, "
++"பொதுவாக சதுர வடிவில் அமைந்திருக்கும், உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் எண் விசைப்பலகை "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால் (மடிக்கணினி விசைப்பலகை போன்றவற்றில் இருக்காமல் போகலாம்), "
++"நீங்கள் செயல்பாட்டு விசையை (<key>Fn</key>) அழுத்திக் கொண்டு வேறு விசைகளை எண் "
++"விசைப்பலகை விசைகளாகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். நீங்கள் மடிக்கணினியில் இந்த அம்சத்தை "
++"அதிகம் பயன்படுத்துவீர்கள் எனில், தனியாக ஒரு USB எண் விசைப்பலகையை "
++"வாங்கிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++"எண் விசைப்பலகையில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு எண்ணூம் ஒரு திசையைக் குறிக்கும். உதாரணமாக, "
++"<key>8</key> ஐ அழுத்தினால் சுட்டி மேல்நோக்கி நகரும், <key>2</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தினால் சுட்டி கீழ்நோக்கி நகரும். சொடுக்கி கொண்டு ஒரு முறை சொடுக்க "
++"<key>5</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்ய அதை இரு முறை வேகமாக "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான விசைப்பலகைகளில் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்வதற்கென ஒரு விசை இருக்கும். "
++"இது<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> விசை என்றும் அழைக்கப்படும். "
++"இருப்பினும் இது உங்கள் விசைப்பலகை கவனம் எங்குள்ளதோ அதற்கேற்ப வலது "
++"சொடுக்கத்தை செய்யுமே தவிர உங்கள் சுட்டி அமைந்துள்ள இடத்திற்கான வலது "
++"சொடுக்கத்தை செயல்படுத்தாது என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்ளவும். <key>5</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்திப் பிடிப்பதன் மூலம் அல்லது இடது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான் மூலம் எப்படி வலது "
++"சொடுக்கம் செய்வது என்பது பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> "
++"ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி விசைகள் செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ள போது நீங்கள் எண்களைத் தட்டச்சு செய்ய "
++"எண் விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால், <key>Num Lock</key> ஐ இயக்கவும். "
++"இருப்பினும் <key>Num Lock</key> விசை இயக்கத்தில் இருக்கும் போது எண் "
++"விசைப்பலகை கொண்டு சொடுக்கியைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையின் மேல் வரிசையில் உள்ள சாதாரண எண் விசைகளைக் கொண்டு சொடுக்கி "
++"சுட்டியைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியாது. எண் விசைப்பலகை எண் விசைகளை மட்டுமெ "
++"பயன்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr "உங்கள் சொடுக்கி வேலை செய்யவில்லையா என எப்படிக் கண்டறிவது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி சுட்டி நகரவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கி கேபிளால் இணைக்கப்படுவது எனில், கேபிள் உங்கள் கணினியுடன் "
++"உறுதியாக செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++"அது (ஒரு செவ்வக கனெக்ட்டரைக் கொண்டது) ஒரு USB சொடுக்கி எனில், அதை வேறு ஒரு "
++"USB போர்ட்டில் செருகி முயற்சிக்கவும். அலல்து அது PS/2 (ஆறு பின்களைக் கொண்ட "
++"ஒரு சிறிய வட்ட வடிவ கனெக்ட்டர் கொண்டது) சொடுக்கி எனில், அது விசைப்பலகைக்கான "
++"இளஞ்சிவப்பு போர்ட்டில் இல்லாமல் சொடுக்கிக்கான பச்சை போர்ட்டில் தான் "
++"செருகியுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும். அது செருகப்படாதிருந்தால் கணினியை "
++"மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டியிருக்கலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினி சொடுக்கியை அடையாளம் காண்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>முனைய்ம்</app> ஐ "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"முனைய் சாளரத்தில், <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, என்பதை "
++"இங்குள்ளது போன்றே சரியாக தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி சாதனங்களின் ஒரு சிறு பட்டியலில் தோன்றும். அவற்றில் ஒன்றுக்கு "
++"அடுத்ததேனும் <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> என்று உள்ளதா என்றும், "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> என்று இருப்பவற்றில் ஏதேனும் ஒன்றுக்கேனும் "
++"இடப்புறம் சொடுக்கியின் பெயர் உள்ளதா என்று பாருங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி பெயருக்கு அடுத்து <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> என்று எதிலும் "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், உங்கள் கணினி சொடுக்கியை அடையாளம் காணவில்லை என்று பொருள். "
++"அப்படி ஒரு உருப்படி இருந்தால் உங்கள் கணினி சொடுக்கியை அடையாளம் காண்கிறது "
++"என்று பொருள். அப்படியானால் உங்கள் சொடுக்கி <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா</link> என்றும் <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"problem-notmoving#broken\">வேலை செய்கிறதா</link> என்றும் சோதிக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கி ஒரு சீரியல் (RS-232) கனெக்ட்டரைக் கொண்டிருந்தால், அதை "
++"செயல்பட வைக்க நீங்கள் கூடுதலாக சில செயல்களைச் செய்ய வேண்டும். அவை உங்கள் "
++"சொடுக்கியின் மாடல் அல்லது உற்பத்தி நிறுவனத்தைப் பொறுத்து மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி கண்டறியப்படுவது தொடர்பான சிக்கல்களைத் தீர்ப்பது சிக்கலான காரியமாக "
++"இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் சொடுக்கி சரியாக கண்டறியப்படவில்லை என நீங்கள் நினைத்தால் "
++"உங்கள் விநியோகத்திலிருந்து அல்லது வென்டாரிடமிருந்து ஆதரவைக் கேட்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி உண்மையில் வேலை செய்கிறதா என்று பாருங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கியை வேறு ஒரு கணினியில் இணைத்து அது வேலை செய்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆப்ட்டிக்கல் அல்லது லேசர் சொடுக்கியாக இருந்தால், சொடுக்கி இயக்கப்படும் போது "
++"அதன் கீழே ஒரு ஒளி பிரகாசிக்க வேண்டும். அந்த ஒளி வராவிட்டால், அது "
++"இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என சரிபார்க்கவும். அது இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தும் ஒளி "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், சொடுக்கி செயலிழந்திருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் சொடுக்கிகளை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++"சொடுக்கி இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளவும். சிலவற்றில் "
++"சொடுக்கியை முற்றிலும் அணைக்க சொடுக்கியின் அடிப்பகுதியில் ஒரு ஸ்விட்ச் "
++"இருக்கும், இதன் மூலம் அது தொடர்ந்து வேலை செய்துகொண்டிருக்காதபடி ஓரிடத்தில் "
++"இருந்து மற்றொரு இடத்திற்கு அதை எடுத்துச் செல்ல முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு Bluetooth சொடுக்கியைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், சொடுக்கியை உங்கள் "
++"கணினியுடன் இணையாக்கியுள்ளீர்களா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும். <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, இப்போது சொடுக்கி சுட்டி நகர்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். "
++"சில வயர்லெஸ் சொடுக்கிகள் மின்சக்தியை சேமிக்க தூக்க முறைக்குச் "
++"சென்றுவிடக்கூடும், இதனால் நீங்கள் ஒரு பொத்தானை சொடுக்காதவரை அது "
++"வேலைசெய்யாது. <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr "சொடுக்கியின் பேட்டரியில் சார்ஜ் உள்ளதா என்று பாருங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ரிசீவர் (டாங்கிள்) கணினியில் உறுதியாக செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்று "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கி மற்றும் ரிசீவர் இரண்டும் வெவ்வேறு ரேடியோ சேனல்களில் இயங்க "
++"முடியும் என்றால், அவை இரண்டும் ஒரே சேனலில் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்று "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு இணைப்பை உருவாக்க சொடுக்கி, ரிசீவர் அல்லது இரண்டிலும் ஒரு "
++"பொத்தானை அழுத்த வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். இப்படி நடக்குமேயானால் உங்கள் "
++"சொடுக்கிக்கான அறிவுறுத்தல் கையேட்டில் மேலும் விவரங்கள் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான RF (ரேடியோ) வயர்லெஸ் சொடுக்கிகள், நீங்கள் அவற்றை உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் செருகும் போது தானாகவே வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும். நீங்கள் ஒரு Bluetooth "
++"அல்லது IR (அகச்சிவப்பு) வயர்லெஸ் சொடுக்கியைக் கொண்டிருந்தால், அதை வேலை செய்ய "
++"வைக்க நீங்கள் கூடுதல் செயல்களைச் செய்ய வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். அச்செயல்கள் உங்கள் "
++"சொடுக்கியின் மாடல் அல்லது உற்பத்தி நிறுவனத்திற்கேற்ப மாறலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் சொடுக்கி அல்லது தொடுதிட்டை பயன்படுத்தும் போது சுட்டி நகரும் "
++"வேகத்தை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி மற்றும் தொடுதிட்டின் வேகத்தை சரிசெய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை நகர்த்தும் போது அல்லது உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் போது உங்கள் சுட்டி மிக வேகமாக அல்லது மெதுவாக நகர்ந்தால், "
++"நீங்கள் இந்த சாதனங்களுக்கான சுட்டி வேகத்தை சரிசெய்துகொள்ள முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++"சுட்டியின் நகர்வு உங்களுக்கு வசதியாக அமையும் வரை <gui>சுட்டி வேகம்</gui> "
++"ஸ்லைடரை சரி செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் சொடுக்கி மற்றும் தொடுதிட்டு ஆகிய இரண்டுக்கும் வெவ்வேறு சுட்டி "
++"வேகம் அமைக்க முடியும். சில நேரங்களில் ஒரு வகை சாதனத்திற்கு மிகவும் வசதியாக "
++"அமைவுகள் மற்றொன்றில் வசதியாக இல்லாமல் போகலாம். அப்போது <gui>சொடுக்கி</gui> "
++"மற்றும் <gui>தொடுதிட்டு</gui> ஆகிய இரு பிரிவுகளின் ஸ்லைடர்களையும் அமைக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டில் தட்டுவதன் மூலம் சைகை செய்வதன் மூலம் சொடுக்கலாம், "
++"இழுக்கலாம் அல்லது உருட்டலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr "தொடுதிட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தி சொடுக்குதல், இழுத்தல் அல்லது உருட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தனி வன்பொருள் பொத்தான்கள் இல்லாமல் தொடுதிட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தியே "
++"சொடுக்கவும், இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்யவும், இழுக்கவும் உருட்டவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தொடுதிட்டு</gui> பிரிவில், <gui>சொடுக்க தட்டவும்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr "சொடுக்க, தொடுதிட்டைத் தட்டவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr "இரு சொடுக்க, தொடுதிட்டை இரு முறை தட்டவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு உருப்படியை இழுக்க, தொடுதிட்டில் இரு முறை தட்டி, இரண்டாவது தட்டலுக்குப் "
++"பிறகு உங்கள் விரலை எடுக்காமல் வைத்திருந்து நீங்கள் விரும்பும் இடத்திற்கு "
++"உருப்படியை இழுத்துச் சென்று, அங்கே விட விரலை விடுவிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டு பல விரல் தட்டல்களை ஆதரித்தால், ஒரே நேரத்தில் இரண்டு "
++"விரல்களால் தட்டுவதன் மூலம் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்யலாம். இல்லையெனில், நீங்கள் "
++"வலது சொடுக்கத்திற்கு வன்பொருள் பொத்தான்களைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும். "
++"இரண்டாவது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான் இல்லாமல் வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்யும் ஒரு முறை பற்றி "
++"அறிய <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டு பல விரல் தட்டல்களை ஆதரித்தால், ஒரே நேரத்தில் மூன்று "
++"விரல்களால் தட்டுவதன் மூலம் <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">நடு சொடுக்கம்</"
++"link> செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++"பல விரல்களால் தட்டும் போது அல்லது இழுக்கும் போது, உங்கள் விரல்கள் போதிய "
++"அளவு விலகி இருக்க வேண்டும். விரல்கள் மிகவும் நெருக்கமாக இருந்தால், உங்கள் "
++"கணினி அவற்றை ஒரே விரல் எனக் கருதலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr "இரண்டு விரல்களால் உருட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இரண்டு விரல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டைக் கொண்டு உருட்ட "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தொடுதிட்டு</gui> பிரிவில், <gui>இரு விரல் உருட்டல்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது, ஒரு விரல் கொண்டு "
++"தட்டுவதும் இழுப்பதும் சாதாரணமாக வேலை செய்யும், ஆனால் நீங்கள் தொடுதிட்டின் "
++"ஏதேனும் ஒரு பகுதியில் இரண்டு விரல்களைக் கொண்டு இழுத்துச் சென்றால், அது "
++"உருட்டும். நீங்கள் <gui>கிடைமட்ட உருட்டல்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்திருந்தால், "
++"கிடைமட்டமாக உருட்ட உங்கள் விரல்களை இடம் வலமாக நகர்த்தலாம். உங்கள் விரல்கள் "
++"விலகி இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதில் கவனமாக இருக்க வேண்டும். உங்கள் விரல்கள் "
++"ஒன்றோடு ஒன்று மிகவும் நெருக்கமாக இருந்தால் உங்கள் தொடுதிட்டு அதை ஒரு பெரிய "
++"விரல் என்றே கருதும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டு விரல் உருட்டல் அம்சம் அனைத்து தொடுதிட்டுகளிலும் வேலை செய்யாமல் "
++"போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr "உள்ளடக்கம் விரலுடன் ஒட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தொடுதிட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு துண்டு காகிதத்தை விரலால் இழுத்துச் "
++"செல்வது போலவே உள்ளடக்கத்தை இழுக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தொடுதிட்டு</gui> பிரிவில், <gui>உள்ளடக்கம் விரலுடன் ஒட்டுதல்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அம்சம் <em>இயல்பான உருட்டல்</em> அல்லது <em>எதிர்த்திசை உருட்டல்</em> "
++"என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை வேலை செய்யத் தொடங்க வைக்க, நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியை சொடுக்கவோ "
++"அல்லது முன் பின் நகர்த்தவோ வேண்டி இருந்தால்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி வேலை செய்யத் தொடங்கும் முன் சற்று தாமதிக்கும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் மற்றும் ஆப்டிக்கல் சொடுக்கிகளும் மடிக்கணினிகளின் தொடுதிட்டுகளும் "
++"வேலை செய்யத் தொடங்கும் முன் அவற்றை \"எழுப்ப\" வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். அவை "
++"பயன்பாட்டில் இல்லாத போது பேட்டரி சக்தியை சேமிக்க உறக்க முறைக்குச் "
++"சென்றுவிடும். உங்கள் சொடுக்கி அல்லது தொடுதிட்டை எழுப்ப, நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கலாம் அல்லது சொடுக்கியை முன்பின் நகர்த்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்தலை நிறுத்திய பிறகு சற்று நேரம் கழித்து மீண்டும் உங்கள் "
++"மடிக்கணினி தொடுதிட்டுகள் வேலை செய்யும் போது, சில நேரங்களில் அவை தாமதமாக "
++"பதில் செயல் புரியலாம். நீங்கள் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் போது தற்செயலாக உங்கள் "
++"உள்ளங்கையால் தொடுதிட்டைத் தொடுவதைத் தடுப்பதற்காக உள்ள ஒரு அம்சம். "
++"விவரங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">இடக்கைப் பழக்கம்</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">வேகமும் உணர்திறனும்</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">தொடுதிட்டு சொடுக்கமும் உருட்டுதலும்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr "பொதுவான சொடுக்கி பிரச்சினைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr "பொதுவான பிரச்சினைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கி குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr "குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++"அந்த கோப்பு வடிவத்திற்கான ஆதரவு நிறுவப்படாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது பாடல் "
++"\"பதிப்புரிமையால் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம்\"."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++"நான் ஒரு ஆன்லைன் மியூசிக் ஸ்டோரில் இருந்து வாங்கிய பாடல்களை இயக்க "
++"முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு ஆன்லைன் ஸ்டோரில் இருந்து பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யும் சில இசைக் "
++"கோப்புகள், குறிப்பாக நீங்கள் அவற்றை ஒரு Windows அல்லது Mac OS கணினியில் "
++"வாங்கி பிறகு அதை நகலெடுத்திருந்தால், அவை உங்கள் கணினியில் இயக்கப்படாமல் "
++"போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++"அந்த இசைக் கோப்பு உங்கள் கணினி அடையாளம் காணும் ஒரு வடிவத்தில் இல்லாததால் "
++"இப்படி நடக்கலாம். ஒரு பாடலை உங்கள் கணினி இயக்க வேண்டுமானால், கணினியில் "
++"அதற்கு தேவையான சரியான ஆடியோ வடிவமப்புகளுக்கான ஆதரவு நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க "
++"வேண்டும் - உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் MP3 கோப்புகளை இயக்க வேண்டும் என்றால், கணினியில் "
++"MP3 ஆதரவு நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும். ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட ஆடியோ வடிவமைப்புக்கான "
++"ஆதரவு உங்கள் கணினியில் இல்லை என்றால், நீங்கள் ஒரு பாடலை இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும் "
++"போது அதை ஒரு செய்தி கூறும். அந்த செய்தியில் நீங்கள் அந்தப் பாடலை இயக்க "
++"தேவையான அந்த வடிவமைப்புக்கான ஆதரவை எப்படி நிறுவுவது என்ற வழிமுறைகளும் "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பாடலின் ஆடியோ வடிவமைப்புக்கான ஆதரவு உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தும் அதை இயக்க முடியாது போனால், அந்தப் பாடல் "
++"<em>பதிப்புரிமையால் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டதாக</em> இருக்கலாம் (<em>DRM கட்டுப்பாடு "
++"கொண்டது</em> என்றும் கூறப்படும்). DRM என்பது ஒரு பாடலை யார் இயக்க முடியும், "
++"மற்றும் எந்த சாதனங்களில் இயக்க முடியும் என்பதையெல்லாம் கட்டுப்படுத்தும் ஒரு "
++"முறையாகும். இது பாடலை உங்களுக்கு விற்ற நிறுவனத்தின் கட்டுப்பாட்டில் உள்ள ஒரு "
++"விஷயமாகும். ஒரு இசைக் கோப்பு DRM கட்டுப்பாடு கொண்டது என்றால், அநேகமாக "
++"நீங்கள் அதை இயக்க முடியாது போகலாம். வழக்கமாக DRM கட்டுப்பாடு கொண்ட கோப்புகளை "
++"இயக்க அந்த விற்பனையாளரே வழங்கும் சிறப்பு மென்பொருள் தேவை, ஆனால் இந்த "
++"மென்பொருள் பெரும்பாலும் Linux இல் ஆதரிக்கப்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">எலக்ட்ரானிக் "
++"ஃப்ரான்ட்டியர் ஃபவுன்டேஷனில்</link> இருந்து DRM பற்றி மேலும் அறியலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு மீடியா பிளேயர் மூலம் பாடலை நகலெடுத்து பின்னர் iPod ஐ பிறகு பாதுகாப்பாக "
++"நீக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++"நான் பாடல்களை என் iPod இல் நகலெடுக்கும் போது அவை iPod இல் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒரு iPod ஐ இணைக்கும் போது, அது உங்கள் மியூசிக் "
++"பிளேயர் பயன்பாடு மற்றும் கோப்பு மேலாளர் (<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> "
++"மேலோட்டத்தில் <app>கோப்புகள்</app> பயன்பாடு) இரண்டிலும் காண்பிக்கப்படும். "
++"நீங்கள் மியூசிக் பிளேயரைப் பயன்படுத்தி iPod க்கு பாடல்களை நகலெடுக்க வேண்டும் "
++"- நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரைப் பயன்படுத்தி அவற்றை நகலெடுக்க முயற்சி செய்தால், "
++"பயனிருக்காது, ஏனெனில் பாடல்கள் சரியான இடத்தில் வைக்கப்படாது. iPod "
++"சாதனங்களில் பாடல்களைச் சேமிக்க என்று ஒரு பிரத்யேக இடம் உள்ளது, அவற்றை எப்படி "
++"அணுக வேண்டும் என்று மியூசிக் பிளேயர் பயன்பாடுகளுக்குத் தெரியும், ஆனால் "
++"கோப்பு மேலாளருக்குத் தெரியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பாடல்கள் முழுதும் iPod இல் நகலெடுத்து முடிக்கப்படும் வரை iPod ஐ "
++"துண்டிக்காமல் இருக்க வேண்டும். iPod ஐ துண்டிக்கும் முன்பு, <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">பாதுகாப்பாக அகற்றவும்</link> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்து "
++"அகற்ற வேண்டும். இதனால் அனைத்து பாடல்களும் சரியாக நகலெடுக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் மியூசிக் பிளேயர் பயன்பாடு பாடல்களை ஒரு ஆடியோ "
++"வடிவத்தில் இருந்து மற்றொரு வடிவத்திற்கு மாற்றும் செயலை ஆதரிக்காவிட்டாலும் "
++"உங்கள் iPod இல் அவை காண்பிக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் iPod ஆதரிக்காத ஒரு "
++"ஆடியோ வடிவமைப்பில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஒரு பாடலை நீங்கள் நகலெடுத்திருந்தால் "
++"(எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு Ogg Vorbis (.oga) கோப்பு), மியூசிக் பிளேயர் "
++"பயன்பாடானது iPod ஆல் புரிந்துகொள்ள முடிகின்ற MP3 போன்ற ஒரு வடிவத்திற்கு அதை "
++"மாற்ற முயற்சி செய்யும். தகுந்த மாற்றும் மென்பொருள் (ஒரு கோடெக் அல்லது "
++"குறியாக்கி என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) நிறுவப்படாவிட்டால், மியூசிக் பிளேயரால் "
++"பாடலை மாற்ற முடியாது, ஆகவே பாடலை நகலஎடுக்கவும் முடியாது. ஒரு தகுந்த கோடெக் "
++"உள்ளதா என மென்பொருள் நிறுவியில் பாருங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய iPodகளை பயன்படுத்தும் முன்பு அவற்றை iTunes மென்பொருளைக் கொண்டு அமைக்க "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr "என் புதிய iPod இயங்கவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் இதுவரை கணினியில் இணைக்கப்படாத ஒரு புதிய iPod இருந்தால், அதை "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு Linux கணினியில் இணைக்கும் போது அது சரியாக அடையாளம் காணப்படாது. "
++"ஏனெனில் iPod களை முதலில் <app>iTunes</app> மென்பொருளைப் பயன்படுத்தி அமைவு "
++"செய்து புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டும், அந்த மென்பொருள் Windows மற்றும் Mac OS "
++"ஆகியவற்றில் மட்டுமே இயங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் iPod ஐ அமைக்க, ஒரு Windows அல்லது Mac கணினியில் iTunes ஐ நிறுவி "
++"அக்கணினியில் iPod ஐ இணைக்கவும். அதை அமைக்க சில செயல்களைச் செய்ய வேண்டும் "
++"என்று சில வழிமுறைகள் காண்பிக்கப்படும். <gui>தொகுதி வடிவமைப்பு</gui> "
++"கேட்கப்பட்டால், MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> அல்லது அது போன்ற ஒரு "
++"விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும். மற்ற வடிவம் (HFS/Mac) Linux இலும் வேலை "
++"செய்யாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++"அமைப்பை முடித்துவிட்டால், அதன் பின் ஒரு Linux கணினியில் iPod ஐ இணைக்கும் "
++"போது அது வழக்கம் போல செயல்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் iPod ஒரு ஆடியோ பிளேயர் என உங்கள் கணினிக்குக் கூற <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> கோப்பைச் சேர்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++"நான் என் ஆடியோ பிளேயரை இணைக்கும் போது அது ஏன் அடையாளம் காணப்படவில்லை?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஆடியோ பிளேயர் (MP3 பிளேயர் முதலியன) கணினியில் இணைக்கப்பட்ட போதும் "
++"உங்கள் இசை ஒழுங்கமைப்பு பயன்பாட்டில் அது காண்பிக்கப்படவில்லை எனில், அது ஒரு "
++"ஆடியோ பிளேயராக சரியாக அடையாளம் காணப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++"பிளேயரை எடுத்துவிட்டு மீண்டும் இணைக்க முயற்சி செய்யவும். அப்போதும் "
++"பலனில்லாவிட்டால், கோப்பு மேலாளரைத் திறக்கவும். பக்கப்பட்டியில் ஆடியோ "
++"பிளேயர் <gui>சாதனங்கள்</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளதைக் "
++"காண்பீர்கள், ஆடியோ பிளேயருக்கான கோப்புறையைத் திறக்க அதை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"இப்போது, <guiseq><gui>கோப்பு</gui><gui>புதிய ஆவணம்</gui><gui>காலி ஆவணம்</"
++"gui></guiseq> என சொடுக்கி, <input>.is_audio_player</input> என தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் (புள்ளியும் அடிக்கோடும் முக்கியம், "
++"அனைத்து சிற்றெழுத்தில் இருக்க வேண்டும்). இந்த கோப்பு சாதனத்தை ஆடியோ "
++"பிளேயராக அடையாளம் காணுமாறு உங்கள் கணினி சொல்லும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்போது, கோப்பு மேலாளர் பக்கப்பட்டியில் ஆடியோ பிளேயரைக் கண்டுபிடித்து "
++"வெளியேற்றவும் (வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து <gui>வெளியேற்று</gui> என்பதை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்). அதை துண்டித்துவிட்டு மீண்டும் இணைக்கவும். இப்போது உங்கள் இசை "
++"ஒழுங்கமைப்புப் பயன்பாடு அதனை ஆடியோ பிளேயராக அடையாளம் காணும். அப்படி "
++"நடக்காவிட்டால் இசை ஒழுங்கமைப்புப் பயன்பாட்டை மூடி மீண்டும் திறந்து "
++"முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிமுறைகளை iPod கள் மற்றும் வேறு சில ஆடியோ பிளேயர்களுக்கு பலனளிக்காது. "
++"உங்கள் பிளேயர் <em>USB மாஸ் ஸ்டோரேஜ்</em> சாதனமாக இருந்தால் அது பலனளிக்கும்; "
++"இதைப்பற்றி சாதனத்தின் கையேட்டில் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மீண்டும் ஆடியோ பிளேயர் கோப்புறையில் பார்க்கும் போது, நீங்கள் "
++"<input>.is_audio_player</input> கோப்பைப் பார்க்கமாட்டீர்கள். கோப்பு "
++"பெயரில் புள்ளி உள்ளதால், கோப்பு மேலாளர் அதை மறைத்துக்கொள்ளும். "
++"<guiseq><gui>காட்சி</gui><gui>மறைந்துள்ள கோப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui></guiseq> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கி அது உள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளைத் திறக்க அல்லது செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகளை இயக்க அல்லது காண "
++"ஒற்றை சொடுக்கம் செய்தல் மற்றும் குப்பை நடத்தையைக் குறிப்பிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr "சிந்து S"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் நடத்தை முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளைத் திறக்க ஒற்றை சொடுக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டுமா அல்லது இரு சொடுக்கம் செய்ய "
++"வேண்டுமா என்பதையும், செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகள் எப்படி "
++"கையாளப்படுகின்றன என்பதையும் குப்பைத் தொட்டி எப்படி நடந்துகொள்ள வேண்டும் "
++"என்பதையும் நீங்கள் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். மேல் பட்டியில் <gui>கோப்புகள்</"
++"gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி <gui>முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்து, <gui>நடத்தை</gui> "
++"தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr "நடத்தை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>உருப்படிகளைத் திறக்க ஒற்றை சொடுக்கம்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>உருப்படிகளைத் திறக்க இரு சொடுக்கம்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, சொடுக்கம் செய்யும் போது கோப்புகள் தேர்வு செய்யப்படும், இரு "
++"சொடுக்கும் போது அவை திறக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் மாறாக கோப்புகள் மற்றும் "
++"கோப்புறைகளை ஒரு முறை சொடுக்கும் போது அவை திறக்குமாறும் அமைக்கலாம். நீங்கள் "
++"ஒற்றை சொடுக்க முறையைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது ஒன்று அல்லது அதற்கு மேற்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க சொடுக்கும் போது, <key>Ctrl</key> விசையைப் "
++"பிடித்துக்கொள்ள வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr "செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இயக்கக்கூடிய ஒரு நிரலைக் கொண்டுள்ள உரைக் கோப்பே செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய "
++"உரை கோப்பு எனப்படும். ஒரு கோப்பு நிரலாக செயல்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டுமெனில் அதை "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">கோப்பு அனுமதிகளும்</"
++"link> அனுமதிக்க வேண்டும். <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\"> கோப்பு அனுமதிகளை </ இணைப்பை> ஒரு திட்டம் என ரன் கோப்பு "
++"அனுமதிக்க வேண்டும். <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> மற்றும் <sys>Perl</"
++"sys> ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டுகள் இவற்றில் பொதுவானவை. அவற்றின் நீட்டிப்புகள் முறையே "
++"<file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> மற்றும் <file>.pl</file> ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்பு ஒன்றைத் திறக்கும் போது, நீங்கள் "
++"இவ்விருப்பங்களைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகளை திறக்கும் போது அவற்றை இயக்குதல்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகளை திறக்கும் போது அவற்றைக் காணுதல்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் கேட்டல்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் கேட்டல்</gui> என்பது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டால், நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த உரை கோப்பை இயக்க வேண்டுமா அல்லது காண வேண்டுமா என கேட்கும் ஒரு "
++"பாப்-அப் உரையாடல் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++"செயல்படுத்தக்கூடிய உரை கோப்புகள் ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டுகள் என அழைக்கப்படுகின்றன. "
++"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> கோப்புறையில் உள்ள அனைத்து "
++"ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டுகளும் <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> என்ற உப மெனுவின் "
++"கீழ் உள்ள கோப்புக்கான சூழல் மெனுவில் இடம்பெறும். ஒரு ஸ்கிரிப்ட் ஒரு அகக் "
++"கோப்புறையில் இருந்து இயக்கப்படும் போது, தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட அனைத்து "
++"கோப்புகளும் அளவுருக்களாக அந்த ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டில் ஒட்டப்படும். ஒரு கோப்பின் "
++"மீது ஒரு ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டை இயக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr "விரும்பிய கோப்புறைக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr "விரும்பும் கோப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++"சூழல் மெனுவைத் திறக்க கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> மெனுவிலிருந்து இயக்க விரும்பும் ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++"வலை அல்லது <sys>ftp</sys> உள்ளடக்கத்தைக் காட்டும் ஒரு கோப்புறையில் இருந்து "
++"ஒரு ஸ்கிரிப்ட்டை இயக்கினால், அதற்கு எந்த அளவுருக்களும் வழங்கப்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் குப்பைத் தொட்டி முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr "குப்பைத்தொட்டி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>குப்பைத்தொட்டியை காலியாக்கும் முன்பு அல்லது கோப்புகளை அழிக்கும் முன் "
++"கேட்கவும்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பம் முன்னிருப்பாக தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்டிருக்கும். குப்பைத் தொட்டியை "
++"காலியாக்கும் போது, நீங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியை காலி செய்ய வேண்டுமா அல்லது "
++"கோப்புகளை அழிக்க வேண்டுமா என்று உறுதிப்படுத்துமாறு ஒரு செய்தி "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டியைத் தவிர்க்கும் ஒரு அழி கட்டளையைச் சேர்க்கவும்</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், நீங்கள் <app>கோப்புகள்</app> "
++"பயன்பாட்டில் ஒரு உருப்படியை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்யும் போது பாப்-அப் ஆகும் "
++"மெனுவில் <gui>அழி</gui> என்று ஓர் உருப்படி சேர்க்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அழி</gui> மெனு விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு உருப்படியை அழிக்கும் போது, "
++"அது குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்குச் செல்லாமல் நேரடியாக அழிக்கப்படும். அந்த உருப்படி "
++"கணினி இருந்து முற்றிலும் அழிக்கப்படும். அழித்த உருப்படியை மீட்க வழி இல்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில் புத்தகக்குறிகளைச் சேர்த்தல், அழித்தல் மற்றும் "
++"மறுபெயரிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr "கோப்புறை புத்தகக்குறிகளை திருத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் புத்தகக்குறிகள் கோப்பு மேலாளரின் பக்கப்பட்டியில் "
++"பட்டியலிடப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ஒரு புத்தகக்குறியைச் சேர்த்தல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் புத்தகக்குறி சேர்க்க வேண்டிய கோப்புறையைத் (அல்லது இடத்தை) "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள கியர் பொத்தானைச் சொடுக்கி, <gui>இந்த இடத்தை "
++"புத்தகக்குறியில் சேர்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ஒரு புத்தகக்குறியை அழித்தல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui>கோப்புகள் </gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, பயன்பாட்டு "
++"மெனுவிலிருந்து <gui>புத்தகக்குறிகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>புத்தகக்குறிகள்</gui> சாளரத்தில், நீங்கள் அழிக்க விரும்பும் "
++"புத்தகக்குறியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <key>-</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr "ஒரு புத்தகக்குறியை மறுபெயரிடுதல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>புத்தகக்குறிகள்</gui> சாளரத்தில், நீங்கள் மறுபெயரிட விரும்பும் "
++"புத்தகக்குறியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பெயர்</gui> உரை பெட்டியில், புத்தகக்குறியின் புதிய பெயரை தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு புத்தகக்குறியை மறுபெயரிடுவதால் கோப்புறை மறுபெயரிடப்படாது. நீங்கள் "
++"இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு இடங்களில் உள்ள இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு கோப்புறைகளுக்கு "
++"புத்தகக்குறிகளைக் கொண்டிருந்து, ஆனால் அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரே பெயரைக் "
++"கொண்டிருந்தால், அவற்றின் புத்தகக்குறிகளும் அதே பெயரையே கொண்டிருக்கும், "
++"நீங்கள் அவற்றை வெவ்வேறாக அடையாளம் காண முடியாது. இத்தகைய சூழ்நிலைகளில், ஒரு "
++"புத்தகக்குறிக்கு, அது சுட்டும் கோப்புறையின் பெயரல்லாமல் வேறு பெயரை வைப்பது "
++"உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++"FTP, SSH, Windows பகிர்வுகள் அல்லது WebDAV மூலம் கோப்புகளை வேறொரு கணினியில் "
++"காணுதல், திருத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr "ஒரு சேவையகம் அல்லது பிணைய பகிர்வில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை உலவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை, அச்சேவையகத்துடன் இணைப்பை "
++"ஏற்படுத்தி உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ளவற்றைப் போலவே உலவ மற்றும் பார்வையிட முடியும்."
++" இது இணையத்தில் கோப்புகளை பதிவிறக்க அல்லது பதிவேற்ற அல்லது உங்கள் அக "
++"பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்றவர்களிடம் கோப்புகளைப் பகிர ஏதுவான வழியாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பிணையத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை உலவ <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் "
++"இருந்து <app>கோப்புகள்</app> பயன்பாட்டைத் திறந்து, பக்கப்பட்டியில் உள்ள "
++"<gui>பிணையத்தை உலவு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். உங்கள் அக பிணையத்தில் கோப்புகளை "
++"சேவை செய்யமுடியும் என விளம்பரப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளும் கணினி ஏதேனும் இருந்தால் "
++"அவற்றை கோப்பு மேலாளர் கண்டுபிடிக்கும். நீங்கள் இணையத்தில் உள்ள ஒரு "
++"சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்க விரும்பினால், அல்லது நீங்கள் தேடும் கணினியைப் பார்க்க "
++"முடியாவிட்டால், ஒரு சேவையகத்தின் இணைய/பிணைய முகவரியை கைமுறையாக உள்ளிடுவதன் "
++"மூலம் அதனுடன் இணைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr "ஒரு கோப்பு சேவையகத்துடன் இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில், மேல் பட்டியில் <gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, "
++"பயன்பாட்டு மெனுவில் இருந்து <gui>சேவையகத்துக்கு இணைக்கவும்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link> என்ற வடிவத்தில் சேவையக முகவரியை உள்ளிடவும். "
++"ஆதரிக்கப்படும் URLகள் பற்றிய விவரங்கள் <link xref=\"#types\">கீழே உள்ளன</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முன்பே சேவையகத்தை இணைத்திருந்தால், <gui>சமீபத்திய சேவையகங்கள்</gui> "
++"பட்டியலில் அதை சொடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இணைக்கவும்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். ஒரு புதிய சாளரம் திறக்கும், அதில் "
++"சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புகள் காட்டப்படும். நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள "
++"கோப்புகளை உலவுவது போலவே அக்கோப்புகளை உலவ முடியும். நீங்கள் எதிர்காலத்தில் "
++"விரைவில் அணுக முடியும் வகையில் அந்த சேவையகம் பக்கப்பட்டியில் சேர்க்கப்படும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr "URLகளை எழுதுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு <em>URL</em> அல்லது <em>சீரான வள இருப்பிடக்காட்டி</em> என்பது ஒரு "
++"பிணையத்தில் உள்ள ஒரு இருப்பிடம் அல்லது கோப்பைக் குறிக்கும் ஒரு முகவரியின் "
++"வடிவமாகும். முகவரி இப்படி வடிவமைக்கப்படுகிறது:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>திட்டம்://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>திட்டம்</em> சேவையகத்தின் நெறிமுறை அல்லது வகையைக் குறிக்கிறது. "
++"முகவரியின் <em>example.com</em> பகுதி <em>டொமைன் பெயர்</em> என்று "
++"அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. பயனர் பெயர் தேவைப்பட்டால், அது சேவையக பெயரின் முன் "
++"சேர்க்கப்படுகிறது:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>திட்டம்://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++"சில திட்டங்களில் போர்ட் எண் குறிப்பிடப்பட வேண்டும். டொமைன் பெயருக்கு பின் "
++"அதைச் சேர்க்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>திட்டம்://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++"கீழே ஆதரிக்கப்படும் பல்வேறு சேவையக வகைகளுக்கான குறிப்பிட்ட உதாரணங்கள் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr "சேவையகங்களின் வகைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பல்வேறு வகையான சேவையகங்களுடன் இணைக்க முடியும். சில சேவையகங்கள் பொது "
++"சேவையகங்கள், அவற்றுடன் யாரும் இணைக்க முடியும். மற்ற சேவையகங்களில் பயனர் "
++"பெயர் மற்றும் கடவுச்சொல்லை கொண்டு உள்நுழைய வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புகளைக் கொண்டு சில செயல்களை செய்ய உங்களுக்கு "
++"அனுமதி இல்லாதிருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக, பொது FTP தளங்களில், நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை "
++"அழிக்க முடியாதிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உள்ளிடும் URL ஆனது சேவையகம் அதன் கோப்பு பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றுமதி செய்ய "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் நெறிமுறையைப் பொறுத்தது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr "SSH"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒரு சேவையகத்தில் <em>பாதுகாப்பான ஷெல்</em> கணக்கு இருந்தால், இந்த "
++"முறையை பயன்படுத்தி இணைக்க முடியும். பல வலை வழங்கிகள் தங்கள் "
++"உறுப்பினர்களுக்கு SSH கணக்குகளை வழங்குகின்றன, அதன் மூலம் அவர்கள் பாதுகாப்பாக "
++"கோப்புகளை பதிவேற்ற முடியும். SSH சேவையகத்தில் எப்போதும் புகுபதிவு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டியது அவசியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ஒரு வழக்கமான SSH URL இப்படி இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++"SSH ஐப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது நீங்கள் அனுப்பும் அனைத்து தரவும் (உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல் உட்பட) உங்கள் பிணையத்தின் பிற பயனர்கள் பார்க்க முடியாதபடி "
++"குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr "FTP (புகுபதிவுடன்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"இணையத்தில் கோப்புகளை பரிமாறிக்கொள்ளும் ஒரு பிரபலமான வழி FTP ஆகும். FTP "
++"வழியாக பரிமாறப்படும் தரவு குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்படுவதில்லை என்பதால், பல "
++"சேவையகங்கள் இப்போது SSH வழியாக அணுகலை வழங்குகின்றன. எனினும் சில "
++"சேவையகங்கள், இன்னும் கோப்புகளை பதிவேற்ற அல்லது பதிவிறக்க FTP ஐப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"அனுமதிக்கின்றன. புகுபதிவு தேவை கொண்ட FTP தளங்கள் பொதுவாக நீங்கள் கோப்புகளை "
++"அழிக்கவும் மற்றும் பதிவேற்றவும் அனுமதிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ஒரு வழக்கமான FTP URL இப்படி இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr "பொது FTP"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளை பதிவிறக்க அனுமதிக்கும் தளங்கள் சில நேரங்களில் பொது அல்லது "
++"அநாமதேய FTP அணுகலை வழங்கும். இந்த சேவையகங்களுக்கு பயனர் பெயர் மற்றும் "
++"கடவுச்சொல் தேவையில்லை, பொதுவாக அவற்றிலுள்ள கோப்புகளை நீங்கள் அழிக்கவோ "
++"அல்லது பதிவேற்றவோ அனுமதி இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ஒரு வழக்கமான அநாமதேய FTP URL இப்படி இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++"சில அநாமதேய FTP தளங்களில் நீங்கள் ஒரு பொது பயனர் பெயர் மற்றும் கடவுச்சொல் "
++"கொண்டு புகுபதிகை செய்ய வேண்டி இருக்கும், அல்லது பொதுவான பயனர் பெயருடன் "
++"உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரியை கடவுச்சொல்லாகப் பயன்படுத்தி புகுபதிவு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கும். இந்த சேவையகங்களுக்கு, <gui>FTP (புகுபதிவுடன்)</gui> "
++"முறையைப் பயன்படுத்தி, FTP தளம் குறிப்பிட்ட சான்றுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr "Windows பகிர்வு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"Windows கணினிகள் ஒரு அக பிணையத்தில் கோப்புகளைப் பகிர்ந்து கொள்ள ஒரு "
++"தனிப்பட்ட நெறிமுறையைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன. ஒரு Windows பிணையத்திலுள்ள "
++"கணினிகள் ஒழுங்கமைப்புக்காகவும் அணுகல் கட்டுப்பாட்டை சிறப்பாக்கவும் சில "
++"நேரங்களில் <em>டொமைன்களாக</p> குழுப்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. தொலை கணினியில் "
++"உங்களுக்கு சரியான அனுமதிகள் இருந்தால், நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளரில் இருந்து ஒரு "
++"Windows பகிர்வுடன் இணைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ஒரு வழக்கமான Windows பகிர்வு URL இப்படி இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr "WebDAV மற்றும் Secure WebDAV"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++"இணையத்தில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் HTTP நெறிமுறையின் அடிப்படையில் அமைந்ததான, "
++"WebDAV முறை சில நேரங்களில் ஒரு அக பிணையத்தில் கோப்புகளைப் பகிர்ந்து "
++"கொள்ளவும் இணையத்தில் கோப்புகளைச் சேமிக்கவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. நீங்கள் "
++"இணைக்கும் சேவையகம் பாதுகாப்பான இணைப்புகளை ஆதரிக்கும் என்றால், நீங்கள் இந்த "
++"விருப்பத்தை தேர்வு செய்ய வேண்டும். மற்ற பயனர்கள் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லைப் "
++"பார்க்க முடியாதபடி Secure WebDAV வலுவான SSL குறியாக்கத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr "ஒரு வழக்கமான WebDAV URL இப்படி இருக்கும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளரில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் கட்டுப்பாடு சின்னங்களின் தலைப்புகளைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் காட்சி முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளர் சின்னங்களின் கீழ் உள்ள தலைப்புகளை எப்படிக் காட்டுகிறது "
++"என்பதை நீங்கள் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். மேல் பட்டியில் <gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> "
++"ஐ சொடுக்கி <gui>முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்து <gui>காட்சி</gui> தாவலை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr "சின்னத் தலைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr "தலைப்புகள் கொண்ட கோப்பு மேலாளர் சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சின்னங்கள் காட்சிவகையைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, ஒவ்வொரு சின்னத்தின் "
++"கீழும் தலைப்பில் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல் "
++"காண்பிக்கும்படி அமைக்க முடியும். ஒரு கோப்புக்கு யார் உரிமையாளர் என்று "
++"அல்லது அது கடைசியாக யார் திருத்தினார்கள் என்பதை நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி "
++"பார்ப்பீர்களானால், இது பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">கீழே</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி <gui>ஜூம்</gui> விருப்பங்களில் ஒன்றைத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்வதன் மூலம் ஒரு கோப்புறையை பெரிதாக்கிப் பார்க்க முடியும். நீங்கள் "
++"பெரிதாக்க பெரிதாக்க கோப்பு மேலாளர் தலைப்புகளில் மேலும் மேலும் தகவலைக் "
++"காண்பிக்கும். நீங்கள் தலைப்புகளில் மூன்று வகை தகவல்கள் வரை காண்பிக்கத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்ய முடியும். பெரும்பாலான ஜூம் நிலைகளில் முதல் தகவலே "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். கடைசி தகவல் மிக பெரிய அளவுகளில் மட்டுமே காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சின்னங்களின் தலைப்புகளில் காட்டும்படி அமைக்கின்ற தகவல்கள், பட்டியல் "
++"காட்சியில் நீங்கள் நெடுவரிசைகளாகக் காணும் அதே தகவல்களே. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு மேலாளர் சாளரம் திறநதிருந்தால், சின்ன தலைப்பு மாற்றங்கள் விளைவை "
++"ஏற்படுத்த நீங்கள் மீளேற்ற வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். <guiseq><gui>காட்சிவகை</"
++"gui><gui>மீளேற்று</gui></guiseq> ஐ சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"அடிப்படை கோப்பு தகவலை காணவும், அனுமதிகளை அமைக்கவும் மற்றும் முன்னிருப்பு "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr "கோப்பு பண்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்பு அல்லது கோப்புறை பற்றி தகவலைக் காண, அதை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து "
++"<gui>பண்புகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் கோப்பைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்துவிட்டு <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தியும் பண்புகளைக் காணலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு பண்புகள் சாளரத்தில் நீங்கள் கோப்பு வகை, கோப்பு அளவு மற்றும் "
++"நீங்கள் கடைசியாக அதை எப்போது மாற்றியமைத்தீர்கள் என்பது போன்ற தகவல்களைக் "
++"காணலாம். உங்களுக்கு இந்த தகவல் அடிக்கடி வேண்டும் என்றால், நீங்கள் அதை <link "
++"xref=\"nautilus-list\">பட்டியல் காட்சி நெடுவரிசைகள்</link> அல்லது <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">சின்ன தலைப்புகள்</link> இல் "
++"காண்பிக்கும்படி அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அடிப்படை</gui> தாவலில் கொடுக்கப்படும் தகவல் கீழே விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. "
++"<gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">அனுமதிகள்</link></"
++"gui> மற்றும் <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">இதைக் கொண்டு திற</link></"
++"gui> தாவல்களும் உள்ளன. படங்கள் மற்றும் வீடியோக்கள் போன்ற சில வகையான "
++"கோப்புகளுக்கு,  பரிமாணங்கள், காலம் மற்றும் கோடெக் போன்ற தகவல்களை வழங்கும் "
++"கூடுதல் தாவலும் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr "அடிப்படை பண்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr "பெயர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இந்த புலத்தை மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் கோப்பை மறுபெயரிட முடியும். நீங்கள் "
++"பண்புகள் சாளரத்திற்கு வெளியேயும் ஒரு கோப்பை மறுபெயரிட முடியும். <link xref="
++"\"files-rename\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr "வகை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++"PDF ஆவணம், OpenDocument உரை அல்லது JPEG படம் போன்று, கோப்பு வகையை அடையாளம் "
++"காண இது உதவுகிறது. மற்ற அம்சங்களுடன், ஒரு கோப்பை எந்தப் பயன்பாடுகள் திறக்க "
++"முடியும் என்பதையும் கோப்பு வகையே தீர்மானிக்கிறது. உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு "
++"மியூசிக் பிளேயர் மூலம் ஒரு படத்தை திறக்க முடியாது. இது குறித்த மேலும் "
++"தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"files-open\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பின் <em>MIME வகை</em> அடைப்புக்குறிக்குள் காட்டப்படும்; MIME வகை "
++"என்பது கணினிகள் கோப்பு வகையைக் குறிக்க பயன்படுத்தும் ஒரு தரநிலையான "
++"வழியாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr "உள்ளடக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை அன்றி ஒரு கோப்புறையின் பண்புகளில் பார்த்தால் இந்த புலம் "
++"காட்டப்படும். இது கோப்புறையில் உள்ள உருப்படிகளின் எண்ணிக்கையைக் காண "
++"உதவுகிறது. கோப்புறையில் மற்ற கோப்புறைகள் இருந்தால், உள்ளே உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு "
++"கோப்புறையும் ஒரு உருப்படியாகக் கணக்கில் எடுத்துக்கொள்ளப்படுகிறது. அவையும் "
++"உருப்படிகளைக் கொண்டிருந்தால், அவையும் கணக்கில் எடுத்துக்கொள்ளப்படுகின்றன. "
++"கோப்புறை காலியாக இருந்தால், உள்ளடக்கம் <gui>எதுவும் இல்லை</gui> எனக் "
++"காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr "அளவு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பைப் (கோப்புறையல்ல) பார்த்தால் இந்த புலம் காட்டப்படும். "
++"ஒரு கோப்பின் அளவு என்பது அது எவ்வளவு வட்டு இடத்தை எடுத்துக்கொள்கிறது எனக் "
++"கூறுகிறது. இது ஒரு கோப்பை பதிவிறக்க அல்லது மின்னஞ்சலில் அனுப்ப எவ்வளவு "
++"நேரம் ஆகும் என்பதையும் காட்டுவதாக உள்ளது, (பெரிய கோப்புகளை பெற/அனுப்ப அதிக "
++"நேரம் ஆகும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"அளவானது KB, MB அல்லது GB இல் காட்டப்படும்; கடைசி மூன்று வடிவங்களில் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்பட்டால், அடைப்புக்குறிக்குள் அளவு பைட்டுகளாகவும் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++" 1 KB என்பது 1024 பைட், 1 MB என்பது 1024 KB ஆகும். இதே போல் கணக்கீடு "
++"தொடர்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr "இருப்பிடம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு கோப்பின் இருப்பிடமும் அதன் <em>முழுமையான "
++"பாதையால்</em> வழங்கப்படுகிறது. இது உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள கோப்பின் "
++"தனித்துவமான \"முகவரி\" ஆகும், இது அந்தக் கோப்பைக் கண்டறிய நீங்கள் செல்லும் "
++"எல்லாக் கோப்புறைகளின் பட்டியலையும் உள்ளடக்கியதாக இருக்கும். "
++"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஜிம்மிடம் தனது இல்லக் கோப்புறையுல் <file>Resume.pdf</file> "
++"என்ற கோப்பு இருந்தால், அத  இருப்பிடம் <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file> "
++"ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr "தொகுதி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு சேமிக்கப்படும் கோப்பு முறைமை அல்லது சாதனம். இது உண்மையில் கோப்பு "
++"எங்கு சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது என்பதைக் காண்பிக்கிறது. உதாரணமாக அது ஒரு வன் வட்டு "
++"அல்லது CD அல்லது <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">பிணைய பகிர்வு அல்லது கோப்பு "
++"சேவையகம்</link> ஆகியவற்றில் எதில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது எனக் காண்பிக்கும். வன் "
++"வட்டுகளை சில <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">வட்டு பிரிவகங்களாக</link> "
++"பிரிக்க முடியும்; பிரிவகங்கள் <gui>தொகுதி</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr "காலி இடம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த கோப்புறைகளுக்கு மட்டுமே காட்டப்படும். இது அந்தக் கோப்புறை உள்ள "
++"வட்டில் கிடைக்கக்கூடிய மீதமுள்ள வட்டு இடத்தின் அளவைக் குறிக்கிறது. இது வன் "
++"வட்டு நிரம்பிவிட்டதா எனப் பார்க்க பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr "அணுகப்பட்டது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr "கோப்பு கடைசியாக திறக்கப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr "மாற்றப்பட்டது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr "கோப்பு கடைசியாக மாற்றம் செய்து சேமிக்கப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளை யாரெல்லாம் காண மற்றும் திருத்த "
++"முடியும் என்பதை கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr "கோப்பு அனுமதிகளை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்களுக்கு சொந்தமான கோப்புகளை யாரெல்லாம் பார்க்க, திருத்த முடியும் "
++"என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த கோப்பு அனுமதிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். ஒரு கோப்பு "
++"அனுமதிகளைக் காண மற்றும் அமைக்க, அதை வலது சொடுக்கம் செய்து, <gui>பண்புகள்</"
++"gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுத்து பிறகு <gui>அனுமதிகள்</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அமைக்கக்கூடியா அனுமதிகளின் வகைகளைப் பற்றிய விவரமறிய <link xref="
++"\"#files\"/> மற்றும் <link xref=\"#folders\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு உரிமையாளர், குழு உரிமையாளர் மற்றும் கணினியின் பிற அனைத்து "
++"பயனர்கள் ஆகியோருக்கான அனுமதிகளை அமைக்க முடியும். உங்கள் கோப்புகளுக்கு "
++"நீங்களே உரிமையாளர், இதில் நீங்கள் உங்களுக்கே படிக்க மட்டுமே அனுமதி அல்லது "
++"படிக்க மற்றும் எழுத அனுமதி கொடுத்துக்கொள்ள முடியும். நீங்கள் தற்செயலாக "
++"கோப்புகளில் மாற்றம் செய்யாமல் தடுக்க வேண்டும் என்றால் அவற்றுக்கு வாசிக்க "
++"மட்டும் அனுமதியை அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் ஒரு குழுவைச் சேர்ந்தவராக இருப்பார். "
++"விட்டு கணினிகளில், ஒவ்வொரு பயனருக்கும் ஒரு தனி குழு இருப்பது வழக்கம், குழு "
++"அனுமதிகள் பெரும்பாலும் பயன்படுத்தப்படுவதில்லை. நிறுவன சூழல்களில், துறைகள் "
++"அல்லது திட்டப்பணிகளுக்காக குழுக்கள் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. ஒவ்வொரு "
++"கோப்புக்கும் ஒரு உரிமையாளர் இருப்பது போல் ஒவ்வொரு குழுவும் இருக்கும். "
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பின் குழுவை அமைத்து, குழுவில் உள்ள அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்குமான "
++"அனுமதிகளைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். நீங்கள் சார்ந்துள்ள குழுவை மட்டுமே "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பின் குழுவாக அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பின் குழுவில் உள்ள உரிமையாளரல்லாத மற்ற பயனர்களுக்கும் அனுமதிகளை "
++"அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு ஸ்கிரிப்ட் போன்ற என ஒரு நிரலாக இருந்தால், அதை இயக்க நீங்கள் "
++"<gui>கோப்பை நிரலாக இயக்க அனுமதி</gui> என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்ய வேண்டும். இந்த "
++"விருப்பத்தை தேர்வு செய்திருந்தாலும், கோப்பு மேலாளர் கோப்பை ஒரு "
++"பயன்பாட்டில் திறக்கலாம் அல்லது என்ன செய்ய வேண்டும் என உங்களிடம் கேட்கலாம். "
++"மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr "கோப்புறைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்புறையில் உரிமையாளர், குழு மற்றும் பிற பயனர்களுக்கு அனுமதிகளை "
++"அமைக்க முடியும். உரிமையாளர்கள், குழுக்கள் மற்றும் பிற பயனர்களின் "
++"விளக்கத்திற்கு மேலே உள்ள கோப்பு அனுமதிகள் பற்றிய விவரங்களைப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்புறைக்கு அமைக்கக்கூடிய அனுமதிகள் ஒரு கோப்புக்கு "
++"அமைக்கக்கூடிய அனுமதிகளில் இருந்து வேறுபட்டது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr "எதுவுமில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புறையில் என்ன கோப்புகள் உள்ளது என்பதைக் கூட பயனரால் பார்க்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளின் பட்டியல் மட்டும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனர் கோப்புறையில் என்ன கோப்புகள் உள்ளன எனப் பார்க்க முடியும், ஆனால் "
++"கோப்புகளை திறக்க, உருவாக்க அல்லது அழிக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை அணுக"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனர் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளைத் திறக்க முடியும் (குறிப்பிட்ட கோப்பில் "
++"அவர்கள் அவ்வாறு செய்ய அனுமதி வழங்கப்பட்டிருந்தால்) ஆனால் புதிய கோப்புகளை "
++"உருவாக்க அல்லது கோப்புகளை அழிக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr "கோப்புகளை உருவாக்க மற்றும் அழிக்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனருக்கு கோப்புகளை திறத்தல், உருவாக்குதல் மற்றும் அழித்தல் உட்பட "
++"கோப்புறைக்கான முழு அணுகல் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>உள்ளே உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கான அனுமதிகளை மாற்று</gui> என்பதை "
++"சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளுக்கும் விரைவாக "
++"கோப்பு அனுமதிகளை அமைக்க முடியும். அங்குள்ள கோப்புகள் அல்லது கோப்புறைகளின் "
++"அனுமதிகளை சரிசெய்ய கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலைப் பயன்படுத்தி <gui>மாற்று</gui> "
++"என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். அனுமதிகள் கோப்புறைகளுக்கும் கோப்புகளுக்கும் "
++"கோப்புறைகளில் உள்ளே உள்ளே உள்ள அனைத்து உப கோப்புறைகளுக்கும் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியல் காட்சி வகையில் என்ன தகவல் நெடுவரிசைகள் காட்டப்படுகிறது என்பதைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் பட்டியல் நெடுவரிசை முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கோப்பு மேலாளர் பட்டியல் காட்சியில் காண்பிக்கக்கூடிய ஒன்பது தகவல் "
++"நெடுவரிசைகள் உள்ளன. மேல் பட்டியில் <gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்து <gui>தெரியும் நெடுவரிசைகள்</gui> "
++"தாவலைத் தேர்வு செய்து எந்தெந்த நெடுவரிசைகள் தெரிய வேண்டும் என்பதைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த நெடுவரிசைகள் காண்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டிய வரிசையை மாற்ற <gui>மேலே "
++"நகர்த்து</gui> மற்றும் <gui>கீழே நகர்த்து</gui> பொத்தான்களைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போது பார்த்துக்கொண்டிருக்கும் கோப்புறையில் உள்ள கோப்புறைகள் மற்றும் "
++"கோப்புகளின் பெயர்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கோப்புறையின் அளவு என்பது அதிலுள்ள உருப்படிகளின் எண்ணிக்கையால் "
++"குறிப்பிடப்படுகிறது. ஒரு கோப்பின் அளவு பைட், KB, அல்லது MB ஆக "
++"குறிப்பிடப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புறையாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படும், அல்லது PDF ஆவணம், JPEG படம், MP3 ஆடியோ "
++"இன்னும் பல போன்ற கோப்பு வகையாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr "அது கடைசியாக மாற்றப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரத்தைக் கூறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr "உரிமையாளர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr "கோப்புறை அல்லது கோப்பின் உரிமையாளரின் பெயர்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr "குழு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புக்கு உரிமையுள்ள குழு. பெரும்பாலான வீட்டு கணினிகளில், ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் "
++"தனித்தனியாக அவர்களுக்கான குழுவில் இருப்பார்கள். நிறுவன சூழல்களில் குழுக்கள் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன, அங்கு துறைகள் அல்லது திட்டப்பணிகளுக்கு ஏற்ப சில "
++"குழுக்களாக பிரித்து வைத்து பயன்படுத்துவார்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr "அனுமதிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr "கோப்பு அணுகல் அனுமதிகளைக் காட்டுகிறது எ.கா. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++"முதல் எழுத்து <gui>-</gui> கோப்பு வகையாகும். <gui>-</gui> என்றால் சாதாரண "
++"கோப்பு என்றும் <gui>d</gui> என்றால் கோப்பகம் (கோப்புறை) என்றும் பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"அடுத்த மூன்று எழுத்துகள் <gui>rwx</gui> கோப்பின் உரிமையாளரின் அனுமதிகளைக் "
++"குறிப்பிடுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++"அடுத்த மூன்று எழுத்துகளான <gui>rw-</gui> கோப்பு சார்ந்துள்ள குழுவின் "
++"அனைத்து உறுப்பினர்களுக்குமான அனுமதிகளைக் குறிப்பிடுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++"நெடுவரிசையில் உள்ள கடைசி மூன்று எழுத்துகள் <gui>r--</gui> கணினியில் உள்ள பிற "
++"அனைத்து பயனர்களின் அனுமதிகளைக் குறிப்பிடுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr "ஒவ்வொரு எழுத்துக்களுக்கும் பின்வரும் பொருள்கள் உள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr "r : வாசிக்கும் அனுமதி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr "w : எழுதும் அனுமதி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr "x : இயக்கும் அனுமதி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr "- : அனுமதி இல்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr "MIME வகை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr "உருப்படிக்கான MIME வகையைக் காட்டுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr "கோப்பின் இருப்பிடத்திற்கான பாதை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புகளுக்கு எப்போது சிறுபடங்கள் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் என்பதைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr "கோப்பு மேலாளர் மாதிரிக்காட்சி முன்னுரிமைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளர் படம், வீடியோ மற்றும் உரை கோப்புகளின் சிறு படங்களை "
++"உருவாக்குகிறது. பெரிய கோப்புகள் அல்லது பிணையத்திலுள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கு சிறுபட "
++"மாதிரிக்காட்சிகள் வேகமாக வராது, எனவே எப்போது மாதிரிக்காட்சிகள் காண்பிக்கப்பட "
++"வேண்டும் என்பதை நீங்கள் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். மேல் பட்டியில் "
++"<gui>கோப்புகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி <gui>முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்து "
++"<gui>மாதிரிக்காட்சி</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள அல்லது இணைக்கப்பட்ட வெளிப்புற "
++"இயக்கிகளில் உள்ள <gui> உள்ளமை கோப்புகளுக்கு மட்டுமே</gui> மாதிரிக்காட்சிகள் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன. நீங்கள் இந்த அம்சம் <gui>எப்போதும்</gui> இயங்கும் படி "
++"அல்லது <gui>ஒருபோதும்</gui> இயங்காதபடி அமைக்க முடியும். கோப்பு மேலாளரால் "
++"ஒரு உள்ளமை பிணையத்தின் மூலம் அல்லது இணையத்தின் மூலம் <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"connect\">மற்ற கணினிகளில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை உலவ</link> முடியும். நீங்கள் பிணைய "
++"கோப்புகளை அடிக்கடி உலவுவீர்கள் என்றால், அதே சமயம் உங்கள் பிணையம் உயர் "
++"அலைவரிசை கொண்டது எனில்,  நீங்கள் எப்போதும் மாதிரிக்காட்சிக்கு "
++"<gui>எப்போதும்</gui> என்ற விருப்பத்தை அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++"கூடுதலாக, நீங்கள் <gui>இதை விட சிறிய கோப்புகளுக்கு மட்டும்</gui> என்ற "
++"விருப்பத்தின் மூலம் மாதிரிக்காட்சி காண்பிக்கப்படும் கோப்புகளை அளவினால் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள்<link xref=\"nautilus-list\">பட்டியல் காட்சி நெடுவரிசைகள்</link> "
++"அல்லது <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">சின்ன தலைப்புகள்</link> "
++"ஆகியவற்றில் கோப்பு அளவுகளைக் காண்பித்தால், கோப்புறைகள் அவற்றுள் எத்தனை "
++"கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் உள்ளன என்ற எண்ணிக்கையைக் காட்டும். "
++"கோப்புறையில் உள்ள உருப்படிகளை எண்ணும் செயல் மெதுவாக நடக்கும், குறிப்பாக மிக "
++"பெரிய கோப்புறைகள் அல்லது ஒரு பிணையத்தில் உள்ள கோப்புறைகளுக்கு மெதுவாக "
++"இருக்கும். நீங்கள் இந்த அம்சத்தை இயக்கலாம், அணைக்கலாம் அல்லது உங்கள் கணினி "
++"மற்றும் உள்ளமைந்துள்ள வெளி இயக்கிகளில் உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கு மட்டும் "
++"செயல்படும் படியும் அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளருக்கான முன்னிருப்பு காட்சி வகை, வரிசைப்படுத்தல் விதம் மற்றும் "
++"பெரிதாக்கல் நிலைகளைக் குறிப்பிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr "<app>கோப்புகள்</app> இல் உள்ள முன்னுரிமைகளைக் காட்டும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் புதிய கோப்புறைகளுக்கான முன்னிருப்பு காட்சி வகையையும் கோப்புகள் "
++"மற்றும் கோப்புறைகள் எப்படி வரிசைப்படுத்தப்படும் என்பதையும் சின்னம் மற்றும் "
++"சிறு காட்சி வகைகளுக்கான பெரிதாக்கல் நிலையையும் பக்கப்பட்டியில் கோப்புகள் "
++"கிளையமைப்புகளாகக் காண்பிக்கப்படுமா வேண்டாமா என்பதையும் மாற்றலாம். "
++"<app>கோப்புகள்</app> திறந்திருக்கும் போது <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">கோப்புகள்</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">முன்னுரிமைகள்</gui></"
++"guiseq> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui style=\"tab\">காட்சி வகைகள்</gui> தாவலைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு காட்சிவகை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr "புதிய கோப்புறைகளை இதனைப் பயன்படுத்திக் காண்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, புதிய கோப்புறைகள் சின்ன காட்சியில் காட்டப்படும். நீங்கள் "
++"பட்டியல் காட்சியை விரும்பினால், நீங்கள் அதை இங்கு முன்னிருப்பு காட்சிவகையாக "
++"அமைக்க முடியும். கருவிப்பட்டியில் உள்ள <gui style=\"button\">உருப்படிகளை "
++"பட்டியலாகக் காண்பி</gui> அல்லது <gui style=\"button\">உருப்படிகளை சின்ன "
++"வலையமைப்பாகக் காண்பி</gui> பொத்தான்களைச் சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம், நீங்கள் உலவும் "
++"போது நீங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு கோப்புறைக்கும் வெவ்வேறு காட்சிவகையையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr "உருப்படிகளை வரிசைப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னுரிமைகளில் உள்ள <gui>உருப்படிகளை வரிசைப்படுத்து</gui> கீழ் தோன்று "
++"பட்டியலைப் பயன்படுத்தி உருப்படிகளின் பெயர், கோப்பு அளவு, கோப்பு வகை, எப்போது "
++"கடைசியாக மாற்றப்பட்டது, கடைசியாக எப்போது அணுகப்பட்டது அல்லது அவை எப்போது "
++"குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்கு அனுப்பப்பட்டது என்பவற்றின் படி வரிசைப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">காட்சி "
++"விருப்பங்கள்</media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, <gui>பெயரின் படி</gui>, <gui>அளவின் "
++"படி</gui>, <gui>வகையின் படி</gui> அல்லது <gui>மாற்றிய தேதிப்படி</gui> "
++"ஆகியவற்றைத் தேர்வு செய்வதன் மூலமோ அல்லது பட்டியல் காட்சியில் பட்டியல் "
++"நெடுவரிசை தலைப்புகளை சொடுக்குவதன் மூலமோ, ஒரு தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புறையில் "
++"கோப்புகள் எப்படி வரிசைப்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன என்பதையும் நீங்கள் மாற்ற முடியும்."
++" இந்த மெனு தற்போதுள்ள கோப்புறையை மட்டும் பாதிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr "கோப்புறைகளை கோப்புகளுக்கு முன்பாக வரிசைப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக, கோப்பு மேலாளர் இப்போது அனைத்து கோப்புறைகளையும் "
++"கோப்புகளுக்கு முன்பாகக் காட்டுவதில்லை. கோப்புகளுக்கு முன்பாக அனைத்து "
++"கோப்புறைகளையும் பட்டியலிட இந்த விருப்பத்தை செயல்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr "மறைக்கப்பட்ட மற்றும் மறுபிரதி கோப்புகளை காட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்பு மேலாளர் முன்னிருப்பாக, <link xref=\"files-hidden\">மறைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகள்</link> மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளைக் காட்டாது. நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைக் காண்பிக்கச் செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++"கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">காட்சி "
++"விருப்பங்கள்</media> இல் இருந்து <gui>மறைக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui> "
++"ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் ஒரு தனிப்பட்ட சாளரத்தில் உள்ள மறைக்கப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளைக் காண்பிக்கச் செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr "சின்னக் காட்சி முன்னிருப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு பெரிதாக்கல் நிலை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தை பயன்படுத்தி சின்னக் காட்சியில் சின்னங்கள் மற்றும் "
++"உரையை முன்னிருப்பாக பெரிதாக அல்லது சிறிதாக அமைக்க முடியும். கருவிப்பட்டியில் "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">காட்சி விருப்பங்கள்</"
++"media> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, <gui>பெரிதாக்கு</gui>, <gui>சிறிதாக்கு</gui> "
++"அல்லது <gui>இயல்பான அளவு</gui> ஆகியவற்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலமும் நீங்கள் "
++"ஒரு தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புறைக்கான இந்த அமைப்பை மாற்றலாம். நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி ஒரு "
++"பெரிய அல்லது சிறிய பெரிதாக்கல் நிலையைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால், நீங்கள் "
++"இந்த விருப்பத்தைக் கொண்டு அதை முன்னிருப்பாக அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++"சின்னக் காட்சியில் உங்கள் பெரிதாக்கல் நிலையைப் பொறுத்து அதிக அல்லது குறைந்த "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">தலைப்புகள்</link> "
++"காட்டப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr "பட்டியல் காட்சி முன்னிருப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தை பயன்படுத்தி பட்டியல் காட்சியில் சின்னங்கள் மற்றும்  "
++"உரையை பெரிதாக அல்லது சிறிதாக அமைக்க முடியும். கருவிப்பட்டியில் <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">காட்சி விருப்பங்கள்</media> பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்கி, <gui>பெரிதாக்கு</gui>, <gui>சிறிதாக்கு</gui> அல்லது <gui>இயல்பான "
++"அளவு</gui> ஆகியவற்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலமும் நீங்கள் ஒரு தனிப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புறைக்கான இந்த அமைப்பை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux இல் வைரஸ்கள் மிகக் குறைவே, ஆகவே உங்களுக்கு வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள் "
++"தேவையில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr "வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள் தேவையா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் Windows அல்லது Mac OS பயன்படுத்தியவர் என்றால், எப்போதுமே ஒரு வைரஸ் "
++"எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள் இயங்குவதும் உங்களுக்குப் பழக்கமாக இருக்கும். வைரஸ் "
++"எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள் தொடர்ந்து பின்புலத்தில் இயங்கி உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"ஊடுருவி ஏதேனும் பாதிப்பை ஏற்படுத்தும் சாத்தியமுள்ள வைரஸ்கள் உள்ளதா என சோதனை "
++"செய்து கொண்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"Linnux க்கு வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள் கிடையாது, நீங்கள் அதை பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டிய அவசியம் இல்லை. இன்று வரை Linux ஐ பாதிக்கும் வைரஸ்கள் மிக மிக அரிதே. "
++"மற்ற இயக்க முறைமைகளைப் போல Linux பரவலாக பயன்படுத்தப்படுவதில்லை, அதனால் தான் "
++"வைரஸை உருவாக்குபவர்கள் Linux க்காக வைரஸ்கள் இல்லை என்று சில கூறுகின்றனர். "
++"Linux தன்னியல்பிலேயே மிகவும் பாதுகாப்பானது, ஆகவே வைரஸ்கள் ஏற்படுத்தக்கூடிய "
++"பாதுகாப்பு பிரச்சினைகள் மிக விரைவில் சரிசெய்யப்பட்டுவிடுகின்றன என்றும் சிலர் "
++"கூறுகின்றனர்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"காரணம் எதுவாக இருந்தாலும், Linux வைரஸ்கள் என்பது மிக அரிது, ஆகவே இப்போதைக்கு "
++"நீங்கள் அது குறித்து கவலைப்பட தேவையில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கூடுதல் பாதுகாப்பாக இருக்க வேண்டும் என்றால் அல்லது Windows மற்றும் "
++"Mac OS பயன்படுத்துபவர்களும் நீங்களும் பரிமாறிக்கொள்ளும் கோப்புகளில் வைரஸ்கள் "
++"உள்ளதா என்று சோதிக்க விரும்பினால் வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருளை நிறுவ முடியும்."
++" மென்பொருள் நிறுவியில் பார்க்கவும் அல்லது ஆன்லைனில் தேடவும்; ஆன்லைனில் பல "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">முன்னிருப்பு உலாவியை மாற்று</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">Flash ஐ நிறுவு</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight ஆதரவு</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr "Ubuntu ஆவணப்படுத்தல் குழு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr "வலை உலாவிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> இல் <gui>விவரங்கள்</gui> க்குச் சென்று முன்னிருப்பு வலை "
++"உலாவியை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr "வலைத்தளங்கள் எந்த உலாவியால் திறக்கப்படும் என்பதை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஏதேனும் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டில் ஒரு வலைப்பக்க இணைப்பை சொடுக்கும் போது, அந்த "
++"பக்கம் தானாகவே ஒரு வலை உலாவியால் திறக்கப்படும். உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கும் அதிக "
++"உலாவிகள் நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், அந்தப் பக்கம் நீங்கள் விரும்புகின்ற உலாவியால் "
++"திறக்கபடாமல் போகலாம்,. இதை சரி செய்ய முன்னிருப்பு வலை உலாவியை மாற்றவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விவரம்</gui> ஐத் திறந்து சாளரத்தின் இடது பக்கத்தில் உள்ள பட்டியலில் "
++"இருந்து <gui>முன்னிருப்பு பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>வலை</gui> விருப்பத்தை மாற்றுவதன் மூலம், இணைப்புகள் எந்த வலை உலாவி மூலம் "
++"திறக்கப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் வேறு ஒரு வலை உலாவியைத் திறக்கும் போது, அது இப்போது முன்னிருப்பு "
++"உலாவியாக இல்லை என்று கூறக்கூடும். அப்படிக் கூறினால், <gui>ரத்துசெய்</gui> "
++"(அல்லது அது போன்ற) பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும், அதனால் அந்த உலாவி மீண்டும் தன்னை "
++"முன்னிருப்பு உலாவியாக அமைக்க முயற்சி செய்யாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> இல் உள்ள <gui>விவரங்கள்</gui> க்குச் சென்று முன்னிருப்பு "
++"மின்னஞ்சல் கிளையண்ட்டை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++"மின்னஞ்சல்களை எழுத எந்த மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடு பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது என்பதை "
++"மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்புவதற்கான ஒரு பொத்தானை அல்லது இணைப்பை "
++"சொடுக்கும் போது (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக உங்கள் சொல் செயலாக்க பயன்பாட்டில்), ஒரு "
++"காலியான செய்தியுடன் நீங்கள் எழுத தயாராக உங்கள் முன்னிருப்பு மின்னஞ்சல் "
++"பயன்பாடு திறக்கப்படும். உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கும் மேற்பட்ட மின்னஞ்சல் "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் இருந்தால், தவறான மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடு திறக்கலாம். நீங்கள் "
++"முன்னிருப்பு மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாட்டை மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் இதை சரிசெய்ய முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அஞ்சல்</gui> விருப்பத்தை மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் முன்னிருப்பாக பயன்படுத்தப்பட "
++"விரும்பும் மின்னஞ்சல் கிளையண்ட்டைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++"வைரஸ்கள் உங்கள் கணினியில் பாதிப்பை ஏற்படுத்த வாய்ப்பில்லை, ஆனால் நீங்கள் "
++"மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்பும் நபர்களின் கணினிகளை பாதிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr "என் மின்னஞ்சல்களில் வைரஸ்கள் உள்ளதா என ஸ்கேன் செய்ய வேண்டுமா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியில் நுழைந்தால், ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்களை ஏற்படுத்தும் நிரல்களே வைரஸ்கள். அவை "
++"பொதுவாக மின்னஞ்சல் செய்திகள் மூலமே உங்கள் கணினியை அடைகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux ஐ இயக்கும் கணினிகளை பாதிக்கும் வைரஸ்கள் மிக அரிதாகவே உள்ளன, எனவே "
++"நீங்கள் <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் அல்லது வேறு வழியில் "
++"வைரஸைப் பெறுவதற்கு வாய்ப்பு குறைவு</link>. வைரஸ் மறைந்துள்ள ஒரு மின்னஞ்சல் "
++"உங்களுக்கு வந்தால், அது உங்கள் கணினியில் எந்த விளைவையும் ஏற்படுத்தாது. ஆகவே "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல்களில் வைரஸ்கள் உள்ளதா என ஸ்கேன் செய்ய தேவையில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++"இருப்பினும், நீங்கள் ஒருவரிடமிருந்து மற்றொரு நபருக்கு வைரஸை அனுப்ப நேருமோ "
++"என்பதால் நீங்கள் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சலை ஒரு வைரஸ் முன்னோக்கி நடக்கும் வழக்கில் "
++"வைரஸ்கள் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் ஸ்கேன் செய்ய விரும்பலாம். உதாரணமாக, வைரஸ் "
++"பாதிக்கப்பட்ட Windows கணினியைக் கொண்டுள்ள உங்கள் நண்பர் ஒருவர் வைரஸ் பாதித்த "
++"ஒரு மின்னஞ்சலை உங்களுக்கு அனுப்பி, நீங்கள் அதை Windows கணினியைக் கொண்டுள்ள "
++"மற்றொரு நண்பருக்கு அனுப்பினால், இரண்டாவது நண்பரின் கணினி வைரஸால் "
++"பாதிக்கப்படலாம். இதைத் தடுக்க உங்கள் கணினியில்  மின்னஞ்சல் வைரஸ்களை ஸ்கேன் "
++"செய்ய ஒரு வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு பயன்பாட்டை நிறுவலாம், ஆனால் இது நடக்க அதிக "
++"சாத்தியம் இல்லை, ஏனெனில்  Windows மற்றும் Mac OS பயன்படுத்தும் பெரும்பாலான "
++"நபர்கள் வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருளை நிறுவியிருப்பார்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">முன்னிருப்பு மின்னஞ்சல் பயன்பாடுகள்</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME ஆவணமாக்கத் திட்டப்பணி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr "மின்னஞ்சல் &amp; மின்னஞ்சல் மென்பொருள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் IP முகவரியைத் தெரிந்துகொண்டால், பிணைய பிரச்சினைகளை பழுதுபார்க்க "
++"உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr "உங்கள் IP முகவரியை கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் IP முகவரி தெரிந்தால், இணைய இணைப்பு பிரச்சினைகளைப் பழுதுபார்க்க "
++"உதவியாக இருக்கும். உங்கள் கணினிக்கு பின்வருமாறு <em>இரண்டு IP</em> முகவரிகள் "
++"உள்ளன என்பது உங்களுக்கு ஆச்சரியமாக இருக்கலாம்: அக பிணையத்தில் உங்கள் "
++"கணினிக்கான ஒரு IP முகவரி மற்றும் இணையத்தில் உங்கள் கணினிக்கான IP முகவரி "
++"ஆகியவை உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr "உங்கள் அக (பிணைய) IP முகவரியை கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து, நீங்கள் IP முகவரியை கண்டுபிடிக்க வேண்டிய பிணைய "
++"இணைப்பைப் பொறுத்து, இடது பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>வயர்டு</gui> அல்லது "
++"<gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr "உங்கள் அக IP முகவரி தகவல் பட்டியலில் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வெளி (இணைய) IP முகவரியை கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link> "
++"க்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr "இந்த தளம் உங்கள் கணினியின் வெளி IP முகவரியைக் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி இணையத்துடன் இணைக்கும் விதத்தைப் பொறுத்து, இந்த இரு முகவரிகளும் "
++"ஒன்றாகவேகூட இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் திட்டங்கள் பிணைய அணுக முடியும் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். இந்த "
++"பாதுகாப்பான உங்கள் கணினியில் வைக்க உதவுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr "ஃபயர்வால் அணுகலை இயக்குதல் அல்லது தடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++"இணையத்தில் உள்ள அல்லது உங்கள் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்ற நபர்கள் உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"உள்ள நிரல்களை அணுக விடாமல் தடுக்க உதவுகின்ற <em>ஃபயர்வால்</em> உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் இருக்கும். இது உங்கள் கணினியைப் பாதுகாப்பான வைக்க உதவுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பிணைய இணைப்பை பல பயன்பாடுகள் பயன்படுத்த முடியும். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் "
++"கோப்புகளை பகிர்ந்து கொள்ளலாம் அல்லது ஒரு பிணையத்தில் இணைந்திருக்கும் ஒருவர் "
++"தொலைநிலையில் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைப் பார்வையிட அனுமதிக்கலாம். உங்கள் கணினி "
++"எப்படி அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது என்பதைப் பொறுத்து, இந்த சேவைகள் சரியாக இயங்க "
++"அதற்கேற்ப நீங்கள் ஃபயர்வாலை அனுமதிக்க சரி செய்ய வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++"பிணைய சேவைகளை வழங்கும் ஒவ்வொரு நிரலும் ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட <em>பிணைய "
++"போர்ட்டைப்</em> பயன்படுத்துகிறது. ஒரு பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்ற கணினிகள் ஒரு "
++"சேவையை அணுக அனுமதிக்க, ஃபயர்வாலில் அதற்கென ஒதுக்கப்பட்ட போர்ட்டை நீங்கள் "
++"\"திறக்க\" வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் மேல் இடது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> க்குச் சென்று, "
++"உங்கள் ஃபயர்வால் பயன்பாட்டைத் தொடங்கவும். அப்படி ஒன்று இல்லாவிட்டால், "
++"நீங்களே ஒரு ஃபயர்வால் மேலாளரை நிறுவ வேண்டும் (உதாரணமாக, Firestarter அல்லது "
++"GUFW)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் பிணைய சேவையை அணுக வேண்டுமா இல்லையா என்ற உங்கள் "
++"விருப்பத்தைப் பொறுத்து, அதை திறக்கலாம் அல்லது முடக்கலாம். நீங்கள் எந்த "
++"போர்ட்டை மாற்ற வேண்டும் என்பது<link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">சேவையைப் "
++"பொறுத்தது</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++"ஃபயர்வால் கருவி ஏதேனும் கூடுதல் அறிவுறுத்தல்களை வழங்கினால், அவற்றைப் "
++"பின்பற்றி மாற்றங்களை சேமிக்கவும் அல்லது பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஃபயர்வால் கொண்டு, ஒரு நிரலுக்கான பிணைய அணுகலை இயக்க/முடக்க நீங்கள் "
++"சரியான பிணைய போர்ட்டைக் குறிப்பிட வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr "பொதுவாக பயன்படுத்தப்படும் பிணைய போர்ட்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++"கோப்புப் பகிர்தல் அல்லது தொலைநிலை பணிமேசை காணுதல் போன்ற பிணைய சேவைகளை "
++"வழங்கும் பயன்பாடுகள் பயன்படுத்தும் பொதுவான போர்ட்டுகளின் பட்டியல் இது. இந்த "
++"பயன்பாடுகளுக்கான <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">அணுகலை தடுக்க அல்லது "
++"அனுமதிக்க</link> கணினியின் ஃபயர்வாலை அமைக்கலாம். ஆயிரக்கணக்கான போர்ட்டுகள் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படுவதால் இந்த அட்டவணை நிறைவுறாதது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr "போர்ட்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr "விளக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr "5353/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எந்த விவரமும் வழங்காமலே, கணினிகள் ஒன்றை ஒன்று கண்டறியவும் அவை என்ன "
++"சேவைகளை வழங்குகின்றன என்று விவரிக்கவும் அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr "631/udp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr "அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தின் மூலம் அச்சுப்பொறிக்கு ஒரு அச்சுப் பணியை அனுப்ப அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr "631/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்றவர்களுடன் உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியை பகிர அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr "5298/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr "இருப்பு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்றவர்க்கு \"ஆன்லைன்\" அல்லது \"வேலையில்\" என்பது போன்ற "
++"உங்கள் உடனடி செய்திப் பயன்பாட்டுக்கான நிலைகளை மற்றவர்க்கு தெரியப்படுத்த "
++"அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr "5900/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr "தொலைநிலை பணிமேசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++"தொலைவிலிருப்பவர்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைக் காணவும் உங்களுக்கு உதவவும் உங்கள் "
++"பணிமேசையை பகிர அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr "3689/tcp"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr "இசை பகிர்வு (DAAP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தில் உள்ள மற்றவர்களுடன் உங்கள் இசை தரவகத்தைப் பகிர அனுமதிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு நிலையான IP முகவரியைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், உங்கள் கணினியில் இருந்து சில "
++"பிணைய சேவைகளை எளிதாக வழங்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr "ஒரு நிலையான IP முகவரியுடனான ஒரு இணைப்பை உருவாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான பிணையங்கள், நீங்கள் பிணையத்தில் கணினியை இணைக்கும் போதே, தானாக "
++"ஒரு <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP முகவரி</link> மற்றும் பிற "
++"விவரங்களை உங்கள் கணினிக்கு அமைக்கும். இந்த விவரங்கள் அவ்வப்போது மாறலாம். "
++"ஆனால் உங்கள் கணினியின் IP முகவரி என்ன என்பதை எப்போதுமே அறிந்திருக்க "
++"விரும்பினால் (உதாரணமாக அது ஒரு கோப்பு சேவையகமாக இருந்தால்), அதற்கு ஒரு "
++"நிலையான IP முகவரியை அமைக்க விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினிக்கு ஒரு நிலையான IP முகவரியை அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> <gui>பிணைய சின்னத்தை</gui> சொடுக்கி <gui>பிணைய "
++"அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியலில் இருந்து பிணைய இணைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து (<gui>வயர்டு</gui> "
++"அல்லது<gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui>) <gui>அமைவாக்கம் செய்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 அமைவுகள்</gui> தாவலில் சொடுக்கி <gui>முறை</gui> ஐ<em>கைமுறை</em> "
++"க்கு மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>முகவரிகள்</gui> பட்டியலில் இணைப்பு தகவல் எதுவும் பட்டியலிடப்படாவிட்டால் "
++"அல்லது நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய இணைப்பை உருவாக்க விரும்பினால் <gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>IP முகவரி</em>, <em>நெட்மாஸ்க்</em> மற்றும் <em>கேட்வே</em> தகவல்களை "
++"அவற்றுக்குரிய பெட்டிகளில் உள்ளிடவும். இவை உங்கள் பிணைய அமைவைப் பொறுத்து "
++"அமையும்; ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட பிணையத்திற்கு எந்த IP முகவரிகள் மற்றும் "
++"நெட்மாஸ்க்குகள் செல்லுபடியாகும் என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும் சில விதிமுறைகள் "
++"உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++"தேவைப்பட்டால், <gui>DNS சேவையகங்கள்</gui> பெட்டியில் ஒரு <em>டொமைன் பெயர் "
++"சேவையக</em> முகவரியை உள்ளிடவும். இது டொமைன் பெயர்களைத் தேடி அறியும் "
++"சேவையகத்தின் IP முகவரியாகும்; பெரும்பாலான நிறுவன பிணையங்களுக்கும் இணைய "
++"வழங்குநர்களுக்கும் அவர்களுக்கென்று தனி DNS சேவையகங்கள் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேமி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். இப்போது பிணைய இணைப்புக்கு ஒரு நிலையான IP "
++"முகவரி அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">உங்கள் IP முகவரியைக் கண்டுபிடித்தல்</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA பாதுகாப்பு</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-macaddress\">MAC முகவரிகள்</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">பதிலிகள்</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr "பிணையமாக்கல் சொற்கள் மற்றும் குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++"வீடியோக்கள் மற்றும் ஊடாடும் வலைப் பக்கங்களை காண்பிக்கும் YouTube போன்ற "
++"வலைத்தளங்களைக் காண Flash ஐ நிறுவ வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr "Flash செருகுநிரலை நிறுவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Flash</app> என்பது வீடியோக்களைக் காண உதவுகின்ற மற்றும் சில "
++"வலைத்தளங்களில் உள்ள ஊடாடும் பக்கங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த உதவுகின்ற, வலை உலாவிக்கான "
++"ஒரு <em>செருகு நிரல்</em> ஆகும். சில வலைத்தளங்கள் Flash இன்றி இயங்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் Flash நிறுவியிருக்காவிட்டால், அதைக் கூறும் ஒரு செய்தி "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படலாம். பெரும்பாலான வலை உலாவிகளுக்கு Flash இலவசமாக பதிவிறக்கக் "
++"கிடைக்கிறது (ஆனால் திறமூலமல்ல). பெரும்பாலான Linux விநியோகங்களில் Flash இன் "
++"ஒரு பதிப்பு இருக்கும், அதை நீங்கள் அவற்றின் மென்பொருள் நிறுவி (தொகுப்பு "
++"நிர்வாகி) மூலமும் நிறுவலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "மென்பொருள் நிறுவியில் Flash இருந்தால்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"மென்பொருள் நிறுவி பயன்பாட்டைத் திறந்து <input>Flash</inpud> ஐத் தேடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Adobe Flash செருகு நிரல்</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> அல்லது "
++"அது போன்ற உருப்படியைக் கண்டறிந்து அதை நிறுவ அதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++"வலை உலாவி சாளரங்கள் ஏதேனும் திறந்திருந்தால், அவற்றை மூடிவிட்டு மீண்டும் "
++"திறக்கவும். அதன் பின் வலை உலாவியை நீங்கள் திறக்கும் போது Flash "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது என்று வலை உலாவி அடையாளம் காண முடியும், நீங்கள் Flash ஐப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி வலைப்பக்கங்களைக் காண முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr "மென்பொருள் நிறுவியில் Flash <em>கிடைக்காவிட்டால்</em>:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++"<link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player பதிவிறக்க "
++"வலைத்தளத்திற்கு</link> செல்லவும். உங்கள் உலாவியும் இயக்க முறைமையும் தானாக "
++"கண்டறியப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பதிவிறக்க வேண்டிய பதிப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கி "
++"Linux விநியோகத்திற்கு உகந்த மென்பொருள் நிறுவி வகையைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும். "
++"எதைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என தெரியாவிட்டால், <file>.tar.gz</file> "
++"விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வலை உலாவிக்கு Flash ஐ எப்படி நிறுவ வேண்டும் என அறிய <link href=\"http:"
++"//kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">Flash க்கான நிறுவல் வழிமுறைகள்</"
++"link> க்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr "Flash க்கான மாற்று திறமூல மென்பொருள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++"Flash க்கான இலவச திற மூல மாற்று மென்பொருள் பல உள்ளன. அவை சில விதத்தில் Flash "
++"செருகு நிரலை விட சிறப்பாகவே வேலை செய்யக்கூடும் (உதாரணமாக ஒலி இயக்கத்தை "
++"இன்னும் சிறப்பாகக் கையாளலாம்). அதே சமயம் அவை சில அம்சங்களில் மோசமாக "
++"இருக்கலாம் (உதாரணமாக, இணையத்தில் உள்ள மிகவும் சிக்கலான Flash பக்கங்கள் "
++"சிலவற்றை ஒழுங்காகக் காட்ட முடியாது போகலாம்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு Flash பிளேயர் திருப்தியாக இல்லாவிட்டால் அல்லது நீங்கள் உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் முடிந்தவரை திற மூல மென்பொருளையே பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால் நீங்கள் "
++"இவற்றில் ஒன்றை முயற்சி செய்து பார்க்கலாம். அவற்றுள் சில இங்கே "
++"கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr "LightSpark"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr "Gnash"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வலைத்தளங்கள் வலைப் பக்கங்களை காட்ட Silverlight ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன. "
++"நீங்கள் இந்த பக்கங்களைக் காண Moonlight செருகுநிரலைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr "Silverlight செருகுநிரலை நிறுவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> என்பது உங்கள் வலை உலாவிக்கான ஒரு <em>செருகுநிரல்</em> "
++"ஆகும், இது வீடியோக்களை பார்க்கவும் சில வலைத்தளங்களின் ஊடாடும் வலைப் "
++"பக்கங்கள் பயன்படுத்தவும் அனுமதிக்கும். சில வலைத்தளங்கள் Silverlight இல்லாமல் "
++"வேலை செய்யாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு Silverlight செயல்படுத்தப்பட்ட வலைத்தளத்தைப் பார்த்து, ஆனால் அந்த "
++"செருகுநிரல் உங்கள் கணினியில் நிறுவப்படவில்லை என  அறிந்தால், அதைக் கூறும் ஒரு "
++"செய்தியை பார்ப்பீர்கள். இந்த செய்தியில், எப்படி செருகுநிரலைப் பெற வேண்டும் "
++"எனும் வழிமுறைகளும் இருக்கலாம், ஆனால் இந்த வழிமுறைகள் உங்கள் வலை உலாவி அல்லது "
++"Linux பதிப்புக்கு பொருத்தமானதாக இல்லாமல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் Silverlight செயல்படுத்தப்பட்ட வலைத்தளங்களைக் காண வேண்டும் என்றால், "
++"அதற்கு பதிலாக நீங்கள் <em>Moonlight</em> செருகுநிரலை நிறுவ வேண்டும். இது "
++"சில்வர்லைட் இன், Linux இல் இயங்கும் ஒரு இலவச திற மூல பதிப்பு."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++"சில Linux விநியோகங்களில் அவற்றின் மென்பொருள் நிறுவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"நிறுவக்கூடிய Moonlight நகல் இருக்கும்; நிறுவியைத் திறந்து "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> அல்லது <input>Moonlight</input> என தேடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் விநியோகத்தில் Moonlight தொகுப்பு மென்பொருள் தொகுப்பு இல்லை "
++"என்றால், மேலும் தகவல் மற்றும் நிறுவல் வழிமுறைகளைப் பெற <link href=\"http://"
++"www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight வலைத்தளத்தைப்</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr "பிணைய வன்பொருளுக்கு நியமிக்கப்படும் தனித்துவ அடையாளம் காட்டி."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr "MAC முகவரி என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>MAC முகவரி</em> என்பது பிணைய வன்பொருளின் (ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு அல்லது "
++"ஈத்தர்நெட் கார்டு போன்றவை) ஒரு பகுதிக்கு உற்பத்தி நிறுவனம் நியமிக்கும் ஒரு "
++"தனிப்பட்ட அடையாளங்காட்டி ஆகும். MAC என்பது <em>Media Access Control</em> "
++"என்பதைக் (ஊடக அணுகல் கட்டுப்பாடு) குறிக்கும், ஒவ்வொரு அடையாளங்காட்டியும் "
++"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட சாதனத்திற்கு தனித்துவமானதாக இருக்கும் வகையில் "
++"உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"MAC முகவரியில் ஆறு ஈரெழுத்துத் தொகுதிகள் இருக்கும், அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும் "
++"முக்காற்புள்ளியால் பிரிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> "
++"ஒரு MAC முகவரிக்கான எடுத்துக்காட்டாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் பிணைய வன்பொருளின் MAC முகவரியைக் கண்டறிய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து இடது பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>வயர்டு</gui> "
++"அல்லது <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> ஐ (நீங்கள் அறிய விரும்பும் சாதனத்தைப் பொறுத்து) "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr "உங்கள் MAC முகவரி <gui>வன்பொருள் முகவரியாகக்</gui> காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++"நடைமுறையில், நீங்கள் <link xref=\"net-editcon\">ஒரு MAC முகவரியை மாற்ற "
++"அல்லது \"ஸ்பூஃப்\" செய்ய</link> வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக, சில இணைய சேவை "
++"வழங்குநர்களுக்கு, அவர்களின் சேவையை அணுக ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட MAC முகவரி "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்ற கட்டுப்பாட்டைக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம். நெட்வொர்க் "
++"கார்டு வேலை செய்வதை நிறுத்திவிட்டால், நீங்கள் வேறு புதிய கார்டை பொருத்த "
++"வேண்டுமானால், அதன் பின் இந்த சேவை வேலை செய்யாமல் போகும். இது போன்ற "
++"சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் நீங்கள் MAC முகவரியை மாற்றிட வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணைய அமைவுகள் தானாகவே அமைக்கப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்களே அவற்றை உள்ளிட வேண்டி "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr "பிணைய அமைவுகளை கைமுறையாக அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பிணையம் உங்கள் கணினிக்கு பிணைய அமைவுகளை தானாகவே அமைக்காவிட்டால், "
++"நீங்கள் அமைவுகளை கைமுறையாக உள்ளிட வேண்டி இருக்கும். உங்களுக்கு பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டிய சரியான அமைவுகள் முன்பே தெரியும் என்று கருத்தில் கொண்டு இந்த தலைப்பு "
++"பின்வரும் விஷயங்களை விவரிக்கிறது. இல்லை என்றால், நீங்கள் உங்கள் பிணைய "
++"நிர்வாகியைக் கேட்கவும் அல்லது உங்கள் ரௌட்டர் அல்லது பிணைய சுவிட்ச் "
++"அமைவுகளைப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் பிணைய அமைவுகளை கைமுறையாக அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>பிணைய அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக அமைக்க விரும்பும் பிணைய இணைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து "
++"<gui>அமைவாக்கவும்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு கேபிள் வழியாக "
++"ஒரு பிணையத்துடன் இணைத்தால், <gui>வயர்டு</gui> என்பதில் பாருங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்று அல்லது பிணைய கேபிள் "
++"இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும். இல்லாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் "
++"<gui>அமைவாக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>IPv4 அமைப்புகள்</gui> தாவலுக்குச் சென்று முறையை <gui>கைமுறை</gui> என்று "
++"மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, <gui>முகவரிகள்</gui> பட்டியலில் உள்ள <em>IP "
++"முகவரியை</em>, <em>பிணைய மாஸ்க்</em> மற்றும் <em>முன்னிருப்பு கேட்வே IP "
++"முகவரி</em>  ஆகியவற்றை உரிய நெடுவரிசைகளில் உள்ளிடவும். ஒவ்வொரு முகவரியையும் "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்த பிறகு <key>Enter</key> அல்லது <key>Tab</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த மூன்று முகவரிகள் IP முகவரிகளாக இருக்க வேண்டும்; அதாவது, புள்ளியால் "
++"பிரிக்கப்பட்ட நான்கு எண்களாக இருக்க வேண்டும் (எ.கா. 123.45.6.78)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் DNS சேவையகங்களின் IP முகவரிகளை காற்புள்ளிகளால் "
++"பிரித்தபடி உரிய புலத்தில் தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேமி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் பிணையத்தில் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், "
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி இணைக்கவும். பிணைய அமைவுகளை "
++"சோதிக்கவும், எடுத்துக்காட்டாக ஒரு வலைத்தளத்துக்குச் செல்ல முயற்சிக்கலாம் "
++"அல்லது ஒரு பிணையத்தில் உள்ள பகிரப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைப் பார்க்க முயற்சிசெய்யலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் (கடவுச்சொல் போன்றவை) அமைவுகளை சேமிக்கலாம், இதனால் கணினியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் அனைவரும் பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr "மற்ற பயனர்கள் இணையத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியாது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு பிணைய இணைப்பை அமைத்தும், உங்கள் கணினியில் மற்ற பயனர்கள் அந்த "
++"இணைப்பிற்கு இணைக்க முடியாவிட்டால், அவர்கள் இணைக்க முயற்சிக்கும் போது "
++"ஒருவேளை சரியான அமைவுகளை உள்ளிடாமல் இருக்கலாம். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, நீங்கள் ஒரு "
++"வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்புக்கு இணைத்தால், அவர்கள் சரியான வயர்லெஸ் பாதுகாப்பு "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடாமல் இருந்திருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு பிணைய இணைப்பு அமைவுகளை ஒரு முறை அமைத்த பிறகு அனைவரும் அதைப் "
++"பகிர்ந்து கொள்ளும்படியும் நீங்கள் செய்ய முடியும். அதாவது நீங்க ஒரு முறை "
++"மட்டுமே அதை அமைக்க வேன்டும், அதன் பின் கணினியில் உள்ள எல்லோரும் எந்த "
++"கேள்விகளும் கேட்கப்படாமல் அந்த இணைப்பிற்கு இணைக்க முடியும். இதை செய்ய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து இடது பட்டியலில் இருந்து (நீங்கள் மாற்ற "
++"விரும்பும் எந்த பிணையை இணைப்பு எது என்பதைப் பொறுத்து) <gui>வயர்டு</gui> "
++"அல்லது <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணைய பெயர்</gui> கீழ்தோன்றும் பட்டியலில் இருந்து, எல்லோரும் "
++"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் விரும்பும் இணைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, "
++"<gui>அமைவாக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும்</gui> என்பதை தேர்வு செய்து <gui>சேமி</"
++"gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் மாற்றத்தை சேமிக்க உங்கள் நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை "
++"உள்ளிட வேண்டும். <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாக பயனர்கள்</link>  "
++"மட்டுமே இதை செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்போது கணினியின் பிற பயனர்கள் மேலும் விவரங்கள் எதையும் உள்ளிட வேண்டிய "
++"அவசியம் இல்லாமலே இந்த இணைப்பை பயன்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணைய இணைப்பு அமைவுகளில் <gui>அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும்</gui> என்ற "
++"விருப்பத்தை தேர்வு நீக்கவும் வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr "மற்ற பயனர்கள் பிணைய இணைப்புகளைத் திருத்த முடியாது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பிணைய இணைப்பை நீங்கள் திருத்த முடிந்து, ஆனால் உங்கள் கணினியிலான மற்ற "
++"பயனர்கள் திருத்த முடியாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் அவ்விணைப்பை <gui>அனைத்து "
++"பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும்</gui> என்று அமைத்திருப்பீர்கள். இப்படிச் "
++"செய்வதால், கணினியில் அனைவரும் இணைப்பை பயன்படுத்தி <em>இணைக்க முடியும்</em> "
++"முடியும் ஆனால் நிர்வாக உரிமைகள் கொண்ட பயனர்கள் மட்டுமே அமைவுகளை மாற்ற "
++"அனுமதிக்கப்படுவார்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"இதற்கு காரணம், இந்த அமைவுகளில் மாற்றம் ஏற்பட்டால், அனைவரும் பாதிக்கப்படுவர் "
++"என்பதால் மிகவும் நம்பகமான (நிர்வாகி) பயனர்கள் மட்டுமே இணைப்பை மாற்ற "
++"அனுமதிக்கப்பட வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்ற பயனர்களும் இணைப்புகளை மாற்ற முடியும்படி அமைக்க வேண்டுமானால், இணைப்பானது "
++"கணினியிலான அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் <em>கிடைக்காதபடி</em> அமைக்க வேண்டும். "
++"இப்படியாக, இணைப்புக்காக பகிரப்பட்ட, கணினி அளவிலான அமைவுகளை சார்ந்திருக்காமல் "
++"அனைவரும் தங்கள் இணைப்புகளை தாங்களே நிர்வகிக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr "இணைப்பு பகிரப்படாதவாறு அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து நீங்கள் மாற்ற விரும்பும் இணைப்பு எது என்பதைப் "
++"பொறுத்து இடது பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>வயர்டு</gui> அல்லது <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</"
++"gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணைய பெயர்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து, அனைவரும் நிர்வகிக்க "
++"திருத்த முடிய வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் விரும்பும் இணைப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து "
++"<gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இணைப்பை மாற்ற உங்கள் நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டும். நிர்வாக "
++"பயனர்கள் மட்டுமே இதை செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும்</gui> விருப்பத்தை தேர்வுநீக்கி "
++"<gui>சேமி</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும். இப்போது கணினியின் பிற பயனர்கள் இணைப்பை "
++"தாங்களாகவே நிர்வகிக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்புகளை சிக்கல் "
++"தீர்த்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">உங்கள் wifi பிணையத்தைக் "
++"கண்டறிதல்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr "பிணைய சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++"பதிலி என்பது நீங்கள் பார்க்கும் வலைத்தளங்களை வடிகட்டுகிறது, பொதுவாக "
++"கட்டுப்பாடு அல்லது பாதுகாப்பு நோக்கங்களுக்காக இதைச் செய்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr "பதிலி அமைவுகளை வரையறுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr "பதிலி என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>வலை பதிலி</em> என்பது நீங்கள் பார்க்கும் வலைத்தளங்களை வடிகட்டும். வலை "
++"பக்கங்கள் மற்றும் அவற்றின் கூறுகளைப் பெறுவதற்கான கோரிக்கைகளை அது பெற்று, ஒரு "
++"கொள்கையைப் பயன்படுத்தி அவற்றை மீண்டும் உங்களுக்கு அனுப்புவது குறித்து முடிவு "
++"செய்யப்படும். பொதுவாக வணிகங்கள் மற்றும் பொது வயர்லெஸ் ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்களில், "
++"நீங்கள் எந்த வலைத்தளங்களைப் பார்க்க முடியும் என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த, "
++"புகுபதிவு செய்யாமலல் இணையத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துவதைத் தடுக்க அல்லது "
++"வலைத்தளங்களில் பாதுகாப்பு சோதனைகளை மேற்கொள்ள பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr "பதிலி முறையை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து சாளரத்தின் இடது பக்கத்தில் பட்டியலில் இருந்து "
++"<gui>பிணைய பதிலி</gui> ஐத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++"பின்வரும் முறைகளில் நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் பதிலி முறையைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்பாடுகள் வலையில் உள்ள உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் பெற ஒரு நேரடி இணைப்பைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr "கைமுறை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு பதிலி நெறிமுறைக்கும், நெறிமுறைகளுக்கான ஒரு பதிலியின் முகவரி மற்றும் "
++"போர்ட்டை வரையறுக்கவும். <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> "
++"and <gui>SOCKS</gui> ஆகியவை நெறிமுறைகளாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr "தானியங்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு url ஆனது உங்கள் கணினிக்கான சரியான அமைவாக்கத்தைக் கொண்டுள்ள ஒரு "
++"ஆதாரத்தைச் சுட்டிக் காட்டுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++"பதிலி அமைவுகள், தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்ட அமைவாக்கத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த பிணைய இணைப்பைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் பயன்பாடுகளுக்கு செயல்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++"இணையத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது மனதில் வைத்துக் கொள்ள வேண்டிய சில "
++"குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr "ஸ்டீவன் ரிச்சர்ட்ஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr "இணையத்தில் பாதுகாப்பாக இருத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++"Linux இன் உறுதியான பாதுகாப்பே நீங்கள் அதைப் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு முக்கியக் காரணமாக "
++"இருக்கலாம். Linux தீம்பொருள் மற்றும் வைரஸ்களால் அதிகம் பாதிக்காமல் இருக்க, "
++"குறைவானவர்களே அடைப் பயன்படுத்துவதும் ஒரு காரணம். வைரஸ்கள் பொதுவாக Windows "
++"போன்ற பிரபலமான இயக்க முறைமைகளைக் குறிவைத்தே உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன. Linux மிக "
++"பாதுகாப்பானதாக இருக்க அதன் திறமூலப் பண்பும் ஒரு காரணமாகும், அது திறமூலமாக "
++"இருப்பதால், ஒவ்வொரு விநியோகத்திலும் பாதுகாப்பு அம்சங்கள் மாற்றி, "
++"மேம்படுத்தப்பட்டு வெளிவருகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++"Linux இன் நிறுவல் பாதுகாப்பானதாக இருக்க தேவையான அனைத்து நடவடிக்கைகளும் "
++"எடுக்கப்பட்டிருந்தாலும், பாதிப்புகள் எப்போதும் வாய்ப்புகள் இருக்கவே "
++"செய்கின்றன. ஒரு சராசரி இணைய பயனராக நீங்கள் பாதிப்புக்கு உட்படக்கூடிய "
++"பாதிப்புகள் பின்வருமாறு:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++"ஃபிஷிங் மோசடி (மோசடி மூலம் முக்கிய தகவல்களை பெற முயற்சி செய்யும் "
++"வலைத்தளங்கள் மற்றும் மின்னஞ்சல்கள்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">தீங்குதரும் மின்னஞ்சல்களைப் பகிர்தல்</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">தீங்கு தரும் பொருள்களைக் (வைரஸ்) கொண்ட "
++"பயன்பாடுகள்</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">அங்கீகரிக்கப்படாத தொலைநிலை/அக பிணைய "
++"அணுகல்</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஆன்லைனில் பாதுகாப்பாக இருக்க, பின்வரும் குறிப்புகளை மனதில் வைத்துக்கொள்ளவும்:"
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியாவர்களிடமிருந்து பெறும் மின்னஞ்சல்கள், இணைப்புகள் அல்லது "
++"இணைப்புகள் போன்றவற்றில் எச்சரிக்கையாக இருங்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வலைத்தளம் நம்ப முடியாத ஒரு சலுகையை வழங்கினால் அல்லது தேவையில்லாதது எனக் "
++"கருதக்கூடிய மிக முக்கியமான தகவல்களைக் கேட்டால், நீங்கள் என்ன தகவலை "
++"வழங்கப்போகிறீர்கள் என்பதைப் பற்றி ஒருமுறைக்கு இரு முறை "
++"சிந்தித்துக்கொள்ளவும், மேலும் அந்த தகவல்கள் அடையாளத் திருடர்கள் அல்லது பிற "
++"குற்றவாளிகளுக்குத் தெரிந்துவிட்டால், என்னென்ன நடக்கலாம் எனவும் சிந்திக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டுக்கு <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">ரூட் நிலை அனுமதிகளை</"
++"link> வழங்குவதில்,  குறிப்பாக நீங்கள் முன்னர் பயன்படுத்தாத பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"அல்லது நன்கு தெரியாத பயன்பாடுகளுக்கு வழங்குவதில் மிக கவனமாக இருக்கவும். "
++"எதற்கும்/எவருக்கும் ரூட் அனுமதிகளை வழங்குவது உங்கள் கணினிக்கு மிகுந்த "
++"ஆபத்துக்கு வழிவகுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++"உண்மையில் தேவையான தொலைநிலை அணுகல் சேவைகளை மட்டும் பயன்படுத்தவும். SSH அல்லது "
++"VNC ஐ இயக்குவது பயனுள்ளது தான், ஆனால் முறையாக பாதுகாக்கப்படாவிட்டால், உங்கள் "
++"கணினியிலான அத்துமீறலுக்கும் அது வழிவகுக்கலாம். அத்துமீறல்களில் இருந்து "
++"உங்கள் கணினியைக் காக்க <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">ஃபயர்வால்</link> "
++"ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்துவது நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">வைரஸ் எதிர்ப்பு மென்பொருள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-firewall-on-off\">அடிப்படை ஃபயர்வால்கள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr "இணையத்தில் பாதுகாப்பாக வைத்திருத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவை ஏதேனும் பதிவிறக்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கப்படலாம், அல்லது உங்கள் இணைப்பு "
++"சரியாக இல்லாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது அந்த நேரத்தில் அது பணிமிகுதியாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr "இணையம் வேகம் குறைவு போலுள்ளது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் இணையத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, அது வேகம் குறைவாக இருப்பதாகத் "
++"தோன்றினால், அதற்கு பல காரணங்கள் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++"வலை உலாவியை மூடிவிட்டு திறக்கவும், இணைய இணைப்பை துண்டித்து விட்டு மீண்டும் "
++"இணைக்கவும். (இப்படிச் செய்வதால், இணைய வேகத்தைக் குறைக்கும் பல விஷயங்கள் "
++"மீட்டமைக்கப்படும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">பணிமிகுதியான நேரம்</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைய வழங்குநர்கள் இணைய இணைப்பைப் பகிர்ந்து அமைத்துள்ளனர், அதனால் தான் அதை பல "
++"வீடுகளுக்குக் கொடுக்க முடிகிறது. நீங்கள் தனி இணைப்பைக் கொண்டிருந்தாலும், "
++"தனியாக தொலைபேசி அல்லது கேபிள் இணைப்பைக் கொண்டிருந்தாலும், தொலைபேசி "
++"இணைப்பகத்தில் உள்ள இணையத்தின் மற்ற மீத இணைப்பு பகிரப்பட்டிருக்கலாம். இப்படி "
++"இருந்தால் நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் அதே நேரத்தில் உங்கள் விட்டுக்கு அருகில் உள்ள "
++"பல பயனர்களும் இணையத்தைப் பயன்படுத்திக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம், அப்போது உங்கள் "
++"இணைப்பு வேகம் குறையலாம். உங்கள் வீட்டு அருகாமையில் உள்ளவர்கள் இணையத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் நேரத்தில் (உதாரணமாக மாலை நேரம்) உங்களுக்கு இந்த வேகம் குறைவு "
++"ஏற்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">ஒரே சமயத்தில் பல பதிவிறக்கங்கள் செய்வது</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அல்லது உங்கள் இணைய இணைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தும் பிறர் ஒரே சமயத்தில் பல "
++"கோப்புகளை பதிவிறக்கினால், அல்லது வீடியோ பார்த்தால் இணைய இணைப்பு வேகம் "
++"குறையலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">நம்பகமற்ற இணைப்பு</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++"சில இணைய இணைப்புகள் நம்ப முடியாதவ, குறிப்பாக தற்காலிக இணைப்புகள் அல்லது அதிக "
++"பயன்பாடுள்ள பகுதிகளில் உள்ளவை. நீங்கள் பலர் வந்து போகும் காஃபி ஷாப்பிலோ "
++"அல்லது மாநாட்டிலோ இருந்தால் உங்கள் இணைப்பு அதிக பணிமிகுதியாக அல்லது நம்ப "
++"முடியாததாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு சிக்னல் குறைவு</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பை (wifi) பயன்படுத்தினால், சிக்னல் நன்றாக உள்ளதா என "
++"அறிய மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். சிக்னல் சரியாக "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால் இணையம் வேகம் குறைவாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"<em style=\"strong\">வேகம் குறைவான மொபைல் இணைய இணைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் இருப்பது மொபைல் இணைய இணைப்பு எனில், அது வேகம் குறைவாக இருந்தால் "
++"மொபைல் சிக்னல் சரியாக இடத்தில் நீங்கள் இருக்கலாம். இப்படி நடந்தால், "
++"இணைப்பானது 3G அல்லது பிற நம்பகமான இணைப்பு போன்ற \"மொபைல் பிராட் பேன்ட்\" "
++"இணைப்பிலிருந்து GPRS போன்ற வேகம் குறைவான இணைப்புக்கு தானாக மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">வலை உலாவியில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம்</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சமயம் வலை உலாவியில் ஏற்படும் சிக்கல் அவற்றின் வேகத்தைக் குறைக்கலாம். "
++"இதற்கு பல காரணங்கள் இருக்கலாம். உதாரணம் - நீங்கள் உலாவியால் ஏற்ற முடியாத "
++"வலைப் பக்கத்திற்கு சென்றிருக்கலாம், அல்லது உலாவி நீண்ட நேரம் திறந்து "
++"வைத்திருக்கலாம். உலாவியின் எல்லா சாளரங்களையும் மூடி மீண்டும் உலாவியை திறந்து "
++"ஏதேனும் மாற்றம் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"இணையத்தின் மூலம், அக பிணையங்களில் இணைய VPNகள் பயன்படுகின்றன. VPN இணைப்பை "
++"அமைக்க அறிந்துகொள்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr "ஒரு VPN க்கு இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN (அல்லது <em>மெய்நிகர் தனிப்பட்ட பிணையம்) என்பது இணையத்தின் மூலமாக அக "
++"பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்கும் ஒரு முறையாகும். நீங்கள் அலுவலக ரீதியாக வெளியே பயணம் "
++"சென்றிருக்கும் போது உங்கள் அலுவலக அக பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்க விரும்பும் "
++"சூழ்நிலையை உதாரணமாகக் கூறலாம். அப்போது ஏதேனும் ஒரு இடத்தில் (ஹோட்டல்) இணைய "
++"இணைப்பைப் பெற்று அதன் மூலம் உங்கள் அலுவலக VPN க்கு இணைக்கலாம். அப்போது "
++"உங்கள் அலுவலக அக பிணைய இணைப்பில் இணைந்தது போன்றே நீங்கள் வேலை செய்ய "
++"முடியும், ஆனால் அது ஹோட்டலின் இணைய இணைப்பின் மூலம் செயல்படும். நீங்கள் "
++"இணைந்துள்ள அக பிணையத்திற்கு மற்றவர்கள் யாரும் புகுபதிவு செய்யாமல் "
++"உள்நுழைவதைத் தடுப்பதற்காக VPN இணைப்புகள் எப்போதும் <em>குறியாக்கம்</em> "
++"செய்யப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++"பல வகை VPN கள் உள்ளன. நீங்கள் இணைக்கும் VPN வகையைப் பொறுத்து நீங்கள் "
++"கூடுதலாக மென்பொருளை நிறுவ வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். VPN க்கு பொறுப்பானவரிடம் "
++"இருந்து இணைப்பு விவரங்களைப் பெற்று, நீங்கள் எந்த <em>VPN கிளையன்ட்டை</em> "
++"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்று கண்டறியவும். பிறகு மென்பொருள் நிறுவி "
++"பயன்பாட்டுக்குச் சென்று உங்கள் VPN க்கு வேலை செய்யும் <app>NetworkManager</"
++"app> தொகுப்பைக் (இருந்தால்) கண்டறிந்து அதை நிறுவவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் VPN வகைக்கான ஒரு NetworkManager தொகுப்பு இருந்தால், VPN மென்பொருளை "
++"வழங்கும் நிறுவனத்திலிருந்து நீங்கள் ஒரு கிளையன்ட்டை பதிவிறக்கி நிறுவ வேண்டி "
++"இருக்கலாம். அதை செயல்பட வைக்க அதற்கான வழிமுறைகளைப் பின்பற்ற வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr "அவற்றை செய்ததும், நீங்கள் VPN இணைப்பை அமைக்கலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய இணைப்பைச் சேர்க்க இடப்புறம் உள்ள பட்டியலில் <gui>+</gui> பொத்தானை "
++"அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இடைமுகப் பட்டியலில் <gui>VPN</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்து <gui>Create…</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, உங்களிடம் உள்ள VPN இணைப்பு வகையை தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>உருவாக்கு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, திரையில் வரும் வழிமுறைகளைப் பின்பற்றி, "
++"பயனர் பெயர், கடவுச்சொல் போன்ற விவரங்களை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN ஐ அமைத்து முடித்ததும் மேல் பட்டியில் பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>VPN "
++"இணைப்புகள்</gui> க்குச் சென்று நீங்கள் இப்போது உருவாக்கிய இணைப்பை "
++"சொடுக்கவும். அது ஒரு VPN இணைப்பை உருவாக்க முயற்சிக்கும். அப்படி "
++"முயற்சிக்கும் போது பிணைய சின்னம் மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"வெற்றிகரமாக VPN இணைப்பு கிடைத்துவிடும் என நம்பலாம். இணைக்காவிட்டால், நீங்கள் "
++"உள்ளிட்ட VPN அமைவுகளை மீண்டும் சரிபார்க்க வேண்டும். இதை செய்ய பிணைய "
++"சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, <gui>பிணைய அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி <gui>VPN</gui> "
++"தாவலுக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++"VPN இணைப்பை துண்டிக்க, மேல் பட்டியில் பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி, உங்கள் VPN "
++"இணைப்பின் கீழ் <gui>துண்டி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr "IP முகவரி என்பது உங்கள் கணினிக்கு தொலைபேசி எண் போன்றது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr "IP முகவரி என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++"\"IP முகவரி\" என்பது <em>Internet Protocol address</em> (இணைய நெறிமுறை "
++"முகவரி) என்பதைக் குறிக்கிறது, ஒரு (இணையம் போன்ற) பிணையத்தில் இணைந்துள்ள "
++"ஒவ்வொரு சாதனத்திற்கும் ஒரு IP முகவரி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++"IP முகவரி என்பது உங்கள் தொலைபேசி எண் போன்றது. உங்கள் தொலைபேசி எண் என்பது "
++"மற்றவர்கள் உங்களை அழைக்க உதவுகின்ற ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட எண் தொகுப்பாகும், அது "
++"உங்கள் தொலைபேசியை அடையாளப்படுத்துகிறது.இதே போல், IP முகவரி என்பது உங்கள் "
++"கணினியை அடையாளப்படுத்தும் ஒரு எண் தொகுப்பாகும், அது மற்ற கணினிகளிடையே தரவை "
++"அனுப்ப பெற உதவும் தனித்துவமான அடையாளமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போது, பெரும்பாலான IP முகவரிகள் நான்கு எண் தொகுதிகளைக் கொண்டுள்ளன, அவை "
++"ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரு புள்ளியால் பிரிக்கப்படும். <code>192.168.1.42</code> என்பது "
++"IP முகவரிக்கு ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு IP முகவரியானது <em>மாறக்கூடியதாக</em> அல்லது <em>நிலையானதாக</em> "
++"இருக்கலாம். மாறும் IP முகவரிகள் என்பவை உங்கள் கணினி ஒரு பிணையத்துடன் "
++"இணைக்கப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் தற்காலிகமாக நியமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. நிலையான IP "
++"முகவரிகள் என்பவை நிலையானவை, மாறாதவை. நிலையான IP முகவரியை விட மாறும் IP "
++"முகவரிகளே அதிகம் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. குறிப்பிட்ட தேவை ஏற்படும் போது "
++"மட்டுமே நிலையான IP முகவரிகள் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் - ஒரு சேவையகத்தை "
++"நிர்வகிக்கும் செயல் இதற்கு ஒரு உதாரணம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான வயர்டு பிணைய இணைப்புகளை இணைக்க நீங்கள் ஒரு பிணைய கேபிளை "
++"இணைத்தால் போதும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr "வயர்டு (ஈத்தர்நெட்) பிணையத்திற்கு இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான வயர்டு பிணைய இணைப்புகளுக்கு இணைய ஒரு பிணைய கேபிளை இணைத்தால் "
++"போதும். மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னம் சில வினாடிகள் சுழலும் அல்லது "
++"மறைந்து மறைந்து தோன்றும், பிறகு இணைப்பு கிடைத்ததும் அது \"சாக்கெட்\" "
++"சின்னமாக மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்படி நடக்காவிட்டால், முதலில் பிணைய கேபிள் செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். பிணைய கேபிளின் ஒரு முனை உங்கள் கணினியின் ஈத்தர்நெட் (பிணையம்) "
++"போர்ட்டில் செருகப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும், மற்றொரு முனை (உங்கள் பிணைய அமைவைப் "
++"பொறுத்து) ஸ்விட்ச்சு, ரௌட்டர், பிணைய வால் சாக்கெட் அல்லது அது போன்ற "
++"சாதனத்தில் செருகப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும். சில சமயம் ஈத்தர்நெட் போர்ட்டில் ஒரு "
++"விளக்கு இருக்கும், போர்ட்டில் கேபிள் இணைந்து அது செயல்படுகிறது எனக் காட்ட "
++"அவ்விளக்கு ஒளிரும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++"வெறும் பிணைய கேபிளைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் ஒரு கணினியை மற்றொன்றுடன் இணைக்க "
++"முடியாது (குறைந்தது ஒரு கூடுதல் அமைவும் இல்லாமல்). இரு கணினிகளை இணைக்க அவை "
++"இரண்டையும் ஒரு பிணைய ஹப், ரௌட்டர் அல்லது ஸ்விட்ச்சுடன் இணைக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போதும் இணைப்பு கிடைக்காவிட்டால், உங்கள் பிணையம் தானியங்கு அமைவை (DHCP) "
++"ஆதரிக்காமல் இருக்கலாம். அப்படியானால் நீங்கள் <link xref=\"net-manual\">அதை "
++"கைமுறையாக அமைவாக்கம் செய்ய</link> வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">வயர்டு இணைய இணைப்புகள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-fixed-ip-address\">நிலையான IP முகவரிகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr "வயர்டு பிணைய அமைப்பு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினிக்கும் அதன் பிணைய இணைப்புகளுக்கும் இணைய மற்ற சாதனங்களை அனுமதிக்க "
++"ad-hoc  பிணையத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்டை உருவாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்டாக பயன்படுத்தலாம். இதனால் மற்ற "
++"சாதனங்கள் தனி பிணையம் இல்லாமல் உங்கள் கணினியின் இணைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"முடியும், வயர்டு அல்லது செல்லுலார் பிணையத்தின் மூலம் உங்கள் கணினி பெறும் "
++"பிணைய இணைப்பை மற்ற சாதனங்களுடன் பகிரலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr "இடப்புறம் <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்டாக பயன்படுத்து</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்திருந்தால், அந்த "
++"பிணையத்திலிருந்து துண்டிக்க விரும்புகிறீர்களா என்று கேட்கப்படும். ஒரு "
++"வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரால் ஒரு நேரத்தில் ஒரு பிணையத்தை மட்டுமே உருவாக்க அல்லது "
++"இணைக்க முடியும். உறுதிப்படுத்த <gui>ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்டை உருவாக்கு</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பிணைய பெயரும் (SSID) பாதுகாப்பு விசையும் தானாக உருவாக்கப்படும். பிணைய "
++"பெயர் உங்கள் கணினியின் பெயரின் அடிப்படையில் அமையும். நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய "
++"ஹாட்ஸ்பாட்டுடன் இணைப்பை உருவாக்க மற்ற சாதனங்களுக்கு இந்த தகவல் தேவைப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr "பிணைய அமைவுகளைத் திறந்து விமானப் பயன்முறையை இயக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸை அணைத்தல் (விமானப் பயன்முறை)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி விமானத்தில் (அல்லது வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்புகள் தடைசெய்யப்பட்ட இடம் "
++"ஒன்றில்) இருந்தால் நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸை அணைக்க வேண்டும். மற்ற காரணங்களுக்காகவும் "
++"(உதாரணம் பேட்டரி சக்தியை சேமிக்க) நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸை அணைக்க விரும்பலாம். இதை "
++"செய்ய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விமானப் பயன்முறையை</gui> இயக்கவும். இது நீங்கள் மீண்டும் விமானப் "
++"பயன்முறையை அணைக்கும் வரை உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பை அணைத்து வைக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>விமானப் பயன்முறையை</em> பயன்படுத்தினால், வயர்லெஸ் மற்றும் Bluetooth "
++"இணைப்புகள் இரண்டும் அணைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் முறையில் இணையத்துடன் இணைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி வயர்லெஸ் செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டதெனில், ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் "
++"எல்லைக்குள் இருந்தால் அதைப் பயன்படுத்தி நீங்கள் இணையத்தை அணுகலாம், "
++"பிணையத்தில் பகிரப்பட்டுள்ள கோப்புகளைக் காணலாம் மேலும் பலவற்றைச் செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி நீங்கள் இணைக்க விரும்பும் "
++"பிணையத்தின் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தின் பெயர் பட்டியலில் இல்லாவிட்டால், பட்டியலில் கீழே பெயர் உள்ளதா "
++"எனப் பார்க்க <gui>மேலும்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கலாம். அப்போதும் பிணையம் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் வரம்பிற்கு வெளியே இருக்கலாம் அல்லது பிணையம் "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">மறைக்கப்பட்டதாக இருக்கலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையம் கடவுச்சொல்லால் (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">குறியாக்க விசை</"
++"link>) பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், கேட்கும் போது கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு "
++"<gui>இணைக்கவும்</gui> என்பதை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு விசை தெரியாவிட்டால், வயர்லெஸ் ரௌட்டர் அல்லது பேஸ் ஸேஷனின் அடியில் "
++"இருக்கலாம் அல்லது பயன்ர் கையேட்டில் இருக்கலாம் அல்லது வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தை "
++"நிர்வகிப்பவரிடம் கேட்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்க முயற்சிக்கும் போது பிணைய சின்னத்தின் தோற்றம் "
++"மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைப்பு வெற்றிகரமாக உருவாக்கபப்ட்டால், சின்னம் ஒரு புள்ளியின் மேல் சில "
++"பட்டைகளைக் கொண்ட சின்னமாக மாறும். அதிக பட்டைகள் இருந்தால் பிணைய இணைப்பு "
++"வலிமையானது எனப் பொருள். பட்டைகள் குறைவாக இருந்தால் இணைப்பு பலவீனமானது "
++"மற்றும் நம்பகமற்றது எனப் பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++"இணைப்பு வெற்றிகரமாக உருவாக்கப்படாவிட்டால், <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">மீண்டும் கடவுச்சொல் கேட்கப்படலாம்</link> அல்லது இணைப்பு "
++"துண்டிக்கப்பட்டது என கூறப்படலாம். இதற்கு பல காரணங்கள் இருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக "
++"கடவுச்சொல் தவறாக இருக்கலாம், வயர்லெஸ் சிக்னல் மிக பலவீனமாக இருக்கலாம் அல்லது "
++"கணினியின் வயர்லெஸ் கார்டில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம். மேலும் உதவிக்கு <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு வலிமையாக இருந்தால் உங்கள் இணைய இணைப்பு வேகமாக இருக்கும் "
++"என்றோ அல்லது பதிவிறக்க வேகம் அதிகமாக இருக்கும் என்றோ கூற முடியாது. வயர்லெஸ் "
++"இணைப்பானது உங்கள் கணினியை <em>இணைய இணைப்பை வழங்கும் சாதனத்துடன்</em> "
++"(ரௌட்டர் அல்லது மோடம் போன்று) இணைக்கிறது, ஆனால் இரண்டு இணைப்புகளும் "
++"வெவ்வேறு, அவை வெவ்வேறு வேகங்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++"சிக்னல் பலவீனமாக இருக்கலாம் அல்லது பிணையம் சரியாக இணைக்க "
++"அனுமதிக்காதிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr "என் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் ஏன் தொடர்ந்து துண்டிக்கப்படுகிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் அடிக்கடி துண்டிக்கப்படலாம். இப்படி நடக்கும் "
++"போதெல்லாம் உங்கள் கணினி உடனடியாக மீண்டும் இணைக்க முயற்சிக்கும் (மீண்டும் "
++"இணைய முயற்சிக்கும் போது மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னம் மறைந்து மறைந்து "
++"தோன்றும் அல்லது சுழலும்), ஆனால் இது முக்கிய வேலைகளின் போது வெறுப்படையச் "
++"செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr "பலவீனமான வயர்லெஸ் சிக்னல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய இணைப்பு அடிக்கடி துண்டிக்கப்பட பலவீனமான சிக்னலே பொதுவான "
++"காரணமாக இருக்கும். வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்களுக்கு எல்லைக்குட்பட்ட வரம்பு உள்ளது, "
++"ஆகவே நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷனில் இருந்து மிக தொலைவில் இருந்தால் இணைப்பு "
++"சரியாக இருக்க தேவையான அளவு வலிமையான சிக்னல் உங்களுக்கு கிடைக்காதிருக்கலாம். "
++"உங்களுக்கும் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷனுக்கும் இடையில் உள்ள சுவர்கள் மற்றும் பிற "
++"பொருட்களும் சிக்னலை பலவீனமாக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னம், உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் சிக்னல் எவ்வளவு பலமானது "
++"எனக் காண்பிக்கும். சிக்னல் மிக குறைவாக இருந்தால் வயர்லெஸ் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷனுக்கு "
++"அருகாமையில் செல்ல முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr "பிணைய இணைப்பு சரியாக நிறுவப்படுவதில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சமயங்களில், நீங்கள் ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்கையில், முதலில் "
++"இணைப்பு கிடைத்துவிட்டதாகத் தெரியலாம், ஆனால் உடனே மீண்டும் துண்டிக்கப்படலாம். "
++"உங்கள் கணினி முதலில் பகுதியளவே இணைப்பில் வெற்றியடைந்ததே இதற்குக் காரணம். அது "
++"எப்படியோ ஒரு இணைப்பை உருவாக்கியிருக்கும், ஆனால் ஏதோ காரணங்களால் இணைப்பை "
++"இறுதிப்படுத்த முடியாமல் போயிருக்கலாம், ஆகவே மீண்டும் இணைப்பு "
++"துண்டிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++"இதற்கு சாத்தியமுள்ள சில காரணங்கள்: நீங்கள் தவறான வயர்லெஸ் கடவு வாக்கியத்தை "
++"உள்ளிட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது அந்த பிணையத்திற்கு இணைய உங்கள் கணினிக்கு "
++"அனுமதியில்லாமல் இருக்கலாம் (பிணையத்தில் புகுபதிவு செய்ய பயனர்பெயர் தேவையாக "
++"இருக்கலாம்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr "நம்பகமற்ற வயர்லெஸ் வன்பொருள்/இயக்கிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய வன்பொருள் சற்று நம்பகமற்றதாக இருக்கலாம். வயர்லெஸ் "
++"பிணையங்கள் சிக்கலானவை, ஆகவே வயர்லெஸ் கார்டுகளும் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன்களும் அவ்வபோது "
++"சில சிறு சிக்கல்களை அடைந்து இணைப்பு இழக்கப்படலாம். இது வெறுப்பூட்டுவது தான், "
++"அனால் பல சாதனங்களில் இது அடிக்கடி நிகழவே செய்கிறது. அடிக்கடி உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"இணைப்பு துண்டிக்கப்படுவதற்கு இதுவும் ஒரு காரனமாக இருக்கலாம். இது மிக மிக "
++"அடிக்கடி நடந்தால் நீங்கள் வன்பொருளை மாற்ற வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் பணிமிகுதியில் இருக்கலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே சமயத்தில் பல கணினிகள் பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்க முயற்சி செய்யப்படும் சில "
++"இடங்களில் (பல்கலைக்கழகங்கள், காஃபி ஷாப்கள் போன்ற) வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் "
++"பணிமிகுதியாக இருக்கலாம். சில சமயம் இந்த பிணையங்கள் மிக பணிமிகுதியாகி "
++"அவற்றுடன் இணையும் அனைத்து கணினிகளையும் கையாள முடியாமல் இணைப்பு "
++"துண்டிக்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு திருத்த திரையில் உள்ள விருப்பங்களின் பொருளை அறிக."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பைத் திருத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த தலைப்பில் நீங்கள் ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய இணைப்பைத் திருத்தும் போது "
++"கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து விருப்பங்களையும் பற்றி விவரிக்கிறது. ஒரு இணைப்பைத் "
++"திருத்த, <gui>பிணையம்</gui> அமைவுகளில் அதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து பிறகு "
++"<gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவுகளை நீங்கள் முன்னிருப்புக்கு அமைத்து வைத்திருந்தாலே பெரும்பாலான "
++"பிணையங்கள் சரியாக வேலை செய்யக்கூடும், ஆகவே நீங்கள் இவற்றை அடிக்கடி மாற்ற "
++"வேண்டியிருக்காது. இங்கு கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ள பல விருப்பங்கள், மிக மேம்பட்ட "
++"பிணையங்களிலான சிறப்பான கட்டுப்பாட்டை நீங்கள் பெறுவதற்காக கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr "அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும் / தானாகவே இணைக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr "தானாகவே இணைக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் எல்லைக்குள் அமையும் போதெல்லாம் அதனுடன் தானாகவே உங்கள் "
++"கணினி இணைக்க விரும்பினால், இந்த விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++"தானாகவே இணைக்கும் படி அமைக்கப்பட்ட பல இணைப்புகள் எல்லைக்குள் இருந்தால், "
++"கணினியானது பிணைய இணைப்புகள் சாளரத்தின் வயர்லெஸ் தாவலில் காட்டப்படும் முதல் "
++"இணைப்புடன் இணையும். ஏற்கனவே ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பில் கணினி இணைந்திருக்கும் "
++"போது எல்லைக்குள் புதிதாக ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு வந்தால், கணினி முன்னதிலிருந்து "
++"துண்டித்து புதிய இணைப்புக்கு மாறாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr "அனைத்து பயனர்களுக்கும் கிடைக்கும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் உங்கள் கணினியில் உள்ள அனைத்து பயனர்களும் அணுகக் "
++"கிடைக்க வேண்டுமெனில் இந்த விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும். பிணையத்திற்கு ஒரு "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA கடவுச்சொல்</link> இருந்து, "
++"நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்திருந்தால், கடவுச்சொல்லை ஒரு முறை "
++"உள்ளிட்டால் போதும். உங்கள் கணினியின் பிற அனைத்து பயனர்களும் கடவுச்சொல் "
++"தெரியாமலே இந்த பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++"இது தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்டால், இந்த பிணையத்திற்கான அமைவுகளில் எதையும் மாற்ற "
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாகியாக</link> இருக்க "
++"வேண்டும். உங்கள் நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடக் கேட்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr "SSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++"இது நீங்கள் இணைக்கும் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தின் பெயராகும், இது <em>Service Set "
++"Identifier</em> (சேவைத் தொகுதி அடையாளங்காட்டி) என்றும் அழைக்கப்படும். "
++"(உதாரணமாக உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் ரௌட்டர் அல்லது பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷனின் அமைவுகளை மாற்றுவதன் "
++"மூலம்) நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தின் பெயரை மாற்றாதவரை இதை மாற்ற வேண்டாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr "பயன்முறை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு <gui>அகக்கட்டமைப்பு</gui> பிணையத்திற்கு (மைய பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன் அல்லது "
++"ரௌட்டருக்கு பல கணினிகள் வயர்லெஸ் முறையில் இணையும் அமைப்பு) இணைக்கிறீர்களா "
++"அல்லது ஒரு <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> (பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன் இல்லாமல், ஒவ்வொரு கணினியும் மற்ற "
++"கணினிகளுடன் இணைக்கும் அமைப்பு) பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்கிறீர்களா என்று குறிப்பிட "
++"இதைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். பெரும்பாலான பிணையங்கள் அகக்கட்டமைப்புப் பிணையங்களே; "
++"இருப்பினும் நீங்கள் <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">உங்கள் ad-hoc பிணையத்தை அமைக்க</"
++"link> விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்தால், <gui>பேன்ட்</gui> மற்றும் "
++"<gui>சேனல்</gui> என மேலும் இரண்டு விருப்பங்களைக் காண்பீர்கள். இவை ad-hoc "
++"வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் செயல்படுகின்ற வயர்லெஸ் அதிர்வெண்ணை தீர்மானிக்கின்றன. சில "
++"கணினிகள் சில குறிப்பிட்ட பேன்ட்களில் மட்டுமே இயங்க முடியும் (உதாரணமாக "
++"<gui>A</gui> மட்டும் அல்லது <gui>B/G மட்டும்</gui>), ஆகவே ad-hoc பிணையத்தில் "
++"உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளுக்கும் பொருத்தமான ஒரு பேன்டை நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். பணிமிகுதியான இடங்களில் பல வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் ஒரே சேனலைப் "
++"பகிர்ந்து பயன்படுத்தலாம்; இதனால் இணைப்பு வேகம் குறையலாம், நீங்கள் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் சேனலையும் நீங்கள் மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr "BSSID"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++"இது <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em> (அடிப்படை சேவை தொகுதி "
++"அடையாளங்காட்டி) ஆகும். SSID (மேலே காண்க) என்பது மனிதர்கள் வாசிக்கக்கூடிய "
++"வடிவிலான பிணையத்தின் பெயராகும்; BSSID என்பது கணினிகள் புரிந்துகொள்ளக்கூடிய "
++"வடிவிலான பிணைய பெயர்களாகும் (இது வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்திற்கு தனித்துவமானதாக உள்ள "
++"எழுத்துகள் மற்றும் எண்களின் ஒரு சரம்). ஒரு <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">பிணையம் மறைந்ததாக</link> இருந்தால், அதற்கு SSID இருக்காது, ஆனால் "
++"BSSID இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr "சாதன MAC முகவரி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC முகவரி</link> என்பது பிணைய வன்பொருளின் ஒரு "
++"பகுதியை (ஈத்தர்நெட் பிணைய கார்டு அல்லது ரௌட்டர்) அடையாளப்படுத்தும் ஒரு "
++"குறியீடாகும். நீங்கள் ஒரு பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்க பயன்படும் ஒவ்வொரு "
++"சாதனத்திற்கும் தனித்துவமான ஒரு MAC முகவரி இருக்கும், அது அதன் நிறுவனத்தால் "
++"வழங்கப்படுவது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பிணைய கார்டின் MAC முகவரியை மாற்ற இந்த விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr "நகலெடுக்கப்பட்ட MAC முகவரி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பிணைய வன்பொருள் (வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு) வேறு MAC முகவரி கொண்டதாகப் பாசாங்கு "
++"செய்ய முடியும். குறிப்பிட்ட MAC முகவரிகளுடன் மட்டுமே தகவல் பரிமாற்றம் "
++"செய்யக்கூடிய சாதனம் அல்லது சேவையை (உதாரணமாக ஒரு கேபிள் ப்ராட்பேன்ட் மோடம்) "
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமெனில் இவ்வாறு செய்வது பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். அந்த "
++"MAC முகவரியை <gui>நகலெடுத்த MAC முகவரி</gui> பெட்டியில் நீங்கள் அதனை "
++"உள்ளிட்டால், அந்த சாதனம்/சேவை உங்கள் கணினி அதன் உண்மையான MAC முகவரிக்கு "
++"பதிலாக நகலெடுத்த முகவரியையே கொண்டுள்ளது என நினைத்துக்கொள்ளும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr "MTU"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவு பிணையத்தின் மூலம் அனுப்பக்கூடிய தரவின் அதிகபட்ச அளவைக் குறிக்கும் "
++"<em>அதிகபட்ச அனுப்பல் அலகை</em> மாற்றும். ஒரு பிணையத்தின் வழியாக கோப்புகளை "
++"அனுப்பும் போது, தரவு சிறு சிறு சிப்பங்களாக பிரிக்கப்படுகிறது. உங்கள் "
++"பிணையத்திற்கான சிறந்த MTU மதிப்பானது, (தொந்தரவுள்ள இணைப்பின் காரணமாக) "
++"சிப்பங்கள் இழக்க எப்படிப்பட்ட வாய்ப்புள்ளது மற்றும் இணைப்பின் வேகம் "
++"ஆகியவற்றைப் பொறுத்தே அமையும். பொதுவாக இந்த அமைவை நீங்கள் மாற்ற அவசியம் "
++"இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் பாதுகாப்பு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"இது உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் என்ன வகை குறியாக்கத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது என்பதை "
++"வரையறுக்கிறது. குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்ட இணைப்புகள், வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பில் "
++"அத்துமீறல்கள் ஏற்படாமல் பாதுகாக்க உதவுகின்றன, ஆகவே மற்றவர் ஒட்டுக் கேட்கவோ "
++"அல்லது நீங்கள் என்ன வலைத்தளங்களுக்கு செல்கிறீர்கள் என்பதையோ பார்க்க முடியாது."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வகை குறியாக்கங்கள் மற்றதை விட வலிமையானவை, ஆனால் அவை பழைய வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய "
++"அமைப்பு உபகரணங்களால் ஆதரிக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம். வழக்கமாக நீங்கள் ஒரு "
++"இணைப்புக்கான கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டி இருக்கும்; மிக சிக்கலான பாதுகாப்பு "
++"வகைகளில் நீங்கள் பயனர் பெயரையும் டிஜிட்டல் \"சான்றிதழையும்\" பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். வயர்லெஸ் குறியாக்கத்தின் பிரபல வகைகளைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் "
++"தகவலுக்கு <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv4 அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியின் IP முகவரி மற்றும் அது எந்த DNS சேவையகங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டும் என்பது போன்ற தகவலை வரையறுக்க இந்த தாவலைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். இந்த "
++"தகவலை பெறும்/அமைக்கும் வெவ்வேறு வழிகளைப் பார்க்க <gui>முறையை</gui> மாற்றவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr "பின்வரும் முறைகள் உள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr "தானியங்கு (DHCP)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++"IP முகவரி மற்றும் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டிய DNS சேவையகம் போன்ற தகவல்களை ஒரு "
++"<em>DHCP சேவையகத்திலிருந்து</em> பெறுக. DHCP சேவையகம் என்பது உங்கள் "
++"கணினியில் இருக்க வேண்டிய பிணைய அமைவுகளை முடிவு செய்கின்ற, பிணையத்தில் "
++"இணைந்துள்ள ஒரு கணினி (அல்லது ரௌட்டர் போன்ற மற்ற சாதனம்) ஆகும். நீங்கள் "
++"பிணையத்துடன் முதல் முறை இணைக்கும் போது சரியான அமைவுகள் தானாக அமைக்கப்படும். "
++"பெரும்பாலான பிணையங்கள் DHCP ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr "தானியங்கு (DHCP) முகவரிகள் மட்டும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைப்பை நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தினால், உங்கள் கணினி தன் IP முகவரியை ஒரு DHCP "
++"சேவையகத்திலிருந்து பெறும், ஆனால் (பயன்படுத்த வேண்டிய DNS போன்ற) மற்ற "
++"விவரங்களை நீங்களே கைமுறையாக வரையறுக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி பயன்படுத்த வேண்டிய IP முகவரி உட்பட பிணைய அமைவுகள் அனைத்தையும் நீங்களே "
++"வரையறுக்க இந்த விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr "உள்ளமை இணைப்பு மட்டும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>உள்ளமை இணைப்பு</em> என்பது DHCP சேவையகம் இல்லாமல் அல்லது IP முகவரிகள் "
++"மற்றும் பிற தகவல்களை கைமுறையாக வரையறுக்காமல் கணினிகளை ஒன்றாக இணைக்கும் ஒரு "
++"முறையாகும். உள்ளமை-இணைப்பு பிணையம் ஒன்றுக்கு நீங்கள் இணைத்தால், எந்த IP "
++"முகவரிகளைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்பது போன்ற விவரங்களை கணினிகளே தங்களுக்குள் "
++"முடிவு செய்துகொள்ளும். நீங்கள் தற்காலிகமாக சில கணினிகளை அவை ஒன்றுக்கொண்டு "
++"தகவல் பரிமாறிக்கொள்ளும்படி அமைக்க விரும்பினால் இம்முறை பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பம் பிணைய இணைப்பை முடக்கி இணைப்புடன் இணைக்க முடியாமல் செய்யும். "
++"<gui>IPv4</gui> மற்றும் <gui>IPv6</gui> ஆகிய இரண்டும் ஒரே பிணைய "
++"கார்டுக்குரியவை என்றாலும், அவை இரண்டும் வெவ்வேறு தனி இணைப்புகளாகவே "
++"நடத்தப்படும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. நீங்கள் ஒன்றை செயல்படுத்தினால் மற்றொன்றை "
++"முடக்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr "IPv6 அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++"இது <gui>IPv4</gui> தாவலைப் போன்றதே, ஆனால் இது புதிய IPv6 தரநிலை பற்றியது. "
++"மிக நவீன பிணையங்கள் IPv6 ஐ பயன்படுத்துகின்றன, ஆனால் தற்போது IPv4 தான் மிக "
++"பிரபலம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் அணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது செயலிழந்திருக்கலாம், அருகில் மிக "
++"அதிகமான வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் இருக்கலாம் அல்லது நீங்கள் வரம்பிற்கு வெளியே "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr "பட்டியலில் என் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தைப் பார்க்க முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கினால் காண்பிக்கப்படும் பட்டியலில் "
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் காண்பிக்கப்படாததற்கு பல காரணங்கள் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"பட்டியலில் எந்த பிணையமும் காட்டப்படாவிட்டால், உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் வன்பொருள் "
++"அணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting\">அது சரியாக வேலை செய்யாதிருக்கலாம்</link>. அது "
++"இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"அருகில் மிக அதிக வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் இருந்தால், நீங்கள் தேடும் பிணையம் "
++"பட்டியலின் முதல் பக்கத்தில் இல்லாமல் இருக்கலாம். அப்படிப்பட்ட சூழ்நிலையில் "
++"பட்டியலின் அடியில் வலப்புறம் நோக்கிய ஒரு அம்புக்குறி உள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்து "
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை அதன் மேல் கொண்டு சென்றால், மீத வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்கள் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பிணையத்தின் வரம்புக்கு வெளியே இருக்கலாம். வயர்லெஸ் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன்/"
++"ரௌட்டருக்கு அருகாமையில் சென்று சற்று நேரம் கழித்து அது பட்டியலில் வருகிறதா "
++"எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்களின் பட்டியல் புதுப்பிக்கப்பட சற்று நேரம் ஆகலாம். நீங்கள் "
++"உங்கள் கணினியை இயக்கி அல்லது வேறு இடம் மாறி சற்று நேரம் தான் ஆகிறது எனில் "
++"சில நிமிடம் காத்திருந்து பிறகு பிணையம் பட்டியலில் வருகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையம் மறைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம். பிணையம் மறைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் நீங்கள் <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">வேறு வழியில் இணைக்க வேண்டும்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணைய அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>பிற</gui> வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் "
++"ஒன்றுக்கு இணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr "ஒரு மறைக்கப்பட்ட வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துக்கு இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தை \"மறைந்திருக்கும்படி\" அமைக்கவும் முடியும். நீங்கள் "
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கும் போது காண்பிக்கப்படும் "
++"பட்டியலில் மறைந்திருக்கும் பிணையங்கள் காட்டப்படாது (அல்லது மற்ற கணினிகளில் "
++"வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்களின் பட்டியலில்). மறைந்திருக்கும் ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் "
++"இணைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++"இடப்புறம் உள்ள பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிணைய பெயர்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>பிற</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போது தோன்றும் சாளரத்தில் பிணையத்தின் பெயரை தட்டச்சு செய்து, வயர்லெஸ் "
++"பாதுகாப்பின் வகையை தேர்வு செய்து, <gui>இணைக்கவும்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணையத்தின் பெயரை அறிய நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன் அல்லது ரௌட்டரின் "
++"அமைவுகளைப் பார்க்க வேண்டும். அது <em>BSSID</em> என்றும் அழைக்கப்படும். அது "
++"இப்படி இருக்கும்: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷனின் பாதுகாப்பு அமைவுகளையும் பார்க்க வேண்டும், அதில் WEP "
++"மற்றும் WPA போன்ற சொற்கள் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தை மறைக்கும்படி அமைப்பது, அதை எப்படி இணைப்பது என்று "
++"தெரியாதவர்களிடமிருந்து பாதுகாக்கக்கூடும் என நீங்கள் நினைக்கலாம், ஆனால் "
++"நடைமுறையில் உண்மை நேர்மாறானது. அதைக் கண்டறிவது சற்று கடினம் தானே தவிர அதைக் "
++"கண்டறிவது சாத்தியம் தான்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை சரிபார்க்கவும், கடவுச்சொல்லுக்கு பதில் கடவு வாக்கியத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும், வயர்லெஸ் கார்டை அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்கவும்…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr "சரியான கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டேன், இருந்தும் இணைக்க முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சரியான <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">வயர்லெஸ் கடவுச்சொல்லையே</"
++"link> உள்ளிட்டீர்கள், ஆனாலும் ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியவில்லை "
++"என்பது நிச்சயமெனில், இவற்றை முயற்சிக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல் சரிதான என்று சரிபார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொற்கள் பேரெழுத்து சிற்றெழுத்து வித்தியாசம் கொண்டவை (பெரிய எழுத்தா "
++"சிறிய எழுத்தா என்பது முக்கியம்), ஆகவே கடவுச்சொல்லின் எழுத்துகளில் எதுவும் "
++"பேரெழுத்து சிற்றெழுத்து வகை தவறாக இல்லை என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr "ஹெக்ஸ் அல்லது ASCII கடவு விசையை முயற்சிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உள்ளிடும் கடவுச்சொல் வேறுவிதமாகவும் வழங்கப்படலாம் - ஹெக்ஸாடெசிமல் "
++"எழுத்துகளால் ஆன (0-9 எண்கள் மற்றும் a-f எழுத்துகள்) சரமாக வழங்கலாம், இது "
++"கடவு விசை என அழைக்கப்படும். ஒவ்வொரு கடவுச்சொல்லுக்கும் சமமான ஒரு கடவு விசை "
++"உள்ளது. உங்களிடம் கடவு விசை மற்றும் கடவுச்சொல்/கடவு வாக்கியம் இரண்டுமே "
++"இருந்தால், கடவுச்சொல்லுக்கு பதில் கடவு விசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி முயற்சிக்கவும். "
++"கடவுச்சொல் கேட்கப்படும் போது நீங்கள் சரியான <gui>வயர்லெஸ் பாதுகாப்</gui> "
++"விருப்பத்தைத் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக நீங்கள் ஒரு WEP குறியாக்கம் கொண்ட "
++"இணைப்புக்கான ஒரு 40 எழுத்து கடவு விசையை தட்டச்சு செய்கிறீர்கள் எனில் "
++"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit விசை</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும்) தேர்வு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் கார்டை அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்கி முயற்சிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வயர்லெஸ் கார்டுகள் செயல்படாமல் நின்று விடலாம் அல்லது சிறு சிக்கல்களைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கலாம், அதனால் அவை இணைக்காதிருக்கலாம். கார்டை மீட்டமைக்க அதை "
++"அணைத்து விட்டு மீண்டும் இயக்க முயற்சிக்கவும். மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> ஐ பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சரியான வயர்லெஸ் பாதுகாப்பையே பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்களா எனப் பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் பாதுகாப்பு கடவுச்சொல் கேட்கப்படும் போது, எந்த வகை வயர்லெஸ் "
++"பாதுகாப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்ய முடியும். ரௌட்டர் "
++"அல்லது பேஸ் ஸ்டேஷன் எந்த வகையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறதோ அதையே தேர்ந்தெடுக்க "
++"வேண்டும். இது முன்னிருப்பாகவே தேர்வு செய்யப்படலாம், ஆனால் சில சமயம் ஏதோ "
++"காரணங்களால் அவை ஒன்றாக இல்லாமல் போகலாம். எந்த வகை பாதுகாப்பு என்று "
++"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியாவிட்டால், வெவ்வேறு விருப்பங்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"முயற்சித்துப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு சரியாக ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++"சில வயர்லெஸ் கார்டுகள் நன்கு ஆதரிக்கப்படாது. அவை வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பாகக் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும், ஆனால் அவற்றின் இயக்கிகளின் செயல்திறன் குறைவால் அவற்றால் "
++"பிணையத்துக்கு இணைக்க முடியாது போகக்கூடும். வேறு வயர்லெஸ் இயக்கியை பெற "
++"முடியுமா எனப் பார்க்கவும் அல்லது வேறு கூடுதல் அமைவு தேவையா எனப் பார்க்கவும் "
++"(வேறு <gui>சாதன நிரலை</gui> நிறுவுதல் போன்று). மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr "Ubuntu documentation wiki இன் பங்களிப்பாளர்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சாதன இயக்கிகள் சில குறிப்பிட்ட வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்களுடன் சரியாக வேலை "
++"செய்யாது, ஆகவே நீங்கள் வேறு இயக்கிகளைப் பெற வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய சிக்கல்தீர்வி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr "வேலை செய்யக்கூடிய சாதன இயக்கிகள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த செயல்படியில், உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டருக்கு செயல்படக்கூடிய சாதன "
++"இயக்கிகள் உள்ளனவா என சோதிக்க முடியும். <em>சாதன இயக்கி</em> என்பது ஒரு "
++"மென்பொருள் பகுதியாகும், அது தான் உங்கள் கணினிக்கு அந்த வன்பொருளை எப்படி "
++"சரியாக வேலை செய்ய வைக்க வேண்டும் என்று கூறும். வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரை கணினி "
++"அடையாளம் கண்டுகொண்டாலும், சரியாக வேலை செய்யும் இயக்கிகள் இல்லாதிருக்கலாம். "
++"கீழே உள்ள சில விருப்பங்களை முயற்சிக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் ஆதரிக்கப்படும் சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் உள்ளதா எனப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான Linux விநியோகங்களுக்கு, அவை ஆதரிக்கும் வயர்லெஸ் சாதனங்களின் "
++"பட்டியல் கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. சில சமயம் சில வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்களை சரியாக "
++"வேலை செய்ய வைக்க தேவையான இயக்கிகளை எப்படிப் பெறுவது என்ற விவரங்களும் "
++"இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் விநியோகத்திற்கான பட்டியலுக்குச் சென்று (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, "
++"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/"
++"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless."
++"org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> அல்லது <link href=\"http://en.opensuse."
++"org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>), உங்கள் அடாப்ட்டர் நிறுவனம் "
++"மற்றும் மாடல் பட்டியலில் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் இயக்கிகளை "
++"வேலை செய்ய வைக்க உதவும் சில தகவல்களை அங்கு பெறக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr "கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்ட (பைனரி) இயக்கிகள் உள்ளதா என தேடவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான Linux விநியோகங்கள் <em>இலவச</em> மற்றும் <em>திறமூல</em> சாதன "
++"இயக்கிகளையே கொண்டு கிடைக்கின்றன. ஏனெனில் அவை உரிமைத்தன்மை கொண்ட அல்லது "
++"திறமூலமல்லாத இயக்கிகளை விநியோகிக்க முடியாது. உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டருக்கான "
++"சரியான இயக்கி இலவசமல்லாத அல்லது \"பைனரி-மட்டும்\" பதிப்பில் மட்டுமே உள்ளது "
++"எனில், அது முன்னிருப்பாக நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்காது. இச்சூழ்நிலையில் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டர் உற்பத்தி நிறுவன வலைத்தளத்திற்கு சென்று, Linux இயக்கிகள் உள்ளதா "
++"எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++"சில Linux விநியோகங்களில், உங்களுக்காக கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்ட இயக்கிகளைப் "
++"பதிவிறக்கும் ஒரு கருவி உள்ளது. இக்கருவி உங்கள் விநியோகத்தில் இருந்தால், "
++"உங்களுக்காக ஏதேனும் வயர்லெஸ் இயக்கியை அது கண்டறிகிறதா என முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr "உங்கள் அடாப்ட்டருக்கு Windows இயக்கிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++"பொதுவாக, ஒரு (Windows போன்ற) இயக்க முறைமைக்கு என உருவாக்கப்பட்ட இயக்கியை "
++"(Linux போன்ற) வேறொரு இயக்க முறைமைக்குப் பயன்படுத்த முடியாது. ஏனெனில் அவை "
++"சாதனங்களை கையாளும் விதமும் மாறுபடும். இருப்பினும் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்களுக்கு "
++"<em>NDISwrapper</em> எனப்படும் இணக்கவழங்கி அடுக்கை நிறுவலாம், அது Linux இல் "
++"சில Windows இயக்கிகளைப் பயன்படுத்த அனுமதிக்கும். ஏனெனில் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டர்களுக்கு சில சமயம் Linux இயக்கிகள் கிடைக்காவிட்டாலும் Windows "
++"இயக்கிகள் நிச்சயம் இருக்கும் என்பதால் இது உதவக்கூடும். NDISwrapper ஐ "
++"எப்படிப் பயன்படுத்துவது என்று <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">இங்கு</link> மேலும் "
++"அறியலாம். NDISwrapper ஐக் கொண்டு எல்லா வயர்லெஸ் இயக்கிகளையும் பயன்படுத்திவிட "
++"முடியாது என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிகள் எதுவும் பலனளிக்காவிட்டால், நீங்கள் வேறு வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி அது இயங்குகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கலாம். USB வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்கள் "
++"மலிவானவை, அவற்றை எந்த கணினியிலும் எளிதில் இணைக்க முடியும். இருப்பினும் அந்த "
++"அடாப்ட்டர்களை வாங்கும் முன்பு அவை உங்கள் Linux விநியோகத்துடன் இணக்கமானவையா "
++"எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தாலும், கணினி அதை சரியாக "
++"அடையாளம் காணாமல் விடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு சிக்கல்தீர்வி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் காணப்படுகிறதா எனப் பாருங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++"வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் கணினியில் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தாலும், கணினி அதை பிணைய "
++"சாதனமாக அடையாளம் காணாமல் போகக்கூடும். இச்செயல்படியில் நீங்கள் சாதனம் சரியாக "
++"அடையாளம் காணப்படுகிறதா என சோதிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"முனைய சாளரத்தைத் திறந்து <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> ஐ தட்டச்சு செய்து "
++"<key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும். இது ஒரு பிழைச் செய்தியை வழங்கினால் நீங்கள் "
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் <app>lshw</app> நிரலை நிறுவ வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++"காண்பிக்கப்பட்ட தகவலில் <em>வயர்லெஸ் இடைமுகம்</em> எனும் பிரிவைக் "
++"கண்டறியவும். உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் சரியாக அடையாளம் காணப்பட்டால், "
++"இதைப்போன்ற (இதுவே அல்ல) ஒன்றை நீங்கள் காண்பீர்கள்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் சாதனம் பட்டியலிடப்பட்டிருந்தால், <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">சாதன இயக்கிகள் செயல்படிக்குச்</link> "
++"செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் சாதனம் <em>பட்டியலிடப்படாவிட்டால்</em>, அடுத்து நீங்கள் செய்ய "
++"வேண்டிய செயல்படிகள் நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் சாதனத்தின் வகையைப் பொறுத்து "
++"அமையும். உங்கள் கணினியின் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரின் வகை தொடர்பான கீழே உள்ள "
++"தலைப்பைப் பார்க்கவும் (<link xref=\"#pci\">அக PCI</link>, <link xref="
++"\"#usb\">USB</link> அல்லது <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr "PCI (அக) வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"அக PCI அடாப்ட்டர்களே அதிகம் பயன்படுத்தப்படுபவை, அவையே கடந்த சில ஆண்டுகளில் "
++"தயாரிக்கப்பட்ட மடிக்கணினிகள் பெரும்பாலானவற்றில் அதுவே இருக்கும். உங்கள் PCI "
++"வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் காணப்பட்டதா என சோதிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு முனையத்தைத் திறந்து <cmd>lspci</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"அதில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் <code>பிணைய கட்டுப்படுத்தி</"
++"code> அல்லது <code>ஈத்தர்நெட் கட்டுப்படுத்தி</code> எனக் "
++"குறிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் உருப்படி ஏதேனும் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். பல "
++"சாதனங்கள் இப்படிக் குறிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்; உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டருக்குரிய "
++"உருப்படி <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> அல்லது "
++"<code>802.11</code> என்பது போன்ற சொற்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கக்கூடும். அவ்வுருப்படி "
++"எப்படி இருக்கும் என்பதற்கான உதாரணம் இதோ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++"பிணைய கட்டுப்படுத்தி: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பட்டியலில் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரைக் கண்டால், <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">சாதன இயக்கிகள் செயல்படிக்குச்</"
++"link> செல்லவும். வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் தொடர்புடைய எதுவும் இல்லாவிட்டால் <link "
++"xref=\"#not-recognized\">கீழே உள்ள அறிவுறுத்தல்களைக்</link> காணவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr "USB வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியின் போர்ட்டில் செருகப்படக்கூடிய USB வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்கள் "
++"அரிது. அவற்றை நேரடியாக USB போர்ட்டில் செருக முடியும் அல்லது USB கேபிள் மூலம் "
++"இணைக்கப்படலாம். 3G/மொபைல் பிராட்பேன்ட் அடாப்ட்டர்கள் வயர்லெஸ் (wifi) "
++"அடாப்ட்டர்களைப் போலவே இருக்கும், ஆகவே உங்களிடம் இருப்பது USB வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டர் என நீங்கள் நினைத்தால், அது உண்மையில்ஒரு 3G அடாப்ட்டர் அல்ல என்பதை "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும். உங்கள் USB வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் "
++"காணப்பட்டதா என சோதிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு முனையத்தைத் திறந்து <cmd>lsusb</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++"அங்கு காண்பிக்கப்படும் பட்டியலில், வயர்லெஸ் அல்லது பிணைய சாதனத்தைக் "
++"குறிக்கின்ற உருப்படி ஏதேனும் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டருக்கு உரிய உருப்படியில் <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> அல்லது <code>802.11</code> என்பது போன்ற சொற்களைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கக்கூடும். அந்த உருப்படி எப்படி இருக்கும் என்பதன் எடுத்துக்காட்டு "
++"இதோ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr "ஒரு PCMCIA சாதனத்தை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++"PCMCIA வார்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர்கள் பொதுவாக செவ்வக வடிவ கார்டுகளாகும், அவை உங்கள் "
++"மடிக்கணினியின் பக்கவாட்டில் செருகப்பட்டிருக்கும். அவை பழைய கணினிகளில் அதிகம் "
++"காணப்படும். உங்கள் PCMCIA அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் காணப்பட்டதா என சோதிக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியை வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரை <em>இணைக்காமல்</em> தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு முனையத்தை திறந்து பின்வருவதை தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++"இது உங்கள் கணினியின் வன்பொருள் தொடர்பான செய்திகளின் ஒரு பட்டியலைக் "
++"காண்பிக்கும், உங்கள் வன்பொருளில் ஏற்பட்ட மாற்றங்களுக்காக ஏதேனும் புதுப்பிக்க "
++"வேண்டி இருந்தால் அதையும் தானாக செய்யும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டரை PCMCIA துளையில் செருகி, முனைய சாளரத்தில் ஏதேனும் "
++"மாறுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். முனையத்தில் ஏற்படும் மாற்றங்களில் உங்கள் "
++"வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் பற்றிய தகவல் சில இருக்கும். அதைப் பார்த்து அடையாளம் காண "
++"முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++"முனையத்தில் இந்தக் கட்டளை இயங்குவதை நிறுத்த <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
++"key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும். அதைச் செய்த பின் விரும்பினால் முனையத்தை "
++"மூடிவிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் குறித்து ஏதேனும் தகவலை நீங்கள் கண்டால், <link "
++"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">சாதன இயக்கிகள் "
++"செயல்படிக்குச்</link> செல்லவும். உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் குறித்து தகவல் "
++"எதுவும் இல்லாவிட்டால் <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">கீழே உள்ள "
++"அறிவுறுத்தல்களைப்</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் காணப்படவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் அடையாளம் காணப்படாவிட்டால், அது சரியாக வேலை "
++"செய்யாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது சரியான இயக்கிகள் நிறுவப்படாதிருக்கலாம். ஏதேனும் "
++"இயக்கிகளை நிறுவ வேண்டுமா என எப்படி சோதிப்பது என்பது நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் "
++"Linux விநியோகத்தைப் பொறுத்தது (Ubuntu, Fedora அல்லது openSuSE)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடர்புடைய உதவி பெற, உங்கள் விநியோகத்தின் வலைத்தளத்தில் வழங்கப்படும் ஆதரவைப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். அவற்றில் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்களும் வலை அரட்டைகளும் இருக்கலாம், அங்கு "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் தொடர்பான உதவி கேட்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"அடுத்து செயல்படுத்தும் சிக்கல் தீர்வு செயல்களில் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டரின் மாடல் எண் போன்ற குறிப்பிட்ட விவரங்கள் தேவைப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr "உங்கள் பிணைய வன்பொருள் பற்றிய தகவலைச் சேகரிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த செயல்படியில், நீங்கள் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய சாதனம் பற்றிய தகவல்களைச் "
++"சேகரிப்பீர்கள். வயர்லெஸ் சிக்கல்களை நீங்கள் தீர்க்கும் விதமானது வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டரின் நிறுவனம் மற்றும் மாடல் எண்ணைப் பொறுத்தது, ஆகவே இந்த விவரங்களைக் "
++"குறித்துக் கொள்ள வேண்டும். சாதன இயக்கி நிறுவல் வட்டுகள் போன்று உங்கள் "
++"கணினியுடன் வழங்கப்பட்ட பொருள்களை தயாராக வைத்திருப்பதும் உதவியாக இருக்கும். "
++"உங்களிடம் இவை உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் சாதனங்களுக்கான பேக்கேஜிங் மற்றும் அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் (குறிப்பாக "
++"உங்கள் ரௌட்டருக்கான பயனர் கையேடு)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டருக்கான இயக்கிகளைக் கொண்டுள்ள வட்டு (அது Windows "
++"இயக்கிகளை மட்டுமே கொண்டிருந்தாலும்)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி, வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் மற்றும் ரௌட்டரின் நிறுவனம் மற்றும் மாடல் "
++"எண்கள். இவ்விவரம் வழக்கமாக சாதனத்தின் பின்புறம் அல்லது அடிப்பகுதியில் "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய சாதனங்கள் அல்லது அவற்றின் பேக்கேஜிங்கில் ஏதேனும் "
++"பதிப்பு/மறுபதிப்பு எண் அச்சிடப்பட்டிருந்தால், அவ்விவரம். இவை மிக உதவியாக "
++"இருக்கும், ஆகவே கவனமாகப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++"இயக்கி வட்டில் சாதனம், அதன் \"சாதன நிரல்\" பதிப்பு அல்லது கூறுகள் (அது "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் சிப்செட்) ஆகியவற்றை அடையாளப்படுத்தும் படி எது இருந்தாலும், "
++"அதுவும் தேவை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++"முடிந்தால், வேலை செய்யக்கூடிய மாற்று இணைய இணைப்பை பெற முயற்சிக்கவும், "
++"தேவைப்பட்டால் இயக்கிகள் மற்றும் மென்பொருளைப் பதிவிறக்க இது உதவும் (உங்கள் "
++"கணினியை ஈத்தர்நெட் கேபிள் மூலம் ரௌட்டரில் நேரடியாக இணைப்பது இதற்கான ஒரு வழி, "
++"ஆனால் தேவைப்பட்டால் மட்டும் செய்யவும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இவற்றில் கூடுமானவற்றை தயாராக சேகரித்துவைத்த பிறகு <gui>அடுத்து</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"எளிய பிணைய அமைவுகள் சரியா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொண்டு பிறகு அடுத்த சில சிக்கல் "
++"தீர்ப்பு செயல்படுகளுக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr "தொடக்க இணைப்பு சோதனையைச் செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த செயல்படியில் நீங்கள் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய இணைப்பு பற்றிய சில அடிப்படை "
++"தகவலை சோதிப்பீர்கள். இது உங்கள் பிணைய சிக்கல், வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு "
++"அணைக்கப்பட்டிருத்தல் போன்ற வெறும் எளிய பிரச்சனைகளால் ஏற்பட்டிருக்கவில்லை "
++"என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த. பிறகு அடுத்த சில சிக்கல் தீர்ப்பு செயல்படிகளுக்குச் "
++"செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி ஒரு <em>வயர்டு</em> இணைய இணைப்புடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என "
++"உறுதிப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒரு வெளிப்புற வயர்லெஸ் அடாப்ட்டர் இருந்தால் (மடிக்கணினியிலேயே "
++"செருகப்படும் USB அடாப்ட்டர் அல்லது PCMCIA கார்டு போன்ற), அவை அவற்றுக்கான "
++"துளைகளில் சரியாக பொருத்தப்பட்டுள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு உங்கள் கணினிக்கு <em>உட்புறம்</em> இருந்தால், "
++"வயர்லெஸ் ஸ்விட்ச்சு இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா (ஸ்விட்ச் இருந்தால்) எனப் பார்க்கவும். "
++"மடிக்கணினிகளில் சில விசைப்பலகை விசைகளை சேர்த்து அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் "
++"பயன்படுத்தக்கூடிய ஸ்விட்ச்சுகளைக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிணைய சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என "
++"பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும். <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">விமானப் பயன்முறை "
++"இயக்கப்படாமல் உள்ளதா</link> என்றும் பார்க்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு முனையத்தைத் திறந்து <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</"
++"key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++"இது உங்கள் பிணைய வன்பொருள் மற்றும் இணைப்பு நிலை குறித்த தகவல்களைக் "
++"காண்பிக்கும். தகவலைப் பார்த்து, அதில் வயர்லெஸ் பிணைய அடாப்ட்டர் தொடர்பான "
++"பிரிவு உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். ஒவ்வொரு பிணைய சாதனத்திற்குமான தகவல் "
++"கோடுகளால் ஆன வரிசையால் பிரிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் "
++"அடாப்ட்டருக்கான பிரிவில் <code>State: Connected</code> என்ற வரி இருந்தால், "
++"அது செயல்படுகிறது மற்றும் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் ரௌட்டருடன் இணைந்துள்ளது எனப் "
++"பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் ரௌட்டருடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளீர்கள், ஆனாலும் இணையத்தை "
++"அணுக முடியவில்லை எனில், உங்கள் ரௌட்டர் சரியாக அமைக்கப்படாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது "
++"இணைய சேவை வழங்குநர் (ISP) தரப்பில் ஏதேனும் தொழில்நுட்பக் கோளாறுகள் "
++"இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் ரௌட்டர் மற்றும் ISP அமைவு வழிகாட்டிகளைப் பார்த்து உங்கள் "
++"அமைவுகள் சரியாக உள்ளதா என உறுதிப்படுத்தவும் அல்லது ஆதரவுக்கு உங்கள் ISP ஐ "
++"தொடர்புகொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++"<cmd>nm-tool</cmd> மூலம் கிடைக்கும் தகவல், நீங்கள் பிணையத்துடன் "
++"இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளீர்கள் எனக் காட்டாவிட்டால், சிக்கல் தீர்ப்பு வழிகாட்டியின் "
++"அடுத்த பகுதிக்குச் செல்ல <gui>அடுத்து</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்புகளிலான சிக்கல்களைக் கண்டறிந்து சரிசெய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++"இது, உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் சிக்கல்களைக் கண்டறிந்து அவற்றை சரி செய்ய உதவும் "
++"செயல்படிகள் வரிசையிலமைந்த சிக்கல்தீர்ப்பு வழிகாட்டியாகும். ஏதேனும் "
++"காரணத்தால் நீங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்திற்கு இணைக்க முடியாவிட்டால், இங்குள்ள "
++"வழிமுறைகளை பின்பற்றி முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை இணையத்துடன் இணைப்பதற்கு பின்வரும் செயல்படிகளைச் செய்வோம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr "தொடக்க சோதனை செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்பொருள் பற்றிய தகவலைச் சேகரித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வன்பொருளை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr "உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் ரௌட்டருடன் ஒரு இணைப்பை உருவாக்க முயற்சித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr "உங்கள் மோடம் மற்றும் ரௌட்டரை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++"தொடங்க, பக்கத்தின் மேல் வலது பக்கமுள்ள <em>அடுத்து</em> இணைப்பை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"இந்த இணைப்பும் மற்ற பக்கங்களில் உள்ள இது போன்ற இணைப்புகளும் உங்களை "
++"வழிகாட்டியின் ஒவ்வொரு செயல்படிக்கும் கொண்டு செல்லும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr "கட்டளை வரியைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிகாட்டியில் உள்ள சில வழிமுறைகள் உங்களை <em>கட்டளை வரி</em> (முனையம்) "
++"கட்டளைகளை தட்டச்சு செய்ய அறிவுறுத்தலாம் நீங்கள் கேட்க. முனைய பயன்பாட்டை "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் கண்டறியலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு கட்டளை வரியைப் பயன்படுத்தி பழக்கமில்லையெனில், கவலை வேண்டாம், இந்த "
++"வழிகாட்டி உங்களுக்கு ஒவ்வொரு செயல்படிக்கும் வழிமுறை கூறும். கட்டளைகள் "
++"பேரெழுத்து சிற்றெழுத்து வித்தியாசம் கொண்டவை என்பதையும் (ஆகவே நீங்கள் "
++"கட்டளைகளை <em>சரியாக</em> இங்கே காண்பிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது போலவே தட்டச்சு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டும்) கட்டளையை தட்டச்சு செய்த பிறகு அதை இயக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்த "
++"வேண்டும் என்பதையும் மட்டும் நீங்கள் நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொண்டால் போதும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++"WEP மற்றும் WPA ஆகியவை வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்களில் தரவை குறியாக்கம் செய்யும் "
++"வழிகள் ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr "WEP மற்றும் WPA என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++"WEP மற்றும் WPA (WPA2 உடன்) ஆகியவை உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பை பாதுகாக்கப் "
++"பயன்படும் வெவ்வேறு குறியாக்கக் கருவிகளின் பெயர்களாகும். குறியாக்கம் "
++"செய்வதால் உங்கள் பிணைய இணைப்பு குழப்பப்படும் ஆகவே யாரும் உங்களை \"ஒட்டுக் "
++"கேட்க\" முடியாது, அதாவது உதாரனமாக நீங்கள் எந்த வலைப் பக்கங்களைப் "
++"பார்க்கிறீர்கள் எனப் பார்க்க முடியாது. WEP என்பது <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em> (வயர்டு ஈக்வலனட் ப்ரைவசி) என்பதைக் குறிக்கிறது, WPA என்பது "
++"<em>Wireless Protected Access</em> (வயர்லெஸ் ப்ரொட்டக்ட்டட் ஆக்சஸ்) என்பதைக் "
++"குறிக்கிறது. WPA2 என்பது WPA தரநிலையின் இரண்டாம் பதிப்பாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++"குறியாக்கத்தையே பயன்படுத்தாமல் இருப்பதை விட <em>ஏதேனும்</em> ஒரு "
++"குறியாக்கத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துவது நல்லது, ஆனால் WEP ஆனது இந்தத் தரநிலைகளுக்கான "
++"குறைந்த பாதுகாப்பு கொண்ட முறையாகும், ஆகவே அதைத் தவிர்க்க முடிந்தால் அதைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தாமல் இருப்பது நல்லது. WPA2 என்பது மிக அதிக பாதுகாப்பானது. உங்கள் "
++"வயர்லெஸ் கார்டு மற்றும் ரௌட்டர் WPA2 ஐ ஆதரித்தால், உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்தை "
++"அமைக்கும் போது நீங்கள் அதையே பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wifi க்கு இணைக்கவும்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">மறைந்துள்ள பிணையங்கள்</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"editcon\">இணைப்பு அமைவுகளைத் திருத்து</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">துண்டிக்கிறது</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் பிணையமாக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">வயர்லெஸ்</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wired\">வயர்டு</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">இணைப்பு சிக்கல்கள்</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"net-browser\">வலை உலாவல்</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"email\">மின்னஞ்சல் கணக்குகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr "பிணையமாக்கல், வலை, மின்னஞ்சல் &amp; அரட்டை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>பேட்டரி சின்னத்தை</gui> சொடுக்கும் போது காட்டப்படும் பேட்டரி "
++"ஆயுள் ஒரு கணக்கீடே."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr "கணக்கிடப்படும் பேட்டரி ஆயுள் தவறு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மீதமுள்ள பேட்டரி ஆயுளை சோதிக்கும் போது, அது மீதமுள்ளது எனக் காட்டும் "
++"நேரமும் பேட்டரி உண்மையில் நீடிக்கும் நேரமும் வேறுபடக்கூடும். மீதமுள்ள "
++"பேட்டரி அளவை கணக்கிட மட்டுமே முடியும் என்பதே இதற்குக் காரணம். சாதாரணமாக "
++"நாட்கள் ஆக ஆக கணக்கீடு மேம்படக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++"மீதமுள்ள பேட்டரி ஆயுளைக் கணக்கிட, பல காரணிகள் கருத்தில் எடுத்துக்கொள்ளப்பட "
++"வேண்டும். கணினி பயன்படுத்தும் மின்சக்தியின் அளவு அதில் ஒன்றாகும்: மின் சக்தி "
++"பயன்பாடானது நீங்கள் எத்தனை நிரல்களை திறந்து வைத்துள்ளீர்கள், எத்தனை "
++"சாதனங்கள் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன மற்றும் ஏதேனும் பெரிய பணிகளை "
++"இயக்கிக்கொண்டுள்ளீர்களா (உதாரணமாக DVD பார்த்தல் அல்லது இசைக் கோப்புகளை "
++"வடிவம் மாற்றுதல்) என்பனவற்றைப் பொறுத்து மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரி எப்படி மின்னிறக்கமாகிறது என்பது மற்றொரு காரணியாகும். "
++"வெளியேற்றப்பட்டு இருக்கிறது. சில பேட்டரிகள் சார்ஜைப் பெறும் வேகத்தை விட "
++"சார்ஜை வேகமாக இழக்கலாம். பேட்டரி எப்படி சார்ஜை இழக்கிறது என்பது பற்றிய "
++"துல்லியமான விவரமில்லாமல் மீதமுள்ள பேட்டரி அளவு என்பதை தோராயமாகவே கணக்கிட "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரி சார்ஜ் இழக்கும் போது, மின்சக்தி நிர்வாகி அதன் சார்ஜ் இழத்தல் "
++"பண்புகளை அறிந்துகொண்டு, பேட்டரி ஆயுளை எப்படி சிறப்பாக கணக்கிடுவது என்று "
++"அறிந்துகொள்ளும். இருப்பினும் அவை ஒருபோதும் முற்றிலும் துல்லியமாக இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பேட்டரி ஆயுள் மிக விநோதமான முறையில் கணக்கிடப்பட்டால் (உதாரணம், "
++"நூற்றுக்கணக்கான நாட்கள்) மின்சக்தி நிர்வாகிக்கு சரியான கணக்கீட்டைச் செய்ய "
++"தேவையான ஏதோ தரவு கிடைக்கவில்லை எனப் பொருள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மின் சக்தியை அகற்றிவிட்டு மடிக்கணினியை சற்று நேரம் பேட்டரியில் "
++"இயக்கிவிட்டு, மீண்டும் மின் பிளக்கை செருகி மீண்டும் ரீசார்ஜ் செய்யத் "
++"தொடங்கினால், மின் சக்தி நிர்வாகி தனக்கு தேவையான தரவைப் பெற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியின் மின் சக்தி பயனீட்டளவைக் குறைக்க குறிப்புகள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr "குறைந்த மின் சக்தியைப் பயன்படுத்தி பேட்டரி ஆயுளை மேம்படுத்துங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிகள் மிக அதிக மின்சக்தியைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். சில எளிய மின்னாற்றல் "
++"சேமிப்பு உத்திகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி நீங்கள் உங்கள் மின் பயன்பாட்டைக் குறைத்து "
++"சுற்றுச்சூழலுக்கும் உதவ முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr "பொது குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தாத போது <link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">கணினியை "
++"இடைநிறுத்துங்கள்</link>. இதனால் கணினி பயன்படுத்தும் மின் சக்தி வெகுவாகக் "
++"குறைக்கப்படும், அதே சமயம் அது மீண்டும் விரைவாக செயல்நிலைக்கும் வர முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++"நீண்ட நேரம் பயன்படுத்தாத சமயங்களில் கணினியை <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">அணைக்கவும்</link>. கணினியை அணைப்பதால் அது சீக்கிரம் "
++"பழையதாகிவிடும் என சிலர் கருதுகின்றனர், ஆனால் உண்மை அதுவல்ல."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>அமைவுகள்</app> இல் உள்ள <gui>மின் சக்தி</gui> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் "
++"மின் சக்தி அமைவுகளை மாற்றவும். மின் சக்தியை சேமிக்க பல விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன: "
++"குறிப்பிட்ட நேரத்திற்குப் பிறகு திரையை மங்கலாக்கலாம்; திரை பிரகாசத்தைக் "
++"(மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு) குறைக்கலாம்; குறிப்பிட்ட நேரம் பயன்படுத்தப்படாமல் "
++"இருந்தால் கணினி <link xref=\"power-suspend\">தானாக இடைநிறுத்தும்படி</link> "
++"அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்படுத்தாத போது (அச்சுப்பொறிகள், ஸ்கேனர்கள் போன்ற) வெளிப்புற சாதனங்களை "
++"அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++"மடிக்கணினிகள், நெட்புக்குகள் மற்றும் பேட்டரிகளைக் கொண்டுள்ள பிற சாதனங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"திரை பிரகாசத்தைக் குறைக்கவும்; மடிக்கணினி பயன்படுத்தும் மின்னாற்றலில் "
++"குறிப்பிடத்தக்க சதவீதம் திரைக்கு மின்சக்தி அளிப்பதற்கு பயன்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான மடிக்கணினிகளில், திரையின் பிரகாசத்தைக் குறைக்க விசைப்பலகையில் "
++"பொத்தான்கள் (அல்லது விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழி) இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++"சிறிது நேரம் உங்களுக்கு இணைய இணைப்பு தேவையில்லை எனில், வயர்லெஸ்/Bluetooth "
++"கார்டை அணைக்கவும். இந்த சாதனங்கள் ரேடியோ அலைகளை ஒளிபரப்பு செய்து வேலை "
++"செய்கின்றன, இதற்கு கணிசமான மின் சக்தி செலவாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகளில் இதை அணைக்க ஒரு ஸ்விட்ச் இருக்கும், மற்றதில் இதை செய்ய "
++"விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழி இருக்கும். தேவைப்படும் போது மீண்டும் "
++"இயக்கிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr "மேலும் மேம்பட்ட குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++"பின்புலத்தில் இயங்கும் பணிகளின் எண்ணிக்கையைக் குறைக்கவும். கணினிகள் அதிக "
++"வேலை செய்யும் போது அதிக மின் சக்தி செலவாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++"இயங்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளில் பெரும்பாலானவை, அவற்றைப் பயன்படுத்தாத "
++"போது சிறிதளவே வேலை செய்யும். இருப்பினும் இணையத்திலிருந்து அடிக்கடி தரவை "
++"பெறுகின்ற, இசை அல்லது திரைப்படங்களை இயக்குகின்ற பயன்பாடுகள் அதிக மின் "
++"சக்தியை பயன்படுத்தக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr "\"பேட்டரி சார்ஜ் மிக குறையும்படி விடாதீர்கள்\" என்பது போன்ற குறிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr "உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி பேட்டரியில் இருந்து சிறந்த பலன்களைப் பெறுங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++"மடிக்கணினி பழையதாகும் போது, அவற்றின் சார்ஜை சேமித்து வைக்கும் திறனும் "
++"படிப்படியாகக் குறைகிறது. அவற்றில் பயன்மிகு ஆயுட்காலத்தை அதிகரிக்க சில "
++"குறிப்புகள் இதோ, இருப்பினும் பெரிய வித்தியாசத்தை எதிர்பார்க்க முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரி முழுதும் தீர்ந்து போகும்படி விடாதீர்கள். பெரும்பாலான பேட்டரிகளில், "
++"பேட்டரி முழுதும் தீர்ந்து போவதைத் தடுக்கும் அம்சம் இருக்கிறது எனினும், "
++"பேட்டரி மிகவும் குறைந்து போகும் <em>முன்பு</em> ரிசார்ஜ் செய்யவும். "
++"பகுதியளவே பேட்டரி சார்ஜ் இறங்கியிருக்கும் போதே ரிசார்ஜ் செய்வது மிகச் "
++"சிறந்தது. ஆனால் சிறிதளவே சார்ஜ் இறங்கியிருக்கும் போது ரிசார்ஜ் செய்வது "
++"பேட்டரிக்குக் கெடுதலாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரியின் சார்ஜ் ஆகும் செயல்திறனை வெப்பம் வெகுவாக பாதிக்கிறது. பேட்டரி "
++"இருக்க வேண்டிய அளவுக்கு அதிகமாக வெப்பமாக விடாதீர்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரியை பயன்படுத்தாமல் எடுத்து வைத்திருந்தாலும் அவை பழையதாகும். பேட்டரியை "
++"வாங்கும் போதே அதற்கு மாற்று பேட்டரியையும் வாங்குவது நல்லது, இருப்பினும் "
++"தேவைப்படும் போது மட்டுமே மாற்று பேட்டரிகளை வாங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++"இது குறிப்பாக மிகவும் பொதுவாக பயன்படுத்தப்படும் லித்தியம் அயன் (Li-Ion) "
++"பேட்டரிகளுக்கு பொருந்தும். மற்ற பேட்டரி வகைகள் வெவ்வேறூ நடத்தைகளால் நன்மை "
++"பெறக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மடிக்கணினிகள் பேட்டரியில் இயங்கும் போது மெதுவாக இயங்கும்படியே "
++"உருவாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr "என் மடிக்கணினி பேட்டரியில் இயங்கும் போது ஏன் மெதுவாக வேலை செய்கிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மடிக்கணினிகள், மின் சக்தியை சேமிப்பதற்காக, பேட்டரியில் இயங்கும் போது "
++"மெதுவாக இயங்கும்படியே உருவாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். மடிக்கணினியின் செயலி (CPU) "
++"மெதுவான வேகத்திற்கு மாறும், செயலிகள் மெதுவாக இயங்கும் போது குறைவான "
++"மின்சாரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தும், இதனால் பேட்டரி நீண்ட நேரம் வரும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr "இந்த அம்சம் <em>CPU அதிர்வெண் மறுஅளவிடுதல்</em> என்றழைக்கப்படுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++"உற்பத்தி நிறுவனம் செய்துள்ள நுண்ணிய அமைப்புகளும் வேறுபடும் பேட்டரி ஆயுட்கால "
++"கணக்கீடுகளும் இதற்கு காரணமாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr "என் பேட்டரி ஆயுள் Windows/Mac OS இல் இருந்ததை விட ஏன் குறைவகா உள்ளது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகள் Linux இல் இயங்கும் போது, அவை Windows அல்லது Mac OS இல் இயங்கும் "
++"போது கொண்டிருப்பதை விடக் குறைவான பேட்டரி ஆயுளைக் கொண்டிருப்பதாகத் தெரியலாம். "
++"கணினி விற்பனையாளர்கள் Windows அல்லது Mac OS க்கு, ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட கணினி "
++"மாடலுக்கு பல்வேறு வன்பொருள்/மென்பொருள் அமைவுகளை சிறப்பிக்கின்ற சிறப்பு "
++"மென்பொருளை நிறுவியிருப்பது இதற்கு ஒரு காரணம். இந்த சிறு மேம்பாடுகள் மிக "
++"பிரத்யேகமானவை அவை குறித்து ஆவணமாக்கமும் இருக்காது, ஆகவே அவற்றை Linux இல் "
++"சேர்ப்பது கடினம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++"துரதிருஷ்டவசமாக, இந்த சிறு மேம்பாடுகளைப் பற்றி துல்லியமாக தெரியாமல் நீங்களே "
++"அவற்றைப் பெறுவதற்கு எளிய வழி எதுவும் இல்லை. சில <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">மின் சேமிப்பு முறைகள்</link> உதவலாம். உங்கள் கணினியில் <link "
++"xref=\"power-batteryslow\">மாறும் வேகம் கொண்ட செயலியைக்</link> "
++"கொண்டிருந்தால், அதன் அமைவை மாற்றுவது பயன் தரலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரி ஆயுளைக் கணக்கிடும் முறை Windows/Mac OS மற்றும் Linux ஆகியவற்றில் "
++"வெவ்வேறானவை என்பது இந்த வித்தியாசத்திற்கு மற்றொரு சாத்தியமுள்ள காரணமாக "
++"இருக்கலாம். ஒரு வேளை உண்மையான பேட்டரி ஆயுள் ஒன்றாகவே இருக்கக்கூடும், ஆனால் "
++"இந்த வெவ்வேறு முறைகளின் காரணமாக வெவ்வேறு கணக்கீடுகள் வழங்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மடிக்கணினி மூடியை மூடும் போது, மின் சக்தியை சேமிப்பதற்காக மடிக்கணினி "
++"உறக்க முறைக்குச் செல்லும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr "நான், மூடியை மூடும் போது என் கணினி ஏன் அணைகிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி மூடியை நீங்கள் மூடும் போது, கணினி மின் சக்தியை "
++"சேமிப்பதற்காக <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>இடைநிறுத்தப்படும்</em></link>."
++" அதாவது கணினி முழுதும் அணைக்கப்படுவதில்லை, உறக்க நிலைக்கு மட்டுமே செல்கிறது. "
++"மூடியை திறந்தால் மீண்டும் விழித்துக்கொள்ளும். மூடியைத் திறந்தும் "
++"விழிக்காவிட்டால்  சொடுக்கியை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது ஒரு விசையை அழுத்தவும். "
++"அப்போதும் இயங்காவிட்டால் பவர் பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகள் சரியாக இடைநிறுத்தப்பட முடியாமல் இருக்கலாம், அவற்றின் வன்பொருளை "
++"அவற்றின் இயக்க முறைமை முழுமையாக ஆதரிக்காதது இதற்குக் காரணமாக இருக்கலாம் "
++"(உதாரணம் Linux இயக்கிகள் முழுமையாக இல்லாமலிருக்கலாம்). இச்சூழ்நிலையில் "
++"மூடியை மூடிய பிறகு மீண்டும் கணினியை இயக்க முடியாமல் போகலாம். அப்போது நீங்கள் "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">இடைநிறுத்துதல் தொடர்பான சிக்கலை சரி செய்ய</"
++"link> முயற்சிக்கலாம் அல்லது மூடியை மூடும் போது கணினி இடைநிறுத்த "
++"முயற்சிக்காமல் தடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr "மூடியை மூடும் போது கணினி இடைநிறுத்தப்படாமல் தடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++"மூடியை மூடும் போது கணினி இடைநிறுத்தப்பட நீங்கள் விரும்பாவிட்டால், அதற்குரிய "
++"அமைவுகளை மாற்றலாம். மூடியை மூடும் போது கணினி இடைநிறுத்தப்படாமல் திரை மட்டும் "
++"காலியாகும் படி அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவை மாற்றினால் கவனமாக இருக்கவும். சில மடிக்கணினிகள் மூடி மூடியபடி "
++"இயங்கினால் அதிக வெப்பமாகலாம், குறிப்பாக அவை முதுகுப்பை போன்ற அடைபட்ட "
++"இடத்தில் இருந்தால் இதற்கு வாய்ப்பு அதிகம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரியில் இயங்கும் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அமைவுகளை மாற்ற, இந்தக் கட்டளையை "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++"AC மின்சாரத்தில் இயங்கும் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அமைவுகளை மாற்ற, இந்தக் "
++"கட்டளையை தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++"சில விசிறிக் கட்டுப்பாட்டு மென்பொருள் இல்லாமலிருக்கலாம் அல்லது உங்கள் "
++"மடிக்கணினி அதிக வெப்பமாக இயங்கிக்கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr "மடிக்கணினி விசிறி எப்போதும் இயங்குகிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியின் குளிர்விக்கும் விசிறி எப்போதுமே இயங்கிக் "
++"கொண்டிருந்தால், உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியின் குளிர்விக்கும் அமைப்பைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தும் வன்பொருள் Linux இல் நன்றாக ஆதரிக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம். சில "
++"மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு அவற்றின் குளிர்விக்கும் விசிறிகளை சிறப்பாகக் கட்டுப்படுத்த "
++"கூடுதல் மென்பொருள் தேவைப்படலாம், ஆனால் இந்த மென்பொருள் நிறுவப்படாதிருக்கலாம் "
++"(அல்லது Linux க்கு அவை கிடைக்காமல் இருக்கலாம்) அதனால் விசிறி எப்போதுமே முழு "
++"வேகத்தில் இயங்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"இச்சூழ்நிலையில், நீங்கள் சில அமைவுகளை மாற்றலாம் அல்லது விசிறியை முழுமையாக "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தும் கூடுதல் மென்பொருளை நிறுவலாம். உதாரணமாக சில Sony VAIO "
++"மடிக்கணினிகளின் விசிறிகளைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/"
++"fan/\">vaiofand</link> ஐ நிறுவலாம். இந்த மென்பொருளை நிறுவுவது அதிக "
++"தொழில்நுட்ப செயலாகும், இது உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியின் நிறுவனம் மற்றும் மாடலைப் "
++"பொறுத்தே அமையும், ஆகவே உங்கள் கணினிக்கு இதை எப்படி செய்ய வேண்டும் என்ற "
++"சரியான அறிவுரையைப் பெறுவது நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி அதிக வெப்பத்தை உண்டாக்கவும் வாய்ப்புள்ளது. அதற்காக அது "
++"அதிக வெப்பமாகிறது என்று நினைக்க முடியாது; அதை போதிய அளவு குளிர்ச்சியாக வைக்க "
++"விசிறி எப்போதும் முழு  வேகத்தில் இயங்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். இப்படி நடந்தால், "
++"உங்களுக்கு விசிறியை எப்போதும் முழு வேகத்தில் இயங்காமல் தடுக்க பெரிதாக வேறு "
++"வழிகள் எதுவும் இல்லை. கூடுதல் குளிர்விப்பு கருவிகளை வாங்கினால் அவை "
++"உதவுக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++"ஹைபர்நேட் அம்ச நன்கு ஆதரிக்கப்படாததால், அது முன்னிருப்பாக "
++"முடக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr "என் கணினியை எப்படி ஹைபர்நேட் செய்ய வைப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகும் போது, உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் அனைத்தும் "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டு, மின் சக்தியையே பயன்படுத்தாதபடி உங்கள் கணினி அணைக்கப்படும், "
++"ஆனால் நீங்கள் மீண்டும் கணினியை இயக்கும் போது ஆவணங்களும் பயன்பாடுகளும் "
++"திறந்தபடி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++"துரதிருஷ்டவசமாக ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சம் பல சமயங்களில் <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">வேலை செய்யாது</link>. இதனால் மீண்டும் கணினியை இயக்கும் போது "
++"ஆவணங்களும் பயன்பாடுகளும் திறந்தபடி இருக்கும் என்று எதிபார்த்தால் தரவு "
++"இழக்கப்படலாம். ஆகவே முன்னிருப்பாக ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சம் முடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr "ஹைபர்நேட் வேலை செய்கிறதா என சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr "எப்போதும் ஹைபர்நேட் செய்யும் முன்பு உங்கள் வேலையை சேமிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை ஹைபர்நேட் செய்யும் முன்பு உங்கள் வேலைகள் அனைத்தையும் சேமிக்க "
++"வேண்டும், ஏனெனில் ஏதேனும் தவறாக நடந்து, நீங்கள் மீண்டும் கணினியை இயக்கும் "
++"போது திறந்து வைத்திருந்த ஆவணங்களும் பயன்பாடுகளும் மீட்கப்படாமல் போனால் இது "
++"உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சம் வேலை செய்கிறதா என கட்டளை வரியைக் கொண்டு "
++"சோதிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி அல்லது "
++"<gui>டேஷில்</gui> <input>terminal</input> என தேடுவதன் மூலம் "
++"<app>முனையத்தைத்</app> திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில்</gui> <input>terminal</input> எனத் தேடுவதன் "
++"மூலம் <app>முனையத்தை</app> திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"முனையத்தில் ரூட் பயனராக, <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து "
++"<key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr "கேட்கப்படும் போது, கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++"பிறகு உங்கள் கணினி அணைக்கப்பட்டு மீண்டும் இயங்கும். திறந்திருந்த உங்கள் "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் திறந்தபடி இருக்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++"ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சம் வேலை செய்யாவிட்டால், உங்கள் ஸ்வேப் பிரிவகம் RAM ஐப் போல "
++"பெரிதாக உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr "ஹைபர்நேட்டை செயல்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"ஹைபர்நேட் சோதனை வெற்றியடைந்தால், ஹைபர்நேட் செய்ய விரும்பும் போது நீங்கள் "
++"<cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> கட்டளையைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++"மெனுக்களில் இருந்தும் ஹைபர்நேட்டை செயல்படுத்தலாம். இதைச் செய்ய உங்கள் "
++"விருப்பமான உரை திருத்தி கொண்டு <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file> கோப்பை உருவாக்கவும். கோப்பில் "
++"பின்வரும் உள்ளடக்கத்தைச் சேர்த்து சேமிக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிகள் வழக்கமாக சற்று சூடாகும், ஆனால் அவை மிக அதிகமாக வெப்பமடைந்தால், அதீத "
++"வெப்பத்தால் சேதமடையலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr "என் கணினி மிகவும் வெப்பமாகிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான கணினிகள் சற்று நேரம் இயங்கிய பிறகு சூடாகும், சில கணினிகள் மிக "
++"விரைவாக சூடாகலாம். இது வழக்கம் தான்: அது உங்கள் கணினி தன்னை குளிர்விக்க "
++"செய்யும் செயலாக இருக்கலாம். இருப்பினும், கணினி அதிக சூடாக இருந்தால் அது அதீத "
++"வெப்படைவதன் அறிகுறியாக இருக்கலாம், அது சேதத்தை ஏற்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான மடிக்கணினிகள் சிறிது நேரம் பயன்படுத்தினால் சூடாகலாம். அது "
++"குறித்து கவலைப்பட வேண்டியதில்லை - கணினிகள் அதிக வெப்பத்தை உருவாக்கும், "
++"மடிக்கணினிகள் மிக சிறியதாக இருப்பதால் அவை மிக விரைவாக வெப்பத்தை வெளியேற்ற "
++"வேண்டும், இதனால் வெளி கேஸ் அதிக சூடாகலாம். இருப்பினும் சில மடிக்கணினிகள் மிக "
++"அதிகமாக சூடாவதால் பயன்படுத்தவே சிரமமாகலாம். குளிர்விக்கும் அமைப்பு சரியாக "
++"வடிவமைக்கப்படாததே இதற்குக் காரணமாக இருக்கும். மடிக்கணினிக்கு அடிப்பகுதியில் "
++"பொருத்தக்கூடிய கூடுதல் குளிர்விப்புக் கருவிகளை வாங்கிப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், "
++"இதனால் சிறப்பாக குளிர்விக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி மேசைக் கணினி எனில், அதைத் தொடும் போது மிக அதிக சூடாக "
++"இருப்பதாகத் தெரிந்தால், அதன் குளிர்விக்கும் வசதி போதுமானதாக இல்லாதிருக்கலாம்."
++" இது உங்களுக்கு கவலையளித்தால் கூடுதல் குளிர்விக்கும் விசிறிகளை வாங்கவும் "
++"அல்லது குளிர்விக்கும் விசிறிகளும் போக்கிடங்களும் தூசி மற்றும் பிற "
++"பொருள்களால் அடைபடாமல் உள்ளதா என சோதிக்கவும். கணினியை இன்னும் சிறப்பான "
++"காற்றோட்டமுள்ள இடத்தில் வைத்துப் பயன்படுத்தினாலும் உதவியாக இருக்கும் - "
++"காற்றோட்டமில்லாத இடத்தில் (எ.கா கப்போர்டில்) வைத்து பயன்படுத்தினால் "
++"கணினியால் வெப்பத்தை வெளியேற்ற முடியாமல் போதுமான வேகத்தில் குளிர்ந்த காற்றை "
++"பெற முடியாமல் போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++"சிலர் சூடான மடிக்கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதால் உடல் நலம் பாதிக்குமோ எனக் "
++"கவலைப்படலாம். சூடான மடிக்கணினியை மடியில் வைத்து நீண்ட நேரம் பயன்படுத்தினால் "
++"அது (ஆண்களுக்கு) ஆண்மையைக் குறைக்கக்கூடும் என்று கூறப்படுகிறது, மேலும் (இது "
++"அதிக தீவிரமாகும் சூழ்நிலைகளில்) சிலருக்கு தீக்காயங்களும் ஏற்பட்டதாக "
++"தெரியவருகிறது. இத்தகைய சாத்தியமுள்ள சிக்கல்கள் உங்களுக்கு கவலையளித்தால், "
++"மருத்துவர் ஆலோசனை பெறவும். மடியில் வைத்து மடிக்கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் "
++"இருப்பதும் நல்லதே."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்கால கணினிகளில் பெரும்பாலானவை மிக அதிக சூடானல், சேதத்தைத் தடுக்க அவை தானாக "
++"அணைந்துவிடும். உங்கள் கணினி அடிக்கடி அணைந்து போனால் இதுவும் காரணமாக "
++"இருக்கலாம். உங்கள் கணினி அதீத வெப்பமடைந்தால் அதைப் பழுதுபார்க்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி முழுதும் சார்ஜ் இறங்க விடுவது பேட்டரிக்கு தீங்காகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr "பேட்டரி 10% ஆனதும் என் கணினி ஏன் அணைகிறது/ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரியின் சார்ஜ் மிகக் குறையும் போது, உங்கள் கணினி தானாகவே  <link xref="
++"\"power-hibernate\">ஹைபர்நேட்</link> ஆகும். பேட்டரி முழுவதும் சார்ஜ் "
++"இழக்காமல் தடுக்கவே இப்படி செய்யப்படுகிறது, ஏனெனில் அப்படி நடப்பது "
++"பேட்டரிக்கு தீங்காகும். பேட்டரி முழுதும் தீர்ந்து போனால், அதன் பின் கணினியை "
++"முறையாக அணைக்க நேரம் இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++"பேட்டரி மிகக் குறையும் போது என்ன நடக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை நீங்கள், "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>மின் சக்தி</app> ஐ "
++"திறந்து மாற்றலாம். <gui>மின் சக்தி மிகமிகக் குறைவாகும் போது</gui> அமைவைக் "
++"கண்டறியவும். கணினி அணையும் படி அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகும்படி அமைக்கலாம். "
++"அணைக்கும் படி அமைத்தால், கணினி அணைக்கப்படும் முன்பு உங்கள் ஆவணங்களும் "
++"பயன்பாடுகளும் <em>சேமிக்கப்படாது</em>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகளில் ஹைபர்நேட் ஆவதில் சிக்கல்கள் இருக்கலாம், அதனால் மீண்டும் "
++"கணினியை இயக்கும் போது ஆவணங்களையும் பயன்பாடுகளையும் மீட்க முடியாமல் போகலாம். "
++"இச்சூழ்நிலையில் கணினி ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகும் முன்பு சேமிக்கப்படாவிட்டல் உங்கள் "
++"வேலைகள் இழக்கப்பட வாய்ப்புள்ளது. எனினும் நீங்கள் <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspendfail\">ஹைபர்நேட் தொடர்பான சிக்கல்களை சரிசெய்யலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி இடைநிறுத்தப்படும் போது சில வயர்லெஸ் சாதனங்கள் சிக்கல்களை "
++"அடையலாம், இதனால் அவை மீண்டும் சரியாக இயங்கத் தொடங்காமல் போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++"என் கணினியை விழிக்கச் செய்யும் போது என் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் இல்லாமல் போகிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை நீங்கள் இடைநிறுத்தியிருந்தால் அல்லது அது ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகி "
++"இருந்தால், நீங்கள் மீண்டும் கணினியை இயக்கும் போது உங்கள் வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் "
++"வேலை செய்யாமல் போகலாம். வயர்லெஸ் சாதனத்திற்கான <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">இயக்கி</link> சில மின் சேமிப்பு அம்சங்களை முழுமையாக ஆதரிக்காத போது "
++"இது நடக்கலாம். வழக்கமாக கணினி மீண்டும் இயங்கத் தொடங்கும் போது வயர்லெஸ் "
++"இணைப்பு செயல்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr "இது நடந்தால், உங்கள் வயர்லெஸை அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்க முயற்சிக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி <gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr "<gui>பிணையம்</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>வயர்லெஸ்</gui> தாவலைத் திறக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸை அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போதும் வயர்லெஸ் வேலை செய்யாவிட்டால், <gui>விமானப் பயன்முறையை</gui> இயக்கி "
++"மீண்டும் அணைக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++"இதுவும் பலனளிக்காவிட்டால், உங்கள் கணினியை மறுதுவக்கினால் வயர்லெஸ் மீண்டும் "
++"வேலை செய்யும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி வேலை செய்யும், ஆனால் வேறு பவர் கேபிள் அல்லது டிராவல் அடாப்ட்டர் "
++"தேவைப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr "வேறு நாட்டின் மின்சாரத்தில் என் கணினி வேலை செய்யுமா?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++"வெவ்வேறு நாடுகளின் மின்சாரத்தின் மின்னழுத்தமும் (வழக்கமாக 110V அல்லது 220-"
++"240V) AC அதிர்வெண்ணும் (வழக்கமாக 50 Hz அல்லது 60 Hz) வெவ்வேறாக இருக்கும். "
++"சரியான பவர் அடாப்ட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தும்பட்சத்தில் உங்கள் கணினி வேறு "
++"நாட்டிலும் வேலை செய்யும். நீங்கள் ஒரு ஸ்விட்ச்சை ஃப்ளிப் செய்ய வேண்டியும் "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி மடிக்கணினி எனில், உங்கள் பவர் அடாப்ட்டருக்கான சரியான பிளக் "
++"இருந்தால் போதும். சில மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட பிளக் அல்லது "
++"அடாப்ட்டர்கள் வழங்கப்பட்டிருக்கும், ஆகவே உங்களிடம் ஏற்கனவே சரியான அடாப்ட்டர் "
++"இருக்கலாம். இல்லாவிட்டால் வழக்கமான டிராவல் அடாப்ட்டரில் செருகினாலே வேலை "
++"செய்யக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி மேசை கணினியாக இருந்தால், வேறு பிளக்கைக் கொண்ட கேபிளைப் பெறலாம் "
++"அல்லது டிராவல் அடாப்ட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். இருப்பினும் இச்சூழ்நிலையில், "
++"கணினியின் மின் சப்ளையில் வோல்ட்டேஜ் ஸ்விட்ச் இருந்தால், அதை மாற்ற "
++"வேண்டியிருக்கலாம். பல கணினிகளில் இது இருக்காது, ஆனால் அவை எல்லா "
++"வோல்ட்டேஜிலும் நன்றாக வேலை செய்யும். உங்கள் கணினியின் பின்புறம் பவர் கேபிளை "
++"செருகும் சாக்கெட் உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். அங்கு ஏதோ ஓர் இடத்தில் (எ.கா.) "
++"\"110V\" அல்லது \"230V\" என்று எழுதிய ஒரு சிறு ஸ்விட்ச் இருக்கலாம். "
++"தேவையெனில் அதை மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++"பவர் கேபிளை மாற்றும் போது அல்லது டிராவல் அடாப்ட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது "
++"கவனமாக இருக்கவும். முடிந்தால் முதலில் அனைத்தையும் அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினி வன்பொருள் இடைநிறுத்தம் அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தினால் "
++"சிக்கல்களை ஏற்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr "என் கணினியை இடைநிறுத்திய பிறகு ஏன் மீண்டும் இயங்க மாட்டேனென்கிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியை <link xref=\"power-suspend\">இடைநிறுத்தினால்</link> "
++"அல்லது <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">ஹைபர்நேட்</link> செய்து, மீண்டும் "
++"இயக்க முயற்சித்தால் சில சமயம் அது வேலை செய்யாமல் போகலாம். உங்கள் வன்பொருள் "
++"இடைநிறுத்துதல் மற்றும் ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சத்தை சரியாக ஆதரிக்காதது இதற்கு ஒரு "
++"காரணமாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr "என் கணினி இடைநிறுத்தப்பட்ட பிறகு மீண்டும் தொடங்கவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை இடைநிறுத்திவிட்ட்டு பிறகு சொடுக்கியை சொடுக்கினால் அல்லது "
++"விசைப்பலகை விசையை அழுத்தினால், அது விழித்தெழுந்து கடவுச்சொல் கேட்கும் "
++"திரையைக் காண்பிக்கலாம். அப்படி நடக்காவிட்டால், பவர் பொத்தானை அழுத்தி "
++"முயற்சிக்கவும் (அப்படியே பிடித்திருக்க வேண்டாம் ஒரு முறை அழுத்தினால் போதும்)."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++"அதுவும் பலனளிக்காவிட்டால், உங்கள் கணினியின் மானிட்டர் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா "
++"என்று பார்த்து விசைப்பலகை விசை ஒன்றை அழுத்தி முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"கடைசியாக, பவர் பொத்தானை 5 முதல் 10 வினாடிகள் அழுத்திப் பிடித்து கணினியை "
++"அணைக்கவும். எனினும் இப்படிச் செய்தால் சேமிக்காத வேலைகள் இழக்கப்படலாம். அதன் "
++"பிறகு கணினியை மீண்டும் இயக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும் இப்படி நடந்தால் இடைநிறுத்தல் அம்சம் "
++"உங்கள் வன்பொருளுடன் சரியாக வேலை செய்யாதிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி மின் சக்தியை இழந்தால் மாற்று மின் சப்ளை இல்லாவிட்டால் (ஒரு "
++"பேட்டரி) அது அணைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை மீண்டும் இயக்கும் போது என் பயன்பாடுகள்/ஆவணங்கள் திறந்திருக்கவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணினியை ஹைபர்நேட் செய்து மீண்டும் இயக்கும் போது உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"அல்லது ஆவணங்கள் எதுவுமே திறந்திருக்காவிட்டால், அது ஹைபர்நேட் செயலை சரியாக "
++"செய்யாதிருக்கலாம். சில சமயம் இதற்கு சிறு சிக்கல் ஏதேனும் காரணமாக இருக்கலாம், "
++"அப்படியானால் கணினி அடுத்த முறை சரியாக ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகும். கணினி மறுதுவக்கமாக "
++"வேண்டிய ஒரு மென்பொருள் புதுப்பிப்பை நிறுவியதால் கூட இது நடக்கலாம்; "
++"இச்சூழ்நிலையில் கணினி ஹைபர்நேட் ஆகாமல் அணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியின் வன்பொருள் ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சத்தை சரியாக ஆதரிக்காவிட்டாலும், "
++"உங்கள் கணினி சரியாக ஹைபர்நேட் செய்யாதிருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக உங்கள் "
++"வன்பொருளுக்கான Linux இயக்கிகளில் ஏதேனும் சிக்கல் இருப்பதாலும் இது நடக்கலாம். "
++"மீண்டும் ஹைபர்நேட் செய்து இரண்டாவது முறை அது வேலை செய்கிறதா எனப் பார்த்தால் "
++"ஹைபர்நேட் சரியாக வேலை செய்கிறதா என சோதிக்கலாம். அப்படி ஆகாவிட்டால் உங்கள் "
++"கணினியின் இயக்கிகளில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++"என் கணினியை விழித்தெழச் செய்த பிறகு என் வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு (அல்லது பிற "
++"வன்பொருள்) வேலை செய்யவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தி அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட் செய்து மீண்டும் தொடங்கும் போது, "
++"உங்கள் இணைய இணைப்பு, சொடுக்கி அல்லது பிற ஏதேனும் சாதனங்கள் சரியாக வேலை "
++"செய்யாதிருக்கலாம். சாதனத்திற்கான இயக்கி இடைநிறுத்தல் அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட் "
++"அம்சத்தை சரியாக ஆதரிக்காதது இதற்கு காரணமாக இருக்கலாம். இது சாதனத்தின் "
++"சிக்கல் அல்ல, அது <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">இயக்கியின் சிக்கலாகவே "
++"இருக்கும்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனத்தில் பவர் ஸ்விட்ச் இருந்தால், அதை அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்க "
++"முயற்சிக்கவும். பெரும்பாலும் சாதனம் மீண்டும் சரியாக இயங்கும். சாதனம் USB "
++"கேபிள் அல்லது அது போன்றவற்றால் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், சாதனத்தை எடுத்துவிட்டு "
++"மீண்டும் இணைத்து வேலை செய்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனத்தை அணைக்க/அன்பிளக் செய்ய முடியாவிட்டால் அல்லது அது பலனளிக்காவிட்டால், "
++"சாதனத்தை மீண்டும் வேலை செய்ய வைக்க, கணினியை மறுதுவக்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++"இடைநிறுத்துவது கணினியை உறக்க நிலைக்குக் கொண்டு செல்லும், இதனால் குறைவான "
++"மின்சாரமே பயன்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr "என் கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தும் போது என்ன நடக்கும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தும் போது கணினி உறக்க நிலைக்குச் செல்கிறது. உங்கள் "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் அனைத்தும் திறந்தபடியே இருக்கும், ஆனால் மின் "
++"சக்தியை சேமிப்பதற்காக திரையும் கணினியின் பிற பாகங்களும் அணைக்கப்படும். "
++"இருப்பினும் கணினி இயக்கத்திலேயே இருக்கும், ஆகவே சிறிதளவு மின்சாரத்தைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும். ஒரு விசையை அழுத்தி அல்லது சொடுக்கியை சொடுக்கி கணினியை "
++"விழித்தெழச் செய்யலாம். அது வேலை செய்யாவிட்டால் பவர் பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகளில் வன்பொருள் ஆதரவில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம். இதனால் <link xref="
++"\"power-suspendfail\">அவை சரியாக இடைநிறுத்த அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட் செய்யாமல் "
++"போகலாம்</link>. இடைநிறுத்துதல் அல்லது ஹைபர்நேட் அம்சத்தை நம்பி பயன்படுத்தும் "
++"முன்பு அது சரியாக வேலை செய்கிறதா என சோதிப்பது நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr "எப்போதும் இடைநிறுத்தும் முன்பு உங்கள் வேலையை சேமிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தும் முன்பு உங்கள் வேலைகள் அனைத்தையும் சேமிக்க வேண்டும், "
++"ஏதேனும் தவறாக நடந்து மீண்டும் கணினி தொடங்கும் போது திறந்திருந்த ஆவணங்கள் "
++"மற்றும் பயன்பாடுகள் மீட்கப்படாமல் போனால் இது பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி பேட்டரியில் இயங்கும் போது, கணினி செயலின்றி இருக்கையில் "
++"மின்சாரத்தை சேமிக்க திரை பிரகாசம் குறைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr "சிறிது நேரம் கழித்து என் திரை ஏன் மங்கலாகிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினி பேட்டரியில் இங்கும் போது, கணினி செயலின்றி இருக்கையில் "
++"மின்சாரத்தை சேமிப்பதற்காக திரை மங்கலாக்கப்படும். மீண்டும் கணினியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தத் தொடங்கும் போது மீண்டும் திரை பிரகாசமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr "திரை தானாக மங்கலாவதை நீங்கள் நிறுத்த முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பிரகாசம் &amp; பூட்டு</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>மின் சக்தியை சேமிக்க திரையை "
++"மங்கலாக்கு</gui> என்பதை தேர்வு நீக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"கேபிள்கள் தளர்வாக இருப்பது அல்லது வன்பொருள் சிக்கல்கள் காரணமாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr "என் கணினி இயங்கவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி இயங்காமல் போவதற்கு பல காரணங்கள் உள்ளன. இந்த தலைப்பு சாத்தியமுள்ள சில "
++"காரணங்களின் மேலோட்டப் பார்வையை வழங்குகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி பிளக் இன் செய்யப்படவில்லை, பேட்டரி காலி அல்லது கேபிள் தளர்வாக உள்ளது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியின் பவர் கேபிள்கள் பவர் அவுட்லெட்டில் உறுதியாக செருகப்பட்டு ஆன் "
++"செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். மானிட்டரும் பிளக் இன் செய்து ஆன் "
++"செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். உங்கள் கணினி மடிக்கணினி எனில், (பேட்டரி "
++"தீர்ந்துவிட்டிருந்தால்) சார்ஜிங் கேபிளை இணைக்கவும். பேட்டரி அகற்றக்கூடிய "
++"பேட்டரி எனில், அது தனக்குரிய இடத்தில் சரியாகப் பொருந்தியுள்ளதா எனவும் "
++"பார்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr "கணினி வன்பொருளில் சிக்கல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியின் ஏதேனும் பாகம் பழுதுபட்டிருக்கலாம் அல்லது தவறாக செயல்படலாம். இப்படி "
++"நடந்தால் கணினியை பழுதுபார்க்க வேண்டும். பவர் சப்ளை யூனிட் பழுதுபடுதல், "
++"(மெமரி/RAM  போன்ற) பாகங்கள் தவறாக பொருத்தப்பட்டிருத்தல் மற்றும் தவறான "
++"மதர்போர்டு ஆகியவை பொதுவான பிரச்சனைகள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr "கணினி பீப் ஒலி எழுப்பி அணைந்துவிடுகிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை இயக்கும் போது சில முறை பீப் ஒலி எழுப்பி மீண்டும் அணைந்துவிட்டால் "
++"(துவங்காவிட்டால்) கணினி ஏதோ சிக்கலைக் கண்டறிந்திருக்கலாம். இந்த பீப் ஒலிகள் "
++"<em>பீப் குறியீடுகள்</em> எனவும் அழைக்கப்படும், பீப் ஒலியின் விதத்தைப் "
++"பொறுத்து என்ன சிக்கல் எனக் கண்டறியலாம். பீப் குறியீடுகள் நிறுவனத்திற்கு ஏற்ப "
++"மாறும், ஆகவே உங்கள் கணினி மதர்போர்டுக்கான கையேட்டைப் பார்க்க வேண்டும் அல்லது "
++"கணினியை பழுதுபார்க்க கொண்டு செல்ல வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr "கணினி விசிறிகள் சுழல்கின்றன ஆனால் திரையில் எதுவும் வரவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++"முதலில், மானிட்டர் பிளக் இன் செய்யப்பட்டு ஆன் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா என சோதிக்க "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++"இதற்கு வன்பொருள் சிக்கலும் காரணமாக இருக்கலாம். பவர் பொத்தானை அழுத்தியதும் "
++"விசிறிகள் ஆன் ஆகலாம், ஆனால் கணினியின் பிற முக்கிய பாகங்கள் ஆன் ஆகாமல் "
++"இருக்கலாம். இப்படியானால் கணினியை பழுதுபார்க்க கொண்டு செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr "நடாலியா ரஸ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">இடைநிறுத்து</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம்</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">திரை "
++"மங்கலாக்குதல்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr "மின்சக்தி &amp; பேட்டரி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr "பேட்டரி அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr "மின்சார சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr "மின்சாரம் மற்றும் பேட்டரிகள் தொடர்பான சிக்கல்களை சரிசெய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">பின்புலம்</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">அளவு மற்றும் சுழற்சி</link>, பிரகாசம்…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr "காட்சி &amp; திரை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">மொழி</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">பகுதி மற்றும் வடிவமைப்புகள்</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">விசைப்பலகை</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">சொடுக்கி</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">காட்சி</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">மொழிகள்</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">பயனர் கணக்குகள்</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr "பயனர் &amp; கணினி அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++"தாளின் இரு பக்கமும் அச்சிடுதல் அல்லது ஒரு தாளுக்கு பல பக்கங்களை அச்சிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr "இரு பக்க முறையில் மற்றும் பல பக்க தளவமைப்புகளை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr "காகிதத்தின் ஒவ்வொரு தாளின் இரு பக்கமும் அச்சிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>கோப்பு</gui><gui>அச்சிடு</gui></guiseq> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சிடு சாளரத்தின் <gui>பக்க அமைவு</gui> தாவலுக்குச் சென்று <gui>இரு "
++"பக்கமாக</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து ஒரு விருப்பத்தைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். விருப்பம் முடக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியில் இரு "
++"பக்கமாக அச்சடிக்கும் அம்சம் இல்லாதிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறிகள் இரு பக்க அச்சிடுதலை வெவ்வேறு விதமாகக் கையாளும். அது எப்படி "
++"வேலை செய்கிறது என்று உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி கொண்டு பரிசோதனை செய்வது நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தாளின் ஒவ்வொரு <em>பக்கத்திலும்</em> ஆவணத்தின் ஒன்றுக்கும் அதிக "
++"பக்கங்களை அச்சிட முடியும். இதைச் செய்ய ஒரு <gui>ஒரு பக்கத்திற்கான பக்கங்கள்</"
++"gui> விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பங்கள் இருப்பது உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி வகை மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டைப் "
++"பொறுத்தது. அவை எப்போதுமே கிடைக்கும் என்று இல்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++"மடிக்கப்பட்ட புக்லெட்டுகளை (புத்தகம் அல்லது பாம்ப்லெட் போன்றவை) இயல்பான A4/"
++"லெட்டர் சைஸ் தாளைக் கொண்டு அச்சிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr "மடிக்கப்பட்ட புக்லெட்டுகளை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் பக்கங்களை ஒரு சிறப்பான வரிசையில் அமைத்தும் சில அச்சிடல் "
++"விருப்பங்களை மாற்றியும் அதை ஒரு மடிக்கப்பட்ட புக்லெட்டாக (சிறு புத்தகம் "
++"அல்லது பாம்ப்லெட் போல) உருவாக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வழிமுறைகள் ஒரு PDF ஆவணத்திலிருந்து ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிடுவதை "
++"விவரிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> ஆவணத்திலிருந்து ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிட, முதலில் "
++"<guiseq><gui>கோப்பு</gui><gui>PDF ஆக ஏற்றுமதி செய்…</gui></guiseq> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்து அதை ஒரு PDF ஆக ஏற்றுமதி செய்யவும். உங்கள் ஆவணத்தின் பக்கங்களின் "
++"எண்ணிக்கை 4 இன் மடங்காக இருக்க வேண்டும் (4, 8, 12, 16,…). 3 வரையிலான காலி "
++"பக்கங்களைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr "ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பொது</gui> தாவலுக்குச் செல்லவும். <em>வரம்பு</em> இன் கீழ் "
++"<gui>பக்கங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த வரிசையில் பக்கங்களின் எண்ணிக்கையை தட்டச்சு செய்யவும் (n என்பது மொத்த "
++"பக்கங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை, மற்றும் 4 இன் மடங்கு):"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr "எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr "4 பக்க புக்லெட்: <input>4,1,2,3</input> என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr "8 பக்க புக்லெட்: <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"20 பக்க புக்லெட்: <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</"
++"input> என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "இப்போது <gui>பக்க அமைவு</gui> தாவலுக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>தளவமைப்பு</em> இன் கீழ், <gui>இரு பக்கமாக</gui> விருப்பத்தில், "
++"<gui>குறுகிய விளிம்பு (திருப்பு)</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒரு பக்கத்திற்கான பக்கங்கள்</gui> விருப்பத்தில், <gui>2</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பக்க வரிசை</gui> மெனுவில், <gui>இடமிருந்து வலம்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr "ஒற்றைப் பக்க அச்டுப்பொறியில் ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr "அச்சிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>பொது</gui> தாவலை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr "<em>வரம்பு</em> இன் கீழ் <gui>பக்கங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr "…அனைத்துப் பக்கங்களையும் தட்டச்சு செய்யும் வரை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"12 பக்க புக்லெட்: <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> என தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++"16 பக்க புக்லெட்: <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> என "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>பக்க அமைவு</gui> தாவலை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>தளவமைப்பு</em> இன் கீழ், <gui>இரு பக்கமாக</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>ஒரு "
++"பக்கமாக</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒரு பக்கத்திற்கான பக்கங்கள்</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>2</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இதை மட்டும் அச்சிடு</gui> மெனுவில், <gui>ஒற்றைத் தாள்கள்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++"அனைத்து பக்கங்களும் அச்சிடப்பட்ட பிறகு, பக்கங்களை திருப்பி அவற்றை மீண்டும் "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியில் வைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இதை மட்டும் அச்சிடு</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>இரட்டை தாள்கள்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++"A4 அல்லது Letter-sized தாளைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு மடிக்கப்பட்ட, பல பக்க "
++"புக்லெட்டை எப்படி அச்சிடுவது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr "ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr "ஒரு PDF இலிருந்து ஒரு புக்லெட்டை அச்சிடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் PDF ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள பக்கங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை 4 இன் மடங்குகளாக "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், பக்கங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை 4 இன் மடங்காக மாற்ற, தேவையான அளவு காலி "
++"பக்கங்களை சேர்க்க வேண்டும் (1,2 அல்லது 3). இதை நீங்கள் இப்படிச் செய்யலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++"தேவையான எண்ணிக்கையிலான காலி பக்கங்களைக் கொண்ட ஒரு <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"ஆவணத்தை உருவாக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>கோப்பு</gui> <gui>PDF ஆக ஏற்றுமதி செய்…</gui></guiseq> என்பதை "
++"தேர்வு செய்து, காலி பக்கங்களை ஒரு PDF ஆக ஏற்றுமதி செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> அல்லது <app>PDF Mod</app> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி, காலி "
++"பக்கங்களை கடைசியில் வைத்து காலி பக்கங்களை PDF ஆவணத்துடன் ஒன்றிணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++"கீழே உள்ள பட்டியலில் இருந்து நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தப்போகும் அச்சுப்பொறி வகையைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++"நிலுவையிலுள்ள ஒரு அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்து அதை வரிசையிலிருந்து அகற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr "ஜனா ஸ்வரோவா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr "அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்தல், இடைநிறுத்துதல் அல்லது விடுவித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி நீங்கள் ஒரு அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்து "
++"அதை வரிசையில் இருந்து அகற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr "அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++"தவறுதலாக நீங்கள் ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சிடத் தொடங்கிவிட்டால், நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பணியை "
++"ரத்து செய்து தாள் அல்லது இங்க் வீணாகாமல் தடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr "ஒரு அச்சு பணியை எப்படி ரத்து செய்வது:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>அச்சுப்பொறிகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அச்சுப்பொறிகள்</gui> உரையாடலின் வலப்புறமுள்ள <gui>பணிகளைக் காண்பி</gui> "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++"பே-பாஸ்-ஸ்டாப் சின்னங்களின் மீதுள்ள நிறுத்து பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி அச்சுப் பணியை "
++"ரத்து செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++"இது அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்யாவிட்டால், கணினியின் <gui>ரத்து</gui> பொத்தானை "
++"அழுத்திப் பிடித்திருக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++"கடைசி வழி, குறிப்பாக நீங்கள் ரத்து செய்ய முடியாது போன பெரிய அச்சுப் பணி "
++"இருந்தால், தாள் வைக்கும் தட்டில் இருந்து தாளை அகற்றிவிடவும். அச்சுப்பொறி "
++"தாள் இல்லை என்பதை அறிந்து அச்சிடுவதை நிறுத்திவிடும். அதன் பின் மீண்டும் "
++"நீங்கள் அச்சுப் பணியை ரத்து செய்ய முயற்சிக்கலாம் அல்லது அச்சுப்பொறியை "
++"அணைத்து மீண்டும் இயக்க முயற்சிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++"இருப்பினும் தாளை அகற்றும் போது அச்சுப்பொறியை சேதப்படுத்தாமல் இருப்பதில் "
++"கவனம் இருக்கட்டும். தாளை அகற்ற அதை மிக பலமாக இழுக்க வேண்டும் போல இருந்தால், "
++"அப்படியே விட்டுவிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr "அச்சுப் பணியை இடைநிறுத்துதல் மற்றும் விடுவித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு அச்சுப் பணியை நீங்கள் இடைநிறுத்த அல்லது விடுவிக்க விரும்பினால், "
++"அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவுகளில் உள்ள பணிகள் உரையாடலுக்குச் சென்று அதற்குரிய பொத்தானை "
++"அழுத்தி அதைச் செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அச்சுப்பொறிகள்</gui> உரையாடலின் வலப்புறம் உள்ள <gui>பணிகளைக் காண்பி</"
++"gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி உங்கள் தேவைக்கேற்ப அச்சுப் பணியை இடைநிறுத்தலாம் "
++"அல்லது விடுவிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr "வேறு தாள் அளவு அல்லது திசையமைவில் ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr "அச்சிடும் போது தாள் அளவை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஆவணத்தின் அளவை மாற்ற விரும்பினால் (உதாரணமாக A4 தாளில் US Letter-sized "
++"PDF ஐ அச்சிட விரும்பினால்), ஆவணத்திற்கான அச்சிடல் வடிவமைப்பை மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr "<guiseq><gui>கோப்பு</gui><gui>அச்சிடு</gui></guiseq> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr "<gui>பக்க அமைவு</gui> தாவலை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>தாள்</em> நெடுவரிசையின் கீழ், கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து உங்கள் "
++"<em>தாள் அளவை</em> தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr "<gui>அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கினால் ஆவணம் அச்சிடப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++"வேறு திசையமைவைத் தேர்வு செய்ய <gui>திசையமைவு</gui> மெனுவைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr "நெடுவாக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr "கிடைவாக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr "தலைகீழ் நெடுவாக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr "தலைகீழ் கிடைவாக்கு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++"உறை/லேபிளை சரியான  இடநிலையில் வைத்துள்ளீர்களா என்றும் சரியான தாள் அளவைத் "
++"தேர்வு செய்துள்ளீர்களா என்றும் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr "உறைகள் மற்றும் லேபிள்களை அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் நீங்கள் உறைகள் அல்லது லேபிள்களின் தாள்களில் "
++"அச்சிட முடியும். குறிப்பாக கடிதங்கள் அனுப்ப வேண்டி இருந்தால் இது பயன்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr "உறைகள் மீது அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++"உறையின் மீது அச்சிட முயற்சிக்கும் போது சிலவற்றை சரிபார்க்க வேண்டும். முதலில் "
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறிக்கு உறையின் அளவு தெரிந்திருக்க வேண்டும். நீங்கள் "
++"<gui>அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கிய பிறகு அச்சிடு சாளரம் தோன்றும். <gui>பக்க "
++"அமைவு</gui> தாவலுக்குச் சென்று முடிந்தால், <gui>தாள் வகையை</gui> \"உறை\" என "
++"மாற்றவும். இதைச் செய்ய முடியாவிட்டால், <gui>தாள் அளவை</gui> உறை அளவுக்கு (e."
++"kaa. \"C5\") மாற்ற முடிகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். உறையின் பேக்கில் அதன் அளவு "
++"குறிப்பிடப்பட்டிருக்கும்: பெரும்பாலான உறைகள் ஒரு பொதுவான அளவிலேயே இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++"இரண்டாவதாக, அச்சுப்பொறியின் தட்டில் உறைகள் சரியான பக்கம் மேல் நோக்கியபடி "
++"வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். இதைச் செய்ய அச்சுப்பொறியின் கையேட்டைப் "
++"பார்க்கவும் அல்லது ஒரு உறையை மட்டும் அச்சிட்டு அதன் மீது எந்த பக்கம் "
++"அச்சிடப்படுகிறது என்று பார்த்து சரியாக அச்சிடப்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"சில அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் உறைகளை அச்சிடும் வசதி இருக்காது, குறிப்பாக சில லேசர் "
++"அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் இது இருக்காது. உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியில் உறைகளின் மீது அச்சிட "
++"முடியுமா என அறிய அதன் கையேட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்; இல்லாவிட்டால் அச்சுப்பொறியில் "
++"உறையை உள்ளிட்டால் அது அச்சுப்பொறியை சேதப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறி கேர்ட்ரிட்ஜ்களில் மீதமுள்ள இங்க் அல்லது டோனர் அளவைப் பார்க்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr "என் அச்சுப்பொறியின் இங்க்/டோனர் அளவை எப்படி பார்ப்பது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியின் இங்க்/டோனர் அளவை எப்படி பார்ப்பது என்பது அதன் "
++"நிறுவனம், மாடல் மற்றும் உங்கள் கணினியில் நிறுவியுள்ள பயன்பாடுகள் மற்றும் "
++"இயக்கிகளைப் பொறுத்தது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++"சில அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் இங்க் அளவு மற்றும் பிற விவரங்கள் அதிலேயே அமைந்த "
++"திரையில் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான HP அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான இயக்கிகள் மற்றும் நிலைக் கருவிகள் HP "
++"Linux படமெடுத்தல் மற்றும் அச்சிடல் (HPLIP) திட்டப்பணியால் வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. "
++"மற்ற நிறுவனங்கள் அதே போன்ற அம்சங்களைக் கொண்ட உரிமைத் தன்மை கொண்ட இயக்கிகளை "
++"அளிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக, நீங்கள் இங்க் அளவைக் கண்டறிய ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை நிறுவலாம். <app>Inkblot</"
++"app> பயன்பாடு பெரும்பாலான HP, Epson மற்றும் Canon அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான இங்க் "
++"நிலையைக் காண்பிக்கும். <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./"
++"#supported\">ஆதரிக்கப்படும் மாடல்களின் பட்டியலில்</link> உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி "
++"உள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும். <app>mktink</app> என்பது Epson மற்றும் பிற சில "
++"அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான இங்க் அளவைக் காட்டும் மற்றொரு பயன்பாடாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++"சில அச்சுப்பொறிகள் Linux இல் நன்கு ஆதரிக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம், இன்னும் சில "
++"இங்க் அளவைத் தெரிவிக்கும் படி வடிவமைக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவுகளில், அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயர் அல்லது இருப்பிடத்தை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயர் அல்லது இருப்பிடத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயர் அல்லது இருப்பிடத்தை அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவுகளில் மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயர் அல்லது இருப்பிடத்தை மாற்ற உங்களுக்கு கணினியின் நிர்வாக "
++"அனுமதிகள் இருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறி பெயரை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயரை மாற்ற பின்வரும் செயல்களைச் செய்யவும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <key>பூட்டுநீக்கு</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி, உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr "பெயரை சொடுக்கி, அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயரைத் திருத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr "மாற்றங்களைச் சேமிக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறியின் இருப்பிடத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr "உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியின் இருப்பிடத்தை மாற்ற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr "இருப்பிடத்தை சொடுக்கி, இருப்பிடத்தை திருத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr "அச்சு வரிசையை குழுப்படுத்துதல் மற்றும் எதிர்வரிசைப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr "பக்கங்களை வித்தியாசமான வரிசையில் அச்சிட வைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr "எதிர்த்திசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறிகள் வழக்கமாக முதல் பக்கத்தை முதலிலும் கடைசி பக்கத்தை கடைசியிலுமே "
++"அச்சிடும், அதனால் நீங்கள் அச்சிட்ட தாள்களை எடுக்கும் போது அவை "
++"எதிர்த்திசையில் அமைந்திருக்கும். தேவையெனில் நீங்கள் அச்சிடும் வரிசையை "
++"எதிர்வரிசையில் அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr "வரிசையை எதிர்த்திசையில் அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சிடு சாளரத்தில் உள்ள <gui>பொது</gui> தாவலில் <em>நகல்கள்</em> என்பதன் "
++"கீழ், <gui>எதிர்த்திசை</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும். இதனால் கடைசி பக்கம் "
++"முதலிலும் அடுத்தடுத்த பக்கங்கள் அதே போல எதிர்வரிசையிலும் அச்சிடப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr "குழுப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு ஆவணத்தின் ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட நகல்களை அச்சிட்டால், அச்சு வெளியீடுகள் "
++"முன்னிருப்பாக பக்க எண்களின் படி குழுப்படுத்தப்படும் (அதாவது முதலில் முதல் "
++"பக்கத்தின் நகல்கள் வரும், அடுத்து அடுத்த பக்கத்தின் நகல்கள், இவ்வாறு...) "
++"<em>குழுப்படுத்துதல்</em> விருப்பமானது இதற்கு பதிலாக ஒவ்வொரு நகலும் "
++"பக்கங்களின் வரிசைப்படி குழுப்படுத்தி வரும்படி செய்யும். "
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr "குழுப்படுத்த:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சிடு சாளரத்தில் <gui>பொது</gui> தாவலில் <em>நகல்கள்</em> என்பதன் கீழ் "
++"<gui>குழுப்படுத்து</gui> என்பதை தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++"காகிதம் சிக்கிக் கொண்டால் அதை எப்படி எடுக்க வேண்டும் என்பது உங்கள் "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியின் நிறுவனம் மற்றும் மாடலைப் பொறுத்தது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr "சிக்கிக்கொண்ட காகிதத்தை சரிசெய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr "சில சமயம் தாள்கள் தவறாக உள் நுழைக்கப்பட்டு சிக்கிக்கொள்ளும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++"சிக்கிக்கொள்ளும் காகிதங்களை எப்படி எடுப்பது என்பது பற்றிய வழிமுறைகள் "
++"வழக்கமாக உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியின் கையேட்டில் இருக்கும். வழக்கமாக நீங்கள் "
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியின் பேன்ல்களில் ஒன்றைத் திறந்து எங்கு காகிதம் சிக்கிக் "
++"கொண்டுள்ளது எனப் பார்த்து சிக்கிக்கொண்ட காகிதங்களை உறுதியாக (ஆனால் கவனமாக) "
++"இழுப்பதன் மூலம் அச்சுப்பொறியின் தாள் உள் நுழைக்கும் பகுதியில் இருந்து வெளியே "
++"எடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++"சிக்கிக்கொண்ட காகிதத்தை எடுத்த பிறகு, அச்சுப்பொறி மீண்டும் அச்சிடத் தொடங்க "
++"வைக்க, நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியின் <gui>மீண்டும் தொடங்கு</gui> பொத்தானை அழுத்த "
++"வேண்டியிருக்கலாம். சில அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியை அணைத்து "
++"மீண்டும் இயக்க வேண்டியும் இருக்கலாம், அதன் பின் அச்சுப் பணி மீண்டும் "
++"தொடங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr "குறிப்பிட்ட பக்கங்கள் அல்லது பக்கங்களின் வரம்பை மட்டும் அச்சிடுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr "குறிப்பிட்ட சில பக்கங்களை மட்டும் அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr "ஒரு ஆவணத்தில் இருந்து சில குறிப்பிட்ட பக்கங்களை மட்டும் அச்சிட:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அச்சிடு</gui> சாளரத்தின் <gui>பொது</gui> தாவலில் <gui>வர்மபு</gui> "
++"பிரிவிலிருந்து <gui>பக்கங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++"உரைப் பெட்டியில், நீங்கள் அச்சிட விரும்பும் பக்கங்களின் எண்களை "
++"காற்புள்ளிகளால் பிரித்தபடி தட்டச்சு செய்யவும். பக்கங்களின் வரம்பைக் "
++"குறிப்பிட ஒரு நடுக்கோட்டைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++"உதாரணத்திற்கு, நீங்கள் <gui>பக்கங்கள்</gui> உரைப் பெட்டியில் \"1,3,5-7,9\" "
++"என தட்டச்சு செய்தால், 1,3,5,6,7 மற்றும் 9 ஆகிய பக்கங்கள் அச்சிடப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் பெரும்பாலும் பயன்படுத்தும் அச்சுப்பொறியைத் தேர்வு செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கும் அதிக அச்சுப்பொறிகள் இருந்தால், உங்கள் முன்னிருப்பு "
++"அச்சுப்பொறி எது என்று தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம். நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி பயன்படுத்தும் "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க நீங்கள் விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பு அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைக்க கணினியில் உங்களுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++"கிடைக்கும் அச்சுப்பொறிகளின் பட்டியலில் நீங்கள் விரும்பும் முன்னிருப்பு "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr "<gui>முன்னிருப்பு</gui> விருப்பத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++"கிடைக்கும் அச்சுப்பொறிகளின் பட்டியலில் இருந்து தேர்வு செய்யும் போது, "
++"அச்சுப்பொறியின் பெயர் அல்லது இருப்பிடத்தைக் குறிப்பிட்டு அச்சுப்பொறி தேடலை "
++"வடிகட்டலாம் (உதாரணமாக <input>1st floor</input> அல்லது <input>entrance</"
++"input>)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய அச்சுப்பொறிகளைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கான உரையாடலில் மட்டுமே தேடல் முடிவுகளை "
++"வடிகட்டும் வசதி உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டிலிருந்து அச்சிடும் போது, நீங்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட வெளியீட்டுக்கு "
++"வேறு அச்சுப்பொறியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்காதவரை முன்னிருப்பு அச்சுப்பொறியே தானாக "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr "உங்கள் கணினியில் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள ஒரு அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr "உள்ளமை அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"பெரும்பாலான அச்சுப்பொறி வகைகளை கணினியுடன் இணைத்ததும் தானாகவே கணினி அவற்றை "
++"அடையாளம் காணும். பெரும்பாலான அச்சுப்பொறிகள் உங்கள் கணினியுடன் இணையக்கூடிய "
++"USB கேபிள் மூலமே இணைக்கப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பிணைய அச்சுப்பொறியை நிறுவ வேண்டுமா அல்லது உள்ளமை அச்சுப்பொறியை நிறுவ "
++"வேண்டுமா என்று இப்போது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கத் தேவையில்லை. அவை ஒரே சாளரத்தில் "
++"பட்டியலிடப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr "உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியை சரியான கேபிள் கொண்டு கணினியில் இணைக்கவும். கணினி "
++"இயக்கிகளைத் தேடும் போது உங்கள் திரையில் அந்த செயல்பாடுகளைக் காணலாம், அவற்றை "
++"நிறுவ உங்களிடம் அங்கீகரிப்பு கேட்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி அச்சுப்பொறியை நிறுவுதலை முடித்ததும் ஒரு செய்தி காண்பிக்கப்படும். ஒரு "
++"சோதனைப் பக்கத்தை அச்சிட <gui>சோதனைப் பக்கத்தை அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் அல்லது அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவில் கூடுதல் மாற்றங்கள் செய்ய "
++"<gui>விருப்பங்கள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி தானாக அமைக்கப்படாவிட்டால், அச்சுப்பொறி அமைவுகளில் நீங்களே "
++"அதை சேர்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr "<key>+</key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பாப்-அப் சாளரத்தில், உங்கள் புதிய அச்சுப்பொறியை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறியைச் சேர் பாப்-அப் உரையாடலில் உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி இயக்கிகளை நிறுவ வேண்டி "
++"இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறியை நிறுவிய பிறகு <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
++"printer\">உங்கள் முன்னிருப்பு அச்சுப்பொறியை மாற்றலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சு வெளியீடுகள் கோடுகள் புள்ளிகள் கொண்டிருந்தால், மங்கலாக இருந்தால் "
++"அல்லது நிறங்கள் விடுபட்டிருந்தால் உங்கள் இங்க் அளவை சோதிக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"அச்சுப்பொறி ஹெடை சுத்தப்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++"என் அச்சு வெளியீடுகளில் கோடுகள் மற்றும் புள்ளிகள் அல்லது தவறான நிறங்கள் ஏன் "
++"வருகின்றன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சு வெளியீடுகளில் கோடுகள், புள்ளிகள் இருந்தால், மங்கலாக இருந்தால் "
++"அல்லது தரம் குறைந்திருந்தால், அச்சுப்பொறியில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம் அல்லது "
++"இங்க்/டோனர் குறைவாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr "உரை அல்லது படங்களை மங்கலாக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"இங்க் அல்லது டோனர் குறைந்திருக்கலாம். இங்க்/டோனர் அளவை சோதித்து "
++"தேவைப்பட்டால் புதிய கேர்ட்ரிட்ஜை வாங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr "புள்ளிகளும் கோடுகளும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறி இங்க்ஜெட் அச்சுப்பொறியாக இருந்தால், அச்சுப்பொறி ஹெட் "
++"அழுக்காக இருக்கலாம் அல்லது சற்று அடைபட்டிருக்கலாம். அதை சுத்தம் செய்யவும் "
++"(வழிமுறைகளுக்கு அச்சுப்பொறி கையேட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr "தவறான நிறங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு நிறத்திற்கான இங்க் அல்லது டோனர் காலியாகி இருக்கலாம். இங்க் டோனர் அளவை "
++"சோதித்து, தேவையெனில் புதிய கேர்ட்ரிட்ஜை வாங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr "ஒழுங்கற்ற கோடுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சு வெளியீட்டில் நேராக வர வேண்டிய கோடுகள் கோணலாக வந்தால், அச்சுப்பொரி ஹெடை "
++"சரியாக அமைக்க வேண்டும். இதைச் செய்யும் வழிமுறைகளை அச்சுப்பொறி கையேட்டில் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆவணத்தை அச்சுப்பொறிக்கு அனுப்பாமல் PDF, Postcript அல்லது SVG கோப்பாக "
++"சேமிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr "கோப்புக்கு அச்சிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு ஆவணத்தை அச்சுப்பொறியில் அச்சிடுவதற்கு பதில் அதை ஒரு கோப்புக்கு "
++"அச்சிட முடியும். கோப்புக்கு அச்சிட்டால், ஆவணத்தைக் கொண்டுள்ள ஒரு <sys>PDF</"
++"sys>, <sys>Postscript</sys> அல்லது ஒரு <sys>SVG</sys> கோப்பு உருவாக்கப்படும்."
++" ஆவணத்தை வேறு கணினிக்கு அனுப்ப அல்லது மற்றவர்களுடன் பகிர இது உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சிடு உரையாடலைத் திறக்கவும். மெனுவில் உள்ள <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">அச்சிடு</gui> என்பதை தேர்ந்தெடுத்து அல்லது <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியைப் பயன்படுத்தி இதைத் "
++"திறக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"gui style=\"tab\">பொது</gui> தாவலில் <gui>அச்சுப்பொறி</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் "
++"<gui>கோப்புக்கு அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பு கோப்பு பெயரையும் கோப்பு சேமிக்கப்படும் இடத்தையும் மாற்ற "
++"அச்சுப்பொறி தேர்வுக்குக் கீழுள்ள கோப்புப் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும். தேர்வு "
++"செய்ததும் <gui style=\"button\">தேர்ந்தெடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆவணத்திற்கு <sys>PDF</sys> தான் முன்னிருப்பு கோப்பு வகையாக இருக்கும். வேறு "
++"<gui>வெளியீட்டு வடிவமைப்பை</gui> பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால் <sys>Postscript</"
++"sys> அல்லது<sys>SVG</sys> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr "உங்கள் மற்ற பக்கம் முன்னுரிமைகளைத் தேர்வு செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr "கோப்பை சேமிக்க <gui style=\"button\">அச்சிடு</gui> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">உள்ளமை அமைவு</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">வரிசை மற்றும் குழுப்படுத்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"2sided\">இருபக்கம் மற்றும் பல பக்கம்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr "அமைவு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr "ஒரு அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "அளவுகள் மற்றும் தளவமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr "வெவ்வேறு தாள் அளவுகள் மற்றும் தளவமைப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++"அச்சுப்பொறிகள் அடையாளம் காணப்படாது போதல், தாள் சிக்கிக்கொள்ளுதல், அச்சு "
++"வெளியீடுகள் தவறாக தோற்றமளித்தல்…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறி சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">திரைப் பூட்டு</link>, <link xref="
++"\"privacy-name-visibility\">பெயர் &amp; புலப்படுதன்மை</link>, <link xref="
++"\"privacy-history-recent-off\">பயனீட்டு வரலாறு</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"purge\">குப்பைத்தொட்டி &amp; தற்காலிக் கோப்புகளை அழி</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr "தனியுரிமை அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசையின் சில பகுதிகள் மற்றவர்க்குப் புலப்பட வேண்டுமா இல்லையா "
++"என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த GNOME <em>தனியுரிமை அமைவுகள்</em> உதவும். கணினியின் "
++"பயனீட்டு வரலாற்றையும் தேவையற்ற கோப்புகளையும் அழிக்கவும் இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr "திரை பூட்டியுள்ள போது பாப்-அப் அறிவிப்புகளைக் காண்பிக்காதபடி அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr "அறிவிப்புகளை மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக உங்கள் திரை பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது அறிவிப்புகள் வந்தால் கணினி "
++"அவற்றைக் காண்பிக்கும். உதாரணமாக, நீங்கள் கணினியை விட்டு விலகி இருக்கையில் "
++"யாரேனும் உடனடி செய்தி அனுப்பினால், உங்கள் திரையில் ஒரு பாப்-அப் அறிவிப்பு "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். திரை பூட்டியிருந்தாலும் அவர் அனுப்பிய செய்தியின் உரை "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் செய்திகளை தனிப்பட்டதாகவே வைப்பதற்காக இந்த அம்சத்தை நீங்கள் முடக்க "
++"விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr "திரை பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது அறிவிப்புகளை அணைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> <gui>தனியுரிமை</gui><gui>திரைப்பூட்டு</gui></"
++"guiseq> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அறிவிப்புகளைக் காண்பி</gui> ஸ்லைடரை <gui>ஆஃப்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சமீபமாக பயன்படுத்திய கோப்புகளை உங்கள் கணினி கண்காணிப்பதை நிறுத்துதல்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr "கோப்பு வரலாறு கண்காணிப்பை அணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++"சமீபத்தில் பயன்படுத்திய கோப்புகளைக் கண்காணிப்பது நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்திக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கும் உருப்படிகளை விரைவாகக் கண்டறிய உதவும், இருப்பினும் இவற்றை "
++"நீங்கள் தனிப்பட்டவையாக வைத்திருக்க விரும்பலாம். உங்கள் பணிமேசையின் கோப்பு "
++"வரலாறு கண்காணிப்பு அம்சத்தை அணைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">அமைவுகள்</gui><gui style=\"menu\">தனியுரிமை</"
++"gui> <gui style=\"menu\">பயனீடு &amp; வரலாறு</gui></guiseq> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சமீபத்தில் பயன்படுத்தியவை</gui> ஸ்லைடரை <gui>ஆஃப்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அம்சத்தை மீண்டும் செயல்படுத்த <gui>சமீபத்தில் பயன்படுத்தியவை</gui> "
++"ஸ்லைடரை <gui>ஆன்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த அமைவானது, நீங்கள் செல்லும் வலைத்தளங்களை உங்கள் வலை உலாவிகள் சேமிக்கும் "
++"செயலை பாதிக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயருக்கு பதில் ஒரு சின்னத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும்படி "
++"அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக <gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உங்கள் பெயர் காண்பிக்கப்படும், ஆனால் "
++"உங்கள் தனியுரிமையைப் பாதுகாக்க நீங்கள் உங்கள் பெயரை மறைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr "<gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உங்கள் பெயரை மறைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>அமைவுகள்</gui><gui>தனியுரிமை</gui> <gui>பெயர் &amp; "
++"புலப்படுதன்மை</gui></guiseq> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பதுங்கல் முறைமை</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும் <gui>மேல் "
++"பட்டியில் முழுப் பெயரைக் காட்டு</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆஃப்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பதுங்கல் முறைமை</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைத்தால் திரை பூட்டப்படும் "
++"போது உங்கள் முழுப் பெயர் மறைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME உதவியின் பல தலைப்புகளில் \"<gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உங்கள் பெயரை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்\" என்று வழிமுறை கூறப்படும். நீங்கள் <gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> "
++"உங்கள் பெயரை மறைத்தால், அதற்கு பதிலாக <gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உள்ள சிறு "
++"<gui>அறிவிப்பு சின்னத்தை</gui> சொடுக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியும் தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகளும் உங்கள் கணினியில் இருந்து "
++"எப்படி அழிக்கப்படுகின்றன என அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr "குப்பைத் தொட்டி &amp; தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகளை அழி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியை அழித்தால், உங்கள் கணினியிலிருந்து தேவையற்ற "
++"கோப்புகள் அகற்றப்படும், வன் வட்டில் அதிக காலி இடம் உருவாகும். நீங்கள் "
++"கைமுறையாக உங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டி மற்றும் உங்கள் தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகளை "
++"அழிக்கலாம், ஆனால் இதை தானாக கணினியே செய்யும் படியும் அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++"அமைக்கப்பட்ட குறிப்பிட்ட கால அளவில் உங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியையும் தற்காலிகக் "
++"கோப்புகளையும் தானாக அழித்தல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>மேல் பட்டியில்</gui> உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui>தனியுரிமை</gui> சின்னத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டி &amp; தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகளை அழி</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>குப்பைத் தொட்டியை தானாக அழி</gui> அல்லது <gui>தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகளை "
++"தானாக அழி</gui> ஸ்லைடர்களை <gui>ஆன்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இவ்வளவு காலத்திற்குப் பிறகு அழி</gui> மதிப்பை அமைப்பதன் மூலம், உங்கள் "
++"<em>குப்பைத் தொட்டி</em> மற்றும் <em>தற்காலிகக் கோப்புகள்</em> எவ்வளவு "
++"காலத்திற்கு ஒரு முறை அழிக்கப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>மூடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>இவ்வளவு காலத்திற்குப் பிறகு அழி: உடனடியாக</em> அமைவை எச்சரிக்கையாகப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும். உங்கள் குப்பைத் தொட்டியை உடனடியாக அழிக்கும்படி அமைத்தால், "
++"நீங்கள் எந்தக் கோப்பை அழித்தாலும் அது குப்பைத் தொட்டிக்குச் செல்லாமல் "
++"நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கப்படும். குப்பைத் தொட்டியில் உள்ள கோப்புகளை மீட்க முடியும், "
++"ஆனால் இப்படி நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கும் கோப்புகளை மீட்பது மிகக் கடினம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++"குப்பைத் தொட்டியிலிருந்து உடனடியாக அழிக்கும் அவசியம் நிச்சயம் இருந்தால் "
++"மட்டுமே இதைப் பயன்படுத்தவும், இல்லாவிட்டால்  <gui>இவ்வளவு காலத்திற்குப் "
++"பிறகு அழி</gui> க்கு ஒரு நீண்ட மதிப்பை அமைப்பதே நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணினியை விட்டு விலகி இருக்கையில் உங்கள் பணிமேசையை மற்றவர் "
++"பயன்படுத்தாமல் தடுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr "திரையை தானாக பூட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணினியை விட்டு விலகிச் செல்லும் போது, உங்கள் பணிமேசையையும் "
++"கோப்புகளையும் மற்றவர் அணுகாமல் தடுக்க உங்கள் <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">திரையைப் பூட்ட</link> வேண்டும். சில சமயம் திரையைப் பூட்ட நீங்கள் "
++"மறந்துவிடுவீர்கள் எனில், அமைக்கப்படும் ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட நேரத்திற்குப் பிறகு "
++"திரை தானாக பூட்டும்படி நீங்கள் அமைக்க விரும்பலாம். இது நீங்கள் கணினியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தாத போது அதைப் பாதுகாக்க உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரை பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது, உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகளும் கணினி செயல்களும் "
++"தொடர்ந்து இயங்கிக்கொண்டே இருக்கும், ஆனால் மீண்டும் அவற்றைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++"எவ்வளவு நேரத்திற்குப் பிறகு திரை தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ள வேண்டும் என்பதை அமைக்க:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>தனியுரிமை</gui><gui>திரைப் பூட்டு</gui></guiseq> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தானியக்க திரைப்பூட்டு</gui> இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துவிட்டு, கீழ் "
++"தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து ஒரு நேர அளவைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரை பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது, அதை பூட்டு நீக்க <key>Esc</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும் அல்லது திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியை சொடுக்கி கொண்டு சொடுக்கி மேலே "
++"இழுக்கவும். பிறகு உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு <key>Enter</key> ஐ "
++"அழுத்தவும் அல்லது <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரையில் இருப்பதை அப்படியே ஒரு படமாகப் பதிவு செய்தல் அல்லது திரையில் "
++"நடப்பதை வீடியோவாக பதிவு செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr "2011"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr "திரைப்பிடிப்புகள் மற்றும் திரைப்பதிவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் திரையை அப்படியே படம்பிடிக்கலாம் (<em>திரைப்பிடிப்பு</em>) "
++"அல்லது திரையில் நிகழ்வதை வீடியோவாக பதிவு செய்யலாம் (<em>திரைப்பதிவு</em>). "
++"கணினியில் ஒரு செயலை எப்படி செய்ய வேண்டும் என இன்னொருவருக்கு நீங்கள் "
++"காண்பிக்க விரும்பினால் இது பயன்படும். திரைப்பிடிப்புகளும் திரைப்பதிவுகளும் "
++"வழக்கமான படம் மற்றும் வீடியோ கோப்புகளாகும், ஆகவே அவற்றை நீங்கள் மின்னஞ்சலில் "
++"அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது இணையத்தில் பகிரலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்திலிருந்து <app>திரைப்பிடிப்பு</app> ஐ "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>திரைப்பிடிப்பை எடுக்கவும்</app> சாளரத்தில், திரை முழுவதையும் படமெடுக்க "
++"வேண்டுமா அல்லது திரையின் குறிப்பிட்ட பகுதியை மட்டுமா என தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுக்க அல்லது பணிமேசையை திரைப்பிடிப்புக்கு தயார் செய்ய "
++"அவகாசம் வேண்டுமானால் தாமத நேரத்தையும் அமைக்கவும். பிறகு விரும்பினால் "
++"விளைவுகளைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>திரைப்பிடிப்பை எடுக்கவும்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>படமெடுக்க வேண்டிய பகுதியைத் தேர்ந்தெடு</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், சுட்டி ஒரு கிராஸ்-ஹேர் சின்னமாக மாறும். பிறகு படமெடுக்க "
++"வேண்டிய பகுதியை சொடுக்கி இழுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>திரைப்பிடிப்பை சேமி</gui> சாளரத்தில், கோப்புப் பெயரை உள்ளிட்டு ஒரு "
++"கோப்புறையை தேர்வு செய்து <gui>சேமி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக, திரைப்பிடிப்பை சேமிக்காமல் நேரடியாக ஒரு படத்திருத்து பயன்பாட்டிற்கு "
++"இறக்குமதி செய்யலாம். <gui>ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகலெடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி பிறகு "
++"படத்தை மற்றொரு பயன்பாட்டில் ஒட்டவும் அல்லது திரைப்பிடிப்பு சிறுபடத்தை "
++"பயன்பாட்டுக்கு இழுத்துச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++"பணிமேசை, சாளரம் அல்லது ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட பகுதியை விரும்பும் போது விரைவாக "
++"படமெடுக்க இந்த பொது விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துங்கள்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr "பணிமேசையை திரைப்பிடிப்பெடுக்க <key>Prt Scrn</key>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை திரைப்பிடிப்பெடுக்க <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் ஒரு பகுதியை திரைப்பிடிப்பெடுக்க <keyseq><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, படம் \"Screenshot\" "
++"எனத் தொடங்கி, அது உருவாக்கப்படும் தேதி மற்றும் நேரத்தையும் கொண்டிருக்கும் "
++"ஒரு பெயரில் உங்கள் Pictures கோப்புறையில் தானாகவே சேமிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மேலே கூறிய குறுக்குவழிகளில் ஒன்றைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது படத்தை "
++"சேமிக்காமல் ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகலெடுக்க <key>Ctrl</key> ஐ அழுத்திக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr "திரைப்பதிவை எடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr "திரையில் நடப்பதை வீடியோவாக பதிவு செய்யலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையில் நடப்பதை வீடியோவாக பதிவு செய்ய <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++"வீடியோ பதிவு நடக்கும் போது திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியில் வலது மூலையில் சிவப்பு நிற "
++"வட்டம் காண்பிக்கப்படும். இந்தக் காட்டி வீடியோவைக் காண்பிக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++"முடித்ததும் பதிவு செய்வதை நிறுத்த மீண்டும் <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++"வீடியோ \"Screencast\" என்று தொடங்கி, அது உருவாக்கப்படும் தேதி மற்றும் "
++"நேரத்தையும் கொண்டிருக்கும் பெயருடன் உங்கள் Videos கோப்புறையில் தானாகவே "
++"சேமிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி ஆதரிக்கும் ஒரு விரல் ரேகை ஸ்கேனர் கொண்டும் நீங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"புகுபதிவு செய்யலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr "விரல் ரேகை மூலம் புகுபதிவு செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஆதரவுள்ள ஒரு விரல் ரேகை ஸ்கேனர் இருந்தால், நீங்கள் உங்கள் "
++"விரல் ரேகையைப் பதிவு செய்து, கணினியில் புகுபதிவு செய்ய அதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். "
++"இவற்றைச் செய்ய உங்களுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++"முதலில் ஒரு விரல் ரேகையைப் பதிவு செய்யவு, கணினி இதைக் கொண்டு உங்களை அடையாளம் "
++"காணும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் விரல் மிக உலர்ந்திருந்தால், உங்கள் விரல் ரேகையைப் பதிவு செய்வது "
++"சிரமமாகலாம். இப்படி நடந்தால் விரலை லேசாக ஈரப்பதமாக்கி சுத்தமான, இழைகளற்ற "
++"துணியால் துடைத்துவிட்டு மீண்டும் முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி, உங்கள் பெயருக்கு அருகிலுள்ள படத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>பயனர் கணக்குகள்</gui> சாளரத்தைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பயனர் கணக்குகள்</gui> கருவியின் மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள "
++"<gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> பொத்தானைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் கணக்கை பூட்டு "
++"நீக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr "கேட்கப்படும் இடத்தில் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விரல் ரேகை புகுபதிவு</gui> என்பதற்கு அருகிலுள்ள <gui>முடக்கப்பட்டது</"
++"gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் விரல்ரேகைக்கான விருப்பம் ஒன்றைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். உங்கள் வலது சுட்டு விரல், உங்கள் இடது சுட்டு விரல் அல்லது "
++"வேறு விரலை தேர்வு செய்யலாம். பிறகு <gui>முன் செல்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுத்த விரலை விரல் ரெகை வாசிப்பானின் மேல் <em>மிதமான "
++"வேகத்தில்</em> மூன்று முறை ஸ்வைப் செய்யவும். விரல் ரேகை வாசிப்பான் உங்கள் "
++"விரல் ரேகையை சரியாக அடையாளம் காணும் ஒவ்வொரு முறையும், அதற்குரிய ஒரு கையின் "
++"படம் தேர்வு சின்னத்துடனமைந்த ஒரு விரல் ரேகைப் படமாக மாறும். மூன்றாவது "
++"ஸ்வைப்புக்குப் பிறகு <gui>முடிந்தது</gui> எனும் செய்தி காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>முன் செல்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். உங்கள் விரல் ரேகை வெற்றிகரமாக "
++"சேமிக்கப்பட்டது எனும் செய்தி காட்டப்படும். முடிக்க <gui>மூடு</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++"இப்போது உங்கள் புதிய விரல்ரேகை புகுபதிவு வேலை செய்கிறதா என்று "
++"சரிபார்க்கவும். நீங்கள் ஒரு விரல் ரேகையைப் பதிவு செய்தாலும், நீங்கள் உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை கொண்டும் புகுபதிவு செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++"புகுபதிவு திரையில், பட்டியலில் இருந்து உங்கள் பெயரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"கடவுச்சொல் உள்ளிடும் படிவம் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++"30 வினாடிகளில், உங்கள் பெயருக்கு வலப்புறம் மேலே உள்ள விரல் ரேகை பொத்தானை "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++"விரல் ரேகை பொத்தானின் மீது ஒரு கையைக் கொண்ட படம் இருக்கும். நேரம் "
++"முடிந்துவிட்டால், அந்த பொத்தான் மறைந்துவிடும், அதன் பின் நீங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லைக் கொண்டு மட்டுமே புகுபதிவு செய்ய முடியும். மீண்டும் முயற்சிக்க "
++"<gui>ரத்து செய்</gui> பொத்தானை தேர்ந்தெடுத்து முந்தைய படிக்குச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பதிவு செய்த விரலை விரல் ரேகை ஸ்கேனரின் மீது <em>மிதமான</em> "
++"வேகத்தில் ஸ்வைப் செய்யவும். நீங்கள் புகுபதிவு செய்யப்படுவீர்கள்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முன்பே ஒரு புகுபதிவு விசைவளையத்தை உருவாக்கியிருந்தால், அது "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லால் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். அதைப் பூட்டு நீக்க உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++"தேதி மற்றும் நேரம், எண்கள், நாணயம் மற்றும் அளவீடுகளுக்கு பயன்படுத்தப்படும் "
++"பகுதியைத் தேர்வு செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr "தேதி மற்றும் அளவீட்டு வடிவமைப்புகளை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் தேதிகள், நேரம், எண்கள், நாணயம் மற்றும் அளவீடுகளுக்குப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் வடிவமைப்புகள் உங்கள் பகுதிக்கேற்ப மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பகுதி &amp; மொழி</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>வடிவமைப்புகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் வடிவமைப்புக்கு நெருக்கமாகப் பொருந்தும் "
++"பகுதியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். முன்னிருப்பாக அந்தப் பட்டியலில் <gui>மொழி</gui> "
++"தாவலில் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ள மொழியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் பகுதிகளை மட்டுமே "
++"காண்பிக்கும். கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து பகுதிகளையும் கண்டு தேர்ந்தெடுக்க <key>...</"
++"key> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இந்த மாற்றங்கள் விளைவை ஏற்படுத்த உங்கள் அமர்வை மறுதொடக்க வேண்டும்</gui> "
++"என்ற கேள்விக்கு இப்போது <gui style=\"button\">மறுதுவக்கு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும் "
++"அல்லது பிறகு மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++"பகுதியை தேர்ந்தெடுத்த பிறகு, பட்டியலின் வலப்புறமுள்ள பகுதியில் தேதி மற்றும் "
++"பிற மதிப்புகள் எப்படிக் காண்பிக்கப்படும் என்பதற்கு பல எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். எடுத்துக்காட்டுகளில் காண்பிக்கப்படாவிட்டாலும் "
++"நாள்காட்டியில் வாரத்தின் தொடக்க நாள் எது என்பதை உங்கள் பகுதியும் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr "பயனர் இடைமுகம் மற்றும் உதவியின் மொழியை மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr "பயன்படுத்த வேண்டிய மொழியை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மேசைக்கணினியையும் பயன்பாடுகளையும் பல மொழிகளில் நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த "
++"முடியும், ஆனால் கணினியில் அதற்கு தேவையான சரியான மொழி தொகுப்புகள் "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பகுதி &amp; மொழி</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>மொழி</gui> தாவலைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் மொழியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். முதலில் காணும் பட்டியலில் "
++"ஆதரிக்கப்படும் சில மொழிகள் மட்டுமே காண்பிக்கப்படும். அதில் உங்கள் மொழி "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-"
++"more-symbolic.svg\"/> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். சில மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் முழுமையாக "
++"இல்லாதிருக்கலாம், சில பயன்பாடுகள் உங்கள் மொழியை ஆதரிக்காமல் இருக்கலாம். "
++"மொழிபெயர்க்கப்படாத உரை ஏதும் இருந்தால் அது மென்பொருள் முதலில் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட "
++"மொழியில் காண்பிக்கப்படும், இது வழக்கமாக அமெரிக்க ஆங்கிலமாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்பாடுகள் இசை, படங்கள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் என்பது போன்றவற்றை சேகரிக்கும் சில "
++"சிறப்புக் கோப்புறைகள் உங்கள் இல்லக் கோப்புறையில் இருக்கும். இந்தக் "
++"கோப்புறைகள் உங்கள் மொழிக்கு ஏற்ப தரநிலையான பெயர்களைப் பயன்படுத்தும். நீங்கள் "
++"மீண்டும் புகுபதிவு செய்யும் போது இந்தக் கோப்புறைகளின் பெயர்களையும் நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த மொழிக்கு மாற்ற வேண்டுமா எனக் கேட்கப்படும். இனி எப்போதுமே புதிய "
++"மொழியையே பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமானால் நீங்கள் கோப்புறை பெயர்கலை புதுப்பிக்க "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr "கணினி மொழியை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் மொழியை மாற்றும் போது உங்கள் கணக்குக்கான மொழி மட்டுமே "
++"மாறுகிறது. புகுபதிவு திரையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் மொழி போன்ற <em>கணினி</em> "
++"மொழியையும் மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">புகுபதிவு திரை</gui> பொத்தானை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள்</link> தேவைப்படும். "
++"உங்கள் அல்லது கேட்கப்படும் நிர்வாகி கணக்கின் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையைப் பூட்ட காத்திருக்க வேண்டிய நேரத்தை <gui>தனியுரிமை</gui> அமைவுகளில் "
++"மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr "திரை தானாக விரைவிலேயே பூட்டிக்கொள்கிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை சில நிமிடங்கள் விட்டுச் சென்றால், திரை தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ளும், அதன் "
++"பின் மீண்டும் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டும். "
++"பாதுகாப்புக்காகவே (நீங்கள் கணினியை விட்டுவிட்டுச் சென்ற பிறகு யாரும் அதைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் வேலைகளை குலைத்துவிடக்கூடாது) இப்படி செய்யப்படுகிறது, "
++"ஆனால் மிக விரைவில் திரை பூட்டிக்கொள்வது எரிச்சலூட்டக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr "திரை தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ளும் முன்பு நீண்ட நேரம் காத்திருக்கச் செய்ய:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>தனியுரிமை</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>திரைப்பூட்டு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தானியங்கு திரைப்பூட்டு</gui> இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், கீழ் தோன்று "
++"பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>இவ்வளவு நேரம் செயலின்றி இல்லாதிருந்த பிறகு திரையைப் "
++"பூட்டு</gui> என்ற விருப்பத்திற்கான மதிப்பை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++"திரை தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ளவே வேண்டாம் என விரும்பினால், <gui>தானியங்கு "
++"திரைப்பூட்டு</gui> ஐ அணைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth பகிர்தல்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">திரையைப் பகிர்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">மீடியா பகிர்தல்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr "பகிர்தல் அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"உள்ளமை பிணையம் அல்லது <em>Bluetooth</em> போன்ற பிற வசதிகள் மூலம் என்ன "
++"பகிரப்படுகிறது என்பதைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த GNOME இன் <em>பகிர்தல் அமைவுகள்</em> "
++"உதவுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">பணிமேசை பகிர்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் கோப்புகளைப் பகிர்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">மீடியா பகிர்தல்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "பகிர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++"Bluetooth மூலம் எந்தெந்த கோப்புறைகள் மற்றும் சாதனங்கள் பகிர்ந்து கொள்ள "
++"முடியும் என்பதை அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "Bluetooth மூலம் பகிர்தலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் Bluetooth கோப்பு பகிர்தலுக்கு உங்கள் <file>பொது</file> "
++"மற்றும் <file>பதிவிறக்கங்கள்</file> கோப்புறைகளுக்கு அணுகல் அனுமதிக்கலாம், "
++"<em>நம்பகமான சாதனங்களுக்கு</em> மட்டும் அணுகல் வழங்கும்படியும் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம். உங்கள் கணினியின் பகிரப்பட்ட கோப்புறைகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்த <gui>Bluetooth பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ அமைவாக்கம் செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு Bluetooth சாதனத்தை உங்கள் கணினியுடன் <em>இணையாக்கினால்</em> அல்லது "
++"இணைத்தால், அது <em>நம்பகமான</em> சாதனமாகும். <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr "உங்கள் <file>பொது</file> கோப்புறையை Bluetooth மூலம் பகிர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பகிர்தல்</gui> <gui>ஆஃப்</gui> என அமைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், அதை <gui>ஆன்</"
++"gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Bluetooth பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பொது கோப்புறையை பகிர்</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நம்பகமான சாதனங்கள் மட்டும் உங்கள் <file>பொது</file> கோப்புறையை அணுக "
++"அனுமதிக்க விரும்பினால் <gui>நம்பகமான சாதனங்களுடன் மட்டும் பகிரவும்</gui> ஐ "
++"<gui>ஆன்<gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த விருப்பம் முன்னிருப்பாக முடக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். உங்கள் பகிரப்பட்ட "
++"கோப்புகளை Bluetooth வசதியுள்ள கைபேசி அல்லது பிற சாதனங்களின் மூலம் எவரும் "
++"அணுகாமல் தடுக்க இதை செயல்படுத்த வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">மூடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். Bluetooth வசதியுள்ள "
++"சாதனங்கள் இப்போது உங்கள் <file>பொது</file> கோப்புறையை அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் <file>பதிவிறக்கங்கள்</file> கோப்புறையிலுள்ள கோப்புகளைப் பகிர "
++"அனுமதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பெறப்படும் கோப்புகளை பதிவிறக்கங்கள் கோப்புறையில் சேமி</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</"
++"gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் <file>பதிவிறக்கங்கள்</file> கோப்புறையை நம்பகமான சாதனங்கள் மட்டும் "
++"அணுக முடியும்படி அமைக்க விரும்பினால் <gui>நம்பகமான சாதனங்களிடம் இருந்து "
++"மட்டும் பெறு</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> க்கு அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">மூடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். Bluetooth வசதியுள்ள "
++"சாதனங்கள் இப்போது உங்கள் <file>பதிவிறக்கங்கள்</file> கோப்புறைக்கு கோப்புகளை "
++"அனுப்ப முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++"VNC ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைப் பார்க்க மற்றும் "
++"தொடர்புகொள்ளச் செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr "உங்கள் பணிமேசையைப் பகிர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவர்கள் ஒரு பணிமேசை காணும் பயன்பாட்டின் மூலம் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைக் காணவும் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்தவும் நீங்கள் அனுமதிக்க முடியும். மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையை "
++"அணுகவும் பாதுகாப்பு முன்னுரிமைகளையும் அமைக்க அனுமதிக்க <gui>திரைப் பகிர்தல்</"
++"gui> ஐ அமைவாக்கம் செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>திரைப் பகிர்தல்</gui> புலப்பட <app>Vino</app> தொகுப்பு "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Vino ஐ நிறுவுக</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>திரைப் பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைக் காண அனுமதிக்க, <gui>தொலைநிலை காட்சி</gui> ஐ "
++"<gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும். இதனால் மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் கணினியுடன் இணைப்பை "
++"ஏற்படுத்தி திரையில் உள்ளவற்றைக் காண முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவர்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையை அணுக அனுமதிக்க <gui>தொலைநிலை கட்டுப்பாடு</gui> ஐ "
++"<gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும். இது மற்றவர் உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை நகர்த்த, "
++"பயன்பாடுகளை இயக்க மற்றும் கணினியிலுள்ள கோப்புகளை உலவவும் அனுமதிக்கும், இது "
++"உங்கள் தற்போதைய பாதுகாப்பு அமைவுகளைப் பொறுத்தது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தொலைநிலை காணல்</gui> <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கையில் இந்த "
++"விருப்பம் முன்னிருப்பாக செயல்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++"பாதுகாப்பு விருப்பங்களை மாற்றும் முன் அதன் முழு பொருளைப் புரிந்துகொண்டு "
++"செயல்படுவது முக்கியம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr "அனைத்து இணைப்புகளுக்கும் ஒப்புதலளித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒருவர் உங்கள் பணிமேசையை அணுக அனுமதிக்க வேண்டுமா என்பதை நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்ய "
++"வேண்டுமானால், <gui>அனைத்து இணைப்புகளுக்கும் ஒப்புதலளி</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> "
++"என அமைக்கவும். இந்த விருப்பத்தை நீங்கள் முடக்கினால், ஒருவர் உங்கள் "
++"கணினியுடன் இணைப்பதை அனுமதிக்க வேண்டுமா என உங்களிடம் கேட்கப்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr "இந்த விருப்பம் முன்னிருப்பாக செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr "கடவுச்சொல் தேவை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசைக்கு மற்றவர் இணைக்க மூயற்சிக்கும் போது கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட "
++"வேண்டும் என அமைக்க <gui>கடவுச்சொல் தேவை</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++" இந்த விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தாவிட்டால், உங்கள் பணிமேசையை எவர் "
++"வேண்டுமானாலும் காண முயற்சிக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++"முன்னிருப்பாக இந்த விருப்பம் முடக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும், ஆனால் நீங்கள் அதை "
++"செயல்படுத்தி பாதுகாப்பான ஒரு கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr "Rygel ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் உள்ளமை பிணையத்தில் மீடியாவைப் பகிர்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr "உங்கள் இசை, புகைப்படங்கள் மற்றும் வீடியோக்களைப் பகிர்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஃபோன், TV அல்லது கேம் கன்சோல் போன்ற <sys>UPnP</sys> அல்லது "
++"<sys>DLNA</sys> செயல்படுத்தப்பட்ட சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"உள்ள மீடியாவை உலவலாம், தேடலாம் மற்றும் இயக்கலாம். உங்கள் இசை, புகைப்படங்கள் "
++"மற்றும் வீடியோக்களைக் கொண்டுள்ள கோப்புறைகளை அணுக இந்த சாதனங்களை அனுமதிக்க "
++"<gui>மீடியா பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ அமைவாக்கம் செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>மீடியா பகிர்தல்</gui> புலப்படும்படி இருக்க நீங்கள் <app>Rygel</app> "
++"தொகுப்பை நிறுவியிருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Rygel ஐ நிறுவுக</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>மீடியா பகிர்தல்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இந்த பிணையத்தில் மீடியாவை பகிர்</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒரு கோப்புறையைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும்</gui> சாளரத்தைத் திறக்க <gui style="
++"\"button\">+</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். விரும்பும் <em>கோப்புறைக்குள்ளே</em> "
++"செல்லவும், உதாரணமாக உங்கள் <file>Home</file> கோப்பகத்திலுள்ள <file>Music</"
++"file> கோப்புறை, பிறகு <gui style=\"button\">திற</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"பகிர விரும்பும் மற்ற கோப்புறைகளுக்கும் இதையே செய்யவும், உதாரணம் "
++"<file>Pictures</file> மற்றும் <file>Videos</file>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">மூடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். இப்போது நீங்கள் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த கோப்புறைகளில் உள்ள மீடியாவை வெளி சாதனத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி இயக்க "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++"அடிக்கடி பயன்படுத்தும் பயன்பாட்டை டேஷில் சேர்த்தல் (அல்லது நீக்குதல்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr "உங்களுக்கு பிடித்த பயன்பாடுகளை டேஷில் இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை எளிதாக அணுகுவதற்காக, <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">டேஷில்</"
++"link> பொருத்த:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் மேல் இடது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</link> ஐ திறக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் மேல் இடது புறம் உள்ள <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனு</link> ஐ சொடுக்கி, மெனுவிலிருந்து "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"டேஷில் உள்ள கிரிட் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கி நீங்கள் சேர்க்க விரும்பும் பயன்பாட்டைக் "
++"கண்டறியவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பயன்பாடு சின்னத்தை வலது சொடுக்கி <gui>பிடித்தவையில் சேர்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr "மாறாக, நீங்கள் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி இழுத்து வந்து டேஷில் சேர்க்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாடு சின்னத்தை டேஷில் இருந்து நீக்க, பயன்பாட்டு சின்னத்தை வலது "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>பிடித்தவையில் இருந்து நீக்கு</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"பிடித்தமான பயன்பாடுகள் <gui>பிடித்தவை <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவின்</link> <gui>பிடித்தவை</gui> "
++"பிரிவிலும் இடம்பெறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து பயன்பாடுகளை துவக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr "ஷோபா தியாகி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "பயன்பாடுகளைத் தொடங்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை திரையின் மேல் இடது புறமுள்ள உள்ள <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</"
++"gui> மூலைக்குக் கொண்டு சென்றால் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். இங்கே அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் காணலாம். key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key> விசையை அழுத்தியும் மேலோட்டத்தைத் திறக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் திரையின் மேல் இடதுபுறமுள்ள link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவில்</link> இருந்து பயன்பாடுகளைத் "
++"தொடங்கலாம் அல்லது <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்தி <gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> ஐ பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> இல் இருந்து ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்க பல "
++"வழிகள் உள்ளன:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் பெயரைத் தட்டச்சு செய்யத் தொடங்கவும், உடனே அது தேடப்படும் "
++"(அப்படி நடக்காவிட்டால் திரையின் மேல் உள்ள தேடல் பட்டியை சொடுக்கி அதில் "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்க). பயன்பாட்டை தொடங்க அதன் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++"சில பயன்பாடுகளின் சின்னங்கள் <em>டேஷில்</em> இருக்கும், <gui>செயல்பாடுகள் "
++"மேலோட்டம்</gui> இன் இடப்புறம் உள்ள சின்னங்கள் நிரம்பிய பட்டையே டேஷ் ஆகும். "
++"பயன்பாடு ஒன்றை தொடங்க அதன் சின்னத்தை அங்கு சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சில பயன்பாடுகளை மிக அடிக்கடி பயன்படுத்தினால், <link xref=\"shell-"
++"apps-favorites\">அவற்றை டேஷில் சேர்க்கலாம்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++"டேஷின் அடிப்பகுதியில் உள்ள கிரிட் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். <gui style="
++"\"button\">அடிக்கடி</gui> காட்சி செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருந்தால் அடிக்கடி "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் பயன்பாடுகள் காண்பிக்கப்படும். ஒரு புதிய பயன்பாட்டை இயக்க "
++"விரும்பினால், அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் காண்பிக்க அடிப்பகுதியில் உள்ள <gui "
++"style=\"button\">அனைத்தும்</gui> பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை தொடங்க "
++"அதை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் சின்னத்தை டேஷில் இருந்து (அல்லது பயன்பாடுகளின் பட்டியலில் "
++"இருந்து) சொடுக்கி இழுத்து வந்து திரையின் வலப்புறம் உள்ள பணியிடங்களில் "
++"ஒன்றில் இடுவதன் மூலம் அதை தனி ஒரு <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">பணியிடத்திலும்</link> திறக்கலாம். இந்தப் பயன்பாடு தேர்வு செய்த "
++"அந்தப் பணியிடத்தில் திறக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++"டேஷில் அல்லது பயன்பாடுகள் பட்டியலில் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் சின்னத்தை நடு "
++"சொடுக்கம் செய்து அதனை <em>புதிய</em> பணியிடத்திலும் தொடங்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr "ஒரு கட்டளையை விரைவாக இயக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் "
++"<em>கட்டளைப் பெயரை</em> தட்டச்சு செய்து பிறகு <key>Enter</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்தியும் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++"உதாரணம், <app>Rhythmbox</app> ஐத் திறக்க, <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</"
++"key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி 'rhythmbox' என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும் (ஒற்றை மேற்கோள் "
++"குறியில்லாமல்). பயன்பாட்டின் பெயரே நிரலை தொடங்கும் கட்டளையாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++"விடுபதிகை செய்து, பயனர்கலை மாற்றி மற்றும் பல வழிகளில் உங்கள் பயனர் "
++"கணக்கிலிருந்து எப்படி வெளியேறுவது எனக் கற்றுக்கொள்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr "அலெக்சாண்டர் ஃப்ராங்க்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr "விடுபதிகை, மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம், பயனர்களை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தி முடித்த பிறகு, அதை நீங்கள் அணைக்கலாம், "
++"இடைநிறுத்தலாம் (மின்சாரத்தை சேமிக்க) அல்லது விடுபதிகை செய்து இயக்கத்திலேயே "
++"விடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr "விடுபதிகை செய்தல் அல்லது பயனர்களை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++"பிற பயனர்கள் கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்த விட்டுச் செல்ல, நீங்கள் விடுபதிகை "
++"செய்யலாம் அல்லது நீங்கள் புகுபதிவு செய்தபடி பயனர்களை மாற்றலாம். பயனர்களை "
++"மாற்றினால், உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள் அனைத்தும் இயங்கிக்கொண்டே இருக்கும், மீண்டும் "
++"நீங்கள் புகுபதிவு செய்கையில் நீங்கள் விட்டுச்சென்றவை அப்படியே இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>விடுபதிகை</gui> செய்ய அல்லது <gui>பயனரை மாற்ற</gui> மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள "
++"உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி அதற்குரிய விருப்பத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒன்றுக்கு அதிக பயனர் கணக்குகள் இருந்தால் மட்டுமே மெனுவில் "
++"<gui>விடுபதிகை</gui> மற்றும் <gui>பயனரை மாற்று</gui> உள்ளீடுகள் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒன்றுக்கு அதிக பயனர் கணக்குகள் இருந்தால் மட்டுமே மெனுவில் "
++"<gui>பயனரை மாற்று</gui> உள்ளீடு தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "திரையைப் பூட்டுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++"சற்று நேரம் கணினியை விட்டு விலகிச் செல்லப்போகிறீர்கள் எனில், மற்றவர்கள் "
++"உங்கள் கோப்புகள் அல்லது இயங்கிக்கொண்டுள்ள பயன்பாடுகளை அணுகாமல் தடுக்க "
++"நீங்கள் திரையைப் பூட்ட வேண்டும். நீங்கள் திரும்பி வரும்போது, link xref="
++"\"shell-lockscreen\">திரையைப் பூட்டு</link> திரைச்சீலையை மேலே இழுத்து உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு புகுபதிவு செய்யலாம். திரையைப் பூட்டாவிட்டால், "
++"குறிப்பிட்ட நேரத்தில் அது தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ளும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையைப் பூட்ட மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி <gui>பூட்டு</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் திரை பூட்டப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது, கடவுச்சொல் திரையில் உள்ள <gui>வேறு "
++"பயனராக புகுபதிவு செய்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி பிற பயனர்கள் அவர்களது கணக்கில் "
++"புகுபதிவு செய்ய முடியும். அவர்கள் பயன்படுத்தி முடித்ததும் நீங்கள் மீண்டும் "
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசைக்குத் திரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "இடைநிறுத்து"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை பயன்படுத்தாத போது மின்சாரத்தை சேமிக்க கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தவும். "
++"நீங்கள் மடிக்கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், நீங்கள் மூடியை மூடும் போது GNOME "
++"தானாகவே கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தும். இது உங்கள் நிலையை கணினி நினைவகத்தில் "
++"சேமித்துவிட்டு கணினியின் பெரும்பாலான செயல்களை அணைக்கும். "
++"இடைநிறுத்தப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது சிறு அளவு மின்சாரம் பயன்படுத்தப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை கைமுறையாக இடைநிறுத்த மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி "
++"<key>Alt</key> விசையைப் பிடித்துக்கொள்ளவும். <gui>மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம்</gui> "
++"விருப்பம் <gui>இடைநிறுத்து</gui> என மாறும். <gui>இடைநிறுத்து</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம் அல்லது மறுதொடக்கம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை முழுவதும் மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம் செய்ய விரும்பினால் அல்லது முழு "
++"மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய விரும்பினால், மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தம்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். அப்போது <gui>மின்சக்தி "
++"நிறுத்தம்</gui> அல்லது <gui>மறுதொடக்கம்</gui> செய்யும் விருப்பங்களுடன் ஒரு "
++"உரையாடல் காட்டப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++"பிற பயனர்களும் புகுபதிவு செய்திருந்தால், கணினியை மின்சக்தி நிறுத்த அல்லது "
++"மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய நீங்கள் அனுமதிக்கப்படாமல் போகலாம், ஏனெனில் இது அவர்களின் "
++"அமர்வுகளையும் முடித்துவிடும். நீங்கள் நிர்வாகப் பயனர் எனில் மின்சக்தி "
++"நிறுத்தம் செய்ய கடவுச்சொல் கேட்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை நகர்த்த விரும்பினால் அல்லது பேட்டரி இல்லாவிட்டால் கணினியை மின்சக்தி "
++"நிறுத்தம் செய்ய விரும்பலாம், உங்கள் பேட்டரி மிகக் குறைவாக இருந்தால் அல்லது "
++"சரியாக சார்ஜை தக்கவைக்காவிட்டாலும் இதைச் செய்ய விரும்பலாம். மின்சக்தி "
++"நிறுத்தம் செய்த கணினியும், இடைநிறுத்தப்பட்ட கணினியை விட <link xref=\"power-"
++"batterylife\">குறைந்த அளவு மின்சாரத்தைப்</link> பயன்படுத்தும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசை, மேல் பட்டி மற்றும் செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் ஆகியவற்றின் காட்சி "
++"அறிமுகம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "GNOME - அறிமுகம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME 3 இல் முற்றிலுமாக மறுவடிவமைக்கப்பட்ட பயனர் இடைமுகம் உள்ளது, இது உங்கள் "
++"வேலையை சிறப்பாக செய்யவும் கவனச் சிதறடிப்புகளைக் குறைக்கவும் அனைத்தையும் "
++"நீங்கள் சிறப்பாக செய்து முடிக்கவும் உதவும். முதல் முறை நீங்கள் புகுபதிவு "
++"செய்யும் போது காலியான பணிமேசையும் மேல் பட்டியும் காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME ஷெல் மேல் பட்டி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டி உங்கள் சாளரங்களுக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளுக்கும் உங்கள் நாள்காட்டி "
++"மற்றும் சந்திப்புத் திட்டங்களுக்கும் அத்துடன் ஒலி, பிணைய அமைப்பு மற்றும் "
++"மின்சக்தி போன்ற link xref=\"status-icons\">கணினி பண்புகளுக்கும்</link> "
++"அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது. மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயருக்குக் கீழ் உங்கள் கிடைக்கும் "
++"தன்மையை அமைக்கலாம், உங்கள் தனியமைப்பு அல்லது அமைவுகளை மாற்றலாம், விடுபதிகை "
++"செய்யலாம் அல்லது பயனரை மாற்றலாம் அல்லது கணினியை அணைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள் பொத்தான்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் பயன்பாடுகளை அணுக, <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை மேல் இடது மூலைக்குக் கொண்டு செல்லவும். "
++"விசைப்பலகையில் <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசையையும் "
++"அழுத்தலாம். மேலோட்டத்தில் உங்கள் சாளரங்களையும் பயன்பாடுகளையும் காணலாம். "
++"உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள், கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளைத் தேட அப்படியே தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யவும் தொடங்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சாளரங்களையும் பயன்பாடுகளையும் அணுக திரையின் மேல் இடது மூலையில் உள்ள "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவை</link> "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் உங்கள் சாளரங்களையும் பயன்பாடுகளையும் "
++"காண <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசையையும் அழுத்தலாம். "
++"உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள், கோப்புகள் மற்றும் கோப்புறைகளைத் தேட அப்படியே தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யத் தொடங்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr "டேஷ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++"மேலோட்டத்தின் இடப்புறம் <em>டேஷ்</em> இருக்கும். டேஷில் உங்கள் பிடித்த "
++"பயன்பாடுகளும் இயங்கிக்கொண்டிருக்கும் பயன்பாடுகளும் காண்பிக்கப்படும். ஒரு "
++"பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்க டேஷில் அதன் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கவும்; பயன்பாடு ஏற்கனவே "
++"இயங்கிக்கொண்டு இருந்தால் அது தனிப்படுத்திக் காட்டப்படும். அதன் சின்னத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கினால் மிக சமீபத்தில் பயன்படுத்திய சாளரம் முன்னே வரும். நீங்கள் "
++"சின்னத்தை மேலோட்டத்திற்கு அல்லது வலப்புறம் உள்ள ஏதேனும் ஒரு பணியிடத்திற்கும் "
++"இழுத்துச் சென்று விட முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++"சின்னத்தை வலது சொடுக்கினால் ஒரு மெனு காட்டப்படும், அதில் நீங்கள் "
++"இயங்கிக்கொண்டிருக்கும் பயன்பாட்டின் ஒரு சாளரத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்யலாம் அல்லது "
++"புதிய சாளரத்தைத் திறக்கலாம். ஒரு புதிய சாளரத்தைத் திறக்க நீங்கள் <key>Ctrl</"
++"key> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டும் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மேலோட்டத்திற்குச் செல்லும் போது, நீங்கள் முதலில் சாளரங்கள் "
++"மேலோட்டத்தில் இருப்பீர்கள். இது நடப்பு பணியிடத்தின் அனைத்து சாளரங்களின் "
++"சிறுபடங்களைக் காண்பிக்கும். மேலோட்டத்திலிருந்து வெளியேறு ஒரு சாளரத்திற்குச் "
++"செல்ல அந்த சாளரத்தை சொடுக்கவும். சிறுபடத்தில் உள்ள சாளரத்தைப் பெரிதாக்க "
++"சொடுக்கியின் உருட்டு சக்கரத்தையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"டேஷின் அடிப்பகுதியில் உள்ள கிரிட் பொத்தானை சொடுக்கினால் பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"மேலோட்டம் காண்பிக்கப்படும். இது கணினியில் நிறுவியுள்ள அனைத்து "
++"பயன்பாடுகளையும் காட்டும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை இயக்க அதை சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"பயன்பாட்டை மேலோட்டத்திற்கு அல்லது ஒரு பணியிட சிறுபடத்திற்கு இழுத்துச் "
++"செல்லவும். நீங்கள் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை பிடித்தமானதாகக் குறிக்க அதை டேஷுக்கு "
++"இழுத்துச் செல்லலாம். பிடித்த பயன்பாடுகள் இயங்காத போதும் டேஷிலேயே இருக்கும், "
++"இதனால் அவற்றை விரைவாக அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">பயன்பாடுகளைத் தொடங்குவது பற்றி மேலும் அறிக. </"
++"link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் பணியிடங்கள் பற்றி மேலும் அறிக."
++" </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr "கடிகாரம், நாள்காட்டி &amp; சந்திப்புத்திட்டங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போதைய தேதி, மாதங்களைக் காட்டும் நாள்காட்டி மற்றும் வரவுள்ள சந்திப்புத் "
++"திட்டங்கள் ஆகியவற்றைக் காட்ட மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள கடிகாரத்தை சொடுக்கவும். "
++"நீங்கள் தேதி மற்றும் நேர அமைவுகளை அணுகவும் மெனுவில் இருந்து நேரடியாக உங்கள் "
++"முழு <app>Evolution</app> நாளாட்டியைத் திறக்கவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">நாள்காட்டி மற்றும் சந்திப்புத் திட்டங்கள் "
++"பற்றி மேலும் அறிக.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr "நீங்களும் உங்கள் கணினியும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr "பயனர் மெனு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் தனியமைப்பையும் உங்கள் கணினியையும் நிர்வகிக்க மேல் வலது மூலையில் "
++"உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"நேரடியாக மெனுவில் இருந்து உங்கள் கிடைப்புநிலையை விரைவாக அமைக்கலாம். இது "
++"உங்கள் தொடர்புகள் <app>Empathy</app> போன்ற உடனடிச் செய்தியிடல் பயன்பாடுகளில் "
++"பார்க்கும் உங்கள் நிலையை அமைக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த மெனுவில் நீங்கள் உங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட விவரங்களைத் திருத்தலாம் கணினி "
++"அமைவுகளையும் மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கணினியை விட்டுச் செல்லும் போது மற்றவர்கள் அதைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் "
++"தடுக்க திரையைப் பூட்டலாம். முழுவதுமாக விடுபதிகை செய்யாமல் கணினியை மற்றவர் "
++"பயன்படுத்த கொடுப்பதற்கு பயனர்களை மாற்றலாம். அல்லது மின்சாரத்தை "
++"மெனுவிலிருந்து கணினியை இடைநிறுத்தலாம் அல்லது மின்சக்தி நிறுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">பயனர்களை மாற்றுதல், விடுபதிகை மற்றும் கணினியை "
++"அணைத்தல் பற்றி மேலும் அறிக.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr "பூட்டுத் திரை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் திரையைப் பூட்டும் போது அல்லது திரை தானாக பூட்டிக்கொள்ளும் போது "
++"பூட்டுத் திரை காண்பிக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் விலகி இருக்கையில் உங்கள் பணிமேசையைப் "
++"பாதுகாப்பது மட்டுமின்றி பூட்டுத் திரையானது தேதி, நேரம் மற்றும் புகுபதிவு "
++"செய்துள்ளவர் என உங்கள் பெயரையும் காண்பிக்கும். இது உங்கள் பேட்டரி மற்றும் "
++"பிணைய நிலை ஆகியவற்றைப் பற்றிய தகவலையும் காண்பிக்கும், இத்திரையில் நீங்கள் "
++"மீடியா இயக்கத்தையும் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">பூட்டுத் திரை பற்றி மேலும் அறிக.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr "செய்தித் தட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr "செய்தித் தட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சொடுக்கி சுட்டியை திரையின் அடிப்பகுதிக்குக் கொண்டு சென்று அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி செய்தித் தட்டைக் "
++"காண்பிக்கச் செய்யலாம். இங்கு உங்கள் அறிவிப்புகளை நீங்கள் படிக்கத் தயாராகும் "
++"வரை அவை சேமிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">அறிவிப்புகள் மற்றும் செய்தி தட்டு பற்றி "
++"மேலும் அறிக.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr "சாளர பட்டியல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME இல் மற்ற பணிமேசைகளில் இருப்பது போன்ற எப்போதும் தெரியும் சாளர பட்டையல் "
++"போன்று இல்லாமல் சாளரங்களிடையே மாறுவதற்கு புதிய அணுகுமுறையைக் கொண்டுள்ளது. "
++"இது கவனச்சிதறல்கள் இல்லாமல் உங்கள் வேலையில் கவனம் செலுத்த உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">சாளரங்களை மாற்றுதல் குறித்து மேலும் "
++"அறிக. </link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாடு அல்லது ஒரு கணினி கூறு உங்கள் கவனத்தைப் பெற வேண்டி இருந்தால், "
++"அது சாளரப் பட்டியலின் வலது புறம் ஒரு நீல நிற சின்னத்தைக் காட்டும். அந்த நீல "
++"சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கினால் செய்தி தட்டு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி பணிமேசையில் வலம் வருதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr "பயனுள்ள விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்தப் பக்கத்தில் பணிமேசையையும் பிற பயன்பாடுகளையும் சிறப்பாக பயன்படுத்த "
++"உதவும் விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகளின் மேலோட்டத்தை வழங்குகிறது. நீங்கள் சொடுக்கி "
++"அல்லது சுட்டுக் கருவியையே பயன்படுத்த முடியாது எனில், விசைப்பலகையை மட்டுமே "
++"பயன்படுத்தி பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை வழிசெலுத்துவது பற்றிய மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link "
++"xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr "பணிமேசையில் சுற்றி வருதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> அல்லது <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> விசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டம் மற்றும் பணிமேசைக்கு மாறுதல். மேலோட்டத்தில் "
++"தட்டச்சு செய்யத் தொடங்கியதும் உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகள், தொடர்புகள் மற்றும் "
++"ஆவணங்கள் உடனடியாக காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr "பாப்-அப் கட்டளை சாளரம் (கட்டளைகளை விரைவாக இயக்க)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">சாளரங்களுக்கிடையே விரைவாக மாறுதல்</"
++"link>. எதிர்த்திசையில் மாற <key>Shift</key> ஐப் பிடித்துக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே பயன்பாட்டின் வெவ்வேறு சாளரங்களிடையே மாற அல்லது தேர்ந்தெடுத்த "
++"பயன்பாட்டுக்குப் பிறகு மாற <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்த குறுக்குவழி US விசைப்பலகைகளில் <key>`</key> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, "
++"இவற்றில் <key>`</key> விசை<key>Tab</key> க்கு மேல் உள்ளது. மற்ற "
++"விசைப்பலகைகளில் <key>Super</key> மற்றும் <key>Tab</key> க்கு மேலே உள்ள விசை "
++"ஆகிய இரண்டின் சேர்க்கையே குறுக்குவழியிஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையின் கவனத்தை மேல் பட்டியில் அமைத்தல். <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> "
++"மேலோட்டத்தில் விசைப்பலகையின் கவனத்தை மேல் பட்டி, டேஷ், சாளரங்கள் மேலோட்டம், "
++"பயன்பாடுகள் பட்டியல் மற்றும் தேடல் புலம் ஆகியவற்றிடையே மாற்றுதல். வழிசெலுத்த "
++"அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"தற்போது சாளரங்கள் மேலோட்டத்தில் அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைக் கொண்டு வழிசெலுத்த "
++"முடியாது. சாளரங்களிடையே மாற, மேலோட்டத்திலிருந்து வெளியேறி "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> மற்றும் <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>`</key></keyseq> ஐ பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr "பயன்பாடுகளின் பட்டியலைக் காட்டுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> மற்றும் "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">பணியிடங்களிடையே மாறுதல்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> மற்றும் "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">நடப்பு சாளரத்தை வேறு "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">விடுபதிகை</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">திரையைப் பூட்டு.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">செய்தித் தட்டை</link> "
++"திறக்கவும். மீண்டும் மூட <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> "
++"அல்லது<key>Esc</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr "பொதுவான திருத்துதல் குறுக்குவழிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr "உரை அல்லது ஒரு பட்டியலில் உள்ள உருப்படிகள் அனைத்தையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த உரை அல்லது உருப்படிகளை வெட்டி (அகற்றி) ஒட்டுப்பலகையில் வைத்தல்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr "தேர்ந்தெடுத்த உரை அல்லது உருப்படிகளை ஒட்டுப்பலகைக்கு நகலெடுத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr "ஒட்டுப்பலகையில் உள்ளதை ஒட்டுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr "கடைசி செயலை செயல்தவிர்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr "திரைப்பிடிப்பைப் பதிவு செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">திரைப்பிடிப்பெடுத்தல்.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">சாளரத்தின் "
++"திரைப்பிடிப்பெடுத்தல்.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">திரையின் ஒரு பகுதியின் "
++"திரைப்பிடிப்பை பதிவு செய்தல்.</link> சுட்டி கிராஸ் ஹேர் சின்னமாக மாறும். "
++"பகுதியை தேர்ந்தெடுக்க சொடுக்கி இழுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">திரைப்பதிவு பதிவு செய்தலை "
++"தொடங்குதல் மற்றும் முடித்தல்.</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++"அழகான அதே சமயம் பயனுள்ள பூட்டுத் திரை பல பயனுள்ள தகவல்களை தெரிவிக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr "பூட்டுத் திரை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி பூட்டப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது நடப்பவற்றில் நீங்கள் எதையெல்லாம் "
++"பார்க்க முடிகிறதோ அதுவே பூட்டுத் திரை ஆகும், நீங்கள் விலகி இருந்த போது என்ன "
++"நடந்தது என்பதன் சுருக்க விவரத்தை அதைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் அறியலாம். கணினி "
++"பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது பூட்டுத் திரை அழகிய படத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும், பயனுள்ள "
++"தகவல்களையும் வழங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr "புகுபதிவு செய்துள்ள பயனரின் பெயர்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr "தேதி மற்றும் நேரம் மற்றும் சில அறிவிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr "பேட்டரி மற்றும் பிணைய நிலை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடாமலே, மீடியா இயக்கத்தைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும் வசதி - ஒலியளவை "
++"மாற்றுதல், பாடலை தவிர்த்தல் அல்லது இசையை இடைநிறுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை பூட்டு நீக்க, உங்கள் சுட்டி கொண்டு பூட்டுத் திரையை மேலே "
++"இழுப்பதன் மூலம் அல்லது <key>Esc</key> அல்லது <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்துவதன் "
++"மூலம் திறக்கலாம். அதைத் திறந்தால் புகுபதிவு திரை தெரியும், அதில் உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு பூட்டுநீக்கலாம். கணினியில் ஒன்றுக்கு அதிக பயனர்கள் "
++"அமைவாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டிருந்தால், நீங்கள் பயனர்களை மாற்றவும் முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++"சில குறிப்பிட்ட நிகழ்வுகள் எப்போது நடந்தன என்பதைக் கூறும் செய்திகள் திரையின் "
++"அடியில் மேலெழுந்து காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr "மேரினா ஸுராகின்ஸ்கயா"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr "அறிவிப்புகள் மற்றும் செய்தித் தட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr "அறிவிப்பு என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாடு அல்லது கணினி கூறு உங்கள் கவனத்தைப் பெற வேண்டி இருந்தால், "
++"திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியில் அறிவிப்பு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++"உதாரணமாக, உங்களுக்கு ஒரு புதிய அரட்டை செய்தி வந்திருந்தால், நீங்கள் ஒரு (USB "
++"ஸ்டிக் போன்ற) வெளி சாதனத்தை இணைத்தால், உங்கள் கணினிக்கு புதிய "
++"புதுப்பிப்புகள் உள்ளன என்றால் அல்லது உங்கள் கணினியின் பேட்டரி குறைவாக "
++"இருந்தால், அவை பற்றி தெரிவிக்கும் அறிவிப்பு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++"கவனச்சிதறலைக் குறைப்பதற்காக, சில அறிவிப்புகள் முதலில் ஒரே வரியாகக் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். முழு உள்ளடக்கத்தையும் காண சொடுக்கியை அங்கு கொண்டு செல்ல "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++"பிற அறிவிப்புகளுக்கு தேர்ந்தெடுக்கத்தக்க விருப்பம் பொத்தான்கள் உள்ளன. இந்த "
++"அறிவிப்புகளில் ஒன்றை அதன் விருப்பங்கள் எதையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்காமல் மூட மூடு "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"மூடு பொத்தானை சொடுக்கினால், சில அறிவிப்புகள் அப்புறப்படுத்தப்படும். "
++"Rhythmbox அல்லது உங்கள் அரட்டை பயன்பாடு போன்ற பிற அறிவிப்புகள் செய்தித் "
++"தட்டிலேயே மறைந்திருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr "செய்தித் தட்டு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விருப்பம்படும் போது மீண்டும் அறிவிப்புகளைக் காண செய்தித் தட்டுக்குச் "
++"செல்லலாம். நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியை திரையின் அடிப்பகுதிக்குக் கொண்டு செல்லும் போது "
++"அல்லது <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தும் போது அது காண்பிக்கப்படுகிறது. நீங்கள் நடவடிக்கை எடுக்காத "
++"மற்றும் அங்கேயே நிரந்தரமாக இருக்கும் அனைத்து அறிவிப்புகளுமே செய்தித் தட்டில் "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் விருப்பம்படும் போது மீண்டும் அறிவிப்புகளைக் காண செய்தித் தட்டுக்குச் "
++"செல்லலாம். நீங்கள் சொடுக்கியை திரையின் அடிப்பகுதிக்குக் கொண்டு செல்லும் போது "
++"அல்லது <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></"
++"keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தும் போது அது காண்பிக்கப்படுகிறது. சாளர பட்டியலின் வலப்புறம் "
++"உள்ள நீல நிற எண் சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கியும் செய்தித் தட்டைத் திறக்கலாம். நீங்கள் "
++"நடவடிக்கை எடுக்காத மற்றும் அங்கேயே நிரந்தரமாக இருக்கும் அனைத்து "
++"அறிவிப்புகளுமே செய்தித் தட்டில் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++"செய்தித் தட்டிலுள்ள உருப்படிகளை சொடுக்குவதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் அறிவிப்புகளைக் "
++"காணலாம். இவை பொதுவாக பயன்பாடுகள் அனுப்பும் செய்திகளே. இருப்பினும், அரட்டை "
++"செய்திகள் சிறப்பாக நடத்தப்படும், அவை உங்களுக்கு அரட்டை செய்தியை அனுப்பிய "
++"தொடர்பையும் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"மீண்டும் <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தி அல்லது "
++"<key>Esc</key> ஐ அழுத்தியும் செய்தித் தட்டை மூடலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">திரை விசைப்பலகை</link> திறந்திருந்தால், செய்தித் "
++"தட்டைக் காண்பிக்க <gui>தட்டு பொத்தான்</gui> சொடுக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr "அறிவிப்புகளை மறைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முக்கிய வேலையில் இருக்கும் போது எதுவும் தொந்தரவு செய்யக்கூடாது என "
++"நினைத்தால், நீங்கள் அறிவிப்புகளை அணைக்க முடியும். மேல் பட்டியில் பெயரை "
++"சொடுக்கி <gui>அறிவிப்புகள்</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆஃப்</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++"அணைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும் போது, பெரும்பாலான அறிவிப்புகள் திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியில் "
++"மேலெழாது. பேட்டரி மிகக் குறைவாக உள்ளது என்பது போன்ற மிக முக்கியமான "
++"அறிவிப்புகள் மேலெழும். நீங்கள் (சொடுக்கியை வலது மூலைக்குக் கொண்டு செல்வதன் "
++"மூலம் அல்லது <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்துவதன் "
++"மூலம்) செய்தித் தட்டை மீண்டும் காண்பிக்கும் போது அறிவிப்புகள் அங்கேயே "
++"இருக்கும். நீங்கள் மீண்டும் <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கும் போது மீண்டும் "
++"செய்தித் தட்டு காண்பிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr "பணிமேசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">அறிமுகம்</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழிகள்</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">நாள்காட்டி</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">அறிவிப்புகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr "பணிமேசை, பயன்பாடுகள் &amp; சாளரங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr "பணிமேசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr "பயன்பாடுகள் மற்றும் சாளரங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"பணிமேசையின் பல்வேறு பகுதிகளை விவரிக்கப் பயன்படும் சொற்களின் மேலோட்டப் பார்வை."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள், டேஷ், மேல் பட்டி… இதெல்லாம் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</em> என்பது திரையின் மேல் இடது பக்கம் உள்ள "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கும் போது காட்டப்படும் திரையாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</em> என்பது நீங்கள் திரையின் மேல் இடது பக்கம் "
++"உள்ள <gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கும் போது காட்டப்படும் திரையாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr "பயன்பாடுகள் மெனு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனு திரையின் மேல் இடது புறம் இருக்கும். இதன் மூலம் "
++"நீங்கள் பகுப்புகளாக ஒழுங்கமைக்கப்பட்ட பயன்பாடுகளை அணுகலாம். மெனுவில் இருந்து "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> உருப்படியை தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் "
++"<em>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</em> கிடைக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr "Super-Tab சாளர மாற்றி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசையை அழுத்திக் கொண்டு "
++"<key>Tab</key> ஐ அழுத்தினால் <em>சாளரப் பிரிப்பான்</em> ஒன்று காட்டப்படும். "
++"இது நீங்கள் தற்போது திறந்துள்ள பயன்பாடுகளின் சின்னங்களைக் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr "டேஷ்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>டேஷ்</em> என்பது செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தின் இடப்புறம் காண்பிக்கப்படும் "
++"உங்கள் பிடித்தமான பயன்பாடுகளின் பட்டியலாகும். தற்போது இயங்கிக்கொண்டிருக்கும் "
++"பயன்பாடுகளும் அதில் காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன. டேஷை <em>டாக்</em> என்றும் "
++"அழைப்பர்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr "செயல் மூலை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>செயல் மூலை</em> என்பது திரையின் மேல் இடது மூலையாகும். நீங்கள் சுட்டியை "
++"இங்கு கொண்டு செல்லும் போது செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் திறக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>பூட்டுத் திரை</em>, உங்கள் கணினி பூட்டியிருக்கும் போது திரையில் ஒரு "
++"படத்தைக் காண்பிக்கும். அது நீங்கள் விலகி இருந்த போது என்னென்ன நடந்தன என்பது "
++"பற்றிய பயனுள்ள தகவல்களையும் வழங்கும். இதிலிருந்து நீங்கள் பூட்டு நீக்காமலே "
++"மீடியா இயக்கத்தையும் கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr "அறிவிப்புகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>அறிவிப்புகள்</em> என்பவை திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியிலிருந்து மேலெழும் "
++"செய்திகளாகும். இவை அவ்வப்போது ஏதேனும் நடந்தால் அது பற்றிக் கூறும். உதாரணமாக "
++"உங்களுடன் அரட்டை அடித்துக்கொண்டிருப்பவர் ஒருவர் உங்களுக்கு ஒரு செய்தியை "
++"அனுப்பும் போது, ஒரு பாப் அப் மேலெழுந்து அதை அறிவிக்கும். இப்போது செய்திக்கு "
++"பதிலளிக்க விரும்பாவிட்டால், அது செய்தித் தட்டில் மறைந்திருக்கும். உங்கள் "
++"செய்தித் தட்டைக் காண உங்கள் சொடுக்கியை அடிப்பகுதியின் வலப்புறம் கொண்டு "
++"செல்லவும் (அல்லது <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr "இடங்கள் மெனு"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <gui>மேல் பட்டி</gui> இல் <gui>இடங்கள்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கினால் "
++"<em>இடங்கள் மெனு</em> திறக்கும். இதைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் <gui>Downloads</gui> "
++"அல்லது <gui>Pictures</gui> போன்ற முக்கியக் கோப்புறைகளுக்கு விரைவாக செல்லலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr "அமைவுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>அமைவுகள்</em> என்பது நீங்கள் உங்கள் முன்னுரிமைகளை அமைக்கும் இடமாகும், "
++"இது Windows இல் உள்ள கட்டுப்பாட்டுப் பலகம் அல்லது Mac OS இல் கணினி "
++"முன்னுரிமைகள் என்பதைப் போன்றது. அமைவுகளை அணுக, மேல் பட்டியின் மேல் வலது "
++"புறம் உள்ள உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி, <gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>மேல் பட்டி</em> என்பது திரையின் மேலே உள்ள பட்டியாகும். மேல் பட்டியின் "
++"ஒரு ஓரத்தில் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> இணைப்பும் மறு ஓரத்தில் உங்கள் பயனர் "
++"பெயரும் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>மேல் பட்டி</em> என்பது திரையின் மேலே உள்ள பட்டியாகும். மேல் பட்டியின் "
++"ஒரு ஓரத்தில் <gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவும் மறு ஓரத்தில் உங்கள் பயனர் "
++"பெயரும் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr "பணியிடம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சாளரங்களை வெவ்வேறு <em>பணியிடங்களில்</em> வைத்துக்கொள்ளலாம். இது "
++"சாளரங்களைப் பிரிக்கவும் குழுப்படுத்துவதற்கும் சௌகரியமான அம்சமாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr "பணியிடப் தேர்வி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>பணியிடத் தேர்வி</em> என்பது செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில் <gui>சாளரங்கள்</"
++"gui> இன் வலப்புறம் காட்டப்படும் பணியிடங்களின் பட்டியலாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>சாளர பட்டியல்</em> என்பது திரையின் அடிப்பகுதியில் உள்ள பட்டியாகும், இது "
++"திறந்துள்ள உங்கள் சாளரங்கள் அனைத்துக்குமான பொத்தான்களைக் காண்பிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr "செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம் அல்லது பிற பணியிடங்களைப் பார்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr "தொலைந்து போன ஒரு சாளரத்தைக் கண்டுபிடித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++"வேறு பணியிடத்தில் உள்ள அல்லது மற்றொரு சாளரத்தின் பின் மறைந்துள்ள ஒரு "
++"சாளரத்தை <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தில்</link>: "
++"எளிதாகக் கண்டுபிடிக்கலாம்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"<em>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தை</em> திறக்கவும். நீங்கள் தேடும் சாளரம் நடப்பு "
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">பணியிடத்தில்</link> "
++"இருந்தால், அது அங்கு சிறுபடத்தில் காண்பிக்கப்படும். அந்த சிறுபடத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கினால் சாளரம் மீண்டும் காட்டப்படும் அல்லது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் வலது புறம் உள்ள <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிட தேர்வியில்</"
++"link> வேறு பணியிடங்களை சொடுக்கினால் அங்கு உங்கள் சாளரத்தைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க "
++"முடியும் அல்லது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++"டேஷில் பயன்பாட்டை வலது சொடுக்கினால், அதன் திறந்துள்ள சாளரங்கள் "
++"பட்டியலிடப்படும். ஒரு சாளரத்திற்குச் செல்ல பட்டியலில் இருந்து அதை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr "சாளர மாற்றியைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link> ஐக் காண்பிக்க "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும். திறந்துள்ள சாளரங்களிடையே மாற தொடர்ந்து <key>Super</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்திக் கொண்டு <key>Tab</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது எதிர்த்திசையில் மாறிச் "
++"செல்ல <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பயன்பாட்டின் பல சாளரங்கள் திறந்திருந்தால், அவற்றையும் ஒவ்வொன்றாக "
++"மாற்றிச் செல்ல <key>Super</key> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டு<key>`</key> ஐ (அல்லது "
++"<key>Tab</key> க்கு மேல் உள்ள விசையை) அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை பெரிதாக்க அல்லது மீட்டமைக்க அதன் தலைப்புப் பட்டியை இரு "
++"சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது இழுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr "ஒரு சாளரத்தை பெரிதாக்குதல் மற்றும் பெரிதாக்கல் நீக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரம் பணிமேசை முழுவதும் அடைத்துக் கொள்ளும் வண்ணம் அதை பெரிதாக்கலாம், "
++"அதன் வழக்கமான அளவுக்கு மீட்டமைக்கலாம். திரையின் இடப்புறமாக செங்குத்தாகவும் "
++"சாளரங்களைப் பெரிதாக்கலாம், இதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் இரண்டு சாளரங்களை ஒரே சமயத்தில் "
++"பார்க்கலாம். விவரங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை பெரிதாக்க, அதன் தலைப்புப் பட்டியைப் பிடித்து அதை திரையின் மேலே "
++"இழுத்துச் செல்லவும் அல்லது தலைப்புப் பட்டியை இரு சொடுக்கவும். விசைப்பலகையைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு சாளரத்தைப் பெரிதாக்க <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key> விசையை அழுத்திக் கொண்டு <key>↑</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"தலைப்புப் பட்டியில் உள்ள பெரிதாக்கு பொத்தானை சொடுக்கியும் சாளரத்தைப் "
++"பெரிதாக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை பெரிதாக்காத அளவுக்கு மீட்டமைக்க, அதை திரையின் விளிம்பில் "
++"இருந்து விலக்கி இழுத்து வரவும். சாளரம் முழுவதும் பெரிதாக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், "
++"அதை மீட்டமைக்க தலைப்புப் பட்டியில் இரு சொடுக்கலாம். பெரிதாக்கப் பயன்படுத்திய "
++"அதே விசைப்பலகைக் குறுக்குவழிகளையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை நகர்த்திச் செல்ல <key>Alt</key> விசையை அழுத்திக் கொண்டு அதை "
++"இழுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr "சாளரங்களை பணியிடத்தில் ஒழுங்கமைப்பது சிறப்பாக பணி புரிய உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களை நகர்த்துதல் மற்றும் அளவுமாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"சிறப்பாக வேலை செய்ய உதவும் வகையில் நீங்கள் சாளரங்களை நகர்த்தவும் அளவு "
++"மாற்றவும் முடியும். நீங்கள் எதிர்பார்க்கும் இழுத்துச் செல்லும் வசதியுடன் "
++"கூடுதலாக GNOME இல் சாளரங்களை விரைவாக ஒழுங்கமைக்க குறுக்குவழிகளும் "
++"மாற்றிகளும் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"தலைப்புப் பட்டியை இழுப்பதன் மூலம் ஒரு சாளரத்தை நகர்த்தலாம் அல்லது <key>Alt</"
++"key> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டு சாளரத்தை விரும்பும் இடத்திற்கு இழுத்துச் செல்லலாம். "
++"நகர்த்தும் போது திரை அல்லது பிற சாளரங்களின் விளிம்பில் ஒட்டிக் கொள்ளும்படி "
++"செய்ய <key>Shift</key> ஐ பிடித்துக் கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தின் விளிம்புகள் அல்லது மூலையை இழுப்பதன் மூலம் அதை அளவு மாற்றலாம். "
++"அளவு மாற்றும் போது திரை அல்லது பிற சாளரங்களின் விளிம்பில் ஒட்டிக் "
++"கொள்ளும்படி செய்ய <key>Shift</key> ஐ பிடித்துக் கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பெரிதாக்கிய சாளரத்தை தலைப்புப் பட்டியில் உள்ள பெரிதாக்கு பொத்தானை "
++"சொடுக்கியும் அளவு மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையை மட்டும் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு சாளரத்தை நகர்த்துதல் அல்லது அளவு "
++"மாற்றுதல். ஒரு சாளரத்தை நகர்த்த <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது அளவு மாற்ற <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> "
++"ஐ அழுத்தவும். நகர்த்த அல்லது அளவு மாற்ற அம்புக்குறி விசைகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி, "
++"முடிக்க <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும் அல்லது முதலில் இருந்த இடநிலை மற்றும் "
++"அளவுக்கே மீண்டும் செல்ல <key>Esc</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை திரையின் மேல் பகுதிக்கு இழுத்துச் செல்வதன் மூலம் <link xref="
++"\"shell-windows-maximize\">சாளரத்தை பெரிதாக்கலாம்</link>. ஒரு சாளரத்தை "
++"திரையின் ஒரு பக்கவாட்டில் பெரிதாக்க, அதை திரையின் பக்கவாட்டுக்கு இழுத்துச் "
++"செல்லவும், இப்படிச் செய்வதால் <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">சாளரங்களை "
++"பக்கவாட்டு வரிசையில்</link> அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களிடையே மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++"அனைத்து பயன்பாடுகளையும் <gui>சாளர மாற்றியில்</gui> உள்ளடக்குவதன் மூலம், "
++"பணிகளிடையே ஒரு செயல்படியிலேயே மாற முடியும், மேலும் எந்தெந்த பயன்பாடுகள் "
++"இயங்கிக் கொண்டுள்ளன என்பது பற்றிய தெளிவையும் வழங்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr "ஒரு பணியிடத்தில் இருந்து:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>சாளர மாற்றியை</gui> கொண்டு வர <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++"மாற்றியில் உள்ள அடுத்த (தனிப்படுத்தப்பட்ட) அடுத்த சாளரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> ஐ விடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++"இல்லாவிட்டால், <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்திக்கொண்டே <key>Tab</key> ஐ அழுத்தினால் திறந்துள்ள சாளரங்களிடையே "
++"மாறலாம் அல்லது பின் திசையில் மாறிச் செல்ல <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++"திறந்துள்ள உங்கள் சாளரங்கள் அனைத்தையும் அணுகி அவற்றுக்கிடையே மாற நீங்கள் "
++"அடிப் பட்டியில் உள்ள சாளர பட்டியலையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளர மாற்றியில் உள்ள சாளரங்கள், பயன்பாட்டின் படி குழுப்படுத்தப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++" நீங்கள் பயன்பாட்டை சொடுக்கும் போது அவற்றின் பல சாளரங்களுடன் மாதிரிக்காட்சி "
++"கீழ் இறக்கிக் காட்டப்படும். பட்டியலில் ஒவ்வொன்றாக மாற <key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டு <key>`</key> ஐ (அல்லது <key>Tab</"
++"key> க்கு மேல் உள்ள விசையை) அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளர மாற்றியில், வெவ்வேறு பணியிடத்தைச் சேர்ந்த பயன்பாடுகள் செங்குத்தான "
++"பிரிப்பான்களால் பிரிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சாளர மாற்றியில் உள்ள பயன்பாட்டு சின்னங்களிடையே மாற <key>→</key> "
++"அல்லது <key>←</key> விசைகளையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம் அல்லது சொடுக்கியில் "
++"சொடுக்கியும் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரே சாளரத்தைக் கொண்ட பயன்பாடுகளின் மாதிரிக்காட்சிகளைக் காண்பிக்க <key>↓</"
++"key> விசையைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr "<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்திற்கு மாறி மேலோட்டத்திலிருந்து வெளியேற <link xref=\"shell-"
++"windows\">சாளரத்தை</link> சொடுக்கவும். பல <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">பணியிடங்கள்</link> திறந்திருந்தால், ஒவ்வொரு பணியிடத்திலும் "
++"திறந்துள்ள சாளரங்களைத் திறக்க நீங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு பணியிடத்தையும் சொடுக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr "இரு சாளரங்களை ஒன்றின் பக்கத்தில் மற்றொன்றாக பெரிதாக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களை ஒன்றன் பின் ஒன்றாக அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒரு சாளரத்தை திரையின் வலப்புறம் அல்லது இடப்புறம் மட்டுமே பெரிதாக்க "
++"முடியும், இதனால் நீங்கள் பக்கம் பக்கமாக இரு சாளரங்களை வைத்து அவற்றுக்கிடையே "
++"விரைவாக மாற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் ஒரு பக்கவாட்டில் ஒரு சாளரத்தைப் பெரிதாக்க தலைப்புப் பட்டியைப் "
++"பிடித்து, திரையின் பாதி தனிப்படுத்திக் காட்டப்படும் வரை இடப்புறம் அல்லது "
++"வலப்புறமாக இழுத்துச் செல்லவும். விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டு <key>Left</key> "
++"அல்லது <key>Right</key> விசையை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு சாளரத்தை முதலிலிருந்த அதன் அளவுக்கு மீட்க, அதை திரையின் "
++"பக்கவாட்டிலிருந்து விலக்கி இழுக்கவும், அல்லது பெரிதாக்கப் பயன்படுத்திய அதே "
++"விசைப்பலகை குறுக்குவழியைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr "உங்கள் சாளரங்களை நகர்த்துதல் மற்றும் ஒழுங்கமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr "சாளரங்கள் மற்றும் பணியிடங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++"பிற பணிமேசைகளைப் போலவே GNOME பணிமேசையும் இயங்கிக் கொண்டிருக்கும் உங்கள் "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைக் காட்ட சாளரங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. நீங்கள் <gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</"
++"gui> மேலோட்டம் மற்றும் <gui>டேஷ்</gui> ஆகிய இரண்டையும் பயன்படுத்தி புதிய "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைத் தொடங்கலாம் மற்றும் செயலில் உள்ள சாளரங்களைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பணியிடத்திற்குள்ளாக உங்கள் பயன்பாடுகளை குழுப்படுத்தவும் முடியும். "
++"இந்த அம்சத்தை எப்படி சிறப்பாக பயன்படுத்துவது என அறிய, கீழே உள்ள சாளரம் "
++"மற்றும் பணியிட உதவி தலைப்புகளுக்குச் செல்க."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr "சாளரங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr "பணியிடங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr "பணியிடங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்திற்குச் சென்று சாளரத்தை வேறு பணியிடத்திற்கு இழுத்துச் "
++"செல்லுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr "ஒரு சாளரத்தை வேறு பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr "சொடுக்கியைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தைத்</"
++"link> திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் மேல் இடப்புறம் உள்ள <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style="
++"\"menu\">பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவில்</link> இருந்து <gui xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui>  ஐ திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr "சாளரத்தை சொடுக்கி திரையின் வலப்புறமாக இழுத்துச் செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிடத் தேர்வி</em> தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தை ஒரு காலியான பணியிடத்தில் இடவும். இப்போது இந்தப் பணியிடத்தில் "
++"இப்போது நீங்கள் இட்ட சாளரம் இருக்கும், <em>பணியிடத் தேர்வியின்</em> கீழ் "
++"மற்றொரு காலி பணியிடம் தோன்றும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தை ஒரு காலியான பணியிடத்தில் இடவும். இப்போது இந்தப் பணியிடத்தில் "
++"நீங்கள் இட்ட சாளரம் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் நகர்த்த விரும்பும் சாளரத்தைத் (உதாரணமாக <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-"
++"key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">சாளர மாற்றியைப்</em> பயன்படுத்தி) தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தை <em>பணியிடத் தேர்வியில்</em> தற்போதுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு மேலுள்ள "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்த <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"சாளரத்தை <em>பணியிடத் தேர்வியில்</em> தற்போதுள்ள பணியிடத்திற்கு கீழுள்ள "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்த <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page "
++"Down</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr "பணியிடத் தேர்வியைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr "பணியிடங்களிடையே மாறுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டத்தைத்</link> "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"திரையின் இடது அடிப்பகுதியில் <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> மெனுவை</link> சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள் மேலோட்டம்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பணியிடத்தில் திறந்துள்ள சாளரங்களைக் காண, திரையின் வலப்புறமுள்ள <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிடத்தேர்வியில்</link> அந்தப் பணியிடத்தை "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr "பணியிடத்தை செயல்படுத்த ஏதேனும் ஒரு சாளர சிறுபடத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக, அடிப் பட்டியில் உள்ள சாளரப் பட்டியலின் வலப்புறமுள்ள பணியிட அடையாளம் "
++"காட்டியை சொடுக்கி, அதன் மெனுவில் இருந்து நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் "
++"பணியிடத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்தும் நீங்கள் பணியிடத்தை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பணியிடத்தை பணியிடத் தேர்வியில் தற்போதைய பணியிடத்திற்கு மேலுள்ள "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்த <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பணியிடத்தை பணியிடத் தேர்வியில் தற்போதைய பணியிடத்திற்கு கீழுள்ள "
++"பணியிடத்திற்கு நகர்த்த <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"பணியிடங்கள் உங்கள் பணிமேசையில் உள்ள சாளரங்களைக் குழுப்படுத்த உதவுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr "பணியிடம் என்றால் என்ன, அது எப்படி எனக்கு உதவும்?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசையில் உள்ள சாளரங்களின் குழுக்களே பணியிடங்கள் ஆகும். நீங்கள் பல "
++"பணியிடங்களை உருவாக்கலாம், அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரு பணிமேசை போல செயல்படும். "
++"பணிமேசை நிரம்பியில்லாமல் இருக்கவும் பணிமேசையில் எளிதாக நகரவும் வழி செய்யவே "
++"பணியிடங்கள் உருவாக்கப்பட்டன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பணிமேசையில் உள்ள சாளரங்களின் குழுக்களே பணியிடங்கள் ஆகும். நீங்கள் பல "
++"பணியிடங்களைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரு பணிமேசை போல செயல்படும். "
++"பணிமேசை நிரம்பியில்லாமல் இருக்கவும் பணிமேசையில் எளிதாக நகரவும் வழி செய்யவே "
++"பணியிடங்கள் உருவாக்கப்பட்டன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++"பணியிடங்கள் உங்கள் பணியை ஒழுங்கமைக்கப் பயன்படும். உதாரனமாக நீங்கள் "
++"மின்னஞ்சல், அரட்டை பயன்பாடு போன்ற தகவல் தொடர்பு சாளரங்கள் அனைத்தையும் ஒரு "
++"பணியிடத்திலும், நீங்கள் வேலை செய்யும் சாளரத்தை வேறொரு பணியிடத்திலும் "
++"வைத்துக்கொள்ள முடியும். உங்கள் இசை நிர்வாகி மூன்றாவது பணியிடத்தில் "
++"வைக்கப்படலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "பணியிடங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் உங்கள் சுட்டியை திரையின் வலது "
++"விளிம்புக்குக் கொண்டு செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தைத் திறக்க <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> விசையை அழுத்தி திரையின் வலது விளிம்புக்கு உங்கள் "
++"சுட்டியைக் கொண்டு செல்லவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு செங்குத்தான பலகத்தில் தற்போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் பணியிடமும் ஒரு காலி "
++"பணியிடமும் காட்டப்படும். இது <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிடத் "
++"தேர்வி</link> ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு செங்குத்துப் பலகத்தில் கிடைக்கும் பணியிடங்கள் காண்பிக்கப்படும். இது "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிடத் தேர்வி</link> ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பணியிடத்தைச் சேர்க்க, <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">பணியிடத் "
++"தேர்வியில்</link> தற்போதுள்ள பணியிடத்திலிருந்து ஒரு சாளரத்தை இழுத்துச் "
++"சென்று காலி பணியிடத்தில் இடவும். இப்போது நீங்கள் தற்போது இழுத்து இட்ட சாளரம் "
++"இந்த பணியிடத்தில் இருக்கும், அதற்குக் கீழ் ஒரு புதிய பணியிடம் சேர்க்கப்படும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு பணியிடத்தை நீக்க, அனைத்து சாளரங்களையும் மூடலாம் அல்லது அவற்றை வேறு "
++"பணியிடங்களுக்கு நகர்த்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr "எப்போதும் குறைந்தது ஒரு பணியிடம் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"செய்திகளுக்கான ஒலியை தேர்வு செய்தல், விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியளவை அமைத்தல் அல்லது "
++"விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலிகளை முடக்குதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr "விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியை தேர்வு செய்தல் அல்லது முடக்குதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினி குறிப்பிட்ட சில வகை செய்திகள் மற்றும் நிகழ்வுகளுக்கு ஒரு எளிய "
++"விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியை எழுப்பும். நீங்கள் இந்த விழிப்பூட்டல்களுக்கு வேறு "
++"ஒலிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியளவை கணினியின் ஒலியளவல்லாத வேறு "
++"அளவுக்கு அமைக்கலாம் அல்லது விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலிகளை முடக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ஒலி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒலி விளைவுகள்</gui> தாவலில் ஒரு விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++" ஒவ்வொரு ஒலியையும் சொடுக்கினால் அது இயக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++"விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியின் ஒலியளவை அமைக்க <gui>ஒலி விளைவுகள்</gui> தாவலைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும். இது உங்கள் இசை, மூவிகள் அல்லது பிற ஒலிக் கோப்புகளின் ஒலியளவை "
++"பாதிக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலிகளை முற்றிலும் முடக்க <gui>ஒலி விளைவுகள்</gui> தாவலில் உள்ள "
++"<gui>விழிப்பூட்டல் ஒலியளவு</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் <gui>ஆன்/ஆஃப்</gui> ஸ்லைடரைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒலி கேட்காமல் போவது அல்லது ஒலியின் தரம் சரியில்லாமை போன்ற சிக்கல்களை "
++"சரிசெய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "ஒலி சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒலி இயக்கப்படும் செயல் பல விதங்களில் பழுதாகலாம். உங்கள் "
++"சிக்கலை கீழே உள்ளதில் எந்த தலைப்பு நன்றாக விவரிக்கிறது?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr "உங்கள் ஆடியோ கேபிள்களையும் சவுன்ட் கார்டு இயக்கிகளையும் சோதிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++"ஒலிகள் இயக்கப்படும் போது ஒரு இரைச்சல் போன்ற அல்லது ஒரு புஸ் என்ற ஒலி "
++"கேட்கிறது"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒலிகள் இயக்கப்படும் போது இரைச்சல் அல்லது புஸ் என்ற ஒலி "
++"கேட்டால், அது உங்கள் ஆடியோ கேபிள் அல்லது கனெக்ட்டரின் சிக்கலாக இருக்கலாம் "
++"அல்லது சவுன்ட் கார்டு இயக்கிகளில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr "ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் சரியாக இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என பார்க்க்வும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் முழுவதுமாக பிளக் இன் செய்யப்படாவிட்டால் அல்லது அவற்றை தவறான "
++"சாக்கெட்டில் பிளக் இன் செய்திருந்தால், புஸ் என்ற ஒலி கேட்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr "ஸ்பீக்கர்/ஹெட்ஃபோன் கேபிளில் சேதமுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++"ஆடியோ கேபிள் மற்றும் கனெக்ட்டர்கள் பயன்படுத்திக் கொண்டே இருந்தால் சற்று "
++"பலவீனமாகலாம். கேபிள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்களை (MP3 பிளேயர் அல்லது CD பிளேயர் "
++"போன்ற) வேறொரு ஆடியோ சாதனத்தில் இணைத்து அப்போதும் அந்த இரைச்சல் வருகிறதா எனப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். அவற்றிலும் வந்தால் நீங்கள் கேபிள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்களை மாற்ற "
++"வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr "ஒலி இயக்கிகள் சரியில்லையா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சவுன்ட் கார்டுகள் Linux இல் சரியாக வேலை செய்யாது, ஏனெனில் அவற்றுக்கான "
++"சரியான இயக்கிகள் இருக்காது. இந்த சிக்கலைக் கண்டறிவது கடினம். மற்ற எவருக்கும் "
++"கூட இந்த சிக்கல் உள்ளதா என அறிய, உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டின் நிறுவனம் மற்றும் "
++"மாடலையும் அத்துடன் \"Linux\" என்ற சொல்லையும் சேர்த்து உள்ளிட்டு இணையத்தில் "
++"தேடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டு பற்றி கூடுதல் தகவலைப் பெற <cmd>lspci</cmd> கட்டளையைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒலியடக்கப்படாமல் இருக்கிறதா, கேபிள்கள் சரியாக பிளக் இன் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா "
++"மற்றும் சவுன்ட் கார்டு கண்டறியப்படுகிறதா என்றெல்லாம் சோதிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr "என் கணினியில் எந்த ஒலிகளும் கேட்கவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் எந்த ஒலியும் கேட்காவிட்டால், உதாரணமாக இசையை இயக்க "
++"முயற்சிக்கும் போது ஒலி கேட்காமல் இருந்தால், நீங்களே சிக்கலை சரி செய்ய "
++"முடிகிறதா எனப் பார்க்க இந்த சிக்கல் தீர்ப்பு செயல்படிகளை முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr "ஒலி ஒலியடக்கப்படவில்லை என உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளவும"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள (ஸ்பீக்கர் போல உள்ளது) ஒலி சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி ஒலியானது "
++"ஒலியடக்கப்படவில்லை அல்லது குறைக்கப்படவில்லை என உறுதிப்படுத்திக்கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++"சில மடிக்கணினிகளில் ஒலியடக்கு பொத்தான் அல்லது விசைப்பலகை விசைகள் இருக்கும், "
++"அவற்றை அழுத்தி ஒலி மீண்டும் இயக்கப்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் ஒலியை இயக்கப் பயன்படுத்தும் பயன்பாட்டின் ஒலியை அடக்கவில்லை "
++"என்பதையும் உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ள வேண்டும் (எ.கா. இசை இயக்கி அல்லது மூவி "
++"பிளேயர்). பயன்பாட்டின் பிரதான சாளரத்தில் ஒலியடக்கு பொத்தான் அல்லது ஒலியளவு "
++"பொத்தான் இருக்கலாம், ஆகவே அதையும் சோதிக்கவும். மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள ஒலி "
++"சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>ஒலி அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும். <gui>ஒலி</"
++"gui> சாளரம் காட்டப்படும் போது, <gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> தாவலுக்குச் சென்று "
++"பயன்பாடு ஒலியடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்றும் சரியாக இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என்றும் "
++"பார்க்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினிக்கு வெளி ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் இருந்தால், அவை ஆன் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா "
++"என்றும் ஒலியளவு அதிகமாக உள்ளதா என்றும் சோதிக்கவும். ஸ்பீக்கர் கேபிள் "
++"கணினியின் பின்புறமுள்ள \"output\" ஆடியோ சாக்கெட்டில் நன்கு செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா "
++"என்றும் பார்க்கவும். வழக்கமாக இந்த சாக்கெட் வெளிர் பச்சை நிறத்தில் இருக்கும்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சவுன்ட் கார்டுகளில் வெளியீட்டுக்கும் (ஸ்பீக்கர்களுக்கு) உள்ளீட்டுக்கும் "
++"(உதாரணம் மைக்ரோஃபோனுக்கு) எந்த சாக்கெட்டுகளைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்பதை "
++"மாற்றும் வசதியும் இருக்கும். Linux இல் வெளியீட்டு சாக்கெட் எது என்பது "
++"Windows அல்லது Mac OS இலிருந்து வேறுபடலாம். ஸ்பீக்கர் கேபிளை கணினியின் வேறு "
++"ஆடியோ சாக்கெட்டுகளில் செருகி வேலை செய்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++"கடைசியாக ஆடியோ கேபிள் ஸ்பீக்கர்களின் பின்புறம் உறுதியாக செருகப்பட்டுள்ளதா என "
++"சோதிக்கலாம். சில ஸ்பீக்கர்களில் ஒன்றுக்கு அதிகமான உள்ளீடுகளைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr "சரியான ஒலி சாதனம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா என சோதிக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகளில் பல \"ஒலி சாதனங்கள்\" நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்கலாம். இவற்றில் சில "
++"ஒலியை வெளியீடு செய்யும் திறன் கொண்டவையாகவும் மற்றவை அத்திறன் இல்லாதவையாகவும் "
++"இருக்கலாம், ஆகவே நீங்கள் சரியான சாதனத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தீர்களா என சோதிக்க "
++"வேண்டும். ஒவ்வொன்றாகப் பயன்படுத்தியே எது சரியானது எனக் காண முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"மேல் பட்டியில் ஒலி சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி <gui>ஒலி அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++"அப்போது காட்டப்படும் <gui>ஒலி</gui> சாளரத்தில் <gui>வெளியீடு</gui> "
++"தாவலுக்குச் செல்லவும். எந்த சாதனம் மற்றும் எந்த தனியமைப்பு "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது என கவனித்துக் கொள்ளவும் (அப்போது தான், அவற்றை "
++"மாற்றியும் வேலை செய்யாவிட்டால் மீண்டும் பழைய விருப்பத்திற்கு "
++"மாற்றியமைக்கலாம்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++"தேர்ந்தெடுத்த சாதனத்திற்கு, தனியமைப்பை மாற்ற முயற்சிக்கவும். அது வேலை "
++"செய்கிறதா எனப் பார்க்க தனியமைப்பை மாற்றிய பிறகு ஒரு ஒலியை இயக்கிப் "
++"பார்க்கவும். நீங்கள் பட்டியலில் ஒவ்வொரு தனியமைப்பாக முயற்சிக்க வேண்டி "
++"இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++"இது பலனளிக்காவிட்டால், பட்டியலில் உள்ள வேறு சாதனங்களைக் கொண்டும் இதையே "
++"முயற்சிக்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>வெளியீடு</gui> தாவலில் <gui>கனெக்ட்டர்</gui> ஐ மாற்ற முயற்சிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr "சவுன்ட் கார்டு சரியாக கண்டறியப்படுகிறதா என சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டு சரியாக கண்டறியப்படாதிருக்கலாம். இப்படி நடந்தால், "
++"உங்கள் கணினி தன்னால் ஒலியை இயக்க முடியாது என நினைத்துக்கொள்ளும். சவுன்ட் "
++"கார்டுக்கான இயக்கிகள் நிறுவப்படாவிட்டால் அது சரியாக கண்டறியப்படாது போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்திற்குச் சென்று ஒரு முனையத்தைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr "<cmd>aplay -l</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து <key>Enter</key> ஐ அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனங்களின் பட்டியல் காட்டப்படும். அதில் <gui>இயக்க வன்பொருள் சாதனங்கள்</"
++"gui> இல்லாவிட்டால், உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டு கண்டறியப்படவில்லை என முடிவு "
++"செய்துகொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டு கண்டறியப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் அதற்கான இயக்கியை "
++"கைமுறையாக நிறுவ வேண்டி இருக்கலாம். இதை எப்படி செய்வது என்பது உங்கள் கார்டைப் "
++"பொறுத்தது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++"முனையத்தில் <cmd>lspci</cmd> கட்டளையைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டு "
++"என்ன கார்டு என அறியலாம். <cmd>lspci</cmd> கட்டளையை <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">superuser</link> ஆக இயக்க வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்; <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> "
++"என தட்டச்சு செய்து உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை தட்டச்சு செய்யவும் அல்லது <cmd>su</"
++"cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்து <em>root</em> (நிர்வாக) கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு பிறகு "
++"<cmd>lspci</cmd> என தட்டச்சு செய்யவும். ஒரு <em>audio controller</em> அல்லது "
++"<em>audio device</em> பட்டியலில் காட்டப்படுகிறதா எனப் பார்க்கவும்—அதில் "
++"உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டின் நிறுவனமும் மாடல் எண்ணும் இருக்கும். <cmd>lspci -v</"
++"cmd> கட்டளை இன்னும் விரிவான தகவலைக் கொடுக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கார்டுக்கான இயக்கிகளைக் கண்டறிந்து நிறுவ முடியும். "
++"வழிமுறைகளுக்கு உங்கள் Linux விநியோகத்திற்கான மன்றங்களில் அறிவுரை கேட்பது "
++"நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் சவுன்ட் கார்டுக்கான இயக்கிகளைப் பெற முடியாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் புதிய "
++"சவுன்ட் கார்டை வாங்கலாம். கணினிக்கு உள்ளே நிறுவப்படும் சவுன்ட் கார்டுகளும் "
++"உள்ளன வெளியே இணைக்கும் USB சவுன்ட் கார்டுகளும் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு அனலாக் அல்லது USB மைக்ரோஃபோனைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு முன்னிருப்பு உள்ளீடு "
++"சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr "வேறு ஒரு மைக்ரோஃபோனைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++"நண்பர்களுடன் அரட்டையடிக்க, அலுவலக சகாக்களுடன் பேச, குரலைப் பதிவு செய்ய "
++"அல்லது ஏதேனும் பிற மல்டிமீடியா பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் வெளியில் "
++"இணைக்கும் மைக்ரோஃபோனைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். உங்கள் கணினியிலேயே ஒரு "
++"மைக்ரோஃபோனுடன் சேர்ந்த வெப்கேமரா இருந்தாலும் தனி மைக்ரோஃபோனைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தினால் ஆடியோ தரம் நன்றாக இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் மைக்ரோஃபோனில் வட்ட வடிவ பிளக் இருந்தால், அதை உங்கள் கணினியின் சரியான "
++"அடாப்ட்டரில் செருகவும். பெரும்பாலான கணினிகளில் இரு அடாப்ட்டர்கள் இருக்கும். "
++"ஒன்று ஸ்பீக்கருக்கு மற்றொன்று மைக்ரோஃபோனுக்கு. அடாப்ட்டருக்குப் பக்கத்தில் "
++"மைக்ரோஃபோன் படமும் இருக்கும். வழக்கமாக சரியான அடாப்ட்டரில் செருகப்பட்ட "
++"மைக்ரோஃபோன் முன்னிருப்பாகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இல்லாவிட்டால் முன்னிருப்பு "
++"உள்ளீடு சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதற்கான வழிமுறை கீழே கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் இருப்பது USB மைக்ரோஃபோனாக இருந்தால், அதை உங்கள் கணினியின் ஏதேனும் "
++"ஒரு USB போர்ட்டில் செருகவும். USB மைக்ரோஃபோன்கள் தனி ஆடியோ சாதனங்களாக "
++"செயல்படுகின்றன, எந்த மைக்ரோஃபோனை முன்னிருப்பாக பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்பதை "
++"நீங்கள் குறிப்பிட வேண்டி இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "முன்னிருப்பு ஆடியோ உள்ளீடு சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒலி</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>உள்ளீடு</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++"சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் பேசும் போது "
++"உள்ளீடு அளவு காட்டி மாறும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்களை இணைத்து ஒரு முன்னிருப்பு ஆடியோ வெளியீடு "
++"சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr "வேறு ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்களைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினியுடன் வெளிப்புறம் இணைக்கும் ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது "
++"ஹெட்ஃபோன்களைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும். வழக்கமாக ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் வட்ட வடிவ TRS "
++"(<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) பிளக் அல்லது USB மூலம் இணைக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்கள் TRS பிளக்கைக் கொண்டவையாக இருந்தால், "
++"அதை உங்கள் கணினியின் சரியான சாக்கெட்டில் செருகவும். பெரும்பாலான கணினிகளில் "
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்களுக்கு ஒன்று மைக்ரோஃபோன்களுக்கு ஒன்று என இரு சாக்கெட்டுகள் "
++"இருக்கும். சாக்கெட்டுக்குப் பக்கத்தி ஹெட்ஃபோன் படம் இருக்கும். வழக்கமாக TRS "
++"சாக்கெட்டில் செருகப்படும் ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்கள் முன்னிருப்பாக "
++"பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இல்லாவிட்டால் முன்னிருப்பு சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் "
++"வழிமுறை கீழே கொடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++"சில கணினிகள் ஒலிக்கு பல சேனல் வெளியீட்டை ஆதரிக்கும். இதற்கு வழக்கமாக பல TRS "
++"ஜேக்குகள் பயன்படுத்தப்படும், அவை பெரும்பாலும் நிறக் குறியீடு கொண்டவை. எதை "
++"எந்த சாக்கெட்டில் செருகுவது என நிச்சயமாக தெரியாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் ஒலி "
++"அமைவுகளில் ஒலி வெளியீட்டை சோதிக்கலாம். மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், பிறகு <gui>ஒலி</gui> ஐ தேர்வு "
++"செய்யவும். <gui>வெளியீடு</gui> தாவலில் சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் உங்கள் "
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், பிறகு <gui style=\"button\">ஸ்பீக்கர்களை "
++"சோதி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். பாப்-அப் சாளரத்தில், ஒவ்வொரு ஸ்பீக்கருக்கும் உரிய "
++"பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும். ஒவ்வொரு பொத்தானை அழுத்தும் போதும் அந்த ஸ்பீக்கருக்கு "
++"உரிய சேனலுக்கு தன் இடநிலையை கூறப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் USB ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் அல்லது ஹெட்ஃபோன்கள் இருந்தால் அல்லது அனலாக் "
++"ஹெட்ஃபோன்கள் USB சவுன்ட் கார்டில் செருகப்பட்டிருந்தால், அவற்றை ஒரு USB "
++"போர்ட்டில் செருகவும். USB ஸ்பீக்கர்கள் தனி ஆடியோ சாதனங்களாக செயல்படும், எந்த "
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்களை முன்னிருப்பாக பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்பதை நீங்கள் குறிப்பிட "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஒலி</gui> ஐ திறந்து <gui>வெளியீடு</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr "சாதனங்களின் பட்டியலில் சாதனத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினிக்கான ஒலியளவை அமைத்தல் மற்றும் ஒவ்வொரு பயன்பாட்டுக்குமான ஒலியளவைக் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "ஒலியளவை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒலியளவை மாற்ற, மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள ஒலி சின்னத்தை (ஸ்பீக்கர் உருவத்தில் "
++"இருக்கும்) சொடுக்கி ஒலியளவு ஸ்லைடரை வலது அல்லது இடது புறம் இழுக்கவும். "
++"ஸ்லைடரை முழுதும் இடப்புறம் இழுத்து சென்று முழுதுமாக ஒலியை நிறுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"சில விசைப்பலகைகளில் ஒலியளவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும் விசைகள் இருக்கும். பொதுவாக "
++"அவை ஒரு வித ஸ்பீக்கர்களிலிருந்து அலைகள் வெளி வருவது போன்று காட்சியளிக்கும். "
++"அவை பெரும்பாலும் மேலே உள்ள \"F\" விசைகளுக்கு அருகில் இருக்கும். "
++"மடிக்கணினிகளில் வழக்கமாக அவை \"F\" விசைகளின் மீது இருக்கும். அவற்றைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்த உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையின் <key>Fn</key> விசையை அழுத்திக் கொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் வெளியிலிருந்து இணைக்கும் ஸ்பீக்கர்களைக் கொண்டிருந்தால், "
++"ஸ்பீக்கர்களில் உள்ள ஒலியளவு கட்டுப்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தியே ஒலியளவை நீங்கள் "
++"கட்டுப்படுத்த முடியும். சில ஹெட்ஃபோன்களிலும் ஒலியளவுக் கட்டுப்பாடுகள் உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr "தனித்தனி பயன்பாடுகளுக்கான ஒலியளவை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் மற்ற பயன்பாடுகளின் ஒலியளவை மாற்றாமல் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டுக்கான ஒலியளவை "
++"மட்டும் மாற்ற முடியும். இது உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் இசை கேட்டுக்கொண்டு இணையத்தை "
++"உலாவும் போது பயன்படும். இணைய உலாவியின் ஒலி இசையுடன் குறுக்கிடாமல் தடுக்க "
++"அதன் ஒலியை மட்டும் நீங்கள் அணைக்க விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++"சில பயன்பாடுகளில் அவற்றின் பிரதான சாளரத்தில் ஒலியளவு கட்டுப்பாடுகள் "
++"இருக்கும். உங்கள் பயன்பாட்டில் அது இருந்தால், ஒலியளவை மாற்ற அதைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும். இல்லாவிட்டால் மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள ஒலி சின்னத்தை சொடுக்கி "
++"<gui>ஒலி அமைவுகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். <gui>பயன்பாடுகள்</gui> "
++"தாவலுக்குச் சென்று பயன்பாட்டின் ஒலியளவை மாற்றவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒலியை இயக்கும் பயன்பாடுகள் மட்டுமே பட்டியலிடப்படும். ஒலியை இயக்கும் பயன்பாடு "
++"ஒன்று பட்டியலில் இல்லாவிட்டால், அது இப்படி ஒலியளவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும் "
++"அம்சத்தை ஆதரிக்காமல் இருக்கலாம். இச்சூழ்நிலையில் நீங்கள் அதன் ஒலியளவை மாற்ற "
++"முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr "மோனிக்கா கொச்சோஃபார்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியின் வலப்புறமுள்ள சின்னங்களின் பொருளை விளக்குகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr "மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள சின்னங்களின் பொருள் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++"இந்தப் பிரிவு திரையின் மேல் வலது புறம் உள்ள சின்னங்களின் பொருளை விளக்குகிறது."
++" குறிப்பாக GNOME வழங்கும் சின்னங்களின் பல்வேறு வகைகள் விவரிக்கப்படுகின்றன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr "GNOME ஷெல் மேல் பட்டி"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr "அனைவருக்குமான அணுகல் மெனு சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr "அணுகல் தன்மை அமைவுகளை இயக்கும் மெனுவுக்குக் கொண்டு செல்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr "ஒலியளவு கட்டுப்பாடு சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr "ஒலியளவு மிக அதிகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr "ஒலியளவு மிதமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr "ஒலியளவு மிக குறைவாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr "ஒலியடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr "Bluetooth நிர்வாகி சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr "Bluetooth செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr "Bluetooth முடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr "பிணைய நிர்வாகி சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>செல்லுலார் இணைப்பு</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr "ஒரு 3G பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr "ஒரு 4G பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr "ஒரு EDGE பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr "ஒரு GPRS பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr "ஒரு UMTS பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr "ஒரு செல்லுலார் பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr "செல்லுலார் பிணைய இணைப்பைப் பெறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr "மிக அதிக சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr "அதிக சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr "நடுத்தர சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr "குறைந்த சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr "மிக குறைந்த சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>உள்ளமை பகுதி பிணைய (LAN) இணைப்பு</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr "பிணையத்தைக் கண்டுபிடிப்பதில் பிழை ஏற்பட்டது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr "பிணையம் செயலற்று உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr "பிணையத்திற்கு தடம் கண்டறியப்படவில்லை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr "பிணையம் இணைப்புவிலகியுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr "பிணையம் தரவைப் பெறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr "பிணையம் தரவை அனுப்புகிறது மற்றும் பெறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr "பிணையம் தரவை அனுப்புகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>மெய்நிகர் தனிப்பட்ட பிணைய (VPN) இணைப்பு</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr "ஒரு பிணைய இணைப்பைப் பெறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr "ஒரு VPN பிணையத்திற்கு இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>வயர்டு இணைப்பு</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr "பிணையத்திலிருந்து துண்டிக்கப்பட்டது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்டு பிணையத்திற்கு இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr "<app>வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பு</app>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் இணைப்பைப் பெறுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr "வயர்லெஸ் பிணையம் குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr "ஒரு வயர்லெஸ் பிணையத்துடன் இணைந்துள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr "மிக குறைந்த சமிக்ஞை வலிமை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr "மின்சக்தி நிர்வாக சின்னங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி நிரம்பியுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி பகுதியளவு காலியாகிவிட்டது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி குறைவாக உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr "எச்சரிக்கை: பேட்டரி மிகவும் குறைவாக உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி மிக மிகக் குறைவாக உள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி அகற்றப்பட்டுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி முழுமையாக சார்ஜ் ஆகியுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி நிரம்பியுள்ளது, சார்ஜ் ஆகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி பகுதியளவு நிரம்பியுள்ளது, சார்ஜ் ஆகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி குறைந்துள்ளது, சார்ஜ் ஆகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி மிகவும் குறைவாக உள்ளது, சார்ஜ் ஆகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr "பேட்டரி காலியாக உள்ளது, சார்ஜ் ஆகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++"வேறு மொழி எழுத்துகள், கணிதக் குறியீடுகள் மற்றும் டிங்பேட் போன்ற உங்கள் "
++"விசைப்பலகையில் இல்லாத எழுத்துகளை தட்டச்சு செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr "சிறப்பு எழுத்துக்களை உள்ளிடுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++"உலகின் பெரும்பாலான எழுத்து முறைகளின் ஆயிரக்கணக்கான எழுத்துகளை நீங்கள் "
++"காணவும் உள்ளிடவும் முடியும், உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையில் இல்லாதவையும் உட்பட. "
++"சிறப்பு எழுத்துகளை உள்ளிடும் சில வழிகளை இந்தப் பக்கம் பட்டியலிடுகிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr "எழுத்துக்களை உள்ளிடும் முறைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr "எழுத்து மேப்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME இல் ஒரு எழுத்து மேப் பயன்பாடு உள்ளது, அதைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் "
++"ஒருங்குறியிலான அனைத்து எழுத்துகளையும் உலவலாம். எழுத்து மேப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பும் எழுத்தைக் கண்டறிந்து பிறகு வேண்டிய இடத்தில் அதை "
++"ஒட்டிக்கொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் <app>எழுத்து மேப்</app> ஐக் "
++"கண்டறியலாம். எழுத்து மேப் குறித்த கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">எழுத்து மேப் கையேட்டைப்</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr "கம்போஸ் விசை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++"கம்போஸ் விசை என்பது, ஒரு வரிசையிலுள்ள பல விசைகளை ஒன்றாக அழுத்தி ஒரு சிறப்பு "
++"எழுத்தை வரவழைக்க உதவும் விசையாகும். உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் உச்சரிப்பு அழுத்தம் "
++"கொண்ட<em>é</em> என்ற எழுத்தை தட்டச்சு செய்ய <key>கம்போஸ்</key> விசையை "
++"அழுத்தி பிறகு <key>'</key> பிறகு <key>e</key> ஐ அழுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++"விசைப்பலகையில் கம்போஸ் விசைகள் இருக்காது. ஆனால் முன்பே உள்ள உங்கள் விசைகளை "
++"கம்போஸ் விசையாகப் பயன்படுத்தும்படி அமைக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr "ஒரு கம்போஸ் விசையை வரையறுத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>குறுக்குவழிகள்</gui> தாவலைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui>தட்டச்சு</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr "வலது பலகத்தில் <gui>கம்போஸ் விசை</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>முடக்கப்பட்டது</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து கம்போஸ் "
++"விசையாக செயல்பட நீங்கள் விரும்பும் விசையை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> விசைகள், வலது <key>Alt</key> விசை, வலது <key>Win</key> "
++"அல்லது <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> விசை, <key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> விசை அல்லது <key>Caps Lock</key> விசை "
++"எதையும் தேர்வு செய்யலாம். நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் விசை எதுவாயினும் அதற்குப் "
++"பின் அது கம்போஸ் விசையாக மட்டுமே வேலை செய்யுமே தவிர அதன் வழக்கமான வேலையைச் "
++"செய்ய பயன்படாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் கம்போஸ் விசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி பல பொதுவான எழுத்துக்களைத் தட்டச்சு "
++"செய்யலாம், உதாரணமாக:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <key>'</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <em>é</em> "
++"போன்று அக்யூட் அழுத்தத்தைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டிய எழுத்தை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <key>`</key> ஐ (பேக் டிக்) அழுத்தி பிறகு "
++"<em>è</em> போன்று கிரேவ் அழுத்தத்தைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டிய எழுத்தை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <key>\"</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <em>ë</em> "
++"போன்று உம்லட் அழுத்தத்தைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டிய எழுத்தை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<key>compose</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <key>-</key> ஐ அழுத்தி பிறகு <em>ē</em> "
++"போன்று மேக்ரன் அழுத்தத்தைச் சேர்க்க வேண்டிய எழுத்தை அழுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"கூடுதல் கம்போஸ் விசை தொடர்களுக்கு, <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
++"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedia வில் கம்போஸ் விசைப் "
++"பக்கத்தை</link> பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr "குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எந்த ஒரு ஒருங்குறி எழுத்தையும் அதன் குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளியைக் கொண்டு "
++"உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையை மட்டும் கொண்டு உள்ளிட முடியும். ஒவ்வொரு எழுத்தும் "
++"நான்கெழுத்து குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளியால் அடையாளம் காணப்படுகிறது. ஒரு எழுத்தின் "
++"குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளியைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க, எழுத்து மேப் பயன்பாட்டில் அந்த "
++"எழுத்தைக் கண்டுபிடித்து நிலைப் பட்டியைக் காணவும் அல்லது <gui>எழுத்து "
++"விவரங்கள்</gui> தாவலைக் காணவும். <gui>U+</gui> க்கு அடுத்துள்ள நான்கு "
++"எழுத்துகளே குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளியாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு எழுத்தை அதன் குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளி கொண்டு உள்ளிட, <key>Ctrl</key> "
++"மற்றும்<key>Shift</key> ஐ அழுத்திக் கொண்டு <key>u</key> ஐ அழுத்தி, தொடர்ந்து "
++"நான்கெழுத்து குறியீட்டுப் புள்ளியை அழுத்தி பின் <key>Ctrl</key> மற்றும் "
++"<key>Shift</key> ஐ விடவும். மற்ற முறைகளில் எளிதாக பயன்படுத்த முடியாத "
++"எழுத்துகளை நீங்கள் அடிக்கடி பயன்படுத்தினால், அந்த எழுத்துகளின் குறியீட்டுப் "
++"புள்ளிகளை மனனம் செய்து கொண்டால் அவற்றை விரைவாக தட்டச்சு செய்ய உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr "விசைப்பலகை லேயவுட்டுகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் விசைப்பலகையை வேறு மொழி விசைப்பலகை போல செயல்படவைக்கவும் "
++"முடியும், உஙக்ள் விசைப்பலகையில் அச்சிடப்பட்டுள்ள எழுத்துகள் முக்கியமல்ல. "
++"மேல் பட்டியில் உள்ள சின்னத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி வெவ்வேறு விசைப்பலகை "
++"லேயவுட்டுகளிடையே விரைவாகவும் மாறலாம். எப்படி என அறிய <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr "உள்ளீட்டு முறைகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++"உள்ளீட்டு முறை என்பது என்பது முந்தைய முறைகளின் விரிவாக்கமாகும், இது "
++"விசைப்பலகையை மட்டுமின்றி எந்த ஒரு உள்ளீட்டு சாதனங்களைக் கொண்டும் எழுத்துகளை "
++"உள்ளிடும் வசதியை அளிக்கிறது. உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் சைகை முறையைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"சொடுக்கியைக் கொண்டு எழுத்துகளை உள்ளிட முடியும் அல்லது இலத்தீன் "
++"விசைப்பலகையைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஜாப்பனீஸ் எழுத்துகளை உள்ளிட முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு உள்ளீட்டு முறையைத் தேர்வு செய்ய, ஒரு உரை விட்ஜெட்டை வலது சொடுக்கி, "
++"<gui>உள்ளீட்டு முறைகள்</gui> மெனுவில் நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் "
++"உள்ளீட்டு முறையை தேர்வு செய்யவும். முன்னிருப்பு உள்ளீட்டு முறை என்று எதுவும் "
++"இல்லை, ஆகவே அவற்றை எப்படிப் பயன்படுத்துவது என அறிய உள்ளீட்டு முறைகள் "
++"ஆவணமாக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">சிறப்பு எழுத்துகள்</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">நடு சொடுக்க குறுக்குவழிகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr "குறிப்புகள் &amp; தந்திரங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr "இந்த தலைப்புகளை மொழிபெயர்க்க எங்கே எப்படி உதவலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr "மொழிபெயர்ப்பை மேம்படுத்த பங்களியுங்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME இன் உதவி உலகளவிலான தன்னார்வலர் சமூகத்தால் மொழ்பெயர்க்கப்படுகிறது. "
++"பங்களிக்க உங்களை வரவேற்கிறோம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++"இன்னும் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு தேவைப்படும் <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/"
++"gnome-user-docs/\">பல மொழிகள்</link> உள்ளன."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++"மொழிபெயர்க்கத் தொடங்க நீங்கள் <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\">ஒரு "
++"கணக்கை உருவாக்கி</link> உங்கள் மொழிக்கான <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/"
++"teams/\">மொழிபெயர்ப்பு அணியில்</link> சேர வேண்டும். அப்போது நீங்கள் புதிய "
++"மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளைப் பதிவேற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc."
++"gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி GNOME நண்பர்களுடன் பேசலாம். "
++"அவர்கள் வெவ்வேறு நேர மண்டலங்கள் கொண்ட உலகின் பல பகுதிகளைச் சேர்ந்தவர்கள் "
++"ஆகவே உடனே பதிலளிக்காமல் போகலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"மாறாக நீங்கள் சர்வதேசமயமாக்கல் அணியை அவர்களின் <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்</link> மூலம் "
++"தொடர்புகொள்ளலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr "பயனர்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">பயனரைச் சேர்த்தல்</link> அல்லது <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">விருந்தினர் பயனர்</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
++"changepassword\">கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றுதல்</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"change\">நிர்வாகிகள்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr "பயனர் கணக்குகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் ஒவ்வொருவருக்கும் தனித்தனி கணக்குகள் இருக்க வேண்டும். "
++"அவரவர் கோப்புகளை தனித்தனியே வைக்கவும் அவரவர் அமைப்புகளை தேர்வு "
++"செய்துகொள்ளவும் இது உதவும். இது பாதுகாப்பானதும் கூட. வேறு பயனரின் கடவுச்சொல் "
++"தெரிந்தால் மட்டுமே நீங்கள் அவரது கணக்கை அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr "கணக்குகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr "பயனர் கணக்குகளை நிர்வகித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr "கடவுச்சொற்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr "அனுமதிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr "பயனர் அனுமதிகள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியில் மற்றவர்கள் புகுபதிவு செய்ய அனுமதிக்க புதிய பயனர்களைச் சேர்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr "ஒரு புதிய பயனர் கணக்கைச் சேர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் கணினிக்கு பல பயனர்களைச் சேர்க்கலாம். உங்கள் வீட்டில் அல்லது "
++"அலுவலகத்தின் ஒவ்வொருவருக்கும் ஒரு கணக்கைக் கொடுக்கலாம். ஒவ்வொரு பயனருக்கும் "
++"அவருக்கான இல்லக் கோப்புறை, ஆவணங்கள் மற்றும் அமைவுகள் இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>பயனர்கள்</gui> ஐத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனர் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்க்க உங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">நிர்வாகி அனுமதிகள்</link> தேவை. மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள "
++"<gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, கேட்கப்படும் போது உங்கள் அல்லது நிர்வாகி "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு புதிய பயனர் கணக்கைச் சேர்க்க, இடப்புறமுள்ள கணக்குகளின் பட்டியலில் <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய பயனர் ஒருவருக்கு கணினிக்கான <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாக "
++"அணுகலை</link> வழங்க நீங்கள் விரும்பினால், கணக்கு வகைக்கு <gui>நிர்வாகி</gui> "
++"ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும். நிர்வாகிகள் பயனர்களை அழித்தல், மென்பொருள் மற்றும் "
++"இயக்கிகளை நிறுவுதல் மற்றும் தேதி நேரத்தை மாற்றுதல் போன்ற பலவற்றைச் செய்ய "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய பயனரின் முழுப் பெயரை உள்ளிடவும். முழுப் பெயரின் அடிப்படையில் பயனர் "
++"பெயர் தானாக நிரப்பப்படும். முன்னிருப்பாக வருவதையே பயன்படுத்தலாம். ஆனால் "
++"விரும்பினால் நீங்கள் அதை மாற்றலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் பயனரின் கடவுச்சொல் பற்றி எதுவும் செய்யாதவரை முதலில் கணக்கு "
++"முடக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். பட்டியலில் இருந்து புதிய கணக்கைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். "
++"<gui>புகுபதிவு விருப்பங்கள்</gui> இன் கீழ் <gui>கடவுச்சொல்</gui> க்கு "
++"அடுத்துள்ள <gui>கணக்கு முடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். <gui>செயல்</"
++"gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து <gui>இப்போது கடவுச்சொல்லை அமை</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், பிறகு <gui>புதிய கடவுச்சொல்</gui> "
++"மற்றும்<gui>கடவுச்சொல்லை உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்</gui> ஆகிய புலங்களில் பயனரை "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடக் கூறவும். <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> ஐப் "
++"பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எழுந்தமானமாக உருவாக்கப்படும் பாதுகாப்பான கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"<gui>புதிய கடவுச்சொல்</gui> புலத்தை அடுத்துள்ள பொத்தானையும் சொடுக்கலாம். "
++"இந்த கடவுச்சொற்களை மற்றவர்கள் ஊகிப்பது கடினம், ஆனால் அவற்றை நினைவில் "
++"வைத்துக்கொள்வது கடினம் ஆகவே கவனம் தேவை."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>மாற்று</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணக்குக்கு ஒரு படத்தை அமைக்க, <gui>பயனர் கணக்குகள்</gui> சாளரத்தில் அந்த "
++"பயனரின் பெயருக்கு அடுத்துள்ள படத்தை சொடுக்கலாம். இந்தப் படம் புகுபதிவு "
++"திரையில் காட்டப்படும். GNOME சில புகைப்படங்களை வழங்குகிறது அல்லது நீங்கள் "
++"விரும்பும் புகைப்படத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம் அல்லது வெப்கேமைப் பயன்படுத்தி "
++"நீங்களே படமெடுத்து அந்தப் படத்தையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"விருந்தினர்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் கணினியை தற்காலிகமாக பயன்படுத்த "
++"அனுமதித்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr "ஒரு விருந்தினர் பயனர் கணக்கைச் சேர்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியை தற்காலிகமாக, சிறிது நேரம் மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தும் பயனர்களுக்காக "
++"நீங்கள் விருந்தினர் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கலாம். விருந்தினர் பயனர் கணினியின் "
++"பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும், ஆனால் உங்கள் கோப்புகளை அணுக முடியாது, "
++"உங்கள் அமைவுகளை மாற்ற முடியாது அல்லது மென்பொருளை நிறுவ முடியாது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr "ஒரு விருந்தினர் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்குதல்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பயனர்கள்</gui> சாளரத்தைத் திறக்க, மேல் பட்டியில் உங்கள் பெயரை சொடுக்கி "
++"பெயருக்கு அருகில் உள்ள படத்தை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"மாற்றங்களைச் செய்ய மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கி, உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும். பயனர் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்க்க நீங்கள் "
++"நிர்வாகி பயனராக இருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++"கணக்கு வகைக்கு <gui>தரநிலை</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். பொதுவாக விருந்தினர் "
++"கணக்குக்கு நிர்வாகி அணுகல் கொடுக்க விரும்பமாட்டீர்கள். பிறகு கணக்குக்கு "
++"<em>Guest</em> அல்லது நீங்கள் விரும்பும் ஒரு பெயரை அளிக்கவும். முழுப் "
++"பெயரின் அடிப்படையில் பயனர் பெயர் தானாக நிரப்பப்படும். அதுவே போதும் "
++"இருப்பினும் நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் மாற்றலாம். முடித்ததும் <gui>சேர்</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"புதிய விருந்தினர் பயனர் கணக்கைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். <gui>புகுபதிவு "
++"விருப்பங்கள்</gui> இன் கீழ், <gui>கடவுச்சொல்</gui> க்கு அடுத்துள்ள "
++"<gui>கணக்கு முடக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். கடவுச்சொல் விருப்பங்கள் "
++"கொண்ட சாளரம் காட்டப்படும். <gui>செயல்</gui> கீழ் தோன்று பட்டியலில் இருந்து "
++"<gui>கடவுச்சொல் இன்றி புகுபதிவு</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"அந்த கணக்குக்கு ஒரு படத்தை அமைக்க, மீண்டும் <gui>பயனர் கணக்குகள்</gui> "
++"சாளரத்தில் பயனரின் பெயருக்கு அடுத்துள்ள படத்தை சொடுக்கவும். இந்தப் படம் "
++"புகுபதிவு திரையில் காட்டப்படும். GNOME சில புகைப்படங்களை வழங்குகிறது, "
++"நீங்கள் அதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம் அல்லது நீங்கள் விரும்பும் படத்தைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம் அல்லது வெப்கேம் மூலம் புதிய படத்தை எடுத்து அதையும் "
++"பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளை வழங்குவதன் மூலம், நீங்கள் எந்தப் பயனர்கள் கணினி அமைவுகளில் "
++"மாற்றங்கள் செய்ய முடியும் என்று தீர்மானிக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr "நிர்வாக உரிமைகள் யாருக்கு உள்ளது என்பதை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளைக் கொண்டு, யாரெல்லாம் கணினியின் முக்கிய விஷயங்களை மாற்ற "
++"முடியும் என்பதை அமைக்கலாம். எந்தப் பயனருக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் உள்ளது, "
++"யாருக்கு இல்லை என்பதை நீங்கள் மாற்றலாம். இது உங்கள் கணினியைப் பாதுகாப்பகா "
++"வைக்கவும் அங்கீகரிக்கப்படாத மாற்றங்களால் ஏற்பட சாத்தியமுள்ள சேதங்களைத் "
++"தடுக்கவும் உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++"கணக்கு அமைவுகளை பூட்டுநீக்க, <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி, உங்கள் "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும். (ஒரு பயனருக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் வழங்க, உங்களுக்கு "
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதி இருக்க வேண்டும்.)"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr "நீங்கள் அனுமதிகளை மாற்ற விரும்பும் பயனரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கணக்கு வகை</gui> க்கு அடுத்துள்ள <gui>தரநிலை</gui> லேபிளை சொடுக்கி, "
++"<gui>நிர்வாகி</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++"பயனர் கணக்குகள் சாளரத்தை மூடவும். அடுத்த புகுபதிவில் பயனரின் அனுமதிகள் "
++"மாறியிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++"வழக்கமாக கணினியின் முதல் பயனர் கணக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் கொண்டதாக இருக்கும். "
++"இது முதன்முதலில் இயக்க முறைமையை நிறுவும்போது உருவாக்கப்படும் பயனர் "
++"கணக்காகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒரு கணினியில் பல பயனர்களுக்கு <gui>நிர்வாகி</gui> அனுமதிகளைக் "
++"கொடுத்துவைப்பது நல்லதல்ல."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியின் முக்கிய விஷயங்களை மாற்ற உங்களுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr "நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் எப்படி வேலை செய்கின்றன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>நீங்கள்</em> உருவாக்கும் கோப்புகளைப் போலவே, உங்கள் கணினி சரியாக வேலை "
++"செய்ய தேவையான பல கோப்புகள் கணினியில் உள்ளன. இந்த <em>கணினி கோப்புகள்</em> "
++"முறையின்றி மாற்றப்பட்டால், பல விஷயங்கள் செயலிழக்கலாம், ஆகவே முன்னிருப்பாகவே "
++"அவற்றுக்கு மாற்றம் செய்ய முடியாதபடி பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும். சில "
++"பயன்பாடுகளும் கணினியின் முக்கியப் பகுதிகளில் மாற்றம் செய்பவை, ஆகவே அவையும் "
++"பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள்</em> உள்ள பயனர்களை மட்டுமே அந்தக் கோப்புகளில் மாற்றம் "
++"செய்ய அல்லது அந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்த அனுமதிப்பதன் மூலமே அவை "
++"பாதுகாக்கப்படுகின்றன. தினசரி பயன்பாட்டில் வழக்கமாக உங்களுக்கு இந்த கணினி "
++"கோப்புகளில் மாற்றம் செய்யவோ இந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவோ அவசியம் "
++"இருக்காது, ஆகவே முன்னிருப்பாக உங்களுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் இருக்காது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++"சில சமயம் நீங்கள் இந்தப் பயன்பாடுகளைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டி இருக்கும், ஆகவே "
++"அப்போது நீங்கள் சில மாற்றங்கள் செய்வதற்கு அனுமதிக்கப்படுவதற்காக தற்காலிகமாக "
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளைப் பெறலாம். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் "
++"தேவையெனில், அது உங்களிடம் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடக் கேட்கும். உதாரணமாக நீங்கள் "
++"ஒரு புதிய மென்பொருளை நிறுவ வேண்டுமானால் மென்பொருள் நிறுவி (தொகுப்பு "
++"நிர்வாகி) உங்களிடம் நிர்வாக கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடக் கேட்கும், அப்போது தான் "
++"நீங்கள் கணினியில் புதிய பயன்பாட்டைச் சேர்க்க முடியும். அதை செய்து "
++"முடித்ததும் உங்கள் நிர்வாக உரிமை மீண்டும் திரும்பப்பெறப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் உங்கள் பயனர் கணக்குடன் இணைந்தவை. சில பயனர்களுக்கு நிர்வாக "
++"அனுமதிகள் இருக்கும், சிலருக்கு இருக்காது. நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் இன்றி நீங்கள் "
++"மென்பொருளை நிறுவ முடியாது. சில பயனர் கணக்குகள் (உதாரணமாக \"ரூட்\" கணக்கு) "
++"நிரந்தர நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளைப் பெற்றிருக்கும். நீங்கள் எல்லா நேரத்திலும் "
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தக்கூடாது, ஏனெனில் தற்செயலாக நீங்கள் ஏதேனும் "
++"மாற்றம் செதுவிடலாம் (உதாரணமாக முக்கியமான ஒரு கணினிக் கோப்பை அழித்துவிடுதல்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++"சுருக்கமாக நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள், தேவைப்படும் போது கணினியின் முக்கிய அம்சங்களில் "
++"மாற்றம் செய்ய உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது, அதே சமயம் நீஙக்ள் தற்செயலாக அதைச் "
++"செய்யாமல் தடுக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr "\"super user\" என்றால் என்ன?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் கொண்ட ஒரு பயனரை <em>super user</em> என்றும் அழைப்போம். "
++"இந்தப் பயனருக்கு மற்ற வழக்கமான பயனர்களை விட கூடுதல் அனுமதிகள் இருப்பதே "
++"இதற்குக் காரணம். சிலர்  <cmd>su</cmd> மற்றும் <cmd>sudo</cmd> ஆகியவை பற்றிப் "
++"பேசுவதை நீங்கள் கேட்டிருக்கலாம்; இவை உங்களுக்கு தற்காலிகமாக \"super user\" "
++"(நிர்வாக) அனுமதிகளை வழங்கும் நிரல்களாகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr "நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் ஏன் பயனுள்ளவை?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியின் முக்கிய மாற்றங்களைச் செய்யும் முன்பு பயனர்கள் நிர்வாக அனுமதி பெற "
++"வேண்டும் என்று நிர்ப்பந்திப்பது, கணினியின் முக்கிய விஷயங்கள் தற்செயலாக "
++"அல்லது எதிர்பாராமல் பழுதாகாமல் தடுக்க உதவும், ஆகவே அது பயனுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு எல்லா நேரமும் நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் இருந்தால், நீங்கள் ஏதேனும் "
++"முக்கியமான கோப்பை எதிர்பாராமல் மாற்றிவிடலாம் அல்லது முக்கிய மாற்றங்களைச் "
++"செய்யும் ஒரு பயன்பாட்டை தவறுதலாக இயக்கிவிடலாம். தேவையான போது மட்டும் "
++"தற்காலிகமாக நிர்வாக அனுமதிகளைப் பெறுவது இத்தகைய சிக்கல்கள் ஏற்படும் ஆபத்தைக் "
++"குறைக்கிறது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++"நம்பகமான சில குறிப்பிட்ட பயனர்களுக்கு மட்டுமே நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் வழங்கப்பட "
++"வேண்டும். இது மற்ற பயனர்கள் கணினியில் கண்டபடி மாற்றங்கள் செய்வதையும், "
++"உங்களுக்கு தேவையான பயன்பாட்டை நிறுவல்நீக்குதல் அல்லது தேவையில்லாத "
++"பயன்பாடுகளை நிறுவுதல் அல்லது முக்கிய கோப்புகளில் மாற்றங்கள் செய்தல் போன்ற "
++"செயல்களைச் செய்வதையும் தடுக்கும். பாதுகாப்பு நோக்கில் இது மிகப் பயனுள்ளது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் இருந்தால் நீங்கள் மட்டுமே பயன்பாடுகளை நிறுவுதல் "
++"போன்ற சில செயல்களை செய்ய முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr "நிர்வாக கட்டுப்பாடுகளால் ஏற்படும் சிக்கல்கள்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களுக்கு <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள்</link> "
++"இல்லாவிட்டால் நீங்கள் சில சிக்கல்களை எதிர்கொள்ளலாம். பின்வருபவை போன்ற "
++"பணிகளைச் செய்ய நிர்வாக அனுமதிகள் தேவைப்படும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr "பிணையங்கள் அல்லது வயர்லெஸ் பிணையங்களுக்கு இணைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியில் இணைக்கப்பட்ட நீக்கக்கூடிய வட்டில் உள்ள அல்லது வேறு வட்டு "
++"பிரிவகத்தில் (எ.கா. Windows பிரிவகம்) உள்ள உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் பார்த்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr "புதிய பயன்பாடுகளை நிறுவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">எந்தப் பயனர்களுக்கு நிர்வாக "
++"அனுமதிகள் உள்ளது</link> என்பதை மாற்ற முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr "கணினியை இயக்கியதும் தானாக புகுபதிவு ஆகும்படி அமைத்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr "தானாக புகுபதிவு செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியை இயக்கியதும் நீங்கள் தானாக புகுபதிவு செய்யும்படியும் நீங்கள் "
++"அமைக்க முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>அமைவுகள்</app> ஐத் "
++"திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>அமைவுகள்</app> இல் இருந்து <gui>பயனர்கள்</gui> பலகத்தைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினி தொடங்கியதும் தானாக புகுபதிவு செய்ய வேண்டும் என நீங்கள் விரும்பும் "
++"பயனர் கணக்கைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui style=\"button\">பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ அழுத்தி உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை "
++"உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>தானியங்கு புகுபதிவு</gui> ஸ்விட்ச்சை <gui>ஆன்</gui> என அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++"அடுத்த முறை உங்கள் கணினியை இயக்கும் போது, நீங்கள் தானாக புகுபதிவு "
++"செய்யப்படுவீர்கள். இந்த விருப்பத்தை செயல்படுத்தியிருந்தால், உங்கள் கணினியில் "
++"உங்கள் கணக்கில் புகுபதிவு செய்ய நீங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டியதில்லை, "
++"ஆகவே உங்கள் கணினியைத் தொடங்கும் எவரும் கணினியில் புகுபதிவு செய்து உங்கள் "
++"கணக்கையும் உங்கள் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் உலாவி வரலாறு உள்ளிட்ட தனிப்பட்ட தரவையும் "
++"அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணக்கின் வகை <em>தரநிலை</em> எனில், நீங்கள் இந்த அமைவை மாற்ற முடியாது."
++"உங்களுக்காக இந்த அமைவை மாற்ற உங்கள் கணினி நிர்வாகியைத் தொடர்புகொள்ளவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++"கணக்கு அமைவுகளில் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை அடிக்கடி மாற்றி உங்கள் கணக்கை "
++"பாதுகாப்பாக வைத்துக்கொள்ளுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr "உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++"அவ்வப்போது உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றுவது நல்லது, குறிப்பாக உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல் "
++"யாருக்காவது தெரிந்திருக்கும் என நினைத்தால் இதைச் செய்வது மிக நல்லது."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>கடவுச்சொல்</gui> க்கு அடுத்துள்ள லேபிளை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் முன்பே கடவுச்சொல் அமைத்துவிட்டிருந்தால் அந்த லேபிள் வரிசையாக அமைந்த "
++"புள்ளிகள் அல்லது கட்டங்கள் போல இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் நடப்பு கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு, பிறகு புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும். "
++"மீண்டும் <gui>கடவுச்சொல்லை உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்</gui> புலத்தில் புதிய "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">நல்ல கடவுச்சொல்லைத் தேர்வு செய்ய வேண்டும்</"
++"link>. இது உங்கள் பயனர் கணக்கைப் பாதுகாப்பாக வைத்திருக்க உதவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr "விசை வளையத்தின் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் புகுபதிவு கடவுச்சொல்லை நீங்கள் மாற்றினால், அது <em>விசைவளைய "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லுடன்</em> ஒத்திசைவில் இல்லாமல் போகலாம். விசை வளையம் நீங்கள் எல்லா "
++"கடவுச்சொற்களையும் நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொள்ள வேண்டிய அவசியம் இல்லாமல் ஒரே ஒரு "
++"<em>மாஸ்ட்டர்</em> கடவுச்சொல்லை மட்டும் நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொண்டு அவை "
++"அனைத்தையும் அணுக உதவுகிறது. நீங்கள் உங்கள் பயனர் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றினால் "
++"(மேலே காண்க) உங்கள் விசை வளைய கடவுச்சொல் பழைய கடவுச்சொல்லாகவே இருக்கும். "
++"விசைவளையத்தின் கடவுச்சொல்லை (புகுபதிவு கடவுச்சொல்லுக்குப் பொருந்தும்படி) "
++"மாற்ற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>செயல்பாடுகள்</gui> மேலோட்டத்தில் இருந்து <app>கடவுச்சொற்கள் மற்றும் "
++"விசைகள்</app> பயன்பாட்டைத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>காண்க</gui> மெனுவில் <gui>விசைவளையத்தின் மூலம்</gui> என்பது தேர்வு "
++"செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனப் பார்த்துவிட்டு, <gui>எதையும் காண்பி</gui> என்பதைத் "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"பக்கப் பட்டியில் <gui>கடவுச்சொற்கள்</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் <gui>புகுபதிவு "
++"விசைவளையம்</gui> ஐ வலது சொடுக்கி <gui>கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்று</gui> ஐ "
++"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பழைய கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு <gui>தொடரு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். உங்கள் "
++"புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு அதை உறுதிப்படுத்த <gui>மீண்டும் தட்டச்சு</gui> "
++"செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>தொடரு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் <app>கடவுச்சொற்கள் மற்றும் விசைகள்</app> பயன்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"<sys>seahorse</sys> தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++"<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse ஐ நிறுவுக</link>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் புகுபதிவு மற்றும் பயனர் திரைகளில் உங்கள் புகைப்படத்தைச் சேர்த்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr "உங்கள் புகுபதிவு திரை புகைப்படத்தை மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் புகுபதிவு செய்யும் போது அல்லது பயனர்களை மாற்றும் போது பயனர்களின் "
++"புகைப்படங்களுடன் கூடிய பட்டியலைக் காண்பீர்கள். கணினியில் உள்ள ஸ்டாக் படங்கள் "
++"அல்லது நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் ஒரு படத்தை இதற்கு அமைக்க முடியும். உங்கள் "
++"வெப்கேமைப் பயன்படுத்தி புதிய புகுபதிவு புகைப்படத்தை எடுத்தும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் பெயருக்கு அடுத்துள்ள படத்தை சொடுக்கவும். ஸ்டாக் புகுபதிவு "
++"புகைப்படங்களைக் கொண்ட கீழ் தோன்றும் கேலரி ஒன்று காட்டப்படும். அவற்றில் ஒன்றை "
++"நீங்கள் விரும்பினால் அதை பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"கணினியி உள்ள வேறு படத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பினால், <gui>மேலும் படங்களுக்கு "
++"உலவு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் வெப்கேம் இருந்தால், <gui>ஒரு புகைப்படம் எடு</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கி "
++"நீங்கள் உடனடியகா ஒரு புதிய புகுபதிவு புகைப்படத்தை எடுக்கலாம். உங்கள் படத்தை "
++"எடுத்து, தேவையற்ற பகுதிகளை அகற்ற சதுர வெளிவரைக் கோட்டை நகர்த்தி அளவு மாற்றி "
++"சரி செய்யவும். எடுத்த படம் பிடிக்காவிட்டால், மீண்டும் படம் எடுக்க "
++"<gui>புகைப்படத்தை அகற்று</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும் அல்லது கைவிட <gui>ரத்துசெய்</"
++"gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr "கணினியை இனி பயன்படுத்தாத பயனர்களை அகற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr "ஒரு பயனர் கணக்கை அழித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் பல பயனர் கணக்குகளை நீங்கள் சேர்க்க முடியும் எப்படி என அறிய "
++"<link xref=\"user-add\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். ஒருவர் இனி உங்கள் கணினியைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துவதில்லை எனில், நீங்கள் அந்த பயனரின் கணக்கை அழிக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"மாற்றங்களைச் செய்ய, மேல் வலது மூலையில் உள்ள <gui>பூட்டுநீக்கு</gui> ஐ "
++"சொடுக்கி உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும். பயனர் கணக்குகளை அழிக்க நீங்கள் "
++"நிர்வாகியாக இருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் அழிக்க விரும்பும் பயனரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> பொத்தானை சொடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++"ஒவ்வொரு பயனருக்குமென தனித்தனியாக இல்லக் கோப்புறையும் அவர்களின் கோப்புகளும் "
++"அமைவுகளும் இருக்கும். பயனரின் இல்லக் கோப்புறையை வைத்திருக்கவோ அல்லது "
++"அழிக்கவோ நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யலாம் அந்தக் கோப்புகளை இனி நீங்கள் "
++"பயன்படுத்தமாட்டீர்கள் என்றும் வட்டு இடத்தை காலி செய்ய வேண்டும் என்றும் "
++"நினைத்தால் <gui>கோப்புகளை அழி</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும். இந்தக் கோப்புகள் "
++"நிரந்தரமாக அழிக்கப்படும். அவற்றை மீட்க முடியாது. கோப்புகளை அழிக்கும் முன் "
++"நீங்கள் அவற்றை ஒரு வெளிப்புற இயக்கி அல்லது CD இல் மறுபிரதி எடுக்க "
++"விரும்பலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr "நீண்ட சிக்கலான கடவுச்சொற்களைப் பயன்படுத்துக."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr "பாதுகாப்பான கடவுச்சொல்லை தேர்வு செய்க"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கடவுச்சொற்கள் நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொள்ள எளிதாகவும், அதே சமயம் (கணினி "
++"நிரல்கள் உட்பட) மற்றவர்கள் ஊகிக்க கடினமாகவும் இருக்க வேண்டும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++"நல்ல கடவுச்சொல்லை தேர்வு செய்வது உங்கள் கணினியை பாதுகாப்பாக வைக்க உதவும். "
++"உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல் ஊகிக்க எளிதானதாக இருந்தால், எவரும் அதைக் கண்டுபிடித்து "
++"உங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட தகவல்களை அணுக முடீயும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++"மற்றவர்கள் கணினியைப் பயன்படுத்தி முறையாக உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை ஊகிக்க "
++"முயற்சிக்கவும் முடியும், ஆகவே மனிதர்கள் ஊகிக்க முடியாத கடவுச்சொல்லை கணினி "
++"நிரல்கள் எளிதில் ஊகிக்க முடிய வாய்ப்புள்ளது. ஒரு நல்ல கடவுச்சொல்லைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்வதற்கான குறிப்புகள் இதோ:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல்லில் பேரெழுத்து, சிற்றெழுத்து, எண்கள், குறியீடுகள் மற்றும் "
++"இடைவெளிகள் ஆகியவற்றைக் கலந்து பயன்படுத்தவும். இதனால் கடவுச்சொல்லை ஊகிப்பது "
++"கடினமாகும்; பல குறியீடுகள் உள்ளன, நீங்கள் அவற்றிலிருந்து சிலதைத் தேர்வு "
++"செய்தால், ஒருவர் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை ஊகிக்க பல கடவுச்சொற்களை முயற்சிக்க "
++"வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் எளிதில் நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொள்ளக்கூடிய ஒரு வாக்கியத்திலிருந்து "
++"ஒவ்வொரு வார்த்தையின் முதலெழுத்தையும் கொண்டு ஒரு கடவுச்சொல்லாகப் "
++"பயன்படுத்துவது ஒரு சிறந்த முறையாகும். இவ்வாக்கியம் ஒரு திரைப்படம், புத்தகம், "
++"பாடல் அல்லது ஆல்பம் எவற்றின் பெயராகவும் இருக்கலாம். உதாரணமாக \"Flatland: A "
++"Romance of Many Dimensions\" என்ற வாக்கியத்தைக் கொண்டு F:ARoMD அல்லது faromd "
++"அல்லது f: aromd எனும் கடவுச்சொல்லை உருவாக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொல்லை கூடுமானவரை நீளமானதாக அமைக்க வேண்டும். அதிக எழுத்துகள் இருந்தால் "
++"அதை ஊகிக்க முயற்சிக்கும் ஒருவருக்கு அல்லது கணினிக்கு நீண்ட நேரம் ஆகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++"எந்த ஒரு மொழியிலும் வழக்கமான அகராதியில் வரும் வழக்கமான சொற்களைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தாதீர்கள். கடவுச்சொல் கண்டுபிடிப்பவர்கள் முதலில் இவற்றையே "
++"முயற்சிப்பார்கள். \"password\" என்பது மிகப் பொதுவான கடவுச்சொல்லாகும், "
++"மற்றவர்கள் இது போன்ற கடவுச்சொற்களை மிக விரைவாகக் கண்டுபிடித்துவிட முடியும்!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++"தேதி, உரிம எண் அல்லது குடும்பத்தினர் பெயர்கள் போன்ற தகவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்த "
++"வேண்டாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr "எந்த பெயர்ச்சொற்களையும் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++"மிக விரைவாக தட்டச்சு செய்யக்கூடிய கடவுச்சொல்லைத் தேர்வு செய்யவும், இதனால் "
++"ஒருவர் நீங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லைத் தட்டச்சு செய்வதைப் பார்த்தாலும் நீங்கள் என்ன "
++"வார்த்தையை தட்டச்சு செய்கிறீர்கள் என்பதைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியாமல் போகும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++"கடவுச்சொற்களை எங்கும் எழுதி வைக்க வேண்டாம். அவற்றை எளிதில் கண்டுபிடித்துவிட "
++"முடியும்!"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr "வெவ்வேறு பயனுக்கு வெவ்வேறு கடவுச்சொற்களைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr "வெவ்வேறு கணக்குகளுக்கு வெவ்வேறு கடவுச்சொற்களைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++"எல்லாக் கணக்குகளுக்கும் நீங்கள் ஒரே கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்தினால், ஒருவர் "
++"அதைக் கண்டுபிடித்துவிட்டா, அவர் உங்கள் அனைத்து கணக்குகளையும் உடனடியாக அணுக "
++"முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++"இருப்பினும், பல கடவுச்சொற்களை நினைவில் வைத்துக்கொள்வது கடினமாக இருக்கலாம். "
++"ஆகவே நீங்கள் மிக முக்கியமல்லாத (வலைத்தளங்கள் போன்ற) பல கணக்குகளுக்கு ஒரு "
++"கடவுச்சொல்லையும் (ஆன்லைன் வங்கி சேவைக் கணக்கு மற்றும் உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் "
++"போன்ற) மற்ற முக்கியமானவற்றுக்கு ஒரு கடவுச்சொல்லையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம், "
++"இருப்பினும் இது ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் வெவ்வேறு கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்துவதை விட "
++"பாதுகாப்பு குறைவானதே."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr "அவ்வப்போது உங்கள் கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++"சரியான கோடெக் நிறுவப்படாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது DVD தவறான பகுதியைக் "
++"கொண்டிருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr "ஏன் DVD இயங்கவில்லை?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் கணினியில் ஒரு DVD ஐ உள்ளிட்டு, அது இயங்காவிட்டால் அதற்கு தேவையான DVD "
++"<em>கோடெக்</em> நிறுவப்படாதிருக்கலாம் அல்லது DVD வேறொரு <em>பகுதியிலிருந்து</"
++"em> உருவாக்கப்பட்டதாக இருக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr "DVD இயக்கத்திற்கான சரியான கோடெக்கை நிறுவுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD களை இயக்க, சரியான <em>கோடெக்குகள்</em> நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும். "
++"கோடெக் என்பது வீடியோ அல்லது ஆடியோ வடிவமைப்பை பயன்பாடுகள் படிக்க உதவும் ஒரு "
++"மென்பொருளாகும். உங்கள் மூவி பிளேயர் மென்பொருள் சரியான கோடெக்குகளைக் "
++"கண்டறியாவிட்டால், அவற்றை நிறுவ வேண்டுமா என அவை உங்களைக் கேட்கக்கூடும். "
++"அப்போது நிறுவாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக அவற்றை நிறுவ வேண்டி இருக்கும் - "
++"உதாரணத்திற்கு Linux விநியோகத்தின் ஆதரவு மன்றங்கள் போன்றவற்றில் உதவி "
++"கேட்கவும். பெரும்பாலும் நீங்கள்<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> மற்றும் "
++"<app>libdvd0</app> ஆகிய தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவ வேண்டி இருக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD கள் CSS என்ற முறைமையைப் பயன்படுத்தி <em>நகல் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டவையாக</em> "
++"இருக்கலாம். இது DVD களை நகலெடுப்பதைத் தடுக்கும், ஆனால் நகல் பாதுகாப்பைக் "
++"கையாளும் கூடுதல் மென்பொருள் இல்லாவிட்டால் அவற்றை இயக்குவதையும் தடுக்கலாம். "
++"நீங்கள் <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/"
++"\">Fluendo</link> இல் இருந்து வணிகரீதியாகக் கிடைக்கும் நகல் பாதுகாப்பைக் "
++"கையாளும் DVD டீகோடரை வாங்கலாம். அது Linux இல் வேலை செய்யும், மற்றும் எல்லா "
++"நாடுகளிலும் அதை சட்டப்படி பயன்படுத்தலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr "DVD பகுதியை சோதித்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++"DVD களில் <em>பகுதிக் குறியீடு</em> இருக்கும், அதைக் கொண்டு நீங்கள் அது "
++"உலகின் எந்தப் பகுதியிலெல்லாம் இயக்கப்பட முடியும் என்பதைக் கண்டறியலாம். "
++"உங்கள் கணினியின் DVD பிளேயரின் பகுதியானது நீங்கள் இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும் DVD "
++"இன் பகுதிக்குப் பொருந்தாவிட்டால், அந்த DVD ஐ நீங்கள் இயக்க முடியாது. "
++"உதாரணமாக, உங்களிடம் இருப்பது பகுதி 1 DVD பிளேயர் என்றால், நீங்கள் வட "
++"அமெரிக்காவிலிருந்து வரும் DVD களை மட்டுமே இயக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் DVD பிளேயர் பயன்படுத்தும் பகுதியை மாற்ற முடியாது, ஆனால் அதை சில முறை "
++"முயற்சிக்கலாம், அதன் பின் அது ஒரு பகுதிக்கு மட்டுமென நிரந்தரமாக "
++"பூட்டிக்கொள்ளும். உங்கள் கணினியின் DVD பிளேயர் பகுதியை மாற்ற <link href="
++"\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link> ஐப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr "சரியான வீடியோ கோடெக்குகள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளதா என சோதிக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr "நான் தயாரித்த வீடியோவை மற்றவர்களால் இயக்க முடியவில்லை"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் உங்கள் Linux கணினியில் உருவாக்கிய வீடியோவை Windows அல்லது Mac OS ஐப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தும் மற்றவர்களுக்கு அனுப்பினால், அதை இயக்குவதில் சிக்கல் "
++"ஏற்படக்கூடும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வீடியோவை இயக்க அவர்கள் கணினியில் சரியான <em>கோடெக்குகள்</em> "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும். கோடெக் என்பது வீடியோவை எடுத்து திரையில் "
++"காட்டுவது எப்படி எனத் தெரிந்த ஒரு சிறு மென்பொருளாகும். பல வீடியோ வடிவங்கள் "
++"உள்ளன, அவற்றை இயக்க ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் ஒரு கோடெக் தேவை. உங்கள் வீடியோவின் "
++"வடிவமைப்பு எது என அறிய இதைச் செய்யலாம்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr "வீடியோ கோப்பை வலது சொடுக்கி <gui>பண்புகள்</gui> ஐ தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ஆடியோ/வீடியோ</gui> தாவலுக்குச் சென்று <gui>வீடியோ</gui> என்பதன் கீழ் "
++"என்ன <gui>கோடெக்</gui> பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளது எனக் காணவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++"வீடியோவை இயக்குவதில் சிக்கலை எதிர்கொள்பவரிடம், சரியான கோடெக் "
++"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளதா எனக் கேட்கவும். அவர்களின் வீடியோ இயக்கு பயன்பாட்டின் "
++"பெயரையும் தேவையான கோடெக்கின் பெயரையும் சேர்த்து இணையத்தில் தேடுவது "
++"பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும். உதாரணமாக, உங்கள் வீடியோ <em>Theora</em> வடிவமைப்பைப் "
++"பயன்படுத்தி, உங்கள் நண்பர் அதை இயக்கிக் காண Windows Media Player ஐ "
++"பயன்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கிறார் எனில், \"theora windows media player\" என "
++"இணையத்தில் தேட வேண்டும். சரியான கோடெக் நிறுவப்படாவிட்டால், பொதுவாக அதை "
++"நீங்கள் இலவசமாக பதிவிறக்கி நிறுவ முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++"நீங்கள் சரியான கோடெக்கைக் கண்டறிய முடியாவிட்டால், <link href=\"http://www."
++"videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link> ஐ முயற்சிக்கவும். அது Windows "
++"மற்றும் Mac OS மற்றும் Linux இலும் வேலை செய்யும், மேலும் அது பல வீடியோ "
++"வடிவமைப்புகளை ஆதரிக்கும். அதுவும் தோல்வியடைந்தால், உங்கள் வீடியோவை வேறு "
++"வடிவமைப்புக்கு மாற்ற முயற்சிக்கவும். பெரும்பாலான வீடியோ திருத்திகளைக் கொண்டு "
++"இதைச் செய்ய முடியும், சில குறிப்பிட்ட வீடியோ மாற்று பயன்பாடுகளும் உள்ளன. இது "
++"போன்ற பயன்பாடு ஏதேனும் உள்ளதா என மென்பொருள் நிறுவி பயன்பாட்டில் பார்க்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்கள் வீடியோவை மற்றவர் இயக்குவதைத் தடுக்கும் சில பிற சிக்கல்களும் உள்ளன. "
++"நீங்கள் வீடியோவை அவர்களுக்கு அனுப்பும் போது வீடியோ சேதமடைந்திருக்கலாம் (சில "
++"சமயம் பெரிய கோப்புகள் சரியாக நகலெடுக்கப்படாமல் போகலாம்), அவர்களின் வீடியோ "
++"இயக்கி பயன்பாட்டில் சிக்கல் இருக்கலாம் அல்லது வீடியோ சரியாக "
++"உருவாக்கப்படாதிருக்கலாம் (வீடியோவை நீங்கள் சேமிக்கும் போது ஏதேனும் பிழைகள் "
++"ஏற்பட்டிருக்கலாம்)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr "Wacom டேப்ளட்டை <gui>இடது கை திசை அமைவுக்கு</gui> மாற்றுதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr "டேப்ளட்டை இடதுகைப் பழக்கத்திற்கேற்ப பயன்படுத்துதல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++"சில டேப்ளட்டுகள் வன்பொருள் பொத்தான்கள் ஒரு பக்கமாக அமைந்திருக்கும். இடது "
++"கைப் பழக்கமுள்ளவர்களுக்கு ஏற்ற இடநிலைக்கு இந்த பொத்தான்களைக் "
++"கொண்டுவருவதற்காக டேப்ளட்டை 180 டிகிரிக்கு சுழற்ற முடியும். இடது கைப் "
++"பழக்கத்திற்கு ஏற்ப திசையமைப்பை மாற்ற:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>Wacom டேப்ளட்</gui> ஐத் திறக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"டேப்ளட் கண்டறியப்படாவிட்டால், <gui>உங்கள் Wacom டேப்ளட்டை இணைக்கவும் அல்லது "
++"இயக்கவும்</gui> என்று கூறப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>இடதுகைப் பழக்கத்திற்கேற்ப திசையமைவு</gui> ஐ <gui>ஆன்</gui> என "
++"அமைக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr "டேப்ளட்டை டேப்ளட் பயன்முறைக்கும் சொடுக்கி பயன்முறைக்குமாக மாற்றுதல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr "Wacom டேப்ளட்டின் கண்காணிப்பு பயன்முறையை அமைத்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கண்காணிப்புப் பயன்முறை</gui> திரையில் சுட்டி எப்படி மேப் "
++"செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதைத் தீர்மானிக்கும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>கண்காணிப்புப் பயன்முறை</gui> க்கு அடுத்துள்ள, <gui>டேப்ளட் (துல்லியம்)</"
++"gui> அல்லது<gui>தொடுதிட்டு (ஒப்பீடு)</gui> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>துல்லியம்</em> பயன்முறையில், டேப்ளட்டில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு புள்ளியும் "
++"திரையின் ஒரு புள்ளிக்கு மேப் செய்யப்படும். உதாரணத்திற்கு திரையின் மேல் இடது "
++"மூலை எப்போதுமே டேப்ளட்டிலும் அதே மூலையால் குறிக்கப்படும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>ஒப்பீடு</em> பயன்முறையில், நீங்கள் சுட்டியை டேப்ளட்டிலிருந்து மேலே "
++"தூக்க் வேறு இடநிலையில் வைத்தால், திரையில் உள்ள சுட்டி நகராது. சொடுக்கி "
++"இப்படியே வேலை செய்கிறது, இதனால் குறைந்த கை அசைவின் மூலமே நீங்கள் அதிக "
++"தொலைவுகளை அணுக முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr "Wacom டேப்ளட்டை ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட மானிட்டருக்கு மேப் செய்தல்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr "ஒரு மானிட்டரைத் தேர்வு செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>மானிட்டருக்கு மேப் செய்…</gui> ஐ சொடுக்கவும்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ஒரு மானிட்டருக்கு மேப் செய்</gui> ஐ தேர்வு செய்யவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>வெளியீடு</gui> க்கு அடுத்து, உங்கள் கிராஃபிக்ஸ் டேப்ளட்டிலிருந்து "
++"நீங்கள் உள்ளீட்டைப் பெற விரும்பும் மானிட்டரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr "அமைவாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்ட மானிட்டர்களை மட்டுமே தேர்ந்தெடுக்க முடியும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++"பொத்தான் செயல்பாடுகளையும் Wacom ஸ்டைலஸின் அழுத்த உணர்வையும் வரையறுக்கவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr "ஸ்டைலஸை அமைவாக்கம் செய்தல்"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++"பலகத்தின் கீழ்ப் பகுதியில், ஸ்டைலஸ் தொடர்பான விவரங்களும் அமைவுகளும் உள்ளன, "
++"அதில் இடப்புறம் சாதனப் பெயரும் (ஸ்டைலஸ் வகை) படமும் இருக்கும். இந்த "
++"அமைவுகளையும் மாற்ற முடியும்:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>அழிப்பான் அழுத்த உணர்வு:</gui> ஸ்லைடரைப் பயன்படுத்தி \"உணர்வு\" (அதாவது "
++"உண்மையான அழுத்தம் எப்படி டிஜிட்டல் மதிப்புகளாக மாற்றப்படுகிறது) என்பதை "
++"<gui>மென்மை</gui> மற்றும் <gui>உறுதி</gui> என்பவற்றில் ஒன்றுக்கு அமைக்கலாம்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>பொத்தான்/உருள் சக்கரம்</gui> அமைவாக்கம் (இது ஸ்டைலஸுக்கு ஏற்ப மாறும்). "
++"பின்வரும் செயல்பாடுகளில் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க ஒவ்வொரு லேபிளுக்கும் "
++"அடுத்துள்ள மெனுவை சொடுக்கவும்: செயல் இல்லை, இடது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான் "
++"சொடுக்கம், நடு சொடுக்கி பொத்தான் சொடுக்கம், வலது சொடுக்கி பொத்தான் "
++"சொடுக்கம், மேலே உருட்டல், கீழே உருட்டல், இடப்புறம் உருட்டல், வலப்புறம் "
++"உருட்டல், பின்னே, முன்னே."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>முனை அழுத்த உணர்வு:</gui> \"உணர்வு\" என்பதை <gui>மென்மை</gui> மற்றும் "
++"<gui>உறுதி</gui> என்பவற்றில் ஒன்றுக்கு அமைக்க இந்த ஸ்லைடரைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++"உங்களிடம் ஒன்றுக்கு அதிகமான ஸ்டைலஸ் இருந்தால், கூடுதல் ஸ்டைலஸ் டேப்ளட்டு மிக "
++"நெருக்கமாக வரும் போது, ஸ்டைலஸ் சாதன பெயருக்கு அடுத்து ஒரு பேஜர் "
++"காண்பிக்கப்படும். எந்த ஸ்டைலஸை அமைவாக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும் என தேர்வு செய்ய "
++"இந்தப் பேஜரைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">ஒரு மானிட்டரை மேப் செய்தல்</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"wacom-stylus\">ஸ்டைலஸை அமைவாக்கம் செய்தல்</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"left-handed\">டேப்ளட்டை இடதுகைப் பழக்கத்திற்கேற்ப பயன்படுத்துதல்</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr "Wacom கிராஃபிக்ஸ் டேப்ளட்"
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/te/te.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/te/te.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/te/te.po	2014-01-22 18:10:29.813133999 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/te/te.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.259922276 +0530
+@@ -2,70 +2,79 @@
+ # Copyright (C) 2011 e-telugu localization Team.
+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+ # Praveen Illa <mail2ipn@gmail.com>, 2011.
+-#
++# Krishnababu Krothapalli <kkrothap@redhat.com>, 2013.
+ msgid ""
+ msgstr ""
+-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-21 22:34+0000\n"
+-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-01 00:12+0530\n"
+-"Last-Translator: Praveen Illa <mail2ipn@gmail.com>\n"
+-"Language-Team: Telugu <indlinux-telugu@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-17 07:36-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Krishnababu Krothapalli <kkrothap@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Telugu <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
++"Language: te\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
+ 
+ #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid "translator-credits"
+-msgstr "Praveen Illa <mail2ipn@gmail.com>, 2011."
++msgstr ""
++"Praveen Illa <mail2ipn@gmail.com>, 2011. కృష్ణబాబు క్రొత్తపల్లి "
++"<kkrothap@redhat.com>, 2013."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:10(media)
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "_"
+-msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+-msgstr "external ref='బొమ్మలు/గ్నోమ్.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='బొమ్మలు/గ్నోమ్.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/index.page:15(media)
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' "
+-"md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ msgstr ""
+-"external ref='బొమ్మలు/ఎల్ప్-ప్రతీక-పెద్దది.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++"external ref='బొమ్మలు/ఎల్ప్-ప్రతీక-పెద్దది.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
+ msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+ msgstr "గ్నోమ్ 3 డెస్క్‍టాప్ వాడుకరుల మార్గదర్శకం"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
+ msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "డెస్క్‍టాప్ సహాయం"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "గ్నొమ్ సహాయం"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
+ msgctxt "text"
+-msgid "Desktop Help"
+-msgstr "డెస్క్‍టాప్ సహాయం"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "గ్నోమ్ సహాయం"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
+@@ -74,181 +83,431 @@
+ "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">సహాయం</"
+ "media>"
+ 
+-#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
+-"Desktop Help"
++"GNOME Help"
+ msgstr ""
+ "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">ఎల్ప్ చిహ్నం</media> "
+-"డెస్క్‍టాప్ సహాయం"
+-
+-#: C/legal.xml:2(license/p)
+-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+-msgstr "క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0"
++"గ్నోమ్ సహాయం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10(credit/name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-mag.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y.page:9(credit/name) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:10(credit/name) C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name) C/clock.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name) C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name) C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name) C/files-rename.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name) C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name) C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name) C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name) C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name) C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:16(credit/name) C/net-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:10(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name) C/net.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name) C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/prefs.page:10(credit/name) C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name) C/shell-exit.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name) C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name) C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name) C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-add.page:15(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 తోడ్పాటులేని లైసెన్స్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "ఈ పని <_:link-1/> కిందన లైసెన్స్ కాబడినది."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
+ msgid "Shaun McCance"
+ msgstr "షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(credit/name) C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(credit/name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-browse.page:20(credit/name) C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-sort.page:11(credit/name) C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:10(credit/name) C/net-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name) C/net-editcon.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name) C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name) C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name) C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+ msgid "Phil Bull"
+ msgstr "ఫిల్ బుల్"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "మైకేల్ హిల్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
+ msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఒకే కీను త్వరితంగా-మరిన్ని సార్లు నొక్కితే విస్మరించు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
+ msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+ msgstr "బౌన్స్ మీటలను ప్రారంరంభించు"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+ "bounce keys."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(item/p) C/a11y-contrast.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:25(item/p) C/a11y-mag.page:23(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:31(item/p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(item/p) C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:25(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(item/p) C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:32(item/p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p) C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p) C/net-otherscontrol.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p) C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p) C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p) C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p) C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
+-#: C/windows-key.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30(item/p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32(item/p) C/keyboard-osk.page:26(item/p)
++"వేగంగా పునరావృతమయ్యే కీ వత్తులను విస్మరించుటకు <em>బౌన్స్ కీలు</em> ఆన్ చేయి."
++" ఉదాహరణకు, మీ చేయి వణకడం మూలాన వొకసారి నొక్కుదామని మరిన్ని సార్లు "
++"నొక్కుతూంటే, మీరు బౌన్స్ కీలను ఆన్ చేయాలి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "పై పట్టీ పైని మీ పేరు నొక్కి <gui>అమరికలు</gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> తెరచి మరియు <gui>టైపింగ్</gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>బౌన్స్ కీలను</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
+ msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బౌన్స్ కీలను త్వరితంగా ఆన్ మరియు ఆఫ్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ</link> పైన "
++"నొక్కి <gui>బౌన్స్ కీలు</gui> ఎంపికచేయుట ద్వారా మీరు బౌన్స్ కీలు ఆన్ లేదా "
++"ఆఫ్ చేయవచ్చు. <gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> పానల్ నుండి వొకటి లేదా అంతకన్నా "
++"ఎక్కువ అమరికలు చేతనమైనప్పుడు ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ ప్రతిమ కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+ "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+@@ -256,98 +515,141 @@
+ "the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
+ "happened too soon after the previous key press."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు మొదటిసారి కీ వత్తిన తరువాత ఏంతసేపటకి తరువాతి కీ వత్తును  బౌన్సు కీలు "
++"నమోదుచేయాలో ఆ సమయాన్ని మార్చుటకు <gui>ఆమోదమగు ఆలస్యం</gui> స్లైడర్  "
++"వుపయోగించుము. ఇంతకు మునుపు నొక్కిన కీ తరువాత అతి త్వరగా అదే కీను నొక్కుట వలన "
++"కీ వత్తును విస్మరించిన ప్రతిసారి కంప్యూటర్ శబ్దం చేయవలెనంటే <gui>కీ "
++"తిరస్కరించబడినప్పుడు శబ్ధంచేయి</gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+ msgstr ""
++"తాజాపరచగల బ్రెయిలీ ప్రదర్శనతో <app>Orca</app> స్క్రీన్ రీడర్ వుపయోగించు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
+ msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+ msgstr "తెరను బ్రెయిలీలో చదువుము"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
+ "interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
+-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca"
+-"\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
+ "Help</link> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
++"తాజాపరచగల బ్రెయిలీ ప్రదర్శన పైన వాడుకరి ఇంటర్ఫేస్ ప్రదర్శించుటకు గ్నోమ్ "
++"<app>ఓర్కా</app> స్క్రీన్ రీడర్ అందించును. మీరు గ్నోమ్‌ను యేలా సంస్థాపించారు "
++"అనేదానిపై ఆధారపడి, మీరు ఓర్కాను సంస్థాపించివుండక పోవచ్చు. మరింత సమాచారం "
++"కొరకు <link href=\"install:orca\">ఓర్కా సంస్థాపించి</link>, <link href="
++"\"help:orca\">ఓర్కా సహాయం</link> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
+ "easier to see."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెరపైన విండోలను మరియు బటన్లను vivid గా చేయుము, అలా వాటిని చూడుటకు సళువుగా "
++"వుంటాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
+ msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+ msgstr "వ్యత్యాసాన్ని సవరించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
+-"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
+-"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</"
+-"em> will change."
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p) C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(item/p)
++"మీరు విండోలు మరియు బటన్ల కాంట్రాస్టును సర్దుబాటు చేయవచ్చు అలా వాటిని చూడుట "
++"సళువుగా వుండును. మొత్తం తెర యొక్క ప్రకాశతను మార్చుట దీనికి సమానం కాదు; "
++"<em>వాడుకరి ఇంటర్ఫేస్</em> యొక్క విభాగములు మాత్రమే మారును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
+ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> తెరచి మరియు <gui>చూచు</gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
+-"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>అధిక కాంట్రాస్ట్</gui> ను <gui>ఆన్</gui> కు మార్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
+-"Contrast</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ ప్రతిమ</link> పై పట్టీ పైన మరియు "
++"<gui>అధిక కాంట్రాస్ట్</gui> ఎంపికచేయుట."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
+ "mouse still."
+ msgstr ""
++"మౌస్‌ను కదలకుండా పట్టుకొని నొక్కుటకు హోవర్ క్లిక్ (డ్వెల్ క్లిక్) విశేషణం "
++"అనుమతించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "హౌవరింగ్ ద్వారా నొక్కుటను సిమ్యులేట్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+ "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+ "mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
+ "Dwell Click."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెరపైన నియంత్రిక లేదా ఆబ్జక్టుపైన మౌస్ సూచకిని హోవరింగ్ చేయుటకు ద్వారా మీరు "
++"నొక్కవచ్చు లేదా లాగవచ్చు. మీరు ఏకకాలంలో మౌస్ ను కదిపి నొక్కుటకు ఇబ్బందిగా "
++"వుంటే ఇది వుపయోగకరంగా వుంటుంది. ఈ విశేషణంను హోవర్ క్లిక్ లేదా డ్వెల్ క్లిక్ "
++"అందురు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
+ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
+ "clicked for you."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(item/p) C/a11y-right-click.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
++"హోవర్ క్లిక్ చేతనమైనప్పుడు, మీరు మీ మౌస్ సూచకిని నియంత్రికపైకి కదిపి, "
++"మౌస్‌ను వదిలివేయవచ్చు, అప్పుడు మీ కోసం బటన్ నొక్కబడుటకు కొంతసేపు వేచివుండండి."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
+ "gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> తెరచి మరియు <gui>సూచించుట మరియు నొక్కుట</gui> "
++"టాబ్ నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>హోవర్ క్లిక్</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+ "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+@@ -355,93 +657,143 @@
+ "will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
+ "drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>హోవర్ క్లిక్</gui> విండో తెరువబడును, మరియు మీ ఇతర విండోలన్నిటిపైన "
++"వుండును. మీరు హోవర్ చేసినప్పుడు ఎటువంటి రకం క్లిక్ జరుగాలో ఎంచుటకు మీరు "
++"దీనిని వుపయోగించవచ్చు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు <gui>రెండవ నొక్కు</gui> ఎంపికచేస్తే, "
++"మీరు హోవర్ చేసినప్పుడు కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కుతారు. మీరు రెండు-మార్లు నొక్కిన "
++"తరువాత, కుడి-నొక్కు, లేదా లాగుట, మీరు స్వయంచాలకంగా తిరిగి నొక్కుటకు "
++"వుంచబడుతారు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
+ "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+ "clicked."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ మౌస్ సూచకిని బటన్ పైన వుంచి కదల్చక పోతే, అది నిదానంగా రంగు మార్చును. "
++"అది పూర్తిగా రంగు మార్చిన తరువాత, బటన్ నొక్కబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+ "mouse pointer still before clicking."
+ msgstr ""
++"నొక్కటానికి ముందుగా ఎంతసేపు మీరు మౌస్ సూచకిని కదలకుండా పట్టివుంచాలి అనేది "
++"మార్చుటకు <gui>ఆలస్యం</gui> అమరికను సర్దుబాటుచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
+ "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
+ "If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+ msgstr ""
++"నొక్కుటకు హోవరింగ్ చేయునప్పుడు మీరు మౌస్‌ను ఖచ్చితంగా కదలకుండా పట్టుకొనవలసిన "
++"అవసరంలేదు. సూచకి అనునది కొద్దిగా కదుల్చుటకు అనుమతించబడును మరియు కొంతసేపటి "
++"తరువాత నొక్కను. ఒకవేళ అది మరీ ఎక్కువగా కదిలితే, హౌవర్, నొక్కడం జరుగదు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+ "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+ msgstr ""
++"సూచకి కదలిక ఎంత మేరకు హోవరింగ్ గా పరిగణించాబడాలో <gui>మోషన్ త్రెష్‌హోల్డ్</"
++"gui> అమరిక వుపయోగించి సర్దుబాటుచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
+ msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "పాఠం చదువుటకు సులభతరం చేయుటకు పెద్ద ఖతులు వుపయోగించు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
+ msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+ msgstr "తెరపై పాఠ్య పరిమాణాన్ని మార్చండి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+ "size of the font."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ తెరపైని పాఠం చదువుటకు మీకు కష్టంగా వుంటే, మీరు ఖతి పరిమాణం పెంచవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>పెద్ద పాఠం</gui> ను <gui>ఆన్</gui> చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
+-"for you. It will adjust immediately."
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రత్యామ్నాయంగా, పై పట్టీ పైని <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ ప్రతిమ</"
++"link> నొక్కి <gui>పెద్ద పాఠం</gui> ఎంపిక చేయుట ద్వారా మీరు ఖతి పరిమాణంను "
++"త్వరితంగా మార్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</"
+-"gui>."
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా అనువర్తనాలనందు, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> వత్తి "
++"ఎప్పుడైనా పాఠం పరిమాణం పెంచవచ్చు. పాఠం పరిమాణం తగ్గించుటకు, "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> వత్తండి."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(media)
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' "
+-"md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
+ "person."
+ msgstr ""
++"సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్ మెనూ ప్రతిమ పై పట్టీ పైన వుండును అది వ్యక్తి వలె "
++"కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
+ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+ msgstr "సార్వత్రిక సౌలభ్యత మెనును కనుగొనండి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
+ "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+ "looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్ మెనూ</em> నందు మీరు వివిధ ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ అమరికలను ఆన్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు. పై పట్టీ నందు వక్తిని చుట్టివున్న వృత్తం మాదిరి కనిపించు ప్రతిమపైన "
++"నొక్కి మీరు ఈ మెనూ తెరువవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:23(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్ మెనూ అనునది పై పట్టీ పైన కనుగొనబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+@@ -452,200 +804,367 @@
+ "You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
+ "<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+ msgstr ""
++"మౌస్ కన్నా కీబోర్డు వుపయోగించి ఈ మెనూను ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు, కీబోర్డ్ దృష్టిని "
++"పై పట్టీనకు కదుల్చుటకు <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
++"keyseq> వత్తండి. <gui>కార్యకలాపాల</gui> బటన్ కిందన వొక తెల్లని లైను "
++"కనిపించును - పై పట్టీ నందు ఏ అంశం ఎంపికకాబడెనో ఇది మీకు చెప్పును. బాణపు "
++"కీలను వుపయోగించి తెల్ల లైనును సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్ మెనూ ప్రతిమ కిందకు కదిపి "
++"దానిని తెరుచుటకు <key>Enter</key> వత్తుము. మెనూ నందలి అంశములను ఎంపికచేయుటకు "
++"మీరు పైన మరియు కింద బాణపు గుర్తులను వుపయోగించవచ్చు. ఎంచిన అంశమును మార్చుటకు "
++"<key>Enter</key> వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
+-"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
+-"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
+-"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(item/p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
+ msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ తెరపైన జూమ్ చేయుము అలా సుళువుగా విషయాలను చూడవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
+ msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తెర ప్రాంతమును పెద్దదిచేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+ "glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెరను పెద్దది చేయడం అనేది <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">పాఠం పరిమాణం</link> "
++"పెద్దది చేయడం కన్నా వేరు. ఈ విశేషణం అనునది బూతద్దం కలిగివున్నట్లు వుంటుంది, "
++"తెరపైని భాగాలను జూమ్‌చేస్తూ కదులుటకు మిమ్ములను అనుమతించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>జూమ్</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"లఘకీల కొరకు <gui>జూమ్</gui> విభాగము అనునది ప్రస్తుత అమరికలను జాబితాచేయును, "
++"<gui>కీబోర్డు</gui> పానల్ పైని <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">లఘవుల</"
++"link> టాబ్ నందలి <gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> విభాగమునందు దీనిని అమర్చవచ్చు."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+ "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+ "allowing you to view your area of choice."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఇప్పుడు తెర ప్రాంతమునందు కదులవచ్చు. మీ మౌస్‌ను తెర అంచులకు కదుల్చుట "
++"ద్వారా, మీరు పెద్దది చేసిన ప్రాంతమును విభిన్న దిశలలో కదల్చవచ్చు, అది మీకు "
++"కావలసిన ప్రాంతమును చూచుటకు అనుమతించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <gui>జూమ్</gui> ఎంపికచేసి <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ ప్రతిమ</link> పైన నొక్కి మీరు త్వరగా జూమ్ ఆన్ మరియు ఆఫ్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు మాగ్నిఫికేషన్ గుణకాన్ని, మౌస్ ట్రాకింగ్, మరియు తెరపైన పెద్దగాచేసిన "
++"దర్శనం యొక్క స్థానమును మీరు మార్చవచ్చు. వీటిని సర్దుబాటు చేయుటకు, "
++"<gui>ఐచ్చికాలు</gui> బటన్ నొక్కి <gui>మాగ్నిఫైర్</gui> టాబ్ యెంచు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"మౌస్ లేదా టచ్‌పాడ్ సూచకిని కనుగొనుటకు మీరు క్రాస్‌హెయిర్స్ క్రియాశీలం "
++"చేయవచ్చు. వాటిని ఆన్ చేసి మరియు వాటి పొడవు, రంగు, మరియు మందం, సర్దుబాటు "
++"చేయుటకు <gui>ఐచ్చికాలు</gui> బటన్ నొక్కి మరియు <gui>క్రాస్‌హెయిర్స్</gui> "
++"టాబ్ ఎంచండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు విలోమ వీడియోకు లేదా <gui>నలుపు పై తెలుపు</gui> కు మారవచ్చు, మరియు "
++"మాగ్నిఫైర్ కొరకు ప్రకాశత, కాంట్రాస్ట్ మరియు గ్రేస్కేల్ ఐచ్చికాలు సర్దుబాటు "
++"చేయండి. ఈ ఐచ్చికాల సమ్మేళనం అనునది దృష్టి-తక్కువ వారికి, ఫోటోఫోబియా "
++"వున్నవారికి, తక్కువ కాంతినందు కంప్యూటర్ వుపయోగించువారికి వుపయోగకరంగా వుంటాయి."
++" <gui>ఐచ్చికాలు</gui> బటన్ నొక్కి <gui>రంగు ప్రభావాలు</gui> టాబ్ ఎంచు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+ "link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>..."
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y.page:23(page/title) C/keyboard.page:32(links/title)
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">చూడుట</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">వినుట</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">కదులుట</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">బ్రెయిలీ</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">తెర పెద్దదిచేయునది</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
+ msgid "Universal access"
+ msgstr "సార్వత్రిక సౌలభ్యత"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
+ "various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+ "devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
+ "menu in the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
++"గ్నోమ్ డెస్కుటాప్ అనునది ప్రత్యేక అవసరాలు మరియు వివిధ వైకల్యాలు గల "
++"వాడుకరులకు తోడ్పాటును మరియు కామన్ ఎసిస్టివ్ డివైజెస్ (ఉమ్మడి సహాయక పరికరాలు) "
++"తో సంప్రదించుటకు సహాయక సాంకేతికతలను అందించును. పై పట్టీ నందలి ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ "
++"మెనూ నుండి చాలా ఏక్సెసబిలిటీ విశేషణాలు వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
+ msgid "Visual impairments"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "దృష్టి వైకల్యం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
+ msgid "Blindness"
+ msgstr "గుడ్డితనం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
+ msgid "Low vision"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "దృష్టి తక్కువ"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
+ msgid "Color-blindness"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వర్ణ-అంధత్వం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title) C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
+-#: C/keyboard.page:36(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
+ msgid "Other topics"
+ msgstr "ఇతర అంశాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
+ msgid "Hearing impairments"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వినికిడి లోపం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:53(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
+ msgid "Mobility impairments"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "చలన వైకల్యం"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:56(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
+ msgid "Mouse movement"
+ msgstr "మౌస్ కదలిక"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
+ msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+ msgstr "నొక్కుట మరియు లాగివదులుట"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
+ msgid "Keyboard use"
+ msgstr "కీబోర్డు వాడుక"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
+ msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కుటకు ఎడమ మౌస్ బటన్‌ను వత్తి పట్టి వుంచు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
+ msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కుడి మౌస్ నొక్కు సిమ్యులేట్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+ "your pointing device only has a single button."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎడమ మౌస్ బటన్‌ను నొక్కిపట్టి మీరు కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కవచ్చు. మీరు మీ చేతి "
++"వేళ్ళను విడివిడిగా కదిలించుటలో సమస్య వున్నా లేగా మీ సూచకి పరికరం వొక బటన్ "
++"మాత్రమే కలిగివున్నా ఇది మీకు వుపయోగకరంగా వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>సిమ్యులేటెడ్ సెంకండరీ నొక్కు</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
+-"it is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
+-"tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
+-"Click</gui>."
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"కుడి నొక్కుగా నమోదు కావడానిని మీరు మీ ఎడమ మౌస్ బటన్‌ను ఎంతసేపు నొక్కివుంచాలో "
++"మీరు మార్చవచ్చు. <gui>సూచించు మరియు నొక్కు</gui> టాబ్ పైన, <gui>సిమ్యులేటెడ్ "
++"రెండవ నొక్కు</gui> కిందన <gui>ఆమోదనా ఆలస్యం</gui> మార్చుము."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+-"button where you would normally right-click, then release. You will only "
+-"right-click once you release the mouse button. If you use <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this will also allow you to right-click by "
+-"holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
+-msgstr ""
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"సిమ్యులేట్ చేసిన రెండవ నొక్కుతో కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కుటకు, మీరు ఎక్కడ కుడి-"
++"నొక్కు నొక్కుతారో అక్కడ ఎడమ మౌస్ బటన్ నొక్కివుంచు, విడువు. మీరు ఎడమ మౌస్ "
++"బటన్ నొక్కివుంచునప్పుడు సూచకి నీలంతో నిండును. అది పూర్తిగా నిలంగా మారగనే, "
++"మౌస్ బటన్ వదిలి కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని ప్రత్యేక సూచకిలు, పునఃపరిమాణ సూచకిలు వంటివి, రంగులు మార్చవు. "
++"అయినప్పటికీ మీరు సిమ్యులేడెట్ రెండవ నొక్కును మామూలుగానే వాడవచ్చు, సూచకి "
++"నుండి మీరు దృశ్య స్పందనను పొందకపోయినప్పటికీ."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">మాస్ కీలు</link> వుపయోగించితే, మీ "
++"కీపాడ్ పైని <key>5</key> కీను నొక్కివుంచుట ద్వారా మీరు కుడి-నొక్కు "
++"నొక్కవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+ "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+ "differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
+ "click."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాల</gui> అవలోకనం నందు, ఈ విశేషణం అచేతనమైనప్పటికీ, కుడి-నొక్కు "
++"నొక్కుటకు మీరు ఎల్లప్పుడూ ఎక్కువసేపు-నొక్కవచ్చు. అవలోకనం నందు ఎక్కువసేపు-"
++"నొక్కు కొద్దిగా భిన్నంగా పనిచేయును: కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కుటకు మీరు బటన్ విడుదల "
++"చేయనవసరంలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+ msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+ msgstr ""
++"వాడుకరి ఇంటర్ఫేస్ మాట్లాడుటకు <app>ఓర్కా</app> స్క్రీన్ రీడర్ వుపయోగించు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
+ msgid "Read screen aloud"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తెరను పెద్దగా చదువు"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
+-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
+-"installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to "
+-"the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+-msgstr ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"వాడుకరి ఇంటర్ఫేస్ చదువుటకు గ్నోమ్ అనునది <app>ఓర్కా</app> స్క్రీన్ రీడర్‌ను "
++"అందించును. మీరు గ్నోమ్‌ను ఎలా సంస్థాపించారు అనే దానిపై ఆధారపడి, మీరు ఓర్కాను "
++"సంస్థాపించివుండకపోవచ్చు. <link href=\"install:orca\">ఓర్కా సంస్థాపించి</"
++"link>, మరింత సమాచారం కొరకు <link href=\"help:orca\">ఓర్కా సహాయం</link> "
++"చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+ "screen."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కీ వత్తగానే ఆ అక్షరం తెరపైన కనబడుటకు కొంత ఆలస్యం కలిగివుండు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+ msgstr "నెమ్మది మీటలను ప్రారంభించు"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+ "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+@@ -654,114 +1173,179 @@
+ "time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
+ "the keyboard first time."
+ msgstr ""
++"కీ వత్తిన తరువాత ఆ అక్షరం తెర పైన కనబడుటకు కొంత ఆలస్యం వుండవలెనంటే "
++"<em>నెమ్మది కీలు</em> ఆన్ చేయి. దీనర్దం ప్రతి కీను కొంతసేపు పట్టివుంచాలి అది "
++"తెరపైన కనబడుటకు. మీరు టైపు చేయునప్పుడు ప్రమాదవశాత్తు వొకేసారి ఎక్కువ కీలను "
++"వత్తుచున్నా, లేదా కీ బోర్డు పైన మొదటిసారే సరైన కీను వత్తలేకపోతున్నా నెమ్మది "
++"కీలను వుపయోగించు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>నెమ్మది కీలు</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:35(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
+ msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
+-"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
+-"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
+-"slow keys."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నెమ్మది కీలను త్వరగా ఆన్ లేదా ఆఫ్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+-"gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>కీబోర్డు చేత చేతనం</gui> కిందన, కీబోర్డు నుండి నెమ్మది కీలను ఆన్ మరియు "
++"ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు <gui>కీబోర్డు నుండి ఏక్సెసబిలిటి విశేషణాలను ఆన్‌చేయి</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి. ఈ ఐచ్చికం ఎంపికకాగానే, నెమ్మది కీలను చేతనం లేదా అచేతనం చేయుటకు "
++"మీరు <key>Shift</key> ను ఎనిమిది క్షణాలపాటు వత్తివుంచవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ</link> నొక్కి "
++"<gui>నెమ్మది కీలు</gui> ఎంపిక చేయుట ద్వారా మీరు నెమ్మది కీలను ఆన్ లేగా ఆఫ్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు. <gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> పానల్ నుండి వొకటి లేదా అంతకన్నా "
++"ఎక్కువ అమరికలు చేతనమైనప్పుడు ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+ "hold a key down for it to register."
+ msgstr ""
++"నమోదగుటకు ఒక కీను ఎంతసేపు నొక్కివుంచాలో నియంత్రించుటకు <gui>ఆమోదపు ఆలస్యం</"
++"gui> స్లైడర్ వుపయోగించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+ "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
+ "the key down long enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు కీను వత్తినప్పుడు మీ కంప్యూటర్ శబ్ధం చేయునట్లు దానిని ఆకృతీకరించవచ్చు, "
++"అది ఆమోదించబడినప్పుడు, లేదా తిరస్కరించబడినప్పుడు, ఎంచేతంటే మీరు కీను "
++"తగినంతసేపు నొక్కివుంచలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+ "all of the keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
++"కీబోర్డు లఘవులను ఒక కీను ఒకసారి టైపుచేయండి అన్ని కీలను ఒకేసారి పట్టివుంచడం "
++"కన్నా."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+ msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "స్టికీ కీలను ఆన్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+ "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
+-"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
+-"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</"
+-"key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+-msgstr ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"అన్ని కీలను ఒకేసారి పట్టివుంచడం కన్నా కీబోర్డు లఘవులను ఒక కీను ఒకసారి "
++"టైపుచేయుటకు <em>స్టికీ కీలు</em> మిమ్ములను అనుమతించును. ఉదాహరణకు, "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"లఘువు విండోల మధ్యన మారుటకు. స్టికీ కీలు ఆన్ చేయకుండా వుంటే, మీరు రెండు కీలను "
++"వొకేసారి పట్టివుంచవలసి వుంటుంది; స్టికీ కీలు ఆన్ అయివుంటే, మీరు <key>Super</"
++"key> వత్తి తరువాత <key>Tab</key> వత్తవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+ "several keys at once."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎక్కువ కీలను ఒకేసారి పట్టివుంచుట కష్టమైతే మీరు స్టికీ కీలను ఆన్ చేయాలని "
++"అనుకోవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+ msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>స్టికీ కీలు</gui> ఆన్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+ msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "స్టికీ కీలను త్వరగా ఆన్ లేదా ఆఫ్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
+-"sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
+-"can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky "
+-"keys."
+-msgstr ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"కీ బోర్డు నుండి స్టికీ కీలను ఆన్ లేదా ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు <gui>కీబోర్డు ద్వారా "
++"చేతనంచేయి</gui> కిందన, <gui>కీబోర్డ్ నుండి ఏక్సెసబిలిటి విశేషణాలను "
++"చేతనంచేయి</gui> ఎంపికచేయి. ఈ ఐచ్చికం ఎంపికచేసినప్పుడు, మీరు స్టికీ కీలను "
++"చేతనం లేదా అచేతనం చేయుటకు <key>Shift</key> కీను ఐదుసార్లు వత్తాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+ "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+-"Keys</gui>."
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ</link> నొక్కి "
++"<gui>స్టికీ కీలు</gui> ఎంపిక చేయుట ద్వారా మీరు స్టికీ కీలను ఆన్ లేదా ఆఫ్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు. <gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> పానల్ నుండి వొకటి లేదా అంతకన్నా "
++"ఎక్కువ అమరికలు చేతనమైనప్పుడు ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+-"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు రెండు కీలను వొకేసారి నొక్కితే, స్టికీ కీలు వాటంతటవే తాత్కాలికంగా "
++"ఆఫ్ అయి మిమ్ములను కీబోర్డు లఘవులు ప్రవేశపెట్టుటకు అనుమతించును."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
+-"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
+-"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
+-"together), but not others."
+-msgstr ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు స్టికీ కీలను ఆన్‌లో వుంచి <key>Super</key> మరియు <key>Tab</"
++"key> ఒకేసారి నొక్కితే, స్టికీ కీలు మీరు ఇంకొక కీ నొక్కునంతవరకు వేచివుండవు. "
++"మీరు ఒక కీ వత్తితే మాత్రం అది <em>వేచివుంటుంది</em>. మీరు కొన్ని కీబోర్డు "
++"లఘవులు ఒకేసారి నొక్కితే(ఉదాహరణకు, దగ్గరగావున్న కీలు) ఇది వుపయోగకరంగా "
++"వుంటుంది, వేరేవాటికి కాదు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
++"దీనిని చేతనం చేయుటకు <gui>రెండు కీలు ఒకేసారి నొక్కితే అచేతనంచేయి</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
+ "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+@@ -769,317 +1353,1122 @@
+ "next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
+ "when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+ msgstr ""
++"స్టికీ కీలు ఆన్‌చేసివుండి కీబోర్డ్ లఘవు టైపు చేయుట ప్రారంభించగానే కంప్యూటర్ "
++"\"బీప్\" శబ్ధం చేయునట్లు చేయవచ్చు. అలా మీకు స్టికీ కీలు కీబోర్డు లఘువు కొరకు "
++"చూస్తున్నాయని తెలుస్తుంది, కనుక తరువాతి కీ వత్తు అనునది లఘువు నందలి భాగముగా "
++"పరిగణించబడును. దీనిని చేతనం చేయుటకు <gui>సవరణి కీ వత్తినప్పుడు శబ్ధం చేయి</"
++"gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+ "played."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎలర్ట్ శబ్ధం మ్రోగించినప్పుడు విజువల్ ఎలర్ట్స్ తెరను లేదా విండోను ఫ్లాష్ "
++"చేయుటకు చేతనంచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
+ msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఎలర్ట్ శబ్ధముల కొరకు తెరను ఫ్లాష్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+ "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+ "either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
+ "alert sound is played."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని రకాల సందేశాలు మరియు ఘటనల కొరకు మీ కంప్యూటర్ సాధారణ ఎలర్ట్ శబ్ధం "
++"మ్రోగించును. ఈ శబ్ధాలను మీరు వినలేక పోతే, శబ్ధం మ్రోగినప్పుడు మీరు మొత్తం "
++"తెరనందు లేదా ప్రస్తుత విండోనందు విజువల్ ఫ్లాగ్ పొందవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
+ "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+ "> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ నిశ్శబ్దంగా వుండవలసిన సందర్భాలలో కూడా ఇది వుపయోగకరంగా వుంటుంది, "
++"గ్రంథాలయం వంటి వాటినందు. ఎలర్ట్ శబ్ధమును ఎలా మూగపర్చాలో, విజువల్ ఎలర్ట్ ఎలా "
++"చేతనం చేయాలో నేర్చుకొనుటకు <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>సార్వత్రిక ఏక్సెస్</gui> తెరచి మరియు <gui>వినుట</gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
+-"screen or just your current window to flash."
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>విజువల్ ఎలర్ట్స్</gui> ఆన్‌చేయి. మీరు మీ మొత్తం తెరను ఫ్లాష్ "
++"చేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా లేక ప్రస్తుత తెరనా అనేది ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+ "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+ "<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <gui>విజువల్ ఎలర్ట్స్</gui> ఎంపికచేసి <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">ఏక్సెసబిలిటి ప్రతిమ</link> పై నొక్కి మీరు త్వరగా విజువల్ ఎలర్ట్స్ ఆన్ "
++"మరియు ఆఫ్ చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డెస్కుటాప్ సహాయక మార్గదర్శని వుపయోగించుటపై కొన్ని చిట్కాలు."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name) C/backup-check.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:15(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:12(credit/name) C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name) C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name) C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name) C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name) C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(credit/name) C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name) C/files-recover.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-rename.page:11(credit/name) C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:14(credit/name) C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name) C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name) C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name) C/user-add.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name) C/video-sending.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/windows-key.page:10(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
+ msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr "గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+ msgid "About this guide"
+ msgstr "ఈ మార్గదర్శకం గురించి"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+ "answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+-"computer more effectively.We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
+ "possible:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ మార్గదర్శని అనునది మీ డెస్కుటాప్ విశేషణాలపై అవగాహన ఏర్పరుచుటకు "
++"రూపొందించినది, మీ కంప్యూటర్-సంభందిత ప్రశ్నలకు సమాధానాలను, మరియు మీ "
++"కంప్యూటర్‌ను మరింత ప్రతిభావంతంగా వుపయోగించుటకు చిట్కాలను కలిగివుంది. మేము ఈ "
++"మార్గదర్శనాన్ని విలైనంత సుళువుగా చేయడానికి ప్రయత్నించాము:"
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
+ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+ "answer to your questions."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ మార్గదర్శనం కర్తవ్య-పంథాలో అంశాలను కలిగివుంటుంది--అధ్యాయాలుగా కాదు. దీని "
++"వలన మీ ప్రశ్నలకు సమాధానాల కొరకు మీరు మొత్త మాన్యువల్ అంతా స్థూలంగా "
++"పరిశీలించవలసిన అవసరంవుండదు."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
+ "pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+ "topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+ msgstr ""
++"సంబందిత అంశాలు కలిపివుంచబడును. కొన్ని పేజీల కిందని \"ఇది కూడా చూడు\" లింకులు "
++"సంబందిత అంశాలకు దారితీయును. సంబందిత అంశాలను కనుగొనుటకు మీ పనిని ఇది సులభతరం "
++"చేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+ "<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+ "you start typing."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇది అంతర్-నిర్మిత అన్వేషణ కలిగివుంది. సహాయ బ్రౌజర్ పైన వున్న పట్టీ "
++"<em>అన్వేషణ పట్టీ</em>, మరియు మీరు టైపు చేయుట ప్రారంభించగానే సంబందిత ఫలితాలు "
++"కనిపించుట ప్రారంభమగును."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+ "with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
+ "of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
+ "more helpful, though."
+ msgstr ""
++"మార్గదర్శనం స్థిరంగా మెరుగుకాబడుతోంది. మేము పూర్తి సమాచారం ఇవ్వడానికి "
++"ప్రయత్నించినప్పటికీ, మేము అన్ని ప్రశ్నలకు సమాధానం ఇక్కడ ఇవ్వలేకపోయామని మాకు "
++"తెలుసు. మరింత సహాయవంతంగా మలచుటకు మేము మరింత సమాచారం జతచేస్తూవుంటాము."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
+ "that you will never have to use it."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కుటాప్ సహాయాన్ని చదువుటకు సమయాన్ని వెచ్చించినందుకు ధన్యవాదములు. మీరు "
++"ఇంకెప్పుడూ దానిని వుపయోగించవలసిన అవసరం రాకూడదని మేముఅనుకొంటున్నాము."
+ 
+-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+ msgstr "-- గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ జట్టు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "ఒక ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా అనుసంధానించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "ఒక ఖాతాను జతచేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక ఖాతాను జతచేస్తే అది  మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలను గ్నోమ్ డెస్కుటాప్‌తో "
++"లింకుచేయుటకు సహాయపడును. మీ ఈమెయిల్ ప్రోగ్రామ్, చాట్ ప్రోగ్రామ్, మరియు ఇతర "
++"సంబందిత అనువర్తనాలు మీ కొరకు అమర్చబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "విండో యొక్క దిగువ-ఎడమ విభాగమునందు <key>+</key> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "<gui>ఖాతా రకం</gui> మెనూ నొక్కి వొకదాని ఎంపికచేయుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఒక ఖాతా రకం కన్నా ఎక్కువ కలిగివుంటే, మీరు ఇతర ఖాతాలను తరువాత జతచేయవచ్చు."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "<gui>జతచేయి…</gui> నొక్కుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక చిన్న వెబ్‌సైట్ విండో తెరువబడును అక్కడ మీరు మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా ఆనవాళ్ళను "
++"ప్రవేశపెట్టవచ్చు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు గూగుల్ ఖాతా అమర్చితే, మీ గూగుల్ వాడుకరిపేరు "
++"మరియు సంకేతపదం ప్రవేశపెట్టండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు మీ ఆనవాళ్ళను సరిగా ప్రవేశపెట్టినట్టైతే, గ్నోమ్‌ను మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ "
++"ఖాతాను ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు అనుమతించమని మీరు అడుగబడతారు. కొనసాగించుటకు "
++"<gui>ఏక్సెస్ అనుమతించు</gui> ఎంపికచేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాకు లింకు చేయదలచిన అనువర్తనాలను ఎంపికచేయండి. ఉదాహరణకు, "
++"చాట్ కొరకు మీరు ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాను వుంపయోగించదలచి, మరియు మీ క్యాలెండర్ కొరకు "
++"అన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాను వుపయోగించాలని అనుకోకపోతే, <gui>క్యాలెండర్</gui> ఐచ్చికం ఆఫ్ "
++"చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఖాతాలను జతచేసిన తరువాత, మీరు ఎంపికచేసిన ప్రతి అనువర్తనం ప్రారంభించగానే "
++"స్వయంచాలకంగా ఆ ఆనవాళ్ళను వుపయోగించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"భద్రతా కారణాల దృష్ట్యా, గ్నోమ్ మీ సంకేతపదాన్ని కంప్యూటర్‌పైన నిల్వవుంచదు. "
++"బదులుగా, అది ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవ ద్వారా అందించిన టోకెన్‌ను నిల్వవుంచును. మీ "
++"డెస్కుటాప్ మరియు ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవ మధ్యని లింకును మీరు పూర్తిగా తీసివేయాలంటే, "
++"దానిని <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">తీసివేయి</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "Julita Inca"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "<app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> వుపయోగించి కొత్త ఖాతా సృష్టించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా సృష్టించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"కొంతమంది ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా సేవ అందించువారు దానిని <app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> కు "
++"జతచేయునప్పుడే ఖాతాను సృష్టించుటకు అనుమతించుతారు. ఇది ఒక అనువర్తనం నుండే మీ "
++"మొత్త ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలను నిర్వహించుటకు అనుమతించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం నుండి <app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> తెరువుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> నొక్కు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"డ్రాప్‌డౌన్ మెనూ నుండి <gui>ఖాతా రకం</gui> ఎంపికచేయండి. కొన్ని ఖాతా రకాలు "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">అందుబాటులో వుండక పోవచ్చు</"
++"link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "కొనసాగించుటకు <gui>జతచేయి…</gui> నొక్కు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr "కనిపించు పేజీ  పై <gui>సైనప్</gui> బటన్ లేదా లింకు కనుగొని నొక్కు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr ""
++"ఈ దశలో ఖాతాను సృష్టించుటకు అన్ని ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా వుత్పాదకులు ఐచ్చికాన్ని "
++"అందించరు. మీరు ఈ సేవకు నమోదు అవ్వాలని అనుకుంటే, ఖాతాను సృష్టించుటకు మీరు "
++"ప్రత్యామ్నాయ పద్దతిని వుపయోగించాలి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"నమోదీకరణ ఫారమునందు నింపుము. మీరు కొన్ని వ్యక్తిగత వివరాలు వాడుకరిపేరు మరియు "
++"సంకేతపదం వంటివి ప్రవేశపెట్టాలి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ కొత్త ఖాతాను <app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> తో వుపయోగించుటకు దానికి మీరు "
++"గ్నోమ్ ఏక్సెస్‌ను జతచేయాలి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"ఖాతా అందించువాని చేత ఇవ్వబడు అన్ని సేవలు అప్రమేయంగా చేతనం చేయబడును. వాటిని "
++"అచేతనం చేయుటకు స్వతంత్ర సేవలను <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
++"service\">స్విచ్ ఆఫ్</link> చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++"బహుళ సేవలను ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు కొన్ని ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు వుపయోగించవచ్చు(క్యాలెండర్ "
++"మరియు ఈమెయిల్ వలె). అనువర్తనములచేత వుపయోగించబడు ఈ సేవలను మీరు "
++"నియంత్రించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr "ఒక ఖాతా ఏ ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవలను ఏక్సెస్ చేయాలో నియంత్రించుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకే వాడుకరి ఖాతాతో చాలా సేవలను ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు కొన్ని రకాల ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా "
++"మిమ్ములను అనుమతించును. ఉదాహరణకు, గూగుల్ ఖాతాలు అనునవి క్యాలెండర్, ఈమెయిల్, "
++"పరిచయాలు మరియు చాట్‌కు ఏక్సెస్ ఇచ్చును. మీరు మీ ఖాతాను కొన్ని సేవలకు "
++"తప్పించి, వేరే వాటికి వాడాలనుకోకపోవచ్చు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు మీ గూగుల్ ఖాతాను "
++"ఈమెయిల్ కొరకు వాడి చాట్ కొరకు వాడాలనుకోకపోవచ్చు, బహుశా మీకు చాట్ కొరకు వేరే "
++"ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా వుండివుండవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr "ప్రతి ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా చేత అందించబడు కొన్ని సేవలను మీరు అచేతనం చేయవచ్చు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr "ఎడమవైపుని జాబితానుండి మీరు మార్చాలని అనుకొనుచున్న ఖాతాను ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ఈ ఖాతాతో అందుబాటులో వున్న సేవల జాబితా అనునది <gui>ఈ ఖాతాను దీని కొరకు "
++"వుపయోగించు</gui> కిందన చూపబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "మీరు వుపయోగించాలనుకోని సేవలను స్విచ్ ఆఫ్ చేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక ఖాతా కొరకు ఒకసారి సేవ అచేతనమైన తరువాత, మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైని అనువర్తనాలు ఇకపై "
++"ఆ ఖాతాను వుపయోగించి ఆ సేవకు అనుసంధానంకాలేవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు అచేతనం చేసిన సేవను ఆన్ చేయుటకు, <gui>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</gui> విండోకు "
++"వెళ్ళి దానిని ఆన్ చేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవ వుత్పాదకుడు జాబితాచేసిలేకపోతే ఏంటి?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "నా ఖాతా రకం జాబితాపైన ఎందుకు లేదు?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr ""
++"మీ అభీష్ట ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవ తోడ్పాటు కొరకు దీనిని అభివృద్ది చేయవలసి వుంది. "
++"ప్రస్తుతం, కొద్ది రకాల ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలకు మాత్రమే తోడ్పాటునీయబడును:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "గూగుల్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "విండోస్ లైవ్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "ఫేస్‌బుక్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "ట్విట్టర్"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "యాహూ కొరకు తోడ్పాటు సమీప భవిష్యత్తులో జతచేయబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ ఇతర సేవల కొరకు మీరు తోడ్పాటు జతచేయాలని అనుకుంటే, <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> బగ్ "
++"ట్రాకర్</link> నందలి అభివృద్దికారులను సంప్రదించండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాను శాశ్వతంగా తీసివేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "ఒక ఖాతాను తీసివేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "మీరు తొలగించాలని అనుకొనుచున్న ఖాతాను ఎంపికచేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "విండో యొక్క దిగువ-ఎడమ విభాగమునందు <key>-</key> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>తీసివేయి</gui> నొక్కు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"ఖాతాను పూర్తిగా తొలగించుటకు బదులుగా, మీ డెస్కుటాప్ చేత ఏక్సెస్ అవుతున్న "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">సేవలను నిర్భందించుట</link> సాధ్యమే."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "Andre Klapper"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> నందు సృష్టించిన ఖాతాలను మరియు అవి ఇచ్చే సేవలను "
++"అనువర్తనాలు వుపయోగించగలవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాల ప్రయోజనాన్ని ఏ అనువర్తనాలు తీసుకోగలవు?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr ""
++"వాటంతటవే స్వయంచాలకంగా ఆకృతీకరించుటకు <app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</app> బాహ్య "
++"అనువర్తనములచేత వుపయోగించబడగలవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "గూగుల్ ఖాతా తో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app>, ఈమెయిల్ అనువర్తనం. మీ ఈమెయిల్ ఖాతా అనునది "
++"స్వయంచాలకంగా <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> కు జతచేయబడును, కనుక అది మీ మెయిల్‌ను "
++"పొందును, మీ పరిచయాలకు ఏక్సెస్ ఇచ్చును, మరియు మీ గూగుల్ ఎజెండానందు క్యాలెండర్ "
++"అంశాలను ప్రదర్శించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ఎంపతి</app>, సత్వర సందేశ అనువర్తనం. మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా జతచేయబడును మరియు "
++"మీరు మీ స్నేహితులతో సంప్రదించబడుదురు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>పరిచయాలు</app>, ఇది మీ పరిచయాలను చూడుటకు మరియు సరికూర్చుటకు అనుమతించును."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>పత్రములు</app> మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ పత్రములను ఏక్సెస్ చేయగలవు మరియు వాటిని "
++"ప్రదర్శించగలవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "విండోస్ లైవ్, ఫేస్‌బుక్ లేదా ట్విట్టర్ ఖాతాలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ఎంపతి</app> అనునది మిమ్ములను అన్‌లైన్‌కు అనుసంధానించుటకు మరియు మీ "
++"పరిచయస్తులతో, స్నేహితులతో, అనుచరగణంతో సంభాషించుటకు ఈ ఖాతాలను వుపయోగించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "స్కైడ్రైవ్ ఖాతాతో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>పత్రములు</app> అనునవి మీ Microsoft స్కైడ్రైవర్ నందలి ఆన్‌లైన్ పత్రములను "
++"ఏక్సెస్ చేయగలవు మరియు వాటిని ప్రదర్శించగలవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "ఏక్సుచేంజ్ ఖాతాతో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఒక ఎక్సుచేంజ్ ఖాతాను సృష్టించిన తరువాత, ఈ ఖాతా నుండి మెయిళ్ళను పొందుటకు "
++"<app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> ప్రారంభించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "ఓన్‌క్లౌడ్ ఖాతా తో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక ఓన్‌క్లౌడ్ ఖాతా అమర్చినతరువాత, <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> అనునది పరిచయాలను "
++"మరియు క్యాలెండర్ నియామకాలను ఏక్సెస్ చేయగలదు మరియు సరికూర్చగలదు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>ఫైల్స్</app> మరియు ఇతర అనువర్తనాలు అనునవి ఓన్‌క్లౌడ్ సంస్థాపన నందు "
++"నిల్వవున్న మీ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఫైళ్ళను ఏక్సెస్ చేయును మరియు జాబితా చేయును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr ""
++"మీ డెస్కుటాప్‌నకు మీ ఈమెయిల్ లేదా సాఘీక మాధ్యమ ఖాతాలను ఎందుకు జతచేయాలి?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "నేను ఖాతాను ఎందుకు జతచేయాలి?"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ ఖాతాలను జతచేయుట వలన  మీ అభీష్ట క్యాలెండర్, చాట్ మరియు ఈమెయిల్ సేవలు "
++"నేరుగా మీ డెస్కుటాప్‌కు తెచ్చును మరియు ఆ సేవల సమాచారం నిరంతరంగా అందించుచూ "
++"వినియోగదారికి చక్కని అనుభూతిని అందించును. ఖాతాలను జతచేయుట వలన మీరు ఖాతాల "
++"విభిన్న సేవలకు, చాట్స్ వంటి వాటికి, ఒకే సమయంలో అందుబాటులో వుండవచ్చు. మీ "
++"ఖాతాను వొకసారి అమర్చండి ఇంక మీరు జతచేసిన అన్ని ఖాతాలు మరియు సేవలు ప్రతిసారి "
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ ప్రారంభించగానే మీ కొరకు సిద్దంగా వుంటాయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">కొత్త ఖాతా సృష్టించు</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">ఇప్పటికే వున్న ఖాతా జతచేయి</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">ఒక ఖాతా తీసివేయి</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాల</app> విండో నందు కొన్ని ఆన్‌లైన్ సేవలు (గూగుల్ మరియు "
++"ఫేస్‌బుక్ వంటివి) కొరకు మీరు మీ లాగిన్ వివరాలను ప్రవేశపెట్టవచ్చు. దీనివలన "
++"మీరు మరలా మీ ఖాతా వివరాలు ప్రవేశపెట్టకుండానే సుళువుగా మీ క్యాలెండర్, మెయిల్, "
++"చాట్ ఖాతాలు, మరియు సమానమైనవి ఆ అనువర్తనాలనుండి ఏక్సెస్ చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "మీ బ్యాకప్ సఫలవంతంగా అయిందేమో నిర్ధారించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
+ msgid "Check your backup"
+ msgstr "మీ బ్యాకప్ సరిచూచుకోండి"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
+ "since some files could be missing from the backup."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీసినతరువాత, ఆ బ్యాకప్ సఫలవంతంగా జరుగునట్లు మీరు "
++"చూసుకోవాలి. ఒకవేళ అది సరిగా పనిచేయకపోతే, బ్యాకప్ నుండి కొన్ని ఫైళ్ళు పోయిన "
++"కారణంగా మీరు ముఖ్యమైన దత్తాంశం కోల్పోతారు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+ "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+ "transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
+ "additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు నకలుతీయుటకు లేదా ఫైళ్ళను కదుల్చుటకు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికను వుపయోగించునప్పుడు, "
++"మొత్తం దత్తాంశం అనునది సరిగా బదిలీ అయ్యిందో లేదో కంప్యూటర్ సరిచూచును. "
++"ఏమైనప్పటికీ, మీరు మరింత ముఖ్యమైన దత్తాంశమును మీరు బదిలీచేయునప్పుడు, మీ "
++"దత్తాంశం సరిగా బదిలీ అయిందో లేదో నిర్థారించుకొనుటకు మీరు కొన్ని అదనపు "
++"పరిశీలనలు చేయచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+ "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+ "you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
+ "confidence that the process was successful."
+ msgstr ""
++"గమ్యపు మాధ్యమంకు నకలుతీసిన ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను పరిశీలిస్తూ మీరు మరొక "
++"తనిఖీ నిర్వహించవచ్చు. మీరు బదిలీచేసిన ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాలు యధార్ధంగా బ్యాకప్ "
++"నందు వున్నాయి అని పరిశీలించుకొనుట ద్వారా, కార్యక్రమం విజయవంతంగా జరిగిందని "
++"మరింత విశ్వాసంతో వుండవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-check.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+ "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
+ "and pasting files."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు పెద్ద మొత్తంలో రోజువారీ బ్యాకప్‌లు జరుపుతుంటే, బ్యాకప్ కొరకై కేటాయించన "
++"ప్రోగ్రామ్‌ను వుపయోగించుట మీకు సులువుగా వుంటుంది, <app>Déjà Dup</app> వంటిది."
++" మామూలుగా ఫైళ్ళను నకలుతీసి అతికించుట కన్నా అటువంటి కార్యక్రమం మరింత "
++"నమ్మసక్యంగా వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"Learn how often your should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+ "they're safe."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ ముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళు భద్రంగా వుంచుటకు ఎంత తరుచుగా వాటిని బ్యాకప్ చేయాలో "
++"నేర్చుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:11(credit/name) C/backup-how.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name) C/backup-what.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/backup-where.page:16(credit/name) C/files-browse.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-copy.page:16(credit/name) C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name) C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name) C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name) C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+ msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+ msgid "Frequency of backups"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్యాకప్స్ తరచుదనం"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+ "stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎంత తరచుగా మీరు బ్యాకప్స్ తీయాలి అనేది మీరు ఏ రకమైన దత్తాంశం బ్యాకప్ "
++"తీద్దామని అనుకుంటున్నారో దానిపై ఆదారపడి వుటుంది. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు ముఖ్యమైన "
++"దత్తాంశం కలిగివున్న సేవికలు గల నెట్వర్కు వాతావరణం కలిగివుంటే, రోజుకోసారి "
++"బ్యాకప్స్ కూడా సరిపోవు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+ "consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+ msgstr ""
++"అలాగే, మీరు మీ ఇంటి కంప్యూటర్ నందలి దత్తాంశం బ్యాకప్ తీస్తుంటే అప్పుడు "
++"గంటకోసారి బ్యాకప్స్ అనవసరం. మీ బ్యాకప్ ప్రణాళికను ఎలా రూపొందించాలి అనేదానికి "
++"కింది సూచనలు సహాయకంగా వుండవచ్చు:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+ msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన గడిపే సమయం."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+ msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కంప్యూటర్ పైని దత్తాంశం ఎంత తరచుగా ఎంత మేరకు మారుతుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+ "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+ "backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
+ "audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు బ్యాకప్ తీద్దామనుకొన్న దత్తాంశం తక్కువ ప్రాముఖ్యతను కలిగివుంటే, లేదా "
++"కొద్దిపాటి మార్పులు, సంగీతం, ఈ-మెయిల్స్ మరియు ఇంట్లో ఫొటోలు లాంటివి అయితే, "
++"వారంకోసారి లేదా నెలకోసారి బ్యాకప్ సరిపోతుంది. మీరు పన్ను లెక్కల మధ్యలో "
++"వుంటే, మరింత తరచుగా బ్యాకప్లు తీయుట అవసరం."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-frequency.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+ "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+ "example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
+ "you should back up at least once per week."
+ msgstr ""
++"సాధారణంగా, బ్యాకప్ల మధ్యని సమయం అనునది మీరు కోల్పోయిన పనిని తిరిగిచేయుటకు "
++"వెచ్చించాల్సిన సమయం కన్నా ఎక్కువ వుండరాదు. ఉదాహరణకు, పోయిన పత్రములను తిరిగి "
++"వ్రాయుటకు మీకు వారం సమయం మరీ ఎక్కువ అయితే, మీరు వారానికోసారి బ్యాకప్ "
++"తీసుకోవాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+ "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ విలువైన ఫైళ్ళు మరియు అమరికలు కోల్పోకుండా వుండటానికి వాటి నకళ్ళను Déjà Dup "
++"(లేదా వేరే ఇతర బ్యాకప్ అనువర్తనం) వుపయోగించి తీయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
+ msgid "How to back up"
+ msgstr "బ్యాక్అప్ తీయడం ఎలా"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+ "applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ ఫైళ్ళను మరియు అమరికలను బ్యాకప్ తీయుటకు సుళువైన మార్గం ఏదేని బ్యాకప్ "
++"అనువర్తనాన్ని మీ బ్యాకప్ కార్యక్రమం నిర్వహించుటకు అనుమతించడమే. చాలా విభిన్న "
++"బ్యాకప్ అనువర్తనాలు అందుబాటులోవున్నాయి, ఉదాహరణకు <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+ "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఎంచుకొనిన బ్యాకప్ అనువర్తనపు సహాయం అనునది బ్యాకప్ కొరకు మీ అభీష్టాలను "
++"అమర్చుటకు, అదేవిదంగా మీ దత్తాంశం తిరిగిపొందుటకు మార్గదర్శనంచేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+ "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+@@ -1087,171 +2476,262 @@
+ "files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
+ "them from there."
+ msgstr ""
++"వేరొక ప్రత్యామ్నాయ ఐచ్చికం <link xref=\"files-copy\">మీ ఫైళ్ళను నకలుతీయుట</"
++"link> వేరే హార్డు డ్రైవ్‌కు, నెట్వర్కు నందలి వేరే కంప్యూటర్‌కు, లేదా USB "
++"డ్రైవ్‌కు. మీ <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు</link> మరియు "
++"అమరికలు సాధారణంగా మీ నివాస సంచయం నందు వుంటాయి, కనుక అక్కడనుండి మీరు నకలు "
++"తీయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+ "the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు బ్యాకప్ తీయాలని అనుకుంటున్న పరిమాణం మీ నిల్వ పరికరం పరిమాణంకు పరిమితమై "
++"వుంటుంది. మీ బ్యాకప్ పరికరం పైన మీకు జాగా వుంటే, కింది వాటిని విస్మరించి మీ "
++"మొత్త నివాస సంచయం బ్యాకప్ తీయుట మంచిది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Files that are already backed-up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+ "other removable media."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇప్పటికే వేరే చోటకి, CD, DVD, లేదా ఇతర మాధ్యమం వంటివాటికి బ్యాకప్ తీసిన "
++"ఫైళ్ళు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+ "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు సుళువుగా తిరిగిసృష్టించగల ఫైళ్ళు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు ప్రోగ్రామర్ అయితే, "
++"మీరు ప్రోగ్రామ్స్ కంపైల్ చేసినప్పుడు వచ్చే ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయవలసిన "
++"అవసరంలేదు, మీరు అసలు మూలపు ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయునట్లు చూసుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-how.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <cmd>~/."
+-"local/share/Trash</cmd>."
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
+ msgstr ""
++"చెత్త సంచయం నందలి ఏ ఫైళ్ళైనా. మీ చెత్త సంచయం <file>~/.local/share/Trash</"
++"file> నందు వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+ msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ నుండి తిరిగిపొందు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+ msgid "Restore a backup"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్యాకప్ తిరిగిపొందు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"If you lost or deleted some of you files, but you have a backup of them, you "
+-"can restore them from the backup:"
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు మీ ఫైళ్ళలో కొన్ని కొల్పోయి లేదా తొలగించి వుండి, వాటిని బ్యాకప్ "
++"నందు కలిగివుంటే, మీరు వాటిని బ్యాకప్ నుండి తిరిగిపొందవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+ "drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+ "\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"బాహ్య హార్డుడ్రైవర్, USB పరికరం లేదా నెట్వర్కు నందలి వేరొక కంప్యూటర్ నుండి "
++"మీరు మీ బ్యాకప్ తిరిగిపొందాలని అనుకుంటే, మీరు వాటిని తిరిగి మీ కంప్యూటర్‌కు "
++"<link xref=\"files-copy\">నకలు తీయవచ్చు</link>."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-restore.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+ "app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+ "backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
+ "specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ బ్యాకప్‌ను <app>Déjà Dup</app> వంటి బ్యాకప్ అనువర్తనం వుపయోగించి "
++"సృష్టించితే, మీ బ్యాకప్ తిరిగివుంచుటకు మీరు తిరిగి అదే అనువర్తనం "
++"వుపయోగించమని సిఫార్సు చేయడమైంది. మీ బ్యాకప్ ప్రోగ్రామ్ కొరకు అనువర్తనం సహాయం "
++"పునఃపరిశీలించండి: మీ ఫైళ్ళను తిరిగి ఎలా పొందాలో అది సూచనలను ఇస్తుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+ "may want to back up."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు బ్యాకప్ తీద్దామని అనుకొనే పత్రములు, ఫైళ్ళు మరియు అమరికలు కనుగొనే సంచయాల "
++"జాబితా."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+ msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను బ్యాకప్ తీయాలనుకొనే ఫైళ్ళను నేను ఎక్కడ కనుగొనగలను?"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+ "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+ "locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్యాకప్ తీయునప్పుడు ఏ ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయాలో నిర్ణయించడం, వాటిని గుర్తించడం, "
++"అనునవి క్లిష్టమైన పనులు. మీరు బ్యాకప్ తీయాలనుకొనే ముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళు మరియు "
++"అమరికల ఉమ్మడి స్థానాలు కిందన జాబితాచేసి వున్నాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+ msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+ msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు (పత్రాలు, సంగీతం, ఫొటోలు మరియు వీడియోలు)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
+ "Videos."
+ msgstr ""
++"సాధారణంగా ఇవి మీ నివాస సంచయం (<file>/home/your_name</file>) నందు వుంటాయి. "
++"అవి డెస్కుటాప్, పత్రములు, చిత్రాలు, సంగీతం మరియు వీడియోలు వంటి వుపసంచయాల "
++"నందు కూడా వుండవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+ "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+ "how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
+ "Analyzer</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ బ్యాకప్ మాధ్యమం అనునది తగినంత జాగా (ఉదాహరణకు, అది బాహ్య హార్డు డిస్కు) "
++"కలిగివుంటే, మొత్తం నివాస సంచయం బ్యాకప్ తీయండి. మీరు <app>డిస్కు వినియోగ "
++"విశ్లేషణి</app> వుపయోగించి మీ నివాస సంచయంకు ఎంత జాగా కావాలో కనుగొనవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+ msgid "Hidden files"
+ msgstr "దాగివున్న ఫైళ్ళు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+ "To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+ "gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
+ "copy these to a backup location like any other file."
+ msgstr ""
++"(.) తో ప్రారంభమయ్యే ఏ ఫైలు లేదా సంచయమైనా అప్రమేయంగా మరుగునవుంచబడును. "
++"మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను దర్శించుటకు, <guiseq><gui>దర్శించు</gui><gui>మరుగునవున్న "
++"ఫైళ్ళను చూపు</gui></guiseq> లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> నొక్కండి. మీరు వీటిని ఇతర ఫైళ్ళ వలె బ్యాకప్ స్థానమునకు నకలుతీయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+ msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+-msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత అమరికలు (డెస్క్‍టాప్ ప్రాధాన్యతలు, అలంకారాలు, మరియు సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్ అమరికలు)"
++msgstr ""
++"వ్యక్తిగత అమరికలు (డెస్క్‍టాప్ ప్రాధాన్యతలు, అలంకారాలు, మరియు సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్ "
++"అమరికలు)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+ "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా అనువర్తనాలు వాటి అమరికలను మీ నివాస సంచయం నందలి మరుగునవున్న సంచయాలనందు "
++"వుంచును (మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళపై సమాచారం కొరకు పైన చూడండి)."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <cmd>."
+-"config</cmd>, <cmd>.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>.gnome3</cmd>, and <cmd>.local</cmd> "
+-"in your Home folder."
+-msgstr ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"చాలావరకు మీ అనువర్తన అమరికలు అనునవి మీ నివాస సంచయం నందు మరుగునవున్న <file>."
++"config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, మరియు <file>."
++"local</file> సంచయాలనందు నిల్వవుంచబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+ msgid "System-wide settings"
+ msgstr "వ్యవస్థ-మొత్తం అమరికలు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+-"back-up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+-msgstr ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"వ్యవస్థ యొక్క ముఖ్య భాగముల అమరికలు మీ నివాస సంచయం నందు వుండవు. అవి చాలా "
++"స్థానములనందు వుండగలవు, అయితే వాటిలో చాలా వరకు <file>/etc</file> సంచయం నందు "
++"వుంటాయి. సాధారణంగా, మీరు ఈ ఫైళ్ళను ఇంటి కంప్యూటర్ నందు బ్యాకప్ తీయవలసిన "
++"అవసరంలేదు. మీరు సేవిక నడుపుతుంటే, అది నడుపుతున్న సేవలకు చెందిన ఫైళ్ళను మీరు "
++"బ్యాకప్ తీయాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
+ msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఏదైనా పొరబాటు జరిగితే మీరు కోల్పోవడానికి ఇష్టపడనిది ఏదైనా బ్యాకప్ తీయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
+ msgid "What to back up"
+ msgstr "ఏమి బ్యాక్అప్ చేయాలి"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
+-"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For "
+-"example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+-msgstr ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"మీ <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">అతిముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళు</link> అదే విధంగా "
++"తిరిగిసృష్టించుటకు క్లిష్టమైన ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయుట మీ ప్రాముఖ్యతగా వుండాలి. "
++"ఉదాహరణకు, అతిముఖ్యమైన వాటినుండి అంత ముఖ్యమైనవికాని వాటివరకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:30(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
+ msgid "Your personal files"
+ msgstr "మీ వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+ "consider irreplaceable."
+ msgstr ""
++"వీటిలో పత్రములు, స్ప్రెడ్‌షీట్లు, ఈమెయిల్, క్యాలెండర్ నియామకాలు, ఆర్ధిక "
++"దత్తాంశం, ఇంట్లో ఫొటోలు, లేదా తిరిగి పొందుటకు సాధ్యంకాని ఏ ఫైళ్ళైనా ఈ "
++"కోవలోకే వస్తాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:37(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
+ msgid "Your personal settings"
+ msgstr "మీ వ్యక్తిగత అమరికలు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+ "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+@@ -1259,52 +2739,78 @@
+ "music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
+ "while to recreate."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ డెస్కుటాప్ పైన రంగులకు, బ్యాక్‌గ్రౌండ్లకు, తెర రిజొల్యూషన్ మరియు మౌస్ "
++"అమరికలకు చేసిన మార్పులు దీని కిందకే వస్తాయి. అనువర్తన అభీష్టాలు, "
++"<app>లిబ్రేఆఫీస్</app>, మీ మ్యూజిక్ ప్లేయర్, మరియు మీ ఈమెయిల్ ప్రోగ్రామ్ "
++"వంటివాటి అమరికలు కూడా దీనికిందకే వస్తాయి. ఇవి తిరిగిపొందవచ్చు, అయితే "
++"తిరిగిచేయుటకు సమయం పడుతుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:46(item/title) C/shell-terminology.page:62(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
+ msgid "System settings"
+ msgstr "వ్యవస్థ అమరికలు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+ "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+-"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to backup these "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలామంది సంస్థాపనా సమయమందు సృష్టించిన వ్యవస్థ అమరికలను మార్చరు. మీరు మీ "
++"వ్యవస్థ అమరికలను మార్చివుంటే, లేదా మీరు మీ వ్యవస్థను సేవిక వలె "
++"వుపయోగిస్తుంటే, అప్పుడు మీరు ఈ అమరికలను బ్యాకప్ తీయాలని అనుకోవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:54(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
+ msgid "Installed software"
+ msgstr "స్థాపించబడిన సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+-"computer problem, by reinstalling it."
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఏదైనా తీవ్రమైన కంప్యూటర్ సమస్య తరువాత మీరు వుపయోగించే సాఫ్టువేర్ ను "
++"సాధారణంగా దానిని తిరిగిసంస్థాపించుట ద్వారా తిరిగివుంచవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-what.page:60(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+ "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+ "are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
+ "space by having backups of them."
+ msgstr ""
++"సాధారణంగా, మీరు తిరిగిపొందుటకు సాధ్యంకాని ఫైళ్ళను మరియు బ్యాకప్ తీయకపోతే "
++"పునఃస్థాపించుటకు ఎక్కువ సమయం పట్టే ఫైళ్ళను మీరు బ్యాకప్ తీయాలనుకొంటారు. "
++"సుళువుగా పునఃస్థాపించుటకు వీలగు వాటిని బ్యాకప్ తీసి మీరు డిస్కు జాగాను వృధా "
++"చేయలనుకోరు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ బ్యాకప్‌లను ఎక్కడ నిల్వవుంచాలి మరియు ఏ రకమైన నిల్వ పరికరం వుపయోగించాలి "
++"అనేదానిపై సలహా."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
+ msgctxt "sort"
+ msgid "c"
+ msgstr "c"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
+ msgid "Where to store your backup"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ బ్యాకప్ ఎక్కడ నిల్వవుంచాలి"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+ "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+@@ -1312,69 +2818,96 @@
+ "keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
+ "theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ ఫైళ్ళ బ్యాకప్ కాపీలను మీరు కంప్యూటర్ నందు కాక వేరొక చోట నిల్వ వుంచాలి - "
++"ఉదాహరణకు, బాహ్య హార్డుడిస్కు పైన. ఒకవేళ కంప్యూటర్ పాడైనా, బ్యాకప్ "
++"సురక్షితంగా వుటుంది. మరింత రక్షణ కొరకు, మీరు మీ కంప్యూటర్ వున్న "
++"బిల్డింగులోనే బ్యాకప్‌ను వుంచరాదు. అవి ఒకే చోట వుంచితే, అగ్ని ప్రమాదం "
++"జరిగినా లేక దొంగతనం జరిగినా రెండిటినందలి దత్తాంశం మీరు కోల్పాతారు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+ "all of the backed-up files."
+ msgstr ""
++"సరైన <em>బ్యాకప్ మాధ్యమం</em> ఎంచుకొనుట కూడా ముఖ్యమే. మొత్తం బ్యాకప్ ఫైళ్ళకు "
++"సరిపోయే సామర్ధ్యం వున్న పరికరంపై మీరు మీ బ్యాకప్స్ నిల్వ వుంచాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:35(list/title)
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
+ msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "స్థానిక మరియు రిమోట్ నిల్వ ఐచ్చికాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
+ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "USB మెమొరీ కీ (తక్కువ సామర్ధ్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
+ msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అంతర్గత డిస్కు డ్రైవ్ (అధిక సామర్ద్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
+ msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బాహ్య హార్డ్ డిస్క్ (అధిక సామర్ద్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
+ msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నెట్వర్కు-అనుసంధానిత డ్రైవ్ (అధిక సామర్ధ్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
+ msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైల్/బ్యాకప్ సేవిక (అధిక సామర్ధ్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
+ msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వ్రాయదగిన CD లు లేదా DVD లు (తక్కువ/మద్యస్థ సామర్ధ్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
+ "link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
+ "example; capacity depends on price)"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఆన్‌లైన్ బ్యాకప్ సేవ, ఉదాహరణకు (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/"
++"\">అమెజాన్ S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">ఉబంటు ఒన్</"
++"link>; ధరను బట్టి సామర్ధ్యం)"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-where.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+ "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ ఐచ్చికాలలో కొన్ని మీ వ్యవస్థ పైని ప్రతి ఫైలును బ్యాకప్ కలిగివుండగల "
++"సామర్ధ్యం కలిగివుంటాయి, దీనిని <em>మొత్తం వ్యవస్థ బ్యాకప్</em> అనికూడా "
++"అంటారు."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
+ msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్యాకప్స్ ఎప్పుడు, ఎందుకు, ఎక్కడ మరియు ఎలా."
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Backups"
+ msgstr "బ్యాక్అప్లు"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
+ msgid "Back up your important files"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ ముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయి"
+ 
+-#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+ "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+@@ -1383,25 +2916,40 @@
+ "original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
+ "drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
++"మీ ఫైళ్ళను <em>బ్యాకింగ్ అప్</em> అంటే వాటిని భద్రంగా వుంచుటకు ఒక నకలు "
++"తీయడమని. పాడవడం మూలాన లేదా కోల్పోవడం మూలాన వాస్తవ ఫైళ్ళు వుపయోగింపరాకున్నా "
++"ఇది చేయబడును. దత్తాంశం కోల్పోయినప్పుడు దానిని తిరిగివుంచుటకు ఈ నకళ్ళు "
++"వుపయోగించవచ్చు. నకళ్ళు అనునవి వాస్తవ ఫైళ్ళ నుండి వేరే పరికరాలపైన "
++"నిల్వవుంచాలి. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు USB పరికరం, బాహ్య హార్డు డ్రైవ్, CD/DVD, లేదా "
++"ఆఫ్-సైట్ సేవ వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
+-"copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్యాకప్ తీయడానికి మంచి మార్గం ప్రతిరోజు మీ ఫైళ్ళను బ్యాకప్ తీయడం, నకళ్ళను "
++"ఆఫ్-సైట్ నందు (సాధ్యమైతే) ఎన్క్రిప్ట్ చేయడం."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+-"\">turn on and off</link>..."
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">అనుసంధానించు</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">ఫైళ్ళను పంపు</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">ఆన్ లేదా ఆఫ్ చేయి</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
+ msgid "Bluetooth"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+ "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+@@ -1409,174 +2957,241 @@
+ "<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
+ "as from your computer to your cell phone."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ అనునది వైర్‌లెస్ ప్రొటోకాల్ అది చాలా రకాల పరికరాలను మీ కంప్యూటర్‌కు "
++"అనుసంధానించుటకు అనుమతించును. బ్లూటూత్ సాధారణంగా హెడ్‌సెట్లు మరియు ఇన్పుట్ "
++"పరికరాలు మైక్ మరియు కీబోర్డులు వంటి వాటి కొరకు వుపయోగిస్తారు. మీరు "
++"బ్లూటూత్‌ను <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">పరికరాల మద్య ఫైళ్ళను పంపుటకు</"
++"link> కూడా, మీ కంప్యూటర్ నుండి మీ సెల్ ఫోనుకు వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title) C/color.page:33(section/title)
+-#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr "సమస్యలు"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
+ msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలను జతచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name) C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
+-msgid "Jim Campbell"
+-msgstr "జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్"
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
+ msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
+ msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "మీ కంప్యూటరును ఒక బ్లూటూత్ పరికరానికి అనుసంధానించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
+ "Bluetooth devices."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34(note/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(note/p)
++"బ్లూటూత్ పరికరంను మౌస్ లేదా హెడ్‌సెట్ గా వుపయోగించుటకు ముందుగా, మీరు మీ "
++"కంప్యూటర్‌ను ఆ పరికరంకు అనుసంధానించాలి. దీనిని బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలను జతపర్చడం "
++"అనికూడా అంటారు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
+ "xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ప్రారంభించుటకు ముందుగా, బ్లూటూత్ మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన చేతనమగునట్లు "
++"చూసుకోండి. <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మెనూపట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కి అప్పుడు <gui>కొత్త పరికరం అమర్చు</"
++"gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
+-"feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin "
+-"searching for devices."
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ పైన బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కి <gui>కొత్త పరికరం అమర్చు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"ఇంకో బ్లూటూత్ పరికరం <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">కనుగొనదగిందిగా లేదా "
++"కనిపించునట్లు</link> చేసి మీ కంప్యూటర్ నుండి 10 మీటర్లు (33 అడుగుల) దూరంలోపల "
++"వుంచండి. <gui>కొనసాగించు</gui> నొక్కుము. మీ కంప్యూటర్ పరికరాల కొరకు "
++"అన్వేషించుట ప్రారంభించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
+ "down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"అక్కడ చాలా పరికరాలు జాబితాచేసి వుంటే, జాబితానందు ఒక రకం పరికరంను మాత్రమే "
++"ప్రదర్శించుటకు డ్రాప్-డౌన్ నందలి <gui>పరికరం రకం</gui> వుపయోగించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
+ "device."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇతర పరికరంకు ఒక PIN ఎలా అందేచేయాలో అమర్చుటకు <gui>PIN ఐచ్చికాలు</gui> "
++"నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
+ "no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
+ "PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
+ "proper setting."
+ msgstr ""
++"స్వయంచాలక PIN అమరిక అనునది ఆరు-అంకెల సంఖ్యా కోడ్ వుపయోగించును. ఇన్పుట్ కీలు "
++"లేదా తెర లేని పరికరంకు, మౌస్ లేదా హెడ్‌సెట్ వంటివాటికి, ప్రత్యేక PIN 0000 "
++"వంటిది కావాలి, లేదా అసలు PIN వుండకూడదు. సరైన అమరిక కొరకు మీ పరికరం మాన్యువల్ "
++"చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ పరికరం కొరకు సరైన PIN అమరిక ఎంచుకోండి, అప్పుడు <gui>మూయి</gui> నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
+ "the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొనసాగుటకు <gui>కొనసాగించు</gui> నొక్కండి. మీరు ముందస్తు PIN ఎంచకపోతే, ఆ PIN "
++"తెరపైన ప్రదర్శించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
+ "PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"అవసరమైతే, మీ ఇతర పరికరంపైన PIN ను నిర్దారించుము. మీ కంప్యూటర్ తెరపైన మీరు "
++"చూసే PIN పరికరం కూడా చూపాలి, లేదా మిమ్ములను PIN ప్రవేశపెట్టమని అడగాలి. "
++"పరికరంపైన PIN నిర్ధారించి, <gui>సరిపోల్చు</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+ "list and start again."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా పరికరాలపైన మీరు మీ ప్రవేశంను 20 క్షణాలలో ముగించాలి, లేదా అనుసంధానం "
++"పూర్తవదు. ఒకవేళ అది జరిగితే, పరికర జాబితాకు తిరిగివచ్చి మరలా ప్రారంభించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
+ "<gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"అనుసంధానం విజయవంతంగా పూర్తవగానే ఒక సందేశం కనిపిస్తుంది. <gui>మూయి</gui> "
++"నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:73(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
+ "connection</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
++"కావలిస్తే మీరు తరువాత <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">బ్లూటూత్ "
++"అనుసంధానం తీసివేయవచ్చు</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ భాగస్వామ్య ఫైళ్ళకు ఏక్సెస్ నియంత్రించుటకు, <gui>బ్లూటూత్ భాగస్వామ్యం</"
++"gui> అమరికలు చూడవచ్చు. <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+ "be disabled or blocked."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎడాప్టర్ ఆఫ్ చేసివుండవచ్చు లేదా డ్రైవర్లను కలిగివుండక పోవచ్చు, లేదా బ్లూటూత్ "
++"అచేతనమై వుండవచ్చు లేదా నిరోధించబడి వుండవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+ msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "నేను నా బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాన్ని అనుసంధానించలేకపోతున్నాను"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+ "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు బ్లూటూత్ పరికరంకు, ఫోన్ లేదా హెడ్‌సెట్ వంటి వాటికి అనుసంధానం కాలేక "
++"పోవడానికి చాలా కారణాలు వుండివండవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
+ msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+ msgstr "అనుసంధానం నిరోధించబడినది లేక నమ్మదగినదికాదు"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+ "is set up to allow connections."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలు అనుసంధానాలను అప్రమేయంగా నిరోధించును, లేదా అనుసంధానం "
++"ఏర్పరుచుటకు మీరు అమరికను మార్చవలసివుంటుంది. మీ పరికరం అనుసంధానాలను "
++"అనుమతించుటకు తగినట్లు అమర్చండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
+ msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ హార్డువేర్ గుర్తించబడలేదు"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
+ "This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
+@@ -1584,196 +3199,356 @@
+ "so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
+ "will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్/డోంగిల్ అనునది కంప్యూటర్ చేత గుర్తించబడలేదు. ఎంచేతంటే "
++"ఎడాప్టర్ల కొరకు <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">డ్రైవర్లు</link> "
++"సంస్థాపించబడలేదు. కొన్ని బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్లు లైనక్సు పైన తోడ్పాటునీయవు, కనుక "
++"వాటి కొరకు మీరు సరైన డ్రైవర్లను పొందలేక పోవచ్చు. ఈ సందర్భములో, మీరు బహుశా "
++"వేరే బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్ పొందవలసి వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+ msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+ msgstr "ఎడాప్టరు స్విచ్చు వేయలేదు"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్ స్విచ్ ఆన్ అగునట్లు చూసుకోండి. <gui>మెనూ పట్టీ</gui> "
++"నందు బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కండి మరియు అది <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">అచేతనం</link> కాకుండా వుండునట్లు చూడండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
+-"icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled. See <link xref="
+-"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్ ఆన్ అగునట్లు చూసుకోండి. పై పట్టీ పైని బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమై "
++"నొక్కి అది <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">అచేతనం</link> కానట్లు "
++"చూసుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+ msgstr "పరికరపు బ్లూటూత్ అనుసంధానం ఆపివేయబడింది"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
+ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
+ "in airplane mode."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు అనుసంధానం అవ్వటానికి ప్రయత్నిస్తున్న పరికరంపై బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ అగునట్లు "
++"చూసుకోండి. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు ఫోన్‌కు అనుసంధానమగుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తుంటే, అది "
++"ఎయిర్‌ప్లేన్ రీతినందు వుండనట్లు చూసుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:52(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+ msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+ msgstr "మీ కంప్యూటరులో బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టరు లేదు"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+ "want to use Bluetooth."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా కంప్యూటర్లు బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టర్లను కలిగివుండవు. మీరు బ్లూటూత్ "
++"వుపయోగించాలంటే ఒక ఎడాప్టర్‌ను కొనవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
+ msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాల జాబితానుండి ఒక పరికరం తీసివేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
+ msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాల మద్యని అనుసంధానం తీసివేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+ "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+ "like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
+ "from a device."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33(item/p)
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
++"మీరు బ్లూటూత్ పరికరంకు ఇకపై అనుసంధానించాలని అనుకోకపోతే, మీరు అనుసంధానం "
++"తీసివేయవచ్చు. మీరు మౌస్ లేదా హెడ్‌సెట్ వంటి పరికరం ఇకపై వుపయోగించాలని "
++"అనుకోకపోయినా, లేదా మీరు పరకరంకు లేదా పరికరంనుండి ఇకపై ఫైళ్ళను బదిలీచేయలని "
++"అనుకోక పోయినా ఇది వుపయోగకరంగా వుండును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>మెనూ పట్టీ</gui> నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమపై నొక్కి <gui>బ్లూటూత్ అమరికలు</"
++"gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ పైని బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమపై నొక్కి మరియు <gui>బ్లూటూత్ అమరికలు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
+ "<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు అనుసంధానం తెంపుదామనుకున్న పరికరంను ఎడమవైపుని పానల్ నందు  ఎంపికచేయండి, "
++"అప్పుడు జాబితా కిందన వున్న <gui>-</gui> నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
+ msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నిర్ధారణ విండో నందు <gui>తీసివేయి</gui> నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+ "device</link> later if desired."
+ msgstr ""
++"కావాలంటే మీరు తరువాత <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">బ్లూటూత్ పరికరం "
++"తిరిగిఅనుసంధానం</link> చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
+ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ వంటి బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలతో ఫైళ్ళను పంచుకొనుము."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+ msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ పరికరానికి ఒక ఫైలును పంపండి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+ "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
+ "files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
+-"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
+-"or directly from the file manager."
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ మొబైల్ ఫోన్లు లేదా ఇతర కంప్యూటర్ల వంటి బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలకు మీరు ఫైళ్ళను "
++"పంపవచ్చు. కొన్ని రకాల పరికరాలు ఫైళ్ళను బదిలీ చేయుటకు, లేదా ఫలానా రకం ఫైళ్ళను "
++"బదిలీచేయుటకు అనుమతించవు. మీరు ఫైళ్ళను మూడిట్లో వొక మార్గం వుపయోగించి "
++"పంపవచ్చు: మెనూపట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ వుపయోగించి, బ్లూటూత్ అమరికల విండో "
++"వుపయోగించి, లేదా నేరుగా ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నుండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/"
+-">."
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ మొబైల్ ఫోన్లు లేదా ఇతర కంప్యూటర్ల వంటి బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలకు మీరు ఫైళ్ళను "
++"పంపవచ్చు. కొన్ని రకాల పరికరాలు ఫైళ్ళను బదిలీ చేయుటకు, లేదా ఫలానా రకం ఫైళ్ళను "
++"బదిలీచేయుటకు అనుమతించవు. మెనూపట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ వుపయోగించి, "
++"బ్లూటూత్ అమరికల విండో వుపయోగించి, మీరు ఫైళ్ళను పంపవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతీకను ఉపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను పంపండి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మెనూ పట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమను నొక్కి <gui>ఫైళ్ళను పరికరానికి పంపు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
+ "Device</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమను నొక్కి <gui>ఫైళ్ళను పరికరానికి పంపు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
+ msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీరు పంపాలనుకున్న ఫైలును ఎంచుకొని <gui>ఎంపికచేయి</gui> నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+ "select each file."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక సంచయం నందు ఒక ఫైలు కన్నా ఎక్కువ పంపుటకు, మీరు ప్రతి ఫైలును ఎంచునప్పుడు "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> కీ పట్టివుంచండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
+ "gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైళ్ళను పంపాలని అనుకుంటున్న పరికరం ఎంపికచేసి <gui>పంపు</gui> నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device"
+-"\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
+ "\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
+ "not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
+ "with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
+ "confirmation on the other device."
+ msgstr ""
++"పరికరాల జాబితా అనునది <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">మీరు ఇప్పటికే "
++"అనుసంధానమైవున్న పరికరాలను</link> అదేవిధంగా పరిధిలో వున్న <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">కనిపించు పరికరాలు</link> ను రెంటినీ చూపును. "
++"ఎంపికచేసిన పరికరంకు మీరు ఇప్పటికే అనుసంధానించిలేకపోతే, <gui>పంపు</gui> "
++"నొక్కిన తరువాత ఆ పరికరంతో జతకట్టమని మీరు అడుగబడతారు. బహుశా అవతలి పరికరంపై "
++"నిర్ధారణ ఇవ్వవలసివుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
+ "types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ చాలా పరికరాలు వుంటే, మీరు <gui>పరికర రకం</gui> డ్రాప్-డౌన్ వుపయోగించి "
++"మీరు జాబితాను ఫలానా పరికర రకాలకు మాత్రమే పరిమితం చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59(item/p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
+ msgid ""
+ "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
+ "transfer will be shown on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
++"స్వీకరించుచున్న పరికరం యొక్క యజమాని సాదారణంగా ఫైలును ఆమోదించుటకు బటన్ "
++"వత్తాలి. ఒకసారి యజమాని ఆమోదించిన లేదా తిరస్కరించిన తరువాత, ఫైల్ బదిలీ యొక్క "
++"ఫలితం తెరపైన చూపబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
+ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ అమరికల నుండి ఫైళ్లను పంపండి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మెనూ పట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమపై నొక్కి మరియు <gui>బ్లూటూత్ అమరికలు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
+ "shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+ "connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైళ్ళను పంపుటకు ఎడమవైపుని జాబితా నందలి పరికరం ఎంపికచేయి. ఈ జాబితానందు మీరు "
++"అనుసంధానమైవున్న పరికరాలను మాత్రమే చూపును. <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
+ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కుడిపక్కని పరికర సమాచారం నందు, <gui>ఫైళ్ళను పంపు</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(media)
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' "
+-"md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
+ msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైని బ్లూటూత్ పరికరం చేతనం లేదా అచేతనం చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
+ msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+ msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ ప్రారంభించండి లేదా ఆపండి"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+ msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "పై పట్టీ పైని బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలు వుపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను పంపుటకు స్వీకరించుటకు మీరు బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు, అయితే బ్లూటూత్ ఆఫ్‌చేసి విద్యుత్ ఆదాచేయవచ్చు. బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ "
++"చేయుటకు, మెనూ పట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమపై నొక్కి <gui>బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్‌చేయి</"
++"gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
+ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
+ "Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలు వుపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను పంపుటకు స్వీకరించుటకు మీరు బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు, అయితే బ్లూటూత్ ఆఫ్‌చేసి విద్యుత్ ఆదాచేయవచ్చు. బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ "
++"చేయుటకు, పై పట్టీ నందలి బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమపై నొక్కి <gui>బ్లూటూత్</gui> అన్ "
++"చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"చాలా లాప్‌టాప్ కంపూటర్లు బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ మరియు ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు హార్డువేర్ స్విచ్ "
++"లేదా కీ సమ్మేళనాన్ని కలిగివుంటాయి. ఒకవేళ బ్లూటూత్ హార్డువేర్ ఆఫ్ అయితే, మీరు "
++"మెనూ పట్టీ నందు బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ చూడరు. కీబోర్డు కీ తరచుగా <key>Fn</key> కీ "
++"సహాయంతో ఏక్సెస్ చేయబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+ "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
+@@ -1781,302 +3556,445 @@
+ "key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
+ "the <key>Fn</key> key."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా లాప్‌టాప్ కంపూటర్లు బ్లూటూత్ ఆన్ మరియు ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు హార్డువేర్ స్విచ్ "
++"లేదా కీ సమ్మేళనాన్ని కలిగివుంటాయి. ఒకవేళ బ్లూటూత్ హార్డువేర్ ఆఫ్ అయితే, మీరు "
++"పై పట్టీ నందు బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ చూడరు. కీబోర్డు కీ తరచుగా <key>Fn</key> కీ "
++"సహాయంతో ఏక్సెస్ చేయబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు, బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కి <gui>బ్లూటూత్ ఆఫ్ చేయి</gui> "
++"నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+ "gui> off."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ ఆఫ్ చేయుటకు, బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కి <gui>బ్లూటూత్</gui> ఆఫ్ చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
+ "this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
+ "for more information."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు వేరొక పరికరం నుండి ఈ కంప్యూటర్‌కు అనుసంధానమౌతుంటే <gui>దృశ్యనీయత</gui> "
++"మాత్రమే ఆన్ చేయవలసివుంటుంది. మరింత సమాచారం కొరకు <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
+ msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ కంప్యూటర్‌ను ఇతర పరికరాలు కనుగొనాలా వద్దా."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+ msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్లూటూత్ దృశ్యనీయత అంటే ఏమిటి?"
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
+ "your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
+ "visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
+ "devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
+ msgstr ""
++"బ్లూటూత్ దృశ్యనీయత అంటే ఇతర పరికరాలు బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాల కొరకు వెతుకునప్పుడు మీ "
++"కంప్యూటర్ కనుగొనాలి. బ్లూటూత్ దృశ్యనీయత ఆన్ చేస్తే, మీ కంప్యూటర్ దానంతటదే తన "
++"పరిధిలోని అన్ని ఇతర పరికరాలకు ప్రకటించుకొనును, అలా తనకు అనుసంధానం కావడానికి "
++"వాటిని అనుమతించును."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
+ "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇతర పరికరాలు వెతకడానికి మీ కంప్యూటర్ కనిపించునట్లు వుండవలసిన అవసరం లేదు, "
++"అయితే మీ కంప్యూటర్ వాటిని గుర్తించుటకు అవి కనిపిస్తూ వుండాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+ "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+ "communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">పరికరంకు అనుసందామైన</link> "
++"తరువాత, మీ కంప్యూటర్ గాని లేదా అవతలి పరికరం గాని వొకదానికొకటి "
++"సంప్రదించుకొనుటకు అవి కనిపించాల్సిన అవసరంలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
+ "another device, you should leave visibility off."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు లేదా మీరు నమ్మేవారు మీ కంప్యూటర్‌కు అనుసందానం కావాలంటే తప్పించి, మీరు "
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ దృశ్యనీయతను ఆఫ్ చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:9(credit/name) C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-testing.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
+ msgid "Richard Hughes"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">ఇది ఎందుకు ముఖ్యం</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">రంగు ప్రొఫైల్స్</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">ఒక పరికరం సామర్ధ్యం ఎలా కొలవాలి</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
+ msgid "Color management"
+ msgstr "వర్ణ నిర్వహణ"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
+ msgid "Color profiles"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు ప్రొఫైల్స్"
+ 
+-#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
+ msgid "Calibration"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "క్యాలిబ్రేషన్"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(media) C/shell-introduction.page:96(media)
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
+ msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తెర పై భాగాన మీ క్యాలెండర్ నందలి నియామకాలను ప్రదర్శించు."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
+ msgid "Calendar appointments"
+ msgstr "క్యాలెండరు నియామకాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"దీనికి మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> సంస్థాపించవలసి వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
+ "does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా పంపిణీదారులు <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> అప్రమేయంగా సంస్థాపిస్తారు. మీ "
++"దానినందు లేకపోతే, మీరు పంపిణీదారి ప్యాకేజీ నిర్వాహిక వుపయోగించి దానిని "
++"సంస్థాపించవలసివుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
+ msgid "To view your appointments:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీ నియామకాలను చూడుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "పై పట్టీ పైని గడియారంపై నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
+ "<gui>Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఏ తేదీ నియమకాలను చూడాలని అనుకుంటున్నారో ఆ తేదీను <gui>క్యాలెండర్</gui> "
++"పైన నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
+ "in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(media/p) C/shell-introduction.page:97(media/p)
++"ఇప్పటికేవున్న నియామకాలు కుడివైపున ప్రదర్శించబడును. నియామకాలు "
++"<app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> నందు జతచేయగానే, అవి గడియారం నియామకం జాబితా నందు "
++"కనిపించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
+ msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+ msgstr "గడియారం, క్యాలెండరు, మరియు నియామకాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
+ "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"త్వరగా పూర్తి <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> క్యాలెండర్ పొందుటకు, గడియారం పై నొక్కి "
++"మరియు <gui>క్యాలెండర్ తెరువుము</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
+ "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
+ "first account."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఇప్పటికే <app>ఎవాల్యూషన్</app> ఖాతా కలిగివుంటేనే ఇది పనిచేయును. లేదంటే, "
++"మీ మొదటి ఖాతాను జతచేయుటకు కావలసిన అంచెలతో ఒక విండో కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
+ "gui> to alter the date/time."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ పైని గడియారంపైన నొక్కి తేదీ/సమయం మార్చుటకు <gui>తేదీ మరియు సమయం "
++"అమరికలు</gui> లోనికి వెళ్ళండి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
+ msgid "Change the date and time"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తేదీ మరియు సమయం మార్చండి"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+ "format, you can change them:"
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ పైన ప్రదర్శించబడుతున్న తేదీ మరియు సమయం సరికాకపోతే లేదా సరికాని "
++"ఫార్మాట్‌లో వుంటే, మీరు వాటిని మార్చవచ్చు:"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
+ "Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ యొక్క మధ్యన గడియారంపైన నొక్కండి మరియు <gui>తేదీ మరియు సమయ అమరికలు</"
++"gui> ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:29(item/p) C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">admin password</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు <gui>తాళంతీయి</gui> నొక్కి <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">నిర్వాహకుని సంకేతపదం</link> ప్రవేశపెట్టవలసి వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, "
+-"hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+ msgstr ""
++"తేదీ మరియు సమయాన్ని సర్దుబాటు చేయుటుకు గంట మరియు నిమిషం ఎంచడానికి బాణపు "
++"కీలను నొక్కండి. మీరు డ్రాప్-డౌన్ జాబితాల సంవత్సరం, నెల మరియు తేదీను ఎంచవచ్చు."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
+ "<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు ఇష్టపడితే, మీరు గడియారం దానంతటదే మారునట్లు <gui>నెట్వర్కు సమయం</"
++"gui> ఆన్ చేయుట ద్వారా చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-set.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
+ "synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
+ "don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
+ "the internet."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/clock-set.page:45(item/p)
++"<em>నెట్వర్కు సమయం</em> ఆన్ కాగానే, కంప్యూటర్ అనునది దాని గడియారాన్ని "
++"సమయానుసారం ఇంటర్నెట్ నందలి ఖచ్చితమైన గడియారంకు ఏకకాలం చేయును, కనుక మీరు "
++"మానవీయంగా చేయవలసిన అవసరం వుండదు. మీరు ఇంటర్నెట్‌కు అనుసంధానమైతే ఇది "
++"పనిచేయును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour "
+-"format on or off."
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
+ msgstr ""
++"కాలం ఎలా ప్రదర్శించబడాలో కూడా మీరు <gui>24-గంటలు</gui> లేదా <gui>ఉ/సా</gui> "
++"ఫార్మాట్ వుపయోగించి మార్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
+ msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇతర సమయక్షేత్రాలు కూడా జతచేయి అలా ఇతర పట్టణముల నందు సమయం ఎంతైందో చూడవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
+ msgid "Change your timezone"
+ msgstr "మీ సమయక్షేత్రాన్ని మార్చండి"
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "పై పట్టీ మద్యలో వున్న గడియారంపై నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:21(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
+ msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr "<gui>తేదీ మరియు సమయం అమరికలు</gui> ఎంచుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
+ "the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
++"పఠం పై మీ స్థానముపై నొక్కుము, తరువాత డ్రాప్-డౌన్ జాబితా నుండి మీ ప్రస్తుత "
++"పట్టణం ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
+ "different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
+ "access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు వేరే స్థానము ఎంపికచేయగానే పై పట్టీ పైన చూపిన సమయం స్వయంచాలకంగా "
++"నవీకరించబడును. విండో నందలి సమయం మీరు తరువాతి సారి <gui>తేదీ మరియు సమయం "
++"అమరికలు</gui> విండోను ఏక్సెస్ చేయునప్పుడు మార్చబడును. మీరు <link xref="
++"\"clock-set\">గడియారంను మానవీయంగా అమర్చు</link> దామని అనుకొవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
+ "timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
+-"appointments</link>..."
++"appointments</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">తేదీ మరియు సమయం అమర్చు</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">సమయక్షేత్రం</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">క్యాలెండర్ "
++"మరియు నియామకాలు</link>…"
+ 
+-#: C/clock.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
+ msgid "Date &amp; time"
+ msgstr "తేదీ  &amp; సమయం"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
+-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
+ msgid ""
+-"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
+-"option to change this."
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
+ msgstr ""
++"దీనిని మార్చే ఐచ్చికం కొరకు <guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></"
++"guiseq> నందు చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను పరికరాలకు ప్రొఫైల్స్ ఎలా అప్పగించగలను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
+-"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> తెరచి, మీరు ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"జతచేయాలనుకొనుచున్న పరికరం నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
+ "import a new file."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ప్రొఫైల్ జతచేయి</gui> నొక్కుట ద్వారా మీరు ఉన్న ప్రొఫైల్ ఎంపికచేయవచ్చు "
++"లేదా కొత్త ప్రొఫైల్ దిగుమతిచేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+ "can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+@@ -2084,61 +4002,98 @@
+ "example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
+ "glossy paper and another plain paper."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రతి పరికరం బహుళ ప్రొఫైల్ కలిగివుండవచ్చు, కానీ వొక ప్రొఫైల్ మాత్రమే "
++"అప్రమేయం కాగలదు. ప్రొఫైల్ ఎంచుకోబడుటకు అక్కడ ఏ అదనపు సమాచారం లేకపోతే అప్రమేయ "
++"ప్రొఫైల్ వుపయోగించబడును. ఈ స్వయంచాలక ఎంపికకు ఉదాహరణ ఒక ప్రొఫైల్ గ్లాసీ పేపర్ "
++"కొరకు మరియు వేరొకటి సాదా పేపర్ కొరకు సృష్టించబడుట."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+ msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+ msgstr ""
++"రేడియో బటన్‌తో దానిని మార్చుట ద్వారా మీరు ప్రొఫైల్‌ను అప్రమేయంగా చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will "
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+ "create a new profile."
+ msgstr ""
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ హార్డువేర్ అనుసంధానమైతే <gui>కాలిబరేట్...</gui> బటన్ అనునది "
++"కొత్త ప్రొఫైల్ సృష్టించును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఖచ్చితమైన రంగులను పట్టుటకు మీ కేమెరాను కేలిబరేట్ చేయుటకు ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నా కేమెరాను ఎలా కాలిబరేట్ చేయాలి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+ "can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
++"కావలసిన కాంతి సమక్షంలో తీయలనుకొన్నదాని ఫొటోగ్రాఫ్ తీసి కేమెరా పరికరాలు "
++"కేలిబరేట్ చేయబడతాయి. RAW ఫైలును TIFF ఫైలుకు మార్చుతూ, అది కేమెరా పరికరంను "
++"రంగు నియంత్రణ పానల్ నందు కేలిబరేట్ చేయుటకు వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు TIFF ఫైలును క్రాప్ చేయవలసి వుంటుంది అలా లక్ష్యము మాత్రమే కనిపిస్తుంది. "
++"తెలుపు లేదా నలుపు హద్దులు ఇంకా కనిపించునట్లు చూసుకోండి. చిత్రము తలకిందులుగా "
++"వున్నా లేదా పెద్ద మొత్తంలో వక్రీకృతమైనా కాలిబరేషన్ పనిచేయదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+ "acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+ "several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
+ "em> lighting conditions."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు వాస్తవ చిత్రాన్ని ఏ కాంతి నందైతే అయితే పొందారో దానికిందనే ఫలిత ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"చెల్లుతుంది. దీనర్ధం మీరు <em>స్టూడియో</em>, <em>మెండైన సూర్యకాంతి</em> "
++"మరియు <em>మబ్బుపట్టిన</em> ఇటువంటి కాంతి తేడాలకు చాలా సార్లు ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"చేయవలసి వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఖచ్చితమైన రంగులను ముద్రించుటకు మీ ముద్రకాన్ని కాలిబరేట్ చేయడం ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నా ముద్రకాన్ని ఎలా కాలిబ్రేట్ చేస్తాను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+ msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ముద్రణ పరికరాన్ని ప్రొఫైల్ చేయుటకు రెండు మార్గాలు వున్నాయి:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+ msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "పాన్‌టోన్ కలర్‌ముంకి వంటి ఫొటోస్పెక్ట్రోమీటర్ పరికరం వుపయోగించుట"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు కంపెనీ నుండి ముద్రణ రిఫరెన్సు ఫైలు దింపుకొనుట"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+@@ -2146,106 +4101,157 @@
+ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
+ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఒకటి లేదా రెండు భిన్నమైన కాగితం రకాలను కలిగివుంటే రంగు కంపెనీ "
++"వుపయోగించి ముద్రకం ప్రొఫైల్ జనియింపచేయుట అతితక్కువ ఖర్చుతో కూడిన ఐచ్చికం. "
++"కంపెనీల వెబ్‌సైటు నుండి రిఫరెన్సు చార్టు దింపుకొని దాని ముద్రణను మీరు పాడెడ్ "
++"ఎన్వొలప్ నందు వారికి తిప్పి పంపవచ్చు, దానిని వారు స్కాన్ చేసి ప్రొఫైల్ చేసి "
++"మీకు ఖచ్చితమైన ICC ప్రొఫైల్ మెయిల్ చేస్తారు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+ "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు పెద్ద మొత్తంలో ఇంక్ సెట్లను లేదా కాగితపు రకాలను ప్రొఫైలింగ్ చేయునప్పుడు "
++"మాత్రమే కలర్‌ముంకి వంటి ఖరీదైన పరికరం తక్కువ ఖర్చుతో పనిచేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
+-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు మీ ఇంక్ పంపిణీదారును మార్చితే, మీరు ముద్రకాన్ని తిరిగికాలిబ్రేట్ "
++"చేయునట్లు చూసుకోండి!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
+ msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఖచ్చితమైన రంగులను పట్టుటకు మీ స్కానర్‌ను కాలిబ్రేట్ చేయుట ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నా స్కానర్‌ను ఎలా కాలిబ్రేట్ చేస్తాను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
+-"can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ లక్ష్యపు ఫైలు స్కాన్ చేసి దానిని కుదించని TIFF ఫైలు వలె దాయుము. ఆ పరికరం "
++"కొరకు ప్రొఫైల్ సృష్టించుటకు మీరు <guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></"
++"guiseq> నుండి <gui>కాలిబ్రేట్…</gui> నొక్కవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
+ "usually need to be recalibrated."
+ msgstr ""
++"స్కానర్ పరికరాలు కాలానుగతంగా మరియు ఉష్ణోగ్రత నందు మిక్కిలి స్థిరంగా వుంటాయి "
++"సాధారణంగా తిరిగికాలిబ్రేట్ చేయవలసిరాదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
+ msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఖచ్చితమైన రంగులను ప్రదర్శించుటకు మీ తెరను కాలిబ్రేట్ చేయుట ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
+ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నా తెరను ఎలా కాలిబ్రేట్ చేస్తాను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
+ "if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ తెరను కాలిబ్రేట్ చేయుట చాలా సుళువు మరియు మీరు కంప్యూటర్ డిజైన్ లేదా "
++"ఆర్టువర్క్ నందు వుంటే ఇది చాలా అవసరం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
+-"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
+-"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
+-"settings to adjust."
+-msgstr ""
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"colorimeter వంటి పరికరం వుపయోగించి మీ తెర ప్రదర్శించగల వివిధ రంగులను "
++"ఖచ్చితంగా కొలవగలరు. <guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> నడిపి "
++"మీరు సళువుగా ఒక ప్రొఫైల్ సృష్టించవచ్చు, మరియు colorimeter పరికరం ఎలా "
++"అనుబందించాలి మరియు ఏ అమరికలు సర్దుబాటు చేయాలి అనేది విజార్డు మీకు చూపును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
+ "approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
+ "means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
+ "color control panel."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెరలు ఎల్లప్పుడూ మారును - TFT నందలి బాక్‌లైట్ షుమారుగా ప్రతి 18 నెలలకు సంగం "
++"అగును, అది పాతబడే కొద్దీ పసుపురంగులో మారును. దీనర్ధం రంగు నియంత్రణ పానల్ "
++"నందు  [!] ప్రతిమ కనబడగానే మీరు మీ తెరను తిరిగికాలిబ్రేట్ చేయాలని."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+ msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "LED తెరలు కూడా కాలానుగతంగా మారును, అయితే TFTల కన్నా నిదానంగా మారును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కాలిబరేషన్ మరియు కారెక్టరైజేషన్ అనునవి పూర్తిగా వేరువేరు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+ msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కాలిబ్రేషన్ మరియు కారెక్టరైజేషన్ మద్యని తేడా ఏమిటి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+ "behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలామంది కాలిబ్రేషన్ మరియు కారెక్టరైజేషన్ మద్యని తేడా గురించి తికమకపడతారు. "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ అనగా వొక పరికరం యొక్క రంగు ప్రవర్తనను సవరించే కార్యక్రమం. ఇది "
++"రెండు మెకానిజమ్స్ వుపయోగించి జరుగును:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+ msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అది కలిగివున్న నియంత్రికలను లేదా అంతర్గత అమరికలు మార్చుట"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+ msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "దాని రంగు చానళ్ళకు వక్రాలను వర్తింపచేయుట"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"The idea of calibration is to put a device is a defined state with regard to "
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+ "its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+ "reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
+ "systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
+ "calibration curves."
+ msgstr ""
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ యొక్క ముఖ్యోద్దేశం ఒక పరికరపు రంగు స్పందనను అనుసరించి దానిని "
++"నిర్వచిత స్థితినందు వుంచడం. తరచుగా దీనిని రోజువారీ అదే ప్రవర్తనను "
++"నిర్వహించుటకు వాడుతారు. కాలిబ్రేషన్ అనునది పరికరం నందు లేదా వ్యవస్థల "
++"ప్రత్యేక ఫైల్ ఫార్మాట్ల నందు నిల్వవుంచబడును అది పరికర అమరికలు లేదా ప్రి-"
++"చానల్ కాలిబ్రేషన్ వక్రాలు నమోదుచేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+ "reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+@@ -2255,16 +4261,27 @@
+ "by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
+ "color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device, if "
+-"it's in the same state of calibration as it was, when it was characterized."
++"కారెక్టరైజేషన్ (లేదా ప్రొఫైలింగ్) అనగా ఒక పరికరం ఒక రంగును ఎలా "
++"తిరిగివుత్పన్నచేస్తుంది లేదా రంగుకు ఎలా స్పందిస్తుందో <em>రికార్డు</em> "
++"చేయడం. ఫలితం అనునది పరికరపు ICC ప్రొఫైల్ నందు నిల్వవుండును. అటువంటి ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"దానినందలి రంగు దానంతటదే సవరించదు. ఏదైనా ఇతర పరికర ప్రొఫైల్‌తో కలిసినప్పుడు "
++"రంగును సవరించుటకు అది CMM (కలర్ మేనేజ్‌మెంట్ మాడ్యూల్) లేదా రంగు తెలిసిన "
++"అనువర్తనంను అనుమతించును. రెండు పరికరాల లక్షణాలు తెలిసినంత మాత్రాన, ఒక పరికరం "
++"రిప్రజంటేషన్ నుండి వేరొక దానికి రంగును బదిలీ చేయుట సాధించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక పరికరం అది కారెక్టరైజ్ చేయబడినప్పుడు ఏ స్థితిలో వుందో అదే స్థితిలో వుంటే "
++"మాత్రమే కారెక్టరైజేషన్ (ప్రొఫైల్) అనునది చెల్లుతుందని గమనించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion, because "
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+ "often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+ "By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
+ "it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
+@@ -2272,325 +4289,475 @@
+ "display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
+ "anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రొఫైళ్ళను ప్రదర్శించుటలో కొంత అదనపు అస్పష్టత వుంది ఎంచేతంటే తరచుగా "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ సమాచారం అనునది వెసులుబాటు కొరకు ప్రొఫైల్ నందు నిల్వవుంచబడును. "
++"మార్పు కొరకు అది <em>vcgt</em> టాగ్ లా పిలువబడు టాగ్ నందు నిల్వవుంది. అది "
++"ప్రొఫైల్ నందు నిల్వ వున్నప్పటికీ, ICC ఆధార సాధనాలు గానీ లేదా అనువర్తనాలు "
++"గాని దానిగురించి ఎరుగవు, లేదా దానితో ఏమీ చేయవు. అదేవిధంగా, ప్రదర్శన "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ సాధనాలు మరియు అనువర్తనాలకూ తెలియదు, లేదా ICC కారెక్టరైజేషన్ "
++"(ప్రొఫైల్) సమాచారంతో ఏమీ చేయవు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+ msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మేము పెద్ద మొత్తంలో కాలిబరేషన్ పరికరాలకు తోడ్పాటునిస్తాము."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+ msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఏ రంగు కొలిచే పరికరాలు తోడ్పాటునీయబడును?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+ "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు పరికరాలకు తోడ్పాటునిచ్చుటకు గ్నోమ్ ArgyII రంగు నిర్వహణ వ్యవస్థపై "
++"ఆధారపడును. కింది ప్రదర్శన కొలిచే పరికరాలకు తోడ్పాటునీయబడును:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+ msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+ msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design లేదా Photo (స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+ msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+ msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+ msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+ msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 మరియు 3 (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+ msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+ "Linux."
+ msgstr ""
++"లైనక్స్ నందు Pantone Huey అనునది చవకైన మరియు బాగా తోడ్పాటునిచ్చు హార్డువేర్."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+ "printers:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ArgyII కు ధన్యవాదములు అక్కడ చాలా స్పాట్ మరియు స్ట్రిప్ రీడింగ్ రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ "
++"స్పెక్టోమీటర్లు వున్నాయి అవి మీ ముద్రకాలను కాలిబరేట్ చేయడానికి మరియు "
++"కారెక్టరైజింగ్ చేయడానికి దోహదపడతాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" రకం రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP22 డిజిటల్ స్వాచ్‌బుక్ (స్పాట్ రకం రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41 (స్టాప్ మరియు స్ట్రిప్ రీడింగ్ రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+ msgstr ""
++"X-Rite DTP41T (స్పాట్ మరియు స్ట్రిప్ రీడింగ్ రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+ msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51 (స్పాట్ రీడింగ్ రిఫ్లెక్టివ్ స్పెక్టోమీటర్)"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+ msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "స్కానర్ మరియు కేమెరా ప్రొఫైలింగ్ చేయుటకు కాలిబరేషన్ లక్ష్యాలు అవసరం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+ msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఏ లక్ష్యపు రకాలు తోడ్పాటునిస్తాయి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+ msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కింది లక్ష్యపు రకాలు తోడ్పాటునిచ్చును:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+ msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+ msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+ msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+ msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+ msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+ msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+ msgid "QPcard 201"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+ msgid "IT8.7/2"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+ "LaserSoft in various online shops."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు లక్ష్యాలను పేరుమోసిన అమ్మకందారులు KODAK, X-Rite మరియు LaserSoft నుండి "
++"వివిధ ఆన్‌లైన్ కొట్లలో కొనుగోలు చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
+ "coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రత్యామ్నాయంగా మీరు లక్ష్యాలను సరసమైన ధరకు <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> నుండి కొనుగోలు చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+ msgstr ""
++"హార్డువేర్ కాలక్రమీణా మారును కనుక రంగు ప్రొఫైల్స్ పంచుకొనుట ఎప్పుడూ మంచి "
++"ఆలోచన కాదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+ msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నా రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ పంచుకొనవచ్చా?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+ "and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+-"powered for a few hundred hours, and is going to have a very different color "
+-"profile to a similar display with the next serial number, if it's been lit "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
+ "for a thousand hours."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ కొరకు సృష్టించిన రంగు ప్రొఫైల్స్ అనునది మీ హార్డువేర్ మరియు కాంతి "
++"పరిస్థితులకు తగినట్లు మీరు కాలిబ్రేట్ చేసినవి. కొన్ని వందల గంటల నుండి "
++"నడుస్తున్న ప్రదర్శన అనునది వేయి గంటల నుండి నడుస్తున్న దాని తరువాతి క్రమ "
++"సంఖ్య ప్రదర్శనతో పోల్చితే చాలా భిన్నమైన రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ కలిగివుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+ "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
+ "say that their display is calibrated."
+ msgstr ""
++"దీనర్ధం మీరు మీ రంగు ప్రొఫైల్‌ను ఏవరితోనైనా పంచుకుంటే, మీరు వాటిని "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్‌కు <em>దగ్గరిగా</em> పొందవచ్చు, అయితే వారి ప్రదర్శన కాలిబ్రేటెడ్ "
++"అని చెప్పుటకు దారిమళ్ళించును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+ "from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+ "editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
+ "specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+ msgstr ""
++"అదేవిధంగా, అందరూ సిఫార్సు చేసిన నియంత్రిత కాంతిని (కిటికీల నుండి సూర్యకాంతి, "
++"నల్ల గోడలు, పగటికాంతి బల్బులు మొదలగునవి కాక) చిత్రాలు తీసి వాటిని సరికూర్చి "
++"చూసే రూమ్ నందు కలిగివుంటే తప్పించి, మీ స్వంత కాంతి పరిస్థితుల నందు మీరు "
++"సృష్టించిన ప్రొఫైల్ పంచుకోవడం పెద్దగా వుపయోగంగా వుండదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+ "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+ msgstr ""
++"అమ్మకందారి వెబ్‌సైట్ల నుండి దింపుకొనిన ప్రొఫైళ్ళ కొరకు లేదా మీ తరుపున "
++"సృష్టించిన వాటి కొరకు తిరిగిపంపిణీచేయు నియమాలను మీరు జాగ్రత్తగా పరిశీలించాలి."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+ msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళు అమ్మకందారులచే అందించబడును మరియు మీచేతే జనియింపచేయబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+ msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళను ఎక్కడ పొందగలను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+ "does require some initial outlay."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రొఫైళ్ళను పొందుటకు మంచిమార్గం వాటిని మీరే సృష్టించుట, దీనికి కొంత ప్రాథమిక "
++"వ్యయం అవుతుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+ "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+ "to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలామంది తయారీదారులు రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళను పరికరాల కొరకు అందించుటకు "
++"ప్రయత్నిస్తారు, కొన్నిసార్లు అవి <em>డ్రైవర్ బండిల్స్</em> నందు "
++"చుట్టబడివుంటాయి వాటిని మీరు దింపుకొనవచ్చు, బహిర్గతంచేసుకొని రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళ "
++"కొరకు వెతకవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+ "profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+ "the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
+ "then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+ msgstr ""
++"హార్డువేర్ కొరకు కొంతమంది తయారీదారులు ఖచ్చితమైన ప్రొఫైళ్ళను అందించరు మరియు ఆ "
++"ప్రొఫైళ్ళను పరిగణించకపోవడం మంచిది. మంచి చిట్కా ఏంటంటే వొక ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"దింపుకొని, దానిని సృష్టించిన తేదీ చూడండి అది మీరు పరికరం కొన్న తేదీ కన్నా ఒక "
++"సంవత్సరం ముందలిది అయితే అది నిరుపయోగమైంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+ "supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+ msgstr ""
++"అమ్మకందారి అందించన ప్రొఫైళ్ళు తరచుగా చెత్తగా ఎందుకుంటాయో సమాచారం కొరకు <link "
++"xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
+ msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళను వాటిని తెరుచుట ద్వారా సుళువుగా దిగుమతిచేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళను ఎలా దిగుమతి చేయగలను?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
+ "input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైల్ బ్రౌజర్ నందలి <input>.ICC</input> లేదా <input>.ICM</input> ఫైలు పై "
++"రెండుమార్లు నొక్కుడం ద్వారా ప్రొఫైల్ సుళువుగా దిగుమతి చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
+ "profile for a device."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక పరికరం కొరకు ప్రొఫైల్ ఎంపికచేయునప్పుడు మీరు ప్రత్యామ్నాయంగా "
++"<guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> నుండి <gui>ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"దిగుమతిచేయి…</gui> ఎంపికచేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+ msgstr ""
++"మొత్తం-తెర రంగు దిద్దుబాటు అనునది అన్ని విండోలపైని అన్ని తెర రంగులను "
++"సవరించును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+ msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మొత్తం-తెర రంగు దిద్దుబాటు కు సమాచారం దొరకలేదా?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+ "information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+ "still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
+ "will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+ msgstr ""
++"దురదృష్టవశాత్తు, అమ్మకందారు-పంపిణీచేసిన చాలావరకు ICC ప్రొఫైల్స్ మొత్తం-తెర "
++"రంగు దిద్దుబాటు కు అవసరమైన సమాచారం కలిగివుండవు. కలర్ కాంపెన్సేషన్ చేయగల "
++"అనువర్తనములకు ఈ ప్రొఫైల్స్ వుపయోగకరం కాగలవు, అయితే మీ తెర మార్చగల అన్ని "
++"రంగులను మీరు చూడబోరు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+ "instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+ msgstr ""
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ మరియు కారెక్టరైజేషన్ దత్తాంశం చేర్చు, ప్రదర్శన ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"సృష్టించుటకు, మీరు colorimeter లేదా స్పెక్టోమీటర్ గా పిలువబడు ప్రత్యేక రంగు "
++"కొలమాని వుపయోగించవలసి వుంటుంది."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr "మీ రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ పాతది మరియు సరికానిదైతే మీకు తెలుపబడుతుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old an inaccurate."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
+ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నా రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ సరికానిది అయితే నాకు చెప్పగలరా?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
+ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
+ "calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక పరికర ప్రొఫైల్ ఖచ్చితమైనదా కాదా అనేది తిరిగికాలిబ్రేట్ చేయకుండా మేము "
++"చెప్పలేము. రీకాలిబ్రేట్ సిఫార్సుచేయదగినదా లేదా అనునది నిర్ణయించుటకు "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్ సమయం నుండి ఒక చిన్న మొత్తంలో ప్రమాణంను మనం వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
+ "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని కంపెనీలు ప్రొఫైల్స్ కొరకు చాలా ప్రత్యేక కాలపరిమితి విధానాలు "
++"కలిగివుంటాయి, ఒక సరికాని రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ అనునది అంత్య వుత్పత్తికు పెద్ద తేడా "
++"కలుగచేయగలదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</"
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
+ "gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
+-"notifications will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు కాలపరిమితి విధానం అమర్చి మరియు ప్రొఫైల్ ఆ విధానానికన్నా పాతది అయితే "
++"అప్పడు <guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> డైలాగ్ నందు ఎర్రని "
++"హెచ్చరిక త్రిభుజం చూపబడును. మీ కంప్యూటర్‌కు లాగిన్ అయిన ప్రతిసారి ఒక "
++"హెచ్చరిక ప్రకటన చూపబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+ "age of the profile in days:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రదర్శన మరియు ముద్రణ పరికరాల కొరకు విధానాన్ని అమర్చుటకు, ప్రొఫైల్ యొక్క "
++"గరిష్ట వయస్సు మీరు రోజులలో తెలుపండి:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notifications.page:41(page/screen)
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
+ #, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+ "\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+ msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అప్రమేయ మానిటర్ ప్రొఫైల్స్ కాలిబ్రేషన్ తేదీ కలిగిలేవు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+ msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అప్రమేయ మానిటర్ ప్రొఫైల్స్ కాలిబ్రేషన్ కాలపరిమితి ఎందుకు కలిగిలేవు?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+ "based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
+@@ -2598,51 +4765,77 @@
+ "monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
+ "contain much other information for color correction."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రతి మానిటర్ కొరకు వుపయోగించు అప్రమేయ రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ అనునది మానిటర్ లోపల "
++"మెమొరీ చిప్ నందు నిల్వవున్న EDID ప్రదర్శనపై ఆధారపడి స్వయంచాలకంగా "
++"జనియింపచేయబడును. మానిటర్ తయారుచేయబడినప్పుడు అది ప్రదర్శించగల రంగులలో "
++"అందుబాటులోని వాటి స్నాప్‌షాట్‌ను మాత్రమే EDID మనకు ఇచ్చును, మరియు రంగు "
++"దిద్దుబాటు కొరకు ఇతర సమాచారం కలిగిలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+ msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "EDID నవీకరించలేని కారణంగా, అది గడువుతీరి తేదీ కలిగిలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+ "would lead to more accurate color correction."
+ msgstr ""
++"మానిటర్ అమ్మకందారు నుండి ప్రొఫైల్ పొందుట లేదా మీ అంతటమీరే ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"సృష్టించుట మరింత ఖచ్చితమైన రంగు దిద్దుబాటుకు దారితీయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు నిర్వహణను పరిశీలించుట అంత క్లిష్టంకాదు, మరియు మేము కొన్ని పరిశీలన "
++"ప్రొఫైల్స్ అందిస్తాము."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
+ msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు నిర్వహణ సరిగా పనిచేస్తుందని మేము ఎలా పరిశీలించగలం?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+ "see if anything much has changed."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ యొక్క ప్రభావాలు కొన్ని సార్లు సూక్ష్మంగా వుంటాయి మరియు ఏదైనా "
++"మారిందేమో చూడటం క్లిష్టతరం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
+ "the profiles are being applied:"
+ msgstr ""
++"గ్నోమ్ నందు మేము పరిశీలన కొరకు చాలా ప్రొఫైల్స్ అందిస్తున్నాము ప్రొఫైల్స్ "
++"వర్తింపబడునప్పుడు అది దీనిని మరింత స్పష్టంచేయును:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
+ "calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>బ్లూయిష్ పరిశీలన</em>: ఇది తెరను నీలంగా మార్చును మరియు కాలిబ్రేషన్ "
++"వక్రాలు ప్రదర్శనకు పంపునప్పుడు పరిశీలించును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
+ "features of a screen profile"
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: ఇది తెరను పింక్ రంగుకు మార్చి తెర ప్రొఫైల్ యొక్క "
++"వివిధ విశేషణాలను పరిశీలించును"
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
+ "RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
+@@ -2650,137 +4843,206 @@
+ "images will look very different in applications that support color "
+ "management."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: ఇది తెరను మార్చదు, అయితే RGB ఛానల్స్ మార్చును BGR అగుటకు. "
++"అన్ని రంగుల గ్రేడియంట్స్ లుక్‌ను మరింత సరిగా చేయును, మరియు మొత్తం తెరపైన "
++"ఎక్కువ తెడా వుండదు, అయితే రంగు నిర్వహణకు తోడ్పాటునిచ్చే అనువర్తనాల నందు "
++"చిత్రాలు మరీ భిన్నంగా కనిపిస్తాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
+-"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+ msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>అమర్పులు</gui><gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> అభీష్టాలను వుపయోగించి మీ "
++"ప్రదర్శన పరికరంకు పరిశీలనా ప్రొఫైళ్ళలో ఒకటి జతచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-testing.page:57(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+ "management."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక అనువర్తనం రంగు నిర్వహణను సరిగ్గా ఎప్పుడు తోడ్పాటునిచ్చునో ఈ ప్రొఫైల్స్ "
++"వుపయోగించి మీరు సరిగా చూడగలరు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"అవాస్తవిక పరికరం అనునది ఒక రంగు నిర్వాహిత పరికరం అది కంప్యూటర్‌కు అనుసంధానం "
++"కాలేదు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
+ msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అవాస్తవిక రంగు నిర్వహణ పరికరం అనగా ఏమి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
+ "computer. Examples of this might be:"
+ msgstr ""
++"అవాస్తవిక పరికరం ఒక రంగు నిర్వహణ పరికరం అది కంప్యూటర్‌కు అనుసంధానమై లేదు. "
++"దీనికి ఉదాహరణలు:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr "ఫొటోలు ఎక్కించి, ముద్రించి మీకు పంపే ఆన్‌లైన్ ముద్రణ-కొట్టు"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
+ msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మెమొరీ కార్డు పైన నిల్వవున్న డిజిటల్ కేమెరా ఫొటోలు"
+ 
+-#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
+-"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> <gui>Color</"
+-"gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles"
+-"\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref="
+-"\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+-msgstr ""
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"డిజిటల్ కేమెరా కొరకు అవాస్తవిక ప్రొఫైల్ సృష్టించుటకు చిత్ర ఫైళ్ళలో ఒకదానిని "
++"<guiseq><gui>అమరికలు</gui> <gui>రంగు</gui></guiseq> పైనకు లాగి వదలండి. ఇతర "
++"పరికరం వలెనే మీరు దానికి <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">ప్రొఫైల్స్ "
++"అప్పగించు</link> వచ్చు లేదా దానిని <link xref=\"color-calibrate-"
++"camera\">కాలిబ్రేట్</link> చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+ "response."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ అనునది సాధారణ ఫైలు అది రంగు జాగాను లేదా పరికర స్పందనను "
++"తెలియజెప్పును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+ msgid "What is a color profile?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ అనగా ఏమి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+ "a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు ప్రొఫైల్ అనగా దత్తాంశ సమితి అది ప్రొజెక్టర్ వంటి పరికరంనుగాని లేదా sRGB "
++"వంటి రంగు జాగాను కాని కారెక్టరైజ్ చేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+ "with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలావరకు రంగు ప్రొఫైళ్ళు ICC ప్రొఫైల్ రూపంలో వుంటాయి, ఇది <input>.ICC</"
++"input> లేదా <input>.ICM</input> ఫైల్ విస్తరింపుతోని చిన్న ఫైలు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+ msgid ""
+ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+ "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+ msgstr ""
++"దత్తాంశం యొక్క గామట్ పరిథిని తెలుపుటకు రంగు ప్రొఫైల్స్ చిత్రాలలోనికి ఎంబెడ్ "
++"చేయగలరు. వాడుకరులు ఒకే రంగులను వివిధ పరికరాలపై చూడగల్గునట్లు ఇది చేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
+ "when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+ "managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
+ "colors are not being lost or modified."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగును ప్రోసెస్ చేసే ప్రతి పరికరం దాని స్వంత ICC ప్రొఫైల్ కలిగివుండాలి మరియు "
++"ఇది ఆర్కైవ్ చేయబడినప్పుడు వ్యవస్థ <em>ఎండ్-టు-ఎండ్ కలర్-నిర్వాహిత వర్కుఫ్లో</"
++"em> కలిగివుంటుంది. ఈ రకమైన పనిపోకడతో రంగులు కోల్పోలేదని లేదా సవరించబడలేదని "
++"మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా చెప్పవచ్చు."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
+ msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు స్పేస్ అనునది రంగుల విస్తృతిని నిర్వచించును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
+ msgid "What is a color space?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు స్పేస్ అనగా ఏమి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+ "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు స్పేస్ అనునది రంగుల విస్తృతిని నిర్వచించును.  బాగా తెలిసిన రంగు "
++"స్పేసెస్ sRGB, AdobeRGB మరియు ProPhotoRGB చేర్చును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+-"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram that shows the human "
+-"visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision "
+-"there is many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
+ "trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
+ "using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
+ "colors."
+ msgstr ""
++"మనిషి దృష్టి వ్యవస్థ మామూలు RGB సెన్సార్ కాదు, అయితే మనిషి చూపును గుర్రపు-"
++"నాడా ఆకారం వలె చూపే CIE 1931 క్రొమాటిసిటీ డయాగ్రమ్‌తో కన్ను స్పందించేదానికి "
++"దగ్గరగా చేయగలం. మానవ దృష్టి నీలం లేదా ఎరుపుకన్నా చాలా ఛాయల ఆకుపచ్చ "
++"గుర్తించినట్లు మీరు చూడవచ్చు. RGB వంటి ట్రైక్రోమాటిక్ కలర్ స్పేస్ తో మనం "
++"మూడు విలువలు వుపయోగించి కంప్యూటర్‌పై రంగులు చూడవచ్చు, రంగుల <em>త్రిభుజం</"
++"em> ఎన్కోడింగ్ వరకు దీనిని నిర్భందించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++"CIE 1931 క్రోమాటిసిటీ డయాగ్రమ్ వంటి మోడళ్ళను వుపయోగించుట మానవ దృష్టి వ్యవస్థ "
++"యొక్క సరళీకరణం, వాస్తవ గామట్స్ అనునవి 2D ప్రొజెక్షన్స్ కన్నా, 3D హల్స్ గా "
++"వ్యక్తపరచబడును. 3D ఆకారం యొక్క 2D ప్రొజెక్షన్ కొన్నిసార్లు తప్పుదోవ "
++"పట్టించును, కనుక మీరు 3D పూర్తిగా చూడవలెనంటే, <code>gcm-viewer</code> "
++"అనువర్తనం వుపయోగించు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram is a huge simplification "
+-"of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, "
+-"rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be "
+-"misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</"
+-"code> application."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
+ msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+ msgstr ""
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB మరియు ProPhotoRGB అనునవి తెల్ల త్రిభుజాలచే ప్రస్పుటించబడును"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+ "number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+@@ -2788,192 +5050,284 @@
+ "<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
+ "applications (including the Internet)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ముందుగా, sRGB వద్ద చూచును, అది చిన్న జాగా మరియు తక్కువ సంఖ్యలో రంగులను "
++"ఎన్కోడ్ చేయగలదు. ఇది 10 సంవత్సరాల పాత CRT ప్రదర్శనకు దాదాపుగా వుంటుంది, "
++"మరియు కొత్త మానిటర్లు చాలావరకు  దీనకన్నా చాలా రంగులను సళువుగా ప్రదర్శించగలవు."
++" sRGB అనునది <em>లీస్ట్-కామన్-డినామినేటర్</em> ప్రమాణం మరియు చాలా "
++"అనువర్తనాలు (ఇంటర్నెట్‌తో సహా) నందు వుపయోగించెను."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+ "colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+ "worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
+ "crushed."
+ msgstr ""
++"AdobeRGB అనునది <em>ఎడిటింగ్ స్పేస్</em> వలె తరచుగా వుపయోగించబడెను. ఇది sRGB "
++"కన్నా చాలా రంగులను ఎన్కోడ్ చేయగలదు, దీనర్ధం vivid రంగులు క్లిప్ చేయబడతాయి "
++"లేదా నలుపులు నొక్కివేయబడతాయి అనే విచారం లేకుండా మీరు ఫొటోగ్రాఫ్ నందలి "
++"రంగులను మార్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+ "human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రొఫొటో నందు చాలా జాగా వుంది మరియు పత్రము ఆర్కైవల్ కొరకు తరచుగా వాడుతారు. "
++"ఇది మనిషి కంటిచే గుర్తించబడు దాదాపు అన్ని రంగులను ఎన్కోడ్ చేయగలదు, మరియు "
++"కంన్ను గుర్తించలేని రంగులను కూడా ఎన్కోడ్ చేయగలదు!"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
+ "answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+ "levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
+ "steps between each value."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇప్పుడు, ప్రొఫొటో అంత మంచిదైతే, మనం దానిని ప్రతిదానికి ఎందుకు వాడకూడదు? "
++"దీనికి సమాధానం <em>quantization</em> తో ముడిపడివుంది. ప్రతి ఛానల్ ఎన్కోడ్ "
++"చేయుటకు మీరు 8 బిట్లు (256 స్థాయిలు) మాత్రమే కలిగివుంటే, పెద్ద పరిధి అనునది "
++"ప్రతి విలువ మధ్యన పెద్ద అంచెలను కలిగివుండును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+ "color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+ "colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
+ "untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+ msgstr ""
++"పెద్ద అంచెలు అనగా పట్టిన రంగుకు మరియు నిల్వవున్న రంగు మద్యన పెద్ద దోషం అని, "
++"మరియు కొన్ని రంగులకు ఇది పెద్ద సమస్య. ఇది కీ రంగులకు, శరీర రంగులు వంటివాటికి "
++"చాలా ముఖ్యం, మరియు కొద్దిపాటి దోషాల మూలాన అంతగా అవగాహనలేని వీక్షకులు కూడా "
++"ఫొటోగ్రాఫ్ నందు ఏదో తప్పుందని గుర్తిస్తారు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+-"Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+ msgstr ""
++"16 బిట్ చిత్రం వుపయోగించుటవలన చాలా అంచెలను మరియు చిన్న క్వాంటైజేషన్ దోషం "
++"విడుచును, అయితే ఇది ప్రతి చిత్ర ఫైలు పరిమాణంను రెట్టింపుచేయును. ఈ రోజున చాలా "
++"కాంటెంట్ 8bpp నందు వుంది, అనగా ఒక్కో పిగ్జెల్‌కు 8 బిట్స్."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+ "a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు నిర్వహణ అనగా ఒక రంగు స్పేస్ నుండి వేరొక రంగు స్పేస్‌కు మార్చే ప్రోసెస్, "
++"ఇచట రంగు స్పేస్ అనునది బాగాతెలిసిన నిర్వచిత స్పేస్ sRGB వలె, లేదా  మీ "
++"మానిటర్ లేదా ముద్రకం ప్రొఫైల్ వలె మలచిన స్పేస్."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
+-"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ప్రదర్శించు లేదా ముద్రించు రంగులు మీకు ముఖ్యమైతే కాలిబ్రేటింగ్ అనునది "
++"ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
+ msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నేను నాఅంతటనేనే కాలిబ్రేషన్ ఎందుకు చేయాలి?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
+ msgid ""
+ "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+ "together:"
+ msgstr ""
++"సాధారణ ప్రొఫైల్స్ అనునవి మామూలుగా చెడ్డవి. తయారీదారు కొత్త మోడల్‌ను "
++"సృష్టించగానే, అవి వుత్పాదక లైన్‌నుండి కొన్ని అంశాలను తీసుకొని మరియు "
++"సంయుక్తంగా వాటిని సగటుచేస్తారు:"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
+ msgid "Averaged profiles"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "సగటుచేసిన ప్రొఫైల్స్"
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+ "as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+ "changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
+ "state and make the profile inaccurate."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రదర్శన పానల్స్ అనునవి యూనిట్ నుండి యూనిట్‌కు చాలా తేడా కలిగివుండును మరియు "
++"ప్రదర్శన వయసునుబట్టి గుర్తించగల తేడా కలిగివుంటాయి. ముద్రకాలకు కూడా ఇది చాలా "
++"కష్టం, కాగితం యొక్క రకం లేదా వెయిట్ మార్చినంత మాత్రాన కారెక్టరైజేషన్ స్థితి "
++"చెల్లనట్లు చేయగలదు మరియు ప్రొఫైల్ అనిశ్చయపరచును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+ "profile based on your exact characterization state."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు కలిగివున్న ప్రొఫైల్ ఖచ్చితమైనదేనని నిర్ధారించుటకు మంచిమార్గం "
++"కాలిబ్రేషన్‌ను మీరే చేయుట, లేదా మీ ఖచ్చితమైన కారెక్టరైజేషన్ స్థితిని "
++"అనుసరించి బయటి కంపనీలు మీకు ప్రొఫైల్ అందించుట."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
+-"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
+-"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
+-"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+ msgstr ""
++"రూపకర్తలకు, ఛాయాగ్రాహకులకు మరియు కళాకారులకు రంగు నిర్వహణ అనునది ముఖ్యం."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
+ msgid "Why is color management important?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రంగు నిర్వహణ ఎందుకు ముఖ్యం?"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+ msgid ""
+ "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+ "colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+ msgstr ""
++"కలర్ నిర్వహణ అనగా ఒక ఇన్పుట్ పరికరం వుపయోగించి రంగును పట్టుట, దానిని తెరపైన "
++"ప్రదర్శించుట, మరియు ప్రతి మాధ్యమంపైన ఖచ్చితమైన రంగును నిర్వహించుచూ "
++"ముద్రించుట."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+ "of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+ msgstr ""
++"చలికాలంలో గడ్డకట్టే రోజున ఒక పక్షిని తీసిన ఫొటోగ్రాప్ తో రంగు నిర్వహణ యొక్క "
++"అవసరాన్ని బాగా వివరించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
+ msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "గట్టకట్టిన గోడపైని పక్షిని కేమెరా నుండి చూసినట్లు"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+ "cold."
+ msgstr ""
++"చిత్రాలు చాలిలో తీసినట్లు చేయుటకు, ప్రదర్శనలు నీలం ఛానల్‌ను వోవర్-సాట్యురేట్ "
++"చేయును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
+ msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బ్యూజినెస్ లాప్‌టాప్ తెర పైన వాడుకరి ఇదే చూస్తాడు"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
+ "muddy brown."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెలుపు ఎందుకని 'కాగితమంత తెలుపు' కాదు మరియు కంటి నలుపు ఇప్పుడు పుగాకు రంగులో "
++"గమనించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
+ msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఇంక్‌జెట్ ముద్రకం నందు ముద్రించునప్పుడు వాడుకరి ఇదే చూస్తాడు"
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+ "electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+ msgstr ""
++"మనం ఇక్కడ కలిగివున్న ప్రతి పరికరం భిన్న విస్తృతిలోని రంగులను సంభాలించగల "
++"సామర్ధ్యం కలిగివుండటం యిక్కడ ప్రాథమిక సమస్య. కనున మీరు ఎలక్ట్రిక్ నీలం యొక్క "
++"ఫొటోను తీయగల్గినప్పుడు, చాలా ముద్రకాలు వాటిని అలానే ముద్రించలేవు."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+ "CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+ "you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
+ "as the paper color."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలా వరకు చిత్ర పరికరాలు RGB (ఎరుపు, ఆకుపచ్చ, నీలం) నందు తీసి మరియు "
++"ముద్రించడానికి దానిని CMYK (ఆకాశనీలం, మజెంట, పసుపు, మరియు నలుపు) కు మార్చాలి."
++" వేరొక సమస్య మీకు <em>తెలుపు</em> రంగు వుండదు, కనుక తెల్లదనం అనేది కాగితం "
++"ఎంత తెలుపువుందో అంతే."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+ "measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+@@ -2982,8 +5336,15 @@
+ "driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
+ "kilometers or 7 meters."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇంకొక సమస్య ప్రమాణాలు. దేనిపైనైతే రంగు కొలవబడునో ఆ కొలబద్దను తెలుపకుండా, "
++"100% ఎరుపు అనునది ఇన్ఫ్రారెడ్‌కు దగ్గరగావుందో లేక ముద్రకం నందలి ముదురు "
++"ఎరుపుసిరానో మనకుతెలియదు.  ఒక ప్రదర్శకం నందలి 50% ఎరుపు వేరొక ప్రదర్శకంనందు "
++"బహుశా 62% కావచ్చు. ఇది ఎలా వుంటుందంటే, ప్రమాణం అనేది 7 కిలోమీటర్లా లేదా "
++"మీటర్ల అనేది తెలియకుండా, మీరు ఒక వ్యక్తికి 7 ప్రమాణాల దూరం నడిపారని "
++"చెప్పినట్లు వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:75(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+ "colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+@@ -2991,337 +5352,889 @@
+ "projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
+ "\"washed out\"."
+ msgstr ""
++"రంగు నందు, మనం ప్రమాణాలను గమత్‌గా చూస్తాం. గామత్ అనగా తప్పనిసరిగా "
++"తిరిగివుత్పన్నం చేయగల రంగుల విస్తృతి. DSLR కేమెరా వంటి పరికరం ఎక్కువ "
++"గామత్‌ను కలిగివుండవచ్చు, సూర్యాస్తమయం నందు అన్ని రంగులను తీయగలదు, అయితే "
++"ప్రోజెక్టర్ చాలా తక్కువ గామత్ కలిగివుంటుంది మరియు అన్ని రంగులు "
++"\"కడిగేసినట్లు\" కనబడతాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:83(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+-"we sent to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
+ "electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
+ "like."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని సందర్భాలలో పరికర అవుట్పుట్‌ను మనం దానికి పంపే దత్తాంశంను మార్చుట "
++"ద్వారా </em>సరిదిద్ద</em> వచ్చు, అయితే అది సాధ్యంకాని ఇతర సందర్భాలలో (మీరు "
++"ఎలక్ట్రిక్ బ్లూ ముద్రించలేరు) మనం ఫలితం ఎలా కనబడుతుందో వాడుకరికి "
++"చూపవలసివుంటుంది."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++"రంగు పరికరం యొక్క పూర్తి టోనల్ విస్తృతిని ఫొటోగ్రాఫ్స్ కొరకు వుపయోగించుట "
++"మంచిది, రంగునందు సున్నితమైన మార్పులు చేయగల్గుటకు. ఇతర గ్రాఫిక్స్ కొరకు, మీరు "
++"రంగును ఖచ్చితంగా పోల్చాలని అనుకోవచ్చు, మీరు అచ్చంగా Red Hat ఎరుపును "
++"<em>కలిగివున్న</em> Red Hat చిహ్నంతో కస్టమ్ మగ్‌ను ముద్రించాలని అనుకుంటే ఇది "
++"చాలా ముఖ్యం."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr "స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకం నందు పరిచయం జతచేయి లేదా తీసివేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "పరిచయం జతచేయి లేదా తీసివేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "పరిచయం జతచేయుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">కొత్త</gui> నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>కొత్త పరిచయం</gui> విండో నందు, పరిచయం పేరు మరియు కావలసిన సమాచారం "
++"ప్రవేశపెట్టండి. <gui>పని</gui>, <gui>నివాసం</gui> లేదా <gui>ఇతరం</gui> "
++"ఎంచుకొనుటకు ప్రతి క్షేత్రం తరువాతి మెనూపైన నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">పరిచయం సృష్టించు</gui> వత్తుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "పరిచయం తీసివేయుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "మీ పరిచయ జాబితా నుండి పరిచయం ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>పరిచయాల</app> పై-కుడి మూల నందలి <gui style=\"button\">సరికూర్చు</gui> "
++"వత్తుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">పరిచయం తీసివేయి</gui> వత్తుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "మీ పరిచయాలను ఏక్సెస్ చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "పరిచయాలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"నిల్వవుంచుటకు, ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు లేదా మీ పరిచయాల కొరకు సమాచారం సరికూర్చుటకు, "
++"స్థానికంగా లేదా మీ <link xref=\"accounts\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</link> నందు "
++"<app>పరిచయాలు</app> వుపయోగించండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "పరిచయంకు ఈమెయిల్, చాట్, లేదా ఫోన్."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "మీ పరిచయంతో సంప్రదించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>పరిచయాలు</app> నందు ఎవరికైనా ఈమెయిల్, చాట్ లేదా ఫోన్ చేయుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు వుపయోగించాలని అనుకొన్న <gui>వివరం</gui> పై నొక్కండి. ఉదాహరణకు, మీ "
++"పరిచయం ఈమెయిల్ చేయుటకు, ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాపై వత్తండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr "పరిచయాల వివరాలు వుపయోగించి సంభందిత అనువర్తనం ఆరంభించబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "ప్రతి పరిచయం కొరకు సమాచారం సరికూర్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "పరిచయ వివరాలు సరికూర్చు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr ""
++"పరిచయ వివరాలను సరికూర్చుట ద్వారా మీ చిరునామా పుస్తకం నందలి సమాచారం "
++"సరికొత్తగా మరియు పూర్తిగా వుంటుంది."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "పరిచయ వివరాలు సరికూర్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"కొత్త ఫోన్ సంఖ్య లేదా ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామా వంటి <gui>వివరం</gui> జతచేయుటకు <gui "
++"style=\"button\">వివరం జతచేయి</gui> నొక్కి మరియు మీరు జతచేయాలనుకొన్న "
++"క్షేత్రం ఎంపికచేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr ""
++"పరిచయం సరికూర్చుటం పూర్తిచేయుటకు <gui style=\"button\">అయినది</gui> వత్తండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr ""
++"లింకైన పరిచయాల సందర్భమునందు, ప్రొఫైల్ యొక్క అవతార్ పైన నొక్కి మీరు ప్రొఫైల్ "
++"సరికూర్చవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr "బహుళ మూలాల నుండి పరిచయం కొరకు సమాచారాన్ని సంయుక్తపరచండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "పరిచయాలు లింకు మరియు అన్‌లింక్ చేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "పరిచయాలు లింక్ చేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"మీ స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకం నుండి మరియు ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలనుండి మీరు మీ నకిలీ "
++"పరిచయాలను ఒక <app>పరిచయాలు</app> ప్రవేశమునకు కలుపవచ్చు. ఒక పరిచయంకు "
++"సంబందించిన అన్ని వివరాలు ఒక స్థానంలో వుంచుతూ, మీ చిరునామా పుస్తకం చక్కగా "
++"నిర్వహించుటకు ఈ విశేషణం దోహదపడును."
+ 
+-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:90(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"For photographs it makes sense allowing a relative shift of all colors to "
+-"match color reproduction capabilities of a display or a printer, therefore "
+-"you need to be able to access full tonal range of that display or printer. "
+-"For other graphics such as logos you simply don't use the full tonal range, "
+-"you only need few colors matching as closely as possible, so if you're "
+-"trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo, that <em>has</em> to be "
+-"the exact Red Hat Red. The method of transferring colors from one tonal "
+-"range to another is usually called gamut mapping."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name) C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name) C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14(credit/name)
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
++"పరిచయ జాబితా పైన టిక్ బటన్ వత్తుట ద్వారా <em>ఎంపిక రీతి</em> చేతనం చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రతి పరిచయానికి తరువాత ఒక చెక్‌బాక్స్ కనిపించును. మీరు కలపాలనుకున్న పరిచయాల "
++"తరువాతి చెక్‌బాక్సులు టిక్ చేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఎంపికచేసిన పరిచయాలు లింకు చేయుటకు <gui style=\"button\">లింక్</gui> వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "పరిచయాల లింకుతీయి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(item/p) C/disk-check.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview."
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు లింకు చేయాలనుకోని పరిచయాలను పొరబాటున లింకుచేస్తే మీరు వాటి లింకును "
++"తీసివేయవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr "మీ పరిచయ జాబితానుండి మీరు లింకుతీద్దామనుకున్న పరిచయం ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
+-"about the disk and its status will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>పరిచయాల</app> పై-కుడి మూలని <gui style=\"button\">సరికూర్చు</gui> "
++"వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">లింకైన పరిచయాలు</gui> వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> to test how fast data can be read "
+-"from the disk or <gui>Start Read/Write Benchmark</gui> to test how fast data "
+-"can be read from and written to the disk. The latter option will take longer "
+-"to complete."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47(page/p)
+-msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
+ msgstr ""
++"పరిచయం నుండి ప్రవేశం లింకుతీయుటకు <gui style=\"button\">తీసివేయి</gui> "
++"వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
+-"space and capacity."
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
+ msgstr ""
++"ప్రవేశాల లింకుతీయుట పూర్తిచేసిన తరువాత <gui style=\"button\">మూయి</gui> "
++"వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "పరిచయం కొరకు అన్వేషించండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "పరిచయం కొరకు అన్వేషించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr "రెంటిలో ఒక విధంగా ఆన్‌లైన్ పరిచయం కొరకు మీరు అన్వేషించవచ్చు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+-"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాల</gui> అవలోకనం నందు, పరిచయం పేరు టైపుచేయుట ప్రారంభించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(section/title)
+-msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr "అనువర్తనాల జాబితా బదులుగా పరిచయం అనునది అవలోకనం నందు కనిపిస్తుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+-"Analyzer</app>:"
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+ msgstr ""
++"జాబితా పైని పరిచయం ఎంపికచేయుటకు <key>Enter</key> వత్తండి లేదా పరిచయం అనునది "
++"పైన లేకపోతే మీకు కావలసిన పరిచయంపై నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>పరిచయాలు</app> నందు అన్వేషించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "అన్వేషణ క్షేత్రం లోపల నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "పరిచయం యొక్క పేరు టైపు చేయుట ప్రారంభించండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ పరిచయాలను స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకం నందు లేదా ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా నందు "
++"నిల్వవుంచండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "మొదటిసారికి పరిచయాలను ప్రారంభించుట"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు మొదటిసారికి <app>పరిచయాలు</app> నడిపినప్పుడు, <gui>పరిచయాల అమర్పు</gui> "
++"విండో తెరువబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు <link xref=\"accounts\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</link> ఆకృతీకరించితే, అవి "
++"<gui>స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకం</gui> తో జాబితా చేయబడును. ఒక జాబితా నుండి "
++"అంశము ఎంపికచేసి <gui style=\"button\">ఎంపికచేయి</gui> పైన నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr ""
++"ఇప్పటికేవున్న ఖాతా అమరికలను సరికూర్చుటకు <gui style=\"button\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా "
++"అమరికలు</gui> నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఏ ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు ఆకృతీకరించకపోతే, అమర్పును ప్రారంభించుటకు <gui style="
++"\"button\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు</gui> నొక్కండి. ఈ సమయంలో ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతాలు "
++"అమర్చాలని అనుకోకపోతే, <gui style=\"button\">స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకం</gui> "
++"నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+-"The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and "
+-"<gui>Total file system usage</gui>. Click to toggle between <gui>View as "
+-"Rings Chart</gui> and <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+ msgstr ""
++"అది ఎంత వేగంగా వుందో పరిశీలించుటకు మీ హార్డుడిస్కుపై బెంచ్‌మార్క్స్ నడుపండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "మీ హార్డు డిస్కు యొక్క పనితనం పరిశీలించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> to check the disk space in the Home folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "మీ హార్డు డిస్కు యొక్క వేగం పరిశీలించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం నుండి <app>డిస్కులు</app> అనువర్తనం తెరువుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr "<gui>డిస్కు డ్రైవులు</gui> జాబితా నుండి హార్డు డిస్కు ఎంచండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>బెంచ్‌మార్క్ డ్రైవ్</gui> ఎంపికచేసి గేర్ బటన్ నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>బెంచ్‌మార్క్ ప్రారంభించి</gui> మరియు <gui>బదిలీ రేటు</gui> మరియు "
++"<gui>ఏక్సెస్ సమయం</gui> పారామితులు కావలసినట్లు సర్దుబాటుచేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కునుండి ఎంత త్వరగా దత్తాంశం చదువగల్గుతోందో పరీక్షించుటకు "
++"<gui>బెంచ్‌మార్కింగ్ ప్రారంభించు</gui> నొక్కుము. <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">నిర్వహణ అనుమతులు</link> అవసరం కావచ్చు. మీ సంకేతపదంను, లేదా "
++"అభ్యర్ధించిన నిర్వహణాధికారి ఖాతా కొరకు సంకేతపదమును ప్రవేశపెట్టుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>వ్రైట్-బెంచ్‌మార్క్ కూడా జరుపు</gui> చెక్‌చేసివుంటే, డిస్కునుండి ఎంత "
++"త్వరగా దత్తాంశం చదువుగలదు లేదా వ్రాయగలదు అనేది బెంచ్‌మార్క్ పరీక్షించును. "
++"పూర్తగుటకు దీనికి ఎక్కువ సమయం పడుతుంది."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr ""
++"పరీక్ష పూర్తైనప్పుడు, ఫలితాలు గ్రాఫ్ పైన కనిపించును. పచ్చని బిందువులు మరియు "
++"కలుపుతున్న వరుసలు తీసుకొన్న మాదిరిలను సూచించును; కుడి అక్షానికి చెందినవి, "
++"ఏక్సెస్ సమయాన్ని, కింది అక్షానికి ఎదురుగావున్నవి, బెంచ్‌మార్కునందు పట్టిన "
++"సమయ శాతంను చూపును. నీలం వరుస రీడ్ రేట్లను చూపును, ఎరుపు వరుస వ్రైట్ రేట్లను "
++"చూపును; ఇవి ఎడమ అక్షముపై ఏక్సెస్ దత్తాంశం రేట్లవలె చూపబడును, స్పిండిల్ బయట "
++"నుండి, డిస్కు ప్రయాణించిన శాతం, కింది ఏక్సెస్ పక్కన చూపబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++"రేఖాచిత్రం దిగువున, కనిష్ట, గరిష్ట మరియు సగటు రీడ్ మరియు వ్రైట్ రేట్లు, సగటు "
++"ఏక్సెస్ సమయపు మరియు ఆఖరి బెంచ్‌మార్క్ పరీక్ష నుండి గడిచిన సమయపు విలువలు "
++"ప్రదర్శించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon to check the '/' (Root) folder."
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
+ msgstr ""
++"జాగా మరియు సామర్ధ్యం పరిశీలించుటకు <gui>డిస్కు వాడుక విశ్లేషకి</gui> లేదా "
++"<gui>వ్యవస్థ మానిటర్</gui> వుపయోగించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "ఎంత డిస్కు జాగా మిగిలివుందో పరిశీలించు"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon to scan disk space inside a specific "
+-"folder."
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>డిస్కు వాడుక విశ్లేషకి</app> లేదా <app>వ్యవస్థ మానిటర్</app> తో ఎంత "
++"డిస్కు జాగా మిగిలివుందో మీరు పరిశీలించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "డిస్కు వాడుక విశ్లేషకితో పరిశీలించు"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> to scan disk space inside a remote "
+-"folder."
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>డిస్కు వాడుక విశ్లేషకి</app> వుపయోగించి ఖాళీ డిస్కు మరియు డిస్కు "
++"సామర్ధ్యం పరిశీలించుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
+-"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. Click on the column headings "
+-"to adjust the sort order."
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాలు</gui> నుండి <app>డిస్క్స్</app> అనువర్తనం తెరువుము. "
++"<gui>మొత్తం ఫైల్ వ్యవస్థ సామర్ధ్యం</gui> మరియు <gui>మొత్తం ఫైల్ వ్యవస్థ "
++"వాడుక</gui>ను విండో ప్రదర్శించును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Stop</gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
+-"update the scanning. See more details in <link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-"
+-"usage\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>నివాసం స్కాన్‌చేయి</gui>, <gui>దస్త్రవ్యవస్థ స్కాన్‌చేయి</gui>, "
++"<gui>సంచయం స్కాన్‌చేయి</gui>, లేదా <gui>రిమోట్ సంచయం స్కాన్‌చేయి</gui> "
++"ఎంచుటకు సాధనపట్టీ బటన్లలో ఒకటి నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the single-quotes) and "
+-"pressing <key>Enter</key>."
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>సంచయం</gui>, <gui>వాడుక</gui>, <gui>పరిమాణం</gui> మరియు <gui>విషయాలు</"
++"gui> అనుసరించి సమాచారం ప్రదర్శించబడెను. మరిన్ని వివరాలను <link href=\"help:"
++"baobab\"><app>డిస్కు వినియోగం విశ్లేషకి</app></link> నందు చూడుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:82(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
+ msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వ్యవస్థ మానిటర్‌తో పరిశీలించు"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:84(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+ "app>:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>వ్యవస్థ మానిటర్</app> తో ఖాళీ డిస్కు జాగా మరియు డిస్కు సామర్ధ్యం "
++"పరిశీలించుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాలు</gui> నుండి <app>వ్యవస్థ మానిటర్</app> అనువర్తనం తెరువుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:92(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
+ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+ "gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"వ్యవస్థ విభజనలు మరియు డిస్కు జాగా వాడుకను దర్శించుటకు <gui>ఫైల్ వ్యవస్థల</"
++"gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయి. సమాచారం అనునది <gui>మొత్తం</gui>, <gui>ఖాళీ</gui>, "
++"<gui>అందుబాటులోని</gui> మరియు <gui>ఉపయోగించిన</gui> అనుసరించి సమాచారం "
++"ప్రదర్శించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:101(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
+ msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డిస్కు బాగా నిండుగా వుంటే ఏంటి?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:103(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
+ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డిస్కు బాగా నిండుగా వుంటే మీరు ఇలా చేయాలి:"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:107(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ముఖ్యం కాని లేదా ఇంకా మీరు ఉపయోగించని ఫైళ్ళను తొలగించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-capacity.page:110(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొంతకాలం మీకు అక్కరలేని ముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళ <link xref=\"backup-why\">బ్యాకప్స్</"
++"link> తీయండి మరియు వాటిని హార్డు డ్రైవునుండి తొలగించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:19(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
+ msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ హార్డుడిస్కు ఆరోగ్యంగా వుంచుటకు దాని సమస్యలను క్షుణ్ణంగా పరిశీలించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
+ msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "హార్డు డిస్కు సమస్యలను పరిశీలించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
+ msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "హార్డుడిస్కు పరిశీలిస్తోంది"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+ "Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+ "the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
+ "to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>SMART</app> (సెల్ఫ్-మానిటరింగ్, ఎనాలసిస్, మరియు రిపోర్టింగ్ సాంకేతికత) "
++"గా పిలువబడు అంతర-నిర్మిత ఆరోగ్య-పరిశీలన సాధనంను హార్డు డిస్కులు "
++"కలిగివున్నాయి, అది శక్తివంతమైన సమస్యలను నిరంతరం పరిశీలించును, ముఖ్యమైన "
++"దత్తాంశం కోల్పోకుండా మీకు సహాయపడును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
+-"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+ msgstr ""
++"SMART స్వయంచాలకంగా నడుస్తున్నప్పటికీ, మీరు మీ డిస్కు యొక్క ఆరోగ్యంను "
++"<app>డిస్క్స్</app> అనువర్తనం నడిపి పరిశీలించవచ్చు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr "డిస్క్స్ అనువర్తనం ఉపయోగించి మీ డిస్క్స్ ఆరోగ్యం పరిశీలించుము"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:41(steps/title)
+-msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>డిస్క్స్</app> అనువర్తనంను <gui>కార్యకలాపాల</gui> అవలోకనం నుండి "
++"తెరువుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
+ "Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు <gui>నిల్వ పరికరాల</gui> జాబితా నుండి పరిశీలించుదామనుకొన్న డిస్కును "
++"ఎంపికచేయండి. డిస్కు సమాచారం మరియు స్థితి <gui>డ్రైవ్</gui> కిందన కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
+ msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>SMART స్థితి</gui> అనునది \"డిస్కు ఆరోగ్యంగా ఉంది\" అనిచెప్పాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
+ "run a self-test."
+ msgstr ""
++"మరింత డ్రైవ్ సమాచారం దర్శించుటకు, లేదా సెల్ఫ్-పరిశీలన నడుపుటకు <gui>SMART "
++"దత్తాంశం</gui> బటన్ నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
+ msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డిస్కు ఆరోగ్యంగా లేకపోతే ఏంటి?"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
+ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
+ "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>SMART స్థితి</gui> డిస్కు ఆరోగ్యంగా <em>లేదు</em> అని సూచించినా, "
++"అప్రమత్తం కావలసిన అవసరం వుండకపోవచ్చు. ఏదిఏమైనా, దత్తాంశం కోల్పోకుండా "
++"వుండుటకు <link xref=\"backup-why\">బ్యాకప్</link> సిద్దంచేయుట మంచిది."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+-msgstr ""
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++"స్థితి అనేది \"Pre-fail\" అనివుంటే, డిస్కు ప్రస్తుతం ఆరోగ్యంగానే వుంది అయితే "
++"పాతబడిన ఆనవాళ్ళు గుర్తించబడెను బహుశా సమీప భవిష్యత్తులో విఫలం కావచ్చునని "
++"అర్ధం. మీ హార్డు డిస్కు (లేదా కంప్యూటర్) కొద్ది సంవత్సరాలు పాతది అయితే, మీరు "
++"ఈ సందేశంను కనీసం కొన్ని ఆరోగ్య పరిశీలనలందు చూసివుండవచ్చు. మీరు <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">మీ ముఖ్యమైన ఫైళ్ళను రోజువారీ బ్యాకప్</link> తీయండి మరియు "
++"డిస్కు పరిస్థితిని సమయానుసారం పరిశీలించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-check.page:78(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+ "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ అది బాగా పాడైవుంటే, మరింత విశ్లేషణకు లేదా బాగుచేయుటకు మీ కంప్యూటర్/"
++"హార్డు డిస్కును మీరు అనుభవజ్ఞుల వద్దకు తీసుకుని వెళ్ళవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+ "drive by formatting it."
+ msgstr ""
++"USB ఫ్లాష్ డ్రైవ్‌ను ఫార్మాట్ చేసి దాని నుండి అన్ని ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాలను "
++"తీసివేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
+ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తీసివేయదగ డిస్కు పైని మొత్తం తుడిచివేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+ "folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
+ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు తీసివేయదగు డిస్కు కలిగివుంటే, USB మెమొరీ స్టిక్ లేదా బాహ్య హార్డు "
++"డిస్కు వంటివి, మీరు వాటినందలి అన్ని ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాలు తొలగించాలని "
++"అనుకోవచ్చు. డిస్కును <em>ఫార్మాట్</em> చేయుట ద్వారా మీరు ఇది చేయవచ్చు - ఇది "
++"డిస్కుపైని అన్ని ఫైళ్ళను తొలగించును మరియు దానిని ఖాళీగా వదులును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
+ msgid "Format a removable disk"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "తీసివేయదగ డిస్కు ఫార్మాట్ చేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు తుడిచివేద్దామని అనుకున్న డిస్కును <gui>నిల్వ పరికరాల</gui> జాబితా నుండి "
++"ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఖచ్చితమైన డిస్కును ఎంపికచేయునట్లు చూసుకోండి! మీరు సరికాని డిస్కు "
++"ఎంచితే, ఆ డిస్కుపైని అన్ని ఫైళ్ళు తొలగించబడును!"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
+ "<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"వాల్యూమ్ల విభాగమునందు, <gui>వాల్యూమ్ అన్‌మౌంట్ చేయి</gui> నొక్కుము. అప్పుడు "
++"<gui>వాల్యూమ్ ఫార్మాట్</gui> చేయి నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
+-"disk."
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"పాప్అప్ అగు విండో నందు, డిస్కు కొరకు ఫైల్‌సిస్టమ్ <gui>రకం</gui> ఎంచుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+ "computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+ "gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
+ "type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+ msgstr ""
++"లైనక్స్ కంప్యూటర్లకు అదనంగా మీరు డిస్కును విండోస్ మరియు మాక్ OS "
++"కంప్యూటర్లనందు వుపయోగిస్తుంటే, <gui>FAT</gui> ఎంచుకోండి. మీరు దానిని విండోస్ "
++"నందు మాత్రమే వుపయోగిస్తుంటే, బహుశా <gui>NTFS</gui> మంచి ఐచ్చికం కావచ్చు. "
++"<gui>ఫైల్ సిస్టమ్ రకం</gui> సంక్షిప్త వివరణ లేబుల్‌గా వుంచబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కు తుడిచివేయుట ప్రారంభించుటకు డిస్కుకు వొక పేరు ఇచ్చి <gui>ఫార్మాట్</"
++"gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
+ msgid ""
+ "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
+ "should now be blank and ready to use again."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకసారి ఫార్మాటింగ్ అనునది పూర్తైతే, డిస్కును <gui>సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయి</gui>."
++" అది ఇప్పుడు ఖాళీగా వుండాలి మరియు తిరిగి ఉపయోగించుటకు సిద్దంగా వుండాలి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
+ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డిస్కును ఫార్మాట్ చేయుట అనునది మీ ఫైళ్ళను సురక్షితంగా తొలగించదు"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
+ msgid ""
+ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+@@ -3329,18 +6242,28 @@
+ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
+ "as <app>shred</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కు పైని దత్తాంశం పూర్తిగా చెరిపివేయుటకు ఫార్మాట్ చేయుట అనేది సురక్షితమైన "
++"మార్గంకాదు. ఫార్మాట్ చేసిన డిస్కు దానినందు ఫైళ్ళు వున్నట్లు కనిపించదు, అయితే "
++"ప్రత్యేక రికవరీ సాఫ్టువేర్ ఆ ఫైళ్ళను వెలికితీయగలదు. మీరు సురక్షితంగా ఫైళ్ళను "
++"తొలగించాలంటే, మీరు ఆదేశ-వరుస సౌలభ్యం వుపయోగించవలసివుంటుంది,  <app>shred</"
++"app> వంటిది."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+ "manage them."
+ msgstr ""
++"వాల్యూమ్లు మరియు విభజనలు అనగా ఏమిటో అర్ధంచేసుకొని వాటిని నిర్వహించుటకు "
++"డిస్కు సౌలభ్యం వుపయోగించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+ msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వాల్యూమ్లు మరియు విభజనలు నిర్వహించుము"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+ "disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+@@ -3350,8 +6273,16 @@
+ "SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
+ "(and possibly write) files on it."
+ msgstr ""
++"హార్డు డిస్కు వంటి నిల్వ పరికరం వివరించుటకు పదం <em>వాల్యూమ్</em> "
++"ఉపయోగించబడెను. అది పరికరం నిల్వపైని <em>భాగము</em> కూడా సూచించును, ఎంచేతంటే "
++"మీరు నిల్వను ముక్కలుగా కూడా విభజించవచ్చు. <em>మౌంటింగ్</em> అనే ప్రోసెస్ "
++"వుపయోగించి ఫైల్ సిస్టమ్ ద్వారా ఈ నిల్వను ఎక్సెస్ చేయగల్గునట్లు కంప్యూటర్ "
++"చేయును. మౌంటైన వాల్యూమ్లు బహుశా హార్డు డ్రైవులు, USB డ్రైవులు, DVD-RWలు, SD "
++"కార్డులు, మరియు ఇతర మాధ్యమం. ఒక వాల్యూమ్ ప్రస్తుతం మౌంటై వుంటే, మీరు దానిపై "
++"ఫైళ్ళను చదువవచ్చు (సాధ్యమైతే వ్రాయవచ్చు)."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+ "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+@@ -3360,43 +6291,71 @@
+ "think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
+ "“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+ msgstr ""
++"తరచుగా, మౌంటైన వాల్యూమ్ <em>విభజన</em> గా పిలువబడును, అయినాకూడా అవి ఒకే "
++"విషయం కానక్కరలేదు. “విభజన” ఒక డిస్కు డ్రైవు పైని <em>భౌతిక</em> నిల్వ "
++"ప్రాంతమును సూచించును. ఒకసారి విభజన మౌంటైన తరువాత, అది వాల్యూమ్‌గా రిఫర్ "
++"చేయవచ్చు ఎంచేతంటే మీరు దానిపైని ఫైళ్ళను ఏక్సెస్ చేయవచ్చును గనుక. మీరు "
++"వాల్యూమ్‌లను, విభజనల మరియు డ్రైవుల పనిచేస్తున్న “back rooms” లకు ఏక్సెస్ "
++"చేయగల “storefronts” గా భావించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కు సౌలభ్యం వుపయోగించి వాల్యూమ్లు మరియు విభజనలు దర్శించండి మరియు "
++"నిర్వహించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
+ "utility."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్కు సౌలభ్యం వుపయోగించి మీరు మీ కంప్యూటర్ నిల్వ వాల్యూమ్లను పరిశీలించవచ్చు "
++"మరియు సవరించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk Utility</"
+-"app>."
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాలు</gui> అవలోకనం తెరిచి </app>డిస్కులు</app> అనువర్తనం "
++"ప్రారంభించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
+ "DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
+ msgstr ""
++"పేన్ గుర్తు <gui>నిల్వ పరికరాలు</gui> నందు, మీరు హార్డు డిస్కులు, CD/DVD "
++"డ్రైవులు, మరియు ఇతర భౌతిక పరికరాలు కనుగొంటారు. మీరు తనిఖీ చేయాలని "
++"అనుకొంటున్న పరికరంపై నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
+ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
+ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+ msgstr ""
++"కుడి పేన్ పైన, <gui>వాల్యూమ్లు</gui> గా లేబుల్ చేయబడిన ప్రాంతము ఎంపికచేసిన "
++"పరికరం పైని వాల్యూమ్లు మరియు విభజనలను దృశ్యవివరణతో  అందించును. ఈ "
++"వాల్యూమ్‌లను నిర్వహించుటకు వుపయోగించు వివిధ సాధనాలను ఇది కలిగివుండును."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+ "these utilities."
+ msgstr ""
++"జాగ్రత్త: ఈ సౌలభ్యాలు ఉపయోగించి మీ డిస్కు పైని దత్తాంశంను పూర్తిగా "
++"తుడిచివేయుట కూడా సాధ్యమే."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+ "single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+@@ -3405,8 +6364,14 @@
+ "These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
+ "or convenience."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ కనీసం ఒక <em>ప్రాథమిక</em> విభజన మరియు ఒక <em>swap</em> విభజన "
++"కలిగివుంటుంది. swap విభజన మెమొరీ నిర్వహణ కొరకు ఆపరేటింగ్ సిస్టమ్ చేత "
++"వుపయోగించబడును, మరియు అరుదుగా మౌంటగును. ప్రాథమిక విభజన మీ ఆపరేటింగ్ సిస్టమ్, "
++"అనువర్తనాలు, అమరికలు, మరియు వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు కలిగివుంటుంది. భద్రత లేదా "
++"సౌలభ్యత కొరకు ఈ ఫైళ్ళు బహుళ విభజనల నందు పంపిణీచేయబడివుంటాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+ "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+@@ -3414,331 +6379,1126 @@
+ "<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
+ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ ప్రారంభమగుటకు లేదా <em>బూట్</em> అగుటకు కావలసిన సమాచారంను ఒక "
++"ప్రాథమిక విభజన తప్పకుండా కలిగివుండాలి. అందుకని ఇది కొన్నిసార్లు బూట్ "
++"విభజనగా, లేదా బూట్ వాల్యూమ్‌గా పిలువబడును. ఒక వాల్యూమ్ బూట్ చేయదగ్గదా లేదా "
++"నిర్థారించుటకు, డిస్కు యుటిలిటీ నందలి <gui>విభజన ఫ్లాగ్స్</gui> వద్ద చూడు. "
++"బాహ్య మాధ్యమం USB డ్రైవులు మరియు CDలు కూడా బూటబుల్ వాల్యూమ్ కలిగివుంటాయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">డిస్కు జాగా</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">పనితనం</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">సమస్యలు</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"disk-partitions\">వాల్యూమ్లు మరియు విభజనలు</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "డిస్కులు మరియు నిల్వ"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+ 
+-#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "మీ లాప్‌టాప్ పైన ద్వంద్వ మానిటర్లు అమర్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "మీ లాప్‌టాప్ కు బాహ్య మానిటర్ అనుసంధానించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "వీడియో డెమో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "డెమో"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ప్రదర్శనల</gui> అమరికలను తెరుచుటకు కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం నందు "
++"<input>ప్రదర్శనలు</input> టైపు చేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు క్రియాశీలం లేదా క్రియాహీనం చేద్దామని అనుకొంటున్న మానిటర్ చిత్రముపైన "
++"నొక్కి, అప్పుడు దాని <gui>ఆన్/ఆఫ్</gui> చేయండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీతో వున్న మానిటర్ ముఖ్య మానిటర్. ఈ మానిటర్ \"ముఖ్యం\" అనేది "
++"మార్చుటకు, మీరు \"ముఖ్య\" మానిటర్‌గా అమర్చుదామనుకున్న మానిటర్ పైకి టాప్ "
++"బార్‌ను లాగుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr ""
++"మానిటర్ యొక్క \"స్థానం\" మార్చుటకు, దానిపై నొక్కి మరియు దానిని కావలసిన "
++"స్థానమునకు లాగండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr ""
++"రెండు మానిటర్లు ఒకే సారమును ప్రదర్శించుటకు మీరు ఇష్టపడితే, <gui>ప్రతిబింబపు "
++"ప్రదర్శనలు</gui> పెట్టె పరిశీలించుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు మీ అమరికలతో సంతోషంగా వున్నప్పుడు, <gui>వర్తించు</gui> నొక్కి మరియు "
++"<gui>ఈ ఆకృతీకరణ వుంచు</gui> నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>ప్రదర్శన అమర్పులు</gui> మూయుటకు పై మూలని <gui>x</gui> పై నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "బాహ్య మానిటర్ అమర్చు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"మీ లాప్‌టాప్‌కు బాహ్య మానిటర్ అమర్చుటకు, మానిటర్‌ను మీ లాప్‌టాప్‌కు "
++"అనుసంధానించు. ఒకవేళ మీ వ్యవస్థ దానిని తక్షణమే గుర్తించకపోయినా, లేదా మీరు "
++"అమర్పులను సర్దుబాటు చేయదలచినా:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>ప్రదర్శనలు</gui> తెరువుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">పై పట్టీ</link> తో వుంది ముఖ్య మానిటర్. ఏ "
++"మానిటర్ \"ముఖ్యం\" అనేది మార్చుటకు, పై పట్టీను నొక్కి మీరు \"ముఖ్య\" "
++"మానిటర్‌గా అమర్చుదామని అనుకొన్న దానిపైకి లాగండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "మీ డెస్కుటాప్ కంప్యూటర్ పైన ద్వంద్వ మానిటర్లు అమర్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "బాహ్య మానిటర్ అనుసంధానించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr ""
++"మీ డెస్కుటాప్ కంప్యూటర్‌కు రెండవ మానిటర్ అమర్చుటకు, మానిటర్ అనుసంధానించండి. "
++"మీ వ్యవస్థ దానిని తక్షణమే గుర్తించపోయినా, లేదా మీరు అమరికలను సర్దుబాటు "
++"చేయదలచినా:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "సంపుటి నందు సమూహ సంభంద పత్రములు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "పత్రముల సంపుటాలను చేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"వివిధ రకాల పత్రములను ఒక స్థానము <em>సంపుటి</em> నందు వుంచుటకు <app>పత్రములు</"
++"app> అనుమతించును. సంబందిత పత్రములు మీరు కలిగివుంటే, మీరు వాటిని సమూహ పరచి "
++"సుళువుగా కనుగొనబడునట్లు చేయవచ్చు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు వ్యాపార పనిమీద "
++"వెళ్ళునప్పుడు మీరు చేసిన సమర్పణ, మీ స్లైడ్లు, మీ విమాన ప్రయాణప్రణాళిక (PDF "
++"ఫైల్), మీ బడ్జట్ స్ప్రెడ్‌షీట్, మరియు ఇతర హైబ్రిడ్ PDF/ODF పత్రములు, ఒక "
++"సంపుటిలా సమూహపరచవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "సంపుటముకు సృష్టించుటకు లేదా జతచేయుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> బటన్ నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr "ఎంపిక రీతినందు, సేకరించవలసిన పత్రములు చెక్ చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "బటన్ పట్టీ నందలి <gui>+</gui> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr ""
++"సంపుటి జాబితానందు, <gui>జతచేయి</gui> నొక్కి మరియు కొత్త సంపుటి పేరు టైపుచేయి "
++"లేదా ఇప్పటికే వున్న సంపుటి ఎంపికచేయి. ఎంపికచేసిన పత్రములు సంపుటముకు "
++"జతచేయబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr ""
++"సంచయాలు మరియు వాటి హైరార్కీ వలె సంపుటాలు ప్రవర్తించవు: <em>సంపుటాల లోపన మీరు "
++"సంపుటాలు వుంచలేరు.</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "సంపుటి తొలగించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr "ఎంపిక రీతినందు, తొలగించవలసిన సంపుటి చెక్ చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
+ msgstr ""
++"బటన్ పట్టీ నందలి ట్రాష్ బటన్ నొక్కుము. వాస్తవ పత్రములను వదిలి సంపుటం "
++"తొలగించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
+-"readable in bright light."
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "Set screen brightness"
+-msgstr "తెర ప్రకాశతను అమర్చండి"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "ఏ పత్రములు ప్రదర్శించాలో ఎంచుము."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "పత్రములు వడపోయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+-"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
+-"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
+-"not in use."
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ వర్గముల నందు అన్వేషణ యొక్క స్కోప్ పరిమితం చేయుటకు <link xref=\"documents-"
++"search\">అన్వేషణ</link> పట్టీ పక్కని <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">దిగువకు</media> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(steps/title)
+-msgid "Set the brightness"
+-msgstr "ప్రకాశతను అమర్చండి"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>మూలాలు</em>: స్థానిక, గూగుల్, స్కైడ్రైవ్, లేదా అన్ని."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(item/p) C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Screen</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>రకం</em>: సంపుటాలు, PDF పత్రములు, సమర్పణలు, స్ప్రెడ్‌షీట్లు, పాఠం "
++"పత్రములు, లేదా అన్ని."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "శీర్షిక, మూలకర్త, లేదా అన్ని"
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:42(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
+-"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
+-"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>Google</gui> లేదా <gui>SkyDrive</gui> వడపోత జాబితా నందు కనిపించుటకు, "
++"Google లేదా Windows Live ను  <link xref=\"accounts-add\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా</"
++"link> గా ఆకృతీకరించుట తప్పనిసరి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>పత్రములు</app> పేరొందిన పత్ర రకాల సంఖ్యను ప్రదర్శించును."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "తోడ్పాటునిచ్చు ఫార్మాట్లు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
+-"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
+-"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
+-"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>పత్రములు</app> అనునది  PDF, DVI, XPS, పోస్ట్‌స్క్రిప్ట్ మరియు "
++"<app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, "
++"<app>LibreOffice</app> మరియు <app>Google Docs</app> చేత తోడ్పాటునిచ్చు "
++"ఫార్మాట్లను ప్రదర్శించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr "పత్రము పేరు, స్థానము, సవరించిన తేదీ, లేదా రకం చూడుము."
+ 
+-#: C/display-dimscreen.page:52(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "పత్రముల గురించి సమాచారం కనుగొనుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
+-"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
+-"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off "
+-"after</gui> drop-down list."
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక పత్రము సృష్టించినప్పుడు, అది <em>మెటాడాటా</em> తో వచ్చును. ప్రతి "
++"పత్రమునకు <app>పత్రములు</app> కింది మెటాడాటా ప్రదర్శించును:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "శీర్షిక: సరికూర్చ గల, పత్రము యొక్క పేరు;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "మూలం: పత్రమును కలిగివున్న సంచయం పాత్;"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "సవరించబడిన తేది;"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+-"computer."
+-msgstr ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr "రకం: పత్రపు <link xref=\"documents-formats\">ఫైల్ ఫార్మాట్</link>"
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "పత్రముయొక్క లక్షణాలు చూడుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr "ఎంపిక రీతినకు మారుటకు <gui>చెక్</gui> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "ఒక పత్రము ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+-"and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
+-"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
+-"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
+-"have the screen lock automatically."
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "బటన్ పట్టీ యొక్క కుడి చివరన <gui>లక్షణాలు</gui> బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని రకాల పత్రాలు(ఉ.దా. PDF ఫైళ్ళు) వాటి మెటాడాటా లేదా కాంటెంట్‌ భద్రత "
++"కొరకు, సంకేతపదంతో రక్షించబడవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
+-"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
+-"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
+-"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
+-"with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
+ msgstr ""
++"పత్రముకు గోప్యతను చేకూర్చుటకు <app>పత్రములు</app> ప్రస్తుతం ఏ మెకానిజం "
++"ఇవ్వడంలేదు. పత్రమును సృష్టించుటకు మీరు ఉపయోగించిన అనువర్తనం నుండి మీరు ఇది "
++"చేయవచ్చు (ఉ.దా. <app>LibreOffice</app> లేదా <app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be started."
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన స్థానికంగా నిల్వవుంచిన లేదా ఆన్‌లైన్ సృష్టించిన పత్రములను "
++"నిర్వహించు."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+-msgstr "ఫాల్‌బ్యాక్ మోడ్ అంటే ఏమిటి?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "పత్రములు"
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
+-"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
+-"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
+-"allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced "
+-"features."
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<app>పత్రములు</app> అనునది గ్నోమ్ అనువర్తనం అది మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన లేదా "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em> వుపయోగించి రిమోట్‌గా సృష్టించిన "
++"పత్రములను ప్రదర్శించుటకు, నిర్వహించుటకు మరియు ముద్రించుటకు ఉపయోగపడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "దర్శించు, క్రమపరచు మరియు అన్వేషించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "ఎంపికచేయి, నిర్వహించు, ముద్రించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "ప్రశ్నలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr "స్థానికంగా క్రమపరచిన ఫైళ్ళను మాత్రమే మీరు ముందస్తుదర్శనం చేయగలరు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "కొన్ని ఫైళ్ళు ఎందుకని ముందస్తుదర్శనం కలిగిలేవు?"
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
+-"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
+-"an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
+-"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
+-"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
+-"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
+-"looks."
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు <app>పత్రములు</app> తెరిచినప్పుడు, స్థానికంగా నిల్వవున్న పత్రముల కొరకు "
++"ఒక ముందస్తుదర్శన థంబ్‌నెయిల్ ప్రదర్శించబడును. రిమోట్ సేవిక <em>Google Docs</"
++"em> లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em> వంటి వాటిపైన నిల్వవున్న వాటికి తప్పిపోయిన (లేదా "
++"ఖాళీ) వలె ముందస్తుదర్శన థంబ్‌నెయిల్స్ ప్రదర్శించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
+-"isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the "
+-"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
+-"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
+-"version of GNOME."
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు <em>Google Docs</em> లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em> పత్రమును స్థానికంగా "
++"దింపుకొంటే, ఒక థంబ్‌నెయిల్ సృష్టించబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+-"other devices and media."
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+ msgstr ""
++"<em>Google Docs</em> లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em> నుండి స్థానికంగా నకలు తీసిన "
++"పత్రము ఇక ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు నవీకరింపబడలేదు. మీరు దానిని ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు "
++"సరికూర్చవలెనని అనుకుంటే, దానిని దింపుకొనకుండా వంటేనే మంచిది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr "స్థానికంగా లేదా ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు నిల్వవున్న పత్రములను ముద్రించు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "ఒక పత్రము ముద్రించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "ఒక పత్రము ముద్రించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr "ఎంపిక రీతినందు, ముద్రించవలసిన పత్రమును చెక్‌చేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+-"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+-"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
+-"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+ msgstr ""
++"బటన్ పట్టీ నందు ముద్రణ బటన్ నొక్కుము. <gui>ముద్రణ</gui> డైలాగ్ తెరువబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకటి కన్నా ఎక్కువ పత్రము ఎంపికచేయబడినప్పుడు, లేదా ఒక సంపుటి ఎంపికైనప్పుడు "
++"ముద్రణ అందుబాటులోవుండదు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "శీర్షిక లేదా మూలకర్త తో మీ పత్రములు కనుగొను."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "దస్త్రాల కోసం వెతుకు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "<app>పత్రముల</app> నందు అన్వేషణ ప్రారంభించుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> వత్తుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "మాగ్నిఫైయింగ్ గ్లాస్ ప్రతిమను నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr "టైపింగ్ ప్రారంభించుము. శీర్షిక లేదా మూలకర్తచే పత్రములు సరిపోలును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose an application or action for the desired device or media type. See "
+-"below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">దిగువకు</media> బటన్ "
++"నొక్కి మరియు వివిధ <link xref=\"documents-filter\">వడపోతలు</link> ఎంపికచేయుట "
++"ద్వారా మీరు అన్వేషణా ఫలితాలను నిర్బందించవచ్చు లేదా వడపోయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+-"will be shown in the file manager (<gui>Open folder</gui>), you will be "
+-"asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక పత్రము కన్నా ఎక్కువ లేదా సంపుటిని ఎంపికచేయుటకు ఎంపిక రీతి ఉపయోగించుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "పత్రములను ఎంచుట"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+-"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
+-"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
+-"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
+-"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ పత్రములు తెరుచుట, ముద్రించుట, దర్శించుట లేదా సంపుటాలు తయారుచేయుట "
++"<app>పత్రముల</app> ఎంపిక రీతినుండి చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+-"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+-"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకటి లేదా అంతకన్నా ఎక్కువ పత్రములు లేదా సంపుటాలు ఎంపికచేయి. మీ ఎంపికకు "
++"చెల్లునటువంటి చర్యలతో బటన్ పట్టీ కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:62(terms/title)
+-msgid "Types of devices and media"
+-msgstr "పరికరాలు మరియు మాధ్యమ రకాలు"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "ఎంపిక రీతి చర్యలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:64(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr "ఒకటి లేదా ఎక్కువ పత్రములు ఎంపికచేసిన తరువాత మీరు ఇవి చేయవచ్చు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "పత్రము దర్శనితో  తెరువవచ్చు (సంచయ ప్రతిమ)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"ముద్రించుట (ముద్రణ ప్రతిమ): పత్రము ముద్రించు (ఒంటరి పత్రము ఎంపికచేసినప్పుడు "
++"మాత్రమే అందుబాటులో వుంటుంది)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "నిర్వహించు (ప్లస్ గుర్తు): పత్రముల సంపుటి సృష్టించు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr ""
++"లక్షణాలు (పటకార ప్రతిమ): పత్రము యొక్క లక్షణాలను ప్రదర్శించును (ఒక పత్రము "
++"ఎంపికైనప్పడు మాత్రమే అందుబాటులోవుంటుంది)."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr "తొలగించు (చెత్తబుట్ట ప్రతిమ): ఒకటి లేదా ఎక్కువ సంపుటాలు తొలగించును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "స్థానిక లేదా రిమోట్ పత్రములు కనిపించవు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "నా పత్రములు చూడబడలేవు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ పత్రములు ప్రదర్శించబడక పోతే <app>పత్రములు</app>, <app>ట్రాకర్</app> సరిగా "
++"నడువటంలేదని లేదా సరిగా ఆకృతీకరించలేదని. మీ సెషన్ నందు ట్రాకర్ నడుచునట్లు "
++"చూసుకోండి. అప్రమేయ ఆకృతీకరణ, మీ నివాస సంచయం నందు (నాన్-రికర్సివ్‌గా) మరియు "
++"XDG సంచయాల నందు (రికర్సివ్‌గా) విషయసూచి ఫైళ్ళకు అమర్చబడెను, ఖచ్చితంగా "
++"వుండాలి. మీ పత్రములు ఈ పాత్‌లలో ఒక దానినందు వుండునట్లు చూసుకోండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr "పత్రములు ప్రదర్శించబడు మార్గాన్ని మార్చండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను జాబితాగా లేక గ్రిడ్‌గా దర్శించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr ""
++"పత్రములు మరియు సంపుటాలు అప్రమేయంగా <gui>గ్రిడ్</gui> విధానంలో చూపబడును. "
++"<gui>జాబితా</gui>  విధానంలో చూడుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీనకు వెళ్ళి అనువర్తన మెనూ ప్రదర్శించుటకు <app>పత్రములు</app> నొక్కుము."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr "<gui>ఇలా దర్శించు</gui> విభాగము నుండి <gui>జాబితా</gui> పైన నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"జాబితా దర్శనం అనునది పత్రపు రకం మరియు సవరించిన తేదీ, మరియు అది స్థానికంగా "
++"నిల్వవున్నదా, లేక <app>Google Docs</app> నందా లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em> నందు "
++"నిల్వవుందా అనేది నిలువుపట్టీలనందు చూపును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr ""
++"అప్రమేయ ఫార్మాట్‌కు తిరిగివచ్చుటకు అనువర్తన మెనూ నందలి <gui>గ్రిడ్</gui> "
++"నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "పత్రముల పూర్తి-తెర దర్శించుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr "స్థానికంగా లేదా ఆన్‌లైన్ నిల్వవుంచిన పత్రములను ప్రదర్శించుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు <app>పత్రములు</app> తెరిచినప్పుడు, మీ పత్రములు అన్నీ, స్థానికంగా "
++"నిల్వవున్నవి అదేవిధంగా ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు, థంబ్‌నెయిల్స్ గా ప్రదర్శించబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీ <em>Google Docs</em> లేదా <em>SkyDrive</em>  పత్రములు కనిపించుట కొరకు, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">ఆన్‌లైన్ ఖాతా</link> వలె, గూగుల్ లేదా విండోస్ "
++"లైవ్ ఆకృతీకరించుట తప్పనిసరి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "పత్రము యొక్క సారములను దర్శించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr ""
++"థంబ్‌నెయిల్ నొక్కుము. <app>పత్రముల</app>  విండో (లేదా పెద్దదిచేయబడితే పూర్తి-"
++"తెర) నందు పత్రము పూర్తి-వెడల్పుతో ప్రదర్శించబడును."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "పత్రము నిష్క్రమించుటకు, వెనుకకు బాణపు బటన్ నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"CDలు మరియు DVDలు, కేమెరాలు, ఆడియో ప్లేయర్లు, ఇతర పరికరాలు మరియు మాధ్యమం "
++"కొరకు అనువర్తనాలు స్వయంచాలకంగా నడుపుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "పరికరాలు లేదా డిస్కుల కొరకు అనువర్తనాలు తెరువుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక పరికరం లేదా డిస్కు లేదా మాధ్యమ కార్డు చొప్పించగానే స్వయంచాలకంగా అనువర్తనం "
++"ప్రారంభమగునట్లు మీరు చేయవచ్చు. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు డిజిటల్ కేమేరాను చొప్పించగానే "
++"ఫోటో నిర్వాహిక ప్రారంభమవ్వాలని అనుకోవచ్చు. మీరు దీనిని ఆఫ్ కూడా చేయవచ్చు, "
++"అప్పుడు మీరు ఏమైనా చొప్పించినా ఏమీ జరుగదు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు వివిధ పరికరాలను చొప్పించినప్పుడు ఏ అనువర్తనాలు ప్రారంభం కావాలో "
++"నిర్ణయించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"<guiseq><gui>వివరాలు</gui><gui>తీసివేయదగు మాధ్యమం</gui></guiseq> ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr ""
++"మీకు కావలసిన పరికరం లేదా మాధ్యమ రకం కనుగొని, అప్పుడు ఆ మాధ్యమ రకం కొరకు "
++"అనువర్తనం లేదా చర్య ఎంచుము. విభిన్న రకాల పరికరాలు మరియు మాద్యమం యొక్క వివరణ "
++"కొరకు కింద చూడండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక అనువర్తనం ప్రారంభించుటకు బదులుగా, మీరు దానిని అమర్చవచ్చు అలా ఆ పరికరం "
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు చూపబడును. అది జరిగినప్పుడు, ఏమిచేయాలో మీరు అడుగబడతారు, "
++"లేదా స్వయంచాలకంగా ఏమీ జరుగదు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు మార్చాలని అనుకొంటున్న (Blu-ray లేదా E-book చదువరులు వంటివి) పరికరం లేదా "
++"మాధ్యమం రకం జాబితానందు లేకపోతే, <gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> నొక్కి మరిన్ని "
++"పరికరాల జాబితా చూడండి. పరికరం లేదా మాధ్యమంను <gui>రకం</gui> డ్రాప్-డౌన్ "
++"నుండి మరియు అనువర్తనం లేదా చర్యను <gui>చర్య</gui> డ్రాప్-డౌన్ నుండి "
++"ఎంపికచేయుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr ""
++"ఏ అనువర్తనాలు స్వయంచాలకంగా తెరువబడకూడదు అనుకుంటే, మీరు ఏమి గుచ్చినా, కిందని "
++"రిమూవబుల్ మీడియా విండో నందు <gui>మాధ్యమం గుచ్చినప్పుడు అడుగవద్దు లేదా "
++"ప్రోగ్రామ్స్ ప్రారంభించవద్దు</gui> ఎంపికచేయుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "పరికరాలు మరియు మాధ్యమ రకాలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
+ msgid "Audio discs"
+ msgstr "ఆడియో డిస్కులు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+ "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+ "Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
+ "will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఆడియో CDలు సంభాలించుటకు మీ అభీష్ట సంగీత అనువర్తనంను లేదా CD ఆడియో "
++"ఎక్సట్రాక్టర్ ఎంచుము. మీరు ఆడియో  DVDs (DVD-A) ఉపయోగిస్తే, వాటిని ఎలా "
++"తెరవాలో <gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> కిందన ఎంపికచేయుము. మీరు ఆడియో డిస్కును ఫైలు "
++"నిర్వాహికతో తెరిస్తే, ట్రాక్స్ WAV ఫైళ్ళ వలె కనిపించును అది మీరు ఏ ఆడియో "
++"ప్లేయర్ అనువర్తనం నందైనా ప్లే చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:72(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
+ msgid "Video discs"
+ msgstr "వీడియో డిస్కులు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+ "<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+ "video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
+ "not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
++"వీడియో DVDలు సంభాలించుటకు మీ అభీష్ట వీడియో అనువర్తనం ఎంపికచేయుము. Blu-ray, "
++"HD DVD, వీడియో CD (VCD), మరియు సూపర్ వీడియో CD (SVCD) కొరకు అనువర్తనం "
++"అమర్చుటకు <gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> బటన్ ఉపయోగించుము. DVDలు లేదా ఇతర వీడియో "
++"డిస్కులు చొప్పించినప్పుడు అవి సరిగా పనిచేయకపోతే, <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/> "
++"చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
+ msgid "Blank discs"
+ msgstr "ఖాళీ డిస్కులు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఖాళీ CDలు, ఖాళీ DVDలు, ఖాళీ బ్లూ-రే డిస్కులు, మరియు ఖాళీ HD DVDల కొరకు "
++"డిస్కు-వ్రైటింగ్ అనువర్తనం ఎంపికచేయుటకు <gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> బటన్ "
++"వుపయోగించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:84(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+ msgid "Cameras and photos"
+ msgstr "కెమేరాలు మరియు ఫొటోలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+ "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+ "from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
+ "your photos using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ డిజిటల్ కేమెరా ను గుచ్చినప్పుడు, లేదా కేమెరా మీడియో కార్డు, CF, SD, MMC, "
++"లేదా MS కార్డువంటివి గుచ్చినప్పుడు ఏ ఫోటో-నిర్వహణ అనువర్తనం నడువాలో ఎంచుటకు "
++"<gui>ఫొటోలు</gui> డ్రాప్-డౌన్ ఉపయోగించుము. మీరు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఉపయోగించి "
++"కూడా మీ ఫొటోలను బ్రౌజ్ చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
+ msgid ""
+ "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+ "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+ "data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
+ msgstr ""
++"స్టోర్ నందు చేసినటువంటి, కోడక్ పిక్చర్ CDలు తెరుచుటకు మీరు అనువర్తనంను, "
++"<gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> కిందన ఎంపికచేయవచ్చు. ఇవి <file>PICTURES</file> అనే "
++"సంచయం కిందని JPEG చిత్రాల రెగ్యులర్ డాటా CDలు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:94(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
+ msgid "Music players"
+ msgstr "సంగీత ప్రదర్శకాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీ పోర్టబుల్ మ్యూజిక్ ప్లేయర్ పైన మ్యూజిక్ లైబ్రరీ నిర్వహించుటకు ఒక "
++"అనువర్తనం ఎంచుకొనుము, లేదా ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఉపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను మీఅంతట మీరే "
++"నిర్వహించండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:99(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+ msgid "E-book readers"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఈ-బుక్ చదువరులు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
+ "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+ "manager."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ-బుక్ చదువరి పైని పుస్తకాలను నిర్వహించుటకు <gui>ఇతర మాధ్యమం</gui> బటన్ "
++"వుపయోగించి ఒక అనువర్తనం ఎంచుము, లేదా ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఉపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను "
++"నిర్వహించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:104(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+ msgid "Software"
+ msgstr "సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్"
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:105(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+ msgid ""
+ "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+ "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+ "to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
+ "always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని డిస్కులు మరియు తీసివేయదగు మాధ్యమం అనునవి సాఫ్టువేర్‌ను కలిగివుంటాయి "
++"అది మాధ్యమం చొప్పించగానే స్వయంచాలకంగా నడుచుటకు వుద్దేసింపబడినది. "
++"స్వయంచాలకంగా నడిచే సాఫ్టువేర్ కలిగివున్న మాధ్యమం చొప్పించగానే ఏమిచేయాలో "
++"<gui>సాఫ్టువేర్</gui> ఐచ్చికం ఉపయోగించుము. సాఫ్టువేర్ నడుచుటకు ముందుగా "
++"మిమ్ములను అడుగును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-autorun.page:110(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
+ msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీరు నమ్మని మాధ్యమం నుండి ఎప్పుడూ సాఫ్టువేర్ నడుపవద్దు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
+ msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికతో ఫైళ్ళను నిర్వహించు మరియు సర్దు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
+ msgid "Browse files and folders"
+ msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను విహరించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+ "external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
+-"link>, and network shares."
++"link>, and on network shares."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-browse.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in "
+-"the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైన ఫైళ్ళను బ్రౌజ్ చేయుటకు మరియు నిర్వహించుటకు <app>ఫైళ్ళు</"
++"app> ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఉపయోగించుము. <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">ఫైల్ "
++"సేవికలు</link> పైని, మరియు నెట్వర్కు భాగస్వామ్యాలపైని, నిల్వ పరికరాలు (బాహ్య "
++"హార్గు డిస్కులు వంటివి) పైని ఫైళ్ళను నిర్వహించుటకు మీరు దీనిని ఉపయోగించవచ్చు."
++""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
+ "applications</link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికను ప్రారంభించుటకు, <gui>కార్యకలాపాలు</gui> అవలోకనం నందలి "
++"<app>ఫైళ్ళు</app> తెరువుము. మీరు <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">అనువర్తనముల "
++"కొరకు అన్వేషించు</link> నట్లే అవలోకనం నందు ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాల కొరకు "
++"అన్వేషించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr "సంచయాల కాంటెంట్లను గాలించుట"
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
+-"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
+-"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the "
+-"expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు, సంచయం నందలి విషయాలను చూడుటకు దానిపై రెండుమార్లు "
++"నొక్కుము, మరియు అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనంతో ఫైలును తెరుచుటకు దానిపై రెండు మార్లు "
++"నొక్కుము. మీరు సంచయంపై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి దానిని కొత్త టాబ్ లేదా విండో నందు "
++"తెరువవచ్చు. "
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+ "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+ "sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+ msgstr ""
++"సంచయం నందలి ఫైళ్ళు చూడునప్పుడు, స్పేస్ బార్ నొక్కి త్వరితంగా <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">ప్రతి ఫైలు ముందస్తుదర్శనం</link> చేసి  మీరు తెరవాలని, "
++"నకలుతీయాలని, లేదా తొలగించాలని అనుకొన్న ఫైలు అదేనా కాదా అనేది "
++"నిర్థారించుకోవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+ "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+@@ -3746,262 +7506,376 @@
+ "folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
+ "or access its properties."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైళ్ళ మరియు సంచయాల జాబితా పైని <em>పాత్ బార్</em> అనునది ప్రస్తుత సంచయం "
++"యొక్క పేరెంట్ సంచయంతో సహా, మీరు ఏ సంచయం దర్శించుచున్నారో చూపును. పేరెంట్ "
++"సంచయంకు వెళ్ళుటకు పాత్ బార్ నందలి దానిపై నొక్కుము. పాత్ బార్ నందలి సంచయం "
++"కొత్త టాబ్ నందు లేదా విండో నందు తెరుచుటకు, నకలుతీయుటకు, లేదా దాని లక్షణాలు "
++"ఏక్సెస్ చేయుటకు దానిపై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
+-"typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and "
+-"the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
+-"arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with "
+-"the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
+-msgstr ""
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు దర్శించుచున్న సంచయం నందలి ఒక ఫైలు త్వరగా వెళ్ళాలంటే, దాని పేరును టైపు "
++"చేయండి. విండో యొక్క పై బాగాన ఒక అన్వేషణ పెట్టె కనిపించును మరియు మీ అన్వేషణను "
++"పోలిన పైలు ఉద్దీపనం చెందును. డౌన్ ఏరో నొక్కి, లేదా మౌస్‌తో స్క్రాల్ చేసి, మీ "
++"అన్వేషణతో పోలిన తరువాతి ఫైలుకు వెళ్ళండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-browse.page:62(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+-"not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> "
+-"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
+-"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> "
+-"menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-browse.page:69(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
+-"useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
+-"the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its "
+-"child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-copy.page:12(credit/name) C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++"ఉమ్మడి స్థలాలను మీరు <em>పక్కపట్టీ</em> నుండి త్వరగా ఏక్సెస్ చేయవచ్చు. మీరు "
++"పక్కపట్టీను చూడకపోతే, సాధనపట్టీ నందలి <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">డౌన్</media>  బటన్ నొక్కి <gui>పక్కపట్టీ చూపము</gui> ఎంపికచేయుము. "
++"మీరు తరచుగా వాడే సంచయాలను ఇష్టాంశాలుగా  జతచేయవచ్చు అప్పుడు అవి పక్కపట్టీ "
++"నందు కనిపించును. ఇది చేయుటకు <gui>ఇష్టాంశాలు</gui> మెనూ ఉపయోగించుము, లేదా "
++"సంచయంను పక్కపట్టీకు లాగుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr "అంశాలను కొత్త సంచయానికి నకలుతీయి లేదా కదుల్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
+ msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "క్రిస్టోఫర్ థామస్"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
+ msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను లేదా సంచయాలను నకలుతీయి లేదా కదుల్చు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+ "keyboard shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
++"మౌస్‌తో లాగి వుదులుట ద్వారా, నకులు మరియు అతికించు ఆదేశాల ద్వారా, లేదా "
++"కీబోర్డ్ లఘువులు ఉపయోగించి ఒక ఫైలు లేదా సంచయంను కొత్త స్థానముకు "
++"నకులుతీయవచ్చు లేదా కదల్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+ "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+ "document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
+ "don't like your changes)."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు ఒక సమర్పణను మెమొరీ స్టిక్‌కు నకలుతీయాలని అనుకోవచ్చు. లేదా, "
++"మీరు ఒక పత్రముకు మార్పులు చేయుటకు ముందుగా దానిని బ్యాకప్ తీయాలని అనుకోవచ్చు "
++"(అలా మీ మార్పులు మీకు నచ్చకపోతే పాత నకలు తిరిగి వుపయోగించవచ్చు)."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+ "and folders in exactly the same way."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ సూచనలు ఫైళ్ళకు మరియు సంచయాలకు రెంటికీ వర్తింపచేయును. మీరు ఫైళ్ళను మరియు "
++"సంచయాలను ఒకే మార్గంలో నకలుతీయండి మరియు కదల్చండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:37(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
+ msgid "Copy and paste files"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను నకలుతీయి మరియు అతికించు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
+ msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీరు నకలుతీద్దామని అనుకొన్న ఫైలుపై ఒకసారి నొక్కుట ద్వారా ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి <gui>నకలుతీయి</gui> ఎంచుకొనుము, లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq> వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+ msgstr ""
++"వేరొక సంచయానికి వెళ్ళండి, ఎక్కడైతే మీరు ఫైలు నకలును ఉంచాలని అనుకొంటున్నారో."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
+-"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
+-"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"నకలు తీయుట పూర్తిచేయుటకు గేర్ ప్రతిమ నొక్కి <gui>అతికించు</gui> నొక్కుము, "
++"లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> వత్తుము. ఇప్పుడు వాస్తవ "
++"సంచయం నందు మరియు ఇతర సంచయం నందు ఫైలు యొక్క నకలు వుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:50(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
+ msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వాటిని కదుల్చుటకు ఫైళ్ళను కత్తిరించు మరియు అతికించు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
+ msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీరు కదల్చాలని అనుకొంటున్న ఫైలు పై ఒకసారి నొక్కి దానిని ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి <gui>కత్తిరించు</gui> ఎంచుము, లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>X</key></keyseq> వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
+ msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "వేరొక సంచయంకు వెళ్ళండి, మీరు ఎచటకు ఫైలు కదల్చాలని అనుకొంచున్నారో."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
+-"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
+-"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైలును కదుల్చుట పూర్తి చేయుటకు గేర్ ప్రతిమ పై నొక్కి <gui>అతికించు</gui> "
++"ఎంచుము, లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq> వత్తుము. ఫైలు దాని "
++"వాస్తవ సంచయం నుండి తీసి కొత్త సంచయం నందు ‌వుంచబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:61(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
+ msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "నకలుతీయుటకు లేదా కదుల్చుటకు ఫైళ్ళను లాగండి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+ "to copy."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికను తెరచి మీరు నకలుతీయాలని అనుకొంటున్న ఫైళ్ళు కలిగివున్న "
++"సంచయానికి వెళ్ళండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:64(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
+-"the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
+ "file."
+ msgstr ""
++"పై పట్టీ నందలి <gui>ఫైళ్ళు</gui> నొక్కుము, రెండవ విండో తెరుచుటకు <gui>కొత్త "
++"విండో</gui> ఎంపికచేయి (లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> "
++"వత్తుము). కొత్త విండో నందు, మీరు ఎచటకు ఫైలును కదల్చాలని లేదా నకలుతీయాలని "
++"అనుకుంటున్నారో ఆ సంచయంకు వెళ్ళండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+ "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+ "if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒక విండో నుండి వేరొక దానికి ఫైలును లాగుము. గమ్యము అనేది <em>అదే</em> "
++"పరికరంపై వుంటే ఇది <em>దానిని కదుల్చును</em>, లేదా గమ్యం <em>వేరే</em> "
++"పరికరంపై వుంటే <em>దానిని నకలుతీయి</em>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
+ msgid ""
+ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+ "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు మీ USB మెమొరీ స్టిక్ నుండి ఒక ఫైలును నివాస సంచయంకు లాగితే, "
++"అది నకలుతీయబడును, ఎంచేతంటే మీరు ఒక పరికరం నుండి వేరొక పరికరంకు లాగినారు కనుక."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+ "key while dragging."
+ msgstr ""
++"లాగునప్పుడు <key>Ctrl</key> కీ నొక్కి పట్టుట ద్వారా మీరు ఫైలును నకలుతీయుటకు "
++"బలవంతం చేయవచ్చు, లేదా లాగునప్పుడు <key>Shift</key> కీను నొక్కిపట్టి "
++"కదుల్చుటకు బలవంతం చేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-copy.page:80(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
+ "folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
+ "You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలును <em>చదువుటకు-మాత్రమే</em> ఉద్దేశించిన సంచయంకు నకలుతీయలేరు. "
++"కొన్ని సంచయాలు చదువుటకు-మాత్రమే ఉద్దేశించినవి వాటినందలి విషయాలను మీరు "
++"మార్చలేరు. చదువుటకు-మాత్రమే ఉద్దేశింపబడినప్పుడు <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">ఫైల్ అనుమతులు మార్చుట</link> ద్వారా మీరు విషయాలను "
++"మార్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
+ msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+ msgstr "అవసరం లేని ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను తీసివేయండి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
+ msgid "Delete files and folders"
+ msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను తొలగించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
+-"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be <link "
+-"xref=\"files-recover\">restored to their original location</link> if you "
+-"decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
+-msgstr ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీకు ఫైలు కాని సంచయం కాని ఇకపై అక్కరలేక పోతే, మీరు దానిని తొలగించవచ్చు."
++" మీరు అంశమును తొలగించినప్పుడు అది </gui>చెత్తబుట్ట<gui> కు కదల్చబడును, మీరు "
++"చెత్తను ఖాళీ చేయునంతవరకు అది అక్కడే వుండును. మీకు కావలెనంటే వాస్తవ "
++"స్థానమునకు <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui> సంచయం నందలి <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">అంశాలు తిరిగివుంచు</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr "ఫైలును చెత్తబుట్టకు పంపుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr "మీరు చెత్తబుట్ట నందు వుంచాలనుకొన్న అంశాన్ని ఎంపికచేయండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
+ "Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+ msgstr ""
++"కీబోర్డు పైన <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> వత్తుము. "
++"ప్రత్యామ్నాయంగా, పక్కపట్టీ నందలి <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui>కు అంశాన్ని లాగండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+-"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
+-"permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash "
+-"from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete "
+-"permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on "
+-"your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-delete.page:50(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device</link> "
+-"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+-"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
+-"into your computer."
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైళ్ళను శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించి, మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైని డిస్కు జాగాను ఖాళీ చేయుటకు, "
++"మీరు చెత్తబుట్టను ఖాళీ చేయవలసి వుంటుంది. చెత్తబుట్టను ఖాళీ చేయుటకు, "
++"పక్కపట్టీ నందలి <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui> పై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట "
++"ఖాళీచేయి</gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:56(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
+ msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+ msgstr "ఒక ఫైలును శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+ "the trash first."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మీరు ఫైలును చెత్తబుట్టకు పంపకుండానే, తక్షణమే శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr "ఒక ఫైలును శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
+ msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+ msgstr "మీరు తొలగించాలనుకుంటున్న అంశాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
+ msgid ""
+-"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+ "key on your keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
++"<key>Shift</key> కీను నొక్కివుంచి, కీబోర్డుపైని <key>Delete</key> కీను "
++"వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+ "delete the file or folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఈ చర్యను రద్దుచేయలేరు కావున, ఫైలును లేదా సంచయంను తొలగించాలా లేదా అనేది "
++"మీరు ఖరారు చేయవలసివుంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-delete.page:67(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
+ "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
+-"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
+-"Trash</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు తరచుగా చెత్తబుట్ట ఉపయోగించకుండా ఫైళ్ళను తొలగించాలంటే (ఉదాహరణకు, "
++"మీరు తరచుగా సున్నితమైన దత్తాంశం పై పనిచేస్తూంటే), మీరు ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాల "
++"కుడి-నొక్కు మెనూకు <gui>తొలగించు</gui> జతచేయవచ్చు. పై పట్టీ నందలి "
++"<gui>ఫైళ్ళు</gui> పై నొక్కుము, <gui>అభీష్టాలు</gui> ఎంచుకొని <gui>ప్రవర్తన</"
++"gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయుము. <gui>చెత్తబుట్టను దాటవేసే తొలగించు ఆదేశం చేర్చు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+-msgid "Michael Hill"
+-msgstr "మైకేల్ హిల్"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">తీసివేయగల పరికరం </link> పైని ఫైళ్ళను "
++"తొలగించు అనేది బహుశా ఇతర ఆపరేటింగ్ సిస్టమ్స్ పైన కనబడకపోవచ్చు, విండోస్ మాక్ "
++"ఓస్ వంటివి. ఫైళ్ళు అక్కడే వుంటాయి, మీరు తిరిగి మీ కంప్యూటర్‌కు "
++"అనుసంధానించగానే అందుబాటులో వుంటాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
+ msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+ msgstr ""
++"CD/DVD బర్నర్ ఉపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళు మరియు పత్రములు ఖాళీ CD లేదా DVD పై వుంచుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
+ msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను CD లేదా DVD కు వ్రాయుము"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
+ "option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
+@@ -4009,237 +7883,367 @@
+ "files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
+ "by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>CD/DVD సృష్టించునది</gui> ఉపయోగించి మీరు ఫైళ్ళను ఖాళీ డిస్కుపైన "
++"ఉంచవచ్చు. మీరు మీ CD ను మీ CD/DVD వ్రైటర్ నందు ఉంచగానే ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు "
++"CD లేదా DVD సృష్టించు ఐచ్చికం కనిపించును. మీరు ఫైళ్ళను ఇతర కంప్యూటర్లకు "
++"బదిలీ చేయుటకు లేదా ఖాళీ డిస్కుపైన వుంచి <link xref=\"backup-why\">బ్యాకప్లు</"
++"link> తీయుటకు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఉంది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
+ msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "CD/DVD వ్రాయగల మీ డ్రైవు నందు ఖాళీ డిస్కు వుంచండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select <gui>CD/"
+-"DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> "
+-"folder window will open."
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+ msgstr ""
++"తెర కింద వచ్చే <gui>ఖాళీ CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> ప్రకటన నందు, <gui>CD/DVD "
++"సృష్టించు దానితో తెరువు</gui> ఎంపికచేయి. <gui>CD/DVD సృష్టించునది</gui> సంచయ "
++"విండో తెరువబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
+ "gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"(ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక పక్కపట్టీ నందలి <gui>పరికరాలు</gui> కిందని <gui>ఖాళీ CD/DVD-"
++"R Disc</gui> పై కూడా నొక్కవచ్చు.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
+ msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "డిస్కు కొరకు పేరును, <gui>డిస్కు పేరు</gui> క్షేత్రము నందు టైపు చేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
+ msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కావలసిన ఫైళ్ళను విండోనకు లాగు లేదా నకలుతీయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
+ msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>డిస్కుకు వ్రాయి</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
+ msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>వ్రాయుటకు ఒక డిస్కు ఎంపికచేయి</gui> అనుదాని కింద, ఖాళీ డిస్కు ఎంచుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
+ "a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
+ "burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+ msgstr ""
++"(మీరు బదులుగా <gui>చిత్ర ఫైలు</gui> ఉపయోగించవచ్చు. ఇది ఫైళ్ళను <em>డిస్కు "
++"చిత్రం</em> నందు వుంచును, అవి మీ కంప్యూటర్ నందు దాయబడును. తరువాత మీరు ఆ "
++"డిస్కు చిత్రాన్ని ఖాళీ డిస్కుకు వ్రాయవచ్చు.)"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
+ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
+ "be fine."
+ msgstr ""
++"బర్నింగ్ వేగాన్ని, తాత్కాలిక ఫైళ్ళ స్థానమును, మరియు ఇతర ఐచ్చికాలను సర్దుబాటు "
++"చేయుటకు <gui>లక్షణాలు</gui> నొక్కండి. అప్రమేయ ఐచ్చికాలు సరిపోతాయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
+ msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "రికార్డు చేయుటకు <gui>బర్న్</gui> బటన్ నొక్కండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
+ "additional discs."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>చాలా నకళ్ళు బర్న్ చేయి</gui> ఎంపికైతే, మీరు అదనపు డిస్కుల కొరకు "
++"అడుగబడతారు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
+ "<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+ msgstr ""
++"డిస్క్ బర్నింగ్ పూర్తవగానే, అది స్వయంచాలకంగా బయటకు నెట్టబడును. <gui>మరిన్ని "
++"నకళ్ళు చేయి</gui> ఎంచుకొనుము లేదా నిష్క్రమించుటకు <gui>మూయి</gui> ఎంచుకొనుము."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
+ msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఒకవేళ డిస్కు సరిగా బర్న్ కాకపోతే"
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
+ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+ "computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"కొన్నిసార్లు దత్తాంశాన్ని కంప్యూటర్ సరిగా రికార్డు చేయదు, కనుక మీరు డిస్కును "
++"కంప్యూటర్ నందు చొప్పించగానే మీరు దానినందు పెట్టిన ఫైళ్ళను మీరు చూడలేరు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
+ "12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
+ "choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
+-"DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ సందర్భములో, డిస్కును మరలా బర్న్ చేయండి ఈసారి తక్కువ బర్నింగ్ వేగంనందు, ఉ."
++"దా. 48x బదులుగా 12x. తక్కువ వేగం వద్ద బర్న్ చేయుట మరింత మంచిది. మీరు <gui>CD/"
++"DVD సృష్టించునది</gui> నందు <gui>లక్షణాలు</gui> బటన్ నొక్కుట ద్వారా మీరు "
++"వేగాన్ని ఎంపికచేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
+ msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైలును అదృశ్యం చేయండి, అలా మీరు దానిని ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు చూడలేరు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
+ msgid "Hide a file"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఒక ఫైలును మరుగునపెట్టు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
+-"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
+-"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"గ్నోమ్ ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక వుపయోగించి మీరు ఫైలును మరగునపెట్టవచ్చు మరియు "
++"కనబడునట్లు చేయవచ్చు. ఒక ఫైలును మరుగున పెట్టినప్పుడు, అది ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక చేత "
++"ప్రదర్శించబడదు, అయితే అది దాని సంచయంనందు ఉంటుంది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
+-"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file <file>example.txt</"
+-"file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైలును మరుగునవుంచుటకు దానిని ప్రారంభమునందు <key>.</key> వుంచి దాని పేరు "
++"మార్చుము. ఉదాహరణకు, <file> example.txt</file> పేరుతో వున్న ఫైలును "
++"మరుగునవుంచుటకు దానిని  <file>.example.txt</file> గా పేరు మార్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
+-"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు పైళ్ళను మరుగునపెట్టినట్లే సంచయాలను కూడా మరగునవుంచవచ్చు. సంచయం పేరు "
++"ప్రారంభంలో <key>.</key> వుంచి సంచయాన్ని మరుగునవుంచండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
+ msgid "Show all hidden files"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "మరుగునవున్న అన్ని ఫైళ్ళను చూపుము"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+-"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
+-"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
+-"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
+-"tilde\"/>)."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:43(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
+-"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒక సంచయం నందు మరుగునవున్న అన్ని ఫైళ్ళను చూడవలెనంటే, ఆ సంచయంకు వెళ్ళి "
++"సాధనపట్టీ నందలి <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">కిందకు</"
++"media> బటన్‌ను నొక్కుము మరియు <gui>మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను చూపము</gui> ఎంచుము, "
++"లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> వత్తుము. మీరు అన్ని "
++"మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను చూస్తారు, వాటితో పాతే మరుగునలేని సాధారణ ఫైళ్ళను కూడా "
++"చూస్తారు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+ "keyseq> again."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఈ ఫైళ్ళను తిరిగి మరుగునపెట్టుటకు, సాధనపట్టీ నందలి <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">కిందకు</media> బటన్ వత్తి <gui>మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను "
++"చూపుము</gui> ఎంచుకొనుము, లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> "
++"మరలా వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:47(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn off "
+-"the option for that window. To show hidden files in all file manager "
+-"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
+ msgid "Unhide a file"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
+-"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
+-"name."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఒకఫైలును బయల్పరచుట"
+ 
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+ msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
+ "For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
+ "rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View</"
+-"gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++"ఒక ఫైలు బయల్పరుచుటకు, మరుగునవున్న ఫైలును కలిగివున్న సంచయంకు వెళ్ళి సాధనపట్టీ "
++"నందు <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">కిందకు</media>  బటన్ "
++"నొక్కి <gui>మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళు చూపు</gui> ఎంచుము. మరుగునవున్న ఫైలు కనుగొని "
++"దాని పేరు ముందున  <key>.</key> లేకుండా పేరు మార్చుము. ఉదాహరణకు, <file>."
++"example.txt</file> అనేఫైలు బయల్పరుచుటకు, మీరు దానిపేరును <file>example.txt</"
++"file> గా మార్చాలి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకసారి మీరు ఫైలు పేరుమార్చిన తరువాత, మీరు సాధనపట్టీ నందు <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">కిందకు</media> బటన్ నొక్కవచ్చు మరియు "
++"<gui>మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను చూపుము</gui> ఎంచుకొనవచ్చు, లేదా వేరే ఫైళ్ళను "
++"మరుగునవుంచుటకు <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> వత్తండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"అప్రమేయంగా, మీరు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికను మూసివేయునంతవరకు మీరు మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను "
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికనందు మాత్రమే చూస్తారు. ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఎల్లప్పుడూ మరుగునవున్న "
++"ఫైళ్ళను చూపునట్లు ఈ అమరికను మార్చుటకు, <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> "
++"చూడండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
++"చాలావరకు మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళు వాటి పేరు ప్రారంభమునందు <key>.</key> "
++"కలిగివుంటాయి, అయితే వేరేవి వాటి పేరు చివరన <key>~</key> కలిగివుండవచ్చు. ఈ "
++"ఫైళ్ళు బ్యాకప్ ఫైళ్ళు. మరింత సమాచారం కొరకు <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> "
++"చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
+ msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు దిగుమతి చేసిన లేక సృష్టించిన దస్త్రము దొరకనపుడు కనుగొనుటకు ఈ చిట్కాలు "
++"పాటించు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
+ msgid "Find a lost file"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "దొరకని దస్త్రమును కనుగొను"
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
+ "tips."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఒకఫైలు సృష్టించి లేదా దిగుమతి చేసివుండి, దానిని ఇప్పుడు కనుగొనలేక పోతే, "
++"ఈ కింది చిట్కాలను అనుసరించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
+ msgid ""
+ "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
+ "\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీకు ఫైలును ఎక్కడ భద్రపరచారో మర్చిపోయి, దానికి ఏ పేరు పెట్టారో కొంత అవగాహన "
++"వుంటే, మీరు ఫైలును ఆ పేరుతో వెతకవచ్చు. ఎలానో తెలుసుకొనుటకు <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
+ "home folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలును దిగుమతిచేసివుంటే, మీ వెబ్ విహారిణి దానిని స్వయంచాలకంగా ఉమ్మడి "
++"సంచయంకు దాచివుండవచ్చు. మీ నివాస సంచయం నందలి డెస్కుటాప్ మరియు డౌన్‌లోడ్ "
++"సంచయాలను పరిశీలించుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+ "See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ప్రమాదవశాత్తు ఫైలును తొలగించివుండవచ్చు. మీరు ఫైలును తొలగించినప్పుడు, "
++"అది చెత్తబుట్టకు కదల్చబడును, మీరు మానవీయంగా చెత్తబుట్ట ఖాళీ చేయునంతవరకు అది "
++"అక్కడే వుండును. తొలగించిన ఫైలును తిరిగి ఎలా పొందాలో నేర్చుకొనుటకు <link xref="
++"\"files-recover\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
+ msgid ""
+ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+ "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+-"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+-msgstr ""
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలును మరుగునపెట్టునట్లు దాని పేరును మార్చివుంటారు.  <file>.</file> తో "
++"ప్రారంభమయ్యే లేదా <file>~</file> తో ముగిసే ఫైళ్ళు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు మరుగున "
++"వుంచబడును. ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక సాధనపట్టీ నందలి <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">కిందకు</media> బటన్ నొక్కి <gui>మరుగునవున్న ఫైళ్ళను "
++"చూపు</gui> నొక్కుము. మరింత తెలుసుకొనుటకు <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
++"చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
+ "file. You can change the default too."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైలును దాని అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనంతో కాక వేరే అనువర్తనం వుపయోగించి తెరువుము. మీరు "
++"అప్రమేయాన్ని కూడా మార్చగలరు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
+ msgid "Open files with other applications"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళను ఇతర అనువర్తనాలతో తెరువుము"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
+ "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
+ "application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
+ "for all files of the same type."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైన్ నిర్వాహిక నందలి ఫైలును మీరు రెండు-మార్లు నొక్కినప్పుడు, అది దాని "
++"అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనంతో తెరువబడును. మీరు దానిని వేరే అనువర్తనంతో తెరువవచ్చు, "
++"అనువర్తనాల కొరకు ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు అన్వేషించవచ్చు, లేదా ఒకే రకమైన ఫైళ్ళు "
++"అన్నిటికీ అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనం అమర్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+ "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
+@@ -4248,51 +8252,80 @@
+ "handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
+ "click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనంతో కాక వేరే అనువర్తనంతో ఫైలును తెరుచుటకు, ఫైలు పై కుడి-"
++"నొక్కు నొక్కి మెను నుండి మీకు కావలసిన అనువర్తనం ఎంపికచేయి. మీకు కావలసిన "
++"అనువర్తనం మీరు చూడకపోతే, <gui>వేరే అనువర్తనంతో తెరువుము</gui> నొక్కుము. "
++"అప్రమేయంగా, ఫైలు నిర్వాహిక అనునది తనకు తెలిసి ఆ ఫైలు సంభాలించగల అనువర్తనాలను "
++"మాత్రమే చూపును. మీ కంప్యూటర్ నందలి అన్ని అనువర్తనాలు చూడుటకు, <gui>ఇతర "
++"అనువర్తనాలు చూపుము</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+ "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
+ "manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
+ "known to handle files of that type."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీకు కావలసిన అనువర్తనమును మీరు ఇంకా కనుగొనకపోతే, మీరు <gui>ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు "
++"అనువర్తనాలు కనుగొను</gui> నొక్కి మరిన్ని అనువర్తనాల కొరకు అన్వేషించవచ్చు. "
++"ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక ఆ రకమైన ఫైల్ రకాన్ని సంభాలించగల్గిన అనువర్తనాలు కలిగివున్న "
++"ప్యాకేజీల కొరకు ఆన్‌లైన్ నందు వెతుకును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
+ msgid "Change the default application"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనం మార్చుము"
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+ "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+ "click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
+ "to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇచ్చిన రకపు ఫైళ్ళను తెరిచే అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనంను మీరు మార్చవచ్చు. మీరు ఫైలును "
++"తెరుచుటకు రెండుమార్లు-నొక్కునప్పుడు మీ అభీష్ట అనువర్తనం తెరుచుటకు ఇది మీకు "
++"సహాయపడును. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు MP3 పైలును రెండుమార్లు-నొక్కినప్పుడు మీ అభీష్ట "
++"మ్యూజిక్ ప్లేయర్‌తో దానిని తెరవాలని అనుకోవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+ "<file>.mp3</file> file."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు దేని అప్రమేయ అనువర్తనం మార్చాలని అనుకొనుచున్నారో ఆ ఫైలు రకం ఎంపికచేయండి."
++" ఉదాహరణకు, MP3 ఫైళ్ళను తెరుచుటకు ఏ అనువర్తనం ఉపయోగించాలో మార్చుటకు, <file>."
++"mp3</file> ఫైలు ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
+ msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైలు పై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి <gui>లక్షణాలు</gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
+ msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>దీనితో తెరువు</gui> టాబ్ ఎంపికచేయి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
+ msgid ""
+ "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
+ "default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
+ "file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
+ "other applications</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీకు కావలసిన అనువర్తనం ఎంపికచేసి <gui>అప్రమేయంగా అమర్చు</gui> నొక్కుము. "
++"అప్రమేయంగా, ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక తనకు తెలిసి ఆ ఫైలును సంభాలించగల అనువర్తనాలను "
++"మాత్రమే చూపును. మీ కంప్యూటర్ పైని అన్ని అనువర్తనాలు చూడుటకు, <gui>ఇతర "
++"అనువర్తనాలు చూపు</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+ "to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+@@ -4300,52 +8333,73 @@
+ "gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
+ "file and selecting it from the list."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>ఇతర అనువర్తనాలు</gui> నందు, ఆప్రమేయంగా కాకుండా కొన్నిసార్లు "
++"వుపయోగించదలచిన అనువర్తనం వుండును, దానిని ఎంపికచేసి <gui>జతచేయి</gui> "
++"నొక్కుము. అది <gui>సిఫార్స్ చేసిన అనువర్తనాలు</gui> కు జతచేయబడును. ఇంక మీరు "
++"ఫైలు పై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి  ఈ అనువర్తనంను జాబితానుండి ఎంపికచేయవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
+ msgid ""
+ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+ "all files with the same type."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇది ఎంపికచేసిన ఫైలుకు మాత్రమే కాకుండా అటువంటి ఫైళ్ళు అన్నిటికీ అప్రమేయ "
++"అనువర్తనంను మార్చును."
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#.
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files-preview.page:30(media) C/files-preview.page:32(media)
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' "
+-"md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+ msgstr ""
++"పత్రములు, చిత్రాలు, వీడియోలు, మరియు మరిన్నిటికి ముందస్తుదర్శనాలను త్వరగా "
++"చూపు మరియు మరుగునపెట్టు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
+ msgid "Preview files and folders"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైళ్ళు మరియు సంచయాల ముందస్తుదర్శనం"
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+ "a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+ msgstr ""
++"అనువర్తనం నందు పూర్తిగా తెరువకుండా మీరు ఫైళ్ళను త్వరగా ముందస్తుదర్శనం "
++"చేయవచ్చు. ఏదైనా ఫైలును ఎంపికచేసి స్పేస్ బార్ వత్తుము. ఈ ఫైలు మాదిరి "
++"ముందస్తుదర్శన విండో నందు తెరువబడును. ముందస్తుదర్శనం ముగింపుకు మరలా స్పేస్ "
++"బార్ వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+ "seek through your video and audio."
+ msgstr ""
++"అంతర్-నిర్మిత ముందస్తుదర్శనం అనునది పత్రములు, చిత్రాలు, వీడియో, మరియు ఆడియో "
++"వంటి చాలా ఫైల్ ఫార్మాట్లకు తోడ్పాటునిచ్చును. ముందస్తుదర్శనం నందు, మీరు మీ "
++"పత్రములు స్క్రాల్ చేయవచ్చు లేదా మీ వీడియో మరియు ఆడియో లాగి చూడవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
+ "view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
+@@ -4353,151 +8407,242 @@
+ "png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
+ "or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
+-"them back from the Trash."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-recover.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you deleted a file by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></"
+-"keyseq>, clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> menu item, or dragging the "
+-"file to the Trash, the file should be in the Trash."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-recover.page:24(steps/title)
+-msgid "Restore from Trash"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p) C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
+-#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p) C/video-sending.page:28(item/p)
++"ముందస్తుదర్శనం నిండు-తెర నందు దర్శించుటకు,  కిందన వున్న <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">నిండుతెర</media> బటన్ "
++"నొక్కండి, లేదా <key>f</key> నొక్కండి. నిండు-తెర విడుచుటకు మరలా <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">నిండుతెర</media> నొక్కండి "
++"లేదా <key>f</key> వత్తండి, లేదా ముందస్తుదర్శనం నుండి పూర్తిగా బయటకువచ్చుటకు "
++"స్పేస్ బార్ వత్తండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++"తొలగించిన ఫైళ్ళు సాధారణంగా చెత్తబుట్టకు పంపబడును, అయితే మరలా తిరిగి "
++"పొందవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr "చెత్తబుట్ట నుండి ఫైలును తిరిగిపొందుము"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు ఫైలును ఫైల్ నిర్వాహికతో తొగించితే, ఫైలు సాధారణంగా "
++"<gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui> నందు వుంచబడును, మరియు దానిని తిరిగిపొందవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr "చెత్తబుట్ట నుండి ఫైల్ తిరిగిపొందుట:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
+ "overview."
+ msgstr ""
++"<gui>కార్యకలాపాలు </gui> అవలోకనం నుండి  <app>ఫైళ్ళు</app> అనువర్తనం తెరువుము."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
+ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "పక్కపట్టీ నందలి <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui> నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui>Restore</"
+-"gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు తొలగించిన ఫైలు అక్కడవుంటే, దానిపై నొక్కి <gui> తిప్పిపంపు</gui> "
++"ఎంపికచేయి. అది ఎక్కడనుండి తొలగించబడెనో ఆ సంచయంకు తిప్పిపంపబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"If you deleted the file using <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></"
+-"keyseq>, or from the command line, the file can't be recovered using this "
+-"method because it has been permanently deleted."
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలును <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq> వుపయోగించి, "
++"లేదా కమాండ్‌ లైన్ వుపయోగించి తొలగించితే, ఆ ఫైలు శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడును. "
++"శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడిన ఫైళ్ళు <gui>చెత్తబుట్ట</gui> నుండి తిరిగిపొందలేము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-recover.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+-"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
+-"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
+-"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
+-"it."
+-msgstr ""
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++"శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడిన ఫైళ్ళను కొన్నిసార్లు తిరిగిపొందుటకు చాలా రికవరీ "
++"సాధనాలు వున్నాయి. ఏమైనా, ఈ సాధనాలను వుపయోగించుట అంత సులువుకాదు. మీరు "
++"ప్రమాదవశాత్తు ఫైలును శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించితే, మీరు దానిని తిరిగిపొందవచ్చేమో "
++"తోడ్పాటు ఫోరం నందు అడుగుట మంచిది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+ msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+ msgstr ""
++"USB ఫ్లాష్ డ్రైవు, CD, DVD, లేదా ఇతర పరికరం బయటకు నెట్టు లేదా అన్‌మౌంట్ చేయి."
++""
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+ msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "బాహ్య డ్రైవు సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+ "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+-"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
+ "could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
+ "optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
+ "from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
++"USB ఫ్లాష్ డ్రైవుల వంటి బాహ్య నిల్వ పరికరాలు వుపయోగించునప్పుడు, మీరు వాటిని "
++"పీకువేయుటకు ముందుగా వాటిని సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయాలి. మీరు ఒక పరికరం "
++"పీకివేస్తే, ఒక అనువర్తనం దానిని వుపయోగించునప్పుడు పీకివేసే ప్రమాదం వుంటుంది. "
++"దీని వలన మీ ఫైళ్ళు కొన్ని పాడవ్వొచ్చు లేదా పోవచ్చు. మీరు CD, DVD వంటి "
++"ఆప్టికల్ డిస్కు ఉపయోగించునప్పుడు, మీ కంప్యూటర్ నుండి డిస్కును బయటకు "
++"నెట్టుటకు మీరు అవే స్టెప్పులు వాడవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr "తీసివేయదగు పరికరం బయటకు నెట్టుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
+ msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "<gui>కార్యకలాపాలు</gui> అవలోకనం నుండి, <app>ఫైళ్ళు</app> తెరువుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+ "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
++"పరికరంను పక్కపట్టీనందు గుర్తించుము. అది పేరుకు పక్కన ఒక చిన్న బయటకునెట్టు "
++"ప్రతిమ కలిగివుండాలి. పరికరం సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయుటకు లేదా బయటకునెట్టుటకు  "
++"బయటకునెట్టు  ప్రతిమ నొక్కండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"ప్రత్యామ్నాయంగా, పక్కపట్టీ నందలి పరికరపు పైరుపై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి "
++"<gui>బయటకునెట్టు</gui> ఎంపికచేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr "ఉపయోగంలో వున్న పరికరం సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయి"
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Alternately, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</"
+-"gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically "
+-"ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</"
+-"gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+ "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+-"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
+-"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
+-"will automatically be safe to remove (so you can unplug or eject it)."
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+-"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
+-"files open."
++"పరకరం పైని ఏదేని ఫైళ్ళు తెరిచివున్నా మరియు వేరొక అనువర్తనంచే "
++"వుపయోగంలోవున్నా, మీరు పరికరంను సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయలేరు. <gui>వాల్యూమ్ "
++"బ్యుజీగా వుంది</gui> అని ఒక విండో మీకు చెప్పును. పరికరం సురక్షితంగా "
++"తీసివేయుటకు:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr "<gui>రద్దుచేయి</gui> నొక్కుము."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr "పరికరంపైని అన్ని ఫైళ్ళను మూసివేయి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+ msgstr ""
++"పరికరం సురక్షితంగా తీసివేయుటకు లేదా బయటకునెట్టుటకు బయటకునెట్టు ప్రతిమపై "
++"నొక్కుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-removedrive.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
+-"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
+-"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
+-"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
+-"have open with that application."
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైళ్ళను మూయకుండా పరికరం తీసివేయుటకు మీరు <gui>ఏమైనాసరే బయటకునెట్టు</gui> "
++"కూడా ఎంచుకొనవచ్చు. ఇది ఆ ఫైళ్ళను తెరచిన అనువర్తనాల నందు దోషములకు కారణం "
++"కావచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
+ msgid "Change file or folder name."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైలు లేదా సంచయం పేరు మార్చుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
+ msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైలు లేదా సంచయం పేరుమార్చుము"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఇతర ఫైలు నిర్వాహికలతో వలె, ఫైలు లేదా సంచయం పేరు మార్చుటకు మీరు గ్నోమ్ ఫైల్ "
++"నిర్వాహికను వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr "ఫైలు లేదా సంచయం పేరుమార్చుటకు:"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
+-"file and press <key>F2</key>."
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
+ msgstr ""
++"అంశముపై కుడి-నొక్కు నొక్కి <gui>పేరుమార్చు</gui> ఎంపికచేయి, లేదా ఫైలును "
++"ఎంపికచేసి మరియు <key>F2</key> వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
+ msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "కొత్త పేరు టైపు చేసి <key>Enter</key> వత్తుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+ "basic\">properties</link> window."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలు పేరును <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">లక్షణాలు</"
++"link> విండో నుండి కూడా మార్చవచ్చు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+ "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
+@@ -4505,182 +8650,257 @@
+ "PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
+ "change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలు పేరు మార్చునప్పుడు, ఫైలు యొక్క మొదటి బాగం మాత్రమే ఎంపికకాబడును, "
++"ఫైల్ పొడిగింపు కాదు (\".\" తరువాతి బాగం). పొడిగింపు అనునది సాధారణంగా అది "
++"ఏరకమైన ఫైలు అనేది సూచించును (ఉ.దా. <file>file.pdf</file> అనునది PDF పత్రము), "
++"మరియు మీరు సాధారణంగా దానిని మార్చాలనుకోరు. మీరు పొడిగింపును కూడా మార్చాలని "
++"అనుకుంటే, మొత్తం ఫైలు పేరును ఎంపికచేసి అప్పుడు మార్చండి."
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు సరికాని ఫైలు పేరు మార్చినా, లేదా మీ ఫైలు పేరు తప్పుగా పెట్టినా, "
++"పేరుమార్చుటకు రద్దుచేయవచ్చు. చర్యను తిప్పివుంచుటకు, తక్షణమే సాధనపట్టీ నందలి "
++"గేర్ బటన్ నొక్కి <gui>రద్దుచేయి</gui> ఎంచుకొని మునుపటి పేరుకు తిప్పివుంచుము."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:36(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
+ msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైల్ పేర్లకు చెల్లునటువంటి అక్షరాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
+ "names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+-"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
+-"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
+-"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
+-"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</"
+-"key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</"
+-"key>, <key>/</key>."
+-msgstr ""
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైలు పేర్లకు <key>/</key> (స్లాష్) అక్షరం తప్పించి ఏదైనా వుపయోగించవచ్చు."
++" కొన్ని పరికరాలు, మరిన్ని నిభందనలు గల <em>ఫైల్ వ్యవస్థ</em> వుపయోగించును. "
++"కనుక, మీ ఫైల్ పేర్లనందు వీటిని విస్మరించుట మంచిది: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</"
++"key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</"
++"key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
+ msgid ""
+ "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
+-"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-rename.page:52(section/title) C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+-#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
++"ఒకవేళ మీరు ఫైలును <key>.</key> మొదటి అక్షరంగా పేరు పెడితే, మీరు ఫైలు "
++"నిర్వాహిక నందు దానిని చూడుటకు ప్రయత్నించినప్పుడు అది <link xref=\"files-"
++"hidden\">మరుగునవుంచబడును</link>."
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
+ msgid "Common problems"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఉమ్మడి సమస్యలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:55(item/title)
+-msgid "The name is already used"
+-msgstr ""
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr "ఫైలు పేరు ఇప్పటికే వుపయోగంలో వుంది"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+-"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఒకే సంచయంనందు ఒకే పేరుతో మీరు రెండు ఫైళ్ళు లేదా సంచయాలు కలిగివుండలేరు. ఫైలు "
++"పేరును మీరు వున్న సంచయంనందు ఇప్పటికే వున్న పేరుకు మార్చాలని చూస్తే ఫైల్ "
++"నిర్వాహిక ఒప్పుకోదు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
+-"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
+-"not always a good idea."
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైలు మరియు సంచయం పేర్లు అక్షరతేడా గుర్తించును. కనుక <file>File.txt</file> "
++"ఫైలు పేరు <file>FILE.txt</file> ఫైలు పేరుకు సమానం కాదు. ఈ విధంగా భిన్న ఫైలు "
++"పేర్లను వుపయోగించవచ్చు, అది సిఫార్సు చేయబడనప్పటికీ."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:64(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
+ msgid "The file name is too long"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఫైలు పేరు మరీ పొడవైనది"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+-"their names. Use a shorter name."
+-msgstr ""
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++"కొన్ని ఫైలు వ్యవస్థలపై, ఫైలు పేర్లు వాటినందు 255 అక్షరాలకన్నా ఎక్కువ "
++"కలిగివుండలేవు. ఈ 255 అక్షరాల పరిమితి అనునది ఫైలు పేరు మరియు దాని పాత్ తో "
++"కలిపి (ఉ.దా.,<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file> "
++"), సాధ్యమైనప్పుడల్లా మీరు ఫైలుకు మరియు సంచయంకు పొడవైన పేర్లను విస్మరించుట "
++"మంచిది."
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:68(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
+ msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "పేరుమార్చు ఐచ్చికం ఊదారంగులో వుంది"
+ 
+-#: C/files-rename.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
+ msgid ""
+ "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+-"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
+-"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
+-"properties-permissions\"/>."
+-msgstr ""
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>పేరుమార్చు</gui> ఊదారంగులో వుంటే, ఫైలు పేరుమార్చుటకు మీకు అనుమతి లేదు. "
++"అటువంటి ఫైళ్ళ పేరు మార్చునప్పుడు మీరు జాగ్రత్తగా వుండాలి, అటువంటి రక్షిత "
++"ఫైళ్ళ పేరుమార్చితే మీ వ్యవస్థ కుదురుగా వుండకపోవచ్చు. మరింత సమాచారం కొరకు "
++"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> చూడండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+ msgstr ""
++"దస్త్రము పేరు మరియు రకము ప్రకారము దస్త్రాలను కనుగొను. మీ వెతుకులాటలను తరువాత "
++"వాడుకొనుటకు భద్రపరుచు."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Search for files"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
+ "special folders in your home folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీరు ఫైల్ నిర్వాహిక నందు పేరు మరియు ఫైల్ రకం అనుసరించి ఫైళ్ళ కొరకు వెతకవచ్చు."
++" మీరు ఉమ్మడి అన్వేషణలను దాయవచ్చు, అలా అవి మీ నివాస సంచయం నందు ప్రత్యేక "
++"సంచయాలుగా కనిపించును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
+ msgid "Other search applications"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "ఇతర అన్వేషణా అనువర్తనాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+ msgid "Search"
+-msgstr ""
++msgstr "అన్వేషించు"
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+ "folder."
+ msgstr ""
++"మీకు కావలసిన ఫైళ్ళు ఫలానా సంచయం కిందన వున్నాయని మీకు తెలిస్తే, ఆ సంచయంకు "
++"వెళ్ళండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+ "key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
++"సాధనపట్టీ నందలి మాగ్నిఫైయింగ్ గ్లాస్ నొక్కండి, లేదా <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq> వత్తండి."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
+-"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
+-"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
+-"of case."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button to set more search criteria."
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+ msgstr ""
++"ఫైలు పేరునందు వున్నాయని తెలిసిన పదం లేదా పదాలను టైపు చేయండి. ఉదాహరణకు, మీరు "
++"మీ ఇన్వాయీసెస్ అన్నీ \"invoice\"  పదంతో పేరుపెడితే, <input>invoice</input> "
++"టైపు చేయండి. <key>Enter</key> వత్తండి. అక్షరతేడా అనుసరించకుండా పదాలు "
++"పోల్చబడును."
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results by a starting parent location."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
+-"results based on file type."
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
+-"option and widen the search results."
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
+-"to the folder."
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:64(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
+ msgid ""
+ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
+ "quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:68(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
+ msgid "Save a search"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
+ msgid "Start a search as above."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui>File</"
+-"gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
+ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
+ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-search.page:78(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
+ msgid ""
+ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
+ "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
+@@ -4688,17 +8908,20 @@
+ "matched."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+ "which have similar names."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
+ msgid "Select files by pattern"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+ "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+@@ -4707,284 +8930,275 @@
+ "available:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+ "all."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
+ msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
+ msgid "For example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+ "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+ "pattern"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
+ msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+ "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+ "all with the pattern"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
+ "<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+ "edited, select the edited photos with"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
+ msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Share and transfer files"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
+-"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
+-"from the file manager."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
+-"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
+-"information."
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+-"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
+-"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+-msgid "Destinations"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
+-"address."
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
+-"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
+-"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)"
+-"</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices "
+-"you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
+-"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</"
+-"gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
+ msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
+ msgid "Sort files and folders"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+ "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+-"list of common ways to sort files."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
+-"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
+-"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref="
+-"\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+-"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
+ msgid "Icon view"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:35(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
+-"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
+-"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:36(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
+-"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+-"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:38(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
+-"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
+-"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
+-"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
+-"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
+-"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
++"from the pull-down menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
+ msgid "List view"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
+ msgid ""
+ "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+ "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+ "the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:45(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+-"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
+-"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
+-"of available columns."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
+-"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
+-"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
+ msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:57(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
+ msgid "By Name"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
+ msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:61(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
+ msgid "By Size"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+ "smallest to largest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:65(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
+ msgid "By Type"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+ "together, then sorted by name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:69(item/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
+ msgid "By Modification Date"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
+ msgid ""
+ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+ "to newest by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
+ msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+ msgid "Anita Reitere"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
+ msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+ "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+@@ -4992,165 +9206,202 @@
+ "could create a template document with your letterhead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
+ msgid "Make a new template"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+ "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
+-"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder "
+-"doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:32(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
+ msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
+ msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+-"style=\"menuitem\">Create document</gui>. The names of available templates "
+-"will be listed in the submenu."
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
+ msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-templates.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
+ msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
+ msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
+ msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
+ "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
+-"the <app>Gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is normally safe "
+-"to delete them, but there really is no need."
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+-"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
+-"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
+-"again by repeating one of these steps."
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files-tilde.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+ "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/files.page:29(media)
++#: C/files.page:30
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
+ msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:30(media/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
+ msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
+ msgid "Common tasks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:38(links/title) C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
+ msgid "More topics"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:42(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
+ msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:47(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
+ msgid "Backing up"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/files.page:52(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
+ msgid "Tips and questions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
+ msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Participate to improve this guide."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
+ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
+-"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+ "incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
+ "file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
+ "bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
+ "about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
+ "Account</gui> link to create one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
+ "gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
+ "bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
+-"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href="
+-"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</"
+-"link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
+ "you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
+@@ -5158,56 +9409,220 @@
+ "bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+ "choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
+ "Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
+ msgid "Contact us"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"You can send an email to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how "
+-"to get involved with the documentation team. <em>e-mail</em> <link href="
+-"\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\"/>."
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards..."
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Media card reader problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+-"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+-"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
+-"not:"
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+ "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+@@ -5216,16 +9631,19 @@
+ "up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
+ "inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
+ "Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
+ "mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
+ "gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
+@@ -5233,49 +9651,56 @@
+ "and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+ "possible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
+-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
+-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
+-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
+-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+-"supported by Linux."
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+ "attached to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+ msgid "What is a driver?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
+ "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
+ "graphics and audio cards."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+ "<em>device driver</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+ "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+@@ -5284,75 +9709,140 @@
+ "other model."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+ "be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+ msgid ""
+ "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+ "sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+ msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:18(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+ msgid "Screen problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+ msgid ""
+ "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+ "experiencing?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+ "\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
+ msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
+ msgctxt "link"
+ msgid "Hardware problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+-msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
+ msgid "Mailing list"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+ "GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+@@ -5360,8952 +9850,13998 @@
+ "gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
+ msgid ""
+ "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+ "email to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+ "mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+ "German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
+ msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+ msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
+ msgid ""
+ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+ "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(item/p)
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
+ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
+ msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
+ msgid ""
+ "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
++#. (itstool) path: media
+ #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40(media)
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
+ msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' "
+-"md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr "క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+-"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+-"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+-"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+-"languages."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. "
+-"You can add at most four layouts."
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
+-"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png"
+-"\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
+-"keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short "
+-"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
+-"use from the menu."
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
+-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
+-"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
+-"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
+-"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
+-"list."
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(note/title)
+-msgid "Custom options"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
+-"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:84(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system keyboard"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the "
+-"keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(item/p) C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93(item/p) C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:94(item/p) C/session-formats.page:60(item/p)
+-#: C/session-language.page:66(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
+-"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+-"administrator account."
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99(section/p)
+-msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard "
+-"layout menu on the top bar."
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name)
+-msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text without using a keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+-"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Screen keyboard</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
+-"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
+-"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the <gui>keyboard</gui> "
+-"button next to the tray button to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard "
+-"show, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> and "
+-"click the keyboard tray item."
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+-"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+-"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+-"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
+-"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
+-"repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to "
+-"control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and "
+-"adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Keyboard"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/keyboard.page:28(links/title) C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Language &amp; region"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
+-msgid "April Gonzales"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:32(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the desktop background"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
+-"simple color or gradient."
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref="
+-"\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your "
+-"entire desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
+-"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
+-"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
+-"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
+-"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Colors &amp; Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a "
+-"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom-right "
+-"corner."
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</"
+-"gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures "
+-"Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking "
+-"the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete "
+-"the original file."
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
+-"the right one for your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try "
+-"some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the "
+-"screen look better."
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+-"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
+-"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
+-"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
+-"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
+-"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
+-"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
+-"window on both screens at once."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(section/p)
+-msgid "To set-up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open "
+-"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+ msgid ""
+-"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
+-"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
+-"display looks right."
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+ msgid ""
+-"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+-"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+-"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
+-"<em>rotation</em>."
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+-"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
+-"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+-"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
+-"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:44(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
+-"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
+-"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:48(section/title)
+-msgid "Resolution"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+ msgid ""
+-"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+-"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+-"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
+-"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
+-"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
+-"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:54(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+-"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+-"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "Rotation"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
+-"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
+-"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
+-msgctxt "sort"
+-msgid "Sound"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Sound"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:topic"
+-msgid "Sound"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+-"link>..."
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Basic sound"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Music and players"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Photos"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
+-msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Videos"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
+-msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+-"list\">Mailing-list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Get more help"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+ msgid ""
+-"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
+-"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
+-"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
+-"after your last key stroke."
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
+-"The touchpad tab will only be available if your computer has a touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+-"double-click."
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+-"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
+-"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
+-"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
+-"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
+-"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
+-"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+-"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+-"if it still has the same problem."
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+-"pointing device."
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
+-"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
+-"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
+-"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
+-"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
+-"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
+-"titlebar to test the current value."
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+-"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
+-"more."
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Middle-click"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+-"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+-"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
+-"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
+-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
+-"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
+-"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
+-"the mouse position."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
+-"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
+-"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
+-"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
+-"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+-"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
+-"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
+-"applications overview."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+-"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+-"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
+-"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
+-"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
+-"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
+-"key>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+-"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+-"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
+-"had double-clicked."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:71(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+-"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+-"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+-"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+-"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+-"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can quickly turn mouse keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+-"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Mouse "
+-"Keys</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:47(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+-"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+-"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
+-"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
+-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+-"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+-"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
+-"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
+-"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
+-"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref="
+-"\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down "
+-"<key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:70(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+-"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+-"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:77(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+ msgid ""
+-"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+-"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+-"computer."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+-"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+-"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
+-"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
+-"if it was not plugged in."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p) C/power-closelid.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"overview."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
+-"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
+-"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
+-"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
+-"of it."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>"
+-"[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
+-"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
+-"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-in"
+-"\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working condition</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:69(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
+-"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
+-"of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:75(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
+-"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
+-"detected properly."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:91(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:92(section/p)
+-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+-"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+-"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
+-"broken."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:103(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+-"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
+-"place without it constantly waking up."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are using a Bluetooth, make sure you have actually paired the mouse "
+-"with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+-"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+-"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:119(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:124(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:129(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+-"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:135(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+-"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+-"this is the case."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:143(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+-"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+-"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
+-"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
+-msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
+-"devices."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
+-"the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
+-"mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:43(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
+-"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
+-"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
+-"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:49(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
+-"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
+-"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
+-"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+-"without separate hardware buttons."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
+-"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
+-"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+-"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+-"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
+-"without a second mouse button."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+ msgid ""
+-"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+-"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+-"think they're a single finger."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
+-"using two fingers."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
+-"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
+-"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
+-"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
+-"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
+-"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
+-"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
+-"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
+-"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
+-"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+-"touchpad."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
+-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+-"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
+-"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
+-"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
+-"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad"
+-"\"/> for details."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Mouse"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Common mouse problems"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Common problems"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Mouse tips"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Tips"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
+-msgid "Tips"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+-"\"copy protected\"."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
+-"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+-"computer and then copied it over."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+-"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+-"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
+-"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
+-"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
+-"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
+-"that format so that you can play it."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
+-"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+-"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
+-"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
+-"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
+-"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
+-"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but few of these are supported "
+-"on Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
+-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+-"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
+-"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
+-"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
+-"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
+-"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+-"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+-"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
+-"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+-"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
+-"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
+-"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
+-"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
+-"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
+-"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
+-"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
+-"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+-"use them."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+-"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+-"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
+-"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+-"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+-"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
+-"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+-"into a Linux computer."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
+-"an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
+-"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
+-"properly recognized as an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
+-"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
+-"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
+-"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
+-"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
+-"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
+-"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
+-"device as an audio player."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
+-"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
+-"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
+-"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
+-"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
+-"should say in its manual if it is."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
+-"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
+-"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
+-"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
+-"guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+-"trash behavior."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
+-"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
+-"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+-"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "Behavior"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+-"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+-"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+-"while clicking to select one or more files."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
+-"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
+-"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
+-"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
+-"own window by default."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
+-msgid "Executable text files"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+-"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+-"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+-"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, ."
+-"py and .pl, respectively."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
+-"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
+-"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
+-"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(section/title)
+-msgid "Trash"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+-"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+-"files."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
+-"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
+-"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
+-"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
+-"to recover the deleted item."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
+-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
+-"manager."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
+-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
+-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
+-msgid "Rename a bookmark"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
+-"rename."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+-"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+-"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
+-"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
+-"than the name of the folder it points to."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+-"WebDAV."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+-"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+-"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
+-"files with other people on your local network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
+-"the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The "
+-"file manager will find any computers on your local area network that "
+-"advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server "
+-"on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you "
+-"can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(steps/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a file server"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to Server</"
+-"gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
+-"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
+-"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
+-"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
+-"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
+-"address</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
+-"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+ msgid ""
+-"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
+-"the future"
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(section/title)
+-msgid "Different types of server"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
+ msgid ""
+-"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
+-"name and password."
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+ msgid ""
+-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+-"delete files."
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(terms/title)
+-msgid "Types of server"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:72(item/title)
+-msgid "SSH"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+-"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
+-"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+-"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87(item/title)
+-msgid "FTP (with login)"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+ msgid ""
+-"FTP is a popular way of exchanging files on the Internet. Because data is "
+-"not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+-"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
+-"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
+-"upload files."
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
+-msgid "Public FTP"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
+ msgid ""
+-"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
+-"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
+ msgid ""
+-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
+-"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
+-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:107(item/title)
+-msgid "Windows share"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+-"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+-"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
+-"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
+-"share from the file manager."
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115(item/title)
+-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+-"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+-"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
+-"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
+-"can't see your password."
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager display preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
+-"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
+-"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
+-"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:29(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon captions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media/p)
+-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+-"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+-"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
+-"modified."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
+-"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
+-"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
+-"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
+ msgid ""
+-"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+-"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:45(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
+-"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
+-"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(section/title)
+-msgid "Date format"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
+-"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
+-"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
+-"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
+-"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
+-"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
+-"showing the current date and time in that format."
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+-"applications."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "File properties"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+-"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+-"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+-"\">icon captions</link>."
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:45(section/title)
+-msgid "Basic properties"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:48(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(title/gui) C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
+-msgid "Name"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+-"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(title/gui)
+-msgid "Type"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+-"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+-"applications can open the file, amongst other things. For example, you can't "
+-"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
+-"information on this."
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+-"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(item/title)
+-msgid "Contents"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+-"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+-"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
+-"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
+-"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:70(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(title/gui)
+-msgid "Size"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+-"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+-"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
+-"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+-"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+-"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(title/gui)
+-msgid "Location"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+-"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
+-"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
+-"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
+-"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
+-msgid "Volume"
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
+-"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
+-"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</"
+-"link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions"
+-"\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
+-"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
+-msgid "Free Space"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+-"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+-"if the hard disk is full."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100(item/title)
+-msgid "Accessed"
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105(item/title)
+-msgid "Modified"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/p)
+-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Set file permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+-"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+-"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+-"on the types of permissions you can set."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
+-msgid "Files"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+-"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+-"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
+-"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+-"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+-"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
+-"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
+-"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
+-"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
+-"to."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+-"the file's group."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+-"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+-"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
+-"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
+-msgid "Folders"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+-"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+-"groups, and other users."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+-"set for a file."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
+-msgid "None"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
+-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+-msgid "List files only"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+-"able to open, create, or delete files."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
+-msgid "Access files"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+-"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+-"new files or delete files."
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
+-msgid "Create and delete files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
+-"creating, and deleting files."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+-"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
+-"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
+-"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
+-"horizontal line across it)."
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
+-"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
+-"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
+-"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
+-"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
+-"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
+-"manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></"
+-"guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns "
+-"will be visible."
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:24(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+-"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+-"audio, and more."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Modified"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(title/gui)
+-msgid "Date Accessed"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(title/gui)
+-msgid "Group"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
+-"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
+-"might be in groups according to department or project."
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(title/gui)
+-msgid "MIME Type"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(title/gui)
+-msgid "Permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
+-"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
+ msgid ""
+-"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+-"who owns the file."
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+-"group that owns the file."
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+-"for all other users on the system."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
+-msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(item/p)
+-msgid "r : Read permission."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
+-msgid "w : Write permission."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
+-msgid "x : Execute permission."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
+-msgid "- : No permission."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(title/gui)
+-msgid "Octal Permissions"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
+-"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
+-"user class, group class and other users respectively."
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
+-msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
+-msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(title/gui)
+-msgid "Owner"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(item/p)
+-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(title/gui)
+-msgid "SELinux Context"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(item/p)
+-msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+-"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+-"control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click "
+-"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
+-"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect"
+-"\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the "
+-"internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the "
+-"network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview "
+-"options to <gui>Always</gui>."
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text Files"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
+-"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
+-"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
+-"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
+-msgid "Other Previewable Files"
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
+-"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
+-"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
+-"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
+-"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
+-"below a certain file size."
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+-"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+-"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
+-"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
+-"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
+-"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "File manager views preferences"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
+-"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
+-"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
+-"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+-"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:33(section/title)
+-msgid "Default view"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(title/gui)
+-msgid "View new folders using"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
+-"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
+-"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
+-"can use these views by default."
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
+-"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(title/gui)
+-msgid "Arrange items"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
+ msgid ""
+-"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
+-"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
+-"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
+-"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
+-"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/"
+-"> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
+-"the default order used in new folders."
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(title/gui)
+-msgid "Sort folders before files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
+ msgid ""
+-"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
+-"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
+-"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
+-"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(title/gui)
+-msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
+ msgid ""
+-"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
+-"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
+-"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
+-"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
+-"open file manager window, select this option."
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(section/title)
+-msgid "Icon view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(title/gui) C/nautilus-views.page:102(title/gui)
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(title/gui)
+-msgid "Default zoom level"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
+-"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(title/gui)
+-msgid "Text beside icons"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
+-"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
+-"to see more information at once."
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:98(section/title)
+-msgid "Compact view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
+-"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(title/gui)
+-msgid "All columns have the same width"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
+-"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
+-"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
+-"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
+-"the end."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(section/title)
+-msgid "List view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
+-"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
+-"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
+-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(section/title)
+-msgid "Tree view defaults"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
+-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
+-"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
+-"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to you and your "
+-"network connections."
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+-"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+-"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
+-"network or over the cellular network."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:42(item/p) C/net-manual.page:27(item/p)
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p) C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+-"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
+-"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
+-"to confirm."
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
+ msgid ""
+-"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+-"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+-"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
+ msgid ""
+-"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+-"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+-"background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their "
+-"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
+-"it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+-"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
+-"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
+-"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
+-"worry about them at the moment."
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+-"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+-"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
+-"or search online - a number of applications are available."
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
+-"moonlight\">install Moonlight</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name) C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name) C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name) C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
+-msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Web Browsers"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+-"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
+-"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
+-"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p) C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
+-"the list on the left side of the window."
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
+-"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
+-"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+-"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
+-"browser again."
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
+-"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+-"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+-"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
+-"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
+-"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+-"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:26(page/title)
+-msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
+-"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
+-"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:37(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
+-"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
+-"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:44(title/gui)
+-msgid "Connect automatically"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
+-"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
+-"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
+-"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
+-"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:50(title/gui)
+-msgid "Available to all users"
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
+-"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+-"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
+-"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
+-"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
+-"password themselves."
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+-"\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You "
+-"may be asked to enter your admin password."
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:58(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:61(title/gui)
+-msgid "SSID"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
+-"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
+-"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
+-"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:66(title/gui)
+-msgid "Mode"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
+-"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
+-"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
+-"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
+-"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc"
+-"\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
+-"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
+-"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
+-"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
+-"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
+-"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
+-"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
+-"you can change which channel you are using too."
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:72(title/gui)
+-msgid "BSSID"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
+-"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
+-"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
+-"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
+-"but it will have a BSSID."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:77(title/gui)
+-msgid "Device MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
+-"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
+-"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
+-"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:79(item/p)
+-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:83(title/gui)
+-msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
+-"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
+-"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
+-"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
+-"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
+-"address rather than its real one."
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:88(title/gui)
+-msgid "MTU"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
+-"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
+-"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
+-"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
+-"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
+-"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:96(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless Security"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:99(title/gui) C/sharing-desktop.page:45(section/title)
+-msgid "Security"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:100(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
+-"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
+-"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
+-"you're visiting and so on."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
+-"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
+-"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
+-"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
+-"encryption."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:107(section/title)
+-msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:116(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
+-"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
+-"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:117(section/p)
+-msgid "The following methods are available:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:120(title/gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:121(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
+-"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
+-"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
+-"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
+-"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:125(title/gui)
+-msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:126(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
+-"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
+-"DNS server to use)."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:130(title/gui)
+-msgid "Manual"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:131(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
+-"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:135(title/gui)
+-msgid "Link-Local Only"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:136(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
+-"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
+-"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
+-"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
+-"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
+-"so they communicate with each other."
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:140(title/gui)
+-msgid "Disabled"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:141(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
+-"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
+-"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
+-"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:148(section/title)
+-msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-editcon.page:153(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
+-"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
+-"at the moment."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer but could infect computers of "
+-"people you email."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Viruses are programs which cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+-"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+-"through email messages."
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+-"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
+-"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
+-"to scan your email for viruses."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+-"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+-"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
+-"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
+-"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
+-"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
+-"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
+-"software of their own anyway."
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name) C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
+-msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Find your IP address"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
+-"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+-"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
+-"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+-"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
+-"find the IP address for."
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+-"your computer secure."
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+-"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+-"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Many applications can provide network services. For instance, you can share "
+-"files or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on how your "
+-"computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these "
+-"services to work as intended."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+-"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+-"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+-"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+-"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+ msgid ""
+-"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+-"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+-"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+-"the firewall tool."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+-"for a program with your firewall."
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications which provide "
+-"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+-"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
+-"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
+-"use, so this table isn't complete."
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
+-msgid "Port"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
+-msgid "Description"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
+-msgid "5353/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
+-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+-"without you having to specify the details manually."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
+-msgid "631/udp"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
+-#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "Printing"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
+-msgid "631/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
+-msgid "5298/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
+-msgid "Presence"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
+ msgid ""
+-"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+-"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
+-msgid "5900/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
+-msgid "Remote desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+ msgid ""
+-"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+-"remote assistance."
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "3689/tcp"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
+-msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
+-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
+-"services."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+ msgid ""
+-"Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to "
+-"your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change "
+-"periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer "
+-"so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
+-"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
+-"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
+-"to <em>Manual</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
+-"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+-"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
+-"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
+-"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
+-"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
+-"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
+-"servers."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+-"address."
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
+-msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
+-"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
+-"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
+-"websites won't work without Flash."
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
+-"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
+-"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
+-"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
+-"software installer (package manager) too."
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
+-msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
+-"or similar and click to install it."
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
+-"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
+-"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
+-msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
+-"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
+-"automatically detected."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Click where it says <gui>Select a version to download</gui> and choose the "
+-"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
+-"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Look at the <link href=\"http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/"
+-"productinfo/instructions/\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to "
+-"learn how to install it for your web browser."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
+-msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
+-"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
+-"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
+-"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
+-"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
+-"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Gnash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid "LightSpark"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-flash.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
+-"lets you view these pages."
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
+-"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
+-"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
+-"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
+-"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
+-"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
+-"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
+-"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
+-"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
+-"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
+ msgid ""
+-"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
+-"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
+-"for more information and installation instructions."
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
+-msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
+-"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+-"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
+-"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+-"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+-"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
+-"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
+-"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
+-"network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the "
+-"service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC "
+-"address."
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Manually set network settings"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
+-"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+-"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
+-"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
+-"router or switch."
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the network connection that you want to setup manually. For example, if "
+-"you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
+-"<gui>Configure</gui>."
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
+-"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
+-"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
+-"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
+-"after typing each address."
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
+-"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
+-"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-manual.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
+-"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
+-"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
+-"example."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+-"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
+-"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
+-"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
+-"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
+-"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
+-"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
+-"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+-"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
+-"change)."
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
+ msgid ""
+-"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+-"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
+-"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
+-"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+-"entering any further details."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+-"network connection settings."
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
+-"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
+-"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
+-"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
+-"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
+-"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
+-"connection."
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
+-"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
+-"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
+-"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
+-"the connection."
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:34(steps/title)
+-msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
+-"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
+-"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
+-"<gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
+-"admin users can do this."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
+-"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
+-"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a "
+-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+-"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
+-"wrong."
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
+-"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+-"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
+-"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
+-"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
+-"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
+-"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
+-"connection)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+-"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
+-"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+-"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+-"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
+-"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
+-"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+-"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+-"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
+-"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
+-"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
+-"more information."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+-"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Finding your wifi "
+-"network</link>,"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Network problems"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
+-"purposes."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a proxy?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
+-"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
+-"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
+-"or to do security checks on websites."
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:31(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
+-"the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will scan the "
+-"contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or whether to "
+-"show you a different page, for example."
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-proxy.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
+-"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
+-"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
+-"then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
+-"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
+-"have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. This stops people "
+-"who are not authorized from using the connection."
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
+-msgid "Steven Richards"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"A reason why you may be using Linux is for the robust security that it is "
+-"known for. One reason Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is "
+-"due to the number of people that use it. Viruses are targeted at popular "
+-"operating systems like Windows that have an extremely massive user base. "
+-"Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature which allows experts "
+-"to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Despite the measures taken to ensure your installation of Linux is secure, "
+-"there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you are "
+-"still susceptible to:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Phishing Scams (Sites that try to obtain sensitive information through "
+-"deception)"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intents (Viruses)</"
+-"link>"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unwarranted remote/local network access</"
+-"link>"
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:39(page/p)
+-msgid "To stay safe from malicious exploits, keep in mind the following tips:"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Do not open emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+-"not know."
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If a website's offer is too good to be true or asks for sensitive "
+-"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what you are "
+-"submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised "
+-"by identity thieves or other criminals."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially "
+-"ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. "
+-"Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at "
+-"high risk to exploitation."
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security-tips.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having "
+-"<app>SSH</app> or <app>VNC</app> running can be useful but also leaves your "
+-"computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
+-"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer "
+-"from intrusion."
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
+ msgid ""
+-"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+-"could be a busy time of day."
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "The internet seems slow"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+-"things could be causing the slow down."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"A couple of quick fixes to try are closing your web browser and then re-"
+-"opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. "
+-"(Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run "
+-"slowly.)"
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Busy time of day"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
+-"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+-"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
+-"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
+-"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
+-"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
+-"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
+-"evenings, for example)."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+-"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+-"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Unreliable connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+-"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+-"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
+-"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+-"internet may seem slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is going slowly, "
+-"you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this "
+-"happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "
+-"\"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, "
+-"connection like GPRS."
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
+-msgid "Web browser has a problem"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
+-"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
+-"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
+-"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
+-"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
+-"set-up a VPN connection."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+-"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+-"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
+-"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
+-"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
+-"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
+-"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
+-"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
+-"without logging in."
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+-"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
+-"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
+-"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
+-"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
+-"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+-"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+-"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
+-"different instructions to get that working."
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
+-"connection."
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
+-"details like your username and password as you go."
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
+-"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
+-"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
+-"change as it tries to connect."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+-"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
+-"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
+-"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
+-"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What is an IP address?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
+-"device that is connected to a network (such as the internet) has one."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+-"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+-"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+-"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+-"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+-"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+-"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
+-"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
+-"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
+-"administering a server."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+-"network cable."
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+-"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
+-"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+-"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+-"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
+-"be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending "
+-"on the network setup you have)."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+-"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+-"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+-"(DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+-"manually</link>."
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+-"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">fixed IP addresses</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Wired Networking"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+-"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+-"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
+-"power, for example). To do this:"
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
+-"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
+-"Bluetooth connections."
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
+-msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+-"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+-"files on the network, and so on."
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
+-"you want to connect to."
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+-"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
+-"it, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">might be hidden</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+-"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+-"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
+-"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+-"to the network."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+-"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
+-"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
+-"reliable."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
+-"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
+-"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
+-"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
+-"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
+-"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+-"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+-"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
+-"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
+-"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
+-"speeds."
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+-"properly."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+-"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+-"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
+-"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+-"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
+-msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+-"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+-"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
+-"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
+-"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+-"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+-"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+-"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
+-"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
+-"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
+-"was disconnected."
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+-"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+-"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
+-msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+-"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+-"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
+-"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
+-"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+-"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
+-msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+-"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+-"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
+-"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
+-"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+-"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
+-"icon on the top bar."
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+-"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+-"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
+-"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
+-"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
+-"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+-"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+-"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+-"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
+-"network."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
+-"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
+-"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
+-"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
+-"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
+-"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
+-"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
+-"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
+-"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+-"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+-"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
+-"detectable."
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:8(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:9(credit/name)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
+-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+-"you may need to find a better one."
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:20(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:21(page/title)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/subtitle)
+-msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+-"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+-"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
+-"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
+-"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
+-"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+-"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+-"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
+-"distribution (for example, <link href=\"XXXX\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href="
+-"\"XXXX\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"XXXX\">openSuSE</link>) and see if "
+-"your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use "
+-"some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+-"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+-"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
+-"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
+-"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
+-"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
+-"drivers."
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+-"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+-"any wireless drivers for you."
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+-"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+-"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
+-"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
+-"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
+-"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
+-"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
+-"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"XXXX\">here</link>. Note that not "
+-"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+-"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+-"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
+-"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+-"recognized properly by the computer."
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/subtitle)
+-msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+-"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+-"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+-"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+-"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+-"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"*-network\n"
+-"       description: Wireless interface\n"
+-"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+-"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+-"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+-"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+-"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
+-"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
+-"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:44(section/title)
+-msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+-"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+-"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+-"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
+-"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
+-"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
+-"entry might look like:"
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:52(item/p)
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+-"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+-"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
+-"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:57(section/title)
+-msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
+-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+-"recognized:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+-"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+-"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
+-"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
+-"the entry might look like:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(section/title)
+-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+-"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+-"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(item/p)
+-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75(item/p)
+-msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/code)
+-#, no-wrap
+-msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
+-"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+-"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+-"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+-"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+-"Terminal if you like."
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+-"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+-"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:86(section/title)
+-msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+-"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+-"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
+-"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
+-"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+-"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+-"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/subtitle)
+-msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+-"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+-"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
+-"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
+-"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
+-"following items, if you still have them:"
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+-"user guide for your router)"
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+-"contains Windows drivers)"
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+-"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
+-"the device."
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+-"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+-"carefully."
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+-"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
+ msgid ""
+-"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+-"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+-"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
+-"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:46(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+-"few troubleshooting steps."
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/subtitle)
+-msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+-"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
+-"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
+-"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+-"connection."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+-"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+-"the proper slot on your computer."
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+-"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+-"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
+-"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
+-"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
+-"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
+-"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
+-"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
+-"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
+-"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+-"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+-"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
+-"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
+-"contact your ISP for support."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:47(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
+-"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+-"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+-"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+-"reason, try following the instructions here."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+-"to the internet:"
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Performing an initial check"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
+-msgid "Checking your hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
+-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+-"through each step in the guide."
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
+-msgid "Using the command line"
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+-"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
+-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
+-"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+-"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
+-"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+-"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+-"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
+-"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
+-"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
+-"the second version of the WPA standard."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+-"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+-"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
+-"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
+-"wireless network."
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+-"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
+-"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting"
+-"\">Disconnecting</link>..."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Wireless Networking"
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+-"accounts</link>..."
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
+-msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it is too old to "
+-"hold charge."
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:31(example/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that "
+-"it may be old or broken."
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
+-"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
+-"battery is old. If this is the case, there will be no damage to your "
+-"computer or hardware."
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
+-"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
+-"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
+-"shown when this happens."
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterybroken.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
+-"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
+-"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
+-"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery <em>actually</"
+-"em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+-"estimated. The estimates should get better over time, though."
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+-"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+-"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+-"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+-"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
+-"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+-"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+-"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
+-"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+-"will never be completely accurate, though."
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+-"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+-"make a sensible estimate."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+-"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
+-"data it needs."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+-"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
+-"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time that it "
+-"can run on battery power."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "General tips"
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+-"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+-"can be woken up very quickly."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
+-"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
+-"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
+-"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref="
+-"\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it to "
+-"sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
+-"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you haven't "
+-"used it for a certain period of time."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
+-"using them."
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(section/title)
+-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
+-"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
+-"consumption."
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:53(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+-"can use to reduce the brightness."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+-"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+-"which takes quite a bit of power."
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+-"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+-"turn it on again when you need it."
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(section/title)
+-msgid "More advanced tips"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+-"more power when they have more work to do."
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
+-"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+-"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
+-"your power consumption."
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+-"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+-"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+-"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
+-"is more efficient."
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
+-"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+-"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+-"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:41(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+-"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+-"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
+-"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
+-"should last longer."
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:23(page/p)
+-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+-"cause of this problem."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+-"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+-"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
+-"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
+-"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
+-"them in Linux is difficult."
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+-"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+-"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
+-"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
+-"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+-"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+-"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
+-"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
+-"information."
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
+-"change the brightness."
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
+-"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
+-"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
+-"you must hold down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
+-"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
+-"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
+-"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top bar, "
+-"selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</gui> "
+-"preferences."
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:36(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
+-"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
+-"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
+-"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
+-"menus."
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-brighter.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
+-"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or <em>gamma</"
+-"em> settings of the screen instead. These controls will also be found on the "
+-"monitor or in one of its menus, although not all monitors have them."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
+-"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
+-"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
+-"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
+-"doesn't work, press the power button."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+-"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
+-"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
+-"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
+-"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:27(section/title)
+-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+-"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
+-"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:30(note/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+-"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+-"confined place like a backpack."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
+-"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
+-"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-closelid.page:51(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" "
+-"which causes the computer to do nothing."
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+-"hot."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
+-"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
+-"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
+-"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
+-"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+-"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+-"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
+-"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
+-"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
+-"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
+-"computer."
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-constantfan.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+-"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+-"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
+-"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
+-"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
+-"laptop which may help."
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+-"can be damaging."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+-"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
+-"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
+-"which can potentially cause damage."
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+-"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
+-"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
+-"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
+-"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
+-"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
+-"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
+-"cooling."
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+-"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+-"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
+-"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
+-"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
+-"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
+-"air fast enough."
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+-"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+-"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
+-"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
+-"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
+-"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
+-"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
+-"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
+-"probably need to get it repaired."
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+-"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
+-"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
+-"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
+-"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
+-"properly either."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
+-"your name at the top of the screen, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>, "
+-"and then opening the <gui>Power</gui> settings. Look at the <gui>When power "
+-"is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to "
+-"hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and "
+-"documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
+-"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
+-"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
+-"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref="
+-"\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
+-"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
+-"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
+-"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
+-"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
+-"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
+-"computer wakes up."
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
+-"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
+-"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
+-"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
+-"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
+-"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
+-"checking it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
+-"working again."
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+-"travel adapter."
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+-"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+-"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
+-"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+-"your power adapter. Many laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+-"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
+-"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+-"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+-"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
+-"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+-"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V"
+-"\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-othercountry.page:31(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+-"everything off first if you can."
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
+-"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
+-"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
+-"by your hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
+-"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
+-"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
+-"it in; just press it once)."
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
+-"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for "
+-"5-10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then "
+-"be able to turn on the computer again, though."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
+-"feature may not work with your hardware."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
+-"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
+-"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
+-"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
+-"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
+-"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
+-"instead of hibernating."
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
+-"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
+-"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
+-"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
+-"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
+-"computer"
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
+-"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
+-"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
+-"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
+-"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+-"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+-"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
+-"works."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
+-"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
+-"switches off the power."
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "What happens when I suspend or hibernate the computer?"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+-"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+-"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
+-"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
+-"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
+-"pressing the power button."
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
+ msgid ""
+-"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
+-"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
+-"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
+-"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
+-"on the computer again."
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
+-"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
+-"computer to see if it does work."
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:42(note/title)
+-msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:43(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
+-"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
+-"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
+ msgid ""
+-"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
+-"computer is idle in order to save power."
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
+ msgid ""
+-"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
+-"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
+-"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
+-msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+-"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:31(section/title)
+-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+-"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+-"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
+-"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
+-"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
+ msgid ""
+-"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+-"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+-"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
+-"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
+ msgid ""
+-"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+-"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+-"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
+-"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
+-"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
+-"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
+-"for repairs."
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:46(section/title)
+-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
+ msgid ""
+-"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
+ msgid ""
+-"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+-"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+-"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
+-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
+-"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
+-"dimming</link>..."
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
+-msgid "Battery settings"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link"
+-msgid "Power problems"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
+-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+-"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen"
+-"\">brightness</link>..."
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+-"layouts</link>..."
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Settings"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
+-"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language"
+-"\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>..."
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p) C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:73(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p) C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+-"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+-"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+-"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+-"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+-"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+-"be available."
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
+-"paper."
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Print folded booklets"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+-"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+-"options."
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you "
+-"want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export "
+-"it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You may need "
+-"to add up to 3 blank pages."
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid "To print a booklet:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+-"gui>."
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+-"and a multiple of 4):"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11..."
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:48(note/p)
+-msgid "Examples:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49(note/p)
+-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
+-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"20 page booklet: Type "
+-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
+-"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:61(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:66(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:80(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "To print:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "...until you have typed all of the pages."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
+-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:58(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:76(item/p)
+-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
+-"Sided</gui>."
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+-"the printer."
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77(item/p)
+-msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Print a booklet"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can print a booklet from a PDF. If you want to print a booklet from a "
+-"<app>LibreOffice</app> document, you will need to export it to PDF first. "
+-"Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, "
+-"16,...)."
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 pages, "
+-"add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document before "
+-"exporting to PDF."
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+-"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+-"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+-"pages needed."
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:38(item/p)
+-msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app>, "
+-"placing the blank pages at the end."
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+-"below:"
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Cancel a print job"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
+-"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
+-"the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
+-"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+-"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+-"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
+-"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
+-"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
+-"and then on again."
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
+-"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+-"probably just leave it where it is."
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+-"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+-"document."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p) C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
+ msgid ""
+-"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
+-"drop-down list."
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
+-"orientation:"
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
+-msgid "Portrait"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
+-msgid "Landscape"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
+-msgid "Reverse portrait"
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
+-msgid "Reverse landscape"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
+-"the correct paper size."
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
+-"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
+-"example."
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
+-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
+ msgid ""
+-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
+-"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
+-"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
+-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
+-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+-"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
+-"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
+-"which way is the right way up."
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+-"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
+-"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+-"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+-"installed on your computer."
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+-"information."
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+-"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+-"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
+-"sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+-"designed to report their ink levels."
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
+-msgid "Reverse"
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+-"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+-"reverse this printing order."
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
+-msgid "To reverse the order:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
+-"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "Collate"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+-"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+-"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
+-"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
+-"instead."
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
+-msgid "To Collate:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
+-"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+-"you have."
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+-"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
+-"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
+-"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
+-"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
+-"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+-"print job again."
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+-"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
+-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Print only certain pages"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
+-"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+-"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
+-"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Set the default printer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+-"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:60(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+-"password."
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+-"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:31(page/title)
+-msgid "Set up a local printer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
+-"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+-"your computer."
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+-"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+-"asked to authenticate to install them."
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</"
+-"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+-"settings."
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new "
+-"printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:69(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
+-"install print drivers."
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-setup.page:77(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+-"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+-"or clean the print head."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
+-"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+-"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Fading text or images"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
+-"a new cartridge if necessary."
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Streaks and lines"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+-"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
+-"instructions)."
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid "Wrong colors"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
+-"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
+ msgid ""
+-"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+-"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
+-"details on how to do this."
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+-"multi-page</link>..."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Setup"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
+-msgid "Set up a printer"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
+-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
+-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
+-msgid "Printer problems"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+-"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+-"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
+-"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture/video files, so "
+-"you can email them and share them on the web."
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(section/title)
+-msgid "Take a screenshot"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(section/p)
+-msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</app> "
+-"tool."
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:37(item/p)
+-msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to capture."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
+-"desktop</gui>), the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
+-"current window</gui>), or an area of the screen you can select by dragging a "
+-"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
+-"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
+-"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also drag and drop the screenshot image into another application, to "
+-"paste it there, or to <app>files</app> to save it in a folder."
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(section/title)
+-msgid "Make a screencast"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(section/p)
+-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></"
+-"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
+-"recording is in progress."
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:78(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"In your Home folder, a file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be "
+-"saved, where %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the file "
+-"name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a recording "
+-"is made within a single session."
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
+-msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
+ msgid ""
+-"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+-"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
+-"perform these steps."
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+-"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+-"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p) C/user-add.page:43(item/p)
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p) C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p) C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p)
+-#: C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
+-"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
+-"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
+-"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
+-"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
+-"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
+-"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
+-"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
+-"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+-"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+-"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
+-"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out...</gui>."
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
+-"The login screen appears."
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry "
+-"form will appear."
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
+-"your name."
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
+-"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
+-"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+-"button and return to the previous step."
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
+-"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
+-"To unlock it, enter your password."
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
+ msgid ""
+-"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+-"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
+-"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
+-"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all "
+-"available regions."
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p) C/session-language.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your "
+-"name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+-"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+-"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
+-"calendars."
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system formats"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
+-"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
+-"formats used in places like the login screen."
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Change which language you use"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:32(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+-"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Select your desired language. Some translations may be incomplete, and "
+-"certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated "
+-"text will appear in the language in which the software was originally "
+-"developed, usually American English."
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:48(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
+ msgid ""
+-"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+-"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+-"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
+-"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
+-"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
+-"update the folder names."
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:56(section/title)
+-msgid "Change the system language"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
+-"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
+-"in places like the login screen."
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-language.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid "Change your language, as described above."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> "
+-"settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
+ msgid ""
+-"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+-"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+-"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
+-"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
+-"too quickly."
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
+-"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:13(credit/name) C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
+-msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Sharing"
+-msgstr "భాగస్వామ్యం"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Share your desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
+ msgid ""
+-"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
+-"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+-"open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
+-"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
+-"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
+-"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
+-"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
+-"security settings which you are currently using."
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+-"option means before changing it."
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/title)
+-msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+-"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
+-"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
+-"someone to connect to your computer."
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:57(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/title)
+-msgid "Enable password"
+-msgstr "సంకేతపదాన్ని చేతనపరుచండి"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+-"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
+-"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+-"secure password."
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/title)
+-msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
+ msgid ""
+-"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
+-"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
+-"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
+-"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
+-"your router manually."
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78(note/p)
+-msgid "This option is disabled by default."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/title)
+-msgid "Show notification area icon"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:86(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
+-"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
+-"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
+-"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
+ msgid ""
+-"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
+-"for easy access:"
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(item/p)
+-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select "
+-"<gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(item/p)
+-msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application "
+-"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Start applications"
+-msgstr "అనువర్తనాలను ప్రారంభించండి"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you "
+-"can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by "
+-"pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link>.)"
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:35(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
+-"activities overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
+-"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and "
+-"start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a "
+-"list of the applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the "
+-"categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. "
+-"Click the application's icon to start it."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+-"icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these "
+-"to start the corresponding application."
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
+-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
+-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:72(note/title)
+-msgid "Quickly running a command"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:73(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
+ msgid ""
+-"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+-"<key>Enter</key>."
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
+-"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+-"so on."
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+-"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Log out or switch users"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:37(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+-"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+-"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
+-"when you log back in."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:41(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
+ msgid ""
+-"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
+-"bar and select the appropriate option."
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:49(section/title)
+-msgid "Lock the screen"
+-msgstr "తెరకు తాళంవేయండి"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:50(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+-"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+-"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
+-"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
+-"amount of time."
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:56(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock "
+-"Screen</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
+ msgid ""
+-"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+-"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
+-"to your desktop when they are finished."
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:68(section/title)
+-msgid "Suspend"
+-msgstr "అర్ధాంతరంగా నిలిపివేయి"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:70(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
+-"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
+-"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
+-"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
+-"suspend."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:76(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and select "
+-"<gui>Suspend</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:87(section/title)
+-msgid "Power off or restart"
+-msgstr "విద్యుత్ ఆపు లేక పునఃప్రారంభించు"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:89(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first "
+-"log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</"
+-"gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click "
+-"the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or "
+-"<gui>Power Off</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:95(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+-"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+-"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-exit.page:101(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"If you need to power off or restart quickly, you can do it without logging "
+-"out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. "
+-"The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Select "
+-"this to power off or restart."
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+-"md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:62(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:114(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='063a422823690656133c36c0f5ced14f'"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
+-"overview."
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+-msgstr "గ్నోమ్ పరిచయం"
+-
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+-"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+-"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(media/p)
+-msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+-"and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. "
+-"Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your "
+-"profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:47(section/title)
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(item/title)
+-msgid "Activities overview"
+-msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం"
+-
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:51(media/p)
+-msgid "Activities button"
+-msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల బొత్తం"
+-
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:54(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+-"button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+-"also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> on your "
+-"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
+-"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:63(media/p)
+-msgid "The dash"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+-"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+-"open that application. If the application is already running, clicking the "
+-"icon will bring up the most recently used window."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-"
+-"click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the overview, "
+-"or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+-"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
+-"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
+-"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows "
+-"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application "
+-"to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace "
+-"thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
+-"favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not "
+-"running, so you can access them quickly."
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:89(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(section/title)
+-msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:100(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a "
+-"month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can "
+-"also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</"
+-"app> calendar directly from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:106(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+-"</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(section/title)
+-msgid "You and your computer"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(media/p)
+-msgid "User menu"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
+-"computer."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. When you use "
+-"the <app>Empathy</app> instant messaging application, this will set your "
+-"status for your contacts to see."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:144(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
+-"system settings."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:147(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+-"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
+-"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
+-"or power off the computer from the menu."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:153(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+-"turning off your computer.</link>"
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:159(section/title)
+-msgid "Message Tray"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:160(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the "
+-"bottom-right corner. This is where your notifications are stored until you "
+-"are ready to view them."
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-introduction.page:165(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+-"message tray.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(page/title)
+-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(table/title)
+-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key"
+-"\">windows key</link>"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
+-msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(td/p)
+-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:41(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</"
+-"link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+-"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+ msgid ""
+-"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</"
+-"key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+-"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+-"applications list, and search field."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up/Down</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up/Down</key></"
+-"keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+-"different workspace.</link>"
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(table/title)
+-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(td/p)
+-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
+-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
+-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
+-msgid "Undo the last action."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(table/title)
+-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(td/p)
+-msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
+-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109(td/p)
+-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(td/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+-"link>"
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
+-"recording.</link>"
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:34(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
+-msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
+-"md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
+-"happen."
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
+-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(section/title)
+-msgid "What is a notification?"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+-"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+ msgid ""
+-"For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for "
+-"your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a "
+-"notification informing you."
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"To minimize distraction, the notification will first appear as a single "
+-"line. You can move your mouse over it if you want to see its full content."
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39(section/title)
+-msgid "The message tray"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
+-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom "
+-"right corner of the screen, and contains all the notifications that you have "
+-"not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:44(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+ msgid ""
+-"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
+-"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
+-"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
+-"sent you the chat messages."
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:48(section/p)
+-msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
+-"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:56(section/title)
+-msgid "Hiding notifications"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:58(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch "
+-"off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
+-"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-notifications.page:62(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
+-"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
+-"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
+-"the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and "
+-"they will be shown to you when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
+-msgctxt "link:trail"
+-msgid "Overview"
+-msgstr "అవలోకనం"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Overview of the desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:26(section/title)
+-msgid "The Desktop"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:30(section/title)
+-msgid "Applications and windows"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-overview.page:34(section/title)
+-msgid "Files and folders"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Change your chat status."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Change your availability"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:32(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can change "
+-"your status to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. Just click your name on the top bar "
+-"and select <gui>Available</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Unavailable</gui>. If "
+-"you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will change your "
+-"availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to disturb you."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-session-status.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To switch your availability back on, click your name on the top bar and "
+-"select <gui>Unavailable</gui> to toggle it to <gui>Available</gui>"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Activities, dash, top bar... What are they?"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you "
+-"click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/title)
+-msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
+-"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications "
+-"you have currently open."
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:39(item/title)
+-msgid "Dash"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
+-"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
+-"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
+-"the <em>dock</em>."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(item/title)
+-msgid "Hot corner"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:48(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
+-"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:53(item/title)
+-msgid "Notifications"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
+ msgid ""
+-"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
+-"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
+-"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
+-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging "
+-"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>system settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
+-"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
+-"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
+-"Settings</gui> to access them."
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
+-msgid "Top bar"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
+-"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
+-"username is on the other."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/title)
+-msgid "Workspace"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
+-"way of grouping and separating windows."
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:83(item/title) C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
+-msgid "Workspace selector"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
+-"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
+-"overview."
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Find a lost window"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+-"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+-"link>:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the activities overview and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is "
+-"selected. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-"
+-"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in "
+-"thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to "
+-"find your window, or"
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be "
+-"listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(page/p)
+-msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window "
+-"switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
+-"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
+-"key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:51(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and "
+-"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Double-click on the title bar."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window:"
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:27(item/p)
+-msgid "Double-click on the title bar of the window."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid "Alternatively, to maximize a window:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the title bar of an application and drag it to the top of the "
+-"screen. When the mouse pointer touches the top of the screen, the entire "
+-"screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the window."
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid "To restore the window to its original size:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the title bar of the application, and drag it down from the top "
+-"bar. After the window separates from the top bar it will restore itself to "
+-"an unmaximized state."
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <key>Alt</key> +click+hold+drag anywhere in a window. This will allow "
+-"you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on "
+-"the title bar of an application."
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
+ msgid ""
+-"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+-"key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and press <key>x</"
+-"key>."
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Window operations"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:28(page/p)
+-msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:36(section/title)
+-msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38(section/p)
+-msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-"menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the top left "
+-"corner."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47(section/p)
+-msgid "To restore the window:"
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on it in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
+-"link> or <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieve</link> it from the "
+-"window switcher by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:56(section/p)
+-msgid "To close the window:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:62(item/p)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
+-"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:73(section/title)
+-msgid "Resize"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76(note/p)
+-msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:78(section/p)
+-msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:81(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a "
+-"'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85(section/p)
+-msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a "
+-"'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:92(section/p)
+-msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+ msgid ""
+-"Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes "
+-"into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to "
+-"resize the window vertically."
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/title)
+-msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:107(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+ msgid ""
+-"Two windows can be placed side by side. Drag a window by its titlebar toward "
+-"the left side of the screen until the cursor touches the left side. The left "
+-"half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and the window resizes to "
+-"fill half the screen. Repeat for another window, dragging it to the right "
+-"side and releasing."
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "Switch between windows"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
+ msgid ""
+-"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
+-"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+-"applications are running."
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid "From a workspace:"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+-"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
+ msgid ""
+-"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
+-"switcher."
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
+-"to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:44(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
+ msgid ""
+-"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+-"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+-"<key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to "
+-"step through the list."
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+ msgid ""
+-"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
+-"by vertical separators."
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+-"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+-"mouse."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
+ msgid ""
+-"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+-"<key>↓</key> key."
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:63(page/p)
+-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
+-"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
+-"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
+-"view the open windows on each workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "\"Maximize\" two windows side by side."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
+-msgid "Tiled windows"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:24(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Your workflow may require two windows arranged side by side for comparison "
+-"purposes. To fill the screen with two vertically-tiled windows:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:27(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
+-"edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the "
+-"left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and "
+-"the window will fill the left half of the screen."
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:30(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is "
+-"highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:36(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
+ msgid ""
+-"Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move "
+-"the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to click in the "
+-"<gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:24(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
+ msgid ""
+-"Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running "
+-"applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, "
+-"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
+-"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
+-"how to use these features."
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:49(section/title)
+-msgid "Working with windows"
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-windows.page:53(section/title)
+-msgid "Working with workspaces"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
+-msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
+-msgid "Using the mouse:"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and "
+-"make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
+-msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+ msgid ""
+-"The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
+ msgid ""
+-"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+-"window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom "
+-"of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:47(page/p)
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
+-msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
+-msgid "Click on the window to make it <em>live</em>."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></"
+-"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current "
+-"workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link "
+-"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of "
+-"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window "
+-"thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
+-"a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
+-msgctxt "_"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
+ msgid ""
+-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
+-"md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
+-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
+-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
+ msgid ""
+-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+-"many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to "
+-"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+-"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+-"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
+-"manager could be on a third workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
+-msgid "Using workspaces:"
+-msgstr "కార్యక్షేత్రాలు వినియోగించి:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
+-"side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, "
+-"plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
+-"\">workspace selector</link>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
+ msgid ""
+-"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+-"the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below "
+-"it."
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+ msgid ""
+-"To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+-"workspaces."
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
+-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+ msgid ""
+-"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+-"alert sounds."
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
+ msgid ""
+-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+-"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+-"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
+-"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
+ msgid ""
+-"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
+-"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
+-"other sound files."
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To disable alert sounds entirely, select <gui>Mute</gui> on the <gui>Sound "
+-"Effects</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "Sound problems"
+-msgstr "శబ్ద సమస్యలు"
+-
+-#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
+ msgid ""
+-"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+-"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
+-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
+-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+-"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+-"with the drivers for the sound card."
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+ msgid ""
+-"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+-"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
+-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+ msgid ""
+-"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+-"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+-"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
+-"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
+-msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+ msgid ""
+-"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
+-"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
+-"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
+-"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+ msgid ""
+-"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+-"sound card."
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
+-"sound card is detected."
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
+-msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+ msgid ""
+-"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+-"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
+-"problem."
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
+-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
+-"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
+-"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+ msgid ""
+-"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
+-"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+-"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
+-"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
+-"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
+-"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr "భాగస్వామ్యం"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr "అనువర్తనాలను ప్రారంభించండి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr "తెరకు తాళంవేయండి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr "అర్ధాంతరంగా నిలిపివేయి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr "విద్యుత్ ఆపు లేక పునఃప్రారంభించు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr "గ్నోమ్ పరిచయం"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr "కార్యకలాపాల బొత్తం"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr "కార్యక్షేత్రాలు వినియోగించి:"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr "శబ్ద సమస్యలు"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr "ఒక అప్రమేయ ఆడియో ఇన్‌పుట్ పరికరాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr "శబ్ద స్థాయిని మార్చండి"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+-"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+-"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
+-"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
+-"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
+-"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
+-"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
+-"see if that works."
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+-"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
+-"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+-"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
+-"choose the right one."
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
+-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
+-"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
+-"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
+-"and try each profile."
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+-"devices that are listed."
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
+-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
+ msgid ""
+-"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
+-"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
+-"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
+-"are not installed."
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
+-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
+-msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
+-"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
+-"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
+-"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
+-"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
+-"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
+-"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
+-"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
+-"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
+-"detailed information."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+-"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+-"instructions."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+-"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+-"computer and external USB sound cards."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
+-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
+-msgid "Use a different microphone"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+-"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+-"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
+-"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
+-"quality."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+-"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
+-"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
+-"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
+-"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
+-"default input device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+-"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+-"which microphone to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
+-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+-msgstr "ఒక అప్రమేయ ఆడియో ఇన్‌పుట్ పరికరాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
+-"respond when you speak."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
+-"\"input.\""
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
+-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+-"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+-"plug or with USB."
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+-"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+-"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
+-"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
+-"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
+-"default device."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+-"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+-"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+-"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</"
+-"gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select "
+-"your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. "
+-"In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will "
+-"speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+-"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+-"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
+-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
+-"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
+-msgid ""
+-"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+-"application."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
+-msgid "Change the sound volume"
+-msgstr "శబ్ద స్థాయిని మార్చండి"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
+-"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
+-"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+-"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+-"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F"
+-"\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
+-"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
+-"volume control too."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
+-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
+-"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
+-"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
+-"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+-"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
+-"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
+-"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
+-"there."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
+-"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
+-"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
+-"volume."
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+ msgid ""
+ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+ "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
+ msgid "Enter special characters"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
+ "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+ "different ways you can enter special characters."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
+ msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+ msgstr "అక్షరాలను ప్రవేశపెట్టు పద్ధతులు"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
+ msgid "Character map"
+ msgstr "అక్షర పటం"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
+ "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
+ "want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+-"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:"
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
+ "gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
+ msgid "Compose key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+ "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+@@ -14313,73 +23849,89 @@
+ "key>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
+ msgid ""
+ "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+ msgid "Define a compose key"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
+ msgid ""
+-"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
+-"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
+-"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
+-"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
+-"work for their original purpose."
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
+-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+ "accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+ "over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+ msgid ""
+ "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
+ "wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+ "Wikipedia</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+ msgid "Code points"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+ msgid ""
+ "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+ "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+@@ -14389,7 +23941,8 @@
+ "after <gui>U+</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+ msgid ""
+ "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
+ "<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
+@@ -14399,11 +23952,13 @@
+ "them quickly."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+ msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+ msgstr "కీబోర్డు నమూనాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
+ msgid ""
+ "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+ "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+@@ -14411,33 +23966,112 @@
+ "how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
+ msgid ""
+ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+-"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
+ msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+ msgstr "చిట్కాలు &amp; జిమ్మిక్కులు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Users"
+ msgstr "వాడుకరులు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
+ msgid ""
+-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest"
+-"\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</"
+-"link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
+ msgid "User accounts"
+ msgstr "వాడుకరి ఖాతాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+ "This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+@@ -14445,120 +24079,145 @@
+ "account if you know the password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Accounts"
+ msgstr "ఖాతాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
+ msgid "Manage user accounts"
+ msgstr "వాడుకరి ఖాతాలను నిర్వహించండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+ msgid "Passwords"
+ msgstr "సంకేతపదాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
+ msgctxt "link:trail"
+ msgid "Privileges"
+ msgstr "అధికారాలు"
+ 
+-#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
+ msgid "User privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
+ msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
+ msgid "Add a new user account"
+ msgstr "ఒక కొత్త వాడుకరి ఖాతాను జతచేయండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:38(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+ "folder, documents, and settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:45(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
+ msgid ""
+-"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+-"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:48(item/p) C/user-addguest.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
+ msgid ""
+-"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
+-"new user account."
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
+ msgid ""
+-"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
+-"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type in the dropdown menu. "
+-"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
+-"drivers, and change the date and time."
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
+ "you like."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:57(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:58(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
+ msgid ""
+ "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
+-"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</"
+-"gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list "
+-"to set the password now, allow the user to log in without a password, or "
+-"have the user set their password the first time they log in."
+-msgstr ""
+-
+-#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
+-msgid ""
+-"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
+-"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
+-"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
+ msgid ""
+ "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
+ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
+ "others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p) C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
+ msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-add.page:73(note/p) C/user-addguest.page:56(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
+ msgid ""
+-"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
+-"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
+-"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
+-"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
+ msgid ""
+ "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
+ "password."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
+ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+ msgstr "ఒక అతిధి వాడుకరి ఖాతాను జతచేయండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:30(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
+ "computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
+@@ -14566,38 +24225,71 @@
+ "change your settings, or install software."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:36(steps/title)
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
+ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+ msgstr "ఒక అతిధి వాడుకరి ఖాతాను సృష్టించండి:"
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
+ "guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
+ "<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
+ "automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
+-"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-addguest.page:50(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
+ msgid ""
+-"The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, "
+-"click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You "
+-"will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</"
+-"gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
+ msgid ""
+ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
+ "giving them administrative privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
+ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
+ msgid ""
+ "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+ "important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
+@@ -14605,61 +24297,71 @@
+ "secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
+ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
+ "yourself.)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
+ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
+ "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
+ msgid ""
+ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
+ "they next log in."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
+ msgid ""
+ "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
+ "privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
+ "installed the system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+ "on one system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
+ msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
+ msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
+ msgid ""
+-"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
+-"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
+-"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
+ "various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
+ "Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
+ "also protected."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+ "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+@@ -14667,7 +24369,8 @@
+ "or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+ "temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
+@@ -14678,27 +24381,32 @@
+ "be taken away again."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
+ "allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
+ "you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
+ "the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
+-"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change an "
+-"important file and break something."
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
+-"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
+ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+ msgstr "\"సూపర్ యూజర్\" అంటే అర్ధం ఏమిటి?"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
+ "is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
+@@ -14706,18 +24414,21 @@
+ "are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+ msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+ msgid ""
+ "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
+ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
+ "intentionally or unintentionally."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
+ "an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
+@@ -14725,95 +24436,172 @@
+ "reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
+ msgid ""
+-"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
+ "prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
+ "uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
+ "don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
+ "standpoint."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
+ "privileges."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
+ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+ msgid ""
+ "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+ "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
+ "privileges in order to work, such as:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+ msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
+ "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
+ msgid "Installing new applications"
+ msgstr "కొత్త అనువర్తనాలను స్థాపించుట"
+ 
+-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
+ "link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
+ msgid ""
+ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+ "settings."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
+ msgid "Change your password"
+ msgstr "మీ సంకేతపదం మార్చండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+ "you think someone else knows what your password is."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
+ msgid ""
+ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
+ "password set."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+ "again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
+ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+ msgstr "కీరింగు సంకేతపదాన్ని మార్చండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
+ msgid ""
+ "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
+ "<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
+@@ -14823,57 +24611,86 @@
+ "keyring password (to match your login password):"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+ msgid ""
+ "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+ "gui> overview."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+-"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
+-"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+ msgid ""
+-"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</"
+-"gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
+ msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
+ msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
+ msgid ""
+ "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+ "own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+ "yourself."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+ "<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+ "<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
+@@ -14882,32 +24699,40 @@
+ "to give up."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
+ msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
+ msgid "Delete a user account"
+ msgstr "ఒక వాడుకరి ఖాతాను తొలగించుట"
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
+ msgid ""
+ "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
+ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
+ "delete that user's account."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
+ msgid ""
+ "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
+ "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
+-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+ "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+@@ -14916,28 +24741,33 @@
+ "want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+ msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:26(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+ msgid "Choose a secure password"
+ msgstr "ఒక సురక్షితమైన సంకేతపదాన్నిన ఎన్నుకోండి"
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:29(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+ "others (including computer programs) to guess."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+ msgid ""
+ "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+ "personal information."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+ msgid ""
+ "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+ "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+@@ -14945,15 +24775,17 @@
+ "choosing a good password:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:44(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+ msgid ""
+ "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+ "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+-"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
+-"have to check when trying to guess yours."
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+ msgid ""
+ "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+ "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+@@ -14961,55 +24793,65 @@
+ "Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:56(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+ msgid ""
+ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+ "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:60(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+-"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+ msgid ""
+ "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+ "any family member's name."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+ msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+ msgstr "నామవాచకాలను వాడవద్దు."
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:72(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+ msgid ""
+ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+ "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+ "watching you."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+ msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:84(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+ msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+ msgid ""
+ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+ "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+ msgid ""
+ "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+ "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+@@ -15017,32 +24859,38 @@
+ "ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:94(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+ msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+ msgstr "మీ సంకేతపదాలను తరచుగా మారుస్తూవుండండి."
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
+ msgid ""
+ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+ "region."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
+ msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
+ "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+ "different <em>region</em>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+ msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+ msgid ""
+ "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+ "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+@@ -15053,7 +24901,8 @@
+ "<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+ "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+@@ -15063,11 +24912,13 @@
+ "It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
+ msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+ msgstr "డీవీడీ ప్రాంతం పరిశీలించుట"
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
+ msgid ""
+ "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+ "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
+@@ -15076,7 +24927,8 @@
+ "will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
+ msgid ""
+ "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+ "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+@@ -15084,21 +24936,25 @@
+ "linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
+ msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:17(page/title)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
+ msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
+ msgid ""
+ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+ "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:22(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
+ msgid ""
+ "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+ "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+@@ -15107,17 +24963,20 @@
+ "You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
+ msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
+ msgid ""
+ "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
+ "listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
+ msgid ""
+ "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+ "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+@@ -15128,7 +24987,8 @@
+ "it's not installed."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
+ msgid ""
+ "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
+ "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+@@ -15138,7 +24998,8 @@
+ "the software installer application to see what's available."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
+ msgid ""
+ "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+ "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+@@ -15147,52 +25008,179 @@
+ "properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"The windows key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next "
+-"to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:17(page/title)
+-msgid "What is the \"windows\" key?"
+-msgstr "\"విండోస్\" మీట అంటే ఏమిటి?"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:19(page/p)
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
+ msgid ""
+-"When you press the <em>windows</em> key, the activities overview is "
+-"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+-"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and often has a window/squares "
+-"icon on it. It is sometimes called the super key, logo key, or system key."
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:25(note/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
+ msgid ""
+-"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a windows key on your "
+-"keyboard. The <key>Cmd</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:34(page/p)
+-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:41(item/p)
+-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:44(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:47(item/p)
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
+ msgid ""
+-"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
+-"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:51(item/p)
+-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+ msgstr ""
+ 
+-#: C/windows-key.page:54(item/p)
+-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+ msgstr ""
+diff -urN a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po
+--- a/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po	1970-01-01 05:30:00.000000000 +0530
++++ b/gnome-user-docs-3.8.2/gnome-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po	2014-01-22 18:13:54.266922337 +0530
+@@ -0,0 +1,23906 @@
++# Leah Liu <lliu@redhat.com>, 2013. #zanata
++# Leah Liu <lliu@redhat.com>, 2014. #zanata
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-07 09:57+0000\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 11:22-0500\n"
++"Last-Translator: Leah Liu <lliu@redhat.com>\n"
++"Language-Team: Chinese (China)\n"
++"Language: zh-CN\n"
++"X-Generator: Zanata 3.2.1\n"
++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr "Leah Liu <lliu@redhat.com>, 2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5="
++"'292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/index.page:6
++#: C/index.page:6
++msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
++msgstr "GNOME 3 桌面用户指南"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:8
++#: C/index.page:8
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME 帮助"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:9
++#: C/index.page:9
++msgctxt "text"
++msgid "GNOME Help"
++msgstr "GNOME 帮助"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/index.page:10
++#: C/index.page:10
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</"
++"media>"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">帮助</"
++"media>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/index.page:15
++#: C/index.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME Help"
++msgstr ""
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> "
++"GNOME 帮助"
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/link
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/legal.xml:3
++msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
++msgstr "这项工作是根据 <_:link-1/> 许可完成。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:10
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:8
++#: C/a11y.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
++#: C/bluetooth.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
++#: C/clock.page:18
++#: C/disk.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:18
++#: C/files-delete.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:18
++#: C/files-open.page:18
++#: C/files-preview.page:13
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
++#: C/files-rename.page:16
++#: C/files-search.page:17
++#: C/files-select.page:8
++#: C/files-share.page:15
++#: C/files.page:10
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
++#: C/hardware.page:9
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11
++#: C/keyboard.page:18
++#: C/look-background.page:26
++#: C/media.page:9
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:18
++#: C/net-findip.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10
++#: C/net.page:10
++#: C/prefs-display.page:9
++#: C/prefs-language.page:9
++#: C/prefs.page:10
++#: C/printing-setup.page:25
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
++#: C/session-formats.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:17
++#: C/shell-exit.page:20
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:16
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15
++#: C/sound-alert.page:10
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11
++#: C/tips.page:8
++#: C/user-add.page:18
++#: C/user-addguest.page:21
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
++#: C/user-delete.page:19
++msgid "Shaun McCance"
++msgstr "Shaun McCance"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:8
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
++#: C/accounts.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
++#: C/files-browse.page:22
++#: C/files-hidden.page:12
++#: C/files-sort.page:12
++#: C/files-tilde.page:13
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:12
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:10
++#: C/net-default-email.page:10
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:12
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:10
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10
++#: C/net-manual.page:11
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:11
++#: C/net-proxy.page:10
++#: C/net-slow.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:19
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:16
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14
++#: C/printing-order.page:13
++#: C/printing-select.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup.page:13
++#: C/printing.page:9
++#: C/sound-volume.page:8
++#: C/user-addguest.page:17
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16
++msgid "Phil Bull"
++msgstr "Phil Bull"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:12
++#: C/a11y.page:12
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15
++#: C/accounts-add.page:14
++#: C/accounts-create.page:18
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:11
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
++#: C/backup-how.page:20
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
++#: C/backup-what.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:19
++#: C/clock-set.page:16
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:15
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16
++#: C/contacts.page:12
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:13
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
++#: C/contacts-search.page:16
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:10
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
++#: C/disk-check.page:17
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
++#: C/documents-collections.page:15
++#: C/documents-filter.page:10
++#: C/documents-formats.page:8
++#: C/documents-info.page:15
++#: C/documents.page:15
++#: C/documents-previews.page:15
++#: C/documents-print.page:15
++#: C/documents-search.page:15
++#: C/documents-select.page:15
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:13
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
++#: C/documents-view.page:15
++#: C/files-autorun.page:21
++#: C/files-browse.page:26
++#: C/files-copy.page:21
++#: C/files-delete.page:26
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:8
++#: C/files-hidden.page:16
++#: C/files-lost.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
++#: C/files-rename.page:24
++#: C/files-search.page:21
++#: C/files-share.page:19
++#: C/files-sort.page:20
++#: C/files-templates.page:16
++#: C/files-tilde.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
++#: C/keyboard.page:26
++#: C/look-background.page:34
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25
++#: C/look-resolution.page:20
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:16
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:22
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
++#: C/net-default-email.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:19
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
++#: C/net-proxy.page:18
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:27
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:21
++#: C/power-whydim.page:16
++#: C/prefs-language.page:13
++#: C/printing-setup.page:29
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:15
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
++#: C/session-formats.page:17
++#: C/session-language.page:25
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:14
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
++#: C/sharing-media.page:11
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:20
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:18
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
++#: C/sound-alert.page:14
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:17
++#: C/user-add.page:22
++#: C/user-addguest.page:25
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:19
++#: C/user-delete.page:23
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:10
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10
++#: C/wacom.page:16
++msgid "Michael Hill"
++msgstr "Michael Hill"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23
++msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
++msgstr "忽略对同一按键的快速重复按键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27
++msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
++msgstr "打开回弹键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated."
++" For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
++"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
++"bounce keys."
++msgstr "打开<em>回弹键</em>忽略对键盘的快速重复按键。例如：如果您因为手指震颤导致您想按一次键时多次按一个键，您应该打开回弹键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30
++#: C/files-autorun.page:39
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
++#: C/look-background.page:46
++#: C/look-resolution.page:36
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
++#: C/net-default-email.page:28
++#: C/net-findip.page:33
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:34
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
++#: C/net-proxy.page:49
++#: C/power-whydim.page:34
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:36
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:53
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
++#: C/printing-setup.page:67
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
++#: C/session-formats.page:33
++#: C/session-language.page:44
++#: C/session-language.page:76
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42
++#: C/sharing-media.page:39
++#: C/sound-alert.page:31
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:43
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54
++#: C/user-add.page:63
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "点击顶部工具栏中您的名称并选择 <gui>「设置」</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "打开<gui>「统一访问」</gui>并选择<gui>「输入」</gui>标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "切换到<gui>「回弹键」</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
++msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
++msgstr "快速打开或者关闭回弹键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以点击顶部项目栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">可访问图标</link> 并选择<gui>「回弹键」</"
++"gui>打开和关闭回弹键。如果在<gui>「统一访问」</gui>面板中启用了一个或者多个设置就可以看到可访问图标。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
++"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
++"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
++"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
++"happened too soon after the previous key press."
++msgstr ""
++"使用<gui>「可接收延迟」</"
++"gui>滑块更改在第一次按下一个键后，回弹键在记录另一个按键动作前要等待的时间长度。如果您想要计算机在每次忽略按键动作时发出声音，请选择<gui>「按键被拒绝时发出警告」</"
++"gui>，因为它和上一次按键动作时间的间隔太短。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
++msgstr "使用附带可刷新盲文显示的 <app>Orca</app> 页面读取程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:19
++msgid "Read screen in Braille"
++msgstr "使用盲文读取页面"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-braille.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
++"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
++"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:"
++"orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca "
++"Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME 提供 <app>Orca</app> 页面读取程序在可刷新盲文显示中显示用户界面。具体要看您安装 GNOME 的方法，您可能尚未安装 "
++"Orca。 <link href=\"install:orca\">安装 Orca</link>，然后参考 <link href=\"help:"
++"orca\">Orca Help</link> 查看详情。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
++"easier to see."
++msgstr "让页面中的窗口和按键更鲜艳以便更容易识别。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23
++msgid "Adjust the contrast"
++msgstr "调整对比度"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
++"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
++"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
++msgstr "您可以调整窗口和按键的对比度以便其更容易识别。这与更改整个页面亮度不同，只有<em>「用户界面」</em>会有变化。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:34
++msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "打开<gui>「统一访问」</gui>并选择<gui>「查看」</gui>标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40
++msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "将<gui>「高对比度」</gui>切换为<gui>「开」</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and "
++"selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
++msgstr "顶部工具栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">可访问图标</link>并选择<gui>「高对比度」</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
++"mouse still."
++msgstr "悬停点击（Dwell 点击）功能可让您以在鼠标静止时点击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
++msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
++msgstr "悬停模拟点击"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
++"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
++"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
++"Dwell Click."
++msgstr "您可以通过将鼠标光标方到页面中的控制或者对象上方进行点击或者拖拽。这在移动鼠标并同时点击有困难时会很有用。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35
++msgid ""
++"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
++"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
++"clicked for you."
++msgstr "启用悬停点击后，您可以将鼠标光标移动到控制中，放开鼠标，等一会二就会为您点击按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</"
++"gui> tab."
++msgstr "打开<gui>「统一访问」</gui>并选择<gui>「光标和点击」</gui>标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48
++msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "将 <gui>悬停点击</gui> 改为开。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
++"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
++"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
++"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
++"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
++msgstr ""
++"此时会打开 <gui>悬停点击</gui> 窗口，该窗口会在其他所有窗口签名。您可以使用这个窗口选择悬停时的点击方式。例如：如果您选择 "
++"<gui>第二点击</gui>，则会在悬停是点击右键。完成双击、右键点击或者拖拽后会自动返回点击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
++"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
++"clicked."
++msgstr "当将鼠标光标悬停在按钮上方不动时，它将逐渐改变颜色。当颜色完全改变时就会点击该按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
++"mouse pointer still before clicking."
++msgstr "调整 <gui>延迟</gui> 设置更改点击前鼠标光标持续的时间长度。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
++"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
++"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
++msgstr "悬停点击时不需要固定鼠标。光标稍有移动也能够进行鼠标点击。但如果移动带大就不会出现点击动作。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
++"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
++msgstr "调整 <gui>动作阈值</gui> 设置更改移动光标但仍将其视为悬停模式的距离。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18
++msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
++msgstr "使用较大字体让文本仍容易阅读。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22
++msgid "Change text size on the screen"
++msgstr "更改屏幕中的文本大小"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
++"size of the font."
++msgstr "如果您在阅读屏幕中的文本有困难时可更改字体大小。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
++msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr "将 <gui>较大文本</gui> 切换为 <gui>开</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
++"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"另外，您还可以点击顶栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">访问性图标</link> 并将其设定为 <gui>较大字体</gui> "
++"而进行快速切换。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++"在很多程序中，您可以随时按 <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq> 增大文本大小，按 "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> 减小文本大小。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5="
++"'0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
++"person."
++msgstr "统一访问菜单图标是顶栏中的一个图标，看起来象一个人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
++msgid "Find the universal access menu"
++msgstr "查找统一访问菜单"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
++msgid ""
++"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various "
++"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
++"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
++msgstr "<em>统一访问菜单</em>可打开各种访问性设置。您可以点击顶栏中由圆圈包围着的类似人形的图标找到这个菜单。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
++msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
++msgstr "在顶栏中可找到统一访问菜单。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-icon.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is "
++"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
++"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
++"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
++"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
++msgstr ""
++"要进入此菜单，请使用键盘而不是鼠标，按 <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
++"keyseq> 移动键盘到顶栏。此时会在 <gui>活动</gui> 按钮下方出现一条白线 - "
++"这是告诉您在顶栏中选择了哪个项目。使用键盘中的箭头键将白线在统一访问菜单中移动，然后按 <key>Enter</key> "
++"打开它。您可以使用上下箭头键选择菜单中的项目。按 <key>Enter</key> 打开所选项。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
++msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
++msgstr "放大屏幕以便看得更清除。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
++msgid "Magnify the screen area"
++msgstr "放大屏幕面积"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
++"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++"放大屏幕与只是增大 <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">文本大小</"
++"link>不同。这个功能类似放大镜，可让您放大该屏幕的一部分而进行移动。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:38
++msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
++msgstr "将 <gui>放大</gui> 打开。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut "
++"keys, which can be set in the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the "
++"<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> 部分列出快捷键的当前设置，您可以在 <gui>键盘</gui> 面板 <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"shortcuts-set\">快捷键</link> 标签的 <gui>统一访问</gui> 部分。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
++"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
++"allowing you to view your area of choice."
++msgstr "现在您可以在屏幕区域移动。将鼠标移动到屏幕边上时，就可以将放大的区域向各个方向移动，以便查看您选择的区域。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:53
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以点击顶栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">访问性图标</link>，并选择 <gui>Zoom</gui> 快速放大和缩小。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
++"position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"您还可以更改放大指数，鼠标轨迹以及屏幕中放大视野的位置。要调整这些参数，请点击 <gui>选项</gui>按钮并选择 <gui>放大器</gui> "
++"标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
++"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the "
++"<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以激活十字光标帮助您找到鼠标或者触摸板光标。要打开它们并调整其长度、颜色以及宽度，请点击 <gui>选项</gui> 按钮，并选择 "
++"<gui>十字光标</gui> 标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-mag.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
++"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
++"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
++"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
++"conditions. Click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color "
++"Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以切换到反相显示或者 <gui>黑底白字</"
++"gui>，同时调整放大器的亮度、对比度和灰阶选项。这些选项的组合对视力低下、任何程度的畏光或者只是在照明条件不佳的环境中使用计算机的人有用。点击 "
++"<gui>选项</gui> 按钮然后选择 <gui>色彩效果</gui> 标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:26
++#: C/keyboard.page:39
++msgid "Universal access"
++msgstr "通用存取"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
++"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
++"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
++"menu in the top bar."
++msgstr "GNOME 桌面包括支持有各种步不便和特殊要求用户的辅助技术，并可以与通用辅助设备互动。从顶栏中的可访问菜单中就可以看到很多辅助功能。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:34
++msgid "Visual impairments"
++msgstr "视力损害"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:37
++msgid "Blindness"
++msgstr "盲区"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:40
++msgid "Low vision"
++msgstr "低视力"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:43
++msgid "Color-blindness"
++msgstr "色盲"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:46
++#: C/a11y.page:68
++#: C/keyboard.page:43
++msgid "Other topics"
++msgstr "其他话题"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:51
++msgid "Hearing impairments"
++msgstr "听力损害"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/a11y.page:56
++msgid "Mobility impairments"
++msgstr "身心障碍"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:59
++msgid "Mouse movement"
++msgstr "鼠标移动"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:62
++msgid "Clicking and dragging"
++msgstr "点击和拖拽"
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/a11y.page:65
++msgid "Keyboard use"
++msgstr "键盘使用"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
++#: C/contacts.page:14
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:12
++#: C/documents-collections.page:17
++#: C/documents-filter.page:12
++#: C/documents-formats.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:12
++#: C/documents-info.page:17
++#: C/documents.page:12
++#: C/documents.page:17
++#: C/documents-previews.page:12
++#: C/documents-previews.page:17
++#: C/documents-print.page:12
++#: C/documents-print.page:17
++#: C/documents-search.page:12
++#: C/documents-search.page:17
++#: C/documents-select.page:12
++#: C/documents-select.page:17
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:15
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17
++#: C/documents-view.page:12
++#: C/documents-view.page:17
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
++#: C/status-icons.page:13
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:12
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12
++msgid "2012"
++msgstr "2012"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24
++msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr "长按鼠标左键右击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28
++msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
++msgstr "模拟鼠标右键点击"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
++"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
++"your pointing device only has a single button."
++msgstr "长按鼠标左键可实现右键点击功能。这在手指移动困难，或者光标设备只有一个按键时非常有用。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
++msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
++msgstr "打开 <gui>模拟二次点击</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
++"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
++"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以更改当作右键使用前必须按住鼠标左键的时间。在 <gui>光标和点击</gui> 标签中，更改 <gui>模拟二次点击</gui> 项下的 "
++"<gui>接受延迟</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
++"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
++"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
++"release the mouse button to right-click."
++msgstr ""
++"要使用模拟二次点击作为右键点击功能，在您通常要点击邮件的位置长按鼠标左键，然后放开。您长按鼠标左键时光标会开始变蓝。等到光标完全变蓝后，放开鼠标按键变为右键点击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
++"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
++"visual feedback from the pointer."
++msgstr "有些特殊光标，比如重新定义大小的光标不会变颜色。您仍可以照常使用模拟二次点击，即使您没有在光标处看到视觉反馈。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
++"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
++"keypad."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您使用 <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">鼠标键</link>，这样可让您长按键盘中的数字 <key>5</key> "
++"键使其变为右键点击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
++"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
++"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
++"click."
++msgstr ""
++"在 <gui>活动</gui> 概述中，您总是可以长按右键，即使已禁用该功能。在概述中长按的工作方式稍有不同：您不许要放开按键就可以转为右键点击。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
++msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++msgstr "使用 <app>Orca</app> 屏幕读取程序与用户界面对话。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18
++msgid "Read screen aloud"
++msgstr "大声读取页面"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20
++msgid ""
++"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
++" Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. "
++"<link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link "
++"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"GNOME 提供 <app>Orca</app> 屏幕读取程序与该用户界面对话。具体到您安装的 GNOME，您的版本可能没有安装 Orca。 <link "
++"href=\"install:orca\">安装 Orca</link>，然后参考 <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca 帮助</"
++"link> 查看更多信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
++"screen."
++msgstr "按键之间以及该字母出现在屏幕中的延迟。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on slow keys"
++msgstr "打开延缓键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
++"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
++"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
++"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
++"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
++"the keyboard first time."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您希望在按键之间以及字母出现在屏幕中之前有延迟，请打开<em>延缓键</"
++"em>。就是说在字母出现在屏幕中之前必须按住键一段时间。如果您不小心同时按下几个键，或者如果您觉得按键有困难，请使用延缓键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
++msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "打开<gui>「延缓键」</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
++msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
++msgstr "快速打开和关闭延缓键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
++"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
++msgstr ""
++"在 <gui>使用键盘启用</gui> 项下，选择 <gui>使用键盘打开可存取功能</gui> 使用键盘打开和关闭延缓键。选择此选项后，您可以按并按住 "
++"<key>Shift</key> 键8秒钟启用或者禁用延缓键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"您还可以通过点击顶栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">可存取按钮</link> 并选择 <gui>延缓键</gui>。在 "
++"<gui>统一存取</gui> 面包中启用一个或者多个设置时就可以看到可存取按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
++"hold a key down for it to register."
++msgstr "使用 <gui>接收延时</gui> 滑纽控制您安装某个按键注册该按键的时间。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
++"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
++"the key down long enough."
++msgstr "您可以让计算机在按键、按键被接受或者因按键时间不够长而被拒绝时发出声响。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
++"all of the keys at once."
++msgstr "每次按一个快捷键而不是同时按下所有键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
++msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
++msgstr "打开粘滞键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
++"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
++"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
++"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>粘滞键</em> 可让您每次按一个快捷键而不是同时按下所有键。例如： <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"快捷键可在窗口间切换。如果没有打开粘滞键，您就必须同时按下两个键；打开粘滞键后，您可以按 <key>Super</key> 然后按 <key>Tab</"
++"key> 达到同样的目的。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
++"several keys at once."
++msgstr "如果您决定同时按不同的键有困难就可以打开粘滞键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
++msgstr "打开<gui>「粘滞键」</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
++msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
++msgstr "快速打开和关闭粘滞键"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
++"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
++"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
++"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
++msgstr ""
++"在 <gui>使用键盘启用</gui> 项下，选择 <gui>使用键盘打开可存取功能</gui> "
++"使用键盘打开和关闭延缓键。选择此选项后，您可以连续5次按 <key>Shift</key> 键启用或者禁用延缓键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
++"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
++"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以点击顶部项目栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">可访问图标</link> 并选择<gui>「粘滞键」</"
++"gui>打开和关闭回弹键。如果在<gui>「统一访问」</gui>面板中启用了一个或者多个设置就可以看到可访问图标。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
++msgid ""
++"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
++"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
++msgstr "如果您同时按两次，则会自动暂时关闭粘滞键，以便您可以采用一般方式输入快捷键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
++"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
++"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
++"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
++"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
++"close together), but not others."
++msgstr ""
++"例如：如果您打开粘滞键，但同时按 <key>Super</key> 和 <key>Tab</key> "
++"键，如果您打开此选项，粘滞键不会等您按另一个键。但如果您只按一个键，它会等您按第二个键。如果您可以同时按一些快捷键可能会有帮助，但不是其他的（例如：那些键很接近）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr "选择 <gui>如果同时按两个键则禁用</gui> 启用此功能。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
++"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
++"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
++"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
++"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以选择打开粘滞键后开始敲击键盘时计算机发出“嘟嘟”的声音。如果您想知道粘滞键预期一个键盘快捷键，则下一个按键将被理解为快捷键的一部分。选择 "
++"<gui>按修改键是发出嘟嘟声</gui> 启用这个功能。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
++"played."
++msgstr "出现警告声音时启用在屏幕或者窗口中的视觉警告。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
++msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
++msgstr "警告声音的闪屏"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
++"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
++"alert sound is played."
++msgstr "您的计算机会因此类信息和事件发出简单的警告声音。如果您无法听到这些声响，可以在发出此类警告声音时让整个屏幕或者当前窗口闪烁。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
++msgid ""
++"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
++"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
++"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
++msgstr ""
++"这在您需要计算机保持安静的环境中也很有用，比如图书馆。请参考 <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> "
++"了解如何让警告声音静音，然后启用闪屏警告。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
++msgstr "打开 <gui>统一访问</gui> 并选择 <gui>侦听</gui> 标签。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
++"screen or just your current window title to flash."
++msgstr "打开 <gui>彩屏警告</gui>。选择整个屏幕还是只有当前窗口闪屏。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
++"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
++"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以快速打开和关闭彩屏警告，方法是点击顶栏中的 <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">访问性图标</link> 并选择 "
++"<gui>彩屏警告</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
++msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
++msgstr "使用桌面帮助指南的几点提示。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
++#: C/backup-check.page:11
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
++#: C/backup-how.page:16
++#: C/backup-restore.page:15
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
++#: C/backup-what.page:11
++#: C/backup-where.page:13
++#: C/backup-why.page:13
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:15
++#: C/clock-set.page:12
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:11
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
++#: C/disk-check.page:9
++#: C/disk-format.page:9
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
++#: C/files-autorun.page:17
++#: C/files-lost.page:14
++#: C/files-recover.page:14
++#: C/files-rename.page:12
++#: C/files-search.page:13
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:14
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11
++#: C/look-background.page:14
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13
++#: C/look-resolution.page:12
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:13
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:15
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13
++#: C/power-closelid.page:13
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:12
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:14
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:13
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:12
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
++#: C/power-suspend.page:12
++#: C/power-whydim.page:12
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13
++#: C/session-language.page:13
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
++#: C/shell-overview.page:21
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14
++#: C/shell-windows.page:14
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
++#: C/sound-broken.page:13
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
++#: C/user-accounts.page:16
++#: C/user-add.page:14
++#: C/user-addguest.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
++#: C/user-delete.page:15
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12
++#: C/video-dvd.page:14
++#: C/video-sending.page:11
++msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr "GNOME 文档项目"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
++msgid "About this guide"
++msgstr "关于此指南"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
++msgid ""
++"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
++"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
++"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
++"possible:"
++msgstr "本指南是用来指导您使用桌面功能，回答与计算机相关的问题，同时提供更有效使用计算机的窍门。我们尽量让本指南方便易用："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
++"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
++"answer to your questions."
++msgstr "本指南采用小标题，根据任务而不是章节分段。就是说您不需要阅读整本指南就可以找到问题的答案。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
++"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
++"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
++msgstr "相关的项目会链接在一起。有些页面底部的“另见”链接可将您指向相关标题。这样可以让您轻松找到类似的标题以便帮助您完成某些任务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
++msgid ""
++"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
++"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
++"you start typing."
++msgstr "它包括内置搜索。帮助浏览器顶栏是 <em>搜索栏</em>，在您开始输入内容后就开始显示相关结果。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
++"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
++"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
++"more helpful, though."
++msgstr "我们一直致力于改善本指南。尽管我们想要提供全面的帮助信息，但我们知道永远也无法在此回答您的所有问题。但我们将一直完善帮助信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope "
++"that you will never have to use it."
++msgstr "感谢您花时间阅读桌面帮助。我们衷心希望您永远不需要使用它。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
++msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
++msgstr "-- GNOME 文档团队"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-add.page:6
++msgid "Connect an online account."
++msgstr "连接在线帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-add.page:10
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
++#: C/files-delete.page:22
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
++#: C/files-rename.page:20
++#: C/files-sort.page:16
++#: C/more-help.page:14
++#: C/net-findip.page:15
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18
++#: C/printing-order.page:17
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup.page:17
++#: C/privacy.page:15
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:11
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
++msgid "Jim Campbell"
++msgstr "Jim Campbell"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-add.page:19
++msgid "Add an account"
++msgstr "添加账户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
++"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
++"applications will be set up for you."
++msgstr "添加帐户可以帮助您将在线帐户链接到 GNOME 桌面。因此，会为您设置电子邮件程序、聊天程序以及其他相关程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:26
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "点击在窗口左下方的 <key>+</key> 按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:28
++msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>帐户类型</gui> 菜单，并选择一个类型。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a "
++"later time."
++msgstr "如果您有一个以上帐户类型，可以后添加另一个帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:31
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
++msgstr "点击 <gui>添加......</gui>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:32
++msgid ""
++"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
++"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
++"Google username and password."
++msgstr ""
++"此时会打开一个小网页窗口，您可以在那里输入您的在线帐户证书。例如：如果您设置一个 Google 帐户，请输入您的 Google 用户名和密码。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
++"GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
++"continue."
++msgstr "如果您正确输入了证书，则会提示那您允许 GNOME 访问您的在线帐户。选择 <gui>授予访问权限</gui> 继续。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
++"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
++"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option "
++"off."
++msgstr "选择您要链接到您的在线帐户的程序。例如：如果您要使用在线帐户聊天，但不想使用在线帐户日历，请关闭 <gui>日历</gui> 选项。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:45
++msgid ""
++"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
++"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
++msgstr "添加帐户后，您所选的每个程序在启动时都会自动使用那些证书。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-add.page:49
++msgid ""
++"For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
++"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
++"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
++"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"出于安全考虑，GNOME 不会在您的计算机中保存密码，它只是保存由在线服务提供的令牌。如果您要完全取消桌面和在线服务之间的链接，请 <link xref="
++"\"accounts-remove\">删除</link> 它。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:10
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:18
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20
++#: C/contacts-search.page:20
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:26
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:23
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
++#: C/power-closelid.page:17
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:18
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:15
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:17
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17
++#: C/power-suspend.page:16
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:10
++#: C/sharing.page:15
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
++#: C/user-autologin.page:13
++msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-create.page:14
++#: C/documents-collections.page:10
++#: C/documents-info.page:10
++#: C/documents.page:10
++#: C/documents-previews.page:10
++#: C/documents-print.page:10
++#: C/documents-search.page:10
++#: C/documents-select.page:10
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:8
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10
++#: C/documents-view.page:10
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
++#: C/keyboard.page:22
++msgid "Julita Inca"
++msgstr "Julita Inca"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-create.page:22
++msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "使用 <app>Online Accounts</app> 创建帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-create.page:26
++msgid "Create an online account"
++msgstr "创建在线帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
++"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
++"online accounts from one application."
++msgstr ""
++"有些在线帐户服务供应商允许您在添加 <app>Online Accounts</app> 时创建帐户。这样就可以让您使用一个程序管理所有在线帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:34
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
++msgstr "在活动概述中打开 <app>Online Accounts</app> 设置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:38
++msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
++msgstr "点击 <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account "
++"types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++"从桌面下拉菜单中选择 <gui>帐户类型</gui>。有些帐户类型可能 <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-"
++"available\">无法使用</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>添加......</gui> 继续。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
++"appears."
++msgstr "找到并点击 <gui>注册</gui> 按钮或者出现页面中的链接。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
++"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
++"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
++msgstr "不是所有在线帐户供应商都提供在此阶段创建帐户的选项。如果这确实是您要注册的服务，则需要另选方法创建帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
++"details such as username and password."
++msgstr "填写注册表。通常会询问一些私人信息，比如用户名和密码。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
++"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
++msgstr "您需要为您的新帐户赋予 GNOME 访问以便将其与 <app>Online Accounts</app> 一同使用。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-create.page:66
++msgid ""
++"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
++"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> "
++"individual services to disable them."
++msgstr ""
++"帐户供应商提供的所有服务都默认启用。单独 <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">关闭</link> "
++"每个服务禁用它们。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5
++msgid ""
++"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
++"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
++"applications."
++msgstr "有些在线帐户可用来访问多个服务（比如日历和电子邮件）。您可以控制程序可以使用哪些服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
++msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
++msgstr "控制帐户可访问的在线服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
++"same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
++"email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some "
++"services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
++"account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account "
++"that you use for chat."
++msgstr ""
++"有些在线帐户类型可让您使用同一用户帐户访问几个服务。例如：Google "
++"帐户可提供对日历、电子邮件、联络人及聊天功能。您可能要使用您的帐户访问一些服务，而不访问另外的服务。例如：您可能要使用 Google "
++"帐户访问邮件，但不用于聊天，因为您使用不同的在线帐户聊天。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
++"account:"
++msgstr "您可以禁用每个在线帐户提供的一些服务："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34
++msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
++msgstr "在左侧列表中选择您要更改的帐户："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36
++msgid ""
++"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
++"<gui>Use this account for</gui>."
++msgstr "将在 <gui>使用这个帐户用于</gui> 项下显示这个帐户可以使用的服务列表。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
++msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
++msgstr "关闭您不想使用的所有服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
++"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
++"more."
++msgstr "为某个帐户禁用莫个服务后，您计算机中的程序就再也无法使用该帐户连接到那个服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
++"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
++msgstr "要打开您禁用的服务，只要返回 <gui>在线帐户</gui> 窗口并打开它即可。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
++#: C/help-irc.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16
++#: C/net-proxy.page:14
++msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18
++msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
++msgstr "如果在线服务供应商未列出怎么办？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22
++msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
++msgstr "为什么为的帐户类型没有在列表中？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
++"it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
++msgstr "支持您首选在线服务供应商需要进一步开发。目前只支持少数在线帐户类型："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27
++msgid "Google"
++msgstr "Google"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
++msgid "Windows Live"
++msgstr "Windows Live"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29
++msgid "Facebook"
++msgstr "Facebook"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
++msgid "Twitter"
++msgstr "Twitter"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
++msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
++msgstr "近期将添加对 Yahoo 的支持。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
++"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您有兴趣为其他服务添加支持，请在 <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug."
++"cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug 跟踪器</link> 联络开发者。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:6
++msgid "Completely remove an online account."
++msgstr "完全删除在线帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:16
++msgid "Remove an account"
++msgstr "删除帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:21
++msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
++msgstr "选择要删除的帐户。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
++msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
++msgstr "点击在窗口左下方的 <key>-</key> 按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:24
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>删除</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
++"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
++"desktop."
++msgstr ""
++"不会要删除整个帐户，而是可能要限制您的桌面访问的 <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">服务</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10
++msgid "2012-2013"
++msgstr "2012-2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
++#: C/look-background.page:30
++#: C/session-language.page:21
++#: C/shell-exit.page:24
++msgid "Andre Klapper"
++msgstr "Andre Klapper"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
++"the services they exploit."
++msgstr "程序可以使用在 <app>Online Accounts</app> 中创建的帐户以及它们开发的服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28
++msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
++msgstr "哪些程序可以利用在线帐户？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
++msgid ""
++"<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
++"automatically configure themselves."
++msgstr "外部程序可以使用 <app>Online Accounts</app> 进行自动配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
++msgid "With a Google account"
++msgstr "使用 Google 帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
++"added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
++"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your "
++"Google agenda."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Evolution</app>，电子邮件程序。您的电子邮件帐户可自动添加到 <app>Evolution</app> "
++"以便其检索您的邮件，让您存取您的联系人，同时显示您的 Google 日历中的日历项目。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
++"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
++msgstr "<app>Empathy</app>，实时聊天程序。将添加您的在线帐户，并与您的配有交流。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
++msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
++msgstr "<app>Contacts</app>，可让您查看并编辑联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
++msgstr "<app>Documents</app> 可访问您的在线文件并显示它们。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
++msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
++msgstr "使用 Windows Live, Facebook 或者 Twitter 帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55
++msgid ""
++"<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
++"with your contacts, friends, and followers."
++msgstr "<app>Empathy</app> 可以使用这些帐户与您在线联络，与您的联系人、朋友以及关注者联络。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
++msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
++msgstr "使用 SkyDrive 帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
++"and display them."
++msgstr "<app>Documents</app> 可访问您的在微软 SkyDrive 中的在线文件并显示它们。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
++msgid "With a Exchange account"
++msgstr "使用 Exchange 帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
++"retrieving mails from this account."
++msgstr "您创建 Exchange 帐户后，<app>Evolution</app> 将开始在这个帐户中搜索电子邮件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74
++msgid "With a ownCloud account"
++msgstr "使用 ownClound 帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
++"and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
++msgstr "设定 ownClound 帐户后，<app>Evolution</app> 就可以访问并编辑联系人以及日历中的预约。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
++"online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
++msgstr "<app>Files</app> 和其他程序就可以列出并访问保存在 ownCloud 安装中的在线文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
++msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
++msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19
++msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
++msgstr "为什么要在桌面中添加社交媒体帐户？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
++msgid "Why should I add an account?"
++msgstr "为什么我要添加帐户？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
++"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
++"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
++"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
++"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
++"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
++msgstr ""
++"添加帐户可将类似日历、聊天以及电子邮件等服务直接添加到桌面中，以便使信息服务完美结合到您的用户体验中。添加帐户可让您同时保持与不同帐户服务的联络，比如聊天。只要设定一次帐户，之后每次启动计算机后就可以使用所有添加的帐户和服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/accounts.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref="
++"\"accounts-add\">Add an existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"accounts-create\">创建新帐户</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-"
++"add\">添加现有帐户</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">删除帐户</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/accounts.page:21
++msgid "Online accounts"
++msgstr "在线帐户"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/accounts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
++"Facebook) into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you "
++"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
++"applications without having to enter your account details again."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以在 <app>Online Accounts</app> 窗口中为一些在线服务中输入您的登录详情（比如 Google 和 "
++"Facebook）。这样可以方便您使用日历、邮件、聊天帐户以及那些不需要您再次输入帐户详情的程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-check.page:7
++msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
++msgstr "确认备份成功。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-check.page:17
++msgid "Check your backup"
++msgstr "检查备份"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:19
++msgid ""
++"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
++"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
++"since some files could be missing from the backup."
++msgstr "备份文件后，应确定备份操作成功。如果有问题，您可能会丢失一些主要数据，因为有些文件在备份时就缺失了。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:23
++msgid ""
++"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
++"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
++"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
++"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
++msgstr ""
++"使用文件管理器辅助或者移动文件时，计算机会进行检查以确定正确传输了所有数据。但如果您要传输的数据对您非常主要，最好进行附加检查以确认数据的正确传输。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
++"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
++"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
++"confidence that the process was successful."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以进行附加检查，方法是查看复制的文件以及目的介质中的文件夹。检查是为了确保传输的文件和文件夹确实在备份中，这样可以有信心确定过程的成功。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/backup-check.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
++"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
++"and pasting files."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您要进行常规大量数据备份，那么使用专用的备份程序就会比较方便，比如 <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>。此类程序比简单的复制、粘贴文件更强大且可靠。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
++"they're safe."
++msgstr "了解备份重要文件以保证其安全的频率。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
++#: C/backup-how.page:12
++#: C/backup-restore.page:11
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
++#: C/backup-what.page:15
++#: C/backup-where.page:17
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12
++#: C/contacts-search.page:12
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9
++#: C/files-browse.page:14
++#: C/files-copy.page:17
++#: C/get-involved.page:12
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12
++#: C/more-help.page:9
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18
++#: C/mouse.page:15
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
++#: C/translate.page:12
++#: C/user-delete.page:11
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20
++msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
++msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
++msgid "Frequency of backups"
++msgstr "备份频率"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
++msgid ""
++"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
++"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
++"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
++msgstr "备份的频率要看您要备份的数据类型。例如：如果您运行的是一个网络环境，且在您的服务器中保存有关键数据，那么即使每天都备份也不过分。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
++msgid ""
++"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
++"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
++"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
++msgstr "反之，如果您要备份的是家用计算机中的数据，那么每小时备份一次就显得多余。在规划您的备份方案时请考虑以下几个方面："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
++msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
++msgstr "您使用计算机的时间。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
++msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
++msgstr "计算机中数据更换的频率和数量。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
++"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
++"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
++"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您要备份的数据优先权较低，或者只有少数更改，比如音乐、电子邮件以及家庭照片，那么每周甚至每个月备份一次就足够了。但如果是在税务审计的过程中，那么就需要更频繁地备份。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
++msgid ""
++"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
++"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
++"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
++"you should back up at least once per week."
++msgstr ""
++"一般来说，两次备份之间的时间不应超过您重新完成丢失工作所需时间。例如：如果花一周时间重写丢失的文档对您来说太长的话，您就至少应该每周备份一次。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-how.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
++"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
++msgstr "使用 Déjà Dup（或者其他备份程序）复制重要文件和设置以防丢失。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-how.page:26
++msgid "How to back up"
++msgstr "如何备份"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
++"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
++"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
++msgstr "最简单的备份文件和设置的方法是让备份程序为您管理备份进程。可以使用的备份程序有很多，例如 <app>Déjà Dup</app>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
++"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
++msgstr "您所选备份程序的帮助信息可为您提供在为备份设定首选项以及如何保存数据的信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:35
++msgid ""
++"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
++"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
++"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
++"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
++"them from there."
++msgstr ""
++"另外也可以 <link xref=\"files-copy\">复制您的文件</link> 到一个安全位置，比如外置硬盘，网络中的其他计算机或者 USB "
++"闪盘中。您的 <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">个人文件</link> 和设置一般应在 Home "
++"文件夹中，因此可以在那里复制。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
++"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
++"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
++msgstr "可备份的数据量受存储设备大小的制约。如果您在存储设备中有空间，最好是备份整个 Home 文件夹，以下文件除外："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
++"other removable media."
++msgstr "已经备份到其他位置的文件，比如 CD、DVD 或者其他可移动介质。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
++"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
++"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
++""
++msgstr "可轻松重新创建的文件。例如:如果您是为程序员，您不一定要备份在编译程序时生成的文件。反之，只要确定备份了初始源文件即可。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-how.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
++"local/share/Trash</file>."
++msgstr "回收站文件夹中的所有文件。您的回收站文件夹位于 <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-restore.page:7
++msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
++msgstr "在备份中检索文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-restore.page:22
++msgid "Restore a backup"
++msgstr "恢复备份"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
++"you can restore them from the backup:"
++msgstr "如果您丢失或者删除某些文件，但备份了它们，就可以从备份中恢复："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
++"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
++"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您要从外置硬盘、USB 盘或者网络中的其他计算机中恢复您的备份，可以将其 <link xref=\"files-copy\">复制</link> "
++"会您的计算机。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-restore.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
++"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
++"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您使用备份程序生成备份，比如 <app>Déjà Dup</"
++"app>，则建议您使用同一程序恢复备份。查看备份程序的程序帮助信息：它将为您提供如何恢复文件的具体步骤。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
++"may want to back up."
++msgstr "您可以找到要备份的文件和设置的文件夹列表。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
++msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
++msgstr "在哪里可以找到要备份的文件？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
++"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
++"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
++msgstr "决定要备份的文件，找到它们是要执行备份时最困难的步骤。以下列出的文件夹是最常见的您要备份的重要文件和设置位置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
++msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
++msgstr "个人文件（文档、音乐、照片和视频）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
++#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
++#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
++"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
++"Videos."
++msgstr ""
++"这些是通常保存在 home 文件夹（<file>/home/your_name</"
++"file>）中的文件。它们可以是子文件夹，比如桌面、文档、图片、音乐和视频。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
++"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
++"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您的备份介质足够大（比如说是一个外置硬盘），请考虑备份整个 Home 文件夹。您可以使用 <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> 查看 Home 文件夹要占用的空间大小。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
++msgid "Hidden files"
++msgstr "隐藏的文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
++"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
++"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
++msgstr ""
++"使用点（.）开始的所有文件或者文件夹默认为隐藏形式。要查看隐藏文件，请点击 <guiseq><gui>查看</gui><gui>显示隐藏文件</"
++"gui></guiseq> 或者按 <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq>。您可以将这些文件复制到备份位置，就和其他文件一样。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
++msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
++msgstr "个人设置（桌面首选项、主题和软件设置）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
++"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
++msgstr "大多数程序将其设置保存在 Home 文件夹中的隐藏文件夹中（在隐藏文件中查看信息）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
++"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
++"local</file> in your Home folder."
++msgstr ""
++"大多数程序设置会保存在 Home 文件夹中的隐藏文件夹 <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, "
++"<file>.gnome2</file>, 和 <file>.local</file> 中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
++msgid "System-wide settings"
++msgstr "系统范围内的设置"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder."
++" There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are "
++"stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back "
++"up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you "
++"should back up the files for the services that it is running."
++msgstr ""
++"系统关键部分的设置不会保存在 Home 文件夹中。有很多可以保存这些设置的位置，但大多数是保存在 <file>/etc</file> "
++"文件夹。通常您不需要在家庭计算机中备份这些文件。如果您要运行一台服务器，则应该备份其所运行服务的文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-what.page:7
++msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
++msgstr "备份所有您在计算机处问题可能会丢失的文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:26
++msgid "What to back up"
++msgstr "备份什么"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
++"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
++"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
++msgstr ""
++"您的优先权可用来备份您的 <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">最重要文件</link> "
++"以及那些无法重新创建的文件。例如：从最重要到最不重要的文件排序："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:35
++msgid "Your personal files"
++msgstr "您的个人文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:36
++msgid ""
++"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
++"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
++"consider irreplaceable."
++msgstr "这包括文件、报表、电子邮件、日历预约、财务数据、家庭照片或者其他您任务不可替代的个人文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:42
++msgid "Your personal settings"
++msgstr "您的个人设置"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:43
++msgid ""
++"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
++"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
++"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
++"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
++"while to recreate."
++msgstr ""
++"这包括您对桌面中色彩、背景、屏幕分辨率以及鼠标设置的修改。还可能包括程序属性，比如 <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"设置，音乐播放器以及电子邮件程序。这些是可以替换的，但需要时间重新生成。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:51
++msgid "System settings"
++msgstr "系统设置"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
++"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
++"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
++"settings."
++msgstr "大多数人从不更改其安装时就生成的系统设置。如果您出于某种原因要自定义您的系统设置，或者要将计算机作为服务器使用，那么会想要备份这些设置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/backup-what.page:59
++msgid "Installed software"
++msgstr "安装的软件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:60
++msgid ""
++"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
++"computer problem by reinstalling it."
++msgstr "一般在计算机出现严重问题后可重新安装它进行快速恢复。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-what.page:65
++msgid ""
++"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
++"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
++"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
++"space by having backups of them."
++msgstr "通常，您会想要备份无法替代的文件，以及那些需要很多时间研究方可替换的文件。如果很容易替换，或者您不想因为备份文件而耗尽磁盘空间。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-where.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
++""
++msgstr "关于保存您的备份以及所使用存储设备的建议。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:9
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "c"
++msgstr "c"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:23
++msgid "Where to store your backup"
++msgstr "在哪里保存备份"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
++"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
++"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
++"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
++"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
++msgstr ""
++"您应该在您的计算机之外保存备份副本 -- "
++"比如外置硬盘。这样，如果计算机处问题，备份还会是完整的。要最大限度考虑安全性，就不应该将备份保存在与您的计算机相同的建筑中。如果遭遇火灾或者盗窃，如果两个版本都保存在一起，就会全部丢失。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:31
++msgid ""
++"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
++"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
++"all of the backed-up files."
++msgstr "选择适当的 <em>备份介质</em> 也很重要。您需要将备份保存在有足够磁盘空间保存所有备份文件的设备中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/backup-where.page:36
++msgid "Local and remote storage options"
++msgstr "本地和远程存储选项"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:38
++msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
++msgstr "USB 内存密钥（低容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:41
++msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "内置硬盘（高容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:44
++msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
++msgstr "外置硬盘（典型的高容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:47
++msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
++msgstr "网络连接的硬盘（高容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:50
++msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
++msgstr "文件/备份服务器（高容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:53
++msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
++msgstr "可写入 CD 或者 DVD（低/中等容量）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
++"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
++"example; capacity depends on price)"
++msgstr ""
++"在线备份服务（例如：<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> 或者 <link "
++"href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>，容量与价格相关）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-where.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
++"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
++msgstr "这些选项中的一些有足够的容量可让您备份系统在获得所有文件，也就是我们常说的<em>完整系统备份</em>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/backup-why.page:7
++msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
++msgstr "为什么备份、备份什么、在哪里备份以及如何备份。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:8
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Backups"
++msgstr "备份"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/backup-why.page:19
++msgid "Back up your important files"
++msgstr "备份您的主要文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:21
++msgid ""
++"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
++"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
++"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
++"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
++"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
++"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>备份</em> "
++"您的文件就是复制它们以保证其安全。在原始文件因丢失或者破坏无法使用时要进行此操作。这些副本可用来恢复丢失事件中的原始数据。应在不同与原始文件的不同设备中保存这些副本。例如：您可以使用 "
++"USB 盘、外置硬盘、CD/DVD 或者离线服务。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/backup-why.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
++"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
++msgstr "备份文件的最佳方式是进行常规备份，保持副本离线，可能的话最好加密。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">turn on and off</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">连接</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"send-file\">发送文件</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">打开和关闭</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:23
++msgid "Bluetooth"
++msgstr "蓝牙"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
++"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
++"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
++"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
++"as from your computer to your cell phone."
++msgstr ""
++"蓝牙是一个无线协议，可让您将不同类型设备连接到计算机中。蓝牙通常用于耳机和输入设备，比如鼠标和键盘。您还可以使用蓝牙 <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-send-file\">在设备间发送文件</link>，比如从您的计算机到手机。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:47
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Bluetooth problems"
++msgstr "蓝牙问题"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/bluetooth.page:50
++#: C/color.page:33
++#: C/power.page:41
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr "问题"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12
++msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "配对蓝牙设备"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18
++#: C/printing-setup.page:21
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17
++msgid "Paul W. Frields"
++msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
++msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "将您的计算机与蓝牙设备连接"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
++"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
++"Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "在使用蓝牙设备前，比如鼠标或者耳机，首先需要将计算机连接到该设备。这也称蓝牙设备配对。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
++msgstr "开始前，请确定在计算机中启用蓝牙。请查看 <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "点击菜单栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>设置新设备</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>设置新身边</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
++"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
++"will begin searching for devices."
++msgstr ""
++"使其他蓝牙设备 <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">可被发现或者可见</link>，并将其放到距您的计算机 10 "
++"米（约 33 英尺）的地方。点击 <gui>继续</gui>。此时您的计算机就会开始搜索设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
++msgid ""
++"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
++"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
++msgstr "如果列出的设备过多，请使用 <gui>设备类型</gui> 下拉菜单显示该列表中的一类设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
++"device."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>PIN 选项</gui> 设定如何将 PIN 发送到其他设备中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
++msgid ""
++"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
++"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
++"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
++"proper setting."
++msgstr ""
++"自动 PIN 设置将使用六位数字代码。没有输入键或者屏幕的设备，比如鼠标或者耳机，可能需要具体的 PIN，比如 0000，或者根据不设置 PIN。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "为您的设备选择正确的 PIN 设置，然后点击 <gui>关闭</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
++"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>继续</gui> 完成。如果您没有选择预先设定 PIN，则会在屏幕中显示 PIN。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
++"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
++"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"如果有必要，请在其他设备中确认 PIN。该设备应显示您在计算机屏幕中看到的 PIN，或者提示您输入该 PIN。确认该设备中的 PIN，然后点击 "
++"<gui>匹配</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
++msgid ""
++"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
++"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
++"list and start again."
++msgstr "大多数设备要求您在 20 秒内完成整个操作，否则连接无法完成。如果是这样，请返回该设备列表并重新开始。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
++msgid ""
++"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
++"<gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr "成功连接后会出现一条信息。点击 <gui>关闭</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
++"connection</link> later if desired."
++msgstr "如需要，您可以随后 <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">删除蓝牙连接</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
++msgid ""
++"To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</"
++"gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"要控制对共享文件的访问，请参考 <gui>蓝牙共享</gui> 设置。请参考 <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12
++msgid ""
++"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
++"be disabled or blocked."
++msgstr "可关闭适配器或者没有驱动程序，或者蓝牙可能被禁用或者阻断。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
++msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "无法连接到蓝牙设备"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
++"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
++msgstr "您无法连接到蓝牙设备的原因有很多，比如电话或者耳机。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28
++msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
++msgstr "连接被阻断或者不可信"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
++"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
++"is set up to allow connections."
++msgstr "有些蓝牙设备默认阻断连接，或者需要您更改设置以便允许连接。确定将您的设备设定为允许连接。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34
++msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
++msgstr "未识别蓝牙硬件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
++"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
++"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
++"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
++"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
++msgstr ""
++"计算机无法识别您的蓝牙适配器/加密锁。这可能是因为没有安装该适配器的 <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">驱动程序</"
++"link>。Linux 不支持一些蓝牙适配器，因此您可能无法获取正确的驱动程序。在这种情况下，您应使用不同的蓝牙适配器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
++msgid "Adapter not switched on"
++msgstr "未打开的适配器"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"确定打开您的蓝牙适配器。点击 <gui>菜单栏</gui> 中的蓝牙图比爱哦，并检查它是否被 <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
++"on-off\">禁用</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
++"off\">disabled</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"确定打开您的蓝牙适配器。点击顶栏中的蓝牙图标并检查它是否被 <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">禁用</"
++"link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
++msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
++msgstr "关闭设备蓝牙连接"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
++"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
++"in airplane mode."
++msgstr "检查是否在您要连接的设备中打开蓝牙。例如：如果您要连接一部手机，请确定它没有处于飞行模式。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
++msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
++msgstr "您的计算机中没有蓝牙适配器"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
++"want to use Bluetooth."
++msgstr "您的计算机可能没有蓝牙适配器。如要使用蓝牙，可购买适配器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11
++msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
++msgstr "从蓝牙设备列表中删除设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24
++msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
++msgstr "删除蓝牙设备之间的连接"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
++"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
++"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
++"from a device."
++msgstr "如果您不想连接两个蓝牙设备，可删除它们之间的连接。这在您不想使用鼠标或者耳机时，或者不再想要在设备间传送文件时很有用。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>菜单栏</gui> 中的蓝牙图标，并选择 <gui>蓝牙设置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>蓝牙设置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
++"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
++msgstr "在左侧栏中选择您要断开连接的设备，然后点击列表下方的 <gui>-</gui> 图标。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
++msgstr "在确认窗口中点击 <gui>删除</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
++"device</link> later if desired."
++msgstr "如有必要，您可以随后 <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">重新连接蓝牙设备</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13
++msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
++msgstr "在蓝牙设备（比如您的手机）中共享文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
++msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
++msgstr "向蓝牙设备发送文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
++"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
++"window, or directly from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以向连接的蓝牙设备发送文件，比如手机或者其他计算机。有些类型的设备不允许传输文件或者传输某些类型的文件。您可以使用三种方法发送文件：使用菜单栏在获得蓝牙图标；从蓝牙设置窗口中发送；或者直接从文件管理器中发送。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
++"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
++"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
++"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以向连接的蓝牙设备，比如收集或者其他计算机发送文件。有些设备类型不允许传送文件或者某些文件类型。您可以使用顶栏中的蓝牙图标或者在蓝牙设置窗口中发送文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
++msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
++msgstr "使用蓝牙图标发送文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr "点击菜单栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>向设备发送文件</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
++"Device</gui>."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>向设备发送文件</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102
++msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
++msgstr "选择您要发送的文件，并点击 <gui>选择</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103
++msgid ""
++"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
++"select each file."
++msgstr "要发送文件夹中一个以上的文件，请按住 <key>Ctrl</key> 键，同时选择每个文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "选择要向其发送文件的设备并点击 <gui>发送</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
++msgid ""
++"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
++"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have "
++"not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair "
++"with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require "
++"confirmation on the other device."
++msgstr ""
++"设备列表中将显示范围中的 <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">已连接的设备</link> 以及 <link "
++"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">可见设备</link>。如果您还没有连接到所选设备，则会在点击 <gui>发送</gui> "
++"后提示您与给设备配对。可能还需要在其他设备中确认。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
++"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr "如果有很多设备，您可以使用 <gui>设备类型</gui> 下拉菜单将列表限制在具体的设备类型。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106
++msgid ""
++"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
++"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
++"transfer will be shown on your screen."
++msgstr "接收设备的拥有者通常必须按一个按钮以便接收文件。拥有者接受或者拒绝后，会在您的屏幕中显示文件传输结果。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88
++msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
++msgstr "从蓝牙设置中发送文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr "点击菜单栏中的蓝牙图标并选择 <gui>蓝牙设置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
++"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"在左侧列表中选择要发送文件的设备。该列表只显示您已经连接的设备。请查看 <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/"
++">。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100
++msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
++msgstr "在右侧的设备信息中点击 <gui>发送文件</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5="
++"'42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11
++msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
++msgstr "在您的计算机中启用或者禁用蓝牙设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24
++msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
++msgstr "打开或者关闭蓝牙"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
++msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
++msgstr "顶栏在获得蓝牙图标"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr "您可以打开蓝牙使用蓝牙设备、发送和接收文件，关闭它节电。要打开蓝牙，请点击菜单栏中的蓝牙图标，并点击<gui>打开蓝牙</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
++"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
++"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
++msgstr "您可以打开蓝牙使用蓝牙设备、发送和接收文件，关闭它节电。要打开蓝牙，请点击顶栏栏中的蓝牙图标，打开 <gui>蓝牙</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
++"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"很多手提电脑有硬件蓝牙开关或者组合键开关。如果关闭蓝牙硬件，您就不会看到菜单栏中的蓝牙图标。在计算机中查找蓝牙开关或者在键盘中查找按键。使用键盘通常需要使用 "
++"<key>Fn</key> 键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
++"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
++"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
++"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
++"the <key>Fn</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++"很多手提电脑有硬件蓝牙开关或者组合键开关。如果关闭蓝牙硬件，您就不会看到顶栏中的蓝牙图标。在计算机中查找蓝牙开关或者在键盘中查找按键。使用键盘通常需要使用 "
++"<key>Fn</key> 键。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
++"Bluetooth</gui>."
++msgstr "要关闭蓝牙，请点击蓝牙图标并点击 <gui>关闭蓝牙</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
++msgid ""
++"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
++"gui> off."
++msgstr "要关闭蓝牙，请点击蓝牙图标关闭 <gui>蓝牙</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
++msgid ""
++"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
++"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
++"for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您要从其他设备连接到这台计算机，您只需要打开 <gui>可视性</gui>。详情请查看 <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
++"visibility\"/>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10
++msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
++msgstr "其他设备是否可以发现您的计算机。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
++msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
++msgstr "什么是蓝牙可视性？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
++"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
++"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
++"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
++msgstr ""
++"蓝牙可视性就是指其他设备是否可以在搜索蓝牙设备时发您的计算机。当打开蓝牙可视性时，您的计算机将提示所有范围内的其他设备，允许它们尝试与您连接。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
++"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
++msgstr "您的计算机不需要可视就可以搜索其他设备，但那些设备需要成为可视模式方可被您的计算机发现。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
++msgid ""
++"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
++"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
++"communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++"在您 <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">连接到某台设备</"
++"link>后，您的计算机或者该设备都不需要成为开始就可以互相沟通。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
++"another device, you should leave visibility off."
++msgstr "除非您或者您信任的人需要从其他设备连接到您的计算机，应关闭可视性。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/color.page:9
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
++#: C/color-notifications.page:13
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
++#: C/color-testing.page:13
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10
++msgid "Richard Hughes"
++msgstr "Richard Hughes"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">为什么这很重要</link>, <link xref="
++"\"color#profiles\">色彩概述</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">如何校正设备</"
++"link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color.page:22
++msgid "Color management"
++msgstr "色彩管理"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:25
++msgid "Color profiles"
++msgstr "色彩侧写"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/color.page:29
++msgid "Calibration"
++msgstr "校正"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5="
++"'3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:57
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5="
++"'e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
++msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
++msgstr "在屏幕顶部显示日历预约。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:26
++msgid "Calendar appointments"
++msgstr "日历预约"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
++msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
++msgstr "这需要在计算机中安装 <app>Evolution</app>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours "
++"does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
++msgstr "大多数版本都默认安装 <app>Evolution</app>。如果您的版本没有安装，则需要使用该版本的软件包管理器进行安装。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:34
++msgid "To view your appointments:"
++msgstr "要查看您的预约："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
++msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中的时钟。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the "
++"<gui>Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr "在 <gui>日历</gui> 中点击您要查看预约的日期。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added "
++"in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
++msgstr "此时会在右侧显示现有预约。如果在 <app>Evolution</app> 中添加预约，就会在时钟的预约列表中显示。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
++msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
++msgstr "时钟、日历和预约"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:63
++msgid ""
++"To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
++"and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
++msgstr "要快速获取所有 <app>Evolution</app> 日历，请点击时钟并点击 <gui>打开日历</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
++"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
++"first account."
++msgstr "只有在您已经拥有 <app>Evolution</app> 帐户时才有效。否则会出现一个窗口提示添加您的第一个帐户的相关步骤。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-set.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</"
++"gui> to alter the date/time."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中的时钟，进入 <gui>日期和时间设置</gui> 修改日期/时间。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-set.page:23
++msgid "Change the date and time"
++msgstr "更改日期和时间"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
++"format, you can change them:"
++msgstr "如果在顶栏中显示的日期和时间不正确或者格式不正确，您可以进行修改："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and "
++"Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "点击顶栏之间的时钟，并选择 <gui>日期和时间设置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:34
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">admin password</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可能需要点击 <gui>解锁</gui> 并输入 <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理员密码</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and "
++"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
++msgstr "点击箭头选择您的时和分钟设置调整日期和时间。您可以在下拉列表中选择年、月和日。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching "
++"<gui>Network Time</gui> on."
++msgstr "如果您喜欢，可以打开 <gui>网络时间</gui> 自动更新时钟。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically "
++"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you "
++"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to "
++"the internet."
++msgstr ""
++"打开<em>网络时间</em>后，计算机将会周期性将其时钟与互联网中非常准确度时钟同步，这样您就不需要手动进行操作。只有在您与互联网连接时方有效。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-set.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
++"gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
++msgstr "您还可以更改时钟显示，方法是选择 <gui>24-小时</gui> 或者 <gui>AM/PM</gui> 格式。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:7
++msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
++msgstr "添加其他时区就可以看到其他城市的时间。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:22
++msgid "Change your timezone"
++msgstr "更改时区"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:25
++msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
++msgstr "点击顶栏中间的时钟"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
++msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
++msgstr "选择 <gui>日期和时间设置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from "
++"the drop-down list."
++msgstr "在地图中点击您的位置，然后在下拉菜单中选择当前的城市。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a "
++"different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you "
++"access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to "
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"顶栏中显示的时间会在您选择不同位置时自动更新。窗口中的时间将在您下一次访问 <gui>日期和时间设置</gui> 窗口时更新。您还可以 <link "
++"xref=\"clock-set\">手动设置时钟</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/clock.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
++"appointments</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-set\">设定日期和时间</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">时区/"
++"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">日历和预约</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/clock.page:25
++msgid "Date &amp; time"
++msgstr "日期 &amp; 时间"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5="
++"'2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option "
++"to change this."
++msgstr "在 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></guiseq> 进行更改。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
++msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
++msgstr "如何为设备分配配置？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the "
++"device that you wish to add a profile to."
++msgstr "打开 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></guiseq>，并点击您要为其添加配置的设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
++msgid ""
++"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
++"import a new file."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>添加配置</gui>，您可以选择现有配置或者导入新文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
++"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
++"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
++"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
++"glossy paper and another plain paper."
++msgstr ""
++"每个设备都可以有多个配置，但只有一个可以成为<em>默认</"
++"em>配置。默认配置用于在没有可允许自动选择配置的额外信息时使用。例如：如果为胶片或者普通纸张生成配置时可进行自动选择。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
++msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
++msgstr "您可以使用单选按钮更改默认配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
++"create a new profile."
++msgstr "如果将校对硬件与 <gui>校对…</gui> 按钮连接则会生成新配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "校正您的照相机对捕捉准确的颜色很重要。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
++msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
++msgstr "如何校正为的照相机？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
++"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
++"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
++msgstr "通过在要求的光照条件下为对象拍摄照片校正照相机设备。通过将 RAW 文件转化为 TIFF 文件，可使用它在色彩控制面包中校正相机设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
++"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
++"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
++msgstr "您需要生成只能看到目标的 TIFF 文件。确保可以看到白边或者黑边。如果图像倒置或者有大量扭曲就无法进行校正。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
++"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
++"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
++"em> lighting conditions."
++msgstr ""
++"得到的配置只能在您获得原始图像的光照条件下有效。就是说您需要为<em>室内</em>、<em>强烈日光</em>、<em>多云</"
++"em>等光照条件进行多次配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
++msgstr "校正您的打印机对打印正确的色彩非常重要。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
++msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
++msgstr "如何校正打印机？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
++msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
++msgstr "配置打印设备的方法有两种："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
++msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
++msgstr "使用分光技术设备，比如 Pantone ColorMunki。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
++msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
++msgstr "下载 Color Company 提供的打印参考文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
++"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
++"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
++"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
++"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您有一到两种不同纸张类型，使用 Color Company "
++"生成打印机配置一般是最经济的方法。在公司网站中下载参考图，然后将打印结果放到填补信封中寄回，公司会为您扫描打印页，生成配置并使用电子邮件为您提供准确的 "
++"ICC 配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
++"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
++msgstr "使用昂贵的设备，比如 ColorMunki 在为大量墨盒组合或者纸张类型配色时更经济。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
++msgstr "如果您更换墨盒供应商，请确定重新校正打印机！"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11
++msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
++msgstr "捕捉准确色彩的关键是校正扫描仪。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
++msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
++msgstr "如何校正扫描仪？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
++"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
++msgstr ""
++"扫描目标文件并将其保存为未压缩的 TIFF 文件。然后在 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></guiseq> 中点击 "
++"<gui>校正…</gui> 为该设备生成配置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
++"usually need to be recalibrated."
++msgstr "扫描设备几乎不受时间和温度的影响，因此一般不需要重新校正。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10
++msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
++msgstr "校正屏幕对显示准确颜色很重要。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
++msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
++msgstr "如何校正屏幕？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
++"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
++msgstr "校正屏幕很简单，如果您参与计算机设计或者插图工作，就一定要校正屏幕。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
++"colors that your screen is able to display. By running "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a "
++"profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device "
++"and what settings to adjust."
++msgstr ""
++"使用名为色度计的设备就可以准确测出您的屏幕可以显示的不同色彩。运行 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>限额才</gui></"
++"guiseq>，就可以轻松生成配置，向导程序会为您显示如何附加色度计设备以及哪些设置需要调整。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
++"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
++"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
++"color control panel."
++msgstr ""
++"屏幕总是不断变化 -- TFT 中的背光源大约每 18 个亮度会减少一般，因为旧而变得更黄。就是说如果在色彩控制面板中出现 [!] "
++"图标就应该重新校正屏幕。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
++msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
++msgstr "LED 屏幕时间久了也会有变化，但速度要比 TFT 慢得多。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
++msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
++msgstr "全面校正并特性化。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
++msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
++msgstr "校正和特性化之间有何不同？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
++"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
++"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
++msgstr "很多人最初会混淆校正和特性化。校正是修改设备的色彩行为。通常采用两种机制完成："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
++msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
++msgstr "更改有以下特点的控制或者内部设置："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
++msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
++msgstr "在色彩频道中使用曲线"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
++"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
++"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
++"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
++"calibration curves."
++msgstr ""
++"校正的目的是要将设备根据其色彩反应放到规定的状态中。通常用于维护重复行为的日常工具。通常会在设备或者使用记录设备设置或者各频道校正曲线的具体系统文件格式保存校正。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
++"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
++"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
++"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
++"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
++"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
++"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
++msgstr ""
++"特性化（也称提供侧写）是<em>记录</em>设备复制或者响应色彩的方式。通常是将结果保存在设备 ICC "
++"配置文件中。此类配置文件不会自行修改色彩。它可以让某个系统，比如 "
++"CMM（色彩管理模块）或者对色彩敏感的程序在与另一个设备配置文件合并是进行修改。只有了解两个设备的特点方可以完成一台设备代表另一台设备的转换。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
++"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
++msgstr "注：特性化（侧写）只在进行校正的相同状态下方有效。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
++"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
++"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
++"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
++"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
++"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
++"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
++msgstr ""
++"在显示侧写配置时还有一些容易混淆的东西，因为校正信息一般保存在侧写中以方便使用。通常是将其保存在名为 <em>vcgt</em> "
++"的标签中。虽然是将其保存在侧写中，但没有任何基于 ICC 的工具或者程序意识到之一点，或者使用它。同样，典型的显示校正工具和程序也不会意识到 ICC "
++"特性化（侧写）信息，或者使用它。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
++msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
++msgstr "我们支持大量校正设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
++msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
++msgstr "支持的测量工具有哪些？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
++msgid ""
++"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
++"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
++msgstr "GNOME 依赖 Argyll 色彩管理系统支持色彩调整。因此支持以下显示测量设备："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro（分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor（分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
++msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
++msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo（分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
++msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
++msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Pantone Huey（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
++msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "MonacoOPTIX（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
++msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
++msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
++msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR（色度计）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
++"Linux."
++msgstr "Pantone Huey 是目前最便宜且 Linux 支持最好的仪器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
++"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
++"printers:"
++msgstr "感谢 Argyll，有很多点、线阅读反射分光仪可以支持以便帮助您校正并特性化您的打印机："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
++msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\"（刷式反射分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
++msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook（点式反射分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41（点、线读取式反射分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
++msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP41T（点、线读取式反射分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
++msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
++msgstr "X-Rite DTP51（点读取式反射分光仪）"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
++msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
++msgstr "校正目标需要扫描并提供照相机侧写："
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
++msgid "Which target types are supported?"
++msgstr "支持的目标类型有哪些？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
++msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
++msgstr "支持以下目标类型："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
++msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
++msgstr "CMP 数码目标"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
++msgid "ColorChecker 24"
++msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
++msgid "ColorChecker DC"
++msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
++msgid "ColorChecker SG"
++msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
++msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
++msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
++msgid "QPcard 201"
++msgstr "QPcard 201"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
++msgid "IT8.7/2"
++msgstr "IT8.7/2"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
++"LaserSoft in various online shops."
++msgstr "您可以在不同的网上商店从知名供应商处购买目标，比如柯达、X-Rite 以及 LaserSoft。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
++"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
++msgstr ""
++"另外您也可以在 <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> "
++"以合理价格购买目标。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
++msgstr "因为硬件总是不断更新，因此不宜共享色彩侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
++msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
++msgstr "我可以分享为的色彩侧写吗？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
++"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
++"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
++"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
++"for a thousand hours."
++msgstr "您已生成的色彩侧写配置只适用于用来校正的硬件和光照条件。使用了几百小时的显示设备的色彩侧写会与使用了上千小时的类似设备有很大不同。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
++"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
++"say that their display is calibrated."
++msgstr "就是说如果您要与其他人共享色彩侧写，就"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
++"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
++"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
++"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
++msgstr ""
++"同样，除非所有人都在查看、编辑图片的房间中使用推荐的控制光照（无窗外的阳光、黑墙、日光灯等等），共享您在某个具体光照条件下生成的侧写就毫无意义。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
++"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
++msgstr "您需要小心检查从供应商网站下载或者代表您生成的侧写环境。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
++msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
++msgstr "色彩侧写由供应商提供，并可由您自己生成。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
++msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
++msgstr "在哪里获取色彩侧写？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
++"does require some initial outlay."
++msgstr "最佳的方式是自己生成该侧写，虽然需要一些启动资金。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
++"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
++"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
++msgstr "我们的生产商确实尝试提供为设备提供色彩侧写，一般是打包在<em>驱动程序束</em>中，需要您下载，提取，然后搜索色彩侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
++"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
++"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
++"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
++msgstr "有些生产商不提供准确的硬件侧写，最好不要使用。您可以下载该侧写，但如果生成日期在购买设备日期一年以前，那么很可能是毫无用处的。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
++"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
++msgstr "有关为什么供应商提供的侧写通常是毫无用处，请参考 <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8
++msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
++msgstr "打开色彩侧写就可以轻松将其导入。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
++msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
++msgstr "如何导入色彩侧写？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26
++msgid ""
++"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</"
++"input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
++msgstr "双击文件浏览器中的 <input>.ICC</input> 或者 <input>.ICM</input> 文件就可以导入侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
++"profile for a device."
++msgstr ""
++"另外您也可以选择在 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></guiseq> 中选择 <gui>导入侧写......</"
++"gui> 为设备选择侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
++msgstr "全屏色彩校正会修改所有窗口在获得所有屏幕。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
++msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
++msgstr "缺少全屏色彩修正信息？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
++"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
++"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
++"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
++msgstr "遗憾的是很多销售商提供的 ICC 侧写不包含全屏色彩修正所需信息。这些侧写仍可用于进行色彩补偿的程序，但您不会看到屏幕色彩变化。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
++"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
++"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
++msgstr "要生成包含校正和特性化数据的显示侧写，需要使用特殊的色彩策略工具，就是色度计或者分光仪。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notifications.page:11
++msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
++msgstr "会告知您色彩侧写是否过时和不准确。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notifications.page:19
++msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
++msgstr "我的色彩侧写不准确时会收到通知吗？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile "
++"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since "
++"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
++msgstr "遗憾的是我们无法在不重新校正的情况下知道设备侧写是否准确。我们可以使用简单的时间计量决定是否推荐您重新校正。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an "
++"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
++msgstr "有些公司有非常具体的侧写超时政策，因为不准确的色彩侧写对最终产品有很大影响。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
++"red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</"
++"gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning "
++"notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您设定超时策略，同时某个侧写已超过该策略，则会在该侧写旁的<guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></"
++"guiseq>对话框中显示红色警告三角。同时还会在您每次登录计算机是向您发送警告通知。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notifications.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
++"age of the profile in days:"
++msgstr "要设置显示及打印设备策略，需要以天为单位指定该侧写的最长寿命："
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/screen
++#: C/color-notifications.page:44
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org."
++"gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</"
++"input>\n"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
++msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
++msgstr "默认显示器侧写没有校正日期。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
++msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
++msgstr "为什么默认显示器侧写没有校正过期日期？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
++msgid ""
++"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
++"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
++"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
++"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
++"contain much other information for color correction."
++msgstr ""
++"每台显示器的默认色彩侧写是根据保存在显示器内存芯片中的显示 EDID 自动生成的。这个 EDID "
++"只给出该生产该显示器时它可以显示的色彩快照，且不包含有关色彩修正的更多信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
++msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
++msgstr "因为 EDID 无法更新，所有也就没有过期日期。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
++"would lead to more accurate color correction."
++msgstr "从显示器销售商处获取侧写或者生成自己的侧写可保证更准确的色彩修正。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-testing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
++msgstr "测试色彩管理并不困难，我们也提供一些测试侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-testing.page:19
++msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
++msgstr "如何测试色彩管理是否正常工作？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
++"see if anything much has changed."
++msgstr "有时色彩侧写的效果很微妙，很难看出有什么变化。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:24
++msgid ""
++"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
++"the profiles are being applied:"
++msgstr "在 GNOME 中我们提供一些用来测试的侧写，采用这些侧写时会变得清晰："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:31
++msgid ""
++"<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the "
++"calibration curves are being sent to the display"
++msgstr "<em>蓝色测试</em>：这是要将整个屏幕变为蓝色并测试是否向显示发送校正曲线。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different "
++"features of a screen profile"
++msgstr "<em>粉色测试</em>：这是要将整个屏幕变为粉色并测试屏幕侧写的不同功能。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:43
++msgid ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the "
++"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look "
++"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but "
++"images will look very different in applications that support color "
++"management."
++msgstr ""
++"<em>FakeBRG</em>：不改变屏幕颜色但将 RGB 频道改为 "
++"BGR。这样就将让所有色彩梯度看起来更准确，但程序中支持色彩管理的图像会有所不同。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the "
++"<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
++msgstr "使用 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui><gui>色彩</gui></guiseq> 属性为您的显示设备添加一个测试侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-testing.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color "
++"management."
++msgstr "使用这些侧写您可以在程序支持色彩管理时清楚地看到。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer."
++msgstr "虚拟设备是未连接到该计算机的色彩管理的设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23
++msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
++msgstr "什么是使用虚拟色彩管理的设备？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
++msgid ""
++"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
++"computer. Examples of this might be:"
++msgstr "虚拟设备是未连接到该计算机的使用色彩管理的设备。它们可能是："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32
++msgid ""
++"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
++msgstr "在线打印店，您可以上传照片，打印，然后发送给您。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33
++msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
++msgstr "保存在内存卡中的数码相机照片"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
++"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></"
++"guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign "
++"profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-"
++"calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
++msgstr ""
++"要为数码相机生成虚拟侧写，只要将一幅图片拖拽到 <guiseq><gui>设置</gui> <gui>色彩</gui></guiseq> "
++"对话框中即可。然后和其他设备一样为其 <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">分配侧写</link> 或者进行 "
++"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">校正</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
++"response."
++msgstr "色彩侧写是一个陈述色彩空间或者设备响应的简单文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
++msgid "What is a color profile?"
++msgstr "什么是色彩侧写？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
++msgid ""
++"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
++"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
++msgstr "色彩侧写是一组特性化设备（比如投影仪）或者色彩空间（比如 sRGB）的数据。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
++"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
++msgstr ""
++"大多数色彩侧写格式为 ICC 侧写，它是一种小文件，扩展名为 <input>.ICC</input> 或者 <input>.ICM</input>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
++"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
++msgstr "色彩侧写可嵌入图像中以便指定数据的色域范围。这样可以保证用户在不同的设备中看到同样的色彩。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
++"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
++"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
++"colors are not being lost or modified."
++msgstr ""
++"处理色彩的每个设备都应有其独有的 ICC 侧写，满足此条件后，系统就成为名副其实的<em>端到端色彩管理流程</"
++"em>。使用这种流程就可以保证不会丢失或者修改色彩。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5="
++"'0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
++msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
++msgstr "色彩空间被定义为色彩的范围。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17
++msgid "What is a color space?"
++msgstr "什么是色彩空间？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19
++msgid ""
++"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
++"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
++msgstr "色彩空间被定义为色彩的范围。众所周知的色彩空间包括 sRGB、AdobeRGB 以及 ProPhotoRGB。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
++"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
++"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
++"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
++"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
++"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
++"colors."
++msgstr ""
++"人类的视觉系统不是简单的 RGB 感应器，但我们可以粗略估计眼睛如何对 CIE 1931 "
++"色度进行反应，结果显示人的视觉反应类似马蹄形。您可以看到在人的视力中探测到的绿色比蓝色或者红色都多得多。使用三元色色彩空间，比如 "
++"RGB，我们在计算机中采用三栏代表色彩，这样就限制了<em>三元色</em>编码。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
++"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
++"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
++"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
++msgstr ""
++"使用类系 CIE 1931 "
++"色度图模型可极大简化人类视觉系统，将真实色域以三维模式而不是二维投影代表。二维投影的三维形状有时有一定的迷惑性，因此如果您要看三位图像，请使用 "
++"<code>gcm-viewer</code> 程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47
++msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
++msgstr "白三角代表的 sRGB, AdobeRGB 和 ProPhotoRGB"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
++msgid ""
++"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
++"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
++"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
++"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
++"applications (including the Internet)."
++msgstr ""
++"首先请看 sRGB，它占用空间最小，同时可编码的色彩最少。它就好像一台用了十年的 CRT 显示器，因此大多数新型显示器都可以显示比它多的色彩。sRGB "
++"是<em>组小公分母</em>标准，可用于大量程序（包括互联网）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59
++msgid ""
++"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
++"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
++"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
++"crushed."
++msgstr ""
++"AdobeRGB 一般用于<em>编辑空间</em>。它可以比 sRGB "
++"编码更多色彩，就是说您可以在图片中更换色彩而无需担心鲜明色彩被剪掉或者黑色被破坏。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65
++msgid ""
++"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
++"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
++"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
++msgstr "ProPhoto 是可用的最大空间，经常用于文件归档。它几乎可以编码所有人眼可识别的色彩，甚至那些不可识别的色彩！"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
++"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
++"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
++"steps between each value."
++msgstr ""
++"现在，如果 ProPhoto 明显更好，为什么我们不在所有程序中使用它呢？答案是要进行<em>量化</em>。如果您的每个频道只有 8 位（256 "
++"级）进行编码，那么每个数值间的差别就会变大。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
++"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
++"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
++"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
++msgstr ""
++"更大的差别意味着捕获及保存的色彩的误差会变大，对有些颜色来说这是个大问题，比如皮肤颜色是非常重要的，同时即使小的误差也会让未经过训练的认识意识到图片有问题。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
++"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
++"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
++msgstr "当然使用 16 位图像会有更多差别以及更小的量化误差，但这样会将每个图片的大小加倍。目前大多数内容为 8bpp，比如每像素 8 字节。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
++"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
++"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
++msgstr ""
++"色彩管理是从一个色彩空间转换到另一个色彩空间的过程，其中色彩空间可以是众所周知的定义空间，比如 "
++"sRGB，也可以是自定义空间，比如您的显示器或者打印机侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5="
++"'9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
++msgstr "如果您注重显示或者打印的色彩，那么校正就很重要。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16
++msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
++msgstr "为什么继续要自己校正？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
++"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
++"together:"
++msgstr "通用的侧写通常不适用。当生产商推出新型号时，只会对产品线中的几个项目进行调整并综合使用："
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
++msgid "Averaged profiles"
++msgstr "平均侧写"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
++"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
++"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
++"state and make the profile inaccurate."
++msgstr "各个单元的显示面板都不一样，并随时间不断变化。同时对打印机也很困难，因为只要更改纸张的类型或者重量就会使特性化状态无效，侧写变得不准确。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
++"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
++"profile based on your exact characterization state."
++msgstr "保证您使用的侧写准确的最佳方法是自己进行校正，或者让外部公司根据您确定的特性状态提供侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5="
++"'3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5="
++"'a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5="
++"'42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
++msgstr "色彩管理对设计师、摄影师和艺术家都很重要。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16
++msgid "Why is color management important?"
++msgstr "为什么色彩管理很重要？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
++"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
++"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
++msgstr "色彩管理是用输入设备捕获色彩、在屏幕中显示并打印所有管理的准确色彩以及介质中的色彩范围。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
++"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
++msgstr "要在冬季大雾天气拍摄鸟儿可能是对需要色彩管理的最佳解释。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29
++msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
++"cold."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39
++msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
++msgstr "这是用户在典型商用笔记本电脑中看到的。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
++"muddy brown."
++msgstr "注：为什么白色不是“纸样白”，而眼中的黑色是土褐色。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49
++msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
++msgstr "这是用户在传统喷墨打印机中看到的。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
++"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
++"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
++msgstr "主要问题是每个设备都可以处理不同的色域。因此虽然您可以照出铁蓝色的照片，但大多数打印机无法重复出这种颜色。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
++"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
++"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
++"as the paper color."
++msgstr ""
++"大多数图像设备以 RGB（红、绿、蓝）捕获图像，且必须转换为 CMYK（青、品红、黄和黑）方可打印。另一个问题是您没有<em>白</"
++"em>墨盒，因此白色只能是纸张的颜色。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
++"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
++"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
++"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
++"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
++"kilometers or 7 meters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76
++msgid ""
++"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
++"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
++"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
++"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
++"\"washed out\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84
++msgid ""
++"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
++"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
++"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
++"like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91
++msgid ""
++"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
++"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
++"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
++"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
++"exact Red Hat Red."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12
++msgid "Lucie Hankey"
++msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26
++msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
++msgstr "在本地址簿中删除一个联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30
++msgid "Add or remove a contact"
++msgstr "添加或者删除联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
++msgid "To add a contact:"
++msgstr "要添加联系人："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">新建</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
++"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
++"<gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"在 <gui>新联系人</gui> 窗口中输入联系人姓名及所需信息。点击每个字段旁边的菜单选择 <gui>工作</gui>, <gui>家庭</gui> "
++"或者 <gui>其他</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">创建联系人</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48
++msgid "To remove a contact:"
++msgstr "要删除联系人："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
++msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
++msgstr "在联系人列表中选择该联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr "在右上角的 <app>Contacts</app> 中按 <gui style=\"button\">编辑</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">删除联系人</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts.page:17
++msgid "Access your contacts."
++msgstr "访问您的联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts.page:21
++msgid "Contacts"
++msgstr "联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
++"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"使用 <app>Contacts</app> 本地或者在您的 <link xref=\"accounts\">在线帐户</link> "
++"中保存、访问或者编辑联系人信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:16
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:12
++#: C/privacy.page:17
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:16
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26
++#: C/user-autologin.page:15
++msgid "2013"
++msgstr "2013"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
++msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
++msgstr "电子邮件、聊天或者给联系人打电话。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:26
++msgid "Connect with your contact"
++msgstr "与联系人联络"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:34
++msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "在 <app>Contacts</app> 中发送邮件、聊天或者打电话："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email "
++"your contact, press the email address."
++msgstr "按您要使用的 <gui>详情</gui>。例如：要向您的联络人发送邮件，请按邮件地址。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
++msgstr "会使用 contact 的详情启动相应的程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27
++msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
++msgstr "为每位联络人编辑信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
++msgid "Edit contact details"
++msgstr "编辑联系人详情"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
++"up to date and complete."
++msgstr "编辑联系人详情可以帮助您保持地址簿更新和完整。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44
++msgid "Edit the contact details."
++msgstr "编辑联系人详情。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, "
++"press <gui style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you "
++"want to add."
++msgstr ""
++"要添加 <gui>详情</gui>，比如新号码或者邮件地址，按 <gui style=\"button\">添加详情</gui> 并选择要添加的字段。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">完成</gui> 完成联系人编辑。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
++msgid ""
++"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
++"profile's avatar."
++msgstr "在链接的联系人中，您可以点击侧写的替身编辑侧写。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26
++msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
++msgstr "从多个资源为联系人合并信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
++msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
++msgstr "连接和取消连接联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
++msgid "Link contacts"
++msgstr "连接联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
++"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
++"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"您可以将本地以及在线帐户中的联系人合并为一个 <app>Contacts</app> "
++"条目。这个功能可以帮助您管理地址簿，让所有关于联系人的信息都放在一个地方。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
++"list."
++msgstr "按联系人列表上方的 ✔ 按钮启用 <em>选择模式</em>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
++"contacts that you want to merge."
++msgstr "在每个联系人旁边都会出现一个单选框。选中您要合并的联系人的单选框。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">连接</gui> 连接所选联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56
++msgid "Unlink contacts"
++msgstr "取消连接联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
++"should not be linked."
++msgstr "如果您意外连接不应连接的联系人，您可能会要取消连接。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63
++msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
++msgstr "在联系人列表中选择要取消连接的联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
++"<app>Contacts</app>."
++msgstr "按右上角 <app>Contacts</app> 的 <gui style=\"button\">编辑</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">连接的联系人</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
++"contact."
++msgstr "按 <gui style=\"button\">删除</gui> 在 contact 中取消连接该条目。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
++"entries."
++msgstr "完成取消连接该条目后按 <gui style=\"button\">关闭</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-search.page:26
++msgid "Search for a contact."
++msgstr "搜索联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-search.page:29
++msgid "Search for a contact"
++msgstr "搜索联系人"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:31
++msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
++msgstr "您可以使用两种方法搜索在线联系人："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "在 <gui>活动</gui> 概述中，开始输入联系人名称。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
++"applications."
++msgstr "将在概述中而不是程序常规列表中出现联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
++"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
++msgstr "按 <key>Enter</key> 选择顶部列表中的联系人，如果不再顶部请点击要选择的联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:49
++msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
++msgstr "在 <app>Contacts</app> 中搜索："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:53
++msgid "Click inside the search field."
++msgstr "点击内部搜索字段。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/contacts-search.page:56
++msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
++msgstr "开始输入联系人名称。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:15
++msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
++msgstr "在本地地址簿或者在线帐户中保存您的联系人。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
++msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
++msgstr "首次启用 Contacts"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
++"Setup</gui> window opens."
++msgstr "首次运行 <app>Contacts</app>时会出现 <gui>联系人设置</gui> 窗口。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
++"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
++"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您配置了 <link xref=\"accounts\">在线帐户</link>，会在 <gui>本地地址簿</gui> "
++"中列出。在该列表中选择一项并点击 <gui style=\"button\">选择</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
++"existing account settings."
++msgstr "点击 <gui style=\"button\">在线帐户设置</gui> 编辑现有帐户设置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/contacts-setup.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to "
++"set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
++"Address Book</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您没有配置在线帐户，请点击 <gui style=\"button\">在线帐户</gui> 开始设置。如果您此时不想设置在线帐户，请点击 <gui "
++"style=\"button\">本地地址簿</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
++#: C/disk-check.page:13
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
++#: C/look-background.page:22
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17
++#: C/look-resolution.page:16
++msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23
++msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
++msgstr "在您的硬盘中运行基准检查它有多快。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
++msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
++msgstr "测试您的硬盘性能"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
++msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
++msgstr "要测试硬盘速度："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34
++msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
++msgstr "在活动概述中打开 <app>Disks</app> 程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
++msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
++msgstr "从 <gui>磁盘驱动器</gui> 列表中选择该硬盘。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41
++msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "点击工具按钮并选择 <gui>基准驱动器</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
++"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
++msgstr ""
++"点击 <gui>启动基准硬盘</gui> 并根据需要调整 <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> 和 <gui>Access Time</"
++"gui> 参数。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
++"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
++"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++"点击 <gui>开始基准测试</gui> 测试该磁盘读取的最快速度。可能需要 <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">权利权限</link>。输入您的密码或者需要管理员帐户的密码。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
++"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
++"longer to complete."
++msgstr "如果也检查 <gui>也执行写入基准测试</gui>，基准测试将测试磁盘的最快读取和写入速度。这要花更长的时间完成。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
++"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
++"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
++"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
++"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
++"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
++"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
++msgstr "完成测试后，会以曲线显示结果。绿色点和连线代表提取的样本；这些与右侧轴线中的访问时间对映，"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
++"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
++"benchmark test."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
++"space and capacity."
++msgstr "使用 <gui>磁盘用量分析程序</gui> 或者 <gui>系统监视器</gui> 检查空间和容量。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
++msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
++msgstr "检查剩余的磁盘空间"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
++"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以使用 <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> 或者 <app>System Monitor</app> "
++"检查剩余的磁盘空间量。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:33
++msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
++msgstr "使用 Disk Usage Analyzer 检查"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
++"Analyzer</app>:"
++msgstr "要检查剩余磁盘空间和磁盘容量，请使用 <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> "
++"and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"在 <gui>活动</gui> 概述中打开 <app>Disks</app> 程序。 此时会显示 <gui>文件系统总容量</gui> 以及 "
++"<gui>文件系统总用量</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
++"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
++"folder</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"点击工具栏按钮之一选择 <gui>扫描 Home</gui>, <gui>扫描文件系统</gui>, <gui>扫描文件夹</gui>, 或者 "
++"<gui>扫描远程文件夹</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
++msgid ""
++"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
++"gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
++"href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
++msgstr ""
++"根据 <gui>文件夹</gui>, <gui>用量</gui>, <gui>大小</gui> 和 <gui>内容</gui> 显示信息。详情请查看 "
++"<link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:58
++msgid "Check with System Monitor"
++msgstr "使用 System Monitor 检查"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
++"app>:"
++msgstr "使用 <app>System Monitor</app> 检查可用磁盘空间和磁盘容量："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr "在 <gui>活动</gui> 概述中打开 <app>System Monitor</app> 程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
++"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
++"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++"选择 <gui>文件系统</gui> 标签查看系统分区以及磁盘空间用量。根据 <gui>总量</gui>, <gui>剩余</gui>, "
++"<gui>可用</gui> 和 <gui>已用</gui> 显示信息。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
++msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
++msgstr "如果磁盘过满怎么办？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:79
++msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
++msgstr "如果磁盘过满，您应该："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
++msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
++msgstr "删除不重要的文件或者您不再使用的文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
++"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
++msgstr "<link xref=\"backup-why\">备份</link> 段时间不会需要的重要文件，并从硬盘中删除那些文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-check.page:23
++msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
++msgstr "测试硬盘问题确定它正常工作。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:27
++msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
++msgstr "检查硬盘问题"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:30
++msgid "Checking the hard disk"
++msgstr "检查硬盘"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
++"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
++"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
++"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
++"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:40
++msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:43
++#: C/disk-format.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr "在 <gui>活动</gui> 概述中打开 <app>Disks</app> 程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
++"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
++msgstr "选择您要在 <gui>存储设备</gui> 列表中要选择的磁盘。会在 <gui>磁盘</gui> 中显示磁盘信息和状态。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:51
++msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
++msgstr "<gui>SMART 状态</gui> 应显示 \"磁盘正常\"。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
++"run a self-test."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>SMART 数据</gui> 按钮查看更多驱动器信息，或者运行自我测试。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-check.page:64
++msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
++msgstr "如果磁盘不正常怎么办？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
++"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
++"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
++""
++msgstr ""
++"即使 <gui>SMART 状态</gui> 显示该磁盘<em>不</em>正常，可能也不太严重。但最好准备 <link xref=\"backup-"
++"why\">备份</link> 以防数据丢失。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
++"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future."
++" If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see "
++"this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref="
++"\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the "
++"disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-check.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
++"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
++msgstr "如果情况变得严重，最好将计算机/硬盘让专业认识金习惯您进一步的诊断或者修复。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-format.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
++"drive by formatting it."
++msgstr "格式化后删除外置磁盘或者 USB 闪盘中的所有文件和文件夹。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:20
++msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
++msgstr "删除可移动磁盘中的所有内容"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
++"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
++"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
++"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
++msgstr ""
++"如果您有一个可移动磁盘，比如 USB 闪盘或者外置硬盘，您可能有时希望删除其所有文件和文件夹。您可以<em>格式化</"
++"em>磁盘完成此工作，这样会删除该磁盘中的所有文件，使其成为空白。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:28
++msgid "Format a removable disk"
++msgstr "格式化可移动磁盘"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
++msgstr "选择您要从 <gui>存储设备</gui> 列表中删除的磁盘。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
++"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
++msgstr "确定您所选的磁盘正确！如果选择错磁盘，其他磁盘中的所有文件都将被删除！"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
++"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
++msgstr "在卷字段中，点击 <gui>卸载卷</gui>。然后点击 <gui>格式化卷</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:46
++msgid ""
++"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
++""
++msgstr "在跳出的窗口中，为该磁盘选择文件系统 <gui>类型</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
++"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
++"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
++"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
++msgstr ""
++"除 Linux 计算机外，如果您要在 Windows 和 Mac 操作系统计算机中使用该磁盘，请选择 <gui>FAT</gui>。如果您只在 "
++"Windows 中使用它，<gui>NTFS</gui> 是更好的选择。<gui>文件系统类型</gui> 的概述将作为标签显示。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
++"should now be blank and ready to use again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/disk-format.page:63
++msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/disk-format.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
++"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
++"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
++"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
++"as <app>shred</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
++"manage them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
++msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
++msgid ""
++"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
++"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
++"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
++"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
++"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
++"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
++"(and possibly write) files on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
++"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
++"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
++"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
++"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
++"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
++msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
++"utility."
++msgstr "您可以使用磁盘工具检查和修改计算机存储卷。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
++"application."
++msgstr "打开 <gui>活动</gui> 概述并启动 <app>Disks</app> 程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/"
++"DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
++""
++msgstr "在标记为 <gui>存储设备</gui> 的方框中，您可以看到硬盘、CD/DVD 驱动器以及其他物理设备。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
++msgid ""
++"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
++"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
++"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
++msgstr "在右边的方框中，在标记为 <gui>卷</gui> 的字段中可以看到所选设备中的卷和分区。还包含用来管理这些卷的各种工具。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
++"these utilities."
++msgstr "小心：这些程序可以完全清除磁盘中的数据。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
++"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
++"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
++"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
++"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
++"or convenience."
++msgstr ""
++"您的计算机至少有一个<em>主</em>分区和单一 <em>swap</em> 分区。操作系统可使用这个 swap partition "
++"管理内存且很少挂载。主分区包含您的操作系统、程序、设置和个人文件。为安全或者方便起见，也可将这些文件分配到各个分区中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
++msgid ""
++"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
++"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
++"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
++"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
++"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
++msgstr ""
++"主分区必须包含启动计算机或者<em>引导</em>所需信息。因此有时也称之为引导分区，或者引导卷。要确定一个卷是否可引导，请在磁盘程序中查看其 "
++"<gui>分区标签</gui>。外置介质，比如 USB 盘和 CD 也可能包含可引导卷。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/disk.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">磁盘空间</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">性能</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">问题</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">卷和分区</link>…"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/disk.page:25
++msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
++msgstr "磁盘 &amp; 存储"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5="
++"'f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
++msgstr "在笔记本电脑中设置双显示器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
++msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
++msgstr "将外置显示器连接到笔记本电脑中"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
++msgid "Video Demo"
++msgstr "视频演示"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26
++msgid "Demo"
++msgstr "演示"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> settings."
++msgstr "在活动概述中输入 <input>displays</input> 打开 <gui>显示</gui> 设置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
++"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
++msgstr "点击您要激活获取取消激活的显示器图像，然后切换 <gui>开/关</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "
++"\"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to "
++"set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr "有顶栏的显示器是主显示器。要更改“主”显示器，请点击顶栏并将其拖拽到要将其“主”显示器的显示器中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45
++msgid ""
++"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
++"desired position."
++msgstr "要更改显示器“位置”，请点击它并将其拖拽到所需位置。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
++"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
++msgstr "如果您要让两天显示器显示同样的内容，请检查 <gui>镜像显示</gui> 框。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51
++msgid ""
++"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
++"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr "如果您喜欢您的设置，请点击 <gui>应用</gui> 并点击 <gui>保留这个配置</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: div/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
++"top corner."
++msgstr "要关闭 <gui>显示设置</gui> 点击右上角的 <gui>x</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
++msgid "Set up an external monitor"
++msgstr "设置外置显示器"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
++"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
++"to adjust the settings:"
++msgstr "要为您的笔记本电脑设置外置显示器，请将该显示器连接到笔记本电脑。如果您的系统无法立刻识别它，或者您要调整设置："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33
++#: C/look-resolution.page:37
++msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr "打开 <gui>显示</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40
++msgid ""
++"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
++"main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and "
++"drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
++msgstr ""
++"有 <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">顶栏</link> "
++"的显示器为主显示器。要更改“主”显示器，请点击顶栏并将其拖拽到您要将其设定为“主”显示器的显示器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6
++msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
++msgstr "在桌面计算机中设置双显示器。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22
++msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
++msgstr "连接额外的显示器"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. "
++"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
++"the settings:"
++msgstr "要在桌面计算机中设置第二台显示器，请连接该显示器。如果您的系统没有立刻识别它，或者要调整设置："
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-collections.page:20
++msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
++msgstr "收集相关文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-collections.page:23
++msgid "Make collections of documents"
++msgstr "将文档成集。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in "
++"one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are "
++"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you "
++"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight "
++"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF "
++"documents, can be grouped in one collection."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> 可将不同类型的文档收集在一起，称之为 <em>集合</"
++"em>。如果您有相关的文档，则可将其分组以便查找。例如：如果您要进行一次上午履行并演讲，则您的幻灯片、飞行安排（PDF 文件）、预算报表以及其他很和的 "
++"PDF/ODF 文档就和分组成为一个集合。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:43
++msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
++msgstr "要创建集合或者在集合中添加内容："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:45
++#: C/documents-collections.page:60
++#: C/documents-print.page:36
++#: C/documents-select.page:36
++msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
++msgstr "嗲你就 <gui>✓</gui> 按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:46
++msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
++msgstr "在选择模式中，选中要收集的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:47
++msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
++msgstr "在按钮栏中点击 <gui>+</gui> 按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, "
++"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to "
++"the collection."
++msgstr "在集合列表中点击 <gui>添加</gui>，并输入新的集合名称，或者选择一个集合。这样就将所选文档添加到该集合中。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot "
++"put collections inside collections.</em>"
++msgstr "集合与文件夹的行为和继承方式不同：<em>您不能将集合放到另一个集合中。</em>"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:58
++msgid "To delete a collection:"
++msgstr "删除集合："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:61
++msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
++msgstr "在选择模式中选中要删除的集合。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-collections.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, "
++"leaving the original documents."
++msgstr "点击按钮栏中的回收站按钮。此时会删除该集合而留下原始文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++#: C/documents-search.page:44
++#: C/files-browse.page:79
++#: C/files-hidden.page:41
++#: C/files-hidden.page:47
++#: C/files-hidden.page:56
++#: C/files-hidden.page:63
++#: C/files-lost.page:51
++#: C/files-sort.page:44
++#: C/files-sort.page:60
++#: C/files-tilde.page:32
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:84
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:100
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++msgstr ""
++"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-filter.page:15
++msgid "Choose which documents to display."
++msgstr "选择要显示的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-filter.page:18
++msgid "Filter documents"
++msgstr "过滤文档"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> "
++"button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to "
++"limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++"点击 <link xref=\"documents-search\">搜索</link> 条旁边的 <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">向下</media> 按钮以限制在这些分类中搜索的范围："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:25
++msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
++msgstr "<em>源</em>: 本地, Google, SkyDrive, 或者全部。 "
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text "
++"Documents, or All."
++msgstr "<em>类型</em>: 集合, PDF 文档, 演讲稿, 报表, 文本文件, 或者全部。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:28
++msgid "Title, Author, or All."
++msgstr "标题、作者或者全部。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-filter.page:31
++msgid ""
++"In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the "
++"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link "
++"xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"要让 <gui>Google</gui> 或者 <gui>SkyDrive</gui> 出现在过滤列表中，则需要将 Google 或者 Windows "
++"Live 配置为 <link xref=\"accounts-add\">在线帐户</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-formats.page:15
++msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
++msgstr "<app>Documents</app> 显示大量常用文件类型。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-formats.page:18
++msgid "Formats supported"
++msgstr "支持的格式"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-formats.page:26
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats "
++"supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</"
++"app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> 显示 PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript 以及 <app>Document Viewer</"
++"app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> "
++"和<app>Google Docs</app> 支持的格式。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-info.page:20
++msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
++msgstr "查看文档名称、位置、修改日期或者类型。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-info.page:23
++msgid "Find information about documents"
++msgstr "查找文档信息"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</"
++"app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
++msgstr "创建文档后会生成<em>元数据</em>。 <app>Documents</app> 为每个文档显示以下元数据："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:37
++msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
++msgstr "标题：文档名称，可编辑；"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:38
++msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
++msgstr "源：包含该文档的文件夹路径；"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:39
++msgid "Date Modified;"
++msgstr "修改日期；"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the "
++"document."
++msgstr "类型：文档的 <link xref=\"documents-formats\">文件格式</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:44
++msgid "To see a document's properties:"
++msgstr "要查看文件属性："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:46
++msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
++msgstr "点击 <gui>查看</gui> 按钮切换到选择模式。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:48
++msgid "Select a document."
++msgstr "选择一个文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
++msgstr "点击按钮栏最右边的 <gui>属性</gui> 按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, "
++"preventing access to their metadata or content."
++msgstr "有些文件类型（比如 PDF 文件）可采用密码保护以防止访问其元数据或者内容。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-info.page:59
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy "
++"to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to "
++"create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat</"
++"app>)."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> "
++"目前不支持任何为文档添加隐私信息的机制。您可以在创建此文档的程序中执行此操作（例如：<app>LibreOffice</app> 或者 "
++"<app>Adobe Acrobat</app>）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
++msgstr "管理在本地计算机保存或者在线生成的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:24
++#: C/files.page:43
++msgid "Documents"
++msgstr "Documents"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, "
++"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
++msgstr ""
++"<app>Documents</app> 是一个 GNOME 程序，可用来显示、管理和打印计算机中或者那些使用 <em>Google Docs</em> "
++"或者 <em>SkyDrive</em> 远程生成的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:41
++msgid "View, Sort and Search"
++msgstr "查看、分类和搜索"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:45
++msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
++msgstr "选择、管理、打印"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents.page:49
++msgid "Questions"
++msgstr "问题"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-previews.page:20
++msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
++msgstr "您只能预览本地保存的文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-previews.page:23
++msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
++msgstr "为什么有些文件可以预览？"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for "
++"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like "
++"<em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview "
++"thumbnails."
++msgstr ""
++"打开 <app>Documents</app> 后，会显示本地保存文档的小样。那些保存在远程服务器中，比如 <em>Google Docs</em> "
++"或者 <em>SkyDrive</em>，文档的预览小样显示为缺少（或者空白）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to "
++"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
++msgstr "如果您将 <em>Google Docs</em> 或者 <em>SkyDrive</em> 下载到本地存储，就会生成一个小样。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-previews.page:39
++msgid ""
++"The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or "
++"<em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to "
++"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
++msgstr ""
++"从 <em>Google Docs</em> 或者 <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"中下载文档的本地副本无法在线更新。如果您要继续在线编辑该文件，最好不要下载它。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-print.page:20
++msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
++msgstr "打印本地或者在线保存的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-print.page:23
++msgid "Print a document"
++msgstr "打印文档"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:33
++msgid "To print a document:"
++msgstr "要打印文档："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:37
++msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
++msgstr "在选择模式中选中要打印的文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
++msgstr "点击按钮栏中的打印按钮。此时会打开 <gui>打印</gui> 对话框。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-print.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a "
++"collection is selected."
++msgstr "选中一个以上文档或者一个集合时就无法打印。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-search.page:20
++msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
++msgstr "根据标题或者作者查找文档。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-search.page:23
++#: C/files-search.page:27
++msgid "Search for files"
++msgstr "搜索文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:35
++msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
++msgstr "开始在 <app>Documents</app> 搜索："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:38
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr "按 <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:39
++msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
++msgstr "点击放大镜图标。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:40
++msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
++msgstr "开始输入。文档将根据标题或者作者匹配。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting "
++"various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以限制或者过滤搜索结果，方法是点击 <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">向下</"
++"media> 按钮并选择不同的 <link xref=\"documents-filter\">过滤器</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-select.page:20
++msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
++msgstr "使用所选模式选择一个以上文档或者集合。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:23
++msgid "Selecting documents"
++msgstr "选择文档"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make "
++"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
++msgstr "在 <app>Documents</app> 选择模式中您可以打开、打印、查看或者收集文档。要使用选择模式："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the "
++"actions that are valid for your selection."
++msgstr "选择一个或者多个文档或者集合。出现的按钮栏中有可执行的动作供您选择。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/documents-select.page:43
++msgid "Selection mode actions"
++msgstr "选择模式动作"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:45
++msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
++msgstr "选择一个或者多个文档中，您可以："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:48
++msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
++msgstr "使用 Document Viewer（文件夹图标）打开。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single "
++"document is selected)."
++msgstr "打印（打印机图标）：打印文档（只有选择单一文件时方可用）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:51
++msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
++msgstr "管理（加号图标）：创建文件集合。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only "
++"available when a single document is selected)."
++msgstr "属性（扳手图标）：显示文档属性（只在选择单一文件时可用）。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-select.page:54
++msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
++msgstr "删除（回收站图标）：删除一个或者多个集合。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:18
++msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
++msgstr "本地或者远程文档不出现。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:21
++msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
++msgstr "无法看到为的文档"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-tracker.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</"
++"app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running "
++"in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home "
++"directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be "
++"adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
++msgstr ""
++"如果 <app>Documents</app> 无法显示您的文档，则无法运行或者正确配置 <app>Tracker</"
++"app>。确定您的会话正在运行。默认配置是在 home 目录中设定索引文件（非递归）和 XDG 文件夹（递归）即可。确定您的文档在这些路径之一。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20
++msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23
++msgid "View files in a list or grid"
++msgstr "使用列表或者网格查看文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default."
++" To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
++msgstr "默认使用使用 <gui>网格</gui> 形式。 要使用 <gui>列表</gui> 形式查看："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
++msgstr "在顶栏点击 <app>Documents</app> 显示程序菜单。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40
++msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
++msgstr "在 <gui>查看方式</gui> 部分点击 <gui>列表</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
++msgid ""
++"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and "
++"whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</"
++"em>."
++msgstr ""
++"列表查看中会显示文件类型和修改日期，以及是否为本地保存还是在 <app>Google Docs</app> 或者 <em>SkyDrive</em> "
++"中保存。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49
++msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
++msgstr "点击程序菜单中的 <gui>网格</gui> 返回默认格式。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/documents-view.page:20
++msgid "View documents full-screen."
++msgstr "以全屏方式查看文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/documents-view.page:23
++msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
++msgstr "显示本地或者在线保存的文件"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:33
++msgid ""
++"When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored "
++"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
++msgstr "打开 <app>Documents</app> 后，您的所有文件，其中包括本地保存以及在线保存的文件都以短文形式显示。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to "
++"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, "
++"as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
++msgstr ""
++"要显示您在 <em>Google Docs</em> 或者 <em>SkyDrive</em> 文件，需要分别配置 Google 或者 Windows "
++"Live 作为 <link xref=\"accounts-add\">在线帐户</link>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:41
++msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
++msgstr "要查看文件内容："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the "
++"<app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
++msgstr "点击短文。此时会在 <app>Documents</app> 窗口（或者全屏模式）显示全部文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/documents-view.page:48
++msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
++msgstr "要退出该文件，请点击反箭头按钮。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-autorun.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
++"other devices and media."
++msgstr "为 CD 和 DVD、相机、音频播放器以及其他设备和介质自动运行程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:28
++msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
++msgstr "为设备或者磁盘打开程序"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
++"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
++"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
++"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
++msgstr ""
++"您可以在连接设备或者插入磁盘或者介质后自动启动程序。例如：您可能想要在连接数码相机后启动图片管理程序。您也可以关闭这个功能，这样在您连接设备后就不会有任何反应。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
++msgstr "要决定连接不同设备时应启动哪些程序："
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:41
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr "选择 <guiseq><gui>详情</gui><gui>可移动介质</gui></guiseq>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
++"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
++"types of devices and media."
++msgstr "查找所需设备或者介质类型，然后为那个介质类型选择程序或者动作。不同类型的设备和介质描述如下。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
++"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
++"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
++msgstr "除启动程序外，您还可以将其设定为在文件管理器中显示。此时会询问您如何操作，或者不会自动执行任何动作。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
++"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
++"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
++"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
++"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
++msgstr ""
++"如果在该列表中没有您要更换的设备或者介质类型（比如蓝光磁盘或者 E-Book 阅读器），请点击 <gui>其他介质</gui> 查看更详细的设备列表。在 "
++"<gui>类型</gui> 下拉菜单中选择设备或者介质类型，从 <gui>动作</gui> 下拉菜单中选择程序或者动作。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
++"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
++"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
++msgstr "如果无论连接什么设备您都不想自动打开任何程序，请在可移动介质窗口底部选择 <gui>插入介质后从不提示或者启动程序</gui>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:67
++msgid "Types of devices and media"
++msgstr "设备和介质类型"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:70
++msgid "Audio discs"
++msgstr "音频磁盘"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
++"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
++"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
++"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
++msgstr ""
++"选择收藏音乐程序或者 CD 音频提取器处理音频 CD。如果您要使用音频 DVD（DVD-A），请选择如何在 <gui>其他介质</gui> "
++"中打开它们。如果您使用文件管理器打开音频磁盘，则会出现可以使用任意音频播放程序播放的 WAV 文件。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:78
++msgid "Video discs"
++msgstr "视频磁盘"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
++"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
++"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
++"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++"选择您喜欢的视频程序处理视频 DVD。使用 <gui>其他介质</gui> 按钮为蓝光、HD DVD、视频 CD（VCD）以及超级视频 "
++"CD（SVCD）设定程序。如果 DVD 或者其他视频磁盘在插入后无法正常工作，请参考 <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:86
++msgid "Blank discs"
++msgstr "空白磁盘"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
++"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
++msgstr "使用 <gui>其他介质</gui> 按钮为空白 CD、DVD、蓝光或者 HD DVD 选择磁盘写入程序。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:92
++msgid "Cameras and photos"
++msgstr "相机和照片"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:93
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
++"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
++"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
++"your photos using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++"使用 <gui>照片</gui> 下拉菜单选择照片管理程序在连接数码相机或者插入相机介质卡，比如 CF、SD、MMC 或者 MS "
++"卡时使用。您还可以使用文件管理器浏览照片。"
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:97
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
++"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
++"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:102
++msgid "Music players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
++"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:107
++msgid "E-book readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:108
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
++"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
++"manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-autorun.page:112
++msgid "Software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
++"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
++"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
++"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-autorun.page:118
++msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-browse.page:9
++msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:32
++msgid "Browse files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
++"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
++"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
++"link>, and on network shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:47
++msgid ""
++"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
++"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
++"applications</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-browse.page:53
++msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:55
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
++"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
++"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:60
++msgid ""
++"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
++"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
++"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
++"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
++"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
++"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
++"or access its properties."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
++"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
++"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
++"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
++"your search."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-browse.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
++"not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. "
++"You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in "
++"the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a "
++"folder into the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-copy.page:8
++msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-copy.page:13
++#: C/files-delete.page:13
++#: C/files-open.page:14
++msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:27
++msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:29
++msgid ""
++"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
++"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
++"keyboard shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
++"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
++"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
++"don't like your changes)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:38
++msgid ""
++"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
++"and folders in exactly the same way."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:42
++msgid "Copy and paste files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:43
++msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
++"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:55
++msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:56
++msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
++"key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:59
++msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
++"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
++"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-copy.page:67
++msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
++"to copy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
++"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
++"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
++"file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
++"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
++"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:78
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
++"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:80
++msgid ""
++"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
++"key while dragging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-copy.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
++"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
++"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
++"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-delete.page:8
++msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:31
++msgid "Delete files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
++"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
++"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
++"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
++"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
++"deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:40
++msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:41
++msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
++"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
++"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
++"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:53
++msgid "Permanently delete a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
++"the trash first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-delete.page:58
++msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:59
++msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
++"key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
++"delete the file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
++"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
++"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> "
++"in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</"
++"gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-delete.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
++"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
++"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
++"into your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:14
++msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
++msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
++"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
++"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
++"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:28
++msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
++"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
++"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:33
++msgid ""
++"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
++"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
++msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:40
++msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:43
++msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:46
++msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
++msgid ""
++"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
++"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
++"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
++"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
++"be fine."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:57
++msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
++"additional discs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
++msgid ""
++"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
++"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:68
++msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
++"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
++msgid ""
++"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
++"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
++"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/"
++"DVD Creator</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-hidden.page:7
++msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:22
++msgid "Hide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
++"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
++"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</"
++"key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> "
++"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
++"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:39
++msgid "Show all hidden files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
++"either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, "
++"along with regular files that are not hidden."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:46
++msgid ""
++"To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
++"keyseq> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-hidden.page:54
++msgid "Unhide a file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
++"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the "
++"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file "
++"and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. "
++"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
++"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and "
++"pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
++"key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:68
++msgid ""
++"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
++"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
++"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-hidden.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
++"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
++"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-lost.page:10
++msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-lost.page:29
++msgid "Find a lost file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
++"tips."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
++"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
++"\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
++"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
++"home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
++"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
++"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-lost.page:48
++msgid ""
++"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
++"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
++"the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down."
++"png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
++"Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to "
++"learn more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-open.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
++"file. You can change the default too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-open.page:24
++msgid "Open files with other applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
++"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
++"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
++"for all files of the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
++"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
++"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</"
++"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can "
++"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
++"click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-open.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
++"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
++"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
++"known to handle files of that type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-open.page:44
++msgid "Change the default application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
++"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
++"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
++"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
++"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
++"<file>.mp3</file> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:54
++msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:55
++msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
++"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
++"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
++"other applications</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-open.page:60
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
++"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
++"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
++"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
++"file and selecting it from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-open.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
++"all files with the same type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files-preview.page:30
++#: C/files-preview.page:32
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5="
++"'dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-preview.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-preview.page:19
++msgid "Preview files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
++"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
++"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:25
++msgid ""
++"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
++"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
++"seek through your video and audio."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-preview.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press "
++"<key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16."
++"png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, "
++"or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-recover.page:8
++msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:21
++msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-recover.page:25
++msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:26
++#: C/files-search.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:28
++msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. "
++"It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
++"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
++"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
++"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-recover.page:39
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
++"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
++"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
++"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
++"recover it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
++msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
++msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
++"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
++"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
++"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
++"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
++"from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
++msgid "To eject a removable device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
++"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
++"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
++msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
++"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
++"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
++msgid "Close all the files on the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
++msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-removedrive.page:70
++msgid ""
++"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
++"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
++"files open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-rename.page:7
++msgid "Change file or folder name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:30
++msgid "Rename a file or folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:32
++msgid ""
++"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
++"the name of a file or folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:35
++msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
++"press <key>F2</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:38
++msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"basic\">properties</link> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:44
++msgid ""
++"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
++"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
++"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
++"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
++"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
++"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
++"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:57
++msgid "Valid characters for file names"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
++"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
++"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
++"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
++"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
++"<key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
++"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
++"the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:73
++#: C/hardware.page:39
++#: C/mouse.page:35
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:76
++msgid "The file name is already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:77
++msgid ""
++"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
++"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
++"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:80
++msgid ""
++"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
++"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
++"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:86
++msgid "The file name is too long"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:87
++msgid ""
++"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
++"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
++"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
++"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-rename.page:94
++msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-rename.page:95
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
++"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
++"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-search.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
++"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
++"special folders in your home folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files-search.page:34
++msgid "Other search applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/files-search.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
++msgid "Search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
++"folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
++"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
++"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:51
++msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
++"file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
++"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
++"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
++"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
++"return to the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:69
++msgid ""
++"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
++"quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-search.page:73
++msgid "Save a search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:74
++msgid "Start a search as above."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:75
++msgid ""
++"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and "
++"select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-search.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
++"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
++"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-search.page:83
++msgid ""
++"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
++"\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
++"you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
++"matched."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-select.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
++"which have similar names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-select.page:19
++msgid "Select files by pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
++"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
++"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
++"available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:28
++msgid ""
++"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
++"all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:30
++msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-select.page:33
++msgid "For example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
++"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
++"pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:39
++msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
++"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
++"all with the pattern"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:44
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-select.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
++"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
++"edited, select the edited photos with"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/files-select.page:49
++msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-share.page:9
++msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-share.page:25
++msgid "Share files by email"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-share.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
++"file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your "
++"computer, and your email account is configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-share.page:46
++msgid "To share a file by email:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:47
++#: C/video-sending.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:49
++msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose "
++"Message</gui> window will appear with the file attached."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-share.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
++"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
++"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/files-share.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
++"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-sort.page:7
++msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:26
++msgid "Sort files and folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
++"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
++"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
++"information on how to change the default sort order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:37
++msgid ""
++"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
++"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
++"the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:42
++msgid "Icon view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:43
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose "
++"<gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By "
++"Modification Date</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:47
++msgid ""
++"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
++"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
++"from the pull-down menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:54
++msgid "List view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
++"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
++"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:58
++msgid ""
++"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
++"columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</"
++"media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the "
++"columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those "
++"columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available "
++"columns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:76
++msgid "Ways of sorting files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:79
++msgid "By Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:80
++msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:83
++msgid "By Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
++"smallest to largest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:88
++msgid "By Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
++"together, then sorted by name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/files-sort.page:93
++msgid "By Modification Date"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-sort.page:94
++msgid ""
++"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
++"to newest by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-templates.page:7
++msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/files-templates.page:12
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13
++msgid "Anita Reitere"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:22
++msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:24
++msgid ""
++"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
++"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
++"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
++"could create a template document with your letterhead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:30
++msgid "Make a new template"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
++"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
++"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/files-templates.page:40
++msgid "Use a template to create a document"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:41
++msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
++"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
++"be listed in the submenu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:45
++msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:46
++msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/files-templates.page:47
++msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files-tilde.page:8
++msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files-tilde.page:23
++msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
++"txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in "
++"the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete "
++"them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:30
++msgid ""
++"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
++"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type="
++"\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</"
++"app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You "
++"can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/files-tilde.page:37
++msgid ""
++"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
++"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/files.page:30
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/files.page:14
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/files.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/files.page:27
++msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/files.page:31
++msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:35
++msgid "Common tasks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/files.page:39
++#: C/hardware.page:31
++msgid "More topics"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:48
++msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:53
++msgid "Backing up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/files.page:58
++msgid "Tips and questions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/get-involved.page:7
++msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:17
++msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:20
++msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
++"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
++"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
++"file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://"
++"bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:23
++msgid ""
++"You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail "
++"about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New "
++"Account</gui> link to create one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</"
++"gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a "
++"bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-"
++"writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https:/"
++"/bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for "
++"the bug to see if something similar already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:30
++msgid ""
++"To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If "
++"you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the "
++"<gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your "
++"bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
++"choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the "
++"Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
++"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/get-involved.page:43
++msgid "Contact us"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/get-involved.page:44
++msgid ""
++"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
++"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
++"the documentation team."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
++"experience."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:18
++msgid "Petr Kovar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
++msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
++msgid ""
++"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
++"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
++"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
++"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list "
++"at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on "
++"the top bar to launch applications. The <em xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the "
++"<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
++msgid ""
++"To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you "
++"can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:43
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:126
++msgid "Window list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:45
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
++msgid ""
++"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
++"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
++msgid ""
++"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
++"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
++"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
++"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
++"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, "
++"which lets you access all your notifications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
++msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
++msgid ""
++"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
++"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
++"available or installed by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:73
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:98
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-"
++"hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:102
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74
++msgid ""
++"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. "
++"The login screen appears."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:81
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:106
++msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:84
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:109
++msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:87
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME "
++"Classic</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:91
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:116
++msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
++msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/gnome-classic.page:112
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
++msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
++msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
++msgid "Media card reader problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
++"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
++"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
++"not:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
++"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
++"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
++"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
++"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
++"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
++"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
++"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
++"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."
++")"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
++"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
++"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
++"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
++msgid ""
++"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
++"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
++"possible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
++"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues."
++" If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting "
++"outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
++"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB "
++"external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by "
++"Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
++msgid ""
++"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
++"attached to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
++msgid "What is a driver?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
++"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
++"graphics and audio cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
++msgid ""
++"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
++"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
++"<em>device driver</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
++"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
++"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
++"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
++"other model."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
++msgid ""
++"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
++"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
++"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
++msgid ""
++"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
++"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
++"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
++msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
++msgid "Screen problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
++"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
++"experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:13
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/hardware.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref="
++"\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/hardware.page:26
++msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/hardware.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Hardware problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-irc.page:7
++msgid "Get live support on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-irc.page:18
++msgid "IRC"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:19
++msgid ""
++"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
++"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
++"users and developers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:24
++msgid ""
++"To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
++"app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
++"\">mibbit</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
++"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
++"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
++"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
++"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:37
++msgid ""
++"While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply "
++"immediately, so be patient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-irc.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\">GNOME "
++"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7
++msgid "Request support by e-mail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22
++msgid "Mailing list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
++"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
++"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
++"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
++"email to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
++msgid ""
++"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
++"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
++"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10
++msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
++msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
++"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
++msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5="
++"'b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13
++msgid "Juanjo Marin"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
++"than with a right-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: license/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24
++#: C/translate.page:21
++msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27
++msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
++"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
++"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
++"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
++"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime="
++"\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key "
++"icon</media>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43
++msgid ""
++"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
++"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
++"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
++"is not present."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
++"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
++"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
++"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
++"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
++"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
++"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
++"the point when the key is pressed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21
++msgid ""
++"The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find "
++"it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
++msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27
++msgid ""
++"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is "
++"displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
++"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
++"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
++"instead of the Windows key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
++msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55
++msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
++msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
++"activities overview</gui> on the right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
++msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
++msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5="
++"'a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5="
++"'3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20
++msgid "Juanjo Marín"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31
++msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
++msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
++"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
++"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
++"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
++"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
++"languages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
++"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic."
++"png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
++"those languages because they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src="
++"\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</"
++"media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select "
++"the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style="
++"\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" "
++"width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give you access "
++"to the extra settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
++msgid ""
++"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
++"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
++"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
++"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
++"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
++"multiple layouts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
++"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
++"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
++"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
++"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
++"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
++"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
++"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
++"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the "
++"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></"
++"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
++msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
++"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
++"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
++"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"mousekeys\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
++msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
++msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
++"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
++"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
++"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
++"text area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
++msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
++msgid "Arrow keys"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
++msgid ""
++"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
++"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
++"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
++msgid ""
++"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
++"items with children."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
++"changing which item is selected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
++"the newly focused item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
++msgid "<key>Space</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
++msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
++msgid ""
++"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
++"deselecting other items."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
++msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
++"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
++"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
++"on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
++msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
++msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
++msgid "<key>F10</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
++"navigate the menus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
++msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"menu\">Menu</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
++"clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
++"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
++msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
++msgid "Navigate the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
++"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
++"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
++"key></keyseq> feature."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
++msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
++"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
++msgid "Navigate windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
++msgid "Close the current window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
++msgid ""
++"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
++"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
++"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
++msgid ""
++"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
++"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
++"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
++msgid ""
++"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
++"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
++"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
++"original size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
++msgid "Minimize a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
++msgid ""
++"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
++"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
++msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:22
++msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
++msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
++"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
++msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols "
++"are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the "
++"alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a "
++"keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make "
++"the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
++"delay and speed of repeat keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
++msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33
++msgid ""
++"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
++"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
++"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
++"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
++"repeated keys entirely."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
++"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
++"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23
++msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
++msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
++msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46
++msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
++"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
++"accelerator...</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
++"clear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61
++msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
++"into these categories:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66
++msgid "Launchers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
++msgid "Launch help browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140
++msgid "Disabled"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
++msgid "Launch calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
++msgid "Calculator"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76
++msgid "Launch email client"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
++msgid "Mail"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
++msgid "Launch web browser"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
++msgid "WWW"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
++msgid "Home folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
++msgid "Explorer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
++msgid "Navigation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
++msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
++msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
++msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108
++msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
++msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
++msgid "Move window one workspace up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
++"<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
++msgid "Move window one workspace down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
++msgid "Switch applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
++msgid "Switch windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
++msgid "Switch windows of an application"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
++msgid "Switch system controls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
++msgid "Switch windows directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
++msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
++msgid "Switch system controls directly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
++msgid "Hide all normal windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
++msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
++msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
++msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
++msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178
++msgid "Move to workspace left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182
++msgid "Move to workspace right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186
++msgid "Move to workspace above"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190
++msgid "Move to workspace below"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
++msgid "Screenshots"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
++msgid "Take a screenshot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
++msgid "<key>Print</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202
++msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206
++msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210
++msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
++msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
++msgid "Record a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
++msgid "Sound and Media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
++msgid "Volume mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
++msgid "Audio mute"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
++msgid "Volume down"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
++msgid "Audio lower volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
++msgid "Volume up"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
++msgid "Audio raise volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
++msgid "Launch media player"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
++msgid "Audio media"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
++msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
++msgid "Audio play"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
++msgid "Pause playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
++msgid "Audio pause"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
++msgid "Stop playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
++msgid "Audio stop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
++msgid "Previous track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
++msgid "Audio previous"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263
++msgid "Next track"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
++msgid "Audio next"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
++msgid "Eject"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
++msgid "System"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275
++msgid "Show the run command prompt"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279
++msgid "Show the activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
++msgid "Log out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
++msgid "Lock screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
++msgid "Show the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
++msgid "Focus the active notification"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
++msgid "Show all applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
++msgid "Open the application menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
++msgid "Typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
++msgid "Switch to next input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
++msgid "Switch to previous input source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
++msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
++msgid "Compose Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
++msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
++msgid "Universal Access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
++msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
++msgid "Zoom in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
++msgid "Zoom out"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
++msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
++msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
++msgid "Increase text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
++msgid "Decrease text size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
++msgid "High contrast on or off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372
++msgid "Activate the window menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
++msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
++msgid "Toggle maximization state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
++msgid "Maximize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
++msgid "Restore window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
++msgid "Toggle shaded state"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
++msgid "Close window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
++msgid "Hide window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
++msgid "Move window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
++msgid "Resize window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
++msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
++msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
++msgid "Raise window above other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
++msgid "Lower window below other windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
++msgid "Maximize window vertically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
++msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
++msgid "View split on left"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
++msgid "View split on right"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
++msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
++msgid ""
++"This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
++msgid "Open the Terminal application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455
++msgid ""
++"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
++"true</cmd> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
++msgid ""
++"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
++msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
++msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
++msgid ""
++"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
++"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
++"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
++"app> utility to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
++msgid "Custom shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479
++msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
++"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489
++msgid ""
++"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
++"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
++"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
++"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
++"<gui>New accelerator...</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key "
++"combination."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500
++msgid ""
++"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
++"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
++"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
++"application itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
++"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
++"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/keyboard.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
++"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref="
++"\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:32
++msgid "Keyboard"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/keyboard.page:35
++#: C/prefs-language.page:26
++msgid "Region &amp; Language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-background.page:11
++msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/look-background.page:18
++msgid "April Gonzales"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-background.page:40
++msgid "Change the desktop background"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-background.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
++"simple color or gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:47
++msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:48
++msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:49
++msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
++"images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and "
++"allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will "
++"be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures "
++"folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would "
++"like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use "
++"<app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set "
++"as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and "
++"selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:68
++msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-background.page:69
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
++"to view your entire desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
++msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
++msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33
++msgid ""
++"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
++"the right one for your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. "
++"In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the "
++"<gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look "
++"better."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45
++msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
++"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
++"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
++"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49
++msgid ""
++"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
++"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
++"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
++"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
++"window on both screens at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
++msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open "
++"<gui>Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
++msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
++"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
++"display looks right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/look-resolution.page:10
++msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:26
++msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
++"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
++"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
++"<em>rotation</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
++"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:40
++msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
++"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
++"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
++"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:48
++msgid ""
++"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
++"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
++"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:52
++msgid "Resolution"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:53
++msgid ""
++"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
++"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
++"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 "
++"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution "
++"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
++"letterboxed to avoid distortion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
++"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
++"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/look-resolution.page:64
++msgid "Rotation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/look-resolution.page:65
++msgid ""
++"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
++"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
++"rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down "
++"list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref="
++"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/media.page:22
++msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:26
++msgctxt "sort"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:27
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:28
++msgctxt "link:topic"
++msgid "Sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/media.page:29
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
++"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:36
++msgid "Basic sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Music and players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:41
++msgid "Music and portable audio players"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:45
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Photos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:46
++msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/media.page:50
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/media.page:51
++msgid "Videos and video cameras"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/more-help.page:18
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
++"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
++"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/more-help.page:26
++msgid "Get more help"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11
++msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24
++msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
++"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
++"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
++"after your last key stroke."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99
++msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
++"double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
++msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
++"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
++"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
++"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a "
++"value you find comfortable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in "
++"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight "
++"the inside circle."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
++"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
++"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly."
++" Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it "
++"still has the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
++msgid ""
++"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
++"pointing device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10
++msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27
++msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
++"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to "
++"<gui>Right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
++msgid ""
++"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
++"more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29
++msgid "Middle-click"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
++"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
++"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
++"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
++msgid ""
++"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
++"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42
++msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
++msgid ""
++"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
++"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
++"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
++"the mouse position."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
++"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
++"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54
++msgid ""
++"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
++"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
++"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
++"an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-"
++"click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
++"applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid "
++"button in the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
++"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
++"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
++"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
++"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
++"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
++"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
++"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
++"had double-clicked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
++"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
++"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11
++msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30
++msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
++"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
++"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give "
++"keyboard focus to the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-"
++"icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
++"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49
++msgid ""
++"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
++"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
++"accessibility options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54
++msgid ""
++"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
++"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
++"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
++"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
++"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
++"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
++"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
++"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
++"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
++"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
++"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
++"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
++"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
++"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
++"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
++msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
++msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28
++msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
++"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
++"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
++"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
++"if it was not plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43
++msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45
++#: C/power-closelid.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
++msgid ""
++"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
++"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
++msgid ""
++"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
++"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
++"of it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
++msgid ""
++"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
++"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
++"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
++"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
++"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
++"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
++"of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
++msgid ""
++"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
++"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
++"detected properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
++msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
++msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
++msgid ""
++"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
++"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
++"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
++"broken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
++msgid "Checking wireless mice"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
++msgid ""
++"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
++"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
++"place without it constantly waking up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
++msgid ""
++"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
++"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
++msgid ""
++"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
++"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
++"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
++msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
++msgid ""
++"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
++"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
++msgid ""
++"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
++"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
++"this is the case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
++msgid ""
++"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
++"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
++"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
++"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32
++msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
++"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
++"comfortable for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54
++msgid ""
++"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. "
++"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the "
++"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</"
++"gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
++msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
++"without separate hardware buttons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
++msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39
++msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
++msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
++"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
++"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
++"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
++"without a second mouse button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
++msgid ""
++"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
++"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
++"think they're a single finger."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58
++msgid "Two finger scroll"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
++msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79
++msgid ""
++"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
++"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
++"scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, "
++"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful "
++"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, "
++"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86
++msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
++msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93
++msgid ""
++"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
++"touchpad."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104
++msgid ""
++"This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse "
++"Scrolling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10
++msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
++msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
++"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when "
++"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
++"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before "
++"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
++"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/mouse.page:7
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
++"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
++"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/mouse.page:21
++msgid "Mouse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:32
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Common mouse problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:33
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Common problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:40
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Mouse tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/mouse.page:41
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/mouse.page:43
++msgid "Tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
++"\"copy protected\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
++msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
++"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
++"computer and then copied it over."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
++msgid ""
++"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
++"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
++"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
++"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
++"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
++"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
++"that format so that you can play it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
++"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
++"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
++"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
++"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
++"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
++"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
++"supported on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
++"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
++msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
++msgid ""
++"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
++"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
++"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
++"the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file "
++"manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right "
++"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
++"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
++"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
++"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
++"of the songs have been copied across properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
++"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
++"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
++"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
++"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
++"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
++"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
++"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
++"software installer for an appropriate codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
++"use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
++msgid "My new iPod won't work"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
++msgid ""
++"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
++"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
++"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
++"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
++msgid ""
++"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
++"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
++"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
++"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
++"into a Linux computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
++"an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
++msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
++"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
++"properly recognized as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
++"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
++"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
++"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
++"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
++"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
++"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
++"device as an audio player."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
++"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
++"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
++"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
++msgid ""
++"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
++"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
++"should say in its manual if it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
++"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
++"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
++"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
++"trash behavior."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26
++msgid "Sindhu S"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
++msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
++"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</"
++"gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
++msgid "Behavior"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41
++msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
++msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
++msgid ""
++"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
++"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
++"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
++"while clicking to select one or more files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52
++msgid "Executable text files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
++msgid ""
++"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
++"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
++"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
++"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
++"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
++"pl</file>, respectively."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
++msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64
++msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
++msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70
++msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
++"wish to run or view the selected text file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/"
++"share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a "
++"file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script "
++"is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
++"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85
++msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88
++msgid "Select the desired file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
++"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97
++msgid ""
++"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
++"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "File manager trash preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107
++msgid "Trash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
++msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
++msgid ""
++"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
++"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115
++msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that "
++"pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119
++msgid ""
++"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
++"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
++"to recover the deleted item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10
++msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23
++msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
++msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
++msgid "Add a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
++msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34
++msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from "
++"the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
++"and click the <key>-</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42
++msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47
++msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
++"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
++"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
++"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
++"than the name of the folder it points to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11
++msgid ""
++"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
++"WebDAV."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25
++msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
++"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
++"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
++"files with other people on your local network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
++"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
++"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
++"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're "
++"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
++"network address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43
++msgid "Connect to a file server"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick "
++"<gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
++"link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
++"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
++"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
++"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it "
++"quickly in the future"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62
++msgid "Writing URLs"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
++msgid ""
++"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
++"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
++"like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
++msgid ""
++"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
++"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
++"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73
++msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
++"domain name:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
++msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83
++msgid "Types of servers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
++"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
++"username and password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
++msgid ""
++"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server."
++" For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete "
++"files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
++"file shares."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
++msgid "SSH"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
++"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
++"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100
++msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
++msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109
++msgid ""
++"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
++"so that other users on your network can't see it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113
++msgid "FTP (with login)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
++msgid ""
++"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
++"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
++"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
++"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
++"upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119
++msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
++msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125
++msgid "Public FTP"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
++msgid ""
++"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
++"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
++"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130
++msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
++msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
++msgid ""
++"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
++"password, or with a public username using your email address as the password."
++" For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the "
++"credentials specified by the FTP site."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
++msgid "Windows share"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
++msgid ""
++"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
++"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
++"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
++"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
++"share from the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147
++msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
++msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153
++msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
++msgid ""
++"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
++"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
++"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
++"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
++"can't see your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159
++msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: example/p
++#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
++msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5="
++"'c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
++msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:26
++msgid "File manager display preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
++msgid ""
++"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
++"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the "
++"<gui>Display</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
++msgid "Icon captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:36
++msgid "File manager icons with captions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
++msgid ""
++"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
++"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
++"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
++"modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the "
++"<gui>Zoom</gui> options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more "
++"and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show "
++"in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will "
++"only be shown at very large sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
++"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-display.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
++"caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</"
++"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
++msgid ""
++"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
++"applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
++msgid "File properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28
++msgid ""
++"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
++"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
++"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
++"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">icon captions</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
++"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
++"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
++"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
++"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
++"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46
++msgid "Basic properties"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:36
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29
++msgid "Name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
++msgid ""
++"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
++"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:45
++msgid "Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
++msgid ""
++"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
++"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
++"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
++"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
++"information on this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
++"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
++msgid "Contents"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
++"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
++"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
++"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
++"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
++msgid "Size"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
++msgid ""
++"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
++"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
++"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
++"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
++msgid ""
++"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
++"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
++"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
++msgid "Location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
++msgid ""
++"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
++"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
++"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
++"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
++"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
++msgid "Volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
++msgid ""
++"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
++"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
++"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
++" Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
++"partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> "
++"too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
++msgid "Free Space"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
++"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
++"if the hard disk is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101
++msgid "Accessed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:49
++msgid "Modified"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
++msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
++msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30
++msgid "Set file permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
++"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
++"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36
++msgid ""
++"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
++"on the types of permissions you can set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35
++msgid "Files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
++"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
++"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
++"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
++"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
++"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
++"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
++"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
++"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
++"to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55
++msgid ""
++"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
++"the file's group."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
++msgid ""
++"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
++"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
++"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
++"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47
++msgid "Folders"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
++"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
++"groups, and other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
++"set for a file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74
++#: C/net-proxy.page:58
++msgid "None"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
++msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79
++msgid "List files only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
++"able to open, create, or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84
++msgid "Access files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
++"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
++"new files or delete files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90
++msgid "Create and delete files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
++msgid ""
++"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
++"and deleting files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96
++msgid ""
++"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
++"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
++"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
++"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
++"subfolders as well, to any depth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
++msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
++msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
++"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
++"which columns will be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
++"order in which the selected columns will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
++msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
++msgid ""
++"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder."
++" The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
++"audio, and more."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
++msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
++msgid "Owner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
++msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
++msgid "Group"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
++"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
++"might be in groups according to department or project."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
++msgid "Permissions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
++msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
++msgid ""
++"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
++"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
++msgid ""
++"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
++"who owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
++"group that owns the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
++msgid ""
++"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
++"for all other users on the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
++msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
++msgid "r : Read permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
++msgid "w : Write permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
++msgid "x : Execute permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
++msgid "- : No permission."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
++msgid "MIME Type"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
++msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
++msgid "The path to the location of the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
++msgid "File manager preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
++msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26
++msgid "File manager preview preferences"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
++"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
++"control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
++"<gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
++msgid ""
++"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on "
++"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to "
++"<gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref="
++"\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local "
++"area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area "
++"network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview "
++"option to <gui>Always</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43
++msgid ""
++"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
++"to limit the size of files previewed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
++"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
++"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
++"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
++"folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it "
++"on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:35
++msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
++"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
++"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in "
++"the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
++msgid "Default view"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:48
++msgid "View new folders using"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
++msgid ""
++"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, "
++"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a "
++"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style="
++"\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as "
++"a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:56
++msgid "Arrange items"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
++msgid ""
++"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the "
++"<gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, "
++"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last "
++"accessed or when they were trashed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
++"individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-"
++"down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By "
++"Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification "
++"Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu "
++"only affects the current folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
++msgid "Sort folders before files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
++msgid ""
++"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
++"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
++msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
++msgid ""
++"The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
++"link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
++"this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
++msgid ""
++"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
++"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/"
++"go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:91
++msgid "Icon view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:94
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
++msgid "Default zoom level"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:97
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
++"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
++"by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View "
++"options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, "
++"<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a "
++"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:104
++msgid ""
++"In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
++"captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:112
++msgid "List view defaults"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
++#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
++#. window for 'View options'
++#: C/nautilus-views.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
++"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media "
++"type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in "
++"the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or "
++"<gui>Normal Size</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:10
++msgid ""
++"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
++"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
++"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
++"way onto your computer and cause problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
++"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
++"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
++"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
++"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
++"worry about them at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-antivirus.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
++"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
++"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
++"or search online; a number of applications are available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-browser.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
++"moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-browser.page:17
++#: C/net-email.page:15
++#: C/net-general.page:18
++#: C/net-problem.page:16
++#: C/net-security.page:16
++#: C/net-wired.page:16
++#: C/net-wireless.page:20
++msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-browser.page:22
++msgid "Web Browsers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
++msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
++"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
++"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
++"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
++#: C/net-default-email.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
++"list on the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
++"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
++"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
++"browser again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-default-email.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
++"<gui>Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-default-email.page:22
++msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
++"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
++"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
++"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
++"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-default-email.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
++"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
++"of people you email."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:20
++msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
++"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
++"through email messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
++"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
++"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
++"to scan your email for viruses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-email-virus.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
++"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
++"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
++"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
++"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
++"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
++"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
++"software of their own anyway."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-email.page:10
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-email.page:19
++#: C/net-general.page:22
++msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-email.page:23
++msgid "Email &amp; email software"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-findip.page:23
++msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:27
++msgid "Find your IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
++"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
++"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
++"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:32
++msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to "
++"find the IP address for."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:35
++msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-findip.page:39
++msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:41
++msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-findip.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
++"be the same."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
++msgid ""
++"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
++"your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
++msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
++"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
++"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
++"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
++"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
++"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
++"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
++"may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
++"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
++"yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
++"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
++"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
++"the firewall tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
++"for a program with your firewall."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
++msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
++msgid ""
++"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
++"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
++"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
++"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
++"use, so this table isn't complete."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26
++msgid "Port"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32
++msgid "Description"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39
++msgid "5353/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42
++msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
++"without you having to specify the details manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50
++msgid "631/udp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64
++#: C/printing.page:27
++msgid "Printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56
++msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61
++msgid "631/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67
++msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72
++msgid "5298/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75
++msgid "Presence"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
++"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
++msgid "5900/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
++msgid "Remote desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
++"remote assistance."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94
++msgid "3689/tcp"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97
++msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100
++msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
++"services from your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
++msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
++"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
++"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
++"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
++"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
++msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
++"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
++"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
++"to <em>Manual</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
++"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
++"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
++"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
++"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
++"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
++"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
++"servers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
++"address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-general.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-general.page:28
++msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:14
++msgid ""
++"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
++"which display videos and interactive web pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:18
++msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
++"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
++"websites won't work without Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
++"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
++"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
++"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
++"software installer (package manager) too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:30
++msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
++"or similar and click to install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
++"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
++"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
++msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
++"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
++"automatically detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
++"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
++"don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380."
++"html\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it "
++"for your web browser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:56
++msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
++"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
++"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
++"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
++"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
++"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:60
++msgid "LightSpark"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-install-flash.page:61
++msgid "Gnash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
++"lets you view these pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18
++msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25
++msgid ""
++"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
++"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
++"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
++"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
++"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
++"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
++"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
++"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using "
++"their software installer; just open the installer and search for "
++"<input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
++msgid ""
++"If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the "
++"<link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> "
++"for more information and installation instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
++msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
++msgid "What is a MAC address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
++"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
++"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
++"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:30
++msgid ""
++"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
++"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
++msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
++msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-macaddress.page:39
++msgid ""
++"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
++"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
++"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
++"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
++"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-manual.page:15
++msgid ""
++"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
++"them yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:19
++msgid "Manually set network settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
++"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
++"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
++"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
++"router or network switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-manual.page:24
++msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:26
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click "
++"<gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a "
++"cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
++"in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
++"<gui>Manual</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
++"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
++"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
++"after typing each address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:40
++msgid ""
++"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
++"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the "
++"corresponding field, separated by commas."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-manual.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
++"network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying "
++"to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
++"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
++"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
++"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
++"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33
++msgid ""
++"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
++"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
++"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
++"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to "
++"change)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
++"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref="
++"\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
++"entering any further details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
++msgid ""
++"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
++"network connection settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
++msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
++"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
++"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
++"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
++"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
++"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
++"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
++"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
++"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
++"the connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:38
++msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> "
++"from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you "
++"want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click "
++"<gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
++"admin users can do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-othersedit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
++"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-problem.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
++"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
++"network</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-problem.page:21
++msgid "Network problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-proxy.page:22
++msgid ""
++"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
++"purposes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:26
++msgid "Define proxy settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:29
++msgid "What is a proxy?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
++"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
++"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
++"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
++"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
++"to do security checks on websites."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:40
++msgid "Change proxy method"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
++"the left side of the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:55
++msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
++"web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-proxy.page:62
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130
++msgid "Manual"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:63
++msgid ""
++"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
++"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
++"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/net-proxy.page:67
++msgid "Automatic"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:68
++msgid ""
++"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
++"for your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-proxy.page:73
++msgid ""
++"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
++"connection to use the chosen configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:10
++msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:15
++msgid "Steven Richards"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:21
++msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:23
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
++"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
++"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
++"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
++"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
++"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
++"with each distribution."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
++"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
++"you can still be susceptible to:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
++"through deception)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
++msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:40
++msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
++"not know."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
++"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
++"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
++"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
++"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
++"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-security-tips.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
++"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
++"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
++"intrusion."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-security.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-security.page:21
++msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-slow.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
++"could be a busy time of day."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-slow.page:18
++msgid "The internet seems slow"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
++"things that could be causing the slow down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
++"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
++"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:26
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
++"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
++"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
++"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
++"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
++"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
++"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
++"evenings, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:31
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
++"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
++"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:36
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
++"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
++"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:41
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
++"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
++"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:46
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:47
++msgid ""
++"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
++"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
++"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
++"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
++"like GPRS."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:51
++msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-slow.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
++"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
++"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
++"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
++"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15
++msgid ""
++"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
++"set up a VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a VPN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21
++msgid ""
++"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
++"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
++"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
++"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
++"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
++"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
++"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
++"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
++"without logging in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
++"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
++"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
++"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
++"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
++"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
++"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
++"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
++"different instructions to get that working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29
++msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37
++msgid ""
++"In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
++"details like your username and password as you go."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top "
++"bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just "
++"created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will "
++"change as it tries to connect."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
++"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
++"network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the "
++"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
++msgid ""
++"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click "
++"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14
++msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18
++msgid "What is an IP address?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20
++msgid ""
++"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
++"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
++msgid ""
++"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
++"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
++"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
++"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
++"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26
++msgid ""
++"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
++"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
++"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
++"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
++"administering a server."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
++msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
++msgid ""
++"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
++"network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a "
++"few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
++"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
++"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
++"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
++"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
++"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
++"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
++"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
++"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
++"manually</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wired.page:10
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
++"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wired.page:21
++msgid "Wired Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
++"its network connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24
++msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
++"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
++"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
++"network or over the cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
++msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
++"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
++"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
++"to confirm."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51
++msgid ""
++"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
++"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
++"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14
++msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18
++msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
++"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
++"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
++"power, for example). To do this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless "
++"connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and "
++"Bluetooth connections."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
++msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
++msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
++"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
++"files on the network, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network "
++"you want to connect to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
++msgid ""
++"If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
++"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the "
++"network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
++"<gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
++"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
++"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
++"to the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
++"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
++"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
++"reliable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
++"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
++"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
++"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
++"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
++"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
++msgid ""
++"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
++"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
++"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
++"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
++"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
++"speeds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
++msgid ""
++"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
++"properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
++msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
++"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
++"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
++"top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
++"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
++msgid "Weak wireless signal"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
++msgid ""
++"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
++"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
++"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
++"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
++"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
++"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
++msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
++"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
++"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
++"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
++"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
++"was disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42
++msgid ""
++"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
++"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
++"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47
++msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
++"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
++"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
++"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
++"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
++"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
++msgid "Busy wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
++"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
++"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
++"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19
++msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26
++msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
++"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the "
++"<gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
++"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
++"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41
++msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44
++msgid "Connect automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
++"wireless network whenever it is in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
++"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
++"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
++"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50
++msgid "Available to all users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
++"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
++"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
++"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
++"password themselves."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
++"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58
++msgid "Wireless"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61
++msgid "SSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
++msgid ""
++"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
++"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
++"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
++"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66
++msgid "Mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</"
++"gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base "
++"station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base "
++"station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most "
++"networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-"
++"adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
++msgid ""
++"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</"
++"gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band "
++"the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to "
++"work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</"
++"gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-"
++"hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless "
++"networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so "
++"you can change which channel you are using too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72
++msgid "BSSID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
++msgid ""
++"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
++"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
++"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
++"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID "
++"but it will have a BSSID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77
++msgid "Device MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
++msgid ""
++"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
++"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
++"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
++"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83
++msgid "Cloned MAC address"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
++msgid ""
++"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
++"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
++"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
++"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
++"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
++"address rather than its real one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88
++msgid "MTU"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
++msgid ""
++"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
++"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
++"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
++"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
++"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
++"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96
++msgid "Wireless Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
++msgid "Security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
++msgid ""
++"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
++"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
++"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
++"you're visiting and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
++"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
++"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
++"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
++"encryption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107
++msgid "IPv4 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116
++msgid ""
++"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
++"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
++"different ways of getting/setting that information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
++msgid "The following methods are available:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
++msgid ""
++"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
++"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
++"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
++"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
++"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125
++msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
++msgid ""
++"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
++"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
++"DNS server to use)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
++msgid ""
++"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
++"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: title/gui
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135
++msgid "Link-Local Only"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
++msgid ""
++"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
++"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
++"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
++"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
++"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
++"so they communicate with each other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
++msgid ""
++"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
++"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
++"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
++"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148
++msgid "IPv6 Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153
++msgid ""
++"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
++"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
++"at the moment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16
++msgid ""
++"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
++"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20
++msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
++"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
++"icon on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
++"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
++"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
++"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
++"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
++"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
++"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38
++msgid ""
++"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
++"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
++"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42
++msgid ""
++"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless "
++"network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
++msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21
++msgid ""
++"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
++"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
++"click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
++"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28
++msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
++msgid ""
++"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
++"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
++"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
++"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:"
++"02:03:04</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
++"for terms like WEP and WPA."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43
++msgid ""
++"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
++"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
++"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
++"detectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
++msgid ""
++"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
++"turn the wireless card off and on again…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
++msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
++"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
++msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
++"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
++"wrong."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
++msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
++msgid ""
++"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
++"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
++"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
++"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
++"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
++"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
++"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
++"connection)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
++msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
++"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
++"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
++msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
++msgid ""
++"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
++"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
++"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
++"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
++"use trial and error to go through the different options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
++msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
++"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
++"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
++"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
++"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
++"more information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11
++msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
++"you may need to find a better one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
++msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
++msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26
++msgid ""
++"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
++"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
++"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
++"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
++"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
++"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
++"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
++"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
++"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
++"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://"
++"linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en."
++"opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make "
++"and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
++"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35
++msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
++"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
++"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
++"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" "
++"version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on "
++"the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux "
++"drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
++"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
++"any wireless drivers for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41
++msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42
++msgid ""
++"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
++"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
++"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
++"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
++"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
++"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
++"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
++"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
++"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
++"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
++"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
++"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
++"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
++"recognized properly by the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22
++msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
++msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
++"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
++"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
++"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
++"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
++"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"*-network\n"
++"       description: Wireless interface\n"
++"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
++"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
++"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
++"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
++"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
++"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
++msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
++"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
++"recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
++"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
++"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
++"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
++"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
++"entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
++"Connection"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66
++msgid ""
++"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
++"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
++"If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
++"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58
++msgid "USB wireless adapter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common."
++" They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. "
++"3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, "
++"so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not "
++"actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61
++msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
++"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
++"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
++"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
++"the entry might look like:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
++"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
++msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
++msgid ""
++"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
++"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
++"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
++msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76
++msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/code
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
++#, no-wrap
++msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
++msgid ""
++"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
++"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80
++msgid ""
++"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
++"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
++"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
++msgid ""
++"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
++"Terminal if you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
++"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
++"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87
++msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
++"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
++"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
++"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
++msgid ""
++"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
++"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
++"about your wireless adapter, for example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
++msgid ""
++"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
++"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
++msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
++"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
++"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
++"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
++"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
++"following items, if you still have them:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
++"user guide for your router)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
++"contains Windows drivers)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
++"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
++"the device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
++"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
++"carefully."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
++"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45
++msgid ""
++"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
++"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
++"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
++"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
++"few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
++msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
++"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
++"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
++"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
++"connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
++msgid ""
++"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
++"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
++"the proper slot on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
++"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
++"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. "
++"You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane "
++"Mode is not switched on</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41
++msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
++msgid ""
++"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
++"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
++"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
++"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
++"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
++"is working and connected to your wireless router."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
++"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
++"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
++"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
++"contact your ISP for support."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
++"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
++"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19
++msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25
++msgid ""
++"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
++"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
++"reason, try following the instructions here."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
++msgid ""
++"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
++"to the internet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
++msgid "Performing an initial check"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
++msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
++msgid "Checking your hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
++msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
++msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page."
++" This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through "
++"each step in the guide."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
++msgid "Using the command line"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
++"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
++"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
++msgid ""
++"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
++"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
++"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
++"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
++msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18
++msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
++msgid ""
++"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
++"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
++"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
++"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
++"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
++"the second version of the WPA standard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
++"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
++"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
++"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
++"wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net-wireless.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
++"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
++"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
++"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net-wireless.page:25
++msgid "Wireless Networking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/net.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
++"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
++"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
++"accounts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/net.page:41
++msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10
++msgid ""
++"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
++"an estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28
++msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30
++msgid ""
++"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
++"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
++"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
++"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35
++msgid ""
++"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
++"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
++"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
++"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
++"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example)."
++" This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
++"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
++"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
++"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
++"will never be completely accurate, though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
++"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
++"make a sensible estimate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
++"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
++"data it needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:12
++msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:34
++msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
++"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
++msgid "General tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
++"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
++"can be woken up very quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:49
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
++"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
++"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
++"case."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your "
++"power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: "
++"you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the "
++"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain "
++"period of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
++"using them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:74
++msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:78
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant "
++"fraction of a laptop power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
++"can use to reduce the brightness."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
++msgid ""
++"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
++"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
++"which takes quite a bit of power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
++"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
++"turn it on again when you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
++msgid "More advanced tips"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
++"more power when they have more work to do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batterylife.page:103
++msgid ""
++"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
++"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
++"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10
++msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28
++msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30
++msgid ""
++"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
++"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
++"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
++"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
++"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
++"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
++"discharged is worse for the battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
++"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
++"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
++"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54
++msgid ""
++"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
++"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
++"treatment."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
++msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19
++msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
++"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
++"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
++"battery should last longer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26
++msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
++"cause of this problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24
++msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
++"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
++"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
++"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
++"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
++"them in Linux is difficult."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
++"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
++"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
++"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
++"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
++"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
++"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
++"different estimates."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-closelid.page:11
++msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:26
++msgid ""
++"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
++"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
++"the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
++"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
++"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
++"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
++"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
++"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
++"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-closelid.page:40
++msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:41
++msgid ""
++"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
++"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
++"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
++"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
++"confined place like a backpack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:54
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
++"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-closelid.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
++"press <key>Enter</key>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
++"hot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:19
++msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
++msgid ""
++"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
++"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
++"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
++"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
++"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
++"the time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
++"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
++"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
++"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
++"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
++"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-constantfan.page:35
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
++"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
++"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
++"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
++"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
++"laptop which may help."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:10
++msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:29
++msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
++"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
++"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
++"you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</"
++"link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your "
++"documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. "
++"Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:42
++msgid "Test if hibernate works"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:45
++msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:51
++msgid ""
++"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</"
++"key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>dash</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: choose/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
++"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:66
++msgid ""
++"As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
++"<key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:67
++msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:70
++msgid ""
++"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
++"re-open?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
++msgid ""
++"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
++"as your available RAM."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:80
++msgid "Enable hibernate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</"
++"cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-hibernate.page:85
++msgid ""
++"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
++"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/"
++"org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and "
++"save:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
++"can be damaging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20
++msgid "My computer gets really hot"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
++"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
++"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
++"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
++"It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
++"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
++"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
++"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
++"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
++"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
++"cooling."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
++"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
++"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
++"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
++"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
++"cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate "
++"cool air fast enough."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
++"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
++"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
++"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
++"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
++"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
++"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
++"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
++"probably need to get it repaired."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:9
++msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:22
++msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
++"automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this "
++"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is "
++"bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not "
++"have time to shut down properly either."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
++"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
++"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
++"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
++"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
++"turns off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
++"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
++"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
++"did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
++"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:11
++msgid ""
++"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
++"and does not resume properly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:28
++msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that "
++"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. "
++"This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the "
++"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. "
++"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
++"computer is resumed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
++msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
++msgid ""
++"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
++"then switch it off again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-nowireless.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
++"work again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
++"travel adapter."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:23
++msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
++"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
++"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
++"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
++"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
++"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
++"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:35
++msgid ""
++"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
++"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
++"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
++"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
++"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
++"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
++"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-othercountry.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
++"everything off first if you can."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10
++msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24
++msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
++"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
++"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
++"because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33
++msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
++"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
++"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
++"once)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
++"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
++"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
++"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
++"may not work with your hardware."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46
++msgid ""
++"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
++"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52
++msgid ""
++"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
++"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly."
++" Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be "
++"able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen "
++"because you had installed a software update which required the computer to "
++"be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of "
++"hibernating."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
++"the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a "
++"problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this "
++"by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, "
++"it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69
++msgid ""
++"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
++"computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may "
++"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not "
++"work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
++"properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
++"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77
++msgid ""
++"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
++"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
++"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
++"works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81
++msgid ""
++"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
++"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-suspend.page:8
++msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:23
++msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:31
++msgid ""
++"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
++"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
++"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
++"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
++"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
++"pressing the power button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
++"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
++"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
++"if it does work before relying on it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/power-suspend.page:44
++msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/power-suspend.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
++"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
++"recovered when you resume the computer again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-whydim.page:10
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
++"computer is idle in order to save power."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-whydim.page:23
++msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:29
++msgid ""
++"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
++"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
++"computer again, the screen will brighten."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:31
++msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/power-whydim.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
++"power</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10
++msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19
++msgid "My computer will not turn on"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
++"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32
++msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
++"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
++"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
++"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
++"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
++"removable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42
++msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
++msgid ""
++"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
++"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
++"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/"
++"RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50
++msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
++"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
++"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
++"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
++"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
++"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
++"for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61
++msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
++msgid ""
++"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
++msgid ""
++"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
++"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
++"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/power.page:11
++msgid "Natalia Ruz"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:16
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
++"dimming</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/power.page:24
++msgid "Power &amp; battery"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/power.page:32
++msgid "Battery settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/power.page:37
++msgctxt "link"
++msgid "Power problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/power.page:39
++msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-display.page:13
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
++"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, brightness…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs-display.page:24
++msgid "Display &amp; screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs-language.page:17
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
++"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
++"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/prefs.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/prefs.page:14
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
++"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
++"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</"
++"link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/prefs.page:24
++msgid "User &amp; system settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
++msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
++msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
++msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:29
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75
++#: C/printing-order.page:32
++#: C/printing-order.page:50
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
++"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
++"sided printing is not available for your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
++"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
++"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
++"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
++"be available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
++"paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
++msgid "Print folded booklets"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
++"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
++"options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
++msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
++"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
++"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
++"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
++msgid "To print a booklet:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
++"and a multiple of 4):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
++msgid ""
++"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-"
++"9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
++msgid "Examples:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
++msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
++msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
++msgid ""
++"20 page booklet: Type "
++"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
++msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
++"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
++msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
++msgid "To print:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
++msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
++msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
++msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
++msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
++msgid ""
++"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
++msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
++"Sided</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
++msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
++"the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
++msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
++msgid "Print a booklet"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
++msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
++"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
++"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
++msgid ""
++"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
++"pages needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
++"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
++"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
++"below:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
++msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:14
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
++msgid "Jana Svarova"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
++msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
++"printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36
++msgid "Cancel a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
++"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42
++msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43
++#: C/printing-setup.page:69
++msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
++msgid ""
++"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop "
++"symbols."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
++"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
++msgid ""
++"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
++"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
++"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
++"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
++"and then on again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
++"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
++"probably just leave it where it is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
++msgid "Pause and release a print job"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
++msgid ""
++"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
++"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
++"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
++"on your needs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
++msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
++msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
++msgid ""
++"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
++"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
++"document."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
++#: C/printing-select.page:24
++msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
++msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
++"drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
++"orientation:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
++msgid "Portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
++msgid "Landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
++msgid "Reverse portrait"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: p/gui
++#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
++msgid "Reverse landscape"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
++"the correct paper size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
++msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
++"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
++"example."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
++msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
++msgid ""
++"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
++" The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you "
++"click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page "
++"Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you "
++"can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> "
++"to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size "
++"they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
++"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
++"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
++"which way is the right way up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
++"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
++"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
++msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
++msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
++msgid ""
++"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
++"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
++"installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
++"information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
++msgid ""
++"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
++"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
++"proprietary drivers with similar features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels."
++" <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. "
++"See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge."
++"net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels "
++"application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
++"designed to report their ink levels."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:9
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
++msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
++"location of a printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
++msgid "Change printer name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
++msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:56
++#: C/printing-setup.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:41
++msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
++msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:49
++msgid "Change printer location"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:50
++msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
++msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-order.page:8
++msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:23
++msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:26
++msgid "Reverse"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
++"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
++"reverse this printing order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:30
++msgid "To reverse the order:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
++"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing-order.page:40
++msgid "Collate"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
++"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
++"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
++"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
++"instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:48
++msgid "To Collate:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-order.page:51
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
++"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
++msgid ""
++"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
++"you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
++msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
++msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
++msgid ""
++"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
++"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
++"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
++"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
++"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
++"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
++"print job again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/printing-select.page:35
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5="
++"'e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-select.page:7
++msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-select.page:18
++msgid "Print only certain pages"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:20
++msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:25
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
++"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:27
++msgid ""
++"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
++"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-select.page:32
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
++"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
++msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29
++msgid "Set the default printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
++"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
++msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
++msgid ""
++"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
++"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
++"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of "
++"new printers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64
++msgid ""
++"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
++"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-setup.page:8
++msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-setup.page:35
++msgid "Set up a local printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
++"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
++"your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local "
++"printer now. They are listed in one window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:51
++msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
++"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
++"asked to authenticate to install them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
++"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
++"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:63
++msgid ""
++"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:73
++msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:74
++msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
++"install print drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-setup.page:86
++msgid ""
++"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
++"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
++msgid ""
++"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
++"or clean the print head."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
++msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
++"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
++"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
++msgid "Fading text or images"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
++"a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
++msgid "Streaks and lines"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
++"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
++"instructions)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
++msgid "Wrong colors"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
++msgid ""
++"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
++"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
++msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
++msgid ""
++"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
++"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
++"details on how to do this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
++msgid ""
++"Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a "
++"printer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:29
++msgid "Print to file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
++"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
++"<sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
++"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
++"or to share it with someone."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
++"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
++"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
++"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
++"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
++"gui> once you have finished choosing."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
++"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
++"<sys>SVG</sys>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
++msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:15
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
++"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
++"and multi-page</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:36
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Setup"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:38
++msgid "Set up a printer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/printing.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:45
++msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/printing.page:51
++msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/printing.page:53
++msgid "Printer problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
++"name-visibility\">Name &amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-"
++"recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash "
++"&amp; temporary files</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy.page:21
++msgid "Privacy Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
++"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
++"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7
++msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Hide notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18
++msgid ""
++"By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your "
++"screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while "
++"you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. "
++"The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is "
++"locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27
++msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21
++msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31
++msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8
++msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
++msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
++"that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. "
++"To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
++msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style="
++"\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></"
++"guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
++msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
++msgid ""
++"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to "
++"<gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
++msgid ""
++"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
++"the web sites you visit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7
++msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14
++msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16
++msgid ""
++"Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can "
++"hide your name to protect your privacy."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20
++msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22
++msgid ""
++"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; "
++"Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24
++msgid ""
++"Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name "
++"in Top Bar</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full "
++"name when your screen is locked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>.\" If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you "
++"will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> in the <gui>top "
++"bar</gui> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:19
++msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
++"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
++"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
++"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
++"period of time:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
++msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
++msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
++msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge "
++"Temporary Files</gui> sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
++"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
++msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
++"trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
++"trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more "
++"difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
++"it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12
++msgid ""
++"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
++msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
++"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
++"desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your "
++"screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after "
++"a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't "
++"using it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
++"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
++"them again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44
++msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
++msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
++"length of time from the drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
++"or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
++"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
++msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/years
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
++#: C/translate.page:14
++msgid "2011"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
++msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
++"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
++"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
++"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
++"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
++msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
++msgid ""
++"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
++"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
++"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
++"Then choose any effects you want."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
++msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
++"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
++"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
++"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
++"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
++"to the application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
++msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
++"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
++msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
++"window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
++"an area you select."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
++msgid ""
++"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
++"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
++"includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
++msgid ""
++"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
++"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
++msgid "Make a screencast"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
++msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
++"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
++msgid ""
++"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
++"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
++msgid ""
++"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
++"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
++msgid ""
++"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
++"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8
++msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
++msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25
++msgid ""
++"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
++"fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to "
++"perform these steps."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
++msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
++"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
++"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right "
++"corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
++msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose "
++"your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then "
++"select <gui>Forward</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over "
++"your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your "
++"fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform "
++"into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, "
++"you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
++"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
++msgid ""
++"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
++"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78
++msgid ""
++"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
++"will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of "
++"your name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer "
++"runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in "
++"with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"button and return to the previous step."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your "
++"fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
++msgid ""
++"If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. "
++"To unlock it, enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-formats.page:21
++msgid ""
++"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-formats.page:27
++msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:29
++msgid ""
++"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
++"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:35
++msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
++"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
++"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
++"available regions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:41
++#: C/session-language.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
++"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
++"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-formats.page:47
++msgid ""
++"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
++"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
++"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
++"calendars."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/session-language.page:50
++#: C/session-language.page:86
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-language.page:8
++msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-language.page:32
++msgid "Change which language you use"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:40
++msgid ""
++"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
++"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:45
++#: C/session-language.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:47
++#: C/session-language.page:83
++msgid ""
++"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
++"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <media type="
++"\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some "
++"translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support "
++"your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in "
++"which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-language.page:61
++msgid ""
++"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
++"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
++"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
++"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
++"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
++"update the folder names."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/session-language.page:69
++msgid "Change the system language"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/session-language.page:71
++msgid ""
++"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
++"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
++"in places like the login screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:79
++msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-language.page:80
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
++"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
++"administrator account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24
++msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26
++msgid ""
++"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
++"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
++"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
++"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
++"too quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
++msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
++msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
++msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
++"<gui>Lock Screen After Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
++"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
++"\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
++"media\">Media sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:21
++msgid "Sharing Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
++msgid ""
++"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
++"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
++"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
++"sharing</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing.page:22
++msgid "Sharing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15
++msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
++msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> "
++"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only "
++"<em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control "
++"access to the shared folders on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
++msgid ""
++"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
++"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
++msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45
++#: C/sharing-media.page:42
++msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48
++#: C/sharing-media.page:45
++msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82
++msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> "
++"folder, switch <gui>Only share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
++"prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
++"phone or similar device nearby."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70
++msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85
++msgid ""
++"Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
++"file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
++"<gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
++"be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
++msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
++msgid "Share your desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
++"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
++"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35
++msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
++msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
++msgid ""
++"To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</"
++"gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
++"your computer and view what's on your screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
++msgid ""
++"To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> "
++"to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run "
++"applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security "
++"settings which you are currently using."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
++msgid ""
++"This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
++msgid ""
++"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
++"option means before changing it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81
++msgid "Approve All Connections"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
++msgid ""
++"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
++"desktop, switch <gui>Approve All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you "
++"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
++"to connect to your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87
++msgid "This option is enabled by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91
++msgid "Require Password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
++"switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this "
++"option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96
++msgid ""
++"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
++"secure password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sharing-media.page:15
++msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sharing-media.page:19
++msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:21
++msgid ""
++"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
++"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
++"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
++"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
++"gui> to be visible."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:32
++msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:49
++msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:52
++msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
++"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
++"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style="
++"\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for "
++"example <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sharing-media.page:63
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
++"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11
++msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
++msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
++"for easy access:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by "
++"clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
++"link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
++"gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
++msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
++"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55
++msgid ""
++"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11
++msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
++msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
++msgid "Start applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
++"of the screen to show the <gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you "
++"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
++"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
++msgid ""
++"You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
++msgid ""
++"There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
++"<gui>activities overview</gui>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56
++msgid ""
++"Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
++"this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
++"typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
++"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one "
++"of these to start the corresponding application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
++"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
++"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
++"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style="
++"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. "
++"Press on the application to start it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-"
++"workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from "
++"the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the "
++"right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen "
++"workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
++msgid ""
++"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
++"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
++msgid "Quickly running a command"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
++msgid ""
++"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
++"the <key>Enter</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
++msgid ""
++"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
++"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-exit.page:13
++msgid ""
++"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
++"so on."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-exit.page:28
++msgid "Alexandre Franke"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:35
++msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:43
++msgid ""
++"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
++"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:47
++msgid "Log out or switch users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:48
++msgid ""
++"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
++"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
++"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
++"when you log back in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:52
++msgid ""
++"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top "
++"bar and select the appropriate option."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
++"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:61
++msgid ""
++"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
++"than one user account on your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:70
++msgid "Lock the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:71
++msgid ""
++"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
++"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
++"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back "
++"in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a "
++"certain amount of time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:78
++msgid ""
++"To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</"
++"gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:81
++msgid ""
++"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
++"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
++"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:90
++msgid "Suspend"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:92
++msgid ""
++"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
++"laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
++"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
++"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
++"suspend."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:98
++msgid ""
++"To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold "
++"down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to "
++"<gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-exit.page:108
++msgid "Power off or restart"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:110
++msgid ""
++"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
++"your name on the top bar and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open "
++"offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:114
++msgid ""
++"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
++"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
++"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-exit.page:120
++msgid ""
++"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
++"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
++"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
++"link> than one which is suspended."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5="
++"'cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5="
++"'e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5="
++"'e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:71
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5="
++"'3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5="
++"'94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:223
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5="
++"'2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:277
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5="
++"'83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:10
++msgid ""
++"A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:27
++msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
++msgid ""
++"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
++"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
++"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
++msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:48
++msgid ""
++"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
++"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
++"like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can "
++"set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch "
++"users, or turn off your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:58
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
++msgid "Activities overview"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
++msgid "Activities button"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:77
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
++"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
++"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
++"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
++"also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:84
++msgid ""
++"To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
++"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
++"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
++"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
++"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
++msgid "The dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
++msgid ""
++"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
++"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
++"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
++"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
++"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
++"right."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
++msgid ""
++"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
++"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
++"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
++msgid ""
++"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
++"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. "
++"Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also "
++"use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:113
++msgid ""
++"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
++"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
++"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
++"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
++"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
++"they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:129
++msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:147
++msgid ""
++"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
++"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
++"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
++"directly from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
++"</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
++msgid "You and your computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:166
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
++msgid "User menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:178
++msgid ""
++"Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your "
++"computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
++msgid ""
++"You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set "
++"your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such "
++"as <app>Empathy</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
++msgid ""
++"The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the "
++"system settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
++msgid ""
++"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
++"people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out "
++"completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend "
++"or power off the computer from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:213
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
++"turning off your computer.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:219
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:224
++msgid "Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:227
++msgid ""
++"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
++"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
++"your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the "
++"logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network "
++"status, and allows you to control media playback."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:234
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:240
++msgid "Message Tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
++msgid "Message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
++msgid ""
++"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
++"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
++"you are ready to view them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
++"message tray.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:278
++msgid "Window List"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:264
++msgid ""
++"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
++"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
++"on the task at hand without distractions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/shell-introduction.page:291
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
++"display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
++"blue icon shows the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
++msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
++msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
++msgid ""
++"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
++"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
++"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
++"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
++msgid "Getting around the desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key> key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
++"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
++"documents."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
++msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>."
++" Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
++msgid ""
++"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
++"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
++msgid ""
++"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
++"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
++"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
++"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
++"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
++msgid ""
++"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
++"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
++"keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
++msgid "Show the list of applications."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</"
++"key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and "
++"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
++"different workspace</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103
++msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
++msgid ""
++"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
++"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
++"<key>Esc</key> to close."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
++msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
++msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
++msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
++msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
++msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133
++msgid "Undo the last action."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: table/title
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
++msgid "Capturing from the screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
++msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141
++msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
++"link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
++msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
++"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
++"select an area."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
++msgid ""
++"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
++"recording.</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
++msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
++msgid "The Lock Screen"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
++msgid ""
++"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
++"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
++"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
++"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
++msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
++msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
++msgid "battery and network status"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
++msgid ""
++"the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
++"pause your music without having to enter a password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
++"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
++"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
++"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5="
++"'d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5="
++"'de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
++"happen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
++msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:27
++msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:30
++msgid "What is a notification?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
++msgid ""
++"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
++"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
++msgid ""
++"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
++"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
++"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
++msgid ""
++"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
++"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
++"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
++"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
++msgid "The message tray"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
++"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
++msgid ""
++"The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
++"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
++"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
++"super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray "
++"by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. "
++"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
++"or that permanently reside in it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
++msgid ""
++"You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
++"are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
++"given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who "
++"sent you the chat messages."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
++msgid ""
++"You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
++"key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
++msgid ""
++"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll "
++"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
++msgid "Hiding notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
++msgid ""
++"If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
++"switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the "
++"<gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/shell-notifications.page:93
++msgid ""
++"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
++"screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
++"critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
++"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
++"right corner, or pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
++"and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:9
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-overview.page:11
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
++"calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
++"notifications\">notifications</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:28
++msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:33
++msgid "The Desktop"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-overview.page:37
++msgid "Applications and windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:9
++msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:25
++msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:32
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:35
++msgid ""
++"The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you "
++"select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at "
++"the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
++msgid "Applications menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:42
++msgid ""
++"You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
++"screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
++"<em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting the <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui> item from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
++msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
++msgid ""
++"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
++"the icons of the applications you have currently open."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
++msgid "Dash"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
++msgid ""
++"The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
++"the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are "
++"currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as "
++"the <em>dock</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
++msgid "Hot corner"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:65
++msgid ""
++"The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
++"you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:71
++msgid ""
++"The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
++"is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
++"while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without "
++"having to unlock."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:78
++msgid "Notifications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:79
++msgid ""
++"<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
++"telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
++"with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
++"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
++"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key xref="
++"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message "
++"tray."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:89
++msgid "Places menu"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:90
++msgid ""
++"The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
++"<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
++"example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:96
++msgid "Settings"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
++msgid ""
++"The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
++"similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
++"Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>Settings</"
++"gui> to access them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:104
++msgid "Top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:105
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
++msgid ""
++"The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
++"The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your "
++"username is on the other."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
++msgid "Workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
++msgid ""
++"You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
++"way of grouping and separating windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/title
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:120
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
++msgid "Workspace selector"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:121
++msgid ""
++"The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
++"the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities "
++"overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-terminology.page:127
++msgid ""
++"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
++"shows buttons for all your open windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
++msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25
++msgid "Find a lost window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
++msgid ""
++"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
++"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</"
++"link>:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the "
++"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
++"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
++"redisplay the window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
++"window, or"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
++"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
++msgid "Using the window switcher:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
++"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
++"link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
++"key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
++"key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
++msgid ""
++"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
++"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11
++msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
++msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
++"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
++"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
++"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
++"for details."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
++"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
++"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
++"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
++msgid ""
++"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
++"titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
++"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
++"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
++"used to maximize the window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
++msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
++msgid "Move and resize windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
++"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
++"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
++"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
++"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
++"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
++"screen and other windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
++msgid ""
++"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
++"the titlebar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
++"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
++"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
++"the original position and size."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
++"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
++"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-"
++"tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
++msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23
++msgid "Switch between windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching "
++"between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
++"applications are running."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33
++msgid "From a workspace:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></"
++"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
++"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
++"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
++"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
++msgid ""
++"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
++"windows and switch between them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
++"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
++"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
++msgid ""
++"In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
++"by vertical separators."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
++msgid ""
++"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
++"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
++"mouse."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
++"<key>↓</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69
++msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
++msgid ""
++"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
++"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
++"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
++"view the open windows on each workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
++msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
++msgid "Tile windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
++"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
++"them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
++msgid ""
++"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
++"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
++"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
++"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
++msgid ""
++"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
++"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-windows.page:9
++msgid "Move and organize your windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:21
++msgid "Windows and workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:23
++msgid ""
++"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications."
++" Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you "
++"can launch new applications and control active windows."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-windows.page:27
++msgid ""
++"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
++"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
++"features."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:57
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:59
++msgid "Working with windows"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:64
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/shell-windows.page:66
++msgid "Working with workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
++msgid ""
++"Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
++msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
++msgid "Using the mouse:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
++"<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
++"menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
++msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
++msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
++"window you have dropped."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#. (itstool) path: list/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
++msgid "Using the keyboard:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
++"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
++"\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</em>)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
++"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
++"<em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
++"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
++"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21
++msgid "Use the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
++msgid "Switch between workspaces"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
++msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
++msgid ""
++"At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
++"terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities "
++"Overview</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
++"that workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41
++msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
++"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
++"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
++"key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
++"the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
++"workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5="
++"'7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
++msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
++msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
++"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
++"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
++msgid ""
++"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
++"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
++"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
++"manager could be on a third workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
++msgid "Using workspaces:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
++msgid ""
++"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
++"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
++"side of the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
++"workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60
++msgid ""
++"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link "
++"xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
++msgid ""
++"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
++"the empty workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
++"selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, "
++"and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
++msgid ""
++"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
++"workspaces."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
++msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-alert.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
++"alert sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-alert.page:23
++msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
++"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
++"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
++""
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:32
++msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:33
++msgid ""
++"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
++"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
++"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
++"other sound files."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-alert.page:41
++msgid ""
++"To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under "
++"<gui>Alert volume</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-broken.page:10
++msgid ""
++"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-broken.page:20
++msgid "Sound problems"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-broken.page:27
++msgid ""
++"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
++"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
++msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
++msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
++msgid ""
++"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
++"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
++"with the drivers for the sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
++msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
++"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
++msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
++"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
++"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
++"need to replace the cable or headphones."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
++msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
++"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
++"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
++"\"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
++"sound card."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
++msgid ""
++"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
++"sound card is detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
++msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
++"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
++"problem."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
++msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
++"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
++"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
++msgid ""
++"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
++"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
++"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
++"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
++"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
++"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
++msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
++msgid ""
++"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
++"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
++"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
++"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
++msgid ""
++"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
++"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
++"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
++"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
++"see if that works."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
++msgid ""
++"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
++"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
++msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
++"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
++"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
++"choose the right one."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++" Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
++"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
++msgid ""
++"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
++"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
++"and try each profile."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
++msgid ""
++"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
++"devices that are listed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
++msgid ""
++"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
++msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
++msgid ""
++"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
++"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
++"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
++"are not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
++msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
++msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
++msgid ""
++"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
++"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
++msgid ""
++"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
++"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
++msgid ""
++"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
++"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
++"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
++"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
++"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
++"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
++"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
++"detailed information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
++msgid ""
++"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
++"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
++"instructions."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
++msgid ""
++"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
++"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
++"computer and external USB sound cards."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
++msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:22
++msgid "Use a different microphone"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:24
++msgid ""
++"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
++"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
++"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
++"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
++"quality."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
++"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
++"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
++"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
++"default input device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:37
++msgid ""
++"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
++"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
++"which microphone to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:42
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50
++msgid "Select a default audio input device"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:44
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should "
++"respond when you speak."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
++msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
++"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
++"plug or with USB."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
++msgid ""
++"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
++"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
++"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
++"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
++"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
++"default device."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
++"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
++"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
++"settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, "
++"then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your "
++"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui style=\"button\">Test "
++"Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. "
++"Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to "
++"that speaker."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
++msgid ""
++"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
++"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
++"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
++msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53
++msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/sound-volume.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
++"application."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:24
++msgid "Change the sound volume"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:26
++msgid ""
++"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks "
++"like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
++"turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:30
++msgid ""
++"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
++"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
++"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
++"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:35
++msgid ""
++"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
++"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
++"volume control too."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/sound-volume.page:40
++msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:41
++msgid ""
++"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
++"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
++"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
++"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:45
++msgid ""
++"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
++"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
++"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
++"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
++"there."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/sound-volume.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
++"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
++"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
++"volume."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:27
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5="
++"'a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:33
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5="
++"'c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:46
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:60
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:64
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:69
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:73
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:85
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:89
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:102
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:106
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:110
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:114
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:118
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:122
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:126
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:130
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:134
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:138
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:142
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:146
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:156
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:160
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:164
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:168
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:172
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:176
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:180
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:190
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:194
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:203
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:207
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:211
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:220
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:224
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:228
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:232
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:236
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:240
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:244
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:248
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:260
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:264
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:268
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:272
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:276
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:280
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:284
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:288
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:292
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:296
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5="
++"'b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:301
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5="
++"'__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media
++#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
++#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
++#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
++#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
++#: C/status-icons.page:306
++msgctxt "_"
++msgid ""
++"external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: credit/name
++#: C/status-icons.page:11
++msgid "Monica Kochofar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/status-icons.page:18
++msgid ""
++"Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:21
++msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:22
++msgid ""
++"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
++"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
++"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: media/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:28
++#: C/status-icons.page:34
++msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:42
++msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:47
++msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:55
++msgid "Volume Control Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:61
++msgid "The volume is set to high."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:65
++msgid "The volume is set to medium."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:70
++msgid "The volume is set to low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:74
++msgid "The volume is muted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:81
++msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:86
++msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:90
++msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:96
++msgid "Network Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:98
++msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:103
++msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:107
++msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:111
++msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:115
++msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:119
++msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:123
++msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:127
++msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:131
++#: C/status-icons.page:233
++msgid "Very high signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:135
++#: C/status-icons.page:237
++msgid "High signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:139
++#: C/status-icons.page:241
++msgid "Medium signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:143
++#: C/status-icons.page:245
++msgid "Low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:147
++msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:153
++msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:157
++msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:161
++msgid "The network is inactive."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:165
++msgid "There is no route found for the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:169
++msgid "The network is offline."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:173
++msgid "The network is receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:177
++msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:181
++msgid "The network is transmitting data."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:187
++msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:191
++#: C/status-icons.page:204
++msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:195
++msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:200
++msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:208
++msgid "Disconnected from the network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:212
++msgid "Connected to a wired network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:217
++msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:221
++msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:225
++msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:229
++msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:249
++msgid "Very low signal strength."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/status-icons.page:256
++msgid "Power Manager Icons"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:261
++msgid "The battery is full."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:265
++msgid "The battery is partially drained."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:269
++msgid "The battery is low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:273
++msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:277
++msgid "The battery is extremely low."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:281
++msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:285
++msgid "The battery is fully charged."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:289
++msgid "The battery is full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:293
++msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:297
++msgid "The battery is low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:302
++msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: td/p
++#: C/status-icons.page:307
++msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
++msgid ""
++"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
++"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24
++msgid "Enter special characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26
++msgid ""
++"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
++"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
++"different ways you can enter special characters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: links/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31
++msgid "Methods to enter characters"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35
++msgid "Character map"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
++msgid ""
++"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
++"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
++"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
++"For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:"
++"gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45
++msgid "Compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
++msgid ""
++"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
++"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
++"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
++"key>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50
++msgid ""
++"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
++"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
++msgid "Define a compose key"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56
++msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
++msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59
++msgid ""
++"Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as "
++"a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the "
++"<key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right <key>Win</key> "
++"or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the "
++"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any "
++"key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work "
++"for its original purpose."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67
++msgid ""
++"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
++"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
++"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
++"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
++msgid ""
++"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
++"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
++"Wikipedia</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86
++msgid "Code points"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
++msgid ""
++"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
++"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
++"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
++"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
++"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
++"after <gui>U+</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
++msgid ""
++"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
++"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
++"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
++"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
++"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
++"them quickly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
++msgid "Keyboard layouts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103
++msgid ""
++"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
++"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
++"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
++"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
++msgid "Input methods"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111
++msgid ""
++"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
++"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
++"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
++"characters using a Latin keyboard."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
++msgid ""
++"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
++"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
++"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
++"to see how to use them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/tips.page:12
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
++"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/tips.page:16
++msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/translate.page:8
++msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/translate.page:25
++msgid "Participate to improve translations"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:26
++msgid ""
++"GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
++"are welcome to participate."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:29
++msgid ""
++"There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
++"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:32
++msgid ""
++"To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome."
++"org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give you "
++"the ability to upload new translations."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:36
++msgid ""
++"You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat."
++"mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\">irc</link>. People on the "
++"channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
++"result of timezone differences."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/translate.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
++"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
++"list</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:7
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-accounts.page:8
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-"
++"addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
++"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:23
++msgid "User accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-accounts.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
++"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
++"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
++"account if you know the password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:32
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:34
++msgid "Manage user accounts"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:38
++msgid "Passwords"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:43
++msgctxt "link:trail"
++msgid "Privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-accounts.page:45
++msgid "User privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-add.page:8
++msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-add.page:29
++msgid "Add a new user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-add.page:58
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
++"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
++"folder, documents, and settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:64
++msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:66
++msgid ""
++"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
++"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
++"type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:70
++#: C/user-addguest.page:47
++msgid ""
++"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
++"button to add a new user account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:73
++msgid ""
++"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
++"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
++"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
++"and time."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:79
++msgid ""
++"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
++"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
++"you like."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:83
++msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:85
++msgid ""
++"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
++"user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login "
++"Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. "
++"Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down "
++"list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> "
++"and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/"
++">."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:92
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
++msgid ""
++"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
++"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
++"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-add.page:96
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:67
++msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-add.page:99
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
++"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
++"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
++"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-addguest.page:7
++msgid ""
++"Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:32
++msgid "Add a guest user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:34
++msgid ""
++"You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the "
++"computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the "
++"programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, "
++"change your settings, or install software."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: steps/title
++#: C/user-addguest.page:40
++msgid "Create a guest user account:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:42
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:56
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
++#: C/user-delete.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to "
++"open the <gui>Users</gui> window."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:44
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the "
++"guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like "
++"<em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in "
++"automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you "
++"can change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:54
++msgid ""
++"Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the "
++"label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be "
++"presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> "
++"drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-addguest.page:60
++msgid ""
++"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
++"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
++"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
++"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
++msgid ""
++"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
++"giving them administrative privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
++msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
++msgid ""
++"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
++"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
++"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
++"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
++"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
++"yourself.)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:43
++msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
++msgid ""
++"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
++"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
++msgid ""
++"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
++"they next log in."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:58
++msgid ""
++"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin "
++"privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first "
++"installed the system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-change.page:61
++msgid ""
++"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
++"on one system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
++msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
++msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
++msgid ""
++"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
++"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
++"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
++"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
++"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
++"also protected."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
++msgid ""
++"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
++"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
++"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
++"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
++"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
++"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
++"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
++"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
++"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
++"be taken away again."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
++msgid ""
++"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
++"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
++"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
++"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
++"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
++"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
++"example)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
++msgid ""
++"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
++"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
++msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
++"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
++"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
++"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
++msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
++msgid ""
++"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
++"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
++"intentionally or unintentionally."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
++msgid ""
++"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
++"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
++"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
++"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
++msgid ""
++"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
++"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
++"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
++"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
++"standpoint."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
++"privileges."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
++msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
++msgid ""
++"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
++"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
++"privileges in order to work, such as:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
++msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
++msgid ""
++"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
++"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
++msgid "Installing new applications"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
++msgid ""
++"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</"
++"link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-autologin.page:20
++msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-autologin.page:23
++msgid "Log in automatically"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:25
++msgid ""
++"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
++"account when you start up your computer:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:30
++msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:33
++msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:40
++msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:43
++msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:47
++msgid ""
++"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
++"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
++"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
++"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
++"including your files and browser history."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-autologin.page:54
++msgid ""
++"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
++"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
++msgid ""
++"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
++"settings."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:26
++msgid "Change your password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
++"you think someone else knows what your password is."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
++msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
++msgid ""
++"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
++"password set."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
++"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>."
++" This will help to keep your user account safe."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
++msgid "Change the keyring password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:76
++msgid ""
++"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
++"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
++"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
++"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
++"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
++"keyring password (to match your login password):"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
++msgid ""
++"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
++"gui> overview."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
++msgid ""
++"In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and "
++"select <gui>Show any</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
++"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new "
++"password and <gui>Type again</gui> to confirm it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
++msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
++msgid ""
++"You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use "
++"<app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: when/p
++#: C/user-changepassword.page:103
++msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
++msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
++msgid "Change your login screen photo"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
++msgid ""
++"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
++"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
++"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
++"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
++"yourself."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
++msgid ""
++"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
++"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
++msgid ""
++"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
++"<gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
++"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
++"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
++"to give up."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-delete.page:7
++msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-delete.page:29
++msgid "Delete a user account"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:31
++msgid ""
++"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
++"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
++"delete that user's account."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:38
++msgid ""
++"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
++"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:41
++msgid ""
++"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</"
++"gui> button."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-delete.page:43
++msgid ""
++"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
++"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
++"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
++"space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may "
++"want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
++msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
++msgid "Choose a secure password"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
++msgid ""
++"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
++"others (including computer programs) to guess."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
++msgid ""
++"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
++"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
++"personal information."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
++msgid ""
++"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
++"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
++"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
++"choosing a good password:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
++msgid ""
++"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
++"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
++"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
++"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
++msgid ""
++"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
++"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
++"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
++"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
++msgid ""
++"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
++"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
++"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
++"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
++msgid ""
++"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
++"any family member's name."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
++msgid "Do not use any nouns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
++msgid ""
++"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
++"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
++"watching you."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
++msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
++msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
++msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
++msgid ""
++"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
++"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
++msgid ""
++"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
++"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
++"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
++"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
++msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-dvd.page:8
++msgid ""
++"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
++"region."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:21
++msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:23
++msgid ""
++"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
++"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
++"different <em>region</em>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:28
++msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:29
++msgid ""
++"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
++"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
++"audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, "
++"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the "
++"codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
++"distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages "
++"<app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:37
++msgid ""
++"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
++"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
++"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a "
++"commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href="
++"\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. "
++"It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/title
++#: C/video-dvd.page:46
++msgid "Checking the DVD region"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:47
++msgid ""
++"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
++"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
++"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
++"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
++"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: section/p
++#: C/video-dvd.page:53
++msgid ""
++"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
++"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
++"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
++"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/video-sending.page:7
++msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/video-sending.page:18
++msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:20
++msgid ""
++"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
++"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:23
++msgid ""
++"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
++"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
++"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
++"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
++"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:31
++msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:32
++msgid ""
++"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
++"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
++"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
++"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
++"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
++"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
++"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
++"it's not installed."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:43
++msgid ""
++"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
++"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
++"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
++"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
++"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
++"the software installer application to see what's available."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/video-sending.page:51
++msgid ""
++"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
++"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
++"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
++"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
++"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15
++msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
++msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
++msgid ""
++"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
++"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
++"orientation to left-handed:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:25
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29
++msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30
++msgid ""
++"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
++"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31
++msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:15
++msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
++msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:20
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
++"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
++msgid ""
++"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
++"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
++"to the same point on the tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-mode.page:36
++msgid ""
++"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
++"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
++"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
++"less hand movement."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16
++msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
++msgid "Choose a monitor"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34
++msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
++msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
++msgid ""
++"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
++"your graphics tablet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38
++msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15
++msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
++msgid "Configure the stylus"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33
++msgid ""
++"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
++"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
++"These settings can be adjusted:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
++"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
++"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
++"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
++"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
++"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
++"Forward."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: item/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
++msgid ""
++"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
++"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: note/p
++#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
++msgid ""
++"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
++"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
++"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: info/desc
++#: C/wacom.page:6
++msgid ""
++"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
++"stylus\">Configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use "
++"the tablet left handed</link>…"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. (itstool) path: page/title
++#: C/wacom.page:21
++msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
++msgstr ""
diff --git a/SPECS/gnome-user-docs.spec b/SPECS/gnome-user-docs.spec
index 40021b1..0c27fd7 100644
--- a/SPECS/gnome-user-docs.spec
+++ b/SPECS/gnome-user-docs.spec
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Summary:        GNOME User Documentation
 Name:           gnome-user-docs
 Version:        3.8.2
-Release:        2%{?dist}
+Release:        4%{?dist}
 License:        CC-BY-SA
 URL:            http://help.gnome.org/
 #VCS: git:git://git.gnome.org/gnome-user-docs
@@ -14,12 +14,15 @@ BuildRequires: gettext
 BuildRequires: itstool
 BuildRequires: yelp-tools
 
+Patch0: gnome-user-docs-3.8.2_translation-updates.patch
+
 %description
 This package contains end-user documentation for the GNOME desktop
 environment.
 
 %prep
 %setup -q -n gnome-user-docs-%{version}
+%patch0 -p2 -b .translation-updates
 
 %build
 %configure
@@ -34,6 +37,13 @@ make install DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT INSTALL="install -p"
 %doc COPYING AUTHORS NEWS README
 
 %changelog
+* Wed Jan 29 2014 Ray Strode <rstrode@redhat.com> 3.8.2-4
+- update tranlsations
+  Resolves: #1030353
+
+* Fri Dec 27 2013 Daniel Mach <dmach@redhat.com> - 3.8.2-3
+- Mass rebuild 2013-12-27
+
 * Fri Jul 12 2013 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> -3.8.2-2
 - Rebuild